Riversource Mva Account 424B3 Prospectus supplement

Prospectus

May 1, 2020

Wells Fargo Advantage Select
Variable Annuity

Individual Flexible Premium Deferred Combination Fixed/Variable Annuity

Issued by:	RiverSource Life Insurance Company (RiverSource Life) 829 Ameriprise Financial Center Minneapolis, MN 55474 Telephone: 1-800-333-3437 (Service Center)
	RiverSource Variable Annuity Account/RiverSource MVA Account

New contracts are not currently being offered.

This prospectus contains information that you should know before investing. Investment options available under the contract are listed below:

AB Variable Products Series Fund, Inc. (Class B)

American Century^® Variable Portfolios, Inc., Class II

BNY Mellon Investment Portfolios

Columbia Funds Variable Series Trust II

Fidelity^® Variable Insurance Products Service Class 2

Franklin^® Templeton^® Variable Insurance Products Trust – Class 2

Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust (VIT)

Invesco Variable Insurance Funds

Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds, Service Shares

Putnam Variable Trust – Class IB Shares

Wanger Advisors Trust

Wells Fargo Variable Trust

 

Please read the prospectuses carefully and keep them for future reference.

Contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2006 with a seven-year withdrawal charge schedule receive a purchase payment credit for each payment made to the contract. Purchase payment credits are not available on contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2006 in most states. Ask your investment professional whether purchase payment credits are available under your contract. Expense charges for contracts with purchase payment credits may be higher than expenses for contracts without such credits. The amount of the credit may be more than offset by any additional fees and charges associated with the credit. The credits may be reversed. Purchase payment credits are not available for contracts with a five-year withdrawal charge schedule. (See “Buying Your Contract — Purchase Payment Credits”).

The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

An investment in this contract is not a deposit of a bank or financial institution and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) or any other government agency. An investment in this contract involves investment risk including the possible loss of principal.

A Statement of Additional Information (SAI), dated the same date as this prospectus, is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. It is filed with the SEC and is available without charge by contacting RiverSource Life at the telephone number and address listed above. The table of contents of the SAI is on the last page of this prospectus. The SEC maintains an Internet site. This prospectus, the SAI and other information about the product are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at (http://www.sec.gov).

Variable annuities are complex products. The fees and charges, as well as the available features and benefits, of the variable annuity contracts described in this prospectus will be different from other variable annuities offered in the marketplace, including other variable annuities or other types of annuities offered by RiverSource Life. The interest credited, guarantees provided, and credits available, as well as the funds serving as underlying investments and their corresponding expenses, may differ among the variable annuities that are available to you. With the aid of an appropriate financial professional, we encourage you to compare and contrast the variable annuity contracts described in this prospectus with other variable annuities available in the marketplace, including other types of annuities we may offer. This will aid in determining whether purchasing a contract is consistent with your investment objectives, risk tolerance, time horizon, marital status, tax situation, and your unique financial situation and needs. If you select an

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    1

annuity that includes surrender or other liquidation charges, you should also consider any future needs you may have to access your contract value. The optional benefits and features available with the contracts usually come with additional costs. Consider any additional costs carefully when electing these optional benefits and features.

Beginning on January 1, 2021, as permitted by regulations adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission, paper copies of your underlying funds’ shareholder reports will no longer be sent by mail, unless you specifically request paper copies of the reports from RiverSource Life. Instead, the reports will be made available on a website, and you will be notified each time a report is posted and provided with a website link to access the report.

You may elect to receive all future reports in paper free of charge. You can inform RiverSource Life that you wish to continue receiving paper copies of your shareholder reports by calling our Service Center at 1-800-862-7919. Your election to receive reports in paper will apply to all funds available under your variable annuity contract.

Effects of COVID-19 Pandemic

The coronavirus disease 2019 (“COVID-19”) public health crisis presents ongoing significant economic and societal disruption and has driven significant volatility in the equity and interest rate markets. Any periods of continued high market volatility, and your individual circumstances (e.g., your selected allocations and the timing of any purchase payments, transfers, or withdrawals), will affect values under your contract. As part of how we maintain our strong financial strength and claims-paying ability, we continue to reserve amounts for our contractual obligations in accordance with significant state solvency regulations. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic may impact financial markets, investment performance under your contract, and our financial strength and claims-paying ability will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be estimated, including the scope and duration of the pandemic and actions taken by governmental authorities, market participants, and other third parties in response to the pandemic.

We have implemented comprehensive strategies to address the operating environment spurred by the pandemic.  To promote the safety and security of our employees and to assure the continuity of our business operations, we have implemented a work from home protocol for virtually all of our employee population, restricted business travel, and provided resources for complying with the guidance from the World Health Organization, the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and government authorities. We have been satisfying elevated customer service volumes and our operations teams have continued to operate successfully and without disruptions in service. Our pandemic strategy is flexible and scalable and takes into consideration that a pandemic could be widespread and may occur in multiple waves, affecting different communities at different times with varying levels of severity. We cannot, however, predict the impact that natural or man-made disasters and catastrophes, including the COVID-19 pandemic, may have over near- or longer-term periods.

2    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Table of Contents

Key Terms	5
The Contract in Brief	7
Expense Summary	9
Contract Owner Transaction Expenses	9
Annual Variable Account Expenses	9
Other Annual Expenses	10
Optional Death Benefits	10
Optional Living Benefits	11
Annual Operating Expenses of the Funds	12
Condensed Financial Information	14
Financial Statements	14
The Variable Account and the Funds	14
The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)	21
Market Value Adjustment (MVA)	22
The General Account	23
The Fixed Account	23
The One-Year Fixed Account	23
DCA Fixed Account	23
Buying Your Contract	24
The Retirement Date	26
Beneficiary	26
Purchase Payments	26
How to Make Purchase Payments	27
Purchase Payment Credits	27
Limitations on Use of Contract	28
Charges	28
Contract Administrative Charge	28
Variable Account Administrative Charge	28
Mortality and Expense Risk Fee	28
Withdrawal Charge	29
Fund Fees and Expenses	31
Premium Taxes	31
Optional Living Benefits Charges	31
Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider Fee	31
Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider Fee	32
Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider Fee	34
Income Assurer Benefit Rider Fee	36
Optional Death Benefit Charges	36
Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider Fee	36
Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider Fee	36
Valuing Your Investment	37
GPAs	37
The Fixed Account	37
Subaccounts	37

Making the Most of Your Contract	38
Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging	38
Asset Rebalancing	39
Asset Allocation Program	39
Portfolio Navigator Program (PN program) and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds	41
Transferring Among Accounts	43
How to request a Transfer or Withdrawal	46
Withdrawals	47
Withdrawal Policies	48
Receiving Payment	48
TSA–Special Provisions	49
Participants in Tax-Sheltered Annuities	49
Changing Ownership	49
Benefits in Case of Death	50
If You Die Before Your Retirement Date	52
Optional Benefits	53
Optional Living Benefits	53
Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider	53
Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider	56
Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider	65
Income Assurer Benefit Riders	71
Optional Death Benefits	75
Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector)	75
Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus)	76
The Annuity Payout Period	77
Annuity Tables	77
Annuity Payout Plans	78
Taxes	79
Nonqualified Annuities	79
Qualified Annuities	81
Other	82
Voting Rights	83
Substitution of Investments	83
About the Service Providers	84
Principal Underwriter	84
Service Providers	85
Issuer	85
Legal Proceedings	86
Additional Information	86
Incorporation of Certain Documents By Reference	86
Available Information	86
Indemnification	86

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    3

Table of Contents

Appendices	88
Appendix A: Example — Market Value Adjustment (MVA)	89
Appendix B: Example — Income Assurer Benefit Rider Fee	91
Appendix C: Example — Withdrawal Charges	92
Appendix D: Example — Death Benefits	95
Appendix E: Example — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider	98
Appendix F: Example - Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider	99
Appendix G: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider —Additional Required Minimum Distribution (RMD) Disclosure	101
Appendix H: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit — Rider B Disclosure	103
Appendix I: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider — Additional Required Minimum Distribution (RMD) Disclosure	109
Appendix J: Example — Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider	110
Appendix K: Example — Income Assurer Benefit Riders	112
Appendix L: Example — Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider	117
Appendix M: Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider	119
Appendix N: Withdrawal Benefit Riders: Electing Step Up or Spousal Continuation Step Up	121
Appendix O: Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	122
Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information	130

4    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Key Terms

These terms can help you understand details about your contract.

Accumulation unit: A measure of the value of each subaccount before annuity payouts begin.

Annuitant: The person or persons on whose life or life expectancy the annuity payouts are based.

Annuity payouts: An amount paid at regular intervals under one of several plans.

Assumed investment rate: The rate of return we assume your investments will earn when we calculate your initial annuity payout amount using the annuity table in your contract. The standard assumed investment rate we use is 5% but you may request we substitute an assumed investment rate of 3.5%.

Beneficiary: The person you designate to receive benefits in case of the owner’s or annuitant’s death while the contract is in force.

Close of business: The time the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) closes (4 p.m. Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier).

Code: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Contract: A deferred annuity contract that permits you to accumulate money for retirement by making one or more purchase payments. It provides for lifetime or other forms of payouts beginning at a specified time in the future.

Contract value: The total value of your contract before we deduct any applicable charges.

Contract year: A period of 12 months, starting on the effective date of your contract and on each anniversary of the effective date.

Fixed account: Part of our general account which includes the one-year fixed account and the DCA fixed account. Amounts you allocate to the fixed account earn interest rates we declare periodically.

Funds: Investment options under your contract. You may allocate your purchase payments into subaccounts investing in shares of the funds.

Good order: We cannot process your transaction request relating to the contract until we have received the request in good order at our Service Center. “Good order” means the actual receipt of the requested transaction in writing, along with all information, forms and supporting legal documentation necessary to effect the transaction. To be in “good order,” your instructions must be sufficiently clear so that we do not need to exercise any discretion to follow such instructions. This information and documentation generally includes your completed request; the contract number; the transaction amount (in dollars); the names of and allocations to and/or from the subaccounts and the fixed account affected by the requested transaction; Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number; and any other

information, forms or supporting documentation that we may require. For certain transactions, at our option, we may require the signature of all contract owners for the request to be in good order. With respect to purchase requests, “good order” also generally includes receipt of sufficient payment by us to effect the purchase. We may, in our sole discretion, determine whether any particular transaction request is in good order, and we reserve the right to change or waive any good order requirements at any time.

Guarantee Period: The number of successive 12-month periods that a guaranteed interest rate is credited.

Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs): A nonunitized separate account to which you may allocate purchase payments and purchase payment credits or transfer contract value of at least $1,000. These accounts have guaranteed interest rates for guarantee periods we declare when you allocate purchase payments and purchase payment credits or transfer contract value to a GPA. These guaranteed rates and periods of time may vary by state. Unless an exception applies, transfers or withdrawals from a GPA done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will receive a market value adjustment, which may result in a gain or loss of principal.

Market Value Adjustment (MVA): A positive or negative adjustment assessed if any portion of a Guarantee Period Account is withdrawn or transferred more than 30 days before the end of its guarantee period.

Owner (you, your): The person or persons identified in the contract as owner(s) of the contract, who has or have the right to control the contract (to decide on investment allocations, transfers, payout options, etc.). Usually, but not always, the owner is also the annuitant. During the owner’s life, the owner is responsible for taxes, regardless of whether he or she receives the contract’s benefits. The owner or any joint owner may be a non-natural person (e.g. irrevocable trust or corporation) or a revocable trust. If any owner is a non-natural person or a revocable trust, the annuitant will be deemed to be the owner for contract provisions that are based on the age or life of the owner. When the contract is owned by a revocable trust or irrevocable grantor trust, the annuitant(s) selected must be the grantor(s) of the trust to assure compliance with Section 72(s) of the Code.

Purchase payment credits: For contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2006 with a seven-year withdrawal charge schedule only, an addition we make to your contract value. We base the amount of the credit on total net payments (total payments less total withdrawals). We apply the credit to your contract based on your current payment. Purchase payment credits are not be available on contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2006 in most states.

 

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    5

Qualified annuity: A contract that you purchase to fund one of the following tax-deferred retirement plans that is subject to applicable federal law and any rules of the plan itself:

• Individual Retirement Annuities (IRAs) including inherited IRAs under Section 408(b) of the Code

• Roth IRAs including inherited Roth IRAs under Section 408A of the Code

• Simplified Employee Pension (SEP) plans under Section 408(k) of the Code

• Tax-Sheltered Annuity (TSA) rollovers under Section 403(b) of the Code

A qualified annuity will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral if it is used to fund a retirement plan that is already tax deferred.

All other contracts are considerednonqualified annuities.

Retirement date: The date when annuity payouts are scheduled to begin.

Rider effective date: The date a rider becomes effective as stated in the rider.

RiverSource Life: In this prospectus, “we,” “us,” “our” and “RiverSource Life” refer to RiverSource Life Insurance Company.

Service Center: Our department that processes all transaction and service requests for the contracts. We consider all transaction and service requests received when they arrive in good order at the Service Center. Any transaction or service requests sent or directed to any location other than our Service Center may end up delayed or not processed. Our Service Center address and telephone number are listed on the first page of the prospectus.

Valuation date: Any normal business day, Monday through Friday, on which the NYSE is open, up to the time it closes. At the NYSE close, the next valuation date begins. We calculate the accumulation unit value of each subaccount on each valuation date. If we receive your purchase payment or any transaction request (such as a transfer or withdrawal request) in good order at our Service Center before the close of business, we will process your payment or transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your payment or transaction request. On the other hand, if we receive your purchase payment or transaction request in good order at our Service Center at or after the close of business, we will process your payment or transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date. If you make a transaction request by telephone (including by fax), you must have completed your transaction by the close of business in order for us to process it using the accumulation unit value we calculate on that valuation date. If you were not able to complete your transaction before the close of business for any reason, including telephone service interruptions or delays due to high call volume, we will process your transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date.

Variable account: Consists of separate subaccounts to which you may allocate purchase payments; each invests in shares of one fund. The value of your investment in each subaccount changes with the performance of the particular fund.

Withdrawal value: The amount you are entitled to receive if you make a full withdrawal from your contract. It is the contract value minus any applicable charges.

6    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The Contract in Brief

Purpose: The purpose of the contract is to allow you to accumulate money for retirement or similar long term goal. You do this by making one or more purchase payments. You may allocate your purchase payments to the one-year fixed account (if part of your contract), the DCA fixed account, GPAs and/or subaccounts of the variable account under the contract; however you risk losing amounts you invest in the subaccounts of the variable account. These accounts, in turn, may earn returns that increase the value of a contract. If the contract value goes to zero due to underlying fund’s performance or deduction of fees, the contract will no longer be in force and the contract (including any death benefit riders) will terminate. You may be able to purchase an optional benefit to reduce the investment risk you assume. Beginning at a specified time in the future called the retirement date, the contract provides lifetime or other forms of payouts of your contract value (less any applicable premium tax).

It may have not been advantageous for you to purchase this contract in exchange for, or in addition to, an existing annuity or life insurance policy. Generally, you can exchange one annuity for another or for a long-term care policy in a “tax-free” exchange under Section 1035 of the Code. You can also do a partial exchange from one annuity contract to another annuity contract, subject to Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) rules. You also generally can exchange a life insurance policy for an annuity. However, before making an exchange, you should compare both contracts carefully because the features and benefits may be different. Fees and charges may be higher or lower on your old contract than on this contract. You may have to pay a withdrawal charge when you exchange out of your old contract and a new withdrawal period will begin when you exchange into this contract. If the exchange does not qualify for Section 1035 treatment, you also may have to pay federal income tax on the distribution. State income taxes may also apply. You should not exchange your old contract for this contract, or buy this contract in addition to your old contract, unless you determine it is in your best interest. (See “Taxes-1035 Exchanges”.)

Tax-deferred retirement plans: Most annuities have a tax-deferred feature. So do many retirement plans under the Code including 403(b) plans. As a result, when you use a qualified annuity to fund a retirement plan that is tax-deferred, your contract will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral beyond what is provided in that retirement plan. Some employers may permit you to deposit your contributions into other investments such as mutual funds. If such investments are available to you, before enrolling under the contract, you should consider features other than tax deferral that may help you reach your retirement goals. In addition, the Code subjects retirement plans to required withdrawals triggered at age 72 (triggered at age 70 ½ if you turned 70 ½ before Jan. 1, 2020). These mandatory withdrawals are called required minimum distributions (“RMDs”). RMDs may reduce the value of certain death

benefits and optional riders (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). You should consult your tax advisor before you purchase the contract as a qualified annuity for an explanation of the tax implications to you.

Buying a contract: We no longer offer new contracts. However, you have the option of making additional purchase payments in the future, subject to certain limitations. Purchase payment amounts and purchase payment timing may be limited under the terms of your contract and/or pursuant to state requirements. (See “Buying Your Contract”).

Free look period: The contracts in this prospectus are no longer sold. Generally, all available free look periods have now expired.

Accounts: Generally, you may allocate your purchase payments among the:

• subaccounts of the variable account, each of which invests in a fund with a particular investment objective. The value of each subaccount varies with the performance of the particular fund in which it invests. We cannot guarantee that the value at the retirement date will equal or exceed the total purchase payments you allocate to the subaccounts. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds”).

• GPAs which earn interest at rates declared when you make an allocation to that account. The required minimum investment in each GPA is $1,000. These accounts may not be available in all states. (See “The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)”)

• one-year fixed account, which earns interest at rates that we adjust periodically. There are restrictions on the amount you can allocate to this account as well as on transfers from this account (see “The Fixed Account – One-Year Fixed Account“ )

• DCA fixed account, if part of your contract, which earns interest at rates that we adjust periodically. There are restrictions on how long contract value can remain in this account. (See “The Fixed Account — DCA Fixed Account”).

Transfers: Subject to certain restrictions, you currently may redistribute your contract value among the accounts without charge at any time until annuity payouts begin, and once per contract year among the subaccounts after annuity payouts begin. Transfers out of the GPAs done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will be subject to a MVA, unless an exception applies. You may establish automated transfers among the accounts. We reserve the right to limit transfers to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then currently crediting is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transferring Among Accounts”).

Withdrawals: You may withdraw all or part of your contract value at any time before the retirement date.

 

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    7

You also may establish automated partial withdrawals. Withdrawals may be subject to charges and tax penalties (including a 10% IRS penalty that may apply if you make withdrawals prior to your reaching age 59½) and may have other tax consequences. Certain other restrictions may apply. (See “Withdrawals”)

Optional benefits: The contract offered optional living and death benefits that were available for additional charges if you met certain criteria. Please note, since the contract is no longer sold, any optional benefits you may have elected were done so at the time of application. You cannot add optional benefits to your contract after it has been issued. Any optional benefits we describe are not available to add to your contract. (See “Optional Benefits”).

Benefits in case of death: If you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin, we will pay the beneficiary an amount based on the death benefit selected. (See “Benefits in Case of Death”).

Annuity payouts: You can apply your contract value, after reflecting any adjustments, to an annuity payout plan that begins on the retirement date. You may choose from a variety of plans that can help meet your retirement or other income needs. The payout schedule must meet IRS requirements. We can make payouts on a fixed or variable basis, or both. During the annuity payout period, your choices for subaccounts may be limited. The GPAs and the DCA fixed account are not available during the payout period. (See “The Annuity Payout Period”).

8    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Expense Summary

The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you paid when buying, owning and making a withdrawal from the contract. The first table describes the fees and expenses that you paid at the time that you bought the contract and will pay when you make a withdrawal from the contract. State premium taxes also may be deducted.

Contract Owner Transaction Expenses

Withdrawal charge

(Contingent deferred sales charge as a percentage of purchase payments withdrawn)

You selected either a seven-year or five-year withdrawal charge schedule at the time of application.

Seven-year schedule		Five-year schedule*
Years from purchase payment receipt**	Withdrawal charge percentage	Years from purchase payment receipt**	Withdrawal charge percentage
1	8%	1	8%
2	8	2	7
3	7	3	6
4	7	4	4
5	6	5	2
6	5	Thereafter	0
7	3
Thereafter	0

* The five-year withdrawal charge schedule may not be available in all states.

** According to our current administrative practice, for the purpose of withdrawal charge calculation, we consider that the year is completed one day prior to the anniversary of the day each purchase payment was received.

Liquidation charge under Variable Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:If you are receiving variable annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to withdraw those payments. The amount that you can withdraw is the present value of any remaining variable payouts. The discount rate we use in the calculation will be 5.17% if the assumed investment return is 3.5% and 6.67% if the assumed investment return is 5%. The liquidation charge equals the present value of the remaining payouts using the assumed investment return minus the present value of the remaining payouts using the discount rate. (See “Charges — WithdrawalCharge” and “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Withdrawal charge for Fixed Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:

Number of Completed Years Since Annuitization	Withdrawal charge percentage
0	Not applicable*
1	5%
2	4
3	3
4	2
5	1
6 and thereafter	0

*We do not permit withdrawals in the first year after annuitization.

The next tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay periodically during the time that you own the contract, not including fund fees and expenses.

Annual Variable Account Expenses

(As a percentage of average daily subaccount value.)

You must choose a death benefit guarantee, a qualified or nonqualified contract and the length of your contract’s withdrawal charge schedule. The combination you choose determines the mortality and expense risk fees you pay. The table below shows the combinations available to you and their cost. The variable account administrative charge is in addition to the mortality and expense risk fee.

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    9

Seven-year withdrawal charge schedule for contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2006 and if available in your state

	Mortality and expense risk fee	Variable account administrative charge	Total variable account expense
Qualified annuities
Return of Purchase Payment (ROP) Death Benefit	0.90%	0.15%	1.05%
Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV) Death Benefit	1.10	0.15	1.25
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.25	0.15	1.40
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.30	0.15	1.45
Nonqualified annuities
ROP Death Benefit	1.05	0.15	1.20
MAV Death Benefit	1.25	0.15	1.40
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.40	0.15	1.55
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.45	0.15	1.60

Seven-year withdrawal charge schedule for all other contracts

	Mortality and expense risk fee	Variable account administrative charge	Total variable account expense
Qualified annuities
ROP Death Benefit	1.00%	0.15%	1.15%
MAV Death Benefit	1.20	0.15	1.35
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.35	0.15	1.50
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.40	0.15	1.55
Nonqualified annuities
ROP Death Benefit	1.15	0.15	1.30
MAV Death Benefit	1.35	0.15	1.50
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.50	0.15	1.65
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.55	0.15	1.70

Five-year withdrawal charge schedule

	Mortality and expense risk fee	Variable account administrative charge	Total variable account expense
Qualified annuities
ROP Death Benefit	1.20%	0.15%	1.35%
MAV Death Benefit	1.40	0.15	1.55
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.55	0.15	1.70
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.60	0.15	1.75
Nonqualified annuities
ROP Death Benefit	1.35	0.15	1.50
MAV Death Benefit	1.55	0.15	1.70
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.70	0.15	1.85
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.75	0.15	1.90

Other Annual Expenses

Annual contract administrative charge $40

(We will waive this charge when your contract value is $50,000 or more on the current contract anniversary.)

Optional Death Benefits

If eligible, you may have selected an optional death benefit in addition to the ROP and MAV Death Benefits. The fees apply only if you have selected one of these benefits.

Benefit Protector® Death Benefit rider fee	0.25%
Benefit Protector® Plus Death Benefit rider fee	0.40%

(As a percentage of the contract value charge annually on the contract anniversary.)

10    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Optional Living Benefits

If eligible, you may have selected one of the following optional living benefits if available in your state. The fees apply only if you have selected one of these benefits. Investment allocation restrictions apply.

Accumulation Protector Benefit® rider fee	Maximum annual rider fee	Initial annual rider fee and annual rider fee for elective step-ups before 04/29/2013
	1.75%	0.55%(1)

(Charged annually on the contract anniversary as a percentage of the contract value or the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value, whichever is greater.)

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life^® rider fee Maximum: 1.50% Initial: 0.65%⁽²⁾

(Charged annually on the contract anniversary as a percentage of the contract value or the total Remaining Benefit Amount, whichever is greater.)

Guarantor^® Withdrawal Benefit rider fee Maximum: 1.50% Initial: 0.55%⁽³⁾

(As a percentage of contract value charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

Income Assurer Benefit® – MAV rider fee	Maximum: 1.50%	Current: 0.30%(4)
Income Assurer Benefit® – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base rider fee	Maximum: 1.75%	Current: 0.60%(4)
Income Assurer Benefit® – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base rider fee	Maximum: 2.00%	Current: 0.65%(4)

(As a percentage of the guaranteed income benefit base charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

⁽¹⁾ Current annual rider fees for elective step up (including elective spousal continuation step up) requests on/after 04/29/2013 are shown in the table below.

Elective step up date:	If invested in Portfolio Navigator fund at the time of step-up:	If invested in Portfolio Stabilizer fund at the time of step-up:
04/29/2013 – 11/17/2013	1.75%	n/a
11/18/2013 – 10/17/2014	1.75%	1.30%
10/18/2014 – 06/30/2016	1.60%	1.00%
07/01/2016 – 10/15/2018	1.75%	1.30%
10/16/2018 – 12/29/2019	1.40%	1.00%
12/30/2019 – 07/20/2020	1.55%	1.15%
07/21/2020 and later	1.75%	1.75%

⁽²⁾ Effective Dec. 18, 2013 if you request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up or move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is more aggressive than your current Portfolio Navigator fund allocation, the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are invested following the change as shown in the table below.

Fund Name	Maximum annual rider fee	Current annual fee as of 12/18/13
Portfolio Stabilizer funds	1.50%	0.65%
Portfolio Navigator funds:
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.80%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.80%
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.80%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.95%
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	1.10%

⁽³⁾ Effective Dec. 18, 2013 if you request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up or move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is more aggressive than your current Portfolio Navigator fund allocation, the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are invested following the change as shown in the table below.

Fund Name	Maximum annual rider fee	Current annual fee as of 12/18/13
Portfolio Stabilizer funds	1.50%	0.55%
Portfolio Navigator funds:
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.85%

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    11

Fund Name	Maximum annual rider fee	Current annual fee as of 12/18/13
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	1.00%

⁽⁴⁾ For applications signed prior to Oct. 7, 2004, the following current annual rider charges apply: Income Assurer Benefit – MAV — 0.55%, Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base — 0.70%; and Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base — 0.75%.

Annual Operating Expenses of the Funds

The next table provides the minimum and maximum total operating expenses charged by the underlying funds that you may pay periodically during the time that you own the contract. These operating expenses are for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, unless otherwise noted. More detail concerning each underlying fund’s fees and expenses is contained in each fund’s prospectus.

Minimum and maximum annual operating expenses for the funds

(Including management, distribution (12b-1) and/or service fees and other expenses)⁽¹⁾

	Minimum(%)	Maximum(%)
Total expenses before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements	0.39	1.39

⁽¹⁾ Total annual fund operating expenses are deducted from amounts that are allocated to the fund. They include management fees and other expenses and may include distribution (12b-1) fees. Other expenses may include service fees that may be used to compensate service providers, including us and our affiliates, for administrative and contract owner services provided on behalf of the fund. The amount of these payments will vary by fund and may be significant. See “The Variable Account and the Funds” for additional information, including potential conflicts of interest these payments may create. Distribution (12b-1) fees are used to finance any activity that is primarily intended to result in the sale of fund shares. Because 12b-1 fees are paid out of fund assets on an ongoing basis, you may pay more if you select subaccounts investing in funds that have adopted 12b-1 plans than if you select subaccounts investing in funds that have not adopted 12b-1 plans. For a more complete description of each fund’s fees and expenses and important disclosure regarding payments the fund and/or its affiliates make, please review the fund’s prospectus and SAI.

12    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Examples

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in these contracts with the cost of investing in other variable annuity contracts. These costs include your transaction expenses, contract administrative charges⁽¹⁾, variable account annual expenses and fund fees and expenses.

These examples assume that you invest $10,000 in the contract for the time periods indicated. These examples also assume that your investment has a 5% return each year.

Maximum Expenses. These examples assume the most expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the maximum fees and expenses of the funds* available with a living benefit rider and before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the MAV Death Benefit, the Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base and the Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit⁽²⁾. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

* Note: Certain funds are not available for contracts with living benefit riders and may have higher fund expenses than the associated fund expenses shown here.

	If you withdraw your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not withdraw your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
Nonqualified Annuity	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Seven-year withdrawal charge schedule for contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2006 and if available in your state	$1,309	$2,408	$3,450	$6,203	$582	$1,771	$2,993	$6,203
Five-year withdrawal charge schedule	1,237	2,203	3,105	6,386	607	1,842	3,105	6,386
Qualified Annuity	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Seven-year withdrawal charge schedule for contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2006 and if available in your state	$1,294	$2,364	$3,378	$6,078	$567	$1,726	$2,922	$6,078
Five-year withdrawal charge schedule	1,222	2,159	3,035	6,266	592	1,799	3,035	6,266

Minimum Expenses. These examples assume the least expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the minimum fees and expenses of any of the funds before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the ROP Death Benefit and do not select any optional benefits. Although your actual costs may be higher, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

	If you withdraw your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not withdraw your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
Nonqualified Annuity	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Seven-year withdrawal charge schedule for contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2006 and if available in your state	$956	$1,326	$1,579	$2,287	$205	$629	$1,074	$2,287
Five-year withdrawal charge schedule	882	1,108	1,222	2,589	234	717	1,222	2,589
Qualified Annuity	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Seven-year withdrawal charge schedule for contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2006 and if available in your state	$942	$1,282	$1,499	$2,122	$189	$581	$994	$2,122
Five-year withdrawal charge schedule	868	1,063	1,144	2,430	218	670	1,144	2,430

(1)	In these examples, the contract administrative charge is $40.
(2)	Because these examples are intended to illustrate the most expensive combination of contract features, the maximum annual fee for each optional rider is reflected rather than the fee that is currently being charged.

THE EXAMPLES ARE ILLUSTRATIVE ONLY. YOU SHOULD NOT CONSIDER THESE EXAMPLES AS A REPRESENTATION OF PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES. ACTUAL EXPENSES WILL BE HIGHER OR LOWER THAN THOSE SHOWN DEPENDING UPON WHICH OPTIONAL BENEFIT YOU ELECT OTHER THAN INDICATED IN THE EXAMPLES OR IF YOU ALLOCATE CONTRACT VALUE TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE SUBACCOUNTS.

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    13

Condensed Financial Information

You can find unaudited condensed financial information for the subaccounts representing the lowest and highest total annual variable account expense combinations in Appendix O.

Financial Statements

You can find our audited financial statements and the audited financial statements of the divisions, which are comprised of subaccounts, in the SAI. The SAI does not include audited financial statements for divisions that are new (if any) and have no activity as of the financial statements date.

The Variable Account and the Funds

Variable Account. The variable account was established under Indiana law on July 15, 1987, and the subaccounts are registered together as a single unit investment trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the 1940 Act). This registration does not involve any supervision of our management or investment practices and policies by the SEC. All obligations arising under the contracts are general obligations of RiverSource Life.

The variable account meets the definition of a separate account under federal securities laws. We credit or charge income, capital gains and capital losses of each subaccount only to that subaccount. State insurance law prohibits us from charging a subaccount with liabilities of any other subaccount or of our general business. The variable account includes other subaccounts that are available under contracts that are not described in this prospectus.

The IRS has issued guidance on investor control but may issue additional guidance in the future. We reserve the right to modify the contract or any investments made under the terms of the contract so that the investor control rules do not apply to treat the contract owner as the owner of the subaccount assets rather than the owner of an annuity contract. If the contract is not treated as an annuity contract for tax purposes, the owner may be subject to current taxation on any current or accumulated income credited to the contract.

We intend to comply with all federal tax laws so that the contract qualifies as an annuity for federal tax purposes. We reserve the right to modify the contract as necessary in order to qualify the contract as an annuity for federal tax purposes.

The Funds. This contract currently offers subaccounts investing in shares of the funds listed in the table below.

• Investment objectives: The investment managers and advisers cannot guarantee that the funds will meet their investment objectives. Please read the funds’ prospectuses for facts you should know before investing. These prospectuses are available by contacting us at the address or telephone number on the first page of this prospectus.

• Fund name and management: A fund underlying your contract in which a subaccount invests may have a name, portfolio manager, objectives, strategies and characteristics that are the same or substantially similar to those of a publicly-traded retail mutual fund. Despite these similarities, an underlying fund is not the same as any publicly-traded retail mutual fund. Each underlying fund will have its own unique portfolio holdings, fees, operating expenses and operating results. The results of each underlying fund may differ significantly from any publicly-traded retail mutual fund.

• Eligible purchasers: All funds are available to serve as the underlying investments for variable annuities and variable life insurance policies. The funds are not available to the public (see “Fund Name and Management” above). Some funds also are available to serve as investment options for tax-deferred retirement plans. It is possible that in the future for tax, regulatory or other reasons, it may be disadvantageous for variable annuity accounts and variable life insurance accounts and/or tax-deferred retirement plans to invest in the available funds simultaneously. Although we and the funds’ providers do not currently foresee any such disadvantages, the boards of directors or trustees of each fund will monitor events in order to identify any material conflicts between annuity owners, policy owners and tax-deferred retirement plans and to determine what action, if any, should be taken in response to a conflict. If a board were to conclude that it should establish separate fund providers for the variable annuity, variable life insurance and tax-deferred retirement plan accounts, you would not bear any expenses associated with establishing separate funds. Please refer to the funds’ prospectuses for risk disclosure regarding simultaneous investments by variable annuity, variable life insurance and tax-deferred retirement plan accounts. Each fund intends to comply with the diversification requirements under Section 817(h) of the Code.

• Private label: This contract is a “private label” variable annuity. This means the contract includes funds affiliated with the distributor of this contract. Purchase payments and contract values you allocate to subaccounts investing in any of the Wells Fargo Variable Trust Funds available under this contract are generally more profitable for the distributor and its affiliates than allocations you make to other subaccounts. In contrast, purchase payments and contract values you allocate to subaccounts investing in any of the affiliated funds are generally more profitable for us and our

14    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

	affiliates (see “Revenue we receive from the funds may create conflicts of interest”). These relationships may influence recommendations your investment professional makes regarding whether you should invest in the contract, and whether you should allocate purchase payments or contract values to a particular subaccount.
•	Asset allocation programs may impact fund performance: Asset allocation programs in general may negatively impact the performance of an underlying fund. Even if you do not participate in an asset allocation program, a fund in which your subaccount invests may be impacted if it is included in an asset allocation program. Rebalancing or reallocation under the terms of the asset allocation program may cause a fund to lose money if it must sell large amounts of securities to meet a redemption request. These losses can be greater if the fund holds securities that are not as liquid as others, for example, various types of bonds, shares of smaller companies and securities of foreign issuers. A fund may also experience higher expenses because it must sell or buy securities more frequently than it otherwise might in the absence of asset allocation program rebalancing or reallocations. Because asset allocation programs include periodic rebalancing and may also include reallocation, these effects may occur under the asset allocation program we offer or under asset allocation programs used in conjunction with the contracts and plans of other eligible purchasers of the funds.
•	Funds available under the contract: We seek to provide a broad array of underlying funds taking into account the fees and charges imposed by each fund and the contract charges we impose. We select the underlying funds in which the subaccounts initially invest and when there is substitution (see “Substitution of Investments”). We also make all decisions regarding which funds to retain in a contract, which funds to add to a contract and which funds will no longer be offered in a contract. In making these decisions, we may consider various objective and subjective factors. Objective factors include, but are not limited to fund performance, fund expenses, classes of fund shares available, size of the fund and investment objectives and investing style of the fund. Subjective factors include, but are not limited to, investment sub-styles and process, management skill and history at other funds and portfolio concentration and sector weightings. We also consider the levels and types of revenue a fund, its distributor, investment adviser, subadviser, transfer agent or their affiliates pay us and our affiliates. This revenue includes, but is not limited to compensation for administrative services provided with respect to the fund and support of marketing and distribution expenses incurred with respect to the fund.
•	Money Market fund yield: In low interest rate environments, money market fund yields may decrease to a level where the deduction of fees and charges associated with your contract could result in negative net performance, resulting in a corresponding decrease in your contract value.
•	Risks and Conflicts of Interest with Certain Funds Advised by Columbia Management. We are an affiliate of Ameriprise Financial, Inc., which is the parent company of Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC (Columbia Management). Columbia Management acts as investment adviser to several funds of funds, including Portfolio Navigator and Portfolio Stabilizer funds. As such, it retains full discretion over the investment activities and investment decisions of the funds. These funds invest in other registered mutual funds. In providing investment advisory services for the funds and the underlying funds in which those funds respectively invest, Columbia Management is, together with its affiliates, including us, subject to competing interests that may influence its decisions. These competing interests typically arise because Columbia Management or one of its affiliates serves as the investment adviser to the underlying funds and may provide other services in connection with such underlying funds, and because the compensation we and our affiliates receive for providing these investment advisory and other services varies depending on the underlying fund.
•	Volatility and Volatility Management Risk with the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. Portfolio Stabilizer funds are managed volatility funds that employ a strategy designed to reduce overall volatility and downside risk. These types of funds are available under the contracts and one or more of these funds may be offered in other variable annuity and variable life insurance products offered by us. These funds may also be used in conjunction with guaranteed living benefit riders we offer with various annuity contracts.
	Conflicts may arise because the manner in which these funds and their strategies are executed by Columbia Management are expected to benefit us by reducing our financial risk and expense in offering guaranteed living benefit riders. Managed volatility funds employ a strategy to reduce overall volatility and downside risk. A successful strategy may result in smaller losses to your contract value when markets are declining and market volatility is high. In turn, a successful strategy may also result in less gain in your contract value during rising markets with higher volatility when compared to funds not employing a managed volatility strategy. Accordingly, although an investment in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds may mitigate declines in your contract value due to declining equity markets, the Funds’ investment strategies may also curb or decrease your contract value during periods of positive performance by the equity markets. There is no guarantee any of the funds’ strategies will be successful. When offered with a guaranteed living benefit, managed volatility funds may decrease the number and amount of any periodic benefit base increase opportunities. Costs associated with running a managed volatility strategy may also adversely impact the performance of managed volatility funds.

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    15

While Columbia Management is the investment adviser to the Portfolio Navigator and Portfolio Stabilizer funds, it provides no investment advice to you as to whether an allocation to the funds is appropriate for you. You must decide whether an investment in these funds is right for you. Additional information on the funds, including risks and conflicts of interest, is included in their respective prospectuses. Columbia Management advised fund of funds and managed volatility funds and their investment objectives are listed in the table below.

•

Revenue we receive from the funds and potential conflicts of interest:

Expenses We May Incur on Behalf of the Funds

When a subaccount invests in a fund, the fund holds a single account in the name of the variable account. As such, the variable account is actually the shareholder of the fund. We, through our variable account, aggregate the transactions of numerous contract owners and submit net purchase and redemption requests to the funds on a daily basis. In addition, we track individual contract owner transactions and provide confirmations, periodic statements, and other required mailings. These costs would normally be borne by the fund, but we incur them instead.

Besides incurring these administrative expenses on behalf of the funds, we also incur distributions expenses in selling our contracts. By extension, the distribution expenses we incur benefit the funds we make available due to contract owner elections to allocate purchase payments to the funds through the subaccounts. In addition, the funds generally incur lower distribution expenses when offered through our variable account in contrast to being sold on a retail basis.

A complete list of why we may receive this revenue, as well as sources of revenue, is described in detail below.

Payments the Funds May Make to Us

We or our affiliates may receive from each of the funds, or their affiliates, compensation including but not limited to expense payments. These payments are designed in part to compensate us for the expenses we may incur on behalf of the funds. In addition to these payments, the funds may compensate us for wholesaling activities or to participate in educational or marketing seminars sponsored by the funds.

We or our affiliates may receive revenue derived from the 12b-1 fees charged by the funds. These fees are deducted from the assets of the funds. This revenue and the amount by which it can vary may create conflicts of interest. The amount, type, and manner in which the revenue from these sources is computed vary by fund.

Conflicts of Interest These Payments May Create

When we determined the charges to impose under the contracts, we took into account anticipated payments from the funds. If we had not taken into account these anticipated payments, the charges under the contract would have been higher. Additionally, the amount of payment we receive from a fund or its affiliate may create an incentive for us to include that fund as an investment option and may influence our decision regarding which funds to include in the variable account as subaccount options for contract owners. Funds that offer lower payments or no payments may also have corresponding expense structures that are lower, resulting in decreased overall fees and expenses to shareholders.

We offer funds managed by our affiliates Columbia Management and Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLC (Columbia Wanger). We have additional financial incentive to offer our affiliated funds because additional assets held by them generally results in added revenue to us and our parent company, Ameriprise Financial, Inc. Additionally, employees of Ameriprise Financial, Inc. and its affiliates, including our employees, may be separately incented to include the affiliated funds in the products, as employee compensation and business unit operating goals at all levels are tied to the success of the company. Currently, revenue received from our affiliated funds comprises the greatest amount and percentage of revenue we derive from payments made by the funds.

The Amount of Payments We Receive from the Funds

We or our affiliates receive revenue which ranges up to 0.65% of the average daily net assets invested in the funds through this and other contracts we and our affiliates issue.

Why revenues are paid to us: In accordance with applicable laws, regulations and the terms of the agreements under which such revenue is paid, we or our affiliates may receive revenue, including, but not limited to expense payments and non-cash compensation, for various purposes:

• Compensating, training and educating investment professionals who sell the contracts.

• Granting access to our employees whose job it is to promote sales of the contracts by authorized selling firms and their investment professionals, and granting access to investment professionals of our affiliated selling firms.

• Activities or services we or our affiliates provide that assist in the promotion and distribution of the contracts including promoting the funds available under the contracts to contract owners, authorized selling firms and investment professionals.

• Providing sub-transfer agency and shareholder servicing to contract owners.

• Promoting, including and/or retaining the fund’s investment portfolios as underlying investment options in the contracts.

• Advertising, printing and mailing sales literature, and printing and distributing prospectuses and reports.

16    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• Furnishing personal services to contract owners, including education of contract owners regarding the funds, answering routine inquiries regarding a fund, maintaining accounts or providing such other services eligible for service fees as defined under the rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA).

• Subaccounting services, transaction processing, recordkeeping and administration.

• Sources of revenue received from affiliated funds: The affiliated funds are managed by Columbia Management or Columbia Wanger. The sources of revenue we receive from these affiliated funds, or from the funds’ affiliates, may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Assets of the fund’s adviser, sub-adviser, transfer agent, distributor or an affiliate of these. The revenue resulting from these sources may be based either on a percentage of average daily net assets of the fund or on the actual cost of certain services we provide with respect to the fund. We may receive this revenue either in the form of a cash payment or it may be allocated to us.

• Compensation paid out of 12b-1 fees that are deducted from fund assets.

• Sources of revenue received from unaffiliated funds: The unaffiliated funds are not managed by an affiliate of ours. The sources of revenue we receive from these unaffiliated funds, or the funds’ affiliates, may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Assets of the fund’s adviser, sub-adviser, transfer agent, distributor or an affiliate of these. The revenue resulting from these sources may be based on a percentage of average daily net assets of the fund or on the actual cost of certain services we provide with respect to the fund. We receive this revenue in the form of a cash payment.

• Compensation paid out of 12b-1 fees that are deducted from fund assets.

Unless the PN program is in effect or you have selected one of the optional living benefit riders, you may allocate purchase payments and transfers to any or all of the subaccounts of the variable account that invest in shares of the funds listed in the table below. From time to time, certain fund names are changed. When we are notified of a name change, we will make changes so that the new name is properly shown. However, changes may take some period of time to complete. As a result it is possible you may receive various forms, reports and confirmations that reflect a fund’s prior name.

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
AB VPS Growth and Income Portfolio (Class B)	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
AB VPS International Value Portfolio (Class B)	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
American Century VP Inflation Protection, Class II	Seeks long-term total return using a strategy that seeks to protect against U.S. inflation.	American Century Investment Management, Inc.
American Century VP Value, Class II	Seeks long-term capital growth. Income is a secondary objective.	American Century Investment Management, Inc.
BNY Mellon Investment Portfolios, Technology Growth Portfolio - Service Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	BNY Mellon Investment Adviser, Inc.
BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, Appreciation Portfolio - Service Shares	Seeks long-term capital growth consistent with the preservation of capital. Its secondary goal is current income.	BNY Mellon Investment Adviser, Inc., adviser; Fayez Sarofim & Co., sub-investment adviser.
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high level of current income and, as a secondary objective, steady growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Emerging Markets Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    17

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Government Money Market Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with maximum current income consistent with liquidity and stability of principal.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - High Yield Bond Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with high current income as its primary objective and, as its secondary objective, capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high level of current income while attempting to conserve the value of the investment for the longest period of time.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Large Cap Growth Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Large Cap Index Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Mid Cap Growth Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with current income as its primary objective and, as its secondary objective, preservation of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
CTIVP® - BlackRock Global Inflation-Protected Securities Fund (Class 3)	Non-diversified fund that seeks to provide shareholders with total return that exceeds the rate of inflation over the long term.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., subadviser; BlackRock International Limited, sub-subadviser.
CTIVP® - Victory Sycamore Established Value Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; Victory Capital Management Inc., subadviser.
Fidelity® VIP Contrafund® Portfolio Service Class 2	Seeks long-term capital appreciation. Normally invests primarily in common stocks. Invests in securities of companies whose value FMR believes is not fully recognized by the public. Invests in either "growth" stocks or "value" stocks or both. The fund invests in domestic and foreign issuers.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2	Seeks long-term growth of capital. Normally invests primarily in common stocks. Normally invests at least 80% of assets in securities of companies with medium market capitalizations. May invest in companies with smaller or larger market capitalizations. Invests in domestic and foreign issuers. The Fund invests in either "growth" or "value" common stocks or both.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Overseas Portfolio Service Class 2	Seeks long-term growth of capital. Normally invests primarily in common stocks allocating investments across different countries and regions. Normally invests at least 80% of assets in non-U.S. securities.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Franklin Global Real Estate VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks high total return. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in investments of companies located anywhere in the world that operate in the real estate sector.	Franklin Templeton Institutional, LLC

18    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Franklin Income VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks to maximize income while maintaining prospects for capital appreciation. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests in both equity and debt securities.	Franklin Advisers, Inc.
Goldman Sachs VIT Mid Cap Value Fund - Institutional Shares	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Strategic Income Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks total return	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks capital growth.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. Comstock Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks capital growth and income through investments in equity securities, including common stocks, preferred stocks and securities convertible into common and preferred stocks.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Putnam VT Global Health Care Fund - Class IB Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of both Putnam Investments Limited (PIL) and The Putnam Advisory Company, LLC (PAC), PIL and PAC do not currently manage any asses of the fund.
Putnam VT Small Cap Value Fund - Class IB Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of Putnam Investments Limited (PIL), PIL does not currently manage any assets.
Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks high current income, consistent with preservation of capital, with capital appreciation as a secondary consideration. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in debt securities of any maturity.	Franklin Advisers, Inc.
Variable Portfolio - Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2)	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with an aggressive level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4)	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with an aggressive level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Conservative Portfolio (Class 2)	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a conservative level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    19

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Variable Portfolio - Conservative Portfolio (Class 4)	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a conservative level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Managed Volatility Conservative Fund (Class 2)	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund's exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Managed Volatility Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2)	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund's exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Managed Volatility Growth Fund (Class 2)	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund's exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Managed Volatility Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2)	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund’s exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderate Portfolio (Class 2)	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderate level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderate Portfolio (Class 4)	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderate level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2)	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderately aggressive level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4)	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderately aggressive level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2)	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderately conservative level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 4)	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderately conservative level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; Jacobs Levy Equity Management, Inc., Nuveen Asset Management, LLC and Segall Bryant & Hamill, LLC, subadvisers.
Wanger USA	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLC
Wells Fargo VT Index Asset Allocation Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term total return, consisting of capital appreciation and current income.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.
Wells Fargo VT International Equity Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.
Wells Fargo VT Omega Growth Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.
Wells Fargo VT Opportunity Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.

20    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Wells Fargo VT Small Cap Growth Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.

The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)

The GPAs may not be available in some states.

Currently, unless you have elected one of the optional living benefit riders, you may allocate purchase payments and purchase payment credits to one or more of the GPAs with guarantee periods declared by us. These periods of time may vary by state. The required minimum investment in each GPA is $1,000.

These accounts are not offered after annuity payouts begin.

Each GPA pays an interest rate that is declared when you make an allocation to that account. Interest is credited daily. That interest rate is then fixed for the guarantee period that you chose. We will periodically change the declared interest rate for any future allocations to these accounts, but we will not change the rate paid on money currently in a GPA. The GPA interests under the contracts are registered with the SEC (File No.333-230959). The SEC staff reviews the disclosures in this prospectus on the GPA interests.

The interest rates that we will declare as guaranteed rates in the future are determined by us at our discretion (future rates). These rates generally will be based on various factors related to future investment earnings.We cannot predict nor can we guarantee what future rates will be.

We hold amounts you allocate to the GPAs in a “nonunitized” separate account. This separate account provides an additional measure of assurance that we will make full payment of amounts due under the GPAs. We own the assets of this separate account as well as any favorable investment performance of those assets. You do not participate in the performance of the assets held in this separate account. We guarantee all benefits relating to your value in the GPAs. This guarantee is based on the continued claims-paying ability of the company’s general account. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of insurance and financial products as well, and we also pay our obligations under these products from assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account.

We intend to construct and manage the investment portfolio relating to the separate account in such a way as to minimize the impact of fluctuations by interest rates. We seek to achieve this by constructing a portfolio of assets with a price sensitivity to interest rate changes (i.e., price duration) that is similar to the price duration of the corresponding portfolio of liabilities.

We must invest this portfolio of assets in accordance with requirements established by applicable state laws regarding the nature and quality of investments that life insurance companies may make and the percentage of their assets that they may commit to any particular type of investment. Our investment strategy will incorporate the use of a variety of debt instruments having price durations tending to match the applicable guarantee periods. These instruments include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities, which issues may or may not be guaranteed by the U.S. government;

• Debt securities that have an investment grade, at the time of purchase, within the four highest grades assigned by any of three nationally recognized rating agencies — Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s Investors Service or Fitch — or are rated in the two highest grades by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners;

• Other debt instruments which are unrated or rated below investment grade, limited to 10% of assets at the time of purchase; and

• Real estate mortgages, limited to 45% of portfolio assets at the time of acquisition.

In addition, options and futures contracts on fixed income securities will be used from time to time to achieve and maintain appropriate investment and liquidity characteristics on the overall asset portfolio.

While this information generally describes our investment strategy, we are not obligated to follow any particular strategy except as may be required by federal law and Indiana and other state insurance laws.

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    21

Market Value Adjustment (MVA)

We will not apply an MVA to contract value you transfer or withdraw out of the GPAs within 30 days before the end of the guarantee period. During this 30 day window you may choose to start a new guarantee period of the same length, transfer the contract value to a GPA of another length, transfer the contract value to any of the subaccountsor the one-year fixed account, if available
or withdraw the contract value (subject to applicable withdrawal provisions). If we do not receive any instructions at the end of your guarantee period, our current practice is to automatically transfer the contract value into the shortest GPA term offered in your state.

We guarantee the contract value allocated to the GPAs, including interest credited, if you do not make any transfers or withdrawals from the GPAs prior to 30 days before the end of the guarantee period (30 day rule). At all other times, and unless one of the exceptions to the 30 day rule described below applies, we will apply an MVA if you withdraw or transfer contract value from a GPA including withdrawals under the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, or you elect an annuity payout plan while you have contract value invested in a GPA. We will refer to these transactions as “early withdrawals.” The application of an MVA may result in either a gain or loss of principal.

The 30-day rule does not apply and no MVA will apply to:

• transfers from a one-year GPA occurring under an automated dollar-cost averaging program or interest sweep strategy;

• automatic rebalancing under any PN program model portfolio we offer which contains one or more GPAs. However, an MVA will apply if you transfer to a new PN program investment option;

• amounts applied to an annuity payout plan while a PN program model portfolio containing one or more GPAs is in effect;

• amounts withdrawn for fees and charges; and

• amounts we pay as death claims.

When you request an early withdrawal, we adjust the early withdrawal amount by an MVA formula. The early withdrawal amount reflects the relationship between the guaranteed interest rate you are earning in your current GPA and the interest rate we are crediting on new GPAs that end at the same time as your current GPA.

The MVA is sensitive to changes in current interest rates. The magnitude of any applicable MVA will depend on our current schedule of guaranteed interest rates at the time of the withdrawal, the time remaining in your guarantee period and your guaranteed interest rate. The MVA is negative, zero or positive depending on how the guaranteed interest rate on your GPA compares to the interest rate of a new GPA for the same number of years as the guarantee period remaining on your GPA. This is summarized in the following table:

If your GPA rate is:	The MVA is:
Less than the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Negative
Equal to the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Zero
Greater than the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Positive

For examples, see Appendix A.

22    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The General Account

The general account includes all assets owned by RiverSource Life, other than those in the variable account and our other separate accounts. Subject to applicable state law, we have sole discretion to decide how assets of the general account will be invested. The assets held in our general account support the guarantees under your contract including any optional benefits offered under the contract. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to many of the same risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of annuities and financial instruments and products as well, and these obligations are satisfied from the assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account. The fixed account is supported by our general account that we make available under the contract.

The Fixed Account

Amounts allocated to the fixed account are part of our general account. The fixed account includes the one-year fixed account and the DCA fixed account. We credit interest on amounts you allocate to the fixed account at rates we determine from time to time at our discretion. Interest rates credited in excess of the guaranteed rate generally will be based on various factors related to future investment earnings. The guaranteed minimum interest rate on amounts invested in the fixed account may vary by state but will not be lower than state law allows. We back the principal and interest guarantees relating to the fixed account. These guarantees are subject to the creditworthiness and continued claims-paying ability of RiverSource Life

Because of exemptive and exclusionary provisions, we have not registered interests in the fixed account as securities under the Securities Act of 1933 nor have any of these accounts been registered as investment companies under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Accordingly, neither the fixed account nor any interests in the fixed account are subject to the provisions of these Acts.

The fixed account has not been registered with the SEC. Disclosures regarding the fixed account, however, are subject to certain generally applicable provisions of the federal securities laws relating to the accuracy and completeness of statements made in a prospectus. 

The One-Year Fixed Account

Unless the PN program we offer is in effect, you may allocate purchase payments or transfer contract value to the one-year fixed account. The value of the one-year fixed account increases as we credit interest to the one-year fixed account. We credit and compound interest daily based on a 365-day year (366 in a leap year) so as to produce the annual effective rate which we declare. We credit the one-year fixed account with the current guaranteed annual rate that is in effect on the date we receive your purchase payment or you transfer contract value to the one-year fixed account. The interest rate we apply to each purchase payment or transfer to the one-year fixed account is guaranteed for one year. There are restrictions on the amount you can allocate to the one-year fixed account as well as on transfers from this account (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transfer policies”).

DCA Fixed Account

(Applies to contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2006 and if available in your state)

You may allocate purchase payments to the DCA fixed account. You may not transfer contract value to the DCA fixed account.

You may allocate your entire purchase payment to the DCA fixed account for a term of six or twelve months. We reserve the right to offer shorter or longer terms for the DCA fixed account.

In accordance with your investment instructions, we transfer a pro rata amount from the DCA fixed account to your investment allocations monthly so that, at the end of the DCA fixed account term, the balance of the DCA fixed account is zero. The first DCA monthly transfer occurs one day after we receive your payment.

The value of the DCA fixed account increases when we credit interest to the DCA fixed account, and decreases when we make monthly transfers from the DCA fixed account. When you allocate a purchase payment to the DCA fixed account, the interest rates applicable to that purchase payment will be the rates in effect for the DCA fixed account term you choose on the date we receive your purchase payment. The applicable interest rate is guaranteed for the length of the term for the DCA fixed account term you choose. We credit and compound interest daily based on a 365-day year (366 in a leap year) so as to produce the annual effective rate which we declare. We credit interest only on the declining balance of the DCA fixed account; we do not credit interest on amounts that have been transferred from the DCA fixed account. As a result, the net effective interest rates we credit will be less than the declared annual effective rates. Generally, we will credit the DCA fixed account with interest at the same annual effective rate we apply to the one-year

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    23

fixed account on the date we receive your purchase payment, regardless of the length of the term you select. From time to time, we may credit interest to the DCA fixed account at promotional rates that are higher than those we credit to the one-year fixed account. We reserve the right to declare different annual effective rates:

• for the DCA fixed account and the one-year fixed account;

• for the DCA fixed accounts with terms of differing length;

• for amounts in the DCA fixed account that are transferred to the one-year fixed account;

• for amounts in the DCA fixed account that are transferred to the GPAs;

• for amounts in the DCA fixed account that are transferred to the subaccounts.

Alternatively, you may allocate your purchase payment to any combination of the following which equals one hundred percent of the amount you invest:

• the DCA fixed account for a six month term;

• the DCA fixed account for a twelve month term;

• the Portfolio Stabilizer or Portfolio Navigator fund, if you have one of the optional living benefit riders;

• unless you have elected one of the optional living benefit riders, to the one-year fixed account, the GPAs and/or the subaccounts, subject to investment minimums and other restrictions we may impose on investments in the one-year fixed account and the GPAs.

If you make a purchase payment while a DCA fixed account term is in progress, you may allocate your purchase payment among the following:

• to the DCA fixed account term(s) then in effect. Amounts you allocate to an existing DCA fixed account term will be transferred out of the DCA fixed account over the remainder of the term. For example, if you allocate a new purchase payment to an existing DCA fixed account term of six months when only two months remains in the six month term, the amount you allocate will be transferred out of the DCA fixed account over the remaining two months of the term;

• to the Portfolio Stabilizer or Portfolio Navigator fund, if you have one of the optional living benefit riders;

• unless you have elected one of the optional living benefit riders, then to the one-year fixed account, the GPAs and/or the subaccounts, subject to investment minimums and other restrictions we may impose on investments in the one-year fixed account and the GPAs.

If no DCA fixed account term is in progress when you make an additional purchase payment, you may allocate it according to the rules above for the allocation of your initial purchase payment.

If you participate in a PN program, and you change to a different PN program investment option while a DCA fixed account term is in progress, we will allocate transfers from the DCA fixed account to your newly-elected PN program investment option.

If your contract permits, and you discontinue your participation in a PN program investment option while a DCA fixed account term is in progress, we will allocate transfers from the DCA fixed account for the remainder of the term in accordance with your investment instructions to us to the one-year fixed account, the GPAs and the subaccounts, subject to investment minimums and other restrictions we may impose on investments in the one-year fixed account and the GPAs, including but not limited to, any limitations described in this prospectus on transfers (see “Transfer policies”).

You may discontinue any DCA fixed account before the end of its term by giving us notice. If you do so, we will transfer the remaining balance of the DCA fixed account whose term you are ending to the PN program investment option in effect, or if no PN program investment option is in effect, in accordance with your investment instructions to us to the one-year fixed account, the GPAs and/or the subaccounts, subject to investment minimums and other restrictions we may impose on investments in the one-year fixed account and the GPAs, including but not limited to, any limitations described in this prospectus on transfers (see “Transfer policies”).

Dollar-cost averaging from the DCA fixed account does not guarantee that any subaccount will gain in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. For a discussion of how dollar-cost averaging works, see “Making the Most of your Contract — Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging.”

Buying Your Contract

New contracts are not currently being offered.

We are required by law to obtain personal information from you which we used to verify your identity. If you do not provide this information we reserve the right to refuse to issue your contract or take other steps we deem reasonable. As the owner, you have all rights and may receive all benefits under the contract. You may buy a qualified or nonqualified

24    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

annuity. Generally, you can own a nonqualified annuity in joint tenancy with rights of survivorship only in spousal situations. You cannot own a qualified annuity in joint tenancy. You can become an owner if you are 85 or younger. (The age limit may be younger for qualified annuities in some states.)

When you applied, you could have selected (if available in your state):

• GPAs, the one-year fixed account, the DCA fixed account (if part of your contract) and/or subaccounts in which you want to invest;

• how you want to make purchase payments;

• the length of the withdrawal charge schedule (5 or 7 years);

• a beneficiary;

• the optional PN program⁽¹⁾; and

• one of the following Death Benefits:

– ROP Death Benefit;

– MAV Death Benefit;

– 5% Accumulation Death Benefit⁽²⁾; or

– Enhanced Death Benefit⁽²⁾.

In addition, you could have also selected (if available in your state):

Either one of the following Optional Living Benefits:

• Accumulation Protector Benefit rider

• Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider

• Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider

• Income Assurer Benefit – MAV rider

• Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base rider

• Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base rider

Either of the following Optional Death Benefits:

•	Benefit Protector Death Benefit rider(3)
•	Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit rider(3)
(1)	There is no additional charge for this feature.
(2)	The 5% Accumulation Death Benefit and Enhanced Death Benefit are not available with Benefit Protector and Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit riders.
(3)	Not available with the 5% Accumulation Death Benefit or Enhanced Death Benefit.

The contract provides for allocation of purchase payments to the GPAs, the one-year fixed account, the DCA fixed account (if part of your contract) and/or the subaccounts of the variable account in even 1% increments subject to the $1,000 required minimum investment for the GPAs. The amount of any purchase payment allocated to the one-year fixed account in total cannot exceed 30% of the purchase payment. More than 30% of a purchase payment may be so allocated if you establish an automated dollar-cost averaging arrangement with respect to the purchase payment according to procedures currently in effect. We reserve the right to further limit purchase payment allocations to the one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then crediting on new purchase payments allocated to the one-year fixed account is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract.

We will credit additional eligible purchase payments you make to your accounts on the valuation date we receive them. If we receive an additional purchase payment at our Service Center before the close of business, we will credit any portion of that payment allocated to the subaccounts using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received the payment. If we receive an additional purchase payment at our Service Center at or after the close of business, we will credit any portion of that payment allocated to the subaccounts using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received the payment.

You may make monthly payments to your contract under a Systematic Investment Plan (SIP). You must make an initial purchase payment of $10,000. Then, to begin the SIP, you will complete and send a form and your first SIP payment along with your application. There is no charge for SIP. You can stop your SIP payments at any time.

In most states, you may make additional purchase payments to nonqualified and qualified annuities until the retirement date.

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    25

Householding and delivery of certain documents

With your prior consent, RiverSource Life and its affiliates may use and combine information concerning accounts owned by members of the same household and provide a single paper copy of certain documents to that household. This householding of documents may include prospectuses, supplements, annual reports, semiannual reports and proxies. Your authorization remains in effect unless we are notified otherwise. If you wish to continue receiving multiple copies of these documents, you can opt out of householding by calling us at 1.866.273.7429. Multiple mailings will resume within 30 days after we receive your opt out request.

The Retirement Date

Annuity payouts begin on the retirement date. This means that the contract will be annuitized or converted to a stream of monthly payments. If your contract is annuitized, the contract goes into payout and only the annuity payout provisions continue. You will no longer have access to your contract value. This means that the death benefit and any optional benefits you have elected will end. When we processed your application, we established the retirement date to be the maximum age then in effect (or contract anniversary if applicable). Unless otherwise elected by you, all retirement dates are now automatically set to the maximum age of 95 now in effect. You also can change the retirement date, provided you send us written instructions at least 30 days before annuity payouts begin.

The retirement date must be:

• no earlier than the 30th day after the contract’s effective date; and no later than

• the annuitant’s 95th birthday or the tenth contract anniversary, if later,

• or such other date as agreed upon by us.

Six months prior to your retirement start date, we will contact you with your options including the option to postpone your retirement start date to a future date. You can choose to delay the retirement start date of your contract to a date beyond age 95, to the extent allowed by applicable state law and tax laws.

If you do not make an election, annuity payouts using the contract’s default option of annuity payout Plan B – Life with 10 years certain will begin on the retirement start date and your monthly annuity payments will continue for as long as the annuitant lives. If the annuitant does not survive 10 years, we will continue to make payments until 10 years of payments have been made.

Generally, if you own a qualified annuity (for example, an IRA) and tax laws require that you take distributions from your annuity prior to your retirement start date, your contract will not be automatically annuitized (subject to state requirements). However, if you choose, you can elect to request annuitization or take surrenders to meet your required minimum distributions.

Beneficiary

We will pay to your named beneficiary the death benefit if it becomes payable while the contract is in force and before annuity payouts begin. If there is more than one beneficiary, we will pay each beneficiary’s designated share when we receive their completed claim. A beneficiary will bear the investment risk of the variable account until we receive the beneficiary’s completed claim. If there is no named beneficiary, the default provisions of your contract will apply. (See “Benefits in Case of Death” for more about beneficiaries.)

Purchase Payments

Purchase payment amounts and purchase payment timing may vary by state and be limited under the terms of your contract.

Minimum initial purchase payment

$10,000

Minimum additional purchase payments

$50 for SIPs

$100 for all other payment types

Maximum total purchase payments*

$1,000,000

* This limit applies in total to all RiverSource Life annuities you own. We reserve the right to waive or increase the maximum limit. For qualified annuities, the Code’s limits on annual contributions also apply. Additional purchase payments are restricted during the waiting period after the first 180 days immediately following the effective date of the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider.

Effective Jan. 26, 2009, no additional purchase payments are allowed for contracts with the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, Enhanced Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, or Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider subject to state restrictions.

26    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

For contracts issued in all states except those listed below certain exceptions apply and the following additional purchase payments will be allowed on/after Jan. 26, 2009:

a.	Tax Free Exchanges, rollovers, and transfers listed on the annuity application and received within 180 days from the contract issue date.
b.	Prior and current tax year contributions up to the annual limit set up by the IRS for any Qualified Accounts except TSAs and 401(a)s. This annual limit applies to IRAs, Roth IRAs, and SEP plans.

For contracts issued in Florida, New Jersey, and Oregon, additional purchase payments to your variable annuity contract will be limited to $100,000 for the life of your contract. The limit does not apply to Tax Free Exchanges, rollovers, and transfers listed on the annuity application and received within 180 days from the contract issue date.

We reserve the right to change these current rules at any time, subject to state restrictions.

How to Make Purchase Payments

11 By letter

Send your check along with your name and contract number to:

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474

22 By SIP

Contact your investment professional to complete the necessary SIP paperwork.

Purchase Payment Credits

Purchase payment credits are not available for:

• contracts with a five-year withdrawal charge schedule.

• contracts with a seven-year withdrawal charge schedule with applications signed on or after May 1, 2006, in most states. Ask your investment professional whether purchase payment credits are available under your contract.

All other contracts will receive a purchase payment credit on any purchase payment made to the contract. We apply a credit to your contract of 1% of your current purchase payment. We apply this credit immediately. We allocate the credit to the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportions as your purchase payment.

We will reverse credits from the contract value for any purchase payment that is not honored (if, for example, your purchase payment check is returned for insufficient funds).

To the extent a death benefit or withdrawal payment includes purchase payment credits applied within twelve months preceding: (1) the date of death that results in a lump sum death benefit payment under this contract; or (2) a request for withdrawal charge waiver due to “Contingent events” (see “Charges — Contingent events”), we will assess a charge, similar to a withdrawal charge, equal to the amount of the purchase payment credits. The amount we pay to you under these circumstances will always equal or exceed your withdrawal value. The amount returned to you under the free look provision also will not include any credits applied to your contract.

Because of higher charges, there may be circumstances where you may be worse off for having received the credit than in other contracts. All things being equal (such as guarantee availability or fund performance and availability), this may occur if you hold your contract for 15 years or more. This also may occur if you make a full withdrawal in the first seven years. You should consider these higher charges and other relevant factors before you buy this contract or before you exchange a contract you currently own for this contract.

This credit is made available through revenue from higher withdrawal charges and contract administrative charges than would otherwise be charged. In general, we do not profit from the higher charges assessed to cover the cost of the purchase payment credit. We use all the revenue from these higher charges to pay for the cost of the credits. However, we could profit from the higher charges if market appreciation is higher than expected or if contract owners hold their contracts for longer than expected.

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    27

Limitations on Use of Contract

If mandated by applicable law, including, but not limited to, federal anti-money laundering laws, we may be required to reject a purchase payment. We may also be required to block an owner’s access to contract values or to satisfy other statutory obligations. Under these circumstances, we may refuse to implement requests for transfers, withdrawals or death benefits until instructions are received from the appropriate governmental authority or a court of competent jurisdiction.

Charges

Contract Administrative Charge

We charge this fee for establishing and maintaining your records. We deduct $40 from the contract value on your contract anniversary or, if earlier, when the contract is fully withdrawn. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. Some states also limit any contract charge allocated to the fixed account.

We will waive this charge when your contract value is $50,000 or more on the current contract anniversary.

If you take a full withdrawal from your contract, we will deduct the charge at the time of withdrawal regardless of the contract value. We cannot increase the annual contract administrative charge and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

Variable Account Administrative Charge

We apply this charge daily to the subaccounts. It is reflected in the unit values of your subaccounts and it totals 0.15% of their average daily net assets on an annual basis. It covers certain administrative and operating expenses of the subaccounts such as accounting, legal and data processing fees and expenses involved in the preparation and distribution of reports and prospectuses. We cannot increase the variable account administrative charge.

Mortality and Expense Risk Fee

We charge these fees daily to the subaccounts. The unit values of your subaccounts reflect these fees. These fees cover the mortality and expense risk that we assume. These fees do not apply to the GPAs or the fixed account. We cannot increase these fees.

The mortality and expense risk fee you pay is based on the death benefit guarantee you select, whether the contract is a qualified annuity or a nonqualified annuity and the withdrawal charge schedule that applies to your contract.

Seven-year withdrawal charge schedule for contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2006 and if available in your state	Qualified annuities	Nonqualified annuities
ROP Death Benefit	0.90%	1.05%
MAV Death Benefit	1.10	1.25
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.25	1.40
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.30	1.45
Seven-year withdrawal charge schedule for all other contracts
ROP Death Benefit	1.00%	1.15%
MAV Death Benefit	1.20	1.35
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.35	1.50
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.40	1.55
Five-year withdrawal charge schedule
ROP Death Benefit	1.20%	1.35%
MAV Death Benefit	1.40	1.55
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.55	1.70
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.60	1.75

Mortality risk arises because of our guarantee to pay a death benefit and our guarantee to make annuity payouts according to the terms of the contract, no matter how long a specific owner or annuitant lives and no matter how long our entire group of owners or annuitants live. If, as a group, owners or annuitants outlive the life expectancy we assumed in our actuarial tables, then we must take money from our general assets to meet our obligations. If, as a group, owners or annuitants do not live as long as expected, we could profit from the mortality risk fee. We deduct the mortality risk fee from the subaccounts during the annuity payout period even if the annuity payout plan does not involve a life contingency.

28    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Expense risk arises because we cannot increase the contract administrative charge or the variable account administrative charge and these charges may not cover our expenses. We would have to make up any deficit from our general assets. We could profit from the expense risk fee if future expenses are less than expected.

The subaccounts pay us the mortality and expense risk fee they accrued as follows:

• first, to the extent possible, the subaccounts pay this fee from any dividends distributed from the funds in which they invest;

• then, if necessary, the funds redeem shares to cover any remaining fees payable.

We may use any profits we realize from the subaccounts’ payment to us of the mortality and expense risk fee for any proper corporate purpose, including, among others, payment of distribution (selling) expenses. We do not expect that the withdrawal charge will cover sales and distribution expenses.

Withdrawal Charge

If you withdraw all or part of your contract value before annuity payouts begin, we may deduct a withdrawal charge. As described below, a withdrawal charge applies to each purchase payment you make. The withdrawal charge lasts for 7 years or 5 years from our receipt of each purchase payment, depending on which withdrawal charge schedule you select when you purchase the contract (see “Expense Summary”).

You may withdraw an amount during any contract year without a withdrawal charge. We call this amount the Total Free Amount (TFA). The TFA varies depending on whether your contract includes the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider:

Contracts without Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider or Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider

The TFA is the greater of:

• 10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary⁽¹⁾; or

• current contract earnings.

Contracts with Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider

The TFA is the greatest of:

• 10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary^(1);

• current contract earnings; or

• the greater of the Remaining Benefit Payment or the Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment.

Contracts with Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider

The TFA is the greatest of:

•	10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary(1);
•	current contract earnings; or
•	the Remaining Benefit Payment.
(1)	We consider your initial purchase payment to be the prior contract anniversary’s contract value during the first contract year.

Amounts withdrawn in excess of the TFA may be subject to a withdrawal charge as described below.

A withdrawal charge will apply if the amount you withdraw includes any of your prior purchase payments that are still within their withdrawal charge schedule. To determine whether your withdrawal includes any of your prior purchase payments that are still within their withdrawal charge schedule, we withdraw amounts from your contract in the following order:

1.

We withdraw the TFA first. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on the TFA.

2.

We withdraw purchase payments not previously withdrawn, in the order you made them: the oldest purchase payment first, the next purchase payment second, etc. until all purchase payments have been withdrawn. By applying this “first-in, first-out” rule, we do not assess a withdrawal charge on purchase payments that we received prior to the number of years stated in the withdrawal charge schedule you select when you purchase the contract. We only assess a withdrawal charge on purchase payments that are still within the withdrawal charge schedule you selected.

Example: Each time you make a purchase payment under the contract, a withdrawal charge schedule attaches to that purchase payment. The withdrawal charge percentage for each purchase payment declines according to the withdrawal charge schedule shown in your contract.(The withdrawal charge percentages for the 5-Year and 7-Year withdrawal charge schedule are shown in a table in the “Expense Summary” above.) For example, if you select the 7-Year withdrawal charge schedule, during the first two years after a purchase payment is made, the withdrawal charge

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    29

percentage attached to that payment is 8%. The withdrawal charge percentage for that payment during the seventh year after it is made is 3%. At the beginning of the eighth year after that purchase payment is made, and thereafter, there is no longer a withdrawal charge as to that payment.

We determine your withdrawal charge by multiplying each of your payments withdrawn by the applicable withdrawal charge percentage (see “Expense Summary”), and then adding the total withdrawal charges.

For a partial withdrawal that is subject to a withdrawal charge, the amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable withdrawal charge. A partial withdrawal that includes contract value taken from the guarantee period accounts may also be subject to a market value adjustment (see “Guarantee Period Accounts — Market Value Adjustment”). We pay you the amount you request.

The amount of purchase payments withdrawn is calculated using a prorated formula based on the percentage of contract value being withdrawn. As a result, the amount of purchase payments withdrawn may be greater than the amount of contract value withdrawn.

For an example, see Appendix B.

Waiver of withdrawal charges

We do not assess withdrawal charges for:

•	withdrawals of any contract earnings;
•	withdrawals of amounts totaling up to 10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary to the extent it exceeds contract earnings;
•	if you elected the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider,, the greater of your contract’s Remaining Benefit Payment or Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment to the extent it exceeds the greater of contract earnings or 10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary;
•	if you elected the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, your contract’s Remaining Benefit Payment to the extent it exceeds the greater of contract earnings or 10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary;
•	required minimum distributions from a qualified annuity to the extent that they exceed the free amount. The amount on which withdrawal charges are waived can be no greater than the RMD amount calculated under your specific contract currently in force;
•	contracts settled using an annuity payout plan (Exception: As described below, if you select annuity payout Plan E, and choose later to withdraw the value of your remaining annuity payments, we will assess a withdrawal charge. )
•	withdrawals made as a result of one of the “Contingent events”* described below to the extent permitted by state law; and
•	death benefits*.
*	However, we will reverse certain purchase payment credits. (See “Buying Your Contract — Purchase Payment Credits.”)

Contingent events

• Withdrawals you make if you or the annuitant are confined to a hospital or nursing home and have been for the prior 60 days. Your contract will include this provision when you and the annuitant are under age 76 at contract issue. You must provide proof satisfactory to us of the confinement as of the date you request the withdrawal.

• To the extent permitted by state law, withdrawals you make if you or the annuitant are diagnosed in the second or later contract years as disabled with a medical condition that with reasonable medical certainty will result in death within 12 months or less from the date of the licensed physician’s statement. You must provide us with a licensed physician’s statement containing the terminal illness diagnosis and the date the terminal illness was initially diagnosed.

Liquidation charge under Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:If you are receiving variable annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to withdraw those payments. The amount that you can withdraw is the present value of any remaining variable payouts. The discount rate we use in the calculation will be 5.17% if the assumed investment return is 3.5% and 6.67% if the assumed investment return is 5%. The liquidation charge equals the present value of the remaining payouts using the assumed investment return minus the present value of the remaining payouts using the discount rate.

Fixed Payouts: Withdrawal charge for Fixed Annuity Payout Plan E – Payouts for a specified period: If you are receiving annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to take a withdraw and withdrawal charge may apply.

A withdrawal charge will be assessed against the present value of any remaining guaranteed payouts withdrawn. The discount rate we use in determining present values varies based on: (1) the contract value originally applied to the fixed annuitization; (2) the remaining years of guaranteed payouts; (3) the annual effective interest rate and periodic payment

30    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

amount for new immediate annuities of the same duration as the remaining years of guaranteed payouts; and (4) the interest spread (currently 1.50%). If we do not currently offer immediate annuities, we will use rates and values applicable to new annuitizations to determine the discount rate.

Once the discount rate is applied and we have determined the present value of the remaining guaranteed payouts you withdrawn, the present value determined will be multiplied by the withdrawal charge percentage in the table below and deducted from the present value to determine the net present value you will receive.

Number of Completed Years Since Annuitization	Withdrawal charge percentage
0	Not applicable*
1	5%
2	4
3	3
4	2
5	1
6 and thereafter	0

*We do not permit withdrawals in the first year after annuitization.

We will provide a quoted present value (which includes the deduction of any withdrawal charge). You must then formally elect, in a form acceptable to us, to receive this value. The remaining guaranteed payouts following withdraw will be reduced to zero.

Possible group reductions: In some cases we may incur lower sales and administrative expenses due to the size of the group, the average contribution and the use of group enrollment procedures. In such cases, we may be able to reduce or eliminate the contract administrative and withdrawal charges. However, we expect this to occur infrequently.

Fund Fees and Expenses

There are deductions from and expenses paid out of the assets of the funds that are described in the prospectuses for those funds.

Premium Taxes

Certain state and local governments impose premium taxes on us (up to 3.5%). These taxes depend upon your state of residence or the state in which the contract was issued. Currently, we deduct any applicable premium tax when annuity payouts begin, but we reserve the right to deduct this tax at other times such as when you make purchase payments or when you make a full withdrawal from your contract.

Optional Living Benefits Charges

Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider Fee

We deduct an annual charge from your contract value on your contract anniversary for this optional benefit only if you select it. The charge is percentage of the greater of your contract value or the minimum contract accumulation value. See table below for the applicable percentage. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

Once you elect the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, you may not cancel it and the charge will continue to be deducted until the end of the waiting period. If the contract is terminated for any reason or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the charge.

The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider fee will not exceed a maximum of 1.75%.

We may increase the rider fee at our discretion and on a nondiscriminatory basis.

We will not change the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider fee in effect on your contract after the rider effective date unless:

(a)	you choose the annual elective step up or elective spousal continuation step up after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee; or
(b)	you change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee or vary the rider fee.

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    31

We exercised our right to increase the rider fee upon elective step up or elective spousal continuation step up and vary the fee depending on whether your contract value is invested in one of the Portfolio Navigator or Portfolio Stabilizer funds at the time of the elective step up or spousal continuation step up. You will pay the fee that is in effect on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up. Currently, we waive our right to increase the fee for investment option changes. There is no assurance that we will not exercise our right in the future.

If you request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up, the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are invested at that time, as shown in the table below.

Accumulation Protector Benefit® rider fee	Maximum annual rider fee	Initial annual rider fee and annual rider fee for elective step-ups before 04/29/2013
	1.75%	0.55%

(Charged annually on the contract anniversary as a percentage of the contract value or the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value, whichever is greater.)

Current annual rider fees for elective step-up (including elective spousal continuation step-up) requests on/after 04/29/2013 are shown in the table below.

Elective step up date:	If invested in Portfolio Navigator fund at the time of step-up:	If invested in Portfolio Stabilizer fund at the time of step-up:
04/29/2013 – 11/17/2013	1.75%	n/a
11/18/2013 – 10/17/2014	1.75%	1.30%
10/18/2014 – 06/30/2016	1.60%	1.00%
07/01/2016 – 10/15/2018	1.75%	1.30%
10/16/2018 – 12/29/2019	1.40%	1.00%
12/30/2019 – 07/20/2020	1.55%	1.15%
07/21/2020 and later	1.75%	1.75%

If your annual rider fee changes during the contract year, on the next contract anniversary we will calculate an average rider fee that reflects the various fees that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

Subject to the terms of your contract, we reserve the right to further increase the rider fees to the maximum limit provided by your rider and to vary the rider fees based on the fund you select.

The automatic step up option available under your rider will not impact your rider fee.

Please see the “Optional Living Benefits — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider” section for a full description and rules applicable to elective and automatic step up options under your rider.

The charge does not apply after annuity payouts begin.

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider Fee

We deduct an annual charge based on the greater of the contract anniversary value or the total Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA) for this optional feature only if you select it. The initial fee is 0.65%. We deduct the charge from your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

Once you elect the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, you may not cancel it and the charge will continue to be deducted until the contract is terminated, the contract value reduces to zero. If the contract is terminated for any reason or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee. If the RBA goes to zero but the contract value has not been depleted, you will continue to be charged.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider charge will not exceed a maximum fee of 1.50%.

We may increase the rider fee at our discretion and on a nondiscriminatory basis.

We will not change the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider fee in effect on your contract after the rider effective date unless:

(a) you choose the annual elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee; or

32    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

(b) you elect to change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee or vary the rider fee for each PN program investment option.

Effective Dec. 18, 2013, we exercised our right to increase the rider fee and vary the fee depending on the fund to which your contract value is invested. Beginning Dec. 18, 2013, if you:

• request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up, or

• move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is more aggressive than the Portfolio Navigator fund you are currently allocated to,

the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are currently invested as shown in the table below.

If you move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is less aggressive than the Portfolio Navigator fund you are currently allocated to, your fee will not increase and may decrease according to the table below.

Fund name	Maximum annual rider fee	Current annual rider fee as of 12/18/13
Portfolio Stabilizer funds	1.50%	0.65%
Portfolio Navigator funds:
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.80%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.80%
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.80%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.95%
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	1.10%

On your next contract anniversary, if your contract value is allocated to a fund subject to a fee increase, you will have 30 days following the anniversary to choose from the following:

1.	Remain invested in your current Portfolio Navigator fund and elect to step up (when available) and lock in your contract gains. If you make this decision, your rider fee will increase.
2.	Move to one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. If you do this, your rider fee will not increase, but remember that you will lose your access to invest in the Portfolio Navigator funds.
3.	Do not elect a step up, if eligible. You will not lock in contract gains, but your rider fee will stay the same.

During the 30 days following your contract anniversary, if your contract value is allocated to a fund subject to a fee increase, we will automatically process any available step up and lock in any contract gains, as well as reactivate automatic step ups, when contract value is transferred:

1.	to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund;
2.	to a less aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund that is not subject to a fee increase, if applicable; or
3.	to a more aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund.

The step up and lock in of any contract gains will occur as of the date of the transfer described above.

Rider fees may increase or decrease as you move to various funds. Your fee will increase if you transfer your contract value to a more aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund with a higher fee. If you transfer to a less aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund or transfer to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund, your fee may decrease. Certain rider fees may not change depending on the fund in which your contract value is allocated.

We will notify you in writing about your opportunity to elect to step up (if eligible) and incur the higher rider fee or maintain your guaranteed amount at its current level and keep your rider fee the same. If you are subject to a fee increase, you will receive a letter from us approximately 30 days before your next annuity contract anniversary. This letter will describe the potential opportunity to elect a step up to increase your guaranteed income and how to make the election if eligible. You will have a 30 day period beginning on your next contract anniversary to choose whether to step up and accept the fee increase. The step up and new fee will be effective on the date we receive your request for the step up (Step up date).

For purposes of determining the duration of the “30 day window” following your contract anniversary to elect to step up or to transfer funds to lock in any available contract gains, the following will apply:

1.	the duration of your window is determined on a calendar day basis;
2.	under our current administrative process we will accept your request on the 31st calendar day if we receive it prior to the close of the NYSE; and
3.	if your window ends on a day the NYSE is closed, we must receive your request no later than the close of the NYSE on the preceding Valuation Date.

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    33

Each year, we will continue to provide you written notice of your options with respect to elective step ups and the fee increase until you are no longer subject to a fee increase. Once you have taken action that results in a higher fee, you will become eligible for automatic step ups under the rider.

Before you elect a step up resulting in an increased rider fee, you should carefully consider the benefit of the contract value gains you are locking-in and the increased rider fee compared to your other options including whether it is appropriate to consider moving to a fund with a lower corresponding rider fee.

Subject to the terms of your contract, we reserve the right to further increase the rider fee up to the maximum limit provided by your rider. Currently, the rider fee does not vary among the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, but we reserve the right to vary the fees among the Portfolio Stabilizer funds in the future.

If you choose the elective step up, the elective spousal continuation step up, or change your investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee as described above, you will pay the fee that is in effect on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up or change your investment option. On the next contract anniversary, we will calculate an average fee, for the preceding contract year only, that reflects the various different charges that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

The charge does not apply after annuity payouts begin.

For an example of how your fee will vary upon elective step up or spousal continuation step up, please see Appendix N.

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider Fee

This fee information applies to both Rider A and Rider B unless otherwise noted.

We deduct an annual charge based on contract value for this optional feature only if you select it. The initial fee is 0.55%. We deduct the charge from your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

Once you elect the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, you may not cancel it and the charge will continue to be deducted until the contract is terminated, the contract value reduces to zero. If the contract is terminated for any reason or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee. If the Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA) goes to zero but the contract value has not been depleted, you will continue to be charged.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider fee will not exceed a maximum charge of 1.50%.

We may increase the rider fee at our discretion and on a nondiscriminatory basis.

We will not change the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider fee in effect on your contract after the rider effective date unless:

(a)	you choose the annual elective step up or elective spousal continuation step up after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee; or
(b)	you elect to change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee or vary the rider fee for each PN program investment option.

Effective Dec. 18, 2013, we exercised our right to increase the rider fee and vary the fee depending on the fund to which your contract value is invested.

Beginning Dec. 18, 2013, if you:

• request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up, or

• move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is more aggressive than the Portfolio Navigator fund you are currently allocated to,

the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are currently invested as shown in the table below.

If you move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is less aggressive than the Portfolio Navigator fund you are currently allocated to, your fee will not increase and may decrease according to the table below.

Fund name	Maximum annual rider fee	Current annual rider fee as of 12/18/13
Portfolio Stabilizer funds	1.50%	0.55%
Portfolio Navigator funds:
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.70%

34    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Fund name	Maximum annual rider fee	Current annual rider fee as of 12/18/13
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.85%
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	1.00%

On your next contract anniversary after, if your contract value is allocated to a fund subject to a fee increase, you will have 30 days following the anniversary to choose from the following:

1.	Remain invested in your current Portfolio Navigator fund and elect to step up (when available) and lock in your contract gains. If you make this decision, your rider fee will increase.
2.	Move to one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. If you do this, your rider fee will not increase, but remember that you will lose your access to invest in the Portfolio Navigator funds.
3.	Do not elect a step up, if eligible. You will not lock in contract gains, but your rider fee will stay the same.

For the enhanced rider, if during the 30 days following your contract anniversary, your contract value is allocated to a fund subject to a fee increase, we will automatically process any available step up and lock in any contract gains, as well as reactivate automatic step ups, when contract value is transferred:

1.	to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund;
2.	to a less aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund that is not subject to a fee increase, if applicable; or
3.	to a more aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund.

For original riders, you must always elect to step up your rider values. The step up and lock in of any contract gains will occur as of the date of the transfer described above.

Rider fees may increase or decrease as you move to various funds. Your fee will increase if you transfer your contract value to a more aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund with a higher fee. If you transfer to a less aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund or transfer to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund, your fee may decrease. Certain rider fees may not change depending on the fund in which your contract value is allocated.

We will notify you in writing about your opportunity to elect to step up (if eligible) and incur the higher rider fee or maintain your guaranteed amount at its current level and keep your rider fee the same. For original riders or enhanced riders subject to a fee increase, you will receive a letter from us approximately 30 days before your next annuity contract anniversary. This letter will describe the potential opportunity to elect a step up to increase your guaranteed income and how to make the election if eligible. You will have a 30 day period beginning on your next contract anniversary to choose whether to step up and accept the fee increase. For enhanced riders and original riders with an application signed date on or after 4/29/2005, if approved in your state, the step up and new fee will be effective on the date we receive your request for the step up (Step up date). For original riders with an application signed date before 4/29/2005, the step up will be effective as of your contract anniversary and the fee for your rider will be the fee that was in effect for your current fund on the anniversary.

For purposes of determining the duration of the “30 day window” following your contract anniversary to elect to step up or to transfer funds to lock in any available contract gains, the following will apply:

1.	the duration of your window is determined on a calendar day basis;
2.	under our current administrative process we will accept your request on the 31st calendar day if we receive it prior to the close of the NYSE; and
3.	if your window ends on a day the NYSE is closed, we must receive your request no later than the close of the NYSE on the preceding Valuation Date.

Under the enhanced rider, each year, we will continue to provide you written notice of your options with respect to elective step ups and the fee increase until you are no longer subject to a fee increase. Once you have taken action that results in a higher fee, you will become eligible for automatic step ups under the rider.

Before you elect a step up resulting in an increased rider fee, you should carefully consider the benefit of the contract value gains you are locking-in and the increased rider fee compared to your other options including whether it is appropriate to consider moving to a fund with a lower corresponding rider fee.

Subject to the terms of your contract, we reserve the right to further increase the rider fee up to the maximum limit provided by your rider. Currently, the rider fee does not vary among the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, but we reserve the right to vary the fees among the Portfolio Stabilizer funds in the future.

If you choose the annual or spousal continuation elective step up or change your investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee as described above, you will pay the fee that is in effect on the effective date of your step up or investment option change. On the next contract anniversary, we will calculate an average rider fee, for the preceding contract year only, that reflects the various different charges that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    35

The charge does not apply after annuity payouts begin.

For an example of how your fee will vary upon elective step up or spousal continuation step up, please see Appendix H.

Income Assurer Benefit Rider Fee

We deduct a charge for this optional feature only if you selected it. We determine the charge by multiplying the guaranteed income benefit base by the charge for the Income Assurer Benefit rider you select. There are three Income Assurer Benefit rider options available under your contract (see “Optional Benefits — Income Assurer Benefit Riders”) and each has a different guaranteed income benefit base calculation. The charge for each Income Assurer Benefit rider is as follows:

	Maximum	Current
Income Assurer Benefit – MAV	1.50%	0.30%(1)
Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base	1.75	0.60(1)
Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base	2.00	0.65(1)

⁽¹⁾ For applications signed prior to Oct. 7, 2004, the following current annual rider charges apply: Income Assurer Benefit – MAV — 0.55%, Income Assurer Benefit — 5% Accumulation Benefit Base — 0.70%; and Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base — 0.75%.

We deduct the charge from the contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among the GPAs , the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary. If the contract is terminated for any reason or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the fee from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee.

Currently the Income Assurer Benefit rider fee does not vary with the PN program investment option selected; however, we reserve the right to increase this fee and/or vary the rider fee for each PN program investment option but not to exceed the maximum charges shown above. We cannot change the Income Assurer Benefit charge after the rider effective date, unless you change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the fee and/or charge a separate fee for each PN program investment option. If you choose to change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee, you will pay the fee that is in effect on the valuation date we receive your written request to change your PN program investment option. On the next contract anniversary, we will calculate an average rider fee, for the preceding contract year only, that reflects the various different charges that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

For an example of how each Income Assurer Benefit rider fee is calculated, see Appendix K.

Optional Death Benefit Charges

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider Fee

We deduct a charge for the optional feature only if you select it. If selected, we deduct 0.25% of your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

If the contract is terminated for any reason other than death or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the charge. We cannot increase this annual charge after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider Fee

We charge a fee for the optional feature only if you select it. If selected, we deduct 0.40% of your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this fee among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

If the contract is terminated for any reason other than death or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the fee from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee. We cannot increase this annual charge after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

36    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Valuing Your Investment

We value your accounts as follows:

GPAs

We value the amounts you allocate to the GPAs directly in dollars. The value of the GPAs equals:

• the sum of your purchase payments and transfer amounts allocated to the GPAs;

• plus any purchase payment credits allocated to the GPAs;

• plus interest credited;

• minus the sum of amounts withdrawn (including any applicable withdrawal charges) and amounts transferred out;

• minus any prorated portion of the contract administrative charge; and

• minus the prorated portion of the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Accumulation Protector Benefit rider;

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider;

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider;

– Income Assurer Benefit rider;

– Benefit Protector rider; or

– Benefit Protector Plus rider.

The Fixed Account

The fixed account includes the one-year fixed account and the DCA fixed account.

We value the amounts you allocate to the fixed account directly in dollars. The value of the fixed account equals:

• the sum of your purchase payments and purchase payment credits allocated to the one-year fixed account and the DCA fixed account (if included), and transfer amounts to the one-year fixed account (including any positive or negative MVA on amounts transferred from the GPAs to the one-year fixed account);

• plus interest credited;

• minus the sum of amounts withdrawn (including any applicable withdrawal charges) and amounts transferred out;

• minus any prorated portion of the contract administrative charge; and

• minus the prorated portion of the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Accumulation Protector Benefit rider;

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider;

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider;

– Income Assurer Benefit rider;

– Benefit Protector rider; or

– Benefit Protector Plus rider.

Subaccounts

We convert amounts you allocated to the subaccounts into accumulation units. Each time you make a purchase payment or transfer amounts into one of the subaccounts or we apply any purchase payment credits, we credit a certain number of accumulation units to your contract for that subaccount. Conversely, we subtract a certain number of accumulation units from your contract each time you take a partial withdrawal; transfer amounts out of a subaccount; or we assess a contract administrative charge, a withdrawal charge, or fee for any optional contract riders with annual charges (if applicable).

The accumulation units are the true measure of investment value in each subaccount during the accumulation period. They are related to, but not the same as, the net asset value of the fund in which the subaccount invests. The dollar value of each accumulation unit can rise or fall daily depending on the variable account expenses, performance of the fund and on certain fund expenses.

Here is how we calculate accumulation unit values:

Number of units: To calculate the number of accumulation units for a particular subaccount, we divide your investment by the current accumulation unit value.

Accumulation unit value: The current accumulation unit value for each subaccount equals the last value times the subaccount’s current net investment factor.

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    37

We determine the net investment factor by:

• adding the fund’s current net asset value per share, plus the per share amount of any accrued income or capital gain dividends to obtain a current adjusted net asset value per share; then

• dividing that sum by the previous adjusted net asset value per share; and

• subtracting the percentage factor representing the mortality and expense risk fee and the variable account administrative charge from the result.

Because the net asset value of the fund may fluctuate, the accumulation unit value may increase or decrease. You bear all the investment risk in a subaccount.

Factors that affect subaccount accumulation units: Accumulation units may change in two ways — in number and in value.

The number of accumulation units you own may fluctuate due to:

• additional purchase payments you allocate to the subaccounts;

• any purchase payment credits allocated to the subaccounts;

• transfers into or out of the subaccounts (including any positive or negative MVA on amounts transferred from the GPAs);

• partial withdrawals;

• withdrawal charges;

and the deduction of a prorated portion of:

• the contract administrative charge; and

• the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Accumulation Protector Benefit rider;

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider;

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider;

– Income Assurer Benefit rider;

– Benefit Protector rider; or

– Benefit Protector Plus rider.

Accumulation unit values will fluctuate due to:

• changes in fund net asset value;

• fund dividends distributed to the subaccounts;

• fund capital gains or losses;

• fund operating expenses; and

• mortality and expense risk fee and the variable account administrative charge.

Making the Most of Your Contract

Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging

Currently, you can use automated transfers to take advantage of dollar-cost averaging (investing a fixed amount at regular intervals). For example, you might transfer a set amount monthly from a relatively conservative subaccount to a more aggressive one, or to several others, or from the one-year GPA or one-year fixed account to one or more subaccounts. Automated transfers are not available for GPA terms of two or more years. You can also obtain the benefits of dollar-cost averaging by setting up regular automatic SIP payments or by establishing an interest sweep strategy. Interest sweeps are a monthly transfer of the interest earned from the one-year GPA or one-year fixed account into the subaccounts of your choice. If you participate in an interest sweep strategy the interest you earn on the one-year GPA or one-year fixed account will be less than the annual interest rate we apply because there will be no compounding. There is no charge for dollar-cost averaging.

This systematic approach can help you benefit from fluctuations in accumulation unit values caused by fluctuations in the market values of the funds. Since you invest the same amount each period, you automatically acquire more units when the market value falls and fewer units when it rises. The potential effect is to lower your average cost per unit.

38    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

How dollar-cost averaging works

By investing an equal number of dollars each month		Month	Amount invested	Accumulation unit value	Number of units purchased
		Jan	$100	$20	5.00
		Feb	100	18	5.56
you automatically buy more units when the per unit market price is low		Mar	100	17	5.88
	→	Apr	100	15	6.67
		May	100	16	6.25
		Jun	100	18	5.56
		Jul	100	17	5.88
and fewer units when the per unit market price is high.		Aug	100	19	5.26
	→	Sept	100	21	4.76
		Oct	100	20	5.00

You paid an average price of $17.91 per unit over the 10 months, while the average market price actually was $18.10.

Dollar-cost averaging does not guarantee that any subaccount will gain in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. Because dollar-cost averaging involves continuous investing, your success will depend upon your willingness to continue to invest regularly through periods of low price levels. Dollar-cost averaging can be an effective way to help meet your long-term goals. For specific features contact your investment professional.

Dollar-cost averaging as described in this section is not available when the PN program is in effect.

However, subject to certain restrictions, dollar-cost averaging is available through the DCA fixed account. See the “DCA Fixed Account” and “Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds” sections in this prospectus for details.

Asset Rebalancing

You can ask us in writing to automatically rebalance the subaccount portion of your contract value either quarterly, semiannually, or annually. The period you select will start to run on the date we record your request. On the first valuation date of each of these periods, we automatically will rebalance your contract value so that the value in each subaccount matches your current subaccount percentage allocations. These percentage allocations must be in whole numbers. There is no charge for asset rebalancing. The contract value must be at least $2,000.

You can change your percentage allocations or your rebalancing period at any time by contacting us in writing. We will restart the rebalancing period you selected as of the date we record your change. You also can ask us in writing to stop rebalancing your contract value. You must allow 30 days for us to change any instructions that currently are in place. For more information on asset rebalancing, contact your investment professional.

Different rules apply to asset rebalancing under the PN program (see “Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds” below).

As long as you are not participating in the PN program, asset rebalancing is available for use with the DCA fixed account (see “DCA Fixed Account”) only if your subaccount allocation for asset rebalancing is exactly the same as your subaccount allocation for transfers from the DCA fixed account. If you change your subaccount allocations under the asset rebalancing program or the DCA fixed account, we will automatically change the subaccount allocations so they match. If you do not wish to have the subaccount allocation be the same for the asset rebalancing program and the DCA fixed account, you must terminate the asset rebalancing program or the DCA fixed account, as you may choose.

Asset Allocation Program

For contracts with applications signed before May 1, 2006, we offered an asset allocation program called Portfolio Navigator. You could elect to participate in the asset allocation program, and there is no additional charge. If you purchased an optional Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider or Income Assurer Benefit rider, you are required to participate in the PN program under the terms of the rider.

This asset allocation program allows you to allocate your contract value to a model portfolio that consists of subaccounts and may include certain GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account (if available under the asset allocation program), which represent various asset classes. By spreading your contract value among these various asset classes, you may be able to reduce the volatility in your contract value, but there is no guarantee that this will occur.

Asset allocation does not guarantee that your contract will increase in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. If you choose or are required to participate in the asset allocation program, you are responsible for determining which model portfolio is best for you. Your investment professional can help you make this determination.

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    39

In addition, your investment professional may provide you with an investor questionnaire, a tool that can help you determine which model portfolio is suited to your needs based on factors such as your investment goals, your tolerance for risk, and how long you intend to invest.

Currently, there are five model portfolios ranging from conservative to aggressive. You may not use more than one model portfolio at a time. You are allowed to request a change to another model portfolio twice per contract year. Each model portfolio specifies allocation percentages to each of the subaccounts and any GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account that make up that model portfolio. By participating in the asset allocation program, you authorize us to invest your contract value in the subaccounts and any GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account (if included) according to the allocation percentages stated for the specific model portfolio you have selected. You also authorize us to automatically rebalance your contract value quarterly beginning three months after the effective date of your contract in order to maintain alignment with the allocation percentages specified in the model portfolio.

Special rules will apply to the GPAs if they are included in a model portfolio. Under these rules:

• no MVA will apply when rebalancing occurs within a specific model portfolio (but an MVA may apply if you elect to transfer to a new model portfolio); and

• no MVA will apply when you elect an annuity payout plan while your contract value is invested in a model portfolio (see “Guarantee Period Accounts — Market Value Adjustment”).

Under the asset allocation program, the subaccounts, any GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account (if included) that make up the model portfolio you selected and the allocation percentages to those subaccounts, any GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account (if included) will not change unless we adjust the composition of the model portfolio to reflect the liquidation, substitution or merger of an underlying fund, a change of investment objective by an underlying fund or when an underlying fund stops selling its shares to the variable account. We reserve the right to change the terms and conditions of the asset allocation program upon written notice to you.

If permitted under applicable securities law, we reserve the right to:

• reallocate your current model portfolio to an updated version of your current model portfolio; or

• substitute a fund of funds for your current model portfolio.

We also reserve the right to discontinue the asset allocation program. We will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change.

If you elected to participate in the asset allocation program, you may discontinue your participation in the program at any time by giving us written notice. Upon cancellation, automated rebalancing associated with the asset allocation program will end. You can elect to participate in the asset allocation program again at any time.

Required Use of Asset Allocation Program with Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider or Income Assurer Benefit rider

If you are required to participate in the asset allocation program because you purchased an optional Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider or Income Assurer Benefit rider, you may not discontinue your participation in the asset allocation program unless permitted by the terms of the rider as summarized below:

• Accumulation Protector Benefit rider: You cannot terminate the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. As long as the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider is in effect, your contract value must be invested in one of the model portfolios. The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider automatically ends at the end of the waiting period as does the requirement that you participate in the asset allocation program. At all other times, if you do not want to participate in any of the model portfolios, you must terminate your contract by requesting a full withdrawal. Withdrawal charges and tax penalties may apply.Therefore, you should not select the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider if you do not intend to continue participating in one of the model portfolios until the end of the waiting period.

• Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider: Because the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider requires that your contract value be invested in one of the model portfolios for the life of the contract, and you cannot terminate the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider once you have selected it, you must terminate your contract by requesting a full withdrawal if you do not want to participate in any of the model portfolios. Withdrawal charges and tax penalties may apply.Therefore, you should not select the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider if you do not intend to continue participating in one of the model portfolios for the life of the contract.

• Income Assurer Benefit rider: You can terminate the Income Assurer Benefit rider during a 30-day period after the first rider anniversary and at any time after the expiration of the waiting period. At all other times, if you do not want to participate in any of the model portfolios, you must terminate your contract by requesting a full withdrawal. Withdrawal charges and tax penalties may apply. As long as the Income Assurer Benefit rider is in effect, your contract value must be invested in one of the model portfolios.Therefore, you should not select the Income Assurer Benefit rider if you do not intend to continue participating in one of the model portfolios during the period of time the Income Assurer Benefit rider is in effect.

40    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Portfolio Navigator Program (PN program) and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds

PN Program. You are required to participate in the PN program if your contract includes optional living benefit riders. Under the PN program, your contract value is allocated to a PN program investment. The PN program investment options are currently five funds of funds, each of which invests in underlying funds in proportions that vary among the funds of funds in light of each fund of funds’ investment objective (“Portfolio Navigator funds”). The PN program is available for both nonqualified and qualified annuities.

The Portfolio Navigator funds. We offer the following Portfolio Navigator funds:

1.	Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio
2.	Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio
3.	Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio
4.	Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio
5.	Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio

Each Portfolio Navigator fund is a fund of funds with the investment objective of seeking a high level of total return consistent with a certain level of risk, which it seeks to achieve by investing in various underlying funds.

For additional information about the Portfolio Navigator funds’ investment strategies, see the Funds’ prospectus.

If your contract does not include one of the living benefit riders, you may not participate in the PN program, but you may choose to allocate your contract value to one or more of the Portfolio Navigator funds.

Beginning November 18, 2013, if you have selected Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life riders, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider or Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, as an alternative to the Portfolio Navigator funds in the PN program, we have made available to you four new funds, known as Portfolio Stabilizer funds.

The Portfolio Stabilizer funds. The following Portfolio Stabilizer funds currently available are:

1.	Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Fund (Class 2)
2.	Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2)
3.	Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2)
4.	Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Growth Fund (Class 2)

Each Portfolio Stabilizer fund has an investment objective of pursuing total return while seeking to manage the Fund’s exposure to equity market volatility.

For additional information about the Portfolio Stabilizer funds’ investment strategies, see the Funds’ prospectuses.

You may choose to remain invested in your current Portfolio Navigator fund, move to a different Portfolio Navigator fund, or move to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund. Your decision should be made based on your own individual investment objectives and financial situation and in consultation with your investment professional.

Please note that if you are currently invested in a Portfolio Navigator fund as part of the PN program and choose to reallocate your contract value to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund, you will no longer have access to any of the Portfolio Navigator funds, but you may change to any one of the other Portfolio Stabilizer funds, subject to the transfer limits applicable to your rider.

If your contract does not include the living benefit riders, you may not participate in the PN program; but you may choose to allocate your contract value to one or more of the Portfolio Navigator funds. You should review any PN program, Portfolio Navigator funds and Portfolio Stabilizer funds information, including the funds’ prospectus, carefully. Your investment professional can provide you with additional information and can answer questions you may have on the PN program, Portfolio Navigator funds and Portfolio Stabilizer funds.

The PN program static model portfolios. If you have chosen to remain invested in a “static” PN program model portfolio investment option, your assets will remain invested in accordance with your current model portfolio, and you will not be provided with any updates to the model portfolio or reallocation recommendations. (The last such reallocation recommendation was provided in 2009.) Each model portfolio consists of underlying funds and/or any GPAs (if included) according to the allocation percentages stated for the model portfolio. If you are participating in the PN program through a model portfolio, you instruct us to automatically rebalance your contract value quarterly in order to maintain alignment with these allocation percentages.

Special rules apply to the GPAs if they are included in a model portfolio. Under these rules:

• no MVA will apply when rebalancing occurs within a specific model portfolio (but an MVA may apply if you elect to transfer to a fund of funds);

• no MVA will apply when you elect an annuity payout plan while your contract value is invested in a model portfolio. (See “Guarantee Period Accounts — Market Value Adjustment.”)

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    41

If you choose to remain in a static model portfolio, the investments and investment styles and policies of the underlying funds in which your contract value is invested may change. Accordingly, your model portfolio may change so that it is no longer appropriate for your needs, even though your allocations to underlying funds do not change. Furthermore, the absence of periodic updating means that existing underlying funds will not be replaced as may be appropriate due to poor performance, changes in management personnel, liquidation, merger or other factors. Your investment professional can help you determine whether your continued investment in a static model portfolio is appropriate for you.

Investing in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, the Portfolio Navigator funds and PN static model portfolios (the Funds). You are responsible for determining which investment option is best for you. Currently, the PN program includes five Portfolio Navigator funds (and under the previous PN program, five static model portfolios investment options), with risk profiles ranging from conservative to aggressive in relation to one another. There are four Portfolio Stabilizer funds currently available. If your contract includes a living benefit rider you may only invest in one Portfolio Stabilizer or Portfolio Navigator fund at a time.
Your investment professional can help you determine which investment option most closely matches your investing style, based on factors such as your investment goals, your tolerance for risk and how long you intend to invest. There is no guarantee that the investment option you select is appropriate for you based on your investment objectives and/or risk profile. We and Columbia Management are not responsible for your decision to select a certain investment option or your decision to transfer to a different investment option.

If you initially allocate qualifying purchase payments to the DCA fixed account , when available (see “DCA Fixed Account”), and you are invested in one of the Portfolio Stabilizer or Portfolio Navigator funds, we will make monthly transfers in accordance with your instructions from the DCA fixed account into the investment option or model portfolio you have chosen.

Before you decide to transfer contract value to the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, you and your investment professional should carefully consider the following:

• Whether the Portfolio Stabilizer funds meet your personal investment objectives and/or risk tolerance.

• Whether you would like to continue to invest in a Portfolio Navigator fund. If you decide to transfer your contract value to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund, you permanently lose your ability to invest in any of the Portfolio Navigator funds if you have a living benefit rider. If you decide to no longer invest your contract value in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, your only option will be to terminate your contract by requesting a full surrender.Withdrawal charges and tax penalties may apply.

• Whether the total expenses associated with an investment in a Portfolio Stabilizer fund is appropriate for you. For total expenses associated with the rider, you should consider not only the variation of the rider fee, but also the variation in fees among the various funds. You should also consider your overall investment objective, as well as how total fees and your selected fund’s investment objective may impact the amount of any step up opportunities in the future.

You may request a change to your Fund selection (or a transfer from your PN program static model portfolio to either a Portfolio Navigator fund or a Portfolio Stabilizer fund) up to two times per contract year by written request on an authorized form or by another method agreed to by us. If you make such a change, we may charge you a higher fee for your rider. However, an initial transfer from a Portfolio Navigator fund to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund will not count toward the limit of two transfers per year. If your contract includes the GWB for Life rider, we reserve the right to limit the number of investment options from which you can select, subject to state restrictions. If you decide to annuitize your contract, your rider will terminate and you will no longer have access to the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. If your living benefit rider is terminated, you may remain invested in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, but you will not be allowed to allocate future purchase payments or make transfers to these funds.

Substitution and modification. We reserve the right to add, remove or substitute Funds. We also reserve the right, upon notification to you, to close or restrict any Fund. Any change will apply to current allocations and/or to future payments and transfers. Any substitution of Funds may be subject to SEC or state insurance departments approval.

We reserve the right to change the terms and conditions of the PN program or to change the availability of the investment options upon written notice to you. This includes but is not limited to the right to:

• limit your choice of investment options based on the amount of your initial purchase payment;

• cancel required participation in the program after 30 days written notice;

• substitute a fund of funds for your model portfolio, if applicable, if permitted under applicable securities law; and

• discontinue the PN program after 30 days written notice.

42    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Risks associated with the Funds. An investment in a Fund involves risk. Principal risks associated with an investment in a Fund may be found in the relevant Fund’s prospectus. There is no assurance that the Funds will achieve their respective investment objectives. In addition, there is no guarantee that the Fund’s strategy will have its intended effect or that it will work as effectively as is intended.

Investing in a Portfolio Navigator fund, Portfolio Stabilizer fund or PN program static model portfolio does not guarantee that your contract will increase in value nor will it protect in a decline in value if market prices fall. Depending on future market conditions and considering only the potential return on your investment in the Fund, you might benefit (or benefit more) from selecting alternative investment options.

For more information and a list of the risks associated with investing in the Funds, including volatility and volatility management risk associated with Portfolio Stabilizer funds, please consult the applicable Funds’ prospectuses and “The Variable Account and the Funds – Risks and Conflicts of Interest with Certain Funds Advised by Columbia Management” section in this prospectus.

Conflicts of interest. In providing investment advisory services for the Funds and the underlying funds in which those Funds respectively invest, Columbia Management is, together with its affiliates, including us, subject to competing interests that may influence its decisions.

For additional information regarding the conflicts of interest to which Columbia Management may be subject, see the Funds’ prospectuses and “The Variable Account and the Funds – Risks and Conflicts of Interest with Certain Funds Advised by Columbia Management” section in this prospectus.

Living benefits requiring participation in the PN program or investing in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds:

• Accumulation Protector Benefit rider: You cannot terminate the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. As long as the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider is in effect, your contract value must be invested in one of the PN program investment options or in one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. For contracts with applications signed on or after Jan. 26, 2009, you cannot select the Portfolio Navigator Aggressive investment option, or transfer to the Portfolio Navigator Aggressive investment option while the rider is in effect. The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider automatically ends at the end of the waiting period and you then have the option to cancel your participation in the PN program. At all other times, if you do not want to invest in any of the PN program investment options or the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, you must terminate your contract by requesting a full withdrawal. Withdrawal charges and tax penalties may apply.

• Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider: The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider requires that your contract value be invested in one of the PN program investment options or in one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, for the life of the contract. Subject to state restrictions, we reserve the right to limit the number of investment options from which you can select based on the dollar amount of purchase payments you make. Because you cannot terminate the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider once you have selected it, you must terminate your contract by requesting a full withdrawal if you do not want to invest in any of the PN program investment options or the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. Withdrawal charges and tax penalties may apply.

• Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider: The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider requires that your contract value be invested in one of the PN program investment options or in one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, for the life of the contract and because you cannot terminate the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider once you have selected it, you must terminate your contract by requesting a full withdrawal if you do not want to invest in any of the PN program investment options or the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. Withdrawal charges and tax penalties may apply.

Living benefit requiring participation in the PN program:

• Income Assurer Benefit rider: The Income Assurer Benefit rider requires that your contract value be invested in one of the PN program investment options for the life of the contract. You can terminate the Income Assurer Benefit rider during the 30-day period after the first rider anniversary and at any time after the expiration of the waiting period. At all other times you cannot terminate the Income Assurer Benefit rider once you have selected it and you must terminate your contract by requesting a full withdrawal if you do not want to invest in any of the PN program investment options. Withdrawal charges and tax penalties may apply.

Transferring Among Accounts

You may transfer contract value from any one subaccount, GPA, the one-year fixed account or the DCA fixed account to another subaccount before annuity payouts begin. Certain restrictions apply to transfers involving the GPAs and the one-year fixed account. You may not transfer contract value to the DCA fixed account.

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    43

The date your request to transfer will be processed depends on when and how we receive it:

For transfer requests received in writing:

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your transfer request.

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your transfer request.

For transfer requests received by phone:

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your transfer request.

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your transfer request.

There is no charge for transfers. Before making a transfer, you should consider the risks involved in changing investments. Transfers out of the GPAs will be subject to an MVA if done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period.

We may suspend or modify transfer privileges at any time.

For information on transfers after annuity payouts begin, see “Transfer policies” below.

Transfer policies

• Before annuity payouts begin, you may transfer contract values between the subaccounts, or from the subaccounts to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account at any time. However, if you made a transfer from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs, you may not make a transfer from any subaccount or GPA back to the one-year fixed account for six months following that transfer. We reserve the right to further limit transfers to the one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then currently crediting to the one-year fixed account is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract.

• You may transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs once a year on or within 30 days before or after the contract anniversary (except for automated transfers, which can be set up at any time for certain transfer periods subject to certain minimums). Transfers from the one-year fixed account are not subject to an MVA. The amount of contract value transferred to the one-year fixed account cannot result in the value of the one-year fixed account being greater than 30% of the contract value. Transfers out of the one-year fixed account are limited to 30% of one-year fixed account values at the beginning of the contract year or $10,000, whichever is greater. Because of this limitation, it may take you several years to transfer all your contract value from the one-year fixed account. You should carefully consider whether the one-year fixed account meets your investment criteria before you invest. We reserve the right to further limit transfers to or from the one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then crediting on new purchase payments allocated to the one-year fixed account is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract.

• You may transfer contract values from a GPA any time after 60 days of transfer or payment allocation to the account. Transfers made more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will receive an MVA, which may result in a gain or loss of contract value, unless an exception applies (see “The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs) — Market Value Adjustment (MVA)”).

• If we receive your request on or within 30 days before or after the contract anniversary date, the transfer from the one-year fixed account to the GPAs will be effective on the valuation date we receive it.

• You may not transfer contract values from the subaccounts, the GPAs, or the one-year fixed account into the DCA fixed account. However, you may transfer contract values from the DCA fixed account to any of the investment options available under your contract, subject to investment minimums and other restrictions we may impose on investments in the one-year fixed account and the GPA, as described above. (See “DCA Fixed Account.”)

• Once annuity payouts begin, you may not make transfers to or from the GPAs or the fixed account, but you may make transfers once per contract year among the subaccounts. During the annuity payout period, we reserve the right to limit the number of subaccounts in which you may invest. When annuity payments begin, you must transfer all contract value out of your GPAs and DCA accounts.

44    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Market Timing

Market timing can reduce the value of your investment in the contract. If market timing causes the returns of an underlying fund to suffer, contract value you have allocated to a subaccount that invests in that underlying fund will be lower too. Market timing can cause you, any joint owner of the contract and your beneficiary(ies) under the contract a financial loss.

We seek to prevent market timing. Market timing is frequent or short-term trading activity. We do not accommodate short-term trading activities. Do not buy a contract if you wish to use short-term trading strategies to manage your investment. The market timing policies and procedures described below apply to transfers among the subaccounts within the contract. The underlying funds in which the subaccounts invest have their own market timing policies and procedures. The market timing policies of the underlying funds may be more restrictive than the market timing policies and procedures we apply to transfers among the subaccounts of the contract, and may include redemption fees. We reserve the right to modify our market timing policies and procedures at any time without prior notice to you.

Market timing may hurt the performance of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests in several ways, including but not necessarily limited to:

• diluting the value of an investment in an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests;

• increasing the transaction costs and expenses of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests; and,

• preventing the investment adviser(s) of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests from fully investing the assets of the fund in accordance with the fund’s investment objectives.

Funds available as investment options under the contract that invest in securities that trade in overseas securities markets may be at greater risk of loss from market timing, as market timers may seek to take advantage of changes in the values of securities between the close of overseas markets and the close of U.S. markets. Also, the risks of market timing may be greater for underlying funds that invest in securities such as small cap stocks, high yield bonds, or municipal securities, that may be traded infrequently.

In order to help protect you and the underlying funds from the potentially harmful effects of market timing activity, we apply the following market timing policy to discourage frequent transfers of contract value among the subaccounts of the variable account:

We try to distinguish market timing from transfers that we believe are not harmful, such as periodic rebalancing for purposes of an asset allocation, dollar-cost averaging and asset rebalancing program that may be described in this prospectus. There is no set number of transfers that constitutes market timing. Even one transfer in related accounts may be market timing. We seek to restrict the transfer privileges of a contract owner who makes more than three subaccount transfers in any 90 day period. We also reserve the right to refuse any transfer request, if, in our sole judgment, the dollar amount of the transfer request would adversely affect unit values.

If we determine, in our sole judgment, that your transfer activity constitutes market timing, we may modify, restrict or suspend your transfer privileges to the extent permitted by applicable law, which may vary based on the state law that applies to your contract and the terms of your contract. These restrictions or modifications may include, but not be limited to:

• requiring transfer requests to be submitted only by first-class U.S. mail;

• not accepting hand-delivered transfer requests or requests made by overnight mail;

• not accepting telephone or electronic transfer requests;

• requiring a minimum time period between each transfer;

• not accepting transfer requests of an agent acting under power of attorney;

• limiting the dollar amount that you may transfer at any one time;

• suspending the transfer privilege; or

• modifying instructions under an automated transfer program to exclude a restricted fund if you do not provide new instructions.

Subject to applicable state law and the terms of each contract, we will apply the policy described above to all contract owners uniformly in all cases. We will notify you in writing after we impose any modification, restriction or suspension of your transfer rights.

Because we exercise discretion in applying the restrictions described above, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to identify and restrict all market timing activity. In addition, state law and the terms of some contracts may prevent us from stopping certain market timing activity. Market timing activity that we are unable to identify and/or restrict may impact the performance of the underlying funds and may result in lower contract values.

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    45

In addition to the market timing policy described above, which applies to transfers among the subaccounts within your contract, you should carefully review the market timing policies and procedures of the underlying funds. The market timing policies and procedures of the underlying funds may be materially different than those we impose on transfers among the subaccounts within your contract and may include mandatory redemption fees as well as other measures to discourage frequent transfers. As an intermediary for the underlying funds, we are required to assist them in applying their market timing policies and procedures to transactions involving the purchase and exchange of fund shares. This assistance may include, but not be limited to, providing the underlying fund upon request with your Social Security Number, Taxpayer Identification Number or other United States government-issued identifier, and the details of your contract transactions involving the underlying fund. An underlying fund, in its sole discretion, may instruct us at any time to prohibit you from making further transfers of contract value to or from the underlying fund, and we must follow this instruction. We reserve the right to administer and collect on behalf of an underlying fund any redemption fee imposed by an underlying fund. Market timing policies and procedures adopted by underlying funds may affect your investment in the contract in several ways, including but not limited to:

• Each fund may restrict or refuse trading activity that the fund determines, in its sole discretion, represents market timing.

• Even if we determine that your transfer activity does not constitute market timing under the market timing policies described above which we apply to transfers you make under the contract, it is possible that the underlying fund’s market timing policies and procedures, including instructions we receive from a fund may require us to reject your transfer request. For example, while we will attempt to execute transfers permitted under any asset allocation, dollar-cost averaging and asset rebalancing programs that may be described in this prospectus, we cannot guarantee that an underlying fund’s market timing policies and procedures will do so. Orders we place to purchase fund shares for the variable account are subject to acceptance by the fund. We reserve the right to reject without prior notice to you any transfer request if the fund does not accept our order.

• Each underlying fund is responsible for its own market timing policies, and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to implement specific market timing policies and procedures that a fund has adopted. As a result, a fund’s returns might be adversely affected, and a fund might terminate our right to offer its shares through the variable account.

• Funds that are available as investment options under the contract may also be offered to other intermediaries who are eligible to purchase and hold shares of the fund, including without limitation, separate accounts of other insurance companies and certain retirement plans. Even if we are able to implement a fund’s market timing policies, we cannot guarantee that other intermediaries purchasing that same fund’s shares will do so, and the returns of that fund could be adversely affected as a result.

For more information about the market timing policies and procedures of an underlying fund, the risks that market timing pose to that fund, and to determine whether an underlying fund has adopted a redemption fee, see that fund’s prospectus.

How to request a Transfer or Withdrawal

11 By letter

Send your name, contract number, Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number* and signed request for a transfer or withdrawal to our Service Center:

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474

Minimum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	$500 or entire account balance

Maximum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	Contract value or entire account balance

* Failure to provide a Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number may result in mandatory tax withholding on the taxable portion of the distribution.

22 By automated transfers and automated partial withdrawals

Your investment professional can help you set up automated transfers among your GPAs, one-year fixed account or the subaccounts or automated partial withdrawals from the GPAs, one-year fixed account, DCA fixed account or the subaccounts.

You can start or stop this service by written request or other method acceptable to us.

46    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

You must allow 30 days for us to change any instructions that are currently in place.

• Automated transfers from the one-year fixed account to any one of the subaccounts may not exceed an amount that, if continued, would deplete the one-year fixed account within 12 months.

• Transfers out of the one-year fixed account are limited to 30% of the one-year fixed account values at the beginning of the contract year or $10,000, whichever is greater.

• Automated withdrawals may be restricted by applicable law under some contracts.

• You may not make systematic purchase payments if automated partial withdrawals are in effect.

• If the PN program is in effect, you are not allowed to set up automated transfers except in connection with a DCA Fixed Account (see “The Fixed Account — DCA Fixed Account” and “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds”).

• Automated partial withdrawals may result in income taxes and penalties on all or part of the amount withdrawn.

Minimum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	$100 monthly
	$250 quarterly, semiannually or annually

33 By phone

Call:

1-800-333-3437

Minimum amount

Transfers or withdrawals: $500 or entire account balance

Maximum amount

Transfers:	Contract value or entire account balance
Withdrawals:	$100,000

We answer telephone requests promptly, but you may experience delays when the call volume is unusually high. If you are unable to get through, use the mail procedure as an alternative.

We will honor any telephone transfer or withdrawal requests that we believe are authentic and we will use reasonable procedures to confirm that they are. This includes asking identifying questions and recording calls. As long as we follow the procedures, we (and our affiliates) will not be liable for any loss resulting from fraudulent requests.

Telephone transfers and withdrawals are automatically available. You may request that telephone transfers and withdrawals not be authorized from your account by writing to us.

Withdrawals

You may withdraw all or part of your contract at any time before the retirement date by sending us a written request or calling us.

The date your withdrawal request will be processed depends on when and how we receive it:

For withdrawal requests received in writing:

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your withdrawal request.

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your withdrawal request.

For withdrawal requests received by phone:

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your withdrawal request.

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your withdrawal request.

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    47

We may ask you to return the contract. You may have to pay a contract administrative charge, withdrawal charges or any applicable optional rider charges (see “Charges”), federal income taxes and penalties. State and local income taxes may also apply (see “Taxes”). In addition, purchase payment credits may be reversed. You cannot make withdrawals after annuity payouts begin except under Annuity Payout Plan E. (See “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Any partial withdrawals you take under the contract will reduce your contract value. As a result, the value of your death benefit or any optional benefits you have elected will also be reduced. If you have elected the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider and your partial withdrawals in any contract year exceed the permitted withdrawal amount under the terms of the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, your benefits under the rider may be reduced (see “Optional Benefits”). Any partial withdrawal request that exceeds the amount allowed under the riders and impacts the guarantees provided, will not be considered in good order until we receive a signed Benefit Impact Acknowledgement form showing the projected effect of the withdrawal on the rider benefits or a verbal acknowledgement that you understand and accept the impacts that have been explained to you.

In addition, withdrawals you are required to take to satisfy RMDs under the Code may reduce the value of certain death benefits and optional benefits (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”).

Withdrawal Policies

If you have a balance in more than one account and you request a partial withdrawal, we will automatically withdraw from all your subaccounts, GPAs, the DCA fixed account, and/or the one-year fixed account in the same proportion as your value in each account correlates to your total contract value, unless requested otherwise. You may request that a partial withdrawal be taken from one or more investment options unless an asset allocation program is in effect for your contract. After executing a partial withdrawal, the value in each subaccount , one-year fixed account or GPA must be either zero or at least $50.

Receiving Payment

11 By regular or express mail

• payable to you;

• mailed to address of record.

NOTE: We will charge you a fee if you request express mail delivery.

22 By wire or other form of electronic payment

• request that payment be wired to your bank;

• pre-authorization required.

We may choose to permit you to have checks issued and delivered to an alternate payee or to an address other than your address of record. We may also choose to allow you to direct wires or other electronic payments to accounts owned by a third-party. We may have additional good order requirements that must be met prior to processing requests to make any payments to a party other than the owner or to an address other than the address of record. These requirements will be designed to ensure owner instructions are genuine and to prevent fraud.

Normally, we will send the payment within seven days after receiving your request in good order. However, we may postpone the payment if:

– the NYSE is closed, except for normal holiday and weekend closings;

– trading on the NYSE is restricted, according to SEC rules;

– an emergency, as defined by SEC rules, makes it impractical to sell securities or value the net assets of the accounts; or

– the SEC permits us to delay payment for the protection of security holders.

We may also postpone payment of the amount attributable to a purchase payment as part of the total withdrawal amount until cleared from the originating financial institution.

A Special Note on Cybersecurity Risks

Cybersecurity and Systems Integrity

48    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Increasingly, businesses are dependent on the continuity, security, and effective operation of various technology systems. The nature of our business depends on the continued effective operation of our systems and those of our business partners.

This dependence makes us susceptible to operational and information security risks from cyber-attacks. These risks may include the following:

• the corruption or destruction of data;

• theft, misuse or dissemination of data to the public, including your information we hold; and

• denial of service attacks on our website or other forms of attacks on our systems and the software and hardware we use to run them.

These attacks and their consequences can negatively impact your contract, your privacy, your ability to conduct transactions on your contract, or your ability to receive timely service from us. There can be no assurance that we, the underlying funds in your contract, or our other business partners will avoid losses affecting your contract due to any successful cyber-attacks or information security breaches.

TSA–Special Provisions

Participants in Tax-Sheltered Annuities

If the contract is intended to be used in connection with an employer sponsored 403(b) plan, additional rules relating to this contract can be found in the annuity endorsement for tax sheltered 403(b) annuities. Unless we have made special arrangements with your employer, the contract is not intended for use in connection with an employer sponsored 403(b) plan that is subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”). In the event that the employer either by affirmative election or inadvertent action causes contributions under a plan that is subject to ERISA to be made to this contract, we will not be responsible for any obligations and requirements under ERISA and the regulations thereunder, unless we have prior written agreement with the employer. You should consult with your employer to determine whether your 403(b) plan is subject to ERISA.

In the event we have a written agreement with your employer to administer the plan pursuant to ERISA, special rules apply as set forth in the TSA endorsement.

The employer must comply with certain nondiscrimination requirements for certain types of contributions under a TSA contract to be excluded from taxable income. You should consult your employer to determine whether the nondiscrimination rules apply to you.

The Code imposes certain restrictions on your right to receive early distributions from a TSA:

• Distributions attributable to salary reduction contributions (plus earnings) made after Dec. 31, 1988, or to transfers or rollovers from other contracts, may be made from the TSA only if:

– you are at least age 59½;

– you are disabled as defined in the Code;

– you severed employment with the employer who purchased the contract;

– the distribution is because of your death;

– the distribution is due to plan termination; or

– you are a qualifying military reservist.

• If you encounter a financial hardship (as provided by the Code), you may be eligible to receive a distribution of all contract values attributable to salary reduction contributions made after Dec. 31, 1988, but not the earnings on them.

• Even though a distribution may be permitted under the above rules, it may be subject to IRS taxes and penalties (see “Taxes”)

• The above restrictions on distributions do not affect the availability of the amount credited to the contract as of Dec. 31, 1988. The restrictions also do not apply to transfers or exchanges of contract value within the contract, or to another registered variable annuity contract or investment vehicle available through the employer.

Changing Ownership

You may change ownership of your nonqualified annuity at any time by completing a change of ownership form we approve and sending it to our Service Center. The change will become binding on us when we receive and record it. We will honor any change of ownership request received in good order that we believe is authentic and we will use reasonable procedures to confirm authenticity. If we follow these procedures, we will not take any responsibility for the validity of the change.

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    49

If you have a nonqualified annuity, you may incur income tax liability by transferring, assigning or pledging any part of it. (See “Taxes.”)

If you have a qualified annuity, you may not sell, assign, transfer, discount or pledge your contract as collateral for a loan, or as security for the performance of an obligation or for any other purpose except as required or permitted by the Code. However, if the owner is a trust or custodian, or an employer acting in a similar capacity, ownership of the contract may be transferred to the annuitant.

Please consider carefully whether or not you wish to change ownership of your annuity contract. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, the new owner and annuitant will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract.

If you have an Income Assurer Benefit rider and/or Benefit Protector Plus rider, the rider will terminate upon transfer of ownership of the annuity contract. The Accumulation Protector Benefit, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life and the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit riders will continue upon transfer of ownership of your annuity contract. For the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life riders, any ownership change that impacts the guarantees provided will not be considered in good order until we receive a signed Benefit Impact Acknowledgement form showing the projected effect of the ownership change on the rider benefits or a verbal acknowledgement that you understand and accept the impacts that have been explained to you. Continuance of the Benefit Protector is optional. (See “Optional Benefits.”)

Benefits in Case of Death

There are four death benefit options under your contract if you die before the retirement start date while this contract is in force. You must select one of the following death benefits:

• ROP Death Benefit;

• MAV Death Benefit;

• 5% Accumulation Death Benefit; or

• Enhanced Death Benefit.

If it is available in your state and if both you and the annuitant are 79 or younger at contract issue, you can elect any one of the above death benefits. If either you or the annuitant are 80 or older at contract issue, the ROP Death Benefit will apply. Once you elect a death benefit, you cannot change it. We show the death benefit that applies in your contract on your contract’s data page. The death benefit you select determines the mortality and expense risk fee that is assessed against the subaccounts. (See “Charges — Mortality and Expense Risk Fee.”)

Under each option, we will pay the death benefit, less any purchase payment credits subject to reversal, to your beneficiary upon the earlier of your death or the annuitant’s death. We will base the benefit paid on the death benefit coverage you chose when you purchased the contract. If a contract has more than one person as the owner, we will pay benefits upon the first to die of any owner or the annuitant.

Here are some terms used to describe the death benefits:

Adjusted partial withdrawals (calculated for ROP and MAV Death Benefits)	=	PW XDB
		CV

PW	=	the amount by which the contract value is reduced as a result of the partial withdrawal.
DB	=	the death benefit on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.
CV	=	contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV): is zero prior to the first contract anniversary after the effective date of the rider. On the first contract anniversary after the effective date of the rider, we set the MAV as the greater of these two values:

(a)	current contract value; or
(b)	total purchase payments and purchase payment credits applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals.

Thereafter, we increase the MAV by any additional purchase payments and purchase payment credits and reduce the MAV by adjusted partial withdrawals. Every contract anniversary after that prior to the earlier of your or the annuitant’s 81st birthday, we compare the MAV to the current contract value and we reset the MAV to the higher amount.

5% Variable Account Floor: is the sum of the value of the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the variable account floor. There is no variable account floor prior to the first contract anniversary. On the first contract anniversary, we establish the variable account floor as:

• the amounts allocated to the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account at issue increased by 5%;

• plus any subsequent amounts allocated to the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account;

• minus adjusted transfers and partial withdrawals from the subaccounts or the DCA fixed account.

50    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Thereafter, we continue to add subsequent purchase payments and purchase payment credits allocated to the subaccounts or the DCA fixed account and subtract adjusted transfers and partial withdrawals from the subaccounts or the DCA fixed account. On each contract anniversary after the first, through age 80, we add an amount to the variable account floor equal to 5% of the prior anniversary’s variable account floor. We stop adding this amount after you or the annuitant reach age 81.

5% variable account floor adjusted transfers or partial withdrawals	=	PWT XVAF
		SV

PWT	=	the amount by which the contract value in the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account is reduced as a result of the partial withdrawal or transfer from the subaccounts or the DCA fixed account.
VAF	=	variable account floor on the date of (but prior to) the transfer or partial withdrawal.
SV	=	value of the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account on the date of (but prior to) the transfer of partial withdrawal.

The amount of purchase payments and any purchase payment credits withdrawn or transferred from any subaccount or fixed account (if applicable) or GPA account is calculated as (a) times (b) where:

(a)	is the amount of purchase payments and any purchase payment credits in the account or subaccount on the date of but prior to the current withdrawal or transfer; and
(b)	is the ratio of the amount of contract value transferred or withdrawn from the account or subaccount to the value in the account or subaccount on the date of (but prior to) the current withdrawal or transfer.

For contracts issued in New Jersey, the cap on the variable account floor is 200% of the sum of the purchase payments allocated to the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account that have not been withdrawn or transferred out of the subaccounts or the DCA fixed account.

NOTE: The 5% variable account floor is calculated differently and is not the same value as the Income Assurer Benefit^® 5% variable account floor.

Return of Purchase Payments (ROP) Death Benefit

The ROP Death Benefit is the basic death benefit on the contract that will pay your beneficiaries no less than your purchase payments and any purchase payment credits, adjusted for withdrawals. If you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin and while this contract is in force, the death benefit will be the greater of these two values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value; or
2.	total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals.

The ROP Death Benefit will apply unless you select one of the alternative death benefits described immediately below.

If available in your state and both you and the annuitant are age 79 or younger at contract issue, you may select one of the death benefits described below at the time you purchase your contract. The death benefits do not provide any additional benefit before the first contract anniversary and may not be appropriate for issue ages 75 to 79 because the benefit values may be limited after age 81. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether or not these death benefits are appropriate for your situation.

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV) Death Benefit

The MAV Death Benefit provides that if you or the annuitant die while the contract is in force and before annuity payouts begin, the death benefit will be the greatest of these three values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals; or
3.	the MAV on the date of death.

5% Accumulation Death Benefit

The 5% Accumulation Death Benefit provides that if you or the annuitant die while the contract is in force and before annuity payouts begin, the death benefit will be the greatest of these three values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals; or
3.	the 5% variable account floor.

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    51

Enhanced Death Benefit (EDB)

The Enhanced Death Benefit provides that if you or the annuitant die while the contract is in force and before annuity payouts begin, the death benefit will be the greatest of these four values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals;
3.	the MAV on the date of death; or
4.	the 5% variable account floor.

For an example of how each death benefit is calculated, see Appendix C.

If You Die Before Your Retirement Date

When paying the beneficiary, we will process the death claim on the valuation date our death claim requirements are fulfilled. We will determine the contract’s value using the accumulation unit value we calculate on that valuation date. We pay interest, if any, at a rate no less than required by law. We will mail payment to the beneficiary within seven days after our death claim requirements are fulfilled.

Nonqualified annuities

If your spouse is sole beneficiary and you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. To do this your spouse must give us written instructions to continue the contract as owner. There will be no withdrawal charges on the contract from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, your spouse and the new annuitant (if applicable) will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract. The Income Assurer Benefit and Benefit Protector Plus riders, if selected, will terminate. The Accumulation Protector Benefit, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider and the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit riders, if selected, will continue. Continuance of the Benefit Protector rider is optional. (See “Optional Benefits.”)

If your beneficiary is not your spouse, we will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless you give us other written instructions. Generally, we must fully distribute the death benefit within five years of your death. However, the beneficiary may receive payouts under any annuity payout plan available under this contract if:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin no later than one year after your death, or other date as permitted by the IRS; and

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy.

Qualified annuities

•	Spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if your spouse is the sole beneficiary, your spouse may either elect to treat the contract as his/her own, so long as he or she is eligible to do so, or elect an annuity payout plan or another plan agreed to by us. If your spouse elects a payout option, the payouts must begin no later than the year in which you would have reached age 72 (age 701/2 if the death occurred before Jan. 1, 2020). If you attained age 72 at the time of death, payouts must begin no later than Dec. 31 of the year following the year of your death.
	Your spouse may elect to assume ownership of the contract at any time before annuity payouts begin. If your spouse elects to assume ownership of the contract, the contract value will be equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. There will be no withdrawal charges on the contract from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, your spouse and the new annuitant (if applicable) will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract. The Income Assurer Benefit and Benefit Protector Plus riders, if selected, will terminate. The Accumulation Protector Benefit, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider and the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit riders, if selected, will continue. Continuance of the Benefit Protector rider is optional. (See “Optional Benefits.”)
•	Non-spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if death occurs on or after Jan. 1, 2020, the beneficiary is required to withdraw his or her entire inherited interest within 10 years of the time of death of the owner unless they qualify as an “eligible designated beneficiary.” Eligible designated beneficiaries may continue to take proceeds out over their life expectancy. Eligible designated beneficiaries include:

• the surviving spouse;

• a lawful child of the owner under the age of majority (remaining amount must be withdrawn within 10 years, once the child reaches the age of majority);

• disabled within the meaning of Code section 72(m)(7);

52    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• chronically ill within the meaning of Code section 7702B(c)(2);

• any other person who is not more than 10 years younger than the owner.

However, non-natural beneficiaries, such as estates and charities, are subject to a five-year rule to distribute the IRA. We will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless the beneficiary elects to receive payouts under a payout plan available under this contract and:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin, no later than one year following the year of your death; and

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy for an eligible designated beneficiary. (Payout plans are limited if the beneficiary is not an eligible designated beneficiary.)

• Spouse and Non-spouse beneficiary: If a beneficiary elects an alternative payment plan which is an inherited IRA, all optional death benefits and living benefits will terminate. In the event of your beneficiary’s death, their beneficiary can elect to take a lump sum payment or annuitize the contract to deplete it within 10 years of your beneficiary’s death

• Annuity payout plan: If you elect an annuity payout plan, the payouts to your beneficiary may continue depending on the annuity payout plan you elect, subject to adjustment to comply with the IRS rules and regulations.

How we handle contracts under unclaimed property laws

Every state has unclaimed property laws which generally declare annuity contracts to be abandoned after a period of inactivity of one to five years from either 1) the contract’s maturity date (the latest day on which income payments may begin under the contract) or 2) the date the death benefit is due and payable. If a contract matures or we determine a death benefit is payable, we will use our best efforts to locate you or designated beneficiaries. If we are unable to locate you or a beneficiary, proceeds will be paid to the abandoned property division or unclaimed property office of the state in which the beneficiary or you last resided, as shown in our books and records, or to our state of domicile. Generally, this surrender of property to the state is commonly referred to as “escheatment”. To avoid escheatment, and ensure an effective process for your beneficiaries, it is important that your personal address and beneficiary designations are up to date, including complete names, date of birth, current addresses and phone numbers, and taxpayer identification numbers for each beneficiary. Updates to your address or beneficiary designations should be sent to our Service Center.

Escheatment may also be required by law if a known beneficiary fails to demand or present an instrument or document to claim the death benefit in a timely manner, creating a presumption of abandonment. If your beneficiary steps forward (with the proper documentation) to claim escheated annuity proceeds, the state is obligated to pay any such proceeds it is holding.

For nonqualified annuities, non-spousal death benefits are generally required to be distributed and taxed within five years from the date of death of the owner/annuitant or the unclaimed death benefits will be presumed abandoned and subject to escheatment.

Optional Benefits

The assets held in our general account support the guarantees under your contract, including optional death benefits and optional living benefits. To the extent that we are required to pay you amounts in addition to your contract value under these benefits, such amounts will come from our general account assets. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of insurance and financial products as well, and we also pay our obligations under these products from assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account.

Optional Living Benefits

Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider

The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional charge. The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may provide a guaranteed contract value at the end of the specified waiting period on the benefit date, but not until then, under the following circumstances:

On the benefit date, if:	Then your Accumulation Protector Benefit rider benefit is:
The Minimum Contract Accumulation Value (defined below) as determined under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider is greater than your contract value,	The contract value is increased on the benefit date to equal the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value as determined under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider on the benefit date.

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    53

On the benefit date, if:	Then your Accumulation Protector Benefit rider benefit is:
The contract value is equal to or greater than the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value as determined under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider,	Zero; in this case, the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider ends without value and no benefit is payable.

If the contract value falls to zero as the result of adverse market performance or the deduction of fees and/or charges at any time during the waiting period and before the benefit date, the contract and all riders, including the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider will terminate without value and no benefits will be paid. Exception: If you are still living on the benefit date, we will pay you an amount equal to the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value as determined under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider on the valuation date your contract value reached zero.

If this rider is available in your state, you may elect the Accumulation Protector Benefit at the time you purchase your contract and the rider effective date will be the contract issue date. The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may not be terminated once you have elected it, except as described in the “Terminating the Rider” section below. An additional charge for the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider will be assessed annually during the waiting period. The rider ends when the waiting period expires and no further benefit will be payable and no further fees for the rider will be deducted. After the waiting period, you have the following options:

• Continue your contract;

• Take partial withdrawals or make a full withdrawal; or

• Annuitize your contract to create a guaranteed income stream.

The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may not be purchased with the optional Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit riders or any Income Assurer Benefit rider.

The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may not be available in all states.

You should consider whether an Accumulation Protector Benefit rider is appropriate for you because:

• you must be invested in one of the approved investment options. This requirement limits your choice of investments. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, one-year fixed account (if included)
and GPAs that are available under the contract to contract owners who do not elect this rider (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds”);

• you may not make additional purchase payments to your contract during the waiting period after the first 180 days immediately following the effective date of the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider;

• if you purchase this annuity as a qualified annuity, for example, an IRA, you may need to take partial withdrawals from your contract to satisfy the minimum distribution requirements of the Code (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Partial withdrawals, including those you take to satisfy RMDs, will reduce any potential benefit that the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider provides. You should consult your tax advisor if you have any questions about the use of this rider in your tax situation;

• if you think you may withdraw all of your contract value before you have held your contract with this benefit rider attached for 10 years, or you are considering selecting an annuity payout option within 10 years of the effective date of your contract, you should consider whether this optional benefit is right for you. You must hold the contract a minimum of 10 years from the effective date of the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, which is the length of the waiting period under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, in order to receive the benefit, if any, provided by the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. In some cases, as described below, you may need to hold the contract longer than 10 years in order to qualify for any benefit the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may provide;

• the 10 year waiting period under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider will restart if you exercise the elective step up option (described below) or your surviving spouse exercises the spousal continuation elective step up (described below); and

• the 10 year waiting period under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may be restarted if you elect to change your investment option to one that causes the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider charge to increase (see “Charges”).

Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether an Accumulation Protector Benefit rider is appropriate for your situation.

Here are some general terms that are used to describe the operation of the Accumulation Protector Benefit:

Benefit Date: This is the first valuation date immediately following the expiration of the waiting period.

Minimum Contract Accumulation Value (MCAV): An amount calculated under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. The contract value will be increased to equal the MCAV on the benefit date if the contract value on the benefit date is less than the MCAV on the benefit date.

54    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Adjustments for Partial Withdrawals: The adjustment made for each partial withdrawal from the contract is equal to the amount derived from multiplying (a) and (b) where:

(a)	is 1 minus the ratio of the contract value on the date of (but immediately after) the partial withdrawal to the contract value on the date of (but immediately prior to) the partial withdrawal; and
(b)	is the MCAV on the date of (but immediately prior to) the partial withdrawal.

Waiting Period: The waiting period for the rider is 10 years.

We reserve the right to restart the waiting period on the latest contract anniversary if you change your investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider charge for new contract owners, or if you change your asset allocation investment option after we have exercised our rights to charge a separate charge for each investment option.

Your initial MCAV is equal to your initial purchase payment and any purchase payment credit. It is increased by the amount of any subsequent purchase payments received within the first 180 days that the rider is effective. It is reduced by adjustments for any partial withdrawals made during the waiting period.

Automatic Step Up

On each contract anniversary after the effective date of the rider, the MCAV will be set to the greater of:

1.	80% of the contract value on the contract anniversary (after charges are deducted); or
2.	the MCAV immediately prior to the automatic step-up.

The automatic step up does not create contract value, guarantee the performance of any investment option, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn or paid upon death. Rather, the automatic step-up is an interim calculation used to arrive at the final MCAV, which is used to determine whether a benefit will be paid under the rider on the benefit date.

The automatic step up of the MCAV does not restart the waiting period or increase the charge (although the total fee for the rider may increase).

Elective Step Up Option

Within thirty days following each contract anniversary after the rider effective date, but prior to the benefit date, you may notify us in writing that you wish to exercise the annual elective step-up option. You may exercise this elective step-up option only once per contract year during this 30 day period. If your contract value (after charges are deducted) on the valuation date we receive your written request to step-up is greater than the MCAV on that date, your MCAV will increase to 100% of that contract value.

We may increase the fee for your rider (see “Charges — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider Charge”). The revised fee would apply to your rider if you exercise the annual elective step up, your MCAV is increased as a result, and the revised fee is higher than your annual rider fee before the elective step-up. Elective step-ups will also result in a restart of the waiting period as of the most recent contract anniversary.

The elective step up does not create contract value, guarantee the performance of any investment option, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn or paid upon death. Rather, the elective step-up is an interim calculation used to arrive at the final MCAV, which is used to determine whether a benefit will be paid under the rider on the benefit date.

The elective step-up option is not available to non-spouse beneficiaries that continue the contract during the waiting period.

We have the right to restrict the elective step up option on inherited IRAs, but we currently allow them. Please consider carefully if an elective step up is appropriate if you own an inherited IRA because the elective step up will restart the waiting period and the required minimum distributions for an inherited IRA may significantly decrease the future benefit payable under this rider. We reserve the right to restrict the elective step-up option on inherited IRAs in the future.

The elective step-up option is not available if the benefit date would be after the retirement date. (see “The Retirement Date” section for retirement date options)

Spousal Continuation

If a spouse chooses to continue the contract under the spousal continuation provision, the rider will continue as part of the contract. Once, within the thirty days following the date of spousal continuation, the spouse may choose to exercise an elective step-up. The spousal continuation elective step-up is in addition to the annual elective step-up. If the contract value on the valuation date we receive the written request to exercise this option is greater than the MCAV on that date, we will increase the MCAV to that contract value. If the MCAV is increased as a result of the elective step-up and we have increased the charge for the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, the spouse will pay the charge that is in effect on the valuation date we receive their written request to step-up. In addition, the waiting period will restart as of the most recent contract anniversary.

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    55

Terminating the Rider

The rider will terminate under the following conditions:

The rider will terminate before the benefit date without paying a benefit on the date:

• you take a full withdrawal; or

• annuitization begins; or

• the contract terminates as a result of the death benefit being paid.

The rider will terminate on the benefit date.

For an example, see Appendix E.

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge if⁽¹⁾:

•	your contract application is signed on or after May 1, 2006;
•	the rider is available in your state; and
•	you and the annuitant are 80 or younger on the date the contract is issued.
(1)	The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider is not available under an inherited qualified annuity.

You must elect the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider when you purchase your contract. The rider effective date will be the contract issue date.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider guarantees that you will be able to withdraw up to a certain amount each year from the contract, regardless of the investment performance of your contract before the annuity payments begin, until you have recovered at minimum all of your purchase payments. And, under certain limited circumstances defined in the rider, you have the right to take a specified amount of partial withdrawals in each contract year until death (see “At Death” heading below) — even if the contract value is zero.

Your contract provides for annuity payouts to begin on the retirement date (see “Buying Your Contract — The Retirement Date”). Before the retirement date, you have the right to withdraw some or all of your contract value, less applicable administrative, withdrawal and rider charges imposed under the contract at the time of the withdrawal (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Withdrawals”). Because your contract value will fluctuate depending on the performance of the underlying funds in which the subaccounts invest, the contract itself does not guarantee that you will be able to take a certain withdrawal amount each year before annuity payouts begin, nor does it guarantee the length of time over which such withdrawals can be made before annuity payouts begin.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider may be appropriate for you if you intend to make periodic withdrawals from your annuity contract and wish to ensure that market performance will not adversely affect your ability to withdraw your principal over time.

Under the terms of the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, the calculation of the amount which can be withdrawn in each contract year varies depending on several factors, including but not limited to the waiting period (see “Waiting period” heading below) and whether or not the lifetime withdrawal benefit has become effective:

(1)

The basic withdrawal benefit gives you the right to take limited partial withdrawals in each contract year and guarantees that over time the withdrawals will total an amount equal to, at minimum, your purchase payments. Key terms associated with the basic withdrawal benefit are “Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP),” “Remaining Benefit Payment (RBP),” “Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA),” and “Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA).” See these headings below for more information.

(2)

The lifetime withdrawal benefit gives you the right, under certain limited circumstances defined in the rider, to take limited partial withdrawals until the later of death (see “At Death” heading below) or until the RBA (under the basic withdrawal benefit) is reduced to zero. Key terms associated with the lifetime withdrawal benefit are “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP),” “Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (RALP),” “Covered Person,” and “Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA).” See these headings below for more information.

Only the basic withdrawal benefit will be in effect prior to the date that the lifetime withdrawal benefit becomes effective. The lifetime withdrawal benefit becomes effective automatically on the rider anniversary date after the covered person reaches age 65, or the rider effective date if the covered person is age 65 or older on the rider effective date (see “Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA)” heading below).

Provided annuity payouts have not begun, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider guarantees that you may take the following partial withdrawal amounts each contract year:

• After the waiting period and before the establishment of the ALP, the rider guarantees that each year you can cumulatively withdraw an amount equal to the GBP;

56    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• During the waiting period and before the establishment of the ALP, the rider guarantees that each year you can cumulatively withdraw an amount equal to the value of the RBP at the beginning of the contract year;

• After the waiting period and after the establishment of the ALP, the rider guarantees that each year you have the option to cumulatively withdraw an amount equal the ALP or the GBP, but the rider does not guarantee withdrawals of the sum of both the ALP and the GBP in a contract year;

• During the waiting period and after the establishment of the ALP, the rider guarantees that each year you have the option to cumulatively withdraw an amount equal to the value of the RALP or the RBP at the beginning of the contract year, but the rider does not guarantee withdrawals of the sum of both the RALP and the RBP in a contract year.

If you withdraw less than the allowed partial withdrawal amount in a contract year, the unused portion cannot be carried over to the next contract year. As long as your partial withdrawals in each contract year do not exceed the annual partial withdrawal amount allowed under the rider, and there has not been a contract ownership change or spousal continuation of the contract, the guaranteed amounts available for partial withdrawals are protected (i.e., will not decrease).

If you withdraw more than the allowed partial withdrawal amount in a contract year, we call this an “excess withdrawal” under the rider. Excess withdrawals trigger an adjustment of a benefit’s guaranteed amount, which may cause it to be reduced (see “GBA Excess Withdrawal Processing,” “RBA Excess Withdrawal Processing,” and “ALP Excess Withdrawal Processing” headings below).

Please note that each of the two benefits has its own definition of the allowed annual withdrawal amount. Therefore a partial withdrawal may be considered an excess withdrawal for purposes of the lifetime withdrawal benefit only, the basic withdrawal benefit only, or both.

If your withdrawals exceed the greater of the RBP or the RALP, withdrawal charges under the terms of the contract may apply (see “Charges — Withdrawal Charges”). The amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable withdrawal charge. Market value adjustments, if applicable, will also be made (see “Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs) — Market Value Adjustment”). We pay you the amount you request. Any partial withdrawals you take under the contract will reduce the value of the death benefits (see “Benefits in Case of Death”). Upon full withdrawal of the contract, you will receive the remaining contract value less any applicable charges (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Withdrawal”).

The rider’s guaranteed amounts can be increased at the specified intervals if your contract value has increased. An annual step up feature is available at each contract anniversary, subject to certain conditions, and may be applied automatically to your contract or may require you to elect the step up (see “Annual Step Up” heading below). If you exercise the annual step up election, the spousal continuation step up election (see “Spousal Continuation Step Up” heading below) or change your PN investment option, the rider charge may change (see “Charges”).

If you take withdrawals during the waiting period, any prior steps ups applied will be reversed and step ups will not be available until the third rider anniversary. You may take withdrawals after the waiting period without reversal of prior step ups.

You should consider whether the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider is appropriate for you because:

You will begin paying the rider charge as of the rider effective date, even if you do not begin taking withdrawals for many years. It is possible that your contract performance, fees and charges, and withdrawal pattern may be such that your contract value will not be depleted in your lifetime and you will not receive any monetary value under the rider.

• Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit Limitations: The lifetime withdrawal benefit is subject to certain limitations, including but not limited to:

(a) Once the contract value equals zero, payments are made for as long as the oldest owner or annuitant is living (see “If Contract Value Reduces to Zero” heading below). However, if the contract value is greater than zero, the lifetime withdrawal benefit terminates at the first death of any owner or annuitant (see “At Death” heading below). Therefore, if there are multiple contract owners or the annuitant is not an owner, the rider may terminate or the lifetime withdrawal benefit may be reduced. This possibility may present itself when:

(i)	There are multiple contract owners — when one of the contract owners dies the benefit terminates even though other contract owners are still living (except if the contract is continued under the spousal continuation provision of the contract); or
(ii)	The owner and the annuitant are not the same persons — if the annuitant dies before the owner, the benefit terminates even though the owner is still living. This is could happen, for example, when the owner is younger than the annuitant. This risk increases as the age difference between owner and annuitant increases.

(b) Excess withdrawals can reduce the ALP to zero even though the GBA, RBA, GBP and/or RBP values are greater than zero. If the both the ALP and the contract value are zero, the lifetime withdrawal benefit will terminate.

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    57

(c)

When the lifetime withdrawal benefit is first established, the initial ALP is based on the basic withdrawal benefit’s RBA at that time (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below), unless there has been a spousal continuation or ownership change. Any withdrawal you take before the ALP is established reduces the RBA and therefore may result in a lower amount of lifetime withdrawals you are allowed to take.

(d)

Withdrawals can reduce both the contract value and the RBA to zero prior to the establishment of the ALP. If this happens, the contract and the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider will terminate.

• Investment Allocation Restrictions: You must be invested in one of the approved investment options. These funds are expected to reduce our financial risks and expenses associated with certain living benefits. Although the funds’ investment strategies may help mitigate declines in your contract value due to declining equity markets, the funds’ investment strategies may also curb your contract value gains during periods of positive performance by the equity markets. Additionally, investment in the funds may decrease the number and amount of any benefit base increase opportunities. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds: Volatility and Volatility Management Risk with the Portfolio Stabilizer funds” section.) We reserve the right to add, remove or substitute approved investment options at any time and in our sole discretion in the future. This requirement limits your choice of investments. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, GPAs or the one-year fixed account that are available under the contract to contract owners who do not elect this rider. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds.”) You may allocate purchase payments and purchase payment credits to the DCA fixed account, when available, and we will make monthly transfers into the investment option you have chosen. Subject to state restrictions, we reserve the right to limit the number of investment options from which you can select based on the dollar amount of purchase payments you make.

• Limitations on Purchase of Other Riders under this Contract: If you select the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, you may not elect an Income Assurer Benefit rider or the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider.

• Non-Cancelable: Once elected, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider may not be cancelled and the fee will continue to be deducted until the contract is terminated, the contract value reduces to zero (described below) or after the retirement date.

• Limitations on Purchase Payments: We reserve the right to limit the cumulative amount of purchase payments, subject to state restrictions, which may limit your ability to make additional purchase payments to increase your contract value as you may have originally intended. For current purchase payment restrictions, please see “Buying Your Contract — Purchase Payments”.

• Interaction with Total Free Amount (TFA) contract provision:The TFA is the amount you are allowed to withdraw from the contract in each contract year without incurring a withdrawal charge (see “Charges — Withdrawal Charge”). The TFA may be greater than the RBP or RALP under this rider. Any amount you withdraw under the contract’s TFA provision that exceeds the RBP or RALP is subject to the excess withdrawal processing described below for the GBA, RBA and ALP.

You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of this rider in your tax situation:

• Tax Considerations for Nonqualified Annuities: Under current federal income tax law, withdrawals under nonqualified annuities, including partial withdrawals taken from the contract under the terms of this rider, are treated less favorably than amounts received as annuity payments under the contract (see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities”). Withdrawals before age 59 ½ may incur a 10% IRS early withdrawal penalty and may be considered taxable income.

• Tax Considerations for Qualified Annuities:Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). If you have a qualified annuity, you may need to take an RMD that exceeds the specified amount of withdrawal available under the rider. Partial withdrawals in any contract year that exceed the guaranteed amount available for withdrawal may reduce future benefits guaranteed under the rider. While the rider permits certain excess withdrawals to be made for the purpose of satisfying RMD requirements for this contract alone without reducing future benefits guaranteed under the rider, there can be no guarantee that changes in the federal income tax law after the effective date of the rider will not require a larger RMD to be taken, in which case, future guaranteed withdrawals under the rider could be reduced. See Appendix G for additional information. Additionally, RMD rules follow the calendar year which most likely does not coincide with your contract year and therefore may limit when you can take your RMD and not be subject to excess withdrawal processing.

• Treatment of non-spousal distributions: Unless you are married your beneficiary will be required to take distributions as a non-spouse which may result in significantly decreasing the value of the rider. Please note civil unions and domestic partnerships generally are not recognized as marriages for federal tax purposes. For additional information see “Taxes — Other — Spousal status” section of this prospectus.

• Limitations on Tax-Sheltered Annuities (TSAs): Your right to take withdrawals is restricted if your contract is a TSA (see “TSA — Special Provisions”).

For an example, see Appendix F.

58    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Key terms and provisions of the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider are described below:

Partial Withdrawals: A withdrawal of an amount that does not result in a full withdrawal of the contract. The partial withdrawal amount is a gross amount and will include any withdrawal charge and any market value adjustment.

Waiting period: The period of time starting on the rider effective date during which the annual step up is not available if you take withdrawals. The current waiting period is three years.

Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA): The total cumulative amount available for partial withdrawals over the life of the rider under the basic withdrawal benefit. The maximum GBA is $5,000,000. The GBA cannot be withdrawn and is not payable as a death benefit. Rather, the GBA is an interim value used to calculate the amount available for withdrawals each year under the basic withdrawal benefit (see “Guaranteed Benefit Payment” below). At any time, the total GBA is the sum of the individual GBAs associated with each purchase payment.

The GBA is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At contract issue — the GBA is equal to the initial purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own GBA equal to the amount of the purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When an individual RBA is reduced to zero — the GBA that is associated with that RBA will also be set to zero.

• When you make a partial withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up — Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the GBA associated with each purchase payment will be reset to the amount of that purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first partial withdrawal is made.

• When you make a partial withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the total RBP — the GBA remains unchanged. If there have been multiple purchase payments, both the total GBA and each payment’s GBA remain unchanged.
(b)	is greater than the total RBP— GBA excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the GBA. If the partial withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing is applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

GBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The total GBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the total GBA immediately prior to the withdrawal; or (b) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s GBA after the withdrawal will be reset to equal that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal plus (a) times (b), where:

(a)	is the ratio of the total GBA after the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal to the total GBA before the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal; and
(b)	is each payment’s GBA before the withdrawal less that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal.

Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA): Each withdrawal you make reduces the amount that is guaranteed by this rider as future withdrawals. At any point in time, the RBA equals the amount of GBA that remains available for withdrawals for the remainder of the contract’s life, and total RBA is the sum of the individual RBAs associated with each purchase payment. The maximum RBA is $5,000,000.

The RBA is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At contract issue — the RBA is equal to the initial purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own RBA initially set equal to that payment’s GBA (the amount of the purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits).

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When you make a partial withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up — Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the RBA associated with each purchase payment will be reset to the amount of that purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first partial withdrawal is made.

• When you make a partial withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the total RBP — the total RBA is reduced by the amount of the withdrawal. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s RBA is reduced in proportion to its RBP.
(b)	is greater than the total RBP— RBA excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the RBA. If the partial withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing is applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    59

RBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The total RBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal, or (b) the total RBA immediately prior to the withdrawal, less the amount of the withdrawal.

If there have been multiple purchase payments, both the total RBA and each payment’s RBA will be reset. The total RBA will be reset according to the excess withdrawal processing described above. Each payment’s RBA will be reset in the following manner:

1.	The withdrawal amount up to the total RBP is taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its individual RBP at the time of the withdrawal; and
2.	The withdrawal amount above the total RBP and any amount determined by the excess withdrawal processing are taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its RBA at the time of the withdrawal.

Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP): At any time, the amount available for partial withdrawals in each contract year after the waiting period, until the RBA is reduced to zero, under the basic withdrawal benefit. At any point in time, each purchase payment has its own GBP, which is equal to the lesser of that payment’s RBA or 7% of that payment’s GBA, and the total GBP is the sum of the individual GBPs.

During the waiting period, the guaranteed annual withdrawal amount may be less than the GBP due to the limitations the waiting period imposes on your ability to utilize both annual step-ups and withdrawals (see “Waiting Period” heading above). The guaranteed annual withdrawal amount during the waiting period is equal to the value of the RBP at the beginning of the contract year.

The GBP is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At contract issue — the GBP is established as 7% of the GBA value.

• At each contract anniversary — each payment’s GBP is reset to the lesser of that payment’s RBA or 7% of that payment’s GBA value.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own GBP equal to 7% of the purchase payment amount plus any purchase payment credits.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When an individual RBA is reduced to zero — the GBP associated with that RBA will also be reset to zero.

• When you make a partial withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up— Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the GBA and the RBA associated with each purchase payment will be reset to the amount of that purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits. Each payment’s GBP will be reset to 7% of that purchase payment. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first partial withdrawal is made.

• When you make a partial withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the total RBP — the GBP remains unchanged.
(b)	is greater than the total RBP — each payment’s GBP is reset to the lesser of that payment’s RBA or 7% of that payment’s GBA value, based on the RBA and GBA after the withdrawal. If the partial withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing is applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

Remaining Benefit Payment (RBP): The amount available for partial withdrawals for the remainder of the contract year under the basic withdrawal benefit. At any point in time, the total RBP is the sum of the RBPs for each purchase payment. During the waiting period, when the guaranteed amount maybe less than the GBP, the value of the RBP at the beginning of the contract year will be that amount that is actually guaranteed each contract year.

The RBP is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At the beginning of each contract year during the waiting period and prior to any withdrawal — the RBP for each purchase payment is set equal to that purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits multiplied by 7%.

• At the beginning of any other contract year — the RBP for each purchase payment is set equal to that purchase payment’s GBP.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own RBP equal to that payment’s GBP.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• At spousal continuation — (see “Spousal Option to Continue the Contract” heading below).

• When an individual RBA is reduced to zero — the RBP associated with that RBA will also be reset to zero.

• When you make any partial withdrawal — the total RBP is reset to equal the total RBP immediately prior to the partial withdrawal less the amount of the partial withdrawal, but not less than zero. If there have been multiple purchase

60    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

payments, each payment’s RBP is reduced proportionately.If you withdraw an amount greater than the RBP, GBA excess withdrawal processing and RBA excess withdrawal processing are applied and the amount available for future partial withdrawals for the remainder of the contract’s life may be reduced by more than the amount of withdrawal. When determining if a withdrawal will result in the excess withdrawal processing, the applicable RBP will not yet reflect the amount of the current withdrawal.

Covered Person: The person whose life is used to determine when the ALP is established, and the duration of the ALP payments. The covered person is the oldest contract owner or annuitant. The covered person may change during the contract’s life if there is a spousal continuation or a change of contract ownership. If the covered person changes, we recompute the benefits guaranteed by the rider, based on the life of the new covered person, which may reduce the amount of the lifetime withdrawal benefit.

Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA): The covered person’s age after which time the lifetime benefit can be established. Currently, the lifetime benefit can be established on the later of the contract effective date or the contract anniversary date on/following the date the covered person reaches age 65.

Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP): Once established, the ALP at any time is the amount available for withdrawals in each contract year after the waiting period until the later of death (see “At Death” heading below), or the RBA is reduced to zero, under the lifetime withdrawal benefit. The maximum ALP is $300,000. Prior to establishment of the ALP, the lifetime withdrawal benefit is not in effect and the ALP is zero.

During the waiting period, the guaranteed annual lifetime withdrawal amount may be less than the ALP due to the limitations the waiting period imposes on your ability to utilize both annual step-ups and withdrawals (see “Waiting Period” heading above). The guaranteed annual lifetime withdrawal amount during the waiting period is equal to the value of the RALP at the beginning of the contract year.

The ALP is determined at the following times:

• The later of the contract effective date or the contract anniversary date on/following the date the covered person reaches age 65— the ALP is established as 6% of the total RBA.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment increases the ALP by 6% of the amount of the purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits.

• At step ups — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• At contract ownership change — (see “Spousal Option to Continue the Contract” and “Contract Ownership Change” headings below).

• When you make a partial withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up — Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the ALP will be reset to equal total purchase payments plus any purchase payment credits multiplied by 6%. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first partial withdrawal is made.

• When you make a partial withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the RALP — the ALP remains unchanged.
(b)	is greater than the RALP —ALP excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the ALP. Please note that if the partial withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing are applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

ALP Excess Withdrawal Processing

The ALP is reset to the lesser of the ALP immediately prior to the withdrawal, or 6% of the contract value immediately following the withdrawal.

Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (RALP): The amount available for partial withdrawals for the remainder of the contract year under the lifetime withdrawal benefit. During the waiting period, when the guaranteed annual withdrawal amount may be less than the ALP, the value of the RALP at the beginning of the contract year will be the amount that is actually guaranteed each contract year. Prior to establishment of the ALP, the lifetime withdrawal benefit is not in effect and the RALP is zero.

The RALP is determined at the following times:

• The later of the contract effective date or the contract anniversary date following the date the covered person reaches age 65, and:

(a)	During the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals — the RALP is established equal to 6% of purchase payments plus any purchase payment credits.
(b)	At any other time — the RALP is established equal to the ALP.

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    61

• At the beginning of each contract year during the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals — the RALP is set equal to the total purchase payments plus any purchase payment credits, multiplied by 6%.

• At the beginning of any other contract year — the RALP is set equal to ALP.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment increases the RALP by 6% of the amount of the purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits.

• At step ups — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When you make any partial withdrawal — the RALP equals the RALP immediately prior to the partial withdrawal less the amount of the partial withdrawal, but not less than zero.If you withdraw an amount greater than the RALP, ALP excess withdrawal processing is applied and the amount available for future partial withdrawals for the remainder of the contract’s life may be reduced by more than the amount of withdrawal. When determining if a withdrawal will result in excess withdrawal processing, the applicable RALP will not yet reflect the amount of the current withdrawal.

Step Up Date: The date any step up becomes effective, and depends on the type of step up being applied (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

Annual Step Up: Beginning with the first contract anniversary, an increase of the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP, and/or RALP values may be available. A step up does not create contract value, guarantee the performance of any investment option, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn or paid upon death. Rather, a step up determines the current values of the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP, and RALP, and may extend the payment period or increase the allowable payment.

The annual step up is subject to the following rules:

• The annual step up is available when the RBA or, if established, the ALP, would increase on the step up date.

• Only one step up is allowed each contract year.

• If you take any withdrawals during the waiting period, any previously applied step ups will be reversed and the Annual step up will not be available until the end of the waiting period.

• If the application of the step up does not increase the rider charge, the annual step up will be automatically applied to your contract, and the step up date is the contract anniversary date.

• If the application of the step up would increase the rider charge, the annual step up is not automatically applied. Instead, you have the option to step up for 30 days after the contract anniversary. If you exercise the elective annual step up option, you will pay the rider charge in effect on the step up date. If you wish to exercise the elective annual step up option, we must receive a request from you or your investment professional. The step up date is the date we receive your request to step up. If your request is received after the close of business, the step up date will be the next valuation day.

• The ALP and RALP are not eligible for step ups until they are established. Prior to being established, the ALP and RALP values are both zero.

• Please note it is possible for the ALP and RALP to step up even if the RBA or GBA do not step up, and it is also possible for the RBA and GBA to step up even if the ALP or RALP do not step up.

The annual step up resets the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP values as follows:

• The total RBA will be reset to the greater of the total RBA immediately prior to the step up date or the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The total GBA will be reset to the greater of the total GBA immediately prior to the step up date or the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The total GBP will be reset using the calculation as described above based on the increased GBA and RBA.

• The total RBP will be reset as follows:

(a)	During the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals, the RBP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	At any other time, the RBP will be reset as the increased GBP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but never less than zero.

• The ALP will be reset to the greater of the ALP immediately prior to the step up date or 6% of the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The RALP will be reset as follows:

(a)	During the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals, the RALP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	At any other time, the RALP will be reset as the increased ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

Spousal Option to Continue the Contract: If a surviving spouse elects to continue the contract, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider also continues. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate. When the

62    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

spouse elects to continue the contract, any remaining waiting period is cancelled; the covered person will be re-determined and is the covered person referred to below; and the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP values are affected as follows:

• The GBA, RBA, and GBP values remain unchanged.

• The RBP is automatically reset to the GBP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

• If the ALP has not yet been established and the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the date of continuation — the ALP will be established on the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65 as the lesser of the RBA or the contract anniversary value, multiplied by 6%. The RALP will be established on the same date equal to the ALP.

• If the ALP has not yet been established but the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the date of continuation — the ALP will be established on the date of continuation as the lesser of the RBA or the contract value, multiplied by 6%. The RALP will be established on the same date in an amount equal to the ALP less all prior partial withdrawals made in the current contract year, but will never be less than zero.

• If the ALP has been established but the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the date of continuation — the ALP and RALP will be automatically reset to zero for the period of time beginning with the date of continuation and ending with the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65. At the end of this time period, the ALP will be reset to the lesser of the RBA or the anniversary contract value, multiplied by 6%, and the RALP will be reset to equal the ALP.

• If the ALP has been established and the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the date of continuation — the ALP will be automatically reset to the lesser of the current ALP or 6% of the contract value on the date of continuation. The RALP will be reset to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

Please note that the lifetime withdrawal benefit amount may be reduced as a result of the spousal continuation.

Spousal Continuation Step Up: If a surviving spouse elects to continue the contract, another elective step up option becomes available. To exercise the step up, the spouse or the spouse’s investment professional must submit a request within 30 days of the date of continuation. The step up date is the date we receive the spouse’s request to step up. If the request is received after the close of business, the step up date will be the next valuation day. The GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP will be reset in the same fashion as the annual step up.

The spousal continuation step up is subject to the following rules:

• If the spousal continuation step up option is exercised and we have increased the charge for the rider, the spouse will pay the charge that is in effect on the step up date.

It is our current administrative practice to process the spousal continuation step up as described in the next paragraph; however, we reserve the right to discontinue our administrative practice and will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change.

At the time of spousal continuation, a step-up may be available. All annual step-up rules (see “Annual Step-Up” heading above), other than those that apply to the waiting period, also apply to the spousal continuation step-up. If the spousal continuation step-up is processed automatically, the step-up date is the valuation date spousal continuation is effective. If not, the spouse must elect the step up and must do so within 30 days of the spousal continuation date. If the spouse elects the spousal continuation step up, the step-up date is the valuation date we receive the spouse’s written request to step-up if we receive the request by the close of business on that day, otherwise the next valuation date.

If Contract Value Reduces to Zero: If the contract value reduces to zero and the total RBA remains greater than zero, you will be paid in the following scenarios:

1) The ALP has not yet been established and the contract value is reduced to zero for any reason other than full withdrawal of the contract. In this scenario, you can choose to:

(a)	receive the remaining schedule of GBPs until the RBA equals zero; or
(b)	wait until the rider anniversary on/following the date the covered person reaches age 65, and then receive the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the covered person, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero.

We will notify you of this option. If no election is made, the ALP will be paid.

2) The ALP has been established and the contract value reduces to zero as a result of fees or charges, or a withdrawal that is less than or equal to both the RBP and the RALP. In this scenario, you can choose to receive:

(a)	the remaining schedule of GBPs until the RBA equals zero; or
(b)	the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the covered person, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero. We will notify you of this option. If no election is made, the ALP will be paid.

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    63

3)	The ALP has been established and the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RALP but less than or equal to the RBP. In this scenario, the remaining schedule of GBPs will be paid until the RBA equals zero.
4)	The ALP has been established and the contract value falls to zero as a result of a partial withdrawal that is greater than the RBP but less than or equal to the RALP. In this scenario, the ALP will be paid annually until the death of the covered person.

Under any of these scenarios:

• The annualized amounts will be paid to you in the frequency you elect. You may elect a frequency offered by us at the time payments begin. Available payment frequencies will be no less frequent than annually;

• We will no longer accept additional purchase payments;

• You will no longer be charged for the rider;

• Any attached death benefit riders will terminate; and

• The death benefit becomes the remaining payments, if any, until the RBA is reduced to zero.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider and the contract will terminate under either of the following two scenarios:

• If the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than both the RALP and the RBP. This is full withdrawal of the contract.

• If the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RALP but less than or equal to the RBP, and the total RBA is reduced to zero.

At Death: If the contract value is greater than zero when the death benefit becomes payable, the beneficiary may elect to take the death benefit as a lump sum under the terms of the contract (see “Benefits in Case of Death”) or the annuity payout option (see “Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Payout Option” heading below).

If the contract value equals zero and the death benefit becomes payable, the following will occur:

• If the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the GBP each year, the GBP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person dies and the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person is still alive and the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the later of the death of the covered person or the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person is still alive and the RBA equals zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the death of the covered person.

• If the covered person dies and the RBA equals zero, the benefit terminates. No further payments will be made.

Contract Ownership Change: If the contract changes ownership (see “Changing Ownership”), the covered person will be redetermined and is the covered person referred to below. The GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP values will remain unchanged. The ALP and RALP will be reset as follows. Our current administrative practice is to only reset the ALP and RALP if the covered person changes due to the ownership change.

• If the ALP has not yet been established and the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the ownership change date— the ALP and the RALP will be established on the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65. The ALP will be set equal to the lesser of the RBA or the anniversary contract value, multiplied by 6%. If the anniversary date occurs during the waiting period and prior to a withdrawal, the RALP will be set to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments plus any purchase payment credits multiplied by 6%. If the anniversary date occurs at any other time, the RALP will be set to the ALP.

• If the ALP has not yet been established but the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the ownership change date — the ALP and the RALP will be established on the ownership change date. The ALP will be set equal to the lesser of the RBA or the contract value, multiplied by 6%. If the ownership change date occurs during the waiting period and prior to a withdrawal, the RALP will be set equal to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments plus any purchase payment credits multiplied by 6%. If the ownership change date occurs at any other time, the RALP will be set equal to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year but not less than zero.

• If the ALP has been established but the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the ownership change date— the ALP and the RALP will be reset to zero for the period of time beginning with the ownership change date and ending with the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65. At the end of this time period, the ALP will be reset to the lesser of the RBA or the anniversary contract value, multiplied by 6%. If the

64    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

time period ends during the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals, the RALP will be reset to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments plus any purchase payment credits multiplied by 6%. If the time period ends at any other time, the RALP will be reset to the ALP.

•

If the ALP has been established and the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the ownership change date — the ALP and the RALP will be reset on the ownership change date. The ALP will be reset to the lesser of the current ALP or 6% of the contract value. If the ownership change date occurs during the waiting period and prior to a withdrawal, the RALP will be reset to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments plus any purchase payment credits multiplied by 6%. If the ownership change date occurs at any other time, the RALP will be reset to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year but not less than zero.

Please note that the lifetime withdrawal benefit amount may be reduced as a result of the ownership change.

Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Payout Option: Several annuity payout plans are available under the contract. As an alternative to these annuity payout plans, a fixed annuity payout option is available under the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider.

Under this option the amount payable each year will be equal to the remaining schedule of GBPs, but the total amount paid over the life of the annuity will not exceed the current total RBA at the time you begin this fixed annuity payout option. These annualized amounts will be paid in the frequency that you elect. The frequencies will be among those offered by us at that time but will be no less frequent than annually. If, at the death of the owner, total payouts have been made for less than the RBA, the remaining payouts will be paid to the beneficiary (see “The Annuity Payout Period” and “Taxes”).

This option may not be available if the contract is issued to qualify under Section 403 or 408 of the Code, as amended. For such contracts, this option will be available only if the guaranteed payment period is less than the life expectancy of the owner at the time the option becomes effective. Such life expectancy will be computed under the mortality table we then use to determine current life annuity purchase rates under the contract to which this rider is attached.

This annuity payout option may also be elected by the beneficiary of a contract as a settlement option if payments begin no later than one year after your death and the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy.

Whenever multiple beneficiaries are designated under the contract, each such beneficiary’s share of the proceeds if they elect this option will be in proportion to their applicable designated beneficiary percentage. Beneficiaries of nonqualified contracts may elect this settlement option subject to the distribution requirements of the contract. We reserve the right to adjust the future schedule of GBPs if necessary to comply with the Code.

Rider Termination

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider cannot be terminated either by you or us except as follows:

1.	Annuity payouts under an annuity payout plan will terminate the rider.
2.	Termination of the contract for any reason will terminate the rider.

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider is an optional benefit that was offered for an additional annual charge if⁽¹⁾:

•	your contract application was signed prior to April 29, 2005(2);
•	the rider was available in your state; and
•	you and the annuitant were 79 or younger on the date the contract was issued.
(1)	The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit is not available under an inherited qualified annuity.
(2)	In previous disclosure, we have referred to this rider as Rider B. This rider is no longer available for purchase. See the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life and Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit sections in this prospectus for information about currently offered versions of this benefit. See the rider attached to your contract for the actual terms of the benefit you purchased.

You must elect the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider when you purchase your contract (original rider). The original rider you receive at contract issue offers an elective annual step-up and any withdrawal after a step up during the first three years is considered an excess withdrawal, as described below. The rider effective date of the original rider is the contract issue date.

We will offer you the option of replacing the original rider with a new Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit (enhanced rider), if available in your state. The enhanced rider offers an automatic annual step-up and a withdrawal after a step up during the first three years is not necessarily an excess withdrawal, as described below. The effective date of the enhanced rider will be the contract issue date except for the automatic step-up which will apply to contract anniversaries that occur after you accept the enhanced rider. The descriptions below apply to both the original and enhanced riders unless otherwise noted.

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    65

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit initially provides a guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit that gives you the right to take limited partial withdrawals in each contract year that over time will total an amount equal to your purchase payments plus any purchase payment credits. Certain withdrawals and step ups, as described below, can cause the initial guaranteed withdrawal benefit to change. The guarantee remains in effect if your partial withdrawals in a contract year do not exceed the allowed amount. As long as your withdrawals in each contract year do not exceed the allowed amount, you will not be assessed a withdrawal charge. Under the original rider, the allowed amount is the Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP — the amount you may withdraw under the terms of the rider in each contract year, subject to certain restrictions prior to the third contract anniversary, as described below). Under the enhanced rider, the allowed amount is equal to 7% of purchase payments and purchase payment credits for the first three years, and the GBP in all other years.

If you withdraw an amount greater than the allowed amount in a contract year, we call this an “excess withdrawal” under the rider. If you make an excess withdrawal under the rider:

• withdrawal charges, if applicable, will apply only to the amount of the withdrawal that exceeds the allowed amount;

• the guaranteed benefit amount will be adjusted as described below; and

• the remaining benefit amount will be adjusted as described below.

For a partial withdrawal that is subject to a withdrawal charge, the amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable withdrawal charge (see “Charges — Withdrawal Charge”). Market value adjustments, if applicable, will also be made (see “Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs) — Market Value Adjustment”). We pay you the amount you request. Any partial withdrawals you take under the contract will reduce the value of the death benefit (see “Benefits in Case of Death”). Upon full withdrawal of the contract, you will receive the remaining contract value less any applicable charges (see “Withdrawals”).

Once elected, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider may not be cancelled and the fee will continue to be deducted until the contract is terminated, the contract value reduces to zero (described below) or annuity payouts begin. If you select the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, you may not select an Income Assurer Benefit rider or the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. If you exercise the annual step up election (see “Elective Step Up” and “Annual Step Up” below), the special spousal continuation step up election (see “Spousal Continuation and Special Spousal Continuation Step Up” below) or change your investment option, the rider charge may change (see “Charges”).

You should consider whether the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit is appropriate for you because:

You will begin paying the rider charge as of the rider effective date, even if you do not begin taking withdrawals for many years. It is possible that your contract performance, fees and charges, and withdrawal pattern may be such that your contract value will not be depleted in your lifetime and you will not receive any monetary value under the rider.

• Investment Allocation Restriction: You must participate in the PN program if you purchase a contract on or after May 1, 2006 with this rider (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program”). If you selected this Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider before May 1, 2006, you must participate in the asset allocation program (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Asset Allocation Program”), however, you may elect to participate in the Portfolio Navigator program after May 1, 2006. These funds are expected to reduce our financial risks and expenses associated with certain living benefits. Although the funds’ investment strategies may help mitigate declines in your contract value due to declining equity markets, the funds’ investment strategies may also curb your contract value gains during periods of positive performance by the equity markets. Additionally, investment in the funds may decrease the number and amount of any benefit base increase opportunities. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds: Volatility and Volatility Management Risk with the Portfolio Stabilizer funds” section.) We reserve the right to add, remove or substitute approved investment options at any time and in our sole discretion in the future. This requirement limits your choice of investments. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, GPAs or the one-year fixed account that are available under the contract to contract owners who do not elect this rider. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Asset Allocation Program and Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds.”). You may make qualifying purchase payments and purchase payment credits to the DCA fixed account, when available, and we will make monthly transfers into the investment option you have chosen;

• Tax Considerations for Non-Qualified Annuities: Withdrawals are taxable income to the extent of earnings. Withdrawals of earnings before age 59½ may also incur a 10% IRS early withdrawal penalty and may be considered taxable income;

• Tax Considerations for Qualified Annuities: Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). If you have a qualified annuity, you may need to take an RMD. If you make a withdrawal in any contract year to satisfy an RMD, this may constitute an excess withdrawal, as defined below, and the excess withdrawal procedures described below will apply. Under the terms of the enhanced rider, we allow you to satisfy the RMD based on the life expectancy RMD for your contract and the requirements of the Code and regulations in effect when you purchase your contract, without the withdrawal being treated as an excess withdrawal. It is our current administrative practice to make the same accommodation under the original rider, however, we reserve the right to

66    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

	modify our administrative practice and will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change. See Appendix I for additional information. RMD rules follow the calendar year which most likely does not coincide with your contract year and therefore may limit when you can take your RMD and not be subject to excess withdrawal processing. You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of this rider in your tax situation;
•	Treatment of non-spousal distributions: Unless you are married your beneficiary will be required to take distributions as a non-spouse which may result in significantly decreasing the value of the rider. Please note civil unions and domestic partnerships generally are not recognized as marriages for federal tax purposes. For additional information see “Taxes — Other — Spousal status” section of this prospectus.
•	Limitations on Tax-Sheltered Annuities (TSAs): Your right to take withdrawals is restricted if your contract is a TSA (see “TSA — Special Provisions”). Therefore, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider may be of limited value to you. You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of this rider in your tax situation;
•	Limitations on Purchase Payments: We reserve the right to limit the cumulative amount of purchase payments, subject to state restrictions, which may limit your ability to make additional purchase payments to increase your contract value as you may have originally intended. For current purchase payment restrictions, please see “Buying Your Contract — Purchase Payments”.
•	Interaction with the Total Free Amount (TFA) contract provision: The TFA is the amount you are allowed to withdraw in each contract year without incurring a withdrawal charge (see “Charges — Withdrawal Charge”). The TFA may be greater than GBP under this rider. Any amount you withdraw under the contract’s TFA provision that exceeds the GBP is subject to the excess withdrawal procedures for the GBA and RBA described below.

The terms “Guaranteed Benefit Amount” and “Remaining Benefit Amount” are described below. Each is used in the operation of the GBP, the RBP, the elective step up, the annual step up, the special spousal continuation step up and the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit annuity payout option.

Guaranteed Benefit Amount

The Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA) is equal to the initial purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits, adjusted for subsequent purchase payments, any purchase payment credits, partial withdrawals in excess of the GBP, and step ups. The maximum GBA is $5,000,000.

The GBA is determined at the following times:

• At contract issue — the GBA is equal to the initial purchase payment, and purchase payment credits

• When you make additional purchase payments— each additional purchase payment plus any purchase payment credit has its own GBA equal to the amount of the purchase payment and purchase payment credits. The total GBA when an additional purchase payment and purchase payment credit are added is the sum of the individual GBAs immediately prior to the receipt of the additional purchase payment, plus the GBA associated with the additional purchase payment;

• At step up — (see “Elective Step Up” and “Annual Step Up” headings below).

• When you make a partial withdrawal:

(a)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are less than or equal to the GBP — the GBA remains unchanged. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the GBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;
(b)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are greater than the GBP—the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the GBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the GBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;
(c)	under the original rider in a contract year after a step up but before the third contract anniversary —the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the GBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the GBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;

GBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The total GBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the total GBA immediately prior to the withdrawal; or (b) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s GBA after the withdrawal will be reset to equal that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal plus (a) times (b), where:

(a)	is the ratio of the total GBA after the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal to the total GBA before the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal; and
(b)	is each payment’s GBA before the withdrawal less that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal.

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    67

Remaining Benefit Amount

The remaining benefit amount (RBA) at any point is the total guaranteed amount available for future partial withdrawals. The maximum RBA is $5,000,000.

The RBA is determined at the following times:

• At contract issue — the RBA is equal to the initial purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits;

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment and purchase payment credits has its own RBA equal to the amount of the purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits. The total RBA when an additional purchase payment and purchase payment credits are added is the sum of the individual RBAs immediately prior to the receipt of the additional purchase payment, plus the RBA associated with the additional payment;

• At step up — (see “Elective Step Up” and “Annual Step Up” headings below).

• When you make a partial withdrawal:

(a)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are less than or equal to the GBP — the RBA becomes the RBA immediately prior to the partial withdrawal, less the partial withdrawal. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the RBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;
(b)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are greater than the GBP— the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the RBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the RBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;
(c)	under the original rider after a step up but before the third contract anniversary —the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the RBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the RBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups.

RBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The RBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal, or (b) the RBA immediately prior to the withdrawal, less the amount of the withdrawal.

If there have been multiple purchase payments, any reduction of the RBA will be taken out of each payment’s RBA in the following manner:

The withdrawal amount up to the remaining benefit payment (defined below) is taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its remaining benefit payment at the time of the withdrawal; and the withdrawal amount above the remaining benefit payment and any amount determined by the excess withdrawal processing are taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its RBA at the time of the withdrawal.

Guaranteed Benefit Payment

Under the original rider, the GBP is the amount you may withdraw under the terms of the rider in each contract year, subject to certain restrictions prior to the third anniversary (see “Elective Step Up” above). The GBP is equal to 7% of the GBA.

Under the enhanced rider, the GBP is the withdrawal amount that you are entitled to take each contract year after the third anniversary until the RBA is depleted. The GBP is the lesser of (a) 7% of the GBA; or (b) the RBA.

Under both the original and enhanced riders, if you withdraw less than the GBP in a contract year, there is no carry over to the next contract year.

Remaining Benefit Payment

Under the original rider, at the beginning of each contract year, the remaining benefit payment (RBP) is set as the lesser of (a) the GBP, or (b) the RBA.

Under the enhanced rider, at the beginning of each contract year, during the first three years and prior to any withdrawal, the RBP for each purchase payment is set equal to that purchase payment and purchase payment credits, multiplied by 7%. At the beginning of any other contract year, each individual RBP is set equal to each individual GBP.

Each additional purchase payment has its own RBP established equal to that payment’s GBP. The total RBP is equal to the sum of the individual RBPs.

Whenever a partial withdrawal is made, the RBP equals the RBP immediately prior to the partial withdrawal less the amount of the partial withdrawal, but not less than zero.

68    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Elective Step Up (under the original rider only)

You have the option to increase the RBA, the GBA, the GBP and the RBP beginning with the first contract anniversary. An annual elective step up option is available for 30 days after the contract anniversary. The elective step up option allows you to step up the remaining benefit amount and guaranteed benefit amount to the contract value on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

The elective step up is subject to the following rules:

• If you do not take any withdrawals during the first three years, you may step up annually beginning with the first contract anniversary;

• If you take any withdrawals during the first three years, the annual elective step up will not be available until the third contract anniversary;

• If you step up but then take a withdrawal prior to the third contract anniversary, you will lose any prior step ups and the withdrawal will be considered an excess withdrawal subject to the GBA and RBA excess withdrawal procedures discussed under the “Guaranteed Benefit Amount” and “Remaining Benefit Amount” headings above; and

• You may take withdrawals on or after the third contract anniversary without reversal of previous step ups.

You may only step up if your contract value on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up is greater than the RBA. The elective step up will be determined as follows:

• The effective date of the elective step up is the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

• The RBA will be increased to an amount equal to the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

• The GBA will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBA immediately prior to the elective step up; or (b) the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

• The GBP will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBP immediately prior to the elective step up; or (b) 7% of the GBA after the elective step up.

• The RBP will be increased to the lesser of (a) the RBA after the elective step up; or (b) the GBP after the elective step up less any withdrawals made during that contract year.

You may elect a step up only once each contract year within 30 days after the contract anniversary. Once a step up has been elected, another step up may not be elected until the next contract anniversary.

Annual Step Up (under the enhanced rider only)

Beginning with the first contract anniversary after you accept the enhanced rider, an increase of the RBA, the GBA, the GBP and the RBP may be available. A step up does not create contract value, guarantee performance of any investment options, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn or paid upon death. Rather, a step up determines the current values of the GBA, RBA, GBP, and RBP, and may extend the payment period or increase allowable payment.

The annual step up is subject to the following rules:

• The annual step up is available when the RBA would increase on the step up date. The applicable step up date depends on whether the annual step up is applied on an automatic or elective basis.

• If the application of the step does not increase the rider charge, the annual step up will be automatically applied to your contract and the step up date is the contract anniversary date.

• If the application of the step up would increase the rider charge, the annual step up is not automatically applied. Instead, you have the option to step up for 30 days after the contract anniversary. If you exercise the elective annual step up option, you will pay the rider charge in effect on the step up date. If you wish to exercise the elective annual step up option, we must receive a request from you or your investment professional. The step up date is the date we receive your request to step up. If your request is received after the close of business, the step up date will be the next valuation day.

• Only one step up is allowed each contract year.

• If you take any withdrawals during the first three years, any previously applied step ups will be reversed and the annual step up will not be available until the third contract anniversary;

• You may take withdrawals on or after the third contract anniversary without reversal of previous step ups.

The annual step up will be determined as follows:

• The RBA will be increased to an amount equal to the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The GBA will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBA immediately prior to the annual step up; or (b) the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The GBP will be calculated as described earlier, but based on the increased GBA and RBA.

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    69

• The RBP will be reset as follows:

(a)	Prior to any withdrawals during the first three years, the RBP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	At any other time, the RBP will be reset as the increased GBP less all prior withdrawals made during the current contract year, but never less than zero.

Spousal Continuation and Special Spousal Continuation Step Up

If a surviving spouse elects to continue the contract, this rider also continues. The spousal continuation step up is in addition to the elective step up or the annual step up. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate. When a spouse elects to continue the contract, any rider feature processing particular to the first three years of the contract as described in this prospectus no longer applies. The GBA, RBA and GBP values remain unchanged. The RBP is automatically reset to the GBP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

A surviving spouse may elect a spousal continuation step up by written request within 30 days following the spouse’s election to continue the contract. This step up may be made even if withdrawals have been taken under the contract during the first three years. Under this step up, the RBA will be reset to the greater of the RBA or the contract value on the valuation date we receive the spouse’s written request to step up; the GBA will be reset to the greater of the GBA or the contract value on the same valuation date. If a spousal continuation step up is elected and we have increased the charge for the rider for new contract owners, the spouse will pay the charge that is in effect on the valuation date we receive the written request to step up.

It is our current administrative practice to process the spousal continuation step up as described in the next paragraph; however, we reserve the right to discontinue our administrative practice and will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change.

At the time of spousal continuation, a step-up may be available. All annual step-up rules (see “Annual Step-Up” heading above), other than those that apply to the waiting period, also apply to the spousal continuation step-up. If the spousal continuation step-up is processed automatically, the step-up date is the valuation date spousal continuation is effective. If not, the spouse must elect the step up and must do so within 30 days of the spousal continuation date. If the spouse elects the spousal continuation step up, the step-up date is the valuation date we receive the spouse’s written request to step-up if we receive the request by the close of business on that day, otherwise the next valuation date.

Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Payout Option

Several annuity payout plans are available under the contract. As an alternative to these annuity payout plans, a fixed annuity payout option is available under the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit.

Under this option the amount payable each year will be equal to the remaining schedule of GBPs, but the total amount paid over the life of the annuity will not exceed the current total RBA at the time you begin this fixed annuity option. These annualized amounts will be paid in the frequency that you elect. The frequencies will be among those offered by us at that time but will be no less frequent than annually. If, at the death of the owner, total payments have been made for less than the RBA, the remaining payments will be paid to the beneficiary (see “The Annuity Payout Period” and “Taxes”).

This annuity payout option may also be elected by the beneficiary of a contract as a settlement option if payments begin no later than one year after your death and the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy. Whenever multiple beneficiaries are designated under the contract, each such beneficiary’s share of the proceeds if they elect this option will be in proportion to their applicable designated beneficiary percentage. Beneficiaries of nonqualified contracts may elect this settlement option subject to the distribution requirements of the contract. We reserve the right to adjust the remaining schedule of GBPs if necessary to comply with the Code.

If Contract Value Reduces to Zero

If the contract value reduces to zero and the RBA remains greater than zero, the following will occur:

• you will be paid according to the annuity payout option described above;

• we will no longer accept additional purchase payments;

• you will no longer be charged for the rider;

• any attached death benefit riders will terminate; and

• the death benefit becomes the remaining payments under the annuity payout option described above.

If the contract value falls to zero and the RBA is depleted, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider and the contract will terminate.

For an example, see Appendix J.

70    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Income Assurer Benefit Riders

The following three optional Income Assurer Benefit riders were available under your contract if you your contract application was signed prior to May 1, 2007. These riders are no longer available for purchase.

• Income Assurer Benefit – MAV;

• Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base; or

• Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base.

The Income Assurer Benefit riders are intended to provide you with a guaranteed minimum income regardless of the volatility inherent in the investments in the subaccounts. The riders benchmark the contract growth at each anniversary against several comparison values and set the guaranteed income benefit base (described below) equal to the largest value. The guaranteed income benefit base, less any applicable premium tax, is the value we apply to the guaranteed annuity purchase rates stated in Table B of the contract to calculate the minimum annuity payouts you will receive if you exercise the rider. If the guaranteed income benefit base is greater than the contract value, the guaranteed income benefit base may provide a higher annuity payout level than is otherwise available. However, the riders use guaranteed annuity purchase rates which may result in annuity payouts that are less than those using the annuity purchase rates that we may apply at annuitization under the standard contract provisions. Therefore, the level of income provided by the riders may be less than the contract otherwise provides. If the annuity payouts through the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available through the riders, you will receive the higher standard payout option. The guaranteed income benefit base does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

The general information in this section applies to each Income Assurer Benefit rider. This section is followed by a description of each specific Income Assurer Benefit rider and how it is calculated.

You should consider whether an Income Assurer Benefit rider is appropriate for you because:

•	you must participate in the PN program if you purchase a contract on or after May 1, 2006 with this rider (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program”). If you selected this rider before May 1, 2006, you must participate in the asset allocation program (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Asset Allocation Program”), however, you may elect to participate in the Portfolio Navigator program after May 1, 2006. The PN program and the asset allocation program limit your choice of investments. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, GPAs or the one-year fixed account that are available under the contract to other contract owners who do not elect this rider.
•	if you are purchasing the contract as a qualified annuity, such as an IRA, and you are planning to begin annuity payouts after the date on which minimum distributions required by the Code must begin, you should consider whether an Income Assurer Benefit is appropriate for you (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Partial withdrawals you take from the contract, including those used to satisfy RMDs, will reduce the guaranteed income benefit base (defined below), which in turn may reduce or eliminate the amount of any annuity payouts available under the rider. Consult a tax advisor before you purchase any Income Assurer Benefit rider with a qualified annuity;
•	you must hold the Income Assurer Benefit for 10 years unless you elect to terminate the rider within 30 days following the first anniversary after the effective date of the rider;
•	the 10-year waiting period may be restarted if you elect to change the PN program investment option to one that causes the rider charge to increase (see “Charges — Income Assurer Benefit”);
•	the Income Assurer Benefit rider terminates* 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday; and
•	you can only exercise the Income Assurer Benefit within 30 days after a contract anniversary following the expiration of the 10-year waiting period.
*	The rider and annual fee terminate 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday, however, if you exercise the Income Assurer Benefit rider before this time, your benefits will continue according to the annuity payout plan you have selected.

If the Income Assurer Benefit rider is available in your state and the annuitant is 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose this optional benefit at the time you purchase your contract for an additional charge. The amount of the charge is determined by the Income Assurer Benefit you select (see “Charges — Income Assurer Benefit Rider Fee”). The effective date of the rider will be the contract issue date. The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit and the Accumulation Protector Benefit riders are not available with any Income Assurer Benefit rider. If the annuitant is between age 73 and age 75 at contract issue, you should consider whether an Income Assurer Benefit rider is appropriate for your situation because of the 10-year waiting period requirement. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether an Income Assurer Benefit rider is appropriate for your situation.

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    71

Here are some general terms that are used to describe the Income Assurer Benefit riders in the sections below:

Guaranteed Income Benefit Base: The guaranteed income benefit base is the value that will be used to determine minimum annuity payouts when the rider is exercised. It is an amount we calculate, depending on the Income Assurer Benefit rider you choose, that establishes a benefit floor. When the benefit floor amount is greater than the contract value, there may be a higher annuitization payout than if you annuitized your contract without the Income Assurer Benefit. Your annuitization payout will never be less than that provided by your contract value.

Excluded Investment Options: These investment options are listed in your contract under contract data and will include the Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund and, if available under your contract, the GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account. Excluded investment options are not used in the calculation of this riders’ variable account floor for the Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base and the Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base.

Excluded Payments: These are purchase payments and any purchase payment credits paid in the last five years before exercise of the benefit which we reserve the right to exclude from the calculation of the guaranteed income benefit base.

Proportionate Adjustments for Partial Withdrawals: These are calculated as the product of (a) times (b) where:

(a)	is the ratio of the amount of the partial withdrawal (including any withdrawal charges or MVA) to the contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal, and
(b)	is the benefit on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.

Protected Investment Options: All investment options available under this contract that are not defined as excluded investment options under contract data are known as protected investment options for purposes of this rider and are used in the calculation of the variable account floor for the Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base and the Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base.

Waiting Period: This rider can only be exercised after the expiration of a 10-year waiting period. We reserve the right to restart the waiting period if you elect to change your PN program investment option to one that causes the rider charge to increase.

The following are general provisions that apply to each Income Assurer Benefit:

Exercising the Rider

Rider exercise conditions are:

• you may only exercise the Income Assurer Benefit rider within 30 days after any contract anniversary following the expiration of the waiting period;

• the annuitant on the retirement date must be between 50 to 86 years old; and

• you can only take an annuity payment in one of the following annuity payout plans:

Plan A	—	Life Annuity – No Refund;
Plan B	—	Life Annuity with Ten or Twenty Years Certain;
Plan D	—	Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund;
	—	Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity with Twenty Years Certain; or
Plan E	—	Twenty Years Certain.

After the expiration of the waiting period, the Income Assurer Benefit rider guarantees a minimum amount of fixed annuity lifetime income during annuitization or the option of variable annuity payouts with a guaranteed minimum initial payout or a combination of the two options.

If your contract value falls to zero as the result of adverse market performance or the deduction of fees and/or charges at any time, the contract and all its riders, including this rider, will terminate without value and no benefits will be paid on account of such termination.Exception: if you are still living, and the annuitant is between 50 and 86 years old, an amount equal to the guaranteed income benefit base will be paid to you under the annuity payout plan and frequency that you select, based upon the fixed or variable annuity payouts described above. The guaranteed income benefit base will be calculated and annuitization will occur at the following times.

• If the contract value falls to zero during the waiting period, the guaranteed income benefit base will be calculated and annuitization will occur on the valuation date after the expiration of the waiting period, or when the annuitant attains age 50 if later.

• If the contract value falls to zero after the waiting period, the guaranteed income benefit base will be calculated and annuitization will occur immediately, or when the annuitant attains age 50 if later.

72    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Fixed annuity payouts under this rider will occur at the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” with 100% Projection Scale G and a 2.0% interest rate for contracts purchased on or after May 1, 2006 and if available in your state.⁽¹⁾ These are the same rates used in Table B of the contract (see “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Tables.”) Your annuity payouts remain fixed for the lifetime of the annuity payout period.

First year variable annuity payouts are calculated in the same manner as fixed annuity payouts. Once calculated, your variable annuity payouts remain unchanged for the first year. After the first year, subsequent annuity payouts are variable and depend on the performance of the subaccounts you select. Variable annuity payouts after the first year are calculated using the following formula:

Pt-1(1 + i)	=	Pt
1.05

Pt-1	=	prior annuity payout
Pt	=	current annuity payout
i	=	annualized subaccount performance

Each subsequent variable annuity payout could be more or less than the previous variable annuity payout if the subaccount investment performance is greater or less than the 5% assumed investment rate. If your subaccount performance equals 5%, your variable annuity payout will be unchanged from the previous variable annuity payout. If your subaccount performance is in excess of 5%, your variable annuity payout will increase from the previous variable annuity payout. If your subaccount investment performance is less than 5%, your variable annuity payout will decrease from the previous variable annuity payout.

⁽¹⁾ For all other contracts, the guaranteed annuity purchase rates are based on the “1983 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” with 100% Projection Scale G and a 2.0% interest rate.

Terminating the Rider

Rider termination conditions are:

•	you may terminate the rider within 30 days following the first anniversary after the effective date of the rider;
•	you may terminate the rider any time after the expiration of the waiting period;
•	the rider will terminate on the date you make a full withdrawal from the contract, or annuitization begins, or on the date that a death benefit is payable; and
•	the rider will terminate* 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday.
*	The rider and annual fee terminate 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday, however, if you exercise the Income Assurer Benefit rider before this time, your benefits will continue according to the annuity payout plan you have selected.

You may select one of the Income Assurer Benefit riders described below:

Income Assurer Benefit – MAV

The guaranteed income benefit base for the Income Assurer Benefit – MAV is the greater of these three values:

1.	contract value; or
2.	the total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits made to the contract minus proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals; or
3.	the maximum anniversary value.

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV) — is zero prior to the first contract anniversary after the effective date of the rider. On the first contract anniversary after the effective date of the rider, we set the MAV as the greater of these two values:

(a)	current contract value; or
(b)	total payments and any purchase payment credits made to the contract minus proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals.

Thereafter, we increase the MAV by any additional purchase payments and any purchase payment credits and reduce the MAV by proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals. Every contract anniversary after that prior to the earlier of your or the annuitant’s 81st birthday, we compare the MAV to the current contract value and we reset the MAV to the higher amount.

If we exercise our right to not reflect excluded payments in the calculation of the guaranteed income benefit base, we will calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as the greatest of these three values:

1. contract value less the market value adjusted excluded payments; or

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    73

2.	total purchase payments plus any purchase payment credits, less excluded payments, less proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals; or
3.	the MAV, less market value adjusted excluded payments.

Market Value Adjusted Excluded Payments are calculated as the sum of each excluded purchase payment and any purchase payment credit multiplied by the ratio of the current contract value over the estimated contract value on the anniversary prior to such purchase payment. The estimated contract value at such anniversary is calculated by assuming that payments, any credits, and partial withdrawals occurring in a contract year take place at the beginning of the year for that anniversary and every year after that to the current contract year.

Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base

The guaranteed income benefit base for the Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base is the greater of these three values:

1.	contract value; or
2.	the total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits made to the contract minus proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals; or
3.	the 5% variable account floor.

5% Variable Account Floor – is equal to the contract value in the excluded investment options plus the variable account floor. The Income Assurer Benefit 5% variable account floor is calculated differently and is not the same value as the death benefit 5% variable account floor.

The variable account floor is zero from the effective date of this rider and until the first contract anniversary after the effective date of this rider. On the first contract anniversary after the effective date of this rider the variable account floor is:

• the total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits made to the protected investment options minus adjusted partial withdrawals and transfers from the protected investment options; plus

• an amount equal to 5% of your initial purchase payment and any purchase payment credit allocated to the protected investment options.

On any day after the first contract anniversary following the effective date of this rider, when you allocate additional purchase payments and purchase payment credits to or withdraw or transfer amounts from the protected investment options, we adjust the variable account floor by adding the additional purchase payment and any purchase payment credit and subtracting adjusted withdrawals and adjusted transfers. On each subsequent contract anniversary after the first anniversary of the effective date of this rider, prior to the earlier of your or the annuitant’s 81st birthday, we increase the variable account floor by adding the amount (“roll-up amount”) equal to 5% of the prior contract anniversary’s variable account floor.

The amount of purchase payment and any purchase payment credits withdrawn from or transferred between the excluded investment options and the protected investment options is calculated as (a) times (b) where:

(a)	is the amount of purchase payment and any purchase payment credits in the investment options being withdrawn or transferred on the date of but prior to the current withdrawal or transfer; and
(b)	is the ratio of the amount of the transfer or withdrawal to the value in the investment options being withdrawn or transferred on the date of (but prior to) the current withdrawal or transfer.

The roll-up amount prior to the first anniversary is zero. Also, the roll-up amount on every anniversary after the earlier of your or the annuitant’s 81st birthday is zero.

Adjusted withdrawals and adjusted transfers for the variable account floor are equal to the amount of the withdrawal or transfer from the protected investment options as long as the sum of the withdrawals and transfers from the protected investment options in a contract year do not exceed the roll-up amount from the prior contract anniversary.

If the current withdrawal or transfer from the protected investment options plus the sum of all prior withdrawals and transfers made from the protected investment options in the current policy year exceeds the roll-up amount from the prior contract anniversary we will calculate the adjusted withdrawal or adjusted transfer for the variable account floor as the result of (a) plus [(b) times (c)] where:

(a)	is the roll-up amount from the prior contract anniversary less the sum of any withdrawals and transfers made from the protected investment options in the current policy year but prior to the current withdrawal or transfer. However, (a) can not be less than zero; and
(b)	is the variable account floor on the date of (but prior to) the current withdrawal or transfer from the protected investment options less the value from (a); and

74    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

(c) is the ratio of [the amount of the current withdrawal (including any withdrawal charges or MVA) or transfer from the protected investment options less the value from (a)] to [the total in the protected investment options on the date of (but prior to) the current withdrawal or transfer from the protected investment options less the value from (a)].

If we exercise our right to not reflect excluded payments in the calculation of the guaranteed income benefit base, we will calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as the greatest of these three values:

1.	contract value less the market value adjusted excluded payments (described above); or
2.	total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits, less excluded payments, less proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals; or
3.	the 5% variable account floor, less 5% adjusted excluded payments.

5% Adjusted Excluded Payments are calculated as the sum of each excluded payment and any credit accumulated at 5% for the number of full contract years they have been in the contract.

Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base

The guaranteed income benefit base for the Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base is the greater of these four values:

1.	the contract value;
2.	the total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits made to the contract minus proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals;
3.	the MAV (described above); or
4.	the 5% variable account floor (described above).

If we exercise our right to not reflect excluded payments in the calculation of the guaranteed income benefit base, we will calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as the greatest of:

1.	contract value less the market value adjusted excluded payments (described above);
2.	total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits, less excluded payments, less proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals;
3.	the MAV, less market value adjusted excluded payments (described above); or
4.	the 5% variable account floor, less 5% adjusted excluded payments (described above).

For an example of how benefits under each Income Assurer Benefit rider are calculated, see Appendix K.

Optional Death Benefits

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector)

The Benefit Protector is intended to provide an additional benefit to your beneficiary to help offset expenses after your death such as funeral expenses or federal and state taxes. This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge (see “Charges”). The Benefit Protector provides reduced benefits if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older at the rider effective date. The Benefit Protector does not provide any additional benefit before the first rider anniversary.

If this rider is available in your state and both you and the annuitant are age 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the Benefit Protector to your contract. You must elect the Benefit Protector at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date. You may not select this rider if you select the Benefit Protector Plus Rider, 5% Accumulation Death Benefit or the Enhanced Death Benefit.

Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Since the benefit paid by the rider is determined by the amount of earnings at death, the amount of the benefit paid may be reduced as a result of taking any withdrawals including RMDs. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional and tax advisor whether or not the Benefit Protector is appropriate for your situation.

The Benefit Protector provides that if you or the annuitant die after the first rider anniversary, but before annuity payouts begin, and while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary:

• the ROP death benefit

• 40% of your earnings at death if you and the annuitant were under age 70 on the rider effective date, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old; or

• 15% of your earnings at death if you or the annuitant were age 70 or older on the rider effective date, up to a maximum of 37.5% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old.

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    75

Earnings at death: This is determined by taking the current death benefit, and subtracting any purchase payments not previously withdrawn. Partial withdrawals reduce earnings before reducing purchase payments in the contract. This determines how much of the applicable death benefit is made up of contract earnings. We set maximum earnings at death of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old. Earnings at death cannot be less than zero.

Terminating the Benefit Protector

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of any rider anniversary beginning with the seventh rider anniversary.

• The rider will terminate when you make a full withdrawal from the contract or when annuity payouts begin.

If your spouse is the sole beneficiary and you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner. Your spouse and the new annuitant will be subject to all the limitations and restrictions of the rider just as if they were purchasing a new contract. If your spouse and the new annuitant do not qualify for the rider on the basis of age we will terminate the rider. If they do qualify for the rider on the basis of age we will set the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid and we will substitute this new contract value on the date of death for “purchase payments not previously withdrawn” used in calculating earnings at death. Your spouse also has the option of discontinuing the Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider within 30 days of the date of death.

NOTE: For special tax considerations associated with the Benefit Protector, see “Taxes.”

For an example, see Appendix L.

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus)

The Benefit Protector Plus is intended to provide an additional benefit to your beneficiary to help offset expenses after your death such as funeral expenses or federal and state taxes. This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge (see “Charges”). The Benefit Protector Plus provides reduced benefits if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older at the rider effective date. It does not provide any additional benefit before the first rider anniversary and it does not provide any benefit beyond what is offered under the Benefit Protector rider during the second rider year.

If this rider is available in your state and both you and the annuitant are age 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the Benefit Protector Plus to you contract. You must elect the Benefit Protector Plus at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date. This rider is only available for transfers, exchanges or rollovers from another annuity or life insurance policy. You may not select this rider if you select the Benefit Protector Rider, 5% Accumulation Death Benefit or the Enhanced Death Benefit. Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Since the benefit paid by the rider is determined by the amount of earnings at death, the amount of the benefit paid may be reduced as a result of taking any withdrawals including RMDs. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional and tax advisor whether or not the Benefit Protector Plus is appropriate for your situation.

The Benefit Protector Plus provides that if you or the annuitant die after the first rider anniversary, but before annuity payouts begin, and while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary:

• the benefits payable under the Benefit Protector described above, plus

• a percentage of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue not previously withdrawn as follows:

Rider Year	Percentage if you and the annuitant are under age 70 on the rider effective date	Percentage if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older on the rider effective date
One and Two	0%	0%
Three and Four	10%	3.75%
Five or more	20%	7.5%

Another way to describe the benefits payable under the Benefit Protector Plus rider is as follows:

• the ROP death benefit (see “Benefits in Case of Death”) plus:

Rider Year	If you and the annuitant are under age 70 on the rider effective date, add…	If you or the annuitant are age 70 or older on the rider effective date, add…
One	Zero	Zero
Two	40% × earnings at death (see above)	15% × earnings at death
Three & Four	40% × (earnings at death + 25% of initial purchase payment*)	15% × (earnings at death + 25% of initial purchase payment*)

76    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Rider Year	If you and the annuitant are under age 70 on the rider effective date, add…	If you or the annuitant are age 70 or older on the rider effective date, add…
Five or more	40% × (earnings at death + 50% of initial purchase payment*)	15% × (earnings at death + 50% of initial purchase payment*)

* Initial purchase payments are payments made within 60 days of rider issue not previously withdrawn.

Terminating the Benefit Protector Plus

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of any rider anniversary beginning with the seventh rider anniversary.

• The rider will terminate when you make a full withdrawal from the contract or when annuity payouts begin.

If your spouse is sole beneficiaryand you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. We will then terminate the Benefit Protector Plus and substitute the applicable death benefit (see “Benefits in Case of Death”).

For an example, see Appendix M.

The Annuity Payout Period

As owner of the contract, you have the right to decide how and to whom annuity payouts will be made starting at the retirement date. You may select one of the annuity payout plans outlined below, or we may mutually agree on other payout arrangements. We do not deduct any withdrawal charges upon retirement but withdrawal charges may apply when electing to exercise liquidity features we may make available under certain fixed annuity payout options.

You also decide whether we will make annuity payouts on a fixed or variable basis, or a combination of fixed and variable. The amount available to purchase payouts under the plan you select is the contract value on your retirement date after any rider charges have been deducted. Additionally, we currently allow you to use part of the amount available to purchase payouts, leaving any remaining contract value to accumulate on a tax-deferred basis. Special rules apply for partial annuitization of your annuity contract, see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities — Annuity payouts” and “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Annuity payouts.” If you select a variable annuity payout, we reserve the right to limit the number of subaccounts in which you may invest. The GPAs, the DCA fixed account and Portfolio Stabilizer funds are not available during this payout period.

Amounts of fixed and variable payouts depend on:

• the annuity payout plan you select;

• the annuitant’s age and, in most cases, sex;

• the annuity table in the contract; and

• the amounts you allocated to the accounts at settlement.

In addition, for variable annuity payouts only, amounts depend on the investment performance of the subaccounts you select. These payouts will vary from month to month because the performance of the funds will fluctuate. Fixed payouts generally remain the same from month to month unless you have elected an option providing for increasing payments.

For information with respect to transfers between accounts after annuity payouts begin, see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transfer policies.”

Annuity Tables

The annuity tables in your contract (Table A and Table B) show the amount of the monthly payout for each $1,000 of contract value according to the age and, when applicable, the annuitant’s sex. (Where required by law, we will use a unisex table of settlement rates.)

Table A shows the amount of the first monthly variable annuity payout assuming that the contract value is invested at the beginning of the annuity payout period and earns a 5% rate of return, which is reinvested and helps to support future payouts. If you ask us at least 30 days before the retirement date, we will substitute an annuity table based on an assumed 3.5% investment rate for the 5% Table A in the contract. The assumed investment rate affects both the amount of the first payout and the extent to which subsequent payouts increase or decrease. For example, annuity payouts will increase if the investment return is above the assumed investment rate and payouts will decrease if the return is below the assumed investment rate. Using a 5% assumed interest rate results in a higher initial payout, but later payouts will increase more slowly when annuity unit values rise and decrease more rapidly when they decline.

Table B shows the minimum amount of each fixed annuity payout. We declare current payout rates that we use in determining the actual amount of your fixed annuity payout. The current payout rates will equal or exceed the guaranteed payout rates shown in Table B. We will furnish these rates to you upon request.

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    77

Annuity Payout Plans

We make available variable annuity payouts where payout amounts will vary based on the performance of the variable account. We may also make fixed annuity payouts available where payments of a fixed amount are made for the period specified in the plan, subject to any surrender we may permit. You may choose an annuity payout plan by giving us written instructions at least 30 days before the retirement date. Generally, you may select one of the Plans A through E below or another plan agreed to by us. Some of the annuity payout plans may not be available if you have selected the Income Assurer Benefit rider.

• Plan A – Life annuity — no refund:We make monthly payouts until the annuitant’s death. Payouts end with the last payout before the annuitant’s death. We will not make any further payouts. This means that if the annuitant dies after we made only one monthly payout, we will not make any more payouts.

• Plan B – Life annuity with five, ten, 15 or 20 years certain: (under the Income Assurer Benefit rider: you may select life annuity with ten or 20 years certain): We make monthly payouts for a guaranteed payout period of five, ten, 15 or 20 years that you elect. This election will determine the length of the payout period in the event if the annuitant dies before the elected period expires. We calculate the guaranteed payout period from the retirement date. If the annuitant outlives the elected guaranteed payout period, we will continue to make payouts until the annuitant’s death.

• Plan C – Life annuity — installment refund:(not available under the Income Assurer Benefit rider): We make monthly payouts until the annuitant’s death, with our guarantee that payouts will continue for some period of time. We will make payouts for at least the number of months determined by dividing the amount applied under this option by the first monthly payout, whether or not the annuitant is living.

• Plan D

– Joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund:We make monthly payouts while both the annuitant and a joint annuitant are living. If either annuitant dies, we will continue to make monthly payouts at the full amount until the death of the surviving annuitant. Payouts end with the death of the second annuitant.

– Joint and last survivor life annuity with 20 years certain: We make monthly annuity payouts during the lifetime of the annuitant and joint annuitant. When either the annuitant or joint annuitant dies, we will continue to make monthly payouts during the lifetime of the survivor. If the survivor dies before we have made payouts for 20 years, we continue to make payouts for the remainder of the 20-year period which begins when the first annuity payout is made.

• Plan E – Payouts for a specified period: We make monthly payouts for a specific payout period of ten to 30 years that you elect (under the Income Assurer Benefit rider, you may elect a payout period of 20 years only). We will make payouts only for the number of years specified whether the annuitant is living or not. Depending on the selected time period, it is foreseeable that an annuitant can outlive the payout period selected. During the payout period, you can elect to have us determine the present value of any remaining payouts and pay it to you in a lump sum. (Exception: If you have an Income Assurer Benefit rider and elect this annuity payout plan based on the Guaranteed Income Benefit Base, a lump sum payout is unavailable.)

• Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Payout Option (available only under contracts with the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life or Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider):This fixed annuity payout option is an alternative to the above annuity payout plans. This option may not be available if the contract is a qualified annuity. For such contracts, this option will be available only if the guaranteed payment period is less than the life expectancy of the owner at the time the option becomes effective. Such life expectancy will be computed using a life expectancy table published by the IRS. Under this option, the amount payable each year will be equal to the remaining schedule of GBPs, but the total amount paid over the life of the annuity will not exceed the total RBA at the time you begin this fixed payout option (see “Optional Benefits — Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider” or “Optional Benefits — Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider”). The amount paid in the current contract year will be reduced for any prior withdrawals in that year. These annualized amounts will be paid in the frequency that you elect. The frequencies will be among those offered by us at the time but will be no less frequent than annually. If, at the death of the owner, total payouts have been made for less than the RBA, the remaining payouts will be paid to the beneficiary.

For Plan A, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, no payments will be made. For Plan B, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue for the guaranteed payout period. For Plan C, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue for the installment refund period. For Plan D, if both annuitants die before the initial payment, no payments will be made; however, if one annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue until the death of the surviving annuitant.

In addition to the annuity payout plans described above, we may offer additional payout plans. Terms and conditions of annuity payout plans will be disclosed at the time of election, including any associated fees or charges. It is important to remember that the election and use of liquidity features will result in payouts ceasing.

Utilizing a liquidity feature to withdraw the underlying value of remaining payouts may result in the assessment of a withdrawal charge (See “Charges — Withdrawal charge”) or a 10% IRS penalty tax. (See “Taxes.”).

78    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Annuity payout plan requirements for qualified annuities: If your contract is a qualified annuity, you must select a payout plan as of the retirement date set forth in your contract. You have the responsibility for electing a payout plan under your contract that complies with applicable law. Your contract describes your payout plan options. The options will meet certain IRS regulations governing RMDs if the payout plan meets the incidental distribution benefit requirements, if any, and the payouts are made:

• in equal or substantially equal payments over a period not longer than your life expectancy, or over the joint life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary; or

• over a period certain not longer than your life expectancy or over the joint life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary.

If we do not receive instructions: You must give us written instructions for the annuity payouts at least 30 days before the annuitant’s retirement date. If you do not, we will make payouts under Plan B, with 120 monthly payouts guaranteed.

If monthly payouts would be less than $20: We will calculate the amount of monthly payouts at the time the contract value is used to purchase a payout plan. If the calculations show that monthly payouts would be less than $20, we have the right to pay the contract value to the owner in a lump sum or to change the frequency of the payouts.

Death after annuity payouts begin: If you or the annuitant die after annuity payouts begin, we will pay any amount payable to the beneficiary as provided in the annuity payout plan in effect. Payments to beneficiaries are subject to adjustment to comply with the IRS rules and regulations.

Taxes

Under current law, your contract has a tax-deferral feature. Generally, this means you do not pay income tax until there is a taxable distribution (or deemed distribution) from the contract. We will send a tax information reporting form for any year in which we made a taxable or reportable distribution according to our records.

Nonqualified Annuities

Generally, only the increase in the value of a non-qualified annuity contract over the investment in the contract is taxable. Certain exceptions apply. Federal tax law requires that all nonqualified deferred annuity contracts issued by the same company (and possibly its affiliates) to the same owner during a calendar year be taxed as a single, unified contract when distributions are taken from any one of those contracts.

Annuity payouts: Generally, unlike withdrawals described below, the income taxation of annuity payouts is subject to exclusion ratios (for fixed annuity payouts) or annual excludable amounts (for variable annuity payouts). In other words, in most cases, a portion of each payout will be ordinary income and subject to tax, and a portion of each payout will be considered a return of part of your investment in the contract and will not be taxed. All amounts you receive after your investment in the contract is fully recovered will be subject to tax. Under Annuity Payout Plan A: Life annuity — no refund, where the annuitant dies before your investment in the contract is fully recovered, the remaining portion of the unrecovered investment may be available as a federal income tax deduction to the owner for the last taxable year. Under all other annuity payout plans, where the annuity payouts end before your investment in the contract is fully recovered, the remaining portion of the unrecovered investment may be available as a federal income tax deduction to the taxpayer for the tax year in which the payouts end. (See “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Federal tax law permits taxpayers to annuitize a portion of their nonqualified annuity while leaving the remaining balance to continue to grow tax-deferred. Under the partial annuitization rules, the portion annuitized must be received as an annuity for a period of 10 years or more, or for the lives of one or more individuals. If this requirement is met, the annuitized portion and the tax-deferred balance will generally be treated as two separate contracts for income tax purposes only. If a contract is partially annuitized, the investment in the contract is allocated between the deferred and the annuitized portions on a pro rata basis.

Withdrawals: Generally, if you withdrawal all or part of your nonqualified annuity your annuity payouts begin, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, your withdrawal will be taxed to the extent that the contract value immediately before the withdrawal exceeds the investment in the contract. Different rules may apply if you exchange another contract into this contract.

You also may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty for withdrawals of taxable income you make before reaching age 59½ unless certain exceptions apply.

Withholding: If you receive taxable income as a result of an annuity payout or withdrawal, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, we may deduct federal, and in some cases state withholding against the payment. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your income tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. As long as you have provided us with a valid Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number, and you have a valid U.S. address, you may be able to elect not to have federal income tax withholding occur.

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    79

If the payment is part of an annuity payout plan, we generally compute the amount of federal income tax withholding using payroll tables. You may provide us with a statement of how many exemptions to use in calculating the withholding. If the distribution is any other type of payment (such as partial or full withdrawal) we compute federal income tax withholding using 10% of the taxable portion.

The federal income tax withholding requirements differ if we deliver payment outside the United States or you are a non-resident alien.

Some states also may impose income tax withholding requirements similar to the federal withholding described above or may allow you to elect withholding. If this should be the case, we may deduct state income tax withholding from the payment.

Death benefits to beneficiaries: The death benefit under a nonqualified contract is not exempt from estate (federal or state) taxes. In addition, for income tax purposes, any amount your beneficiary receives that exceeds the remaining investment in the contract is taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary in the year he or she receives the payments. (See also “Benefits in Case of Death — If You Die Before the Retirement Date”).

Net Investment Income Tax (also known as Medicare contribution tax): Effective for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2013, certain investment income of high-income individuals (as well as estates and trusts) is subject to a 3.8% net investment income tax (as an addition to income taxes). For individuals, the 3.8% tax applies to the lesser of (1) the amount by which the taxpayer’s modified adjusted gross income exceeds $200,000 ($250,000 for married filing jointly and surviving spouses; $125,000 for married filing separately) or (2) the taxpayer’s “net investment income.” Net investment income includes taxable income from nonqualified annuities. Annuity holders are advised to consult their tax advisor regarding the possible implications of this additional tax.

Annuities owned by corporations, partnerships or irrevocable trusts: For nonqualified annuities, any annual increase in the value of annuities held by such entities (non-natural persons) generally will be treated as ordinary income received during that year. However, if the trust was set up for the benefit of a natural person(s) only, the income may remain tax-deferred until withdrawn or paid out.

Penalties: If you receive amounts from your nonqualified annuity before reaching age 59½, you may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty on the amount includable in your ordinary income. However, this penalty will not apply to any amount received:

• because of your death or in the event of non-natural ownership, the death of annuitant;

• because you become disabled (as defined in the Code);

• if the distribution is part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments, made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or joint lives or life expectancies of you and your beneficiary);

• if it is allocable to an investment before Aug. 14, 1982; or

• if annuity payouts are made under immediate annuities as defined by the Code.

Transfer of ownership: Generally, if you transfer ownership of a nonqualified annuity without receiving adequate consideration, the transfer may be taxed as a withdrawal for federal income tax purposes. If the transfer is a currently taxable event for income tax purposes, the original owner will be taxed on the amount of deferred earnings at the time of the transfer and also may be subject to the 10% IRS penalty discussed earlier. In this case, the new owner’s investment in the contract will be equal to the investment in the contract at the time of the transfer plus any earnings included in the original owner’s taxable income as a result of the transfer. In general, this rule does not apply to transfers between spouses or former spouses. Similar rules apply if you transfer ownership for full consideration. Please consult your tax advisor for further details.

1035 Exchanges: Section 1035 of the Code permits nontaxable exchanges of certain insurance policies, endowment contracts, annuity contracts and qualified long-term care insurance contracts while providing for continued tax deferral of earnings. In addition, Section 1035 permits the carryover of the investment in the contract from the old policy or contract to the new policy or contract. In a 1035 exchange one policy or contract is exchanged for another policy or contract. The following can qualify as nontaxable exchanges: (1) the exchange of a life insurance policy for another life insurance policy or for an endowment, annuity or qualified long-term care insurance contract, (2) the exchange of an endowment contract for an annuity or qualified long-term care insurance contract, or for an endowment contract under which payments will begin no later than payments would have begun under the contract exchanged, (3) the exchange of an annuity contract for another annuity or for a qualified long-term care insurance contract, and (4) the exchange of a qualified long-term care insurance contract for a qualified long-term care insurance contract. Additionally, other tax rules apply. However, if the life insurance policy has an outstanding loan, there may be tax consequences. Depending on the issue date of your original policy or contract, there may be tax or other benefits that are given up to gain the benefits of the new policy or contract. Consider whether the features and benefits of the new policy or contract outweigh any tax or other benefits of the old contract.

80    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

For a partial exchange of an annuity contract for another annuity contract, the 1035 exchange is generally tax-free. The investment in the original contract and the earnings on the contract will be allocated proportionately between the original and new contracts. However, per IRS Revenue Procedure 2011-38, if withdrawals are taken from either contract within the 180-day period following a partial 1035 exchange, the IRS will apply general tax principles to determine the appropriate tax treatment of the exchange and subsequent withdrawal. As a result, there may be unexpected tax consequences. You should consult your tax advisor before taking any withdrawal from either contract during the 180-day period following a partial exchange.

Assignment: If you assign or pledge your contract as collateral for a loan, earnings on purchase payments you made after Aug. 13, 1982 will be taxed as a deemed distribution and also may be subject to the 10% penalty as discussed above.

Qualified Annuities

Adverse tax consequences may result if you do not ensure that contributions, distributions and other transactions under the contract comply with the law. Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions. You should refer to your retirement plan’s Summary Plan Description, your IRA disclosure statement, or consult a tax advisor for additional information about the distribution rules applicable to your situation.

When you use your contract to fund a retirement plan or IRA that is already tax-deferred under the Code, the contract will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral. If your contract is used to fund an employer sponsored plan, your right to benefits may be subject to the terms and conditions of the plan regardless of the terms of the contract.

Annuity payouts: Under a qualified annuity, except a Roth IRA, Roth 401(k) or Roth 403(b), the entire payout generally is includable as ordinary income and is subject to tax unless: (1) the contract is an IRA to which you made non-deductible contributions; or (2) you rolled after-tax dollars from a retirement plan into your IRA; or 3) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you or your employer have contributed after-tax dollars; or (4) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you direct such payout to be directly rolled over to another eligible retirement plan such as an IRA. We may permit partial annuitizations of qualified annuity contracts. If we accept partial annuitizations, please remember that your contract will still need to comply with other requirements such as required minimum distributions and the payment of taxes. Prior to considering a partial annuitization on a qualified contract, you should discuss your decision and any implications with your tax adviser. Because we cannot accurately track certain after tax funding sources, we will generally report any payments on partial annuitizations as ordinary income except in the case of a qualified distribution from a Roth IRA.

Annuity payouts from Roth IRAs: In general, the entire payout from a Roth IRA can be free from income and penalty taxes if you have attained age 59½ and meet the five year holding period.

Withdrawals: Under a qualified annuity, except a Roth IRA, Roth 401(k) or Roth 403(b), the entire withdrawal will generally be includable as ordinary income and is subject to tax unless: (1) the contract is an IRA to which you made non-deductible contributions; or (2) you rolled after-tax dollars from a retirement plan into your IRA; or (3) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you or your employer have contributed after-tax dollars; or (4) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you direct such withdrawal to be directly rolled over to another eligible retirement plan such as an IRA.

Withdrawals from Roth IRAs: In general, the entire payout from a Roth IRA can be free from income and penalty taxes if you have attained age 59½ and meet the five year holding period or another qualifying event such as death or disability.

Required Minimum Distributions: Retirement plans (except for Roth IRAs) are subject to required withdrawals called required minimum distributions (“RMDs”) beginning at age 72 (age 70 ½ if you were born on or before June 30, 1949). RMDs are based on the fair market value of your contract at year-end divided by the life expectancy factor. Certain death benefits and optional riders may be considered in determining the fair market value of your contract for RMD purposes. This may cause your RMD to be higher. Inherited IRAs (including inherited Roth IRAs) are subject to special required minimum distribution rules. You should consult your tax advisor prior to making a purchase for an explanation of the potential tax implications to you.

Withholding for IRAs, Roth IRAs, SEPs and SIMPLE IRAs: If you receive taxable income as a result of an annuity payout or a withdrawal, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, we may deduct withholding against the payment. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. As long as you have provided us with a valid Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number, you can elect not to have any withholding occur.

If the payment is part of an annuity payout plan, we generally compute the amount of federal income tax withholding using payroll tables. You may provide us with a statement of how many exemptions to use in calculating the withholding. If the distribution is any other type of payment (such as a partial or full withdrawal) we compute federal income tax withholding using 10% of the taxable portion.

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    81

The federal income tax withholding requirements differ if we deliver payment outside the United States or you are a non-resident alien.

Some states also may impose income tax withholding requirements similar to the federal withholding described above. If this should be the case, we may deduct state income tax withholding from the payment.

Withholding for all other qualified annuities: If you receive directly all or part of the contract value from a qualified annuity, mandatory 20% federal income tax withholding (and possibly state income tax withholding) generally will be imposed at the time the payout is made from the plan. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. This mandatory withholding will not be imposed if instead of receiving the distribution check, you elect to have the distribution rolled over directly to an IRA or another eligible plan. Payments made to a surviving spouse instead of being directly rolled over to an IRA are also subject to mandatory 20% income tax withholding.

In the below situations, the distribution is subject to an optional 10% withholding instead of the mandatory 20% withholding. We will withhold 10% of the distribution amount unless you elect otherwise.

• the payout is one in a series of substantially equal periodic payouts, made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or the joint lives or life expectancies of you and your designated beneficiary) or over a specified period of 10 years or more;

• the payout is a RMD as defined under the Code;

• the payout is made on account of an eligible hardship; or

• the payout is a corrective distribution.

State withholding also may be imposed on taxable distributions.

Penalties: If you receive amounts from your qualified contract before reaching age 59½, you may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty on the amount includable in your ordinary income. However, this penalty generally will not apply to any amount received:

• because of your death;

• because you become disabled (as defined in the Code);

• if the distribution is part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or joint lives or life expectancies of you and your beneficiary);

• if the distribution is made following severance from employment during or after the calendar year in which you attain age 55 (TSAs and annuities funding 401(a) plans only);

• to pay certain medical or education expenses (IRAs only); or

• if the distribution is made from an inherited IRA.

Death benefits to beneficiaries: The entire death benefit generally is taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary in the year he/she receives the payments from the qualified annuity. If you made non-deductible contributions to a traditional IRA, the portion of any distribution from the contract that represents after-tax contributions is not taxable as ordinary income to your beneficiary. You are responsible for keeping all records tracking your non-deductible contributions to an IRA. Death benefits under a Roth IRA generally are not taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary if certain distribution requirements are met. (See also “Benefits in Case of Death — If you Die Before the Retirement Date”).

Change of retirement plan type: IRS regulations allow for rollovers of certain retirement plan distributions. In some circumstances, you may be able to have an intra-contract rollover, keeping the same features and conditions. If the annuity contract you have does not support an intra-contract rollover, you are able to request an IRS approved rollover to another annuity contract or other investment product that you choose. If you choose another annuity contract or investment product, you will be subject to new rules, including a new withdrawal charge schedule for an annuity contract, or other product rules as applicable.

Assignment:You may not assign or pledge your qualified contract as collateral for a loan.

Other

Purchase payment credits: These are considered earnings and are taxed accordingly when withdrawn or paid out.

Special considerations if you select any optional rider: As of the date of this prospectus, we believe that charges related to these riders are not subject to current taxation. Therefore, we will not report these charges as partial withdrawals from your contract. However, the IRS may determine that these charges should be treated as partial withdrawals subject to taxation to the extent of any gain as well as the 10% tax penalty for withdrawals before the age of 59½, if applicable, on the taxable portion.

82    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

We reserve the right to report charges for these riders as partial withdrawals if we, as a withholding and reporting agent, believe that we are required to report them. In addition, we will report any benefits attributable to these riders on the death of you or the annuitant as an annuity death benefit distribution, not as proceeds from life insurance.

Important: Our discussion of federal tax laws is based upon our understanding of current interpretations of these laws. Federal tax laws or current interpretations of them may change. For this reason and because tax consequences are complex and highly individual and cannot always be anticipated, you should consult a tax advisor if you have any questions about taxation of your contract.

RiverSource Life’s tax status: We are taxed as a life insurance company under the Code. For federal income tax purposes, the subaccounts are considered a part of our company, although their operations are treated separately in accounting and financial statements. Investment income is reinvested in the fund in which each subaccount invests and becomes part of that subaccount’s value. This investment income, including realized capital gains, is not subject to any withholding for federal or state income taxes. We reserve the right to make such a charge in the future if there is a change in the tax treatment of variable annuities or in our tax status as we then understand it.
The company includes in its taxable income the net investment income derived from the investment of assets held in its subaccounts because the company is considered the owner of these assets under federal income tax law.  The company may claim certain tax benefits associated with this investment income.  These benefits, which may include foreign tax credits and the corporate dividend received deduction, are not passed on to you since the company is the owner of the assets under federal tax law and is taxed on the investment income generated by the assets. 

Tax qualification: We intend that the contract qualify as an annuity for federal income tax purposes. To that end, the provisions of the contract are to be interpreted to ensure or maintain such tax qualification, in spite of any other provisions of the contract. We reserve the right to amend the contract to reflect any clarifications that may be needed or are appropriate to maintain such qualification or to conform the contract to any applicable changes in the tax qualification requirements. We will send you a copy of any amendments.

Spousal status: When it comes to your marital status and the identification and naming of any spouse as a beneficiary or party to your contract, we will rely on the representations you make to us. Based on this reliance, we will issue and administer your contract in accordance with these representations. If you represent that you are married and your representation is incorrect or your marriage is deemed invalid for federal or state law purposes, then the benefits and rights under your contract may be different.

If you have any questions as to the status of your relationship as a marriage, then you should consult an appropriate tax or legal advisor.

Voting Rights

As a contract owner with investments in the subaccounts, you may vote on important fund policies until annuity payouts begin. Once they begin, the person receiving them has voting rights. We will vote fund shares according to the instructions of the person with voting rights.

Before annuity payouts begin, the number of votes you have is determined by applying your percentage interest in each subaccount to the total number of votes allowed to the subaccount.

After annuity payouts begin, the number of votes you have is equal to:

• the reserve held in each subaccount for your contract; divided by

• the net asset value of one share of the applicable fund.

As we make annuity payouts, the reserve for the contract decreases; therefore, the number of votes also will decrease.

We calculate votes separately for each subaccount. We will send notice of shareholders’ meetings, proxy materials and a statement of the number of votes to which the voter is entitled. We are the legal owner of all fund shares and therefore hold all voting rights.  However, to the extent required by law, we will vote the shares of each fund according to instructions we receive from policy owners. We will vote shares for which we have not received instructions and shares that we or our affiliates own in our own names in the same proportion as the votes for which we received instructions. As a result of this proportional voting, in cases when a small number of contract owners vote, their votes will have a greater impact and may even control the outcome.

Substitution of Investments

We may substitute the funds in which the subaccounts invest if:

• laws or regulations change;

• the existing funds become unavailable; or

• in our judgment, the funds no longer are suitable (or are not the most suitable) for the subaccounts.

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    83

If any of these situations occur, we have the right to substitute a fund currently listed in this prospectus (existing fund) for another fund (new fund), provided we obtain any required SEC and state insurance law approval. The new fund may have higher fees and/or operating expenses than the existing fund. Also, the new fund may have investment objectives and policies and/or investment advisers which differ from the existing fund.

We may also:

• add new subaccounts;

• combine any two or more subaccounts;

• transfer assets to and from the subaccounts or the variable account; and

• eliminate or close any subaccounts.

We will notify you of any substitution or change.

In the event of any such substitution or change, we may amend the contract and take whatever action is necessary and appropriate without your consent or approval. We will obtain any required prior approval of the SEC or state insurance departments before making any substitution or change.

About the Service Providers

Principal Underwriter

RiverSource Distributors, Inc. (RiverSource Distributors), our affiliate, serves as the principal underwriter and general distributor of the contract. Its offices are located at 70100 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, MN 55474. RiverSource Distributors is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ameriprise Financial, Inc.

Sales of the Contract

New contracts are not currently being offered.

• Only securities broker-dealers (“selling firms”) registered with the SEC and members of the FINRA may sell the contract.

• The contracts are continuously offered to the public through authorized selling firms. We and RiverSource Distributors have a sales agreement with the selling firm. The sales agreement authorizes the selling firm to offer the contracts to the public. RiverSource Distributors pays the selling firm (or an affiliated insurance agency) for contracts its investment professional sell. The selling firm may be required to return sales commissions under certain circumstances including but not limited to when contracts are returned under the free look period.

Payments We May Make to Selling Firms

• We may use compensation plans which vary by selling firm. For example, some of these plans pay selling firms a commission of up to 5.50% each time a purchase payment is made. We may also pay ongoing trail commissions of up to 0.5% of the contract value. We do not pay or withhold payment of trail commissions based on which investment options you select.

• We may pay selling firms an additional sales commission of up to 1.00% of purchase payments for a period of time we select. For example, we may offer to pay an additional sales commission to get selling firms to market a new or enhanced contract or to increase sales during the period.

• In addition to commissions, we may, in order to promote sales of the contracts, and as permitted by applicable laws and regulation, pay or provide selling firms with other promotional incentives in cash, credit or other compensation. We generally (but may not) offer these promotional incentives to all selling firms. The terms of such arrangements differ between selling firms. These promotional incentives may include but are not limited to:

• sponsorship of marketing, educational, due diligence and compliance meetings and conferences we or the selling firm may conduct for investment professionals, including subsidy of travel, meal, lodging, entertainment and other expenses related to these meetings;

• marketing support related to sales of the contract including for example, the creation of marketing materials, advertising and newsletters;

• providing service to contract owners; and

• funding other events sponsored by a selling firm that may encourage the selling firm’s investment professionals to sell the contract.

These promotional incentives or reimbursements may be calculated as a percentage of the selling firm’s aggregate, net or anticipated sales and/or total assets attributable to sales of the contract, and/or may be a fixed dollar amount. As noted below this additional compensation may cause the selling firm and its investment professionals to favor the contracts.

84    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Sources of Payments to Selling Firms

When we pay the commissions and other compensation described above from our assets. Our assets may include:

• revenues we receive from fees and expenses that you will pay when buying, owning and making a withdrawal from the contract (see “Expense Summary”);

• compensation we or an affiliate receive from the underlying funds in the form of distribution and services fees (see “The Variable Account and the Funds — The Funds”);

• compensation we or an affiliate receive from a fund’s investment adviser, subadviser, distributor or an affiliate of any of these (see “The Variable Account and the Funds — The Funds”); and

• revenues we receive from other contracts we sell that are not securities and other businesses we conduct.

You do not directly pay the commissions and other compensation described above as the result of a specific charge or deduction under the contract. However, you may pay part or all of the commissions and other compensation described above indirectly through:

• fees and expenses we collect from contract owners, including withdrawal charges; and

• fees and expenses charged by the underlying subaccount funds in which you invest, to the extent we or one of our affiliates receive revenue from the funds or an affiliated person.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Compensation payment arrangements made with selling firms can potentially:

• give selling firms a heightened financial incentive to sell the contract offered in this prospectus over another investment with lower compensation to the selling firm.

• cause selling firms to encourage their investment professionals to sell you the contract offered in this prospectus instead of selling you other alternative investments that may result in lower compensation to the selling firm.

• cause selling firms to grant us access to its investment professionals to promote sales of the contract offered in this prospectus, while denying that access to other firms offering similar contracts or other alternative investments which may pay lower compensation to the selling firm.

Payments to Investment Professionals

• The selling firm pays its investment professionals. The selling firm decides the compensation and benefits it will pay its investment professionals.

• To inform yourself of any potential conflicts of interest, ask the investment professional before you buy, how the selling firm and its investment professionals are being compensated and the amount of the compensation that each will receive if you buy the contract.

Service Providers

Our Service Center performs certain administrative services on the contracts and policies we issue. The address and telephone number of our Service Center are listed on the first page of the prospectus. We also have entered into agreements with certain entities to provide the identified services in connection with the contracts and policies we issue. The entities engaged by RiverSource Life may change over time. Entities that provided services to RiverSource Life in 2019 are listed in the table below.

Name of Service Provider	Services Provided	Address
Ameriprise Financial, Inc.	Business affairs management and administrative support related to new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies	707 Second Avenue South Minneapolis MN 55402 USA
Ameriprise India Private Limited	Administrative support related to new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies annual report filings	Plot No. 14, Sector 18 Udyog Vihar Gurugram, Haryana – 122 015 India
Sykes Enterprise Incorporated	Administrative support related to e new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies	10th Floor, Glorietta BPO 1 Office Tower Makati City 1224 Metro Manila Philippines

Issuer

We issue the contracts. We are a stock life insurance company organized in 1957 under the laws of the state of Minnesota and are located at 829 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, MN 55474. We are a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ameriprise Financial, Inc.

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    85

We conduct a conventional life insurance business. We are licensed to do business in 49 states, the District of Columbia and American Samoa. Our primary products currently include fixed and variable annuity contracts and life insurance policies.

Legal Proceedings

Insurance companies have been the subject of increasing regulatory, legislative and judicial scrutiny. Numerous state and federal regulatory agencies have commenced examinations and other inquiries of insurance companies regarding sales and marketing practices (including sales to older consumers and disclosure practices), claims handling, and unclaimed property and escheatment practices and procedures. RiverSource Life has cooperated and will continue to cooperate with the applicable regulators.

RiverSource Life is involved in the normal course of business in a number of other legal and arbitration proceedings concerning matters arising in connection with the conduct of its business activities. RiverSource Life believes that it is not a party to, nor are any of its properties the subject of, any pending legal, arbitration or regulatory investigation, examination or proceeding that is likely to have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is possible that the outcome of any current or future legal, arbitration or regulatory proceeding could have a material impact on results of operations in any particular reporting period as the proceedings are resolved.

Uncertain economic conditions, heightened and sustained volatility in the financial markets and significant financial reform legislation may increase the likelihood that clients and other persons or regulators may present or threaten legal claims or that regulators increase the scope or frequency of examinations of RiverSource Life or the insurance industry generally.

Additional Information

Incorporation of Certain Documents By Reference

The SEC allows us to “incorporate by reference” the information we have filed with the SEC. This means that we can disclose important information to you without actually including the specific information in this prospectus by referring you to other documents filed separately with the SEC. The information incorporated by reference is an important part of this prospectus. Information that we later provide to the SEC, and which is deemed to be “filed” with the SEC, will automatically update information previously filed with the SEC, and may replace information in this prospectus and information previously filed with the SEC. We incorporate by reference RiverSource Life Insurance Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019 as filed with the SEC on Feb.26, 2020under File No. 033-28976 in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and any filings we make with the SEC under Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act (excluding information deemed to be furnished and not filed with the SEC) after the effective date of this registration statement, until all offerings under the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part are completed or terminated. The annual report contains additional information about RiverSource Life Insurance Company, including audited financial statements for the latest fiscal year.

RiverSource Life will furnish you without charge a copy of any or all of the documents incorporated by reference into this prospectus, including any exhibits to such documents which have been specifically incorporated by reference. We will do so upon receipt of your written or oral request. You can contact RiverSource Life at the telephone number and address listed on the first page of this prospectus.

Available Information

This prospectus is part of a registration statement we file with the SEC. Additional information on RiverSource Life and on this offering is available in the registration statement and other materials we file. You can obtain copies of these materials at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. This prospectus, other information about the contract and other information incorporated by reference are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at (http://www.sec.gov).

Indemnification

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the Act) may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of RiverSource Life pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in

86    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    87

Appendices

APPENDIX NAME	PAGE #	CROSS-REFERENCE	PAGE #
Appendix A: Example — Market Value Adjustment (MVA)	p. 89	Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)	p. 21
Appendix B: Example — Income Assurer Benefit Rider Fee	p. 91	Charges — Income Assurer Benefit Rider Fee	p. 36
Appendix C: Example — Withdrawal Charges	p. 92	Charges — Withdrawal Charge	p. 29
Appendix D: Example — Death Benefits	p. 95	Benefits in Case of Death	p. 50
Appendix E: Example — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider	p. 98	Optional Benefits — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider	p. 53
Appendix F: Example — Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider	p. 99	Optional Benefits — Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider	p. 56
Appendix G: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider — Additional RMD Disclosure	p. 101	Optional Benefits — Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider	p. 56
Appendix H: Example — Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit — Rider B Disclosure	p. 103	Optional Benefits — Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider	p. 65
Appendix I: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider — Additional RMD Disclosure	p. 109	Optional Benefits — Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider	p. 65
Appendix J: Example — Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider	p. 110	Optional Benefits — Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider	p. 65
Appendix K: Example — Income Assurer Benefit Riders	p. 112	Optional Benefits — Income Assurer Benefit Riders	p. 71
Appendix L: Example — Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider	p. 117	Optional Benefits — Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider	p. 75
Appendix M: Example — Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider	p. 119	Optional Benefits — Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider	p. 76
Appendix N: Example — Withdrawal Benefit Riders: Elective Step Up or Elective Spousal Continuation Step Up	p. 121	Optional Benefits — Optional Living Benefits	p. 53
Appendix O: Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	p. 122	Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	p. 14

The purpose of these appendices is first to illustrate the operation of various contract features and riders; second, to provide additional disclosure regarding various contract features and riders; and lastly, to provide condensed financial history (unaudited) of the subaccounts.

In order to demonstrate the contract features and riders, an example may show hypothetical contract values. These contract values do not represent past or future performance. Actual contract values may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a number of factors, including but not limited to the investment experience of the subaccounts, GPAs, DCA fixed account, and one-year fixed account and the fees and charges that apply to your contract.

The examples of death benefits and optional riders in appendices D through F and J through M include a partial withdrawal to illustrate the effect of a partial withdrawal on the particular benefit. These examples are intended to show how the optional riders operate, and do not take into account whether the rider is part of a qualified contract. Qualified contracts are subject to required minimum distributions at certain ages which may require you to take partial withdrawals from the contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). If you are considering the addition of certain death benefits and/or optional riders to a qualified contract, you should consult your tax advisor prior to making a purchase for an explanation of the potential tax implications to you.

88    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix A: Example — Market Value Adjustment (MVA)

As the examples below demonstrate, the application of an MVA may result in either a gain or a loss of principal. We refer to all of the transactions described below as “early withdrawals.”

Assumptions:

• You purchase a contract and allocate part of your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA; and

• we guarantee an interest rate of 3.0% annually for your ten-year guarantee period; and

• after three years, you decide to make a withdrawal from your GPA. In other words, there are seven years left in your guarantee period.

Remember that the MVA depends partly on the interest rate of a new GPA for the same number of years as the guarantee period remaining on your GPA. In this case, that is seven years.

Example 1: Remember that your GPA is earning 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 3.5%. We add 0.10% to the 3.5% rate to get 3.6%. Your GPA’s 3.0% rate is less than the 3.6% rate, so the MVA will be negative.

Example 2: Remember again that your GPA is earning 3.0%, and assume that new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 2.5%. We add 0.10% to the 2.5% rate to get 2.6%. In this example, since your GPA’s 3.0% rate is greater than the 2.6% rate, the MVA will be positive. To determine that adjustment precisely, you will have to use the formula described below.

Sample MVA Calculations

The precise MVA formula we apply is as follows:

Early withdrawal amount	×	[	(	1 + i	)	n/12	–1	]	=	MVA
				1 + j + .001

Where i	=	rate earned in the GPA from which amounts are being transferred or withdrawn.
j	=	current rate for a new guarantee period equal to the remaining term in the current guarantee period.
n	=	number of months remaining in the current guarantee period (rounded up).

Examples — MVA

Using assumptions similar to those we used in the examples above:

• You purchase a contract and allocate part of your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA;

• we guarantee an interest rate of 3.0% annually for your ten-year guarantee period; and

• after three years, you decide to make a $1,000 withdrawal from your GPA. In other words, there are seven years left in your guarantee period.

Example 1: You request an early withdrawal of $1,000 from your ten-year GPA earning a guaranteed interest rate of 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 3.5%. Using the formula above, we determine the MVA as follows:

$1,000	×	[	(	1.030	)	84/12	–1	]	=	-$39.84
				1 + .035 + .001

In this example, the MVA is a negative $39.84.

Example 2: You request an early withdrawal of $1,000 from your ten-year GPA earning a guaranteed interest rate of 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 2.5%. Using the formula above, we determine the MVA as follows:

$1,000	×	[	(	1.030	)	84/12	–1	]	=	$27.61
				1 + .025 + .001

In this example, the MVA is a positive $27.61.

Please note that when you allocate your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA and your purchase payment is in its fourth year from receipt at the beginning of the guarantee period, your withdrawal charge percentage is 7%, if you elected the seven-year withdrawal charge schedule and 4% if you elected a five-year withdrawal charge schedule. (See “Charges — Withdrawal Charge.”) We do not apply MVAs to the amounts we deduct for withdrawal charges, so we would deduct the withdrawal charge from your early withdrawal after we applied the MVA. Also note that when you request an early withdrawal, we withdraw an amount from your GPA that will give you the net amount you requested after we apply the MVA and any applicable withdrawal charge, unless you request otherwise.

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    89

The current interest rate we offer on the GPA will change periodically at our discretion. It is the rate we are then paying on purchase payments, renewals and transfers paid under this class of contracts for guarantee period durations equaling the remaining guarantee period of the GPA to which the formula is being applied.

We will not apply MVAs to amounts withdrawn for annual contract charges, to amounts we pay as death claims or to automatic transfers from the two-year GPA as part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep strategy. In some states, the MVA is limited.

90    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix B: Example — Income Assurer Benefit Rider Fee

Assumptions:

You purchase the contract with a payment of $50,000 and allocate all of your payment to the protected investment options and make no transfers, add-ons or withdrawals; and

• on the first contract anniversary your total contract value is $55,545; and

• on the second contract anniversary your total contract value is $53,270.

• We would calculate the Guaranteed Income Benefit Base for each Income Assurer Benefit on the second anniversary as follows:

The Income Assurer Benefit – MAV Guaranteed Income Benefit Base is the greatest of the following values:

Purchase Payments less adjusted partial withdrawals:	$50,000
Contract value on the second anniversary:	$53,270
Maximum Anniversary Value:	$55,545
Income Assurer Benefit – MAV Guaranteed Income Benefit Base	$55,545

The Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Guaranteed Income Benefit Base is the greatest of the following values:

Purchase Payments less adjusted partial withdrawals:	$50,000
Contract value on the second anniversary:	$53,270
5% Variable Account Floor = 1.05 × 1.05 × $50,000	$55,125
Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Guaranteed Income Benefit Base	$ 55,125

The Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Guaranteed Income Benefit Base is the greatest of the following values:

Purchase Payments less adjusted partial withdrawals:	$50,000
Contract value on the second anniversary:	$53,270
Maximum Anniversary Value:	$55,545
5% Variable Account Floor = 1.05 × 1.05 × $50,000	$55,125
Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Guaranteed Income Benefit Base	$55,545

The Income Assurer Benefit fee deducted from your contract value would be:

Income Assurer Benefit – MAV fee =	0.30% × $55,545 = $166.64
Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base fee =	0.60% × $55,125 = $330.75
Income Assurer Benefit – MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base fee =	0.65% × $55,545 = $361.04

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    91

Appendix C: Example — Withdrawal Charges

For purposes of calculating any withdrawal charge, including the examples illustrated below, we treat amounts withdrawn from your contract value in the following order:

1. First, in each contract year, we withdraw amounts totaling:

• up to 10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value or your contract’s remaining benefit payment if you elected the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider and your remaining benefit payment is greater than 10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on this amount.

• up to 10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value or the greater of your contract’s remaining benefit payment or remaining annual lifetime payment if you elected the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, and the greater of your RALP and your remaining benefit payment is greater than 10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on this amount.

2.	Next, we withdraw contract earnings, if any, that are greater than the amount described in number one above. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on contract earnings.
3.	Next we withdraw purchase payments received prior to the withdrawal charge period shown in your contract. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on these purchase payments.
4.	Finally, if necessary, we withdraw purchase payments received that are still within the withdrawal charge period you selected and shown in your contract. We withdraw these payments on a “first-in, first-out” (FIFO) basis. We do assess a withdrawal charge on these payments.

After withdrawing earnings in numbers one and two above, we next withdraw enough additional contract value (ACV) to meet your requested withdrawal amount. If the amount described in number one above was greater than contract earnings prior to the withdrawal, the excess (XSF) will be excluded from the purchase payments being withdrawn that were received most recently when calculating the withdrawal charge. We determine the amount of purchase payments being withdrawn (PPW) in numbers three and four above as:

PPW = XSF + (ACV – XSF) / (CV – TFA) × (PPNPW – XSF)

If the additional contract value withdrawn is less than XSF, then PPW will equal ACV.

We determine current contract earnings (CE) by looking at the entire contract value (CV), not the earnings of any particular subaccount GPA, the one-year fixed account or the DCA fixed account. If the contract value is less than purchase payments received and not previously withdrawn (PPNPW) then contract earnings are zero.

The examples below show how the withdrawal charge for a full and partial withdrawal is calculated for a contract with a seven-year withdrawal charge schedule. Each example illustrates the amount of the withdrawal charge for both a contract that experiences gains and a contract that experiences losses, given the same set of assumptions.

Full withdrawal charge calculation — seven-year withdrawal charge schedule:

This is an example of how we calculate the withdrawal charge on a contract with a seven-year (from the date of each purchase payment) withdrawal charge schedule and the following history:

Assumptions:

• We receive a single $50,000 purchase payment;

• During the fourth contract year you withdraw the contract for its total value. The withdrawal charge percentage in the fourth year after a purchase payment is 7.0%; and

• You have made no prior withdrawals.

We will look at two situations, one where the contract has a gain and another where there is a loss:

		Contract with Gain	Contract with Loss
	Contract value just prior to withdrawal:	$60,000.00	$40,000.00
	Contract value on prior anniversary:	58,000.00	42,000.00
We calculate the withdrawal charge as follows:
Step 1.	First, we determine the amount of earnings available in the contract at the time of withdrawal as:
	Contract value just prior to withdrawal (CV):	60,000.00	40,000.00
	Less purchase payments received and not previously withdrawn (PPNPW):	50,000.00	50,000.00
	Earnings in the contract (but not less than zero):	10,000.00	0.00

92    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

			Contract with Gain	Contract with Loss
Step 2.	Next, we determine the Total Free Amount (TFA) available in the contract as the greatest of the following values:
	Earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value:		5,800.00	4,200.00
	TFA (but not less than zero):		10,000.00	4,200.00
Step 3.	Next we determine ACV, the amount by which the contract value withdrawn exceeds earnings.
	Contract value withdrawn:		60,000.00	40,000.00
	Less earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	ACV (but not less than zero):		50,000.00	40,000.00
Step 4.	Next we determine XSF, the amount by which 10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value exceeds earnings.
	10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value:		5,800.00	4,200.00
	Less earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	XSF (but not less than zero):		0.00	4,200.00
Step 5.	Now we can determine how much of the PPNPW is being withdrawn (PPW) as follows:
	PPW	= XSF + (ACV – XSF) / (CV – TFA) × (PPNPW – XSF)
	XSF from Step 4 =
	ACV from Step 3 =		0.00	4,200.00
	CV from Step 1 =		50,000.00	40,000.00
	TFA from Step 2=		60,000.00	40,000.00
	PPNPW from Step 1 =		10,000.00	4,200.00
	PPW =		50,000.00	50,000.00
Step 6.	We then calculate the withdrawal charge as a percentage of PPW. Note that for a contract with a loss, PPW may be greater than the amount you request to withdraw:
	PPW:		50,000.00	50,000.00
	less XSF:		0.00	4,200.00
	amount of PPW subject to a withdrawal charge:		50,000.00	45,800.00
	multiplied by the withdrawal charge rate:		× 7.0%	× 7.0%
	withdrawal charge:		3,500.00	3,206.00
Step 7.	The dollar amount you will receive as a result of your full withdrawal is determined as:
	Contract value withdrawn:		60,000.00	40,000.00
	Withdrawal charge:		(3,500.00)	(3,206.00)
	Contract charge (assessed upon full withdrawal):		(40.00)	(40.00)
	Net full withdrawal proceeds:		$56,460.00	$36,754.00

Partial withdrawal charge calculation — seven-year withdrawal charge schedule:

This is an example of how we calculate the withdrawal charge on a contract with a seven-year (from the date of each purchase payment) withdrawal charge schedule and the following history:

Assumptions:

• We receive a single $50,000 purchase payment;

• During the fourth contract year you request a net partial withdrawal of $15,000.00. The withdrawal charge percentage in the fourth year after a purchase payment is 7.0%; and

• You have made no prior withdrawals.

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    93

We will look at two situations, one where the contract has a gain and another where there is a loss:

			Contract with Gain	Contract with Loss
	Contract value just prior to withdrawal:		$60,000.00	$40,000.00
	Contract value on prior anniversary:		58,000.00	42,000.00
We determine the amount of contract value that must be withdrawn in order for the net partial withdrawal proceeds to match the amount requested. We start with an estimate of the amount of contract value to withdraw and calculate the resulting withdrawal charge and net partial withdrawal proceeds as illustrated below. We then adjust our estimate and repeat until we determine the amount of contract value to withdraw that generates the desired net partial withdrawal proceeds.
We calculate the withdrawal charge for each estimate as follows:
Step 1.	First, we determine the amount of earnings available in the contract at the time of withdrawal as:
	Contract value just prior to withdrawal (CV):		60,000.00	40,000.00
	Less purchase payments received and not previously withdrawn (PPNPW):		50,000.00	50,000.00
	Earnings in the contract (but not less than zero):		10,000.00	0.00
Step 2.	Next, we determine the Total Free Amount (TFA) available in the contract as the greatest of the following values:
	Earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value:		5,800.00	4,200.00
	TFA (but not less than zero):		10,000.00	4,200.00
Step 3.	Next we determine ACV, the amount by which the contract value withdrawn exceeds earnings.
	Contract value withdrawn:		15,376.34	16,062.31
	Less earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	ACV (but not less than zero):		5,376.34	16,062.31
Step 4.	Next we determine XSF, the amount by which 10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value exceeds earnings.
	10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value:		5,800.00	4,200.00
	Less earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	XSF (but not less than zero):		0.00	4,200.00
Step 5.	Now we can determine how much of the PPNPW is being withdrawn (PPW) as follows:
	PPW	= XSF + (ACV – XSF) / (CV – TFA) × (PPNPW – XSF)
	XSF from Step 4 =		0.00	4,200.00
	ACV from Step 3 =		5,376.34	16,062.31
	CV from Step 1 =		60,000.00	40,000.00
	TFA from Step 2 =		10,000.00	4,200.00
	PPNPW from Step 1 =		50,000.00	50,000.00
	PPW =		5,376.34	19,375.80
Step 6.	We then calculate the withdrawal charge as a percentage of PPW. Note that for a contract with a loss, PPW may be greater than the amount you request to withdraw:
	PPW:		5,376.34	19,375.80
	less XSF:		0.00	4,200.00
	amount of PPW subject to a withdrawal charge:		5,376.34	15,175.80
	multiplied by the withdrawal charge rate:		× 7.0%	× 7.0%
	withdrawal charge:		376.34	1,062.31
Step 7.	The dollar amount you will receive as a result of your partial withdrawal is determined as:
	Contract value withdrawn:		15,376.34	16,062.31
	Withdrawal charge:		(376.34)	(1,062.31)
	Net partial withdrawal proceeds:		$15,000.00	$15,000.00

94    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix D: Example — Death Benefits

Example — ROP Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $20,000;

• On the first contract anniversary you make an additional purchase payment of $5,000;

• During the second contract year the contract value falls to $22,000 and you take a $1,500 partial withdrawal, including withdrawal charge; and

• During the third contract year the contract value grows to $23,000.

We calculate the ROP Death Benefit as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:		$23,000.00
2.	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,704.55
	$22,000
	for a death benefit of:		$23,295.45
ROP Death Benefit, calculated as the greatest of these two values:				$23,295.45

Example — MAV Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000;

• On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $26,000; and

• During the second contract year the contract value falls to $22,000, at which point you take a $1,500 (including withdrawal charge) partial withdrawal, leaving a contract value of $20,500.

We calculate the MAV Death Benefit, which is based on the greater of three values, as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:		$20,500.00
2.	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,704.55
	$22,000
	for a death benefit of:		$23,295.45
3.	The MAV immediately preceding the date of death:
	Greatest of your contract anniversary values:		$26,000.00
	plus purchase payments made since the prior anniversary:		+0.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $26,000	=	–1,772.73
	$22,000
	for a death benefit of:		$24,227.27
The MAV Death Benefit, calculated as the greatest of these three values, which is the MAV:				$24,227.27

Example — 5% Accumulation Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000 with $5,000 allocated to the GPA account and $20,000 allocated to the subaccounts;

• On the first contract anniversary the GPA account value is $5,200 and the subaccount value is $17,000. Total contract value is $23,200; and

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    95

• During the second contract year GPA account value is $5,300 and the subaccount value is $19,000. Total contract value is $24,300. You take a $1,500 (including withdrawal charge) partial withdrawal all from the subaccounts, leaving the contract value at $22,800.

The death benefit, which is based on the greatest of three values, is calculated as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:		$22,800.00
2.	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,543.21
	$24,300
	for a death benefit of:		$23,456.79
3.	The 5% accumulation death benefit floor:
	The variable account floor on the first contract anniversary, calculated as: 1.05 × $20,000 =		$21,000.00
	plus amounts allocated to the subaccounts since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus the 5% accumulation death benefit floor adjusted partial withdrawal from the subaccounts, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $21,000	=	–1,657.89
	$19,000
	variable account floor benefit:		$19,342.11
	plus the GPA account value:		+5,300.00
	5% accumulation death benefit floor (value of the GPA account, the one-year fixed account and the variable account floor):		$24,642.11
The 5% Accumulation Death Benefit, calculated as the greatest of these three values, which is the 5% accumulation death benefit floor:				$24,642.11

Example — Enhanced Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000 with $5,000 allocated to the GPA account and $20,000 allocated to the subaccounts;

• On the first contract anniversary the GPA account value is $5,200 and the subaccount value is $17,000. Total contract value is $23,200; and

• During the second contract year the GPA account value is $5,300 and the subaccount value is $19,000. Total contract value is $24,300. You take a $1,500 (including withdrawal charge) partial withdrawal all from the subaccounts, leaving the contract value at $22,800.

The death benefit, which is based on the greatest of four values, is calculated as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:		$22,800.00
2.	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,543.21
	$24,300
	for a death benefit of:		$23,456.79
3.	The MAV on the anniversary immediately preceding the date of death:
	The MAV on the immediately preceding anniversary:		$25,000.00
	plus purchase payments made since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals made since that anniversary, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,543.21
	$24,300
	for a MAV Death Benefit of:		$23,456.79

96    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

4.	The 5% accumulation death benefit floor:
	The variable account floor on the first contract anniversary calculated as: 1.05 × $20,000 =		$21,000.00
	plus amounts allocated to the subaccounts since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus the 5% accumulation death benefit floor adjusted partial withdrawal from the subaccounts, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $21,000	=	–1,657.89
	$19,000
	variable account floor benefit:		$19,342.11
	plus the GPA account value:		+5,300.00
	5% accumulation death benefit floor (value of GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the variable account floor):		$24,642.11
Enhanced Death Benefit, calculated as the greatest of these four values, which is the 5% accumulation death benefit floor:				$24,642.11

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    97

Appendix E: Example — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider

Example — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider

The following example shows how the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider works based on hypothetical values. It is not intended to depict investment performance of the contract.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract (with the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider) with a payment of $100,000.

• You make no additional purchase payments.

• You do not exercise the Elective Step-up option

• The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider fee is 0.80%.

End of Contract Year	Assumed Net Rate of Return	Partial Withdrawal (beginning of year)	Adjusted Partial Withdrawal	MCAV	Accumulation Benefit Amount	Contract Value
1	12%	0	0	100,000	0	111,104
2	15%	0	0	101,398	0	126,747
3	3%	0	0	103,604	0	129,505
4	-8%	0	0	103,604	0	118,192
5	-15%	0	0	103,604	0	99,634
6	20%	2,000	2,080	101,525	0	116,224
7	15%	0	0	106,071	0	132,588
8	-10%	0	0	106,071	0	118,375
9	-20%	5,000	4,480	101,590	0	89,851
10	-12%	0	0	101,590	23,334	78,256

98    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix F: Example - Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider

Example #1: Covered person has not reached age 65 at the time the contract and rider are purchased.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000.

• You are the sole owner and also the annuitant. You are age 60.

• You make no additional payments to the contract.

• Automatic annual step-ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the RBA and/or 6% of the contract value is greater than the ALP. Applied annual step-ups are indicated inbold.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	Basic Withdrawal Benefit				Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit
				GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
At Issue	$100,000	$N/A	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	$7,000	$7,000	$N/A	$N/A
0.5	0	7,000	92,000	100,000	93,000	7,000	0	N/A	N/A
1	0	0	91,000	100,000	93,000	7,000	7,000	N/A	N/A
1.5	0	7,000	83,000	100,000	86,000	7,000	0	N/A	N/A
2	0	0	81,000	100,000	86,000	7,000	7,000	N/A	N/A
5	0	0	75,000	100,000	86,000	7,000	7,000	5,160(1)	5,160(1)
5.5	0	5,160	70,000	100,000	80,840	7,000	1,840	5,160	0
6	0	0	69,000	100,000	80,840	7,000	7,000	5,160	5,160
6.5	0	7,000	62,000	100,000	73,840	7,000	0	3,720(2)	0
7	0	0	70,000	100,000	73,840	7,000	7,000	4,200	4,200
7.5	0	10,000	51,000	51,000(3)	51,000(3)	3,570	0	3,060(3)	0
8	0	0	55,000	55,000	55,000	3,850	3,850	3,300	3,300

At this point, assuming no additional activity (step ups, excess withdrawals, purchase payments, spousal continuation or contract ownership change), you can continue to withdraw up to either the GBP of $3,850 each year until the RBA is reduced to zero, or the ALP of $3,300 each year until the later of your death or the RBA is reduced to zero.

(1)	The ALP and RALP are established on the contract anniversary date following the date the covered person reaches age 65.
(2)	The $7,000 withdrawal is greater than the $5,160 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the ALP, resetting the ALP to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.
(3)	The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than both the $7,000 RBP allowed under the basic withdrawal benefit and the $4,200 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the GBA, RBA, and ALP. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.

Example #2: Covered person has reached 65 at the time the contract and rider are purchased.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000.

• You are the sole owner and also the annuitant. You are age 65.

• You make no additional payments to the contract.

• Automatic annual step-ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the RBA and/or 6% of the contract value is greater than the ALP. Applied annual step-ups are indicated in bold.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	Basic Withdrawal Benefit				Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit
				GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
At Issue	$100,000	$N/A	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	$7,000	$7,000	$6,000	$6,000
1	0	0	105,000	105,000	105,000	7,350	7,000(1)	6,300	6,000(1)
2	0	0	110,000	110,000	110,000	7,700	7,000(1)	6,600	6,000(1)
3	0	0	110,000	110,000	110,000	7,700	7,700(2)	6,600	6,600(2)
3.5	0	6,600	110,000	110,000	103,400	7,700	1,100	6,600	0
4	0	0	115,000	115,000	115,000	8,050	8,050	6,900	6,900
4.5	0	8,050	116,000	115,000	106,950	8,050	0	6,900(3)	0
5	0	0	120,000	120,000	120,000	8,400	8,400	7,200	7,200
5.5	0	10,000	122,000	120,000(4)	110,000(4)	8,400	0	7,200(4)	0

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    99

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	Basic Withdrawal Benefit				Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit
				GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
6	0	0	125,000	125,000	125,000	8,750	8,750	7,500	7,500

At this point, assuming no additional activity (step ups, excess withdrawals, purchase payments, spousal continuation or contract ownership change), you can continue to withdraw up to either the GBP of $8,750 each year until the RBA is reduced to zero, or the ALP of $7,500 each year until the later of your death or the RBA is reduced to zero.

(1)	The annual step-up has not been applied to the RBP or RALP because any withdrawal after step up during the waiting period would reverse any prior step ups prior to determining if the withdrawal is excess. Therefore, during the waiting period, the RBP is the amount you can withdraw without incurring the GBA and RBA excess withdrawal processing, and the RALP is the amount you can withdraw without incurring the ALP excess withdrawal processing.
(2)	On the third anniversary (after the end of the waiting period), the RBP and RALP are set equal to the GBP and ALP, respectively.
(3)	The $8,050 withdrawal is greater than the $6,900 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the ALP, resetting the ALP to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.
(4)	The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than both the $8,400 RBP allowed under the basic withdrawal benefit and the $7,200 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the GBA, RBA, and ALP. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.

100    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix G: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider —Additional Required Minimum Distribution (RMD) Disclosure

This appendix describes our current administrative practice for determining the amount of withdrawals in any contract year which an owner may take under the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider to satisfy the RMD rules under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code without application of the excess withdrawal processing described in the rider. We reserve the right to modify this administrative practice at any time upon 30 days’ written notice to you.

For owners subject to annual RMD rules under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, the amounts you withdraw each year from this contract to satisfy these rules are not subject to excess withdrawal processing under the terms of the rider subject to the following rules and our current administrative practice:

(1)	If on the date we calculated your Annual Life Expectancy Required Minimum Distribution Amount (ALERMDA), it is greater than the RBP from the beginning of the current contract year,
•	Basic Additional Benefit Amount (BABA) will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the RBP from the beginning of the current contract year.
•	Any withdrawals taken in a contract year will count first against and reduce the RBP for that contract year.
•	Once the RBP for the current contract year has been depleted, any additional amounts withdrawn will count against and reduce the BABA. These withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the GBA and RBA as long as they do not exceed the remaining BABA.
•	Once the BABA has been depleted, any additional withdrawal amounts will be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the GBA and RBA and will subject them all to the excess withdrawal processing described in the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider.

(2)	If on the date we calculated your ALERMDA, it is greater than the RALP from the beginning of the current Contract Year,
•	A Lifetime Additional Benefit Amount (LABA) will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the RALP from the beginning of the current contract year.
•	Any withdrawals taken in a contract year will count first against and reduce the RALP for that contract year.
•	Once the RALP for the current contract year has been depleted, any additional amounts withdrawn will count against and reduce the LABA. These withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the ALP as long as they do not exceed the remaining LABA.
•	Once the LABA has been depleted, any additional withdrawal amounts will be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the ALP and will subject the ALP to the excess withdrawal processing described by the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider.

(3)	If the ALP is established on a policy anniversary where your current ALERMDA is greater than the new RALP,
•	An initial LABA will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the new RALP.
•	This new LABA will be immediately reduced by the amount that total withdrawals in the current calendar year exceed the new RALP, but shall not be reduced to less than zero.

The Annual Life Expectancy Required Minimum Distribution Amount (ALERMDA) is:

(1)	determined by us each calendar year;
(2)	based solely on the value of the contract to which the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider is attached as of the date we make the determination; and
(3)	based on the company’s understanding and interpretation of the requirements for life expectancy distributions intended to satisfy the required minimum distribution rules under Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, as applicable on the effective date of this prospectus, to:

1.	an individual retirement annuity (Section 408(b));
2.	a Roth individual retirement account (Section 408A);
3.	a Simplified Employee Pension plan (Section 408(k));
4.	a tax-sheltered annuity rollover (Section 403(b)).

In the future, the requirements under the Code for such distributions may change and the life expectancy amount calculation provided under your Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider may not be sufficient to satisfy the requirements under the Code for these types of distributions. In such a situation, amounts withdrawn to satisfy such distribution requirements will exceed your available RBP or RALP amount and may result in the reduction of your GBA, RBA, and/or ALP as described under the excess withdrawal provision of the rider.

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    101

In cases where the Code does not allow the life expectancy of a natural person to be used to calculate the required minimum distribution amount (e.g., ownership by a trust or a charity), we will calculate the life expectancy RMD amount calculated by us as zero in all years. The life expectancy required minimum distribution amount calculated by us will also equal zero in all years.

102    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix H: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit — Rider B Disclosure

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider is an optional benefit that was offered for an additional annual charge if⁽¹⁾:

•	your contract application was signed prior to April 29, 2005(2);
•	the rider was available in your state; and
•	you and the annuitant were 79 or younger on the date the contract was issued.
(1)	The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit is not available under an inherited qualified annuity.
(2)	In previous disclosure, we have referred to this rider as Rider B. This rider is no longer available for purchase. See the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life and Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit sections in this prospectus for information about currently offered versions of this benefit. See the rider attached to your contract for the actual terms of the benefit you purchased.

You must elect the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider when you purchase your contract (original rider). The original rider you receive at contract issue offers an elective annual step-up and any withdrawal after a step up during the first three years is considered an excess withdrawal, as described below. The rider effective date of the original rider is the contract issue date.

We will offer you the option of replacing the original rider with a new Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit (enhanced rider), if available in your state. The enhanced rider offers an automatic annual step-up and a withdrawal after a step up during the first three years is not necessarily an excess withdrawal, as described below. The effective date of the enhanced rider will be the contract issue date except for the automatic step-up which will apply to contract anniversaries that occur after you accept the enhanced rider. The descriptions below apply to both the original and enhanced riders unless otherwise noted.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit initially provides a guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit that gives you the right to take limited partial withdrawals in each contract year that over time will total an amount equal to your purchase payments plus any purchase payment credits. Certain withdrawals and step ups, as described below, can cause the initial guaranteed withdrawal benefit to change. The guarantee remains in effect if your partial withdrawals in a contract year do not exceed the allowed amount. As long as your withdrawals in each contract year do not exceed the allowed amount, you will not be assessed a withdrawal charge. Under the original rider, the allowed amount is the Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP — the amount you may withdraw under the terms of the rider in each contract year, subject to certain restrictions prior to the third contract anniversary, as described below). Under the enhanced rider, the allowed amount is equal to 7% of purchase payments and purchase payment credits for the first three years, and the GBP in all other years.

If you withdraw an amount greater than the allowed amount in a contract year, we call this an “excess withdrawal” under the rider. If you make an excess withdrawal under the rider:

• withdrawal charges, if applicable, will apply only to the amount of the withdrawal that exceeds the allowed amount;

• the guaranteed benefit amount will be adjusted as described below; and

• the remaining benefit amount will be adjusted as described below.

For a partial withdrawal that is subject to a withdrawal charge, the amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable withdrawal charge (see “Charges — Withdrawal Charge”). Market value adjustments, if applicable, will also be made (see “Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs) — Market Value Adjustment”). We pay you the amount you request. Any partial withdrawals you take under the contract will reduce the value of the death benefit (see “Benefits in Case of Death”). Upon full withdrawal of the contract, you will receive the remaining contract value less any applicable charges (see “Withdrawals”).

Once elected, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider may not be cancelled and the fee will continue to be deducted until the contract is terminated, the contract value reduces to zero (described below) or annuity payouts begin. If you select the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, you may not select an Income Assurer Benefit rider or the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. If you exercise the annual step up election (see “Elective Step Up” and “Annual Step Up” below), the special spousal continuation step up election (see “Spousal Continuation and Special Spousal Continuation Step Up” below) or change your investment option, the rider charge may change (see “Charges”).

You should consider whether the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit is appropriate for you because:

You will begin paying the rider charge as of the rider effective date, even if you do not begin taking withdrawals for many years. It is possible that your contract performance, fees and charges, and withdrawal pattern may be such that your contract value will not be depleted in your lifetime and you will not receive any monetary value under the rider.

• Investment Allocation Restriction: You must participate in the PN program if you purchase a contract on or after May 1, 2006 with this rider (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program”). If you selected this Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider before May 1, 2006, you must participate in the asset allocation program (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Asset Allocation Program”), however, you may elect to participate in the Portfolio Navigator program after May 1, 2006. These funds are expected to reduce our financial risks and expenses

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    103

	associated with certain living benefits. Although the funds’ investment strategies may help mitigate declines in your contract value due to declining equity markets, the funds’ investment strategies may also curb your contract value gains during periods of positive performance by the equity markets. Additionally, investment in the funds may decrease the number and amount of any benefit base increase opportunities. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds: Volatility and Volatility Management Risk with the Portfolio Stabilizer funds” section.) We reserve the right to add, remove or substitute approved investment options at any time and in our sole discretion in the future. This limits your choice of investments. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, GPAs or the one-year fixed account that are available under the contract to contract owners who do not elect this rider. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Asset Allocation Program and Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds.”). You may make qualifying purchase payments and purchase payment credits to the DCA fixed account, when available, and we will make monthly transfers into the investment option you have chosen;
•	Tax Considerations for Non-Qualified Annuities: Withdrawals are taxable income to the extent of earnings. Withdrawals of earnings before age 59½ may also incur a 10% IRS early withdrawal penalty and may be considered taxable income;
•	Tax Considerations for Qualified Annuities: Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). If you have a qualified annuity, you may need to take an RMD. If you make a withdrawal in any contract year to satisfy an RMD, this may constitute an excess withdrawal, as defined below, and the excess withdrawal procedures described below will apply. Under the terms of the enhanced rider, we allow you to satisfy the RMD based on the life expectancy RMD for your contract and the requirements of the Code and regulations in effect when you purchase your contract, without the withdrawal being treated as an excess withdrawal. It is our current administrative practice to make the same accommodation under the original rider, however, we reserve the right to modify our administrative practice and will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change. See Appendix I for additional information. RMD rules follow the calendar year which most likely does not coincide with your contract year and therefore may limit when you can take your RMD and not be subject to excess withdrawal processing. You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of this rider in your tax situation;
•	Treatment of non-spousal distributions: Unless you are married your beneficiary will be required to take distributions as a non-spouse which may result in significantly decreasing the value of the rider. Please note civil unions and domestic partnerships are not recognized as marriages for federal tax purposes. For additional information see “Taxes — Other — Spousal status” section of this prospectus.
•	Limitations on Tax-Sheltered Annuities (TSAs): Your right to take withdrawals is restricted if your contract is a TSA (see “TSA — Special Provisions”). Therefore, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider may be of limited value to you. You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of this rider in your tax situation;
•	Limitations on Purchase Payments: We reserve the right to limit the cumulative amount of purchase payments, subject to state restrictions, which may limit your ability to make additional purchase payments to increase your contract value as you may have originally intended. For current purchase payment restrictions, please see “Buying Your Contract — Purchase Payments”.
•	Interaction with the Total Free Amount (TFA) contract provision: The TFA is the amount you are allowed to withdraw in each contract year without incurring a withdrawal charge (see “Charges — Withdrawal Charge”). The TFA may be greater than GBP under this rider. Any amount you withdraw under the contract’s TFA provision that exceeds the GBP is subject to the excess withdrawal procedures for the GBA and RBA described below.

The terms “Guaranteed Benefit Amount” and “Remaining Benefit Amount” are described below. Each is used in the operation of the GBP, the RBP, the elective step up, the annual step up, the special spousal continuation step up and the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit annuity payout option.

Guaranteed Benefit Amount

The Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA) is equal to the initial purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits, adjusted for subsequent purchase payments, any purchase payment credits, partial withdrawals in excess of the GBP, and step ups. The maximum GBA is $5,000,000.

The GBA is determined at the following times:

• At contract issue — the GBA is equal to the initial purchase payment, plus any purchase payment credit;

• When you make additional purchase payments— each additional purchase payment plus any purchase payment credit has its own GBA equal to the amount of the purchase payment plus any purchase payment credit. The total GBA when an additional purchase payment and purchase payment credit are added is the sum of the individual GBAs immediately prior to the receipt of the additional purchase payment, plus the GBA associated with the additional purchase payment;

104    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• At step up — (see “Elective Step Up” and “Annual Step Up” headings below).

• When you make a partial withdrawal:

(a)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are less than or equal to the GBP — the GBA remains unchanged. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the GBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;
(b)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are greater than the GBP—the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the GBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the GBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;
(c)	under the original rider in a contract year after a step up but before the third contract anniversary —the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the GBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the GBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;

GBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The total GBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the total GBA immediately prior to the withdrawal; or (b) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s GBA after the withdrawal will be reset to equal that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal plus (a) times (b), where:

(a)	is the ratio of the total GBA after the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal to the total GBA before the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal; and
(b)	is each payment’s GBA before the withdrawal less that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal.

Remaining Benefit Amount

The remaining benefit amount (RBA) at any point is the total guaranteed amount available for future partial withdrawals. The maximum RBA is $5,000,000.

The RBA is determined at the following times:

• At contract issue — the RBA is equal to the initial purchase payment plus any purchase payment credit;

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment plus any purchase payment credit has its own RBA equal to the amount of the purchase payment plus any purchase payment credit. The total RBA when an additional purchase payment and purchase payment credits are added is the sum of the individual RBAs immediately prior to the receipt of the additional purchase payment, plus the RBA associated with the additional payment;

• At step up — (see “Elective Step Up” and “Annual Step Up” headings below).

• When you make a partial withdrawal:

(a)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are less than or equal to the GBP — the RBA becomes the RBA immediately prior to the partial withdrawal, less the partial withdrawal. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the RBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;
(b)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are greater than the GBP— the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the RBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the RBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;
(c)	under the original rider after a step up but before the third contract anniversary —the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the RBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the RBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups.

RBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The RBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal, or (b) the RBA immediately prior to the withdrawal, less the amount of the withdrawal.

If there have been multiple purchase payments, any reduction of the RBA will be taken out of each payment’s RBA in the following manner:

The withdrawal amount up to the remaining benefit payment (defined below) is taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its remaining benefit payment at the time of the withdrawal; and the withdrawal amount above the remaining benefit payment and any amount determined by the excess withdrawal processing are taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its RBA at the time of the withdrawal.

Guaranteed Benefit Payment

Under the original rider, the GBP is the amount you may withdraw under the terms of the rider in each contract year, subject to certain restrictions prior to the third anniversary (see “Elective Step Up” above). The GBP is equal to 7% of the GBA.

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    105

Under the enhanced rider, the GBP is the withdrawal amount that you are entitled to take each contract year after the third anniversary until the RBA is depleted. The GBP is the lesser of (a) 7% of the GBA; or (b) the RBA.

Under both the original and enhanced riders, if you withdraw less than the GBP in a contract year, there is no carry over to the next contract year.

Remaining Benefit Payment

Under the original rider, at the beginning of each contract year, the remaining benefit payment (RBP) is set as the lesser of (a) the GBP, or (b) the RBA.

Under the enhanced rider, at the beginning of each contract year, during the first three years and prior to any withdrawal, the RBP for each purchase payment is set equal to that purchase payment plus any purchase payment credit, multiplied by 7%. At the beginning of any other contract year, each individual RBP is set equal to each individual GBP.

Each additional purchase payment has its own RBP established equal to that payment’s GBP. The total RBP is equal to the sum of the individual RBPs.

Whenever a partial withdrawal is made, the RBP equals the RBP immediately prior to the partial withdrawal less the amount of the partial withdrawal, but not less than zero.

Elective Step Up (under the original rider only)

You have the option to increase the RBA, the GBA, the GBP and the RBP beginning with the first contract anniversary. An annual elective step up option is available for 30 days after the contract anniversary. The elective step up option allows you to step up the remaining benefit amount and guaranteed benefit amount to the contract value on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

The elective step up is subject to the following rules:

• If you do not take any withdrawals during the first three years, you may step up annually beginning with the first contract anniversary;

• If you take any withdrawals during the first three years, the annual elective step up will not be available until the third contract anniversary;

• If you step up but then take a withdrawal prior to the third contract anniversary, you will lose any prior step ups and the withdrawal will be considered an excess withdrawal subject to the GBA and RBA excess withdrawal procedures discussed under the “Guaranteed Benefit Amount” and “Remaining Benefit Amount” headings above; and

• You may take withdrawals on or after the third contract anniversary without reversal of previous step ups.

You may only step up if your contract value on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up is greater than the RBA. The elective step up will be determined as follows:

• The effective date of the elective step up is the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

• The RBA will be increased to an amount equal to the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

• The GBA will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBA immediately prior to the elective step up; or (b) the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

• The GBP will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBP immediately prior to the elective step up; or (b) 7% of the GBA after the elective step up.

• The RBP will be increased to the lesser of (a) the RBA after the elective step up; or (b) the GBP after the elective step up less any withdrawals made during that contract year.

You may elect a step up only once each contract year within 30 days after the contract anniversary. Once a step up has been elected, another step up may not be elected until the next contract anniversary.

Annual Step Up (under the enhanced rider only)

Beginning with the first contract anniversary after you accept the enhanced rider, an increase of the RBA, the GBA, the GBP and the RBP may be available. A step up does not create contract value, guarantee performance of any investment options, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn or paid upon death. Rather, a step up determines the current values of the GBA, RBA, GBP, and RBP, and may extend the payment period or increase allowable payment.

The annual step up is subject to the following rules:

• The annual step up is available when the RBA would increase on the step up date. The applicable step up date depends on whether the annual step up is applied on an automatic or elective basis.

• If the application of the step does not increase the rider charge, the annual step up will be automatically applied to your contract and the step up date is the contract anniversary date.

106    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• If the application of the step up would increase the rider charge, the annual step up is not automatically applied. Instead, you have the option to step up for 30 days after the contract anniversary. If you exercise the elective annual step up option, you will pay the rider charge in effect on the step up date. If you wish to exercise the elective annual step up option, we must receive a request from you or your investment professional. The step up date is the date we receive your request to step up. If your request is received after the close of business, the step up date will be the next valuation day.

• Only one step up is allowed each contract year.

• If you take any withdrawals during the first three years, any previously applied step ups will be reversed and the annual step up will not be available until the third contract anniversary;

• You may take withdrawals on or after the third contract anniversary without reversal of previous step ups.

The annual step up will be determined as follows:

• The RBA will be increased to an amount equal to the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The GBA will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBA immediately prior to the annual step up; or (b) the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The GBP will be calculated as described earlier, but based on the increased GBA and RBA.

• The RBP will be reset as follows:

(a)	Prior to any withdrawals during the first three years, the RBP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	At any other time, the RBP will be reset as the increased GBP less all prior withdrawals made during the current contract year, but never less than zero.

Spousal Continuation and Special Spousal Continuation Step Up

If a surviving spouse elects to continue the contract, this rider also continues. However, if the covered spouse continues contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate. The spousal continuation step up is in addition to the elective step up or the annual step up. When a spouse elects to continue the contract, any rider feature processing particular to the first three years of the contract as described in this prospectus no longer applies. The GBA, RBA and GBP values remain unchanged. The RBP is automatically reset to the GBP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

A surviving spouse may elect a spousal continuation step up by written request within 30 days following the spouse’s election to continue the contract. This step up may be made even if withdrawals have been taken under the contract during the first three years. Under this step up, the RBA will be reset to the greater of the RBA or the contract value on the valuation date we receive the spouse’s written request to step up; the GBA will be reset to the greater of the GBA or the contract value on the same valuation date. If a spousal continuation step up is elected and we have increased the charge for the rider for new contract owners, the spouse will pay the charge that is in effect on the valuation date we receive the written request to step up.

It is our current administrative practice to process the spousal continuation step up as described in the next paragraph; however, we reserve the right to discontinue our administrative practice and will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change.

At the time of spousal continuation, a step-up may be available. All annual step-up rules (see “Annual Step-Up” heading above), other than those that apply to the waiting period, also apply to the spousal continuation step-up. If the spousal continuation step-up is processed automatically, the step-up date is the valuation date spousal continuation is effective. If not, the spouse must elect the step up and must do so within 30 days of the spousal continuation date. If the spouse elects the spousal continuation step up, the step-up date is the valuation date we receive the spouse’s written request to step-up if we receive the request by the close of business on that day, otherwise the next valuation date.

Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Payout Option

Several annuity payout plans are available under the contract. As an alternative to these annuity payout plans, a fixed annuity payout option is available under the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit.

Under this option the amount payable each year will be equal to the remaining schedule of GBPs, but the total amount paid over the life of the annuity will not exceed the current total RBA at the time you begin this fixed annuity option. These annualized amounts will be paid in the frequency that you elect. The frequencies will be among those offered by us at that time but will be no less frequent than annually. If, at the death of the owner, total payments have been made for less than the RBA, the remaining payments will be paid to the beneficiary (see “The Annuity Payout Period” and “Taxes”).

This annuity payout option may also be elected by the beneficiary of a contract as a settlement option if payments begin no later than one year after your death and the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy. Whenever multiple beneficiaries are designated under the contract, each such beneficiary’s share of the

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    107

proceeds if they elect this option will be in proportion to their applicable designated beneficiary percentage. Beneficiaries of nonqualified contracts may elect this settlement option subject to the distribution requirements of the contract. We reserve the right to adjust the remaining schedule of GBPs if necessary to comply with the Code.

If Contract Value Reduces to Zero

If the contract value reduces to zero and the RBA remains greater than zero, the following will occur:

• you will be paid according to the annuity payout option described above;

• we will no longer accept additional purchase payments;

• you will no longer be charged for the rider;

• any attached death benefit riders will terminate; and

• the death benefit becomes the remaining payments under the annuity payout option described above.

If the contract value falls to zero and the RBA is depleted, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider and the contract will terminate.

For an example, see Appendix J.

108    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix I: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider —
Additional Required Minimum Distribution (RMD) Disclosure

This appendix describes our current administrative practice for determining the amount of withdrawals in any contract year which an owner may take under the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider (including Riders A and B) to satisfy the RMD rules under 401(a)(9) of the Code without application of the excess withdrawal procedures described in the rider. We reserve the right to modify this administrative practice at any time upon 30 days’ written notice to you.

For owners subject to RMD rules under Section 401(a)(9), our current administrative practice under both the original and the enhanced riders is to allow amounts you withdraw to satisfy these rules will not prompt excess withdrawal processing, subject to the following rules:

(1)	If your Annual Life Expectancy Required Minimum Distribution Amount (ALERMDA) is greater than the RBP from the beginning of the current contract year, an Additional Benefit Amount (ABA) will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the RBP.
(2)	Any withdrawals taken in a contract year will count first against and reduce the RBP for that contract year.
(3)	Once the RBP for the current contract year has been depleted, any additional amounts withdrawn will count against and reduce any ABA. These withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals as long as they do not exceed the remaining ABA.
(4)	Once the ABA has been depleted, any additional withdrawal amounts will be considered excess withdrawals and will initiate the excess withdrawal processing described in the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider.

The ALERMDA is:

(1)	determined by us each calendar year;
(2)	based solely on the value of the contract to which the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider is attached as of the date we make the determination; and
(3)	based on the company’s understanding and interpretation of the requirements for life expectancy distributions intended to satisfy the required minimum distribution rules under Section 401(a)(9) and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, as applicable, on the effective date of this prospectus to:

1.	an individual retirement annuity (Section 408(b));
2.	a Roth individual retirement account (Section 408A);
3.	a Simplified Employee Pension plan (Section 408(k));
4.	a tax-sheltered annuity rollover (Section 403(b)).

In the future, the requirements under the Code for such distributions may change and the life expectancy amount calculation provided under your Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider may not be sufficient to satisfy the requirements under the Code for these types of distributions. In such a situation, amounts withdrawn to satisfy such distribution requirements will exceed your RBP amount and may result in the reduction of your GBA and RBA as described under the excess withdrawal provision of the rider.

In cases where the Code does not allow the life expectancy of a natural person to be used to calculate the required minimum distribution amount (e.g. ownership by a trust or a charity), we will calculate the life expectancy RMD amount calculated by us as zero in all years. The life expectancy required minimum distribution amount calculated by us will also equal zero in all years.

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    109

Appendix J: Example — Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider

Example of the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit — This example illustrates both Rider A and Rider B.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000.

The Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA) equals your purchase payment:			$100,000
The Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP) equals 7% of your GBA:
	0.07 × $100,000 =		$7,000
The Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA) equals your purchase payment:			$100,000
On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. You decide to step up your benefit.
The RBA equals 100% of your contract value:			$110,000
The GBA equals 100% of your contract value:			$110,000
The GBP equals 7% of your stepped-up GBA:
	0.07 × $110,000 =		$7,700
During the fourth contract year you decide to take a partial withdrawal of $7,700.
You took a partial withdrawal equal to your GBP, so your RBA equals the prior RBA less the amount of the partial withdrawal:
	$110,000 – $7,700 =		$102,300
The GBA equals the GBA immediately prior to the partial withdrawal:			$110,000
The GBP equals 7% of your GBA:
	0.07 × $110,000 =		$7,700
On the fourth contract anniversary you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000.
The new RBA for the contract is equal to your prior RBA plus 100% of the additional purchase payment:
	$102,300 + $50,000 =		$152,300
The new GBA for the contract is equal to your prior GBA plus 100% of the additional purchase payment:
	$110,000 + $50,000 =		$160,000
The new GBP for the contract is equal to your prior GBP plus 7% of the additional purchase payment:
	$7,700 + $3,500 =		$11,200
On the fifth contract anniversary your contract value grows to $200,000. You decide to step up your benefit.
The RBA equals 100% of your contract value:			$200,000
The GBA equals 100% of your contract value:			$200,000
The GBP equals 7% of your stepped-up GBA:
	0.07 × $200,000 =		$14,000
During the seventh contract year your contract value grows to $230,000. You decide to take a partial withdrawal of $20,000. You took more than your GBP of $14,000 so your RBA gets reset to the lesser of:
	(1)	your contract value immediately following the partial withdrawal;
		$230,000 – $20,000 =	$210,000
	(2)	your prior RBA less the amount of the partial withdrawal.
		$200,000 – $20,000 =	$180,000
	Reset RBA = lesser of (1) or (2) =		$180,000
	The GBA gets reset to the lesser of:
	(1)	your prior GBA	$200,000
	(2)	your contract value immediately following the partial withdrawal;
		$230,000 – $20,000 =	$210,000
Reset GBA = lesser of (1) or (2) =			$200,000
The Reset GBP is equal to 7% of your Reset GBA:
	0.07 × $200,000 =		$14,000
During the eight contract year your contract value falls to $175,000. You decide to take a partial withdrawal of $25,000. You took more than your GBP of $14,000 so your RBA gets reset to the lesser of:
	(1)	your contract value immediately following the partial withdrawal;
		$175,000 – $25,000 =	$150,000
	(2)	your prior RBA less the amount of the partial withdrawal.
		$180,000 – $25,000 =	$155,000

110    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

	Reset RBA = lesser of (1) or (2) =		$150,000
	The GBA gets reset to the lesser of:
	(1)	your prior GBA;	$200,000
	(2)	your contract value immediately following the partial withdrawal;
		$175,000 – $25,000 =	$150,000
Reset GBA = lesser of (1) or (2) =			$150,000
The Reset GBP is equal to 7% of your Reset GBA:
	0.07 × $150,000 =		$10,500

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    111

Appendix K: Example — Income Assurer Benefit Riders

The purpose of these examples is to illustrate the operation of the Income Assurer Benefit Riders. The examples compare payouts available under the contract’s standard annuity payout provisions with annuity payouts available under the riders based on the same set of assumptions.The contract values shown are hypothetical and do not represent past or future performance. Actual contract values may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a number of factors, including but not limited to the investment experience of the subaccounts (referred to in the riders as “protected investment options”) and the fees and charges that apply to your contract.

For each of the riders, we provide two annuity payout plan comparisons based on the hypothetical contract values we have assumed. The first comparison assumes that you select annuity payout Plan B, Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain. The second comparison assumes that you select annuity payout Plan D, Joint and Last Survivor Annuity – No Refund.

Remember that the riders require you to participate in the PN program. The riders are intended to offer protection against market volatility in the subaccounts (protected investment options). Some PN program investment options include protected investment options and excluded investment options (Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund, and if available under the contract, GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account).
Excluded Investment Options are not included in calculating the 5% variable account floor under the Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base rider and the Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base riders. Because the examples which follow are based on hypothetical contract values, they do not factor in differences in PN program investment options.

Assumptions:

You purchase the contract during the 2006 calendar year with a payment of $100,000; and

• you invest all contract value in the subaccounts (protected investment options); and

• you make no additional purchase payments, partial withdrawals or changes in PN program investment option; and

• the annuitant is male and age 55 at contract issue; and

• the joint annuitant is female and age 55 at contract issue.

Example — Income Assurer Benefit – MAV

Based on the above assumptions and taking into account fluctuations in contract value due to market conditions, we calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as:

Contract Anniversary	Assumed Contract Value	Purchase Payments	Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV)(1)	Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – MAV(2)
1	$ 108,000	$100,000	$ 108,000	$ 108,000
2	125,000	none	125,000	125,000
3	132,000	none	132,000	132,000
4	150,000	none	150,000	150,000
5	85,000	none	150,000	150,000
6	121,000	none	150,000	150,000
7	139,000	none	150,000	150,000
8	153,000	none	153,000	153,000
9	140,000	none	153,000	153,000
10	174,000	none	174,000	174,000
11	141,000	none	174,000	174,000
12	148,000	none	174,000	174,000
13	208,000	none	208,000	208,000
14	198,000	none	208,000	208,000
15	203,000	none	208,000	208,000

(1)	The MAV is limited after age 81, but the guaranteed income benefit base may increase if the contract value increases.
(2)	The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – MAV is a calculated number, not an amount that can be withdrawn. The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – MAV does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

112    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions			IAB – MAV Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	IAB – MAV Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)
10	$ 174,000	$ 772.56	$ 774.30	$ 174,000	$ 772.56	$ 774.30
11	141,000	641.55	642.96	174,000	791.70	793.44
12	148,000	691.16	692.64	174,000	812.58	814.32
13	208,000	996.32	998.40	208,000	996.32	998.40
14	198,000	974.16	976.14	208,000	1,023.36	1,025.44
15	203,000	1,025.15	1,027.18	208,000	1,050.40	1,052.48

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions			IAB – MAV Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	IAB – MAV Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)
10	$ 174,000	$ 629.88	$ 622.92	$ 174,000	$ 629.88	$ 622.92
11	141,000	521.70	516.06	174,000	643.80	636.84
12	148,000	559.44	553.52	174,000	657.72	650.76
13	208,000	807.04	796.64	208,000	807.04	796.64
14	198,000	786.06	778.14	208,000	825.76	817.44
15	203,000	826.21	818.09	208,000	846.56	838.24

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

NOTE: In the above examples, if you elected to begin receiving annuity payouts within 30 days after the 10th or the 13th contract anniversary, you would not benefit from the rider because the monthly annuity payout in these examples is the same as under the standard provisions of the contract. Because the examples are based on assumed contract values, not actual investment results, you should not conclude from the examples that the riders will provide higher payments more frequently than the standard provisions of the contract.

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    113

Example — Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base

Based on the above assumptions and taking into account fluctuations in contract value due to market conditions, we calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as:

Contract Anniversary	Assumed Contract Value	Purchase Payments	5% Accumulation Benefit Base(1)	Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base(2)
1	$ 108,000	$100,000	$ 105,000	$ 108,000
2	125,000	none	110,250	125,000
3	132,000	none	115,763	132,000
4	150,000	none	121,551	150,000
5	85,000	none	127,628	127,628
6	121,000	none	134,010	134,010
7	139,000	none	140,710	140,710
8	153,000	none	147,746	153,000
9	140,000	none	155,133	155,133
10	174,000	none	162,889	174,000
11	141,000	none	171,034	171,034
12	148,000	none	179,586	179,586
13	208,000	none	188,565	208,000
14	198,000	none	197,993	198,000
15	203,000	none	207,893	207,893

(1)	The 5% Accumulation Benefit Base value is limited after age 81, but the guaranteed income benefit base may increase if the contract value increases.
(2)	The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base is a calculated number, not an amount that can be withdrawn. The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions			IAB – 5% RF Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	IAB – 5% RF Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)
10	$ 174,000	$ 772.56	$ 774.30	$ 174,000	$ 772.56	$ 774.30
11	141,000	641.55	642.96	171,034	778.20	779.91
12	148,000	691.16	692.64	179,586	838.66	840.46
13	208,000	996.32	998.40	208,000	996.32	998.40
14	198,000	974.16	976.14	198,000	974.16	976.14
15	203,000	1,025.15	1,027.18	207,893	1,049.86	1,051.94

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

114    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the sale for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions				IAB – 5% RF Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	IAB – 5% RF Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)
10	$ 174,000	$ 629.88	$ 622.92	$ 174,000	$ 629.88	$ 622.92
11	141,000	521.70	516.06	171,034	632.83	625.98
12	148,000	559.44	553.52	179,586	678.83	671.65
13	208,000	807.04	796.64	208,000	807.04	796.64
14	198,000	786.06	778.14	198,000	786.06	778.14
15	203,000	826.21	818.09	207,893	846.12	837.81

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

NOTE: In the above examples, if you elected to begin receiving annuity payouts within 30 days after the 10th, 13th or the 14th contract anniversary, you would not benefit from the rider because the monthly annuity payout in these examples is the same as under the standard provisions of the contract. Because the examples are based on assumed contract values, not actual investment results, you should not conclude from the examples that the riders will provide higher payments more frequently than the standard provisions of the contract.

Example — Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base

Based on the above assumptions and taking into account fluctuations in contract value due to market conditions, we calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as:

Contract Anniversary	Assumed Contract Value	Purchase Payments	Maximum Anniversary Value(1)	5% Accumulation Benefit Base(1)	Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base(2)
1	$ 108,000	$100,000	$ 108,000	$ 105,000	$ 108,000
2	125,000	none	125,000	110,250	125,000
3	132,000	none	132,000	115,763	132,000
4	150,000	none	150,000	121,551	150,000
5	85,000	none	150,000	127,628	150,000
6	121,000	none	150,000	134,010	150,000
7	139,000	none	150,000	140,710	150,000
8	153,000	none	153,000	147,746	153,000
9	140,000	none	153,000	155,133	155,133
10	174,000	none	174,000	162,889	174,000
11	141,000	none	174,000	171,034	174,000
12	148,000	none	174,000	179,586	179,586
13	208,000	none	208,000	188,565	208,000
14	198,000	none	208,000	197,993	208,000
15	203,000	none	208,000	207,893	208,000

(1)	The MAV and 5% Accumulation Benefit Base are limited after age 81, but the guaranteed income benefit base may increase if the contract value increases.
(2)	The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base is a calculated number, not an amount that can be withdrawn. The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    115

Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions			IAB – Max Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	IAB – Max Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)
10	$ 174,000	$ 772.56	$ 774.30	$ 174,000	$ 772.56	$ 774.30
11	141,000	641.55	642.96	174,000	791.70	793.44
12	148,000	691.16	692.64	179,586	838.66	840.46
13	208,000	996.32	998.40	208,000	996.32	998.40
14	198,000	974.16	976.14	208,000	1,023.36	1,025.44
15	203,000	1,025.15	1,027.18	208,000	1,050.40	1,052.48

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions			IAB – Max Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	IAB – Max Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)
10	$ 174,000	$ 629.88	$ 622.92	$ 174,000	$ 629.88	$ 622.92
11	141,000	521.70	516.06	174,000	643.80	636.84
12	148,000	559.44	553.52	179,586	678.83	671.65
13	208,000	807.04	796.64	208,000	807.04	796.64
14	198,000	786.06	778.14	208,000	825.76	817.44
15	203,000	826.21	818.09	208,000	846.56	838.24

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

NOTE: In the above examples, if you elected to begin receiving annuity payouts within 30 days after the 10th or the 13th contract anniversary, you would not benefit from the rider because the monthly annuity payout in these examples is the same as under the standard provisions of the contract. Because the examples are based on assumed contract values, not actual investment results, you should not conclude from the examples that the riders will provide higher payments more frequently than the standard provisions of the contract.

116    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix L: Example — Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and you and the annuitant are under age 70; and

• You select the MAV Death Benefit and the seven-year withdrawal charge schedule.

During the first contract year the contract value grows to $105,000. The MAV Death Benefit equals the contract value. You have not reached the first contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector does not provide any additional benefit at this time.
On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. The death benefit equals:
MAV death benefit (contract value):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death
(MAV death benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000
On the second contract anniversary the contract value falls to $105,000. The death benefit equals:
MAV death benefit (MAV):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000
During the third contract year the contract value remains at $105,000 and you request a partial withdrawal of $50,000, including the applicable 7% withdrawal charge. We will withdraw $10,500 from your contract value free of charge (10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value). The remainder of the withdrawal is subject to a 7% withdrawal charge because your payment is in the third year of the withdrawal charge schedule, so we will withdraw $39,500 ($36,735 + $2,765 in withdrawal charges) from your contract value. Altogether, we will withdraw $50,000 and pay you $47,235. We calculate purchase payments not previously withdrawn as $100,000 – $45,000 = $55,000 (remember that $5,000 of the partial withdrawal is contract earnings). The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (MAV adjusted for partial withdrawals):	$57,619
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death):
0.40 × ($57,619 – $55,000) =	+1,048
Total death benefit of:	$ 58,667
On the third contract anniversary the contract value falls to $40,000. The death benefit equals the previous death benefit. The reduction in contract value has no effect.
On the eight contract anniversary the contract value grows to a new high of $200,000. Earnings at death reaches its maximum of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old.
The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$200,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old)	+55,000
Total death benefit of:	$255,000
During the tenth contract year you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000. Your new contract value is now $250,000. The new purchase payment is less than one year old and so it has no effect on the Benefit Protector value. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old)	+55,000
Total death benefit of:	$305,000
During the eleventh contract year the contract value remains $250,000 and the “new” purchase payment is one year old and the value of the Benefit Protector changes. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    117

(MAV death benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($250,000 – $105,000) =	+58,000
Total death benefit of:	$308,000

118    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix M: Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider

Example of the Benefit Protector Plus

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and you and the annuitant are under age 70; and

• You select the MAV Death Benefit and the seven-year withdrawal charge schedule.

During the first contract year the contract value grows to $105,000. The MAV Death Benefit equals the contract value. You have not reached the first contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector Plus does not provide any additional benefit at this time.
On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. You have not reached the second contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector Plus does not provide any benefit beyond what is provided by the Benefit Protector at this time. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death
(MAV Death Benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000
On the second contract anniversary the contract value falls to $105,000. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (MAV):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death:
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
plus 10% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn: 0.10 × $100,000 =	+10,000
Total death benefit of:	$124,000
During the third contract year the contract value remains at $105,000 and you request a partial withdrawal of $50,000, including the applicable 7% withdrawal charge. We will withdraw $10,500 from your contract value free of charge (10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value). The remainder of the withdrawal is subject to a 7% withdrawal charge because your payment is in the third year of the withdrawal charge schedule, so we will withdraw $39,500 ($36,735 + $2,765 in withdrawal charges) from your contract value. Altogether, we will withdraw $50,000 and pay you $47,235. We calculate purchase payments not previously withdrawn as $100,000 – $45,000 = $55,000 (remember that $5,000 of the partial withdrawal is contract earnings). The death benefit on equals:
MAV Death Benefit (MAV adjusted for partial withdrawals):	$57,619
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death:
0.40 × ($57,619 – $55,000) =	+1,048
plus 10% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn: 0.10 x $55,000 =	+5,500
Total death benefit of:	$64,167
On the third contract anniversary the contract value falls to $40,000. The death benefit equals the previous death benefit calculated. The reduction in contract value has no effect.
On the ninth contract anniversary the contract value grows to a new high of $200,000. Earnings at death reaches its maximum of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old. Because we are beyond the fourth contract anniversary the Benefit Protector Plus also reaches its maximum of 20%. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$200,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old	+55,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn: 0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$266,000

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    119

During the tenth contract year you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000. Your new contract value is now $250,000. The new purchase payment is less than one year old and so it has no effect on the Benefit Protector Plus value. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old	+55,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn: 0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$316,000
During the eleventh contract year the contract value remains $250,000 and the “new” purchase payment is one year old. The value of the Benefit Protector Plus remains constant. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (MAV Death Benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($250,000 – $105,000) =	+58,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn: 0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$319,000

120    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix N: Withdrawal Benefit Riders: Electing Step Up or Spousal Continuation Step Up

Example — Withdrawal Benefit Riders: Electing Step Up or Spousal Continuation Step Up

Assumptions:

This example assumes that the covered person (for joint life, younger covered spouse) is 65 or older and there are no additional purchase payments or withdrawals.

•	You own a RiverSource variable annuity with a withdrawal benefit rider. You are currently invested in the Variable Portfolio — Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2) (a Portfolio Navigator fund) with a current rider fee of 0.65%.
	Your Contract Value (CV) is $100,000 and your withdrawal benefit rider currently provides the following benefits:

1)	You can withdraw $6,000 a year for the rest of your life. This is your Annual Lifetime Payment. Or
2)	You can withdraw $7,000 a year until you have withdrawn a total of $100,000. This is your Guaranteed Benefit Payment.

Based on your current CV, you will pay a rider fee of approximately $650 on your next annuity contract anniversary.

•	The annual fee for this rider has increased to 0.95% for clients invested in the Variable Portfolio — Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2).
	The following compares certain options available to you. Changes to rider values or fees are presented for two different scenarios where your CV increases to either $110,000 or $101,000 over the contract year:

1) Elect to lock in your contract gains to your benefit values (step up):

	CV of $110,000	CV of $101,000
Increase in Annual Lifetime Payment	$600	$60
Increase in Guaranteed Benefit Payment	$700	$70
Increase in Annual Rider Fee	0.30%	0.30%
Increase in Annual Contract Charge	$330	$303

Automatic step ups will continue on your next anniversary (if available under your rider).

2) Do not elect to lock in your contract gains (no step up):

	CV of $110,000	CV of $101,000
Increase in Annual Lifetime Payment	$0	$0
Increase in Guaranteed Benefit Payment	$0	$0
Increase in Annual Rider Fee	0%	0%
Increase in Annual Contract Charge	$65	$6.50

Your rider fee will not change, although the dollar amount of your annual charge will change as your CV changes. On your next anniversary, you will again have the option to elect the step up (lock in contract gains)

3) Move to one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds and elect the step up:

	CV of $110,000	CV of $101,000
Increase in Annual Lifetime Payment	$600	$60
Increase in Guaranteed Benefit Payment	$700	$70
Increase in Annual Rider Fee	0%	0%
Increase in Annual Contract Charge	$65	$6.50

Your rider fee will not change, although the dollar amount of your annual charge will change as your CV changes. Automatic step ups will continue on your next anniversary (if available under your rider).

The above example is for illustrative purposes only. The assumptions and calculations used are not intended to be consistent with any one rider, but instead are intended to provide an idea of how different scenarios would operate. Your specific rider may use different calculations for fees or have different benefits available. For a full description and rules applicable to step up options under your rider, please see the “Optional Living Benefits” section.

Electing to step up may result in different increases to the annual rider charge relative to the increase in your rider values. You should weigh the resulting increased charge due to the step up versus the increases to your benefits to determine the option that is best for you.

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    121

Appendix O: Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)

The following tables give per-unit information about the financial history of the subaccounts representing the lowest and highest total annual variable account expense combinations. The date in which operations commenced in each subaccount is noted in parentheses. The SAI contains tables that give per-unit information about the financial history of each existing subaccount. We have not provided this information for subaccounts (if any) that were not available under your contract as of December 31, 2019. You may obtain a copy of the SAI without charge by contacting us at the telephone number or address listed on the first page of the prospectus.

Variable account charges of 1.05% of the daily net assets of the variable account.

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
AB VPS Growth and Income Portfolio (Class B) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.89	$2.03	$1.73	$1.58	$1.57	$1.45	$1.09	$0.94	$0.89	$0.80
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.32	$1.89	$2.03	$1.73	$1.58	$1.57	$1.45	$1.09	$0.94	$0.89
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	13	13	17	17	49	53	55	61	64	71
AB VPS International Value Portfolio (Class B) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.71	$0.93	$0.75	$0.76	$0.75	$0.81	$0.67	$0.59	$0.74	$0.72
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.82	$0.71	$0.93	$0.75	$0.76	$0.75	$0.81	$0.67	$0.59	$0.74
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	35	45	47	63	83	109	137	178	190	193
American Century VP Inflation Protection, Class II (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.31	$1.36	$1.32	$1.28	$1.33	$1.30	$1.43	$1.35	$1.22	$1.17
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.41	$1.31	$1.36	$1.32	$1.28	$1.33	$1.30	$1.43	$1.35	$1.22
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	7	23	130	—
American Century VP Value, Class II (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.80	$2.01	$1.87	$1.57	$1.65	$1.48	$1.14	$1.00	$1.01	$0.90
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.27	$1.80	$2.01	$1.87	$1.57	$1.65	$1.48	$1.14	$1.00	$1.01
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	4	2	2	6	6
BNY Mellon Investment Portfolios, Technology Growth Portfolio - Service Shares (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.74	$2.81	$1.99	$1.93	$1.84	$1.75	$1.33	$1.17	$1.28	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.41	$2.74	$2.81	$1.99	$1.93	$1.84	$1.75	$1.33	$1.17	$1.28
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, Appreciation Portfolio - Service Share (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.00	$2.18	$1.73	$1.63	$1.69	$1.58	$1.33	$1.22	$1.13	$0.99
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.69	$2.00	$2.18	$1.73	$1.63	$1.69	$1.58	$1.33	$1.22	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.98	$2.08	$1.69	$1.59	$1.59	$1.40	$1.06	$0.94	$0.90	$0.77
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.45	$1.98	$2.08	$1.69	$1.59	$1.59	$1.40	$1.06	$0.94	$0.90
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	15	15	15	30	30	30	30
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.61	$1.73	$1.53	$1.36	$1.41	$1.30	$1.03	$0.92	$0.98	$0.84
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.97	$1.61	$1.73	$1.53	$1.36	$1.41	$1.30	$1.03	$0.92	$0.98
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	26	28	34	44	88	117	189	237	271	304
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Emerging Markets Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.34	$1.72	$1.18	$1.14	$1.27	$1.31	$1.35	$1.13	$1.45	$1.22
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.74	$1.34	$1.72	$1.18	$1.14	$1.27	$1.31	$1.35	$1.13	$1.45
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	12	14	14	19	73	83	99	105	118	124
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.99	$0.98	$0.99	$1.00	$1.01	$1.02	$1.03	$1.04	$1.05	$1.07
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.99	$0.99	$0.98	$0.99	$1.00	$1.01	$1.02	$1.03	$1.04	$1.05
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	71	79	95	182	211	185	213	227	204	344
Columbia Variable Portfolio – High Yield Bond Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.89	$1.99	$1.89	$1.71	$1.75	$1.71	$1.63	$1.42	$1.36	$1.20
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.19	$1.89	$1.99	$1.89	$1.71	$1.75	$1.71	$1.63	$1.42	$1.36
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4	4	4	4	4	5	5	5	6	7
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.44	$1.45	$1.42	$1.37	$1.38	$1.33	$1.37	$1.29	$1.22	$1.14
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.56	$1.44	$1.45	$1.42	$1.37	$1.38	$1.33	$1.37	$1.29	$1.22
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	58	61	74	81	135	184	286	313	341	374
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Growth Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.00	$2.11	$1.66	$1.66	$1.54	$1.37	$1.06	$0.89	$0.93	$0.80
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.69	$2.00	$2.11	$1.66	$1.66	$1.54	$1.37	$1.06	$0.89	$0.93
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	26	—	—	—	—	9

122    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.05% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Index Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.08	$2.21	$1.84	$1.67	$1.67	$1.49	$1.14	$1.00	$0.99	$0.88
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.69	$2.08	$2.21	$1.84	$1.67	$1.67	$1.49	$1.14	$1.00	$0.99
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	29	29	35	42	94	94	167	176	197	186
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Mid Cap Growth Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.83	$1.94	$1.60	$1.58	$1.51	$1.42	$1.10	$1.00	$1.19	$0.95
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.44	$1.83	$1.94	$1.60	$1.58	$1.51	$1.42	$1.10	$1.00	$1.19
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.17	$1.17	$1.14	$1.13	$1.12	$1.07	$1.11	$1.10	$1.10	$1.08
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.24	$1.17	$1.17	$1.14	$1.13	$1.12	$1.07	$1.11	$1.10	$1.10
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	11	11	18	19	77	102	137	152	158	160
CTIVP® – BlackRock Global Inflation-Protected Securities Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.42	$1.44	$1.42	$1.32	$1.36	$1.26	$1.35	$1.29	$1.19	$1.15
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.51	$1.42	$1.44	$1.42	$1.32	$1.36	$1.26	$1.35	$1.29	$1.19
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	34	35	45	50	117	153	219	218	238	269
CTIVP® – Victory Sycamore Established Value Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.17	$2.44	$2.13	$1.79	$1.80	$1.63	$1.21	$1.04	$1.13	$0.94
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.75	$2.17	$2.44	$2.13	$1.79	$1.80	$1.63	$1.21	$1.04	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1	1	1	1	1	1	2	2	2	2
Fidelity® VIP ContrafundSM Portfolio Service Class 2 (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.96	$2.12	$1.76	$1.66	$1.67	$1.51	$1.16	$1.01	$1.05	$0.91
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.55	$1.96	$2.12	$1.76	$1.66	$1.67	$1.51	$1.16	$1.01	$1.05
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	40	55	58	76	97	111	165	192	204	243
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2 (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.82	$2.16	$1.81	$1.63	$1.68	$1.60	$1.19	$1.05	$1.19	$0.94
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.22	$1.82	$2.16	$1.81	$1.63	$1.68	$1.60	$1.19	$1.05	$1.19
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	11	26	31	33	52	73	85	97	103	135
Fidelity® VIP Overseas Portfolio Service Class 2 (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.11	$1.33	$1.03	$1.10	$1.07	$1.18	$0.92	$0.77	$0.94	$0.85
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.40	$1.11	$1.33	$1.03	$1.10	$1.07	$1.18	$0.92	$0.77	$0.94
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	1	1	1	2	9	13	19	26	30
Franklin Global Real Estate VIP Fund – Class 2 (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.98	$1.06	$0.97	$0.98	$0.98	$0.86	$0.85	$0.67	$0.72	$0.60
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.18	$0.98	$1.06	$0.97	$0.98	$0.98	$0.86	$0.85	$0.67	$0.72
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	3	3	3	3
Franklin Income VIP Fund – Class 2 (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.67	$1.77	$1.63	$1.44	$1.57	$1.51	$1.34	$1.21	$1.19	$1.07
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.92	$1.67	$1.77	$1.63	$1.44	$1.57	$1.51	$1.34	$1.21	$1.19
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	46	47	48	54	147	202	288	272	276	240
Goldman Sachs VIT Mid Cap Value Fund – Institutional Shares (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.76	$1.99	$1.81	$1.61	$1.79	$1.59	$1.21	$1.03	$1.12	$0.90
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.30	$1.76	$1.99	$1.81	$1.61	$1.79	$1.59	$1.21	$1.03	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	27	29	30	35	57	68	93	110	117	110
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.68	$1.96	$1.45	$1.47	$1.43	$1.42	$1.13	$0.94	$1.04	$0.91
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.18	$1.68	$1.96	$1.45	$1.47	$1.43	$1.42	$1.13	$0.94	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	12	12	16	16	18	34	41	38	39	33
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Strategic Income Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.43	$1.51	$1.44	$1.37	$1.42	$1.40	$1.42	$1.27	$1.27	$1.12
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.56	$1.43	$1.51	$1.44	$1.37	$1.42	$1.40	$1.42	$1.27	$1.27
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	35	36	43	50	94	124	202	227	249	266
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.84	$2.08	$1.85	$1.59	$1.71	$1.55	$1.11	$0.95	$0.99	$0.81
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.30	$1.84	$2.08	$1.85	$1.59	$1.71	$1.55	$1.11	$0.95	$0.99
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	3	3	3	3	3	6	11	13	14	24
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series II Shares (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.79	$1.88	$1.50	$1.48	$1.43	$1.34	$0.97	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.42	$1.79	$1.88	$1.50	$1.48	$1.43	$1.34	$0.97	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	2	2	17	18	33	34	—	—

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    123

Variable account charges of 1.05% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Invesco V.I. Comstock Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.75	$2.02	$1.73	$1.50	$1.61	$1.49	$1.11	$0.95	$0.98	$0.85
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.16	$1.75	$2.02	$1.73	$1.50	$1.61	$1.49	$1.11	$0.95	$0.98
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	12	12	13	16	36	85	108	82	107	126
Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares* (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.57	$1.69	$1.40	$1.41	$1.41	$1.32	$0.98	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.09	$1.57	$1.69	$1.40	$1.41	$1.41	$1.32	$0.98	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
*Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares is scheduled to merge into Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares sometime during the second quarter of 2020.
Putnam VT Global Health Care Fund – Class IB Shares (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.31	$2.35	$2.06	$2.35	$2.20	$1.74	$1.24	$1.03	$1.05	$1.04
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.98	$2.31	$2.35	$2.06	$2.35	$2.20	$1.74	$1.24	$1.03	$1.05
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Putnam VT Small Cap Value Fund – Class IB Shares (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.37	$1.73	$1.62	$1.29	$1.36	$1.32	$0.96	$0.82	$0.87	$0.70
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.69	$1.37	$1.73	$1.62	$1.29	$1.36	$1.32	$0.96	$0.82	$0.87
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund – Class 2 (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.79	$1.77	$1.75	$1.72	$1.82	$1.81	$1.80	$1.58	$1.61	$1.42
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.80	$1.79	$1.77	$1.75	$1.72	$1.82	$1.81	$1.80	$1.58	$1.61
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	41	41	46	49	93	120	157	220	231	238
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.65	$1.83	$1.55	$1.48	$1.51	$1.44	$1.21	$1.07	$1.12	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.99	$1.65	$1.83	$1.55	$1.48	$1.51	$1.44	$1.21	$1.07	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	40	57	58	59	59	340	472	509
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.65	$1.83	$1.56	$1.48	$1.51	$1.45	$1.21	$1.08	$1.12	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.99	$1.65	$1.83	$1.56	$1.48	$1.51	$1.45	$1.21	$1.08	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	3,506	4,286	6,462	8,133	11,424	15,297	25,028	28,949	31,406	35,636
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.23	$1.28	$1.21	$1.18	$1.19	$1.16	$1.13	$1.07	$1.04	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.35	$1.23	$1.28	$1.21	$1.18	$1.19	$1.16	$1.13	$1.07	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	155	173	279	452	792	849	1,527	1,583	884	947
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.23	$1.28	$1.21	$1.18	$1.19	$1.16	$1.13	$1.07	$1.04	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.35	$1.23	$1.28	$1.21	$1.18	$1.19	$1.16	$1.13	$1.07	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	7,041	8,038	9,312	12,356	15,363	19,473	24,004	30,872	28,351	22,295
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.06	$1.10	$1.03	$1.01	$1.03	$1.00	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.18	$1.06	$1.10	$1.03	$1.01	$1.03	$1.00	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	939	1,202	1,400	1,658	1,677	1,492	68	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.08	$1.14	$1.04	$1.02	$1.05	$1.01	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.22	$1.08	$1.14	$1.04	$1.02	$1.05	$1.01	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2,958	3,849	4,067	4,709	5,566	5,135	1,171	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.11	$1.22	$1.05	$1.02	$1.07	$1.03	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.30	$1.11	$1.22	$1.05	$1.02	$1.07	$1.03	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	7,893	8,586	9,037	10,042	12,231	11,659	2,842	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.10	$1.18	$1.04	$1.02	$1.06	$1.02	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.27	$1.10	$1.18	$1.04	$1.02	$1.06	$1.02	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	20,617	22,600	25,243	27,766	30,093	29,454	6,435	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.45	$1.56	$1.39	$1.34	$1.36	$1.31	$1.19	$1.08	$1.09	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.67	$1.45	$1.56	$1.39	$1.34	$1.36	$1.31	$1.19	$1.08	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4,546	5,083	5,894	7,245	7,502	7,888	6,988	6,817	6,568	7,272
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.46	$1.56	$1.39	$1.34	$1.36	$1.31	$1.19	$1.09	$1.09	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.67	$1.46	$1.56	$1.39	$1.34	$1.36	$1.31	$1.19	$1.09	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	65,618	75,990	88,036	107,998	130,819	156,982	199,424	217,020	229,158	241,303

124    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.05% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.56	$1.69	$1.47	$1.41	$1.44	$1.38	$1.20	$1.08	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.83	$1.56	$1.69	$1.47	$1.41	$1.44	$1.38	$1.20	$1.08	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	31	205	208	402	677	863	3,154	3,588	4,069	3,301
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.56	$1.69	$1.47	$1.41	$1.44	$1.38	$1.21	$1.09	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.83	$1.56	$1.69	$1.47	$1.41	$1.44	$1.38	$1.21	$1.09	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	12,753	15,364	19,315	26,477	37,535	54,301	81,752	98,277	113,447	126,812
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.34	$1.41	$1.29	$1.26	$1.27	$1.23	$1.16	$1.08	$1.07	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.50	$1.34	$1.41	$1.29	$1.26	$1.27	$1.23	$1.16	$1.08	$1.07
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	866	931	1,039	1,691	1,780	1,795	1,649	2,093	2,521	2,064
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.34	$1.41	$1.30	$1.26	$1.28	$1.23	$1.16	$1.08	$1.07	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.50	$1.34	$1.41	$1.30	$1.26	$1.28	$1.23	$1.16	$1.08	$1.07
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	7,726	9,007	11,245	13,950	16,408	22,300	29,397	32,837	33,464	37,757
Variable Portfolio – Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.61	$1.89	$1.78	$1.43	$1.60	$1.58	$1.19	$1.06	$1.12	$0.91
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.91	$1.61	$1.89	$1.78	$1.43	$1.60	$1.58	$1.19	$1.06	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	3	4	4	5
Wanger USA (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.13	$2.18	$1.85	$1.64	$1.67	$1.61	$1.22	$1.02	$1.07	$0.88
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.76	$2.13	$2.18	$1.85	$1.64	$1.67	$1.61	$1.22	$1.02	$1.07
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	5	6	7	8	15	24	44	57	67	70
Wells Fargo VT Index Asset Allocation Fund – Class 2 (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.92	$2.00	$1.80	$1.69	$1.69	$1.44	$1.22	$1.09	$1.03	$0.92
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.29	$1.92	$2.00	$1.80	$1.69	$1.69	$1.44	$1.22	$1.09	$1.03
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Wells Fargo VT International Equity Fund – Class 2 (7/16/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.35	$1.64	$1.34	$1.31	$1.30	$1.39	$1.17	$1.04	$1.21	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.54	$1.35	$1.64	$1.34	$1.31	$1.30	$1.39	$1.17	$1.04	$1.21
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Wells Fargo VT Omega Growth Fund – Class 2 (7/16/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.64	$2.66	$2.00	$2.01	$2.00	$1.95	$1.41	$1.18	$1.26	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.58	$2.64	$2.66	$2.00	$2.01	$2.00	$1.95	$1.41	$1.18	$1.26
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	4	5	5	6
Wells Fargo VT Opportunity Fund – Class 2 (8/26/2011)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.97	$2.15	$1.80	$1.62	$1.69	$1.55	$1.20	$1.05	$1.00	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.57	$1.97	$2.15	$1.80	$1.62	$1.69	$1.55	$1.20	$1.05	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Wells Fargo VT Small Cap Growth Fund – Class 2 (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.34	$2.33	$1.87	$1.76	$1.83	$1.88	$1.27	$1.19	$1.26	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.89	$2.34	$2.33	$1.87	$1.76	$1.83	$1.88	$1.27	$1.19	$1.26
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—

Variable account charges of 1.90% of the daily net assets of the variable account.

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
AB VPS Growth and Income Portfolio (Class B) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.96	$2.12	$1.82	$1.67	$1.68	$1.57	$1.19	$1.03	$0.99	$0.90
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.38	$1.96	$2.12	$1.82	$1.67	$1.68	$1.57	$1.19	$1.03	$0.99
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	84	84	84	84	115	80	96	91	130	124
AB VPS International Value Portfolio (Class B) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.03	$1.36	$1.11	$1.14	$1.13	$1.24	$1.03	$0.92	$1.16	$1.13
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.18	$1.03	$1.36	$1.11	$1.14	$1.13	$1.24	$1.03	$0.92	$1.16
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,641	1,857	1,874	2,347	2,598	3,459	4,367	5,828	6,871	7,882
American Century VP Inflation Protection, Class II (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.21	$1.27	$1.24	$1.21	$1.27	$1.25	$1.39	$1.32	$1.21	$1.17
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.29	$1.21	$1.27	$1.24	$1.21	$1.27	$1.25	$1.39	$1.32	$1.21
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2,386	2,800	3,294	3,474	4,097	5,117	6,889	6,691	7,945	11,844

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    125

Variable account charges of 1.90% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
American Century VP Value, Class II (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.90	$2.13	$2.00	$1.69	$1.80	$1.62	$1.26	$1.12	$1.13	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.36	$1.90	$2.13	$2.00	$1.69	$1.80	$1.62	$1.26	$1.12	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4	4	4	4	4	4	12	12	87	16
BNY Mellon Investment Portfolios, Technology Growth Portfolio - Service Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.70	$2.79	$2.00	$1.95	$1.88	$1.79	$1.38	$1.22	$1.35	$1.06
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.33	$2.70	$2.79	$2.00	$1.95	$1.88	$1.79	$1.38	$1.22	$1.35
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	150	173	218	302	363	507	730	988	1,184	1,653
BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, Appreciation Portfolio - Service Share (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.93	$2.12	$1.70	$1.61	$1.69	$1.60	$1.35	$1.25	$1.17	$1.03
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.58	$1.93	$2.12	$1.70	$1.61	$1.69	$1.60	$1.35	$1.25	$1.17
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2	5	5	5	5	5	52	52	48	48
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.05	$2.17	$1.78	$1.68	$1.70	$1.51	$1.15	$1.03	$1.00	$0.86
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.51	$2.05	$2.17	$1.78	$1.68	$1.70	$1.51	$1.15	$1.03	$1.00
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	637	715	914	1,144	1,344	1,817	2,998	3,922	5,131	7,801
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.06	$2.23	$1.99	$1.79	$1.87	$1.74	$1.40	$1.25	$1.34	$1.17
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.51	$2.06	$2.23	$1.99	$1.79	$1.87	$1.74	$1.40	$1.25	$1.34
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,252	1,528	1,833	2,100	2,597	3,315	4,568	6,023	7,706	10,251
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Emerging Markets Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.15	$2.80	$1.94	$1.88	$2.11	$2.20	$2.28	$1.93	$2.49	$2.12
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.77	$2.15	$2.80	$1.94	$1.88	$2.11	$2.20	$2.28	$1.93	$2.49
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	461	582	575	802	961	1,160	1,490	1,624	2,042	2,330
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.89	$0.90	$0.91	$0.93	$0.95	$0.96	$0.98	$1.00	$1.02	$1.04
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.89	$0.89	$0.90	$0.91	$0.93	$0.95	$0.96	$0.98	$1.00	$1.02
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2,770	3,389	3,756	4,033	763	1,089	1,541	1,683	2,045	2,910
Columbia Variable Portfolio – High Yield Bond Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.94	$2.06	$1.97	$1.80	$1.85	$1.82	$1.75	$1.54	$1.49	$1.33
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.22	$1.94	$2.06	$1.97	$1.80	$1.85	$1.82	$1.75	$1.54	$1.49
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	185	269	303	342	418	531	726	790	1,037	1,429
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.32	$1.34	$1.32	$1.29	$1.31	$1.27	$1.32	$1.25	$1.20	$1.13
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.42	$1.32	$1.34	$1.32	$1.29	$1.31	$1.27	$1.32	$1.25	$1.20
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	593	691	758	827	895	1,248	1,772	2,131	2,517	3,451
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Growth Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.13	$2.26	$1.80	$1.81	$1.70	$1.52	$1.19	$1.01	$1.06	$0.92
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.83	$2.13	$2.26	$1.80	$1.81	$1.70	$1.52	$1.19	$1.01	$1.06
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	20	24	26	33	58	112	135	195	258	361
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Index Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.17	$2.32	$1.95	$1.78	$1.80	$1.62	$1.26	$1.11	$1.11	$0.99
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.79	$2.17	$2.32	$1.95	$1.78	$1.80	$1.62	$1.26	$1.11	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1	7	46	8	20	178	185	188	198	211
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Mid Cap Growth Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.95	$2.08	$1.73	$1.73	$1.67	$1.58	$1.23	$1.13	$1.35	$1.09
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.58	$1.95	$2.08	$1.73	$1.73	$1.67	$1.58	$1.23	$1.13	$1.35
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	55	65	97	132	147	206	299	393	430	548
Columbia Variable Portfolio – U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.05	$1.05	$1.03	$1.03	$1.03	$1.00	$1.04	$1.04	$1.04	$1.03
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.09	$1.05	$1.05	$1.03	$1.03	$1.03	$1.00	$1.04	$1.04	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	453	517	576	773	810	918	1,292	1,516	1,924	2,722
CTIVP® – BlackRock Global Inflation-Protected Securities Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.27	$1.31	$1.30	$1.22	$1.26	$1.18	$1.28	$1.23	$1.14	$1.12
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.35	$1.27	$1.31	$1.30	$1.22	$1.26	$1.18	$1.28	$1.23	$1.14
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	314	373	417	442	512	723	1,059	1,156	1,527	2,123
CTIVP® – Victory Sycamore Established Value Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.29	$2.60	$2.29	$1.93	$1.97	$1.79	$1.34	$1.17	$1.27	$1.06
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.88	$2.29	$2.60	$2.29	$1.93	$1.97	$1.79	$1.34	$1.17	$1.27
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	11	21	21	—	—	—	8	8

126    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.90% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Fidelity® VIP ContrafundSM Portfolio Service Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.38	$2.60	$2.18	$2.06	$2.09	$1.91	$1.48	$1.30	$1.37	$1.19
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.06	$2.38	$2.60	$2.18	$2.06	$2.09	$1.91	$1.48	$1.30	$1.37
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,550	1,935	2,293	2,769	3,260	4,329	6,278	8,416	10,938	14,844
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.56	$3.07	$2.59	$2.36	$2.45	$2.35	$1.76	$1.57	$1.79	$1.42
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.10	$2.56	$3.07	$2.59	$2.36	$2.45	$2.35	$1.76	$1.57	$1.79
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	343	399	453	487	564	749	940	1,346	1,681	2,112
Fidelity® VIP Overseas Portfolio Service Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.41	$1.69	$1.33	$1.43	$1.41	$1.57	$1.23	$1.04	$1.28	$1.16
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.77	$1.41	$1.69	$1.33	$1.43	$1.41	$1.57	$1.23	$1.04	$1.28
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	430	513	567	739	800	1,094	1,435	1,894	2,343	2,808
Franklin Global Real Estate VIP Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.36	$1.49	$1.38	$1.39	$1.41	$1.25	$1.25	$1.00	$1.08	$0.91
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.64	$1.36	$1.49	$1.38	$1.39	$1.41	$1.25	$1.25	$1.00	$1.08
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	12	25	28	33	50	55	71	103	150	172
Franklin Income VIP Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.76	$1.87	$1.74	$1.56	$1.71	$1.66	$1.49	$1.35	$1.34	$1.21
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.00	$1.76	$1.87	$1.74	$1.56	$1.71	$1.66	$1.49	$1.35	$1.34
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	232	277	366	375	414	465	497	598	1,057	1,140
Goldman Sachs VIT Mid Cap Value Fund – Institutional Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.23	$2.54	$2.33	$2.09	$2.34	$2.10	$1.61	$1.39	$1.51	$1.23
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.88	$2.23	$2.54	$2.33	$2.09	$2.34	$2.10	$1.61	$1.39	$1.51
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	554	705	811	889	1,067	1,326	1,959	2,740	3,562	4,764
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.11	$2.48	$1.86	$1.90	$1.86	$1.86	$1.49	$1.26	$1.40	$1.24
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.72	$2.11	$2.48	$1.86	$1.90	$1.86	$1.86	$1.49	$1.26	$1.40
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	27	48	61	76	81	82	86	89	113	127
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Strategic Income Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.40	$1.49	$1.43	$1.37	$1.44	$1.43	$1.46	$1.32	$1.33	$1.18
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.52	$1.40	$1.49	$1.43	$1.37	$1.44	$1.43	$1.46	$1.32	$1.33
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	924	1,192	1,357	1,452	1,724	2,305	3,261	3,563	4,711	6,319
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.35	$2.68	$2.39	$2.07	$2.25	$2.05	$1.49	$1.29	$1.35	$1.11
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.91	$2.35	$2.68	$2.39	$2.07	$2.25	$2.05	$1.49	$1.29	$1.35
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	10	—	20	35	41	41	89	24
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series II Shares (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.69	$1.79	$1.44	$1.44	$1.40	$1.32	$0.96	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.26	$1.69	$1.79	$1.44	$1.44	$1.40	$1.32	$0.96	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4	8	10	15	43	47	56	73	—	—
Invesco V.I. Comstock Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.90	$2.21	$1.91	$1.67	$1.81	$1.69	$1.27	$1.09	$1.13	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.32	$1.90	$2.21	$1.91	$1.67	$1.81	$1.69	$1.27	$1.09	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2,160	2,494	2,913	3,499	4,262	5,321	7,600	10,444	13,815	18,929
Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares* (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.49	$1.61	$1.34	$1.36	$1.37	$1.30	$0.97	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.96	$1.49	$1.61	$1.34	$1.36	$1.37	$1.30	$0.97	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	11	11	11	11	11	11	11	11	—	—
*Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares is scheduled to merge into Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares sometime during the second quarter of 2020.
Putnam VT Global Health Care Fund – Class IB Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.33	$2.39	$2.12	$2.43	$2.30	$1.84	$1.32	$1.10	$1.14	$1.13
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.98	$2.33	$2.39	$2.12	$2.43	$2.30	$1.84	$1.32	$1.10	$1.14
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1	6	6	6	14	14	15	19	23	44
Putnam VT Small Cap Value Fund – Class IB Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.70	$2.16	$2.04	$1.63	$1.74	$1.71	$1.25	$1.09	$1.16	$0.94
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.07	$1.70	$2.16	$2.04	$1.63	$1.74	$1.71	$1.25	$1.09	$1.16
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	25	26	39	28	28	29	30	61	69	84
Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.88	$1.88	$1.88	$1.86	$1.98	$1.98	$1.99	$1.76	$1.81	$1.61
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.88	$1.88	$1.88	$1.88	$1.86	$1.98	$1.98	$1.99	$1.76	$1.81
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	850	924	1,101	1,230	1,376	1,692	2,275	2,493	3,114	4,186

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    127

Variable account charges of 1.90% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.54	$1.71	$1.47	$1.41	$1.45	$1.40	$1.18	$1.06	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.83	$1.54	$1.71	$1.47	$1.41	$1.45	$1.40	$1.18	$1.06	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	186	208	197	217	276	642	692	500	242	2,128
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.54	$1.71	$1.47	$1.41	$1.45	$1.40	$1.18	$1.06	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.83	$1.54	$1.71	$1.47	$1.41	$1.45	$1.40	$1.18	$1.06	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4,805	5,670	7,175	9,851	13,650	15,891	21,576	27,031	37,081	45,459
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.14	$1.20	$1.14	$1.12	$1.15	$1.12	$1.11	$1.05	$1.04	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.24	$1.14	$1.20	$1.14	$1.12	$1.15	$1.12	$1.11	$1.05	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	584	470	224	545	1,636	1,585	2,427	2,883	3,605	2,840
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.14	$1.20	$1.14	$1.12	$1.15	$1.12	$1.11	$1.05	$1.04	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.24	$1.14	$1.20	$1.14	$1.12	$1.15	$1.12	$1.11	$1.05	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2,908	3,625	4,256	6,802	8,845	11,189	22,543	33,878	37,774	34,075
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.02	$1.06	$1.00	$0.99	$1.02	$1.00	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.12	$1.02	$1.06	$1.00	$0.99	$1.02	$1.00	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,095	1,309	1,571	3,153	1,759	1,710	256	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.03	$1.10	$1.01	$1.00	$1.04	$1.01	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.16	$1.03	$1.10	$1.01	$1.00	$1.04	$1.01	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4,127	5,461	5,915	7,358	8,743	6,866	1,870	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.06	$1.17	$1.02	$1.00	$1.06	$1.03	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.23	$1.06	$1.17	$1.02	$1.00	$1.06	$1.03	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	10,952	11,274	11,841	13,171	14,007	13,017	1,196	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.05	$1.14	$1.02	$1.00	$1.05	$1.02	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.20	$1.05	$1.14	$1.02	$1.00	$1.05	$1.02	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	25,371	30,115	34,129	41,727	42,802	33,518	2,310	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.35	$1.46	$1.31	$1.28	$1.31	$1.27	$1.16	$1.07	$1.09	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.54	$1.35	$1.46	$1.31	$1.28	$1.31	$1.27	$1.16	$1.07	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2,009	2,307	2,642	2,809	3,357	3,717	4,104	4,950	4,056	2,407
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.35	$1.46	$1.31	$1.28	$1.31	$1.27	$1.16	$1.07	$1.09	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.54	$1.35	$1.46	$1.31	$1.28	$1.31	$1.27	$1.16	$1.07	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	50,342	59,199	66,911	75,428	85,354	105,569	144,525	168,701	206,439	248,214
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.45	$1.58	$1.39	$1.35	$1.38	$1.34	$1.18	$1.07	$1.10	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.68	$1.45	$1.58	$1.39	$1.35	$1.38	$1.34	$1.18	$1.07	$1.10
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,155	1,458	2,098	2,279	2,289	2,467	3,113	2,106	1,555	774
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.45	$1.59	$1.39	$1.35	$1.38	$1.34	$1.18	$1.07	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.69	$1.45	$1.59	$1.39	$1.35	$1.38	$1.34	$1.18	$1.07	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	19,179	22,217	27,353	33,432	41,095	50,925	66,694	86,581	118,725	154,365
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.24	$1.32	$1.22	$1.20	$1.22	$1.19	$1.13	$1.06	$1.06	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.38	$1.24	$1.32	$1.22	$1.20	$1.22	$1.19	$1.13	$1.06	$1.06
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	768	807	761	861	833	1,314	2,457	3,949	2,095	1,480
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.24	$1.32	$1.23	$1.20	$1.23	$1.19	$1.14	$1.06	$1.06	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.39	$1.24	$1.32	$1.23	$1.20	$1.23	$1.19	$1.14	$1.06	$1.06
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	7,102	8,175	9,412	11,720	13,127	16,596	22,248	28,639	34,697	43,744
Variable Portfolio – Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.94	$2.29	$2.18	$1.77	$1.99	$1.99	$1.50	$1.35	$1.44	$1.18
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.28	$1.94	$2.29	$2.18	$1.77	$1.99	$1.99	$1.50	$1.35	$1.44
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	784	871	1,000	1,162	1,489	1,881	2,573	3,627	4,585	6,248

128    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.90% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Wanger USA (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.55	$2.64	$2.25	$2.02	$2.07	$2.01	$1.53	$1.30	$1.38	$1.14
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.29	$2.55	$2.64	$2.25	$2.02	$2.07	$2.01	$1.53	$1.30	$1.38
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	314	385	488	604	738	1,023	1,416	2,019	2,605	3,655
Wells Fargo VT Index Asset Allocation Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.96	$2.06	$1.87	$1.77	$1.78	$1.54	$1.31	$1.18	$1.13	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.31	$1.96	$2.06	$1.87	$1.77	$1.78	$1.54	$1.31	$1.18	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Wells Fargo VT International Equity Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.36	$1.67	$1.37	$1.35	$1.36	$1.46	$1.24	$1.12	$1.31	$1.14
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.54	$1.36	$1.67	$1.37	$1.35	$1.36	$1.46	$1.24	$1.12	$1.31
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	420	453	480	619	691	895	1,077	1,295	1,513	1,967
Wells Fargo VT Omega Growth Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.77	$2.82	$2.13	$2.16	$2.17	$2.13	$1.55	$1.32	$1.42	$1.21
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.72	$2.77	$2.82	$2.13	$2.16	$2.17	$2.13	$1.55	$1.32	$1.42
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	420	562	731	991	1,100	1,534	2,111	2,885	3,649	5,238
Wells Fargo VT Opportunity Fund – Class 2 (8/26/2011)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.86	$2.04	$1.72	$1.56	$1.65	$1.52	$1.18	$1.05	$1.00	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.39	$1.86	$2.04	$1.72	$1.56	$1.65	$1.52	$1.18	$1.05	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	46	54	60	68	71	97	153	244	281	—
Wells Fargo VT Small Cap Growth Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.76	$2.78	$2.25	$2.13	$2.23	$2.32	$1.57	$1.49	$1.59	$1.28
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.38	$2.76	$2.78	$2.25	$2.13	$2.23	$2.32	$1.57	$1.49	$1.59
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	105	114	163	216	249	307	378	522	593	844

Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    129

Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information

Calculating Annuity Payouts	p. 3
Rating Agencies	p. 4
Principal Underwriter	p. 4
Service Providers	p. 4
Custodian	p. 5
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	p. 5
Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	p. 6
Financial Statements

130    Wells Fargo Advantage Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

This page left blank intentionally

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474
1-800-333-3437

45302  CG (5/20)

RiverSource Distributors, Inc. (Distributor), Member FINRA. Issued by RiverSource Life Insurance Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota. ©2008-2020 RiverSource Life Insurance Company. All rights reserved.

Prospectus

May 1, 2020

RiverSource^®

AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity

Individual Flexible Premium Deferred Combination Fixed/Variable Annuity

Issued by:	RiverSource Life Insurance Company (RiverSource Life)
	829 Ameriprise Financial Center Minneapolis, MN 55474 Telephone: 1-800-333-3437 (Service Center) RiverSource Variable Annuity Account/RiverSource MVA Account​

New contracts are not currently being offered.

This prospectus describes Contract Option L and Contract Option C. The information in this prospectus applies to both contracts unless stated otherwise.

This prospectus contains information that you should know before investing. Investment options available under the contract are listed below:

AB Variable Products Series Fund, Inc. (Class B)

American Century^® Variable Portfolios, Inc., Class II

BNY Mellon Investment Portfolios

Columbia Funds Variable Insurance Trust

Columbia Funds Variable Series Trust II

Credit Suisse Trust

Eaton Vance Variable Trust (VT)

Fidelity^® Variable Insurance Products Service Class 2

Franklin^® Templeton^® Variable Insurance Products Trust – Class 2

Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust (VIT)

Invesco Variable Insurance Funds

Janus Aspen Series: Series Shares

Legg Mason Partners Variable Equity Trust

MFS^® Variable Insurance Trust^SM – Service Class

Morgan Stanley Variable Insurance Fund, Inc. (VIF)

Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds, Service Shares

PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust (VIT)

Putnam Variable Trust – Class IB Shares

Wanger Advisors Trust

 

Some funds may not be available under your contract. Please read the prospectuses carefully and keep them for future reference.

The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

An investment in this contract is not a deposit of a bank or financial institution and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) or any other government agency. An investment in this contract involves investment risk including the possible loss of principal.

A Statement of Additional Information (SAI), dated the same date as this prospectus, is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. It is filed with the SEC and is available without charge by contacting RiverSource Life at the telephone number and address listed above. The table of contents of the SAI is on the last page of this prospectus. The SEC maintains an Internet site. This prospectus, the SAI and other information about the product are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at (http://www.sec.gov).

Variable annuities are complex products. The fees and charges, as well as the available features and benefits, of the variable annuity contracts described in this prospectus will be different from other variable annuities offered in the marketplace, including other variable annuities or other types of annuities offered by RiverSource Life. The interest credited, guarantees provided, and credits available, as well as the funds serving as underlying investments and their corresponding expenses, may differ among the variable annuities that are available to you. With the aid of an appropriate financial professional, we encourage you to compare and contrast the variable annuity contracts described in this prospectus with other variable annuities available in the marketplace, including other types of annuities we may offer. This will aid in determining whether purchasing a contract is consistent with your investment objectives, risk tolerance, time horizon, marital status, tax situation, and your unique financial situation and needs. If you select an annuity that includes surrender or other liquidation charges, you should also consider any future needs you may have to

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    1

access your contract value. The optional benefits and features available with the contracts usually come with additional costs. Consider any additional costs carefully when electing these optional benefits and features.

Beginning on January 1, 2021, as permitted by regulations adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission, paper copies of your underlying funds’ shareholder reports will no longer be sent by mail, unless you specifically request paper copies of the reports from RiverSource Life. Instead, the reports will be made available on a website, and you will be notified each time a report is posted and provided with a website link to access the report.

You may elect to receive all future reports in paper free of charge. You can inform RiverSource Life that you wish to continue receiving paper copies of your shareholder reports by calling our Service Center at 1-800-862-7919. Your election to receive reports in paper will apply to all funds available under your variable annuity contract.

Effects of COVID-19 Pandemic

The coronavirus disease 2019 (“COVID-19”) public health crisis presents ongoing significant economic and societal disruption and has driven significant volatility in the equity and interest rate markets. Any periods of continued high market volatility, and your individual circumstances (e.g., your selected allocations and the timing of any purchase payments, transfers, or withdrawals), will affect values under your contract. As part of how we maintain our strong financial strength and claims-paying ability, we continue to reserve amounts for our contractual obligations in accordance with significant state solvency regulations. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic may impact financial markets, investment performance under your contract, and our financial strength and claims-paying ability will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be estimated, including the scope and duration of the pandemic and actions taken by governmental authorities, market participants, and other third parties in response to the pandemic.

We have implemented comprehensive strategies to address the operating environment spurred by the pandemic.  To promote the safety and security of our employees and to assure the continuity of our business operations, we have implemented a work from home protocol for virtually all of our employee population, restricted business travel, and provided resources for complying with the guidance from the World Health Organization, the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and government authorities. We have been satisfying elevated customer service volumes and our operations teams have continued to operate successfully and without disruptions in service. Our pandemic strategy is flexible and scalable and takes into consideration that a pandemic could be widespread and may occur in multiple waves, affecting different communities at different times with varying levels of severity. We cannot, however, predict the impact that natural or man-made disasters and catastrophes, including the COVID-19 pandemic, may have over near- or longer-term periods.

2    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Table of Contents

Key Terms	5
The Contract in Brief	7
Expense Summary	9
Contract Owner Transaction Expenses	9
Annual Variable Account Expenses	9
Other Annual Expenses	10
Optional Death Benefits	10
Optional Living Benefits	10
Annual Operating Expenses of the Funds	12
Condensed Financial Information	13
Financial Statements	13
The Variable Account and the Funds	13
The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)	24
Market Value Adjustment (MVA)	25
The General Account	26
The Fixed Account	26
The One-Year Fixed Account	26
DCA Fixed Account	26
Buying Your Contract	27
The Retirement Date	29
Beneficiary	29
Purchase Payments	29
How to Make Purchase Payments	30
Limitations on Use of Contract	30
Charges	30
Contract Administrative Charge	30
Variable Account Administrative Charge	31
Mortality and Expense Risk Fee	31
Withdrawal Charge	31
Fund Fees and Expenses	33
Premium Taxes	34
Optional Living Benefits Charges	34
Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider Fee	34
SecureSource Rider Fee	35
Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider Fee	37
Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider Fee	38
Income Assurer Benefit Rider Fee	40
Optional Death Benefit Charges	41
Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider Fee	41
Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider Fee	41
Valuing Your Investment	41
GPAs	41
The Fixed Account	41
Subaccounts	42

Making the Most of Your Contract	44
Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging	44
Asset Rebalancing	44
Portfolio Navigator Program (PN program) and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds	45
Transferring Among Accounts	48
How to request a Transfer or Withdrawal	50
Withdrawals	51
Withdrawal Policies	52
Receiving Payment	52
TSA–Special Provisions	53
Participants in Tax-Sheltered Annuities	53
Changing Ownership	54
Benefits in Case of Death	54
If You Die Before Your Retirement Date	56
Optional Benefits	58
Optional Living Benefits	58
Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider	58
SecureSource Rider	60
Optional Living Benefits	73
Optional Death Benefits	73
Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector)	73
Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus)	74
The Annuity Payout Period	75
Annuity Tables	75
Annuity Payout Plans	75
Taxes	77
Nonqualified Annuities	77
Qualified Annuities	79
Other	80
Voting Rights	81
Substitution of Investments	81
About the Service Providers	82
Principal Underwriter	82
Service Providers	83
Issuer	83
Legal Proceedings	84
Additional Information	84
Incorporation of Certain Documents By Reference	84
Available Information	84
Indemnification	84
Appendices	85

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    3

Table of Contents

Appendix A: Example — Market Value Adjustment (MVA)	86
Appendix B: Example — Withdrawal Charges for Contract Option L	88
Appendix C: Example — Death Benefits	91
Appendix D: Example — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider	94
Appendix E: Example: SecureSource Rider	95
Appendix F: SecureSource Rider — Additional Required Minimum Distribution (RMD) Disclosure	99
Appendix G: Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider	101
Appendix H: Example — Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider	103
Appendix I: Asset Allocation Program for Contracts With Applications Signed Before May 1, 2006	105
Appendix J: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider Disclosure	106
Appendix K: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider Disclosure	118
Appendix L: Income Assurer Benefit Riders	126
Appendix M: Withdrawal Benefit Riders: Electing Step Up or Spousal Continuation Step Up	136
Appendix N: Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	137
Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information	149

4    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Key Terms

These terms can help you understand details about your contract.

Accumulation unit: A measure of the value of each subaccount before annuity payouts begin.

Annuitant: The person or persons on whose life or life expectancy the annuity payouts are based.

Annuity payouts: An amount paid at regular intervals under one of several plans.

Assumed investment rate: The rate of return we assume your investments will earn when we calculate your initial annuity payout amount using the annuity table in your contract. The standard assumed investment rate we use is 5% but you may request we substitute an assumed investment rate of 3.5%.

Beneficiary: The person you designate to receive benefits in case of the owner’s or annuitant’s death while the contract is in force.

Close of business: The time the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) closes (4 p.m. Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier).

Code: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Contract: A deferred annuity contract that permits you to accumulate money for retirement by making one or more purchase payments. It provides for lifetime or other forms of payouts beginning at a specified time in the future.

Contract value: The total value of your contract before we deduct any applicable charges.

Contract year: A period of 12 months, starting on the effective date of your contract and on each anniversary of the effective date.

Fixed account: Part of our general account which includes the one-year fixed account and the DCA fixed account. Amounts you allocate to the fixed account earn interest rates we declare periodically. For Contract Option C, the one-year fixed account may not be available or may be significantly limited in some states.

Funds: Investment options under your contract. You may allocate your purchase payments into subaccounts investing in shares of the funds.

Good order: We cannot process your transaction request relating to the contract until we have received the request in good order at our Service Center. “Good order” means the actual receipt of the requested transaction in writing, along with all information, forms and supporting legal documentation necessary to effect the transaction. To be in “good order,” your instructions must be sufficiently clear so that we do not need to exercise any discretion to follow such instructions. This information and documentation generally includes your completed request; the contract number; the transaction amount (in dollars); the names of and allocations to and/or from the subaccounts and the fixed account

affected by the requested transaction; Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number; and any other information, forms or supporting documentation that we may require. For certain transactions, at our option, we may require the signature of all contract owners for the request to be in good order. With respect to purchase requests, “good order” also generally includes receipt of sufficient payment by us to effect the purchase. We may, in our sole discretion, determine whether any particular transaction request is in good order, and we reserve the right to change or waive any good order requirements at any time.

Guarantee Period: The number of successive 12-month periods that a guaranteed interest rate is credited.

Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs): A nonunitized separate account to which you may allocate purchase payments or transfer contract value of at least $1,000. These accounts have guaranteed interest rates for guarantee periods we declare when you allocate purchase payments or transfer contract value to a GPA. These guaranteed rates and periods of time may vary by state. Unless an exception applies, transfers or withdrawals from a GPA done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will receive a market value adjustment, which may result in a gain or loss of principal.

Market Value Adjustment (MVA): A positive or negative adjustment assessed if any portion of a Guarantee Period Account is withdrawn or transferred more than 30 days before the end of its guarantee period.

Owner (you, your): The person or persons identified in the contract as owner(s) of the contract, who has or have the right to control the contract (to decide on investment allocations, transfers, payout options, etc.). Usually, but not always, the owner is also the annuitant. During the owner’s life, the owner is responsible for taxes, regardless of whether he or she receives the contract’s benefits. The owner or any joint owner may be a non-natural person (e.g. irrevocable trust or corporation) or a revocable trust. If any owner is a non-natural person or a revocable trust, the annuitant will be deemed to be the owner for contract provisions that are based on the age or life of the owner. When the contract is owned by a revocable trust or irrevocable grantor trust, the annuitant(s) selected must be the grantor(s) of the trust to assure compliance with Section 72(s) of the Code.

Qualified annuity: A contract that you purchase to fund one of the following tax-deferred retirement plans that is subject to applicable federal law and any rules of the plan itself:

• Individual Retirement Annuities (IRAs) including inherited IRAs under Section 408(b) of the Code

• Roth IRAs including inherited Roth IRAs under Section 408A of the Code

• Simplified Employee Pension (SEP) plans under Section 408(k) of the Code

 

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    5

• Tax-Sheltered Annuity (TSA) rollovers under Section 403(b) of the Code

A qualified annuity will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral if it is used to fund a retirement plan that is already tax deferred.

All other contracts are considerednonqualified annuities.

Retirement date: The date when annuity payouts are scheduled to begin.

Rider effective date: The date a rider becomes effective as stated in the rider.

RiverSource Life: In this prospectus, “we,” “us,” “our” and “RiverSource Life” refer to RiverSource Life Insurance Company.

Service Center: Our department that processes all transaction and service requests for the contracts. We consider all transaction and service requests received when they arrive in good order at the Service Center. Any transaction or service requests sent or directed to any location other than our Service Center may end up delayed or not processed. Our Service Center address and telephone number are listed on the first page of the prospectus.

Valuation date: Any normal business day, Monday through Friday, on which the NYSE is open, up to the time it closes. At the NYSE close, the next valuation date begins. We calculate the accumulation unit value of each subaccount on each valuation date. If we receive your

purchase payment or any transaction request (such as a transfer or withdrawal request) in good order at our Service Center before the close of business, we will process your payment or transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your payment or transaction request. On the other hand, if we receive your purchase payment or transaction request in good order at our Service Center at or after the close of business, we will process your payment or transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date. If you make a transaction request by telephone (including by fax), you must have completed your transaction by the close of business in order for us to process it using the accumulation unit value we calculate on that valuation date. If you were not able to complete your transaction before the close of business for any reason, including telephone service interruptions or delays due to high call volume, we will process your transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date.

Variable account: Consists of separate subaccounts to which you may allocate purchase payments; each invests in shares of one fund. The value of your investment in each subaccount changes with the performance of the particular fund.

Withdrawal value: The amount you are entitled to receive if you make a full withdrawal from your contract. It is the contract value minus any applicable charges.

6    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The Contract in Brief

This prospectus describes two contracts. Each contract has different expenses. Contract Option L has lower expenses than Contract Option C. Contract Option L has a four-year withdrawal charge schedule that applies to each purchase payment you make. Contract Option C eliminates the purchase payment withdrawal charge schedule, but has a higher mortality and expense risk fee than Contract Option L. The information in this prospectus applies to both contracts unless stated otherwise.

Purpose: The purpose of the contract is to allow you to accumulate money for retirement or similar long term goal. You do this by making one or more purchase payments. You may allocate your purchase payments to the one-year fixed account (if part of your contract), the DCA fixed account, GPAs and/or subaccounts of the variable account under the contract; however you risk losing amounts you invest in the subaccounts of the variable account.; however you risk losing amounts you invest in the subaccounts of the variable account. These accounts, in turn, may earn returns that increase the value of a contract. If the contract value goes to zero due to underlying fund’s performance or deduction of fees, the contract will no longer be in force and the contract (including any death benefit riders) will terminate. You may be able to purchase an optional benefit to reduce the investment risk you assume. Beginning at a specified time in the future called the retirement date, the contract provides lifetime or other forms of payouts of your contract value (less any applicable premium tax).

It may have not been advantageous for you to purchase this contract in exchange for, or in addition to, an existing annuity or life insurance policy. Generally, you can exchange one annuity for another or for a long-term care policy in a “tax-free” exchange under Section 1035 of the Code. You can also do a partial exchange from one annuity contract to another annuity contract, subject to Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) rules. You also generally can exchange a life insurance policy for an annuity. However, before making an exchange, you should compare both contracts carefully because the features and benefits may be different. Fees and charges may be higher or lower on your old contract than on this contract. You may have to pay a withdrawal charge when you exchange out of your old contract and a new withdrawal period will begin when you exchange into this contract. If the exchange does not qualify for Section 1035 treatment, you also may have to pay federal income tax on the distribution. State income taxes may also apply. You should not exchange your old contract for this contract, or buy this contract in addition to your old contract, unless you determine it is in your best interest. (See “Taxes-1035 Exchanges”.)

Tax-deferred retirement plans: Most annuities have a tax-deferred feature. So do many retirement plans under the Code including 403(b) plans. As a result, when you use a qualified annuity to fund a retirement plan that is tax-deferred, your contract will not provide any necessary

or additional tax deferral beyond what is provided in that retirement plan. Some employers may permit you to deposit your contributions into other investments such as mutual funds. If such investments are available to you, before enrolling under the contract, you should consider features other than tax deferral that may help you reach your retirement goals. In addition, the Code subjects retirement plans to required withdrawals triggered at age 72 (triggered at age 70 ½ if you turned 70 ½ before Jan. 1, 2020). These mandatory withdrawals are called required minimum distributions (“RMDs”). RMDs may reduce the value of certain death benefits and optional riders (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). You should consult your tax advisor before you purchase the contract as a qualified annuity for an explanation of the tax implications to you.

Buying a contract: We no longer offer new contracts. However, you have the option of making additional purchase payments in the future, subject to certain limitations. Purchase payment amounts and purchase payment timing may be limited under the terms of your contract and/or pursuant to state requirements. (See “Buying Your Contract”).

Free look period: The contracts in this prospectus are no longer sold. Generally, all available free look periods have now expired.

Accounts: Generally, you may allocate your purchase payments among the:

• subaccounts of the variable account, each of which invests in a fund with a particular investment objective. The value of each subaccount varies with the performance of the particular fund in which it invests. We cannot guarantee that the value at the retirement date will equal or exceed the total purchase payments you allocate to the subaccounts. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds”).

• GPAs which earn interest at rates declared when you make an allocation to that account. The required minimum investment in each GPA is $1,000. These accounts may not be available in all states. (See “The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)”)

• one-year fixed account (if part of your contract), which earns interest at rates that we adjust periodically. There are restrictions on the amount you can allocate to this account as well as on transfers from this account (see “The Fixed Account – One-Year Fixed Account“ )

• DCA fixed account, if part of your contract, which earns interest at rates that we adjust periodically. There are restrictions on how long contract value can remain in this account. (See “The Fixed Account — DCA Fixed Account”).

Transfers: Subject to certain restrictions, you currently may redistribute your contract value among the accounts without charge at any time until annuity payouts begin, and once per contract year among the subaccounts after

 

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    7

annuity payouts begin. Transfers out of the GPAs done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will be subject to a MVA, unless an exception applies. You may establish automated transfers among the accounts. We reserve the right to limit transfers to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then currently crediting is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transferring Among Accounts”).

Withdrawals: You may withdraw all or part of your contract value at any time before the retirement date. You also may establish automated partial withdrawals. Withdrawals may be subject to charges and tax penalties (including a 10% IRS penalty that may apply if you make withdrawals prior to your reaching age 59½) and may have other tax consequences. Certain other restrictions may apply. (See “Withdrawals”)

Optional benefits:These contracts offered optional living and death benefits that were available for additional charges if you met certain criteria. Please note, since the

contracts in this prospectus are no longer sold, any optional benefits you may have elected were done so at the time of application. You cannot add optional benefits to your contract after it has been issued. Any optional benefits we describe are not available to add to your contract. (See “Optional Benefits”).

Benefits in case of death: If you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin, we will pay the beneficiary an amount based on the death benefit selected. (See “Benefits in Case of Death”).

Annuity payouts: You can apply your contract value, after reflecting any adjustments, to an annuity payout plan that begins on the retirement date. You may choose from a variety of plans that can help meet your retirement or other income needs. The payout schedule must meet IRS requirements. We can make payouts on a fixed or variable basis, or both. During the annuity payout period, your choices for subaccounts may be limited. The GPAs and the DCA fixed account are not available during the payout period. (See “The Annuity Payout Period”).

8    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Expense Summary

The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you paid when buying, owning and making a withdrawal from the contract. The first table describes the fees and expenses that you paid at the time that you bought the contract and will pay when you make a withdrawal from the contract. State premium taxes also may be deducted.

Contract Owner Transaction Expenses

Withdrawal charge

(Contingent deferred sales charge as a percentage of purchase payments withdrawn)

You select either contract Option L or Option C at the time of application. Option C has no withdrawal charge schedule but carries a higher mortality and expense risk fee than Option L.

Contract Option L years from purchase payment receipt*	Withdrawal charge percentage
1-2	8%
3	7
4	6
Thereafter	0

* According to our current administrative practice, for the purpose of withdrawal charge calculation, we consider that the year is completed one day prior to the contract anniversary.

Liquidation charge under Variable Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:If you are receiving variable annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to withdraw those payments. The amount that you can withdraw is the present value of any remaining variable payouts. The discount rate we use in the calculation will be 5.17% if the assumed investment return is 3.5% and 6.67% if the assumed investment return is 5%. The liquidation charge equals the present value of the remaining payouts using the assumed investment return minus the present value of the remaining payouts using the discount rate. (See “Charges — WithdrawalCharge” and “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Withdrawal charge for Fixed Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:

Number of Completed Years Since Annuitization	Withdrawal charge percentage
0	Not applicable*
1	5%
2	4
3	3
4	2
5	1
6 and thereafter	0

*We do not permit withdrawals in the first year after annuitization.

The next tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay periodically during the time that you own the contract, not including fund fees and expenses.

Annual Variable Account Expenses

(As a percentage of average daily subaccount value.)

You must choose either contract Option L or Option C and one of the death benefit guarantees. The combination you choose determines the mortality and expense risk fee you pay. The table below shows the combinations available to you and their cost. The variable account administrative charge is in addition to the mortality and expense risk fee.

If you select contract Option L and:	Total mortality and expense risk fee	Variable account administrative charge	Total variable account expense
Return of Purchase Payment (ROP) Death Benefit	1.55%	0.15%	1.70%
Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV) Death Benefit	1.75	0.15	1.90
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.90	0.15	2.05
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.95	0.15	2.10

If you select contract Option C and:	Total mortality and expense risk fee	Variable account administrative charge	Total variable account expense
ROP Death Benefit	1.65%	0.15%	1.80%

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    9

If you select contract Option C and:	Total mortality and expense risk fee	Variable account administrative charge	Total variable account expense
MAV Death Benefit	1.85	0.15	2.00
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	2.00	0.15	2.15
Enhanced Death Benefit	2.05	0.15	2.20

Other Annual Expenses

Annual contract administrative charge $40

(We will waive this charge when your contract value is $50,000 or more on the current contract anniversary.)

Optional Death Benefits

If eligible, you may have selected an optional death benefit in addition to the ROP and MAV Death Benefits. The fees apply only if you have selected one of these benefits.

Benefit Protector® Death Benefit rider fee	0.25%
Benefit Protector® Plus Death Benefit rider fee	0.40%

(As a percentage of the contract value charge annually on the contract anniversary.)

Optional Living Benefits

If eligible, you may have selected one of the following optional living benefits if available in your state. The fees apply only if you have selected one of these benefits. Investment allocation restrictions apply.

Accumulation Protector Benefit^® rider fee

Contract purchase date:	Maximum annual rider fee	Initial annual rider fee and annual rider fee for elective step-ups before 04/29/2013
Prior to 01/26/2009	1.75%	0.55%
01/26/2009 – 05/31/2009	1.75%	0.80%

(Charged annually on the contract anniversary as a percentage of the contract value or the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value, whichever is greater.)

Current annual rider fees for elective step-up (including elective spousal continuation step-up) requests on/after 04/29/2013 are shown in the table below.

Elective step up date:	If invested in Portfolio Navigator fund at the time of step-up:	If invested in Portfolio Stabilizer fund at the time of step-up:
04/29/2013 – 11/17/2013	1.75%	n/a
11/18/2013 – 10/17/2014	1.75%	1.30%
10/18/2014 – 06/30/2016	1.60%	1.00%
07/01/2016 – 10/15/2018	1.75%	1.30%
10/16/2018 – 12/29/2018	1.40%	1.00%
12/30/2019 – 07/20/2020	1.55%	1.15%
07/21/2020 and later	1.75%	1.75%

SecureSource^® rider fees

Application signed date	Maximum annual rider fee	Initial annual rider fee(1)
5/1/2007 – 5/31/2008, Single Life	1.50%	0.65%
5/1/2007 – 5/31/2008, Joint Life	1.75%	0.85%
6/1/2008 – 1/25/2009, Single Life	1.50%	0.75%
6/1/2008 – 1/25/2009, Joint Life	1.75%	0.95%
1/26/2009 and later, Single Life	2.00%	1.10%
1/26/2009 and later, Joint Life	2.50%	1.40%

10    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

(Charged annually on the contract anniversary as a percentage of the contract value or the total Remaining Benefit Amount, whichever is greater.)

⁽¹⁾ Effective Dec. 18, 2013 if you request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up, or move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is more aggressive than your current Portfolio Navigator fund allocation, the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are invested following the change as shown in the table below.

Application signed date	All Portfolio Stabilizer funds	Portfolio Navigator funds
		Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)
5/1/2007 – 5/31/2008, Single Life	0.65%	0.75%	0.75%	0.75%	0.90%	1.00%
5/1/2007 – 5/31/2008, Joint Life	0.85%	0.95%	0.95%	0.95%	1.10%	1.20%
6/1/2008 – 1/25/2009, Single Life	0.75%	0.85%	0.85%	0.85%	1.00%	1.10%
6/1/2008 – 1/25/2009, Joint Life	0.95%	1.05%	1.05%	1.05%	1.20%	1.30%
1/26/2009 and later, Single Life	1.10%	1.10%	1.10%	1.10%	1.20%	1.30%
1/26/2009 and later, Joint Life	1.40%	1.40%	1.40%	1.40%	1.50%	1.60%

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life^® rider fee Maximum: 1.50% Initial: 0.65%⁽²⁾

(Charged annually on the contract anniversary as a percentage of the contract value or the total Remaining Benefit Amount, whichever is greater.)

Guarantor^® Withdrawal Benefit rider fee Maximum: 1.50% Initial: 0.55%⁽³⁾

(As a percentage of contract value charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

Income Assurer Benefit® – MAV rider fee	Maximum: 1.50%	Current: 0.30%(4)
Income Assurer Benefit® – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base rider fee	Maximum: 1.75%	Current: 0.60%(4)
Income Assurer Benefit® – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base rider fee	Maximum: 2.00%	Current: 0.65%(4)

(As a percentage of the guaranteed income benefit base charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

⁽²⁾ Effective Dec. 18, 2013 if you request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up or move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is more aggressive than your current Portfolio Navigator fund allocation, the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are invested following the change as shown in the table below.

Fund Name	Maximum annual rider fee	Current annual fee as of 12/18/13
Portfolio Stabilizer funds	1.50%	0.65%
Portfolio Navigator funds:
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.80%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.80%
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.80%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.95%
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	1.10%

⁽³⁾ Effective Dec. 18, 2013 if you request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up or move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is more aggressive than your current Portfolio Navigator fund allocation, the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are invested following the change as shown in the table below.

Fund Name	Maximum annual rider fee	Current annual fee as of 12/18/13
Portfolio Stabilizer funds	1.50%	0.55%
Portfolio Navigator funds:
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.85%
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	1.00%

⁽⁴⁾ For applications signed prior to Oct. 7, 2004, the following current annual rider charges apply: Income Assurer Benefit – MAV — 0.55%, Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base — 0.70%; and Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base — 0.75%.

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    11

Annual Operating Expenses of the Funds

The next table provides the minimum and maximum total operating expenses charged by the underlying funds that you may pay periodically during the time that you own the contract. These operating expenses are for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, unless otherwise noted. More detail concerning each underlying fund’s fees and expenses is contained in each fund’s prospectus.

Minimum and maximum annual operating expenses for the funds

(Including management, distribution (12b-1) and/or service fees and other expenses)⁽¹⁾

	Minimum(%)	Maximum(%)
Total expenses before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements	0.39	1.82

⁽¹⁾ Total annual fund operating expenses are deducted from amounts that are allocated to the fund. They include management fees and other expenses and may include distribution (12b-1) fees. Other expenses may include service fees that may be used to compensate service providers, including us and our affiliates, for administrative and contract owner services provided on behalf of the fund. The amount of these payments will vary by fund and may be significant. See “The Variable Account and the Funds” for additional information, including potential conflicts of interest these payments may create. Distribution (12b-1) fees are used to finance any activity that is primarily intended to result in the sale of fund shares. Because 12b-1 fees are paid out of fund assets on an ongoing basis, you may pay more if you select subaccounts investing in funds that have adopted 12b-1 plans than if you select subaccounts investing in funds that have not adopted 12b-1 plans. For a more complete description of each fund’s fees and expenses and important disclosure regarding payments the fund and/or its affiliates make, please review the fund’s prospectus and SAI.

Examples

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in these contracts with the cost of investing in other variable annuity contracts. These costs include your transaction expenses, contract administrative charges⁽¹⁾, variable account annual expenses and fund fees and expenses.

These examples assume that you invest $10,000 in the contract for the time periods indicated. These examples also assume that your investment has a 5% return each year.

CONTRACT OPTION L AND CONTRACT OPTION C

Maximum Expenses. These examples assume the most expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the maximum fees and expenses of the funds* available with a living benefit rider and before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the MAV Death Benefit, theSecureSource – Joint Life rider and the Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit⁽²⁾. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

* Note: Certain funds are not available for contracts with living benefit riders and may have higher fund expenses than the associated fund expenses shown here.

	If you withdraw your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not withdraw your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Contract Option L	$1,361	$2,450	$3,156	$6,182	$641	$1,909	$3,156	$6,182
Contract Option C	651	1,937	3,201	6,259	651	1,937	3,201	6,259

Minimum Expenses. These examples assume the least expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the minimum fees and expenses of any of the funds before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the ROP Death Benefit and do not select any optional benefits. Although your actual costs may be higher, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

	If you withdraw your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not withdraw your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Contract Option L	$994	$1,361	$1,325	$2,798	$254	$779	$1,325	$2,798
Contract Option C	264	809	1,377	2,901	264	809	1,377	2,901

(1)	In these examples, the contract administrative charge is $40.
(2)	Because these examples are intended to illustrate the most expensive combination of contract features, the maximum annual fee for each optional rider is reflected rather than the fee that is currently being charged.

THE EXAMPLES ARE ILLUSTRATIVE ONLY. YOU SHOULD NOT CONSIDER THESE EXAMPLES AS A REPRESENTATION OF PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES. ACTUAL EXPENSES WILL BE HIGHER OR LOWER THAN THOSE SHOWN DEPENDING UPON WHICH OPTIONAL BENEFIT YOU ELECT OTHER THAN INDICATED IN THE EXAMPLES OR IF YOU ALLOCATE CONTRACT VALUE TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE SUBACCOUNTS.

12    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Condensed Financial Information

You can find unaudited condensed financial information for the subaccounts representing the lowest and highest total annual variable account expense combinations in Appendix N.

Financial Statements

You can find our audited financial statements and the audited financial statements of the divisions, which are comprised of subaccounts, in the SAI. The SAI does not include audited financial statements for divisions that are new (if any) and have no activity as of the financial statements date.

The Variable Account and the Funds

Variable Account. The variable account was established under Indiana law on July 15, 1987, and the subaccounts are registered together as a single unit investment trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the 1940 Act). This registration does not involve any supervision of our management or investment practices and policies by the SEC. All obligations arising under the contracts are general obligations of RiverSource Life.

The variable account meets the definition of a separate account under federal securities laws. We credit or charge income, capital gains and capital losses of each subaccount only to that subaccount. State insurance law prohibits us from charging a subaccount with liabilities of any other subaccount or of our general business. The variable account includes other subaccounts that are available under contracts that are not described in this prospectus.

The IRS has issued guidance on investor control but may issue additional guidance in the future. We reserve the right to modify the contract or any investments made under the terms of the contract so that the investor control rules do not apply to treat the contract owner as the owner of the subaccount assets rather than the owner of an annuity contract. If the contract is not treated as an annuity contract for tax purposes, the owner may be subject to current taxation on any current or accumulated income credited to the contract.

We intend to comply with all federal tax laws so that the contract qualifies as an annuity for federal tax purposes. We reserve the right to modify the contract as necessary in order to qualify the contract as an annuity for federal tax purposes.

The Funds. This contract currently offers subaccounts investing in shares of the funds listed in the table below.

• Investment objectives: The investment managers and advisers cannot guarantee that the funds will meet their investment objectives. Please read the funds’ prospectuses for facts you should know before investing. These prospectuses are available by contacting us at the address or telephone number on the first page of this prospectus.

• Fund name and management: A fund underlying your contract in which a subaccount invests may have a name, portfolio manager, objectives, strategies and characteristics that are the same or substantially similar to those of a publicly-traded retail mutual fund. Despite these similarities, an underlying fund is not the same as any publicly-traded retail mutual fund. Each underlying fund will have its own unique portfolio holdings, fees, operating expenses and operating results. The results of each underlying fund may differ significantly from any publicly-traded retail mutual fund.

• Eligible purchasers: All funds are available to serve as the underlying investments for variable annuities and variable life insurance policies. The funds are not available to the public (see “Fund Name and Management” above). Some funds also are available to serve as investment options for tax-deferred retirement plans. It is possible that in the future for tax, regulatory or other reasons, it may be disadvantageous for variable annuity accounts and variable life insurance accounts and/or tax-deferred retirement plans to invest in the available funds simultaneously. Although we and the funds’ providers do not currently foresee any such disadvantages, the boards of directors or trustees of each fund will monitor events in order to identify any material conflicts between annuity owners, policy owners and tax-deferred retirement plans and to determine what action, if any, should be taken in response to a conflict. If a board were to conclude that it should establish separate fund providers for the variable annuity, variable life insurance and tax-deferred retirement plan accounts, you would not bear any expenses associated with establishing separate funds. Please refer to the funds’ prospectuses for risk disclosure regarding simultaneous investments by variable annuity, variable life insurance and tax-deferred retirement plan accounts. Each fund intends to comply with the diversification requirements under Section 817(h) of the Code.

• Asset allocation programs may impact fund performance: Asset allocation programs in general may negatively impact the performance of an underlying fund. Even if you do not participate in an asset allocation program, a fund in which your subaccount invests may be impacted if it is included in an asset allocation program. Rebalancing or reallocation under the terms of the asset allocation program may cause a fund to lose money if it must sell large amounts of securities to meet a redemption request. These losses can be greater if the fund holds securities that are not as liquid as others, for example, various types of bonds, shares of smaller companies and securities of foreign issuers. A fund may also experience higher expenses because it must sell or buy securities more frequently

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    13

	than it otherwise might in the absence of asset allocation program rebalancing or reallocations. Because asset allocation programs include periodic rebalancing and may also include reallocation, these effects may occur under the asset allocation program we offer or under asset allocation programs used in conjunction with the contracts and plans of other eligible purchasers of the funds.
•	Funds available under the contract: We seek to provide a broad array of underlying funds taking into account the fees and charges imposed by each fund and the contract charges we impose. We select the underlying funds in which the subaccounts initially invest and when there is substitution (see “Substitution of Investments”). We also make all decisions regarding which funds to retain in a contract, which funds to add to a contract and which funds will no longer be offered in a contract. In making these decisions, we may consider various objective and subjective factors. Objective factors include, but are not limited to fund performance, fund expenses, classes of fund shares available, size of the fund and investment objectives and investing style of the fund. Subjective factors include, but are not limited to, investment sub-styles and process, management skill and history at other funds and portfolio concentration and sector weightings. We also consider the levels and types of revenue a fund, its distributor, investment adviser, subadviser, transfer agent or their affiliates pay us and our affiliates. This revenue includes, but is not limited to compensation for administrative services provided with respect to the fund and support of marketing and distribution expenses incurred with respect to the fund.
•	Money Market fund yield: In low interest rate environments, money market fund yields may decrease to a level where the deduction of fees and charges associated with your contract could result in negative net performance, resulting in a corresponding decrease in your contract value.
•	Risks and Conflicts of Interest with Certain Funds Advised by Columbia Management. We are an affiliate of Ameriprise Financial, Inc., which is the parent company of Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC (Columbia Management). Columbia Management acts as investment adviser to several funds of funds, including Portfolio Navigator and Portfolio Stabilizer funds. As such, it retains full discretion over the investment activities and investment decisions of the funds. These funds invest in other registered mutual funds. In providing investment advisory services for the funds and the underlying funds in which those funds respectively invest, Columbia Management is, together with its affiliates, including us, subject to competing interests that may influence its decisions. These competing interests typically arise because Columbia Management or one of its affiliates serves as the investment adviser to the underlying funds and may provide other services in connection with such underlying funds, and because the compensation we and our affiliates receive for providing these investment advisory and other services varies depending on the underlying fund.
•	Volatility and Volatility Management Risk with the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. Portfolio Stabilizer funds are managed volatility funds that employ a strategy designed to reduce overall volatility and downside risk. These types of funds are available under the contracts and one or more of these funds may be offered in other variable annuity and variable life insurance products offered by us. These funds may also be used in conjunction with guaranteed living benefit riders we offer with various annuity contracts.
	Conflicts may arise because the manner in which these funds and their strategies are executed by Columbia Management are expected to benefit us by reducing our financial risk and expense in offering guaranteed living benefit riders. Managed volatility funds employ a strategy to reduce overall volatility and downside risk. A successful strategy may result in smaller losses to your contract value when markets are declining and market volatility is high. In turn, a successful strategy may also result in less gain in your contract value during rising markets with higher volatility when compared to funds not employing a managed volatility strategy. Accordingly, although an investment in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds may mitigate declines in your contract value due to declining equity markets, the Funds’ investment strategies may also curb or decrease your contract value during periods of positive performance by the equity markets. There is no guarantee any of the funds’ strategies will be successful. When offered with a guaranteed living benefit, managed volatility funds may decrease the number and amount of any periodic benefit base increase opportunities. Costs associated with running a managed volatility strategy may also adversely impact the performance of managed volatility funds.
	While Columbia Management is the investment adviser to the Portfolio Navigator and Portfolio Stabilizer funds, it provides no investment advice to you as to whether an allocation to the funds is appropriate for you. You must decide whether an investment in these funds is right for you. Additional information on the funds, including risks and conflicts of interest, is included in their respective prospectuses. Columbia Management advised fund of funds and managed volatility funds and their investment objectives are listed in the table below.
•	Revenue we receive from the funds and potential conflicts of interest:

Expenses We May Incur on Behalf of the Funds

When a subaccount invests in a fund, the fund holds a single account in the name of the variable account. As such, the variable account is actually the shareholder of the fund. We, through our variable account, aggregate the transactions of numerous contract owners and submit net purchase and redemption requests to the funds on a daily basis. In addition, we track individual contract owner transactions and provide confirmations, periodic statements, and other required mailings. These costs would normally be borne by the fund, but we incur them instead.

14    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Besides incurring these administrative expenses on behalf of the funds, we also incur distributions expenses in selling our contracts. By extension, the distribution expenses we incur benefit the funds we make available due to contract owner elections to allocate purchase payments to the funds through the subaccounts. In addition, the funds generally incur lower distribution expenses when offered through our variable account in contrast to being sold on a retail basis.

A complete list of why we may receive this revenue, as well as sources of revenue, is described in detail below.

Payments the Funds May Make to Us

We or our affiliates may receive from each of the funds, or their affiliates, compensation including but not limited to expense payments. These payments are designed in part to compensate us for the expenses we may incur on behalf of the funds. In addition to these payments, the funds may compensate us for wholesaling activities or to participate in educational or marketing seminars sponsored by the funds.

We or our affiliates may receive revenue derived from the 12b-1 fees charged by the funds. These fees are deducted from the assets of the funds. This revenue and the amount by which it can vary may create conflicts of interest. The amount, type, and manner in which the revenue from these sources is computed vary by fund.

Conflicts of Interest These Payments May Create

When we determined the charges to impose under the contracts, we took into account anticipated payments from the funds. If we had not taken into account these anticipated payments, the charges under the contract would have been higher. Additionally, the amount of payment we receive from a fund or its affiliate may create an incentive for us to include that fund as an investment option and may influence our decision regarding which funds to include in the variable account as subaccount options for contract owners. Funds that offer lower payments or no payments may also have corresponding expense structures that are lower, resulting in decreased overall fees and expenses to shareholders.

We offer funds managed by our affiliates Columbia Management and Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLC (Columbia Wanger). We have additional financial incentive to offer our affiliated funds because additional assets held by them generally results in added revenue to us and our parent company, Ameriprise Financial, Inc. Additionally, employees of Ameriprise Financial, Inc. and its affiliates, including our employees, may be separately incented to include the affiliated funds in the products, as employee compensation and business unit operating goals at all levels are tied to the success of the company. Currently, revenue received from our affiliated funds comprises the greatest amount and percentage of revenue we derive from payments made by the funds.

The Amount of Payments We Receive from the Funds

We or our affiliates receive revenue which ranges up to 0.65% of the average daily net assets invested in the funds through this and other contracts we and our affiliates issue.

Why revenues are paid to us: In accordance with applicable laws, regulations and the terms of the agreements under which such revenue is paid, we or our affiliates may receive revenue, including, but not limited to expense payments and non-cash compensation, for various purposes:

• Compensating, training and educating investment professionals who sell the contracts.

• Granting access to our employees whose job it is to promote sales of the contracts by authorized selling firms and their investment professionals, and granting access to investment professionals of our affiliated selling firms.

• Activities or services we or our affiliates provide that assist in the promotion and distribution of the contracts including promoting the funds available under the contracts to contract owners, authorized selling firms and investment professionals.

• Providing sub-transfer agency and shareholder servicing to contract owners.

• Promoting, including and/or retaining the fund’s investment portfolios as underlying investment options in the contracts.

• Advertising, printing and mailing sales literature, and printing and distributing prospectuses and reports.

• Furnishing personal services to contract owners, including education of contract owners regarding the funds, answering routine inquiries regarding a fund, maintaining accounts or providing such other services eligible for service fees as defined under the rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA).

• Subaccounting services, transaction processing, recordkeeping and administration.

• Sources of revenue received from affiliated funds: The affiliated funds are managed by Columbia Management or Columbia Wanger. The sources of revenue we receive from these affiliated funds, or from the funds’ affiliates, may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Assets of the fund’s adviser, sub-adviser, transfer agent, distributor or an affiliate of these. The revenue resulting from these sources may be based either on a percentage of average daily net assets of the fund or on the actual cost of certain services we provide with respect to the fund. We may receive this revenue either in the form of a cash payment or it may be allocated to us.

• Compensation paid out of 12b-1 fees that are deducted from fund assets.

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    15

• Sources of revenue received from unaffiliated funds: The unaffiliated funds are not managed by an affiliate of ours. The sources of revenue we receive from these unaffiliated funds, or the funds’ affiliates, may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Assets of the fund’s adviser, sub-adviser, transfer agent, distributor or an affiliate of these. The revenue resulting from these sources may be based on a percentage of average daily net assets of the fund or on the actual cost of certain services we provide with respect to the fund. We receive this revenue in the form of a cash payment.

• Compensation paid out of 12b-1 fees that are deducted from fund assets.

Unless the PN program is in effect or you have selected one of the optional living benefit riders, you may allocate purchase payments and transfers to any or all of the subaccounts of the variable account that invest in shares of the funds listed in the table below. From time to time, certain fund names are changed. When we are notified of a name change, we will make changes so that the new name is properly shown. However, changes may take some period of time to complete. As a result it is possible you may receive various forms, reports and confirmations that reflect a fund’s prior name.

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
AB VPS Balanced Wealth Strategy Portfolio (Class B)	N	Y	Seeks to maximize total return consistent with AllianceBernstein's determination of reasonable risk.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
AB VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio (Class B)	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
AB VPS Growth and Income Portfolio (Class B)	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
AB VPS International Value Portfolio (Class B)	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
American Century VP Inflation Protection, Class II	N	Y	Seeks long-term total return using a strategy that seeks to protect against U.S. inflation.	American Century Investment Management, Inc.
American Century VP Mid Cap Value, Class II	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital growth. Income is a secondary objective.	American Century Investment Management, Inc.
American Century VP Ultra®, Class II	Y	Y	Seeks capital growth.	American Century Investment Management, Inc.
American Century VP Value, Class II	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital growth. Income is a secondary objective.	American Century Investment Management, Inc.
BNY Mellon Investment Portfolios, MidCap Stock Portfolio - Service Shares	Y	Y	Seeks investment results that are greater than the total return performance of publicly traded common stocks of medium-size domestic companies in the aggregate, as represented by the Standard & Poor's MidCap 400® Index.	BNY Mellon Investment Adviser, Inc.
BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, Appreciation Portfolio - Service Shares	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital growth consistent with the preservation of capital. Its secondary goal is current income.	BNY Mellon Investment Adviser, Inc., adviser; Fayez Sarofim & Co., sub-investment adviser.

16    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
ClearBridge Variable Small Cap Growth Portfolio - Class I	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC, investment manager; ClearBridge Investments, LLC, sub-adviser. (Western Asset Management Company manages the portion of cash and short-term investments allocated to it)
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high level of current income and, as a secondary objective, steady growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Emerging Markets Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Government Money Market Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with maximum current income consistent with liquidity and stability of principal.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - High Yield Bond Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with high current income as its primary objective and, as its secondary objective, capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Income Opportunities Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high total return through current income and capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high level of current income while attempting to conserve the value of the investment for the longest period of time.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Large Cap Growth Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Large Cap Index Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Mid Cap Growth Fund (Class 3)	N	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Overseas Core Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    17

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Select Mid Cap Value Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Small Cap Value Fund (Class 2)	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with current income as its primary objective and, as its secondary objective, preservation of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Credit Suisse Trust - Commodity Return Strategy Portfolio	Y	Y	The portfolio is designed to achieve positive total return relative to the performance of the Bloomberg Commodity Index Total Return ("BCOM Index").	Credit Suisse Asset Management, LLC
CTIVP® - BlackRock Global Inflation-Protected Securities Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Non-diversified fund that seeks to provide shareholders with total return that exceeds the rate of inflation over the long term.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., subadviser; BlackRock International Limited, sub-subadviser.
CTIVP® - Loomis Sayles Growth Fund (Class 1)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P., subadviser.
CTIVP® - Victory Sycamore Established Value Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; Victory Capital Management Inc., subadviser.
Eaton Vance VT Floating-Rate Income Fund - Initial Class	Y	Y	Seeks high level of current income.	Eaton Vance Management
Fidelity® VIP Contrafund® Portfolio Service Class 2	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital appreciation. Normally invests primarily in common stocks. Invests in securities of companies whose value FMR believes is not fully recognized by the public. Invests in either "growth" stocks or "value" stocks or both. The fund invests in domestic and foreign issuers.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.

18    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Fidelity® VIP Growth Portfolio Service Class 2	N	Y	Seeks to achieve capital appreciation. Normally invests primarily in common stocks. Invests in companies that FMR believes have above-average growth potential (stocks of these companies are often called "growth" stocks). The Fund invests in domestic and foreign issuers.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Service Class 2	Y	Y	Seeks as high level of current income as is consistent with the preservation of capital. Normally invests at least 80% of assets in investment-grade debt securities (those of medium and high quality) of all types and repurchase agreements for those securities. The Fund invests in fomestic and foreign issuers.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. Fidelity Investments Money Management, Inc. (FIMM) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital. Normally invests primarily in common stocks. Normally invests at least 80% of assets in securities of companies with medium market capitalizations. May invest in companies with smaller or larger market capitalizations. Invests in domestic and foreign issuers. The Fund invests in either "growth" or "value" common stocks or both.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Overseas Portfolio Service Class 2	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital. Normally invests primarily in common stocks allocating investments across different countries and regions. Normally invests at least 80% of assets in non-U.S. securities.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Franklin Income VIP Fund - Class 2	Y	Y	Seeks to maximize income while maintaining prospects for capital appreciation. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests in both equity and debt securities.	Franklin Advisers, Inc.
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund - Class 2	Y	Y	Seeks capital appreciation, with income as a secondary goal. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests primarily in U.S. and foreign equity securities that the investment manager believes are undervalued.	Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    19

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Franklin Rising Dividends VIP Fund - Class 2	N	Y	Seeks long-term capital appreciation, with preservation of capital as an important consideration. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities of financially sound companies that have paid consistently rising dividends.	Franklin Advisers, Inc.
Franklin Small-Mid Cap Growth VIP Fund - Class 2	N	Y	Seeks long-term capital growth. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in investments of small-capitalization and mid-capitalization companies.	Franklin Advisers, Inc.
Goldman Sachs VIT Mid Cap Value Fund - Institutional Shares	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P.
Goldman Sachs VIT U.S. Equity Insights Fund - Institutional Shares	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital and dividend income.	Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Strategic Income Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks total return	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks capital growth.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. Comstock Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks capital growth and income through investments in equity securities, including common stocks, preferred stocks and securities convertible into common and preferred stocks.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. Health Care Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.

20    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Invesco V.I. International Growth Fund, Series II Shares	N	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Core Equity Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. Value Opportunities Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Janus Henderson Research Portfolio: Service Shares	N	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Janus Capital Management LLC
MFS® New Discovery Series - Service Class	Y	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	MFS® Investment Management
MFS® Total Return Series - Service Class	Y	Y	Seeks total return.	MFS® Investment Management
MFS® Utilities Series - Service Class	Y	Y	Seeks total return.	MFS® Investment Management
Morgan Stanley VIF Discovery Portfolio, Class II Shares	N	Y	Seeks long-term capital growth by investing primarily in common stocks and other equity securities.	Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc.
Morgan Stanley VIF Global Real Estate Portfolio, Class II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks to provide current income and capital appreciation.	Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc., adviser; Morgan Stanley Investment Management Limited and Morgan Stanley Investment Management Company, subadvisers.
Morgan Stanley VIF U.S. Real Estate Portfolio, Class II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks to provide above average current income and long-term capital appreciation by investing primarily in equity securities of companies in the U.S. real estate industry, including real estate investment trusts.	Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc.
PIMCO VIT All Asset Portfolio, Advisor Class	N	Y	Seeks maximum real return, consistent with preservation of real capital and prudent investment management.	Pacific Investment Management Company LLC (PIMCO)
Putnam VT Global Health Care Fund - Class IB Shares	N	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of both Putnam Investments Limited (PIL) and The Putnam Advisory Company, LLC (PAC), PIL and PAC do not currently manage any assets of the fund.

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    21

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Putnam VT International Equity Fund - Class IB Shares	N	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor; Putnam Investments Limited, sub-adviser. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of The Putnam Advisory Company, LLC (PAC), PAC does not currently manage any assets of the fund.
Putnam VT Small Cap Value Fund - Class IB Shares	N	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of Putnam Investments Limited (PIL), PIL does not currently manage any assets.
Putnam VT Sustainable Leaders Fund - Class IB Shares	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of Putnam Investments Limited (PIL), PIL does not currently manage any assets.
Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund - Class 2	N	Y	Seeks high current income, consistent with preservation of capital, with capital appreciation as a secondary consideration. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in debt securities of any maturity.	Franklin Advisers, Inc.
Templeton Growth VIP Fund - Class 2	N	Y	Seeks long-term capital growth. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests predominantly in equity securities of companies located anywhere in the world, including developing markets.	Templeton Global Advisors Limited
Variable Portfolio - Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with an aggressive level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with an aggressive level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Conservative Portfolio (Class 2)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a conservative level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC

22    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Variable Portfolio - Conservative Portfolio (Class 4)	V	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a conservative level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Managed Volatility Conservative Fund (Class 2)   (Available only for contracts with living benefit riders)	Y	Y	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund's exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Managed Volatility Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2)   (Available only for contracts with living benefit riders)	Y	Y	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund's exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Managed Volatility Growth Fund (Class 2)   (Available only for contracts with living benefit riders)	Y	Y	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund's exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Managed Volatility Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2)	Y	Y	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund’s exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderate Portfolio (Class 2)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderate level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderate Portfolio (Class 4)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderate level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2)			Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderately aggressive level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderately aggressive level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderately conservative level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 4)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderately conservative level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    23

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Variable Portfolio - Partners Core Equity Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; Jacobs Levy Equity Management, Inc. and T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc., subadvisers.
Variable Portfolio - Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; Jacobs Levy Equity Management, Inc., Nuveen Asset Management, LLC and Segall Bryant & Hamill, LLC, subadvisers.
Wanger International	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLC
Wanger USA	N	Y	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLC

The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)

The GPAs may not be available in some states.

Currently, unless you have elected one of the optional living benefit riders, you may allocate purchase payments to one or more of the GPAs with guarantee periods declared by us. These periods of time may vary by state. The required minimum investment in each GPA is $1,000.

These accounts are not offered after annuity payouts begin.

Each GPA pays an interest rate that is declared when you make an allocation to that account. Interest is credited daily. That interest rate is then fixed for the guarantee period that you chose. We will periodically change the declared interest rate for any future allocations to these accounts, but we will not change the rate paid on money currently in a GPA. The GPA interests under the contracts are registered with the SEC (File No.333-230959). The SEC staff reviews the disclosures in this prospectus on the GPA interests.

The interest rates that we will declare as guaranteed rates in the future are determined by us at our discretion (future rates). These rates generally will be based on various factors related to future investment earnings.We cannot predict nor can we guarantee what future rates will be.

We hold amounts you allocate to the GPAs in a “nonunitized” separate account. This separate account provides an additional measure of assurance that we will make full payment of amounts due under the GPAs. We own the assets of this separate account as well as any favorable investment performance of those assets. You do not participate in the performance of the assets held in this separate account. We guarantee all benefits relating to your value in the GPAs. This guarantee is based on the continued claims-paying ability of the company’s general account. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of insurance and financial products as well, and we also pay our obligations under these products from assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account.

We intend to construct and manage the investment portfolio relating to the separate account in such a way as to minimize the impact of fluctuations by interest rates. We seek to achieve this by constructing a portfolio of assets with a price sensitivity to interest rate changes (i.e., price duration) that is similar to the price duration of the corresponding portfolio of liabilities.

24    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

We must invest this portfolio of assets in accordance with requirements established by applicable state laws regarding the nature and quality of investments that life insurance companies may make and the percentage of their assets that they may commit to any particular type of investment. Our investment strategy will incorporate the use of a variety of debt instruments having price durations tending to match the applicable guarantee periods. These instruments include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities, which issues may or may not be guaranteed by the U.S. government;

• Debt securities that have an investment grade, at the time of purchase, within the four highest grades assigned by any of three nationally recognized rating agencies — Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s Investors Service or Fitch — or are rated in the two highest grades by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners;

• Other debt instruments which are unrated or rated below investment grade, limited to 10% of assets at the time of purchase; and

• Real estate mortgages, limited to 45% of portfolio assets at the time of acquisition.

In addition, options and futures contracts on fixed income securities will be used from time to time to achieve and maintain appropriate investment and liquidity characteristics on the overall asset portfolio.

While this information generally describes our investment strategy, we are not obligated to follow any particular strategy except as may be required by federal law and Indiana and other state insurance laws.

Market Value Adjustment (MVA)

We will not apply an MVA to contract value you transfer or withdraw out of the GPAs within 30 days before the end of the guarantee period. During this 30 day window you may choose to start a new guarantee period of the same length, transfer the contract value to a GPA of another length, transfer the contract value to any of the subaccountsor the one-year fixed account, if available
or withdraw the contract value (subject to applicable withdrawal provisions). If we do not receive any instructions at the end of your guarantee period, our current practice is to automatically transfer the contract value into the shortest GPA term offered in your state.

We guarantee the contract value allocated to the GPAs, including interest credited, if you do not make any transfers or withdrawals from the GPAs prior to 30 days before the end of the guarantee period (30 day rule). At all other times, and unless one of the exceptions to the 30 day rule described below applies, we will apply an MVA if you withdraw or transfer contract value from a GPA including withdrawals under theSecureSource rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider or you elect an annuity payout plan while you have contract value invested in a GPA. We will refer to these transactions as “early withdrawals.” The application of an MVA may result in either a gain or loss of principal.

The 30-day rule does not apply and no MVA will apply to:

• transfers from a one-year GPA occurring under an automated dollar-cost averaging program or interest sweep strategy;

• automatic rebalancing under any PN program model portfolio we offer which contains one or more GPAs. However, an MVA will apply if you transfer to a new PN program investment option;

• amounts applied to an annuity payout plan while a PN program model portfolio containing one or more GPAs is in effect;

• amounts withdrawn for fees and charges; and

• amounts we pay as death claims.

When you request an early withdrawal, we adjust the early withdrawal amount by an MVA formula. The early withdrawal amount reflects the relationship between the guaranteed interest rate you are earning in your current GPA and the interest rate we are crediting on new GPAs that end at the same time as your current GPA.

The MVA is sensitive to changes in current interest rates. The magnitude of any applicable MVA will depend on our current schedule of guaranteed interest rates at the time of the withdrawal, the time remaining in your guarantee period and your guaranteed interest rate. The MVA is negative, zero or positive depending on how the guaranteed interest rate on your GPA compares to the interest rate of a new GPA for the same number of years as the guarantee period remaining on your GPA. This is summarized in the following table:

If your GPA rate is:	The MVA is:
Less than the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Negative
Equal to the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Zero
Greater than the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Positive

For examples, see Appendix A.

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    25

The General Account

The general account includes all assets owned by RiverSource Life, other than those in the variable account and our other separate accounts. Subject to applicable state law, we have sole discretion to decide how assets of the general account will be invested. The assets held in our general account support the guarantees under your contract including any optional benefits offered under the contract. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to many of the same risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of annuities and financial instruments and products as well, and these obligations are satisfied from the assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account. The fixed account is supported by our general account that we make available under the contract.

The Fixed Account

(Applies to applications signed on or after May 1, 2006 and if available in your state)

Amounts allocated to the fixed account are part of our general account. The fixed account includes the one-year fixed account and the DCA fixed account. We credit interest on amounts you allocate to the fixed account at rates we determine from time to time at our discretion. Interest rates credited in excess of the guaranteed rate generally will be based on various factors related to future investment earnings. The guaranteed minimum interest rate on amounts invested in the fixed account may vary by state but will not be lower than state law allows. We back the principal and interest guarantees relating to the fixed account. These guarantees are subject to the creditworthiness and continued claims-paying ability of RiverSource Life

Because of exemptive and exclusionary provisions, we have not registered interests in the fixed account as securities under the Securities Act of 1933 nor have any of these accounts been registered as investment companies under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Accordingly, neither the fixed account nor any interests in the fixed account are subject to the provisions of these Acts.

The fixed account has not been registered with the SEC. Disclosures regarding the fixed account, however, are subject to certain generally applicable provisions of the federal securities laws relating to the accuracy and completeness of statements made in a prospectus. 

The One-Year Fixed Account

Unless the PN program we offer is in effect, you may allocate purchase payments or transfer contract value to the one-year fixed account. The value of the one-year fixed account increases as we credit interest to the one-year fixed account. We credit and compound interest daily based on a 365-day year (366 in a leap year) so as to produce the annual effective rate which we declare. We credit the one-year fixed account with the current guaranteed annual rate that is in effect on the date we receive your purchase payment or you transfer contract value to the one-year fixed account. The interest rate we apply to each purchase payment or transfer to the one-year fixed account is guaranteed for one year. There are restrictions on the amount you can allocate to the one-year fixed account as well as on transfers from this account (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transfer policies”).

DCA Fixed Account

You may allocate purchase payments to the DCA fixed account. You may not transfer contract value to the DCA fixed account.

You may allocate your entire purchase payment to the DCA fixed account for a term of six or twelve months. We reserve the right to offer shorter or longer terms for the DCA fixed account.

In accordance with your investment instructions, we transfer a pro rata amount from the DCA fixed account to your investment allocations monthly so that, at the end of the DCA fixed account term, the balance of the DCA fixed account is zero. The first DCA monthly transfer occurs one day after we receive your payment.

The value of the DCA fixed account increases when we credit interest to the DCA fixed account, and decreases when we make monthly transfers from the DCA fixed account. When you allocate a purchase payment to the DCA fixed account, the interest rates applicable to that purchase payment will be the rates in effect for the DCA fixed account term you choose on the date we receive your purchase payment. The applicable interest rate is guaranteed for the length of the term for the DCA fixed account term you choose. We credit and compound interest daily based on a 365-day year (366 in a leap year) so as to produce the annual effective rate which we declare. We credit interest only on the declining balance of the DCA fixed account; we do not credit interest on amounts that have been transferred from the DCA fixed account. As a result, the net effective interest rates we credit will be less than the declared annual effective rates. Generally, we will credit the DCA fixed account with interest at the same annual effective rate we apply to the one-year

26    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

fixed account on the date we receive your purchase payment, regardless of the length of the term you select. From time to time, we may credit interest to the DCA fixed account at promotional rates that are higher than those we credit to the one-year fixed account. We reserve the right to declare different annual effective rates:

• for the DCA fixed account and the one-year fixed account;

• for the DCA fixed accounts with terms of differing length;

• for amounts in the DCA fixed account that are transferred to the one-year fixed account;

• for amounts in the DCA fixed account that are transferred to the GPAs;

• for amounts in the DCA fixed account that are transferred to the subaccounts.

Alternatively, you may allocate your purchase payment to any combination of the following which equals one hundred percent of the amount you invest:

• the DCA fixed account for a six month term;

• the DCA fixed account for a twelve month term;

• the Portfolio Stabilizer or Portfolio Navigator fund, if you have one of the optional living benefit riders;

• unless you have elected one of the optional living benefit riders, to the one-year fixed account, the GPAs and/or the subaccounts, subject to investment minimums and other restrictions we may impose on investments in the one-year fixed account and the GPAs.

If you make a purchase payment while a DCA fixed account term is in progress, you may allocate your purchase payment among the following:

• to the DCA fixed account term(s) then in effect. Amounts you allocate to an existing DCA fixed account term will be transferred out of the DCA fixed account over the remainder of the term. For example, if you allocate a new purchase payment to an existing DCA fixed account term of six months when only two months remains in the six month term, the amount you allocate will be transferred out of the DCA fixed account over the remaining two months of the term;

• to the Portfolio Stabilizer or Portfolio Navigator fund, if you have one of the optional living benefit riders;

• unless you have elected one of the optional living benefit riders, then to the one-year fixed account, the GPAs and/or the subaccounts, subject to investment minimums and other restrictions we may impose on investments in the one-year fixed account and the GPAs.

If no DCA fixed account term is in progress when you make an additional purchase payment, you may allocate it according to the rules above for the allocation of your initial purchase payment.

If you participate in a PN program, and you change to a different PN program investment option while a DCA fixed account term is in progress, we will allocate transfers from the DCA fixed account to your newly-elected PN program investment option.

If your contract permits, and you discontinue your participation in a PN program investment option while a DCA fixed account term is in progress, we will allocate transfers from the DCA fixed account for the remainder of the term in accordance with your investment instructions to us to the one-year fixed account, the GPAs and the subaccounts, subject to investment minimums and other restrictions we may impose on investments in the one-year fixed account and the GPAs, including but not limited to, any limitations described in this prospectus on transfers (see “Transfer policies”).

You may discontinue any DCA fixed account before the end of its term by giving us notice. If you do so, we will transfer the remaining balance of the DCA fixed account whose term you are ending to the PN program investment option in effect, or if no PN program investment option is in effect, in accordance with your investment instructions to us to the one-year fixed account, the GPAs and/or the subaccounts, subject to investment minimums and other restrictions we may impose on investments in the one-year fixed account and the GPAs, including but not limited to, any limitations described in this prospectus on transfers (see “Transfer policies”).

Dollar-cost averaging from the DCA fixed account does not guarantee that any subaccount will gain in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. For a discussion of how dollar-cost averaging works, see “Making the Most of your Contract — Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging.”

Buying Your Contract

New contracts are not currently being offered.

We are required by law to obtain personal information from you which we used to verify your identity. If you do not provide this information we reserve the right to refuse to issue your contract or take other steps we deem reasonable. You may buy Contract Option L or Contract Option C. Contract Option L has a four-year withdrawal charge schedule.

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    27

Contract Option C eliminates the withdrawal charge schedule in exchange for a higher mortality and expense risk fee. Both contracts have the same underlying funds. As the owner, you have all rights and may receive all benefits under the contract.

You may select a qualified or nonqualified annuity. You can own a nonqualified annuity in joint tenancy with rights of survivorship only in spousal situations. You cannot own a qualified annuity in joint tenancy. You can become an owner if you are 85 or younger. (The age limit may be younger for qualified annuities in some states.)

When you applied you could have selected (if available in your state):

• contract Option L or Option C;

• GPAs, the one-year fixed account (if part of your contract), the DCA fixed account (if part of your contract), and/or subaccounts in which you want to invest;

• how you want to make purchase payments;

• a beneficiary;

• the optional PN program⁽¹⁾; and

• one of the following Death Benefits:

– ROP Death Benefit

– MAV Death Benefit

– 5% Accumulation Death Benefit⁽²⁾

– Enhanced Death Benefit⁽²⁾

In addition,⁽³⁾ you could have also selected (if available in your state):

One of the following Optional Living Benefits:

• Accumulation Protector Benefit rider

• SecureSourcerider

• Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider

• Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider

• Income Assurer Benefit – MAV rider

• Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base rider

• Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base rider

Either of the following Optional Death Benefits:

•	Benefit Protector Death Benefit rider(4)
•	Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit rider(4)
(1)	There is no additional charge for this feature
(2)	The 5% Accumulation Death Benefit and Enhanced Death Benefit are not available with Benefit Protector and Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit riders.
(3)	Living benefit riders were Not available on Contract Option C prior to Jan. 26, 2009, but were available on Contract Option C prior to May 1, 2007.
(4)	Not available with the 5% Accumulation Death Benefit or Enhanced Death Benefit riders.

This contract provides for allocations of purchase payments to the GPAs, the one-year fixed account (if part of your contract), the DCA fixed account (if part of your contract), and/or to the subaccounts in even 1% increments subject to the required $1,000 required minimum investment for the GPAs. For Contract Option L, the amount of any purchase payment allocated to the one-year fixed account in total cannot exceed 30% of the purchase payment. More than 30% of a purchase payment may be so allocated if you establish an automated dollar-cost averaging arrangement with respect to the purchase payment according to procedures currently in effect. We reserve the right to further limit purchase payment allocations to the one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then crediting on new purchase payments allocated to the one-year fixed account is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract. For Contract Option C, the one-year fixed account may not be available or may be significantly limited in some states. See your contract for the actual terms of the one-year fixed account you purchased.

We will credit additional eligible purchase payments you make to your accounts on the valuation date we receive them. If we receive an additional purchase payment at our Service Center before the close of business, we will credit any portion of that payment allocated to the subaccounts using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received the payment. If we receive an additional purchase payment at our Service Center at or after the close of business, we will credit any portion of that payment allocated to the subaccounts using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received the payment.

28    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

You may make monthly payments to your contract under a Systematic Investment Plan (SIP). You must make an initial purchase payment of $10,000. Then, to begin the SIP, you will complete and send a form and your first SIP payment along with your application. There is no charge for SIP. You can stop your SIP payments at any time.

In most states, you may make additional purchase payments to nonqualified and qualified annuities until the retirement date.

Householding and delivery of certain documents

With your prior consent, RiverSource Life and its affiliates may use and combine information concerning accounts owned by members of the same household and provide a single paper copy of certain documents to that household. This householding of documents may include prospectuses, supplements, annual reports, semiannual reports and proxies. Your authorization remains in effect unless we are notified otherwise. If you wish to continue receiving multiple copies of these documents, you can opt out of householding by calling us at 1.866.273.7429. Multiple mailings will resume within 30 days after we receive your opt out request.

The Retirement Date

Annuity payouts begin on the retirement date. This means that the contract will be annuitized or converted to a stream of monthly payments. If your contract is annuitized, the contract goes into payout and only the annuity payout provisions continue. You will no longer have access to your contract value. This means that the death benefit and any optional benefits you have elected will end. When we processed your application, we established the retirement date to be the maximum age then in effect (or contract anniversary if applicable). Unless otherwise elected by you, all retirement dates are now automatically set to the maximum age of 95 now in effect. You also can change the retirement date, provided you send us written instructions at least 30 days before annuity payouts begin.

The retirement date must be:

• no earlier than the 30th day after the contract’s effective date; and no later than

• the annuitant’s 95th birthday or the tenth contract anniversary, if later,

• or such other date as agreed upon by us.

Six months prior to your retirement start date, we will contact you with your options including the option to postpone your retirement start date to a future date. You can choose to delay the retirement start date of your contract to a date beyond age 95, to the extent allowed by applicable state law and tax laws.

If you do not make an election, annuity payouts using the contract’s default option of annuity payout Plan B – Life with 10 years certain will begin on the retirement start date and your monthly annuity payments will continue for as long as the annuitant lives. If the annuitant does not survive 10 years, we will continue to make payments until 10 years of payments have been made.

Generally, if you own a qualified annuity (for example, an IRA) and tax laws require that you take distributions from your annuity prior to your retirement start date, your contract will not be automatically annuitized (subject to state requirements). However, if you choose, you can elect to request annuitization or take surrenders to meet your required minimum distributions.

Beneficiary

We will pay to your named beneficiary the death benefit if it becomes payable while the contract is in force and before annuity payouts begin. If there is more than one beneficiary, we will pay each beneficiary’s designated share when we receive their completed claim. A beneficiary will bear the investment risk of the variable account until we receive the beneficiary’s completed claim. If there is no named beneficiary, the default provisions of your contract will apply. (See “Benefits in Case of Death” for more about beneficiaries.)

If you select theSecureSource – Joint Life rider, please consider carefully whether or not you wish to change the beneficiary of your annuity contract. The rider will terminate if the surviving covered spouse can not utilize the spousal continuation provision of the contract when the death benefit is payable.

Purchase Payments

Purchase payment amounts and purchase payment timing may vary by state and be limited under the terms of your contract.

Minimum initial purchase payment

$10,000

Minimum additional purchase payments

$50 for SIPs

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    29

$100 for all other payment types

Maximum total purchase payments*

$1,000,000

* This limit applies in total to all RiverSource Life annuities you own. We reserve the right to waive or increase the maximum limit. For qualified annuities, the Code’s limits on annual contributions also apply. Additional purchase payments are restricted during the waiting period after the first 180 days immediately following the effective date of the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider.

Effective Jan. 26, 2009, no additional purchase payments are allowed for contracts with the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, Enhanced Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, orSecureSource riders, subject to state restrictions.

For contracts issued in all states except those listed below certain exceptions apply and the following additional purchase payments will be allowed on/after Jan. 26, 2009:

a.	Tax Free Exchanges, rollovers, and transfers listed on the annuity application and received within 180 days from the contract issue date.
b.	Prior and current tax year contributions up to the annual limit set up by the IRS for any Qualified Accounts except TSAs and 401(a)s. This annual limit applies to IRAs, Roth IRAs, and SEP plans.

For contracts issued in Florida, New Jersey, and Oregon, additional purchase payments to your variable annuity contract will be limited to $100,000 for the life of your contract. The limit does not apply to Tax Free Exchanges, rollovers, and transfers listed on the annuity application and received within 180 days from the contract issue date.

We reserve the right to change these current rules at any time, subject to state restrictions.

How to Make Purchase Payments

11 By letter

Send your check along with your name and contract number to:

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474

22 By SIP

Contact your investment professional to complete the necessary SIP paperwork.

Limitations on Use of Contract

If mandated by applicable law, including, but not limited to, federal anti-money laundering laws, we may be required to reject a purchase payment. We may also be required to block an owner’s access to contract values or to satisfy other statutory obligations. Under these circumstances, we may refuse to implement requests for transfers, withdrawals or death benefits until instructions are received from the appropriate governmental authority or a court of competent jurisdiction.

Charges

Contract Administrative Charge

We charge this fee for establishing and maintaining your records. We deduct $40 from the contract value on your contract anniversary or, if earlier, when the contract is fully withdrawn. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. Some states also limit any contract charge allocated to the fixed account.

We will waive this charge when your contract value is $50,000 or more on the current contract anniversary.

If you take a full withdrawal from your contract, we will deduct the charge at the time of withdrawal regardless of the contract value. We cannot increase the annual contract administrative charge and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

30    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable Account Administrative Charge

We apply this charge daily to the subaccounts. It is reflected in the unit values of your subaccounts and it totals 0.15% of their average daily net assets on an annual basis. It covers certain administrative and operating expenses of the subaccounts such as accounting, legal and data processing fees and expenses involved in the preparation and distribution of reports and prospectuses. We cannot increase the variable account administrative charge.

Mortality and Expense Risk Fee

We charge these fees daily to the subaccounts. The unit values of your subaccounts reflect these fees. These fees cover the mortality and expense risk that we assume. These fees do not apply to the GPAs or the fixed account. We cannot increase these fees.

The contract (either Option L or Option C) and the death benefit guarantee you select determines the mortality and expense risk fee you pay:

	Contract Option L	Contract Option C
ROP Death Benefit	1.55%	1.65%
MAV Death Benefit	1.75	1.85
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.90	2.00
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.95	2.05

Mortality risk arises because of our guarantee to pay a death benefit and our guarantee to make annuity payouts according to the terms of the contract, no matter how long a specific owner or annuitant lives and no matter how long our entire group of owners or annuitants live. If, as a group, owners or annuitants outlive the life expectancy we assumed in our actuarial tables, then we must take money from our general assets to meet our obligations. If, as a group, owners or annuitants do not live as long as expected, we could profit from the mortality risk fee. We deduct the mortality risk fee from the subaccounts during the annuity payout period even if the annuity payout plan does not involve a life contingency.

Expense risk arises because we cannot increase the contract administrative charge or the variable account administrative charge and these charges may not cover our expenses. We would have to make up any deficit from our general assets. We could profit from the expense risk fee if future expenses are less than expected.

The subaccounts pay us the mortality and expense risk fee they accrued as follows:

• first, to the extent possible, the subaccounts pay this fee from any dividends distributed from the funds in which they invest;

• then, if necessary, the funds redeem shares to cover any remaining fees payable.

We may use any profits we realize from the subaccounts’ payment to us of the mortality and expense risk fee for any proper corporate purpose, including, among others, payment of distribution (selling) expenses. We do not expect that the withdrawal charge for contract Option L will cover sales and distribution expenses.

Withdrawal Charge

You select either contract Option L or Option C at the time of application. Contract Option C has no purchase payment withdrawal charge schedule but carries a higher mortality and expense risk fee than contract Option L.

If you select contract Option L and you withdraw all or part of your contract value before annuity payouts begin, we may deduct a withdrawal charge. As described below, a withdrawal charge schedule applies to each purchase payment you make. The withdrawal charge lasts for four years from the date of each purchase payment (see “Expense Summary”).

You may withdraw an amount during any contract year without a withdrawal charge. We call this amount the Total Free Amount (TFA). The TFA varies depending on whether your contract includes theSecureSource, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider:

Contracts withoutSecureSource rider, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider or Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider

The TFA is the greater of:

• 10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary⁽¹⁾; or

• current contract earnings.

Contracts withSecureSourcerider or Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider

The TFA is the greatest of:

• 10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary^(1);

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    31

• current contract earnings; or

• the greater of the Remaining Benefit Payment or the Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment.

Contracts with Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider

The TFA is the greatest of:

•	10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary(1);
•	current contract earnings; or
•	the Remaining Benefit Payment.
(1)	We consider your initial purchase payment to be the prior contract anniversary’s contract value during the first contract year.

Amounts withdrawn in excess of the TFA may be subject to a withdrawal charge as described below.

A withdrawal charge will apply if the amount you withdraw includes any of your prior purchase payments that are still within their withdrawal charge schedule. To determine whether your withdrawal includes any of your prior purchase payments that are still within their withdrawal charge schedule, we withdraw amounts from your contract in the following order:

1.

We withdraw the TFA first. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on the TFA.

2.

We withdraw purchase payments not previously withdrawn, in the order you made them: the oldest purchase payment first, the next purchase payment second, etc. until all purchase payments have been withdrawn. By applying this “first-in, first-out” rule, we do not assess a withdrawal charge on purchase payments that we received prior to the number of years stated in the withdrawal charge schedule you select when you purchase the contract. We only assess a withdrawal charge on purchase payments that are still within the withdrawal charge schedule you selected.

Example: Each time you make a purchase payment under the contract Option L, a withdrawal charge schedule attaches to that purchase payment. The withdrawal charge percentage for each purchase payment declines according to the withdrawal charge schedule shown in your contract.(The withdrawal charge percentages for the 4-Year withdrawal charge schedule are shown in a table in the “Expense Summary” above.) For example, if you select contract Option L, during the first two years after a purchase payment is made, the withdrawal charge percentage attached to that payment is 8%. The withdrawal charge percentage for that payment during the fourth year after it is made is 6%. At the beginning of the fifth year after that purchase payment is made, and thereafter, there is no longer a withdrawal charge as to that payment.

We determine your withdrawal charge by multiplying each of your payments withdrawn by the applicable withdrawal charge percentage (see “Expense Summary”), and then adding the total withdrawal charges.

For a partial withdrawal that is subject to a withdrawal charge, the amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable withdrawal charge. A partial withdrawal that includes contract value taken from the guarantee period accounts may also be subject to a market value adjustment (see “Guarantee Period Accounts — Market Value Adjustment”). We pay you the amount you request.

The amount of purchase payments withdrawn is calculated using a prorated formula based on the percentage of contract value being withdrawn. As a result, the amount of purchase payments withdrawn may be greater than the amount of contract value withdrawn.

For an example, see Appendix B.

Waiver of withdrawal charges for contract Option L

We do not assess withdrawal charges for:

• withdrawals of any contract earnings;

• withdrawals of amounts totaling up to 10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary to the extent it exceeds contract earnings;

• if you elected theSecureSource rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, the greater of your contract’s Remaining Benefit Payment or Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment to the extent it exceeds the greater of contract earnings or 10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary;

• if you elected the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, your contract’s Remaining Benefit Payment to the extent it exceeds the greater of contract earnings or 10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary;

• required minimum distributions from a qualified annuity to the extent that they exceed the free amount. The amount on which withdrawal charges are waived can be no greater than the RMD amount calculated under your specific contract currently in force;

32    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• contracts settled using an annuity payout plan (Exception: As described below, if you select annuity payout Plan E, and choose later to withdraw the value of your remaining annuity payments, we will assess a withdrawal charge. This exception also applies to contract Option C.)

• withdrawals made as a result of one of the “Contingent events”* described below to the extent permitted by state law; and

• death benefits.

Contingent events

• Withdrawals you make if you or the annuitant are confined to a hospital or nursing home and have been for the prior 60 days. Your contract will include this provision when you and the annuitant are under age 76 at contract issue. You must provide proof satisfactory to us of the confinement as of the date you request the withdrawal.

• To the extent permitted by state law, withdrawals you make if you or the annuitant are diagnosed in the second or later contract years as disabled with a medical condition that with reasonable medical certainty will result in death within 12 months or less from the date of the licensed physician’s statement. You must provide us with a licensed physician’s statement containing the terminal illness diagnosis and the date the terminal illness was initially diagnosed.

Liquidation charge under Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:If you are receiving variable annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to withdraw those payments. The amount that you can withdraw is the present value of any remaining variable payouts. The discount rate we use in the calculation will be 5.17% if the assumed investment return is 3.5% and 6.67% if the assumed investment return is 5%. The liquidation charge equals the present value of the remaining payouts using the assumed investment return minus the present value of the remaining payouts using the discount rate.

Fixed Payouts: Withdrawal charge for Fixed Annuity Payout Plan E – Payouts for a specified period: If you are receiving annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to take a withdraw and withdrawal charge may apply.

A withdrawal charge will be assessed against the present value of any remaining guaranteed payouts withdrawn. The discount rate we use in determining present values varies based on: (1) the contract value originally applied to the fixed annuitization; (2) the remaining years of guaranteed payouts; (3) the annual effective interest rate and periodic payment amount for new immediate annuities of the same duration as the remaining years of guaranteed payouts; and (4) the interest spread (currently 1.50%). If we do not currently offer immediate annuities, we will use rates and values applicable to new annuitizations to determine the discount rate.

Once the discount rate is applied and we have determined the present value of the remaining guaranteed payouts you withdrawn, the present value determined will be multiplied by the withdrawal charge percentage in the table below and deducted from the present value to determine the net present value you will receive.

Number of Completed Years Since Annuitization	Withdrawal charge percentage
0	Not applicable*
1	5%
2	4
3	3
4	2
5	1
6 and thereafter	0

*We do not permit withdrawals in the first year after annuitization.

We will provide a quoted present value (which includes the deduction of any withdrawal charge). You must then formally elect, in a form acceptable to us, to receive this value. The remaining guaranteed payouts following withdraw will be reduced to zero.

Possible group reductions: In some cases we may incur lower sales and administrative expenses due to the size of the group, the average contribution and the use of group enrollment procedures. In such cases, we may be able to reduce or eliminate the contract administrative and withdrawal charges. However, we expect this to occur infrequently.

Fund Fees and Expenses

There are deductions from and expenses paid out of the assets of the funds that are described in the prospectuses for those funds.

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    33

Premium Taxes

Certain state and local governments impose premium taxes on us (up to 3.5%). These taxes depend upon your state of residence or the state in which the contract was issued. Currently, we deduct any applicable premium tax when annuity payouts begin, but we reserve the right to deduct this tax at other times such as when you make purchase payments or when you make a full withdrawal from your contract.

Optional Living Benefits Charges

Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider Fee

We deduct an annual charge from your contract value on your contract anniversary for this optional benefit only if you select it. The charge is percentage of the greater of your contract value or the minimum contract accumulation value. See table below for the applicable percentage. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

Once you elect the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, you may not cancel it and the charge will continue to be deducted until the end of the waiting period. If the contract is terminated for any reason or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the charge.

The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider fee will not exceed a maximum of 1.75%.

We may increase the rider fee at our discretion and on a nondiscriminatory basis.

We will not change the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider fee in effect on your contract after the rider effective date unless:

(a)	you choose the annual elective step up or elective spousal continuation step up after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee; or
(b)	you change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee or vary the rider fee.

We exercised our right to increase the rider fee upon elective step up or elective spousal continuation step up and vary the fee depending on whether your contract value is invested in one of the Portfolio Navigator or Portfolio Stabilizer funds at the time of the elective step up or spousal continuation step up. You will pay the fee that is in effect on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up. Currently, we waive our right to increase the fee for investment option changes. There is no assurance that we will not exercise our right in the future.

If you request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up, the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are invested at that time, as shown in the table below.

Contract purchase date:	Maximum annual rider fee	Initial annual rider fee and annual rider fee for elective step-ups before 04/29/2013
Prior to 01/26/2009	1.75%	0.55%
01/26/2009 – 05/31/2009	1.75%	0.80%

(Charged annually on the contract anniversary as a percentage of the contract value or the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value, whichever is greater.)

Current annual rider fees for elective step-up (including elective spousal continuation step-up) requests on/after 04/29/2013 are shown in the table below.

Elective step up date:	If invested in Portfolio Navigator fund at the time of step-up:	If invested in Portfolio Stabilizer fund at the time of step-up:
04/29/2013 – 11/17/2013	1.75%	n/a
11/18/2013 – 10/17/2014	1.75%	1.30%
10/18/2014 – 06/30/2016	1.60%	1.00%
07/01/2016 – 10/15/2018	1.75%	1.30%
10/16/2018 – 12/29/2019	1.40%	1.00%
12/30/2019 – 07/20/2020	1.55%	1.15%
07/21/2020 and later	1.75%	1.75%

34    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If your annual rider fee changes during the contract year, on the next contract anniversary we will calculate an average rider fee that reflects the various fees that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

Subject to the terms of your contract, we reserve the right to further increase the rider fees to the maximum limit provided by your rider and to vary the rider fees based on the fund you select.

The automatic step up option available under your rider will not impact your rider fee.

Please see the “Optional Living Benefits — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider” section for a full description and rules applicable to elective and automatic step up options under your rider.

The charge does not apply after annuity payouts begin.

SecureSource Rider Fee

We deduct a charge based on the greater of the contract anniversary value or the total Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA) for this optional feature only if you select it as follows:

Application signed date	Maximum annual rider fee	Initial annual rider fee
5/1/2007 – 5/31/2008, Single Life	1.50%	0.65%
5/1/2007 – 5/31/2008, Joint Life	1.75%	0.85%
6/1/2008 – 1/25/2009, Single Life	1.50%	0.75%
6/1/2008 – 1/25/2009, Joint Life	1.75%	0.95%
1/26/2009 and later, Single Life	2.00%	1.10%
1/26/2009 and later, Joint Life	2.50%	1.40%

We deduct the charge from your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

Once you elect aSecureSourcerider, you may not cancel it and the charge will continue to be deducted until the contract or rider is terminated, or the contract value reduces to zero. If the contract or rider is terminated for any reason, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the charge. If the RBA reduces to zero but the contract value has not been depleted, you will continue to be charged.

We may increase the rider fee at our discretion and on a nondiscriminatory basis. However, the rider fee will not exceed the maximum fees as shown in the table above.

We will not change theSecureSourcerider fee in effect on your contract after the rider effective date unless:

(a)	you choose the annual elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee; or
(b)	you elect to change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee or vary the rider fee for each PN program investment option.

Effective Dec. 18, 2013, we exercised our right to increase the rider fee and vary the fee depending on the fund to which your contract value is invested. Beginning Dec. 18, 2013, if you:

• request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up, or

• move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is more aggressive than the Portfolio Navigator fund you are currently allocated to,

the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are currently invested as shown in the table below.

If you move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is less aggressive than the Portfolio Navigator fund you are currently allocated to, your fee will not increase and may decrease according to the table below.

		Portfolio Navigator funds
Application signed date	All Portfolio Stabilizer funds	Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)
5/1/2007 – 5/31/2008, Single Life	0.65%	0.75%	0.75%	0.75%	0.90%	1.00%

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    35

		Portfolio Navigator funds
Application signed date	All Portfolio Stabilizer funds	Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)
5/1/2007 – 5/31/2008, Joint Life	0.85%	0.95%	0.95%	0.95%	1.10%	1.20%
6/1/2008 – 1/25/2009, Single Life	0.75%	0.85%	0.85%	0.85%	1.00%	1.10%
6/1/2008 – 1/25/2009, Joint Life	0.95%	1.05%	1.05%	1.05%	1.20%	1.30%
1/26/2009 and later, Single Life	1.10%	1.10%	1.10%	1.10%	1.20%	1.30%
1/26/2009 and later, Joint Life	1.40%	1.40%	1.40%	1.40%	1.50%	1.60%

On your next contract anniversary, if your contract value is allocated to a fund subject to a fee increase, you will have 30 days following the anniversary to choose from the following:

1	Remain invested in your current Portfolio Navigator fund and elect to step up (when available) and lock in your contract gains. If you make this decision, your rider fee will increase.
2.	Move to one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. If you do this, your rider fee will not increase, but remember that you will lose your access to invest in the Portfolio Navigator funds.
3.	Do not elect a step up. You will not lock in contract gains, but your rider fee will stay the same.

During the 30 days following your contract anniversary, if your contract value is allocated to a fund subject to a fee increase, we will automatically process any available step up and lock in any contract gains, as well as reactivate automatic step ups, when contract value is transferred:

1.	to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund;
2.	to a less aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund that is not subject to a fee increase, if applicable; or
3.	to a more aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund.

The step up and lock in of any contract gains will occur as of the date of the transfer described above.

Rider fees may increase or decrease as you move to various funds. Your fee will increase if you transfer your contract value to a more aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund with a higher fee. If you transfer to a less aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund or transfer to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund, your fee may decrease. Certain rider fees may not change depending on the fund in which your contract value is allocated.

We will notify you in writing about your opportunity to elect to step up (if eligible) and incur the higher rider fee or maintain your guaranteed amount at its current level and keep your rider fee the same. If you are subject to a fee increase, you will receive a letter from us approximately 30 days before your next annuity contract anniversary. This letter will describe the potential opportunity to elect a step up to increase your guaranteed income and how to make the election (if eligible). You will have a 30 day period beginning on your next contract anniversary to choose whether to step up and accept the fee increase. The Step up and new fee will be effective on the date we receive your request for the step up (Step up date).

For purposes of determining the duration of the “30 day window” following your contract anniversary to elect to step up or to transfer funds to lock in any available contract gains, the following will apply:

1.	the duration of your window is determined on a calendar day basis;
2.	under our current administrative process we will accept your request on the 31st calendar day if we receive it prior to the close of the NYSE; and
3.	if your window ends on a day the NYSE is closed, we must receive your request no later than the close of the NYSE on the preceding Valuation Date.

Each year, we will continue to provide you written notice of your options with respect to elective step ups and the fee increase until you are no longer subject to a fee increase. Once you have taken action that results in a higher fee, you will become eligible for automatic step ups under the rider.

Before you elect a step up resulting in an increased rider fee, you should carefully consider the benefit of the contract value gains you are locking-in and the increased rider fee compared to your other options including whether it is appropriate to consider moving to a fund with a lower corresponding rider fee.

Subject to the terms of your contract, we reserve the right to further increase the rider fee up to the maximum limit provided by your rider. Currently, the rider fee does not vary among the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, but we reserve the right to vary the fees among the Portfolio Stabilizer funds in the future.

36    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If you choose the elective step up, the elective spousal continuation step up, or change your investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee as described above, you will pay the fee that is in effect on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up or change your investment option. On the next contract anniversary, we will calculate an average rider fee, for the preceding contract year only, that reflects the various different charges that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

The charge does not apply after the annuitization start date.

For an example of how your fee will vary upon elective step up or spousal continuation step up, please see Appendix E.

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider Fee

We deduct an annual charge based on the greater of the contract anniversary value or the total Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA) for this optional feature only if you select it. The initial fee is 0.65%. We deduct the charge from your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

Once you elect the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, you may not cancel it and the charge will continue to be deducted until the contract is terminated, the contract value reduces to zero. If the contract is terminated for any reason or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee. If the RBA goes to zero but the contract value has not been depleted, you will continue to be charged.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider charge will not exceed a maximum fee of 1.50%.

We may increase the rider fee at our discretion and on a nondiscriminatory basis.

We will not change the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider fee in effect on your contract after the rider effective date unless:

(a)	you choose the annual elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee; or
(b)	you elect to change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee or vary the rider fee for each PN program investment option.

Effective Dec. 18, 2013, we exercised our right to increase the rider fee and vary the fee depending on the fund to which your contract value is invested. Beginning Dec. 18, 2013, if you:

• request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up, or

• move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is more aggressive than the Portfolio Navigator fund you are currently allocated to,

the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are currently invested as shown in the table below.

If you move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is less aggressive than the Portfolio Navigator fund you are currently allocated to, your fee will not increase and may decrease according to the table below.

Fund name	Maximum annual rider fee	Current annual rider fee as of 12/18/13
Portfolio Stabilizer funds	1.50%	0.65%
Portfolio Navigator funds:
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.80%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.80%
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.80%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.95%
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	1.10%

On your next contract anniversary, if your contract value is allocated to a fund subject to a fee increase, you will have 30 days following the anniversary to choose from the following:

1.	Remain invested in your current Portfolio Navigator fund and elect to step up (when available) and lock in your contract gains. If you make this decision, your rider fee will increase.
2.	Move to one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. If you do this, your rider fee will not increase, but remember that you will lose your access to invest in the Portfolio Navigator funds.
3.	Do not elect a step up, if eligible. You will not lock in contract gains, but your rider fee will stay the same.

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    37

During the 30 days following your contract anniversary, if your contract value is allocated to a fund subject to a fee increase, we will automatically process any available step up and lock in any contract gains, as well as reactivate automatic step ups, when contract value is transferred:

1.	to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund;
2.	to a less aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund that is not subject to a fee increase, if applicable; or
3.	to a more aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund.

The step up and lock in of any contract gains will occur as of the date of the transfer described above.

Rider fees may increase or decrease as you move to various funds. Your fee will increase if you transfer your contract value to a more aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund with a higher fee. If you transfer to a less aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund or transfer to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund, your fee may decrease. Certain rider fees may not change depending on the fund in which your contract value is allocated.

We will notify you in writing about your opportunity to elect to step up (if eligible) and incur the higher rider fee or maintain your guaranteed amount at its current level and keep your rider fee the same. If you are subject to a fee increase, you will receive a letter from us approximately 30 days before your next annuity contract anniversary. This letter will describe the potential opportunity to elect a step up to increase your guaranteed income and how to make the election if eligible. You will have a 30 day period beginning on your next contract anniversary to choose whether to step up and accept the fee increase. The step up and new fee will be effective on the date we receive your request for the step up (Step up date).

For purposes of determining the duration of the “30 day window” following your contract anniversary to elect to step up or to transfer funds to lock in any available contract gains, the following will apply:

1.	the duration of your window is determined on a calendar day basis;
2.	under our current administrative process we will accept your request on the 31st calendar day if we receive it prior to the close of the NYSE; and
3.	if your window ends on a day the NYSE is closed, we must receive your request no later than the close of the NYSE on the preceding Valuation Date.

Each year, we will continue to provide you written notice of your options with respect to elective step ups and the fee increase until you are no longer subject to a fee increase. Once you have taken action that results in a higher fee, you will become eligible for automatic step ups under the rider.

Before you elect a step up resulting in an increased rider fee, you should carefully consider the benefit of the contract value gains you are locking-in and the increased rider fee compared to your other options including whether it is appropriate to consider moving to a fund with a lower corresponding rider fee.

Subject to the terms of your contract, we reserve the right to further increase the rider fee up to the maximum limit provided by your rider. Currently, the rider fee does not vary among the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, but we reserve the right to vary the fees among the Portfolio Stabilizer funds in the future.

If you choose the elective step up, the elective spousal continuation step up, or change your investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee as described above, you will pay the fee that is in effect on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up or change your investment option. On the next contract anniversary, we will calculate an average fee, for the preceding contract year only, that reflects the various different charges that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

The charge does not apply after annuity payouts begin.

For an example of how your fee will vary upon elective step up or spousal continuation step up, please see Appendix N.

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider Fee⁽¹⁾

This fee information applies to both Rider A and Rider B unless otherwise noted.

We deduct an annual charge based on contract value for this optional feature only if you select it. The initial fee is 0.55%. We deduct the charge from your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

⁽¹⁾ See disclosure in Appendix K.

38    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Once you elect the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, you may not cancel it and the charge will continue to be deducted until the contract is terminated, the contract value reduces to zero. If the contract is terminated for any reason or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee. If the Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA) goes to zero but the contract value has not been depleted, you will continue to be charged.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider fee will not exceed a maximum charge of 1.50%.

We may increase the rider fee at our discretion and on a nondiscriminatory basis.

We will not change the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider fee in effect on your contract after the rider effective date unless:

(a)	you choose the annual elective step up or elective spousal continuation step up after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee; or
(b)	you elect to change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee or vary the rider fee for each PN program investment option.

Effective Dec. 18, 2013, we exercised our right to increase the rider fee and vary the fee depending on the fund to which your contract value is invested.

Beginning Dec. 18, 2013, if you:

• request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up, or

• move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is more aggressive than the Portfolio Navigator fund you are currently allocated to,

the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are currently invested as shown in the table below.

If you move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is less aggressive than the Portfolio Navigator fund you are currently allocated to, your fee will not increase and may decrease according to the table below.

Fund name	Maximum annual rider fee	Current annual rider fee as of 12/18/13
Portfolio Stabilizer funds	1.50%	0.55%
Portfolio Navigator funds:
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.85%
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	1.00%

On your next contract anniversary after, if your contract value is allocated to a fund subject to a fee increase, you will have 30 days following the anniversary to choose from the following:

1.	Remain invested in your current Portfolio Navigator fund and elect to step up (when available) and lock in your contract gains. If you make this decision, your rider fee will increase.
2.	Move to one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. If you do this, your rider fee will not increase, but remember that you will lose your access to invest in the Portfolio Navigator funds.
3.	Do not elect a step up, if eligible. You will not lock in contract gains, but your rider fee will stay the same.

For the enhanced rider, if during the 30 days following your contract anniversary, your contract value is allocated to a fund subject to a fee increase, we will automatically process any available step up and lock in any contract gains, as well as reactivate automatic step ups, when contract value is transferred:

1.	to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund;
2.	to a less aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund that is not subject to a fee increase, if applicable; or
3.	to a more aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund.

For original riders, you must always elect to step up your rider values. The step up and lock in of any contract gains will occur as of the date of the transfer described above.

Rider fees may increase or decrease as you move to various funds. Your fee will increase if you transfer your contract value to a more aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund with a higher fee. If you transfer to a less aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund or transfer to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund, your fee may decrease. Certain rider fees may not change depending on the fund in which your contract value is allocated.

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    39

We will notify you in writing about your opportunity to elect to step up (if eligible) and incur the higher rider fee or maintain your guaranteed amount at its current level and keep your rider fee the same. For original riders or enhanced riders subject to a fee increase, you will receive a letter from us approximately 30 days before your next annuity contract anniversary. This letter will describe the potential opportunity to elect a step up to increase your guaranteed income and how to make the election if eligible. You will have a 30 day period beginning on your next contract anniversary to choose whether to step up and accept the fee increase. For enhanced riders and original riders with an application signed date on or after 4/29/2005, if approved in your state, the step up and new fee will be effective on the date we receive your request for the step up (Step up date). For original riders with an application signed date before 4/29/2005, the step up will be effective as of your contract anniversary and the fee for your rider will be the fee that was in effect for your current fund on the anniversary.

For purposes of determining the duration of the “30 day window” following your contract anniversary to elect to step up or to transfer funds to lock in any available contract gains, the following will apply:

1.	the duration of your window is determined on a calendar day basis;
2.	under our current administrative process we will accept your request on the 31st calendar day if we receive it prior to the close of the NYSE; and
3.	if your window ends on a day the NYSE is closed, we must receive your request no later than the close of the NYSE on the preceding Valuation Date.

Under the enhanced rider, each year, we will continue to provide you written notice of your options with respect to elective step ups and the fee increase until you are no longer subject to a fee increase. Once you have taken action that results in a higher fee, you will become eligible for automatic step ups under the rider.

Before you elect a step up resulting in an increased rider fee, you should carefully consider the benefit of the contract value gains you are locking-in and the increased rider fee compared to your other options including whether it is appropriate to consider moving to a fund with a lower corresponding rider fee.

Subject to the terms of your contract, we reserve the right to further increase the rider fee up to the maximum limit provided by your rider. Currently, the rider fee does not vary among the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, but we reserve the right to vary the fees among the Portfolio Stabilizer funds in the future.

If you choose the annual or spousal continuation elective step up or change your investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee as described above, you will pay the fee that is in effect on the effective date of your step up or investment option change. On the next contract anniversary, we will calculate an average rider fee, for the preceding contract year only, that reflects the various different charges that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

The charge does not apply after annuity payouts begin.

For an example of how your fee will vary upon elective step up or spousal continuation step up, please see Appendix N.

Income Assurer Benefit Rider Fee

We deduct a charge for this optional feature only if you selected it. We determine the charge by multiplying the guaranteed income benefit base by the charge for the Income Assurer Benefit rider you select. There are three Income Assurer Benefit rider options available under your contract (see “Optional Benefits — Income Assurer Benefit Riders”) and each has a different guaranteed income benefit base calculation. The charge for each Income Assurer Benefit rider is as follows:

	Maximum	Current
Income Assurer Benefit – MAV	1.50%	0.30%(1)
Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base	1.75	0.60(1)
Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base	2.00	0.65(1)

⁽¹⁾ For applications signed prior to Oct. 7, 2004, the following current annual rider charges apply: Income Assurer Benefit – MAV — 0.55%, Income Assurer Benefit — 5% Accumulation Benefit Base — 0.70%; and Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base — 0.75%.

We deduct the charge from the contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among the GPAs , the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary. If the contract is terminated for any reason or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the fee from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee.

Currently the Income Assurer Benefit rider fee does not vary with the PN program investment option selected; however, we reserve the right to increase this fee and/or vary the rider fee for each PN program investment option but not to exceed the maximum charges shown above. We cannot change the Income Assurer Benefit charge after the rider

40    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

effective date, unless you change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the fee and/or charge a separate fee for each PN program investment option. If you choose to change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee, you will pay the fee that is in effect on the valuation date we receive your written request to change your PN program investment option. On the next contract anniversary, we will calculate an average rider fee, for the preceding contract year only, that reflects the various different charges that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

For an example of how each Income Assurer Benefit rider fee is calculated, see Appendix L.

Optional Death Benefit Charges

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider Fee

We deduct a charge for the optional feature only if you select it. If selected, we deduct 0.25% of your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

If the contract is terminated for any reason other than death or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the charge. We cannot increase this annual charge after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider Fee

We charge a fee for the optional feature only if you select it. If selected, we deduct 0.40% of your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this fee among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

If the contract is terminated for any reason other than death or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the fee from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee. We cannot increase this annual charge after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

Valuing Your Investment

We value your accounts as follows:

GPAs

We value the amounts you allocate to the GPAs directly in dollars. The value of the GPAs equals:

• the sum of your purchase payments and transfer amounts allocated to the GPAs;

• plus interest credited;

• minus the sum of amounts withdrawn (including any applicable withdrawal charges) and amounts transferred out;

• minus any prorated portion of the contract administrative charge; and

• minus the prorated portion of the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Accumulation Protector Benefit rider;

– SecureSource rider

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider;

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider;

– Income Assurer Benefit rider;

– Benefit Protector rider; or

– Benefit Protector Plus rider.

The Fixed Account

The fixed account includes the one-year fixed account and the DCA fixed account.

We value the amounts you allocate to the fixed account directly in dollars. The value of the fixed account equals:

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    41

• the sum of your purchase payments allocated to the one-year fixed account (if included) and the DCA fixed account (if included), and transfer amounts to the one-year fixed account (including any positive or negative MVA on amounts transferred from the GPAs to the one-year fixed account);

• plus interest credited;

• minus the sum of amounts withdrawn (including any applicable withdrawal charges for Contract L) and amounts transferred out;

• minus any prorated portion of the contract administrative charge; and

• minus the prorated portion of the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Accumulation Protector Benefit rider;

– SecureSource rider

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider;

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider;

– Income Assurer Benefit rider;

– Benefit Protector rider; or

– Benefit Protector Plus rider.

Subaccounts

We convert amounts you allocated to the subaccounts into accumulation units. Each time you make a purchase payment or transfer amounts into one of the subaccounts, we credit a certain number of accumulation units to your contract for that subaccount. Conversely, we subtract a certain number of accumulation units from your contract each time you take a partial withdrawal; transfer amounts out of a subaccount; or we assess a contract administrative charge, a withdrawal charge, or fee for any optional contract riders with annual charges (if applicable).

The accumulation units are the true measure of investment value in each subaccount during the accumulation period. They are related to, but not the same as, the net asset value of the fund in which the subaccount invests. The dollar value of each accumulation unit can rise or fall daily depending on the variable account expenses, performance of the fund and on certain fund expenses.

Here is how we calculate accumulation unit values:

Number of units: To calculate the number of accumulation units for a particular subaccount, we divide your investment by the current accumulation unit value.

Accumulation unit value: The current accumulation unit value for each subaccount equals the last value times the subaccount’s current net investment factor.

We determine the net investment factor by:

• adding the fund’s current net asset value per share, plus the per share amount of any accrued income or capital gain dividends to obtain a current adjusted net asset value per share; then

• dividing that sum by the previous adjusted net asset value per share; and

• subtracting the percentage factor representing the mortality and expense risk fee and the variable account administrative charge from the result.

Because the net asset value of the fund may fluctuate, the accumulation unit value may increase or decrease. You bear all the investment risk in a subaccount.

Factors that affect subaccount accumulation units: Accumulation units may change in two ways — in number and in value.

The number of accumulation units you own may fluctuate due to:

• additional purchase payments you allocate to the subaccounts;

• transfers into or out of the subaccounts (including any positive or negative MVA on amounts transferred from the GPAs);

• partial withdrawals;

• withdrawal charges (for contract Option L);

and the deduction of a prorated portion of:

• the contract administrative charge; and

• the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Accumulation Protector Benefit rider;

42    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

– SecureSource rider;

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider;

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider;

– Income Assurer Benefit rider;

– Benefit Protector rider; or

– Benefit Protector Plus rider.

Accumulation unit values will fluctuate due to:

• changes in fund net asset value;

• fund dividends distributed to the subaccounts;

• fund capital gains or losses;

• fund operating expenses; and

• mortality and expense risk fee and the variable account administrative charge.

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    43

Making the Most of Your Contract

Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging

Currently, you can use automated transfers to take advantage of dollar-cost averaging (investing a fixed amount at regular intervals). For example, you might transfer a set amount monthly from a relatively conservative subaccount to a more aggressive one, or to several others, or from the one-year GPA or one-year fixed account to one or more subaccounts. Automated transfers are not available for GPA terms of two or more years. You can also obtain the benefits of dollar-cost averaging by setting up regular automatic SIP payments or by establishing an interest sweep strategy. Interest sweeps are a monthly transfer of the interest earned from the one-year GPA or one-year fixed account into the subaccounts of your choice. If you participate in an interest sweep strategy the interest you earn on the one-year GPA or one-year fixed account will be less than the annual interest rate we apply because there will be no compounding. There is no charge for dollar-cost averaging.

This systematic approach can help you benefit from fluctuations in accumulation unit values caused by fluctuations in the market values of the funds. Since you invest the same amount each period, you automatically acquire more units when the market value falls and fewer units when it rises. The potential effect is to lower your average cost per unit.

How dollar-cost averaging works

By investing an equal number of dollars each month		Month	Amount invested	Accumulation unit value	Number of units purchased
		Jan	$100	$20	5.00
		Feb	100	18	5.56
you automatically buy more units when the per unit market price is low		Mar	100	17	5.88
	→	Apr	100	15	6.67
		May	100	16	6.25
		Jun	100	18	5.56
		Jul	100	17	5.88
and fewer units when the per unit market price is high.		Aug	100	19	5.26
	→	Sept	100	21	4.76
		Oct	100	20	5.00

You paid an average price of $17.91 per unit over the 10 months, while the average market price actually was $18.10.

Dollar-cost averaging does not guarantee that any subaccount will gain in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. Because dollar-cost averaging involves continuous investing, your success will depend upon your willingness to continue to invest regularly through periods of low price levels. Dollar-cost averaging can be an effective way to help meet your long-term goals. For specific features contact your investment professional.

Dollar-cost averaging as described in this section is not available when the PN program is in effect.

However, subject to certain restrictions, dollar-cost averaging is available through the DCA fixed account. See the “DCA Fixed Account” and “Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds” sections in this prospectus for details.

Asset Rebalancing

You can ask us in writing to automatically rebalance the subaccount portion of your contract value either quarterly, semiannually, or annually. The period you select will start to run on the date we record your request. On the first valuation date of each of these periods, we automatically will rebalance your contract value so that the value in each subaccount matches your current subaccount percentage allocations. These percentage allocations must be in whole numbers. There is no charge for asset rebalancing. The contract value must be at least $2,000.

You can change your percentage allocations or your rebalancing period at any time by contacting us in writing. We will restart the rebalancing period you selected as of the date we record your change. You also can ask us in writing to stop rebalancing your contract value. You must allow 30 days for us to change any instructions that currently are in place. For more information on asset rebalancing, contact your investment professional.

Different rules apply to asset rebalancing under the PN program (see “Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds” below).

As long as you are not participating in the PN program, asset rebalancing is available for use with the DCA fixed account (see “DCA Fixed Account”) only if your subaccount allocation for asset rebalancing is exactly the same as your subaccount allocation for transfers from the DCA fixed account. If you change your subaccount allocations under the

44    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

asset rebalancing program or the DCA fixed account, we will automatically change the subaccount allocations so they match. If you do not wish to have the subaccount allocation be the same for the asset rebalancing program and the DCA fixed account, you must terminate the asset rebalancing program or the DCA fixed account, as you may choose.

Portfolio Navigator Program (PN program) and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds

PN Program. You are required to participate in the PN program if your contract includes optional living benefit riders. Under the PN program, your contract value is allocated to a PN program investment. The PN program investment options are currently five funds of funds, each of which invests in underlying funds in proportions that vary among the funds of funds in light of each fund of funds’ investment objective (“Portfolio Navigator funds”). The PN program is available for both nonqualified and qualified annuities.

The Portfolio Navigator funds. We offer the following Portfolio Navigator funds:

1.	Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio
2.	Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio
3.	Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio
4.	Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio
5.	Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio

Each Portfolio Navigator fund is a fund of funds with the investment objective of seeking a high level of total return consistent with a certain level of risk, which it seeks to achieve by investing in various underlying funds.

For additional information about the Portfolio Navigator funds’ investment strategies, see the Funds’ prospectus.

If your contract does not include one of the living benefit riders, you may not participate in the PN program, but you may choose to allocate your contract value to one or more of the Portfolio Navigator funds.

Beginning November 18, 2013, if you have selected one of theSecureSource riders, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life riders, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider or Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, as an alternative to the Portfolio Navigator funds in the PN program, we have made available to you four new funds, known as Portfolio Stabilizer funds.

The Portfolio Stabilizer funds. The following Portfolio Stabilizer funds currently available are:

1.	Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Fund (Class 2)
2.	Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2)
3.	Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2)
4.	Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Growth Fund (Class 2)

Each Portfolio Stabilizer fund has an investment objective of pursuing total return while seeking to manage the Fund’s exposure to equity market volatility.

For additional information about the Portfolio Stabilizer funds’ investment strategies, see the Funds’ prospectuses.

You may choose to remain invested in your current Portfolio Navigator fund, move to a different Portfolio Navigator fund, or move to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund. Your decision should be made based on your own individual investment objectives and financial situation and in consultation with your investment professional.

Please note that if you are currently invested in a Portfolio Navigator fund as part of the PN program and choose to reallocate your contract value to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund, you will no longer have access to any of the Portfolio Navigator funds, but you may change to any one of the other Portfolio Stabilizer funds, subject to the transfer limits applicable to your rider.

If your contract does not include the living benefit riders, you may not participate in the PN program; but you may choose to allocate your contract value to one or more of the Portfolio Navigator funds. You should review any PN program, Portfolio Navigator funds and Portfolio Stabilizer funds information, including the funds’ prospectus, carefully. Your investment professional can provide you with additional information and can answer questions you may have on the PN program, Portfolio Navigator funds and Portfolio Stabilizer funds.

The PN program static model portfolios. If you have chosen to remain invested in a “static” PN program model portfolio investment option, your assets will remain invested in accordance with your current model portfolio, and you will not be provided with any updates to the model portfolio or reallocation recommendations. (The last such reallocation recommendation was provided in 2009.) Each model portfolio consists of underlying funds and/or any GPAs (if included) according to the allocation percentages stated for the model portfolio. If you are participating in the PN program through a model portfolio, you instruct us to automatically rebalance your contract value quarterly in order to maintain alignment with these allocation percentages.

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    45

Special rules apply to the GPAs if they are included in a model portfolio. Under these rules:

• no MVA will apply when rebalancing occurs within a specific model portfolio (but an MVA may apply if you elect to transfer to a fund of funds);

• no MVA will apply when you elect an annuity payout plan while your contract value is invested in a model portfolio. (See “Guarantee Period Accounts — Market Value Adjustment.”)

If you choose to remain in a static model portfolio, the investments and investment styles and policies of the underlying funds in which your contract value is invested may change. Accordingly, your model portfolio may change so that it is no longer appropriate for your needs, even though your allocations to underlying funds do not change. Furthermore, the absence of periodic updating means that existing underlying funds will not be replaced as may be appropriate due to poor performance, changes in management personnel, liquidation, merger or other factors. Your investment professional can help you determine whether your continued investment in a static model portfolio is appropriate for you.

Investing in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, the Portfolio Navigator funds and PN static model portfolios (the Funds). You are responsible for determining which investment option is best for you. Currently, the PN program includes five Portfolio Navigator funds (and under the previous PN program, five static model portfolios investment options), with risk profiles ranging from conservative to aggressive in relation to one another. There are four Portfolio Stabilizer funds currently available. If your contract includes a living benefit rider you may only invest in one Portfolio Stabilizer or Portfolio Navigator fund at a time.
Your investment professional can help you determine which investment option most closely matches your investing style, based on factors such as your investment goals, your tolerance for risk and how long you intend to invest. There is no guarantee that the investment option you select is appropriate for you based on your investment objectives and/or risk profile. We and Columbia Management are not responsible for your decision to select a certain investment option or your decision to transfer to a different investment option.

If you initially allocate qualifying purchase payments to the DCA fixed account , when available (see “DCA Fixed Account”), and you are invested in one of the Portfolio Stabilizer or Portfolio Navigator funds, we will make monthly transfers in accordance with your instructions from the DCA fixed account into the investment option or model portfolio you have chosen.

Before you decide to transfer contract value to the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, you and your investment professional should carefully consider the following:

• Whether the Portfolio Stabilizer funds meet your personal investment objectives and/or risk tolerance.

• Whether you would like to continue to invest in a Portfolio Navigator fund. If you decide to transfer your contract value to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund, you permanently lose your ability to invest in any of the Portfolio Navigator funds if you have a living benefit rider. If you decide to no longer invest your contract value in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, your only option will be to terminate your contract by requesting a full surrender.Withdrawal charges and tax penalties may apply.

• Whether the total expenses associated with an investment in a Portfolio Stabilizer fund is appropriate for you. For total expenses associated with the rider, you should consider not only the variation of the rider fee, but also the variation in fees among the various funds. You should also consider your overall investment objective, as well as how total fees and your selected fund’s investment objective may impact the amount of any step up opportunities in the future.

You may request a change to your Fund selection (or a transfer from your PN program static model portfolio to either a Portfolio Navigator fund or a Portfolio Stabilizer fund) up to two times per contract year by written request on an authorized form or by another method agreed to by us. If you make such a change, we may charge you a higher fee for your rider. However, an initial transfer from a Portfolio Navigator fund to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund will not count toward the limit of two transfers per year. If your contract includes aSecureSource rider, we reserve the right to limit the number of changes if required to comply with the written instructions of a fund (see “Market Timing”). If your contract includes the GWB for Life rider orSecureSource rider, we reserve the right to limit the number of investment options from which you can select, subject to state restrictions. If you decide to annuitize your contract, your rider will terminate and you will no longer have access to the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. If your living benefit rider is terminated, you may remain invested in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, but you will not be allowed to allocate future purchase payments or make transfers to these funds.

Substitution and modification. We reserve the right to add, remove or substitute Funds. We also reserve the right, upon notification to you, to close or restrict any Fund. Any change will apply to current allocations and/or to future payments and transfers. Any substitution of Funds may be subject to SEC or state insurance departments approval.

We reserve the right to change the terms and conditions of the PN program or to change the availability of the investment options upon written notice to you. This includes but is not limited to the right to:

• limit your choice of investment options based on the amount of your initial purchase payment;

46    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• cancel required participation in the program after 30 days written notice;

• substitute a fund of funds for your model portfolio, if applicable, if permitted under applicable securities law; and

• discontinue the PN program after 30 days written notice.

Risks associated with the Funds. An investment in a Fund involves risk. Principal risks associated with an investment in a Fund may be found in the relevant Fund’s prospectus. There is no assurance that the Funds will achieve their respective investment objectives. In addition, there is no guarantee that the Fund’s strategy will have its intended effect or that it will work as effectively as is intended.

Investing in a Portfolio Navigator fund, Portfolio Stabilizer fund or PN program static model portfolio does not guarantee that your contract will increase in value nor will it protect in a decline in value if market prices fall. Depending on future market conditions and considering only the potential return on your investment in the Fund, you might benefit (or benefit more) from selecting alternative investment options.

For more information and a list of the risks associated with investing in the Funds, including volatility and volatility management risk associated with Portfolio Stabilizer funds, please consult the applicable Funds’ prospectuses and “The Variable Account and the Funds – Risks and Conflicts of Interest with Certain Funds Advised by Columbia Management” section in this prospectus.

Conflicts of interest. In providing investment advisory services for the Funds and the underlying funds in which those Funds respectively invest, Columbia Management is, together with its affiliates, including us, subject to competing interests that may influence its decisions.

For additional information regarding the conflicts of interest to which Columbia Management may be subject, see the Funds’ prospectuses and “The Variable Account and the Funds – Risks and Conflicts of Interest with Certain Funds Advised by Columbia Management” section in this prospectus.

Automatic reallocation after taking withdrawal. If you selected theSecureSource, riders, under the rules currently applicable to investments in the Portfolio Navigator funds, your contract value will be automatically reallocated to the Moderate option, Variable Portfolio — Moderate Portfolio once you begin taking withdrawals if the fund you are invested in is more aggressive. By contrast, under the rules applicable to investments in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, your contract value will not automatically be reallocated to a more conservative investment option after you begin taking withdrawals.

Living benefits requiring participation in the PN program or investing in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds:

• Accumulation Protector Benefit rider: You cannot terminate the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. As long as the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider is in effect, your contract value must be invested in one of the PN program investment options or in one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. For contracts with applications signed on or after Jan. 26, 2009, you cannot select the Portfolio Navigator Aggressive investment option, or transfer to the Portfolio Navigator Aggressive investment option while the rider is in effect. The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider automatically ends at the end of the waiting period and you then have the option to cancel your participation in the PN program. At all other times, if you do not want to invest in any of the PN program investment options or the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, you must terminate your contract by requesting a full withdrawal. Withdrawal charges and tax penalties may apply.

• SecureSource or Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider: TheSecureSource rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider requires that your contract value be invested in one of the PN program investment options or in one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, for the life of the contract. Subject to state restrictions, we reserve the right to limit the number of investment options from which you can select based on the dollar amount of purchase payments you make. Because you cannot terminate theSecureSource rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider once you have selected it, you must terminate your contract by requesting a full withdrawal if you do not want to invest in any of the PN program investment options or the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. Withdrawal charges and tax penalties may apply.

• Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider: The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider requires that your contract value be invested in one of the PN program investment options or in one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, for the life of the contract and because you cannot terminate the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider once you have selected it, you must terminate your contract by requesting a full withdrawal if you do not want to invest in any of the PN program investment options or the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. Withdrawal charges and tax penalties may apply.

Living benefit requiring participation in the PN program:

• Income Assurer Benefit rider: The Income Assurer Benefit rider requires that your contract value be invested in one of the PN program investment options for the life of the contract. You can terminate the Income Assurer Benefit rider during the 30-day period after the first rider anniversary and at any time after the expiration of the waiting period. At

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    47

all other times you cannot terminate the Income Assurer Benefit rider once you have selected it and you must terminate your contract by requesting a full withdrawal if you do not want to invest in any of the PN program investment options. Withdrawal charges and tax penalties may apply.

Transferring Among Accounts

The transfer rights discussed in this section do not apply if you have selected one of the optional living benefit riders.

You may transfer contract value from any one subaccount, GPA, the one-year fixed account or the DCA fixed account. to another subaccount before annuity payouts begin. Certain restrictions apply to transfers involving the GPAs and the one-year fixed account. You may not transfer contract value to the DCA fixed account.

The date your request to transfer will be processed depends on when and how we receive it:

For transfer requests received in writing:

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your transfer request.

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your transfer request.

For transfer requests received by phone:

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your transfer request.

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your transfer request.

There is no charge for transfers. Before making a transfer, you should consider the risks involved in changing investments. Transfers out of the GPAs will be subject to an MVA if done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period.

We may suspend or modify transfer privileges at any time.

For information on transfers after annuity payouts begin, see “Transfer policies” below.

Transfer policies

• Before annuity payouts begin, you may transfer contract values between the subaccounts, or from the subaccounts to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account (if included) at any time. However, if you made a transfer from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs, you may not make a transfer from any subaccount or GPA back to the one-year fixed account for six months following that transfer. We reserve the right to further limit transfers to the one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then currently crediting to the one-year fixed account is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract.

• You may transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account (if included) to the subaccounts or the GPAs once a year on or within 30 days before or after the contract anniversary (except for automated transfers, which can be set up at any time for certain transfer periods subject to certain minimums). Transfers from the one-year fixed account are not subject to an MVA. For Contract Option L, the amount of contract value transferred to the one-year fixed account cannot result in the value of the one-year fixed account being greater than 30% of the contract value; transfers out of the one-year fixed account are limited to 30% of one-year fixed account values at the beginning of the contract year or $10,000, whichever is greater. For Contract Option C, transfers to the one-year fixed account and transfers out of the one-year fixed account may not be available or may be significantly limited. See your contract for the actual terms of the one-year fixed account you purchased. For both Contract Option L and Contract Option C, we reserve the right to further limit transfers to or from the one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then crediting on new purchase payments allocated to the one-year fixed account is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract.

• You may transfer contract values from a GPA any time after 60 days of transfer or payment allocation to the account. Because of these limitations, it may take several years to transfer all your contract value from the one-year fixed account. You should carefully consider whether the one-year fixed account meets your investment criteria before you invest. Transfers made more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will receive an MVA, which may result in a gain or loss of contract value, unless an exception applies (see “The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs) — Market Value Adjustment (MVA)”).

48    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• If we receive your request on or within 30 days before or after the contract anniversary date, the transfer from the one-year fixed account to the GPAs will be effective on the valuation date we receive it.

• You may not transfer contract values from the subaccounts, the GPAs, or the one-year fixed account into the DCA fixed account. However, you may transfer contract values from the DCA fixed account to any of the investment options available under your contract, subject to investment minimums and other restrictions we may impose on investments in the one-year fixed account and the GPA, as described above. (See “DCA Fixed Account.”)

• Once annuity payouts begin, you may not make transfers to or from the GPAs or the fixed account, but you may make transfers once per contract year among the subaccounts. During the annuity payout period, we reserve the right to limit the number of subaccounts in which you may invest. When annuity payments begin, you must transfer all contract value out of your GPAs and the DCA fixed account.

Market Timing

Market timing can reduce the value of your investment in the contract. If market timing causes the returns of an underlying fund to suffer, contract value you have allocated to a subaccount that invests in that underlying fund will be lower too. Market timing can cause you, any joint owner of the contract and your beneficiary(ies) under the contract a financial loss.

We seek to prevent market timing. Market timing is frequent or short-term trading activity. We do not accommodate short-term trading activities. Do not buy a contract if you wish to use short-term trading strategies to manage your investment. The market timing policies and procedures described below apply to transfers among the subaccounts within the contract. The underlying funds in which the subaccounts invest have their own market timing policies and procedures. The market timing policies of the underlying funds may be more restrictive than the market timing policies and procedures we apply to transfers among the subaccounts of the contract, and may include redemption fees. We reserve the right to modify our market timing policies and procedures at any time without prior notice to you.

Market timing may hurt the performance of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests in several ways, including but not necessarily limited to:

• diluting the value of an investment in an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests;

• increasing the transaction costs and expenses of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests; and,

• preventing the investment adviser(s) of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests from fully investing the assets of the fund in accordance with the fund’s investment objectives.

Funds available as investment options under the contract that invest in securities that trade in overseas securities markets may be at greater risk of loss from market timing, as market timers may seek to take advantage of changes in the values of securities between the close of overseas markets and the close of U.S. markets. Also, the risks of market timing may be greater for underlying funds that invest in securities such as small cap stocks, high yield bonds, or municipal securities, that may be traded infrequently.

In order to help protect you and the underlying funds from the potentially harmful effects of market timing activity, we apply the following market timing policy to discourage frequent transfers of contract value among the subaccounts of the variable account:

We try to distinguish market timing from transfers that we believe are not harmful, such as periodic rebalancing for purposes of an asset allocation, dollar-cost averaging and asset rebalancing program that may be described in this prospectus. There is no set number of transfers that constitutes market timing. Even one transfer in related accounts may be market timing. We seek to restrict the transfer privileges of a contract owner who makes more than three subaccount transfers in any 90 day period. We also reserve the right to refuse any transfer request, if, in our sole judgment, the dollar amount of the transfer request would adversely affect unit values.

If we determine, in our sole judgment, that your transfer activity constitutes market timing, we may modify, restrict or suspend your transfer privileges to the extent permitted by applicable law, which may vary based on the state law that applies to your contract and the terms of your contract. These restrictions or modifications may include, but not be limited to:

• requiring transfer requests to be submitted only by first-class U.S. mail;

• not accepting hand-delivered transfer requests or requests made by overnight mail;

• not accepting telephone or electronic transfer requests;

• requiring a minimum time period between each transfer;

• not accepting transfer requests of an agent acting under power of attorney;

• limiting the dollar amount that you may transfer at any one time;

• suspending the transfer privilege; or

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    49

• modifying instructions under an automated transfer program to exclude a restricted fund if you do not provide new instructions.

Subject to applicable state law and the terms of each contract, we will apply the policy described above to all contract owners uniformly in all cases. We will notify you in writing after we impose any modification, restriction or suspension of your transfer rights.

Because we exercise discretion in applying the restrictions described above, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to identify and restrict all market timing activity. In addition, state law and the terms of some contracts may prevent us from stopping certain market timing activity. Market timing activity that we are unable to identify and/or restrict may impact the performance of the underlying funds and may result in lower contract values.

In addition to the market timing policy described above, which applies to transfers among the subaccounts within your contract, you should carefully review the market timing policies and procedures of the underlying funds. The market timing policies and procedures of the underlying funds may be materially different than those we impose on transfers among the subaccounts within your contract and may include mandatory redemption fees as well as other measures to discourage frequent transfers. As an intermediary for the underlying funds, we are required to assist them in applying their market timing policies and procedures to transactions involving the purchase and exchange of fund shares. This assistance may include, but not be limited to, providing the underlying fund upon request with your Social Security Number, Taxpayer Identification Number or other United States government-issued identifier, and the details of your contract transactions involving the underlying fund. An underlying fund, in its sole discretion, may instruct us at any time to prohibit you from making further transfers of contract value to or from the underlying fund, and we must follow this instruction. We reserve the right to administer and collect on behalf of an underlying fund any redemption fee imposed by an underlying fund. Market timing policies and procedures adopted by underlying funds may affect your investment in the contract in several ways, including but not limited to:

• Each fund may restrict or refuse trading activity that the fund determines, in its sole discretion, represents market timing.

• Even if we determine that your transfer activity does not constitute market timing under the market timing policies described above which we apply to transfers you make under the contract, it is possible that the underlying fund’s market timing policies and procedures, including instructions we receive from a fund may require us to reject your transfer request. For example, while we will attempt to execute transfers permitted under any asset allocation, dollar-cost averaging and asset rebalancing programs that may be described in this prospectus, we cannot guarantee that an underlying fund’s market timing policies and procedures will do so. Orders we place to purchase fund shares for the variable account are subject to acceptance by the fund. We reserve the right to reject without prior notice to you any transfer request if the fund does not accept our order.

• Each underlying fund is responsible for its own market timing policies, and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to implement specific market timing policies and procedures that a fund has adopted. As a result, a fund’s returns might be adversely affected, and a fund might terminate our right to offer its shares through the variable account.

• Funds that are available as investment options under the contract may also be offered to other intermediaries who are eligible to purchase and hold shares of the fund, including without limitation, separate accounts of other insurance companies and certain retirement plans. Even if we are able to implement a fund’s market timing policies, we cannot guarantee that other intermediaries purchasing that same fund’s shares will do so, and the returns of that fund could be adversely affected as a result.

For more information about the market timing policies and procedures of an underlying fund, the risks that market timing pose to that fund, and to determine whether an underlying fund has adopted a redemption fee, see that fund’s prospectus.

How to request a Transfer or Withdrawal

11 By letter

Send your name, contract number, Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number* and signed request for a transfer or withdrawal to our Service Center:

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474

Minimum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	$500 or entire account balance

50    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Maximum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	Contract value or entire account balance

* Failure to provide a Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number may result in mandatory tax withholding on the taxable portion of the distribution.

22 By automated transfers and automated partial withdrawals

Your investment professional can help you set up automated transfers among your subaccounts, the one-year fixed account or GPAs or automated partial withdrawals from the GPAs, one-year fixed account, DCA fixed account or the subaccounts.

You can start or stop this service by written request or other method acceptable to us.

You must allow 30 days for us to change any instructions that are currently in place.

• Automated withdrawals may be restricted by applicable law under some contracts.

• You may not make systematic purchase payments if automated partial withdrawals are in effect.

• If the PN program is in effect, you are not allowed to set up automated transfers except in connection with a DCA fixed account (see “The Fixed Account — DCA Fixed Account” and “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds”).

• Automated partial withdrawals may result in income taxes and penalties on all or part of the amount withdrawn.

• If you have aSecureSourcerider, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, or Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, you may set up automated partial withdrawals up to the benefit available for withdrawal under the rider.

Minimum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	$100 monthly
	$250 quarterly, semiannually or annually

33 By phone

Call:

1-800-333-3437

Minimum amount

Transfers or withdrawals: $500 or entire account balance

Maximum amount

Transfers:	Contract value or entire account balance
Withdrawals:	$100,000

We answer telephone requests promptly, but you may experience delays when the call volume is unusually high. If you are unable to get through, use the mail procedure as an alternative.

We will honor any telephone transfer or withdrawal requests that we believe are authentic and we will use reasonable procedures to confirm that they are. This includes asking identifying questions and recording calls. As long as we follow the procedures, we (and our affiliates) will not be liable for any loss resulting from fraudulent requests.

Telephone transfers and withdrawals are automatically available. You may request that telephone transfers and withdrawals not be authorized from your account by writing to us.

Withdrawals

You may withdraw all or part of your contract at any time before the retirement date by sending us a written request or calling us.

The date your withdrawal request will be processed depends on when and how we receive it:

For withdrawal requests received in writing:

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your withdrawal request.

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    51

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your withdrawal request.

For withdrawal requests received by phone:

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your withdrawal request.

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your withdrawal request.

We may ask you to return the contract. You may have to pay a contract administrative charge, withdrawal charges or any applicable optional rider charges (see “Charges”), federal income taxes and penalties. State and local income taxes may also apply (see “Taxes”). You cannot make withdrawals after annuity payouts begin except under Annuity Payout Plan E. (See “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Any partial withdrawals you take under the contract will reduce your contract value. As a result, the value of your death benefit or any optional benefits you have elected will also be reduced. If you have elected theSecureSource rider, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider and your partial withdrawals in any contract year exceed the permitted withdrawal amount under the terms of theSecureSource rider, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, your benefits under the rider may be reduced (see “Optional Benefits”). Any partial withdrawal request that exceeds the amount allowed under the riders and impacts the guarantees provided, will not be considered in good order until we receive a signed Benefit Impact Acknowledgement form showing the projected effect of the withdrawal on the rider benefits or a verbal acknowledgement that you understand and accept the impacts that have been explained to you.

In addition, withdrawals you are required to take to satisfy RMDs under the Code may reduce the value of certain death benefits and optional benefits (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”).

Withdrawal Policies

If you have a balance in more than one account and you request a partial withdrawal, we will automatically withdraw from all your subaccounts, GPAs, the DCA fixed account, and/or the one-year fixed account in the same proportion as your value in each account correlates to your total contract value, unless requested otherwise.⁽¹⁾ After executing a partial withdrawal, the value in the one-year fixed account and each GPA and subaccount must be either zero or at least $50.

⁽¹⁾ If you elected aSecureSource rider, you do not have the option to request from which account to withdraw.

Receiving Payment

11 By regular or express mail

• payable to you;

• mailed to address of record.

NOTE: We will charge you a fee if you request express mail delivery.

22 By wire or other form of electronic payment

• request that payment be wired to your bank;

• pre-authorization required.

We may choose to permit you to have checks issued and delivered to an alternate payee or to an address other than your address of record. We may also choose to allow you to direct wires or other electronic payments to accounts owned by a third-party. We may have additional good order requirements that must be met prior to processing requests to make any payments to a party other than the owner or to an address other than the address of record. These requirements will be designed to ensure owner instructions are genuine and to prevent fraud.

Normally, we will send the payment within seven days after receiving your request in good order. However, we may postpone the payment if:

– the NYSE is closed, except for normal holiday and weekend closings;

– trading on the NYSE is restricted, according to SEC rules;

52    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

– an emergency, as defined by SEC rules, makes it impractical to sell securities or value the net assets of the accounts; or

– the SEC permits us to delay payment for the protection of security holders.

We may also postpone payment of the amount attributable to a purchase payment as part of the total withdrawal amount until cleared from the originating financial institution.

A Special Note on Cybersecurity Risks

Cybersecurity and Systems Integrity

Increasingly, businesses are dependent on the continuity, security, and effective operation of various technology systems. The nature of our business depends on the continued effective operation of our systems and those of our business partners.

This dependence makes us susceptible to operational and information security risks from cyber-attacks. These risks may include the following:

• the corruption or destruction of data;

• theft, misuse or dissemination of data to the public, including your information we hold; and

• denial of service attacks on our website or other forms of attacks on our systems and the software and hardware we use to run them.

These attacks and their consequences can negatively impact your contract, your privacy, your ability to conduct transactions on your contract, or your ability to receive timely service from us. There can be no assurance that we, the underlying funds in your contract, or our other business partners will avoid losses affecting your contract due to any successful cyber-attacks or information security breaches.

TSA–Special Provisions

Participants in Tax-Sheltered Annuities

If the contract is intended to be used in connection with an employer sponsored 403(b) plan, additional rules relating to this contract can be found in the annuity endorsement for tax sheltered 403(b) annuities. Unless we have made special arrangements with your employer, the contract is not intended for use in connection with an employer sponsored 403(b) plan that is subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”). In the event that the employer either by affirmative election or inadvertent action causes contributions under a plan that is subject to ERISA to be made to this contract, we will not be responsible for any obligations and requirements under ERISA and the regulations thereunder, unless we have prior written agreement with the employer. You should consult with your employer to determine whether your 403(b) plan is subject to ERISA.

In the event we have a written agreement with your employer to administer the plan pursuant to ERISA, special rules apply as set forth in the TSA endorsement.

The employer must comply with certain nondiscrimination requirements for certain types of contributions under a TSA contract to be excluded from taxable income. You should consult your employer to determine whether the nondiscrimination rules apply to you.

The Code imposes certain restrictions on your right to receive early distributions from a TSA:

• Distributions attributable to salary reduction contributions (plus earnings) made after Dec. 31, 1988, or to transfers or rollovers from other contracts, may be made from the TSA only if:

– you are at least age 59½;

– you are disabled as defined in the Code;

– you severed employment with the employer who purchased the contract;

– the distribution is because of your death;

– the distribution is due to plan termination; or

– you are a qualifying military reservist.

• If you encounter a financial hardship (as provided by the Code), you may be eligible to receive a distribution of all contract values attributable to salary reduction contributions made after Dec. 31, 1988, but not the earnings on them.

• Even though a distribution may be permitted under the above rules, it may be subject to IRS taxes and penalties (see “Taxes”)

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    53

• The above restrictions on distributions do not affect the availability of the amount credited to the contract as of Dec. 31, 1988. The restrictions also do not apply to transfers or exchanges of contract value within the contract, or to another registered variable annuity contract or investment vehicle available through the employer.

Changing Ownership

You may change ownership of your nonqualified annuity at any time by completing a change of ownership form we approve and sending it to our Service Center. The change will become binding on us when we receive and record it. We will honor any change of ownership request received in good order that we believe is authentic and we will use reasonable procedures to confirm authenticity. If we follow these procedures, we will not take any responsibility for the validity of the change.

If you have a nonqualified annuity, you may incur income tax liability by transferring, assigning or pledging any part of it. (See “Taxes.”)

If you have a qualified annuity, you may not sell, assign, transfer, discount or pledge your contract as collateral for a loan, or as security for the performance of an obligation or for any other purpose except as required or permitted by the Code. However, if the owner is a trust or custodian, or an employer acting in a similar capacity, ownership of the contract may be transferred to the annuitant.

Please consider carefully whether or not you wish to change ownership of your annuity contract. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, the new owner and annuitant will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract.

If you have an Income Assurer Benefit and/or Benefit Protector Plus rider, the rider will terminate upon transfer of ownership of the annuity contract. TheSecureSource – Joint Life rider, if selected, only allows transfer of the ownership of the annuity contract between covered spouses or their revocable trust(s); no other ownership changes are allowed while this rider is in force. The Accumulation Protector Benefit, theSecureSource – Single Life, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life and the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit riders will continue upon transfer of ownership of the annuity contract. For theSecureSource and Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life riders, any ownership change that impacts the guarantees provided will not be considered in good order until we receive a signed Benefit Impact Acknowledgement form showing the projected effect of the ownership change on the rider benefits or a verbal acknowledgement that you understand and accept the impacts that have been explained to you. Continuance of the Benefit Protector rider is optional. (See “Optional Benefits.”)

Benefits in Case of Death

There are four death benefit options under your contract if you die before the retirement start date while this contract is in force. You must select one of the following death benefits:

• ROP Death Benefit;

• MAV Death Benefit;

• 5% Accumulation Death Benefit;

• Enhanced Death Benefit

If it is available in your state and if both you and the annuitant are 79 or younger at contract issue, you can elect any one of the above death benefits. If either you or the annuitant are 80 or older at contract issue, the ROP Death Benefit will apply. Once you elect a death benefit, you cannot change it. We show the death benefit that applies in your contract on your contract’s data page. The death benefit you select determines the mortality and expense risk fee that is assessed against the subaccounts. (See “Charges — Mortality and Expense Risk Fee.”)

Under each option, we will pay the death benefit to your beneficiary upon the earlier of your death or the annuitant’s death. We will base the benefit paid on the death benefit coverage you chose when you purchased the contract. If a contract has more than one person as the owner, we will pay benefits upon the first to die of any owner or the annuitant.

Here are some terms used to describe the death benefits:

Adjusted partial withdrawals (calculated for ROP and MAV Death Benefits)	=	PW XDB
		CV

PW	=	the amount by which the contract value is reduced as a result of the partial withdrawal.
DB	=	the death benefit on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.
CV	=	contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.

54    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV): is zero prior to the first contract anniversary after the effective date of the rider. On the first contract anniversary after the effective date of the rider, we set the MAV as the greater of these two values:

(a)	current contract value; or
(b)	total purchase payments applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals.

Thereafter, we increase the MAV by any additional purchase payments and reduce the MAV by adjusted partial withdrawals. Every contract anniversary after that prior to the earlier of your or the annuitant’s 81st birthday, we compare the MAV to the current contract value and we reset the MAV to the higher amount.

5% Variable Account floor: This is the sum of the value of your GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the variable account floor. There is no variable account floor prior to the first contract anniversary. On the first contract anniversary, we establish the variable account floor as:

• the amounts allocated to the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account at issue increased by 5%;

• plus any subsequent amounts allocated to the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account;

• minus adjusted transfers and partial withdrawals from the subaccounts or the DCA fixed account.

Thereafter, we continue to add subsequent purchase payments allocated to the subaccounts or the DCA fixed account and subtract adjusted transfers and partial withdrawals from the subaccounts or the DCA fixed account. On each contract anniversary after the first, through age 80, we add an amount to the variable account floor equal to 5% of the prior anniversary’s variable account floor. We stop adding this amount after you or the annuitant reach age 81.

5% variable account floor adjusted transfers or adjusted partial withdrawals	=	PWT XVAF
		SV

PWT	=	the amount by which the contract value in the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account is reduced as a result of the partial withdrawal or transfer from the subaccounts or the DCA fixed account.
VAF	=	variable account floor on the date of (but prior to) the transfer or partial withdrawal.
SV	=	value of the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account on the date of (but prior to) the transfer of partial withdrawal.

The amount of purchase payments withdrawn or transferred from any subaccount or fixed account (if applicable) or GPA account is calculated as (a) times (b) where:

(a)	is the amount of purchase payments in the account or subaccount on the date of but prior to the current withdrawal or transfer; and
(b)	is the ratio of the amount of contract value transferred or withdrawn from the account or subaccount to the value in the account or subaccount on the date of (but prior to) the current withdrawal or transfer.

For contracts issued in New Jersey, the cap on the variable account floor is 200% of the sum of the purchase payments allocated to the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account that have not been withdrawn or transferred out of the subaccounts or the DCA fixed account.

NOTE: The 5% variable account floor is calculated differently and is not the same value as the Income Assurer Benefit 5% variable account floor.

Return of Purchase Payments (ROP) Death Benefit

The ROP Death Benefit is the basic death benefit on the contract that will pay your beneficiaries no less than your purchase payments, adjusted for withdrawals. If you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin and while this contract is in force, the death benefit will be the greater of these two values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value; or
2.	total purchase payments applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals.

The ROP Death Benefit will apply unless you select one of the alternative death benefits described immediately below.

If available in your state and both you and the annuitant are age 79 or younger at contract issue, you may select one of the death benefits described below at the time you purchase your contract. The death benefits do not provide any additional benefit before the first contract anniversary and may not be appropriate for issue ages 75 to 79 because the benefit values may be limited after age 81. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether or not these death benefits are appropriate for your situation.

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    55

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV) Death Benefit

The MAV Death Benefit provides that if you or the annuitant die while the contract is in force and before annuity payouts begin, the death benefit will be the greatest of these three values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals; or
3.	the MAV on the date of death.

5% Accumulation Death Benefit

The 5% Accumulation Death Benefit provides that if you or the annuitant die while the contract is in force and before annuity payouts begin, the death benefit will be the greatest of these three values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals; or
3.	the 5% variable account floor.

Enhanced Death Benefit (EDB)

The Enhanced Death Benefit provides that if you or the annuitant die while the contract is in force and before annuity payouts begin, the death benefit will be the greatest of these four values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals;
3.	the MAV on the date of death; or
4.	the 5% variable account floor.

For an example of how each death benefit is calculated, see Appendix C.

If You Die Before Your Retirement Date

When paying the beneficiary, we will process the death claim on the valuation date our death claim requirements are fulfilled. We will determine the contract’s value using the accumulation unit value we calculate on that valuation date. We pay interest, if any, at a rate no less than required by law. We will mail payment to the beneficiary within seven days after our death claim requirements are fulfilled.

Nonqualified annuities

If your spouse is sole beneficiary and you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. To do this your spouse must give us written instructions to continue the contract as owner. There will be no withdrawal charges on contract Option L from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, your spouse and the new annuitant (if applicable) will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract. The Income Assurer Benefit and Benefit Protector Plus riders, if selected, will terminate. TheSecureSource – Joint Life rider, if selected, will continue only if the spouse electing the spousal continuation provision of the contract is a covered spouse and continues the contract as the new owner. The Accumulation Protector Benefit,SecureSource – Single Life, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life or Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit riders, if selected, will continue. Continuance of the Benefit Protector rider is optional. (See “Optional Benefits.”)

If your beneficiary is not your spouse, we will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless you give us other written instructions. Generally, we must fully distribute the death benefit within five years of your death. However, the beneficiary may receive payouts under any annuity payout plan available under this contract if:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin no later than one year after your death, or other date as permitted by the IRS; and

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy.

Qualified annuities

• Spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if your spouse is the sole beneficiary, your spouse may either elect to treat the contract as his/her own, so long as he or she is eligible to do so, or elect an annuity payout plan or another plan agreed to by us. If your spouse elects a payout option, the payouts must begin no later than the year in which you would have reached age 72 (age 701/2 if the death occurred before Jan. 1, 2020). If you attained age 72 at the time of death, payouts must begin no later than Dec. 31 of the year following the year of your death.

56    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Your spouse may elect to assume ownership of the contract at any time before annuity payouts begin. If your spouse elects to assume ownership of the contract, the contract value will be equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. There will be no withdrawal charges on contract Option L from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, your spouse and the new annuitant (if applicable) will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract. The Income Assurer Benefit and Benefit Protector Plus riders, if selected, will terminate. TheSecureSource – Joint Life rider, if selected, will continue only if the spouse electing the spousal continuation provision of the contract is a covered spouse and continues the contract as the new owner. The Accumulation Protector Benefit,SecureSource – Single Life, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life or Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit riders, if selected, will continue. Continuance of the Benefit Protector rider is optional. (See “Optional Benefits.”)

•

Non-spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if death occurs on or after Jan. 1, 2020, the beneficiary is required to withdraw his or her entire inherited interest within 10 years of the time of death of the owner unless they qualify as an “eligible designated beneficiary.” Eligible designated beneficiaries may continue to take proceeds out over their life expectancy. Eligible designated beneficiaries include:

• the surviving spouse;

• a lawful child of the owner under the age of majority (remaining amount must be withdrawn within 10 years, once the child reaches the age of majority);

• disabled within the meaning of Code section 72(m)(7);

• chronically ill within the meaning of Code section 7702B(c)(2);

• any other person who is not more than 10 years younger than the owner.

However, non-natural beneficiaries, such as estates and charities, are subject to a five-year rule to distribute the IRA. We will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless the beneficiary elects to receive payouts under a payout plan available under this contract and:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin, no later than one year following the year of your death; and

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy for an eligible designated beneficiary. (Payout plans are limited if the beneficiary is not an eligible designated beneficiary.)

• Spouse and Non-spouse beneficiary: If a beneficiary elects an alternative payment plan which is an inherited IRA, all optional death benefits and living benefits will terminate. In the event of your beneficiary’s death, their beneficiary can elect to take a lump sum payment or annuitize the contract to deplete it within 10 years of your beneficiary’s death

• Annuity payout plan: If you elect an annuity payout plan, the payouts to your beneficiary may continue depending on the annuity payout plan you elect, subject to adjustment to comply with the IRS rules and regulations.

How we handle contracts under unclaimed property laws

Every state has unclaimed property laws which generally declare annuity contracts to be abandoned after a period of inactivity of one to five years from either 1) the contract’s maturity date (the latest day on which income payments may begin under the contract) or 2) the date the death benefit is due and payable. If a contract matures or we determine a death benefit is payable, we will use our best efforts to locate you or designated beneficiaries. If we are unable to locate you or a beneficiary, proceeds will be paid to the abandoned property division or unclaimed property office of the state in which the beneficiary or you last resided, as shown in our books and records, or to our state of domicile. Generally, this surrender of property to the state is commonly referred to as “escheatment”. To avoid escheatment, and ensure an effective process for your beneficiaries, it is important that your personal address and beneficiary designations are up to date, including complete names, date of birth, current addresses and phone numbers, and taxpayer identification numbers for each beneficiary. Updates to your address or beneficiary designations should be sent to our Service Center.

Escheatment may also be required by law if a known beneficiary fails to demand or present an instrument or document to claim the death benefit in a timely manner, creating a presumption of abandonment. If your beneficiary steps forward (with the proper documentation) to claim escheated annuity proceeds, the state is obligated to pay any such proceeds it is holding.

For nonqualified annuities, non-spousal death benefits are generally required to be distributed and taxed within five years from the date of death of the owner/annuitant or the unclaimed death benefits will be presumed abandoned and subject to escheatment.

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    57

Optional Benefits

The assets held in our general account support the guarantees under your contract, including optional death benefits and optional living benefits. To the extent that we are required to pay you amounts in addition to your contract value under these benefits, such amounts will come from our general account assets. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of insurance and financial products as well, and we also pay our obligations under these products from assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account.

Optional Living Benefits⁽¹⁾

⁽¹⁾ Effective Jan. 26, 2009, optional living benefits were available under Contract Option C. Optional living benefits were not available under Contract Option C for contracts issued between May 1, 2007 and Jan. 25, 2009.

Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider

The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional charge. The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may provide a guaranteed contract value at the end of the specified waiting period on the benefit date, but not until then, under the following circumstances:

On the benefit date, if:	Then your Accumulation Protector Benefit rider benefit is:
The Minimum Contract Accumulation Value (defined below) as determined under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider is greater than your contract value,	The contract value is increased on the benefit date to equal the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value as determined under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider on the benefit date.
The contract value is equal to or greater than the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value as determined under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider,	Zero; in this case, the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider ends without value and no benefit is payable.

If the contract value falls to zero as the result of adverse market performance or the deduction of fees and/or charges at any time during the waiting period and before the benefit date, the contract and all riders, including the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider will terminate without value and no benefits will be paid. Exception: If you are still living on the benefit date, we will pay you an amount equal to the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value as determined under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider on the valuation date your contract value reached zero.

If this rider is available in your state, you may elect the Accumulation Protector Benefit at the time you purchase your contract and the rider effective date will be the contract issue date. The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may not be terminated once you have elected it, except as described in the “Terminating the Rider” section below. An additional charge for the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider will be assessed annually during the waiting period. The rider ends when the waiting period expires and no further benefit will be payable and no further fees for the rider will be deducted. After the waiting period, you have the following options:

• Continue your contract;

• Take partial withdrawals or make a full withdrawal; or

• Annuitize your contract to create a guaranteed income stream.

The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may not be purchased with the optionalSecureSource, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit riders or any Income Assurer Benefit rider.

The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may not be available in all states.

You should consider whether an Accumulation Protector Benefit rider is appropriate for you because:

• you must be invested in one of the approved investment options. This requirement limits your choice of investments. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, one-year fixed account (if included)
and GPAs that are available under the contract to contract owners who do not elect this rider (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds”);

• you may not make additional purchase payments to your contract during the waiting period after the first 180 days immediately following the effective date of the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider;

• if you purchase this annuity as a qualified annuity, for example, an IRA, you may need to take partial withdrawals from your contract to satisfy the minimum distribution requirements of the Code (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Partial withdrawals, including those you take to satisfy RMDs, will reduce any potential benefit that the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider provides. You should consult your tax advisor if you have any questions about the use of this rider in your tax situation;

58    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• if you think you may withdraw all of your contract value before you have held your contract with this benefit rider attached for 10 years, or you are considering selecting an annuity payout option within 10 years of the effective date of your contract, you should consider whether this optional benefit is right for you. You must hold the contract a minimum of 10 years from the effective date of the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, which is the length of the waiting period under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, in order to receive the benefit, if any, provided by the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. In some cases, as described below, you may need to hold the contract longer than 10 years in order to qualify for any benefit the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may provide;

• the 10 year waiting period under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider will restart if you exercise the elective step up option (described below) or your surviving spouse exercises the spousal continuation elective step up (described below); and

• the 10 year waiting period under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may be restarted if you elect to change your investment option to one that causes the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider charge to increase (see “Charges”).

Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether an Accumulation Protector Benefit rider is appropriate for your situation.

Here are some general terms that are used to describe the operation of the Accumulation Protector Benefit:

Benefit Date: This is the first valuation date immediately following the expiration of the waiting period.

Minimum Contract Accumulation Value (MCAV): An amount calculated under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. The contract value will be increased to equal the MCAV on the benefit date if the contract value on the benefit date is less than the MCAV on the benefit date.

Adjustments for Partial Withdrawals: The adjustment made for each partial withdrawal from the contract is equal to the amount derived from multiplying (a) and (b) where:

(a)	is 1 minus the ratio of the contract value on the date of (but immediately after) the partial withdrawal to the contract value on the date of (but immediately prior to) the partial withdrawal; and
(b)	is the MCAV on the date of (but immediately prior to) the partial withdrawal.

Waiting Period: The waiting period for the rider is 10 years.

We reserve the right to restart the waiting period on the latest contract anniversary if you change your investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider charge for new contract owners, or if you change your asset allocation investment option after we have exercised our rights to charge a separate charge for each investment option.

Your initial MCAV is equal to your initial purchase payment. It is increased by the amount of any subsequent purchase payments received within the first 180 days that the rider is effective. It is reduced by adjustments for any partial withdrawals made during the waiting period.

Automatic Step Up

On each contract anniversary after the effective date of the rider, the MCAV will be set to the greater of:

1.	80% of the contract value on the contract anniversary (after charges are deducted); or
2.	the MCAV immediately prior to the automatic step-up.

The automatic step up does not create contract value, guarantee the performance of any investment option, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn or paid upon death. Rather, the automatic step-up is an interim calculation used to arrive at the final MCAV, which is used to determine whether a benefit will be paid under the rider on the benefit date.

The automatic step up of the MCAV does not restart the waiting period or increase the charge (although the total fee for the rider may increase).

Elective Step Up Option

Within thirty days following each contract anniversary after the rider effective date, but prior to the benefit date, you may notify us in writing that you wish to exercise the annual elective step-up option. You may exercise this elective step-up option only once per contract year during this 30 day period. If your contract value (after charges are deducted) on the valuation date we receive your written request to step-up is greater than the MCAV on that date, your MCAV will increase to 100% of that contract value.

We may increase the fee for your rider (see “Charges — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider Charge”). The revised fee would apply to your rider if you exercise the annual elective step up, your MCAV is increased as a result, and the revised fee is higher than your annual rider fee before the elective step-up. Elective step-ups will also result in a restart of the waiting period as of the most recent contract anniversary.

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    59

The elective step up does not create contract value, guarantee the performance of any investment option, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn or paid upon death. Rather, the elective step-up is an interim calculation used to arrive at the final MCAV, which is used to determine whether a benefit will be paid under the rider on the benefit date.

The elective step-up option is not available to non-spouse beneficiaries that continue the contract during the waiting period.

We have the right to restrict the elective step up option on inherited IRAs, but we currently allow them. Please consider carefully if an elective step up is appropriate if you own an inherited IRA because the elective step up will restart the waiting period and the required minimum distributions for an inherited IRA may significantly decrease the future benefit payable under this rider. We reserve the right to restrict the elective step-up option on inherited IRAs in the future.

The elective step-up option is not available if the benefit date would be after the retirement date. (see “The Retirement Date” section for retirement date options)

Spousal Continuation

If a spouse chooses to continue the contract under the spousal continuation provision, the rider will continue as part of the contract. Once, within the thirty days following the date of spousal continuation, the spouse may choose to exercise an elective step-up. The spousal continuation elective step-up is in addition to the annual elective step-up. If the contract value on the valuation date we receive the written request to exercise this option is greater than the MCAV on that date, we will increase the MCAV to that contract value. If the MCAV is increased as a result of the elective step-up and we have increased the charge for the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, the spouse will pay the charge that is in effect on the valuation date we receive their written request to step-up. In addition, the waiting period will restart as of the most recent contract anniversary.

Terminating the Rider

The rider will terminate under the following conditions:

The rider will terminate before the benefit date without paying a benefit on the date:

• you take a full withdrawal; or

• annuitization begins; or

• the contract terminates as a result of the death benefit being paid.

The rider will terminate on the benefit date.

For an example, see Appendix D.

SecureSource Rider

There are two optionalSecureSource riders available under your contract:

• SecureSource – Single Life; or

• SecureSource – Joint Life.

The information in this section applies to bothSecureSource riders, unless otherwise noted.

TheSecureSource – Single Life rider covers one person. TheSecureSource – Joint Life Rider covers two spouses jointly who are named at contract issue. You may elect only theSecureSource – Single Life rider or theSecureSource – Joint Life rider, not both, and you may not switch riders later. You must elect the rider when you purchase your contract. The rider effective date will be the contract issue date.

TheSecureSource rider is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge if:

• your contract application was signed on or after May 1, 2007; and

• Single Life:you and the annuitant are 80 or younger on the date the contract is issued; or

• Joint Life: you and your spouse are 80 or younger on the date the contract is issued.

TheSecureSource rider is not available under an inherited qualified annuity.

TheSecureSource rider guarantees (unless the rider is terminated. See “Rider Termination” heading below.) that regardless of the investment performance of your contract you will be able to withdraw up to a certain amount each year from the contract before the annuity payouts begin until:

• Single Life: you have recovered at minimum all of your purchase payments or, if later, until death (see “At Death” heading below) — even if the contract value is zero.

• Joint Life: you have recovered at minimum all of your purchase payments or, if later, until the death of the last surviving covered spouse (see “Joint Life only: Covered Spouses” and “At Death” headings below), even if the contract value is zero.

60    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

TheSecureSource rider may be appropriate for you if you intend to make periodic withdrawals from your annuity contract and wish to ensure that market performance will not adversely affect your ability to withdraw your principal over time.

Under the terms of theSecureSource rider, the calculation of the amount which can be withdrawn in each contract year varies depending on several factors, including but not limited to the waiting period (see “Waiting period” heading below) and whether or not the lifetime withdrawal benefit has become effective:

(1)	The basic withdrawal benefit gives you the right to take limited withdrawals in each contract year and guarantees that over time the withdrawals will total an amount equal to, at minimum, your purchase payments (unless the rider is terminated. See “Rider Termination” heading below). Key terms associated with the basic withdrawal benefit are “Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP)", “Remaining Benefit Payment (RBP)", “Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA)” and “Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA).” See these headings below for more information.
(2)	The lifetime withdrawal benefit gives you the right, under certain limited circumstances defined in the rider, to take limited withdrawals until the later of:
•	Single Life: death (see “At Death” heading below) or until the RBA (under the basic withdrawal benefit) is reduced to zero (unless the rider is terminated. See “Rider Termination” heading below);
•	Joint Life: death of the last surviving covered spouse (see “At Death” heading below) or until the RBA (under the basic withdrawal benefit) is reduced to zero (unless the rider is terminated. See “Rider Termination” heading below).

Key terms associated with the lifetime withdrawal benefit are “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)”, “Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (RALP)”, “Single Life only: Covered Person”, “Joint Life only: Covered Spouses” and “Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA).” See these headings below for more information.

Only the basic withdrawal benefit will be in effect prior to the date that the lifetime withdrawal benefit becomes effective. The lifetime withdrawal benefit becomes effective automatically on the rider anniversary date after the:

• Single Life: covered person reaches age 65, or the rider effective date if the covered person is age 65 or older on the rider effective date (see “Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA)” heading below);

• Joint Life: younger covered spouse reaches age 65, or the rider effective date if the younger covered spouse is age 65 or older on the rider effective date (see “Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA)” and “Annual Lifetime Payments (ALP)” headings below).

Provided annuity payouts have not begun, theSecureSource rider guarantees that you may take the following withdrawal amounts each contract year:

• Before the establishment of the ALP, the rider guarantees that each year you have the option to cumulatively withdraw an amount equal to the value of the RBP at the beginning of the contract year;

• After the establishment of the ALP, the rider guarantees that each year you have the option to cumulatively withdraw an amount equal to the value of the RALP or the RBP at the beginning of the contract year, but the rider does not guarantee withdrawal of the sum of both the RALP and the RBP in a contract year.

If you withdraw less than the allowed withdrawal amount in a contract year, the unused portion cannot be carried over to the next contract year. As long as your withdrawals in each contract year do not exceed the annual withdrawal amount allowed under the rider:

• Single Life:and there has not been a contract ownership change or spousal continuation of the contract, the guaranteed amounts available for withdrawal will not decrease;

• Joint Life: the guaranteed amounts available for withdrawal will not decrease.

If you withdraw more than the allowed withdrawal amount in a contract year, we call this an “excess withdrawal” under the rider. Excess withdrawals trigger an adjustment of a benefit’s guaranteed amount, which may cause it to be reduced (see “GBA Excess Withdrawal Processing,” “RBA Excess Withdrawal Processing,” and “ALP Excess Withdrawal Processing” headings below).

Please note that basic withdrawal benefit and lifetime withdrawal benefit each has its own definition of the allowed annual withdrawal amount. Therefore a withdrawal may be considered an excess withdrawal for purposes of the lifetime withdrawal benefit only, the basic withdrawal benefit only, or both.

If your withdrawals exceed the greater of the RBP or the RALP, withdrawal charges under the terms of the contract may apply (see “Charges — Withdrawal Charges”). The amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable withdrawal charge. Market value adjustments, if applicable, will also be made (see “Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs) — Market Value Adjustment”). We pay you the amount you request. Any withdrawals you take under the contract will reduce the value of the death benefits (see “Benefits in Case of Death”). Upon full withdrawal of the contract, you will receive the remaining contract value less any applicable charges (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Withdrawals”).

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    61

The rider’s guaranteed amounts can be increased at the specified intervals if your contract value has increased. An annual step up feature is available at each contract anniversary, subject to certain conditions, and may be applied automatically to your contract or may require you to elect the step up (see “Annual Step Up” heading below). If you exercise the annual step up election, the spousal continuation step up election (see “Spousal Continuation Step Up” heading below) or change your Portfolio Navigator model portfolio, the rider charge may change (see “Charges”).

If you take withdrawals during the waiting period, any prior steps ups applied will be reversed and step ups will not be available until the end of the waiting period. You may take withdrawals after the waiting period without reversal of prior step ups.

You should consider whether aSecureSource rider is appropriate for you because:

You will begin paying the rider charge as of the rider effective date, even if you do not begin taking withdrawals for many years. It is possible that your contract performance, fees and charges, and withdrawal pattern may be such that your contract value will not be depleted in your lifetime and you will not receive any monetary value under the rider.

• Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit Limitations: The lifetime withdrawal benefit is subject to certain limitations, including but not limited to:

(a) Single Life: Once the contract value equals zero, payments are made for as long as the oldest owner or annuitant is living (see “If Contract Value Reduces to Zero” heading below). However, if the contract value is greater than zero, the lifetime withdrawal benefit terminates at the first death of any owner or annuitant except as otherwise provided below (see “At Death” heading below). Therefore, if there are multiple contract owners or the annuitant is not an owner, the rider may terminate or the lifetime withdrawal benefit may be reduced. This possibility may present itself when:

(i)	There are multiple contract owners — when one of the contract owners dies the benefit terminates even though other contract owners are still living (except if the contract is continued under the spousal continuation provision of the contact); or
(ii)	The owner and the annuitant are not the same persons — if the annuitant dies before the owner, the benefit terminates even though the owner is still living. This could happen, for example, when the owner is younger than the annuitant. This risk increases as the age difference between owner and annuitant increases.

Joint Life: Once the contract value equals zero, payments are made for as long as either covered spouse is living (see “If Contract Value Reduces to Zero” heading below). However, if the contract value is greater than zero, the lifetime withdrawal benefit terminates at the death of the last surviving covered spouse (see “At Death” heading below).

(b)	Excess withdrawals can reduce the ALP to zero even though the GBA, RBA, GBP and/or RBP values are greater than zero. If the both the ALP and the contract value are zero, the lifetime withdrawal benefit will terminate.
(c)	When the lifetime withdrawal benefit is first established, the initial ALP is based on

(i)	Single Life: the basic withdrawal benefit’s RBA at that time (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below), unless there has been a spousal continuation or ownership change; or
(ii)	Joint Life: the basic withdrawal benefit’s RBA at that time (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below).

Any withdrawal you take before the ALP is established reduces the RBA and therefore may result in a lower amount of lifetime withdrawals you are allowed to take.

(d) Withdrawals can reduce both the contract value and the RBA to zero prior to the establishment of the ALP. If this happens, the contract and the rider will terminate.

• Investment Allocation Restrictions: You must be invested in one of the approved investment options. These funds are expected to reduce our financial risks and expenses associated with certain living benefits. Although the funds’ investment strategies may help mitigate declines in your contract value due to declining equity markets, the funds’ investment strategies may also curb your contract value gains during periods of positive performance by the equity markets. Additionally, investment in the funds may decrease the number and amount of any benefit base increase opportunities. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds: Volatility and Volatility Management Risk with the Portfolio Stabilizer funds” section.) We reserve the right to add, remove, or substitute approved investment options in the future. This requirement limits your choice of investments. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, GPAs or the one-year fixed account that are available under the contract to contract owners who do not elect the rider. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer funds.”) You may allocate qualifying purchase payments to the DCA fixed account, when available (see “DCA Fixed Account”), and we will make monthly transfers into the investment option you have chosen. You may make two elective investment option changes per contract year; we reserve the right to limit elective investment option changes if required to comply with the written instructions of a fund (see “Market Timing”).

62    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The following provisions apply to contracts invested in a Portfolio Navigator fund:

• You can allocate your contract value to any available Portfolio Navigator fund during the following times: (1) prior to your first withdrawal and (2) following a benefit reset as described below but prior to any subsequent withdrawal. During these accumulation phases, you may request to change your investment option to any available investment option.

• Immediately following a withdrawal your contract value will be reallocated to the target investment option as shown in your contract if your current investment option is more aggressive than the target investment option. If you are in a static model portfolio, this reallocation will be made to the applicable fund of funds investment option. This automatic reallocation is not included in the total number of allowed model changes per contract year and will not cause your rider fee to increase. The target investment option is currently the Moderate investment option. We reserve the right to change the target investment option to an investment option that is more aggressive than the current target investment option after 30 days written notice.

• After you have taken a withdrawal and prior to any benefit reset as described below, you are in a withdrawal phase. During withdrawal phases you may request to change your investment option to the target investment option investment option that is more conservative than the target investment option without a benefit reset as described below. If you are in a withdrawal phase and you choose to allocate your contract value to an investment option that is more aggressive than the target investment option, your rider benefit will be reset as follows:

(a)	the total GBA will be reset to the lesser of its current value or the contract value; and
(b)	the total RBA will be reset to the lesser of its current value or the contract value; and
(c)	the ALP, if established, will be reset to the lesser of its current value or 6% of the contract value; and
(d)	the GBP will be recalculated as described below, based on the reset GBA and RBA; and
(e)	the RBP will be recalculated as the reset GBP less all prior withdrawals made during the current contract year, but not be less than zero; and
(f)	the RALP will be recalculated as the reset ALP less all prior withdrawals made during the current contract year, but not be less than zero.

You may request to change your investment option by written request on an authorized form or by another method agreed to by us.

•	Limitations on Purchase of Other Riders under your Contract: You may elect only theSecureSource – Single Life rider or theSecureSource – Joint Life rider. If you elect theSecureSource rider, you may not elect the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider.
•	Non-Cancelable: Once elected, theSecureSource rider may not be cancelled (except as provided under “Rider Termination” heading below) and the fee will continue to be deducted until the contract or rider is terminated or the contract value reduces to zero (described below). Dissolution of marriage does not terminate theSecureSource – Joint Life rider and will not reduce the fee we charge for this rider. The benefit under theSecureSource – Joint Life rider continues for the covered spouse who is the owner of the contract (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural ownership). The rider will terminate at the death of the contract owner (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural ownership) because the original spouse will be unable to elect the spousal continuation provision of the contract (see “Joint Life only: Covered Spouses” below).
•	Joint Life:Limitations on Contract Owners, Annuitants and Beneficiaries: Since the joint life benefit will terminate unless the surviving covered spouse continues the contract under the spousal continuation provision of the contract upon the owner’s death, only ownership arrangements that permit such continuation are allowed at rider issue. In general, the covered spouses should be joint owners, or one covered spouse should be the owner and the other covered spouse should be named as the sole primary beneficiary. You are responsible for establishing ownership arrangements that will allow for spousal continuation.
	If you select theSecureSource – Joint Life rider, please consider carefully whether or not you wish to change the beneficiary of your annuity contract. The rider will terminate if the surviving covered spouse can not utilize the spousal continuation provision of the contract when the death benefit is payable.
•	Limitations on Purchase Payments: We reserve the right to limit the cumulative amount of purchase payments (subject to state restrictions), which may limit your ability to make additional purchase payments to increase your contract value as you may have originally intended. For current purchase payment restrictions, please see “Buying Your Contract —Purchase Payments”.
•	Interaction with Total Free Amount (FA) contract provision: The FA is the amount you are allowed to withdraw from the contract in each contract year without incurring a withdrawal charge (see “Charges — Withdrawal Charge”). The FA may be greater than the RBP or RALP under this rider. Any amount you withdraw under the contract’s FA provision that exceeds the RBP or RALP is subject to the excess withdrawal processing described below for the GBA, RBA and ALP.

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    63

You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of the rider in your tax situation because:

•	Tax Considerations for Nonqualified Annuities: Under current federal income tax law, withdrawals under nonqualified annuities, including withdrawals taken from the contract under the terms of the rider, are treated less favorably than amounts received as annuity payments under the contract (see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities”). Withdrawals are taxable income to the extent of earnings. Withdrawals of earnings before age 59½ may also incur a 10% IRS early withdrawal penalty. You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of the rider in your tax situation.
•	Tax Considerations for Qualified Annuities: Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). If you have a qualified annuity, you may need to take an RMD that exceeds the specified amount of withdrawal available under the rider. Withdrawals in any contract year that exceed the guaranteed amount available for withdrawal may reduce future benefits guaranteed under the rider. While the rider permits certain excess withdrawals to be made for the purpose of satisfying RMD requirements for your contract alone without reducing future benefits guaranteed under the rider, there can be no guarantee that changes in the federal income tax law after the effective date of the rider will not require a larger RMD to be taken, in which case, future guaranteed withdrawals under the rider could be reduced. See Appendix E for additional information.
•	Treatment of non-spousal distributions: Unless you are married your beneficiary will be required to take distributions as a non-spouse which may result in significantly decreasing the value of the rider.
	Please note civil unions and domestic partnerships generally are not recognized as marriages for federal tax purposes. For additional information see “Taxes — Other — Spousal status” section of this prospectus.
•	Limitations on Tax -Sheltered Annuities (TSAs): Your right to take withdrawals is restricted if your contract is a TSA (see “TSA — Special Provisions”).

Key terms and provisions of theSecureSource rider are described below:

Withdrawal: The amount by which your contract value is reduced as a result of any withdrawal request. It may differ from the amount of your request due to any withdrawal charge and any market value adjustment.

Waiting period: Any period of time starting on the rider effective date during which the annual step up is not available if you take withdrawals. Currently, there is no waiting period. For contracts purchased prior to June 1, 2008, the waiting period is three years.

Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA): The total cumulative withdrawals guaranteed by the rider under the basic withdrawal benefit. The maximum GBA is $5,000,000. The GBA cannot be withdrawn and is not payable as a death benefit. It is an interim value used to calculate the amount available for withdrawals each year under the basic withdrawal benefit (see “Guaranteed Benefit Payment” below). At any time, the total GBA is the sum of the individual GBAs associated with each purchase payment.

The GBA is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At contract issue — the GBA is equal to the initial purchase payment.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own GBA equal to the amount of the purchase payment.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When an individual RBA is reduced to zero — the GBA that is associated with that RBA will also be set to zero.

• When you make a withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up — Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the GBA associated with each purchase payment will be reset to the amount of that purchase payment. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first withdrawal is made.

• When you make a withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the total RBP — the GBA remains unchanged. If there have been multiple purchase payments, both the total GBA and each payment’s GBA remain unchanged.
(b)	is greater than the total RBP —GBA excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the GBA. If the withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing is applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

64    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

GBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The total GBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the total GBA immediately prior to the withdrawal; or (b) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s GBA after the withdrawal will be reset to equal that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal plus (a) times (b), where:

(a)	is the ratio of the total GBA after the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal to the total GBA before the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal; and
(b)	is each payment’s GBA before the withdrawal less that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal.

Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA): Each withdrawal you make reduces the amount that is guaranteed by the rider as future withdrawals. At any point in time, the RBA equals the amount of GBA that remains available for withdrawals for the remainder of the contract’s life, and total RBA is the sum of the individual RBAs associated with each purchase payment. The maximum RBA is $5,000,000.

The RBA is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At contract issue — the RBA is equal to the initial purchase payment.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own RBA initially set equal to that payment’s GBA (the amount of the purchase payment).

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When you make a withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up — Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the RBA associated with each purchase payment will be reset to the amount of that purchase payment. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first withdrawal is made.

• When you make a withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the total RBP — the total RBA is reduced by the amount of the withdrawal. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s RBA is reduced in proportion to its RBP.
(b)	is greater than the total RBP —RBA excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the RBA. If the withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing is applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

RBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The total RBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal, or (b) the total RBA immediately prior to the withdrawal, less the amount of the withdrawal.

If there have been multiple purchase payments, both the total RBA and each payment’s RBA will be reset. The total RBA will be reset according to the excess withdrawal processing described above. Each payment’s RBA will be reset in the following manner:

1.	The withdrawal amount up to the total RBP is taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its individual RBP at the time of the withdrawal; and
2.	The withdrawal amount above the total RBP and any amount determined by the excess withdrawal processing are taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its RBA at the time of the withdrawal.

Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP): At any time, the amount available for withdrawal in each contract year after the waiting period, until the RBA is reduced to zero, under the basic withdrawal benefit. At any point in time, each purchase payment has its own GBP, which is equal to the lesser of that payment’s RBA or 7% of that payment’s GBA, and the total GBP is the sum of the individual GBPs.

During the waiting period, the guaranteed annual withdrawal amount may be less than the GBP due to the limitations the waiting period imposes on your ability to utilize both annual step-ups and withdrawals (see “Waiting Period” heading above). The guaranteed annual withdrawal amount during the waiting period is equal to the value of the RBP at the beginning of the contract year.

The GBP is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At contract issue — the GBP is established as 7% of the GBA value.

• At each contract anniversary — each payment’s GBP is reset to the lesser of that payment’s RBA or 7% of that payment’s GBA value.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own GBP equal to 7% of the purchase payment amount.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When an individual RBA is reduced to zero — the GBP associated with that RBA will also be reset to zero.

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    65

• When you make a withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up — Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the GBA and the RBA associated with each purchase payment will be reset to the amount of that purchase payment. Each payment’s GBP will be reset to 7% of that purchase payment. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first withdrawal is made.

• When you make a withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the total RBP — the GBP remains unchanged.
(b)	is greater than the total RBP — each payment’s GBP is reset to the lesser of that payment’s RBA or 7% of that payment’s GBA value, based on the RBA and GBA after the withdrawal. If the withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing is applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

Remaining Benefit Payment (RBP): The amount available for withdrawal for the remainder of the contract year under the basic withdrawal benefit. At any point in time, the total RBP is the sum of the RBPs for each purchase payment. During the waiting period, when the guaranteed amount may be less than the GBP, the value of the RBP at the beginning of the contract year will be that amount that is actually guaranteed each contract year.

The RBP is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At the beginning of each contract year during the waiting period and prior to any withdrawal — the RBP for each purchase payment is set equal to that purchase payment multiplied by 7%.

• At the beginning of any other contract year — the RBP for each purchase payment is set equal to that purchase payment’s GBP.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own RBP equal to that payment’s GBP.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• At spousal continuation — (see “Spousal Option to Continue the Contract” heading below).

• When an individual RBA is reduced to zero— the RBP associated with that RBA will also be reset to zero.

• When you make any withdrawal — the total RBP is reset to equal the total RBP immediately prior to the withdrawal less the amount of the withdrawal, but not less than zero. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s RBP is reduced proportionately.If you withdraw an amount greater than the RBP, GBA excess withdrawal processing and RBA excess withdrawal processing are applied and the amount available for future withdrawals for the remainder of the contract’s life may be reduced by more than the amount of withdrawal. When determining if a withdrawal will result in the excess withdrawal processing, the applicable RBP will not yet reflect the amount of the current withdrawal.

Single Life only: Covered Person: The person whose life is used to determine when the ALP is established, and the duration of the ALP payments (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below). The covered person is the oldest contract owner or annuitant. If the owner is a nonnatural person, i.e., a trust or corporation, the covered person is the oldest annuitant. A spousal continuation or a change of contract ownership may reduce the amount of the lifetime withdrawal benefit and may change the covered person.

Joint Life only: Covered Spouses: The contract owner and his or her legally married spouse as defined under federal law, as named on the application for as long as the marriage is valid and in effect. If the contract owner is a nonnatural person (e.g., a trust), the covered spouses are the annuitant and the legally married spouse of the annuitant. The covered spouses lives are used to determine when the ALP is established, and the duration of the ALP payments (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below). The covered spouses are established on the rider effective date and cannot be changed.

Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA):

• Single Life: The covered person’s age after which time the lifetime benefit can be established. Currently, the lifetime benefit can be established on the later of the contract effective date or the contract anniversary date on/following the date the covered person reaches age 65.

• Joint Life:The age of the younger covered spouse at which time the lifetime benefit is established.

Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP): Once established, the ALP under the lifetime withdrawal benefit is at any time the amount available for withdrawals in each contract year after the waiting period until the later of:

• Single Life: death; or

• Joint Life: death of the last surviving covered spouse; or

• the RBA is reduced to zero.

The maximum ALP is $300,000. Prior to establishment of the ALP, the lifetime withdrawal benefit is not in effect and the ALP is zero.

66    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

During the waiting period, the guaranteed annual lifetime withdrawal amount may be less than the ALP due to the limitations the waiting period imposes on your ability to utilize both annual step-ups and withdrawals (see “Waiting Period” heading above). The guaranteed annual lifetime withdrawal amount during the waiting period is equal to the value of the RALP at the beginning of the contract year.

The ALP is determined at the following times:

• Single Life: The later of the contract effective date or the contract anniversary date on/following the date the covered person reaches age 65 — the ALP is established as 6% of the total RBA.

• Joint Life: The ALP is established as 6% of the total RBA on the earliest of the following dates:

(a)	the rider effective date if the younger covered spouse has already reached age 65.
(b)	the rider anniversary on/following the date the younger covered spouse reaches age 65.
(c)	upon the first death of a covered spouse, then

(1)	the date we receive written request when the death benefit is not payable and the surviving covered spouse has already reached age 65; or
(2)	the date spousal continuation is effective when the death benefit is payable and the surviving covered spouse has already reached age 65; or
(3)	the rider anniversary on/following the date the surviving covered spouse reaches age 65.

(d) Following dissolution of marriage of the covered spouses,

(1)	the date we receive written request if the remaining covered spouse who is the owner (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural ownership) has already reached age 65; or
(2)	the rider anniversary on/following the date the remaining covered spouse who is the owner (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural ownership) reaches age 65.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment increases the ALP by 6% of the amount of the purchase payment.

• At step ups — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• Single Life: At spousal continuation or contract ownership change — (see “Spousal Option to Continue the Contract” and “Contract Ownership Change” headings below).

• When you make a withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up — Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the ALP will be reset to equal total purchase payments multiplied by 6%. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first withdrawal is made.

• When you make a withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the RALP — the ALP remains unchanged.
(b)	is greater than the RALP —ALP excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the ALP. If the withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing is applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

20% Rider Credit (for contracts with applications signed on or after June 1, 2008)

If you do not make a withdrawal during the first three rider years, then a 20% rider credit may increase your ALP. This credit is 20% of purchase payments received in the first 180 days that the rider is in effect and is used to establish the enhanced lifetime base. The enhanced lifetime base is an amount that may be used to increase the ALP. The 20% rider credit does not increase the basic withdrawal benefit or the contract value. Because step ups may increase your ALP, they may reduce or eliminate any benefit of the 20% rider credit.

Enhanced Lifetime Base (for contracts with applications signed on or after June 1, 2008)

The enhanced lifetime base will be established initially on the third rider anniversary. If you do not make a withdrawal during the first three rider years, then the enhanced lifetime base will be the sum of all purchase payments received during the first three rider years and the 20% rider credit. If you make a withdrawal during the first three rider years, then the 20% rider credit does not apply and the enhanced lifetime base will be established as zero and will always be zero.

The maximum enhanced lifetime base at any time is $5,000,000.

If the enhanced lifetime base is greater than zero, then it will:

• increase by the amount of any purchase payments received on or after the third rider anniversary.

• be reduced by any withdrawal in the same proportion as the withdrawal reduces the RBA and, if the withdrawal exceeds the RBP, it will then be set to the lesser of this reduced value and the contract value immediately following the withdrawal.

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    67

• be set to the lesser of its current value and the contract value, if you choose an asset allocation model that is more aggressive than the target model while you are in the withdrawal phase.

If any of the following events occur, then the enhanced lifetime base will be established as or reset to zero and will always be zero:

• The total RBA is reduced to zero.

• You selected the Single Life rider, and there is a change in the covered person, including changes due to spousal continuations and ownership changes.

The enhanced lifetime base is an amount that may be used to increase the ALP and cannot be withdrawn or annuitized.

Increase in ALP because of the Enhanced Lifetime Base (for contracts with applications signed on or after June 1, 2008)

As of the later of the third rider anniversary and the date the initial ALP is established, the ALP will be increased to equal the enhanced lifetime base multiplied by 6%, if this amount is greater than the current ALP. Thereafter, the enhanced lifetime base will always be zero.

ALP Excess Withdrawal Processing

The ALP is reset to the lesser of the ALP immediately prior to the withdrawal, or 6% of the contract value immediately following the withdrawal.

Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (RALP): The amount available for withdrawal for the remainder of the contract year under the lifetime withdrawal benefit. During the waiting period, when the guaranteed annual withdrawal amount may be less than the ALP, the value of the RALP at the beginning of the contract year will be the amount that is actually guaranteed each contract year. Prior to establishment of the ALP, the lifetime withdrawal benefit is not in effect and the RALP is zero.

The RALP is determined at the following times:

• The RALP is established at the same time as the ALP, and:

(a)	During the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals— the RALP is established equal to 6% of purchase payments.
(b)	At any other time — the RALP is established equal to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the contract year but not less than zero.

• At the beginning of each contract year during the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals — the RALP is set equal to the total purchase payments, multiplied by 6%.

• At the beginning of any other contract year — the RALP is set equal to ALP.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment increases the RALP by 6% of the purchase payment amount.

• At step ups — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When you make any withdrawal — the RALP equals the RALP immediately prior to the withdrawal less the amount of the withdrawal but not less than zero.If you withdraw an amount greater than the RALP, ALP excess withdrawal processing is applied and may reduce the amount available for future withdrawals. When determining if a withdrawal will result in excess withdrawal processing, the applicable RALP will not yet reflect the amount of the current withdrawal.

Required Minimum Distributions (RMD): If you are taking RMDs from your contract and your RMD calculated separately for your contract is greater than the RBP or the RALP on the most recent contract anniversary, the portion of your RMD that exceeds the RBP or RALP on the most recent rider anniversary will not be subject to excess withdrawal processing provided that the following conditions are met:

• The RMD is for your contract alone;

• The RMD is based on your recalculated life expectancy taken from the Uniform Lifetime Table under the Code; and

• The RMD amount is otherwise based on the requirements of section 401(a)(9), related Code provisions and regulations thereunder that were in effect on the effective date of the rider.

RMD rules follow the calendar year which most likely does not coincide with your contract year and therefore may limit when you can take your RMD and not be subject to excess withdrawal processing.

Withdrawal amounts greater than the RBP or RALP on the contract anniversary date that do not meet these conditions will result in excess withdrawal processing as described above. See Appendix E for additional information.

Step Up Date: The date any step up becomes effective, and depends on the type of step up being applied (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

68    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Annual Step Up: Beginning with the first contract anniversary, an increase of the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and/or RALP values may be available. A step up does not create contract value, guarantee the performance of any investment option, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn or paid upon death. Rather, a step up determines the current values of the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP, and may extend the payment period or increase the allowable payment.

The annual step up may be available as described below, subject to the following rules:

• The annual step up is effective on the step up date.

• Only one step up is allowed each contract year.

• If you take any withdrawals during the waiting period, any previously applied step ups will be reversed and the Annual step up will not be available until the end of the waiting period.

• On any rider anniversary where the RBA or, if established, the ALP would increase and the application of the step up would not increase the rider charge, the annual step up will be automatically applied to your contract, and the step up date is the contract anniversary date.

• If the application of the step up would increase the rider charge, the annual step up is not automatically applied. Instead, you have the option to step up for 30 days after the contract anniversary as long as either the contract value is greater than the total RBA or 6% of the contract value is greater than the ALP, if established, on the step-up date. If you exercise the elective annual step up option, you will pay the rider charge in effect on the step up date. If you wish to exercise the elective annual step up option, we must receive a request from you or your investment professional. The step up date is the date we receive your request to step up. If your request is received after the close of business, the step up date will be the next valuation day. If you request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up on or after Dec. 18, 2013, the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are invested at that time (see “Optional Living benefit Charges —SecureSource Rider fee”).Before you elect a step up resulting in an increased rider fee, you should carefully consider the benefit of the contract value gains you are locking-in and the increased rider fee compared to your other options including whether it is appropriate to consider moving to a fund with a lower corresponding rider fee.

• The ALP and RALP are not eligible for step ups until they are established. Prior to being established, the ALP and RALP values are both zero.

• Please note it is possible for the ALP to step up even if the RBA or GBA do not step up, and it is also possible for the RBA and GBA to step up even if the ALP does not step up.

The annual step up resets the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP values as follows:

• The total RBA will be reset to the greater of the total RBA immediately prior to the step up date or the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The total GBA will be reset to the greater of the total GBA immediately prior to the step up date or the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The total GBP will be reset using the calculation as described above based on the increased GBA and RBA.

• The total RBP will be reset as follows:

(a)	During the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals, the RBP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	At any other time, the RBP will be reset to the increased GBP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

• The ALP will be reset to the greater of the ALP immediately prior to the step up date or 6% of the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The RALP will be reset as follows:

(a)	During the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals, the RALP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	At any other time, the RALP will be reset to the increased ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

Spousal Option to Continue the Contract upon Owner’s Death (Spousal Continuation):

Single Life: If a surviving spouse elects to continue the contract and continues the contract as the new owner under the spousal continuation provision of the contract, theSecureSource – Single Life rider also continues. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate. When the spouse elects to continue the contract, any remaining waiting period is cancelled and any waiting period limitations on withdrawals and step-ups terminate; if the covered person changes due to spousal continuation the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP values are affected as follows:

• The GBA, RBA and GBP values remain unchanged.

• The RBP is automatically reset to the GBP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    69

• If the ALP has not yet been established and the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the date of continuation — the ALP will be established on the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65 as the lesser of the RBA or the contract anniversary value, multiplied by 6%. The RALP will be established on the same date equal to the ALP.

• If the ALP has not yet been established but the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the date of continuation — the ALP will be established on the date of continuation as the lesser of the RBA or the contract value, multiplied by 6%. The RALP will be established on the same date in an amount equal to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

• If the ALP has been established but the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the date of continuation — the ALP and RALP will be automatically reset to zero for the period of time beginning with the date of continuation and ending with the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65. At the end of this time period, the ALP will be reset to the lesser of the RBA or the anniversary contract value, multiplied by 6%, and the RALP will be reset to the ALP.

• If the ALP has been established and the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the date of continuation— the ALP will be automatically reset to the lesser of the current ALP or 6% of the contract value on the date of continuation. The RALP will be reset to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

Please note that the lifetime withdrawal benefit amount may be reduced as a result of the spousal continuation.

Joint Life: If a surviving spouse is a covered spouse and elects the spousal continuation provision of the contract as the new owner, theSecureSource – Joint Life rider also continues. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate. When the spouse elects to continue the contract, any remaining waiting period is cancelled and any waiting period limitations on withdrawals and step-ups terminate. The surviving covered spouse can name a new beneficiary, however, a new covered spouse cannot be added to the rider.

Spousal Continuation Step Up: At the time of spousal continuation, a step-up may be available. All annual step-up rules (see “Annual Step-Up” heading above), other than those that apply to the waiting period, also apply to the spousal continuation step-up. If the spousal continuation step-up is processed automatically, the step-up date is the valuation date spousal continuation is effective. If not, the spouse must elect the step up and must do so within 30 days of the spousal continuation date. If the spouse elects the spousal continuation step up, the step-up date is the valuation date we receive the spouse’s written request to step-up if we receive the request by the close of business on that day, otherwise the next valuation date.

Rules for Withdrawal Provision of Your Contract: Minimum account values following a withdrawal no longer apply to your contract. For withdrawals, the withdrawal will be made from the variable subaccounts, guarantee period accounts (where available), the one-year fixed account (if applicable) and the DCA fixed account in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to the contract value. You cannot specify from which accounts the withdrawal is to be made.

If Contract Value Reduces to Zero: If the contract value reduces to zero and the total RBA remains greater than zero, you will be paid in the following scenarios:

1) The ALP has not yet been established and the contract value is reduced to zero as a result of fees or charges or a withdrawal that is less than or equal to the RBP. In this scenario, you can choose to:

(a)	receive the remaining schedule of GBPs until the RBA equals zero; or
(b)	Single Life: wait until the rider anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65, and then receive the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the covered person, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero; or
(c)	Joint Life: wait until the rider anniversary following the date the younger covered spouse reaches age 65, and then receive the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the last surviving covered spouse, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero.

We will notify you of this option. If no election is made, the ALP will be paid.

2) The ALP has been established and the contract value reduces to zero as a result of fees or charges, or a withdrawal that is less than or equal to both the RBP and the RALP. In this scenario, you can choose to receive:

(a)	the remaining schedule of GBPs until the RBA equals zero; or
(b)	Single Life: the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the covered person, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero; or
(c)	Joint Life: the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the last surviving covered spouse, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero.

We will notify you of this option. If no election is made, the ALP will be paid.

70    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

3)	The ALP has been established and the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RALP but less than or equal to the RBP. In this scenario, the remaining schedule of GBPs will be paid until the RBA equals zero.
4)	The ALP has been established and the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RBP but less than or equal to the RALP. In this scenario, the ALP will be paid annually until the death of the:

• Single Life: covered person;

• Joint Life: last surviving covered spouse.

Under any of these scenarios:

• The annualized amounts will be paid to you in the frequency you elect. You may elect a frequency offered by us at the time payments begin. Available payment frequencies will be no less frequent than annually;

• We will no longer accept additional purchase payments;

• You will no longer be charged for the rider;

• Any attached death benefit riders will terminate; and

• Single Life: The death benefit becomes the remaining payments, if any, until the RBA is reduced to zero.

• Joint Life: If the owner had been receiving the ALP, upon the first death the ALP will continue to be paid annually until the later of: 1) the death of the last surviving covered spouse or 2) the RBA is reduced to zero. In all other situations the death benefit becomes the remaining payments, if any, until the RBA is reduced to zero.

TheSecureSource rider and the contract will terminate under either of the following two scenarios:

• If the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than both the RALP and the RBP. This is full withdrawal of the contract value.

• If the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RALP but less than or equal to the RBP, and the total RBA is reduced to zero.

At Death:

Single Life: If the contract value is greater than zero when the death benefit becomes payable, the beneficiary may: 1) elect to take the death benefit under the terms of the contract, 2) take the fixed payout option available under this rider, or 3) continue the contract under the spousal continuation provision of the contract above.

If the contract value equals zero and the death benefit becomes payable, the following will occur:

• If the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the GBP each year, the GBP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person dies and the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person is still alive and the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the later of the death of the covered person or the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person is still alive and the RBA equals zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the death of the covered person.

• If the covered person dies and the RBA equals zero, the benefit terminates. No further payments will be made.

Joint Life: If the death benefit becomes payable at the death of a covered spouse, the surviving covered spouse must utilize the spousal continuation provision of the contract and continue the contract as the new owner to continue the joint benefit. If spousal continuation is not available under the terms of the contract, the rider terminates. The lifetime benefit of this rider ends at the death of the last surviving covered spouse.

If the contract value is greater than zero when the death benefit becomes payable, the beneficiary may: 1) elect to take the death benefit under the terms of the contract, 2) take the fixed payout option available under this rider, or 3) continue the contract under the spousal continuation provision of the contract above.

If the contract value equals zero at the first death of a covered spouse, the ALP will continue to be paid annually until the later of: 1) the death of the last surviving covered spouse or 2) the RBA is reduced to zero.

If the contract value equals zero at the death of the last surviving covered spouse, the following will occur:

• If the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the GBP each year, the GBP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the RBA equals zero, the benefit terminates. No further payments will be made.

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    71

Contract Ownership Change:

Single Life: If the contract changes ownership (see “Changing Ownership”), the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP values will remain unchanged and the ALP and RALP will be reset as follows. Our current administrative practice is to only reset the ALP and RALP if the covered person changes due to the ownership change.

• If the ALP has not yet been established and the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the ownership change date— the ALP and the RALP will be established on the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65. The ALP will be set equal to the lesser of the RBA or the anniversary contract value, multiplied by 6%. If the anniversary date occurs during the waiting period and prior to a withdrawal, the RALP will be set equal to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments multiplied by 6%. If the anniversary date occurs at any other time, the RALP will be set equal to the ALP.

• If the ALP has not yet been established but the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the ownership change date — the ALP and the RALP will be established on the ownership change date. The ALP will be set equal to the lesser of the RBA or the contract value, multiplied by 6%. If the ownership change date occurs during the waiting period and prior to a withdrawal, the RALP will be set to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments multiplied by 6%. If the ownership change date occurs at any other time, the RALP will be set to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year but not less than zero.

• If the ALP has been established but the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the ownership change date — the ALP and the RALP will be reset to zero for the period of time beginning with the ownership change date and ending with the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65. At the end of this time period, the ALP will be reset to the lesser of the RBA or the anniversary contract value, multiplied by 6%. If the time period ends during the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals, the RALP will be reset to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments multiplied by 6%. If the time period ends at any other time, the RALP will be reset to the ALP.

• If the ALP has been established and the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the ownership change date — the ALP and the RALP will be reset on the ownership change date. The ALP will be reset to the lesser of the current ALP or 6% of the contract value. If the ownership change date occurs during the waiting period and prior to a withdrawal, the RALP will be reset to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments multiplied by 6%. If the ownership change date occurs at any other time, the RALP will be reset to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year but not less than zero.

Please note that the lifetime withdrawal benefit amount may be reduced as a result of the ownership change.

Joint Life: Ownership changes are only allowed between the covered spouses or their revocable trust(s). No other ownership changes are allowed as long as the rider is in force.

Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Option: Several annuity payout plans are available under the contract. As an alternative to these annuity payout plans, a fixed annuity payout option is available under theSecureSource rider.

Under this option the amount payable each year will be equal to the remaining schedule of GBPs, but the total amount paid over the life of the annuity will not exceed the current total RBA at the time you begin this fixed annuity payout option. These annualized amounts will be paid in the frequency that you elect. The frequencies will be among those offered by us at that time but will be no less frequent than annually. If, at the death of the owner, total payouts have been made for less than the RBA, the remaining payouts will be paid to the beneficiary (see “The Annuity Payout Period” and “Taxes”).

This option may not be available if the contract is issued to qualify under section 403 or 408 of the Code, as amended. For such contracts, this option will be available only if the guaranteed payment period is less than the life expectancy of the owner at the time the option becomes effective. Such life expectancy will be computed using a life expectancy table published by the IRS.

This annuity payout option may also be elected by the beneficiary of a contract as a settlement option if payments begin no later than one year after your death and the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy. Whenever multiple beneficiaries are designated under the contract, each such beneficiary’s share of the proceeds if they elect this option will be in proportion to their applicable designated beneficiary percentage. Beneficiaries of nonqualified contracts may elect this settlement option subject to the distribution requirements of the contract. We reserve the right to adjust the remaining schedule of GBPs if necessary to comply with the Code.

Rider Termination

TheSecureSource rider cannot be terminated either by you or us except as follows:

1.	Single Life: After the death benefit is payable the rider will terminate if your spouse does not use the spousal continuation provision of the contract to continue the contract.
2.	Joint Life: After the death benefit is payable the rider will terminate if:

(a) any one other than a covered spouse continues the contract, or

72    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

(b) a covered spouse does not use the spousal continuation provision of the contract to continue the contract.

3.	Annuity payouts under an annuity payout plan will terminate the rider.
4.	Termination of the contract for any reason will terminate the rider.
5.	When a beneficiary elects an alternative payment plan which is an inherited IRA, the rider will terminate.

Optional Living Benefits

(For contracts with application signed before May 1, 2007)

If you bought a contract before May 1, 2007 with an optional living benefit, please use the following table to review the disclosure that applies to the optional living benefit rider you purchased. If you are uncertain as to which optional living benefit rider you purchased, ask your investment professional, or contact us at the telephone number or address shown on the first page of this prospectus.

If you purchased a contract(1)...	and you selected one of the following optional living benefits...	Disclosure for this benefit may be found in the following Appendix:
Before April 29, 2005	Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit (“Rider B”)	Appendix K
April 29, 2005 – April 30, 2006	Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit (“Rider A”)	Appendix K
May 1, 2006 – April 30, 2007	Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life	Appendix J
Before May 1, 2007	Income Assurer Benefit	Appendix L

⁽¹⁾ These dates are approximate and will vary by state; your actual contract and any riders are the controlling documents.

Optional Death Benefits

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector)

The Benefit Protector is intended to provide an additional benefit to your beneficiary to help offset expenses after your death such as funeral expenses or federal and state taxes. This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge (see “Charges”). The Benefit Protector provides reduced benefits if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older at the rider effective date. The Benefit Protector does not provide any additional benefit before the first rider anniversary.

If this rider is available in your state and both you and the annuitant are age 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the Benefit Protector to your contract. You must elect the Benefit Protector at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date. You may not select this rider if you select the Benefit Protector Plus Rider, 5% Accumulation Death Benefit or the Enhanced Death Benefit.

Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Since the benefit paid by the rider is determined by the amount of earnings at death, the amount of the benefit paid may be reduced as a result of taking any withdrawals including RMDs. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional and tax advisor whether or not the Benefit Protector is appropriate for your situation.

The Benefit Protector provides that if you or the annuitant die after the first rider anniversary, but before annuity payouts begin, and while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary:

• the applicable death benefit, plus:

• 40% of your earnings at death if you and the annuitant were under age 70 on the rider effective date, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old; or

• 15% of your earnings at death if you or the annuitant were age 70 or older on the rider effective date, up to a maximum of 37.5% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old.

Earnings at death: This is determined by taking the current death benefit, and subtracting any purchase payments not previously withdrawn. Partial withdrawals reduce earnings before reducing purchase payments in the contract. This determines how much of the applicable death benefit is made up of contract earnings. We set maximum earnings at death of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old. Earnings at death cannot be less than zero.

Terminating the Benefit Protector

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of any rider anniversary beginning with the seventh rider anniversary.

• The rider will terminate when you make a full withdrawal from the contract or when annuity payouts begin.

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    73

If your spouse is the sole beneficiary and you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner. Your spouse and the new annuitant will be subject to all the limitations and restrictions of the rider just as if they were purchasing a new contract. If your spouse and the new annuitant do not qualify for the rider on the basis of age we will terminate the rider. If they do qualify for the rider on the basis of age we will set the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid and we will substitute this new contract value on the date of death for “purchase payments not previously withdrawn” used in calculating earnings at death. Your spouse also has the option of discontinuing the Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider within 30 days of the date of death.

NOTE: For special tax considerations associated with the Benefit Protector, see “Taxes.”

For an example, see Appendix G.

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus)

The Benefit Protector Plus is intended to provide an additional benefit to your beneficiary to help offset expenses after your death such as funeral expenses or federal and state taxes. This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge (see “Charges”). The Benefit Protector Plus provides reduced benefits if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older at the rider effective date. It does not provide any additional benefit before the first rider anniversary and it does not provide any benefit beyond what is offered under the Benefit Protector rider during the second rider year.

If this rider is available in your state and both you and the annuitant are age 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the Benefit Protector Plus to you contract. You must elect the Benefit Protector Plus at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date. This rider is only available for transfers, exchanges or rollovers from another annuity or life insurance policy. You may not select this rider if you select the Benefit Protector Rider, 5% Accumulation Death Benefit or the Enhanced Death Benefit. Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Since the benefit paid by the rider is determined by the amount of earnings at death, the amount of the benefit paid may be reduced as a result of taking any withdrawals including RMDs. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional and tax advisor whether or not the Benefit Protector Plus is appropriate for your situation.

The Benefit Protector Plus provides that if you or the annuitant die after the first rider anniversary, but before annuity payouts begin, and while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary:

• the benefits payable under the Benefit Protector described above, plus

• a percentage of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue not previously withdrawn as follows:

Rider Year	Percentage if you and the annuitant are under age 70 on the rider effective date	Percentage if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older on the rider effective date
One and Two	0%	0%
Three and Four	10%	3.75%
Five or more	20%	7.5%

Another way to describe the benefits payable under the Benefit Protector Plus rider is as follows:

• the ROP death benefit (see “Benefits in Case of Death”) plus:

Rider Year	If you and the annuitant are under age 70 on the rider effective date, add…	If you or the annuitant are age 70 or older on the rider effective date, add…
One	Zero	Zero
Two	40% × earnings at death (see above)	15% × earnings at death
Three & Four	40% × (earnings at death + 25% of initial purchase payment*)	15% × (earnings at death + 25% of initial purchase payment*)
Five or more	40% × (earnings at death + 50% of initial purchase payment*)	15% × (earnings at death + 50% of initial purchase payment*)

* Initial purchase payments are payments made within 60 days of rider issue not previously withdrawn.

Terminating the Benefit Protector Plus

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of any rider anniversary beginning with the seventh rider anniversary.

• The rider will terminate when you make a full withdrawal from the contract or when annuity payouts begin.

If your spouse is sole beneficiaryand you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. We will then terminate the Benefit Protector Plus and substitute the applicable death benefit (see “Benefits in Case of Death”).

74    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

For an example, see Appendix H.

The Annuity Payout Period

As owner of the contract, you have the right to decide how and to whom annuity payouts will be made starting at the retirement date. You may select one of the annuity payout plans outlined below, or we may mutually agree on other payout arrangements. We do not deduct any withdrawal charges upon retirement but withdrawal charges may apply when electing to exercise liquidity features we may make available under certain fixed annuity payout options.

You also decide whether we will make annuity payouts on a fixed or variable basis, or a combination of fixed and variable. The amount available to purchase payouts under the plan you select is the contract value on your retirement date after any rider charges have been deducted. Additionally, we currently allow you to use part of the amount available to purchase payouts, leaving any remaining contract value to accumulate on a tax-deferred basis. Special rules apply for partial annuitization of your annuity contract, see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities — Annuity payouts” and “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Annuity payouts.” If you select a variable annuity payout, we reserve the right to limit the number of subaccounts in which you may invest. The GPAs, the DCA fixed account and Portfolio Stabilizer funds are not available during this payout period.

Amounts of fixed and variable payouts depend on:

• the annuity payout plan you select;

• the annuitant’s age and, in most cases, sex;

• the annuity table in the contract; and

• the amounts you allocated to the accounts at settlement.

In addition, for variable annuity payouts only, amounts depend on the investment performance of the subaccounts you select. These payouts will vary from month to month because the performance of the funds will fluctuate. Fixed payouts generally remain the same from month to month unless you have elected an option providing for increasing payments.

For information with respect to transfers between accounts after annuity payouts begin, see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transfer policies.”

Annuity Tables

The annuity tables in your contract (Table A and Table B) show the amount of the monthly payout for each $1,000 of contract value according to the age and, when applicable, the annuitant’s sex. (Where required by law, we will use a unisex table of settlement rates.)

Table A shows the amount of the first monthly variable annuity payout assuming that the contract value is invested at the beginning of the annuity payout period and earns a 5% rate of return, which is reinvested and helps to support future payouts. If you ask us at least 30 days before the retirement date, we will substitute an annuity table based on an assumed 3.5% investment rate for the 5% Table A in the contract. The assumed investment rate affects both the amount of the first payout and the extent to which subsequent payouts increase or decrease. For example, annuity payouts will increase if the investment return is above the assumed investment rate and payouts will decrease if the return is below the assumed investment rate. Using a 5% assumed interest rate results in a higher initial payout, but later payouts will increase more slowly when annuity unit values rise and decrease more rapidly when they decline.

Table B shows the minimum amount of each fixed annuity payout. We declare current payout rates that we use in determining the actual amount of your fixed annuity payout. The current payout rates will equal or exceed the guaranteed payout rates shown in Table B. We will furnish these rates to you upon request.

Annuity Payout Plans

We make available variable annuity payouts where payout amounts will vary based on the performance of the variable account. We may also make fixed annuity payouts available where payments of a fixed amount are made for the period specified in the plan, subject to any surrender we may permit. You may choose an annuity payout plan by giving us written instructions at least 30 days before the retirement date. Generally, you may select one of the Plans A through E below or another plan agreed to by us. Some of the annuity payout plans may not be available if you have selected the Income Assurer Benefit rider.

• Plan A – Life annuity — no refund:We make monthly payouts until the annuitant’s death. Payouts end with the last payout before the annuitant’s death. We will not make any further payouts. This means that if the annuitant dies after we made only one monthly payout, we will not make any more payouts.

• Plan B – Life annuity with five, ten, 15 or 20 years certain: (under the Income Assurer Benefit rider: you may select life annuity with ten or 20 years certain): We make monthly payouts for a guaranteed payout period of five, ten, 15 or 20 years that you elect. This election will determine the length of the payout period in the event if the annuitant dies

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    75

	before the elected period expires. We calculate the guaranteed payout period from the retirement date. If the annuitant outlives the elected guaranteed payout period, we will continue to make payouts until the annuitant’s death.
•	Plan C – Life annuity — installment refund:(not available under the Income Assurer Benefit rider): We make monthly payouts until the annuitant’s death, with our guarantee that payouts will continue for some period of time. We will make payouts for at least the number of months determined by dividing the amount applied under this option by the first monthly payout, whether or not the annuitant is living.
•	Plan D

– Joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund:We make monthly payouts while both the annuitant and a joint annuitant are living. If either annuitant dies, we will continue to make monthly payouts at the full amount until the death of the surviving annuitant. Payouts end with the death of the second annuitant.

– Joint and last survivor life annuity with 20 years certain: We make monthly annuity payouts during the lifetime of the annuitant and joint annuitant. When either the annuitant or joint annuitant dies, we will continue to make monthly payouts during the lifetime of the survivor. If the survivor dies before we have made payouts for 20 years, we continue to make payouts for the remainder of the 20-year period which begins when the first annuity payout is made.

• Plan E – Payouts for a specified period: We make monthly payouts for a specific payout period of ten to 30 years that you elect (under the Income Assurer Benefit rider, you may elect a payout period of 20 years only). We will make payouts only for the number of years specified whether the annuitant is living or not. Depending on the selected time period, it is foreseeable that an annuitant can outlive the payout period selected. During the payout period, you can elect to have us determine the present value of any remaining payouts and pay it to you in a lump sum. (Exception: If you have an Income Assurer Benefit rider and elect this annuity payout plan based on the Guaranteed Income Benefit Base, a lump sum payout is unavailable.)

• Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Payout Option(available only under contracts with theSecureSource, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life or Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit riders): This fixed annuity payout option is an alternative to the above annuity payout plans. This option may not be available if the contract is a qualified annuity. For such contracts, this option will be available only if the guaranteed payment period is less than the life expectancy of the owner at the time the option becomes effective. Such life expectancy will be computed using a life expectancy table published by the IRS. Under this option, the amount payable each year will be equal to the remaining schedule of GBPs, but the total amount paid over the life of the annuity will not exceed the total RBA at the time you begin this fixed payout option (see “Optional Benefits —SecureSource Riders”, “Appendix J: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider” or “Appendix K: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider”). The amount paid in the current contract year will be reduced for any prior withdrawals in that year. These annualized amounts will be paid in the frequency that you elect. The frequencies will be among those offered by us at the time but will be no less frequent than annually. If, at the death of the owner, total payouts have been made for less than the RBA, the remaining payouts will be paid to the beneficiary.

For Plan A, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, no payments will be made. For Plan B, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue for the guaranteed payout period. For Plan C, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue for the installment refund period. For Plan D, if both annuitants die before the initial payment, no payments will be made; however, if one annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue until the death of the surviving annuitant.

In addition to the annuity payout plans described above, we may offer additional payout plans. Terms and conditions of annuity payout plans will be disclosed at the time of election, including any associated fees or charges. It is important to remember that the election and use of liquidity features will result in payouts ceasing.

Utilizing a liquidity feature to withdraw the underlying value of remaining payouts may result in the assessment of a withdrawal charge (See “Charges — Withdrawal charge”) or a 10% IRS penalty tax. (See “Taxes.”).

Annuity payout plan requirements for qualified annuities: If your contract is a qualified annuity, you must select a payout plan as of the retirement date set forth in your contract. You have the responsibility for electing a payout plan under your contract that complies with applicable law. Your contract describes your payout plan options. The options will meet certain IRS regulations governing RMDs if the payout plan meets the incidental distribution benefit requirements, if any, and the payouts are made:

• in equal or substantially equal payments over a period not longer than your life expectancy, or over the joint life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary; or

• over a period certain not longer than your life expectancy or over the joint life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary.

76    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If we do not receive instructions: You must give us written instructions for the annuity payouts at least 30 days before the annuitant’s retirement date. If you do not, we will make payouts under Plan B, with 120 monthly payouts guaranteed.

If monthly payouts would be less than $20: We will calculate the amount of monthly payouts at the time the contract value is used to purchase a payout plan. If the calculations show that monthly payouts would be less than $20, we have the right to pay the contract value to the owner in a lump sum or to change the frequency of the payouts.

Death after annuity payouts begin: If you or the annuitant die after annuity payouts begin, we will pay any amount payable to the beneficiary as provided in the annuity payout plan in effect. Payments to beneficiaries are subject to adjustment to comply with the IRS rules and regulations.

Taxes

Under current law, your contract has a tax-deferral feature. Generally, this means you do not pay income tax until there is a taxable distribution (or deemed distribution) from the contract. We will send a tax information reporting form for any year in which we made a taxable or reportable distribution according to our records.

Nonqualified Annuities

Generally, only the increase in the value of a non-qualified annuity contract over the investment in the contract is taxable. Certain exceptions apply. Federal tax law requires that all nonqualified deferred annuity contracts issued by the same company (and possibly its affiliates) to the same owner during a calendar year be taxed as a single, unified contract when distributions are taken from any one of those contracts.

Annuity payouts: Generally, unlike withdrawals described below, the income taxation of annuity payouts is subject to exclusion ratios (for fixed annuity payouts) or annual excludable amounts (for variable annuity payouts). In other words, in most cases, a portion of each payout will be ordinary income and subject to tax, and a portion of each payout will be considered a return of part of your investment in the contract and will not be taxed. All amounts you receive after your investment in the contract is fully recovered will be subject to tax. Under Annuity Payout Plan A: Life annuity — no refund, where the annuitant dies before your investment in the contract is fully recovered, the remaining portion of the unrecovered investment may be available as a federal income tax deduction to the owner for the last taxable year. Under all other annuity payout plans, where the annuity payouts end before your investment in the contract is fully recovered, the remaining portion of the unrecovered investment may be available as a federal income tax deduction to the taxpayer for the tax year in which the payouts end. (See “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Federal tax law permits taxpayers to annuitize a portion of their nonqualified annuity while leaving the remaining balance to continue to grow tax-deferred. Under the partial annuitization rules, the portion annuitized must be received as an annuity for a period of 10 years or more, or for the lives of one or more individuals. If this requirement is met, the annuitized portion and the tax-deferred balance will generally be treated as two separate contracts for income tax purposes only. If a contract is partially annuitized, the investment in the contract is allocated between the deferred and the annuitized portions on a pro rata basis.

Withdrawals: Generally, if you withdrawal all or part of your nonqualified annuity your annuity payouts begin, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, your withdrawal will be taxed to the extent that the contract value immediately before the withdrawal exceeds the investment in the contract. Different rules may apply if you exchange another contract into this contract.

You also may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty for withdrawals of taxable income you make before reaching age 59½ unless certain exceptions apply.

Withholding: If you receive taxable income as a result of an annuity payout or withdrawal, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, we may deduct federal, and in some cases state withholding against the payment. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your income tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. As long as you have provided us with a valid Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number, and you have a valid U.S. address, you may be able to elect not to have federal income tax withholding occur.

If the payment is part of an annuity payout plan, we generally compute the amount of federal income tax withholding using payroll tables. You may provide us with a statement of how many exemptions to use in calculating the withholding. If the distribution is any other type of payment (such as partial or full withdrawal) we compute federal income tax withholding using 10% of the taxable portion.

The federal income tax withholding requirements differ if we deliver payment outside the United States or you are a non-resident alien.

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    77

Some states also may impose income tax withholding requirements similar to the federal withholding described above or may allow you to elect withholding. If this should be the case, we may deduct state income tax withholding from the payment.

Death benefits to beneficiaries: The death benefit under a nonqualified contract is not exempt from estate (federal or state) taxes. In addition, for income tax purposes, any amount your beneficiary receives that exceeds the remaining investment in the contract is taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary in the year he or she receives the payments. (See also “Benefits in Case of Death — If You Die Before the Retirement Date”).

Net Investment Income Tax (also known as Medicare contribution tax): Effective for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2013, certain investment income of high-income individuals (as well as estates and trusts) is subject to a 3.8% net investment income tax (as an addition to income taxes). For individuals, the 3.8% tax applies to the lesser of (1) the amount by which the taxpayer’s modified adjusted gross income exceeds $200,000 ($250,000 for married filing jointly and surviving spouses; $125,000 for married filing separately) or (2) the taxpayer’s “net investment income.” Net investment income includes taxable income from nonqualified annuities. Annuity holders are advised to consult their tax advisor regarding the possible implications of this additional tax.

Annuities owned by corporations, partnerships or irrevocable trusts: For nonqualified annuities, any annual increase in the value of annuities held by such entities (non-natural persons) generally will be treated as ordinary income received during that year. However, if the trust was set up for the benefit of a natural person(s) only, the income may remain tax-deferred until withdrawn or paid out.

Penalties: If you receive amounts from your nonqualified annuity before reaching age 59½, you may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty on the amount includable in your ordinary income. However, this penalty will not apply to any amount received:

• because of your death or in the event of non-natural ownership, the death of annuitant;

• because you become disabled (as defined in the Code);

• if the distribution is part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments, made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or joint lives or life expectancies of you and your beneficiary);

• if it is allocable to an investment before Aug. 14, 1982; or

• if annuity payouts are made under immediate annuities as defined by the Code.

Transfer of ownership: Generally, if you transfer ownership of a nonqualified annuity without receiving adequate consideration, the transfer may be taxed as a withdrawal for federal income tax purposes. If the transfer is a currently taxable event for income tax purposes, the original owner will be taxed on the amount of deferred earnings at the time of the transfer and also may be subject to the 10% IRS penalty discussed earlier. In this case, the new owner’s investment in the contract will be equal to the investment in the contract at the time of the transfer plus any earnings included in the original owner’s taxable income as a result of the transfer. In general, this rule does not apply to transfers between spouses or former spouses. Similar rules apply if you transfer ownership for full consideration. Please consult your tax advisor for further details.

1035 Exchanges: Section 1035 of the Code permits nontaxable exchanges of certain insurance policies, endowment contracts, annuity contracts and qualified long-term care insurance contracts while providing for continued tax deferral of earnings. In addition, Section 1035 permits the carryover of the investment in the contract from the old policy or contract to the new policy or contract. In a 1035 exchange one policy or contract is exchanged for another policy or contract. The following can qualify as nontaxable exchanges: (1) the exchange of a life insurance policy for another life insurance policy or for an endowment, annuity or qualified long-term care insurance contract, (2) the exchange of an endowment contract for an annuity or qualified long-term care insurance contract, or for an endowment contract under which payments will begin no later than payments would have begun under the contract exchanged, (3) the exchange of an annuity contract for another annuity or for a qualified long-term care insurance contract, and (4) the exchange of a qualified long-term care insurance contract for a qualified long-term care insurance contract. Additionally, other tax rules apply. However, if the life insurance policy has an outstanding loan, there may be tax consequences. Depending on the issue date of your original policy or contract, there may be tax or other benefits that are given up to gain the benefits of the new policy or contract. Consider whether the features and benefits of the new policy or contract outweigh any tax or other benefits of the old contract.

For a partial exchange of an annuity contract for another annuity contract, the 1035 exchange is generally tax-free. The investment in the original contract and the earnings on the contract will be allocated proportionately between the original and new contracts. However, per IRS Revenue Procedure 2011-38, if withdrawals are taken from either contract within the 180-day period following a partial 1035 exchange, the IRS will apply general tax principles to determine the appropriate tax treatment of the exchange and subsequent withdrawal. As a result, there may be unexpected tax consequences. You should consult your tax advisor before taking any withdrawal from either contract during the 180-day period following a partial exchange.

78    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Assignment: If you assign or pledge your contract as collateral for a loan, earnings on purchase payments you made after Aug. 13, 1982 will be taxed as a deemed distribution and also may be subject to the 10% penalty as discussed above.

Qualified Annuities

Adverse tax consequences may result if you do not ensure that contributions, distributions and other transactions under the contract comply with the law. Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions. You should refer to your retirement plan’s Summary Plan Description, your IRA disclosure statement, or consult a tax advisor for additional information about the distribution rules applicable to your situation.

When you use your contract to fund a retirement plan or IRA that is already tax-deferred under the Code, the contract will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral. If your contract is used to fund an employer sponsored plan, your right to benefits may be subject to the terms and conditions of the plan regardless of the terms of the contract.

Annuity payouts: Under a qualified annuity, except a Roth IRA, Roth 401(k) or Roth 403(b), the entire payout generally is includable as ordinary income and is subject to tax unless: (1) the contract is an IRA to which you made non-deductible contributions; or (2) you rolled after-tax dollars from a retirement plan into your IRA; or 3) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you or your employer have contributed after-tax dollars; or (4) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you direct such payout to be directly rolled over to another eligible retirement plan such as an IRA. We may permit partial annuitizations of qualified annuity contracts. If we accept partial annuitizations, please remember that your contract will still need to comply with other requirements such as required minimum distributions and the payment of taxes. Prior to considering a partial annuitization on a qualified contract, you should discuss your decision and any implications with your tax adviser. Because we cannot accurately track certain after tax funding sources, we will generally report any payments on partial annuitizations as ordinary income except in the case of a qualified distribution from a Roth IRA.

Annuity payouts from Roth IRAs: In general, the entire payout from a Roth IRA can be free from income and penalty taxes if you have attained age 59½ and meet the five year holding period.

Withdrawals: Under a qualified annuity, except a Roth IRA, Roth 401(k) or Roth 403(b), the entire withdrawal will generally be includable as ordinary income and is subject to tax unless: (1) the contract is an IRA to which you made non-deductible contributions; or (2) you rolled after-tax dollars from a retirement plan into your IRA; or (3) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you or your employer have contributed after-tax dollars; or (4) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you direct such withdrawal to be directly rolled over to another eligible retirement plan such as an IRA.

Withdrawals from Roth IRAs: In general, the entire payout from a Roth IRA can be free from income and penalty taxes if you have attained age 59½ and meet the five year holding period or another qualifying event such as death or disability.

Required Minimum Distributions: Retirement plans (except for Roth IRAs) are subject to required withdrawals called required minimum distributions (“RMDs”) beginning at age 72 (age 70 ½ if you were born on or before June 30, 1949). RMDs are based on the fair market value of your contract at year-end divided by the life expectancy factor. Certain death benefits and optional riders may be considered in determining the fair market value of your contract for RMD purposes. This may cause your RMD to be higher. Inherited IRAs (including inherited Roth IRAs) are subject to special required minimum distribution rules. You should consult your tax advisor prior to making a purchase for an explanation of the potential tax implications to you.

Withholding for IRAs, Roth IRAs, SEPs and SIMPLE IRAs: If you receive taxable income as a result of an annuity payout or a withdrawal, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, we may deduct withholding against the payment. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. As long as you have provided us with a valid Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number, you can elect not to have any withholding occur.

If the payment is part of an annuity payout plan, we generally compute the amount of federal income tax withholding using payroll tables. You may provide us with a statement of how many exemptions to use in calculating the withholding. If the distribution is any other type of payment (such as a partial or full withdrawal) we compute federal income tax withholding using 10% of the taxable portion.

The federal income tax withholding requirements differ if we deliver payment outside the United States or you are a non-resident alien.

Some states also may impose income tax withholding requirements similar to the federal withholding described above. If this should be the case, we may deduct state income tax withholding from the payment.

Withholding for all other qualified annuities: If you receive directly all or part of the contract value from a qualified annuity, mandatory 20% federal income tax withholding (and possibly state income tax withholding) generally will be imposed at the time the payout is made from the plan. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your tax due for the

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    79

year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. This mandatory withholding will not be imposed if instead of receiving the distribution check, you elect to have the distribution rolled over directly to an IRA or another eligible plan. Payments made to a surviving spouse instead of being directly rolled over to an IRA are also subject to mandatory 20% income tax withholding.

In the below situations, the distribution is subject to an optional 10% withholding instead of the mandatory 20% withholding. We will withhold 10% of the distribution amount unless you elect otherwise.

• the payout is one in a series of substantially equal periodic payouts, made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or the joint lives or life expectancies of you and your designated beneficiary) or over a specified period of 10 years or more;

• the payout is a RMD as defined under the Code;

• the payout is made on account of an eligible hardship; or

• the payout is a corrective distribution.

State withholding also may be imposed on taxable distributions.

Penalties: If you receive amounts from your qualified contract before reaching age 59½, you may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty on the amount includable in your ordinary income. However, this penalty generally will not apply to any amount received:

• because of your death;

• because you become disabled (as defined in the Code);

• if the distribution is part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or joint lives or life expectancies of you and your beneficiary);

• if the distribution is made following severance from employment during or after the calendar year in which you attain age 55 (TSAs and annuities funding 401(a) plans only);

• to pay certain medical or education expenses (IRAs only); or

• if the distribution is made from an inherited IRA.

Death benefits to beneficiaries: The entire death benefit generally is taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary in the year he/she receives the payments from the qualified annuity. If you made non-deductible contributions to a traditional IRA, the portion of any distribution from the contract that represents after-tax contributions is not taxable as ordinary income to your beneficiary. You are responsible for keeping all records tracking your non-deductible contributions to an IRA. Death benefits under a Roth IRA generally are not taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary if certain distribution requirements are met. (See also “Benefits in Case of Death — If you Die Before the Retirement Date”).

Change of retirement plan type: IRS regulations allow for rollovers of certain retirement plan distributions. In some circumstances, you may be able to have an intra-contract rollover, keeping the same features and conditions. If the annuity contract you have does not support an intra-contract rollover, you are able to request an IRS approved rollover to another annuity contract or other investment product that you choose. If you choose another annuity contract or investment product, you will be subject to new rules, including a new withdrawal charge schedule for an annuity contract, or other product rules as applicable.

Assignment:You may not assign or pledge your qualified contract as collateral for a loan.

Other

Special considerations if you select any optional rider: As of the date of this prospectus, we believe that charges related to these riders are not subject to current taxation. Therefore, we will not report these charges as partial withdrawals from your contract. However, the IRS may determine that these charges should be treated as partial withdrawals subject to taxation to the extent of any gain as well as the 10% tax penalty for withdrawals before the age of 59½, if applicable, on the taxable portion.

We reserve the right to report charges for these riders as partial withdrawals if we, as a withholding and reporting agent, believe that we are required to report them. In addition, we will report any benefits attributable to these riders on the death of you or the annuitant as an annuity death benefit distribution, not as proceeds from life insurance.

Important: Our discussion of federal tax laws is based upon our understanding of current interpretations of these laws. Federal tax laws or current interpretations of them may change. For this reason and because tax consequences are complex and highly individual and cannot always be anticipated, you should consult a tax advisor if you have any questions about taxation of your contract.

80    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

RiverSource Life’s tax status: We are taxed as a life insurance company under the Code. For federal income tax purposes, the subaccounts are considered a part of our company, although their operations are treated separately in accounting and financial statements. Investment income is reinvested in the fund in which each subaccount invests and becomes part of that subaccount’s value. This investment income, including realized capital gains, is not subject to any withholding for federal or state income taxes. We reserve the right to make such a charge in the future if there is a change in the tax treatment of variable annuities or in our tax status as we then understand it.
The company includes in its taxable income the net investment income derived from the investment of assets held in its subaccounts because the company is considered the owner of these assets under federal income tax law.  The company may claim certain tax benefits associated with this investment income.  These benefits, which may include foreign tax credits and the corporate dividend received deduction, are not passed on to you since the company is the owner of the assets under federal tax law and is taxed on the investment income generated by the assets. 

Tax qualification: We intend that the contract qualify as an annuity for federal income tax purposes. To that end, the provisions of the contract are to be interpreted to ensure or maintain such tax qualification, in spite of any other provisions of the contract. We reserve the right to amend the contract to reflect any clarifications that may be needed or are appropriate to maintain such qualification or to conform the contract to any applicable changes in the tax qualification requirements. We will send you a copy of any amendments.

Spousal status: When it comes to your marital status and the identification and naming of any spouse as a beneficiary or party to your contract, we will rely on the representations you make to us. Based on this reliance, we will issue and administer your contract in accordance with these representations. If you represent that you are married and your representation is incorrect or your marriage is deemed invalid for federal or state law purposes, then the benefits and rights under your contract may be different.

If you have any questions as to the status of your relationship as a marriage, then you should consult an appropriate tax or legal advisor.

Voting Rights

As a contract owner with investments in the subaccounts, you may vote on important fund policies until annuity payouts begin. Once they begin, the person receiving them has voting rights. We will vote fund shares according to the instructions of the person with voting rights.

Before annuity payouts begin, the number of votes you have is determined by applying your percentage interest in each subaccount to the total number of votes allowed to the subaccount.

After annuity payouts begin, the number of votes you have is equal to:

• the reserve held in each subaccount for your contract; divided by

• the net asset value of one share of the applicable fund.

As we make annuity payouts, the reserve for the contract decreases; therefore, the number of votes also will decrease.

We calculate votes separately for each subaccount. We will send notice of shareholders’ meetings, proxy materials and a statement of the number of votes to which the voter is entitled. We are the legal owner of all fund shares and therefore hold all voting rights.  However, to the extent required by law, we will vote the shares of each fund according to instructions we receive from policy owners. We will vote shares for which we have not received instructions and shares that we or our affiliates own in our own names in the same proportion as the votes for which we received instructions. As a result of this proportional voting, in cases when a small number of contract owners vote, their votes will have a greater impact and may even control the outcome.

Substitution of Investments

We may substitute the funds in which the subaccounts invest if:

• laws or regulations change;

• the existing funds become unavailable; or

• in our judgment, the funds no longer are suitable (or are not the most suitable) for the subaccounts.

If any of these situations occur, we have the right to substitute a fund currently listed in this prospectus (existing fund) for another fund (new fund), provided we obtain any required SEC and state insurance law approval. The new fund may have higher fees and/or operating expenses than the existing fund. Also, the new fund may have investment objectives and policies and/or investment advisers which differ from the existing fund.

We may also:

• add new subaccounts;

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    81

• combine any two or more subaccounts;

• transfer assets to and from the subaccounts or the variable account; and

• eliminate or close any subaccounts.

We will notify you of any substitution or change.

In the event of any such substitution or change, we may amend the contract and take whatever action is necessary and appropriate without your consent or approval. We will obtain any required prior approval of the SEC or state insurance departments before making any substitution or change.

About the Service Providers

Principal Underwriter

RiverSource Distributors, Inc. (RiverSource Distributors), our affiliate, serves as the principal underwriter and general distributor of the contract. Its offices are located at 70100 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, MN 55474. RiverSource Distributors is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ameriprise Financial, Inc.

Sales of the Contract

New contracts are not currently being offered.

• Only securities broker-dealers (“selling firms”) registered with the SEC and members of the FINRA may sell the contract.

• The contracts are continuously offered to the public through authorized selling firms. We and RiverSource Distributors have a sales agreement with the selling firm. The sales agreement authorizes the selling firm to offer the contracts to the public. RiverSource Distributors pays the selling firm (or an affiliated insurance agency) for contracts its investment professional sell. The selling firm may be required to return sales commissions under certain circumstances including but not limited to when contracts are returned under the free look period.

Payments We May Make to Selling Firms

• We may use compensation plans which vary by selling firm. For example, some of these plans pay selling firms a commission of up to 4.00% each time a purchase payment is made for contract Option L and 1.00% for Contract Option C. We may also pay ongoing trail commissions of up to 1.25% of the contract value. We do not pay or withhold payment of trail commissions based on which investment options you select.

• We may pay selling firms an additional sales commission of up to 1.00% of purchase payments for a period of time we select. For example, we may offer to pay an additional sales commission to get selling firms to market a new or enhanced contract or to increase sales during the period.

• In addition to commissions, we may, in order to promote sales of the contracts, and as permitted by applicable laws and regulation, pay or provide selling firms with other promotional incentives in cash, credit or other compensation. We generally (but may not) offer these promotional incentives to all selling firms. The terms of such arrangements differ between selling firms. These promotional incentives may include but are not limited to:

• sponsorship of marketing, educational, due diligence and compliance meetings and conferences we or the selling firm may conduct for investment professionals, including subsidy of travel, meal, lodging, entertainment and other expenses related to these meetings;

• marketing support related to sales of the contract including for example, the creation of marketing materials, advertising and newsletters;

• providing service to contract owners; and

• funding other events sponsored by a selling firm that may encourage the selling firm’s investment professionals to sell the contract.

These promotional incentives or reimbursements may be calculated as a percentage of the selling firm’s aggregate, net or anticipated sales and/or total assets attributable to sales of the contract, and/or may be a fixed dollar amount. As noted below this additional compensation may cause the selling firm and its investment professionals to favor the contracts.

Sources of Payments to Selling Firms

When we pay the commissions and other compensation described above from our assets. Our assets may include:

• revenues we receive from fees and expenses that you will pay when buying, owning and making a withdrawal from the contract (see “Expense Summary”);

• compensation we or an affiliate receive from the underlying funds in the form of distribution and services fees (see “The Variable Account and the Funds — The Funds”);

82    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• compensation we or an affiliate receive from a fund’s investment adviser, subadviser, distributor or an affiliate of any of these (see “The Variable Account and the Funds — The Funds”); and

• revenues we receive from other contracts we sell that are not securities and other businesses we conduct.

You do not directly pay the commissions and other compensation described above as the result of a specific charge or deduction under the contract. However, you may pay part or all of the commissions and other compensation described above indirectly through:

• fees and expenses we collect from contract owners, including withdrawal charges; and

• fees and expenses charged by the underlying subaccount funds in which you invest, to the extent we or one of our affiliates receive revenue from the funds or an affiliated person.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Compensation payment arrangements made with selling firms can potentially:

• give selling firms a heightened financial incentive to sell the contract offered in this prospectus over another investment with lower compensation to the selling firm.

• cause selling firms to encourage their investment professionals to sell you the contract offered in this prospectus instead of selling you other alternative investments that may result in lower compensation to the selling firm.

• cause selling firms to grant us access to its investment professionals to promote sales of the contract offered in this prospectus, while denying that access to other firms offering similar contracts or other alternative investments which may pay lower compensation to the selling firm.

Payments to Investment Professionals

• The selling firm pays its investment professionals. The selling firm decides the compensation and benefits it will pay its investment professionals.

• To inform yourself of any potential conflicts of interest, ask the investment professional before you buy, how the selling firm and its investment professionals are being compensated and the amount of the compensation that each will receive if you buy the contract.

Service Providers

Our Service Center performs certain administrative services on the contracts and policies we issue. The address and telephone number of our Service Center are listed on the first page of the prospectus. We also have entered into agreements with certain entities to provide the identified services in connection with the contracts and policies we issue. The entities engaged by RiverSource Life may change over time. Entities that provided services to RiverSource Life in 2019 are listed in the table below.

Name of Service Provider	Services Provided	Address
Ameriprise Financial, Inc.	Business affairs management and administrative support related to new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies	707 Second Avenue South Minneapolis MN 55402 USA
Ameriprise India Private Limited	Administrative support related to new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies annual report filings	Plot No. 14, Sector 18 Udyog Vihar Gurugram, Haryana – 122 015 India
Sykes Enterprise Incorporated	Administrative support related to e new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies	10th Floor, Glorietta BPO 1 Office Tower Makati City 1224 Metro Manila Philippines

Issuer

We issue the contracts. We are a stock life insurance company organized in 1957 under the laws of the state of Minnesota and are located at 829 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, MN 55474. We are a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ameriprise Financial, Inc.

We conduct a conventional life insurance business. We are licensed to do business in 49 states, the District of Columbia and American Samoa. Our primary products currently include fixed and variable annuity contracts and life insurance policies.

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    83

Legal Proceedings

Insurance companies have been the subject of increasing regulatory, legislative and judicial scrutiny. Numerous state and federal regulatory agencies have commenced examinations and other inquiries of insurance companies regarding sales and marketing practices (including sales to older consumers and disclosure practices), claims handling, and unclaimed property and escheatment practices and procedures. RiverSource Life has cooperated and will continue to cooperate with the applicable regulators.

RiverSource Life is involved in the normal course of business in a number of other legal and arbitration proceedings concerning matters arising in connection with the conduct of its business activities. RiverSource Life believes that it is not a party to, nor are any of its properties the subject of, any pending legal, arbitration or regulatory investigation, examination or proceeding that is likely to have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is possible that the outcome of any current or future legal, arbitration or regulatory proceeding could have a material impact on results of operations in any particular reporting period as the proceedings are resolved.

Uncertain economic conditions, heightened and sustained volatility in the financial markets and significant financial reform legislation may increase the likelihood that clients and other persons or regulators may present or threaten legal claims or that regulators increase the scope or frequency of examinations of RiverSource Life or the insurance industry generally.

Additional Information

Incorporation of Certain Documents By Reference

The SEC allows us to “incorporate by reference” the information we have filed with the SEC. This means that we can disclose important information to you without actually including the specific information in this prospectus by referring you to other documents filed separately with the SEC. The information incorporated by reference is an important part of this prospectus. Information that we later provide to the SEC, and which is deemed to be “filed” with the SEC, will automatically update information previously filed with the SEC, and may replace information in this prospectus and information previously filed with the SEC. We incorporate by reference RiverSource Life Insurance Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019 as filed with the SEC on Feb.26, 2020under File No. 033-28976 in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and any filings we make with the SEC under Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act (excluding information deemed to be furnished and not filed with the SEC) after the effective date of this registration statement, until all offerings under the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part are completed or terminated. The annual report contains additional information about RiverSource Life Insurance Company, including audited financial statements for the latest fiscal year.

RiverSource Life will furnish you without charge a copy of any or all of the documents incorporated by reference into this prospectus, including any exhibits to such documents which have been specifically incorporated by reference. We will do so upon receipt of your written or oral request. You can contact RiverSource Life at the telephone number and address listed on the first page of this prospectus.

Available Information

This prospectus is part of a registration statement we file with the SEC. Additional information on RiverSource Life and on this offering is available in the registration statement and other materials we file. You can obtain copies of these materials at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. This prospectus, other information about the contract and other information incorporated by reference are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at (http://www.sec.gov).

Indemnification

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the Act) may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of RiverSource Life pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

84    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendices

APPENDIX NAME	PAGE #	CROSS-REFERENCE	PAGE #
Appendix A: Example — Market Value Adjustment (MVA)	p. 86	Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)	p. 24
Appendix B: Example — Withdrawal Charges for Contract Option L	p. 88	Charges — Withdrawal Charges	p. 31
Appendix C: Example — Death Benefits	p. 91	Benefits in Case of Death	p. 54
Appendix D: Example — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider	p. 94	Optional Benefits — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider	p. 58
Appendix E: Example —SecureSourceRiders	p. 95	Optional Benefits —SecureSource Riders	p. 60
Appendix F: SecureSourceRiders — Additional RMD Disclosure	p. 99	Optional Benefits —SecureSourceRiders	p. 60
Appendix G: Example — Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider	p. 101	Optional Benefits — Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider	p. 73
Appendix H: Example — Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider	p. 103	Optional Benefits — Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider	p. 74
Appendix I: Asset Allocation Program for Contracts With Applications Signed Before May 1, 2006	p. 105
Appendix J: Guarantor Withdrawal	p. 106	N/A
Benefit for Life Rider Disclosure
Appendix K: Guarantor Withdrawal	p. 118	N/A
Benefit Rider Disclosure
Appendix L: Example — Income	p. 126	N/A
Assurer Benefit Riders Disclosure
Appendix M: Example Benefit Riders: Effective Step up or Elective Spousal Contribution Step up	p. 136	Optional Benefits — Optional Living Benefits	p. 58
Appendix N: Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	p. 137	Condensed Financial Information	p. 13

The purpose of these appendices is first to illustrate the operation of various contract features and riders; second, to provide additional disclosure regarding various contract features and riders; and lastly, to provide condensed financial history (unaudited) of the subaccounts.

In order to demonstrate the contract features and riders, an example may show hypothetical contract values. These contract values do not represent past or future performance. Actual contract values may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a number of factors, including but not limited to the investment experience of the subaccounts, GPAs, DCA fixed account, and one-year fixed account and the fees and charges that apply to your contract.

The examples of death benefits and optional riders in appendices C through E and J through L include a partial withdrawal to illustrate the effect of a partial withdrawal on the particular benefit. These examples are intended to show how the optional riders operate, and do not take into account whether the rider is part of a qualified contract. Qualified contracts are subject to required minimum distributions at certain ages which may require you to take partial withdrawals from the contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). If you are considering the addition of certain death benefits and/or optional riders to a qualified contract, you should consult your tax advisor prior to making a purchase for an explanation of the potential tax implications to you.

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    85

Appendix A: Example — Market Value Adjustment (MVA)

As the examples below demonstrate, the application of an MVA may result in either a gain or a loss of principal. We refer to all of the transactions described below as “early withdrawals.”

Assumptions:

• You purchase a contract and allocate part of your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA; and

• we guarantee an interest rate of 3.0% annually for your ten-year guarantee period; and

• after three years, you decide to make a withdrawal from your GPA. In other words, there are seven years left in your guarantee period.

Remember that the MVA depends partly on the interest rate of a new GPA for the same number of years as the guarantee period remaining on your GPA. In this case, that is seven years.

Example 1: Remember that your GPA is earning 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 3.5%. We add 0.10% to the 3.5% rate to get 3.6%. Your GPA’s 3.0% rate is less than the 3.6% rate, so the MVA will be negative.

Example 2: Remember again that your GPA is earning 3.0%, and assume that new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 2.5%. We add 0.10% to the 2.5% rate to get 2.6%. In this example, since your GPA’s 3.0% rate is greater than the 2.6% rate, the MVA will be positive. To determine that adjustment precisely, you will have to use the formula described below.

Sample MVA Calculations

The precise MVA formula we apply is as follows:

Early withdrawal amount	×	[	(	1 + i	)	n/12	–1	]	=	MVA
				1 + j + .001

Where i	=	rate earned in the GPA from which amounts are being transferred or withdrawn.
j	=	current rate for a new guarantee period equal to the remaining term in the current guarantee period.
n	=	number of months remaining in the current guarantee period (rounded up).

Examples — MVA

Using assumptions similar to those we used in the examples above:

• You purchase a contract and allocate part of your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA;

• we guarantee an interest rate of 3.0% annually for your ten-year guarantee period; and

• after three years, you decide to make a $1,000 withdrawal from your GPA. In other words, there are seven years left in your guarantee period.

Example 1: You request an early withdrawal of $1,000 from your ten-year GPA earning a guaranteed interest rate of 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 3.5%. Using the formula above, we determine the MVA as follows:

$1,000	×	[	(	1.030	)	84/12	–1	]	=	-$39.84
				1 + .035 + .001

In this example, the MVA is a negative $39.84.

Example 2: You request an early withdrawal of $1,000 from your ten-year GPA earning a guaranteed interest rate of 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 2.5%. Using the formula above, we determine the MVA as follows:

$1,000	×	[	(	1.030	)	84/12	–1	]	=	$27.61
				1 + .025 + .001

In this example, the MVA is a positive $27.61.

Please note that when you allocate your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA and your purchase payment is in its fourth year from receipt at the beginning of the guarantee period, your withdrawal charge percentage is 6% due to the withdrawal charge schedule under contract Option L. (See “Charges — Withdrawal Charge.”) We do not apply MVAs to the amounts we deduct for withdrawal charges, so we would deduct the withdrawal charge from your early withdrawal after we applied the MVA. Also note that when you request an early withdrawal, we withdraw an amount from your GPA that will give you the net amount you requested after we apply the MVA and any applicable withdrawal charge, unless you request otherwise.

86    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The current interest rate we offer on the GPA will change periodically at our discretion. It is the rate we are then paying on purchase payments, renewals and transfers paid under this class of contracts for guarantee period durations equaling the remaining guarantee period of the GPA to which the formula is being applied.

We will not apply MVAs to amounts withdrawn for annual contract charges, to amounts we pay as death claims or to automatic transfers from the two-year GPA as part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep strategy. In some states, the MVA is limited.

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    87

Appendix B: Example — Withdrawal Charges for Contract Option L

For purposes of calculating any withdrawal charge, including the examples illustrated below, we treat amounts withdrawn from your contract value in the following order:

1. First, in each contract year, we withdraw amounts totaling:

• up to 10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value or your contract’s remaining benefit payment if you elected the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider and your remaining benefit payment is greater than 10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on this amount.

• up to 10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value or the greater of your contract’s remaining benefit payment or remaining annual lifetime payment if you elected theSecureSource rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, and the greater of your RALP and your remaining benefit payment is greater than 10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on this amount.

2.	Next, we withdraw contract earnings, if any, that are greater than the amount described in number one above. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on contract earnings.
3.	Next we withdraw purchase payments received prior to the withdrawal charge period shown in your contract. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on these purchase payments.
4.	Finally, if necessary, we withdraw purchase payments received that are still within the withdrawal charge period you selected and shown in your contract. We withdraw these payments on a “first-in, first-out” (FIFO) basis. We do assess a withdrawal charge on these payments.

After withdrawing earnings in numbers one and two above, we next withdraw enough additional contract value (ACV) to meet your requested withdrawal amount. If the amount described in number one above was greater than contract earnings prior to the withdrawal, the excess (XSF) will be excluded from the purchase payments being withdrawn that were received most recently when calculating the withdrawal charge. We determine the amount of purchase payments being withdrawn (PPW) in numbers three and four above as:

PPW = XSF + (ACV – XSF) / (CV – TFA) × (PPNPW – XSF)

If the additional contract value withdrawn is less than XSF, then PPW will equal ACV.

We determine current contract earnings (CE) by looking at the entire contract value (CV), not the earnings of any particular subaccount GPA, the one-year fixed account or the DCA fixed account.. If the contract value is less than purchase payments received and not previously withdrawn (PPNPW) then contract earnings are zero.

The examples below show how the withdrawal charge for a full and partial withdrawal is calculated for Contract Option L with a four-year withdrawal charge schedule. Each example illustrates the amount of the withdrawal charge for both a contract that experiences gains and a contract that experiences losses, given the same set of assumptions.

Full withdrawal charge calculation — four-year withdrawal charge schedule:

This is an example of how we calculate the withdrawal charge on a contract with a four-year (from the date of each purchase payment) withdrawal charge schedule with the following history:

Assumptions:

• We receive a single $50,000 purchase payment; and

• You withdraw the contract for its total value during the fourth contract year after you made the single purchase payment. The withdrawal charge percentage in the fourth year after a purchase payment is 6.0%; and

• You have made no prior withdrawals.

We will look at two situations, one where the contract has a gain and another where there is a loss:

		Contract with Gain	Contract with Loss
We calculate the withdrawal charge as follows:
	Contract value just prior to withdrawal:	$60,000.00	$40,000.00
	Contract value on prior anniversary:	58,000.00	42,000.00
Step 1.	First, we determine the amount of earnings available in the contract at the time of withdrawal as:
	Contract value just prior to withdrawal (CV):	60,000.00	40,000.00
	Less purchase payments received and not previously withdrawn (PPNPW):	50,000.00	50,000.00
	Earnings in the contact (but not less than zero):	10,000.00	0.00

88    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

			Contract with Gain	Contract with Loss
Step 2.	Next, we determine the Total Free Amount (TFA) available in the contract as the greatest of the following values:
	Earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value:		5,800.00	4,200.00
	TFA (but not less than zero):		10,000.00	4,200.00
Step 3.	Now we can determine ACV, the amount by which the contract value withdrawn exceeds earnings.
	Contract value withdrawn:		60,000.00	40,000.00
	Less earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	ACV (but not less than zero):		50,000.00	40,000.00
Step 4.	Next we determine XSF, the amount by which 10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value exceeds earnings.
	10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value:		5,800.00	4,200.00
	Less earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	XSF (but not less than zero):		0.00	4,200.00
Step 5.	Now we can determine how much of the PPNPW is being withdrawn (PPW) as follows:
	PPW	= XSF + (ACV – XSF) / (CV – TFA) × (PPNPW – XSF)
	XSF from Step 4		0.00	4,200.00
	ACV from Step 3		50,000.00	40,000.00
	CV from Step 1		60,000.00	40,000.00
	TFA from Step 2		10,000.00	4,200.00
	PPNPW from Step 1		50,000.00	50,000.00
	PPW		50,000.00	50,000.00
Step 6.	We then calculate the withdrawal charge as a percentage of PPW. Note that for a contract with a loss, PPW may be greater than the amount you request to withdraw:
	PPW:		$50,000.00	$50,000.00
	less XSF:		0.00	4,200.00
	amount of PPW subject to a withdrawal charge:		50,000.00	45,800.00
	multiplied by the withdrawal charge rate:		× 6.0%	× 6.0%
	withdrawal charge:		3,000.00	2,748.00
Step 7.	The dollar amount you will receive as a result of your full withdrawal is determined as:
	Contract value withdrawn:		60,000.00	40,000.00
	Withdrawal charge:		(3,000.00)	(2,748.00)
	Contract charge (assessed upon full withdrawal):		(40.00)	(40.00)
	Net full withdrawal proceeds:		$56,960.00	$37,212.00

Partial withdrawal charge calculation — four-year withdrawal charge schedule:

This is an example of how we calculate the withdrawal charge on a contract with a four-year (from the date of each purchase payment) withdrawal charge schedule with the following history:

Assumptions:

• We receive a single $50,000 purchase payment; and

• You request a net partial withdrawal of $15,000.00 during the fourth contract year after you made the single purchase payment. The withdrawal charge percentage in the fourth year after a purchase payment is 6.0%; and

• You have made no prior withdrawals.

We will look at two situations, one where the contract has a gain and another where there is a loss:

	Contract with Gain	Contract with Loss
Contract value just prior to withdrawal:	$60,000.00	$40,000.00

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    89

			Contract with Gain	Contract with Loss
	Contract value on prior anniversary:		58,000.00	42,000.00
We determine the amount of contract value that must be withdrawn in order for the net partial withdrawal proceeds to match the amount requested. We start with an estimate of the amount of contract value to withdraw and calculate the resulting withdrawal charge and net partial withdrawal proceeds as illustrated below. We then adjust our estimate and repeat until we determine the amount of contract value to withdraw that generates the desired net partial withdrawal proceeds.
We calculate the withdrawal charge for each estimate as follows:
Step 1.	First, we determine the amount of earnings available in the contract at the time of withdrawal as:
	Contract value just prior to withdrawal (CV):		$60,000.00	$40,000.00
	Less purchase payments received and not previously withdrawn (PPNPW):		50,000.00	50,000.00
	Earnings in the contact (but not less than zero):		10,000.00	0.00
Step 2.	Next, we determine the Total Free Amount (TFA) available in the contract as the greatest of the following values:
	Earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value:		5,800.00	4,200.00
	TFA (but not less than zero):		10,000.00	4,200.00
Step 3.	Next we determine ACV, the amount by which the contract value withdrawn exceeds earnings.
	Contract value withdrawn:		15,319.15	15,897.93
	Less earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	ACV (but not less than zero):		5,319.15	15,897.93
Step 4.	Next we determine XSF, the amount by which 10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value exceeds earnings.
	10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value:		5,800.00	4,200.00
	Less earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	XSF (but not less than zero):		0.00	4,200.00
Step 5.	Now we can determine how much of the PPNPW is being withdrawn (PPW) as follows:
	PPW	= XSF + (ACV – XSF) / (CV – TFA) × (PPNPW – XSF)
	XSF from Step 4 =		0.00	4,200.00
	ACV from Step 3 =		5,319.15	15,897.93
	CV from Step 1 =		60,000.00	40,000.00
	TFA from Step 2 =		10,000.00	4,200.00
	PPNPW from Step 1 =		50,000.00	50,000.00
	PPW =		5,319.15	19,165.51
Step 6.	We then calculate the withdrawal charge as a percentage of PPW. Note that for a contract with a loss, PPW may be greater than the amount you request to withdraw:
	PPW:		$5,319.15	$19,165.51
	less XSF:		0.00	4,200.00
	amount of PPW subject to a withdrawal charge:		5,319.15	14,965.51
	multiplied by the withdrawal charge rate:		× 6.0%	× 6.0%
	withdrawal charge:		319.15	897.93
Step 7.	The dollar amount you will receive as a result of your partial withdrawal is determined as:
	Contract value withdrawn:		15,319.15	15,897.93
	Withdrawal charge:		(319.15)	(897.93)
	Net partial withdrawal proceeds:		$15,000.00	$15,000.00

90    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix C: Example — Death Benefits

Example — ROP Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $20,000;

• You select contract Option L;

• On the first contract anniversary you make an additional purchase payment of $5,000;

• During the second contract year the contract value falls to $22,000 and you take a $1,500 partial withdrawal, including withdrawal charge; and

• During the third contract year the contract value grows to $23,000.

We calculate the ROP Death Benefit as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:		$23,000.00
2.	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,704.55
	$22,000
	for a death benefit of:		$23,295.45
ROP Death Benefit, calculated as the greatest of these two values:				$23,295.45

Example — MAV Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000;

• On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $26,000; and

• During the second contract year the contract value falls to $22,000, at which point you take a $1,500 (including withdrawal charge) partial withdrawal, leaving a contract value of $20,500.

We calculate the MAV Death Benefit, which is based on the greater of three values, as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:		$20,500.00
2.	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,704.55
	$22,000
	for a death benefit of:		$23,295.45
3.	The MAV immediately preceding the date of death:
	Greatest of your contract anniversary values:		$26,000.00
	plus purchase payments made since the prior anniversary:		+0.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $26,000	=	–1,772.73
	$22,000
	for a death benefit of:		$24,227.27
The MAV Death Benefit, calculated as the greatest of these three values, which is the MAV:				$24,227.27

Example — 5% Accumulation Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000 with $5,000 allocated to the GPAs and $20,000 allocated to the subaccounts. You select Contract Option L; and

• On the first contract anniversary, the GPA value is $5,200 and the subaccount value is $17,000. Total contract value is $23,200; and

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    91

• During the second contract year the GPA value is $5,300 and the subaccount value is $19,000. Total contract value is $24,300. You take a $1,500 partial withdrawal (including withdrawal charges) all from the subaccounts, leaving the contract value at $22,800.

The death benefit, which is based on the greater of three values, is calculated as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:		$22,800.00
2.	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,543.21
	$24,300
	for a death benefit of:		$23,456.79
3.	The 5% variable account floor:
	The variable account floor on the first contract anniversary, calculated as: 1.05 × $20,000 =		$21,000.00
	plus amounts allocated to the subaccounts since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus the 5% variable account floor adjusted partial withdrawal from the subaccounts, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $21,000	=	–1,657.89
	$19,000
	variable account floor benefit:		$19,342.11
	plus the GPA value:		+5,300.00
	5% variable account floor (value of the GPAs, one-year fixed account and the variable account floor):		$24,642.11
The 5% Accumulation Death Benefit, calculated as the greatest of these three values, which is the 5% variable account floor:				$24,642.11

Example — Enhanced Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000 with $5,000 allocated to the GPAs and $20,000 allocated to the subaccounts. You select Contract Option L; and

• On the first contract anniversary, the GPAs value is $5,200 and the subaccount value is $17,000. Total contract value is $23,200; and

• During the second contract year, the GPA value is $5,300 and the subaccount value is $19,000. Total contract value is $24,300. You take a $1,500 partial withdrawal (including withdrawal charges) all from the subaccounts, leaving the contract value at $22,800.

The death benefit, which the greatest of four values, is calculated as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:		$22,800.00
2.	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,543.21
	$24,300
	for a ROP Death Benefit of:		$23,456.79
3.	The MAV on the anniversary immediately preceding the date of death:
	The MAV on the immediately preceding anniversary:		$25,000.00
	plus purchase payments made since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals made since that anniversary, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,543.21
	$24,300
	for a MAV Death Benefit of:		$23,456.79

92    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

4.	The 5% variable account floor:
	The variable account floor on the first contract anniversary, calculated as: 1.05 × $20,000 =		$21,000.00
	plus amounts allocated to the subaccounts since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus the 5% variable account floor adjusted partial withdrawal from the subaccounts, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $21,000	=	–1,657.89
	$19,000
	variable account floor benefit:		$19,342.11
	plus the GPA value:		+5,300.00
	5% variable account floor (value of the GPAs and the variable account floor):		$24,642.11
EDB, calculated as the greatest of these four values, which is the 5% variable account floor:				$24,642.11

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    93

Appendix D: Example — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider

Example — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider

The following example shows how the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider works based on hypothetical values. It is not intended to depict investment performance of the contract.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract (with the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider) with a payment of $100,000.

• You make no additional purchase payments.

• You do not exercise the Elective Step-up option

• The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider fee is 0.80%.

End of Contract Year	Assumed Net Rate of Return	Partial Withdrawal (beginning of year)	Adjusted Partial Withdrawal	MCAV	Accumulation Benefit Amount	Contract Value
1	12%	0	0	100,000	0	111,104
2	15%	0	0	101,398	0	126,747
3	3%	0	0	103,604	0	129,505
4	-8%	0	0	103,604	0	118,192
5	-15%	0	0	103,604	0	99,634
6	20%	2,000	2,080	101,525	0	116,224
7	15%	0	0	106,071	0	132,588
8	-10%	0	0	106,071	0	118,375
9	-20%	5,000	4,480	101,590	0	89,851
10	-12%	0	0	101,590	23,334	78,256

94    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix E: Example:SecureSource Rider

EXAMPLE #1: Single Life Benefit: Covered Person has not reached age 65 at the time the contract and rider are purchased.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and make no additional payments to the contract.

• You are the sole owner and also the annuitant. You are age 60.

• Automatic Annual step ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the RBA and/or 6% of the contract value is greater than the ALP. Applied Annual step ups are indicated in bold.

• You elect the Moderate PN program investment option at issue. On the 1st contract anniversary, you elect to change to the Moderately Aggressive PN program investment option. The target PN program investment option under the contract is the Moderate PN program investment option.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	Basic Withdrawal Benefit				Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit
				GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
At Issue	$100,000	$N/A	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	$7,000	$7,000	$N/A	$N/A
0.5	0	5,000	92,000	100,000	95,000	7,000	2,000	N/A	N/A
1	0	0	90,000	90,000(1)	90,000(1)	6,300	6,300	N/A	N/A
2	0	0	81,000	90,000	90,000	6,300	6,300	N/A	N/A
5	0	0	75,000	90,000	90,000	6,300	6,300	5,400(2)	5,400(2)
5.5	0	5,400	70,000	90,000	84,600	6,300	900	5,400	0
6	0	0	69,000	90,000	84,600	6,300	6,300	5,400	5,400
6.5	0	6,300	62,000	90,000	78,300	6,300	0	3,720(3)	0
7	0	0	64,000	90,000	78,300	6,300	6,300	3,840	3,840
7.5	0	10,000	51,000	51,000(4)	51,000(4)	3,570	0	3,060(4)	0
8	0	0	55,000	55,000	55,000	3,850	3,850	3,300	3,300

At this point, assuming no additional activity (step ups, excess withdrawals, purchase payments, spousal continuation, contract ownership change, or PN program investment option changes), you can continue to withdrawal up to either the GBP of $3,850 each year until the RBA is reduced to zero, or the ALP of $3,300 each year until the later of your death or the RBA is reduced to zero.

(1)	Allocation to the Moderately Aggressive investment option during a withdrawal phase will reset the benefit. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA or the contract value. The ALP (if established) is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value. Any future withdrawals will reallocate your contract value to the Moderate PN program investment option if you are invested more aggressively than the Moderate PN program investment option.
(2)	The ALP and RALP are established on the contract anniversary date following the date the covered person reaches age 65 as 6% of the RBA.
(3)	The $6,300 withdrawal is greater than the $5,400 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the ALP, resetting the ALP to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.
(4)	The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than both the $6,300 RBP allowed under the basic withdrawal benefit and the $3,840 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the GBA, RBA, and ALP. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.

EXAMPLE #2: Single Life Benefit: Covered Person has reached 65 at the time the contract and rider are purchased.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and make no additional payments to the contract.

• You are the sole owner and also the annuitant. You are age 65.

• Automatic Annual step ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the RBA and/or 6% of the contract value is greater than the ALP. Applied Annual step ups are indicated in bold.

• Your death occurs after 6½ contract years and your spouse continues the contract and rider. Your spouse is over age 65 and is the new Covered Person.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	Basic Withdrawal Benefit				Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit
				GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
At Issue	$100,000	$N/A	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	$7,000	$7,000	$6,000	$6,000
1	0	0	105,000	105,000	105,000	7,350	7,000(1)	6,300	6,000(1)

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    95

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	Basic Withdrawal Benefit				Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit
				GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
2	0	0	110,000	110,000	110,000	7,700	7,000(1)	6,600	6,000(1)
3	0	0	110,000	110,000	110,000	7,700	7,700(2)	6,600	6,600(2)
3.5	0	6,600	110,000	110,000	103,400	7,700	1,100	6,600	0
4	0	0	115,000	115,000	115,000	8,050	8,050	6,900	6,900
4.5	0	8,050	116,000	115,000	106,950	8,050	0	6,900(3)	0
5	0	0	120,000	120,000	120,000	8,400	8,400	7,200	7,200
5.5	0	10,000	122,000	120,000(4)	110,000(4)	8,400	0	7,200(4)	0
6	0	0	125,000	125,000	125,000	8,750	8,750	7,500	7,500
6.5	0	0	110,000	125,000	125,000	8,750	8,750	6,600(5)	6,600(5)
7	0	0	105,000	125,000	125,000	8,750	8,750	6,600	6,600

At this point, assuming no additional activity (step ups, excess withdrawals, purchase payments, contract ownership change, or PN program investment option changes), your spouse can continue to withdrawal up to either the GBP of $8,750 each year until the RBA is reduced to zero, or the ALP of $6,600 each year until the later of your spouse’s death or the RBA is reduced to zero.

(1)	The Annual Step-up has not been applied to the RBP or RALP because any withdrawal after step up during the Waiting Period would reverse any prior step ups prior to determining if the withdrawal is excess. Therefore, during the Waiting Period, the RBP is the amount you can withdrawal without incurring the GBA and RBA excess withdrawal processing, and the RALP is the amount you can withdrawal without incurring the ALP excess withdrawal processing.
(2)	On the third anniversary (after the end of the waiting period), the RBP and RALP are set equal to the GBP and ALP, respectively.
(3)	The $8,050 withdrawal is greater than the $6,900 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the ALP, resetting the ALP to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.
(4)	The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than both the $8,400 RBP allowed under the basic withdrawal benefit and the $7,200 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the GBA, RBA, and ALP. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.
(5)	At spousal continuation, the ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value and the RALP is reset to the ALP.

EXAMPLE #3: Joint Life Benefit: Younger Covered Spouse has not reached 65 at the time the contract and rider are purchased.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and make no additional payments to the contract.

• You are age 59 and your spouse is age 60.

• Automatic annual step ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the RBA and/or 6% of the contract value is greater than the ALP. Applied annual step ups are indicated in bold.

• You elect the Moderate investment option at issue. On the 1st contract anniversary, you elect to change to the Moderately Aggressive PN program investment option. The target PN program investment option under the contract is the Moderate PN program investment option.

• Your death occurs after 9½ contract years and your spouse continues the contract and rider; the lifetime benefit is not reset.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	Basic Withdrawal Benefit				Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit
				GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
At Issue	$100,000	$N/A	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	$7,000	$7,000	$N/A	$N/A
0.5	0	5,000	92,000	100,000	95,000	7,000	2,000	N/A	N/A
1	0	0	90,000	90,000(1)	90,000(1)	6,300	6,300	N/A	N/A
2	0	0	81,000	90,000	90,000	6,300	6,300	N/A	N/A
6	0	0	75,000	90,000	90,000	6,300	6,300	5,400(2)	5,400(2)
6.5	0	5,400	70,000	90,000	84,600	6,300	900	5,400	0
7	0	0	69,000	90,000	84,600	6,300	6,300	5,400	5,400
7.5	0	6,300	62,000	90,000	78,300	6,300	0	3,720(3)	0
8	0	0	64,000	90,000	78,300	6,300	6,300	3,840	3,840
8.5	0	10,000	51,000	51,000(4)	51,000(4)	3,570	0	3,060(4)	0
9	0	0	55,000	55,000	55,000	3,850	3,850	3,300	3,300

96    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	Basic Withdrawal Benefit				Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit
				GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
9.5	0	0	54,000	55,000	55,000	3,850	3,850	3,300	3,300
10	0	0	52,000	55,000	55,000	3,850	3,850	3,300	3,300

At this point, assuming no additional activity (step ups, excess withdrawals, purchase payments, or PN program investment option changes), your spouse can continue to withdrawal up to either the GBP of $3,850 each year until the RBA is reduced to zero, or the ALP of $3,300 each year until the later of your spouse’s death or the RBA is reduced to zero.

(1)	The ALP and RALP are established on the contract anniversary date following the date the younger Covered Spouse reaches age 65 as 6% of the RBA.
(2)	Allocation to the Moderately Aggressive PN program model portfolio or investment option during a withdrawal phase will reset the benefit. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA or the contract value. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value. Any future withdrawals will reallocate your contract value to the Moderate PN program investment option if you are invested more aggressively than the Moderate PN program investment option.
(3)	The $6,300 withdrawal is greater than the $5,400 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the ALP, resetting the ALP to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.
(4)	The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than both the $6,300 RBP allowed under the basic withdrawal benefit and the $3,840 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the GBA, RBA, and ALP. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.

EXAMPLE #4: Joint Life Benefit: Younger Covered Spouse has reached 65 at the time the contract and rider are purchased.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and make no additional payments to the contract

• You are age 71 and your spouse is age 70.

• Automatic Annual step ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the RBA and/or 6% of the contract value is greater than the ALP. Applied annual step ups are indicated in bold.

• Your death occurs after 6½ contract years and your spouse continues the contract and rider; the lifetime benefit is not reset.

Contract Duration	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	Basic Withdrawal Benefit				Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit
				GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
At Issue	$100,000	$N/A	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	$7,000	$7,000	$6,000	$6,000
1	0	0	105,000	105,000	105,000	7,350	7,000(1)	6,300	6,000(1)
2	0	0	110,000	110,000	110,000	7,700	7,000(1)	6,600	6,000(1)
3	0	0	110,000	110,000	110,000	7,700	7,700(2)	6,600	6,600(2)
3.5	0	6,600	110,000	110,000	103,400	7,700	1,100	6,600	0
4	0	0	115,000	115,000	115,000	8,050	8,050	6,900	6,900
4.5	0	8,050	116,000	115,000	106,950	8,050	0	6,900(3)	0
5	0	0	120,000	120,000	120,000	8,400	8,400	7,200	7,200
5.5	0	10,000	122,000	120,000(4)	110,000(4)	8,400	0	7,200(4)	0
6	0	0	125,000	125,000	125,000	8,750	8,750	7,500	7,500
6.5	0	0	110,000	125,000	125,000	8,750	8,750	7,500	7,500
7	0	0	105,000	125,000	125,000	8,750	8,750	7,500	7,500

At this point, assuming no additional activity (step ups, excess withdrawals, purchase payments, or PN program investment option changes), your spouse can continue to withdrawal up to either the GBP of $8,750 each year until the RBA is reduced to zero, or the ALP of $7,500 each year until the later of your spouse’s death or the RBA is reduced to zero.

(1)	The Annual step-up has not been applied to the RBP or RALP because any withdrawal after step up during the waiting period would reverse any prior step ups prior to determining if the withdrawal is excess. Therefore, during the Waiting Period, the RBP is the amount you can withdrawal without incurring the GBA and RBA excess withdrawal processing, and the RALP is the amount you can withdrawal without incurring the ALP excess withdrawal processing.
(2)	On the third anniversary (after the end of the Waiting Period), the RBP and RALP are set equal to the GBP and ALP, respectively.
(3)	The $8,050 withdrawal is greater than the $6,900 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the ALP, resetting the ALP to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    97

⁽⁴⁾ The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than both the $8,400 RBP allowed under the basic withdrawal benefit and the $7,200 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the GBA, RBA, and ALP. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.

98    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix F:SecureSource Rider — Additional Required Minimum Distribution (RMD) Disclosure

This appendix describes our current administrative practice for determining the amount of withdrawals in any contract year which an owner may take under aSecureSourcerider to satisfy the RMD rules under 401(a)(9) of the Code without application of the excess withdrawal processing described in the rider. We reserve the right to modify this administrative practice at any time upon 30 days’ written notice to you.

For owners subject to annual RMD rules under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, the amounts you withdraw each year from this contract to satisfy these rules are not subject to excess withdrawal processing under the terms of the rider subject to the following rules and our current administrative practice:

(1) If on the date we calculated your Annual Life Expectancy Required Minimum Distribution Amount (ALERMDA), it is greater than the RBP from the beginning of the current contract year,

• Basic Additional Benefit Amount (BABA) will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the RBP from the beginning of the current contract year.

• Any withdrawals taken in a contract year will count first against and reduce the RBP for that contract year.

• Once the RBP for the current contract year has been depleted, any additional amounts withdrawn will count against and reduce the BABA. These withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the GBA and RBA as long as they do not exceed the remaining BABA.

• Once the BABA has been depleted, any additional withdrawal amounts will be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the GBA and RBA and will subject them all to the excess withdrawal processing described in theSecureSourcerider.

(2) If on the date we calculated your ALERMDA, it is greater than the RALP from the beginning of the current contract year,

• A Lifetime Additional Benefit Amount (LABA) will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the RALP from the beginning of the current contract year.

• Any withdrawals taken in a contract year will count first against and reduce the RALP for that contract year.

• Once the RALP for the current contract year has been depleted, any additional amounts withdrawn will count against and reduce the LABA. These withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the ALP as long as they do not exceed the remaining LABA. Withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals unless amounts withdrawn exceed combined RALP and LABA values.

• Once the LABA has been depleted, any additional withdrawal amounts will be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the ALP and will subject the ALP to the excess withdrawal processing described by theSecureSourcerider.

(3) If the ALP is established on a policy anniversary where your current ALERMDA is greater than the new RALP,

• An initial LABA will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the new RALP.

• This new LABA will be immediately reduced by the amount that total withdrawals in the current calendar year exceed the new RALP, but shall not be reduced to less than zero.

The ALERMDA is:

(1)	determined by us each calendar year;
(2)	based on your initial purchase payment and not the actual contract value in the calendar year of contract issue and therefore may not be sufficient to allow you to withdraw your RMD without causing an excess withdrawal;
(3)	based solely on the value of the contract to which theSecureSourcerider is attached as of the date we make the determination;
(4)	based on your recalculated life expectancy taken from the Uniform Lifetime Table under the Code; and
(5)	based on the company’s understanding and interpretation of the requirements for life expectancy distributions intended to satisfy the required minimum distribution rules under Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, as applicable on the effective date of this prospectus, to:

1.	an individual retirement annuity (Section 408(b));
2.	a Roth individual retirement account (Section 408A);
3.	a Simplified Employee Pension plan (Section 408(k));
4.	a tax-sheltered annuity rollover (Section 403(b)).

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    99

In the future, the requirements under the Code for such distributions may change and the life expectancy amount calculation provided under yourSecureSourcerider may not be sufficient to satisfy the requirements under the Code for these types of distributions. In such a situation, amounts withdrawn to satisfy such distribution requirements will exceed your available RBP or RALP amount and may result in the reduction of your GBA, RBA, and/or ALP as described under the excess withdrawal provision of the rider.

In cases where the Code does not allow the life expectancy of a natural person to be used to calculate the required minimum distribution amount (e.g., ownership by a trust or a charity), we will calculate the life expectancy RMD amount calculated by us as zero in all years. The life expectancy required minimum distribution amount calculated by us will also equal zero in all years.

Please contact your tax advisor about the impact of those rules prior to purchasing theSecureSourcerider.

100    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix G: Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider

Example of the Benefit Protector

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and you and the annuitant are under age 70; and

• You select contract Option L with the MAV Death Benefit.

During the first contract year the contract value grows to $105,000. The MAV Death Benefit equals the contract value. You have not reached the first contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector does not provide any additional benefit at this time.
On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. The death benefit equals:
MAV death benefit (contract value):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death
(MAV death benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000
On the second contract anniversary the contract value falls to $105,000. The death benefit equals:
MAV death benefit (MAV):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000
During the third contract year the contract value remains at $105,000 and you request a partial withdrawal of $50,000, including the applicable 7% withdrawal charge. We will withdraw $10,500 from your contract value free of charge (10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value). The remainder of the withdrawal is subject to a 7% withdrawal charge because your payment is in the third year of the withdrawal charge schedule, so we will withdraw $39,500 ($36,735 + $2,765 in withdrawal charges) from your contract value. Altogether, we will withdraw $50,000 and pay you $47,235. We calculate purchase payments not previously withdrawn as $100,000 – $45,000 = $55,000 (remember that $5,000 of the partial withdrawal is contract earnings). The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (MAV adjusted for partial withdrawals):	$57,619
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death):
0.40 × ($57,619 – $55,000) =	+1,048
Total death benefit of:	$ 58,667
On the third contract anniversary the contract value falls to $40,000. The death benefit equals the previous death benefit. The reduction in contract value has no effect.
On the eight contract anniversary the contract value grows to a new high of $200,000. Earnings at death reaches its maximum of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old.
The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$200,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old)	+55,000
Total death benefit of:	$255,000
During the tenth contract year you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000. Your new contract value is now $250,000. The new purchase payment is less than one year old and so it has no effect on the Benefit Protector value. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old)	+55,000
Total death benefit of:	$305,000
During the eleventh contract year the contract value remains $250,000 and the “new” purchase payment is one year old and the value of the Benefit Protector changes. The death benefit equals:

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    101

MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death
(MAV death benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($250,000 – $105,000) =	+58,000
Total death benefit of:	$308,000

102    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix H: Example — Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider

Example of the Benefit Protector Plus

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and you and the annuitant are under age 70; and

• You select contract Option L with the MAV Death Benefit.

During the first contract year the contract value grows to $105,000. The MAV Death Benefit equals the contract value. You have not reached the first contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector Plus does not provide any additional benefit at this time.
On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. You have not reached the second contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector Plus does not provide any benefit beyond what is provided by the Benefit Protector at this time. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death
(MAV Death Benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000
On the second contract anniversary the contract value falls to $105,000. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (MAV):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death:
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
plus 10% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn: 0.10 × $100,000 =	+10,000
Total death benefit of:	$124,000
During the third contract year the contract value remains at $105,000 and you request a partial withdrawal of $50,000, including the applicable 7% withdrawal charge for contract Option L. We will withdraw $10,500 from your contract value free of charge (10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value). The remainder of the withdrawal is subject to a 7% withdrawal charge because your payment is in the third year of the withdrawal charge schedule, so we will withdraw $39,500 ($36,735 + $2,765 in withdrawal charges) from your contract value. Altogether, we will withdraw $50,000 and pay you $47,235. We calculate purchase payments not previously withdrawn as $100,000 – $45,000 = $55,000 (remember that $5,000 of the partial withdrawal is contract earnings). The death benefit on equals:
MAV Death Benefit (MAV adjusted for partial withdrawals):	$57,619
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death:
0.40 × ($57,619 – $55,000) =	+1,048
plus 10% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn: 0.10 x $55,000 =	+5,500
Total death benefit of:	$64,167
On the third contract anniversary the contract value falls to $40,000. The death benefit equals the previous death benefit calculated. The reduction in contract value has no effect.
On the ninth contract anniversary the contract value grows to a new high of $200,000. Earnings at death reaches its maximum of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old. Because we are beyond the fourth contract anniversary the Benefit Protector Plus also reaches its maximum of 20%. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$200,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old	+55,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn: 0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$266,000

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    103

During the tenth contract year you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000. Your new contract value is now $250,000. The new purchase payment is less than one year old and so it has no effect on the Benefit Protector Plus value. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old	+55,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn: 0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$316,000
During the eleventh contract year the contract value remains $250,000 and the “new” purchase payment is one year old. The value of the Benefit Protector Plus remains constant. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (MAV Death Benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($250,000 – $105,000) =	+58,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn: 0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$319,000

104    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix I: Asset Allocation Program for Contracts With Applications Signed Before May 1, 2006

Asset Allocation Program

For contracts with applications signed before May 1, 2006, we offered an asset allocation program. You could elect to participate in the asset allocation program, and there is no additional charge. If you purchased an optional Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider or Income Assurer Benefit rider, you are required to participate in the asset allocation program under the terms of the rider.

This asset allocation program allows you to allocate your contract value to a model portfolio that consists of subaccounts and may include certain GPAs (if available under the asset allocation program), which represent various asset classes. By spreading your contract value among these various asset classes, you may be able to reduce the volatility in your contract value, but there is no guarantee that this will occur.

Asset allocation does not guarantee that your contract will increase in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. If you choose or are required to participate in the asset allocation program, you are responsible for determining which model portfolio is best for you. Your investment professional can help you make this determination. In addition, your investment professional may provide you with an investor questionnaire, a tool that can help you determine which model portfolio is suited to your needs based on factors such as your investment goals, your tolerance for risk, and how long you intend to invest.

Under the asset allocation program, we have offered five model portfolios ranging from conservative to aggressive. You may not use more than one model portfolio at a time. You are allowed to request a change to another model portfolio twice per contract year. Each model portfolio specifies allocation percentages to each of the subaccounts, any GPAs that make up that model portfolio. By participating in the asset allocation program, you authorize us to invest your contract value in the subaccounts, any GPAs according to the allocation percentages stated for the specific model portfolio you have selected. You also authorize us to automatically rebalance your contract value quarterly beginning three months after the effective date of your contract in order to maintain alignment with the allocation percentages specified in the model portfolio.

Special rules will apply to the GPAs if they are included in a model portfolio. Under these rules:

• no MVA will apply when rebalancing occurs within a specific model portfolio (but an MVA may apply if you elect to transfer to a new model portfolio); and

• no MVA will apply when you elect an annuity payout plan while your contract value is invested in a model portfolio (see “Guarantee Period Accounts — Market Value Adjustment”).

Under the asset allocation program, the subaccounts, any GPAs that make up the model portfolio you selected and the allocation percentages to those subaccounts, any GPAs will not change unless we adjust the composition of the model portfolio to reflect the liquidation, substitution or merger of an underlying fund, a change of investment objective by an underlying fund or when an underlying fund stops selling its shares to the variable account. We reserve the right to change the terms and conditions of the asset allocation program upon written notice to you.

If permitted under applicable securities law, we reserve the right to:

• reallocate your current model portfolio to an updated version of your current model portfolio; or

• substitute a fund of funds for your current model portfolio.

We also reserve the right to discontinue the asset allocation program. We will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change.

If you elected to participate in the asset allocation program, you may discontinue your participation in the program at any time by giving us written notice. Upon cancellation, automated rebalancing associated with the asset allocation program will end. You can elect to participate in the asset allocation program again at any time.

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    105

Appendix J: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider Disclosure

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge if⁽¹⁾:

•	your contract application is signed on or after May 1, 2006;
•	the rider is available in your state; and
•	you and the annuitant are 80 or younger on the date the contract is issued.
(1)	The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider is not available under an inherited qualified annuity.

You must elect the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider when you purchase your contract. The rider effective date will be the contract issue date.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider guarantees that you will be able to withdraw up to a certain amount each year from the contract, regardless of the investment performance of your contract before the annuity payments begin, until you have recovered at minimum all of your purchase payments. And, under certain limited circumstances defined in the rider, you have the right to take a specified amount of partial withdrawals in each contract year until death (see “At Death” heading below) — even if the contract value is zero.

Your contract provides for annuity payouts to begin on the retirement date (see “Buying Your Contract — The Retirement Date”). Before the retirement date, you have the right to withdraw some or all of your contract value, less applicable administrative, withdrawal and rider charges imposed under the contract at the time of the withdrawal (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Withdrawals”). Because your contract value will fluctuate depending on the performance of the underlying funds in which the subaccounts invest, the contract itself does not guarantee that you will be able to take a certain withdrawal amount each year before annuity payouts begin, nor does it guarantee the length of time over which such withdrawals can be made before annuity payouts begin.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider may be appropriate for you if you intend to make periodic withdrawals from your annuity contract and wish to ensure that market performance will not adversely affect your ability to withdraw your principal over time.

Under the terms of the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, the calculation of the amount which can be withdrawn in each contract year varies depending on several factors, including but not limited to the waiting period (see “Waiting period” heading below) and whether or not the lifetime withdrawal benefit has become effective:

(1)

The basic withdrawal benefit gives you the right to take limited partial withdrawals in each contract year and guarantees that over time the withdrawals will total an amount equal to, at minimum, your purchase payments. Key terms associated with the basic withdrawal benefit are “Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP),” “Remaining Benefit Payment (RBP),” “Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA),” and “Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA).” See these headings below for more information.

(2)

The lifetime withdrawal benefit gives you the right, under certain limited circumstances defined in the rider, to take limited partial withdrawals until the later of death (see “At Death” heading below) or until the RBA (under the basic withdrawal benefit) is reduced to zero. Key terms associated with the lifetime withdrawal benefit are “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP),” “Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (RALP),” “Covered Person,” and “Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA).” See these headings below for more information.

Only the basic withdrawal benefit will be in effect prior to the date that the lifetime withdrawal benefit becomes effective. The lifetime withdrawal benefit becomes effective automatically on the rider anniversary date after the covered person reaches age 65, or the rider effective date if the covered person is age 65 or older on the rider effective date (see “Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA)” heading below).

Provided annuity payouts have not begun, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider guarantees that you may take the following partial withdrawal amounts each contract year:

• After the waiting period and before the establishment of the ALP, the rider guarantees that each year you can cumulatively withdraw an amount equal to the GBP;

• During the waiting period and before the establishment of the ALP, the rider guarantees that each year you can cumulatively withdraw an amount equal to the value of the RBP at the beginning of the contract year;

• After the waiting period and after the establishment of the ALP, the rider guarantees that each year you have the option to cumulatively withdraw an amount equal the ALP or the GBP, but the rider does not guarantee withdrawals of the sum of both the ALP and the GBP in a contract year;

• During the waiting period and after the establishment of the ALP, the rider guarantees that each year you have the option to cumulatively withdraw an amount equal to the value of the RALP or the RBP at the beginning of the contract year, but the rider does not guarantee withdrawals of the sum of both the RALP and the RBP in a contract year.

106    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If you withdraw less than the allowed partial withdrawal amount in a contract year, the unused portion cannot be carried over to the next contract year. As long as your partial withdrawals in each contract year do not exceed the annual partial withdrawal amount allowed under the rider, and there has not been a contract ownership change or spousal continuation of the contract, the guaranteed amounts available for partial withdrawals are protected (i.e., will not decrease).

If you withdraw more than the allowed partial withdrawal amount in a contract year, we call this an “excess withdrawal” under the rider. Excess withdrawals trigger an adjustment of a benefit’s guaranteed amount, which may cause it to be reduced (see “GBA Excess Withdrawal Processing,” “RBA Excess Withdrawal Processing,” and “ALP Excess Withdrawal Processing” headings below).

Please note that each of the two benefits has its own definition of the allowed annual withdrawal amount. Therefore a partial withdrawal may be considered an excess withdrawal for purposes of the lifetime withdrawal benefit only, the basic withdrawal benefit only, or both.

If your withdrawals exceed the greater of the RBP or the RALP, withdrawal charges under the terms of the contract may apply (see “Charges — Withdrawal Charges”). The amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable withdrawal charge. Market value adjustments, if applicable, will also be made (see “Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs) — Market Value Adjustment”). We pay you the amount you request. Any partial withdrawals you take under the contract will reduce the value of the death benefits (see “Benefits in Case of Death”). Upon full withdrawal of the contract, you will receive the remaining contract value less any applicable charges (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Withdrawal”).

The rider’s guaranteed amounts can be increased at the specified intervals if your contract value has increased. An annual step up feature is available at each contract anniversary, subject to certain conditions, and may be applied automatically to your contract or may require you to elect the step up (see “Annual Step Up” heading below). If you exercise the annual step up election, the spousal continuation step up election (see “Spousal Continuation Step Up” heading below) or change your PN investment option, the rider charge may change (see “Charges”).

If you take withdrawals during the waiting period, any prior steps ups applied will be reversed and step ups will not be available until the third rider anniversary. You may take withdrawals after the waiting period without reversal of prior step ups.

You should consider whether the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider is appropriate for you because:

You will begin paying the rider charge as of the rider effective date, even if you do not begin taking withdrawals for many years. It is possible that your contract performance, fees and charges, and withdrawal pattern may be such that your contract value will not be depleted in your lifetime and you will not receive any monetary value under the rider.

• Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit Limitations: The lifetime withdrawal benefit is subject to certain limitations, including but not limited to:

(a) Once the contract value equals zero, payments are made for as long as the oldest owner or annuitant is living (see “If Contract Value Reduces to Zero” heading below). However, if the contract value is greater than zero, the lifetime withdrawal benefit terminates at the first death of any owner or annuitant (see “At Death” heading below). Therefore, if there are multiple contract owners or the annuitant is not an owner, the rider may terminate or the lifetime withdrawal benefit may be reduced. This possibility may present itself when:

(i)	There are multiple contract owners — when one of the contract owners dies the benefit terminates even though other contract owners are still living (except if the contract is continued under the spousal continuation provision of the contract); or
(ii)	The owner and the annuitant are not the same persons — if the annuitant dies before the owner, the benefit terminates even though the owner is still living. This is could happen, for example, when the owner is younger than the annuitant. This risk increases as the age difference between owner and annuitant increases.

(b)	Excess withdrawals can reduce the ALP to zero even though the GBA, RBA, GBP and/or RBP values are greater than zero. If the both the ALP and the contract value are zero, the lifetime withdrawal benefit will terminate.
(c)	When the lifetime withdrawal benefit is first established, the initial ALP is based on the basic withdrawal benefit’s RBA at that time (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below), unless there has been a spousal continuation or ownership change. Any withdrawal you take before the ALP is established reduces the RBA and therefore may result in a lower amount of lifetime withdrawals you are allowed to take.
(d)	Withdrawals can reduce both the contract value and the RBA to zero prior to the establishment of the ALP. If this happens, the contract and the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider will terminate.

• Investment Allocation Restrictions: You must be invested in one of the approved investment options. These funds are expected to reduce our financial risks and expenses associated with certain living benefits. Although the funds’ investment strategies may help mitigate declines in your contract value due to declining equity markets, the funds’ investment strategies may also curb your contract value gains during periods of positive performance by the equity

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    107

	markets. Additionally, investment in the funds may decrease the number and amount of any benefit base increase opportunities. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds: Volatility and Volatility Management Risk with the Portfolio Stabilizer funds” section.) We reserve the right to add, remove or substitute approved investment options at any time and in our sole discretion in the future. This requirement limits your choice of investments. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, GPAs or the one-year fixed account that are available under the contract to contract owners who do not elect this rider. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds.”) You may allocate purchase payments to the DCA fixed account, when available, and we will make monthly transfers into the investment option you have chosen. Subject to state restrictions, we reserve the right to limit the number of investment options from which you can select based on the dollar amount of purchase payments you make.
•	Limitations on Purchase of Other Riders under this Contract: If you select the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, you may not elect an Income Assurer Benefit rider or the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider.
•	Non-Cancelable: Once elected, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider may not be cancelled and the fee will continue to be deducted until the contract is terminated, the contract value reduces to zero (described below) or after the retirement date.
•	Limitations on Purchase Payments: We reserve the right to limit the cumulative amount of purchase payments, subject to state restrictions, which may limit your ability to make additional purchase payments to increase your contract value as you may have originally intended. For current purchase payment restrictions, please see “Buying Your Contract — Purchase Payments”.
•	Interaction with Total Free Amount (TFA) contract provision:The TFA is the amount you are allowed to withdraw from the contract in each contract year without incurring a withdrawal charge (see “Charges — Withdrawal Charge”). The TFA may be greater than the RBP or RALP under this rider. Any amount you withdraw under the contract’s TFA provision that exceeds the RBP or RALP is subject to the excess withdrawal processing described below for the GBA, RBA and ALP.

You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of this rider in your tax situation:

• Tax Considerations for Nonqualified Annuities: Under current federal income tax law, withdrawals under nonqualified annuities, including partial withdrawals taken from the contract under the terms of this rider, are treated less favorably than amounts received as annuity payments under the contract (see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities”). Withdrawals before age 59 ½ may incur a 10% IRS early withdrawal penalty and may be considered taxable income.

• Tax Considerations for Qualified Annuities:Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). If you have a qualified annuity, you may need to take an RMD that exceeds the specified amount of withdrawal available under the rider. Partial withdrawals in any contract year that exceed the guaranteed amount available for withdrawal may reduce future benefits guaranteed under the rider. While the rider permits certain excess withdrawals to be made for the purpose of satisfying RMD requirements for this contract alone without reducing future benefits guaranteed under the rider, there can be no guarantee that changes in the federal income tax law after the effective date of the rider will not require a larger RMD to be taken, in which case, future guaranteed withdrawals under the rider could be reduced. Additionally, RMD rules follow the calendar year which most likely does not coincide with your contract year and therefore may limit when you can take your RMD and not be subject to excess withdrawal processing.

For owners subject to annual RMD rules under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, the amounts you withdraw each year from this contract to satisfy these rules are not subject to excess withdrawal processing under the terms of the rider subject to the following rules and our current administrative practice:

(1) If on the date we calculated your Annual Life Expectancy Required Minimum Distribution Amount (ALERMDA), it is greater than the RBP from the beginning of the current contract year,

• Basic Additional Benefit Amount (BABA) will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the RBP from the beginning of the current contract year.

• Any withdrawals taken in a contract year will count first against and reduce the RBP for that contract year.

• Once the RBP for the current contract year has been depleted, any additional amounts withdrawn will count against and reduce the BABA. These withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the GBA and RBA as long as they do not exceed the remaining BABA.

• Once the BABA has been depleted, any additional withdrawal amounts will be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the GBA and RBA and will subject them all to the excess withdrawal processing described in the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider.

108    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

(2) If on the date we calculated your ALERMDA, it is greater than the RALP from the beginning of the current Contract Year,

• A Lifetime Additional Benefit Amount (LABA) will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the RALP from the beginning of the current contract year.

• Any withdrawals taken in a contract year will count first against and reduce the RALP for that contract year.

• Once the RALP for the current contract year has been depleted, any additional amounts withdrawn will count against and reduce the LABA. These withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the ALP as long as they do not exceed the remaining LABA.

• Once the LABA has been depleted, any additional withdrawal amounts will be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the ALP and will subject the ALP to the excess withdrawal processing described by the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider.

(3) If the ALP is established on a policy anniversary where your current ALERMDA is greater than the new RALP,

• An initial LABA will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the new RALP.

• This new LABA will be immediately reduced by the amount that total withdrawals in the current calendar year exceed the new RALP, but shall not be reduced to less than zero.

The Annual Life Expectancy Required Minimum Distribution Amount (ALERMDA) is:

(1)	determined by us each calendar year;
(2)	based solely on the value of the contract to which the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider is attached as of the date we make the determination; and
(3)	is otherwise based on the company’s understanding and interpretation of the requirements for life expectancy distributions intended to satisfy the required minimum distribution rules under Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, as applicable on the effective date of this prospectus, to:

1.	an individual retirement annuity (Section 408(b));
2.	a Roth individual retirement account (Section 408A);
3.	a Simplified Employee Pension plan (Section 408(k));
4.	a tax-sheltered annuity rollover (Section 403(b)).

We reserve the right to modify our administrative practice described above and will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change.

In the future, the requirements under the Code for such distributions may change and the life expectancy amount calculation provided under your Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider may not be sufficient to satisfy the requirements under the Code for these types of distributions. In such a situation, amounts withdrawn to satisfy such distribution requirements will exceed your available RBP or RALP amount and may result in the reduction of your GBA, RBA, and/or ALP as described under the excess withdrawal provision of the rider.

In cases where the Code does not allow the life expectancy of a natural person to be used to calculate the required minimum distribution amount (e.g., ownership by a trust or a charity), we will calculate the life expectancy RMD amount calculated by us as zero in all years. The life expectancy required minimum distribution amount calculated by us will also equal zero in all years.

• Treatment of non-spousal distributions: Unless you are married your beneficiary will be required to take distributions as a non-spouse which may result in significantly decreasing the value of the rider. Please note civil unions and domestic partnerships generally are not recognized as marriages for federal tax purposes. For additional information see “Taxes — Other — Spousal status” section of this prospectus.

• Limitations on Tax-Sheltered Annuities (TSAs): Your right to take withdrawals is restricted if your contract is a TSA (see “TSA — Special Provisions”).

For an example, see “Examples of Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life” below.

Key terms and provisions of the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider are described below:

Partial Withdrawals: A withdrawal of an amount that does not result in a full withdrawal of the contract. The partial withdrawal amount is a gross amount and will include any withdrawal charge and any market value adjustment.

Waiting period: The period of time starting on the rider effective date during which the annual step up is not available if you take withdrawals. The current waiting period is three years.

Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA): The total cumulative amount available for partial withdrawals over the life of the rider under the basic withdrawal benefit. The maximum GBA is $5,000,000. The GBA cannot be withdrawn and is not payable as a death benefit. Rather, the GBA is an interim value used to calculate the amount available for withdrawals each year under the basic withdrawal benefit (see “Guaranteed Benefit Payment” below). At any time, the total GBA is the sum of the individual GBAs associated with each purchase payment.

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    109

The GBA is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At contract issue — the GBA is equal to the initial purchase payment.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own GBA equal to the amount of the purchase payment.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When an individual RBA is reduced to zero — the GBA that is associated with that RBA will also be set to zero.

• When you make a partial withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up — Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the GBA associated with each purchase payment will be reset to the amount of that purchase payment. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first partial withdrawal is made.

• When you make a partial withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the total RBP — the GBA remains unchanged. If there have been multiple purchase payments, both the total GBA and each payment’s GBA remain unchanged.
(b)	is greater than the total RBP— GBA excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the GBA. If the partial withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing is applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

GBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The total GBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the total GBA immediately prior to the withdrawal; or (b) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s GBA after the withdrawal will be reset to equal that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal plus (a) times (b), where:

(a)	is the ratio of the total GBA after the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal to the total GBA before the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal; and
(b)	is each payment’s GBA before the withdrawal less that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal.

Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA): Each withdrawal you make reduces the amount that is guaranteed by this rider as future withdrawals. At any point in time, the RBA equals the amount of GBA that remains available for withdrawals for the remainder of the contract’s life, and total RBA is the sum of the individual RBAs associated with each purchase payment. The maximum RBA is $5,000,000.

The RBA is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At contract issue — the RBA is equal to the initial purchase payment.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own RBA initially set equal to that payment’s GBA (the amount of the purchase payment).

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When you make a partial withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up — Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the RBA associated with each purchase payment will be reset to the amount of that purchase payment. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first partial withdrawal is made.

• When you make a partial withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the total RBP — the total RBA is reduced by the amount of the withdrawal. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s RBA is reduced in proportion to its RBP.
(b)	is greater than the total RBP— RBA excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the RBA. If the partial withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing is applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

RBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The total RBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal, or (b) the total RBA immediately prior to the withdrawal, less the amount of the withdrawal.

If there have been multiple purchase payments, both the total RBA and each payment’s RBA will be reset. The total RBA will be reset according to the excess withdrawal processing described above. Each payment’s RBA will be reset in the following manner:

1.	The withdrawal amount up to the total RBP is taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its individual RBP at the time of the withdrawal; and
2.	The withdrawal amount above the total RBP and any amount determined by the excess withdrawal processing are taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its RBA at the time of the withdrawal.

110    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP): At any time, the amount available for partial withdrawals in each contract year after the waiting period, until the RBA is reduced to zero, under the basic withdrawal benefit. At any point in time, each purchase payment has its own GBP, which is equal to the lesser of that payment’s RBA or 7% of that payment’s GBA, and the total GBP is the sum of the individual GBPs.

During the waiting period, the guaranteed annual withdrawal amount may be less than the GBP due to the limitations the waiting period imposes on your ability to utilize both annual step-ups and withdrawals (see “Waiting Period” heading above). The guaranteed annual withdrawal amount during the waiting period is equal to the value of the RBP at the beginning of the contract year.

The GBP is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At contract issue — the GBP is established as 7% of the GBA value.

• At each contract anniversary — each payment’s GBP is reset to the lesser of that payment’s RBA or 7% of that payment’s GBA value.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own GBP equal to 7% of the purchase payment amount.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When an individual RBA is reduced to zero — the GBP associated with that RBA will also be reset to zero.

• When you make a partial withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up— Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the GBA and the RBA associated with each purchase payment will be reset to the amount of that purchase payment. Each payment’s GBP will be reset to 7% of that purchase payment. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first partial withdrawal is made.

• When you make a partial withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the total RBP — the GBP remains unchanged.
(b)	is greater than the total RBP — each payment’s GBP is reset to the lesser of that payment’s RBA or 7% of that payment’s GBA value, based on the RBA and GBA after the withdrawal. If the partial withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing is applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

Remaining Benefit Payment (RBP): The amount available for partial withdrawals for the remainder of the contract year under the basic withdrawal benefit. At any point in time, the total RBP is the sum of the RBPs for each purchase payment. During the waiting period, when the guaranteed amount maybe less than the GBP, the value of the RBP at the beginning of the contract year will be that amount that is actually guaranteed each contract year.

The RBP is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At the beginning of each contract year during the waiting period and prior to any withdrawal — the RBP for each purchase payment is set equal to that purchase payment multiplied by 7%.

• At the beginning of any other contract year — the RBP for each purchase payment is set equal to that purchase payment’s GBP.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own RBP equal to that payment’s GBP.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• At spousal continuation — (see “Spousal Option to Continue the Contract” heading below).

• When an individual RBA is reduced to zero — the RBP associated with that RBA will also be reset to zero.

• When you make any partial withdrawal — the total RBP is reset to equal the total RBP immediately prior to the partial withdrawal less the amount of the partial withdrawal, but not less than zero. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s RBP is reduced proportionately.If you withdraw an amount greater than the RBP, GBA excess withdrawal processing and RBA excess withdrawal processing are applied and the amount available for future partial withdrawals for the remainder of the contract’s life may be reduced by more than the amount of withdrawal. When determining if a withdrawal will result in the excess withdrawal processing, the applicable RBP will not yet reflect the amount of the current withdrawal.

Covered Person: The person whose life is used to determine when the ALP is established, and the duration of the ALP payments. The covered person is the oldest contract owner or annuitant. The covered person may change during the contract’s life if there is a spousal continuation or a change of contract ownership. If the covered person changes, we recompute the benefits guaranteed by the rider, based on the life of the new covered person, which may reduce the amount of the lifetime withdrawal benefit.

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    111

Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA): The covered person’s age after which time the lifetime benefit can be established. Currently, the lifetime benefit can be established on the later of the contract effective date or the contract anniversary date on/following the date the covered person reaches age 65.

Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP): Once established, the ALP at any time is the amount available for withdrawals in each contract year after the waiting period until the later of death (see “At Death” heading below), or the RBA is reduced to zero, under the lifetime withdrawal benefit. The maximum ALP is $300,000. Prior to establishment of the ALP, the lifetime withdrawal benefit is not in effect and the ALP is zero.

During the waiting period, the guaranteed annual lifetime withdrawal amount may be less than the ALP due to the limitations the waiting period imposes on your ability to utilize both annual step-ups and withdrawals (see “Waiting Period” heading above). The guaranteed annual lifetime withdrawal amount during the waiting period is equal to the value of the RALP at the beginning of the contract year.

The ALP is determined at the following times:

• The later of the contract effective date or the contract anniversary date on/following the date the covered person reaches age 65— the ALP is established as 6% of the total RBA.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment increases the ALP by 6% of the amount of the purchase payment.

• At step ups — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• At contract ownership change — (see “Spousal Option to Continue the Contract” and “Contract Ownership Change” headings below).

• When you make a partial withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up — Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the ALP will be reset to equal total purchase payments multiplied by 6%. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first partial withdrawal is made.

• When you make a partial withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the RALP — the ALP remains unchanged.
(b)	is greater than the RALP —ALP excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the ALP. Please note that if the partial withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing are applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

ALP Excess Withdrawal Processing

The ALP is reset to the lesser of the ALP immediately prior to the withdrawal, or 6% of the contract value immediately following the withdrawal.

Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (RALP): The amount available for partial withdrawals for the remainder of the contract year under the lifetime withdrawal benefit. During the waiting period, when the guaranteed annual withdrawal amount may be less than the ALP, the value of the RALP at the beginning of the contract year will be the amount that is actually guaranteed each contract year. Prior to establishment of the ALP, the lifetime withdrawal benefit is not in effect and the RALP is zero.

The RALP is determined at the following times:

• The later of the contract effective date or the contract anniversary date following the date the covered person reaches age 65, and:

(a)	During the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals — the RALP is established equal to 6% of purchase payments.
(b)	At any other time — the RALP is established equal to the ALP.

• At the beginning of each contract year during the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals — the RALP is set equal to the total purchase payments, multiplied by 6%.

• At the beginning of any other contract year — the RALP is set equal to ALP.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment increases the RALP by 6% of the amount of the purchase payment.

• At step ups — (see “Annual Step Up�� and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When you make any partial withdrawal — the RALP equals the RALP immediately prior to the partial withdrawal less the amount of the partial withdrawal, but not less than zero.If you withdraw an amount greater than the RALP, ALP excess withdrawal processing is applied and the amount available for future partial withdrawals for the remainder of the contract’s life may be reduced by more than the amount of withdrawal. When determining if a withdrawal will result in excess withdrawal processing, the applicable RALP will not yet reflect the amount of the current withdrawal.

112    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Step Up Date: The date any step up becomes effective, and depends on the type of step up being applied (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

Annual Step Up: Beginning with the first contract anniversary, an increase of the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP, and/or RALP values may be available. A step up does not create contract value, guarantee the performance of any investment option, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn or paid upon death. Rather, a step up determines the current values of the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP, and RALP, and may extend the payment period or increase the allowable payment.

The annual step up is subject to the following rules:

• The annual step up is available when the RBA or, if established, the ALP, would increase on the step up date.

• Only one step up is allowed each contract year.

• If you take any withdrawals during the waiting period, any previously applied step ups will be reversed and the Annual step up will not be available until the end of the waiting period.

• If the application of the step up does not increase the rider charge, the annual step up will be automatically applied to your contract, and the step up date is the contract anniversary date.

• If the application of the step up would increase the rider charge, the annual step up is not automatically applied. Instead, you have the option to step up for 30 days after the contract anniversary. If you exercise the elective annual step up option, you will pay the rider charge in effect on the step up date. If you wish to exercise the elective annual step up option, we must receive a request from you or your investment professional. The step up date is the date we receive your request to step up. If your request is received after the close of business, the step up date will be the next valuation day.

• The ALP and RALP are not eligible for step ups until they are established. Prior to being established, the ALP and RALP values are both zero.

• Please note it is possible for the ALP and RALP to step up even if the RBA or GBA do not step up, and it is also possible for the RBA and GBA to step up even if the ALP or RALP do not step up.

The annual step up resets the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP values as follows:

• The total RBA will be reset to the greater of the total RBA immediately prior to the step up date or the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The total GBA will be reset to the greater of the total GBA immediately prior to the step up date or the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The total GBP will be reset using the calculation as described above based on the increased GBA and RBA.

• The total RBP will be reset as follows:

(a)	During the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals, the RBP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	At any other time, the RBP will be reset as the increased GBP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but never less than zero.

• The ALP will be reset to the greater of the ALP immediately prior to the step up date or 6% of the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The RALP will be reset as follows:

(a)	During the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals, the RALP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	At any other time, the RALP will be reset as the increased ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

Spousal Option to Continue the Contract: If a surviving spouse elects to continue the contract, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider also continues. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate. When the spouse elects to continue the contract, any remaining waiting period is cancelled; the covered person will be re-determined and is the covered person referred to below; and the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP values are affected as follows:

• The GBA, RBA, and GBP values remain unchanged.

• The RBP is automatically reset to the GBP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

• If the ALP has not yet been established and the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the date of continuation — the ALP will be established on the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65 as the lesser of the RBA or the contract anniversary value, multiplied by 6%. The RALP will be established on the same date equal to the ALP.

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    113

• If the ALP has not yet been established but the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the date of continuation — the ALP will be established on the date of continuation as the lesser of the RBA or the contract value, multiplied by 6%. The RALP will be established on the same date in an amount equal to the ALP less all prior partial withdrawals made in the current contract year, but will never be less than zero.

• If the ALP has been established but the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the date of continuation — the ALP and RALP will be automatically reset to zero for the period of time beginning with the date of continuation and ending with the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65. At the end of this time period, the ALP will be reset to the lesser of the RBA or the anniversary contract value, multiplied by 6%, and the RALP will be reset to equal the ALP.

• If the ALP has been established and the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the date of continuation — the ALP will be automatically reset to the lesser of the current ALP or 6% of the contract value on the date of continuation. The RALP will be reset to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

Please note that the lifetime withdrawal benefit amount may be reduced as a result of the spousal continuation.

Spousal Continuation Step Up: If a surviving spouse elects to continue the contract, another elective step up option becomes available. To exercise the step up, the spouse or the spouse’s investment professional must submit a request within 30 days of the date of continuation. The step up date is the date we receive the spouse’s request to step up. If the request is received after the close of business, the step up date will be the next valuation day. The GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP will be reset in the same fashion as the annual step up.

The spousal continuation step up is subject to the following rules:

• If the spousal continuation step up option is exercised and we have increased the charge for the rider, the spouse will pay the charge that is in effect on the step up date.

It is our current administrative practice to process the spousal continuation step up as described in the next paragraph; however, we reserve the right to discontinue our administrative practice and will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change.

At the time of spousal continuation, a step-up may be available. All annual step-up rules (see “Annual Step-Up” heading above), other than those that apply to the waiting period, also apply to the spousal continuation step-up. If the spousal continuation step-up is processed automatically, the step-up date is the valuation date spousal continuation is effective. If not, the spouse must elect the step up and must do so within 30 days of the spousal continuation date. If the spouse elects the spousal continuation step up, the step-up date is the valuation date we receive the spouse’s written request to step-up if we receive the request by the close of business on that day, otherwise the next valuation date.

If Contract Value Reduces to Zero: If the contract value reduces to zero and the total RBA remains greater than zero, you will be paid in the following scenarios:

1) The ALP has not yet been established and the contract value is reduced to zero for any reason other than full withdrawal of the contract. In this scenario, you can choose to:

(a)	receive the remaining schedule of GBPs until the RBA equals zero; or
(b)	wait until the rider anniversary on/following the date the covered person reaches age 65, and then receive the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the covered person, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero.

We will notify you of this option. If no election is made, the ALP will be paid.

2) The ALP has been established and the contract value reduces to zero as a result of fees or charges, or a withdrawal that is less than or equal to both the RBP and the RALP. In this scenario, you can choose to receive:

(a)	the remaining schedule of GBPs until the RBA equals zero; or
(b)	the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the covered person, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero. We will notify you of this option. If no election is made, the ALP will be paid.

3)	The ALP has been established and the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RALP but less than or equal to the RBP. In this scenario, the remaining schedule of GBPs will be paid until the RBA equals zero.
4)	The ALP has been established and the contract value falls to zero as a result of a partial withdrawal that is greater than the RBP but less than or equal to the RALP. In this scenario, the ALP will be paid annually until the death of the covered person.

Under any of these scenarios:

• The annualized amounts will be paid to you in the frequency you elect. You may elect a frequency offered by us at the time payments begin. Available payment frequencies will be no less frequent than annually;

• We will no longer accept additional purchase payments;

114    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• You will no longer be charged for the rider;

• Any attached death benefit riders will terminate; and

• The death benefit becomes the remaining payments, if any, until the RBA is reduced to zero.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider and the contract will terminate under either of the following two scenarios:

• If the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than both the RALP and the RBP. This is full withdrawal of the contract.

• If the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RALP but less than or equal to the RBP, and the total RBA is reduced to zero.

At Death: If the contract value is greater than zero when the death benefit becomes payable, the beneficiary may elect to take the death benefit as a lump sum under the terms of the contract (see “Benefits in Case of Death”) or the annuity payout option (see “Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Payout Option” heading below).

If the contract value equals zero and the death benefit becomes payable, the following will occur:

• If the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the GBP each year, the GBP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person dies and the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person is still alive and the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the later of the death of the covered person or the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person is still alive and the RBA equals zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the death of the covered person.

• If the covered person dies and the RBA equals zero, the benefit terminates. No further payments will be made.

Contract Ownership Change: If the contract changes ownership (see “Changing Ownership”), the covered person will be redetermined and is the covered person referred to below. The GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP values will remain unchanged. The ALP and RALP will be reset as follows. Our current administrative practice is to only reset the ALP and RALP if the covered person changes due to the ownership change.

• If the ALP has not yet been established and the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the ownership change date— the ALP and the RALP will be established on the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65. The ALP will be set equal to the lesser of the RBA or the anniversary contract value, multiplied by 6%. If the anniversary date occurs during the waiting period and prior to a withdrawal, the RALP will be set to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments multiplied by 6%. If the anniversary date occurs at any other time, the RALP will be set to the ALP.

• If the ALP has not yet been established but the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the ownership change date — the ALP and the RALP will be established on the ownership change date. The ALP will be set equal to the lesser of the RBA or the contract value, multiplied by 6%. If the ownership change date occurs during the waiting period and prior to a withdrawal, the RALP will be set equal to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments multiplied by 6%. If the ownership change date occurs at any other time, the RALP will be set equal to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year but not less than zero.

• If the ALP has been established but the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the ownership change date— the ALP and the RALP will be reset to zero for the period of time beginning with the ownership change date and ending with the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65. At the end of this time period, the ALP will be reset to the lesser of the RBA or the anniversary contract value, multiplied by 6%. If the time period ends during the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals, the RALP will be reset to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments multiplied by 6%. If the time period ends at any other time, the RALP will be reset to the ALP.

• If the ALP has been established and the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the ownership change date — the ALP and the RALP will be reset on the ownership change date. The ALP will be reset to the lesser of the current ALP or 6% of the contract value. If the ownership change date occurs during the waiting period and prior to a withdrawal, the RALP will be reset to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments multiplied by 6%. If the ownership change date occurs at any other time, the RALP will be reset to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year but not less than zero.

Please note that the lifetime withdrawal benefit amount may be reduced as a result of the ownership change.

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    115

Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Payout Option: Several annuity payout plans are available under the contract. As an alternative to these annuity payout plans, a fixed annuity payout option is available under the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider.

Under this option the amount payable each year will be equal to the remaining schedule of GBPs, but the total amount paid over the life of the annuity will not exceed the current total RBA at the time you begin this fixed annuity payout option. These annualized amounts will be paid in the frequency that you elect. The frequencies will be among those offered by us at that time but will be no less frequent than annually. If, at the death of the owner, total payouts have been made for less than the RBA, the remaining payouts will be paid to the beneficiary (see “The Annuity Payout Period” and “Taxes”).

This option may not be available if the contract is issued to qualify under Section 403 or 408 of the Code, as amended. For such contracts, this option will be available only if the guaranteed payment period is less than the life expectancy of the owner at the time the option becomes effective. Such life expectancy will be computed under the mortality table we then use to determine current life annuity purchase rates under the contract to which this rider is attached.

This annuity payout option may also be elected by the beneficiary of a contract as a settlement option if payments begin no later than one year after your death and the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy.

Whenever multiple beneficiaries are designated under the contract, each such beneficiary’s share of the proceeds if they elect this option will be in proportion to their applicable designated beneficiary percentage. Beneficiaries of nonqualified contracts may elect this settlement option subject to the distribution requirements of the contract. We reserve the right to adjust the future schedule of GBPs if necessary to comply with the Code.

Rider Termination

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider cannot be terminated either by you or us except as follows:

1.	Annuity payouts under an annuity payout plan will terminate the rider.
2.	Termination of the contract for any reason will terminate the rider.

Examples of the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life

Example #1: Covered person has not reached age 65 at the time the contract and rider are purchased.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000.

• You are the sole owner and also the annuitant. You are age 60.

• You make no additional payments to the contract.

• Automatic annual step-ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the RBA and/or 6% of the contract value is greater than the ALP. Applied annual step-ups are indicated inbold.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	Basic Withdrawal Benefit				Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit
				GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
At Issue	$100,000	$N/A	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	$7,000	$7,000	$N/A	$N/A
0.5	0	7,000	92,000	100,000	93,000	7,000	0	N/A	N/A
1	0	0	91,000	100,000	93,000	7,000	7,000	N/A	N/A
1.5	0	7,000	83,000	100,000	86,000	7,000	0	N/A	N/A
2	0	0	81,000	100,000	86,000	7,000	7,000	N/A	N/A
5	0	0	75,000	100,000	86,000	7,000	7,000	5,160(1)	5,160(1)
5.5	0	5,160	70,000	100,000	80,840	7,000	1,840	5,160	0
6	0	0	69,000	100,000	80,840	7,000	7,000	5,160	5,160
6.5	0	7,000	62,000	100,000	73,840	7,000	0	3,720(2)	0
7	0	0	70,000	100,000	73,840	7,000	7,000	4,200	4,200
7.5	0	10,000	51,000	51,000(3)	51,000(3)	3,570	0	3,060(3)	0
8	0	0	55,000	55,000	55,000	3,850	3,850	3,300	3,300

At this point, assuming no additional activity (step ups, excess withdrawals, purchase payments, spousal continuation or contract ownership change), you can continue to withdraw up to either the GBP of $3,850 each year until the RBA is reduced to zero, or the ALP of $3,300 each year until the later of your death or the RBA is reduced to zero.

⁽¹⁾ The ALP and RALP are established on the contract anniversary date following the date the covered person reaches age 65.

116    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

(2)

The $7,000 withdrawal is greater than the $5,160 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the ALP, resetting the ALP to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.

(3)

The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than both the $7,000 RBP allowed under the basic withdrawal benefit and the $4,200 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the GBA, RBA, and ALP. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.

Example #2: Covered person has reached 65 at the time the contract and rider are purchased.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000.

• You are the sole owner and also the annuitant. You are age 65.

• You make no additional payments to the contract.

• Automatic annual step-ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the RBA and/or 6% of the contract value is greater than the ALP. Applied annual step-ups are indicated in bold.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	Basic Withdrawal Benefit				Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit
				GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
At Issue	$100,000	$N/A	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	$7,000	$7,000	$6,000	$6,000
1	0	0	105,000	105,000	105,000	7,350	7,000(1)	6,300	6,000(1)
2	0	0	110,000	110,000	110,000	7,700	7,000(1)	6,600	6,000(1)
3	0	0	110,000	110,000	110,000	7,700	7,700(2)	6,600	6,600(2)
3.5	0	6,600	110,000	110,000	103,400	7,700	1,100	6,600	0
4	0	0	115,000	115,000	115,000	8,050	8,050	6,900	6,900
4.5	0	8,050	116,000	115,000	106,950	8,050	0	6,900(3)	0
5	0	0	120,000	120,000	120,000	8,400	8,400	7,200	7,200
5.5	0	10,000	122,000	120,000(4)	110,000(4)	8,400	0	7,200(4)	0
6	0	0	125,000	125,000	125,000	8,750	8,750	7,500	7,500

At this point, assuming no additional activity (step ups, excess withdrawals, purchase payments, spousal continuation or contract ownership change), you can continue to withdraw up to either the GBP of $8,750 each year until the RBA is reduced to zero, or the ALP of $7,500 each year until the later of your death or the RBA is reduced to zero.

(1)	The annual step-up has not been applied to the RBP or RALP because any withdrawal after step up during the waiting period would reverse any prior step ups prior to determining if the withdrawal is excess. Therefore, during the waiting period, the RBP is the amount you can withdraw without incurring the GBA and RBA excess withdrawal processing, and the RALP is the amount you can withdraw without incurring the ALP excess withdrawal processing.
(2)	On the third anniversary (after the end of the waiting period), the RBP and RALP are set equal to the GBP and ALP, respectively.
(3)	The $8,050 withdrawal is greater than the $6,900 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the ALP, resetting the ALP to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.
(4)	The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than both the $8,400 RBP allowed under the basic withdrawal benefit and the $7,200 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the GBA, RBA, and ALP. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    117

Appendix K: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider Disclosure

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider

We have offered two versions of the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit that have been referred to in previous disclosure as Rider A and Rider B. The description of the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit in this section applies to both Rider A and Rider B, unless noted otherwise. Rider B is no longer available for purchase.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit is an optional benefit that was offered for an additional annual charge if⁽¹⁾:

Rider A

• you purchase(d) your contract on or after April 30, 2005 in those states where theSecureSource rider and/or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider are/were not available;

• you and the annuitant were 79 or younger on the date the contract was issued.

Rider B (no longer available for purchase)

•	your contract application was signed prior to April 29, 2005;
•	the rider was available in your state; and
•	you and the annuitant were 79 or younger on the date the contract was issued.
(1)	The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit is not available under an inherited qualified annuity.

You must elect the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider when you purchase your contract (original rider). The original rider you receive at contract issue offers an elective annual step-up and any withdrawal after a step up during the first three years is considered an excess withdrawal, as described below. The rider effective date of the original rider is the contract issue date.

We will offer you the option of replacing the original rider with a new Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit (enhanced rider), if available in your state. The enhanced rider offers an automatic annual step-up and a withdrawal after a step up during the first three years is not necessarily an excess withdrawal, as described below. The effective date of the enhanced rider will be the contract issue date except for the automatic step-up which will apply to contract anniversaries that occur after you accept the enhanced rider. The descriptions below apply to both the original and enhanced riders unless otherwise noted.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit initially provides a guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit that gives you the right to take limited partial withdrawals in each contract year that over time will total an amount equal to your purchase payments. Certain withdrawals and step ups, as described below, can cause the initial guaranteed withdrawal benefit to change. The guarantee remains in effect if your partial withdrawals in a contract year do not exceed the allowed amount. As long as your withdrawals in each contract year do not exceed the allowed amount, you will not be assessed a withdrawal charge. Under the original rider, the allowed amount is the Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP — the amount you may withdraw under the terms of the rider in each contract year, subject to certain restrictions prior to the third contract anniversary, as described below). Under the enhanced rider, the allowed amount is equal to 7% of purchase payments for the first three years, and the GBP in all other years.

If you withdraw an amount greater than the allowed amount in a contract year, we call this an “excess withdrawal” under the rider. If you make an excess withdrawal under the rider:

• withdrawal charges, if applicable, will apply only to the amount of the withdrawal that exceeds the allowed amount;

• the guaranteed benefit amount will be adjusted as described below; and

• the remaining benefit amount will be adjusted as described below.

For a partial withdrawal that is subject to a withdrawal charge, the amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable withdrawal charge (see “Charges — Withdrawal Charge”). Market value adjustments, if applicable, will also be made (see “Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs) — Market Value Adjustment”). We pay you the amount you request. Any partial withdrawals you take under the contract will reduce the value of the death benefits (see “Benefits in Case of Death”). Upon full withdrawal of the contract, you will receive the remaining contract value less any applicable charges (see “Withdrawals”).

Once elected, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider may not be cancelled and the fee will continue to be deducted until the contract is terminated, the contract value reduces to zero (described below) or annuity payouts begin. If you select the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, you may not select an Income Assurer Benefit rider or the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. If you exercise the annual step up election (see “Elective Step Up” and “Annual Step Up” below), the special spousal continuation step up election (see “Spousal Continuation and Special Spousal Continuation Step Up” below) or change your PN program model portfolio or investment option, the rider charge may change (see “Charges”).

118    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

You should consider whether the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit is appropriate for you because:

• Investment Allocation Restrictions: You must elect one of the approved investment options if you purchase a contract on or after May 1, 2006 with this rider (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds”). These funds are expected to reduce our financial risks and expenses associated with certain living benefits and death benefits. Although the funds’ investment strategies may help mitigate declines in your contract value due to declining equity markets, the funds’ investment strategies may also curb your contract value gains during periods of positive performance by the equity markets. Additionally, investment in the funds may decrease the number and amount of any benefit base increase opportunities. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds: Volatility and Volatility Management Risk with the Portfolio Stabilizer funds” section.) We reserve the right to add, remove or substitute approved investment options in the future. If you selected this Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider before May 1, 2006, you must participate in the asset allocation program (see “Appendix I: Asset Allocation Program for Contracts Purchased Before May 1, 2006”), however, you may elect to participate in the Portfolio Navigator program after May 1, 2006. This requirement limits your choice of investments. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, GPAs or the one-year fixed account that are available under the contract to contract owners who do not elect this rider. You may allocate purchase payments to the DCA fixed account, when available, and we will make monthly transfers into the PN program investment option you have chosen.

• Limitations on Purchase Payments: We reserve the right to limit the cumulative amount of purchase payments, subject to state restrictions, which may limit your ability to make additional purchase payments to increase your contract value as you may have originally intended. For current purchase payment limitations, please see “Buying Your Contract — Purchase Payments.”

• Interaction with the Total Free Amount (TFA) contract provision: The TFA is the amount you are allowed to withdraw in each contract year without incurring a withdrawal charge (see “Charges — Withdrawal Charge”). The TFA may be greater than GBP under this rider. Any amount you withdraw in a contract year under the contract’s TFA provision that exceeds the GBP is subject to the excess withdrawal processing for the GBA and RBA described below.

• Rider A — Limitations on Purchase of Other Riders under this Contract: If you select the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, you may not elect the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider.

• Non-Cancelable: Once elected, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider may not be cancelled and the fee will continue to be deducted until the contract is terminated, the contract value reduces to zero (described below) or annuity payouts begin.

You should consult your tax advisor if you have any questions about the use of this rider in your tax situation:

•	Tax Considerations for Non-Qualified Annuities: Withdrawals are taxable income to the extent of earnings. Withdrawals of earnings before age 59½ may incur a 10% IRS early withdrawal penalty.
•	Tax Considerations for Qualified Annuities: Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). If you have a qualified annuity, you may need to take an RMD. If you make a withdrawal in any contract year to satisfy an RMD, this may constitute an excess withdrawal, as defined below, and the excess withdrawal processing described below will apply. Under the terms of the enhanced rider, we allow you to satisfy the RMD based on the life expectancy RMD for your contract and the requirements of the Code and regulations in effect when you purchase your contract, without the withdrawal being treated as an excess withdrawal. It is our current administrative practice to make the same accommodation under the original rider, however, we reserve the right to discontinue our administrative practice and will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change.
	For owners subject to annual RMD rules under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, the amounts you withdraw each year from this contract to satisfy these rules are not subject to excess withdrawal processing under the terms of the rider subject to the following rules and our current administrative practice:

(1)	If your Annual Life Expectancy Required Minimum Distribution Amount (ALERMDA) is greater than the RBP from the beginning of the current contract year, an Additional Benefit Amount (ABA) will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the RBP.
(2)	Any withdrawals taken in a contract year will count first against and reduce the RBP for that contract year.
(3)	Once the RBP for the current contract year has been depleted, any additional amounts withdrawn will count against and reduce any ABA. These withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals as long as they do not exceed the remaining ABA.
(4)	Once the ABA has been depleted, any additional withdrawal amounts will be considered excess withdrawals and will initiate the excess withdrawal processing described in the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider.

The Annual Life Expectancy Required Minimum Distribution Amount (ALERMDA) is:

(1) determined by us each calendar year;

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    119

(2)	based solely on the value of the contract to which the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider is attached as of the date we make the determination; and
(3)	based on the company’s understanding and interpretation of the requirements for life expectancy distributions intended to satisfy the required minimum distribution rules under Section 401(a)(9) and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, as applicable, on the effective date of this prospectus to:
	1. an individual retirement annuity (Section 408(b));
	2. a Roth individual retirement account (Section 408A);
	3. a Simplified Employee Pension plan (Section 408(k));
	4. a tax-sheltered annuity rollover (Section 403(b)).

We reserve the right to discontinue our administrative practice described above and will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change.

In the future, the requirements under the Code for such distributions may change and the life expectancy amount calculation provided under your Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider may not be sufficient to satisfy the requirements under the Code for these types of distributions. In such a situation, amounts withdrawn to satisfy such distribution requirements will exceed your RBP amount and may result in the reduction of your GBA and RBA as described under the excess withdrawal provision of the rider.

Please note that RMD rules follow the calendar year which most likely does not coincide with your contract year and therefore may limit when you can take your RMD and not be subject to excess withdrawal processing.

In cases where the Code does not allow the life expectancy of a natural person to be used to calculate the required minimum distribution amount (e.g. ownership by a trust or a charity), we will calculate the life expectancy RMD amount calculated by us as zero in all years. The life expectancy required minimum distribution amount calculated by us will also equal zero in all years.

•	Treatment of non-spousal distributions: Unless you are married your beneficiary will be required to take distributions as a non-spouse which may result in significantly decreasing the value of the rider. Please note civil unions and domestic partnerships generally are not recognized as marriages for federal tax purposes.
	For additional information see “Taxes — Other — Spousal status” section of this prospectus.
•	Limitations on Tax-Sheltered Annuities (TSAs): Your right to take withdrawals is restricted if your contract is a TSA (see “TSA — Special Provisions”). Therefore, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider may be of limited value to you. You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of this rider in your tax situation;

The terms “Guaranteed Benefit Amount” and “Remaining Benefit Amount” are described below. Each is used in the operation of the GBP, the RBP, the elective step up, the annual step up, the special spousal continuation step up and the Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Payout Option.

Guaranteed Benefit Amount

The Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA) is equal to the initial purchase payment adjusted for subsequent purchase payments, partial withdrawals in excess of the GBP, and step ups. The maximum GBA is $5,000,000.

The GBA is determined at the following times:

• At contract issue — the GBA is equal to the initial purchase payment;

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own GBA equal to the amount of the purchase payment. The total GBA when an additional purchase payment is added is the sum of the individual GBAs immediately prior to the receipt of the additional purchase payment, plus the GBA associated with the additional purchase payment;

• At step up — (see “Elective Step Up” and “Annual Step Up” headings below);

• When you make a partial withdrawal:

(a)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are less than or equal to the GBP — the GBA remains unchanged. Note that if the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the GBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;
(b)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are greater than the GBP —the following excess withdrawal procedure will be applied to the GBA. Note that if the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the GBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups:
(c)	under the original rider in a contract year after a step up but before the third contract anniversary —the following excess withdrawal procedure will be applied to the GBA. Note that if the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the GBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups.

120    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

GBA Excess Withdrawal Procedure

The total GBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the total GBA immediately prior to the withdrawal; or (b) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s GBA after the withdrawal will be reset to equal that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal plus (a) times (b), where:

(a)	is the ratio of the total GBA after the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal to the total GBA before the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal; and
(b)	is each payment’s GBA before the withdrawal less that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal.

Remaining Benefit Amount

The remaining benefit amount (RBA) at any point is the total guaranteed amount available for future partial withdrawals. The maximum RBA is $5,000,000.

The RBA is determined at the following times:

• At contract issue — the RBA is equal to the initial purchase payment;

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own RBA equal to the amount of the purchase payment. The total RBA when an additional purchase payment is added is the sum of the individual RBAs immediately prior to the receipt of the additional purchase payment, plus the RBA associated with the additional payment;

• At step up — (see “Elective Step Up” and “Annual Step Up” headings below);

• When you make a partial withdrawal:

(a)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are less than or equal to the GBP — the RBA becomes the RBA immediately prior to the partial withdrawal, less the partial withdrawal. Note that if the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the RBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;
(b)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are greater than the GBP —the following excess withdrawal procedure will be applied to the RBA. Note that if the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the RBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;
(c)	under the original rider after a step up but before the third contract anniversary —the following excess withdrawal procedure will be applied to the RBA. Note that if the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the RBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups.

RBA Excess Withdrawal Procedure

The RBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal, or (b) the RBA immediately prior to the withdrawal, less the amount of the withdrawal.

If there have been multiple purchase payments, any reduction of the RBA will be taken out of each payment’s RBA in the following manner:

The withdrawal amount up to the remaining benefit payment (defined below) is taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its remaining benefit payment at the time of the withdrawal; and the withdrawal amount above the remaining benefit payment and any amount determined by the excess withdrawal procedure are taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its RBA at the time of the withdrawal.

Guaranteed Benefit Payment

Under the original rider, the GBP is the amount you may withdraw under the terms of the rider in each contract year, subject to certain restrictions prior to the third anniversary.

Under the enhanced rider, the GBP is the withdrawal amount that you are entitled to take each contract year after the third anniversary until the RBA is depleted.

Rider A: Under the original rider, the GBP is equal to 7% of the GBA. Under the enhanced rider, the GBP is the lesser of (a) 7% of the GBA, or (b) the RBA. Under both the original and enhanced riders, if you withdraw less than the GBP in a contract year, there is no carry over to the next contract year.

Rider B: Under both the original and enhanced riders, the GBP is the lesser of (a) 7% of the GBA; or (b) the RBA. If you withdraw less than the GBP in a contract year, there is no carry over to the next contract year.

Remaining Benefit Payment

Under the original rider, at the beginning of each contract year, the remaining benefit payment (RBP) is set as the lesser of (a) the GBP, or (b) the RBA.

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    121

Under the enhanced rider, at the beginning of each contract year, during the first three years and prior to any withdrawal, the RBP for each purchase payment is set equal to that purchase payment multiplied by 7%. At the beginning of any other contract year, each individual RBP is set equal to each individual GBP.

Each additional purchase payment has its own RBP established equal to that payment’s GBP. The total RBP is equal to the sum of the individual RBPs.

Whenever a partial withdrawal is made, the RBP equals the RBP immediately prior to the partial withdrawal less the amount of the partial withdrawal, but not less than zero.

Elective Step Up (under the original rider only)

You have the option to increase the RBA, the GBA, the GBP and the RBP beginning with the first contract anniversary. An annual elective step up option is available for 30 days after the contract anniversary. The elective step up option allows you to step up the remaining benefit amount and guaranteed benefit amount to the contract value on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

The elective step up is subject to the following rules:

• if you do not take any withdrawals during the first three years, you may step up annually beginning with the first contract anniversary;

• if you take any withdrawals during the first three years, the annual elective step up will not be available until the third contract anniversary;

• if you step up but then take a withdrawal prior to the third contract anniversary, you will lose any prior step ups and the withdrawal will be considered an excess withdrawal subject to the GBA and RBA excess withdrawal processing discussed under the “Guaranteed Benefit Amount” and “Remaining Benefit Amount” headings above; and

• you may take withdrawals on or after the third contract anniversary without reversal of previous step ups.

You may elect a step up only once each contract year within 30 days after the contract anniversary. Once a step up has been elected, another step up may not be elected until the next contract anniversary.

Rider A: You may only step up if your contract value on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up is greater than the RBA. The elective step up will be determined as follows:

• The effective date of the elective step up is the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

• The RBA will be increased to an amount equal to the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

• The GBA will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBA immediately prior to the elective step up; or (b) the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

• The GBP will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBP immediately prior to the elective step up; or (b) 7% of the GBA after the elective step up.

• The RBP will be increased to the lesser of (a) the RBA after the elective step up; or (b) the GBP after the elective step up less any withdrawals made during that contract year.

Rider B: You may only step up if your contract anniversary value is greater than the RBA. The elective step up will be determined as follows:

• The effective date of the elective step up is the contract anniversary.

• The RBA will be increased to an amount equal to the contract anniversary value (after charges are deducted).

• The GBA will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBA immediately prior to the elective step up; or (b) the contract anniversary value(after charges are deducted) .

• The GBP will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBP immediately prior to the elective step up; or (b) 7% of the GBA after the elective step up.

• The RBP will be increased to the lesser of (a) the RBA after the elective step up; or (b) the GBP after the elective step up.

Annual Step Up (under the enhanced rider only)

Beginning with the first contract anniversary after you accept the enhanced rider, an increase of the RBA, the GBA, the GBP and the RBP may be available. A step up does not create contract value, guarantee performance of any investment options, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn or paid upon death. Rather, a step up determines the current values of the GBA, RBA, GBP and RBP, and may extend the payment period or increase allowable payment.

The annual step up is subject to the following rules:

122    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• The annual step up is available when the RBA would increase on the step up date. The applicable step up date depends on whether the annual step up is applied on an automatic or elective basis.

• If the application of the step does not increase the rider charge, the annual step up will be automatically applied to your contract and the step up date is the contract anniversary date.

• If the application of the step up would increase the rider charge, the annual step up is not automatically applied. Instead, you have the option to step up for 30 days after the contract anniversary. If you exercise the elective annual step up option, you will pay the rider charge in effect on the step up date. If you wish to exercise the elective annual step up option, we must receive a request from you or your investment professional. The step up date is the date we receive your request to step up. If your request is received after the close of business, the step up date will be the next valuation day.

• Only one step up is allowed each contract year.

• If you take any withdrawals during the first three years, any previously applied step ups will be reversed and the annual step up will not be available until the third contract anniversary;

• You may take withdrawals on or after the third contract anniversary without reversal of previous step ups.

The annual step up will be determined as follows:

• The RBA will be increased to an amount equal to the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The GBA will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBA immediately prior to the annual step up; or (b) the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The GBP will be calculated as described earlier, but based on the increased GBA and RBA.

• The RBP will be reset as follows:

(a)	Prior to any withdrawals during the first three years, the RBP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	At any other time, the RBP will be reset as the increased GBP less all prior withdrawals made during the current contract year, but never less than zero.

Spousal Continuation and Special Spousal Continuation Step Up

If a surviving spouse elects to continue the contract, this rider also continues. The spousal continuation step up is in addition to the elective step up or the annual step up. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate. When a spouse elects to continue the contract, any rider feature processing particular to the first three years of the contract as described in this prospectus no longer applies. The GBA, RBA and GBP values remain unchanged. The RBP is automatically reset to the GBP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

Rider A: A surviving spouse may elect a spousal continuation step up by written request within 30 days following the spouse’s election to continue the contract. This step up may be made even if withdrawals have been taken under the contract during the first three years. Under this step up, the RBA will be reset to the greater of the RBA or the contract value on the valuation date we receive the spouse’s written request to step up; the GBA will be reset to the greater of the GBA or the contract value on the same valuation date. If a spousal continuation step up is elected and we have increased the charge for the rider for new contract owners, the spouse will pay the charge that is in effect on the valuation date we receive the written request to step up.

It is our current administrative practice to process the spousal continuation step up as described in the next paragraph; however, we reserve the right to discontinue our administrative practice and will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change.

At the time of spousal continuation, a step-up may be available. All annual step-up rules (see “Annual Step-Up” heading above), other than those that apply to the waiting period, also apply to the spousal continuation step-up. If the spousal continuation step-up is processed automatically, the step-up date is the valuation date spousal continuation is effective. If not, the spouse must elect the step up and must do so within 30 days of the spousal continuation date. If the spouse elects the spousal continuation step up, the step-up date is the valuation date we receive the spouse’s written request to step-up if we receive the request by the close of business on that day, otherwise the next valuation date.

Rider B: A spousal continuation step up occurs automatically when the spouse elects to continue the contract. The rider charge will not change upon this automatic step up. Under this step up, the RBA will be reset to the greater of the RBA on the valuation date we receive the spouse’s written request to continue the contract and the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid; the GBA will be reset to the greater of the GBA on the valuation date we receive the spouse’s written request to continue the contract and the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid.

Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Payout Option

Several annuity payout plans are available under the contract. As an alternative to these annuity payout plans, a fixed annuity payout option is available under the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit.

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    123

Under this option the amount payable each year will be equal to the remaining schedule of GBPs, but the total amount paid over the life of the annuity will not exceed the current total RBA at the time you begin this fixed annuity option. These annualized amounts will be paid in the frequency that you elect. The frequencies will be among those offered by us at that time but will be no less frequent than annually. If, at the death of the owner, total payments have been made for less than the RBA, the remaining payments will be paid to the beneficiary (see “The Annuity Payout Period” and “Taxes”).

This annuity payout option may also be elected by the beneficiary of a contract as a settlement option. Whenever multiple beneficiaries are designated under the contract, each such beneficiary’s share of the proceeds if they elect this option will be in proportion to their applicable designated beneficiary percentage. Beneficiaries of nonqualified contracts may elect this settlement option subject to the distribution requirements of the contract. We reserve the right to adjust the remaining schedule of GBPs if necessary to comply with the Code.

If Contract Value Reduces to Zero

If the contract value reduces to zero and the RBA remains greater than zero, the following will occur:

• you will be paid according to the annuity payout option described above;

• we will no longer accept additional purchase payments;

• you will no longer be charged for the rider;

• any attached death benefit riders will terminate; and

• the death benefit becomes the remaining payments under the annuity payout option described above.

If the contract value falls to zero and the RBA is depleted, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider and the contract will terminate.

Example of the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit (applies to Rider A and Rider B)

Assumption:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000.

The Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA) equals your purchase payment:		$100,000
The Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP) equals 7% of your GBA:
	0.07 × $100,000 =	$7,000
The Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA) equals your purchase payment:		$100,000
On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. You decide to step up your benefit.
The RBA equals 100% of your contract value:		$110,000
The GBA equals 100% of your contract value:		$110,000
The GBP equals 7% of your stepped-up GBA:
	0.07 × $110,000 =	$7,700
During the fourth contract year you decide to take a partial withdrawal of $7,700.
You took a partial withdrawal equal to your GBP, so your RBA equals the prior RBA less the amount of the partial withdrawal:
	$110,000 – $7,700 =	$102,300
The GBA equals the GBA immediately prior to the partial withdrawal:		$110,000
The GBP equals 7% of your GBA:
	0.07 × $110,000 =	$7,700
On the fourth contract anniversary you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000.
The new RBA for the contract is equal to your prior RBA plus 100% of the additional purchase payment:
	$102,300 + $50,000 =	$152,300
The new GBA for the contract is equal to your prior GBA plus 100% of the additional purchase payment:
	$110,000 + $50,000 =	$160,000
The new GBP for the contract is equal to your prior GBP plus 7% of the additional purchase payment:
	$7,700 + $3,500 =	$11,200
On the fifth contract anniversary your contract value grows to $200,000. You decide to step up your benefit.
The RBA equals 100% of your contract value:		$200,000
The GBA equals 100% of your contract value:		$200,000
The GBP equals 7% of your stepped-up GBA:
	0.07 × $200,000 =	$14,000

124    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

During the seventh contract year your contract value grows to $230,000. You decide to take a partial withdrawal of $20,000. You took more than your GBP of $14,000 so your RBA gets reset to the lesser of:
	(1)	your contract value immediately following the partial withdrawal;
		$230,000 – $20,000 =	$210,000
	OR
	(2)	your prior RBA less the amount of the partial withdrawal.
		$200,000 – $20,000 =	$180,000
Reset RBA = lesser of (1) or (2) =			$180,000
The GBA gets reset to the lesser of:
	(1)	your prior GBA	$200,000
	OR
	(2)	your contract value immediately following the partial withdrawal;
		$230,000 – $20,000 =	$210,000
Reset GBA = lesser of (1) or (2) =			$200,000
The Reset GBP is equal to 7% of your Reset GBA:
	0.07 × $200,000 =		$14,000
During the eighth contract year your contract value falls to $175,000. You decide to take a partial withdrawal of $25,000. You took more than your GBP of $14,000 so your RBA gets reset to the lesser of:
	(1)	your contract value immediately following the partial withdrawal;
		$175,000 – $25,000 =	$150,000
	OR
	(2)	your prior RBA less the amount of the partial withdrawal.
		$180,000 – $25,000 =	$155,000
Reset RBA = lesser of (1) or (2) =			$150,000
The GBA gets reset to the lesser of:
	(1)	your prior GBA;	$200,000
	OR
	(2)	your contract value immediately following the partial withdrawal;
		$175,000 – $25,000 =	$150,000
Reset GBA = lesser of (1) or (2) =			$150,000
The Reset GBP is equal to 7% of your Reset GBA:
	0.07 × $150,000 =		$10,500

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    125

Appendix L: Income Assurer Benefit Riders

The following three optional Income Assurer Benefit riders were available under your contract if you your contract application was signed prior to May 1, 2007. These riders are no longer available for purchase.

• Income Assurer Benefit – MAV;

• Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base; or

• Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base.

The Income Assurer Benefit riders are intended to provide you with a guaranteed minimum income regardless of the volatility inherent in the investments in the subaccounts. The riders benchmark the contract growth at each anniversary against several comparison values and set the guaranteed income benefit base (described below) equal to the largest value. The guaranteed income benefit base, less any applicable premium tax, is the value we apply to the guaranteed annuity purchase rates stated in Table B of the contract to calculate the minimum annuity payouts you will receive if you exercise the rider. If the guaranteed income benefit base is greater than the contract value, the guaranteed income benefit base may provide a higher annuity payout level than is otherwise available. However, the riders use guaranteed annuity purchase rates which may result in annuity payouts that are less than those using the annuity purchase rates that we may apply at annuitization under the standard contract provisions. Therefore, the level of income provided by the riders may be less than the contract otherwise provides. If the annuity payouts through the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available through the riders, you will receive the higher standard payout option. The guaranteed income benefit base does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

The general information in this section applies to each Income Assurer Benefit rider. This section is followed by a description of each specific Income Assurer Benefit rider and how it is calculated.

You should consider whether an Income Assurer Benefit rider is appropriate for you because:

•	you must participate in the PN program if you purchase a contract on or after May 1, 2006 with this rider (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program”). If you selected this rider before May 1, 2006, you must participate in the asset allocation program (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Asset Allocation Program”), however, you may elect to participate in the Portfolio Navigator program after May 1, 2006. The PN program and the asset allocation program limit your choice of investments. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, GPAs or the one-year fixed account that are available under the contract to other contract owners who do not elect this rider.
•	if you are purchasing the contract as a qualified annuity, such as an IRA, and you are planning to begin annuity payouts after the date on which minimum distributions required by the Code must begin, you should consider whether an Income Assurer Benefit is appropriate for you (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Partial withdrawals you take from the contract, including those used to satisfy RMDs, will reduce the guaranteed income benefit base (defined below), which in turn may reduce or eliminate the amount of any annuity payouts available under the rider. Consult a tax advisor before you purchase any Income Assurer Benefit rider with a qualified annuity;
•	you must hold the Income Assurer Benefit for 10 years unless you elect to terminate the rider within 30 days following the first anniversary after the effective date of the rider;
•	the 10-year waiting period may be restarted if you elect to change the PN program investment option to one that causes the rider charge to increase (see “Charges — Income Assurer Benefit”);
•	the Income Assurer Benefit rider terminates* 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday; and
•	you can only exercise the Income Assurer Benefit within 30 days after a contract anniversary following the expiration of the 10-year waiting period.
*	The rider and annual fee terminate 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday, however, if you exercise the Income Assurer Benefit rider before this time, your benefits will continue according to the annuity payout plan you have selected.

If the Income Assurer Benefit rider is available in your state and the annuitant is 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose this optional benefit at the time you purchase your contract for an additional charge. The amount of the charge is determined by the Income Assurer Benefit you select (see “Charges — Income Assurer Benefit Rider Fee”). The effective date of the rider will be the contract issue date. The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit and the Accumulation Protector Benefit riders are not available with any Income Assurer Benefit rider. If the annuitant is between age 73 and age 75 at contract issue, you should consider whether an Income Assurer Benefit rider is appropriate for your situation because of the 10-year waiting period requirement. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether an Income Assurer Benefit rider is appropriate for your situation.

126    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Here are some general terms that are used to describe the Income Assurer Benefit riders in the sections below:

Guaranteed Income Benefit Base: The guaranteed income benefit base is the value that will be used to determine minimum annuity payouts when the rider is exercised. It is an amount we calculate, depending on the Income Assurer Benefit rider you choose, that establishes a benefit floor. When the benefit floor amount is greater than the contract value, there may be a higher annuitization payout than if you annuitized your contract without the Income Assurer Benefit. Your annuitization payout will never be less than that provided by your contract value.

Excluded Investment Options: These investment options are listed in your contract under contract data and will include the Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund and, if available under your contract, the GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account. Excluded investment options are not used in the calculation of this riders’ variable account floor for the Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base and the Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base.

Excluded Payments: These are purchase payments paid in the last five years before exercise of the benefit which we reserve the right to exclude from the calculation of the guaranteed income benefit base.

Proportionate Adjustments for Partial Withdrawals: These are calculated as the product of (a) times (b) where:

(a)	is the ratio of the amount of the partial withdrawal (including any withdrawal charges or MVA) to the contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal, and
(b)	is the benefit on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.

Protected Investment Options: All investment options available under this contract that are not defined as excluded investment options under contract data are known as protected investment options for purposes of this rider and are used in the calculation of the variable account floor for the Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base and the Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base.

Waiting Period: This rider can only be exercised after the expiration of a 10-year waiting period. We reserve the right to restart the waiting period if you elect to change your PN program investment option to one that causes the rider charge to increase.

The following are general provisions that apply to each Income Assurer Benefit:

Exercising the Rider

Rider exercise conditions are:

• you may only exercise the Income Assurer Benefit rider within 30 days after any contract anniversary following the expiration of the waiting period;

• the annuitant on the retirement date must be between 50 to 86 years old; and

• you can only take an annuity payment in one of the following annuity payout plans:

Plan A	—	Life Annuity – No Refund;
Plan B	—	Life Annuity with Ten or Twenty Years Certain;
Plan D	—	Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund;
	—	Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity with Twenty Years Certain; or
Plan E	—	Twenty Years Certain.

After the expiration of the waiting period, the Income Assurer Benefit rider guarantees a minimum amount of fixed annuity lifetime income during annuitization or the option of variable annuity payouts with a guaranteed minimum initial payout or a combination of the two options.

If your contract value falls to zero as the result of adverse market performance or the deduction of fees and/or charges at any time, the contract and all its riders, including this rider, will terminate without value and no benefits will be paid on account of such termination.Exception: if you are still living, and the annuitant is between 50 and 86 years old, an amount equal to the guaranteed income benefit base will be paid to you under the annuity payout plan and frequency that you select, based upon the fixed or variable annuity payouts described above. The guaranteed income benefit base will be calculated and annuitization will occur at the following times.

• If the contract value falls to zero during the waiting period, the guaranteed income benefit base will be calculated and annuitization will occur on the valuation date after the expiration of the waiting period, or when the annuitant attains age 50 if later.

• If the contract value falls to zero after the waiting period, the guaranteed income benefit base will be calculated and annuitization will occur immediately, or when the annuitant attains age 50 if later.

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    127

Fixed annuity payouts under this rider will occur at the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” with 100% Projection Scale G and a 2.0% interest rate for contracts purchased on or after May 1, 2006 and if available in your state.⁽¹⁾ These are the same rates used in Table B of the contract (see “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Tables.”) Your annuity payouts remain fixed for the lifetime of the annuity payout period.

First year variable annuity payouts are calculated in the same manner as fixed annuity payouts. Once calculated, your variable annuity payouts remain unchanged for the first year. After the first year, subsequent annuity payouts are variable and depend on the performance of the subaccounts you select. Variable annuity payouts after the first year are calculated using the following formula:

Pt-1(1 + i)	=	Pt
1.05

Pt-1	=	prior annuity payout
Pt	=	current annuity payout
i	=	annualized subaccount performance

Each subsequent variable annuity payout could be more or less than the previous variable annuity payout if the subaccount investment performance is greater or less than the 5% assumed investment rate. If your subaccount performance equals 5%, your variable annuity payout will be unchanged from the previous variable annuity payout. If your subaccount performance is in excess of 5%, your variable annuity payout will increase from the previous variable annuity payout. If your subaccount investment performance is less than 5%, your variable annuity payout will decrease from the previous variable annuity payout.

⁽¹⁾ For all other contracts, the guaranteed annuity purchase rates are based on the “1983 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” with 100% Projection Scale G and a 2.0% interest rate.

Terminating the Rider

Rider termination conditions are:

•	you may terminate the rider within 30 days following the first anniversary after the effective date of the rider;
•	you may terminate the rider any time after the expiration of the waiting period;
•	the rider will terminate on the date you make a full withdrawal from the contract, or annuitization begins, or on the date that a death benefit is payable; and
•	the rider will terminate* 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday.
*	The rider and annual fee terminate 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday, however, if you exercise the Income Assurer Benefit rider before this time, your benefits will continue according to the annuity payout plan you have selected.

You may select one of the Income Assurer Benefit riders described below:

Income Assurer Benefit – MAV

The guaranteed income benefit base for the Income Assurer Benefit – MAV is the greater of these three values:

1.	contract value; or
2.	the total purchase payments made to the contract minus proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals; or
3.	the maximum anniversary value.

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV) — is zero prior to the first contract anniversary after the effective date of the rider. On the first contract anniversary after the effective date of the rider, we set the MAV as the greater of these two values:

(a)	current contract value; or
(b)	total payments made to the contract minus proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals.

Thereafter, we increase the MAV by any additional purchase payments and reduce the MAV by proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals. Every contract anniversary after that prior to the earlier of your or the annuitant’s 81st birthday, we compare the MAV to the current contract value and we reset the MAV to the higher amount.

If we exercise our right to not reflect excluded payments in the calculation of the guaranteed income benefit base, we will calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as the greatest of these three values:

1.	contract value less the market value adjusted excluded payments; or
2.	total purchase payments, less excluded payments, less proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals; or
3.	the MAV, less market value adjusted excluded payments.

128    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Market Value Adjusted Excluded Payments are calculated as the sum of each excluded purchase payment multiplied by the ratio of the current contract value over the estimated contract value on the anniversary prior to such purchase payment. The estimated contract value at such anniversary is calculated by assuming that payments, any credits, and partial withdrawals occurring in a contract year take place at the beginning of the year for that anniversary and every year after that to the current contract year.

Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base

The guaranteed income benefit base for the Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base is the greater of these three values:

1.	contract value; or
2.	the total purchase payments made to the contract minus proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals; or
3.	the 5% variable account floor.

5% Variable Account Floor – is equal to the contract value in the excluded investment options plus the variable account floor. The Income Assurer Benefit 5% variable account floor is calculated differently and is not the same value as the death benefit 5% variable account floor.

The variable account floor is zero from the effective date of this rider and until the first contract anniversary after the effective date of this rider. On the first contract anniversary after the effective date of this rider the variable account floor is:

• the total purchase payments made to the protected investment options minus adjusted partial withdrawals and transfers from the protected investment options; plus

• an amount equal to 5% of your initial purchase payment allocated to the protected investment options.

On any day after the first contract anniversary following the effective date of this rider, when you allocate additional purchase payments to or withdraw or transfer amounts from the protected investment options, we adjust the variable account floor by adding the additional purchase payment and subtracting adjusted withdrawals and adjusted transfers. On each subsequent contract anniversary after the first anniversary of the effective date of this rider, prior to the earlier of your or the annuitant’s 81st birthday, we increase the variable account floor by adding the amount (“roll-up amount”) equal to 5% of the prior contract anniversary’s variable account floor.

The amount of purchase payment withdrawn from or transferred between the excluded investment options and the protected investment options is calculated as (a) times (b) where:

(a)	is the amount of purchase payment in the investment options being withdrawn or transferred on the date of but prior to the current withdrawal or transfer; and
(b)	is the ratio of the amount of the transfer or withdrawal to the value in the investment options being withdrawn or transferred on the date of (but prior to) the current withdrawal or transfer.

The roll-up amount prior to the first anniversary is zero. Also, the roll-up amount on every anniversary after the earlier of your or the annuitant’s 81st birthday is zero.

Adjusted withdrawals and adjusted transfers for the variable account floor are equal to the amount of the withdrawal or transfer from the protected investment options as long as the sum of the withdrawals and transfers from the protected investment options in a contract year do not exceed the roll-up amount from the prior contract anniversary.

If the current withdrawal or transfer from the protected investment options plus the sum of all prior withdrawals and transfers made from the protected investment options in the current policy year exceeds the roll-up amount from the prior contract anniversary we will calculate the adjusted withdrawal or adjusted transfer for the variable account floor as the result of (a) plus [(b) times (c)] where:

(a)	is the roll-up amount from the prior contract anniversary less the sum of any withdrawals and transfers made from the protected investment options in the current policy year but prior to the current withdrawal or transfer. However, (a) can not be less than zero; and
(b)	is the variable account floor on the date of (but prior to) the current withdrawal or transfer from the protected investment options less the value from (a); and
(c)	is the ratio of [the amount of the current withdrawal (including any withdrawal charges or MVA) or transfer from the protected investment options less the value from (a)] to [the total in the protected investment options on the date of (but prior to) the current withdrawal or transfer from the protected investment options less the value from (a)].

If we exercise our right to not reflect excluded payments in the calculation of the guaranteed income benefit base, we will calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as the greatest of these three values:

1. contract value less the market value adjusted excluded payments (described above); or

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    129

2.	total purchase payments, less excluded payments, less proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals; or
3.	the 5% variable account floor, less 5% adjusted excluded payments.

5% Adjusted Excluded Payments are calculated as the sum of each excluded payment and any credit accumulated at 5% for the number of full contract years they have been in the contract.

Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base

The guaranteed income benefit base for the Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base is the greater of these four values:

1.	the contract value;
2.	the total purchase payments made to the contract minus proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals;
3.	the MAV (described above); or
4.	the 5% variable account floor (described above).

If we exercise our right to not reflect excluded payments in the calculation of the guaranteed income benefit base, we will calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as the greatest of:

1.	contract value less the market value adjusted excluded payments (described above);
2.	total purchase payments, less excluded payments, less proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals;
3.	the MAV, less market value adjusted excluded payments (described above); or
4.	the 5% variable account floor, less 5% adjusted excluded payments (described above).

Examples of the Income Assurer Benefit Riders

The purpose of these examples is to illustrate the operation of the Income Assurer Benefit Riders. The examples compare payouts available under the contract’s standard annuity payout provisions with annuity payouts available under the riders based on the same set of assumptions.The contract values shown are hypothetical and do not represent past or future performance. Actual contract values may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a number of factors, including but not limited to the investment experience of the subaccounts (referred to in the riders as “protected investment options”) and the fees and charges that apply to your contract.

For each of the riders, we provide two annuity payout plan comparisons based on the hypothetical contract values we have assumed. The first comparison assumes that you select annuity payout Plan B, Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain. The second comparison assumes that you select annuity payout Plan D, Joint and Last Survivor Annuity – No Refund.

Remember that the riders require you to participate in the PN program. The riders are intended to offer protection against market volatility in the subaccounts (protected investment options). Some PN program investment options include protected investment options and excluded investment options (Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund, and if available under the contract, GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account).
Excluded Investment Options are not included in calculating the 5% variable account floor under the Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base rider and the Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base riders. Because the examples which follow are based on hypothetical contract values, they do not factor in differences in PN program investment options.

Assumptions:

You purchase the contract during the 2006 calendar year with a payment of $100,000; and

• you invest all contract value in the subaccounts (protected investment options); and

• you make no additional purchase payments, partial withdrawals or changes in PN program investment option; and

• the annuitant is male and age 55 at contract issue; and

• the joint annuitant is female and age 55 at contract issue.

130    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Example — Income Assurer Benefit – MAV

Based on the above assumptions and taking into account fluctuations in contract value due to market conditions, we calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as:

Contract Anniversary	Assumed Contract Value	Purchase Payments	Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV)(1)	Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – MAV(2)
1	$ 108,000	$100,000	$ 108,000	$ 108,000
2	125,000	none	125,000	125,000
3	132,000	none	132,000	132,000
4	150,000	none	150,000	150,000
5	85,000	none	150,000	150,000
6	121,000	none	150,000	150,000
7	139,000	none	150,000	150,000
8	153,000	none	153,000	153,000
9	140,000	none	153,000	153,000
10	174,000	none	174,000	174,000
11	141,000	none	174,000	174,000
12	148,000	none	174,000	174,000
13	208,000	none	208,000	208,000
14	198,000	none	208,000	208,000
15	203,000	none	208,000	208,000

(1)	The MAV is limited after age 81, but the guaranteed income benefit base may increase if the contract value increases.
(2)	The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – MAV is a calculated number, not an amount that can be withdrawn. The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – MAV does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions			IAB – MAV Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	IAB – MAV Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)
10	$ 174,000	$ 772.56	$ 774.30	$ 174,000	$ 772.56	$ 774.30
11	141,000	641.55	642.96	174,000	791.70	793.44
12	148,000	691.16	692.64	174,000	812.58	814.32
13	208,000	996.32	998.40	208,000	996.32	998.40
14	198,000	974.16	976.14	208,000	1,023.36	1,025.44
15	203,000	1,025.15	1,027.18	208,000	1,050.40	1,052.48

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    131

Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions			IAB – MAV Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	IAB – MAV Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)
10	$ 174,000	$ 629.88	$ 622.92	$ 174,000	$ 629.88	$ 622.92
11	141,000	521.70	516.06	174,000	643.80	636.84
12	148,000	559.44	553.52	174,000	657.72	650.76
13	208,000	807.04	796.64	208,000	807.04	796.64
14	198,000	786.06	778.14	208,000	825.76	817.44
15	203,000	826.21	818.09	208,000	846.56	838.24

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

NOTE: In the above examples, if you elected to begin receiving annuity payouts within 30 days after the 10th or the 13th contract anniversary, you would not benefit from the rider because the monthly annuity payout in these examples is the same as under the standard provisions of the contract. Because the examples are based on assumed contract values, not actual investment results, you should not conclude from the examples that the riders will provide higher payments more frequently than the standard provisions of the contract.

Example — Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base

Based on the above assumptions and taking into account fluctuations in contract value due to market conditions, we calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as:

Contract Anniversary	Assumed Contract Value	Purchase Payments	5% Accumulation Benefit Base(1)	Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base(2)
1	$ 108,000	$100,000	$ 105,000	$ 108,000
2	125,000	none	110,250	125,000
3	132,000	none	115,763	132,000
4	150,000	none	121,551	150,000
5	85,000	none	127,628	127,628
6	121,000	none	134,010	134,010
7	139,000	none	140,710	140,710
8	153,000	none	147,746	153,000
9	140,000	none	155,133	155,133
10	174,000	none	162,889	174,000
11	141,000	none	171,034	171,034
12	148,000	none	179,586	179,586
13	208,000	none	188,565	208,000
14	198,000	none	197,993	198,000
15	203,000	none	207,893	207,893

(1)	The 5% Accumulation Benefit Base value is limited after age 81, but the guaranteed income benefit base may increase if the contract value increases.
(2)	The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base is a calculated number, not an amount that can be withdrawn. The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

132    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions			IAB – 5% RF Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	IAB – 5% RF Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)
10	$ 174,000	$ 772.56	$ 774.30	$ 174,000	$ 772.56	$ 774.30
11	141,000	641.55	642.96	171,034	778.20	779.91
12	148,000	691.16	692.64	179,586	838.66	840.46
13	208,000	996.32	998.40	208,000	996.32	998.40
14	198,000	974.16	976.14	198,000	974.16	976.14
15	203,000	1,025.15	1,027.18	207,893	1,049.86	1,051.94

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the sale for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions				IAB – 5% RF Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	IAB – 5% RF Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)
10	$ 174,000	$ 629.88	$ 622.92	$ 174,000	$ 629.88	$ 622.92
11	141,000	521.70	516.06	171,034	632.83	625.98
12	148,000	559.44	553.52	179,586	678.83	671.65
13	208,000	807.04	796.64	208,000	807.04	796.64
14	198,000	786.06	778.14	198,000	786.06	778.14
15	203,000	826.21	818.09	207,893	846.12	837.81

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

NOTE: In the above examples, if you elected to begin receiving annuity payouts within 30 days after the 10th, 13th or the 14th contract anniversary, you would not benefit from the rider because the monthly annuity payout in these examples is the same as under the standard provisions of the contract. Because the examples are based on assumed contract values, not actual investment results, you should not conclude from the examples that the riders will provide higher payments more frequently than the standard provisions of the contract.

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    133

Example — Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base

Based on the above assumptions and taking into account fluctuations in contract value due to market conditions, we calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as:

Contract Anniversary	Assumed Contract Value	Purchase Payments	Maximum Anniversary Value(1)	5% Accumulation Benefit Base(1)	Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base(2)
1	$ 108,000	$100,000	$ 108,000	$ 105,000	$ 108,000
2	125,000	none	125,000	110,250	125,000
3	132,000	none	132,000	115,763	132,000
4	150,000	none	150,000	121,551	150,000
5	85,000	none	150,000	127,628	150,000
6	121,000	none	150,000	134,010	150,000
7	139,000	none	150,000	140,710	150,000
8	153,000	none	153,000	147,746	153,000
9	140,000	none	153,000	155,133	155,133
10	174,000	none	174,000	162,889	174,000
11	141,000	none	174,000	171,034	174,000
12	148,000	none	174,000	179,586	179,586
13	208,000	none	208,000	188,565	208,000
14	198,000	none	208,000	197,993	208,000
15	203,000	none	208,000	207,893	208,000

(1)	The MAV and 5% Accumulation Benefit Base are limited after age 81, but the guaranteed income benefit base may increase if the contract value increases.
(2)	The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base is a calculated number, not an amount that can be withdrawn. The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions			IAB – Max Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	IAB – Max Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)
10	$ 174,000	$ 772.56	$ 774.30	$ 174,000	$ 772.56	$ 774.30
11	141,000	641.55	642.96	174,000	791.70	793.44
12	148,000	691.16	692.64	179,586	838.66	840.46
13	208,000	996.32	998.40	208,000	996.32	998.40
14	198,000	974.16	976.14	208,000	1,023.36	1,025.44
15	203,000	1,025.15	1,027.18	208,000	1,050.40	1,052.48

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

134    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions			IAB – Max Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	IAB – Max Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)
10	$ 174,000	$ 629.88	$ 622.92	$ 174,000	$ 629.88	$ 622.92
11	141,000	521.70	516.06	174,000	643.80	636.84
12	148,000	559.44	553.52	179,586	678.83	671.65
13	208,000	807.04	796.64	208,000	807.04	796.64
14	198,000	786.06	778.14	208,000	825.76	817.44
15	203,000	826.21	818.09	208,000	846.56	838.24

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

NOTE: In the above examples, if you elected to begin receiving annuity payouts within 30 days after the 10th or the 13th contract anniversary, you would not benefit from the rider because the monthly annuity payout in these examples is the same as under the standard provisions of the contract. Because the examples are based on assumed contract values, not actual investment results, you should not conclude from the examples that the riders will provide higher payments more frequently than the standard provisions of the contract.

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    135

Appendix M: Withdrawal Benefit Riders: Electing Step Up or Spousal Continuation Step Up

Example — Withdrawal Benefit Riders: Electing Step Up or Spousal Continuation Step Up

Assumptions:

This example assumes that the covered person (for joint life, younger covered spouse) is 65 or older and there are no additional purchase payments or withdrawals.

•	You own a RiverSource variable annuity with a withdrawal benefit rider. You are currently invested in the Variable Portfolio — Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2) (a Portfolio Navigator fund) with a current rider fee of 0.65%.
	Your Contract Value (CV) is $100,000 and your withdrawal benefit rider currently provides the following benefits:

1)	You can withdraw $6,000 a year for the rest of your life. This is your Annual Lifetime Payment. Or
2)	You can withdraw $7,000 a year until you have withdrawn a total of $100,000. This is your Guaranteed Benefit Payment.

Based on your current CV, you will pay a rider fee of approximately $650 on your next annuity contract anniversary.

•	The annual fee for this rider has increased to 0.95% for clients invested in the Variable Portfolio — Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2).
	The following compares certain options available to you. Changes to rider values or fees are presented for two different scenarios where your CV increases to either $110,000 or $101,000 over the contract year:

1) Elect to lock in your contract gains to your benefit values (step up):

	CV of $110,000	CV of $101,000
Increase in Annual Lifetime Payment	$600	$60
Increase in Guaranteed Benefit Payment	$700	$70
Increase in Annual Rider Fee	0.30%	0.30%
Increase in Annual Contract Charge	$330	$303

Automatic step ups will continue on your next anniversary (if available under your rider).

2) Do not elect to lock in your contract gains (no step up):

	CV of $110,000	CV of $101,000
Increase in Annual Lifetime Payment	$0	$0
Increase in Guaranteed Benefit Payment	$0	$0
Increase in Annual Rider Fee	0%	0%
Increase in Annual Contract Charge	$65	$6.50

Your rider fee will not change, although the dollar amount of your annual charge will change as your CV changes. On your next anniversary, you will again have the option to elect the step up (lock in contract gains)

3) Move to one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds and elect the step up:

	CV of $110,000	CV of $101,000
Increase in Annual Lifetime Payment	$600	$60
Increase in Guaranteed Benefit Payment	$700	$70
Increase in Annual Rider Fee	0%	0%
Increase in Annual Contract Charge	$65	$6.50

Your rider fee will not change, although the dollar amount of your annual charge will change as your CV changes. Automatic step ups will continue on your next anniversary (if available under your rider).

The above example is for illustrative purposes only. The assumptions and calculations used are not intended to be consistent with any one rider, but instead are intended to provide an idea of how different scenarios would operate. Your specific rider may use different calculations for fees or have different benefits available. For a full description and rules applicable to step up options under your rider, please see the “Optional Living Benefits” section.

Electing to step up may result in different increases to the annual rider charge relative to the increase in your rider values. You should weigh the resulting increased charge due to the step up versus the increases to your benefits to determine the option that is best for you.

136    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix N: Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)

The following tables give per-unit information about the financial history of the subaccounts representing the lowest and highest total annual variable account expense combinations. The date in which operations commenced in each subaccount is noted in parentheses. The SAI contains tables that give per-unit information about the financial history of each existing subaccount. We have not provided this information for subaccounts (if any) that were not available under your contract as of December 31, 2019. You may obtain a copy of the SAI without charge by contacting us at the telephone number or address listed on the first page of the prospectus.

Variable account charges of 1.70% of the daily net assets of the variable account.

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
AB VPS Balanced Wealth Strategy Portfolio (Class B) (9/26/2008)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.49	$1.62	$1.43	$1.39	$1.39	$1.32	$1.16	$1.04	$1.09	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.73	$1.49	$1.62	$1.43	$1.39	$1.39	$1.32	$1.16	$1.04	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	1	2
AB VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio (Class B) (8/30/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.95	$2.20	$1.64	$1.68	$1.67	$1.62	$1.34	$1.20	$1.60	$1.37
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.48	$1.95	$2.20	$1.64	$1.68	$1.67	$1.62	$1.34	$1.20	$1.60
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	13	21	21	22	30	31	93	95	108	107
AB VPS Growth and Income Portfolio (Class B) (8/30/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.54	$2.74	$2.35	$2.15	$2.16	$2.01	$1.52	$1.32	$1.26	$1.14
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.08	$2.54	$2.74	$2.35	$2.15	$2.16	$2.01	$1.52	$1.32	$1.26
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	9	9	9	9	12	43	45	52	40	56
AB VPS International Value Portfolio (Class B) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.06	$1.40	$1.14	$1.17	$1.16	$1.26	$1.04	$0.93	$1.17	$1.15
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.22	$1.06	$1.40	$1.14	$1.17	$1.16	$1.26	$1.04	$0.93	$1.17
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,825	2,051	2,019	2,586	2,835	3,703	4,800	6,162	7,923	8,703
American Century VP Inflation Protection, Class II (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.24	$1.30	$1.28	$1.24	$1.30	$1.28	$1.42	$1.34	$1.22	$1.18
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.33	$1.24	$1.30	$1.28	$1.24	$1.30	$1.28	$1.42	$1.34	$1.22
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2,753	3,232	3,677	4,004	4,625	5,632	7,394	7,159	8,705	12,467
American Century VP Mid Cap Value, Class II (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.77	$2.07	$1.89	$1.56	$1.62	$1.41	$1.11	$0.97	$0.99	$0.85
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.24	$1.77	$2.07	$1.89	$1.56	$1.62	$1.41	$1.11	$0.97	$0.99
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
American Century VP Ultra®, Class II (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.30	$2.32	$1.79	$1.74	$1.67	$1.55	$1.15	$1.03	$1.04	$0.91
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.04	$2.30	$2.32	$1.79	$1.74	$1.67	$1.55	$1.15	$1.03	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	507	604	778	1,043	1,224	1,632	2,397	3,136	4,210	5,777
American Century VP Value, Class II (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.95	$2.19	$2.05	$1.73	$1.84	$1.66	$1.28	$1.14	$1.15	$1.03
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.44	$1.95	$2.19	$2.05	$1.73	$1.84	$1.66	$1.28	$1.14	$1.15
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	11	11	11	11	12	35	39	50	57	76
BNY Mellon Investment Portfolios, MidCap Stock Portfolio - Service Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.12	$2.56	$2.27	$2.00	$2.09	$1.90	$1.43	$1.22	$1.24	$0.99
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.50	$2.12	$2.56	$2.27	$2.00	$2.09	$1.90	$1.43	$1.22	$1.24
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	5	5	5	5	5	5	5	13	19
BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, Appreciation Portfolio - Service Share (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.99	$2.18	$1.75	$1.65	$1.73	$1.63	$1.37	$1.27	$1.18	$1.05
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.66	$1.99	$2.18	$1.75	$1.65	$1.73	$1.63	$1.37	$1.27	$1.18
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	1	1	1	1
BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Equity Portfolio - Service Shares* (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.87	$1.05	$0.84	$0.91	$0.91	$0.95	$0.83	$0.68	$0.82	$0.76
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.02	$0.87	$1.05	$0.84	$0.91	$0.91	$0.95	$0.83	$0.68	$0.82
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	3	3	3	6	8	8	9	9	18	18
*BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Equity Portfolio - Service Shares is scheduled to liquidate on or about April 30, 2020.
BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Value Portfolio - Service Shares* (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.12	$1.37	$1.09	$1.12	$1.18	$1.33	$1.10	$0.99	$1.25	$1.22
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.34	$1.12	$1.37	$1.09	$1.12	$1.18	$1.33	$1.10	$0.99	$1.25
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4	4	4	3	7	6	6	6	6	14
*BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Value Portfolio - Service Shares is scheduled to liquidate on or about April 30, 2020.

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    137

Variable account charges of 1.70% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
ClearBridge Variable Small Cap Growth Portfolio – Class I (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.18	$2.14	$1.75	$1.69	$1.79	$1.75	$1.21	$1.03	$1.04	$0.84
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.72	$2.18	$2.14	$1.75	$1.69	$1.79	$1.75	$1.21	$1.03	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	13	17	19	23	24	36	40	55	66	80
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.35	$1.43	$1.17	$1.10	$1.11	$0.98	$0.75	$0.67	$0.64	$0.56
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.65	$1.35	$1.43	$1.17	$1.10	$1.11	$0.98	$0.75	$0.67	$0.64
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	925	1,042	1,336	1,630	2,017	2,624	3,912	5,248	7,129	9,784
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.55	$2.76	$2.45	$2.20	$2.30	$2.13	$1.71	$1.52	$1.63	$1.42
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.11	$2.55	$2.76	$2.45	$2.20	$2.30	$2.13	$1.71	$1.52	$1.63
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,273	1,572	1,838	2,174	2,650	3,289	4,934	6,228	8,456	10,953
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Emerging Markets Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.21	$2.87	$1.99	$1.92	$2.15	$2.24	$2.32	$1.96	$2.52	$2.14
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.86	$2.21	$2.87	$1.99	$1.92	$2.15	$2.24	$2.32	$1.96	$2.52
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	542	697	667	963	1,138	1,287	1,745	1,827	2,530	2,741
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund (Class 3) (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.89	$0.89	$0.90	$0.92	$0.93	$0.95	$0.97	$0.98	$1.00	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.89	$0.89	$0.89	$0.90	$0.92	$0.93	$0.95	$0.97	$0.98	$1.00
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	3,487	3,870	4,473	4,576	1,094	1,323	1,861	2,444	4,164	3,587
Columbia Variable Portfolio – High Yield Bond Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.06	$2.18	$2.08	$1.90	$1.95	$1.92	$1.84	$1.61	$1.55	$1.39
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.36	$2.06	$2.18	$2.08	$1.90	$1.95	$1.92	$1.84	$1.61	$1.55
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	266	334	379	441	531	773	1,064	1,210	1,679	2,244
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Income Opportunities Fund (Class 3) (6/1/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.93	$2.04	$1.95	$1.79	$1.84	$1.80	$1.75	$1.55	$1.48	$1.33
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.20	$1.93	$2.04	$1.95	$1.79	$1.84	$1.80	$1.75	$1.55	$1.48
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	431	515	578	637	281	363	545	711	1,002	1,436
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3) (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.41	$1.43	$1.40	$1.36	$1.38	$1.34	$1.39	$1.32	$1.26	$1.18
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.51	$1.41	$1.43	$1.40	$1.36	$1.38	$1.34	$1.39	$1.32	$1.26
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	832	811	898	954	1,106	1,712	2,253	2,688	3,083	4,009
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Growth Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.19	$2.32	$1.85	$1.86	$1.73	$1.55	$1.21	$1.02	$1.07	$0.93
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.92	$2.19	$2.32	$1.85	$1.86	$1.73	$1.55	$1.21	$1.02	$1.07
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	91	92	93	95	106	116	215	274	231	331
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Index Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.23	$2.39	$2.00	$1.83	$1.84	$1.65	$1.28	$1.12	$1.13	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.88	$2.23	$2.39	$2.00	$1.83	$1.84	$1.65	$1.28	$1.12	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	17	185	186	196	199	207	210	242	255	408
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Mid Cap Growth Fund (Class 3) (8/30/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.47	$2.64	$2.18	$2.17	$2.10	$1.99	$1.54	$1.41	$1.69	$1.36
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.27	$2.47	$2.64	$2.18	$2.17	$2.10	$1.99	$1.54	$1.41	$1.69
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	33	43	54	67	75	112	154	202	258	314
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Overseas Core Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.49	$1.82	$1.46	$1.58	$1.53	$1.70	$1.41	$1.22	$1.42	$1.27
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.84	$1.49	$1.82	$1.46	$1.58	$1.53	$1.70	$1.41	$1.22	$1.42
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	14	13	13
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Select Mid Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.39	$1.64	$1.47	$1.31	$1.40	$1.27	$0.94	$0.81	$0.90	$0.74
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.80	$1.39	$1.64	$1.47	$1.31	$1.40	$1.27	$0.94	$0.81	$0.90
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	16	19	18	19	21	22	147	158	174	171
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Small Cap Value Fund (Class 2) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.14	$2.66	$2.38	$1.82	$1.98	$1.95	$1.48	$1.35	$1.47	$1.18
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.55	$2.14	$2.66	$2.38	$1.82	$1.98	$1.95	$1.48	$1.35	$1.47
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	110	117	125	158	195	236	369	586	802	962
Columbia Variable Portfolio – U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.22	$1.22	$1.20	$1.19	$1.20	$1.15	$1.20	$1.20	$1.20	$1.19
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.28	$1.22	$1.22	$1.20	$1.19	$1.20	$1.15	$1.20	$1.20	$1.20
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	600	764	835	855	938	1,338	1,814	1,981	2,096	2,681

138    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.70% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Credit Suisse Trust – Commodity Return Strategy Portfolio (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.40	$0.46	$0.47	$0.42	$0.57	$0.70	$0.80	$0.83	$0.97	$0.84
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.42	$0.40	$0.46	$0.47	$0.42	$0.57	$0.70	$0.80	$0.83	$0.97
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	16	16	16	16	19	320	430	399	395	456
CTIVP® – BlackRock Global Inflation-Protected Securities Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.31	$1.34	$1.32	$1.24	$1.28	$1.20	$1.29	$1.25	$1.15	$1.12
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.38	$1.31	$1.34	$1.32	$1.24	$1.28	$1.20	$1.29	$1.25	$1.15
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	399	441	500	515	641	919	1,344	1,621	2,043	2,737
CTIVP® – Loomis Sayles Growth Fund (Class 1) (4/29/2016)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.32	$1.38	$1.05	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.71	$1.32	$1.38	$1.05	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	220	270	311	404	—	—	—	—	—	—
CTIVP® – Victory Sycamore Established Value Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.36	$2.67	$2.35	$1.98	$2.01	$1.82	$1.36	$1.19	$1.29	$1.08
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.97	$2.36	$2.67	$2.35	$1.98	$2.01	$1.82	$1.36	$1.19	$1.29
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	7	7
Eaton Vance VT Floating-Rate Income Fund – Initial Class (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.20	$1.22	$1.20	$1.12	$1.15	$1.16	$1.14	$1.08	$1.07	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.26	$1.20	$1.22	$1.20	$1.12	$1.15	$1.16	$1.14	$1.08	$1.07
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	154	169	197	210	248	530	737	841	986	1,158
Fidelity® VIP ContrafundSM Portfolio Service Class 2 (8/30/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.06	$3.33	$2.79	$2.63	$2.66	$2.43	$1.88	$1.65	$1.73	$1.50
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.94	$3.06	$3.33	$2.79	$2.63	$2.66	$2.43	$1.88	$1.65	$1.73
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,530	2,039	2,344	2,928	3,401	4,419	6,274	7,907	10,705	13,957
Fidelity® VIP Growth Portfolio Service Class 2 (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.23	$2.28	$1.72	$1.74	$1.66	$1.52	$1.14	$1.01	$1.03	$0.84
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.94	$2.23	$2.28	$1.72	$1.74	$1.66	$1.52	$1.14	$1.01	$1.03
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	19	7	10	19	43	60	68	70	107	128
Fidelity® VIP Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Service Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.35	$1.38	$1.35	$1.31	$1.35	$1.30	$1.35	$1.30	$1.23	$1.17
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.45	$1.35	$1.38	$1.35	$1.31	$1.35	$1.30	$1.35	$1.30	$1.23
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,191	1,438	1,640	1,773	2,094	2,654	3,684	3,976	4,787	6,648
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2 (5/1/2001)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.40	$4.06	$3.43	$3.11	$3.22	$3.09	$2.31	$2.05	$2.34	$1.85
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.12	$3.40	$4.06	$3.43	$3.11	$3.22	$3.09	$2.31	$2.05	$2.34
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	304	356	387	461	547	674	949	1,289	1,684	2,096
Fidelity® VIP Overseas Portfolio Service Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.45	$1.74	$1.36	$1.46	$1.44	$1.60	$1.25	$1.05	$1.30	$1.17
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.82	$1.45	$1.74	$1.36	$1.46	$1.44	$1.60	$1.25	$1.05	$1.30
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	331	402	448	573	633	875	1,100	1,467	1,997	2,249
Franklin Income VIP Fund – Class 2 (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.24	$2.39	$2.21	$1.97	$2.16	$2.10	$1.87	$1.69	$1.68	$1.52
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.56	$2.24	$2.39	$2.21	$1.97	$2.16	$2.10	$1.87	$1.69	$1.68
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	276	298	317	323	360	556	705	817	1,164	1,832
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund – Class 2 (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.19	$2.45	$2.30	$2.02	$2.16	$2.05	$1.63	$1.45	$1.49	$1.36
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.64	$2.19	$2.45	$2.30	$2.02	$2.16	$2.05	$1.63	$1.45	$1.49
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	253	314	378	427	464	620	780	940	1,054	1,353
Franklin Rising Dividends VIP Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.24	$2.40	$2.03	$1.78	$1.87	$1.75	$1.38	$1.25	$1.20	$1.01
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.85	$2.24	$2.40	$2.03	$1.78	$1.87	$1.75	$1.38	$1.25	$1.20
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	24	24	24	25	25	38	38	110	110	113
Franklin Small-Mid Cap Growth VIP Fund – Class 2 (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.00	$1.08	$0.90	$0.88	$0.92	$0.87	$0.64	$0.59	$0.63	$0.50
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.29	$1.00	$1.08	$0.90	$0.88	$0.92	$0.87	$0.64	$0.59	$0.63
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	46	48	56	70	78	132	232	401	487	738
Goldman Sachs VIT Mid Cap Value Fund – Institutional Shares (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$4.37	$4.96	$4.55	$4.07	$4.56	$4.08	$3.12	$2.68	$2.91	$2.37
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$5.65	$4.37	$4.96	$4.55	$4.07	$4.56	$4.08	$3.12	$2.68	$2.91
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	395	473	535	630	741	894	1,263	1,657	2,277	2,833

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    139

Variable account charges of 1.70% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Goldman Sachs VIT U.S. Equity Insights Fund – Institutional Shares (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.72	$1.87	$1.53	$1.41	$1.43	$1.25	$0.93	$0.82	$0.80	$0.72
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.12	$1.72	$1.87	$1.53	$1.41	$1.43	$1.25	$0.93	$0.82	$0.80
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	40	48	112	115	118	136	248	262	266	322
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund, Series II Shares (8/30/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.25	$2.43	$1.96	$2.04	$2.01	$1.77	$1.39	$1.25	$1.28	$1.20
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.00	$2.25	$2.43	$1.96	$2.04	$2.01	$1.77	$1.39	$1.25	$1.28
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	634	824	988	1,259	1,367	1,725	2,640	3,235	4,237	5,659
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.39	$2.80	$2.09	$2.13	$2.09	$2.08	$1.67	$1.40	$1.56	$1.37
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.09	$2.39	$2.80	$2.09	$2.13	$2.09	$2.08	$1.67	$1.40	$1.56
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	39	51	57	68	78	130	219	279	320	469
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Strategic Income Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.70	$1.81	$1.74	$1.66	$1.73	$1.72	$1.76	$1.58	$1.60	$1.41
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.85	$1.70	$1.81	$1.74	$1.66	$1.73	$1.72	$1.76	$1.58	$1.60
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,213	1,365	1,520	1,657	1,989	2,720	3,753	4,137	5,377	6,880
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund, Series II Shares (7/31/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.28	$3.73	$3.33	$2.88	$3.11	$2.84	$2.05	$1.77	$1.85	$1.53
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.06	$3.28	$3.73	$3.33	$2.88	$3.11	$2.84	$2.05	$1.77	$1.85
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	8	41	43	44	47	51	113	120	160	185
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series II Shares (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.71	$1.81	$1.45	$1.45	$1.41	$1.32	$0.96	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.30	$1.71	$1.81	$1.45	$1.45	$1.41	$1.32	$0.96	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	152	155	159	161	167	176	285	302	—	—
Invesco V.I. Comstock Fund, Series II Shares (8/30/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.51	$2.92	$2.52	$2.19	$2.38	$2.22	$1.66	$1.42	$1.48	$1.30
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.08	$2.51	$2.92	$2.52	$2.19	$2.38	$2.22	$1.66	$1.42	$1.48
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,846	2,181	2,509	3,160	3,827	4,651	6,708	8,817	12,380	16,064
Invesco V.I. Health Care Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.80	$1.82	$1.60	$1.84	$1.82	$1.55	$1.13	$0.95	$0.93	$0.90
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.33	$1.80	$1.82	$1.60	$1.84	$1.82	$1.55	$1.13	$0.95	$0.93
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	3	3	3	3	7	12	14	17	27	29
Invesco V.I. International Growth Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.00	$1.20	$0.99	$1.02	$1.06	$1.08	$0.93	$0.82	$0.89	$0.81
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.26	$1.00	$1.20	$0.99	$1.02	$1.06	$1.08	$0.93	$0.82	$0.89
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	204	256	256	319	345	418	670	964	1,321	1,471
Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Core Equity Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.77	$2.03	$1.80	$1.62	$1.72	$1.68	$1.33	$1.22	$1.33	$1.19
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.17	$1.77	$2.03	$1.80	$1.62	$1.72	$1.68	$1.33	$1.22	$1.33
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	65	69	87	104	131	150	195	267	342	426
Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares* (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.51	$1.63	$1.36	$1.37	$1.38	$1.30	$0.97	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.99	$1.51	$1.63	$1.36	$1.37	$1.38	$1.30	$0.97	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	28	30	34	34	43	45	46	47	—	—
*Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares is scheduled to merge into Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares sometime during the second quarter of 2020.
Invesco V.I. Value Opportunities Fund, Series II Shares (7/31/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.57	$1.99	$1.72	$1.49	$1.69	$1.62	$1.23	$1.07	$1.12	$1.07
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.01	$1.57	$1.99	$1.72	$1.49	$1.69	$1.62	$1.23	$1.07	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	276	305	357	440	551	599	775	1,043	1,475	1,830
Janus Henderson VIT Research Portfolio: Service Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.75	$1.83	$1.46	$1.48	$1.43	$1.29	$1.01	$0.87	$0.94	$0.83
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.32	$1.75	$1.83	$1.46	$1.48	$1.43	$1.29	$1.01	$0.87	$0.94
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	126	155	190	240	275	363	623	960	1,385	1,565
MFS® New Discovery Series – Service Class (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.40	$2.48	$2.00	$1.87	$1.94	$2.14	$1.54	$1.29	$1.47	$1.10
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.33	$2.40	$2.48	$2.00	$1.87	$1.94	$2.14	$1.54	$1.29	$1.47
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	69	68	72	73	85	86	85	86	92	92
MFS® Total Return Series – Service Class (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.79	$1.93	$1.76	$1.64	$1.68	$1.58	$1.35	$1.24	$1.24	$1.15
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.11	$1.79	$1.93	$1.76	$1.64	$1.68	$1.58	$1.35	$1.24	$1.24
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	353	367	382	399	418	324	372	430	513	617

140    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.70% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
MFS® Utilities Series – Service Class (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.71	$3.74	$3.32	$3.04	$3.63	$3.28	$2.78	$2.49	$2.38	$2.13
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.55	$3.71	$3.74	$3.32	$3.04	$3.63	$3.28	$2.78	$2.49	$2.38
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	1	4	16	18	24	37	43
Morgan Stanley VIF Discovery Portfolio, Class II Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.91	$1.75	$1.29	$1.44	$1.55	$1.55	$1.15	$1.08	$1.18	$0.91
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.62	$1.91	$1.75	$1.29	$1.44	$1.55	$1.55	$1.15	$1.08	$1.18
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	13	13	13	16	17	18	18	18	18	19
Morgan Stanley VIF Global Real Estate Portfolio, Class II Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.94	$1.05	$0.97	$0.96	$0.99	$0.88	$0.87	$0.68	$0.77	$0.64
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.10	$0.94	$1.05	$0.97	$0.96	$0.99	$0.88	$0.87	$0.68	$0.77
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	53	58	63	70	77	99	156	200	296	333
Morgan Stanley VIF U.S. Real Estate Portfolio, Class II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.46	$2.72	$2.68	$2.56	$2.56	$2.01	$2.01	$1.77	$1.70	$1.34
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.87	$2.46	$2.72	$2.68	$2.56	$2.56	$2.01	$2.01	$1.77	$1.70
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	46	55	67	68	77	98	125	140	199	289
PIMCO VIT All Asset Portfolio, Advisor Class (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.28	$1.38	$1.23	$1.11	$1.24	$1.26	$1.28	$1.13	$1.13	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.40	$1.28	$1.38	$1.23	$1.11	$1.24	$1.26	$1.28	$1.13	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	200	222	241	273	322	475	694	801	1,040	1,090
Putnam VT Global Health Care Fund – Class IB Shares (5/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.39	$2.45	$2.16	$2.48	$2.34	$1.86	$1.34	$1.11	$1.15	$1.14
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.06	$2.39	$2.45	$2.16	$2.48	$2.34	$1.86	$1.34	$1.11	$1.15
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	5	7	23
Putnam VT International Equity Fund – Class IB Shares (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.78	$0.98	$0.79	$0.82	$0.83	$0.91	$0.72	$0.60	$0.74	$0.68
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.96	$0.78	$0.98	$0.79	$0.82	$0.83	$0.91	$0.72	$0.60	$0.74
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	130	149	212	215	223	256	327	412	526	877
Putnam VT Small Cap Value Fund – Class IB Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.75	$2.22	$2.10	$1.67	$1.78	$1.75	$1.27	$1.10	$1.18	$0.95
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.14	$1.75	$2.22	$2.10	$1.67	$1.78	$1.75	$1.27	$1.10	$1.18
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	138	138	146	157	170	198	213	269	285	299
Putnam VT Sustainable Leaders Fund – Class IB Shares (9/24/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.31	$2.39	$1.88	$1.77	$1.81	$1.62	$1.21	$1.05	$1.13	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.10	$2.31	$2.39	$1.88	$1.77	$1.81	$1.62	$1.21	$1.05	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	13	14	15	19	22	31	57	59	84	125
Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.93	$1.93	$1.93	$1.90	$2.02	$2.02	$2.02	$1.79	$1.83	$1.63
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.94	$1.93	$1.93	$1.93	$1.90	$2.02	$2.02	$2.02	$1.79	$1.83
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,020	1,125	1,286	1,409	1,568	2,061	2,699	3,010	3,899	4,938
Templeton Growth VIP Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.44	$1.72	$1.48	$1.37	$1.49	$1.56	$1.21	$1.02	$1.12	$1.06
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.63	$1.44	$1.72	$1.48	$1.37	$1.49	$1.56	$1.21	$1.02	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	45	46	46	51	59	89	121	127	165	269
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.56	$1.74	$1.49	$1.43	$1.46	$1.41	$1.19	$1.06	$1.12	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.87	$1.56	$1.74	$1.49	$1.43	$1.46	$1.41	$1.19	$1.06	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,137	1,005	1,377	2,150	1,604	2,328	2,783	2,584	3,578	3,678
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.56	$1.74	$1.49	$1.43	$1.46	$1.41	$1.19	$1.06	$1.12	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.87	$1.56	$1.74	$1.49	$1.43	$1.46	$1.41	$1.19	$1.06	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	8,281	9,398	11,358	14,424	16,858	21,358	28,242	44,183	57,497	68,262
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.16	$1.22	$1.15	$1.14	$1.16	$1.13	$1.11	$1.05	$1.04	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.27	$1.16	$1.22	$1.15	$1.14	$1.16	$1.13	$1.11	$1.05	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,796	1,966	1,931	3,181	4,060	4,614	6,444	7,169	4,700	2,476
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.16	$1.22	$1.15	$1.14	$1.16	$1.13	$1.11	$1.05	$1.04	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.27	$1.16	$1.22	$1.15	$1.14	$1.16	$1.13	$1.11	$1.05	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	9,551	12,356	13,446	17,357	21,685	27,873	36,993	46,958	53,602	58,932

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    141

Variable account charges of 1.70% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.03	$1.07	$1.01	$1.00	$1.03	$1.00	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.13	$1.03	$1.07	$1.01	$1.00	$1.03	$1.00	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2,264	1,953	2,632	3,611	2,271	2,542	547	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.05	$1.11	$1.02	$1.00	$1.04	$1.01	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.17	$1.05	$1.11	$1.02	$1.00	$1.04	$1.01	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	8,558	9,804	10,322	11,851	12,656	9,072	1,286	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.07	$1.18	$1.02	$1.01	$1.06	$1.03	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.25	$1.07	$1.18	$1.02	$1.01	$1.06	$1.03	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	17,546	19,707	20,930	22,999	25,632	23,477	2,636	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.07	$1.15	$1.02	$1.01	$1.05	$1.02	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.22	$1.07	$1.15	$1.02	$1.01	$1.05	$1.02	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	43,660	48,909	54,060	57,445	58,366	48,327	6,986	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.37	$1.48	$1.33	$1.29	$1.32	$1.28	$1.17	$1.07	$1.09	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.57	$1.37	$1.48	$1.33	$1.29	$1.32	$1.28	$1.17	$1.07	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	20,223	21,355	24,149	26,314	29,932	32,858	39,551	39,235	36,336	32,170
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.38	$1.48	$1.33	$1.29	$1.32	$1.28	$1.17	$1.07	$1.09	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.57	$1.38	$1.48	$1.33	$1.29	$1.32	$1.28	$1.17	$1.07	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	116,526	133,639	154,594	180,473	206,712	250,198	339,717	399,382	458,939	516,525
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.47	$1.61	$1.41	$1.36	$1.39	$1.35	$1.18	$1.07	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.72	$1.47	$1.61	$1.41	$1.36	$1.39	$1.35	$1.18	$1.07	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	6,204	8,201	9,474	12,146	16,785	20,996	26,387	25,607	28,278	25,057
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.47	$1.61	$1.41	$1.36	$1.40	$1.35	$1.18	$1.07	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.72	$1.47	$1.61	$1.41	$1.36	$1.40	$1.35	$1.18	$1.07	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	22,593	27,930	34,161	44,562	55,856	73,875	113,017	154,016	213,018	254,807
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.26	$1.34	$1.24	$1.21	$1.24	$1.20	$1.14	$1.07	$1.06	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.41	$1.26	$1.34	$1.24	$1.21	$1.24	$1.20	$1.14	$1.07	$1.06
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	3,275	3,775	4,088	4,664	4,907	5,877	8,358	11,168	9,842	6,739
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.27	$1.34	$1.24	$1.21	$1.24	$1.20	$1.14	$1.07	$1.07	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.41	$1.27	$1.34	$1.24	$1.21	$1.24	$1.20	$1.14	$1.07	$1.07
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	13,146	15,581	18,539	22,091	27,630	34,603	48,291	60,919	69,228	81,004
Variable Portfolio – Partners Core Equity Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.38	$1.52	$1.29	$1.19	$1.21	$1.10	$0.87	$0.80	$0.84	$0.77
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.71	$1.38	$1.52	$1.29	$1.19	$1.21	$1.10	$0.87	$0.80	$0.84
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	187	232	266	324	377	473	833	1,245	1,741	2,012
Variable Portfolio – Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.19	$2.58	$2.46	$1.99	$2.23	$2.22	$1.68	$1.50	$1.60	$1.31
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.58	$2.19	$2.58	$2.46	$1.99	$2.23	$2.22	$1.68	$1.50	$1.60
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	800	893	1,006	1,184	1,523	1,863	2,498	3,372	4,522	5,828
Wanger International (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.45	$3.03	$2.32	$2.39	$2.43	$2.59	$2.15	$1.80	$2.14	$1.74
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.13	$2.45	$3.03	$2.32	$2.39	$2.43	$2.59	$2.15	$1.80	$2.14
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	394	481	502	649	741	914	1,182	1,483	2,072	2,430
Wanger USA (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.63	$2.72	$2.31	$2.07	$2.11	$2.05	$1.56	$1.32	$1.39	$1.15
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.39	$2.63	$2.72	$2.31	$2.07	$2.11	$2.05	$1.56	$1.32	$1.39
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	368	455	568	729	882	1,183	1,651	2,250	3,139	4,208

142    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 2.20% of the daily net assets of the variable account.

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
AB VPS Balanced Wealth Strategy Portfolio (Class B) (9/26/2008)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.42	$1.55	$1.37	$1.34	$1.35	$1.29	$1.13	$1.02	$1.08	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.64	$1.42	$1.55	$1.37	$1.34	$1.35	$1.29	$1.13	$1.02	$1.08
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
AB VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio (Class B) (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.20	$1.36	$1.02	$1.05	$1.05	$1.02	$0.85	$0.77	$1.02	$0.88
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.52	$1.20	$1.36	$1.02	$1.05	$1.05	$1.02	$0.85	$0.77	$1.02
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
AB VPS Growth and Income Portfolio (Class B) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.88	$2.04	$1.76	$1.62	$1.63	$1.52	$1.16	$1.01	$0.97	$0.88
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.27	$1.88	$2.04	$1.76	$1.62	$1.63	$1.52	$1.16	$1.01	$0.97
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
AB VPS International Value Portfolio (Class B) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.98	$1.31	$1.07	$1.10	$1.10	$1.20	$1.00	$0.90	$1.14	$1.11
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.13	$0.98	$1.31	$1.07	$1.10	$1.10	$1.20	$1.00	$0.90	$1.14
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	8	7	7	8	8	10	15	14	15
American Century VP Inflation Protection, Class II (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.15	$1.21	$1.20	$1.17	$1.23	$1.22	$1.36	$1.29	$1.18	$1.15
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.23	$1.15	$1.21	$1.20	$1.17	$1.23	$1.22	$1.36	$1.29	$1.18
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	3	3	7	8	7	8
American Century VP Mid Cap Value, Class II (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.67	$1.96	$1.80	$1.50	$1.55	$1.37	$1.08	$0.95	$0.98	$0.84
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.11	$1.67	$1.96	$1.80	$1.50	$1.55	$1.37	$1.08	$0.95	$0.98
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
American Century VP Ultra®, Class II (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.14	$2.17	$1.68	$1.65	$1.59	$1.48	$1.10	$0.99	$1.00	$0.89
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.81	$2.14	$2.17	$1.68	$1.65	$1.59	$1.48	$1.10	$0.99	$1.00
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	6	7	8	9	10	12	18	18	19
American Century VP Value, Class II (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.81	$2.04	$1.92	$1.64	$1.74	$1.58	$1.23	$1.09	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.25	$1.81	$2.04	$1.92	$1.64	$1.74	$1.58	$1.23	$1.09	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
BNY Mellon Investment Portfolios, MidCap Stock Portfolio - Service Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.97	$2.39	$2.13	$1.89	$1.98	$1.81	$1.37	$1.18	$1.20	$0.97
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.31	$1.97	$2.39	$2.13	$1.89	$1.98	$1.81	$1.37	$1.18	$1.20
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, Appreciation Portfolio - Service Share (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.85	$2.04	$1.64	$1.56	$1.64	$1.55	$1.31	$1.22	$1.15	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.46	$1.85	$2.04	$1.64	$1.56	$1.64	$1.55	$1.31	$1.22	$1.15
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Equity Portfolio - Service Shares* (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.82	$0.99	$0.80	$0.87	$0.88	$0.92	$0.80	$0.67	$0.80	$0.75
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.96	$0.82	$0.99	$0.80	$0.87	$0.88	$0.92	$0.80	$0.67	$0.80
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
*BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Equity Portfolio - Service Shares is scheduled to liquidate on or about April 30, 2020.
BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Value Portfolio - Service Shares* (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.04	$1.28	$1.02	$1.06	$1.12	$1.26	$1.05	$0.96	$1.20	$1.18
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.24	$1.04	$1.28	$1.02	$1.06	$1.12	$1.26	$1.05	$0.96	$1.20
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
*BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Value Portfolio - Service Shares is scheduled to liquidate on or about April 30, 2020.
ClearBridge Variable Small Cap Growth Portfolio – Class I (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.06	$2.03	$1.67	$1.62	$1.73	$1.70	$1.18	$1.01	$1.02	$0.83
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.55	$2.06	$2.03	$1.67	$1.62	$1.73	$1.70	$1.18	$1.01	$1.02
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	4
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.96	$2.09	$1.72	$1.63	$1.65	$1.46	$1.12	$1.00	$0.98	$0.85
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.39	$1.96	$2.09	$1.72	$1.63	$1.65	$1.46	$1.12	$1.00	$0.98
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.97	$2.14	$1.92	$1.73	$1.81	$1.69	$1.36	$1.22	$1.31	$1.15
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.39	$1.97	$2.14	$1.92	$1.73	$1.81	$1.69	$1.36	$1.22	$1.31
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	9	10	9	12	12	15	22	23	28

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    143

Variable account charges of 2.20% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Emerging Markets Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.06	$2.68	$1.87	$1.82	$2.04	$2.13	$2.22	$1.88	$2.44	$2.08
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.65	$2.06	$2.68	$1.87	$1.82	$2.04	$2.13	$2.22	$1.88	$2.44
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	4	3	3	4	4	4	5	5	7
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.85	$0.86	$0.88	$0.90	$0.92	$0.94	$0.96	$0.98	$1.00	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.85	$0.85	$0.86	$0.88	$0.90	$0.92	$0.94	$0.96	$0.98	$1.00
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	12	12	12	12	—	—	6	6	5	61
Columbia Variable Portfolio – High Yield Bond Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.85	$1.97	$1.90	$1.73	$1.79	$1.77	$1.70	$1.51	$1.46	$1.31
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.12	$1.85	$1.97	$1.90	$1.73	$1.79	$1.77	$1.70	$1.51	$1.46
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	1	1	1	1	1	1
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Income Opportunities Fund (Class 3) (6/1/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.79	$1.91	$1.83	$1.69	$1.75	$1.72	$1.67	$1.49	$1.43	$1.30
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.04	$1.79	$1.91	$1.83	$1.69	$1.75	$1.72	$1.67	$1.49	$1.43
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	1	1	1	4
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.27	$1.29	$1.27	$1.24	$1.27	$1.23	$1.29	$1.23	$1.17	$1.11
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.35	$1.27	$1.29	$1.27	$1.24	$1.27	$1.23	$1.29	$1.23	$1.17
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	5	5	5	11
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Growth Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.04	$2.17	$1.73	$1.75	$1.64	$1.47	$1.16	$0.98	$1.04	$0.91
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.70	$2.04	$2.17	$1.73	$1.75	$1.64	$1.47	$1.16	$0.98	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	1	1	1
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Index Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.08	$2.23	$1.88	$1.72	$1.75	$1.58	$1.22	$1.08	$1.09	$0.97
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.66	$2.08	$2.23	$1.88	$1.72	$1.75	$1.58	$1.22	$1.08	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Mid Cap Growth Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.86	$2.00	$1.67	$1.67	$1.62	$1.54	$1.20	$1.10	$1.33	$1.07
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.46	$1.86	$2.00	$1.67	$1.67	$1.62	$1.54	$1.20	$1.10	$1.33
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Overseas Core Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.39	$1.70	$1.37	$1.49	$1.45	$1.62	$1.35	$1.18	$1.37	$1.23
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.70	$1.39	$1.70	$1.37	$1.49	$1.45	$1.62	$1.35	$1.18	$1.37
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Select Mid Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.31	$1.55	$1.40	$1.25	$1.35	$1.23	$0.91	$0.79	$0.88	$0.73
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.69	$1.31	$1.55	$1.40	$1.25	$1.35	$1.23	$0.91	$0.79	$0.88
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Small Cap Value Fund (Class 2) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.99	$2.49	$2.23	$1.72	$1.88	$1.86	$1.42	$1.30	$1.42	$1.15
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.36	$1.99	$2.49	$2.23	$1.72	$1.88	$1.86	$1.42	$1.30	$1.42
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	3
Columbia Variable Portfolio – U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.00	$1.01	$1.00	$0.99	$1.00	$0.97	$1.01	$1.02	$1.02	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.04	$1.00	$1.01	$1.00	$0.99	$1.00	$0.97	$1.01	$1.02	$1.02
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	3	3	3	3
Credit Suisse Trust – Commodity Return Strategy Portfolio (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.38	$0.44	$0.44	$0.40	$0.55	$0.68	$0.78	$0.81	$0.95	$0.83
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.40	$0.38	$0.44	$0.44	$0.40	$0.55	$0.68	$0.78	$0.81	$0.95
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
CTIVP® – BlackRock Global Inflation-Protected Securities Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.23	$1.26	$1.26	$1.18	$1.23	$1.16	$1.25	$1.21	$1.12	$1.10
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.29	$1.23	$1.26	$1.26	$1.18	$1.23	$1.16	$1.25	$1.21	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	3	3	3	6
CTIVP® – Loomis Sayles Growth Fund (Class 1) (4/29/2016)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.30	$1.36	$1.05	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.68	$1.30	$1.36	$1.05	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—

144    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 2.20% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
CTIVP® – Victory Sycamore Established Value Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.19	$2.49	$2.20	$1.87	$1.90	$1.74	$1.31	$1.14	$1.25	$1.05
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.74	$2.19	$2.49	$2.20	$1.87	$1.90	$1.74	$1.31	$1.14	$1.25
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Eaton Vance VT Floating-Rate Income Fund – Initial Class (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.13	$1.16	$1.14	$1.07	$1.11	$1.12	$1.11	$1.05	$1.05	$0.98
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.18	$1.13	$1.16	$1.14	$1.07	$1.11	$1.12	$1.11	$1.05	$1.05
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	2
Fidelity® VIP ContrafundSM Portfolio Service Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.28	$2.49	$2.10	$1.99	$2.02	$1.85	$1.45	$1.27	$1.34	$1.17
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.92	$2.28	$2.49	$2.10	$1.99	$2.02	$1.85	$1.45	$1.27	$1.34
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	10	10	10	12	13	17	25	26	31
Fidelity® VIP Growth Portfolio Service Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.24	$2.30	$1.74	$1.77	$1.69	$1.56	$1.17	$1.05	$1.07	$0.88
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.93	$2.24	$2.30	$1.74	$1.77	$1.69	$1.56	$1.17	$1.05	$1.07
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Fidelity® VIP Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Service Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.25	$1.29	$1.27	$1.24	$1.28	$1.24	$1.29	$1.25	$1.19	$1.13
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.34	$1.25	$1.29	$1.27	$1.24	$1.28	$1.24	$1.29	$1.25	$1.19
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	3	3	9	11	10	13
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.45	$2.94	$2.50	$2.28	$2.37	$2.28	$1.72	$1.53	$1.76	$1.40
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.96	$2.45	$2.94	$2.50	$2.28	$2.37	$2.28	$1.72	$1.53	$1.76
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	2	2	2	3	3	3	5	5	6
Fidelity® VIP Overseas Portfolio Service Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.35	$1.63	$1.28	$1.38	$1.37	$1.52	$1.20	$1.02	$1.26	$1.14
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.68	$1.35	$1.63	$1.28	$1.38	$1.37	$1.52	$1.20	$1.02	$1.26
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Franklin Income VIP Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.68	$1.80	$1.68	$1.50	$1.65	$1.61	$1.45	$1.31	$1.31	$1.19
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.91	$1.68	$1.80	$1.68	$1.50	$1.65	$1.61	$1.45	$1.31	$1.31
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.61	$1.81	$1.71	$1.50	$1.62	$1.54	$1.23	$1.10	$1.14	$1.05
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.93	$1.61	$1.81	$1.71	$1.50	$1.62	$1.54	$1.23	$1.10	$1.14
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Franklin Rising Dividends VIP Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.08	$2.24	$1.90	$1.68	$1.78	$1.67	$1.32	$1.20	$1.16	$0.98
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.63	$2.08	$2.24	$1.90	$1.68	$1.78	$1.67	$1.32	$1.20	$1.16
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Franklin Small-Mid Cap Growth VIP Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.92	$2.08	$1.75	$1.71	$1.80	$1.71	$1.27	$1.17	$1.26	$1.01
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.47	$1.92	$2.08	$1.75	$1.71	$1.80	$1.71	$1.27	$1.17	$1.26
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Goldman Sachs VIT Mid Cap Value Fund – Institutional Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.13	$2.43	$2.24	$2.02	$2.27	$2.04	$1.57	$1.36	$1.48	$1.21
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.74	$2.13	$2.43	$2.24	$2.02	$2.27	$2.04	$1.57	$1.36	$1.48
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	3	3	3	4	4	5	7	7	12
Goldman Sachs VIT U.S. Equity Insights Fund – Institutional Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.55	$1.69	$1.39	$1.29	$1.31	$1.15	$0.86	$0.77	$0.75	$0.68
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.90	$1.55	$1.69	$1.39	$1.29	$1.31	$1.15	$0.86	$0.77	$0.75
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.71	$1.86	$1.50	$1.57	$1.56	$1.38	$1.09	$0.98	$1.02	$0.95
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.27	$1.71	$1.86	$1.50	$1.57	$1.56	$1.38	$1.09	$0.98	$1.02
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	5	5	5	6	6	8	12	12	12
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.02	$2.38	$1.79	$1.83	$1.80	$1.81	$1.46	$1.23	$1.37	$1.21
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.60	$2.02	$2.38	$1.79	$1.83	$1.80	$1.81	$1.46	$1.23	$1.37
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    145

Variable account charges of 2.20% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Strategic Income Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.34	$1.43	$1.38	$1.33	$1.39	$1.39	$1.42	$1.29	$1.31	$1.16
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.45	$1.34	$1.43	$1.38	$1.33	$1.39	$1.39	$1.42	$1.29	$1.31
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	2	2	4	5	6	10
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.25	$2.57	$2.31	$2.00	$2.18	$2.00	$1.45	$1.26	$1.32	$1.10
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.77	$2.25	$2.57	$2.31	$2.00	$2.18	$2.00	$1.45	$1.26	$1.32
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series II Shares (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.66	$1.76	$1.42	$1.42	$1.39	$1.31	$0.96	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.21	$1.66	$1.76	$1.42	$1.42	$1.39	$1.31	$0.96	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Invesco V.I. Comstock Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.81	$2.12	$1.84	$1.61	$1.75	$1.64	$1.24	$1.06	$1.11	$0.98
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.22	$1.81	$2.12	$1.84	$1.61	$1.75	$1.64	$1.24	$1.06	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	12	12	12	15	15	18	29	31	34
Invesco V.I. Health Care Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.69	$1.72	$1.52	$1.76	$1.75	$1.50	$1.09	$0.93	$0.91	$0.89
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.19	$1.69	$1.72	$1.52	$1.76	$1.75	$1.50	$1.09	$0.93	$0.91
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Invesco V.I. International Growth Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.94	$1.14	$0.95	$0.97	$1.02	$1.04	$0.90	$0.80	$0.88	$0.80
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.18	$0.94	$1.14	$0.95	$0.97	$1.02	$1.04	$0.90	$0.80	$0.88
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	3
Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Core Equity Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.64	$1.90	$1.69	$1.53	$1.63	$1.60	$1.28	$1.18	$1.29	$1.16
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.01	$1.64	$1.90	$1.69	$1.53	$1.63	$1.60	$1.28	$1.18	$1.29
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares* (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.46	$1.58	$1.33	$1.35	$1.36	$1.29	$0.97	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.91	$1.46	$1.58	$1.33	$1.35	$1.36	$1.29	$0.97	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
*Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares is scheduled to merge into Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares sometime during the second quarter of 2020.
Invesco V.I. Value Opportunities Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.16	$1.47	$1.28	$1.11	$1.27	$1.22	$0.94	$0.81	$0.86	$0.82
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.47	$1.16	$1.47	$1.28	$1.11	$1.27	$1.22	$0.94	$0.81	$0.86
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Janus Henderson VIT Research Portfolio: Service Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.65	$1.73	$1.39	$1.42	$1.38	$1.25	$0.98	$0.85	$0.92	$0.82
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.18	$1.65	$1.73	$1.39	$1.42	$1.38	$1.25	$0.98	$0.85	$0.92
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	1	7
MFS® New Discovery Series – Service Class (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.32	$2.41	$1.95	$1.84	$1.92	$2.12	$1.53	$1.30	$1.48	$1.11
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.21	$2.32	$2.41	$1.95	$1.84	$1.92	$2.12	$1.53	$1.30	$1.48
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
MFS® Total Return Series – Service Class (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.57	$1.71	$1.56	$1.46	$1.50	$1.42	$1.22	$1.13	$1.13	$1.06
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.85	$1.57	$1.71	$1.56	$1.46	$1.50	$1.42	$1.22	$1.13	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
MFS® Utilities Series – Service Class (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.96	$3.00	$2.68	$2.46	$2.95	$2.68	$2.28	$2.06	$1.98	$1.78
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.61	$2.96	$3.00	$2.68	$2.46	$2.95	$2.68	$2.28	$2.06	$1.98
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	2
Morgan Stanley VIF Discovery Portfolio, Class II Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.80	$1.66	$1.23	$1.38	$1.50	$1.50	$1.12	$1.05	$1.16	$0.90
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.46	$1.80	$1.66	$1.23	$1.38	$1.50	$1.50	$1.12	$1.05	$1.16
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Morgan Stanley VIF Global Real Estate Portfolio, Class II Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.89	$0.99	$0.92	$0.92	$0.95	$0.85	$0.85	$0.67	$0.76	$0.64
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.03	$0.89	$0.99	$0.92	$0.92	$0.95	$0.85	$0.85	$0.67	$0.76
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	1

146    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 2.20% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Morgan Stanley VIF U.S. Real Estate Portfolio, Class II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.28	$2.54	$2.52	$2.42	$2.43	$1.92	$1.92	$1.70	$1.65	$1.30
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.65	$2.28	$2.54	$2.52	$2.42	$2.43	$1.92	$1.92	$1.70	$1.65
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
PIMCO VIT All Asset Portfolio, Advisor Class (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.21	$1.30	$1.18	$1.06	$1.20	$1.22	$1.24	$1.11	$1.11	$1.01
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.32	$1.21	$1.30	$1.18	$1.06	$1.20	$1.22	$1.24	$1.11	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	1	5
Putnam VT Global Health Care Fund – Class IB Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.23	$2.30	$2.04	$2.35	$2.23	$1.78	$1.29	$1.08	$1.11	$1.11
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.85	$2.23	$2.30	$2.04	$2.35	$2.23	$1.78	$1.29	$1.08	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Putnam VT International Equity Fund – Class IB Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.21	$1.53	$1.23	$1.29	$1.32	$1.45	$1.15	$0.97	$1.19	$1.11
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.48	$1.21	$1.53	$1.23	$1.29	$1.32	$1.45	$1.15	$0.97	$1.19
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Putnam VT Small Cap Value Fund – Class IB Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.63	$2.08	$1.97	$1.58	$1.68	$1.66	$1.22	$1.06	$1.14	$0.92
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.98	$1.63	$2.08	$1.97	$1.58	$1.68	$1.66	$1.22	$1.06	$1.14
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Putnam VT Sustainable Leaders Fund – Class IB Shares (9/24/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.22	$2.30	$1.82	$1.73	$1.77	$1.59	$1.19	$1.05	$1.13	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.96	$2.22	$2.30	$1.82	$1.73	$1.77	$1.59	$1.19	$1.05	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.80	$1.80	$1.81	$1.79	$1.92	$1.92	$1.94	$1.72	$1.77	$1.58
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.79	$1.80	$1.80	$1.81	$1.79	$1.92	$1.92	$1.94	$1.72	$1.77
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	1	1	2	3	3	5
Templeton Growth VIP Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.34	$1.61	$1.39	$1.29	$1.41	$1.49	$1.16	$0.98	$1.08	$1.03
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.51	$1.34	$1.61	$1.39	$1.29	$1.41	$1.49	$1.16	$0.98	$1.08
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.50	$1.67	$1.44	$1.39	$1.43	$1.38	$1.17	$1.05	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.78	$1.50	$1.67	$1.44	$1.39	$1.43	$1.38	$1.17	$1.05	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.50	$1.68	$1.44	$1.39	$1.43	$1.39	$1.17	$1.06	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.78	$1.50	$1.68	$1.44	$1.39	$1.43	$1.39	$1.17	$1.06	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	85	213	214	214	215	217	219	221	223	266
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.11	$1.17	$1.12	$1.10	$1.13	$1.11	$1.10	$1.05	$1.04	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.21	$1.11	$1.17	$1.12	$1.10	$1.13	$1.11	$1.10	$1.05	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.11	$1.17	$1.12	$1.10	$1.13	$1.11	$1.10	$1.05	$1.04	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.21	$1.11	$1.17	$1.12	$1.10	$1.13	$1.11	$1.10	$1.05	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.00	$1.05	$0.99	$0.99	$1.02	$1.00	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.10	$1.00	$1.05	$0.99	$0.99	$1.02	$1.00	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.02	$1.09	$1.00	$0.99	$1.03	$1.01	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.14	$1.02	$1.09	$1.00	$0.99	$1.03	$1.01	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.05	$1.16	$1.01	$1.00	$1.05	$1.03	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.21	$1.05	$1.16	$1.01	$1.00	$1.05	$1.03	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    147

Variable account charges of 2.20% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.04	$1.13	$1.01	$1.00	$1.04	$1.02	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.18	$1.04	$1.13	$1.01	$1.00	$1.04	$1.02	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.32	$1.42	$1.29	$1.26	$1.29	$1.26	$1.15	$1.06	$1.08	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.49	$1.32	$1.42	$1.29	$1.26	$1.29	$1.26	$1.15	$1.06	$1.08
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	47	47	47
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.32	$1.43	$1.29	$1.26	$1.29	$1.26	$1.15	$1.06	$1.08	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.50	$1.32	$1.43	$1.29	$1.26	$1.29	$1.26	$1.15	$1.06	$1.08
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	146	147	158	160	164	220	227	239	257
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.41	$1.55	$1.36	$1.32	$1.36	$1.32	$1.17	$1.06	$1.10	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.64	$1.41	$1.55	$1.36	$1.32	$1.36	$1.32	$1.17	$1.06	$1.10
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.41	$1.55	$1.36	$1.33	$1.37	$1.33	$1.17	$1.06	$1.10	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.64	$1.41	$1.55	$1.36	$1.33	$1.37	$1.33	$1.17	$1.06	$1.10
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	69
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.21	$1.29	$1.20	$1.18	$1.21	$1.18	$1.12	$1.06	$1.06	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.34	$1.21	$1.29	$1.20	$1.18	$1.21	$1.18	$1.12	$1.06	$1.06
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.21	$1.29	$1.20	$1.18	$1.21	$1.18	$1.13	$1.06	$1.06	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.35	$1.21	$1.29	$1.20	$1.18	$1.21	$1.18	$1.13	$1.06	$1.06
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	61	61	61	61	61	61	61	61	61	61
Variable Portfolio – Partners Core Equity Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.30	$1.44	$1.23	$1.14	$1.16	$1.06	$0.85	$0.78	$0.83	$0.76
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.61	$1.30	$1.44	$1.23	$1.14	$1.16	$1.06	$0.85	$0.78	$0.83
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	1	6
Variable Portfolio – Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.86	$2.20	$2.10	$1.71	$1.93	$1.93	$1.47	$1.32	$1.41	$1.16
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.18	$1.86	$2.20	$2.10	$1.71	$1.93	$1.93	$1.47	$1.32	$1.41
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	5	5	5	6	6	7	10	10	10
Wanger International (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.28	$2.83	$2.18	$2.26	$2.30	$2.46	$2.06	$1.73	$2.07	$1.70
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.90	$2.28	$2.83	$2.18	$2.26	$2.30	$2.46	$2.06	$1.73	$2.07
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	4	3	3	4	4	4	6	7	7
Wanger USA (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.44	$2.54	$2.17	$1.95	$2.01	$1.96	$1.49	$1.27	$1.35	$1.12
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.14	$2.44	$2.54	$2.17	$1.95	$2.01	$1.96	$1.49	$1.27	$1.35
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	2	2	3	3	3	4	6	6	8

148    RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information

Calculating Annuity Payouts	p. 3
Rating Agencies	p. 4
Principal Underwriter	p. 4
Service Providers	p. 4
Custodian	p. 5
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	p. 5
Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	p. 6
Financial Statements

RiverSource AccessChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    149

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474
1-800-333-3437

273416  CG (5/20)

RiverSource Distributors, Inc. (Distributor), Member FINRA. Issued by RiverSource Life Insurance Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota. ©2008-2020 RiverSource Life Insurance Company. All rights reserved.

Prospectus

May 1, 2020

RiverSource^®

Signature Select Variable Annuity

Individual Flexible Premium Deferred Combination Fixed/Variable Annuity

Issued by:	RiverSource Life Insurance Company (RiverSource Life)
	829 Ameriprise Financial Center Minneapolis, MN 55474 Telephone: 1-800-333-3437 (Service Center) RiverSource Variable Annuity Account/RiverSource MVA Account​

New contracts are not currently being offered.

This prospectus describes two versions of the contracts: the Current Contract (applications signed on or after Nov. 30, 2009, subject to state availability) and the Original Contract (applications signed prior to Nov. 30, 2009, or in states where the Current Contract was unavailable). The information in this prospectus applies to both contracts unless stated otherwise.

This prospectus contains information that you should know before investing. Investment options available under the contract are listed below:

AB Variable Products Series Fund, Inc. (Class B)

American Century˛ Variable Portfolios, Inc., Class II

BNY Mellon Investment Portfolios

Columbia Funds Variable Insurance Trust

Columbia Funds Variable Series Trust II Credit Suisse Trust

Eaton Vance Variable Trust (VT)

Fidelity Variable Insurance Products Service Class 2

Franklin Templeton˛ Variable Insurance Products Trust – Class 2

Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust (VIT)

Invesco Variable Insurance Funds

Janus Aspen Series: Service Shares

Legg Mason Partners Variable Equity Trust

MFS Variable Insurance Trust^SM – Service Class

Morgan Stanley Variable Insurance Fund, Inc. (VIF)

Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds, Service Shares

PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust (VIT)

Putnam Variable Trust – Class IB Shares

Wanger Advisors Trust

 

Some funds may not be available under your contract. Please read the prospectuses carefully and keep them for future reference.

The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

An investment in this contract is not a deposit of a bank or financial institution and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) or any other government agency. An investment in this contract involves investment risk including the possible loss of principal.

A Statement of Additional Information (SAI), dated the same date as this prospectus, is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. It is filed with the SEC and is available without charge by contacting RiverSource Life at the telephone number and address listed above. The table of contents of the SAI is on the last page of this prospectus. The SEC maintains an Internet site. This prospectus, the SAI and other information about the product are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at (http://www.sec.gov).

Variable annuities are complex products. The fees and charges, as well as the available features and benefits, of the variable annuity contracts described in this prospectus will be different from other variable annuities offered in the marketplace, including other variable annuities or other types of annuities offered by RiverSource Life. The interest credited, guarantees provided, and credits available, as well as the funds serving as underlying investments and their corresponding expenses, may differ among the variable annuities that are available to you. With the aid of an appropriate financial professional, we encourage you to compare and contrast the variable annuity contracts described in this prospectus with other variable annuities available in the marketplace, including other types of annuities we may offer. This will aid in determining whether purchasing a contract is consistent with your investment objectives, risk

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    1

tolerance, time horizon, marital status, tax situation, and your unique financial situation and needs. If you select an annuity that includes surrender or other liquidation charges, you should also consider any future needs you may have to access your contract value. The optional benefits and features available with the contracts usually come with additional costs. Consider any additional costs carefully when electing these optional benefits and features.

Beginning on January 1, 2021, as permitted by regulations adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission, paper copies of your underlying funds’ shareholder reports will no longer be sent by mail, unless you specifically request paper copies of the reports from RiverSource Life. Instead, the reports will be made available on a website, and you will be notified each time a report is posted and provided with a website link to access the report.

You may elect to receive all future reports in paper free of charge. You can inform RiverSource Life that you wish to continue receiving paper copies of your shareholder reports by calling our Service Center at 1-800-862-7919. Your election to receive reports in paper will apply to all funds available under your variable annuity contract.

Effects of COVID-19 Pandemic

The coronavirus disease 2019 (“COVID-19”) public health crisis presents ongoing significant economic and societal disruption and has driven significant volatility in the equity and interest rate markets. Any periods of continued high market volatility, and your individual circumstances (e.g., your selected allocations and the timing of any purchase payments, transfers, or withdrawals), will affect values under your contract. As part of how we maintain our strong financial strength and claims-paying ability, we continue to reserve amounts for our contractual obligations in accordance with significant state solvency regulations. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic may impact financial markets, investment performance under your contract, and our financial strength and claims-paying ability will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be estimated, including the scope and duration of the pandemic and actions taken by governmental authorities, market participants, and other third parties in response to the pandemic.

We have implemented comprehensive strategies to address the operating environment spurred by the pandemic.  To promote the safety and security of our employees and to assure the continuity of our business operations, we have implemented a work from home protocol for virtually all of our employee population, restricted business travel, and provided resources for complying with the guidance from the World Health Organization, the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and government authorities. We have been satisfying elevated customer service volumes and our operations teams have continued to operate successfully and without disruptions in service. Our pandemic strategy is flexible and scalable and takes into consideration that a pandemic could be widespread and may occur in multiple waves, affecting different communities at different times with varying levels of severity. We cannot, however, predict the impact that natural or man-made disasters and catastrophes, including the COVID-19 pandemic, may have over near- or longer-term periods.

2    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Table of Contents

Key Terms	5
The Contract in Brief	7
Expense Summary	9
Current Contract:	9
Contract Owner Transaction Expenses	9
Annual Variable Account Expenses	9
Other Annual Expenses	10
Optional Death Benefits	10
Optional Living Benefits	10
Original Contract:	11
Contract Owner Transaction Expenses	11
Annual Variable Account Expenses	11
Other Annual Expenses	12
Optional Death Benefits	12
Optional Living Benefits	12
Annual Operating Expenses of the Funds	14
Condensed Financial Information	16
Financial Statements	16
The Variable Account and the Funds	16
The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)	29
Market Value Adjustment (MVA)	29
The General Account	31
The Fixed Account	31
The Regular Fixed Account	31
The Special DCA Fixed Account	31
The One-Year Fixed Account	32
DCA Fixed Account	33
Buying Your Contract	34
The Annuitization Start Date	36
Beneficiary	36
Purchase Payments	36
How to Make Purchase Payments	38
Limitations on Use of Contract	38
Charges	38
Contract Administrative Charge	38
Variable Account Administrative Charge	38
Mortality and Expense Risk Fee	38
Surrender Charge	39
Optional Living Benefits Charges	42
Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider Fee	42
SecureSource Stages 2 Rider Charge	44
SecureSource Rider Fee	44
SecureSource Stages Rider Fee	46
SecureSource 20 Rider Fee	47

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider Fee	48
Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider Fee	50
Income Assurer Benefit Rider Fee	52
Optional Death Benefit Charges	52
Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider Fee	52
Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider Fee	52
Fund Fees and Expenses	53
Premium Taxes	53
Valuing Your Investment	53
GPAs	53
The Fixed Account	53
Subaccounts	54
Making the Most of Your Contract	55
Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging	55
Asset Rebalancing	55
Portfolio Navigator Program (PN program) and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds	56
Transferring Among Accounts	59
How to request a Transfer or Surrender	62
Surrenders	64
Surrender Policies	64
Receiving Payment	65
TSA–Special Provisions	65
Participants in Tax-Sheltered Annuities	65
Changing the Annuitant	66
Changing Ownership	66
Benefits in Case of Death	67
If You Die Before the Annuitization Start Date	73
Optional Benefits	75
Optional Living Benefits	76
SecureSource Stages 2 Rider	76
Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider	85
Optional Living Benefits	87
Optional Additional Death Benefits	87
Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector)	87
Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus)	89
The Annuity Payout Period	90
Annuity Tables	90
Annuity Payout Plans	91
Taxes	92
Nonqualified Annuities	92
Qualified Annuities	94
Other	96

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    3

Table of Contents

Voting Rights	97
Substitution of Investments	97
About the Service Providers	97
Principal Underwriter	97
Service Providers	99
Issuer	99
Legal Proceedings	99
Additional Information	99
Incorporation of Certain Documents By Reference	99
Available Information	100
Indemnification	100
Appendices	101
Table of Contents and Cross-Reference Table	101
Appendix A: Example — Market Value Adjustment (MVA)	102
Appendix B: Example — Surrender Charges	104
Appendix C: Example — Death Benefits	110
Appendix D: Example — SecureSource Series of Riders	115
Appendix E: SecureSource Series of Riders — Additional Required Minimum Distribution (RMD) Disclosure	121
Appendix F: Example — Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider	123
Appendix G: Example — Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider	125
Appendix H: Asset Allocation Program for Contracts With Applications Signed Before May 1, 2006	127
Appendix I: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider Disclosure	128
Appendix J: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider Disclosure	140
Appendix K: Income Assurer Benefit Riders	148
Appendix L: Example — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider	158
Appendix M: SecureSource Rider Disclosure	159
Appendix N: SecureSource 20 Rider Disclosure	172
Appendix O: SecureSource Stages Rider Disclosure	185
Appendix P: Withdrawal Benefit Riders: Electing Step Up or Spousal Continuation Step Up	195
Appendix Q: Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	196
Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information	208

4    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Key Terms

These terms can help you understand details about your contract.

Accumulation unit: A measure of the value of each subaccount prior of the application of amounts to an annuity payment plan.

Annuitant: The person or persons on whose life or life expectancy the annuity payouts are based.

Annuitization start date: The date when annuity payments begin according to the applicable annuity payment plan (referred to as “Retirement date” in the Original Contract). Throughout this prospectus when we use the term “Annuitization start date,” it includes the term “Retirement date.”

Annuity payouts: An amount paid at regular intervals under one of several plans.

Assumed investment rate: The rate of return we assume your investments will earn when we calculate your initial annuity payout amount using the annuity table in your contract. The standard assumed investment rate we use is 5% but you may request we substitute an assumed investment rate of 3.5%.

Beneficiary: The person you designate to receive benefits in case of the owner’s death (Current Contract), or owner’s or annuitant’s death (Original Contract) while the contract is in force.

Close of business: The time the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) closes (4 p.m. Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier).

Code: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Contingent annuitant (Current Contract): The person who becomes the annuitant when the current annuitant dies prior to the annuitization start date. In the case of joint ownership, one owner must also be the contingent annuitant.

Contract: A deferred annuity contract that permits you to accumulate money for retirement by making one or more purchase payments. It provides for lifetime or other forms of payouts beginning at a specified time in the future.

Contract value: The total value of your contract before we deduct any applicable charges.

Contract year: A period of 12 months, starting on the effective date of your contract and on each anniversary of the effective date.

Fixed account: Part of our general account which includes the regular fixed account and the Special DCA fixed account (Current Contract) or the one-year fixed account and the DCA fixed account (Original Contract). Amounts you allocate to the fixed account earn interest rates we declare periodically.

Funds: Investment options under your contract. You may allocate your purchase payments into subaccounts investing in shares of the funds.

Good order: We cannot process your transaction request relating to the contract until we have received the request in good order at our Service Center. “Good order” means the actual receipt of the requested transaction in writing, along with all information, forms and supporting legal documentation necessary to effect the transaction. To be in “good order,” your instructions must be sufficiently clear so that we do not need to exercise any discretion to follow such instructions. This information and documentation generally includes your completed request; the contract number; the transaction amount (in dollars); the names of and allocations to and/or from the subaccounts and the fixed account affected by the requested transaction; Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number; and any other information, forms or supporting documentation that we may require. For certain transactions, at our option, we may require the signature of all contract owners for the request to be in good order. With respect to purchase requests, “good order” also generally includes receipt of sufficient payment by us to effect the purchase. We may, in our sole discretion, determine whether any particular transaction request is in good order, and we reserve the right to change or waive any good order requirements at any time.

Guarantee Period: The number of successive 12-month periods that a guaranteed interest rate is credited.

Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs): A nonunitized separate account to which you may allocate purchase payments or transfer contract value of at least $1,000. These accounts have guaranteed interest rates for guarantee periods we declare when you allocate purchase payments or transfer contract value to a GPA. These guaranteed rates and periods of time may vary by state. Unless an exception applies, transfers or surrenders from a GPA done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will receive a market value adjustment, which may result in a gain or loss of principal.

Market Value Adjustment (MVA): A positive or negative adjustment assessed if any portion of a Guarantee Period Account is surrendered or transferred more than 30 days before the end of its guarantee period.

Owner (you, your): The person or persons identified in the contract as owners(s) of the contract, who has or have the right to control the contract (to decide on investment allocations, transfers, payout options, etc.). Usually, but not always, the owner is also the annuitant. During the owner’s life, the owner is responsible for taxes, regardless of whether he or she receives the contract’s benefits. The owner or any joint owner may be a non-natural person (e.g. irrevocable trust or corporation) or a revocable trust. If any owner is a non-natural person or revocable trust, the annuitant will

 

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    5

be deemed to be the owner for contract provisions that are based on the age or life of the owner. When the contract is owned by a revocable trust or irrevocable grantor trust, the annuitant selected should be the grantor of the trust to assure compliance with Section 72(s) of the Code. Any contract provisions that are based on the age of the owner will be based on the age of the oldest owner. Any ownership change, including continuation of the contract by your spouse under the spousal continuation provision of the contract, redefines “owner”, “you” and “your”.

Qualified annuity: A contract that you purchase to fund one of the following tax-deferred retirement plans that is subject to applicable federal law and any rules of the plan itself:

• Individual Retirement Annuities (IRAs) including inherited IRAs under Section 408(b) of the Code

• Roth IRAs including inherited Roth IRAs under Section 408A of the Code

• Simplified Employee Pension (SEP) plans under Section 408(k) of the Code

• Custodial and investment only plans under Section 401(a) of the Code

• Tax-Sheltered Annuity (TSA) rollovers under Section 403(b) of the Code

A qualified annuity will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral if it is used to fund a retirement plan that is already tax deferred.

All other contracts are considerednonqualified annuities.

Rider effective date: The date a rider becomes effective as stated in the rider.

RiverSource Life: In this prospectus, “we,” “us,” “our” and “RiverSource Life” refer to RiverSource Life Insurance Company.

Service Center: Our department that processes all transaction and service requests for the contracts. We consider all transaction and service requests received when they arrive in good order at the Service Center. Any transaction or service requests sent or directed to any location other than our Service Center may end up delayed or not processed. Our Service Center address and telephone number are listed on the first page of the prospectus.

Surrender value: The amount you are entitled to receive if you make a full surrender from your contract (referred to as “Withdrawal value” in the Original Contract). It is the contract value minus any applicable charges, plus any positive or negative market value adjustment. Throughout this prospectus when we use the term “Surrender” it includes the term “Withdrawal”.

Valuation date: Any normal business day, Monday through Friday, on which the NYSE is open, up to the time it closes. At the NYSE close, the next valuation date begins. We calculate the accumulation unit value of each subaccount on each valuation date. If we receive your purchase payment or any transaction request (such as a transfer or surrender request) in good order at our Service Center before the close of business, we will process your payment or transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your payment or transaction request. On the other hand, if we receive your purchase payment or transaction request in good order at our Service Center at or after the close of business, we will process your payment or transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date. If you make a transaction request by telephone (including by fax), you must have completed your transaction by the close of business in order for us to process it using the accumulation unit value we calculate on that valuation date. If you were not able to complete your transaction before the close of business for any reason, including telephone service interruptions or delays due to high call volume, we will process your transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date.

Variable account: Consists of separate subaccounts to which you may allocate purchase payments; each invests in shares of one fund. The value of your investment in each subaccount changes with the performance of the particular fund.

Withdrawal value: The amount you are entitled to receive if you make a full withdrawal from your contract (referred to as “Surrender value” in the Current Contract). It is the contract value minus any applicable charges, plus any positive or negative market value adjustment. Throughout this prospectus when we use the term “Surrender” it includes the term “Withdrawal”.

6    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The Contract in Brief

This prospectus describes two versions of the contract: the Current Contract (applications signed on or after Nov. 30, 2009, subject to state availability) and the Original Contract (applications signed prior to Nov. 30, 2009, or in states where the Current Contract was unavailable). The primary differences are disclosed in the following sections: “Key Terms”, “Expense Summary,” “Buying Your Contract”, “Benefits in Case of Death”, and “Optional Benefits.” The information in this prospectus applies to both contracts unless stated otherwise.

Purpose: The purpose of each contract is to allow you to accumulate money for retirement or a similar long-term goal. You do this by making one or more purchase payments. For the Current Contract, you may allocate your purchase payments to the regular fixed account, the Special DCA fixed account, GPAs and/or subaccounts of the variable account under the contract. For the Original Contract, you may allocate your purchase payments to the one-year fixed account (if part of your contract), the DCA fixed account (if part of your contract), the GPAs and/or subaccounts of the variable account under the contract. When you invest in the subaccounts of the variable account, you risk losing amounts you invest. These accounts, in turn, may earn returns that increase the value of the contract. If the contract value goes to zero due to underlying fund’s performance or deduction of fees, the contract will no longer be in force and the contract (including any death benefit riders) will terminate. You may be able to purchase an optional benefit to reduce the investment risk you assume under the contract. Beginning at a specified time in the future called the annuitization start date, these contracts provide lifetime or other forms of payout of your contract value (less any applicable premium tax and/or other charges).

It may have not been advantageous for you to purchase this contract in exchange for, or in addition to, an existing annuity or life insurance policy. Generally, you can exchange one annuity for another or for a long-term care policy in a “tax-free” exchange under Section 1035 of the Code. You can also do a partial exchange from one annuity contract to another annuity contract, subject to Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) rules. You also generally can exchange a life insurance policy for an annuity. However, before making an exchange, you should compare both contracts carefully because the features and benefits may be different. Fees and charges may be higher or lower on your old contract than on this contract. You may have to pay a surrender charge when you exchange out of your old contract and a new surrender period will begin when you exchange into this contract. If the exchange does not qualify for Section 1035 treatment, you also may have to pay federal income tax on the distribution. State income taxes may also apply. You should not exchange your old contract for this contract, or buy this contract in addition to your old contract, unless you determine it is in your best interest. (See “Taxes-1035 Exchanges”.)

Tax-deferred retirement plans: Most annuities have a tax-deferred feature. So do many retirement plans under the Code including 403(b) plans. As a result, when you use a qualified annuity to fund a retirement plan that is tax-deferred, your contract will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral beyond what is provided in that retirement plan. Some employers may permit you to deposit your contributions into other investments such as mutual funds. If such investments are available to you, before enrolling under the contract, you should consider features other than tax deferral that may help you reach your retirement goals. In addition, the Code subjects retirement plans to required withdrawals triggered at age 72 (triggered at age 70 ½ if you turned 70 ½ before Jan. 1, 2020). These mandatory withdrawals are called required minimum distributions (“RMDs”). RMDs may reduce the value of certain death benefits and optional riders (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). You should consult your tax advisor before you purchase the contract as a qualified annuity for an explanation of the tax implications to you.

Buying a contract: We no longer offer new contracts. However, you have the option of making additional purchase payments in the future, subject to certain limitations. Purchase payment amounts and purchase payment timing may be limited under the terms of your contract and/or pursuant to state requirements. (See “Buying Your Contract”).

Free look period: The contracts in this prospectus are no longer sold. Generally, all available free look periods have now expired.

Accounts: Generally, you may allocate purchase payments among the:

• subaccounts of the variable account, each of which invests in a fund with a particular investment objective. The value of each subaccount varies with the performance of the particular fund in which it invests. We cannot guarantee that the value at the annuitization start date will equal or exceed the total purchase payments you allocate to the subaccounts. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds”).

• GPAs which earn interest at rates declared when you make an allocation to that account. The required minimum investment in each GPA is $1,000. These accounts may not be available in all states. (See “The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)”)

• for the Current Contract:

– regular fixed account, which earns interest at rates that we adjust periodically. There are restrictions on transfers from this account and may be restrictions on the amount you can allocate to this account (see “The Fixed Account –The Regular Fixed Account”).

– Special DCA fixed account, which earns interest at rates that we adjust periodically. There are restrictions on how long contract value can

 

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    7

remain in this account. (See “The Fixed Account – The Special DCA Fixed Account”).

• for the Original Contract:

– one-year fixed account, if part of your contract, which earns interest at rates that we adjust periodically. There are restrictions on the amount you can allocate to this account as well as on transfers from this account (see “The Fixed Account – One-Year Fixed Account“ ).

– DCA fixed account, if part of your contract, which earns interest at rates that we adjust periodically. There are restrictions on how long contract value can remain in this account. (See “The Fixed Account – DCA Fixed Account”).

Transfers: Subject to certain restrictions, you currently may redistribute your contract value among the accounts without charge at any time until the annuitization start date, and once per contract year among the subaccounts after the annuitization start date. Transfers out of the GPAs done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will be subject to an MVA, unless an exception applies. You may establish automated transfers among the accounts. Transfers into the Special DCA fixed account (Current Contract) and DCA fixed account (Original Contract) are not permitted. GPAs, the regular fixed account (Current Contract) and the one-year fixed account (Original Contract) are subject to special restrictions. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transferring Among Accounts”).

Surrenders: You may surrender all or part of your contract value at any time before the annuitization start date. You also may establish automated partial surrenders. Surrenders may be subject to charges and income taxes (including a 10% IRS penalty that may apply if you make surrenders prior to your reaching age 59½) and may have other tax consequences. If you have elected theSecureSource Stages rider or theSecureSource 20 rider, please consider carefully when you take withdrawals. If you take any withdrawals during the 3-year waiting period, your benefits will be set to zero until the end of the waiting period when they will be reset based on your contract value at that time and you will no longer be eligible to receive the 20% credit available under theSecureSource 20 rider or any future rider credits under theSecureSource Stages. Certain other restrictions may apply. (See “Surrenders”).

Optional benefits:These contracts offered optional living and death benefits that were available for additional charges if you met certain criteria. Please note, since the contracts in this prospectus are no longer sold, any optional benefits you may have elected were done so at the time of application. You cannot add optional benefits to your contract after it has been issued. Any optional benefits we describe are not available to add to your contract. (See “Optional Benefits”).

Optional living benefits include: different versions of the guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits, which permit you to withdraw a guaranteed amount from the contract over a period of time, Accumulation Protector Benefit

rider, which provides you with a guaranteed contract value at the end of specified waiting period regardless of the volatility inherent in the investments in the subaccounts, and Income Assurer Benefit rider, which provides you with a guaranteed minimum income regardless of the volatility inherent in the investments in the subaccounts. Guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits permit you to withdraw a guaranteed amount from the contract over a period of time, which may include the lifetime of a single person (Single Life) or the lifetime of you and your spouse (Joint Life). Guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits areSecureSourceseries riders, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider and Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider. When used in this prospectus, the term “SecureSourceseries” includes: theSecureSource Stages 2 riders, theSecureSource Stages riders, theSecureSource 20 riders and the SecureSource riders, except where theSecureSource Stages 2 riders, theSecureSource Stages riders,SecureSource 20 riders andSecureSource riders are specifically referenced and distinguished from other riders in theSecureSource series.

If you selected an optional living benefit, we restrict investment options available to you which may limit transfers and allocations; may limit the timing, amount and allocation of purchase payments; and may limit the amount of surrenders that can be taken under the optional benefit during a contract year. For more information on optional living benefits, please see “Optional Benefits — Optional Living Benefits”. Optional benefits vary by state and may have eligibility requirements.

We offered the following optional death benefits: MAV Death Benefit, 5% Accumulation Death Benefit, Enhanced Death Benefit, Benefit Protector Death Benefit rider and Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit rider. Benefit Protector Death Benefit rider and Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit rider are intended to provide an additional benefit to your beneficiary to help offset expenses after your death such as funeral expenses or federal and state taxes.

Benefits in case of death: For the Current Contract, if you die before the annuitization start date, we will pay the beneficiary an amount based on the applicable death benefit. For the Original Contract, if you or the annuitant die before the annuitization start date, we will pay the beneficiary an amount based on the applicable death benefit. (See “Benefits in Case of Death”).

Annuity payouts: You can apply your contract value, after reflecting any adjustments, to an annuity payout plan that begins on the annuitization start date. You may choose from a variety of plans that can help meet your retirement or other income needs. The payout schedule must meet IRS requirements. We can make payouts on a fixed or variable basis, or both. During the annuity payout period, your choices for subaccounts may be limited. The GPAs, the Special DCA fixed account (Current Contract) and the DCA fixed accounts (Original Contract) are not available after the annuitization start date. (See “The Annuity Payout Period”).

8    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Expense Summary

The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you paid when buying, owning and making a surrender from the contract. The first table describes the fees and expenses that you paid at the time that you bought the contract and will pay when you make a surrender from the contract. State premium taxes also may be deducted.

Current Contract:

(applications signed on or after Nov. 30, 2009, subject to state availability)

Contract Owner Transaction Expenses

Surrender charge

(Contingent deferred sales charge as a percentage of purchase payments surrendered)

Number of completed years from date of each purchase payment*	Surrender charge percentage applied to each purchase payment
0	7%
1	7
2	6
3	6
4	5
5	4
6	2
Thereafter	0

* According to our current administrative practice, for the purpose of surrender charge calculation, we consider that the year is completed one day prior to the anniversary of the day each purchase payment was received.

Liquidation charge under Variable Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:If you are receiving variable annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to surrender those payments. The amount that you can surrender is the present value of any remaining variable payouts. The discount rate we use in the calculation will be 5.17% if the assumed investment return is 3.5% and 6.67% if the assumed investment return is 5%. The liquidation charge equals the present value of the remaining payouts using the assumed investment return minus the present value of the remaining payouts using the discount rate. (See “Charges — SurrenderCharge” and “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Surrender charge for Fixed Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:

Number of Completed Years Since Annuitization	Surrender charge percentage
0	Not applicable*
1	5%
2	4
3	3
4	2
5	1
6 and thereafter	0

*We do not permit surrenders in the first year after annuitization.

The next tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay periodically during the time that you own the contract, not including fund fees and expenses.

Annual contract administrative charge	Maximum: $50	Current: $40
Annual contract administrative charge if your contract value equals or exceeds $50,000	Maximum: $20	Current: $0
Contract administrative charge at full surrender	Maximum: $50	Current: $40

Annual Variable Account Expenses

(As a percentage of average daily subaccount value.)

You must choose one of the death benefit guarantees. The death benefit you choose determines the mortality and expense risk fee you pay. The table below shows the death benefit guarantees available to you and their cost. The variable account administrative charge is in addition to the mortality and expense risk fee.

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    9

	Mortality and expense risk fee	Variable account administrative charge	Total variable account expense
CV Death Benefit*	1.30%	0.15%	1.45%
ROPP Death Benefit	1.30	0.15	1.45
MAV Death Benefit	1.55	0.15	1.70
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.70	0.15	1.85
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.75	0.15	1.90

* CV Death Benefit is available only after an ownership change or spousal continuation if any owner or spouse who continues the contract is over age 85 and therefore cannot qualify for the ROPP death benefit.

Other Annual Expenses

Optional Death Benefits

If eligible, you may have selected an optional death benefit in addition to the ROPP and MAV Death Benefits. The fees apply only if you have selected one of these benefits.

Benefit Protector® Death Benefit rider fee	0.25%
Benefit Protector® Plus Death Benefit rider fee	0.40%

(As a percentage of the contract value charge annually on the contract anniversary.)

Optional Living Benefits

If eligible, you may have selected one of the following optional living benefits if available in your state. The fees apply only if you have selected one of these benefits. Investment allocation restrictions apply.

SecureSource Stages 2SM – Single life rider fee	Maximum: 1.75%	Current: 0.95%
SecureSource Stages 2SM – Joint life rider fee	Maximum: 2.25%	Current: 1.15%

(Charged annually on the contract anniversary as a percentage of contract value or the total Benefit Base, whichever is greater.)

Accumulation Protector Benefit^® rider fee

For applications signed:	Maximum annual rider fee	Initial annual rider fee and annual rider fee for elective step-ups before 10/20/2012
05/03/2010 – 07/18/2010	1.75%	0.95%
07/19/2010 –10/03/2010	1.75%	1.10%
10/04/2010 – 12/31/2010	1.75%	1.50%

(Charged annually on the contract anniversary as a percentage of the contract value or the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value, whichever is greater.)

Current annual rider fees for elective step-up (including elective spousal continuation step-up) requests on/after 10/20/2012 are shown in the table below.

Elective step up date:	If invested in Portfolio Navigator fund at the time of step-up:	If invested in Portfolio Stabilizer fund at the time of step-up:
10/20/2012 – 11/ 17/2013	1.75%	n/a
11/18/2013 – 10/17/2014	1.75%	1.30%
10/18/2014 – 06/30/2016	1.60%	1.00%
07/01/2016 – 10/15/2018	1.75%	1.30%
10/16/2018 – 12/29/2019	1.40%	1.00%
12/30/2019 – 07/20/2020	1.55%	1.15%
07/21/2020 and later	1.75%	1.75%

SecureSource® Stages – Single life rider fee	Maximum: 2.00%	Current: 1.10%
SecureSource® Stages – Joint life rider fee	Maximum: 2.50%	Current: 1.35%

(Charged annually on the contract anniversary as a percentage of the contract value or the Benefit Base, whichever is greater.)

10    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Original Contract:

(applications signed prior to Nov. 30, 2009 or in states where the Current Contract was not available)

Contract Owner Transaction Expenses

Surrender charge

(Contingent deferred sales charge as a percentage of purchase payments surrendered)

Number of completed years from date of each purchase payment*	Surrender charge percentage applied to each purchase payment
0	7%
1	7
2	6
3	6
4	5
5	4
6	2
Thereafter	0

* According to our current administrative practice, for the purpose of surrender charge calculation, we consider that the year is completed one day prior to the anniversary of the day each purchase payment was received.

Liquidation charge under Variable Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:If you are receiving variable annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to surrender those payments. The amount that you can surrender is the present value of any remaining variable payouts. The discount rate we use in the calculation will be 5.17% if the assumed investment return is 3.5% and 6.67% if the assumed investment return is 5%. The liquidation charge equals the present value of the remaining payouts using the assumed investment return minus the present value of the remaining payouts using the discount rate. (See “Charges — SurrenderCharge” and “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Surrender charge for Fixed Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:

Number of Completed Years Since Annuitization	Surrender charge percentage
0	Not applicable*
1	5%
2	4
3	3
4	2
5	1
6 and thereafter	0

*We do not permit surrenders in the first year after annuitization.

The next tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay periodically during the time that you own the contract, not including fund fees and expenses.

Annual contract administrative charge and at full surrender $40

(We will waive this charge when your contract value is $50,000 or more on the current contract anniversary except at full surrender.)

Annual Variable Account Expenses

(As a percentage of average daily subaccount value.)

You must choose one of the death benefit guarantees. The death benefit you choose determines the mortality and expense risk fee you pay. The table below shows the death benefit guarantees available to you and their cost. The variable account administrative charge is in addition to the mortality and expense risk fee.

	Mortality and expense risk fee	Variable account administrative charge	Total variable account expense
ROP Death Benefit	1.30%	0.15%	1.45%
MAV Death Benefit	1.50	0.15	1.65
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.65	0.15	1.80
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.70	0.15	1.85

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    11

Other Annual Expenses

Optional Death Benefits

If eligible, you may have selected an optional death benefit in addition to the ROPP and MAV Death Benefits. The fees apply only if you have selected one of these benefits.

Benefit Protector® Death Benefit rider fee	0.25%
Benefit Protector® Plus Death Benefit rider fee	0.40%

(As a percentage of the contract value charge annually on the contract anniversary.)

Optional Living Benefits

If eligible, you may have selected one of the following optional living benefits if available in your state. The fees apply only if you have selected one of these benefits. Investment allocation restrictions apply.

Accumulation Protector Benefit^® rider fee

Contract purchase date:	Maximum annual rider fee	Initial annual rider fee and annual rider fee for elective step-ups before 04/29/2013
Prior to 01/26/2009	1.75%	0.55%
01/26/2009 – 05/31/2009	1.75%	0.80%

(Charged annually on the contract anniversary as a percentage of the contract value or the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value, whichever is greater.)

Current annual rider fees for elective step-up (including elective spousal continuation step-up) requests on/after 04/29/2013 are shown in the table below.

Elective step up date:	If invested in Portfolio Navigator fund at the time of step-up:	If invested in Portfolio Stabilizer fund at the time of step-up:
04/29/2013 – 11/17/2013	1.75%	n/a
11/18/2013 – 10/17/2014	1.75%	1.30%
10/18/2014 – 06/30/2016	1.60%	1.00%
07/01/2016 – 10/15/2018	1.75%	1.30%
10/16/2018 – 12/29/2019	1.40%	1.00%
12/30/2019 – 07/20/2020	1.55%	1.15%
07/21/2020 and later	1.75%	1.75%

SecureSource® 20 – Single life rider fee	Maximum: 2.00%	Current: 1.25%
SecureSource® 20 – Joint life rider fee	Maximum: 2.50%	Current: 1.55%

(Charged annually on the contract anniversary as a percentage of the contract value or the total Remaining Benefit Amount, whichever is greater.)

SecureSource^® rider fees

Application signed date	Maximum annual rider fee	Initial annual rider fee(1)
5/1/2007 – 5/31/2008, Single Life	1.50%	0.65%
5/1/2007 – 5/31/2008, Joint Life	1.75%	0.85%
6/1/2008 ��� 1/25/2009, Single Life	1.50%	0.75%
6/1/2008 – 1/25/2009, Joint Life	1.75%	0.95%
1/26/2009 and later, Single Life	2.00%	1.10%
1/26/2009 and later, Joint Life	2.50%	1.40%

12    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

(Charged annually on the contract anniversary as a percentage of the contract value or the total Remaining Benefit Amount, whichever is greater.)

⁽¹⁾ Effective Dec. 18, 2013 if you request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up, or move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is more aggressive than your current Portfolio Navigator fund allocation, the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are invested following the change as shown in the table below.

Application signed date		Portfolio Navigator Funds
	All Portfolio Stabilizer funds	Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)
5/1/2007 – 5/31/2008, Single Life	0.65%	0.75%	0.75%	0.75%	0.90%	1.00%
5/1/2007 – 5/31/2008, Joint Life	0.85%	0.95%	0.95%	0.95%	1.10%	1.20%
6/1/2008 – 1/25/2009, Single Life	0.75%	0.85%	0.85%	0.85%	1.00%	1.10%
6/1/2008 – 1/25/2009, Joint Life	0.95%	1.05%	1.05%	1.05%	1.20%	1.30%
1/26/2009 and later, Single Life	1.10%	1.10%	1.10%	1.10%	1.20%	1.30%
1/26/2009 and later, Joint Life	1.40%	1.40%	1.40%	1.40%	1.50%	1.60%

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life^® rider fee Maximum: 1.50% Initial: 0.65%⁽²⁾

(Charged annually on the contract anniversary as a percentage of the contract value or the total Remaining Benefit Amount, whichever is greater.)

⁽²⁾ Effective Dec. 18, 2013 if you request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up or move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is more aggressive than your current Portfolio Navigator fund allocation, the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are invested following the change as shown in the table below.

Fund name	Current fee as of 12/18/13
Portfolio Stabilizer funds	0.65%
Portfolio Navigator funds:
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	0.80%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	0.80%
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	0.80%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	0.95%
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.10%

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider fee Maximum: 1.50% Initial: 0.55%⁽³⁾

(As a percentage of contract value charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

⁽³⁾ Effective Dec. 18, 2013 if you request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up or move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is more aggressive than your current Portfolio Navigator fund allocation, the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are invested following the change as shown in the table below.

Fund name	Current fee as of 12/18/13
Portfolio Stabilizer funds	0.55%
Portfolio Navigator funds:
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	0.85%
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.00%

Income Assurer Benefit® – MAV rider fee	Maximum: 1.50%	Current: 0.30%(4)
Income Assurer Benefit® – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base rider fee	Maximum: 1.75%	Current: 0.60%(4)
Income Assurer Benefit® – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base rider fee	Maximum: 2.00%	Current: 0.65%(4)

(As a percentage of the guaranteed income benefit base charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

⁽⁴⁾ For applications signed prior to Oct. 7, 2004, the following current annual rider charges apply: Income Assurer Benefit – MAV — 0.55%, Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base — 0.70%; and Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base — 0.75%.

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    13

Annual Operating Expenses of the Funds

The next table provides the minimum and maximum total operating expenses charged by the underlying funds that you may pay periodically during the time that you own the contract. These operating expenses are for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, unless otherwise noted. More detail concerning each underlying fund’s fees and expenses is contained in each fund’s prospectus.

Minimum and maximum annual operating expenses for the funds

(Including management, distribution (12b-1) and/or service fees and other expenses)⁽¹⁾

	Minimum(%)	Maximum(%)
Total expenses before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements	0.39	1.82

⁽¹⁾ Total annual fund operating expenses are deducted from amounts that are allocated to the fund. They include management fees and other expenses and may include distribution (12b-1) fees. Other expenses may include service fees that may be used to compensate service providers, including us and our affiliates, for administrative and contract owner services provided on behalf of the fund. The amount of these payments will vary by fund and may be significant. See “The Variable Account and the Funds” for additional information, including potential conflicts of interest these payments may create. Distribution (12b-1) fees are used to finance any activity that is primarily intended to result in the sale of fund shares. Because 12b-1 fees are paid out of fund assets on an ongoing basis, you may pay more if you select subaccounts investing in funds that have adopted 12b-1 plans than if you select subaccounts investing in funds that have not adopted 12b-1 plans. For a more complete description of each fund’s fees and expenses and important disclosure regarding payments the fund and/or its affiliates make, please review the fund’s prospectus and SAI.

Examples

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in these contracts with the cost of investing in other variable annuity contracts. These costs include your transaction expenses, contract administrative charges, variable account annual expenses and fund fees and expenses.

These examples assume that you invest $10,000 in the contract for the time periods indicated. These examples also assume that your investment has a 5% return each year.

Current Contract:

(applications signed on or after Nov. 30, 2009, subject to state availability)

Maximum Expenses. These examples assume the most expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the maximum fees and expenses of any of the funds available with living benefit riders* and before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the MAV Death Benefit, theSecureSource Stages 2 – Joint Life rider and the Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit^(1),(3). Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on the assumptions your costs would be:

* Note: Certain funds are not available for contracts with living benefit riders and may have higher fund expenses than the associated fund expenses shown here.

If you surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not surrender your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
$1,249	$2,426	$3,548	$6,559	$619	$1,885	$3,185	$6,559

Minimum Expenses. These examples assume the least expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the minimum fees and expenses of any of the funds before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the ROPP Death Benefit and do not select any optional benefits⁽²⁾. Although your actual costs may be higher, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

If you surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not surrender your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
$878	$1,288	$1,596	$2,537	$229	$701	$1,196	$2,537

Original Contract:

(applications signed prior to Nov. 30, 2009 or in states where the Current Contract was not available)

Maximum Expenses.These examples assume the most expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the maximum fees and expenses of the Portfolio Navigator funds available with living benefit riders* and before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the MAV Death Benefit, theSecureSource – Joint Life rider orSecureSource 20– Joint Life rider and the Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit^(2),(3). Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on the assumptions your costs would be:

* Note: Certain funds are not available for contracts with living benefit riders and may have higher fund expenses than the associated fund expenses shown here.

14    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If you surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not surrender your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
$1,246	$2,429	$3,551	$6,340	$616	$1,887	$3,188	$6,340

Minimum Expenses.These examples assume the least expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the minimum fees and expenses of any of the funds before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the ROP Death Benefit and do not select any optional benefits⁽²⁾. Although your actual costs may be higher, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

If you surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not surrender your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
$878	$1,288	$1,596	$2,537	$229	$701	$1,196	$2,537

(1)	In these examples, the contract administrative charge is $50.
(2)	In these examples, the contract administrative charge is $40.
(3)	Because these examples are intended to illustrate the most expensive combination of contract features, the maximum annual fee for each optional rider is reflected rather than the fee that is currently being charged.

THE EXAMPLES ARE ILLUSTRATIVE ONLY. YOU SHOULD NOT CONSIDER THESE EXAMPLES AS A REPRESENTATION OF PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES. ACTUAL EXPENSES WILL BE HIGHER OR LOWER THAN THOSE SHOWN DEPENDING UPON WHICH OPTIONAL BENEFIT YOU ELECT OTHER THAN INDICATED IN THE EXAMPLES OR IF YOU ALLOCATE CONTRACT VALUE TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE SUBACCOUNTS.

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    15

Condensed Financial Information

You can find unaudited condensed financial information for the subaccounts representing the lowest and highest total annual variable account expense combinations in Appendix Q.

Financial Statements

You can find our audited financial statements and the audited financial statements of the divisions, which are comprised of subaccounts, in the SAI. The SAI does not include audited financial statements for divisions that are new (if any) and have no activity as of the financial statements date.

The Variable Account and the Funds

Variable Account. The variable account was established under Indiana law on July 15, 1987, and the subaccounts are registered together as a single unit investment trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the 1940 Act). This registration does not involve any supervision of our management or investment practices and policies by the SEC. All obligations arising under the contracts are general obligations of RiverSource Life.

The variable account meets the definition of a separate account under federal securities laws. We credit or charge income, capital gains and capital losses of each subaccount only to that subaccount. State insurance law prohibits us from charging a subaccount with liabilities of any other subaccount or of our general business. The variable account includes other subaccounts that are available under contracts that are not described in this prospectus.

The IRS has issued guidance on investor control but may issue additional guidance in the future. We reserve the right to modify the contract or any investments made under the terms of the contract so that the investor control rules do not apply to treat the contract owner as the owner of the subaccount assets rather than the owner of an annuity contract. If the contract is not treated as an annuity contract for tax purposes, the owner may be subject to current taxation on any current or accumulated income credited to the contract.

We intend to comply with all federal tax laws so that the contract qualifies as an annuity for federal tax purposes. We reserve the right to modify the contract as necessary in order to qualify the contract as an annuity for federal tax purposes.

The Funds. This contract currently offers subaccounts investing in shares of the funds listed in the table below.

• Investment objectives: The investment managers and advisers cannot guarantee that the funds will meet their investment objectives. Please read the funds’ prospectuses for facts you should know before investing. These prospectuses are available by contacting us at the address or telephone number on the first page of this prospectus.

• Fund name and management: A fund underlying your contract in which a subaccount invests may have a name, portfolio manager, objectives, strategies and characteristics that are the same or substantially similar to those of a publicly-traded retail mutual fund. Despite these similarities, an underlying fund is not the same as any publicly-traded retail mutual fund. Each underlying fund will have its own unique portfolio holdings, fees, operating expenses and operating results. The results of each underlying fund may differ significantly from any publicly-traded retail mutual fund.

• Eligible purchasers: All funds are available to serve as the underlying investments for variable annuities and variable life insurance policies. The funds are not available to the public (see “Fund Name and Management” above). Some funds also are available to serve as investment options for tax-deferred retirement plans. It is possible that in the future for tax, regulatory or other reasons, it may be disadvantageous for variable annuity accounts and variable life insurance accounts and/or tax-deferred retirement plans to invest in the available funds simultaneously. Although we and the funds’ providers do not currently foresee any such disadvantages, the boards of directors or trustees of each fund will monitor events in order to identify any material conflicts between annuity owners, policy owners and tax-deferred retirement plans and to determine what action, if any, should be taken in response to a conflict. If a board were to conclude that it should establish separate fund providers for the variable annuity, variable life insurance and tax-deferred retirement plan accounts, you would not bear any expenses associated with establishing separate funds. Please refer to the funds’ prospectuses for risk disclosure regarding simultaneous investments by variable annuity, variable life insurance and tax-deferred retirement plan accounts. Each fund intends to comply with the diversification requirements under Section 817(h) of the Code.

• Asset allocation programs may impact fund performance: Asset allocation programs in general may negatively impact the performance of an underlying fund. Even if you do not participate in an asset allocation program, a fund in which your subaccount invests may be impacted if it is included in an asset allocation program. Rebalancing or reallocation under the terms of the asset allocation program may cause a fund to lose money if it must sell large amounts of securities to meet a redemption request. These losses can be greater if the fund holds securities that are not as liquid as others, for example, various types of bonds, shares of smaller companies and securities of foreign issuers. A fund may also experience higher expenses because it must sell or buy securities more frequently

16    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

	than it otherwise might in the absence of asset allocation program rebalancing or reallocations. Because asset allocation programs include periodic rebalancing and may also include reallocation, these effects may occur under the asset allocation program we offer or under asset allocation programs used in conjunction with the contracts and plans of other eligible purchasers of the funds.
•	Funds available under the contract: We seek to provide a broad array of underlying funds taking into account the fees and charges imposed by each fund and the contract charges we impose. We select the underlying funds in which the subaccounts initially invest and when there is substitution (see “Substitution of Investments”). We also make all decisions regarding which funds to retain in a contract, which funds to add to a contract and which funds will no longer be offered in a contract. In making these decisions, we may consider various objective and subjective factors. Objective factors include, but are not limited to fund performance, fund expenses, classes of fund shares available, size of the fund and investment objectives and investing style of the fund. Subjective factors include, but are not limited to, investment sub-styles and process, management skill and history at other funds and portfolio concentration and sector weightings. We also consider the levels and types of revenue a fund, its distributor, investment adviser, subadviser, transfer agent or their affiliates pay us and our affiliates. This revenue includes, but is not limited to compensation for administrative services provided with respect to the fund and support of marketing and distribution expenses incurred with respect to the fund.
•	Money Market fund yield: In low interest rate environments, money market fund yields may decrease to a level where the deduction of fees and charges associated with your contract could result in negative net performance, resulting in a corresponding decrease in your contract value.
•	Risks and Conflicts of Interest with Certain Funds Advised by Columbia Management. We are an affiliate of Ameriprise Financial, Inc., which is the parent company of Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC (Columbia Management). Columbia Management acts as investment adviser to several funds of funds, including Portfolio Navigator and Portfolio Stabilizer funds. As such, it retains full discretion over the investment activities and investment decisions of the funds. These funds invest in other registered mutual funds. In providing investment advisory services for the funds and the underlying funds in which those funds respectively invest, Columbia Management is, together with its affiliates, including us, subject to competing interests that may influence its decisions. These competing interests typically arise because Columbia Management or one of its affiliates serves as the investment adviser to the underlying funds and may provide other services in connection with such underlying funds, and because the compensation we and our affiliates receive for providing these investment advisory and other services varies depending on the underlying fund.
•	Volatility and Volatility Management Risk with the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. Portfolio Stabilizer funds are managed volatility funds that employ a strategy designed to reduce overall volatility and downside risk. These types of funds are available under the contracts and one or more of these funds may be offered in other variable annuity and variable life insurance products offered by us. These funds may also be used in conjunction with guaranteed living benefit riders we offer with various annuity contracts.
	Conflicts may arise because the manner in which these funds and their strategies are executed by Columbia Management are expected to benefit us by reducing our financial risk and expense in offering guaranteed living benefit riders. Managed volatility funds employ a strategy to reduce overall volatility and downside risk. A successful strategy may result in smaller losses to your contract value when markets are declining and market volatility is high. In turn, a successful strategy may also result in less gain in your contract value during rising markets with higher volatility when compared to funds not employing a managed volatility strategy. Accordingly, although an investment in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds may mitigate declines in your contract value due to declining equity markets, the Funds’ investment strategies may also curb or decrease your contract value during periods of positive performance by the equity markets. There is no guarantee any of the funds’ strategies will be successful. When offered with a guaranteed living benefit, managed volatility funds may decrease the number and amount of any periodic benefit base increase opportunities. Costs associated with running a managed volatility strategy may also adversely impact the performance of managed volatility funds.
	While Columbia Management is the investment adviser to the Portfolio Navigator and Portfolio Stabilizer funds, it provides no investment advice to you as to whether an allocation to the funds is appropriate for you. You must decide whether an investment in these funds is right for you. Additional information on the funds, including risks and conflicts of interest, is included in their respective prospectuses. Columbia Management advised fund of funds and managed volatility funds and their investment objectives are listed in the table below.
•	Revenue we receive from the funds and potential conflicts of interest:

Expenses We May Incur on Behalf of the Funds

When a subaccount invests in a fund, the fund holds a single account in the name of the variable account. As such, the variable account is actually the shareholder of the fund. We, through our variable account, aggregate the transactions of numerous contract owners and submit net purchase and redemption requests to the funds on a daily basis. In addition, we track individual contract owner transactions and provide confirmations, periodic statements, and other required mailings. These costs would normally be borne by the fund, but we incur them instead.

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    17

Besides incurring these administrative expenses on behalf of the funds, we also incur distributions expenses in selling our contracts. By extension, the distribution expenses we incur benefit the funds we make available due to contract owner elections to allocate purchase payments to the funds through the subaccounts. In addition, the funds generally incur lower distribution expenses when offered through our variable account in contrast to being sold on a retail basis.

A complete list of why we may receive this revenue, as well as sources of revenue, is described in detail below.

Payments the Funds May Make to Us

We or our affiliates may receive from each of the funds, or their affiliates, compensation including but not limited to expense payments. These payments are designed in part to compensate us for the expenses we may incur on behalf of the funds. In addition to these payments, the funds may compensate us for wholesaling activities or to participate in educational or marketing seminars sponsored by the funds.

We or our affiliates may receive revenue derived from the 12b-1 fees charged by the funds. These fees are deducted from the assets of the funds. This revenue and the amount by which it can vary may create conflicts of interest. The amount, type, and manner in which the revenue from these sources is computed vary by fund.

Conflicts of Interest These Payments May Create

When we determined the charges to impose under the contracts, we took into account anticipated payments from the funds. If we had not taken into account these anticipated payments, the charges under the contract would have been higher. Additionally, the amount of payment we receive from a fund or its affiliate may create an incentive for us to include that fund as an investment option and may influence our decision regarding which funds to include in the variable account as subaccount options for contract owners. Funds that offer lower payments or no payments may also have corresponding expense structures that are lower, resulting in decreased overall fees and expenses to shareholders.

We offer funds managed by our affiliates Columbia Management and Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLC (Columbia Wanger). We have additional financial incentive to offer our affiliated funds because additional assets held by them generally results in added revenue to us and our parent company, Ameriprise Financial, Inc. Additionally, employees of Ameriprise Financial, Inc. and its affiliates, including our employees, may be separately incented to include the affiliated funds in the products, as employee compensation and business unit operating goals at all levels are tied to the success of the company. Currently, revenue received from our affiliated funds comprises the greatest amount and percentage of revenue we derive from payments made by the funds.

The Amount of Payments We Receive from the Funds

We or our affiliates receive revenue which ranges up to 0.65% of the average daily net assets invested in the funds through this and other contracts we and our affiliates issue.

Why revenues are paid to us: In accordance with applicable laws, regulations and the terms of the agreements under which such revenue is paid, we or our affiliates may receive revenue, including, but not limited to expense payments and non-cash compensation, for various purposes:

• Compensating, training and educating investment professionals who sell the contracts.

• Granting access to our employees whose job it is to promote sales of the contracts by authorized selling firms and their investment professionals, and granting access to investment professionals of our affiliated selling firms.

• Activities or services we or our affiliates provide that assist in the promotion and distribution of the contracts including promoting the funds available under the contracts to contract owners, authorized selling firms and investment professionals.

• Providing sub-transfer agency and shareholder servicing to contract owners.

• Promoting, including and/or retaining the fund’s investment portfolios as underlying investment options in the contracts.

• Advertising, printing and mailing sales literature, and printing and distributing prospectuses and reports.

• Furnishing personal services to contract owners, including education of contract owners regarding the funds, answering routine inquiries regarding a fund, maintaining accounts or providing such other services eligible for service fees as defined under the rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA).

• Subaccounting services, transaction processing, recordkeeping and administration.

• Sources of revenue received from affiliated funds: The affiliated funds are managed by Columbia Management or Columbia Wanger. The sources of revenue we receive from these affiliated funds, or from the funds’ affiliates, may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Assets of the fund’s adviser, sub-adviser, transfer agent, distributor or an affiliate of these. The revenue resulting from these sources may be based either on a percentage of average daily net assets of the fund or on the actual cost of certain services we provide with respect to the fund. We may receive this revenue either in the form of a cash payment or it may be allocated to us.

• Compensation paid out of 12b-1 fees that are deducted from fund assets.

18    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• Sources of revenue received from unaffiliated funds: The unaffiliated funds are not managed by an affiliate of ours. The sources of revenue we receive from these unaffiliated funds, or the funds’ affiliates, may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Assets of the fund’s adviser, sub-adviser, transfer agent, distributor or an affiliate of these. The revenue resulting from these sources may be based on a percentage of average daily net assets of the fund or on the actual cost of certain services we provide with respect to the fund. We receive this revenue in the form of a cash payment.

• Compensation paid out of 12b-1 fees that are deducted from fund assets.

Unless the PN program is in effect or you have selected one of the optional living benefit riders, you may allocate purchase payments and transfers to any or all of the subaccounts of the variable account that invest in shares of the funds listed in the table below. From time to time, certain fund names are changed. When we are notified of a name change, we will make changes so that the new name is properly shown. However, changes may take some period of time to complete. As a result it is possible you may receive various forms, reports and confirmations that reflect a fund’s prior name.

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
AB VPS Balanced Wealth Strategy Portfolio (Class B)	N	Y	Seeks to maximize total return consistent with AllianceBernstein's determination of reasonable risk.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
AB VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio (Class B)	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
AB VPS Growth and Income Portfolio (Class B)	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
AB VPS International Value Portfolio (Class B)	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
American Century VP Inflation Protection, Class II	N	Y	Seeks long-term total return using a strategy that seeks to protect against U.S. inflation.	American Century Investment Management, Inc.
American Century VP International, Class II	N	Y	Seeks capital growth.	American Century Investment Management, Inc.
American Century VP Mid Cap Value, Class II	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital growth. Income is a secondary objective.	American Century Investment Management, Inc.
American Century VP Ultra®, Class II	Y	Y	Seeks capital growth.	American Century Investment Management, Inc.
American Century VP Value, Class II	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital growth. Income is a secondary objective.	American Century Investment Management, Inc.
BNY Mellon Investment Portfolios, MidCap Stock Portfolio - Service Shares	N	Y	Seeks investment results that are greater than the total return performance of publicly traded common stocks of medium-size domestic companies in the aggregate, as represented by the Standard & Poor's MidCap 400® Index.	BNY Mellon Investment Adviser, Inc.

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    19

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
BNY Mellon Investment Portfolios, Technology Growth Portfolio - Service Shares	N	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	BNY Mellon Investment Adviser, Inc.
BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, Appreciation Portfolio - Service Shares	N	Y	Seeks long-term capital growth consistent with the preservation of capital. Its secondary goal is current income.	BNY Mellon Investment Adviser, Inc., adviser; Fayez Sarofim & Co., sub-investment adviser.
ClearBridge Variable Small Cap Growth Portfolio - Class I	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC, investment manager; ClearBridge Investments, LLC, sub-adviser. (Western Asset Management Company manages the portion of cash and short-term investments allocated to it)
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high level of current income and, as a secondary objective, steady growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Emerging Markets Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Government Money Market Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with maximum current income consistent with liquidity and stability of principal.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - High Yield Bond Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with high current income as its primary objective and, as its secondary objective, capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Income Opportunities Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high total return through current income and capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high level of current income while attempting to conserve the value of the investment for the longest period of time.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Large Cap Growth Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Large Cap Index Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC

20    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Mid Cap Growth Fund (Class 3)	N	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Overseas Core Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Select Large Cap Value Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Select Mid Cap Value Fund (Class 3)	N	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Small Cap Value Fund (Class 2)	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with current income as its primary objective and, as its secondary objective, preservation of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Credit Suisse Trust - Commodity Return Strategy Portfolio	Y	Y	The portfolio is designed to achieve positive total return relative to the performance of the Bloomberg Commodity Index Total Return ("BCOM Index").	Credit Suisse Asset Management, LLC
CTIVP® - BlackRock Global Inflation-Protected Securities Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Non-diversified fund that seeks to provide shareholders with total return that exceeds the rate of inflation over the long term.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., subadviser; BlackRock International Limited, sub-subadviser.
CTIVP® - Loomis Sayles Growth Fund (Class 1)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P., subadviser.
CTIVP® - Victory Sycamore Established Value Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; Victory Capital Management Inc., subadviser.
Eaton Vance VT Floating-Rate Income Fund - Initial Class	Y	Y	Seeks high level of current income.	Eaton Vance Management

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    21

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Fidelity® VIP Contrafund® Portfolio Service Class 2	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital appreciation. Normally invests primarily in common stocks. Invests in securities of companies whose value FMR believes is not fully recognized by the public. Invests in either "growth" stocks or "value" stocks or both. The fund invests in domestic and foreign issuers.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Growth Portfolio Service Class 2	N	Y	Seeks to achieve capital appreciation. Normally invests primarily in common stocks. Invests in companies that FMR believes have above-average growth potential (stocks of these companies are often called "growth" stocks). The Fund invests in domestic and foreign issuers.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Service Class 2	Y	Y	Seeks as high level of current income as is consistent with the preservation of capital. Normally invests at least 80% of assets in investment-grade debt securities (those of medium and high quality) of all types and repurchase agreements for those securities. The Fund invests in fomestic and foreign issuers.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. Fidelity Investments Money Management, Inc. (FIMM) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital. Normally invests primarily in common stocks. Normally invests at least 80% of assets in securities of companies with medium market capitalizations. May invest in companies with smaller or larger market capitalizations. Invests in domestic and foreign issuers. The Fund invests in either "growth" or "value" common stocks or both.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Overseas Portfolio Service Class 2	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital. Normally invests primarily in common stocks allocating investments across different countries and regions. Normally invests at least 80% of assets in non-U.S. securities.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.

22    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Franklin Income VIP Fund - Class 2	N	Y	Seeks to maximize income while maintaining prospects for capital appreciation. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests in both equity and debt securities.	Franklin Advisers, Inc.
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund - Class 2	N	Y	Seeks capital appreciation, with income as a secondary goal. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests primarily in U.S. and foreign equity securities that the investment manager believes are undervalued.	Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC
Franklin Rising Dividends VIP Fund - Class 2	N	Y	Seeks long-term capital appreciation, with preservation of capital as an important consideration. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities of financially sound companies that have paid consistently rising dividends.	Franklin Advisers, Inc.
Franklin Small-Mid Cap Growth VIP Fund - Class 2	N	Y	Seeks long-term capital growth. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in investments of small-capitalization and mid-capitalization companies.	Franklin Advisers, Inc.
Goldman Sachs VIT Mid Cap Value Fund - Institutional Shares	N	Y	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P.
Goldman Sachs VIT U.S. Equity Insights Fund - Institutional Shares	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital and dividend income.	Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Strategic Income Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks total return	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    23

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks capital growth.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. Comstock Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks capital growth and income through investments in equity securities, including common stocks, preferred stocks and securities convertible into common and preferred stocks.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. Health Care Fund, Series II Shares	N	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. International Growth Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Core Equity Fund, Series II Shares	N	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. Value Opportunities Fund, Series II Shares	N	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Janus Henderson Research Portfolio: Service Shares	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Janus Capital Management LLC
MFS® Massachusetts Investors Growth Stock Portfolio - Service Class	N	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	MFS® Investment Management
MFS® New Discovery Series - Service Class	N	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	MFS® Investment Management
MFS® Total Return Series - Service Class	Y	Y	Seeks total return.	MFS® Investment Management
MFS® Utilities Series - Service Class	Y	Y	Seeks total return.	MFS® Investment Management
Morgan Stanley VIF Discovery Portfolio, Class II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital growth by investing primarily in common stocks and other equity securities.	Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc.
Morgan Stanley VIF Global Real Estate Portfolio, Class II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks to provide current income and capital appreciation.	Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc., adviser; Morgan Stanley Investment Management Limited and Morgan Stanley Investment Management Company, subadvisers.
Morgan Stanley VIF U.S. Real Estate Portfolio, Class II Shares	N	Y	Seeks to provide above average current income and long-term capital appreciation by investing primarily in equity securities of companies in the U.S. real estate industry, including real estate investment trusts.	Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc.

24    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
PIMCO VIT All Asset Portfolio, Advisor Class	Y	Y	Seeks maximum real return, consistent with preservation of real capital and prudent investment management.	Pacific Investment Management Company LLC (PIMCO)
Putnam VT Global Health Care Fund - Class IB Shares	N	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of both Putnam Investments Limited (PIL) and The Putnam Advisory Company, LLC (PAC), PIL and PAC do not currently manage any asses of the fund.
Putnam VT International Equity Fund - Class IB Shares	N	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor; Putnam Investments Limited, sub-adviser. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of The Putnam Advisory Company, LLC (PAC), PAC does not currently manage any assets of the fund.
Putnam VT Small Cap Value Fund - Class IB Shares	N	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of Putnam Investments Limited (PIL), PIL does not currently manage any assets.
Putnam VT Sustainable Leaders Fund - Class IB Shares	N	Y	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of Putnam Investments Limited (PIL), PIL does not currently manage any assets.
Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund - Class 2	Y	Y	Seeks high current income, consistent with preservation of capital, with capital appreciation as a secondary consideration. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in debt securities of any maturity.	Franklin Advisers, Inc.

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    25

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Templeton Growth VIP Fund - Class 2	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital growth. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests predominantly in equity securities of companies located anywhere in the world, including developing markets.	Templeton Global Advisors Limited
Variable Portfolio - Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with an aggressive level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with an aggressive level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Conservative Portfolio (Class 2)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a conservative level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Conservative Portfolio (Class 4)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a conservative level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Managed Risk Fund (Class 2)    (Available only for Current Contracts with living benefit riders)	Y	N	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund's exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Managed Risk U.S. Fund (Class 2)    (Available only for Current Contracts with living benefit riders)	Y	N	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund's exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Managed Volatility Conservative Fund (Class 2)    (Available only for Current Contracts with living benefit riders)	Y	N	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund's exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Managed Volatility Conservative Growth   (Available only for Current Contracts with living benefit riders) Fund (Class 2)	Y	N	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund's exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Managed Volatility Growth Fund (Class 2)    (Available only for Current Contracts with living benefit riders)	Y	N	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund's exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC

26    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Variable Portfolio - Managed Volatility Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2)    (Available only for Current Contracts with living benefit riders)	Y	N	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund’s exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderate Portfolio (Class 2)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderate level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderate Portfolio (Class 4)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderate level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderately aggressive level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderately aggressive level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderately conservative level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 4)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderately conservative level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Partners Core Equity Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; Jacobs Levy Equity Management, Inc. and T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc., subadvisers.
Variable Portfolio - Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; Jacobs Levy Equity Management, Inc., Nuveen Asset Management, LLC and Segall Bryant & Hamill, LLC, subadvisers.
Variable Portfolio - U.S. Flexible Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2)    (Available only for Current Contracts with living benefit riders)	Y	N	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund's exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - U.S. Flexible Growth Fund (Class 2)    (Available only for Current Contracts with living benefit riders)	Y	N	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund's exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    27

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Variable Portfolio - U.S. Flexible Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2)    (Available only for Current Contracts with living benefit riders)	Y	N	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund's exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Wanger International	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLC
Wanger USA	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLC

28    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)

The GPAs may not be available in some states.

Currently, unless you have elected one of the optional living benefit riders, you may allocate purchase payments to one or more of the GPAs with guarantee periods declared by us. These periods of time may vary by state. The required minimum investment in each GPA is $1,000.

(Exception: if a PN program model portfolio includes one or more GPAs, the required minimum investment does not apply.)

These accounts are not offered after the annuitization start date.

Each GPA pays an interest rate that is declared when you make an allocation to that account. Interest is credited daily. That interest rate is then fixed for the guarantee period that you chose. We will periodically change the declared interest rate for any future allocations to these accounts, but we will not change the rate paid on money currently in a GPA. The GPA interests under the contracts are registered with the SEC (File No.333-230959). The SEC staff reviews the disclosures in this prospectus on the GPA interests.

The interest rates that we will declare as guaranteed rates in the future are determined by us at our discretion (future rates). These rates generally will be based on various factors related to future investment earnings.We cannot predict nor can we guarantee what future rates will be.

We hold amounts you allocate to the GPAs in a “nonunitized” separate account. This separate account provides an additional measure of assurance that we will make full payment of amounts due under the GPAs. We own the assets of this separate account as well as any favorable investment performance of those assets. You do not participate in the performance of the assets held in this separate account. We guarantee all benefits relating to your value in the GPAs. This guarantee is based on the continued claims-paying ability of the company’s general account. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of insurance and financial products as well, and we also pay our obligations under these products from assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account.

We intend to construct and manage the investment portfolio relating to the separate account in such a way as to minimize the impact of fluctuations by interest rates. We seek to achieve this by constructing a portfolio of assets with a price sensitivity to interest rate changes (i.e., price duration) that is similar to the price duration of the corresponding portfolio of liabilities.

We must invest this portfolio of assets in accordance with requirements established by applicable state laws regarding the nature and quality of investments that life insurance companies may make and the percentage of their assets that they may commit to any particular type of investment. Our investment strategy will incorporate the use of a variety of debt instruments having price durations tending to match the applicable guarantee periods. These instruments include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities, which issues may or may not be guaranteed by the U.S. government;

• Debt securities that have an investment grade, at the time of purchase, within the four highest grades assigned by any of three nationally recognized rating agencies — Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s Investors Service or Fitch — or are rated in the two highest grades by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners;

• Other debt instruments which are unrated or rated below investment grade, limited to 10% of assets at the time of purchase; and

• Real estate mortgages, limited to 45% of portfolio assets at the time of acquisition.

In addition, options and futures contracts on fixed income securities will be used from time to time to achieve and maintain appropriate investment and liquidity characteristics on the overall asset portfolio.

While this information generally describes our investment strategy, we are not obligated to follow any particular strategy except as may be required by federal law and Indiana and other state insurance laws.

Market Value Adjustment (MVA)

We will not apply an MVA to contract value you transfer or surrender out of the GPAs within 30 days before the end of the guarantee period. During this 30 day window, you may choose to start a new guarantee period of the same length, transfer the contract value from the specified GPA to a GPA of another length, transfer the contract value from the specified GPA to any of the subaccounts, the regular fixed account (Current Contract) or the one-year fixed account (Original Contract), or surrender the value from the specified GPA (all subject to applicable surrender and transfer provisions). If we do not receive any instructions by the end of your guarantee period, our current practice is to automatically transfer the contract value from the specified GPA into the shortest GPA term offered in your state. If no

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    29

GPAs are offered, we will transfer the value to the regular fixed account (Current Contract) or the one-year fixed account (Original Contract), if available. If the regular fixed account (Current Contract) or the one-year fixed account (Original Contract) is not available, we will transfer the value to the money market or cash management variable subaccount we designate.

We guarantee the contract value allocated to the GPAs, including the interest credited, if you do not make any transfers or surrenders from the GPAs prior to 30 days before the end of the guarantee period (30-day rule). At all other times, and unless one of the exceptions to the 30-day rule described below applies, we will apply an MVA if you surrender or transfer contract value from a GPA including surrenders under theSecureSource series of riders, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit, or you elect an annuity payout plan while you have contract value invested in a GPA. We will refer to these transactions as “early surrenders.” The application of an MVA may result in either a gain or loss of principal.

For the Current Contract, the 30-day rule does not apply and no MVA will apply to:

• amounts surrendered under contract provisions that waive surrender charges for Hospital or Nursing Home Confinement and Terminal Illness Disability Diagnosis;

• amounts transferred automatically under the PN program; and

• amounts deducted for fees and charges.

• Amounts we pay as death claims will not be reduced by any MVA.

For the Original Contract, the 30-day rule does not apply and no MVA will apply to:

• transfers from a one-year GPA occurring under an automated dollar-cost averaging program or interest sweep strategy;

• automatic rebalancing under any PN program model portfolio we offer which contains one or more GPAs. However, an MVA may apply if you transfer to a new PN program investment option;

• amounts applied to an annuity payout plan while a PN program model portfolio containing one or more GPAs is in effect;

• amounts deducted for fees and charges; or

• amounts we pay as death claims.

When you request an early surrender, we adjust the early surrender amount by an MVA formula. The early surrender amount reflects the relationship between the guaranteed interest rate you are earning in your current GPA and the interest rate we are crediting on new GPAs that end at the same time as your current GPA.

The MVA is sensitive to changes in current interest rates. The magnitude of any applicable MVA will depend on our current schedule of guaranteed interest rates at the time of the surrender, the time remaining in your guarantee period and your guaranteed interest rate. The MVA is negative, zero or positive depending on how the guaranteed interest rate on your GPA compares to the interest rate of a new GPA for the same number of years as the guarantee period remaining on your GPA. This is summarized in the following table:

If your GPA rate is:	The MVA is:
Less than the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Negative
Equal to the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Zero
Greater than the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Positive

For examples, see Appendix A.

30    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The General Account

The general account includes all assets owned by RiverSource Life, other than those in the variable account and our other separate accounts. Subject to applicable state law, we have sole discretion to decide how assets of the general account will be invested. The assets held in our general account support the guarantees under your contract including any optional benefits offered under the contract. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to many of the same risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of annuities and financial instruments and products as well, and these obligations are satisfied from the assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account. The fixed account is supported by our general account that we make available under the contract.

The Fixed Account

Amounts allocated to the fixed account are part of our general account. For the Current Contract, the fixed account includes the regular fixed account and the Special DCA fixed account. For the Original Contract, the fixed account includes the one-year fixed account and the DCA fixed account. We credit interest on amounts you allocate to the fixed account at rates we determine from time to time at our discretion. Interest rates credited in excess of the guaranteed rate generally will be based on various factors related to future investment earnings. The guaranteed minimum interest rate on amounts invested in the fixed account may vary by state but will not be lower than state law allows. We back the principal and interest guarantees relating to the fixed account. These guarantees are subject to the creditworthiness and continued claims-paying ability of RiverSource Life

Because of exemptive and exclusionary provisions, we have not registered interests in the fixed account as securities under the Securities Act of 1933 nor have any of these accounts been registered as investment companies under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Accordingly, neither the fixed account nor any interests in the fixed account are subject to the provisions of these Acts.

The fixed account has not been registered with the SEC. Disclosures regarding the fixed account, however, are subject to certain generally applicable provisions of the federal securities laws relating to the accuracy and completeness of statements made in a prospectus. 

Current Contract:

(applications signed on or after Nov. 30, 2009, subject to state availability)

The Regular Fixed Account

Unless the PN program we offer is in effect, you may allocate purchase payments or transfer contract value to the regular fixed account. The value of the regular fixed account increases as we credit interest to the regular fixed account. We credit and compound interest daily based on a 365-day year (366 in a leap year) so as to produce the annual effective rate which we declare. The interest rate we apply to each purchase payment or transfer to the regular fixed account is guaranteed for one year. Thereafter, we will change the rates from time to time at our discretion, but your interest rate for each purchase payment or transfer will never change more frequently than annually. There are restrictions on transfers from this account and may be restrictions on the amount you can allocate to this account (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transfer policies”).

The Special DCA Fixed Account

You may allocate purchase payments to the Special DCA fixed account. You may not transfer contract value to the Special DCA fixed account.

You may allocate your entire purchase payment to the Special DCA fixed account for a term of six or twelve months. We reserve the right to offer shorter or longer terms for the Special DCA fixed account.

In accordance with your investment instructions, we transfer amounts from the Special DCA fixed account to the subaccounts or investment option you select under your living benefit rider monthly so that, at the end of the Special DCA fixed account term, the balance of the Special DCA fixed account is zero. The amount of each transfer equals the remaining Special DCA fixed account value on the date of the transfer divided by the number of remaining transfers in the program. You may not change the amount of transfers. The first Special DCA monthly transfer occurs one day after we receive your payment. You may not use the regular fixed account or any GPA as a destination for the Special DCA monthly transfer. (Exception: if a PN program is in effect, and the PN program investment option you selected, if applicable, includes the regular fixed account or any GPA, amounts will be transferred from the Special DCA fixed account to the regular fixed account or GPA according to the allocation percentage established for the PN program investment option you have selected.)

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    31

The value of the Special DCA fixed account increases when we credit interest to the Special DCA fixed account, and decreases when we make monthly transfers from the Special DCA fixed account. When you allocate a purchase payment to the Special DCA fixed account, the interest rates applicable to that purchase payment will be the rates in effect for the Special DCA fixed account term you choose on the date we receive your purchase payment. The applicable interest rate is guaranteed for the length of the term for the Special DCA fixed account term you choose. We credit and compound interest daily based on a 365-day year (366 in a leap year) so as to produce the annual effective rate which we declare. We credit interest only on the declining balance of the Special DCA fixed account; we do not credit interest on amounts that have been transferred from the Special DCA fixed account. As a result, the net effective interest rates we credit will be less than the declared annual effective rates. Generally, we will credit the Special DCA fixed account with interest at the same annual effective rate we apply to the regular fixed account on the date we receive your purchase payment, regardless of the length of the term you select. From time to time, we may credit interest to the Special DCA fixed account at promotional rates that are higher than those we credit to the regular fixed account. We reserve the right to declare different annual effective rates:

• for the Special DCA fixed account and the regular fixed account; and

• for the Special DCA fixed accounts with terms of differing length.

Alternatively, you may allocate your purchase payment to any combination of the following which equals one hundred percent of the amount you invest:

• the Special DCA fixed account for a six month term;

• the Special DCA fixed account for a twelve month term;

• the Portfolio Stabilizer or Portfolio Navigator fund if you have one of the optional living benefit riders;

• unless you have elected one of the optional living benefit riders, to the regular fixed account, the GPAs and/or the subaccounts, subject to investment minimums and other restrictions we may impose on investments in the regular account and the GPAs.

Once you establish a Special DCA fixed account, you cannot allocate additional purchase payments to it. However, you may establish another Special DCA fixed account and allocate new purchase payments to it.

If you participate in a PN program, and you change to a different PN program investment option while a Special DCA fixed account term is in progress, we will allocate transfers from the Special DCA fixed account to your newly-elected PN program investment option.

If your contract permits, and you discontinue your participation in a PN program while a Special DCA fixed account term is in progress, we will allocate transfers from your Special DCA fixed account for the remainder of the term to the subaccounts in accordance with your current Special DCA fixed account allocation instructions. If your current Special DCA fixed account allocation instructions include a fund to which allocations are restricted and you do not provide new instructions, we will transfer prorated amounts to the valid portion of your allocation instruction.

You may discontinue any Special DCA fixed account before the end of its term by giving us notice. If you do so, we will transfer the remaining balance of the Special DCA fixed account to the Portfolio Stabilizer or Portfolio Navigator fund in which you are invested if a living benefit rider is selected, or if no living benefit rider is selected, in accordance with your investment instructions to us to the regular fixed account, the GPAs and/or the subaccounts, subject to investment minimums and other restrictions we may impose on investments in the regular fixed account and the GPAs, including but not limited to, any limitations described in this prospectus on transfers (see “Transfer policies”).

Dollar-cost averaging from the Special DCA fixed account does not guarantee that any subaccount will gain in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. For a discussion of how dollar-cost averaging works, see “Making the Most of your Contract — Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging.”

Original Contract:

(applications signed prior to Nov. 30, 2009 or in states where the Current Contract was not available)

The One-Year Fixed Account

Unless the PN program we offer is in effect, you may allocate purchase payments or transfer contract value to the one-year fixed account. The value of the one-year fixed account increases as we credit interest to the one-year fixed account. We credit and compound interest daily based on a 365-day year (366 in a leap year) so as to produce the annual effective rate which we declare. We credit the one-year fixed account with the current guaranteed annual rate that is in effect on the date we receive your purchase payment or you transfer contract value to the one-year fixed account. The interest rate we apply to each purchase payment or transfer to the one-year fixed account is guaranteed for one year. There are restrictions on the amount you can allocate to the one-year fixed account as well as on transfers from this account (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transfer policies”).

32    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

DCA Fixed Account

(Applies to contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2006 and if available in your state)

You may allocate purchase payments to the DCA fixed account. You may not transfer contract value to the DCA fixed account.

You may allocate your entire purchase payment to the DCA fixed account for a term of six or twelve months. We reserve the right to offer shorter or longer terms for the DCA fixed account.

In accordance with your investment instructions, we transfer a pro rata amount from the DCA fixed account to your investment allocations monthly so that, at the end of the DCA fixed account term, the balance of the DCA fixed account is zero. The first DCA monthly transfer occurs one day after we receive your payment.

The value of the DCA fixed account increases when we credit interest to the DCA fixed account, and decreases when we make monthly transfers from the DCA fixed account. When you allocate a purchase payment to the DCA fixed account, the interest rates applicable to that purchase payment will be the rates in effect for the DCA fixed account term you choose on the date we receive your purchase payment. The applicable interest rate is guaranteed for the length of the term for the DCA fixed account term you choose. We credit and compound interest daily based on a 365-day year (366 in a leap year) so as to produce the annual effective rate which we declare. We credit interest only on the declining balance of the DCA fixed account; we do not credit interest on amounts that have been transferred from the DCA fixed account. As a result, the net effective interest rates we credit will be less than the declared annual effective rates. Generally, we will credit the DCA fixed account with interest at the same annual effective rate we apply to the one-year fixed account on the date we receive your purchase payment, regardless of the length of the term you select. From time to time, we may credit interest to the DCA fixed account at promotional rates that are higher than those we credit to the one-year fixed account. We reserve the right to declare different annual effective rates:

• for the DCA fixed account and the one-year fixed account;

• for the DCA fixed accounts with terms of differing length;

• for amounts in the DCA fixed account that are transferred to the one-year fixed account;

• for amounts in the DCA fixed account that are transferred to the GPAs;

• for amounts in the DCA fixed account that are transferred to the subaccounts.

Alternatively, you may allocate your purchase payment to any combination of the following which equals one hundred percent of the amount you invest:

• the DCA fixed account for a six month term;

• the DCA fixed account for a twelve month term;

• the Portfolio Stabilizer or Portfolio Navigator fund, if you have one of the optional living benefit riders;

• unless you have elected one of the optional living benefit riders, to the one-year fixed account, the GPAs and/or the subaccounts, subject to investment minimums and other restrictions we may impose on investments in the one-year fixed account and the GPAs.

If you make a purchase payment while a DCA fixed account term is in progress, you may allocate your purchase payment among the following:

• to the DCA fixed account term(s) then in effect. Amounts you allocate to an existing DCA fixed account term will be transferred out of the DCA fixed account over the remainder of the term. For example, if you allocate a new purchase payment to an existing DCA fixed account term of six months when only two months remains in the six month term, the amount you allocate will be transferred out of the DCA fixed account over the remaining two months of the term;

• to the Portfolio Stabilizer or Portfolio Navigator fund, if you have one of the optional living benefit riders;

• unless you have elected one of the optional living benefit riders, then to the one-year fixed account, the GPAs and/or the subaccounts, subject to investment minimums and other restrictions we may impose on investments in the one-year fixed account and the GPAs.

If no DCA fixed account term is in progress when you make an additional purchase payment, you may allocate it according to the rules above for the allocation of your initial purchase payment.

If you participate in a PN program, and you change to a different PN program investment option while a DCA fixed account term is in progress, we will allocate transfers from the DCA fixed account to your newly-elected PN program investment option.

If your contract permits, and you discontinue your participation in a PN program investment option while a DCA fixed account term is in progress, we will allocate transfers from the DCA fixed account for the remainder of the term in accordance with your investment instructions to us to the one-year fixed account, the GPAs and the subaccounts,

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    33

subject to investment minimums and other restrictions we may impose on investments in the one-year fixed account and the GPAs, including but not limited to, any limitations described in this prospectus on transfers (see “Transfer policies”).

You may discontinue any DCA fixed account before the end of its term by giving us notice. If you do so, we will transfer the remaining balance of the DCA fixed account whose term you are ending to the PN program investment option in effect, or if no PN program investment option is in effect, in accordance with your investment instructions to us to the one-year fixed account, the GPAs and/or the subaccounts, subject to investment minimums and other restrictions we may impose on investments in the one-year fixed account and the GPAs, including but not limited to, any limitations described in this prospectus on transfers (see “Transfer policies”).

Dollar-cost averaging from the DCA fixed account does not guarantee that any subaccount will gain in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. For a discussion of how dollar-cost averaging works, see “Making the Most of your Contract — Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging.”

Buying Your Contract

New contracts are not currently being offered.

We are required by law to obtain personal information from you which we used to verify your identity. If you do not provide this information we reserve the right to refuse to issue your contract or take other steps we deem reasonable. As the owner, you have all rights and may receive all benefits under the contract. You may select a qualified or nonqualified annuity. You can own a nonqualified annuity in joint tenancy with rights of survivorship only in spousal situations. You cannot own a qualified annuity in joint tenancy. For the Current Contract, you can buy a contract if you are 85 or younger. For the Original Contract, you can buy a contract if you and the annuitant are age 85 or younger. (The age limit may be younger for qualified annuities in some states.)

When you applied, you could have selected:

Current Contract:

(applications signed on or after Nov. 30, 2009, subject to state availability)

• GPAs, the regular fixed account (if included), the Special DCA fixed account and/or subaccounts in which you want to invest;

• how you want to make purchase payments;

• a beneficiary;

• the optional PN program⁽¹⁾; and

• one of the following optional death benefits:

– MAV Death Benefit;

– 5% Accumulation Death Benefit; or

– Enhanced Death Benefit.

• one of the following additional optional death benefits:

– Benefit Protector Death Benefit rider⁽²⁾; or

– Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit rider⁽²⁾.

In addition, you could have also selected one of the following optional living benefits:

• SecureSource Stages 2 riders;

• SecureSource Stages riders;

• Accumulation Protector Benefit rider

The Current Contract provides for allocation of purchase payments to the GPAs, the regular fixed account, the Special DCA fixed account and/or the subaccounts of the variable account subject to the $1,000 required minimum investment for the GPAs. We currently allow you to allocate the total amount of purchase payment to the regular fixed account. We reserve the right to limit purchase payment allocations to the regular fixed account at any time on a non-discriminatory basis with notification, subject to state restrictions. You cannot allocate purchase payments to the fixed account for six months following a partial surrender from the fixed account, a lump sum transfer from the regular fixed account, or termination of automated transfers from the Special DCA fixed account prior to the end of the Special DCA fixed account term.

Original Contract:

(applications signed prior to Nov. 30, 2009 or in states where the Current Contract was not available)

34    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• GPAs, the one-year fixed account, if part of your contract, the DCA fixed account if part of your contract and/or subaccounts in which you want to invest;

• how you want to make purchase payments;

• a beneficiary;

• the optional PN program⁽¹⁾; and

• one of the following optional death benefits:

– MAV Death Benefit;

– 5% Accumulation Death Benefit; or

– Enhanced Death Benefit.

• one of the following additional optional death benefits:

– Benefit Protector Death Benefit rider⁽²⁾; or

– Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit rider⁽²⁾.

In addition, if available in your state, could have also selected one of the following optional living benefits:

•	SecureSource 20 riders;
•	SecureSource riders;
•	Accumulation Protector Benefit rider;
•	Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider;
•	Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider;
•	Income Assurer Benefit – MAV rider;
•	Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base rider; or
•	Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base rider.
(1)	There is no additional charge for this feature.
(2)	Not available with 5% Accumulation or Enhanced Death Benefit.

The Original Contract provides for allocation of purchase payments to the GPAs, the one-year fixed account (if part of your contract), the DCA fixed account (if part of your contract) and/or to the subaccounts of the variable account in even 1% increments subject to the $1,000 required minimum investment for the GPAs. The amount of any purchase payment allocated to the one-year fixed account in total cannot exceed 30% of the purchase payment. More than 30% of a purchase payment may be so allocated if you establish an automated dollar-cost averaging arrangement with respect to the purchase payment according to procedures currently in effect. We reserve the right to further limit purchase payment allocations to the one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then crediting on new purchase payments allocated to the one-year fixed account is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract.

For both the Current Contract and the Original Contract:

We will credit additional eligible purchase payments you make to your accounts on the valuation date we receive them. If we receive an additional purchase payment at our Service Center before the close of business, we will credit any portion of that payment allocated to the subaccounts using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received the payment. If we receive an additional purchase payment at our Service Center at or after the close of business, we will credit any portion of that payment allocated to the subaccounts using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received the payment.

You may make monthly payments to your contract under a Systematic Investment Plan (SIP). You must make an initial purchase payment of $10,000. Then, to begin the SIP, you will complete and send a form and your first SIP payment along with your application. There is no charge for SIP. You can stop your SIP payments at any time.

In most states, you may make additional purchase payments to nonqualified and qualified annuities until the annuitization start date.

Householding and delivery of certain documents

With your prior consent, RiverSource Life and its affiliates may use and combine information concerning accounts owned by members of the same household and provide a single paper copy of certain documents to that household. This householding of documents may include prospectuses, supplements, annual reports, semiannual reports and proxies. Your authorization remains in effect unless we are notified otherwise. If you wish to continue receiving multiple copies of these documents, you can opt out of householding by calling us at 1.866.273.7429. Multiple mailings will resume within 30 days after we receive your opt out request.

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    35

The Annuitization Start Date

For both the Current Contract and the Original Contract:

Annuity payouts begin on the annuitization start date. This means that the contract will be annuitized or converted to a stream of monthly payments. If your contract is annuitized, the contract goes into payout and only the annuity payout provisions continue. You will no longer have access to your contract value. This means that the death benefit and any optional benefits you have elected will end. When we processed your application, we established the maximum age then in effect (or contract anniversary if applicable). Unless otherwise elected by you, all annuitization start dates are now automatically set to the maximum age of 95 now in effect. You can also change the annuitization start date, provided you send us written instructions at least 30 days before annuity payouts begin.

The annuitization start date must be:

• no earlier than the 30th day after the contract’s effective date; and no later than

• the owner’s 95th birthday or the tenth contract anniversary, if later,

• or such other date as agreed to by us.

Six months prior to your annuitization start date, we will contact you with your options including the option to postpone your annuitization start date to a future date. You can choose to delay the annuitization of your contract to a date beyond age 95, to the extent allowed by applicable state law and tax laws.

If you do not make an election, annuity payouts using the contract’s default option of annuity payout Plan B – Life with 10 years certain will begin on the annuitization start date and your monthly annuity payments will continue for as long as the annuitant lives. If the annuitant does not survive 10 years, we will continue to make payments until 10 years of payments have been made. Some distributors require annuitization by age 95. In that case, the option to continue to defer the annuitization start date after age 95 is not available.

Generally, if you own a qualified annuity (for example, an IRA) and tax laws require that you take distributions from your annuity prior to your annuitization start date, your contract will not be automatically annuitized (subject to state requirement). However, if you choose, you can elect to request annuitization or take surrenders to meet your required minimum distributions.

Please see ”SecureSource Stages 2/SecureSource Stages/SecureSource 20 — Other Provisions" section regarding options under this rider at the annuitization start date.

Beneficiary

We will pay to your named beneficiary the death benefit if it becomes payable while the contract is in force and before the annuitization start date. If there is more than one beneficiary, we will pay each beneficiary’s designated share when we receive their completed claim. A beneficiary will bear the investment risk of the variable account until we receive the beneficiary’s completed claim. If there is no named beneficiary, the default provisions of your contract will apply. (See “Benefits in Case of Death” for more about beneficiaries.)

If you select one of theSecureSource series  – Joint Life rider, please consider carefully whether or not you wish to change the beneficiary of your annuity contract. The rider will terminate if the surviving covered spouse can not utilize the spousal continuation provision of the contract when the death benefit is payable.

Purchase Payments

Purchase payment amounts and purchase payment timing may vary by state and be limited under the terms of your contract.

Minimum initial purchase payment

10,000

Minimum additional purchase payments

$50 for SIPs

$100 for all other payment types

Maximum total purchase payments (without our approval)

•	Current Contract:
	(applications signed on or after Nov. 30, 2009, subject to state availability)

Maximum total purchase payments* based on your age on the effective date of the payment:

For the first year and total: through age 85	$1,000,000
age 86 or older	$0

36    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

For each subsequent year: through age 85	$100,000
age 86 or older	$0

• Original Contract:

(applications signed prior to Nov. 30, 2009 or in states where the Current Contract was not available)

Maximum total purchase payments*

$1,000,000

Additional purchase payment restrictions for contracts with the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, orSecureSource riders.

Effective Jan. 26, 2009, after initial purchase payments are received, limited additional purchase payments allowed for contracts with the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, orSecureSource riders, subject to state restrictions. Initial purchase payments are: 1) payments received with the application, and 2) Tax Free Exchanges, rollovers, and transfers listed on the annuity application, paper work initiated within 30 days from the application signed date and received within 180 days from the application signed date.

For contracts issued in all states except those listed below, the only additional purchase payments that will be allowed on/after Jan. 26, 2009 are the maximum annual contribution permitted by the Code for qualified annuities.

For contracts issued in Florida, New Jersey, and Oregon, additional purchase payments to your variable annuity contract with the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, orSecureSource riders will be limited to $100,000 for the life of your contract. The limit does not apply to initial purchase payments.

Additional purchase payment restrictions for theSecureSource Stages 2 riders,SecureSource Stages riders andSecureSource 20 riders

Effective Feb. 27, 2012, no additional purchase payments are allowed for contracts withSecureSource Stages 2 riders,SecureSource Stages riders andSecureSource 20 riders subject to certain exceptions listed below.

Certain exceptions apply and the following additional purchase payments will be allowed on or after Feb. 27, 2012:

a.	Current tax year contributions for TSAs and Custodial and investment only plans under Section 401(a) of the Code, up to the annual limit set by the IRS.
b.	Prior and current tax year contributions up to the annual limit set up by the IRS for any Qualified Accounts except TSAs and 401(a)s. This annual limit applies to IRAs, Roth IRAs and SEP plans.

We reserve the right to change these current rules any time, subject to state restrictions.

The riders also prohibit additional purchase payments while the rider is effective, if (1) you decline a rider fee increase, or (2) the Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP) is established and your contract value on an anniversary is less than four times the ALP. (For the purpose of this calculation only, the ALP is determined using percentage B, as described under “Optional Living Benefits —SecureSource Stages 2 Riders,SecureSource Stages Riders andSecureSource 20 Riders.”)

Additional purchase payment restrictions for the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider

Additional purchase payments are prohibited during the waiting period after the first 180 days immediately following the effective date of the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider.

For the Current Contract, additional purchase payments are also allowed within 180 days from the last contract anniversary if you exercise the elective step up option.

Subject to state restrictions, we reserve the right to change the above purchase payment limitations, including making further restrictions, upon written notice.

* These limits apply in total to all RiverSource Life annuities you own unless a higher maximum applies to your contract. We reserve the right to waive or increase the maximum limit. For qualified annuities, the Code’s limits on annual contributions also apply. Additional purchase payments for inherited IRA contracts cannot be made unless the payment is IRA money inherited from the same decedent.

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    37

How to Make Purchase Payments

11 By letter

Send your check along with your name and contract number to:

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474

22 By SIP

Contact your investment professional to complete the necessary SIP paperwork.

Limitations on Use of Contract

If mandated by applicable law, including, but not limited to, federal anti-money laundering laws, we may be required to reject a purchase payment. We may also be required to block an owner’s access to contract values or to satisfy other statutory obligations. Under these circumstances, we may refuse to implement requests for transfers, surrenders or death benefits until instructions are received from the appropriate governmental authority or a court of competent jurisdiction.

Charges

Contract Administrative Charge

We charge this fee for establishing and maintaining your records. We deduct $40 from the contract value on your contract anniversary or, if earlier, when the contract is fully surrendered. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. Some states also limit any contract charge that applies to the fixed account. For the Current Contract, we reserve the right to increase this charge after the first contract anniversary to a maximum of $50.

We will waive this charge when your contract value is $50,000 or more on the current contract anniversary. For the Current Contract, we reserve the right to charge up to $20 after the first contract anniversary for contracts with contract value of $50,000 or more.

If you take a full surrender from your contract, we will deduct the charge at the time of surrender regardless of the contract value. We cannot increase the annual contract administrative charge for the Original Contract. This charge does not apply to amounts applied to an annuity payment plan or to the death benefit (other than when deducted from the Full Surrender Value component of the death benefit for the Current Contract).

Variable Account Administrative Charge

We apply this charge daily to the subaccounts. It is reflected in the unit values of your subaccounts and it totals 0.15% of their average daily net assets on an annual basis. It covers certain administrative and operating expenses of the subaccounts such as accounting, legal and data processing fees and expenses involved in the preparation and distribution of reports and prospectuses. We cannot increase the variable account administrative charge.

Mortality and Expense Risk Fee

We charge these fees daily to the subaccounts. The unit values of your subaccounts reflect these fees. These fees cover the mortality and expense risk that we assume. These fees do not apply to the GPAs or the fixed account. We cannot increase these fees.

The mortality and expense risk fee you pay is determined by the death benefit guarantee in effect:

Current Contract:

(applications signed on or after Nov. 30, 2009, subject to state availability)

	Mortality and expense risk fee
CV Death Benefit*	1.30%
ROPP Death Benefit	1.30
MAV Death Benefit	1.55
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.70

38    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

	Mortality and expense risk fee
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.75

* CV Death Benefit is available only after an ownership change or spousal continuation if any owner or spouse who continues the contract is over age 85 and therefore cannot qualify for the ROPP death benefit.

Original Contract:

(applications signed prior to Nov. 30, 2009 or in states where the Current Contract was not available)

	Mortality and expense risk fee
ROP Death Benefit	1.30%
MAV Death Benefit	1.50
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.65
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.70

Mortality risk arises because of our guarantee to pay a death benefit and our guarantee to make annuity payouts according to the terms of the contract, no matter how long a specific owner or annuitant lives and no matter how long our entire group of owners or annuitants live. If, as a group, owners or annuitants outlive the life expectancy we assumed in our actuarial tables, then we must take money from our general assets to meet our obligations. If, as a group, owners or annuitants do not live as long as expected, we could profit from the mortality risk fee. We deduct the mortality risk fee from the subaccounts during the annuity payout period even if the annuity payout plan does not involve a life contingency.

Expense risk arises because we cannot increase the contract administrative charge for the Original Contract, we are limited on how much we can increase the contract administrative charge for the Current Contract, and we cannot increase the variable account administrative charge and these charges may not cover our expenses. We would have to make up any deficit from our general assets. We could profit from the expense risk fee if future expenses are less than expected.

The subaccounts pay us the mortality and expense risk fee they accrued as follows:

• first, to the extent possible, the subaccounts pay this fee from any dividends distributed from the funds in which they invest;

• then, if necessary, the funds redeem shares to cover any remaining fees payable.

We may use any profits we realize from the subaccounts’ payment to us of the mortality and expense risk fee for any proper corporate purpose, including, among others, payment of distribution (selling) expenses. We do not expect that the surrender charge will cover sales and distribution expenses.

Surrender Charge

If you surrender all or part of your contract value before the annuitization start date, we may deduct a surrender charge. As described below, a surrender charge applies to each purchase payment you make. The surrender charge lasts for 7 years from the date of each purchase payment. (See “Expense Summary.”)

You may surrender an amount during any contract year without a surrender charge. We call this amount the total free amount (FA for the Current Contract, TFA for the Original Contract). Throughout this prospectus when we use the acronym FA, it includes TFA. The FA varies depending on whether your contract includes one of theSecureSourceseries of riders, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider:

Current Contract withoutSecureSource Stages rider

The FA is the greater of:

• 10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary, less any prior surrenders taken in the current contract year; or

• current contract earnings.

During the first contract year, the FA is the greater of:

• 10% of all purchase payments applied prior to your surrender request, less any amounts surrendered prior to your surrender request that represent the FA; or

• current contract earnings.

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    39

Original Contract withoutSecureSource 20 rider,SecureSource rider, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider or Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider

The FA is the greater of:

• 10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary⁽¹⁾, less any prior surrenders taken in the current contract year; or

• current contract earnings.

Current Contract withSecureSource Stages rider

The FA is the greatest of:

• 10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary, less any prior surrenders taken in the current contract year;

• current contract earnings; or

• the Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (this amount will be zero during the waiting period).

During the first contract year, the FA is the greatest of:

• 10% of all purchase payments applied prior to your surrender request, less any amounts surrendered prior to your surrender request that represent the FA; or

• current contract earnings.

Original Contract withSecureSource 20 rider,SecureSource rider or Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider

The FA is the greatest of:

• 10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary⁽¹⁾, less any prior surrenders taken in the current contract year;

• current contract earnings; or

• the greater of the Remaining Benefit Payment or the Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (for theSecureSource 20 rider, Remaining Benefit Payment and the Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment are zero during the waiting period).

Original Contract with Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider

The FA is the greatest of:

•	10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary(1), less any prior surrenders taken in the current contract year;
•	current contract earnings; or
•	the Remaining Benefit Payment.
(1)	We consider your initial purchase payment to be the prior contract anniversary’s contract value during the first contract year.

Amounts surrendered in excess of the FA may be subject to a surrender charge as described below.

A surrender charge will apply if the amount you surrender includes any of your prior purchase payments that are still within their surrender charge schedule. To determine whether your surrender includes any of your prior purchase payments that are still within their surrender charge schedule, we surrender amounts from your contract in the following order:

1.	First, we surrender the FA. Contract earnings are surrendered first, followed by purchase payments. We do not assess a surrender charge on the FA. We surrender payments that are considered part of the FA on a first-in, first-out (FIFO) basis for the Current Contract, and last-in, first-out (LIFO) basis for the Original Contract.
2.	Next, we surrender purchase payments received that are beyond the surrender charge period shown in your contract. We surrender these payments on a FIFO basis. We do not assess a surrender charge on these payments.
3.	Finally, we surrender any additional purchase payments received that are still within the surrender charge period shown in your contract. We surrender these payments on a FIFO basis. We do assess a surrender charge on these payments.

The amount of purchase payments surrendered is calculated using a prorated formula based on the percentage of contract value being surrendered. As a result, the amount of purchase payments surrendered may be greater than the amount of contract value surrendered.

We determine your surrender charge by multiplying each of your payments surrendered which could be subject to a surrender charge by the applicable surrender charge percentage (see “Expense Summary”), and then adding the total surrender charges.

For a partial surrender, we will determine the amount of contract value that needs to be surrendered, which after any surrender charge and any positive or negative market value adjustment, will equal the amount you request.

40    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Example: Each time you make a purchase payment under the contract, a surrender charge schedule attaches to that purchase payment. The surrender charge percentage for each purchase payment declines according to the surrender charge schedule shown in your contract.(The surrender charge percentages for the 7-Year surrender charge schedule are shown in a table in the “Expense Summary”.) For example, during the first two years after a purchase payment is made, the surrender charge percentage attached to that payment is 7%. The surrender charge percentage for that payment during the seventh year after it is made is 2%. At the beginning of the eighth year after that purchase payment is made, and thereafter, there is no longer a surrender charge as to that payment.

For an example, see Appendix B.

Waiver of surrender charges

We do not assess surrender charges for:

• surrenders each year that represent the total free amount for that year;

• required minimum distributions from a qualified annuity to the extent that they exceed the free amount. The amount on which surrender charges are waived can be no greater than the RMD amount calculated under your specific contract currently in force. (Please note that, if you are buying a new contract with inherited IRA money, we will not waive surrender charges for a five-year distribution and, therefore, if that option is selected, you should choose a surrender charge period that is no longer than the time remaining in the five-year period.);

• amounts applied to an annuity payment plan (Exception: As described below, if you select annuity payout Plan E, and choose later to surrender the value of your remaining annuity payments, we will assess a surrender charge. )

• surrenders made as a result of one of the “Contingent events” described below to the extent permitted by state law. For the Current Contract, waiver of surrender charges for Contingent events will not apply to Tax Free Exchanges, rollovers and transfers to another annuity contract;

• amounts we refunded to you during the free look period; and

• death benefits.

Current Contract:

Contingent events

• Surrenders you make if you are confined to a hospital or nursing home and have been for the prior 60 days or confinement began within 30 days following a 60 day confinement period. Such confinement must begin after the contract issue date. Your contract will include this provision when you are under age 76 at contract issue. You must provide us with a letter containing proof satisfactory to us of the confinement as of the date you request the surrender. We must receive your surrender request no later than 91 days after your release from the hospital or nursing home. The amount surrendered must be paid directly to you.

• Surrenders you make if you are disabled with a medical condition and are diagnosed in the second or later contract years with reasonable medical certainty, that the disability will result in death within 12 months or less from the date of the diagnosis. You must provide us with a licensed physician’s statement containing the terminal illness diagnosis, the expected date of death and the date the terminal illness was initially diagnosed. The amount surrendered must be paid directly to you.

Original Contract:

Contingent events

• Surrenders you make if you or the annuitant are confined to a hospital or nursing home and have been for the prior 60 days. Your contract will include this provision when you and the annuitant are under age 76 at contract issue. You must provide proof satisfactory to us of the confinement as of the date you request the surrender.

• Surrenders you make if you or the annuitant are diagnosed in the second or later contract years as disabled with a medical condition that with reasonable medical certainty will result in death within 12 months or less from the date of the diagnosis. You must provide us with a licensed physician’s statement containing the terminal illness diagnosis and the date the terminal illness was initially diagnosed.

Both Contracts:

Liquidation charge under Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:If you are receiving variable annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to surrender those payments. The amount that you can surrender is the present value of any remaining variable payouts. The discount rate we use in the calculation will be 5.17% if the assumed investment return is 3.5% and 6.67% if the assumed investment return is 5%. The liquidation charge equals the present value of the remaining payouts using the assumed investment return minus the present value of the remaining payouts using the discount rate.

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    41

Fixed Payouts: Surrender charge for Fixed Annuity Payout Plan E – Payouts for a specified period: If you are receiving annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to take a surrender and surrender charge may apply.

A surrender charge will be assessed against the present value of any remaining guaranteed payouts surrendered. The discount rate we use in determining present values varies based on: (1) the contract value originally applied to the fixed annuitization; (2) the remaining years of guaranteed payouts; (3) the annual effective interest rate and periodic payment amount for new immediate annuities of the same duration as the remaining years of guaranteed payouts; and (4) the interest spread (currently 1.50%). If we do not currently offer immediate annuities, we will use rates and values applicable to new annuitizations to determine the discount rate.

Once the discount rate is applied and we have determined the present value of the remaining guaranteed payouts you surrendered, the present value determined will be multiplied by the surrender charge percentage in the table below and deducted from the present value to determine the net present value you will receive.

Number of Completed Years Since Annuitization	Surrender charge percentage
0	Not applicable*
1	5%
2	4
3	3
4	2
5	1
6 and thereafter	0

*We do not permit surrenders in the first year after annuitization.

We will provide a quoted present value (which includes the deduction of any surrender charge). You must then formally elect, in a form acceptable to us, to receive this value. The remaining guaranteed payouts following surrender will be reduced to zero.

Possible group reductions: In some cases we may incur lower sales and administrative expenses due to the size of the group, the average contribution and the use of group enrollment procedures. In such cases, we may be able to reduce or eliminate the contract administrative and surrender charges. However, we expect this to occur infrequently.

Optional Living Benefits Charges

Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider Fee

We deduct an annual charge from your contract value on your contract anniversary for this optional benefit only if you select it. The charge is percentage of the greater of your contract value or the minimum contract accumulation value. See tables below for the applicable percentage. For contract applications signed on or after May 3, 2010, we prorate this charge among all accounts and the subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to your total contract value. For contract applications signed prior to June 1, 2009, the charge will be prorated among the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

Once you elect the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, you may not cancel it and the charge will continue to be deducted until the end of the waiting period. If the contract or rider is terminated for any reason, we will deduct the charge, adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the charge.

The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider charge will not exceed a maximum of 1.75%.

We may change the rider fee at our discretion and on a nondiscriminatory basis.

We will not change the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider fee in effect on your contract after the rider effective date unless:

(a)	you choose the annual elective step-up or elective spousal continuation step-up after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee; or
(b)	you change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee or vary the rider fee for each PN program investment option.

We exercised our right to increase the rider fee upon elective step-up or elective spousal continuation step-up and vary the fee depending on whether your contract value is invested in one of the Portfolio Navigator or Portfolio Stabilizer funds at the time of the elective step-up or spousal continuation step-up. You will pay the fee that is in effect on the valuation date we receive your written request to step-up. Currently, we waive our right to increase the fee for investment option changes. There is no assurance that we will not exercise our right in the future.

42    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If you request an elective step-up or the elective spousal continuation step-up, the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are invested at that time, as shown in the table below.

Current Contract:

For applications signed:	Maximum annual rider fee	Initial annual rider fee and annual rider fee for elective step-ups before 10/20/2012
05/03/2010 – 07/18/2010	1.75%	0.95%
07/19/2010 –10/03/2010	1.75%	1.10%
10/04/2010 – 12/31/2010	1.75%	1.50%

(Charged annually on the contract anniversary as a percentage of the contract value or the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value, whichever is greater.)

Current annual rider fees for elective step-up (including elective spousal continuation step-up) requests on/after 10/20/2012 are shown in the table below.

Elective step up date:	If invested in Portfolio Navigator fund at the time of step-up:	If invested in Portfolio Stabilizer fund at the time of step-up:
10/20/2012 – 11/ 17/2013	1.75%	n/a
11/18/2013 – 10/17/2014	1.75%	1.30%
10/18/2014 – 06/30/2016	1.60%	1.00%
07/01/2016 – 10/15/2018	1.75%	1.30%
10/16/2018 – 12/29/2019	1.40%	1.00%
12/30/2019 – 07/20/2020	1.55%	1.15%
07/21/2020 and later	1.75%	1.75%

Original Contract:

Contract purchase date:	Maximum annual rider fee	Initial annual rider fee and annual rider fee for elective step-ups before 04/29/2013
Prior to 01/26/2009	1.75%	0.55%
01/26/2009 – 05/31/2009	1.75%	0.80%

(Charged annually on the contract anniversary as a percentage of the contract value or the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value, whichever is greater.)

Current annual rider fees for elective step-up (including elective spousal continuation step-up) requests on/after 04/29/2013 are shown in the table below.

Elective step up date:	If invested in Portfolio Navigator fund at the time of step-up:	If invested in Portfolio Stabilizer fund at the time of step-up:
04/29/2013 – 11/17/2013	1.75%	n/a
11/18/2013 – 10/17/2014	1.75%	1.30%
10/18/2014 – 06/30/2016	1.60%	1.00%
07/01/2016 – 10/15/2018	1.75%	1.30%
10/16/2018 – 12/29/2019	1.40%	1.00%
12/30/2019 – 07/20/2020	1.55%	1.15%
07/21/2020 and later	1.75%	1.75%

If your annual rider fee changes during the contract year, on the next contract anniversary we will calculate an average rider fee that reflects the various different fees that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

Subject to the terms of your contract, we reserve the right to further increase the rider fees to the maximum limit provided by your rider and to vary the rider fees based on the fund you select.

The automatic step-up option available under your rider will not impact your rider fee.

Please see the “Optional Living Benefits — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider” section for a full description and rules applicable to elective and automatic step-up options under your rider.

The charge does not apply after the annuitization start date.

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    43

SecureSource Stages 2 Rider Charge

We deduct an annual charge for this optional feature only if you select it. The current annual charges are:

• SecureSource Stages 2 — Single Life rider, 0.95%

• SecureSource Stages 2 — Joint Life rider, 1.15%

The charge is based on the greater of the benefit base (BB) or the anniversary contract value, but not more than the maximum BB of $10,000,000.

We deduct the charge from your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

Once you elect theSecureSource Stages 2 rider, you may not cancel it (except as described below), and the charge will continue to be deducted until the contract or rider is terminated or until the contract value reduces to zero. If the contract or rider is terminated for any reason, we will deduct the charge, adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the charge.

Currently theSecureSource Stages 2 rider fee does not vary with the PN program investment option selected; however, we reserve the right to vary the rider fee for each investment option. TheSecureSource Stages 2 — Single Life rider fee will not exceed a maximum of 1.75%. TheSecureSource Stages 2 — Joint Life rider fee will not exceed a maximum of 2.25%.

The following describes how your annual rider fee may increase:

1. We may increase the annual rider fee at our discretion and on a nondiscriminatory basis. Your annual rider fee will increase if we declare an increase to the fee with written notice 30 days in advance except as described below. The new fee will be in effect on the date we declare in the written notice.

(A) You can decline this increase and therefore all future fee increases if we receive your written request prior to the date of the fee increase, in which case you permanently relinquish:

(i)	all future annual step-ups, and for the Joint Life rider, spousal continuation step-ups,
(ii)	any ability to make additional purchase payments,
(iii)	any future rider credits, and the credit base (CB) will be permanently reset to zero,
(iv)	any increase to the lifetime payment percentage due to changing age bands on subsequent birthdays and rider anniversaries, and
(v)	the ability to change your investment option to one that is more aggressive than your current investment option. Any change to a less aggressive investment option will further limit the investment options available to the then current and less aggressive investment options.

(B) You can terminate this rider if your annual rider fee after any increase is more than 0.25 percentage points higher than your fee before the increase and if we receive your written request to terminate the rider prior to the date of the fee increase.

2. Your annual rider fee may increase if you elect to change to a more aggressive investment option than your current investment option and if the new investment option has a higher current annual rider fee. The annual rider fees associated with the available investment option may change at our discretion, however these changes will not apply to this rider unless you change your current investment option to a more aggressive one. The new fee will be in effect on the valuation date we receive your written request to change your investment option. You cannot decline this type of fee increase. To avoid it, you must stay in the same investment option or move to a less aggressive one. Also, this type of fee increase does not allow you to terminate the rider.

If your rider fee increases, on the next contract anniversary, we will calculate an average rider fee, for the preceding contract year only, that reflects the various different fees that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

The fee does not apply after the annuitization start date.

SecureSource Rider Fee

We deduct a charge based on the greater of the contract anniversary value or the total Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA) for this optional feature only if you select it as follows:

Application signed date	Maximum annual rider fee	Initial annual rider fee
5/1/2007 – 5/31/2008, Single Life	1.50%	0.65%
5/1/2007 – 5/31/2008, Joint Life	1.75%	0.85%
6/1/2008 – 1/25/2009, Single Life	1.50%	0.75%

44    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Application signed date	Maximum annual rider fee	Initial annual rider fee
6/1/2008 – 1/25/2009, Joint Life	1.75%	0.95%
1/26/2009 and later, Single Life	2.00%	1.10%
1/26/2009 and later, Joint Life	2.50%	1.40%

We deduct the charge from your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

Once you elect aSecureSourcerider, you may not cancel it and the charge will continue to be deducted until the contract or rider is terminated, or the contract value reduces to zero. If the contract or rider is terminated for any reason, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the charge. If the RBA reduces to zero but the contract value has not been depleted, you will continue to be charged.

We may increase the rider fee at our discretion and on a nondiscriminatory basis. However, the rider fee will not exceed the maximum fees as shown in the table above.

We will not change theSecureSourcerider fee in effect on your contract after the rider effective date unless:

(a)	you choose the annual elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee; or
(b)	you elect to change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee or vary the rider fee for each PN program investment option.

Effective Dec. 18, 2013, we exercised our right to increase the rider fee and vary the fee depending on the fund to which your contract value is invested. Beginning Dec. 18, 2013, if you:

• request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up, or

• move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is more aggressive than the Portfolio Navigator fund you are currently allocated to,

the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are currently invested as shown in the table below.

If you move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is less aggressive than the Portfolio Navigator fund you are currently allocated to, your fee will not increase and may decrease according to the table below.

		Portfolio Navigator funds
Application signed date	All Portfolio Stabilizer funds	Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)
5/1/2007 – 5/31/2008, Single Life	0.65%	0.75%	0.75%	0.75%	0.90%	1.00%
5/1/2007 – 5/31/2008, Joint Life	0.85%	0.95%	0.95%	0.95%	1.10%	1.20%
6/1/2008 – 1/25/2009, Single Life	0.75%	0.85%	0.85%	0.85%	1.00%	1.10%
6/1/2008 – 1/25/2009, Joint Life	0.95%	1.05%	1.05%	1.05%	1.20%	1.30%
1/26/2009 and later, Single Life	1.10%	1.10%	1.10%	1.10%	1.20%	1.30%
1/26/2009 and later, Joint Life	1.40%	1.40%	1.40%	1.40%	1.50%	1.60%

On your next contract anniversary, if your contract value is allocated to a fund subject to a fee increase, you will have 30 days following the anniversary to choose from the following:

1	Remain invested in your current Portfolio Navigator fund and elect to step up (when available) and lock in your contract gains. If you make this decision, your rider fee will increase.
2.	Move to one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. If you do this, your rider fee will not increase, but remember that you will lose your access to invest in the Portfolio Navigator funds.
3.	Do not elect a step up. You will not lock in contract gains, but your rider fee will stay the same.

During the 30 days following your contract anniversary, if your contract value is allocated to a fund subject to a fee increase, we will automatically process any available step up and lock in any contract gains, as well as reactivate automatic step ups, when contract value is transferred:

1. to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund;

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    45

2.	to a less aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund that is not subject to a fee increase, if applicable; or
3.	to a more aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund.

The step up and lock in of any contract gains will occur as of the date of the transfer described above.

Rider fees may increase or decrease as you move to various funds. Your fee will increase if you transfer your contract value to a more aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund with a higher fee. If you transfer to a less aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund or transfer to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund, your fee may decrease. Certain rider fees may not change depending on the fund in which your contract value is allocated.

We will notify you in writing about your opportunity to elect to step up (if eligible) and incur the higher rider fee or maintain your guaranteed amount at its current level and keep your rider fee the same. If you are subject to a fee increase, you will receive a letter from us approximately 30 days before your next annuity contract anniversary. This letter will describe the potential opportunity to elect a step up to increase your guaranteed income and how to make the election (if eligible). You will have a 30 day period beginning on your next contract anniversary to choose whether to step up and accept the fee increase. The Step up and new fee will be effective on the date we receive your request for the step up (Step up date).

For purposes of determining the duration of the “30 day window” following your contract anniversary to elect to step up or to transfer funds to lock in any available contract gains, the following will apply:

1.	the duration of your window is determined on a calendar day basis;
2.	under our current administrative process we will accept your request on the 31st calendar day if we receive it prior to the close of the NYSE; and
3.	if your window ends on a day the NYSE is closed, we must receive your request no later than the close of the NYSE on the preceding Valuation Date.

Each year, we will continue to provide you written notice of your options with respect to elective step ups and the fee increase until you are no longer subject to a fee increase. Once you have taken action that results in a higher fee, you will become eligible for automatic step ups under the rider.

Before you elect a step up resulting in an increased rider fee, you should carefully consider the benefit of the contract value gains you are locking-in and the increased rider fee compared to your other options including whether it is appropriate to consider moving to a fund with a lower corresponding rider fee.

Subject to the terms of your contract, we reserve the right to further increase the rider fee up to the maximum limit provided by your rider. Currently, the rider fee does not vary among the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, but we reserve the right to vary the fees among the Portfolio Stabilizer funds in the future.

If you choose the elective step up, the elective spousal continuation step up, or change your investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee as described above, you will pay the fee that is in effect on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up or change your investment option. On the next contract anniversary, we will calculate an average rider fee, for the preceding contract year only, that reflects the various different charges that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

The charge does not apply after the annuitization start date.

For an example of how your fee will vary upon elective step up or spousal continuation step up, please see Appendix M.

SecureSource Stages Rider Fee

We deduct a charge for this optional feature only if you select it as follows:

• SecureSource Stages – Single Life rider, 1.10%

• SecureSource Stages – Joint Life rider, 1.35%

The fee is based on the greater of the benefit base (BB) or the anniversary contract value, but not more than the maximum BB of $10,000,000.

We deduct the charge from your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

Once you elect theSecureSource Stages rider, you may not cancel it (except as described below), and the charge will continue to be deducted until the contract or rider is terminated, or the contract value reduces to zero. If the contract or rider is terminated for any reason, we will deduct the charge adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the charge.

46    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Currently theSecureSource Stages rider fee does not vary with the PN program investment option selected; however, we reserve the right to vary the rider fee for each PN program investment option. TheSecureSource Stages – Single Life rider fee will not exceed a maximum of 2.00%. TheSecureSource Stages – Joint Life rider fee will not exceed a maximum of 2.50%.

The following describes how your annual rider fee may increase:

1. We may increase the annual rider fee at our discretion and on a nondiscriminatory basis. Your annual rider fee will increase if we declare an increase to the fee with written notice 30 days in advance except as described below. The new fee will be in effect on the date we declare in the written notice.

(A) You can decline this increase and therefore all future fee increases if we receive your written request prior to the date of the fee increase, in which case you permanently relinquish:

(i)	all future annual step-ups, and for the Joint Life rider, spousal continuation step-ups, any ability to make additional purchase payments,
(ii)	any future rider credits, and the credit base (CB) will be permanently reset to zero,
(iii)	any increase to the lifetime payment percentage due to changing age bands on subsequent birthdays and rider anniversaries, and
(iv)	the ability to change your PN program investment option to one that is more aggressive than your current investment option. Any change to a less aggressive PN program investment option will further limit the PN program investment options available to the then current and less aggressive PN program investment options.

(B) You can terminate this rider if your annual rider fee after any increase is more than 0.25 percentage points higher than your fee before the increase and if we receive your written request to terminate the rider prior to the date of the fee increase.

2. Your annual rider fee may increase if you elect to change to a more aggressive PN program investment option than your current PN program investment option and if the new PN program investment option has a higher current annual rider fee. The annual rider fees associated with the available PN program investment options may change at our discretion, however these changes will not apply to this rider unless you change your current PN program investment option to a more aggressive one. The new fee will be in effect on the valuation date we receive your written request to change your PN program investment option. You cannot decline this type of fee increase. To avoid it, you must stay in the same PN program investment option or move to a less aggressive model. Also, this type of fee increase does not allow you to terminate the rider.

If your annual rider fee increases, on the next contract anniversary, we will calculate an average rider fee, for the preceding contract year only, that reflects the various different fees that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

The charge does not apply after the annuitization start date.

SecureSource 20 Rider Fee

We deduct a charge based on the greater of the contract anniversary value or the total Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA) for this optional feature only if you select it as follows:

• SecureSource 20 – Single Life rider, 1.25%;

• SecureSource 20 – Joint Life rider, 1.55%.

We deduct the charge from your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

Once you elect theSecureSource 20 rider, you may not cancel it (except as described below), and the charge will continue to be deducted until the contract or rider is terminated, or the contract value reduces to zero. If the contract or rider is terminated for any reason, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee. If the RBA reduces to zero but the contract value has not been depleted, you will continue to be charged.

Currently theSecureSource 20 rider fee does not vary with the PN program investment option selected; however, we reserve the right to vary the rider fee for each PN program investment option. TheSecureSource 20 – Single Life rider fee will not exceed a maximum charge of 2.00%. TheSecureSource 20 – Joint Life rider fee will not exceed a maximum charge of 2.50%.

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    47

The following describes how your annual rider fee may increase:

1. We may increase the annual rider fee at our discretion and on a nondiscriminatory basis. Your annual rider fee will increase if we declare an increase to the fee with written notice 30 days in advance except as described below. The new fee will be in effect on the date we declare in the written notice.

(A) You can decline this increase and therefore all future fee increases if we receive your written request prior to the date of the fee increase, in which case you permanently relinquish:

(i)	all future annual step-ups, and for the Joint Life rider, spousal continuation step-ups,
(ii)	any ability to make additional purchase payments,
(iii)	any pending increase to the ALP due to the 20% credit on the later of the third rider anniversary or the date the ALP is established, and
(iv)	the ability to change your PN program investment option to one that is more aggressive than your current one. Any change to a less aggressive PN program investment option will further limit the PN program investment options available to the then current and less aggressive PN program model portfolios or investment options.

(B) You can terminate this rider if your annual rider fee increase after any increase is more than 0.25 percentage points higher than your fee before the increase and if we receive your written request to terminate the rider prior to the date of the fee increase.

2. Your annual rider fee may increase if you elect to change to a more aggressive PN program investment option than your current PN program investment options and if the new PN program investment option has a higher current annual rider fee. The annual rider fees associated with the available PN program model portfolios or investment options may change at our discretion, however these changes will not apply to this rider unless you change your current PN program investment option to a more aggressive one. The new fee will be in effect on the valuation date we receive your written request to change your PN program investment option. You cannot decline this type of fee increase. To avoid it, you must stay in the same PN program investment option or move to a less aggressive PN program investment option. Also, this type of fee increase does not allow you to terminate the rider.

If your annual rider fee increases, on the next contract anniversary, we will calculate an average rider fee, for the preceding contract year only, that reflects the various different fees that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

The charge does not apply after the annuitization start date.

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider Fee⁽¹⁾

We deduct an annual charge based on the greater of the contract anniversary value or the total Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA) for this optional feature only if you select it. The initial fee is 0.65%. We deduct the charge from your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

Once you elect the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, you may not cancel it and the charge will continue to be deducted until the contract is terminated, the contract value reduces to zero. If the contract is terminated for any reason or on the annuitization start date, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee. If the RBA goes to zero but the contract value has not been depleted, you will continue to be charged.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider charge will not exceed a maximum fee of 1.50%.

We may increase the rider fee at our discretion and on a nondiscriminatory basis.

We will not change the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider fee in effect on your contract after the rider effective date unless:

(a)	you choose the annual elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee; or
(b)	you elect to change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee or vary the rider fee for each PN program investment option.

Effective Dec. 18, 2013, we exercised our right to increase the rider fee and vary the fee depending on the fund to which your contract value is invested. Beginning Dec. 18, 2013, if you:

• request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up, or

⁽¹⁾ See disclosure in Appendix I.

48    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is more aggressive than the Portfolio Navigator fund you are currently allocated to,

the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are currently invested as shown in the table below.

If you move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is less aggressive than the Portfolio Navigator fund you are currently allocated to, your fee will not increase and may decrease according to the table below.

Fund name	Maximum annual rider fee	Current annual rider fee as of 12/18/13
Portfolio Stabilizer funds	1.50%	0.65%
Portfolio Navigator funds:
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.80%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.80%
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.80%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.95%
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	1.10%

On your next contract anniversary, if your contract value is allocated to a fund subject to a fee increase, you will have 30 days following the anniversary to choose from the following:

1.	Remain invested in your current Portfolio Navigator fund and elect to step up (when available) and lock in your contract gains. If you make this decision, your rider fee will increase.
2.	Move to one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. If you do this, your rider fee will not increase, but remember that you will lose your access to invest in the Portfolio Navigator funds.
3.	Do not elect a step up, if eligible. You will not lock in contract gains, but your rider fee will stay the same.

During the 30 days following your contract anniversary, if your contract value is allocated to a fund subject to a fee increase, we will automatically process any available step up and lock in any contract gains, as well as reactivate automatic step ups, when contract value is transferred:

1.	to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund;
2.	to a less aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund that is not subject to a fee increase, if applicable; or
3.	to a more aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund.

The step up and lock in of any contract gains will occur as of the date of the transfer described above.

Rider fees may increase or decrease as you move to various funds. Your fee will increase if you transfer your contract value to a more aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund with a higher fee. If you transfer to a less aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund or transfer to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund, your fee may decrease. Certain rider fees may not change depending on the fund in which your contract value is allocated.

We will notify you in writing about your opportunity to elect to step up (if eligible) and incur the higher rider fee or maintain your guaranteed amount at its current level and keep your rider fee the same. If you are subject to a fee increase, you will receive a letter from us approximately 30 days before your next annuity contract anniversary. This letter will describe the potential opportunity to elect a step up to increase your guaranteed income and how to make the election if eligible. You will have a 30 day period beginning on your next contract anniversary to choose whether to step up and accept the fee increase. The step up and new fee will be effective on the date we receive your request for the step up (Step up date).

For purposes of determining the duration of the “30 day window” following your contract anniversary to elect to step up or to transfer funds to lock in any available contract gains, the following will apply:

1.	the duration of your window is determined on a calendar day basis;
2.	under our current administrative process we will accept your request on the 31st calendar day if we receive it prior to the close of the NYSE; and
3.	if your window ends on a day the NYSE is closed, we must receive your request no later than the close of the NYSE on the preceding Valuation Date.

Each year, we will continue to provide you written notice of your options with respect to elective step ups and the fee increase until you are no longer subject to a fee increase. Once you have taken action that results in a higher fee, you will become eligible for automatic step ups under the rider.

Before you elect a step up resulting in an increased rider fee, you should carefully consider the benefit of the contract value gains you are locking-in and the increased rider fee compared to your other options including whether it is appropriate to consider moving to a fund with a lower corresponding rider fee.

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    49

Subject to the terms of your contract, we reserve the right to further increase the rider fee up to the maximum limit provided by your rider. Currently, the rider fee does not vary among the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, but we reserve the right to vary the fees among the Portfolio Stabilizer funds in the future.

If you choose the elective step up, the elective spousal continuation step up, or change your investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee as described above, you will pay the fee that is in effect on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up or change your investment option. On the next contract anniversary, we will calculate an average fee, for the preceding contract year only, that reflects the various different charges that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

The charge does not apply after the annuitization start date.

For an example of how your fee will vary upon elective step up or spousal continuation step up, please see Appendix P.

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider Fee⁽¹⁾

This fee information applies to both Rider A and Rider B unless otherwise noted.

We deduct an annual charge based on contract value for this optional feature only if you select it. The initial fee is 0.55%. We deduct the charge from your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

Once you elect the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, you may not cancel it and the charge will continue to be deducted until the contract is terminated, the contract value reduces to zero. If the contract is terminated for any reason or on the annuitization start date, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee. If the Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA) goes to zero but the contract value has not been depleted, you will continue to be charged.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider fee will not exceed a maximum charge of 1.50%.

We may increase the rider fee at our discretion and on a nondiscriminatory basis.

We will not change the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider fee in effect on your contract after the rider effective date unless:

(a)	you choose the annual elective step up or elective spousal continuation step up after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee; or
(b)	you elect to change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee or vary the rider fee for each PN program investment option.

Effective Dec. 18, 2013, we exercised our right to increase the rider fee and vary the fee depending on the fund to which your contract value is invested.

Beginning Dec. 18, 2013, if you:

• request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up, or

• move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is more aggressive than the Portfolio Navigator fund you are currently allocated to,

the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are currently invested as shown in the table below.

If you move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is less aggressive than the Portfolio Navigator fund you are currently allocated to, your fee will not increase and may decrease according to the table below.

Fund name	Maximum annual rider fee	Current annual rider fee as of 12/18/13
Portfolio Stabilizer funds	1.50%	0.55%
Portfolio Navigator funds:
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.85%
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	1.00%

On your next contract anniversary after, if your contract value is allocated to a fund subject to a fee increase, you will have 30 days following the anniversary to choose from the following:

⁽¹⁾ See disclosure in Appendix J.

50    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

1.	Remain invested in your current Portfolio Navigator fund and elect to step up (when available) and lock in your contract gains. If you make this decision, your rider fee will increase.
2.	Move to one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. If you do this, your rider fee will not increase, but remember that you will lose your access to invest in the Portfolio Navigator funds.
3.	Do not elect a step up, if eligible. You will not lock in contract gains, but your rider fee will stay the same.

For the enhanced rider, if during the 30 days following your contract anniversary, your contract value is allocated to a fund subject to a fee increase, we will automatically process any available step up and lock in any contract gains, as well as reactivate automatic step ups, when contract value is transferred:

1.	to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund;
2.	to a less aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund that is not subject to a fee increase, if applicable; or
3.	to a more aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund.

For original riders, you must always elect to step up your rider values. The step up and lock in of any contract gains will occur as of the date of the transfer described above.

Rider fees may increase or decrease as you move to various funds. Your fee will increase if you transfer your contract value to a more aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund with a higher fee. If you transfer to a less aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund or transfer to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund, your fee may decrease. Certain rider fees may not change depending on the fund in which your contract value is allocated.

We will notify you in writing about your opportunity to elect to step up (if eligible) and incur the higher rider fee or maintain your guaranteed amount at its current level and keep your rider fee the same. For original riders or enhanced riders subject to a fee increase, you will receive a letter from us approximately 30 days before your next annuity contract anniversary. This letter will describe the potential opportunity to elect a step up to increase your guaranteed income and how to make the election if eligible. You will have a 30 day period beginning on your next contract anniversary to choose whether to step up and accept the fee increase. For enhanced riders and original riders with an application signed date on or after 4/29/2005, if approved in your state, the step up and new fee will be effective on the date we receive your request for the step up (Step up date). For original riders with an application signed date before 4/29/2005, the step up will be effective as of your contract anniversary and the fee for your rider will be the fee that was in effect for your current fund on the anniversary.

For purposes of determining the duration of the “30 day window” following your contract anniversary to elect to step up or to transfer funds to lock in any available contract gains, the following will apply:

1.	the duration of your window is determined on a calendar day basis;
2.	under our current administrative process we will accept your request on the 31st calendar day if we receive it prior to the close of the NYSE; and
3.	if your window ends on a day the NYSE is closed, we must receive your request no later than the close of the NYSE on the preceding Valuation Date.

Under the enhanced rider, each year, we will continue to provide you written notice of your options with respect to elective step ups and the fee increase until you are no longer subject to a fee increase. Once you have taken action that results in a higher fee, you will become eligible for automatic step ups under the rider.

Before you elect a step up resulting in an increased rider fee, you should carefully consider the benefit of the contract value gains you are locking-in and the increased rider fee compared to your other options including whether it is appropriate to consider moving to a fund with a lower corresponding rider fee.

Subject to the terms of your contract, we reserve the right to further increase the rider fee up to the maximum limit provided by your rider. Currently, the rider fee does not vary among the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, but we reserve the right to vary the fees among the Portfolio Stabilizer funds in the future.

If you choose the annual or spousal continuation elective step up or change your investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee as described above, you will pay the fee that is in effect on the effective date of your step up or investment option change. On the next contract anniversary, we will calculate an average rider fee, for the preceding contract year only, that reflects the various different charges that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

The charge does not apply after the annuitization start date.

For an example of how your fee will vary upon elective step up or spousal continuation step up, please see Appendix P.

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    51

Income Assurer Benefit Rider Fee

We deduct a charge for this optional feature only if you selected it. We determine the charge by multiplying the guaranteed income benefit base by the charge for the Income Assurer Benefit rider you select. There are three Income Assurer Benefit rider options available under your contract (see “Optional Benefits — Income Assurer Benefit Riders”) and each has a different guaranteed income benefit base calculation. The charge for each Income Assurer Benefit rider is as follows:

	Maximum	Current
Income Assurer Benefit – MAV	1.50%	0.30%(1)
Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base	1.75	0.60(1)
Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base	2.00	0.65(1)

⁽¹⁾ For applications signed prior to Oct. 7, 2004, the following current annual rider charges apply: Income Assurer Benefit – MAV — 0.55%, Income Assurer Benefit — 5% Accumulation Benefit Base — 0.70%; and Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base — 0.75%.

We deduct the charge from the contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among the GPAs , the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary. If the contract is terminated for any reason or on the annuitization start date, we will deduct the fee from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee.

Currently the Income Assurer Benefit rider fee does not vary with the PN program investment option selected; however, we reserve the right to increase this fee and/or vary the rider fee for each PN program investment option but not to exceed the maximum charges shown above. We cannot change the Income Assurer Benefit charge after the rider effective date, unless you change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the fee and/or charge a separate fee for each PN program investment option. If you choose to change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee, you will pay the fee that is in effect on the valuation date we receive your written request to change your PN program investment option. On the next contract anniversary, we will calculate an average rider fee, for the preceding contract year only, that reflects the various different charges that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

For an example of how each Income Assurer Benefit rider fee is calculated, see Appendix K.

Optional Death Benefit Charges

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider Fee

We deduct a charge for the optional feature only if you select it. If selected, we deduct 0.25% of your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

For the Current Contract, on the annuitization start date and if the contract is terminated for any reason except your election to terminate the rider during the 30 day window after certain anniversaries, we will deduct the fee from the contract value adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place during the contract year. For the Original Contract, on the annuitization start date and if the contract is terminated for any reason other than death, we will deduct the fee from the contract value adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee.

We cannot increase this annual charge after the rider effective date.

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider Fee

We charge a fee for the optional feature only if you select it. If selected, we deduct 0.40% of your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this fee among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

For the Current Contract, on the annuitization start date and if the contract is terminated for any reason except your election to terminate the rider during the 30 day window after certain anniversaries, we will deduct the fee from the contract value adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place during the contract year.

For the Original Contract, on the annuitization start date and if the contract is terminated for any reason other than death, we will deduct the fee from the contract value adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee.

52    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

We cannot increase this annual charge after the rider effective date.

Fund Fees and Expenses

There are deductions from and expenses paid out of the assets of the funds that are described in the prospectuses for those funds.

Premium Taxes

Certain state and local governments impose premium taxes on us (up to 3.5%). These taxes depend upon your state of residence or the state in which the contract was issued. Currently, we deduct any applicable premium tax on the annuitization start date, but we reserve the right to deduct this tax at other times such as when you make purchase payments or when you make a full surrender from your contract.

Valuing Your Investment

We value your accounts as follows:

GPAs

We value the amounts you allocate to the GPAs directly in dollars. The value of the GPAs equals:

• the sum of your purchase payments and transfer amounts allocated to the GPAs;

• plus interest credited;

• minus the sum of amounts surrendered (including any applicable surrender charges) and amounts transferred out;

• minus any prorated portion of the contract administrative charge; and

• minus the prorated portion of the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Accumulation Protector Benefit rider;

– SecureSource series rider

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider;

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider;

– Income Assurer Benefit rider;

– Benefit Protector rider; or

– Benefit Protector Plus rider.

The Fixed Account

We value the amounts you allocate to the fixed account directly in dollars. The value of the fixed account equals:

• Current Contract: the sum of your purchase payments allocated to the regular fixed account and the Special DCA fixed account, and transfer amounts to the regular fixed account (including any positive or negative MVA on amounts transferred from the GPAs);

• Original Contract: the sum of your purchase payments allocated to the one-year fixed account (if included) and the DCA fixed account (if included), and transfer amounts to the one-year fixed account (including any positive or negative MVA on amounts transferred from the GPAs);

• plus interest credited;

• minus the sum of amounts surrendered (including any applicable surrender charges) and amounts transferred out;

• minus any prorated portion of the contract administrative charge; and

• minus the prorated portion of the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Accumulation Protector Benefit rider;

– SecureSource series rider

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider;

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider;

– Income Assurer Benefit rider;

– Benefit Protector rider; or

– Benefit Protector Plus rider.

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    53

Subaccounts

We convert amounts you allocated to the subaccounts into accumulation units. Each time you make a purchase payment or transfer amounts into one of the subaccounts, we credit a certain number of accumulation units to your contract for that subaccount. Conversely, we subtract a certain number of accumulation units from your contract each time you take a partial surrender; transfer amounts out of a subaccount; or we assess a contract administrative charge, a surrender charge, or fee for any optional contract riders with annual charges (if applicable).

The accumulation units are the true measure of investment value in each subaccount during the accumulation period. They are related to, but not the same as, the net asset value of the fund in which the subaccount invests. The dollar value of each accumulation unit can rise or fall daily depending on the variable account expenses, performance of the fund and on certain fund expenses.

Here is how we calculate accumulation unit values:

Number of units: To calculate the number of accumulation units for a particular subaccount, we divide your investment by the current accumulation unit value.

Accumulation unit value: The current accumulation unit value for each subaccount equals the last value times the subaccount’s current net investment factor.

We determine the net investment factor by:

• adding the fund’s current net asset value per share, plus the per share amount of any accrued income or capital gain dividends to obtain a current adjusted net asset value per share; then

• dividing that sum by the previous adjusted net asset value per share; and

• subtracting the percentage factor representing the mortality and expense risk fee and the variable account administrative charge from the result.

Because the net asset value of the fund may fluctuate, the accumulation unit value may increase or decrease. You bear all the investment risk in a subaccount.

Factors that affect subaccount accumulation units: Accumulation units may change in two ways — in number and in value.

The number of accumulation units you own may fluctuate due to:

• additional purchase payments you allocate to the subaccounts;

• transfers into or out of the subaccounts (including any positive or negative MVA on amounts transferred from the GPAs);

• partial surrenders;

• surrender charges;

and the deduction of a prorated portion of:

• the contract administrative charge; and

• the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Accumulation Protector Benefit rider;

– SecureSource series of riders;

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider;

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider;

– Income Assurer Benefit rider;

– Benefit Protector rider; or

– Benefit Protector Plus rider.

Accumulation unit values will fluctuate due to:

• changes in fund net asset value;

• fund dividends distributed to the subaccounts;

• fund capital gains or losses;

• fund operating expenses; and

• mortality and expense risk fee and the variable account administrative charge.

54    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Making the Most of Your Contract

Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging

Currently, you can use automated transfers to take advantage of dollar-cost averaging (investing a fixed amount at regular intervals). For example, for the Original Contract, you might transfer a set amount monthly from a relatively conservative subaccount to a more aggressive one, or to several others, or from the one-year GPA or one-year fixed account to one or more subaccounts. Automated transfers are not available for GPA terms of two or more years. You can also obtain the benefits of dollar-cost averaging by setting up regular automatic SIP payments or by establishing an interest sweep strategy. Interest sweeps are a monthly transfer of the interest earned from the one-year GPA or one-year fixed account into the subaccounts of your choice. If you participate in an interest sweep strategy the interest you earn on the one-year GPA or one-year fixed account will be less than the annual interest rate we apply because there will be no compounding. For the Current Contract, you might transfer a set amount monthly from a relatively conservative subaccount to a more aggressive one, or to several others, or from the regular fixed account to one or more subaccounts. You may not set up an automated transfer to or from the GPAs or set up an automated transfer to the regular fixed account. You can also obtain the benefits of dollar-cost averaging by setting up regular automatic SIP payments. The Current Contract does not allow an interest sweep strategy. There is no charge for dollar-cost averaging.

This systematic approach can help you benefit from fluctuations in accumulation unit values caused by fluctuations in the market values of the funds. Since you invest the same amount each period, you automatically acquire more units when the market value falls and fewer units when it rises. The potential effect is to lower your average cost per unit.

How dollar-cost averaging works

By investing an equal number of dollars each month		Month	Amount invested	Accumulation unit value	Number of units purchased
		Jan	$100	$20	5.00
		Feb	100	18	5.56
you automatically buy more units when the per unit market price is low		Mar	100	17	5.88
	→	Apr	100	15	6.67
		May	100	16	6.25
		Jun	100	18	5.56
		Jul	100	17	5.88
and fewer units when the per unit market price is high.		Aug	100	19	5.26
	→	Sept	100	21	4.76
		Oct	100	20	5.00

You paid an average price of $17.91 per unit over the 10 months, while the average market price actually was $18.10.

Dollar-cost averaging does not guarantee that any subaccount will gain in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. Because dollar-cost averaging involves continuous investing, your success will depend upon your willingness to continue to invest regularly through periods of low price levels. Dollar-cost averaging can be an effective way to help meet your long-term goals. For specific features contact your investment professional.

Dollar-cost averaging as described in this section is not available when the PN program is in effect. However, subject to certain restrictions, dollar-cost averaging is available through the Special DCA fixed account (Current Contract) and the DCA fixed account (Original Contract). See the “Special DCA Fixed Account”, “DCA Fixed Account” and “Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds” sections in this prospectus for details.

Asset Rebalancing

You can ask us in writing to automatically rebalance the subaccount portion of your contract value either quarterly, semiannually, or annually. The period you select will start to run on the date we record your request. On the first valuation date of each of these periods, we automatically will rebalance your contract value so that the value in each subaccount matches your current subaccount percentage allocations. These percentage allocations must be in whole numbers. There is no charge for asset rebalancing. The contract value must be at least $2,000.

You can change your percentage allocations or your rebalancing period at any time by contacting us in writing. We will restart the rebalancing period you selected as of the date we record your change. You also can ask us in writing to stop rebalancing your contract value. You must allow 30 days for us to change any instructions that currently are in place. For more information on asset rebalancing, contact your investment professional.

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    55

Different rules apply to asset rebalancing under the PN program (see “Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds” below and “Appendix H — Asset Allocation Program for Contracts with Applications Signed Before May 1, 2006”).

As long as you are not participating in a PN program, asset rebalancing is available for use with the Special DCA fixed account (Current Contract) and the DCA fixed account (Original Contract) (see “Special DCA Fixed Account” and “DCA Fixed Account”) only if your subaccount allocation for asset rebalancing is exactly the same as your subaccount allocation for transfers from the Special DCA fixed account and the DCA fixed account. If you change your subaccount allocations under the asset rebalancing program or the Special DCA fixed account and the DCA fixed account, we will automatically change the subaccount allocations so they match. If you do not wish to have the subaccount allocation be the same for the asset rebalancing program and the Special DCA fixed account and the DCA fixed account, you must terminate the asset rebalancing program or the Special DCA fixed account and the DCA fixed account, as you may choose.

Portfolio Navigator Program (PN program) and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds

PN Program. You are required to participate in the PN program if your contract includes optional living benefit riders. Under the PN program, your contract value is allocated to a PN program investment. The PN program investment options are currently five funds of funds, each of which invests in underlying funds in proportions that vary among the funds of funds in light of each fund of funds’ investment objective (“Portfolio Navigator funds”). The PN program is available for both nonqualified and qualified annuities.

The Portfolio Navigator funds. We offer the following Portfolio Navigator funds:

1.	Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio
2.	Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio
3.	Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio
4.	Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio
5.	Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio

Each Portfolio Navigator fund is a fund of funds with the investment objective of seeking a high level of total return consistent with a certain level of risk, which it seeks to achieve by investing in various underlying funds.

For additional information about the Portfolio Navigator funds’ investment strategies, see the Funds’ prospectus.

If your contract does not include one of the living benefit riders, you may not participate in the PN program, but you may choose to allocate your contract value to one or more of the Portfolio Navigator funds.

Beginning November 18, 2013, if you have selected one of theSecureSource series riders, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life riders, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider or Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, as an alternative to the Portfolio Navigator funds in the PN program, we have made available to you new funds, known as Portfolio Stabilizer funds.

The Portfolio Stabilizer funds. The Portfolio Stabilizer funds currently available are:

1.	Variable Portfolio – Managed Risk Fund (Class 2) (1)
2.	Variable Portfolio – Managed Risk U. S. Fund (Class 2) (1)
3.	Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Fund (Class 2)
4.	Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2)
5.	Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2)
6.	Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Growth Fund (Class 2)
7.	Variable Portfolio – U.S. Flexible Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2)(2)
8.	Variable Portfolio – U.S. Flexible Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2)(2)
9.	Variable Portfolio – U.S. Flexible Growth Fund (Class 2)(2)

⁽¹⁾ Available to Current Contract owners effective Sept. 18, 2017.

⁽²⁾ Available to Current Contract owners effective Nov. 14, 2016.

Each Portfolio Stabilizer fund has an investment objective of pursuing total return while seeking to manage the Fund’s exposure to equity market volatility.

For additional information about the Portfolio Stabilizer funds’ investment strategies, see the Funds’ prospectuses.

You may choose to remain invested in your current Portfolio Navigator fund, move to a different Portfolio Navigator fund, or move to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund. Your decision should be made based on your own individual investment objectives and financial situation and in consultation with your investment professional.

56    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Please note that if you are currently invested in a Portfolio Navigator fund as part of the PN program and choose to reallocate your contract value to the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, you will no longer have access to any of the Portfolio Navigator funds, but you may change to any of the other Portfolio Stabilizer funds, subject to the transfer limits applicable to your rider.

If your contract does not include the living benefit riders, you may not participate in the PN program, but you may choose to allocate your contract value to one or more of the Portfolio Navigator funds. You should review any PN program, Portfolio Navigator funds and Portfolio Stabilizer funds information, including the funds’ prospectus, carefully. Your investment professional can provide you with additional information and can answer questions you may have on the PN program, Portfolio Navigator funds and Portfolio Stabilizer funds.

The PN program static model portfolios. If you have chosen to remain invested in a “static” PN program model portfolio investment option, your assets will remain invested in accordance with your current model portfolio, and you will not be provided with any updates to the model portfolio or reallocation recommendations. (The last such reallocation recommendation was provided in 2009.) Each model portfolio consists of underlying funds and/or any GPAs (if included) according to the allocation percentages stated for the model portfolio. If you are participating in the PN program through a model portfolio, you instruct us to automatically rebalance your contract value quarterly in order to maintain alignment with these allocation percentages.

Special rules apply to the GPAs if they are included in a model portfolio. Under these rules:

• no MVA will apply when rebalancing occurs within a specific model portfolio (but an MVA may apply if you elect to transfer to a fund of funds);

• no MVA will apply when you elect an annuity payout plan while your contract value is invested in a model portfolio. (See “Guarantee Period Accounts — Market Value Adjustment.”)

If you choose to remain in a static model portfolio, the investments and investment styles and policies of the underlying funds in which your contract value is invested may change. Accordingly, your model portfolio may change so that it is no longer appropriate for your needs, even though your allocations to underlying funds do not change. Furthermore, the absence of periodic updating means that existing underlying funds will not be replaced as may be appropriate due to poor performance, changes in management personnel, liquidation, merger or other factors. Your investment professional can help you determine whether your continued investment in a static model portfolio is appropriate for you.

Investing in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, the Portfolio Navigator funds and PN static model portfolios (the Funds). You are responsible for determining which investment option is best for you. Currently, the PN program includes five Portfolio Navigator funds (and under the previous PN program, five static model portfolios investment options), with risk profiles ranging from conservative to aggressive in relation to one another. There are four Portfolio Stabilizer funds currently available to the Original Contracts (applications signed prior to Nov. 30, 2009).  If you have an Original Contract and your contract includes a living benefit rider you may only invest in one Portfolio Stabilizer or Portfolio Navigator fund at a time.  If you have a Current Contract with a living benefit rider and you are invested in the Portfolio Navigator fund, you may only invest in one Portfolio Navigator fund.  If you have a Current Contract with a living benefit rider and you are invested in the Portfolio Stabilizer fund, effective Nov. 14, 2016, this limitation will not apply and you may invest in more than one Portfolio Stabilizer fund at the time.
Your investment professional can help you determine which investment option most closely matches your investing style, based on factors such as your investment goals, your tolerance for risk and how long you intend to invest. There is no guarantee that the investment option you select is appropriate for you based on your investment objectives and/or risk profile. We and Columbia Management are not responsible for your decision to select a certain investment option or your decision to transfer to a different investment option.

If you initially allocate qualifying purchase payments to the DCA fixed account  (Original Contract) or Special DCA fixed account (Current Contract), when available (see “The Special DCA Fixed Account” and “DCA Fixed Account”), and you are invested in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds or one of the Portfolio Navigator funds, we will make monthly transfers in accordance with your instructions from the DCA fixed account (Original Contract) or Special DCA fixed account (Current Contract), into the investment option or model portfolio you have chosen.

Before you decide to transfer contract value to the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, you and your investment professional should carefully consider the following:

• Whether the Portfolio Stabilizer funds meet your personal investment objectives and/or risk tolerance.

• Whether you would like to continue to invest in a Portfolio Navigator fund. If you decide to transfer your contract value to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund, you permanently lose your ability to invest in any of the Portfolio Navigator funds if you have a living benefit rider. If you decide to no longer invest your contract value in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, your only option will be to terminate your contract by requesting a full surrender.Surrender charges and tax penalties may apply.

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    57

• Whether the total expenses associated with an investment in a Portfolio Stabilizer fund is appropriate for you. For total expenses associated with the rider, you should consider not only the variation of the rider fee, but also the variation in fees among the various funds. You should also consider your overall investment objective, as well as how total fees and your selected fund’s investment objective may impact the amount of any step up opportunities in the future.

If your contract includes a living benefit rider,  you may request a change to your Fund selection (or a transfer from your PN program static model portfolio to either a Portfolio Navigator fund or a Portfolio Stabilizer fund) up to two times per contract year by written request on an authorized form or by another method agreed to by us. Effective Sept. 18, 2017, Current Contract owners may request a change to Fund selection up to four times per contract year by written request on an authorized form or by another method agreed to by us. If you make such a change, we may charge you a higher fee for your rider. However, an initial transfer from a Portfolio Navigator fund to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund will not count toward the limit of two or four transfers per year. Current Contract owners may also set up asset rebalancing and change their percentage allocations, but those changes will count towards the four times per year limit. If your contract includes aSecureSource series rider, we reserve the right to limit the number of changes if required to comply with the written instructions of a fund (see “Market Timing”). If your contract includes the GWB for Life rider orSecureSource series rider, we reserve the right to limit the number of investment options from which you can select, subject to state restrictions. If you decide to annuitize your contract, your rider will terminate and you will no longer have access to the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. If your living benefit rider is terminated, you may remain invested in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, but you will not be allowed to allocate future purchase payments or make transfers to these funds.

Substitution and modification. We reserve the right to add, remove or substitute Funds. We also reserve the right, upon notification to you, to close or restrict any Fund. Any change will apply to current allocations and/or to future payments and transfers. Any substitution of Funds may be subject to SEC or state insurance departments approval.

We reserve the right to change the terms and conditions of the PN program or to change the availability of the investment options upon written notice to you. This includes but is not limited to the right to:

• limit your choice of investment options based on the amount of your initial purchase payment;

• cancel required participation in the program after 30 days written notice;

• substitute a fund of funds for your model portfolio, if applicable, if permitted under applicable securities law; and

• discontinue the PN program after 30 days written notice.

Risks associated with the Funds. An investment in a Fund involves risk. Principal risks associated with an investment in a Fund may be found in the relevant Fund’s prospectus. There is no assurance that the Funds will achieve their respective investment objectives. In addition, there is no guarantee that the Fund’s strategy will have its intended effect or that it will work as effectively as is intended.

Investing in a Portfolio Navigator fund, Portfolio Stabilizer fund or PN program static model portfolio does not guarantee that your contract will increase in value nor will it protect in a decline in value if market prices fall. Depending on future market conditions and considering only the potential return on your investment in the Fund, you might benefit (or benefit more) from selecting alternative investment options.

For more information and a list of the risks associated with investing in the Funds, including volatility and volatility management risk associated with Portfolio Stabilizer funds, please consult the applicable Funds’ prospectuses and “The Variable Account and the Funds – Risks and Conflicts of Interest with Certain Funds Advised by Columbia Management” section in this prospectus.

Conflicts of interest. In providing investment advisory services for the Funds and the underlying funds in which those Funds respectively invest, Columbia Management is, together with its affiliates, including us, subject to competing interests that may influence its decisions.

For additional information regarding the conflicts of interest to which Columbia Management may be subject, see the Funds’ prospectuses and “The Variable Account and the Funds – Risks and Conflicts of Interest with Certain Funds Advised by Columbia Management” section in this prospectus.

Automatic reallocation after taking withdrawal. If you selected theSecureSource, SecureSource 20or anySecureSource Stagesriders, under the rules currently applicable to investments in the Portfolio Navigator funds, your contract value will be automatically reallocated to the Moderate option, Variable Portfolio — Moderate Portfolio once you begin taking withdrawals if the fund you are invested in is more aggressive. By contrast, under the rules applicable to investments in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, your contract value will not automatically be reallocated to a more conservative investment option after you begin taking withdrawals.

Living benefits requiring participation in the PN program or investing in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds:

• Accumulation Protector Benefit rider: You cannot terminate the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. As long as the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider is in effect, your contract value must be invested in one of the PN program

58    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

investment options or in one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. For contracts with applications signed on or after Jan. 26, 2009, you cannot select the Portfolio Navigator Aggressive investment option, or transfer to the Portfolio Navigator Aggressive investment option while the rider is in effect. The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider automatically ends at the end of the waiting period and you then have the option to cancel your participation in the PN program. At all other times, if you do not want to invest in any of the PN program investment options or the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, you must terminate your contract by requesting a full withdrawal. Withdrawal charges and tax penalties may apply.

•

SecureSource series or Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider: TheSecureSource series rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider requires that your contract value be invested in one of the PN program investment options or in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, for the life of the contract. Subject to state restrictions, we reserve the right to limit the number of investment options from which you can select based on the dollar amount of purchase payments you make. Because you cannot terminate theSecureSource series rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider once you have selected it, you must terminate your contract by requesting a full surrender if you do not want to invest in any of the PN program investment options or the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. Surrender charges and tax penalties may apply.

Living benefit requiring participation in the PN program:

• Income Assurer Benefit rider: The Income Assurer Benefit rider requires that your contract value be invested in one of the PN program investment options for the life of the contract. You can terminate the Income Assurer Benefit rider during the 30-day period after the first rider anniversary and at any time after the expiration of the waiting period. At all other times you cannot terminate the Income Assurer Benefit rider once you have selected it and you must terminate your contract by requesting a full surrender if you do not want to invest in any of the PN program investment options. Surrender charges and tax penalties may apply.

Transferring Among Accounts

The transfer rights discussed in this section do not apply if you have selected one of the optional living benefit riders.

For the Current Contract, you may transfer contract value from any one subaccount, GPAs, the regular fixed account and the Special DCA fixed account to another subaccount before the annuitization start date. For the Original Contract, you may transfer contract value from any one subaccount, GPAs, the one-year fixed account, or the DCA fixed account to another subaccount before the annuitization start date. Certain restrictions apply to transfers involving the GPAs, the regular fixed account and the one-year fixed account. You may not transfer contract value to the Special DCA fixed account or the DCA fixed account. You may not transfer contract value from the Special DCA fixed account or the DCA fixed account except as part of automated monthly transfers.

The date your request to transfer will be processed depends on when and how we receive it:

For transfer requests received in writing:

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your transfer request.

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your transfer request.

For transfer requests received by phone:

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your transfer request.

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your transfer request.

There is no charge for transfers. Before making a transfer, you should consider the risks involved in changing investments. Transfers out of the GPAs will be subject to an MVA if done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period.

We may suspend or modify transfer privileges at any time.

For information on transfers after annuity payouts begin, see “Transfer policies” below.

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    59

Transfer policies

Current Contract:

•	Before the annuitization start date, you may transfer contract values between the subaccounts, or from the subaccounts to the GPAs and the regular fixed account at any time. However, if you made a transfer from the regular fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs, took a partial surrender from the fixed account or terminated automated transfers from the Special DCA fixed account, you may not make a transfer from any subaccount or GPA to the regular fixed account for six months following that transfer, partial surrender or termination.
•	You may transfer contract values from the regular fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs once a year on or within 30 days before or after the contract anniversary (except for automated transfers, which can be set up at any time for certain transfer periods subject to certain minimums). Transfers from the regular fixed account are not subject to an MVA. You may transfer the entire contract value to the regular fixed account. Subject to state restrictions, we reserve the right to limit transfers to the regular fixed account at any time on a non-discriminatory basis with notification. Transfers out of the regular fixed account, including automated transfers, are limited to 30% of regular fixed account value at the beginning of the contract year(1) or $10,000, whichever is greater. Because of this limitation, it may take you several years to transfer all your contract value from the regular fixed account. You should carefully consider whether the regular fixed account meets your investment criteria before you invest. Subject to state restrictions, we reserve the right to change the percentage allowed to be transferred from the regular fixed account at any time on a non-discriminatory basis with notification.
•	You may transfer contract values from a GPA any time after 60 days of transfer or payment allocation to the account. Transfers made more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will receive an MVA, which may result in a gain or loss of contract value, unless an exception applies (see “The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs) — Market Value Adjustment (MVA)”).
•	You may not transfer contract values from the subaccounts, the GPAs or the regular fixed account into the Special DCA fixed account. However, you may transfer contract values as automated monthly transfers from the Special DCA fixed account to the subaccounts or the PN program model portfolio or investment option in effect. (See “Special DCA Fixed Account.”)
•	After the annuitization start date, you may not make transfers to or from the GPAs or the fixed account, but you may make transfers once per contract year among the subaccounts. During the annuity payout period, we reserve the right to limit the number of subaccounts in which you may invest. On the annuitization start date, you must transfer all contract value out of your GPAs and Special DCA fixed account.
(1)	All purchase payments received into the regular fixed account prior to your transfer request are considered your beginning of contract year value during the first contract year.

Original Contract:

• Before the annuitization start date, you may transfer contract values between the subaccounts, or from the subaccounts to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account if part of your contract, at any time. However, if you made a transfer from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs, you may not make a transfer from any subaccount or GPA back to the one-year fixed account for six months following that transfer.

• You may transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs once a year on or within 30 days before or after the contract anniversary (except for automated transfers, which can be set up at any time for certain transfer periods subject to certain minimums). Transfers from the one-year fixed account are not subject to an MVA. The amount of contract value transferred to the one-year fixed account cannot result in the value of the one-year fixed account being greater than 30% of the contract value. Transfers out of the one-year fixed account are limited to 30% of one-year fixed account values at the beginning of the contract year or $10,000, whichever is greater. Because of this limitation, it may take you several years to transfer all your contract value from the one-year fixed account. You should carefully consider whether the one-year fixed account meets your investment criteria before you invest. Subject to state restrictions, we reserve the right to further limit transfers to or from the one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then crediting on new purchase payments allocated to the one-year fixed account is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract.

• You may transfer contract values from a GPA any time after 60 days of transfer or payment allocation to the account. Transfers made more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will receive an MVA, which may result in a gain or loss of contract value, unless an exception applies (see “The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs) — Market Value Adjustment (MVA)”).

• You may not transfer contract values from the subaccounts, the GPAs, or the one-year fixed account into the DCA fixed account. However, you may transfer contract values as automated monthly transfers from the DCA fixed account to any of the investment options available under your contract, subject to investment minimums and other restrictions we may impose on investments in the one-year fixed account and the GPA, as described above. (See “DCA Fixed Account.”)

60    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• After the annuitization start date, you may not make transfers to or from the GPAs or the fixed account, but you may make transfers once per contract year among the subaccounts. During the annuity payout period, we reserve the right to limit the number of subaccounts in which you may invest. On the annuitization start date, you must transfer all contract value out of your GPAs and DCA fixed account.

Market Timing

Market timing can reduce the value of your investment in the contract. If market timing causes the returns of an underlying fund to suffer, contract value you have allocated to a subaccount that invests in that underlying fund will be lower too. Market timing can cause you, any joint owner of the contract and your beneficiary(ies) under the contract a financial loss.

We seek to prevent market timing. Market timing is frequent or short-term trading activity. We do not accommodate short-term trading activities. Do not buy a contract if you wish to use short-term trading strategies to manage your investment. The market timing policies and procedures described below apply to transfers among the subaccounts within the contract. The underlying funds in which the subaccounts invest have their own market timing policies and procedures. The market timing policies of the underlying funds may be more restrictive than the market timing policies and procedures we apply to transfers among the subaccounts of the contract, and may include redemption fees. We reserve the right to modify our market timing policies and procedures at any time without prior notice to you.

Market timing may hurt the performance of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests in several ways, including but not necessarily limited to:

• diluting the value of an investment in an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests;

• increasing the transaction costs and expenses of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests; and,

• preventing the investment adviser(s) of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests from fully investing the assets of the fund in accordance with the fund’s investment objectives.

Funds available as investment options under the contract that invest in securities that trade in overseas securities markets may be at greater risk of loss from market timing, as market timers may seek to take advantage of changes in the values of securities between the close of overseas markets and the close of U.S. markets. Also, the risks of market timing may be greater for underlying funds that invest in securities such as small cap stocks, high yield bonds, or municipal securities, that may be traded infrequently.

In order to help protect you and the underlying funds from the potentially harmful effects of market timing activity, we apply the following market timing policy to discourage frequent transfers of contract value among the subaccounts of the variable account:

We try to distinguish market timing from transfers that we believe are not harmful, such as periodic rebalancing for purposes of an asset allocation, dollar-cost averaging and asset rebalancing program that may be described in this prospectus. There is no set number of transfers that constitutes market timing. Even one transfer in related accounts may be market timing. We seek to restrict the transfer privileges of a contract owner who makes more than three subaccount transfers in any 90 day period. We also reserve the right to refuse any transfer request, if, in our sole judgment, the dollar amount of the transfer request would adversely affect unit values.

If we determine, in our sole judgment, that your transfer activity constitutes market timing, we may modify, restrict or suspend your transfer privileges to the extent permitted by applicable law, which may vary based on the state law that applies to your contract and the terms of your contract. These restrictions or modifications may include, but not be limited to:

• requiring transfer requests to be submitted only by first-class U.S. mail;

• not accepting hand-delivered transfer requests or requests made by overnight mail;

• not accepting telephone or electronic transfer requests;

• requiring a minimum time period between each transfer;

• not accepting transfer requests of an agent acting under power of attorney;

• limiting the dollar amount that you may transfer at any one time;

• suspending the transfer privilege; or

• modifying instructions under an automated transfer program to exclude a restricted fund if you do not provide new instructions.

Subject to applicable state law and the terms of each contract, we will apply the policy described above to all contract owners uniformly in all cases. We will notify you in writing after we impose any modification, restriction or suspension of your transfer rights.

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    61

Because we exercise discretion in applying the restrictions described above, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to identify and restrict all market timing activity. In addition, state law and the terms of some contracts may prevent us from stopping certain market timing activity. Market timing activity that we are unable to identify and/or restrict may impact the performance of the underlying funds and may result in lower contract values.

In addition to the market timing policy described above, which applies to transfers among the subaccounts within your contract, you should carefully review the market timing policies and procedures of the underlying funds. The market timing policies and procedures of the underlying funds may be materially different than those we impose on transfers among the subaccounts within your contract and may include mandatory redemption fees as well as other measures to discourage frequent transfers. As an intermediary for the underlying funds, we are required to assist them in applying their market timing policies and procedures to transactions involving the purchase and exchange of fund shares. This assistance may include, but not be limited to, providing the underlying fund upon request with your Social Security Number, Taxpayer Identification Number or other United States government-issued identifier, and the details of your contract transactions involving the underlying fund. An underlying fund, in its sole discretion, may instruct us at any time to prohibit you from making further transfers of contract value to or from the underlying fund, and we must follow this instruction. We reserve the right to administer and collect on behalf of an underlying fund any redemption fee imposed by an underlying fund. Market timing policies and procedures adopted by underlying funds may affect your investment in the contract in several ways, including but not limited to:

• Each fund may restrict or refuse trading activity that the fund determines, in its sole discretion, represents market timing.

• Even if we determine that your transfer activity does not constitute market timing under the market timing policies described above which we apply to transfers you make under the contract, it is possible that the underlying fund’s market timing policies and procedures, including instructions we receive from a fund may require us to reject your transfer request. For example, while we will attempt to execute transfers permitted under any asset allocation, dollar-cost averaging and asset rebalancing programs that may be described in this prospectus, we cannot guarantee that an underlying fund’s market timing policies and procedures will do so. Orders we place to purchase fund shares for the variable account are subject to acceptance by the fund. We reserve the right to reject without prior notice to you any transfer request if the fund does not accept our order.

• Each underlying fund is responsible for its own market timing policies, and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to implement specific market timing policies and procedures that a fund has adopted. As a result, a fund’s returns might be adversely affected, and a fund might terminate our right to offer its shares through the variable account.

• Funds that are available as investment options under the contract may also be offered to other intermediaries who are eligible to purchase and hold shares of the fund, including without limitation, separate accounts of other insurance companies and certain retirement plans. Even if we are able to implement a fund’s market timing policies, we cannot guarantee that other intermediaries purchasing that same fund’s shares will do so, and the returns of that fund could be adversely affected as a result.

For more information about the market timing policies and procedures of an underlying fund, the risks that market timing pose to that fund, and to determine whether an underlying fund has adopted a redemption fee, see that fund’s prospectus.

How to request a Transfer or Surrender

11 By letter

Send your name, contract number, Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number* and signed request for a transfer or surrender to our Service Center:

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474

Current Contract:
Minimum amount
Transfers or surrenders:	$250 or entire account balance**

Original Contract:
Minimum amount
Transfers or surrenders:	$500 or entire account balance

62    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

All Contracts:
Maximum amount
Transfers or surrenders:	Contract value or entire account balance

*	Failure to provide a Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number may result in mandatory tax withholding on the taxable portion of the distribution.
**	The contract value after a partial surrender must be at least $500.

22 By automated transfers and automated partial surrenders

Your investment professional can help you set up automated transfers among your subaccounts, regular fixed account (Current Contract), the one-year fixed account (Original Contract) or GPAs or automated partial surrenders from the GPAs, regular fixed account, one-year fixed account, Special DCA fixed account (Current Contract), DCA fixed account (Original Contract) or the subaccounts.

You can start or stop this service by written request or other method acceptable to us.

You must allow 30 days for us to change any instructions that are currently in place.

• Automated transfers from the one-year fixed account (Original Contact only) to any one of the subaccounts may not exceed an amount that, if continued, would deplete the one-year fixed account within 12 months.

• Automated transfers from the regular fixed account (Current Contract only) are limited to 30% of the regular fixed account values at the beginning of the contract year or $10,000, whichever is greater.

• Automated surrenders may be restricted by applicable law under some contracts.

• You may not make systematic purchase payments if automated partial surrenders are in effect.

• If the PN program is in effect, you are not allowed to set up automated transfers except in connection with a Special DCA fixed account (Current Contract) or DCA fixed account (Original Contract) (see “Special DCA Fixed Account”, “Fixed Account — DCA Fixed Account” and “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds”).

• Automated partial surrenders may result in income taxes and penalties on all or part of the amount surrendered.

• If you have one of theSecureSource series of riders, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, you may set up automated partial surrenders up to the benefit amount available for withdrawal under the rider.

Minimum amount
Current Contract:
Transfers or surrenders:	$50

Original Contract:
Transfers or surrenders:	$100 monthly
	$250 quarterly, semiannually or annually

33 By phone

Call:

1-800-333-3437

We answer telephone requests promptly, but you may experience delays when the call volume is unusually high. If you are unable to get through, use the mail procedure as an alternative.

We will honor any telephone transfer or surrender requests that we believe are authentic and we will use reasonable procedures to confirm that they are. This includes asking identifying questions and recording calls. As long as we follow the procedures, we (and our affiliates) will not be liable for any loss resulting from fraudulent requests.

Telephone transfers and surrenders are automatically available. You may request that telephone transfers and surrenders not be authorized from your account by writing to us.

Current Contract:
Transfers or surrenders:	$250 or entire account balance

Original Contract:
Transfers or surrenders:	$500 or entire account balance

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    63

Maximum amount
Current Contract:
Transfers:	Contract value or entire account balance
Surrenders:	$100,000

Original Contract:
Transfers:	Contract value or entire account balance
Surrenders:	$25,000

Surrenders

You may surrender all or part of your contract at any time before the annuitization start date by sending us a written request or calling us.

The date your surrender request will be processed depends on when and how we receive it:

For surrender requests received in writing:

• If we receive your surrender request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your surrender using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your surrender request.

• If we receive your surrender request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your surrender using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your surrender request.

For surrender requests received by phone:

• If we receive your surrender request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your surrender using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your surrender request.

• If we receive your surrender request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your surrender using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your surrender request.

We may ask you to return the contract. You may have to pay a contract administrative charge, surrender charges or any applicable optional rider charges (see “Charges”), federal income taxes and penalties. State and local income taxes may also apply (see “Taxes”). You cannot make surrenders after the annuitization start date except under Variable Annuity Payout Plan E. (See “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Any partial surrenders you take under the contract will reduce your contract value. As a result, the value of your death benefit or any optional benefits you have elected will also be reduced. If you have elected one of theSecureSourceseries of riders, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider and your partial surrenders in any contract year exceed the permitted surrender amount under the terms of the rider, your benefits under the rider may be reduced (see “Optional Benefits”). The first partial surrender request during the first contract year, for theSecureSource Stages 2 rider and any partial surrender request that reverses previous step-ups during the 3-year waiting period or exceeds the amount allowed under the riders and impacts the guarantees provided, will not be considered in good order until we receive a signed Benefit Impact Acknowledgement. This form shows the projected effect of the surrender on the rider benefits or a verbal acknowledgement that you understand and accept the impacts that have been explained to you.

In addition, surrenders you are required to take to satisfy RMDs under the Code may reduce the value of certain death benefits and optional benefits (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”).

Surrender Policies

Current Contract:

If you have a balance in more than one account and you request a partial surrender, we will automatically surrender from all your subaccounts, GPAs, the Special DCA fixed account and/or the regular fixed account in the same proportion as your value in each account correlates to your total contract value, unless requested otherwise⁽¹⁾. The minimum contract value after partial surrender is $500.

Original Contract:

If you have a balance in more than one account and you request a partial surrender, we will automatically surrender from all your subaccounts, GPAs, the DCA fixed account, and/or the one-year fixed account in the same proportion as your value in each account correlates to your total contract value, unless requested otherwise⁽¹⁾.

64    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

After executing a partial surrender, the value in each subaccount, one-year fixed account or GPA must be either zero or at least $50.

⁽¹⁾ If you elected one of theSecureSource series of riders, you do not have the option to request from which account to surrender.

Receiving Payment

11 By regular or express mail

• payable to you;

• mailed to address of record.

NOTE: We will charge you a fee if you request express mail delivery.

22 By wire or other form of electronic payment

• request that payment be wired to your bank;

• pre-authorization required.

We may choose to permit you to have checks issued and delivered to an alternate payee or to an address other than your address of record. We may also choose to allow you to direct wires or other electronic payments to accounts owned by a third-party. We may have additional good order requirements that must be met prior to processing requests to make any payments to a party other than the owner or to an address other than the address of record. These requirements will be designed to ensure owner instructions are genuine and to prevent fraud.

Normally, we will send the payment within seven days after receiving your request in good order. However, we may postpone the payment if:

– the NYSE is closed, except for normal holiday and weekend closings;

– trading on the NYSE is restricted, according to SEC rules;

– an emergency, as defined by SEC rules, makes it impractical to sell securities or value the net assets of the accounts; or

– the SEC permits us to delay payment for the protection of security holders.

We may also postpone payment of the amount attributable to a purchase payment as part of the total surrender amount until cleared from the originating financial institution.

A Special Note on Cybersecurity Risks

Cybersecurity and Systems Integrity

Increasingly, businesses are dependent on the continuity, security, and effective operation of various technology systems. The nature of our business depends on the continued effective operation of our systems and those of our business partners.

This dependence makes us susceptible to operational and information security risks from cyber-attacks. These risks may include the following:

• the corruption or destruction of data;

• theft, misuse or dissemination of data to the public, including your information we hold; and

• denial of service attacks on our website or other forms of attacks on our systems and the software and hardware we use to run them.

These attacks and their consequences can negatively impact your contract, your privacy, your ability to conduct transactions on your contract, or your ability to receive timely service from us. There can be no assurance that we, the underlying funds in your contract, or our other business partners will avoid losses affecting your contract due to any successful cyber-attacks or information security breaches.

TSA–Special Provisions

Participants in Tax-Sheltered Annuities

If the contract is intended to be used in connection with an employer sponsored 403(b) plan, additional rules relating to this contract can be found in the annuity endorsement for tax sheltered 403(b) annuities. Unless we have made special arrangements with your employer, the contract is not intended for use in connection with an employer sponsored 403(b) plan that is subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”). In the

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    65

event that the employer either by affirmative election or inadvertent action causes contributions under a plan that is subject to ERISA to be made to this contract, we will not be responsible for any obligations and requirements under ERISA and the regulations thereunder, unless we have prior written agreement with the employer. You should consult with your employer to determine whether your 403(b) plan is subject to ERISA.

In the event we have a written agreement with your employer to administer the plan pursuant to ERISA, special rules apply as set forth in the TSA endorsement.

The employer must comply with certain nondiscrimination requirements for certain types of contributions under a TSA contract to be excluded from taxable income. You should consult your employer to determine whether the nondiscrimination rules apply to you.

The Code imposes certain restrictions on your right to receive early distributions from a TSA:

• Distributions attributable to salary reduction contributions (plus earnings) made after Dec. 31, 1988, or to transfers or rollovers from other contracts, may be made from the TSA only if:

– you are at least age 59½;

– you are disabled as defined in the Code;

– you severed employment with the employer who purchased the contract;

– the distribution is because of your death;

– the distribution is due to plan termination; or

– you are a qualifying military reservist.

• If you encounter a financial hardship (as provided by the Code), you may be eligible to receive a distribution of all contract values attributable to salary reduction contributions made after Dec. 31, 1988, but not the earnings on them.

• Even though a distribution may be permitted under the above rules, it may be subject to IRS taxes and penalties (see “Taxes”)

• The above restrictions on distributions do not affect the availability of the amount credited to the contract as of Dec. 31, 1988. The restrictions also do not apply to transfers or exchanges of contract value within the contract, or to another registered variable annuity contract or investment vehicle available through the employer.

Changing the Annuitant

For the Current Contract, if you have a nonqualified annuity and are a natural person (excluding a revocable trust), you may change the annuitant or contingent annuitant if the request is made prior to the annuitization start date and while the existing annuitant or contingent annuitant is living. The change will become binding on us when we receive it. If you and the annuitant are not the same person and the annuitant dies before the annuitization start date, the owner becomes the annuitant unless a contingent annuitant has been previously selected. You may not change the annuitant if you have a qualified annuity or there is non-natural or revocable trust ownership.

For the Original Contract, annuitant changes are not allowed.

Changing Ownership

You may change ownership of your nonqualified annuity at any time by completing a change of ownership form we approve and sending it to our Service Center. We will honor any change of ownership request received in good order that we believe is authentic and we will use reasonable procedures to confirm authenticity. If we follow these procedures, we will not take any responsibility for the validity of the change.

If you have a nonqualified annuity, you may incur income tax liability by transferring, assigning or pledging any part of it. (See “Taxes.”)

If you have a qualified annuity, you may not sell, assign, transfer, discount or pledge your contract as collateral for a loan, or as security for the performance of an obligation or for any other purpose except as required or permitted by the Code. However, if the owner is a trust or custodian, or an employer acting in a similar capacity, ownership of the contract may be transferred to the annuitant.

Please consider carefully whether or not you wish to change ownership of your annuity contract. If you elected any optional contract features or riders and any owner was not an owner before the change, all owners (including any prior owner who is still an owner after the ownership change) (along with the annuitant for the Original Contract) will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract.

If you have an Income Assurer Benefit rider and/or the Benefit Protector Plus rider, the riders will terminate upon transfer of ownership of the annuity contract.

66    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

For the Original Contract, our current administrative practice is that if you have the Benefit Protector rider, the owner can choose to terminate the Benefit Protector rider during the 30-day window following the effective date of the ownership change.

For the Current Contract, if you have the Benefit Protector rider, if any owner is older than age 75 immediately following the ownership change, the rider will terminate upon change of ownership. If all owners are younger than age 76, the rider continues unless the owner chooses to terminate it during the 30-day window following the effective date of the ownership change. The Benefit Protector death benefit values may be reset (see “Optional Death Benefits – Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider”).

For the Current Contract, the death benefit may change due to a change of ownership. If any owner is older than age 85 immediately following the ownership change, the MAV Death Benefit, 5% Accumulation Death Benefit and EDB will terminate, the ROPP Death Benefit will be unavailable, and the Contract Value Death Benefit will apply. If any owner is older than age 79 but all owners are younger than age 86, the MAV Death Benefit, the 5% Accumulation Death Benefit, and the EDB will terminate and the ROPP Death Benefit will apply. If all owners are age 79 or younger, the ROPP Death Benefit, MAV Death Benefit, 5% Accumulation Death Benefit or EDB will continue. The ROPP Death Benefit, MAV Death Benefit, 5% Accumulation Death Benefit and EDB values may be reset (see “Benefits in the Case of Death”). If the death benefit that applies to your contract changes due to an ownership change, the mortality and expense risk fee may change as well (see “Charges – Mortality and Expense Risk Fee”).

TheSecureSource series – Joint Life rider, if selected, only allows transfer of the ownership of the annuity contract between covered spouses or their revocable trust(s); no other ownership changes are allowed while this rider is in force, subject to state restrictions. For theSecureSource Stages 2 – Joint Life rider, if ownership is transferred from a covered spouse to their revocable trust(s), the annuitant must be one of the covered spouses. The Accumulation Protector Benefit, theSecureSource– Single Life, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life and the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit riders will continue upon transfer of ownership of the annuity contract and the values may be reset. ForSecureSource rider and Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, any ownership change that impacts the guarantees provided will not be considered in good order until we receive a signed Benefit Impact Acknowledgement form showing the projected effect of the ownership change on the rider benefits or a verbal acknowledgement that you understand and accept the impacts that have been explained to you. For theSecure Source Stages 2– Single Life riders,Secure Source 20 – Single Life andSecureSource Stages – Single Life riders, joint ownership and joint annuitants are not allowed and an ownership change that results in different covered person will terminate the rider, subject to state restrictions. (See “Optional Benefits.”)

Benefits in Case of Death

Current Contract:

(applications signed on or after Nov. 30, 2009, subject to state availability)

We will pay the death benefit to your beneficiary upon your death if you die before the annuitization start date while this contract is in force. If a contract has more than one person as the owner, we will pay the benefits upon the first to die of any owner. The basic death benefit available under your contract at contract issue is the ROPP Death Benefit. In addition to the ROPP Death Benefit, we also offer the following optional death benefits at contract issue:

• MAV Death Benefit;

• 5% Accumulation Death Benefit; or

• Enhanced Death Benefit.

If it is available in your state and if you are age 79 or younger at contract issue, you can elect any one of the above optional death benefits. If you are age 80 or older at contract issue, the ROPP Death Benefit will apply.

Once you elect a death benefit, you cannot change it; however the death benefit that applies to your contract may change due to an ownership change (see “Changing Ownership”) or continuation of the contract by the spouse under the spousal continuation provision.

We show the death benefit that applies to your contract at issue on your contract’s data page. The death benefit determines the mortality and expense risk fee that is assessed against the subaccounts. (See “Charges — Mortality and Expense Risk Fee.”)

We will base the benefit paid on the death benefit coverage in effect on the date of your death.

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    67

Here are some terms that are used to describe the death benefits:

Adjusted partial surrenders (calculated for ROPP and MAV Death Benefits)	=	PS XDB
		CV

PS	=	the amount by which the contract value is reduced as a result of the partial surrender.
DB	=	the applicable ROPP value or MAV on the date of (but prior to) the partial surrender
CV	=	contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial surrender.

Covered Life Change: is either continuation of the contract by a spouse under the spousal continuation provision, or an ownership change where any owner after the ownership change was not an owner prior to the change.

Contract Value Death Benefit (CV Death Benefit):is the death benefit available if any owner after an ownership change or spouse who continues the contract under the spousal continuation provision is over age 85 and therefore cannot qualify for the ROPP death benefit. Under this benefit, we will pay the beneficiary the greater of:

– the Full Surrender Value, or

– the contract value after any rider charges have been deducted.

Full Surrender Value: is the contract value immediately prior to the surrender (immediately prior to payment of a death claim for death benefits) less:

• any surrender charge,

• pro rata rider charges,

• the contract charge,

plus:

• any positive or negative market value adjustment.

Return of Purchase Payments (ROPP) Death Benefit

The ROPP Death Benefit is the basic death benefit on the contract that will pay your beneficiaries no less than your purchase payments adjusted for surrenders. If you die before the annuitization start date and while this contract is in force, the death benefit will be the greatest of:

1.	the contract value after any rider charges have been deducted,
2.	the ROPP Value, or
3.	the Full Surrender Value.

ROPP Value: is the total purchase payments on the contract issue date. Additional purchase payments will be added to the ROPP value. Adjusted partial surrenders will be subtracted from the ROPP value.

After a covered life change for a spouse who continues the contract and is age 85 or younger, we reset the ROPP value to the contract value on the date of the continuation after any rider charges have been deducted and after any increase to the contract value due to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid (without regard to the Full Surrender Value). If the spouse who continues the contract is age 86 or older, the ROPP Death Benefit will terminate and he or she will be eligible for the CV death benefit.

After a covered life change other than for the spouse who continues the contract, if the prior owner and current owners are eligible for the ROPP death benefit we reset the ROPP value on the valuation date we receive your request for the ownership change to the contract value after any rider charges have been deducted, if the contract value is less.

If the prior owner was not eligible for the ROPP but all current owners are eligible, we reset the ROPP value to the contract value after any rider charges have been deducted on the valuation date we receive your request for the ownership change.

If available in your state and you are age 79 or younger at contract issue, you may select one of the death benefits described below at the time you purchase your contract. The death benefits do not provide any additional benefit before the first contract anniversary and may not be appropriate for certain older issue ages because the benefit values may be limited after age 80. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether or not these death benefits are appropriate for your situation.

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV) Death Benefit

The MAV Death Benefit provides that if you die while the contract is in force and before the annuitization start date, the death benefit will be the greatest of these values:

1.	contract value after any rider charges have been deducted;
2.	the ROPP value as described above;
3.	the MAV; or

68    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

4. the Full Surrender Value as described above.

The MAV equals the ROPP value prior to the first contract anniversary. Every contract anniversary prior to the earlier of your 81st birthday or your death, we compare the MAV to the current contract value and we reset the MAV to the higher amount. The MAV is increased by any additional purchase payments and reduced by adjusted partial surrenders.

After a covered life change for a spouse who is age 79 or younger and continues the contract, we reset the MAV to the contract value on the date of the continuation after any rider charges have been deducted and after any increase to the contract value due to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid (without regard to the Full Surrender Value).

After a covered life change other than for a spouse who continues the contract, if all owners are under age 80, we reset the MAV on the valuation date we receive your request for the ownership change to the lesser of these two values:

(a)	the contract value after any rider charges have been deducted, or
(b)	the MAV on that date, but prior to the reset.

If your spouse chooses to continue the contract under the spousal continuation provision, the death benefit available for the spouse’s beneficiaries depends on the spouse’s age. If your spouse was age 79 or younger when the contract was continued, he or she will continue to be eligible for the MAV. If your spouse is over age 79 but younger than age 86 when the contract was continued, he or she will be eligible for the ROPP death benefit. If your spouse is age 86 or older when the contract was continued, he or she will be eligible for the CV death benefit.

5% Accumulation Death Benefit

The 5% Accumulation Death Benefit provides that if you die while the contract is in force and before the annuitization start date, the death benefit will be the greatest of these values:

1.	contract value after any rider charges have been deducted;
2.	the ROPP value as described above;
3.	the 5% accumulation death benefit floor;
4.	the Full Surrender Value as described above.

The key terms and provisions of the 5% Accumulation Death Benefit are:

5% Accumulation Death Benefit Floor: is equal to the sum of:

1.	the contract value in the Excluded Accounts (currently, regular fixed account and GPAs), if any, and
2.	the variable account floor.

Protected Account Base (PAB) and Excluded Account Base (EAB): Adjustments to variable account floor require tracking amounts representing purchase payments, not previously surrendered, that are allocated or transferred to the Protected Accounts (currently, subaccounts and the Special DCA fixed account) and Excluded Accounts.

– PAB equals amounts representing purchase payments, not previously surrendered or transferred, that are in the Protected Accounts.

– EAB equals amounts representing purchase payments, not previously surrendered or transferred, that are in the Excluded Accounts.

Variable Account Floor: Variable account floor is PAB increased on contract anniversaries prior to the earlier of your 81st birthday or your death.

Net Transfer: If multiple transfers are made on the same valuation day, they are combined to determine the net amount of contract value being transferred between the Protected Accounts and Excluded Accounts. This net transfer amount is used to adjust the EAB, PAB and variable account floor values.

Establishment of Variable Account Floor, PAB and EAB

On the contract date, 1) variable account floor and PAB are established as your initial purchase payment allocated to the Protected Accounts; and 2) EAB is established as your initial purchase payment allocated to the Excluded Accounts.

Adjustments to Variable Account Floor, PAB and EAB

Variable account floor, PAB and EAB are adjusted by the following:

1. When an additional purchase payment is made;

(A)	any payment you allocate to the Protected Accounts are added to PAB and to variable account floor, and
(B)	any payment you allocate to the excluded accounts are added to EAB.

2. When transfers are made to the Protected Accounts from the Excluded Accounts, we increase PAB and variable account floor, and we reduce EAB.

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    69

The amount we deduct from EAB and add to PAB and to variable account floor is calculated for each net transfer using the following formula:

a × b	where:
c

a	=	the amount the contract value in the Excluded Accounts is reduced by the net transfer
b	=	EAB on the date of (but prior to) the transfer
c	=	the contract value in the Excluded Accounts on the date of (but prior to) the transfer.

3.	When partial surrenders are made from the Excluded Accounts, we reduce EAB by the same amount as calculated above for transfers from the Excluded Accounts, using surrender amounts in place of transfer amounts. Partial surrenders from Excluded Accounts do not increase PAB.
4.	When transfers are made to the Excluded Accounts from the Protected Accounts, we reduce PAB and variable account floor, and increase EAB.

The amounts we deduct from PAB and variable account floor are calculated for each net transfer using the following formula:

a × b	where:
c

a	=	the amount the contract value in the Protected Accounts is reduced by the net transfer
b	=	the applicable PAB or variable account floor on the date of (but prior to) the transfer
c	=	the contract value in the Protected Accounts on the date of (but prior to) the transfer.

The amount we subtract from PAB is added to EAB.

5.	When partial surrenders are made from the Protected Accounts, we reduce PAB and variable account floor by the same amount as calculated above for transfers from the Protected Accounts, using surrender amounts in place of transfer amounts. Partial surrenders from Protected Accounts do not increase EAB.
6.	After a covered life change for a spouse who continues the contract, variable account floor and PAB are reset to the contract value in the Protected Accounts on the date of continuation. EAB is reset to the contract value in the Excluded Accounts on the date of continuation. The contract value is after any rider charges have been deducted and after any increase to the contract value due to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid (without regard to the Full Surrender Value).
7.	After a covered life change other than for a spouse who continues the contract, variable account floor, PAB and EAB are reset on the valuation date we receive your written request for the covered life change if all owners are eligible for the 5% Accumulation Death Benefit.

Variable account floor and PAB are reset to the lesser of A or B where:

A	=	the contract value (after any rider charges have been deducted) in the Protected Accounts on that date, and
B	=	Variable account floor on that date (but prior to the reset).

EAB is reset to the lesser of A or B where:

A	=	the contract value (after any rider charges have been deducted) in the Excluded Accounts on that date, and
B	=	EAB on that date (but prior to the reset).

8. On a contract anniversary when variable account floor is greater than zero:

(A)	On the first contract anniversary, we increase variable account floor by an amount equal to 5%, multiplied by variable account floor as of 60 days after the contract date.
(B)	On each subsequent contract anniversary prior to the earlier of your 81st birthday or your death, we increase variable account floor by 5%, multiplied by the prior contract anniversary’s variable account floor.
(C)	Any variable account floor increase on contract anniversaries does not increase PAB or EAB.

For contracts issued in New Jersey and Washington state, the cap on the variable account floor is 200% of PAB.

If your spouse chooses to continue the contract under the spousal continuation provision, the death benefit available for the spouse’s beneficiaries depends on the spouse’s age. If your spouse was age 79 or younger when the contract was continued, he or she will continue to be eligible for the 5% Accumulation Death Benefit. If your spouse is over age 79 but younger than age 86 when the contract was continued, he or she will be eligible for the ROPP death benefit. If your spouse is age 86 or older when the contract was continued, he or she will be eligible for the CV Death Benefit.

70    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Enhanced Death Benefit (EDB)

The Enhanced Death Benefit provides that if you die while the contract is in force and before the annuitization start date, the death benefit will be the greatest of these values:

1.	contract value after any rider charges have been deducted;
2.	the ROPP value as described above;
3.	the MAV as described above;
4.	the 5% accumulation death benefit floor as described above; or
5.	the Full Surrender Value as described above.

If your spouse chooses to continue the contract under spousal continuation provision, the death benefit available for the spouse’s beneficiaries depends on the spouse’s age. If your spouse was age 79 or younger when the contract was continued, he or she will continue to be eligible for the Enhanced Death Benefit. If your spouse is over age 79 but younger than age 86 when the contract was continued, he or she will be eligible for the ROPP death benefit. If your spouse is age 86 or older when the contract was continued, he or she will be eligible for the CV Death Benefit.

For an example of how each death benefit is calculated, see Appendix C.

Original Contract:

(applications signed prior to Nov. 30, 2009 or in states where the Current Contract was not available)

We will pay the death benefit to your beneficiary upon the earlier of your death or the annuitant’s death. If a contract has more than one person as the owner or annuitant, we will pay the benefits upon the first to die of any owner or the annuitant. The basic death benefit available under your contract at contract issue is the ROP Death Benefit. In addition to the ROP Death Benefit, we also offer the following optional death benefits at contract issue:

• MAV Death Benefit;

• 5% Accumulation Death Benefit; or

• Enhanced Death Benefit.

If it is available in your state and if both you and the annuitant are age 79 or younger at contract issue, you can elect any one of the above death benefits. If either you or the annuitant are age 80 or older at contract issue, the ROP Death Benefit will apply. Once you elect a death benefit, you cannot change it. We show the death benefit that applies in your contract on your contract’s data page. The death benefit you select determines the mortality and expense risk fee that is assessed against the subaccounts. (See “Charges — Mortality and Expense Risk Fee.”)

We will base the benefit paid on the death benefit coverage you chose when you purchased the contract.

Here are some terms used to describe the death benefits:

Adjusted partial surrenders (calculated for ROP and MAV Death Benefits)	=	PS XDB
		CV

PS	=	the amount by which the contract value is reduced as a result of the partial surrender.
DB	=	the applicable ROP value or MAV on the date of (but prior to) the partial surrender.
CV	=	contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial surrender.

Return of Purchase Payments (ROP) Death Benefit

The ROP Death Benefit is the basic death benefit on the contract that will pay your beneficiaries no less than your purchase payments, adjusted for surrenders. If you or the annuitant die before the annuitization start date and while this contract is in force, the death benefit will be the greater of these two values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value; or
2.	total purchase payments applied to the contract minus adjusted partial surrenders.

The ROP Death Benefit will apply unless you select one of the alternative death benefits described immediately below.

If available in your state and both you and the annuitant are age 79 or younger at contract issue, you may select one of the death benefits described below at the time you purchase your contract. The death benefits do not provide any additional benefit before the first contract anniversary and may not be appropriate for certain older issue ages because the benefit values may be limited after age 80. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether or not these death benefits are appropriate for your situation.

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    71

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV) Death Benefit

The MAV Death Benefit provides that if you or the annuitant die while the contract is in force and before the annuitization start date, the death benefit will be the greatest of these three values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments applied to the contract minus adjusted partial surrenders; or
3.	the MAV on the date of death.

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV): is zero prior to the first contract anniversary. On the first contract anniversary, we set the MAV as the greater of these two values:

(a)	current contract value; or
(b)	total purchase payments applied to the contract minus adjusted partial surrenders.

Thereafter, we increase the MAV by any additional purchase payments and reduce the MAV by adjusted partial surrenders. Every contract anniversary after that prior to the earlier of your or the annuitant’s 81st birthday, we compare the MAV to the current contract value and we reset the MAV to the higher amount.

5% Accumulation Death Benefit

The 5% Accumulation Death Benefit provides that if you or the annuitant die while the contract is in force and before the annuitization start date, the death benefit will be the greatest of these three values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments applied to the contract minus adjusted partial surrenders; or
3.	the 5% variable account floor.

The key terms and provisions of the 5% Accumulation Death Benefit are:

5% Variable Account Floor:is the sum of the value of the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the variable account floor. There is no variable account floor prior to the first contract anniversary. On the first contract anniversary, we establish the variable account floor as:

• the amounts allocated to the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account at issue increased by 5%;

• plus any subsequent amounts allocated to the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account;

• minus adjusted transfers and partial surrenders from the subaccounts or the DCA fixed account.

Thereafter, we continue to add subsequent purchase payments allocated to the subaccounts or the DCA fixed account and subtract adjusted transfers and partial surrenders from the subaccounts or the DCA fixed account. On each contract anniversary after the first, through age 80, we add an amount to the variable account floor equal to 5% of the prior anniversary’s variable account floor. We stop adding this amount after you or the annuitant reach age 81 or after the earlier of your or the annuitant’s death.

5% variable account floor adjusted transfers or partial surrenders	=	PST XVAF
		SAV

PST	=	the amount by which the contract value in the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account is reduced as a result of the partial surrender or transfer from the subaccounts or the DCA fixed account.
VAF	=	variable account floor on the date of (but prior to) the transfer or partial surrender.
SAV	=	value of the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account on the date of (but prior to) the transfer or partial surrender.

The amount of purchase payments surrendered or transferred from any subaccount or fixed account (if applicable) or GPA account is calculated as (a) times (b) where:

(a)	is the amount of purchase payments in the account or subaccount on the date of but prior to the current surrender or transfer; and
(b)	is the ratio of the amount of contract value transferred or surrendered from the account or subaccount to the value in the account or subaccount on the date of (but prior to) the current surrender or transfer.

For contracts issued in New Jersey, the cap on the variable account floor is 200% of the sum of the purchase payments allocated to the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account that have not been surrendered or transferred out of the subaccounts or DCA fixed account.

NOTE: The 5% variable account floor is calculated differently and is not the same value as the Income Assurer Benefit 5% variable account floor.

72    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Enhanced Death Benefit (EDB)

The Enhanced Death Benefit provides that if you or the annuitant die while the contract is in force and before the annuitization start date, the death benefit will be the greatest of these four values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments applied to the contract minus adjusted partial surrenders;
3.	the MAV on the date of death as described above; or
4.	the 5% variable account floor as described above.

For an example of how each death benefit is calculated, see Appendix C.

If You Die Before the Annuitization Start Date

When paying the beneficiary, we will process the death claim on the valuation date our death claim requirements are fulfilled. We will determine the contract’s value using the accumulation unit value we calculate on that valuation date. We pay interest, if any, at a rate no less than required by law. We will mail payment to the beneficiary within seven days after our death claim requirements are fulfilled.

Nonqualified annuities

For the Current Contract:

If your spouse is sole beneficiary and you die before the annuitization start date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid (without regard to the Full Surrender Value). To do this your spouse must, on the date our death claim requirements are fulfilled, give us written instructions to continue the contract as owner.

There will be no surrender charges on the contract from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, your spouse will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract and the values may be reset. (see “Optional Benefits” and “Benefits in the Case of Death”). If the death benefit applicable to the contract changes due to spousal continuation, the mortality and expense risk fee may change as well (see “Charges — Mortality and Expense Risk Fee”).

If your beneficiary is not your spouse, or your spouse does not elect spousal continuation, we will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless you give us other written instructions. Generally, we must fully distribute the death benefit within five years of your death. However, the beneficiary may receive payouts under any annuity payout plan available under this contract if:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin no later than one year after your death, or other date as permitted by the IRS; and

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy.

For the Original Contract:

If your spouse is sole beneficiary and you die before the annuitization start date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. To do this your spouse must, on the date our death claim requirements are fulfilled, give us written instructions to continue the contract as owner.

There will be no surrender charges on the contract from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, your spouse and the new annuitant (if applicable) will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract and the values may be reset. (See “Optional Benefits” and “Optional Death Benefits”.)

If your beneficiary is not your spouse, or your spouse does not elect spousal continuation, we will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless you give us other written instructions. Generally, we must fully distribute the death benefit within five years of your death. However, the beneficiary may receive payouts under any annuity payout plan available under this contract if:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin no later than one year after your death, or other date as permitted by the IRS; and

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy.

Qualified annuities

For the Current Contract:

• Spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if your spouse is the sole beneficiary, your spouse may either elect to treat the contract as his/her own, so long as he or she is eligible to do so, or elect an

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    73

	annuity payout plan or another plan agreed to by us. If your spouse elects a payout option, the payouts must begin no later than the year in which you would have reached age 72(age 70 ½ if the death occurrred before Jan. 1, 2020). If you attained age 72 at the time of death, payouts must begin no later than Dec. 31 of the year following the year of your death.
	Your spouse may elect to assume ownership of the contract with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid (without regard to the Full Surrender Value). To do this your spouse must, on the date our death claim requirements are fulfilled, give us written instructions to continue the contract as owner. There will be no surrender charges on the contract from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, your spouse will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract and the values may be reset (see “Optional Benefits”, “Optional Death Benefits” and “Benefits in the Case of Death”). If the death benefit applicable to the contract changes due to spousal continuation, the mortality and expense risk fee may change as well (see “Charges — Mortality and Expense Risk Fee”). If your spouse is the sole beneficiary and elects to treat the contract his/her own as an inherited IRA, theSecureSource Stages andSecureStages 2 riders will terminate.
	If you purchased this contract as an inherited IRA and your spouse is the sole beneficiary, he or she can elect to continue this contract as an inherited IRA.
	If you purchased this contract as an inherited IRA and your spouse is not the sole beneficiary, he or she can elect an alternative payment plan for their share of the death benefit and all optional death benefits and living benefits will terminate. Your spouse must follow the schedule of minimum surrenders established based on your life expectancy.
•	Non-spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if death occurs on or after Jan. 1, 2020, the beneficiary is required to withdraw his or her entire inherited interest within 10 years of the time of death of the owner unless they qualify as an “eligible designated beneficiary.” Eligible designated beneficiaries may continue to take proceeds out over their life expectancy. Eligible designated beneficiaries include:

• the surviving spouse;

• a lawful child of the owner under the age of majority (remaining amount must be withdrawn within 10 years, once the child reaches the age of majority);

• disabled within the meaning of Code section 72(m)(7);

• chronically ill within the meaning of Code section 7702B(c)(2);

• any other person who is not more than 10 years younger than the owner.

However, non-natural beneficiaries, such as estates and charities, are subject to a five-year rule to distribute the IRA.

We will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless the beneficiary elects to receive payouts under a payout plan available under this contract and:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin, no later than one year following the year of your death; and

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy for an eligible designated beneficiary. (Payout plans are limited if the beneficiary is not an eligible designated beneficiary.)

• Spouse and Non-spouse beneficiary: If a beneficiary elects an alternative payment plan which is an inherited IRA, all optional death benefits and living benefits will terminate. In the event of your beneficiary’s death, their beneficiary can elect to take a lump sum payment or annuitize the contract to deplete it within 10 years of your beneficiary’s death.

• Annuity payout plan: If you elect an annuity payout plan, the payouts to your beneficiary may continue depending on the annuity payout plan you elect, subject to adjustment to comply with the IRS rules and regulations.

For the Original Contract:

•

Spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if your spouse is the sole beneficiary, your spouse may either elect to treat the contract as his/her own, so long as he or she is eligible to do so, or elect an annuity payout plan or another plan agreed to by us. If your spouse elects a payout option, the payouts must begin no later than the year in which you would have reached age 72. If you attained age 72 at the time of death, payouts must begin no later than Dec. 31 of the year following the year of your death.

Your spouse may elect to assume ownership of the contract with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. To do this your spouse must, on the date our death claim requirements are fulfilled, give us written instructions to continue the contract as owner. There will be no surrender charges on the contract from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, your spouse and the new annuitant (if applicable) will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract and the values may be reset. (See “Optional Benefits” and “Optional Death Benefits”.)

74    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• Non-spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if death occurs on or after Jan. 1, 2020, the beneficiary is required to withdraw his or her entire inherited interest within 10 years of the time of death of the owner unless they qualify as an “eligible designated beneficiary.” Eligible designated beneficiaries may continue to take proceeds out over their life expectancy. Eligible designated beneficiaries include:

• the surviving spouse;

• a lawful child of the owner under the age of majority (remaining amount must be withdrawn within 10 years, once the child reaches the age of majority);

• disabled within the meaning of Code section 72(m)(7);

• chronically ill within the meaning of Code section 7702B(c)(2);

• any other person who is not more than 10 years younger than the owner.

However, non-natural beneficiaries, such as estates and charities, are subject to a five-year rule to distribute the IRA.

We will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless the beneficiary elects to receive payouts under a payout plan available under this contract if:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin, no later than one year following the year of your death; and

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy for an eligible designated beneficiary. (Payout plans are limited if the beneficiary is not an eligible designated beneficiary.)

• Spouse and Non-spouse beneficiary: If a beneficiary elects an alternative payment plan which is an inherited IRA, all optional death benefits and living benefits will terminate. In the event of your beneficiary’s death, their beneficiary can elect to take a lump sum payment or annuitize the contract to deplete it within 10 years of your beneficiary’s death.

• Annuity payout plan: If you elect an annuity payout plan, the payouts to your beneficiary may continue depending on the annuity payout plan you elect, subject to adjustment to comply with the IRS rules and regulations.

How we handle contracts under unclaimed property laws

Every state has unclaimed property laws which generally declare annuity contracts to be abandoned after a period of inactivity of one to five years from either 1) the contract’s maturity date (the latest day on which income payments may begin under the contract) or 2) the date the death benefit is due and payable. If a contract matures or we determine a death benefit is payable, we will use our best efforts to locate you or designated beneficiaries. If we are unable to locate you or a beneficiary, proceeds will be paid to the abandoned property division or unclaimed property office of the state in which the beneficiary or you last resided, as shown in our books and records, or to our state of domicile. Generally, this surrender of property to the state is commonly referred to as “escheatment”. To avoid escheatment, and ensure an effective process for your beneficiaries, it is important that your personal address and beneficiary designations are up to date, including complete names, date of birth, current addresses and phone numbers, and taxpayer identification numbers for each beneficiary. Updates to your address or beneficiary designations should be sent to our Service Center.

Escheatment may also be required by law if a known beneficiary fails to demand or present an instrument or document to claim the death benefit in a timely manner, creating a presumption of abandonment. If your beneficiary steps forward (with the proper documentation) to claim escheated annuity proceeds, the state is obligated to pay any such proceeds it is holding.

For nonqualified annuities, non-spousal death benefits are generally required to be distributed and taxed within five years from the date of death of the owner/annuitant or the unclaimed death benefits will be presumed abandoned and subject to escheatment.

Optional Benefits

The assets held in our general account support the guarantees under your contract, including optional death benefits and optional living benefits. To the extent that we are required to pay you amounts in addition to your contract value under these benefits, such amounts will come from our general account assets. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of insurance and financial products as well, and we also pay our obligations under these products from assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account.

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    75

Optional Living Benefits

SecureSource Stages 2 Rider

TheSecureSource Stages 2 rider is an optional benefit that you can add to your contract for an additional charge. This benefit is intended to provide to you, after the lifetime benefit is established, a specified withdrawal amount annually for life, even if your contract value is zero, subject to the terms and provisions described in this section. If the lifetime benefit is not established and contract value goes to zero due to a withdrawal, the contract and the rider will terminate. (see “Other provisions – Rules for Surrender”). Additionally, this benefit offers a credit feature to help in low or poor performing markets and a step up feature to lock in contract anniversary gains.

TheSecureSource Stages 2 rider may be appropriate for you if you intend to make periodic withdrawals from your annuity contract after the waiting period and wish to ensure that market performance will not adversely affect your ability to withdraw income over your lifetime. This rider may not be appropriate for you if you do not intend to limit withdrawals to the amount allowed in order to receive the full benefits of the rider.

Your benefits under the rider can be reduced if any of the following occurs:

• If you take any withdrawals during the 1-year waiting period, the lifetime benefit amount will be determined using percentage B for the appropriate age band as long as rider benefits are payable;

• If you withdraw more than the allowed withdrawal amount in a contract year, or you take withdrawals before the lifetime benefit is available;

• If you take a withdrawal and later choose to allocate your contract value to a fund of funds that is more aggressive than the target fund;

• If the contract value is 20% or more below purchase payments increased by any contract anniversary gains or rider credits and adjusted for withdrawals (see withdrawal adjustment base described below).

TheSecureSource Stages 2 rider guarantees that, regardless of investment performance, you may take withdrawals up to the lifetime benefit amount each contract year after the lifetime benefit is established. Your age at the time of the first withdrawal will determine the age band for as long as benefits are payable except as described in the lifetime payment percentage provision.

As long as your total withdrawals during the current year do not exceed the lifetime benefit amount, you will not be assessed a surrender charge. If you withdraw a larger amount, the excess amount will be assessed any applicable surrender charges and benefits will be reduced in accordance with excess withdrawal processing. At any time, you may withdraw any amount up to your entire surrender value, subject to excess withdrawal processing under the rider.

Subject to conditions and limitations, the rider also guarantees that you or your beneficiary will get back purchase payments you have made, increased by annual step-ups, through withdrawals over time. Any amount we pay in excess of your contract value is subject to our financial strength and claims-paying ability.

Subject to conditions and limitations, the lifetime benefit amount can be increased if a rider credit is available or your contract value has increased on a rider anniversary. The principal back guarantee can also be increased if your contract value has increased on a rider anniversary.

Availability

There are two optionalSecureSource Stages 2 riders available under your contract:

• SecureSource Stages 2 — Single Life

• SecureSource Stages 2 — Joint Life

The information in this section applies to bothSecureSource Stages 2riders, unless otherwise noted.

For the purpose of this rider, the term “withdrawal” has the same meaning as the term “surrender” in the contract or any other riders

TheSecureSource Stages 2 — Single Life rider covers one person. TheSecureSource Stages 2 — Joint Life Rider covers two spouses jointly who are named at contract issue. You may elect only theSecureSource Stages 2 — Single Life rider or theSecureSource Stages 2 — Joint Life rider, not both, and you may not switch riders later. You must elect the rider when you purchase your contract. The rider effective date will be the contract issue date.

TheSecureSource Stages 2 rider is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge if:

• Single Life: you are 85 or younger on the date the contract is issued; or

• Joint Life: you and your spouse are 85 or younger on the date the contract is issued.

TheSecureSource Stages 2 riders are not available under an inherited qualified annuity.

76    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

TheSecureSource Stages 2 rider guarantees that after the waiting period, regardless of the investment performance of your contract, you will be able to withdraw up to a certain amount each year from the contract before the annuitization start date until:

• Single Life: death (see “At Death” heading below).

• Joint Life: the death of the last surviving covered spouse (see ”Joint Life only: Covered Spouses” and “At Death” headings below).

Key Terms

The key terms associated with theSecureSource Stages 2 rider are:

Age Bands: Each age band is associated with a two lifetime payment percentages. The covered person (Joint Life: the younger covered spouse) must be at least the youngest age shown in the first age band for the annual lifetime payment to be established. After the annual lifetime payment is established, in addition to your age, other factors determine when you move to a higher age band.

Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP): the lifetime benefit amount available each contract year after the covered person (Joint Life: the younger covered spouse) has reached the youngest age in the first age band. After the waiting period, the annual withdrawal amount guaranteed by the rider can vary each contract year.

Annual Step-Up: an increase in the benefit base and/or the principal back guarantee and a possible increase in the lifetime payment percentage that is available each rider anniversary if your contract value increases, subject to certain conditions.

Benefit Base (BB): used to calculate the annual lifetime payment and the annual rider charge. The BB cannot be withdrawn in a lump sum or annuitized and is not payable as a death benefit.

Credit Base (CB): used to calculate the rider credit. The CB cannot be withdrawn or annuitized and is not payable as a death benefit.

Excess Withdrawal: (1) a withdrawal taken before the annual lifetime payment is established, or (2) a withdrawal that is greater than the remaining annual lifetime payment after the annual lifetime payment is established.

Excess Withdrawal Processing:a reduction in benefits if a withdrawal is taken before the annual lifetime payment is established or if a withdrawal exceeds the remaining annual lifetime payment.

Lifetime Payment Percentage: used to calculate your annual lifetime payment. Two percentages (“percentage A” and “percentage B”) are used for each age band. The difference between percentage A and percentage B is referred to as the income bonus. Percentage B is referred to as the minimum lifetime payment percentage.

Principal Back Guarantee (PBG): a guarantee that total withdrawals will not be less than purchase payments you have made, increased by annual step-ups, as long as there is no excess withdrawal or benefit reset.

Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (RALP): as you take withdrawals during a contract year, the remaining amount that the rider guarantees will be available for withdrawal that year is reduced. After the annual lifetime payment is established, the RALP is the guaranteed amount that can be withdrawn during the remainder of the current contract year.

Rider Credit: an amount that can be added to the benefit base on each of the first ten contract anniversaries based on a rider credit percentage of 8% for the first anniversary and 6% thereafter, as long as no withdrawals have been taken since the rider effective date and you do not decline any annual rider fee increase. Investment performance and excess withdrawals may reduce or eliminate the benefit of any rider credits. Rider credits may result in higher rider charges that may exceed the benefit from the credits.

Waiting Period: the period of time before you can take a withdrawal without limiting benefits under the rider. If you take any withdrawals during the waiting period, the lifetime benefit amount will be determined using percentage B, the minimum lifetime payment percentage, for the appropriate age band and percentage A, and therefore the income bonus, will not be available as long as rider benefits are payable. The waiting period starts on the rider effective date and ends on the day prior to the first anniversary.

Withdrawal: the amount by which your contract value is reduced as a result of any withdrawal request. It may differ from the amount of your request due to any surrender charge and any market value adjustment.

Withdrawal Adjustment Base (WAB): one of the components used to determine the lifetime payment percentage after the waiting period. The WAB cannot be withdrawn or annuitized and is not payable as a death benefit.

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    77

ImportantSecureSource Stages 2 Rider Considerations

You should consider whether aSecureSource Stages 2 rider is appropriate for you taking into account the following considerations:

You will begin paying the rider charge as of the rider effective date, even if you do not begin taking withdrawals for many years. It is possible that your contract performance, fees and charges, and withdrawal pattern may be such that your contract value will not be depleted in your lifetime and you will not receive any monetary value under the rider.

•	Lifetime Benefit Limitations: The lifetime benefit is subject to certain limitations, including but not limited to:
	Single Life: Once the contract value equals zero, payments are made for as long as the covered person is living (see “If Contract Value Reduces to Zero” heading below). However, if the contract value is greater than zero, the lifetime benefit terminates at the first death of any owner even if the covered person is still living (see “At Death” heading below). This possibility may present itself when there are multiple contract owners — when one of the contract owners dies the lifetime benefit terminates even though other contract owners are still living.
	Joint Life: Once the contract value equals zero, payments are made for as long as either covered spouse is living (see “If Contract Value Reduces to Zero” heading below). However, if the contract value is greater than zero, the lifetime benefit terminates at the death of the last surviving covered spouse (see “At Death” heading below).
•	Withdrawals: Please consider carefully when you start taking withdrawals from this rider. If you take any withdrawals during the 1-year waiting period, the lifetime benefit amount will be determined using percentage B for the appropriate age band and percentage A, and therefore the income bonus, will not be available as long as rider benefits are payable. Any withdrawals in the first 10 years will terminate any remaining rider credits. Also, if you withdraw more than the allowed withdrawal amount in a contract year or take withdrawals before the lifetime benefit is available (“excess withdrawal”), the guaranteed amounts under the rider will be reduced.
•	Investment Allocation Restriction: You must elect one of the approved investment options. These funds are expected to reduce our financial risks and expenses associated with certain living benefits. Although the funds’ investment strategies may help mitigate declines in your contract value due to declining equity markets, the funds’ investment strategies may also curb your contract value gains during periods of positive performance by the equity markets. Additionally, investment in the funds may decrease the number and amount of any benefit base increase opportunities. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds: Volatility and Volatility Management Risk with the Portfolio Stabilizer funds” section.) We reserve the right to add, remove or substitute approved investment options at any time and in our sole discretion in the future. This requirement limits your choice of investment options. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, GPAs or the regular fixed account that are available under the contract to contract owners who do not elect the rider. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds.”) You may allocate purchase payments to the Special DCA fixed account, when available, and we will make monthly transfers into the investment option you have chosen. You may make two elective investment option changes per contract year; we reserve the right to limit elective investment option changes if required to comply with the written instructions of a fund (see “Market Timing”).
	The following provisions apply to contracts invested in a Portfolio Navigator fund:

• You can allocate your contract value to any available Portfolio Navigator fund during the following times: (1) prior to your first withdrawal and (2) following a benefit reset due to an investment option change as described below but prior to any subsequent withdrawal. During these accumulation phases, you may request to change your investment option to any available investment option.

• Immediately following a withdrawal your contract value will be reallocated to the target investment option classification as shown in your contract if your current investment option is more aggressive than the target investment option classification. This automatic reallocation is not included in the total number of allowed investment option changes per contract year. The target investment option is currently the Moderate investment option. We reserve the right to change the target investment option to an investment option classification that is more aggressive than the Moderate investment option after 30 days written notice.

• After you have taken a withdrawal and prior to any benefit reset, you are in a withdrawal phase. During withdrawal phases you may request to change your investment option to the target investment option or any investment option that is more conservative than the target investment option without a benefit reset as described below. If you are in a withdrawal phase and you choose to allocate your contract value to an investment option that is more aggressive than the target investment option, you will be in the accumulation phase again and your rider benefit will be reset as follows:

1.	the BB, PBG and WAB will be reset to the contract value, if less than their current amount; and
2.	the ALP and RALP, if available, will be recalculated.

You may request to change your investment option by written request on an authorized form or by another method agreed to by us.

• Non-Cancelable: Once elected, theSecureSource Stages 2 rider may not be cancelled (except as provided under “Rider Termination” heading below) and the charge will continue to be deducted until the contract or rider is terminated or the contract value reduces to zero (described below).

78    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Dissolution of marriage does not terminate theSecureSource Stages 2 — Joint Life rider and will not reduce the fee we charge for this rider. The benefit under theSecureSource Stages 2 — Joint Life rider continues for the covered spouse who is the owner of the contract (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural or revocable trust ownership). The rider will terminate at the death of the contract owner because the original covered spouse will be unable to elect the spousal continuation provision of the contract (see ”Joint Life only: Covered Spouses” below).

• Joint Life: Limitations on Contract Owners, Annuitants and Beneficiaries: Since the joint life benefit will terminate unless the surviving covered spouse continues the contract under the spousal option to continue the contract upon the owner’s death provision, only ownership arrangements that permit such continuation are allowed at rider issue. In general, the covered spouses should be joint owners, or one covered spouse should be the owner and the other covered spouse should be named as the sole primary beneficiary.

You are responsible for establishing ownership arrangements that will allow for spousal continuation.

If you select theSecureSource Stages 2 — Joint Life rider, please consider carefully whether or not you wish to change the beneficiary of your annuity contract. The rider will terminate if the surviving covered spouse cannot utilize the spousal continuation provision of the contract when the death benefit is payable.

• Limitations on Purchase Payments:We reserve the right to limit the cumulative amount of purchase payments (subject to state restrictions), which may limit your ability to make additional purchase payments to increase your contract value as you may have originally intended. For current purchase payment restrictions, please see “Buying Your Contract —Purchase Payments”.

• Interaction with Total Free Amount (FA) contract provision: The FA is the amount you are allowed to withdraw from the contract in each contract year without incurring a surrender charge (see “Charges — Surrender Charge”). The FA may be greater than the remaining annual lifetime payment under this rider. Any amount you withdraw under the contract’s FA provision that exceeds the remaining annual lifetime payment is subject to the excess withdrawal processing described below.

You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of the rider in your tax situation because:

• Tax Considerations for Nonqualified Annuities: Under current federal income tax law, withdrawals under nonqualified annuities, including withdrawals taken from the contract under the terms of the rider, are treated less favorably than amounts received as annuity payments under the contract (see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities”). Withdrawals are taxable income to the extent of earnings. Withdrawals of earnings before age 59½ may also incur a 10% IRS early withdrawal penalty. You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of the rider in your tax situation.

• Tax Considerations for Qualified Annuities: Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). If you have a qualified annuity, you may need to take an RMD during the waiting period the lifetime benefit amount will be determined using percentage B for as long as rider benefits are payable. While the rider permits certain excess withdrawals to be taken for the purpose of satisfying RMD requirements for your contract alone without reducing future benefits guaranteed under the rider, there can be no guarantee that changes in the federal income tax law after the effective date of the rider will not require a larger RMD to be taken, in which case, future guaranteed withdrawals under the rider could be reduced. See Appendix F for additional information.

• Treatment of non-spousal distributions:Unless you are married your beneficiary will be required to take distributions as a non-spouse which may result in significantly decreasing the value of the rider. Please note civil unions and domestic partnerships generally are not recognized as marriages for federal tax purposes. For additional information see “Taxes — Other — Spousal status” section of this prospectus.

Lifetime Benefit Description

Single Life only: Covered Person:the person whose life is used to determine when the annual lifetime payment is established, and the duration of the ALP payments (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below). The covered person is the oldest contract owner. If any owner is a nonnatural person (e.g., an irrevocable trust or corporation) or a revocable trust, the covered person is the oldest annuitant.

Joint Life only: Covered Spouses:the contract owner and his or her legally married spouse as defined under federal law, as named on the application for as long as the marriage is valid and in effect. If any contract owner is a nonnatural person or a revocable trust, the covered spouses are the annuitant and the legally married spouse of the annuitant. The covered spouses lives are used to determine when the annual lifetime payment is established, and the duration of the ALP payments (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below). The covered spouses are established on the rider effective date and cannot be changed.

Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP): the lifetime benefit amount available each contract year after the covered person (Joint Life: younger covered spouses) has reached age 50. When the ALP is established and at all times thereafter, the ALP is equal to the BB multiplied by the lifetime payment percentage. Anytime the lifetime payment percentage or BB changes

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    79

as described below, the ALP will be recalculated. After the waiting period and when the ALP is established, the first withdrawal taken in each contract year will set and fix the lifetime payment percentage for the remainder of the contract year.

If you withdraw less than the ALP in a contract year, the unused portion does not carry over to future contract years.

Single Life: The ALP is established on the later of the rider effective date if the covered person has reached age 50, or the date the covered person’s attained age equals age 50.

Joint Life: The ALP is established on the earliest of the following dates:

• The rider effective date if the younger covered spouse has already reached age 50.

• The date the younger covered spouse’s attained age equals age 50.

• Upon the first death of a covered spouse, then either: (a) the date we receive a written request when the death benefit is not payable and the surviving covered spouse has already reached age 50, (b) the date spousal continuation is effective when the death benefit is payable and the surviving covered spouse has already reached age 50, or (c) the date the surviving covered spouse reaches age 50.

• Following dissolution of marriage of the covered spouses, then either (a) the date we receive a written request if the remaining covered spouse who is the owner (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural or revocable trust ownership) has already reached age 50, or (b) the date the remaining covered spouse who is the owner (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural or revocable trust ownership) reaches age 50.

Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (RALP): the annual lifetime payment guaranteed for withdrawal for the remainder of the contract year. The RALP is established at the same time as the ALP. The RALP equals the ALP less all withdrawals in the current contract year, but it will not be less than zero.

Lifetime Payment Percentage: used to calculate the annual lifetime payment. Two percentages are used for a given age band, percentage A or percentage B, depending on the factors described below.

For ages:

• 50-58, percentage A is 4% and percentage B is 3%.

• 59-64, percentage A is 5% and percentage B is 4%.

• 65-79, percentage A is 6% and percentage B is 5%.

• 80 and older, percentage A is 7% and percentage B is 6%.

The age band for the lifetime payment percentage is determined at the following times:

• When the ALP is established: The age band used to calculate the initial ALP is the percentage for the covered person’s attained age (Joint Life: younger covered spouse’s attained age).

• On the covered person’s subsequent birthdays (Joint Life: younger covered spouse’s subsequent birthdays): Except as noted below, if the covered person’s new attained age (Joint Life: younger covered spouse’s attained age) is in a higher age band, then the higher age band will be used to determine the appropriate lifetime payment percentage. (However, if you decline any rider fee increase or if a withdrawal has been taken since the ALP was established, then the lifetime payment percentage will not change on subsequent birthdays.)

• Upon annual step ups (see “Annual step ups” below).

• For the Joint life rider, upon death or change in marital status: In the event of death or dissolution of marriage: (A) If no withdrawal has been taken since the ALP was established and no rider fee increase has been declined, the lifetime payment percentage will be reset based on the Age Band for the remaining covered spouse’s attained age. (B) If the ALP is not established but the remaining covered spouse has reached the youngest age in the first Age Band, the remaining covered spouse’s attained age will be used to determine the age band for the lifetime payment percentage. In the event of remarriage of the covered spouses to each other, the lifetime payment percentage used is the percentage for the younger covered spouse’s attained age.

The following determines whether percentage A or percentage B is used for each applicable age band:

During the waiting period, percentage B will be used. If you take a withdrawal in the waiting period, percentage B will be used and the income bonus will not be available for as long as rider benefits are payable.

If no withdrawal is taken during the waiting period, after the waiting period a comparison of your contract value and the withdrawal adjustment base (WAB) determines whether percentage A or percentage B is used to calculate the ALP unless the percentage is fixed as described below. Market volatility, a prolonged flat, low or down market, rider credits, and the deduction of charges all impact whether you are eligible for percentage A or percentage B. On each valuation date, if the benefit determining percentage is less than the 20% adjustment threshold, then percentage A is used in

80    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

calculating your ALP, otherwise percentage B is used. The benefit determining percentage is calculated as follows, but it will not be less than zero:

1 – (a/b) where:

a	=	Contract value at the end of the prior valuation period
b	=	WAB at the end of the prior valuation period

After the ALP is established and after the waiting period, the first withdrawal taken in each contract year will set and fix the lifetime payment percentage for the remainder of the contract year. Beginning on the next rider anniversary, the lifetime payment percentage can change on each valuation day as described above until a withdrawal is taken in that contract year.

However, at the earliest of (1), (2) or (3) below Percentage A and Percentage B will be set and remain fixed as long as the benefit is payable:

• if the ALP is established, when your contract value on a rider anniversary is less than two times the benefit base (BB) multiplied by percentage B for your current age band, or

• when the contract value reduces to zero, or

• on the date of death (Joint Life: remaining covered spouse’s date of death) when a death benefit is payable.

For certain periods of time at our discretion and on a non-discriminatory basis, your lifetime payment percentage may be set by us to percentage A if more favorable to you.

Determination of Adjustments of Benefit Values: Your lifetime benefit values (benefit base (BB), credit base (CB) and withdrawal adjustment base (WAB)) and principal back guarantee (PBG) are determined at the following times and are subject to a maximum amount of $10 million each:

• On the contract date: The WAB, CB, BB and PBG are set equal to the initial purchase payment.

• When an additional purchase payment is made: If the WAB and CB are greater than zero, the WAB and CB will be increased by the amount of each additional purchase payment. The BB and PBG will be increased by the amount of each additional purchase payment.

• When a withdrawal is taken: If the CB is greater than zero, the CB will be permanently reset to zero when the first withdrawal is taken, and there will be no additional rider credits.

When a withdrawal is taken:

(a)	If the first withdrawal is taken during the waiting period, the WAB will be permanently reset to zero. If the first withdrawal is taken after the waiting period, the WAB will be reduced by the “adjustment for withdrawal,” as defined below.
(b)	If the ALP is established and the withdrawal is less than or equal to the RALP, the BB does not change and the PBG is reduced by the amount of the withdrawal, but it will not be less than zero.
(c)	If the ALP is not established, excess withdrawal processing will occur as follows. The BB will be reduced by the “adjustment for withdrawal,” and the PBG will be reduced by the greater of the amount of the withdrawal or the “adjustment for withdrawal,” but it will not be less than zero.
(d)	If the ALP is established and the withdrawal is greater than the RALP, excess withdrawal processing will occur as follows:

The PBG will be reset to the lesser of:

(i)	the PBG reduced by the amount of the withdrawal, but it will not be less than zero; or
(ii)	the PBG minus the RALP on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal and further reduced by an amount calculated as follows, but it will not be less than zero:

a × b	where:
c

a	=	the amount of the withdrawal minus the RALP
b	=	the PBG minus the RALP on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal
c	=	the contract value on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal minus the RALP

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    81

The BB will be reduced by an amount as calculated below:

d × e	where:
f

d	=	the amount of the withdrawal minus the RALP
e	=	the BB on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal
f	=	the contract value on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal minus the RALP.

Adjustment for Withdrawal Definition: When the WAB, PBG or BB is reduced by a withdrawal in the same proportion as the contract value is reduced, the proportional amount deducted is the “adjustment for withdrawal.” The “adjustment for withdrawal” is calculated as follows:

g × h	where:
i

g	=	the amount the contract value is reduced by the withdrawal
h	=	the WAB, BB or PBG (as applicable) on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal
I	=	the contract value on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal.

Rider Anniversary Processing: The following describes how the WAB, BB and PBG are calculated on rider anniversaries, subject to the maximum amount of $10 million for each, and how the lifetime payment percentage can change on rider anniversaries.

•	The WAB on rider anniversaries:Unless the WAB is permanently reset to zero or you decline any rider fee increase, the WAB (after any rider credit is added) will be increased to the contract value, if the contract value is greater.
•	Rider Credits: If you did not take any withdrawals and you did not decline any rider fee increase, rider credits are available for the first ten contract anniversaries. On the first anniversary, the rider credit equals the credit base (CB) 180 days following the rider effective date multiplied by 8%. On any subsequent anniversaries, the rider credit equals the CB as of the prior rider anniversary multiplied by 6%. On the first anniversary the BB and WAB will be set to the greater of the current BB, or the BB 180 days following the contract date increased by the rider credit and any additional purchase payments since 180 days following the rider effective date. On any subsequent rider credit dates the BB and WAB will be set to the greater of the current BB, or the BB on the prior anniversary increased by the rider credit and any additional purchase payments since the prior anniversary. If the CB is greater than zero, the CB will be permanently reset to zero on the 10th rider anniversary after any adjustment to the WAB and BB, and there will be no additional rider credits.
•	Annual step ups: Beginning with the first rider anniversary, an annual step-up may be available. If you decline any rider fee increase, future annual step-ups will no longer be available.
	The annual step-up will be executed on any rider anniversary where the contract value (after charges are deducted) is greater than the PBG or the BB after any rider credit is added. If an annual step-up is executed, the PBG, BB and lifetime payment percentage will be adjusted as follows: The PBG will be increased to the contract value, if the contract value is greater. The BB (after any rider credit is added) will be increased to the contract value, if the contract value is greater. If the covered person’s attained age (Joint Life: younger covered spouses attained age) on the rider anniversary is in a higher age band and (1) there is an increase to BB due to a step-up or (2) the BB is at the maximum of $10,000,000 so there was no step-up of the BB, then the higher age band will be used to determine the appropriate lifetime payment percentage, regardless of any prior withdrawals.

Other Provisions

Required Minimum Distributions (RMD): If you are taking RMDs from your contract and your RMD calculated separately for your contract is greater than the remaining annual lifetime payment on the most recent contract anniversary, the portion of your RMD that exceeds the benefit amount will not be subject to excess withdrawal processing provided that the following conditions are met:

• The annual lifetime payment is established;

• The RMD is for your contract alone;

• The RMD is based on your recalculated life expectancy taken from the Uniform Lifetime Table under the Code; and

• The RMD amount is otherwise based on the requirements of section 401(a) (9), related Code provisions and regulations thereunder that were in effect on the contract date.

RMD rules follow the calendar year which most likely does not coincide with your contract year and therefore may limit when you can take your RMD and not be subject to excess withdrawal processing. If any withdrawal is taken in the waiting period, including RMDs, Percentage B for the applicable age band will be used as long as rider benefits are payable. Any withdrawals taken before the annual lifetime payment is established or withdrawing amounts greater than

82    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

the remaining annual lifetime payment that do not meet these conditions will result in excess withdrawal processing. The amount in excess of the RALP that is not subject to excess withdrawal processing will be recalculated if the ALP changes due to lifetime payment percentage changes. See Appendix E for additional information.

Spousal Option to Continue the Contract upon Owner’s Death (Spousal Continuation):

Single Life: If a surviving spouse elects to continue the contract and continues the contract as the new owner under the spousal continuation provision of the contract, theSecureSource Stages 2 — Single Life rider terminates.

Joint Life: If a surviving spouse is a covered spouse and elects the spousal continuation provision of the contract as the new owner, theSecureSource Stages 2 — Joint Life rider also continues. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate. The surviving covered spouse can name a new beneficiary; however, a new covered spouse cannot be added to the rider.

Unless you decline a rider fee increase, at the time of spousal continuation, a step-up may be available. All annual step-up rules (see “Rider Anniversary Processing — Annual Step-Up” heading above) also apply to the spousal continuation step-up except that the RALP will be reduced for any prior withdrawals in that contract year. The WAB, if greater than zero, will be increased to the contract value if the contract value is greater. The spousal continuation step-up is processed on the valuation date spousal continuation is effective.

Rules for Surrender: Minimum contract values following surrender no longer apply to your contract. For withdrawals, the withdrawal will be taken from all accounts and the variable subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to the contract value. You cannot specify from which accounts the withdrawal is to be taken.

If your contract value is reduced to zero, the CB, if greater than zero, will be permanently reset to zero, and there will be no additional rider credits. Also, the following will occur:

• If the ALP is not established and if the contract value is reduced to zero as a result of market performance, fees or charges, then the owner must wait until the ALP would be established, and the ALP will be paid annually until the death of the covered person (Joint Life: both covered spouses).

• If the ALP is established and if the contract value is reduced to zero as a result of market performance, fees or charges, or as a result of a withdrawal that is less than or equal to the RALP, then the owner will receive the ALP paid annually until the death of the covered person (Joint Life: both covered spouses).

In either case above:

• These annualized amounts will be paid in monthly installments. If the monthly payment is less than $100, We have the right to change the frequency, but no less frequently than annually.

• We will no longer accept additional purchase payments.

• No more charges will be collected for the rider.

• The current ALP is fixed for as long as payments are made.

• The death benefit becomes the remaining schedule of annual lifetime payments, if any, until total payments to the owner and the beneficiary are equal to the PBG at the time the contract value falls to zero.

• The amount paid in the current contract year will be reduced for any prior withdrawals in that contract year.

• If the ALP is not established and if the contract value is reduced to zero as a result of a withdrawal taken before the ALP is established, this rider and the contract will terminate.

• If the ALP is established and if the contract value is reduced to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RALP, this rider and the contract will terminate.

At Death:

Single Life: If the contract is jointly owned and an owner dies when the contract value is greater than zero, the lifetime benefit for the covered person will cease even if the covered person is still living or if the contract is continued under the spousal continuation option.

Joint Life: If the death benefit becomes payable at the death of a covered spouse, the surviving covered spouse must utilize the spousal continuation option to continue the lifetime benefit. If spousal continuation is not available, the rider terminates. The lifetime benefit ends at the death of the surviving covered spouse.

If the contract value is greater than zero when the death benefit becomes payable, the beneficiary may:

• elect to take the death benefit under the terms of the contract, or

• elect to take the principal back guarantee available under this rider, or

• continue the contract and theSecureSource Stages 2 — Joint Life rider under the spousal continuation option.

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    83

For single and joint life, the beneficiary may elect the principal back guarantee under this rider if payments begin no later than one year after your death and the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy. If elected, the following will occur:

1.	If the PBG is greater than zero and the ALP is established, the ALP on the date of death will be paid until total payments to the beneficiary are equal to the PBG on the date of death.
2.	If the PBG is greater than zero and the ALP is not established, the BB on the date of death multiplied by the lifetime payment percentage used for the youngest age of the covered spouses in the first age band will be paid annually until total payments to the beneficiary are equal to the PBG on the date of death.

In either of the above cases:

• After the date of death, there will be no additional rider credits or annual step-ups.

• The lifetime payment percentage used will be set as of the date of death.

• The amount paid in the current contract year will be reduced for any prior withdrawals in that year.

3.	On the date of death (Joint Life:remaining covered spouse’s date of death), if the CB is greater than zero, the CB will be permanently reset to zero, and there will be no additional rider credits.
4.	If the PBG equals zero, the benefit terminates. No further payments are made.

Contract Ownership Change:

Single Life: If allowed by state law, change of ownership is subject to our approval. If there is a change of ownership and the covered person remains the same, the rider continues with no change to any of the rider benefits. Effective May 1, 2016, joint ownership and joint annuitants are not allowed except for contracts issued in California. If there is a change of ownership and the covered person would be different, the rider terminates.

Joint Life: Ownership changes are only allowed between the covered spouses or their revocable trust(s) and are subject to our approval, if allowed by state law. No other ownership changes are allowed as long as the rider is in force.

Assignment: If allowed by state law, an assignment is subject to our approval.

Annuity Provisions: If your annuitization start date is the maximum annuitization start date, you can choose one of the payout options available under the contract or an alternative fixed annuity payout option available under theSecureSource Stages 2 rider. Under the rider’s payout option, the minimum amount payable shown in Table B, will not apply and you will receive the annual lifetime payment provided by this rider until the later of the death of the covered person (Joint Life: both covered spouses) or depletion of the principal back guarantee. If you choose to receive the ALP, the amount payable each year will be equal to the annual lifetime payment on the annuitization start date. The amount paid in the current contract year will be reduced for any prior withdrawals in that year. These annualized amounts will be paid in monthly installments. If the monthly payment is less than $100, we have the right to change the frequency, but no less frequently than annually. For more information about annuity payout plans, please see “The Annuity Payout Period - Annuity Payout Plans.”

If you choose to receive the ALP rather than a payout option available under the contract, all other contract features, rider features and charges terminate after the annuitization start date except for the PBG.

Rider Termination

TheSecureSource Stages 2 rider cannot be terminated either by you or us except as follows:

• Single Life: a change of ownership that would result in a different covered person will terminate the rider.

• Single Life: after the death benefit is payable, the rider will terminate.

• Single Life: spousal continuation will terminate the rider.

• Joint Life: After the death benefit is payable the rider will terminate if anyone other than a covered spouse continues the contract. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate.

• On the annuitization start date, the rider will terminate.

• You may terminate the rider if your annual rider fee after any increase is more than 0.25 percentage points higher than your fee before the increase. (see “Charges —SecureSource Stages 2 rider charge”).

• When the contract value is zero and either the annual lifetime payment is not established or a withdrawal in excess of the remaining annual lifetime payment is taken, the rider will terminate.

• Termination of the contract for any reason will terminate the rider.

For an example, see Appendix D.

84    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider

The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider is an optional benefit, available for contract applications signed on or after May 3, 2010, that you may select for an additional charge. We have offered a different version of the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider for the Original Contract with applications signed prior to June 1, 2009. The description of the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider in this section applies to both Original and Current contracts unless noted otherwise. The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider specifies a waiting period that ends on the benefit date. The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider provides a one-time adjustment to your contract value on the benefit date if your contract value is less than the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value (defined below) on that benefit date. On the benefit date, if the contract value is equal to or greater than the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value, as determined under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider ends without value and no benefit is payable.

If the contract value falls to zero as the result of adverse market performance or the deduction of fees and/or charges at any time during the waiting period and before the benefit date, the contract and all riders, including the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider will terminate without value and no benefits will be paid.Exception: if you are still living on the benefit date, we will pay you an amount equal to the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value as determined under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider on the valuation date your contract value reached zero.

For the Current Contract, if you are (or if the owner is a non-natural person, then the annuitant is) age 80 or younger at contract issue and this rider is available in your state, you may elect the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider at the time you purchase your contract and the rider effective date will be the contract issue date. For the Original Contract, you may have elected the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider at the time you purchased your contract and the rider effective date was the contract issue date. The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may not be terminated once you have elected it except as described in the “Terminating the Rider” section below. An additional charge for the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider will be assessed annually during the waiting period. The rider ends when the waiting period expires and no further benefit will be payable and no further charges for the rider will be deducted. After the waiting period, you have the following options:

• Continue your contract;

• Take partial surrenders or make a full surrender; or

• Annuitize your contract.

The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may not be purchased with the optionalSecureSource Stages 2 rider.

You should consider whether an Accumulation Protector Benefit rider is appropriate for you because:

• you must be invested in one of the approved investment options. This requirement limits your choice of investments. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, GPAs or the regular fixed account that are available under the contract to other contract owners who do not elect this rider. You may allocate qualifying purchase payments to the Special DCA fixed account, when available (see “The Special DCA Fixed Account”), and we will make monthly transfers into the investment option you have chosen. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds”);

• you may not make additional purchase payments to your contract during the waiting period after the first 180 days immediately following the effective date of the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. Some exceptions apply (see “Additional Purchase Payments with Elective Step up” below). In addition, we reserve the right to change these additional purchase payment limitations, including making further restrictions, upon written notice;

• if you purchase this contract as a qualified annuity, for example, an IRA, you may need to take partial surrenders from your contract to satisfy the RMDs under the Code. Partial surrenders, including those used to satisfy RMDs, will reduce any potential benefit that the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider provides. You should consult your tax advisor if you have any questions about the use of this rider in your tax situation;

• if you think you may surrender all of your contract value before you have held your contract with this benefit rider attached for 10 years, or you are considering selecting an annuity payout option within 10 years of the effective date of your contract, you should consider whether this optional benefit is right for you. You must hold the contract a minimum of 10 years from the effective date of the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, which is the length of the waiting period under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, in order to receive the benefit, if any, provided by the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. In some cases, as described below, you may need to hold the contract longer than 10 years in order to qualify for any benefit the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may provide;

• the 10 year waiting period under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider will restart if you exercise the elective step up option (described below) or your surviving spouse exercises the spousal continuation elective step up (described below); and

• the 10 year waiting period under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may be restarted if you elect to change your investment option to one that causes the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider charge to increase (see “Charges”).

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    85

Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether an Accumulation Benefit rider is appropriate for your situation.

Here are some general terms that are used to describe the operation of the Accumulation Protector Benefit:

Benefit Date: This is the first valuation date immediately following the expiration of the waiting period.

Minimum Contract Accumulation Value (MCAV): An amount calculated under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. The contract value will be increased to equal the MCAV on the benefit date if the contract value on the benefit date is less than the MCAV on the benefit date.

Adjustments for Partial Surrenders: The adjustment made for each partial surrender from the contract is equal to the amount derived from multiplying (a) and (b) where:

(a)	is 1 minus the ratio of the contract value on the date of (but immediately after) the partial surrender to the contract value on the date of (but immediately prior to) the partial surrender; and
(b)	is the MCAV on the date of (but immediately prior to) the partial surrender.

Waiting Period: The waiting period for the rider is 10 years.

We reserve the right to restart the waiting period on the latest contract anniversary if you change your investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee.

Your initial MCAV is equal to your initial purchase payment. It is increased by the amount of any subsequent purchase payments received within the first 180 days that the rider is effective. It is reduced by any adjustments for partial surrenders made during the waiting period.

Automatic Step up

On each contract anniversary after the effective date of the rider, the MCAV will be set to the greater of:

1. 80% of the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the contract anniversary; or

2. the MCAV immediately prior to the automatic step up.

The automatic step up does not create contract value, guarantee the performance of any investment option, or provide a benefit that can be surrendered or paid upon death. Rather, the automatic step up is an interim calculation used to arrive at the final MCAV, which is used to determine whether a benefit will be paid under the rider on the benefit date.

The automatic step up of the MCAV does not restart the waiting period or increase the charge (although the total fee for the rider may increase).

Elective Step up Option

Within thirty days following each contract anniversary after the rider effective date, but prior to the benefit date, you may notify us in writing that you wish to exercise the annual elective step up option. You may exercise this elective step up option only once per contract year during this 30 day period. If your contract value (after charges are deducted) on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up is greater than the MCAV on that date, your MCAV will increase to 100% of that contract value.

We may increase the fee for your rider (see “Charges — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider Charge”). The revised fee would apply to your rider if you exercise the annual elective step up, your MCAV is increased as a result, and the revised fee is higher than your annual rider fee before the elective step up. Elective step ups will also result in a restart of the waiting period as of the most recent contract anniversary.

The elective step up does not create contract value, guarantee the performance of any investment option or provide any benefit that can be surrendered or paid upon death. Rather the elective step up is an interim calculation used to arrive at the final MCAV, which is used to determine whether a benefit will be paid under the rider on the benefit date.

For Original Contracts:

We have the right to restrict the elective step up option on inherited IRAs, but we currently allow them. Please consider carefully if an elective step up is appropriate if you own an inherited IRA because the elective step up will restart the waiting period and the required minimum distributions for an inherited IRA may significantly decrease the future benefit payable under this rider. We reserve the right to restrict the elective step up option on inherited IRAs in the future.

The elective step up option is not available if the benefit date would be after the annuitization start date. See “The Annuitization Start Date” section for options available to you.

For Current Contracts:

The elective step up option is not available for inherited IRAs or if the benefit date would be after the annuitization start date. (see “The Annuitization Start Date” section for annuitization start date options)

86    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Additional Purchase Payments with Annual Elective Step ups — Current Contract Only

If your MCAV is increased as a result of elective step up, you have 180 days from the latest contract anniversary to make additional purchase payments, if allowed under the base contract. The MCAV will include the amount of any additional purchase payments received during this period. We reserve the right to change these additional purchase payment limitations.

Spousal Continuation

If a spouse chooses to continue the contract under the spousal continuation provision, the rider will continue as part of the contract. Once, within the thirty days following the date of spousal continuation, the spouse may choose to exercise an elective step up. The spousal continuation elective step up is in addition to the annual elective step up. If the contract value on the valuation date we receive the written request to exercise this option is greater than the MCAV on that date, we will increase the MCAV to that contract value. If the MCAV is increased as a result of the elective step up and we have increased the charge for the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, the spouse will pay the charge that is in effect on the valuation date we receive their written request to step up for the entire contract year. In addition, the waiting period will restart as of the most recent contract anniversary.

Change of Ownership or Assignment

Subject to state limitations, a change of ownership or assignment is subject to our approval.

Terminating the Rider

The rider will terminate under the following conditions:

The rider will terminate before the benefit date without paying a benefit on the date:

• you take a full surrender;

• annuitization begins;

• the contract terminates as a result of the death benefit being paid; or

• when a beneficiary elects an alternative payment plan which is an inherited IRA.

The rider will terminate on the benefit date.

For an example, see Appendix L.

Optional Living Benefits

(For contracts with application signed before July 19, 2010)

If you bought a contract before July 19, 2010 with an optional living benefit, please use the following table to review the disclosure that applies to the optional living benefit rider you purchased. If you are uncertain as to which optional living benefit rider you purchased, ask your investment professional, or contact us at the telephone number or address shown on the first page of this prospectus.

If you purchased a contract(1)...	and you selected one of the following optional living benefits...	Disclosure for this benefit may be found in the following Appendix:
Before April 29, 2005	Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit (“Rider B”)	Appendix J
April 29, 2005 – April 30, 2006	Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit (“Rider A”)	Appendix J
May 1, 2006 – April 30, 2007	Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life	Appendix I
Before May 1, 2007	Income Assurer Benefit	Appendix K
Before Aug. 10, 2009	SecureSource Rider	Appendix M
Before Nov. 30, 2009	SecureSource 20 Rider	Appendix N
Before July 19, 2010	SecureSource Stages Rider	Appendix O

⁽¹⁾ These dates are approximate and will vary by state; your actual contract and any riders are the controlling documents.

Optional Additional Death Benefits

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector)

The Benefit Protector is intended to provide an additional benefit to your beneficiary to help offset expenses after your death such as funeral expenses or federal and state taxes. This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge (see “Charges”). The Benefit Protector provides reduced benefits if you (Current Contract) or you or the annuitant (Original Contract) are 70 or older at the rider effective date, The Benefit Protector does not provide any additional benefit before the first rider anniversary.

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    87

If this rider is available in your state and you (Current Contract) or both you and the annuitant (Original Contract) are 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the Benefit Protector to your contract. You must elect the Benefit Protector at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date. You may not select this rider if you select the Benefit Protector Plus, the 5% Accumulation Death Benefit or Enhanced Death Benefit.

Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Since the benefit paid by the rider is determined by the amount of earnings at death, the amount of the benefit paid may be reduced as a result of taking any surrenders including RMDs. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional and tax advisor whether or not the Benefit Protector is appropriate for your situation.

The Benefit Protector provides that if you (Current Contract) or you or the annuitant (Original Contract) die after the first rider anniversary, but before the annuitization start date, and while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary:

• the applicable death benefit, plus:

• 40% of your earnings at death if you (Current Contract) or you and the annuitant (Original Contract) were under age 70 on the rider effective date; or

• 15% of your earnings at death if you (Current Contract) or you or the annuitant (Original Contract) were 70 or older on the rider effective date.

For the Current Contract, if this rider is effective after the contract date or if there has been a covered life change, remaining purchase payment is established or set as the contract value on the rider effective date or, if later, the date of the most recent covered life change. Thereafter, remaining purchase payments is increased by the amount of each additional purchase payment and adjusted for each partial surrender.

Earnings at death: For purposes of the Benefit Protector and Benefit Protector Plus riders, this is an amount equal to the applicable death benefit minus remaining purchase payments (also referred to as purchase payments not previously surrendered under the Original Contract). Partial surrenders will come from any earnings before reducing purchase payments in the contract. The earnings at death may not be less than zero and may not be more than 250% of the purchase payments not previously surrendered that are one or more years old.

Note: Purchase payments not previously surrendered is calculated differently and is not the same value as purchase payments not previously surrendered used in the surrender charge calculation.

Terminating the Benefit Protector

Current Contract:

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days after the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days after any rider anniversary beginning with the seventh rider anniversary.

• The rider will terminate when you make a full surrender from the contract or on the annuitization start date.

• Your spouse may terminate the rider within 30 days following the effective date of the spousal continuation if your spouse is age 75 or younger.

• A new owner may terminate the rider within 30 days following the effective date of an ownership change if the new owner is age 75 or younger.

• The rider will terminate for a spousal continuation or ownership change if the spouse or new owner is age 76 or older at the time of the change.

• The rider will terminate after the death benefit is payable, unless the spouse continues the contract under spousal continuation provision.

• The rider will terminate when a beneficiary elects an alternative payment plan which is an inherited IRA.

Original Contract:

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of any rider anniversary beginning with the seventh rider anniversary.

• Our current administrative practice allows a new owner or your spouse to terminate the rider within 30 days following the effective date of the ownership change or spousal continuation.

• The rider will terminate when you make a full surrender from the contract or on the annuitization start date.

• The rider will terminate when a beneficiary elects an alternative payment plan which is an inherited IRA.

If your spouse is the sole beneficiary and you die before the annuitization start date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner. For Current Contract, your spouse will be subject to all the limitations and restrictions of the rider just as if they were purchasing a new contract and the age of the new spouse at the time of the change will be used to determine the earnings at death percentage going forward. If your spouse does not qualify for the rider on the basis of

88    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

age we will terminate the rider. If they do qualify for the rider on the basis of age we will set the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid (without regard to the Full Surrender Value) and we will substitute this new contract value on the date of death for “remaining purchase payments” used in calculating earnings at death.

For Current Contract, after a covered life change other than a spouse that continues the contract, the new owner will be subject to all the limitations and restrictions of the rider just as if they were purchasing a new contract and the age of the new owner at the time of the change will be used to determine the earnings at death percentage going forward. If the new owner does not qualify for the rider on the basis of age we will terminate the rider. If they do qualify for the rider on the basis of age we will substitute the contract value on the date of the ownership changes for remaining purchase payments used in calculating earnings at death.

For an example, see Appendix F.

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus)

The Benefit Protector Plus is intended to provide an additional benefit to your beneficiary to help offset expenses after your death such as funeral expenses or federal and state taxes. This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge (see “Charges”). The Benefit Protector Plus provides reduced benefits if you (Current Contract), or you or the annuitant (Original Contract) are 70 or older at the rider effective date. It does not provide any additional benefit before the first rider anniversary and it does not provide any benefit beyond what is offered under the Benefit Protector rider during the second rider year. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether or not the Benefit Protector Plus is appropriate for your situation.

If this rider is available in your state and you (Current Contract) or both you and the annuitant (Original Contract) are 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the Benefit Protector Plus to your contract. You must elect the Benefit Protector Plus at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date. This rider is only available for transfers, exchanges or rollovers. If this is a non-qualified annuity, transfers, exchanges or rollovers must be from another annuity or life insurance policy. You may not select this rider if you select the Benefit Protector Rider, 5% Accumulation Death Benefit or the Enhanced Death Benefit.

Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Since the benefit paid by the rider is determined by the amount of earnings at death, the amount of the benefit paid may be reduced as a result of taking any surrenders including RMDs. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional and tax advisor whether or not the Benefit Protector Plus is appropriate for your situation.

The Benefit Protector Plus provides that if you (Current Contract), or you or the annuitant (Original Contract) die after the first rider anniversary, but before the annuitization start date, and while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary:

• the benefits payable under the Benefit Protector described above, plus:

• a percentage of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue not previously surrendered as follows:

Rider year when death occurs;	Percentage if you (Current Contract) or you and the annuitant (Original Contract) are under age 70 on the rider effective date	Percentage if you (Current Contract) or you or the annuitant (Original Contract) are 70 or older on the rider effective date
One and Two	0%	0%
Three and Four	10%	3.75%
Five or more	20%	7.5%

Another way to describe the benefits payable under the Benefit Protector Plus rider is as follows:

• the applicable death benefit plus:

Rider year when death occurs;	If you (Current Contact) or you and the annuitant (Original Contract) are under age 70 on the rider effective date, add…	If you (Current Contract) or you or the annuitant (Original Contract) are age 70 or older on the rider effective date, add…
One	Zero	Zero
Two	40% x earnings at death (see above)	15% x earnings at death
Three and Four	40% x (earnings at death + 25% of initial purchase payment*)	15% x (earnings at death + 25% of initial purchase payment*)
Five or more	40% x (earnings at death + 50% of initial purchase payment*)	15% x (earnings at death + 50% of initial purchase payment*)

* Initial purchase payments are payments made within 60 days of rider issue not previously surrendered.

Terminating the Benefit Protector Plus

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of the first rider anniversary.

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    89

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of any rider anniversary beginning with the seventh rider anniversary.

• The rider will terminate when you make a full surrender from the contract, on the annuitization start date, or when the death benefit is payable.

• The rider will terminate if there is an ownership change.

• The rider will terminate when a beneficiary elects an alternative payment plan which is an inherited IRA.

• If your spouse is sole beneficiary and you die before the annuitization start date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid (without regard to the Full Surrender Value for the Current Contract). We will then terminate the Benefit Protector Plus (see “Benefits in Case of Death”).

For an example, see Appendix G.

The Annuity Payout Period

As owner of the contract, you have the right to decide how and to whom annuity payouts will be made starting on the annuitization start date. You may select one of the annuity payout plans outlined below, or we may mutually agree on other payout arrangements. We do not deduct surrender charges upon annuitization but surrender charges may be applied when electing to exercise liquidity features we may make available under certain fixed annuity payout options.

You also decide whether we will make annuity payouts on a fixed or variable basis, or a combination of fixed and variable. The amount available to purchase payouts under the plan you select is the contract value on your annuitization start date after any rider charges have been deducted, plus any positive or negative MVA (less any applicable premium tax). Additionally, we currently allow you to use part of the amount available to purchase payouts, leaving any remaining contract value to accumulate on a tax-deferred basis. Special rules apply for partial annuitization of your annuity contract, see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities — Annuity payouts” and “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Annuity payouts.” If you select a variable annuity payout, we reserve the right to limit the number of subaccounts in which you may invest. The GPAs and the Special DCA fixed account (Current Contract) and the DCA fixed account (Original Contract) are not available during this payout period. Additionally, Portfolio Stabilizer funds are not available during this payout period.

Amounts of fixed and variable payouts depend on:

• the annuity payout plan you select;

• the annuitant’s age and, in most cases, sex;

• the annuity table in the contract; and

• the amounts you allocated to the accounts at the annuitization start date.

In addition, for variable annuity payouts only, amounts depend on the investment performance of the subaccounts you select. These payouts will vary from month to month because the performance of the funds will fluctuate. Fixed payouts generally remain the same from month to month unless you have elected an option providing for increasing payments or are exercising any available liquidity features we may offer and you have elected.

For information with respect to transfers between accounts after annuity payouts begin, (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transfer policies”).

Annuity Tables

The annuity tables in your contract (Table A and Table B) show the amount of the monthly payout for each $1,000 of contract value according to the age and, when applicable, the annuitant’s sex. (Where required by law, we will use a unisex table of settlement rates.)

Table A shows the amount of the first monthly variable annuity payout assuming that the contract value is invested at the beginning of the annuity payout period and earns a 5% rate of return, which is reinvested and helps to support future payouts. If you ask us at least 30 days before the annuitization start date, we will substitute an annuity table based on an assumed 3.5% investment rate for the 5% Table A in the contract. The assumed investment rate affects both the amount of the first payout and the extent to which subsequent payouts increase or decrease. For example, annuity payouts will increase if the investment return is above the assumed investment rate and payouts will decrease if the return is below the assumed investment rate. Using a 5% assumed interest rate results in a higher initial payout, but later payouts will increase more slowly when annuity unit values rise and decrease more rapidly when they decline.

Table B shows the minimum amount of each fixed annuity payout. We declare current payout rates that we use in determining the actual amount of your fixed annuity payout. The current payout rates will equal or exceed the guaranteed payout rates shown in Table B. We will furnish these rates to you upon request.

90    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Annuity Payout Plans

We make available variable annuity payouts where payout amounts will vary based on the performance of the variable account. We may also make fixed annuity payouts available where payments of a fixed amount are made for the period specified in the plan, subject to any surrender we may permit. You may choose an annuity payout plan by giving us written instructions at least 30 days before the annuitization start date. Generally, you may select one of the Plans A through E below or another plan agreed to by us. Some of the annuity payout plans may not be available if you have selected the Income Assurer Benefit rider.

• Plan A – Life annuity — no refund:We make monthly payouts until the annuitant’s death. Payouts end with the last payout before the annuitant’s death. We will not make any further payouts. This means that if the annuitant dies after we made only one monthly payout, we will not make any more payouts.

• Plan B – Life annuity with five, ten, 15 or 20 years certain: (under the Income Assurer Benefit rider: you may select life annuity with ten or 20 years certain): We make monthly payouts for a guaranteed payout period of five, ten, 15 or 20 years that you elect. This election will determine the length of the payout period in the event if the annuitant dies before the elected period expires. We calculate the guaranteed payout period from the annuitization start date. If the annuitant outlives the elected guaranteed payout period, we will continue to make payouts until the annuitant’s death.

• Plan C – Life annuity — installment refund:(not available under the Income Assurer Benefit rider): We make monthly payouts until the annuitant’s death, with our guarantee that payouts will continue for some period of time. We will make payouts for at least the number of months determined by dividing the amount applied under this option by the first monthly payout, whether or not the annuitant is living.

• Plan D

– Joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund:We make monthly payouts while both the annuitant and a joint annuitant are living. If either annuitant dies, we will continue to make monthly payouts at the full amount until the death of the surviving annuitant. Payouts end with the death of the second annuitant.

– Joint and last survivor life annuity with 20 years certain: We make monthly annuity payouts during the lifetime of the annuitant and joint annuitant. When either the annuitant or joint annuitant dies, we will continue to make monthly payouts during the lifetime of the survivor. If the survivor dies before we have made payouts for 20 years, we continue to make payouts for the remainder of the 20-year period which begins when the first annuity payout is made.

• Plan E – Payouts for a specified period: We make monthly payouts for a specific payout period of ten to 30 years that you elect (under the Income Assurer Benefit rider, you may elect a payout period of 20 years only). We will make payouts only for the number of years specified whether the annuitant is living or not. Depending on the selected time period, it is foreseeable that an annuitant can outlive the payout period selected. During the payout period, you can elect to have us determine the present value of any remaining payouts and pay it to you in a lump sum. (Exception: If you have an Income Assurer Benefit rider and elect this annuity payout plan based on the Guaranteed Income Benefit Base, a lump sum payout is unavailable.) We determine the present value of the remaining annuity payouts which are assumed to remain level at the amount of the payout that would have been made 7 days prior to the date we determine the present value.

• Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Payout Option (available only under contracts with theSecureSource, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life or Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit riders):This fixed annuity payout option is an alternative to the above annuity payout plans. This option may not be available if the contract is a qualified annuity. For such contracts, this option will be available only if the guaranteed payment period is less than the life expectancy of the owner at the time the option becomes effective. Such life expectancy will be computed using a life expectancy table published by the IRS. Under this option, the amount payable each year will be equal to the remaining schedule of GBPs, but the total amount paid will not exceed the total RBA at the time you begin this fixed payout option (see “Optional Benefits —SecureSourceRiders”, “Appendix I: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider” or “Appendix J: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider”). The amount paid in the current contract year will be reduced for any prior withdrawals in that year. These annualized amounts will be paid in the frequency that you elect. The frequencies will be among those offered by us at the time but will be no less frequent than annually. If, at the death of the owner, total payouts have been made for less than the RBA, the remaining payouts will be paid to the beneficiary.

• Remaining Benefit Annuity Payout Option (available only under contracts with theSecureSource 20 rider): This fixed annuity payout option is an alternative to the above annuity payout plans. This option may not be available if the contract is a qualified annuity. For such contracts, this option will be available only if the guaranteed payment period is less than the life expectancy of the owner at the time the option becomes effective. Such life expectancy will be computed using a life expectancy table published by the IRS. Under this option, the amount payable each year will be equal to the remaining schedule of GBPs, but the total amount paid will not exceed the total RBA at the time you begin this fixed payout option (see “Optional Benefits —SecureSource 20 Riders”). The amount paid in the current contract year will be reduced for any prior withdrawals in that year. These annualized amounts will be paid in monthly

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    91

installments. If the monthly payment is less than $100, we have the right to change the frequency, but no less frequent than annually. If, at the death of the owner, total payouts have been made for less than the RBA, the remaining payouts will be paid to the beneficiary.

For Plan A, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, no payments will be made. For Plan B, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue for the guaranteed payout period. For Plan C, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue for the installment refund period. For Plan D, if both annuitants die before the initial payment, no payments will be made; however, if one annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue until the death of the surviving annuitant.

In addition to the annuity payout plans described above, we may offer additional payout plans. Terms and conditions of annuity payout plans will be disclosed at the time of election, including any associated fees or charges. It is important to remember that the election and use of liquidity features will result in payouts ceasing.

Utilizing a liquidity feature to surrender the underlying value of remaining payouts may result in the assessment of a surrender charge (See “Charges — Surrender charge”) or a 10% IRS penalty tax. (See “Taxes.”).

Annuity payout plan requirements for qualified annuities: If your contract is a qualified annuity, you have the responsibility for electing a payout plan under your contract that complies with applicable law. Your contract describes your payout plan options. The options will meet certain IRS regulations governing RMDs if the payout plan meets the incidental distribution benefit requirements, if any, and the payouts are made:

• in equal or substantially equal payments over a period not longer than your life expectancy, or over the joint life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary; or

• over a period certain not longer than your life expectancy or over the joint life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary.

For qualified and nonqualified contracts with theSecureSource Stages rider, on the annuitization start date you can choose one of the payout options available under the contract or an alternative fixed annuity payout option available under the rider. Under the rider’s payout option, the minimum amount payable shown in Table B will not apply, and you will receive the ALP provided by this rider until the later of the death of covered person (Joint Life: both covered spouses) or depletion of the PBG. If you choose to receive the ALP, the amount payable each year will be equal to the ALP on the annuitization start date. The amount paid in the current contract year will be reduced for any prior withdrawals in that year. These annualized amounts will be paid in monthly installments. If the monthly payment is less than $100, we have the right to change the frequency, but no less frequently than annually. If you choose to receive the ALP rather than a payout option available under the contract, all other contract features, rider features and charges terminate after the annuitization start date except for the principal back guarantee. You must select a payout plan as of the annuitization start date set forth in your contract.

If we do not receive instructions: You must give us written instructions for the annuity payouts at least 30 days before the annuitization start date. If you do not, we will make payouts under Plan B, with 120 monthly payouts guaranteed.

If monthly payouts would be less than $20: We will calculate the amount of monthly payouts at the time amounts are applied to an annuity payout plan. If the calculations show that monthly payouts would be less than $20, we have the right to pay the amount that would otherwise have been applied to a plan to the owner in a lump sum or to change the frequency of the payouts.

Death after annuity payouts begin: If you (Current Contract), or you or the annuitant (Original Contract) dies after annuity payouts begin, we will pay any amount payable to the beneficiary as provided in the annuity payout plan in effect. Payments to beneficiaries are subject to adjustment to comply with the IRS rules and regulations.

Taxes

Under current law, your contract has a tax-deferral feature. Generally, this means you do not pay income tax until there is a taxable distribution (or deemed distribution) from the contract. We will send a tax information reporting form for any year in which we made a taxable or reportable distribution according to our records.

Nonqualified Annuities

Generally, only the increase in the value of a non-qualified annuity contract over the investment in the contract is taxable. Certain exceptions apply. Federal tax law requires that all nonqualified deferred annuity contracts issued by the same company (and possibly its affiliates) to the same owner during a calendar year be taxed as a single, unified contract when distributions are taken from any one of those contracts.

Annuity payouts: Generally, unlike surrenders described below, the income taxation of annuity payouts is subject to exclusion ratios (for fixed annuity payouts) or annual excludable amounts (for variable annuity payouts). In other words, in most cases, a portion of each payout will be ordinary income and subject to tax, and a portion of each payout will be

92    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

considered a return of part of your investment in the contract and will not be taxed. All amounts you receive after your investment in the contract is fully recovered will be subject to tax. Under Annuity Payout Plan A: Life annuity — no refund, where the annuitant dies before your investment in the contract is fully recovered, the remaining portion of the unrecovered investment may be available as a federal income tax deduction to the owner for the last taxable year. Under all other annuity payout plans, where the annuity payouts end before your investment in the contract is fully recovered, the remaining portion of the unrecovered investment may be available as a federal income tax deduction to the taxpayer for the tax year in which the payouts end. (See “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Federal tax law permits taxpayers to annuitize a portion of their nonqualified annuity while leaving the remaining balance to continue to grow tax-deferred. Under the partial annuitization rules, the portion annuitized must be received as an annuity for a period of 10 years or more, or for the lives of one or more individuals. If this requirement is met, the annuitized portion and the tax-deferred balance will generally be treated as two separate contracts for income tax purposes only. If a contract is partially annuitized, the investment in the contract is allocated between the deferred and the annuitized portions on a pro rata basis.

Surrenders: Generally, if you surrender all or part of your nonqualified annuity the annuitization start date, including surrenders under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, your surrender will be taxed to the extent that the contract value immediately before the withdrawal exceeds the investment in the contract. Different rules may apply if you exchange another contract into this contract.

You also may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty for surrenders of taxable income you make before reaching age 59½ unless certain exceptions apply.

Withholding: If you receive taxable income as a result of an annuity payout or surrender, including surrenders under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, we may deduct federal, and in some cases state withholding against the payment. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your income tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. As long as you have provided us with a valid Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number, and you have a valid U.S. address, you may be able to elect not to have federal income tax withholding occur.

If the payment is part of an annuity payout plan, we generally compute the amount of federal income tax withholding using payroll tables. You may provide us with a statement of how many exemptions to use in calculating the withholding. If the distribution is any other type of payment (such as partial or full surrender) we compute federal income tax withholding using 10% of the taxable portion.

The federal income tax withholding requirements differ if we deliver payment outside the United States or you are a non-resident alien.

Some states also may impose income tax withholding requirements similar to the federal withholding described above or may allow you to elect withholding. If this should be the case, we may deduct state income tax withholding from the payment.

Death benefits to beneficiaries: The death benefit under a nonqualified contract is not exempt from estate (federal or state) taxes. In addition, for income tax purposes, any amount your beneficiary receives that exceeds the remaining investment in the contract is taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary in the year he or she receives the payments. (See also “Benefits in Case of Death — If You Die Before the Annuitization Date”).

Net Investment Income Tax (also known as Medicare contribution tax): Effective for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2013, certain investment income of high-income individuals (as well as estates and trusts) is subject to a 3.8% net investment income tax (as an addition to income taxes). For individuals, the 3.8% tax applies to the lesser of (1) the amount by which the taxpayer’s modified adjusted gross income exceeds $200,000 ($250,000 for married filing jointly and surviving spouses; $125,000 for married filing separately) or (2) the taxpayer’s “net investment income.” Net investment income includes taxable income from nonqualified annuities. Annuity holders are advised to consult their tax advisor regarding the possible implications of this additional tax.

Annuities owned by corporations, partnerships or irrevocable trusts: For nonqualified annuities, any annual increase in the value of annuities held by such entities (non-natural persons) generally will be treated as ordinary income received during that year. However, if the trust was set up for the benefit of a natural person(s) only, the income may remain tax-deferred until surrendered or paid out.

Penalties: If you receive amounts from your nonqualified annuity before reaching age 59½, you may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty on the amount includable in your ordinary income. However, this penalty will not apply to any amount received:

• because of your death or in the event of non-natural ownership, the death of annuitant;

• because you become disabled (as defined in the Code);

• if the distribution is part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments, made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or joint lives or life expectancies of you and your beneficiary);

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    93

• if it is allocable to an investment before Aug. 14, 1982; or

• if annuity payouts are made under immediate annuities as defined by the Code.

Transfer of ownership: Generally, if you transfer ownership of a nonqualified annuity without receiving adequate consideration, the transfer may be taxed as a surrender for federal income tax purposes. If the transfer is a currently taxable event for income tax purposes, the original owner will be taxed on the amount of deferred earnings at the time of the transfer and also may be subject to the 10% IRS penalty discussed earlier. In this case, the new owner’s investment in the contract will be equal to the investment in the contract at the time of the transfer plus any earnings included in the original owner’s taxable income as a result of the transfer. In general, this rule does not apply to transfers between spouses or former spouses. Similar rules apply if you transfer ownership for full consideration. Please consult your tax advisor for further details.

1035 Exchanges: Section 1035 of the Code permits nontaxable exchanges of certain insurance policies, endowment contracts, annuity contracts and qualified long-term care insurance contracts while providing for continued tax deferral of earnings. In addition, Section 1035 permits the carryover of the investment in the contract from the old policy or contract to the new policy or contract. In a 1035 exchange one policy or contract is exchanged for another policy or contract. The following can qualify as nontaxable exchanges: (1) the exchange of a life insurance policy for another life insurance policy or for an endowment, annuity or qualified long-term care insurance contract, (2) the exchange of an endowment contract for an annuity or qualified long-term care insurance contract, or for an endowment contract under which payments will begin no later than payments would have begun under the contract exchanged, (3) the exchange of an annuity contract for another annuity or for a qualified long-term care insurance contract, and (4) the exchange of a qualified long-term care insurance contract for a qualified long-term care insurance contract. Additionally, other tax rules apply. However, if the life insurance policy has an outstanding loan, there may be tax consequences. Depending on the issue date of your original policy or contract, there may be tax or other benefits that are given up to gain the benefits of the new policy or contract. Consider whether the features and benefits of the new policy or contract outweigh any tax or other benefits of the old contract.

For a partial exchange of an annuity contract for another annuity contract, the 1035 exchange is generally tax-free. The investment in the original contract and the earnings on the contract will be allocated proportionately between the original and new contracts. However, per IRS Revenue Procedure 2011-38, if surrenders are taken from either contract within the 180-day period following a partial 1035 exchange, the IRS will apply general tax principles to determine the appropriate tax treatment of the exchange and subsequent surrender. As a result, there may be unexpected tax consequences. You should consult your tax advisor before taking any surrender from either contract during the 180-day period following a partial exchange.

Assignment: If you assign or pledge your contract as collateral for a loan, earnings on purchase payments you made after Aug. 13, 1982 will be taxed as a deemed distribution and also may be subject to the 10% penalty as discussed above.

Qualified Annuities

Adverse tax consequences may result if you do not ensure that contributions, distributions and other transactions under the contract comply with the law. Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions. You should refer to your retirement plan’s Summary Plan Description, your IRA disclosure statement, or consult a tax advisor for additional information about the distribution rules applicable to your situation.

When you use your contract to fund a retirement plan or IRA that is already tax-deferred under the Code, the contract will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral. If your contract is used to fund an employer sponsored plan, your right to benefits may be subject to the terms and conditions of the plan regardless of the terms of the contract.

Annuity payouts: Under a qualified annuity, except a Roth IRA, Roth 401(k) or Roth 403(b), the entire payout generally is includable as ordinary income and is subject to tax unless: (1) the contract is an IRA to which you made non-deductible contributions; or (2) you rolled after-tax dollars from a retirement plan into your IRA; or 3) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you or your employer have contributed after-tax dollars; or (4) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you direct such payout to be directly rolled over to another eligible retirement plan such as an IRA. We may permit partial annuitizations of qualified annuity contracts. If we accept partial annuitizations, please remember that your contract will still need to comply with other requirements such as required minimum distributions and the payment of taxes. Prior to considering a partial annuitization on a qualified contract, you should discuss your decision and any implications with your tax adviser. Because we cannot accurately track certain after tax funding sources, we will generally report any payments on partial annuitizations as ordinary income except in the case of a qualified distribution from a Roth IRA.

Annuity payouts from Roth IRAs: In general, the entire payout from a Roth IRA can be free from income and penalty taxes if you have attained age 59½ and meet the five year holding period.

94    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Surrenders: Under a qualified annuity, except a Roth IRA, Roth 401(k) or Roth 403(b), the entire surrender will generally be includable as ordinary income and is subject to tax unless: (1) the contract is an IRA to which you made non-deductible contributions; or (2) you rolled after-tax dollars from a retirement plan into your IRA; or (3) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you or your employer have contributed after-tax dollars; or (4) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you direct such surrender to be directly rolled over to another eligible retirement plan such as an IRA.

Surrenders from Roth IRAs: In general, the entire payout from a Roth IRA can be free from income and penalty taxes if you have attained age 59½ and meet the five year holding period or another qualifying event such as death or disability.

Required Minimum Distributions: Retirement plans (except for Roth IRAs) are subject to required surrenders called required minimum distributions (“RMDs”) beginning at age 72 (age 70 ½ if you were born on or before June 30, 1949). RMDs are based on the fair market value of your contract at year-end divided by the life expectancy factor. Certain death benefits and optional riders may be considered in determining the fair market value of your contract for RMD purposes. This may cause your RMD to be higher. Inherited IRAs (including inherited Roth IRAs) are subject to special required minimum distribution rules. You should consult your tax advisor prior to making a purchase for an explanation of the potential tax implications to you.

Withholding for IRAs, Roth IRAs, SEPs and SIMPLE IRAs: If you receive taxable income as a result of an annuity payout or a surrender, including surrenders under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, we may deduct withholding against the payment. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. As long as you have provided us with a valid Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number, you can elect not to have any withholding occur.

If the payment is part of an annuity payout plan, we generally compute the amount of federal income tax withholding using payroll tables. You may provide us with a statement of how many exemptions to use in calculating the withholding. If the distribution is any other type of payment (such as a partial or full surrender) we compute federal income tax withholding using 10% of the taxable portion.

The federal income tax withholding requirements differ if we deliver payment outside the United States or you are a non-resident alien.

Some states also may impose income tax withholding requirements similar to the federal withholding described above. If this should be the case, we may deduct state income tax withholding from the payment.

Withholding for all other qualified annuities: If you receive directly all or part of the contract value from a qualified annuity, mandatory 20% federal income tax withholding (and possibly state income tax withholding) generally will be imposed at the time the payout is made from the plan. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. This mandatory withholding will not be imposed if instead of receiving the distribution check, you elect to have the distribution rolled over directly to an IRA or another eligible plan. Payments made to a surviving spouse instead of being directly rolled over to an IRA are also subject to mandatory 20% income tax withholding.

In the below situations, the distribution is subject to an optional 10% withholding instead of the mandatory 20% withholding. We will withhold 10% of the distribution amount unless you elect otherwise.

• the payout is one in a series of substantially equal periodic payouts, made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or the joint lives or life expectancies of you and your designated beneficiary) or over a specified period of 10 years or more;

• the payout is a RMD as defined under the Code;

• the payout is made on account of an eligible hardship; or

• the payout is a corrective distribution.

State withholding also may be imposed on taxable distributions.

Penalties: If you receive amounts from your qualified contract before reaching age 59½, you may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty on the amount includable in your ordinary income. However, this penalty generally will not apply to any amount received:

• because of your death;

• because you become disabled (as defined in the Code);

• if the distribution is part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or joint lives or life expectancies of you and your beneficiary);

• if the distribution is made following severance from employment during or after the calendar year in which you attain age 55 (TSAs and annuities funding 401(a) plans only);

• to pay certain medical or education expenses (IRAs only); or

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    95

• if the distribution is made from an inherited IRA.

Death benefits to beneficiaries: The entire death benefit generally is taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary in the year he/she receives the payments from the qualified annuity. If you made non-deductible contributions to a traditional IRA, the portion of any distribution from the contract that represents after-tax contributions is not taxable as ordinary income to your beneficiary. You are responsible for keeping all records tracking your non-deductible contributions to an IRA. Death benefits under a Roth IRA generally are not taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary if certain distribution requirements are met. (See also “Benefits in Case of Death — If you Die Before the Annuitization Date”).

Change of retirement plan type: IRS regulations allow for rollovers of certain retirement plan distributions. In some circumstances, you may be able to have an intra-contract rollover, keeping the same features and conditions. If the annuity contract you have does not support an intra-contract rollover, you are able to request an IRS approved rollover to another annuity contract or other investment product that you choose. If you choose another annuity contract or investment product, you will be subject to new rules, including a new surrender charge schedule for an annuity contract, or other product rules as applicable.

Assignment:You may not assign or pledge your qualified contract as collateral for a loan.

Other

Special considerations if you select any optional rider: As of the date of this prospectus, we believe that charges related to these riders are not subject to current taxation. Therefore, we will not report these charges as partial surrenders from your contract. However, the IRS may determine that these charges should be treated as partial surrenders subject to taxation to the extent of any gain as well as the 10% tax penalty for surrenders before the age of 59½, if applicable, on the taxable portion.

We reserve the right to report charges for these riders as partial surrenders if we, as a withholding and reporting agent, believe that we are required to report them. In addition, we will report any benefits attributable to these riders on your death (Current Contract), or your or the annuitant's death (Original Contract) as an annuity death benefit distribution, not as proceeds from life insurance.

Important: Our discussion of federal tax laws is based upon our understanding of current interpretations of these laws. Federal tax laws or current interpretations of them may change. For this reason and because tax consequences are complex and highly individual and cannot always be anticipated, you should consult a tax advisor if you have any questions about taxation of your contract.

RiverSource Life’s tax status: We are taxed as a life insurance company under the Code. For federal income tax purposes, the subaccounts are considered a part of our company, although their operations are treated separately in accounting and financial statements. Investment income is reinvested in the fund in which each subaccount invests and becomes part of that subaccount’s value. This investment income, including realized capital gains, is not subject to any withholding for federal or state income taxes. We reserve the right to make such a charge in the future if there is a change in the tax treatment of variable annuities or in our tax status as we then understand it.
The company includes in its taxable income the net investment income derived from the investment of assets held in its subaccounts because the company is considered the owner of these assets under federal income tax law.  The company may claim certain tax benefits associated with this investment income.  These benefits, which may include foreign tax credits and the corporate dividend received deduction, are not passed on to you since the company is the owner of the assets under federal tax law and is taxed on the investment income generated by the assets. 

Tax qualification: We intend that the contract qualify as an annuity for federal income tax purposes. To that end, the provisions of the contract are to be interpreted to ensure or maintain such tax qualification, in spite of any other provisions of the contract. We reserve the right to amend the contract to reflect any clarifications that may be needed or are appropriate to maintain such qualification or to conform the contract to any applicable changes in the tax qualification requirements. We will send you a copy of any amendments.

Spousal status: When it comes to your marital status and the identification and naming of any spouse as a beneficiary or party to your contract, we will rely on the representations you make to us. Based on this reliance, we will issue and administer your contract in accordance with these representations. If you represent that you are married and your representation is incorrect or your marriage is deemed invalid for federal or state law purposes, then the benefits and rights under your contract may be different.

If you have any questions as to the status of your relationship as a marriage, then you should consult an appropriate tax or legal advisor.

96    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Voting Rights

As a contract owner with investments in the subaccounts, you may vote on important fund policies until annuity payouts begin. Once they begin, the person receiving them has voting rights. We will vote fund shares according to the instructions of the person with voting rights.

Before annuity payouts begin, the number of votes you have is determined by applying your percentage interest in each subaccount to the total number of votes allowed to the subaccount.

After annuity payouts begin, the number of votes you have is equal to:

• the reserve held in each subaccount for your contract; divided by

• the net asset value of one share of the applicable fund.

As we make annuity payouts, the reserve for the contract decreases; therefore, the number of votes also will decrease.

We calculate votes separately for each subaccount. We will send notice of shareholders’ meetings, proxy materials and a statement of the number of votes to which the voter is entitled. We are the legal owner of all fund shares and therefore hold all voting rights.  However, to the extent required by law, we will vote the shares of each fund according to instructions we receive from policy owners. We will vote shares for which we have not received instructions and shares that we or our affiliates own in our own names in the same proportion as the votes for which we received instructions. As a result of this proportional voting, in cases when a small number of contract owners vote, their votes will have a greater impact and may even control the outcome.

Substitution of Investments

We may substitute the funds in which the subaccounts invest if:

• laws or regulations change;

• the existing funds become unavailable; or

• in our judgment, the funds no longer are suitable (or are not the most suitable) for the subaccounts.

If any of these situations occur, we have the right to substitute a fund currently listed in this prospectus (existing fund) for another fund (new fund), provided we obtain any required SEC and state insurance law approval. The new fund may have higher fees and/or operating expenses than the existing fund. Also, the new fund may have investment objectives and policies and/or investment advisers which differ from the existing fund.

We may also:

• add new subaccounts;

• combine any two or more subaccounts;

• transfer assets to and from the subaccounts or the variable account; and

• eliminate or close any subaccounts.

We will notify you of any substitution or change.

In the event of any such substitution or change, we may amend the contract and take whatever action is necessary and appropriate without your consent or approval. We will obtain any required prior approval of the SEC or state insurance departments before making any substitution or change.

About the Service Providers

Principal Underwriter

RiverSource Distributors, Inc. (RiverSource Distributors), our affiliate, serves as the principal underwriter and general distributor of the contract. Its offices are located at 70100 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, MN 55474. RiverSource Distributors is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ameriprise Financial, Inc.

Sales of the Contract

New contracts are not currently being offered.

• Only securities broker-dealers (“selling firms”) registered with the SEC and members of the FINRA may sell the contract.

• The contracts are continuously offered to the public through authorized selling firms. We and RiverSource Distributors have a sales agreement with the selling firm. The sales agreement authorizes the selling firm to offer the contracts

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    97

to the public. RiverSource Distributors pays the selling firm (or an affiliated insurance agency) for contracts its investment professional sell. The selling firm may be required to return sales commissions under certain circumstances including but not limited to when contracts are returned under the free look period.

Payments We May Make to Selling Firms

• We may use compensation plans which vary by selling firm. For example, some of these plans pay selling firms a commission of up to 8.00% each time a purchase payment is made. We may also pay ongoing trail commissions of up to 1.25% of the contract value. We do not pay or withhold payment of trail commissions based on which investment options you select.

• We may pay selling firms an additional sales commission of up to 1.00% of purchase payments for a period of time we select. For example, we may offer to pay an additional sales commission to get selling firms to market a new or enhanced contract or to increase sales during the period.

• In addition to commissions, we may, in order to promote sales of the contracts, and as permitted by applicable laws and regulation, pay or provide selling firms with other promotional incentives in cash, credit or other compensation. We generally (but may not) offer these promotional incentives to all selling firms. The terms of such arrangements differ between selling firms. These promotional incentives may include but are not limited to:

• sponsorship of marketing, educational, due diligence and compliance meetings and conferences we or the selling firm may conduct for investment professionals, including subsidy of travel, meal, lodging, entertainment and other expenses related to these meetings;

• marketing support related to sales of the contract including for example, the creation of marketing materials, advertising and newsletters;

• providing service to contract owners; and

• funding other events sponsored by a selling firm that may encourage the selling firm’s investment professionals to sell the contract.

These promotional incentives or reimbursements may be calculated as a percentage of the selling firm’s aggregate, net or anticipated sales and/or total assets attributable to sales of the contract, and/or may be a fixed dollar amount. As noted below this additional compensation may cause the selling firm and its investment professionals to favor the contracts.

Sources of Payments to Selling Firms

When we pay the commissions and other compensation described above from our assets. Our assets may include:

• revenues we receive from fees and expenses that you will pay when buying, owning and making a surrender from the contract (see “Expense Summary”);

• compensation we or an affiliate receive from the underlying funds in the form of distribution and services fees (see “The Variable Account and the Funds — The Funds”);

• compensation we or an affiliate receive from a fund’s investment adviser, subadviser, distributor or an affiliate of any of these (see “The Variable Account and the Funds — The Funds”); and

• revenues we receive from other contracts we sell that are not securities and other businesses we conduct.

You do not directly pay the commissions and other compensation described above as the result of a specific charge or deduction under the contract. However, you may pay part or all of the commissions and other compensation described above indirectly through:

• fees and expenses we collect from contract owners, including surrender charges; and

• fees and expenses charged by the underlying subaccount funds in which you invest, to the extent we or one of our affiliates receive revenue from the funds or an affiliated person.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Compensation payment arrangements made with selling firms can potentially:

• give selling firms a heightened financial incentive to sell the contract offered in this prospectus over another investment with lower compensation to the selling firm.

• cause selling firms to encourage their investment professionals to sell you the contract offered in this prospectus instead of selling you other alternative investments that may result in lower compensation to the selling firm.

• cause selling firms to grant us access to its investment professionals to promote sales of the contract offered in this prospectus, while denying that access to other firms offering similar contracts or other alternative investments which may pay lower compensation to the selling firm.

98    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Payments to Investment Professionals

• The selling firm pays its investment professionals. The selling firm decides the compensation and benefits it will pay its investment professionals.

• To inform yourself of any potential conflicts of interest, ask the investment professional before you buy, how the selling firm and its investment professionals are being compensated and the amount of the compensation that each will receive if you buy the contract.

Service Providers

Our Service Center performs certain administrative services on the contracts and policies we issue. The address and telephone number of our Service Center are listed on the first page of the prospectus. We also have entered into agreements with certain entities to provide the identified services in connection with the contracts and policies we issue. The entities engaged by RiverSource Life may change over time. Entities that provided services to RiverSource Life in 2019 are listed in the table below.

Name of Service Provider	Services Provided	Address
Ameriprise Financial, Inc.	Business affairs management and administrative support related to new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies	707 Second Avenue South Minneapolis MN 55402 USA
Ameriprise India Private Limited	Administrative support related to new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies annual report filings	Plot No. 14, Sector 18 Udyog Vihar Gurugram, Haryana – 122 015 India
Sykes Enterprise Incorporated	Administrative support related to e new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies	10th Floor, Glorietta BPO 1 Office Tower Makati City 1224 Metro Manila Philippines

Issuer

We issue the contracts. We are a stock life insurance company organized in 1957 under the laws of the state of Minnesota and are located at 829 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, MN 55474. We are a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ameriprise Financial, Inc.

We conduct a conventional life insurance business. We are licensed to do business in 49 states, the District of Columbia and American Samoa. Our primary products currently include fixed and variable annuity contracts and life insurance policies.

Legal Proceedings

Insurance companies have been the subject of increasing regulatory, legislative and judicial scrutiny. Numerous state and federal regulatory agencies have commenced examinations and other inquiries of insurance companies regarding sales and marketing practices (including sales to older consumers and disclosure practices), claims handling, and unclaimed property and escheatment practices and procedures. RiverSource Life has cooperated and will continue to cooperate with the applicable regulators.

RiverSource Life is involved in the normal course of business in a number of other legal and arbitration proceedings concerning matters arising in connection with the conduct of its business activities. RiverSource Life believes that it is not a party to, nor are any of its properties the subject of, any pending legal, arbitration or regulatory investigation, examination or proceeding that is likely to have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is possible that the outcome of any current or future legal, arbitration or regulatory proceeding could have a material impact on results of operations in any particular reporting period as the proceedings are resolved.

Uncertain economic conditions, heightened and sustained volatility in the financial markets and significant financial reform legislation may increase the likelihood that clients and other persons or regulators may present or threaten legal claims or that regulators increase the scope or frequency of examinations of RiverSource Life or the insurance industry generally.

Additional Information

Incorporation of Certain Documents By Reference

The SEC allows us to “incorporate by reference” the information we have filed with the SEC. This means that we can disclose important information to you without actually including the specific information in this prospectus by referring you to other documents filed separately with the SEC. The information incorporated by reference is an important part of

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    99

this prospectus. Information that we later provide to the SEC, and which is deemed to be “filed” with the SEC, will automatically update information previously filed with the SEC, and may replace information in this prospectus and information previously filed with the SEC. We incorporate by reference RiverSource Life Insurance Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019 as filed with the SEC on Feb.26, 2020under File No. 033-28976 in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and any filings we make with the SEC under Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act (excluding information deemed to be furnished and not filed with the SEC) after the effective date of this registration statement, until all offerings under the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part are completed or terminated. The annual report contains additional information about RiverSource Life Insurance Company, including audited financial statements for the latest fiscal year.

RiverSource Life will furnish you without charge a copy of any or all of the documents incorporated by reference into this prospectus, including any exhibits to such documents which have been specifically incorporated by reference. We will do so upon receipt of your written or oral request. You can contact RiverSource Life at the telephone number and address listed on the first page of this prospectus.

Available Information

This prospectus is part of a registration statement we file with the SEC. Additional information on RiverSource Life and on this offering is available in the registration statement and other materials we file. You can obtain copies of these materials at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. This prospectus, other information about the contract and other information incorporated by reference are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at (http://www.sec.gov).

Indemnification

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the Act) may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of RiverSource Life pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

100    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendices

Table of Contents and Cross-Reference Table

APPENDIX NAME	PAGE #	CROSS-REFERENCE	PAGE #
Appendix A: Example — Market Value Adjustment (MVA)	p. 102	Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)	p. 29
Appendix B: Example — Surrender Charges	p. 104	Charges — Surrender Charges	p. 39
Appendix C: Example — Death Benefits	p. 110	Benefits in Case of Death	p. 67
Appendix D: Example —SecureSourceseries of riders	p. 115	Optional Benefits — Optional Living Benefits	p. 76
Appendix E:SecureSource series of riders — Additional RMD Disclosure	p. 121	Optional Benefits — Optional Living Benefits	p. 87
Appendix F: Example — Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider	p. 123	Optional Benefits — Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider	p. 87
Appendix G: Example — Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider	p. 125	Optional Benefits — Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider	p. 89
Appendix H: Asset Allocation Program for Contracts with Applications Signed Before May 1, 2006	p. 127
Appendix I: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider Disclosure	p. 128	N/A
Appendix J: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider Disclosure	p. 140	N/A
Appendix K: Example — Income Assurer Benefit Riders Disclosure	p. 148	N/A
Appendix L: Example — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider	p. 158	Optional Benefits — Optional Living Benefits	p. 76
Appendix M:SecureSource Rider Disclosure	p. 159	N/A
Appendix N:SecureSource 20 Rider Disclosure	p. 172	Optional Benefits — Optional Living Benefits	p. 76
Appendix O:SecureSource Stages Rider Disclosure	p. 185	N/A
Appendix P: Example — Withdrawal Benefit Riders: Elective Step Up or Elective Spousal Continuation Step Up	p. 195	Optional Benefits — Optional Living Benefits	p. 87
Appendix Q: Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	p. 196	Condensed Financial Information	p. 16

The purpose of these appendices is first to illustrate the operation of various contract features and riders; second, to provide additional disclosure regarding various contract features and riders; and lastly, to provide condensed financial history (unaudited) of the subaccounts.

In order to demonstrate the contract features and riders, an example may show hypothetical contract values. These contract values do not represent past or future performance. Actual contract values may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a number of factors, including but not limited to the investment experience of the subaccounts, GPAs, Special DCA fixed account, (Current Contract), DCA fixed account, (Original Contract), regular fixed account (Current Contract), and one-year fixed account (Original Contract) and the fees and charges that apply to your contract.

The examples of death benefits and optional riders in appendices include a partial surrender to illustrate the effect of a partial surrender on the particular benefit. These examples are intended to show how the optional riders operate, and do not take into account whether the rider is part of a qualified contract. Qualified contracts are subject to required minimum distributions at certain ages which may require you to take partial surrenders from the contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). If you are considering the addition of certain death benefits and/or optional riders to a qualified contract, you should consult your tax advisor prior to making a purchase for an explanation of the potential tax implications to you.

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    101

Appendix A: Example — Market Value Adjustment (MVA)

As the examples below demonstrate, the application of an MVA may result in either a gain or a loss of principal. We refer to all of the transactions described below as “early surrenders.”

Assumptions:

• You purchase a contract and allocate part of your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA; and

• we guarantee an interest rate of 3.0% annually for your ten-year guarantee period; and

• after three years, you decide to make a surrender from your GPA. In other words, there are seven years left in your guarantee period.

Remember that the MVA depends partly on the interest rate of a new GPA for the same number of years as the guarantee period remaining on your GPA. In this case, that is seven years.

Example 1: Remember that your GPA is earning 3.0%. Assume at the time of your surrender new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 3.5%. We add 0.10% to the 3.5% rate to get 3.6%. Your GPA’s 3.0% rate is less than the 3.6% rate, so the MVA will be negative.

Example 2: Remember again that your GPA is earning 3.0%, and assume that new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 2.5%. We add 0.10% to the 2.5% rate to get 2.6%. In this example, since your GPA’s 3.0% rate is greater than the 2.6% rate, the MVA will be positive. To determine that adjustment precisely, you will have to use the formula described below.

Sample MVA Calculations

The precise MVA formula we apply is as follows:

Early surrender amount	×	[	(	1 + i	)	n/12	–1	]	=	MVA
				1 + j + .001

Where i	=	rate earned in the GPA from which amounts are being transferred or surrendered.
j	=	current rate for a new guarantee period equal to the remaining term in the current guarantee period.
n	=	number of months remaining in the current guarantee period (rounded up).

Examples — MVA

Using assumptions similar to those we used in the examples above:

• You purchase a contract and allocate part of your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA;

• we guarantee an interest rate of 3.0% annually for your ten-year guarantee period; and

• after three years, you decide to make a $1,000 surrender from your GPA. In other words, there are seven years left in your guarantee period.

Example 1: You request an early surrender of $1,000 from your ten-year GPA earning a guaranteed interest rate of 3.0%. Assume at the time of your surrender new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 3.5%. Using the formula above, we determine the MVA as follows:

$1,000	×	[	(	1.030	)	84/12	–1	]	=	-$39.84
				1 + .035 + .001

In this example, the MVA is a negative $39.84.

Example 2: You request an early surrender of $1,000 from your ten-year GPA earning a guaranteed interest rate of 3.0%. Assume at the time of your surrender new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 2.5%. Using the formula above, we determine the MVA as follows:

$1,000	×	[	(	1.030	)	84/12	–1	]	=	$27.61
				1 + .025 + .001

In this example, the MVA is a positive $27.61.

Please note that when you allocate your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA and your purchase payment is in its fourth year from receipt at the beginning of the guarantee period, your surrender charge percentage is 6%. (See “Charges — Surrender Charge.”) We do not apply MVAs to the amounts we deduct for surrender charges, so we would deduct the surrender charge from your early surrender after we applied the MVA. Also note that when you request an early surrender, we surrender an amount from your GPA that will give you the net amount you requested after we apply the MVA and any applicable surrender charge, unless you request otherwise.

102    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The current interest rate we offer on the GPA will change periodically at our discretion. It is the rate we are then paying on purchase payments, renewals and transfers paid under this class of contracts for guarantee period durations equaling the remaining guarantee period of the GPA to which the formula is being applied.

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    103

Appendix B: Example — Surrender Charges

Example — Surrender Charges

We determine your surrender charge by multiplying the amount of each purchase payment surrendered which could be subject to a surrender charge by the applicable surrender charge percentage, and then totaling the surrender charges. We calculate the amount of purchase payments surrendered (PPS) as:

Current Contract:

PPS	=	PPSC + PPF
PPSC	=	purchase payments surrendered that could be subject to a surrender charge
	=	(PS – FA) / (CV – FA) × (PP – PPF)
PPF	=	purchase payments surrendered that are not subject to a surrender charge
	=	FA – contract earnings, but not less than zero
PP	=	purchase payments not previously surrendered (total purchase payments – PPS from all previous surrenders)
PS	=	amount the contract value is reduced by the surrender
FA	=	total free amount = greater of contract earnings or 10% of prior anniversary’s contract value
CV	=	contract value prior to the surrender

Original Contract:

PPS	=	XSF + (ACV – XSF) / (CV – TFA) × (PPNPS – XSF)
XSF	=	10% of prior anniversary’s contract value – contract earnings, but not less than zero
ACV	=	amount the contract value is reduced by the surrender – contract earnings, but not less than zero
TFA	=	total free amount = greater of contract earnings or 10% of prior anniversary’s contract value
PPNPS	=	purchase payments not previously surrendered (total purchase payments – PPS from all previous surrenders)
CV	=	contract value prior to the surrender

When determining the surrender charge, contract earnings are defined as the contract value, including any positive or negative MVA on amounts being surrendered, less purchase payments not previously surrendered. We determine current contract earnings by looking at the entire contract value, not the earnings of any particular subaccount, GPA, the regular fixed account (Current Contract), the one-year fixed account (Original Contract), the Special DCA fixed account (Current Contract) or the DCA fixed account (Original Contract). If the contract value is less than purchase payments received and not previously surrendered, then contract earnings are zero.

The examples below show how the surrender charge for a full and partial surrender is calculated for a contract with a seven-year surrender charge schedule. Each example illustrates the amount of the surrender charge for both a contract that experiences gains and a contract that experiences losses, given the same set of assumptions.

Current Contract: Full surrender charge calculation — seven-year surrender charge schedule:

This is an example of how we calculate the surrender charge on a contract with a seven-year (from the date of each purchase payment) surrender charge schedule and the following history:

Assumptions:

• We receive a single $50,000 purchase payment;

• During the fourth contract year you surrender the contract for its total value. The surrender charge percentage in the fourth year after a purchase payment is 6.0%; and

• You have made no prior surrenders.

We will look at two situations, one where the contract has a gain and another where there is a loss:

		Contract with Gain	Contract with Loss
Contract value just prior to surrender:		$60,000.00	$40,000.00
Contract value on prior anniversary:		58,000.00	42,000.00
We calculate the surrender charge as follows:
Step 1.	First, we determine the amount of earnings available in the contract at the time of surrender as:
	Contract value just prior to surrender (CV):	60,000.00	40,000.00
	Less purchase payments received and not previously surrendered (PP):	50,000.00	50,000.00

104    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

			Contract with Gain	Contract with Loss
	Earnings in the contract (but not less than zero):		10,000.00	0.00
Step 2.	Next, we determine the total free amount (FA) available in the contract as the greatest of the following values:
	Earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value:		5,800.00	4,200.00
	FA (but not less than zero):		10,000.00	4,200.00
Step 3.	Next we determine PPF, the amount by which the total free amount (FA) exceeds earnings.
	Total free amount (FA):		10,000.00	4,200.00
	Less earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	PPF (but not less than zero):		0.00	4,200.00
Step 4.	Next we determine PS, the amount by which the contract value is reduced by the surrender.
	PS:		60,000.00	40,000.00
Step 5.	Now we can determine how much of the PP is being surrendered (PPS) as follows:
	PPS	= PPF + PPSC
		= PPF + (PS – FA) / (CV – FA) * (PP – PPF)
	PPF from Step 3 =		0.00	4,200.00
	PS from Step 4 =		60,000.00	40,000.00
	CV from Step 1 =		60,000.00	40,000.00
	FA from Step 2 =		10,000.00	4,200.00
	PP from Step 1 =		50,000.00	50,000.00
	PPS =		50,000.00	50,000.00
Step 6.	We then calculate the surrender charge as a percentage of PPS. Note that for a contract with a loss, PPS may be greater than the amount you request to surrender:
	PPS:		50,000.00	50,000.00
	less PPF:		0.00	4,200.00
	PPSC = amount of PPS subject to a surrender charge:		50,000.00	45,800.00
	multiplied by the surrender charge rate:		× 6.0%	× 6.0%
	surrender charge:		3,000.00	2,748.00
Step 7.	The dollar amount you will receive as a result of your full surrender is determined as:
	Contract value surrendered:		60,000.00	40,000.00
	Surrender charge:		(3,000.00)	(2,748.00)
	Contract charge (assessed upon full surrender):		(40.00)	(40.00)
	Net full surrender proceeds:		$56,960.00	$37,212.00

Current Contract: Partial surrender charge calculation — seven-year surrender charge schedule:

This is an example of how we calculate the surrender charge on a contract with a seven-year (from the date of each purchase payment) surrender charge schedule and the following history:

Assumptions:

• We receive a single $50,000 purchase payment;

• During the fourth contract year you request a net partial surrender of $15,000.00. The surrender charge percentage in the fourth year after a purchase payment is 6.0%; and

• You have made no prior surrenders.

We will look at two situations, one where the contract has a gain and another where there is a loss:

	Contract with Gain	Contract with Loss
Contract value just prior to surrender:	$60,000.00	$40,000.00

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    105

			Contract with Gain	Contract with Loss
Contract value on prior anniversary:			58,000.00	42,000.00
We determine the amount of contract value that must be surrendered in order for the net partial surrender proceeds to match the amount requested. We start with an estimate of the amount of contract value to surrender and calculate the resulting surrender charge and net partial surrender proceeds as illustrated below. We then adjust our estimate and repeat until we determine the amount of contract value to surrender that generates the desired net partial surrender proceeds.
We calculate the surrender charge for each estimate as follows:
Step 1.	First, we determine the amount of earnings available in the contract at the time of surrender as:
	Contract value just prior to surrender (CV):		60,000.00	40,000.00
	Less purchase payments received and not previously surrendered (PP):		50,000.00	50,000.00
	Earnings in the contract (but not less than zero):		10,000.00	0.00
Step 2.	Next, we determine the total free amount (FA) available in the contract as the greatest of the following values:
	Earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value:		5,800.00	4,200.00
	FA (but not less than zero):		10,000.00	4,200.00
Step 3.	Next we determine PPF, the amount by which the total free amount (FA) exceeds earnings
	Total free amount (FA):		10,000.00	4,200.00
	Less earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	PPF (but not less than zero):		0.00	4,200.00
Step 4.	Next we determine PS, the amount by which the contract value is reduced by the surrender PS (determined by iterative process described above):		15,319.15	15,897.93
Step 5.	Now we can determine how much of the PP is being surrendered (PPS) as follows:
	PPS	= PPF + PPSC = PPF + (PS – FA) / (CV – FA) * (PP – PPF)
	PPF from Step 3 =		0.00	4,200.00
	PS from Step 4 =		15,319.15	15,897.93
	CV from Step 1 =		60,000.00	40,000.00
	FA from Step 2 =		10,000.00	4,200.00
	PP from Step 1 =		50,000.00	50,000.00
	PPS =		5,319.15	19,165.51
Step 6.	We then calculate the surrender charge as a percentage of PPS. Note that for a contract with a loss, PPS may be greater than the amount you request to surrender:
	PPS:		5,319.15	19,165.51
	less PPF:		0.00	4,200.00
	PPSC = amount of PPS subject to a surrender charge:		5,319.15	14,965.51
	multiplied by the surrender charge rate:		× 6.0%	× 6.0%
	surrender charge:		319.15	897.93
Step 7.	The dollar amount you will receive as a result of your partial surrender is determined as:
	Contract value surrendered:		15,319.15	15,897.93
	Surrender charge:		(319.15)	(897.93)
	Net partial surrender proceeds:		$15,000.00	$15,000.00

106    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Original Contract:

Full surrender charge calculation — seven-year surrender charge schedule:

This is an example of how we calculate the surrender charge on a contract with a seven-year (from the date of each purchase payment) surrender charge schedule and the following history:

Assumptions:

• We receive a single $50,000 purchase payment;

• During the fourth contract year you surrender the contract for its total value. The surrender charge percentage in the fourth year after a purchase payment is 6.0%; and

• You have made no prior surrenders.

We will look at two situations, one where the contract has a gain and another where there is a loss:

			Contract with Gain	Contract with Loss
Contract value just prior to surrender:			$60,000.00	$40,000.00
Contract value on prior anniversary:			58,000.00	42,000.00
We calculate the surrender charge as follows:
Step 1.	First, we determine the amount of earnings available in the contract at the time of surrender as:
	Contract value just prior to surrender (CV):		60,000.00	40,000.00
	Less purchase payments received and not previously surrendered (PPNPS):		50,000.00	50,000.00
	Earnings in the contract (but not less than zero):		10,000.00	0.00
Step 2.	Next, we determine the Total Free Amount (TFA) available in the contract as the greatest of the following values:
	Earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value:		5,800.00	4,200.00
	TFA (but not less than zero):		10,000.00	4,200.00
Step 3.	Next we determine ACV, the amount by which the contract value surrendered exceeds earnings.
	Contract value surrendered:		60,000.00	40,000.00
	Less earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	ACV (but not less than zero):		50,000.00	40,000.00
Step 4.	Next we determine XSF, the amount by which 10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value exceeds earnings.
	10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value:		5,800.00	4,200.00
	Less earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	XSF (but not less than zero):		0.00	4,200.00
Step 5.	Now we can determine how much of the PPNPS is being surrendered (PPS) as follows:
	PPS	= XSF + (ACV – XSF) / (CV – TFA) × (PPNPS – XSF)
	XSF from Step 4 =		0.00	4,200.00
	ACV from Step 3 =		50,000.00	40,000.00
	CV from Step 1 =		60,000.00	40,000.00
	TFA from Step 2 =		10,000.00	4,200.00
	PPNPS from Step 1 =		50,000.00	50,000.00
	PPS =		50,000.00	50,000.00
Step 6.	We then calculate the surrender charge as a percentage of PPS. Note that for a contract with a loss, PPS may be greater than the amount you request to surrender:
	PPS:		50,000.00	50,000.00
	less XSF:		0.00	4,200.00
	amount of PPS subject to a surrender charge:		50,000.00	45,800.00
	multiplied by the surrender charge rate:		× 6.0%	× 6.0%

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    107

		Contract with Gain	Contract with Loss
	surrender charge:	3,000.00	2,748.00
Step 7.	The dollar amount you will receive as a result of your full surrender is determined as:
	Contract value surrendered:	60,000.00	40,000.00
	Surrender charge:	(3,000.00)	(2,748.00)
	Contract charge (assessed upon full surrender):	(40.00)	(40.00)
	Net full surrender proceeds:	$56,960.00	$37,212.00

Original Contract:

Partial surrender charge calculation — seven-year surrender charge schedule:

This is an example of how we calculate the surrender charge on a contract with a seven-year (from the date of each purchase payment) surrender charge schedule and the following history:

Assumptions:

• We receive a single $50,000 purchase payment;

• During the fourth contract year you request a net partial surrender of $15,000.00. The surrender charge percentage in the fourth year after a purchase payment is 6.0%; and

• You have made no prior surrenders.

We will look at two situations, one where the contract has a gain and another where there is a loss:

			Contract with Gain	Contract with Loss
Contract value just prior to surrender:			$60,000.00	$40,000.00
Contract value on prior anniversary:			58,000.00	42,000.00
We determine the amount of contract value that must be surrendered in order for the net partial surrender proceeds to match the amount requested. We start with an estimate of the amount of contract value to surrender and calculate the resulting surrender charge and net partial surrender proceeds as illustrated below. We then adjust our estimate and repeat until we determine the amount of contract value to surrender that generates the desired net partial surrender proceeds.
We calculate the surrender charge for each estimate as follows:
Step 1.	First, we determine the amount of earnings available in the contract at the time of surrender as:
	Contract value just prior to surrender (CV):		60,000.00	40,000.00
	Less purchase payments received and not previously surrendered (PPNPS):		50,000.00	50,000.00
	Earnings in the contract (but not less than zero):		10,000.00	0.00
Step 2.	Next, we determine the Total Free Amount (TFA) available in the contract as the greatest of the following values:
	Earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value:		5,800.00	4,200.00
	TFA (but not less than zero):		10,000.00	4,200.00
Step 3.	Next we determine ACV, the amount by which the contract value surrendered exceeds earnings.
	Contract value surrendered:		15,319.15	15,897.93
	Less earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	ACV (but not less than zero):		5,319.15	15,897.93
Step 4.	Next we determine XSF, the amount by which 10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value exceeds earnings.
	10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value:		5,800.00	4,200.00
	Less earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	XSF (but not less than zero):		0.00	4,200.00
Step 5.	Now we can determine how much of the PPNPS is being surrendered (PPS) as follows:
	PPS	= XSF + (ACV – XSF) / (CV – TFA) * (PPNPS – XSF)

108    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

		Contract with Gain	Contract with Loss
	XSF from Step 4 =	0.00	4,200.00
	ACV from Step 3 =	5,319.15	15,897.93
	CV from Step 1 =	60,000.00	40,000.00
	TFA from Step 2 =	10,000.00	4,200.00
	PPNPS from Step 1 =	50,000.00	50.000.00
	PPS =	5,319.15	19,165.51
Step 6.	We then calculate the surrender charge as a percentage of PPS. Note that for a contract with a loss, PPS may be greater than the amount you request to surrender:
	PPS:	5,319.15	19,165.51
	less XSF:	0.00	4,200.00
	amount of PPS subject to a surrender charge:	5,319.15	14,965.51
	multiplied by the surrender charge rate:	× 6.0%	× 6.0%
	surrender charge:	319.15	897.93
Step 7.	The dollar amount you will receive as a result of your partial surrender is determined as:
	Contract value surrendered:	15,319.15	15,897.93
	Surrender charge:	(319.15)	(897.93)
	Net partial surrender proceeds:	$15,000.00	$15,000.00

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    109

Appendix C: Example — Death Benefits

Current Contract:

Example — ROPP Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $20,000;

• On the first contract anniversary you make an additional purchase payment of $5,000; and

• During the second contract year the contract value falls to $22,000 and you take a $1,500 (including surrender charge) partial surrender; and

• During the third contract year the contract value grows to $23,000.

We calculate the ROPP Death Benefit as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:		$23,000.00
2.	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial surrenders:
	Total purchase payments:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial surrenders calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,704.55
	$22,000
	for a death benefit of:		$23,295.45
The ROPP Death Benefit, calculated as the greatest of these two values:				$23,295.45

Example — MAV Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000;

• On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $26,000; and

• During the second contract year the contract value falls to $22,000, at which point you take a $1,500 (including surrender charge) partial surrender, leaving a contract value of $20,500.

We calculate the MAV Death Benefit, which is based on the greater of three values, as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:		$20,500.00
2.	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial surrenders:
	Total purchase payments:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial surrenders, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,704.55
	$22,000
	for a death benefit of:		$23,295.45
3.	The MAV immediately preceding the date of death:
	Greatest of your contract anniversary values:		$26,000.00
	plus purchase payments made since the prior anniversary:		+0.00
	minus adjusted partial surrenders, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $26,000	=	–1,772.73
	$22,000
	for a death benefit of:		$24,227.27
The MAV Death Benefit, calculated as the greatest of these three values, which is the MAV:				$24,227.27

Example — 5% Accumulation Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000 with $5,000 allocated to the regular fixed account and $20,000 allocated to the subaccounts;

• On the first contract anniversary the regular fixed account value is $5,200 and the subaccount value is $17,000. Total contract value is $23,200; and

110    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• During the second contract year regular fixed account value is $5,300 and the subaccount value is $19,000. Total contract value is $24,300. You take a $1,500 (including surrender charge) partial surrender all from the subaccounts, leaving the contract value at $22,800.

The death benefit, which is based on the greatest of three values, is calculated as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:		$22,800.00
2.	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial surrenders:
	Total purchase payments:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial surrenders, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,543.21
	$24,300
	for a death benefit of:		$23,456.79
3.	The 5% accumulation death benefit floor:
	The variable account floor on the first contract anniversary, calculated as: 1.05 × $20,000 =		$21,000.00
	plus amounts allocated to the subaccounts since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus the 5% accumulation death benefit floor adjusted partial surrender from the subaccounts, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $21,000	=	–1,657.89
	$19,000
	variable account floor benefit:		$19,342.11
	plus the regular fixed account value:		+5,300.00
	5% accumulation death benefit floor (value of the regular fixed account and the variable account floor):		$24,642.11
The 5% Accumulation Death Benefit, calculated as the greatest of these three values, which is the 5% accumulation death benefit floor:				$24,642.11

Example — Enhanced Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000 with $5,000 allocated to the regular fixed account and $20,000 allocated to the subaccounts;

• On the first contract anniversary the regular fixed account value is $5,200 and the subaccount value is $17,000. Total contract value is $23,200; and

• During the second contract year the regular fixed account value is $5,300 and the subaccount value is $19,000. Total contract value is $24,300. You take a $1,500 (including surrender charge) partial surrender all from the subaccounts, leaving the contract value at $22,800.

The death benefit, which is based on the greatest of four values, is calculated as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:		$22,800.00
2.	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial surrenders:
	Total purchase payments:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial surrenders, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,543.21
	$24,300
	for a death benefit of:		$23,456.79
3.	The MAV on the anniversary immediately preceding the date of death:
	The MAV on the immediately preceding anniversary:		$25,000.00
	plus purchase payments made since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus adjusted partial surrenders made since that anniversary, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,543.21
	$24,300
	for a MAV Death Benefit of:		$23,456.79

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    111

4.	The 5% accumulation death benefit floor:
	The variable account floor on the first contract anniversary calculated as: 1.05 × $20,000 =		$21,000.00
	plus amounts allocated to the subaccounts since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus the 5% accumulation death benefit floor adjusted partial surrender from the subaccounts, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $21,000	=	–1,657.89
	$19,000
	variable account floor benefit:		$19,342.11
	plus the regular fixed account value:		+5,300.00
	5% accumulation death benefit floor (value of the regular fixed account and the variable account floor):		$24,642.11
Enhanced Death Benefit, calculated as the greatest of these four values, which is the 5% accumulation death benefit floor:				$24,642.11

Original Contract:

Example — ROP Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $20,000;

• On the first contract anniversary you make an additional purchase payment of $5,000;

• During the second contract year the contract value falls to $22,000 and you take a $1,500 partial surrender, including surrender charge; and

• During the third contract year the contract value grows to $23,000.

We calculate the ROP Death Benefit as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:		$23,000.00
2.	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial surrenders:
	Total purchase payments:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial surrenders calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,704.55
	$22,000
	for a death benefit of:		$23,295.45
ROP Death Benefit, calculated as the greatest of these two values:				$23,295.45

Example — MAV Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000;

• On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $26,000; and

• During the second contract year the contract value falls to $22,000, at which point you take a $1,500 (including surrender charge) partial surrender, leaving a contract value of $20,500.

We calculate the MAV Death Benefit, which is based on the greater of three values, as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:		$20,500.00
2.	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial surrenders:
	Total purchase payments:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial surrenders, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,704.55
	$22,000
	for a death benefit of:		$23,295.45
3.	The MAV immediately preceding the date of death:
	Greatest of your contract anniversary values:		$26,000.00
	plus purchase payments made since the prior anniversary:		+0.00

112    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

	minus adjusted partial surrenders, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $26,000	=	–1,772.73
	$22,000
	for a death benefit of:		$24,227.27
The MAV Death Benefit, calculated as the greatest of these three values, which is the MAV:				$24,227.27

Example — 5% Accumulation Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000 with $5,000 allocated to the one-year fixed account and $20,000 allocated to the subaccounts; and

• on the first contract anniversary, the one-year fixed account value is $5,200 and the subaccount value is $17,000. Total contract value is $23,200; and

• During the second contract year the one-year fixed account value is $5,300 and the subaccount value is $19,000. Total contract value is $24,300. You take a $1,500 (including surrender charge) partial surrender all from the subaccounts, leaving the contract value at $22,800.

The death benefit, which is based on the greatest of three values, is calculated as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:		$22,800.00
2.	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial surrenders
	Total purchase payments:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial surrenders, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,543.21
	$24,300
	for a death benefit of:		$23,456.79
3.	The 5% variable account floor:
	The variable account floor on the first contract anniversary, calculated as:
	1.05 × $20,000 =		$21,000.00
	plus amounts allocated to the subaccounts since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus the 5% variable account floor adjusted surrenders from the subaccounts, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $21,000	=	–1,657.89
	$19,000
	variable account floor benefit:		$19,342.11
	plus the one-year fixed account value:		+5,300.00
	5% variable account floor (value of the one-year fixed account and the variable account floor):		$24,642.11
The 5% Accumulation Death Benefit, calculated as the greatest of these three values, which is the 5% variable account floor:				$24,642.11

Example — Enhanced Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000 with $5,000 allocated to the one-year fixed account and $20,000 allocated to the subaccounts; and

• on the first contract anniversary, the one-year fixed account value is $5,200 and the subaccount value is $17,000. Total contract value is $23,200; and

• During the second contract year, the one-year fixed account value is $5,300 and the subaccount value is $19,000. Total contract value is $24,300. You take a $1,500 (including surrender charge) partial surrender all from the subaccounts, leaving the contract value at $22,800.

The death benefit, which is based on the greatest of four values, is calculated as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:	$22,800.00

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    113

2.	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial surrenders:
	Total purchase payments:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial surrenders, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,543.21
	$24,300
	for a death benefit of:		$23,456.79
3.	The MAV on the anniversary immediately preceding the date of death:
	The MAV on the immediately preceding anniversary:		$25,000.00
	plus purchase payments made since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus adjusted partial surrenders made since that anniversary, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,543.21
	$24,300
	for a MAV Death Benefit of:		$23,456.79
4.	The 5% variable account floor:
	The variable account floor on the first contract anniversary calculated as:
	1.05 × $20,000 =		$21,000.00
	plus amounts allocated to the subaccounts since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus the 5% variable account floor adjusted partial surrender from the subaccounts, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $21,000	=	–1,657.89
	$19,000
	variable account floor benefit:		$19,342.11
	plus the one-year fixed account value:		+5,300.00
	5% variable account floor (value of the one-year fixed account and the variable account floor):		$24,642.11
Enhanced Death Benefit, calculated as the greatest of these four values, which is the 5% variable account floor:				$24,642.11

114    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix D: Example —SecureSource Series of Riders

SecureSource Stages 2 rider — Example:

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and make no additional payments to the contract.

• You are the sole owner and also the annuitant. You (and your spouse for the joint benefit) are age 61.

• Annual step ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the PBG and/or the BB. Applied annual step ups are indicated in bold.

• You elect the Moderate investment option at issue.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	BB	WAB	Benefit Determining Percentage	PBG	ALP	RALP	Lifetime Payment Percent
At Issue	$100,000	NA	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	0.0%	$100,000	$4,000	$4,000(1)	4%
1	0	0	98,000	108,000	108,000	9.3%	108,000	5,400	5,400(2)	5%
2	0	0	105,000	114,000	114,000	7.9%	105,000	5,700	5,700	5%
3	0	0	118,000	120,000	120,000	1.7%	118,000	6,000	6,000	5%
3.5	0	6,000	112,000	120,000	113,898	1.7%	112,000	6,000	0	5%
4	0	0	115,000	120,000	115,000	0.0%	115,000	6,000	6,000	5%
5	0	0	130,000	130,000	130,000	0.0%	130,000	7,800(3)	7,800(3)	6%(3)
6	0	0	110,000	130,000	130,000	15.4%	130,000	7,800	7,800	6%
7	0	0	100,000	130,000	130,000	23.1%	130,000	6,500(4)	6,500(4)	5%(4)
7.5	0	10,000	90,000	125,134(5)	117,000	23.1%	118,877(5)	6,257(5)	0	5%
8	0	0	80,000	125,134	117,000	31.6%	118,877	6,257	6,257	5%
9	0	0	95,000	125,134	117,000	18.8%	118,877	7,508(4)	7,508(4)	6%(4)

(1)	The ALP and RALP are based on percentage B until the end of the 1-year waiting period.
(2)	Since no withdrawal was taken, at the end of the 1-year waiting period, the ALP and RALP are recalculated based on percentage A.
(3)	Because the Annual step up increased the BB on the anniversary and the covered person’s (for the joint benefit, younger covered spouse’s) attained age is in a higher age band, the Lifetime Payment Percentage increased.
(4)	The Lifetime Payment Percentage is based on percentage A when the BDP is less than 20% and percentage B when the BDP is greater than or equal to 20%.
(5)	The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than the $6,500 RALP allowed under the rider and therefore excess withdrawal processing is applied. The BB and PBG are reset as described in “Lifetime Benefit Description – Determination of Adjustment of Benefit Values”.

SecureSource Stages rider — Example:

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and make no additional payments to the contract.

• You are the sole owner and also the annuitant. You (and your spouse for the joint benefit) are age 61.

• Annual step ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the PBG and/or the BB. Applied Annual step ups are indicated in bold.

• You elect the Moderate PN program investment option at issue.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	BB	WAB	Benefit Determining Percentage	PBG	ALP	RALP	Lifetime Payment Percent
At Issue	$100,000	NA	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	0.0%	$100,000	$5,000	$0(1)	5%
1	0	0	98,000	108,000	108,000	9.3%	100,000	5,400	0	5%
2	0	0	105,000	114,000	114,000	7.9%	105,000	5,700	0	5%
3	0	0	118,000	120,000	120,000	1.7%	118,000	6,000	6,000(2)	5%
3.5	0	6,000	112,000	120,000	113,898	1.7%	112,000	6,000	0	5%
4	0	0	115,000	120,000	115,000	0.0%	115,000	6,000	6,000	5%
5	0	0	130,000	130,000	130,000	0.0%	130,000	7,800(3)	7,800(3)	6%(3)
6	0	0	110,000	130,000	130,000	15.4%	130,000	7,800	7,800	6%
7	0	0	100,000	130,000	130,000	23.1%	130,000	6,500(4)	6,500(4)	5%(4)
7.5	0	10,000	90,000	117,000(5)	117,000	23.1%	108,000(5)	5,850(5)	0	5%

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    115

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	BB	WAB	Benefit Determining Percentage	PBG	ALP	RALP	Lifetime Payment Percent
8	0	0	80,000	117,000	117,000	31.6%	108,000	5,850	5,850	5%
9	0	0	95,000	117,000	117,000	18.8%	108,000	7,020(4)	7,020(4)	6%(4)

(1)	The RALP is zero until the end of the 3-Year Waiting Period.
(2)	At the end of the 3-Year waiting period, the RALP is set equal to the ALP.
(3)	Because the Annual step up increased the BB on the anniversary and the covered person’s (for the joint benefit, younger covered spouse’s) attained age is in a higher age band, the Lifetime Payment Percentage increased.
(4)	The lifetime payment percentage is based on percentage A when the BDP is less than 20% and percentage B when the BDP is greater than or equal to 20%.
(5)	The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than the $6,500 RALP allowed under the rider and therefore excess withdrawal processing is applied. The BB and PBG are reset as described in “Determination of Adjustment of Benefit Values” in the “Lifetime Benefit Description.”

SecureSource 20 rider — Example:

EXAMPLE #1: Lifetime benefit not established at the time the contract and rider are purchased.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and make no additional payments to the contract.

• You are the sole owner and also the annuitant. You (and your spouse for the joint benefit) are age 61.

• Annual step ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the RBA and/or the contract value times the ALP percentage is greater than the ALP. Applied annual step ups are indicated in bold.

• You elect the Moderate PN program investment option at issue.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	WAB	BDP	Basic Benefit				Lifetime Benefit
						GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
At Issue	$100,000	NA	$100,000	$100,000	0.0%	$100,000	$100,000	$6,000	$0	NA	NA
1	0	0	98,000	100,000	2.0%	100,000	100,000	6,000	0	NA	NA
2	0	0	105,000	105,000	0.0%	105,000	105,000	6,300	0	NA	NA
3	0	0	125,000	125,000	0.0%	125,000	125,000	7,500	7,500	NA	NA
3.5	0	6,000	111,000	118,590	6.4%	125,000	119,000	7,500	1,500	NA	NA
4	0	0	104,000	118,590	12.3%	125,000	119,000	7,500	7,500	7,140(1)	7,140(1)
5	0	0	90,000	118,590	24.1%	125,000	119,000	6,250(2)	6,250(2)	5,950(2)	5,950(2)
6	0	0	95,000	118,590	19.9%	125,000	119,000	7,500	7,500	7,140	7,140
6.5	0	7,500	87,500	87,500(3)	0.0%	125,000	111,500	7,500	0	5,250(3)	0
7	0	0	90,000	90,000	0.0%	125,000	111,500	7,500	7,500	5,400	5,400
7.5	0	10,000	70,000	70,000(4)	0.0%	70,000(4)	70,000(4)	4,200(4)	0	4,200(4)	0
8	0	0	75,000	75,000	0.0%	75,000	75,000	4,500	4,500	4,500	4,500

(1)	The ALP and RALP are established on the contract anniversary following the date the covered person (younger Covered Spouse for Joint) reaches age 65 as the greater of the ELB or the RBA, times the ALP percentage.
(2)	The ALP percentage and GBP percentage are 6% when the BDP is less than 20% and 5% when the BDP is greater than or equal to 20%.
(3)	The $7,500 withdrawal is greater than the $7,140 RALP allowed under the lifetime benefit and therefore excess withdrawal processing is applied to the ALP, resetting the ALP to the lesser of the prior ALP or the ALP percentage times the contract value following the withdrawal. The WAB is reset to the ALP after the reset divided by the current ALP percentage. The BDP at the time of withdrawal is less than 20%, so the ALP percentage and GBP percentage are set at 6% for the remainder of the contract year.
(4)	The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than both the $7,500 RBP allowed under the basic benefit and the $5,400 RALP allowed under the lifetime benefit and therefore excess withdrawal processing is applied to both benefits. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or the ALP percentage times the contract value following the withdrawal. The WAB is reset to the ALP after the reset divided by the current ALP percentage. The BDP at the time of withdrawal is less than 20%, so the ALP percentage and GBP percentage are set at 6% for the remainder of the contract year.

EXAMPLE #2: Lifetime benefit established at the time the contract and rider are purchased.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and make no additional payments to the contract.

• You are the sole owner and also the annuitant. You (and your spouse for the joint benefit) are age 65.

• Annual step ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the RBA and/or the contract value times the ALP Percentage is greater than the ALP. Applied annual step ups are indicated in bold.

116    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• You elect the Moderate PN program investment option at issue. On the 7th contract anniversary, you elect to change to the Moderately Aggressive PN program investment option. The target PN program investment option under the contract is the Moderate PN program investment option.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	WAB	BDP	Basic Benefit				Lifetime Benefit
						GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
At Issue	$100,000	NA	$100,000	$100,000	0.0%	$100,000	$100,000	$6,000	$0	$6,000	$0
1	0	0	105,000	105,000	0.0%	105,000	105,000	6,300	0	6,300	0
2	0	0	110,000	110,000	0.0%	110,000	110,000	6,600	0	6,600	0
3	0	0	110,000	120,000	8.3%	110,000	110,000	6,600	6,600(1)	7,200	7,200(1)
3.5	0	6,000	104,000	113,455	8.3%	110,000	104,000	6,600	600	7,200	1,200
4	0	0	100,000	113,455	11.9%	110,000	104,000	6,600	6,600	7,200	7,200
4.5	0	7,000	90,000	105,267	14.5%	90,000	90,000	5,400(2)	5,400(2)	7,200	200
5	0	0	80,000	105,267	24.0%	90,000	90,000	4,500(3)	4,500(3)	6,000(3)	6,000(3)
5.5	0	10,000	70,000	70,000(4)	0.0%	70,000	70,000	3,500(4)	3,500(4)	3,500(4)	3,500(4)
6	0	0	75,000	75,000	0.0%	75,000	75,000	4,500	4,500	4,500	4,500
7	0	0	70,000	70,000(5)	0.0%	70,000(5)	70,000(5)	4,200(5)	4,200(5)	4,200(5)	4,200(5)

(1)	At the end of the 3-Year waiting period, the RBP and RALP are set equal to the GBP and ALP, respectively. The 20% rider credit is applied to the lifetime benefit.
(2)	The $7,000 withdrawal is greater than the $6,600 RBP allowed under the basic benefit and therefore excess withdrawal processing is applied to the basic benefit. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The BDP at the time of withdrawal is less than 20%, so the ALP percentage and GBP percentage are set at 6% for the remainder of the contract year.
(3)	The ALP percentage and GBP percentage are 6% when the BDP is less than 20% and 5% when the BDP is greater than or equal to 20%.
(4)	The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than both the $4,500 RBP allowed under the basic benefit and the $6,000 RALP allowed under the lifetime benefit and therefore excess withdrawal processing is applied to both benefits. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or the ALP percentage times the contract value following the withdrawal. The WAB is reset to the ALP after the reset divided by the current ALP percentage. The BDP at the time of withdrawal is greater than or equal to 20%, so the ALP percentage and GBP percentage are set at 5% for the remainder of the contract year.
(5)	Allocation to the Moderately Aggressive PN program investment option during a withdrawal phase will reset the benefit. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA or the contract value. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or the ALP percentage times the contract value. The WAB is reset to the ALP after the reset divided by the current ALP percentage. Any future withdrawals will reallocate your contract value to the Moderate PN program investment option if you are invested more aggressively than the Moderate PN program investment option.

SecureSourcerider — Example:

EXAMPLE #1: Single Life Benefit: Covered Person has not reached age 65 at the time the contract and rider are purchased.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and make no additional payments to the contract.

• You are the sole owner and also the annuitant. You are age 60.

• Automatic Annual step ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the RBA and/or 6% of the contract value is greater than the ALP. Applied Annual step ups are indicated in bold.

• You elect the Moderate PN program investment option at issue. On the 1st contract anniversary, you elect to change to the Moderately Aggressive PN program investment option. The target PN program investment option under the contract is the Moderate PN program investment option.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	Basic Withdrawal Benefit				Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit
				GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
At Issue	$100,000	$N/A	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	$7,000	$7,000	$N/A	$N/A
0.5	0	5,000	92,000	100,000	95,000	7,000	2,000	N/A	N/A
1	0	0	90,000	90,000(1)	90,000(1)	6,300	6,300	N/A	N/A
2	0	0	81,000	90,000	90,000	6,300	6,300	N/A	N/A
5	0	0	75,000	90,000	90,000	6,300	6,300	5,400(2)	5,400(2)
5.5	0	5,400	70,000	90,000	84,600	6,300	900	5,400	0
6	0	0	69,000	90,000	84,600	6,300	6,300	5,400	5,400

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    117

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	Basic Withdrawal Benefit				Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit
				GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
6.5	0	6,300	62,000	90,000	78,300	6,300	0	3,720(3)	0
7	0	0	64,000	90,000	78,300	6,300	6,300	3,840	3,840
7.5	0	10,000	51,000	51,000(4)	51,000(4)	3,570	0	3,060(4)	0
8	0	0	55,000	55,000	55,000	3,850	3,850	3,300	3,300

At this point, assuming no additional activity (step ups, excess withdrawals, purchase payments, spousal continuation, contract ownership change, or PN program investment option changes), you can continue to withdrawal up to either the GBP of $3,850 each year until the RBA is reduced to zero, or the ALP of $3,300 each year until the later of your death or the RBA is reduced to zero.

(1)	Allocation to the Moderately Aggressive investment option during a withdrawal phase will reset the benefit. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA or the contract value. The ALP (if established) is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value. Any future withdrawals will reallocate your contract value to the Moderate PN program investment option if you are invested more aggressively than the Moderate PN program investment option.
(2)	The ALP and RALP are established on the contract anniversary date following the date the covered person reaches age 65 as 6% of the RBA.
(3)	The $6,300 withdrawal is greater than the $5,400 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the ALP, resetting the ALP to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.
(4)	The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than both the $6,300 RBP allowed under the basic withdrawal benefit and the $3,840 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the GBA, RBA, and ALP. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.

EXAMPLE #2: Single Life Benefit: Covered Person has reached 65 at the time the contract and rider are purchased.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and make no additional payments to the contract.

• You are the sole owner and also the annuitant. You are age 65.

• Automatic Annual step ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the RBA and/or 6% of the contract value is greater than the ALP. Applied Annual step ups are indicated in bold.

• Your death occurs after 6½ contract years and your spouse continues the contract and rider. Your spouse is over age 65 and is the new Covered Person.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	Basic Withdrawal Benefit				Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit
				GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
At Issue	$100,000	$N/A	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	$7,000	$7,000	$6,000	$6,000
1	0	0	105,000	105,000	105,000	7,350	7,000(1)	6,300	6,000(1)
2	0	0	110,000	110,000	110,000	7,700	7,000(1)	6,600	6,000(1)
3	0	0	110,000	110,000	110,000	7,700	7,700(2)	6,600	6,600(2)
3.5	0	6,600	110,000	110,000	103,400	7,700	1,100	6,600	0
4	0	0	115,000	115,000	115,000	8,050	8,050	6,900	6,900
4.5	0	8,050	116,000	115,000	106,950	8,050	0	6,900(3)	0
5	0	0	120,000	120,000	120,000	8,400	8,400	7,200	7,200
5.5	0	10,000	122,000	120,000(4)	110,000(4)	8,400	0	7,200(4)	0
6	0	0	125,000	125,000	125,000	8,750	8,750	7,500	7,500
6.5	0	0	110,000	125,000	125,000	8,750	8,750	6,600(5)	6,600(5)
7	0	0	105,000	125,000	125,000	8,750	8,750	6,600	6,600

At this point, assuming no additional activity (step ups, excess withdrawals, purchase payments, contract ownership change, or PN program investment option changes), your spouse can continue to withdrawal up to either the GBP of $8,750 each year until the RBA is reduced to zero, or the ALP of $6,600 each year until the later of your spouse’s death or the RBA is reduced to zero.

(1)	The Annual Step-up has not been applied to the RBP or RALP because any withdrawal after step up during the Waiting Period would reverse any prior step ups prior to determining if the withdrawal is excess. Therefore, during the Waiting Period, the RBP is the amount you can withdrawal without incurring the GBA and RBA excess withdrawal processing, and the RALP is the amount you can withdrawal without incurring the ALP excess withdrawal processing.
(2)	On the third anniversary (after the end of the waiting period), the RBP and RALP are set equal to the GBP and ALP, respectively.
(3)	The $8,050 withdrawal is greater than the $6,900 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the ALP, resetting the ALP to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.

118    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

(4)

The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than both the $8,400 RBP allowed under the basic withdrawal benefit and the $7,200 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the GBA, RBA, and ALP. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.

(5)

At spousal continuation, the ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value and the RALP is reset to the ALP.

EXAMPLE #3: Joint Life Benefit: Younger Covered Spouse has not reached 65 at the time the contract and rider are purchased.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and make no additional payments to the contract.

• You are age 59 and your spouse is age 60.

• Automatic annual step ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the RBA and/or 6% of the contract value is greater than the ALP. Applied annual step ups are indicated in bold.

• You elect the Moderate investment option at issue. On the 1st contract anniversary, you elect to change to the Moderately Aggressive PN program investment option. The target PN program investment option under the contract is the Moderate PN program investment option.

• Your death occurs after 9½ contract years and your spouse continues the contract and rider; the lifetime benefit is not reset.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	Basic Withdrawal Benefit				Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit
				GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
At Issue	$100,000	$N/A	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	$7,000	$7,000	$N/A	$N/A
0.5	0	5,000	92,000	100,000	95,000	7,000	2,000	N/A	N/A
1	0	0	90,000	90,000(1)	90,000(1)	6,300	6,300	N/A	N/A
2	0	0	81,000	90,000	90,000	6,300	6,300	N/A	N/A
6	0	0	75,000	90,000	90,000	6,300	6,300	5,400(2)	5,400(2)
6.5	0	5,400	70,000	90,000	84,600	6,300	900	5,400	0
7	0	0	69,000	90,000	84,600	6,300	6,300	5,400	5,400
7.5	0	6,300	62,000	90,000	78,300	6,300	0	3,720(3)	0
8	0	0	64,000	90,000	78,300	6,300	6,300	3,840	3,840
8.5	0	10,000	51,000	51,000(4)	51,000(4)	3,570	0	3,060(4)	0
9	0	0	55,000	55,000	55,000	3,850	3,850	3,300	3,300
9.5	0	0	54,000	55,000	55,000	3,850	3,850	3,300	3,300
10	0	0	52,000	55,000	55,000	3,850	3,850	3,300	3,300

At this point, assuming no additional activity (step ups, excess withdrawals, purchase payments, or PN program investment option changes), your spouse can continue to withdrawal up to either the GBP of $3,850 each year until the RBA is reduced to zero, or the ALP of $3,300 each year until the later of your spouse’s death or the RBA is reduced to zero.

(1)	The ALP and RALP are established on the contract anniversary date following the date the younger Covered Spouse reaches age 65 as 6% of the RBA.
(2)	Allocation to the Moderately Aggressive PN program model portfolio or investment option during a withdrawal phase will reset the benefit. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA or the contract value. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value. Any future withdrawals will reallocate your contract value to the Moderate PN program investment option if you are invested more aggressively than the Moderate PN program investment option.
(3)	The $6,300 withdrawal is greater than the $5,400 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the ALP, resetting the ALP to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.
(4)	The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than both the $6,300 RBP allowed under the basic withdrawal benefit and the $3,840 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the GBA, RBA, and ALP. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.

EXAMPLE #4: Joint Life Benefit: Younger Covered Spouse has reached 65 at the time the contract and rider are purchased.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and make no additional payments to the contract

• You are age 71 and your spouse is age 70.

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    119

• Automatic Annual step ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the RBA and/or 6% of the contract value is greater than the ALP. Applied annual step ups are indicated in bold.

• Your death occurs after 6½ contract years and your spouse continues the contract and rider; the lifetime benefit is not reset.

Contract Duration	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	Basic Withdrawal Benefit				Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit
				GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
At Issue	$100,000	$N/A	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	$7,000	$7,000	$6,000	$6,000
1	0	0	105,000	105,000	105,000	7,350	7,000(1)	6,300	6,000(1)
2	0	0	110,000	110,000	110,000	7,700	7,000(1)	6,600	6,000(1)
3	0	0	110,000	110,000	110,000	7,700	7,700(2)	6,600	6,600(2)
3.5	0	6,600	110,000	110,000	103,400	7,700	1,100	6,600	0
4	0	0	115,000	115,000	115,000	8,050	8,050	6,900	6,900
4.5	0	8,050	116,000	115,000	106,950	8,050	0	6,900(3)	0
5	0	0	120,000	120,000	120,000	8,400	8,400	7,200	7,200
5.5	0	10,000	122,000	120,000(4)	110,000(4)	8,400	0	7,200(4)	0
6	0	0	125,000	125,000	125,000	8,750	8,750	7,500	7,500
6.5	0	0	110,000	125,000	125,000	8,750	8,750	7,500	7,500
7	0	0	105,000	125,000	125,000	8,750	8,750	7,500	7,500

At this point, assuming no additional activity (step ups, excess withdrawals, purchase payments, or PN program investment option changes), your spouse can continue to withdrawal up to either the GBP of $8,750 each year until the RBA is reduced to zero, or the ALP of $7,500 each year until the later of your spouse’s death or the RBA is reduced to zero.

(1)	The Annual step-up has not been applied to the RBP or RALP because any withdrawal after step up during the waiting period would reverse any prior step ups prior to determining if the withdrawal is excess. Therefore, during the Waiting Period, the RBP is the amount you can withdrawal without incurring the GBA and RBA excess withdrawal processing, and the RALP is the amount you can withdrawal without incurring the ALP excess withdrawal processing.
(2)	On the third anniversary (after the end of the Waiting Period), the RBP and RALP are set equal to the GBP and ALP, respectively.
(3)	The $8,050 withdrawal is greater than the $6,900 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the ALP, resetting the ALP to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.
(4)	The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than both the $8,400 RBP allowed under the basic withdrawal benefit and the $7,200 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the GBA, RBA, and ALP. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.

120    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix E:SecureSource Series of Riders — Additional Required Minimum Distribution (RMD) Disclosure

This appendix describes our current administrative practice for determining the amount of withdrawals in any contract year which an owner may take under theSecureSource series of riders to satisfy the RMD rules under 401(a)(9) of the Code without application of the excess withdrawal processing described in the rider. We reserve the right to modify this administrative practice at any time upon 30 days’ written notice to you.

ForSecureSource StagesandSecureSource 20 riders, owners subject to annual RMD rules under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, withdrawing from this contract during the waiting period to satisfy these rules will set your benefits to zero and you will not receive any future rider credit.

Amounts you withdraw from this contract (forSecureSource Stages andSecureSource 20 riders, amounts you withdraw from this contract after the waiting period) to satisfy these rules are not subject to excess withdrawal processing under the terms of the rider subject to the following rules and our current administrative practice:

ForSecureSource andSecureSource 20 riders:

(1) If on the date we calculated your Annual Life Expectancy Required Minimum Distribution Amount (ALERMDA), it is greater than the RBP from the beginning of the current contract year*,

• Basic Additional Benefit Amount (BABA) will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the RBP from the beginning of the current contract year.

• Any withdrawals taken in a contract year will count first against and reduce the RBP for that contract year.

• Once the RBP for the current contract year has been depleted, any additional amounts withdrawn will count against and reduce the BABA. These withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the GBA and RBA as long as they do not exceed the remaining BABA.

• Once the BABA has been depleted, any additional withdrawal amounts will be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the GBA and RBA and will subject them all to the excess withdrawal processing described in theSecureSourceseries of riders.

(2) If on the date we calculated your ALERMDA, it is greater than the RALP from the beginning of the current contract year,*

• A Lifetime Additional Benefit Amount (LABA) will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the RALP from the beginning of the current contract year*.

• Any withdrawals taken in a contract year will count first against and reduce the RALP for that contract year.

• Once the RALP for the current contract year has been depleted, any additional amounts withdrawn will count against and reduce the LABA. These withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the ALP as long as they do not exceed the remaining LABA. Withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals unless amounts withdrawn exceed combined RALP and LABA values.

• Once the LABA has been depleted, any additional withdrawal amounts will be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the ALP and will subject the ALP to the excess withdrawal processing described by theSecureSource series of riders.

(3) If the ALP is established on a policy anniversary where your current ALERMDA is greater than the new RALP,

• An initial LABA will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the new RALP.

• This new LABA will be immediately reduced by the amount that total withdrawals in the current calendar year exceed the new RALP, but shall not be reduced to less than zero.

ForSecureSource Stages andSecureSource Stages 2 riders:

(1) Each calendar year, if your ALERMDA is greater than the ALP,

• A Lifetime Additional Benefit Amount (LABA) will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the ALP.

• The LABA will be reduced by the total of the amount that each withdrawal in the current calendar year exceeds the RALP at the time of each withdrawal, but shall not be reduced to less than zero.

• Any withdrawals taken in a contract year will count first against and reduce the RALP for that contract year.

• Once the RALP for the current contract year has been depleted, any additional amounts withdrawn will count against and reduce the LABA. These withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the ALP as long as they do not exceed the remaining LABA. Withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals unless amounts withdrawn exceed combined RALP and LABA values.

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    121

• Once the LABA has been depleted, any additional withdrawal amounts will be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the ALP and will subject the ALP to the excess withdrawal processing described by theSecureSource Stages andSecureSource Stages 2.

* ForSecureSource 20 riders, adjusted for any subsequent changes between 5% and 6% as described under “GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage”.

The ALERMDA is:

(1)	determined by us each calendar year (forSecureSource Stages andSecureSource 20 riders, starting with the calendar year in which the waiting period ends);
(2)	based on your initial purchase payment and not the entire interest value in the calendar year of contract issue and therefore may not be sufficient to allow you to withdraw your RMD without causing an excess withdrawal;
(3)	based solely on the value of the contract to which theSecureSource series rider is attached as of the date we make the determination;
(4)	based on your recalculated life expectancy taken from the Uniform Lifetime Table under the Code; and
(5)	based on the company’s understanding and interpretation of the requirements for life expectancy distributions intended to satisfy the required minimum distribution rules under Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, as applicable on the effective date of this prospectus, to:

1.	an individual retirement annuity (Section 408(b));
2.	a Roth individual retirement account (Section 408A);
3.	a Simplified Employee Pension plan (Section 408(k));
4.	a tax-sheltered annuity rollover (Section 403(b)).

In the future, the requirements under the Code for such distributions may change and the life expectancy amount calculation provided under your rider within theSecureSource series of riders may not be sufficient to satisfy the requirements under the Code for these types of distributions. In such a situation, amounts withdrawn to satisfy such distribution requirements will exceed your available RBP or RALP amount and may result in the reduction of your GBA, RBA, and/or ALP as described under the excess withdrawal provision of the rider.

In cases where the Code does not allow the life expectancy of a natural person to be used to calculate the required minimum distribution amount (e.g., ownership by a trust or a charity), we will calculate the life expectancy RMD amount calculated by us as zero in all years.

Please contact your tax advisor about the impact of those rules prior to purchasing one of theSecureSourceseries of riders.

122    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix F: Example — Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider

Example of the Benefit Protector

Assumptions:

•	You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and you (Current Contract) or you and the annuitant (Original Contract) are under age 70; and
•	You select the MAV Death Benefit.
	During the first contract year the contract value grows to $105,000. The death benefit under the MAV Death Benefit equals the contract value, $105,000. You have not reached the first contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector does not provide any additional benefit at this time.
	On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. The death benefit equals:

MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death
(MAV Death Benefit minus remaining purchase payments for the Current Contract or MAV Death Benefit minus payments not previously surrendered for the Original Contract):
0.40 × ($110,000 - $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000

On the second contract anniversary the contract value falls to $105,000. The death benefit equals:

MAV Death Benefit (MAV):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death):
0.40 × ($110,000 - $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000

During the third contract year the contract value remains at $105,000 and you request a partial surrender of $50,000, including the applicable 7% surrender charges. We will surrender $10,500 from your contract value free of charge (10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value). The remainder of the surrender is subject to a 7% surrender charge because your payment is in the third year of the surrender charge schedule, so we will withdraw $39,500 ($36,735 + $2,765 in surrender charges) from your contract value. Altogether, we will surrender $50,000 and pay you $47,235. We calculate purchase payments not previously surrendered as $100,000 – $45,000 = $55,000 (remember that $5,000 of the partial surrender is contract earnings). The death benefit equals:

MAV Death Benefit (MAV adjusted for partial surrenders):	$57,619
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death):
0.40 × ($57,619 - $55,000) =	+1,048
Total death benefit of:	$58,667

On the third contract anniversary the contract value falls to $40,000. The death benefit equals the previous death benefit. The reduction in contract value has no effect.

On the ninth contract anniversary the contract value grows to a new high of $200,000. Earnings at death reaches its maximum of 250% of purchase payments not previously surrendered that are one or more years old.

The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$200,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously surrendered that are one or more years old)	+55,000
Total death benefit of:	$255,000

During the tenth contract year you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000. Your new contract value is now $250,000. The new purchase payment is less than one year old and so it has no effect on the Benefit Protector value. The death benefit equals:

MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously surrendered that are one or more years old)	+55,000
Total death benefit of:	$305,000

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    123

During the eleventh contract year the contract value remains $250,000 and the “new” purchase payment is one year old and the value of the Benefit Protector changes. The death benefit equals:

MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously surrendered that are one or more years old)
0.40 × ($250,000 - $105,000) =	+58,000
Total death benefit of:	$308,000

124    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix G: Example — Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider

Example of the Benefit Protector Plus

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and you (Current Contract) or you and the annuitant (Original Contract) are under age 70; and

• you select the MAV Death Benefit.

During the first contract year the contract value grows to $105,000. The MAV Death Benefit equals the contract value. You have not reached the first contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector Plus does not provide any additional benefit at this time.
On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. You have not reached the second contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector Plus does not provide any benefit beyond what is provided by the Benefit Protector at this time. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (MAV Death Benefit minus remaining purchase payments for the Current Contract or MAV Death Benefit minus payments not previously surrendered for the Original Contract):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000
On the second contract anniversary the contract value falls to $105,000. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (MAV):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death:
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
plus 10% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue
and not previously surrendered: 0.10 × $100,000 =	+10,000
Total death benefit of:	$124,000
During the third contract year the contract value remains at $105,000 and you request a partial surrender of $50,000, including the applicable 7% surrender charge. We will surrender $10,500 from your contract value free of charge (10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value). The remainder of the surrender is subject to a 7% surrender charge because your payment is in the third year of the surrender charge schedule, so we will surrender $39,500 ($36,735 + $2,765 in surrender charges) from your contract value. Altogether, we will surrender $50,000 and pay you $47,235. We calculate purchase payments not previously surrendered as $100,000 – $45,000 = $55,000 (remember that $5,000 of the partial surrender is contract earnings). The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (MAV adjusted for partial surrenders):	$57,619
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death:
0.40 × ($57,619 – $55,000) =	+1,048
plus 10% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue
and not previously surrendered: 0.10 × $55,000 =	+5,500
Total death benefit of:	$64,167
On the third contract anniversary the contract value falls to $40,000. The death benefit equals the previous death benefit. The reduction in contract value has no effect.
On the ninth contract anniversary the contract value grows to a new high of $200,000. Earnings at death reaches its maximum of 250% of purchase payments not previously surrendered that are one or more years old. Because we are beyond the fourth contract anniversary the Benefit Protector Plus also reaches its maximum of 20%. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$200,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously surrendered that are one or more years old	+55,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously surrendered: 0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$266,000

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    125

During the tenth contract year you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000. Your new contract value is now $250,000. The new purchase payment is less than one year old and so it has no effect on the Benefit Protector Plus value. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously surrendered that are one or more years old	+55,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously surrendered: 0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$316,000
During the eleventh contract year the contract value remains $250,000 and the “new” purchase payment is one year old. The value of the Benefit Protector Plus remains constant. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (MAV Death Benefit minus payments not previously surrendered):
0.40 × ($250,000 – $105,000) =	+58,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue
and not previously surrendered: 0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$319,000

126    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix H: Asset Allocation Program for Contracts With Applications Signed Before May 1, 2006

Asset Allocation Program

For contracts with applications signed before May 1, 2006, we offered an asset allocation program. You could elect to participate in the asset allocation program, and there is no additional charge. If you purchased an optional Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider or Income Assurer Benefit rider, you are required to participate in the asset allocation program under the terms of the rider.

This asset allocation program allows you to allocate your contract value to a model portfolio that consists of subaccounts and may include certain GPAs (if available under the asset allocation program), which represent various asset classes. By spreading your contract value among these various asset classes, you may be able to reduce the volatility in your contract value, but there is no guarantee that this will occur.

Asset allocation does not guarantee that your contract will increase in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. If you choose or are required to participate in the asset allocation program, you are responsible for determining which model portfolio is best for you. Your investment professional can help you make this determination. In addition, your investment professional may provide you with an investor questionnaire, a tool that can help you determine which model portfolio is suited to your needs based on factors such as your investment goals, your tolerance for risk, and how long you intend to invest.

Under the asset allocation program, we have offered five model portfolios ranging from conservative to aggressive. You may not use more than one model portfolio at a time. You are allowed to request a change to another model portfolio twice per contract year. Each model portfolio specifies allocation percentages to each of the subaccounts, any GPAs that make up that model portfolio. By participating in the asset allocation program, you authorize us to invest your contract value in the subaccounts, any GPAs according to the allocation percentages stated for the specific model portfolio you have selected. You also authorize us to automatically rebalance your contract value quarterly beginning three months after the effective date of your contract in order to maintain alignment with the allocation percentages specified in the model portfolio.

Special rules will apply to the GPAs if they are included in a model portfolio. Under these rules:

• no MVA will apply when rebalancing occurs within a specific model portfolio (but an MVA may apply if you elect to transfer to a new model portfolio); and

• no MVA will apply when you elect an annuity payout plan while your contract value is invested in a model portfolio (see “Guarantee Period Accounts — Market Value Adjustment”).

Under the asset allocation program, the subaccounts, any GPAs that make up the model portfolio you selected and the allocation percentages to those subaccounts, any GPAs will not change unless we adjust the composition of the model portfolio to reflect the liquidation, substitution or merger of an underlying fund, a change of investment objective by an underlying fund or when an underlying fund stops selling its shares to the variable account. We reserve the right to change the terms and conditions of the asset allocation program upon written notice to you.

If permitted under applicable securities law, we reserve the right to:

• reallocate your current model portfolio to an updated version of your current model portfolio; or

• substitute a fund of funds for your current model portfolio.

We also reserve the right to discontinue the asset allocation program. We will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change.

If you elected to participate in the asset allocation program, you may discontinue your participation in the program at any time by giving us written notice. Upon cancellation, automated rebalancing associated with the asset allocation program will end. You can elect to participate in the asset allocation program again at any time.

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    127

Appendix I: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider Disclosure

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge if⁽¹⁾:

•	your contract application is signed on or after May 1, 2006;
•	the rider is available in your state; and
•	you and the annuitant are 80 or younger on the date the contract is issued.
(1)	The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider is not available under an inherited qualified annuity.

You must elect the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider when you purchase your contract. The rider effective date will be the contract issue date.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider guarantees that you will be able to withdraw up to a certain amount each year from the contract, regardless of the investment performance of your contract before the annuity payments begin, until you have recovered at minimum all of your purchase payments. And, under certain limited circumstances defined in the rider, you have the right to take a specified amount of partial withdrawals in each contract year until death (see “At Death” heading below) — even if the contract value is zero.

Your contract provides for annuity payouts to begin on the annuitization start date (see “Buying Your Contract — The Annuitization Date”). Before the annuitization start date, you have the right to withdraw some or all of your contract value, less applicable administrative, surrender and rider charges imposed under the contract at the time of the withdrawal (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Surrenders”). Because your contract value will fluctuate depending on the performance of the underlying funds in which the subaccounts invest, the contract itself does not guarantee that you will be able to take a certain withdrawal amount each year before the annuitization start date, nor does it guarantee the length of time over which such withdrawals can be made before the annuitization start date.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider may be appropriate for you if you intend to make periodic withdrawals from your annuity contract and wish to ensure that market performance will not adversely affect your ability to withdraw your principal over time.

Under the terms of the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, the calculation of the amount which can be withdrawn in each contract year varies depending on several factors, including but not limited to the waiting period (see “Waiting period” heading below) and whether or not the lifetime withdrawal benefit has become effective:

(1)

The basic withdrawal benefit gives you the right to take limited partial withdrawals in each contract year and guarantees that over time the withdrawals will total an amount equal to, at minimum, your purchase payments. Key terms associated with the basic withdrawal benefit are “Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP),” “Remaining Benefit Payment (RBP),” “Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA),” and “Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA).” See these headings below for more information.

(2)

The lifetime withdrawal benefit gives you the right, under certain limited circumstances defined in the rider, to take limited partial withdrawals until the later of death (see “At Death” heading below) or until the RBA (under the basic withdrawal benefit) is reduced to zero. Key terms associated with the lifetime withdrawal benefit are “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP),” “Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (RALP),” “Covered Person,” and “Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA).” See these headings below for more information.

Only the basic withdrawal benefit will be in effect prior to the date that the lifetime withdrawal benefit becomes effective. The lifetime withdrawal benefit becomes effective automatically on the rider anniversary date after the covered person reaches age 65, or the rider effective date if the covered person is age 65 or older on the rider effective date (see “Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA)” heading below).

Provided annuity payouts have not begun, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider guarantees that you may take the following partial withdrawal amounts each contract year:

• After the waiting period and before the establishment of the ALP, the rider guarantees that each year you can cumulatively withdraw an amount equal to the GBP;

• During the waiting period and before the establishment of the ALP, the rider guarantees that each year you can cumulatively withdraw an amount equal to the value of the RBP at the beginning of the contract year;

• After the waiting period and after the establishment of the ALP, the rider guarantees that each year you have the option to cumulatively withdraw an amount equal the ALP or the GBP, but the rider does not guarantee withdrawals of the sum of both the ALP and the GBP in a contract year;

• During the waiting period and after the establishment of the ALP, the rider guarantees that each year you have the option to cumulatively withdraw an amount equal to the value of the RALP or the RBP at the beginning of the contract year, but the rider does not guarantee withdrawals of the sum of both the RALP and the RBP in a contract year.

128    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If you withdraw less than the allowed partial withdrawal amount in a contract year, the unused portion cannot be carried over to the next contract year. As long as your partial withdrawals in each contract year do not exceed the annual partial withdrawal amount allowed under the rider, and there has not been a contract ownership change or spousal continuation of the contract, the guaranteed amounts available for partial withdrawals are protected (i.e., will not decrease).

If you withdraw more than the allowed partial withdrawal amount in a contract year, we call this an “excess withdrawal” under the rider. Excess withdrawals trigger an adjustment of a benefit’s guaranteed amount, which may cause it to be reduced (see “GBA Excess Withdrawal Processing,” “RBA Excess Withdrawal Processing,” and “ALP Excess Withdrawal Processing” headings below).

Please note that each of the two benefits has its own definition of the allowed annual withdrawal amount. Therefore a partial withdrawal may be considered an excess withdrawal for purposes of the lifetime withdrawal benefit only, the basic withdrawal benefit only, or both.

If your withdrawals exceed the greater of the RBP or the RALP, surrender charges under the terms of the contract may apply (see “Charges — Surrender Charges”). The amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable surrender charge. Market value adjustments, if applicable, will also be made (see “Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs) — Market Value Adjustment”). We pay you the amount you request. Any partial surrenders you take under the contract will reduce the value of the death benefits (see “Benefits in Case of Death”). Upon full surrender of the contract, you will receive the remaining contract value less any applicable charges (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Surrender”).

The rider’s guaranteed amounts can be increased at the specified intervals if your contract value has increased. An annual step up feature is available at each contract anniversary, subject to certain conditions, and may be applied automatically to your contract or may require you to elect the step up (see “Annual Step Up” heading below). If you exercise the annual step up election, the spousal continuation step up election (see “Spousal Continuation Step Up” heading below) or change your PN investment option, the rider charge may change (see “Charges”).

If you take withdrawals during the waiting period, any prior steps ups applied will be reversed and step ups will not be available until the third rider anniversary. You may take withdrawals after the waiting period without reversal of prior step ups.

You should consider whether the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider is appropriate for you because:

You will begin paying the rider charge as of the rider effective date, even if you do not begin taking withdrawals for many years. It is possible that your contract performance, fees and charges, and withdrawal pattern may be such that your contract value will not be depleted in your lifetime and you will not receive any monetary value under the rider.

• Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit Limitations: The lifetime withdrawal benefit is subject to certain limitations, including but not limited to:

(a) Once the contract value equals zero, payments are made for as long as the oldest owner or annuitant is living (see “If Contract Value Reduces to Zero” heading below). However, if the contract value is greater than zero, the lifetime withdrawal benefit terminates at the first death of any owner or annuitant (see “At Death” heading below). Therefore, if there are multiple contract owners or the annuitant is not an owner, the rider may terminate or the lifetime withdrawal benefit may be reduced. This possibility may present itself when:

(i)	There are multiple contract owners — when one of the contract owners dies the benefit terminates even though other contract owners are still living (except if the contract is continued under the spousal continuation provision of the contract); or
(ii)	The owner and the annuitant are not the same persons — if the annuitant dies before the owner, the benefit terminates even though the owner is still living. This is could happen, for example, when the owner is younger than the annuitant. This risk increases as the age difference between owner and annuitant increases.

(b)	Excess withdrawals can reduce the ALP to zero even though the GBA, RBA, GBP and/or RBP values are greater than zero. If the both the ALP and the contract value are zero, the lifetime withdrawal benefit will terminate.
(c)	When the lifetime withdrawal benefit is first established, the initial ALP is based on the basic withdrawal benefit’s RBA at that time (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below), unless there has been a spousal continuation or ownership change. Any withdrawal you take before the ALP is established reduces the RBA and therefore may result in a lower amount of lifetime withdrawals you are allowed to take.
(d)	Withdrawals can reduce both the contract value and the RBA to zero prior to the establishment of the ALP. If this happens, the contract and the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider will terminate.

• Investment Allocation Restrictions: You must be invested in one of the approved investment options. These funds are expected to reduce our financial risks and expenses associated with certain living benefits. Although the funds’ investment strategies may help mitigate declines in your contract value due to declining equity markets, the funds’ investment strategies may also curb your contract value gains during periods of positive performance by the equity

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    129

	markets. Additionally, investment in the funds may decrease the number and amount of any benefit base increase opportunities. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds: Volatility and Volatility Management Risk with the Portfolio Stabilizer funds” section.) We reserve the right to add, remove or substitute approved investment options at any time and in our sole discretion in the future. This requirement limits your choice of investments. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, GPAs or the one-year fixed account that are available under the contract to contract owners who do not elect this rider. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds.”) You may allocate purchase payments to the DCA fixed account, when available, and we will make monthly transfers into the investment option you have chosen. Subject to state restrictions, we reserve the right to limit the number of investment options from which you can select based on the dollar amount of purchase payments you make.
•	Limitations on Purchase of Other Riders under this Contract: If you select the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, you may not elect an Income Assurer Benefit rider or the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider.
•	Non-Cancelable: Once elected, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider may not be cancelled and the fee will continue to be deducted until the contract is terminated, the contract value reduces to zero (described below) or after the annuitization start date.
•	Limitations on Purchase Payments: We reserve the right to limit the cumulative amount of purchase payments, subject to state restrictions, which may limit your ability to make additional purchase payments to increase your contract value as you may have originally intended. For current purchase payment restrictions, please see “Buying Your Contract — Purchase Payments”.
•	Interaction with Total Free Amount (TFA) contract provision:The TFA is the amount you are allowed to withdraw from the contract in each contract year without incurring a surrender charge (see “Charges — Surrender Charge”). The TFA may be greater than the RBP or RALP under this rider. Any amount you withdraw under the contract’s TFA provision that exceeds the RBP or RALP is subject to the excess withdrawal processing described below for the GBA, RBA and ALP.

You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of this rider in your tax situation:

• Tax Considerations for Nonqualified Annuities: Under current federal income tax law, withdrawals under nonqualified annuities, including partial withdrawals taken from the contract under the terms of this rider, are treated less favorably than amounts received as annuity payments under the contract (see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities”). Withdrawals before age 59 ½ may incur a 10% IRS early withdrawal penalty and may be considered taxable income.

• Tax Considerations for Qualified Annuities:Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). If you have a qualified annuity, you may need to take an RMD that exceeds the specified amount of withdrawal available under the rider. Partial withdrawals in any contract year that exceed the guaranteed amount available for withdrawal may reduce future benefits guaranteed under the rider. While the rider permits certain excess withdrawals to be made for the purpose of satisfying RMD requirements for this contract alone without reducing future benefits guaranteed under the rider, there can be no guarantee that changes in the federal income tax law after the effective date of the rider will not require a larger RMD to be taken, in which case, future guaranteed withdrawals under the rider could be reduced. Additionally, RMD rules follow the calendar year which most likely does not coincide with your contract year and therefore may limit when you can take your RMD and not be subject to excess withdrawal processing.

For owners subject to annual RMD rules under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, the amounts you withdraw each year from this contract to satisfy these rules are not subject to excess withdrawal processing under the terms of the rider subject to the following rules and our current administrative practice:

(1) If on the date we calculated your Annual Life Expectancy Required Minimum Distribution Amount (ALERMDA), it is greater than the RBP from the beginning of the current contract year,

• Basic Additional Benefit Amount (BABA) will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the RBP from the beginning of the current contract year.

• Any withdrawals taken in a contract year will count first against and reduce the RBP for that contract year.

• Once the RBP for the current contract year has been depleted, any additional amounts withdrawn will count against and reduce the BABA. These withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the GBA and RBA as long as they do not exceed the remaining BABA.

• Once the BABA has been depleted, any additional withdrawal amounts will be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the GBA and RBA and will subject them all to the excess withdrawal processing described in the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider.

130    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

(2) If on the date we calculated your ALERMDA, it is greater than the RALP from the beginning of the current Contract Year,

• A Lifetime Additional Benefit Amount (LABA) will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the RALP from the beginning of the current contract year.

• Any withdrawals taken in a contract year will count first against and reduce the RALP for that contract year.

• Once the RALP for the current contract year has been depleted, any additional amounts withdrawn will count against and reduce the LABA. These withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the ALP as long as they do not exceed the remaining LABA.

• Once the LABA has been depleted, any additional withdrawal amounts will be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the ALP and will subject the ALP to the excess withdrawal processing described by the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider.

(3) If the ALP is established on a policy anniversary where your current ALERMDA is greater than the new RALP,

• An initial LABA will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the new RALP.

• This new LABA will be immediately reduced by the amount that total withdrawals in the current calendar year exceed the new RALP, but shall not be reduced to less than zero.

The Annual Life Expectancy Required Minimum Distribution Amount (ALERMDA) is:

(1)	determined by us each calendar year;
(2)	based solely on the value of the contract to which the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider is attached as of the date we make the determination; and
(3)	is otherwise based on the company’s understanding and interpretation of the requirements for life expectancy distributions intended to satisfy the required minimum distribution rules under Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, as applicable on the effective date of this prospectus, to:

1.	an individual retirement annuity (Section 408(b));
2.	a Roth individual retirement account (Section 408A);
3.	a Simplified Employee Pension plan (Section 408(k));
4.	a tax-sheltered annuity rollover (Section 403(b)).

We reserve the right to modify our administrative practice described above and will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change.

In the future, the requirements under the Code for such distributions may change and the life expectancy amount calculation provided under your Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider may not be sufficient to satisfy the requirements under the Code for these types of distributions. In such a situation, amounts withdrawn to satisfy such distribution requirements will exceed your available RBP or RALP amount and may result in the reduction of your GBA, RBA, and/or ALP as described under the excess withdrawal provision of the rider.

In cases where the Code does not allow the life expectancy of a natural person to be used to calculate the required minimum distribution amount (e.g., ownership by a trust or a charity), we will calculate the life expectancy RMD amount calculated by us as zero in all years. The life expectancy required minimum distribution amount calculated by us will also equal zero in all years.

• Treatment of non-spousal distributions: Unless you are married your beneficiary will be required to take distributions as a non-spouse which may result in significantly decreasing the value of the rider. Please note civil unions and domestic partnerships generally are not recognized as marriages for federal tax purposes. For additional information see “Taxes — Other — Spousal status” section of this prospectus.

• Limitations on Tax-Sheltered Annuities (TSAs): Your right to take withdrawals is restricted if your contract is a TSA (see “TSA — Special Provisions”).

For an example, see “Examples of Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life” below.

Key terms and provisions of the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider are described below:

Partial Withdrawals: A withdrawal of an amount that does not result in a full withdrawal of the contract. The partial withdrawal amount is a gross amount and will include any surrender charge and any market value adjustment.

Waiting period: The period of time starting on the rider effective date during which the annual step up is not available if you take withdrawals. The current waiting period is three years.

Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA): The total cumulative amount available for partial withdrawals over the life of the rider under the basic withdrawal benefit. The maximum GBA is $5,000,000. The GBA cannot be withdrawn and is not payable as a death benefit. Rather, the GBA is an interim value used to calculate the amount available for withdrawals each year under the basic withdrawal benefit (see “Guaranteed Benefit Payment” below). At any time, the total GBA is the sum of the individual GBAs associated with each purchase payment.

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    131

The GBA is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At contract issue — the GBA is equal to the initial purchase payment.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own GBA equal to the amount of the purchase payment.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When an individual RBA is reduced to zero — the GBA that is associated with that RBA will also be set to zero.

• When you make a partial withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up — Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the GBA associated with each purchase payment will be reset to the amount of that purchase payment. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first partial withdrawal is made.

• When you make a partial withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the total RBP — the GBA remains unchanged. If there have been multiple purchase payments, both the total GBA and each payment’s GBA remain unchanged.
(b)	is greater than the total RBP— GBA excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the GBA. If the partial withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing is applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

GBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The total GBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the total GBA immediately prior to the withdrawal; or (b) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s GBA after the withdrawal will be reset to equal that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal plus (a) times (b), where:

(a)	is the ratio of the total GBA after the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal to the total GBA before the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal; and
(b)	is each payment’s GBA before the withdrawal less that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal.

Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA): Each withdrawal you make reduces the amount that is guaranteed by this rider as future withdrawals. At any point in time, the RBA equals the amount of GBA that remains available for withdrawals for the remainder of the contract’s life, and total RBA is the sum of the individual RBAs associated with each purchase payment. The maximum RBA is $5,000,000.

The RBA is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At contract issue — the RBA is equal to the initial purchase payment.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own RBA initially set equal to that payment’s GBA (the amount of the purchase payment).

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When you make a partial withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up — Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the RBA associated with each purchase payment will be reset to the amount of that purchase payment. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first partial withdrawal is made.

• When you make a partial withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the total RBP — the total RBA is reduced by the amount of the withdrawal. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s RBA is reduced in proportion to its RBP.
(b)	is greater than the total RBP— RBA excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the RBA. If the partial withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing is applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

RBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The total RBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal, or (b) the total RBA immediately prior to the withdrawal, less the amount of the withdrawal.

If there have been multiple purchase payments, both the total RBA and each payment’s RBA will be reset. The total RBA will be reset according to the excess withdrawal processing described above. Each payment’s RBA will be reset in the following manner:

1.	The withdrawal amount up to the total RBP is taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its individual RBP at the time of the withdrawal; and
2.	The withdrawal amount above the total RBP and any amount determined by the excess withdrawal processing are taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its RBA at the time of the withdrawal.

132    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP): At any time, the amount available for partial withdrawals in each contract year after the waiting period, until the RBA is reduced to zero, under the basic withdrawal benefit. At any point in time, each purchase payment has its own GBP, which is equal to the lesser of that payment’s RBA or 7% of that payment’s GBA, and the total GBP is the sum of the individual GBPs.

During the waiting period, the guaranteed annual withdrawal amount may be less than the GBP due to the limitations the waiting period imposes on your ability to utilize both annual step-ups and withdrawals (see “Waiting Period” heading above). The guaranteed annual withdrawal amount during the waiting period is equal to the value of the RBP at the beginning of the contract year.

The GBP is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At contract issue — the GBP is established as 7% of the GBA value.

• At each contract anniversary — each payment’s GBP is reset to the lesser of that payment’s RBA or 7% of that payment’s GBA value.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own GBP equal to 7% of the purchase payment amount.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When an individual RBA is reduced to zero — the GBP associated with that RBA will also be reset to zero.

• When you make a partial withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up— Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the GBA and the RBA associated with each purchase payment will be reset to the amount of that purchase payment. Each payment’s GBP will be reset to 7% of that purchase payment. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first partial withdrawal is made.

• When you make a partial withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the total RBP — the GBP remains unchanged.
(b)	is greater than the total RBP — each payment’s GBP is reset to the lesser of that payment’s RBA or 7% of that payment’s GBA value, based on the RBA and GBA after the withdrawal. If the partial withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing is applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

Remaining Benefit Payment (RBP): The amount available for partial withdrawals for the remainder of the contract year under the basic withdrawal benefit. At any point in time, the total RBP is the sum of the RBPs for each purchase payment. During the waiting period, when the guaranteed amount maybe less than the GBP, the value of the RBP at the beginning of the contract year will be that amount that is actually guaranteed each contract year.

The RBP is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At the beginning of each contract year during the waiting period and prior to any withdrawal — the RBP for each purchase payment is set equal to that purchase payment multiplied by 7%.

• At the beginning of any other contract year — the RBP for each purchase payment is set equal to that purchase payment’s GBP.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own RBP equal to that payment’s GBP.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• At spousal continuation — (see “Spousal Option to Continue the Contract” heading below).

• When an individual RBA is reduced to zero — the RBP associated with that RBA will also be reset to zero.

• When you make any partial withdrawal — the total RBP is reset to equal the total RBP immediately prior to the partial withdrawal less the amount of the partial withdrawal, but not less than zero. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s RBP is reduced proportionately.If you withdraw an amount greater than the RBP, GBA excess withdrawal processing and RBA excess withdrawal processing are applied and the amount available for future partial withdrawals for the remainder of the contract’s life may be reduced by more than the amount of withdrawal. When determining if a withdrawal will result in the excess withdrawal processing, the applicable RBP will not yet reflect the amount of the current withdrawal.

Covered Person: The person whose life is used to determine when the ALP is established, and the duration of the ALP payments. The covered person is the oldest contract owner or annuitant. The covered person may change during the contract’s life if there is a spousal continuation or a change of contract ownership. If the covered person changes, we recompute the benefits guaranteed by the rider, based on the life of the new covered person, which may reduce the amount of the lifetime withdrawal benefit.

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    133

Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA): The covered person’s age after which time the lifetime benefit can be established. Currently, the lifetime benefit can be established on the later of the contract effective date or the contract anniversary date on/following the date the covered person reaches age 65.

Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP): Once established, the ALP at any time is the amount available for withdrawals in each contract year after the waiting period until the later of death (see “At Death” heading below), or the RBA is reduced to zero, under the lifetime withdrawal benefit. The maximum ALP is $300,000. Prior to establishment of the ALP, the lifetime withdrawal benefit is not in effect and the ALP is zero.

During the waiting period, the guaranteed annual lifetime withdrawal amount may be less than the ALP due to the limitations the waiting period imposes on your ability to utilize both annual step-ups and withdrawals (see “Waiting Period” heading above). The guaranteed annual lifetime withdrawal amount during the waiting period is equal to the value of the RALP at the beginning of the contract year.

The ALP is determined at the following times:

• The later of the contract effective date or the contract anniversary date on/following the date the covered person reaches age 65— the ALP is established as 6% of the total RBA.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment increases the ALP by 6% of the amount of the purchase payment.

• At step ups — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• At contract ownership change — (see “Spousal Option to Continue the Contract” and “Contract Ownership Change” headings below).

• When you make a partial withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up — Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the ALP will be reset to equal total purchase payments multiplied by 6%. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first partial withdrawal is made.

• When you make a partial withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the RALP — the ALP remains unchanged.
(b)	is greater than the RALP —ALP excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the ALP. Please note that if the partial withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing are applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

ALP Excess Withdrawal Processing

The ALP is reset to the lesser of the ALP immediately prior to the withdrawal, or 6% of the contract value immediately following the withdrawal.

Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (RALP): The amount available for partial withdrawals for the remainder of the contract year under the lifetime withdrawal benefit. During the waiting period, when the guaranteed annual withdrawal amount may be less than the ALP, the value of the RALP at the beginning of the contract year will be the amount that is actually guaranteed each contract year. Prior to establishment of the ALP, the lifetime withdrawal benefit is not in effect and the RALP is zero.

The RALP is determined at the following times:

• The later of the contract effective date or the contract anniversary date following the date the covered person reaches age 65, and:

(a)	During the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals — the RALP is established equal to 6% of purchase payments.
(b)	At any other time — the RALP is established equal to the ALP.

• At the beginning of each contract year during the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals — the RALP is set equal to the total purchase payments, multiplied by 6%.

• At the beginning of any other contract year — the RALP is set equal to ALP.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment increases the RALP by 6% of the amount of the purchase payment.

• At step ups — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When you make any partial withdrawal — the RALP equals the RALP immediately prior to the partial withdrawal less the amount of the partial withdrawal, but not less than zero.If you withdraw an amount greater than the RALP, ALP excess withdrawal processing is applied and the amount available for future partial withdrawals for the remainder of the contract’s life may be reduced by more than the amount of withdrawal. When determining if a withdrawal will result in excess withdrawal processing, the applicable RALP will not yet reflect the amount of the current withdrawal.

134    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Step Up Date: The date any step up becomes effective, and depends on the type of step up being applied (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

Annual Step Up: Beginning with the first contract anniversary, an increase of the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP, and/or RALP values may be available. A step up does not create contract value, guarantee the performance of any investment option, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn or paid upon death. Rather, a step up determines the current values of the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP, and RALP, and may extend the payment period or increase the allowable payment.

The annual step up is subject to the following rules:

• The annual step up is available when the RBA or, if established, the ALP, would increase on the step up date.

• Only one step up is allowed each contract year.

• If you take any withdrawals during the waiting period, any previously applied step ups will be reversed and the annual step up will not be available until the end of the waiting period.

• If the application of the step up does not increase the rider charge, the annual step up will be automatically applied to your contract, and the step up date is the contract anniversary date.

• If the application of the step up would increase the rider charge, the annual step up is not automatically applied. Instead, you have the option to step up for 30 days after the contract anniversary. If you exercise the elective annual step up option, you will pay the rider charge in effect on the step up date. If you wish to exercise the elective annual step up option, we must receive a request from you or your investment professional. The step up date is the date we receive your request to step up. If your request is received after the close of business, the step up date will be the next valuation day.

• The ALP and RALP are not eligible for step ups until they are established. Prior to being established, the ALP and RALP values are both zero.

• Please note it is possible for the ALP and RALP to step up even if the RBA or GBA do not step up, and it is also possible for the RBA and GBA to step up even if the ALP or RALP do not step up.

The annual step up resets the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP values as follows:

• The total RBA will be reset to the greater of the total RBA immediately prior to the step up date or the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The total GBA will be reset to the greater of the total GBA immediately prior to the step up date or the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The total GBP will be reset using the calculation as described above based on the increased GBA and RBA.

• The total RBP will be reset as follows:

(a)	During the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals, the RBP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	At any other time, the RBP will be reset as the increased GBP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but never less than zero.

• The ALP will be reset to the greater of the ALP immediately prior to the step up date or 6% of the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The RALP will be reset as follows:

(a)	During the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals, the RALP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	At any other time, the RALP will be reset as the increased ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

Spousal Option to Continue the Contract: If a surviving spouse elects to continue the contract, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider also continues. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate. When the spouse elects to continue the contract, any remaining waiting period is cancelled; the covered person will be re-determined and is the covered person referred to below; and the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP values are affected as follows:

• The GBA, RBA, and GBP values remain unchanged.

• The RBP is automatically reset to the GBP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

• If the ALP has not yet been established and the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the date of continuation — the ALP will be established on the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65 as the lesser of the RBA or the contract anniversary value, multiplied by 6%. The RALP will be established on the same date equal to the ALP.

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    135

• If the ALP has not yet been established but the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the date of continuation — the ALP will be established on the date of continuation as the lesser of the RBA or the contract value, multiplied by 6%. The RALP will be established on the same date in an amount equal to the ALP less all prior partial withdrawals made in the current contract year, but will never be less than zero.

• If the ALP has been established but the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the date of continuation — the ALP and RALP will be automatically reset to zero for the period of time beginning with the date of continuation and ending with the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65. At the end of this time period, the ALP will be reset to the lesser of the RBA or the anniversary contract value, multiplied by 6%, and the RALP will be reset to equal the ALP.

• If the ALP has been established and the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the date of continuation — the ALP will be automatically reset to the lesser of the current ALP or 6% of the contract value on the date of continuation. The RALP will be reset to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

Please note that the lifetime withdrawal benefit amount may be reduced as a result of the spousal continuation.

Spousal Continuation Step Up: If a surviving spouse elects to continue the contract, another elective step up option becomes available. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate. To exercise the step up, the spouse or the spouse’s investment professional must submit a request within 30 days of the date of continuation. The step up date is the date we receive the spouse’s request to step up. If the request is received after the close of business, the step up date will be the next valuation day. The GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP will be reset in the same fashion as the annual step up.

The spousal continuation step up is subject to the following rules:

• If the spousal continuation step up option is exercised and we have increased the charge for the rider, the spouse will pay the charge that is in effect on the step up date.

It is our current administrative practice to process the spousal continuation step up as described in the next paragraph; however, we reserve the right to discontinue our administrative practice and will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change.

At the time of spousal continuation, a step-up may be available. All annual step-up rules (see “Annual Step-Up” heading above), other than those that apply to the waiting period, also apply to the spousal continuation step-up. If the spousal continuation step-up is processed automatically, the step-up date is the valuation date spousal continuation is effective. If not, the spouse must elect the step up and must do so within 30 days of the spousal continuation date. If the spouse elects the spousal continuation step up, the step-up date is the valuation date we receive the spouse’s written request to step-up if we receive the request by the close of business on that day, otherwise the next valuation date.

If Contract Value Reduces to Zero: If the contract value reduces to zero and the total RBA remains greater than zero, you will be paid in the following scenarios:

1) The ALP has not yet been established and the contract value is reduced to zero for any reason other than full withdrawal of the contract. In this scenario, you can choose to:

(a)	receive the remaining schedule of GBPs until the RBA equals zero; or
(b)	wait until the rider anniversary on/following the date the covered person reaches age 65, and then receive the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the covered person, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero.

We will notify you of this option. If no election is made, the ALP will be paid.

2) The ALP has been established and the contract value reduces to zero as a result of fees or charges, or a withdrawal that is less than or equal to both the RBP and the RALP. In this scenario, you can choose to receive:

(a)	the remaining schedule of GBPs until the RBA equals zero; or
(b)	the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the covered person, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero. We will notify you of this option. If no election is made, the ALP will be paid.

3)	The ALP has been established and the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RALP but less than or equal to the RBP. In this scenario, the remaining schedule of GBPs will be paid until the RBA equals zero.
4)	The ALP has been established and the contract value falls to zero as a result of a partial withdrawal that is greater than the RBP but less than or equal to the RALP. In this scenario, the ALP will be paid annually until the death of the covered person.

136    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Under any of these scenarios:

• The annualized amounts will be paid to you in the frequency you elect. You may elect a frequency offered by us at the time payments begin. Available payment frequencies will be no less frequent than annually;

• We will no longer accept additional purchase payments;

• You will no longer be charged for the rider;

• Any attached death benefit riders will terminate; and

• The death benefit becomes the remaining payments, if any, until the RBA is reduced to zero.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider and the contract will terminate under either of the following two scenarios:

• If the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than both the RALP and the RBP. This is full withdrawal of the contract.

• If the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RALP but less than or equal to the RBP, and the total RBA is reduced to zero.

At Death: If the contract value is greater than zero when the death benefit becomes payable, the beneficiary may elect to take the death benefit as a lump sum under the terms of the contract (see “Benefits in Case of Death”) or the annuity payout option (see “Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Payout Option” heading below).

If the contract value equals zero and the death benefit becomes payable, the following will occur:

• If the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the GBP each year, the GBP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person dies and the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person is still alive and the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the later of the death of the covered person or the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person is still alive and the RBA equals zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the death of the covered person.

• If the covered person dies and the RBA equals zero, the benefit terminates. No further payments will be made.

Contract Ownership Change: If the contract changes ownership (see “Changing Ownership”), the covered person will be redetermined and is the covered person referred to below. The GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP values will remain unchanged. The ALP and RALP will be reset as follows. Our current administrative practice is to only reset the ALP and RALP if the covered person changes due to the ownership change.

• If the ALP has not yet been established and the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the ownership change date— the ALP and the RALP will be established on the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65. The ALP will be set equal to the lesser of the RBA or the anniversary contract value, multiplied by 6%. If the anniversary date occurs during the waiting period and prior to a withdrawal, the RALP will be set to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments multiplied by 6%. If the anniversary date occurs at any other time, the RALP will be set to the ALP.

• If the ALP has not yet been established but the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the ownership change date — the ALP and the RALP will be established on the ownership change date. The ALP will be set equal to the lesser of the RBA or the contract value, multiplied by 6%. If the ownership change date occurs during the waiting period and prior to a withdrawal, the RALP will be set equal to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments multiplied by 6%. If the ownership change date occurs at any other time, the RALP will be set equal to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year but not less than zero.

• If the ALP has been established but the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the ownership change date— the ALP and the RALP will be reset to zero for the period of time beginning with the ownership change date and ending with the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65. At the end of this time period, the ALP will be reset to the lesser of the RBA or the anniversary contract value, multiplied by 6%. If the time period ends during the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals, the RALP will be reset to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments multiplied by 6%. If the time period ends at any other time, the RALP will be reset to the ALP.

• If the ALP has been established and the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the ownership change date — the ALP and the RALP will be reset on the ownership change date. The ALP will be reset to the lesser of the current ALP or 6% of the contract value. If the ownership change date occurs during the waiting period and prior to a withdrawal, the RALP will be reset to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments multiplied by 6%. If the ownership change date occurs at any other time, the RALP will be reset to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year but not less than zero.

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    137

Please note that the lifetime withdrawal benefit amount may be reduced as a result of the ownership change.

Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Payout Option: Several annuity payout plans are available under the contract. As an alternative to these annuity payout plans, a fixed annuity payout option is available under the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider.

Under this option the amount payable each year will be equal to the remaining schedule of GBPs, but the total amount paid over the life of the annuity will not exceed the current total RBA at the time you begin this fixed annuity payout option. These annualized amounts will be paid in the frequency that you elect. The frequencies will be among those offered by us at that time but will be no less frequent than annually. If, at the death of the owner, total payouts have been made for less than the RBA, the remaining payouts will be paid to the beneficiary (see “The Annuity Payout Period” and “Taxes”).

This option may not be available if the contract is issued to qualify under Section 403 or 408 of the Code, as amended. For such contracts, this option will be available only if the guaranteed payment period is less than the life expectancy of the owner at the time the option becomes effective. Such life expectancy will be computed under the mortality table we then use to determine current life annuity purchase rates under the contract to which this rider is attached.

This annuity payout option may also be elected by the beneficiary of a contract as a settlement option if payments begin no later than one year after your death and the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy.

Whenever multiple beneficiaries are designated under the contract, each such beneficiary’s share of the proceeds if they elect this option will be in proportion to their applicable designated beneficiary percentage. Beneficiaries of nonqualified contracts may elect this settlement option subject to the distribution requirements of the contract. We reserve the right to adjust the future schedule of GBPs if necessary to comply with the Code.

Rider Termination

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider cannot be terminated either by you or us except as follows:

1.	Annuity payouts under an annuity payout plan will terminate the rider.
2.	Termination of the contract for any reason will terminate the rider.

Examples of the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life

Example #1: Covered person has not reached age 65 at the time the contract and rider are purchased.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000.

• You are the sole owner and also the annuitant. You are age 60.

• You make no additional payments to the contract.

• Automatic annual step-ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the RBA and/or 6% of the contract value is greater than the ALP. Applied annual step-ups are indicated inbold.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	Basic Withdrawal Benefit				Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit
				GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
At Issue	$100,000	$N/A	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	$7,000	$7,000	$N/A	$N/A
0.5	0	7,000	92,000	100,000	93,000	7,000	0	N/A	N/A
1	0	0	91,000	100,000	93,000	7,000	7,000	N/A	N/A
1.5	0	7,000	83,000	100,000	86,000	7,000	0	N/A	N/A
2	0	0	81,000	100,000	86,000	7,000	7,000	N/A	N/A
5	0	0	75,000	100,000	86,000	7,000	7,000	5,160(1)	5,160(1)
5.5	0	5,160	70,000	100,000	80,840	7,000	1,840	5,160	0
6	0	0	69,000	100,000	80,840	7,000	7,000	5,160	5,160
6.5	0	7,000	62,000	100,000	73,840	7,000	0	3,720(2)	0
7	0	0	70,000	100,000	73,840	7,000	7,000	4,200	4,200
7.5	0	10,000	51,000	51,000(3)	51,000(3)	3,570	0	3,060(3)	0
8	0	0	55,000	55,000	55,000	3,850	3,850	3,300	3,300

At this point, assuming no additional activity (step ups, excess withdrawals, purchase payments, spousal continuation or contract ownership change), you can continue to withdraw up to either the GBP of $3,850 each year until the RBA is reduced to zero, or the ALP of $3,300 each year until the later of your death or the RBA is reduced to zero.

⁽¹⁾ The ALP and RALP are established on the contract anniversary date following the date the covered person reaches age 65.

138    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

(2)

The $7,000 withdrawal is greater than the $5,160 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the ALP, resetting the ALP to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.

(3)

The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than both the $7,000 RBP allowed under the basic withdrawal benefit and the $4,200 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the GBA, RBA, and ALP. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.

Example #2: Covered person has reached 65 at the time the contract and rider are purchased.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000.

• You are the sole owner and also the annuitant. You are age 65.

• You make no additional payments to the contract.

• Automatic annual step-ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the RBA and/or 6% of the contract value is greater than the ALP. Applied annual step-ups are indicated in bold.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	Basic Withdrawal Benefit				Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit
				GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
At Issue	$100,000	$N/A	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	$7,000	$7,000	$6,000	$6,000
1	0	0	105,000	105,000	105,000	7,350	7,000(1)	6,300	6,000(1)
2	0	0	110,000	110,000	110,000	7,700	7,000(1)	6,600	6,000(1)
3	0	0	110,000	110,000	110,000	7,700	7,700(2)	6,600	6,600(2)
3.5	0	6,600	110,000	110,000	103,400	7,700	1,100	6,600	0
4	0	0	115,000	115,000	115,000	8,050	8,050	6,900	6,900
4.5	0	8,050	116,000	115,000	106,950	8,050	0	6,900(3)	0
5	0	0	120,000	120,000	120,000	8,400	8,400	7,200	7,200
5.5	0	10,000	122,000	120,000(4)	110,000(4)	8,400	0	7,200(4)	0
6	0	0	125,000	125,000	125,000	8,750	8,750	7,500	7,500

At this point, assuming no additional activity (step ups, excess withdrawals, purchase payments, spousal continuation or contract ownership change), you can continue to withdraw up to either the GBP of $8,750 each year until the RBA is reduced to zero, or the ALP of $7,500 each year until the later of your death or the RBA is reduced to zero.

(1)	The annual step-up has not been applied to the RBP or RALP because any withdrawal after step up during the waiting period would reverse any prior step ups prior to determining if the withdrawal is excess. Therefore, during the waiting period, the RBP is the amount you can withdraw without incurring the GBA and RBA excess withdrawal processing, and the RALP is the amount you can withdraw without incurring the ALP excess withdrawal processing.
(2)	On the third anniversary (after the end of the waiting period), the RBP and RALP are set equal to the GBP and ALP, respectively.
(3)	The $8,050 withdrawal is greater than the $6,900 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the ALP, resetting the ALP to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.
(4)	The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than both the $8,400 RBP allowed under the basic withdrawal benefit and the $7,200 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the GBA, RBA, and ALP. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    139

Appendix J: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider Disclosure

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider

We have offered two versions of the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit that have been referred to in previous disclosure as Rider A and Rider B. The description of the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit in this section applies to both Rider A and Rider B, unless noted otherwise. Rider B is no longer available for purchase.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit is an optional benefit that was offered for an additional annual charge if⁽¹⁾:

Rider A

• your contract application was signed on or after April 30, 2005 in those states where theSecureSource rider and/or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider are/were not available;

• you and the annuitant were 79 or younger on the date the contract was issued.

Rider B

•	your contract application was signed prior to April 29, 2005;
•	the rider was available in your state; and
•	you and the annuitant were 79 or younger on the date the contract was issued.
(1)	The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit is not available under an inherited qualified annuity.

You must elect the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider when you purchase your contract (original rider). The original rider you receive at contract issue offers an elective annual step-up and any withdrawal after a step up during the first three years is considered an excess withdrawal, as described below. The rider effective date of the original rider is the contract issue date.

We will offer you the option of replacing the original rider with a new Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit (enhanced rider), if available in your state. The enhanced rider offers an automatic annual step-up and a withdrawal after a step up during the first three years is not necessarily an excess withdrawal, as described below. The effective date of the enhanced rider will be the contract issue date except for the automatic step-up which will apply to contract anniversaries that occur after you accept the enhanced rider. The descriptions below apply to both the original and enhanced riders unless otherwise noted.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit initially provides a guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit that gives you the right to take limited partial withdrawals in each contract year that over time will total an amount equal to your purchase payments. Certain withdrawals and step ups, as described below, can cause the initial guaranteed withdrawal benefit to change. The guarantee remains in effect if your partial withdrawals in a contract year do not exceed the allowed amount. As long as your withdrawals in each contract year do not exceed the allowed amount, you will not be assessed a surrender charge. Under the original rider, the allowed amount is the Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP — the amount you may withdraw under the terms of the rider in each contract year, subject to certain restrictions prior to the third contract anniversary, as described below). Under the enhanced rider, the allowed amount is equal to 7% of purchase payments for the first three years, and the GBP in all other years.

If you withdraw an amount greater than the allowed amount in a contract year, we call this an “excess withdrawal” under the rider. If you make an excess withdrawal under the rider:

• surrender charges, if applicable, will apply only to the amount of the withdrawal that exceeds the allowed amount;

• the guaranteed benefit amount will be adjusted as described below; and

• the remaining benefit amount will be adjusted as described below.

For a partial withdrawal that is subject to a surrender charge, the amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable surrender charge (see “Charges —Surrender Charge”). Market value adjustments, if applicable, will also be made (see “Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs) — Market Value Adjustment”). We pay you the amount you request. Any partial withdrawals you take under the contract will reduce the value of the death benefits (see “Benefits in Case of Death”). Upon full withdrawal of the contract, you will receive the remaining contract value less any applicable charges (see “Surrenders”).

Once elected, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider may not be cancelled and the fee will continue to be deducted until the contract is terminated, the contract value reduces to zero (described below) or annuitization start date. If you select the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, you may not select an Income Assurer Benefit rider or the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. If you exercise the annual step up election (see “Elective Step Up” and “Annual Step Up” below), the special spousal continuation step up election (see “Spousal Continuation and Special Spousal Continuation Step Up” below) or change your Portfolio Navigator model portfolio, the rider charge may change (see “Charges”).

140    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

You should consider whether the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit is appropriate for you because:

You will begin paying the rider charge as of the rider effective date, even if you do not begin taking withdrawals for many years. It is possible that your contract performance, fees and charges, and withdrawal pattern may be such that your contract value will not be depleted in your lifetime and you will not receive any monetary value under the rider.

• Investment Allocation Restrictions:You must elect one of the approved investment options if you purchase a contract on or after May 1, 2006 with this rider (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer funds”). These funds are expected to reduce our financial risks and expenses associated with certain living benefits and death benefits. Although the funds’ investment strategies may help mitigate declines in your contract value due to declining equity markets, the funds’ investment strategies may also curb your contract value gains during periods of positive performance by the equity markets. Additionally, investment in the funds may decrease the number and amount of any benefit base increase opportunities. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds: Volatility and Volatility Management Risk with the Portfolio Stabilizer funds” section.) We reserve the right to add, remove, or substitute approved investment options in the future. If you selected this Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider before May 1, 2006, you must participate in the asset allocation program (see “Appendix I: Asset Allocation Program for Contracts Purchased Before May 1, 2006”), however, you may elect to participate in the Portfolio Navigator program after May 1, 2006. This requirement limits your choice of investment options. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, GPAs or the one-year fixed account that are available under the contract to contract owners who do not elect this rider. You may allocate purchase payments to the DCA fixed account, when available, and we will make monthly transfers into the investment option you have chosen.

• Limitations on Purchase Payments: We reserve the right to limit the cumulative amount of purchase payments, subject to state restrictions, which may limit your ability to make additional purchase payments to increase your contract value as you may have originally intended. For current purchase payment restrictions, please see “Buying Your Contract — Purchase Payments”.

• Interaction with the Total Free Amount (FA) contract provision: The FA is the amount you are allowed to withdraw in each contract year without incurring a surrender charge (see “Charges — Surrender Charge”). The FA may be greater than GBP under this rider. Any amount you withdraw under the contract’s FA provision that exceeds the GBP is subject to the excess withdrawal processing for the GBA and RBA described below.

• Rider A — Limitations on Purchase of Other Riders under this Contract: If you select the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, you may not elect the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider.

• Non-Cancelable: Once elected, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider may not be cancelled and the fee will continue to be deducted until the contract is terminated, the contract value reduces to zero (described below) or after the annuitization start date.

You should consult your tax advisor if you have any questions about the use of this rider in your tax situation:

• Tax Considerations for Non-Qualified Annuities: Under current federal income tax law, withdrawals under nonqualified annuities, including partial withdrawals taken from the contract under the terms of this rider, are treated less favorably than amounts received as annuity payments under the contract (see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities”). Withdrawals are taxable to the extent of earnings. Withdrawals before age 59½ may also incur a 10% IRS early withdrawal penalty.

• Tax Considerations for Qualified Annuities: Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). If you have a qualified annuity, you may need to take an RMD. If you make a withdrawal in any contract year to satisfy an RMD, this may constitute an excess withdrawal, as defined below, and the excess withdrawal processing described below will apply. Under the terms of the enhanced rider, we allow you to satisfy the RMD based on the life expectancy RMD for your contract and the requirements of the Code and regulations in effect when you purchase your contract, without the withdrawal being treated as an excess withdrawal. It is our current administrative practice to make the same accommodation under the original rider, however, we reserve the right to discontinue our administrative practice and will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change.

For owners subject to RMD rules under Section 401(a)(9), our current administrative practice under both the original and the enhanced riders is to allow amounts you withdraw to satisfy these rules without applying excess withdrawal processing under terms of the rider, subject to the following rules:

(1)	If your Annual Life Expectancy Required Minimum Distribution Amount (ALERMDA) is greater than the RBP from the beginning of the current contract year, an Additional Benefit Amount (ABA) will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the RBP.
(2)	Any withdrawals taken in a contract year will count first against and reduce the RBP for that contract year.
(3)	Once the RBP for the current contract year has been depleted, any additional amounts withdrawn will count against and reduce any ABA. These withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals as long as they do not exceed the remaining ABA.

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    141

(4) Once the ABA has been depleted, any additional withdrawal amounts will be considered excess withdrawals and will initiate the excess withdrawal processing described in the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider.

The Annual Life Expectancy Required Minimum Distribution Amount (ALERMDA) is:

(1)	determined by us each calendar year;
(2)	based solely on the value of the contract to which the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider is attached as of the date we make the determination; and
(3)	based on the company’s understanding and interpretation of the requirements for life expectancy distributions intended to satisfy the required minimum distribution rules under Section 401(a)(9) and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, as applicable, on the effective date of this prospectus to:

1.	an individual retirement annuity (Section 408(b));
2.	a Roth individual retirement account (Section 408A);
3.	a Simplified Employee Pension plan (Section 408(k));
4.	a tax-sheltered annuity rollover (Section 403(b)).

We reserve the right to modify our administrative practice described above and will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change.

In the future, the requirements under the Code for such distributions may change and the life expectancy amount calculation provided under your Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider may not be sufficient to satisfy the requirements under the Code for these types of distributions. In such a situation, amounts withdrawn to satisfy such distribution requirements will exceed your RBP amount and may result in the reduction of your GBA and RBA as described under the excess withdrawal provision of the rider.

Please note that RMD rules follow the calendar year which most likely does not coincide with your contract year and therefore may limit when you can take your RMD and not be subject to excess withdrawal processing.

In cases where the Code does not allow the life expectancy of a natural person to be used to calculate the required minimum distribution amount (e.g. ownership by a trust or a charity), we will calculate the life expectancy RMD amount calculated by us as zero in all years. The life expectancy required minimum distribution amount calculated by us will also equal zero in all years.

• Treatment of non-spousal distributions: Unless you are married your beneficiary will be required to take distributions as a non-spouse which may result in significantly decreasing the value of the rider. Please note civil unions and domestic partnerships generally are not recognized as marriages for federal tax purposes. For additional information see “Taxes — Other — Spousal status” section of this prospectus.

• Limitations on Tax-Sheltered Annuities (TSAs):Your right to take withdrawals is restricted if your contract is a TSA (see “TSA — Special Provisions”). You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of this rider in your tax situation;

The terms “Guaranteed Benefit Amount” and “Remaining Benefit Amount” are described below. Each is used in the operation of the GBP, the RBP, the elective step up, the annual step up, the special spousal continuation step up and the Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Payout Option.

Guaranteed Benefit Amount

The Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA) is equal to the initial purchase payment, , adjusted for subsequent purchase payments, , partial withdrawals in excess of the GBP, and step ups. The maximum GBA is $5,000,000.

The GBA is determined at the following times:

• At contract issue — the GBA is equal to the initial purchase payment;

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own GBA equal to the amount of the purchase payment. The total GBA when an additional purchase payment are added is the sum of the individual GBAs immediately prior to the receipt of the additional purchase payment, plus the GBA associated with the additional purchase payment;

• At step up — (see “Elective Step Up” and “Annual Step Up” headings below).

• When you make a partial withdrawal:

(a) and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are less than or equal to the GBP — the GBA remains unchanged. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the GBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;

142    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

(b)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are greater than the GBP —the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the GBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the GBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups:
(c)	under the original rider in a contract year after a step up but before the third contract anniversary —the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the GBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the GBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups:

GBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The total GBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the total GBA immediately prior to the withdrawal; or (b) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s GBA after the withdrawal will be reset to equal that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal plus (a) times (b), where:

(a)	is the ratio of the total GBA after the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal to the total GBA before the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal; and
(b)	is each payment’s GBA before the withdrawal less that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal.

Remaining Benefit Amount

The remaining benefit amount (RBA) at any point is the total guaranteed amount available for future partial withdrawals. The maximum RBA is $5,000,000.

The RBA is determined at the following times:

• At contract issue — the RBA is equal to the initial purchase payment;

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own RBA equal to the amount of the purchase payment. The total RBA when an additional purchase payment are added is the sum of the individual RBAs immediately prior to the receipt of the additional purchase payment, plus the RBA associated with the additional payment;

• At step up — (see “Elective Step Up” and “Annual Step Up” headings below).

• When you make a partial withdrawal:

(a)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are less than or equal to the GBP — the RBA becomes the RBA immediately prior to the partial withdrawal, less the partial withdrawal. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the RBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;
(b)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are greater than the GBP —the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the RBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the RBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;
(c)	under the original rider after a step up but before the third contract anniversary —the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the RBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the RBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;

RBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The RBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal, or (b) the RBA immediately prior to the withdrawal, less the amount of the withdrawal.

If there have been multiple purchase payments, any reduction of the RBA will be taken out of each payment’s RBA in the following manner:

The withdrawal amount up to the remaining benefit payment (defined below) is taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its remaining benefit payment at the time of the withdrawal; and the withdrawal amount above the remaining benefit payment and any amount determined by the excess withdrawal processing are taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its RBA at the time of the withdrawal.

Guaranteed Benefit Payment

Under the original rider, the GBP is the amount you may withdraw under the terms of the rider in each contract year, subject to certain restrictions prior to the third anniversary.

Under the enhanced rider, the GBP is the withdrawal amount that you are entitled to take each contract year after the third anniversary until the RBA is depleted.

Rider A: Under the original rider, the GBP is equal to 7% of the GBA. Under the enhanced rider, the GBP is the lesser of (a) 7% of the GBA, or (b) the RBA. Under both the original and enhanced riders, if you withdraw less than the GBP in a contract year, there is no carry over to the next contract year.

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    143

Rider B: Under both the original and enhanced riders, the GBP is the lesser of (a) 7% of the GBA; or (b) the RBA. If you withdraw less than the GBP in a contract year, there is no carry over to the next contract year.

Remaining Benefit Payment

Under the original rider, at the beginning of each contract year, the remaining benefit payment (RBP) is set as the lesser of (a) the GBP, or (b) the RBA.

Under the enhanced rider, at the beginning of each contract year, during the first three years and prior to any withdrawal, the RBP for each purchase payment is set equal to that purchase payment, multiplied by 7%. At the beginning of any other contract year, each individual RBP is set equal to each individual GBP.

Each additional purchase payment has its own RBP established equal to that payment’s GBP. The total RBP is equal to the sum of the individual RBPs.

Whenever a partial withdrawal is made, the RBP equals the RBP immediately prior to the partial withdrawal less the amount of the partial withdrawal, but not less than zero.

Elective Step Up (under the original rider only)

You have the option to increase the RBA, the GBA, the GBP and the RBP beginning with the first contract anniversary. An annual elective step up option is available for 30 days after the contract anniversary. The elective step up option allows you to step up the remaining benefit amount and guaranteed benefit amount to the contract value on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

The elective step up is subject to the following rules:

• if you do not take any withdrawals during the first three years, you may step up annually beginning with the first contract anniversary;

• if you take any withdrawals during the first three years, the annual elective step up will not be available until the third contract anniversary;

• if you step up but then take a withdrawal prior to the third contract anniversary, you will lose any prior step ups and the withdrawal will be considered an excess withdrawal subject to the GBA and RBA excess withdrawal processing discussed under the “Guaranteed Benefit Amount” and “Remaining Benefit Amount” headings above; and

• you may take withdrawals on or after the third contract anniversary without reversal of previous step ups.

You may elect a step up only once each contract year within 30 days after the contract anniversary. Once a step up has been elected, another step up may not be elected until the next contract anniversary.

Rider A: You may only step up if your contract value on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up is greater than the RBA. The elective step up will be determined as follows:

• The effective date of the elective step up is the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

• The RBA will be increased to an amount equal to the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

• The GBA will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBA immediately prior to the elective step up; or (b) the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

• The GBP will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBP immediately prior to the elective step up; or (b) 7% of the GBA after the elective step up.

• The RBP will be increased to the lesser of (a) the RBA after the elective step up; or (b) the GBP after the elective step up less any withdrawals made during that contract year.

Rider B: You may only step up if your contract anniversary value is greater than the RBA. The elective step up will be determined as follows:

• The effective date of the elective step up is the contract anniversary.

• The RBA will be increased to an amount equal to the contract anniversary value (after charges are deducted).

• The GBA will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBA immediately prior to the elective step up; or (b) the contract anniversary value (after charges are deducted).

• The GBP will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBP immediately prior to the elective step up; or (b) 7% of the GBA after the elective step up.

• The RBP will be increased to the lesser of (a) the RBA after the elective step up; or (b) the GBP after the elective step up.

144    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Annual Step Up (under the enhanced rider only)

Beginning with the first contract anniversary after you accept the enhanced rider, an increase of the RBA, the GBA, the GBP and the RBP may be available. A step up does not create contract value, guarantee performance of any investment options, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn or paid upon death. Rather, a step up determines the current values of the GBA, RBA, GBP and RBP, and may extend the payment period or increase allowable payment.

• The annual step up is subject to the following rules:

• The annual step up is available when the RBA would increase on the step up date. The applicable step up date depends on whether the annual step up is applied on an automatic or elective basis.

• If the application of the step does not increase the rider charge, the annual step up will be automatically applied to your contract and the step up date is the contract anniversary date.

• If the application of the step up would increase the rider charge, the annual step up is not automatically applied. Instead, you have the option to step up for 30 days after the contract anniversary. If you exercise the elective annual step up option, you will pay the rider charge in effect on the step up date. If you wish to exercise the elective annual step up option, we must receive a request from you or your investment professional. The step up date is the date we receive your request to step up. If your request is received after the close of business, the step up date will be the next valuation day.

• Only one step up is allowed each contract year.

• If you take any withdrawals during the first three years, any previously applied step ups will be reversed and the annual step up will not be available until the third contract anniversary;

• You may take withdrawals on or after the third contract anniversary without reversal of previous step ups.

The annual step up will be determined as follows:

• The RBA will be increased to an amount equal to the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The GBA will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBA immediately prior to the annual step up; or (b) the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The GBP will be calculated as described earlier, but based on the increased GBA and RBA.

• The RBP will be reset as follows:

(a)	Prior to any withdrawals during the first three years, the RBP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	At any other time, the RBP will be reset as the increased GBP less all prior withdrawals made during the current contract year, but never less than zero.

Spousal Continuation and Special Spousal Continuation Step Up

If a surviving spouse elects to continue the contract, this rider also continues. The spousal continuation step up is in addition to the elective step up or the annual step up. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate. When a spouse elects to continue the contract, any rider feature processing particular to the first three years of the contract as described in this prospectus no longer applies. The GBA, RBA and GBP values remain unchanged. The RBP is automatically reset to the GBP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

Rider A: A surviving spouse may elect a spousal continuation step up by written request within 30 days following the spouse’s election to continue the contract. This step up may be made even if withdrawals have been taken under the contract during the first three years. Under this step up, the RBA will be reset to the greater of the RBA or the contract value on the valuation date we receive the spouse’s written request to step up; the GBA will be reset to the greater of the GBA or the contract value on the same valuation date. If a spousal continuation step up is elected and we have increased the charge for the rider for new contract owners, the spouse will pay the charge that is in effect on the valuation date we receive the written request to step up.

It is our current administrative practice to process the spousal continuation step up as described in the next paragraph; however, we reserve the right to discontinue our administrative practice and will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change.

At the time of spousal continuation, a step-up may be available. All annual step-up rules (see “Annual Step-Up” heading above), other than those that apply to the waiting period, also apply to the spousal continuation step-up. If the spousal continuation step-up is processed automatically, the step-up date is the valuation date spousal continuation is effective. If not, the spouse must elect the step up and must do so within 30 days of the spousal continuation date. If the spouse elects the spousal continuation step up, the step-up date is the valuation date we receive the spouse’s written request to step-up if we receive the request by the close of business on that day, otherwise the next valuation date.

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    145

Rider B: A spousal continuation step up occurs automatically when the spouse elects to continue the contract. The rider charge will not change upon this automatic step up. Under this step up, the RBA will be reset to the greater of the RBA on the valuation date we receive the spouse’s written request to continue the contract and the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid; the GBA will be reset to the greater of the GBA on the valuation date we receive the spouse’ written request to continue the contract and the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid.

Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Payout Option

Several annuity payout plans are available under the contract. As an alternative to these annuity payout plans, a fixed annuity payout option is available under the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit. Under this option the amount payable each year will be equal to the remaining schedule of GBPs, but the total amount paid over the life of the annuity will not exceed the current total RBA at the time you begin this fixed annuity option. These annualized amounts will be paid in the frequency that you elect. The frequencies will be among those offered by us at that time but will be no less frequent than annually. If, at the death of the owner, total payments have been made for less than the RBA, the remaining payments will be paid to the beneficiary (see “The Annuity Payout Period” and “Taxes”).

This annuity payout option may also be elected by the beneficiary of a contract as a settlement option if payments begin no later than one year after your death and the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy. Whenever multiple beneficiaries are designated under the contract, each such beneficiary’s share of the proceeds if they elect this option will be in proportion to their applicable designated beneficiary percentage. Beneficiaries of nonqualified contracts may elect this settlement option subject to the distribution requirements of the contract. We reserve the right to adjust the remaining schedule of GBPs if necessary to comply with the Code.

If Contract Value Reduces to Zero

If the contract value reduces to zero and the RBA remains greater than zero, the following will occur:

• you will be paid according to the annuity payout option described above;

• we will no longer accept additional purchase payments;

• you will no longer be charged for the rider;

• any attached death benefit riders will terminate; and

• the death benefit becomes the remaining payments under the annuity payout option described above.

If the contract value falls to zero and the RBA is depleted, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider and the contract will terminate.

Example of the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit (applies to Rider A and Rider B)

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000.

The Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA) equals your purchase payment:		$100,000
The Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP) equals 7% of your GBA:
	0.07 × $100,000=	$7,000
The Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA) equals your purchase payment:		$100,000
On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. You decide to step up your benefit.
The RBA equals 100% of your contract value:		$110,000
The GBA equals 100% of your contract value:		$110,000
The GBP equals 7% of your stepped-up GBA:
	0.07 × $110,000=	$7,700
During the fourth contract year you decide to take a partial withdrawal of $7,700.
You took a partial withdrawal equal to your GBP, so your RBA equals the prior RBA less the amount of the partial withdrawal:
	$110,000 – $7,700=	$102,300
The GBA equals the GBA immediately prior to the partial withdrawal:		$110,000
The GBP equals 7% of your GBA:
	0.07 × $110,000=	$7,700
On the fourth contract anniversary you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000.
The new RBA for the contract is equal to your prior RBA plus 100% of the additional purchase payment:
	$102,300+$50,000=	$152,300
The new GBA for the contract is equal to your prior GBA plus 100% of the additional purchase payment:
	$110,000+$50,000=	$160,000

146    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The new GBP for the contract is equal to your prior GBP plus 7% of the additional purchase payment:
	$7,700+$3,500=		$11,200
On the fifth contract anniversary your contract value grows to $200,000. You decide to step up your benefit.
The RBA equals 100% of your contract value:			$200,000
The GBA equals 100% of your contract value:			$200,000
The GBP equals 7% of your stepped-up GBA:
	0.07 × $200,000=		$14,000
During the seventh contract year your contract value grows to $230,000. You decide to take a partial withdrawal of $20,000. You took more than your GBP of $14,000 so your RBA gets reset to the lesser of:
	(1)	your contract value immediately following the partial withdrawal;
	$230,000 – $20,000=		$210,000
	(2)	your prior RBA less the amount of the partial withdrawal.
	$200,000 – $20,000=		$180,000
Reset RBA = lesser of (1) or (2) =			$180,000
The GBA gets reset to the lesser of:
	(1)	your prior GBA;	$200,000
	(2)	your contract value immediately following the partial withdrawal;
	$230,000 – $20,000=		$210,000
Reset GBA = lesser of (1) or (2) =			$200,000
The Reset GBP is equal to 7% of your Reset GBA:
	0.07 × $200,000=		$14,000
During the eighth contract year your contract value falls to $175,000. You decide to take a partial withdrawal of $25,000. You took more than your GBP of $14,000 so your RBA gets reset to the lesser of:
	(1)	your contract value immediately following the partial withdrawal;
	$175,000 – $25,000=		$150,000
	(2)	your prior RBA less the amount of the partial withdrawal.
	$180,000 – $25,000=		$155,000
Reset RBA = lesser of (1) or (2) =			$150,000
The GBA gets reset to the lesser of:
	(1)	your prior GBA;	$200,000
	(2)	your contract value immediately following the partial withdrawal;
	$175,000 – $25,000=		$150,000
Reset GBA = lesser of (1) or (2) =			$150,000
The Reset GBP is equal to 7% of your Reset GBA:
	0.07 × $150,000=		$10,500

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    147

Appendix K: Income Assurer Benefit Riders

The following three optional Income Assurer Benefit riders were available under your contract if you your contract application was signed prior to May 1, 2007. These riders are no longer available for purchase.

• Income Assurer Benefit – MAV;

• Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base; or

• Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base.

The Income Assurer Benefit riders are intended to provide you with a guaranteed minimum income regardless of the volatility inherent in the investments in the subaccounts. The riders benchmark the contract growth at each anniversary against several comparison values and set the guaranteed income benefit base (described below) equal to the largest value. The guaranteed income benefit base, less any applicable premium tax, is the value we apply to the guaranteed annuity purchase rates stated in Table B of the contract to calculate the minimum annuity payouts you will receive if you exercise the rider. If the guaranteed income benefit base is greater than the contract value, the guaranteed income benefit base may provide a higher annuity payout level than is otherwise available. However, the riders use guaranteed annuity purchase rates which may result in annuity payouts that are less than those using the annuity purchase rates that we may apply at annuitization under the standard contract provisions. Therefore, the level of income provided by the riders may be less than the contract otherwise provides. If the annuity payouts through the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available through the riders, you will receive the higher standard payout option. The guaranteed income benefit base does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

The general information in this section applies to each Income Assurer Benefit rider. This section is followed by a description of each specific Income Assurer Benefit rider and how it is calculated.

You should consider whether an Income Assurer Benefit rider is appropriate for you because:

•	you must participate in the PN program if you purchase a contract on or after May 1, 2006 with this rider (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program”). If you selected this rider before May 1, 2006, you must participate in the asset allocation program (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Asset Allocation Program”), however, you may elect to participate in the Portfolio Navigator program after May 1, 2006. The PN program and the asset allocation program limit your choice of investments. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, GPAs or the one-year fixed account that are available under the contract to other contract owners who do not elect this rider.
•	if you are purchasing the contract as a qualified annuity, such as an IRA, and you are planning to begin annuity payouts after the date on which minimum distributions required by the Code must begin, you should consider whether an Income Assurer Benefit is appropriate for you (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Partial withdrawals you take from the contract, including those used to satisfy RMDs, will reduce the guaranteed income benefit base (defined below), which in turn may reduce or eliminate the amount of any annuity payouts available under the rider. Consult a tax advisor before you purchase any Income Assurer Benefit rider with a qualified annuity;
•	you must hold the Income Assurer Benefit for 10 years unless you elect to terminate the rider within 30 days following the first anniversary after the effective date of the rider;
•	the 10-year waiting period may be restarted if you elect to change the PN program investment option to one that causes the rider charge to increase (see “Charges — Income Assurer Benefit”);
•	the Income Assurer Benefit rider terminates* 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday; and
•	you can only exercise the Income Assurer Benefit within 30 days after a contract anniversary following the expiration of the 10-year waiting period.
*	The rider and annual fee terminate 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday, however, if you exercise the Income Assurer Benefit rider before this time, your benefits will continue according to the annuity payout plan you have selected.

If the Income Assurer Benefit rider is available in your state and the annuitant is 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose this optional benefit at the time you purchase your contract for an additional charge. The amount of the charge is determined by the Income Assurer Benefit you select (see “Charges — Income Assurer Benefit Rider Fee”). The effective date of the rider will be the contract issue date. The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for life, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit and the Accumulation Protector Benefit riders are not available with any Income Assurer Benefit rider. If the annuitant is between age 73 and age 75 at contract issue, you should consider whether an Income Assurer Benefit rider is appropriate for your situation because of the 10-year waiting period requirement. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether an Income Assurer Benefit rider is appropriate for your situation.

148    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Here are some general terms that are used to describe the Income Assurer Benefit riders in the sections below:

Guaranteed Income Benefit Base: The guaranteed income benefit base is the value that will be used to determine minimum annuity payouts when the rider is exercised. It is an amount we calculate, depending on the Income Assurer Benefit rider you choose, that establishes a benefit floor. When the benefit floor amount is greater than the contract value, there may be a higher annuitization payout than if you annuitized your contract without the Income Assurer Benefit. Your annuitization payout will never be less than that provided by your contract value.

Excluded Investment Options: These investment options are listed in your contract under contract data and will include the Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund and, if available under your contract, the GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account. Excluded investment options are not used in the calculation of this riders’ variable account floor for the Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base and the Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base.

Excluded Payments: These are purchase payments paid in the last five years before exercise of the benefit which we reserve the right to exclude from the calculation of the guaranteed income benefit base.

Proportionate Adjustments for Partial Withdrawals: These are calculated as the product of (a) times (b) where:

(a)	is the ratio of the amount of the partial withdrawal (including any surrender charges or MVA) to the contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal, and
(b)	is the benefit on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.

Protected Investment Options: All investment options available under this contract that are not defined as excluded investment options under contract data are known as protected investment options for purposes of this rider and are used in the calculation of the variable account floor for the Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base and the Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base.

Waiting Period: This rider can only be exercised after the expiration of a 10-year waiting period. We reserve the right to restart the waiting period if you elect to change your PN program investment option to one that causes the rider charge to increase.

The following are general provisions that apply to each Income Assurer Benefit:

Exercising the Rider

Rider exercise conditions are:

• you may only exercise the Income Assurer Benefit rider within 30 days after any contract anniversary following the expiration of the waiting period;

• the annuitant on the annuitization start date must be between 50 to 86 years old; and

• you can only take an annuity payment in one of the following annuity payout plans:

Plan A	—	Life Annuity – No Refund;
Plan B	—	Life Annuity with Ten or Twenty Years Certain;
Plan D	—	Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund;
	—	Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity with Twenty Years Certain; or
Plan E	—	Twenty Years Certain.

After the expiration of the waiting period, the Income Assurer Benefit rider guarantees a minimum amount of fixed annuity lifetime income during annuitization or the option of variable annuity payouts with a guaranteed minimum initial payout or a combination of the two options.

If your contract value falls to zero as the result of adverse market performance or the deduction of fees and/or charges at any time, the contract and all its riders, including this rider, will terminate without value and no benefits will be paid on account of such termination.Exception: if you are still living, and the annuitant is between 50 and 86 years old, an amount equal to the guaranteed income benefit base will be paid to you under the annuity payout plan and frequency that you select, based upon the fixed or variable annuity payouts described above. The guaranteed income benefit base will be calculated and annuitization will occur at the following times.

• If the contract value falls to zero during the waiting period, the guaranteed income benefit base will be calculated and annuitization will occur on the valuation date after the expiration of the waiting period, or when the annuitant attains age 50 if later.

• If the contract value falls to zero after the waiting period, the guaranteed income benefit base will be calculated and annuitization will occur immediately, or when the annuitant attains age 50 if later.

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    149

Fixed annuity payouts under this rider will occur at the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” with 100% Projection Scale G and a 2.0% interest rate for contracts purchased on or after May 1, 2006 and if available in your state.⁽¹⁾ These are the same rates used in Table B of the contract (see “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Tables.”) Your annuity payouts remain fixed for the lifetime of the annuity payout period.

First year variable annuity payouts are calculated in the same manner as fixed annuity payouts. Once calculated, your variable annuity payouts remain unchanged for the first year. After the first year, subsequent annuity payouts are variable and depend on the performance of the subaccounts you select. Variable annuity payouts after the first year are calculated using the following formula:

Pt-1(1 + i)	=	Pt
1.05

Pt-1	=	prior annuity payout
Pt	=	current annuity payout
i	=	annualized subaccount performance

Each subsequent variable annuity payout could be more or less than the previous variable annuity payout if the subaccount investment performance is greater or less than the 5% assumed investment rate. If your subaccount performance equals 5%, your variable annuity payout will be unchanged from the previous variable annuity payout. If your subaccount performance is in excess of 5%, your variable annuity payout will increase from the previous variable annuity payout. If your subaccount investment performance is less than 5%, your variable annuity payout will decrease from the previous variable annuity payout.

⁽¹⁾ For all other contracts, the guaranteed annuity purchase rates are based on the “1983 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” with 100% Projection Scale G and a 2.0% interest rate.

Terminating the Rider

Rider termination conditions are:

•	you may terminate the rider within 30 days following the first anniversary after the effective date of the rider;
•	you may terminate the rider any time after the expiration of the waiting period;
•	the rider will terminate on the date you make a full surrender from the contract, or annuitization begins, or on the date that a death benefit is payable; and
•	the rider will terminate* 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday.
*	The rider and annual fee terminate 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday, however, if you exercise the Income Assurer Benefit rider before this time, your benefits will continue according to the annuity payout plan you have selected.

You may select one of the Income Assurer Benefit riders described below:

Income Assurer Benefit – MAV

The guaranteed income benefit base for the Income Assurer Benefit – MAV is the greater of these three values:

1.	contract value; or
2.	the total purchase payments made to the contract minus proportionate adjustments for partial surrenders; or
3.	the maximum anniversary value.

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV) — is zero prior to the first contract anniversary after the effective date of the rider. On the first contract anniversary after the effective date of the rider, we set the MAV as the greater of these two values:

(a)	current contract value; or
(b)	total payments made to the contract minus proportionate adjustments for partial surrenders.

Thereafter, we increase the MAV by any additional purchase payments and reduce the MAV by proportionate adjustments for partial surrenders. Every contract anniversary after that prior to the earlier of your or the annuitant’s 81st birthday, we compare the MAV to the current contract value and we reset the MAV to the higher amount.

If we exercise our right to not reflect excluded payments in the calculation of the guaranteed income benefit base, we will calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as the greatest of these three values:

1.	contract value less the market value adjusted excluded payments; or
2.	total purchase payments, less excluded payments, less proportionate adjustments for partial surrenders; or
3.	the MAV, less market value adjusted excluded payments.

150    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Market Value Adjusted Excluded Payments are calculated as the sum of each excluded purchase payment multiplied by the ratio of the current contract value over the estimated contract value on the anniversary prior to such purchase payment. The estimated contract value at such anniversary is calculated by assuming that payments, any credits, and partial surrenders occurring in a contract year take place at the beginning of the year for that anniversary and every year after that to the current contract year.

Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base

The guaranteed income benefit base for the Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base is the greater of these three values:

1.	contract value; or
2.	the total purchase payments made to the contract minus proportionate adjustments for partial surrenders; or
3.	the 5% variable account floor.

5% Variable Account Floor – is equal to the contract value in the excluded investment options plus the variable account floor. The Income Assurer Benefit 5% variable account floor is calculated differently and is not the same value as the death benefit 5% variable account floor.

The variable account floor is zero from the effective date of this rider and until the first contract anniversary after the effective date of this rider. On the first contract anniversary after the effective date of this rider the variable account floor is:

• the total purchase payments made to the protected investment options minus adjusted partial surrenders and transfers from the protected investment options; plus

• an amount equal to 5% of your initial purchase payment allocated to the protected investment options.

On any day after the first contract anniversary following the effective date of this rider, when you allocate additional purchase payments to or withdraw or transfer amounts from the protected investment options, we adjust the variable account floor by adding the additional purchase payment and subtracting adjusted surrenders and adjusted transfers. On each subsequent contract anniversary after the first anniversary of the effective date of this rider, prior to the earlier of your or the annuitant’s 81st birthday, we increase the variable account floor by adding the amount (“roll-up amount”) equal to 5% of the prior contract anniversary’s variable account floor.

The amount of purchase payment surrendered from or transferred between the excluded investment options and the protected investment options is calculated as (a) times (b) where:

(a)	is the amount of purchase payment in the investment options being surrendered or transferred on the date of but prior to the current surrender or transfer; and
(b)	is the ratio of the amount of the transfer or surrender to the value in the investment options being withdrawn or transferred on the date of (but prior to) the current surrender or transfer.

The roll-up amount prior to the first anniversary is zero. Also, the roll-up amount on every anniversary after the earlier of your or the annuitant’s 81st birthday is zero.

Adjusted surrenders and adjusted transfers for the variable account floor are equal to the amount of the surrender or transfer from the protected investment options as long as the sum of the surrenders and transfers from the protected investment options in a contract year do not exceed the roll-up amount from the prior contract anniversary.

If the current surrender or transfer from the protected investment options plus the sum of all prior surrenders and transfers made from the protected investment options in the current policy year exceeds the roll-up amount from the prior contract anniversary we will calculate the adjusted surrender or adjusted transfer for the variable account floor as the result of (a) plus [(b) times (c)] where:

(a)	is the roll-up amount from the prior contract anniversary less the sum of any surrenders and transfers made from the protected investment options in the current policy year but prior to the current surrender or transfer. However, (a) can not be less than zero; and
(b)	is the variable account floor on the date of (but prior to) the current surrender or transfer from the protected investment options less the value from (a); and
(c)	is the ratio of [the amount of the current surrender (including any surrender charges or MVA) or transfer from the protected investment options less the value from (a)]to [the total in the protected investment options on the date of (but prior to) the current surrender or transfer from the protected investment options less the value from (a)].

If we exercise our right to not reflect excluded payments in the calculation of the guaranteed income benefit base, we will calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as the greatest of these three values:

1.	contract value less the market value adjusted excluded payments (described above); or
2.	total purchase payments, less excluded payments, less proportionate adjustments for partial surrenders; or

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    151

3. the 5% variable account floor, less 5% adjusted excluded payments.

5% Adjusted Excluded Payments are calculated as the sum of each excluded payment and any credit accumulated at 5% for the number of full contract years they have been in the contract.

Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base

The guaranteed income benefit base for the Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base is the greater of these four values:

1.	the contract value;
2.	the total purchase payments made to the contract minus proportionate adjustments for partial surrenders;
3.	the MAV (described above); or
4.	the 5% variable account floor (described above).

If we exercise our right to not reflect excluded payments in the calculation of the guaranteed income benefit base, we will calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as the greatest of:

1.	contract value less the market value adjusted excluded payments (described above);
2.	total purchase payments, less excluded payments, less proportionate adjustments for partial surrenders;
3.	the MAV, less market value adjusted excluded payments (described above); or
4.	the 5% variable account floor, less 5% adjusted excluded payments (described above).

Examples of the Income Assurer Benefit Riders

The purpose of these examples is to illustrate the operation of the Income Assurer Benefit Riders. The examples compare payouts available under the contract’s standard annuity payout provisions with annuity payouts available under the riders based on the same set of assumptions.The contract values shown are hypothetical and do not represent past or future performance. Actual contract values may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a number of factors, including but not limited to the investment experience of the subaccounts (referred to in the riders as “protected investment options”) and the fees and charges that apply to your contract.

For each of the riders, we provide two annuity payout plan comparisons based on the hypothetical contract values we have assumed. The first comparison assumes that you select annuity payout Plan B, Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain. The second comparison assumes that you select annuity payout Plan D, Joint and Last Survivor Annuity – No Refund.

Remember that the riders require you to participate in the PN program. The riders are intended to offer protection against market volatility in the subaccounts (protected investment options). Some PN program investment options include protected investment options and excluded investment options (Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund, and if available under the contract, GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account).
Excluded Investment Options are not included in calculating the 5% variable account floor under the Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base rider and the Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base riders. Because the examples which follow are based on hypothetical contract values, they do not factor in differences in PN program investment options.

Assumptions:

You purchase the contract during the 2006 calendar year with a payment of $100,000; and

• you invest all contract value in the subaccounts (protected investment options); and

• you make no additional purchase payments, partial surrenders or changes in PN program investment option; and

• the annuitant is male and age 55 at contract issue; and

• the joint annuitant is female and age 55 at contract issue.

152    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Example — Income Assurer Benefit – MAV

Based on the above assumptions and taking into account fluctuations in contract value due to market conditions, we calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as:

Contract Anniversary	Assumed Contract Value	Purchase Payments	Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV)(1)	Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – MAV(2)
1	$ 108,000	$100,000	$ 108,000	$ 108,000
2	125,000	none	125,000	125,000
3	132,000	none	132,000	132,000
4	150,000	none	150,000	150,000
5	85,000	none	150,000	150,000
6	121,000	none	150,000	150,000
7	139,000	none	150,000	150,000
8	153,000	none	153,000	153,000
9	140,000	none	153,000	153,000
10	174,000	none	174,000	174,000
11	141,000	none	174,000	174,000
12	148,000	none	174,000	174,000
13	208,000	none	208,000	208,000
14	198,000	none	208,000	208,000
15	203,000	none	208,000	208,000

(1)	The MAV is limited after age 81, but the guaranteed income benefit base may increase if the contract value increases.
(2)	The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – MAV is a calculated number, not an amount that can be withdrawn. The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – MAV does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions			IAB – MAV Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	IAB – MAV Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)
10	$ 174,000	$ 772.56	$ 774.30	$ 174,000	$ 772.56	$ 774.30
11	141,000	641.55	642.96	174,000	791.70	793.44
12	148,000	691.16	692.64	174,000	812.58	814.32
13	208,000	996.32	998.40	208,000	996.32	998.40
14	198,000	974.16	976.14	208,000	1,023.36	1,025.44
15	203,000	1,025.15	1,027.18	208,000	1,050.40	1,052.48

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    153

Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions			IAB – MAV Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	IAB – MAV Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)
10	$ 174,000	$ 629.88	$ 622.92	$ 174,000	$ 629.88	$ 622.92
11	141,000	521.70	516.06	174,000	643.80	636.84
12	148,000	559.44	553.52	174,000	657.72	650.76
13	208,000	807.04	796.64	208,000	807.04	796.64
14	198,000	786.06	778.14	208,000	825.76	817.44
15	203,000	826.21	818.09	208,000	846.56	838.24

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

NOTE: In the above examples, if you elected to begin receiving annuity payouts within 30 days after the 10th or the 13th contract anniversary, you would not benefit from the rider because the monthly annuity payout in these examples is the same as under the standard provisions of the contract. Because the examples are based on assumed contract values, not actual investment results, you should not conclude from the examples that the riders will provide higher payments more frequently than the standard provisions of the contract.

Example — Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base

Based on the above assumptions and taking into account fluctuations in contract value due to market conditions, we calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as:

Contract Anniversary	Assumed Contract Value	Purchase Payments	5% Accumulation Benefit Base(1)	Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base(2)
1	$ 108,000	$100,000	$ 105,000	$ 108,000
2	125,000	none	110,250	125,000
3	132,000	none	115,763	132,000
4	150,000	none	121,551	150,000
5	85,000	none	127,628	127,628
6	121,000	none	134,010	134,010
7	139,000	none	140,710	140,710
8	153,000	none	147,746	153,000
9	140,000	none	155,133	155,133
10	174,000	none	162,889	174,000
11	141,000	none	171,034	171,034
12	148,000	none	179,586	179,586
13	208,000	none	188,565	208,000
14	198,000	none	197,993	198,000
15	203,000	none	207,893	207,893

(1)	The 5% Accumulation Benefit Base value is limited after age 81, but the guaranteed income benefit base may increase if the contract value increases.
(2)	The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base is a calculated number, not an amount that can be withdrawn. The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

154    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions			IAB – 5% RF Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	IAB – 5% RF Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)
10	$ 174,000	$ 772.56	$ 774.30	$ 174,000	$ 772.56	$ 774.30
11	141,000	641.55	642.96	171,034	778.20	779.91
12	148,000	691.16	692.64	179,586	838.66	840.46
13	208,000	996.32	998.40	208,000	996.32	998.40
14	198,000	974.16	976.14	198,000	974.16	976.14
15	203,000	1,025.15	1,027.18	207,893	1,049.86	1,051.94

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the sale for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions				IAB – 5% RF Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	IAB – 5% RF Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)
10	$ 174,000	$ 629.88	$ 622.92	$ 174,000	$ 629.88	$ 622.92
11	141,000	521.70	516.06	171,034	632.83	625.98
12	148,000	559.44	553.52	179,586	678.83	671.65
13	208,000	807.04	796.64	208,000	807.04	796.64
14	198,000	786.06	778.14	198,000	786.06	778.14
15	203,000	826.21	818.09	207,893	846.12	837.81

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

NOTE: In the above examples, if you elected to begin receiving annuity payouts within 30 days after the 10th, 13th or the 14th contract anniversary, you would not benefit from the rider because the monthly annuity payout in these examples is the same as under the standard provisions of the contract. Because the examples are based on assumed contract values, not actual investment results, you should not conclude from the examples that the riders will provide higher payments more frequently than the standard provisions of the contract.

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    155

Example — Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base

Based on the above assumptions and taking into account fluctuations in contract value due to market conditions, we calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as:

Contract Anniversary	Assumed Contract Value	Purchase Payments	Maximum Anniversary Value(1)	5% Accumulation Benefit Base(1)	Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base(2)
1	$ 108,000	$100,000	$ 108,000	$ 105,000	$ 108,000
2	125,000	none	125,000	110,250	125,000
3	132,000	none	132,000	115,763	132,000
4	150,000	none	150,000	121,551	150,000
5	85,000	none	150,000	127,628	150,000
6	121,000	none	150,000	134,010	150,000
7	139,000	none	150,000	140,710	150,000
8	153,000	none	153,000	147,746	153,000
9	140,000	none	153,000	155,133	155,133
10	174,000	none	174,000	162,889	174,000
11	141,000	none	174,000	171,034	174,000
12	148,000	none	174,000	179,586	179,586
13	208,000	none	208,000	188,565	208,000
14	198,000	none	208,000	197,993	208,000
15	203,000	none	208,000	207,893	208,000

(1)	The MAV and 5% Accumulation Benefit Base are limited after age 81, but the guaranteed income benefit base may increase if the contract value increases.
(2)	The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base is a calculated number, not an amount that can be withdrawn. The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions			IAB – Max Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	IAB – Max Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)
10	$ 174,000	$ 772.56	$ 774.30	$ 174,000	$ 772.56	$ 774.30
11	141,000	641.55	642.96	174,000	791.70	793.44
12	148,000	691.16	692.64	179,586	838.66	840.46
13	208,000	996.32	998.40	208,000	996.32	998.40
14	198,000	974.16	976.14	208,000	1,023.36	1,025.44
15	203,000	1,025.15	1,027.18	208,000	1,050.40	1,052.48

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

156    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions			IAB – Max Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	IAB – Max Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)
10	$ 174,000	$ 629.88	$ 622.92	$ 174,000	$ 629.88	$ 622.92
11	141,000	521.70	516.06	174,000	643.80	636.84
12	148,000	559.44	553.52	179,586	678.83	671.65
13	208,000	807.04	796.64	208,000	807.04	796.64
14	198,000	786.06	778.14	208,000	825.76	817.44
15	203,000	826.21	818.09	208,000	846.56	838.24

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

NOTE: In the above examples, if you elected to begin receiving annuity payouts within 30 days after the 10th or the 13th contract anniversary, you would not benefit from the rider because the monthly annuity payout in these examples is the same as under the standard provisions of the contract. Because the examples are based on assumed contract values, not actual investment results, you should not conclude from the examples that the riders will provide higher payments more frequently than the standard provisions of the contract.

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    157

Appendix L: Example — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider

Example — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider

The following example shows how the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider works based on hypothetical values. It is not intended to depict investment performance of the contract.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract (with the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider) with a payment of $100,000. No purchase payment credit applies.

• You make no additional purchase payments.

• You do not exercise the elective step-up option.

End of Contract Year	Partial Surrender (beginning of year)	MCAV Adjustment for Partial Surrender	MCAV	Initial payment Accumulation Benefit Amount	100,000 Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value
1	$ 0	$ 0	$ 100,000	$ 0	$ 112,000
2	0	0	102,400	0	128,000
3	0	0	108,000	0	135,000
4	0	0	108,000	0	125,000
5	0	0	108,000	0	110,000
6	2,000	1,964	106,036	0	122,000
7	0	0	112,000	0	140,000
8	0	0	112,000	0	121,000
9	5,000	4,628	107,372	0	98,000
10	0	0	107,372	22,372	85,000

158    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix M:SecureSource Rider Disclosure

SecureSource Rider

There are two optionalSecureSource riders available under your contract:

• SecureSource – Single Life; or

• SecureSource – Joint Life.

The information in this section applies to bothSecureSource riders, unless otherwise noted.

TheSecureSource – Single Life rider covers one person. TheSecureSource – Joint Life Rider covers two spouses jointly who are named at contract issue. You may elect only theSecureSource – Single Life rider or theSecureSource – Joint Life rider, not both, and you may not switch riders later. You must elect the rider when you purchase your contract. The rider effective date will be the contract issue date.

TheSecureSource rider is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge if:

• your contract application was signed on or after May 1, 2007; and

• Single Life:you and the annuitant are 80 or younger on the date the contract is issued; or

• Joint Life: you and your spouse are 80 or younger on the date the contract is issued.

TheSecureSource rider is not available under an inherited qualified annuity.

TheSecureSource rider guarantees (unless the rider is terminated. See “Rider Termination” heading below.) that regardless of the investment performance of your contract you will be able to withdraw up to a certain amount each year from the contract before the annuity payouts begin until:

• Single Life: you have recovered at minimum all of your purchase payments or, if later, until death (see “At Death” heading below) — even if the contract value is zero.

• Joint Life: you have recovered at minimum all of your purchase payments or, if later, until the death of the last surviving covered spouse (see “Joint Life only: Covered Spouses” and “At Death” headings below), even if the contract value is zero.

For the purpose of this rider, the term “withdrawal” has the same meaning as the term “surrender” in the contract or any other riders.

TheSecureSource rider may be appropriate for you if you intend to make periodic withdrawals from your annuity contract and wish to ensure that market performance will not adversely affect your ability to withdraw your principal over time.

Under the terms of theSecureSource rider, the calculation of the amount which can be withdrawn in each contract year varies depending on several factors, including but not limited to the waiting period (see “Waiting period” heading below) and whether or not the lifetime withdrawal benefit has become effective:

(1)	The basic withdrawal benefit gives you the right to take limited withdrawals in each contract year and guarantees that over time the withdrawals will total an amount equal to, at minimum, your purchase payments (unless the rider is terminated. See “Rider Termination” heading below). Key terms associated with the basic withdrawal benefit are “Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP)", “Remaining Benefit Payment (RBP)", “Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA)” and “Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA).” See these headings below for more information.
(2)	The lifetime withdrawal benefit gives you the right, under certain limited circumstances defined in the rider, to take limited withdrawals until the later of:
•	Single Life: death (see “At Death” heading below) or until the RBA (under the basic withdrawal benefit) is reduced to zero (unless the rider is terminated. See “Rider Termination” heading below);
•	Joint Life: death of the last surviving covered spouse (see “At Death” heading below) or until the RBA (under the basic withdrawal benefit) is reduced to zero (unless the rider is terminated. See “Rider Termination” heading below).

Key terms associated with the lifetime withdrawal benefit are “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)”, “Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (RALP)”, “Single Life only: Covered Person”, “Joint Life only: Covered Spouses” and “Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA).” See these headings below for more information.

Only the basic withdrawal benefit will be in effect prior to the date that the lifetime withdrawal benefit becomes effective. The lifetime withdrawal benefit becomes effective automatically on the rider anniversary date after the:

• Single Life: covered person reaches age 65, or the rider effective date if the covered person is age 65 or older on the rider effective date (see “Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA)” heading below);

• Joint Life: younger covered spouse reaches age 65, or the rider effective date if the younger covered spouse is age 65 or older on the rider effective date (see “Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA)” and “Annual Lifetime Payments (ALP)” headings below).

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    159

Provided annuity payouts have not begun, theSecureSource rider guarantees that you may take the following withdrawal amounts each contract year:

• Before the establishment of the ALP, the rider guarantees that each year you have the option to cumulatively withdraw an amount equal to the value of the RBP at the beginning of the contract year;

• After the establishment of the ALP, the rider guarantees that each year you have the option to cumulatively withdraw an amount equal to the value of the RALP or the RBP at the beginning of the contract year, but the rider does not guarantee withdrawal of the sum of both the RALP and the RBP in a contract year.

If you withdraw less than the allowed withdrawal amount in a contract year, the unused portion cannot be carried over to the next contract year. As long as your withdrawals in each contract year do not exceed the annual withdrawal amount allowed under the rider:

• Single Life:and there has not been a contract ownership change or spousal continuation of the contract, the guaranteed amounts available for withdrawal will not decrease;

• Joint Life: the guaranteed amounts available for withdrawal will not decrease.

If you withdraw more than the allowed withdrawal amount in a contract year, we call this an “excess withdrawal” under the rider. Excess withdrawals trigger an adjustment of a benefit’s guaranteed amount, which may cause it to be reduced (see “GBA Excess Withdrawal Processing,” “RBA Excess Withdrawal Processing,” and “ALP Excess Withdrawal Processing” headings below).

Please note that basic withdrawal benefit and lifetime withdrawal benefit each has its own definition of the allowed annual withdrawal amount. Therefore a withdrawal may be considered an excess withdrawal for purposes of the lifetime withdrawal benefit only, the basic withdrawal benefit only, or both.

If your withdrawals exceed the greater of the RBP or the RALP, surrender charges under the terms of the contract may apply (see “Charges — Surrender Charges”). The amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable surrender charge. Market value adjustments, if applicable, will also be made (see “Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs) — Market Value Adjustment”). We pay you the amount you request. Any withdrawals you take under the contract will reduce the value of the death benefits (see “Benefits in Case of Death”). Upon full withdrawal of the contract, you will receive the remaining contract value less any applicable charges (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Surrenders”).

The rider’s guaranteed amounts can be increased at the specified intervals if your contract value has increased. An annual step up feature is available at each contract anniversary, subject to certain conditions, and may be applied automatically to your contract or may require you to elect the step up (see “Annual Step Up” heading below). If you exercise the annual step up election, the spousal continuation step up election (see “Spousal Continuation Step Up” heading below) or change your Portfolio Navigator model portfolio, the rider charge may change (see “Charges”).

If you take withdrawals during the waiting period, any prior steps ups applied will be reversed and step ups will not be available until the end of the waiting period. You may take withdrawals after the waiting period without reversal of prior step ups.

You should consider whether aSecureSource rider is appropriate for you because:

You will begin paying the rider charge as of the rider effective date, even if you do not begin taking withdrawals for many years. It is possible that your contract performance, fees and charges, and withdrawal pattern may be such that your contract value will not be depleted in your lifetime and you will not receive any monetary value under the rider.

• Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit Limitations: The lifetime withdrawal benefit is subject to certain limitations, including but not limited to:

(a) Single Life: Once the contract value equals zero, payments are made for as long as the oldest owner or annuitant is living (see “If Contract Value Reduces to Zero” heading below). However, if the contract value is greater than zero, the lifetime withdrawal benefit terminates at the first death of any owner or annuitant except

160    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

as otherwise provided below (see “At Death” heading below). Therefore, if there are multiple contract owners or the annuitant is not an owner, the rider may terminate or the lifetime withdrawal benefit may be reduced. This possibility may present itself when:

(i)	There are multiple contract owners — when one of the contract owners dies the benefit terminates even though other contract owners are still living (except if the contract is continued under the spousal continuation provision of the contact); or
(ii)	The owner and the annuitant are not the same persons — if the annuitant dies before the owner, the benefit terminates even though the owner is still living. This could happen, for example, when the owner is younger than the annuitant. This risk increases as the age difference between owner and annuitant increases.

Joint Life: Once the contract value equals zero, payments are made for as long as either covered spouse is living (see “If Contract Value Reduces to Zero” heading below). However, if the contract value is greater than zero, the lifetime withdrawal benefit terminates at the death of the last surviving covered spouse (see “At Death” heading below).

(b)	Excess withdrawals can reduce the ALP to zero even though the GBA, RBA, GBP and/or RBP values are greater than zero. If the both the ALP and the contract value are zero, the lifetime withdrawal benefit will terminate.
(c)	When the lifetime withdrawal benefit is first established, the initial ALP is based on

(i)	Single Life: the basic withdrawal benefit’s RBA at that time (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below), unless there has been a spousal continuation or ownership change; or
(ii)	Joint Life: the basic withdrawal benefit’s RBA at that time (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below).

Any withdrawal you take before the ALP is established reduces the RBA and therefore may result in a lower amount of lifetime withdrawals you are allowed to take.

(d) Withdrawals can reduce both the contract value and the RBA to zero prior to the establishment of the ALP. If this happens, the contract and the rider will terminate.

•

Investment Allocation Restrictions: You must be invested in one of the approved investment options. These funds are expected to reduce our financial risks and expenses associated with certain living benefits. Although the funds’ investment strategies may help mitigate declines in your contract value due to declining equity markets, the funds’ investment strategies may also curb your contract value gains during periods of positive performance by the equity markets. Additionally, investment in the funds may decrease the number and amount of any benefit base increase opportunities. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds: Volatility and Volatility Management Risk with the Portfolio Stabilizer funds” section.) We reserve the right to add, remove, or substitute approved investment options in the future. This requirement limits your choice of investments. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, GPAs or the one-year fixed account that are available under the contract to contract owners who do not elect the rider. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer funds.”) You may allocate qualifying purchase payments to the DCA fixed account, when available (see “DCA Fixed Account”), and we will make monthly transfers into the investment option you have chosen. You may make two elective investment option changes per contract year; we reserve the right to limit elective investment option changes if required to comply with the written instructions of a fund (see “Market Timing”).

The following provisions apply to contracts invested in a Portfolio Navigator fund:

• You can allocate your contract value to any available Portfolio Navigator fund during the following times: (1) prior to your first withdrawal and (2) following a benefit reset as described below but prior to any subsequent withdrawal. During these accumulation phases, you may request to change your investment option to any available investment option.

• Immediately following a withdrawal your contract value will be reallocated to the target investment option as shown in your contract if your current investment option is more aggressive than the target investment option. If you are in a static model portfolio, this reallocation will be made to the applicable fund of funds investment option. This automatic reallocation is not included in the total number of allowed model changes per contract year and will not cause your rider fee to increase. The target investment option is currently the Moderate investment option. We reserve the right to change the target investment option to an investment option that is more aggressive than the current target investment option after 30 days written notice.

• After you have taken a withdrawal and prior to any benefit reset as described below, you are in a withdrawal phase. During withdrawal phases you may request to change your investment option to the target investment option investment option that is more conservative than the target investment option without a benefit reset as described below. If you are in a withdrawal phase and you choose to allocate your contract value to an investment option that is more aggressive than the target investment option, your rider benefit will be reset as follows:

(a)	the total GBA will be reset to the lesser of its current value or the contract value; and
(b)	the total RBA will be reset to the lesser of its current value or the contract value; and

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    161

(c)	the ALP, if established, will be reset to the lesser of its current value or 6% of the contract value; and
(d)	the GBP will be recalculated as described below, based on the reset GBA and RBA; and
(e)	the RBP will be recalculated as the reset GBP less all prior withdrawals made during the current contract year, but not be less than zero; and
(f)	the RALP will be recalculated as the reset ALP less all prior withdrawals made during the current contract year, but not be less than zero.

You may request to change your investment option by written request on an authorized form or by another method agreed to by us.

•	Limitations on Purchase of Other Riders under your Contract: You may elect only theSecureSource – Single Life rider or theSecureSource – Joint Life rider. If you elect theSecureSource rider, you may not elect the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider.
•	Non-Cancelable: Once elected, theSecureSource rider may not be cancelled (except as provided under “Rider Termination” heading below) and the fee will continue to be deducted until the contract or rider is terminated or the contract value reduces to zero (described below). Dissolution of marriage does not terminate theSecureSource – Joint Life rider and will not reduce the fee we charge for this rider. The benefit under theSecureSource – Joint Life rider continues for the covered spouse who is the owner of the contract (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural ownership). The rider will terminate at the death of the contract owner (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural ownership) because the original spouse will be unable to elect the spousal continuation provision of the contract (see “Joint Life only: Covered Spouses” below).
•	Joint Life:Limitations on Contract Owners, Annuitants and Beneficiaries: Since the joint life benefit will terminate unless the surviving covered spouse continues the contract under the spousal continuation provision of the contract upon the owner’s death, only ownership arrangements that permit such continuation are allowed at rider issue. In general, the covered spouses should be joint owners, or one covered spouse should be the owner and the other covered spouse should be named as the sole primary beneficiary. You are responsible for establishing ownership arrangements that will allow for spousal continuation.
	If you select theSecureSource – Joint Life rider, please consider carefully whether or not you wish to change the beneficiary of your annuity contract. The rider will terminate if the surviving covered spouse can not utilize the spousal continuation provision of the contract when the death benefit is payable.
•	Limitations on Purchase Payments: We reserve the right to limit the cumulative amount of purchase payments (subject to state restrictions), which may limit your ability to make additional purchase payments to increase your contract value as you may have originally intended. For current purchase payment restrictions, please see “Buying Your Contract —Purchase Payments”.
•	Interaction with Total Free Amount (FA) contract provision: The FA is the amount you are allowed to withdraw from the contract in each contract year without incurring a surrender charge (see “Charges — Surrender Charge”). The FA may be greater than the RBP or RALP under this rider. Any amount you withdraw under the contract’s FA provision that exceeds the RBP or RALP is subject to the excess withdrawal processing described below for the GBA, RBA and ALP.

You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of the rider in your tax situation because:

•	Tax Considerations for Nonqualified Annuities: Under current federal income tax law, withdrawals under nonqualified annuities, including withdrawals taken from the contract under the terms of the rider, are treated less favorably than amounts received as annuity payments under the contract (see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities”). Withdrawals are taxable income to the extent of earnings. Withdrawals of earnings before age 59½ may also incur a 10% IRS early withdrawal penalty. You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of the rider in your tax situation.
•	Tax Considerations for Qualified Annuities: Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). If you have a qualified annuity, you may need to take an RMD that exceeds the specified amount of withdrawal available under the rider. Withdrawals in any contract year that exceed the guaranteed amount available for withdrawal may reduce future benefits guaranteed under the rider. While the rider permits certain excess withdrawals to be made for the purpose of satisfying RMD requirements for your contract alone without reducing future benefits guaranteed under the rider, there can be no guarantee that changes in the federal income tax law after the effective date of the rider will not require a larger RMD to be taken, in which case, future guaranteed withdrawals under the rider could be reduced. See Appendix E for additional information.
•	Treatment of non-spousal distributions: Unless you are married your beneficiary will be required to take distributions as a non-spouse which may result in significantly decreasing the value of the rider.
	Please note civil unions and domestic partnerships generally are not recognized as marriages for federal tax purposes. For additional information see “Taxes — Other — Spousal status” section of this prospectus.
•	Limitations on Tax -Sheltered Annuities (TSAs): Your right to take withdrawals is restricted if your contract is a TSA (see “TSA — Special Provisions”).

162    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Key terms and provisions of theSecureSource rider are described below:

Withdrawal: The amount by which your contract value is reduced as a result of any withdrawal request. It may differ from the amount of your request due to any surrender charge and any market value adjustment.

Waiting period: Any period of time starting on the rider effective date during which the annual step up is not available if you take withdrawals. Currently, there is no waiting period. For contracts purchased prior to June 1, 2008, the waiting period is three years.

Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA): The total cumulative withdrawals guaranteed by the rider under the basic withdrawal benefit. The maximum GBA is $5,000,000. The GBA cannot be withdrawn and is not payable as a death benefit. It is an interim value used to calculate the amount available for withdrawals each year under the basic withdrawal benefit (see “Guaranteed Benefit Payment” below). At any time, the total GBA is the sum of the individual GBAs associated with each purchase payment.

The GBA is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At contract issue — the GBA is equal to the initial purchase payment.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own GBA equal to the amount of the purchase payment.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When an individual RBA is reduced to zero — the GBA that is associated with that RBA will also be set to zero.

• When you make a withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up — Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the GBA associated with each purchase payment will be reset to the amount of that purchase payment. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first withdrawal is made.

• When you make a withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the total RBP — the GBA remains unchanged. If there have been multiple purchase payments, both the total GBA and each payment’s GBA remain unchanged.
(b)	is greater than the total RBP —GBA excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the GBA. If the withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing is applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

GBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The total GBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the total GBA immediately prior to the withdrawal; or (b) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s GBA after the withdrawal will be reset to equal that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal plus (a) times (b), where:

(a)	is the ratio of the total GBA after the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal to the total GBA before the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal; and
(b)	is each payment’s GBA before the withdrawal less that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal.

Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA): Each withdrawal you make reduces the amount that is guaranteed by the rider as future withdrawals. At any point in time, the RBA equals the amount of GBA that remains available for withdrawals for the remainder of the contract’s life, and total RBA is the sum of the individual RBAs associated with each purchase payment. The maximum RBA is $5,000,000.

The RBA is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At contract issue — the RBA is equal to the initial purchase payment.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own RBA initially set equal to that payment’s GBA (the amount of the purchase payment).

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When you make a withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up — Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the RBA associated with each purchase payment will be reset to the amount of that purchase payment. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first withdrawal is made.

• When you make a withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the total RBP — the total RBA is reduced by the amount of the withdrawal. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s RBA is reduced in proportion to its RBP.
(b)	is greater than the total RBP —RBA excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the RBA. If the withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing is applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    163

RBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The total RBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal, or (b) the total RBA immediately prior to the withdrawal, less the amount of the withdrawal.

If there have been multiple purchase payments, both the total RBA and each payment’s RBA will be reset. The total RBA will be reset according to the excess withdrawal processing described above. Each payment’s RBA will be reset in the following manner:

1.	The withdrawal amount up to the total RBP is taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its individual RBP at the time of the withdrawal; and
2.	The withdrawal amount above the total RBP and any amount determined by the excess withdrawal processing are taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its RBA at the time of the withdrawal.

Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP): At any time, the amount available for withdrawal in each contract year after the waiting period, until the RBA is reduced to zero, under the basic withdrawal benefit. At any point in time, each purchase payment has its own GBP, which is equal to the lesser of that payment’s RBA or 7% of that payment’s GBA, and the total GBP is the sum of the individual GBPs.

During the waiting period, the guaranteed annual withdrawal amount may be less than the GBP due to the limitations the waiting period imposes on your ability to utilize both annual step-ups and withdrawals (see “Waiting Period” heading above). The guaranteed annual withdrawal amount during the waiting period is equal to the value of the RBP at the beginning of the contract year.

The GBP is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At contract issue — the GBP is established as 7% of the GBA value.

• At each contract anniversary — each payment’s GBP is reset to the lesser of that payment’s RBA or 7% of that payment’s GBA value.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own GBP equal to 7% of the purchase payment amount.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When an individual RBA is reduced to zero — the GBP associated with that RBA will also be reset to zero.

• When you make a withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up — Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the GBA and the RBA associated with each purchase payment will be reset to the amount of that purchase payment. Each payment’s GBP will be reset to 7% of that purchase payment. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first withdrawal is made.

• When you make a withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the total RBP — the GBP remains unchanged.
(b)	is greater than the total RBP — each payment’s GBP is reset to the lesser of that payment’s RBA or 7% of that payment’s GBA value, based on the RBA and GBA after the withdrawal. If the withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing is applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

Remaining Benefit Payment (RBP): The amount available for withdrawal for the remainder of the contract year under the basic withdrawal benefit. At any point in time, the total RBP is the sum of the RBPs for each purchase payment. During the waiting period, when the guaranteed amount may be less than the GBP, the value of the RBP at the beginning of the contract year will be that amount that is actually guaranteed each contract year.

The RBP is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At the beginning of each contract year during the waiting period and prior to any withdrawal — the RBP for each purchase payment is set equal to that purchase payment multiplied by 7%.

• At the beginning of any other contract year — the RBP for each purchase payment is set equal to that purchase payment’s GBP.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own RBP equal to that payment’s GBP.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• At spousal continuation — (see “Spousal Option to Continue the Contract” heading below).

• When an individual RBA is reduced to zero— the RBP associated with that RBA will also be reset to zero.

• When you make any withdrawal — the total RBP is reset to equal the total RBP immediately prior to the withdrawal less the amount of the withdrawal, but not less than zero. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s RBP is reduced proportionately.If you withdraw an amount greater than the RBP, GBA excess

164    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

withdrawal processing and RBA excess withdrawal processing are applied and the amount available for future withdrawals for the remainder of the contract’s life may be reduced by more than the amount of withdrawal. When determining if a withdrawal will result in the excess withdrawal processing, the applicable RBP will not yet reflect the amount of the current withdrawal.

Single Life only: Covered Person: The person whose life is used to determine when the ALP is established, and the duration of the ALP payments (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below). The covered person is the oldest contract owner or annuitant. If the owner is a nonnatural person, i.e., a trust or corporation, the covered person is the oldest annuitant. A spousal continuation or a change of contract ownership may reduce the amount of the lifetime withdrawal benefit and may change the covered person.

Joint Life only: Covered Spouses: The contract owner and his or her legally married spouse as defined under federal law, as named on the application for as long as the marriage is valid and in effect. If the contract owner is a nonnatural person (e.g., a trust), the covered spouses are the annuitant and the legally married spouse of the annuitant. The covered spouses lives are used to determine when the ALP is established, and the duration of the ALP payments (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below). The covered spouses are established on the rider effective date and cannot be changed.

Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA):

• Single Life: The covered person’s age after which time the lifetime benefit can be established. Currently, the lifetime benefit can be established on the later of the contract effective date or the contract anniversary date on/following the date the covered person reaches age 65.

• Joint Life:The age of the younger covered spouse at which time the lifetime benefit is established.

Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP): Once established, the ALP under the lifetime withdrawal benefit is at any time the amount available for withdrawals in each contract year after the waiting period until the later of:

• Single Life: death; or

• Joint Life: death of the last surviving covered spouse; or

• the RBA is reduced to zero.

The maximum ALP is $300,000. Prior to establishment of the ALP, the lifetime withdrawal benefit is not in effect and the ALP is zero.

During the waiting period, the guaranteed annual lifetime withdrawal amount may be less than the ALP due to the limitations the waiting period imposes on your ability to utilize both annual step-ups and withdrawals (see “Waiting Period” heading above). The guaranteed annual lifetime withdrawal amount during the waiting period is equal to the value of the RALP at the beginning of the contract year.

The ALP is determined at the following times:

• Single Life: The later of the contract effective date or the contract anniversary date on/following the date the covered person reaches age 65 — the ALP is established as 6% of the total RBA.

• Joint Life: The ALP is established as 6% of the total RBA on the earliest of the following dates:

(a)	the rider effective date if the younger covered spouse has already reached age 65.
(b)	the rider anniversary on/following the date the younger covered spouse reaches age 65.
(c)	upon the first death of a covered spouse, then

(1)	the date we receive written request when the death benefit is not payable and the surviving covered spouse has already reached age 65; or
(2)	the date spousal continuation is effective when the death benefit is payable and the surviving covered spouse has already reached age 65; or
(3)	the rider anniversary on/following the date the surviving covered spouse reaches age 65.

(d) Following dissolution of marriage of the covered spouses,

(1)	the date we receive written request if the remaining covered spouse who is the owner (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural ownership) has already reached age 65; or
(2)	the rider anniversary on/following the date the remaining covered spouse who is the owner (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural ownership) reaches age 65.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment increases the ALP by 6% of the amount of the purchase payment.

• At step ups — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• Single Life: At spousal continuation or contract ownership change — (see “Spousal Option to Continue the Contract” and “Contract Ownership Change” headings below).

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    165

• When you make a withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up — Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the ALP will be reset to equal total purchase payments multiplied by 6%. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first withdrawal is made.

• When you make a withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the RALP — the ALP remains unchanged.
(b)	is greater than the RALP —ALP excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the ALP. If the withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing is applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

20% Rider Credit (for contracts with applications signed on or after June 1, 2008)

If you do not make a withdrawal during the first three rider years, then a 20% rider credit may increase your ALP. This credit is 20% of purchase payments received in the first 180 days that the rider is in effect and is used to establish the enhanced lifetime base. The enhanced lifetime base is an amount that may be used to increase the ALP. The 20% rider credit does not increase the basic withdrawal benefit or the contract value. Because step ups may increase your ALP, they may reduce or eliminate any benefit of the 20% rider credit.

Enhanced Lifetime Base (for contracts with applications signed on or after June 1, 2008)

The enhanced lifetime base will be established initially on the third rider anniversary. If you do not make a withdrawal during the first three rider years, then the enhanced lifetime base will be the sum of all purchase payments received during the first three rider years and the 20% rider credit. If you make a withdrawal during the first three rider years, then the 20% rider credit does not apply and the enhanced lifetime base will be established as zero and will always be zero.

The maximum enhanced lifetime base at any time is $5,000,000.

If the enhanced lifetime base is greater than zero, then it will:

• increase by the amount of any purchase payments received on or after the third rider anniversary.

• be reduced by any withdrawal in the same proportion as the withdrawal reduces the RBA and, if the withdrawal exceeds the RBP, it will then be set to the lesser of this reduced value and the contract value immediately following the withdrawal.

• be set to the lesser of its current value and the contract value, if you choose an asset allocation model that is more aggressive than the target model while you are in the withdrawal phase.

If any of the following events occur, then the enhanced lifetime base will be established as or reset to zero and will always be zero:

• The total RBA is reduced to zero.

• You selected the Single Life rider, and there is a change in the covered person, including changes due to spousal continuations and ownership changes.

The enhanced lifetime base is an amount that may be used to increase the ALP and cannot be withdrawn or annuitized.

Increase in ALP because of the Enhanced Lifetime Base (for contracts with applications signed on or after June 1, 2008)

As of the later of the third rider anniversary and the date the initial ALP is established, the ALP will be increased to equal the enhanced lifetime base multiplied by 6%, if this amount is greater than the current ALP. Thereafter, the enhanced lifetime base will always be zero.

ALP Excess Withdrawal Processing

The ALP is reset to the lesser of the ALP immediately prior to the withdrawal, or 6% of the contract value immediately following the withdrawal.

Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (RALP): The amount available for withdrawal for the remainder of the contract year under the lifetime withdrawal benefit. During the waiting period, when the guaranteed annual withdrawal amount may be less than the ALP, the value of the RALP at the beginning of the contract year will be the amount that is actually guaranteed each contract year. Prior to establishment of the ALP, the lifetime withdrawal benefit is not in effect and the RALP is zero.

The RALP is determined at the following times:

• The RALP is established at the same time as the ALP, and:

(a) During the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals— the RALP is established equal to 6% of purchase payments.

166    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

(b) At any other time — the RALP is established equal to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the contract year but not less than zero.

• At the beginning of each contract year during the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals — the RALP is set equal to the total purchase payments, multiplied by 6%.

• At the beginning of any other contract year — the RALP is set equal to ALP.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment increases the RALP by 6% of the purchase payment amount.

• At step ups — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When you make any withdrawal — the RALP equals the RALP immediately prior to the withdrawal less the amount of the withdrawal but not less than zero.If you withdraw an amount greater than the RALP, ALP excess withdrawal processing is applied and may reduce the amount available for future withdrawals. When determining if a withdrawal will result in excess withdrawal processing, the applicable RALP will not yet reflect the amount of the current withdrawal.

Required Minimum Distributions (RMD): If you are taking RMDs from your contract and your RMD calculated separately for your contract is greater than the RBP or the RALP on the most recent contract anniversary, the portion of your RMD that exceeds the RBP or RALP on the most recent rider anniversary will not be subject to excess withdrawal processing provided that the following conditions are met:

• The RMD is for your contract alone;

• The RMD is based on your recalculated life expectancy taken from the Uniform Lifetime Table under the Code; and

• The RMD amount is otherwise based on the requirements of section 401(a)(9), related Code provisions and regulations thereunder that were in effect on the effective date of the rider.

RMD rules follow the calendar year which most likely does not coincide with your contract year and therefore may limit when you can take your RMD and not be subject to excess withdrawal processing.

Withdrawal amounts greater than the RBP or RALP on the contract anniversary date that do not meet these conditions will result in excess withdrawal processing as described above. See Appendix E for additional information.

Step Up Date: The date any step up becomes effective, and depends on the type of step up being applied (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

Annual Step Up: Beginning with the first contract anniversary, an increase of the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and/or RALP values may be available. A step up does not create contract value, guarantee the performance of any investment option, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn or paid upon death. Rather, a step up determines the current values of the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP, and may extend the payment period or increase the allowable payment.

The annual step up may be available as described below, subject to the following rules:

• The annual step up is effective on the step up date.

• Only one step up is allowed each contract year.

• If you take any withdrawals during the waiting period, any previously applied step ups will be reversed and the Annual step up will not be available until the end of the waiting period.

• On any rider anniversary where the RBA or, if established, the ALP would increase and the application of the step up would not increase the rider charge, the annual step up will be automatically applied to your contract, and the step up date is the contract anniversary date.

• If the application of the step up would increase the rider charge, the annual step up is not automatically applied. Instead, you have the option to step up for 30 days after the contract anniversary as long as either the contract value is greater than the total RBA or 6% of the contract value is greater than the ALP, if established, on the step-up date. If you exercise the elective annual step up option, you will pay the rider charge in effect on the step up date. If you wish to exercise the elective annual step up option, we must receive a request from you or your investment professional. The step up date is the date we receive your request to step up. If your request is received after the close of business, the step up date will be the next valuation day. If you request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up on or after Dec. 18, 2013, the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are invested at that time (see “Optional Living benefit Charges —SecureSource Rider fee”).Before you elect a step up resulting in an increased rider fee, you should carefully consider the benefit of the contract value gains you are locking-in and the increased rider fee compared to your other options including whether it is appropriate to consider moving to a fund with a lower corresponding rider fee.

• The ALP and RALP are not eligible for step ups until they are established. Prior to being established, the ALP and RALP values are both zero.

• Please note it is possible for the ALP to step up even if the RBA or GBA do not step up, and it is also possible for the RBA and GBA to step up even if the ALP does not step up.

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    167

The annual step up resets the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP values as follows:

• The total RBA will be reset to the greater of the total RBA immediately prior to the step up date or the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The total GBA will be reset to the greater of the total GBA immediately prior to the step up date or the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The total GBP will be reset using the calculation as described above based on the increased GBA and RBA.

• The total RBP will be reset as follows:

(a)	During the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals, the RBP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	At any other time, the RBP will be reset to the increased GBP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

• The ALP will be reset to the greater of the ALP immediately prior to the step up date or 6% of the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The RALP will be reset as follows:

(a)	During the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals, the RALP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	At any other time, the RALP will be reset to the increased ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

Spousal Option to Continue the Contract upon Owner’s Death (Spousal Continuation):

Single Life: If a surviving spouse elects to continue the contract and continues the contract as the new owner under the spousal continuation provision of the contract, theSecureSource – Single Life rider also continues. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate. When the spouse elects to continue the contract, any remaining waiting period is cancelled and any waiting period limitations on withdrawals and step-ups terminate; if the covered person changes due to spousal continuation the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP values are affected as follows:

• The GBA, RBA and GBP values remain unchanged.

• The RBP is automatically reset to the GBP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

• If the ALP has not yet been established and the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the date of continuation — the ALP will be established on the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65 as the lesser of the RBA or the contract anniversary value, multiplied by 6%. The RALP will be established on the same date equal to the ALP.

• If the ALP has not yet been established but the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the date of continuation — the ALP will be established on the date of continuation as the lesser of the RBA or the contract value, multiplied by 6%. The RALP will be established on the same date in an amount equal to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

• If the ALP has been established but the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the date of continuation — the ALP and RALP will be automatically reset to zero for the period of time beginning with the date of continuation and ending with the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65. At the end of this time period, the ALP will be reset to the lesser of the RBA or the anniversary contract value, multiplied by 6%, and the RALP will be reset to the ALP.

• If the ALP has been established and the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the date of continuation— the ALP will be automatically reset to the lesser of the current ALP or 6% of the contract value on the date of continuation. The RALP will be reset to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

Please note that the lifetime withdrawal benefit amount may be reduced as a result of the spousal continuation.

Joint Life: If a surviving spouse is a covered spouse and elects the spousal continuation provision of the contract as the new owner, theSecureSource – Joint Life rider also continues. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate. When the spouse elects to continue the contract, any remaining waiting period is cancelled and any waiting period limitations on withdrawals and step-ups terminate. The surviving covered spouse can name a new beneficiary, however, a new covered spouse cannot be added to the rider.

Spousal Continuation Step Up: At the time of spousal continuation, a step-up may be available. All annual step-up rules (see “Annual Step-Up” heading above), other than those that apply to the waiting period, also apply to the spousal continuation step-up. If the spousal continuation step-up is processed automatically, the step-up date is the valuation date spousal continuation is effective. If not, the spouse must elect the step up and must do so within 30 days of the

168    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

spousal continuation date. If the spouse elects the spousal continuation step up, the step-up date is the valuation date we receive the spouse’s written request to step-up if we receive the request by the close of business on that day, otherwise the next valuation date.

Rules for Withdrawal Provision of Your Contract: Minimum account values following a withdrawal no longer apply to your contract. For withdrawals, the withdrawal will be made from the variable subaccounts, guarantee period accounts (where available), the one-year fixed account (if applicable) and the DCA fixed account in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to the contract value. You cannot specify from which accounts the withdrawal is to be made.

If Contract Value Reduces to Zero: If the contract value reduces to zero and the total RBA remains greater than zero, you will be paid in the following scenarios:

1) The ALP has not yet been established and the contract value is reduced to zero as a result of fees or charges or a withdrawal that is less than or equal to the RBP. In this scenario, you can choose to:

(a)	receive the remaining schedule of GBPs until the RBA equals zero; or
(b)	Single Life: wait until the rider anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65, and then receive the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the covered person, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero; or
(c)	Joint Life: wait until the rider anniversary following the date the younger covered spouse reaches age 65, and then receive the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the last surviving covered spouse, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero.

We will notify you of this option. If no election is made, the ALP will be paid.

2) The ALP has been established and the contract value reduces to zero as a result of fees or charges, or a withdrawal that is less than or equal to both the RBP and the RALP. In this scenario, you can choose to receive:

(a)	the remaining schedule of GBPs until the RBA equals zero; or
(b)	Single Life: the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the covered person, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero; or
(c)	Joint Life: the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the last surviving covered spouse, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero.

We will notify you of this option. If no election is made, the ALP will be paid.

3)	The ALP has been established and the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RALP but less than or equal to the RBP. In this scenario, the remaining schedule of GBPs will be paid until the RBA equals zero.
4)	The ALP has been established and the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RBP but less than or equal to the RALP. In this scenario, the ALP will be paid annually until the death of the:

• Single Life: covered person;

• Joint Life: last surviving covered spouse.

Under any of these scenarios:

• The annualized amounts will be paid to you in the frequency you elect. You may elect a frequency offered by us at the time payments begin. Available payment frequencies will be no less frequent than annually;

• We will no longer accept additional purchase payments;

• You will no longer be charged for the rider;

• Any attached death benefit riders will terminate; and

• Single Life: The death benefit becomes the remaining payments, if any, until the RBA is reduced to zero.

• Joint Life: If the owner had been receiving the ALP, upon the first death the ALP will continue to be paid annually until the later of: 1) the death of the last surviving covered spouse or 2) the RBA is reduced to zero. In all other situations the death benefit becomes the remaining payments, if any, until the RBA is reduced to zero.

TheSecureSource rider and the contract will terminate under either of the following two scenarios:

• If the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than both the RALP and the RBP. This is full withdrawal of the contract value.

• If the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RALP but less than or equal to the RBP, and the total RBA is reduced to zero.

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    169

At Death:

Single Life: If the contract value is greater than zero when the death benefit becomes payable, the beneficiary may: 1) elect to take the death benefit under the terms of the contract, 2) take the fixed payout option available under this rider, or 3) continue the contract under the spousal continuation provision of the contract above.

If the contract value equals zero and the death benefit becomes payable, the following will occur:

• If the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the GBP each year, the GBP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person dies and the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person is still alive and the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the later of the death of the covered person or the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person is still alive and the RBA equals zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the death of the covered person.

• If the covered person dies and the RBA equals zero, the benefit terminates. No further payments will be made.

Joint Life: If the death benefit becomes payable at the death of a covered spouse, the surviving covered spouse must utilize the spousal continuation provision of the contract and continue the contract as the new owner to continue the joint benefit. If spousal continuation is not available under the terms of the contract, the rider terminates. The lifetime benefit of this rider ends at the death of the last surviving covered spouse.

If the contract value is greater than zero when the death benefit becomes payable, the beneficiary may: 1) elect to take the death benefit under the terms of the contract, 2) take the fixed payout option available under this rider, or 3) continue the contract under the spousal continuation provision of the contract above.

If the contract value equals zero at the first death of a covered spouse, the ALP will continue to be paid annually until the later of: 1) the death of the last surviving covered spouse or 2) the RBA is reduced to zero.

If the contract value equals zero at the death of the last surviving covered spouse, the following will occur:

• If the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the GBP each year, the GBP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the RBA equals zero, the benefit terminates. No further payments will be made.

Contract Ownership Change:

Single Life: If the contract changes ownership (see “Changing Ownership”), the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP values will remain unchanged and the ALP and RALP will be reset as follows. Our current administrative practice is to only reset the ALP and RALP if the covered person changes due to the ownership change.

• If the ALP has not yet been established and the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the ownership change date— the ALP and the RALP will be established on the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65. The ALP will be set equal to the lesser of the RBA or the anniversary contract value, multiplied by 6%. If the anniversary date occurs during the waiting period and prior to a withdrawal, the RALP will be set equal to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments multiplied by 6%. If the anniversary date occurs at any other time, the RALP will be set equal to the ALP.

• If the ALP has not yet been established but the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the ownership change date — the ALP and the RALP will be established on the ownership change date. The ALP will be set equal to the lesser of the RBA or the contract value, multiplied by 6%. If the ownership change date occurs during the waiting period and prior to a withdrawal, the RALP will be set to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments multiplied by 6%. If the ownership change date occurs at any other time, the RALP will be set to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year but not less than zero.

• If the ALP has been established but the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the ownership change date — the ALP and the RALP will be reset to zero for the period of time beginning with the ownership change date and ending with the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65. At the end of this time period, the ALP will be reset to the lesser of the RBA or the anniversary contract value, multiplied by 6%. If the time period ends during the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals, the RALP will be reset to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments multiplied by 6%. If the time period ends at any other time, the RALP will be reset to the ALP.

• If the ALP has been established and the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the ownership change date — the ALP and the RALP will be reset on the ownership change date. The ALP will be reset to the lesser of the current

170    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

ALP or 6% of the contract value. If the ownership change date occurs during the waiting period and prior to a withdrawal, the RALP will be reset to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments multiplied by 6%. If the ownership change date occurs at any other time, the RALP will be reset to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year but not less than zero.

Please note that the lifetime withdrawal benefit amount may be reduced as a result of the ownership change.

Joint Life: Ownership changes are only allowed between the covered spouses or their revocable trust(s). No other ownership changes are allowed as long as the rider is in force.

Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Option: Several annuity payout plans are available under the contract. As an alternative to these annuity payout plans, a fixed annuity payout option is available under theSecureSource rider.

Under this option the amount payable each year will be equal to the remaining schedule of GBPs, but the total amount paid over the life of the annuity will not exceed the current total RBA at the time you begin this fixed annuity payout option. These annualized amounts will be paid in the frequency that you elect. The frequencies will be among those offered by us at that time but will be no less frequent than annually. If, at the death of the owner, total payouts have been made for less than the RBA, the remaining payouts will be paid to the beneficiary (see “The Annuity Payout Period” and “Taxes”).

This option may not be available if the contract is issued to qualify under section 403 or 408 of the Code, as amended. For such contracts, this option will be available only if the guaranteed payment period is less than the life expectancy of the owner at the time the option becomes effective. Such life expectancy will be computed using a life expectancy table published by the IRS.

This annuity payout option may also be elected by the beneficiary of a contract as a settlement option if payments begin no later than one year after your death and the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy. Whenever multiple beneficiaries are designated under the contract, each such beneficiary’s share of the proceeds if they elect this option will be in proportion to their applicable designated beneficiary percentage. Beneficiaries of nonqualified contracts may elect this settlement option subject to the distribution requirements of the contract. We reserve the right to adjust the remaining schedule of GBPs if necessary to comply with the Code.

Rider Termination

TheSecureSource rider cannot be terminated either by you or us except as follows:

1.	Single Life: After the death benefit is payable the rider will terminate if your spouse does not use the spousal continuation provision of the contract to continue the contract.
2.	Joint Life: After the death benefit is payable the rider will terminate if:

(a)	any one other than a covered spouse continues the contract, or
(b)	a covered spouse does not use the spousal continuation provision of the contract to continue the contract.

3.	Annuity payouts under an annuity payout plan will terminate the rider.
4.	Termination of the contract for any reason will terminate the rider.
5.	When a beneficiary elects an alternative payment plan which is an inherited IRA, the rider will terminate.

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    171

Appendix N:SecureSource 20 Rider Disclosure

Securesource 20 Rider

This is an optional benefit that you can add to your contract for an additional charge. The benefit is intended to provide to you, after the waiting period, a specified withdrawal amount annually for life, even if your contract value is zero, subject to the terms and provisions described in this section. This benefit offers a credit feature to help in low or poor performing markets and a step up feature to lock in contract anniversary values. TheSecureSource 20 rider may be appropriate for you if you intend to make periodic withdrawals from your annuity contract and wish to ensure that market performance will not adversely affect your ability to withdraw your principal over time. This benefit is intended for assets you plan to hold and let accumulate for at least three years. If you take any withdrawals during the 3-year waiting period, your benefits will be set to zero until the end of the waiting period when they will be re-established based on your contract value at that time and you will not receive 20% credit offered under this rider.

There are two optionalSecureSource 20 riders available under your contract:

• SecureSource 20 — Single Life; or

• SecureSource 20 — Joint Life.

The information in this section applies to both Secure Source 20 riders, unless otherwise noted.

For the purpose of this rider, the term “withdrawal” has the same meaning as the term “surrender” in the contract or any other riders

TheSecureSource 20 — Single Life rider covers one person. TheSecureSource 20 — Joint Life Rider covers two spouses jointly who are named at contract issue. You may elect only theSecureSource 20 — Single Life rider or theSecureSource 20 — Joint Life rider, not both, and you may not switch riders later. You must elect the rider when you purchase your contract. The rider effective date will be the contract issue date.

TheSecureSource 20 rider is an optional benefit that you may select, if approved in your state, for an additional annual charge if:

• your contract application is signed on or after Aug. 10, 2009, but prior to Nov. 30, 2009; and

• Single Life: you and the annuitant are 80 or younger on the date the contract is issued; or

• Joint Life: you and your spouse are 80 or younger on the date the contract is issued.

TheSecureSource 20 riders are not available under an inherited qualified annuity.

TheSecureSource 20 rider guarantees that after the waiting period, regardless of the investment performance of your contract, you will be able to withdraw up to a certain amount each year from the contract before the annuity payouts begin until:

• Single Life: until death (see “At Death” heading below) or until the depletion of the basic benefit.

• Joint Life: until the death of the last surviving covered spouse (see “Joint Life only: Covered Spouses” and “At Death” headings below) or until the depletion of the basic benefit.

Key Terms

The key terms associated with theSecureSource 20 rider are:

Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP): the lifetime benefit amount available each contract year after the waiting period and until your death (Joint Life: the death of both covered spouses). After the waiting period, the annual withdrawal amount guaranteed by the rider can vary each contract year. The maximum ALP is $300,000.

Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA): the age at which the lifetime benefit is established.

Enhanced Lifetime Base (ELB): used in the calculation of the ALP on the later of the ELB date or the establishment of the ALP. The ELB cannot be withdrawn or annuitized and is not payable as a death benefit.

Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA): the total cumulative withdrawals guaranteed by the rider under the basic benefit. The maximum GBA is $5,000,000. The GBA cannot be withdrawn or annuitized and is not payable as a death benefit. It is an interim value used to calculate the amount available for withdrawals each year after the waiting period under the basic benefit (see “Guaranteed Benefit Payment” below). At any time, the total GBA is the sum of the individual GBAs associated with each purchase payment.

Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP):the basic benefit amount available each contract year after the waiting period until the RBA is reduced to zero. After the waiting period the annual withdrawal amount guaranteed by the rider can vary each contract year.

172    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (RALP): as you make withdrawals during a contract year, the remaining amount that the rider guarantees will be available for withdrawal that year is reduced. The RALP is the lifetime benefit amount that can be withdrawn during the remainder of the current contract year.

Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA): each withdrawal you make reduces the amount that is guaranteed by the rider for future withdrawals. At any point in time, the RBA equals the amount of GBA that remains available for withdrawals for the remainder of the contract’s life, and total RBA is the sum of the individual RBAs associated with each purchase payment. The maximum RBA is $5,000,000.

Remaining Benefit Payment (RBP): as you make withdrawals during a contract year, the remaining amount that the rider guarantees will be available for withdrawal that year is reduced. The RBP is the basic benefit amount that can be withdrawn during the remainder of the current contract year.

Waiting period: The period of time before you can take a withdrawal without affecting benefits under the rider. The waiting period starts on the rider effective date and ends on the day prior to the third rider anniversary.

Withdrawal Adjustment Base (WAB): one of the components used to determine the GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage. The WAB cannot be withdrawn or annuitized and is not payable as a death benefit.

Withdrawal: The amount by which your contract value is reduced as a result of any withdrawal request. It may differ from the amount of your request due to any surrender charge and any market value adjustment.

Description of theSecureSource 20 Rider

Before the lifetime benefit is established, the annual withdrawal amount guaranteed by the riders after the waiting period is the basic benefit amount. After the lifetime benefit is established and after the waiting period, the riders guarantee that you have the option each contract year to cumulatively withdraw an amount up to the lifetime benefit amount or the basic benefit amount, but the riders do not guarantee withdrawal of both in a contract year.

The lifetime withdrawal benefit is established automatically:

• Single Life: on the rider anniversary date after the covered person reaches age 65, or on the rider effective date if the covered person is age 65 or older on the rider effective date (see “Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA)” heading below);

• Joint Life: on the rider anniversary date after the younger covered spouse reaches age 65, or on the rider effective date if the younger covered spouse is age 65 or older on the rider effective date (see “Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA)” and “Annual Lifetime Payments (ALP)” headings below).

The basic benefit amount and the lifetime benefit amount can vary based on the relationship of your contract value to the Withdrawal Adjustment Base (WAB). When the first withdrawal is taken each contract year after the waiting period, the percentages used to determine the benefit amounts are set and fixed for the remainder of that year.

If you withdraw less than the allowed withdrawal amount in a contract year, the unused portion cannot be carried over to the next year.

If you withdraw more than the allowed withdrawal amount in a contract year, we call this an “excess withdrawal” under the rider. Excess withdrawals trigger an adjustment of a benefit’s guaranteed amount, which may cause it to be reduced (see “GBA Excess Withdrawal Processing,” “RBA Excess Withdrawal Processing,” and “ALP Excess Withdrawal Processing” headings below).

Please note that basic benefit and lifetime benefit each has its own definition of the allowed annual withdrawal amount. Therefore a withdrawal may be considered an excess withdrawal for purposes of the lifetime benefit only, the basic benefit only, or both.

At any time after the waiting period, as long as your withdrawal does not exceed the greater of the basic benefit amount or the lifetime benefit amount, if established, you will not be assessed a surrender charge or any market value adjustment. If your withdrawals exceed the greater of the RBP or the RALP, surrender charges under the terms of the contract may apply (see “Charges — Surrender Charges”). The amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable surrender charge. Market value adjustments, if applicable, will also be made (see “Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs) — Market Value Adjustment”). We pay you the amount you request. Any withdrawals you take under the contract will reduce the value of the death benefits (see “Benefits in Case of Death”). Upon full withdrawal, you will receive the remaining contract value less any applicable charges (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Withdrawals”).

Subject to conditions and limitations, an annual step-up can increase the basic benefit amount and the lifetime benefit amount, if your contract value has increased on a rider anniversary.

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    173

Subject to conditions and limitations, if no withdrawals are taken prior to the third rider anniversary, the 20% rider credit may increase the lifetime benefit (if already established) or the Enhanced Lifetime Base (ELB) may increase the lifetime benefit (when established).

The values associated with the basic benefit are GBA, RBA, GBP and RBP. The values associated with the lifetime benefit are ALP, RALP and ELB. ALP and GBP are similar in that they are the annual withdrawal amount for each benefit after the waiting period. RALP and RBP are similar in that they are the remaining amount that can be withdrawn during the current contract year for each benefit.

ImportantSecureSource 20 Rider Considerations

You should consider whether aSecureSource 20 rider is appropriate for you taking into account the following considerations:

You will begin paying the rider charge as of the rider effective date, even if you do not begin taking withdrawals for many years. It is possible that your contract performance, fees and charges, and withdrawal pattern may be such that your contract value will not be depleted in your lifetime and you will not receive any monetary value under the rider.

• Lifetime Benefit Limitations: The lifetime benefit is subject to certain limitations, including but not limited to:

(a) Single Life: Once the contract value equals zero, payments are made for as long as the covered person is living (see “If Contract Value Reduces to Zero” heading below). However, if the contract value is greater than zero, the lifetime benefit terminates at the first death of any owner or annuitant even if the covered person is still living (see “At Death” heading below). Therefore, the rider will terminate when a death benefit becomes payable. This possibility may present itself when:

(i)	There are multiple contract owners — when one of the contract owners dies the lifetime benefit terminates even though other contract owners are still living; or
(ii)	The owner and the annuitant are not the same persons — if the annuitant dies before the owner, the lifetime benefit terminates even though the owner is still living.

Joint Life: Once the contract value equals zero, payments are made for as long as either covered spouse is living (see “If Contract Value Reduces to Zero” heading below). However, if the contract value is greater than zero, the lifetime benefit terminates at the death of the last surviving covered spouse (see “At Death” heading below).

(b)	Excess withdrawals can reduce the ALP to zero even though the GBA, RBA, GBP and/or RBP values are greater than zero. If both the ALP and the contract value are zero, the lifetime benefit will terminate.
(c)	If the lifetime benefit is first established prior to the third rider anniversary, the initial ALP is based on the basic benefit’s RBA at that time (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below). If the lifetime benefit is first established on/after the third rider anniversary, the initial ALP is based on the greater of the basic benefit’s RBA and the ELB at that time. Any withdrawal you take before the ALP is established reduces the RBA and ELB and therefore may result in a lower amount of lifetime withdrawals you are allowed to take.
(d)	Withdrawals can reduce both the contract value and the RBA to zero prior to the establishment of the ALP. If this happens, the contract and the rider will terminate.

• Withdrawals: Please consider carefully when you start taking withdrawals from this rider. If you take any withdrawals during the 3-year waiting period, your benefits will be set to zero until the end of the waiting period when they will be re-established based on your contract value at that time and you will not receive 20% credit offered under this rider. Any withdrawal request within the 3-year waiting period must be submitted in writing. Also, after the waiting period if you withdraw more than the allowed withdrawal amount in a contract year (“excess withdrawal”), the guaranteed amounts under the rider may be reduced.

• Investment Allocation Restrictions: You must be invested in one of the approved investment options. These funds are expected to reduce our financial risks and expenses associated with certain living benefits. Although the funds’ investment strategies may help mitigate declines in your contract value due to declining equity markets, the funds’ investment strategies may also curb your contract value gains during periods of positive performance by the equity markets. Additionally, investment in the funds may decrease the number and amount of any benefit base increase opportunities. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds: Volatility and Volatility Management Risk with the Portfolio Stabilizer funds” section.) We reserve the right to add, remove, or substitute approved investment options in the future. This requirement limits your choice of subaccounts, one-year fixed account and GPAs (if available) to the investment options you have selected. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, GPAs or the one-year fixed account that are available under the contract to contract owners who do not elect the rider. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds.”) You may allocate purchase payments to the DCA fixed account, when available, and we will make monthly transfers into the investment option you have chosen. You may make two elective investment option changes per contract year; we reserve the right to limit elective investment option changes if required to comply with the written instructions of a fund (see “Market Timing”).

174    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The following provisions apply to contracts invested in a Portfolio Navigator fund:

• You can allocate your contract value to any available Portfolio Navigator fund during the following times: (1) prior to your first withdrawal and (2) following a benefit reset due to an investment option change as described below but prior to any subsequent withdrawal. During these accumulation phases, you may request to change your investment option to any available investment option.

• Immediately following a withdrawal your contract value will be reallocated to the target investment option as shown in your contract if your current investment option is more aggressive than the target investment option. If you are in a static model portfolio, this reallocation will be made to the applicable fund of funds investment option. This automatic reallocation is not included in the total number of allowed investment option changes per contract year. The target investment option classification is currently the Moderate investment option. We reserve the right to change the target investment option to an investment option that is more aggressive than the current target investment option after 30 days written notice.

• After you have taken a withdrawal and prior to any benefit reset as described below, you are in a withdrawal phase. During withdrawal phases you may request to change your investment option to the target investment option or any investment option that is more conservative than the target investment option without a benefit reset as described below. If you are in a withdrawal phase and you choose to allocate your contract value to an investment option that is more aggressive than the target investment option, you will be in the accumulation phase again. If this is done after the waiting period, your rider benefit will be reset as follows:

(a)	the total GBA will be reset to the contract value, if your contract value is less; and
(b)	the total RBA will be reset to the contract value, if your contract value is less; and
(c)	the ALP, if established, will be reset to your current ALP Percentage (either 6% or 5% as described under “GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage” heading below) times the contract value, if this amount is less than the current ALP; and
(d)	the GBP will be recalculated as described below, based on the reset GBA and RBA; and
(e)	the RBP will be recalculated as the reset GBP less all prior withdrawals taken during the current contract year, but not less than zero; and
(f)	the RALP will be recalculated as the reset ALP less all prior withdrawals taken during the current contract year, but not less than zero; and
(g)	the WAB will be reset as follows:

• if the ALP has not been established, the WAB will be equal to the reset GBA.

• if the ALP has been established, the WAB will be equal to the reset ALP, divided by the current ALP Percentage; and

(h) the ELB, if greater than zero, will be reset to the contract value, if your contract value is less.

You may request to change your investment option by written request on an authorized form or by another method agreed to by us.

•	Non-Cancelable: Once elected, theSecureSource 20 rider may not be cancelled (except as provided under “Rider Termination” heading below) and the fee will continue to be deducted until the contract or rider is terminated or the contract value reduces to zero (described below).
	Dissolution of marriage does not terminate theSecureSource 20 – Joint Life rider and will not reduce the fee we charge for this rider. The benefit under theSecureSource 20 – Joint Life rider continues for the covered spouse who is the owner of the contract (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural ownership). The rider will terminate at the death of the contract owner (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural ownership) because the original covered spouse will be unable to elect the spousal continuation provision of the contract (see “Joint Life only: Covered Spouses” below).
•	Joint Life:Limitations on Contract Owners, Annuitants and Beneficiaries: Since the joint life benefit will terminate unless the surviving covered spouse continues the contract under the spousal option to continue the contract upon the owner’s death provision, only ownership arrangements that permit such continuation are allowed at rider issue. In general, the covered spouses should be joint owners, or one covered spouse should be the owner and the other covered spouse should be named as the sole primary beneficiary. The annuitant must also be an owner. You are responsible for establishing ownership arrangements that will allow for spousal continuation.
	If you select theSecureSource 20 – Joint Life rider, please consider carefully whether or not you wish to change the beneficiary of your annuity contract. The rider will terminate if the surviving covered spouse can not utilize the spousal continuation provision of the contract when the death benefit is payable.
•	Limitations on Purchase Payments: We reserve the right to limit the cumulative amount of purchase payments (subject to state restrictions), which may limit your ability to make additional purchase payments to increase your contract value as you may have originally intended. For current purchase payment restrictions, please see “Buying Your Contract —Purchase Payments”.
•	Interaction with Total Free Amount (FA) contract provision:The FA is the amount you are allowed to withdraw from the contract in each contract year without incurring a surrender charge (see “Charges — Surrender Charge”). The FA may be greater than the RBP or RALP under this rider. Any amount you withdraw under the contract’s FA provision that

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    175

exceeds the RBP or RALP is subject to the excess withdrawal processing described below for the GBA, RBA and ALP. Also, any amount you withdraw during the waiting period will set all benefits under the rider to zero until the end of the waiting period when they will be reestablished based on the contract value at that time.

You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of the rider in your tax situation because:

• Tax Considerations for Nonqualified Annuities: Under current federal income tax law, withdrawals under nonqualified annuities, including withdrawals taken from the contract under the terms of the rider, are treated less favorably than amounts received as annuity payments under the contract (see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities”). Withdrawals are taxable income to the extent of earnings. Withdrawals of earnings before age 59½ may also incur a 10% IRS early withdrawal penalty. You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of the rider in your tax situation.

• Tax Considerations for Qualified Annuities: Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). If you have a qualified annuity, you may need to take an RMD during the waiting period and such withdrawals will set all benefits under the rider to zero until the end of the waiting period when they will be reestablished based on the contract value at that time. While the rider permits certain excess withdrawals to be taken after the waiting period for the purpose of satisfying RMD requirements for your contract alone without reducing future benefits guaranteed under the rider, there can be no guarantee that changes in the federal income tax law after the effective date of the rider will not require a larger RMD to be taken, in which case, future guaranteed withdrawals under the rider could be reduced. See Appendix E for additional information.

• Treatment of non-spousal distributions: Unless you are married your beneficiary will be required to take distributions as a non-spouse which may result in significantly decreasing the value of the rider. Please note civil unions and domestic partnerships generally are not recognized as marriages for federal tax purposes. For additional information see “Taxes — Other — Spousal status” section of this prospectus.

• Limitations on Tax-Sheltered Annuities (TSA)s: Your right to take withdrawals is restricted if your contract is a TSA (see “TSA — Special Provisions”).

Basic Benefit Description

The GBA and RBA are determined at the following times, subject to the maximum amount of $5,000,000, calculated as described:

• At contract issue — the GBA and RBA are equal to the initial purchase payment.

• When you make additional purchase payments — If a withdrawal is taken during the waiting period, the GBA and RBA will not change when a subsequent purchase payment is made during the waiting period. Prior to any withdrawal during the waiting period and after the waiting period, each additional purchase payment will have its own GBA and RBA established equal to the amount of the purchase payment.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” heading below).

• At spousal continuation— (see “Spousal Option to Continue the Contract upon Owner’s Death” heading below).

• When an individual RBA is reduced to zero — the GBA that is associated with that RBA will also be set to zero.

• When you take a withdrawal during the waiting period — the total GBA and total RBA will be set equal to zero until the end of the waiting period.

• When you take a withdrawal after the waiting period and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the total RBP — the total RBA is reduced by the amount of the withdrawal and the GBA remains unchanged. If there have been multiple purchase payments, both the total GBA and each payment’s GBA remain unchanged, and each payment’s RBA is reduced in proportion to its RBP.
(b)	greater than the total RBP —excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the GBA and RBA.

•	On the rider anniversary at the end of the waiting period — If the first withdrawal is taken during the waiting period and you did not decline a rider fee increase, the total GBA and the total RBA will be reset to the contract value.
	If the first withdrawal is taken during the waiting period and you decline a rider fee increase, the total GBA and the total RBA will be reset to the lesser of (1) the GBA at the time of the first withdrawal, plus any additional purchase payments since the time of the first withdrawal, minus all withdrawals, or (2) the contract value.
•	Upon certain changes to your PN program investment options under the PN program as described under “Use of Portfolio Navigator Program Required,” above.

176    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Gba Excess Withdrawal Processing

The total GBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the total GBA immediately prior to the withdrawal; or (b) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s GBA after the withdrawal will be reset to equal that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal plus (a) times (b), where:

(a)	is the ratio of the total GBA after the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal to the total GBA before the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal; and
(b)	is each payment’s GBA before the withdrawal less that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal.

RBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The total RBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal, or (b) the total RBA immediately prior to the withdrawal, less the amount of the withdrawal.

If there have been multiple purchase payments, both the total RBA and each payment’s RBA will be reset. The total RBA will be reset according to the excess withdrawal processing described above. Each payment’s RBA will be reset in the following manner:

1.	The withdrawal amount up to the total RBP is taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its individual RBP at the time of the withdrawal; and
2.	The withdrawal amount above the total RBP and any amount determined by the excess withdrawal processing are taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its RBA at the time of the withdrawal.

GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage: We use two percentages (6% and 5%) to calculate your GBP and ALP. The percentage used can vary as described below:

During the waiting period, 6% will be used to determine the amount payable to beneficiaries under the RBA Payout Option described below. After the waiting period, a comparison of your contract value and the WAB determines your GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage, unless the percentage is fixed as described below. On each valuation date, if the benefit determining percentage is less than the 20% adjustment threshold, then 6% is used in calculating your GBP and ALP; otherwise, 5% is used. Market volatility and returns, the deduction of fees and the 20% credit could impact your benefit determining percentage. The benefit determining percentage is calculated as follows but will not be less than zero:

1	—	(a/b)
a	=	contract value at the end of the prior valuation period
b	=	WAB at the end of the prior valuation period

When the first withdrawal in a contract year is taken, the GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage will be set and fixed for the remainder of that contract year. Beginning on the next rider anniversary, the GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage can change on each valuation date as described above until a withdrawal is taken in that contract year.

Under certain limited situations, your GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage will not vary each contract year. They will be set at the earliest of (1), (2) or (3) below and remain fixed for as long as the benefit is payable:

(1)	when the RBA Payout Option is elected, or
(2)	if the ALP is established, when your contract value on a rider anniversary is less than two times the ALP (for the purpose of this calculation only, the ALP is determined using 5%; the ALP Percentage used to determine your ALP going forward will be either 6% or 5%), or
(3)	when the contract value reduces to zero.

For certain periods of time at our discretion and on a non-discriminatory basis, your GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage may be set by us to 6% if more favorable to you.

Withdrawal Adjustment Base (WAB): One of the components used to determine GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage. The maximum WAB is $5,000,000. The WAB cannot be withdrawn or annuitized and is not payable as a death benefit,

The WAB is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At Rider Effective Date — the WAB is set equal to the initial purchase payment.

• When a subsequent purchase payment is made — before a withdrawal is taken in the waiting period and at any time after the waiting period, the WAB will be increased by the amount of each additional purchase payment.

• When a withdrawal is taken — if the first withdrawal is taken during the waiting period, the WAB will be set equal to zero until the end of the waiting period.

Whenever a withdrawal is taken after the waiting period, the WAB will be reduced by the amount in (A) unless the withdrawal is an excess withdrawal for the lifetime benefit (or the basic benefit if the ALP is not established) when it will be set equal to the amount in (B).

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    177

(A) The WAB is reduced by an amount as calculated below:

a × b	where:
c

a	=	the amount the contract value is reduced by the withdrawal
b	=	WAB on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal
c	=	the contract value on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal.

(B) If the ALP is not established and the current withdrawal exceeds the RBP, the WAB will be reset to the GBA immediately following excess withdrawal processing.

If the ALP is established and the current withdrawal exceeds the RALP, the WAB will be reset to the ALP divided by the current ALP Percentage (either 5% or 6% as described under “GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage” heading above). In this calculation, we use the ALP immediately following excess withdrawal processing.

• On rider anniversaries — unless you decline a rider fee increase, the WAB will be increased to the contract value on each rider anniversary, if the contract value is greater, except as follows:

(A)	If a withdrawal is taken during the waiting period, the WAB will be increased to the contract value on each rider anniversary beginning at the end of the waiting period, if the contract value is greater.
(B)	If you decline a rider fee increase and a withdrawal is taken during the waiting period, the WAB will be reset to the lesser of (1) the GBA at the time of the first withdrawal, plus any additional purchase payments since the time of the first withdrawal, minus all withdrawals, or (2) the contract value.

• Upon certain changes to your PN program investment option as described under “Use of Portfolio Navigator Program Required,” above.

• On the later of the third rider anniversary or the rider anniversary when the ALP is established — unless you decline a rider fee increase, if the ELB is greater than zero, the WAB will be increased by an amount as calculated below, but not less than zero.

(A)	The ELB, minus
(B)	the greater of:

i)	your contract value, or
ii)	the ALP before the ELB is applied, divided by the ALP Percentage (if the ALP is established) or the total RBA (if the ALP is established on the third rider anniversary).

Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP): At any time, the amount available for withdrawal in each contract year after the waiting period, until the RBA is reduced to zero, under the basic benefit. After the waiting period the annual withdrawal amount guaranteed under the rider can vary each contract year. At any point in time, each payment’s GBP is the lesser of (a) and (b) where (a) is the GBA for that payment multiplied by the current GBP percentage (either 5% or 6% as described under “GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage” heading above) and (b) is the RBA for that payment. The total GBP is the sum of the GBPs for each purchase payment.

Remaining Benefit Payment (RBP): The amount available for withdrawal for the remainder of the contract year under the basic benefit. At any point in time, the total RBP is the sum of the RBPs for each purchase payment.

The RBP is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• During the waiting period — the RBP will be zero.

• At the beginning of any contract year after the waiting period and when the GBP Percentage changes — the RBP for each purchase payment is set equal to that purchase payment’s GBP.

• When you make additional purchase payments after the waiting period — each additional purchase payment has its own RBP equal to the purchase payment, multiplied by the GBP Percentage.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” heading below).

• At spousal continuation — (see “Spousal Option to Continue the Contract upon Owner’s Death” heading below).

• When you make any withdrawal after the waiting period — the total RBP is reset to equal the total RBP immediately prior to the withdrawal less the amount of the withdrawal, but not less than zero. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s RBP is reduced proportionately.If you withdraw an amount greater than the RBP, GBA excess withdrawal processing and RBA excess withdrawal processing are applied and the amount available for future withdrawals for the remainder of the contract’s life may be reduced by more than the amount of withdrawal. When determining if a withdrawal will result in the excess withdrawal processing, the applicable RBP will not yet reflect the amount of the current withdrawal.

178    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Lifetime Benefit Description

Single Life only:Covered Person: The person whose life is used to determine when the ALP is established, and the duration of the ALP payments (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below). The covered person is the oldest contract owner or annuitant. If the owner is a nonnatural person, i.e., a trust or corporation, the covered person is the oldest annuitant.

Joint Life only: CoveredSpouses: The contract owner and his or her legally married spouse as defined under federal law, as named on the application for as long as the marriage is valid and in effect. If the contract owner is a nonnatural person (e.g., a trust), the covered spouses are the annuitant and the legally married spouse of the annuitant. The covered spouses lives are used to determine when the ALP is established, and the duration of the ALP payments (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below). The covered spouses are established on the rider effective date and cannot be changed.

Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA):

• Single Life: The covered person’s age after which time the lifetime benefit can be established. Currently, the lifetime benefit can be established on the later of the contract effective date or the contract anniversary date on/following the date the covered person reaches age 65.

• Joint Life: The age of the younger covered spouse at which time the lifetime benefit is established.

Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP): The ALP is the lifetime benefit amount available for withdrawals in each contract year after the waiting period until the later of:

• Single Life: death; or

• Joint Life: death of the last surviving covered spouse; or

• the RBA is reduced to zero.

The maximum ALP is $300,000. Prior to establishment of the ALP, the lifetime benefit is not in effect and the ALP is zero.

The ALP is determined at the following times:

• Single Life: Initially the ALP is established on the earliest of the following dates:

(a)	the rider effective date if the covered person has already reached age 65.
(b)	the rider anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65,

– if during the waiting period and no prior withdrawal has been taken; or

– if after the waiting period.

(c) the rider anniversary following the end of the waiting period if the covered person is age 65 before the end of the waiting period and a prior withdrawal had been taken.

If the ALP is established prior to the third rider anniversary, the ALP is set equal to the total RBA multiplied by the ALP Percentage (either 5% or 6% as described under “GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage” heading above). If the ALP is established on or following the third rider anniversary, the ALP is set equal to the ALP Percentage multiplied by the greater of the ELB or the total RBA.

• Joint Life: Initially the ALP is established on the earliest of the following dates:

(a)	the rider effective date if the younger covered spouse has already reached age 65.
(b)	the rider anniversary on/following the date the younger covered spouse reaches age 65.
(c)	upon the first death of a covered spouse, then

(1)	the date we receive written request when the death benefit is not payable and the surviving covered spouse has already reached age 65; or
(2)	the date spousal continuation is effective when the death benefit is payable and the surviving covered spouse has already reached age 65; or
(3)	the rider anniversary on/following the date the surviving covered spouse reaches age 65.

(d) Following dissolution of marriage of the covered spouses,

(1)	the date we receive written request if the remaining covered spouse who is the owner (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural ownership) has already reached age 65; or
(2)	the rider anniversary on/following the date the remaining covered spouse who is the owner (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural ownership) reaches age 65.

For (b), (c) and (d) above, if the date described occurs during the waiting period and a prior withdrawal had been taken, we use the rider anniversary following the end of the waiting period to establish the ALP.

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    179

If the ALP is established prior to the third rider anniversary, the ALP is set equal to the total RBA multiplied by the ALP Percentage (either 5% or 6% as described under “GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage” heading above). If the ALP is established on or following the third rider anniversary, the ALP is set equal to the ALP Percentage multiplied by the greater of the ELB or the total RBA.

• Whenever the ALP Percentage changes —

(a)	If the ALP Percentage is changing from 6% to 5%, the ALP is reset to the ALP multiplied by 5%, divided by 6%.
(b)	If the ALP Percentage is changing from 5% to 6%, the ALP is reset to the ALP multiplied by 6%, divided by 5%.

• When you make an additional purchase payment — Before a withdrawal is taken in the waiting period and at any time after the waiting period, each additional purchase payment increases the ALP by the amount of the purchase payment, multiplied by the ALP Percentage.

• When you make a withdrawal:

(a)	During the waiting period, the ALP, if established, will be set equal to zero until the end of the waiting period.
(b)	After the waiting period, if the amount withdrawn is:
	(i) less than or equal to the RALP, the ALP is unchanged.
	(ii) greater than the RALP, ALP excess withdrawal processing will occur.

If you withdraw less than the ALP in a contract year, there is no carry over to the next contract year.

• On the rider anniversary at the end of the waiting period— If you took a withdrawal during the waiting period, the ALP is set equal to the contract value multiplied by the ALP Percentage if the covered person (Joint Life: younger covered spouse) has reached age 65.

• At step ups — (see “Annual Step Up” heading below).

• At spousal continuation — (see “Spousal Option to Continue the Contract upon Owner’s Death” heading below).

• Upon certain changes to your PN program investment option under the PN program as described under “Use of Portfolio Navigator Program Required,” above.

20% Rider Credit

If you do not make a withdrawal during the first three rider years and you don’t decline a rider fee increase, then a 20% rider credit may increase your ALP. This credit is 20% of purchase payments received in the first 180 days that the rider is in effect and is used to establish the enhanced lifetime base. The enhanced lifetime base is an amount that may be used to increase the ALP. The 20% rider credit does not increase the basic benefit or the contract value. Because step ups may increase your ALP, they may reduce or eliminate any benefit of the 20% rider credit.

Enhanced Lifetime Base (ELB)

The enhanced lifetime base will be established initially on the third rider anniversary. If you do not decline a rider fee increase and you do not make a withdrawal during the first three rider years, then the enhanced lifetime base will be the sum of all purchase payments received during the first three rider years plus the 20% rider credit. If you make a withdrawal during the first three rider years or decline a rider fee increase, then the 20% rider credit does not apply and the enhanced lifetime base will be established as zero and will always be zero.

The maximum enhanced lifetime base at any time is $5,000,000.

If the enhanced lifetime base is greater than zero, then it will:

• increase by the amount of any purchase payments received on or after the third rider anniversary.

• be reduced by any withdrawal in the same proportion as the withdrawal reduces the RBA and, if the withdrawal exceeds the RBP, it will then be set to the lesser of this reduced value and the contract value immediately following the withdrawal.

• be set to the contract value (if your contract value is less), if you choose an asset allocation model that is more aggressive than the target model while you are in the withdrawal phase.

If any of the following events occur, then the enhanced lifetime base will be established as or reset to zero and will always be zero:

• The total RBA is reduced to zero.

• You decline a rider fee increase.

The enhanced lifetime base is an amount that may be used to increase the ALP and cannot be withdrawn, annuitized or payable as a death benefit.

180    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Increase in ALP because of the Enhanced Lifetime Base

If the ALP is already established, on the third rider anniversary, the ALP will be increased to equal the enhanced lifetime base multiplied by the ALP Percentage (either 5% or 6% as described under “GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage” heading above), if this amount is greater than the current ALP. Thereafter, the enhanced lifetime base will always be zero.

ALP Excess Withdrawal Processing

The ALP is reset to the lesser of the ALP immediately prior to the withdrawal, or the ALP Percentage (either 5% or 6% as described under “GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage” heading above) multiplied by the contract value immediately following the withdrawal.

Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (RALP): The amount available for withdrawal for the remainder of the contract year under the lifetime benefit. Prior to establishment of the ALP, the lifetime benefit is not in effect and the RALP is zero.

The RALP is determined at the following times:

• The RALP is established at the same time as the ALP, and:

(a)	During the waiting period — the RALP will be zero.
(b)	At any other time — the RALP is established equal to the ALP less all prior withdrawals taken in the contract year but not less than zero.

• At the beginning of each contract year after the waiting period and when the ALP Percentage changes — the RALP is set equal to the ALP.

• When you make additional purchase payments after the waiting period — each additional purchase payment increases the RALP by the purchase payment, if applicable multiplied by the ALP Percentage (either 5% or 6% as described under “GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage” heading above).

• At step ups — (see “Annual Step Up” headings below).

• At spousal continuation — (see “Spousal Option to Continue the Contract upon Owner’s Death” heading below).

• When you make any withdrawal after the waiting period — the RALP equals the RALP immediately prior to the withdrawal less the amount of the withdrawal but not less than zero.If you withdraw an amount greater than the RALP, ALP excess withdrawal processing is applied and may reduce the amount available for future withdrawals. When determining if a withdrawal will result in excess withdrawal processing, the applicable RALP will not yet reflect the amount of the current withdrawal.

Other Provisions

Required Minimum Distributions (RMD): If you are taking RMDs from your contract and your RMD calculated separately for your contract is greater than the RBP or the RALP on the most recent contract anniversary, the portion of your RMD that exceeds the benefit amount will not be subject to excess withdrawal processing provided that the following conditions are met:

• The withdrawal is after the waiting period;

• The RMD is for your contract alone;

• The RMD is based on your recalculated life expectancy taken from the Uniform Lifetime Table under the Code; and

• The RMD amount is otherwise based on the requirements of section 401(a) (9), related Code provisions and regulations thereunder that were in effect on the effective date of the rider.

RMD rules follow the calendar year which most likely does not coincide with your contract year and therefore may limit when you can take your RMD and not be subject to excess withdrawal processing. Any withdrawal during the waiting period will reset the basic benefit and lifetime benefit at the end of the waiting period. After the waiting period, withdrawal amounts greater than the RALP or RBP that do not meet the conditions above will result in excess withdrawal processing. The amount in excess of the RBP and/or RALP that is not subject to excess withdrawal processing will be recalculated if the RALP and RBP change due to GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage changes. See Appendix E for additional information.

Annual Step Up: Beginning with the first contract anniversary, an increase of the benefit values may be available. A step up does not create contract value, guarantee the performance of any investment option, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn in a lump sum or paid upon death. Rather, a step up determines the current values of the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP, and may extend the payment period or increase the allowable payment. If there have been multiple payments and the GBA increases due to the step up, the individual GBAs, RBAs, GBPs, and RBPs will be combined.

The annual step up may be available as described below, subject to the maximum GBA, RBA and ALP and subject to the following rules:

• You have not declined a rider fee increase.

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    181

• If you take any withdrawals during the waiting period the annual step up will not be available until the rider anniversary following the end of the waiting period.

• On any rider anniversary where your contract value is greater than the RBA or, your contract value multiplied by the ALP Percentage (either 5% or 6% as described under “GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage” heading above) is greater than the ALP, if established, the annual step up will be applied to your contract on the rider anniversary.

• The ALP and RALP are not eligible for step ups until they are established. Prior to being established, the ALP and RALP values are both zero.

• Please note it is possible for the ALP to step up even if the RBA or GBA do not step up, and it is also possible for the RBA and GBA to step up even if the ALP does not step up.

The annual step up resets the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP values as follows:

• The total RBA will be increased to the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the rider anniversary, if the contract value is greater.

• The total GBA will be increased to the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the rider anniversary, if the contract value is greater.

• The total GBP will be reset using the calculation as described above based on the increased GBA and RBA.

• The total RBP will be reset as follows:

(a)	During the waiting period, the RBP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	After the waiting period, the RBP will be reset to the increased GBP.

• The ALP will be increased to the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the rider anniversary multiplied by the ALP Percentage (either 5% or 6% as described under “GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage” heading above), if greater than the current ALP.

• The RALP will be reset as follows:

(a)	During the waiting period, the RALP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	After the waiting period, the RALP will be reset to the increased ALP.

Spousal Option to Continue the Contract upon Owner’s Death (Spousal Continuation):

Single Life:If a surviving spouse elects to continue the contract and continues the contract as the new owner under the spousal continuation provision of the contract, theSecureSource 20 — Single Life rider terminates.

Joint Life: If a surviving spouse is a covered spouse and elects the spousal continuation provision of the contract as the new owner, theSecureSource 20 — Joint Life rider also continues. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate. The surviving covered spouse can name a new beneficiary; however, a new covered spouse cannot be added to the rider.

At the time of spousal continuation, a step-up may be available. If you decline a rider fee increase or the spousal continuation occurs during the waiting period and a withdrawal was taken, a step up is not available. All annual step-up rules (see “Annual Step-Up” heading above) also apply to the spousal continuation step-up except that a) the RBP will be calculated as the GBP after the step-up less all prior withdrawals taken during the current contract year, but not less than zero, and b) the RALP will be calculated as the ALP after the step-up less all prior withdrawals taken during the current contract year, but not less than zero. The spousal continuation step-up is processed on the valuation date spousal continuation is effective.

Rules for Withdrawal Provision of Your Contract: Minimum account values following a withdrawal no longer apply to your contract. For withdrawals, the withdrawal will be taken from the variable subaccounts, guarantee period accounts (where available), the one-year fixed account (if applicable) and the DCA fixed account in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to the contract value. You cannot specify from which accounts the withdrawal is to be taken.

If Contract Value Reduces to Zero: If the contract value reduces to zero, you will be paid in the following scenarios:

1) The ALP has not yet been established, the total RBA is greater than zero and the contract value is reduced to zero as a result of fees or charges or a withdrawal that is less than or equal to the RBP. In this scenario, you can choose to:

(a)	receive the remaining schedule of GBPs until the RBA equals zero; or
(b)	Single Life: wait until the rider anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65, and then receive the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the covered person, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero.

Joint Life: wait until the rider anniversary following the date the younger covered spouse reaches age 65, and then receive the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the last surviving covered spouse, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero.

182    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

We will notify you of this option. If no election is made, the ALP will be paid.

2) The ALP has been established, the total RBA is greater than zero and the contract value reduces to zero as a result of fees or charges, or a withdrawal that is less than or equal to both the RBP and the RALP. In this scenario, you can choose to receive:

(a)	the remaining schedule of GBPs until the RBA equals zero; or
(b)	Single Life: the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the covered person, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero.

Joint Life: the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the last surviving covered spouse, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero.

We will notify you of this option. If no election is made, the ALP will be paid.

3)	The ALP has been established and the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RALP but less than or equal to the RBP. In this scenario, the remaining schedule of GBPs will be paid until the RBA equals zero.
4)	The ALP has been established and the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RBP but less than or equal to the RALP. In this scenario, the ALP will be paid annually until the death of the:
•	Single Life: covered person;
•	Joint Life: last surviving covered spouse.

Under any of these scenarios:

• The annualized amounts will be paid to you in monthly installments. If the monthly payment is less than $100, we have the right to change the frequency but no less frequent than annually;

• We will no longer accept additional purchase payments;

• You will no longer be charged for the rider;

• Any attached death benefit riders will terminate;

• In determining the remaining schedule of GBPs, the current GBP is fixed for as long as payments are made.

• Single Life: The death benefit becomes the remaining payments, if any, until the RBA is reduced to zero; and

• Joint Life: If the owner had been receiving the ALP, upon the first death the ALP will continue to be paid annually until the later of: 1) the death of the last surviving covered spouse or 2) the RBA is reduced to zero. In all other situations the death benefit becomes the remaining payments, if any, until the RBA is reduced to zero.

TheSecureSource 20 rider and the contract will terminate under either of the following two scenarios:

• If the ALP is established and the RBA is zero, and if the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RALP. This is full withdrawal of the contract value.

• If the ALP is not established and the RBA is zero, and if the contract value falls to zero as a result of fees, charges or a withdrawal.

At Death:

Single Life: If the contract value is greater than zero when the death benefit becomes payable, the beneficiary may: 1) elect to take the death benefit under the terms of the contract, 2) take the RBA payout option available under this rider, or 3) continue the contract under the spousal continuation provision of the contract which terminates the rider.

If the contract value equals zero and the death benefit becomes payable, the following will occur:

• If the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the GBP each year, the GBP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person dies and the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person is still alive and the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the later of the death of the covered person or the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person is still alive and the RBA equals zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the death of the covered person.

• If the covered person dies and the RBA equals zero, the benefit terminates. No further payments will be made.

Joint Life: If the death benefit becomes payable at the death of a covered spouse, the surviving covered spouse must utilize the spousal continuation provision of the contract and continue the contract as the new owner to continue the joint benefit. If spousal continuation is not available under the terms of the contract, the rider terminates. The lifetime benefit of this rider ends at the death of the last surviving covered spouse.

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    183

If the contract value is greater than zero when the death benefit becomes payable, the beneficiary may: 1) elect to take the death benefit under the terms of the contract, 2) take the RBA payout option available under this rider, or 3) continue the contract under the spousal continuation provision of the contract.

If the contract value equals zero at the first death of a covered spouse, the ALP will continue to be paid annually until the later of: 1) the death of the last surviving covered spouse or 2) the RBA is reduced to zero.

If the contract value equals zero at the death of the last surviving covered spouse, the following will occur:

• If the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the GBP each year, the GBP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the RBA equals zero, the benefit terminates. No further payments will be made.

Contract Ownership Change:

Single Life: If allowed by state law, change of ownership is subject to our approval. If there is a change of ownership and the covered person remains the same, the rider continues with no change to any of the rider benefits. Effective May 1, 2016, joint ownership and joint annuitants are not allowed except for contracts issued in California. If there is a change of ownership and the covered person would be different, the rider terminates.

Joint Life: Ownership changes are only allowed between the covered spouses or their revocable trust(s) and are subject to our approval, if allowed by state law. No other ownership changes are allowed as long as the rider is in force.

Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA) Payout Option: Several annuity payout plans are available under the contract. As an alternative to these annuity payout plans, a fixed annuity payout option is available under theSecureSource 20 rider after the waiting period.

Under this option the amount payable each year will be equal to the remaining schedule of GBPs, but the total amount paid will not exceed the current total RBA at the time you begin this fixed annuity payout option. These annualized amounts will be paid in monthly installments. If the monthly payment is less than $100, we have the right to change the frequency, but no less frequently than annually. If, at the death of the owner, total payouts have been made for less than the RBA, the remaining payouts will be paid to the beneficiary (see “The Annuity Payout Period” and “Taxes”).

This option may not be available if the contract is issued to qualify under section 403 or 408 of the Code, as amended. For such contracts, this option will be available only if the guaranteed payment period is less than the life expectancy of the owner at the time the option becomes effective. Such life expectancy will be computed using a life expectancy table published by the IRS.

This annuity payout option may also be elected by the beneficiary when the death benefit is payable if payments begin no later than one year after your death and the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy. Whenever multiple beneficiaries are designated under the contract, each such beneficiary’s share of the proceeds if they elect this option will be in proportion to their applicable designated beneficiary percentage. Beneficiaries of nonqualified contracts may elect this settlement option subject to the distribution requirements of the contract. We reserve the right to adjust the remaining schedule of GBPs if necessary to comply with the Code.

Rider Termination

TheSecureSource 20 rider cannot be terminated either by you or us except as follows:

1.	Single Life: a change of ownership that would result in a different covered person will terminate the rider.
2.	Single Life: After the death benefit is payable, continuation of the contract will terminate the rider.
3.	Joint Life:After the death benefit is payable the rider will terminate if:

(a)	any one other than a covered spouse continues the contract, or
(b)	a covered spouse does not use the spousal continuation provision of the contract to continue the contract.

4.	Annuity payouts under an annuity payout plan will terminate the rider.
5.	You may terminate the rider if your annual rider fee after any fee increase is more than 0.25 percentage points higher than your fee before the increase (See “Charges —SecureSource 20 rider fee”).
6.	When the RBA and contract value is reduced to zero and either the withdrawal is taken when the ALP is not established or an excess withdrawal of the RALP is taken, the rider will terminate.
7.	Termination of the contract for any reason will terminate the rider.
8.	When a beneficiary elects an alternative payment plan which is an inherited IRA, the rider will terminate.

For an example, see Appendix D.

184    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix O:SecureSource Stages Rider Disclosure

Securesource Stages Riders

This is an optional benefit that you can add to your contract for an additional charge. The benefit is intended to provide to you, after the waiting period, a specified withdrawal amount annually for life, even if your contract value is zero, subject to the terms and provisions described in this section. This benefit offers a credit feature to help in low or poor performing markets and a step up feature to lock in contract anniversary gains. TheSecureSource Stages rider may be appropriate for you if you intend to make periodic withdrawals from your annuity contract and wish to ensure that market performance will not adversely affect your ability to withdraw income over your lifetime.

This benefit is intended for assets you plan to hold and let accumulate for at least three years. Your benefits under the rider can be reduced if any of the following occurs:

• If you take any withdrawals during the 3-year waiting period, your benefits will be set to zero until the end of the waiting period when they will be re-established based on your contract value at that time;

• If you take a withdrawal after the waiting period and if you withdraw more than the allowed withdrawal amount in a contract year, or you take withdrawals before the lifetime benefit is available;

• If you take a withdrawal and later choose to allocate your contract value to an investment option that is more aggressive than the target investment option.

• If the contract value is 20% or more below purchase payments increased by any step ups or rider credits and adjusted for withdrawals (see withdrawal adjustment base described below).

TheSecureSource Stages rider guarantees that, regardless of investment performance, you may take withdrawals up to the lifetime benefit amount each contract year that the lifetime benefit is available. The lifetime benefit amount can vary based on your attained age and based on the relationship of your contract value to the withdrawal adjustment base. Each contract year after the waiting period, the percentage used to determine the benefit amount is set when the first withdrawal is taken and fixed for the remainder of that year.

At any time after the waiting period, as long as your total withdrawals during the current year do not exceed the lifetime benefit amount, you will not be assessed a surrender charge and no market value adjustment will be applied. If you withdraw a larger amount, the excess amount will be assessed any applicable surrender charges and any applicable market value adjustment. At any time, you may withdraw any amount up to your entire surrender value, subject to excess withdrawal processing under the rider.

Subject to conditions and limitations, the rider also guarantees that you or your beneficiary will get back purchase payments you have made, increased by annual step-ups, through withdrawals over time. Any amount we pay in excess of your contract value is subject to our financial strength and claims-paying ability.

Subject to conditions and limitations, the lifetime benefit amount can be increased if a rider credit is available or your contract value has increased on a rider anniversary. The principal back guarantee can also be increased if your contract value has increased on a rider anniversary.

Availability

There are two optionalSecureSource Stages riders available under your contract:

• SecureSource Stages – Single Life

• SecureSource Stages – Joint Life

The information in this section applies to bothSecureSource Stages riders, unless otherwise noted.

For the purpose of this rider, the term “withdrawal” has the same meaning as the term “surrender” in the contract or any other riders

TheSecureSource Stages — Single Life rider covers one person. TheSecureSource Stages — Joint Life Rider covers two spouses jointly who are named at contract issue. You may elect only theSecureSource Stages — Single Life rider or theSecureSource Stages — Joint Life rider, not both, and you may not switch riders later. You must elect the rider when you purchase your contract. The rider effective date will be the contract issue date.

TheSecureSource Stages rider is an optional benefit that you may select, if approved in your state, for an additional annual charge if you purchase your contract on or after Nov. 30, 2009; and

• Single Life: you are 80 or younger on the date the contract is issued; or

• Joint Life: you and your spouse are 80 or younger on the date the contract is issued.

TheSecureSource Stages riders are not available under an inherited qualified annuity.

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    185

TheSecureSource Stages rider guarantees that after the waiting period, regardless of the investment performance of your contract, you will be able to withdraw up to a certain amount each year from the contract before the annuitization start date until:

• Single Life: death (see “At Death” heading below).

• Joint Life: the death of the last surviving covered spouse (see “Joint Life only: Covered Spouses” and “At Death” headings below).

Key Terms

The key terms associated with theSecureSource Stages rider are:

Age Bands: Each age band is associated with a set of lifetime payment percentages. The covered person (Joint Life: the younger covered spouse) must be at least the youngest age shown in the first age band for the annual lifetime payment to be established. After the annual lifetime payment is established, other factors determine when you move to a higher age band.

Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP): the lifetime benefit amount available each contract year after the waiting period and after the covered person (Joint Life: the younger covered spouse) has reached the youngest age in the first age band. When the ALP is available, the annual withdrawal amount guaranteed by the rider can vary each contract year.

Annual Step-Up: an increase in the benefit base or the principal back guarantee and a possible increase in the lifetime payment percentage that is available each rider anniversary if your contract value increases, subject to certain conditions.

Benefit Base (BB): used to calculate the annual lifetime payment and the annual rider charge. The BB cannot be withdrawn in a lump sum or annuitized and is not payable as a death benefit.

Credit Base (CB): used to calculate the rider credit. The CB cannot be withdrawn or annuitized and is not payable as a death benefit.

Excess Withdrawal: (1) a withdrawal taken after the waiting period and before the annual lifetime payment is established, or (2) a withdrawal that is greater than the remaining annual lifetime payment when the annual lifetime payment is available.

Excess Withdrawal Processing: after the waiting period, a reduction in benefits if a withdrawal is taken before the annual lifetime payment is established or if a withdrawal exceeds the remaining annual lifetime payment.

Lifetime Payment Percentage: used to calculate your annual lifetime payment. Two percentages (“percentage A” and “percentage B”) are used for each age band.

Principal Back Guarantee (PBG): a guarantee that total withdrawals will not be less than purchase payments you have made, increased by annual step-ups, as long as there is no excess withdrawal or benefit reset.

Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (RALP): as you make withdrawals during a contract year, the remaining amount that the rider guarantees will be available for withdrawal that year is reduced. Whenever the annual lifetime payment is available, the RALP is the guaranteed amount that can be withdrawn during the remainder of the current contract year.

Rider Credit: an amount that can be added to the benefit base on each of the first ten rider anniversaries, based on a rider credit percentage of 8% in year one and 6% for years two through ten, as long as no withdrawals have been taken since the rider effective date and you do not decline any annual rider fee increase. Investment performance and withdrawals in the waiting period may reduce or eliminate the benefit of any rider credits. Rider credits may result in higher rider charges that may exceed the benefit from the credits.

Waiting Period: the period of time before you can take a withdrawal without affecting benefits under the rider. The waiting period starts on the rider effective date and ends on the day prior to the third rider anniversary.

Withdrawal: the amount by which your contract value is reduced as a result of any withdrawal request. It may differ from the amount of your request due to any surrender charge and any market value adjustment.

Withdrawal Adjustment Base (WAB): one of the components used to determine the lifetime payment percentage. The WAB cannot be withdrawn or annuitized and is not payable as a death benefit.

ImportantSecureSource Stages Rider Considerations

You should consider whether aSecureSource Stages rider is appropriate for you taking into account the following considerations:

You will begin paying the rider charge as of the rider effective date, even if you do not begin taking withdrawals for many years. It is possible that your contract performance, fees and charges, and withdrawal pattern may be such that your contract value will not be depleted in your lifetime and you will not receive any monetary value under the rider.

186    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

•	Lifetime Benefit Limitations: The lifetime benefit is subject to certain limitations, including but not limited to:
	Single Life: Once the contract value equals zero, payments are made for as long as the covered person is living (see “If Contract Value Reduces to Zero” heading below). However, if the contract value is greater than zero, the lifetime benefit terminates at the first death of any owner even if the covered person is still living (see “At Death” heading below). This possibility may present itself when there are multiple contract owners — when one of the contract owners dies the lifetime benefit terminates even though other contract owners are still living.
	Joint Life: Once the contract value equals zero, payments are made for as long as either covered spouse is living (see “If Contract Value Reduces to Zero” heading below). However, if the contract value is greater than zero, the lifetime benefit terminates at the death of the last surviving covered spouse (see “At Death” heading below).
•	Withdrawals: Please consider carefully when you start taking withdrawals from this rider. If you take any withdrawals during the 3-year waiting period, your benefits will be set to zero until the end of the waiting period when they will be reestablished based on your contract value at that time. Although your benefits will be set to zero until the end of waiting period, we will deduct rider fees, based on the anniversary contract value for the remainder of the waiting period. Any withdrawal request within the 3-year waiting period must be submitted in writing. In addition, any withdrawals in the first 10 years will terminate the rider credits. Also, after the waiting period if you withdraw more than the allowed withdrawal amount in a contract year or take withdrawals before the lifetime benefit is available (“excess withdrawal”), the guaranteed amounts under the rider may be reduced.
•	Investment Allocation Restrictions: You must be invested in one of the approved investment options. These funds are expected to reduce our financial risks and expenses associated with certain living benefits. Although the funds’ investment strategies may help mitigate declines in your contract value due to declining equity markets, the funds’ investment strategies may also curb your contract value gains during periods of positive performance by the equity markets. Additionally, investment in the funds may decrease the number and amount of any benefit base increase opportunities. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds: Volatility and Volatility Management Risk with the Portfolio Stabilizer funds” section.) We reserve the right to add, remove or substitute approved investment options in the future. This requirement limits your choice of investments. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, GPAs or the regular fixed account that are available under the contract to contract owners who do not elect the rider. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds.”) You may allocate purchase payments to the Special DCA fixed account, when available, and we will make monthly transfers into the investment option you have chosen. You may make two elective investment option changes per contract year; we reserve the right to limit elective investment option changes if required to comply with the written instructions of a fund (see “Market Timing”).
	The following provisions apply to contracts invested in a Portfolio Navigator fund:

• You can allocate your contract value to any available Portfolio Navigator fund during the following times: (1) prior to your first withdrawal and (2) following a benefit reset due to an investment option change as described below but prior to any subsequent withdrawal. During these accumulation phases, you may request to change your investment option to any available investment option.

• Immediately following a withdrawal your contract value will be reallocated to the target investment option as shown in your contract if your current investment option is more aggressive than the target investment option. If you are in a static model portfolio, this reallocation will be made to the applicable fund of funds investment option. This automatic reallocation is not included in the total number of allowed model portfolio changes per contract year. The target investment option is currently the Moderate investment option. We reserve the right to change the target investment option to an investment option that is more aggressive than the target investment option after 30 days written notice.

• After you have taken a withdrawal and prior to any benefit reset as described below, you are in a withdrawal phase. During withdrawal phases you may request to change your investment option to the target investment option or any investment option that is more conservative than the target investment option without a benefit reset as described below. If you are in a withdrawal phase and you choose to allocate your contract value to an investment option that is more aggressive than the target or investment option, you will be in the accumulation phase again. If this is done after the waiting period, your rider benefit will be reset as follows: the BB, PBG and WAB will be reset to the contract value, if less than their current amount; and the ALP and RALP, if available, will be recalculated.

You may request to change your investment option by written request on an authorized form or by another method agreed to by us.

•

Non-Cancelable: Once elected, theSecureSource Stages rider may not be cancelled (except as provided under “Rider Termination” heading below) and the fee will continue to be deducted until the contract or rider is terminated or the contract value reduces to zero (described below).

Dissolution of marriage does not terminate theSecureSource Stages — Joint Life rider and will not reduce the fee we charge for this rider. The benefit under theSecureSource Stages — Joint Life rider continues for the covered spouse who is the owner of the contract (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural or revocable trust ownership). The rider will terminate at the death of the contract owner because the original covered spouse will be unable to elect the spousal continuation provision of the contract (see “Joint Life only: Covered Spouses” below).

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    187

•	Joint Life: Limitations on Contract Owners, Annuitants and Beneficiaries: Since the joint life benefit will terminate unless the surviving covered spouse continues the contract under the spousal option to continue the contract upon the owner’s death provision, only ownership arrangements that permit such continuation are allowed at rider issue. In general, the covered spouses should be joint owners, or one covered spouse should be the owner and the other covered spouse should be named as the sole primary beneficiary.
	You are responsible for establishing ownership arrangements that will allow for spousal continuation.
	If you select theSecureSource Stages — Joint Life rider, please consider carefully whether or not you wish to change the beneficiary of your annuity contract. The rider will terminate if the surviving covered spouse cannot utilize the spousal continuation provision of the contract when the death benefit is payable.
•	Limitations on Purchase Payments: We reserve the right to limit the cumulative amount of purchase payments (subject to state restrictions), which may limit your ability to make additional purchase payments to increase your contract value as you may have originally intended. For current purchase payment restrictions, please see “Buying Your Contract —Purchase Payments”.
•	Interaction with Total Free Amount (FA) contract provision: The FA is the amount you are allowed to withdraw from the contract in each contract year without incurring a surrender charge (see “Charges — Surrender Charge”). The FA may be greater than the remaining annual lifetime payment under this rider. Any amount you withdraw under the contract’s FA provision that exceeds the remaining annual lifetime payment is subject to the excess withdrawal processing described below. Also, any amount you withdraw during the waiting period will set all benefits under the rider to zero until the end of the waiting period when they will be reestablished based on the contract value at that time.

You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of the rider in your tax situation because:

• Tax Considerations for Nonqualified Annuities:Under current federal income tax law, withdrawals under nonqualified annuities, including withdrawals taken from the contract under the terms of the rider, are treated less favorably than amounts received as annuity payments under the contract (see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities”). Withdrawals are taxable income to the extent of earnings. Withdrawal of earnings before age 59½ may also incur a 10% IRS early withdrawal penalty. You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of the rider in your tax situation.

• Tax Considerations for Qualified Annuities: Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). If you have a qualified annuity, you may need to take an RMD during the waiting period and such withdrawals will set all benefits under the rider to zero until the end of the waiting period when they will be reestablished based on the contract value at that time. While the rider permits certain excess withdrawals to be taken after the waiting period for the purpose of satisfying RMD requirements for your contract alone without reducing future benefits guaranteed under the rider, there can be no guarantee that changes in the federal income tax law after the effective date of the rider will not require a larger RMD to be taken, in which case, future guaranteed withdrawals under the rider could be reduced. See Appendix E for additional information.

• Treatment of non-spousal distributions: Unless you are married your beneficiary will be required to take distributions as a non-spouse which may result in significantly decreasing the value of the rider. Please note civil unions and domestic partnerships generally are not recognized as marriages for federal tax purposes. For additional information see “Taxes — Other — Spousal status” section of this prospectus.

• Limitations on Tax-Sheltered Annuities (TSAs): Your right to take withdrawals is restricted if your contract is a TSA (see “TSA — Special Provisions”).

Lifetime Benefit Description

Single Life only:Covered Person: the person whose life is used to determine when the annual lifetime payment is established, and the duration of the ALP payments (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below). The covered person is the oldest contract owner. If any owner is a nonnatural person (e.g., an irrevocable trust or corporation) or a revocable trust, the covered person is the oldest annuitant.

Joint Life only: CoveredSpouses: the contract owner and his or her legally married spouse as defined under federal law, as named on the application for as long as the marriage is valid and in effect. If any contract owner is a nonnatural person (e.g., an irrevocable trust or corporation) or a revocable trust, the covered spouses are the annuitant and the legally married spouse of the annuitant. The covered spouses lives are used to determine when the annual lifetime payment is established, and the duration of the ALP payments (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below). The covered spouses are established on the rider effective date and cannot be changed.

Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP): the lifetime benefit amount available each contract year after the waiting period and after the covered person (Joint Life: younger covered spouses) has reached age 50. When the ALP is established and at all times thereafter, the ALP is equal to the BB multiplied by the lifetime payment percentage. Anytime the lifetime

188    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

payment percentage or BB changes as described below, the ALP will be recalculated. When the ALP is available, the first withdrawal taken in each contract year will set and fix the lifetime payment percentage for the remainder of the contract year.

If you withdraw less than the ALP in a contract year, the unused portion does not carry over to future contract years.

Single Life: The ALP is established on the later of the rider effective date if the covered person has reached age 50, or the date the covered person’s attained age equals age 50. The ALP will be available on later of the rider anniversary after the waiting period, or the date the covered person’s attained age equals age 50.

Joint Life: The ALP is established on the earliest of the following dates:

• The rider effective date if the younger covered spouse has already reached age 50.

• The date the younger covered spouse’s attained age equals age 50.

• Upon the first death of a covered spouse, then either: (a) the date we receive a written request when the death benefit is not payable and the surviving covered spouse has already reached age 50, (b) the date spousal continuation is effective when the death benefit is payable and the surviving covered spouse has already reached age 50, or (c) the date the surviving covered spouse reaches age 50.

• Following dissolution of marriage of the covered spouses, then either (a) the date we receive a written request if the remaining covered spouse who is the owner (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural or revocable trust ownership) has already reached age 50, or (b) the date the remaining covered spouse who is the owner (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural or revocable trust ownership) reaches age 50.

The ALP will be available on later of the rider anniversary after the waiting period, or the date the ALP is established.

Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (RALP): the remaining annual lifetime payment guaranteed for withdrawal after any withdrawals are made. The RALP is established at the same time as the ALP. The RALP will be zero during the waiting period. After the waiting period, the RALP equals the ALP less all withdrawals in the current contract year, but it will not be less than zero.

Lifetime Payment Percentage: used to calculate the annual lifetime payment. Two percentages are used for a given age band, percentage A or percentage B, depending on the factors described below.

For ages:

• 50-58, percentage A is 4% and percentage B is 3%.

• 59-64, percentage A is 5% and percentage B is 4%.

• 65-79, percentage A is 6% and percentage B is 5%.

• 80 and older, percentage A is 7% and percentage B is 6%.

The age band for the lifetime payment percentage is determined at the following times:

• When the ALP is established: The age band for the lifetime payment percentage used to calculate the initial ALP is the percentage for the covered person’s attained age (Joint Life: younger covered spouses attained age).

• On the covered person’s subsequent birthdays (Joint Life: younger covered spouses subsequent birthdays): Except as noted below, if the covered person’s new attained age (Joint Life: younger covered spouses attained age) is in a higher age band, then the higher age band will be used to determine the appropriate lifetime payment percentage. (However, if you decline any annual rider fee increase or if a withdrawal has been taken since the ALP was made available, then the lifetime payment percentage will not change on subsequent birthdays.)

• Upon annual step-ups (see “Annual step ups” below).

• For the Joint life rider, upon death or change in marital status: In the event of death or dissolution of marriage: (A) If no withdrawal has been taken since the ALP was available and no annual rider fee increase has been declined, the lifetime payment percentage will be reset based on the Age Band for the remaining covered spouse’s attained age. (B) If the ALP is not established but the remaining covered spouse has reached the youngest age in the first Age Band, the remaining covered spouse’s attained age will be used to determine the age band for the lifetime payment percentage. In the event of remarriage of the covered spouses to each other, the lifetime payment percentage used is the percentage for the younger covered spouse’s attained age.

The following determines whether Percentage A or Percentage B is used for each applicable age band:

During the waiting period, percentage A will be used to determine the amount payable to beneficiaries under the principal back guarantee (PBG).

After the waiting period, a comparison of your contract value and the withdrawal adjustment base (WAB) determines whether percentage A or percentage B is used to calculate the ALP unless the percentage is fixed as described below.

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    189

On each valuation date, if the benefit determining percentage is less than the 20% adjustment threshold, then percentage A is used in calculating your ALP, otherwise percentage B is used. The benefit determining percentage is calculated as follows, but it will not be less than zero:

1– (a/b) where:

a	=	Contract value at the end of the prior valuation period
b	=	WAB at the end of the prior valuation period

After the ALP is available, the first withdrawal taken in each contract year will set and fix the lifetime payment percentage for the remainder of the contract year. Beginning on the next rider anniversary, the lifetime payment percentage can change on each valuation day as described above until a withdrawal is taken in that contract year.

Under certain limited situations, your Lifetime Payment Percentage will not vary each contract year. Percentage A or percentage B will be determined at the earliest of (1), (2) or (3) below and remain fixed for as long as the benefit is payable:

• if the ALP is established, when your contract value on a rider anniversary is less than two times the benefit base (BB) multiplied by percentage B for your current age band, or

• when the contract value reduces to zero, or

• on the date of death (Joint Life: remaining covered spouse’s date of death) when a death benefit is payable.

For certain periods of time at our discretion and on a non-discriminatory basis, your lifetime payment percentage may be set by us to percentage A if more favorable to you.

Determination of Adjustments of Benefit Values:Your lifetime benefit values and principal back guarantee (PBG) are determined at the following times and are subject to a maximum benefit base (BB), credit base (CB), withdrawal adjustment base (WAB) and PBG amount of $10 million each:

• On the contract date: The WAB, CB, BB and PBG are set equal to the initial purchase payment.

• When an additional purchase payment is made: Before a withdrawal is taken in the waiting period and at any time after the waiting period, the WAB, CB (unless it has been permanently set to zero), BB and PBG will be increased by the amount of each additional purchase payment.

• When a withdrawal is taken: If the CB is greater than zero, the CB will be permanently reset to zero when the first withdrawal is taken, and there will be no additional rider credits. If the first withdrawal is taken during the waiting period, the WAB, BB and PBG will be set equal to zero until the end of the waiting period.

• Whenever a withdrawal is taken after the waiting period:

(a)	the WAB will be reduced by the “adjustment for withdrawal,” as defined below.
(b)	if the ALP is established and the withdrawal is less than or equal to the RALP, the BB does not change and the PBG is reduced by the amount of the withdrawal, but it will not be less than zero.
(c)	if the ALP is not established, excess withdrawal processing will occur as follows. The BB will be reduced by the “adjustment for withdrawal,” and the PBG will be reduced by the greater of the amount of the withdrawal or the “adjustment for withdrawal,” but it will not be less than zero.
(d)	If the ALP is established and the withdrawal is greater than the RALP, excess withdrawal processing will occur as follows:
	The PBG will be reset to the lesser of:
	(i) the PBG reduced by the amount of the withdrawal, but it will not be less than zero; or

(ii) the PBG minus the RALP on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal and further reduced by an amount calculated as follows, but it will not be less than zero:

a × b	where:
c

a	=	the amount of the withdrawal minus the RALP
b	=	the PBG minus the RALP on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal
c	=	the contract value on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal minus the RALP

190    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The BB will be reduced by an amount as calculated below:

d × e	where:
f

d	=	the amount of the withdrawal minus the RALP
e	=	the BB on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal
f	=	the contract value on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal minus the RALP.

Adjustment for Withdrawal Definition: When the WAB, PBG or BB is reduced by a withdrawal in the same proportion as the contract value is reduced, the proportional amount deducted is the “adjustment for withdrawal.” The “adjustment for withdrawal” is calculated as follows:

g × h	where:
i

g	=	the amount the contract value is reduced by the withdrawal
h	=	the WAB, BB or PGB (as applicable) on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal
I	=	the contract value on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal.

Rider Anniversary Processing: The following describes how the WAB, BB and PBG are calculated on rider anniversaries, subject to the maximum amount of $10 million for each, and how the lifetime payment percentage can change on rider anniversaries.

• On the rider anniversary following the waiting period: If a withdrawal was taken during the waiting period and you did not decline any annual rider fee increase as described in the rider charges provision, the BB, WAB and PBG are reset to the contract value. If a withdrawal was taken during the waiting period and you declined any annual rider fee increase, the BB and PBG are reset to the lesser of (1) the BB or PBG (as applicable) at the time of the first withdrawal, plus any additional purchase payments since the time of the first withdrawal, minus all withdrawals, or (2) the contract value. The WAB will be reset to the BB.

• The WAB on rider anniversaries: Unless you decline any annual rider fee increase or take a withdrawal during the waiting period, the WAB (after any rider credit is added) will be increased to the contract value, if the contract value is greater. If a withdrawal was taken during the waiting period, the WAB will be increased to the contract value, if the contract value is greater, starting on the rider anniversary following the waiting period.

Rider Credits: If you did not take any withdrawals and you did not decline any annual rider fee increase, a rider credit may be available for the first ten rider anniversaries. On the first rider anniversary, the rider credit equals the credit base (CB) 180 days following the rider effective date multiplied by 8%. On any subsequent rider credit anniversaries, the rider credit equals the CB as of the prior rider anniversary multiplied by 6%. On the first rider anniversary the BB and WAB will be set to the greater of the current BB, or the BB 180 days following the contract date increased by the rider credit and any additional purchase payments since 180 days following the rider effective date. On any subsequent rider credit anniversaries the BB and WAB will be set to the greater of the current BB, or the BB on the prior rider anniversary increased by the rider credit and any additional purchase payments since the prior rider anniversary. If the CB is greater than zero, the CB will be permanently reset to zero on the 10th rider anniversary after any adjustment to the WAB and BB, and there will be no additional rider credits.

Annual step ups: Beginning with the first rider anniversary, an annual step-up may be available. If you take any withdrawals during the waiting period, the annual step-up will not be available until the 3rd rider anniversary. If you decline any annual rider fee increase, future annual step-ups will no longer be available.

The annual step-up will be executed on any rider anniversary where the contract value (after charges are deducted) is greater than the PBG or the BB after any rider credit is added. If an annual step-up is executed, the PBG, BB and lifetime payment percentage will be adjusted as follows: The PBG will be increased to the contract value, if the contract value is greater. The BB (after any rider credit is added) will be increased to the contract value, if the contract value is greater. If the covered person’s attained age (Joint Life: younger covered spouses attained age) on the rider anniversary is in a higher age band and (1) there is an increase to BB due to a step-up or (2) the BB is at the maximum of $10,000,000 so there was no step-up of the BB, then the higher age band will be used to determine the appropriate lifetime payment percentage, regardless of any prior withdrawals.

Other Provisions

Required Minimum Distributions (RMD): If you are taking RMDs from your contract and your RMD calculated separately for your contract is greater than the remaining annual lifetime payment on the most recent contract anniversary, the portion of your RMD that exceeds the benefit amount will not be subject to excess withdrawal processing provided that the following conditions are met:

• The withdrawal is after the waiting period;

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    191

• The annual lifetime payment is available;

• The RMD is for your contract alone;

• The RMD is based on your recalculated life expectancy taken from the Uniform Lifetime Table under the Code; and

• The RMD amount is otherwise based on the requirements of section 401(a) (9), related Code provisions and regulations thereunder that were in effect on the contract date.

RMD rules follow the calendar year which most likely does not coincide with your contract year and therefore may limit when you can take your RMD and not be subject to excess withdrawal processing. A withdrawal during the waiting period will reset the benefit base, the withdrawal adjustment base and the principal back guarantee to the contract value at the end of the waiting period. After the waiting period, a withdrawal taken before the annual lifetime payment is established or withdrawing amounts greater than the remaining annual lifetime payment that do not meet these conditions will result in excess withdrawal processing. The amount in excess of the RALP that is not subject to excess withdrawal processing will be recalculated if the ALP changes due to lifetime payment percentage changes. See Appendix E for additional information.

Spousal Option to Continue the Contract upon Owner’s Death (Spousal Continuation):

Single Life: If a surviving spouse elects to continue the contract and continues the contract as the new owner under the spousal continuation provision of the contract, theSecureSource Stages — Single Life rider terminates.

Joint Life: If a surviving spouse is a covered spouse and elects the spousal continuation provision of the contract as the new owner, theSecureSource Stages — Joint Life rider also continues. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate. The surviving covered spouse can name a new beneficiary; however, a new covered spouse cannot be added to the rider.

At the time of spousal continuation, a step-up may be available. If you decline a rider fee increase or the spousal continuation occurs during the waiting period and a withdrawal was taken, a step up is not available. All annual step-up rules (see “Rider Anniversary Processing — Annual Step-Up” heading above) also apply to the spousal continuation step-up. The WAB will be increased to the contract value if the contract value is greater. The spousal continuation step-up is processed on the valuation date spousal continuation is effective.

Rules for Surrender: Minimum account values following surrender no longer apply to your contract. For withdrawals, the withdrawal will be taken from all accounts and the variable subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to the contract value. You cannot specify from which accounts the withdrawal is to be taken.

If your contract value is reduced to zero, the CB, if greater than zero, will be permanently reset to zero, and there will be no additional rider credits. Also, the following will occur:

• If the ALP is not established and if the contract value is reduced to zero as a result of market performance, fees or charges, then the owner must wait until the ALP would be established, and the ALP will be paid annually until the death of the covered person (Joint Life: both covered spouses).

• If the ALP is established and if the contract value is reduced to zero as a result of market performance, fees or charges, or as a result of a withdrawal that is less than or equal to the RALP, then the owner will receive the ALP paid annually until the death of the covered person (Joint Life: both covered spouses).

In either case above:

– These annualized amounts will be paid in monthly installments. If the monthly payment is less than $100, We have the right to change the frequency, but no less frequently than annually.

– We will no longer accept additional purchase payments.

– No more charges will be collected for the rider.

– The current ALP is fixed for as long as payments are made.

– The death benefit becomes the remaining schedule of annual lifetime payments, if any, until total payments to the owner and the beneficiary are equal to the PBG at the time the contract value falls to zero.

– The amount paid in the current contract year will be reduced for any prior withdrawals in that year.

• If the ALP is not established and if the contract value is reduced to zero as a result of a withdrawal taken before the ALP is established, this rider and the contract will terminate.

• If the ALP is established and if the contract value is reduced to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RALP, this rider and the contract will terminate.

192    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

At Death:

Single Life: If the contract is jointly owned and an owner dies when the contract value is greater than zero, the lifetime benefit for the covered person will cease even if the covered person is still living or if the contract is continued under the spousal continuation option.

Joint Life: If the death benefit becomes payable at the death of a covered spouse, the surviving covered spouse must utilize the spousal continuation option to continue the lifetime benefit. If spousal continuation is not available, the rider terminates. The lifetime benefit ends at the death of the surviving covered spouse.

If the contract value is greater than zero when the death benefit becomes payable, the beneficiary may:

• elect to take the death benefit under the terms of the contract, or

• elect to take the principal back guarantee available under this rider, or

• continue the contract and theSecureSource Stages rider under the spousal continuation option.

For single and joint life, the beneficiary may elect the principal back guarantee under this rider if payments begin no later than one year after your death and the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy. If elected, the following will occur:

• If the PBG is greater than zero and the ALP is established, the ALP on the date of death will be paid until total payments to the beneficiary are equal to the PBG on the date of death.

• If the PBG is greater than zero and the ALP is not established, the BB on the date of death multiplied by the lifetime payment percentage used for the youngest age of the covered spouses in the first age band shown on the contract data page will be paid annually until total payments to the beneficiary are equal to the PBG on the date of death.

In either of the above cases:

• After the date of death, there will be no additional rider credits or annual step-ups.

• The lifetime payment percentage used will be set as of the date of death.

• The amount paid in the current contract year will be reduced for any prior withdrawals in that year.

On the date of death (Joint Life: remaining covered spouse’s date of death), if the CB is greater than zero, the CB will be permanently reset to zero, and there will be no additional rider credits.

If the PBG equals zero, the benefit terminates. No further payments are made.

Contract Ownership Change:

Single Life: If allowed by state law, change of ownership is subject to our approval. If there is a change of ownership and the covered person remains the same, the rider continues with no change to any of the rider benefits. Effective May 1, 2016, joint ownership and joint annuitants are not allowed except for contracts issued in California. If there is a change of ownership and the covered person would be different, the rider terminates.

Joint Life: Ownership changes are only allowed between the covered spouses or their revocable trust(s) and are subject to our approval, if allowed by state law. No other ownership changes are allowed as long as the rider is in force.

Assignment: If allowed by state law, an assignment is subject to our approval.

Annuity Provisions: You can choose one of the payout options available under the contract or an alternative fixed annuity payout option available under theSecureSource Stages rider. Under the rider’s payout option, the minimum amount payable shown in Table B, will not apply and you will receive the annual lifetime payment provided by this rider until the later of the death of the covered person (Joint Life: both covered spouses) or depletion of the principal back guarantee. If you choose to receive the ALP, the amount payable each year will be equal to the annual lifetime payment on the annuitization start date. The amount paid in the current contract year will be reduced for any prior withdrawals in that year. These annualized amounts will be paid in monthly installments. If the monthly payment is less than $100, we have the right to change the frequency, but no less frequently than annually.For more information on annuity payout plans, please see “The Annuity Payout Period - Annuity Payout Plans.”

If you choose to receive the ALP rather than a payout option available under the contract, all other contract features, rider features and charges terminate after the annuitization start date except for the PBG.

Rider Termination

TheSecureSource Stages rider cannot be terminated either by you or us except as follows:

• Single Life: a change of ownership that would result in a different covered person will terminate the rider.

• Single Life: after the death benefit is payable, the rider will terminate.

• Single Life: spousal continuation will terminate the rider.

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    193

• Joint Life: After the death benefit is payable the rider will terminate if anyone other than a covered spouse continues the contract. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate.

• On the annuitization start date, the rider will terminate.

• You may terminate the rider if your annual rider fee would increase more than 0.25 percentage points (See “Charges —SecureSource Stages rider fee”)

• When the contract value is reduced to zero and either the withdrawal taken when the annual lifetime payment is not established or a withdrawal in excess of the remaining annual lifetime payment is taken, the rider will terminate.

• Termination of the contract for any reason will terminate the rider.

For an example, see Appendix D.

194    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix P: Withdrawal Benefit Riders: Electing Step Up or Spousal Continuation Step Up

Example — Withdrawal Benefit Riders: Electing Step Up or Spousal Continuation Step Up

Assumptions:

This example assumes that the covered person (for joint life, younger covered spouse) is 65 or older and there are no additional purchase payments or withdrawals.

•	You own a RiverSource variable annuity with a withdrawal benefit rider. You are currently invested in the Variable Portfolio — Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2) (a Portfolio Navigator fund) with a current rider fee of 0.65%.
	Your Contract Value (CV) is $100,000 and your withdrawal benefit rider currently provides the following benefits:

1)	You can withdraw $6,000 a year for the rest of your life. This is your Annual Lifetime Payment. Or
2)	You can withdraw $7,000 a year until you have withdrawn a total of $100,000. This is your Guaranteed Benefit Payment.

Based on your current CV, you will pay a rider fee of approximately $650 on your next annuity contract anniversary.

•	The annual fee for this rider has increased to 0.95% for clients invested in the Variable Portfolio — Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2).
	The following compares certain options available to you. Changes to rider values or fees are presented for two different scenarios where your CV increases to either $110,000 or $101,000 over the contract year:

1) Elect to lock in your contract gains to your benefit values (step up):

	CV of $110,000	CV of $101,000
Increase in Annual Lifetime Payment	$600	$60
Increase in Guaranteed Benefit Payment	$700	$70
Increase in Annual Rider Fee	0.30%	0.30%
Increase in Annual Contract Charge	$330	$303

Automatic step ups will continue on your next anniversary (if available under your rider).

2) Do not elect to lock in your contract gains (no step up):

	CV of $110,000	CV of $101,000
Increase in Annual Lifetime Payment	$0	$0
Increase in Guaranteed Benefit Payment	$0	$0
Increase in Annual Rider Fee	0%	0%
Increase in Annual Contract Charge	$65	$6.50

Your rider fee will not change, although the dollar amount of your annual charge will change as your CV changes. On your next anniversary, you will again have the option to elect the step up (lock in contract gains)

3) Move to one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds and elect the step up:

	CV of $110,000	CV of $101,000
Increase in Annual Lifetime Payment	$600	$60
Increase in Guaranteed Benefit Payment	$700	$70
Increase in Annual Rider Fee	0%	0%
Increase in Annual Contract Charge	$65	$6.50

Your rider fee will not change, although the dollar amount of your annual charge will change as your CV changes. Automatic step ups will continue on your next anniversary (if available under your rider).

The above example is for illustrative purposes only. The assumptions and calculations used are not intended to be consistent with any one rider, but instead are intended to provide an idea of how different scenarios would operate. Your specific rider may use different calculations for fees or have different benefits available. For a full description and rules applicable to step up options under your rider, please see the “Optional Living Benefits” section.

Electing to step up may result in different increases to the annual rider charge relative to the increase in your rider values. You should weigh the resulting increased charge due to the step up versus the increases to your benefits to determine the option that is best for you.

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    195

Appendix Q: Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)

The following tables give per-unit information about the financial history of the subaccounts representing the lowest and highest total annual variable account expense combinations. The date in which operations commenced in each subaccount is noted in parentheses. The SAI contains tables that give per-unit information about the financial history of each existing subaccount. We have not provided this information for subaccounts (if any) that were not available under your contract as of December 31, 2019. You may obtain a copy of the SAI without charge by contacting us at the telephone number or address listed on the first page of the prospectus.

Variable account charges of 1.45% of the daily net assets of the variable account.

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
AB VPS Balanced Wealth Strategy Portfolio (Class B) (9/26/2008)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.53	$1.66	$1.45	$1.41	$1.42	$1.34	$1.17	$1.05	$1.10	$1.01
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.78	$1.53	$1.66	$1.45	$1.41	$1.42	$1.34	$1.17	$1.05	$1.10
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	17	17	17	16	17	17	18	16	16	40
AB VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio (Class B) (11/6/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.52	$1.71	$1.28	$1.31	$1.29	$1.25	$1.03	$0.92	$1.22	$1.05
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.94	$1.52	$1.71	$1.28	$1.31	$1.29	$1.25	$1.03	$0.92	$1.22
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	14	14	29	34	39	41	47	90	114	144
AB VPS Growth and Income Portfolio (Class B) (11/6/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.28	$2.46	$2.11	$1.92	$1.92	$1.79	$1.35	$1.17	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.78	$2.28	$2.46	$2.11	$1.92	$1.92	$1.79	$1.35	$1.17	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	24	30	39	41	42	83	95	159	183	201
AB VPS International Value Portfolio (Class B) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.10	$1.45	$1.17	$1.20	$1.19	$1.29	$1.07	$0.95	$1.19	$1.16
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.27	$1.10	$1.45	$1.17	$1.20	$1.19	$1.29	$1.07	$0.95	$1.19
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	307	323	325	448	512	715	918	1,503	1,866	1,831
American Century VP Inflation Protection, Class II (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.29	$1.34	$1.32	$1.28	$1.33	$1.31	$1.45	$1.37	$1.24	$1.20
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.38	$1.29	$1.34	$1.32	$1.28	$1.33	$1.31	$1.45	$1.37	$1.24
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	356	397	475	536	631	794	1,080	1,265	1,696	2,227
American Century VP International, Class II (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.63	$1.96	$1.52	$1.63	$1.65	$1.77	$1.47	$1.23	$1.42	$1.28
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.06	$1.63	$1.96	$1.52	$1.63	$1.65	$1.77	$1.47	$1.23	$1.42
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	1	1	8	10
American Century VP Mid Cap Value, Class II (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.82	$2.12	$1.93	$1.60	$1.65	$1.44	$1.12	$0.98	$1.00	$0.86
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.32	$1.82	$2.12	$1.93	$1.60	$1.65	$1.44	$1.12	$0.98	$1.00
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	53	53	—
American Century VP Ultra®, Class II (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.38	$2.40	$1.85	$1.80	$1.72	$1.59	$1.18	$1.05	$1.06	$0.92
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.16	$2.38	$2.40	$1.85	$1.80	$1.72	$1.59	$1.18	$1.05	$1.06
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	150	178	240	334	400	623	964	1,629	2,157	2,614
American Century VP Value, Class II (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.02	$2.26	$2.12	$1.78	$1.89	$1.70	$1.31	$1.16	$1.17	$1.05
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.53	$2.02	$2.26	$2.12	$1.78	$1.89	$1.70	$1.31	$1.16	$1.17
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	4	20	21	22	24	26	28	29	34
BNY Mellon Investment Portfolios, MidCap Stock Portfolio - Service Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.20	$2.65	$2.34	$2.06	$2.14	$1.95	$1.47	$1.25	$1.26	$1.01
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.60	$2.20	$2.65	$2.34	$2.06	$2.14	$1.95	$1.47	$1.25	$1.26
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	1
BNY Mellon Investment Portfolios, Technology Growth Portfolio - Service Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.89	$2.97	$2.11	$2.06	$1.97	$1.87	$1.44	$1.26	$1.39	$1.09
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.57	$2.89	$2.97	$2.11	$2.06	$1.97	$1.87	$1.44	$1.26	$1.39
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	32	36	46	69	85	129	198	331	415	473
BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, Appreciation Portfolio - Service Share (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.07	$2.26	$1.80	$1.70	$1.77	$1.67	$1.40	$1.29	$1.20	$1.06
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.77	$2.07	$2.26	$1.80	$1.70	$1.77	$1.67	$1.40	$1.29	$1.20
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2	2	2	2	12	14	14	14	14	14
BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Equity Portfolio - Service Shares* (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.89	$1.08	$0.86	$0.93	$0.93	$0.97	$0.84	$0.69	$0.83	$0.76
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.05	$0.89	$1.08	$0.86	$0.93	$0.93	$0.97	$0.84	$0.69	$0.83
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	44	47	51	63	66	82	84	59
*BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Equity Portfolio - Service Shares is scheduled to liquidate on or about April 30, 2020.

196    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.45% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Value Portfolio - Service Shares* (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.16	$1.42	$1.12	$1.16	$1.21	$1.36	$1.12	$1.01	$1.27	$1.23
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.39	$1.16	$1.42	$1.12	$1.16	$1.21	$1.36	$1.12	$1.01	$1.27
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	2
*BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Value Portfolio - Service Shares is scheduled to liquidate on or about April 30, 2020.
ClearBridge Variable Small Cap Growth Portfolio – Class I (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.25	$2.20	$1.80	$1.72	$1.83	$1.78	$1.23	$1.05	$1.05	$0.85
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.81	$2.25	$2.20	$1.80	$1.72	$1.83	$1.78	$1.23	$1.05	$1.05
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	12	13	14	22	23	53	55	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.42	$1.50	$1.22	$1.15	$1.16	$1.02	$0.77	$0.69	$0.66	$0.57
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.74	$1.42	$1.50	$1.22	$1.15	$1.16	$1.02	$0.77	$0.69	$0.66
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	427	529	613	870	1,001	1,182	1,522	2,453	2,709	3,592
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.67	$2.88	$2.56	$2.29	$2.39	$2.20	$1.76	$1.57	$1.68	$1.46
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.27	$2.67	$2.88	$2.56	$2.29	$2.39	$2.20	$1.76	$1.57	$1.68
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	310	353	442	550	651	877	1,292	2,074	2,844	3,253
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Emerging Markets Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.30	$2.97	$2.05	$1.98	$2.21	$2.29	$2.37	$1.99	$2.56	$2.17
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.98	$2.30	$2.97	$2.05	$1.98	$2.21	$2.29	$2.37	$1.99	$2.56
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	98	119	126	193	248	321	407	542	716	670
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund (Class 3) (11/6/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.95	$0.95	$0.96	$0.97	$0.99	$1.00	$1.02	$1.03	$1.05	$1.06
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.95	$0.95	$0.95	$0.96	$0.97	$0.99	$1.00	$1.02	$1.03	$1.05
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,626	1,796	1,876	2,264	833	888	1,253	1,361	1,536	2,911
Columbia Variable Portfolio – High Yield Bond Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.16	$2.28	$2.17	$1.97	$2.03	$1.98	$1.90	$1.66	$1.60	$1.42
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.48	$2.16	$2.28	$2.17	$1.97	$2.03	$1.98	$1.90	$1.66	$1.60
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	51	56	91	117	230	281	365	671	583	678
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Income Opportunities Fund (Class 3) (6/1/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.00	$2.11	$2.01	$1.84	$1.89	$1.85	$1.78	$1.58	$1.51	$1.35
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.29	$2.00	$2.11	$2.01	$1.84	$1.89	$1.85	$1.78	$1.58	$1.51
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	131	146	168	205	97	110	133	166	215	256
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3) (11/6/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.42	$1.44	$1.41	$1.37	$1.38	$1.33	$1.39	$1.31	$1.24	$1.17
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.53	$1.42	$1.44	$1.41	$1.37	$1.38	$1.33	$1.39	$1.31	$1.24
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	398	478	532	644	745	933	1,027	1,128	1,322	2,221
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Growth Fund (Class 3) (11/6/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.37	$2.51	$1.99	$2.00	$1.86	$1.65	$1.29	$1.09	$1.14	$0.99
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.17	$2.37	$2.51	$1.99	$2.00	$1.86	$1.65	$1.29	$1.09	$1.14
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	4
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Index Fund (Class 3) (11/6/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.45	$2.61	$2.18	$1.99	$2.00	$1.79	$1.38	$1.21	$1.21	$1.07
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.16	$2.45	$2.61	$2.18	$1.99	$2.00	$1.79	$1.38	$1.21	$1.21
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	311	314	315	316	340	342	345	352	366	375
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Mid Cap Growth Fund (Class 3) (11/6/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.13	$2.28	$1.88	$1.87	$1.80	$1.70	$1.32	$1.20	$1.43	$1.15
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.84	$2.13	$2.28	$1.88	$1.87	$1.80	$1.70	$1.32	$1.20	$1.43
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2	3	4	5	6	6	7	44	59	40
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Overseas Core Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.55	$1.89	$1.50	$1.62	$1.57	$1.74	$1.45	$1.25	$1.44	$1.29
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.91	$1.55	$1.89	$1.50	$1.62	$1.57	$1.74	$1.45	$1.25	$1.44
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Select Large Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.21	$2.56	$2.15	$1.82	$1.94	$1.77	$1.30	$1.12	$1.15	$0.97
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.75	$2.21	$2.56	$2.15	$1.82	$1.94	$1.77	$1.30	$1.12	$1.15
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	1	1	5	9
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Select Mid Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.43	$1.68	$1.50	$1.34	$1.43	$1.29	$0.95	$0.82	$0.90	$0.75
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.86	$1.43	$1.68	$1.50	$1.34	$1.43	$1.29	$0.95	$0.82	$0.90
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	28	29	32	34	38	41	44	—

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    197

Variable account charges of 1.45% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Small Cap Value Fund (Class 2) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.22	$2.76	$2.45	$1.88	$2.03	$2.00	$1.51	$1.38	$1.49	$1.20
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.65	$2.22	$2.76	$2.45	$1.88	$2.03	$2.00	$1.51	$1.38	$1.49
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	44	42	43	63	84	94	115	179	218	239
Columbia Variable Portfolio – U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.28	$1.28	$1.25	$1.24	$1.24	$1.19	$1.24	$1.23	$1.23	$1.22
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.34	$1.28	$1.28	$1.25	$1.24	$1.24	$1.19	$1.24	$1.23	$1.23
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	143	180	206	283	320	428	560	681	944	1,141
Credit Suisse Trust – Commodity Return Strategy Portfolio (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.42	$0.48	$0.48	$0.43	$0.59	$0.72	$0.81	$0.84	$0.97	$0.85
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.44	$0.42	$0.48	$0.48	$0.43	$0.59	$0.72	$0.81	$0.84	$0.97
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	17	18	19	22	24	25	26	24
CTIVP® – BlackRock Global Inflation-Protected Securities Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.35	$1.38	$1.36	$1.27	$1.31	$1.22	$1.31	$1.26	$1.16	$1.13
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.43	$1.35	$1.38	$1.36	$1.27	$1.31	$1.22	$1.31	$1.26	$1.16
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	110	113	129	149	202	238	305	347	383	489
CTIVP® – Loomis Sayles Growth Fund (Class 1) (4/29/2016)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.33	$1.38	$1.05	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.73	$1.33	$1.38	$1.05	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	96	106	188	276	—	—	—	—	—	—
CTIVP® – Victory Sycamore Established Value Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.45	$2.76	$2.42	$2.04	$2.06	$1.87	$1.39	$1.21	$1.31	$1.09
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.09	$2.45	$2.76	$2.42	$2.04	$2.06	$1.87	$1.39	$1.21	$1.31
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Eaton Vance VT Floating-Rate Income Fund – Initial Class (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.23	$1.25	$1.23	$1.14	$1.17	$1.18	$1.16	$1.09	$1.08	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.30	$1.23	$1.25	$1.23	$1.14	$1.17	$1.18	$1.16	$1.09	$1.08
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	55	53	62	74	185	244	265	323	348	447
Fidelity® VIP ContrafundSM Portfolio Service Class 2 (11/6/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.70	$2.94	$2.45	$2.31	$2.33	$2.12	$1.64	$1.43	$1.50	$1.30
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.50	$2.70	$2.94	$2.45	$2.31	$2.33	$2.12	$1.64	$1.43	$1.50
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	494	583	705	843	995	1,560	2,260	3,270	4,207	5,203
Fidelity® VIP Growth Portfolio Service Class 2 (11/6/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.52	$2.57	$1.94	$1.95	$1.85	$1.69	$1.26	$1.12	$1.14	$0.93
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.33	$2.52	$2.57	$1.94	$1.95	$1.85	$1.69	$1.26	$1.12	$1.14
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	62	63	79	98	111	126	172	274	277	297
Fidelity® VIP Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Service Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.40	$1.43	$1.39	$1.35	$1.38	$1.33	$1.38	$1.32	$1.25	$1.18
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.51	$1.40	$1.43	$1.39	$1.35	$1.38	$1.33	$1.38	$1.32	$1.25
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	377	420	492	559	676	873	1,187	1,483	1,880	2,375
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2 (5/1/2001)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.56	$4.23	$3.56	$3.23	$3.33	$3.19	$2.38	$2.11	$2.40	$1.89
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.32	$3.56	$4.23	$3.56	$3.23	$3.33	$3.19	$2.38	$2.11	$2.40
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	153	191	254	309	370	458	612	939	1,297	1,658
Fidelity® VIP Overseas Portfolio Service Class 2 (11/6/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.65	$1.97	$1.54	$1.65	$1.62	$1.79	$1.40	$1.18	$1.44	$1.30
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.07	$1.65	$1.97	$1.54	$1.65	$1.62	$1.79	$1.40	$1.18	$1.44
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	41	57	65	91	94	221	290	355	466	480
Franklin Income VIP Fund – Class 2 (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.35	$2.49	$2.31	$2.05	$2.24	$2.17	$1.94	$1.74	$1.73	$1.56
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.69	$2.35	$2.49	$2.31	$2.05	$2.24	$2.17	$1.94	$1.74	$1.73
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	285	336	424	459	517	738	919	1,250	1,647	1,877
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund – Class 2 (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.30	$2.57	$2.40	$2.10	$2.24	$2.12	$1.68	$1.49	$1.53	$1.40
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.78	$2.30	$2.57	$2.40	$2.10	$2.24	$2.12	$1.68	$1.49	$1.53
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	579	687	740	830	918	1,051	1,218	1,640	1,863	2,360
Franklin Rising Dividends VIP Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.32	$2.48	$2.09	$1.83	$1.93	$1.80	$1.41	$1.27	$1.22	$1.03
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.96	$2.32	$2.48	$2.09	$1.83	$1.93	$1.80	$1.41	$1.27	$1.22
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	12	11	13

198    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.45% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Franklin Small-Mid Cap Growth VIP Fund – Class 2 (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.13	$1.22	$1.02	$0.99	$1.03	$0.97	$0.72	$0.65	$0.70	$0.55
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.47	$1.13	$1.22	$1.02	$0.99	$1.03	$0.97	$0.72	$0.65	$0.70
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	374	441	488	517	553	616	715	1,065	1,480	1,935
Goldman Sachs VIT Mid Cap Value Fund – Institutional Shares (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$4.58	$5.19	$4.74	$4.24	$4.73	$4.22	$3.22	$2.76	$2.99	$2.43
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$5.94	$4.58	$5.19	$4.74	$4.24	$4.73	$4.22	$3.22	$2.76	$2.99
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	125	150	172	210	258	321	434	648	967	1,131
Goldman Sachs VIT U.S. Equity Insights Fund – Institutional Shares (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.81	$1.95	$1.60	$1.46	$1.49	$1.30	$0.96	$0.85	$0.83	$0.74
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.23	$1.81	$1.95	$1.60	$1.46	$1.49	$1.30	$0.96	$0.85	$0.83
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	39	46	102	119	141	177	232	306	629	876
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund, Series II Shares (11/6/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.99	$2.15	$1.72	$1.79	$1.76	$1.55	$1.22	$1.08	$1.11	$1.04
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.66	$1.99	$2.15	$1.72	$1.79	$1.76	$1.55	$1.22	$1.08	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	152	178	277	353	454	737	1,060	1,489	1,933	2,305
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.49	$2.92	$2.17	$2.21	$2.16	$2.15	$1.71	$1.44	$1.60	$1.40
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.22	$2.49	$2.92	$2.17	$2.21	$2.16	$2.15	$1.71	$1.44	$1.60
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	48	61	84	105	163	205	334	488	627	986
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Strategic Income Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.77	$1.88	$1.80	$1.72	$1.79	$1.77	$1.80	$1.62	$1.63	$1.44
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.93	$1.77	$1.88	$1.80	$1.72	$1.79	$1.77	$1.80	$1.62	$1.63
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	451	514	614	680	847	1,072	1,331	1,712	2,236	2,721
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund, Series II Shares (11/6/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.59	$2.94	$2.62	$2.26	$2.44	$2.22	$1.60	$1.38	$1.43	$1.18
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.22	$2.59	$2.94	$2.62	$2.26	$2.44	$2.22	$1.60	$1.38	$1.43
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	95	98	153	153	152	190	231	265	286	342
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series II Shares (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.74	$1.84	$1.47	$1.46	$1.42	$1.33	$0.96	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.34	$1.74	$1.84	$1.47	$1.46	$1.42	$1.33	$0.96	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	7	11	11	11	12	12	12	12	—	—
Invesco V.I. Comstock Fund, Series II Shares (11/6/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.23	$2.58	$2.23	$1.93	$2.09	$1.94	$1.45	$1.24	$1.29	$1.13
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.75	$2.23	$2.58	$2.23	$1.93	$2.09	$1.94	$1.45	$1.24	$1.29
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	421	488	567	716	875	1,149	1,695	2,833	3,854	4,490
Invesco V.I. Health Care Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.85	$1.87	$1.64	$1.88	$1.86	$1.58	$1.14	$0.96	$0.94	$0.91
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.41	$1.85	$1.87	$1.64	$1.88	$1.86	$1.58	$1.14	$0.96	$0.94
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	36	83	87	48	48	33
Invesco V.I. International Growth Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.03	$1.23	$1.02	$1.04	$1.08	$1.10	$0.94	$0.83	$0.90	$0.81
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.30	$1.03	$1.23	$1.02	$1.04	$1.08	$1.10	$0.94	$0.83	$0.90
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	80	90	88	136	168	183	216	291	359	385
Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Core Equity Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.83	$2.10	$1.86	$1.67	$1.77	$1.72	$1.36	$1.25	$1.35	$1.21
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.26	$1.83	$2.10	$1.86	$1.67	$1.77	$1.72	$1.36	$1.25	$1.35
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	20	24	28	39	45	53	84	126	168	188
Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares* (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.53	$1.65	$1.37	$1.38	$1.39	$1.31	$0.97	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.02	$1.53	$1.65	$1.37	$1.38	$1.39	$1.31	$0.97	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	45	47	47	12	12	125	127	189	—	—
*Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares is scheduled to merge into Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares sometime during the second quarter of 2020.
Invesco V.I. Value Opportunities Fund, Series II Shares (11/6/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.41	$1.77	$1.53	$1.32	$1.50	$1.43	$1.09	$0.94	$0.98	$0.93
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.80	$1.41	$1.77	$1.53	$1.32	$1.50	$1.43	$1.09	$0.94	$0.98
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	221	251	305	417	468	591	768	914	1,182	1,467
Janus Henderson VIT Research Portfolio: Service Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.80	$1.88	$1.49	$1.51	$1.46	$1.31	$1.02	$0.88	$0.94	$0.84
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.40	$1.80	$1.88	$1.49	$1.51	$1.46	$1.31	$1.02	$0.88	$0.94
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	48	54	91	133	151	189	235	321	409	448

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    199

Variable account charges of 1.45% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
MFS® Massachusetts Investors Growth Stock Portfolio – Service Class (3/27/2015)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.27	$1.28	$1.01	$0.97	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.75	$1.27	$1.28	$1.01	$0.97	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	17	19	20	21	21	—	—	—	—	—
MFS® New Discovery Series – Service Class (11/6/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.55	$2.63	$2.11	$1.97	$2.04	$2.24	$1.61	$1.35	$1.53	$1.14
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.55	$2.55	$2.63	$2.11	$1.97	$2.04	$2.24	$1.61	$1.35	$1.53
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4	4	4	4	4	4	6	54	55	79
MFS® Total Return Series – Service Class (11/6/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.85	$1.99	$1.80	$1.68	$1.72	$1.61	$1.37	$1.26	$1.26	$1.16
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.19	$1.85	$1.99	$1.80	$1.68	$1.72	$1.61	$1.37	$1.26	$1.26
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	291	342	430	493	549	606	679	784	866	1,476
MFS® Utilities Series – Service Class (11/6/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.72	$3.74	$3.31	$3.02	$3.60	$3.25	$2.74	$2.45	$2.34	$2.09
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.57	$3.72	$3.74	$3.31	$3.02	$3.60	$3.25	$2.74	$2.45	$2.34
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	3	4	21	23	25	28	39	40	40	56
Morgan Stanley VIF Discovery Portfolio, Class II Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.96	$1.80	$1.32	$1.47	$1.58	$1.58	$1.17	$1.09	$1.19	$0.91
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.71	$1.96	$1.80	$1.32	$1.47	$1.58	$1.58	$1.17	$1.09	$1.19
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	1	5
Morgan Stanley VIF Global Real Estate Portfolio, Class II Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.97	$1.07	$0.99	$0.98	$1.01	$0.90	$0.89	$0.69	$0.78	$0.65
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.13	$0.97	$1.07	$0.99	$0.98	$1.01	$0.90	$0.89	$0.69	$0.78
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	18	18	19	29	32	82	97	112	134	174
Morgan Stanley VIF U.S. Real Estate Portfolio, Class II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.55	$2.81	$2.77	$2.64	$2.63	$2.06	$2.05	$1.80	$1.73	$1.36
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.98	$2.55	$2.81	$2.77	$2.64	$2.63	$2.06	$2.05	$1.80	$1.73
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4	5	5	9	11	29	36	40	53	66
PIMCO VIT All Asset Portfolio, Advisor Class (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.32	$1.41	$1.26	$1.14	$1.27	$1.28	$1.30	$1.15	$1.14	$1.03
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.45	$1.32	$1.41	$1.26	$1.14	$1.27	$1.28	$1.30	$1.15	$1.14
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	48	48	51	84	116	146	167	213	254	274
Putnam VT Global Health Care Fund – Class IB Shares (5/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.49	$2.55	$2.24	$2.56	$2.41	$1.92	$1.37	$1.14	$1.17	$1.16
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.20	$2.49	$2.55	$2.24	$2.56	$2.41	$1.92	$1.37	$1.14	$1.17
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	24	43	44	48	59	58	70	146	164	203
Putnam VT International Equity Fund – Class IB Shares (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.81	$1.02	$0.82	$0.85	$0.86	$0.94	$0.74	$0.62	$0.76	$0.70
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.00	$0.81	$1.02	$0.82	$0.85	$0.86	$0.94	$0.74	$0.62	$0.76
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	545	630	747	899	1,022	1,079	1,329	1,684	2,058	2,733
Putnam VT Small Cap Value Fund – Class IB Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.82	$2.30	$2.16	$1.72	$1.82	$1.79	$1.30	$1.12	$1.20	$0.96
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.22	$1.82	$2.30	$2.16	$1.72	$1.82	$1.79	$1.30	$1.12	$1.20
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1	1	2	2	2	2	2	7	17	17
Putnam VT Sustainable Leaders Fund – Class IB Shares (9/24/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.36	$2.43	$1.91	$1.80	$1.83	$1.63	$1.22	$1.06	$1.13	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.17	$2.36	$2.43	$1.91	$1.80	$1.83	$1.63	$1.22	$1.06	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	160	245	254	288	325	381	481	605	738	864
Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.01	$2.00	$1.99	$1.96	$2.08	$2.07	$2.07	$1.82	$1.86	$1.65
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.02	$2.01	$2.00	$1.99	$1.96	$2.08	$2.07	$2.07	$1.82	$1.86
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	163	167	224	261	348	412	543	709	883	932
Templeton Growth VIP Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.50	$1.78	$1.53	$1.41	$1.53	$1.60	$1.24	$1.04	$1.13	$1.07
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.70	$1.50	$1.78	$1.53	$1.41	$1.53	$1.60	$1.24	$1.04	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	21	24	48	50	53	165	210	224	241	215
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.60	$1.77	$1.51	$1.45	$1.48	$1.42	$1.20	$1.07	$1.12	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.91	$1.60	$1.77	$1.51	$1.45	$1.48	$1.42	$1.20	$1.07	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	500	961	1,237	1,344	1,226	1,506	2,138	1,868	2,958	2,845

200    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.45% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.60	$1.77	$1.51	$1.45	$1.48	$1.43	$1.20	$1.07	$1.12	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.92	$1.60	$1.77	$1.51	$1.45	$1.48	$1.43	$1.20	$1.07	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	3,406	4,057	6,099	8,355	10,202	14,359	20,789	24,028	29,473	35,540
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.19	$1.24	$1.17	$1.15	$1.17	$1.14	$1.12	$1.06	$1.04	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.30	$1.19	$1.24	$1.17	$1.15	$1.17	$1.14	$1.12	$1.06	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,880	1,813	2,542	2,782	2,377	3,220	3,359	5,113	4,906	2,696
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.19	$1.24	$1.17	$1.15	$1.17	$1.14	$1.12	$1.06	$1.04	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.30	$1.19	$1.24	$1.17	$1.15	$1.17	$1.14	$1.12	$1.06	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4,790	5,324	7,528	9,287	9,824	12,123	16,964	22,457	20,689	20,921
Variable Portfolio – Managed Risk Fund (Class 2) (9/18/2017)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.96	$1.03	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.10	$0.96	$1.03	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	162	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Risk U.S. Fund (Class 2) (9/18/2017)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.99	$1.04	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.15	$0.99	$1.04	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.04	$1.08	$1.02	$1.00	$1.03	$1.00	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.15	$1.04	$1.08	$1.02	$1.00	$1.03	$1.00	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	894	968	1,010	1,069	999	1,104	24	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.06	$1.12	$1.02	$1.01	$1.04	$1.01	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.19	$1.06	$1.12	$1.02	$1.01	$1.04	$1.01	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	3,248	3,438	3,882	4,610	4,093	3,258	1,219	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.09	$1.20	$1.03	$1.01	$1.06	$1.03	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.27	$1.09	$1.20	$1.03	$1.01	$1.06	$1.03	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4,497	4,942	4,815	5,246	6,383	5,994	948	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.08	$1.16	$1.03	$1.01	$1.05	$1.02	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.24	$1.08	$1.16	$1.03	$1.01	$1.05	$1.02	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	11,411	13,132	14,699	16,199	17,187	16,510	3,561	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.40	$1.51	$1.35	$1.31	$1.34	$1.29	$1.18	$1.08	$1.09	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.61	$1.40	$1.51	$1.35	$1.31	$1.34	$1.29	$1.18	$1.08	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	20,877	22,344	28,268	33,617	36,030	37,316	34,973	34,689	33,733	30,458
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.41	$1.51	$1.35	$1.31	$1.34	$1.29	$1.18	$1.08	$1.09	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.61	$1.41	$1.51	$1.35	$1.31	$1.34	$1.29	$1.18	$1.08	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	45,630	51,434	59,143	69,218	81,399	92,509	113,322	121,846	127,883	131,141
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.50	$1.64	$1.43	$1.38	$1.41	$1.36	$1.19	$1.08	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.76	$1.50	$1.64	$1.43	$1.38	$1.41	$1.36	$1.19	$1.08	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4,407	6,251	9,426	11,910	14,452	15,382	20,106	22,947	26,527	25,767
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.50	$1.64	$1.43	$1.38	$1.41	$1.36	$1.19	$1.08	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.76	$1.50	$1.64	$1.43	$1.38	$1.41	$1.36	$1.19	$1.08	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	10,233	12,655	16,854	21,514	27,634	34,651	47,799	56,793	66,149	77,624
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.29	$1.37	$1.26	$1.23	$1.25	$1.21	$1.15	$1.07	$1.07	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.44	$1.29	$1.37	$1.26	$1.23	$1.25	$1.21	$1.15	$1.07	$1.07
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2,082	1,915	3,301	4,312	4,810	5,474	5,773	7,042	7,018	6,557
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.29	$1.37	$1.26	$1.23	$1.25	$1.21	$1.15	$1.07	$1.07	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.45	$1.29	$1.37	$1.26	$1.23	$1.25	$1.21	$1.15	$1.07	$1.07
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	5,509	6,271	8,237	9,862	14,307	16,664	20,838	22,904	25,656	24,507

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    201

Variable account charges of 1.45% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Variable Portfolio – Partners Core Equity Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.42	$1.56	$1.32	$1.22	$1.23	$1.12	$0.88	$0.81	$0.85	$0.78
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.76	$1.42	$1.56	$1.32	$1.22	$1.23	$1.12	$0.88	$0.81	$0.85
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	80	84	146	199	236	265	330	447	565	622
Variable Portfolio – Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.29	$2.69	$2.55	$2.06	$2.30	$2.29	$1.72	$1.54	$1.64	$1.33
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.70	$2.29	$2.69	$2.55	$2.06	$2.30	$2.29	$1.72	$1.54	$1.64
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	166	181	208	261	334	441	626	1,053	1,423	1,652
Variable Portfolio – U.S. Flexible Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/14/2016)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.06	$1.11	$1.00	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.20	$1.06	$1.11	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	273	302	331	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – U.S. Flexible Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/14/2016)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.14	$1.21	$1.03	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.35	$1.14	$1.21	$1.03	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – U.S. Flexible Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/14/2016)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.10	$1.16	$1.02	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.28	$1.10	$1.16	$1.02	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	378	295	323	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Wanger International (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.54	$3.13	$2.39	$2.46	$2.50	$2.65	$2.20	$1.83	$2.18	$1.77
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.26	$2.54	$3.13	$2.39	$2.46	$2.50	$2.65	$2.20	$1.83	$2.18
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	118	136	147	207	238	326	434	694	936	968
Wanger USA (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.73	$2.81	$2.38	$2.13	$2.17	$2.10	$1.60	$1.35	$1.42	$1.17
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.53	$2.73	$2.81	$2.38	$2.13	$2.17	$2.10	$1.60	$1.35	$1.42
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	68	77	104	146	177	252	357	606	828	999

Variable account charges of 1.90% of the daily net assets of the variable account.

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
AB VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio (Class B) (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.24	$1.41	$1.05	$1.08	$1.07	$1.04	$0.87	$0.78	$1.04	$0.89
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.58	$1.24	$1.41	$1.05	$1.08	$1.07	$1.04	$0.87	$0.78	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	28	28	28	28	28
AB VPS Growth and Income Portfolio (Class B) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.96	$2.12	$1.82	$1.67	$1.68	$1.57	$1.19	$1.03	$0.99	$0.90
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.38	$1.96	$2.12	$1.82	$1.67	$1.68	$1.57	$1.19	$1.03	$0.99
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	84	84	84	84	115	80	96	91	130	124
AB VPS International Value Portfolio (Class B) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.03	$1.36	$1.11	$1.14	$1.13	$1.24	$1.03	$0.92	$1.16	$1.13
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.18	$1.03	$1.36	$1.11	$1.14	$1.13	$1.24	$1.03	$0.92	$1.16
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,641	1,857	1,874	2,347	2,598	3,459	4,367	5,828	6,871	7,882
American Century VP Mid Cap Value, Class II (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.73	$2.02	$1.85	$1.54	$1.59	$1.39	$1.09	$0.96	$0.99	$0.85
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.19	$1.73	$2.02	$1.85	$1.54	$1.59	$1.39	$1.09	$0.96	$0.99
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
American Century VP Ultra®, Class II (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.23	$2.26	$1.75	$1.70	$1.64	$1.52	$1.13	$1.01	$1.02	$0.90
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.94	$2.23	$2.26	$1.75	$1.70	$1.64	$1.52	$1.13	$1.01	$1.02
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	337	412	531	657	786	1,028	1,510	2,194	2,936	4,147
American Century VP Value, Class II (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.90	$2.13	$2.00	$1.69	$1.80	$1.62	$1.26	$1.12	$1.13	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.36	$1.90	$2.13	$2.00	$1.69	$1.80	$1.62	$1.26	$1.12	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4	4	4	4	4	4	12	12	87	16
BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Equity Portfolio - Service Shares* (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.85	$1.03	$0.82	$0.89	$0.90	$0.94	$0.82	$0.68	$0.81	$0.75
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.99	$0.85	$1.03	$0.82	$0.89	$0.90	$0.94	$0.82	$0.68	$0.81
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1	4	4	4	4	4	4	4	—	—
*BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Equity Portfolio - Service Shares is scheduled to liquidate on or about April 30, 2020.

202    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.90% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Value Portfolio - Service Shares* (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.09	$1.33	$1.06	$1.10	$1.15	$1.30	$1.08	$0.98	$1.23	$1.20
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.30	$1.09	$1.33	$1.06	$1.10	$1.15	$1.30	$1.08	$0.98	$1.23
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	4	27	24	21
*BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Value Portfolio - Service Shares is scheduled to liquidate on or about April 30, 2020.
ClearBridge Variable Small Cap Growth Portfolio – Class I (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.13	$2.10	$1.72	$1.66	$1.77	$1.73	$1.20	$1.02	$1.03	$0.84
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.65	$2.13	$2.10	$1.72	$1.66	$1.77	$1.73	$1.20	$1.02	$1.03
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	54	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.05	$2.17	$1.78	$1.68	$1.70	$1.51	$1.15	$1.03	$1.00	$0.86
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.51	$2.05	$2.17	$1.78	$1.68	$1.70	$1.51	$1.15	$1.03	$1.00
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	637	715	914	1,144	1,344	1,817	2,998	3,922	5,131	7,801
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.06	$2.23	$1.99	$1.79	$1.87	$1.74	$1.40	$1.25	$1.34	$1.17
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.51	$2.06	$2.23	$1.99	$1.79	$1.87	$1.74	$1.40	$1.25	$1.34
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,252	1,528	1,833	2,100	2,597	3,315	4,568	6,023	7,706	10,251
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Emerging Markets Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.15	$2.80	$1.94	$1.88	$2.11	$2.20	$2.28	$1.93	$2.49	$2.12
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.77	$2.15	$2.80	$1.94	$1.88	$2.11	$2.20	$2.28	$1.93	$2.49
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	461	582	575	802	961	1,160	1,490	1,624	2,042	2,330
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.89	$0.90	$0.91	$0.93	$0.95	$0.96	$0.98	$1.00	$1.02	$1.04
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.89	$0.89	$0.90	$0.91	$0.93	$0.95	$0.96	$0.98	$1.00	$1.02
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2,770	3,389	3,756	4,033	763	1,089	1,541	1,683	2,045	2,910
Columbia Variable Portfolio – High Yield Bond Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.94	$2.06	$1.97	$1.80	$1.85	$1.82	$1.75	$1.54	$1.49	$1.33
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.22	$1.94	$2.06	$1.97	$1.80	$1.85	$1.82	$1.75	$1.54	$1.49
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	185	269	303	342	418	531	726	790	1,037	1,429
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Income Opportunities Fund (Class 3) (6/1/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.87	$1.99	$1.90	$1.75	$1.80	$1.77	$1.72	$1.52	$1.46	$1.32
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.14	$1.87	$1.99	$1.90	$1.75	$1.80	$1.77	$1.72	$1.52	$1.46
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	338	392	438	468	201	315	445	540	724	967
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.32	$1.34	$1.32	$1.29	$1.31	$1.27	$1.32	$1.25	$1.20	$1.13
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.42	$1.32	$1.34	$1.32	$1.29	$1.31	$1.27	$1.32	$1.25	$1.20
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	593	691	758	827	895	1,248	1,772	2,131	2,517	3,451
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Growth Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.13	$2.26	$1.80	$1.81	$1.70	$1.52	$1.19	$1.01	$1.06	$0.92
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.83	$2.13	$2.26	$1.80	$1.81	$1.70	$1.52	$1.19	$1.01	$1.06
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	20	24	26	33	58	112	135	195	258	361
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Index Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.17	$2.32	$1.95	$1.78	$1.80	$1.62	$1.26	$1.11	$1.11	$0.99
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.79	$2.17	$2.32	$1.95	$1.78	$1.80	$1.62	$1.26	$1.11	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1	7	46	8	20	178	185	188	198	211
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Overseas Core Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.45	$1.77	$1.42	$1.54	$1.50	$1.67	$1.39	$1.20	$1.40	$1.25
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.78	$1.45	$1.77	$1.42	$1.54	$1.50	$1.67	$1.39	$1.20	$1.40
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	2	2	2
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Select Mid Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.36	$1.60	$1.44	$1.29	$1.38	$1.25	$0.93	$0.80	$0.89	$0.74
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.76	$1.36	$1.60	$1.44	$1.29	$1.38	$1.25	$0.93	$0.80	$0.89
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	2	145	167
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Small Cap Value Fund (Class 2) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.08	$2.59	$2.32	$1.78	$1.94	$1.91	$1.46	$1.33	$1.45	$1.17
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.47	$2.08	$2.59	$2.32	$1.78	$1.94	$1.91	$1.46	$1.33	$1.45
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	65	67	69	68	90	215	275	460	585	721
Columbia Variable Portfolio – U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.05	$1.05	$1.03	$1.03	$1.03	$1.00	$1.04	$1.04	$1.04	$1.03
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.09	$1.05	$1.05	$1.03	$1.03	$1.03	$1.00	$1.04	$1.04	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	453	517	576	773	810	918	1,292	1,516	1,924	2,722

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    203

Variable account charges of 1.90% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Credit Suisse Trust – Commodity Return Strategy Portfolio (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.39	$0.45	$0.46	$0.42	$0.57	$0.69	$0.79	$0.82	$0.96	$0.84
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.41	$0.39	$0.45	$0.46	$0.42	$0.57	$0.69	$0.79	$0.82	$0.96
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	44	44	44	47	33
CTIVP® – BlackRock Global Inflation-Protected Securities Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.27	$1.31	$1.30	$1.22	$1.26	$1.18	$1.28	$1.23	$1.14	$1.12
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.35	$1.27	$1.31	$1.30	$1.22	$1.26	$1.18	$1.28	$1.23	$1.14
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	314	373	417	442	512	723	1,059	1,156	1,527	2,123
CTIVP® – Loomis Sayles Growth Fund (Class 1) (4/29/2016)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.31	$1.37	$1.05	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.70	$1.31	$1.37	$1.05	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	99	124	148	201	—	—	—	—	—	—
CTIVP® – Victory Sycamore Established Value Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.29	$2.60	$2.29	$1.93	$1.97	$1.79	$1.34	$1.17	$1.27	$1.06
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.88	$2.29	$2.60	$2.29	$1.93	$1.97	$1.79	$1.34	$1.17	$1.27
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	11	21	21	—	—	—	8	8
Eaton Vance VT Floating-Rate Income Fund – Initial Class (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.17	$1.19	$1.18	$1.10	$1.13	$1.15	$1.13	$1.07	$1.06	$0.99
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.23	$1.17	$1.19	$1.18	$1.10	$1.13	$1.15	$1.13	$1.07	$1.06
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	88	95	115	131	125	216	320	383	562	719
Fidelity® VIP ContrafundSM Portfolio Service Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.38	$2.60	$2.18	$2.06	$2.09	$1.91	$1.48	$1.30	$1.37	$1.19
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.06	$2.38	$2.60	$2.18	$2.06	$2.09	$1.91	$1.48	$1.30	$1.37
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,550	1,935	2,293	2,769	3,260	4,329	6,278	8,416	10,938	14,844
Fidelity® VIP Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Service Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.31	$1.34	$1.32	$1.28	$1.32	$1.27	$1.32	$1.28	$1.22	$1.15
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.40	$1.31	$1.34	$1.32	$1.28	$1.32	$1.27	$1.32	$1.28	$1.22
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	946	1,117	1,271	1,307	1,417	1,853	2,828	3,225	3,767	5,353
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.56	$3.07	$2.59	$2.36	$2.45	$2.35	$1.76	$1.57	$1.79	$1.42
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.10	$2.56	$3.07	$2.59	$2.36	$2.45	$2.35	$1.76	$1.57	$1.79
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	343	399	453	487	564	749	940	1,346	1,681	2,112
Fidelity® VIP Overseas Portfolio Service Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.41	$1.69	$1.33	$1.43	$1.41	$1.57	$1.23	$1.04	$1.28	$1.16
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.77	$1.41	$1.69	$1.33	$1.43	$1.41	$1.57	$1.23	$1.04	$1.28
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	430	513	567	739	800	1,094	1,435	1,894	2,343	2,808
Franklin Income VIP Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.76	$1.87	$1.74	$1.56	$1.71	$1.66	$1.49	$1.35	$1.34	$1.21
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.00	$1.76	$1.87	$1.74	$1.56	$1.71	$1.66	$1.49	$1.35	$1.34
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	232	277	366	375	414	465	497	598	1,057	1,140
Goldman Sachs VIT Mid Cap Value Fund – Institutional Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.23	$2.54	$2.33	$2.09	$2.34	$2.10	$1.61	$1.39	$1.51	$1.23
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.88	$2.23	$2.54	$2.33	$2.09	$2.34	$2.10	$1.61	$1.39	$1.51
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	554	705	811	889	1,067	1,326	1,959	2,740	3,562	4,764
Goldman Sachs VIT U.S. Equity Insights Fund – Institutional Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.61	$1.74	$1.43	$1.32	$1.34	$1.18	$0.87	$0.78	$0.76	$0.69
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.97	$1.61	$1.74	$1.43	$1.32	$1.34	$1.18	$0.87	$0.78	$0.76
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.79	$1.94	$1.56	$1.63	$1.61	$1.42	$1.12	$1.00	$1.04	$0.97
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.38	$1.79	$1.94	$1.56	$1.63	$1.61	$1.42	$1.12	$1.00	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	690	846	1,035	1,292	1,419	1,837	2,809	3,669	4,615	6,424
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.11	$2.48	$1.86	$1.90	$1.86	$1.86	$1.49	$1.26	$1.40	$1.24
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.72	$2.11	$2.48	$1.86	$1.90	$1.86	$1.86	$1.49	$1.26	$1.40
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	27	48	61	76	81	82	86	89	113	127
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Strategic Income Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.40	$1.49	$1.43	$1.37	$1.44	$1.43	$1.46	$1.32	$1.33	$1.18
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.52	$1.40	$1.49	$1.43	$1.37	$1.44	$1.43	$1.46	$1.32	$1.33
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	924	1,192	1,357	1,452	1,724	2,305	3,261	3,563	4,711	6,319

204    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.90% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.35	$2.68	$2.39	$2.07	$2.25	$2.05	$1.49	$1.29	$1.35	$1.11
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.91	$2.35	$2.68	$2.39	$2.07	$2.25	$2.05	$1.49	$1.29	$1.35
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	10	—	20	35	41	41	89	24
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series II Shares (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.69	$1.79	$1.44	$1.44	$1.40	$1.32	$0.96	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.26	$1.69	$1.79	$1.44	$1.44	$1.40	$1.32	$0.96	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4	8	10	15	43	47	56	73	—	—
Invesco V.I. Comstock Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.90	$2.21	$1.91	$1.67	$1.81	$1.69	$1.27	$1.09	$1.13	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.32	$1.90	$2.21	$1.91	$1.67	$1.81	$1.69	$1.27	$1.09	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2,160	2,494	2,913	3,499	4,262	5,321	7,600	10,444	13,815	18,929
Invesco V.I. Health Care Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.76	$1.78	$1.57	$1.81	$1.79	$1.53	$1.11	$0.94	$0.92	$0.90
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.28	$1.76	$1.78	$1.57	$1.81	$1.79	$1.53	$1.11	$0.94	$0.92
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	22	22	22	25	25
Invesco V.I. International Growth Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.98	$1.17	$0.97	$1.00	$1.05	$1.07	$0.92	$0.81	$0.89	$0.80
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.23	$0.98	$1.17	$0.97	$1.00	$1.05	$1.07	$0.92	$0.81	$0.89
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	99	123	125	151	160	343	447	630	940	984
Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares* (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.49	$1.61	$1.34	$1.36	$1.37	$1.30	$0.97	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.96	$1.49	$1.61	$1.34	$1.36	$1.37	$1.30	$0.97	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	11	11	11	11	11	11	11	11	—	—
*Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares is scheduled to merge into Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares sometime during the second quarter of 2020.
Janus Henderson VIT Research Portfolio: Service Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.71	$1.79	$1.43	$1.45	$1.41	$1.27	$1.00	$0.86	$0.93	$0.83
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.26	$1.71	$1.79	$1.43	$1.45	$1.41	$1.27	$1.00	$0.86	$0.93
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	64	79	97	131	143	348	493	799	1,082	1,257
MFS® Total Return Series – Service Class (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.64	$1.78	$1.62	$1.52	$1.55	$1.46	$1.26	$1.15	$1.16	$1.08
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.94	$1.64	$1.78	$1.62	$1.52	$1.55	$1.46	$1.26	$1.15	$1.16
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	32	70	70	71	72	77	71	74	65	69
MFS® Utilities Series – Service Class (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.09	$3.13	$2.78	$2.55	$3.05	$2.76	$2.34	$2.11	$2.02	$1.81
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.79	$3.09	$3.13	$2.78	$2.55	$3.05	$2.76	$2.34	$2.11	$2.02
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	5	10	19	19	20	42	41	41	43	55
Morgan Stanley VIF Discovery Portfolio, Class II Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.86	$1.72	$1.26	$1.41	$1.53	$1.53	$1.14	$1.07	$1.17	$0.90
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.56	$1.86	$1.72	$1.26	$1.41	$1.53	$1.53	$1.14	$1.07	$1.17
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Morgan Stanley VIF Global Real Estate Portfolio, Class II Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.92	$1.02	$0.95	$0.94	$0.97	$0.87	$0.86	$0.68	$0.77	$0.64
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.07	$0.92	$1.02	$0.95	$0.94	$0.97	$0.87	$0.86	$0.68	$0.77
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	23	22	26	30	34	93	122	179	249	265
PIMCO VIT All Asset Portfolio, Advisor Class (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.25	$1.35	$1.21	$1.09	$1.23	$1.24	$1.27	$1.12	$1.12	$1.01
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.37	$1.25	$1.35	$1.21	$1.09	$1.23	$1.24	$1.27	$1.12	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	157	164	182	216	259	398	496	620	718	853
Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.88	$1.88	$1.88	$1.86	$1.98	$1.98	$1.99	$1.76	$1.81	$1.61
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.88	$1.88	$1.88	$1.88	$1.86	$1.98	$1.98	$1.99	$1.76	$1.81
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	850	924	1,101	1,230	1,376	1,692	2,275	2,493	3,114	4,186
Templeton Growth VIP Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.40	$1.68	$1.44	$1.34	$1.46	$1.53	$1.19	$1.00	$1.10	$1.04
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.58	$1.40	$1.68	$1.44	$1.34	$1.46	$1.53	$1.19	$1.00	$1.10
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	18	18	19	20	20	21	53	69	103	119
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.54	$1.71	$1.47	$1.41	$1.45	$1.40	$1.18	$1.06	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.83	$1.54	$1.71	$1.47	$1.41	$1.45	$1.40	$1.18	$1.06	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	186	208	197	217	276	642	692	500	242	2,128

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    205

Variable account charges of 1.90% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.54	$1.71	$1.47	$1.41	$1.45	$1.40	$1.18	$1.06	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.83	$1.54	$1.71	$1.47	$1.41	$1.45	$1.40	$1.18	$1.06	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4,805	5,670	7,175	9,851	13,650	15,891	21,576	27,031	37,081	45,459
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.14	$1.20	$1.14	$1.12	$1.15	$1.12	$1.11	$1.05	$1.04	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.24	$1.14	$1.20	$1.14	$1.12	$1.15	$1.12	$1.11	$1.05	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	584	470	224	545	1,636	1,585	2,427	2,883	3,605	2,840
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.14	$1.20	$1.14	$1.12	$1.15	$1.12	$1.11	$1.05	$1.04	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.24	$1.14	$1.20	$1.14	$1.12	$1.15	$1.12	$1.11	$1.05	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2,908	3,625	4,256	6,802	8,845	11,189	22,543	33,878	37,774	34,075
Variable Portfolio – Managed Risk Fund (Class 2) (9/18/2017)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.96	$1.03	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.09	$0.96	$1.03	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Risk U.S. Fund (Class 2) (9/18/2017)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.98	$1.04	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.14	$0.98	$1.04	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.02	$1.06	$1.00	$0.99	$1.02	$1.00	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.12	$1.02	$1.06	$1.00	$0.99	$1.02	$1.00	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,095	1,309	1,571	3,153	1,759	1,710	256	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.03	$1.10	$1.01	$1.00	$1.04	$1.01	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.16	$1.03	$1.10	$1.01	$1.00	$1.04	$1.01	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4,127	5,461	5,915	7,358	8,743	6,866	1,870	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.06	$1.17	$1.02	$1.00	$1.06	$1.03	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.23	$1.06	$1.17	$1.02	$1.00	$1.06	$1.03	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	10,952	11,274	11,841	13,171	14,007	13,017	1,196	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.05	$1.14	$1.02	$1.00	$1.05	$1.02	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.20	$1.05	$1.14	$1.02	$1.00	$1.05	$1.02	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	25,371	30,115	34,129	41,727	42,802	33,518	2,310	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.35	$1.46	$1.31	$1.28	$1.31	$1.27	$1.16	$1.07	$1.09	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.54	$1.35	$1.46	$1.31	$1.28	$1.31	$1.27	$1.16	$1.07	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2,009	2,307	2,642	2,809	3,357	3,717	4,104	4,950	4,056	2,407
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.35	$1.46	$1.31	$1.28	$1.31	$1.27	$1.16	$1.07	$1.09	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.54	$1.35	$1.46	$1.31	$1.28	$1.31	$1.27	$1.16	$1.07	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	50,342	59,199	66,911	75,428	85,354	105,569	144,525	168,701	206,439	248,214
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.45	$1.58	$1.39	$1.35	$1.38	$1.34	$1.18	$1.07	$1.10	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.68	$1.45	$1.58	$1.39	$1.35	$1.38	$1.34	$1.18	$1.07	$1.10
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,155	1,458	2,098	2,279	2,289	2,467	3,113	2,106	1,555	774
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.45	$1.59	$1.39	$1.35	$1.38	$1.34	$1.18	$1.07	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.69	$1.45	$1.59	$1.39	$1.35	$1.38	$1.34	$1.18	$1.07	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	19,179	22,217	27,353	33,432	41,095	50,925	66,694	86,581	118,725	154,365
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.24	$1.32	$1.22	$1.20	$1.22	$1.19	$1.13	$1.06	$1.06	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.38	$1.24	$1.32	$1.22	$1.20	$1.22	$1.19	$1.13	$1.06	$1.06
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	768	807	761	861	833	1,314	2,457	3,949	2,095	1,480
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.24	$1.32	$1.23	$1.20	$1.23	$1.19	$1.14	$1.06	$1.06	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.39	$1.24	$1.32	$1.23	$1.20	$1.23	$1.19	$1.14	$1.06	$1.06
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	7,102	8,175	9,412	11,720	13,127	16,596	22,248	28,639	34,697	43,744

206    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.90% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Variable Portfolio – Partners Core Equity Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.34	$1.49	$1.26	$1.17	$1.19	$1.09	$0.86	$0.79	$0.84	$0.77
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.67	$1.34	$1.49	$1.26	$1.17	$1.19	$1.09	$0.86	$0.79	$0.84
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	97	112	130	160	190	430	601	961	1,246	1,481
Variable Portfolio – Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.94	$2.29	$2.18	$1.77	$1.99	$1.99	$1.50	$1.35	$1.44	$1.18
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.28	$1.94	$2.29	$2.18	$1.77	$1.99	$1.99	$1.50	$1.35	$1.44
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	784	871	1,000	1,162	1,489	1,881	2,573	3,627	4,585	6,248
Variable Portfolio – U.S. Flexible Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/14/2016)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.05	$1.10	$1.00	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.19	$1.05	$1.10	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – U.S. Flexible Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/14/2016)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.13	$1.20	$1.03	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.33	$1.13	$1.20	$1.03	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – U.S. Flexible Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/14/2016)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.09	$1.15	$1.02	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.26	$1.09	$1.15	$1.02	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Wanger International (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.38	$2.95	$2.26	$2.34	$2.38	$2.54	$2.11	$1.77	$2.11	$1.72
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.04	$2.38	$2.95	$2.26	$2.34	$2.38	$2.54	$2.11	$1.77	$2.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	288	344	362	431	487	627	815	1,135	1,529	1,843
Wanger USA (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.55	$2.64	$2.25	$2.02	$2.07	$2.01	$1.53	$1.30	$1.38	$1.14
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.29	$2.55	$2.64	$2.25	$2.02	$2.07	$2.01	$1.53	$1.30	$1.38
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	314	385	488	604	738	1,023	1,416	2,019	2,605	3,655

RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    207

Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information

Calculating Annuity Payouts	p. 3
Rating Agencies	p. 4
Principal Underwriter	p. 4
Service Providers	p. 4
Custodian	p. 5
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	p. 5
Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	p. 6
Financial Statements

208    RiverSource Signature Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474
1-800-333-3437

45300  CG (5/20)

RiverSource Distributors, Inc. (Distributor), Member FINRA. Issued by RiverSource Life Insurance Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota. ©2008-2020 RiverSource Life Insurance Company. All rights reserved.

Prospectus

May 1, 2020

RiverSource^®

Endeavor Select Variable Annuity

Individual Flexible Premium Deferred Combination Fixed/Variable Annuity

Issued by:	RiverSource Life Insurance Company (RiverSource Life)
	829 Ameriprise Financial Center Minneapolis, MN 55474 Telephone: 1-800-333-3437 (Service Center) RiverSource Variable Annuity Account/RiverSource MVA Account​

New contracts are not currently being offered.

This prospectus contains information that you should know before investing. Investment options available under the contract are listed below:

AB Variable Products Series Fund, Inc. (Class B)

American Century^® Variable Portfolios, Inc., Class II

BNY Mellon Investment Portfolios

Columbia Funds Variable Insurance Trust

Columbia Funds Variable Series Trust II

Credit Suisse Trust

Eaton Vance Variable Trust (VT)

Fidelity^® Variable Insurance Products Service Class 2

Franklin^® Templeton^® Variable Insurance Products Trust – Class 2

Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust (VIT)

Invesco Variable Insurance Funds

Janus Aspen Series: Series Shares

Legg Mason Partners Variable Equity Trust

MFS^® Variable Insurance Trust^SM – Service Class

Morgan Stanley Variable Insurance Fund, Inc. (VIF)

Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds, Service Shares

PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust (VIT)

Putnam Variable Trust – Class IB Shares

Wanger Advisors Trust

 

Some funds may not be available under your contract. Please read the prospectuses carefully and keep them for future reference.

The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

An investment in this contract is not a deposit of a bank or financial institution and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) or any other government agency. An investment in this contract involves investment risk including the possible loss of principal.

A Statement of Additional Information (SAI), dated the same date as this prospectus, is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. It is filed with the SEC and is available without charge by contacting RiverSource Life at the telephone number and address listed above. The table of contents of the SAI is on the last page of this prospectus. The SEC maintains an Internet site. This prospectus, the SAI and other information about the product are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at (http://www.sec.gov).

Variable annuities are complex products. The fees and charges, as well as the available features and benefits, of the variable annuity contracts described in this prospectus will be different from other variable annuities offered in the marketplace, including other variable annuities or other types of annuities offered by RiverSource Life. The interest credited, guarantees provided, and credits available, as well as the funds serving as underlying investments and their corresponding expenses, may differ among the variable annuities that are available to you. With the aid of an appropriate financial professional, we encourage you to compare and contrast the variable annuity contracts described in this prospectus with other variable annuities available in the marketplace, including other types of annuities we may offer. This will aid in determining whether purchasing a contract is consistent with your investment objectives, risk tolerance, time horizon, marital status, tax situation, and your unique financial situation and needs. If you select an annuity that includes surrender or other liquidation charges, you should also consider any future needs you may have to access your contract value. The optional benefits and features available with the contracts usually come with additional costs. Consider any additional costs carefully when electing these optional benefits and features.

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    1

Beginning on January 1, 2021, as permitted by regulations adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission, paper copies of your underlying funds’ shareholder reports will no longer be sent by mail, unless you specifically request paper copies of the reports from RiverSource Life. Instead, the reports will be made available on a website, and you will be notified each time a report is posted and provided with a website link to access the report.

You may elect to receive all future reports in paper free of charge. You can inform RiverSource Life that you wish to continue receiving paper copies of your shareholder reports by calling our Service Center at 1-800-862-7919. Your election to receive reports in paper will apply to all funds available under your variable annuity contract.

Effects of COVID-19 Pandemic

The coronavirus disease 2019 (“COVID-19”) public health crisis presents ongoing significant economic and societal disruption and has driven significant volatility in the equity and interest rate markets. Any periods of continued high market volatility, and your individual circumstances (e.g., your selected allocations and the timing of any purchase payments, transfers, or withdrawals), will affect values under your contract. As part of how we maintain our strong financial strength and claims-paying ability, we continue to reserve amounts for our contractual obligations in accordance with significant state solvency regulations. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic may impact financial markets, investment performance under your contract, and our financial strength and claims-paying ability will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be estimated, including the scope and duration of the pandemic and actions taken by governmental authorities, market participants, and other third parties in response to the pandemic.

We have implemented comprehensive strategies to address the operating environment spurred by the pandemic.  To promote the safety and security of our employees and to assure the continuity of our business operations, we have implemented a work from home protocol for virtually all of our employee population, restricted business travel, and provided resources for complying with the guidance from the World Health Organization, the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and government authorities. We have been satisfying elevated customer service volumes and our operations teams have continued to operate successfully and without disruptions in service. Our pandemic strategy is flexible and scalable and takes into consideration that a pandemic could be widespread and may occur in multiple waves, affecting different communities at different times with varying levels of severity. We cannot, however, predict the impact that natural or man-made disasters and catastrophes, including the COVID-19 pandemic, may have over near- or longer-term periods.

2    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Table of Contents

Key Terms	5
The Contract in Brief	7
Expense Summary	9
Contract Owner Transaction Expenses	9
Annual Variable Account Expenses	9
Other Annual Expenses	10
Optional Death Benefits	10
Optional Living Benefits	11
Annual Operating Expenses of the Funds	12
Condensed Financial Information	14
Financial Statements	14
The Variable Account and the Funds	14
The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)	25
Market Value Adjustment (MVA)	26
The General Account	28
The Fixed Account	28
The One-Year Fixed Account	28
DCA Fixed Account	28
Buying Your Contract	29
The Retirement Date	31
Beneficiary	31
Purchase Payments	31
How to Make Purchase Payments	32
Purchase Payment Credits	32
Limitations on Use of Contract	32
Charges	33
Contract Administrative Charge	33
Variable Account Administrative Charge	33
Mortality and Expense Risk Fee	33
Withdrawal Charge	34
Fund Fees and Expenses	36
Premium Taxes	36
Optional Living Benefits Charges	36
Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider Fee	36
SecureSource Rider Fee	37
Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider Fee	39
Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider Fee	41
Income Assurer Benefit Rider Fee	42
Optional Death Benefit Charges	43
Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider Fee	43
Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider Fee	43
Valuing Your Investment	43
GPAs	43
The Fixed Account	44

Subaccounts	44
Making the Most of Your Contract	45
Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging	45
Asset Rebalancing	46
Portfolio Navigator Program (PN program) and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds	46
Transferring Among Accounts	49
How to request a Transfer or Withdrawal	52
Withdrawals	53
Withdrawal Policies	54
Receiving Payment	54
TSA–Special Provisions	55
Participants in Tax-Sheltered Annuities	55
Changing Ownership	55
Benefits in Case of Death	56
If You Die Before Your Retirement Date	58
Optional Benefits	59
Optional Living Benefits	60
Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider	60
SecureSource Rider	62
Optional Living Benefits	74
Optional Death Benefits	75
Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector)	75
Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus)	76
The Annuity Payout Period	76
Annuity Tables	77
Annuity Payout Plans	77
Taxes	79
Nonqualified Annuities	79
Qualified Annuities	80
Other	82
Voting Rights	83
Substitution of Investments	83
About the Service Providers	84
Principal Underwriter	84
Service Providers	85
Issuer	85
Legal Proceedings	85
Additional Information	86
Incorporation of Certain Documents By Reference	86
Available Information	86
Indemnification	86
Appendices	87

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    3

Table of Contents

Appendix A: Example — Market Value Adjustment (MVA)	88
Appendix B: Example — Withdrawal Charges	90
Appendix C: Example — Death Benefits	93
Appendix D: Example — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider	96
Appendix E: Example: SecureSource Riders	97
Appendix F: SecureSource Riders — Additional Required Minimum Distribution (RMD) Disclosure	101
Appendix G: Example — Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider	103
Appendix H: Example — Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider	105
Appendix I: Asset Allocation Program for Contracts With Applications Signed Before May 1, 2006	107
Appendix J: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider Disclosure	108
Appendix K: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider Disclosure	120
Appendix L: Income Assurer Benefit Riders	128
Appendix M: Withdrawal Benefit Riders: Electing Step Up or Spousal Continuation Step Up	138
Appendix N: Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	139
Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information	151

4    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Key Terms

These terms can help you understand details about your contract.

Accumulation unit: A measure of the value of each subaccount before annuity payouts begin.

Annuitant: The person or persons on whose life or life expectancy the annuity payouts are based.

Annuity payouts: An amount paid at regular intervals under one of several plans.

Assumed investment rate: The rate of return we assume your investments will earn when we calculate your initial annuity payout amount using the annuity table in your contract. The standard assumed investment rate we use is 5% but you may request we substitute an assumed investment rate of 3.5%.

Beneficiary: The person you designate to receive benefits in case of the owner’s or annuitant’s death while the contract is in force.

Close of business: The time the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) closes (4 p.m. Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier).

Code: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Contract: A deferred annuity contract that permits you to accumulate money for retirement by making one or more purchase payments. It provides for lifetime or other forms of payouts beginning at a specified time in the future.

Contract value: The total value of your contract before we deduct any applicable charges.

Contract year: A period of 12 months, starting on the effective date of your contract and on each anniversary of the effective date.

Fixed account: Part of our general account which includes the one-year fixed account and the DCA fixed account. Amounts you allocate to the fixed account earn interest rates we declare periodically.

Funds: Investment options under your contract. You may allocate your purchase payments into subaccounts investing in shares of the funds.

Good order: We cannot process your transaction request relating to the contract until we have received the request in good order at our Service Center. “Good order” means the actual receipt of the requested transaction in writing, along with all information, forms and supporting legal documentation necessary to effect the transaction. To be in “good order,” your instructions must be sufficiently clear so that we do not need to exercise any discretion to follow such instructions. This information and documentation generally includes your completed request; the contract number; the transaction amount (in dollars); the names of and allocations to and/or from the subaccounts and the fixed account affected by the requested transaction; Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number; and any other

information, forms or supporting documentation that we may require. For certain transactions, at our option, we may require the signature of all contract owners for the request to be in good order. With respect to purchase requests, “good order” also generally includes receipt of sufficient payment by us to effect the purchase. We may, in our sole discretion, determine whether any particular transaction request is in good order, and we reserve the right to change or waive any good order requirements at any time.

Guarantee Period: The number of successive 12-month periods that a guaranteed interest rate is credited.

Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs): A nonunitized separate account to which you may allocate purchase payments or transfer contract value of at least $1,000. These accounts have guaranteed interest rates for guarantee periods we declare when you allocate purchase payments or transfer contract value to a GPA. These guaranteed rates and periods of time may vary by state. Unless an exception applies, transfers or withdrawals from a GPA done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will receive a market value adjustment, which may result in a gain or loss of principal.

Market Value Adjustment (MVA): A positive or negative adjustment assessed if any portion of a Guarantee Period Account is withdrawn or transferred more than 30 days before the end of its guarantee period.

Owner (you, your): The person or persons identified in the contract as owner(s) of the contract, who has or have the right to control the contract (to decide on investment allocations, transfers, payout options, etc.). Usually, but not always, the owner is also the annuitant. During the owner’s life, the owner is responsible for taxes, regardless of whether he or she receives the contract’s benefits. The owner or any joint owner may be a non-natural person (e.g. irrevocable trust or corporation) or a revocable trust. If any owner is a non-natural person or a revocable trust, the annuitant will be deemed to be the owner for contract provisions that are based on the age or life of the owner. When the contract is owned by a revocable trust or irrevocable grantor trust, the annuitant(s) selected must be the grantor(s) of the trust to assure compliance with Section 72(s) of the Code.

Qualified annuity: A contract that you purchase to fund one of the following tax-deferred retirement plans that is subject to applicable federal law and any rules of the plan itself:

• Individual Retirement Annuities (IRAs) including inherited IRAs under Section 408(b) of the Code

• Roth IRAs including inherited Roth IRAs under Section 408A of the Code

• Simplified Employee Pension (SEP) plans under Section 408(k) of the Code

• Tax-Sheltered Annuity (TSA) rollovers under Section 403(b) of the Code

 

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    5

A qualified annuity will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral if it is used to fund a retirement plan that is already tax deferred.

All other contracts are considerednonqualified annuities.

Retirement date: The date when annuity payouts are scheduled to begin.

Rider effective date: The date a rider becomes effective as stated in the rider.

RiverSource Life: In this prospectus, “we,” “us,” “our” and “RiverSource Life” refer to RiverSource Life Insurance Company.

Service Center: Our department that processes all transaction and service requests for the contracts. We consider all transaction and service requests received when they arrive in good order at the Service Center. Any transaction or service requests sent or directed to any location other than our Service Center may end up delayed or not processed. Our Service Center address and telephone number are listed on the first page of the prospectus.

Valuation date: Any normal business day, Monday through Friday, on which the NYSE is open, up to the time it closes. At the NYSE close, the next valuation date begins. We calculate the accumulation unit value of each subaccount on each valuation date. If we receive your purchase payment or any transaction request (such as a

transfer or withdrawal request) in good order at our Service Center before the close of business, we will process your payment or transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your payment or transaction request. On the other hand, if we receive your purchase payment or transaction request in good order at our Service Center at or after the close of business, we will process your payment or transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date. If you make a transaction request by telephone (including by fax), you must have completed your transaction by the close of business in order for us to process it using the accumulation unit value we calculate on that valuation date. If you were not able to complete your transaction before the close of business for any reason, including telephone service interruptions or delays due to high call volume, we will process your transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date.

Variable account: Consists of separate subaccounts to which you may allocate purchase payments; each invests in shares of one fund. The value of your investment in each subaccount changes with the performance of the particular fund.

Withdrawal value: The amount you are entitled to receive if you make a full withdrawal from your contract. It is the contract value minus any applicable charges.

6    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The Contract in Brief

Purpose: The purpose of the contract is to allow you to accumulate money for retirement or similar long term goal. You do this by making one or more purchase payments. You may allocate your purchase payments to the one-year fixed account (if part of your contract), the DCA fixed account, GPAs and/or subaccounts of the variable account under the contract; however you risk losing amounts you invest in the subaccounts of the variable account.; however you risk losing amounts you invest in the subaccounts of the variable account. These accounts, in turn, may earn returns that increase the value of a contract. If the contract value goes to zero due to underlying fund’s performance or deduction of fees, the contract will no longer be in force and the contract (including any death benefit riders) will terminate. You may be able to purchase an optional benefit to reduce the investment risk you assume. Beginning at a specified time in the future called the retirement date, the contract provides lifetime or other forms of payouts of your contract value (less any applicable premium tax).

It may have not been advantageous for you to purchase this contract in exchange for, or in addition to, an existing annuity or life insurance policy. Generally, you can exchange one annuity for another or for a long-term care policy in a “tax-free” exchange under Section 1035 of the Code. You can also do a partial exchange from one annuity contract to another annuity contract, subject to Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) rules. You also generally can exchange a life insurance policy for an annuity. However, before making an exchange, you should compare both contracts carefully because the features and benefits may be different. Fees and charges may be higher or lower on your old contract than on this contract. You may have to pay a withdrawal charge when you exchange out of your old contract and a new withdrawal period will begin when you exchange into this contract. If the exchange does not qualify for Section 1035 treatment, you also may have to pay federal income tax on the distribution. State income taxes may also apply. You should not exchange your old contract for this contract, or buy this contract in addition to your old contract, unless you determine it is in your best interest. (See “Taxes-1035 Exchanges”.)

Tax-deferred retirement plans: Most annuities have a tax-deferred feature. So do many retirement plans under the Code including 403(b) plans. As a result, when you use a qualified annuity to fund a retirement plan that is tax-deferred, your contract will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral beyond what is provided in that retirement plan. Some employers may permit you to deposit your contributions into other investments such as mutual funds. If such investments are available to you, before enrolling under the contract, you should consider features other than tax deferral that may help you reach your retirement goals. In addition, the Code subjects retirement plans to required withdrawals triggered at age 72 (triggered at age 70 ½ if you turned 70 ½ before Jan. 1, 2020). These mandatory withdrawals are called required minimum distributions

(“RMDs”). RMDs may reduce the value of certain death benefits and optional riders (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). You should consult your tax advisor before you purchase the contract as a qualified annuity for an explanation of the tax implications to you.

Buying a contract: We no longer offer new contracts. However, you have the option of making additional purchase payments in the future, subject to certain limitations. Purchase payment amounts and purchase payment timing may be limited under the terms of your contract and/or pursuant to state requirements. (See “Buying Your Contract”).

Free look period: The contracts in this prospectus are no longer sold. Generally, all available free look periods have now expired.

Accounts: Generally, you may allocate your purchase payments among the:

• subaccounts of the variable account, each of which invests in a fund with a particular investment objective. The value of each subaccount varies with the performance of the particular fund in which it invests. We cannot guarantee that the value at the retirement date will equal or exceed the total purchase payments you allocate to the subaccounts. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds”).

• GPAs which earn interest at rates declared when you make an allocation to that account. The required minimum investment in each GPA is $1,000. These accounts may not be available in all states. (See “The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)”)

• one-year fixed account, which earns interest at rates that we adjust periodically. There are restrictions on the amount you can allocate to this account as well as on transfers from this account (see “The Fixed Account – One-Year Fixed Account“ )

• DCA fixed account, if part of your contract, which earns interest at rates that we adjust periodically. There are restrictions on how long contract value can remain in this account. (See “The Fixed Account — DCA Fixed Account”).

Transfers: Subject to certain restrictions, you currently may redistribute your contract value among the accounts without charge at any time until annuity payouts begin, and once per contract year among the subaccounts after annuity payouts begin. Transfers out of the GPAs done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will be subject to a MVA, unless an exception applies. You may establish automated transfers among the accounts. We reserve the right to limit transfers to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then currently crediting is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transferring Among Accounts”).

 

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    7

Withdrawals: You may withdraw all or part of your contract value at any time before the retirement date. You also may establish automated partial withdrawals. Withdrawals may be subject to charges and tax penalties (including a 10% IRS penalty that may apply if you make withdrawals prior to your reaching age 59½) and may have other tax consequences. Certain other restrictions may apply. (See “Withdrawals”)

Optional benefits:These contracts offered optional living and death benefits that were available for additional charges if you met certain criteria. Please note, since the contracts in this prospectus are no longer sold, any optional benefits you may have elected were done so at the time of application. You cannot add optional benefits to your contract after it has been issued. Any optional benefits we describe are not available to add to your contract. (See “Optional Benefits”).

Benefits in case of death: If you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin, we will pay the beneficiary an amount based on the death benefit selected. (See “Benefits in Case of Death”).

Annuity payouts: You can apply your contract value, after reflecting any adjustments, to an annuity payout plan that begins on the retirement date. You may choose from a variety of plans that can help meet your retirement or other income needs. The payout schedule must meet IRS requirements. We can make payouts on a fixed or variable basis, or both. During the annuity payout period, your choices for subaccounts may be limited. The GPAs and the DCA fixed account are not available during the payout period. (See “The Annuity Payout Period”).

8    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Expense Summary

The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you paid when buying, owning and making a withdrawal from the contract. The first table describes the fees and expenses that you paid at the time that you bought the contract and will pay when you make a withdrawal from the contract. State premium taxes also may be deducted.

Contract Owner Transaction Expenses

Withdrawal charge

(Contingent deferred sales charge as a percentage of purchase payments withdrawn)

You selected either a seven-year or five-year withdrawal charge schedule at the time of application.

Seven-year schedule		Five-year schedule*
Years from purchase payment receipt**	Withdrawal charge percentage	Years from purchase payment receipt**	Withdrawal charge percentage
1	8%	1	8%
2	8	2	7
3	7	3	6
4	7	4	4
5	6	5	2
6	5	Thereafter	0
7	3
Thereafter	0

* The five-year withdrawal charge schedule may not be available in all states.

** According to our current administrative practice, for the purpose of withdrawal charge calculation, we consider that the year is completed one day prior to the anniversary of the day each purchase payment was received.

Liquidation charge under Variable Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:If you are receiving variable annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to withdraw those payments. The amount that you can withdraw is the present value of any remaining variable payouts. The discount rate we use in the calculation will be 5.17% if the assumed investment return is 3.5% and 6.67% if the assumed investment return is 5%. The liquidation charge equals the present value of the remaining payouts using the assumed investment return minus the present value of the remaining payouts using the discount rate. (See “Charges — WithdrawalCharge” and “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Withdrawal charge for Fixed Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:

Number of Completed Years Since Annuitization	Withdrawal charge percentage
0	Not applicable*
1	5%
2	4
3	3
4	2
5	1
6 and thereafter	0

*We do not permit withdrawals in the first year after annuitization.

The next tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay periodically during the time that you own the contract, not including fund fees and expenses.

Annual Variable Account Expenses

(As a percentage of average daily subaccount value.)

You must choose a death benefit guarantee, a qualified or nonqualified contract and the length of your contract’s withdrawal charge schedule. The combination you choose determines the mortality and expense risk fees you pay. The table below shows the combinations available to you and their cost. The variable account administrative charge is in addition to the mortality and expense risk fee.

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    9

Seven-year withdrawal charge schedule for contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2006 and if available in your state

	Mortality and expense risk fee	Variable account administrative charge	Total variable account expense
Qualified annuities
Return of Purchase Payment (ROP) Death Benefit	0.90%	0.15%	1.05%
Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV) Death Benefit	1.10	0.15	1.25
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.25	0.15	1.40
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.30	0.15	1.45
Nonqualified annuities
ROP Death Benefit	1.05	0.15	1.20
MAV Death Benefit	1.25	0.15	1.40
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.40	0.15	1.55
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.45	0.15	1.60

Seven-year withdrawal charge schedule for all other contracts

	Mortality and expense risk fee	Variable account administrative charge	Total variable account expense
Qualified annuities
ROP Death Benefit	1.00%	0.15%	1.15%
MAV Death Benefit	1.20	0.15	1.35
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.35	0.15	1.50
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.40	0.15	1.55
Nonqualified annuities
ROP Death Benefit	1.15	0.15	1.30
MAV Death Benefit	1.35	0.15	1.50
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.50	0.15	1.65
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.55	0.15	1.70

Five-year withdrawal charge schedule

	Mortality and expense risk fee	Variable account administrative charge	Total variable account expense
Qualified annuities
ROP Death Benefit	1.20%	0.15%	1.35%
MAV Death Benefit	1.40	0.15	1.55
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.55	0.15	1.70
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.60	0.15	1.75
Nonqualified annuities
ROP Death Benefit	1.35	0.15	1.50
MAV Death Benefit	1.55	0.15	1.70
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.70	0.15	1.85
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.75	0.15	1.90

Other Annual Expenses

Annual contract administrative charge $40

(We will waive this charge when your contract value is $50,000 or more on the current contract anniversary.)

Optional Death Benefits

If eligible, you may have selected an optional death benefit in addition to the ROP and MAV Death Benefits. The fees apply only if you have selected one of these benefits.

Benefit Protector® Death Benefit rider fee	0.25%
Benefit Protector® Plus Death Benefit rider fee	0.40%

(As a percentage of the contract value charge annually on the contract anniversary.)

10    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Optional Living Benefits

If eligible, you may have selected one of the following optional living benefits if available in your state. The fees apply only if you have selected one of these benefits. Investment allocation restrictions apply.

Accumulation Protector Benefit^® rider fee

Contract purchase date:	Maximum annual rider fee	Initial annual rider fee and annual rider fee for elective step-ups before 04/29/2013
Prior to 01/26/2009	1.75%	0.55%
01/26/2009 – 05/31/2009	1.75%	0.80%

(Charged annually on the contract anniversary as a percentage of the contract value or the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value, whichever is greater.)

Current annual rider fees for elective step-up (including elective spousal continuation step-up) requests on/after 04/29/2013 are shown in the table below.

Elective step up date:	If invested in Portfolio Navigator fund at the time of step-up:	If invested in Portfolio Stabilizer fund at the time of step-up:
04/29/2013 – 11/17/2013	1.75%	n/a
11/18/2013 – 10/17/2014	1.75%	1.30%
10/18/2014 – 06/30/2016	1.60%	1.00%
07/01/2016 – 10/15/2018	1.75%	1.30%
10/16/2018 – 12/29/2018	1.40%	1.00%
12/30/2019 – 07/20/2020	1.55%	1.15%
07/21/2020 and later	1.75%	1.75%

SecureSource^® rider fees

Application signed date	Maximum annual rider fee	Initial annual rider fee(1)
5/1/2007 – 5/31/2008, Single Life	1.50%	0.65%
5/1/2007 – 5/31/2008, Joint Life	1.75%	0.85%
6/1/2008 – 1/25/2009, Single Life	1.50%	0.75%
6/1/2008 – 1/25/2009, Joint Life	1.75%	0.95%
1/26/2009 and later, Single Life	2.00%	1.10%
1/26/2009 and later, Joint Life	2.50%	1.40%

(Charged annually on the contract anniversary as a percentage of the contract value or the total Remaining Benefit Amount, whichever is greater.)

⁽¹⁾ Effective Dec. 18, 2013 if you request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up, or move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is more aggressive than your current Portfolio Navigator fund allocation, the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are invested following the change as shown in the table below.

Application signed date	All Portfolio Stabilizer funds	Portfolio Navigator funds
		Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)
5/1/2007 – 5/31/2008, Single Life	0.65%	0.75%	0.75%	0.75%	0.90%	1.00%
5/1/2007 – 5/31/2008, Joint Life	0.85%	0.95%	0.95%	0.95%	1.10%	1.20%
6/1/2008 – 1/25/2009, Single Life	0.75%	0.85%	0.85%	0.85%	1.00%	1.10%
6/1/2008 – 1/25/2009, Joint Life	0.95%	1.05%	1.05%	1.05%	1.20%	1.30%
1/26/2009 and later, Single Life	1.10%	1.10%	1.10%	1.10%	1.20%	1.30%
1/26/2009 and later, Joint Life	1.40%	1.40%	1.40%	1.40%	1.50%	1.60%

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life^® rider fee Maximum: 1.50% Initial: 0.65%⁽²⁾

(Charged annually on the contract anniversary as a percentage of the contract value or the total Remaining Benefit Amount, whichever is greater.)

Guarantor^® Withdrawal Benefit rider fee Maximum: 1.50% Initial: 0.55%⁽³⁾

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    11

(As a percentage of contract value charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

Income Assurer Benefit® – MAV rider fee	Maximum: 1.50%	Current: 0.30%(4)
Income Assurer Benefit® – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base rider fee	Maximum: 1.75%	Current: 0.60%(4)
Income Assurer Benefit® – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base rider fee	Maximum: 2.00%	Current: 0.65%(4)

(As a percentage of the guaranteed income benefit base charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

⁽²⁾ Effective Dec. 18, 2013 if you request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up or move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is more aggressive than your current Portfolio Navigator fund allocation, the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are invested following the change as shown in the table below.

Fund Name	Maximum annual rider fee	Current annual fee as of 12/18/13
Portfolio Stabilizer funds	1.50%	0.65%
Portfolio Navigator funds:
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.80%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.80%
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.80%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.95%
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	1.10%

⁽³⁾ Effective Dec. 18, 2013 if you request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up or move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is more aggressive than your current Portfolio Navigator fund allocation, the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are invested following the change as shown in the table below.

Fund Name	Maximum annual rider fee	Current annual fee as of 12/18/13
Portfolio Stabilizer funds	1.50%	0.55%
Portfolio Navigator funds:
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.85%
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	1.00%

⁽⁴⁾ For applications signed prior to Oct. 7, 2004, the following current annual rider charges apply: Income Assurer Benefit – MAV — 0.55%, Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base — 0.70%; and Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base — 0.75%.

Annual Operating Expenses of the Funds

The next table provides the minimum and maximum total operating expenses charged by the underlying funds that you may pay periodically during the time that you own the contract. These operating expenses are for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, unless otherwise noted. More detail concerning each underlying fund’s fees and expenses is contained in each fund’s prospectus.

Minimum and maximum annual operating expenses for the funds

(Including management, distribution (12b-1) and/or service fees and other expenses)⁽¹⁾

	Minimum(%)	Maximum(%)
Total expenses before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements	0.39	1.82

⁽¹⁾ Total annual fund operating expenses are deducted from amounts that are allocated to the fund. They include management fees and other expenses and may include distribution (12b-1) fees. Other expenses may include service fees that may be used to compensate service providers, including us and our affiliates, for administrative and contract owner services provided on behalf of the fund. The amount of these payments will vary by fund and may be significant. See “The Variable Account and the Funds” for additional information, including potential conflicts of interest these payments may create. Distribution (12b-1) fees are used to finance any activity that is primarily intended to result in the sale of fund shares. Because 12b-1 fees are paid out of fund assets on an ongoing basis, you may pay more if you select subaccounts investing in funds that have adopted 12b-1 plans than if you select subaccounts investing in funds that have not adopted 12b-1 plans. For a more complete description of each fund’s fees and expenses and important disclosure regarding payments the fund and/or its affiliates make, please review the fund’s prospectus and SAI.

12    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Examples

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in these contracts with the cost of investing in other variable annuity contracts. These costs include your transaction expenses, contract administrative charges⁽¹⁾, variable account annual expenses and fund fees and expenses.

These examples assume that you invest $10,000 in the contract for the time periods indicated. These examples also assume that your investment has a 5% return each year.

Maximum Expenses. These examples assume the most expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the maximum fees and expenses of the funds* available with a living benefit rider and before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the MAV Death Benefit, theSecureSource – Joint Life rider and the Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit⁽²⁾. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

* Note: Certain funds are not available for contracts with living benefit riders and may have higher fund expenses than the associated fund expenses shown here.

	If you withdraw your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not withdraw your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
Nonqualified Annuity	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Seven-year withdrawal charge schedule for contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2006 and if available in your state	$1,311	$2,397	$3,381	$5,785	$591	$1,766	$2,929	$5,785
Five-year withdrawal charge schedule	1,251	2,213	3,066	6,026	621	1,852	3,066	6,026
Qualified Annuity	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Seven-year withdrawal charge schedule for contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2006 and if available in your state	$1,296	$2,354	$3,312	$5,662	$576	$1,723	$2,860	$5,662
Five-year withdrawal charge schedule	1,236	2,170	2,998	5,906	606	1,809	2,998	5,906

Minimum Expenses. These examples assume the least expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the minimum fees and expenses of any of the funds before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the ROP Death Benefit and do not select any optional benefits. Although your actual costs may be higher, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

	If you withdraw your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not withdraw your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
Nonqualified Annuity	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Seven-year withdrawal charge schedule for contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2006 and if available in your state	$947	$1,314	$1,565	$2,268	$203	$624	$1,065	$2,268
Five-year withdrawal charge schedule	882	1,108	1,222	2,589	234	717	1,222	2,589
Qualified Annuity	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Seven-year withdrawal charge schedule for contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2006 and if available in your state	$933	$1,270	$1,486	$2,104	$188	$577	$986	$2,104
Five-year withdrawal charge schedule	868	1,063	1,144	2,430	218	670	1,144	2,430

(1)	In these examples, the contract administrative charge is $40.
(2)	Because these examples are intended to illustrate the most expensive combination of contract features, the maximum annual fee for each optional rider is reflected rather than the fee that is currently being charged.

THE EXAMPLES ARE ILLUSTRATIVE ONLY. YOU SHOULD NOT CONSIDER THESE EXAMPLES AS A REPRESENTATION OF PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES. ACTUAL EXPENSES WILL BE HIGHER OR LOWER THAN THOSE SHOWN DEPENDING UPON WHICH OPTIONAL BENEFIT YOU ELECT OTHER THAN INDICATED IN THE EXAMPLES OR IF YOU ALLOCATE CONTRACT VALUE TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE SUBACCOUNTS.

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    13

Condensed Financial Information

You can find unaudited condensed financial information for the subaccounts representing the lowest and highest total annual variable account expense combinations in Appendix N.

Financial Statements

You can find our audited financial statements and the audited financial statements of the divisions, which are comprised of subaccounts, in the SAI. The SAI does not include audited financial statements for divisions that are new (if any) and have no activity as of the financial statements date.

The Variable Account and the Funds

Variable Account. The variable account was established under Indiana law on July 15, 1987, and the subaccounts are registered together as a single unit investment trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the 1940 Act). This registration does not involve any supervision of our management or investment practices and policies by the SEC. All obligations arising under the contracts are general obligations of RiverSource Life.

The variable account meets the definition of a separate account under federal securities laws. We credit or charge income, capital gains and capital losses of each subaccount only to that subaccount. State insurance law prohibits us from charging a subaccount with liabilities of any other subaccount or of our general business. The variable account includes other subaccounts that are available under contracts that are not described in this prospectus.

The IRS has issued guidance on investor control but may issue additional guidance in the future. We reserve the right to modify the contract or any investments made under the terms of the contract so that the investor control rules do not apply to treat the contract owner as the owner of the subaccount assets rather than the owner of an annuity contract. If the contract is not treated as an annuity contract for tax purposes, the owner may be subject to current taxation on any current or accumulated income credited to the contract.

We intend to comply with all federal tax laws so that the contract qualifies as an annuity for federal tax purposes. We reserve the right to modify the contract as necessary in order to qualify the contract as an annuity for federal tax purposes.

The Funds. This contract currently offers subaccounts investing in shares of the funds listed in the table below.

• Investment objectives: The investment managers and advisers cannot guarantee that the funds will meet their investment objectives. Please read the funds’ prospectuses for facts you should know before investing. These prospectuses are available by contacting us at the address or telephone number on the first page of this prospectus.

• Fund name and management: A fund underlying your contract in which a subaccount invests may have a name, portfolio manager, objectives, strategies and characteristics that are the same or substantially similar to those of a publicly-traded retail mutual fund. Despite these similarities, an underlying fund is not the same as any publicly-traded retail mutual fund. Each underlying fund will have its own unique portfolio holdings, fees, operating expenses and operating results. The results of each underlying fund may differ significantly from any publicly-traded retail mutual fund.

• Eligible purchasers: All funds are available to serve as the underlying investments for variable annuities and variable life insurance policies. The funds are not available to the public (see “Fund Name and Management” above). Some funds also are available to serve as investment options for tax-deferred retirement plans. It is possible that in the future for tax, regulatory or other reasons, it may be disadvantageous for variable annuity accounts and variable life insurance accounts and/or tax-deferred retirement plans to invest in the available funds simultaneously. Although we and the funds’ providers do not currently foresee any such disadvantages, the boards of directors or trustees of each fund will monitor events in order to identify any material conflicts between annuity owners, policy owners and tax-deferred retirement plans and to determine what action, if any, should be taken in response to a conflict. If a board were to conclude that it should establish separate fund providers for the variable annuity, variable life insurance and tax-deferred retirement plan accounts, you would not bear any expenses associated with establishing separate funds. Please refer to the funds’ prospectuses for risk disclosure regarding simultaneous investments by variable annuity, variable life insurance and tax-deferred retirement plan accounts. Each fund intends to comply with the diversification requirements under Section 817(h) of the Code.

• Asset allocation programs may impact fund performance: Asset allocation programs in general may negatively impact the performance of an underlying fund. Even if you do not participate in an asset allocation program, a fund in which your subaccount invests may be impacted if it is included in an asset allocation program. Rebalancing or reallocation under the terms of the asset allocation program may cause a fund to lose money if it must sell large amounts of securities to meet a redemption request. These losses can be greater if the fund holds securities that are not as liquid as others, for example, various types of bonds, shares of smaller companies and securities of foreign issuers. A fund may also experience higher expenses because it must sell or buy securities more frequently

14    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

	than it otherwise might in the absence of asset allocation program rebalancing or reallocations. Because asset allocation programs include periodic rebalancing and may also include reallocation, these effects may occur under the asset allocation program we offer or under asset allocation programs used in conjunction with the contracts and plans of other eligible purchasers of the funds.
•	Funds available under the contract: We seek to provide a broad array of underlying funds taking into account the fees and charges imposed by each fund and the contract charges we impose. We select the underlying funds in which the subaccounts initially invest and when there is substitution (see “Substitution of Investments”). We also make all decisions regarding which funds to retain in a contract, which funds to add to a contract and which funds will no longer be offered in a contract. In making these decisions, we may consider various objective and subjective factors. Objective factors include, but are not limited to fund performance, fund expenses, classes of fund shares available, size of the fund and investment objectives and investing style of the fund. Subjective factors include, but are not limited to, investment sub-styles and process, management skill and history at other funds and portfolio concentration and sector weightings. We also consider the levels and types of revenue a fund, its distributor, investment adviser, subadviser, transfer agent or their affiliates pay us and our affiliates. This revenue includes, but is not limited to compensation for administrative services provided with respect to the fund and support of marketing and distribution expenses incurred with respect to the fund.
•	Money Market fund yield: In low interest rate environments, money market fund yields may decrease to a level where the deduction of fees and charges associated with your contract could result in negative net performance, resulting in a corresponding decrease in your contract value.
•	Risks and Conflicts of Interest with Certain Funds Advised by Columbia Management. We are an affiliate of Ameriprise Financial, Inc., which is the parent company of Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC (Columbia Management). Columbia Management acts as investment adviser to several funds of funds, including Portfolio Navigator and Portfolio Stabilizer funds. As such, it retains full discretion over the investment activities and investment decisions of the funds. These funds invest in other registered mutual funds. In providing investment advisory services for the funds and the underlying funds in which those funds respectively invest, Columbia Management is, together with its affiliates, including us, subject to competing interests that may influence its decisions. These competing interests typically arise because Columbia Management or one of its affiliates serves as the investment adviser to the underlying funds and may provide other services in connection with such underlying funds, and because the compensation we and our affiliates receive for providing these investment advisory and other services varies depending on the underlying fund.
•	Volatility and Volatility Management Risk with the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. Portfolio Stabilizer funds are managed volatility funds that employ a strategy designed to reduce overall volatility and downside risk. These types of funds are available under the contracts and one or more of these funds may be offered in other variable annuity and variable life insurance products offered by us. These funds may also be used in conjunction with guaranteed living benefit riders we offer with various annuity contracts.
	Conflicts may arise because the manner in which these funds and their strategies are executed by Columbia Management are expected to benefit us by reducing our financial risk and expense in offering guaranteed living benefit riders. Managed volatility funds employ a strategy to reduce overall volatility and downside risk. A successful strategy may result in smaller losses to your contract value when markets are declining and market volatility is high. In turn, a successful strategy may also result in less gain in your contract value during rising markets with higher volatility when compared to funds not employing a managed volatility strategy. Accordingly, although an investment in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds may mitigate declines in your contract value due to declining equity markets, the Funds’ investment strategies may also curb or decrease your contract value during periods of positive performance by the equity markets. There is no guarantee any of the funds’ strategies will be successful. When offered with a guaranteed living benefit, managed volatility funds may decrease the number and amount of any periodic benefit base increase opportunities. Costs associated with running a managed volatility strategy may also adversely impact the performance of managed volatility funds.
	While Columbia Management is the investment adviser to the Portfolio Navigator and Portfolio Stabilizer funds, it provides no investment advice to you as to whether an allocation to the funds is appropriate for you. You must decide whether an investment in these funds is right for you. Additional information on the funds, including risks and conflicts of interest, is included in their respective prospectuses. Columbia Management advised fund of funds and managed volatility funds and their investment objectives are listed in the table below.
•	Revenue we receive from the funds and potential conflicts of interest:

Expenses We May Incur on Behalf of the Funds

When a subaccount invests in a fund, the fund holds a single account in the name of the variable account. As such, the variable account is actually the shareholder of the fund. We, through our variable account, aggregate the transactions of numerous contract owners and submit net purchase and redemption requests to the funds on a daily basis. In addition, we track individual contract owner transactions and provide confirmations, periodic statements, and other required mailings. These costs would normally be borne by the fund, but we incur them instead.

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    15

Besides incurring these administrative expenses on behalf of the funds, we also incur distributions expenses in selling our contracts. By extension, the distribution expenses we incur benefit the funds we make available due to contract owner elections to allocate purchase payments to the funds through the subaccounts. In addition, the funds generally incur lower distribution expenses when offered through our variable account in contrast to being sold on a retail basis.

A complete list of why we may receive this revenue, as well as sources of revenue, is described in detail below.

Payments the Funds May Make to Us

We or our affiliates may receive from each of the funds, or their affiliates, compensation including but not limited to expense payments. These payments are designed in part to compensate us for the expenses we may incur on behalf of the funds. In addition to these payments, the funds may compensate us for wholesaling activities or to participate in educational or marketing seminars sponsored by the funds.

We or our affiliates may receive revenue derived from the 12b-1 fees charged by the funds. These fees are deducted from the assets of the funds. This revenue and the amount by which it can vary may create conflicts of interest. The amount, type, and manner in which the revenue from these sources is computed vary by fund.

Conflicts of Interest These Payments May Create

When we determined the charges to impose under the contracts, we took into account anticipated payments from the funds. If we had not taken into account these anticipated payments, the charges under the contract would have been higher. Additionally, the amount of payment we receive from a fund or its affiliate may create an incentive for us to include that fund as an investment option and may influence our decision regarding which funds to include in the variable account as subaccount options for contract owners. Funds that offer lower payments or no payments may also have corresponding expense structures that are lower, resulting in decreased overall fees and expenses to shareholders.

We offer funds managed by our affiliates Columbia Management and Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLC (Columbia Wanger). We have additional financial incentive to offer our affiliated funds because additional assets held by them generally results in added revenue to us and our parent company, Ameriprise Financial, Inc. Additionally, employees of Ameriprise Financial, Inc. and its affiliates, including our employees, may be separately incented to include the affiliated funds in the products, as employee compensation and business unit operating goals at all levels are tied to the success of the company. Currently, revenue received from our affiliated funds comprises the greatest amount and percentage of revenue we derive from payments made by the funds.

The Amount of Payments We Receive from the Funds

We or our affiliates receive revenue which ranges up to 0.65% of the average daily net assets invested in the funds through this and other contracts we and our affiliates issue.

Why revenues are paid to us: In accordance with applicable laws, regulations and the terms of the agreements under which such revenue is paid, we or our affiliates may receive revenue, including, but not limited to expense payments and non-cash compensation, for various purposes:

• Compensating, training and educating investment professionals who sell the contracts.

• Granting access to our employees whose job it is to promote sales of the contracts by authorized selling firms and their investment professionals, and granting access to investment professionals of our affiliated selling firms.

• Activities or services we or our affiliates provide that assist in the promotion and distribution of the contracts including promoting the funds available under the contracts to contract owners, authorized selling firms and investment professionals.

• Providing sub-transfer agency and shareholder servicing to contract owners.

• Promoting, including and/or retaining the fund’s investment portfolios as underlying investment options in the contracts.

• Advertising, printing and mailing sales literature, and printing and distributing prospectuses and reports.

• Furnishing personal services to contract owners, including education of contract owners regarding the funds, answering routine inquiries regarding a fund, maintaining accounts or providing such other services eligible for service fees as defined under the rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA).

• Subaccounting services, transaction processing, recordkeeping and administration.

• Sources of revenue received from affiliated funds: The affiliated funds are managed by Columbia Management or Columbia Wanger. The sources of revenue we receive from these affiliated funds, or from the funds’ affiliates, may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Assets of the fund’s adviser, sub-adviser, transfer agent, distributor or an affiliate of these. The revenue resulting from these sources may be based either on a percentage of average daily net assets of the fund or on the actual cost of certain services we provide with respect to the fund. We may receive this revenue either in the form of a cash payment or it may be allocated to us.

• Compensation paid out of 12b-1 fees that are deducted from fund assets.

16    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• Sources of revenue received from unaffiliated funds: The unaffiliated funds are not managed by an affiliate of ours. The sources of revenue we receive from these unaffiliated funds, or the funds’ affiliates, may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Assets of the fund’s adviser, sub-adviser, transfer agent, distributor or an affiliate of these. The revenue resulting from these sources may be based on a percentage of average daily net assets of the fund or on the actual cost of certain services we provide with respect to the fund. We receive this revenue in the form of a cash payment.

• Compensation paid out of 12b-1 fees that are deducted from fund assets.

Unless the PN program is in effect or you have selected one of the optional living benefit riders, you may allocate purchase payments and transfers to any or all of the subaccounts of the variable account that invest in shares of the funds listed in the table below. From time to time, certain fund names are changed. When we are notified of a name change, we will make changes so that the new name is properly shown. However, changes may take some period of time to complete. As a result it is possible you may receive various forms, reports and confirmations that reflect a fund’s prior name.

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
AB VPS Balanced Wealth Strategy Portfolio (Class B)	N	Y	Seeks to maximize total return consistent with AllianceBernstein's determination of reasonable risk.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
AB VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio (Class B)	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
AB VPS Growth and Income Portfolio (Class B)	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
AB VPS International Value Portfolio (Class B)	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
American Century VP Inflation Protection, Class II	N	Y	Seeks long-term total return using a strategy that seeks to protect against U.S. inflation.	American Century Investment Management, Inc.
American Century VP Mid Cap Value, Class II	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital growth. Income is a secondary objective.	American Century Investment Management, Inc.
American Century VP Ultra®, Class II	Y	Y	Seeks capital growth.	American Century Investment Management, Inc.
American Century VP Value, Class II	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital growth. Income is a secondary objective.	American Century Investment Management, Inc.
BNY Mellon Investment Portfolios, MidCap Stock Portfolio - Service Shares	Y	Y	Seeks investment results that are greater than the total return performance of publicly traded common stocks of medium-size domestic companies in the aggregate, as represented by the Standard & Poor's MidCap 400® Index.	BNY Mellon Investment Adviser, Inc.
BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, Appreciation Portfolio - Service Shares	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital growth consistent with the preservation of capital. Its secondary goal is current income.	BNY Mellon Investment Adviser, Inc., adviser; Fayez Sarofim & Co., sub-investment adviser.

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    17

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
ClearBridge Variable Small Cap Growth Portfolio - Class I	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC, investment manager; ClearBridge Investments, LLC, sub-adviser. (Western Asset Management Company manages the portion of cash and short-term investments allocated to it)
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high level of current income and, as a secondary objective, steady growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Emerging Markets Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Government Money Market Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with maximum current income consistent with liquidity and stability of principal.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - High Yield Bond Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with high current income as its primary objective and, as its secondary objective, capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Income Opportunities Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high total return through current income and capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high level of current income while attempting to conserve the value of the investment for the longest period of time.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Large Cap Growth Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Large Cap Index Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Mid Cap Growth Fund (Class 3)	N	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Overseas Core Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC

18    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Select Mid Cap Value Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Small Cap Value Fund (Class 2)	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with current income as its primary objective and, as its secondary objective, preservation of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Credit Suisse Trust - Commodity Return Strategy Portfolio	Y	Y	The portfolio is designed to achieve positive total return relative to the performance of the Bloomberg Commodity Index Total Return ("BCOM Index").	Credit Suisse Asset Management, LLC
CTIVP® - BlackRock Global Inflation-Protected Securities Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Non-diversified fund that seeks to provide shareholders with total return that exceeds the rate of inflation over the long term.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., subadviser; BlackRock International Limited, sub-subadviser.
CTIVP® - Loomis Sayles Growth Fund (Class 1)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P., subadviser.
CTIVP® - Victory Sycamore Established Value Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; Victory Capital Management Inc., subadviser.
Eaton Vance VT Floating-Rate Income Fund - Initial Class	Y	Y	Seeks high level of current income.	Eaton Vance Management
Fidelity® VIP Contrafund® Portfolio Service Class 2	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital appreciation. Normally invests primarily in common stocks. Invests in securities of companies whose value FMR believes is not fully recognized by the public. Invests in either "growth" stocks or "value" stocks or both. The fund invests in domestic and foreign issuers.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    19

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Fidelity® VIP Growth Portfolio Service Class 2	N	Y	Seeks to achieve capital appreciation. Normally invests primarily in common stocks. Invests in companies that FMR believes have above-average growth potential (stocks of these companies are often called "growth" stocks). The Fund invests in domestic and foreign issuers.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Service Class 2	Y	Y	Seeks as high level of current income as is consistent with the preservation of capital. Normally invests at least 80% of assets in investment-grade debt securities (those of medium and high quality) of all types and repurchase agreements for those securities. The Fund invests in fomestic and foreign issuers.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. Fidelity Investments Money Management, Inc. (FIMM) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital. Normally invests primarily in common stocks. Normally invests at least 80% of assets in securities of companies with medium market capitalizations. May invest in companies with smaller or larger market capitalizations. Invests in domestic and foreign issuers. The Fund invests in either "growth" or "value" common stocks or both.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Overseas Portfolio Service Class 2	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital. Normally invests primarily in common stocks allocating investments across different countries and regions. Normally invests at least 80% of assets in non-U.S. securities.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Franklin Income VIP Fund - Class 2	Y	Y	Seeks to maximize income while maintaining prospects for capital appreciation. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests in both equity and debt securities.	Franklin Advisers, Inc.
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund - Class 2	Y	Y	Seeks capital appreciation, with income as a secondary goal. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests primarily in U.S. and foreign equity securities that the investment manager believes are undervalued.	Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC

20    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Franklin Rising Dividends VIP Fund - Class 2	N	Y	Seeks long-term capital appreciation, with preservation of capital as an important consideration. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities of financially sound companies that have paid consistently rising dividends.	Franklin Advisers, Inc.
Franklin Small-Mid Cap Growth VIP Fund - Class 2	N	Y	Seeks long-term capital growth. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in investments of small-capitalization and mid-capitalization companies.	Franklin Advisers, Inc.
Goldman Sachs VIT Mid Cap Value Fund - Institutional Shares	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P.
Goldman Sachs VIT U.S. Equity Insights Fund - Institutional Shares	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital and dividend income.	Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Strategic Income Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks total return	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks capital growth.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. Comstock Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks capital growth and income through investments in equity securities, including common stocks, preferred stocks and securities convertible into common and preferred stocks.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. Health Care Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    21

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Invesco V.I. International Growth Fund, Series II Shares	N	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Core Equity Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. Value Opportunities Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Janus Henderson Research Portfolio: Service Shares	N	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Janus Capital Management LLC
MFS® New Discovery Series - Service Class	Y	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	MFS® Investment Management
MFS® Total Return Series - Service Class	Y	Y	Seeks total return.	MFS® Investment Management
MFS® Utilities Series - Service Class	Y	Y	Seeks total return.	MFS® Investment Management
Morgan Stanley VIF Discovery Portfolio, Class II Shares	N	Y	Seeks long-term capital growth by investing primarily in common stocks and other equity securities.	Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc.
Morgan Stanley VIF Global Real Estate Portfolio, Class II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks to provide current income and capital appreciation.	Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc., adviser; Morgan Stanley Investment Management Limited and Morgan Stanley Investment Management Company, subadvisers.
Morgan Stanley VIF U.S. Real Estate Portfolio, Class II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks to provide above average current income and long-term capital appreciation by investing primarily in equity securities of companies in the U.S. real estate industry, including real estate investment trusts.	Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc.
PIMCO VIT All Asset Portfolio, Advisor Class	N	Y	Seeks maximum real return, consistent with preservation of real capital and prudent investment management.	Pacific Investment Management Company LLC (PIMCO)
Putnam VT Global Health Care Fund - Class IB Shares	N	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of both Putnam Investments Limited (PIL) and The Putnam Advisory Company, LLC (PAC), PIL and PAC do not currently manage any assets of the fund.

22    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Putnam VT International Equity Fund - Class IB Shares	N	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor; Putnam Investments Limited, sub-adviser. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of The Putnam Advisory Company, LLC (PAC), PAC does not currently manage any assets of the fund.
Putnam VT Small Cap Value Fund - Class IB Shares	N	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of Putnam Investments Limited (PIL), PIL does not currently manage any assets.
Putnam VT Sustainable Leaders Fund - Class IB Shares	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of Putnam Investments Limited (PIL), PIL does not currently manage any assets.
Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund - Class 2	N	Y	Seeks high current income, consistent with preservation of capital, with capital appreciation as a secondary consideration. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in debt securities of any maturity.	Franklin Advisers, Inc.
Templeton Growth VIP Fund - Class 2	N	Y	Seeks long-term capital growth. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests predominantly in equity securities of companies located anywhere in the world, including developing markets.	Templeton Global Advisors Limited
Variable Portfolio - Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with an aggressive level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with an aggressive level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Conservative Portfolio (Class 2)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a conservative level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    23

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Variable Portfolio - Conservative Portfolio (Class 4)	V	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a conservative level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Managed Volatility Conservative Fund (Class 2)   (Available only for contracts with living benefit riders)	Y	Y	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund's exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Managed Volatility Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2)   (Available only for contracts with living benefit riders)	Y	Y	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund's exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Managed Volatility Growth Fund (Class 2)   (Available only for contracts with living benefit riders)	Y	Y	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund's exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Managed Volatility Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2)	Y	Y	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund’s exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderate Portfolio (Class 2)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderate level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderate Portfolio (Class 4)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderate level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2)			Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderately aggressive level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderately aggressive level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderately conservative level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 4)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderately conservative level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC

24    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Variable Portfolio - Partners Core Equity Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; Jacobs Levy Equity Management, Inc. and T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc., subadvisers.
Variable Portfolio - Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; Jacobs Levy Equity Management, Inc., Nuveen Asset Management, LLC and Segall Bryant & Hamill, LLC, subadvisers.
Wanger International	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLC
Wanger USA	N	Y	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLC

The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)

The GPAs may not be available in some states.

Currently, unless you have elected one of the optional living benefit riders, you may allocate purchase payments to one or more of the GPAs with guarantee periods declared by us. These periods of time may vary by state. The required minimum investment in each GPA is $1,000.

These accounts are not offered after the annuitization start date.

Each GPA pays an interest rate that is declared when you make an allocation to that account. Interest is credited daily. That interest rate is then fixed for the guarantee period that you chose. We will periodically change the declared interest rate for any future allocations to these accounts, but we will not change the rate paid on money currently in a GPA. The GPA interests under the contracts are registered with the SEC (File No.333-230959). The SEC staff reviews the disclosures in this prospectus on the GPA interests.

The interest rates that we will declare as guaranteed rates in the future are determined by us at our discretion (future rates). These rates generally will be based on various factors related to future investment earnings.We cannot predict nor can we guarantee what future rates will be.

We hold amounts you allocate to the GPAs in a “nonunitized” separate account. This separate account provides an additional measure of assurance that we will make full payment of amounts due under the GPAs. We own the assets of this separate account as well as any favorable investment performance of those assets. You do not participate in the performance of the assets held in this separate account. We guarantee all benefits relating to your value in the GPAs. This guarantee is based on the continued claims-paying ability of the company’s general account. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of insurance and financial products as well, and we also pay our obligations under these products from assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account.

We intend to construct and manage the investment portfolio relating to the separate account in such a way as to minimize the impact of fluctuations by interest rates. We seek to achieve this by constructing a portfolio of assets with a price sensitivity to interest rate changes (i.e., price duration) that is similar to the price duration of the corresponding portfolio of liabilities.

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    25

We must invest this portfolio of assets in accordance with requirements established by applicable state laws regarding the nature and quality of investments that life insurance companies may make and the percentage of their assets that they may commit to any particular type of investment. Our investment strategy will incorporate the use of a variety of debt instruments having price durations tending to match the applicable guarantee periods. These instruments include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities, which issues may or may not be guaranteed by the U.S. government;

• Debt securities that have an investment grade, at the time of purchase, within the four highest grades assigned by any of three nationally recognized rating agencies — Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s Investors Service or Fitch — or are rated in the two highest grades by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners;

• Other debt instruments which are unrated or rated below investment grade, limited to 10% of assets at the time of purchase; and

• Real estate mortgages, limited to 45% of portfolio assets at the time of acquisition.

In addition, options and futures contracts on fixed income securities will be used from time to time to achieve and maintain appropriate investment and liquidity characteristics on the overall asset portfolio.

While this information generally describes our investment strategy, we are not obligated to follow any particular strategy except as may be required by federal law and Indiana and other state insurance laws.

Market Value Adjustment (MVA)

We will not apply an MVA to contract value you transfer or withdraw out of the GPAs within 30 days before the end of the guarantee period. During this 30 day window you may choose to start a new guarantee period of the same length, transfer the contract value to a GPA of another length, transfer the contract value to any of the subaccountsor the one-year fixed account, if available
or withdraw the contract value (subject to applicable withdrawal provisions). If we do not receive any instructions at the end of your guarantee period, our current practice is to automatically transfer the contract value into the shortest GPA term offered in your state.

We guarantee the contract value allocated to the GPAs, including interest credited, if you do not make any transfers or withdrawals from the GPAs prior to 30 days before the end of the guarantee period (30 day rule). At all other times, and unless one of the exceptions to the 30 day rule described below applies, we will apply an MVA if you withdraw or transfer contract value from a GPA including withdrawals under theSecureSource rider, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider or you elect an annuity payout plan while you have contract value invested in a GPA. We will refer to these transactions as “early withdrawals.” The application of an MVA may result in either a gain or loss of principal.

The 30-day rule does not apply and no MVA will apply to:

• transfers from a one-year GPA occurring under an automated dollar-cost averaging program or interest sweep strategy;

• automatic rebalancing under any PN program model portfolio we offer which contains one or more GPAs. However, an MVA will apply if you transfer to a new PN program investment option;

• amounts applied to an annuity payout plan while a PN program model portfolio containing one or more GPAs is in effect;

• amounts withdrawn for fees and charges; and

• amounts we pay as death claims.

When you request an early withdrawal, we adjust the early withdrawal amount by an MVA formula. The early withdrawal amount reflects the relationship between the guaranteed interest rate you are earning in your current GPA and the interest rate we are crediting on new GPAs that end at the same time as your current GPA.

The MVA is sensitive to changes in current interest rates. The magnitude of any applicable MVA will depend on our current schedule of guaranteed interest rates at the time of the withdrawal, the time remaining in your guarantee period and your guaranteed interest rate. The MVA is negative, zero or positive depending on how the guaranteed interest rate on your GPA compares to the interest rate of a new GPA for the same number of years as the guarantee period remaining on your GPA. This is summarized in the following table:

If your GPA rate is:	The MVA is:
Less than the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Negative
Equal to the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Zero
Greater than the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Positive

26  �� RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

For examples, see Appendix A.

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    27

The General Account

The general account includes all assets owned by RiverSource Life, other than those in the variable account and our other separate accounts. Subject to applicable state law, we have sole discretion to decide how assets of the general account will be invested. The assets held in our general account support the guarantees under your contract including any optional benefits offered under the contract. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to many of the same risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of annuities and financial instruments and products as well, and these obligations are satisfied from the assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account. The fixed account is supported by our general account that we make available under the contract.

The Fixed Account

Amounts allocated to the fixed account are part of our general account. The fixed account includes the one-year fixed account and the DCA fixed account. We credit interest on amounts you allocate to the fixed account at rates we determine from time to time at our discretion. Interest rates credited in excess of the guaranteed rate generally will be based on various factors related to future investment earnings. The guaranteed minimum interest rate on amounts invested in the fixed account may vary by state but will not be lower than state law allows. We back the principal and interest guarantees relating to the fixed account. These guarantees are subject to the creditworthiness and continued claims-paying ability of RiverSource Life

Because of exemptive and exclusionary provisions, we have not registered interests in the fixed account as securities under the Securities Act of 1933 nor have any of these accounts been registered as investment companies under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Accordingly, neither the fixed account nor any interests in the fixed account are subject to the provisions of these Acts.

The fixed account has not been registered with the SEC. Disclosures regarding the fixed account, however, are subject to certain generally applicable provisions of the federal securities laws relating to the accuracy and completeness of statements made in a prospectus. 

The One-Year Fixed Account

Unless the PN program we offer is in effect, you may allocate purchase payments or transfer contract value to the one-year fixed account. The value of the one-year fixed account increases as we credit interest to the one-year fixed account. We credit and compound interest daily based on a 365-day year (366 in a leap year) so as to produce the annual effective rate which we declare. We credit the one-year fixed account with the current guaranteed annual rate that is in effect on the date we receive your purchase payment or you transfer contract value to the one-year fixed account. The interest rate we apply to each purchase payment or transfer to the one-year fixed account is guaranteed for one year. There are restrictions on the amount you can allocate to the one-year fixed account as well as on transfers from this account (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transfer policies”).

DCA Fixed Account

(Applies to contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2006 and if available in your state)

You may allocate purchase payments to the DCA fixed account. You may not transfer contract value to the DCA fixed account.

You may allocate your entire purchase payment to the DCA fixed account for a term of six or twelve months. We reserve the right to offer shorter or longer terms for the DCA fixed account.

In accordance with your investment instructions, we transfer a pro rata amount from the DCA fixed account to your investment allocations monthly so that, at the end of the DCA fixed account term, the balance of the DCA fixed account is zero. The first DCA monthly transfer occurs one day after we receive your payment.

The value of the DCA fixed account increases when we credit interest to the DCA fixed account, and decreases when we make monthly transfers from the DCA fixed account. When you allocate a purchase payment to the DCA fixed account, the interest rates applicable to that purchase payment will be the rates in effect for the DCA fixed account term you choose on the date we receive your purchase payment. The applicable interest rate is guaranteed for the length of the term for the DCA fixed account term you choose. We credit and compound interest daily based on a 365-day year (366 in a leap year) so as to produce the annual effective rate which we declare. We credit interest only on the declining balance of the DCA fixed account; we do not credit interest on amounts that have been transferred from the DCA fixed account. As a result, the net effective interest rates we credit will be less than the declared annual effective rates. Generally, we will credit the DCA fixed account with interest at the same annual effective rate we apply to the one-year

28    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

fixed account on the date we receive your purchase payment, regardless of the length of the term you select. From time to time, we may credit interest to the DCA fixed account at promotional rates that are higher than those we credit to the one-year fixed account. We reserve the right to declare different annual effective rates:

• for the DCA fixed account and the one-year fixed account;

• for the DCA fixed accounts with terms of differing length;

• for amounts in the DCA fixed account that are transferred to the one-year fixed account;

• for amounts in the DCA fixed account that are transferred to the GPAs;

• for amounts in the DCA fixed account that are transferred to the subaccounts.

Alternatively, you may allocate your purchase payment to any combination of the following which equals one hundred percent of the amount you invest:

• the DCA fixed account for a six month term;

• the DCA fixed account for a twelve month term;

• the Portfolio Stabilizer or Portfolio Navigator fund, if you have one of the optional living benefit riders;

• unless you have elected one of the optional living benefit riders, to the one-year fixed account, the GPAs and/or the subaccounts, subject to investment minimums and other restrictions we may impose on investments in the one-year fixed account and the GPAs.

If you make a purchase payment while a DCA fixed account term is in progress, you may allocate your purchase payment among the following:

• to the DCA fixed account term(s) then in effect. Amounts you allocate to an existing DCA fixed account term will be transferred out of the DCA fixed account over the remainder of the term. For example, if you allocate a new purchase payment to an existing DCA fixed account term of six months when only two months remains in the six month term, the amount you allocate will be transferred out of the DCA fixed account over the remaining two months of the term;

• to the Portfolio Stabilizer or Portfolio Navigator fund, if you have one of the optional living benefit riders;

• unless you have elected one of the optional living benefit riders, then to the one-year fixed account, the GPAs and/or the subaccounts, subject to investment minimums and other restrictions we may impose on investments in the one-year fixed account and the GPAs.

If no DCA fixed account term is in progress when you make an additional purchase payment, you may allocate it according to the rules above for the allocation of your initial purchase payment.

If you participate in a PN program, and you change to a different PN program investment option while a DCA fixed account term is in progress, we will allocate transfers from the DCA fixed account to your newly-elected PN program investment option.

If your contract permits, and you discontinue your participation in a PN program investment option while a DCA fixed account term is in progress, we will allocate transfers from the DCA fixed account for the remainder of the term in accordance with your investment instructions to us to the one-year fixed account, the GPAs and the subaccounts, subject to investment minimums and other restrictions we may impose on investments in the one-year fixed account and the GPAs, including but not limited to, any limitations described in this prospectus on transfers (see “Transfer policies”).

You may discontinue any DCA fixed account before the end of its term by giving us notice. If you do so, we will transfer the remaining balance of the DCA fixed account whose term you are ending to the PN program investment option in effect, or if no PN program investment option is in effect, in accordance with your investment instructions to us to the one-year fixed account, the GPAs and/or the subaccounts, subject to investment minimums and other restrictions we may impose on investments in the one-year fixed account and the GPAs, including but not limited to, any limitations described in this prospectus on transfers (see “Transfer policies”).

Dollar-cost averaging from the DCA fixed account does not guarantee that any subaccount will gain in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. For a discussion of how dollar-cost averaging works, see “Making the Most of your Contract — Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging.”

Buying Your Contract

New contracts are not currently being offered.

We are required by law to obtain personal information from you which we used to verify your identity. If you do not provide this information, we reserve the right to refuse issue of your contract or take other steps we deem reasonable. As the owner, you have all rights and may receive all benefits under the contract. You can own a qualified or nonqualified

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    29

annuity. Generally, you can own a nonqualified annuity in joint tenancy with rights of survivorship only in spousal situations. You cannot own a qualified annuity in joint tenancy. You can become an owner if you are 85 or younger. (The age limit may be younger for qualified annuities in some states.)

When you applied, you could have selected (if available in your state):

• GPAs, the one-year fixed account, the DCA fixed account (if part of your contract) and/or subaccounts in which you want to invest;

• how you want to make purchase payments;

• the length of the withdrawal charge schedule (5 or 7 years from our receipt of each purchase payment);

• a beneficiary;

• the optional PN program⁽¹⁾; and

• one of the following Death Benefits:

– ROP Death Benefit;

– MAV Death Benefit;

– 5% Accumulation Death Benefit⁽²⁾; or

– Enhanced Death Benefit⁽²⁾.

In addition, you could have also selected (if available in your state):

Either of the following Optional Living Benefits:

• Accumulation Protector Benefit rider

• SecureSource rider

Either of the following Optional Death Benefits:

•	Benefit Protector Death Benefit rider(3)
•	Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit rider(3)
(1)	There is no additional charge for this feature.
(2)	The 5% Accumulation Death Benefit and Enhanced Death Benefit are not available with Benefit Protector and Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit riders.
(3)	Not available with the 5% Accumulation Death Benefit or Enhanced Death Benefit.

The contract provides for allocation of purchase payments to the GPAs, the one-year fixed account, the DCA fixed account (if part of your contract) and/or the subaccounts of the variable account in even 1% increments subject to the $1,000 required minimum investment for the GPAs. The amount of any purchase payment allocated to the one-year fixed account in total cannot exceed 30% of the purchase payment. More than 30% of a purchase payment may be so allocated if you establish an automated dollar-cost averaging arrangement with respect to the purchase payment according to procedures currently in effect. We reserve the right to further limit purchase payment allocations to the one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then crediting on new purchase payments allocated to the one-year fixed account is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract.

We will credit additional eligible purchase payments you make to your accounts on the valuation date we receive them. If we receive an additional purchase payment at our Service Center before the close of business, we will credit any portion of that payment allocated to the subaccounts using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received the payment. If we receive an additional purchase payment at our Service Center at or after the close of business, we will credit any portion of that payment allocated to the subaccounts using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received the payment.

You may make monthly payments to your contract under a Systematic Investment Plan (SIP). You must make an initial purchase payment of $10,000. Then, to begin the SIP, you will complete and send a form and your first SIP payment along with your application. There is no charge for SIP. You can stop your SIP payments at any time.

In most states, you may make additional purchase payments to nonqualified and qualified annuities until the retirement date.

Householding and delivery of certain documents

With your prior consent, RiverSource Life and its affiliates may use and combine information concerning accounts owned by members of the same household and provide a single paper copy of certain documents to that household. This householding of documents may include prospectuses, supplements, annual reports, semiannual reports and proxies. Your authorization remains in effect unless we are notified otherwise. If you wish to continue receiving multiple copies of these documents, you can opt out of householding by calling us at 1.866.273.7429. Multiple mailings will resume within 30 days after we receive your opt out request.

30    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The Retirement Date

Annuity payouts begin on the retirement date. This means that the contract will be annuitized or converted to a stream of monthly payments. If your contract is annuitized, the contract goes into payout and only the annuity payout provisions continue. You will no longer have access to your contract value. This means that the death benefit and any optional benefits you have elected will end. When we processed your application, we established the retirement date to be the maximum age then in effect (or contract anniversary if applicable). Unless otherwise elected by you, all retirement dates are now automatically set to the maximum age of 95 now in effect. You also can change the retirement date, provided you send us written instructions at least 30 days before annuity payouts begin.

The retirement date must be:

• no earlier than the 30th day after the contract’s effective date; and no later than

• the annuitant’s 95th birthday or the tenth contract anniversary, if later,

• or such other date as agreed upon by us.

Six months prior to your retirement start date, we will contact you with your options including the option to postpone your retirement start date to a future date. You can choose to delay the retirement start date of your contract to a date beyond age 95, to the extent allowed by applicable state law and tax laws.

If you do not make an election, annuity payouts using the contract’s default option of annuity payout Plan B – Life with 10 years certain will begin on the retirement start date and your monthly annuity payments will continue for as long as the annuitant lives. If the annuitant does not survive 10 years, we will continue to make payments until 10 years of payments have been made.

Generally, if you own a qualified annuity (for example, an IRA) and tax laws require that you take distributions from your annuity prior to your retirement start date, your contract will not be automatically annuitized (subject to state requirements). However, if you choose, you can elect to request annuitization or take surrenders to meet your required minimum distributions.

Beneficiary

We will pay to your named beneficiary the death benefit if it becomes payable while the contract is in force and before the annuitization start date. If there is more than one beneficiary, we will pay each beneficiary’s designated share when we receive their completed claim. A beneficiary will bear the investment risk of the variable account until we receive the beneficiary’s completed claim. If there is no named beneficiary, the default provisions of your contract will apply. (See “Benefits in Case of Death” for more about beneficiaries.)

If you select theSecureSource – Joint Life rider, please consider carefully whether or not you wish to change the beneficiary of your annuity contract. The rider will terminate if the surviving covered spouse can not utilize the spousal continuation provision of the contract when the death benefit is payable.

Purchase Payments

Purchase payment amounts and purchase payment timing may vary by state and be limited under the terms of your contract.

Minimum initial purchase payment

$10,000

Minimum additional purchase payments

$50 for SIPs

$100 for all other payment types

Maximum total purchase payments*

$1,000,000

* This limit applies in total to all RiverSource Life annuities you own. We reserve the right to waive or increase the maximum limit. For qualified annuities, the Code’s limits on annual contributions also apply. Additional purchase payments are restricted during the waiting period after the first 180 days immediately following the effective date of the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider.

Effective Jan. 26, 2009, no additional purchase payments are allowed for contracts with the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, Enhanced Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, orSecureSource riders, subject to state restrictions.

For contracts issued in all states except those listed below certain exceptions apply and the following additional purchase payments will be allowed on/after Jan. 26, 2009:

a. Tax Free Exchanges, rollovers, and transfers listed on the annuity application and received within 180 days from the contract issue date.

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    31

b. Prior and current tax year contributions up to the annual limit set up by the IRS for any Qualified Accounts except TSAs and 401(a)s. This annual limit applies to IRAs, Roth IRAs, and SEP plans.

For contracts issued in Florida, New Jersey, and Oregon, additional purchase payments to your variable annuity contract will be limited to $100,000 for the life of your contract. The limit does not apply to Tax Free Exchanges, rollovers, and transfers listed on the annuity application and received within 180 days from the contract issue date.

We reserve the right to change these current rules at any time, subject to state restrictions.

How to Make Purchase Payments

11 By letter

Send your check along with your name and contract number to:

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474

22 By SIP

Contact your investment professional to complete the necessary SIP paperwork.

Purchase Payment Credits

As of May 1, 2006, we no longer offer purchase payment credits in most states.

Purchase payment credits were available if you:

• purchased a contract with the seven-year surrender charge schedule with an application signed date before May 1, 2006; or

• purchased a contract with the seven-year surrender charge schedule with an application signed date on or after May 1, 2006 in a state where purchase payment credits are/were still available at the time you purchased your contract.

We applied a credit to your contract of 1% of your current purchase payment. We applied this credit immediately. We allocated the credit to the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportions as your purchase payment.

We reversed credits from the contract value for any purchase payment that was not honored (if, for example, your purchase payment check was returned for insufficient funds).

To the extent a death benefit or withdrawal payment includes purchase payment credits applied within twelve months preceding: (1) the date of death that results in a lump sum death benefit payment under this contract; or (2) a request for withdrawal charge waiver due to “Contingent events” (see “Charges — Contingent events”), we will assess a charge, similar to a withdrawal charge, equal to the amount of the purchase payment credits. The amount we pay to you under these circumstances will always equal or exceed your withdrawal value.

Because of higher charges, there may be circumstances where you may be worse off for having received the credit than in other contracts. All things being equal (such as guarantee availability or fund performance and availability), this may occur if you hold your contract for 15 years or more. This also may occur if you make a full withdrawal in the first seven years. You should consider these higher charges and other relevant factors before you buy this contract or before you exchange a contract you currently own for this contract.

Limitations on Use of Contract

If mandated by applicable law, including, but not limited to, federal anti-money laundering laws, we may be required to reject a purchase payment. We may also be required to block an owner’s access to contract values or to satisfy other statutory obligations. Under these circumstances, we may refuse to implement requests for transfers, withdrawals or death benefits until instructions are received from the appropriate governmental authority or a court of competent jurisdiction.

32    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Charges

Contract Administrative Charge

We charge this fee for establishing and maintaining your records. We deduct $40 from the contract value on your contract anniversary or, if earlier, when the contract is fully withdrawn. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the one year fixed account, and the subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. Some states also limit any contract charge allocated to the fixed account.

We will waive this charge when your contract value is $50,000 or more on the current contract anniversary.

If you take a full withdrawal from your contract, we will deduct the charge at the time of withdrawal regardless of the contract value. We cannot increase the annual contract administrative charge and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

Variable Account Administrative Charge

We apply this charge daily to the subaccounts. It is reflected in the unit values of your subaccounts and it totals 0.15% of their average daily net assets on an annual basis. It covers certain administrative and operating expenses of the subaccounts such as accounting, legal and data processing fees and expenses involved in the preparation and distribution of reports and prospectuses. We cannot increase the variable account administrative charge.

Mortality and Expense Risk Fee

We charge these fees daily to the subaccounts. The unit values of your subaccounts reflect these fees. These fees cover the mortality and expense risk that we assume. These fees do not apply to the GPAs or the fixed account. We cannot increase these fees.

The mortality and expense risk fee you pay is based on the death benefit guarantee you select, whether the contract is a qualified annuity or a nonqualified annuity and the withdrawal charge schedule that applies to your contract.

Seven-year withdrawal charge schedule for contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2006 and if available in your state	Qualified annuities	Nonqualified annuities
ROP Death Benefit	0.90%	1.05%
MAV Death Benefit	1.10	1.25
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.25	1.40
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.30	1.45
Seven-year withdrawal charge schedule for all other contracts
ROP Death Benefit	1.00%	1.15%
MAV Death Benefit	1.20	1.35
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.35	1.50
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.40	1.55
Five-year withdrawal charge schedule
ROP Death Benefit	1.20%	1.35%
MAV Death Benefit	1.40	1.55
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.55	1.70
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.60	1.75

Mortality risk arises because of our guarantee to pay a death benefit and our guarantee to make annuity payouts according to the terms of the contract, no matter how long a specific owner or annuitant lives and no matter how long our entire group of owners or annuitants live. If, as a group, owners or annuitants outlive the life expectancy we assumed in our actuarial tables, then we must take money from our general assets to meet our obligations. If, as a group, owners or annuitants do not live as long as expected, we could profit from the mortality risk fee. We deduct the mortality risk fee from the subaccounts during the annuity payout period even if the annuity payout plan does not involve a life contingency.

Expense risk arises because we cannot increase the contract administrative charge or the variable account administrative charge and these charges may not cover our expenses. We would have to make up any deficit from our general assets. We could profit from the expense risk fee if future expenses are less than expected.

The subaccounts pay us the mortality and expense risk fee they accrued as follows:

• first, to the extent possible, the subaccounts pay this fee from any dividends distributed from the funds in which they invest;

• then, if necessary, the funds redeem shares to cover any remaining fees payable.

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    33

We may use any profits we realize from the subaccounts’ payment to us of the mortality and expense risk fee for any proper corporate purpose, including, among others, payment of distribution (selling) expenses. We do not expect that the withdrawal charge will cover sales and distribution expenses.

Withdrawal Charge

If you withdraw all or part of your contract value before annuity payouts begin, we may deduct a withdrawal charge. As described below, a withdrawal charge applies to each purchase payment you make. The withdrawal charge lasts for 7 years or 5 years from our receipt of each purchase payment, depending on which withdrawal charge schedule you select when you purchase the contract (see “Expense Summary”).

You may withdraw an amount during any contract year without a withdrawal charge. We call this amount the Total Free Amount (TFA). The TFA varies depending on whether your contract includes theSecureSource, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider:

Contracts withoutSecureSource rider, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider or Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider

The TFA is the greater of:

• 10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary⁽¹⁾; or

• current contract earnings.

Contracts withSecureSource rider or Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider

The TFA is the greatest of:

• 10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary^(1);

• current contract earnings; or

• the greater of the Remaining Benefit Payment or the Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment.

Contracts with Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider

The TFA is the greatest of:

•	10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary(1);
•	current contract earnings; or
•	the Remaining Benefit Payment.
(1)	We consider your initial purchase payment to be the prior contract anniversary’s contract value during the first contract year.

Amounts withdrawn in excess of the TFA may be subject to a withdrawal charge as described below.

A withdrawal charge will apply if the amount you withdraw includes any of your prior purchase payments that are still within their withdrawal charge schedule. To determine whether your withdrawal includes any of your prior purchase payments that are still within their withdrawal charge schedule, we withdraw amounts from your contract in the following order:

1.

We withdraw the TFA first. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on the TFA.

2.

We withdraw purchase payments not previously withdrawn, in the order you made them: the oldest purchase payment first, the next purchase payment second, etc. until all purchase payments have been withdrawn. By applying this “first-in, first-out” rule, we do not assess a withdrawal charge on purchase payments that we received prior to the number of years stated in the withdrawal charge schedule you select when you purchase the contract. We only assess a withdrawal charge on purchase payments that are still within the withdrawal charge schedule you selected.

Example: Each time you make a purchase payment under the contract, a withdrawal charge schedule attaches to that purchase payment. The withdrawal charge percentage for each purchase payment declines according to the withdrawal charge schedule shown in your contract.(The withdrawal charge percentages for the 5-Year and 7-Year withdrawal charge schedule are shown in a table in the “Expense Summary” above.) For example, if you select the 7-Year withdrawal charge schedule, during the first two years after a purchase payment is made, the withdrawal charge percentage attached to that payment is 8%. The withdrawal charge percentage for that payment during the seventh year after it is made is 3%. At the beginning of the eighth year after that purchase payment is made, and thereafter, there is no longer a withdrawal charge as to that payment.

We determine your withdrawal charge by multiplying each of your payments withdrawn by the applicable withdrawal charge percentage (see “Expense Summary”), and then adding the total withdrawal charges.

34    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

For a partial withdrawal that is subject to a withdrawal charge, the amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable withdrawal charge. A partial withdrawal that includes contract value taken from the guarantee period accounts may also be subject to a market value adjustment (see “Guarantee Period Accounts — Market Value Adjustment”). We pay you the amount you request.

The amount of purchase payments withdrawn is calculated using a prorated formula based on the percentage of contract value being withdrawn. As a result, the amount of purchase payments withdrawn may be greater than the amount of contract value withdrawn.

For an example, see Appendix B.

Waiver of withdrawal charges

We do not assess withdrawal charges for:

• withdrawals of any contract earnings;

• withdrawals of amounts totaling up to 10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary to the extent it exceeds contract earnings;

• if you elected theSecureSource rider, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, the greater of your contract’s Remaining Benefit Payment or Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment to the extent it exceeds the greater of contract earnings or 10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary;

• if you elected the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, your contract’s Remaining Benefit Payment to the extent it exceeds the greater of contract earnings or 10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary;

• required minimum distributions from a qualified annuity to the extent that they exceed the free amount. The amount on which withdrawal charges are waived can be no greater than the RMD amount calculated under your specific contract currently in force;

• contracts settled using an annuity payout plan (Exception: As described below, if you select annuity payout Plan E, and choose later to withdraw the value of your remaining annuity payments, we will assess a withdrawal charge. )

• withdrawals made as a result of one of the “Contingent events”* described below to the extent permitted by state law; and

• death benefits.

Contingent events

• Withdrawals you make if you or the annuitant are confined to a hospital or nursing home and have been for the prior 60 days. Your contract will include this provision when you and the annuitant are under age 76 at contract issue. You must provide proof satisfactory to us of the confinement as of the date you request the withdrawal.

• To the extent permitted by state law, withdrawals you make if you or the annuitant are diagnosed in the second or later contract years as disabled with a medical condition that with reasonable medical certainty will result in death within 12 months or less from the date of the licensed physician’s statement. You must provide us with a licensed physician’s statement containing the terminal illness diagnosis and the date the terminal illness was initially diagnosed.

Liquidation charge under Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:If you are receiving variable annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to withdraw those payments. The amount that you can withdraw is the present value of any remaining variable payouts. The discount rate we use in the calculation will be 5.17% if the assumed investment return is 3.5% and 6.67% if the assumed investment return is 5%. The liquidation charge equals the present value of the remaining payouts using the assumed investment return minus the present value of the remaining payouts using the discount rate.

Fixed Payouts: Withdrawal charge for Fixed Annuity Payout Plan E – Payouts for a specified period: If you are receiving annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to take a withdraw and withdrawal charge may apply.

A withdrawal charge will be assessed against the present value of any remaining guaranteed payouts withdrawn. The discount rate we use in determining present values varies based on: (1) the contract value originally applied to the fixed annuitization; (2) the remaining years of guaranteed payouts; (3) the annual effective interest rate and periodic payment amount for new immediate annuities of the same duration as the remaining years of guaranteed payouts; and (4) the interest spread (currently 1.50%). If we do not currently offer immediate annuities, we will use rates and values applicable to new annuitizations to determine the discount rate.

Once the discount rate is applied and we have determined the present value of the remaining guaranteed payouts you withdrawn, the present value determined will be multiplied by the withdrawal charge percentage in the table below and deducted from the present value to determine the net present value you will receive.

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    35

Number of Completed Years Since Annuitization	Withdrawal charge percentage
0	Not applicable*
1	5%
2	4
3	3
4	2
5	1
6 and thereafter	0

*We do not permit withdrawals in the first year after annuitization.

We will provide a quoted present value (which includes the deduction of any withdrawal charge). You must then formally elect, in a form acceptable to us, to receive this value. The remaining guaranteed payouts following withdraw will be reduced to zero.

Possible group reductions: In some cases we may incur lower sales and administrative expenses due to the size of the group, the average contribution and the use of group enrollment procedures. In such cases, we may be able to reduce or eliminate the contract administrative and withdrawal charges. However, we expect this to occur infrequently.

Fund Fees and Expenses

There are deductions from and expenses paid out of the assets of the funds that are described in the prospectuses for those funds.

Premium Taxes

Certain state and local governments impose premium taxes on us (up to 3.5%). These taxes depend upon your state of residence or the state in which the contract was issued. Currently, we deduct any applicable premium tax when annuity payouts begin, but we reserve the right to deduct this tax at other times such as when you make purchase payments or when you make a full withdrawal from your contract.

Optional Living Benefits Charges

Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider Fee

We deduct an annual charge from your contract value on your contract anniversary for this optional benefit only if you select it. The charge is percentage of the greater of your contract value or the minimum contract accumulation value. See table below for the applicable percentage. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

Once you elect the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, you may not cancel it and the charge will continue to be deducted until the end of the waiting period. If the contract is terminated for any reason or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the charge.

The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider fee will not exceed a maximum of 1.75%.

We may increase the rider fee at our discretion and on a nondiscriminatory basis.

We will not change the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider fee in effect on your contract after the rider effective date unless:

(a)	you choose the annual elective step up or elective spousal continuation step up after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee; or
(b)	you change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee or vary the rider fee.

We exercised our right to increase the rider fee upon elective step up or elective spousal continuation step up and vary the fee depending on whether your contract value is invested in one of the Portfolio Navigator or Portfolio Stabilizer funds at the time of the elective step up or spousal continuation step up. You will pay the fee that is in effect on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up. Currently, we waive our right to increase the fee for investment option changes. There is no assurance that we will not exercise our right in the future.

36    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If you request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up, the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are invested at that time, as shown in the table below.

Contract purchase date:	Maximum annual rider fee	Initial annual rider fee and annual rider fee for elective step-ups before 04/29/2013
Prior to 01/26/2009	1.75%	0.55%
01/26/2009 – 05/31/2009	1.75%	0.80%

(Charged annually on the contract anniversary as a percentage of the contract value or the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value, whichever is greater.)

Current annual rider fees for elective step-up (including elective spousal continuation step-up) requests on/after 04/29/2013 are shown in the table below.

Elective step up date:	If invested in Portfolio Navigator fund at the time of step-up:	If invested in Portfolio Stabilizer fund at the time of step-up:
04/29/2013 – 11/17/2013	1.75%	n/a
11/18/2013 – 10/17/2014	1.75%	1.30%
10/18/2014 – 06/30/2016	1.60%	1.00%
07/01/2016 – 10/15/2018	1.75%	1.30%
10/16/2018 – 12/29/2019	1.40%	1.00%
12/30/2019 – 07/20/2020	1.55%	1.15%
07/21/2020 and later	1.75%	1.75%

If your annual rider fee changes during the contract year, on the next contract anniversary we will calculate an average rider fee that reflects the various fees that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

Subject to the terms of your contract, we reserve the right to further increase the rider fees to the maximum limit provided by your rider and to vary the rider fees based on the fund you select.

The automatic step up option available under your rider will not impact your rider fee.

Please see the “Optional Living Benefits — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider” section for a full description and rules applicable to elective and automatic step up options under your rider.

The charge does not apply after annuity payouts begin.

SecureSource Rider Fee

We deduct a charge based on the greater of the contract anniversary value or the total Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA) for this optional feature only if you select it as follows:

Application signed date	Maximum annual rider fee	Initial annual rider fee
5/1/2007 – 5/31/2008, Single Life	1.50%	0.65%
5/1/2007 – 5/31/2008, Joint Life	1.75%	0.85%
6/1/2008 – 1/25/2009, Single Life	1.50%	0.75%
6/1/2008 – 1/25/2009, Joint Life	1.75%	0.95%
1/26/2009 and later, Single Life	2.00%	1.10%
1/26/2009 and later, Joint Life	2.50%	1.40%

We deduct the charge from your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

Once you elect aSecureSourcerider, you may not cancel it and the charge will continue to be deducted until the contract or rider is terminated, or the contract value reduces to zero. If the contract or rider is terminated for any reason, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the charge. If the RBA reduces to zero but the contract value has not been depleted, you will continue to be charged.

We may increase the rider fee at our discretion and on a nondiscriminatory basis. However, the rider fee will not exceed the maximum fees as shown in the table above.

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    37

We will not change theSecureSourcerider fee in effect on your contract after the rider effective date unless:

(a)	you choose the annual elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee; or
(b)	you elect to change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee or vary the rider fee for each PN program investment option.

Effective Dec. 18, 2013, we exercised our right to increase the rider fee and vary the fee depending on the fund to which your contract value is invested. Beginning Dec. 18, 2013, if you:

• request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up, or

• move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is more aggressive than the Portfolio Navigator fund you are currently allocated to,

the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are currently invested as shown in the table below.

If you move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is less aggressive than the Portfolio Navigator fund you are currently allocated to, your fee will not increase and may decrease according to the table below.

		Portfolio Navigator funds
Application signed date	All Portfolio Stabilizer funds	Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)
5/1/2007 – 5/31/2008, Single Life	0.65%	0.75%	0.75%	0.75%	0.90%	1.00%
5/1/2007 – 5/31/2008, Joint Life	0.85%	0.95%	0.95%	0.95%	1.10%	1.20%
6/1/2008 – 1/25/2009, Single Life	0.75%	0.85%	0.85%	0.85%	1.00%	1.10%
6/1/2008 – 1/25/2009, Joint Life	0.95%	1.05%	1.05%	1.05%	1.20%	1.30%
1/26/2009 and later, Single Life	1.10%	1.10%	1.10%	1.10%	1.20%	1.30%
1/26/2009 and later, Joint Life	1.40%	1.40%	1.40%	1.40%	1.50%	1.60%

On your next contract anniversary, if your contract value is allocated to a fund subject to a fee increase, you will have 30 days following the anniversary to choose from the following:

1	Remain invested in your current Portfolio Navigator fund and elect to step up (when available) and lock in your contract gains. If you make this decision, your rider fee will increase.
2.	Move to one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. If you do this, your rider fee will not increase, but remember that you will lose your access to invest in the Portfolio Navigator funds.
3.	Do not elect a step up. You will not lock in contract gains, but your rider fee will stay the same.

During the 30 days following your contract anniversary, if your contract value is allocated to a fund subject to a fee increase, we will automatically process any available step up and lock in any contract gains, as well as reactivate automatic step ups, when contract value is transferred:

1.	to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund;
2.	to a less aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund that is not subject to a fee increase, if applicable; or
3.	to a more aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund.

The step up and lock in of any contract gains will occur as of the date of the transfer described above.

Rider fees may increase or decrease as you move to various funds. Your fee will increase if you transfer your contract value to a more aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund with a higher fee. If you transfer to a less aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund or transfer to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund, your fee may decrease. Certain rider fees may not change depending on the fund in which your contract value is allocated.

We will notify you in writing about your opportunity to elect to step up (if eligible) and incur the higher rider fee or maintain your guaranteed amount at its current level and keep your rider fee the same. If you are subject to a fee increase, you will receive a letter from us approximately 30 days before your next annuity contract anniversary. This letter will describe the potential opportunity to elect a step up to increase your guaranteed income and how to make the election (if eligible). You will have a 30 day period beginning on your next contract anniversary to choose whether to step up and accept the fee increase. The Step up and new fee will be effective on the date we receive your request for the step up (Step up date).

38    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

For purposes of determining the duration of the “30 day window” following your contract anniversary to elect to step up or to transfer funds to lock in any available contract gains, the following will apply:

1.	the duration of your window is determined on a calendar day basis;
2.	under our current administrative process we will accept your request on the 31st calendar day if we receive it prior to the close of the NYSE; and
3.	if your window ends on a day the NYSE is closed, we must receive your request no later than the close of the NYSE on the preceding Valuation Date.

Each year, we will continue to provide you written notice of your options with respect to elective step ups and the fee increase until you are no longer subject to a fee increase. Once you have taken action that results in a higher fee, you will become eligible for automatic step ups under the rider.

Before you elect a step up resulting in an increased rider fee, you should carefully consider the benefit of the contract value gains you are locking-in and the increased rider fee compared to your other options including whether it is appropriate to consider moving to a fund with a lower corresponding rider fee.

Subject to the terms of your contract, we reserve the right to further increase the rider fee up to the maximum limit provided by your rider. Currently, the rider fee does not vary among the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, but we reserve the right to vary the fees among the Portfolio Stabilizer funds in the future.

If you choose the elective step up, the elective spousal continuation step up, or change your investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee as described above, you will pay the fee that is in effect on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up or change your investment option. On the next contract anniversary, we will calculate an average rider fee, for the preceding contract year only, that reflects the various different charges that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

The charge does not apply after the annuitization start date.

For an example of how your fee will vary upon elective step up or spousal continuation step up, please see Appendix E.

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider Fee⁽¹⁾

We deduct an annual charge based on the greater of the contract anniversary value or the total Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA) for this optional feature only if you select it. The initial fee is 0.65%. We deduct the charge from your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

Once you elect the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, you may not cancel it and the charge will continue to be deducted until the contract is terminated, the contract value reduces to zero. If the contract is terminated for any reason or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee. If the RBA goes to zero but the contract value has not been depleted, you will continue to be charged.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider charge will not exceed a maximum fee of 1.50%.

We may increase the rider fee at our discretion and on a nondiscriminatory basis.

We will not change the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider fee in effect on your contract after the rider effective date unless:

(a)	you choose the annual elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee; or
(b)	you elect to change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee or vary the rider fee for each PN program investment option.

Effective Dec. 18, 2013, we exercised our right to increase the rider fee and vary the fee depending on the fund to which your contract value is invested. Beginning Dec. 18, 2013, if you:

• request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up, or

• move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is more aggressive than the Portfolio Navigator fund you are currently allocated to,

the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are currently invested as shown in the table below.

⁽¹⁾ See disclosure in Appendix K.

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    39

If you move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is less aggressive than the Portfolio Navigator fund you are currently allocated to, your fee will not increase and may decrease according to the table below.

Fund name	Maximum annual rider fee	Current annual rider fee as of 12/18/13
Portfolio Stabilizer funds	1.50%	0.65%
Portfolio Navigator funds:
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.80%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.80%
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.80%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.95%
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	1.10%

On your next contract anniversary, if your contract value is allocated to a fund subject to a fee increase, you will have 30 days following the anniversary to choose from the following:

1.	Remain invested in your current Portfolio Navigator fund and elect to step up (when available) and lock in your contract gains. If you make this decision, your rider fee will increase.
2.	Move to one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. If you do this, your rider fee will not increase, but remember that you will lose your access to invest in the Portfolio Navigator funds.
3.	Do not elect a step up, if eligible. You will not lock in contract gains, but your rider fee will stay the same.

During the 30 days following your contract anniversary, if your contract value is allocated to a fund subject to a fee increase, we will automatically process any available step up and lock in any contract gains, as well as reactivate automatic step ups, when contract value is transferred:

1.	to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund;
2.	to a less aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund that is not subject to a fee increase, if applicable; or
3.	to a more aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund.

The step up and lock in of any contract gains will occur as of the date of the transfer described above.

Rider fees may increase or decrease as you move to various funds. Your fee will increase if you transfer your contract value to a more aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund with a higher fee. If you transfer to a less aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund or transfer to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund, your fee may decrease. Certain rider fees may not change depending on the fund in which your contract value is allocated.

We will notify you in writing about your opportunity to elect to step up (if eligible) and incur the higher rider fee or maintain your guaranteed amount at its current level and keep your rider fee the same. If you are subject to a fee increase, you will receive a letter from us approximately 30 days before your next annuity contract anniversary. This letter will describe the potential opportunity to elect a step up to increase your guaranteed income and how to make the election if eligible. You will have a 30 day period beginning on your next contract anniversary to choose whether to step up and accept the fee increase. The step up and new fee will be effective on the date we receive your request for the step up (Step up date).

For purposes of determining the duration of the “30 day window” following your contract anniversary to elect to step up or to transfer funds to lock in any available contract gains, the following will apply:

1.	the duration of your window is determined on a calendar day basis;
2.	under our current administrative process we will accept your request on the 31st calendar day if we receive it prior to the close of the NYSE; and
3.	if your window ends on a day the NYSE is closed, we must receive your request no later than the close of the NYSE on the preceding Valuation Date.

Each year, we will continue to provide you written notice of your options with respect to elective step ups and the fee increase until you are no longer subject to a fee increase. Once you have taken action that results in a higher fee, you will become eligible for automatic step ups under the rider.

Before you elect a step up resulting in an increased rider fee, you should carefully consider the benefit of the contract value gains you are locking-in and the increased rider fee compared to your other options including whether it is appropriate to consider moving to a fund with a lower corresponding rider fee.

Subject to the terms of your contract, we reserve the right to further increase the rider fee up to the maximum limit provided by your rider. Currently, the rider fee does not vary among the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, but we reserve the right to vary the fees among the Portfolio Stabilizer funds in the future.

40    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If you choose the elective step up, the elective spousal continuation step up, or change your investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee as described above, you will pay the fee that is in effect on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up or change your investment option. On the next contract anniversary, we will calculate an average fee, for the preceding contract year only, that reflects the various different charges that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

The charge does not apply after the annuitization start date.

For an example of how your fee will vary upon elective step up or spousal continuation step up, please see Appendix N.

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider Fee⁽¹⁾

This fee information applies to both Rider A and Rider B unless otherwise noted.

We deduct an annual charge based on contract value for this optional feature only if you select it. The initial fee is 0.55%. We deduct the charge from your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the one year fixed account, and the subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

Once you elect the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, you may not cancel it and the charge will continue to be deducted until the contract is terminated, the contract value reduces to zero. If the contract is terminated for any reason or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee. If the Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA) goes to zero but the contract value has not been depleted, you will continue to be charged.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider fee will not exceed a maximum charge of 1.50%.

We may increase the rider fee at our discretion and on a nondiscriminatory basis.

We will not change the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider fee in effect on your contract after the rider effective date unless:

(a)	you choose the annual elective step up or elective spousal continuation step up after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee; or
(b)	you elect to change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee or vary the rider fee for each PN program investment option.

Effective Dec. 18, 2013, we exercised our right to increase the rider fee and vary the fee depending on the fund to which your contract value is invested.

Beginning Dec. 18, 2013, if you:

• request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up, or

• move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is more aggressive than the Portfolio Navigator fund you are currently allocated to,

the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are currently invested as shown in the table below.

If you move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is less aggressive than the Portfolio Navigator fund you are currently allocated to, your fee will not increase and may decrease according to the table below.

Fund name	Maximum annual rider fee	Current annual rider fee as of 12/18/13
Portfolio Stabilizer funds	1.50%	0.55%
Portfolio Navigator funds:
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.85%
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	1.00%

On your next contract anniversary after, if your contract value is allocated to a fund subject to a fee increase, you will have 30 days following the anniversary to choose from the following:

1. Remain invested in your current Portfolio Navigator fund and elect to step up (when available) and lock in your contract gains. If you make this decision, your rider fee will increase.

⁽¹⁾ See disclosure in Appendix K.

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    41

2.	Move to one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. If you do this, your rider fee will not increase, but remember that you will lose your access to invest in the Portfolio Navigator funds.
3.	Do not elect a step up, if eligible. You will not lock in contract gains, but your rider fee will stay the same.

For the enhanced rider, if during the 30 days following your contract anniversary, your contract value is allocated to a fund subject to a fee increase, we will automatically process any available step up and lock in any contract gains, as well as reactivate automatic step ups, when contract value is transferred:

1.	to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund;
2.	to a less aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund that is not subject to a fee increase, if applicable; or
3.	to a more aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund.

For original riders, you must always elect to step up your rider values. The step up and lock in of any contract gains will occur as of the date of the transfer described above.

Rider fees may increase or decrease as you move to various funds. Your fee will increase if you transfer your contract value to a more aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund with a higher fee. If you transfer to a less aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund or transfer to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund, your fee may decrease. Certain rider fees may not change depending on the fund in which your contract value is allocated.

We will notify you in writing about your opportunity to elect to step up (if eligible) and incur the higher rider fee or maintain your guaranteed amount at its current level and keep your rider fee the same. For original riders or enhanced riders subject to a fee increase, you will receive a letter from us approximately 30 days before your next annuity contract anniversary. This letter will describe the potential opportunity to elect a step up to increase your guaranteed income and how to make the election if eligible. You will have a 30 day period beginning on your next contract anniversary to choose whether to step up and accept the fee increase. For enhanced riders and original riders with an application signed date on or after 4/29/2005, if approved in your state, the step up and new fee will be effective on the date we receive your request for the step up (Step up date). For original riders with an application signed date before 4/29/2005, the step up will be effective as of your contract anniversary and the fee for your rider will be the fee that was in effect for your current fund on the anniversary.

For purposes of determining the duration of the “30 day window” following your contract anniversary to elect to step up or to transfer funds to lock in any available contract gains, the following will apply:

1.	the duration of your window is determined on a calendar day basis;
2.	under our current administrative process we will accept your request on the 31st calendar day if we receive it prior to the close of the NYSE; and
3.	if your window ends on a day the NYSE is closed, we must receive your request no later than the close of the NYSE on the preceding Valuation Date.

Under the enhanced rider, each year, we will continue to provide you written notice of your options with respect to elective step ups and the fee increase until you are no longer subject to a fee increase. Once you have taken action that results in a higher fee, you will become eligible for automatic step ups under the rider.

Before you elect a step up resulting in an increased rider fee, you should carefully consider the benefit of the contract value gains you are locking-in and the increased rider fee compared to your other options including whether it is appropriate to consider moving to a fund with a lower corresponding rider fee.

Subject to the terms of your contract, we reserve the right to further increase the rider fee up to the maximum limit provided by your rider. Currently, the rider fee does not vary among the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, but we reserve the right to vary the fees among the Portfolio Stabilizer funds in the future.

If you choose the annual or spousal continuation elective step up or change your investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee as described above, you will pay the fee that is in effect on the effective date of your step up or investment option change. On the next contract anniversary, we will calculate an average rider fee, for the preceding contract year only, that reflects the various different charges that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

The charge does not apply after the annuitization start date.

For an example of how your fee will vary upon elective step up or spousal continuation step up, please see Appendix L.

Income Assurer Benefit Rider Fee

We deduct a charge for this optional feature only if you selected it. We determine the charge by multiplying the guaranteed income benefit base by the charge for the Income Assurer Benefit rider you select. There are three Income Assurer Benefit rider options available under your contract (see “Optional Benefits — Income Assurer Benefit Riders”)

42    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

and each has a different guaranteed income benefit base calculation. The charge for each Income Assurer Benefit rider is as follows:

	Maximum	Current
Income Assurer Benefit – MAV	1.50%	0.30%(1)
Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base	1.75	0.60(1)
Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base	2.00	0.65(1)

⁽¹⁾ For applications signed prior to Oct. 7, 2004, the following current annual rider charges apply: Income Assurer Benefit – MAV — 0.55%, Income Assurer Benefit — 5% Accumulation Benefit Base — 0.70%; and Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base — 0.75%.

We deduct the charge from the contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among the GPAs , the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary. If the contract is terminated for any reason or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the fee from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee.

Currently the Income Assurer Benefit rider fee does not vary with the PN program investment option selected; however, we reserve the right to increase this fee and/or vary the rider fee for each PN program investment option but not to exceed the maximum charges shown above. We cannot change the Income Assurer Benefit charge after the rider effective date, unless you change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the fee and/or charge a separate fee for each PN program investment option. If you choose to change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee, you will pay the fee that is in effect on the valuation date we receive your written request to change your PN program investment option. On the next contract anniversary, we will calculate an average rider fee, for the preceding contract year only, that reflects the various different charges that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

For an example of how each Income Assurer Benefit rider fee is calculated, see Appendix M.

Optional Death Benefit Charges

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider Fee

We deduct a charge for the optional feature only if you select it. If selected, we deduct 0.25% of your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

If the contract is terminated for any reason other than death or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the charge. We cannot increase this annual charge after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider Fee

We charge a fee for the optional feature only if you select it. If selected, we deduct 0.40% of your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this fee among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

If the contract is terminated for any reason other than death or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the fee from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee. We cannot increase this annual charge after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

Valuing Your Investment

We value your accounts as follows:

GPAs

We value the amounts you allocate to the GPAs directly in dollars. The value of the GPAs equals:

• the sum of your purchase payments and transfer amounts allocated to the GPAs;

• plus any purchase payment credits allocated to the GPAs;

• plus interest credited;

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    43

• minus the sum of amounts withdrawn (including any applicable withdrawal charges) and amounts transferred out;

• minus any prorated portion of the contract administrative charge; and

• minus the prorated portion of the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Accumulation Protector Benefit rider;

– SecureSource rider

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider;

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider;

– Income Assurer Benefit rider;

– Benefit Protector rider; or

– Benefit Protector Plus rider.

The Fixed Account

The fixed account includes the one-year fixed account and the DCA fixed account.

We value the amounts you allocate to the fixed account directly in dollars. The value of the fixed account equals:

• the sum of your purchase payments allocated to the one-year fixed account and the DCA fixed account (if included), and transfer amounts to the one-year fixed account (including any positive or negative MVA on amounts transferred from the GPAs to the one-year fixed account);

• plus interest credited;

• minus the sum of amounts withdrawn (including any applicable withdrawal charges) and amounts transferred out;

• minus any prorated portion of the contract administrative charge; and

• minus the prorated portion of the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Accumulation Protector Benefit rider;

– SecureSource rider

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider;

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider;

– Income Assurer Benefit rider;

– Benefit Protector rider; or

– Benefit Protector Plus rider.

Subaccounts

We convert amounts you allocated to the subaccounts into accumulation units. Each time you make a purchase payment or transfer amounts into one of the subaccounts or we apply any purchase payment credits, we credit a certain number of accumulation units to your contract for that subaccount. Conversely, we subtract a certain number of accumulation units from your contract each time you take a partial withdrawal; transfer amounts out of a subaccount; or we assess a contract administrative charge, a withdrawal charge, or fee for any optional contract riders with annual charges (if applicable).

The accumulation units are the true measure of investment value in each subaccount during the accumulation period. They are related to, but not the same as, the net asset value of the fund in which the subaccount invests. The dollar value of each accumulation unit can rise or fall daily depending on the variable account expenses, performance of the fund and on certain fund expenses.

Here is how we calculate accumulation unit values:

Number of units: To calculate the number of accumulation units for a particular subaccount, we divide your investment by the current accumulation unit value.

Accumulation unit value: The current accumulation unit value for each subaccount equals the last value times the subaccount’s current net investment factor.

We determine the net investment factor by:

• adding the fund’s current net asset value per share, plus the per share amount of any accrued income or capital gain dividends to obtain a current adjusted net asset value per share; then

• dividing that sum by the previous adjusted net asset value per share; and

• subtracting the percentage factor representing the mortality and expense risk fee and the variable account administrative charge from the result.

44    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Because the net asset value of the fund may fluctuate, the accumulation unit value may increase or decrease. You bear all the investment risk in a subaccount.

Factors that affect subaccount accumulation units: Accumulation units may change in two ways — in number and in value.

The number of accumulation units you own may fluctuate due to:

• additional purchase payments you allocate to the subaccounts;

• any purchase payment credits allocated to the subaccounts;

• transfers into or out of the subaccounts (including any positive or negative MVA on amounts transferred from the GPAs);

• partial withdrawals;

• withdrawal charges;

and the deduction of a prorated portion of:

• the contract administrative charge; and

• the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Accumulation Protector Benefit rider;

– SecureSource rider;

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider;

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider;

– Income Assurer Benefit rider;

– Benefit Protector rider; or

– Benefit Protector Plus rider.

Accumulation unit values will fluctuate due to:

• changes in fund net asset value;

• fund dividends distributed to the subaccounts;

• fund capital gains or losses;

• fund operating expenses; and

• mortality and expense risk fee and the variable account administrative charge.

Making the Most of Your Contract

Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging

Currently, you can use automated transfers to take advantage of dollar-cost averaging (investing a fixed amount at regular intervals). For example, you might transfer a set amount monthly from a relatively conservative subaccount to a more aggressive one, or to several others, or from the one-year GPA or one-year fixed account to one or more subaccounts. Automated transfers are not available for GPA terms of two or more years. You can also obtain the benefits of dollar-cost averaging by setting up regular automatic SIP payments or by establishing an interest sweep strategy. Interest sweeps are a monthly transfer of the interest earned from the one-year GPA or one-year fixed account into the subaccounts of your choice. If you participate in an interest sweep strategy the interest you earn on the one-year GPA or one-year fixed account will be less than the annual interest rate we apply because there will be no compounding. There is no charge for dollar-cost averaging.

This systematic approach can help you benefit from fluctuations in accumulation unit values caused by fluctuations in the market values of the funds. Since you invest the same amount each period, you automatically acquire more units when the market value falls and fewer units when it rises. The potential effect is to lower your average cost per unit.

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    45

How dollar-cost averaging works

By investing an equal number of dollars each month		Month	Amount invested	Accumulation unit value	Number of units purchased
		Jan	$100	$20	5.00
		Feb	100	18	5.56
you automatically buy more units when the per unit market price is low		Mar	100	17	5.88
	→	Apr	100	15	6.67
		May	100	16	6.25
		Jun	100	18	5.56
		Jul	100	17	5.88
and fewer units when the per unit market price is high.		Aug	100	19	5.26
	→	Sept	100	21	4.76
		Oct	100	20	5.00

You paid an average price of $17.91 per unit over the 10 months, while the average market price actually was $18.10.

Dollar-cost averaging does not guarantee that any subaccount will gain in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. Because dollar-cost averaging involves continuous investing, your success will depend upon your willingness to continue to invest regularly through periods of low price levels. Dollar-cost averaging can be an effective way to help meet your long-term goals. For specific features contact your investment professional.

Dollar-cost averaging as described in this section is not available when the PN program is in effect.

However, subject to certain restrictions, dollar-cost averaging is available through the DCA fixed account. See the “DCA Fixed Account” and “Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds” sections in this prospectus for details.

Asset Rebalancing

You can ask us in writing to automatically rebalance the subaccount portion of your contract value either quarterly, semiannually, or annually. The period you select will start to run on the date we record your request. On the first valuation date of each of these periods, we automatically will rebalance your contract value so that the value in each subaccount matches your current subaccount percentage allocations. These percentage allocations must be in whole numbers. There is no charge for asset rebalancing. The contract value must be at least $2,000.

You can change your percentage allocations or your rebalancing period at any time by contacting us in writing. We will restart the rebalancing period you selected as of the date we record your change. You also can ask us in writing to stop rebalancing your contract value. You must allow 30 days for us to change any instructions that currently are in place. For more information on asset rebalancing, contact your investment professional.

Different rules apply to asset rebalancing under the PN program (see “Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds” below).

As long as you are not participating in the PN program, asset rebalancing is available for use with the DCA fixed account (see “DCA Fixed Account”) only if your subaccount allocation for asset rebalancing is exactly the same as your subaccount allocation for transfers from the DCA fixed account. If you change your subaccount allocations under the asset rebalancing program or the DCA fixed account, we will automatically change the subaccount allocations so they match. If you do not wish to have the subaccount allocation be the same for the asset rebalancing program and the DCA fixed account, you must terminate the asset rebalancing program or the DCA fixed account, as you may choose.

Portfolio Navigator Program (PN program) and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds

PN Program. You are required to participate in the PN program if your contract includes optional living benefit riders. Under the PN program, your contract value is allocated to a PN program investment. The PN program investment options are currently five funds of funds, each of which invests in underlying funds in proportions that vary among the funds of funds in light of each fund of funds’ investment objective (“Portfolio Navigator funds”). The PN program is available for both nonqualified and qualified annuities.

The Portfolio Navigator funds. We offer the following Portfolio Navigator funds:

1.	Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio
2.	Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio
3.	Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio
4.	Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio

46    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

5. Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio

Each Portfolio Navigator fund is a fund of funds with the investment objective of seeking a high level of total return consistent with a certain level of risk, which it seeks to achieve by investing in various underlying funds.

For additional information about the Portfolio Navigator funds’ investment strategies, see the Funds’ prospectus.

If your contract does not include one of the living benefit riders, you may not participate in the PN program, but you may choose to allocate your contract value to one or more of the Portfolio Navigator funds.

Beginning November 18, 2013, if you have selected theSecureSource rider, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life riders, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider or Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, as an alternative to the Portfolio Navigator funds in the PN program, we have made available to you four new funds, known as Portfolio Stabilizer funds.

The Portfolio Stabilizer funds. The following Portfolio Stabilizer funds currently available are:

1.	Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Fund (Class 2)
2.	Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2)
3.	Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2)
4.	Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Growth Fund (Class 2)

Each Portfolio Stabilizer fund has an investment objective of pursuing total return while seeking to manage the Fund’s exposure to equity market volatility.

For additional information about the Portfolio Stabilizer funds’ investment strategies, see the Funds’ prospectuses.

You may choose to remain invested in your current Portfolio Navigator fund, move to a different Portfolio Navigator fund, or move to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund. Your decision should be made based on your own individual investment objectives and financial situation and in consultation with your investment professional.

Please note that if you are currently invested in a Portfolio Navigator fund as part of the PN program and choose to reallocate your contract value to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund, you will no longer have access to any of the Portfolio Navigator funds, but you may change to any one of the other Portfolio Stabilizer funds, subject to the transfer limits applicable to your rider.

If your contract does not include the living benefit riders, you may not participate in the PN program; but you may choose to allocate your contract value to one or more of the Portfolio Navigator funds. You should review any PN program, Portfolio Navigator funds and Portfolio Stabilizer funds information, including the funds’ prospectus, carefully. Your investment professional can provide you with additional information and can answer questions you may have on the PN program, Portfolio Navigator funds and Portfolio Stabilizer funds.

The PN program static model portfolios. If you have chosen to remain invested in a “static” PN program model portfolio investment option, your assets will remain invested in accordance with your current model portfolio, and you will not be provided with any updates to the model portfolio or reallocation recommendations. (The last such reallocation recommendation was provided in 2009.) Each model portfolio consists of underlying funds and/or any GPAs (if included) according to the allocation percentages stated for the model portfolio. If you are participating in the PN program through a model portfolio, you instruct us to automatically rebalance your contract value quarterly in order to maintain alignment with these allocation percentages.

Special rules apply to the GPAs if they are included in a model portfolio. Under these rules:

• no MVA will apply when rebalancing occurs within a specific model portfolio (but an MVA may apply if you elect to transfer to a fund of funds);

• no MVA will apply when you elect an annuity payout plan while your contract value is invested in a model portfolio. (See “Guarantee Period Accounts — Market Value Adjustment.”)

If you choose to remain in a static model portfolio, the investments and investment styles and policies of the underlying funds in which your contract value is invested may change. Accordingly, your model portfolio may change so that it is no longer appropriate for your needs, even though your allocations to underlying funds do not change. Furthermore, the absence of periodic updating means that existing underlying funds will not be replaced as may be appropriate due to poor performance, changes in management personnel, liquidation, merger or other factors. Your investment professional can help you determine whether your continued investment in a static model portfolio is appropriate for you.

Investing in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, the Portfolio Navigator funds and PN static model portfolios (the Funds). You are responsible for determining which investment option is best for you. Currently, the PN program includes five Portfolio Navigator funds (and under the previous PN program, five static model portfolios investment options), with risk profiles ranging from conservative to aggressive in relation to one another. There are four Portfolio Stabilizer funds currently available. If your contract includes a living benefit rider you may only invest in one Portfolio Stabilizer or

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    47

Portfolio Navigator fund at a time.
Your investment professional can help you determine which investment option most closely matches your investing style, based on factors such as your investment goals, your tolerance for risk and how long you intend to invest. There is no guarantee that the investment option you select is appropriate for you based on your investment objectives and/or risk profile. We and Columbia Management are not responsible for your decision to select a certain investment option or your decision to transfer to a different investment option.

If you initially allocate qualifying purchase payments to the DCA fixed account when available (see “DCA Fixed Account”), and you are invested in one of the Portfolio Stabilizer or Portfolio Navigator funds, we will make monthly transfers in accordance with your instructions from the DCA fixed account into the investment option or model portfolio you have chosen.

Before you decide to transfer contract value to the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, you and your investment professional should carefully consider the following:

• Whether the Portfolio Stabilizer funds meet your personal investment objectives and/or risk tolerance.

• Whether you would like to continue to invest in a Portfolio Navigator fund. If you decide to transfer your contract value to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund, you permanently lose your ability to invest in any of the Portfolio Navigator funds if you have a living benefit rider. If you decide to no longer invest your contract value in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, your only option will be to terminate your contract by requesting a full surrender.Withdrawal charges and tax penalties may apply.

• Whether the total expenses associated with an investment in a Portfolio Stabilizer fund is appropriate for you. For total expenses associated with the rider, you should consider not only the variation of the rider fee, but also the variation in fees among the various funds. You should also consider your overall investment objective, as well as how total fees and your selected fund’s investment objective may impact the amount of any step up opportunities in the future.

You may request a change to your Fund selection (or a transfer from your PN program static model portfolio to either a Portfolio Navigator fund or a Portfolio Stabilizer fund) up to two times per contract year by written request on an authorized form or by another method agreed to by us. If you make such a change, we may charge you a higher fee for your rider. However, an initial transfer from a Portfolio Navigator fund to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund will not count toward the limit of two transfers per year. If your contract includes aSecureSource  rider, we reserve the right to limit the number of changes if required to comply with the written instructions of a fund (see “Market Timing”). If your contract includes the GWB for Life rider orSecureSource rider, we reserve the right to limit the number of investment options from which you can select, subject to state restrictions. If you decide to annuitize your contract, your rider will terminate and you will no longer have access to the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. If your living benefit rider is terminated, you may remain invested in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, but you will not be allowed to allocate future purchase payments or make transfers to these funds.

Substitution and modification. We reserve the right to add, remove or substitute Funds. We also reserve the right, upon notification to you, to close or restrict any Fund. Any change will apply to current allocations and/or to future payments and transfers. Any substitution of Funds may be subject to SEC or state insurance departments approval.

We reserve the right to change the terms and conditions of the PN program or to change the availability of the investment options upon written notice to you. This includes but is not limited to the right to:

• limit your choice of investment options based on the amount of your initial purchase payment;

• cancel required participation in the program after 30 days written notice;

• substitute a fund of funds for your model portfolio, if applicable, if permitted under applicable securities law; and

• discontinue the PN program after 30 days written notice.

Risks associated with the Funds. An investment in a Fund involves risk. Principal risks associated with an investment in a Fund may be found in the relevant Fund’s prospectus. There is no assurance that the Funds will achieve their respective investment objectives. In addition, there is no guarantee that the Fund’s strategy will have its intended effect or that it will work as effectively as is intended.

Investing in a Portfolio Navigator fund, Portfolio Stabilizer fund or PN program static model portfolio does not guarantee that your contract will increase in value nor will it protect in a decline in value if market prices fall. Depending on future market conditions and considering only the potential return on your investment in the Fund, you might benefit (or benefit more) from selecting alternative investment options.

For more information and a list of the risks associated with investing in the Funds, including volatility and volatility management risk associated with Portfolio Stabilizer funds, please consult the applicable Funds’ prospectuses and “The Variable Account and the Funds – Risks and Conflicts of Interest with Certain Funds Advised by Columbia Management” section in this prospectus.

48    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Conflicts of interest. In providing investment advisory services for the Funds and the underlying funds in which those Funds respectively invest, Columbia Management is, together with its affiliates, including us, subject to competing interests that may influence its decisions.

For additional information regarding the conflicts of interest to which Columbia Management may be subject, see the Funds’ prospectuses and “The Variable Account and the Funds – Risks and Conflicts of Interest with Certain Funds Advised by Columbia Management” section in this prospectus.

Automatic reallocation after taking withdrawal. If you selected theSecureSource, riders, under the rules currently applicable to investments in the Portfolio Navigator funds, your contract value will be automatically reallocated to the Moderate option, Variable Portfolio — Moderate Portfolio once you begin taking withdrawals if the fund you are invested in is more aggressive. By contrast, under the rules applicable to investments in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, your contract value will not automatically be reallocated to a more conservative investment option after you begin taking withdrawals.

Living benefits requiring participation in the PN program or investing in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds:

• Accumulation Protector Benefit rider: You cannot terminate the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. As long as the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider is in effect, your contract value must be invested in one of the PN program investment options or in one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. For contracts with applications signed on or after Jan. 26, 2009, you cannot select the Portfolio Navigator Aggressive investment option, or transfer to the Portfolio Navigator Aggressive investment option while the rider is in effect. The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider automatically ends at the end of the waiting period and you then have the option to cancel your participation in the PN program. At all other times, if you do not want to invest in any of the PN program investment options or the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, you must terminate your contract by requesting a full withdrawal. Withdrawal charges and tax penalties may apply.

• SecureSource or Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider: TheSecureSource rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider requires that your contract value be invested in one of the PN program investment options or in one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, for the life of the contract. Subject to state restrictions, we reserve the right to limit the number of investment options from which you can select based on the dollar amount of purchase payments you make. Because you cannot terminate theSecureSource rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider once you have selected it, you must terminate your contract by requesting a full withdrawal if you do not want to invest in any of the PN program investment options or the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. Withdrawal charges and tax penalties may apply.

• Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider: The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider requires that your contract value be invested in one of the PN program investment options or in one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, for the life of the contract and because you cannot terminate the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider once you have selected it, you must terminate your contract by requesting a full withdrawal if you do not want to invest in any of the PN program investment options or the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. Withdrawal charges and tax penalties may apply.

Living benefit requiring participation in the PN program:

• Income Assurer Benefit rider: The Income Assurer Benefit rider requires that your contract value be invested in one of the PN program investment options for the life of the contract. You can terminate the Income Assurer Benefit rider during the 30-day period after the first rider anniversary and at any time after the expiration of the waiting period. At all other times you cannot terminate the Income Assurer Benefit rider once you have selected it and you must terminate your contract by requesting a full withdrawal if you do not want to invest in any of the PN program investment options. Withdrawal charges and tax penalties may apply.

Transferring Among Accounts

The transfer rights discussed in this section do not apply if you have selected one of the optional living benefit riders.

You may transfer contract value from any one subaccount, GPA, the one-year fixed account or the DCA fixed account. to another subaccount before annuity payouts begin. Certain restrictions apply to transfers involving the GPAs and the one-year fixed account. You may not transfer contract value to the DCA fixed account.

The date your request to transfer will be processed depends on when and how we receive it:

For transfer requests received in writing:

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your transfer request.

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your transfer request.

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    49

For transfer requests received by phone:

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your transfer request.

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your transfer request.

There is no charge for transfers. Before making a transfer, you should consider the risks involved in changing investments. Transfers out of the GPAs will be subject to an MVA if done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period.

We may suspend or modify transfer privileges at any time.

For information on transfers after annuity payouts begin, see “Transfer policies” below.

Transfer policies

• Before annuity payouts begin, you may transfer contract values between the subaccounts, or from the subaccounts to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account at any time. However, if you made a transfer from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs, you may not make a transfer from any subaccount or GPA back to the one-year fixed account for six months following that transfer. We reserve the right to further limit transfers to the one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then currently crediting to the one-year fixed account is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract.

• You may transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs once a year on or within 30 days before or after the contract anniversary (except for automated transfers, which can be set up at any time for certain transfer periods subject to certain minimums). Transfers from the one-year fixed account are not subject to an MVA. The amount of contract value transferred to the one-year fixed account cannot result in the value of the one-year fixed account being greater than 30% of the contract value. Transfers out of the one-year fixed account are limited to 30% of one-year fixed account values at the beginning of the contract year or $10,000, whichever is greater. Because of this limitation, it may take you several years to transfer all your contract value from the one-year fixed account. You should carefully consider whether the one-year fixed account meets your investment criteria before you invest. We reserve the right to further limit transfers to or from the one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then crediting on new purchase payments allocated to the one-year fixed account is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract.

• You may transfer contract values from a GPA any time after 60 days of transfer or payment allocation to the account. Transfers made more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will receive an MVA, which may result in a gain or loss of contract value, unless an exception applies (see “The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs) — Market Value Adjustment (MVA)”).

• If we receive your request on or within 30 days before or after the contract anniversary date, the transfer from the one-year fixed account to the GPAs will be effective on the valuation date we receive it.

• You may not transfer contract values from the subaccounts, the GPAs, or the one-year fixed account into the DCA fixed account. However, you may transfer contract values from the DCA fixed account to any of the investment options available under your contract, subject to investment minimums and other restrictions we may impose on investments in the one-year fixed account and the GPA, as described above. (See “DCA Fixed Account.”)

• Once annuity payouts begin, you may not make transfers to or from the GPAs or the fixed account, but you may make transfers once per contract year among the subaccounts. During the annuity payout period, we reserve the right to limit the number of subaccounts in which you may invest. When annuity payments begin, you must transfer all contract value out of your GPAs and DCA accounts.

Market Timing

Market timing can reduce the value of your investment in the contract. If market timing causes the returns of an underlying fund to suffer, contract value you have allocated to a subaccount that invests in that underlying fund will be lower too. Market timing can cause you, any joint owner of the contract and your beneficiary(ies) under the contract a financial loss.

We seek to prevent market timing. Market timing is frequent or short-term trading activity. We do not accommodate short-term trading activities. Do not buy a contract if you wish to use short-term trading strategies to manage your investment. The market timing policies and procedures described below apply to transfers among the subaccounts within the contract. The underlying funds in which the subaccounts invest have their own market timing policies and procedures. The market timing policies of the underlying funds may be more restrictive than the market timing

50    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

policies and procedures we apply to transfers among the subaccounts of the contract, and may include redemption fees. We reserve the right to modify our market timing policies and procedures at any time without prior notice to you.

Market timing may hurt the performance of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests in several ways, including but not necessarily limited to:

• diluting the value of an investment in an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests;

• increasing the transaction costs and expenses of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests; and,

• preventing the investment adviser(s) of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests from fully investing the assets of the fund in accordance with the fund’s investment objectives.

Funds available as investment options under the contract that invest in securities that trade in overseas securities markets may be at greater risk of loss from market timing, as market timers may seek to take advantage of changes in the values of securities between the close of overseas markets and the close of U.S. markets. Also, the risks of market timing may be greater for underlying funds that invest in securities such as small cap stocks, high yield bonds, or municipal securities, that may be traded infrequently.

In order to help protect you and the underlying funds from the potentially harmful effects of market timing activity, we apply the following market timing policy to discourage frequent transfers of contract value among the subaccounts of the variable account:

We try to distinguish market timing from transfers that we believe are not harmful, such as periodic rebalancing for purposes of an asset allocation, dollar-cost averaging and asset rebalancing program that may be described in this prospectus. There is no set number of transfers that constitutes market timing. Even one transfer in related accounts may be market timing. We seek to restrict the transfer privileges of a contract owner who makes more than three subaccount transfers in any 90 day period. We also reserve the right to refuse any transfer request, if, in our sole judgment, the dollar amount of the transfer request would adversely affect unit values.

If we determine, in our sole judgment, that your transfer activity constitutes market timing, we may modify, restrict or suspend your transfer privileges to the extent permitted by applicable law, which may vary based on the state law that applies to your contract and the terms of your contract. These restrictions or modifications may include, but not be limited to:

• requiring transfer requests to be submitted only by first-class U.S. mail;

• not accepting hand-delivered transfer requests or requests made by overnight mail;

• not accepting telephone or electronic transfer requests;

• requiring a minimum time period between each transfer;

• not accepting transfer requests of an agent acting under power of attorney;

• limiting the dollar amount that you may transfer at any one time;

• suspending the transfer privilege; or

• modifying instructions under an automated transfer program to exclude a restricted fund if you do not provide new instructions.

Subject to applicable state law and the terms of each contract, we will apply the policy described above to all contract owners uniformly in all cases. We will notify you in writing after we impose any modification, restriction or suspension of your transfer rights.

Because we exercise discretion in applying the restrictions described above, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to identify and restrict all market timing activity. In addition, state law and the terms of some contracts may prevent us from stopping certain market timing activity. Market timing activity that we are unable to identify and/or restrict may impact the performance of the underlying funds and may result in lower contract values.

In addition to the market timing policy described above, which applies to transfers among the subaccounts within your contract, you should carefully review the market timing policies and procedures of the underlying funds. The market timing policies and procedures of the underlying funds may be materially different than those we impose on transfers among the subaccounts within your contract and may include mandatory redemption fees as well as other measures to discourage frequent transfers. As an intermediary for the underlying funds, we are required to assist them in applying their market timing policies and procedures to transactions involving the purchase and exchange of fund shares. This assistance may include, but not be limited to, providing the underlying fund upon request with your Social Security Number, Taxpayer Identification Number or other United States government-issued identifier, and the details of your contract transactions involving the underlying fund. An underlying fund, in its sole discretion, may instruct us at any time to prohibit you from making further transfers of contract value to or from the underlying fund,

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    51

and we must follow this instruction. We reserve the right to administer and collect on behalf of an underlying fund any redemption fee imposed by an underlying fund. Market timing policies and procedures adopted by underlying funds may affect your investment in the contract in several ways, including but not limited to:

• Each fund may restrict or refuse trading activity that the fund determines, in its sole discretion, represents market timing.

• Even if we determine that your transfer activity does not constitute market timing under the market timing policies described above which we apply to transfers you make under the contract, it is possible that the underlying fund’s market timing policies and procedures, including instructions we receive from a fund may require us to reject your transfer request. For example, while we will attempt to execute transfers permitted under any asset allocation, dollar-cost averaging and asset rebalancing programs that may be described in this prospectus, we cannot guarantee that an underlying fund’s market timing policies and procedures will do so. Orders we place to purchase fund shares for the variable account are subject to acceptance by the fund. We reserve the right to reject without prior notice to you any transfer request if the fund does not accept our order.

• Each underlying fund is responsible for its own market timing policies, and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to implement specific market timing policies and procedures that a fund has adopted. As a result, a fund’s returns might be adversely affected, and a fund might terminate our right to offer its shares through the variable account.

• Funds that are available as investment options under the contract may also be offered to other intermediaries who are eligible to purchase and hold shares of the fund, including without limitation, separate accounts of other insurance companies and certain retirement plans. Even if we are able to implement a fund’s market timing policies, we cannot guarantee that other intermediaries purchasing that same fund’s shares will do so, and the returns of that fund could be adversely affected as a result.

For more information about the market timing policies and procedures of an underlying fund, the risks that market timing pose to that fund, and to determine whether an underlying fund has adopted a redemption fee, see that fund’s prospectus.

How to request a Transfer or Withdrawal

11 By letter

Send your name, contract number, Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number* and signed request for a transfer or withdrawal to our Service Center:

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474

Minimum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	$500 or entire account balance

Maximum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	Contract value or entire account balance

* Failure to provide a Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number may result in mandatory tax withholding on the taxable portion of the distribution.

22 By automated transfers and automated partial withdrawals

Your investment professional can help you set up automated transfers among your GPAs, one-year fixed account or the subaccounts or automated partial withdrawals from the GPAs, one-year fixed account, DCA fixed account or the subaccounts.

You can start or stop this service by written request or other method acceptable to us.

You must allow 30 days for us to change any instructions that are currently in place.

• Automated transfers from the one-year fixed account to any one of the subaccounts may not exceed an amount that, if continued, would deplete the one-year fixed account within 12 months.

• Transfers out of the one-year fixed account are limited to 30% of the one-year fixed account values at the beginning of the contract year or $10,000, whichever is greater.

• Automated withdrawals may be restricted by applicable law under some contracts.

• You may not make systematic purchase payments if automated partial withdrawals are in effect.

52    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• If the PN program is in effect, you are not allowed to set up automated transfers except in connection with a DCA Fixed Account (see “The Fixed Account — DCA Fixed Account” and “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds”).

• Automated partial withdrawals may result in income taxes and penalties on all or part of the amount withdrawn.

• If you haveSecureSource rider, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider or Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, you may set up automated partial withdrawals up to the benefit amount available for withdrawal under the rider.

Minimum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	$100 monthly
	$250 quarterly, semiannually or annually

33 By phone

Call:

1-800-333-3437

Minimum amount

Transfers or withdrawals: $500 or entire account balance

Maximum amount

Transfers:	Contract value or entire account balance
Withdrawals:	$100,000

We answer telephone requests promptly, but you may experience delays when the call volume is unusually high. If you are unable to get through, use the mail procedure as an alternative.

We will honor any telephone transfer or withdrawal requests that we believe are authentic and we will use reasonable procedures to confirm that they are. This includes asking identifying questions and recording calls. As long as we follow the procedures, we (and our affiliates) will not be liable for any loss resulting from fraudulent requests.

Telephone transfers and withdrawals are automatically available. You may request that telephone transfers and withdrawals not be authorized from your account by writing to us.

Withdrawals

You may withdraw all or part of your contract at any time before the retirement date by sending us a written request or calling us.

The date your withdrawal request will be processed depends on when and how we receive it:

For withdrawal requests received in writing:

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your withdrawal request.

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your withdrawal request.

For withdrawal requests received by phone:

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your withdrawal request.

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your withdrawal request.

We may ask you to return the contract. You may have to pay a contract administrative charge, withdrawal charges or any applicable optional rider charges (see “Charges”), federal income taxes and penalties. State and local income taxes may also apply (see “Taxes”). You cannot make withdrawals after annuity payouts begin except under Annuity Payout Plan E. (See “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    53

Any partial withdrawals you take under the contract will reduce your contract value. As a result, the value of your death benefit or any optional benefits you have elected will also be reduced. If you have elected theSecureSource rider, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider and your partial withdrawals in any contract year exceed the permitted withdrawal amount under the terms of theSecureSource rider, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, your benefits under the rider may be reduced (see “Optional Benefits”). Any partial withdrawal request that exceeds the amount allowed under the riders and impacts the guarantees provided, will not be considered in good order until we receive a signed Benefit Impact Acknowledgement form showing the projected effect of the withdrawal on the rider benefits or a verbal acknowledgement that you understand and accept the impacts that have been explained to you.

In addition, withdrawals you are required to take to satisfy RMDs under the Code may reduce the value of certain death benefits and optional benefits (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”).

Withdrawal Policies

If you have a balance in more than one account and you request a partial withdrawal, we will automatically withdraw from all your subaccounts, GPAs, the DCA fixed account, and/or the one-year fixed account in the same proportion as your value in each account correlates to your total contract value, unless requested otherwise.⁽¹⁾ After executing a partial withdrawal, the value in the one-year fixed account and each GPA and subaccount must be either zero or at least $50.

⁽¹⁾ If you elected aSecureSource rider, you do not have the option to request from which account to withdraw.

Receiving Payment

11 By regular or express mail

• payable to you;

• mailed to address of record.

NOTE: We will charge you a fee if you request express mail delivery.

22 By wire or other form of electronic payment

• request that payment be wired to your bank;

• pre-authorization required.

We may choose to permit you to have checks issued and delivered to an alternate payee or to an address other than your address of record. We may also choose to allow you to direct wires or other electronic payments to accounts owned by a third-party. We may have additional good order requirements that must be met prior to processing requests to make any payments to a party other than the owner or to an address other than the address of record. These requirements will be designed to ensure owner instructions are genuine and to prevent fraud.

Normally, we will send the payment within seven days after receiving your request in good order. However, we may postpone the payment if:

– the NYSE is closed, except for normal holiday and weekend closings;

– trading on the NYSE is restricted, according to SEC rules;

– an emergency, as defined by SEC rules, makes it impractical to sell securities or value the net assets of the accounts; or

– the SEC permits us to delay payment for the protection of security holders.

We may also postpone payment of the amount attributable to a purchase payment as part of the total withdrawal amount until cleared from the originating financial institution.

A Special Note on Cybersecurity Risks

Cybersecurity and Systems Integrity

Increasingly, businesses are dependent on the continuity, security, and effective operation of various technology systems. The nature of our business depends on the continued effective operation of our systems and those of our business partners.

This dependence makes us susceptible to operational and information security risks from cyber-attacks. These risks may include the following:

• the corruption or destruction of data;

54    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• theft, misuse or dissemination of data to the public, including your information we hold; and

• denial of service attacks on our website or other forms of attacks on our systems and the software and hardware we use to run them.

These attacks and their consequences can negatively impact your contract, your privacy, your ability to conduct transactions on your contract, or your ability to receive timely service from us. There can be no assurance that we, the underlying funds in your contract, or our other business partners will avoid losses affecting your contract due to any successful cyber-attacks or information security breaches.

TSA–Special Provisions

Participants in Tax-Sheltered Annuities

If the contract is intended to be used in connection with an employer sponsored 403(b) plan, additional rules relating to this contract can be found in the annuity endorsement for tax sheltered 403(b) annuities. Unless we have made special arrangements with your employer, the contract is not intended for use in connection with an employer sponsored 403(b) plan that is subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”). In the event that the employer either by affirmative election or inadvertent action causes contributions under a plan that is subject to ERISA to be made to this contract, we will not be responsible for any obligations and requirements under ERISA and the regulations thereunder, unless we have prior written agreement with the employer. You should consult with your employer to determine whether your 403(b) plan is subject to ERISA.

In the event we have a written agreement with your employer to administer the plan pursuant to ERISA, special rules apply as set forth in the TSA endorsement.

The employer must comply with certain nondiscrimination requirements for certain types of contributions under a TSA contract to be excluded from taxable income. You should consult your employer to determine whether the nondiscrimination rules apply to you.

The Code imposes certain restrictions on your right to receive early distributions from a TSA:

• Distributions attributable to salary reduction contributions (plus earnings) made after Dec. 31, 1988, or to transfers or rollovers from other contracts, may be made from the TSA only if:

– you are at least age 59½;

– you are disabled as defined in the Code;

– you severed employment with the employer who purchased the contract;

– the distribution is because of your death;

– the distribution is due to plan termination; or

– you are a qualifying military reservist.

• If you encounter a financial hardship (as provided by the Code), you may be eligible to receive a distribution of all contract values attributable to salary reduction contributions made after Dec. 31, 1988, but not the earnings on them.

• Even though a distribution may be permitted under the above rules, it may be subject to IRS taxes and penalties (see “Taxes”)

• The above restrictions on distributions do not affect the availability of the amount credited to the contract as of Dec. 31, 1988. The restrictions also do not apply to transfers or exchanges of contract value within the contract, or to another registered variable annuity contract or investment vehicle available through the employer.

Changing Ownership

You may change ownership of your nonqualified annuity at any time by completing a change of ownership form we approve and sending it to our Service Center. The change will become binding on us when we receive and record it. We will honor any change of ownership request received in good order that we believe is authentic and we will use reasonable procedures to confirm authenticity. If we follow these procedures, we will not take any responsibility for the validity of the change.

If you have a nonqualified annuity, you may incur income tax liability by transferring, assigning or pledging any part of it. (See “Taxes.”)

If you have a qualified annuity, you may not sell, assign, transfer, discount or pledge your contract as collateral for a loan, or as security for the performance of an obligation or for any other purpose except as required or permitted by the Code. However, if the owner is a trust or custodian, or an employer acting in a similar capacity, ownership of the contract may be transferred to the annuitant.

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    55

Please consider carefully whether or not you wish to change ownership of your annuity contract. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, the new owner and annuitant will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract.

If you have an Income Assurer Benefit and/or Benefit Protector Plus rider, the rider will terminate upon transfer of ownership of the annuity contract. TheSecureSource – Joint Life rider, if selected, only allows transfer of the ownership of the annuity contract between covered spouses or their revocable trust(s); no other ownership changes are allowed while this rider is in force. The Accumulation Protector Benefit, theSecureSource – Single Life, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life and the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit riders will continue upon transfer of ownership of the annuity contract. For theSecureSource and Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life riders, any ownership change that impacts the guarantees provided will not be considered in good order until we receive a signed Benefit Impact Acknowledgement form showing the projected effect of the ownership change on the rider benefits or a verbal acknowledgement that you understand and accept the impacts that have been explained to you. Continuance of the Benefit Protector rider is optional. (See “Optional Benefits.”)

Benefits in Case of Death

There are four death benefit options under your contract if you die before the retirement start date while this contract is in force. You must select one of the following death benefits:

• ROP Death Benefit;

• MAV Death Benefit;

• 5% Accumulation Death Benefit; or

• Enhanced Death Benefit.

If it is available in your state and if both you and the annuitant are age 79 or younger at contract issue, you can elect any one of the above death benefits. If either you or the annuitant are age 80 or older at contract issue, the ROP Death Benefit will apply. Once you elect a death benefit, you cannot change it. We show the death benefit that applies in your contract on your contract’s data page. The death benefit you select determines the mortality and expense risk fee that is assessed against the subaccounts. (See “Charges — Mortality and Expense Risk Fee.”)

Under each option, we will pay the death benefit, less any purchase payment credits subject to reversal, to your beneficiary upon the earlier of your death or the annuitant’s death. We will base the benefit paid on the death benefit coverage you chose when you purchased the contract. If a contract has more than one person as the owner, we will pay benefits upon the first to die of any owner or the annuitant.

Here are some terms used to describe the death benefits:

Adjusted partial withdrawals (calculated for ROP and MAV Death Benefits)	=	PW XDB
		CV

PW	=	the amount by which the contract value is reduced as a result of the partial withdrawal.
DB	=	the death benefit on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.
CV	=	contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV): is zero prior to the first contract anniversary after the effective date of the rider. On the first contract anniversary after the effective date of the rider, we set the MAV as the greater of these two values:

(a)	current contract value; or
(b)	total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals.

Thereafter, we increase the MAV by any additional purchase payments and any purchase payment credits and reduce the MAV by adjusted partial withdrawals. Every contract anniversary after that prior to the earlier of your or the annuitant’s 81st birthday, we compare the MAV to the current contract value and we reset the MAV to the higher amount.

5% Variable Account Floor:is the sum of the value of the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the variable account floor. There is no variable account floor prior to the first contract anniversary. On the first contract anniversary, we establish the variable account floor as:

• the amounts allocated to the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account at issue increased by 5%;

• plus any subsequent amounts allocated to the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account;

• minus adjusted transfers and partial withdrawals from the subaccounts or the DCA fixed account.

56    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Thereafter, we continue to add subsequent purchase payments and any purchase payment credits allocated to the subaccounts or the DCA fixed account and subtract adjusted transfers and partial withdrawals from the subaccounts or the DCA fixed account. On each contract anniversary after the first, through age 80, we add an amount to the variable account floor equal to 5% of the prior anniversary’s variable account floor. We stop adding this amount after you or the annuitant reach age 81.

5% variable account floor adjusted transfers or partial withdrawals	=	PWT XVAF
		SV

PWT	=	the amount by which the contract value in the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account is reduced as a result of the partial withdrawal or transfer from the subaccounts or the DCA fixed account.
VAF	=	variable account floor on the date of (but prior to) the transfer or partial withdrawal.
SV	=	value of the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account on the date of (but prior to) the transfer of partial withdrawal.

The amount of purchase payments and any purchase payment credits withdrawn or transferred from any subaccount or fixed account (if applicable) or GPA account is calculated as (a) times (b) where:

(a)	is the amount of purchase payments and any purchase payment credits in the account or subaccount on the date of but prior to the current withdrawal or transfer; and
(b)	is the ratio of the amount of contract value transferred or withdrawn from the account or subaccount to the value in the account or subaccount on the date of (but prior to) the current withdrawal or transfer.

For contracts issued in New Jersey, the cap on the variable account floor is 200% of the sum of the purchase payments and any purchase payment credits allocated to the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account that have not been withdrawn or transferred out of the subaccounts or DCA fixed account.

NOTE: The 5% variable account floor is calculated differently and is not the same value as the Income Assurer Benefit 5% variable account floor.

Return of Purchase Payments (ROP) Death Benefit

The ROP Death Benefit is the basic death benefit on the contract that will pay your beneficiaries no less than your purchase payments and any purchase payment credits, adjusted for withdrawals. If you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin and while this contract is in force, the death benefit will be the greater of these two values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value; or
2.	total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals.

The ROP Death Benefit will apply unless you select one of the alternative death benefits described immediately below.

If available in your state and both you and the annuitant are age 79 or younger at contract issue, you may select one of the death benefits described below at the time you purchase your contract. The death benefits do not provide any additional benefit before the first contract anniversary and may not be appropriate for issue ages 75 to 79 because the benefit values may be limited after age 81. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether or not these death benefits are appropriate for your situation.

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV) Death Benefit

The MAV Death Benefit provides that if you or the annuitant die while the contract is in force and before annuity payouts begin, the death benefit will be the greatest of these three values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals; or
3.	the MAV on the date of death.

5% Accumulation Death Benefit

The 5% Accumulation Death Benefit provides that if you or the annuitant die while the contract is in force and before annuity payouts begin, the death benefit will be the greatest of these three values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals; or
3.	the 5% variable account floor.

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    57

Enhanced Death Benefit (EDB)

The Enhanced Death Benefit provides that if you or the annuitant die while the contract is in force and before annuity payouts begin, the death benefit will be the greatest of these four values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals;
3.	the MAV on the date of death; or
4.	the 5% variable account floor.

For an example of how each death benefit is calculated, see Appendix C.

If You Die Before Your Retirement Date

When paying the beneficiary, we will process the death claim on the valuation date our death claim requirements are fulfilled. We will determine the contract’s value using the accumulation unit value we calculate on that valuation date. We pay interest, if any, at a rate no less than required by law. We will mail payment to the beneficiary within seven days after our death claim requirements are fulfilled.

Nonqualified annuities

If your spouse is sole beneficiary and you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. To do this your spouse must give us written instructions to continue the contract as owner. There will be no withdrawal charges on the contract from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, your spouse and the new annuitant (if applicable) will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract. The Income Assurer Benefit and Benefit Protector Plus riders, if selected, will terminate. The SecureSource – Joint Life rider, if selected, will continue only if the spouse electing the spousal continuation provision of the contract is a covered spouse and continues the contract as the new owner. The Accumulation Protector Benefit, SecureSource – Single Life, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life or Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit riders, if selected, will continue. Continuance of the Benefit Protector rider is optional. (See “Optional Benefits.”)

If your beneficiary is not your spouse, we will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless you give us other written instructions. Generally, we must fully distribute the death benefit within five years of your death. However, the beneficiary may receive payouts under any annuity payout plan available under this contract if:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin no later than one year after your death, or other date as permitted by the IRS; and

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy.

Additionally, the optional SecureSource rider, if selected, will terminate.

Qualified annuities

•	Spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if your spouse is the sole beneficiary, your spouse may either elect to treat the contract as his/her own, so long as he or she is eligible to do so, or elect an annuity payout plan or another plan agreed to by us. If your spouse elects a payout option, the payouts must begin no later than the year in which you would have reached age 72 (age 701/2 if the death occurred before Jan. 1, 2020). If you attained age 72 at the time of death, payouts must begin no later than Dec. 31 of the year following the year of your death.
	Your spouse may elect to assume ownership of the contract at any time before annuity payouts begin. If your spouse elects to assume ownership of the contract, the contract value will be equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. There will be no withdrawal charges on the contract from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, your spouse and the new annuitant (if applicable) will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract. The Accumulation Protector Benefit,SecureSource – Single Life, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life or Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit riders, if selected, will continue. Continuance of the Benefit Protector rider is optional. (See “Optional Benefits.”)
•	Non-spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if death occurs on or after Jan. 1, 2020, the beneficiary is required to withdraw his or her entire inherited interest within 10 years of the time of death of the owner unless they qualify as an “eligible designated beneficiary.” Eligible designated beneficiaries may continue to take proceeds out over their life expectancy. Eligible designated beneficiaries include:

• the surviving spouse;

58    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• a lawful child of the owner under the age of majority (remaining amount must be withdrawn within 10 years, once the child reaches the age of majority);

• disabled within the meaning of Code section 72(m)(7);

• chronically ill within the meaning of Code section 7702B(c)(2);

• any other person who is not more than 10 years younger than the owner.

However, non-natural beneficiaries, such as estates and charities, are subject to a five-year rule to distribute the IRA. We will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless the beneficiary elects to receive payouts under a payout plan available under this contract and:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin, no later than one year following the year of your death; and

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy for an eligible designated beneficiary. (Payout plans are limited if the beneficiary is not an eligible designated beneficiary.)

• Spouse and Non-spouse beneficiary: If a beneficiary elects an alternative payment plan which is an inherited IRA, all optional death benefits and living benefits will terminate. In the event of your beneficiary’s death, their beneficiary can elect to take a lump sum payment or annuitize the contract to deplete it within 10 years of your beneficiary’s death

• Annuity payout plan: If you elect an annuity payout plan, the payouts to your beneficiary may continue depending on the annuity payout plan you elect, subject to adjustment to comply with the IRS rules and regulations.

How we handle contracts under unclaimed property laws

Every state has unclaimed property laws which generally declare annuity contracts to be abandoned after a period of inactivity of one to five years from either 1) the contract’s maturity date (the latest day on which income payments may begin under the contract) or 2) the date the death benefit is due and payable. If a contract matures or we determine a death benefit is payable, we will use our best efforts to locate you or designated beneficiaries. If we are unable to locate you or a beneficiary, proceeds will be paid to the abandoned property division or unclaimed property office of the state in which the beneficiary or you last resided, as shown in our books and records, or to our state of domicile. Generally, this surrender of property to the state is commonly referred to as “escheatment”. To avoid escheatment, and ensure an effective process for your beneficiaries, it is important that your personal address and beneficiary designations are up to date, including complete names, date of birth, current addresses and phone numbers, and taxpayer identification numbers for each beneficiary. Updates to your address or beneficiary designations should be sent to our Service Center.

Escheatment may also be required by law if a known beneficiary fails to demand or present an instrument or document to claim the death benefit in a timely manner, creating a presumption of abandonment. If your beneficiary steps forward (with the proper documentation) to claim escheated annuity proceeds, the state is obligated to pay any such proceeds it is holding.

For nonqualified annuities, non-spousal death benefits are generally required to be distributed and taxed within five years from the date of death of the owner/annuitant or the unclaimed death benefits will be presumed abandoned and subject to escheatment.

Optional Benefits

The assets held in our general account support the guarantees under your contract, including optional death benefits and optional living benefits. To the extent that we are required to pay you amounts in addition to your contract value under these benefits, such amounts will come from our general account assets. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of insurance and financial products as well, and we also pay our obligations under these products from assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account.

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    59

Optional Living Benefits

Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider

The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional charge. The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may provide a guaranteed contract value at the end of the specified waiting period on the benefit date, but not until then, under the following circumstances:

On the benefit date, if:	Then your Accumulation Protector Benefit rider benefit is:
The Minimum Contract Accumulation Value (defined below) as determined under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider is greater than your contract value,	The contract value is increased on the benefit date to equal the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value as determined under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider on the benefit date.
The contract value is equal to or greater than the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value as determined under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider,	Zero; in this case, the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider ends without value and no benefit is payable.

If the contract value falls to zero as the result of adverse market performance or the deduction of fees and/or charges at any time during the waiting period and before the benefit date, the contract and all riders, including the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider will terminate without value and no benefits will be paid. Exception: If you are still living on the benefit date, we will pay you an amount equal to the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value as determined under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider on the valuation date your contract value reached zero.

If this rider is available in your state, you may elect the Accumulation Protector Benefit at the time you purchase your contract and the rider effective date will be the contract issue date. The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may not be terminated once you have elected it, except as described in the “Terminating the Rider” section below. An additional charge for the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider will be assessed annually during the waiting period. The rider ends when the waiting period expires and no further benefit will be payable and no further fees for the rider will be deducted. After the waiting period, you have the following options:

• Continue your contract;

• Take partial withdrawals or make a full withdrawal; or

• Annuitize your contract to create a guaranteed income stream.

The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may not be purchased with the optionalSecureSource, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit riders or any Income Assurer Benefit rider.

The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may not be available in all states.

You should consider whether an Accumulation Protector Benefit rider is appropriate for you because:

• you must be invested in one of the approved investment options. This requirement limits your choice of investments. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, one-year fixed account (if included)
and GPAs that are available under the contract to contract owners who do not elect this rider (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds”);

• you may not make additional purchase payments to your contract during the waiting period after the first 180 days immediately following the effective date of the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider;

• if you purchase this annuity as a qualified annuity, for example, an IRA, you may need to take partial withdrawals from your contract to satisfy the minimum distribution requirements of the Code (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Partial withdrawals, including those you take to satisfy RMDs, will reduce any potential benefit that the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider provides. You should consult your tax advisor if you have any questions about the use of this rider in your tax situation;

• if you think you may withdraw all of your contract value before you have held your contract with this benefit rider attached for 10 years, or you are considering selecting an annuity payout option within 10 years of the effective date of your contract, you should consider whether this optional benefit is right for you. You must hold the contract a minimum of 10 years from the effective date of the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, which is the length of the waiting period under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, in order to receive the benefit, if any, provided by the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. In some cases, as described below, you may need to hold the contract longer than 10 years in order to qualify for any benefit the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may provide;

• the 10 year waiting period under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider will restart if you exercise the elective step up option (described below) or your surviving spouse exercises the spousal continuation elective step up (described below); and

• the 10 year waiting period under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may be restarted if you elect to change your investment option to one that causes the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider charge to increase (see “Charges”).

60    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether an Accumulation Protector Benefit rider is appropriate for your situation.

Here are some general terms that are used to describe the operation of the Accumulation Protector Benefit:

Benefit Date: This is the first valuation date immediately following the expiration of the waiting period.

Minimum Contract Accumulation Value (MCAV): An amount calculated under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. The contract value will be increased to equal the MCAV on the benefit date if the contract value on the benefit date is less than the MCAV on the benefit date.

Adjustments for Partial Withdrawals: The adjustment made for each partial withdrawal from the contract is equal to the amount derived from multiplying (a) and (b) where:

(a)	is 1 minus the ratio of the contract value on the date of (but immediately after) the partial withdrawal to the contract value on the date of (but immediately prior to) the partial withdrawal; and
(b)	is the MCAV on the date of (but immediately prior to) the partial withdrawal.

Waiting Period: The waiting period for the rider is 10 years.

We reserve the right to restart the waiting period on the latest contract anniversary if you change your investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider charge for new contract owners, or if you change your asset allocation investment option after we have exercised our rights to charge a separate charge for each investment option.

Your initial MCAV is equal to your initial purchase payment and any purchase payment credit. It is increased by the amount of any subsequent purchase payments plus any purchase payment credits received within the first 180 days that the rider is effective. It is reduced by adjustments for any partial withdrawals made during the waiting period.

Automatic Step Up

On each contract anniversary after the effective date of the rider, the MCAV will be set to the greater of:

1.	80% of the contract value on the contract anniversary (after charges are deducted); or
2.	the MCAV immediately prior to the automatic step-up.

The automatic step up does not create contract value, guarantee the performance of any investment option, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn or paid upon death. Rather, the automatic step-up is an interim calculation used to arrive at the final MCAV, which is used to determine whether a benefit will be paid under the rider on the benefit date.

The automatic step up of the MCAV does not restart the waiting period or increase the charge (although the total fee for the rider may increase).

Elective Step Up Option

Within thirty days following each contract anniversary after the rider effective date, but prior to the benefit date, you may notify us in writing that you wish to exercise the annual elective step-up option. You may exercise this elective step-up option only once per contract year during this 30 day period. If your contract value (after charges are deducted) on the valuation date we receive your written request to step-up is greater than the MCAV on that date, your MCAV will increase to 100% of that contract value.

We may increase the fee for your rider (see “Charges — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider Charge”). The revised fee would apply to your rider if you exercise the annual elective step up, your MCAV is increased as a result, and the revised fee is higher than your annual rider fee before the elective step-up. Elective step-ups will also result in a restart of the waiting period as of the most recent contract anniversary.

The elective step up does not create contract value, guarantee the performance of any investment option, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn or paid upon death. Rather, the elective step-up is an interim calculation used to arrive at the final MCAV, which is used to determine whether a benefit will be paid under the rider on the benefit date.

The elective step-up option is not available to non-spouse beneficiaries that continue the contract during the waiting period.

We have the right to restrict the elective step up option on inherited IRAs, but we currently allow them. Please consider carefully if an elective step up is appropriate if you own an inherited IRA because the elective step up will restart the waiting period and the required minimum distributions for an inherited IRA may significantly decrease the future benefit payable under this rider. We reserve the right to restrict the elective step-up option on inherited IRAs in the future.

The elective step-up option is not available if the benefit date would be after the retirement date. (see “The Retirement Date” section for retirement date options)

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    61

Spousal Continuation

If a spouse chooses to continue the contract under the spousal continuation provision, the rider will continue as part of the contract. Once, within the thirty days following the date of spousal continuation, the spouse may choose to exercise an elective step-up. The spousal continuation elective step-up is in addition to the annual elective step-up. If the contract value on the valuation date we receive the written request to exercise this option is greater than the MCAV on that date, we will increase the MCAV to that contract value. If the MCAV is increased as a result of the elective step-up and we have increased the charge for the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, the spouse will pay the charge that is in effect on the valuation date we receive their written request to step-up. In addition, the waiting period will restart as of the most recent contract anniversary.

Terminating the Rider

The rider will terminate under the following conditions:

The rider will terminate before the benefit date without paying a benefit on the date:

• you take a full withdrawal; or

• annuitization begins; or

• the contract terminates as a result of the death benefit being paid.

The rider will terminate on the benefit date.

For an example, see Appendix D.

SecureSource Rider

There are two optionalSecureSource riders available under your contract:

• SecureSource – Single Life; or

• SecureSource – Joint Life.

The information in this section applies to bothSecureSource riders, unless otherwise noted.

TheSecureSource – Single Life rider covers one person. TheSecureSource – Joint Life Rider covers two spouses jointly who are named at contract issue. You may elect only theSecureSource – Single Life rider or theSecureSource – Joint Life rider, not both, and you may not switch riders later. You must elect the rider when you purchase your contract. The rider effective date will be the contract issue date.

TheSecureSource rider is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge if:

• your contract application was signed on or after May 1, 2007; and

• Single Life:you and the annuitant are 80 or younger on the date the contract is issued; or

• Joint Life: you and your spouse are 80 or younger on the date the contract is issued.

TheSecureSource rider is not available under an inherited qualified annuity.

TheSecureSource rider guarantees (unless the rider is terminated. See “Rider Termination” heading below.) that regardless of the investment performance of your contract you will be able to withdraw up to a certain amount each year from the contract before the annuity payouts begin until:

• Single Life: you have recovered at minimum all of your purchase payments or, if later, until death (see “At Death” heading below) — even if the contract value is zero.

• Joint Life: you have recovered at minimum all of your purchase payments or, if later, until the death of the last surviving covered spouse (see “Joint Life only: Covered Spouses” and “At Death” headings below), even if the contract value is zero.

TheSecureSource rider may be appropriate for you if you intend to make periodic withdrawals from your annuity contract and wish to ensure that market performance will not adversely affect your ability to withdraw your principal over time.

Under the terms of theSecureSource rider, the calculation of the amount which can be withdrawn in each contract year varies depending on several factors, including but not limited to the waiting period (see “Waiting period” heading below) and whether or not the lifetime withdrawal benefit has become effective:

(1) The basic withdrawal benefit gives you the right to take limited withdrawals in each contract year and guarantees that over time the withdrawals will total an amount equal to, at minimum, your purchase payments (unless the rider is terminated. See “Rider Termination” heading below). Key terms associated with the basic withdrawal benefit are “Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP)", “Remaining Benefit Payment (RBP)", “Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA)” and “Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA).” See these headings below for more information.

62    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

(2)	The lifetime withdrawal benefit gives you the right, under certain limited circumstances defined in the rider, to take limited withdrawals until the later of:
•	Single Life: death (see “At Death” heading below) or until the RBA (under the basic withdrawal benefit) is reduced to zero (unless the rider is terminated. See “Rider Termination” heading below);
•	Joint Life: death of the last surviving covered spouse (see “At Death” heading below) or until the RBA (under the basic withdrawal benefit) is reduced to zero (unless the rider is terminated. See “Rider Termination” heading below).

Key terms associated with the lifetime withdrawal benefit are “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)”, “Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (RALP)”, “Single Life only: Covered Person”, “Joint Life only: Covered Spouses” and “Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA).” See these headings below for more information.

Only the basic withdrawal benefit will be in effect prior to the date that the lifetime withdrawal benefit becomes effective. The lifetime withdrawal benefit becomes effective automatically on the rider anniversary date after the:

• Single Life: covered person reaches age 65, or the rider effective date if the covered person is age 65 or older on the rider effective date (see “Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA)” heading below);

• Joint Life: younger covered spouse reaches age 65, or the rider effective date if the younger covered spouse is age 65 or older on the rider effective date (see “Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA)” and “Annual Lifetime Payments (ALP)” headings below).

Provided annuity payouts have not begun, theSecureSource rider guarantees that you may take the following withdrawal amounts each contract year:

• Before the establishment of the ALP, the rider guarantees that each year you have the option to cumulatively withdraw an amount equal to the value of the RBP at the beginning of the contract year;

• After the establishment of the ALP, the rider guarantees that each year you have the option to cumulatively withdraw an amount equal to the value of the RALP or the RBP at the beginning of the contract year, but the rider does not guarantee withdrawal of the sum of both the RALP and the RBP in a contract year.

If you withdraw less than the allowed withdrawal amount in a contract year, the unused portion cannot be carried over to the next contract year. As long as your withdrawals in each contract year do not exceed the annual withdrawal amount allowed under the rider:

• Single Life:and there has not been a contract ownership change or spousal continuation of the contract, the guaranteed amounts available for withdrawal will not decrease;

• Joint Life: the guaranteed amounts available for withdrawal will not decrease.

If you withdraw more than the allowed withdrawal amount in a contract year, we call this an “excess withdrawal” under the rider. Excess withdrawals trigger an adjustment of a benefit’s guaranteed amount, which may cause it to be reduced (see “GBA Excess Withdrawal Processing,” “RBA Excess Withdrawal Processing,” and “ALP Excess Withdrawal Processing” headings below).

Please note that basic withdrawal benefit and lifetime withdrawal benefit each has its own definition of the allowed annual withdrawal amount. Therefore a withdrawal may be considered an excess withdrawal for purposes of the lifetime withdrawal benefit only, the basic withdrawal benefit only, or both.

If your withdrawals exceed the greater of the RBP or the RALP, withdrawal charges under the terms of the contract may apply (see “Charges — Withdrawal Charges”). The amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable withdrawal charge. Market value adjustments, if applicable, will also be made (see “Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs) — Market Value Adjustment”). We pay you the amount you request. Any withdrawals you take under the contract will reduce the value of the death benefits (see “Benefits in Case of Death”). Upon full withdrawal of the contract, you will receive the remaining contract value less any applicable charges (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Withdrawals”).

The rider’s guaranteed amounts can be increased at the specified intervals if your contract value has increased. An annual step up feature is available at each contract anniversary, subject to certain conditions, and may be applied automatically to your contract or may require you to elect the step up (see “Annual Step Up” heading below). If you exercise the annual step up election, the spousal continuation step up election (see “Spousal Continuation Step Up” heading below) or change your Portfolio Navigator model portfolio, the rider charge may change (see “Charges”).

If you take withdrawals during the waiting period, any prior steps ups applied will be reversed and step ups will not be available until the end of the waiting period. You may take withdrawals after the waiting period without reversal of prior step ups.

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    63

You should consider whether aSecureSource rider is appropriate for you because:

You will begin paying the rider charge as of the rider effective date, even if you do not begin taking withdrawals for many years. It is possible that your contract performance, fees and charges, and withdrawal pattern may be such that your contract value will not be depleted in your lifetime and you will not receive any monetary value under the rider.

• Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit Limitations: The lifetime withdrawal benefit is subject to certain limitations, including but not limited to:

(a) Single Life: Once the contract value equals zero, payments are made for as long as the oldest owner or annuitant is living (see “If Contract Value Reduces to Zero” heading below). However, if the contract value is greater than zero, the lifetime withdrawal benefit terminates at the first death of any owner or annuitant except as otherwise provided below (see “At Death” heading below). Therefore, if there are multiple contract owners or the annuitant is not an owner, the rider may terminate or the lifetime withdrawal benefit may be reduced. This possibility may present itself when:

(i)	There are multiple contract owners — when one of the contract owners dies the benefit terminates even though other contract owners are still living (except if the contract is continued under the spousal continuation provision of the contact); or
(ii)	The owner and the annuitant are not the same persons — if the annuitant dies before the owner, the benefit terminates even though the owner is still living. This could happen, for example, when the owner is younger than the annuitant. This risk increases as the age difference between owner and annuitant increases.

Joint Life: Once the contract value equals zero, payments are made for as long as either covered spouse is living (see “If Contract Value Reduces to Zero” heading below). However, if the contract value is greater than zero, the lifetime withdrawal benefit terminates at the death of the last surviving covered spouse (see “At Death” heading below).

(b)	Excess withdrawals can reduce the ALP to zero even though the GBA, RBA, GBP and/or RBP values are greater than zero. If the both the ALP and the contract value are zero, the lifetime withdrawal benefit will terminate.
(c)	When the lifetime withdrawal benefit is first established, the initial ALP is based on

(i)	Single Life: the basic withdrawal benefit’s RBA at that time (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below), unless there has been a spousal continuation or ownership change; or
(ii)	Joint Life: the basic withdrawal benefit’s RBA at that time (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below).

Any withdrawal you take before the ALP is established reduces the RBA and therefore may result in a lower amount of lifetime withdrawals you are allowed to take.

(d) Withdrawals can reduce both the contract value and the RBA to zero prior to the establishment of the ALP. If this happens, the contract and the rider will terminate.

•

Investment Allocation Restrictions: You must be invested in one of the approved investment options. These funds are expected to reduce our financial risks and expenses associated with certain living benefits. Although the funds’ investment strategies may help mitigate declines in your contract value due to declining equity markets, the funds’ investment strategies may also curb your contract value gains during periods of positive performance by the equity markets. Additionally, investment in the funds may decrease the number and amount of any benefit base increase opportunities. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds: Volatility and Volatility Management Risk with the Portfolio Stabilizer funds” section.) We reserve the right to add, remove, or substitute approved investment options in the future. This requirement limits your choice of investments. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, GPAs or the one-year fixed account that are available under the contract to contract owners who do not elect the rider. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer funds.”) You may allocate qualifying purchase payments to the DCA fixed account, when available (see “DCA Fixed Account”), and we will make monthly transfers into the investment option you have chosen. You may make two elective investment option changes per contract year; we reserve the right to limit elective investment option changes if required to comply with the written instructions of a fund (see “Market Timing”).

The following provisions apply to contracts invested in a Portfolio Navigator fund:

• you can allocate your contract value to any Portfolio Navigator fund during the following times: (1) prior to your first withdrawal and (2) following a benefit reset as described below but prior to any subsequent withdrawal. During these accumulation phases, you may request to change your investment option to any available investment option.

• Immediately following a withdrawal your contract value will be reallocated to the target investment option as shown in your contract if your current investment option is more aggressive than the target investment option. If you are in a static model portfolio, this reallocation will be made to the applicable fund of funds investment option. This automatic reallocation is not included in the total number of allowed model changes per contract year and will not

64    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

cause your rider fee to increase. The target investment option is currently the Moderate investment option. We reserve the right to change the target investment option to an investment option that is more aggressive than the current target investment option after 30 days written notice.

•

After you have taken a withdrawal and prior to any benefit reset as described below, you are in a withdrawal phase. During withdrawal phases you may request to change your investment option to the target investment option investment option that is more conservative than the target investment option without a benefit reset as described below. If you are in a withdrawal phase and you choose to allocate your contract value to an investment option that is more aggressive than the target investment option, your rider benefit will be reset as follows:

(a) the total GBA will be reset to the lesser of its current value or the contract value; and

(b) the total RBA will be reset to the lesser of its current value or the contract value; and

(c) the ALP, if established, will be reset to the lesser of its current value or 6% of the contract value; and

(d) the GBP will be recalculated as described below, based on the reset GBA and RBA; and

(e) the RBP will be recalculated as the reset GBP less all prior withdrawals made during the current contract year, but not be less than zero; and

(f) the RALP will be recalculated as the reset ALP less all prior withdrawals made during the current contract year, but not be less than zero.

You may request to change your investment option by written request on an authorized form or by another method agreed to by us.

•	Limitations on Purchase of Other Riders under your Contract: You may elect only theSecureSource – Single Life rider or theSecureSource – Joint Life rider. If you elect theSecureSource rider, you may not elect the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider.
•	Non-Cancelable: Once elected, theSecureSource rider may not be cancelled (except as provided under “Rider Termination” heading below) and the fee will continue to be deducted until the contract or rider is terminated or the contract value reduces to zero (described below). Dissolution of marriage does not terminate theSecureSource – Joint Life rider and will not reduce the fee we charge for this rider. The benefit under theSecureSource – Joint Life rider continues for the covered spouse who is the owner of the contract (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural ownership). The rider will terminate at the death of the contract owner (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural ownership) because the original spouse will be unable to elect the spousal continuation provision of the contract (see “Joint Life only: Covered Spouses” below).
•	Joint Life:Limitations on Contract Owners, Annuitants and Beneficiaries: Since the joint life benefit will terminate unless the surviving covered spouse continues the contract under the spousal continuation provision of the contract upon the owner’s death, only ownership arrangements that permit such continuation are allowed at rider issue. In general, the covered spouses should be joint owners, or one covered spouse should be the owner and the other covered spouse should be named as the sole primary beneficiary. You are responsible for establishing ownership arrangements that will allow for spousal continuation.
	If you select theSecureSource – Joint Life rider, please consider carefully whether or not you wish to change the beneficiary of your annuity contract. The rider will terminate if the surviving covered spouse can not utilize the spousal continuation provision of the contract when the death benefit is payable.
•	Limitations on Purchase Payments: We reserve the right to limit the cumulative amount of purchase payments (subject to state restrictions), which may limit your ability to make additional purchase payments to increase your contract value as you may have originally intended. For current purchase payment restrictions, please see “Buying Your Contract —Purchase Payments”.
•	Interaction with Total Free Amount (FA) contract provision: The FA is the amount you are allowed to withdraw from the contract in each contract year without incurring a withdrawal charge (see “Charges — Withdrawal Charge”). The FA may be greater than the RBP or RALP under this rider. Any amount you withdraw under the contract’s FA provision that exceeds the RBP or RALP is subject to the excess withdrawal processing described below for the GBA, RBA and ALP.

You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of the rider in your tax situation because:

• Tax Considerations for Nonqualified Annuities: Under current federal income tax law, withdrawals under nonqualified annuities, including withdrawals taken from the contract under the terms of the rider, are treated less favorably than amounts received as annuity payments under the contract (see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities”). Withdrawals are taxable income to the extent of earnings. Withdrawals of earnings before age 59½ may also incur a 10% IRS early withdrawal penalty. You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of the rider in your tax situation.

• Tax Considerations for Qualified Annuities: Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    65

	Distributions”). If you have a qualified annuity, you may need to take an RMD that exceeds the specified amount of withdrawal available under the rider. Withdrawals in any contract year that exceed the guaranteed amount available for withdrawal may reduce future benefits guaranteed under the rider. While the rider permits certain excess withdrawals to be made for the purpose of satisfying RMD requirements for your contract alone without reducing future benefits guaranteed under the rider, there can be no guarantee that changes in the federal income tax law after the effective date of the rider will not require a larger RMD to be taken, in which case, future guaranteed withdrawals under the rider could be reduced. See Appendix E for additional information.
•	Treatment of non-spousal distributions: Unless you are married your beneficiary will be required to take distributions as a non-spouse which may result in significantly decreasing the value of the rider.
	Please note civil unions and domestic partnerships generally are not recognized as marriages for federal tax purposes. For additional information see “Taxes — Other — Spousal status” section of this prospectus.
•	Limitations on Tax -Sheltered Annuities (TSAs):Your right to take withdrawals is restricted if your contract is a TSA (see “TSA — Special Provisions”).

Key terms and provisions of theSecureSource rider are described below:

Withdrawal: The amount by which your contract value is reduced as a result of any withdrawal request. It may differ from the amount of your request due to any withdrawal charge and any market value adjustment.

Waiting period: Any period of time starting on the rider effective date during which the annual step up is not available if you take withdrawals. Currently, there is no waiting period. For contracts purchased prior to June 1, 2008, the waiting period is three years.

Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA): The total cumulative withdrawals guaranteed by the rider under the basic withdrawal benefit. The maximum GBA is $5,000,000. The GBA cannot be withdrawn and is not payable as a death benefit. It is an interim value used to calculate the amount available for withdrawals each year under the basic withdrawal benefit (see “Guaranteed Benefit Payment” below). At any time, the total GBA is the sum of the individual GBAs associated with each purchase payment.

The GBA is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At contract issue — the GBA is equal to the initial purchase payment.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own GBA equal to the amount of the purchase payment.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When an individual RBA is reduced to zero — the GBA that is associated with that RBA will also be set to zero.

• When you make a withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up — Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the GBA associated with each purchase payment will be reset to the amount of that purchase payment. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first withdrawal is made.

• When you make a withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the total RBP — the GBA remains unchanged. If there have been multiple purchase payments, both the total GBA and each payment’s GBA remain unchanged.
(b)	is greater than the total RBP —GBA excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the GBA. If the withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing is applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

GBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The total GBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the total GBA immediately prior to the withdrawal; or (b) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s GBA after the withdrawal will be reset to equal that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal plus (a) times (b), where:

(a)	is the ratio of the total GBA after the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal to the total GBA before the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal; and
(b)	is each payment’s GBA before the withdrawal less that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal.

Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA): Each withdrawal you make reduces the amount that is guaranteed by the rider as future withdrawals. At any point in time, the RBA equals the amount of GBA that remains available for withdrawals for the remainder of the contract’s life, and total RBA is the sum of the individual RBAs associated with each purchase payment. The maximum RBA is $5,000,000.

The RBA is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At contract issue — the RBA is equal to the initial purchase payment.

66    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own RBA initially set equal to that payment’s GBA (the amount of the purchase payment).

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When you make a withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up — Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the RBA associated with each purchase payment will be reset to the amount of that purchase payment. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first withdrawal is made.

• When you make a withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the total RBP — the total RBA is reduced by the amount of the withdrawal. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s RBA is reduced in proportion to its RBP.
(b)	is greater than the total RBP —RBA excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the RBA. If the withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing is applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

RBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The total RBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal, or (b) the total RBA immediately prior to the withdrawal, less the amount of the withdrawal.

If there have been multiple purchase payments, both the total RBA and each payment’s RBA will be reset. The total RBA will be reset according to the excess withdrawal processing described above. Each payment’s RBA will be reset in the following manner:

1.	The withdrawal amount up to the total RBP is taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its individual RBP at the time of the withdrawal; and
2.	The withdrawal amount above the total RBP and any amount determined by the excess withdrawal processing are taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its RBA at the time of the withdrawal.

Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP): At any time, the amount available for withdrawal in each contract year after the waiting period, until the RBA is reduced to zero, under the basic withdrawal benefit. At any point in time, each purchase payment has its own GBP, which is equal to the lesser of that payment’s RBA or 7% of that payment’s GBA, and the total GBP is the sum of the individual GBPs.

During the waiting period, the guaranteed annual withdrawal amount may be less than the GBP due to the limitations the waiting period imposes on your ability to utilize both annual step-ups and withdrawals (see “Waiting Period” heading above). The guaranteed annual withdrawal amount during the waiting period is equal to the value of the RBP at the beginning of the contract year.

The GBP is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At contract issue — the GBP is established as 7% of the GBA value.

• At each contract anniversary — each payment’s GBP is reset to the lesser of that payment’s RBA or 7% of that payment’s GBA value.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own GBP equal to 7% of the purchase payment amount.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When an individual RBA is reduced to zero — the GBP associated with that RBA will also be reset to zero.

• When you make a withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up — Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the GBA and the RBA associated with each purchase payment will be reset to the amount of that purchase payment. Each payment’s GBP will be reset to 7% of that purchase payment. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first withdrawal is made.

• When you make a withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the total RBP — the GBP remains unchanged.
(b)	is greater than the total RBP — each payment’s GBP is reset to the lesser of that payment’s RBA or 7% of that payment’s GBA value, based on the RBA and GBA after the withdrawal. If the withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing is applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

Remaining Benefit Payment (RBP): The amount available for withdrawal for the remainder of the contract year under the basic withdrawal benefit. At any point in time, the total RBP is the sum of the RBPs for each purchase payment. During the waiting period, when the guaranteed amount may be less than the GBP, the value of the RBP at the beginning of the contract year will be that amount that is actually guaranteed each contract year.

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    67

The RBP is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At the beginning of each contract year during the waiting period and prior to any withdrawal — the RBP for each purchase payment is set equal to that purchase payment multiplied by 7%.

• At the beginning of any other contract year — the RBP for each purchase payment is set equal to that purchase payment’s GBP.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own RBP equal to that payment’s GBP.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• At spousal continuation — (see “Spousal Option to Continue the Contract” heading below).

• When an individual RBA is reduced to zero— the RBP associated with that RBA will also be reset to zero.

• When you make any withdrawal — the total RBP is reset to equal the total RBP immediately prior to the withdrawal less the amount of the withdrawal, but not less than zero. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s RBP is reduced proportionately.If you withdraw an amount greater than the RBP, GBA excess withdrawal processing and RBA excess withdrawal processing are applied and the amount available for future withdrawals for the remainder of the contract’s life may be reduced by more than the amount of withdrawal. When determining if a withdrawal will result in the excess withdrawal processing, the applicable RBP will not yet reflect the amount of the current withdrawal.

Single Life only: Covered Person: The person whose life is used to determine when the ALP is established, and the duration of the ALP payments (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below). The covered person is the oldest contract owner or annuitant. If the owner is a nonnatural person, i.e., a trust or corporation, the covered person is the oldest annuitant. A spousal continuation or a change of contract ownership may reduce the amount of the lifetime withdrawal benefit and may change the covered person.

Joint Life only: Covered Spouses: The contract owner and his or her legally married spouse as defined under federal law, as named on the application for as long as the marriage is valid and in effect. If the contract owner is a nonnatural person (e.g., a trust), the covered spouses are the annuitant and the legally married spouse of the annuitant. The covered spouses lives are used to determine when the ALP is established, and the duration of the ALP payments (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below). The covered spouses are established on the rider effective date and cannot be changed.

Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA):

• Single Life: The covered person’s age after which time the lifetime benefit can be established. Currently, the lifetime benefit can be established on the later of the contract effective date or the contract anniversary date on/following the date the covered person reaches age 65.

• Joint Life:The age of the younger covered spouse at which time the lifetime benefit is established.

Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP): Once established, the ALP under the lifetime withdrawal benefit is at any time the amount available for withdrawals in each contract year after the waiting period until the later of:

• Single Life: death; or

• Joint Life: death of the last surviving covered spouse; or

• the RBA is reduced to zero.

The maximum ALP is $300,000. Prior to establishment of the ALP, the lifetime withdrawal benefit is not in effect and the ALP is zero.

During the waiting period, the guaranteed annual lifetime withdrawal amount may be less than the ALP due to the limitations the waiting period imposes on your ability to utilize both annual step-ups and withdrawals (see “Waiting Period” heading above). The guaranteed annual lifetime withdrawal amount during the waiting period is equal to the value of the RALP at the beginning of the contract year.

The ALP is determined at the following times:

• Single Life: The later of the contract effective date or the contract anniversary date on/following the date the covered person reaches age 65 — the ALP is established as 6% of the total RBA.

• Joint Life: The ALP is established as 6% of the total RBA on the earliest of the following dates:

(a)	the rider effective date if the younger covered spouse has already reached age 65.
(b)	the rider anniversary on/following the date the younger covered spouse reaches age 65.
(c)	upon the first death of a covered spouse, then

68    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

(1)	the date we receive written request when the death benefit is not payable and the surviving covered spouse has already reached age 65; or
(2)	the date spousal continuation is effective when the death benefit is payable and the surviving covered spouse has already reached age 65; or
(3)	the rider anniversary on/following the date the surviving covered spouse reaches age 65.

(d) Following dissolution of marriage of the covered spouses,

(1)	the date we receive written request if the remaining covered spouse who is the owner (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural ownership) has already reached age 65; or
(2)	the rider anniversary on/following the date the remaining covered spouse who is the owner (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural ownership) reaches age 65.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment increases the ALP by 6% of the amount of the purchase payment.

• At step ups — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• Single Life: At spousal continuation or contract ownership change — (see “Spousal Option to Continue the Contract” and “Contract Ownership Change” headings below).

• When you make a withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up — Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the ALP will be reset to equal total purchase payments multiplied by 6%. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first withdrawal is made.

• When you make a withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the RALP — the ALP remains unchanged.
(b)	is greater than the RALP —ALP excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the ALP. If the withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing is applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

20% Rider Credit (for contracts with applications signed on or after June 1, 2008)

If you do not make a withdrawal during the first three rider years, then a 20% rider credit may increase your ALP. This credit is 20% of purchase payments received in the first 180 days that the rider is in effect and is used to establish the enhanced lifetime base. The enhanced lifetime base is an amount that may be used to increase the ALP. The 20% rider credit does not increase the basic withdrawal benefit or the contract value. Because step ups may increase your ALP, they may reduce or eliminate any benefit of the 20% rider credit.

Enhanced Lifetime Base (for contracts with applications signed on or after June 1, 2008)

The enhanced lifetime base will be established initially on the third rider anniversary. If you do not make a withdrawal during the first three rider years, then the enhanced lifetime base will be the sum of all purchase payments received during the first three rider years and the 20% rider credit. If you make a withdrawal during the first three rider years, then the 20% rider credit does not apply and the enhanced lifetime base will be established as zero and will always be zero.

The maximum enhanced lifetime base at any time is $5,000,000.

If the enhanced lifetime base is greater than zero, then it will:

• increase by the amount of any purchase payments received on or after the third rider anniversary.

• be reduced by any withdrawal in the same proportion as the withdrawal reduces the RBA and, if the withdrawal exceeds the RBP, it will then be set to the lesser of this reduced value and the contract value immediately following the withdrawal.

• be set to the lesser of its current value and the contract value, if you choose an asset allocation model that is more aggressive than the target model while you are in the withdrawal phase.

If any of the following events occur, then the enhanced lifetime base will be established as or reset to zero and will always be zero:

• The total RBA is reduced to zero.

• You selected the Single Life rider, and there is a change in the covered person, including changes due to spousal continuations and ownership changes.

The enhanced lifetime base is an amount that may be used to increase the ALP and cannot be withdrawn or annuitized.

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    69

Increase in ALP because of the Enhanced Lifetime Base (for contracts with applications signed on or after June 1, 2008)

As of the later of the third rider anniversary and the date the initial ALP is established, the ALP will be increased to equal the enhanced lifetime base multiplied by 6%, if this amount is greater than the current ALP. Thereafter, the enhanced lifetime base will always be zero.

ALP Excess Withdrawal Processing

The ALP is reset to the lesser of the ALP immediately prior to the withdrawal, or 6% of the contract value immediately following the withdrawal.

Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (RALP): The amount available for withdrawal for the remainder of the contract year under the lifetime withdrawal benefit. During the waiting period, when the guaranteed annual withdrawal amount may be less than the ALP, the value of the RALP at the beginning of the contract year will be the amount that is actually guaranteed each contract year. Prior to establishment of the ALP, the lifetime withdrawal benefit is not in effect and the RALP is zero.

The RALP is determined at the following times:

• The RALP is established at the same time as the ALP, and:

(a)	During the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals— the RALP is established equal to 6% of purchase payments plus any purchase payment credits.
(b)	At any other time — the RALP is established equal to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the contract year but not less than zero.

• At the beginning of each contract year during the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals — the RALP is set equal to the total purchase payments plus any purchase payment credits, multiplied by 6%.

• At the beginning of any other contract year — the RALP is set equal to ALP.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment increases the RALP by 6% of the purchase payment amount plus any purchase payment credits.

• At step ups — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When you make any withdrawal — the RALP equals the RALP immediately prior to the withdrawal less the amount of the withdrawal but not less than zero.If you withdraw an amount greater than the RALP, ALP excess withdrawal processing is applied and may reduce the amount available for future withdrawals. When determining if a withdrawal will result in excess withdrawal processing, the applicable RALP will not yet reflect the amount of the current withdrawal.

Required Minimum Distributions (RMD): If you are taking RMDs from your contract and your RMD calculated separately for your contract is greater than the RBP or the RALP on the most recent contract anniversary, the portion of your RMD that exceeds the RBP or RALP on the most recent rider anniversary will not be subject to excess withdrawal processing provided that the following conditions are met:

• The RMD is for your contract alone;

• The RMD is based on your recalculated life expectancy taken from the Uniform Lifetime Table under the Code; and

• The RMD amount is otherwise based on the requirements of section 401(a)(9), related Code provisions and regulations thereunder that were in effect on the effective date of the rider.

RMD rules follow the calendar year which most likely does not coincide with your contract year and therefore may limit when you can take your RMD and not be subject to excess withdrawal processing.

Withdrawal amounts greater than the RBP or RALP on the contract anniversary date that do not meet these conditions will result in excess withdrawal processing as described above. See Appendix E for additional information.

Step Up Date: The date any step up becomes effective, and depends on the type of step up being applied (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

Annual Step Up: Beginning with the first contract anniversary, an increase of the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and/or RALP values may be available. A step up does not create contract value, guarantee the performance of any investment option, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn or paid upon death. Rather, a step up determines the current values of the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP, and may extend the payment period or increase the allowable payment.

The annual step up may be available as described below, subject to the following rules:

• The annual step up is effective on the step up date.

• Only one step up is allowed each contract year.

• If you take any withdrawals during the waiting period, any previously applied step ups will be reversed and the Annual step up will not be available until the end of the waiting period.

70    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• On any rider anniversary where the RBA or, if established, the ALP would increase and the application of the step up would not increase the rider charge, the annual step up will be automatically applied to your contract, and the step up date is the contract anniversary date.

• If the application of the step up would increase the rider charge, the annual step up is not automatically applied. Instead, you have the option to step up for 30 days after the contract anniversary as long as either the contract value is greater than the total RBA or 6% of the contract value is greater than the ALP, if established, on the step-up date. If you exercise the elective annual step up option, you will pay the rider charge in effect on the step up date. If you wish to exercise the elective annual step up option, we must receive a request from you or your investment professional. The step up date is the date we receive your request to step up. If your request is received after the close of business, the step up date will be the next valuation day. If you request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up on or after Dec. 18, 2013, the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are invested at that time (see “Optional Living benefit Charges —SecureSource Rider fee”).Before you elect a step up resulting in an increased rider fee, you should carefully consider the benefit of the contract value gains you are locking-in and the increased rider fee compared to your other options including whether it is appropriate to consider moving to a fund with a lower corresponding rider fee.

• The ALP and RALP are not eligible for step ups until they are established. Prior to being established, the ALP and RALP values are both zero.

• Please note it is possible for the ALP to step up even if the RBA or GBA do not step up, and it is also possible for the RBA and GBA to step up even if the ALP does not step up.

The annual step up resets the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP values as follows:

• The total RBA will be reset to the greater of the total RBA immediately prior to the step up date or the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The total GBA will be reset to the greater of the total GBA immediately prior to the step up date or the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The total GBP will be reset using the calculation as described above based on the increased GBA and RBA.

• The total RBP will be reset as follows:

(a)	During the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals, the RBP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	At any other time, the RBP will be reset to the increased GBP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

• The ALP will be reset to the greater of the ALP immediately prior to the step up date or 6% of the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The RALP will be reset as follows:

(a)	During the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals, the RALP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	At any other time, the RALP will be reset to the increased ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

Spousal Option to Continue the Contract upon Owner’s Death (Spousal Continuation):

Single Life: If a surviving spouse elects to continue the contract and continues the contract as the new owner under the spousal continuation provision of the contract, theSecureSource – Single Life rider also continues. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate. When the spouse elects to continue the contract, any remaining waiting period is cancelled and any waiting period limitations on withdrawals and step-ups terminate; if the covered person changes due to spousal continuation the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP values are affected as follows:

• The GBA, RBA and GBP values remain unchanged.

• The RBP is automatically reset to the GBP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

• If the ALP has not yet been established and the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the date of continuation — the ALP will be established on the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65 as the lesser of the RBA or the contract anniversary value, multiplied by 6%. The RALP will be established on the same date equal to the ALP.

• If the ALP has not yet been established but the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the date of continuation — the ALP will be established on the date of continuation as the lesser of the RBA or the contract value, multiplied by 6%. The RALP will be established on the same date in an amount equal to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

• If the ALP has been established but the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the date of continuation — the ALP and RALP will be automatically reset to zero for the period of time beginning with the date of

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    71

	continuation and ending with the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65. At the end of this time period, the ALP will be reset to the lesser of the RBA or the anniversary contract value, multiplied by 6%, and the RALP will be reset to the ALP.
•	If the ALP has been established and the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the date of continuation— the ALP will be automatically reset to the lesser of the current ALP or 6% of the contract value on the date of continuation. The RALP will be reset to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

Please note that the lifetime withdrawal benefit amount may be reduced as a result of the spousal continuation.

Joint Life: If a surviving spouse is a covered spouse and elects the spousal continuation provision of the contract as the new owner, theSecureSource – Joint Life rider also continues. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate. When the spouse elects to continue the contract, any remaining waiting period is cancelled and any waiting period limitations on withdrawals and step-ups terminate. The surviving covered spouse can name a new beneficiary; however, a new covered spouse cannot be added to the rider.

Spousal Continuation Step Up: At the time of spousal continuation, a step-up may be available. All annual step-up rules (see “Annual Step-Up” heading above), other than those that apply to the waiting period, also apply to the spousal continuation step-up. If the spousal continuation step-up is processed automatically, the step-up date is the valuation date spousal continuation is effective. If not, the spouse must elect the step up and must do so within 30 days of the spousal continuation date. If the spouse elects the spousal continuation step up, the step-up date is the valuation date we receive the spouse’s written request to step-up if we receive the request by the close of business on that day, otherwise the next valuation date.

Rules for Withdrawal Provision of Your Contract: Minimum account values following a withdrawal no longer apply to your contract. For withdrawals, the withdrawal will be made from the variable subaccounts, guarantee period accounts (where available), the one-year fixed account (if applicable) and the DCA fixed account in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to the contract value. You cannot specify from which accounts the withdrawal is to be made.

If Contract Value Reduces to Zero: If the contract value reduces to zero and the total RBA remains greater than zero, you will be paid in the following scenarios:

1) The ALP has not yet been established and the contract value is reduced to zero as a result of fees or charges or a withdrawal that is less than or equal to the RBP. In this scenario, you can choose to:

(a)	receive the remaining schedule of GBPs until the RBA equals zero; or
(b)	Single Life: wait until the rider anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65, and then receive the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the covered person, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero; or
(c)	Joint Life: wait until the rider anniversary following the date the younger covered spouse reaches age 65, and then receive the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the last surviving covered spouse, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero.

We will notify you of this option. If no election is made, the ALP will be paid.

2) The ALP has been established and the contract value reduces to zero as a result of fees or charges, or a withdrawal that is less than or equal to both the RBP and the RALP. In this scenario, you can choose to receive:

(a)	the remaining schedule of GBPs until the RBA equals zero; or
(b)	Single Life: the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the covered person, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero; or
(c)	Joint Life: the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the last surviving covered spouse, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero.

We will notify you of this option. If no election is made, the ALP will be paid.

3)	The ALP has been established and the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RALP but less than or equal to the RBP. In this scenario, the remaining schedule of GBPs will be paid until the RBA equals zero.
4)	The ALP has been established and the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RBP but less than or equal to the RALP. In this scenario, the ALP will be paid annually until the death of the:

• Single Life: covered person;

• Joint Life: last surviving covered spouse.

72    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Under any of these scenarios:

• The annualized amounts will be paid to you in the frequency you elect. You may elect a frequency offered by us at the time payments begin. Available payment frequencies will be no less frequent than annually;

• We will no longer accept additional purchase payments;

• You will no longer be charged for the rider;

• Any attached death benefit riders will terminate; and

• Single Life: The death benefit becomes the remaining payments, if any, until the RBA is reduced to zero.

• Joint Life: If the owner had been receiving the ALP, upon the first death the ALP will continue to be paid annually until the later of: 1) the death of the last surviving covered spouse or 2) the RBA is reduced to zero. In all other situations the death benefit becomes the remaining payments, if any, until the RBA is reduced to zero.

TheSecureSource rider and the contract will terminate under either of the following two scenarios:

• If the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than both the RALP and the RBP. This is full withdrawal of the contract value.

• If the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RALP but less than or equal to the RBP, and the total RBA is reduced to zero.

At Death:

Single Life: If the contract value is greater than zero when the death benefit becomes payable, the beneficiary may: 1) elect to take the death benefit under the terms of the contract, 2) take the fixed payout option available under this rider, or 3) continue the contract under the spousal continuation provision of the contract above.

If the contract value equals zero and the death benefit becomes payable, the following will occur:

• If the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the GBP each year, the GBP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person dies and the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person is still alive and the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the later of the death of the covered person or the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person is still alive and the RBA equals zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the death of the covered person.

• If the covered person dies and the RBA equals zero, the benefit terminates. No further payments will be made.

Joint Life: If the death benefit becomes payable at the death of a covered spouse, the surviving covered spouse must utilize the spousal continuation provision of the contract and continue the contract as the new owner to continue the joint benefit. If spousal continuation is not available under the terms of the contract, the rider terminates. The lifetime benefit of this rider ends at the death of the last surviving covered spouse.

If the contract value is greater than zero when the death benefit becomes payable, the beneficiary may: 1) elect to take the death benefit under the terms of the contract, 2) take the fixed payout option available under this rider, or 3) continue the contract under the spousal continuation provision of the contract above.

If the contract value equals zero at the first death of a covered spouse, the ALP will continue to be paid annually until the later of: 1) the death of the last surviving covered spouse or 2) the RBA is reduced to zero.

If the contract value equals zero at the death of the last surviving covered spouse, the following will occur:

• If the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the GBP each year, the GBP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the RBA equals zero, the benefit terminates. No further payments will be made.

Contract Ownership Change:

Single Life: If the contract changes ownership (see “Changing Ownership”), the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP values will remain unchanged and the ALP and RALP will be reset as follows. Our current administrative practice is to only reset the ALP and RALP if the covered person changes due to the ownership change.

• If the ALP has not yet been established and the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the ownership change date— the ALP and the RALP will be established on the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65. The ALP will be set equal to the lesser of the RBA or the anniversary contract value,

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    73

	multiplied by 6%. If the anniversary date occurs during the waiting period and prior to a withdrawal, the RALP will be set equal to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments multiplied by 6%. If the anniversary date occurs at any other time, the RALP will be set equal to the ALP.
•	If the ALP has not yet been established but the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the ownership change date — the ALP and the RALP will be established on the ownership change date. The ALP will be set equal to the lesser of the RBA or the contract value, multiplied by 6%. If the ownership change date occurs during the waiting period and prior to a withdrawal, the RALP will be set to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments multiplied by 6%. If the ownership change date occurs at any other time, the RALP will be set to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year but not less than zero.
•	If the ALP has been established but the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the ownership change date — the ALP and the RALP will be reset to zero for the period of time beginning with the ownership change date and ending with the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65. At the end of this time period, the ALP will be reset to the lesser of the RBA or the anniversary contract value, multiplied by 6%. If the time period ends during the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals, the RALP will be reset to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments multiplied by 6%. If the time period ends at any other time, the RALP will be reset to the ALP.
•	If the ALP has been established and the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the ownership change date — the ALP and the RALP will be reset on the ownership change date. The ALP will be reset to the lesser of the current ALP or 6% of the contract value. If the ownership change date occurs during the waiting period and prior to a withdrawal, the RALP will be reset to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments multiplied by 6%. If the ownership change date occurs at any other time, the RALP will be reset to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year but not less than zero.

Please note that the lifetime withdrawal benefit amount may be reduced as a result of the ownership change.

Joint Life: Ownership changes are only allowed between the covered spouses or their revocable trust(s). No other ownership changes are allowed as long as the rider is in force.

Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Option: Several annuity payout plans are available under the contract. As an alternative to these annuity payout plans, a fixed annuity payout option is available under theSecureSource rider.

Under this option the amount payable each year will be equal to the remaining schedule of GBPs, but the total amount paid over the life of the annuity will not exceed the current total RBA at the time you begin this fixed annuity payout option. These annualized amounts will be paid in the frequency that you elect. The frequencies will be among those offered by us at that time but will be no less frequent than annually. If, at the death of the owner, total payouts have been made for less than the RBA, the remaining payouts will be paid to the beneficiary (see “The Annuity Payout Period” and “Taxes”).

This option may not be available if the contract is issued to qualify under section 403 or 408 of the Code, as amended. For such contracts, this option will be available only if the guaranteed payment period is less than the life expectancy of the owner at the time the option becomes effective. Such life expectancy will be computed using a life expectancy table published by the IRS.

This annuity payout option may also be elected by the beneficiary of a contract as a settlement option. Whenever multiple beneficiaries are designated under the contract, each such beneficiary’s share of the proceeds if they elect this option will be in proportion to their applicable designated beneficiary percentage. Beneficiaries of nonqualified contracts may elect this settlement option subject to the distribution requirements of the contract. We reserve the right to adjust the remaining schedule of GBPs if necessary to comply with the Code.

Rider Termination

TheSecureSource rider cannot be terminated either by you or us except as follows:

1.	Single Life: After the death benefit is payable the rider will terminate if your spouse does not use the spousal continuation provision of the contract to continue the contract.
2.	Joint Life: After the death benefit is payable the rider will terminate if:

(a)	any one other than a covered spouse continues the contract, or
(b)	a covered spouse does not use the spousal continuation provision of the contract to continue the contract.

3.	Annuity payouts under an annuity payout plan will terminate the rider.
4.	Termination of the contract for any reason will terminate the rider.
5.	When a beneficiary elects an alternative payment plan which is an inherited IRA, the rider will terminate.

Optional Living Benefits

(For contracts with application signed before May 1, 2007)

74    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If you bought a contract before May 1, 2007 with an optional living benefit, please use the following table to review the disclosure that applies to the optional living benefit rider you purchased. If you are uncertain as to which optional living benefit rider you purchased, ask your investment professional, or contact us at the telephone number or address shown on the first page of this prospectus.

If you purchased a contract(1)...	and you selected one of the following optional living benefits...	Disclosure for this benefit may be found in the following Appendix:
Before April 30, 2006	Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit	Appendix K
May 1, 2006 – April 30, 2007	Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life	Appendix J
Before May 1, 2007	Income Assurer Benefit	Appendix L

⁽¹⁾ These dates are approximate and will vary by state; your actual contract and any riders are the controlling documents.

Optional Death Benefits

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector)

The Benefit Protector is intended to provide an additional benefit to your beneficiary to help offset expenses after your death such as funeral expenses or federal and state taxes. This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge (see “Charges”). The Benefit Protector provides reduced benefits if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older at the rider effective date. The Benefit Protector does not provide any additional benefit before the first rider anniversary.

If this rider is available in your state and both you and the annuitant are age 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the Benefit Protector to your contract. You must elect the Benefit Protector at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date. You may not select this rider if you select the Benefit Protector Plus Rider, 5% Accumulation Death Benefit or the Enhanced Death Benefit.

Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Since the benefit paid by the rider is determined by the amount of earnings at death, the amount of the benefit paid may be reduced as a result of taking any withdrawals including RMDs. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional and tax advisor whether or not the Benefit Protector is appropriate for your situation.

The Benefit Protector provides that if you or the annuitant die after the first rider anniversary, but before annuity payouts begin, and while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary:

• the applicable death benefit, plus:

• 40% of your earnings at death if you and the annuitant were under age 70 on the rider effective date, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old; or

• 15% of your earnings at death if you or the annuitant were age 70 or older on the rider effective date, up to a maximum of 37.5% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old.

Earnings at death: This is determined by taking the current death benefit, and subtracting any purchase payments not previously withdrawn. Partial withdrawals reduce earnings before reducing purchase payments in the contract. This determines how much of the applicable death benefit is made up of contract earnings. We set maximum earnings at death of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old. Earnings at death cannot be less than zero.

Terminating the Benefit Protector

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of any rider anniversary beginning with the seventh rider anniversary.

• The rider will terminate when you make a full withdrawal from the contract or when annuity payouts begin.

If your spouse is the sole beneficiary and you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner. Your spouse and the new annuitant will be subject to all the limitations and restrictions of the rider just as if they were purchasing a new contract. If your spouse and the new annuitant do not qualify for the rider on the basis of age we will terminate the rider. If they do qualify for the rider on the basis of age we will set the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid and we will substitute this new contract value on the date of death for “purchase payments not previously withdrawn” used in calculating earnings at death. Your spouse also has the option of discontinuing the Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider within 30 days of the date of death.

NOTE: For special tax considerations associated with the Benefit Protector, see “Taxes.”

For an example, see Appendix G.

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    75

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus)

The Benefit Protector Plus is intended to provide an additional benefit to your beneficiary to help offset expenses after your death such as funeral expenses or federal and state taxes. This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge (see “Charges”). The Benefit Protector Plus provides reduced benefits if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older at the rider effective date. It does not provide any additional benefit before the first rider anniversary and it does not provide any benefit beyond what is offered under the Benefit Protector rider during the second rider year.

If this rider is available in your state and both you and the annuitant are age 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the Benefit Protector Plus to you contract. You must elect the Benefit Protector Plus at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date. This rider is only available for transfers, exchanges or rollovers from another annuity or life insurance policy. You may not select this rider if you select the Benefit Protector Rider, 5% Accumulation Death Benefit or the Enhanced Death Benefit. Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Since the benefit paid by the rider is determined by the amount of earnings at death, the amount of the benefit paid may be reduced as a result of taking any withdrawals including RMDs. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional and tax advisor whether or not the Benefit Protector Plus is appropriate for your situation.

The Benefit Protector Plus provides that if you or the annuitant die after the first rider anniversary, but before annuity payouts begin, and while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary:

• the benefits payable under the Benefit Protector described above, plus

• a percentage of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue not previously withdrawn as follows:

Rider Year	Percentage if you and the annuitant are under age 70 on the rider effective date	Percentage if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older on the rider effective date
One and Two	0%	0%
Three and Four	10%	3.75%
Five or more	20%	7.5%

Another way to describe the benefits payable under the Benefit Protector Plus rider is as follows:

• the applicable death benefit plus:

Rider Year	If you and the annuitant are under age 70 on the rider effective date, add…	If you or the annuitant are age 70 or older on the rider effective date, add…
One	Zero	Zero
Two	40% × earnings at death (see above)	15% × earnings at death
Three & Four	40% × (earnings at death + 25% of initial purchase payment*)	15% × (earnings at death + 25% of initial purchase payment*)
Five or more	40% × (earnings at death + 50% of initial purchase payment*)	15% × (earnings at death + 50% of initial purchase payment*)

* Initial purchase payments are payments made within 60 days of rider issue not previously withdrawn.

Terminating the Benefit Protector Plus

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of any rider anniversary beginning with the seventh rider anniversary.

• The rider will terminate when you make a full withdrawal from the contract or when annuity payouts begin.

If your spouse is sole beneficiaryand you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. We will then terminate the Benefit Protector Plus and substitute the applicable death benefit (see “Benefits in Case of Death”).

For an example, see Appendix H.

The Annuity Payout Period

As owner of the contract, you have the right to decide how and to whom annuity payouts will be made starting at the retirement date. You may select one of the annuity payout plans outlined below, or we may mutually agree on other payout arrangements. We do not deduct any withdrawal charges upon retirement but withdrawal charges may apply when electing to exercise liquidity features we may make available under certain fixed annuity payout options.

You also decide whether we will make annuity payouts on a fixed or variable basis, or a combination of fixed and variable. The amount available to purchase payouts under the plan you select is the contract value on your retirement date after any rider charges have been deducted. Additionally, we currently allow you to use part of the amount available

76    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

to purchase payouts, leaving any remaining contract value to accumulate on a tax-deferred basis. Special rules apply for partial annuitization of your annuity contract, see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities — Annuity payouts” and “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Annuity payouts.” If you select a variable annuity payout, we reserve the right to limit the number of subaccounts in which you may invest. The GPAs, the DCA fixed account and Portfolio Stabilizer funds are not available during this payout period.

Amounts of fixed and variable payouts depend on:

• the annuity payout plan you select;

• the annuitant’s age and, in most cases, sex;

• the annuity table in the contract; and

• the amounts you allocated to the accounts at settlement.

In addition, for variable annuity payouts only, amounts depend on the investment performance of the subaccounts you select. These payouts will vary from month to month because the performance of the funds will fluctuate. Fixed payouts generally remain the same from month to month unless you have elected an option providing for increasing payments.

For information with respect to transfers between accounts after annuity payouts begin, see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transfer policies.”

Annuity Tables

The annuity tables in your contract (Table A and Table B) show the amount of the monthly payout for each $1,000 of contract value according to the age and, when applicable, the annuitant’s sex. (Where required by law, we will use a unisex table of settlement rates.)

Table A shows the amount of the first monthly variable annuity payout assuming that the contract value is invested at the beginning of the annuity payout period and earns a 5% rate of return, which is reinvested and helps to support future payouts. If you ask us at least 30 days before the retirement date, we will substitute an annuity table based on an assumed 3.5% investment rate for the 5% Table A in the contract. The assumed investment rate affects both the amount of the first payout and the extent to which subsequent payouts increase or decrease. For example, annuity payouts will increase if the investment return is above the assumed investment rate and payouts will decrease if the return is below the assumed investment rate. Using a 5% assumed interest rate results in a higher initial payout, but later payouts will increase more slowly when annuity unit values rise and decrease more rapidly when they decline.

Table B shows the minimum amount of each fixed annuity payout. We declare current payout rates that we use in determining the actual amount of your fixed annuity payout. The current payout rates will equal or exceed the guaranteed payout rates shown in Table B. We will furnish these rates to you upon request.

Annuity Payout Plans

We make available variable annuity payouts where payout amounts will vary based on the performance of the variable account. We may also make fixed annuity payouts available where payments of a fixed amount are made for the period specified in the plan, subject to any surrender we may permit. You may choose an annuity payout plan by giving us written instructions at least 30 days before the retirement date. Generally, you may select one of the Plans A through E below or another plan agreed to by us. Some of the annuity payout plans may not be available if you have selected the Income Assurer Benefit rider.

• Plan A – Life annuity — no refund:We make monthly payouts until the annuitant’s death. Payouts end with the last payout before the annuitant’s death. We will not make any further payouts. This means that if the annuitant dies after we made only one monthly payout, we will not make any more payouts.

• Plan B – Life annuity with five, ten, 15 or 20 years certain: (under the Income Assurer Benefit rider: you may select life annuity with ten or 20 years certain): We make monthly payouts for a guaranteed payout period of five, ten, 15 or 20 years that you elect. This election will determine the length of the payout period in the event if the annuitant dies before the elected period expires. We calculate the guaranteed payout period from the retirement date. If the annuitant outlives the elected guaranteed payout period, we will continue to make payouts until the annuitant’s death.

• Plan C – Life annuity — installment refund:(not available under the Income Assurer Benefit rider): We make monthly payouts until the annuitant’s death, with our guarantee that payouts will continue for some period of time. We will make payouts for at least the number of months determined by dividing the amount applied under this option by the first monthly payout, whether or not the annuitant is living.

• Plan D

– Joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund:We make monthly payouts while both the annuitant and a joint annuitant are living. If either annuitant dies, we will continue to make monthly payouts at the full amount until the death of the surviving annuitant. Payouts end with the death of the second annuitant.

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    77

– Joint and last survivor life annuity with 20 years certain: We make monthly annuity payouts during the lifetime of the annuitant and joint annuitant. When either the annuitant or joint annuitant dies, we will continue to make monthly payouts during the lifetime of the survivor. If the survivor dies before we have made payouts for 20 years, we continue to make payouts for the remainder of the 20-year period which begins when the first annuity payout is made.

• Plan E – Payouts for a specified period: We make monthly payouts for a specific payout period of ten to 30 years that you elect (under the Income Assurer Benefit rider, you may elect a payout period of 20 years only). We will make payouts only for the number of years specified whether the annuitant is living or not. Depending on the selected time period, it is foreseeable that an annuitant can outlive the payout period selected. During the payout period, you can elect to have us determine the present value of any remaining payouts and pay it to you in a lump sum. (Exception: If you have an Income Assurer Benefit rider and elect this annuity payout plan based on the Guaranteed Income Benefit Base, a lump sum payout is unavailable.)

• Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Payout Option (available only under contracts with theSecureSource, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life or Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider): This fixed annuity payout option is an alternative to the above annuity payout plans. This option may not be available if the contract is a qualified annuity. For such contracts, this option will be available only if the guaranteed payment period is less than the life expectancy of the owner at the time the option becomes effective. Such life expectancy will be computed using a life expectancy table published by the IRS. Under this option, the amount payable each year will be equal to the remaining schedule of GBPs, but the total amount paid over the life of the annuity will not exceed the total RBA at the time you begin this fixed payout option (see “Optional Benefits —SecureSourceRiders”, “Appendix K: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider” or “Appendix L: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider”).The amount paid in the current contract year will be reduced for any prior withdrawals in that year. These annualized amounts will be paid in the frequency that you elect. The frequencies will be among those offered by us at the time but will be no less frequent than annually. If, at the death of the owner, total payouts have been made for less than the RBA, the remaining payouts will be paid to the beneficiary.

For Plan A, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, no payments will be made. For Plan B, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue for the guaranteed payout period. For Plan C, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue for the installment refund period. For Plan D, if both annuitants die before the initial payment, no payments will be made; however, if one annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue until the death of the surviving annuitant.

In addition to the annuity payout plans described above, we may offer additional payout plans. Terms and conditions of annuity payout plans will be disclosed at the time of election, including any associated fees or charges. It is important to remember that the election and use of liquidity features will result in payouts ceasing.

Utilizing a liquidity feature to withdraw the underlying value of remaining payouts may result in the assessment of a withdrawal charge (See “Charges — Withdrawal charge”) or a 10% IRS penalty tax. (See “Taxes.”).

Annuity payout plan requirements for qualified annuities: If your contract is a qualified annuity, you must select a payout plan as of the retirement date set forth in your contract. You have the responsibility for electing a payout plan under your contract that complies with applicable law. Your contract describes your payout plan options. The options will meet certain IRS regulations governing RMDs if the payout plan meets the incidental distribution benefit requirements, if any, and the payouts are made:

• in equal or substantially equal payments over a period not longer than your life expectancy, or over the joint life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary; or

• over a period certain not longer than your life expectancy or over the joint life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary.

If we do not receive instructions: You must give us written instructions for the annuity payouts at least 30 days before the annuitant’s retirement date. If you do not, we will make payouts under Plan B, with 120 monthly payouts guaranteed.

If monthly payouts would be less than $20: We will calculate the amount of monthly payouts at the time the contract value is used to purchase a payout plan. If the calculations show that monthly payouts would be less than $20, we have the right to pay the contract value to the owner in a lump sum or to change the frequency of the payouts.

Death after annuity payouts begin: If you or the annuitant die after annuity payouts begin, we will pay any amount payable to the beneficiary as provided in the annuity payout plan in effect. Payments to beneficiaries are subject to adjustment to comply with the IRS rules and regulations.

78    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Taxes

Under current law, your contract has a tax-deferral feature. Generally, this means you do not pay income tax until there is a taxable distribution (or deemed distribution) from the contract. We will send a tax information reporting form for any year in which we made a taxable or reportable distribution according to our records.

Nonqualified Annuities

Generally, only the increase in the value of a non-qualified annuity contract over the investment in the contract is taxable. Certain exceptions apply. Federal tax law requires that all nonqualified deferred annuity contracts issued by the same company (and possibly its affiliates) to the same owner during a calendar year be taxed as a single, unified contract when distributions are taken from any one of those contracts.

Annuity payouts: Generally, unlike withdrawals described below, the income taxation of annuity payouts is subject to exclusion ratios (for fixed annuity payouts) or annual excludable amounts (for variable annuity payouts). In other words, in most cases, a portion of each payout will be ordinary income and subject to tax, and a portion of each payout will be considered a return of part of your investment in the contract and will not be taxed. All amounts you receive after your investment in the contract is fully recovered will be subject to tax. Under Annuity Payout Plan A: Life annuity — no refund, where the annuitant dies before your investment in the contract is fully recovered, the remaining portion of the unrecovered investment may be available as a federal income tax deduction to the owner for the last taxable year. Under all other annuity payout plans, where the annuity payouts end before your investment in the contract is fully recovered, the remaining portion of the unrecovered investment may be available as a federal income tax deduction to the taxpayer for the tax year in which the payouts end. (See “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Federal tax law permits taxpayers to annuitize a portion of their nonqualified annuity while leaving the remaining balance to continue to grow tax-deferred. Under the partial annuitization rules, the portion annuitized must be received as an annuity for a period of 10 years or more, or for the lives of one or more individuals. If this requirement is met, the annuitized portion and the tax-deferred balance will generally be treated as two separate contracts for income tax purposes only. If a contract is partially annuitized, the investment in the contract is allocated between the deferred and the annuitized portions on a pro rata basis.

Withdrawals: Generally, if you withdrawal all or part of your nonqualified annuity your annuity payouts begin, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, your withdrawal will be taxed to the extent that the contract value immediately before the withdrawal exceeds the investment in the contract. Different rules may apply if you exchange another contract into this contract.

You also may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty for withdrawals of taxable income you make before reaching age 59½ unless certain exceptions apply.

Withholding: If you receive taxable income as a result of an annuity payout or withdrawal, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, we may deduct federal, and in some cases state withholding against the payment. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your income tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. As long as you have provided us with a valid Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number, and you have a valid U.S. address, you may be able to elect not to have federal income tax withholding occur.

If the payment is part of an annuity payout plan, we generally compute the amount of federal income tax withholding using payroll tables. You may provide us with a statement of how many exemptions to use in calculating the withholding. If the distribution is any other type of payment (such as partial or full withdrawal) we compute federal income tax withholding using 10% of the taxable portion.

The federal income tax withholding requirements differ if we deliver payment outside the United States or you are a non-resident alien.

Some states also may impose income tax withholding requirements similar to the federal withholding described above or may allow you to elect withholding. If this should be the case, we may deduct state income tax withholding from the payment.

Death benefits to beneficiaries: The death benefit under a nonqualified contract is not exempt from estate (federal or state) taxes. In addition, for income tax purposes, any amount your beneficiary receives that exceeds the remaining investment in the contract is taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary in the year he or she receives the payments. (See also “Benefits in Case of Death — If You Die Before the Retirement Date”).

Net Investment Income Tax (also known as Medicare contribution tax): Effective for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2013, certain investment income of high-income individuals (as well as estates and trusts) is subject to a 3.8% net investment income tax (as an addition to income taxes). For individuals, the 3.8% tax applies to the lesser of (1) the amount by which the taxpayer’s modified adjusted gross income exceeds $200,000 ($250,000 for married filing

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    79

jointly and surviving spouses; $125,000 for married filing separately) or (2) the taxpayer’s “net investment income.” Net investment income includes taxable income from nonqualified annuities. Annuity holders are advised to consult their tax advisor regarding the possible implications of this additional tax.

Annuities owned by corporations, partnerships or irrevocable trusts: For nonqualified annuities, any annual increase in the value of annuities held by such entities (non-natural persons) generally will be treated as ordinary income received during that year. However, if the trust was set up for the benefit of a natural person(s) only, the income may remain tax-deferred until withdrawn or paid out.

Penalties: If you receive amounts from your nonqualified annuity before reaching age 59½, you may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty on the amount includable in your ordinary income. However, this penalty will not apply to any amount received:

• because of your death or in the event of non-natural ownership, the death of annuitant;

• because you become disabled (as defined in the Code);

• if the distribution is part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments, made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or joint lives or life expectancies of you and your beneficiary);

• if it is allocable to an investment before Aug. 14, 1982; or

• if annuity payouts are made under immediate annuities as defined by the Code.

Transfer of ownership: Generally, if you transfer ownership of a nonqualified annuity without receiving adequate consideration, the transfer may be taxed as a withdrawal for federal income tax purposes. If the transfer is a currently taxable event for income tax purposes, the original owner will be taxed on the amount of deferred earnings at the time of the transfer and also may be subject to the 10% IRS penalty discussed earlier. In this case, the new owner’s investment in the contract will be equal to the investment in the contract at the time of the transfer plus any earnings included in the original owner’s taxable income as a result of the transfer. In general, this rule does not apply to transfers between spouses or former spouses. Similar rules apply if you transfer ownership for full consideration. Please consult your tax advisor for further details.

1035 Exchanges: Section 1035 of the Code permits nontaxable exchanges of certain insurance policies, endowment contracts, annuity contracts and qualified long-term care insurance contracts while providing for continued tax deferral of earnings. In addition, Section 1035 permits the carryover of the investment in the contract from the old policy or contract to the new policy or contract. In a 1035 exchange one policy or contract is exchanged for another policy or contract. The following can qualify as nontaxable exchanges: (1) the exchange of a life insurance policy for another life insurance policy or for an endowment, annuity or qualified long-term care insurance contract, (2) the exchange of an endowment contract for an annuity or qualified long-term care insurance contract, or for an endowment contract under which payments will begin no later than payments would have begun under the contract exchanged, (3) the exchange of an annuity contract for another annuity or for a qualified long-term care insurance contract, and (4) the exchange of a qualified long-term care insurance contract for a qualified long-term care insurance contract. Additionally, other tax rules apply. However, if the life insurance policy has an outstanding loan, there may be tax consequences. Depending on the issue date of your original policy or contract, there may be tax or other benefits that are given up to gain the benefits of the new policy or contract. Consider whether the features and benefits of the new policy or contract outweigh any tax or other benefits of the old contract.

For a partial exchange of an annuity contract for another annuity contract, the 1035 exchange is generally tax-free. The investment in the original contract and the earnings on the contract will be allocated proportionately between the original and new contracts. However, per IRS Revenue Procedure 2011-38, if withdrawals are taken from either contract within the 180-day period following a partial 1035 exchange, the IRS will apply general tax principles to determine the appropriate tax treatment of the exchange and subsequent withdrawal. As a result, there may be unexpected tax consequences. You should consult your tax advisor before taking any withdrawal from either contract during the 180-day period following a partial exchange.

Assignment: If you assign or pledge your contract as collateral for a loan, earnings on purchase payments you made after Aug. 13, 1982 will be taxed as a deemed distribution and also may be subject to the 10% penalty as discussed above.

Qualified Annuities

Adverse tax consequences may result if you do not ensure that contributions, distributions and other transactions under the contract comply with the law. Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions. You should refer to your retirement plan’s Summary Plan Description, your IRA disclosure statement, or consult a tax advisor for additional information about the distribution rules applicable to your situation.

When you use your contract to fund a retirement plan or IRA that is already tax-deferred under the Code, the contract will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral. If your contract is used to fund an employer sponsored plan, your right to benefits may be subject to the terms and conditions of the plan regardless of the terms of the contract.

80    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Annuity payouts: Under a qualified annuity, except a Roth IRA, Roth 401(k) or Roth 403(b), the entire payout generally is includable as ordinary income and is subject to tax unless: (1) the contract is an IRA to which you made non-deductible contributions; or (2) you rolled after-tax dollars from a retirement plan into your IRA; or 3) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you or your employer have contributed after-tax dollars; or (4) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you direct such payout to be directly rolled over to another eligible retirement plan such as an IRA. We may permit partial annuitizations of qualified annuity contracts. If we accept partial annuitizations, please remember that your contract will still need to comply with other requirements such as required minimum distributions and the payment of taxes. Prior to considering a partial annuitization on a qualified contract, you should discuss your decision and any implications with your tax adviser. Because we cannot accurately track certain after tax funding sources, we will generally report any payments on partial annuitizations as ordinary income except in the case of a qualified distribution from a Roth IRA.

Annuity payouts from Roth IRAs: In general, the entire payout from a Roth IRA can be free from income and penalty taxes if you have attained age 59½ and meet the five year holding period.

Withdrawals: Under a qualified annuity, except a Roth IRA, Roth 401(k) or Roth 403(b), the entire withdrawal will generally be includable as ordinary income and is subject to tax unless: (1) the contract is an IRA to which you made non-deductible contributions; or (2) you rolled after-tax dollars from a retirement plan into your IRA; or (3) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you or your employer have contributed after-tax dollars; or (4) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you direct such withdrawal to be directly rolled over to another eligible retirement plan such as an IRA.

Withdrawals from Roth IRAs: In general, the entire payout from a Roth IRA can be free from income and penalty taxes if you have attained age 59½ and meet the five year holding period or another qualifying event such as death or disability.

Required Minimum Distributions: Retirement plans (except for Roth IRAs) are subject to required withdrawals called required minimum distributions (“RMDs”) beginning at age 72 (age 70 ½ if you were born on or before June 30, 1949). RMDs are based on the fair market value of your contract at year-end divided by the life expectancy factor. Certain death benefits and optional riders may be considered in determining the fair market value of your contract for RMD purposes. This may cause your RMD to be higher. Inherited IRAs (including inherited Roth IRAs) are subject to special required minimum distribution rules. You should consult your tax advisor prior to making a purchase for an explanation of the potential tax implications to you.

Withholding for IRAs, Roth IRAs, SEPs and SIMPLE IRAs: If you receive taxable income as a result of an annuity payout or a withdrawal, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, we may deduct withholding against the payment. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. As long as you have provided us with a valid Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number, you can elect not to have any withholding occur.

If the payment is part of an annuity payout plan, we generally compute the amount of federal income tax withholding using payroll tables. You may provide us with a statement of how many exemptions to use in calculating the withholding. If the distribution is any other type of payment (such as a partial or full withdrawal) we compute federal income tax withholding using 10% of the taxable portion.

The federal income tax withholding requirements differ if we deliver payment outside the United States or you are a non-resident alien.

Some states also may impose income tax withholding requirements similar to the federal withholding described above. If this should be the case, we may deduct state income tax withholding from the payment.

Withholding for all other qualified annuities: If you receive directly all or part of the contract value from a qualified annuity, mandatory 20% federal income tax withholding (and possibly state income tax withholding) generally will be imposed at the time the payout is made from the plan. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. This mandatory withholding will not be imposed if instead of receiving the distribution check, you elect to have the distribution rolled over directly to an IRA or another eligible plan. Payments made to a surviving spouse instead of being directly rolled over to an IRA are also subject to mandatory 20% income tax withholding.

In the below situations, the distribution is subject to an optional 10% withholding instead of the mandatory 20% withholding. We will withhold 10% of the distribution amount unless you elect otherwise.

• the payout is one in a series of substantially equal periodic payouts, made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or the joint lives or life expectancies of you and your designated beneficiary) or over a specified period of 10 years or more;

• the payout is a RMD as defined under the Code;

• the payout is made on account of an eligible hardship; or

• the payout is a corrective distribution.

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    81

State withholding also may be imposed on taxable distributions.

Penalties: If you receive amounts from your qualified contract before reaching age 59½, you may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty on the amount includable in your ordinary income. However, this penalty generally will not apply to any amount received:

• because of your death;

• because you become disabled (as defined in the Code);

• if the distribution is part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or joint lives or life expectancies of you and your beneficiary);

• if the distribution is made following severance from employment during or after the calendar year in which you attain age 55 (TSAs and annuities funding 401(a) plans only);

• to pay certain medical or education expenses (IRAs only); or

• if the distribution is made from an inherited IRA.

Death benefits to beneficiaries: The entire death benefit generally is taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary in the year he/she receives the payments from the qualified annuity. If you made non-deductible contributions to a traditional IRA, the portion of any distribution from the contract that represents after-tax contributions is not taxable as ordinary income to your beneficiary. You are responsible for keeping all records tracking your non-deductible contributions to an IRA. Death benefits under a Roth IRA generally are not taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary if certain distribution requirements are met. (See also “Benefits in Case of Death — If you Die Before the Retirement Date”).

Change of retirement plan type: IRS regulations allow for rollovers of certain retirement plan distributions. In some circumstances, you may be able to have an intra-contract rollover, keeping the same features and conditions. If the annuity contract you have does not support an intra-contract rollover, you are able to request an IRS approved rollover to another annuity contract or other investment product that you choose. If you choose another annuity contract or investment product, you will be subject to new rules, including a new withdrawal charge schedule for an annuity contract, or other product rules as applicable.

Assignment:You may not assign or pledge your qualified contract as collateral for a loan.

Other

Purchase payment credits: These are considered earnings and are taxed accordingly when withdrawn or paid out.

Special considerations if you select any optional rider: As of the date of this prospectus, we believe that charges related to these riders are not subject to current taxation. Therefore, we will not report these charges as partial withdrawals from your contract. However, the IRS may determine that these charges should be treated as partial withdrawals subject to taxation to the extent of any gain as well as the 10% tax penalty for withdrawals before the age of 59½, if applicable, on the taxable portion.

We reserve the right to report charges for these riders as partial withdrawals if we, as a withholding and reporting agent, believe that we are required to report them. In addition, we will report any benefits attributable to these riders on the death of you or the annuitant as an annuity death benefit distribution, not as proceeds from life insurance.

Important: Our discussion of federal tax laws is based upon our understanding of current interpretations of these laws. Federal tax laws or current interpretations of them may change. For this reason and because tax consequences are complex and highly individual and cannot always be anticipated, you should consult a tax advisor if you have any questions about taxation of your contract.

RiverSource Life’s tax status: We are taxed as a life insurance company under the Code. For federal income tax purposes, the subaccounts are considered a part of our company, although their operations are treated separately in accounting and financial statements. Investment income is reinvested in the fund in which each subaccount invests and becomes part of that subaccount’s value. This investment income, including realized capital gains, is not subject to any withholding for federal or state income taxes. We reserve the right to make such a charge in the future if there is a change in the tax treatment of variable annuities or in our tax status as we then understand it.
The company includes in its taxable income the net investment income derived from the investment of assets held in its subaccounts because the company is considered the owner of these assets under federal income tax law.  The company may claim certain tax benefits associated with this investment income.  These benefits, which may include foreign tax credits and the corporate dividend received deduction, are not passed on to you since the company is the owner of the assets under federal tax law and is taxed on the investment income generated by the assets. 

82    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Tax qualification: We intend that the contract qualify as an annuity for federal income tax purposes. To that end, the provisions of the contract are to be interpreted to ensure or maintain such tax qualification, in spite of any other provisions of the contract. We reserve the right to amend the contract to reflect any clarifications that may be needed or are appropriate to maintain such qualification or to conform the contract to any applicable changes in the tax qualification requirements. We will send you a copy of any amendments.

Spousal status: When it comes to your marital status and the identification and naming of any spouse as a beneficiary or party to your contract, we will rely on the representations you make to us. Based on this reliance, we will issue and administer your contract in accordance with these representations. If you represent that you are married and your representation is incorrect or your marriage is deemed invalid for federal or state law purposes, then the benefits and rights under your contract may be different.

If you have any questions as to the status of your relationship as a marriage, then you should consult an appropriate tax or legal advisor.

Voting Rights

As a contract owner with investments in the subaccounts, you may vote on important fund policies until annuity payouts begin. Once they begin, the person receiving them has voting rights. We will vote fund shares according to the instructions of the person with voting rights.

Before annuity payouts begin, the number of votes you have is determined by applying your percentage interest in each subaccount to the total number of votes allowed to the subaccount.

After annuity payouts begin, the number of votes you have is equal to:

• the reserve held in each subaccount for your contract; divided by

• the net asset value of one share of the applicable fund.

As we make annuity payouts, the reserve for the contract decreases; therefore, the number of votes also will decrease.

We calculate votes separately for each subaccount. We will send notice of shareholders’ meetings, proxy materials and a statement of the number of votes to which the voter is entitled. We are the legal owner of all fund shares and therefore hold all voting rights.  However, to the extent required by law, we will vote the shares of each fund according to instructions we receive from policy owners. We will vote shares for which we have not received instructions and shares that we or our affiliates own in our own names in the same proportion as the votes for which we received instructions. As a result of this proportional voting, in cases when a small number of contract owners vote, their votes will have a greater impact and may even control the outcome.

Substitution of Investments

We may substitute the funds in which the subaccounts invest if:

• laws or regulations change;

• the existing funds become unavailable; or

• in our judgment, the funds no longer are suitable (or are not the most suitable) for the subaccounts.

If any of these situations occur, we have the right to substitute a fund currently listed in this prospectus (existing fund) for another fund (new fund), provided we obtain any required SEC and state insurance law approval. The new fund may have higher fees and/or operating expenses than the existing fund. Also, the new fund may have investment objectives and policies and/or investment advisers which differ from the existing fund.

We may also:

• add new subaccounts;

• combine any two or more subaccounts;

• transfer assets to and from the subaccounts or the variable account; and

• eliminate or close any subaccounts.

We will notify you of any substitution or change.

In the event of any such substitution or change, we may amend the contract and take whatever action is necessary and appropriate without your consent or approval. We will obtain any required prior approval of the SEC or state insurance departments before making any substitution or change.

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    83

About the Service Providers

Principal Underwriter

RiverSource Distributors, Inc. (RiverSource Distributors), our affiliate, serves as the principal underwriter and general distributor of the contract. Its offices are located at 70100 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, MN 55474. RiverSource Distributors is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ameriprise Financial, Inc.

Sales of the Contract

New contracts are not currently being offered.

• Only securities broker-dealers (“selling firms”) registered with the SEC and members of the FINRA may sell the contract.

• The contracts are continuously offered to the public through authorized selling firms. We and RiverSource Distributors have a sales agreement with the selling firm. The sales agreement authorizes the selling firm to offer the contracts to the public. RiverSource Distributors pays the selling firm (or an affiliated insurance agency) for contracts its investment professional sell. The selling firm may be required to return sales commissions under certain circumstances including but not limited to when contracts are returned under the free look period.

Payments We May Make to Selling Firms

• We may use compensation plans which vary by selling firm. For example, some of these plans pay selling firms a commission of up to 5.25% each time a purchase payment is made. We may also pay ongoing trail commissions of up to 1.25% of the contract value. We do not pay or withhold payment of trail commissions based on which investment options you select.

• We may pay selling firms an additional sales commission of up to 1.00% of purchase payments for a period of time we select. For example, we may offer to pay an additional sales commission to get selling firms to market a new or enhanced contract or to increase sales during the period.

• In addition to commissions, we may, in order to promote sales of the contracts, and as permitted by applicable laws and regulation, pay or provide selling firms with other promotional incentives in cash, credit or other compensation. We generally (but may not) offer these promotional incentives to all selling firms. The terms of such arrangements differ between selling firms. These promotional incentives may include but are not limited to:

• sponsorship of marketing, educational, due diligence and compliance meetings and conferences we or the selling firm may conduct for investment professionals, including subsidy of travel, meal, lodging, entertainment and other expenses related to these meetings;

• marketing support related to sales of the contract including for example, the creation of marketing materials, advertising and newsletters;

• providing service to contract owners; and

• funding other events sponsored by a selling firm that may encourage the selling firm’s investment professionals to sell the contract.

These promotional incentives or reimbursements may be calculated as a percentage of the selling firm’s aggregate, net or anticipated sales and/or total assets attributable to sales of the contract, and/or may be a fixed dollar amount. As noted below this additional compensation may cause the selling firm and its investment professionals to favor the contracts.

Sources of Payments to Selling Firms

When we pay the commissions and other compensation described above from our assets. Our assets may include:

• revenues we receive from fees and expenses that you will pay when buying, owning and making a withdrawal from the contract (see “Expense Summary”);

• compensation we or an affiliate receive from the underlying funds in the form of distribution and services fees (see “The Variable Account and the Funds — The Funds”);

• compensation we or an affiliate receive from a fund’s investment adviser, subadviser, distributor or an affiliate of any of these (see “The Variable Account and the Funds — The Funds”); and

• revenues we receive from other contracts we sell that are not securities and other businesses we conduct.

You do not directly pay the commissions and other compensation described above as the result of a specific charge or deduction under the contract. However, you may pay part or all of the commissions and other compensation described above indirectly through:

• fees and expenses we collect from contract owners, including withdrawal charges; and

• fees and expenses charged by the underlying subaccount funds in which you invest, to the extent we or one of our affiliates receive revenue from the funds or an affiliated person.

84    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Compensation payment arrangements made with selling firms can potentially:

• give selling firms a heightened financial incentive to sell the contract offered in this prospectus over another investment with lower compensation to the selling firm.

• cause selling firms to encourage their investment professionals to sell you the contract offered in this prospectus instead of selling you other alternative investments that may result in lower compensation to the selling firm.

• cause selling firms to grant us access to its investment professionals to promote sales of the contract offered in this prospectus, while denying that access to other firms offering similar contracts or other alternative investments which may pay lower compensation to the selling firm.

Payments to Investment Professionals

• The selling firm pays its investment professionals. The selling firm decides the compensation and benefits it will pay its investment professionals.

• To inform yourself of any potential conflicts of interest, ask the investment professional before you buy, how the selling firm and its investment professionals are being compensated and the amount of the compensation that each will receive if you buy the contract.

Service Providers

Our Service Center performs certain administrative services on the contracts and policies we issue. The address and telephone number of our Service Center are listed on the first page of the prospectus. We also have entered into agreements with certain entities to provide the identified services in connection with the contracts and policies we issue. The entities engaged by RiverSource Life may change over time. Entities that provided services to RiverSource Life in 2019 are listed in the table below.

Name of Service Provider	Services Provided	Address
Ameriprise Financial, Inc.	Business affairs management and administrative support related to new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies	707 Second Avenue South Minneapolis MN 55402 USA
Ameriprise India Private Limited	Administrative support related to new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies annual report filings	Plot No. 14, Sector 18 Udyog Vihar Gurugram, Haryana – 122 015 India
Sykes Enterprise Incorporated	Administrative support related to e new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies	10th Floor, Glorietta BPO 1 Office Tower Makati City 1224 Metro Manila Philippines

Issuer

We issue the contracts. We are a stock life insurance company organized in 1957 under the laws of the state of Minnesota and are located at 829 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, MN 55474. We are a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ameriprise Financial, Inc.

We conduct a conventional life insurance business. We are licensed to do business in 49 states, the District of Columbia and American Samoa. Our primary products currently include fixed and variable annuity contracts and life insurance policies.

Legal Proceedings

Insurance companies have been the subject of increasing regulatory, legislative and judicial scrutiny. Numerous state and federal regulatory agencies have commenced examinations and other inquiries of insurance companies regarding sales and marketing practices (including sales to older consumers and disclosure practices), claims handling, and unclaimed property and escheatment practices and procedures. RiverSource Life has cooperated and will continue to cooperate with the applicable regulators.

RiverSource Life is involved in the normal course of business in a number of other legal and arbitration proceedings concerning matters arising in connection with the conduct of its business activities. RiverSource Life believes that it is not a party to, nor are any of its properties the subject of, any pending legal, arbitration or regulatory investigation, examination or proceeding that is likely to have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is possible that the outcome of any current or future legal, arbitration or regulatory proceeding could have a material impact on results of operations in any particular reporting period as the proceedings are resolved.

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    85

Uncertain economic conditions, heightened and sustained volatility in the financial markets and significant financial reform legislation may increase the likelihood that clients and other persons or regulators may present or threaten legal claims or that regulators increase the scope or frequency of examinations of RiverSource Life or the insurance industry generally.

Additional Information

Incorporation of Certain Documents By Reference

The SEC allows us to “incorporate by reference” the information we have filed with the SEC. This means that we can disclose important information to you without actually including the specific information in this prospectus by referring you to other documents filed separately with the SEC. The information incorporated by reference is an important part of this prospectus. Information that we later provide to the SEC, and which is deemed to be “filed” with the SEC, will automatically update information previously filed with the SEC, and may replace information in this prospectus and information previously filed with the SEC. We incorporate by reference RiverSource Life Insurance Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019 as filed with the SEC on Feb.26, 2020under File No. 033-28976 in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and any filings we make with the SEC under Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act (excluding information deemed to be furnished and not filed with the SEC) after the effective date of this registration statement, until all offerings under the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part are completed or terminated. The annual report contains additional information about RiverSource Life Insurance Company, including audited financial statements for the latest fiscal year.

RiverSource Life will furnish you without charge a copy of any or all of the documents incorporated by reference into this prospectus, including any exhibits to such documents which have been specifically incorporated by reference. We will do so upon receipt of your written or oral request. You can contact RiverSource Life at the telephone number and address listed on the first page of this prospectus.

Available Information

This prospectus is part of a registration statement we file with the SEC. Additional information on RiverSource Life and on this offering is available in the registration statement and other materials we file. You can obtain copies of these materials at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. This prospectus, other information about the contract and other information incorporated by reference are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at (http://www.sec.gov).

Indemnification

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the Act) may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of RiverSource Life pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

86    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendices

APPENDIX NAME	PAGE #	CROSS-REFERENCE	PAGE #
Appendix A: Example — Market Value Adjustment (MVA)	p. 88	Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)	p. 25
Appendix B: Example — Withdrawal Charges	p. 90	Charges — Withdrawal Charges	p. 34
Appendix C: Example — Death Benefits	p. 93	Benefits in Case of Death	p. 56
Appendix D: Example — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider	p. 96	Optional Benefits — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider	p. 60
Appendix E: Example —SecureSourceRiders	p. 97	Optional Benefits —SecureSource Riders	p. 62
Appendix F:SecureSourceRiders — Additional RMD Disclosure	p. 101	Optional Benefits —SecureSourceRiders	p. 62
Appendix G: Example — Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider	p. 103	Optional Benefits — Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider	p. 75
Appendix H: Example — Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider	p. 105	Optional Benefits — Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider	p. 76
Appendix I: Asset Allocation Program for Contracts With Applications Signed Before May 1, 2006	p. 107
Appendix J: Guarantor Withdrawal	p. 108	N/A
Benefit for Life Rider Disclosure
Appendix K: Guarantor Withdrawal	p. 120	N/A
Benefit Rider Disclosure
Appendix L: Example — Income	p. 128	N/A
Assurer Benefit Riders Disclosure
Appendix M: Example Benefit Riders: Effective Step up or Elective Spousal Contribution Step up	p. 138	Optional Benefits — Optional Living Benefits	p. 60
Appendix N: Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	p. 139	Condensed Financial Information	p. 14

The purpose of these appendices is first to illustrate the operation of various contract features and riders; second, to provide additional disclosure regarding various contract features and riders; and lastly, to provide condensed financial history (unaudited) of the subaccounts.

In order to demonstrate the contract features and riders, an example may show hypothetical contract values. These contract values do not represent past or future performance. Actual contract values may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a number of factors, including but not limited to the investment experience of the subaccounts, GPAs, DCA fixed account, and one-year fixed account and the fees and charges that apply to your contract.

The examples of death benefits and optional riders in appendices C through E and J through L include a partial withdrawal to illustrate the effect of a partial withdrawal on the particular benefit. These examples are intended to show how the optional riders operate, and do not take into account whether the rider is part of a qualified contract. Qualified contracts are subject to required minimum distributions at certain ages which may require you to take partial withdrawals from the contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). If you are considering the addition of certain death benefits and/or optional riders to a qualified contract, you should consult your tax advisor prior to making a purchase for an explanation of the potential tax implications to you.

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    87

Appendix A: Example — Market Value Adjustment (MVA)

As the examples below demonstrate, the application of an MVA may result in either a gain or a loss of principal. We refer to all of the transactions described below as “early withdrawals.”

Assumptions:

• You purchase a contract and allocate part of your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA; and

• we guarantee an interest rate of 3.0% annually for your ten-year guarantee period; and

• after three years, you decide to make a withdrawal from your GPA. In other words, there are seven years left in your guarantee period.

Remember that the MVA depends partly on the interest rate of a new GPA for the same number of years as the guarantee period remaining on your GPA. In this case, that is seven years.

Example 1: Remember that your GPA is earning 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 3.5%. We add 0.10% to the 3.5% rate to get 3.6%. Your GPA’s 3.0% rate is less than the 3.6% rate, so the MVA will be negative.

Example 2: Remember again that your GPA is earning 3.0%, and assume that new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 2.5%. We add 0.10% to the 2.5% rate to get 2.6%. In this example, since your GPA’s 3.0% rate is greater than the 2.6% rate, the MVA will be positive. To determine that adjustment precisely, you will have to use the formula described below.

Sample MVA Calculations

The precise MVA formula we apply is as follows:

Early withdrawal amount	×	[	(	1 + i	)	n/12	–1	]	=	MVA
				1 + j + .001

Where i	=	rate earned in the GPA from which amounts are being transferred or withdrawn.
j	=	current rate for a new guarantee period equal to the remaining term in the current guarantee period.
n	=	number of months remaining in the current guarantee period (rounded up).

Examples — MVA

Using assumptions similar to those we used in the examples above:

• You purchase a contract and allocate part of your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA;

• we guarantee an interest rate of 3.0% annually for your ten-year guarantee period; and

• after three years, you decide to make a $1,000 withdrawal from your GPA. In other words, there are seven years left in your guarantee period.

Example 1: You request an early withdrawal of $1,000 from your ten-year GPA earning a guaranteed interest rate of 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 3.5%. Using the formula above, we determine the MVA as follows:

$1,000	×	[	(	1.030	)	84/12	–1	]	=	-$39.84
				1 + .035 + .001

In this example, the MVA is a negative $39.84.

Example 2: You request an early withdrawal of $1,000 from your ten-year GPA earning a guaranteed interest rate of 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 2.5%. Using the formula above, we determine the MVA as follows:

$1,000	×	[	(	1.030	)	84/12	–1	]	=	$27.61
				1 + .025 + .001

In this example, the MVA is a positive $27.61.

Please note that when you allocate your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA and your purchase payment is in its fourth year from receipt at the beginning of the guarantee period, your withdrawal charge percentage is 7%, if you elected the seven-year withdrawal charge schedule and 4% if you elected a five-year withdrawal charge schedule. (See “Charges — Withdrawal Charge.”) We do not apply MVAs to the amounts we deduct for withdrawal charges, so we would deduct the withdrawal charge from your early withdrawal after we applied the MVA. Also note that when you request an early withdrawal, we withdraw an amount from your GPA that will give you the net amount you requested after we apply the MVA and any applicable withdrawal charge, unless you request otherwise.

88    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The current interest rate we offer on the GPA will change periodically at our discretion. It is the rate we are then paying on purchase payments, renewals and transfers paid under this class of contracts for guarantee period durations equaling the remaining guarantee period of the GPA to which the formula is being applied.

We will not apply MVAs to amounts withdrawn for annual contract charges, to amounts we pay as death claims or to automatic transfers from the two-year GPA as part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep strategy. In some states, the MVA is limited.

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    89

Appendix B: Example — Withdrawal Charges

For purposes of calculating any withdrawal charge, including the examples illustrated below, we treat amounts withdrawn from your contract value in the following order:

1. First, in each contract year, we withdraw amounts totaling:

• up to 10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value or your contract’s remaining benefit payment if you elected the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider and your remaining benefit payment is greater than 10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on this amount.

• up to 10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value or the greater of your contract’s remaining benefit payment or remaining annual lifetime payment if you elected theSecureSourcerider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, and the greater of your RALP and your remaining benefit payment is greater than 10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on this amount.

2.	Next, we withdraw contract earnings, if any, that are greater than the amount described in number one above. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on contract earnings.
3.	Next we withdraw purchase payments received prior to the withdrawal charge period shown in your contract. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on these purchase payments.
4.	Finally, if necessary, we withdraw purchase payments received that are still within the withdrawal charge period you selected and shown in your contract. We withdraw these payments on a “first-in, first-out” (FIFO) basis. We do assess a withdrawal charge on these payments.

After withdrawing earnings in numbers one and two above, we next withdraw enough additional contract value (ACV) to meet your requested withdrawal amount. If the amount described in number one above was greater than contract earnings prior to the withdrawal, the excess (XSF) will be excluded from the purchase payments being withdrawn that were received most recently when calculating the withdrawal charge. We determine the amount of purchase payments being withdrawn (PPW) in numbers three and four above as:

PPW = XSF + (ACV – XSF) / (CV – TFA) × (PPNPW – XSF)

If the additional contract value withdrawn is less than XSF, then PPW will equal ACV.

We determine current contract earnings (CE) by looking at the entire contract value (CV), not the earnings of any particular subaccount GPA, the one-year fixed account or the DCA fixed account.. If the contract value is less than purchase payments received and not previously withdrawn (PPNPW) then contract earnings are zero.

The examples below show how the withdrawal charge for a full and partial withdrawal is calculated for a contract with a seven-year withdrawal charge schedule. Each example illustrates the amount of the withdrawal charge for both a contract that experiences gains and a contract that experiences losses, given the same set of assumptions.

Full withdrawal charge calculation — seven-year withdrawal charge schedule:

This is an example of how we calculate the withdrawal charge on a contract with a seven-year (from the date of each purchase payment) withdrawal charge schedule and the following history:

Assumptions:

• We receive a single $50,000 purchase payment;

• During the fourth contract year you withdraw the contract for its total value. The withdrawal charge percentage in the fourth year after a purchase payment is 7.0%; and

• You have made no prior withdrawals.

We will look at two situations, one where the contract has a gain and another where there is a loss:

		Contract with Gain	Contract with Loss
	Contract value just prior to withdrawal:	$60,000.00	$40,000.00
	Contract value on prior anniversary:	58,000.00	42,000.00
We calculate the withdrawal charge as follows:
Step 1.	First, we determine the amount of earnings available in the contract at the time of withdrawal as:
	Contract value just prior to withdrawal (CV):	60,000.00	40,000.00
	Less purchase payments received and not previously withdrawn (PPNPW):	50,000.00	50,000.00
	Earnings in the contract (but not less than zero):	10,000.00	0.00

90    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

			Contract with Gain	Contract with Loss
Step 2.	Next, we determine the Total Free Amount (TFA) available in the contract as the greatest of the following values:
	Earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value:		5,800.00	4,200.00
	TFA (but not less than zero):		10,000.00	4,200.00
Step 3.	Next we determine ACV, the amount by which the contract value withdrawn exceeds earnings.
	Contract value withdrawn:		60,000.00	40,000.00
	Less earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	ACV (but not less than zero):		50,000.00	40,000.00
Step 4.	Next we determine XSF, the amount by which 10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value exceeds earnings.
	10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value:		5,800.00	4,200.00
	Less earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	XSF (but not less than zero):		0.00	4,200.00
Step 5.	Now we can determine how much of the PPNPW is being withdrawn (PPW) as follows:
	PPW	= XSF + (ACV – XSF) / (CV – TFA) × (PPNPW – XSF)
	XSF from Step 4 =
	ACV from Step 3 =		0.00	4,200.00
	CV from Step 1 =		50,000.00	40,000.00
	TFA from Step 2=		60,000.00	40,000.00
	PPNPW from Step 1 =		10,000.00	4,200.00
	PPW =		50,000.00	50,000.00
Step 6.	We then calculate the withdrawal charge as a percentage of PPW. Note that for a contract with a loss, PPW may be greater than the amount you request to withdraw:
	PPW:		50,000.00	50,000.00
	less XSF:		0.00	4,200.00
	amount of PPW subject to a withdrawal charge:		50,000.00	45,800.00
	multiplied by the withdrawal charge rate:		× 7.0%	× 7.0%
	withdrawal charge:		3,500.00	3,206.00
Step 7.	The dollar amount you will receive as a result of your full withdrawal is determined as:
	Contract value withdrawn:		60,000.00	40,000.00
	Withdrawal charge:		(3,500.00)	(3,206.00)
	Contract charge (assessed upon full withdrawal):		(40.00)	(40.00)
	Net full withdrawal proceeds:		$56,460.00	$36,754.00

Partial withdrawal charge calculation — seven-year withdrawal charge schedule:

This is an example of how we calculate the withdrawal charge on a contract with a seven-year (from the date of each purchase payment) withdrawal charge schedule and the following history:

Assumptions:

• We receive a single $50,000 purchase payment;

• During the fourth contract year you request a net partial withdrawal of $15,000.00. The withdrawal charge percentage in the fourth year after a purchase payment is 7.0%; and

• You have made no prior withdrawals.

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    91

We will look at two situations, one where the contract has a gain and another where there is a loss:

			Contract with Gain	Contract with Loss
	Contract value just prior to withdrawal:		$60,000.00	$40,000.00
	Contract value on prior anniversary:		58,000.00	42,000.00
We determine the amount of contract value that must be withdrawn in order for the net partial withdrawal proceeds to match the amount requested. We start with an estimate of the amount of contract value to withdraw and calculate the resulting withdrawal charge and net partial withdrawal proceeds as illustrated below. We then adjust our estimate and repeat until we determine the amount of contract value to withdraw that generates the desired net partial withdrawal proceeds.
We calculate the withdrawal charge for each estimate as follows:
Step 1.	First, we determine the amount of earnings available in the contract at the time of withdrawal as:
	Contract value just prior to withdrawal (CV):		60,000.00	40,000.00
	Less purchase payments received and not previously withdrawn (PPNPW):		50,000.00	50,000.00
	Earnings in the contract (but not less than zero):		10,000.00	0.00
Step 2.	Next, we determine the Total Free Amount (TFA) available in the contract as the greatest of the following values:
	Earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value:		5,800.00	4,200.00
	TFA (but not less than zero):		10,000.00	4,200.00
Step 3.	Next we determine ACV, the amount by which the contract value withdrawn exceeds earnings.
	Contract value withdrawn:		15,376.34	16,062.31
	Less earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	ACV (but not less than zero):		5,376.34	16,062.31
Step 4.	Next we determine XSF, the amount by which 10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value exceeds earnings.
	10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value:		5,800.00	4,200.00
	Less earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	XSF (but not less than zero):		0.00	4,200.00
Step 5.	Now we can determine how much of the PPNPW is being withdrawn (PPW) as follows:
	PPW	= XSF + (ACV – XSF) / (CV – TFA) × (PPNPW – XSF)
	XSF from Step 4 =		0.00	4,200.00
	ACV from Step 3 =		5,376.34	16,062.31
	CV from Step 1 =		60,000.00	40,000.00
	TFA from Step 2 =		10,000.00	4,200.00
	PPNPW from Step 1 =		50,000.00	50,000.00
	PPW =		5,376.34	19,375.80
Step 6.	We then calculate the withdrawal charge as a percentage of PPW. Note that for a contract with a loss, PPW may be greater than the amount you request to withdraw:
	PPW:		5,376.34	19,375.80
	less XSF:		0.00	4,200.00
	amount of PPW subject to a withdrawal charge:		5,376.34	15,175.80
	multiplied by the withdrawal charge rate:		× 7.0%	× 7.0%
	withdrawal charge:		376.34	1,062.31
Step 7.	The dollar amount you will receive as a result of your partial withdrawal is determined as:
	Contract value withdrawn:		15,376.34	16,062.31
	Withdrawal charge:		(376.34)	(1,062.31)
	Net partial withdrawal proceeds:		$15,000.00	$15,000.00

92    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix C: Example — Death Benefits

Example — ROP Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $20,000;

• On the first contract anniversary you make an additional purchase payment of $5,000;

• During the second contract year the contract value falls to $22,000 and you take a $1,500 partial withdrawal, including withdrawal charge; and

• During the third contract year the contract value grows to $23,000.

We calculate the ROP Death Benefit as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:		$23,000.00
2.	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,704.55
	$22,000
	for a death benefit of:		$23,295.45
ROP Death Benefit, calculated as the greatest of these two values:				$23,295.45

Example — MAV Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000;

• On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $26,000; and

• During the second contract year the contract value falls to $22,000, at which point you take a $1,500 (including withdrawal charge) partial withdrawal, leaving a contract value of $20,500.

We calculate the MAV Death Benefit, which is based on the greater of three values, as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:		$20,500.00
2.	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,704.55
	$22,000
	for a death benefit of:		$23,295.45
3.	The MAV immediately preceding the date of death:
	Greatest of your contract anniversary values:		$26,000.00
	plus purchase payments made since the prior anniversary:		+0.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $26,000	=	–1,772.73
	$22,000
	for a death benefit of:		$24,227.27
The MAV Death Benefit, calculated as the greatest of these three values, which is the MAV:				$24,227.27

Example — 5% Accumulation Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000 with $5,000 allocated to the GPA accounts and $20,000 allocated to the subaccounts; and

• on the first contract anniversary, the GPA account value is $5,200 and the subaccount value is $17,000. Total contract value is $23,200; and

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    93

• During the second contract year the GPA account value is $5,300 and the subaccount value is $19,000. Total contract value is $24,300. You take a $1,500 (including withdrawal charge) partial withdrawal all from the subaccounts, leaving the contract value at $22,800.

The death benefit, which is based on the greatest of three values, is calculated as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:		$22,800.00
2.	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,543.21
	$24,300
	for a death benefit of:		$23,456.79
3.	The 5% variable account floor:
	The variable account floor on the first contract anniversary, calculated as:
	1.05 × $20,000 =		$21,000.00
	plus amounts allocated to the subaccounts since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus the 5% variable account floor adjusted partial withdrawal from the subaccounts, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $21,000	=	–1,657.89
	$19,000
	variable account floor benefit:		$19,342.11
	plus the GPA account value:		+5,300.00
	5% variable account floor (value of the GPA account and the variable account floor):		$24,642.11
The 5% Accumulation Death Benefit, calculated as the greatest of these three values, which is the 5% variable account floor:				$24,642.11

Example — Enhanced Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000 with $5,000 allocated to the GPA accounts and $20,000 allocated to the subaccounts; and

• on the first contract anniversary, the GPA account value is $5,200 and the subaccount value is $17,000. Total contract value is $23,200; and

• During the second contract year the GPA account value is $5,300 and the subaccount value is $19,000. Total contract value is $24,300. You take a $1,500 (including withdrawal charge) partial withdrawal all from the subaccounts, leaving the contract value at $22,800.

The death benefit, which is based on the greatest of four values, is calculated as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:		$22,800.00
2.	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,543.21
	$24,300
	for a death benefit of:		$23,456.79
3.	The MAV on the anniversary immediately preceding the date of death:
	The MAV on the immediately preceding anniversary:		$25,000.00
	plus purchase payments made since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals made since that anniversary, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,543.21
	$24,300
	for a MAV Death Benefit of:		$23,456.79

94    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

4.	The 5% variable account floor:
	The variable account floor on the first contract anniversary, calculated as:
	1.05 × $20,000 =		$21,000.00
	plus amounts allocated to the subaccounts since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus the 5% variable account floor adjusted partial withdrawal from the subaccounts, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $21,000	=	–1,657.89
	$19,000
	variable account floor benefit:		$19,342.11
	plus the GPA value:		+5,300.00
	5% variable account floor (value of the GPAs and the variable account floor):		$24,642.11
Enhanced Death Benefit, calculated as the greatest of these four values, which is the 5% variable account floor:				$24,642.11

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    95

Appendix D: Example — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider

Example — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider

The following example shows how the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider works based on hypothetical values. It is not intended to depict investment performance of the contract.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract (with the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider) with a payment of $100,000.

• You make no additional purchase payments.

• You do not exercise the Elective Step-up option

• The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider fee is 0.80%.

End of Contract Year	Assumed Net Rate of Return	Partial Withdrawal (beginning of year)	Adjusted Partial Withdrawal	MCAV	Accumulation Benefit Amount	Contract Value
1	12%	0	0	100,000	0	111,104
2	15%	0	0	101,398	0	126,747
3	3%	0	0	103,604	0	129,505
4	-8%	0	0	103,604	0	118,192
5	-15%	0	0	103,604	0	99,634
6	20%	2,000	2,080	101,525	0	116,224
7	15%	0	0	106,071	0	132,588
8	-10%	0	0	106,071	0	118,375
9	-20%	5,000	4,480	101,590	0	89,851
10	-12%	0	0	101,590	23,334	78,256

96    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix E: Example:SecureSource Riders

EXAMPLE #1: Single Life Benefit: Covered Person has not reached age 65 at the time the contract and rider are purchased.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and make no additional payments to the contract.

• You are the sole owner and also the annuitant. You are age 60.

• Automatic Annual step ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the RBA and/or 6% of the contract value is greater than the ALP. Applied Annual step ups are indicated in bold.

• You elect the Moderate PN program investment option at issue. On the 1st contract anniversary, you elect to change to the Moderately Aggressive PN program investment option. The target PN program investment option under the contract is the Moderate PN program investment option.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	Basic Withdrawal Benefit				Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit
				GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
At Issue	$100,000	$N/A	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	$7,000	$7,000	$N/A	$N/A
0.5	0	5,000	92,000	100,000	95,000	7,000	2,000	N/A	N/A
1	0	0	90,000	90,000(1)	90,000(1)	6,300	6,300	N/A	N/A
2	0	0	81,000	90,000	90,000	6,300	6,300	N/A	N/A
5	0	0	75,000	90,000	90,000	6,300	6,300	5,400(2)	5,400(2)
5.5	0	5,400	70,000	90,000	84,600	6,300	900	5,400	0
6	0	0	69,000	90,000	84,600	6,300	6,300	5,400	5,400
6.5	0	6,300	62,000	90,000	78,300	6,300	0	3,720(3)	0
7	0	0	64,000	90,000	78,300	6,300	6,300	3,840	3,840
7.5	0	10,000	51,000	51,000(4)	51,000(4)	3,570	0	3,060(4)	0
8	0	0	55,000	55,000	55,000	3,850	3,850	3,300	3,300

At this point, assuming no additional activity (step ups, excess withdrawals, purchase payments, spousal continuation, contract ownership change, or PN program investment option changes), you can continue to withdrawal up to either the GBP of $3,850 each year until the RBA is reduced to zero, or the ALP of $3,300 each year until the later of your death or the RBA is reduced to zero.

(1)	Allocation to the Moderately Aggressive investment option during a withdrawal phase will reset the benefit. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA or the contract value. The ALP (if established) is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value. Any future withdrawals will reallocate your contract value to the Moderate PN program investment option if you are invested more aggressively than the Moderate PN program investment option.
(2)	The ALP and RALP are established on the contract anniversary date following the date the covered person reaches age 65 as 6% of the RBA.
(3)	The $6,300 withdrawal is greater than the $5,400 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the ALP, resetting the ALP to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.
(4)	The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than both the $6,300 RBP allowed under the basic withdrawal benefit and the $3,840 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the GBA, RBA, and ALP. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.

EXAMPLE #2: Single Life Benefit: Covered Person has reached 65 at the time the contract and rider are purchased.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and make no additional payments to the contract.

• You are the sole owner and also the annuitant. You are age 65.

• Automatic Annual step ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the RBA and/or 6% of the contract value is greater than the ALP. Applied Annual step ups are indicated in bold.

• Your death occurs after 6½ contract years and your spouse continues the contract and rider. Your spouse is over age 65 and is the new Covered Person.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	Basic Withdrawal Benefit				Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit
				GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
At Issue	$100,000	$N/A	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	$7,000	$7,000	$6,000	$6,000
1	0	0	105,000	105,000	105,000	7,350	7,000(1)	6,300	6,000(1)

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    97

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	Basic Withdrawal Benefit				Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit
				GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
2	0	0	110,000	110,000	110,000	7,700	7,000(1)	6,600	6,000(1)
3	0	0	110,000	110,000	110,000	7,700	7,700(2)	6,600	6,600(2)
3.5	0	6,600	110,000	110,000	103,400	7,700	1,100	6,600	0
4	0	0	115,000	115,000	115,000	8,050	8,050	6,900	6,900
4.5	0	8,050	116,000	115,000	106,950	8,050	0	6,900(3)	0
5	0	0	120,000	120,000	120,000	8,400	8,400	7,200	7,200
5.5	0	10,000	122,000	120,000(4)	110,000(4)	8,400	0	7,200(4)	0
6	0	0	125,000	125,000	125,000	8,750	8,750	7,500	7,500
6.5	0	0	110,000	125,000	125,000	8,750	8,750	6,600(5)	6,600(5)
7	0	0	105,000	125,000	125,000	8,750	8,750	6,600	6,600

At this point, assuming no additional activity (step ups, excess withdrawals, purchase payments, contract ownership change, or PN program investment option changes), your spouse can continue to withdrawal up to either the GBP of $8,750 each year until the RBA is reduced to zero, or the ALP of $6,600 each year until the later of your spouse’s death or the RBA is reduced to zero.

(1)	The Annual Step-up has not been applied to the RBP or RALP because any withdrawal after step up during the Waiting Period would reverse any prior step ups prior to determining if the withdrawal is excess. Therefore, during the Waiting Period, the RBP is the amount you can withdrawal without incurring the GBA and RBA excess withdrawal processing, and the RALP is the amount you can withdrawal without incurring the ALP excess withdrawal processing.
(2)	On the third anniversary (after the end of the waiting period), the RBP and RALP are set equal to the GBP and ALP, respectively.
(3)	The $8,050 withdrawal is greater than the $6,900 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the ALP, resetting the ALP to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.
(4)	The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than both the $8,400 RBP allowed under the basic withdrawal benefit and the $7,200 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the GBA, RBA, and ALP. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.
(5)	At spousal continuation, the ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value and the RALP is reset to the ALP.

EXAMPLE #3: Joint Life Benefit: Younger Covered Spouse has not reached 65 at the time the contract and rider are purchased.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and make no additional payments to the contract.

• You are age 59 and your spouse is age 60.

• Automatic annual step ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the RBA and/or 6% of the contract value is greater than the ALP. Applied annual step ups are indicated in bold.

• You elect the Moderate investment option at issue. On the 1st contract anniversary, you elect to change to the Moderately Aggressive PN program investment option. The target PN program investment option under the contract is the Moderate PN program investment option.

• Your death occurs after 9½ contract years and your spouse continues the contract and rider; the lifetime benefit is not reset.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	Basic Withdrawal Benefit				Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit
				GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
At Issue	$100,000	$N/A	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	$7,000	$7,000	$N/A	$N/A
0.5	0	5,000	92,000	100,000	95,000	7,000	2,000	N/A	N/A
1	0	0	90,000	90,000(1)	90,000(1)	6,300	6,300	N/A	N/A
2	0	0	81,000	90,000	90,000	6,300	6,300	N/A	N/A
6	0	0	75,000	90,000	90,000	6,300	6,300	5,400(2)	5,400(2)
6.5	0	5,400	70,000	90,000	84,600	6,300	900	5,400	0
7	0	0	69,000	90,000	84,600	6,300	6,300	5,400	5,400
7.5	0	6,300	62,000	90,000	78,300	6,300	0	3,720(3)	0
8	0	0	64,000	90,000	78,300	6,300	6,300	3,840	3,840
8.5	0	10,000	51,000	51,000(4)	51,000(4)	3,570	0	3,060(4)	0
9	0	0	55,000	55,000	55,000	3,850	3,850	3,300	3,300

98    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	Basic Withdrawal Benefit				Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit
				GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
9.5	0	0	54,000	55,000	55,000	3,850	3,850	3,300	3,300
10	0	0	52,000	55,000	55,000	3,850	3,850	3,300	3,300

At this point, assuming no additional activity (step ups, excess withdrawals, purchase payments, or PN program investment option changes), your spouse can continue to withdrawal up to either the GBP of $3,850 each year until the RBA is reduced to zero, or the ALP of $3,300 each year until the later of your spouse’s death or the RBA is reduced to zero.

(1)	The ALP and RALP are established on the contract anniversary date following the date the younger Covered Spouse reaches age 65 as 6% of the RBA.
(2)	Allocation to the Moderately Aggressive PN program model portfolio or investment option during a withdrawal phase will reset the benefit. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA or the contract value. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value. Any future withdrawals will reallocate your contract value to the Moderate PN program investment option if you are invested more aggressively than the Moderate PN program investment option.
(3)	The $6,300 withdrawal is greater than the $5,400 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the ALP, resetting the ALP to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.
(4)	The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than both the $6,300 RBP allowed under the basic withdrawal benefit and the $3,840 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the GBA, RBA, and ALP. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.

EXAMPLE #4: Joint Life Benefit: Younger Covered Spouse has reached 65 at the time the contract and rider are purchased.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and make no additional payments to the contract

• You are age 71 and your spouse is age 70.

• Automatic Annual step ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the RBA and/or 6% of the contract value is greater than the ALP. Applied annual step ups are indicated in bold.

• Your death occurs after 6½ contract years and your spouse continues the contract and rider; the lifetime benefit is not reset.

Contract Duration	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	Basic Withdrawal Benefit				Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit
				GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
At Issue	$100,000	$N/A	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	$7,000	$7,000	$6,000	$6,000
1	0	0	105,000	105,000	105,000	7,350	7,000(1)	6,300	6,000(1)
2	0	0	110,000	110,000	110,000	7,700	7,000(1)	6,600	6,000(1)
3	0	0	110,000	110,000	110,000	7,700	7,700(2)	6,600	6,600(2)
3.5	0	6,600	110,000	110,000	103,400	7,700	1,100	6,600	0
4	0	0	115,000	115,000	115,000	8,050	8,050	6,900	6,900
4.5	0	8,050	116,000	115,000	106,950	8,050	0	6,900(3)	0
5	0	0	120,000	120,000	120,000	8,400	8,400	7,200	7,200
5.5	0	10,000	122,000	120,000(4)	110,000(4)	8,400	0	7,200(4)	0
6	0	0	125,000	125,000	125,000	8,750	8,750	7,500	7,500
6.5	0	0	110,000	125,000	125,000	8,750	8,750	7,500	7,500
7	0	0	105,000	125,000	125,000	8,750	8,750	7,500	7,500

At this point, assuming no additional activity (step ups, excess withdrawals, purchase payments, or PN program investment option changes), your spouse can continue to withdrawal up to either the GBP of $8,750 each year until the RBA is reduced to zero, or the ALP of $7,500 each year until the later of your spouse’s death or the RBA is reduced to zero.

(1)	The Annual step-up has not been applied to the RBP or RALP because any withdrawal after step up during the waiting period would reverse any prior step ups prior to determining if the withdrawal is excess. Therefore, during the Waiting Period, the RBP is the amount you can withdrawal without incurring the GBA and RBA excess withdrawal processing, and the RALP is the amount you can withdrawal without incurring the ALP excess withdrawal processing.
(2)	On the third anniversary (after the end of the Waiting Period), the RBP and RALP are set equal to the GBP and ALP, respectively.
(3)	The $8,050 withdrawal is greater than the $6,900 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the ALP, resetting the ALP to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    99

⁽⁴⁾ The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than both the $8,400 RBP allowed under the basic withdrawal benefit and the $7,200 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the GBA, RBA, and ALP. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.

100    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix F:SecureSource Riders — Additional Required Minimum Distribution (RMD) Disclosure

This appendix describes our current administrative practice for determining the amount of withdrawals in any contract year which an owner may take under aSecureSourcerider to satisfy the RMD rules under 401(a)(9) of the Code without application of the excess withdrawal processing described in the rider. We reserve the right to modify this administrative practice at any time upon 30 days’ written notice to you.

For owners subject to annual RMD rules under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, the amounts you withdraw each year from this contract to satisfy these rules are not subject to excess withdrawal processing under the terms of the rider subject to the following rules and our current administrative practice:

(1) If on the date we calculated your Annual Life Expectancy Required Minimum Distribution Amount (ALERMDA), it is greater than the RBP from the beginning of the current contract year,

• Basic Additional Benefit Amount (BABA) will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the RBP from the beginning of the current contract year.

• Any withdrawals taken in a contract year will count first against and reduce the RBP for that contract year.

• Once the RBP for the current contract year has been depleted, any additional amounts withdrawn will count against and reduce the BABA. These withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the GBA and RBA as long as they do not exceed the remaining BABA.

• Once the BABA has been depleted, any additional withdrawal amounts will be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the GBA and RBA and will subject them all to the excess withdrawal processing described in theSecureSourcerider.

(2) If on the date we calculated your ALERMDA, it is greater than the RALP from the beginning of the current contract year,

• A Lifetime Additional Benefit Amount (LABA) will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the RALP from the beginning of the current contract year.

• Any withdrawals taken in a contract year will count first against and reduce the RALP for that contract year.

• Once the RALP for the current contract year has been depleted, any additional amounts withdrawn will count against and reduce the LABA. These withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the ALP as long as they do not exceed the remaining LABA. Withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals unless amounts withdrawn exceed combined RALP and LABA values.

• Once the LABA has been depleted, any additional withdrawal amounts will be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the ALP and will subject the ALP to the excess withdrawal processing described by theSecureSourcerider.

(3) If the ALP is established on a policy anniversary where your current ALERMDA is greater than the new RALP,

• An initial LABA will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the new RALP.

• This new LABA will be immediately reduced by the amount that total withdrawals in the current calendar year exceed the new RALP, but shall not be reduced to less than zero.

The ALERMDA is:

(1)	determined by us each calendar year;
(2)	based on your initial purchase payment and not the actual contract value in the calendar year of contract issue and therefore may not be sufficient to allow you to withdraw your RMD without causing an excess withdrawal;
(3)	based solely on the value of the contract to which theSecureSourcerider is attached as of the date we make the determination;
(4)	based on your recalculated life expectancy taken from the Uniform Lifetime Table under the Code; and
(5)	based on the company’s understanding and interpretation of the requirements for life expectancy distributions intended to satisfy the required minimum distribution rules under Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, as applicable on the effective date of this prospectus, to:

1.	an individual retirement annuity (Section 408(b));
2.	a Roth individual retirement account (Section 408A);
3.	a Simplified Employee Pension plan (Section 408(k));
4.	a tax-sheltered annuity rollover (Section 403(b)).

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    101

In the future, the requirements under the Code for such distributions may change and the life expectancy amount calculation provided under yourSecureSourcerider may not be sufficient to satisfy the requirements under the Code for these types of distributions. In such a situation, amounts withdrawn to satisfy such distribution requirements will exceed your available RBP or RALP amount and may result in the reduction of your GBA, RBA, and/or ALP as described under the excess withdrawal provision of the rider.

In cases where the Code does not allow the life expectancy of a natural person to be used to calculate the required minimum distribution amount (e.g., ownership by a trust or a charity), we will calculate the life expectancy RMD amount calculated by us as zero in all years. The life expectancy required minimum distribution amount calculated by us will also equal zero in all years.

Please contact your tax advisor about the impact of those rules prior to purchasing theSecureSourcerider.

102    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix G: Example — Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider

Example of the Benefit Protector

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and you and the annuitant are under age 70; and

• You select the MAV Death Benefit and the seven-year withdrawal charge schedule.

During the first contract year the contract value grows to $105,000. The MAV Death Benefit equals the contract value. You have not reached the first contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector does not provide any additional benefit at this time.
On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. The death benefit equals:
MAV death benefit (contract value):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death
(MAV death benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000
On the second contract anniversary the contract value falls to $105,000. The death benefit equals:
MAV death benefit (MAV):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000
During the third contract year the contract value remains at $105,000 and you request a partial withdrawal of $50,000, including the applicable 7% withdrawal charge. We will withdraw $10,500 from your contract value free of charge (10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value). The remainder of the withdrawal is subject to a 7% withdrawal charge because your payment is in the third year of the withdrawal charge schedule, so we will withdraw $39,500 ($36,735 + $2,765 in withdrawal charges) from your contract value. Altogether, we will withdraw $50,000 and pay you $47,235. We calculate purchase payments not previously withdrawn as $100,000 – $45,000 = $55,000 (remember that $5,000 of the partial withdrawal is contract earnings). The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (MAV adjusted for partial withdrawals):	$57,619
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death):
0.40 × ($57,619 – $55,000) =	+1,048
Total death benefit of:	$ 58,667
On the third contract anniversary the contract value falls to $40,000. The death benefit equals the previous death benefit. The reduction in contract value has no effect.
On the ninth contract anniversary the contract value grows to a new high of $200,000. Earnings at death reaches its maximum of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old.
The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$200,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old)	+55,000
Total death benefit of:	$255,000
During the tenth contract year you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000. Your new contract value is now $250,000. The new purchase payment is less than one year old and so it has no effect on the Benefit Protector value. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old)	+55,000
Total death benefit of:	$305,000
During the eleventh contract year the contract value remains $250,000 and the “new” purchase payment is one year old and the value of the Benefit Protector changes. The death benefit equals:

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    103

MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death
(MAV death benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($250,000 – $105,000) =	+58,000
Total death benefit of:	$308,000

104    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix H: Example — Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider

Example of the Benefit Protector Plus

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and you and the annuitant are under age 70; and

• You select the MAV Death Benefit and the seven-year withdrawal charge schedule.

During the first contract year the contract value grows to $105,000. The MAV Death Benefit equals the contract value. You have not reached the first contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector Plus does not provide any additional benefit at this time.
On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. You have not reached the second contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector Plus does not provide any benefit beyond what is provided by the Benefit Protector at this time. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death
(MAV Death Benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000
On the second contract anniversary the contract value falls to $105,000. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (MAV):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death:
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
plus 10% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn: 0.10 × $100,000 =	+10,000
Total death benefit of:	$124,000
During the third contract year the contract value remains at $105,000 and you request a partial withdrawal of $50,000, including the applicable 7% withdrawal charge. We will withdraw $10,500 from your contract value free of charge (10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value). The remainder of the withdrawal is subject to a 7% withdrawal charge because your payment is in the third year of the withdrawal charge schedule, so we will withdraw $39,500 ($36,735 + $2,765 in withdrawal charges) from your contract value. Altogether, we will withdraw $50,000 and pay you $47,235. We calculate purchase payments not previously withdrawn as $100,000 – $45,000 = $55,000 (remember that $5,000 of the partial withdrawal is contract earnings). The death benefit on equals:
MAV Death Benefit (MAV adjusted for partial withdrawals):	$57,619
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death:
0.40 × ($57,619 – $55,000) =	+1,048
plus 10% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn: 0.10 x $55,000 =	+5,500
Total death benefit of:	$64,167
On the third contract anniversary the contract value falls to $40,000. The death benefit equals the previous death benefit calculated. The reduction in contract value has no effect.
On the ninth contract anniversary the contract value grows to a new high of $200,000. Earnings at death reaches its maximum of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old. Because we are beyond the fourth contract anniversary the Benefit Protector Plus also reaches its maximum of 20%. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$200,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old	+55,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn: 0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$266,000

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    105

On the ninth contract anniversary you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000. Your new contract value is now $250,000. The new purchase payment is less than one year old and so it has no effect on the Benefit Protector Plus value. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old	+55,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn: 0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$316,000
During the tenth contract year the contract value remains $250,000 and the “new” purchase payment is one year old. The value of the Benefit Protector Plus remains constant. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (MAV Death Benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($250,000 – $105,000) =	+58,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn: 0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$319,000

106    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix I: Asset Allocation Program for Contracts With Applications Signed Before May 1, 2006

Asset Allocation Program

For contracts with applications signed before May 1, 2006, we offered an asset allocation program. You could elect to participate in the asset allocation program, and there is no additional charge. If you purchased an optional Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider or Income Assurer Benefit rider, you are required to participate in the asset allocation program under the terms of the rider.

This asset allocation program allows you to allocate your contract value to a model portfolio that consists of subaccounts and may include certain GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account (if available under the asset allocation program), which represent various asset classes. By spreading your contract value among these various asset classes, you may be able to reduce the volatility in your contract value, but there is no guarantee that this will occur.

Asset allocation does not guarantee that your contract will increase in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. If you choose or are required to participate in the asset allocation program, you are responsible for determining which model portfolio is best for you. Your investment professional can help you make this determination. In addition, your investment professional may provide you with an investor questionnaire, a tool that can help you determine which model portfolio is suited to your needs based on factors such as your investment goals, your tolerance for risk, and how long you intend to invest.

Under the asset allocation program, we have offered five model portfolios ranging from conservative to aggressive. You may not use more than one model portfolio at a time. You are allowed to request a change to another model portfolio twice per contract year. Each model portfolio specifies allocation percentages to each of the subaccounts, any GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account that make up that model portfolio. By participating in the asset allocation program, you authorize us to invest your contract value in the subaccounts, any GPAs according to the allocation percentages stated for the specific model portfolio you have selected. You also authorize us to automatically rebalance your contract value quarterly beginning three months after the effective date of your contract in order to maintain alignment with the allocation percentages specified in the model portfolio.

Special rules will apply to the GPAs if they are included in a model portfolio. Under these rules:

• no MVA will apply when rebalancing occurs within a specific model portfolio (but an MVA may apply if you elect to transfer to a new model portfolio); and

• no MVA will apply when you elect an annuity payout plan while your contract value is invested in a model portfolio (see “Guarantee Period Accounts — Market Value Adjustment”).

Under the asset allocation program, the subaccounts, any GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account that make up the model portfolio you selected and the allocation percentages to those subaccounts, any GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account will not change unless we adjust the composition of the model portfolio to reflect the liquidation, substitution or merger of an underlying fund, a change of investment objective by an underlying fund or when an underlying fund stops selling its shares to the variable account. We reserve the right to change the terms and conditions of the asset allocation program upon written notice to you.

If permitted under applicable securities law, we reserve the right to:

• reallocate your current model portfolio to an updated version of your current model portfolio; or

• substitute a fund of funds for your current model portfolio.

We also reserve the right to discontinue the asset allocation program. We will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change.

If you elected to participate in the asset allocation program, you may discontinue your participation in the program at any time by giving us written notice. Upon cancellation, automated rebalancing associated with the asset allocation program will end. You can elect to participate in the asset allocation program again at any time.

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    107

Appendix J: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider Disclosure

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge if⁽¹⁾:

•	your contract application is signed on or after May 1, 2006;
•	the rider is available in your state; and
•	you and the annuitant are 80 or younger on the date the contract is issued.
(1)	The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider is not available under an inherited qualified annuity.

You must elect the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider when you purchase your contract. The rider effective date will be the contract issue date.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider guarantees that you will be able to withdraw up to a certain amount each year from the contract, regardless of the investment performance of your contract before the annuity payments begin, until you have recovered at minimum all of your purchase payments. And, under certain limited circumstances defined in the rider, you have the right to take a specified amount of partial withdrawals in each contract year until death (see “At Death” heading below) — even if the contract value is zero.

Your contract provides for annuity payouts to begin on the retirement date (see “Buying Your Contract — The Retirement Date”). Before the retirement date, you have the right to withdraw some or all of your contract value, less applicable administrative, withdrawal and rider charges imposed under the contract at the time of the withdrawal (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Withdrawals”). Because your contract value will fluctuate depending on the performance of the underlying funds in which the subaccounts invest, the contract itself does not guarantee that you will be able to take a certain withdrawal amount each year before the annuitization start date, nor does it guarantee the length of time over which such withdrawals can be made before the annuitization start date.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider may be appropriate for you if you intend to make periodic withdrawals from your annuity contract and wish to ensure that market performance will not adversely affect your ability to withdraw your principal over time.

Under the terms of the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, the calculation of the amount which can be withdrawn in each contract year varies depending on several factors, including but not limited to the waiting period (see “Waiting period” heading below) and whether or not the lifetime withdrawal benefit has become effective:

(1)

The basic withdrawal benefit gives you the right to take limited partial withdrawals in each contract year and guarantees that over time the withdrawals will total an amount equal to, at minimum, your purchase payments. Key terms associated with the basic withdrawal benefit are “Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP),” “Remaining Benefit Payment (RBP),” “Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA),” and “Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA).” See these headings below for more information.

(2)

The lifetime withdrawal benefit gives you the right, under certain limited circumstances defined in the rider, to take limited partial withdrawals until the later of death (see “At Death” heading below) or until the RBA (under the basic withdrawal benefit) is reduced to zero. Key terms associated with the lifetime withdrawal benefit are “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP),” “Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (RALP),” “Covered Person,” and “Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA).” See these headings below for more information.

Only the basic withdrawal benefit will be in effect prior to the date that the lifetime withdrawal benefit becomes effective. The lifetime withdrawal benefit becomes effective automatically on the rider anniversary date after the covered person reaches age 65, or the rider effective date if the covered person is age 65 or older on the rider effective date (see “Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA)” heading below).

Provided annuity payouts have not begun, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider guarantees that you may take the following partial withdrawal amounts each contract year:

• After the waiting period and before the establishment of the ALP, the rider guarantees that each year you can cumulatively withdraw an amount equal to the GBP;

• During the waiting period and before the establishment of the ALP, the rider guarantees that each year you can cumulatively withdraw an amount equal to the value of the RBP at the beginning of the contract year;

• After the waiting period and after the establishment of the ALP, the rider guarantees that each year you have the option to cumulatively withdraw an amount equal the ALP or the GBP, but the rider does not guarantee withdrawals of the sum of both the ALP and the GBP in a contract year;

• During the waiting period and after the establishment of the ALP, the rider guarantees that each year you have the option to cumulatively withdraw an amount equal to the value of the RALP or the RBP at the beginning of the contract year, but the rider does not guarantee withdrawals of the sum of both the RALP and the RBP in a contract year.

108    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If you withdraw less than the allowed partial withdrawal amount in a contract year, the unused portion cannot be carried over to the next contract year. As long as your partial withdrawals in each contract year do not exceed the annual partial withdrawal amount allowed under the rider, and there has not been a contract ownership change or spousal continuation of the contract, the guaranteed amounts available for partial withdrawals are protected (i.e., will not decrease).

If you withdraw more than the allowed partial withdrawal amount in a contract year, we call this an “excess withdrawal” under the rider. Excess withdrawals trigger an adjustment of a benefit’s guaranteed amount, which may cause it to be reduced (see “GBA Excess Withdrawal Processing,” “RBA Excess Withdrawal Processing,” and “ALP Excess Withdrawal Processing” headings below).

Please note that each of the two benefits has its own definition of the allowed annual withdrawal amount. Therefore a partial withdrawal may be considered an excess withdrawal for purposes of the lifetime withdrawal benefit only, the basic withdrawal benefit only, or both.

If your withdrawals exceed the greater of the RBP or the RALP, withdrawal charges under the terms of the contract may apply (see “Charges — Withdrawal Charges”). The amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable withdrawal charge. Market value adjustments, if applicable, will also be made (see “Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs) — Market Value Adjustment”). We pay you the amount you request. Any partial withdrawals you take under the contract will reduce the value of the death benefits (see “Benefits in Case of Death”). Upon full withdrawal of the contract, you will receive the remaining contract value less any applicable charges (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Withdrawal”).

The rider’s guaranteed amounts can be increased at the specified intervals if your contract value has increased. An annual step up feature is available at each contract anniversary, subject to certain conditions, and may be applied automatically to your contract or may require you to elect the step up (see “Annual Step Up” heading below). If you exercise the annual step up election, the spousal continuation step up election (see “Spousal Continuation Step Up” heading below) or change your PN investment option, the rider charge may change (see “Charges”).

If you take withdrawals during the waiting period, any prior steps ups applied will be reversed and step ups will not be available until the third rider anniversary. You may take withdrawals after the waiting period without reversal of prior step ups.

You should consider whether the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider is appropriate for you because:

You will begin paying the rider charge as of the rider effective date, even if you do not begin taking withdrawals for many years. It is possible that your contract performance, fees and charges, and withdrawal pattern may be such that your contract value will not be depleted in your lifetime and you will not receive any monetary value under the rider.

• Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit Limitations: The lifetime withdrawal benefit is subject to certain limitations, including but not limited to:

(a) Once the contract value equals zero, payments are made for as long as the oldest owner or annuitant is living (see “If Contract Value Reduces to Zero” heading below). However, if the contract value is greater than zero, the lifetime withdrawal benefit terminates at the first death of any owner or annuitant (see “At Death” heading below). Therefore, if there are multiple contract owners or the annuitant is not an owner, the rider may terminate or the lifetime withdrawal benefit may be reduced. This possibility may present itself when:

(i)	There are multiple contract owners — when one of the contract owners dies the benefit terminates even though other contract owners are still living (except if the contract is continued under the spousal continuation provision of the contract); or
(ii)	The owner and the annuitant are not the same persons — if the annuitant dies before the owner, the benefit terminates even though the owner is still living. This is could happen, for example, when the owner is younger than the annuitant. This risk increases as the age difference between owner and annuitant increases.

(b)	Excess withdrawals can reduce the ALP to zero even though the GBA, RBA, GBP and/or RBP values are greater than zero. If the both the ALP and the contract value are zero, the lifetime withdrawal benefit will terminate.
(c)	When the lifetime withdrawal benefit is first established, the initial ALP is based on the basic withdrawal benefit’s RBA at that time (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below), unless there has been a spousal continuation or ownership change. Any withdrawal you take before the ALP is established reduces the RBA and therefore may result in a lower amount of lifetime withdrawals you are allowed to take.
(d)	Withdrawals can reduce both the contract value and the RBA to zero prior to the establishment of the ALP. If this happens, the contract and the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider will terminate.

• Investment Allocation Restrictions: You must be invested in one of the approved investment options. These funds are expected to reduce our financial risks and expenses associated with certain living benefits. Although the funds’ investment strategies may help mitigate declines in your contract value due to declining equity markets, the funds’ investment strategies may also curb your contract value gains during periods of positive performance by the equity

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    109

	markets. Additionally, investment in the funds may decrease the number and amount of any benefit base increase opportunities. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds: Volatility and Volatility Management Risk with the Portfolio Stabilizer funds” section.) We reserve the right to add, remove or substitute approved investment options at any time and in our sole discretion in the future. This requirement limits your choice of investments. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, GPAs or the one-year fixed account that are available under the contract to contract owners who do not elect this rider. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds.”) You may allocate purchase payments to the DCA fixed account, when available, and we will make monthly transfers into the investment option you have chosen. Subject to state restrictions, we reserve the right to limit the number of investment options from which you can select based on the dollar amount of purchase payments you make.
•	Limitations on Purchase of Other Riders under this Contract: If you select the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, you may not elect an Income Assurer Benefit rider or the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider.
•	Non-Cancelable: Once elected, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider may not be cancelled and the fee will continue to be deducted until the contract is terminated, the contract value reduces to zero (described below) or after the retirement date.
•	Limitations on Purchase Payments: We reserve the right to limit the cumulative amount of purchase payments, subject to state restrictions, which may limit your ability to make additional purchase payments to increase your contract value as you may have originally intended. For current purchase payment restrictions, please see “Buying Your Contract — Purchase Payments”.
•	Interaction with Total Free Amount (TFA) contract provision:The TFA is the amount you are allowed to withdraw from the contract in each contract year without incurring a withdrawal charge (see “Charges — Withdrawal Charge”). The TFA may be greater than the RBP or RALP under this rider. Any amount you withdraw under the contract’s TFA provision that exceeds the RBP or RALP is subject to the excess withdrawal processing described below for the GBA, RBA and ALP.

You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of this rider in your tax situation:

• Tax Considerations for Nonqualified Annuities: Under current federal income tax law, withdrawals under nonqualified annuities, including partial withdrawals taken from the contract under the terms of this rider, are treated less favorably than amounts received as annuity payments under the contract (see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities”). Withdrawals before age 59 ½ may incur a 10% IRS early withdrawal penalty and may be considered taxable income.

• Tax Considerations for Qualified Annuities:Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). If you have a qualified annuity, you may need to take an RMD that exceeds the specified amount of withdrawal available under the rider. Partial withdrawals in any contract year that exceed the guaranteed amount available for withdrawal may reduce future benefits guaranteed under the rider. While the rider permits certain excess withdrawals to be made for the purpose of satisfying RMD requirements for this contract alone without reducing future benefits guaranteed under the rider, there can be no guarantee that changes in the federal income tax law after the effective date of the rider will not require a larger RMD to be taken, in which case, future guaranteed withdrawals under the rider could be reduced. Additionally, RMD rules follow the calendar year which most likely does not coincide with your contract year and therefore may limit when you can take your RMD and not be subject to excess withdrawal processing.

For owners subject to annual RMD rules under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, the amounts you withdraw each year from this contract to satisfy these rules are not subject to excess withdrawal processing under the terms of the rider subject to the following rules and our current administrative practice:

(1) If on the date we calculated your Annual Life Expectancy Required Minimum Distribution Amount (ALERMDA), it is greater than the RBP from the beginning of the current contract year,

• Basic Additional Benefit Amount (BABA) will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the RBP from the beginning of the current contract year.

• Any withdrawals taken in a contract year will count first against and reduce the RBP for that contract year.

• Once the RBP for the current contract year has been depleted, any additional amounts withdrawn will count against and reduce the BABA. These withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the GBA and RBA as long as they do not exceed the remaining BABA.

• Once the BABA has been depleted, any additional withdrawal amounts will be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the GBA and RBA and will subject them all to the excess withdrawal processing described in the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider.

110    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

(2) If on the date we calculated your ALERMDA, it is greater than the RALP from the beginning of the current Contract Year,

• A Lifetime Additional Benefit Amount (LABA) will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the RALP from the beginning of the current contract year.

• Any withdrawals taken in a contract year will count first against and reduce the RALP for that contract year.

• Once the RALP for the current contract year has been depleted, any additional amounts withdrawn will count against and reduce the LABA. These withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the ALP as long as they do not exceed the remaining LABA.

• Once the LABA has been depleted, any additional withdrawal amounts will be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the ALP and will subject the ALP to the excess withdrawal processing described by the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider.

(3) If the ALP is established on a policy anniversary where your current ALERMDA is greater than the new RALP,

• An initial LABA will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the new RALP.

• This new LABA will be immediately reduced by the amount that total withdrawals in the current calendar year exceed the new RALP, but shall not be reduced to less than zero.

The Annual Life Expectancy Required Minimum Distribution Amount (ALERMDA) is:

(1)	determined by us each calendar year;
(2)	based solely on the value of the contract to which the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider is attached as of the date we make the determination; and
(3)	is otherwise based on the company’s understanding and interpretation of the requirements for life expectancy distributions intended to satisfy the required minimum distribution rules under Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, as applicable on the effective date of this prospectus, to:

1.	an individual retirement annuity (Section 408(b));
2.	a Roth individual retirement account (Section 408A);
3.	a Simplified Employee Pension plan (Section 408(k));
4.	a tax-sheltered annuity rollover (Section 403(b)).

We reserve the right to modify our administrative practice described above and will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change.

In the future, the requirements under the Code for such distributions may change and the life expectancy amount calculation provided under your Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider may not be sufficient to satisfy the requirements under the Code for these types of distributions. In such a situation, amounts withdrawn to satisfy such distribution requirements will exceed your available RBP or RALP amount and may result in the reduction of your GBA, RBA, and/or ALP as described under the excess withdrawal provision of the rider.

In cases where the Code does not allow the life expectancy of a natural person to be used to calculate the required minimum distribution amount (e.g., ownership by a trust or a charity), we will calculate the life expectancy RMD amount calculated by us as zero in all years. The life expectancy required minimum distribution amount calculated by us will also equal zero in all years.

• Treatment of non-spousal distributions: Unless you are married your beneficiary will be required to take distributions as a non-spouse which may result in significantly decreasing the value of the rider. Please note civil unions and domestic partnerships generally are not recognized as marriages for federal tax purposes. For additional information see “Taxes — Other — Spousal status” section of this prospectus.

• Limitations on Tax-Sheltered Annuities (TSAs): Your right to take withdrawals is restricted if your contract is a TSA (see “TSA — Special Provisions”).

For an example, see “Examples of Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life” below.

Key terms and provisions of the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider are described below:

Partial Withdrawals: A withdrawal of an amount that does not result in a full withdrawal of the contract. The partial withdrawal amount is a gross amount and will include any withdrawal charge and any market value adjustment.

Waiting period: The period of time starting on the rider effective date during which the annual step up is not available if you take withdrawals. The current waiting period is three years.

Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA): The total cumulative amount available for partial withdrawals over the life of the rider under the basic withdrawal benefit. The maximum GBA is $5,000,000. The GBA cannot be withdrawn and is not payable as a death benefit. Rather, the GBA is an interim value used to calculate the amount available for withdrawals each year under the basic withdrawal benefit (see “Guaranteed Benefit Payment” below). At any time, the total GBA is the sum of the individual GBAs associated with each purchase payment.

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    111

The GBA is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At contract issue — the GBA is equal to the initial purchase payment.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own GBA equal to the amount of the purchase payment.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When an individual RBA is reduced to zero — the GBA that is associated with that RBA will also be set to zero.

• When you make a partial withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up — Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the GBA associated with each purchase payment will be reset to the amount of that purchase payment. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first partial withdrawal is made.

• When you make a partial withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the total RBP — the GBA remains unchanged. If there have been multiple purchase payments, both the total GBA and each payment’s GBA remain unchanged.
(b)	is greater than the total RBP— GBA excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the GBA. If the partial withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing is applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

GBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The total GBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the total GBA immediately prior to the withdrawal; or (b) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s GBA after the withdrawal will be reset to equal that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal plus (a) times (b), where:

(a)	is the ratio of the total GBA after the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal to the total GBA before the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal; and
(b)	is each payment’s GBA before the withdrawal less that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal.

Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA): Each withdrawal you make reduces the amount that is guaranteed by this rider as future withdrawals. At any point in time, the RBA equals the amount of GBA that remains available for withdrawals for the remainder of the contract’s life, and total RBA is the sum of the individual RBAs associated with each purchase payment. The maximum RBA is $5,000,000.

The RBA is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At contract issue — the RBA is equal to the initial purchase payment.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own RBA initially set equal to that payment’s GBA (the amount of the purchase payment).

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When you make a partial withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up — Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the RBA associated with each purchase payment will be reset to the amount of that purchase payment. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first partial withdrawal is made.

• When you make a partial withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the total RBP — the total RBA is reduced by the amount of the withdrawal. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s RBA is reduced in proportion to its RBP.
(b)	is greater than the total RBP— RBA excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the RBA. If the partial withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing is applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

RBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The total RBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal, or (b) the total RBA immediately prior to the withdrawal, less the amount of the withdrawal.

If there have been multiple purchase payments, both the total RBA and each payment’s RBA will be reset. The total RBA will be reset according to the excess withdrawal processing described above. Each payment’s RBA will be reset in the following manner:

1.	The withdrawal amount up to the total RBP is taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its individual RBP at the time of the withdrawal; and
2.	The withdrawal amount above the total RBP and any amount determined by the excess withdrawal processing are taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its RBA at the time of the withdrawal.

112    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP): At any time, the amount available for partial withdrawals in each contract year after the waiting period, until the RBA is reduced to zero, under the basic withdrawal benefit. At any point in time, each purchase payment has its own GBP, which is equal to the lesser of that payment’s RBA or 7% of that payment’s GBA, and the total GBP is the sum of the individual GBPs.

During the waiting period, the guaranteed annual withdrawal amount may be less than the GBP due to the limitations the waiting period imposes on your ability to utilize both annual step-ups and withdrawals (see “Waiting Period” heading above). The guaranteed annual withdrawal amount during the waiting period is equal to the value of the RBP at the beginning of the contract year.

The GBP is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At contract issue — the GBP is established as 7% of the GBA value.

• At each contract anniversary — each payment’s GBP is reset to the lesser of that payment’s RBA or 7% of that payment’s GBA value.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own GBP equal to 7% of the purchase payment amount.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When an individual RBA is reduced to zero — the GBP associated with that RBA will also be reset to zero.

• When you make a partial withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up— Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the GBA and the RBA associated with each purchase payment will be reset to the amount of that purchase payment. Each payment’s GBP will be reset to 7% of that purchase payment. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first partial withdrawal is made.

• When you make a partial withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the total RBP — the GBP remains unchanged.
(b)	is greater than the total RBP — each payment’s GBP is reset to the lesser of that payment’s RBA or 7% of that payment’s GBA value, based on the RBA and GBA after the withdrawal. If the partial withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing is applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

Remaining Benefit Payment (RBP): The amount available for partial withdrawals for the remainder of the contract year under the basic withdrawal benefit. At any point in time, the total RBP is the sum of the RBPs for each purchase payment. During the waiting period, when the guaranteed amount maybe less than the GBP, the value of the RBP at the beginning of the contract year will be that amount that is actually guaranteed each contract year.

The RBP is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At the beginning of each contract year during the waiting period and prior to any withdrawal — the RBP for each purchase payment is set equal to that purchase payment multiplied by 7%.

• At the beginning of any other contract year — the RBP for each purchase payment is set equal to that purchase payment’s GBP.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own RBP equal to that payment’s GBP.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• At spousal continuation — (see “Spousal Option to Continue the Contract” heading below).

• When an individual RBA is reduced to zero — the RBP associated with that RBA will also be reset to zero.

• When you make any partial withdrawal — the total RBP is reset to equal the total RBP immediately prior to the partial withdrawal less the amount of the partial withdrawal, but not less than zero. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s RBP is reduced proportionately.If you withdraw an amount greater than the RBP, GBA excess withdrawal processing and RBA excess withdrawal processing are applied and the amount available for future partial withdrawals for the remainder of the contract’s life may be reduced by more than the amount of withdrawal. When determining if a withdrawal will result in the excess withdrawal processing, the applicable RBP will not yet reflect the amount of the current withdrawal.

Covered Person: The person whose life is used to determine when the ALP is established, and the duration of the ALP payments. The covered person is the oldest contract owner or annuitant. The covered person may change during the contract’s life if there is a spousal continuation or a change of contract ownership. If the covered person changes, we recompute the benefits guaranteed by the rider, based on the life of the new covered person, which may reduce the amount of the lifetime withdrawal benefit.

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    113

Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA): The covered person’s age after which time the lifetime benefit can be established. Currently, the lifetime benefit can be established on the later of the contract effective date or the contract anniversary date on/following the date the covered person reaches age 65.

Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP): Once established, the ALP at any time is the amount available for withdrawals in each contract year after the waiting period until the later of death (see “At Death” heading below), or the RBA is reduced to zero, under the lifetime withdrawal benefit. The maximum ALP is $300,000. Prior to establishment of the ALP, the lifetime withdrawal benefit is not in effect and the ALP is zero.

During the waiting period, the guaranteed annual lifetime withdrawal amount may be less than the ALP due to the limitations the waiting period imposes on your ability to utilize both annual step-ups and withdrawals (see “Waiting Period” heading above). The guaranteed annual lifetime withdrawal amount during the waiting period is equal to the value of the RALP at the beginning of the contract year.

The ALP is determined at the following times:

• The later of the contract effective date or the contract anniversary date on/following the date the covered person reaches age 65— the ALP is established as 6% of the total RBA.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment increases the ALP by 6% of the amount of the purchase payment.

• At step ups — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• At contract ownership change — (see “Spousal Option to Continue the Contract” and “Contract Ownership Change” headings below).

• When you make a partial withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up — Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the ALP will be reset to equal total purchase payments multiplied by 6%. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first partial withdrawal is made.

• When you make a partial withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the RALP — the ALP remains unchanged.
(b)	is greater than the RALP —ALP excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the ALP. Please note that if the partial withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing are applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

ALP Excess Withdrawal Processing

The ALP is reset to the lesser of the ALP immediately prior to the withdrawal, or 6% of the contract value immediately following the withdrawal.

Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (RALP): The amount available for partial withdrawals for the remainder of the contract year under the lifetime withdrawal benefit. During the waiting period, when the guaranteed annual withdrawal amount may be less than the ALP, the value of the RALP at the beginning of the contract year will be the amount that is actually guaranteed each contract year. Prior to establishment of the ALP, the lifetime withdrawal benefit is not in effect and the RALP is zero.

The RALP is determined at the following times:

• The later of the contract effective date or the contract anniversary date following the date the covered person reaches age 65, and:

(a)	During the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals — the RALP is established equal to 6% of purchase payments.
(b)	At any other time — the RALP is established equal to the ALP.

• At the beginning of each contract year during the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals — the RALP is set equal to the total purchase payments, multiplied by 6%.

• At the beginning of any other contract year — the RALP is set equal to ALP.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment increases the RALP by 6% of the amount of the purchase payment.

• At step ups — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When you make any partial withdrawal — the RALP equals the RALP immediately prior to the partial withdrawal less the amount of the partial withdrawal, but not less than zero.If you withdraw an amount greater than the RALP, ALP excess withdrawal processing is applied and the amount available for future partial withdrawals for the remainder of the contract’s life may be reduced by more than the amount of withdrawal. When determining if a withdrawal will result in excess withdrawal processing, the applicable RALP will not yet reflect the amount of the current withdrawal.

114    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Step Up Date: The date any step up becomes effective, and depends on the type of step up being applied (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

Annual Step Up: Beginning with the first contract anniversary, an increase of the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP, and/or RALP values may be available. A step up does not create contract value, guarantee the performance of any investment option, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn or paid upon death. Rather, a step up determines the current values of the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP, and RALP, and may extend the payment period or increase the allowable payment.

The annual step up is subject to the following rules:

• The annual step up is available when the RBA or, if established, the ALP, would increase on the step up date.

• Only one step up is allowed each contract year.

• If you take any withdrawals during the waiting period, any previously applied step ups will be reversed and the Annual step up will not be available until the end of the waiting period.

• If the application of the step up does not increase the rider charge, the annual step up will be automatically applied to your contract, and the step up date is the contract anniversary date.

• If the application of the step up would increase the rider charge, the annual step up is not automatically applied. Instead, you have the option to step up for 30 days after the contract anniversary. If you exercise the elective annual step up option, you will pay the rider charge in effect on the step up date. If you wish to exercise the elective annual step up option, we must receive a request from you or your investment professional. The step up date is the date we receive your request to step up. If your request is received after the close of business, the step up date will be the next valuation day.

• The ALP and RALP are not eligible for step ups until they are established. Prior to being established, the ALP and RALP values are both zero.

• Please note it is possible for the ALP and RALP to step up even if the RBA or GBA do not step up, and it is also possible for the RBA and GBA to step up even if the ALP or RALP do not step up.

The annual step up resets the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP values as follows:

• The total RBA will be reset to the greater of the total RBA immediately prior to the step up date or the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The total GBA will be reset to the greater of the total GBA immediately prior to the step up date or the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The total GBP will be reset using the calculation as described above based on the increased GBA and RBA.

• The total RBP will be reset as follows:

(a)	During the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals, the RBP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	At any other time, the RBP will be reset as the increased GBP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but never less than zero.

• The ALP will be reset to the greater of the ALP immediately prior to the step up date or 6% of the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The RALP will be reset as follows:

(a)	During the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals, the RALP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	At any other time, the RALP will be reset as the increased ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

Spousal Option to Continue the Contract: If a surviving spouse elects to continue the contract, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider also continues. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate. When the spouse elects to continue the contract, any remaining waiting period is cancelled; the covered person will be re-determined and is the covered person referred to below; and the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP values are affected as follows:

• The GBA, RBA, and GBP values remain unchanged.

• The RBP is automatically reset to the GBP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

• If the ALP has not yet been established and the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the date of continuation — the ALP will be established on the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65 as the lesser of the RBA or the contract anniversary value, multiplied by 6%. The RALP will be established on the same date equal to the ALP.

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    115

• If the ALP has not yet been established but the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the date of continuation — the ALP will be established on the date of continuation as the lesser of the RBA or the contract value, multiplied by 6%. The RALP will be established on the same date in an amount equal to the ALP less all prior partial withdrawals made in the current contract year, but will never be less than zero.

• If the ALP has been established but the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the date of continuation — the ALP and RALP will be automatically reset to zero for the period of time beginning with the date of continuation and ending with the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65. At the end of this time period, the ALP will be reset to the lesser of the RBA or the anniversary contract value, multiplied by 6%, and the RALP will be reset to equal the ALP.

• If the ALP has been established and the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the date of continuation — the ALP will be automatically reset to the lesser of the current ALP or 6% of the contract value on the date of continuation. The RALP will be reset to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

Please note that the lifetime withdrawal benefit amount may be reduced as a result of the spousal continuation.

Spousal Continuation Step Up: If a surviving spouse elects to continue the contract, another elective step up option becomes available. To exercise the step up, the spouse or the spouse’s investment professional must submit a request within 30 days of the date of continuation. The step up date is the date we receive the spouse’s request to step up. If the request is received after the close of business, the step up date will be the next valuation day. The GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP will be reset in the same fashion as the annual step up.

The spousal continuation step up is subject to the following rules:

• If the spousal continuation step up option is exercised and we have increased the charge for the rider, the spouse will pay the charge that is in effect on the step up date.

It is our current administrative practice to process the spousal continuation step up as described in the next paragraph; however, we reserve the right to discontinue our administrative practice and will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change.

At the time of spousal continuation, a step-up may be available. All annual step-up rules (see “Annual Step-Up” heading above), other than those that apply to the waiting period, also apply to the spousal continuation step-up. If the spousal continuation step-up is processed automatically, the step-up date is the valuation date spousal continuation is effective. If not, the spouse must elect the step up and must do so within 30 days of the spousal continuation date. If the spouse elects the spousal continuation step up, the step-up date is the valuation date we receive the spouse’s written request to step-up if we receive the request by the close of business on that day, otherwise the next valuation date.

If Contract Value Reduces to Zero: If the contract value reduces to zero and the total RBA remains greater than zero, you will be paid in the following scenarios:

1) The ALP has not yet been established and the contract value is reduced to zero for any reason other than full withdrawal of the contract. In this scenario, you can choose to:

(a)	receive the remaining schedule of GBPs until the RBA equals zero; or
(b)	wait until the rider anniversary on/following the date the covered person reaches age 65, and then receive the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the covered person, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero.

We will notify you of this option. If no election is made, the ALP will be paid.

2) The ALP has been established and the contract value reduces to zero as a result of fees or charges, or a withdrawal that is less than or equal to both the RBP and the RALP. In this scenario, you can choose to receive:

(a)	the remaining schedule of GBPs until the RBA equals zero; or
(b)	the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the covered person, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero. We will notify you of this option. If no election is made, the ALP will be paid.

3)	The ALP has been established and the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RALP but less than or equal to the RBP. In this scenario, the remaining schedule of GBPs will be paid until the RBA equals zero.
4)	The ALP has been established and the contract value falls to zero as a result of a partial withdrawal that is greater than the RBP but less than or equal to the RALP. In this scenario, the ALP will be paid annually until the death of the covered person.

Under any of these scenarios:

• The annualized amounts will be paid to you in the frequency you elect. You may elect a frequency offered by us at the time payments begin. Available payment frequencies will be no less frequent than annually;

• We will no longer accept additional purchase payments;

116    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• You will no longer be charged for the rider;

• Any attached death benefit riders will terminate; and

• The death benefit becomes the remaining payments, if any, until the RBA is reduced to zero.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider and the contract will terminate under either of the following two scenarios:

• If the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than both the RALP and the RBP. This is full withdrawal of the contract.

• If the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RALP but less than or equal to the RBP, and the total RBA is reduced to zero.

At Death: If the contract value is greater than zero when the death benefit becomes payable, the beneficiary may elect to take the death benefit as a lump sum under the terms of the contract (see “Benefits in Case of Death”) or the annuity payout option (see “Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Payout Option” heading below).

If the contract value equals zero and the death benefit becomes payable, the following will occur:

• If the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the GBP each year, the GBP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person dies and the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person is still alive and the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the later of the death of the covered person or the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person is still alive and the RBA equals zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the death of the covered person.

• If the covered person dies and the RBA equals zero, the benefit terminates. No further payments will be made.

Contract Ownership Change: If the contract changes ownership (see “Changing Ownership”), the covered person will be redetermined and is the covered person referred to below. The GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP values will remain unchanged. The ALP and RALP will be reset as follows. Our current administrative practice is to only reset the ALP and RALP if the covered person changes due to the ownership change.

• If the ALP has not yet been established and the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the ownership change date— the ALP and the RALP will be established on the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65. The ALP will be set equal to the lesser of the RBA or the anniversary contract value, multiplied by 6%. If the anniversary date occurs during the waiting period and prior to a withdrawal, the RALP will be set to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments multiplied by 6%. If the anniversary date occurs at any other time, the RALP will be set to the ALP.

• If the ALP has not yet been established but the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the ownership change date — the ALP and the RALP will be established on the ownership change date. The ALP will be set equal to the lesser of the RBA or the contract value, multiplied by 6%. If the ownership change date occurs during the waiting period and prior to a withdrawal, the RALP will be set equal to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments multiplied by 6%. If the ownership change date occurs at any other time, the RALP will be set equal to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year but not less than zero.

• If the ALP has been established but the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the ownership change date— the ALP and the RALP will be reset to zero for the period of time beginning with the ownership change date and ending with the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65. At the end of this time period, the ALP will be reset to the lesser of the RBA or the anniversary contract value, multiplied by 6%. If the time period ends during the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals, the RALP will be reset to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments multiplied by 6%. If the time period ends at any other time, the RALP will be reset to the ALP.

• If the ALP has been established and the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the ownership change date — the ALP and the RALP will be reset on the ownership change date. The ALP will be reset to the lesser of the current ALP or 6% of the contract value. If the ownership change date occurs during the waiting period and prior to a withdrawal, the RALP will be reset to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments multiplied by 6%. If the ownership change date occurs at any other time, the RALP will be reset to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year but not less than zero.

Please note that the lifetime withdrawal benefit amount may be reduced as a result of the ownership change.

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    117

Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Payout Option: Several annuity payout plans are available under the contract. As an alternative to these annuity payout plans, a fixed annuity payout option is available under the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider.

Under this option the amount payable each year will be equal to the remaining schedule of GBPs, but the total amount paid over the life of the annuity will not exceed the current total RBA at the time you begin this fixed annuity payout option. These annualized amounts will be paid in the frequency that you elect. The frequencies will be among those offered by us at that time but will be no less frequent than annually. If, at the death of the owner, total payouts have been made for less than the RBA, the remaining payouts will be paid to the beneficiary (see “The Annuity Payout Period” and “Taxes”).

This option may not be available if the contract is issued to qualify under Section 403 or 408 of the Code, as amended. For such contracts, this option will be available only if the guaranteed payment period is less than the life expectancy of the owner at the time the option becomes effective. Such life expectancy will be computed under the mortality table we then use to determine current life annuity purchase rates under the contract to which this rider is attached.

This annuity payout option may also be elected by the beneficiary of a contract as a settlement option if payments begin no later than one year after your death and the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy.

Whenever multiple beneficiaries are designated under the contract, each such beneficiary’s share of the proceeds if they elect this option will be in proportion to their applicable designated beneficiary percentage. Beneficiaries of nonqualified contracts may elect this settlement option subject to the distribution requirements of the contract. We reserve the right to adjust the future schedule of GBPs if necessary to comply with the Code.

Rider Termination

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider cannot be terminated either by you or us except as follows:

1.	Annuity payouts under an annuity payout plan will terminate the rider.
2.	Termination of the contract for any reason will terminate the rider.

Examples of the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life

Example #1: Covered person has not reached age 65 at the time the contract and rider are purchased.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000.

• You are the sole owner and also the annuitant. You are age 60.

• You make no additional payments to the contract.

• Automatic annual step-ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the RBA and/or 6% of the contract value is greater than the ALP. Applied annual step-ups are indicated inbold.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	Basic Withdrawal Benefit				Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit
				GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
At Issue	$100,000	$N/A	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	$7,000	$7,000	$N/A	$N/A
0.5	0	7,000	92,000	100,000	93,000	7,000	0	N/A	N/A
1	0	0	91,000	100,000	93,000	7,000	7,000	N/A	N/A
1.5	0	7,000	83,000	100,000	86,000	7,000	0	N/A	N/A
2	0	0	81,000	100,000	86,000	7,000	7,000	N/A	N/A
5	0	0	75,000	100,000	86,000	7,000	7,000	5,160(1)	5,160(1)
5.5	0	5,160	70,000	100,000	80,840	7,000	1,840	5,160	0
6	0	0	69,000	100,000	80,840	7,000	7,000	5,160	5,160
6.5	0	7,000	62,000	100,000	73,840	7,000	0	3,720(2)	0
7	0	0	70,000	100,000	73,840	7,000	7,000	4,200	4,200
7.5	0	10,000	51,000	51,000(3)	51,000(3)	3,570	0	3,060(3)	0
8	0	0	55,000	55,000	55,000	3,850	3,850	3,300	3,300

At this point, assuming no additional activity (step ups, excess withdrawals, purchase payments, spousal continuation or contract ownership change), you can continue to withdraw up to either the GBP of $3,850 each year until the RBA is reduced to zero, or the ALP of $3,300 each year until the later of your death or the RBA is reduced to zero.

⁽¹⁾ The ALP and RALP are established on the contract anniversary date following the date the covered person reaches age 65.

118    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

(2)

The $7,000 withdrawal is greater than the $5,160 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the ALP, resetting the ALP to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.

(3)

The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than both the $7,000 RBP allowed under the basic withdrawal benefit and the $4,200 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the GBA, RBA, and ALP. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.

Example #2: Covered person has reached 65 at the time the contract and rider are purchased.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000.

• You are the sole owner and also the annuitant. You are age 65.

• You make no additional payments to the contract.

• Automatic annual step-ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the RBA and/or 6% of the contract value is greater than the ALP. Applied annual step-ups are indicated in bold.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	Basic Withdrawal Benefit				Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit
				GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
At Issue	$100,000	$N/A	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	$7,000	$7,000	$6,000	$6,000
1	0	0	105,000	105,000	105,000	7,350	7,000(1)	6,300	6,000(1)
2	0	0	110,000	110,000	110,000	7,700	7,000(1)	6,600	6,000(1)
3	0	0	110,000	110,000	110,000	7,700	7,700(2)	6,600	6,600(2)
3.5	0	6,600	110,000	110,000	103,400	7,700	1,100	6,600	0
4	0	0	115,000	115,000	115,000	8,050	8,050	6,900	6,900
4.5	0	8,050	116,000	115,000	106,950	8,050	0	6,900(3)	0
5	0	0	120,000	120,000	120,000	8,400	8,400	7,200	7,200
5.5	0	10,000	122,000	120,000(4)	110,000(4)	8,400	0	7,200(4)	0
6	0	0	125,000	125,000	125,000	8,750	8,750	7,500	7,500

At this point, assuming no additional activity (step ups, excess withdrawals, purchase payments, spousal continuation or contract ownership change), you can continue to withdraw up to either the GBP of $8,750 each year until the RBA is reduced to zero, or the ALP of $7,500 each year until the later of your death or the RBA is reduced to zero.

(1)	The annual step-up has not been applied to the RBP or RALP because any withdrawal after step up during the waiting period would reverse any prior step ups prior to determining if the withdrawal is excess. Therefore, during the waiting period, the RBP is the amount you can withdraw without incurring the GBA and RBA excess withdrawal processing, and the RALP is the amount you can withdraw without incurring the ALP excess withdrawal processing.
(2)	On the third anniversary (after the end of the waiting period), the RBP and RALP are set equal to the GBP and ALP, respectively.
(3)	The $8,050 withdrawal is greater than the $6,900 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the ALP, resetting the ALP to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.
(4)	The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than both the $8,400 RBP allowed under the basic withdrawal benefit and the $7,200 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the GBA, RBA, and ALP. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    119

Appendix K: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider Disclosure

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit is an optional benefit that was offered for an additional annual charge if⁽¹⁾:

•	your contract application was signed on or after April 30, 2005 in those states where theSecureSource rider and/or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider were not available;
•	you and the annuitant were 79 or younger on the date the contract was issued.
(1)	The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit is not available under an inherited qualified annuity.

You must elect the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider when you purchase your contract (original rider). The original rider you receive at contract issue offers an elective annual step-up and any withdrawal after a step up during the first three years is considered an excess withdrawal, as described below. The rider effective date of the original rider is the contract issue date.

We will offer you the option of replacing the original rider with a new Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit (enhanced rider), if available in your state. The enhanced rider offers an automatic annual step-up and a withdrawal after a step up during the first three years is not necessarily an excess withdrawal, as described below. The effective date of the enhanced rider will be the contract issue date except for the automatic step-up which will apply to contract anniversaries that occur after you accept the enhanced rider. The descriptions below apply to both the original and enhanced riders unless otherwise noted.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit initially provides a guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit that gives you the right to take limited partial withdrawals in each contract year that over time will total an amount equal to your purchase payments plus any purchase payment credits. Certain withdrawals and step ups, as described below, can cause the initial guaranteed withdrawal benefit to change. The guarantee remains in effect if your partial withdrawals in a contract year do not exceed the allowed amount. As long as your withdrawals in each contract year do not exceed the allowed amount, you will not be assessed a withdrawal charge. Under the original rider, the allowed amount is the Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP — the amount you may withdraw under the terms of the rider in each contract year, subject to certain restrictions prior to the third contract anniversary, as described below). Under the enhanced rider, the allowed amount is equal to 7% of purchase payments and purchase payment credits for the first three years, and the GBP in all other years.

If you withdraw an amount greater than the allowed amount in a contract year, we call this an “excess withdrawal” under the rider. If you make an excess withdrawal under the rider:

• withdrawal charges, if applicable, will apply only to the amount of the withdrawal that exceeds the allowed amount;

• the guaranteed benefit amount will be adjusted as described below; and

• the remaining benefit amount will be adjusted as described below.

For a partial withdrawal that is subject to a withdrawal charge, the amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable withdrawal charge (see “Charges — Withdrawal Charge”). Market value adjustments, if applicable, will also be made (see “Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs) — Market Value Adjustment”). We pay you the amount you request. Any partial withdrawals you take under the contract will reduce the value of the death benefits (see “Benefits in Case of Death”). Upon full withdrawal of the contract, you will receive the remaining contract value less any applicable charges (see “Withdrawals”).

Once elected, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider may not be cancelled and the fee will continue to be deducted until the contract is terminated, the contract value reduces to zero (described below) or annuity payouts begin. If you select the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, you may not select an Income Assurer Benefit rider or the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. If you exercise the annual step up election (see “Elective Step Up” and “Annual Step Up” below), the special spousal continuation step up election (see “Spousal Continuation and Special Spousal Continuation Step Up” below) or change your investment option, the rider charge may change (see “Charges”).

You should consider whether the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit is appropriate for you because:

You will begin paying the rider charge as of the rider effective date, even if you do not begin taking withdrawals for many years. It is possible that your contract performance, fees and charges, and withdrawal pattern may be such that your contract value will not be depleted in your lifetime and you will not receive any monetary value under the rider.

• Investment Allocation Restrictions: You must participate in the PN program if you purchase a contract on or after May 1, 2006 with this rider (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program”). If you selected this Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider before May 1, 2006, you must participate in the asset allocation program (see “Appendix J: Asset Allocation Program for Contracts with Applications Signed Before May 1, 2006”), however, you may elect to participate in the PN program after May 1, 2006. These funds are expected to reduce our financial risks and expenses associated with certain living benefits. Although the funds’ investment strategies may help

120    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

	mitigate declines in your contract value due to declining equity markets, the funds’ investment strategies may also curb your contract value gains during periods of positive performance by the equity markets. Additionally, investment in the funds may decrease the number and amount of any benefit base increase opportunities. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds: Volatility and Volatility Management Risk with the Portfolio Stabilizer funds” section.) We reserve the right to add, remove or substitute approved investment options at any time and in our sole discretion in the future. This requirement limits your choice of investments. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, GPAs or the one-year fixed account that are available under the contract to contract owners who do not elect this rider. You may allocate purchase payments and any purchase payment credits to the DCA fixed account, when available, and we will make monthly transfers into the investment option you have chosen.
•	Limitations on Purchase Payments: We reserve the right to limit the cumulative amount of purchase payments, subject to state restrictions, which may limit your ability to make additional purchase payments to increase your contract value as you may have originally intended. For current purchase payment restrictions, please see “Buying Your Contract — Purchase Payments”.
•	Interaction with the Total Free Amount (TFA) contract provision: The TFA is the amount you are allowed to withdraw in each contract year without incurring a withdrawal charge (see “Charges — Withdrawal Charge”). The TFA may be greater than GBP under this rider. Any amount you withdraw under the contract’s TFA provision that exceeds the GBP is subject to the excess withdrawal processing for the GBA and RBA described below.
•	Rider A — Limitations on Purchase of Other Riders under this Contract: If you select the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, you may not elect the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider.
•	Non-Cancelable: Once elected, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider may not be cancelled and the fee will continue to be deducted until the contract is terminated, the contract value reduces to zero (described below) or annuity payouts begin.
•	You should consult your tax advisor if you have any questions about the use of this rider in your tax situation:
•	Tax Considerations for Non-Qualified Annuities: Withdrawals are taxable income to the extent of earnings. Withdrawals of earnings before age 59½ may also incur a 10% IRS early withdrawal penalty and may be considered taxable income.
•	Tax Considerations for Qualified Annuities: Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). If you have a qualified annuity, you may need to take an RMD. If you make a withdrawal in any contract year to satisfy an RMD, this may constitute an excess withdrawal, as defined below, and the excess withdrawal processing described below will apply. Under the terms of the enhanced rider, we allow you to satisfy the RMD based on the life expectancy RMD for your contract and the requirements of the Code and regulations in effect when you purchase your contract, without the withdrawal being treated as an excess withdrawal. It is our current administrative practice to make the same accommodation under the original rider, however, we reserve the right to discontinue our administrative practice and will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change.

For owners subject to RMD rules under Section 401(a)(9), our current administrative practice under both the original and the enhanced riders is to allow amounts you withdraw to satisfy these rules without applying excess withdrawal processing under terms of the rider, subject to the following rules:

(1)	If your Annual Life Expectancy Required Minimum Distribution Amount (ALERMDA) is greater than the RBP from the beginning of the current contract year, an Additional Benefit Amount (ABA) will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the RBP.
(2)	Any withdrawals taken in a contract year will count first against and reduce the RBP for that contract year.
(3)	Once the RBP for the current contract year has been depleted, any additional amounts withdrawn will count against and reduce any ABA. These withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals as long as they do not exceed the remaining ABA.
(4)	Once the ABA has been depleted, any additional withdrawal amounts will be considered excess withdrawals and will initiate the excess withdrawal processing described in the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider.

The Annual Life Expectancy Required Minimum Distribution Amount (ALERMDA) is:

(1)	determined by us each calendar year;
(2)	based solely on the value of the contract to which the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider is attached as of the date we make the determination; and
(3)	based on the company’s understanding and interpretation of the requirements for life expectancy distributions intended to satisfy the required minimum distribution rules under Section 401(a)(9) and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, as applicable, on the effective date of this prospectus to:

1.	an individual retirement annuity (Section 408(b));
2.	a Roth individual retirement account (Section 408A);

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    121

3.	a Simplified Employee Pension plan (Section 408(k));
4.	a tax-sheltered annuity rollover (Section 403(b)).

We reserve the right to modify our administrative practice described above and will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change.

In the future, the requirements under the Code for such distributions may change and the life expectancy amount calculation provided under your Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider may not be sufficient to satisfy the requirements under the Code for these types of distributions. In such a situation, amounts withdrawn to satisfy such distribution requirements will exceed your RBP amount and may result in the reduction of your GBA and RBA as described under the excess withdrawal provision of the rider.

Please note that RMD rules follow the calendar year which most likely does not coincide with your contract year and therefore may limit when you can take your RMD and not be subject to excess withdrawal processing.

In cases where the Code does not allow the life expectancy of a natural person to be used to calculate the required minimum distribution amount (e.g. ownership by a trust or a charity), we will calculate the life expectancy RMD amount calculated by us as zero in all years. The life expectancy required minimum distribution amount calculated by us will also equal zero in all years.

• Treatment of non-spousal distributions: Unless you are married your beneficiary will be required to take distributions as a non-spouse which may result in significantly decreasing the value of the rider. Please note civil unions and domestic partnerships generally are not recognized as marriages for federal tax purposes. For additional information see “Taxes — Other — Spousal status” section of this prospectus.

• Limitations on Tax-Sheltered Annuities (TSAs): Your right to take withdrawals is restricted if your contract is a TSA (see “TSA — Special Provisions”). Therefore, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider may be of limited value to you. You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of this rider in your tax situation.

The terms “Guaranteed Benefit Amount” and “Remaining Benefit Amount” are described below. Each is used in the operation of the GBP, the RBP, the elective step up, the annual step up, the special spousal continuation step up or the Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Payout Option.

Guaranteed Benefit Amount

The Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA) is equal to the initial purchase payment, plus any purchase payment credits, adjusted for subsequent purchase payments, any purchase payment credits, partial withdrawals in excess of the GBP, and step ups. The maximum GBA is $5,000,000.

The GBA is determined at the following times:

• At contract issue— the GBA is equal to the initial purchase payment, plus any purchase payment credit;

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment plus any purchase payment credit has its own GBA equal to the amount of the purchase payment plus any purchase payment credit. The total GBA when an additional purchase payment and purchase payment credit are added is the sum of the individual GBAs immediately prior to the receipt of the additional purchase payment, plus the GBA associated with the additional purchase payment;

• At step up — (see “Elective Step Up” and “Annual Step Up” headings below).

• When you make a partial withdrawal:

(a)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are less than or equal to the GBP — the GBA remains unchanged. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the GBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;
(b)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are greater than the GBP—the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the GBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the GBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups:
(c)	under the original rider in a contract year after a step up but before the third contract anniversary —the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the GBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the GBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups:

GBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The total GBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the total GBA immediately prior to the withdrawal; or (b) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s GBA after the withdrawal will be reset to equal that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal plus (a) times (b), where:

(a) is the ratio of the total GBA after the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal to the total GBA before the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal; and

122    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

(b) is each payment’s GBA before the withdrawal less that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal.

Remaining Benefit Amount

The remaining benefit amount (RBA) at any point is the total guaranteed amount available for future partial withdrawals. The maximum RBA is $5,000,000.

The RBA is determined at the following times:

• At contract issue — the RBA is equal to the initial purchase payment plus any purchase payment credit;

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment plus any purchase payment credit has its own RBA equal to the amount of the purchase payment plus any purchase payment credit. The total RBA when an additional purchase payment and purchase payment credit are added is the sum of the individual RBAs immediately prior to the receipt of the additional purchase payment, plus the RBA associated with the additional payment;

• At step up — (see “Elective Step Up” and “Annual Step Up” headings below).

• When you make a partial withdrawal:

(a)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are less than or equal to the GBP— the RBA becomes the RBA immediately prior to the partial withdrawal, less the partial withdrawal. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the RBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;
(b)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are greater than the GBP —the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the RBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the RBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;
(c)	under the original rider after a step up but before the third contract anniversary —the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the RBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the RBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;

RBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The RBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal, or (b) the RBA immediately prior to the withdrawal, less the amount of the withdrawal.

If there have been multiple purchase payments, any reduction of the RBA will be taken out of each payment’s RBA in the following manner:

The withdrawal amount up to the remaining benefit payment (defined below) is taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its remaining benefit payment at the time of the withdrawal; and the withdrawal amount above the remaining benefit payment and any amount determined by the excess withdrawal processing are taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its RBA at the time of the withdrawal.

Guaranteed Benefit Payment

Under the original rider, the GBP is the amount you may withdraw under the terms of the rider in each contract year, subject to certain restrictions prior to the third anniversary.

Under the enhanced rider, the GBP is the withdrawal amount that you are entitled to take each contract year after the third anniversary until the RBA is depleted.

Under the original rider, the GBP is equal to 7% of the GBA. Under the enhanced rider, the GBP is the lesser of (a) 7% of the GBA, or (b) the RBA. Under both the original and enhanced riders, if you withdraw less than the GBP in a contract year, there is no carry over to the next contract year.

Remaining Benefit Payment

Under the original rider, at the beginning of each contract year, the remaining benefit payment (RBP) is set as the lesser of (a) the GBP, or (b) the RBA.

Under the enhanced rider, at the beginning of each contract year, during the first three years and prior to any withdrawal, the RBP for each purchase payment is set equal to that purchase payment plus any purchase payment credit, multiplied by 7%. At the beginning of any other contract year, each individual RBP is set equal to each individual GBP.

Each additional purchase payment has its own RBP established equal to that payment’s GBP. The total RBP is equal to the sum of the individual RBPs.

Whenever a partial withdrawal is made, the RBP equals the RBP immediately prior to the partial withdrawal less the amount of the partial withdrawal, but not less than zero.

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    123

Elective Step Up (under the original rider only)

You have the option to increase the RBA, the GBA, the GBP and the RBP beginning with the first contract anniversary. An annual elective step up option is available for 30 days after the contract anniversary. The elective step up option allows you to step up the remaining benefit amount and guaranteed benefit amount to the contract value on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

The elective step up is subject to the following rules:

• if you do not take any withdrawals during the first three years, you may step up annually beginning with the first contract anniversary;

• if you take any withdrawals during the first three years, the annual elective step up will not be available until the third contract anniversary;

• if you step up but then take a withdrawal prior to the third contract anniversary, you will lose any prior step ups and the withdrawal will be considered an excess withdrawal subject to the GBA and RBA excess withdrawal processing discussed under the “Guaranteed Benefit Amount” and “Remaining Benefit Amount” headings above; and

• you may take withdrawals on or after the third contract anniversary without reversal of previous step ups.

You may elect a step up only once each contract year within 30 days after the contract anniversary. Once a step up has been elected, another step up may not be elected until the next contract anniversary.

You may only step up if your contract value on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up is greater than the RBA. The elective step up will be determined as follows:

• The effective date of the elective step up is the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

• The RBA will be increased to an amount equal to the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

• The GBA will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBA immediately prior to the elective step up; or (b) the contract value (after charges are deducted)on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

• The GBP will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBP immediately prior to the elective step up; or (b) 7% of the GBA after the elective step up.

• The RBP will be increased to the lesser of (a) the RBA after the elective step up; or (b) the GBP after the elective step up less any withdrawals made during that contract year.

Annual Step Up (under the enhanced rider only)

Beginning with the first contract anniversary after you accept the enhanced rider, an increase of the RBA, the GBA, the GBP and the RBP may be available. A step up does not create contract value, guarantee performance of any investment options, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn or paid upon death. Rather, a step up determines the current values of the GBA, RBA, GBP and RBP, and may extend the payment period or increase allowable payment.

The annual step up is subject to the following rules:

• The annual step up is available when the RBA would increase on the step up date. The applicable step up date depends on whether the annual step up is applied on an automatic or elective basis.

• If the application of the step does not increase the rider charge, the annual step up will be automatically applied to your contract and the step up date is the contract anniversary date.

• If the application of the step up would increase the rider charge, the annual step up is not automatically applied. Instead, you have the option to step up for 30 days after the contract anniversary. If you exercise the elective annual step up option, you will pay the rider charge in effect on the step up date. If you wish to exercise the elective annual step up option, we must receive a request from you or your investment professional. The step up date is the date we receive your request to step up. If your request is received after the close of business, the step up date will be the next valuation day.

• Only one step up is allowed each contract year.

• If you take any withdrawals during the first three years, any previously applied step ups will be reversed and the annual step up will not be available until the third contract anniversary;

• You may take withdrawals on or after the third contract anniversary without reversal of previous step ups.

The annual step up will be determined as follows:

• The RBA will be increased to an amount equal to the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The GBA will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBA immediately prior to the annual step up; or (b) the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The GBP will be calculated as described earlier, but based on the increased GBA and RBA.

• The RBP will be reset as follows:

124    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

(a)	Prior to any withdrawals during the first three years, the RBP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	At any other time, the RBP will be reset as the increased GBP less all prior withdrawals made during the current contract year, but never less than zero.

Spousal Continuation and Special Spousal Continuation Step Up

If a surviving spouse elects to continue the contract, this rider also continues. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate. The spousal continuation step up is in addition to the elective step up or the annual step up. When a spouse elects to continue the contract, any rider feature processing particular to the first three years of the contract as described in this prospectus no longer applies. The GBA, RBA and GBP values remain unchanged. The RBP is automatically reset to the GBP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

A surviving spouse may elect a spousal continuation step up by written request within 30 days following the spouse’s election to continue the contract. This step up may be made even if withdrawals have been taken under the contract during the first three years. Under this step up, the RBA will be reset to the greater of the RBA or the contract value on the valuation date we receive the spouse’s written request to step up; the GBA will be reset to the greater of the GBA or the contract value on the same valuation date. If a spousal continuation step up is elected and we have increased the charge for the rider for new contract owners, the spouse will pay the charge that is in effect on the valuation date we receive the written request to step up.

It is our current administrative practice to process the spousal continuation step up as described in the next paragraph; however, we reserve the right to discontinue our administrative practice and will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change.

At the time of spousal continuation, a step-up may be available. All annual step-up rules (see “Annual Step-Up” heading above), other than those that apply to the waiting period, also apply to the spousal continuation step-up. If the spousal continuation step-up is processed automatically, the step-up date is the valuation date spousal continuation is effective. If not, the spouse must elect the step up and must do so within 30 days of the spousal continuation date. If the spouse elects the spousal continuation step up, the step-up date is the valuation date we receive the spouse’s written request to step-up if we receive the request by the close of business on that day, otherwise the next valuation date.

Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Payout Option

Several annuity payout plans are available under the contract. As an alternative to these annuity payout plans, a fixed annuity payout option is available under the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit.

Under this option the amount payable each year will be equal to the remaining schedule of GBPs, but the total amount paid over the life of the annuity will not exceed the current total RBA at the time you begin this fixed annuity option. These annualized amounts will be paid in the frequency that you elect. The frequencies will be among those offered by us at that time but will be no less frequent than annually. If, at the death of the owner, total payments have been made for less than the RBA, the remaining payments will be paid to the beneficiary (see “The Annuity Payout Period” and “Taxes”).

This annuity payout option may also be elected by the beneficiary of a contract as a settlement option. Whenever multiple beneficiaries are designated under the contract, each such beneficiary’s share of the proceeds if they elect this option will be in proportion to their applicable designated beneficiary percentage. Beneficiaries of nonqualified contracts may elect this settlement option subject to the distribution requirements of the contract. We reserve the right to adjust the remaining schedule of GBPs if necessary to comply with the Code.

If Contract Value Reduces to Zero

If the contract value reduces to zero and the RBA remains greater than zero, the following will occur:

• you will be paid according to the annuity payout option described above;

• we will no longer accept additional purchase payments;

• you will no longer be charged for the rider;

• any attached death benefit riders will terminate; and

• the death benefit becomes the remaining payments under the annuity payout option described above.

If the contract value falls to zero and the RBA is depleted, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider and the contract will terminate.Example of the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000.

The Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA) equals your purchase payment: $100,000

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    125

The Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP) equals 7% of your GBA:
	0.07 × $100,000 =		$7,000
The Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA) equals your purchase payment:			$100,000
On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. You decide to step up your benefit.
The RBA equals 100% of your contract value:			$110,000
The GBA equals 100% of your contract value:			$110,000
The GBP equals 7% of your stepped-up GBA:
	0.07 × $110,000 =		$7,700
During the fourth contract year you decide to take a partial withdrawal of $7,700.
You took a partial withdrawal equal to your GBP, so your RBA equals the prior RBA less the amount of the partial withdrawal:
	$110,000 – $7,700 =		$102,300
The GBA equals the GBA immediately prior to the partial withdrawal:			$110,000
The GBP equals 7% of your GBA:
	0.07 × $110,000 =		$7,700
On the fourth contract anniversary you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000
The new RBA for the contract is equal to your prior RBA plus 100% of the additional purchase payment:
	$102,300 + $50,000 =		$152,300
The new GBA for the contract is equal to your prior GBA plus 100% of the additional purchase payment:
	$110,000 + $50,000 =		$160,000
The new GBP for the contract is equal to your prior GBP plus 7% of the additional purchase payment:
	$7,700 + $3,500 =		$11,200
On the fifth contract anniversary your contract value grows to $200,000. You decide to step up your benefit.
The RBA equals 100% of your contract value:			$200,000
The GBA equals 100% of your contract value:			$200,000
The GBP equals 7% of your stepped-up GBA:
	0.07 × $200,000 =		$14,000
During the seventh contract year your contract value grows to $230,000. You decide to take a partial withdrawal of $20,000. You took more than your GBP of $14,000 so your RBA gets reset to the lesser of:
	(1)	your contract value immediately following the partial withdrawal;
		$230,000 – $20,000 =	$210,000
		OR
	(2)	your prior RBA less the amount of the partial withdrawal.
		$200,000 – $20,000 =	$180,000
	Reset RBA = lesser of (1) or (2) =		$180,000
	The GBA gets reset to the lesser of:
	(1)	your prior GBA	$200,000
		OR
	(2)	your contract value immediately following the partial withdrawal;
		$230,000 – $20,000 =	$210,000
Reset GBA = lesser of (1) or (2) =			$200,000
The Reset GBP is equal to 7% of your Reset GBA:
	0.07 × $200,000 =		$14,000
During the eighth contract year your contract value falls to $175,000. You decide to take a partial withdrawal of $25,000. You took more than your GBP of $14,000 so your RBA gets reset to the lesser of:
	(1)	your contract value immediately following the partial withdrawal;
		$175,000 – $25,000 =	$150,000
		OR
	(2)	your prior RBA less the amount of the partial withdrawal.
		$180,000 – $25,000 =	$155,000
	Reset RBA = lesser of (1) or (2) =		$150,000
	The GBA gets reset to the lesser of:
	(1)	your prior GBA;	$200,000
		OR

126    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

	(2)	your contract value immediately following the partial withdrawal;
		$175,000 – $25,000 =	$150,000
Reset GBA = lesser of (1) or (2) =			$150,000
The Reset GBP is equal to 7% of your Reset GBA:
	0.07 × $150,000 =		$10,500

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    127

Appendix L: Income Assurer Benefit Riders

The following three optional Income Assurer Benefit riders were available under your contract if you your contract application was signed prior to May 1, 2007. These riders are no longer available for purchase.

• Income Assurer Benefit – MAV;

• Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base; or

• Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base.

The Income Assurer Benefit riders are intended to provide you with a guaranteed minimum income regardless of the volatility inherent in the investments in the subaccounts. The riders benchmark the contract growth at each anniversary against several comparison values and set the guaranteed income benefit base (described below) equal to the largest value. The guaranteed income benefit base, less any applicable premium tax, is the value we apply to the guaranteed annuity purchase rates stated in Table B of the contract to calculate the minimum annuity payouts you will receive if you exercise the rider. If the guaranteed income benefit base is greater than the contract value, the guaranteed income benefit base may provide a higher annuity payout level than is otherwise available. However, the riders use guaranteed annuity purchase rates which may result in annuity payouts that are less than those using the annuity purchase rates that we may apply at annuitization under the standard contract provisions. Therefore, the level of income provided by the riders may be less than the contract otherwise provides. If the annuity payouts through the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available through the riders, you will receive the higher standard payout option. The guaranteed income benefit base does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

The general information in this section applies to each Income Assurer Benefit rider. This section is followed by a description of each specific Income Assurer Benefit rider and how it is calculated.

You should consider whether an Income Assurer Benefit rider is appropriate for you because:

•	you must participate in the PN program if you purchase a contract on or after May 1, 2006 with this rider (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program”). If you selected this rider before May 1, 2006, you must participate in the asset allocation program (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Asset Allocation Program”), however, you may elect to participate in the Portfolio Navigator program after May 1, 2006. The PN program and the asset allocation program limit your choice of investments. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, GPAs or the one-year fixed account that are available under the contract to other contract owners who do not elect this rider.
•	if you are purchasing the contract as a qualified annuity, such as an IRA, and you are planning to begin annuity payouts after the date on which minimum distributions required by the Code must begin, you should consider whether an Income Assurer Benefit is appropriate for you (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Partial withdrawals you take from the contract, including those used to satisfy RMDs, will reduce the guaranteed income benefit base (defined below), which in turn may reduce or eliminate the amount of any annuity payouts available under the rider. Consult a tax advisor before you purchase any Income Assurer Benefit rider with a qualified annuity;
•	you must hold the Income Assurer Benefit for 10 years unless you elect to terminate the rider within 30 days following the first anniversary after the effective date of the rider;
•	the 10-year waiting period may be restarted if you elect to change the PN program investment option to one that causes the rider charge to increase (see “Charges — Income Assurer Benefit”);
•	the Income Assurer Benefit rider terminates* 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday; and
•	you can only exercise the Income Assurer Benefit within 30 days after a contract anniversary following the expiration of the 10-year waiting period.
*	The rider and annual fee terminate 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday, however, if you exercise the Income Assurer Benefit rider before this time, your benefits will continue according to the annuity payout plan you have selected.

If the Income Assurer Benefit rider is available in your state and the annuitant is 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose this optional benefit at the time you purchase your contract for an additional charge. The amount of the charge is determined by the Income Assurer Benefit you select (see “Charges — Income Assurer Benefit Rider Fee”). The effective date of the rider will be the contract issue date. The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit and the Accumulation Protector Benefit riders are not available with any Income Assurer Benefit rider. If the annuitant is between age 73 and age 75 at contract issue, you should consider whether an Income Assurer Benefit rider is appropriate for your situation because of the 10-year waiting period requirement. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether an Income Assurer Benefit rider is appropriate for your situation.

128    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Here are some general terms that are used to describe the Income Assurer Benefit riders in the sections below:

Guaranteed Income Benefit Base: The guaranteed income benefit base is the value that will be used to determine minimum annuity payouts when the rider is exercised. It is an amount we calculate, depending on the Income Assurer Benefit rider you choose, that establishes a benefit floor. When the benefit floor amount is greater than the contract value, there may be a higher annuitization payout than if you annuitized your contract without the Income Assurer Benefit. Your annuitization payout will never be less than that provided by your contract value.

Excluded Investment Options: These investment options are listed in your contract under contract data and will include the Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund and, if available under your contract, the GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account. Excluded investment options are not used in the calculation of this riders’ variable account floor for the Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base and the Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base.

Excluded Payments: These are purchase payments and any purchase payment credits paid in the last five years before exercise of the benefit which we reserve the right to exclude from the calculation of the guaranteed income benefit base.

Proportionate Adjustments for Partial Withdrawals: These are calculated as the product of (a) times (b) where:

(a)	is the ratio of the amount of the partial withdrawal (including any withdrawal charges or MVA) to the contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal, and
(b)	is the benefit on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.

Protected Investment Options: All investment options available under this contract that are not defined as excluded investment options under contract data are known as protected investment options for purposes of this rider and are used in the calculation of the variable account floor for the Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base and the Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base.

Waiting Period: This rider can only be exercised after the expiration of a 10-year waiting period. We reserve the right to restart the waiting period if you elect to change your PN program investment option to one that causes the rider charge to increase.

The following are general provisions that apply to each Income Assurer Benefit:

Exercising the Rider

Rider exercise conditions are:

• you may only exercise the Income Assurer Benefit rider within 30 days after any contract anniversary following the expiration of the waiting period;

• the annuitant on the retirement date must be between 50 to 86 years old; and

• you can only take an annuity payment in one of the following annuity payout plans:

Plan A	—	Life Annuity – No Refund;
Plan B	—	Life Annuity with Ten or Twenty Years Certain;
Plan D	—	Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund;
	—	Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity with Twenty Years Certain; or
Plan E	—	Twenty Years Certain.

After the expiration of the waiting period, the Income Assurer Benefit rider guarantees a minimum amount of fixed annuity lifetime income during annuitization or the option of variable annuity payouts with a guaranteed minimum initial payout or a combination of the two options.

If your contract value falls to zero as the result of adverse market performance or the deduction of fees and/or charges at any time, the contract and all its riders, including this rider, will terminate without value and no benefits will be paid on account of such termination.Exception: if you are still living, and the annuitant is between 50 and 86 years old, an amount equal to the guaranteed income benefit base will be paid to you under the annuity payout plan and frequency that you select, based upon the fixed or variable annuity payouts described above. The guaranteed income benefit base will be calculated and annuitization will occur at the following times.

• If the contract value falls to zero during the waiting period, the guaranteed income benefit base will be calculated and annuitization will occur on the valuation date after the expiration of the waiting period, or when the annuitant attains age 50 if later.

• If the contract value falls to zero after the waiting period, the guaranteed income benefit base will be calculated and annuitization will occur immediately, or when the annuitant attains age 50 if later.

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    129

Fixed annuity payouts under this rider will occur at the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” with 100% Projection Scale G and a 2.0% interest rate for contracts purchased on or after May 1, 2006 and if available in your state.⁽¹⁾ These are the same rates used in Table B of the contract (see “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Tables.”) Your annuity payouts remain fixed for the lifetime of the annuity payout period.

First year variable annuity payouts are calculated in the same manner as fixed annuity payouts. Once calculated, your variable annuity payouts remain unchanged for the first year. After the first year, subsequent annuity payouts are variable and depend on the performance of the subaccounts you select. Variable annuity payouts after the first year are calculated using the following formula:

Pt-1(1 + i)	=	Pt
1.05

Pt-1	=	prior annuity payout
Pt	=	current annuity payout
i	=	annualized subaccount performance

Each subsequent variable annuity payout could be more or less than the previous variable annuity payout if the subaccount investment performance is greater or less than the 5% assumed investment rate. If your subaccount performance equals 5%, your variable annuity payout will be unchanged from the previous variable annuity payout. If your subaccount performance is in excess of 5%, your variable annuity payout will increase from the previous variable annuity payout. If your subaccount investment performance is less than 5%, your variable annuity payout will decrease from the previous variable annuity payout.

⁽¹⁾ For all other contracts, the guaranteed annuity purchase rates are based on the “1983 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” with 100% Projection Scale G and a 2.0% interest rate.

Terminating the Rider

Rider termination conditions are:

•	you may terminate the rider within 30 days following the first anniversary after the effective date of the rider;
•	you may terminate the rider any time after the expiration of the waiting period;
•	the rider will terminate on the date you make a full withdrawal from the contract, or annuitization begins, or on the date that a death benefit is payable; and
•	the rider will terminate* 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday.
*	The rider and annual fee terminate 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday, however, if you exercise the Income Assurer Benefit rider before this time, your benefits will continue according to the annuity payout plan you have selected.

You may select one of the Income Assurer Benefit riders described below:

Income Assurer Benefit – MAV

The guaranteed income benefit base for the Income Assurer Benefit – MAV is the greater of these three values:

1.	contract value; or
2.	the total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits made to the contract minus proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals; or
3.	the maximum anniversary value.

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV) — is zero prior to the first contract anniversary after the effective date of the rider. On the first contract anniversary after the effective date of the rider, we set the MAV as the greater of these two values:

(a)	current contract value; or
(b)	total payments and any purchase payment credits made to the contract minus proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals.

Thereafter, we increase the MAV by any additional purchase payments and any purchase payment credits and reduce the MAV by proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals. Every contract anniversary after that prior to the earlier of your or the annuitant’s 81st birthday, we compare the MAV to the current contract value and we reset the MAV to the higher amount.

If we exercise our right to not reflect excluded payments in the calculation of the guaranteed income benefit base, we will calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as the greatest of these three values:

1.	contract value less the market value adjusted excluded payments; or
2.	total purchase payments, less excluded payments, less proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals; or

130    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

3. the MAV, less market value adjusted excluded payments.

Market Value Adjusted Excluded Payments are calculated as the sum of each excluded purchase payment and any purchase payment credit multiplied by the ratio of the current contract value over the estimated contract value on the anniversary prior to such purchase payment. The estimated contract value at such anniversary is calculated by assuming that payments, any credits, and partial withdrawals occurring in a contract year take place at the beginning of the year for that anniversary and every year after that to the current contract year.

Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base

The guaranteed income benefit base for the Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base is the greater of these three values:

1.	contract value; or
2.	the total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits made to the contract minus proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals; or
3.	the 5% variable account floor.

5% Variable Account Floor – is equal to the contract value in the excluded investment options plus the variable account floor. The Income Assurer Benefit 5% variable account floor is calculated differently and is not the same value as the death benefit 5% variable account floor.

The variable account floor is zero from the effective date of this rider and until the first contract anniversary after the effective date of this rider. On the first contract anniversary after the effective date of this rider the variable account floor is:

• the total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits made to the protected investment options minus adjusted partial withdrawals and transfers from the protected investment options; plus

• an amount equal to 5% of your initial purchase payment and any purchase payment credit allocated to the protected investment options.

On any day after the first contract anniversary following the effective date of this rider, when you allocate additional purchase payments to or withdraw or transfer amounts from the protected investment options, we adjust the variable account floor by adding the additional purchase payment and any purchase payment credit and subtracting adjusted withdrawals and adjusted transfers. On each subsequent contract anniversary after the first anniversary of the effective date of this rider, prior to the earlier of your or the annuitant’s 81st birthday, we increase the variable account floor by adding the amount (“roll-up amount”) equal to 5% of the prior contract anniversary’s variable account floor.

The amount of purchase payment and any purchase payment credits withdrawn from or transferred between the excluded investment options and the protected investment options is calculated as (a) times (b) where:

(a)	is the amount of purchase payment and any purchase payment credits in the investment options being withdrawn or transferred on the date of but prior to the current withdrawal or transfer; and
(b)	is the ratio of the amount of the transfer or withdrawal to the value in the investment options being withdrawn or transferred on the date of (but prior to) the current withdrawal or transfer.

The roll-up amount prior to the first anniversary is zero. Also, the roll-up amount on every anniversary after the earlier of your or the annuitant’s 81st birthday is zero.

Adjusted withdrawals and adjusted transfers for the variable account floor are equal to the amount of the withdrawal or transfer from the protected investment options as long as the sum of the withdrawals and transfers from the protected investment options in a contract year do not exceed the roll-up amount from the prior contract anniversary.

If the current withdrawal or transfer from the protected investment options plus the sum of all prior withdrawals and transfers made from the protected investment options in the current policy year exceeds the roll-up amount from the prior contract anniversary we will calculate the adjusted withdrawal or adjusted transfer for the variable account floor as the result of (a) plus [(b) times (c)] where:

(a)	is the roll-up amount from the prior contract anniversary less the sum of any withdrawals and transfers made from the protected investment options in the current policy year but prior to the current withdrawal or transfer. However, (a) can not be less than zero; and
(b)	is the variable account floor on the date of (but prior to) the current withdrawal or transfer from the protected investment options less the value from (a); and
(c)	is the ratio of [the amount of the current withdrawal (including any withdrawal charges or MVA) or transfer from the protected investment options less the value from (a)] to [the total in the protected investment options on the date of (but prior to) the current withdrawal or transfer from the protected investment options less the value from (a)].

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    131

If we exercise our right to not reflect excluded payments in the calculation of the guaranteed income benefit base, we will calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as the greatest of these three values:

1.	contract value less the market value adjusted excluded payments (described above); or
2.	total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits, less excluded payments, less proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals; or
3.	the 5% variable account floor, less 5% adjusted excluded payments.

5% Adjusted Excluded Payments are calculated as the sum of each excluded payment and any credit accumulated at 5% for the number of full contract years they have been in the contract.

Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base

The guaranteed income benefit base for the Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base is the greater of these four values:

1.	the contract value;
2.	the total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits made to the contract minus proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals;
3.	the MAV (described above); or
4.	the 5% variable account floor (described above).

If we exercise our right to not reflect excluded payments in the calculation of the guaranteed income benefit base, we will calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as the greatest of:

1.	contract value less the market value adjusted excluded payments (described above);
2.	total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits, less excluded payments, less proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals;
3.	the MAV, less market value adjusted excluded payments (described above); or
4.	the 5% variable account floor, less 5% adjusted excluded payments (described above).

Examples of the Income Assurer Benefit Riders

The purpose of these examples is to illustrate the operation of the Income Assurer Benefit Riders. The examples compare payouts available under the contract’s standard annuity payout provisions with annuity payouts available under the riders based on the same set of assumptions.The contract values shown are hypothetical and do not represent past or future performance. Actual contract values may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a number of factors, including but not limited to the investment experience of the subaccounts (referred to in the riders as “protected investment options”) and the fees and charges that apply to your contract.

For each of the riders, we provide two annuity payout plan comparisons based on the hypothetical contract values we have assumed. The first comparison assumes that you select annuity payout Plan B, Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain. The second comparison assumes that you select annuity payout Plan D, Joint and Last Survivor Annuity – No Refund.

Remember that the riders require you to participate in the PN program. The riders are intended to offer protection against market volatility in the subaccounts (protected investment options). Some PN program investment options include protected investment options and excluded investment options (Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund, and if available under the contract, GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account).
Excluded Investment Options are not included in calculating the 5% variable account floor under the Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base rider and the Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base riders. Because the examples which follow are based on hypothetical contract values, they do not factor in differences in PN program investment options.

Assumptions:

You purchase the contract during the 2006 calendar year with a payment of $100,000; and

• you invest all contract value in the subaccounts (protected investment options); and

• you make no additional purchase payments, partial withdrawals or changes in PN program investment option; and

• the annuitant is male and age 55 at contract issue; and

• the joint annuitant is female and age 55 at contract issue.

132    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Example — Income Assurer Benefit – MAV

Based on the above assumptions and taking into account fluctuations in contract value due to market conditions, we calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as:

Contract Anniversary	Assumed Contract Value	Purchase Payments	Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV)(1)	Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – MAV(2)
1	$ 108,000	$100,000	$ 108,000	$ 108,000
2	125,000	none	125,000	125,000
3	132,000	none	132,000	132,000
4	150,000	none	150,000	150,000
5	85,000	none	150,000	150,000
6	121,000	none	150,000	150,000
7	139,000	none	150,000	150,000
8	153,000	none	153,000	153,000
9	140,000	none	153,000	153,000
10	174,000	none	174,000	174,000
11	141,000	none	174,000	174,000
12	148,000	none	174,000	174,000
13	208,000	none	208,000	208,000
14	198,000	none	208,000	208,000
15	203,000	none	208,000	208,000

(1)	The MAV is limited after age 81, but the guaranteed income benefit base may increase if the contract value increases.
(2)	The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – MAV is a calculated number, not an amount that can be withdrawn. The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – MAV does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions			IAB – MAV Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	IAB – MAV Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)
10	$ 174,000	$ 772.56	$ 774.30	$ 174,000	$ 772.56	$ 774.30
11	141,000	641.55	642.96	174,000	791.70	793.44
12	148,000	691.16	692.64	174,000	812.58	814.32
13	208,000	996.32	998.40	208,000	996.32	998.40
14	198,000	974.16	976.14	208,000	1,023.36	1,025.44
15	203,000	1,025.15	1,027.18	208,000	1,050.40	1,052.48

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    133

Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions			IAB – MAV Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	IAB – MAV Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)
10	$ 174,000	$ 629.88	$ 622.92	$ 174,000	$ 629.88	$ 622.92
11	141,000	521.70	516.06	174,000	643.80	636.84
12	148,000	559.44	553.52	174,000	657.72	650.76
13	208,000	807.04	796.64	208,000	807.04	796.64
14	198,000	786.06	778.14	208,000	825.76	817.44
15	203,000	826.21	818.09	208,000	846.56	838.24

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

NOTE: In the above examples, if you elected to begin receiving annuity payouts within 30 days after the 10th or the 13th contract anniversary, you would not benefit from the rider because the monthly annuity payout in these examples is the same as under the standard provisions of the contract. Because the examples are based on assumed contract values, not actual investment results, you should not conclude from the examples that the riders will provide higher payments more frequently than the standard provisions of the contract.

Example — Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base

Based on the above assumptions and taking into account fluctuations in contract value due to market conditions, we calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as:

Contract Anniversary	Assumed Contract Value	Purchase Payments	5% Accumulation Benefit Base(1)	Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base(2)
1	$ 108,000	$100,000	$ 105,000	$ 108,000
2	125,000	none	110,250	125,000
3	132,000	none	115,763	132,000
4	150,000	none	121,551	150,000
5	85,000	none	127,628	127,628
6	121,000	none	134,010	134,010
7	139,000	none	140,710	140,710
8	153,000	none	147,746	153,000
9	140,000	none	155,133	155,133
10	174,000	none	162,889	174,000
11	141,000	none	171,034	171,034
12	148,000	none	179,586	179,586
13	208,000	none	188,565	208,000
14	198,000	none	197,993	198,000
15	203,000	none	207,893	207,893

(1)	The 5% Accumulation Benefit Base value is limited after age 81, but the guaranteed income benefit base may increase if the contract value increases.
(2)	The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base is a calculated number, not an amount that can be withdrawn. The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

134    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions			IAB – 5% RF Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	IAB – 5% RF Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)
10	$ 174,000	$ 772.56	$ 774.30	$ 174,000	$ 772.56	$ 774.30
11	141,000	641.55	642.96	171,034	778.20	779.91
12	148,000	691.16	692.64	179,586	838.66	840.46
13	208,000	996.32	998.40	208,000	996.32	998.40
14	198,000	974.16	976.14	198,000	974.16	976.14
15	203,000	1,025.15	1,027.18	207,893	1,049.86	1,051.94

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the sale for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions				IAB – 5% RF Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	IAB – 5% RF Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)
10	$ 174,000	$ 629.88	$ 622.92	$ 174,000	$ 629.88	$ 622.92
11	141,000	521.70	516.06	171,034	632.83	625.98
12	148,000	559.44	553.52	179,586	678.83	671.65
13	208,000	807.04	796.64	208,000	807.04	796.64
14	198,000	786.06	778.14	198,000	786.06	778.14
15	203,000	826.21	818.09	207,893	846.12	837.81

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

NOTE: In the above examples, if you elected to begin receiving annuity payouts within 30 days after the 10th, 13th or the 14th contract anniversary, you would not benefit from the rider because the monthly annuity payout in these examples is the same as under the standard provisions of the contract. Because the examples are based on assumed contract values, not actual investment results, you should not conclude from the examples that the riders will provide higher payments more frequently than the standard provisions of the contract.

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    135

Example — Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base

Based on the above assumptions and taking into account fluctuations in contract value due to market conditions, we calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as:

Contract Anniversary	Assumed Contract Value	Purchase Payments	Maximum Anniversary Value(1)	5% Accumulation Benefit Base(1)	Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base(2)
1	$ 108,000	$100,000	$ 108,000	$ 105,000	$ 108,000
2	125,000	none	125,000	110,250	125,000
3	132,000	none	132,000	115,763	132,000
4	150,000	none	150,000	121,551	150,000
5	85,000	none	150,000	127,628	150,000
6	121,000	none	150,000	134,010	150,000
7	139,000	none	150,000	140,710	150,000
8	153,000	none	153,000	147,746	153,000
9	140,000	none	153,000	155,133	155,133
10	174,000	none	174,000	162,889	174,000
11	141,000	none	174,000	171,034	174,000
12	148,000	none	174,000	179,586	179,586
13	208,000	none	208,000	188,565	208,000
14	198,000	none	208,000	197,993	208,000
15	203,000	none	208,000	207,893	208,000

(1)	The MAV and 5% Accumulation Benefit Base are limited after age 81, but the guaranteed income benefit base may increase if the contract value increases.
(2)	The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base is a calculated number, not an amount that can be withdrawn. The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions			IAB – Max Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	IAB – Max Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)
10	$ 174,000	$ 772.56	$ 774.30	$ 174,000	$ 772.56	$ 774.30
11	141,000	641.55	642.96	174,000	791.70	793.44
12	148,000	691.16	692.64	179,586	838.66	840.46
13	208,000	996.32	998.40	208,000	996.32	998.40
14	198,000	974.16	976.14	208,000	1,023.36	1,025.44
15	203,000	1,025.15	1,027.18	208,000	1,050.40	1,052.48

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

136    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions			IAB – Max Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	IAB – Max Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)
10	$ 174,000	$ 629.88	$ 622.92	$ 174,000	$ 629.88	$ 622.92
11	141,000	521.70	516.06	174,000	643.80	636.84
12	148,000	559.44	553.52	179,586	678.83	671.65
13	208,000	807.04	796.64	208,000	807.04	796.64
14	198,000	786.06	778.14	208,000	825.76	817.44
15	203,000	826.21	818.09	208,000	846.56	838.24

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

NOTE: In the above examples, if you elected to begin receiving annuity payouts within 30 days after the 10th or the 13th contract anniversary, you would not benefit from the rider because the monthly annuity payout in these examples is the same as under the standard provisions of the contract. Because the examples are based on assumed contract values, not actual investment results, you should not conclude from the examples that the riders will provide higher payments more frequently than the standard provisions of the contract.

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    137

Appendix M: Withdrawal Benefit Riders: Electing Step Up or Spousal Continuation Step Up

Example — Withdrawal Benefit Riders: Electing Step Up or Spousal Continuation Step Up

Assumptions:

This example assumes that the covered person (for joint life, younger covered spouse) is 65 or older and there are no additional purchase payments or withdrawals.

•	You own a RiverSource variable annuity with a withdrawal benefit rider. You are currently invested in the Variable Portfolio — Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2) (a Portfolio Navigator fund) with a current rider fee of 0.65%.
	Your Contract Value (CV) is $100,000 and your withdrawal benefit rider currently provides the following benefits:

1)	You can withdraw $6,000 a year for the rest of your life. This is your Annual Lifetime Payment. Or
2)	You can withdraw $7,000 a year until you have withdrawn a total of $100,000. This is your Guaranteed Benefit Payment.

Based on your current CV, you will pay a rider fee of approximately $650 on your next annuity contract anniversary.

•	The annual fee for this rider has increased to 0.95% for clients invested in the Variable Portfolio — Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2).
	The following compares certain options available to you. Changes to rider values or fees are presented for two different scenarios where your CV increases to either $110,000 or $101,000 over the contract year:

1) Elect to lock in your contract gains to your benefit values (step up):

	CV of $110,000	CV of $101,000
Increase in Annual Lifetime Payment	$600	$60
Increase in Guaranteed Benefit Payment	$700	$70
Increase in Annual Rider Fee	0.30%	0.30%
Increase in Annual Contract Charge	$330	$303

Automatic step ups will continue on your next anniversary (if available under your rider).

2) Do not elect to lock in your contract gains (no step up):

	CV of $110,000	CV of $101,000
Increase in Annual Lifetime Payment	$0	$0
Increase in Guaranteed Benefit Payment	$0	$0
Increase in Annual Rider Fee	0%	0%
Increase in Annual Contract Charge	$65	$6.50

Your rider fee will not change, although the dollar amount of your annual charge will change as your CV changes. On your next anniversary, you will again have the option to elect the step up (lock in contract gains)

3) Move to one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds and elect the step up:

	CV of $110,000	CV of $101,000
Increase in Annual Lifetime Payment	$600	$60
Increase in Guaranteed Benefit Payment	$700	$70
Increase in Annual Rider Fee	0%	0%
Increase in Annual Contract Charge	$65	$6.50

Your rider fee will not change, although the dollar amount of your annual charge will change as your CV changes. Automatic step ups will continue on your next anniversary (if available under your rider).

The above example is for illustrative purposes only. The assumptions and calculations used are not intended to be consistent with any one rider, but instead are intended to provide an idea of how different scenarios would operate. Your specific rider may use different calculations for fees or have different benefits available. For a full description and rules applicable to step up options under your rider, please see the “Optional Living Benefits” section.

Electing to step up may result in different increases to the annual rider charge relative to the increase in your rider values. You should weigh the resulting increased charge due to the step up versus the increases to your benefits to determine the option that is best for you.

138    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix N: Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)

The following tables give per-unit information about the financial history of the subaccounts representing the lowest and highest total annual variable account expense combinations. The date in which operations commenced in each subaccount is noted in parentheses. The SAI contains tables that give per-unit information about the financial history of each existing subaccount. We have not provided this information for subaccounts (if any) that were not available under your contract as of December 31, 2019. You may obtain a copy of the SAI without charge by contacting us at the telephone number or address listed on the first page of the prospectus.

Variable account charges of 1.05% of the daily net assets of the variable account.

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
AB VPS Balanced Wealth Strategy Portfolio (Class B) (9/26/2008)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.59	$1.72	$1.50	$1.45	$1.45	$1.37	$1.19	$1.06	$1.11	$1.01
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.86	$1.59	$1.72	$1.50	$1.45	$1.45	$1.37	$1.19	$1.06	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
AB VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio (Class B) (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.37	$1.54	$1.14	$1.16	$1.15	$1.10	$0.91	$0.81	$1.07	$0.91
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.76	$1.37	$1.54	$1.14	$1.16	$1.15	$1.10	$0.91	$0.81	$1.07
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	1	1	1	4	10	10
AB VPS Growth and Income Portfolio (Class B) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.89	$2.03	$1.73	$1.58	$1.57	$1.45	$1.09	$0.94	$0.89	$0.80
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.32	$1.89	$2.03	$1.73	$1.58	$1.57	$1.45	$1.09	$0.94	$0.89
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	13	13	17	17	49	53	55	61	64	71
AB VPS International Value Portfolio (Class B) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.71	$0.93	$0.75	$0.76	$0.75	$0.81	$0.67	$0.59	$0.74	$0.72
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.82	$0.71	$0.93	$0.75	$0.76	$0.75	$0.81	$0.67	$0.59	$0.74
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	35	45	47	63	83	109	137	178	190	193
American Century VP Inflation Protection, Class II (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.31	$1.36	$1.32	$1.28	$1.33	$1.30	$1.43	$1.35	$1.22	$1.17
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.41	$1.31	$1.36	$1.32	$1.28	$1.33	$1.30	$1.43	$1.35	$1.22
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	7	23	130	—
American Century VP Mid Cap Value, Class II (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.91	$2.22	$2.01	$1.65	$1.70	$1.48	$1.15	$1.00	$1.02	$0.86
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.44	$1.91	$2.22	$2.01	$1.65	$1.70	$1.48	$1.15	$1.00	$1.02
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	3	3	—	—	—
American Century VP Ultra®, Class II (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.37	$2.38	$1.82	$1.77	$1.68	$1.55	$1.14	$1.02	$1.02	$0.89
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.16	$2.37	$2.38	$1.82	$1.77	$1.68	$1.55	$1.14	$1.02	$1.02
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2	2	2	2	2	9	9	9	8	8
American Century VP Value, Class II (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.80	$2.01	$1.87	$1.57	$1.65	$1.48	$1.14	$1.00	$1.01	$0.90
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.27	$1.80	$2.01	$1.87	$1.57	$1.65	$1.48	$1.14	$1.00	$1.01
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	4	2	2	6	6
BNY Mellon Investment Portfolios, MidCap Stock Portfolio - Service Shares (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.76	$2.11	$1.85	$1.63	$1.69	$1.52	$1.14	$0.97	$0.98	$0.78
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.09	$1.76	$2.11	$1.85	$1.63	$1.69	$1.52	$1.14	$0.97	$0.98
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, Appreciation Portfolio - Service Share (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.00	$2.18	$1.73	$1.63	$1.69	$1.58	$1.33	$1.22	$1.13	$0.99
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.69	$2.00	$2.18	$1.73	$1.63	$1.69	$1.58	$1.33	$1.22	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Equity Portfolio - Service Shares* (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.93	$1.12	$0.89	$0.96	$0.96	$1.00	$0.86	$0.71	$0.84	$0.77
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.11	$0.93	$1.12	$0.89	$0.96	$0.96	$1.00	$0.86	$0.71	$0.84
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	2	2	3	3	4	4	8	13
*BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Equity Portfolio - Service Shares is scheduled to liquidate on or about April 30, 2020.
BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Value Portfolio - Service Shares* (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.86	$1.04	$0.82	$0.84	$0.88	$0.98	$0.81	$0.73	$0.90	$0.88
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.03	$0.86	$1.04	$0.82	$0.84	$0.88	$0.98	$0.81	$0.73	$0.90
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	9	9	9	9	9	9	9	9	9	8
*BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Value Portfolio - Service Shares is scheduled to liquidate on or about April 30, 2020.

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    139

Variable account charges of 1.05% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
ClearBridge Variable Small Cap Growth Portfolio – Class I (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.35	$2.30	$1.87	$1.79	$1.89	$1.83	$1.26	$1.07	$1.06	$0.86
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.95	$2.35	$2.30	$1.87	$1.79	$1.89	$1.83	$1.26	$1.07	$1.06
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1	1	2	2	2	4	7	4	4	9
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.98	$2.08	$1.69	$1.59	$1.59	$1.40	$1.06	$0.94	$0.90	$0.77
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.45	$1.98	$2.08	$1.69	$1.59	$1.59	$1.40	$1.06	$0.94	$0.90
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	15	15	15	30	30	30	30
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.61	$1.73	$1.53	$1.36	$1.41	$1.30	$1.03	$0.92	$0.98	$0.84
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.97	$1.61	$1.73	$1.53	$1.36	$1.41	$1.30	$1.03	$0.92	$0.98
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	26	28	34	44	88	117	189	237	271	304
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Emerging Markets Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.34	$1.72	$1.18	$1.14	$1.27	$1.31	$1.35	$1.13	$1.45	$1.22
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.74	$1.34	$1.72	$1.18	$1.14	$1.27	$1.31	$1.35	$1.13	$1.45
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	12	14	14	19	73	83	99	105	118	124
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.99	$0.98	$0.99	$1.00	$1.01	$1.02	$1.03	$1.04	$1.05	$1.07
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.99	$0.99	$0.98	$0.99	$1.00	$1.01	$1.02	$1.03	$1.04	$1.05
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	71	79	95	182	211	185	213	227	204	344
Columbia Variable Portfolio – High Yield Bond Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.89	$1.99	$1.89	$1.71	$1.75	$1.71	$1.63	$1.42	$1.36	$1.20
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.19	$1.89	$1.99	$1.89	$1.71	$1.75	$1.71	$1.63	$1.42	$1.36
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4	4	4	4	4	5	5	5	6	7
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Income Opportunities Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.85	$1.94	$1.85	$1.68	$1.72	$1.67	$1.61	$1.42	$1.35	$1.21
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.13	$1.85	$1.94	$1.85	$1.68	$1.72	$1.67	$1.61	$1.42	$1.35
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	17	19	24	33	72	89	129	135	154	173
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.44	$1.45	$1.42	$1.37	$1.38	$1.33	$1.37	$1.29	$1.22	$1.14
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.56	$1.44	$1.45	$1.42	$1.37	$1.38	$1.33	$1.37	$1.29	$1.22
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	58	61	74	81	135	184	286	313	341	374
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Growth Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.00	$2.11	$1.66	$1.66	$1.54	$1.37	$1.06	$0.89	$0.93	$0.80
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.69	$2.00	$2.11	$1.66	$1.66	$1.54	$1.37	$1.06	$0.89	$0.93
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	26	—	—	—	—	9
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Index Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.08	$2.21	$1.84	$1.67	$1.67	$1.49	$1.14	$1.00	$0.99	$0.88
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.69	$2.08	$2.21	$1.84	$1.67	$1.67	$1.49	$1.14	$1.00	$0.99
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	29	29	35	42	94	94	167	176	197	186
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Mid Cap Growth Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.83	$1.94	$1.60	$1.58	$1.51	$1.42	$1.10	$1.00	$1.19	$0.95
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.44	$1.83	$1.94	$1.60	$1.58	$1.51	$1.42	$1.10	$1.00	$1.19
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Overseas Core Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.10	$1.34	$1.06	$1.14	$1.10	$1.22	$1.01	$0.86	$1.00	$0.88
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.37	$1.10	$1.34	$1.06	$1.14	$1.10	$1.22	$1.01	$0.86	$1.00
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	31	31	31	31	—	—	—	—	—	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Select Mid Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.50	$1.75	$1.56	$1.39	$1.47	$1.33	$0.97	$0.83	$0.92	$0.76
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.96	$1.50	$1.75	$1.56	$1.39	$1.47	$1.33	$0.97	$0.83	$0.92
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4	4	4	4	4	4	5	5	7	7
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Small Cap Value Fund (Class 2) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.69	$2.09	$1.85	$1.41	$1.52	$1.49	$1.12	$1.02	$1.10	$0.88
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.02	$1.69	$2.09	$1.85	$1.41	$1.52	$1.49	$1.12	$1.02	$1.10
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	19	20	23	32	66	90	133	165	189	199
Columbia Variable Portfolio – U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.17	$1.17	$1.14	$1.13	$1.12	$1.07	$1.11	$1.10	$1.10	$1.08
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.24	$1.17	$1.17	$1.14	$1.13	$1.12	$1.07	$1.11	$1.10	$1.10
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	11	11	18	19	77	102	137	152	158	160

140    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.05% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Credit Suisse Trust – Commodity Return Strategy Portfolio (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.44	$0.50	$0.50	$0.45	$0.60	$0.74	$0.83	$0.85	$0.99	$0.86
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.46	$0.44	$0.50	$0.50	$0.45	$0.60	$0.74	$0.83	$0.85	$0.99
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2	2	2	2	3	3	22	22	22	18
CTIVP® – BlackRock Global Inflation-Protected Securities Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.42	$1.44	$1.42	$1.32	$1.36	$1.26	$1.35	$1.29	$1.19	$1.15
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.51	$1.42	$1.44	$1.42	$1.32	$1.36	$1.26	$1.35	$1.29	$1.19
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	34	35	45	50	117	153	219	218	238	269
CTIVP® – Loomis Sayles Growth Fund (Class 1) (4/29/2016)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.34	$1.39	$1.06	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.75	$1.34	$1.39	$1.06	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	83	89	107	124	—	—	—	—	—	—
CTIVP® – Victory Sycamore Established Value Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.17	$2.44	$2.13	$1.79	$1.80	$1.63	$1.21	$1.04	$1.13	$0.94
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.75	$2.17	$2.44	$2.13	$1.79	$1.80	$1.63	$1.21	$1.04	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1	1	1	1	1	1	2	2	2	2
Eaton Vance VT Floating-Rate Income Fund – Initial Class (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.29	$1.31	$1.28	$1.18	$1.21	$1.21	$1.18	$1.11	$1.10	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.37	$1.29	$1.31	$1.28	$1.18	$1.21	$1.21	$1.18	$1.11	$1.10
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	18	18	24	26	49	68	99	103	114	121
Fidelity® VIP ContrafundSM Portfolio Service Class 2 (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.96	$2.12	$1.76	$1.66	$1.67	$1.51	$1.16	$1.01	$1.05	$0.91
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.55	$1.96	$2.12	$1.76	$1.66	$1.67	$1.51	$1.16	$1.01	$1.05
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	40	55	58	76	97	111	165	192	204	243
Fidelity® VIP Growth Portfolio Service Class 2 (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.35	$2.38	$1.79	$1.80	$1.70	$1.54	$1.15	$1.01	$1.03	$0.84
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.11	$2.35	$2.38	$1.79	$1.80	$1.70	$1.54	$1.15	$1.01	$1.03
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	3	3	4	5	5
Fidelity® VIP Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Service Class 2 (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.43	$1.46	$1.42	$1.37	$1.40	$1.33	$1.38	$1.32	$1.24	$1.17
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.55	$1.43	$1.46	$1.42	$1.37	$1.40	$1.33	$1.38	$1.32	$1.24
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	23	25	30	33	74	92	163	207	222	238
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2 (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.82	$2.16	$1.81	$1.63	$1.68	$1.60	$1.19	$1.05	$1.19	$0.94
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.22	$1.82	$2.16	$1.81	$1.63	$1.68	$1.60	$1.19	$1.05	$1.19
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	11	26	31	33	52	73	85	97	103	135
Fidelity® VIP Overseas Portfolio Service Class 2 (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.11	$1.33	$1.03	$1.10	$1.07	$1.18	$0.92	$0.77	$0.94	$0.85
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.40	$1.11	$1.33	$1.03	$1.10	$1.07	$1.18	$0.92	$0.77	$0.94
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	1	1	1	2	9	13	19	26	30
Franklin Income VIP Fund – Class 2 (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.67	$1.77	$1.63	$1.44	$1.57	$1.51	$1.34	$1.21	$1.19	$1.07
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.92	$1.67	$1.77	$1.63	$1.44	$1.57	$1.51	$1.34	$1.21	$1.19
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	46	47	48	54	147	202	288	272	276	240
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund – Class 2 (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.48	$1.65	$1.54	$1.34	$1.42	$1.34	$1.06	$0.94	$0.96	$0.87
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.80	$1.48	$1.65	$1.54	$1.34	$1.42	$1.34	$1.06	$0.94	$0.96
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	3	4	4	4	5	16	36	38	39	63
Franklin Rising Dividends VIP Fund – Class 2 (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.04	$2.17	$1.82	$1.58	$1.66	$1.54	$1.20	$1.09	$1.03	$0.87
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.60	$2.04	$2.17	$1.82	$1.58	$1.66	$1.54	$1.20	$1.09	$1.03
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	3	3	3	3	3	27
Franklin Small-Mid Cap Growth VIP Fund – Class 2 (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.87	$2.00	$1.66	$1.61	$1.68	$1.58	$1.15	$1.05	$1.12	$0.88
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.43	$1.87	$2.00	$1.66	$1.61	$1.68	$1.58	$1.15	$1.05	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	3	3	3	3	3	3
Goldman Sachs VIT Mid Cap Value Fund – Institutional Shares (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.76	$1.99	$1.81	$1.61	$1.79	$1.59	$1.21	$1.03	$1.12	$0.90
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.30	$1.76	$1.99	$1.81	$1.61	$1.79	$1.59	$1.21	$1.03	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	27	29	30	35	57	68	93	110	117	110

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    141

Variable account charges of 1.05% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Goldman Sachs VIT U.S. Equity Insights Fund – Institutional Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.77	$1.91	$1.56	$1.42	$1.43	$1.25	$0.92	$0.81	$0.79	$0.70
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.20	$1.77	$1.91	$1.56	$1.42	$1.43	$1.25	$0.92	$0.81	$0.79
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2	2	4	4	5	6	21	24	31	15
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.75	$1.88	$1.50	$1.56	$1.52	$1.34	$1.04	$0.93	$0.95	$0.88
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.35	$1.75	$1.88	$1.50	$1.56	$1.52	$1.34	$1.04	$0.93	$0.95
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2	2	6	13	32	34	37	48	49	49
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.68	$1.96	$1.45	$1.47	$1.43	$1.42	$1.13	$0.94	$1.04	$0.91
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.18	$1.68	$1.96	$1.45	$1.47	$1.43	$1.42	$1.13	$0.94	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	12	12	16	16	18	34	41	38	39	33
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Strategic Income Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.43	$1.51	$1.44	$1.37	$1.42	$1.40	$1.42	$1.27	$1.27	$1.12
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.56	$1.43	$1.51	$1.44	$1.37	$1.42	$1.40	$1.42	$1.27	$1.27
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	35	36	43	50	94	124	202	227	249	266
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.84	$2.08	$1.85	$1.59	$1.71	$1.55	$1.11	$0.95	$0.99	$0.81
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.30	$1.84	$2.08	$1.85	$1.59	$1.71	$1.55	$1.11	$0.95	$0.99
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	3	3	3	3	3	6	11	13	14	24
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series II Shares (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.79	$1.88	$1.50	$1.48	$1.43	$1.34	$0.97	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.42	$1.79	$1.88	$1.50	$1.48	$1.43	$1.34	$0.97	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	2	2	17	18	33	34	—	—
Invesco V.I. Comstock Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.75	$2.02	$1.73	$1.50	$1.61	$1.49	$1.11	$0.95	$0.98	$0.85
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.16	$1.75	$2.02	$1.73	$1.50	$1.61	$1.49	$1.11	$0.95	$0.98
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	12	12	13	16	36	85	108	82	107	126
Invesco V.I. Health Care Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.94	$1.95	$1.70	$1.95	$1.91	$1.62	$1.17	$0.98	$0.95	$0.92
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.54	$1.94	$1.95	$1.70	$1.95	$1.91	$1.62	$1.17	$0.98	$0.95
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1	1	2	2	3	3	3	3	3	5
Invesco V.I. International Growth Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.08	$1.29	$1.06	$1.08	$1.12	$1.13	$0.96	$0.84	$0.91	$0.82
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.37	$1.08	$1.29	$1.06	$1.08	$1.12	$1.13	$0.96	$0.84	$0.91
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	21	25	28	40	74	98	153	176	198	214
Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Core Equity Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.61	$1.84	$1.62	$1.45	$1.53	$1.48	$1.17	$1.07	$1.15	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.99	$1.61	$1.84	$1.62	$1.45	$1.53	$1.48	$1.17	$1.07	$1.15
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares* (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.57	$1.69	$1.40	$1.41	$1.41	$1.32	$0.98	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.09	$1.57	$1.69	$1.40	$1.41	$1.41	$1.32	$0.98	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
*Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares is scheduled to merge into Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares sometime during the second quarter of 2020.
Invesco V.I. Value Opportunities Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.16	$1.45	$1.25	$1.07	$1.21	$1.15	$0.87	$0.75	$0.78	$0.74
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.49	$1.16	$1.45	$1.25	$1.07	$1.21	$1.15	$0.87	$0.75	$0.78
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Janus Henderson VIT Research Portfolio: Service Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.88	$1.96	$1.55	$1.56	$1.50	$1.35	$1.05	$0.90	$0.96	$0.85
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.52	$1.88	$1.96	$1.55	$1.56	$1.50	$1.35	$1.05	$0.90	$0.96
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	57	61	65	74	106	130	185	215	240	267
MFS® New Discovery Series – Service Class (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.26	$2.33	$1.86	$1.73	$1.79	$1.95	$1.40	$1.17	$1.32	$0.98
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.17	$2.26	$2.33	$1.86	$1.73	$1.79	$1.95	$1.40	$1.17	$1.32
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	3	3	4	4	5
MFS® Total Return Series – Service Class (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.62	$1.74	$1.57	$1.46	$1.48	$1.39	$1.18	$1.07	$1.07	$0.99
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.93	$1.62	$1.74	$1.57	$1.46	$1.48	$1.39	$1.18	$1.07	$1.07
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	3	3	4	6	8	8	10	11	11	15

142    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.05% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
MFS® Utilities Series – Service Class (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.30	$2.31	$2.04	$1.85	$2.19	$1.97	$1.66	$1.48	$1.40	$1.25
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.84	$2.30	$2.31	$2.04	$1.85	$2.19	$1.97	$1.66	$1.48	$1.40
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4	4	6	6	10	10	10	14	15	15
Morgan Stanley VIF Discovery Portfolio, Class II Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.06	$1.88	$1.37	$1.52	$1.63	$1.62	$1.19	$1.11	$1.21	$0.92
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.85	$2.06	$1.88	$1.37	$1.52	$1.63	$1.62	$1.19	$1.11	$1.21
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	6	6	6	5	28	31	32	30	30	31
Morgan Stanley VIF Global Real Estate Portfolio, Class II Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.02	$1.12	$1.03	$1.01	$1.04	$0.92	$0.91	$0.71	$0.79	$0.66
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.19	$1.02	$1.12	$1.03	$1.01	$1.04	$0.92	$0.91	$0.71	$0.79
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4	3	5	6	14	24	33	42	48	53
Morgan Stanley VIF U.S. Real Estate Portfolio, Class II Shares (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.53	$1.68	$1.65	$1.57	$1.55	$1.21	$1.21	$1.05	$1.01	$0.79
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.80	$1.53	$1.68	$1.65	$1.57	$1.55	$1.21	$1.21	$1.05	$1.01
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1	42	42	42	59	64	66	66	69	72
PIMCO VIT All Asset Portfolio, Advisor Class (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.38	$1.47	$1.31	$1.18	$1.31	$1.32	$1.33	$1.17	$1.16	$1.04
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.52	$1.38	$1.47	$1.31	$1.18	$1.31	$1.32	$1.33	$1.17	$1.16
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	25	33	36	42	80	93	127	138	154	174
Putnam VT Global Health Care Fund – Class IB Shares (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.31	$2.35	$2.06	$2.35	$2.20	$1.74	$1.24	$1.03	$1.05	$1.04
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.98	$2.31	$2.35	$2.06	$2.35	$2.20	$1.74	$1.24	$1.03	$1.05
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Putnam VT International Equity Fund – Class IB Shares (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.97	$1.21	$0.97	$1.00	$1.01	$1.09	$0.86	$0.72	$0.87	$0.80
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.20	$0.97	$1.21	$0.97	$1.00	$1.01	$1.09	$0.86	$0.72	$0.87
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Putnam VT Small Cap Value Fund – Class IB Shares (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.37	$1.73	$1.62	$1.29	$1.36	$1.32	$0.96	$0.82	$0.87	$0.70
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.69	$1.37	$1.73	$1.62	$1.29	$1.36	$1.32	$0.96	$0.82	$0.87
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Putnam VT Sustainable Leaders Fund – Class IB Shares (9/24/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.44	$2.50	$1.96	$1.83	$1.86	$1.66	$1.23	$1.06	$1.13	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.29	$2.44	$2.50	$1.96	$1.83	$1.86	$1.66	$1.23	$1.06	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund – Class 2 (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.79	$1.77	$1.75	$1.72	$1.82	$1.81	$1.80	$1.58	$1.61	$1.42
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.80	$1.79	$1.77	$1.75	$1.72	$1.82	$1.81	$1.80	$1.58	$1.61
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	41	41	46	49	93	120	157	220	231	238
Templeton Growth VIP Fund – Class 2 (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.20	$1.43	$1.22	$1.12	$1.21	$1.26	$0.97	$0.81	$0.88	$0.83
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.37	$1.20	$1.43	$1.22	$1.12	$1.21	$1.26	$0.97	$0.81	$0.88
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	25	26	31	38	66	67	74	94	100	139
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.65	$1.83	$1.55	$1.48	$1.51	$1.44	$1.21	$1.07	$1.12	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.99	$1.65	$1.83	$1.55	$1.48	$1.51	$1.44	$1.21	$1.07	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	40	57	58	59	59	340	472	509
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.65	$1.83	$1.56	$1.48	$1.51	$1.45	$1.21	$1.08	$1.12	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.99	$1.65	$1.83	$1.56	$1.48	$1.51	$1.45	$1.21	$1.08	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	3,506	4,286	6,462	8,133	11,424	15,297	25,028	28,949	31,406	35,636
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.23	$1.28	$1.21	$1.18	$1.19	$1.16	$1.13	$1.07	$1.04	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.35	$1.23	$1.28	$1.21	$1.18	$1.19	$1.16	$1.13	$1.07	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	155	173	279	452	792	849	1,527	1,583	884	947
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.23	$1.28	$1.21	$1.18	$1.19	$1.16	$1.13	$1.07	$1.04	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.35	$1.23	$1.28	$1.21	$1.18	$1.19	$1.16	$1.13	$1.07	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	7,041	8,038	9,312	12,356	15,363	19,473	24,004	30,872	28,351	22,295

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    143

Variable account charges of 1.05% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.06	$1.10	$1.03	$1.01	$1.03	$1.00	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.18	$1.06	$1.10	$1.03	$1.01	$1.03	$1.00	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	939	1,202	1,400	1,658	1,677	1,492	68	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.08	$1.14	$1.04	$1.02	$1.05	$1.01	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.22	$1.08	$1.14	$1.04	$1.02	$1.05	$1.01	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2,958	3,849	4,067	4,709	5,566	5,135	1,171	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.11	$1.22	$1.05	$1.02	$1.07	$1.03	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.30	$1.11	$1.22	$1.05	$1.02	$1.07	$1.03	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	7,893	8,586	9,037	10,042	12,231	11,659	2,842	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.10	$1.18	$1.04	$1.02	$1.06	$1.02	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.27	$1.10	$1.18	$1.04	$1.02	$1.06	$1.02	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	20,617	22,600	25,243	27,766	30,093	29,454	6,435	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.45	$1.56	$1.39	$1.34	$1.36	$1.31	$1.19	$1.08	$1.09	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.67	$1.45	$1.56	$1.39	$1.34	$1.36	$1.31	$1.19	$1.08	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4,546	5,083	5,894	7,245	7,502	7,888	6,988	6,817	6,568	7,272
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.46	$1.56	$1.39	$1.34	$1.36	$1.31	$1.19	$1.09	$1.09	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.67	$1.46	$1.56	$1.39	$1.34	$1.36	$1.31	$1.19	$1.09	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	65,618	75,990	88,036	107,998	130,819	156,982	199,424	217,020	229,158	241,303
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.56	$1.69	$1.47	$1.41	$1.44	$1.38	$1.20	$1.08	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.83	$1.56	$1.69	$1.47	$1.41	$1.44	$1.38	$1.20	$1.08	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	31	205	208	402	677	863	3,154	3,588	4,069	3,301
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.56	$1.69	$1.47	$1.41	$1.44	$1.38	$1.21	$1.09	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.83	$1.56	$1.69	$1.47	$1.41	$1.44	$1.38	$1.21	$1.09	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	12,753	15,364	19,315	26,477	37,535	54,301	81,752	98,277	113,447	126,812
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.34	$1.41	$1.29	$1.26	$1.27	$1.23	$1.16	$1.08	$1.07	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.50	$1.34	$1.41	$1.29	$1.26	$1.27	$1.23	$1.16	$1.08	$1.07
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	866	931	1,039	1,691	1,780	1,795	1,649	2,093	2,521	2,064
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.34	$1.41	$1.30	$1.26	$1.28	$1.23	$1.16	$1.08	$1.07	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.50	$1.34	$1.41	$1.30	$1.26	$1.28	$1.23	$1.16	$1.08	$1.07
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	7,726	9,007	11,245	13,950	16,408	22,300	29,397	32,837	33,464	37,757
Variable Portfolio – Partners Core Equity Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.48	$1.63	$1.37	$1.26	$1.27	$1.15	$0.90	$0.83	$0.87	$0.78
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.86	$1.48	$1.63	$1.37	$1.26	$1.27	$1.15	$0.90	$0.83	$0.87
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	24	26	31	42	86	128	191	229	258	295
Variable Portfolio – Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.61	$1.89	$1.78	$1.43	$1.60	$1.58	$1.19	$1.06	$1.12	$0.91
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.91	$1.61	$1.89	$1.78	$1.43	$1.60	$1.58	$1.19	$1.06	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	3	4	4	5
Wanger International (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.50	$1.84	$1.40	$1.43	$1.45	$1.53	$1.26	$1.05	$1.24	$1.01
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.93	$1.50	$1.84	$1.40	$1.43	$1.45	$1.53	$1.26	$1.05	$1.24
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	10	12	14	18	44	65	86	97	106	119
Wanger USA (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.13	$2.18	$1.85	$1.64	$1.67	$1.61	$1.22	$1.02	$1.07	$0.88
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.76	$2.13	$2.18	$1.85	$1.64	$1.67	$1.61	$1.22	$1.02	$1.07
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	5	6	7	8	15	24	44	57	67	70

144    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.90% of the daily net assets of the variable account.

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
AB VPS Balanced Wealth Strategy Portfolio (Class B) (9/26/2008)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.46	$1.59	$1.40	$1.37	$1.38	$1.31	$1.15	$1.03	$1.08	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.69	$1.46	$1.59	$1.40	$1.37	$1.38	$1.31	$1.15	$1.03	$1.08
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
AB VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio (Class B) (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.24	$1.41	$1.05	$1.08	$1.07	$1.04	$0.87	$0.78	$1.04	$0.89
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.58	$1.24	$1.41	$1.05	$1.08	$1.07	$1.04	$0.87	$0.78	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	28	28	28	28	28
AB VPS Growth and Income Portfolio (Class B) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.96	$2.12	$1.82	$1.67	$1.68	$1.57	$1.19	$1.03	$0.99	$0.90
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.38	$1.96	$2.12	$1.82	$1.67	$1.68	$1.57	$1.19	$1.03	$0.99
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	84	84	84	84	115	80	96	91	130	124
AB VPS International Value Portfolio (Class B) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.03	$1.36	$1.11	$1.14	$1.13	$1.24	$1.03	$0.92	$1.16	$1.13
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.18	$1.03	$1.36	$1.11	$1.14	$1.13	$1.24	$1.03	$0.92	$1.16
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,641	1,857	1,874	2,347	2,598	3,459	4,367	5,828	6,871	7,882
American Century VP Inflation Protection, Class II (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.21	$1.27	$1.24	$1.21	$1.27	$1.25	$1.39	$1.32	$1.21	$1.17
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.29	$1.21	$1.27	$1.24	$1.21	$1.27	$1.25	$1.39	$1.32	$1.21
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2,386	2,800	3,294	3,474	4,097	5,117	6,889	6,691	7,945	11,844
American Century VP Mid Cap Value, Class II (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.73	$2.02	$1.85	$1.54	$1.59	$1.39	$1.09	$0.96	$0.99	$0.85
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.19	$1.73	$2.02	$1.85	$1.54	$1.59	$1.39	$1.09	$0.96	$0.99
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
American Century VP Ultra®, Class II (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.23	$2.26	$1.75	$1.70	$1.64	$1.52	$1.13	$1.01	$1.02	$0.90
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.94	$2.23	$2.26	$1.75	$1.70	$1.64	$1.52	$1.13	$1.01	$1.02
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	337	412	531	657	786	1,028	1,510	2,194	2,936	4,147
American Century VP Value, Class II (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.90	$2.13	$2.00	$1.69	$1.80	$1.62	$1.26	$1.12	$1.13	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.36	$1.90	$2.13	$2.00	$1.69	$1.80	$1.62	$1.26	$1.12	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4	4	4	4	4	4	12	12	87	16
BNY Mellon Investment Portfolios, MidCap Stock Portfolio - Service Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.06	$2.49	$2.21	$1.96	$2.04	$1.86	$1.41	$1.20	$1.23	$0.98
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.43	$2.06	$2.49	$2.21	$1.96	$2.04	$1.86	$1.41	$1.20	$1.23
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, Appreciation Portfolio - Service Share (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.93	$2.12	$1.70	$1.61	$1.69	$1.60	$1.35	$1.25	$1.17	$1.03
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.58	$1.93	$2.12	$1.70	$1.61	$1.69	$1.60	$1.35	$1.25	$1.17
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2	5	5	5	5	5	52	52	48	48
BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Equity Portfolio - Service Shares* (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.85	$1.03	$0.82	$0.89	$0.90	$0.94	$0.82	$0.68	$0.81	$0.75
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.99	$0.85	$1.03	$0.82	$0.89	$0.90	$0.94	$0.82	$0.68	$0.81
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1	4	4	4	4	4	4	4	—	—
*BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Equity Portfolio - Service Shares is scheduled to liquidate on or about April 30, 2020.
BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Value Portfolio - Service Shares* (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.09	$1.33	$1.06	$1.10	$1.15	$1.30	$1.08	$0.98	$1.23	$1.20
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.30	$1.09	$1.33	$1.06	$1.10	$1.15	$1.30	$1.08	$0.98	$1.23
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	4	27	24	21
*BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Value Portfolio - Service Shares is scheduled to liquidate on or about April 30, 2020.
ClearBridge Variable Small Cap Growth Portfolio – Class I (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.13	$2.10	$1.72	$1.66	$1.77	$1.73	$1.20	$1.02	$1.03	$0.84
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.65	$2.13	$2.10	$1.72	$1.66	$1.77	$1.73	$1.20	$1.02	$1.03
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	54	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.05	$2.17	$1.78	$1.68	$1.70	$1.51	$1.15	$1.03	$1.00	$0.86
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.51	$2.05	$2.17	$1.78	$1.68	$1.70	$1.51	$1.15	$1.03	$1.00
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	637	715	914	1,144	1,344	1,817	2,998	3,922	5,131	7,801
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.06	$2.23	$1.99	$1.79	$1.87	$1.74	$1.40	$1.25	$1.34	$1.17
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.51	$2.06	$2.23	$1.99	$1.79	$1.87	$1.74	$1.40	$1.25	$1.34
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,252	1,528	1,833	2,100	2,597	3,315	4,568	6,023	7,706	10,251

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    145

Variable account charges of 1.90% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Emerging Markets Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.15	$2.80	$1.94	$1.88	$2.11	$2.20	$2.28	$1.93	$2.49	$2.12
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.77	$2.15	$2.80	$1.94	$1.88	$2.11	$2.20	$2.28	$1.93	$2.49
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	461	582	575	802	961	1,160	1,490	1,624	2,042	2,330
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.89	$0.90	$0.91	$0.93	$0.95	$0.96	$0.98	$1.00	$1.02	$1.04
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.89	$0.89	$0.90	$0.91	$0.93	$0.95	$0.96	$0.98	$1.00	$1.02
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2,770	3,389	3,756	4,033	763	1,089	1,541	1,683	2,045	2,910
Columbia Variable Portfolio – High Yield Bond Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.94	$2.06	$1.97	$1.80	$1.85	$1.82	$1.75	$1.54	$1.49	$1.33
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.22	$1.94	$2.06	$1.97	$1.80	$1.85	$1.82	$1.75	$1.54	$1.49
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	185	269	303	342	418	531	726	790	1,037	1,429
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Income Opportunities Fund (Class 3) (6/1/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.87	$1.99	$1.90	$1.75	$1.80	$1.77	$1.72	$1.52	$1.46	$1.32
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.14	$1.87	$1.99	$1.90	$1.75	$1.80	$1.77	$1.72	$1.52	$1.46
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	338	392	438	468	201	315	445	540	724	967
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.32	$1.34	$1.32	$1.29	$1.31	$1.27	$1.32	$1.25	$1.20	$1.13
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.42	$1.32	$1.34	$1.32	$1.29	$1.31	$1.27	$1.32	$1.25	$1.20
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	593	691	758	827	895	1,248	1,772	2,131	2,517	3,451
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Growth Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.13	$2.26	$1.80	$1.81	$1.70	$1.52	$1.19	$1.01	$1.06	$0.92
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.83	$2.13	$2.26	$1.80	$1.81	$1.70	$1.52	$1.19	$1.01	$1.06
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	20	24	26	33	58	112	135	195	258	361
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Index Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.17	$2.32	$1.95	$1.78	$1.80	$1.62	$1.26	$1.11	$1.11	$0.99
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.79	$2.17	$2.32	$1.95	$1.78	$1.80	$1.62	$1.26	$1.11	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1	7	46	8	20	178	185	188	198	211
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Mid Cap Growth Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.95	$2.08	$1.73	$1.73	$1.67	$1.58	$1.23	$1.13	$1.35	$1.09
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.58	$1.95	$2.08	$1.73	$1.73	$1.67	$1.58	$1.23	$1.13	$1.35
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	55	65	97	132	147	206	299	393	430	548
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Overseas Core Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.45	$1.77	$1.42	$1.54	$1.50	$1.67	$1.39	$1.20	$1.40	$1.25
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.78	$1.45	$1.77	$1.42	$1.54	$1.50	$1.67	$1.39	$1.20	$1.40
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	2	2	2
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Select Mid Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.36	$1.60	$1.44	$1.29	$1.38	$1.25	$0.93	$0.80	$0.89	$0.74
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.76	$1.36	$1.60	$1.44	$1.29	$1.38	$1.25	$0.93	$0.80	$0.89
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	2	145	167
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Small Cap Value Fund (Class 2) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.08	$2.59	$2.32	$1.78	$1.94	$1.91	$1.46	$1.33	$1.45	$1.17
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.47	$2.08	$2.59	$2.32	$1.78	$1.94	$1.91	$1.46	$1.33	$1.45
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	65	67	69	68	90	215	275	460	585	721
Columbia Variable Portfolio – U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.05	$1.05	$1.03	$1.03	$1.03	$1.00	$1.04	$1.04	$1.04	$1.03
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.09	$1.05	$1.05	$1.03	$1.03	$1.03	$1.00	$1.04	$1.04	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	453	517	576	773	810	918	1,292	1,516	1,924	2,722
Credit Suisse Trust – Commodity Return Strategy Portfolio (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.39	$0.45	$0.46	$0.42	$0.57	$0.69	$0.79	$0.82	$0.96	$0.84
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.41	$0.39	$0.45	$0.46	$0.42	$0.57	$0.69	$0.79	$0.82	$0.96
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	44	44	44	47	33
CTIVP® – BlackRock Global Inflation-Protected Securities Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.27	$1.31	$1.30	$1.22	$1.26	$1.18	$1.28	$1.23	$1.14	$1.12
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.35	$1.27	$1.31	$1.30	$1.22	$1.26	$1.18	$1.28	$1.23	$1.14
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	314	373	417	442	512	723	1,059	1,156	1,527	2,123
CTIVP® – Loomis Sayles Growth Fund (Class 1) (4/29/2016)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.31	$1.37	$1.05	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.70	$1.31	$1.37	$1.05	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	99	124	148	201	—	—	—	—	—	—

146    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.90% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
CTIVP® – Victory Sycamore Established Value Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.29	$2.60	$2.29	$1.93	$1.97	$1.79	$1.34	$1.17	$1.27	$1.06
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.88	$2.29	$2.60	$2.29	$1.93	$1.97	$1.79	$1.34	$1.17	$1.27
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	11	21	21	—	—	—	8	8
Eaton Vance VT Floating-Rate Income Fund – Initial Class (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.17	$1.19	$1.18	$1.10	$1.13	$1.15	$1.13	$1.07	$1.06	$0.99
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.23	$1.17	$1.19	$1.18	$1.10	$1.13	$1.15	$1.13	$1.07	$1.06
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	88	95	115	131	125	216	320	383	562	719
Fidelity® VIP ContrafundSM Portfolio Service Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.38	$2.60	$2.18	$2.06	$2.09	$1.91	$1.48	$1.30	$1.37	$1.19
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.06	$2.38	$2.60	$2.18	$2.06	$2.09	$1.91	$1.48	$1.30	$1.37
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,550	1,935	2,293	2,769	3,260	4,329	6,278	8,416	10,938	14,844
Fidelity® VIP Growth Portfolio Service Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.34	$2.39	$1.81	$1.83	$1.75	$1.60	$1.20	$1.07	$1.09	$0.90
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.07	$2.34	$2.39	$1.81	$1.83	$1.75	$1.60	$1.20	$1.07	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	15
Fidelity® VIP Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Service Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.31	$1.34	$1.32	$1.28	$1.32	$1.27	$1.32	$1.28	$1.22	$1.15
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.40	$1.31	$1.34	$1.32	$1.28	$1.32	$1.27	$1.32	$1.28	$1.22
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	946	1,117	1,271	1,307	1,417	1,853	2,828	3,225	3,767	5,353
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.56	$3.07	$2.59	$2.36	$2.45	$2.35	$1.76	$1.57	$1.79	$1.42
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.10	$2.56	$3.07	$2.59	$2.36	$2.45	$2.35	$1.76	$1.57	$1.79
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	343	399	453	487	564	749	940	1,346	1,681	2,112
Fidelity® VIP Overseas Portfolio Service Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.41	$1.69	$1.33	$1.43	$1.41	$1.57	$1.23	$1.04	$1.28	$1.16
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.77	$1.41	$1.69	$1.33	$1.43	$1.41	$1.57	$1.23	$1.04	$1.28
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	430	513	567	739	800	1,094	1,435	1,894	2,343	2,808
Franklin Income VIP Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.76	$1.87	$1.74	$1.56	$1.71	$1.66	$1.49	$1.35	$1.34	$1.21
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.00	$1.76	$1.87	$1.74	$1.56	$1.71	$1.66	$1.49	$1.35	$1.34
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	232	277	366	375	414	465	497	598	1,057	1,140
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.68	$1.89	$1.77	$1.56	$1.67	$1.59	$1.26	$1.13	$1.16	$1.06
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.02	$1.68	$1.89	$1.77	$1.56	$1.67	$1.59	$1.26	$1.13	$1.16
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	138	144	146	154	160	162	166	203	252	289
Franklin Rising Dividends VIP Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.18	$2.34	$1.98	$1.73	$1.83	$1.72	$1.35	$1.23	$1.18	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.76	$2.18	$2.34	$1.98	$1.73	$1.83	$1.72	$1.35	$1.23	$1.18
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	73	73	74	75	92	61	62	35	70	96
Franklin Small-Mid Cap Growth VIP Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.01	$2.16	$1.82	$1.78	$1.86	$1.76	$1.30	$1.20	$1.28	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.59	$2.01	$2.16	$1.82	$1.78	$1.86	$1.76	$1.30	$1.20	$1.28
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	10	12	13	13	14	15	16	17	19	36
Goldman Sachs VIT Mid Cap Value Fund – Institutional Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.23	$2.54	$2.33	$2.09	$2.34	$2.10	$1.61	$1.39	$1.51	$1.23
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.88	$2.23	$2.54	$2.33	$2.09	$2.34	$2.10	$1.61	$1.39	$1.51
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	554	705	811	889	1,067	1,326	1,959	2,740	3,562	4,764
Goldman Sachs VIT U.S. Equity Insights Fund – Institutional Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.61	$1.74	$1.43	$1.32	$1.34	$1.18	$0.87	$0.78	$0.76	$0.69
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.97	$1.61	$1.74	$1.43	$1.32	$1.34	$1.18	$0.87	$0.78	$0.76
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.79	$1.94	$1.56	$1.63	$1.61	$1.42	$1.12	$1.00	$1.04	$0.97
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.38	$1.79	$1.94	$1.56	$1.63	$1.61	$1.42	$1.12	$1.00	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	690	846	1,035	1,292	1,419	1,837	2,809	3,669	4,615	6,424
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.11	$2.48	$1.86	$1.90	$1.86	$1.86	$1.49	$1.26	$1.40	$1.24
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.72	$2.11	$2.48	$1.86	$1.90	$1.86	$1.86	$1.49	$1.26	$1.40
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	27	48	61	76	81	82	86	89	113	127

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    147

Variable account charges of 1.90% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Strategic Income Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.40	$1.49	$1.43	$1.37	$1.44	$1.43	$1.46	$1.32	$1.33	$1.18
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.52	$1.40	$1.49	$1.43	$1.37	$1.44	$1.43	$1.46	$1.32	$1.33
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	924	1,192	1,357	1,452	1,724	2,305	3,261	3,563	4,711	6,319
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.35	$2.68	$2.39	$2.07	$2.25	$2.05	$1.49	$1.29	$1.35	$1.11
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.91	$2.35	$2.68	$2.39	$2.07	$2.25	$2.05	$1.49	$1.29	$1.35
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	10	—	20	35	41	41	89	24
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series II Shares (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.69	$1.79	$1.44	$1.44	$1.40	$1.32	$0.96	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.26	$1.69	$1.79	$1.44	$1.44	$1.40	$1.32	$0.96	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4	8	10	15	43	47	56	73	—	—
Invesco V.I. Comstock Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.90	$2.21	$1.91	$1.67	$1.81	$1.69	$1.27	$1.09	$1.13	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.32	$1.90	$2.21	$1.91	$1.67	$1.81	$1.69	$1.27	$1.09	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2,160	2,494	2,913	3,499	4,262	5,321	7,600	10,444	13,815	18,929
Invesco V.I. Health Care Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.76	$1.78	$1.57	$1.81	$1.79	$1.53	$1.11	$0.94	$0.92	$0.90
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.28	$1.76	$1.78	$1.57	$1.81	$1.79	$1.53	$1.11	$0.94	$0.92
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	22	22	22	25	25
Invesco V.I. International Growth Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.98	$1.17	$0.97	$1.00	$1.05	$1.07	$0.92	$0.81	$0.89	$0.80
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.23	$0.98	$1.17	$0.97	$1.00	$1.05	$1.07	$0.92	$0.81	$0.89
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	99	123	125	151	160	343	447	630	940	984
Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Core Equity Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.72	$1.98	$1.76	$1.58	$1.69	$1.65	$1.31	$1.21	$1.31	$1.18
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.11	$1.72	$1.98	$1.76	$1.58	$1.69	$1.65	$1.31	$1.21	$1.31
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	68	77	87	97	118	141	217	303	401	569
Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares* (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.49	$1.61	$1.34	$1.36	$1.37	$1.30	$0.97	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.96	$1.49	$1.61	$1.34	$1.36	$1.37	$1.30	$0.97	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	11	11	11	11	11	11	11	11	—	—
*Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares is scheduled to merge into Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares sometime during the second quarter of 2020.
Invesco V.I. Value Opportunities Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.21	$1.53	$1.33	$1.15	$1.31	$1.26	$0.96	$0.83	$0.88	$0.84
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.54	$1.21	$1.53	$1.33	$1.15	$1.31	$1.26	$0.96	$0.83	$0.88
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	321	362	391	459	564	637	1,008	1,430	2,083	2,907
Janus Henderson VIT Research Portfolio: Service Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.71	$1.79	$1.43	$1.45	$1.41	$1.27	$1.00	$0.86	$0.93	$0.83
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.26	$1.71	$1.79	$1.43	$1.45	$1.41	$1.27	$1.00	$0.86	$0.93
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	64	79	97	131	143	348	493	799	1,082	1,257
MFS® New Discovery Series – Service Class (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.43	$2.52	$2.03	$1.90	$1.98	$2.18	$1.57	$1.33	$1.51	$1.13
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.36	$2.43	$2.52	$2.03	$1.90	$1.98	$2.18	$1.57	$1.33	$1.51
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
MFS® Total Return Series – Service Class (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.64	$1.78	$1.62	$1.52	$1.55	$1.46	$1.26	$1.15	$1.16	$1.08
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.94	$1.64	$1.78	$1.62	$1.52	$1.55	$1.46	$1.26	$1.15	$1.16
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	32	70	70	71	72	77	71	74	65	69
MFS® Utilities Series – Service Class (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.09	$3.13	$2.78	$2.55	$3.05	$2.76	$2.34	$2.11	$2.02	$1.81
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.79	$3.09	$3.13	$2.78	$2.55	$3.05	$2.76	$2.34	$2.11	$2.02
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	5	10	19	19	20	42	41	41	43	55
Morgan Stanley VIF Discovery Portfolio, Class II Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.86	$1.72	$1.26	$1.41	$1.53	$1.53	$1.14	$1.07	$1.17	$0.90
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.56	$1.86	$1.72	$1.26	$1.41	$1.53	$1.53	$1.14	$1.07	$1.17
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Morgan Stanley VIF Global Real Estate Portfolio, Class II Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.92	$1.02	$0.95	$0.94	$0.97	$0.87	$0.86	$0.68	$0.77	$0.64
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.07	$0.92	$1.02	$0.95	$0.94	$0.97	$0.87	$0.86	$0.68	$0.77
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	23	22	26	30	34	93	122	179	249	265

148    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.90% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Morgan Stanley VIF U.S. Real Estate Portfolio, Class II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.39	$2.64	$2.62	$2.50	$2.50	$1.97	$1.97	$1.74	$1.68	$1.32
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.78	$2.39	$2.64	$2.62	$2.50	$2.50	$1.97	$1.97	$1.74	$1.68
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	71	79	90	97	107	122	180	196	257	328
PIMCO VIT All Asset Portfolio, Advisor Class (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.25	$1.35	$1.21	$1.09	$1.23	$1.24	$1.27	$1.12	$1.12	$1.01
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.37	$1.25	$1.35	$1.21	$1.09	$1.23	$1.24	$1.27	$1.12	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	157	164	182	216	259	398	496	620	718	853
Putnam VT Global Health Care Fund – Class IB Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.33	$2.39	$2.12	$2.43	$2.30	$1.84	$1.32	$1.10	$1.14	$1.13
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.98	$2.33	$2.39	$2.12	$2.43	$2.30	$1.84	$1.32	$1.10	$1.14
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1	6	6	6	14	14	15	19	23	44
Putnam VT International Equity Fund – Class IB Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.26	$1.59	$1.28	$1.34	$1.36	$1.49	$1.18	$0.99	$1.21	$1.13
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.55	$1.26	$1.59	$1.28	$1.34	$1.36	$1.49	$1.18	$0.99	$1.21
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	6	7	8	8	8	9	9	10	10	10
Putnam VT Small Cap Value Fund – Class IB Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.70	$2.16	$2.04	$1.63	$1.74	$1.71	$1.25	$1.09	$1.16	$0.94
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.07	$1.70	$2.16	$2.04	$1.63	$1.74	$1.71	$1.25	$1.09	$1.16
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	25	26	39	28	28	29	30	61	69	84
Putnam VT Sustainable Leaders Fund – Class IB Shares (9/24/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.27	$2.35	$1.86	$1.75	$1.79	$1.61	$1.20	$1.05	$1.13	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.04	$2.27	$2.35	$1.86	$1.75	$1.79	$1.61	$1.20	$1.05	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	9
Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.88	$1.88	$1.88	$1.86	$1.98	$1.98	$1.99	$1.76	$1.81	$1.61
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.88	$1.88	$1.88	$1.88	$1.86	$1.98	$1.98	$1.99	$1.76	$1.81
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	850	924	1,101	1,230	1,376	1,692	2,275	2,493	3,114	4,186
Templeton Growth VIP Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.40	$1.68	$1.44	$1.34	$1.46	$1.53	$1.19	$1.00	$1.10	$1.04
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.58	$1.40	$1.68	$1.44	$1.34	$1.46	$1.53	$1.19	$1.00	$1.10
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	18	18	19	20	20	21	53	69	103	119
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.54	$1.71	$1.47	$1.41	$1.45	$1.40	$1.18	$1.06	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.83	$1.54	$1.71	$1.47	$1.41	$1.45	$1.40	$1.18	$1.06	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	186	208	197	217	276	642	692	500	242	2,128
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.54	$1.71	$1.47	$1.41	$1.45	$1.40	$1.18	$1.06	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.83	$1.54	$1.71	$1.47	$1.41	$1.45	$1.40	$1.18	$1.06	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4,805	5,670	7,175	9,851	13,650	15,891	21,576	27,031	37,081	45,459
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.14	$1.20	$1.14	$1.12	$1.15	$1.12	$1.11	$1.05	$1.04	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.24	$1.14	$1.20	$1.14	$1.12	$1.15	$1.12	$1.11	$1.05	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	584	470	224	545	1,636	1,585	2,427	2,883	3,605	2,840
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.14	$1.20	$1.14	$1.12	$1.15	$1.12	$1.11	$1.05	$1.04	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.24	$1.14	$1.20	$1.14	$1.12	$1.15	$1.12	$1.11	$1.05	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2,908	3,625	4,256	6,802	8,845	11,189	22,543	33,878	37,774	34,075
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.02	$1.06	$1.00	$0.99	$1.02	$1.00	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.12	$1.02	$1.06	$1.00	$0.99	$1.02	$1.00	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,095	1,309	1,571	3,153	1,759	1,710	256	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.03	$1.10	$1.01	$1.00	$1.04	$1.01	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.16	$1.03	$1.10	$1.01	$1.00	$1.04	$1.01	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4,127	5,461	5,915	7,358	8,743	6,866	1,870	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.06	$1.17	$1.02	$1.00	$1.06	$1.03	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.23	$1.06	$1.17	$1.02	$1.00	$1.06	$1.03	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	10,952	11,274	11,841	13,171	14,007	13,017	1,196	—	—	—

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    149

Variable account charges of 1.90% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.05	$1.14	$1.02	$1.00	$1.05	$1.02	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.20	$1.05	$1.14	$1.02	$1.00	$1.05	$1.02	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	25,371	30,115	34,129	41,727	42,802	33,518	2,310	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.35	$1.46	$1.31	$1.28	$1.31	$1.27	$1.16	$1.07	$1.09	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.54	$1.35	$1.46	$1.31	$1.28	$1.31	$1.27	$1.16	$1.07	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2,009	2,307	2,642	2,809	3,357	3,717	4,104	4,950	4,056	2,407
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.35	$1.46	$1.31	$1.28	$1.31	$1.27	$1.16	$1.07	$1.09	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.54	$1.35	$1.46	$1.31	$1.28	$1.31	$1.27	$1.16	$1.07	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	50,342	59,199	66,911	75,428	85,354	105,569	144,525	168,701	206,439	248,214
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.45	$1.58	$1.39	$1.35	$1.38	$1.34	$1.18	$1.07	$1.10	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.68	$1.45	$1.58	$1.39	$1.35	$1.38	$1.34	$1.18	$1.07	$1.10
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,155	1,458	2,098	2,279	2,289	2,467	3,113	2,106	1,555	774
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.45	$1.59	$1.39	$1.35	$1.38	$1.34	$1.18	$1.07	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.69	$1.45	$1.59	$1.39	$1.35	$1.38	$1.34	$1.18	$1.07	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	19,179	22,217	27,353	33,432	41,095	50,925	66,694	86,581	118,725	154,365
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.24	$1.32	$1.22	$1.20	$1.22	$1.19	$1.13	$1.06	$1.06	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.38	$1.24	$1.32	$1.22	$1.20	$1.22	$1.19	$1.13	$1.06	$1.06
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	768	807	761	861	833	1,314	2,457	3,949	2,095	1,480
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.24	$1.32	$1.23	$1.20	$1.23	$1.19	$1.14	$1.06	$1.06	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.39	$1.24	$1.32	$1.23	$1.20	$1.23	$1.19	$1.14	$1.06	$1.06
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	7,102	8,175	9,412	11,720	13,127	16,596	22,248	28,639	34,697	43,744
Variable Portfolio – Partners Core Equity Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.34	$1.49	$1.26	$1.17	$1.19	$1.09	$0.86	$0.79	$0.84	$0.77
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.67	$1.34	$1.49	$1.26	$1.17	$1.19	$1.09	$0.86	$0.79	$0.84
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	97	112	130	160	190	430	601	961	1,246	1,481
Variable Portfolio – Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.94	$2.29	$2.18	$1.77	$1.99	$1.99	$1.50	$1.35	$1.44	$1.18
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.28	$1.94	$2.29	$2.18	$1.77	$1.99	$1.99	$1.50	$1.35	$1.44
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	784	871	1,000	1,162	1,489	1,881	2,573	3,627	4,585	6,248
Wanger International (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.38	$2.95	$2.26	$2.34	$2.38	$2.54	$2.11	$1.77	$2.11	$1.72
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.04	$2.38	$2.95	$2.26	$2.34	$2.38	$2.54	$2.11	$1.77	$2.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	288	344	362	431	487	627	815	1,135	1,529	1,843
Wanger USA (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.55	$2.64	$2.25	$2.02	$2.07	$2.01	$1.53	$1.30	$1.38	$1.14
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.29	$2.55	$2.64	$2.25	$2.02	$2.07	$2.01	$1.53	$1.30	$1.38
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	314	385	488	604	738	1,023	1,416	2,019	2,605	3,655

150    RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information

Calculating Annuity Payouts	p. 3
Rating Agencies	p. 4
Principal Underwriter	p. 4
Service Providers	p. 4
Custodian	p. 5
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	p. 5
Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	p. 6
Financial Statements

RiverSource Endeavor Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    151

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474
1-800-333-3437

273417  CG (5/20)

RiverSource Distributors, Inc. (Distributor), Member FINRA. Issued by RiverSource Life Insurance Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota. ©2008-2020 RiverSource Life Insurance Company. All rights reserved.

Prospectus

May 1, 2020

RiverSource^®

Signature One Select Variable Annuity

Individual Flexible Premium Deferred Combination Fixed/Variable Annuity

Issued by:	RiverSource Life Insurance Company (RiverSource Life)
	829 Ameriprise Financial Center Minneapolis, MN 55474 Telephone: 1-800-333-3437 (Service Center) RiverSource Variable Annuity Account/RiverSource MVA Account​

New contracts are not currently being offered.

This prospectus describes two versions of the contracts: the Current Contract (applications signed on or after Nov. 30, 2009, subject to state availability) and the Original Contract (applications signed prior to Nov. 30, 2009, or in states where the Current Contract was unavailable). The information in this prospectus applies to both contracts unless stated otherwise.

This prospectus contains information that you should know before investing. Investment options available under the contract are listed below:

AB Variable Products Series Fund, Inc. (Class B)

American Century˛ Variable Portfolios, Inc., Class II

BNY Mellon Investment Portfolios

Columbia Funds Variable Insurance Trust

Columbia Funds Variable Series Trust II Credit Suisse Trust

Eaton Vance Variable Trust (VT)

Fidelity Variable Insurance Products Service Class 2

Franklin Templeton˛ Variable Insurance Products Trust – Class 2

Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust (VIT)

Invesco Variable Insurance Funds

Janus Aspen Series: Service Shares

Legg Mason Partners Variable Equity Trust

MFS Variable Insurance Trust^SM – Service Class

Morgan Stanley Variable Insurance Fund, Inc. (VIF)

Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds, Service Shares

PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust (VIT)

Putnam Variable Trust – Class IB Shares

Wanger Advisors Trust

 

Some funds may not be available under your contract. Please read the prospectuses carefully and keep them for future reference.

The contracts provide for purchase payment credits which we may reverse under certain circumstances. Expenses may be higher and surrender charges may be higher and longer for contracts with purchase payment credits than for contracts without such credits. The amount of the credit may be more than offset by additional charges associated with the credit. (See “Buying Your Contract — Purchase Payment Credits”).

The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

An investment in this contract is not a deposit of a bank or financial institution and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) or any other government agency. An investment in this contract involves investment risk including the possible loss of principal.

A Statement of Additional Information (SAI), dated the same date as this prospectus, is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. It is filed with the SEC and is available without charge by contacting RiverSource Life at the telephone number and address listed above. The table of contents of the SAI is on the last page of this prospectus. The SEC maintains an Internet site. This prospectus, the SAI and other information about the product are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at (http://www.sec.gov).

Variable annuities are complex products. The fees and charges, as well as the available features and benefits, of the variable annuity contracts described in this prospectus will be different from other variable annuities offered in the marketplace, including other variable annuities or other types of annuities offered by RiverSource Life. The interest credited, guarantees provided, and credits available, as well as the funds serving as underlying investments and their

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    1

corresponding expenses, may differ among the variable annuities that are available to you. With the aid of an appropriate financial professional, we encourage you to compare and contrast the variable annuity contracts described in this prospectus with other variable annuities available in the marketplace, including other types of annuities we may offer. This will aid in determining whether purchasing a contract is consistent with your investment objectives, risk tolerance, time horizon, marital status, tax situation, and your unique financial situation and needs. If you select an annuity that includes surrender or other liquidation charges, you should also consider any future needs you may have to access your contract value. The optional benefits and features available with the contracts usually come with additional costs. Consider any additional costs carefully when electing these optional benefits and features.

Beginning on January 1, 2021, as permitted by regulations adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission, paper copies of your underlying funds’ shareholder reports will no longer be sent by mail, unless you specifically request paper copies of the reports from RiverSource Life. Instead, the reports will be made available on a website, and you will be notified each time a report is posted and provided with a website link to access the report.

You may elect to receive all future reports in paper free of charge. You can inform RiverSource Life that you wish to continue receiving paper copies of your shareholder reports by calling our Service Center at 1-800-862-7919. Your election to receive reports in paper will apply to all funds available under your variable annuity contract.

Effects of COVID-19 Pandemic

The coronavirus disease 2019 (“COVID-19”) public health crisis presents ongoing significant economic and societal disruption and has driven significant volatility in the equity and interest rate markets. Any periods of continued high market volatility, and your individual circumstances (e.g., your selected allocations and the timing of any purchase payments, transfers, or withdrawals), will affect values under your contract. As part of how we maintain our strong financial strength and claims-paying ability, we continue to reserve amounts for our contractual obligations in accordance with significant state solvency regulations. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic may impact financial markets, investment performance under your contract, and our financial strength and claims-paying ability will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be estimated, including the scope and duration of the pandemic and actions taken by governmental authorities, market participants, and other third parties in response to the pandemic.

We have implemented comprehensive strategies to address the operating environment spurred by the pandemic.  To promote the safety and security of our employees and to assure the continuity of our business operations, we have implemented a work from home protocol for virtually all of our employee population, restricted business travel, and provided resources for complying with the guidance from the World Health Organization, the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and government authorities. We have been satisfying elevated customer service volumes and our operations teams have continued to operate successfully and without disruptions in service. Our pandemic strategy is flexible and scalable and takes into consideration that a pandemic could be widespread and may occur in multiple waves, affecting different communities at different times with varying levels of severity. We cannot, however, predict the impact that natural or man-made disasters and catastrophes, including the COVID-19 pandemic, may have over near- or longer-term periods.

2    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Table of Contents

Key Terms	5
The Contract in Brief	7
Expense Summary	9
Current Contract:	9
Contract Owner Transaction Expenses	9
Annual Variable Account Expenses	9
Other Annual Expenses	10
Optional Death Benefits	10
Optional Living Benefits	10
Original Contract:	11
Contract Owner Transaction Expenses	11
Annual Variable Account Expenses	11
Other Annual Expenses	12
Optional Death Benefits	12
Optional Living Benefits	12
Annual Operating Expenses of the Funds	14
Condensed Financial Information	16
Financial Statements	16
The Variable Account and the Funds	16
The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)	29
Market Value Adjustment (MVA)	29
The General Account	31
The Fixed Account	31
The Regular Fixed Account	31
The Special DCA Fixed Account	31
The One-Year Fixed Account	32
DCA Fixed Account	33
Buying Your Contract	34
The Annuitization Start Date	36
Beneficiary	36
Purchase Payments	36
How to Make Purchase Payments	38
Purchase Payment Credits	38
Limitations on Use of Contract	39
Charges	39
All Contracts	39
Contract Administrative Charge	39
Variable Account Administrative Charge	39
Mortality and Expense Risk Fee	39
Surrender Charge	40
Optional Living Benefits Charges	43
Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider Fee	43
SecureSource Stages 2 Rider Charge	44
SecureSource Rider Fee	45

SecureSource Stages Rider Fee	47
SecureSource 20 Rider Fee	48
Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider Fee	49
Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider Fee	50
Income Assurer Benefit Rider Fee	52
Optional Death Benefit Charges	53
Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider Fee	53
Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider Fee	53
Fund Fees and Expenses	53
Premium Taxes	53
Valuing Your Investment	53
GPAs	53
The Fixed Account	54
Subaccounts	54
Making the Most of Your Contract	56
Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging	56
Asset Rebalancing	56
Portfolio Navigator Program (PN program) and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds	57
Transferring Among Accounts	60
How to request a Transfer or Surrender	63
Surrenders	65
Surrender Policies	65
Receiving Payment	66
TSA–Special Provisions	66
Participants in Tax-Sheltered Annuities	66
Changing the Annuitant	67
Changing Ownership	67
Benefits in Case of Death	68
If You Die Before the Annuitization Start Date	74
Optional Benefits	76
Optional Living Benefits	77
SecureSource Stages 2 Rider	77
Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider	86
Optional Living Benefits	88
Optional Additional Death Benefits	88
Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector)	88
Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus)	90
The Annuity Payout Period	91
Annuity Tables	91
Annuity Payout Plans	92
Taxes	93
Nonqualified Annuities	93

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    3

Table of Contents

Qualified Annuities	95
Other	97
Voting Rights	98
Substitution of Investments	98
About the Service Providers	98
Principal Underwriter	98
Service Providers	100
Issuer	100
Legal Proceedings	100
Additional Information	100
Incorporation of Certain Documents By Reference	100
Available Information	101
Indemnification	101
Appendices	102
Table of Contents and Cross-Reference Table	102
Appendix A: Appendix A: Example — Market Value Adjustment (MVA)	103
Appendix B: Example — Surrender Charges	105
Appendix C: Example — Death Benefits	111
Appendix D: Example — SecureSource Series of Riders	116
Appendix E: SecureSource Series of Riders — Additional Required Minimum Distribution (RMD) Disclosure	122
Appendix F: Example — Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider	124
Appendix G: Example — Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider	126
Appendix H: Asset Allocation Program for Contracts With Applications Signed Before May 1, 2006	128
Appendix I: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider Disclosure	129
Appendix J: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider Disclosure	141
Appendix K: Income Assurer Benefit Riders	149
Appendix L: Example — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider	159
Appendix M: SecureSource Rider Disclosure	160
Appendix N: SecureSource 20 Rider Disclosure	173
Appendix O: SecureSource Stages Rider Disclosure	186
Appendix P: Withdrawal Benefit Riders: Electing Step Up or Spousal Continuation Step Up	196
Appendix Q: Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	197
Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information	208

4    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Key Terms

These terms can help you understand details about your contract.

Accumulation unit: A measure of the value of each subaccount prior of the application of amounts to an annuity payment plan.

Annuitant: The person or persons on whose life or life expectancy the annuity payouts are based.

Annuitization start date: The date when annuity payments begin according to the applicable annuity payment plan (referred to as “Retirement date” in the Original Contract). Throughout this prospectus when we use the term “Annuitization start date,” it includes the term “Retirement date.”

Annuity payouts: An amount paid at regular intervals under one of several plans.

Assumed investment rate: The rate of return we assume your investments will earn when we calculate your initial annuity payout amount using the annuity table in your contract. The standard assumed investment rate we use is 5% but you may request we substitute an assumed investment rate of 3.5%.

Beneficiary: The person you designate to receive benefits in case of the owner’s death (Current Contract), or owner’s or annuitant’s death (Original Contract) while the contract is in force.

Close of business: The time the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) closes (4 p.m. Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier).

Code: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Contingent annuitant (Current Contract): The person who becomes the annuitant when the current annuitant dies prior to the annuitization start date. In the case of joint ownership, one owner must also be the contingent annuitant.

Contract: A deferred annuity contract that permits you to accumulate money for retirement by making one or more purchase payments. It provides for lifetime or other forms of payouts beginning at a specified time in the future.

Contract value: The total value of your contract before we deduct any applicable charges.

Contract year: A period of 12 months, starting on the effective date of your contract and on each anniversary of the effective date.

Fixed account: Part of our general account which includes the regular fixed account and the Special DCA fixed account (Current Contract) or the one-year fixed account and the DCA fixed account (Original Contract). Amounts you allocate to the fixed account earn interest rates we declare periodically.

Funds: Investment options under your contract. You may allocate your purchase payments into subaccounts investing in shares of the funds.

Good order: We cannot process your transaction request relating to the contract until we have received the request in good order at our Service Center. “Good order” means the actual receipt of the requested transaction in writing, along with all information, forms and supporting legal documentation necessary to effect the transaction. To be in “good order,” your instructions must be sufficiently clear so that we do not need to exercise any discretion to follow such instructions. This information and documentation generally includes your completed request; the contract number; the transaction amount (in dollars); the names of and allocations to and/or from the subaccounts and the fixed account affected by the requested transaction; Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number; and any other information, forms or supporting documentation that we may require. For certain transactions, at our option, we may require the signature of all contract owners for the request to be in good order. With respect to purchase requests, “good order” also generally includes receipt of sufficient payment by us to effect the purchase. We may, in our sole discretion, determine whether any particular transaction request is in good order, and we reserve the right to change or waive any good order requirements at any time.

Guarantee Period: The number of successive 12-month periods that a guaranteed interest rate is credited.

Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs): A nonunitized separate account to which you may allocate purchase payments and purchase payment credits or transfer contract value of at least $1,000. These accounts have guaranteed interest rates for guarantee periods we declare when you allocate purchase payments and purchase payment credits or transfer contract value to a GPA. These guaranteed rates and periods of time may vary by state. Unless an exception applies, transfers or surrenders from a GPA done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will receive a market value adjustment, which may result in a gain or loss of principal.

Market Value Adjustment (MVA): A positive or negative adjustment assessed if any portion of a Guarantee Period Account is surrendered or transferred more than 30 days before the end of its guarantee period.

Owner (you, your): The person or persons identified in the contract as owners(s) of the contract, who has or have the right to control the contract (to decide on investment allocations, transfers, payout options, etc.). Usually, but not always, the owner is also the annuitant. During the owner’s life, the owner is responsible for taxes, regardless of whether he or she receives the contract’s benefits. The owner or any joint owner may be a non-natural person (e.g. irrevocable trust or corporation) or a revocable trust. If any owner is a

 

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    5

non-natural person or revocable trust, the annuitant will be deemed to be the owner for contract provisions that are based on the age or life of the owner. When the contract is owned by a revocable trust or irrevocable grantor trust, the annuitant selected should be the grantor of the trust to assure compliance with Section 72(s) of the Code. Any contract provisions that are based on the age of the owner will be based on the age of the oldest owner. Any ownership change, including continuation of the contract by your spouse under the spousal continuation provision of the contract, redefines “owner”, “you” and “your”.

Purchase payment credits: An addition we make to your contract value. We determine the credit percentage based on cumulative net payments (total payments less surrenders). We apply the credit to your contract based on your current payment.

Qualified annuity: A contract that you purchase to fund one of the following tax-deferred retirement plans that is subject to applicable federal law and any rules of the plan itself:

• Individual Retirement Annuities (IRAs) including inherited IRAs under Section 408(b) of the Code

• Roth IRAs including inherited Roth IRAs under Section 408A of the Code

• Simplified Employee Pension (SEP) plans under Section 408(k) of the Code

• Custodial and investment only plans under Section 401(a) of the Code

• Tax-Sheltered Annuity (TSA) rollovers under Section 403(b) of the Code

A qualified annuity will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral if it is used to fund a retirement plan that is already tax deferred.

All other contracts are considerednonqualified annuities.

Rider effective date: The date a rider becomes effective as stated in the rider.

RiverSource Life: In this prospectus, “we,” “us,” “our” and “RiverSource Life” refer to RiverSource Life Insurance Company.

Service Center: Our department that processes all transaction and service requests for the contracts. We consider all transaction and service requests received when they arrive in good order at the Service Center. Any transaction or service requests sent or directed to any location other than our Service Center may end up delayed or not processed. Our Service Center address and telephone number are listed on the first page of the prospectus.

Surrender value: The amount you are entitled to receive if you make a full surrender from your contract (referred to as “Withdrawal value” in the Original Contract). It is the contract value minus any applicable charges and any purchase payment credits subject to reversal, plus any positive or negative market value adjustment. Throughout this prospectus when we use the term “Surrender” it includes the term “Withdrawal”.

Valuation date: Any normal business day, Monday through Friday, on which the NYSE is open, up to the time it closes. At the NYSE close, the next valuation date begins. We calculate the accumulation unit value of each subaccount on each valuation date. If we receive your purchase payment or any transaction request (such as a transfer or surrender request) in good order at our Service Center before the close of business, we will process your payment or transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your payment or transaction request. On the other hand, if we receive your purchase payment or transaction request in good order at our Service Center at or after the close of business, we will process your payment or transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date. If you make a transaction request by telephone (including by fax), you must have completed your transaction by the close of business in order for us to process it using the accumulation unit value we calculate on that valuation date. If you were not able to complete your transaction before the close of business for any reason, including telephone service interruptions or delays due to high call volume, we will process your transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date.

Variable account: Consists of separate subaccounts to which you may allocate purchase payments; each invests in shares of one fund. The value of your investment in each subaccount changes with the performance of the particular fund.

Withdrawal value: The amount you are entitled to receive if you make a full withdrawal from your contract (referred to as “Surrender value” in the Current Contract). It is the contract value minus any applicable charges and any purchase payment credits subject to reversal, plus any positive or negative market value adjustment. Throughout this prospectus when we use the term “Surrender” it includes the term “Withdrawal”.

6    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The Contract in Brief

This prospectus describes two versions of the contract: the Current Contract (applications signed on or after Nov. 30, 2009, subject to state availability) and the Original Contract (applications signed prior to Nov. 30, 2009, or in states where the Current Contract was unavailable). The primary differences are disclosed in the following sections: “Key Terms”, “Expense Summary,” “Buying Your Contract”, “Benefits in Case of Death”, and “Optional Benefits.” The information in this prospectus applies to both contracts unless stated otherwise.

Purpose: The purpose of each contract is to allow you to accumulate money for retirement or a similar long-term goal. You do this by making one or more purchase payments. For the Current Contract, you may allocate your purchase payments to the regular fixed account, the Special DCA fixed account, GPAs and/or subaccounts of the variable account under the contract. For the Original Contract, you may allocate your purchase payments to the one-year fixed account (if part of your contract), the DCA fixed account (if part of your contract), the GPAs and/or subaccounts of the variable account under the contract. When you invest in the subaccounts of the variable account, you risk losing amounts you invest. These accounts, in turn, may earn returns that increase the value of the contract. If the contract value goes to zero due to underlying fund’s performance or deduction of fees, the contract will no longer be in force and the contract (including any death benefit riders) will terminate. You may be able to purchase an optional benefit to reduce the investment risk you assume under the contract. Beginning at a specified time in the future called the annuitization start date, these contracts provide lifetime or other forms of payout of your contract value (less any applicable premium tax and/or other charges).

It may have not been advantageous for you to purchase this contract in exchange for, or in addition to, an existing annuity or life insurance policy. Generally, you can exchange one annuity for another or for a long-term care policy in a “tax-free” exchange under Section 1035 of the Code. You can also do a partial exchange from one annuity contract to another annuity contract, subject to Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) rules. You also generally can exchange a life insurance policy for an annuity. However, before making an exchange, you should compare both contracts carefully because the features and benefits may be different. Fees and charges may be higher or lower on your old contract than on this contract. You may have to pay a surrender charge when you exchange out of your old contract and a new surrender period will begin when you exchange into this contract. If the exchange does not qualify for Section 1035 treatment, you also may have to pay federal income tax on the distribution. State income taxes may also apply. You should not exchange your old contract for this contract, or buy this contract in addition to your old contract, unless you determine it is in your best interest. (See “Taxes-1035 Exchanges”.)

Tax-deferred retirement plans: Most annuities have a tax-deferred feature. So do many retirement plans under the Code including 403(b) plans. As a result, when you use a qualified annuity to fund a retirement plan that is tax-deferred, your contract will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral beyond what is provided in that retirement plan. Some employers may permit you to deposit your contributions into other investments such as mutual funds. If such investments are available to you, before enrolling under the contract, you should consider features other than tax deferral that may help you reach your retirement goals. In addition, the Code subjects retirement plans to required withdrawals triggered at age 72 (triggered at age 70 ½ if you turned 70 ½ before Jan. 1, 2020). These mandatory withdrawals are called required minimum distributions (“RMDs”). RMDs may reduce the value of certain death benefits and optional riders (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). You should consult your tax advisor before you purchase the contract as a qualified annuity for an explanation of the tax implications to you.

Buying a contract: We no longer offer new contracts. However, you have the option of making additional purchase payments in the future, subject to certain limitations. Purchase payment amounts and purchase payment timing may be limited under the terms of your contract and/or pursuant to state requirements. (See “Buying Your Contract”).

Free look period: The contracts in this prospectus are no longer sold. Generally, all available free look periods have now expired.

Accounts: Generally, you may allocate purchase payments among the:

• subaccounts of the variable account, each of which invests in a fund with a particular investment objective. The value of each subaccount varies with the performance of the particular fund in which it invests. We cannot guarantee that the value at the annuitization start date will equal or exceed the total purchase payments you allocate to the subaccounts. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds”).

• GPAs which earn interest at rates declared when you make an allocation to that account. The required minimum investment in each GPA is $1,000. These accounts may not be available in all states. (See “The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)”)

• for the Current Contract:

– regular fixed account, which earns interest at rates that we adjust periodically. There are restrictions on transfers from this account and may be restrictions on the amount you can allocate to this account (see “The Fixed Account –The Regular Fixed Account”).

– Special DCA fixed account, which earns interest at rates that we adjust periodically. There are restrictions on how long contract value can

 

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    7

remain in this account. (See “The Fixed Account – The Special DCA Fixed Account”).

• for the Original Contract:

– one-year fixed account, if part of your contract, which earns interest at rates that we adjust periodically. There are restrictions on the amount you can allocate to this account as well as on transfers from this account (see “The Fixed Account – One-Year Fixed Account“ ).

– DCA fixed account, if part of your contract, which earns interest at rates that we adjust periodically. There are restrictions on how long contract value can remain in this account. (See “The Fixed Account – DCA Fixed Account”).

Transfers: Subject to certain restrictions, you currently may redistribute your contract value among the accounts without charge at any time until the annuitization start date, and once per contract year among the subaccounts after the annuitization start date. Transfers out of the GPAs done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will be subject to an MVA, unless an exception applies. You may establish automated transfers among the accounts. Transfers into the Special DCA fixed account (Current Contract) and DCA fixed account (Original Contract) are not permitted. GPAs, the regular fixed account (Current Contract) and the one-year fixed account (Original Contract) are subject to special restrictions. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transferring Among Accounts”).

Surrenders: You may surrender all or part of your contract value at any time before the annuitization start date. You also may establish automated partial surrenders. Surrenders may be subject to charges and income taxes (including a 10% IRS penalty that may apply if you make surrenders prior to your reaching age 59½) and may have other tax consequences. If you have elected theSecureSource Stages rider or theSecureSource 20 rider, please consider carefully when you take withdrawals. If you take any withdrawals during the 3-year waiting period, your benefits will be set to zero until the end of the waiting period when they will be reset based on your contract value at that time and you will no longer be eligible to receive the 20% credit available under theSecureSource 20 rider or any future rider credits under theSecureSource Stages. Certain other restrictions may apply. (See “Surrenders”).

Optional benefits:These contracts offered optional living and death benefits that were available for additional charges if you met certain criteria. Please note, since the contracts in this prospectus are no longer sold, any optional benefits you may have elected were done so at the time of application. You cannot add optional benefits to your contract after it has been issued. Any optional benefits we describe are not available to add to your contract. (See “Optional Benefits”).

Optional living benefits include: different versions of the guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits, which permit you to withdraw a guaranteed amount from the contract over a period of time, Accumulation Protector Benefit

rider, which provides you with a guaranteed contract value at the end of specified waiting period regardless of the volatility inherent in the investments in the subaccounts, and Income Assurer Benefit rider, which provides you with a guaranteed minimum income regardless of the volatility inherent in the investments in the subaccounts. Guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits permit you to withdraw a guaranteed amount from the contract over a period of time, which may include the lifetime of a single person (Single Life) or the lifetime of you and your spouse (Joint Life). Guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits areSecureSourceseries riders, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider and Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider. When used in this prospectus, the term “SecureSourceseries” includes: theSecureSource Stages 2 riders, theSecureSource Stages riders, theSecureSource 20 riders and the SecureSource riders, except where theSecureSource Stages 2 riders, theSecureSource Stages riders,SecureSource 20 riders andSecureSource riders are specifically referenced and distinguished from other riders in theSecureSource series.

If you selected an optional living benefit, we restrict investment options available to you which may limit transfers and allocations; may limit the timing, amount and allocation of purchase payments; and may limit the amount of surrenders that can be taken under the optional benefit during a contract year. For more information on optional living benefits, please see “Optional Benefits — Optional Living Benefits”. Optional benefits vary by state and may have eligibility requirements.

We offered the following optional death benefits: MAV Death Benefit, 5% Accumulation Death Benefit, Enhanced Death Benefit, Benefit Protector Death Benefit rider and Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit rider. Benefit Protector Death Benefit rider and Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit rider are intended to provide an additional benefit to your beneficiary to help offset expenses after your death such as funeral expenses or federal and state taxes.

Benefits in case of death: For the Current Contract, if you die before the annuitization start date, we will pay the beneficiary an amount based on the applicable death benefit. For the Original Contract, if you or the annuitant die before the annuitization start date, we will pay the beneficiary an amount based on the applicable death benefit. (See “Benefits in Case of Death”).

Annuity payouts: You can apply your contract value, after reflecting any adjustments, to an annuity payout plan that begins on the annuitization start date. You may choose from a variety of plans that can help meet your retirement or other income needs. The payout schedule must meet IRS requirements. We can make payouts on a fixed or variable basis, or both. During the annuity payout period, your choices for subaccounts may be limited. The GPAs, the Special DCA fixed account (Current Contract) and the DCA fixed accounts (Original Contract) are not available after the annuitization start date. (See “The Annuity Payout Period”).

8    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Expense Summary

The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you paid when buying, owning and making a surrender from the contract. The first table describes the fees and expenses that you paid at the time that you bought the contract and will pay when you make a surrender from the contract. State premium taxes also may be deducted.

Current Contract:

(applications signed on or after Nov. 30, 2009, subject to state availability)

Contract Owner Transaction Expenses

Surrender charge

(Contingent deferred sales charge as a percentage of purchase payments surrendered)

Number of completed years from date of each purchase payment*	Current Contract Surrender charge percentage applied to each purchase payment
0	8%
1	8
2	8
3	7
4	6
5	4
6	3
7	2
8	1
9 +	0

* According to our current administrative practice, for the purpose of surrender charge calculation, we consider that the year is completed one day prior to the anniversary of the day each purchase payment was received.

Liquidation charge under Variable Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:If you are receiving variable annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to surrender those payments. The amount that you can surrender is the present value of any remaining variable payouts. The discount rate we use in the calculation will be 5.17% if the assumed investment return is 3.5% and 6.67% if the assumed investment return is 5%. The liquidation charge equals the present value of the remaining payouts using the assumed investment return minus the present value of the remaining payouts using the discount rate. (See “Charges — SurrenderCharge” and “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Surrender charge for Fixed Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:

Number of Completed Years Since Annuitization	Surrender charge percentage
0	Not applicable*
1	5%
2	4
3	3
4	2
5	1
6 and thereafter	0

*We do not permit surrenders in the first year after annuitization.

The next tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay periodically during the time that you own the contract, not including fund fees and expenses.

Annual contract administrative charge	Maximum: $50	Current: $40
Annual contract administrative charge if your contract value equals or exceeds $50,000	Maximum: $20	Current: $0
Contract administrative charge at full surrender	Maximum: $50	Current: $40

Annual Variable Account Expenses

(As a percentage of average daily subaccount value.)

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    9

You must choose a death benefit guarantee. The combination of death benefit in effect and the contract year you are in determines the mortality and expense risk fees you pay. The table below shows the combinations available to you and their cost. The variable account administrative charge is in addition to the mortality and expense risk fee.

Until the 9th contract anniversary

	Mortality and expense risk fee	Variable account administrative charge	Total variable account expense
CV Death Benefit*	1.60%	0.15%	1.75%
ROPP Death Benefit	1.60	0.15	1.75
MAV Death Benefit	1.85	0.15	2.00
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	2.00	0.15	2.15
Enhanced Death Benefit	2.05	0.15	2.20

The 9th contract anniversary and after

	Mortality and expense risk fee	Variable account administrative charge	Total variable account expense
CV Death Benefit*	1.30%	0.15%	1.45%
ROPP Death Benefit	1.30	0.15	1.45
MAV Death Benefit	1.55	0.15	1.70
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.70	0.15	1.85
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.75	0.15	1.90

* CV Death Benefit is available only after an ownership change or spousal continuation if any owner or spouse who continues the contract is over age 85 and therefore cannot qualify for the ROPP death benefit.

Other Annual Expenses

Optional Death Benefits

If eligible, you may have selected an optional death benefit in addition to the ROPP and MAV Death Benefits. The fees apply only if you have selected one of these benefits.

Benefit Protector® Death Benefit rider fee	0.25%
Benefit Protector® Plus Death Benefit rider fee	0.40%

(As a percentage of the contract value charge annually on the contract anniversary.)

Optional Living Benefits

If eligible, you may have selected one of the following optional living benefits if available in your state. The fees apply only if you have selected one of these benefits. Investment allocation restrictions apply.

SecureSource Stages 2SM – Single life rider fee	Maximum: 1.75%	Current: 0.95%
SecureSource Stages 2SM – Joint life rider fee	Maximum: 2.25%	Current: 1.15%

(Charged annually on the contract anniversary as a percentage of contract value or the total Benefit Base, whichever is greater.)

SecureSource® Stages – Single life rider fee	Maximum: 2.00%	Current: 1.10%
SecureSource® Stages – Joint life rider fee	Maximum: 2.50%	Current: 1.35%

(Charged annually on the contract anniversary as a percentage of the contract value or the Benefit Base, whichever is greater.)

10    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Original Contract:

(applications signed prior to Nov. 30, 2009 or in states where the Current Contract was not available)

Contract Owner Transaction Expenses

Surrender charge⁽¹⁾

(Contingent deferred sales charge as a percentage of purchase payments surrendered)

Number of completed years from date of each purchase payment(2)	Surrender charge percentage applied to each purchase payment
0	8%
1	8
2	8
3	8
4	7
5	6
6	6
7	4
8	2
9 +	0

(1)	For the Original Contract in Alaska, Arizona, Colorado, Connecticut, Florida, Georgia, Illinois, Michigan, Mississippi, New Jersey, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Utah and Washington, the surrender charge schedule is modified as follows: Years 1-3 – 8%; Year 4 – 7%; Year 5 – 6%; Year 6 – 4%; Year 7 – 3%; Year 8 – 2%; Year 9 – 1%; and Years 10+ – 0%.
(2)	According to our current administrative practice, for the purpose of surrender charge calculation, we consider that the year is completed one day prior to the anniversary of the day each purchase payment was received.

Liquidation charge under Variable Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:If you are receiving variable annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to surrender those payments. The amount that you can surrender is the present value of any remaining variable payouts. The discount rate we use in the calculation will be 5.17% if the assumed investment return is 3.5% and 6.67% if the assumed investment return is 5%. The liquidation charge equals the present value of the remaining payouts using the assumed investment return minus the present value of the remaining payouts using the discount rate. (See “Charges — SurrenderCharge” and “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Surrender charge for Fixed Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:

Number of Completed Years Since Annuitization	Surrender charge percentage
0	Not applicable*
1	5%
2	4
3	3
4	2
5	1
6 and thereafter	0

*We do not permit surrenders in the first year after annuitization.

The next tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay periodically during the time that you own the contract, not including fund fees and expenses.

Annual contract administrative charge and at full surrender $40

(We will waive this charge when your contract value is $50,000 or more on the current contract anniversary except at full surrender.)

Annual Variable Account Expenses

(As a percentage of average daily subaccount value.)

You must choose one of the four death benefit guarantees. The death benefit in effect determines the mortality and expense risk fee you pay. The table shows the death benefit guarantees available to you and their cost. The variable account administrative charge is in addition to the mortality and expense risk fee.

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    11

	Mortality and expense risk fee	Variable account administrative charge	Total variable account expense
ROP Death Benefit	1.60%	0.15%	1.75%
MAV Death Benefit	1.80	0.15	1.95
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.95	0.15	2.10
Enhanced Death Benefit	2.00	0.15	2.15

Other Annual Expenses

Optional Death Benefits

If eligible, you may have selected an optional death benefit in addition to the ROPP and MAV Death Benefits. The fees apply only if you have selected one of these benefits.

Benefit Protector® Death Benefit rider fee	0.25%
Benefit Protector® Plus Death Benefit rider fee	0.40%

(As a percentage of the contract value charge annually on the contract anniversary.)

Optional Living Benefits

If eligible, you may have selected one of the following optional living benefits if available in your state. The fees apply only if you have selected one of these benefits. Investment allocation restrictions apply.

Accumulation Protector Benefit^® rider fee

Contract purchase date:	Maximum annual rider fee	Initial annual rider fee and annual rider fee for elective step-ups before 04/29/2013
Prior to 01/26/2009	1.75%	0.55%
01/26/2009 – 05/31/2009	1.75%	0.80%

(Charged annually on the contract anniversary as a percentage of the contract value or the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value, whichever is greater.)

Current annual rider fees for elective step-up (including elective spousal continuation step-up) requests on/after 04/29/2013 are shown in the table below.

Elective step up date:	If invested in Portfolio Navigator fund at the time of step-up:	If invested in Portfolio Stabilizer fund at the time of step-up:
04/29/2013 – 11/17/2013	1.75%	n/a
11/18/2013 – 10/17/2014	1.75%	1.30%
10/18/2014 – 06/30/2016	1.60%	1.00%
07/01/2016 – 10/15/2018	1.75%	1.30%
10/16/2018 – 12/29/2019	1.40%	1.00%
12/30/2019 – 07/20/2020	1.55%	1.15%
07/21/2020 and later	1.75%	1.75%

SecureSource® 20 – Single life rider fee	Maximum: 2.00%	Current: 1.25%
SecureSource® 20 – Joint life rider fee	Maximum: 2.50%	Current: 1.55%

(Charged annually on the contract anniversary as a percentage of the contract value or the total Remaining Benefit Amount, whichever is greater.)

SecureSource^® rider fees

Application signed date	Maximum annual rider fee	Initial annual rider fee(1)
5/1/2007 – 5/31/2008, Single Life	1.50%	0.65%
5/1/2007 – 5/31/2008, Joint Life	1.75%	0.85%
6/1/2008 – 1/25/2009, Single Life	1.50%	0.75%
6/1/2008 – 1/25/2009, Joint Life	1.75%	0.95%
1/26/2009 and later, Single Life	2.00%	1.10%
1/26/2009 and later, Joint Life	2.50%	1.40%

12    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

(Charged annually on the contract anniversary as a percentage of the contract value or the total Remaining Benefit Amount, whichever is greater.)

⁽¹⁾ Effective Dec. 18, 2013 if you request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up, or move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is more aggressive than your current Portfolio Navigator fund allocation, the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are invested following the change as shown in the table below.

Application signed date		Portfolio Navigator Funds
	All Portfolio Stabilizer funds	Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)
5/1/2007 – 5/31/2008, Single Life	0.65%	0.75%	0.75%	0.75%	0.90%	1.00%
5/1/2007 – 5/31/2008, Joint Life	0.85%	0.95%	0.95%	0.95%	1.10%	1.20%
6/1/2008 – 1/25/2009, Single Life	0.75%	0.85%	0.85%	0.85%	1.00%	1.10%
6/1/2008 – 1/25/2009, Joint Life	0.95%	1.05%	1.05%	1.05%	1.20%	1.30%
1/26/2009 and later, Single Life	1.10%	1.10%	1.10%	1.10%	1.20%	1.30%
1/26/2009 and later, Joint Life	1.40%	1.40%	1.40%	1.40%	1.50%	1.60%

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life^® rider fee Maximum: 1.50% Initial: 0.65%⁽²⁾

(Charged annually on the contract anniversary as a percentage of the contract value or the total Remaining Benefit Amount, whichever is greater.)

⁽²⁾ Effective Dec. 18, 2013 if you request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up or move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is more aggressive than your current Portfolio Navigator fund allocation, the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are invested following the change as shown in the table below.

Fund name	Current fee as of 12/18/13
Portfolio Stabilizer funds	0.65%
Portfolio Navigator funds:
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	0.80%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	0.80%
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	0.80%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	0.95%
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.10%

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider fee Maximum: 1.50% Initial: 0.55%⁽³⁾

(As a percentage of contract value charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

⁽³⁾ Effective Dec. 18, 2013 if you request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up or move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is more aggressive than your current Portfolio Navigator fund allocation, the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are invested following the change as shown in the table below.

Fund name	Current fee as of 12/18/13
Portfolio Stabilizer funds	0.55%
Portfolio Navigator funds:
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	0.85%
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.00%

Income Assurer Benefit® – MAV rider fee	Maximum: 1.50%	Current: 0.30%(4)
Income Assurer Benefit® – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base rider fee	Maximum: 1.75%	Current: 0.60%(4)
Income Assurer Benefit® – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base rider fee	Maximum: 2.00%	Current: 0.65%(4)

(As a percentage of the guaranteed income benefit base charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

⁽⁴⁾ For applications signed prior to Oct. 7, 2004, the following current annual rider charges apply: Income Assurer Benefit – MAV — 0.55%, Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base — 0.70%; and Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base — 0.75%.

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    13

Annual Operating Expenses of the Funds

The next table provides the minimum and maximum total operating expenses charged by the underlying funds that you may pay periodically during the time that you own the contract. These operating expenses are for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, unless otherwise noted. More detail concerning each underlying fund’s fees and expenses is contained in each fund’s prospectus.

Minimum and maximum annual operating expenses for the funds

(Including management, distribution (12b-1) and/or service fees and other expenses)⁽¹⁾

	Minimum(%)	Maximum(%)
Total expenses before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements	0.39	1.82

⁽¹⁾ Total annual fund operating expenses are deducted from amounts that are allocated to the fund. They include management fees and other expenses and may include distribution (12b-1) fees. Other expenses may include service fees that may be used to compensate service providers, including us and our affiliates, for administrative and contract owner services provided on behalf of the fund. The amount of these payments will vary by fund and may be significant. See “The Variable Account and the Funds” for additional information, including potential conflicts of interest these payments may create. Distribution (12b-1) fees are used to finance any activity that is primarily intended to result in the sale of fund shares. Because 12b-1 fees are paid out of fund assets on an ongoing basis, you may pay more if you select subaccounts investing in funds that have adopted 12b-1 plans than if you select subaccounts investing in funds that have not adopted 12b-1 plans. For a more complete description of each fund’s fees and expenses and important disclosure regarding payments the fund and/or its affiliates make, please review the fund’s prospectus and SAI.

Examples

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in these contracts with the cost of investing in other variable annuity contracts. These costs include your transaction expenses, contract administrative charges, variable account annual expenses and fund fees and expenses.

These examples assume that you invest $10,000 in the contract for the time periods indicated. These examples also assume that your investment has a 5% return each year.

Current Contract:

(applications signed on or after Nov. 30, 2009, subject to state availability)

Maximum Expenses. These examples assume the most expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the maximum fees and expenses of the funds* available with living benefit riders and before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the MAV Death Benefit, theSecureSource Stages 2 – Joint Life rider and the Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit^(1),(4). Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on the assumptions your costs would be:

* Note: Certain funds are not available for contracts with living benefit riders and may have higher fund expenses than the associated fund expenses shown here.

If you surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not surrender your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years**	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years**
$1,422	$2,703	$3,824	$7,023	$673	$2,045	$3,447	$7,023

Minimum Expenses. These examples assume the least expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the minimum fees and expenses of any of the funds before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the ROPP Death Benefit and do not select any optional benefits⁽³⁾. Although your actual costs may be higher, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

If you surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not surrender your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years**	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years**
$1,037	$1,527	$1,813	$2,910	$268	$821	$1,397	$2,910

** Reflects the reduction in the total variable account expense after the 9th year.

Original Contract⁽²⁾:

(applications signed prior to Nov. 30, 2009 or in states where the Current Contract was not available)

14    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Maximum Expenses.These examples assume the most expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the maximum fees and expenses of the Portfolio Navigator funds available with living benefit riders* and before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the MAV Death Benefit, theSecureSource – Joint Life rider orSecureSource 20– Joint Life rider and the Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit.^(3),(4) Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on the assumptions your costs would be:

* Note: Certain funds are not available for contracts with living benefit riders and may have higher fund expenses than the associated fund expenses shown here.

If you surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not surrender your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
$1,419	$2,798	$4,014	$6,819	$670	$2,047	$3,448	$6,819

Minimum Expenses.These examples assume the least expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the minimum fees and expenses of any of the funds before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the ROP Death Benefit and do not select any optional benefits⁽³⁾. Although your actual costs may be higher, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

If you surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not surrender your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
$1,037	$1,628	$2,021	$2,949	$268	$821	$1,397	$2,949

(1)	In these examples, the contract administrative charge is $50.
(2)	For the Original Contract in Alaska, Arizona, Colorado, Connecticut, Florida, Georgia, Illinois, Michigan, Mississippi, New Jersey, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Utah and Washington contract holders, your expenses would be slightly lower due to the modified nine-year surrender charge schedule.
(3)	In these examples, the contract administrative charge is $40.
(4)	Because these examples are intended to illustrate the most expensive combination of contract features, the maximum annual fee for each optional rider is reflected rather than the fee that is currently being charged.

THE EXAMPLES ARE ILLUSTRATIVE ONLY. YOU SHOULD NOT CONSIDER THESE EXAMPLES AS A REPRESENTATION OF PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES. ACTUAL EXPENSES WILL BE HIGHER OR LOWER THAN THOSE SHOWN DEPENDING UPON WHICH OPTIONAL BENEFIT YOU ELECT OTHER THAN INDICATED IN THE EXAMPLES OR IF YOU ALLOCATE CONTRACT VALUE TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE SUBACCOUNTS.

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    15

Condensed Financial Information

You can find unaudited condensed financial information for the subaccounts representing the lowest and highest total annual variable account expense combinations in Appendix Q.

Financial Statements

You can find our audited financial statements and the audited financial statements of the divisions, which are comprised of subaccounts, in the SAI. The SAI does not include audited financial statements for divisions that are new (if any) and have no activity as of the financial statements date.

The Variable Account and the Funds

Variable Account. The variable account was established under Indiana law on July 15, 1987, and the subaccounts are registered together as a single unit investment trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the 1940 Act). This registration does not involve any supervision of our management or investment practices and policies by the SEC. All obligations arising under the contracts are general obligations of RiverSource Life.

The variable account meets the definition of a separate account under federal securities laws. We credit or charge income, capital gains and capital losses of each subaccount only to that subaccount. State insurance law prohibits us from charging a subaccount with liabilities of any other subaccount or of our general business. The variable account includes other subaccounts that are available under contracts that are not described in this prospectus.

The IRS has issued guidance on investor control but may issue additional guidance in the future. We reserve the right to modify the contract or any investments made under the terms of the contract so that the investor control rules do not apply to treat the contract owner as the owner of the subaccount assets rather than the owner of an annuity contract. If the contract is not treated as an annuity contract for tax purposes, the owner may be subject to current taxation on any current or accumulated income credited to the contract.

We intend to comply with all federal tax laws so that the contract qualifies as an annuity for federal tax purposes. We reserve the right to modify the contract as necessary in order to qualify the contract as an annuity for federal tax purposes.

The Funds. This contract currently offers subaccounts investing in shares of the funds listed in the table below.

• Investment objectives: The investment managers and advisers cannot guarantee that the funds will meet their investment objectives. Please read the funds’ prospectuses for facts you should know before investing. These prospectuses are available by contacting us at the address or telephone number on the first page of this prospectus.

• Fund name and management: A fund underlying your contract in which a subaccount invests may have a name, portfolio manager, objectives, strategies and characteristics that are the same or substantially similar to those of a publicly-traded retail mutual fund. Despite these similarities, an underlying fund is not the same as any publicly-traded retail mutual fund. Each underlying fund will have its own unique portfolio holdings, fees, operating expenses and operating results. The results of each underlying fund may differ significantly from any publicly-traded retail mutual fund.

• Eligible purchasers: All funds are available to serve as the underlying investments for variable annuities and variable life insurance policies. The funds are not available to the public (see “Fund Name and Management” above). Some funds also are available to serve as investment options for tax-deferred retirement plans. It is possible that in the future for tax, regulatory or other reasons, it may be disadvantageous for variable annuity accounts and variable life insurance accounts and/or tax-deferred retirement plans to invest in the available funds simultaneously. Although we and the funds’ providers do not currently foresee any such disadvantages, the boards of directors or trustees of each fund will monitor events in order to identify any material conflicts between annuity owners, policy owners and tax-deferred retirement plans and to determine what action, if any, should be taken in response to a conflict. If a board were to conclude that it should establish separate fund providers for the variable annuity, variable life insurance and tax-deferred retirement plan accounts, you would not bear any expenses associated with establishing separate funds. Please refer to the funds’ prospectuses for risk disclosure regarding simultaneous investments by variable annuity, variable life insurance and tax-deferred retirement plan accounts. Each fund intends to comply with the diversification requirements under Section 817(h) of the Code.

• Asset allocation programs may impact fund performance: Asset allocation programs in general may negatively impact the performance of an underlying fund. Even if you do not participate in an asset allocation program, a fund in which your subaccount invests may be impacted if it is included in an asset allocation program. Rebalancing or reallocation under the terms of the asset allocation program may cause a fund to lose money if it must sell large amounts of securities to meet a redemption request. These losses can be greater if the fund holds securities that are not as liquid as others, for example, various types of bonds, shares of smaller companies and securities of foreign issuers. A fund may also experience higher expenses because it must sell or buy securities more frequently

16    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

	than it otherwise might in the absence of asset allocation program rebalancing or reallocations. Because asset allocation programs include periodic rebalancing and may also include reallocation, these effects may occur under the asset allocation program we offer or under asset allocation programs used in conjunction with the contracts and plans of other eligible purchasers of the funds.
•	Funds available under the contract: We seek to provide a broad array of underlying funds taking into account the fees and charges imposed by each fund and the contract charges we impose. We select the underlying funds in which the subaccounts initially invest and when there is substitution (see “Substitution of Investments”). We also make all decisions regarding which funds to retain in a contract, which funds to add to a contract and which funds will no longer be offered in a contract. In making these decisions, we may consider various objective and subjective factors. Objective factors include, but are not limited to fund performance, fund expenses, classes of fund shares available, size of the fund and investment objectives and investing style of the fund. Subjective factors include, but are not limited to, investment sub-styles and process, management skill and history at other funds and portfolio concentration and sector weightings. We also consider the levels and types of revenue a fund, its distributor, investment adviser, subadviser, transfer agent or their affiliates pay us and our affiliates. This revenue includes, but is not limited to compensation for administrative services provided with respect to the fund and support of marketing and distribution expenses incurred with respect to the fund.
•	Money Market fund yield: In low interest rate environments, money market fund yields may decrease to a level where the deduction of fees and charges associated with your contract could result in negative net performance, resulting in a corresponding decrease in your contract value.
•	Risks and Conflicts of Interest with Certain Funds Advised by Columbia Management. We are an affiliate of Ameriprise Financial, Inc., which is the parent company of Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC (Columbia Management). Columbia Management acts as investment adviser to several funds of funds, including Portfolio Navigator and Portfolio Stabilizer funds. As such, it retains full discretion over the investment activities and investment decisions of the funds. These funds invest in other registered mutual funds. In providing investment advisory services for the funds and the underlying funds in which those funds respectively invest, Columbia Management is, together with its affiliates, including us, subject to competing interests that may influence its decisions. These competing interests typically arise because Columbia Management or one of its affiliates serves as the investment adviser to the underlying funds and may provide other services in connection with such underlying funds, and because the compensation we and our affiliates receive for providing these investment advisory and other services varies depending on the underlying fund.
•	Volatility and Volatility Management Risk with the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. Portfolio Stabilizer funds are managed volatility funds that employ a strategy designed to reduce overall volatility and downside risk. These types of funds are available under the contracts and one or more of these funds may be offered in other variable annuity and variable life insurance products offered by us. These funds may also be used in conjunction with guaranteed living benefit riders we offer with various annuity contracts.
	Conflicts may arise because the manner in which these funds and their strategies are executed by Columbia Management are expected to benefit us by reducing our financial risk and expense in offering guaranteed living benefit riders. Managed volatility funds employ a strategy to reduce overall volatility and downside risk. A successful strategy may result in smaller losses to your contract value when markets are declining and market volatility is high. In turn, a successful strategy may also result in less gain in your contract value during rising markets with higher volatility when compared to funds not employing a managed volatility strategy. Accordingly, although an investment in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds may mitigate declines in your contract value due to declining equity markets, the Funds’ investment strategies may also curb or decrease your contract value during periods of positive performance by the equity markets. There is no guarantee any of the funds’ strategies will be successful. When offered with a guaranteed living benefit, managed volatility funds may decrease the number and amount of any periodic benefit base increase opportunities. Costs associated with running a managed volatility strategy may also adversely impact the performance of managed volatility funds.
	While Columbia Management is the investment adviser to the Portfolio Navigator and Portfolio Stabilizer funds, it provides no investment advice to you as to whether an allocation to the funds is appropriate for you. You must decide whether an investment in these funds is right for you. Additional information on the funds, including risks and conflicts of interest, is included in their respective prospectuses. Columbia Management advised fund of funds and managed volatility funds and their investment objectives are listed in the table below.
•	Revenue we receive from the funds and potential conflicts of interest:

Expenses We May Incur on Behalf of the Funds

When a subaccount invests in a fund, the fund holds a single account in the name of the variable account. As such, the variable account is actually the shareholder of the fund. We, through our variable account, aggregate the transactions of numerous contract owners and submit net purchase and redemption requests to the funds on a daily basis. In addition, we track individual contract owner transactions and provide confirmations, periodic statements, and other required mailings. These costs would normally be borne by the fund, but we incur them instead.

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    17

Besides incurring these administrative expenses on behalf of the funds, we also incur distributions expenses in selling our contracts. By extension, the distribution expenses we incur benefit the funds we make available due to contract owner elections to allocate purchase payments to the funds through the subaccounts. In addition, the funds generally incur lower distribution expenses when offered through our variable account in contrast to being sold on a retail basis.

A complete list of why we may receive this revenue, as well as sources of revenue, is described in detail below.

Payments the Funds May Make to Us

We or our affiliates may receive from each of the funds, or their affiliates, compensation including but not limited to expense payments. These payments are designed in part to compensate us for the expenses we may incur on behalf of the funds. In addition to these payments, the funds may compensate us for wholesaling activities or to participate in educational or marketing seminars sponsored by the funds.

We or our affiliates may receive revenue derived from the 12b-1 fees charged by the funds. These fees are deducted from the assets of the funds. This revenue and the amount by which it can vary may create conflicts of interest. The amount, type, and manner in which the revenue from these sources is computed vary by fund.

Conflicts of Interest These Payments May Create

When we determined the charges to impose under the contracts, we took into account anticipated payments from the funds. If we had not taken into account these anticipated payments, the charges under the contract would have been higher. Additionally, the amount of payment we receive from a fund or its affiliate may create an incentive for us to include that fund as an investment option and may influence our decision regarding which funds to include in the variable account as subaccount options for contract owners. Funds that offer lower payments or no payments may also have corresponding expense structures that are lower, resulting in decreased overall fees and expenses to shareholders.

We offer funds managed by our affiliates Columbia Management and Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLC (Columbia Wanger). We have additional financial incentive to offer our affiliated funds because additional assets held by them generally results in added revenue to us and our parent company, Ameriprise Financial, Inc. Additionally, employees of Ameriprise Financial, Inc. and its affiliates, including our employees, may be separately incented to include the affiliated funds in the products, as employee compensation and business unit operating goals at all levels are tied to the success of the company. Currently, revenue received from our affiliated funds comprises the greatest amount and percentage of revenue we derive from payments made by the funds.

The Amount of Payments We Receive from the Funds

We or our affiliates receive revenue which ranges up to 0.65% of the average daily net assets invested in the funds through this and other contracts we and our affiliates issue.

Why revenues are paid to us: In accordance with applicable laws, regulations and the terms of the agreements under which such revenue is paid, we or our affiliates may receive revenue, including, but not limited to expense payments and non-cash compensation, for various purposes:

• Compensating, training and educating investment professionals who sell the contracts.

• Granting access to our employees whose job it is to promote sales of the contracts by authorized selling firms and their investment professionals, and granting access to investment professionals of our affiliated selling firms.

• Activities or services we or our affiliates provide that assist in the promotion and distribution of the contracts including promoting the funds available under the contracts to contract owners, authorized selling firms and investment professionals.

• Providing sub-transfer agency and shareholder servicing to contract owners.

• Promoting, including and/or retaining the fund’s investment portfolios as underlying investment options in the contracts.

• Advertising, printing and mailing sales literature, and printing and distributing prospectuses and reports.

• Furnishing personal services to contract owners, including education of contract owners regarding the funds, answering routine inquiries regarding a fund, maintaining accounts or providing such other services eligible for service fees as defined under the rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA).

• Subaccounting services, transaction processing, recordkeeping and administration.

• Sources of revenue received from affiliated funds: The affiliated funds are managed by Columbia Management or Columbia Wanger. The sources of revenue we receive from these affiliated funds, or from the funds’ affiliates, may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Assets of the fund’s adviser, sub-adviser, transfer agent, distributor or an affiliate of these. The revenue resulting from these sources may be based either on a percentage of average daily net assets of the fund or on the actual cost of certain services we provide with respect to the fund. We may receive this revenue either in the form of a cash payment or it may be allocated to us.

• Compensation paid out of 12b-1 fees that are deducted from fund assets.

18    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• Sources of revenue received from unaffiliated funds: The unaffiliated funds are not managed by an affiliate of ours. The sources of revenue we receive from these unaffiliated funds, or the funds’ affiliates, may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Assets of the fund’s adviser, sub-adviser, transfer agent, distributor or an affiliate of these. The revenue resulting from these sources may be based on a percentage of average daily net assets of the fund or on the actual cost of certain services we provide with respect to the fund. We receive this revenue in the form of a cash payment.

• Compensation paid out of 12b-1 fees that are deducted from fund assets.

Unless the PN program is in effect or you have selected one of the optional living benefit riders, you may allocate purchase payments and transfers to any or all of the subaccounts of the variable account that invest in shares of the funds listed in the table below. From time to time, certain fund names are changed. When we are notified of a name change, we will make changes so that the new name is properly shown. However, changes may take some period of time to complete. As a result it is possible you may receive various forms, reports and confirmations that reflect a fund’s prior name.

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
AB VPS Balanced Wealth Strategy Portfolio (Class B)	N	Y	Seeks to maximize total return consistent with AllianceBernstein's determination of reasonable risk.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
AB VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio (Class B)	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
AB VPS Growth and Income Portfolio (Class B)	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
AB VPS International Value Portfolio (Class B)	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
American Century VP Inflation Protection, Class II	N	Y	Seeks long-term total return using a strategy that seeks to protect against U.S. inflation.	American Century Investment Management, Inc.
American Century VP International, Class II	N	Y	Seeks capital growth.	American Century Investment Management, Inc.
American Century VP Mid Cap Value, Class II	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital growth. Income is a secondary objective.	American Century Investment Management, Inc.
American Century VP Ultra®, Class II	Y	Y	Seeks capital growth.	American Century Investment Management, Inc.
American Century VP Value, Class II	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital growth. Income is a secondary objective.	American Century Investment Management, Inc.
BNY Mellon Investment Portfolios, MidCap Stock Portfolio - Service Shares	N	Y	Seeks investment results that are greater than the total return performance of publicly traded common stocks of medium-size domestic companies in the aggregate, as represented by the Standard & Poor's MidCap 400® Index.	BNY Mellon Investment Adviser, Inc.

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    19

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
BNY Mellon Investment Portfolios, Technology Growth Portfolio - Service Shares	N	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	BNY Mellon Investment Adviser, Inc.
BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, Appreciation Portfolio - Service Shares	N	Y	Seeks long-term capital growth consistent with the preservation of capital. Its secondary goal is current income.	BNY Mellon Investment Adviser, Inc., adviser; Fayez Sarofim & Co., sub-investment adviser.
ClearBridge Variable Small Cap Growth Portfolio - Class I	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC, investment manager; ClearBridge Investments, LLC, sub-adviser. (Western Asset Management Company manages the portion of cash and short-term investments allocated to it)
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high level of current income and, as a secondary objective, steady growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Emerging Markets Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Government Money Market Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with maximum current income consistent with liquidity and stability of principal.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - High Yield Bond Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with high current income as its primary objective and, as its secondary objective, capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Income Opportunities Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high total return through current income and capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high level of current income while attempting to conserve the value of the investment for the longest period of time.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Large Cap Growth Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Large Cap Index Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC

20    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Mid Cap Growth Fund (Class 3)	N	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Overseas Core Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Select Large Cap Value Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Select Mid Cap Value Fund (Class 3)	N	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Small Cap Value Fund (Class 2)	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with current income as its primary objective and, as its secondary objective, preservation of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Credit Suisse Trust - Commodity Return Strategy Portfolio	Y	Y	The portfolio is designed to achieve positive total return relative to the performance of the Bloomberg Commodity Index Total Return ("BCOM Index").	Credit Suisse Asset Management, LLC
CTIVP® - BlackRock Global Inflation-Protected Securities Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Non-diversified fund that seeks to provide shareholders with total return that exceeds the rate of inflation over the long term.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., subadviser; BlackRock International Limited, sub-subadviser.
CTIVP® - Loomis Sayles Growth Fund (Class 1)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P., subadviser.
CTIVP® - Victory Sycamore Established Value Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; Victory Capital Management Inc., subadviser.
Eaton Vance VT Floating-Rate Income Fund - Initial Class	Y	Y	Seeks high level of current income.	Eaton Vance Management

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    21

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Fidelity® VIP Contrafund® Portfolio Service Class 2	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital appreciation. Normally invests primarily in common stocks. Invests in securities of companies whose value FMR believes is not fully recognized by the public. Invests in either "growth" stocks or "value" stocks or both. The fund invests in domestic and foreign issuers.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Growth Portfolio Service Class 2	N	Y	Seeks to achieve capital appreciation. Normally invests primarily in common stocks. Invests in companies that FMR believes have above-average growth potential (stocks of these companies are often called "growth" stocks). The Fund invests in domestic and foreign issuers.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Service Class 2	Y	Y	Seeks as high level of current income as is consistent with the preservation of capital. Normally invests at least 80% of assets in investment-grade debt securities (those of medium and high quality) of all types and repurchase agreements for those securities. The Fund invests in fomestic and foreign issuers.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. Fidelity Investments Money Management, Inc. (FIMM) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital. Normally invests primarily in common stocks. Normally invests at least 80% of assets in securities of companies with medium market capitalizations. May invest in companies with smaller or larger market capitalizations. Invests in domestic and foreign issuers. The Fund invests in either "growth" or "value" common stocks or both.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Overseas Portfolio Service Class 2	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital. Normally invests primarily in common stocks allocating investments across different countries and regions. Normally invests at least 80% of assets in non-U.S. securities.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.

22    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Franklin Income VIP Fund - Class 2	N	Y	Seeks to maximize income while maintaining prospects for capital appreciation. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests in both equity and debt securities.	Franklin Advisers, Inc.
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund - Class 2	N	Y	Seeks capital appreciation, with income as a secondary goal. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests primarily in U.S. and foreign equity securities that the investment manager believes are undervalued.	Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC
Franklin Rising Dividends VIP Fund - Class 2	N	Y	Seeks long-term capital appreciation, with preservation of capital as an important consideration. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities of financially sound companies that have paid consistently rising dividends.	Franklin Advisers, Inc.
Franklin Small-Mid Cap Growth VIP Fund - Class 2	N	Y	Seeks long-term capital growth. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in investments of small-capitalization and mid-capitalization companies.	Franklin Advisers, Inc.
Goldman Sachs VIT Mid Cap Value Fund - Institutional Shares	N	Y	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P.
Goldman Sachs VIT U.S. Equity Insights Fund - Institutional Shares	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital and dividend income.	Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Strategic Income Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks total return	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    23

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks capital growth.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. Comstock Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks capital growth and income through investments in equity securities, including common stocks, preferred stocks and securities convertible into common and preferred stocks.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. Health Care Fund, Series II Shares	N	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. International Growth Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Core Equity Fund, Series II Shares	N	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. Value Opportunities Fund, Series II Shares	N	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Janus Henderson Research Portfolio: Service Shares	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Janus Capital Management LLC
MFS® Massachusetts Investors Growth Stock Portfolio - Service Class	N	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	MFS® Investment Management
MFS® New Discovery Series - Service Class	N	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	MFS® Investment Management
MFS® Total Return Series - Service Class	Y	Y	Seeks total return.	MFS® Investment Management
MFS® Utilities Series - Service Class	Y	Y	Seeks total return.	MFS® Investment Management
Morgan Stanley VIF Discovery Portfolio, Class II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital growth by investing primarily in common stocks and other equity securities.	Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc.
Morgan Stanley VIF Global Real Estate Portfolio, Class II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks to provide current income and capital appreciation.	Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc., adviser; Morgan Stanley Investment Management Limited and Morgan Stanley Investment Management Company, subadvisers.
Morgan Stanley VIF U.S. Real Estate Portfolio, Class II Shares	N	Y	Seeks to provide above average current income and long-term capital appreciation by investing primarily in equity securities of companies in the U.S. real estate industry, including real estate investment trusts.	Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc.

24    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
PIMCO VIT All Asset Portfolio, Advisor Class	Y	Y	Seeks maximum real return, consistent with preservation of real capital and prudent investment management.	Pacific Investment Management Company LLC (PIMCO)
Putnam VT Global Health Care Fund - Class IB Shares	N	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of both Putnam Investments Limited (PIL) and The Putnam Advisory Company, LLC (PAC), PIL and PAC do not currently manage any asses of the fund.
Putnam VT International Equity Fund - Class IB Shares	N	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor; Putnam Investments Limited, sub-adviser. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of The Putnam Advisory Company, LLC (PAC), PAC does not currently manage any assets of the fund.
Putnam VT Small Cap Value Fund - Class IB Shares	N	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of Putnam Investments Limited (PIL), PIL does not currently manage any assets.
Putnam VT Sustainable Leaders Fund - Class IB Shares	N	Y	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of Putnam Investments Limited (PIL), PIL does not currently manage any assets.
Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund - Class 2	Y	Y	Seeks high current income, consistent with preservation of capital, with capital appreciation as a secondary consideration. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in debt securities of any maturity.	Franklin Advisers, Inc.

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    25

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Templeton Growth VIP Fund - Class 2	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital growth. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests predominantly in equity securities of companies located anywhere in the world, including developing markets.	Templeton Global Advisors Limited
Variable Portfolio - Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with an aggressive level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with an aggressive level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Conservative Portfolio (Class 2)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a conservative level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Conservative Portfolio (Class 4)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a conservative level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Managed Risk Fund (Class 2)    (Available only for Current Contracts with living benefit riders)	Y	N	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund's exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Managed Risk U.S. Fund (Class 2)    (Available only for Current Contracts with living benefit riders)	Y	N	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund's exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Managed Volatility Conservative Fund (Class 2)    (Available only for Current Contracts with living benefit riders)	Y	N	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund's exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Managed Volatility Conservative Growth   (Available only for Current Contracts with living benefit riders) Fund (Class 2)	Y	N	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund's exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Managed Volatility Growth Fund (Class 2)    (Available only for Current Contracts with living benefit riders)	Y	N	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund's exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC

26    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Variable Portfolio - Managed Volatility Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2)    (Available only for Current Contracts with living benefit riders)	Y	N	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund’s exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderate Portfolio (Class 2)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderate level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderate Portfolio (Class 4)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderate level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderately aggressive level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderately aggressive level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderately conservative level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 4)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderately conservative level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Partners Core Equity Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; Jacobs Levy Equity Management, Inc. and T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc., subadvisers.
Variable Portfolio - Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; Jacobs Levy Equity Management, Inc., Nuveen Asset Management, LLC and Segall Bryant & Hamill, LLC, subadvisers.
Variable Portfolio - U.S. Flexible Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2)    (Available only for Current Contracts with living benefit riders)	Y	N	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund's exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - U.S. Flexible Growth Fund (Class 2)    (Available only for Current Contracts with living benefit riders)	Y	N	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund's exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    27

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Variable Portfolio - U.S. Flexible Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2)    (Available only for Current Contracts with living benefit riders)	Y	N	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund's exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Wanger International	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLC
Wanger USA	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLC

28    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)

The GPAs may not be available in some states.

Currently, unless you have elected one of the optional living benefit riders, you may allocate purchase payments and purchase payment credits to one or more of the GPAs with guarantee periods declared by us. These periods of time may vary by state. The required minimum investment in each GPA is $1,000.

(Exception: if a PN program model portfolio includes one or more GPAs, the required minimum investment does not apply.)

These accounts are not offered after the annuitization start date.

Each GPA pays an interest rate that is declared when you make an allocation to that account. Interest is credited daily. That interest rate is then fixed for the guarantee period that you chose. We will periodically change the declared interest rate for any future allocations to these accounts, but we will not change the rate paid on money currently in a GPA. The GPA interests under the contracts are registered with the SEC (File No.333-230959). The SEC staff reviews the disclosures in this prospectus on the GPA interests.

The interest rates that we will declare as guaranteed rates in the future are determined by us at our discretion (future rates). These rates generally will be based on various factors related to future investment earnings.We cannot predict nor can we guarantee what future rates will be.

We hold amounts you allocate to the GPAs in a “nonunitized” separate account. This separate account provides an additional measure of assurance that we will make full payment of amounts due under the GPAs. We own the assets of this separate account as well as any favorable investment performance of those assets. You do not participate in the performance of the assets held in this separate account. We guarantee all benefits relating to your value in the GPAs. This guarantee is based on the continued claims-paying ability of the company’s general account. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of insurance and financial products as well, and we also pay our obligations under these products from assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account.

We intend to construct and manage the investment portfolio relating to the separate account in such a way as to minimize the impact of fluctuations by interest rates. We seek to achieve this by constructing a portfolio of assets with a price sensitivity to interest rate changes (i.e., price duration) that is similar to the price duration of the corresponding portfolio of liabilities.

We must invest this portfolio of assets in accordance with requirements established by applicable state laws regarding the nature and quality of investments that life insurance companies may make and the percentage of their assets that they may commit to any particular type of investment. Our investment strategy will incorporate the use of a variety of debt instruments having price durations tending to match the applicable guarantee periods. These instruments include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities, which issues may or may not be guaranteed by the U.S. government;

• Debt securities that have an investment grade, at the time of purchase, within the four highest grades assigned by any of three nationally recognized rating agencies — Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s Investors Service or Fitch — or are rated in the two highest grades by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners;

• Other debt instruments which are unrated or rated below investment grade, limited to 10% of assets at the time of purchase; and

• Real estate mortgages, limited to 45% of portfolio assets at the time of acquisition.

In addition, options and futures contracts on fixed income securities will be used from time to time to achieve and maintain appropriate investment and liquidity characteristics on the overall asset portfolio.

While this information generally describes our investment strategy, we are not obligated to follow any particular strategy except as may be required by federal law and Indiana and other state insurance laws.

Market Value Adjustment (MVA)

We will not apply an MVA to contract value you transfer or surrender out of the GPAs within 30 days before the end of the guarantee period. During this 30 day window, you may choose to start a new guarantee period of the same length, transfer the contract value from the specified GPA to a GPA of another length, transfer the contract value from the specified GPA to any of the subaccounts, the regular fixed account (Current Contract) or the one-year fixed account (Original Contract), or surrender the value from the specified GPA (all subject to applicable surrender and transfer provisions). If we do not receive any instructions by the end of your guarantee period, our current practice is to automatically transfer the contract value from the specified GPA into the shortest GPA term offered in your state. If no

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    29

GPAs are offered, we will transfer the value to the regular fixed account (Current Contract) or the one-year fixed account (Original Contract), if available. If the regular fixed account (Current Contract) or the one-year fixed account (Original Contract) is not available, we will transfer the value to the money market or cash management variable subaccount we designate.

We guarantee the contract value allocated to the GPAs, including the interest credited, if you do not make any transfers or surrenders from the GPAs prior to 30 days before the end of the guarantee period (30-day rule). At all other times, and unless one of the exceptions to the 30-day rule described below applies, we will apply an MVA if you surrender or transfer contract value from a GPA including surrenders under theSecureSource series of riders, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit, or you elect an annuity payout plan while you have contract value invested in a GPA. We will refer to these transactions as “early surrenders.” The application of an MVA may result in either a gain or loss of principal.

For the Current Contract, the 30-day rule does not apply and no MVA will apply to:

• amounts surrendered under contract provisions that waive surrender charges for Hospital or Nursing Home Confinement and Terminal Illness Disability Diagnosis;

• amounts transferred automatically under the PN program; and

• amounts deducted for fees and charges.

• Amounts we pay as death claims will not be reduced by any MVA.

For the Original Contract, the 30-day rule does not apply and no MVA will apply to:

• transfers from a one-year GPA occurring under an automated dollar-cost averaging program or interest sweep strategy;

• automatic rebalancing under any PN program model portfolio we offer which contains one or more GPAs. However, an MVA may apply if you transfer to a new PN program investment option;

• amounts applied to an annuity payout plan while a PN program model portfolio containing one or more GPAs is in effect;

• amounts deducted for fees and charges; or

• amounts we pay as death claims.

When you request an early surrender, we adjust the early surrender amount by an MVA formula. The early surrender amount reflects the relationship between the guaranteed interest rate you are earning in your current GPA and the interest rate we are crediting on new GPAs that end at the same time as your current GPA.

The MVA is sensitive to changes in current interest rates. The magnitude of any applicable MVA will depend on our current schedule of guaranteed interest rates at the time of the surrender, the time remaining in your guarantee period and your guaranteed interest rate. The MVA is negative, zero or positive depending on how the guaranteed interest rate on your GPA compares to the interest rate of a new GPA for the same number of years as the guarantee period remaining on your GPA. This is summarized in the following table:

If your GPA rate is:	The MVA is:
Less than the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Negative
Equal to the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Zero
Greater than the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Positive

For examples, see Appendix A.

30    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The General Account

The general account includes all assets owned by RiverSource Life, other than those in the variable account and our other separate accounts. Subject to applicable state law, we have sole discretion to decide how assets of the general account will be invested. The assets held in our general account support the guarantees under your contract including any optional benefits offered under the contract. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to many of the same risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of annuities and financial instruments and products as well, and these obligations are satisfied from the assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account. The fixed account is supported by our general account that we make available under the contract.

The Fixed Account

(Applies to applications signed on or after May 1, 2006 and if available in your state)

Amounts allocated to the fixed account are part of our general account. For the Current Contract, the fixed account includes the regular fixed account and the Special DCA fixed account. For the Original Contract, the fixed account includes the one-year fixed account and the DCA fixed account. We credit interest on amounts you allocate to the fixed account at rates we determine from time to time at our discretion. Interest rates credited in excess of the guaranteed rate generally will be based on various factors related to future investment earnings. The guaranteed minimum interest rate on amounts invested in the fixed account may vary by state but will not be lower than state law allows. We back the principal and interest guarantees relating to the fixed account. These guarantees are subject to the creditworthiness and continued claims-paying ability of RiverSource Life

Because of exemptive and exclusionary provisions, we have not registered interests in the fixed account as securities under the Securities Act of 1933 nor have any of these accounts been registered as investment companies under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Accordingly, neither the fixed account nor any interests in the fixed account are subject to the provisions of these Acts.

The fixed account has not been registered with the SEC. Disclosures regarding the fixed account, however, are subject to certain generally applicable provisions of the federal securities laws relating to the accuracy and completeness of statements made in a prospectus. 

Current Contract:

(applications signed on or after Nov. 30, 2009, subject to state availability)

The Regular Fixed Account

Unless the PN program we offer is in effect, you may allocate purchase payments or transfer contract value to the regular fixed account. The value of the regular fixed account increases as we credit interest to the regular fixed account. We credit and compound interest daily based on a 365-day year (366 in a leap year) so as to produce the annual effective rate which we declare. The interest rate we apply to each purchase payment or transfer to the regular fixed account is guaranteed for one year. Thereafter, we will change the rates from time to time at our discretion, but your interest rate for each purchase payment or transfer will never change more frequently than annually. There are restrictions on transfers from this account and may be restrictions on the amount you can allocate to this account (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transfer policies”).

The Special DCA Fixed Account

You may allocate purchase payments to the Special DCA fixed account. You may not transfer contract value to the Special DCA fixed account.

You may allocate your entire purchase payment to the Special DCA fixed account for a term of six or twelve months. We reserve the right to offer shorter or longer terms for the Special DCA fixed account.

In accordance with your investment instructions, we transfer amounts from the Special DCA fixed account to the subaccounts or investment option you select under your living benefit rider monthly so that, at the end of the Special DCA fixed account term, the balance of the Special DCA fixed account is zero. The amount of each transfer equals the remaining Special DCA fixed account value on the date of the transfer divided by the number of remaining transfers in the program. You may not change the amount of transfers. The first Special DCA monthly transfer occurs one day after we receive your payment. You may not use the regular fixed account or any GPA as a destination for the Special DCA monthly transfer. (Exception: if a PN program is in effect, and the PN program investment option you selected, if

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    31

applicable, includes the regular fixed account or any GPA, amounts will be transferred from the Special DCA fixed account to the regular fixed account or GPA according to the allocation percentage established for the PN program investment option you have selected.)

The value of the Special DCA fixed account increases when we credit interest to the Special DCA fixed account, and decreases when we make monthly transfers from the Special DCA fixed account. When you allocate a purchase payment to the Special DCA fixed account, the interest rates applicable to that purchase payment will be the rates in effect for the Special DCA fixed account term you choose on the date we receive your purchase payment. The applicable interest rate is guaranteed for the length of the term for the Special DCA fixed account term you choose. We credit and compound interest daily based on a 365-day year (366 in a leap year) so as to produce the annual effective rate which we declare. We credit interest only on the declining balance of the Special DCA fixed account; we do not credit interest on amounts that have been transferred from the Special DCA fixed account. As a result, the net effective interest rates we credit will be less than the declared annual effective rates. Generally, we will credit the Special DCA fixed account with interest at the same annual effective rate we apply to the regular fixed account on the date we receive your purchase payment, regardless of the length of the term you select. From time to time, we may credit interest to the Special DCA fixed account at promotional rates that are higher than those we credit to the regular fixed account. We reserve the right to declare different annual effective rates:

• for the Special DCA fixed account and the regular fixed account; and

• for the Special DCA fixed accounts with terms of differing length.

Alternatively, you may allocate your purchase payment to any combination of the following which equals one hundred percent of the amount you invest:

• the Special DCA fixed account for a six month term;

• the Special DCA fixed account for a twelve month term;

• the Portfolio Stabilizer or Portfolio Navigator fund if you have one of the optional living benefit riders;

• unless you have elected one of the optional living benefit riders, to the regular fixed account, the GPAs and/or the subaccounts, subject to investment minimums and other restrictions we may impose on investments in the regular account and the GPAs.

Once you establish a Special DCA fixed account, you cannot allocate additional purchase payments to it. However, you may establish another Special DCA fixed account and allocate new purchase payments to it.

If you participate in a PN program, and you change to a different PN program investment option while a Special DCA fixed account term is in progress, we will allocate transfers from the Special DCA fixed account to your newly-elected PN program investment option.

If your contract permits, and you discontinue your participation in a PN program while a Special DCA fixed account term is in progress, we will allocate transfers from your Special DCA fixed account for the remainder of the term to the subaccounts in accordance with your current Special DCA fixed account allocation instructions. If your current Special DCA fixed account allocation instructions include a fund to which allocations are restricted and you do not provide new instructions, we will transfer prorated amounts to the valid portion of your allocation instruction.

You may discontinue any Special DCA fixed account before the end of its term by giving us notice. If you do so, we will transfer the remaining balance of the Special DCA fixed account to the Portfolio Stabilizer or Portfolio Navigator fund in which you are invested if a living benefit rider is selected, or if no living benefit rider is selected, in accordance with your investment instructions to us to the regular fixed account, the GPAs and/or the subaccounts, subject to investment minimums and other restrictions we may impose on investments in the regular fixed account and the GPAs, including but not limited to, any limitations described in this prospectus on transfers (see “Transfer policies”).

Dollar-cost averaging from the Special DCA fixed account does not guarantee that any subaccount will gain in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. For a discussion of how dollar-cost averaging works, see “Making the Most of your Contract — Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging.”

Original Contract⁽²⁾:

(applications signed prior to Nov. 30, 2009 or in states where the Current Contract was not available)

The One-Year Fixed Account

Unless the PN program we offer is in effect, you may allocate purchase payments or transfer contract value to the one-year fixed account. The value of the one-year fixed account increases as we credit interest to the one-year fixed account. We credit and compound interest daily based on a 365-day year (366 in a leap year) so as to produce the annual effective rate which we declare. We credit the one-year fixed account with the current guaranteed annual rate that is in effect on the date we receive your purchase payment or you transfer contract value to the one-year fixed

32    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

account. The interest rate we apply to each purchase payment or transfer to the one-year fixed account is guaranteed for one year. There are restrictions on the amount you can allocate to the one-year fixed account as well as on transfers from this account (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transfer policies”).

DCA Fixed Account

You may allocate purchase payments to the DCA fixed account. You may not transfer contract value to the DCA fixed account.

You may allocate your entire purchase payment to the DCA fixed account for a term of six or twelve months. We reserve the right to offer shorter or longer terms for the DCA fixed account.

In accordance with your investment instructions, we transfer a pro rata amount from the DCA fixed account to your investment allocations monthly so that, at the end of the DCA fixed account term, the balance of the DCA fixed account is zero. The first DCA monthly transfer occurs one day after we receive your payment.

The value of the DCA fixed account increases when we credit interest to the DCA fixed account, and decreases when we make monthly transfers from the DCA fixed account. When you allocate a purchase payment to the DCA fixed account, the interest rates applicable to that purchase payment will be the rates in effect for the DCA fixed account term you choose on the date we receive your purchase payment. The applicable interest rate is guaranteed for the length of the term for the DCA fixed account term you choose. We credit and compound interest daily based on a 365-day year (366 in a leap year) so as to produce the annual effective rate which we declare. We credit interest only on the declining balance of the DCA fixed account; we do not credit interest on amounts that have been transferred from the DCA fixed account. As a result, the net effective interest rates we credit will be less than the declared annual effective rates. Generally, we will credit the DCA fixed account with interest at the same annual effective rate we apply to the one-year fixed account on the date we receive your purchase payment, regardless of the length of the term you select. From time to time, we may credit interest to the DCA fixed account at promotional rates that are higher than those we credit to the one-year fixed account. We reserve the right to declare different annual effective rates:

• for the DCA fixed account and the one-year fixed account;

• for the DCA fixed accounts with terms of differing length;

• for amounts in the DCA fixed account that are transferred to the one-year fixed account;

• for amounts in the DCA fixed account that are transferred to the GPAs;

• for amounts in the DCA fixed account that are transferred to the subaccounts.

Alternatively, you may allocate your purchase payment to any combination of the following which equals one hundred percent of the amount you invest:

• the DCA fixed account for a six month term;

• the DCA fixed account for a twelve month term;

• the Portfolio Stabilizer or Portfolio Navigator fund, if you have one of the optional living benefit riders;

• unless you have elected one of the optional living benefit riders, to the one-year fixed account, the GPAs and/or the subaccounts, subject to investment minimums and other restrictions we may impose on investments in the one-year fixed account and the GPAs.

If you make a purchase payment while a DCA fixed account term is in progress, you may allocate your purchase payment among the following:

• to the DCA fixed account term(s) then in effect. Amounts you allocate to an existing DCA fixed account term will be transferred out of the DCA fixed account over the remainder of the term. For example, if you allocate a new purchase payment to an existing DCA fixed account term of six months when only two months remains in the six month term, the amount you allocate will be transferred out of the DCA fixed account over the remaining two months of the term;

• to the Portfolio Stabilizer or Portfolio Navigator fund, if you have one of the optional living benefit riders;

• unless you have elected one of the optional living benefit riders, then to the one-year fixed account, the GPAs and/or the subaccounts, subject to investment minimums and other restrictions we may impose on investments in the one-year fixed account and the GPAs.

If no DCA fixed account term is in progress when you make an additional purchase payment, you may allocate it according to the rules above for the allocation of your initial purchase payment.

If you participate in a PN program, and you change to a different PN program investment option while a DCA fixed account term is in progress, we will allocate transfers from the DCA fixed account to your newly-elected PN program investment option.

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    33

If your contract permits, and you discontinue your participation in a PN program investment option while a DCA fixed account term is in progress, we will allocate transfers from the DCA fixed account for the remainder of the term in accordance with your investment instructions to us to the one-year fixed account, the GPAs and the subaccounts, subject to investment minimums and other restrictions we may impose on investments in the one-year fixed account and the GPAs, including but not limited to, any limitations described in this prospectus on transfers (see “Transfer policies”).

You may discontinue any DCA fixed account before the end of its term by giving us notice. If you do so, we will transfer the remaining balance of the DCA fixed account whose term you are ending to the PN program investment option in effect, or if no PN program investment option is in effect, in accordance with your investment instructions to us to the one-year fixed account, the GPAs and/or the subaccounts, subject to investment minimums and other restrictions we may impose on investments in the one-year fixed account and the GPAs, including but not limited to, any limitations described in this prospectus on transfers (see “Transfer policies”).

Dollar-cost averaging from the DCA fixed account does not guarantee that any subaccount will gain in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. For a discussion of how dollar-cost averaging works, see “Making the Most of your Contract — Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging.”

Buying Your Contract

New contracts are not currently being offered.

We are required by law to obtain personal information from you which we used to verify your identity. If you do not provide this information we reserve the right to refuse to issue your contract or take other steps we deem reasonable. As the owner, you have all rights and may receive all benefits under the contract. You may select a qualified or nonqualified annuity. You can own a nonqualified annuity in joint tenancy with rights of survivorship only in spousal situations. You cannot own a qualified annuity in joint tenancy. For the Current Contract, you can buy a contract if you are 85 or younger. For the Original Contract, you can buy a contract if you and the annuitant are age 85 or younger. (The age limit may be younger for qualified annuities in some states.)

When you applied, you could have selected:

Current Contract:

(applications signed on or after Nov. 30, 2009, subject to state availability)

• GPAs, the regular fixed account (if included), the Special DCA fixed account and/or subaccounts in which you want to invest;

• how you want to make purchase payments;

• a beneficiary;

• the optional PN program⁽¹⁾; and

• one of the following optional death benefits:

– MAV Death Benefit;

– 5% Accumulation Death Benefit; or

– Enhanced Death Benefit.

• one of the following additional optional death benefits:

– Benefit Protector Death Benefit rider⁽²⁾; or

– Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit rider⁽²⁾.

In addition, if available in your state, you could have also selected one of the following optional living benefits:

• SecureSource Stages 2 riders; or

• SecureSource Stages riders.

The Current Contract provides for allocation of purchase payments to the GPAs, the regular fixed account, the Special DCA fixed account and/or the subaccounts of the variable account subject to the $1,000 required minimum investment for the GPAs. We currently allow you to allocate the total amount of purchase payment to the regular fixed account. We reserve the right to limit purchase payment allocations to the regular fixed account at any time on a non-discriminatory basis with notification, subject to state restrictions. You cannot allocate purchase payments to the fixed account for six months following a partial surrender from the fixed account, a lump sum transfer from the regular fixed account, or termination of automated transfers from the Special DCA fixed account prior to the end of the Special DCA fixed account term.

Original Contract:

(applications signed prior to Nov. 30, 2009 or in states where the Current Contract was not available)

34    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• GPAs, the one-year fixed account, if part of your contract, the DCA fixed account if part of your contract and/or subaccounts in which you want to invest;

• how you want to make purchase payments;

• a beneficiary;

• the optional PN program⁽¹⁾; and

• one of the following optional death benefits:

– MAV Death Benefit;

– 5% Accumulation Death Benefit; or

– Enhanced Death Benefit.

• one of the following additional optional death benefits:

– Benefit Protector Death Benefit rider⁽²⁾; or

– Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit rider⁽²⁾.

In addition, if available in your state, could have also selected one of the following optional living benefits:

•	SecureSource 20 riders;
•	SecureSource riders;
•	Accumulation Protector Benefit rider;
•	Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider;
•	Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider;
•	Income Assurer Benefit – MAV rider;
•	Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base rider; or
•	Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base rider.
(1)	There is no additional charge for this feature.
(2)	Not available with 5% Accumulation or Enhanced Death Benefit.

The Original Contract provides for allocation of purchase payments to the GPAs, the one-year fixed account (if part of your contract), the DCA fixed account (if part of your contract) and/or to the subaccounts of the variable account in even 1% increments subject to the $1,000 required minimum investment for the GPAs. The amount of any purchase payment allocated to the one-year fixed account in total cannot exceed 30% of the purchase payment. More than 30% of a purchase payment may be so allocated if you establish an automated dollar-cost averaging arrangement with respect to the purchase payment according to procedures currently in effect. We reserve the right to further limit purchase payment allocations to the one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then crediting on new purchase payments allocated to the one-year fixed account is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract.

For both the Current Contract and the Original Contract:

We will credit additional eligible purchase payments you make to your accounts on the valuation date we receive them. If we receive an additional purchase payment at our Service Center before the close of business, we will credit any portion of that payment allocated to the subaccounts using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received the payment. If we receive an additional purchase payment at our Service Center at or after the close of business, we will credit any portion of that payment allocated to the subaccounts using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received the payment.

You may make monthly payments to your contract under a Systematic Investment Plan (SIP). You must make an initial purchase payment of $25,000. Then, to begin the SIP, you will complete and send a form and your first SIP payment along with your application. There is no charge for SIP. You can stop your SIP payments at any time.

In most states, you may make additional purchase payments to nonqualified and qualified annuities until the annuitization start date.

Householding and delivery of certain documents

With your prior consent, RiverSource Life and its affiliates may use and combine information concerning accounts owned by members of the same household and provide a single paper copy of certain documents to that household. This householding of documents may include prospectuses, supplements, annual reports, semiannual reports and proxies. Your authorization remains in effect unless we are notified otherwise. If you wish to continue receiving multiple copies of these documents, you can opt out of householding by calling us at 1.866.273.7429. Multiple mailings will resume within 30 days after we receive your opt out request.

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    35

The Annuitization Start Date

For both the Current Contract and the Original Contract:

Annuity payouts begin on the annuitization start date. This means that the contract will be annuitized or converted to a stream of monthly payments. If your contract is annuitized, the contract goes into payout and only the annuity payout provisions continue. You will no longer have access to your contract value. This means that the death benefit and any optional benefits you have elected will end. When we processed your application, we established the maximum age then in effect (or contract anniversary if applicable). Unless otherwise elected by you, all annuitization start dates are now automatically set to the maximum age of 95 now in effect. You can also change the annuitization start date, provided you send us written instructions at least 30 days before annuity payouts begin.

The annuitization start date must be:

• no earlier than the 30th day after the contract’s effective date; and no later than

• the owner’s 95th birthday or the tenth contract anniversary, if later,

• or such other date as agreed to by us.

Six months prior to your annuitization start date, we will contact you with your options including the option to postpone your annuitization start date to a future date. You can choose to delay the annuitization of your contract to a date beyond age 95, to the extent allowed by applicable state law and tax laws.

If you do not make an election, annuity payouts using the contract’s default option of annuity payout Plan B – Life with 10 years certain will begin on the annuitization start date and your monthly annuity payments will continue for as long as the annuitant lives. If the annuitant does not survive 10 years, we will continue to make payments until 10 years of payments have been made. Some distributors require annuitization by age 95. In that case, the option to continue to defer the annuitization start date after age 95 is not available.

Generally, if you own a qualified annuity (for example, an IRA) and tax laws require that you take distributions from your annuity prior to your annuitization start date, your contract will not be automatically annuitized (subject to state requirement). However, if you choose, you can elect to request annuitization or take surrenders to meet your required minimum distributions.

Please see ”SecureSource Stages 2/SecureSource Stages/SecureSource 20 — Other Provisions" section regarding options under this rider at the annuitization start date.

Beneficiary

We will pay to your named beneficiary the death benefit if it becomes payable while the contract is in force and before the annuitization start date. If there is more than one beneficiary, we will pay each beneficiary’s designated share when we receive their completed claim. A beneficiary will bear the investment risk of the variable account until we receive the beneficiary’s completed claim. If there is no named beneficiary, the default provisions of your contract will apply. (See “Benefits in Case of Death” for more about beneficiaries.)

If you select one of theSecureSource series  – Joint Life rider, please consider carefully whether or not you wish to change the beneficiary of your annuity contract. The rider will terminate if the surviving covered spouse can not utilize the spousal continuation provision of the contract when the death benefit is payable.

Purchase Payments

Purchase payment amounts and purchase payment timing may vary by state and be limited under the terms of your contract.

Minimum initial purchase payment

25,000

Minimum additional purchase payments

$50 for SIPs

$100 for all other payment types

Maximum total purchase payments (without our approval)

•	Current Contract:
	(applications signed on or after Nov. 30, 2009, subject to state availability)

Maximum total purchase payments* based on your age on the effective date of the payment:

For the first year and total: through age 85	$1,000,000
age 86 or older	$0

36    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

For each subsequent year: through age 85	$100,000
age 86 or older	$0

• Original Contract:

(applications signed prior to Nov. 30, 2009 or in states where the Current Contract was not available)

Maximum total purchase payments*

$1,000,000

Additional purchase payment restrictions for contracts with the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, orSecureSource riders.

Effective Jan. 26, 2009, after initial purchase payments are received, limited additional purchase payments allowed for contracts with the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, orSecureSource riders, subject to state restrictions. Initial purchase payments are: 1) payments received with the application, and 2) Tax Free Exchanges, rollovers, and transfers listed on the annuity application, paper work initiated within 30 days from the application signed date and received within 180 days from the application signed date.

For contracts issued in all states except those listed below, the only additional purchase payments that will be allowed on/after Jan. 26, 2009 are the maximum annual contribution permitted by the Code for qualified annuities.

For contracts issued in Florida, New Jersey, and Oregon, additional purchase payments to your variable annuity contract with the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, orSecureSource riders will be limited to $100,000 for the life of your contract. The limit does not apply to initial purchase payments.

Additional purchase payment restrictions for theSecureSource Stages 2 riders,SecureSource Stages riders andSecureSource 20 riders

Effective Feb. 27, 2012, no additional purchase payments are allowed for contracts withSecureSource Stages 2 riders,SecureSource Stages riders andSecureSource 20 riders subject to certain exceptions listed below.

Certain exceptions apply and the following additional purchase payments will be allowed on or after Feb. 27, 2012:

a.	Current tax year contributions for TSAs and Custodial and investment only plans under Section 401(a) of the Code, up to the annual limit set by the IRS.
b.	Prior and current tax year contributions up to the annual limit set up by the IRS for any Qualified Accounts except TSAs and 401(a)s. This annual limit applies to IRAs, Roth IRAs and SEP plans.

We reserve the right to change these current rules any time, subject to state restrictions.

The riders also prohibit additional purchase payments while the rider is effective, if (1) you decline a rider fee increase, or (2) the Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP) is established and your contract value on an anniversary is less than four times the ALP. (For the purpose of this calculation only, the ALP is determined using percentage B, as described under “Optional Living Benefits —SecureSource Stages 2 Riders,SecureSource Stages Riders andSecureSource 20 Riders.”)

Additional purchase payment restrictions for the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider

Additional purchase payments are prohibited during the waiting period after the first 180 days immediately following the effective date of the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider.

For the Current Contract, additional purchase payments are also allowed within 180 days from the last contract anniversary if you exercise the elective step up option.

Subject to state restrictions, we reserve the right to change the above purchase payment limitations, including making further restrictions, upon written notice.

* These limits apply in total to all RiverSource Life annuities you own unless a higher maximum applies to your contract. We reserve the right to waive or increase the maximum limit. For qualified annuities, the Code’s limits on annual contributions also apply. Additional purchase payments for inherited IRA contracts cannot be made unless the payment is IRA money inherited from the same decedent.

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    37

How to Make Purchase Payments

11 By letter

Send your check along with your name and contract number to:

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474

22 By SIP

Contact your investment professional to complete the necessary SIP paperwork.

Purchase Payment Credits

You will receive a purchase payment credit with every payment you make to your contract. We apply this credit immediately. We allocate the credit to your investment allocations in the same proportions as your purchase payment. We apply the credit as a percentage of your current payment based on the following schedule:

Current Contract:

If cumulative net payments* made during the life of the contract equals	Then the purchase payment credit percentage equals…
less than $250,000	4%
$250,000 and over	5%

Original Contract:

If cumulative net payments*made during the life of the contract equals…	Then the purchase payment credit percentage equals…
less than $100,000	4%
$100,000 to less than $250,000	5
$250,000 and over	6

* Cumulative net purchase payments are total purchase payments less the total amount of partial surrenders.

For the Current Contract, if in the first year you make any additional payments that cause the contract to become eligible for a higher percentage credit, we will add credits to your prior payments (less total surrenders). For the Original Contract, if you make any additional payments in any year that cause the contract to become eligible for a higher percentage credit, we will add credits to your prior payments (less total surrenders). We allocate credits according to the purchase payment allocation on the date we add the credits to the contract.

We fund the credit from our general account. We do not consider credits to be “investments” for income tax purposes. (See “Taxes.”)

We will reverse credits from the contract value for any purchase payment that is not honored (if, for example, your purchase payment check is returned for insufficient funds).

To the extent a death benefit, annuitization or surrender payment includes purchase payment credits applied within twelve months preceding: (1) the date of death that results in a death benefit payment under this contract; or (2) the annuitization start date (for contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2006, and if available in your state); or (3) a request for surrender charge waiver due to “Contingent events” (see “Charges — Contingent events”), we will assess a charge, similar to a surrender charge, equal to the amount of the purchase payment credits. The amount we pay to you under these circumstances will always equal or exceed your surrender value. The amount returned to you under the free look provision also will not include any credits applied to your contract.

This credit is available because of lower costs associated with larger sized contracts and through revenue from a higher and longer surrender charge schedule, a higher contract administrative charge and a higher mortality and expense risk fee. In general, we do not profit from the higher charges assessed to cover the cost of the purchase payment credit. We use all the revenue from these higher charges to pay for the cost of the credits. However, we could profit from the higher charges if market appreciation is higher than expected or if contract owners hold their contracts for longer than expected.

38    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Because of these higher charges, there may be circumstances where you may be worse off for having received the credit than in other contracts. All things being equal (such as guarantee availability or fund performance and availability), this may occur if you hold your contract for 15 years or more. You should consider these higher charges and other relevant factors before you buy this contract or before you exchange a contract you currently own for this contract.

Limitations on Use of Contract

If mandated by applicable law, including, but not limited to, federal anti-money laundering laws, we may be required to reject a purchase payment. We may also be required to block an owner’s access to contract values or to satisfy other statutory obligations. Under these circumstances, we may refuse to implement requests for transfers, surrenders or death benefits until instructions are received from the appropriate governmental authority or a court of competent jurisdiction.

Charges

All Contracts

Contract Administrative Charge

We charge this fee for establishing and maintaining your records. We deduct $40 from the contract value on your contract anniversary or, if earlier, when the contract is fully surrendered. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. Some states also limit any contract charge that applies to the fixed account. For the Current Contract, we reserve the right to increase this charge after the first contract anniversary to a maximum of $50.

We will waive this charge when your contract value is $50,000 or more on the current contract anniversary. For the Current Contract, we reserve the right to charge up to $20 after the first contract anniversary for contracts with contract value of $50,000 or more.

If you take a full surrender from your contract, we will deduct the charge at the time of surrender regardless of the contract value. We cannot increase the annual contract administrative charge for the Original Contract. This charge does not apply to amounts applied to an annuity payment plan or to the death benefit (other than when deducted from the Full Surrender Value component of the death benefit for the Current Contract).

Variable Account Administrative Charge

We apply this charge daily to the subaccounts. It is reflected in the unit values of your subaccounts and it totals 0.15% of their average daily net assets on an annual basis. It covers certain administrative and operating expenses of the subaccounts such as accounting, legal and data processing fees and expenses involved in the preparation and distribution of reports and prospectuses. We cannot increase the variable account administrative charge.

Mortality and Expense Risk Fee

We charge these fees daily to the subaccounts. The unit values of your subaccounts reflect these fees. These fees cover the mortality and expense risk that we assume. These fees do not apply to the GPAs or the fixed account. We cannot increase these fees.

Current Contract:

(applications signed on or after Nov. 30, 2009, subject to state availability)

These fees are based on the death benefit guarantee in effect and the contract year you are in.

Until the 9th contract anniversary	Mortality and expense risk fee
CV Death Benefit*	1.60%
ROPP Death Benefit	1.60
MAV Death Benefit	1.85
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	2.00
Enhanced Death Benefit	2.05

The 9th contract anniversary and after	Mortality and expense risk fee
CV Death Benefit*	1.30%
ROPP Death Benefit	1.30
MAV Death Benefit	1.55
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.70

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    39

The 9th contract anniversary and after	Mortality and expense risk fee
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.75

* CV Death Benefit is available only after an ownership change or spousal continuation if any owner or spouse who continues the contract is over age 85 and therefore cannot qualify for the ROPP death benefit.

Original Contract:

(applications signed prior to Nov. 30, 2009 or in states where the Current Contract was not available)

These fees are based on the death benefit guarantee that applies to your contract.

	Mortality and expense risk fee
ROP Death Benefit	1.60%
MAV Death Benefit	1.80
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.95
Enhanced Death Benefit	2.00

Mortality risk arises because of our guarantee to pay a death benefit and our guarantee to make annuity payouts according to the terms of the contract, no matter how long a specific owner or annuitant lives and no matter how long our entire group of owners or annuitants live. If, as a group, owners or annuitants outlive the life expectancy we assumed in our actuarial tables, then we must take money from our general assets to meet our obligations. If, as a group, owners or annuitants do not live as long as expected, we could profit from the mortality risk fee. We deduct the mortality risk fee from the subaccounts during the annuity payout period even if the annuity payout plan does not involve a life contingency.

Expense risk arises because we cannot increase the contract administrative charge for the Original Contract, we are limited on how much we can increase the contract administrative charge for the Current Contract, and we cannot increase the variable account administrative charge and these charges may not cover our expenses. We would have to make up any deficit from our general assets. We could profit from the expense risk fee if future expenses are less than expected.

The subaccounts pay us the mortality and expense risk fee they accrued as follows:

• first, to the extent possible, the subaccounts pay this fee from any dividends distributed from the funds in which they invest;

• then, if necessary, the funds redeem shares to cover any remaining fees payable.

We may use any profits we realize from the subaccounts’ payment to us of the mortality and expense risk fee for any proper corporate purpose, including, among others, payment of distribution (selling) expenses. We do not expect that the surrender charge will cover sales and distribution expenses.

Surrender Charge

If you surrender all or part of your contract value before the annuitization start date, we may deduct a surrender charge. As described below, a surrender charge applies to each purchase payment you make. The surrender charge lasts for 9 years from the date of each purchase payment. (See “Expense Summary.”)

You may surrender an amount during any contract year without a surrender charge. We call this amount the total free amount (FA for the Current Contract, TFA for the Original Contract). Throughout this prospectus when we use the acronym FA, it includes TFA. The FA varies depending on whether your contract includes one of theSecureSourceseries of riders, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider:

Current Contract withoutSecureSource Stages rider

The FA is the greater of:

• 10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary, less any prior surrenders taken in the current contract year; or

• current contract earnings.

During the first contract year, the FA is the greater of:

• 10% of all purchase payments and purchase payment credits applied prior to your surrender request, less any amounts surrendered prior to your surrender request that represent the FA; or

• current contract earnings.

40    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Original Contract withoutSecureSource 20 rider,SecureSource rider, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider or Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider

The FA is the greater of:

• 10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary⁽¹⁾, less any prior surrenders taken in the current contract year; or

• current contract earnings.

Current Contract withSecureSource Stages rider

The FA is the greatest of:

• 10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary, less any prior surrenders taken in the current contract year;

• current contract earnings; or

• the Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (this amount will be zero during the waiting period).

During the first contract year, the FA is the greatest of:

• 10% of all purchase payments and purchase payment credits applied prior to your surrender request, less any amounts surrendered prior to your surrender request that represent the FA; or

• current contract earnings.

Original Contract withSecureSource 20 rider,SecureSource rider or Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider

The FA is the greatest of:

• 10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary⁽¹⁾, less any prior surrenders taken in the current contract year;

• current contract earnings; or

• the greater of the Remaining Benefit Payment or the Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (for theSecureSource 20 rider, Remaining Benefit Payment and the Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment are zero during the waiting period).

Original Contract with Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider

The FA is the greatest of:

•	10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary(1), less any prior surrenders taken in the current contract year;
•	current contract earnings; or
•	the Remaining Benefit Payment.
(1)	We consider your initial purchase payment and any purchase payment credit to be the prior contract anniversary’s contract value during the first contract year.

Amounts surrendered in excess of the FA may be subject to a surrender charge as described below.

A surrender charge will apply if the amount you surrender includes any of your prior purchase payments that are still within their surrender charge schedule. To determine whether your surrender includes any of your prior purchase payments that are still within their surrender charge schedule, we surrender amounts from your contract in the following order:

1.	First, we surrender the FA. Contract earnings are surrendered first, followed by purchase payments. We do not assess a surrender charge on the FA. We surrender payments that are considered part of the FA on a first-in, first-out (FIFO) basis for the Current Contract, and last-in, first-out (LIFO) basis for the Original Contract.
2.	Next, we surrender purchase payments received that are beyond the surrender charge period shown in your contract. We surrender these payments on a FIFO basis. We do not assess a surrender charge on these payments.
3.	Finally, we surrender any additional purchase payments received that are still within the surrender charge period shown in your contract. We surrender these payments on a FIFO basis. We do assess a surrender charge on these payments.

The amount of purchase payments surrendered is calculated using a prorated formula based on the percentage of contract value being surrendered. As a result, the amount of purchase payments surrendered may be greater than the amount of contract value surrendered.

We determine your surrender charge by multiplying each of your payments surrendered which could be subject to a surrender charge by the applicable surrender charge percentage (see “Expense Summary”), and then adding the total surrender charges.

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    41

For a partial surrender, we will determine the amount of contract value that needs to be surrendered, which after any surrender charge and any positive or negative market value adjustment, will equal the amount you request.

Example: Each time you make a purchase payment under the contract, a surrender charge schedule attaches to that purchase payment. The surrender charge percentage for each purchase payment declines according to the surrender charge schedule shown in your contract.(The surrender charge percentages for the 9-Year surrender charge schedule are shown in a table in the “Expense Summary”.) For example, during the first two years after a purchase payment is made, the surrender charge percentage attached to that payment is 8%. At the beginning of the tenth year after that purchase payment is made, and thereafter, there is no longer a surrender charge as to that payment.

For an example, see Appendix B.

Waiver of surrender charges

We do not assess surrender charges for:

•	surrenders each year that represent the total free amount for that year;
•	required minimum distributions from a qualified annuity to the extent that they exceed the free amount. The amount on which surrender charges are waived can be no greater than the RMD amount calculated under your specific contract currently in force. (Please note that, if you are buying a new contract with inherited IRA money, we will not waive surrender charges for a five-year distribution and, therefore, if that option is selected, you should choose a surrender charge period that is no longer than the time remaining in the five-year period.);
•	amounts applied to an annuity payment plan (Exception: As described below, if you select annuity payout Plan E, and choose later to surrender the value of your remaining annuity payments, we will assess a surrender charge. )
•	surrenders made as a result of one of the “Contingent events” described below to the extent permitted by state law. For the Current Contract, waiver of surrender charges for Contingent events will not apply to Tax Free Exchanges, rollovers and transfers to another annuity contract;
•	amounts we refunded to you during the free look period; and
•	death benefits.
*	However, we will reverse certain purchase payment credits. (See “Buying Your Contract — Purchase Payment Credits.”)

Current Contract:

Contingent events

• Surrenders you make if you are confined to a hospital or nursing home and have been for the prior 60 days or confinement began within 30 days following a 60 day confinement period. Such confinement must begin after the contract issue date. Your contract will include this provision when you are under age 76 at contract issue. You must provide us with a letter containing proof satisfactory to us of the confinement as of the date you request the surrender. We must receive your surrender request no later than 91 days after your release from the hospital or nursing home. The amount surrendered must be paid directly to you.

• Surrenders you make if you are disabled with a medical condition and are diagnosed in the second or later contract years with reasonable medical certainty, that the disability will result in death within 12 months or less from the date of the diagnosis. You must provide us with a licensed physician’s statement containing the terminal illness diagnosis, the expected date of death and the date the terminal illness was initially diagnosed. The amount surrendered must be paid directly to you.

Original Contract:

Contingent events

• Surrenders you make if you or the annuitant are confined to a hospital or nursing home and have been for the prior 60 days. Your contract will include this provision when you and the annuitant are under age 76 at contract issue. You must provide proof satisfactory to us of the confinement as of the date you request the surrender.

• Surrenders you make if you or the annuitant are diagnosed in the second or later contract years as disabled with a medical condition that with reasonable medical certainty will result in death within 12 months or less from the date of the diagnosis. You must provide us with a licensed physician’s statement containing the terminal illness diagnosis and the date the terminal illness was initially diagnosed.

Both Contracts:

Liquidation charge under Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:If you are receiving variable annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to surrender those payments. The amount that you can surrender is the present value of any remaining variable payouts. The discount rate we use in the calculation will be

42    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

5.17% if the assumed investment return is 3.5% and 6.67% if the assumed investment return is 5%. The liquidation charge equals the present value of the remaining payouts using the assumed investment return minus the present value of the remaining payouts using the discount rate.

Fixed Payouts: Surrender charge for Fixed Annuity Payout Plan E – Payouts for a specified period: If you are receiving annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to take a surrender and surrender charge may apply.

A surrender charge will be assessed against the present value of any remaining guaranteed payouts surrendered. The discount rate we use in determining present values varies based on: (1) the contract value originally applied to the fixed annuitization; (2) the remaining years of guaranteed payouts; (3) the annual effective interest rate and periodic payment amount for new immediate annuities of the same duration as the remaining years of guaranteed payouts; and (4) the interest spread (currently 1.50%). If we do not currently offer immediate annuities, we will use rates and values applicable to new annuitizations to determine the discount rate.

Once the discount rate is applied and we have determined the present value of the remaining guaranteed payouts you surrendered, the present value determined will be multiplied by the surrender charge percentage in the table below and deducted from the present value to determine the net present value you will receive.

Number of Completed Years Since Annuitization	Surrender charge percentage
0	Not applicable*
1	5%
2	4
3	3
4	2
5	1
6 and thereafter	0

*We do not permit surrenders in the first year after annuitization.

We will provide a quoted present value (which includes the deduction of any surrender charge). You must then formally elect, in a form acceptable to us, to receive this value. The remaining guaranteed payouts following surrender will be reduced to zero.

Possible group reductions: In some cases we may incur lower sales and administrative expenses due to the size of the group, the average contribution and the use of group enrollment procedures. In such cases, we may be able to reduce or eliminate the contract administrative and surrender charges. However, we expect this to occur infrequently.

Optional Living Benefits Charges

Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider Fee

We deduct an annual charge from your contract value on your contract anniversary for this optional benefit only if you select it. The charge is percentage of the greater of your contract value or the minimum contract accumulation value. See tables below for the applicable percentage. We prorate the charge among the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

Once you elect the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, you may not cancel it and the charge will continue to be deducted until the end of the waiting period. If the contract or rider is terminated for any reason, we will deduct the charge, adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the charge.

The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider charge will not exceed a maximum of 1.75%.

We may change the rider fee at our discretion and on a nondiscriminatory basis.

We will not change the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider fee in effect on your contract after the rider effective date unless:

(a)	you choose the annual elective step-up or elective spousal continuation step-up after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee; or
(b)	you change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee or vary the rider fee for each PN program investment option.

We exercised our right to increase the rider fee upon elective step-up or elective spousal continuation step-up and vary the fee depending on whether your contract value is invested in one of the Portfolio Navigator or Portfolio Stabilizer funds at the time of the elective step-up or spousal continuation step-up. You will pay the fee that is in effect on the valuation date we receive your written request to step-up. Currently, we waive our right to increase the fee for investment option changes. There is no assurance that we will not exercise our right in the future.

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    43

If you request an elective step-up or the elective spousal continuation step-up, the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are invested at that time, as shown in the table below.

Contract purchase date:	Maximum annual rider fee	Initial annual rider fee and annual rider fee for elective step-ups before 04/29/2013
Prior to 01/26/2009	1.75%	0.55%
01/26/2009 – 05/31/2009	1.75%	0.80%

(Charged annually on the contract anniversary as a percentage of the contract value or the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value, whichever is greater.)

Current annual rider fees for elective step-up (including elective spousal continuation step-up) requests on/after 04/29/2013 are shown in the table below.

Elective step up date:	If invested in Portfolio Navigator fund at the time of step-up:	If invested in Portfolio Stabilizer fund at the time of step-up:
04/29/2013 – 11/17/2013	1.75%	n/a
11/18/2013 – 10/17/2014	1.75%	1.30%
10/18/2014 – 06/30/2016	1.60%	1.00%
07/01/2016 – 10/15/2018	1.75%	1.30%
10/16/2018 – 12/29/2019	1.40%	1.00%
12/30/2019 – 07/20/2020	1.55%	1.15%
07/21/2020 and later	1.75%	1.75%

If your annual rider fee changes during the contract year, on the next contract anniversary we will calculate an average rider fee that reflects the various fees that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

Subject to the terms of your contract, we reserve the right to further increase the rider fees to the maximum limit provided by your rider and to vary the rider fees based on the fund you select.

The automatic step-up option available under your rider will not impact your rider fee.

Please see the “Optional Living Benefits — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider” section for a full description and rules applicable to elective and automatic step-up options under your rider.

The charge does not apply after the annuitization start date.

SecureSource Stages 2 Rider Charge

We deduct an annual charge for this optional feature only if you select it. The current annual charges are:

• SecureSource Stages 2 — Single Life rider, 0.95%

• SecureSource Stages 2 — Joint Life rider, 1.15%

The charge is based on the greater of the benefit base (BB) or the anniversary contract value, but not more than the maximum BB of $10,000,000.

We deduct the charge from your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

Once you elect theSecureSource Stages 2 rider, you may not cancel it (except as described below), and the charge will continue to be deducted until the contract or rider is terminated or until the contract value reduces to zero. If the contract or rider is terminated for any reason, we will deduct the charge, adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the charge.

Currently theSecureSource Stages 2 rider fee does not vary with the PN program investment option selected; however, we reserve the right to vary the rider fee for each investment option. TheSecureSource Stages 2 — Single Life rider fee will not exceed a maximum of 1.75%. TheSecureSource Stages 2 — Joint Life rider fee will not exceed a maximum of 2.25%.

The following describes how your annual rider fee may increase:

1. We may increase the annual rider fee at our discretion and on a nondiscriminatory basis. Your annual rider fee will increase if we declare an increase to the fee with written notice 30 days in advance except as described below. The new fee will be in effect on the date we declare in the written notice.

44    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

(A) You can decline this increase and therefore all future fee increases if we receive your written request prior to the date of the fee increase, in which case you permanently relinquish:

(i)	all future annual step-ups, and for the Joint Life rider, spousal continuation step-ups,
(ii)	any ability to make additional purchase payments,
(iii)	any future rider credits, and the credit base (CB) will be permanently reset to zero,
(iv)	any increase to the lifetime payment percentage due to changing age bands on subsequent birthdays and rider anniversaries, and
(v)	the ability to change your investment option to one that is more aggressive than your current investment option. Any change to a less aggressive investment option will further limit the investment options available to the then current and less aggressive investment options.

(B) You can terminate this rider if your annual rider fee after any increase is more than 0.25 percentage points higher than your fee before the increase and if we receive your written request to terminate the rider prior to the date of the fee increase.

2. Your annual rider fee may increase if you elect to change to a more aggressive investment option than your current investment option and if the new investment option has a higher current annual rider fee. The annual rider fees associated with the available investment option may change at our discretion, however these changes will not apply to this rider unless you change your current investment option to a more aggressive one. The new fee will be in effect on the valuation date we receive your written request to change your investment option. You cannot decline this type of fee increase. To avoid it, you must stay in the same investment option or move to a less aggressive one. Also, this type of fee increase does not allow you to terminate the rider.

If your rider fee increases, on the next contract anniversary, we will calculate an average rider fee, for the preceding contract year only, that reflects the various different fees that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

The fee does not apply after the annuitization start date.

SecureSource Rider Fee

We deduct a charge based on the greater of the contract anniversary value or the total Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA) for this optional feature only if you select it as follows:

Application signed date	Maximum annual rider fee	Initial annual rider fee
5/1/2007 – 5/31/2008, Single Life	1.50%	0.65%
5/1/2007 – 5/31/2008, Joint Life	1.75%	0.85%
6/1/2008 – 1/25/2009, Single Life	1.50%	0.75%
6/1/2008 – 1/25/2009, Joint Life	1.75%	0.95%
1/26/2009 and later, Single Life	2.00%	1.10%
1/26/2009 and later, Joint Life	2.50%	1.40%

We deduct the charge from your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

Once you elect aSecureSourcerider, you may not cancel it and the charge will continue to be deducted until the contract or rider is terminated, or the contract value reduces to zero. If the contract or rider is terminated for any reason, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the charge. If the RBA reduces to zero but the contract value has not been depleted, you will continue to be charged.

We may increase the rider fee at our discretion and on a nondiscriminatory basis. However, the rider fee will not exceed the maximum fees as shown in the table above.

We will not change theSecureSourcerider fee in effect on your contract after the rider effective date unless:

(a)	you choose the annual elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee; or
(b)	you elect to change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee or vary the rider fee for each PN program investment option.

Effective Dec. 18, 2013, we exercised our right to increase the rider fee and vary the fee depending on the fund to which your contract value is invested. Beginning Dec. 18, 2013, if you:

• request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up, or

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    45

• move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is more aggressive than the Portfolio Navigator fund you are currently allocated to,

the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are currently invested as shown in the table below.

If you move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is less aggressive than the Portfolio Navigator fund you are currently allocated to, your fee will not increase and may decrease according to the table below.

		Portfolio Navigator funds
Application signed date	All Portfolio Stabilizer funds	Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)
5/1/2007 – 5/31/2008, Single Life	0.65%	0.75%	0.75%	0.75%	0.90%	1.00%
5/1/2007 – 5/31/2008, Joint Life	0.85%	0.95%	0.95%	0.95%	1.10%	1.20%
6/1/2008 – 1/25/2009, Single Life	0.75%	0.85%	0.85%	0.85%	1.00%	1.10%
6/1/2008 – 1/25/2009, Joint Life	0.95%	1.05%	1.05%	1.05%	1.20%	1.30%
1/26/2009 and later, Single Life	1.10%	1.10%	1.10%	1.10%	1.20%	1.30%
1/26/2009 and later, Joint Life	1.40%	1.40%	1.40%	1.40%	1.50%	1.60%

On your next contract anniversary, if your contract value is allocated to a fund subject to a fee increase, you will have 30 days following the anniversary to choose from the following:

1	Remain invested in your current Portfolio Navigator fund and elect to step up (when available) and lock in your contract gains. If you make this decision, your rider fee will increase.
2.	Move to one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. If you do this, your rider fee will not increase, but remember that you will lose your access to invest in the Portfolio Navigator funds.
3.	Do not elect a step up. You will not lock in contract gains, but your rider fee will stay the same.

During the 30 days following your contract anniversary, if your contract value is allocated to a fund subject to a fee increase, we will automatically process any available step up and lock in any contract gains, as well as reactivate automatic step ups, when contract value is transferred:

1.	to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund;
2.	to a less aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund that is not subject to a fee increase, if applicable; or
3.	to a more aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund.

The step up and lock in of any contract gains will occur as of the date of the transfer described above.

Rider fees may increase or decrease as you move to various funds. Your fee will increase if you transfer your contract value to a more aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund with a higher fee. If you transfer to a less aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund or transfer to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund, your fee may decrease. Certain rider fees may not change depending on the fund in which your contract value is allocated.

We will notify you in writing about your opportunity to elect to step up (if eligible) and incur the higher rider fee or maintain your guaranteed amount at its current level and keep your rider fee the same. If you are subject to a fee increase, you will receive a letter from us approximately 30 days before your next annuity contract anniversary. This letter will describe the potential opportunity to elect a step up to increase your guaranteed income and how to make the election (if eligible). You will have a 30 day period beginning on your next contract anniversary to choose whether to step up and accept the fee increase. The Step up and new fee will be effective on the date we receive your request for the step up (Step up date).

For purposes of determining the duration of the “30 day window” following your contract anniversary to elect to step up or to transfer funds to lock in any available contract gains, the following will apply:

1.	the duration of your window is determined on a calendar day basis;
2.	under our current administrative process we will accept your request on the 31st calendar day if we receive it prior to the close of the NYSE; and
3.	if your window ends on a day the NYSE is closed, we must receive your request no later than the close of the NYSE on the preceding Valuation Date.

46    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Each year, we will continue to provide you written notice of your options with respect to elective step ups and the fee increase until you are no longer subject to a fee increase. Once you have taken action that results in a higher fee, you will become eligible for automatic step ups under the rider.

Before you elect a step up resulting in an increased rider fee, you should carefully consider the benefit of the contract value gains you are locking-in and the increased rider fee compared to your other options including whether it is appropriate to consider moving to a fund with a lower corresponding rider fee.

Subject to the terms of your contract, we reserve the right to further increase the rider fee up to the maximum limit provided by your rider. Currently, the rider fee does not vary among the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, but we reserve the right to vary the fees among the Portfolio Stabilizer funds in the future.

If you choose the elective step up, the elective spousal continuation step up, or change your investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee as described above, you will pay the fee that is in effect on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up or change your investment option. On the next contract anniversary, we will calculate an average rider fee, for the preceding contract year only, that reflects the various different charges that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

The charge does not apply after the annuitization start date.

For an example of how your fee will vary upon elective step up or spousal continuation step up, please see Appendix M.

SecureSource Stages Rider Fee

We deduct a charge for this optional feature only if you select it as follows:

• SecureSource Stages – Single Life rider, 1.10%

• SecureSource Stages – Joint Life rider, 1.35%

The fee is based on the greater of the benefit base (BB) or the anniversary contract value, but not more than the maximum BB of $10,000,000.

We deduct the charge from your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

Once you elect theSecureSource Stages rider, you may not cancel it (except as described below), and the charge will continue to be deducted until the contract or rider is terminated, or the contract value reduces to zero. If the contract or rider is terminated for any reason, we will deduct the charge adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the charge.

Currently theSecureSource Stages rider fee does not vary with the PN program investment option selected; however, we reserve the right to vary the rider fee for each PN program investment option. TheSecureSource Stages – Single Life rider fee will not exceed a maximum of 2.00%. TheSecureSource Stages – Joint Life rider fee will not exceed a maximum of 2.50%.

The following describes how your annual rider fee may increase:

1. We may increase the annual rider fee at our discretion and on a nondiscriminatory basis. Your annual rider fee will increase if we declare an increase to the fee with written notice 30 days in advance except as described below. The new fee will be in effect on the date we declare in the written notice.

(A) You can decline this increase and therefore all future fee increases if we receive your written request prior to the date of the fee increase, in which case you permanently relinquish:

(i)	all future annual step-ups, and for the Joint Life rider, spousal continuation step-ups, any ability to make additional purchase payments,
(ii)	any future rider credits, and the credit base (CB) will be permanently reset to zero,
(iii)	any increase to the lifetime payment percentage due to changing age bands on subsequent birthdays and rider anniversaries, and
(iv)	the ability to change your PN program investment option to one that is more aggressive than your current investment option. Any change to a less aggressive PN program investment option will further limit the PN program investment options available to the then current and less aggressive PN program investment options.

(B) You can terminate this rider if your annual rider fee after any increase is more than 0.25 percentage points higher than your fee before the increase and if we receive your written request to terminate the rider prior to the date of the fee increase.

2. Your annual rider fee may increase if you elect to change to a more aggressive PN program investment option than your current PN program investment option and if the new PN program investment option has a higher current

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    47

annual rider fee. The annual rider fees associated with the available PN program investment options may change at our discretion, however these changes will not apply to this rider unless you change your current PN program investment option to a more aggressive one. The new fee will be in effect on the valuation date we receive your written request to change your PN program investment option. You cannot decline this type of fee increase. To avoid it, you must stay in the same PN program investment option or move to a less aggressive model. Also, this type of fee increase does not allow you to terminate the rider.

If your annual rider fee increases, on the next contract anniversary, we will calculate an average rider fee, for the preceding contract year only, that reflects the various different fees that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

The charge does not apply after the annuitization start date.

SecureSource 20 Rider Fee

We deduct a charge based on the greater of the contract anniversary value or the total Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA) for this optional feature only if you select it as follows:

• SecureSource 20 – Single Life rider, 1.25%;

• SecureSource 20 – Joint Life rider, 1.55%.

We deduct the charge from your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

Once you elect theSecureSource 20 rider, you may not cancel it (except as described below), and the charge will continue to be deducted until the contract or rider is terminated, or the contract value reduces to zero. If the contract or rider is terminated for any reason, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee. If the RBA reduces to zero but the contract value has not been depleted, you will continue to be charged.

Currently theSecureSource 20 rider fee does not vary with the PN program investment option selected; however, we reserve the right to vary the rider fee for each PN program investment option. TheSecureSource 20 – Single Life rider fee will not exceed a maximum charge of 2.00%. TheSecureSource 20 – Joint Life rider fee will not exceed a maximum charge of 2.50%.

The following describes how your annual rider fee may increase:

1. We may increase the annual rider fee at our discretion and on a nondiscriminatory basis. Your annual rider fee will increase if we declare an increase to the fee with written notice 30 days in advance except as described below. The new fee will be in effect on the date we declare in the written notice.

(A) You can decline this increase and therefore all future fee increases if we receive your written request prior to the date of the fee increase, in which case you permanently relinquish:

(i)	all future annual step-ups, and for the Joint Life rider, spousal continuation step-ups,
(ii)	any ability to make additional purchase payments,
(iii)	any pending increase to the ALP due to the 20% credit on the later of the third rider anniversary or the date the ALP is established, and
(iv)	the ability to change your PN program investment option to one that is more aggressive than your current one. Any change to a less aggressive PN program investment option will further limit the PN program investment options available to the then current and less aggressive PN program model portfolios or investment options.

(B) You can terminate this rider if your annual rider fee increase after any increase is more than 0.25 percentage points higher than your fee before the increase and if we receive your written request to terminate the rider prior to the date of the fee increase.

2. Your annual rider fee may increase if you elect to change to a more aggressive PN program investment option than your current PN program investment options and if the new PN program investment option has a higher current annual rider fee. The annual rider fees associated with the available PN program model portfolios or investment options may change at our discretion, however these changes will not apply to this rider unless you change your current PN program investment option to a more aggressive one. The new fee will be in effect on the valuation date we receive your written request to change your PN program investment option. You cannot decline this type of fee increase. To avoid it, you must stay in the same PN program investment option or move to a less aggressive PN program investment option. Also, this type of fee increase does not allow you to terminate the rider.

48    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If your annual rider fee increases, on the next contract anniversary, we will calculate an average rider fee, for the preceding contract year only, that reflects the various different fees that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

The charge does not apply after the annuitization start date.

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider Fee⁽¹⁾

We deduct an annual charge based on the greater of the contract anniversary value or the total Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA) for this optional feature only if you select it. The initial fee is 0.65%. We deduct the charge from your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

Once you elect the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, you may not cancel it and the charge will continue to be deducted until the contract is terminated, the contract value reduces to zero. If the contract is terminated for any reason or on the annuitization start date, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee. If the RBA goes to zero but the contract value has not been depleted, you will continue to be charged.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider charge will not exceed a maximum fee of 1.50%.

We may increase the rider fee at our discretion and on a nondiscriminatory basis.

We will not change the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider fee in effect on your contract after the rider effective date unless:

(a)	you choose the annual elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee; or
(b)	you elect to change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee or vary the rider fee for each PN program investment option.

Effective Dec. 18, 2013, we exercised our right to increase the rider fee and vary the fee depending on the fund to which your contract value is invested. Beginning Dec. 18, 2013, if you:

• request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up, or

• move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is more aggressive than the Portfolio Navigator fund you are currently allocated to,

the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are currently invested as shown in the table below.

If you move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is less aggressive than the Portfolio Navigator fund you are currently allocated to, your fee will not increase and may decrease according to the table below.

Fund name	Maximum annual rider fee	Current annual rider fee as of 12/18/13
Portfolio Stabilizer funds	1.50%	0.65%
Portfolio Navigator funds:
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.80%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.80%
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.80%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.95%
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	1.10%

On your next contract anniversary, if your contract value is allocated to a fund subject to a fee increase, you will have 30 days following the anniversary to choose from the following:

1.	Remain invested in your current Portfolio Navigator fund and elect to step up (when available) and lock in your contract gains. If you make this decision, your rider fee will increase.
2.	Move to one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. If you do this, your rider fee will not increase, but remember that you will lose your access to invest in the Portfolio Navigator funds.
3.	Do not elect a step up, if eligible. You will not lock in contract gains, but your rider fee will stay the same.

⁽¹⁾ See disclosure in Appendix I.

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    49

During the 30 days following your contract anniversary, if your contract value is allocated to a fund subject to a fee increase, we will automatically process any available step up and lock in any contract gains, as well as reactivate automatic step ups, when contract value is transferred:

1.	to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund;
2.	to a less aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund that is not subject to a fee increase, if applicable; or
3.	to a more aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund.

The step up and lock in of any contract gains will occur as of the date of the transfer described above.

Rider fees may increase or decrease as you move to various funds. Your fee will increase if you transfer your contract value to a more aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund with a higher fee. If you transfer to a less aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund or transfer to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund, your fee may decrease. Certain rider fees may not change depending on the fund in which your contract value is allocated.

We will notify you in writing about your opportunity to elect to step up (if eligible) and incur the higher rider fee or maintain your guaranteed amount at its current level and keep your rider fee the same. If you are subject to a fee increase, you will receive a letter from us approximately 30 days before your next annuity contract anniversary. This letter will describe the potential opportunity to elect a step up to increase your guaranteed income and how to make the election if eligible. You will have a 30 day period beginning on your next contract anniversary to choose whether to step up and accept the fee increase. The step up and new fee will be effective on the date we receive your request for the step up (Step up date).

For purposes of determining the duration of the “30 day window” following your contract anniversary to elect to step up or to transfer funds to lock in any available contract gains, the following will apply:

1.	the duration of your window is determined on a calendar day basis;
2.	under our current administrative process we will accept your request on the 31st calendar day if we receive it prior to the close of the NYSE; and
3.	if your window ends on a day the NYSE is closed, we must receive your request no later than the close of the NYSE on the preceding Valuation Date.

Each year, we will continue to provide you written notice of your options with respect to elective step ups and the fee increase until you are no longer subject to a fee increase. Once you have taken action that results in a higher fee, you will become eligible for automatic step ups under the rider.

Before you elect a step up resulting in an increased rider fee, you should carefully consider the benefit of the contract value gains you are locking-in and the increased rider fee compared to your other options including whether it is appropriate to consider moving to a fund with a lower corresponding rider fee.

Subject to the terms of your contract, we reserve the right to further increase the rider fee up to the maximum limit provided by your rider. Currently, the rider fee does not vary among the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, but we reserve the right to vary the fees among the Portfolio Stabilizer funds in the future.

If you choose the elective step up, the elective spousal continuation step up, or change your investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee as described above, you will pay the fee that is in effect on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up or change your investment option. On the next contract anniversary, we will calculate an average fee, for the preceding contract year only, that reflects the various different charges that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

The charge does not apply after the annuitization start date.

For an example of how your fee will vary upon elective step up or spousal continuation step up, please see Appendix P.

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider Fee⁽¹⁾

This fee information applies to both Rider A and Rider B unless otherwise noted.

We deduct an annual charge based on contract value for this optional feature only if you select it. The initial fee is 0.55%. We deduct the charge from your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

⁽¹⁾ See disclosure in Appendix J.

50    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Once you elect the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, you may not cancel it and the charge will continue to be deducted until the contract is terminated, the contract value reduces to zero. If the contract is terminated for any reason or on the annuitization start date, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee. If the Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA) goes to zero but the contract value has not been depleted, you will continue to be charged.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider fee will not exceed a maximum charge of 1.50%.

We may increase the rider fee at our discretion and on a nondiscriminatory basis.

We will not change the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider fee in effect on your contract after the rider effective date unless:

(a)	you choose the annual elective step up or elective spousal continuation step up after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee; or
(b)	you elect to change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee or vary the rider fee for each PN program investment option.

Effective Dec. 18, 2013, we exercised our right to increase the rider fee and vary the fee depending on the fund to which your contract value is invested.

Beginning Dec. 18, 2013, if you:

• request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up, or

• move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is more aggressive than the Portfolio Navigator fund you are currently allocated to,

the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are currently invested as shown in the table below.

If you move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is less aggressive than the Portfolio Navigator fund you are currently allocated to, your fee will not increase and may decrease according to the table below.

Fund name	Maximum annual rider fee	Current annual rider fee as of 12/18/13
Portfolio Stabilizer funds	1.50%	0.55%
Portfolio Navigator funds:
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.85%
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	1.00%

On your next contract anniversary after, if your contract value is allocated to a fund subject to a fee increase, you will have 30 days following the anniversary to choose from the following:

1.	Remain invested in your current Portfolio Navigator fund and elect to step up (when available) and lock in your contract gains. If you make this decision, your rider fee will increase.
2.	Move to one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. If you do this, your rider fee will not increase, but remember that you will lose your access to invest in the Portfolio Navigator funds.
3.	Do not elect a step up, if eligible. You will not lock in contract gains, but your rider fee will stay the same.

For the enhanced rider, if during the 30 days following your contract anniversary, your contract value is allocated to a fund subject to a fee increase, we will automatically process any available step up and lock in any contract gains, as well as reactivate automatic step ups, when contract value is transferred:

1.	to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund;
2.	to a less aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund that is not subject to a fee increase, if applicable; or
3.	to a more aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund.

For original riders, you must always elect to step up your rider values. The step up and lock in of any contract gains will occur as of the date of the transfer described above.

Rider fees may increase or decrease as you move to various funds. Your fee will increase if you transfer your contract value to a more aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund with a higher fee. If you transfer to a less aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund or transfer to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund, your fee may decrease. Certain rider fees may not change depending on the fund in which your contract value is allocated.

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    51

We will notify you in writing about your opportunity to elect to step up (if eligible) and incur the higher rider fee or maintain your guaranteed amount at its current level and keep your rider fee the same. For original riders or enhanced riders subject to a fee increase, you will receive a letter from us approximately 30 days before your next annuity contract anniversary. This letter will describe the potential opportunity to elect a step up to increase your guaranteed income and how to make the election if eligible. You will have a 30 day period beginning on your next contract anniversary to choose whether to step up and accept the fee increase. For enhanced riders and original riders with an application signed date on or after 4/29/2005, if approved in your state, the step up and new fee will be effective on the date we receive your request for the step up (Step up date). For original riders with an application signed date before 4/29/2005, the step up will be effective as of your contract anniversary and the fee for your rider will be the fee that was in effect for your current fund on the anniversary.

For purposes of determining the duration of the “30 day window” following your contract anniversary to elect to step up or to transfer funds to lock in any available contract gains, the following will apply:

1.	the duration of your window is determined on a calendar day basis;
2.	under our current administrative process we will accept your request on the 31st calendar day if we receive it prior to the close of the NYSE; and
3.	if your window ends on a day the NYSE is closed, we must receive your request no later than the close of the NYSE on the preceding Valuation Date.

Under the enhanced rider, each year, we will continue to provide you written notice of your options with respect to elective step ups and the fee increase until you are no longer subject to a fee increase. Once you have taken action that results in a higher fee, you will become eligible for automatic step ups under the rider.

Before you elect a step up resulting in an increased rider fee, you should carefully consider the benefit of the contract value gains you are locking-in and the increased rider fee compared to your other options including whether it is appropriate to consider moving to a fund with a lower corresponding rider fee.

Subject to the terms of your contract, we reserve the right to further increase the rider fee up to the maximum limit provided by your rider. Currently, the rider fee does not vary among the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, but we reserve the right to vary the fees among the Portfolio Stabilizer funds in the future.

If you choose the annual or spousal continuation elective step up or change your investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee as described above, you will pay the fee that is in effect on the effective date of your step up or investment option change. On the next contract anniversary, we will calculate an average rider fee, for the preceding contract year only, that reflects the various different charges that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

The charge does not apply after the annuitization start date.

For an example of how your fee will vary upon elective step up or spousal continuation step up, please see Appendix P.

Income Assurer Benefit Rider Fee

We deduct a charge for this optional feature only if you selected it. We determine the charge by multiplying the guaranteed income benefit base by the charge for the Income Assurer Benefit rider you select. There are three Income Assurer Benefit rider options available under your contract (see “Optional Benefits — Income Assurer Benefit Riders”) and each has a different guaranteed income benefit base calculation. The charge for each Income Assurer Benefit rider is as follows:

	Maximum	Current
Income Assurer Benefit – MAV	1.50%	0.30%(1)
Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base	1.75	0.60(1)
Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base	2.00	0.65(1)

⁽¹⁾ For applications signed prior to Oct. 7, 2004, the following current annual rider charges apply: Income Assurer Benefit – MAV — 0.55%, Income Assurer Benefit — 5% Accumulation Benefit Base — 0.70%; and Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base — 0.75%.

We deduct the charge from the contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among the GPAs , the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary. If the contract is terminated for any reason or on the annuitization start date, we will deduct the fee from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee.

Currently the Income Assurer Benefit rider fee does not vary with the PN program investment option selected; however, we reserve the right to increase this fee and/or vary the rider fee for each PN program investment option but not to exceed the maximum charges shown above. We cannot change the Income Assurer Benefit charge after the rider

52    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

effective date, unless you change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the fee and/or charge a separate fee for each PN program investment option. If you choose to change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee, you will pay the fee that is in effect on the valuation date we receive your written request to change your PN program investment option. On the next contract anniversary, we will calculate an average rider fee, for the preceding contract year only, that reflects the various different charges that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

For an example of how each Income Assurer Benefit rider fee is calculated, see Appendix K.

Optional Death Benefit Charges

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider Fee

We deduct a charge for the optional feature only if you select it. If selected, we deduct 0.25% of your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

For the Current Contract, on the annuitization start date and if the contract is terminated for any reason except your election to terminate the rider during the 30 day window after certain anniversaries, we will deduct the fee from the contract value adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place during the contract year. For the Original Contract, on the annuitization start date and if the contract is terminated for any reason other than death, we will deduct the fee from the contract value adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee.

We cannot increase this annual charge after the rider effective date.

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider Fee

We charge a fee for the optional feature only if you select it. If selected, we deduct 0.40% of your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this fee among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

For the Current Contract, on the annuitization start date and if the contract is terminated for any reason except your election to terminate the rider during the 30 day window after certain anniversaries, we will deduct the fee from the contract value adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place during the contract year.

For the Original Contract, on the annuitization start date and if the contract is terminated for any reason other than death, we will deduct the fee from the contract value adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee.

We cannot increase this annual charge after the rider effective date.

Fund Fees and Expenses

There are deductions from and expenses paid out of the assets of the funds that are described in the prospectuses for those funds.

Premium Taxes

Certain state and local governments impose premium taxes on us (up to 3.5%). These taxes depend upon your state of residence or the state in which the contract was issued. Currently, we deduct any applicable premium tax on the annuitization start date, but we reserve the right to deduct this tax at other times such as when you make purchase payments or when you make a full surrender from your contract.

Valuing Your Investment

We value your accounts as follows:

GPAs

We value the amounts you allocate to the GPAs directly in dollars. The value of the GPAs equals:

• the sum of your purchase payments and transfer amounts allocated to the GPAs;

• plus any purchase payment credits allocated to the GPAs;

• plus interest credited;

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    53

• minus the sum of amounts surrendered (including any applicable surrender charges) and amounts transferred out;

• minus any prorated portion of the contract administrative charge; and

• minus the prorated portion of the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Accumulation Protector Benefit rider;

– SecureSource series rider

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider;

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider;

– Income Assurer Benefit rider;

– Benefit Protector rider; or

– Benefit Protector Plus rider.

The Fixed Account

We value the amounts you allocate to the fixed account directly in dollars. The value of the fixed account equals:

• Current Contract: the sum of your purchase payments and any purchase payment credits allocated to the regular fixed account and the Special DCA fixed account, and transfer amounts to the regular fixed account (including any positive or negative MVA on amounts transferred from the GPAs);

• Original Contract: the sum of your purchase payments and any purchase payment credits allocated to the one-year fixed account (if included) and the DCA fixed account (if included), and transfer amounts to the one-year fixed account (including any positive or negative MVA on amounts transferred from the GPAs);

• plus interest credited;

• minus the sum of amounts surrendered (including any applicable surrender charges) and amounts transferred out;

• minus any prorated portion of the contract administrative charge; and

• minus the prorated portion of the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Accumulation Protector Benefit rider;

– SecureSource series rider

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider;

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider;

– Income Assurer Benefit rider;

– Benefit Protector rider; or

– Benefit Protector Plus rider.

Subaccounts

We convert amounts you allocated to the subaccounts into accumulation units. Each time you make a purchase payment or transfer amounts into one of the subaccounts or we apply any purchase payment credits, we credit a certain number of accumulation units to your contract for that subaccount. Conversely, we subtract a certain number of accumulation units from your contract each time you take a partial surrender; transfer amounts out of a subaccount; or we assess a contract administrative charge, a surrender charge, or fee for any optional contract riders with annual charges (if applicable).

The accumulation units are the true measure of investment value in each subaccount during the accumulation period. They are related to, but not the same as, the net asset value of the fund in which the subaccount invests. The dollar value of each accumulation unit can rise or fall daily depending on the variable account expenses, performance of the fund and on certain fund expenses.

Here is how we calculate accumulation unit values:

Number of units: To calculate the number of accumulation units for a particular subaccount, we divide your investment by the current accumulation unit value.

Accumulation unit value: The current accumulation unit value for each subaccount equals the last value times the subaccount’s current net investment factor.

We determine the net investment factor by:

• adding the fund’s current net asset value per share, plus the per share amount of any accrued income or capital gain dividends to obtain a current adjusted net asset value per share; then

• dividing that sum by the previous adjusted net asset value per share; and

54    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• subtracting the percentage factor representing the mortality and expense risk fee and the variable account administrative charge from the result.

Because the net asset value of the fund may fluctuate, the accumulation unit value may increase or decrease. You bear all the investment risk in a subaccount.

Factors that affect subaccount accumulation units: Accumulation units may change in two ways — in number and in value.

The number of accumulation units you own may fluctuate due to:

• additional purchase payments you allocate to the subaccounts;

• any purchase payment credits allocated to the subaccounts;

• transfers into or out of the subaccounts (including any positive or negative MVA on amounts transferred from the GPAs);

• partial surrenders;

• surrender charges;

and the deduction of a prorated portion of:

• the contract administrative charge; and

• the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Accumulation Protector Benefit rider;

– SecureSourceseries of riders;

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider;

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider;

– Income Assurer Benefit rider;

– Benefit Protector rider; or

– Benefit Protector Plus rider.

Accumulation unit values will fluctuate due to:

• changes in fund net asset value;

• fund dividends distributed to the subaccounts;

• fund capital gains or losses;

• fund operating expenses; and

• mortality and expense risk fee and the variable account administrative charge.

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    55

Making the Most of Your Contract

Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging

Currently, you can use automated transfers to take advantage of dollar-cost averaging (investing a fixed amount at regular intervals). For example, for the Original Contract, you might transfer a set amount monthly from a relatively conservative subaccount to a more aggressive one, or to several others, or from the one-year GPA or one-year fixed account to one or more subaccounts. Automated transfers are not available for GPA terms of two or more years. You can also obtain the benefits of dollar-cost averaging by setting up regular automatic SIP payments or by establishing an interest sweep strategy. Interest sweeps are a monthly transfer of the interest earned from the one-year GPA or one-year fixed account into the subaccounts of your choice. If you participate in an interest sweep strategy the interest you earn on the one-year GPA or one-year fixed account will be less than the annual interest rate we apply because there will be no compounding. For the Current Contract, you might transfer a set amount monthly from a relatively conservative subaccount to a more aggressive one, or to several others, or from the regular fixed account to one or more subaccounts. You may not set up an automated transfer to or from the GPAs or set up an automated transfer to the regular fixed account. You can also obtain the benefits of dollar-cost averaging by setting up regular automatic SIP payments. The Current Contract does not allow an interest sweep strategy. There is no charge for dollar-cost averaging.

This systematic approach can help you benefit from fluctuations in accumulation unit values caused by fluctuations in the market values of the funds. Since you invest the same amount each period, you automatically acquire more units when the market value falls and fewer units when it rises. The potential effect is to lower your average cost per unit.

How dollar-cost averaging works

By investing an equal number of dollars each month		Month	Amount invested	Accumulation unit value	Number of units purchased
		Jan	$100	$20	5.00
		Feb	100	18	5.56
you automatically buy more units when the per unit market price is low		Mar	100	17	5.88
	→	Apr	100	15	6.67
		May	100	16	6.25
		Jun	100	18	5.56
		Jul	100	17	5.88
and fewer units when the per unit market price is high.		Aug	100	19	5.26
	→	Sept	100	21	4.76
		Oct	100	20	5.00

You paid an average price of $17.91 per unit over the 10 months, while the average market price actually was $18.10.

Dollar-cost averaging does not guarantee that any subaccount will gain in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. Because dollar-cost averaging involves continuous investing, your success will depend upon your willingness to continue to invest regularly through periods of low price levels. Dollar-cost averaging can be an effective way to help meet your long-term goals. For specific features contact your investment professional.

Dollar-cost averaging as described in this section is not available when the PN program is in effect. However, subject to certain restrictions, dollar-cost averaging is available through the Special DCA fixed account (Current Contract) and the DCA fixed account (Original Contract). See the “Special DCA Fixed Account”, “DCA Fixed Account” and “Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds” sections in this prospectus for details.

Asset Rebalancing

You can ask us in writing to automatically rebalance the subaccount portion of your contract value either quarterly, semiannually, or annually. The period you select will start to run on the date we record your request. On the first valuation date of each of these periods, we automatically will rebalance your contract value so that the value in each subaccount matches your current subaccount percentage allocations. These percentage allocations must be in whole numbers. There is no charge for asset rebalancing. The contract value must be at least $2,000.

You can change your percentage allocations or your rebalancing period at any time by contacting us in writing. We will restart the rebalancing period you selected as of the date we record your change. You also can ask us in writing to stop rebalancing your contract value. You must allow 30 days for us to change any instructions that currently are in place. For more information on asset rebalancing, contact your investment professional.

56    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Different rules apply to asset rebalancing under the PN program (see “Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds” below and “Appendix H — Asset Allocation Program for Contracts with Applications Signed Before May 1, 2006”).

As long as you are not participating in a PN program, asset rebalancing is available for use with the Special DCA fixed account (Current Contract) and the DCA fixed account (Original Contract) (see “Special DCA Fixed Account” and “DCA Fixed Account”) only if your subaccount allocation for asset rebalancing is exactly the same as your subaccount allocation for transfers from the Special DCA fixed account and the DCA fixed account. If you change your subaccount allocations under the asset rebalancing program or the Special DCA fixed account and the DCA fixed account, we will automatically change the subaccount allocations so they match. If you do not wish to have the subaccount allocation be the same for the asset rebalancing program and the Special DCA fixed account and the DCA fixed account, you must terminate the asset rebalancing program or the Special DCA fixed account and the DCA fixed account, as you may choose.

Portfolio Navigator Program (PN program) and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds

PN Program. You are required to participate in the PN program if your contract includes optional living benefit riders. Under the PN program, your contract value is allocated to a PN program investment. The PN program investment options are currently five funds of funds, each of which invests in underlying funds in proportions that vary among the funds of funds in light of each fund of funds’ investment objective (“Portfolio Navigator funds”). The PN program is available for both nonqualified and qualified annuities.

The Portfolio Navigator funds. We offer the following Portfolio Navigator funds:

1.	Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio
2.	Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio
3.	Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio
4.	Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio
5.	Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio

Each Portfolio Navigator fund is a fund of funds with the investment objective of seeking a high level of total return consistent with a certain level of risk, which it seeks to achieve by investing in various underlying funds.

For additional information about the Portfolio Navigator funds’ investment strategies, see the Funds’ prospectus.

If your contract does not include one of the living benefit riders, you may not participate in the PN program, but you may choose to allocate your contract value to one or more of the Portfolio Navigator funds.

Beginning November 18, 2013, if you have selected one of theSecureSource series riders, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life riders, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider or Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, as an alternative to the Portfolio Navigator funds in the PN program, we have made available to you new funds, known as Portfolio Stabilizer funds.

The Portfolio Stabilizer funds. The Portfolio Stabilizer funds currently available are:

1.	Variable Portfolio – Managed Risk Fund (Class 2) (1)
2.	Variable Portfolio – Managed Risk U. S. Fund (Class 2) (1)
3.	Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Fund (Class 2)
4.	Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2)
5.	Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2)
6.	Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Growth Fund (Class 2)
7.	Variable Portfolio – U.S. Flexible Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2)(2)
8.	Variable Portfolio – U.S. Flexible Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2)(2)
9.	Variable Portfolio – U.S. Flexible Growth Fund (Class 2)(2)

⁽¹⁾ Available to Current Contract owners effective Sept. 18, 2017.

⁽²⁾ Available to Current Contract owners effective Nov. 14, 2016.

Each Portfolio Stabilizer fund has an investment objective of pursuing total return while seeking to manage the Fund’s exposure to equity market volatility.

For additional information about the Portfolio Stabilizer funds’ investment strategies, see the Funds’ prospectuses.

You may choose to remain invested in your current Portfolio Navigator fund, move to a different Portfolio Navigator fund, or move to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund. Your decision should be made based on your own individual investment objectives and financial situation and in consultation with your investment professional.

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    57

Please note that if you are currently invested in a Portfolio Navigator fund as part of the PN program and choose to reallocate your contract value to the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, you will no longer have access to any of the Portfolio Navigator funds, but you may change to any of the other Portfolio Stabilizer funds, subject to the transfer limits applicable to your rider.

If your contract does not include the living benefit riders, you may not participate in the PN program, but you may choose to allocate your contract value to one or more of the Portfolio Navigator funds. You should review any PN program, Portfolio Navigator funds and Portfolio Stabilizer funds information, including the funds’ prospectus, carefully. Your investment professional can provide you with additional information and can answer questions you may have on the PN program, Portfolio Navigator funds and Portfolio Stabilizer funds.

The PN program static model portfolios. If you have chosen to remain invested in a “static” PN program model portfolio investment option, your assets will remain invested in accordance with your current model portfolio, and you will not be provided with any updates to the model portfolio or reallocation recommendations. (The last such reallocation recommendation was provided in 2009.) Each model portfolio consists of underlying funds and/or any GPAs (if included) according to the allocation percentages stated for the model portfolio. If you are participating in the PN program through a model portfolio, you instruct us to automatically rebalance your contract value quarterly in order to maintain alignment with these allocation percentages.

Special rules apply to the GPAs if they are included in a model portfolio. Under these rules:

• no MVA will apply when rebalancing occurs within a specific model portfolio (but an MVA may apply if you elect to transfer to a fund of funds);

• no MVA will apply when you elect an annuity payout plan while your contract value is invested in a model portfolio. (See “Guarantee Period Accounts — Market Value Adjustment.”)

If you choose to remain in a static model portfolio, the investments and investment styles and policies of the underlying funds in which your contract value is invested may change. Accordingly, your model portfolio may change so that it is no longer appropriate for your needs, even though your allocations to underlying funds do not change. Furthermore, the absence of periodic updating means that existing underlying funds will not be replaced as may be appropriate due to poor performance, changes in management personnel, liquidation, merger or other factors. Your investment professional can help you determine whether your continued investment in a static model portfolio is appropriate for you.

Investing in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, the Portfolio Navigator funds and PN static model portfolios (the Funds). You are responsible for determining which investment option is best for you. Currently, the PN program includes five Portfolio Navigator funds (and under the previous PN program, five static model portfolios investment options), with risk profiles ranging from conservative to aggressive in relation to one another. There are four Portfolio Stabilizer funds currently available to the Original Contracts (applications signed prior to Nov. 30, 2009).  If you have an Original Contract and your contract includes a living benefit rider you may only invest in one Portfolio Stabilizer or Portfolio Navigator fund at a time.  If you have a Current Contract with a living benefit rider and you are invested in the Portfolio Navigator fund, you may only invest in one Portfolio Navigator fund.  If you have a Current Contract with a living benefit rider and you are invested in the Portfolio Stabilizer fund, effective Nov. 14, 2016, this limitation will not apply and you may invest in more than one Portfolio Stabilizer fund at the time.
Your investment professional can help you determine which investment option most closely matches your investing style, based on factors such as your investment goals, your tolerance for risk and how long you intend to invest. There is no guarantee that the investment option you select is appropriate for you based on your investment objectives and/or risk profile. We and Columbia Management are not responsible for your decision to select a certain investment option or your decision to transfer to a different investment option.

If you initially allocate qualifying purchase payments to the DCA fixed account  (Original Contract) or Special DCA fixed account (Current Contract), when available (see “The Special DCA Fixed Account” and “DCA Fixed Account”), and you are invested in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds or one of the Portfolio Navigator funds, we will make monthly transfers in accordance with your instructions from the DCA fixed account (Original Contract) or Special DCA fixed account (Current Contract), into the investment option or model portfolio you have chosen.

Before you decide to transfer contract value to the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, you and your investment professional should carefully consider the following:

• Whether the Portfolio Stabilizer funds meet your personal investment objectives and/or risk tolerance.

• Whether you would like to continue to invest in a Portfolio Navigator fund. If you decide to transfer your contract value to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund, you permanently lose your ability to invest in any of the Portfolio Navigator funds if you have a living benefit rider. If you decide to no longer invest your contract value in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, your only option will be to terminate your contract by requesting a full surrender.Surrender charges and tax penalties may apply.

58    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• Whether the total expenses associated with an investment in a Portfolio Stabilizer fund is appropriate for you. For total expenses associated with the rider, you should consider not only the variation of the rider fee, but also the variation in fees among the various funds. You should also consider your overall investment objective, as well as how total fees and your selected fund’s investment objective may impact the amount of any step up opportunities in the future.

If your contract includes a living benefit rider,  you may request a change to your Fund selection (or a transfer from your PN program static model portfolio to either a Portfolio Navigator fund or a Portfolio Stabilizer fund) up to two times per contract year by written request on an authorized form or by another method agreed to by us. Effective Sept. 18, 2017, Current Contract owners may request a change to Fund selection up to four times per contract year by written request on an authorized form or by another method agreed to by us. If you make such a change, we may charge you a higher fee for your rider. However, an initial transfer from a Portfolio Navigator fund to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund will not count toward the limit of two or four transfers per year. Current Contract owners may also set up asset rebalancing and change their percentage allocations, but those changes will count towards the four times per year limit. If your contract includes aSecureSource series rider, we reserve the right to limit the number of changes if required to comply with the written instructions of a fund (see “Market Timing”). If your contract includes the GWB for Life rider orSecureSource series rider, we reserve the right to limit the number of investment options from which you can select, subject to state restrictions. If you decide to annuitize your contract, your rider will terminate and you will no longer have access to the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. If your living benefit rider is terminated, you may remain invested in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, but you will not be allowed to allocate future purchase payments or make transfers to these funds.

Substitution and modification. We reserve the right to add, remove or substitute Funds. We also reserve the right, upon notification to you, to close or restrict any Fund. Any change will apply to current allocations and/or to future payments and transfers. Any substitution of Funds may be subject to SEC or state insurance departments approval.

We reserve the right to change the terms and conditions of the PN program or to change the availability of the investment options upon written notice to you. This includes but is not limited to the right to:

• limit your choice of investment options based on the amount of your initial purchase payment;

• cancel required participation in the program after 30 days written notice;

• substitute a fund of funds for your model portfolio, if applicable, if permitted under applicable securities law; and

• discontinue the PN program after 30 days written notice.

Risks associated with the Funds. An investment in a Fund involves risk. Principal risks associated with an investment in a Fund may be found in the relevant Fund’s prospectus. There is no assurance that the Funds will achieve their respective investment objectives. In addition, there is no guarantee that the Fund’s strategy will have its intended effect or that it will work as effectively as is intended.

Investing in a Portfolio Navigator fund, Portfolio Stabilizer fund or PN program static model portfolio does not guarantee that your contract will increase in value nor will it protect in a decline in value if market prices fall. Depending on future market conditions and considering only the potential return on your investment in the Fund, you might benefit (or benefit more) from selecting alternative investment options.

For more information and a list of the risks associated with investing in the Funds, including volatility and volatility management risk associated with Portfolio Stabilizer funds, please consult the applicable Funds’ prospectuses and “The Variable Account and the Funds – Risks and Conflicts of Interest with Certain Funds Advised by Columbia Management” section in this prospectus.

Conflicts of interest. In providing investment advisory services for the Funds and the underlying funds in which those Funds respectively invest, Columbia Management is, together with its affiliates, including us, subject to competing interests that may influence its decisions.

For additional information regarding the conflicts of interest to which Columbia Management may be subject, see the Funds’ prospectuses and “The Variable Account and the Funds – Risks and Conflicts of Interest with Certain Funds Advised by Columbia Management” section in this prospectus.

Automatic reallocation after taking withdrawal. If you selected theSecureSource, SecureSource 20or anySecureSource Stagesriders, under the rules currently applicable to investments in the Portfolio Navigator funds, your contract value will be automatically reallocated to the Moderate option, Variable Portfolio — Moderate Portfolio once you begin taking withdrawals if the fund you are invested in is more aggressive. By contrast, under the rules applicable to investments in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, your contract value will not automatically be reallocated to a more conservative investment option after you begin taking withdrawals.

Living benefits requiring participation in the PN program or investing in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds:

• Accumulation Protector Benefit rider: You cannot terminate the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. As long as the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider is in effect, your contract value must be invested in one of the PN program

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    59

	investment options or in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. For contracts with applications signed on or after Jan. 26, 2009, you cannot select the Portfolio Navigator Aggressive investment option, or transfer to the Portfolio Navigator Aggressive investment option while the rider is in effect. The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider automatically ends at the end of the waiting period and you then have the option to cancel your participation in the PN program. At all other times, if you do not want to invest in any of the PN program investment options or the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, you must terminate your contract by requesting a full surrender. Surrender charges and tax penalties may apply.
•	SecureSource series or Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider: TheSecureSource series rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider requires that your contract value be invested in one of the PN program investment options or in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, for the life of the contract. Subject to state restrictions, we reserve the right to limit the number of investment options from which you can select based on the dollar amount of purchase payments you make. Because you cannot terminate theSecureSource series rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider once you have selected it, you must terminate your contract by requesting a full surrender if you do not want to invest in any of the PN program investment options or the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. Surrender charges and tax penalties may apply.
•	Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider: The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider requires that your contract value be invested in one of the PN program investment options or in one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, for the life of the contract and because you cannot terminate the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider once you have selected it, you must terminate your contract by requesting a full surrender if you do not want to invest in any of the PN program investment options or the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. Surrender charges and tax penalties may apply.

Living benefit requiring participation in the PN program:

• Income Assurer Benefit rider: The Income Assurer Benefit rider requires that your contract value be invested in one of the PN program investment options for the life of the contract. You can terminate the Income Assurer Benefit rider during the 30-day period after the first rider anniversary and at any time after the expiration of the waiting period. At all other times you cannot terminate the Income Assurer Benefit rider once you have selected it and you must terminate your contract by requesting a full surrender if you do not want to invest in any of the PN program investment options. Surrender charges and tax penalties may apply.

Transferring Among Accounts

The transfer rights discussed in this section do not apply if you have selected one of the optional living benefit riders.

For the Current Contract, you may transfer contract value from any one subaccount, GPAs, the regular fixed account and the Special DCA fixed account to another subaccount before the annuitization start date. For the Original Contract, you may transfer contract value from any one subaccount, GPAs, the one-year fixed account, or the DCA fixed account to another subaccount before the annuitization start date. Certain restrictions apply to transfers involving the GPAs, the regular fixed account and the one-year fixed account. You may not transfer contract value to the Special DCA fixed account or the DCA fixed account. You may not transfer contract value from the Special DCA fixed account or the DCA fixed account except as part of automated monthly transfers.

The date your request to transfer will be processed depends on when and how we receive it:

For transfer requests received in writing:

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your transfer request.

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your transfer request.

For transfer requests received by phone:

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your transfer request.

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your transfer request.

There is no charge for transfers. Before making a transfer, you should consider the risks involved in changing investments. Transfers out of the GPAs will be subject to an MVA if done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period.

We may suspend or modify transfer privileges at any time.

60    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

For information on transfers after annuity payouts begin, see “Transfer policies” below.

Transfer policies

Current Contract:

•	Before the annuitization start date, you may transfer contract values between the subaccounts, or from the subaccounts to the GPAs and the regular fixed account at any time. However, if you made a transfer from the regular fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs, took a partial surrender from the fixed account or terminated automated transfers from the Special DCA fixed account, you may not make a transfer from any subaccount or GPA to the regular fixed account for six months following that transfer, partial surrender or termination.
•	You may transfer contract values from the regular fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs once a year on or within 30 days before or after the contract anniversary (except for automated transfers, which can be set up at any time for certain transfer periods subject to certain minimums). Transfers from the regular fixed account are not subject to an MVA. You may transfer the entire contract value to the regular fixed account. Subject to state restrictions, we reserve the right to limit transfers to the regular fixed account at any time on a non-discriminatory basis with notification. Transfers out of the regular fixed account, including automated transfers, are limited to 30% of regular fixed account value at the beginning of the contract year(1) or $10,000, whichever is greater. Because of this limitation, it may take you several years to transfer all your contract value from the regular fixed account. You should carefully consider whether the regular fixed account meets your investment criteria before you invest. Subject to state restrictions, we reserve the right to change the percentage allowed to be transferred from the regular fixed account at any time on a non-discriminatory basis with notification.
•	You may transfer contract values from a GPA any time after 60 days of transfer or payment allocation to the account. Transfers made more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will receive an MVA, which may result in a gain or loss of contract value, unless an exception applies (see “The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs) — Market Value Adjustment (MVA)”).
•	You may not transfer contract values from the subaccounts, the GPAs or the regular fixed account into the Special DCA fixed account. However, you may transfer contract values as automated monthly transfers from the Special DCA fixed account to the subaccounts or the PN program model portfolio or investment option in effect. (See “Special DCA Fixed Account.”)
•	After the annuitization start date, you may not make transfers to or from the GPAs or the fixed account, but you may make transfers once per contract year among the subaccounts. During the annuity payout period, we reserve the right to limit the number of subaccounts in which you may invest. On the annuitization start date, you must transfer all contract value out of your GPAs and Special DCA fixed account.
(1)	All purchase payments and purchase payment credits received into the regular fixed account prior to your transfer request are considered your beginning of contract year value during the first contract year.

Original Contract:

• Before the annuitization start date, you may transfer contract values between the subaccounts, or from the subaccounts to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account if part of your contract, at any time. However, if you made a transfer from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs, you may not make a transfer from any subaccount or GPA back to the one-year fixed account for six months following that transfer.

• You may transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs once a year on or within 30 days before or after the contract anniversary (except for automated transfers, which can be set up at any time for certain transfer periods subject to certain minimums). Transfers from the one-year fixed account are not subject to an MVA. The amount of contract value transferred to the one-year fixed account cannot result in the value of the one-year fixed account being greater than 30% of the contract value. Transfers out of the one-year fixed account are limited to 30% of one-year fixed account values at the beginning of the contract year or $10,000, whichever is greater. Because of this limitation, it may take you several years to transfer all your contract value from the one-year fixed account. You should carefully consider whether the one-year fixed account meets your investment criteria before you invest. Subject to state restrictions, we reserve the right to further limit transfers to or from the one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then crediting on new purchase payments allocated to the one-year fixed account is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract.

• You may transfer contract values from a GPA any time after 60 days of transfer or payment allocation to the account. Transfers made more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will receive an MVA, which may result in a gain or loss of contract value, unless an exception applies (see “The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs) — Market Value Adjustment (MVA)”).

• You may not transfer contract values from the subaccounts, the GPAs, or the one-year fixed account into the DCA fixed account. However, you may transfer contract values as automated monthly transfers from the DCA fixed account to any of the investment options available under your contract, subject to investment minimums and other restrictions we may impose on investments in the one-year fixed account and the GPA, as described above. (See “DCA Fixed Account.”)

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    61

• After the annuitization start date, you may not make transfers to or from the GPAs or the fixed account, but you may make transfers once per contract year among the subaccounts. During the annuity payout period, we reserve the right to limit the number of subaccounts in which you may invest. On the annuitization start date, you must transfer all contract value out of your GPAs and DCA fixed account.

Market Timing

Market timing can reduce the value of your investment in the contract. If market timing causes the returns of an underlying fund to suffer, contract value you have allocated to a subaccount that invests in that underlying fund will be lower too. Market timing can cause you, any joint owner of the contract and your beneficiary(ies) under the contract a financial loss.

We seek to prevent market timing. Market timing is frequent or short-term trading activity. We do not accommodate short-term trading activities. Do not buy a contract if you wish to use short-term trading strategies to manage your investment. The market timing policies and procedures described below apply to transfers among the subaccounts within the contract. The underlying funds in which the subaccounts invest have their own market timing policies and procedures. The market timing policies of the underlying funds may be more restrictive than the market timing policies and procedures we apply to transfers among the subaccounts of the contract, and may include redemption fees. We reserve the right to modify our market timing policies and procedures at any time without prior notice to you.

Market timing may hurt the performance of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests in several ways, including but not necessarily limited to:

• diluting the value of an investment in an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests;

• increasing the transaction costs and expenses of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests; and,

• preventing the investment adviser(s) of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests from fully investing the assets of the fund in accordance with the fund’s investment objectives.

Funds available as investment options under the contract that invest in securities that trade in overseas securities markets may be at greater risk of loss from market timing, as market timers may seek to take advantage of changes in the values of securities between the close of overseas markets and the close of U.S. markets. Also, the risks of market timing may be greater for underlying funds that invest in securities such as small cap stocks, high yield bonds, or municipal securities, that may be traded infrequently.

In order to help protect you and the underlying funds from the potentially harmful effects of market timing activity, we apply the following market timing policy to discourage frequent transfers of contract value among the subaccounts of the variable account:

We try to distinguish market timing from transfers that we believe are not harmful, such as periodic rebalancing for purposes of an asset allocation, dollar-cost averaging and asset rebalancing program that may be described in this prospectus. There is no set number of transfers that constitutes market timing. Even one transfer in related accounts may be market timing. We seek to restrict the transfer privileges of a contract owner who makes more than three subaccount transfers in any 90 day period. We also reserve the right to refuse any transfer request, if, in our sole judgment, the dollar amount of the transfer request would adversely affect unit values.

If we determine, in our sole judgment, that your transfer activity constitutes market timing, we may modify, restrict or suspend your transfer privileges to the extent permitted by applicable law, which may vary based on the state law that applies to your contract and the terms of your contract. These restrictions or modifications may include, but not be limited to:

• requiring transfer requests to be submitted only by first-class U.S. mail;

• not accepting hand-delivered transfer requests or requests made by overnight mail;

• not accepting telephone or electronic transfer requests;

• requiring a minimum time period between each transfer;

• not accepting transfer requests of an agent acting under power of attorney;

• limiting the dollar amount that you may transfer at any one time;

• suspending the transfer privilege; or

• modifying instructions under an automated transfer program to exclude a restricted fund if you do not provide new instructions.

Subject to applicable state law and the terms of each contract, we will apply the policy described above to all contract owners uniformly in all cases. We will notify you in writing after we impose any modification, restriction or suspension of your transfer rights.

62    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Because we exercise discretion in applying the restrictions described above, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to identify and restrict all market timing activity. In addition, state law and the terms of some contracts may prevent us from stopping certain market timing activity. Market timing activity that we are unable to identify and/or restrict may impact the performance of the underlying funds and may result in lower contract values.

In addition to the market timing policy described above, which applies to transfers among the subaccounts within your contract, you should carefully review the market timing policies and procedures of the underlying funds. The market timing policies and procedures of the underlying funds may be materially different than those we impose on transfers among the subaccounts within your contract and may include mandatory redemption fees as well as other measures to discourage frequent transfers. As an intermediary for the underlying funds, we are required to assist them in applying their market timing policies and procedures to transactions involving the purchase and exchange of fund shares. This assistance may include, but not be limited to, providing the underlying fund upon request with your Social Security Number, Taxpayer Identification Number or other United States government-issued identifier, and the details of your contract transactions involving the underlying fund. An underlying fund, in its sole discretion, may instruct us at any time to prohibit you from making further transfers of contract value to or from the underlying fund, and we must follow this instruction. We reserve the right to administer and collect on behalf of an underlying fund any redemption fee imposed by an underlying fund. Market timing policies and procedures adopted by underlying funds may affect your investment in the contract in several ways, including but not limited to:

• Each fund may restrict or refuse trading activity that the fund determines, in its sole discretion, represents market timing.

• Even if we determine that your transfer activity does not constitute market timing under the market timing policies described above which we apply to transfers you make under the contract, it is possible that the underlying fund’s market timing policies and procedures, including instructions we receive from a fund may require us to reject your transfer request. For example, while we will attempt to execute transfers permitted under any asset allocation, dollar-cost averaging and asset rebalancing programs that may be described in this prospectus, we cannot guarantee that an underlying fund’s market timing policies and procedures will do so. Orders we place to purchase fund shares for the variable account are subject to acceptance by the fund. We reserve the right to reject without prior notice to you any transfer request if the fund does not accept our order.

• Each underlying fund is responsible for its own market timing policies, and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to implement specific market timing policies and procedures that a fund has adopted. As a result, a fund’s returns might be adversely affected, and a fund might terminate our right to offer its shares through the variable account.

• Funds that are available as investment options under the contract may also be offered to other intermediaries who are eligible to purchase and hold shares of the fund, including without limitation, separate accounts of other insurance companies and certain retirement plans. Even if we are able to implement a fund’s market timing policies, we cannot guarantee that other intermediaries purchasing that same fund’s shares will do so, and the returns of that fund could be adversely affected as a result.

For more information about the market timing policies and procedures of an underlying fund, the risks that market timing pose to that fund, and to determine whether an underlying fund has adopted a redemption fee, see that fund’s prospectus.

How to request a Transfer or Surrender

11 By letter

Send your name, contract number, Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number* and signed request for a transfer or surrender to our Service Center:

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474

Current Contract:
Minimum amount
Transfers or surrenders:	$250 or entire account balance**

Original Contract:
Minimum amount
Transfers or surrenders:	$500 or entire account balance

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    63

All Contracts:
Maximum amount
Transfers or surrenders:	Contract value or entire account balance

*	Failure to provide a Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number may result in mandatory tax withholding on the taxable portion of the distribution.
**	The contract value after a partial surrender must be at least $500.

22 By automated transfers and automated partial surrenders

Your investment professional can help you set up automated transfers among your subaccounts, regular fixed account (Current Contract), the one-year fixed account (Original Contract) or GPAs or automated partial surrenders from the GPAs, regular fixed account, one-year fixed account, Special DCA fixed account (Current Contract), DCA fixed account (Original Contract) or the subaccounts.

You can start or stop this service by written request or other method acceptable to us.

You must allow 30 days for us to change any instructions that are currently in place.

• Automated transfers from the one-year fixed account (Original Contact only) to any one of the subaccounts may not exceed an amount that, if continued, would deplete the one-year fixed account within 12 months.

• Automated transfers from the regular fixed account (Current Contract only) are limited to 30% of the regular fixed account values at the beginning of the contract year or $10,000, whichever is greater.

• Automated surrenders may be restricted by applicable law under some contracts.

• You may not make systematic purchase payments if automated partial surrenders are in effect.

• If the PN program is in effect, you are not allowed to set up automated transfers except in connection with a Special DCA fixed account (Current Contract) or DCA fixed account (Original Contract) (see “Special DCA Fixed Account”, “Fixed Account — DCA Fixed Account” and “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds”).

• Automated partial surrenders may result in income taxes and penalties on all or part of the amount surrendered.

• If you have one of theSecureSource series of riders, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, you may set up automated partial surrenders up to the benefit amount available for withdrawal under the rider.

Minimum amount
Current Contract:
Transfers or surrenders:	$50

Original Contract:
Transfers or surrenders:	$100 monthly
	$250 quarterly, semiannually or annually

33 By phone

Call:

1-800-333-3437

Current Contract:
Transfers or surrenders:	$250 or entire account balance

Original Contract:
Transfers or surrenders:	$500 or entire account balance

Maximum amount
Current Contract:
Transfers:	Contract value or entire account balance
Surrenders:	$100,000

Original Contract:
Transfers:	Contract value or entire account balance
Surrenders:	$25,000

64    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

We answer telephone requests promptly, but you may experience delays when the call volume is unusually high. If you are unable to get through, use the mail procedure as an alternative.

We will honor any telephone transfer or surrender requests that we believe are authentic and we will use reasonable procedures to confirm that they are. This includes asking identifying questions and recording calls. As long as we follow the procedures, we (and our affiliates) will not be liable for any loss resulting from fraudulent requests.

Telephone transfers and surrenders are automatically available. You may request that telephone transfers and surrenders not be authorized from your account by writing to us.

Surrenders

You may surrender all or part of your contract at any time before the annuitization start date by sending us a written request or calling us.

The date your surrender request will be processed depends on when and how we receive it:

For surrender requests received in writing:

• If we receive your surrender request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your surrender using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your surrender request.

• If we receive your surrender request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your surrender using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your surrender request.

For surrender requests received by phone:

• If we receive your surrender request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your surrender using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your surrender request.

• If we receive your surrender request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your surrender using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your surrender request.

We may ask you to return the contract. You may have to pay a contract administrative charge, surrender charges or any applicable optional rider charges (see “Charges”), federal income taxes and penalties. State and local income taxes may also apply (see “Taxes”). You cannot make surrenders after the annuitization start date except under Variable Annuity Payout Plan E. (See “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Any partial surrenders you take under the contract will reduce your contract value. As a result, the value of your death benefit or any optional benefits you have elected will also be reduced. If you have elected one of theSecureSourceseries of riders, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider and your partial surrenders in any contract year exceed the permitted surrender amount under the terms of the rider, your benefits under the rider may be reduced (see “Optional Benefits”). The first partial surrender request during the first contract year, for theSecureSource Stages 2 rider and any partial surrender request that reverses previous step-ups during the 3-year waiting period or exceeds the amount allowed under the riders and impacts the guarantees provided, will not be considered in good order until we receive a signed Benefit Impact Acknowledgement. This form shows the projected effect of the surrender on the rider benefits or a verbal acknowledgement that you understand and accept the impacts that have been explained to you.

In addition, surrenders you are required to take to satisfy RMDs under the Code may reduce the value of certain death benefits and optional benefits (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”).

Surrender Policies

Current Contract:

If you have a balance in more than one account and you request a partial surrender, we will automatically surrender from all your subaccounts, GPAs, the Special DCA fixed account and/or the regular fixed account in the same proportion as your value in each account correlates to your total contract value, unless requested otherwise⁽¹⁾. The minimum contract value after partial surrender is $500.

Original Contract:

If you have a balance in more than one account and you request a partial surrender, we will automatically surrender from all your subaccounts, GPAs, the DCA fixed account, and/or the one-year fixed account in the same proportion as your value in each account correlates to your total contract value, unless requested otherwise⁽¹⁾.

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    65

After executing a partial surrender, the value in each subaccount, one-year fixed account or GPA must be either zero or at least $50.

⁽¹⁾ If you elected one of theSecureSource series of riders, you do not have the option to request from which account to surrender.

Receiving Payment

11 By regular or express mail

• payable to you;

• mailed to address of record.

NOTE: We will charge you a fee if you request express mail delivery.

22 By wire or other form of electronic payment

• request that payment be wired to your bank;

• pre-authorization required.

We may choose to permit you to have checks issued and delivered to an alternate payee or to an address other than your address of record. We may also choose to allow you to direct wires or other electronic payments to accounts owned by a third-party. We may have additional good order requirements that must be met prior to processing requests to make any payments to a party other than the owner or to an address other than the address of record. These requirements will be designed to ensure owner instructions are genuine and to prevent fraud.

Normally, we will send the payment within seven days after receiving your request in good order. However, we may postpone the payment if:

– the NYSE is closed, except for normal holiday and weekend closings;

– trading on the NYSE is restricted, according to SEC rules;

– an emergency, as defined by SEC rules, makes it impractical to sell securities or value the net assets of the accounts; or

– the SEC permits us to delay payment for the protection of security holders.

We may also postpone payment of the amount attributable to a purchase payment as part of the total surrender amount until cleared from the originating financial institution.

A Special Note on Cybersecurity Risks

Cybersecurity and Systems Integrity

Increasingly, businesses are dependent on the continuity, security, and effective operation of various technology systems. The nature of our business depends on the continued effective operation of our systems and those of our business partners.

This dependence makes us susceptible to operational and information security risks from cyber-attacks. These risks may include the following:

• the corruption or destruction of data;

• theft, misuse or dissemination of data to the public, including your information we hold; and

• denial of service attacks on our website or other forms of attacks on our systems and the software and hardware we use to run them.

These attacks and their consequences can negatively impact your contract, your privacy, your ability to conduct transactions on your contract, or your ability to receive timely service from us. There can be no assurance that we, the underlying funds in your contract, or our other business partners will avoid losses affecting your contract due to any successful cyber-attacks or information security breaches.

TSA–Special Provisions

Participants in Tax-Sheltered Annuities

If the contract is intended to be used in connection with an employer sponsored 403(b) plan, additional rules relating to this contract can be found in the annuity endorsement for tax sheltered 403(b) annuities. Unless we have made special arrangements with your employer, the contract is not intended for use in connection with an employer sponsored 403(b) plan that is subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”). In the

66    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

event that the employer either by affirmative election or inadvertent action causes contributions under a plan that is subject to ERISA to be made to this contract, we will not be responsible for any obligations and requirements under ERISA and the regulations thereunder, unless we have prior written agreement with the employer. You should consult with your employer to determine whether your 403(b) plan is subject to ERISA.

In the event we have a written agreement with your employer to administer the plan pursuant to ERISA, special rules apply as set forth in the TSA endorsement.

The employer must comply with certain nondiscrimination requirements for certain types of contributions under a TSA contract to be excluded from taxable income. You should consult your employer to determine whether the nondiscrimination rules apply to you.

The Code imposes certain restrictions on your right to receive early distributions from a TSA:

• Distributions attributable to salary reduction contributions (plus earnings) made after Dec. 31, 1988, or to transfers or rollovers from other contracts, may be made from the TSA only if:

– you are at least age 59½;

– you are disabled as defined in the Code;

– you severed employment with the employer who purchased the contract;

– the distribution is because of your death;

– the distribution is due to plan termination; or

– you are a qualifying military reservist.

• If you encounter a financial hardship (as provided by the Code), you may be eligible to receive a distribution of all contract values attributable to salary reduction contributions made after Dec. 31, 1988, but not the earnings on them.

• Even though a distribution may be permitted under the above rules, it may be subject to IRS taxes and penalties (see “Taxes”)

• The above restrictions on distributions do not affect the availability of the amount credited to the contract as of Dec. 31, 1988. The restrictions also do not apply to transfers or exchanges of contract value within the contract, or to another registered variable annuity contract or investment vehicle available through the employer.

Changing the Annuitant

For the Current Contract, if you have a nonqualified annuity and are a natural person (excluding a revocable trust), you may change the annuitant or contingent annuitant if the request is made prior to the annuitization start date and while the existing annuitant or contingent annuitant is living. The change will become binding on us when we receive it. If you and the annuitant are not the same person and the annuitant dies before the annuitization start date, the owner becomes the annuitant unless a contingent annuitant has been previously selected. You may not change the annuitant if you have a qualified annuity or there is non-natural or revocable trust ownership.

For the Original Contract, annuitant changes are not allowed.

Changing Ownership

You may change ownership of your nonqualified annuity at any time by completing a change of ownership form we approve and sending it to our Service Center. We will honor any change of ownership request received in good order that we believe is authentic and we will use reasonable procedures to confirm authenticity. If we follow these procedures, we will not take any responsibility for the validity of the change.

If you have a nonqualified annuity, you may incur income tax liability by transferring, assigning or pledging any part of it. (See “Taxes.”)

If you have a qualified annuity, you may not sell, assign, transfer, discount or pledge your contract as collateral for a loan, or as security for the performance of an obligation or for any other purpose except as required or permitted by the Code. However, if the owner is a trust or custodian, or an employer acting in a similar capacity, ownership of the contract may be transferred to the annuitant.

Please consider carefully whether or not you wish to change ownership of your annuity contract. If you elected any optional contract features or riders and any owner was not an owner before the change, all owners (including any prior owner who is still an owner after the ownership change) (along with the annuitant for the Original Contract) will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract.

If you have an Income Assurer Benefit rider and/or the Benefit Protector Plus rider, the riders will terminate upon transfer of ownership of the annuity contract.

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    67

For the Original Contract, our current administrative practice is that if you have the Benefit Protector rider, the owner can choose to terminate the Benefit Protector rider during the 30-day window following the effective date of the ownership change.

For the Current Contract, if you have the Benefit Protector rider, if any owner is older than age 75 immediately following the ownership change, the rider will terminate upon change of ownership. If all owners are younger than age 76, the rider continues unless the owner chooses to terminate it during the 30-day window following the effective date of the ownership change. The Benefit Protector death benefit values may be reset (see “Optional Death Benefits – Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider”).

For the Current Contract, the death benefit may change due to a change of ownership. If any owner is older than age 85 immediately following the ownership change, the MAV Death Benefit, 5% Accumulation Death Benefit and EDB will terminate, the ROPP Death Benefit will be unavailable, and the Contract Value Death Benefit will apply. If any owner is older than age 79 but all owners are younger than age 86, the MAV Death Benefit, the 5% Accumulation Death Benefit, and the EDB will terminate and the ROPP Death Benefit will apply. If all owners are age 79 or younger, the ROPP Death Benefit, MAV Death Benefit, 5% Accumulation Death Benefit or EDB will continue. The ROPP Death Benefit, MAV Death Benefit, 5% Accumulation Death Benefit and EDB values may be reset (see “Benefits in the Case of Death”). If the death benefit that applies to your contract changes due to an ownership change, the mortality and expense risk fee may change as well (see “Charges – Mortality and Expense Risk Fee”).

TheSecureSource series – Joint Life rider, if selected, only allows transfer of the ownership of the annuity contract between covered spouses or their revocable trust(s); no other ownership changes are allowed while this rider is in force, subject to state restrictions. For theSecureSource Stages 2 – Joint Life rider, if ownership is transferred from a covered spouse to their revocable trust(s), the annuitant must be one of the covered spouses. The Accumulation Protector Benefit, theSecureSource– Single Life, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life and the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit riders will continue upon transfer of ownership of the annuity contract and the values may be reset. ForSecureSource rider and Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, any ownership change that impacts the guarantees provided will not be considered in good order until we receive a signed Benefit Impact Acknowledgement form showing the projected effect of the ownership change on the rider benefits or a verbal acknowledgement that you understand and accept the impacts that have been explained to you. For theSecure Source Stages 2– Single Life riders,Secure Source 20 – Single Life andSecureSource Stages – Single Life riders, joint ownership and joint annuitants are not allowed and an ownership change that results in different covered person will terminate the rider, subject to state restrictions. (See “Optional Benefits.”)

Benefits in Case of Death

Current Contract:

(applications signed on or after Nov. 30, 2009, subject to state availability)

We will pay the death benefit, less any purchase payment credits subject to reversal, to your beneficiary upon your death if you die before the annuitization start date while this contract is in force. If a contract has more than one person as the owner, we will pay the benefits upon the first to die of any owner. The basic death benefit available under your contract at contract issue is the ROPP Death Benefit. In addition to the ROPP Death Benefit, we also offer the following optional death benefits at contract issue:

• MAV Death Benefit;

• 5% Accumulation Death Benefit; or

• Enhanced Death Benefit.

If it is available in your state and if you are age 79 or younger at contract issue, you can elect any one of the above optional death benefits. If you are age 80 or older at contract issue, the ROPP Death Benefit will apply.

Once you elect a death benefit, you cannot change it; however the death benefit that applies to your contract may change due to an ownership change (see “Changing Ownership”) or continuation of the contract by the spouse under the spousal continuation provision.

We show the death benefit that applies to your contract at issue on your contract’s data page. The death benefit determines the mortality and expense risk fee that is assessed against the subaccounts. (See “Charges — Mortality and Expense Risk Fee.”)

We will base the benefit paid on the death benefit coverage in effect on the date of your death.

68    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Here are some terms that are used to describe the death benefits:

Adjusted partial surrenders (calculated for ROPP and MAV Death Benefits)	=	PS XDB
		CV

PS	=	the amount by which the contract value is reduced as a result of the partial surrender.
DB	=	the applicable ROPP value or MAV on the date of (but prior to) the partial surrender
CV	=	contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial surrender.

Covered Life Change: is either continuation of the contract by a spouse under the spousal continuation provision, or an ownership change where any owner after the ownership change was not an owner prior to the change.

Contract Value Death Benefit (CV Death Benefit):is the death benefit available if any owner after an ownership change or spouse who continues the contract under the spousal continuation provision is over age 85 and therefore cannot qualify for the ROPP death benefit. Under this benefit, we will pay the beneficiary the greater of:

– the Full Surrender Value, or

– the contract value after any rider charges have been deducted.

Full Surrender Value: is the contract value immediately prior to the surrender (immediately prior to payment of a death claim for death benefits) less:

• any surrender charge,

• pro rata rider charges,

• the contract charge, and any purchase payment credits subject to reversal

plus:

• any positive or negative market value adjustment.

Return of Purchase Payments (ROPP) Death Benefit

The ROPP Death Benefit is the basic death benefit on the contract that will pay your beneficiaries no less than your purchase payments and purchase payment credits, adjusted for surrenders. If you die before the annuitization start date and while this contract is in force, the death benefit will be the greatest of:

1.	the contract value after any rider charges have been deducted,
2.	the ROPP Value, or
3.	the Full Surrender Value.

ROPP Value: is the total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits on the contract issue date. Additional purchase payments and purchase payment credits will be added to the ROPP value. Adjusted partial surrenders will be subtracted from the ROPP value.

After a covered life change for a spouse who continues the contract and is age 85 or younger, we reset the ROPP value to the contract value on the date of the continuation after any rider charges have been deducted and after any increase to the contract value due to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid (without regard to the Full Surrender Value). If the spouse who continues the contract is age 86 or older, the ROPP Death Benefit will terminate and he or she will be eligible for the CV death benefit.

After a covered life change other than for the spouse who continues the contract, if the prior owner and current owners are eligible for the ROPP death benefit we reset the ROPP value on the valuation date we receive your request for the ownership change to the contract value after any rider charges have been deducted, if the contract value is less.

If the prior owner was not eligible for the ROPP but all current owners are eligible, we reset the ROPP value to the contract value after any rider charges have been deducted on the valuation date we receive your request for the ownership change.

If available in your state and you are age 79 or younger at contract issue, you may select one of the death benefits described below at the time you purchase your contract. The death benefits do not provide any additional benefit before the first contract anniversary and may not be appropriate for certain older issue ages because the benefit values may be limited after age 80. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether or not these death benefits are appropriate for your situation.

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV) Death Benefit

The MAV Death Benefit provides that if you die while the contract is in force and before the annuitization start date, the death benefit will be the greatest of these values:

1.	contract value after any rider charges have been deducted;
2.	the ROPP value as described above;

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    69

3.	the MAV; or
4.	the Full Surrender Value as described above.

The MAV equals the ROPP value prior to the first contract anniversary. Every contract anniversary prior to the earlier of your 81st birthday or your death, we compare the MAV to the current contract value and we reset the MAV to the higher amount. The MAV is increased by any additional purchase payments and any purchase payment credits and reduced by adjusted partial surrenders.

After a covered life change for a spouse who is age 79 or younger and continues the contract, we reset the MAV to the contract value on the date of the continuation after any rider charges have been deducted and after any increase to the contract value due to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid (without regard to the Full Surrender Value).

After a covered life change other than for a spouse who continues the contract, if all owners are under age 80, we reset the MAV on the valuation date we receive your request for the ownership change to the lesser of these two values:

(a)	the contract value after any rider charges have been deducted, or
(b)	the MAV on that date, but prior to the reset.

If your spouse chooses to continue the contract under the spousal continuation provision, the death benefit available for the spouse’s beneficiaries depends on the spouse’s age. If your spouse was age 79 or younger when the contract was continued, he or she will continue to be eligible for the MAV. If your spouse is over age 79 but younger than age 86 when the contract was continued, he or she will be eligible for the ROPP death benefit. If your spouse is age 86 or older when the contract was continued, he or she will be eligible for the CV death benefit.

5% Accumulation Death Benefit

The 5% Accumulation Death Benefit provides that if you die while the contract is in force and before the annuitization start date, the death benefit will be the greatest of these values:

1.	contract value after any rider charges have been deducted;
2.	the ROPP value as described above;
3.	the 5% accumulation death benefit floor;
4.	the Full Surrender Value as described above.

The key terms and provisions of the 5% Accumulation Death Benefit are:

5% Accumulation Death Benefit Floor: is equal to the sum of:

1.	the contract value in the Excluded Accounts (currently, regular fixed account and GPAs), if any, and
2.	the variable account floor.

Protected Account Base (PAB) and Excluded Account Base (EAB): Adjustments to variable account floor require tracking amounts representing purchase payments, not previously surrendered, that are allocated or transferred to the Protected Accounts (currently, subaccounts and the Special DCA fixed account) and Excluded Accounts.

– PAB equals amounts representing purchase payments and any purchase payment credits, not previously surrendered or transferred, that are in the Protected Accounts.

– EAB equals amounts representing purchase payments and any purchase payment credits, not previously surrendered or transferred, that are in the Excluded Accounts.

Variable Account Floor: Variable account floor is PAB increased on contract anniversaries prior to the earlier of your 81st birthday or your death.

Net Transfer: If multiple transfers are made on the same valuation day, they are combined to determine the net amount of contract value being transferred between the Protected Accounts and Excluded Accounts. This net transfer amount is used to adjust the EAB, PAB and variable account floor values.

Establishment of Variable Account Floor, PAB and EAB

On the contract date, 1) variable account floor and PAB are established as your initial purchase payment plus any purchase payment credit allocated to the Protected Accounts; and 2) EAB is established as your initial purchase payment plus any purchase payment credit allocated to the Excluded Accounts.

Adjustments to Variable Account Floor, PAB and EAB

Variable account floor, PAB and EAB are adjusted by the following:

1. When an additional purchase payment is made;

(A) any payment and any purchase payment credit you allocate to the Protected Accounts are added to PAB and to variable account floor, and

70    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

(B) any payment and any purchase payment credit you allocate to the excluded accounts are added to EAB.

2. When transfers are made to the Protected Accounts from the Excluded Accounts, we increase PAB and variable account floor, and we reduce EAB.

The amount we deduct from EAB and add to PAB and to variable account floor is calculated for each net transfer using the following formula:

a × b	where:
c

a	=	the amount the contract value in the Excluded Accounts is reduced by the net transfer
b	=	EAB on the date of (but prior to) the transfer
c	=	the contract value in the Excluded Accounts on the date of (but prior to) the transfer.

3.	When partial surrenders are made from the Excluded Accounts, we reduce EAB by the same amount as calculated above for transfers from the Excluded Accounts, using surrender amounts in place of transfer amounts. Partial surrenders from Excluded Accounts do not increase PAB.
4.	When transfers are made to the Excluded Accounts from the Protected Accounts, we reduce PAB and variable account floor, and increase EAB.

The amounts we deduct from PAB and variable account floor are calculated for each net transfer using the following formula:

a × b	where:
c

a	=	the amount the contract value in the Protected Accounts is reduced by the net transfer
b	=	the applicable PAB or variable account floor on the date of (but prior to) the transfer
c	=	the contract value in the Protected Accounts on the date of (but prior to) the transfer.

The amount we subtract from PAB is added to EAB.

5.	When partial surrenders are made from the Protected Accounts, we reduce PAB and variable account floor by the same amount as calculated above for transfers from the Protected Accounts, using surrender amounts in place of transfer amounts. Partial surrenders from Protected Accounts do not increase EAB.
6.	After a covered life change for a spouse who continues the contract, variable account floor and PAB are reset to the contract value in the Protected Accounts on the date of continuation. EAB is reset to the contract value in the Excluded Accounts on the date of continuation. The contract value is after any rider charges have been deducted and after any increase to the contract value due to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid (without regard to the Full Surrender Value).
7.	After a covered life change other than for a spouse who continues the contract, variable account floor, PAB and EAB are reset on the valuation date we receive your written request for the covered life change if all owners are eligible for the 5% Accumulation Death Benefit.

Variable account floor and PAB are reset to the lesser of A or B where:

A	=	the contract value (after any rider charges have been deducted) in the Protected Accounts on that date, and
B	=	Variable account floor on that date (but prior to the reset).

EAB is reset to the lesser of A or B where:

A	=	the contract value (after any rider charges have been deducted) in the Excluded Accounts on that date, and
B	=	EAB on that date (but prior to the reset).

8. On a contract anniversary when variable account floor is greater than zero:

(A)	On the first contract anniversary, we increase variable account floor by an amount equal to 5%, multiplied by variable account floor as of 60 days after the contract date.
(B)	On each subsequent contract anniversary prior to the earlier of your 81st birthday or your death, we increase variable account floor by 5%, multiplied by the prior contract anniversary’s variable account floor.
(C)	Any variable account floor increase on contract anniversaries does not increase PAB or EAB.

For contracts issued in New Jersey and Washington state, the cap on the variable account floor is 200% of PAB.

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    71

If your spouse chooses to continue the contract under the spousal continuation provision, the death benefit available for the spouse’s beneficiaries depends on the spouse’s age. If your spouse was age 79 or younger when the contract was continued, he or she will continue to be eligible for the 5% Accumulation Death Benefit. If your spouse is over age 79 but younger than age 86 when the contract was continued, he or she will be eligible for the ROPP death benefit. If your spouse is age 86 or older when the contract was continued, he or she will be eligible for the CV Death Benefit.

Enhanced Death Benefit (EDB)

The Enhanced Death Benefit provides that if you die while the contract is in force and before the annuitization start date, the death benefit will be the greatest of these values:

1.	contract value after any rider charges have been deducted;
2.	the ROPP value as described above;
3.	the MAV as described above;
4.	the 5% accumulation death benefit floor as described above; or
5.	the Full Surrender Value as described above.

If your spouse chooses to continue the contract under spousal continuation provision, the death benefit available for the spouse’s beneficiaries depends on the spouse’s age. If your spouse was age 79 or younger when the contract was continued, he or she will continue to be eligible for the Enhanced Death Benefit. If your spouse is over age 79 but younger than age 86 when the contract was continued, he or she will be eligible for the ROPP death benefit. If your spouse is age 86 or older when the contract was continued, he or she will be eligible for the CV Death Benefit.

For an example of how each death benefit is calculated, see Appendix C.

Original Contract:

(applications signed prior to Nov. 30, 2009 or in states where the Current Contract was not available)

We will pay the death benefit, less any purchase payment credits subject to reversal, to your beneficiary upon the earlier of your death or the annuitant’s death. If a contract has more than one person as the owner or annuitant, we will pay the benefits upon the first to die of any owner or the annuitant. The basic death benefit available under your contract at contract issue is the ROP Death Benefit. In addition to the ROP Death Benefit, we also offer the following optional death benefits at contract issue:

• MAV Death Benefit;

• 5% Accumulation Death Benefit; or

• Enhanced Death Benefit.

If it is available in your state and if both you and the annuitant are age 79 or younger at contract issue, you can elect any one of the above death benefits. If either you or the annuitant are age 80 or older at contract issue, the ROP Death Benefit will apply. Once you elect a death benefit, you cannot change it. We show the death benefit that applies in your contract on your contract’s data page. The death benefit you select determines the mortality and expense risk fee that is assessed against the subaccounts. (See “Charges — Mortality and Expense Risk Fee.”)

We will base the benefit paid on the death benefit coverage you chose when you purchased the contract.

Here are some terms used to describe the death benefits:

Adjusted partial surrenders (calculated for ROP and MAV Death Benefits)	=	PS XDB
		CV

PS	=	the amount by which the contract value is reduced as a result of the partial surrender.
DB	=	the applicable ROP value or MAV on the date of (but prior to) the partial surrender.
CV	=	contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial surrender.

Return of Purchase Payments (ROP) Death Benefit

The ROP Death Benefit is the basic death benefit on the contract that will pay your beneficiaries no less than your purchase payments and any purchase payment credits, adjusted for surrenders. If you or the annuitant die before the annuitization start date and while this contract is in force, the death benefit will be the greater of these two values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value; or
2.	total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits applied to the contract minus adjusted partial surrenders.

The ROP Death Benefit will apply unless you select one of the alternative death benefits described immediately below.

72    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If available in your state and both you and the annuitant are age 79 or younger at contract issue, you may select one of the death benefits described below at the time you purchase your contract. The death benefits do not provide any additional benefit before the first contract anniversary and may not be appropriate for certain older issue ages because the benefit values may be limited after age 80. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether or not these death benefits are appropriate for your situation.

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV) Death Benefit

The MAV Death Benefit provides that if you or the annuitant die while the contract is in force and before the annuitization start date, the death benefit will be the greatest of these three values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits applied to the contract minus adjusted partial surrenders; or
3.	the MAV on the date of death.

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV): is zero prior to the first contract anniversary. On the first contract anniversary, we set the MAV as the greater of these two values:

(a)	current contract value; or
(b)	total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits applied to the contract minus adjusted partial surrenders.

Thereafter, we increase the MAV by any additional purchase payments and any purchase payment credits and reduce the MAV by adjusted partial surrenders. Every contract anniversary after that prior to the earlier of your or the annuitant’s 81st birthday, we compare the MAV to the current contract value and we reset the MAV to the higher amount.

5% Accumulation Death Benefit

The 5% Accumulation Death Benefit provides that if you or the annuitant die while the contract is in force and before the annuitization start date, the death benefit will be the greatest of these three values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits applied to the contract minus adjusted partial surrenders; or
3.	the 5% variable account floor.

The key terms and provisions of the 5% Accumulation Death Benefit are:

5% Variable Account Floor:is the sum of the value of the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the variable account floor. There is no variable account floor prior to the first contract anniversary. On the first contract anniversary, we establish the variable account floor as:

• the amounts allocated to the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account at issue increased by 5%;

• plus any subsequent amounts allocated to the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account;

• minus adjusted transfers and partial surrenders from the subaccounts or the DCA fixed account.

Thereafter, we continue to add subsequent purchase payments and any purchase payment credits allocated to the subaccounts or the DCA fixed account and subtract adjusted transfers and partial surrenders from the subaccounts or the DCA fixed account. On each contract anniversary after the first, through age 80, we add an amount to the variable account floor equal to 5% of the prior anniversary’s variable account floor. We stop adding this amount after you or the annuitant reach age 81 or after the earlier of your or the annuitant’s death.

5% variable account floor adjusted transfers or partial surrenders	=	PST XVAF
		SAV

PST	=	the amount by which the contract value in the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account is reduced as a result of the partial surrender or transfer from the subaccounts or the DCA fixed account.
VAF	=	variable account floor on the date of (but prior to) the transfer or partial surrender.
SAV	=	value of the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account on the date of (but prior to) the transfer or partial surrender.

The amount of purchase payments and any purchase payment credits surrendered or transferred from any subaccount or fixed account (if applicable) or GPA account is calculated as (a) times (b) where:

(a) is the amount of purchase payments and any purchase payment credits in the account or subaccount on the date of but prior to the current surrender or transfer; and

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    73

(b) is the ratio of the amount of contract value transferred or surrendered from the account or subaccount to the value in the account or subaccount on the date of (but prior to) the current surrender or transfer.

For contracts issued in New Jersey, the cap on the variable account floor is 200% of the sum of the purchase payments and any purchase payment credits allocated to the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account that have not been surrendered or transferred out of the subaccounts or DCA fixed account.

NOTE: The 5% variable account floor is calculated differently and is not the same value as the Income Assurer Benefit 5% variable account floor.

Enhanced Death Benefit (EDB)

The Enhanced Death Benefit provides that if you or the annuitant die while the contract is in force and before the annuitization start date, the death benefit will be the greatest of these four values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits applied to the contract minus adjusted partial surrenders;
3.	the MAV on the date of death as described above; or
4.	the 5% variable account floor as described above.

For an example of how each death benefit is calculated, see Appendix C.

If You Die Before the Annuitization Start Date

When paying the beneficiary, we will process the death claim on the valuation date our death claim requirements are fulfilled. We will determine the contract’s value using the accumulation unit value we calculate on that valuation date. We pay interest, if any, at a rate no less than required by law. We will mail payment to the beneficiary within seven days after our death claim requirements are fulfilled.

Nonqualified annuities

For the Current Contract:

If your spouse is sole beneficiary and you die before the annuitization start date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid (without regard to the Full Surrender Value). To do this your spouse must, on the date our death claim requirements are fulfilled, give us written instructions to continue the contract as owner.

There will be no surrender charges on the contract from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, your spouse will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract and the values may be reset. (see “Optional Benefits” and “Benefits in the Case of Death”). If the death benefit applicable to the contract changes due to spousal continuation, the mortality and expense risk fee may change as well (see “Charges — Mortality and Expense Risk Fee”).

If your beneficiary is not your spouse, or your spouse does not elect spousal continuation, we will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless you give us other written instructions. Generally, we must fully distribute the death benefit within five years of your death. However, the beneficiary may receive payouts under any annuity payout plan available under this contract if:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin no later than one year after your death, or other date as permitted by the IRS; and

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy.

For the Original Contract:

If your spouse is sole beneficiary and you die before the annuitization start date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. To do this your spouse must, on the date our death claim requirements are fulfilled, give us written instructions to continue the contract as owner.

There will be no surrender charges on the contract from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, your spouse and the new annuitant (if applicable) will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract and the values may be reset. (See “Optional Benefits” and “Optional Death Benefits”.)

74    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If your beneficiary is not your spouse, or your spouse does not elect spousal continuation, we will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless you give us other written instructions. Generally, we must fully distribute the death benefit within five years of your death. However, the beneficiary may receive payouts under any annuity payout plan available under this contract if:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin no later than one year after your death, or other date as permitted by the IRS; and

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy.

Qualified annuities

For the Current Contract:

•	Spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if your spouse is the sole beneficiary, your spouse may either elect to treat the contract as his/her own, so long as he or she is eligible to do so, or elect an annuity payout plan or another plan agreed to by us. If your spouse elects a payout option, the payouts must begin no later than the year in which you would have reached age 72(age 70 ½ if the death occurrred before Jan. 1, 2020). If you attained age 72 at the time of death, payouts must begin no later than Dec. 31 of the year following the year of your death.
	Your spouse may elect to assume ownership of the contract with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid (without regard to the Full Surrender Value). To do this your spouse must, on the date our death claim requirements are fulfilled, give us written instructions to continue the contract as owner. There will be no surrender charges on the contract from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, your spouse will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract and the values may be reset (see “Optional Benefits”, “Optional Death Benefits” and “Benefits in the Case of Death”). If the death benefit applicable to the contract changes due to spousal continuation, the mortality and expense risk fee may change as well (see “Charges — Mortality and Expense Risk Fee”). If your spouse is the sole beneficiary and elects to treat the contract his/her own as an inherited IRA, theSecureSource Stages andSecureStages 2 riders will terminate.
	If you purchased this contract as an inherited IRA and your spouse is the sole beneficiary, he or she can elect to continue this contract as an inherited IRA.
	If you purchased this contract as an inherited IRA and your spouse is not the sole beneficiary, he or she can elect an alternative payment plan for their share of the death benefit and all optional death benefits and living benefits will terminate. Your spouse must follow the schedule of minimum surrenders established based on your life expectancy.
•	Non-spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if death occurs on or after Jan. 1, 2020, the beneficiary is required to withdraw his or her entire inherited interest within 10 years of the time of death of the owner unless they qualify as an “eligible designated beneficiary.” Eligible designated beneficiaries may continue to take proceeds out over their life expectancy. Eligible designated beneficiaries include:

• the surviving spouse;

• a lawful child of the owner under the age of majority (remaining amount must be withdrawn within 10 years, once the child reaches the age of majority);

• disabled within the meaning of Code section 72(m)(7);

• chronically ill within the meaning of Code section 7702B(c)(2);

• any other person who is not more than 10 years younger than the owner.

However, non-natural beneficiaries, such as estates and charities, are subject to a five-year rule to distribute the IRA.

We will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless the beneficiary elects to receive payouts under a payout plan available under this contract and:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin, no later than one year following the year of your death; and

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy for an eligible designated beneficiary. (Payout plans are limited if the beneficiary is not an eligible designated beneficiary.)

• Spouse and Non-spouse beneficiary: If a beneficiary elects an alternative payment plan which is an inherited IRA, all optional death benefits and living benefits will terminate. In the event of your beneficiary’s death, their beneficiary can elect to take a lump sum payment or annuitize the contract to deplete it within 10 years of your beneficiary’s death.

• Annuity payout plan: If you elect an annuity payout plan, the payouts to your beneficiary may continue depending on the annuity payout plan you elect, subject to adjustment to comply with the IRS rules and regulations.

For the Original Contract:

• Spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if your spouse is the sole beneficiary, your spouse may either elect to treat the contract as his/her own, so long as he or she is eligible to do so, or elect an

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    75

	annuity payout plan or another plan agreed to by us. If your spouse elects a payout option, the payouts must begin no later than the year in which you would have reached age 72. If you attained age 72 at the time of death, payouts must begin no later than Dec. 31 of the year following the year of your death.
	Your spouse may elect to assume ownership of the contract with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. To do this your spouse must, on the date our death claim requirements are fulfilled, give us written instructions to continue the contract as owner. There will be no surrender charges on the contract from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, your spouse and the new annuitant (if applicable) will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract and the values may be reset. (See “Optional Benefits” and “Optional Death Benefits”.)
•	Non-spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if death occurs on or after Jan. 1, 2020, the beneficiary is required to withdraw his or her entire inherited interest within 10 years of the time of death of the owner unless they qualify as an “eligible designated beneficiary.” Eligible designated beneficiaries may continue to take proceeds out over their life expectancy. Eligible designated beneficiaries include:

• the surviving spouse;

• a lawful child of the owner under the age of majority (remaining amount must be withdrawn within 10 years, once the child reaches the age of majority);

• disabled within the meaning of Code section 72(m)(7);

• chronically ill within the meaning of Code section 7702B(c)(2);

• any other person who is not more than 10 years younger than the owner.

However, non-natural beneficiaries, such as estates and charities, are subject to a five-year rule to distribute the IRA.

We will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless the beneficiary elects to receive payouts under a payout plan available under this contract if:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin, no later than one year following the year of your death; and

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy for an eligible designated beneficiary. (Payout plans are limited if the beneficiary is not an eligible designated beneficiary.)

• Spouse and Non-spouse beneficiary: If a beneficiary elects an alternative payment plan which is an inherited IRA, all optional death benefits and living benefits will terminate. In the event of your beneficiary’s death, their beneficiary can elect to take a lump sum payment or annuitize the contract to deplete it within 10 years of your beneficiary’s death.

• Annuity payout plan: If you elect an annuity payout plan, the payouts to your beneficiary may continue depending on the annuity payout plan you elect, subject to adjustment to comply with the IRS rules and regulations.

How we handle contracts under unclaimed property laws

Every state has unclaimed property laws which generally declare annuity contracts to be abandoned after a period of inactivity of one to five years from either 1) the contract’s maturity date (the latest day on which income payments may begin under the contract) or 2) the date the death benefit is due and payable. If a contract matures or we determine a death benefit is payable, we will use our best efforts to locate you or designated beneficiaries. If we are unable to locate you or a beneficiary, proceeds will be paid to the abandoned property division or unclaimed property office of the state in which the beneficiary or you last resided, as shown in our books and records, or to our state of domicile. Generally, this surrender of property to the state is commonly referred to as “escheatment”. To avoid escheatment, and ensure an effective process for your beneficiaries, it is important that your personal address and beneficiary designations are up to date, including complete names, date of birth, current addresses and phone numbers, and taxpayer identification numbers for each beneficiary. Updates to your address or beneficiary designations should be sent to our Service Center.

Escheatment may also be required by law if a known beneficiary fails to demand or present an instrument or document to claim the death benefit in a timely manner, creating a presumption of abandonment. If your beneficiary steps forward (with the proper documentation) to claim escheated annuity proceeds, the state is obligated to pay any such proceeds it is holding.

For nonqualified annuities, non-spousal death benefits are generally required to be distributed and taxed within five years from the date of death of the owner/annuitant or the unclaimed death benefits will be presumed abandoned and subject to escheatment.

Optional Benefits

The assets held in our general account support the guarantees under your contract, including optional death benefits and optional living benefits. To the extent that we are required to pay you amounts in addition to your contract value under these benefits, such amounts will come from our general account assets. You should be aware that our general

76    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of insurance and financial products as well, and we also pay our obligations under these products from assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account.

Optional Living Benefits

SecureSource Stages 2 Rider

TheSecureSource Stages 2 rider is an optional benefit that you can add to your contract for an additional charge. This benefit is intended to provide to you, after the lifetime benefit is established, a specified withdrawal amount annually for life, even if your contract value is zero, subject to the terms and provisions described in this section. If the lifetime benefit is not established and contract value goes to zero due to a withdrawal, the contract and the rider will terminate. (see “Other provisions – Rules for Surrender”). Additionally, this benefit offers a credit feature to help in low or poor performing markets and a step up feature to lock in contract anniversary gains.

TheSecureSource Stages 2 rider may be appropriate for you if you intend to make periodic withdrawals from your annuity contract after the waiting period and wish to ensure that market performance will not adversely affect your ability to withdraw income over your lifetime. This rider may not be appropriate for you if you do not intend to limit withdrawals to the amount allowed in order to receive the full benefits of the rider.

Your benefits under the rider can be reduced if any of the following occurs:

• If you take any withdrawals during the 1-year waiting period, the lifetime benefit amount will be determined using percentage B for the appropriate age band as long as rider benefits are payable;

• If you withdraw more than the allowed withdrawal amount in a contract year, or you take withdrawals before the lifetime benefit is available;

• If you take a withdrawal and later choose to allocate your contract value to a fund of funds that is more aggressive than the target fund;

• If the contract value is 20% or more below purchase payments increased by any contract anniversary gains or rider credits and adjusted for withdrawals (see withdrawal adjustment base described below).

TheSecureSource Stages 2 rider guarantees that, regardless of investment performance, you may take withdrawals up to the lifetime benefit amount each contract year after the lifetime benefit is established. Your age at the time of the first withdrawal will determine the age band for as long as benefits are payable except as described in the lifetime payment percentage provision.

As long as your total withdrawals during the current year do not exceed the lifetime benefit amount, you will not be assessed a surrender charge. If you withdraw a larger amount, the excess amount will be assessed any applicable surrender charges and benefits will be reduced in accordance with excess withdrawal processing. At any time, you may withdraw any amount up to your entire surrender value, subject to excess withdrawal processing under the rider.

Subject to conditions and limitations, the rider also guarantees that you or your beneficiary will get back purchase payments you have made, increased by annual step-ups, through withdrawals over time. Any amount we pay in excess of your contract value is subject to our financial strength and claims-paying ability.

Subject to conditions and limitations, the lifetime benefit amount can be increased if a rider credit is available or your contract value has increased on a rider anniversary. The principal back guarantee can also be increased if your contract value has increased on a rider anniversary.

Availability

There are two optionalSecureSource Stages 2 riders available under your contract:

• SecureSource Stages 2 — Single Life

• SecureSource Stages 2 — Joint Life

The information in this section applies to bothSecureSource Stages 2riders, unless otherwise noted.

For the purpose of this rider, the term “withdrawal” has the same meaning as the term “surrender” in the contract or any other riders

TheSecureSource Stages 2 — Single Life rider covers one person. TheSecureSource Stages 2 — Joint Life Rider covers two spouses jointly who are named at contract issue. You may elect only theSecureSource Stages 2 — Single Life rider or theSecureSource Stages 2 — Joint Life rider, not both, and you may not switch riders later. You must elect the rider when you purchase your contract. The rider effective date will be the contract issue date.

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    77

TheSecureSource Stages 2 rider is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge if:

• Single Life: you are 85 or younger on the date the contract is issued; or

• Joint Life: you and your spouse are 85 or younger on the date the contract is issued.

TheSecureSource Stages 2 riders are not available under an inherited qualified annuity.

TheSecureSource Stages 2 rider guarantees that after the waiting period, regardless of the investment performance of your contract, you will be able to withdraw up to a certain amount each year from the contract before the annuitization start date until:

• Single Life: death (see “At Death” heading below).

• Joint Life: the death of the last surviving covered spouse (see ”Joint Life only: Covered Spouses” and “At Death” headings below).

Key Terms

The key terms associated with theSecureSource Stages 2 rider are:

Age Bands: Each age band is associated with a two lifetime payment percentages. The covered person (Joint Life: the younger covered spouse) must be at least the youngest age shown in the first age band for the annual lifetime payment to be established. After the annual lifetime payment is established, in addition to your age, other factors determine when you move to a higher age band.

Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP): the lifetime benefit amount available each contract year after the covered person (Joint Life: the younger covered spouse) has reached the youngest age in the first age band. After the waiting period, the annual withdrawal amount guaranteed by the rider can vary each contract year.

Annual Step-Up: an increase in the benefit base and/or the principal back guarantee and a possible increase in the lifetime payment percentage that is available each rider anniversary if your contract value increases, subject to certain conditions.

Benefit Base (BB): used to calculate the annual lifetime payment and the annual rider charge. The BB cannot be withdrawn in a lump sum or annuitized and is not payable as a death benefit.

Credit Base (CB): used to calculate the rider credit. The CB cannot be withdrawn or annuitized and is not payable as a death benefit.

Excess Withdrawal: (1) a withdrawal taken before the annual lifetime payment is established, or (2) a withdrawal that is greater than the remaining annual lifetime payment after the annual lifetime payment is established.

Excess Withdrawal Processing:a reduction in benefits if a withdrawal is taken before the annual lifetime payment is established or if a withdrawal exceeds the remaining annual lifetime payment.

Lifetime Payment Percentage: used to calculate your annual lifetime payment. Two percentages (“percentage A” and “percentage B”) are used for each age band. The difference between percentage A and percentage B is referred to as the income bonus. Percentage B is referred to as the minimum lifetime payment percentage.

Principal Back Guarantee (PBG): a guarantee that total withdrawals will not be less than purchase payments you have made, increased by annual step-ups, as long as there is no excess withdrawal or benefit reset.

Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (RALP): as you take withdrawals during a contract year, the remaining amount that the rider guarantees will be available for withdrawal that year is reduced. After the annual lifetime payment is established, the RALP is the guaranteed amount that can be withdrawn during the remainder of the current contract year.

Rider Credit: an amount that can be added to the benefit base on each of the first ten contract anniversaries based on a rider credit percentage of 8% for the first anniversary and 6% thereafter, as long as no withdrawals have been taken since the rider effective date and you do not decline any annual rider fee increase. Investment performance and excess withdrawals may reduce or eliminate the benefit of any rider credits. Rider credits may result in higher rider charges that may exceed the benefit from the credits.

Waiting Period: the period of time before you can take a withdrawal without limiting benefits under the rider. If you take any withdrawals during the waiting period, the lifetime benefit amount will be determined using percentage B, the minimum lifetime payment percentage, for the appropriate age band and percentage A, and therefore the income bonus, will not be available as long as rider benefits are payable. The waiting period starts on the rider effective date and ends on the day prior to the first anniversary.

Withdrawal: the amount by which your contract value is reduced as a result of any withdrawal request. It may differ from the amount of your request due to any surrender charge and any market value adjustment.

78    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Withdrawal Adjustment Base (WAB): one of the components used to determine the lifetime payment percentage after the waiting period. The WAB cannot be withdrawn or annuitized and is not payable as a death benefit.

ImportantSecureSource Stages 2 Rider Considerations

You should consider whether aSecureSource Stages 2 rider is appropriate for you taking into account the following considerations:

You will begin paying the rider charge as of the rider effective date, even if you do not begin taking withdrawals for many years. It is possible that your contract performance, fees and charges, and withdrawal pattern may be such that your contract value will not be depleted in your lifetime and you will not receive any monetary value under the rider.

•	Lifetime Benefit Limitations: The lifetime benefit is subject to certain limitations, including but not limited to:
	Single Life: Once the contract value equals zero, payments are made for as long as the covered person is living (see “If Contract Value Reduces to Zero” heading below). However, if the contract value is greater than zero, the lifetime benefit terminates at the first death of any owner even if the covered person is still living (see “At Death” heading below). This possibility may present itself when there are multiple contract owners — when one of the contract owners dies the lifetime benefit terminates even though other contract owners are still living.
	Joint Life: Once the contract value equals zero, payments are made for as long as either covered spouse is living (see “If Contract Value Reduces to Zero” heading below). However, if the contract value is greater than zero, the lifetime benefit terminates at the death of the last surviving covered spouse (see “At Death” heading below).
•	Withdrawals: Please consider carefully when you start taking withdrawals from this rider. If you take any withdrawals during the 1-year waiting period, the lifetime benefit amount will be determined using percentage B for the appropriate age band and percentage A, and therefore the income bonus, will not be available as long as rider benefits are payable. Any withdrawals in the first 10 years will terminate any remaining rider credits. Also, if you withdraw more than the allowed withdrawal amount in a contract year or take withdrawals before the lifetime benefit is available (“excess withdrawal”), the guaranteed amounts under the rider will be reduced.
•	Investment Allocation Restriction: You must elect one of the approved investment options. These funds are expected to reduce our financial risks and expenses associated with certain living benefits. Although the funds’ investment strategies may help mitigate declines in your contract value due to declining equity markets, the funds’ investment strategies may also curb your contract value gains during periods of positive performance by the equity markets. Additionally, investment in the funds may decrease the number and amount of any benefit base increase opportunities. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds: Volatility and Volatility Management Risk with the Portfolio Stabilizer funds” section.) We reserve the right to add, remove or substitute approved investment options at any time and in our sole discretion in the future. This requirement limits your choice of investment options. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, GPAs or the regular fixed account that are available under the contract to contract owners who do not elect the rider. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds.”) You may allocate purchase payments to the Special DCA fixed account, when available, and we will make monthly transfers into the investment option you have chosen. You may make two elective investment option changes per contract year; we reserve the right to limit elective investment option changes if required to comply with the written instructions of a fund (see “Market Timing”).
	The following provisions apply to contracts invested in a Portfolio Navigator fund:

• You can allocate your contract value to any available Portfolio Navigator fund during the following times: (1) prior to your first withdrawal and (2) following a benefit reset due to an investment option change as described below but prior to any subsequent withdrawal. During these accumulation phases, you may request to change your investment option to any available investment option.

• Immediately following a withdrawal your contract value will be reallocated to the target investment option classification as shown in your contract if your current investment option is more aggressive than the target investment option classification. This automatic reallocation is not included in the total number of allowed investment option changes per contract year. The target investment option is currently the Moderate investment option. We reserve the right to change the target investment option to an investment option classification that is more aggressive than the Moderate investment option after 30 days written notice.

• After you have taken a withdrawal and prior to any benefit reset, you are in a withdrawal phase. During withdrawal phases you may request to change your investment option to the target investment option or any investment option that is more conservative than the target investment option without a benefit reset as described below. If you are in a withdrawal phase and you choose to allocate your contract value to an investment option that is more aggressive than the target investment option, you will be in the accumulation phase again and your rider benefit will be reset as follows:

1.	the BB, PBG and WAB will be reset to the contract value, if less than their current amount; and
2.	the ALP and RALP, if available, will be recalculated.

You may request to change your investment option by written request on an authorized form or by another method agreed to by us.

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    79

• Non-Cancelable: Once elected, theSecureSource Stages 2 rider may not be cancelled (except as provided under “Rider Termination” heading below) and the charge will continue to be deducted until the contract or rider is terminated or the contract value reduces to zero (described below).

Dissolution of marriage does not terminate theSecureSource Stages 2 — Joint Life rider and will not reduce the fee we charge for this rider. The benefit under theSecureSource Stages 2 — Joint Life rider continues for the covered spouse who is the owner of the contract (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural or revocable trust ownership). The rider will terminate at the death of the contract owner because the original covered spouse will be unable to elect the spousal continuation provision of the contract (see ”Joint Life only: Covered Spouses” below).

• Joint Life: Limitations on Contract Owners, Annuitants and Beneficiaries: Since the joint life benefit will terminate unless the surviving covered spouse continues the contract under the spousal option to continue the contract upon the owner’s death provision, only ownership arrangements that permit such continuation are allowed at rider issue. In general, the covered spouses should be joint owners, or one covered spouse should be the owner and the other covered spouse should be named as the sole primary beneficiary.

You are responsible for establishing ownership arrangements that will allow for spousal continuation.

If you select theSecureSource Stages 2 — Joint Life rider, please consider carefully whether or not you wish to change the beneficiary of your annuity contract. The rider will terminate if the surviving covered spouse cannot utilize the spousal continuation provision of the contract when the death benefit is payable.

• Limitations on Purchase Payments:We reserve the right to limit the cumulative amount of purchase payments (subject to state restrictions), which may limit your ability to make additional purchase payments to increase your contract value as you may have originally intended. For current purchase payment restrictions, please see “Buying Your Contract —Purchase Payments”.

• Interaction with Total Free Amount (FA) contract provision: The FA is the amount you are allowed to withdraw from the contract in each contract year without incurring a surrender charge (see “Charges — Surrender Charge”). The FA may be greater than the remaining annual lifetime payment under this rider. Any amount you withdraw under the contract’s FA provision that exceeds the remaining annual lifetime payment is subject to the excess withdrawal processing described below.

You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of the rider in your tax situation because:

• Tax Considerations for Nonqualified Annuities: Under current federal income tax law, withdrawals under nonqualified annuities, including withdrawals taken from the contract under the terms of the rider, are treated less favorably than amounts received as annuity payments under the contract (see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities”). Withdrawals are taxable income to the extent of earnings. Withdrawals of earnings before age 59½ may also incur a 10% IRS early withdrawal penalty. You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of the rider in your tax situation.

• Tax Considerations for Qualified Annuities: Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). If you have a qualified annuity, you may need to take an RMD during the waiting period the lifetime benefit amount will be determined using percentage B for as long as rider benefits are payable. While the rider permits certain excess withdrawals to be taken for the purpose of satisfying RMD requirements for your contract alone without reducing future benefits guaranteed under the rider, there can be no guarantee that changes in the federal income tax law after the effective date of the rider will not require a larger RMD to be taken, in which case, future guaranteed withdrawals under the rider could be reduced. See Appendix F for additional information.

• Treatment of non-spousal distributions:Unless you are married your beneficiary will be required to take distributions as a non-spouse which may result in significantly decreasing the value of the rider. Please note civil unions and domestic partnerships generally are not recognized as marriages for federal tax purposes. For additional information see “Taxes — Other — Spousal status” section of this prospectus.

Lifetime Benefit Description

Single Life only: Covered Person:the person whose life is used to determine when the annual lifetime payment is established, and the duration of the ALP payments (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below). The covered person is the oldest contract owner. If any owner is a nonnatural person (e.g., an irrevocable trust or corporation) or a revocable trust, the covered person is the oldest annuitant.

Joint Life only: Covered Spouses:the contract owner and his or her legally married spouse as defined under federal law, as named on the application for as long as the marriage is valid and in effect. If any contract owner is a nonnatural person or a revocable trust, the covered spouses are the annuitant and the legally married spouse of the annuitant. The covered spouses lives are used to determine when the annual lifetime payment is established, and the duration of the ALP payments (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below). The covered spouses are established on the rider effective date and cannot be changed.

80    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP): the lifetime benefit amount available each contract year after the covered person (Joint Life: younger covered spouses) has reached age 50. When the ALP is established and at all times thereafter, the ALP is equal to the BB multiplied by the lifetime payment percentage. Anytime the lifetime payment percentage or BB changes as described below, the ALP will be recalculated. After the waiting period and when the ALP is established, the first withdrawal taken in each contract year will set and fix the lifetime payment percentage for the remainder of the contract year.

If you withdraw less than the ALP in a contract year, the unused portion does not carry over to future contract years.

Single Life: The ALP is established on the later of the rider effective date if the covered person has reached age 50, or the date the covered person’s attained age equals age 50.

Joint Life: The ALP is established on the earliest of the following dates:

• The rider effective date if the younger covered spouse has already reached age 50.

• The date the younger covered spouse’s attained age equals age 50.

• Upon the first death of a covered spouse, then either: (a) the date we receive a written request when the death benefit is not payable and the surviving covered spouse has already reached age 50, (b) the date spousal continuation is effective when the death benefit is payable and the surviving covered spouse has already reached age 50, or (c) the date the surviving covered spouse reaches age 50.

• Following dissolution of marriage of the covered spouses, then either (a) the date we receive a written request if the remaining covered spouse who is the owner (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural or revocable trust ownership) has already reached age 50, or (b) the date the remaining covered spouse who is the owner (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural or revocable trust ownership) reaches age 50.

Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (RALP): the annual lifetime payment guaranteed for withdrawal for the remainder of the contract year. The RALP is established at the same time as the ALP. The RALP equals the ALP less all withdrawals in the current contract year, but it will not be less than zero.

Lifetime Payment Percentage: used to calculate the annual lifetime payment. Two percentages are used for a given age band, percentage A or percentage B, depending on the factors described below.

For ages:

• 50-58, percentage A is 4% and percentage B is 3%.

• 59-64, percentage A is 5% and percentage B is 4%.

• 65-79, percentage A is 6% and percentage B is 5%.

• 80 and older, percentage A is 7% and percentage B is 6%.

The age band for the lifetime payment percentage is determined at the following times:

• When the ALP is established: The age band used to calculate the initial ALP is the percentage for the covered person’s attained age (Joint Life: younger covered spouse’s attained age).

• On the covered person’s subsequent birthdays (Joint Life: younger covered spouse’s subsequent birthdays): Except as noted below, if the covered person’s new attained age (Joint Life: younger covered spouse’s attained age) is in a higher age band, then the higher age band will be used to determine the appropriate lifetime payment percentage. (However, if you decline any rider fee increase or if a withdrawal has been taken since the ALP was established, then the lifetime payment percentage will not change on subsequent birthdays.)

• Upon annual step ups (see “Annual step ups” below).

• For the Joint life rider, upon death or change in marital status: In the event of death or dissolution of marriage: (A) If no withdrawal has been taken since the ALP was established and no rider fee increase has been declined, the lifetime payment percentage will be reset based on the Age Band for the remaining covered spouse’s attained age. (B) If the ALP is not established but the remaining covered spouse has reached the youngest age in the first Age Band, the remaining covered spouse’s attained age will be used to determine the age band for the lifetime payment percentage. In the event of remarriage of the covered spouses to each other, the lifetime payment percentage used is the percentage for the younger covered spouse’s attained age.

The following determines whether percentage A or percentage B is used for each applicable age band:

During the waiting period, percentage B will be used. If you take a withdrawal in the waiting period, percentage B will be used and the income bonus will not be available for as long as rider benefits are payable.

If no withdrawal is taken during the waiting period, after the waiting period a comparison of your contract value and the withdrawal adjustment base (WAB) determines whether percentage A or percentage B is used to calculate the ALP unless the percentage is fixed as described below. Market volatility, a prolonged flat, low or down market, rider credits, and the deduction of charges all impact whether you are eligible for percentage A or percentage B. On each valuation

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    81

date, if the benefit determining percentage is less than the 20% adjustment threshold, then percentage A is used in calculating your ALP, otherwise percentage B is used. The benefit determining percentage is calculated as follows, but it will not be less than zero:

1 – (a/b) where:

a	=	Contract value at the end of the prior valuation period
b	=	WAB at the end of the prior valuation period

After the ALP is established and after the waiting period, the first withdrawal taken in each contract year will set and fix the lifetime payment percentage for the remainder of the contract year. Beginning on the next rider anniversary, the lifetime payment percentage can change on each valuation day as described above until a withdrawal is taken in that contract year.

However, at the earliest of (1), (2) or (3) below Percentage A and Percentage B will be set and remain fixed as long as the benefit is payable:

• if the ALP is established, when your contract value on a rider anniversary is less than two times the benefit base (BB) multiplied by percentage B for your current age band, or

• when the contract value reduces to zero, or

• on the date of death (Joint Life: remaining covered spouse’s date of death) when a death benefit is payable.

For certain periods of time at our discretion and on a non-discriminatory basis, your lifetime payment percentage may be set by us to percentage A if more favorable to you.

Determination of Adjustments of Benefit Values: Your lifetime benefit values (benefit base (BB), credit base (CB) and withdrawal adjustment base (WAB)) and principal back guarantee (PBG) are determined at the following times and are subject to a maximum amount of $10 million each:

• On the contract date: The WAB, CB, BB and PBG are set equal to the initial purchase payment.

• When an additional purchase payment is made: If the WAB and CB are greater than zero, the WAB and CB will be increased by the amount of each additional purchase payment. The BB and PBG will be increased by the amount of each additional purchase payment.

• When a withdrawal is taken: If the CB is greater than zero, the CB will be permanently reset to zero when the first withdrawal is taken, and there will be no additional rider credits.

When a withdrawal is taken:

(a)	If the first withdrawal is taken during the waiting period, the WAB will be permanently reset to zero. If the first withdrawal is taken after the waiting period, the WAB will be reduced by the “adjustment for withdrawal,” as defined below.
(b)	If the ALP is established and the withdrawal is less than or equal to the RALP, the BB does not change and the PBG is reduced by the amount of the withdrawal, but it will not be less than zero.
(c)	If the ALP is not established, excess withdrawal processing will occur as follows. The BB will be reduced by the “adjustment for withdrawal,” and the PBG will be reduced by the greater of the amount of the withdrawal or the “adjustment for withdrawal,��� but it will not be less than zero.
(d)	If the ALP is established and the withdrawal is greater than the RALP, excess withdrawal processing will occur as follows:

The PBG will be reset to the lesser of:

(i)	the PBG reduced by the amount of the withdrawal, but it will not be less than zero; or
(ii)	the PBG minus the RALP on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal and further reduced by an amount calculated as follows, but it will not be less than zero:

a × b	where:
c

a	=	the amount of the withdrawal minus the RALP
b	=	the PBG minus the RALP on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal
c	=	the contract value on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal minus the RALP

82    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The BB will be reduced by an amount as calculated below:

d × e	where:
f

d	=	the amount of the withdrawal minus the RALP
e	=	the BB on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal
f	=	the contract value on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal minus the RALP.

Adjustment for Withdrawal Definition: When the WAB, PBG or BB is reduced by a withdrawal in the same proportion as the contract value is reduced, the proportional amount deducted is the “adjustment for withdrawal.” The “adjustment for withdrawal” is calculated as follows:

g × h	where:
i

g	=	the amount the contract value is reduced by the withdrawal
h	=	the WAB, BB or PBG (as applicable) on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal
I	=	the contract value on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal.

Rider Anniversary Processing: The following describes how the WAB, BB and PBG are calculated on rider anniversaries, subject to the maximum amount of $10 million for each, and how the lifetime payment percentage can change on rider anniversaries.

•	The WAB on rider anniversaries:Unless the WAB is permanently reset to zero or you decline any rider fee increase, the WAB (after any rider credit is added) will be increased to the contract value, if the contract value is greater.
•	Rider Credits: If you did not take any withdrawals and you did not decline any rider fee increase, rider credits are available for the first ten contract anniversaries. On the first anniversary, the rider credit equals the credit base (CB) 180 days following the rider effective date multiplied by 8%. On any subsequent anniversaries, the rider credit equals the CB as of the prior rider anniversary multiplied by 6%. On the first anniversary the BB and WAB will be set to the greater of the current BB, or the BB 180 days following the contract date increased by the rider credit and any additional purchase payments since 180 days following the rider effective date. On any subsequent rider credit dates the BB and WAB will be set to the greater of the current BB, or the BB on the prior anniversary increased by the rider credit and any additional purchase payments since the prior anniversary. If the CB is greater than zero, the CB will be permanently reset to zero on the 10th rider anniversary after any adjustment to the WAB and BB, and there will be no additional rider credits.
•	Annual step ups: Beginning with the first rider anniversary, an annual step-up may be available. If you decline any rider fee increase, future annual step-ups will no longer be available.
	The annual step-up will be executed on any rider anniversary where the contract value (after charges are deducted) is greater than the PBG or the BB after any rider credit is added. If an annual step-up is executed, the PBG, BB and lifetime payment percentage will be adjusted as follows: The PBG will be increased to the contract value, if the contract value is greater. The BB (after any rider credit is added) will be increased to the contract value, if the contract value is greater. If the covered person’s attained age (Joint Life: younger covered spouses attained age) on the rider anniversary is in a higher age band and (1) there is an increase to BB due to a step-up or (2) the BB is at the maximum of $10,000,000 so there was no step-up of the BB, then the higher age band will be used to determine the appropriate lifetime payment percentage, regardless of any prior withdrawals.

Other Provisions

Required Minimum Distributions (RMD): If you are taking RMDs from your contract and your RMD calculated separately for your contract is greater than the remaining annual lifetime payment on the most recent contract anniversary, the portion of your RMD that exceeds the benefit amount will not be subject to excess withdrawal processing provided that the following conditions are met:

• The annual lifetime payment is established;

• The RMD is for your contract alone;

• The RMD is based on your recalculated life expectancy taken from the Uniform Lifetime Table under the Code; and

• The RMD amount is otherwise based on the requirements of section 401(a) (9), related Code provisions and regulations thereunder that were in effect on the contract date.

RMD rules follow the calendar year which most likely does not coincide with your contract year and therefore may limit when you can take your RMD and not be subject to excess withdrawal processing. If any withdrawal is taken in the waiting period, including RMDs, Percentage B for the applicable age band will be used as long as rider benefits are payable. Any withdrawals taken before the annual lifetime payment is established or withdrawing amounts greater than

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    83

the remaining annual lifetime payment that do not meet these conditions will result in excess withdrawal processing. The amount in excess of the RALP that is not subject to excess withdrawal processing will be recalculated if the ALP changes due to lifetime payment percentage changes. See Appendix E for additional information.

Spousal Option to Continue the Contract upon Owner’s Death (Spousal Continuation):

Single Life: If a surviving spouse elects to continue the contract and continues the contract as the new owner under the spousal continuation provision of the contract, theSecureSource Stages 2 — Single Life rider terminates.

Joint Life: If a surviving spouse is a covered spouse and elects the spousal continuation provision of the contract as the new owner, theSecureSource Stages 2 — Joint Life rider also continues. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate. The surviving covered spouse can name a new beneficiary; however, a new covered spouse cannot be added to the rider.

Unless you decline a rider fee increase, at the time of spousal continuation, a step-up may be available. All annual step-up rules (see “Rider Anniversary Processing — Annual Step-Up” heading above) also apply to the spousal continuation step-up except that the RALP will be reduced for any prior withdrawals in that contract year. The WAB, if greater than zero, will be increased to the contract value if the contract value is greater. The spousal continuation step-up is processed on the valuation date spousal continuation is effective.

Rules for Surrender: Minimum contract values following surrender no longer apply to your contract. For withdrawals, the withdrawal will be taken from all accounts and the variable subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to the contract value. You cannot specify from which accounts the withdrawal is to be taken.

If your contract value is reduced to zero, the CB, if greater than zero, will be permanently reset to zero, and there will be no additional rider credits. Also, the following will occur:

• If the ALP is not established and if the contract value is reduced to zero as a result of market performance, fees or charges, then the owner must wait until the ALP would be established, and the ALP will be paid annually until the death of the covered person (Joint Life: both covered spouses).

• If the ALP is established and if the contract value is reduced to zero as a result of market performance, fees or charges, or as a result of a withdrawal that is less than or equal to the RALP, then the owner will receive the ALP paid annually until the death of the covered person (Joint Life: both covered spouses).

In either case above:

• These annualized amounts will be paid in monthly installments. If the monthly payment is less than $100, We have the right to change the frequency, but no less frequently than annually.

• We will no longer accept additional purchase payments.

• No more charges will be collected for the rider.

• The current ALP is fixed for as long as payments are made.

• The death benefit becomes the remaining schedule of annual lifetime payments, if any, until total payments to the owner and the beneficiary are equal to the PBG at the time the contract value falls to zero.

• The amount paid in the current contract year will be reduced for any prior withdrawals in that contract year.

• If the ALP is not established and if the contract value is reduced to zero as a result of a withdrawal taken before the ALP is established, this rider and the contract will terminate.

• If the ALP is established and if the contract value is reduced to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RALP, this rider and the contract will terminate.

At Death:

Single Life: If the contract is jointly owned and an owner dies when the contract value is greater than zero, the lifetime benefit for the covered person will cease even if the covered person is still living or if the contract is continued under the spousal continuation option.

Joint Life: If the death benefit becomes payable at the death of a covered spouse, the surviving covered spouse must utilize the spousal continuation option to continue the lifetime benefit. If spousal continuation is not available, the rider terminates. The lifetime benefit ends at the death of the surviving covered spouse.

If the contract value is greater than zero when the death benefit becomes payable, the beneficiary may:

• elect to take the death benefit under the terms of the contract, or

• elect to take the principal back guarantee available under this rider, or

• continue the contract and theSecureSource Stages 2 — Joint Life rider under the spousal continuation option.

84    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

For single and joint life, the beneficiary may elect the principal back guarantee under this rider if payments begin no later than one year after your death and the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy. If elected, the following will occur:

1.	If the PBG is greater than zero and the ALP is established, the ALP on the date of death will be paid until total payments to the beneficiary are equal to the PBG on the date of death.
2.	If the PBG is greater than zero and the ALP is not established, the BB on the date of death multiplied by the lifetime payment percentage used for the youngest age of the covered spouses in the first age band will be paid annually until total payments to the beneficiary are equal to the PBG on the date of death.

In either of the above cases:

• After the date of death, there will be no additional rider credits or annual step-ups.

• The lifetime payment percentage used will be set as of the date of death.

• The amount paid in the current contract year will be reduced for any prior withdrawals in that year.

3.	On the date of death (Joint Life:remaining covered spouse’s date of death), if the CB is greater than zero, the CB will be permanently reset to zero, and there will be no additional rider credits.
4.	If the PBG equals zero, the benefit terminates. No further payments are made.

Contract Ownership Change:

Single Life: If allowed by state law, change of ownership is subject to our approval. If there is a change of ownership and the covered person remains the same, the rider continues with no change to any of the rider benefits. Effective May 1, 2016, joint ownership and joint annuitants are not allowed except for contracts issued in California. If there is a change of ownership and the covered person would be different, the rider terminates.

Joint Life: Ownership changes are only allowed between the covered spouses or their revocable trust(s) and are subject to our approval, if allowed by state law. No other ownership changes are allowed as long as the rider is in force.

Assignment: If allowed by state law, an assignment is subject to our approval.

Annuity Provisions: If your annuitization start date is the maximum annuitization start date, you can choose one of the payout options available under the contract or an alternative fixed annuity payout option available under theSecureSource Stages 2 rider. Under the rider’s payout option, the minimum amount payable shown in Table B, will not apply and you will receive the annual lifetime payment provided by this rider until the later of the death of the covered person (Joint Life: both covered spouses) or depletion of the principal back guarantee. If you choose to receive the ALP, the amount payable each year will be equal to the annual lifetime payment on the annuitization start date. The amount paid in the current contract year will be reduced for any prior withdrawals in that year. These annualized amounts will be paid in monthly installments. If the monthly payment is less than $100, we have the right to change the frequency, but no less frequently than annually. For more information about annuity payout plans, please see “The Annuity Payout Period - Annuity Payout Plans.”

If you choose to receive the ALP rather than a payout option available under the contract, all other contract features, rider features and charges terminate after the annuitization start date except for the PBG.

Rider Termination

TheSecureSource Stages 2 rider cannot be terminated either by you or us except as follows:

• Single Life: a change of ownership that would result in a different covered person will terminate the rider.

• Single Life: after the death benefit is payable, the rider will terminate.

• Single Life: spousal continuation will terminate the rider.

• Joint Life: After the death benefit is payable the rider will terminate if anyone other than a covered spouse continues the contract. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate.

• On the annuitization start date, the rider will terminate.

• You may terminate the rider if your annual rider fee after any increase is more than 0.25 percentage points higher than your fee before the increase. (see “Charges —SecureSource Stages 2 rider charge”).

• When the contract value is zero and either the annual lifetime payment is not established or a withdrawal in excess of the remaining annual lifetime payment is taken, the rider will terminate.

• Termination of the contract for any reason will terminate the rider.

For an example, see Appendix D.

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    85

Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider

The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider is an optional benefit, available for contract applications signed on or after May 3, 2010, that you may select for an additional charge. We have offered a different version of the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider for the Original Contract with applications signed prior to June 1, 2009. The description of the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider in this section applies to both Original and Current contracts unless noted otherwise. The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider specifies a waiting period that ends on the benefit date. The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider provides a one-time adjustment to your contract value on the benefit date if your contract value is less than the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value (defined below) on that benefit date. On the benefit date, if the contract value is equal to or greater than the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value, as determined under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider ends without value and no benefit is payable.

If the contract value falls to zero as the result of adverse market performance or the deduction of fees and/or charges at any time during the waiting period and before the benefit date, the contract and all riders, including the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider will terminate without value and no benefits will be paid.Exception: if you are still living on the benefit date, we will pay you an amount equal to the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value as determined under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider on the valuation date your contract value reached zero.

For the Current Contract, if you are (or if the owner is a non-natural person, then the annuitant is) age 80 or younger at contract issue and this rider is available in your state, you may elect the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider at the time you purchase your contract and the rider effective date will be the contract issue date. For the Original Contract, you may have elected the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider at the time you purchased your contract and the rider effective date was the contract issue date. The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may not be terminated once you have elected it except as described in the “Terminating the Rider” section below. An additional charge for the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider will be assessed annually during the waiting period. The rider ends when the waiting period expires and no further benefit will be payable and no further charges for the rider will be deducted. After the waiting period, you have the following options:

• Continue your contract;

• Take partial surrenders or make a full surrender; or

• Annuitize your contract.

The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may not be purchased with the optionalSecureSource Stages 2 rider.

You should consider whether an Accumulation Protector Benefit rider is appropriate for you because:

• you must be invested in one of the approved investment options. This requirement limits your choice of investments. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, GPAs or the regular fixed account that are available under the contract to other contract owners who do not elect this rider. You may allocate qualifying purchase payments to the Special DCA fixed account, when available (see “The Special DCA Fixed Account”), and we will make monthly transfers into the investment option you have chosen. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds”);

• you may not make additional purchase payments to your contract during the waiting period after the first 180 days immediately following the effective date of the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. Some exceptions apply (see “Additional Purchase Payments with Elective Step up” below). In addition, we reserve the right to change these additional purchase payment limitations, including making further restrictions, upon written notice;

• if you purchase this contract as a qualified annuity, for example, an IRA, you may need to take partial surrenders from your contract to satisfy the RMDs under the Code. Partial surrenders, including those used to satisfy RMDs, will reduce any potential benefit that the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider provides. You should consult your tax advisor if you have any questions about the use of this rider in your tax situation;

• if you think you may surrender all of your contract value before you have held your contract with this benefit rider attached for 10 years, or you are considering selecting an annuity payout option within 10 years of the effective date of your contract, you should consider whether this optional benefit is right for you. You must hold the contract a minimum of 10 years from the effective date of the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, which is the length of the waiting period under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, in order to receive the benefit, if any, provided by the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. In some cases, as described below, you may need to hold the contract longer than 10 years in order to qualify for any benefit the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may provide;

• the 10 year waiting period under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider will restart if you exercise the elective step up option (described below) or your surviving spouse exercises the spousal continuation elective step up (described below); and

• the 10 year waiting period under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may be restarted if you elect to change your investment option to one that causes the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider charge to increase (see “Charges”).

86    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether an Accumulation Benefit rider is appropriate for your situation.

Here are some general terms that are used to describe the operation of the Accumulation Protector Benefit:

Benefit Date: This is the first valuation date immediately following the expiration of the waiting period.

Minimum Contract Accumulation Value (MCAV): An amount calculated under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. The contract value will be increased to equal the MCAV on the benefit date if the contract value on the benefit date is less than the MCAV on the benefit date.

Adjustments for Partial Surrenders: The adjustment made for each partial surrender from the contract is equal to the amount derived from multiplying (a) and (b) where:

(a)	is 1 minus the ratio of the contract value on the date of (but immediately after) the partial surrender to the contract value on the date of (but immediately prior to) the partial surrender; and
(b)	is the MCAV on the date of (but immediately prior to) the partial surrender.

Waiting Period: The waiting period for the rider is 10 years.

We reserve the right to restart the waiting period on the latest contract anniversary if you change your investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee.

Your initial MCAV is equal to your initial purchase payment and any purchase payment credits. It is increased by the amount of any subsequent purchase payments and any purchase payment credits received within the first 180 days that the rider is effective. It is reduced by any adjustments for partial surrenders made during the waiting period.

Automatic Step up

On each contract anniversary after the effective date of the rider, the MCAV will be set to the greater of:

1. 80% of the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the contract anniversary; or

2. the MCAV immediately prior to the automatic step up.

The automatic step up does not create contract value, guarantee the performance of any investment option, or provide a benefit that can be surrendered or paid upon death. Rather, the automatic step up is an interim calculation used to arrive at the final MCAV, which is used to determine whether a benefit will be paid under the rider on the benefit date.

The automatic step up of the MCAV does not restart the waiting period or increase the charge (although the total fee for the rider may increase).

Elective Step up Option

Within thirty days following each contract anniversary after the rider effective date, but prior to the benefit date, you may notify us in writing that you wish to exercise the annual elective step up option. You may exercise this elective step up option only once per contract year during this 30 day period. If your contract value (after charges are deducted) on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up is greater than the MCAV on that date, your MCAV will increase to 100% of that contract value.

We may increase the fee for your rider (see “Charges — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider Charge”). The revised fee would apply to your rider if you exercise the annual elective step up, your MCAV is increased as a result, and the revised fee is higher than your annual rider fee before the elective step up. Elective step ups will also result in a restart of the waiting period as of the most recent contract anniversary.

The elective step up does not create contract value, guarantee the performance of any investment option or provide any benefit that can be surrendered or paid upon death. Rather the elective step up is an interim calculation used to arrive at the final MCAV, which is used to determine whether a benefit will be paid under the rider on the benefit date.

For Original Contracts:

We have the right to restrict the elective step up option on inherited IRAs, but we currently allow them. Please consider carefully if an elective step up is appropriate if you own an inherited IRA because the elective step up will restart the waiting period and the required minimum distributions for an inherited IRA may significantly decrease the future benefit payable under this rider. We reserve the right to restrict the elective step up option on inherited IRAs in the future.

The elective step up option is not available if the benefit date would be after the annuitization start date. See “The Annuitization Start Date” section for options available to you.

For Current Contracts:

The elective step up option is not available for inherited IRAs or if the benefit date would be after the annuitization start date. (see “The Annuitization Start Date” section for annuitization start date options)

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    87

Additional Purchase Payments with Annual Elective Step ups — Current Contract Only

If your MCAV is increased as a result of elective step up, you have 180 days from the latest contract anniversary to make additional purchase payments, if allowed under the base contract. The MCAV will include the amount of any additional purchase payments and purchase payment credits received during this period. We reserve the right to change these additional purchase payment limitations.

Spousal Continuation

If a spouse chooses to continue the contract under the spousal continuation provision, the rider will continue as part of the contract. Once, within the thirty days following the date of spousal continuation, the spouse may choose to exercise an elective step up. The spousal continuation elective step up is in addition to the annual elective step up. If the contract value on the valuation date we receive the written request to exercise this option is greater than the MCAV on that date, we will increase the MCAV to that contract value. If the MCAV is increased as a result of the elective step up and we have increased the charge for the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, the spouse will pay the charge that is in effect on the valuation date we receive their written request to step up for the entire contract year. In addition, the waiting period will restart as of the most recent contract anniversary.

Change of Ownership or Assignment

Subject to state limitations, a change of ownership or assignment is subject to our approval.

Terminating the Rider

The rider will terminate under the following conditions:

The rider will terminate before the benefit date without paying a benefit on the date:

• you take a full surrender;

• annuitization begins;

• the contract terminates as a result of the death benefit being paid; or

• when a beneficiary elects an alternative payment plan which is an inherited IRA.

The rider will terminate on the benefit date.

For an example, see Appendix L.

Optional Living Benefits

(For contracts with application signed before July 19, 2010)

If you bought a contract before July 19, 2010 with an optional living benefit, please use the following table to review the disclosure that applies to the optional living benefit rider you purchased. If you are uncertain as to which optional living benefit rider you purchased, ask your investment professional, or contact us at the telephone number or address shown on the first page of this prospectus.

If you purchased a contract(1)...	and you selected one of the following optional living benefits...	Disclosure for this benefit may be found in the following Appendix:
Before April 29, 2005	Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit (“Rider B”)	Appendix J
April 29, 2005 – April 30, 2006	Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit (“Rider A”)	Appendix J
May 1, 2006 – April 30, 2007	Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life	Appendix I
Before May 1, 2007	Income Assurer Benefit	Appendix K
Before Aug. 10, 2009	SecureSource Rider	Appendix M
Before Nov. 30, 2009	SecureSource 20 Rider	Appendix N
Before July 19, 2010	SecureSource Stages Rider	Appendix O

⁽¹⁾ These dates are approximate and will vary by state; your actual contract and any riders are the controlling documents.

Optional Additional Death Benefits

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector)

The Benefit Protector is intended to provide an additional benefit to your beneficiary to help offset expenses after your death such as funeral expenses or federal and state taxes. This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge (see “Charges”). The Benefit Protector provides reduced benefits if you (Current Contract) or you or the annuitant (Original Contract) are 70 or older at the rider effective date, The Benefit Protector does not provide any additional benefit before the first rider anniversary.

88    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If this rider is available in your state and you (Current Contract) or both you and the annuitant (Original Contract) are 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the Benefit Protector to your contract. You must elect the Benefit Protector at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date. You may not select this rider if you select the Benefit Protector Plus, the 5% Accumulation Death Benefit or Enhanced Death Benefit.

Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Since the benefit paid by the rider is determined by the amount of earnings at death, the amount of the benefit paid may be reduced as a result of taking any surrenders including RMDs. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional and tax advisor whether or not the Benefit Protector is appropriate for your situation.

The Benefit Protector provides that if you (Current Contract) or you or the annuitant (Original Contract) die after the first rider anniversary, but before the annuitization start date, and while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary:

• the applicable death benefit, plus:

• 40% of your earnings at death if you (Current Contract) or you and the annuitant (Original Contract) were under age 70 on the rider effective date; or

• 15% of your earnings at death if you (Current Contract) or you or the annuitant (Original Contract) were 70 or older on the rider effective date.

For the Current Contract, if this rider is effective after the contract date or if there has been a covered life change, remaining purchase payment is established or set as the contract value on the rider effective date or, if later, the date of the most recent covered life change. Thereafter, remaining purchase payments is increased by the amount of each additional purchase payment and adjusted for each partial surrender.

Earnings at death: For purposes of the Benefit Protector and Benefit Protector Plus riders, this is an amount equal to the applicable death benefit minus remaining purchase payments (also referred to as purchase payments not previously surrendered under the Original Contract). Partial surrenders will come from any earnings before reducing purchase payments in the contract. The earnings at death may not be less than zero and may not be more than 250% of the purchase payments not previously surrendered that are one or more years old.

Note: Purchase payments not previously surrendered is calculated differently and is not the same value as purchase payments not previously surrendered used in the surrender charge calculation.

Terminating the Benefit Protector

Current Contract:

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days after the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days after any rider anniversary beginning with the seventh rider anniversary.

• The rider will terminate when you make a full surrender from the contract or on the annuitization start date.

• Your spouse may terminate the rider within 30 days following the effective date of the spousal continuation if your spouse is age 75 or younger.

• A new owner may terminate the rider within 30 days following the effective date of an ownership change if the new owner is age 75 or younger.

• The rider will terminate for a spousal continuation or ownership change if the spouse or new owner is age 76 or older at the time of the change.

• The rider will terminate after the death benefit is payable, unless the spouse continues the contract under spousal continuation provision.

• The rider will terminate when a beneficiary elects an alternative payment plan which is an inherited IRA.

Original Contract:

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of any rider anniversary beginning with the seventh rider anniversary.

• Our current administrative practice allows a new owner or your spouse to terminate the rider within 30 days following the effective date of the ownership change or spousal continuation.

• The rider will terminate when you make a full surrender from the contract or on the annuitization start date.

• The rider will terminate when a beneficiary elects an alternative payment plan which is an inherited IRA.

If your spouse is the sole beneficiary and you die before the annuitization start date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner. For Current Contract, your spouse will be subject to all the limitations and restrictions of the rider just as if they were purchasing a new contract and the age of the new spouse at the time of the change will be used to determine the earnings at death percentage going forward. If your spouse does not qualify for the rider on the basis of

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    89

age we will terminate the rider. If they do qualify for the rider on the basis of age we will set the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid (without regard to the Full Surrender Value) and we will substitute this new contract value on the date of death for “remaining purchase payments” used in calculating earnings at death.

For Current Contract, after a covered life change other than a spouse that continues the contract, the new owner will be subject to all the limitations and restrictions of the rider just as if they were purchasing a new contract and the age of the new owner at the time of the change will be used to determine the earnings at death percentage going forward. If the new owner does not qualify for the rider on the basis of age we will terminate the rider. If they do qualify for the rider on the basis of age we will substitute the contract value on the date of the ownership changes for remaining purchase payments used in calculating earnings at death.

For an example, see Appendix F.

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus)

The Benefit Protector Plus is intended to provide an additional benefit to your beneficiary to help offset expenses after your death such as funeral expenses or federal and state taxes. This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge (see “Charges”). The Benefit Protector Plus provides reduced benefits if you (Current Contract), or you or the annuitant (Original Contract) are 70 or older at the rider effective date. It does not provide any additional benefit before the first rider anniversary and it does not provide any benefit beyond what is offered under the Benefit Protector rider during the second rider year. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether or not the Benefit Protector Plus is appropriate for your situation.

If this rider is available in your state and you (Current Contract) or both you and the annuitant (Original Contract) are 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the Benefit Protector Plus to your contract. You must elect the Benefit Protector Plus at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date. This rider is only available for transfers, exchanges or rollovers. If this is a non-qualified annuity, transfers, exchanges or rollovers must be from another annuity or life insurance policy. You may not select this rider if you select the Benefit Protector Rider, 5% Accumulation Death Benefit or the Enhanced Death Benefit.

Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Since the benefit paid by the rider is determined by the amount of earnings at death, the amount of the benefit paid may be reduced as a result of taking any surrenders including RMDs. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional and tax advisor whether or not the Benefit Protector Plus is appropriate for your situation.

The Benefit Protector Plus provides that if you (Current Contract), or you or the annuitant (Original Contract) die after the first rider anniversary, but before the annuitization start date, and while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary:

• the benefits payable under the Benefit Protector described above, plus:

• a percentage of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue not previously surrendered as follows:

Rider year when death occurs;	Percentage if you (Current Contract) or you and the annuitant (Original Contract) are under age 70 on the rider effective date	Percentage if you (Current Contract) or you or the annuitant (Original Contract) are 70 or older on the rider effective date
One and Two	0%	0%
Three and Four	10%	3.75%
Five or more	20%	7.5%

Another way to describe the benefits payable under the Benefit Protector Plus rider is as follows:

• the applicable death benefit plus:

Rider year when death occurs;	If you (Current Contact) or you and the annuitant (Original Contract) are under age 70 on the rider effective date, add…	If you (Current Contract) or you or the annuitant (Original Contract) are age 70 or older on the rider effective date, add…
One	Zero	Zero
Two	40% x earnings at death (see above)	15% x earnings at death
Three and Four	40% x (earnings at death + 25% of initial purchase payment*)	15% x (earnings at death + 25% of initial purchase payment*)
Five or more	40% x (earnings at death + 50% of initial purchase payment*)	15% x (earnings at death + 50% of initial purchase payment*)

* Initial purchase payments are payments made within 60 days of rider issue not previously surrendered.

Terminating the Benefit Protector Plus

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of the first rider anniversary.

90    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of any rider anniversary beginning with the seventh rider anniversary.

• The rider will terminate when you make a full surrender from the contract, on the annuitization start date, or when the death benefit is payable.

• The rider will terminate if there is an ownership change.

• The rider will terminate when a beneficiary elects an alternative payment plan which is an inherited IRA.

• If your spouse is sole beneficiary and you die before the annuitization start date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid (without regard to the Full Surrender Value for the Current Contract). We will then terminate the Benefit Protector Plus (see “Benefits in Case of Death”).

For an example, see Appendix G.

The Annuity Payout Period

As owner of the contract, you have the right to decide how and to whom annuity payouts will be made starting on the annuitization start date. You may select one of the annuity payout plans outlined below, or we may mutually agree on other payout arrangements. We do not deduct surrender charges upon annuitization but surrender charges may be applied when electing to exercise liquidity features we may make available under certain fixed annuity payout options.

You also decide whether we will make annuity payouts on a fixed or variable basis, or a combination of fixed and variable. The amount available to purchase payouts under the plan you select is the contract value on your annuitization start date after any rider charges have been deducted, plus any positive or negative MVA (less any applicable premium tax). Additionally, we currently allow you to use part of the amount available to purchase payouts, leaving any remaining contract value to accumulate on a tax-deferred basis. Special rules apply for partial annuitization of your annuity contract, see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities — Annuity payouts” and “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Annuity payouts.” If you select a variable annuity payout, we reserve the right to limit the number of subaccounts in which you may invest. The GPAs and the Special DCA fixed account (Current Contract) and the DCA fixed account (Original Contract) are not available during this payout period. Additionally, Portfolio Stabilizer funds are not available during this payout period.

Amounts of fixed and variable payouts depend on:

• the annuity payout plan you select;

• the annuitant’s age and, in most cases, sex;

• the annuity table in the contract; and

• the amounts you allocated to the accounts at the annuitization start date.

In addition, for variable annuity payouts only, amounts depend on the investment performance of the subaccounts you select. These payouts will vary from month to month because the performance of the funds will fluctuate. Fixed payouts generally remain the same from month to month unless you have elected an option providing for increasing payments or are exercising any available liquidity features we may offer and you have elected.

For information with respect to transfers between accounts after annuity payouts begin, (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transfer policies”).

Annuity Tables

The annuity tables in your contract (Table A and Table B) show the amount of the monthly payout for each $1,000 of contract value according to the age and, when applicable, the annuitant’s sex. (Where required by law, we will use a unisex table of settlement rates.)

Table A shows the amount of the first monthly variable annuity payout assuming that the contract value is invested at the beginning of the annuity payout period and earns a 5% rate of return, which is reinvested and helps to support future payouts. If you ask us at least 30 days before the annuitization start date, we will substitute an annuity table based on an assumed 3.5% investment rate for the 5% Table A in the contract. The assumed investment rate affects both the amount of the first payout and the extent to which subsequent payouts increase or decrease. For example, annuity payouts will increase if the investment return is above the assumed investment rate and payouts will decrease if the return is below the assumed investment rate. Using a 5% assumed interest rate results in a higher initial payout, but later payouts will increase more slowly when annuity unit values rise and decrease more rapidly when they decline.

Table B shows the minimum amount of each fixed annuity payout. We declare current payout rates that we use in determining the actual amount of your fixed annuity payout. The current payout rates will equal or exceed the guaranteed payout rates shown in Table B. We will furnish these rates to you upon request.

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    91

Annuity Payout Plans

We make available variable annuity payouts where payout amounts will vary based on the performance of the variable account. We may also make fixed annuity payouts available where payments of a fixed amount are made for the period specified in the plan, subject to any surrender we may permit. You may choose an annuity payout plan by giving us written instructions at least 30 days before the annuitization start date. Generally, you may select one of the Plans A through E below or another plan agreed to by us. Some of the annuity payout plans may not be available if you have selected the Income Assurer Benefit rider.

• Plan A – Life annuity — no refund:We make monthly payouts until the annuitant’s death. Payouts end with the last payout before the annuitant’s death. We will not make any further payouts. This means that if the annuitant dies after we made only one monthly payout, we will not make any more payouts.

• Plan B – Life annuity with five, ten, 15 or 20 years certain: (under the Income Assurer Benefit rider: you may select life annuity with ten or 20 years certain): We make monthly payouts for a guaranteed payout period of five, ten, 15 or 20 years that you elect. This election will determine the length of the payout period in the event if the annuitant dies before the elected period expires. We calculate the guaranteed payout period from the annuitization start date. If the annuitant outlives the elected guaranteed payout period, we will continue to make payouts until the annuitant’s death.

• Plan C – Life annuity — installment refund:(not available under the Income Assurer Benefit rider): We make monthly payouts until the annuitant’s death, with our guarantee that payouts will continue for some period of time. We will make payouts for at least the number of months determined by dividing the amount applied under this option by the first monthly payout, whether or not the annuitant is living.

• Plan D

– Joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund:We make monthly payouts while both the annuitant and a joint annuitant are living. If either annuitant dies, we will continue to make monthly payouts at the full amount until the death of the surviving annuitant. Payouts end with the death of the second annuitant.

– Joint and last survivor life annuity with 20 years certain: We make monthly annuity payouts during the lifetime of the annuitant and joint annuitant. When either the annuitant or joint annuitant dies, we will continue to make monthly payouts during the lifetime of the survivor. If the survivor dies before we have made payouts for 20 years, we continue to make payouts for the remainder of the 20-year period which begins when the first annuity payout is made.

• Plan E – Payouts for a specified period: We make monthly payouts for a specific payout period of ten to 30 years that you elect (under the Income Assurer Benefit rider, you may elect a payout period of 20 years only). We will make payouts only for the number of years specified whether the annuitant is living or not. Depending on the selected time period, it is foreseeable that an annuitant can outlive the payout period selected. During the payout period, you can elect to have us determine the present value of any remaining payouts and pay it to you in a lump sum. (Exception: If you have an Income Assurer Benefit rider and elect this annuity payout plan based on the Guaranteed Income Benefit Base, a lump sum payout is unavailable.)

• Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Payout Option (available only under contracts with theSecureSource, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life or Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit riders):This fixed annuity payout option is an alternative to the above annuity payout plans. This option may not be available if the contract is a qualified annuity. For such contracts, this option will be available only if the guaranteed payment period is less than the life expectancy of the owner at the time the option becomes effective. Such life expectancy will be computed using a life expectancy table published by the IRS. Under this option, the amount payable each year will be equal to the remaining schedule of GBPs, but the total amount paid will not exceed the total RBA at the time you begin this fixed payout option (see “Optional Benefits —SecureSourceRiders”, “Appendix I: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider” or “Appendix J: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider”). The amount paid in the current contract year will be reduced for any prior withdrawals in that year. These annualized amounts will be paid in the frequency that you elect. The frequencies will be among those offered by us at the time but will be no less frequent than annually. If, at the death of the owner, total payouts have been made for less than the RBA, the remaining payouts will be paid to the beneficiary.

• Remaining Benefit Annuity Payout Option (available only under contracts with theSecureSource 20 rider): This fixed annuity payout option is an alternative to the above annuity payout plans. This option may not be available if the contract is a qualified annuity. For such contracts, this option will be available only if the guaranteed payment period is less than the life expectancy of the owner at the time the option becomes effective. Such life expectancy will be computed using a life expectancy table published by the IRS. Under this option, the amount payable each year will be equal to the remaining schedule of GBPs, but the total amount paid will not exceed the total RBA at the time you begin this fixed payout option (see “Optional Benefits —SecureSource 20 Riders”). The amount paid in the current contract year will be reduced for any prior withdrawals in that year. These annualized amounts will be paid in monthly

92    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

installments. If the monthly payment is less than $100, we have the right to change the frequency, but no less frequent than annually. If, at the death of the owner, total payouts have been made for less than the RBA, the remaining payouts will be paid to the beneficiary.

For Plan A, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, no payments will be made. For Plan B, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue for the guaranteed payout period. For Plan C, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue for the installment refund period. For Plan D, if both annuitants die before the initial payment, no payments will be made; however, if one annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue until the death of the surviving annuitant.

In addition to the annuity payout plans described above, we may offer additional payout plans. Terms and conditions of annuity payout plans will be disclosed at the time of election, including any associated fees or charges. It is important to remember that the election and use of liquidity features will result in payouts ceasing.

Utilizing a liquidity feature to surrender the underlying value of remaining payouts may result in the assessment of a surrender charge (See “Charges — Surrender charge”) or a 10% IRS penalty tax. (See “Taxes.”).

Annuity payout plan requirements for qualified annuities: If your contract is a qualified annuity, you have the responsibility for electing a payout plan under your contract that complies with applicable law. Your contract describes your payout plan options. The options will meet certain IRS regulations governing RMDs if the payout plan meets the incidental distribution benefit requirements, if any, and the payouts are made:

• in equal or substantially equal payments over a period not longer than your life expectancy, or over the joint life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary; or

• over a period certain not longer than your life expectancy or over the joint life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary.

For qualified and nonqualified contracts with theSecureSource Stages rider, on the annuitization start date you can choose one of the payout options available under the contract or an alternative fixed annuity payout option available under the rider. Under the rider’s payout option, the minimum amount payable shown in Table B will not apply, and you will receive the ALP provided by this rider until the later of the death of covered person (Joint Life: both covered spouses) or depletion of the PBG. If you choose to receive the ALP, the amount payable each year will be equal to the ALP on the annuitization start date. The amount paid in the current contract year will be reduced for any prior withdrawals in that year. These annualized amounts will be paid in monthly installments. If the monthly payment is less than $100, we have the right to change the frequency, but no less frequently than annually. If you choose to receive the ALP rather than a payout option available under the contract, all other contract features, rider features and charges terminate after the annuitization start date except for the principal back guarantee. You must select a payout plan as of the annuitization start date set forth in your contract.

If we do not receive instructions: You must give us written instructions for the annuity payouts at least 30 days before the annuitization start date. If you do not, we will make payouts under Plan B, with 120 monthly payouts guaranteed.

If monthly payouts would be less than $20: We will calculate the amount of monthly payouts at the time amounts are applied to an annuity payout plan. If the calculations show that monthly payouts would be less than $20, we have the right to pay the amount that would otherwise have been applied to a plan to the owner in a lump sum or to change the frequency of the payouts.

Death after annuity payouts begin: If you (Current Contract), or you or the annuitant (Original Contract) dies after annuity payouts begin, we will pay any amount payable to the beneficiary as provided in the annuity payout plan in effect. Payments to beneficiaries are subject to adjustment to comply with the IRS rules and regulations.

Taxes

Under current law, your contract has a tax-deferral feature. Generally, this means you do not pay income tax until there is a taxable distribution (or deemed distribution) from the contract. We will send a tax information reporting form for any year in which we made a taxable or reportable distribution according to our records.

Nonqualified Annuities

Generally, only the increase in the value of a non-qualified annuity contract over the investment in the contract is taxable. Certain exceptions apply. Federal tax law requires that all nonqualified deferred annuity contracts issued by the same company (and possibly its affiliates) to the same owner during a calendar year be taxed as a single, unified contract when distributions are taken from any one of those contracts.

Annuity payouts: Generally, unlike surrenders described below, the income taxation of annuity payouts is subject to exclusion ratios (for fixed annuity payouts) or annual excludable amounts (for variable annuity payouts). In other words, in most cases, a portion of each payout will be ordinary income and subject to tax, and a portion of each payout will be

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    93

considered a return of part of your investment in the contract and will not be taxed. All amounts you receive after your investment in the contract is fully recovered will be subject to tax. Under Annuity Payout Plan A: Life annuity — no refund, where the annuitant dies before your investment in the contract is fully recovered, the remaining portion of the unrecovered investment may be available as a federal income tax deduction to the owner for the last taxable year. Under all other annuity payout plans, where the annuity payouts end before your investment in the contract is fully recovered, the remaining portion of the unrecovered investment may be available as a federal income tax deduction to the taxpayer for the tax year in which the payouts end. (See “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Federal tax law permits taxpayers to annuitize a portion of their nonqualified annuity while leaving the remaining balance to continue to grow tax-deferred. Under the partial annuitization rules, the portion annuitized must be received as an annuity for a period of 10 years or more, or for the lives of one or more individuals. If this requirement is met, the annuitized portion and the tax-deferred balance will generally be treated as two separate contracts for income tax purposes only. If a contract is partially annuitized, the investment in the contract is allocated between the deferred and the annuitized portions on a pro rata basis.

Surrenders: Generally, if you surrender all or part of your nonqualified annuity the annuitization start date, including surrenders under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, your surrender will be taxed to the extent that the contract value immediately before the withdrawal exceeds the investment in the contract. Different rules may apply if you exchange another contract into this contract.

You also may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty for surrenders of taxable income you make before reaching age 59½ unless certain exceptions apply.

Withholding: If you receive taxable income as a result of an annuity payout or surrender, including surrenders under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, we may deduct federal, and in some cases state withholding against the payment. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your income tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. As long as you have provided us with a valid Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number, and you have a valid U.S. address, you may be able to elect not to have federal income tax withholding occur.

If the payment is part of an annuity payout plan, we generally compute the amount of federal income tax withholding using payroll tables. You may provide us with a statement of how many exemptions to use in calculating the withholding. If the distribution is any other type of payment (such as partial or full surrender) we compute federal income tax withholding using 10% of the taxable portion.

The federal income tax withholding requirements differ if we deliver payment outside the United States or you are a non-resident alien.

Some states also may impose income tax withholding requirements similar to the federal withholding described above or may allow you to elect withholding. If this should be the case, we may deduct state income tax withholding from the payment.

Death benefits to beneficiaries: The death benefit under a nonqualified contract is not exempt from estate (federal or state) taxes. In addition, for income tax purposes, any amount your beneficiary receives that exceeds the remaining investment in the contract is taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary in the year he or she receives the payments. (See also “Benefits in Case of Death — If You Die Before the Annuitization Start Date”).

Net Investment Income Tax (also known as Medicare contribution tax): Effective for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2013, certain investment income of high-income individuals (as well as estates and trusts) is subject to a 3.8% net investment income tax (as an addition to income taxes). For individuals, the 3.8% tax applies to the lesser of (1) the amount by which the taxpayer’s modified adjusted gross income exceeds $200,000 ($250,000 for married filing jointly and surviving spouses; $125,000 for married filing separately) or (2) the taxpayer’s “net investment income.” Net investment income includes taxable income from nonqualified annuities. Annuity holders are advised to consult their tax advisor regarding the possible implications of this additional tax.

Annuities owned by corporations, partnerships or irrevocable trusts: For nonqualified annuities, any annual increase in the value of annuities held by such entities (non-natural persons) generally will be treated as ordinary income received during that year. However, if the trust was set up for the benefit of a natural person(s) only, the income may remain tax-deferred until surrendered or paid out.

Penalties: If you receive amounts from your nonqualified annuity before reaching age 59½, you may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty on the amount includable in your ordinary income. However, this penalty will not apply to any amount received:

• because of your death or in the event of non-natural ownership, the death of annuitant;

• because you become disabled (as defined in the Code);

• if the distribution is part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments, made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or joint lives or life expectancies of you and your beneficiary);

94    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• if it is allocable to an investment before Aug. 14, 1982; or

• if annuity payouts are made under immediate annuities as defined by the Code.

Transfer of ownership: Generally, if you transfer ownership of a nonqualified annuity without receiving adequate consideration, the transfer may be taxed as a surrender for federal income tax purposes. If the transfer is a currently taxable event for income tax purposes, the original owner will be taxed on the amount of deferred earnings at the time of the transfer and also may be subject to the 10% IRS penalty discussed earlier. In this case, the new owner’s investment in the contract will be equal to the investment in the contract at the time of the transfer plus any earnings included in the original owner’s taxable income as a result of the transfer. In general, this rule does not apply to transfers between spouses or former spouses. Similar rules apply if you transfer ownership for full consideration. Please consult your tax advisor for further details.

1035 Exchanges: Section 1035 of the Code permits nontaxable exchanges of certain insurance policies, endowment contracts, annuity contracts and qualified long-term care insurance contracts while providing for continued tax deferral of earnings. In addition, Section 1035 permits the carryover of the investment in the contract from the old policy or contract to the new policy or contract. In a 1035 exchange one policy or contract is exchanged for another policy or contract. The following can qualify as nontaxable exchanges: (1) the exchange of a life insurance policy for another life insurance policy or for an endowment, annuity or qualified long-term care insurance contract, (2) the exchange of an endowment contract for an annuity or qualified long-term care insurance contract, or for an endowment contract under which payments will begin no later than payments would have begun under the contract exchanged, (3) the exchange of an annuity contract for another annuity or for a qualified long-term care insurance contract, and (4) the exchange of a qualified long-term care insurance contract for a qualified long-term care insurance contract. Additionally, other tax rules apply. However, if the life insurance policy has an outstanding loan, there may be tax consequences. Depending on the issue date of your original policy or contract, there may be tax or other benefits that are given up to gain the benefits of the new policy or contract. Consider whether the features and benefits of the new policy or contract outweigh any tax or other benefits of the old contract.

For a partial exchange of an annuity contract for another annuity contract, the 1035 exchange is generally tax-free. The investment in the original contract and the earnings on the contract will be allocated proportionately between the original and new contracts. However, per IRS Revenue Procedure 2011-38, if surrenders are taken from either contract within the 180-day period following a partial 1035 exchange, the IRS will apply general tax principles to determine the appropriate tax treatment of the exchange and subsequent surrender. As a result, there may be unexpected tax consequences. You should consult your tax advisor before taking any surrender from either contract during the 180-day period following a partial exchange.

Assignment: If you assign or pledge your contract as collateral for a loan, earnings on purchase payments you made after Aug. 13, 1982 will be taxed as a deemed distribution and also may be subject to the 10% penalty as discussed above.

Qualified Annuities

Adverse tax consequences may result if you do not ensure that contributions, distributions and other transactions under the contract comply with the law. Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions. You should refer to your retirement plan’s Summary Plan Description, your IRA disclosure statement, or consult a tax advisor for additional information about the distribution rules applicable to your situation.

When you use your contract to fund a retirement plan or IRA that is already tax-deferred under the Code, the contract will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral. If your contract is used to fund an employer sponsored plan, your right to benefits may be subject to the terms and conditions of the plan regardless of the terms of the contract.

Annuity payouts: Under a qualified annuity, except a Roth IRA, Roth 401(k) or Roth 403(b), the entire payout generally is includable as ordinary income and is subject to tax unless: (1) the contract is an IRA to which you made non-deductible contributions; or (2) you rolled after-tax dollars from a retirement plan into your IRA; or 3) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you or your employer have contributed after-tax dollars; or (4) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you direct such payout to be directly rolled over to another eligible retirement plan such as an IRA. We may permit partial annuitizations of qualified annuity contracts. If we accept partial annuitizations, please remember that your contract will still need to comply with other requirements such as required minimum distributions and the payment of taxes. Prior to considering a partial annuitization on a qualified contract, you should discuss your decision and any implications with your tax adviser. Because we cannot accurately track certain after tax funding sources, we will generally report any payments on partial annuitizations as ordinary income except in the case of a qualified distribution from a Roth IRA.

Annuity payouts from Roth IRAs: In general, the entire payout from a Roth IRA can be free from income and penalty taxes if you have attained age 59½ and meet the five year holding period.

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    95

Surrenders: Under a qualified annuity, except a Roth IRA, Roth 401(k) or Roth 403(b), the entire surrender will generally be includable as ordinary income and is subject to tax unless: (1) the contract is an IRA to which you made non-deductible contributions; or (2) you rolled after-tax dollars from a retirement plan into your IRA; or (3) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you or your employer have contributed after-tax dollars; or (4) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you direct such surrender to be directly rolled over to another eligible retirement plan such as an IRA.

Surrenders from Roth IRAs: In general, the entire payout from a Roth IRA can be free from income and penalty taxes if you have attained age 59½ and meet the five year holding period or another qualifying event such as death or disability.

Required Minimum Distributions: Retirement plans (except for Roth IRAs) are subject to required surrenders called required minimum distributions (“RMDs”) beginning at age 72 (age 70 ½ if you were born on or before June 30, 1949). RMDs are based on the fair market value of your contract at year-end divided by the life expectancy factor. Certain death benefits and optional riders may be considered in determining the fair market value of your contract for RMD purposes. This may cause your RMD to be higher. Inherited IRAs (including inherited Roth IRAs) are subject to special required minimum distribution rules. You should consult your tax advisor prior to making a purchase for an explanation of the potential tax implications to you.

Withholding for IRAs, Roth IRAs, SEPs and SIMPLE IRAs: If you receive taxable income as a result of an annuity payout or a surrender, including surrenders under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, we may deduct withholding against the payment. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. As long as you have provided us with a valid Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number, you can elect not to have any withholding occur.

If the payment is part of an annuity payout plan, we generally compute the amount of federal income tax withholding using payroll tables. You may provide us with a statement of how many exemptions to use in calculating the withholding. If the distribution is any other type of payment (such as a partial or full surrender) we compute federal income tax withholding using 10% of the taxable portion.

The federal income tax withholding requirements differ if we deliver payment outside the United States or you are a non-resident alien.

Some states also may impose income tax withholding requirements similar to the federal withholding described above. If this should be the case, we may deduct state income tax withholding from the payment.

Withholding for all other qualified annuities: If you receive directly all or part of the contract value from a qualified annuity, mandatory 20% federal income tax withholding (and possibly state income tax withholding) generally will be imposed at the time the payout is made from the plan. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. This mandatory withholding will not be imposed if instead of receiving the distribution check, you elect to have the distribution rolled over directly to an IRA or another eligible plan. Payments made to a surviving spouse instead of being directly rolled over to an IRA are also subject to mandatory 20% income tax withholding.

In the below situations, the distribution is subject to an optional 10% withholding instead of the mandatory 20% withholding. We will withhold 10% of the distribution amount unless you elect otherwise.

• the payout is one in a series of substantially equal periodic payouts, made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or the joint lives or life expectancies of you and your designated beneficiary) or over a specified period of 10 years or more;

• the payout is a RMD as defined under the Code;

• the payout is made on account of an eligible hardship; or

• the payout is a corrective distribution.

State withholding also may be imposed on taxable distributions.

Penalties: If you receive amounts from your qualified contract before reaching age 59½, you may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty on the amount includable in your ordinary income. However, this penalty generally will not apply to any amount received:

• because of your death;

• because you become disabled (as defined in the Code);

• if the distribution is part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or joint lives or life expectancies of you and your beneficiary);

• if the distribution is made following severance from employment during or after the calendar year in which you attain age 55 (TSAs and annuities funding 401(a) plans only);

• to pay certain medical or education expenses (IRAs only); or

96    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• if the distribution is made from an inherited IRA.

Death benefits to beneficiaries: The entire death benefit generally is taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary in the year he/she receives the payments from the qualified annuity. If you made non-deductible contributions to a traditional IRA, the portion of any distribution from the contract that represents after-tax contributions is not taxable as ordinary income to your beneficiary. You are responsible for keeping all records tracking your non-deductible contributions to an IRA. Death benefits under a Roth IRA generally are not taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary if certain distribution requirements are met. (See also “Benefits in Case of Death — If you Die Before the Annuitization Start Date”).

Change of retirement plan type: IRS regulations allow for rollovers of certain retirement plan distributions. In some circumstances, you may be able to have an intra-contract rollover, keeping the same features and conditions. If the annuity contract you have does not support an intra-contract rollover, you are able to request an IRS approved rollover to another annuity contract or other investment product that you choose. If you choose another annuity contract or investment product, you will be subject to new rules, including a new surrender charge schedule for an annuity contract, or other product rules as applicable.

Assignment:You may not assign or pledge your qualified contract as collateral for a loan.

Other

Purchase payment credits: These are considered earnings and are taxed accordingly when surrendered or paid out.

Special considerations if you select any optional rider: As of the date of this prospectus, we believe that charges related to these riders are not subject to current taxation. Therefore, we will not report these charges as partial surrenders from your contract. However, the IRS may determine that these charges should be treated as partial surrenders subject to taxation to the extent of any gain as well as the 10% tax penalty for surrenders before the age of 59½, if applicable, on the taxable portion.

We reserve the right to report charges for these riders as partial surrenders if we, as a withholding and reporting agent, believe that we are required to report them. In addition, we will report any benefits attributable to these riders on your death (Current Contract), or your or the annuitant's death (Original Contract) as an annuity death benefit distribution, not as proceeds from life insurance.

Important: Our discussion of federal tax laws is based upon our understanding of current interpretations of these laws. Federal tax laws or current interpretations of them may change. For this reason and because tax consequences are complex and highly individual and cannot always be anticipated, you should consult a tax advisor if you have any questions about taxation of your contract.

RiverSource Life’s tax status: We are taxed as a life insurance company under the Code. For federal income tax purposes, the subaccounts are considered a part of our company, although their operations are treated separately in accounting and financial statements. Investment income is reinvested in the fund in which each subaccount invests and becomes part of that subaccount’s value. This investment income, including realized capital gains, is not subject to any withholding for federal or state income taxes. We reserve the right to make such a charge in the future if there is a change in the tax treatment of variable annuities or in our tax status as we then understand it.
The company includes in its taxable income the net investment income derived from the investment of assets held in its subaccounts because the company is considered the owner of these assets under federal income tax law.  The company may claim certain tax benefits associated with this investment income.  These benefits, which may include foreign tax credits and the corporate dividend received deduction, are not passed on to you since the company is the owner of the assets under federal tax law and is taxed on the investment income generated by the assets. 

Tax qualification: We intend that the contract qualify as an annuity for federal income tax purposes. To that end, the provisions of the contract are to be interpreted to ensure or maintain such tax qualification, in spite of any other provisions of the contract. We reserve the right to amend the contract to reflect any clarifications that may be needed or are appropriate to maintain such qualification or to conform the contract to any applicable changes in the tax qualification requirements. We will send you a copy of any amendments.

Spousal status: When it comes to your marital status and the identification and naming of any spouse as a beneficiary or party to your contract, we will rely on the representations you make to us. Based on this reliance, we will issue and administer your contract in accordance with these representations. If you represent that you are married and your representation is incorrect or your marriage is deemed invalid for federal or state law purposes, then the benefits and rights under your contract may be different.

If you have any questions as to the status of your relationship as a marriage, then you should consult an appropriate tax or legal advisor.

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    97

Voting Rights

As a contract owner with investments in the subaccounts, you may vote on important fund policies until annuity payouts begin. Once they begin, the person receiving them has voting rights. We will vote fund shares according to the instructions of the person with voting rights.

Before annuity payouts begin, the number of votes you have is determined by applying your percentage interest in each subaccount to the total number of votes allowed to the subaccount.

After annuity payouts begin, the number of votes you have is equal to:

• the reserve held in each subaccount for your contract; divided by

• the net asset value of one share of the applicable fund.

As we make annuity payouts, the reserve for the contract decreases; therefore, the number of votes also will decrease.

We calculate votes separately for each subaccount. We will send notice of shareholders’ meetings, proxy materials and a statement of the number of votes to which the voter is entitled. We are the legal owner of all fund shares and therefore hold all voting rights.  However, to the extent required by law, we will vote the shares of each fund according to instructions we receive from policy owners. We will vote shares for which we have not received instructions and shares that we or our affiliates own in our own names in the same proportion as the votes for which we received instructions. As a result of this proportional voting, in cases when a small number of contract owners vote, their votes will have a greater impact and may even control the outcome.

Substitution of Investments

We may substitute the funds in which the subaccounts invest if:

• laws or regulations change;

• the existing funds become unavailable; or

• in our judgment, the funds no longer are suitable (or are not the most suitable) for the subaccounts.

If any of these situations occur, we have the right to substitute a fund currently listed in this prospectus (existing fund) for another fund (new fund), provided we obtain any required SEC and state insurance law approval. The new fund may have higher fees and/or operating expenses than the existing fund. Also, the new fund may have investment objectives and policies and/or investment advisers which differ from the existing fund.

We may also:

• add new subaccounts;

• combine any two or more subaccounts;

• transfer assets to and from the subaccounts or the variable account; and

• eliminate or close any subaccounts.

We will notify you of any substitution or change.

In the event of any such substitution or change, we may amend the contract and take whatever action is necessary and appropriate without your consent or approval. We will obtain any required prior approval of the SEC or state insurance departments before making any substitution or change.

About the Service Providers

Principal Underwriter

RiverSource Distributors, Inc. (RiverSource Distributors), our affiliate, serves as the principal underwriter and general distributor of the contract. Its offices are located at 70100 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, MN 55474. RiverSource Distributors is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ameriprise Financial, Inc.

Sales of the Contract

New contracts are not currently being offered.

• Only securities broker-dealers (“selling firms”) registered with the SEC and members of the FINRA may sell the contract.

• The contracts are continuously offered to the public through authorized selling firms. We and RiverSource Distributors have a sales agreement with the selling firm. The sales agreement authorizes the selling firm to offer the contracts

98    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

to the public. RiverSource Distributors pays the selling firm (or an affiliated insurance agency) for contracts its investment professional sell. The selling firm may be required to return sales commissions under certain circumstances including but not limited to when contracts are returned under the free look period.

Payments We May Make to Selling Firms

• We may use compensation plans which vary by selling firm. For example, some of these plans pay selling firms a commission of up to 7.50% each time a purchase payment is made. We may also pay ongoing trail commissions of up to 1.25% of the contract value. We do not pay or withhold payment of trail commissions based on which investment options you select.

• We may pay selling firms an additional sales commission of up to 1.00% of purchase payments for a period of time we select. For example, we may offer to pay an additional sales commission to get selling firms to market a new or enhanced contract or to increase sales during the period.

• In addition to commissions, we may, in order to promote sales of the contracts, and as permitted by applicable laws and regulation, pay or provide selling firms with other promotional incentives in cash, credit or other compensation. We generally (but may not) offer these promotional incentives to all selling firms. The terms of such arrangements differ between selling firms. These promotional incentives may include but are not limited to:

• sponsorship of marketing, educational, due diligence and compliance meetings and conferences we or the selling firm may conduct for investment professionals, including subsidy of travel, meal, lodging, entertainment and other expenses related to these meetings;

• marketing support related to sales of the contract including for example, the creation of marketing materials, advertising and newsletters;

• providing service to contract owners; and

• funding other events sponsored by a selling firm that may encourage the selling firm’s investment professionals to sell the contract.

These promotional incentives or reimbursements may be calculated as a percentage of the selling firm’s aggregate, net or anticipated sales and/or total assets attributable to sales of the contract, and/or may be a fixed dollar amount. As noted below this additional compensation may cause the selling firm and its investment professionals to favor the contracts.

Sources of Payments to Selling Firms

When we pay the commissions and other compensation described above from our assets. Our assets may include:

• revenues we receive from fees and expenses that you will pay when buying, owning and making a surrender from the contract (see “Expense Summary”);

• compensation we or an affiliate receive from the underlying funds in the form of distribution and services fees (see “The Variable Account and the Funds — The Funds”);

• compensation we or an affiliate receive from a fund’s investment adviser, subadviser, distributor or an affiliate of any of these (see “The Variable Account and the Funds — The Funds”); and

• revenues we receive from other contracts we sell that are not securities and other businesses we conduct.

You do not directly pay the commissions and other compensation described above as the result of a specific charge or deduction under the contract. However, you may pay part or all of the commissions and other compensation described above indirectly through:

• fees and expenses we collect from contract owners, including surrender charges; and

• fees and expenses charged by the underlying subaccount funds in which you invest, to the extent we or one of our affiliates receive revenue from the funds or an affiliated person.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Compensation payment arrangements made with selling firms can potentially:

• give selling firms a heightened financial incentive to sell the contract offered in this prospectus over another investment with lower compensation to the selling firm.

• cause selling firms to encourage their investment professionals to sell you the contract offered in this prospectus instead of selling you other alternative investments that may result in lower compensation to the selling firm.

• cause selling firms to grant us access to its investment professionals to promote sales of the contract offered in this prospectus, while denying that access to other firms offering similar contracts or other alternative investments which may pay lower compensation to the selling firm.

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    99

Payments to Investment Professionals

• The selling firm pays its investment professionals. The selling firm decides the compensation and benefits it will pay its investment professionals.

• To inform yourself of any potential conflicts of interest, ask the investment professional before you buy, how the selling firm and its investment professionals are being compensated and the amount of the compensation that each will receive if you buy the contract.

Service Providers

Our Service Center performs certain administrative services on the contracts and policies we issue. The address and telephone number of our Service Center are listed on the first page of the prospectus. We also have entered into agreements with certain entities to provide the identified services in connection with the contracts and policies we issue. The entities engaged by RiverSource Life may change over time. Entities that provided services to RiverSource Life in 2019 are listed in the table below.

Name of Service Provider	Services Provided	Address
Ameriprise Financial, Inc.	Business affairs management and administrative support related to new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies	707 Second Avenue South Minneapolis MN 55402 USA
Ameriprise India Private Limited	Administrative support related to new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies annual report filings	Plot No. 14, Sector 18 Udyog Vihar Gurugram, Haryana – 122 015 India
Sykes Enterprise Incorporated	Administrative support related to e new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies	10th Floor, Glorietta BPO 1 Office Tower Makati City 1224 Metro Manila Philippines

Issuer

We issue the contracts. We are a stock life insurance company organized in 1957 under the laws of the state of Minnesota and are located at 829 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, MN 55474. We are a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ameriprise Financial, Inc.

We conduct a conventional life insurance business. We are licensed to do business in 49 states, the District of Columbia and American Samoa. Our primary products currently include fixed and variable annuity contracts and life insurance policies.

Legal Proceedings

Insurance companies have been the subject of increasing regulatory, legislative and judicial scrutiny. Numerous state and federal regulatory agencies have commenced examinations and other inquiries of insurance companies regarding sales and marketing practices (including sales to older consumers and disclosure practices), claims handling, and unclaimed property and escheatment practices and procedures. RiverSource Life has cooperated and will continue to cooperate with the applicable regulators.

RiverSource Life is involved in the normal course of business in a number of other legal and arbitration proceedings concerning matters arising in connection with the conduct of its business activities. RiverSource Life believes that it is not a party to, nor are any of its properties the subject of, any pending legal, arbitration or regulatory investigation, examination or proceeding that is likely to have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is possible that the outcome of any current or future legal, arbitration or regulatory proceeding could have a material impact on results of operations in any particular reporting period as the proceedings are resolved.

Uncertain economic conditions, heightened and sustained volatility in the financial markets and significant financial reform legislation may increase the likelihood that clients and other persons or regulators may present or threaten legal claims or that regulators increase the scope or frequency of examinations of RiverSource Life or the insurance industry generally.

Additional Information

Incorporation of Certain Documents By Reference

The SEC allows us to “incorporate by reference” the information we have filed with the SEC. This means that we can disclose important information to you without actually including the specific information in this prospectus by referring you to other documents filed separately with the SEC. The information incorporated by reference is an important part of

100    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

this prospectus. Information that we later provide to the SEC, and which is deemed to be “filed” with the SEC, will automatically update information previously filed with the SEC, and may replace information in this prospectus and information previously filed with the SEC. We incorporate by reference RiverSource Life Insurance Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019 as filed with the SEC on Feb.26, 2020under File No. 033-28976 in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and any filings we make with the SEC under Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act (excluding information deemed to be furnished and not filed with the SEC) after the effective date of this registration statement, until all offerings under the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part are completed or terminated. The annual report contains additional information about RiverSource Life Insurance Company, including audited financial statements for the latest fiscal year.

RiverSource Life will furnish you without charge a copy of any or all of the documents incorporated by reference into this prospectus, including any exhibits to such documents which have been specifically incorporated by reference. We will do so upon receipt of your written or oral request. You can contact RiverSource Life at the telephone number and address listed on the first page of this prospectus.

Available Information

This prospectus is part of a registration statement we file with the SEC. Additional information on RiverSource Life and on this offering is available in the registration statement and other materials we file. You can obtain copies of these materials at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. This prospectus, other information about the contract and other information incorporated by reference are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at (http://www.sec.gov).

Indemnification

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the Act) may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of RiverSource Life pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    101

Appendices

Table of Contents and Cross-Reference Table

APPENDIX NAME	PAGE #	CROSS-REFERENCE	PAGE #
Appendix A: Example — Market Value Adjustment (MVA)	p. 103	Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)	p. 29
Appendix B: Example — Surrender Charges	p. 105	Charges — Surrender Charges	p. 40
Appendix C: Example — Death Benefits	p. 111	Benefits in Case of Death	p. 68
Appendix D: Example —SecureSourceseries of riders	p. 116	Optional Benefits — Optional Living Benefits	p. 77
Appendix E:SecureSource series of riders — Additional RMD Disclosure	p. 122	Optional Benefits — Optional Living Benefits	p. 88
Appendix F: Example — Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider	p. 124	Optional Benefits — Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider	p. 88
Appendix G: Example — Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider	p. 126	Optional Benefits — Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider	p. 90
Appendix H: Asset Allocation Program for Contracts with Applications Signed Before May 1, 2006	p. 128
Appendix I: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider Disclosure	p. 129	N/A
Appendix J: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider Disclosure	p. 141	N/A
Appendix K: Example — Income Assurer Benefit Riders Disclosure	p. 149	N/A
Appendix L: Example — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider	p. 159	Optional Benefits — Optional Living Benefits	p. 77
Appendix M:SecureSource Rider Disclosure	p. 160	N/A
Appendix N:SecureSource 20 Rider Disclosure	p. 173	Optional Benefits — Optional Living Benefits	p. 77
Appendix O:SecureSource Stages Rider Disclosure	p. 186	N/A
Appendix P: Example — Withdrawal Benefit Riders: Elective Step Up or Elective Spousal Continuation Step Up	p. 196	Optional Benefits ��� Optional Living Benefits	p. 88
Appendix Q: Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	p. 197	Condensed Financial Information	p. 16

The purpose of these appendices is first to illustrate the operation of various contract features and riders; second, to provide additional disclosure regarding various contract features and riders; and lastly, to provide condensed financial history (unaudited) of the subaccounts.

In order to demonstrate the contract features and riders, an example may show hypothetical contract values. These contract values do not represent past or future performance. Actual contract values may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a number of factors, including but not limited to the investment experience of the subaccounts, GPAs, Special DCA fixed account, (Current Contract), DCA fixed account, (Original Contract), regular fixed account (Current Contract), and one-year fixed account (Original Contract) and the fees and charges that apply to your contract.

The examples of death benefits and optional riders in appendices include a partial surrender to illustrate the effect of a partial surrender on the particular benefit. These examples are intended to show how the optional riders operate, and do not take into account whether the rider is part of a qualified contract. Qualified contracts are subject to required minimum distributions at certain ages which may require you to take partial surrenders from the contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). If you are considering the addition of certain death benefits and/or optional riders to a qualified contract, you should consult your tax advisor prior to making a purchase for an explanation of the potential tax implications to you.

102    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix A: Appendix A: Example — Market Value Adjustment (MVA)

As the examples below demonstrate, the application of an MVA may result in either a gain or a loss of principal. We refer to all of the transactions described below as “early surrenders.”

Assumptions:

• You purchase a contract and allocate part of your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA; and

• we guarantee an interest rate of 3.0% annually for your ten-year guarantee period; and

• after three years, you decide to make a surrender from your GPA. In other words, there are seven years left in your guarantee period.

Remember that the MVA depends partly on the interest rate of a new GPA for the same number of years as the guarantee period remaining on your GPA. In this case, that is seven years.

Example 1: Remember that your GPA is earning 3.0%. Assume at the time of your surrender new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 3.5%. We add 0.10% to the 3.5% rate to get 3.6%. Your GPA’s 3.0% rate is less than the 3.6% rate, so the MVA will be negative.

Example 2: Remember again that your GPA is earning 3.0%, and assume that new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 2.5%. We add 0.10% to the 2.5% rate to get 2.6%. In this example, since your GPA’s 3.0% rate is greater than the 2.6% rate, the MVA will be positive. To determine that adjustment precisely, you will have to use the formula described below.

Sample MVA Calculations

The precise MVA formula we apply is as follows:

Early surrender amount	×	[	(	1 + i	)	n/12	–1	]	=	MVA
				1 + j + .001

Where i	=	rate earned in the GPA from which amounts are being transferred or surrendered.
j	=	current rate for a new guarantee period equal to the remaining term in the current guarantee period.
n	=	number of months remaining in the current guarantee period (rounded up).

Examples — MVA

Using assumptions similar to those we used in the examples above:

• You purchase a contract and allocate part of your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA;

• we guarantee an interest rate of 3.0% annually for your ten-year guarantee period; and

• after three years, you decide to make a $1,000 surrender from your GPA. In other words, there are seven years left in your guarantee period.

Example 1: You request an early surrender of $1,000 from your ten-year GPA earning a guaranteed interest rate of 3.0%. Assume at the time of your surrender new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 3.5%. Using the formula above, we determine the MVA as follows:

$1,000	×	[	(	1.030	)	84/12	–1	]	=	-$39.84
				1 + .035 + .001

In this example, the MVA is a negative $39.84.

Example 2: You request an early surrender of $1,000 from your ten-year GPA earning a guaranteed interest rate of 3.0%. Assume at the time of your surrender new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 2.5%. Using the formula above, we determine the MVA as follows:

$1,000	×	[	(	1.030	)	84/12	–1	]	=	$27.61
				1 + .025 + .001

In this example, the MVA is a positive $27.61.

Please note that when you allocate your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA and your purchase payment is in its fourth year from receipt at the beginning of the guarantee period, your surrender charge percentage is 8%. (See “Charges — Surrender Charge.”) We do not apply MVAs to the amounts we deduct for surrender charges, so we

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    103

would deduct the surrender charge from your early surrender after we applied the MVA. Also note that when you request an early surrender, we surrender an amount from your GPA that will give you the net amount you requested after we apply the MVA and any applicable surrender charge, unless you request otherwise.

The current interest rate we offer on the GPA will change periodically at our discretion. It is the rate we are then paying on purchase payments, renewals and transfers paid under this class of contracts for guarantee period durations equaling the remaining guarantee period of the GPA to which the formula is being applied.

104    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix B: Example — Surrender Charges

Example — Surrender Charges

We determine your surrender charge by multiplying the amount of each purchase payment surrendered which could be subject to a surrender charge by the applicable surrender charge percentage, and then totaling the surrender charges. We calculate the amount of purchase payments surrendered (PPS) as:

Current Contract:

PPS	=	PPSC + PPF
PPSC	=	purchase payments surrendered that could be subject to a surrender charge
	=	(PS – FA) / (CV – FA) × (PP – PPF)
PPF	=	purchase payments surrendered that are not subject to a surrender charge
	=	FA – contract earnings, but not less than zero
PP	=	purchase payments not previously surrendered (total purchase payments – PPS from all previous surrenders)
PS	=	amount the contract value is reduced by the surrender
FA	=	total free amount = greater of contract earnings or 10% of prior anniversary’s contract value
CV	=	contract value prior to the surrender

Original Contract:

PPS	=	XSF + (ACV – XSF) / (CV – TFA) × (PPNPS – XSF)
XSF	=	10% of prior anniversary’s contract value – contract earnings, but not less than zero
ACV	=	amount the contract value is reduced by the surrender – contract earnings, but not less than zero
TFA	=	total free amount = greater of contract earnings or 10% of prior anniversary’s contract value
PPNPS	=	purchase payments not previously surrendered (total purchase payments – PPS from all previous surrenders)
CV	=	contract value prior to the surrender

When determining the surrender charge, contract earnings are defined as the contract value, including any positive or negative MVA on amounts being surrendered, less purchase payments not previously surrendered. We determine current contract earnings by looking at the entire contract value, not the earnings of any particular subaccount, GPA, the regular fixed account (Current Contract), the one-year fixed account (Original Contract), the Special DCA fixed account (Current Contract) or the DCA fixed account (Original Contract). If the contract value is less than purchase payments received and not previously surrendered, then contract earnings are zero.

The examples below show how the surrender charge for a full and partial surrender is calculated for a contract with a nine-year surrender charge schedule. Each example illustrates the amount of the surrender charge for both a contract that experiences gains and a contract that experiences losses, given the same set of assumptions.

Current Contract:

Full surrender charge calculation — nine-year surrender charge schedule:

This is an example of how we calculate the surrender charge on a contract with a nine-year (from the date of each purchase payment) surrender charge schedule and the following history:

Assumptions:

• We receive a single $50,000 purchase payment and we immediately add a $2,000 purchase payment credit;

• During the fourth contract year you surrender the contract for its total value. The surrender charge percentage in the fourth year after a purchase payment is 7.0%; and

• You have made no prior surrenders.

We will look at two situations, one where the contract has a gain and another where there is a loss:

		Contract with Gain	Contract with Loss
	Contract value just prior to surrender:	$60,000.00	$40,000.00
	Contract value on prior anniversary:	58,000.00	42,000.00
We calculate the surrender charge as follows:
Step 1.	First, we determine the amount of earnings available in the contract at the time of surrender as:
	Contract value just prior to surrender (CV):	60,000.00	40,000.00

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    105

			Contract with Gain	Contract with Loss
	Less purchase payments received and not previously surrendered (PP):		50.000.00	50.000.00
	Earnings in the contract (but not less than zero):		10,000.00	0.00
Step 2.	Next, we determine the total free amount (FA) available in the contract as the greatest of the following values:
	Earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value:		5,800.00	4,200.00
	FA (but not less than zero):		10,000.00	4,200.00
Step 3.	Next we determine PPF, the amount by which the total free amount (FA) exceeds earnings.
	Total free amount (FA):		10,000.00	4,200.00
	Less earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	PPF (but not less than zero):		0.00	4,200.00
Step 4.	Next we determine PS, the amount by which the contract value is reduced by the surrender.
	PS:		60,000.00	40,000.00
Step 5.	Now we can determine how much of the PP is being surrendered (PPS) as follows:
	PPS	= PPF + PPSC
		= PPF + (PS – FA) / (CV – FA) * (PP – PPF)
	PPF from Step 3 =		0.00	4,200.00
	PS from Step 4 =		60,000.00	40,000.00
	CV from Step 1 =		60,000.00	40,000.00
	FA from Step 2 =		10,000.00	4,200.00
	PP from Step 1 =		50,000.00	50,000.00
	PPS =		50,000.00	50,000.00
Step 6.	We then calculate the surrender charge as a percentage of PPS. Note that for a contract with a loss, PPS may be greater than the amount you request to surrender:
	PPS:		50,000.00	50,000.00
	less PPF:		0.00	4,200.00
	PPSC = amount of PPS subject to a surrender charge:		50,000.00	45,800.00
	multiplied by the surrender charge rate:		× 7.0%	× 7.0%
	surrender charge:		3,500.00	3,206.00
Step 7.	The dollar amount you will receive as a result of your full surrender is determined as:
	Contract value surrendered:		60,000.00	40,000.00
	Surrender charge:		(3,500.00)	(3,206.00)
	Contract charge (assessed upon full surrender):		(40.00)	(40.00)
	Net full surrender proceeds:		$56,460.00	$36,754.00

Current Contract:

Partial surrender charge calculation — nine-year surrender charge schedule:

This is an example of how we calculate the surrender charge on a contract with a nine-year (from the date of each purchase payment) surrender charge schedule and the following history:

Assumptions:

• We receive a single $50,000 purchase payment and we immediately add a $2,000 purchase payment credit;

• During the fourth contract year you request a net partial surrender of $15,000.00. The surrender charge percentage in the fourth year after a purchase payment is 7.0%; and

• You have made no prior surrenders.

106    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

We will look at two situations, one where the contract has a gain and another where there is a loss:

			Contract with Gain	Contract with Loss
Contract value just prior to surrender:			$60,000.00	$40,000.00
Contract value on prior anniversary:			58,000.00	42,000.00
We determine the amount of contract value that must be surrendered in order for the net partial surrender proceeds to match the amount requested. We start with an estimate of the amount of contract value to surrender and calculate the resulting surrender charge and net partial surrender proceeds as illustrated below. We then adjust our estimate and repeat until we determine the amount of contract value to surrender that generates the desired net partial surrender proceeds.
We calculate the surrender charge for each estimate as follows:
Step 1.	First, we determine the amount of earnings available in the contract at the time of surrender as:
	Contract value just prior to surrender (CV):		60,000.00	40,000.00
	Less purchase payments received and not previously surrendered (PP):		50,000.00	50,000.00
	Earnings in the contract (but not less than zero):		10,000.00	0.00
Step 2.	Next, we determine the total free amount (FA) available in the contract as the greatest of the following values:
	Earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value:		5,800.00	4,200.00
	FA (but not less than zero):		10,000.00	4,200.00
Step 3.	Next we determine PPF, the amount by which the total free amount (FA) exceeds earnings.
	Total free amount (FA):		10,000.00	4,200.00
	Less earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	PPF (but not less than zero):		0.00	4,200.00
Step 4.	Next we determine PS, the amount by which the contract value is reduced by the surrender.
	PS (determined by iterative process described above):		15,376.34	16,062.31
Step 5.	Now we can determine how much of the PP is being surrendered (PPS) as follows:
	PPS	= PPF + PPSC
		= PPF + (PS – FA) / (CV – FA) * (PP – PPF)
	PPF from Step 3 =		0.00	4,200.00
	PS from Step 4 =		15,376.34	16,062.31
	CV from Step 1 =		60,000.00	40,000.00
	FA from Step 2 =		10,000.00	4,200.00
	PP from Step 1 =		50,000.00	50,000.00
	PPS =		5,376.34	19,375.80
Step 6.	We then calculate the surrender charge as a percentage of PPS. Note that for a contract with a loss, PPS may be greater than the amount you request to surrender:
	PPS:		5,376.34	19,375.80
	less PPF:		0.00	4,200.00
	PPSC = amount of PPS subject to a surrender charge:		5,376.34	15,175.80
	multiplied by the surrender charge rate:		× 7.0%	× 7.0%
	surrender charge:		376.34	1,062.31
Step 7.	The dollar amount you will receive as a result of your partial surrender is determined as:
	Contract value surrendered:		15,376.34	16,062.31
	Surrender charge:		(376.34)	(1,062.31)
	Net partial surrender proceeds:		$15,000.00	$15,000.00

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    107

Original Contract:

Full surrender charge calculation — nine-year surrender charge schedule:

This is an example of how we calculate the surrender charge on a contract with a nine-year (from the date of each purchase payment) surrender charge schedule and the following history:

Assumptions:

• We receive a single $50,000 purchase payment and we immediately add a $2,000 purchase payment credit;

• During the fourth contract year you surrender the contract for its total value. The surrender charge percentage in the fourth year after a purchase payment is 8.0%; and

• You have made no prior surrenders.

We will look at two situations, one where the contract has a gain and another where there is a loss:

			Contract with Gain	Contract with Loss
	Contract value just prior to surrender:		$60,000.00	$40,000.00
	Contract value on prior anniversary:		58,000.00	42,000.00
We calculate the surrender charge as follows:
Step 1.	First, we determine the amount of earnings available in the contract at the time of surrender as:
	Contract value just prior to surrender (CV):		60,000.00	40,000.00
	Less purchase payments received and not previously surrendered (PPNPS):		50,000.00	50,000.00
	Earnings in the contract (but not less than zero):		10,000.00	0.00
Step 2.	Next, we determine the Total Free Amount (TFA) available in the contract as the greatest of the following values:
	Earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value:		5,800.00	4,200.00
	TFA (but not less than zero):		10,000.00	4,200.00
Step 3.	Next we determine ACV, the amount by which the contract value surrendered exceeds earnings.
	Contract value surrendered:		60,000.00	40,000.00
	Less earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	ACV (but not less than zero):		50,000.00	40,000.00
Step 4.	Next we determine XSF, the amount by which 10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value exceeds earnings.
	10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value:		5,800.00	4,200.00
	Less earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	XSF (but not less than zero):		0.00	4,200.00
Step 5.	Now we can determine how much of the PPNPS is being surrendered (PPS) as follows:
	PPS	= XSF + (ACV – XSF) / (CV – TFA) × (PPNPS – XSF)
	XSF from Step 4 =		0.00	4,200.00
	ACV from Step 3 =		50,000.00	40,000.00
	CV from Step 1 =		60,000.00	40,000.00
	TFA from Step 2 =		10,000.00	4,200.00
	PPNPS from Step 1 =		50,000.00	50,000.00
	PPS =		50,000.00	50,000.00
Step 6.	We then calculate the surrender charge as a percentage of PPS. Note that for a contract with a loss, PPS may be greater than the amount you request to surrender:
	PPS:		50,000.00	50,000.00
	less XSF:		0.00	4,200.00
	amount of PPS subject to a surrender charge:		50,000.00	45,800.00
	multiplied by the surrender charge rate:		× 8.0%	× 8.0%

108    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

		Contract with Gain	Contract with Loss
	surrender charge:	4,000.00	3,664.00
Step 7.	The dollar amount you will receive as a result of your full surrender is determined as:
	Contract value surrendered:	60,000.00	40,000.00
	Surrender charge:	(4,000.00)	(3,664.00)
	Contract charge (assessed upon full surrender):	(40.00)	(40.00)
	Net full surrender proceeds:	$55,960.00	$36,296.00

Original Contract:

Partial surrender charge calculation — nine-year surrender charge schedule:

This is an example of how we calculate the surrender charge on a contract with a nine-year (from the date of each purchase payment) surrender charge schedule and the following history:

Assumptions:

• We receive a single $50,000 purchase payment and we immediately add a $2,000 purchase payment credit;

• During the fourth contract year you request a net partial surrender of $15,000.00. The surrender charge percentage in the fourth year after a purchase payment is 8.0%; and

• You have made no prior surrenders.

We will look at two situations, one where the contract has a gain and another where there is a loss:

			Contract with Gain	Contract with Loss
Contract value just prior to surrender:			$60,000.00	$40,000.00
Contract value on prior anniversary:			58,000.00	42,000.00
We determine the amount of contract value that must be surrendered in order for the net partial surrender proceeds to match the amount requested. We start with an estimate of the amount of contract value to surrender and calculate the resulting surrender charge and net partial surrender proceeds as illustrated below. We then adjust our estimate and repeat until we determine the amount of contract value to surrender that generates the desired net partial surrender proceeds.
We calculate the surrender charge for each estimate as follows:
Step 1.	First, we determine the amount of earnings available in the contract at the time of surrender as:
	Contract value just prior to surrender (CV):		$60,000.00	$40,000.00
	Less purchase payments received and not previously surrendered (PPNPS):		50,000.00	50,000.00
	Earnings in the contract (but not less than zero):		10,000.00	0.00
Step 2.	Next, we determine the Total Free Amount (TFA) available in the contract as the greatest of the following values:
	Earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value:		5,800.00	4,200.00
	TFA (but not less than zero):		10,000.00	4,200.00
Step 3.	Next we determine ACV, the amount by which the contract value surrendered exceeds earnings.
	Contract value surrendered:		15,434.78	16,231.37
	Less earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	ACV (but not less than zero):		5,434.78	16,231.37
Step 4.	Next we determine XSF, the amount by which 10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value exceeds earnings.
	10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value:		5,800.00	4,200.00
	Less earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	XSF (but not less than zero):		0.00	4,200.00
Step 5.	Now we can determine how much of the PPNPS is being surrendered (PPS) as follows:
	PPS	= XSF + (ACV – XSF) / (CV – TFA) × (PPNPS – XSF)

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    109

		Contract with Gain	Contract with Loss
	XSF from Step 4 =	0.00	4,200.00
	ACV from Step 3 =	5,434.78	16,231.37
	CV from Step 1 =	60,000.00	40,000.00
	TFA from Step 2 =	10,000.00	4,200.00
	PPNPS from Step 1 =	50,000.00	50,000.00
	PPS =	5,434.78	19,592.09
Step 6.	We then calculate the surrender charge as a percentage of PPS. Note that for a contract with a loss, PPS may be greater than the amount you request to surrender:
	PPS:	5,434.78	19,592.09
	less XSF:	0.00	4,200.00
	amount of PPS subject to a surrender charge:	5,434.78	15,392.09
	multiplied by the surrender charge rate:	× 8.0%	× 8.0%
	surrender charge:	434.78	1,231.37
Step 7.	The dollar amount you will receive as a result of your partial surrender is determined as:
	Contract value surrendered:	15,434.78	16,231.37
	surrender charge:	(434.78)	(1,231.37)
	Net partial surrender proceeds:	$15,000.00	$15,000.00

110    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix C: Example — Death Benefits

Current Contract:

Example — ROPP Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000. We add a purchase payment credit of $1,000 to the contract; and

• on the first contract anniversary, you make an additional payment of $20,000. We add a purchase payment credit of $800; and

• During the second contract year, the contract value is $42,000 and you take a $5,000 partial surrender (including surrender charges); and

• During the third contract year, the contract value is $40,000.

We calculate the ROPP Death Benefit as follows:
	Contract value at death:		$40,000.00
	Purchase payments, plus credits minus adjusted partial surrenders:
	Total purchase payments:		$45,000.00
	plus purchase payment credits:		+1,800.00
	minus adjusted partial surrenders calculated as:
	$5,000 × $46,800	=	–5,571.43
	$42,000
	for a death benefit of:		$41,228.57
ROPP Death Benefit, calculated as the greatest of these two values:				$41,228.57

Example — MAV Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000. We add a purchase payment credit of $1,000 to your contract; and

• on the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $29,000; and

• During the second contract year the contract value falls to $27,000, at which point you take a $1,500 partial surrender (including surrender charges), leaving a contract value of $25,500.

We calculate the MAV Death Benefit, which is based on the greater of three values, as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:		$20,500.00
2.	Purchase payments, plus purchase payment credits minus adjusted partial surrenders:
	Total purchase payments and purchase payment credits:		$26,000.00
	minus adjusted partial surrenders, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $26,000	=	–1,444.44
	$27,000
	for a death benefit of:		$24,555.56
3.	The MAV immediately preceding the date of death:
	Greatest of your contract anniversary values:		$29,000.00
	plus purchase payments and purchase payment credits made since the prior anniversary:		+0.00
	minus adjusted partial surrenders, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $29,000	=	–1,611.11
	$27,000
	for a death benefit of:		$27,388.89
The MAV Death Benefit, calculated as the greatest of these three values, which is the MAV:				$27,388.89

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    111

Example — 5% Accumulation Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000 and we add a purchase payment credit of $1,000 to your contract. You allocate $5,000 to the one-year fixed account and $21,000 to the subaccounts; and

• on the first contract anniversary, the one-year fixed account value is $5,200 and the subaccount value is $17,000. Total contract value is $23,200; and

• During the second contract year, the one-year fixed account value is $5,300 and the subaccount value is $19,000. Total contract value is $24,300. You take a $1,500 partial surrender, (including surrender charges) all from the subaccounts, leaving the contract value at $22,800.

The death benefit, which is based on the greatest of three values, is calculated as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:		$22,800.00
2.	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial surrenders:
	Total purchase payments and purchase payment credits:		$26,000.00
	minus adjusted partial surrenders, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $26,000	=	–1,604.94
	$24,300
	for a death benefit of:		$24,395.06
3.	The 5% accumulation death benefit floor:
	The variable account floor on the first contract anniversary, calculated as:
	1.05 × $21,000 =		$22,050.00
	plus amounts allocated to the subaccounts since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus the 5% accumulation death benefit floor adjusted partial surrender from the subaccounts, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $22,050	=	–1,740.79
	$19,000
	variable account floor benefit:		$20,309.21
	plus the one-year fixed account value:		+5,300.00
	5% variable account floor (value of the one-year fixed account and the variable account floor):		$25,609.21
The 5% Accumulation Death Benefit, calculated as the greatest of these three values, which is the 5% accumulation death benefit floor:				$25,609.21

Example — Enhanced Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000 and we add a $1,000 purchase payment credit with $5,000 allocated to the regular fixed account and $21,000 allocated to the subaccounts; and

• on the first contract anniversary the regular fixed account value is $5,200 and the subaccount value is $17,000. Total contract value is $23,200; and

• During the second contract year the regular fixed account value is $5,300 and the subaccount value is $19,000. Total contract value is $24,300. You take a $1,500 (including surrender charge) partial surrender all from the subaccounts, leaving the contract value at $22,800.

The death benefit, which is based on the greatest of four values, is calculated as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:		$22,800.00
2.	Purchase payments and purchase payment credits minus adjusted partial surrenders:
	Total purchase payments:		$26,000.00
	minus adjusted partial surrenders, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $26,000	=	–1,604.94
	$24,300
	for death benefit of:		$24,395.06

112    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

3.	The MAV on the anniversary immediately preceding the date of death:
	The MAV on the immediately preceding anniversary:		$26,000.00
	plus purchase payments made since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus adjusted partial surrenders made since that anniversary, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $26,000	=	–1,604.94
	$24,300
	for a MAV Death Benefit of:		$24,395.06
4.	The 5% accumulation death benefit floor:
	The variable account floor on the first contract anniversary, calculated as:
	1.05 × $21,000 =		$22,050.00
	plus amounts allocated to the subaccounts since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus the 5% accumulation death benefit floor adjusted partial surrender from the subaccounts, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $21,000	=	–1,740.79
	$19,000
	variable account floor benefit:		$20,309.21
	plus the regular fixed account value:		+5,300.00
	5% accumulation death benefit floor (value of the regular fixed account and the variable account floor):		$25,609.21
Enhanced Death Benefit, calculated as the greatest of these four values, which is the 5% accumulation death benefit floor:				$25,609.21

Original Contract:

Example — ROP Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000. We add a purchase payment credit of $1,000 to the contract; and

• on the first contract anniversary, you make an additional payment of $20,000. We add a purchase payment credit of $800; and

• During the second contract year, the contract value is $42,000 and you take a $5,000 partial surrender (including surrender charges); and

• During the third contract year, the contract value is $40,000.

We calculate the ROP Death Benefit as follows:
	Contract value at death:		$40,000.00
	Purchase payments, plus credits minus adjusted partial surrenders:
	Total purchase payments:		$45,000.00
	plus purchase payment credits:		+1,800.00
	minus adjusted partial surrenders calculated as:
	$5,000 × $46,800	=	–5,571.43
	$42,000
	for a death benefit of:		$41,228.57
ROP Death Benefit, calculated as the greatest of these two values:				$41,228.57

Example — MAV Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000. We add a purchase payment credit of $1,000 to your contract; and

• on the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $29,000; and

• During the second contract year the contract value falls to $27,000, at which point you take a $1,500 partial surrender (including surrender charges), leaving a contract value of $25,500.

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    113

We calculate the MAV Death Benefit, which is based on the greater of three values, as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:		$20,500.00
2.	Purchase payments, plus purchase payment credits minus adjusted partial surrenders:
	Total purchase payments and purchase payment credits:		$26,000.00
	minus adjusted partial surrenders, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $26,000	=	–1,444.44
	$27,000
	for a death benefit of:		$24,555.56
3.	The MAV immediately preceding the date of death:
	Greatest of your contract anniversary values:		$29,000.00
	plus purchase payments and purchase payment credits made since the prior anniversary:		+0.00
	minus adjusted partial surrenders, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $29,000	=	–1,611.11
	$27,000
	for a death benefit of:		$27,388.89
The MAV Death Benefit, calculated as the greatest of these three values, which is the MAV:				$27,388.89

Example — 5% Accumulation Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000 and we add a purchase payment credit of $1,000 to your contract. You allocate $5,000 to the one-year fixed account and $21,000 to the subaccounts; and

• on the first contract anniversary, the one-year fixed account value is $5,200 and the subaccount value is $17,000. Total contract value is $23,200; and

• During the second contract year, the one-year fixed account value is $5,300 and the subaccount value is $19,000. Total contract value is $24,300. You take a $1,500 partial surrender, (including surrender charges) all from the subaccounts, leaving the contract value at $22,800.

The death benefit, which is based on the greatest of three values, is calculated as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:		$22,800.00
2.	Purchase payments, plus purchase payment credits minus adjusted partial surrenders:
	Total purchase payments and purchase payment credits:		$26,000.00
	minus adjusted partial surrenders, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $26,000	=	–1,604.94
	$24,300
	for a death benefit of:		$24,395.06
3.	The 5% variable account floor:
	The variable account floor on the first contract anniversary, calculated as:
	1.05 × $21,000 =		$22,050.00
	plus purchase payments and purchase payment credits allocated to the subaccounts since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus the 5% variable account floor adjusted partial surrender from the subaccounts, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $22,050	=	–1,740.79
	$19,000
	variable account floor benefit:		$20,309.21
	plus the one-year fixed account value:		+5,300.00
	5% variable account floor (value of the one-year fixed account and the variable account floor):		$25,609.21

114    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The 5% Accumulation Death Benefit, calculated as the greatest of these three values,
which is the 5% variable account floor: $25,609.21

Example — Enhanced Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000 and we add a $1,000 purchase payment credit with $5,000 allocated to the one-year fixed account and $21,000 allocated to the subaccounts; and

• on the first contract anniversary, the one-year fixed account value is $5,200 and the subaccount value is $17,000. Total contract value is $23,200; and

• During the second contract year, the one-year fixed account value is $5,300 and the subaccount value is $19,000. Total contract value is $24,300. You take a $1,500 partial surrender (including surrender charges) all from the subaccounts, leaving the contract value at $22,800.

The death benefit, which is based on the greatest of four values, is calculated as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:		$22,800.00
2.	Purchase payments and purchase payment credits minus adjusted partial surrenders:
	Total purchase payments:		$26,000.00
	minus adjusted partial surrenders, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $26,000	=	–1,604.94
	$24,300
	for a return of purchase payments death benefit of:		$24,395.06
3.	The MAV on the anniversary immediately preceding the date of death:
	The MAV on the immediately preceding anniversary:		$26,000.00
	plus purchase payments and credits made since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus adjusted partial surrenders made since that anniversary, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $26,000	=	–1,604.94
	$24,300
	for a MAV Death Benefit of:		$24,395.06
4.	The 5% variable account floor:
	The variable account floor on the first contract anniversary, calculated as:
	1.05 × $21,000 =		$22,050.00
	plus purchase payments and purchase payment credit amounts allocated to the subaccounts since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus the 5% variable account floor adjusted partial surrender from the subaccounts, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $21,000	=	–1,740.79
	$19,000
	variable account floor benefit:		$20,309.21
	plus the one-year fixed account value:		+5,300.00
	5% variable account floor (value of the one-year fixed account and the variable account floor):		$25,609.21
EDB, calculated as the greatest of these three values, which is the 5% variable account floor:				$25,609.21

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    115

Appendix D: Example —SecureSource Series of Riders

SecureSource Stages 2 rider — Example:

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and make no additional payments to the contract.

• You are the sole owner and also the annuitant. You (and your spouse for the joint benefit) are age 61.

• Annual step ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the PBG and/or the BB. Applied annual step ups are indicated in bold.

• You elect the Moderate investment option at issue.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	BB	WAB	Benefit Determining Percentage	PBG	ALP	RALP	Lifetime Payment Percent
At Issue	$100,000	NA	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	0.0%	$100,000	$4,000	$4,000(1)	4%
1	0	0	98,000	108,000	108,000	9.3%	108,000	5,400	5,400(2)	5%
2	0	0	105,000	114,000	114,000	7.9%	105,000	5,700	5,700	5%
3	0	0	118,000	120,000	120,000	1.7%	118,000	6,000	6,000	5%
3.5	0	6,000	112,000	120,000	113,898	1.7%	112,000	6,000	0	5%
4	0	0	115,000	120,000	115,000	0.0%	115,000	6,000	6,000	5%
5	0	0	130,000	130,000	130,000	0.0%	130,000	7,800(3)	7,800(3)	6%(3)
6	0	0	110,000	130,000	130,000	15.4%	130,000	7,800	7,800	6%
7	0	0	100,000	130,000	130,000	23.1%	130,000	6,500(4)	6,500(4)	5%(4)
7.5	0	10,000	90,000	125,134(5)	117,000	23.1%	118,877(5)	6,257(5)	0	5%
8	0	0	80,000	125,134	117,000	31.6%	118,877	6,257	6,257	5%
9	0	0	95,000	125,134	117,000	18.8%	118,877	7,508(4)	7,508(4)	6%(4)

(1)	The ALP and RALP are based on percentage B until the end of the 1-year waiting period.
(2)	Since no withdrawal was taken, at the end of the 1-year waiting period, the ALP and RALP are recalculated based on percentage A.
(3)	Because the Annual step up increased the BB on the anniversary and the covered person’s (for the joint benefit, younger covered spouse’s) attained age is in a higher age band, the Lifetime Payment Percentage increased.
(4)	The Lifetime Payment Percentage is based on percentage A when the BDP is less than 20% and percentage B when the BDP is greater than or equal to 20%.
(5)	The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than the $6,500 RALP allowed under the rider and therefore excess withdrawal processing is applied. The BB and PBG are reset as described in “Lifetime Benefit Description – Determination of Adjustment of Benefit Values”.

SecureSource Stages rider — Example:

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and make no additional payments to the contract.

• You are the sole owner and also the annuitant. You (and your spouse for the joint benefit) are age 61.

• Annual step ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the PBG and/or the BB. Applied Annual step ups are indicated in bold.

• You elect the Moderate PN program investment option at issue.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	BB	WAB	Benefit Determining Percentage	PBG	ALP	RALP	Lifetime Payment Percent
At Issue	$100,000	NA	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	0.0%	$100,000	$5,000	$0(1)	5%
1	0	0	98,000	108,000	108,000	9.3%	100,000	5,400	0	5%
2	0	0	105,000	114,000	114,000	7.9%	105,000	5,700	0	5%
3	0	0	118,000	120,000	120,000	1.7%	118,000	6,000	6,000(2)	5%
3.5	0	6,000	112,000	120,000	113,898	1.7%	112,000	6,000	0	5%
4	0	0	115,000	120,000	115,000	0.0%	115,000	6,000	6,000	5%
5	0	0	130,000	130,000	130,000	0.0%	130,000	7,800(3)	7,800(3)	6%(3)
6	0	0	110,000	130,000	130,000	15.4%	130,000	7,800	7,800	6%
7	0	0	100,000	130,000	130,000	23.1%	130,000	6,500(4)	6,500(4)	5%(4)
7.5	0	10,000	90,000	117,000(5)	117,000	23.1%	108,000(5)	5,850(5)	0	5%

116    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	BB	WAB	Benefit Determining Percentage	PBG	ALP	RALP	Lifetime Payment Percent
8	0	0	80,000	117,000	117,000	31.6%	108,000	5,850	5,850	5%
9	0	0	95,000	117,000	117,000	18.8%	108,000	7,020(4)	7,020(4)	6%(4)

(1)	The RALP is zero until the end of the 3-Year Waiting Period.
(2)	At the end of the 3-Year waiting period, the RALP is set equal to the ALP.
(3)	Because the Annual step up increased the BB on the anniversary and the covered person’s (for the joint benefit, younger covered spouse’s) attained age is in a higher age band, the Lifetime Payment Percentage increased.
(4)	The lifetime payment percentage is based on percentage A when the BDP is less than 20% and percentage B when the BDP is greater than or equal to 20%.
(5)	The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than the $6,500 RALP allowed under the rider and therefore excess withdrawal processing is applied. The BB and PBG are reset as described in “Determination of Adjustment of Benefit Values” in the “Lifetime Benefit Description.”

SecureSource 20 rider — Example:

EXAMPLE #1: Lifetime benefit not established at the time the contract and rider are purchased.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and make no additional payments to the contract.

• You are the sole owner and also the annuitant. You (and your spouse for the joint benefit) are age 61.

• Annual step ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the RBA and/or the contract value times the ALP percentage is greater than the ALP. Applied annual step ups are indicated in bold.

• You elect the Moderate PN program investment option at issue.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	WAB	BDP	Basic Benefit				Lifetime Benefit
						GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
At Issue	$100,000	NA	$100,000	$100,000	0.0%	$100,000	$100,000	$6,000	$0	NA	NA
1	0	0	98,000	100,000	2.0%	100,000	100,000	6,000	0	NA	NA
2	0	0	105,000	105,000	0.0%	105,000	105,000	6,300	0	NA	NA
3	0	0	125,000	125,000	0.0%	125,000	125,000	7,500	7,500	NA	NA
3.5	0	6,000	111,000	118,590	6.4%	125,000	119,000	7,500	1,500	NA	NA
4	0	0	104,000	118,590	12.3%	125,000	119,000	7,500	7,500	7,140(1)	7,140(1)
5	0	0	90,000	118,590	24.1%	125,000	119,000	6,250(2)	6,250(2)	5,950(2)	5,950(2)
6	0	0	95,000	118,590	19.9%	125,000	119,000	7,500	7,500	7,140	7,140
6.5	0	7,500	87,500	87,500(3)	0.0%	125,000	111,500	7,500	0	5,250(3)	0
7	0	0	90,000	90,000	0.0%	125,000	111,500	7,500	7,500	5,400	5,400
7.5	0	10,000	70,000	70,000(4)	0.0%	70,000(4)	70,000(4)	4,200(4)	0	4,200(4)	0
8	0	0	75,000	75,000	0.0%	75,000	75,000	4,500	4,500	4,500	4,500

(1)	The ALP and RALP are established on the contract anniversary following the date the covered person (younger Covered Spouse for Joint) reaches age 65 as the greater of the ELB or the RBA, times the ALP percentage.
(2)	The ALP percentage and GBP percentage are 6% when the BDP is less than 20% and 5% when the BDP is greater than or equal to 20%.
(3)	The $7,500 withdrawal is greater than the $7,140 RALP allowed under the lifetime benefit and therefore excess withdrawal processing is applied to the ALP, resetting the ALP to the lesser of the prior ALP or the ALP percentage times the contract value following the withdrawal. The WAB is reset to the ALP after the reset divided by the current ALP percentage. The BDP at the time of withdrawal is less than 20%, so the ALP percentage and GBP percentage are set at 6% for the remainder of the contract year.
(4)	The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than both the $7,500 RBP allowed under the basic benefit and the $5,400 RALP allowed under the lifetime benefit and therefore excess withdrawal processing is applied to both benefits. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or the ALP percentage times the contract value following the withdrawal. The WAB is reset to the ALP after the reset divided by the current ALP percentage. The BDP at the time of withdrawal is less than 20%, so the ALP percentage and GBP percentage are set at 6% for the remainder of the contract year.

EXAMPLE #2: Lifetime benefit established at the time the contract and rider are purchased.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and make no additional payments to the contract.

• You are the sole owner and also the annuitant. You (and your spouse for the joint benefit) are age 65.

• Annual step ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the RBA and/or the contract value times the ALP Percentage is greater than the ALP. Applied annual step ups are indicated in bold.

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    117

• You elect the Moderate PN program investment option at issue. On the 7th contract anniversary, you elect to change to the Moderately Aggressive PN program investment option. The target PN program investment option under the contract is the Moderate PN program investment option.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	WAB	BDP	Basic Benefit				Lifetime Benefit
						GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
At Issue	$100,000	NA	$100,000	$100,000	0.0%	$100,000	$100,000	$6,000	$0	$6,000	$0
1	0	0	105,000	105,000	0.0%	105,000	105,000	6,300	0	6,300	0
2	0	0	110,000	110,000	0.0%	110,000	110,000	6,600	0	6,600	0
3	0	0	110,000	120,000	8.3%	110,000	110,000	6,600	6,600(1)	7,200	7,200(1)
3.5	0	6,000	104,000	113,455	8.3%	110,000	104,000	6,600	600	7,200	1,200
4	0	0	100,000	113,455	11.9%	110,000	104,000	6,600	6,600	7,200	7,200
4.5	0	7,000	90,000	105,267	14.5%	90,000	90,000	5,400(2)	5,400(2)	7,200	200
5	0	0	80,000	105,267	24.0%	90,000	90,000	4,500(3)	4,500(3)	6,000(3)	6,000(3)
5.5	0	10,000	70,000	70,000(4)	0.0%	70,000	70,000	3,500(4)	3,500(4)	3,500(4)	3,500(4)
6	0	0	75,000	75,000	0.0%	75,000	75,000	4,500	4,500	4,500	4,500
7	0	0	70,000	70,000(5)	0.0%	70,000(5)	70,000(5)	4,200(5)	4,200(5)	4,200(5)	4,200(5)

(1)	At the end of the 3-Year waiting period, the RBP and RALP are set equal to the GBP and ALP, respectively. The 20% rider credit is applied to the lifetime benefit.
(2)	The $7,000 withdrawal is greater than the $6,600 RBP allowed under the basic benefit and therefore excess withdrawal processing is applied to the basic benefit. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The BDP at the time of withdrawal is less than 20%, so the ALP percentage and GBP percentage are set at 6% for the remainder of the contract year.
(3)	The ALP percentage and GBP percentage are 6% when the BDP is less than 20% and 5% when the BDP is greater than or equal to 20%.
(4)	The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than both the $4,500 RBP allowed under the basic benefit and the $6,000 RALP allowed under the lifetime benefit and therefore excess withdrawal processing is applied to both benefits. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or the ALP percentage times the contract value following the withdrawal. The WAB is reset to the ALP after the reset divided by the current ALP percentage. The BDP at the time of withdrawal is greater than or equal to 20%, so the ALP percentage and GBP percentage are set at 5% for the remainder of the contract year.
(5)	Allocation to the Moderately Aggressive PN program investment option during a withdrawal phase will reset the benefit. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA or the contract value. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or the ALP percentage times the contract value. The WAB is reset to the ALP after the reset divided by the current ALP percentage. Any future withdrawals will reallocate your contract value to the Moderate PN program investment option if you are invested more aggressively than the Moderate PN program investment option.

SecureSourcerider — Example:

EXAMPLE #1: Single Life Benefit: Covered Person has not reached age 65 at the time the contract and rider are purchased.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and make no additional payments to the contract.

• You are the sole owner and also the annuitant. You are age 60.

• Automatic Annual step ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the RBA and/or 6% of the contract value is greater than the ALP. Applied Annual step ups are indicated in bold.

• You elect the Moderate PN program investment option at issue. On the 1st contract anniversary, you elect to change to the Moderately Aggressive PN program investment option. The target PN program investment option under the contract is the Moderate PN program investment option.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	Basic Withdrawal Benefit				Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit
				GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
At Issue	$100,000	$N/A	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	$7,000	$7,000	$N/A	$N/A
0.5	0	5,000	92,000	100,000	95,000	7,000	2,000	N/A	N/A
1	0	0	90,000	90,000(1)	90,000(1)	6,300	6,300	N/A	N/A
2	0	0	81,000	90,000	90,000	6,300	6,300	N/A	N/A
5	0	0	75,000	90,000	90,000	6,300	6,300	5,400(2)	5,400(2)
5.5	0	5,400	70,000	90,000	84,600	6,300	900	5,400	0
6	0	0	69,000	90,000	84,600	6,300	6,300	5,400	5,400

118    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	Basic Withdrawal Benefit				Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit
				GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
6.5	0	6,300	62,000	90,000	78,300	6,300	0	3,720(3)	0
7	0	0	64,000	90,000	78,300	6,300	6,300	3,840	3,840
7.5	0	10,000	51,000	51,000(4)	51,000(4)	3,570	0	3,060(4)	0
8	0	0	55,000	55,000	55,000	3,850	3,850	3,300	3,300

At this point, assuming no additional activity (step ups, excess withdrawals, purchase payments, spousal continuation, contract ownership change, or PN program investment option changes), you can continue to withdrawal up to either the GBP of $3,850 each year until the RBA is reduced to zero, or the ALP of $3,300 each year until the later of your death or the RBA is reduced to zero.

(1)	Allocation to the Moderately Aggressive investment option during a withdrawal phase will reset the benefit. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA or the contract value. The ALP (if established) is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value. Any future withdrawals will reallocate your contract value to the Moderate PN program investment option if you are invested more aggressively than the Moderate PN program investment option.
(2)	The ALP and RALP are established on the contract anniversary date following the date the covered person reaches age 65 as 6% of the RBA.
(3)	The $6,300 withdrawal is greater than the $5,400 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the ALP, resetting the ALP to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.
(4)	The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than both the $6,300 RBP allowed under the basic withdrawal benefit and the $3,840 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the GBA, RBA, and ALP. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.

EXAMPLE #2: Single Life Benefit: Covered Person has reached 65 at the time the contract and rider are purchased.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and make no additional payments to the contract.

• You are the sole owner and also the annuitant. You are age 65.

• Automatic Annual step ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the RBA and/or 6% of the contract value is greater than the ALP. Applied Annual step ups are indicated in bold.

• Your death occurs after 6½ contract years and your spouse continues the contract and rider. Your spouse is over age 65 and is the new Covered Person.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	Basic Withdrawal Benefit				Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit
				GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
At Issue	$100,000	$N/A	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	$7,000	$7,000	$6,000	$6,000
1	0	0	105,000	105,000	105,000	7,350	7,000(1)	6,300	6,000(1)
2	0	0	110,000	110,000	110,000	7,700	7,000(1)	6,600	6,000(1)
3	0	0	110,000	110,000	110,000	7,700	7,700(2)	6,600	6,600(2)
3.5	0	6,600	110,000	110,000	103,400	7,700	1,100	6,600	0
4	0	0	115,000	115,000	115,000	8,050	8,050	6,900	6,900
4.5	0	8,050	116,000	115,000	106,950	8,050	0	6,900(3)	0
5	0	0	120,000	120,000	120,000	8,400	8,400	7,200	7,200
5.5	0	10,000	122,000	120,000(4)	110,000(4)	8,400	0	7,200(4)	0
6	0	0	125,000	125,000	125,000	8,750	8,750	7,500	7,500
6.5	0	0	110,000	125,000	125,000	8,750	8,750	6,600(5)	6,600(5)
7	0	0	105,000	125,000	125,000	8,750	8,750	6,600	6,600

At this point, assuming no additional activity (step ups, excess withdrawals, purchase payments, contract ownership change, or PN program investment option changes), your spouse can continue to withdrawal up to either the GBP of $8,750 each year until the RBA is reduced to zero, or the ALP of $6,600 each year until the later of your spouse’s death or the RBA is reduced to zero.

(1)	The Annual Step-up has not been applied to the RBP or RALP because any withdrawal after step up during the Waiting Period would reverse any prior step ups prior to determining if the withdrawal is excess. Therefore, during the Waiting Period, the RBP is the amount you can withdrawal without incurring the GBA and RBA excess withdrawal processing, and the RALP is the amount you can withdrawal without incurring the ALP excess withdrawal processing.
(2)	On the third anniversary (after the end of the waiting period), the RBP and RALP are set equal to the GBP and ALP, respectively.
(3)	The $8,050 withdrawal is greater than the $6,900 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the ALP, resetting the ALP to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    119

(4)

The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than both the $8,400 RBP allowed under the basic withdrawal benefit and the $7,200 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the GBA, RBA, and ALP. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.

(5)

At spousal continuation, the ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value and the RALP is reset to the ALP.

EXAMPLE #3: Joint Life Benefit: Younger Covered Spouse has not reached 65 at the time the contract and rider are purchased.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and make no additional payments to the contract.

• You are age 59 and your spouse is age 60.

• Automatic annual step ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the RBA and/or 6% of the contract value is greater than the ALP. Applied annual step ups are indicated in bold.

• You elect the Moderate investment option at issue. On the 1st contract anniversary, you elect to change to the Moderately Aggressive PN program investment option. The target PN program investment option under the contract is the Moderate PN program investment option.

• Your death occurs after 9½ contract years and your spouse continues the contract and rider; the lifetime benefit is not reset.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	Basic Withdrawal Benefit				Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit
				GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
At Issue	$100,000	$N/A	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	$7,000	$7,000	$N/A	$N/A
0.5	0	5,000	92,000	100,000	95,000	7,000	2,000	N/A	N/A
1	0	0	90,000	90,000(1)	90,000(1)	6,300	6,300	N/A	N/A
2	0	0	81,000	90,000	90,000	6,300	6,300	N/A	N/A
6	0	0	75,000	90,000	90,000	6,300	6,300	5,400(2)	5,400(2)
6.5	0	5,400	70,000	90,000	84,600	6,300	900	5,400	0
7	0	0	69,000	90,000	84,600	6,300	6,300	5,400	5,400
7.5	0	6,300	62,000	90,000	78,300	6,300	0	3,720(3)	0
8	0	0	64,000	90,000	78,300	6,300	6,300	3,840	3,840
8.5	0	10,000	51,000	51,000(4)	51,000(4)	3,570	0	3,060(4)	0
9	0	0	55,000	55,000	55,000	3,850	3,850	3,300	3,300
9.5	0	0	54,000	55,000	55,000	3,850	3,850	3,300	3,300
10	0	0	52,000	55,000	55,000	3,850	3,850	3,300	3,300

At this point, assuming no additional activity (step ups, excess withdrawals, purchase payments, or PN program investment option changes), your spouse can continue to withdrawal up to either the GBP of $3,850 each year until the RBA is reduced to zero, or the ALP of $3,300 each year until the later of your spouse’s death or the RBA is reduced to zero.

(1)	The ALP and RALP are established on the contract anniversary date following the date the younger Covered Spouse reaches age 65 as 6% of the RBA.
(2)	Allocation to the Moderately Aggressive PN program model portfolio or investment option during a withdrawal phase will reset the benefit. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA or the contract value. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value. Any future withdrawals will reallocate your contract value to the Moderate PN program investment option if you are invested more aggressively than the Moderate PN program investment option.
(3)	The $6,300 withdrawal is greater than the $5,400 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the ALP, resetting the ALP to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.
(4)	The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than both the $6,300 RBP allowed under the basic withdrawal benefit and the $3,840 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the GBA, RBA, and ALP. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.

EXAMPLE #4: Joint Life Benefit: Younger Covered Spouse has reached 65 at the time the contract and rider are purchased.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and make no additional payments to the contract

• You are age 71 and your spouse is age 70.

120    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• Automatic Annual step ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the RBA and/or 6% of the contract value is greater than the ALP. Applied annual step ups are indicated in bold.

• Your death occurs after 6½ contract years and your spouse continues the contract and rider; the lifetime benefit is not reset.

Contract Duration	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	Basic Withdrawal Benefit				Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit
				GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
At Issue	$100,000	$N/A	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	$7,000	$7,000	$6,000	$6,000
1	0	0	105,000	105,000	105,000	7,350	7,000(1)	6,300	6,000(1)
2	0	0	110,000	110,000	110,000	7,700	7,000(1)	6,600	6,000(1)
3	0	0	110,000	110,000	110,000	7,700	7,700(2)	6,600	6,600(2)
3.5	0	6,600	110,000	110,000	103,400	7,700	1,100	6,600	0
4	0	0	115,000	115,000	115,000	8,050	8,050	6,900	6,900
4.5	0	8,050	116,000	115,000	106,950	8,050	0	6,900(3)	0
5	0	0	120,000	120,000	120,000	8,400	8,400	7,200	7,200
5.5	0	10,000	122,000	120,000(4)	110,000(4)	8,400	0	7,200(4)	0
6	0	0	125,000	125,000	125,000	8,750	8,750	7,500	7,500
6.5	0	0	110,000	125,000	125,000	8,750	8,750	7,500	7,500
7	0	0	105,000	125,000	125,000	8,750	8,750	7,500	7,500

At this point, assuming no additional activity (step ups, excess withdrawals, purchase payments, or PN program investment option changes), your spouse can continue to withdrawal up to either the GBP of $8,750 each year until the RBA is reduced to zero, or the ALP of $7,500 each year until the later of your spouse’s death or the RBA is reduced to zero.

(1)	The Annual step-up has not been applied to the RBP or RALP because any withdrawal after step up during the waiting period would reverse any prior step ups prior to determining if the withdrawal is excess. Therefore, during the Waiting Period, the RBP is the amount you can withdrawal without incurring the GBA and RBA excess withdrawal processing, and the RALP is the amount you can withdrawal without incurring the ALP excess withdrawal processing.
(2)	On the third anniversary (after the end of the Waiting Period), the RBP and RALP are set equal to the GBP and ALP, respectively.
(3)	The $8,050 withdrawal is greater than the $6,900 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the ALP, resetting the ALP to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.
(4)	The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than both the $8,400 RBP allowed under the basic withdrawal benefit and the $7,200 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the GBA, RBA, and ALP. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    121

Appendix E:SecureSource Series of Riders — Additional Required Minimum Distribution (RMD) Disclosure

This appendix describes our current administrative practice for determining the amount of withdrawals in any contract year which an owner may take under theSecureSource series of riders to satisfy the RMD rules under 401(a)(9) of the Code without application of the excess withdrawal processing described in the rider. We reserve the right to modify this administrative practice at any time upon 30 days’ written notice to you.

ForSecureSource StagesandSecureSource 20 riders, owners subject to annual RMD rules under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, withdrawing from this contract during the waiting period to satisfy these rules will set your benefits to zero and you will not receive any future rider credit.

Amounts you withdraw from this contract (forSecureSource Stages andSecureSource 20 riders, amounts you withdraw from this contract after the waiting period) to satisfy these rules are not subject to excess withdrawal processing under the terms of the rider subject to the following rules and our current administrative practice:

ForSecureSource andSecureSource 20 riders:

(1) If on the date we calculated your Annual Life Expectancy Required Minimum Distribution Amount (ALERMDA), it is greater than the RBP from the beginning of the current contract year*,

• Basic Additional Benefit Amount (BABA) will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the RBP from the beginning of the current contract year.

• Any withdrawals taken in a contract year will count first against and reduce the RBP for that contract year.

• Once the RBP for the current contract year has been depleted, any additional amounts withdrawn will count against and reduce the BABA. These withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the GBA and RBA as long as they do not exceed the remaining BABA.

• Once the BABA has been depleted, any additional withdrawal amounts will be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the GBA and RBA and will subject them all to the excess withdrawal processing described in theSecureSourceseries of riders.

(2) If on the date we calculated your ALERMDA, it is greater than the RALP from the beginning of the current contract year,*

• A Lifetime Additional Benefit Amount (LABA) will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the RALP from the beginning of the current contract year*.

• Any withdrawals taken in a contract year will count first against and reduce the RALP for that contract year.

• Once the RALP for the current contract year has been depleted, any additional amounts withdrawn will count against and reduce the LABA. These withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the ALP as long as they do not exceed the remaining LABA. Withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals unless amounts withdrawn exceed combined RALP and LABA values.

• Once the LABA has been depleted, any additional withdrawal amounts will be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the ALP and will subject the ALP to the excess withdrawal processing described by theSecureSource series of riders.

(3) If the ALP is established on a policy anniversary where your current ALERMDA is greater than the new RALP,

• An initial LABA will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the new RALP.

• This new LABA will be immediately reduced by the amount that total withdrawals in the current calendar year exceed the new RALP, but shall not be reduced to less than zero.

ForSecureSource Stages andSecureSource Stages 2 riders:

(1) Each calendar year, if your ALERMDA is greater than the ALP,

• A Lifetime Additional Benefit Amount (LABA) will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the ALP.

• The LABA will be reduced by the total of the amount that each withdrawal in the current calendar year exceeds the RALP at the time of each withdrawal, but shall not be reduced to less than zero.

• Any withdrawals taken in a contract year will count first against and reduce the RALP for that contract year.

• Once the RALP for the current contract year has been depleted, any additional amounts withdrawn will count against and reduce the LABA. These withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the ALP as long as they do not exceed the remaining LABA. Withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals unless amounts withdrawn exceed combined RALP and LABA values.

122    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• Once the LABA has been depleted, any additional withdrawal amounts will be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the ALP and will subject the ALP to the excess withdrawal processing described by theSecureSource Stages andSecureSource Stages 2.

* ForSecureSource 20 riders, adjusted for any subsequent changes between 5% and 6% as described under “GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage”.

The ALERMDA is:

(1)	determined by us each calendar year (forSecureSource Stages andSecureSource 20 riders, starting with the calendar year in which the waiting period ends);
(2)	based on your initial purchase payment and not the entire interest value in the calendar year of contract issue and therefore may not be sufficient to allow you to withdraw your RMD without causing an excess withdrawal;
(3)	based solely on the value of the contract to which theSecureSource series rider is attached as of the date we make the determination;
(4)	based on your recalculated life expectancy taken from the Uniform Lifetime Table under the Code; and
(5)	based on the company’s understanding and interpretation of the requirements for life expectancy distributions intended to satisfy the required minimum distribution rules under Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, as applicable on the effective date of this prospectus, to:

1.	an individual retirement annuity (Section 408(b));
2.	a Roth individual retirement account (Section 408A);
3.	a Simplified Employee Pension plan (Section 408(k));
4.	a tax-sheltered annuity rollover (Section 403(b)).

In the future, the requirements under the Code for such distributions may change and the life expectancy amount calculation provided under your rider within theSecureSource series of riders may not be sufficient to satisfy the requirements under the Code for these types of distributions. In such a situation, amounts withdrawn to satisfy such distribution requirements will exceed your available RBP or RALP amount and may result in the reduction of your GBA, RBA, and/or ALP as described under the excess withdrawal provision of the rider.

In cases where the Code does not allow the life expectancy of a natural person to be used to calculate the required minimum distribution amount (e.g., ownership by a trust or a charity), we will calculate the life expectancy RMD amount calculated by us as zero in all years.

Please contact your tax advisor about the impact of those rules prior to purchasing one of theSecureSourceseries of riders.

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    123

Appendix F: Example — Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider

Example of the Benefit Protector

Assumptions for the Current Contract:

•	You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and you are under age 70; and
•	we add a $4,000 purchase payment credit to your contract. You select the MAV Death Benefit.
	During the first contract year the contract value grows to $106,000. The MAV Death Benefit equals the contract value less any purchase payment credits added in the last 12 months, or $102,000. You have not reached the first contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector does not provide any additional benefit at this time.

Assumptions for the Original Contract:

•	You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and you and the annuitant are under age 70; and
•	we add a $5,000 purchase payment credit to your contract. You select the MAV Death Benefit.
	During the first contract year the contract value grows to $106,000. The MAV Death Benefit equals the contract value less any purchase payment credits added in the last 12 months, or $101,000. You have not reached the first contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector does not provide any additional benefit at this time.
	On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. The death benefit equals:

The MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (MAV Death Benefit minus remaining purchase payments for the Current Contract or MAV Death Benefit minus payments not previously surrendered for the Original Contract):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000

On the second contract anniversary the contract value falls to $105,000. The death benefit equals:

The MAV Death Benefit:	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000

During the third contract year the contract value remains at $105,000 and you request a partial surrender of $50,000, including the applicable 8% surrender charge. We will surrender $10,500 from your contract value free of charge (10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value). The remainder of the surrender is subject to an 8% surrender charge because your payment is in the third year of the surrender charge schedule, so we will surrender $39,500 ($36,340 + $3,160 in surrender charges) from your contract value. Altogether, we will surrender $50,000 and pay you $46,840. We calculate purchase payments not previously surrendered as $100,000 – $45,000 = $55,000 (remember that $5,000 of the partial surrender is contract earnings). The death benefit equals:

The MAV Death Benefit (MAV adjusted for partial surrenders):	$57,619
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death):
0.40 × ($57,619 – $55,000) =	+1,048
Total death benefit of:	$58,667

On the third contract anniversary the contract value falls to $40,000. The death benefit equals the previous death benefit. The reduction in contract value has no effect.

On the ninth contract anniversary the contract value grows to a new high of $200,000. Earnings at death reaches its maximum of 250% of purchase payments not previously surrendered that are one or more years old. The death benefit equals:

The MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$200,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously surrendered that are one or more years old)	+55,000
Total death benefit of:	$255,000

During the tenth contract year you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000 and we add a purchase payment credit of $2,500. Your new contract value is now $252,500. The new purchase payment is less than one year old and so it has no effect on the Benefit Protector value. The death benefit equals:

The MAV Death Benefit (contract value less any purchase payment credits added in the last 12 months): $250,000

124    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously surrendered that are one or more years old)	+55,000
Total death benefit of:	$305,000

During the eleventh contract year the contract value remains $252,500 and the “new” purchase payment is one year old and the value of the Benefit Protector changes. The death benefit equals:

The MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$252,500
plus the Benefit Protector benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (MAV Death Benefit minus payments not previously surrendered):
0.40 × ($252,500 – $105,000) =	+59,000
Total death benefit of:	$311,500

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    125

Appendix G: Example — Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider

Example of the Benefit Protector Plus

Assumptions for the Current Contract:

•	You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and you are under age 70; and
•	we add a $4,000 purchase payment credit to your contract. You select the MAV Death Benefit.
	During the first contract year the contract value grows to $106,000. The MAV Death Benefit equals the contract value, less any purchase payment credits added to the contract in the last 12 months, or $102,000. You have not reached the first contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector Plus does not provide any additional benefit at this time.

Assumptions for the Original Contract:

•	You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and you and the annuitant are under age 70; and
•	we add a $5,000 purchase payment credit to your contract. You select the MAV Death Benefit.
	During the first contract year the contract value grows to $106,000. The MAV Death Benefit equals the contract value, less any purchase payment credits added to the contract in the last 12 months, or $101,000. You have not reached the first contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector Plus does not provide any additional benefit at this time.
	On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. You have not reached the second contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector Plus does not provide any additional benefit beyond what is provided by the Benefit Protector at this time. The death benefit equals:

The MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (MAV Death Benefit minus remaining purchase payments for the Current Contract or MAV Death Benefit minus payments not previously surrendered for the Original Contract):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000
On the second contract anniversary the contract value falls to $105,000. The death benefit equals:
The MAV Death Benefit:	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death:
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
plus 10% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously
surrendered: 0.10 × $100,000 =	+10,000
Total death benefit of:	$124,000

During the third contract year the contract value remains at $105,000 and you request a partial surrender of $50,000, including the applicable 8% surrender charge. We will surrender $10,500 from your contract value free of charge (10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value). The remainder of the surrender is subject to an 8% surrender charge because your payment is in its third year of the surrender charge schedule, so we will surrender $39,500 ($36,340 + $3,160 in surrender charges) from your contract value. Altogether, we will surrender $50,000 and pay you $46,840. We calculate purchase payments not previously surrendered as $100,000 – $45,000 = $55,000 (remember that $5,000 of the partial surrender is contract earnings). The death benefit equals:

The MAV Death Benefit (MAV adjusted for partial surrenders):	$57,619
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death:
0.40 × ($57,619 – $55,000) =	+1,048
plus 10% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously
surrendered: 0.10 × $55,000 =	+5,500
Total death benefit of:	$64,167

On the third contract anniversary the contract value falls $40,000. The death benefit equals the previous death benefit. The reduction in contract value has no effect.

126    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

On the ninth contract anniversary the contract value grows to a new high of $200,000. Earnings at death reaches its maximum of 250% of purchase payments not previously surrendered that are one or more years old. Because we are beyond the fourth contract anniversary the Benefit Protector Plus also reaches its maximum of 20%. The death benefit equals:

The MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$200,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously surrendered that are one or more years old	+55,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously
surrendered: 0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$266,000

During the tenth contract year you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000 and we add a purchase payment credit of $2,500. Your new contract value is now $252,500. The new purchase payment is less than one year old and so it has no effect on the Benefit Protector Plus value. The death benefit equals:

The MAV Death Benefit (contract value less any purchase payment credits added in the last 12 months):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously surrendered that are one or more years old	+55,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously surrendered:
0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$316,000

During the eleventh contract year the contract value remains $252,500 and the “new” purchase payment is one year old. The value of the Benefit Protector Plus remains constant. The death benefit equals:

The MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$252,500
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (MAV Death Benefit minus payments not previously surrendered):
0.40 × ($252,500 – $105,000) =	+59,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously
surrendered: 0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$322,500

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    127

Appendix H: Asset Allocation Program for Contracts With Applications Signed Before May 1, 2006

Asset Allocation Program

For contracts with applications signed before May 1, 2006, we offered an asset allocation program. You could elect to participate in the asset allocation program, and there is no additional charge. If you purchased an optional Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider or Income Assurer Benefit rider, you are required to participate in the asset allocation program under the terms of the rider.

This asset allocation program allows you to allocate your contract value to a model portfolio that consists of subaccounts and may include certain GPAs (if available under the asset allocation program), which represent various asset classes. By spreading your contract value among these various asset classes, you may be able to reduce the volatility in your contract value, but there is no guarantee that this will occur.

Asset allocation does not guarantee that your contract will increase in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. If you choose or are required to participate in the asset allocation program, you are responsible for determining which model portfolio is best for you. Your investment professional can help you make this determination. In addition, your investment professional may provide you with an investor questionnaire, a tool that can help you determine which model portfolio is suited to your needs based on factors such as your investment goals, your tolerance for risk, and how long you intend to invest.

Under the asset allocation program, we have offered five model portfolios ranging from conservative to aggressive. You may not use more than one model portfolio at a time. You are allowed to request a change to another model portfolio twice per contract year. Each model portfolio specifies allocation percentages to each of the subaccounts, any GPAs that make up that model portfolio. By participating in the asset allocation program, you authorize us to invest your contract value in the subaccounts, any GPAs according to the allocation percentages stated for the specific model portfolio you have selected. You also authorize us to automatically rebalance your contract value quarterly beginning three months after the effective date of your contract in order to maintain alignment with the allocation percentages specified in the model portfolio.

Special rules will apply to the GPAs if they are included in a model portfolio. Under these rules:

• no MVA will apply when rebalancing occurs within a specific model portfolio (but an MVA may apply if you elect to transfer to a new model portfolio); and

• no MVA will apply when you elect an annuity payout plan while your contract value is invested in a model portfolio (see “Guarantee Period Accounts — Market Value Adjustment”).

Under the asset allocation program, the subaccounts, any GPAs that make up the model portfolio you selected and the allocation percentages to those subaccounts, any GPAs will not change unless we adjust the composition of the model portfolio to reflect the liquidation, substitution or merger of an underlying fund, a change of investment objective by an underlying fund or when an underlying fund stops selling its shares to the variable account. We reserve the right to change the terms and conditions of the asset allocation program upon written notice to you.

If permitted under applicable securities law, we reserve the right to:

• reallocate your current model portfolio to an updated version of your current model portfolio; or

• substitute a fund of funds for your current model portfolio.

We also reserve the right to discontinue the asset allocation program. We will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change.

If you elected to participate in the asset allocation program, you may discontinue your participation in the program at any time by giving us written notice. Upon cancellation, automated rebalancing associated with the asset allocation program will end. You can elect to participate in the asset allocation program again at any time.

128    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix I: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider Disclosure

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge if⁽¹⁾:

•	your contract application is signed on or after May 1, 2006;
•	the rider is available in your state; and
•	you and the annuitant are 80 or younger on the date the contract is issued.
(1)	The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider is not available under an inherited qualified annuity.

You must elect the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider when you purchase your contract. The rider effective date will be the contract issue date.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider guarantees that you will be able to withdraw up to a certain amount each year from the contract, regardless of the investment performance of your contract before the annuity payments begin, until you have recovered at minimum all of your purchase payments. And, under certain limited circumstances defined in the rider, you have the right to take a specified amount of partial withdrawals in each contract year until death (see “At Death” heading below) — even if the contract value is zero.

Your contract provides for annuity payouts to begin on the annuitization start date (see “Buying Your Contract — The Annuitization Start Date”). Before the annuitization start date, you have the right to withdraw some or all of your contract value, less applicable administrative, surrender and rider charges imposed under the contract at the time of the withdrawal (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Surrenders”). Because your contract value will fluctuate depending on the performance of the underlying funds in which the subaccounts invest, the contract itself does not guarantee that you will be able to take a certain withdrawal amount each year before the annuitization start date, nor does it guarantee the length of time over which such withdrawals can be made before the annuitization start date.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider may be appropriate for you if you intend to make periodic withdrawals from your annuity contract and wish to ensure that market performance will not adversely affect your ability to withdraw your principal over time.

Under the terms of the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, the calculation of the amount which can be withdrawn in each contract year varies depending on several factors, including but not limited to the waiting period (see “Waiting period” heading below) and whether or not the lifetime withdrawal benefit has become effective:

(1)

The basic withdrawal benefit gives you the right to take limited partial withdrawals in each contract year and guarantees that over time the withdrawals will total an amount equal to, at minimum, your purchase payments. Key terms associated with the basic withdrawal benefit are “Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP),” “Remaining Benefit Payment (RBP),” “Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA),” and “Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA).” See these headings below for more information.

(2)

The lifetime withdrawal benefit gives you the right, under certain limited circumstances defined in the rider, to take limited partial withdrawals until the later of death (see “At Death” heading below) or until the RBA (under the basic withdrawal benefit) is reduced to zero. Key terms associated with the lifetime withdrawal benefit are “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP),” “Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (RALP),” “Covered Person,” and “Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA).” See these headings below for more information.

Only the basic withdrawal benefit will be in effect prior to the date that the lifetime withdrawal benefit becomes effective. The lifetime withdrawal benefit becomes effective automatically on the rider anniversary date after the covered person reaches age 65, or the rider effective date if the covered person is age 65 or older on the rider effective date (see “Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA)” heading below).

Provided annuity payouts have not begun, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider guarantees that you may take the following partial withdrawal amounts each contract year:

• After the waiting period and before the establishment of the ALP, the rider guarantees that each year you can cumulatively withdraw an amount equal to the GBP;

• During the waiting period and before the establishment of the ALP, the rider guarantees that each year you can cumulatively withdraw an amount equal to the value of the RBP at the beginning of the contract year;

• After the waiting period and after the establishment of the ALP, the rider guarantees that each year you have the option to cumulatively withdraw an amount equal the ALP or the GBP, but the rider does not guarantee withdrawals of the sum of both the ALP and the GBP in a contract year;

• During the waiting period and after the establishment of the ALP, the rider guarantees that each year you have the option to cumulatively withdraw an amount equal to the value of the RALP or the RBP at the beginning of the contract year, but the rider does not guarantee withdrawals of the sum of both the RALP and the RBP in a contract year.

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    129

If you withdraw less than the allowed partial withdrawal amount in a contract year, the unused portion cannot be carried over to the next contract year. As long as your partial withdrawals in each contract year do not exceed the annual partial withdrawal amount allowed under the rider, and there has not been a contract ownership change or spousal continuation of the contract, the guaranteed amounts available for partial withdrawals are protected (i.e., will not decrease).

If you withdraw more than the allowed partial withdrawal amount in a contract year, we call this an “excess withdrawal” under the rider. Excess withdrawals trigger an adjustment of a benefit’s guaranteed amount, which may cause it to be reduced (see “GBA Excess Withdrawal Processing,” “RBA Excess Withdrawal Processing,” and “ALP Excess Withdrawal Processing” headings below).

Please note that each of the two benefits has its own definition of the allowed annual withdrawal amount. Therefore a partial withdrawal may be considered an excess withdrawal for purposes of the lifetime withdrawal benefit only, the basic withdrawal benefit only, or both.

If your withdrawals exceed the greater of the RBP or the RALP, surrender charges under the terms of the contract may apply (see “Charges — Surrender Charges”). The amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable surrender charge. Market value adjustments, if applicable, will also be made (see “Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs) — Market Value Adjustment”). We pay you the amount you request. Any partial surrenders you take under the contract will reduce the value of the death benefits (see “Benefits in Case of Death”). Upon full surrender of the contract, you will receive the remaining contract value less any applicable charges (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Surrender”).

The rider’s guaranteed amounts can be increased at the specified intervals if your contract value has increased. An annual step up feature is available at each contract anniversary, subject to certain conditions, and may be applied automatically to your contract or may require you to elect the step up (see “Annual Step Up” heading below). If you exercise the annual step up election, the spousal continuation step up election (see “Spousal Continuation Step Up” heading below) or change your PN investment option, the rider charge may change (see “Charges”).

If you take withdrawals during the waiting period, any prior steps ups applied will be reversed and step ups will not be available until the third rider anniversary. You may take withdrawals after the waiting period without reversal of prior step ups.

You should consider whether the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider is appropriate for you because:

You will begin paying the rider charge as of the rider effective date, even if you do not begin taking withdrawals for many years. It is possible that your contract performance, fees and charges, and withdrawal pattern may be such that your contract value will not be depleted in your lifetime and you will not receive any monetary value under the rider.

• Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit Limitations: The lifetime withdrawal benefit is subject to certain limitations, including but not limited to:

(a) Once the contract value equals zero, payments are made for as long as the oldest owner or annuitant is living (see “If Contract Value Reduces to Zero” heading below). However, if the contract value is greater than zero, the lifetime withdrawal benefit terminates at the first death of any owner or annuitant (see “At Death” heading below). Therefore, if there are multiple contract owners or the annuitant is not an owner, the rider may terminate or the lifetime withdrawal benefit may be reduced. This possibility may present itself when:

(i)	There are multiple contract owners — when one of the contract owners dies the benefit terminates even though other contract owners are still living (except if the contract is continued under the spousal continuation provision of the contract); or
(ii)	The owner and the annuitant are not the same persons — if the annuitant dies before the owner, the benefit terminates even though the owner is still living. This is could happen, for example, when the owner is younger than the annuitant. This risk increases as the age difference between owner and annuitant increases.

(b)	Excess withdrawals can reduce the ALP to zero even though the GBA, RBA, GBP and/or RBP values are greater than zero. If the both the ALP and the contract value are zero, the lifetime withdrawal benefit will terminate.
(c)	When the lifetime withdrawal benefit is first established, the initial ALP is based on the basic withdrawal benefit’s RBA at that time (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below), unless there has been a spousal continuation or ownership change. Any withdrawal you take before the ALP is established reduces the RBA and therefore may result in a lower amount of lifetime withdrawals you are allowed to take.
(d)	Withdrawals can reduce both the contract value and the RBA to zero prior to the establishment of the ALP. If this happens, the contract and the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider will terminate.

• Investment Allocation Restrictions: You must be invested in one of the approved investment options. These funds are expected to reduce our financial risks and expenses associated with certain living benefits. Although the funds’ investment strategies may help mitigate declines in your contract value due to declining equity markets, the funds’ investment strategies may also curb your contract value gains during periods of positive performance by the equity

130    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

	markets. Additionally, investment in the funds may decrease the number and amount of any benefit base increase opportunities. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds: Volatility and Volatility Management Risk with the Portfolio Stabilizer funds” section.) We reserve the right to add, remove or substitute approved investment options at any time and in our sole discretion in the future. This requirement limits your choice of investments. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, GPAs or the one-year fixed account that are available under the contract to contract owners who do not elect this rider. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract ��� Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds.”) You may allocate purchase payments and any purchase payment credits to the DCA fixed account, when available, and we will make monthly transfers into the investment option you have chosen. Subject to state restrictions, we reserve the right to limit the number of investment options from which you can select based on the dollar amount of purchase payments you make.
•	Limitations on Purchase of Other Riders under this Contract: If you select the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, you may not elect an Income Assurer Benefit rider or the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider.
•	Non-Cancelable: Once elected, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider may not be cancelled and the fee will continue to be deducted until the contract is terminated, the contract value reduces to zero (described below) or after the annuitization start date.
•	Limitations on Purchase Payments: We reserve the right to limit the cumulative amount of purchase payments, subject to state restrictions, which may limit your ability to make additional purchase payments to increase your contract value as you may have originally intended. For current purchase payment restrictions, please see “Buying Your Contract — Purchase Payments”.
•	Interaction with Total Free Amount (TFA) contract provision:The TFA is the amount you are allowed to withdraw from the contract in each contract year without incurring a surrender charge (see “Charges — Surrender Charge”). The TFA may be greater than the RBP or RALP under this rider. Any amount you withdraw under the contract’s TFA provision that exceeds the RBP or RALP is subject to the excess withdrawal processing described below for the GBA, RBA and ALP.

You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of this rider in your tax situation:

• Tax Considerations for Nonqualified Annuities: Under current federal income tax law, withdrawals under nonqualified annuities, including partial withdrawals taken from the contract under the terms of this rider, are treated less favorably than amounts received as annuity payments under the contract (see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities”). Withdrawals before age 59 ½ may incur a 10% IRS early withdrawal penalty and may be considered taxable income.

• Tax Considerations for Qualified Annuities:Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). If you have a qualified annuity, you may need to take an RMD that exceeds the specified amount of withdrawal available under the rider. Partial withdrawals in any contract year that exceed the guaranteed amount available for withdrawal may reduce future benefits guaranteed under the rider. While the rider permits certain excess withdrawals to be made for the purpose of satisfying RMD requirements for this contract alone without reducing future benefits guaranteed under the rider, there can be no guarantee that changes in the federal income tax law after the effective date of the rider will not require a larger RMD to be taken, in which case, future guaranteed withdrawals under the rider could be reduced. Additionally, RMD rules follow the calendar year which most likely does not coincide with your contract year and therefore may limit when you can take your RMD and not be subject to excess withdrawal processing.

For owners subject to annual RMD rules under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, the amounts you withdraw each year from this contract to satisfy these rules are not subject to excess withdrawal processing under the terms of the rider subject to the following rules and our current administrative practice:

(1) If on the date we calculated your Annual Life Expectancy Required Minimum Distribution Amount (ALERMDA), it is greater than the RBP from the beginning of the current contract year,

• Basic Additional Benefit Amount (BABA) will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the RBP from the beginning of the current contract year.

• Any withdrawals taken in a contract year will count first against and reduce the RBP for that contract year.

• Once the RBP for the current contract year has been depleted, any additional amounts withdrawn will count against and reduce the BABA. These withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the GBA and RBA as long as they do not exceed the remaining BABA.

• Once the BABA has been depleted, any additional withdrawal amounts will be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the GBA and RBA and will subject them all to the excess withdrawal processing described in the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider.

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    131

(2) If on the date we calculated your ALERMDA, it is greater than the RALP from the beginning of the current Contract Year,

• A Lifetime Additional Benefit Amount (LABA) will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the RALP from the beginning of the current contract year.

• Any withdrawals taken in a contract year will count first against and reduce the RALP for that contract year.

• Once the RALP for the current contract year has been depleted, any additional amounts withdrawn will count against and reduce the LABA. These withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the ALP as long as they do not exceed the remaining LABA.

• Once the LABA has been depleted, any additional withdrawal amounts will be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the ALP and will subject the ALP to the excess withdrawal processing described by the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider.

(3) If the ALP is established on a policy anniversary where your current ALERMDA is greater than the new RALP,

• An initial LABA will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the new RALP.

• This new LABA will be immediately reduced by the amount that total withdrawals in the current calendar year exceed the new RALP, but shall not be reduced to less than zero.

The Annual Life Expectancy Required Minimum Distribution Amount (ALERMDA) is:

(1)	determined by us each calendar year;
(2)	based solely on the value of the contract to which the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider is attached as of the date we make the determination; and
(3)	is otherwise based on the company’s understanding and interpretation of the requirements for life expectancy distributions intended to satisfy the required minimum distribution rules under Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, as applicable on the effective date of this prospectus, to:

1.	an individual retirement annuity (Section 408(b));
2.	a Roth individual retirement account (Section 408A);
3.	a Simplified Employee Pension plan (Section 408(k));
4.	a tax-sheltered annuity rollover (Section 403(b)).

We reserve the right to modify our administrative practice described above and will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change.

In the future, the requirements under the Code for such distributions may change and the life expectancy amount calculation provided under your Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider may not be sufficient to satisfy the requirements under the Code for these types of distributions. In such a situation, amounts withdrawn to satisfy such distribution requirements will exceed your available RBP or RALP amount and may result in the reduction of your GBA, RBA, and/or ALP as described under the excess withdrawal provision of the rider.

In cases where the Code does not allow the life expectancy of a natural person to be used to calculate the required minimum distribution amount (e.g., ownership by a trust or a charity), we will calculate the life expectancy RMD amount calculated by us as zero in all years. The life expectancy required minimum distribution amount calculated by us will also equal zero in all years.

• Treatment of non-spousal distributions: Unless you are married your beneficiary will be required to take distributions as a non-spouse which may result in significantly decreasing the value of the rider. Please note civil unions and domestic partnerships generally are not recognized as marriages for federal tax purposes. For additional information see “Taxes — Other — Spousal status” section of this prospectus.

• Limitations on Tax-Sheltered Annuities (TSAs): Your right to take withdrawals is restricted if your contract is a TSA (see “TSA — Special Provisions”).

For an example, see “Examples of Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life” below.

Key terms and provisions of the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider are described below:

Partial Withdrawals: A withdrawal of an amount that does not result in a full withdrawal of the contract. The partial withdrawal amount is a gross amount and will include any surrender charge and any market value adjustment.

Waiting period: The period of time starting on the rider effective date during which the annual step up is not available if you take withdrawals. The current waiting period is three years.

Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA): The total cumulative amount available for partial withdrawals over the life of the rider under the basic withdrawal benefit. The maximum GBA is $5,000,000. The GBA cannot be withdrawn and is not payable as a death benefit. Rather, the GBA is an interim value used to calculate the amount available for withdrawals each year under the basic withdrawal benefit (see “Guaranteed Benefit Payment” below). At any time, the total GBA is the sum of the individual GBAs associated with each purchase payment.

132    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The GBA is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At contract issue — the GBA is equal to the initial purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own GBA equal to the amount of the purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When an individual RBA is reduced to zero — the GBA that is associated with that RBA will also be set to zero.

• When you make a partial withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up — Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the GBA associated with each purchase payment will be reset to the amount of that purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first partial withdrawal is made.

• When you make a partial withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the total RBP — the GBA remains unchanged. If there have been multiple purchase payments, both the total GBA and each payment’s GBA remain unchanged.
(b)	is greater than the total RBP— GBA excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the GBA. If the partial withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing is applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

GBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The total GBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the total GBA immediately prior to the withdrawal; or (b) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s GBA after the withdrawal will be reset to equal that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal plus (a) times (b), where:

(a)	is the ratio of the total GBA after the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal to the total GBA before the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal; and
(b)	is each payment’s GBA before the withdrawal less that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal.

Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA): Each withdrawal you make reduces the amount that is guaranteed by this rider as future withdrawals. At any point in time, the RBA equals the amount of GBA that remains available for withdrawals for the remainder of the contract’s life, and total RBA is the sum of the individual RBAs associated with each purchase payment. The maximum RBA is $5,000,000.

The RBA is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At contract issue — the RBA is equal to the initial purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own RBA initially set equal to that payment’s GBA (the amount of the purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits).

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When you make a partial withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up — Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the RBA associated with each purchase payment will be reset to the amount of that purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first partial withdrawal is made.

• When you make a partial withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the total RBP — the total RBA is reduced by the amount of the withdrawal. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s RBA is reduced in proportion to its RBP.
(b)	is greater than the total RBP— RBA excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the RBA. If the partial withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing is applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

RBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The total RBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal, or (b) the total RBA immediately prior to the withdrawal, less the amount of the withdrawal.

If there have been multiple purchase payments, both the total RBA and each payment’s RBA will be reset. The total RBA will be reset according to the excess withdrawal processing described above. Each payment’s RBA will be reset in the following manner:

1.	The withdrawal amount up to the total RBP is taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its individual RBP at the time of the withdrawal; and
2.	The withdrawal amount above the total RBP and any amount determined by the excess withdrawal processing are taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its RBA at the time of the withdrawal.

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    133

Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP): At any time, the amount available for partial withdrawals in each contract year after the waiting period, until the RBA is reduced to zero, under the basic withdrawal benefit. At any point in time, each purchase payment has its own GBP, which is equal to the lesser of that payment’s RBA or 7% of that payment’s GBA, and the total GBP is the sum of the individual GBPs.

During the waiting period, the guaranteed annual withdrawal amount may be less than the GBP due to the limitations the waiting period imposes on your ability to utilize both annual step-ups and withdrawals (see “Waiting Period” heading above). The guaranteed annual withdrawal amount during the waiting period is equal to the value of the RBP at the beginning of the contract year.

The GBP is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At contract issue — the GBP is established as 7% of the GBA value.

• At each contract anniversary — each payment’s GBP is reset to the lesser of that payment’s RBA or 7% of that payment’s GBA value.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own GBP equal to 7% of the purchase payment amount plus any purchase payment credits.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When an individual RBA is reduced to zero — the GBP associated with that RBA will also be reset to zero.

• When you make a partial withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up— Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the GBA and the RBA associated with each purchase payment will be reset to the amount of that purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits. Each payment’s GBP will be reset to 7% of that purchase payment. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first partial withdrawal is made.

• When you make a partial withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the total RBP — the GBP remains unchanged.
(b)	is greater than the total RBP — each payment’s GBP is reset to the lesser of that payment’s RBA or 7% of that payment’s GBA value, based on the RBA and GBA after the withdrawal. If the partial withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing is applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

Remaining Benefit Payment (RBP): The amount available for partial withdrawals for the remainder of the contract year under the basic withdrawal benefit. At any point in time, the total RBP is the sum of the RBPs for each purchase payment. During the waiting period, when the guaranteed amount maybe less than the GBP, the value of the RBP at the beginning of the contract year will be that amount that is actually guaranteed each contract year.

The RBP is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At the beginning of each contract year during the waiting period and prior to any withdrawal — the RBP for each purchase payment is set equal to that purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits multiplied by 7%.

• At the beginning of any other contract year — the RBP for each purchase payment is set equal to that purchase payment’s GBP.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own RBP equal to that payment’s GBP.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• At spousal continuation — (see “Spousal Option to Continue the Contract” heading below).

• When an individual RBA is reduced to zero — the RBP associated with that RBA will also be reset to zero.

• When you make any partial withdrawal — the total RBP is reset to equal the total RBP immediately prior to the partial withdrawal less the amount of the partial withdrawal, but not less than zero. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s RBP is reduced proportionately.If you withdraw an amount greater than the RBP, GBA excess withdrawal processing and RBA excess withdrawal processing are applied and the amount available for future partial withdrawals for the remainder of the contract’s life may be reduced by more than the amount of withdrawal. When determining if a withdrawal will result in the excess withdrawal processing, the applicable RBP will not yet reflect the amount of the current withdrawal.

Covered Person: The person whose life is used to determine when the ALP is established, and the duration of the ALP payments. The covered person is the oldest contract owner or annuitant. The covered person may change during the contract’s life if there is a spousal continuation or a change of contract ownership. If the covered person changes, we recompute the benefits guaranteed by the rider, based on the life of the new covered person, which may reduce the amount of the lifetime withdrawal benefit.

134    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA): The covered person’s age after which time the lifetime benefit can be established. Currently, the lifetime benefit can be established on the later of the contract effective date or the contract anniversary date on/following the date the covered person reaches age 65.

Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP): Once established, the ALP at any time is the amount available for withdrawals in each contract year after the waiting period until the later of death (see “At Death” heading below), or the RBA is reduced to zero, under the lifetime withdrawal benefit. The maximum ALP is $300,000. Prior to establishment of the ALP, the lifetime withdrawal benefit is not in effect and the ALP is zero.

During the waiting period, the guaranteed annual lifetime withdrawal amount may be less than the ALP due to the limitations the waiting period imposes on your ability to utilize both annual step-ups and withdrawals (see “Waiting Period” heading above). The guaranteed annual lifetime withdrawal amount during the waiting period is equal to the value of the RALP at the beginning of the contract year.

The ALP is determined at the following times:

• The later of the contract effective date or the contract anniversary date on/following the date the covered person reaches age 65— the ALP is established as 6% of the total RBA.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment increases the ALP by 6% of the amount of the purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits.

• At step ups — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• At contract ownership change — (see “Spousal Option to Continue the Contract” and “Contract Ownership Change” headings below).

• When you make a partial withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up — Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the ALP will be reset to equal total purchase payments plus any purchase payment credits multiplied by 6%. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first partial withdrawal is made.

• When you make a partial withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the RALP — the ALP remains unchanged.
(b)	is greater than the RALP —ALP excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the ALP. Please note that if the partial withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing are applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

ALP Excess Withdrawal Processing

The ALP is reset to the lesser of the ALP immediately prior to the withdrawal, or 6% of the contract value immediately following the withdrawal.

Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (RALP): The amount available for partial withdrawals for the remainder of the contract year under the lifetime withdrawal benefit. During the waiting period, when the guaranteed annual withdrawal amount may be less than the ALP, the value of the RALP at the beginning of the contract year will be the amount that is actually guaranteed each contract year. Prior to establishment of the ALP, the lifetime withdrawal benefit is not in effect and the RALP is zero.

The RALP is determined at the following times:

• The later of the contract effective date or the contract anniversary date following the date the covered person reaches age 65, and:

(a)	During the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals — the RALP is established equal to 6% of purchase payments plus any purchase payment credits.
(b)	At any other time — the RALP is established equal to the ALP.

• At the beginning of each contract year during the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals — the RALP is set equal to the total purchase payments plus any purchase payment credits, multiplied by 6%.

• At the beginning of any other contract year — the RALP is set equal to ALP.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment increases the RALP by 6% of the amount of the purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits.

• At step ups — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When you make any partial withdrawal — the RALP equals the RALP immediately prior to the partial withdrawal less the amount of the partial withdrawal, but not less than zero.If you withdraw an amount greater than the RALP, ALP excess withdrawal processing is applied and the amount available for future partial withdrawals for the remainder of the contract’s life may be reduced by more than the amount of withdrawal. When determining if a withdrawal will result in excess withdrawal processing, the applicable RALP will not yet reflect the amount of the current withdrawal.

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    135

Step Up Date: The date any step up becomes effective, and depends on the type of step up being applied (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

Annual Step Up: Beginning with the first contract anniversary, an increase of the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP, and/or RALP values may be available. A step up does not create contract value, guarantee the performance of any investment option, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn or paid upon death. Rather, a step up determines the current values of the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP, and RALP, and may extend the payment period or increase the allowable payment.

The annual step up is subject to the following rules:

• The annual step up is available when the RBA or, if established, the ALP, would increase on the step up date.

• Only one step up is allowed each contract year.

• If you take any withdrawals during the waiting period, any previously applied step ups will be reversed and the annual step up will not be available until the end of the waiting period.

• If the application of the step up does not increase the rider charge, the annual step up will be automatically applied to your contract, and the step up date is the contract anniversary date.

• If the application of the step up would increase the rider charge, the annual step up is not automatically applied. Instead, you have the option to step up for 30 days after the contract anniversary. If you exercise the elective annual step up option, you will pay the rider charge in effect on the step up date. If you wish to exercise the elective annual step up option, we must receive a request from you or your investment professional. The step up date is the date we receive your request to step up. If your request is received after the close of business, the step up date will be the next valuation day.

• The ALP and RALP are not eligible for step ups until they are established. Prior to being established, the ALP and RALP values are both zero.

• Please note it is possible for the ALP and RALP to step up even if the RBA or GBA do not step up, and it is also possible for the RBA and GBA to step up even if the ALP or RALP do not step up.

The annual step up resets the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP values as follows:

• The total RBA will be reset to the greater of the total RBA immediately prior to the step up date or the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The total GBA will be reset to the greater of the total GBA immediately prior to the step up date or the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The total GBP will be reset using the calculation as described above based on the increased GBA and RBA.

• The total RBP will be reset as follows:

(a)	During the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals, the RBP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	At any other time, the RBP will be reset as the increased GBP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but never less than zero.

• The ALP will be reset to the greater of the ALP immediately prior to the step up date or 6% of the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The RALP will be reset as follows:

(a)	During the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals, the RALP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	At any other time, the RALP will be reset as the increased ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

Spousal Option to Continue the Contract: If a surviving spouse elects to continue the contract, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider also continues. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate. When the spouse elects to continue the contract, any remaining waiting period is cancelled; the covered person will be re-determined and is the covered person referred to below; and the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP values are affected as follows:

• The GBA, RBA, and GBP values remain unchanged.

• The RBP is automatically reset to the GBP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

• If the ALP has not yet been established and the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the date of continuation — the ALP will be established on the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65 as the lesser of the RBA or the contract anniversary value, multiplied by 6%. The RALP will be established on the same date equal to the ALP.

136    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• If the ALP has not yet been established but the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the date of continuation — the ALP will be established on the date of continuation as the lesser of the RBA or the contract value, multiplied by 6%. The RALP will be established on the same date in an amount equal to the ALP less all prior partial withdrawals made in the current contract year, but will never be less than zero.

• If the ALP has been established but the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the date of continuation — the ALP and RALP will be automatically reset to zero for the period of time beginning with the date of continuation and ending with the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65. At the end of this time period, the ALP will be reset to the lesser of the RBA or the anniversary contract value, multiplied by 6%, and the RALP will be reset to equal the ALP.

• If the ALP has been established and the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the date of continuation — the ALP will be automatically reset to the lesser of the current ALP or 6% of the contract value on the date of continuation. The RALP will be reset to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

Please note that the lifetime withdrawal benefit amount may be reduced as a result of the spousal continuation.

Spousal Continuation Step Up: If a surviving spouse elects to continue the contract, another elective step up option becomes available. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate. To exercise the step up, the spouse or the spouse’s investment professional must submit a request within 30 days of the date of continuation. The step up date is the date we receive the spouse’s request to step up. If the request is received after the close of business, the step up date will be the next valuation day. The GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP will be reset in the same fashion as the annual step up.

The spousal continuation step up is subject to the following rules:

• If the spousal continuation step up option is exercised and we have increased the charge for the rider, the spouse will pay the charge that is in effect on the step up date.

It is our current administrative practice to process the spousal continuation step up as described in the next paragraph; however, we reserve the right to discontinue our administrative practice and will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change.

At the time of spousal continuation, a step-up may be available. All annual step-up rules (see “Annual Step-Up” heading above), other than those that apply to the waiting period, also apply to the spousal continuation step-up. If the spousal continuation step-up is processed automatically, the step-up date is the valuation date spousal continuation is effective. If not, the spouse must elect the step up and must do so within 30 days of the spousal continuation date. If the spouse elects the spousal continuation step up, the step-up date is the valuation date we receive the spouse’s written request to step-up if we receive the request by the close of business on that day, otherwise the next valuation date.

If Contract Value Reduces to Zero: If the contract value reduces to zero and the total RBA remains greater than zero, you will be paid in the following scenarios:

1) The ALP has not yet been established and the contract value is reduced to zero for any reason other than full withdrawal of the contract. In this scenario, you can choose to:

(a)	receive the remaining schedule of GBPs until the RBA equals zero; or
(b)	wait until the rider anniversary on/following the date the covered person reaches age 65, and then receive the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the covered person, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero.

We will notify you of this option. If no election is made, the ALP will be paid.

2) The ALP has been established and the contract value reduces to zero as a result of fees or charges, or a withdrawal that is less than or equal to both the RBP and the RALP. In this scenario, you can choose to receive:

(a)	the remaining schedule of GBPs until the RBA equals zero; or
(b)	the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the covered person, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero. We will notify you of this option. If no election is made, the ALP will be paid.

3)	The ALP has been established and the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RALP but less than or equal to the RBP. In this scenario, the remaining schedule of GBPs will be paid until the RBA equals zero.
4)	The ALP has been established and the contract value falls to zero as a result of a partial withdrawal that is greater than the RBP but less than or equal to the RALP. In this scenario, the ALP will be paid annually until the death of the covered person.

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    137

Under any of these scenarios:

• The annualized amounts will be paid to you in the frequency you elect. You may elect a frequency offered by us at the time payments begin. Available payment frequencies will be no less frequent than annually;

• We will no longer accept additional purchase payments;

• You will no longer be charged for the rider;

• Any attached death benefit riders will terminate; and

• The death benefit becomes the remaining payments, if any, until the RBA is reduced to zero.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider and the contract will terminate under either of the following two scenarios:

• If the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than both the RALP and the RBP. This is full withdrawal of the contract.

• If the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RALP but less than or equal to the RBP, and the total RBA is reduced to zero.

At Death: If the contract value is greater than zero when the death benefit becomes payable, the beneficiary may elect to take the death benefit as a lump sum under the terms of the contract (see “Benefits in Case of Death”) or the annuity payout option (see “Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Payout Option” heading below).

If the contract value equals zero and the death benefit becomes payable, the following will occur:

• If the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the GBP each year, the GBP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person dies and the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person is still alive and the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the later of the death of the covered person or the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person is still alive and the RBA equals zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the death of the covered person.

• If the covered person dies and the RBA equals zero, the benefit terminates. No further payments will be made.

Contract Ownership Change: If the contract changes ownership (see “Changing Ownership”), the covered person will be redetermined and is the covered person referred to below. The GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP values will remain unchanged. The ALP and RALP will be reset as follows. Our current administrative practice is to only reset the ALP and RALP if the covered person changes due to the ownership change.

• If the ALP has not yet been established and the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the ownership change date— the ALP and the RALP will be established on the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65. The ALP will be set equal to the lesser of the RBA or the anniversary contract value, multiplied by 6%. If the anniversary date occurs during the waiting period and prior to a withdrawal, the RALP will be set to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments plus any purchase payment credits multiplied by 6%. If the anniversary date occurs at any other time, the RALP will be set to the ALP.

• If the ALP has not yet been established but the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the ownership change date — the ALP and the RALP will be established on the ownership change date. The ALP will be set equal to the lesser of the RBA or the contract value, multiplied by 6%. If the ownership change date occurs during the waiting period and prior to a withdrawal, the RALP will be set equal to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments plus any purchase payment credits multiplied by 6%. If the ownership change date occurs at any other time, the RALP will be set equal to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year but not less than zero.

• If the ALP has been established but the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the ownership change date— the ALP and the RALP will be reset to zero for the period of time beginning with the ownership change date and ending with the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65. At the end of this time period, the ALP will be reset to the lesser of the RBA or the anniversary contract value, multiplied by 6%. If the time period ends during the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals, the RALP will be reset to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments plus any purchase payment credits multiplied by 6%. If the time period ends at any other time, the RALP will be reset to the ALP.

• If the ALP has been established and the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the ownership change date — the ALP and the RALP will be reset on the ownership change date. The ALP will be reset to the lesser of the current ALP or 6% of the contract value. If the ownership change date occurs during the waiting period and prior to a withdrawal, the RALP will be reset to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments plus any purchase payment credits multiplied by 6%. If the ownership change date occurs at any other time, the RALP will be reset to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year but not less than zero.

138    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Please note that the lifetime withdrawal benefit amount may be reduced as a result of the ownership change.

Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Payout Option: Several annuity payout plans are available under the contract. As an alternative to these annuity payout plans, a fixed annuity payout option is available under the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider.

Under this option the amount payable each year will be equal to the remaining schedule of GBPs, but the total amount paid over the life of the annuity will not exceed the current total RBA at the time you begin this fixed annuity payout option. These annualized amounts will be paid in the frequency that you elect. The frequencies will be among those offered by us at that time but will be no less frequent than annually. If, at the death of the owner, total payouts have been made for less than the RBA, the remaining payouts will be paid to the beneficiary (see “The Annuity Payout Period” and “Taxes”).

This option may not be available if the contract is issued to qualify under Section 403 or 408 of the Code, as amended. For such contracts, this option will be available only if the guaranteed payment period is less than the life expectancy of the owner at the time the option becomes effective. Such life expectancy will be computed under the mortality table we then use to determine current life annuity purchase rates under the contract to which this rider is attached.

This annuity payout option may also be elected by the beneficiary of a contract as a settlement option if payments begin no later than one year after your death and the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy.

Whenever multiple beneficiaries are designated under the contract, each such beneficiary’s share of the proceeds if they elect this option will be in proportion to their applicable designated beneficiary percentage. Beneficiaries of nonqualified contracts may elect this settlement option subject to the distribution requirements of the contract. We reserve the right to adjust the future schedule of GBPs if necessary to comply with the Code.

Rider Termination

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider cannot be terminated either by you or us except as follows:

1.	Annuity payouts under an annuity payout plan will terminate the rider.
2.	Termination of the contract for any reason will terminate the rider.

Examples of the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life

Example #1: Covered person has not reached age 65 at the time the contract and rider are purchased.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a $96,154 purchase payment with a $3,846 purchase payment credit.

• You are the sole owner and also the annuitant. You are age 60.

• You make no additional payments to the contract.

• Automatic annual step-ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the RBA and/or 6% of the contract value is greater than the ALP. Applied annual step-ups are indicated in bold.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	Basic Withdrawal Benefit				Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit
				GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
At Issue	$100,000	$N/A	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	$7,000	$7,000	$N/A	$N/A
0.5	0	7,000	92,000	100,000	93,000	7,000	0	N/A	N/A
1	0	0	91,000	100,000	93,000	7,000	7,000	N/A	N/A
1.5	0	7,000	83,000	100,000	86,000	7,000	0	N/A	N/A
2	0	0	81,000	100,000	86,000	7,000	7,000	N/A	N/A
5	0	0	75,000	100,000	86,000	7,000	7,000	5,160(1)	5,160(1)
5.5	0	5,160	70,000	100,000	80,840	7,000	1,840	5,160	0
6	0	0	69,000	100,000	80,840	7,000	7,000	5,160	5,160
6.5	0	7,000	62,000	100,000	73,840	7,000	0	3,720(2)	0
7	0	0	70,000	100,000	73,840	7,000	7,000	4,200	4,200
7.5	0	10,000	51,000	51,000(3)	51,000(3)	3,570	0	3,060(3)	0
8	0	0	55,000	55,000	55,000	3,850	3,850	3,300	3,300

At this point, assuming no additional activity (step ups, excess withdrawals, purchase payments, spousal continuation or contract ownership change), you can continue to withdraw up to either the GBP of $3,850 each year until the RBA is reduced to zero, or the ALP of $3,300 each year until the later of your death or the RBA is reduced to zero.

⁽¹⁾ The ALP and RALP are established on the contract anniversary date following the date the covered person reaches age 65.

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    139

(2)

The $7,000 withdrawal is greater than the $5,160 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the ALP, resetting the ALP to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.

(3)

The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than both the $7,000 RBP allowed under the basic withdrawal benefit and the $4,200 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the GBA, RBA, and ALP. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.

Example #2: Covered person has reached 65 at the time the contract and rider are purchased.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a $96,154 purchase payment with a $3,846 purchase payment credit.

• You are the sole owner and also the annuitant. You are age 65.

• You make no additional payments to the contract.

• Automatic annual step-ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the RBA and/or 6% of the contract value is greater than the ALP. Applied annual step-ups are indicated in bold.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	Basic Withdrawal Benefit				Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit
				GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
At Issue	$100,000	$N/A	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	$7,000	$7,000	$6,000	$6,000
1	0	0	105,000	105,000	105,000	7,350	7,000(1)	6,300	6,000(1)
2	0	0	110,000	110,000	110,000	7,700	7,000(1)	6,600	6,000(1)
3	0	0	110,000	110,000	110,000	7,700	7,700(2)	6,600	6,600(2)
3.5	0	6,600	110,000	110,000	103,400	7,700	1,100	6,600	0
4	0	0	115,000	115,000	115,000	8,050	8,050	6,900	6,900
4.5	0	8,050	116,000	115,000	106,950	8,050	0	6,900(3)	0
5	0	0	120,000	120,000	120,000	8,400	8,400	7,200	7,200
5.5	0	10,000	122,000	120,000(4)	110,000(4)	8,400	0	7,200(4)	0
6	0	0	125,000	125,000	125,000	8,750	8,750	7,500	7,500

At this point, assuming no additional activity (step ups, excess withdrawals, purchase payments, spousal continuation or contract ownership change), you can continue to withdraw up to either the GBP of $8,750 each year until the RBA is reduced to zero, or the ALP of $7,500 each year until the later of your death or the RBA is reduced to zero.

(1)	The annual step-up has not been applied to the RBP or RALP because any withdrawal after step up during the waiting period would reverse any prior step ups prior to determining if the withdrawal is excess. Therefore, during the waiting period, the RBP is the amount you can withdraw without incurring the GBA and RBA excess withdrawal processing, and the RALP is the amount you can withdraw without incurring the ALP excess withdrawal processing.
(2)	On the third anniversary (after the end of the waiting period), the RBP and RALP are set equal to the GBP and ALP, respectively.
(3)	The $8,050 withdrawal is greater than the $6,900 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the ALP, resetting the ALP to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.
(4)	The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than both the $8,400 RBP allowed under the basic withdrawal benefit and the $7,200 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the GBA, RBA, and ALP. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.

140    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix J: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider Disclosure

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider

We have offered two versions of the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit that have been referred to in previous disclosure as Rider A and Rider B. The description of the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit in this section applies to both Rider A and Rider B, unless noted otherwise. Rider B is no longer available for purchase.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit is an optional benefit that was offered for an additional annual charge if⁽¹⁾:

Rider A

• your contract application was signed on or after April 30, 2005 in those states where theSecureSource rider and/or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider are/were not available;

• you and the annuitant were 79 or younger on the date the contract was issued.

Rider B

•	your contract application was signed prior to April 29, 2005;
•	the rider was available in your state; and
•	you and the annuitant were 79 or younger on the date the contract was issued.
(1)	The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit is not available under an inherited qualified annuity.

You must elect the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider when you purchase your contract (original rider). The original rider you receive at contract issue offers an elective annual step-up and any withdrawal after a step up during the first three years is considered an excess withdrawal, as described below. The rider effective date of the original rider is the contract issue date.

We will offer you the option of replacing the original rider with a new Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit (enhanced rider), if available in your state. The enhanced rider offers an automatic annual step-up and a withdrawal after a step up during the first three years is not necessarily an excess withdrawal, as described below. The effective date of the enhanced rider will be the contract issue date except for the automatic step-up which will apply to contract anniversaries that occur after you accept the enhanced rider. The descriptions below apply to both the original and enhanced riders unless otherwise noted.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit initially provides a guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit that gives you the right to take limited partial withdrawals in each contract year that over time will total an amount equal to your purchase payments plus any purchase payment credits. Certain withdrawals and step ups, as described below, can cause the initial guaranteed withdrawal benefit to change. The guarantee remains in effect if your partial withdrawals in a contract year do not exceed the allowed amount. As long as your withdrawals in each contract year do not exceed the allowed amount, you will not be assessed a surrender charge. Under the original rider, the allowed amount is the Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP — the amount you may withdraw under the terms of the rider in each contract year, subject to certain restrictions prior to the third contract anniversary, as described below). Under the enhanced rider, the allowed amount is equal to 7% of purchase payments and purchase payment credits for the first three years, and the GBP in all other years.

If you withdraw an amount greater than the allowed amount in a contract year, we call this an “excess withdrawal” under the rider. If you make an excess withdrawal under the rider:

• surrender charges, if applicable, will apply only to the amount of the withdrawal that exceeds the allowed amount;

• the guaranteed benefit amount will be adjusted as described below; and

• the remaining benefit amount will be adjusted as described below.

For a partial withdrawal that is subject to a surrender charge, the amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable surrender charge (see “Charges —Surrender Charge”). Market value adjustments, if applicable, will also be made (see “Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs) — Market Value Adjustment”). We pay you the amount you request. Any partial withdrawals you take under the contract will reduce the value of the death benefits (see “Benefits in Case of Death”). Upon full withdrawal of the contract, you will receive the remaining contract value less any applicable charges (see “Surrenders”).

Once elected, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider may not be cancelled and the fee will continue to be deducted until the contract is terminated, the contract value reduces to zero (described below) or annuitization start date. If you select the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, you may not select an Income Assurer Benefit rider or the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. If you exercise the annual step up election (see “Elective Step Up” and “Annual Step Up” below), the special spousal continuation step up election (see “Spousal Continuation and Special Spousal Continuation Step Up” below) or change your Portfolio Navigator model portfolio, the rider charge may change (see “Charges”).

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    141

You should consider whether the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit is appropriate for you because:

You will begin paying the rider charge as of the rider effective date, even if you do not begin taking withdrawals for many years. It is possible that your contract performance, fees and charges, and withdrawal pattern may be such that your contract value will not be depleted in your lifetime and you will not receive any monetary value under the rider.

• Investment Allocation Restrictions:You must elect one of the approved investment options if you purchase a contract on or after May 1, 2006 with this rider (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer funds”). These funds are expected to reduce our financial risks and expenses associated with certain living benefits and death benefits. Although the funds’ investment strategies may help mitigate declines in your contract value due to declining equity markets, the funds’ investment strategies may also curb your contract value gains during periods of positive performance by the equity markets. Additionally, investment in the funds may decrease the number and amount of any benefit base increase opportunities. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds: Volatility and Volatility Management Risk with the Portfolio Stabilizer funds” section.) We reserve the right to add, remove, or substitute approved investment options in the future. If you selected this Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider before May 1, 2006, you must participate in the asset allocation program (see “Appendix I: Asset Allocation Program for Contracts Purchased Before May 1, 2006”), however, you may elect to participate in the Portfolio Navigator program after May 1, 2006. This requirement limits your choice of investment options. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, GPAs or the one-year fixed account that are available under the contract to contract owners who do not elect this rider. You may allocate purchase payments and purchase payment credits to the DCA fixed account, when available, and we will make monthly transfers into the investment option you have chosen.

• Limitations on Purchase Payments: We reserve the right to limit the cumulative amount of purchase payments, subject to state restrictions, which may limit your ability to make additional purchase payments to increase your contract value as you may have originally intended. For current purchase payment restrictions, please see “Buying Your Contract — Purchase Payments”.

• Interaction with the Total Free Amount (FA) contract provision: The FA is the amount you are allowed to withdraw in each contract year without incurring a surrender charge (see “Charges — Surrender Charge”). The FA may be greater than GBP under this rider. Any amount you withdraw under the contract’s FA provision that exceeds the GBP is subject to the excess withdrawal processing for the GBA and RBA described below.

• Rider A — Limitations on Purchase of Other Riders under this Contract: If you select the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, you may not elect the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider.

• Non-Cancelable: Once elected, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider may not be cancelled and the fee will continue to be deducted until the contract is terminated, the contract value reduces to zero (described below) or after the annuitization start date.

You should consult your tax advisor if you have any questions about the use of this rider in your tax situation:

• Tax Considerations for Non-Qualified Annuities: Under current federal income tax law, withdrawals under nonqualified annuities, including partial withdrawals taken from the contract under the terms of this rider, are treated less favorably than amounts received as annuity payments under the contract (see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities”). Withdrawals are taxable to the extent of earnings. Withdrawals before age 59½ may also incur a 10% IRS early withdrawal penalty.

• Tax Considerations for Qualified Annuities: Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). If you have a qualified annuity, you may need to take an RMD. If you make a withdrawal in any contract year to satisfy an RMD, this may constitute an excess withdrawal, as defined below, and the excess withdrawal processing described below will apply. Under the terms of the enhanced rider, we allow you to satisfy the RMD based on the life expectancy RMD for your contract and the requirements of the Code and regulations in effect when you purchase your contract, without the withdrawal being treated as an excess withdrawal. It is our current administrative practice to make the same accommodation under the original rider, however, we reserve the right to discontinue our administrative practice and will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change.

For owners subject to RMD rules under Section 401(a)(9), our current administrative practice under both the original and the enhanced riders is to allow amounts you withdraw to satisfy these rules without applying excess withdrawal processing under terms of the rider, subject to the following rules:

(1)	If your Annual Life Expectancy Required Minimum Distribution Amount (ALERMDA) is greater than the RBP from the beginning of the current contract year, an Additional Benefit Amount (ABA) will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the RBP.
(2)	Any withdrawals taken in a contract year will count first against and reduce the RBP for that contract year.
(3)	Once the RBP for the current contract year has been depleted, any additional amounts withdrawn will count against and reduce any ABA. These withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals as long as they do not exceed the remaining ABA.

142    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

(4) Once the ABA has been depleted, any additional withdrawal amounts will be considered excess withdrawals and will initiate the excess withdrawal processing described in the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider.

The Annual Life Expectancy Required Minimum Distribution Amount (ALERMDA) is:

(1)	determined by us each calendar year;
(2)	based solely on the value of the contract to which the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider is attached as of the date we make the determination; and
(3)	based on the company’s understanding and interpretation of the requirements for life expectancy distributions intended to satisfy the required minimum distribution rules under Section 401(a)(9) and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, as applicable, on the effective date of this prospectus to:

1.	an individual retirement annuity (Section 408(b));
2.	a Roth individual retirement account (Section 408A);
3.	a Simplified Employee Pension plan (Section 408(k));
4.	a tax-sheltered annuity rollover (Section 403(b)).

We reserve the right to modify our administrative practice described above and will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change.

In the future, the requirements under the Code for such distributions may change and the life expectancy amount calculation provided under your Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider may not be sufficient to satisfy the requirements under the Code for these types of distributions. In such a situation, amounts withdrawn to satisfy such distribution requirements will exceed your RBP amount and may result in the reduction of your GBA and RBA as described under the excess withdrawal provision of the rider.

Please note that RMD rules follow the calendar year which most likely does not coincide with your contract year and therefore may limit when you can take your RMD and not be subject to excess withdrawal processing.

In cases where the Code does not allow the life expectancy of a natural person to be used to calculate the required minimum distribution amount (e.g. ownership by a trust or a charity), we will calculate the life expectancy RMD amount calculated by us as zero in all years. The life expectancy required minimum distribution amount calculated by us will also equal zero in all years.

• Treatment of non-spousal distributions: Unless you are married your beneficiary will be required to take distributions as a non-spouse which may result in significantly decreasing the value of the rider. Please note civil unions and domestic partnerships generally are not recognized as marriages for federal tax purposes. For additional information see “Taxes — Other — Spousal status” section of this prospectus.

• Limitations on Tax-Sheltered Annuities (TSAs):Your right to take withdrawals is restricted if your contract is a TSA (see “TSA — Special Provisions”). You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of this rider in your tax situation;

The terms “Guaranteed Benefit Amount” and “Remaining Benefit Amount” are described below. Each is used in the operation of the GBP, the RBP, the elective step up, the annual step up, the special spousal continuation step up and the Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Payout Option.

Guaranteed Benefit Amount

The Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA) is equal to the initial purchase payment, plus any purchase payment credits, adjusted for subsequent purchase payments, any purchase payment credits, partial withdrawals in excess of the GBP, and step ups. The maximum GBA is $5,000,000.

The GBA is determined at the following times:

• At contract issue — the GBA is equal to the initial purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits;

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits has its own GBA equal to the amount of the purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits. The total GBA when an additional purchase payment and purchase payment credits are added is the sum of the individual GBAs immediately prior to the receipt of the additional purchase payment, plus the GBA associated with the additional purchase payment;

• At step up — (see “Elective Step Up” and “Annual Step Up” headings below).

• When you make a partial withdrawal:

(a) and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are less than or equal to the GBP — the GBA remains unchanged. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the GBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    143

(b)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are greater than the GBP —the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the GBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the GBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups:
(c)	under the original rider in a contract year after a step up but before the third contract anniversary —the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the GBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the GBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups:

GBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The total GBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the total GBA immediately prior to the withdrawal; or (b) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s GBA after the withdrawal will be reset to equal that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal plus (a) times (b), where:

(a)	is the ratio of the total GBA after the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal to the total GBA before the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal; and
(b)	is each payment’s GBA before the withdrawal less that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal.

Remaining Benefit Amount

The remaining benefit amount (RBA) at any point is the total guaranteed amount available for future partial withdrawals. The maximum RBA is $5,000,000.

The RBA is determined at the following times:

• At contract issue — the RBA is equal to the initial purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits;

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits has its own RBA equal to the amount of the purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits. The total RBA when an additional purchase payment and purchase payment credits are added is the sum of the individual RBAs immediately prior to the receipt of the additional purchase payment, plus the RBA associated with the additional payment;

• At step up — (see “Elective Step Up” and “Annual Step Up” headings below).

• When you make a partial withdrawal:

(a)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are less than or equal to the GBP — the RBA becomes the RBA immediately prior to the partial withdrawal, less the partial withdrawal. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the RBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;
(b)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are greater than the GBP —the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the RBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the RBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;
(c)	under the original rider after a step up but before the third contract anniversary —the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the RBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the RBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;

RBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The RBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal, or (b) the RBA immediately prior to the withdrawal, less the amount of the withdrawal.

If there have been multiple purchase payments, any reduction of the RBA will be taken out of each payment’s RBA in the following manner:

The withdrawal amount up to the remaining benefit payment (defined below) is taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its remaining benefit payment at the time of the withdrawal; and the withdrawal amount above the remaining benefit payment and any amount determined by the excess withdrawal processing are taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its RBA at the time of the withdrawal.

Guaranteed Benefit Payment

Under the original rider, the GBP is the amount you may withdraw under the terms of the rider in each contract year, subject to certain restrictions prior to the third anniversary.

Under the enhanced rider, the GBP is the withdrawal amount that you are entitled to take each contract year after the third anniversary until the RBA is depleted.

Rider A: Under the original rider, the GBP is equal to 7% of the GBA. Under the enhanced rider, the GBP is the lesser of (a) 7% of the GBA, or (b) the RBA. Under both the original and enhanced riders, if you withdraw less than the GBP in a contract year, there is no carry over to the next contract year.

144    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Rider B: Under both the original and enhanced riders, the GBP is the lesser of (a) 7% of the GBA; or (b) the RBA. If you withdraw less than the GBP in a contract year, there is no carry over to the next contract year.

Remaining Benefit Payment

Under the original rider, at the beginning of each contract year, the remaining benefit payment (RBP) is set as the lesser of (a) the GBP, or (b) the RBA.

Under the enhanced rider, at the beginning of each contract year, during the first three years and prior to any withdrawal, the RBP for each purchase payment is set equal to that purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits, multiplied by 7%. At the beginning of any other contract year, each individual RBP is set equal to each individual GBP.

Each additional purchase payment has its own RBP established equal to that payment’s GBP. The total RBP is equal to the sum of the individual RBPs.

Whenever a partial withdrawal is made, the RBP equals the RBP immediately prior to the partial withdrawal less the amount of the partial withdrawal, but not less than zero.

Elective Step Up (under the original rider only)

You have the option to increase the RBA, the GBA, the GBP and the RBP beginning with the first contract anniversary. An annual elective step up option is available for 30 days after the contract anniversary. The elective step up option allows you to step up the remaining benefit amount and guaranteed benefit amount to the contract value on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

The elective step up is subject to the following rules:

• if you do not take any withdrawals during the first three years, you may step up annually beginning with the first contract anniversary;

• if you take any withdrawals during the first three years, the annual elective step up will not be available until the third contract anniversary;

• if you step up but then take a withdrawal prior to the third contract anniversary, you will lose any prior step ups and the withdrawal will be considered an excess withdrawal subject to the GBA and RBA excess withdrawal processing discussed under the “Guaranteed Benefit Amount” and “Remaining Benefit Amount” headings above; and

• you may take withdrawals on or after the third contract anniversary without reversal of previous step ups.

You may elect a step up only once each contract year within 30 days after the contract anniversary. Once a step up has been elected, another step up may not be elected until the next contract anniversary.

Rider A: You may only step up if your contract value on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up is greater than the RBA. The elective step up will be determined as follows:

• The effective date of the elective step up is the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

• The RBA will be increased to an amount equal to the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

• The GBA will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBA immediately prior to the elective step up; or (b) the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

• The GBP will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBP immediately prior to the elective step up; or (b) 7% of the GBA after the elective step up.

• The RBP will be increased to the lesser of (a) the RBA after the elective step up; or (b) the GBP after the elective step up less any withdrawals made during that contract year.

Rider B: You may only step up if your contract anniversary value is greater than the RBA. The elective step up will be determined as follows:

• The effective date of the elective step up is the contract anniversary.

• The RBA will be increased to an amount equal to the contract anniversary value (after charges are deducted).

• The GBA will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBA immediately prior to the elective step up; or (b) the contract anniversary value (after charges are deducted).

• The GBP will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBP immediately prior to the elective step up; or (b) 7% of the GBA after the elective step up.

• The RBP will be increased to the lesser of (a) the RBA after the elective step up; or (b) the GBP after the elective step up.

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    145

Annual Step Up (under the enhanced rider only)

Beginning with the first contract anniversary after you accept the enhanced rider, an increase of the RBA, the GBA, the GBP and the RBP may be available. A step up does not create contract value, guarantee performance of any investment options, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn or paid upon death. Rather, a step up determines the current values of the GBA, RBA, GBP and RBP, and may extend the payment period or increase allowable payment.

• The annual step up is subject to the following rules:

• The annual step up is available when the RBA would increase on the step up date. The applicable step up date depends on whether the annual step up is applied on an automatic or elective basis.

• If the application of the step does not increase the rider charge, the annual step up will be automatically applied to your contract and the step up date is the contract anniversary date.

• If the application of the step up would increase the rider charge, the annual step up is not automatically applied. Instead, you have the option to step up for 30 days after the contract anniversary. If you exercise the elective annual step up option, you will pay the rider charge in effect on the step up date. If you wish to exercise the elective annual step up option, we must receive a request from you or your investment professional. The step up date is the date we receive your request to step up. If your request is received after the close of business, the step up date will be the next valuation day.

• Only one step up is allowed each contract year.

• If you take any withdrawals during the first three years, any previously applied step ups will be reversed and the annual step up will not be available until the third contract anniversary;

• You may take withdrawals on or after the third contract anniversary without reversal of previous step ups.

The annual step up will be determined as follows:

• The RBA will be increased to an amount equal to the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The GBA will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBA immediately prior to the annual step up; or (b) the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The GBP will be calculated as described earlier, but based on the increased GBA and RBA.

• The RBP will be reset as follows:

(a)	Prior to any withdrawals during the first three years, the RBP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	At any other time, the RBP will be reset as the increased GBP less all prior withdrawals made during the current contract year, but never less than zero.

Spousal Continuation and Special Spousal Continuation Step Up

If a surviving spouse elects to continue the contract, this rider also continues. The spousal continuation step up is in addition to the elective step up or the annual step up. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate. When a spouse elects to continue the contract, any rider feature processing particular to the first three years of the contract as described in this prospectus no longer applies. The GBA, RBA and GBP values remain unchanged. The RBP is automatically reset to the GBP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

Rider A: A surviving spouse may elect a spousal continuation step up by written request within 30 days following the spouse’s election to continue the contract. This step up may be made even if withdrawals have been taken under the contract during the first three years. Under this step up, the RBA will be reset to the greater of the RBA or the contract value on the valuation date we receive the spouse’s written request to step up; the GBA will be reset to the greater of the GBA or the contract value on the same valuation date. If a spousal continuation step up is elected and we have increased the charge for the rider for new contract owners, the spouse will pay the charge that is in effect on the valuation date we receive the written request to step up.

It is our current administrative practice to process the spousal continuation step up as described in the next paragraph; however, we reserve the right to discontinue our administrative practice and will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change.

At the time of spousal continuation, a step-up may be available. All annual step-up rules (see “Annual Step-Up” heading above), other than those that apply to the waiting period, also apply to the spousal continuation step-up. If the spousal continuation step-up is processed automatically, the step-up date is the valuation date spousal continuation is effective. If not, the spouse must elect the step up and must do so within 30 days of the spousal continuation date. If the spouse elects the spousal continuation step up, the step-up date is the valuation date we receive the spouse’s written request to step-up if we receive the request by the close of business on that day, otherwise the next valuation date.

146    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Rider B: A spousal continuation step up occurs automatically when the spouse elects to continue the contract. The rider charge will not change upon this automatic step up. Under this step up, the RBA will be reset to the greater of the RBA on the valuation date we receive the spouse’s written request to continue the contract and the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid; the GBA will be reset to the greater of the GBA on the valuation date we receive the spouse’ written request to continue the contract and the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid.

Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Payout Option

Several annuity payout plans are available under the contract. As an alternative to these annuity payout plans, a fixed annuity payout option is available under the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit. Under this option the amount payable each year will be equal to the remaining schedule of GBPs, but the total amount paid over the life of the annuity will not exceed the current total RBA at the time you begin this fixed annuity option. These annualized amounts will be paid in the frequency that you elect. The frequencies will be among those offered by us at that time but will be no less frequent than annually. If, at the death of the owner, total payments have been made for less than the RBA, the remaining payments will be paid to the beneficiary (see “The Annuity Payout Period” and “Taxes”).

This annuity payout option may also be elected by the beneficiary of a contract as a settlement option if payments begin no later than one year after your death and the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy. Whenever multiple beneficiaries are designated under the contract, each such beneficiary’s share of the proceeds if they elect this option will be in proportion to their applicable designated beneficiary percentage. Beneficiaries of nonqualified contracts may elect this settlement option subject to the distribution requirements of the contract. We reserve the right to adjust the remaining schedule of GBPs if necessary to comply with the Code.

If Contract Value Reduces to Zero

If the contract value reduces to zero and the RBA remains greater than zero, the following will occur:

• you will be paid according to the annuity payout option described above;

• we will no longer accept additional purchase payments;

• you will no longer be charged for the rider;

• any attached death benefit riders will terminate; and

• the death benefit becomes the remaining payments under the annuity payout option described above.

If the contract value falls to zero and the RBA is depleted, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider and the contract will terminate.

Example of the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit (applies to Rider A and Rider B)

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,00

• 0; and

• we add a purchase payment credit of $5,000 to your contract.

The Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA) equals your purchase payment plus the purchase payment credit:		$105,000
The Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP) equals 7% of your GBA:
	0.07×$105,000=	$7,350
The Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA) equals your purchase payment plus the purchase payment credit:		$105,000
On the first contract year the contract value grows to $110,000. You decide to step up your benefit.
The RBA equals 100% of your contract value:		$110,000
The GBA equals 100% of your contract value:		$110,000
The GBP equals 7% of your stepped-up GBA:
	0.07×$110,000=	$7,700
During the fourth contract anniversary you decide to take a partial withdrawal of $7,700
You took a partial withdrawal equal to your GBP, so your RBA equals the prior RBA less the amount of the partial withdrawal:
	$110,000–$7,700=	$102,300
The GBA equals the GBA immediately prior to the partial withdrawal:		$110,000
The GBP equals 7% of your GBA:
	0.07×$110,000=	$7,700
On the fourth contract anniversary you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000. We add a purchase payment credit of $2,500 to your contract. The new RBA for the contract is equal to your prior RBA plus 100% of the additional purchase payment and purchase payment credit:
	$102,300+$52,500=	$154,800

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    147

The new GBA for the contract is equal to your prior GBA plus 100% of the additional purchase payment and purchase payment credit:
	$110,000+$52,500=		$162,500
The new GBP for the contract is equal to your prior GBP plus 7% of the additional purchase payment and purchase payment credit:
	$7,700+$3,675=		$11,375
On the fifth contract anniversary your contract value grows to $200,000. You decide to step up your benefit
The RBA equals 100% of your contract value:			$200,000
The GBA equals 100% of your contract value:			$200,000
The GBP equals 7% of your stepped-up GBA:
	0.07×$200,000=		$14,000
During the seventh contract year your contract value grows to $230,000. You decide to take a partial withdrawal of $20,000. You took more than your GBP of $14,000 so your RBA gets reset to the lesser of:
	(1)	your contract value immediately following the partial withdrawal;
	$230,000–$20,000=		$210,000
	(2)	your prior RBA less the amount of the partial withdrawal.
	$200,000–$20,000=		$180,000
Reset RBA = lesser of (1) or (2) =			$180,000
The GBA gets reset to the lesser of:
	(1)	your prior GBA	$200,000
	(2)	your contract value immediately following the partial withdrawal;
$230,000 – $20,000 =			$210,000
Reset GBA = lesser of (1) or (2) =			$200,000
The Reset GBP is equal to 7% of your Reset GBA:
	0.07×$200,000=		$14,000
During the eight contract year your contract value falls to $175,000. You decide to take a partial withdrawal of $25,000. You took more than your GBP of $14,000 so your RBA gets reset to the lesser of:
	(1)	your contract value immediately following the partial withdrawal;
	$175,000 – $25,000 =		$150,000
	(2)	your prior RBA less the amount of the partial withdrawal.
	$180,000 – $25,000 =		$155,000
Reset RBA = lesser of (1) or (2) =			$150,000
The GBA gets reset to the lesser of:
	(1)	your prior GBA;	$200,000
	(2)	your contract value immediately following the partial withdrawal;
	$175,000 – $25,000 =		$150,000
Reset GBA = lesser of (1) or (2) =			$150,000
The Reset GBP is equal to 7% of your Reset GBA:
	0.07 × $150,000 =		$10,500

148    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix K: Income Assurer Benefit Riders

The following three optional Income Assurer Benefit riders were available under your contract if you your contract application was signed prior to May 1, 2007. These riders are no longer available for purchase.

• Income Assurer Benefit – MAV;

• Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base; or

• Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base.

The Income Assurer Benefit riders are intended to provide you with a guaranteed minimum income regardless of the volatility inherent in the investments in the subaccounts. The riders benchmark the contract growth at each anniversary against several comparison values and set the guaranteed income benefit base (described below) equal to the largest value. The guaranteed income benefit base, less any applicable premium tax, is the value we apply to the guaranteed annuity purchase rates stated in Table B of the contract to calculate the minimum annuity payouts you will receive if you exercise the rider. If the guaranteed income benefit base is greater than the contract value, the guaranteed income benefit base may provide a higher annuity payout level than is otherwise available. However, the riders use guaranteed annuity purchase rates which may result in annuity payouts that are less than those using the annuity purchase rates that we may apply at annuitization under the standard contract provisions. Therefore, the level of income provided by the riders may be less than the contract otherwise provides. If the annuity payouts through the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available through the riders, you will receive the higher standard payout option. The guaranteed income benefit base does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

The general information in this section applies to each Income Assurer Benefit rider. This section is followed by a description of each specific Income Assurer Benefit rider and how it is calculated.

You should consider whether an Income Assurer Benefit rider is appropriate for you because:

•	you must participate in the PN program if you purchase a contract on or after May 1, 2006 with this rider (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program”). If you selected this rider before May 1, 2006, you must participate in the asset allocation program (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Asset Allocation Program”), however, you may elect to participate in the Portfolio Navigator program after May 1, 2006. The PN program and the asset allocation program limit your choice of investments. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, GPAs or the one-year fixed account that are available under the contract to other contract owners who do not elect this rider.
•	if you are purchasing the contract as a qualified annuity, such as an IRA, and you are planning to begin annuity payouts after the date on which minimum distributions required by the Code must begin, you should consider whether an Income Assurer Benefit is appropriate for you (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Partial withdrawals you take from the contract, including those used to satisfy RMDs, will reduce the guaranteed income benefit base (defined below), which in turn may reduce or eliminate the amount of any annuity payouts available under the rider. Consult a tax advisor before you purchase any Income Assurer Benefit rider with a qualified annuity;
•	you must hold the Income Assurer Benefit for 10 years unless you elect to terminate the rider within 30 days following the first anniversary after the effective date of the rider;
•	the 10-year waiting period may be restarted if you elect to change the PN program investment option to one that causes the rider charge to increase (see “Charges — Income Assurer Benefit”);
•	the Income Assurer Benefit rider terminates* 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday; and
•	you can only exercise the Income Assurer Benefit within 30 days after a contract anniversary following the expiration of the 10-year waiting period.
*	The rider and annual fee terminate 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday, however, if you exercise the Income Assurer Benefit rider before this time, your benefits will continue according to the annuity payout plan you have selected.

If the Income Assurer Benefit rider is available in your state and the annuitant is 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose this optional benefit at the time you purchase your contract for an additional charge. The amount of the charge is determined by the Income Assurer Benefit you select (see “Charges — Income Assurer Benefit Rider Fee”). The effective date of the rider will be the contract issue date. The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit and the Accumulation Protector Benefit riders are not available with any Income Assurer Benefit rider. If the annuitant is between age 73 and age 75 at contract issue, you should consider whether an Income Assurer Benefit rider is appropriate for your situation because of the 10-year waiting period requirement. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether an Income Assurer Benefit rider is appropriate for your situation.

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    149

Here are some general terms that are used to describe the Income Assurer Benefit riders in the sections below:

Guaranteed Income Benefit Base: The guaranteed income benefit base is the value that will be used to determine minimum annuity payouts when the rider is exercised. It is an amount we calculate, depending on the Income Assurer Benefit rider you choose, that establishes a benefit floor. When the benefit floor amount is greater than the contract value, there may be a higher annuitization payout than if you annuitized your contract without the Income Assurer Benefit. Your annuitization payout will never be less than that provided by your contract value.

Excluded Investment Options: These investment options are listed in your contract under contract data and will include the Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund and, if available under your contract, the GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account. Excluded investment options are not used in the calculation of this riders’ variable account floor for the Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base and the Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base.

Excluded Payments: These are purchase payments and any purchase payment credits paid in the last five years before exercise of the benefit which we reserve the right to exclude from the calculation of the guaranteed income benefit base.

Proportionate Adjustments for Partial Withdrawals: These are calculated as the product of (a) times (b) where:

(a)	is the ratio of the amount of the partial withdrawal (including any surrender charges or MVA) to the contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal, and
(b)	is the benefit on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.

Protected Investment Options: All investment options available under this contract that are not defined as excluded investment options under contract data are known as protected investment options for purposes of this rider and are used in the calculation of the variable account floor for the Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base and the Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base.

Waiting Period: This rider can only be exercised after the expiration of a 10-year waiting period. We reserve the right to restart the waiting period if you elect to change your PN program investment option to one that causes the rider charge to increase.

The following are general provisions that apply to each Income Assurer Benefit:

Exercising the Rider

Rider exercise conditions are:

• you may only exercise the Income Assurer Benefit rider within 30 days after any contract anniversary following the expiration of the waiting period;

• the annuitant on the annuitization start date must be between 50 to 86 years old; and

• you can only take an annuity payment in one of the following annuity payout plans:

Plan A	—	Life Annuity – No Refund;
Plan B	—	Life Annuity with Ten or Twenty Years Certain;
Plan D	—	Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund;
	—	Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity with Twenty Years Certain; or
Plan E	—	Twenty Years Certain.

After the expiration of the waiting period, the Income Assurer Benefit rider guarantees a minimum amount of fixed annuity lifetime income during annuitization or the option of variable annuity payouts with a guaranteed minimum initial payout or a combination of the two options.

If your contract value falls to zero as the result of adverse market performance or the deduction of fees and/or charges at any time, the contract and all its riders, including this rider, will terminate without value and no benefits will be paid on account of such termination.Exception: if you are still living, and the annuitant is between 50 and 86 years old, an amount equal to the guaranteed income benefit base will be paid to you under the annuity payout plan and frequency that you select, based upon the fixed or variable annuity payouts described above. The guaranteed income benefit base will be calculated and annuitization will occur at the following times.

• If the contract value falls to zero during the waiting period, the guaranteed income benefit base will be calculated and annuitization will occur on the valuation date after the expiration of the waiting period, or when the annuitant attains age 50 if later.

• If the contract value falls to zero after the waiting period, the guaranteed income benefit base will be calculated and annuitization will occur immediately, or when the annuitant attains age 50 if later.

150    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Fixed annuity payouts under this rider will occur at the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” with 100% Projection Scale G and a 2.0% interest rate for contracts purchased on or after May 1, 2006 and if available in your state.⁽¹⁾ These are the same rates used in Table B of the contract (see “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Tables.”) Your annuity payouts remain fixed for the lifetime of the annuity payout period.

First year variable annuity payouts are calculated in the same manner as fixed annuity payouts. Once calculated, your variable annuity payouts remain unchanged for the first year. After the first year, subsequent annuity payouts are variable and depend on the performance of the subaccounts you select. Variable annuity payouts after the first year are calculated using the following formula:

Pt-1(1 + i)	=	Pt
1.05

Pt-1	=	prior annuity payout
Pt	=	current annuity payout
i	=	annualized subaccount performance

Each subsequent variable annuity payout could be more or less than the previous variable annuity payout if the subaccount investment performance is greater or less than the 5% assumed investment rate. If your subaccount performance equals 5%, your variable annuity payout will be unchanged from the previous variable annuity payout. If your subaccount performance is in excess of 5%, your variable annuity payout will increase from the previous variable annuity payout. If your subaccount investment performance is less than 5%, your variable annuity payout will decrease from the previous variable annuity payout.

⁽¹⁾ For all other contracts, the guaranteed annuity purchase rates are based on the “1983 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” with 100% Projection Scale G and a 2.0% interest rate.

Terminating the Rider

Rider termination conditions are:

•	you may terminate the rider within 30 days following the first anniversary after the effective date of the rider;
•	you may terminate the rider any time after the expiration of the waiting period;
•	the rider will terminate on the date you make a full surrender from the contract, or annuitization begins, or on the date that a death benefit is payable; and
•	the rider will terminate* 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday.
*	The rider and annual fee terminate 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday, however, if you exercise the Income Assurer Benefit rider before this time, your benefits will continue according to the annuity payout plan you have selected.

You may select one of the Income Assurer Benefit riders described below:

Income Assurer Benefit – MAV

The guaranteed income benefit base for the Income Assurer Benefit – MAV is the greater of these three values:

1.	contract value; or
2.	the total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits made to the contract minus proportionate adjustments for partial surrenders; or
3.	the maximum anniversary value.

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV) — is zero prior to the first contract anniversary after the effective date of the rider. On the first contract anniversary after the effective date of the rider, we set the MAV as the greater of these two values:

(a)	current contract value; or
(b)	total payments and any purchase payment credits made to the contract minus proportionate adjustments for partial surrenders.

Thereafter, we increase the MAV by any additional purchase payments and any purchase payment credits and reduce the MAV by proportionate adjustments for partial surrenders. Every contract anniversary after that prior to the earlier of your or the annuitant’s 81st birthday, we compare the MAV to the current contract value and we reset the MAV to the higher amount.

If we exercise our right to not reflect excluded payments in the calculation of the guaranteed income benefit base, we will calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as the greatest of these three values:

1.	contract value less the market value adjusted excluded payments; or
2.	total purchase payments plus any purchase payment credits, less excluded payments, less proportionate adjustments for partial surrenders; or

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    151

3. the MAV, less market value adjusted excluded payments.

Market Value Adjusted Excluded Payments are calculated as the sum of each excluded purchase payment and any purchase payment credit multiplied by the ratio of the current contract value over the estimated contract value on the anniversary prior to such purchase payment. The estimated contract value at such anniversary is calculated by assuming that payments, any credits, and partial surrenders occurring in a contract year take place at the beginning of the year for that anniversary and every year after that to the current contract year.

Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base

The guaranteed income benefit base for the Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base is the greater of these three values:

1.	contract value; or
2.	the total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits made to the contract minus proportionate adjustments for partial surrenders; or
3.	the 5% variable account floor.

5% Variable Account Floor – is equal to the contract value in the excluded investment options plus the variable account floor. The Income Assurer Benefit 5% variable account floor is calculated differently and is not the same value as the death benefit 5% variable account floor.

The variable account floor is zero from the effective date of this rider and until the first contract anniversary after the effective date of this rider. On the first contract anniversary after the effective date of this rider the variable account floor is:

• the total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits made to the protected investment options minus adjusted partial surrenders and transfers from the protected investment options; plus

• an amount equal to 5% of your initial purchase payment and any purchase payment credit allocated to the protected investment options.

On any day after the first contract anniversary following the effective date of this rider, when you allocate additional purchase payments and purchase payment credits to or withdraw or transfer amounts from the protected investment options, we adjust the variable account floor by adding the additional purchase payment and any purchase payment credit and subtracting adjusted surrenders and adjusted transfers. On each subsequent contract anniversary after the first anniversary of the effective date of this rider, prior to the earlier of your or the annuitant’s 81st birthday, we increase the variable account floor by adding the amount (“roll-up amount”) equal to 5% of the prior contract anniversary’s variable account floor.

The amount of purchase payment and any purchase payment credits surrendered from or transferred between the excluded investment options and the protected investment options is calculated as (a) times (b) where:

(a)	is the amount of purchase payment and any purchase payment credits in the investment options being surrendered or transferred on the date of but prior to the current surrender or transfer; and
(b)	is the ratio of the amount of the transfer or surrender to the value in the investment options being withdrawn or transferred on the date of (but prior to) the current surrender or transfer.

The roll-up amount prior to the first anniversary is zero. Also, the roll-up amount on every anniversary after the earlier of your or the annuitant’s 81st birthday is zero.

Adjusted surrenders and adjusted transfers for the variable account floor are equal to the amount of the surrender or transfer from the protected investment options as long as the sum of the surrenders and transfers from the protected investment options in a contract year do not exceed the roll-up amount from the prior contract anniversary.

If the current surrender or transfer from the protected investment options plus the sum of all prior surrenders and transfers made from the protected investment options in the current policy year exceeds the roll-up amount from the prior contract anniversary we will calculate the adjusted surrender or adjusted transfer for the variable account floor as the result of (a) plus [(b) times (c)] where:

(a)	is the roll-up amount from the prior contract anniversary less the sum of any surrenders and transfers made from the protected investment options in the current policy year but prior to the current surrender or transfer. However, (a) can not be less than zero; and
(b)	is the variable account floor on the date of (but prior to) the current surrender or transfer from the protected investment options less the value from (a); and
(c)	is the ratio of [the amount of the current surrender (including any surrender charges or MVA) or transfer from the protected investment options less the value from (a)]to [the total in the protected investment options on the date of (but prior to) the current surrender or transfer from the protected investment options less the value from (a)].

152    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If we exercise our right to not reflect excluded payments in the calculation of the guaranteed income benefit base, we will calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as the greatest of these three values:

1.	contract value less the market value adjusted excluded payments (described above); or
2.	total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits, less excluded payments, less proportionate adjustments for partial surrenders; or
3.	the 5% variable account floor, less 5% adjusted excluded payments.

5% Adjusted Excluded Payments are calculated as the sum of each excluded payment and any credit accumulated at 5% for the number of full contract years they have been in the contract.

Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base

The guaranteed income benefit base for the Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base is the greater of these four values:

1.	the contract value;
2.	the total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits made to the contract minus proportionate adjustments for partial surrenders;
3.	the MAV (described above); or
4.	the 5% variable account floor (described above).

If we exercise our right to not reflect excluded payments in the calculation of the guaranteed income benefit base, we will calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as the greatest of:

1.	contract value less the market value adjusted excluded payments (described above);
2.	total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits, less excluded payments, less proportionate adjustments for partial surrenders;
3.	the MAV, less market value adjusted excluded payments (described above); or
4.	the 5% variable account floor, less 5% adjusted excluded payments (described above).

Examples of the Income Assurer Benefit Riders

The purpose of these examples is to illustrate the operation of the Income Assurer Benefit Riders. The examples compare payouts available under the contract’s standard annuity payout provisions with annuity payouts available under the riders based on the same set of assumptions.The contract values shown are hypothetical and do not represent past or future performance. Actual contract values may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a number of factors, including but not limited to the investment experience of the subaccounts (referred to in the riders as “protected investment options”) and the fees and charges that apply to your contract.

For each of the riders, we provide two annuity payout plan comparisons based on the hypothetical contract values we have assumed. The first comparison assumes that you select annuity payout Plan B, Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain. The second comparison assumes that you select annuity payout Plan D, Joint and Last Survivor Annuity – No Refund.

Remember that the riders require you to participate in the PN program. The riders are intended to offer protection against market volatility in the subaccounts (protected investment options). Some PN program investment options include protected investment options and excluded investment options (Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund, and if available under the contract, GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account).
Excluded Investment Options are not included in calculating the 5% variable account floor under the Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base rider and the Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base riders. Because the examples which follow are based on hypothetical contract values, they do not factor in differences in PN program investment options.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract during the 2006 calendar year with a payment of $100,000 and we add a $5,000 purchase payment credit; and

• you invest all contract value in the subaccounts (protected investment options); and

• you make no additional purchase payments, partial surrenders or changes in PN program investment option; and

• the annuitant is male and age 55 at contract issue; and

• the joint annuitant is female and age 55 at contract issue.

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    153

Example — Income Assurer Benefit – MAV

Based on the above assumptions and taking into account fluctuations in contract value due to market conditions, we calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as:

Contract Anniversary	Assumed Contract Value	Purchase Payments and Credits	Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV)(1)	Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – MAV(2)
1	$ 113,000	$ 105,000	$ 113,000	$ 113,000
2	131,000	105,000	131,000	131,000
3	138,000	105,000	138,000	138,000
4	157,000	105,000	157,000	157,000
5	89,000	105,000	157,000	157,000
6	126,000	105,000	157,000	157,000
7	145,000	105,000	157,000	157,000
8	159,000	105,000	159,000	159,000
9	146,000	105,000	159,000	159,000
10	181,000	105,000	181,000	181,000
11	147,000	105,000	181,000	181,000
12	154,000	105,000	181,000	181,000
13	216,000	105,000	216,000	216,000
14	206,000	105,000	216,000	216,000
15	211,000	105,000	216,000	216,000

(1)	The MAV is limited after age 81, but the guaranteed income benefit base may increase if the contract value increases.
(2)	The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – MAV is a calculated number, not an amount that can be surrendered. The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – MAV does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions			IAB – MAV Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	IAB – MAV Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)
10	$ 181,000	$ 803.64	$ 805.45	$ 181,000	$ 803.64	$ 805.45
11	147,000	668.85	670.32	181,000	823.55	825.36
12	154,000	719.18	720.72	181,000	845.27	847.08
13	216,000	1,034.64	1,036.80	216,000	1,034.64	1,036.80
14	206,000	1,013.52	1,015.58	216,000	1,062.72	1,064.88
15	211,000	1,065.55	1,067.66	216,000	1,090.80	1,092.96

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

154    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions				IAB – MAV Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	IAB – MAV Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)
10	$ 181,000	$ 655.22	$ 647.98	$ 181,000	$ 655.22	$ 647.98
11	147,000	543.90	538.02	181,000	669.70	662.46
12	154,000	582.12	575.96	181,000	684.18	676.94
13	216,000	838.08	827.28	216,000	838.08	827.28
14	206,000	817.82	809.58	216,000	857.52	848.88
15	211,000	858.77	850.33	216,000	879.12	870.48

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

NOTE: In the above examples, if you elected to begin receiving annuity payouts within 30 days after the 10th or the 13th contract anniversary, you would not benefit from the rider because the monthly annuity payout in these examples is the same as under the standard provisions of the contract. Because the examples are based on assumed contract values, not actual investment results, you should not conclude from the examples that the riders will provide higher payments more frequently than the standard provisions of the contract.

Example — Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base

Based on the above assumptions and taking into account fluctuations in contract value due to market conditions, we calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as:

Contract Anniversary	Assumed Contract Value	Purchase Payments and Credits	5% Accumulation Benefit Base(1)	Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base(2)
1	$ 113,000	$ 105,000	$ 110,250	$ 113,000
2	131,000	105,000	115,763	131,000
3	138,000	105,000	121,551	138,000
4	157,000	105,000	127,628	157,000
5	89,000	105,000	134,010	134,010
6	126,000	105,000	140,710	140,710
7	145,000	105,000	147,746	147,746
8	159,000	105,000	155,133	159,000
9	146,000	105,000	162,889	162,889
10	181,000	105,000	171,034	181,000
11	147,000	105,000	179,586	179,586
12	154,000	105,000	188,565	188,565
13	216,000	105,000	197,993	216,000
14	206,000	105,000	207,893	207,893
15	211,000	105,000	218,287	218,287

(1)	The 5% Accumulation Benefit Base value is limited after age 81, but the guaranteed income benefit base may increase if the contract value increases.
(2)	The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base is a calculated number, not an amount that can be withdrawn. The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    155

Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions			IAB – 5% RF Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	IAB – 5% RF Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)
10	$ 181,000	$ 803.64	$ 805.45	$ 181,000	$ 803.64	$ 805.45
11	147,000	668.85	670.32	179,586	817.11	818.91
12	154,000	719.18	720.72	188,565	880.60	882.48
13	216,000	1,034.64	1,036.80	216,000	1,034.64	1,036.80
14	206,000	1,013.52	1,015.58	207,893	1,022.83	1,024.91
15	211,000	1,065.55	1,067.66	218,287	1,102.35	1,104.53

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions			IAB – 5% RF Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	IAB – 5% RF Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)
10	$ 181,000	$ 655.22	$ 647.98	$ 181,000	$ 655.22	$ 647.98
11	147,000	543.90	538.02	179,586	664.47	657.28
12	154,000	582.12	575.96	188,565	712.78	705.23
13	216,000	838.08	827.28	216,000	838.08	827.28
14	206,000	817.82	809.58	207,893	825.33	817.02
15	211,000	858.77	850.33	218,287	888.43	879.70

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

NOTE: In the above examples, if you elected to begin receiving annuity payouts within 30 days after the 10th, 13th or the 14th contract anniversary, you would not benefit from the rider because the monthly annuity payout in these examples is the same as under the standard provisions of the contract. Because the examples are based on assumed contract values, not actual investment results, you should not conclude from the examples that the riders will provide higher payments more frequently than the standard provisions of the contract.

156    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Example — Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base

Based on the above assumptions and taking into account fluctuations in contract value due to market conditions, we calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as:

Contract Anniversary	Assumed Contract Value	Purchase Payments and Credits	Maximum Anniversary Value(1)	5% Accumulation Benefit Base(1)	Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base(2)
1	$ 113,000	$ 105,000	$ 113,000	$ 110,250	$ 113,000
2	131,000	105,000	131,000	115,763	131,000
3	138,000	105,000	138,000	121,551	138,000
4	157,000	105,000	157,000	127,628	157,000
5	89,000	105,000	157,000	134,010	157,000
6	126,000	105,000	157,000	140,710	157,000
7	145,000	105,000	157,000	147,746	157,000
8	159,000	105,000	159,000	155,133	159,000
9	146,000	105,000	159,000	162,889	162,889
10	181,000	105,000	181,000	171,034	181,000
11	147,000	105,000	181,000	179,586	181,000
12	154,000	105,000	181,000	188,565	188,565
13	216,000	105,000	216,000	197,993	216,000
14	206,000	105,000	216,000	207,893	216,000
15	211,000	105,000	216,000	218,287	218,287

(1)	The MAV and 5% Accumulation Benefit Base are limited after age 81, but the guaranteed income benefit base may increase if the contract value increases.
(2)	The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base is a calculated number, not an amount that can be withdrawn. The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions			IAB – Max Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	IAB – Max Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)
10	$ 181,000	$ 803.64	$ 805.45	$ 181,000	$ 803.64	$ 805.45
11	147,000	668.85	670.32	181,000	823.55	825.36
12	154,000	719.18	720.72	188,565	880.60	882.48
13	216,000	1,034.64	1,036.80	216,000	1,034.64	1,036.80
14	206,000	1,013.52	1,015.58	216,000	1,062.72	1,064.88
15	211,000	1,065.55	1,067.66	218,287	1,102.35	1,104.53

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    157

Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions			IAB – Max Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	IAB – Max Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)
10	$ 181,000	$ 655.22	$ 647.98	$ 181,000	$ 655.22	$ 647.98
11	147,000	543.90	538.02	181,000	669.70	662.46
12	154,000	582.12	575.96	188,565	712.78	705.23
13	216,000	838.08	827.28	216,000	838.08	827.28
14	206,000	817.82	809.58	216,000	857.52	848.88
15	211,000	858.77	850.33	218,287	888.43	879.70

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

NOTE: In the above examples, if you elected to begin receiving annuity payouts within 30 days after the 10th or the 13th contract anniversary, you would not benefit from the rider because the monthly annuity payout in these examples is the same as under the standard provisions of the contract. Because the examples are based on assumed contract values, not actual investment results, you should not conclude from the examples that the riders will provide higher payments more frequently than the standard provisions of the contract.

158    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix L: Example — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider

Example — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider

The following example shows how the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider works based on hypothetical values. It is not intended to depict investment performance of the contract.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract (with the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider) with a payment of $100,000. No purchase payment credit applies.

• You make no additional purchase payments.

• You do not exercise the elective step-up option.

End of Contract Year	Partial Surrender (beginning of year)	MCAV Adjustment for Partial Surrender	MCAV	Initial payment Accumulation Benefit Amount	100,000 Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value
1	$ 0	$ 0	$ 100,000	$ 0	$ 112,000
2	0	0	102,400	0	128,000
3	0	0	108,000	0	135,000
4	0	0	108,000	0	125,000
5	0	0	108,000	0	110,000
6	2,000	1,964	106,036	0	122,000
7	0	0	112,000	0	140,000
8	0	0	112,000	0	121,000
9	5,000	4,628	107,372	0	98,000
10	0	0	107,372	22,372	85,000

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    159

Appendix M:SecureSourceRider Disclosure

SecureSource Rider

There are two optionalSecureSource riders available under your contract:

• SecureSource – Single Life; or

• SecureSource – Joint Life.

The information in this section applies to bothSecureSource riders, unless otherwise noted.

TheSecureSource – Single Life rider covers one person. TheSecureSource – Joint Life Rider covers two spouses jointly who are named at contract issue. You may elect only theSecureSource – Single Life rider or theSecureSource – Joint Life rider, not both, and you may not switch riders later. You must elect the rider when you purchase your contract. The rider effective date will be the contract issue date.

TheSecureSource rider is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge if:

• your contract application was signed on or after May 1, 2007; and

• Single Life:you and the annuitant are 80 or younger on the date the contract is issued; or

• Joint Life: you and your spouse are 80 or younger on the date the contract is issued.

TheSecureSource rider is not available under an inherited qualified annuity.

TheSecureSource rider guarantees (unless the rider is terminated. See “Rider Termination” heading below.) that regardless of the investment performance of your contract you will be able to withdraw up to a certain amount each year from the contract before the annuity payouts begin until:

• Single Life: you have recovered at minimum all of your purchase payments or, if later, until death (see “At Death” heading below) — even if the contract value is zero.

• Joint Life: you have recovered at minimum all of your purchase payments or, if later, until the death of the last surviving covered spouse (see “Joint Life only: Covered Spouses” and “At Death” headings below), even if the contract value is zero.

For the purpose of this rider, the term “withdrawal” has the same meaning as the term “surrender” in the contract or any other riders.

TheSecureSource rider may be appropriate for you if you intend to make periodic withdrawals from your annuity contract and wish to ensure that market performance will not adversely affect your ability to withdraw your principal over time.

Under the terms of theSecureSource rider, the calculation of the amount which can be withdrawn in each contract year varies depending on several factors, including but not limited to the waiting period (see “Waiting period” heading below) and whether or not the lifetime withdrawal benefit has become effective:

(1)	The basic withdrawal benefit gives you the right to take limited withdrawals in each contract year and guarantees that over time the withdrawals will total an amount equal to, at minimum, your purchase payments (unless the rider is terminated. See “Rider Termination” heading below). Key terms associated with the basic withdrawal benefit are “Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP)", “Remaining Benefit Payment (RBP)", “Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA)” and “Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA).” See these headings below for more information.
(2)	The lifetime withdrawal benefit gives you the right, under certain limited circumstances defined in the rider, to take limited withdrawals until the later of:
•	Single Life: death (see “At Death” heading below) or until the RBA (under the basic withdrawal benefit) is reduced to zero (unless the rider is terminated. See “Rider Termination” heading below);
•	Joint Life: death of the last surviving covered spouse (see “At Death” heading below) or until the RBA (under the basic withdrawal benefit) is reduced to zero (unless the rider is terminated. See “Rider Termination” heading below).

Key terms associated with the lifetime withdrawal benefit are “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)”, “Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (RALP)”, “Single Life only: Covered Person”, “Joint Life only: Covered Spouses” and “Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA).” See these headings below for more information.

Only the basic withdrawal benefit will be in effect prior to the date that the lifetime withdrawal benefit becomes effective. The lifetime withdrawal benefit becomes effective automatically on the rider anniversary date after the:

• Single Life: covered person reaches age 65, or the rider effective date if the covered person is age 65 or older on the rider effective date (see “Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA)” heading below);

• Joint Life: younger covered spouse reaches age 65, or the rider effective date if the younger covered spouse is age 65 or older on the rider effective date (see “Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA)” and “Annual Lifetime Payments (ALP)” headings below).

160    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Provided annuity payouts have not begun, theSecureSource rider guarantees that you may take the following withdrawal amounts each contract year:

• Before the establishment of the ALP, the rider guarantees that each year you have the option to cumulatively withdraw an amount equal to the value of the RBP at the beginning of the contract year;

• After the establishment of the ALP, the rider guarantees that each year you have the option to cumulatively withdraw an amount equal to the value of the RALP or the RBP at the beginning of the contract year, but the rider does not guarantee withdrawal of the sum of both the RALP and the RBP in a contract year.

If you withdraw less than the allowed withdrawal amount in a contract year, the unused portion cannot be carried over to the next contract year. As long as your withdrawals in each contract year do not exceed the annual withdrawal amount allowed under the rider:

• Single Life:and there has not been a contract ownership change or spousal continuation of the contract, the guaranteed amounts available for withdrawal will not decrease;

• Joint Life: the guaranteed amounts available for withdrawal will not decrease.

If you withdraw more than the allowed withdrawal amount in a contract year, we call this an “excess withdrawal” under the rider. Excess withdrawals trigger an adjustment of a benefit’s guaranteed amount, which may cause it to be reduced (see “GBA Excess Withdrawal Processing,” “RBA Excess Withdrawal Processing,” and “ALP Excess Withdrawal Processing” headings below).

Please note that basic withdrawal benefit and lifetime withdrawal benefit each has its own definition of the allowed annual withdrawal amount. Therefore a withdrawal may be considered an excess withdrawal for purposes of the lifetime withdrawal benefit only, the basic withdrawal benefit only, or both.

If your withdrawals exceed the greater of the RBP or the RALP, surrender charges under the terms of the contract may apply (see “Charges — Surrender Charges”). The amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable surrender charge. Market value adjustments, if applicable, will also be made (see “Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs) — Market Value Adjustment”). We pay you the amount you request. Any withdrawals you take under the contract will reduce the value of the death benefits (see “Benefits in Case of Death”). Upon full withdrawal of the contract, you will receive the remaining contract value less any applicable charges (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Surrenders”).

The rider’s guaranteed amounts can be increased at the specified intervals if your contract value has increased. An annual step up feature is available at each contract anniversary, subject to certain conditions, and may be applied automatically to your contract or may require you to elect the step up (see “Annual Step Up” heading below). If you exercise the annual step up election, the spousal continuation step up election (see “Spousal Continuation Step Up” heading below) or change your Portfolio Navigator model portfolio, the rider charge may change (see “Charges”).

If you take withdrawals during the waiting period, any prior steps ups applied will be reversed and step ups will not be available until the end of the waiting period. You may take withdrawals after the waiting period without reversal of prior step ups.

You should consider whether aSecureSource rider is appropriate for you because:

You will begin paying the rider charge as of the rider effective date, even if you do not begin taking withdrawals for many years. It is possible that your contract performance, fees and charges, and withdrawal pattern may be such that your contract value will not be depleted in your lifetime and you will not receive any monetary value under the rider.

• Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit Limitations: The lifetime withdrawal benefit is subject to certain limitations, including but not limited to:

(a) Single Life: Once the contract value equals zero, payments are made for as long as the oldest owner or annuitant is living (see “If Contract Value Reduces to Zero” heading below). However, if the contract value is greater than zero, the lifetime withdrawal benefit terminates at the first death of any owner or annuitant except

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    161

as otherwise provided below (see “At Death” heading below). Therefore, if there are multiple contract owners or the annuitant is not an owner, the rider may terminate or the lifetime withdrawal benefit may be reduced. This possibility may present itself when:

(i)	There are multiple contract owners — when one of the contract owners dies the benefit terminates even though other contract owners are still living (except if the contract is continued under the spousal continuation provision of the contact); or
(ii)	The owner and the annuitant are not the same persons — if the annuitant dies before the owner, the benefit terminates even though the owner is still living. This could happen, for example, when the owner is younger than the annuitant. This risk increases as the age difference between owner and annuitant increases.

Joint Life: Once the contract value equals zero, payments are made for as long as either covered spouse is living (see “If Contract Value Reduces to Zero” heading below). However, if the contract value is greater than zero, the lifetime withdrawal benefit terminates at the death of the last surviving covered spouse (see “At Death” heading below).

(b)	Excess withdrawals can reduce the ALP to zero even though the GBA, RBA, GBP and/or RBP values are greater than zero. If the both the ALP and the contract value are zero, the lifetime withdrawal benefit will terminate.
(c)	When the lifetime withdrawal benefit is first established, the initial ALP is based on

(i)	Single Life: the basic withdrawal benefit’s RBA at that time (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below), unless there has been a spousal continuation or ownership change; or
(ii)	Joint Life: the basic withdrawal benefit’s RBA at that time (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below).

Any withdrawal you take before the ALP is established reduces the RBA and therefore may result in a lower amount of lifetime withdrawals you are allowed to take.

(d) Withdrawals can reduce both the contract value and the RBA to zero prior to the establishment of the ALP. If this happens, the contract and the rider will terminate.

•

Investment Allocation Restrictions: You must be invested in one of the approved investment options. These funds are expected to reduce our financial risks and expenses associated with certain living benefits. Although the funds’ investment strategies may help mitigate declines in your contract value due to declining equity markets, the funds’ investment strategies may also curb your contract value gains during periods of positive performance by the equity markets. Additionally, investment in the funds may decrease the number and amount of any benefit base increase opportunities. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds: Volatility and Volatility Management Risk with the Portfolio Stabilizer funds” section.) We reserve the right to add, remove, or substitute approved investment options in the future. This requirement limits your choice of investments. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, GPAs or the one-year fixed account that are available under the contract to contract owners who do not elect the rider. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer funds.”) You may allocate qualifying purchase payments and purchase payment credits to the DCA fixed account, when available (see “DCA Fixed Account”), and we will make monthly transfers into the investment option you have chosen. You may make two elective investment option changes per contract year; we reserve the right to limit elective investment option changes if required to comply with the written instructions of a fund (see “Market Timing”).

The following provisions apply to contracts invested in a Portfolio Navigator fund:

• You can allocate your contract value to any available Portfolio Navigator fund during the following times: (1) prior to your first withdrawal and (2) following a benefit reset as described below but prior to any subsequent withdrawal. During these accumulation phases, you may request to change your investment option to any available investment option.

• Immediately following a withdrawal your contract value will be reallocated to the target investment option as shown in your contract if your current investment option is more aggressive than the target investment option. If you are in a static model portfolio, this reallocation will be made to the applicable fund of funds investment option. This automatic reallocation is not included in the total number of allowed model changes per contract year and will not cause your rider fee to increase. The target investment option is currently the Moderate investment option. We reserve the right to change the target investment option to an investment option that is more aggressive than the current target investment option after 30 days written notice.

• After you have taken a withdrawal and prior to any benefit reset as described below, you are in a withdrawal phase. During withdrawal phases you may request to change your investment option to the target investment option investment option that is more conservative than the target investment option without a benefit reset as described below. If you are in a withdrawal phase and you choose to allocate your contract value to an investment option that is more aggressive than the target investment option, your rider benefit will be reset as follows:

(a) the total GBA will be reset to the lesser of its current value or the contract value; and

162    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

(b)	the total RBA will be reset to the lesser of its current value or the contract value; and
(c)	the ALP, if established, will be reset to the lesser of its current value or 6% of the contract value; and
(d)	the GBP will be recalculated as described below, based on the reset GBA and RBA; and
(e)	the RBP will be recalculated as the reset GBP less all prior withdrawals made during the current contract year, but not be less than zero; and
(f)	the RALP will be recalculated as the reset ALP less all prior withdrawals made during the current contract year, but not be less than zero.

You may request to change your investment option by written request on an authorized form or by another method agreed to by us.

•	Limitations on Purchase of Other Riders under your Contract: You may elect only theSecureSource – Single Life rider or theSecureSource – Joint Life rider. If you elect theSecureSource rider, you may not elect the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider.
•	Non-Cancelable: Once elected, theSecureSource rider may not be cancelled (except as provided under “Rider Termination” heading below) and the fee will continue to be deducted until the contract or rider is terminated or the contract value reduces to zero (described below). Dissolution of marriage does not terminate theSecureSource – Joint Life rider and will not reduce the fee we charge for this rider. The benefit under theSecureSource – Joint Life rider continues for the covered spouse who is the owner of the contract (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural ownership). The rider will terminate at the death of the contract owner (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural ownership) because the original spouse will be unable to elect the spousal continuation provision of the contract (see “Joint Life only: Covered Spouses” below).
•	Joint Life:Limitations on Contract Owners, Annuitants and Beneficiaries: Since the joint life benefit will terminate unless the surviving covered spouse continues the contract under the spousal continuation provision of the contract upon the owner’s death, only ownership arrangements that permit such continuation are allowed at rider issue. In general, the covered spouses should be joint owners, or one covered spouse should be the owner and the other covered spouse should be named as the sole primary beneficiary. You are responsible for establishing ownership arrangements that will allow for spousal continuation.
	If you select theSecureSource – Joint Life rider, please consider carefully whether or not you wish to change the beneficiary of your annuity contract. The rider will terminate if the surviving covered spouse can not utilize the spousal continuation provision of the contract when the death benefit is payable.
•	Limitations on Purchase Payments: We reserve the right to limit the cumulative amount of purchase payments (subject to state restrictions), which may limit your ability to make additional purchase payments to increase your contract value as you may have originally intended. For current purchase payment restrictions, please see “Buying Your Contract —Purchase Payments”.
•	Interaction with Total Free Amount (FA) contract provision: The FA is the amount you are allowed to withdraw from the contract in each contract year without incurring a surrender charge (see “Charges — Surrender Charge”). The FA may be greater than the RBP or RALP under this rider. Any amount you withdraw under the contract’s FA provision that exceeds the RBP or RALP is subject to the excess withdrawal processing described below for the GBA, RBA and ALP.

You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of the rider in your tax situation because:

•	Tax Considerations for Nonqualified Annuities: Under current federal income tax law, withdrawals under nonqualified annuities, including withdrawals taken from the contract under the terms of the rider, are treated less favorably than amounts received as annuity payments under the contract (see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities”). Withdrawals are taxable income to the extent of earnings. Withdrawals of earnings before age 59½ may also incur a 10% IRS early withdrawal penalty. You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of the rider in your tax situation.
•	Tax Considerations for Qualified Annuities: Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). If you have a qualified annuity, you may need to take an RMD that exceeds the specified amount of withdrawal available under the rider. Withdrawals in any contract year that exceed the guaranteed amount available for withdrawal may reduce future benefits guaranteed under the rider. While the rider permits certain excess withdrawals to be made for the purpose of satisfying RMD requirements for your contract alone without reducing future benefits guaranteed under the rider, there can be no guarantee that changes in the federal income tax law after the effective date of the rider will not require a larger RMD to be taken, in which case, future guaranteed withdrawals under the rider could be reduced. See Appendix E for additional information.
•	Treatment of non-spousal distributions: Unless you are married your beneficiary will be required to take distributions as a non-spouse which may result in significantly decreasing the value of the rider.
	Please note civil unions and domestic partnerships generally are not recognized as marriages for federal tax purposes. For additional information see “Taxes — Other — Spousal status” section of this prospectus.

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    163

• Limitations on Tax -Sheltered Annuities (TSAs): Your right to take withdrawals is restricted if your contract is a TSA (see “TSA — Special Provisions”).

Key terms and provisions of theSecureSource rider are described below:

Withdrawal: The amount by which your contract value is reduced as a result of any withdrawal request. It may differ from the amount of your request due to any surrender charge and any market value adjustment.

Waiting period: Any period of time starting on the rider effective date during which the annual step up is not available if you take withdrawals. Currently, there is no waiting period. For contracts purchased prior to June 1, 2008, the waiting period is three years.

Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA): The total cumulative withdrawals guaranteed by the rider under the basic withdrawal benefit. The maximum GBA is $5,000,000. The GBA cannot be withdrawn and is not payable as a death benefit. It is an interim value used to calculate the amount available for withdrawals each year under the basic withdrawal benefit (see “Guaranteed Benefit Payment” below). At any time, the total GBA is the sum of the individual GBAs associated with each purchase payment.

The GBA is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At contract issue — the GBA is equal to the initial purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own GBA equal to the amount of the purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When an individual RBA is reduced to zero — the GBA that is associated with that RBA will also be set to zero.

• When you make a withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up — Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the GBA associated with each purchase payment will be reset to the amount of that purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first withdrawal is made.

• When you make a withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the total RBP — the GBA remains unchanged. If there have been multiple purchase payments, both the total GBA and each payment’s GBA remain unchanged.
(b)	is greater than the total RBP —GBA excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the GBA. If the withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing is applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

GBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The total GBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the total GBA immediately prior to the withdrawal; or (b) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s GBA after the withdrawal will be reset to equal that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal plus (a) times (b), where:

(a)	is the ratio of the total GBA after the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal to the total GBA before the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal; and
(b)	is each payment’s GBA before the withdrawal less that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal.

Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA): Each withdrawal you make reduces the amount that is guaranteed by the rider as future withdrawals. At any point in time, the RBA equals the amount of GBA that remains available for withdrawals for the remainder of the contract’s life, and total RBA is the sum of the individual RBAs associated with each purchase payment. The maximum RBA is $5,000,000.

The RBA is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At contract issue — the RBA is equal to the initial purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own RBA initially set equal to that payment’s GBA (the amount of the purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits).

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When you make a withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up — Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the RBA associated with each purchase payment will be reset to the amount of that purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first withdrawal is made.

• When you make a withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a) less than or equal to the total RBP — the total RBA is reduced by the amount of the withdrawal. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s RBA is reduced in proportion to its RBP.

164    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

(b) is greater than the total RBP —RBA excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the RBA. If the withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing is applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

RBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The total RBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal, or (b) the total RBA immediately prior to the withdrawal, less the amount of the withdrawal.

If there have been multiple purchase payments, both the total RBA and each payment’s RBA will be reset. The total RBA will be reset according to the excess withdrawal processing described above. Each payment’s RBA will be reset in the following manner:

1.	The withdrawal amount up to the total RBP is taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its individual RBP at the time of the withdrawal; and
2.	The withdrawal amount above the total RBP and any amount determined by the excess withdrawal processing are taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its RBA at the time of the withdrawal.

Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP): At any time, the amount available for withdrawal in each contract year after the waiting period, until the RBA is reduced to zero, under the basic withdrawal benefit. At any point in time, each purchase payment has its own GBP, which is equal to the lesser of that payment’s RBA or 7% of that payment’s GBA, and the total GBP is the sum of the individual GBPs.

During the waiting period, the guaranteed annual withdrawal amount may be less than the GBP due to the limitations the waiting period imposes on your ability to utilize both annual step-ups and withdrawals (see “Waiting Period” heading above). The guaranteed annual withdrawal amount during the waiting period is equal to the value of the RBP at the beginning of the contract year.

The GBP is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At contract issue — the GBP is established as 7% of the GBA value.

• At each contract anniversary — each payment’s GBP is reset to the lesser of that payment’s RBA or 7% of that payment’s GBA value.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own GBP equal to 7% of the purchase payment amount plus any purchase payment credits.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When an individual RBA is reduced to zero — the GBP associated with that RBA will also be reset to zero.

• When you make a withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up — Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the GBA and the RBA associated with each purchase payment will be reset to the amount of that purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits. Each payment’s GBP will be reset to 7% of that purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first withdrawal is made.

• When you make a withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the total RBP — the GBP remains unchanged.
(b)	is greater than the total RBP — each payment’s GBP is reset to the lesser of that payment’s RBA or 7% of that payment’s GBA value, based on the RBA and GBA after the withdrawal. If the withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing is applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

Remaining Benefit Payment (RBP): The amount available for withdrawal for the remainder of the contract year under the basic withdrawal benefit. At any point in time, the total RBP is the sum of the RBPs for each purchase payment. During the waiting period, when the guaranteed amount may be less than the GBP, the value of the RBP at the beginning of the contract year will be that amount that is actually guaranteed each contract year.

The RBP is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At the beginning of each contract year during the waiting period and prior to any withdrawal — the RBP for each purchase payment is set equal to that purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits multiplied by 7%.

• At the beginning of any other contract year — the RBP for each purchase payment is set equal to that purchase payment’s GBP.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own RBP equal to that payment’s GBP.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• At spousal continuation — (see “Spousal Option to Continue the Contract” heading below).

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    165

• When an individual RBA is reduced to zero— the RBP associated with that RBA will also be reset to zero.

• When you make any withdrawal — the total RBP is reset to equal the total RBP immediately prior to the withdrawal less the amount of the withdrawal, but not less than zero. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s RBP is reduced proportionately.If you withdraw an amount greater than the RBP, GBA excess withdrawal processing and RBA excess withdrawal processing are applied and the amount available for future withdrawals for the remainder of the contract’s life may be reduced by more than the amount of withdrawal. When determining if a withdrawal will result in the excess withdrawal processing, the applicable RBP will not yet reflect the amount of the current withdrawal.

Single Life only: Covered Person: The person whose life is used to determine when the ALP is established, and the duration of the ALP payments (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below). The covered person is the oldest contract owner or annuitant. If the owner is a nonnatural person, i.e., a trust or corporation, the covered person is the oldest annuitant. A spousal continuation or a change of contract ownership may reduce the amount of the lifetime withdrawal benefit and may change the covered person.

Joint Life only: Covered Spouses: The contract owner and his or her legally married spouse as defined under federal law, as named on the application for as long as the marriage is valid and in effect. If the contract owner is a nonnatural person (e.g., a trust), the covered spouses are the annuitant and the legally married spouse of the annuitant. The covered spouses lives are used to determine when the ALP is established, and the duration of the ALP payments (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below). The covered spouses are established on the rider effective date and cannot be changed.

Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA):

• Single Life: The covered person’s age after which time the lifetime benefit can be established. Currently, the lifetime benefit can be established on the later of the contract effective date or the contract anniversary date on/following the date the covered person reaches age 65.

• Joint Life:The age of the younger covered spouse at which time the lifetime benefit is established.

Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP): Once established, the ALP under the lifetime withdrawal benefit is at any time the amount available for withdrawals in each contract year after the waiting period until the later of:

• Single Life: death; or

• Joint Life: death of the last surviving covered spouse; or

• the RBA is reduced to zero.

The maximum ALP is $300,000. Prior to establishment of the ALP, the lifetime withdrawal benefit is not in effect and the ALP is zero.

During the waiting period, the guaranteed annual lifetime withdrawal amount may be less than the ALP due to the limitations the waiting period imposes on your ability to utilize both annual step-ups and withdrawals (see “Waiting Period” heading above). The guaranteed annual lifetime withdrawal amount during the waiting period is equal to the value of the RALP at the beginning of the contract year.

The ALP is determined at the following times:

• Single Life: The later of the contract effective date or the contract anniversary date on/following the date the covered person reaches age 65 — the ALP is established as 6% of the total RBA.

• Joint Life: The ALP is established as 6% of the total RBA on the earliest of the following dates:

(a)	the rider effective date if the younger covered spouse has already reached age 65.
(b)	the rider anniversary on/following the date the younger covered spouse reaches age 65.
(c)	upon the first death of a covered spouse, then

(1)	the date we receive written request when the death benefit is not payable and the surviving covered spouse has already reached age 65; or
(2)	the date spousal continuation is effective when the death benefit is payable and the surviving covered spouse has already reached age 65; or
(3)	the rider anniversary on/following the date the surviving covered spouse reaches age 65.

(d) Following dissolution of marriage of the covered spouses,

166    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

(1)	the date we receive written request if the remaining covered spouse who is the owner (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural ownership) has already reached age 65; or
(2)	the rider anniversary on/following the date the remaining covered spouse who is the owner (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural ownership) reaches age 65.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment increases the ALP by 6% of the amount of the purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits.

• At step ups — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• Single Life: At spousal continuation or contract ownership change — (see “Spousal Option to Continue the Contract” and “Contract Ownership Change” headings below).

• When you make a withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up — Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the ALP will be reset to equal total purchase payments plus any purchase payment credits multiplied by 6%. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first withdrawal is made.

• When you make a withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the RALP — the ALP remains unchanged.
(b)	is greater than the RALP —ALP excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the ALP. If the withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing is applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

20% Rider Credit (for contracts with applications signed on or after June 1, 2008)

If you do not make a withdrawal during the first three rider years, then a 20% rider credit may increase your ALP. This credit is 20% of purchase payments received in the first 180 days that the rider is in effect and is used to establish the enhanced lifetime base. The enhanced lifetime base is an amount that may be used to increase the ALP. The 20% rider credit does not increase the basic withdrawal benefit or the contract value. Because step ups and purchase payment credits may increase your ALP, they may reduce or eliminate any benefit of the 20% rider credit.

Enhanced Lifetime Base (for contracts with applications signed on or after June 1, 2008)

The enhanced lifetime base will be established initially on the third rider anniversary. If you do not make a withdrawal during the first three rider years, then the enhanced lifetime base will be the sum of all purchase payments received during the first three rider years and the 20% rider credit. If you make a withdrawal during the first three rider years, then the 20% rider credit does not apply and the enhanced lifetime base will be established as zero and will always be zero.

The maximum enhanced lifetime base at any time is $5,000,000.

If the enhanced lifetime base is greater than zero, then it will:

• increase by the amount of any purchase payments received on or after the third rider anniversary.

• be reduced by any withdrawal in the same proportion as the withdrawal reduces the RBA and, if the withdrawal exceeds the RBP, it will then be set to the lesser of this reduced value and the contract value immediately following the withdrawal.

• be set to the lesser of its current value and the contract value, if you choose an asset allocation model that is more aggressive than the target model while you are in the withdrawal phase.

If any of the following events occur, then the enhanced lifetime base will be established as or reset to zero and will always be zero:

• The total RBA is reduced to zero.

• You selected the Single Life rider, and there is a change in the covered person, including changes due to spousal continuations and ownership changes.

The enhanced lifetime base is an amount that may be used to increase the ALP and cannot be withdrawn or annuitized.

Increase in ALP because of the Enhanced Lifetime Base (for contracts with applications signed on or after June 1, 2008)

As of the later of the third rider anniversary and the date the initial ALP is established, the ALP will be increased to equal the enhanced lifetime base multiplied by 6%, if this amount is greater than the current ALP. Thereafter, the enhanced lifetime base will always be zero.

ALP Excess Withdrawal Processing

The ALP is reset to the lesser of the ALP immediately prior to the withdrawal, or 6% of the contract value immediately following the withdrawal.

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    167

Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (RALP): The amount available for withdrawal for the remainder of the contract year under the lifetime withdrawal benefit. During the waiting period, when the guaranteed annual withdrawal amount may be less than the ALP, the value of the RALP at the beginning of the contract year will be the amount that is actually guaranteed each contract year. Prior to establishment of the ALP, the lifetime withdrawal benefit is not in effect and the RALP is zero.

The RALP is determined at the following times:

• The RALP is established at the same time as the ALP, and:

(a)	During the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals— the RALP is established equal to 6% of purchase payments plus any purchase payment credits.
(b)	At any other time — the RALP is established equal to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the contract year but not less than zero.

• At the beginning of each contract year during the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals — the RALP is set equal to the total purchase payments plus any purchase payment credits, multiplied by 6%.

• At the beginning of any other contract year — the RALP is set equal to ALP.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment increases the RALP by 6% of the purchase payment amount plus any purchase payment credits.

• At step ups — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When you make any withdrawal — the RALP equals the RALP immediately prior to the withdrawal less the amount of the withdrawal but not less than zero.If you withdraw an amount greater than the RALP, ALP excess withdrawal processing is applied and may reduce the amount available for future withdrawals. When determining if a withdrawal will result in excess withdrawal processing, the applicable RALP will not yet reflect the amount of the current withdrawal.

Required Minimum Distributions (RMD): If you are taking RMDs from your contract and your RMD calculated separately for your contract is greater than the RBP or the RALP on the most recent contract anniversary, the portion of your RMD that exceeds the RBP or RALP on the most recent rider anniversary will not be subject to excess withdrawal processing provided that the following conditions are met:

• The RMD is for your contract alone;

• The RMD is based on your recalculated life expectancy taken from the Uniform Lifetime Table under the Code; and

• The RMD amount is otherwise based on the requirements of section 401(a)(9), related Code provisions and regulations thereunder that were in effect on the effective date of the rider.

RMD rules follow the calendar year which most likely does not coincide with your contract year and therefore may limit when you can take your RMD and not be subject to excess withdrawal processing.

Withdrawal amounts greater than the RBP or RALP on the contract anniversary date that do not meet these conditions will result in excess withdrawal processing as described above. See Appendix E for additional information.

Step Up Date: The date any step up becomes effective, and depends on the type of step up being applied (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

Annual Step Up: Beginning with the first contract anniversary, an increase of the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and/or RALP values may be available. A step up does not create contract value, guarantee the performance of any investment option, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn or paid upon death. Rather, a step up determines the current values of the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP, and may extend the payment period or increase the allowable payment.

The annual step up may be available as described below, subject to the following rules:

• The annual step up is effective on the step up date.

• Only one step up is allowed each contract year.

• If you take any withdrawals during the waiting period, any previously applied step ups will be reversed and the Annual step up will not be available until the end of the waiting period.

• On any rider anniversary where the RBA or, if established, the ALP would increase and the application of the step up would not increase the rider charge, the annual step up will be automatically applied to your contract, and the step up date is the contract anniversary date.

• If the application of the step up would increase the rider charge, the annual step up is not automatically applied. Instead, you have the option to step up for 30 days after the contract anniversary as long as either the contract value is greater than the total RBA or 6% of the contract value is greater than the ALP, if established, on the step-up date. If you exercise the elective annual step up option, you will pay the rider charge in effect on the step up date. If you wish to exercise the elective annual step up option, we must receive a request from you or your investment professional. The step up date is the date we receive your request to step up. If your request is received after the close of

168    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

	business, the step up date will be the next valuation day. If you request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up on or after Dec. 18, 2013, the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are invested at that time (see “Optional Living benefit Charges —SecureSource Rider fee”).Before you elect a step up resulting in an increased rider fee, you should carefully consider the benefit of the contract value gains you are locking-in and the increased rider fee compared to your other options including whether it is appropriate to consider moving to a fund with a lower corresponding rider fee.
•	The ALP and RALP are not eligible for step ups until they are established. Prior to being established, the ALP and RALP values are both zero.
•	Please note it is possible for the ALP to step up even if the RBA or GBA do not step up, and it is also possible for the RBA and GBA to step up even if the ALP does not step up.

The annual step up resets the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP values as follows:

• The total RBA will be reset to the greater of the total RBA immediately prior to the step up date or the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The total GBA will be reset to the greater of the total GBA immediately prior to the step up date or the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The total GBP will be reset using the calculation as described above based on the increased GBA and RBA.

• The total RBP will be reset as follows:

(a)	During the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals, the RBP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	At any other time, the RBP will be reset to the increased GBP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

• The ALP will be reset to the greater of the ALP immediately prior to the step up date or 6% of the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The RALP will be reset as follows:

(a)	During the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals, the RALP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	At any other time, the RALP will be reset to the increased ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

Spousal Option to Continue the Contract upon Owner’s Death (Spousal Continuation):

Single Life: If a surviving spouse elects to continue the contract and continues the contract as the new owner under the spousal continuation provision of the contract, theSecureSource – Single Life rider also continues. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate. When the spouse elects to continue the contract, any remaining waiting period is cancelled and any waiting period limitations on withdrawals and step-ups terminate; if the covered person changes due to spousal continuation the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP values are affected as follows:

• The GBA, RBA and GBP values remain unchanged.

• The RBP is automatically reset to the GBP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

• If the ALP has not yet been established and the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the date of continuation — the ALP will be established on the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65 as the lesser of the RBA or the contract anniversary value, multiplied by 6%. The RALP will be established on the same date equal to the ALP.

• If the ALP has not yet been established but the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the date of continuation — the ALP will be established on the date of continuation as the lesser of the RBA or the contract value, multiplied by 6%. The RALP will be established on the same date in an amount equal to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

• If the ALP has been established but the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the date of continuation — the ALP and RALP will be automatically reset to zero for the period of time beginning with the date of continuation and ending with the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65. At the end of this time period, the ALP will be reset to the lesser of the RBA or the anniversary contract value, multiplied by 6%, and the RALP will be reset to the ALP.

• If the ALP has been established and the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the date of continuation— the ALP will be automatically reset to the lesser of the current ALP or 6% of the contract value on the date of continuation. The RALP will be reset to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

Please note that the lifetime withdrawal benefit amount may be reduced as a result of the spousal continuation.

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    169

Joint Life: If a surviving spouse is a covered spouse and elects the spousal continuation provision of the contract as the new owner, theSecureSource – Joint Life rider also continues. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate. When the spouse elects to continue the contract, any remaining waiting period is cancelled and any waiting period limitations on withdrawals and step-ups terminate. The surviving covered spouse can name a new beneficiary, however, a new covered spouse cannot be added to the rider.

Spousal Continuation Step Up: At the time of spousal continuation, a step-up may be available. All annual step-up rules (see “Annual Step-Up” heading above), other than those that apply to the waiting period, also apply to the spousal continuation step-up. If the spousal continuation step-up is processed automatically, the step-up date is the valuation date spousal continuation is effective. If not, the spouse must elect the step up and must do so within 30 days of the spousal continuation date. If the spouse elects the spousal continuation step up, the step-up date is the valuation date we receive the spouse’s written request to step-up if we receive the request by the close of business on that day, otherwise the next valuation date.

Rules for Withdrawal Provision of Your Contract: Minimum account values following a withdrawal no longer apply to your contract. For withdrawals, the withdrawal will be made from the variable subaccounts, guarantee period accounts (where available), the one-year fixed account (if applicable) and the DCA fixed account in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to the contract value. You cannot specify from which accounts the withdrawal is to be made.

If Contract Value Reduces to Zero: If the contract value reduces to zero and the total RBA remains greater than zero, you will be paid in the following scenarios:

1) The ALP has not yet been established and the contract value is reduced to zero as a result of fees or charges or a withdrawal that is less than or equal to the RBP. In this scenario, you can choose to:

(a)	receive the remaining schedule of GBPs until the RBA equals zero; or
(b)	Single Life: wait until the rider anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65, and then receive the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the covered person, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero; or
(c)	Joint Life: wait until the rider anniversary following the date the younger covered spouse reaches age 65, and then receive the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the last surviving covered spouse, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero.

We will notify you of this option. If no election is made, the ALP will be paid.

2) The ALP has been established and the contract value reduces to zero as a result of fees or charges, or a withdrawal that is less than or equal to both the RBP and the RALP. In this scenario, you can choose to receive:

(a)	the remaining schedule of GBPs until the RBA equals zero; or
(b)	Single Life: the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the covered person, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero; or
(c)	Joint Life: the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the last surviving covered spouse, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero.

We will notify you of this option. If no election is made, the ALP will be paid.

3)	The ALP has been established and the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RALP but less than or equal to the RBP. In this scenario, the remaining schedule of GBPs will be paid until the RBA equals zero.
4)	The ALP has been established and the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RBP but less than or equal to the RALP. In this scenario, the ALP will be paid annually until the death of the:

• Single Life: covered person;

• Joint Life: last surviving covered spouse.

Under any of these scenarios:

• The annualized amounts will be paid to you in the frequency you elect. You may elect a frequency offered by us at the time payments begin. Available payment frequencies will be no less frequent than annually;

• We will no longer accept additional purchase payments;

• You will no longer be charged for the rider;

• Any attached death benefit riders will terminate; and

• Single Life: The death benefit becomes the remaining payments, if any, until the RBA is reduced to zero.

• Joint Life: If the owner had been receiving the ALP, upon the first death the ALP will continue to be paid annually until the later of: 1) the death of the last surviving covered spouse or 2) the RBA is reduced to zero. In all other situations the death benefit becomes the remaining payments, if any, until the RBA is reduced to zero.

170    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

TheSecureSource rider and the contract will terminate under either of the following two scenarios:

• If the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than both the RALP and the RBP. This is full withdrawal of the contract value.

• If the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RALP but less than or equal to the RBP, and the total RBA is reduced to zero.

At Death:

Single Life: If the contract value is greater than zero when the death benefit becomes payable, the beneficiary may: 1) elect to take the death benefit under the terms of the contract, 2) take the fixed payout option available under this rider, or 3) continue the contract under the spousal continuation provision of the contract above.

If the contract value equals zero and the death benefit becomes payable, the following will occur:

• If the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the GBP each year, the GBP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person dies and the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person is still alive and the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the later of the death of the covered person or the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person is still alive and the RBA equals zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the death of the covered person.

• If the covered person dies and the RBA equals zero, the benefit terminates. No further payments will be made.

Joint Life: If the death benefit becomes payable at the death of a covered spouse, the surviving covered spouse must utilize the spousal continuation provision of the contract and continue the contract as the new owner to continue the joint benefit. If spousal continuation is not available under the terms of the contract, the rider terminates. The lifetime benefit of this rider ends at the death of the last surviving covered spouse.

If the contract value is greater than zero when the death benefit becomes payable, the beneficiary may: 1) elect to take the death benefit under the terms of the contract, 2) take the fixed payout option available under this rider, or 3) continue the contract under the spousal continuation provision of the contract above.

If the contract value equals zero at the first death of a covered spouse, the ALP will continue to be paid annually until the later of: 1) the death of the last surviving covered spouse or 2) the RBA is reduced to zero.

If the contract value equals zero at the death of the last surviving covered spouse, the following will occur:

• If the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the GBP each year, the GBP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the RBA equals zero, the benefit terminates. No further payments will be made.

Contract Ownership Change:

Single Life: If the contract changes ownership (see “Changing Ownership”), the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP values will remain unchanged and the ALP and RALP will be reset as follows. Our current administrative practice is to only reset the ALP and RALP if the covered person changes due to the ownership change.

• If the ALP has not yet been established and the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the ownership change date— the ALP and the RALP will be established on the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65. The ALP will be set equal to the lesser of the RBA or the anniversary contract value, multiplied by 6%. If the anniversary date occurs during the waiting period and prior to a withdrawal, the RALP will be set equal to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments plus any purchase payment credits multiplied by 6%. If the anniversary date occurs at any other time, the RALP will be set equal to the ALP.

• If the ALP has not yet been established but the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the ownership change date — the ALP and the RALP will be established on the ownership change date. The ALP will be set equal to the lesser of the RBA or the contract value, multiplied by 6%. If the ownership change date occurs during the waiting period and prior to a withdrawal, the RALP will be set to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments plus any purchase payment credits multiplied by 6%. If the ownership change date occurs at any other time, the RALP will be set to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year but not less than zero.

• If the ALP has been established but the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the ownership change date — the ALP and the RALP will be reset to zero for the period of time beginning with the ownership change date and ending with the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65. At the end of this

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    171

time period, the ALP will be reset to the lesser of the RBA or the anniversary contract value, multiplied by 6%. If the time period ends during the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals, the RALP will be reset to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments plus any purchase payment credits multiplied by 6%. If the time period ends at any other time, the RALP will be reset to the ALP.

•

If the ALP has been established and the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the ownership change date — the ALP and the RALP will be reset on the ownership change date. The ALP will be reset to the lesser of the current ALP or 6% of the contract value. If the ownership change date occurs during the waiting period and prior to a withdrawal, the RALP will be reset to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments plus any purchase payment credits multiplied by 6%. If the ownership change date occurs at any other time, the RALP will be reset to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year but not less than zero.

Please note that the lifetime withdrawal benefit amount may be reduced as a result of the ownership change.

Joint Life: Ownership changes are only allowed between the covered spouses or their revocable trust(s). No other ownership changes are allowed as long as the rider is in force.

Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Option: Several annuity payout plans are available under the contract. As an alternative to these annuity payout plans, a fixed annuity payout option is available under theSecureSource rider.

Under this option the amount payable each year will be equal to the remaining schedule of GBPs, but the total amount paid over the life of the annuity will not exceed the current total RBA at the time you begin this fixed annuity payout option. These annualized amounts will be paid in the frequency that you elect. The frequencies will be among those offered by us at that time but will be no less frequent than annually. If, at the death of the owner, total payouts have been made for less than the RBA, the remaining payouts will be paid to the beneficiary (see “The Annuity Payout Period” and “Taxes”).

This option may not be available if the contract is issued to qualify under section 403 or 408 of the Code, as amended. For such contracts, this option will be available only if the guaranteed payment period is less than the life expectancy of the owner at the time the option becomes effective. Such life expectancy will be computed using a life expectancy table published by the IRS.

This annuity payout option may also be elected by the beneficiary of a contract as a settlement option if payments begin no later than one year after your death and the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy. Whenever multiple beneficiaries are designated under the contract, each such beneficiary’s share of the proceeds if they elect this option will be in proportion to their applicable designated beneficiary percentage. Beneficiaries of nonqualified contracts may elect this settlement option subject to the distribution requirements of the contract. We reserve the right to adjust the remaining schedule of GBPs if necessary to comply with the Code.

Rider Termination

TheSecureSource rider cannot be terminated either by you or us except as follows:

1.	Single Life: After the death benefit is payable the rider will terminate if your spouse does not use the spousal continuation provision of the contract to continue the contract.
2.	Joint Life: After the death benefit is payable the rider will terminate if:

(a)	any one other than a covered spouse continues the contract, or
(b)	a covered spouse does not use the spousal continuation provision of the contract to continue the contract.

3.	Annuity payouts under an annuity payout plan will terminate the rider.
4.	Termination of the contract for any reason will terminate the rider.
5.	When a beneficiary elects an alternative payment plan which is an inherited IRA, the rider will terminate.

172    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix N:SecureSource 20Rider Disclosure

Securesource 20 Rider

This is an optional benefit that you can add to your contract for an additional charge. The benefit is intended to provide to you, after the waiting period, a specified withdrawal amount annually for life, even if your contract value is zero, subject to the terms and provisions described in this section. This benefit offers a credit feature to help in low or poor performing markets and a step up feature to lock in contract anniversary values. TheSecureSource 20 rider may be appropriate for you if you intend to make periodic withdrawals from your annuity contract and wish to ensure that market performance will not adversely affect your ability to withdraw your principal over time. This benefit is intended for assets you plan to hold and let accumulate for at least three years. If you take any withdrawals during the 3-year waiting period, your benefits will be set to zero until the end of the waiting period when they will be re-established based on your contract value at that time and you will not receive 20% credit offered under this rider.

There are two optionalSecureSource 20 riders available under your contract:

• SecureSource 20 — Single Life; or

• SecureSource 20 — Joint Life.

The information in this section applies to both Secure Source 20 riders, unless otherwise noted.

For the purpose of this rider, the term “withdrawal” has the same meaning as the term “surrender” in the contract or any other riders

TheSecureSource 20 — Single Life rider covers one person. TheSecureSource 20 — Joint Life Rider covers two spouses jointly who are named at contract issue. You may elect only theSecureSource 20 — Single Life rider or theSecureSource 20 — Joint Life rider, not both, and you may not switch riders later. You must elect the rider when you purchase your contract. The rider effective date will be the contract issue date.

TheSecureSource 20 rider is an optional benefit that you may select, if approved in your state, for an additional annual charge if:

• your contract application is signed on or after Aug. 10, 2009, but prior to Nov. 30, 2009; and

• Single Life: you and the annuitant are 80 or younger on the date the contract is issued; or

• Joint Life: you and your spouse are 80 or younger on the date the contract is issued.

TheSecureSource 20 riders are not available under an inherited qualified annuity.

TheSecureSource 20 rider guarantees that after the waiting period, regardless of the investment performance of your contract, you will be able to withdraw up to a certain amount each year from the contract before the annuity payouts begin until:

• Single Life: until death (see “At Death” heading below) or until the depletion of the basic benefit.

• Joint Life: until the death of the last surviving covered spouse (see “Joint Life only: Covered Spouses” and “At Death” headings below) or until the depletion of the basic benefit.

Key Terms

The key terms associated with theSecureSource 20 rider are:

Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP): the lifetime benefit amount available each contract year after the waiting period and until your death (Joint Life: the death of both covered spouses). After the waiting period, the annual withdrawal amount guaranteed by the rider can vary each contract year. The maximum ALP is $300,000.

Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA): the age at which the lifetime benefit is established.

Enhanced Lifetime Base (ELB): used in the calculation of the ALP on the later of the ELB date or the establishment of the ALP. The ELB cannot be withdrawn or annuitized and is not payable as a death benefit.

Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA): the total cumulative withdrawals guaranteed by the rider under the basic benefit. The maximum GBA is $5,000,000. The GBA cannot be withdrawn or annuitized and is not payable as a death benefit. It is an interim value used to calculate the amount available for withdrawals each year after the waiting period under the basic benefit (see “Guaranteed Benefit Payment” below). At any time, the total GBA is the sum of the individual GBAs associated with each purchase payment.

Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP):the basic benefit amount available each contract year after the waiting period until the RBA is reduced to zero. After the waiting period the annual withdrawal amount guaranteed by the rider can vary each contract year.

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    173

Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (RALP): as you make withdrawals during a contract year, the remaining amount that the rider guarantees will be available for withdrawal that year is reduced. The RALP is the lifetime benefit amount that can be withdrawn during the remainder of the current contract year.

Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA): each withdrawal you make reduces the amount that is guaranteed by the rider for future withdrawals. At any point in time, the RBA equals the amount of GBA that remains available for withdrawals for the remainder of the contract’s life, and total RBA is the sum of the individual RBAs associated with each purchase payment. The maximum RBA is $5,000,000.

Remaining Benefit Payment (RBP): as you make withdrawals during a contract year, the remaining amount that the rider guarantees will be available for withdrawal that year is reduced. The RBP is the basic benefit amount that can be withdrawn during the remainder of the current contract year.

Waiting period: The period of time before you can take a withdrawal without affecting benefits under the rider. The waiting period starts on the rider effective date and ends on the day prior to the third rider anniversary.

Withdrawal Adjustment Base (WAB): one of the components used to determine the GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage. The WAB cannot be withdrawn or annuitized and is not payable as a death benefit.

Withdrawal: The amount by which your contract value is reduced as a result of any withdrawal request. It may differ from the amount of your request due to any surrender charge and any market value adjustment.

Description of theSecureSource 20 Rider

Before the lifetime benefit is established, the annual withdrawal amount guaranteed by the riders after the waiting period is the basic benefit amount. After the lifetime benefit is established and after the waiting period, the riders guarantee that you have the option each contract year to cumulatively withdraw an amount up to the lifetime benefit amount or the basic benefit amount, but the riders do not guarantee withdrawal of both in a contract year.

The lifetime withdrawal benefit is established automatically:

• Single Life: on the rider anniversary date after the covered person reaches age 65, or on the rider effective date if the covered person is age 65 or older on the rider effective date (see “Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA)” heading below);

• Joint Life: on the rider anniversary date after the younger covered spouse reaches age 65, or on the rider effective date if the younger covered spouse is age 65 or older on the rider effective date (see “Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA)” and “Annual Lifetime Payments (ALP)” headings below).

The basic benefit amount and the lifetime benefit amount can vary based on the relationship of your contract value to the Withdrawal Adjustment Base (WAB). When the first withdrawal is taken each contract year after the waiting period, the percentages used to determine the benefit amounts are set and fixed for the remainder of that year.

If you withdraw less than the allowed withdrawal amount in a contract year, the unused portion cannot be carried over to the next year.

If you withdraw more than the allowed withdrawal amount in a contract year, we call this an “excess withdrawal” under the rider. Excess withdrawals trigger an adjustment of a benefit’s guaranteed amount, which may cause it to be reduced (see “GBA Excess Withdrawal Processing,” “RBA Excess Withdrawal Processing,” and “ALP Excess Withdrawal Processing” headings below).

Please note that basic benefit and lifetime benefit each has its own definition of the allowed annual withdrawal amount. Therefore a withdrawal may be considered an excess withdrawal for purposes of the lifetime benefit only, the basic benefit only, or both.

At any time after the waiting period, as long as your withdrawal does not exceed the greater of the basic benefit amount or the lifetime benefit amount, if established, you will not be assessed a surrender charge or any market value adjustment. If your withdrawals exceed the greater of the RBP or the RALP, surrender charges under the terms of the contract may apply (see “Charges — Surrender Charges”). The amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable surrender charge. Market value adjustments, if applicable, will also be made (see “Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs) — Market Value Adjustment”). We pay you the amount you request. Any withdrawals you take under the contract will reduce the value of the death benefits (see “Benefits in Case of Death”). Upon full withdrawal, you will receive the remaining contract value less any applicable charges (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Withdrawals”).

Subject to conditions and limitations, an annual step-up can increase the basic benefit amount and the lifetime benefit amount, if your contract value has increased on a rider anniversary.

174    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Subject to conditions and limitations, if no withdrawals are taken prior to the third rider anniversary, the 20% rider credit may increase the lifetime benefit (if already established) or the Enhanced Lifetime Base (ELB) may increase the lifetime benefit (when established).

The values associated with the basic benefit are GBA, RBA, GBP and RBP. The values associated with the lifetime benefit are ALP, RALP and ELB. ALP and GBP are similar in that they are the annual withdrawal amount for each benefit after the waiting period. RALP and RBP are similar in that they are the remaining amount that can be withdrawn during the current contract year for each benefit.

ImportantSecureSource 20 Rider Considerations

You should consider whether aSecureSource 20 rider is appropriate for you taking into account the following considerations:

You will begin paying the rider charge as of the rider effective date, even if you do not begin taking withdrawals for many years. It is possible that your contract performance, fees and charges, and withdrawal pattern may be such that your contract value will not be depleted in your lifetime and you will not receive any monetary value under the rider.

• Lifetime Benefit Limitations: The lifetime benefit is subject to certain limitations, including but not limited to:

(a) Single Life: Once the contract value equals zero, payments are made for as long as the covered person is living (see “If Contract Value Reduces to Zero” heading below). However, if the contract value is greater than zero, the lifetime benefit terminates at the first death of any owner or annuitant even if the covered person is still living (see “At Death” heading below). Therefore, the rider will terminate when a death benefit becomes payable. This possibility may present itself when:

(i)	There are multiple contract owners — when one of the contract owners dies the lifetime benefit terminates even though other contract owners are still living; or
(ii)	The owner and the annuitant are not the same persons — if the annuitant dies before the owner, the lifetime benefit terminates even though the owner is still living.

Joint Life: Once the contract value equals zero, payments are made for as long as either covered spouse is living (see “If Contract Value Reduces to Zero” heading below). However, if the contract value is greater than zero, the lifetime benefit terminates at the death of the last surviving covered spouse (see “At Death” heading below).

(b)	Excess withdrawals can reduce the ALP to zero even though the GBA, RBA, GBP and/or RBP values are greater than zero. If both the ALP and the contract value are zero, the lifetime benefit will terminate.
(c)	If the lifetime benefit is first established prior to the third rider anniversary, the initial ALP is based on the basic benefit’s RBA at that time (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below). If the lifetime benefit is first established on/after the third rider anniversary, the initial ALP is based on the greater of the basic benefit’s RBA and the ELB at that time. Any withdrawal you take before the ALP is established reduces the RBA and ELB and therefore may result in a lower amount of lifetime withdrawals you are allowed to take.
(d)	Withdrawals can reduce both the contract value and the RBA to zero prior to the establishment of the ALP. If this happens, the contract and the rider will terminate.

• Withdrawals: Please consider carefully when you start taking withdrawals from this rider. If you take any withdrawals during the 3-year waiting period, your benefits will be set to zero until the end of the waiting period when they will be re-established based on your contract value at that time and you will not receive 20% credit offered under this rider. Any withdrawal request within the 3-year waiting period must be submitted in writing. Also, after the waiting period if you withdraw more than the allowed withdrawal amount in a contract year (“excess withdrawal”), the guaranteed amounts under the rider may be reduced.

• Investment Allocation Restrictions: You must be invested in one of the approved investment options. These funds are expected to reduce our financial risks and expenses associated with certain living benefits. Although the funds’ investment strategies may help mitigate declines in your contract value due to declining equity markets, the funds’ investment strategies may also curb your contract value gains during periods of positive performance by the equity markets. Additionally, investment in the funds may decrease the number and amount of any benefit base increase opportunities. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds: Volatility and Volatility Management Risk with the Portfolio Stabilizer funds” section.) We reserve the right to add, remove, or substitute approved investment options in the future. This requirement limits your choice of subaccounts, one-year fixed account and GPAs (if available) to the investment options you have selected. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, GPAs or the one-year fixed account that are available under the contract to contract owners who do not elect the rider. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds.”) You may allocate purchase payments to the DCA fixed account, when available, and we will make monthly transfers into the investment option you have chosen. You may make two elective investment option changes per contract year; we reserve the right to limit elective investment option changes if required to comply with the written instructions of a fund (see “Market Timing”).

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    175

The following provisions apply to contracts invested in a Portfolio Navigator fund:

• You can allocate your contract value to any available Portfolio Navigator fund during the following times: (1) prior to your first withdrawal and (2) following a benefit reset due to an investment option change as described below but prior to any subsequent withdrawal. During these accumulation phases, you may request to change your investment option to any available investment option.

• Immediately following a withdrawal your contract value will be reallocated to the target investment option as shown in your contract if your current investment option is more aggressive than the target investment option. If you are in a static model portfolio, this reallocation will be made to the applicable fund of funds investment option. This automatic reallocation is not included in the total number of allowed investment option changes per contract year. The target investment option classification is currently the Moderate investment option. We reserve the right to change the target investment option to an investment option that is more aggressive than the current target investment option after 30 days written notice.

• After you have taken a withdrawal and prior to any benefit reset as described below, you are in a withdrawal phase. During withdrawal phases you may request to change your investment option to the target investment option or any investment option that is more conservative than the target investment option without a benefit reset as described below. If you are in a withdrawal phase and you choose to allocate your contract value to an investment option that is more aggressive than the target investment option, you will be in the accumulation phase again. If this is done after the waiting period, your rider benefit will be reset as follows:

(a)	the total GBA will be reset to the contract value, if your contract value is less; and
(b)	the total RBA will be reset to the contract value, if your contract value is less; and
(c)	the ALP, if established, will be reset to your current ALP Percentage (either 6% or 5% as described under “GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage” heading below) times the contract value, if this amount is less than the current ALP; and
(d)	the GBP will be recalculated as described below, based on the reset GBA and RBA; and
(e)	the RBP will be recalculated as the reset GBP less all prior withdrawals taken during the current contract year, but not less than zero; and
(f)	the RALP will be recalculated as the reset ALP less all prior withdrawals taken during the current contract year, but not less than zero; and
(g)	the WAB will be reset as follows:

• if the ALP has not been established, the WAB will be equal to the reset GBA.

• if the ALP has been established, the WAB will be equal to the reset ALP, divided by the current ALP Percentage; and

(h) the ELB, if greater than zero, will be reset to the contract value, if your contract value is less.

You may request to change your investment option by written request on an authorized form or by another method agreed to by us.

•	Non-Cancelable: Once elected, theSecureSource 20 rider may not be cancelled (except as provided under “Rider Termination” heading below) and the fee will continue to be deducted until the contract or rider is terminated or the contract value reduces to zero (described below).
	Dissolution of marriage does not terminate theSecureSource 20 – Joint Life rider and will not reduce the fee we charge for this rider. The benefit under theSecureSource 20 – Joint Life rider continues for the covered spouse who is the owner of the contract (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural ownership). The rider will terminate at the death of the contract owner (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural ownership) because the original covered spouse will be unable to elect the spousal continuation provision of the contract (see “Joint Life only: Covered Spouses” below).
•	Joint Life:Limitations on Contract Owners, Annuitants and Beneficiaries: Since the joint life benefit will terminate unless the surviving covered spouse continues the contract under the spousal option to continue the contract upon the owner’s death provision, only ownership arrangements that permit such continuation are allowed at rider issue. In general, the covered spouses should be joint owners, or one covered spouse should be the owner and the other covered spouse should be named as the sole primary beneficiary. The annuitant must also be an owner. You are responsible for establishing ownership arrangements that will allow for spousal continuation.
	If you select theSecureSource 20 – Joint Life rider, please consider carefully whether or not you wish to change the beneficiary of your annuity contract. The rider will terminate if the surviving covered spouse can not utilize the spousal continuation provision of the contract when the death benefit is payable.
•	Limitations on Purchase Payments: We reserve the right to limit the cumulative amount of purchase payments (subject to state restrictions), which may limit your ability to make additional purchase payments to increase your contract value as you may have originally intended. For current purchase payment restrictions, please see “Buying Your Contract —Purchase Payments”.
•	Interaction with Total Free Amount (FA) contract provision:The FA is the amount you are allowed to withdraw from the contract in each contract year without incurring a surrender charge (see “Charges — Surrender Charge”). The FA may be greater than the RBP or RALP under this rider. Any amount you withdraw under the contract’s FA provision that

176    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

exceeds the RBP or RALP is subject to the excess withdrawal processing described below for the GBA, RBA and ALP. Also, any amount you withdraw during the waiting period will set all benefits under the rider to zero until the end of the waiting period when they will be reestablished based on the contract value at that time.

You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of the rider in your tax situation because:

• Tax Considerations for Nonqualified Annuities: Under current federal income tax law, withdrawals under nonqualified annuities, including withdrawals taken from the contract under the terms of the rider, are treated less favorably than amounts received as annuity payments under the contract (see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities”). Withdrawals are taxable income to the extent of earnings. Withdrawals of earnings before age 59½ may also incur a 10% IRS early withdrawal penalty. You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of the rider in your tax situation.

• Tax Considerations for Qualified Annuities: Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). If you have a qualified annuity, you may need to take an RMD during the waiting period and such withdrawals will set all benefits under the rider to zero until the end of the waiting period when they will be reestablished based on the contract value at that time. While the rider permits certain excess withdrawals to be taken after the waiting period for the purpose of satisfying RMD requirements for your contract alone without reducing future benefits guaranteed under the rider, there can be no guarantee that changes in the federal income tax law after the effective date of the rider will not require a larger RMD to be taken, in which case, future guaranteed withdrawals under the rider could be reduced. See Appendix E for additional information.

• Treatment of non-spousal distributions: Unless you are married your beneficiary will be required to take distributions as a non-spouse which may result in significantly decreasing the value of the rider. Please note civil unions and domestic partnerships generally are not recognized as marriages for federal tax purposes. For additional information see “Taxes — Other — Spousal status” section of this prospectus.

• Limitations on Tax-Sheltered Annuities (TSA)s: Your right to take withdrawals is restricted if your contract is a TSA (see “TSA — Special Provisions”).

Basic Benefit Description

The GBA and RBA are determined at the following times, subject to the maximum amount of $5,000,000, calculated as described:

• At contract issue — the GBA and RBA are equal to the initial purchase payment.

• When you make additional purchase payments — If a withdrawal is taken during the waiting period, the GBA and RBA will not change when a subsequent purchase payment is made during the waiting period. Prior to any withdrawal during the waiting period and after the waiting period, each additional purchase payment will have its own GBA and RBA established equal to the amount of the purchase payment.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” heading below).

• At spousal continuation— (see “Spousal Option to Continue the Contract upon Owner’s Death” heading below).

• When an individual RBA is reduced to zero — the GBA that is associated with that RBA will also be set to zero.

• When you take a withdrawal during the waiting period — the total GBA and total RBA will be set equal to zero until the end of the waiting period.

• When you take a withdrawal after the waiting period and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the total RBP — the total RBA is reduced by the amount of the withdrawal and the GBA remains unchanged. If there have been multiple purchase payments, both the total GBA and each payment’s GBA remain unchanged, and each payment’s RBA is reduced in proportion to its RBP.
(b)	greater than the total RBP —excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the GBA and RBA.

•	On the rider anniversary at the end of the waiting period — If the first withdrawal is taken during the waiting period and you did not decline a rider fee increase, the total GBA and the total RBA will be reset to the contract value.
	If the first withdrawal is taken during the waiting period and you decline a rider fee increase, the total GBA and the total RBA will be reset to the lesser of (1) the GBA at the time of the first withdrawal, plus any additional purchase payments since the time of the first withdrawal, minus all withdrawals, or (2) the contract value.
•	Upon certain changes to your PN program investment options under the PN program as described under “Use of Portfolio Navigator Program Required,” above.

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    177

Gba Excess Withdrawal Processing

The total GBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the total GBA immediately prior to the withdrawal; or (b) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s GBA after the withdrawal will be reset to equal that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal plus (a) times (b), where:

(a)	is the ratio of the total GBA after the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal to the total GBA before the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal; and
(b)	is each payment’s GBA before the withdrawal less that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal.

RBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The total RBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal, or (b) the total RBA immediately prior to the withdrawal, less the amount of the withdrawal.

If there have been multiple purchase payments, both the total RBA and each payment’s RBA will be reset. The total RBA will be reset according to the excess withdrawal processing described above. Each payment’s RBA will be reset in the following manner:

1.	The withdrawal amount up to the total RBP is taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its individual RBP at the time of the withdrawal; and
2.	The withdrawal amount above the total RBP and any amount determined by the excess withdrawal processing are taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its RBA at the time of the withdrawal.

GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage: We use two percentages (6% and 5%) to calculate your GBP and ALP. The percentage used can vary as described below:

During the waiting period, 6% will be used to determine the amount payable to beneficiaries under the RBA Payout Option described below. After the waiting period, a comparison of your contract value and the WAB determines your GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage, unless the percentage is fixed as described below. On each valuation date, if the benefit determining percentage is less than the 20% adjustment threshold, then 6% is used in calculating your GBP and ALP; otherwise, 5% is used. Market volatility and returns, the deduction of fees and the 20% credit could impact your benefit determining percentage. The benefit determining percentage is calculated as follows but will not be less than zero:

1	—	(a/b)
a	=	contract value at the end of the prior valuation period
b	=	WAB at the end of the prior valuation period

When the first withdrawal in a contract year is taken, the GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage will be set and fixed for the remainder of that contract year. Beginning on the next rider anniversary, the GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage can change on each valuation date as described above until a withdrawal is taken in that contract year.

Under certain limited situations, your GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage will not vary each contract year. They will be set at the earliest of (1), (2) or (3) below and remain fixed for as long as the benefit is payable:

(1)	when the RBA Payout Option is elected, or
(2)	if the ALP is established, when your contract value on a rider anniversary is less than two times the ALP (for the purpose of this calculation only, the ALP is determined using 5%; the ALP Percentage used to determine your ALP going forward will be either 6% or 5%), or
(3)	when the contract value reduces to zero.

For certain periods of time at our discretion and on a non-discriminatory basis, your GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage may be set by us to 6% if more favorable to you.

Withdrawal Adjustment Base (WAB): One of the components used to determine GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage. The maximum WAB is $5,000,000. The WAB cannot be withdrawn or annuitized and is not payable as a death benefit,

The WAB is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At Rider Effective Date — the WAB is set equal to the initial purchase payment.

• When a subsequent purchase payment is made — before a withdrawal is taken in the waiting period and at any time after the waiting period, the WAB will be increased by the amount of each additional purchase payment.

• When a withdrawal is taken — if the first withdrawal is taken during the waiting period, the WAB will be set equal to zero until the end of the waiting period.

Whenever a withdrawal is taken after the waiting period, the WAB will be reduced by the amount in (A) unless the withdrawal is an excess withdrawal for the lifetime benefit (or the basic benefit if the ALP is not established) when it will be set equal to the amount in (B).

178    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

(A) The WAB is reduced by an amount as calculated below:

a × b	where:
c

a	=	the amount the contract value is reduced by the withdrawal
b	=	WAB on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal
c	=	the contract value on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal.

(B) If the ALP is not established and the current withdrawal exceeds the RBP, the WAB will be reset to the GBA immediately following excess withdrawal processing.

If the ALP is established and the current withdrawal exceeds the RALP, the WAB will be reset to the ALP divided by the current ALP Percentage (either 5% or 6% as described under “GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage” heading above). In this calculation, we use the ALP immediately following excess withdrawal processing.

• On rider anniversaries — unless you decline a rider fee increase, the WAB will be increased to the contract value on each rider anniversary, if the contract value is greater, except as follows:

(A)	If a withdrawal is taken during the waiting period, the WAB will be increased to the contract value on each rider anniversary beginning at the end of the waiting period, if the contract value is greater.
(B)	If you decline a rider fee increase and a withdrawal is taken during the waiting period, the WAB will be reset to the lesser of (1) the GBA at the time of the first withdrawal, plus any additional purchase payments since the time of the first withdrawal, minus all withdrawals, or (2) the contract value.

• Upon certain changes to your PN program investment option as described under “Use of Portfolio Navigator Program Required,” above.

• On the later of the third rider anniversary or the rider anniversary when the ALP is established — unless you decline a rider fee increase, if the ELB is greater than zero, the WAB will be increased by an amount as calculated below, but not less than zero.

(A)	The ELB, minus
(B)	the greater of:

i)	your contract value, or
ii)	the ALP before the ELB is applied, divided by the ALP Percentage (if the ALP is established) or the total RBA (if the ALP is established on the third rider anniversary).

Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP): At any time, the amount available for withdrawal in each contract year after the waiting period, until the RBA is reduced to zero, under the basic benefit. After the waiting period the annual withdrawal amount guaranteed under the rider can vary each contract year. At any point in time, each payment’s GBP is the lesser of (a) and (b) where (a) is the GBA for that payment multiplied by the current GBP percentage (either 5% or 6% as described under “GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage” heading above) and (b) is the RBA for that payment. The total GBP is the sum of the GBPs for each purchase payment.

Remaining Benefit Payment (RBP): The amount available for withdrawal for the remainder of the contract year under the basic benefit. At any point in time, the total RBP is the sum of the RBPs for each purchase payment.

The RBP is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• During the waiting period — the RBP will be zero.

• At the beginning of any contract year after the waiting period and when the GBP Percentage changes — the RBP for each purchase payment is set equal to that purchase payment’s GBP.

• When you make additional purchase payments after the waiting period — each additional purchase payment has its own RBP equal to the purchase payment, multiplied by the GBP Percentage.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” heading below).

• At spousal continuation — (see “Spousal Option to Continue the Contract upon Owner’s Death” heading below).

• When you make any withdrawal after the waiting period — the total RBP is reset to equal the total RBP immediately prior to the withdrawal less the amount of the withdrawal, but not less than zero. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s RBP is reduced proportionately.If you withdraw an amount greater than the RBP, GBA excess withdrawal processing and RBA excess withdrawal processing are applied and the amount available for future withdrawals for the remainder of the contract’s life may be reduced by more than the amount of withdrawal. When determining if a withdrawal will result in the excess withdrawal processing, the applicable RBP will not yet reflect the amount of the current withdrawal.

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    179

Lifetime Benefit Description

Single Life only:Covered Person: The person whose life is used to determine when the ALP is established, and the duration of the ALP payments (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below). The covered person is the oldest contract owner or annuitant. If the owner is a nonnatural person, i.e., a trust or corporation, the covered person is the oldest annuitant.

Joint Life only: CoveredSpouses: The contract owner and his or her legally married spouse as defined under federal law, as named on the application for as long as the marriage is valid and in effect. If the contract owner is a nonnatural person (e.g., a trust), the covered spouses are the annuitant and the legally married spouse of the annuitant. The covered spouses lives are used to determine when the ALP is established, and the duration of the ALP payments (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below). The covered spouses are established on the rider effective date and cannot be changed.

Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA):

• Single Life: The covered person’s age after which time the lifetime benefit can be established. Currently, the lifetime benefit can be established on the later of the contract effective date or the contract anniversary date on/following the date the covered person reaches age 65.

• Joint Life: The age of the younger covered spouse at which time the lifetime benefit is established.

Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP): The ALP is the lifetime benefit amount available for withdrawals in each contract year after the waiting period until the later of:

• Single Life: death; or

• Joint Life: death of the last surviving covered spouse; or

• the RBA is reduced to zero.

The maximum ALP is $300,000. Prior to establishment of the ALP, the lifetime benefit is not in effect and the ALP is zero.

The ALP is determined at the following times:

• Single Life: Initially the ALP is established on the earliest of the following dates:

(a)	the rider effective date if the covered person has already reached age 65.
(b)	the rider anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65,

– if during the waiting period and no prior withdrawal has been taken; or

– if after the waiting period.

(c) the rider anniversary following the end of the waiting period if the covered person is age 65 before the end of the waiting period and a prior withdrawal had been taken.

If the ALP is established prior to the third rider anniversary, the ALP is set equal to the total RBA multiplied by the ALP Percentage (either 5% or 6% as described under “GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage” heading above). If the ALP is established on or following the third rider anniversary, the ALP is set equal to the ALP Percentage multiplied by the greater of the ELB or the total RBA.

• Joint Life: Initially the ALP is established on the earliest of the following dates:

(a)	the rider effective date if the younger covered spouse has already reached age 65.
(b)	the rider anniversary on/following the date the younger covered spouse reaches age 65.
(c)	upon the first death of a covered spouse, then

(1)	the date we receive written request when the death benefit is not payable and the surviving covered spouse has already reached age 65; or
(2)	the date spousal continuation is effective when the death benefit is payable and the surviving covered spouse has already reached age 65; or
(3)	the rider anniversary on/following the date the surviving covered spouse reaches age 65.

(d) Following dissolution of marriage of the covered spouses,

(1)	the date we receive written request if the remaining covered spouse who is the owner (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural ownership) has already reached age 65; or
(2)	the rider anniversary on/following the date the remaining covered spouse who is the owner (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural ownership) reaches age 65.

For (b), (c) and (d) above, if the date described occurs during the waiting period and a prior withdrawal had been taken, we use the rider anniversary following the end of the waiting period to establish the ALP.

180    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If the ALP is established prior to the third rider anniversary, the ALP is set equal to the total RBA multiplied by the ALP Percentage (either 5% or 6% as described under “GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage” heading above). If the ALP is established on or following the third rider anniversary, the ALP is set equal to the ALP Percentage multiplied by the greater of the ELB or the total RBA.

• Whenever the ALP Percentage changes —

(a)	If the ALP Percentage is changing from 6% to 5%, the ALP is reset to the ALP multiplied by 5%, divided by 6%.
(b)	If the ALP Percentage is changing from 5% to 6%, the ALP is reset to the ALP multiplied by 6%, divided by 5%.

• When you make an additional purchase payment — Before a withdrawal is taken in the waiting period and at any time after the waiting period, each additional purchase payment increases the ALP by the amount of the purchase payment, multiplied by the ALP Percentage.

• When you make a withdrawal:

(a)	During the waiting period, the ALP, if established, will be set equal to zero until the end of the waiting period.
(b)	After the waiting period, if the amount withdrawn is:
	(i) less than or equal to the RALP, the ALP is unchanged.
	(ii) greater than the RALP, ALP excess withdrawal processing will occur.

If you withdraw less than the ALP in a contract year, there is no carry over to the next contract year.

• On the rider anniversary at the end of the waiting period— If you took a withdrawal during the waiting period, the ALP is set equal to the contract value multiplied by the ALP Percentage if the covered person (Joint Life: younger covered spouse) has reached age 65.

• At step ups — (see “Annual Step Up” heading below).

• At spousal continuation — (see “Spousal Option to Continue the Contract upon Owner’s Death” heading below).

• Upon certain changes to your PN program investment option under the PN program as described under “Use of Portfolio Navigator Program Required,” above.

20% Rider Credit

If you do not make a withdrawal during the first three rider years and you don’t decline a rider fee increase, then a 20% rider credit may increase your ALP. This credit is 20% of purchase payments received in the first 180 days that the rider is in effect and is used to establish the enhanced lifetime base. The enhanced lifetime base is an amount that may be used to increase the ALP. The 20% rider credit does not increase the basic benefit or the contract value. Because step ups may increase your ALP, they may reduce or eliminate any benefit of the 20% rider credit.

Enhanced Lifetime Base (ELB)

The enhanced lifetime base will be established initially on the third rider anniversary. If you do not decline a rider fee increase and you do not make a withdrawal during the first three rider years, then the enhanced lifetime base will be the sum of all purchase payments received during the first three rider years plus the 20% rider credit. If you make a withdrawal during the first three rider years or decline a rider fee increase, then the 20% rider credit does not apply and the enhanced lifetime base will be established as zero and will always be zero.

The maximum enhanced lifetime base at any time is $5,000,000.

If the enhanced lifetime base is greater than zero, then it will:

• increase by the amount of any purchase payments received on or after the third rider anniversary.

• be reduced by any withdrawal in the same proportion as the withdrawal reduces the RBA and, if the withdrawal exceeds the RBP, it will then be set to the lesser of this reduced value and the contract value immediately following the withdrawal.

• be set to the contract value (if your contract value is less), if you choose an asset allocation model that is more aggressive than the target model while you are in the withdrawal phase.

If any of the following events occur, then the enhanced lifetime base will be established as or reset to zero and will always be zero:

• The total RBA is reduced to zero.

• You decline a rider fee increase.

The enhanced lifetime base is an amount that may be used to increase the ALP and cannot be withdrawn, annuitized or payable as a death benefit.

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    181

Increase in ALP because of the Enhanced Lifetime Base

If the ALP is already established, on the third rider anniversary, the ALP will be increased to equal the enhanced lifetime base multiplied by the ALP Percentage (either 5% or 6% as described under “GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage” heading above), if this amount is greater than the current ALP. Thereafter, the enhanced lifetime base will always be zero.

ALP Excess Withdrawal Processing

The ALP is reset to the lesser of the ALP immediately prior to the withdrawal, or the ALP Percentage (either 5% or 6% as described under “GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage” heading above) multiplied by the contract value immediately following the withdrawal.

Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (RALP): The amount available for withdrawal for the remainder of the contract year under the lifetime benefit. Prior to establishment of the ALP, the lifetime benefit is not in effect and the RALP is zero.

The RALP is determined at the following times:

• The RALP is established at the same time as the ALP, and:

(a)	During the waiting period — the RALP will be zero.
(b)	At any other time — the RALP is established equal to the ALP less all prior withdrawals taken in the contract year but not less than zero.

• At the beginning of each contract year after the waiting period and when the ALP Percentage changes — the RALP is set equal to the ALP.

• When you make additional purchase payments after the waiting period — each additional purchase payment increases the RALP by the purchase payment, if applicable multiplied by the ALP Percentage (either 5% or 6% as described under “GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage” heading above).

• At step ups — (see “Annual Step Up” headings below).

• At spousal continuation — (see “Spousal Option to Continue the Contract upon Owner’s Death” heading below).

• When you make any withdrawal after the waiting period — the RALP equals the RALP immediately prior to the withdrawal less the amount of the withdrawal but not less than zero.If you withdraw an amount greater than the RALP, ALP excess withdrawal processing is applied and may reduce the amount available for future withdrawals. When determining if a withdrawal will result in excess withdrawal processing, the applicable RALP will not yet reflect the amount of the current withdrawal.

Other Provisions

Required Minimum Distributions (RMD): If you are taking RMDs from your contract and your RMD calculated separately for your contract is greater than the RBP or the RALP on the most recent contract anniversary, the portion of your RMD that exceeds the benefit amount will not be subject to excess withdrawal processing provided that the following conditions are met:

• The withdrawal is after the waiting period;

• The RMD is for your contract alone;

• The RMD is based on your recalculated life expectancy taken from the Uniform Lifetime Table under the Code; and

• The RMD amount is otherwise based on the requirements of section 401(a) (9), related Code provisions and regulations thereunder that were in effect on the effective date of the rider.

RMD rules follow the calendar year which most likely does not coincide with your contract year and therefore may limit when you can take your RMD and not be subject to excess withdrawal processing. Any withdrawal during the waiting period will reset the basic benefit and lifetime benefit at the end of the waiting period. After the waiting period, withdrawal amounts greater than the RALP or RBP that do not meet the conditions above will result in excess withdrawal processing. The amount in excess of the RBP and/or RALP that is not subject to excess withdrawal processing will be recalculated if the RALP and RBP change due to GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage changes. See Appendix E for additional information.

Annual Step Up: Beginning with the first contract anniversary, an increase of the benefit values may be available. A step up does not create contract value, guarantee the performance of any investment option, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn in a lump sum or paid upon death. Rather, a step up determines the current values of the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP, and may extend the payment period or increase the allowable payment. If there have been multiple payments and the GBA increases due to the step up, the individual GBAs, RBAs, GBPs, and RBPs will be combined.

The annual step up may be available as described below, subject to the maximum GBA, RBA and ALP and subject to the following rules:

• You have not declined a rider fee increase.

182    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• If you take any withdrawals during the waiting period the annual step up will not be available until the rider anniversary following the end of the waiting period.

• On any rider anniversary where your contract value is greater than the RBA or, your contract value multiplied by the ALP Percentage (either 5% or 6% as described under “GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage” heading above) is greater than the ALP, if established, the annual step up will be applied to your contract on the rider anniversary.

• The ALP and RALP are not eligible for step ups until they are established. Prior to being established, the ALP and RALP values are both zero.

• Please note it is possible for the ALP to step up even if the RBA or GBA do not step up, and it is also possible for the RBA and GBA to step up even if the ALP does not step up.

The annual step up resets the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP values as follows:

• The total RBA will be increased to the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the rider anniversary, if the contract value is greater.

• The total GBA will be increased to the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the rider anniversary, if the contract value is greater.

• The total GBP will be reset using the calculation as described above based on the increased GBA and RBA.

• The total RBP will be reset as follows:

(a)	During the waiting period, the RBP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	After the waiting period, the RBP will be reset to the increased GBP.

• The ALP will be increased to the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the rider anniversary multiplied by the ALP Percentage (either 5% or 6% as described under “GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage” heading above), if greater than the current ALP.

• The RALP will be reset as follows:

(a)	During the waiting period, the RALP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	After the waiting period, the RALP will be reset to the increased ALP.

Spousal Option to Continue the Contract upon Owner’s Death (Spousal Continuation):

Single Life:If a surviving spouse elects to continue the contract and continues the contract as the new owner under the spousal continuation provision of the contract, theSecureSource 20 — Single Life rider terminates.

Joint Life: If a surviving spouse is a covered spouse and elects the spousal continuation provision of the contract as the new owner, theSecureSource 20 — Joint Life rider also continues. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate. The surviving covered spouse can name a new beneficiary; however, a new covered spouse cannot be added to the rider.

At the time of spousal continuation, a step-up may be available. If you decline a rider fee increase or the spousal continuation occurs during the waiting period and a withdrawal was taken, a step up is not available. All annual step-up rules (see “Annual Step-Up” heading above) also apply to the spousal continuation step-up except that a) the RBP will be calculated as the GBP after the step-up less all prior withdrawals taken during the current contract year, but not less than zero, and b) the RALP will be calculated as the ALP after the step-up less all prior withdrawals taken during the current contract year, but not less than zero. The spousal continuation step-up is processed on the valuation date spousal continuation is effective.

Rules for Withdrawal Provision of Your Contract: Minimum account values following a withdrawal no longer apply to your contract. For withdrawals, the withdrawal will be taken from the variable subaccounts, guarantee period accounts (where available), the one-year fixed account (if applicable) and the DCA fixed account in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to the contract value. You cannot specify from which accounts the withdrawal is to be taken.

If Contract Value Reduces to Zero: If the contract value reduces to zero, you will be paid in the following scenarios:

1) The ALP has not yet been established, the total RBA is greater than zero and the contract value is reduced to zero as a result of fees or charges or a withdrawal that is less than or equal to the RBP. In this scenario, you can choose to:

(a)	receive the remaining schedule of GBPs until the RBA equals zero; or
(b)	Single Life: wait until the rider anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65, and then receive the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the covered person, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero.

Joint Life: wait until the rider anniversary following the date the younger covered spouse reaches age 65, and then receive the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the last surviving covered spouse, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero.

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    183

We will notify you of this option. If no election is made, the ALP will be paid.

2) The ALP has been established, the total RBA is greater than zero and the contract value reduces to zero as a result of fees or charges, or a withdrawal that is less than or equal to both the RBP and the RALP. In this scenario, you can choose to receive:

(a)	the remaining schedule of GBPs until the RBA equals zero; or
(b)	Single Life: the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the covered person, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero.

Joint Life: the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the last surviving covered spouse, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero.

We will notify you of this option. If no election is made, the ALP will be paid.

3)	The ALP has been established and the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RALP but less than or equal to the RBP. In this scenario, the remaining schedule of GBPs will be paid until the RBA equals zero.
4)	The ALP has been established and the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RBP but less than or equal to the RALP. In this scenario, the ALP will be paid annually until the death of the:
•	Single Life: covered person;
•	Joint Life: last surviving covered spouse.

Under any of these scenarios:

• The annualized amounts will be paid to you in monthly installments. If the monthly payment is less than $100, we have the right to change the frequency but no less frequent than annually;

• We will no longer accept additional purchase payments;

• You will no longer be charged for the rider;

• Any attached death benefit riders will terminate;

• In determining the remaining schedule of GBPs, the current GBP is fixed for as long as payments are made.

• Single Life: The death benefit becomes the remaining payments, if any, until the RBA is reduced to zero; and

• Joint Life: If the owner had been receiving the ALP, upon the first death the ALP will continue to be paid annually until the later of: 1) the death of the last surviving covered spouse or 2) the RBA is reduced to zero. In all other situations the death benefit becomes the remaining payments, if any, until the RBA is reduced to zero.

TheSecureSource 20 rider and the contract will terminate under either of the following two scenarios:

• If the ALP is established and the RBA is zero, and if the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RALP. This is full withdrawal of the contract value.

• If the ALP is not established and the RBA is zero, and if the contract value falls to zero as a result of fees, charges or a withdrawal.

At Death:

Single Life: If the contract value is greater than zero when the death benefit becomes payable, the beneficiary may: 1) elect to take the death benefit under the terms of the contract, 2) take the RBA payout option available under this rider, or 3) continue the contract under the spousal continuation provision of the contract which terminates the rider.

If the contract value equals zero and the death benefit becomes payable, the following will occur:

• If the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the GBP each year, the GBP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person dies and the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person is still alive and the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the later of the death of the covered person or the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person is still alive and the RBA equals zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the death of the covered person.

• If the covered person dies and the RBA equals zero, the benefit terminates. No further payments will be made.

Joint Life: If the death benefit becomes payable at the death of a covered spouse, the surviving covered spouse must utilize the spousal continuation provision of the contract and continue the contract as the new owner to continue the joint benefit. If spousal continuation is not available under the terms of the contract, the rider terminates. The lifetime benefit of this rider ends at the death of the last surviving covered spouse.

184    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If the contract value is greater than zero when the death benefit becomes payable, the beneficiary may: 1) elect to take the death benefit under the terms of the contract, 2) take the RBA payout option available under this rider, or 3) continue the contract under the spousal continuation provision of the contract.

If the contract value equals zero at the first death of a covered spouse, the ALP will continue to be paid annually until the later of: 1) the death of the last surviving covered spouse or 2) the RBA is reduced to zero.

If the contract value equals zero at the death of the last surviving covered spouse, the following will occur:

• If the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the GBP each year, the GBP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the RBA equals zero, the benefit terminates. No further payments will be made.

Contract Ownership Change:

Single Life: If allowed by state law, change of ownership is subject to our approval. If there is a change of ownership and the covered person remains the same, the rider continues with no change to any of the rider benefits. Effective May 1, 2016, joint ownership and joint annuitants are not allowed except for contracts issued in California. If there is a change of ownership and the covered person would be different, the rider terminates.

Joint Life: Ownership changes are only allowed between the covered spouses or their revocable trust(s) and are subject to our approval, if allowed by state law. No other ownership changes are allowed as long as the rider is in force.

Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA) Payout Option: Several annuity payout plans are available under the contract. As an alternative to these annuity payout plans, a fixed annuity payout option is available under theSecureSource 20 rider after the waiting period.

Under this option the amount payable each year will be equal to the remaining schedule of GBPs, but the total amount paid will not exceed the current total RBA at the time you begin this fixed annuity payout option. These annualized amounts will be paid in monthly installments. If the monthly payment is less than $100, we have the right to change the frequency, but no less frequently than annually. If, at the death of the owner, total payouts have been made for less than the RBA, the remaining payouts will be paid to the beneficiary (see “The Annuity Payout Period” and “Taxes”).

This option may not be available if the contract is issued to qualify under section 403 or 408 of the Code, as amended. For such contracts, this option will be available only if the guaranteed payment period is less than the life expectancy of the owner at the time the option becomes effective. Such life expectancy will be computed using a life expectancy table published by the IRS.

This annuity payout option may also be elected by the beneficiary when the death benefit is payable if payments begin no later than one year after your death and the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy. Whenever multiple beneficiaries are designated under the contract, each such beneficiary’s share of the proceeds if they elect this option will be in proportion to their applicable designated beneficiary percentage. Beneficiaries of nonqualified contracts may elect this settlement option subject to the distribution requirements of the contract. We reserve the right to adjust the remaining schedule of GBPs if necessary to comply with the Code.

Rider Termination

TheSecureSource 20 rider cannot be terminated either by you or us except as follows:

1.	Single Life: a change of ownership that would result in a different covered person will terminate the rider.
2.	Single Life: After the death benefit is payable, continuation of the contract will terminate the rider.
3.	Joint Life:After the death benefit is payable the rider will terminate if:

(a)	any one other than a covered spouse continues the contract, or
(b)	a covered spouse does not use the spousal continuation provision of the contract to continue the contract.

4.	Annuity payouts under an annuity payout plan will terminate the rider.
5.	You may terminate the rider if your annual rider fee after any fee increase is more than 0.25 percentage points higher than your fee before the increase (See “Charges —SecureSource 20 rider fee”).
6.	When the RBA and contract value is reduced to zero and either the withdrawal is taken when the ALP is not established or an excess withdrawal of the RALP is taken, the rider will terminate.
7.	Termination of the contract for any reason will terminate the rider.
8.	When a beneficiary elects an alternative payment plan which is an inherited IRA, the rider will terminate.

For an example, see Appendix D.

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    185

Appendix O:SecureSource StagesRider Disclosure

Securesource Stages Riders

This is an optional benefit that you can add to your contract for an additional charge. The benefit is intended to provide to you, after the waiting period, a specified withdrawal amount annually for life, even if your contract value is zero, subject to the terms and provisions described in this section. This benefit offers a credit feature to help in low or poor performing markets and a step up feature to lock in contract anniversary gains. TheSecureSource Stages rider may be appropriate for you if you intend to make periodic withdrawals from your annuity contract and wish to ensure that market performance will not adversely affect your ability to withdraw income over your lifetime.

This benefit is intended for assets you plan to hold and let accumulate for at least three years. Your benefits under the rider can be reduced if any of the following occurs:

• If you take any withdrawals during the 3-year waiting period, your benefits will be set to zero until the end of the waiting period when they will be re-established based on your contract value at that time;

• If you take a withdrawal after the waiting period and if you withdraw more than the allowed withdrawal amount in a contract year, or you take withdrawals before the lifetime benefit is available;

• If you take a withdrawal and later choose to allocate your contract value to an investment option that is more aggressive than the target investment option.

• If the contract value is 20% or more below purchase payments increased by any step ups or rider credits and adjusted for withdrawals (see withdrawal adjustment base described below).

TheSecureSource Stages rider guarantees that, regardless of investment performance, you may take withdrawals up to the lifetime benefit amount each contract year that the lifetime benefit is available. The lifetime benefit amount can vary based on your attained age and based on the relationship of your contract value to the withdrawal adjustment base. Each contract year after the waiting period, the percentage used to determine the benefit amount is set when the first withdrawal is taken and fixed for the remainder of that year.

At any time after the waiting period, as long as your total withdrawals during the current year do not exceed the lifetime benefit amount, you will not be assessed a surrender charge and no market value adjustment will be applied. If you withdraw a larger amount, the excess amount will be assessed any applicable surrender charges and any applicable market value adjustment. At any time, you may withdraw any amount up to your entire surrender value, subject to excess withdrawal processing under the rider.

Subject to conditions and limitations, the rider also guarantees that you or your beneficiary will get back purchase payments you have made, increased by annual step-ups, through withdrawals over time. Any amount we pay in excess of your contract value is subject to our financial strength and claims-paying ability.

Subject to conditions and limitations, the lifetime benefit amount can be increased if a rider credit is available or your contract value has increased on a rider anniversary. The principal back guarantee can also be increased if your contract value has increased on a rider anniversary.

Availability

There are two optionalSecureSource Stages riders available under your contract:

• SecureSource Stages – Single Life

• SecureSource Stages – Joint Life

The information in this section applies to bothSecureSource Stages riders, unless otherwise noted.

For the purpose of this rider, the term “withdrawal” has the same meaning as the term “surrender” in the contract or any other riders

TheSecureSource Stages — Single Life rider covers one person. TheSecureSource Stages — Joint Life Rider covers two spouses jointly who are named at contract issue. You may elect only theSecureSource Stages — Single Life rider or theSecureSource Stages — Joint Life rider, not both, and you may not switch riders later. You must elect the rider when you purchase your contract. The rider effective date will be the contract issue date.

TheSecureSource Stages rider is an optional benefit that you may select, if approved in your state, for an additional annual charge if you purchase your contract on or after Nov. 30, 2009; and

• Single Life: you are 80 or younger on the date the contract is issued; or

• Joint Life: you and your spouse are 80 or younger on the date the contract is issued.

TheSecureSource Stages riders are not available under an inherited qualified annuity.

186    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

TheSecureSource Stages rider guarantees that after the waiting period, regardless of the investment performance of your contract, you will be able to withdraw up to a certain amount each year from the contract before the annuitization start date until:

• Single Life: death (see “At Death” heading below).

• Joint Life: the death of the last surviving covered spouse (see “Joint Life only: Covered Spouses” and “At Death” headings below).

Key Terms

The key terms associated with theSecureSource Stages rider are:

Age Bands: Each age band is associated with a set of lifetime payment percentages. The covered person (Joint Life: the younger covered spouse) must be at least the youngest age shown in the first age band for the annual lifetime payment to be established. After the annual lifetime payment is established, other factors determine when you move to a higher age band.

Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP): the lifetime benefit amount available each contract year after the waiting period and after the covered person (Joint Life: the younger covered spouse) has reached the youngest age in the first age band. When the ALP is available, the annual withdrawal amount guaranteed by the rider can vary each contract year.

Annual Step-Up: an increase in the benefit base or the principal back guarantee and a possible increase in the lifetime payment percentage that is available each rider anniversary if your contract value increases, subject to certain conditions.

Benefit Base (BB): used to calculate the annual lifetime payment and the annual rider charge. The BB cannot be withdrawn in a lump sum or annuitized and is not payable as a death benefit.

Credit Base (CB): used to calculate the rider credit. The CB cannot be withdrawn or annuitized and is not payable as a death benefit.

Excess Withdrawal: (1) a withdrawal taken after the waiting period and before the annual lifetime payment is established, or (2) a withdrawal that is greater than the remaining annual lifetime payment when the annual lifetime payment is available.

Excess Withdrawal Processing: after the waiting period, a reduction in benefits if a withdrawal is taken before the annual lifetime payment is established or if a withdrawal exceeds the remaining annual lifetime payment.

Lifetime Payment Percentage: used to calculate your annual lifetime payment. Two percentages (“percentage A” and “percentage B”) are used for each age band.

Principal Back Guarantee (PBG): a guarantee that total withdrawals will not be less than purchase payments you have made, increased by annual step-ups, as long as there is no excess withdrawal or benefit reset.

Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (RALP): as you make withdrawals during a contract year, the remaining amount that the rider guarantees will be available for withdrawal that year is reduced. Whenever the annual lifetime payment is available, the RALP is the guaranteed amount that can be withdrawn during the remainder of the current contract year.

Rider Credit: an amount that can be added to the benefit base on each of the first ten rider anniversaries, based on a rider credit percentage of 8% in year one and 6% for years two through ten, as long as no withdrawals have been taken since the rider effective date and you do not decline any annual rider fee increase. Investment performance and withdrawals in the waiting period may reduce or eliminate the benefit of any rider credits. Rider credits may result in higher rider charges that may exceed the benefit from the credits.

Waiting Period: the period of time before you can take a withdrawal without affecting benefits under the rider. The waiting period starts on the rider effective date and ends on the day prior to the third rider anniversary.

Withdrawal: the amount by which your contract value is reduced as a result of any withdrawal request. It may differ from the amount of your request due to any surrender charge and any market value adjustment.

Withdrawal Adjustment Base (WAB): one of the components used to determine the lifetime payment percentage. The WAB cannot be withdrawn or annuitized and is not payable as a death benefit.

ImportantSecureSource Stages Rider Considerations

You should consider whether aSecureSource Stages rider is appropriate for you taking into account the following considerations:

You will begin paying the rider charge as of the rider effective date, even if you do not begin taking withdrawals for many years. It is possible that your contract performance, fees and charges, and withdrawal pattern may be such that your contract value will not be depleted in your lifetime and you will not receive any monetary value under the rider.

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    187

•	Lifetime Benefit Limitations: The lifetime benefit is subject to certain limitations, including but not limited to:
	Single Life: Once the contract value equals zero, payments are made for as long as the covered person is living (see “If Contract Value Reduces to Zero” heading below). However, if the contract value is greater than zero, the lifetime benefit terminates at the first death of any owner even if the covered person is still living (see “At Death” heading below). This possibility may present itself when there are multiple contract owners — when one of the contract owners dies the lifetime benefit terminates even though other contract owners are still living.
	Joint Life: Once the contract value equals zero, payments are made for as long as either covered spouse is living (see “If Contract Value Reduces to Zero” heading below). However, if the contract value is greater than zero, the lifetime benefit terminates at the death of the last surviving covered spouse (see “At Death” heading below).
•	Withdrawals: Please consider carefully when you start taking withdrawals from this rider. If you take any withdrawals during the 3-year waiting period, your benefits will be set to zero until the end of the waiting period when they will be reestablished based on your contract value at that time. Although your benefits will be set to zero until the end of waiting period, we will deduct rider fees, based on the anniversary contract value for the remainder of the waiting period. Any withdrawal request within the 3-year waiting period must be submitted in writing. In addition, any withdrawals in the first 10 years will terminate the rider credits. Also, after the waiting period if you withdraw more than the allowed withdrawal amount in a contract year or take withdrawals before the lifetime benefit is available (“excess withdrawal”), the guaranteed amounts under the rider may be reduced.
•	Investment Allocation Restrictions: You must be invested in one of the approved investment options. These funds are expected to reduce our financial risks and expenses associated with certain living benefits. Although the funds’ investment strategies may help mitigate declines in your contract value due to declining equity markets, the funds’ investment strategies may also curb your contract value gains during periods of positive performance by the equity markets. Additionally, investment in the funds may decrease the number and amount of any benefit base increase opportunities. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds: Volatility and Volatility Management Risk with the Portfolio Stabilizer funds” section.) We reserve the right to add, remove or substitute approved investment options in the future. This requirement limits your choice of investments. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, GPAs or the regular fixed account that are available under the contract to contract owners who do not elect the rider. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds.”) You may allocate purchase payments to the Special DCA fixed account, when available, and we will make monthly transfers into the investment option you have chosen. You may make two elective investment option changes per contract year; we reserve the right to limit elective investment option changes if required to comply with the written instructions of a fund (see “Market Timing”).
	The following provisions apply to contracts invested in a Portfolio Navigator fund:

• You can allocate your contract value to any available Portfolio Navigator fund during the following times: (1) prior to your first withdrawal and (2) following a benefit reset due to an investment option change as described below but prior to any subsequent withdrawal. During these accumulation phases, you may request to change your investment option to any available investment option.

• Immediately following a withdrawal your contract value will be reallocated to the target investment option as shown in your contract if your current investment option is more aggressive than the target investment option. If you are in a static model portfolio, this reallocation will be made to the applicable fund of funds investment option. This automatic reallocation is not included in the total number of allowed model portfolio changes per contract year. The target investment option is currently the Moderate investment option. We reserve the right to change the target investment option to an investment option that is more aggressive than the target investment option after 30 days written notice.

• After you have taken a withdrawal and prior to any benefit reset as described below, you are in a withdrawal phase. During withdrawal phases you may request to change your investment option to the target investment option or any investment option that is more conservative than the target investment option without a benefit reset as described below. If you are in a withdrawal phase and you choose to allocate your contract value to an investment option that is more aggressive than the target or investment option, you will be in the accumulation phase again. If this is done after the waiting period, your rider benefit will be reset as follows: the BB, PBG and WAB will be reset to the contract value, if less than their current amount; and the ALP and RALP, if available, will be recalculated.

You may request to change your investment option by written request on an authorized form or by another method agreed to by us.

•

Non-Cancelable: Once elected, theSecureSource Stages rider may not be cancelled (except as provided under “Rider Termination” heading below) and the fee will continue to be deducted until the contract or rider is terminated or the contract value reduces to zero (described below).

Dissolution of marriage does not terminate theSecureSource Stages — Joint Life rider and will not reduce the fee we charge for this rider. The benefit under theSecureSource Stages — Joint Life rider continues for the covered spouse who is the owner of the contract (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural or revocable trust ownership). The rider will terminate at the death of the contract owner because the original covered spouse will be unable to elect the spousal continuation provision of the contract (see “Joint Life only: Covered Spouses” below).

188    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity �� Prospectus

•	Joint Life: Limitations on Contract Owners, Annuitants and Beneficiaries: Since the joint life benefit will terminate unless the surviving covered spouse continues the contract under the spousal option to continue the contract upon the owner’s death provision, only ownership arrangements that permit such continuation are allowed at rider issue. In general, the covered spouses should be joint owners, or one covered spouse should be the owner and the other covered spouse should be named as the sole primary beneficiary.
	You are responsible for establishing ownership arrangements that will allow for spousal continuation.
	If you select theSecureSource Stages — Joint Life rider, please consider carefully whether or not you wish to change the beneficiary of your annuity contract. The rider will terminate if the surviving covered spouse cannot utilize the spousal continuation provision of the contract when the death benefit is payable.
•	Limitations on Purchase Payments: We reserve the right to limit the cumulative amount of purchase payments (subject to state restrictions), which may limit your ability to make additional purchase payments to increase your contract value as you may have originally intended. For current purchase payment restrictions, please see “Buying Your Contract —Purchase Payments”.
•	Interaction with Total Free Amount (FA) contract provision: The FA is the amount you are allowed to withdraw from the contract in each contract year without incurring a surrender charge (see “Charges — Surrender Charge”). The FA may be greater than the remaining annual lifetime payment under this rider. Any amount you withdraw under the contract’s FA provision that exceeds the remaining annual lifetime payment is subject to the excess withdrawal processing described below. Also, any amount you withdraw during the waiting period will set all benefits under the rider to zero until the end of the waiting period when they will be reestablished based on the contract value at that time.

You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of the rider in your tax situation because:

• Tax Considerations for Nonqualified Annuities:Under current federal income tax law, withdrawals under nonqualified annuities, including withdrawals taken from the contract under the terms of the rider, are treated less favorably than amounts received as annuity payments under the contract (see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities”). Withdrawals are taxable income to the extent of earnings. Withdrawal of earnings before age 59½ may also incur a 10% IRS early withdrawal penalty. You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of the rider in your tax situation.

• Tax Considerations for Qualified Annuities: Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). If you have a qualified annuity, you may need to take an RMD during the waiting period and such withdrawals will set all benefits under the rider to zero until the end of the waiting period when they will be reestablished based on the contract value at that time. While the rider permits certain excess withdrawals to be taken after the waiting period for the purpose of satisfying RMD requirements for your contract alone without reducing future benefits guaranteed under the rider, there can be no guarantee that changes in the federal income tax law after the effective date of the rider will not require a larger RMD to be taken, in which case, future guaranteed withdrawals under the rider could be reduced. See Appendix E for additional information.

• Treatment of non-spousal distributions: Unless you are married your beneficiary will be required to take distributions as a non-spouse which may result in significantly decreasing the value of the rider. Please note civil unions and domestic partnerships generally are not recognized as marriages for federal tax purposes. For additional information see “Taxes — Other — Spousal status” section of this prospectus.

• Limitations on Tax-Sheltered Annuities (TSAs): Your right to take withdrawals is restricted if your contract is a TSA (see “TSA — Special Provisions”).

Lifetime Benefit Description

Single Life only:Covered Person: the person whose life is used to determine when the annual lifetime payment is established, and the duration of the ALP payments (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below). The covered person is the oldest contract owner. If any owner is a nonnatural person (e.g., an irrevocable trust or corporation) or a revocable trust, the covered person is the oldest annuitant.

Joint Life only: CoveredSpouses: the contract owner and his or her legally married spouse as defined under federal law, as named on the application for as long as the marriage is valid and in effect. If any contract owner is a nonnatural person (e.g., an irrevocable trust or corporation) or a revocable trust, the covered spouses are the annuitant and the legally married spouse of the annuitant. The covered spouses lives are used to determine when the annual lifetime payment is established, and the duration of the ALP payments (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below). The covered spouses are established on the rider effective date and cannot be changed.

Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP): the lifetime benefit amount available each contract year after the waiting period and after the covered person (Joint Life: younger covered spouses) has reached age 50. When the ALP is established and at all times thereafter, the ALP is equal to the BB multiplied by the lifetime payment percentage. Anytime the lifetime

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    189

payment percentage or BB changes as described below, the ALP will be recalculated. When the ALP is available, the first withdrawal taken in each contract year will set and fix the lifetime payment percentage for the remainder of the contract year.

If you withdraw less than the ALP in a contract year, the unused portion does not carry over to future contract years.

Single Life: The ALP is established on the later of the rider effective date if the covered person has reached age 50, or the date the covered person’s attained age equals age 50. The ALP will be available on later of the rider anniversary after the waiting period, or the date the covered person’s attained age equals age 50.

Joint Life: The ALP is established on the earliest of the following dates:

• The rider effective date if the younger covered spouse has already reached age 50.

• The date the younger covered spouse’s attained age equals age 50.

• Upon the first death of a covered spouse, then either: (a) the date we receive a written request when the death benefit is not payable and the surviving covered spouse has already reached age 50, (b) the date spousal continuation is effective when the death benefit is payable and the surviving covered spouse has already reached age 50, or (c) the date the surviving covered spouse reaches age 50.

• Following dissolution of marriage of the covered spouses, then either (a) the date we receive a written request if the remaining covered spouse who is the owner (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural or revocable trust ownership) has already reached age 50, or (b) the date the remaining covered spouse who is the owner (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural or revocable trust ownership) reaches age 50.

The ALP will be available on later of the rider anniversary after the waiting period, or the date the ALP is established.

Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (RALP): the remaining annual lifetime payment guaranteed for withdrawal after any withdrawals are made. The RALP is established at the same time as the ALP. The RALP will be zero during the waiting period. After the waiting period, the RALP equals the ALP less all withdrawals in the current contract year, but it will not be less than zero.

Lifetime Payment Percentage: used to calculate the annual lifetime payment. Two percentages are used for a given age band, percentage A or percentage B, depending on the factors described below.

For ages:

• 50-58, percentage A is 4% and percentage B is 3%.

• 59-64, percentage A is 5% and percentage B is 4%.

• 65-79, percentage A is 6% and percentage B is 5%.

• 80 and older, percentage A is 7% and percentage B is 6%.

The age band for the lifetime payment percentage is determined at the following times:

• When the ALP is established: The age band for the lifetime payment percentage used to calculate the initial ALP is the percentage for the covered person’s attained age (Joint Life: younger covered spouses attained age).

• On the covered person’s subsequent birthdays (Joint Life: younger covered spouses subsequent birthdays): Except as noted below, if the covered person’s new attained age (Joint Life: younger covered spouses attained age) is in a higher age band, then the higher age band will be used to determine the appropriate lifetime payment percentage. (However, if you decline any annual rider fee increase or if a withdrawal has been taken since the ALP was made available, then the lifetime payment percentage will not change on subsequent birthdays.)

• Upon annual step-ups (see “Annual step ups” below).

• For the Joint life rider, upon death or change in marital status: In the event of death or dissolution of marriage: (A) If no withdrawal has been taken since the ALP was available and no annual rider fee increase has been declined, the lifetime payment percentage will be reset based on the Age Band for the remaining covered spouse’s attained age. (B) If the ALP is not established but the remaining covered spouse has reached the youngest age in the first Age Band, the remaining covered spouse’s attained age will be used to determine the age band for the lifetime payment percentage. In the event of remarriage of the covered spouses to each other, the lifetime payment percentage used is the percentage for the younger covered spouse’s attained age.

The following determines whether Percentage A or Percentage B is used for each applicable age band:

During the waiting period, percentage A will be used to determine the amount payable to beneficiaries under the principal back guarantee (PBG).

After the waiting period, a comparison of your contract value and the withdrawal adjustment base (WAB) determines whether percentage A or percentage B is used to calculate the ALP unless the percentage is fixed as described below.

190    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

On each valuation date, if the benefit determining percentage is less than the 20% adjustment threshold, then percentage A is used in calculating your ALP, otherwise percentage B is used. The benefit determining percentage is calculated as follows, but it will not be less than zero:

1– (a/b) where:

a	=	Contract value at the end of the prior valuation period
b	=	WAB at the end of the prior valuation period

After the ALP is available, the first withdrawal taken in each contract year will set and fix the lifetime payment percentage for the remainder of the contract year. Beginning on the next rider anniversary, the lifetime payment percentage can change on each valuation day as described above until a withdrawal is taken in that contract year.

Under certain limited situations, your Lifetime Payment Percentage will not vary each contract year. Percentage A or percentage B will be determined at the earliest of (1), (2) or (3) below and remain fixed for as long as the benefit is payable:

• if the ALP is established, when your contract value on a rider anniversary is less than two times the benefit base (BB) multiplied by percentage B for your current age band, or

• when the contract value reduces to zero, or

• on the date of death (Joint Life: remaining covered spouse’s date of death) when a death benefit is payable.

For certain periods of time at our discretion and on a non-discriminatory basis, your lifetime payment percentage may be set by us to percentage A if more favorable to you.

Determination of Adjustments of Benefit Values:Your lifetime benefit values and principal back guarantee (PBG) are determined at the following times and are subject to a maximum benefit base (BB), credit base (CB), withdrawal adjustment base (WAB) and PBG amount of $10 million each:

• On the contract date: The WAB, CB, BB and PBG are set equal to the initial purchase payment.

• When an additional purchase payment is made: Before a withdrawal is taken in the waiting period and at any time after the waiting period, the WAB, CB (unless it has been permanently set to zero), BB and PBG will be increased by the amount of each additional purchase payment.

• When a withdrawal is taken: If the CB is greater than zero, the CB will be permanently reset to zero when the first withdrawal is taken, and there will be no additional rider credits. If the first withdrawal is taken during the waiting period, the WAB, BB and PBG will be set equal to zero until the end of the waiting period.

• Whenever a withdrawal is taken after the waiting period:

(a)	the WAB will be reduced by the “adjustment for withdrawal,” as defined below.
(b)	if the ALP is established and the withdrawal is less than or equal to the RALP, the BB does not change and the PBG is reduced by the amount of the withdrawal, but it will not be less than zero.
(c)	if the ALP is not established, excess withdrawal processing will occur as follows. The BB will be reduced by the “adjustment for withdrawal,” and the PBG will be reduced by the greater of the amount of the withdrawal or the “adjustment for withdrawal,” but it will not be less than zero.
(d)	If the ALP is established and the withdrawal is greater than the RALP, excess withdrawal processing will occur as follows:
	The PBG will be reset to the lesser of:
	(i) the PBG reduced by the amount of the withdrawal, but it will not be less than zero; or

(ii) the PBG minus the RALP on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal and further reduced by an amount calculated as follows, but it will not be less than zero:

a × b	where:
c

a	=	the amount of the withdrawal minus the RALP
b	=	the PBG minus the RALP on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal
c	=	the contract value on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal minus the RALP

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    191

The BB will be reduced by an amount as calculated below:

d × e	where:
f

d	=	the amount of the withdrawal minus the RALP
e	=	the BB on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal
f	=	the contract value on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal minus the RALP.

Adjustment for Withdrawal Definition: When the WAB, PBG or BB is reduced by a withdrawal in the same proportion as the contract value is reduced, the proportional amount deducted is the “adjustment for withdrawal.” The “adjustment for withdrawal” is calculated as follows:

g × h	where:
i

g	=	the amount the contract value is reduced by the withdrawal
h	=	the WAB, BB or PGB (as applicable) on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal
I	=	the contract value on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal.

Rider Anniversary Processing: The following describes how the WAB, BB and PBG are calculated on rider anniversaries, subject to the maximum amount of $10 million for each, and how the lifetime payment percentage can change on rider anniversaries.

• On the rider anniversary following the waiting period: If a withdrawal was taken during the waiting period and you did not decline any annual rider fee increase as described in the rider charges provision, the BB, WAB and PBG are reset to the contract value. If a withdrawal was taken during the waiting period and you declined any annual rider fee increase, the BB and PBG are reset to the lesser of (1) the BB or PBG (as applicable) at the time of the first withdrawal, plus any additional purchase payments since the time of the first withdrawal, minus all withdrawals, or (2) the contract value. The WAB will be reset to the BB.

• The WAB on rider anniversaries: Unless you decline any annual rider fee increase or take a withdrawal during the waiting period, the WAB (after any rider credit is added) will be increased to the contract value, if the contract value is greater. If a withdrawal was taken during the waiting period, the WAB will be increased to the contract value, if the contract value is greater, starting on the rider anniversary following the waiting period.

Rider Credits: If you did not take any withdrawals and you did not decline any annual rider fee increase, a rider credit may be available for the first ten rider anniversaries. On the first rider anniversary, the rider credit equals the credit base (CB) 180 days following the rider effective date multiplied by 8%. On any subsequent rider credit anniversaries, the rider credit equals the CB as of the prior rider anniversary multiplied by 6%. On the first rider anniversary the BB and WAB will be set to the greater of the current BB, or the BB 180 days following the contract date increased by the rider credit and any additional purchase payments since 180 days following the rider effective date. On any subsequent rider credit anniversaries the BB and WAB will be set to the greater of the current BB, or the BB on the prior rider anniversary increased by the rider credit and any additional purchase payments since the prior rider anniversary. If the CB is greater than zero, the CB will be permanently reset to zero on the 10th rider anniversary after any adjustment to the WAB and BB, and there will be no additional rider credits.

Annual step ups: Beginning with the first rider anniversary, an annual step-up may be available. If you take any withdrawals during the waiting period, the annual step-up will not be available until the 3rd rider anniversary. If you decline any annual rider fee increase, future annual step-ups will no longer be available.

The annual step-up will be executed on any rider anniversary where the contract value (after charges are deducted) is greater than the PBG or the BB after any rider credit is added. If an annual step-up is executed, the PBG, BB and lifetime payment percentage will be adjusted as follows: The PBG will be increased to the contract value, if the contract value is greater. The BB (after any rider credit is added) will be increased to the contract value, if the contract value is greater. If the covered person’s attained age (Joint Life: younger covered spouses attained age) on the rider anniversary is in a higher age band and (1) there is an increase to BB due to a step-up or (2) the BB is at the maximum of $10,000,000 so there was no step-up of the BB, then the higher age band will be used to determine the appropriate lifetime payment percentage, regardless of any prior withdrawals.

Other Provisions

Required Minimum Distributions (RMD): If you are taking RMDs from your contract and your RMD calculated separately for your contract is greater than the remaining annual lifetime payment on the most recent contract anniversary, the portion of your RMD that exceeds the benefit amount will not be subject to excess withdrawal processing provided that the following conditions are met:

• The withdrawal is after the waiting period;

192    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• The annual lifetime payment is available;

• The RMD is for your contract alone;

• The RMD is based on your recalculated life expectancy taken from the Uniform Lifetime Table under the Code; and

• The RMD amount is otherwise based on the requirements of section 401(a) (9), related Code provisions and regulations thereunder that were in effect on the contract date.

RMD rules follow the calendar year which most likely does not coincide with your contract year and therefore may limit when you can take your RMD and not be subject to excess withdrawal processing. A withdrawal during the waiting period will reset the benefit base, the withdrawal adjustment base and the principal back guarantee to the contract value at the end of the waiting period. After the waiting period, a withdrawal taken before the annual lifetime payment is established or withdrawing amounts greater than the remaining annual lifetime payment that do not meet these conditions will result in excess withdrawal processing. The amount in excess of the RALP that is not subject to excess withdrawal processing will be recalculated if the ALP changes due to lifetime payment percentage changes. See Appendix E for additional information.

Spousal Option to Continue the Contract upon Owner’s Death (Spousal Continuation):

Single Life: If a surviving spouse elects to continue the contract and continues the contract as the new owner under the spousal continuation provision of the contract, theSecureSource Stages — Single Life rider terminates.

Joint Life: If a surviving spouse is a covered spouse and elects the spousal continuation provision of the contract as the new owner, theSecureSource Stages — Joint Life rider also continues. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate. The surviving covered spouse can name a new beneficiary; however, a new covered spouse cannot be added to the rider.

At the time of spousal continuation, a step-up may be available. If you decline a rider fee increase or the spousal continuation occurs during the waiting period and a withdrawal was taken, a step up is not available. All annual step-up rules (see “Rider Anniversary Processing — Annual Step-Up” heading above) also apply to the spousal continuation step-up. The WAB will be increased to the contract value if the contract value is greater. The spousal continuation step-up is processed on the valuation date spousal continuation is effective.

Rules for Surrender: Minimum account values following surrender no longer apply to your contract. For withdrawals, the withdrawal will be taken from all accounts and the variable subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to the contract value. You cannot specify from which accounts the withdrawal is to be taken.

If your contract value is reduced to zero, the CB, if greater than zero, will be permanently reset to zero, and there will be no additional rider credits. Also, the following will occur:

• If the ALP is not established and if the contract value is reduced to zero as a result of market performance, fees or charges, then the owner must wait until the ALP would be established, and the ALP will be paid annually until the death of the covered person (Joint Life: both covered spouses).

• If the ALP is established and if the contract value is reduced to zero as a result of market performance, fees or charges, or as a result of a withdrawal that is less than or equal to the RALP, then the owner will receive the ALP paid annually until the death of the covered person (Joint Life: both covered spouses).

In either case above:

– These annualized amounts will be paid in monthly installments. If the monthly payment is less than $100, We have the right to change the frequency, but no less frequently than annually.

– We will no longer accept additional purchase payments.

– No more charges will be collected for the rider.

– The current ALP is fixed for as long as payments are made.

– The death benefit becomes the remaining schedule of annual lifetime payments, if any, until total payments to the owner and the beneficiary are equal to the PBG at the time the contract value falls to zero.

– The amount paid in the current contract year will be reduced for any prior withdrawals in that year.

• If the ALP is not established and if the contract value is reduced to zero as a result of a withdrawal taken before the ALP is established, this rider and the contract will terminate.

• If the ALP is established and if the contract value is reduced to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RALP, this rider and the contract will terminate.

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    193

At Death:

Single Life: If the contract is jointly owned and an owner dies when the contract value is greater than zero, the lifetime benefit for the covered person will cease even if the covered person is still living or if the contract is continued under the spousal continuation option.

Joint Life: If the death benefit becomes payable at the death of a covered spouse, the surviving covered spouse must utilize the spousal continuation option to continue the lifetime benefit. If spousal continuation is not available, the rider terminates. The lifetime benefit ends at the death of the surviving covered spouse.

If the contract value is greater than zero when the death benefit becomes payable, the beneficiary may:

• elect to take the death benefit under the terms of the contract, or

• elect to take the principal back guarantee available under this rider, or

• continue the contract and theSecureSource Stages rider under the spousal continuation option.

For single and joint life, the beneficiary may elect the principal back guarantee under this rider if payments begin no later than one year after your death and the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy. If elected, the following will occur:

• If the PBG is greater than zero and the ALP is established, the ALP on the date of death will be paid until total payments to the beneficiary are equal to the PBG on the date of death.

• If the PBG is greater than zero and the ALP is not established, the BB on the date of death multiplied by the lifetime payment percentage used for the youngest age of the covered spouses in the first age band shown on the contract data page will be paid annually until total payments to the beneficiary are equal to the PBG on the date of death.

In either of the above cases:

• After the date of death, there will be no additional rider credits or annual step-ups.

• The lifetime payment percentage used will be set as of the date of death.

• The amount paid in the current contract year will be reduced for any prior withdrawals in that year.

On the date of death (Joint Life: remaining covered spouse’s date of death), if the CB is greater than zero, the CB will be permanently reset to zero, and there will be no additional rider credits.

If the PBG equals zero, the benefit terminates. No further payments are made.

Contract Ownership Change:

Single Life: If allowed by state law, change of ownership is subject to our approval. If there is a change of ownership and the covered person remains the same, the rider continues with no change to any of the rider benefits. Effective May 1, 2016, joint ownership and joint annuitants are not allowed except for contracts issued in California. If there is a change of ownership and the covered person would be different, the rider terminates.

Joint Life: Ownership changes are only allowed between the covered spouses or their revocable trust(s) and are subject to our approval, if allowed by state law. No other ownership changes are allowed as long as the rider is in force.

Assignment: If allowed by state law, an assignment is subject to our approval.

Annuity Provisions: You can choose one of the payout options available under the contract or an alternative fixed annuity payout option available under theSecureSource Stages rider. Under the rider’s payout option, the minimum amount payable shown in Table B, will not apply and you will receive the annual lifetime payment provided by this rider until the later of the death of the covered person (Joint Life: both covered spouses) or depletion of the principal back guarantee. If you choose to receive the ALP, the amount payable each year will be equal to the annual lifetime payment on the annuitization start date. The amount paid in the current contract year will be reduced for any prior withdrawals in that year. These annualized amounts will be paid in monthly installments. If the monthly payment is less than $100, we have the right to change the frequency, but no less frequently than annually.For more information on annuity payout plans, please see “The Annuity Payout Period - Annuity Payout Plans.”

If you choose to receive the ALP rather than a payout option available under the contract, all other contract features, rider features and charges terminate after the annuitization start date except for the PBG.

Rider Termination

TheSecureSource Stages rider cannot be terminated either by you or us except as follows:

• Single Life: a change of ownership that would result in a different covered person will terminate the rider.

• Single Life: after the death benefit is payable, the rider will terminate.

• Single Life: spousal continuation will terminate the rider.

194    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• Joint Life: After the death benefit is payable the rider will terminate if anyone other than a covered spouse continues the contract. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate.

• On the annuitization start date, the rider will terminate.

• You may terminate the rider if your annual rider fee would increase more than 0.25 percentage points (See “Charges —SecureSource Stages rider fee”)

• When the contract value is reduced to zero and either the withdrawal taken when the annual lifetime payment is not established or a withdrawal in excess of the remaining annual lifetime payment is taken, the rider will terminate.

• Termination of the contract for any reason will terminate the rider.

For an example, see Appendix D.

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    195

Appendix P: Withdrawal Benefit Riders: Electing Step Up or Spousal Continuation Step Up

Example — Withdrawal Benefit Riders: Electing Step Up or Spousal Continuation Step Up

Assumptions:

This example assumes that the covered person (for joint life, younger covered spouse) is 65 or older and there are no additional purchase payments or withdrawals.

•	You own a RiverSource variable annuity with a withdrawal benefit rider. You are currently invested in the Variable Portfolio — Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2) (a Portfolio Navigator fund) with a current rider fee of 0.65%.
	Your Contract Value (CV) is $100,000 and your withdrawal benefit rider currently provides the following benefits:

1)	You can withdraw $6,000 a year for the rest of your life. This is your Annual Lifetime Payment. Or
2)	You can withdraw $7,000 a year until you have withdrawn a total of $100,000. This is your Guaranteed Benefit Payment.

Based on your current CV, you will pay a rider fee of approximately $650 on your next annuity contract anniversary.

•	The annual fee for this rider has increased to 0.95% for clients invested in the Variable Portfolio — Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2).
	The following compares certain options available to you. Changes to rider values or fees are presented for two different scenarios where your CV increases to either $110,000 or $101,000 over the contract year:

1) Elect to lock in your contract gains to your benefit values (step up):

	CV of $110,000	CV of $101,000
Increase in Annual Lifetime Payment	$600	$60
Increase in Guaranteed Benefit Payment	$700	$70
Increase in Annual Rider Fee	0.30%	0.30%
Increase in Annual Contract Charge	$330	$303

Automatic step ups will continue on your next anniversary (if available under your rider).

2) Do not elect to lock in your contract gains (no step up):

	CV of $110,000	CV of $101,000
Increase in Annual Lifetime Payment	$0	$0
Increase in Guaranteed Benefit Payment	$0	$0
Increase in Annual Rider Fee	0%	0%
Increase in Annual Contract Charge	$65	$6.50

Your rider fee will not change, although the dollar amount of your annual charge will change as your CV changes. On your next anniversary, you will again have the option to elect the step up (lock in contract gains)

3) Move to one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds and elect the step up:

	CV of $110,000	CV of $101,000
Increase in Annual Lifetime Payment	$600	$60
Increase in Guaranteed Benefit Payment	$700	$70
Increase in Annual Rider Fee	0%	0%
Increase in Annual Contract Charge	$65	$6.50

Your rider fee will not change, although the dollar amount of your annual charge will change as your CV changes. Automatic step ups will continue on your next anniversary (if available under your rider).

The above example is for illustrative purposes only. The assumptions and calculations used are not intended to be consistent with any one rider, but instead are intended to provide an idea of how different scenarios would operate. Your specific rider may use different calculations for fees or have different benefits available. For a full description and rules applicable to step up options under your rider, please see the “Optional Living Benefits” section.

Electing to step up may result in different increases to the annual rider charge relative to the increase in your rider values. You should weigh the resulting increased charge due to the step up versus the increases to your benefits to determine the option that is best for you.

196    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix Q: Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)

The following tables give per-unit information about the financial history of the subaccounts representing the lowest and highest total annual variable account expense combinations. The date in which operations commenced in each subaccount is noted in parentheses. The SAI contains tables that give per-unit information about the financial history of each existing subaccount. We have not provided this information for subaccounts (if any) that were not available under your contract as of December 31, 2019. You may obtain a copy of the SAI without charge by contacting us at the telephone number or address listed on the first page of the prospectus.

Variable account charges of 1.45% of the daily net assets of the variable account.

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
AB VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio (Class B) (11/6/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.52	$1.71	$1.28	$1.31	$1.29	$1.25	$1.03	$0.92	$1.22	$1.05
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.94	$1.52	$1.71	$1.28	$1.31	$1.29	$1.25	$1.03	$0.92	$1.22
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	14	14	29	34	39	41	47	90	114	144
AB VPS Growth and Income Portfolio (Class B) (11/6/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.28	$2.46	$2.11	$1.92	$1.92	$1.79	$1.35	$1.17	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.78	$2.28	$2.46	$2.11	$1.92	$1.92	$1.79	$1.35	$1.17	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	24	30	39	41	42	83	95	159	183	201
AB VPS International Value Portfolio (Class B) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.10	$1.45	$1.17	$1.20	$1.19	$1.29	$1.07	$0.95	$1.19	$1.16
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.27	$1.10	$1.45	$1.17	$1.20	$1.19	$1.29	$1.07	$0.95	$1.19
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	307	323	325	448	512	715	918	1,503	1,866	1,831
American Century VP Mid Cap Value, Class II (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.82	$2.12	$1.93	$1.60	$1.65	$1.44	$1.12	$0.98	$1.00	$0.86
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.32	$1.82	$2.12	$1.93	$1.60	$1.65	$1.44	$1.12	$0.98	$1.00
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	53	53	—
American Century VP Ultra®, Class II (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.38	$2.40	$1.85	$1.80	$1.72	$1.59	$1.18	$1.05	$1.06	$0.92
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.16	$2.38	$2.40	$1.85	$1.80	$1.72	$1.59	$1.18	$1.05	$1.06
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	150	178	240	334	400	623	964	1,629	2,157	2,614
American Century VP Value, Class II (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.02	$2.26	$2.12	$1.78	$1.89	$1.70	$1.31	$1.16	$1.17	$1.05
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.53	$2.02	$2.26	$2.12	$1.78	$1.89	$1.70	$1.31	$1.16	$1.17
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	4	20	21	22	24	26	28	29	34
BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Equity Portfolio - Service Shares* (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.89	$1.08	$0.86	$0.93	$0.93	$0.97	$0.84	$0.69	$0.83	$0.76
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.05	$0.89	$1.08	$0.86	$0.93	$0.93	$0.97	$0.84	$0.69	$0.83
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	44	47	51	63	66	82	84	59
*BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Equity Portfolio - Service Shares is scheduled to liquidate on or about April 30, 2020.
BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Value Portfolio - Service Shares* (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.16	$1.42	$1.12	$1.16	$1.21	$1.36	$1.12	$1.01	$1.27	$1.23
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.39	$1.16	$1.42	$1.12	$1.16	$1.21	$1.36	$1.12	$1.01	$1.27
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	2
*BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Value Portfolio - Service Shares is scheduled to liquidate on or about April 30, 2020.
ClearBridge Variable Small Cap Growth Portfolio – Class I (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.25	$2.20	$1.80	$1.72	$1.83	$1.78	$1.23	$1.05	$1.05	$0.85
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.81	$2.25	$2.20	$1.80	$1.72	$1.83	$1.78	$1.23	$1.05	$1.05
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	12	13	14	22	23	53	55	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.42	$1.50	$1.22	$1.15	$1.16	$1.02	$0.77	$0.69	$0.66	$0.57
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.74	$1.42	$1.50	$1.22	$1.15	$1.16	$1.02	$0.77	$0.69	$0.66
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	427	529	613	870	1,001	1,182	1,522	2,453	2,709	3,592
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.67	$2.88	$2.56	$2.29	$2.39	$2.20	$1.76	$1.57	$1.68	$1.46
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.27	$2.67	$2.88	$2.56	$2.29	$2.39	$2.20	$1.76	$1.57	$1.68
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	310	353	442	550	651	877	1,292	2,074	2,844	3,253
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Emerging Markets Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.30	$2.97	$2.05	$1.98	$2.21	$2.29	$2.37	$1.99	$2.56	$2.17
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.98	$2.30	$2.97	$2.05	$1.98	$2.21	$2.29	$2.37	$1.99	$2.56
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	98	119	126	193	248	321	407	542	716	670

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    197

Variable account charges of 1.45% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund (Class 3) (11/6/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.95	$0.95	$0.96	$0.97	$0.99	$1.00	$1.02	$1.03	$1.05	$1.06
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.95	$0.95	$0.95	$0.96	$0.97	$0.99	$1.00	$1.02	$1.03	$1.05
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,626	1,796	1,876	2,264	833	888	1,253	1,361	1,536	2,911
Columbia Variable Portfolio – High Yield Bond Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.16	$2.28	$2.17	$1.97	$2.03	$1.98	$1.90	$1.66	$1.60	$1.42
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.48	$2.16	$2.28	$2.17	$1.97	$2.03	$1.98	$1.90	$1.66	$1.60
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	51	56	91	117	230	281	365	671	583	678
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Income Opportunities Fund (Class 3) (6/1/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.00	$2.11	$2.01	$1.84	$1.89	$1.85	$1.78	$1.58	$1.51	$1.35
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.29	$2.00	$2.11	$2.01	$1.84	$1.89	$1.85	$1.78	$1.58	$1.51
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	131	146	168	205	97	110	133	166	215	256
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3) (11/6/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.42	$1.44	$1.41	$1.37	$1.38	$1.33	$1.39	$1.31	$1.24	$1.17
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.53	$1.42	$1.44	$1.41	$1.37	$1.38	$1.33	$1.39	$1.31	$1.24
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	398	478	532	644	745	933	1,027	1,128	1,322	2,221
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Growth Fund (Class 3) (11/6/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.37	$2.51	$1.99	$2.00	$1.86	$1.65	$1.29	$1.09	$1.14	$0.99
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.17	$2.37	$2.51	$1.99	$2.00	$1.86	$1.65	$1.29	$1.09	$1.14
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	4
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Index Fund (Class 3) (11/6/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.45	$2.61	$2.18	$1.99	$2.00	$1.79	$1.38	$1.21	$1.21	$1.07
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.16	$2.45	$2.61	$2.18	$1.99	$2.00	$1.79	$1.38	$1.21	$1.21
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	311	314	315	316	340	342	345	352	366	375
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Overseas Core Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.55	$1.89	$1.50	$1.62	$1.57	$1.74	$1.45	$1.25	$1.44	$1.29
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.91	$1.55	$1.89	$1.50	$1.62	$1.57	$1.74	$1.45	$1.25	$1.44
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Select Mid Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.43	$1.68	$1.50	$1.34	$1.43	$1.29	$0.95	$0.82	$0.90	$0.75
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.86	$1.43	$1.68	$1.50	$1.34	$1.43	$1.29	$0.95	$0.82	$0.90
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	28	29	32	34	38	41	44	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Small Cap Value Fund (Class 2) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.22	$2.76	$2.45	$1.88	$2.03	$2.00	$1.51	$1.38	$1.49	$1.20
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.65	$2.22	$2.76	$2.45	$1.88	$2.03	$2.00	$1.51	$1.38	$1.49
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	44	42	43	63	84	94	115	179	218	239
Columbia Variable Portfolio – U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.28	$1.28	$1.25	$1.24	$1.24	$1.19	$1.24	$1.23	$1.23	$1.22
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.34	$1.28	$1.28	$1.25	$1.24	$1.24	$1.19	$1.24	$1.23	$1.23
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	143	180	206	283	320	428	560	681	944	1,141
Credit Suisse Trust – Commodity Return Strategy Portfolio (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.42	$0.48	$0.48	$0.43	$0.59	$0.72	$0.81	$0.84	$0.97	$0.85
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.44	$0.42	$0.48	$0.48	$0.43	$0.59	$0.72	$0.81	$0.84	$0.97
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	17	18	19	22	24	25	26	24
CTIVP® – BlackRock Global Inflation-Protected Securities Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.35	$1.38	$1.36	$1.27	$1.31	$1.22	$1.31	$1.26	$1.16	$1.13
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.43	$1.35	$1.38	$1.36	$1.27	$1.31	$1.22	$1.31	$1.26	$1.16
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	110	113	129	149	202	238	305	347	383	489
CTIVP® – Loomis Sayles Growth Fund (Class 1) (4/29/2016)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.33	$1.38	$1.05	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.73	$1.33	$1.38	$1.05	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	96	106	188	276	—	—	—	—	—	—
CTIVP® – Victory Sycamore Established Value Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.45	$2.76	$2.42	$2.04	$2.06	$1.87	$1.39	$1.21	$1.31	$1.09
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.09	$2.45	$2.76	$2.42	$2.04	$2.06	$1.87	$1.39	$1.21	$1.31
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Eaton Vance VT Floating-Rate Income Fund – Initial Class (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.23	$1.25	$1.23	$1.14	$1.17	$1.18	$1.16	$1.09	$1.08	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.30	$1.23	$1.25	$1.23	$1.14	$1.17	$1.18	$1.16	$1.09	$1.08
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	55	53	62	74	185	244	265	323	348	447

198    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.45% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Fidelity® VIP ContrafundSM Portfolio Service Class 2 (11/6/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.70	$2.94	$2.45	$2.31	$2.33	$2.12	$1.64	$1.43	$1.50	$1.30
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.50	$2.70	$2.94	$2.45	$2.31	$2.33	$2.12	$1.64	$1.43	$1.50
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	494	583	705	843	995	1,560	2,260	3,270	4,207	5,203
Fidelity® VIP Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Service Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.40	$1.43	$1.39	$1.35	$1.38	$1.33	$1.38	$1.32	$1.25	$1.18
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.51	$1.40	$1.43	$1.39	$1.35	$1.38	$1.33	$1.38	$1.32	$1.25
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	377	420	492	559	676	873	1,187	1,483	1,880	2,375
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2 (5/1/2001)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.56	$4.23	$3.56	$3.23	$3.33	$3.19	$2.38	$2.11	$2.40	$1.89
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.32	$3.56	$4.23	$3.56	$3.23	$3.33	$3.19	$2.38	$2.11	$2.40
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	153	191	254	309	370	458	612	939	1,297	1,658
Fidelity® VIP Overseas Portfolio Service Class 2 (11/6/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.65	$1.97	$1.54	$1.65	$1.62	$1.79	$1.40	$1.18	$1.44	$1.30
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.07	$1.65	$1.97	$1.54	$1.65	$1.62	$1.79	$1.40	$1.18	$1.44
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	41	57	65	91	94	221	290	355	466	480
Franklin Income VIP Fund – Class 2 (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.35	$2.49	$2.31	$2.05	$2.24	$2.17	$1.94	$1.74	$1.73	$1.56
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.69	$2.35	$2.49	$2.31	$2.05	$2.24	$2.17	$1.94	$1.74	$1.73
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	285	336	424	459	517	738	919	1,250	1,647	1,877
Goldman Sachs VIT Mid Cap Value Fund – Institutional Shares (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$4.58	$5.19	$4.74	$4.24	$4.73	$4.22	$3.22	$2.76	$2.99	$2.43
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$5.94	$4.58	$5.19	$4.74	$4.24	$4.73	$4.22	$3.22	$2.76	$2.99
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	125	150	172	210	258	321	434	648	967	1,131
Goldman Sachs VIT U.S. Equity Insights Fund – Institutional Shares (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.81	$1.95	$1.60	$1.46	$1.49	$1.30	$0.96	$0.85	$0.83	$0.74
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.23	$1.81	$1.95	$1.60	$1.46	$1.49	$1.30	$0.96	$0.85	$0.83
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	39	46	102	119	141	177	232	306	629	876
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund, Series II Shares (11/6/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.99	$2.15	$1.72	$1.79	$1.76	$1.55	$1.22	$1.08	$1.11	$1.04
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.66	$1.99	$2.15	$1.72	$1.79	$1.76	$1.55	$1.22	$1.08	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	152	178	277	353	454	737	1,060	1,489	1,933	2,305
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.49	$2.92	$2.17	$2.21	$2.16	$2.15	$1.71	$1.44	$1.60	$1.40
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.22	$2.49	$2.92	$2.17	$2.21	$2.16	$2.15	$1.71	$1.44	$1.60
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	48	61	84	105	163	205	334	488	627	986
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Strategic Income Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.77	$1.88	$1.80	$1.72	$1.79	$1.77	$1.80	$1.62	$1.63	$1.44
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.93	$1.77	$1.88	$1.80	$1.72	$1.79	$1.77	$1.80	$1.62	$1.63
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	451	514	614	680	847	1,072	1,331	1,712	2,236	2,721
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund, Series II Shares (11/6/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.59	$2.94	$2.62	$2.26	$2.44	$2.22	$1.60	$1.38	$1.43	$1.18
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.22	$2.59	$2.94	$2.62	$2.26	$2.44	$2.22	$1.60	$1.38	$1.43
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	95	98	153	153	152	190	231	265	286	342
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series II Shares (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.74	$1.84	$1.47	$1.46	$1.42	$1.33	$0.96	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.34	$1.74	$1.84	$1.47	$1.46	$1.42	$1.33	$0.96	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	7	11	11	11	12	12	12	12	—	—
Invesco V.I. Comstock Fund, Series II Shares (11/6/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.23	$2.58	$2.23	$1.93	$2.09	$1.94	$1.45	$1.24	$1.29	$1.13
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.75	$2.23	$2.58	$2.23	$1.93	$2.09	$1.94	$1.45	$1.24	$1.29
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	421	488	567	716	875	1,149	1,695	2,833	3,854	4,490
Invesco V.I. Health Care Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.85	$1.87	$1.64	$1.88	$1.86	$1.58	$1.14	$0.96	$0.94	$0.91
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.41	$1.85	$1.87	$1.64	$1.88	$1.86	$1.58	$1.14	$0.96	$0.94
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	36	83	87	48	48	33
Invesco V.I. International Growth Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.03	$1.23	$1.02	$1.04	$1.08	$1.10	$0.94	$0.83	$0.90	$0.81
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.30	$1.03	$1.23	$1.02	$1.04	$1.08	$1.10	$0.94	$0.83	$0.90
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	80	90	88	136	168	183	216	291	359	385

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    199

Variable account charges of 1.45% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares* (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.53	$1.65	$1.37	$1.38	$1.39	$1.31	$0.97	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.02	$1.53	$1.65	$1.37	$1.38	$1.39	$1.31	$0.97	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	45	47	47	12	12	125	127	189	—	—
*Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares is scheduled to merge into Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares sometime during the second quarter of 2020.
Janus Henderson VIT Research Portfolio: Service Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.80	$1.88	$1.49	$1.51	$1.46	$1.31	$1.02	$0.88	$0.94	$0.84
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.40	$1.80	$1.88	$1.49	$1.51	$1.46	$1.31	$1.02	$0.88	$0.94
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	48	54	91	133	151	189	235	321	409	448
MFS® Total Return Series – Service Class (11/6/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.85	$1.99	$1.80	$1.68	$1.72	$1.61	$1.37	$1.26	$1.26	$1.16
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.19	$1.85	$1.99	$1.80	$1.68	$1.72	$1.61	$1.37	$1.26	$1.26
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	291	342	430	493	549	606	679	784	866	1,476
MFS® Utilities Series – Service Class (11/6/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.72	$3.74	$3.31	$3.02	$3.60	$3.25	$2.74	$2.45	$2.34	$2.09
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.57	$3.72	$3.74	$3.31	$3.02	$3.60	$3.25	$2.74	$2.45	$2.34
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	3	4	21	23	25	28	39	40	40	56
Morgan Stanley VIF Discovery Portfolio, Class II Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.96	$1.80	$1.32	$1.47	$1.58	$1.58	$1.17	$1.09	$1.19	$0.91
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.71	$1.96	$1.80	$1.32	$1.47	$1.58	$1.58	$1.17	$1.09	$1.19
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	1	5
Morgan Stanley VIF Global Real Estate Portfolio, Class II Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.97	$1.07	$0.99	$0.98	$1.01	$0.90	$0.89	$0.69	$0.78	$0.65
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.13	$0.97	$1.07	$0.99	$0.98	$1.01	$0.90	$0.89	$0.69	$0.78
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	18	18	19	29	32	82	97	112	134	174
PIMCO VIT All Asset Portfolio, Advisor Class (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.32	$1.41	$1.26	$1.14	$1.27	$1.28	$1.30	$1.15	$1.14	$1.03
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.45	$1.32	$1.41	$1.26	$1.14	$1.27	$1.28	$1.30	$1.15	$1.14
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	48	48	51	84	116	146	167	213	254	274
Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.01	$2.00	$1.99	$1.96	$2.08	$2.07	$2.07	$1.82	$1.86	$1.65
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.02	$2.01	$2.00	$1.99	$1.96	$2.08	$2.07	$2.07	$1.82	$1.86
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	163	167	224	261	348	412	543	709	883	932
Templeton Growth VIP Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.50	$1.78	$1.53	$1.41	$1.53	$1.60	$1.24	$1.04	$1.13	$1.07
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.70	$1.50	$1.78	$1.53	$1.41	$1.53	$1.60	$1.24	$1.04	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	21	24	48	50	53	165	210	224	241	215
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.60	$1.77	$1.51	$1.45	$1.48	$1.42	$1.20	$1.07	$1.12	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.91	$1.60	$1.77	$1.51	$1.45	$1.48	$1.42	$1.20	$1.07	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	500	961	1,237	1,344	1,226	1,506	2,138	1,868	2,958	2,845
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.60	$1.77	$1.51	$1.45	$1.48	$1.43	$1.20	$1.07	$1.12	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.92	$1.60	$1.77	$1.51	$1.45	$1.48	$1.43	$1.20	$1.07	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	3,406	4,057	6,099	8,355	10,202	14,359	20,789	24,028	29,473	35,540
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.19	$1.24	$1.17	$1.15	$1.17	$1.14	$1.12	$1.06	$1.04	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.30	$1.19	$1.24	$1.17	$1.15	$1.17	$1.14	$1.12	$1.06	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,880	1,813	2,542	2,782	2,377	3,220	3,359	5,113	4,906	2,696
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.19	$1.24	$1.17	$1.15	$1.17	$1.14	$1.12	$1.06	$1.04	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.30	$1.19	$1.24	$1.17	$1.15	$1.17	$1.14	$1.12	$1.06	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4,790	5,324	7,528	9,287	9,824	12,123	16,964	22,457	20,689	20,921
Variable Portfolio – Managed Risk Fund (Class 2) (9/18/2017)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.96	$1.03	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.10	$0.96	$1.03	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	162	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Risk U.S. Fund (Class 2) (9/18/2017)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.99	$1.04	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.15	$0.99	$1.04	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—

200    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.45% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.04	$1.08	$1.02	$1.00	$1.03	$1.00	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.15	$1.04	$1.08	$1.02	$1.00	$1.03	$1.00	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	894	968	1,010	1,069	999	1,104	24	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.06	$1.12	$1.02	$1.01	$1.04	$1.01	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.19	$1.06	$1.12	$1.02	$1.01	$1.04	$1.01	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	3,248	3,438	3,882	4,610	4,093	3,258	1,219	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.09	$1.20	$1.03	$1.01	$1.06	$1.03	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.27	$1.09	$1.20	$1.03	$1.01	$1.06	$1.03	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4,497	4,942	4,815	5,246	6,383	5,994	948	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.08	$1.16	$1.03	$1.01	$1.05	$1.02	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.24	$1.08	$1.16	$1.03	$1.01	$1.05	$1.02	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	11,411	13,132	14,699	16,199	17,187	16,510	3,561	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.40	$1.51	$1.35	$1.31	$1.34	$1.29	$1.18	$1.08	$1.09	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.61	$1.40	$1.51	$1.35	$1.31	$1.34	$1.29	$1.18	$1.08	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	20,877	22,344	28,268	33,617	36,030	37,316	34,973	34,689	33,733	30,458
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.41	$1.51	$1.35	$1.31	$1.34	$1.29	$1.18	$1.08	$1.09	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.61	$1.41	$1.51	$1.35	$1.31	$1.34	$1.29	$1.18	$1.08	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	45,630	51,434	59,143	69,218	81,399	92,509	113,322	121,846	127,883	131,141
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.50	$1.64	$1.43	$1.38	$1.41	$1.36	$1.19	$1.08	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.76	$1.50	$1.64	$1.43	$1.38	$1.41	$1.36	$1.19	$1.08	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4,407	6,251	9,426	11,910	14,452	15,382	20,106	22,947	26,527	25,767
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.50	$1.64	$1.43	$1.38	$1.41	$1.36	$1.19	$1.08	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.76	$1.50	$1.64	$1.43	$1.38	$1.41	$1.36	$1.19	$1.08	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	10,233	12,655	16,854	21,514	27,634	34,651	47,799	56,793	66,149	77,624
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.29	$1.37	$1.26	$1.23	$1.25	$1.21	$1.15	$1.07	$1.07	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.44	$1.29	$1.37	$1.26	$1.23	$1.25	$1.21	$1.15	$1.07	$1.07
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2,082	1,915	3,301	4,312	4,810	5,474	5,773	7,042	7,018	6,557
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.29	$1.37	$1.26	$1.23	$1.25	$1.21	$1.15	$1.07	$1.07	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.45	$1.29	$1.37	$1.26	$1.23	$1.25	$1.21	$1.15	$1.07	$1.07
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	5,509	6,271	8,237	9,862	14,307	16,664	20,838	22,904	25,656	24,507
Variable Portfolio – Partners Core Equity Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.42	$1.56	$1.32	$1.22	$1.23	$1.12	$0.88	$0.81	$0.85	$0.78
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.76	$1.42	$1.56	$1.32	$1.22	$1.23	$1.12	$0.88	$0.81	$0.85
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	80	84	146	199	236	265	330	447	565	622
Variable Portfolio – Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.29	$2.69	$2.55	$2.06	$2.30	$2.29	$1.72	$1.54	$1.64	$1.33
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.70	$2.29	$2.69	$2.55	$2.06	$2.30	$2.29	$1.72	$1.54	$1.64
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	166	181	208	261	334	441	626	1,053	1,423	1,652
Variable Portfolio – U.S. Flexible Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/14/2016)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.06	$1.11	$1.00	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.20	$1.06	$1.11	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	273	302	331	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – U.S. Flexible Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/14/2016)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.14	$1.21	$1.03	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.35	$1.14	$1.21	$1.03	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – U.S. Flexible Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/14/2016)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.10	$1.16	$1.02	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.28	$1.10	$1.16	$1.02	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	378	295	323	—	—	—	—	—	—	—

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    201

Variable account charges of 1.45% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Wanger International (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.54	$3.13	$2.39	$2.46	$2.50	$2.65	$2.20	$1.83	$2.18	$1.77
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.26	$2.54	$3.13	$2.39	$2.46	$2.50	$2.65	$2.20	$1.83	$2.18
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	118	136	147	207	238	326	434	694	936	968
Wanger USA (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.73	$2.81	$2.38	$2.13	$2.17	$2.10	$1.60	$1.35	$1.42	$1.17
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.53	$2.73	$2.81	$2.38	$2.13	$2.17	$2.10	$1.60	$1.35	$1.42
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	68	77	104	146	177	252	357	606	828	999

Variable account charges of 2.20% of the daily net assets of the variable account.

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
AB VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio (Class B) (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.20	$1.36	$1.02	$1.05	$1.05	$1.02	$0.85	$0.77	$1.02	$0.88
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.52	$1.20	$1.36	$1.02	$1.05	$1.05	$1.02	$0.85	$0.77	$1.02
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
AB VPS Growth and Income Portfolio (Class B) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.88	$2.04	$1.76	$1.62	$1.63	$1.52	$1.16	$1.01	$0.97	$0.88
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.27	$1.88	$2.04	$1.76	$1.62	$1.63	$1.52	$1.16	$1.01	$0.97
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
AB VPS International Value Portfolio (Class B) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.98	$1.31	$1.07	$1.10	$1.10	$1.20	$1.00	$0.90	$1.14	$1.11
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.13	$0.98	$1.31	$1.07	$1.10	$1.10	$1.20	$1.00	$0.90	$1.14
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	8	7	7	8	8	10	15	14	15
American Century VP Mid Cap Value, Class II (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.67	$1.96	$1.80	$1.50	$1.55	$1.37	$1.08	$0.95	$0.98	$0.84
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.11	$1.67	$1.96	$1.80	$1.50	$1.55	$1.37	$1.08	$0.95	$0.98
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
American Century VP Ultra®, Class II (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.14	$2.17	$1.68	$1.65	$1.59	$1.48	$1.10	$0.99	$1.00	$0.89
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.81	$2.14	$2.17	$1.68	$1.65	$1.59	$1.48	$1.10	$0.99	$1.00
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	6	7	8	9	10	12	18	18	19
American Century VP Value, Class II (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.81	$2.04	$1.92	$1.64	$1.74	$1.58	$1.23	$1.09	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.25	$1.81	$2.04	$1.92	$1.64	$1.74	$1.58	$1.23	$1.09	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Equity Portfolio - Service Shares* (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.82	$0.99	$0.80	$0.87	$0.88	$0.92	$0.80	$0.67	$0.80	$0.75
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.96	$0.82	$0.99	$0.80	$0.87	$0.88	$0.92	$0.80	$0.67	$0.80
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
*BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Equity Portfolio - Service Shares is scheduled to liquidate on or about April 30, 2020.
BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Value Portfolio - Service Shares* (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.04	$1.28	$1.02	$1.06	$1.12	$1.26	$1.05	$0.96	$1.20	$1.18
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.24	$1.04	$1.28	$1.02	$1.06	$1.12	$1.26	$1.05	$0.96	$1.20
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
*BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Value Portfolio - Service Shares is scheduled to liquidate on or about April 30, 2020.
ClearBridge Variable Small Cap Growth Portfolio – Class I (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.06	$2.03	$1.67	$1.62	$1.73	$1.70	$1.18	$1.01	$1.02	$0.83
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.55	$2.06	$2.03	$1.67	$1.62	$1.73	$1.70	$1.18	$1.01	$1.02
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	4
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.96	$2.09	$1.72	$1.63	$1.65	$1.46	$1.12	$1.00	$0.98	$0.85
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.39	$1.96	$2.09	$1.72	$1.63	$1.65	$1.46	$1.12	$1.00	$0.98
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.97	$2.14	$1.92	$1.73	$1.81	$1.69	$1.36	$1.22	$1.31	$1.15
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.39	$1.97	$2.14	$1.92	$1.73	$1.81	$1.69	$1.36	$1.22	$1.31
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	9	10	9	12	12	15	22	23	28
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Emerging Markets Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.06	$2.68	$1.87	$1.82	$2.04	$2.13	$2.22	$1.88	$2.44	$2.08
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.65	$2.06	$2.68	$1.87	$1.82	$2.04	$2.13	$2.22	$1.88	$2.44
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	4	3	3	4	4	4	5	5	7

202    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 2.20% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.85	$0.86	$0.88	$0.90	$0.92	$0.94	$0.96	$0.98	$1.00	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.85	$0.85	$0.86	$0.88	$0.90	$0.92	$0.94	$0.96	$0.98	$1.00
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	12	12	12	12	—	—	6	6	5	61
Columbia Variable Portfolio – High Yield Bond Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.85	$1.97	$1.90	$1.73	$1.79	$1.77	$1.70	$1.51	$1.46	$1.31
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.12	$1.85	$1.97	$1.90	$1.73	$1.79	$1.77	$1.70	$1.51	$1.46
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	1	1	1	1	1	1
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Income Opportunities Fund (Class 3) (6/1/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.79	$1.91	$1.83	$1.69	$1.75	$1.72	$1.67	$1.49	$1.43	$1.30
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.04	$1.79	$1.91	$1.83	$1.69	$1.75	$1.72	$1.67	$1.49	$1.43
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	1	1	1	4
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.27	$1.29	$1.27	$1.24	$1.27	$1.23	$1.29	$1.23	$1.17	$1.11
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.35	$1.27	$1.29	$1.27	$1.24	$1.27	$1.23	$1.29	$1.23	$1.17
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	5	5	5	11
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Growth Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.04	$2.17	$1.73	$1.75	$1.64	$1.47	$1.16	$0.98	$1.04	$0.91
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.70	$2.04	$2.17	$1.73	$1.75	$1.64	$1.47	$1.16	$0.98	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	1	1	1
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Index Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.08	$2.23	$1.88	$1.72	$1.75	$1.58	$1.22	$1.08	$1.09	$0.97
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.66	$2.08	$2.23	$1.88	$1.72	$1.75	$1.58	$1.22	$1.08	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Overseas Core Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.39	$1.70	$1.37	$1.49	$1.45	$1.62	$1.35	$1.18	$1.37	$1.23
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.70	$1.39	$1.70	$1.37	$1.49	$1.45	$1.62	$1.35	$1.18	$1.37
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Select Mid Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.31	$1.55	$1.40	$1.25	$1.35	$1.23	$0.91	$0.79	$0.88	$0.73
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.69	$1.31	$1.55	$1.40	$1.25	$1.35	$1.23	$0.91	$0.79	$0.88
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Small Cap Value Fund (Class 2) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.99	$2.49	$2.23	$1.72	$1.88	$1.86	$1.42	$1.30	$1.42	$1.15
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.36	$1.99	$2.49	$2.23	$1.72	$1.88	$1.86	$1.42	$1.30	$1.42
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	3
Columbia Variable Portfolio – U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.00	$1.01	$1.00	$0.99	$1.00	$0.97	$1.01	$1.02	$1.02	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.04	$1.00	$1.01	$1.00	$0.99	$1.00	$0.97	$1.01	$1.02	$1.02
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	3	3	3	3
Credit Suisse Trust – Commodity Return Strategy Portfolio (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.38	$0.44	$0.44	$0.40	$0.55	$0.68	$0.78	$0.81	$0.95	$0.83
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.40	$0.38	$0.44	$0.44	$0.40	$0.55	$0.68	$0.78	$0.81	$0.95
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
CTIVP® – BlackRock Global Inflation-Protected Securities Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.23	$1.26	$1.26	$1.18	$1.23	$1.16	$1.25	$1.21	$1.12	$1.10
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.29	$1.23	$1.26	$1.26	$1.18	$1.23	$1.16	$1.25	$1.21	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	3	3	3	6
CTIVP® – Loomis Sayles Growth Fund (Class 1) (4/29/2016)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.30	$1.36	$1.05	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.68	$1.30	$1.36	$1.05	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
CTIVP® – Victory Sycamore Established Value Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.19	$2.49	$2.20	$1.87	$1.90	$1.74	$1.31	$1.14	$1.25	$1.05
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.74	$2.19	$2.49	$2.20	$1.87	$1.90	$1.74	$1.31	$1.14	$1.25
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Eaton Vance VT Floating-Rate Income Fund – Initial Class (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.13	$1.16	$1.14	$1.07	$1.11	$1.12	$1.11	$1.05	$1.05	$0.98
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.18	$1.13	$1.16	$1.14	$1.07	$1.11	$1.12	$1.11	$1.05	$1.05
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	2

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    203

Variable account charges of 2.20% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Fidelity® VIP ContrafundSM Portfolio Service Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.28	$2.49	$2.10	$1.99	$2.02	$1.85	$1.45	$1.27	$1.34	$1.17
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.92	$2.28	$2.49	$2.10	$1.99	$2.02	$1.85	$1.45	$1.27	$1.34
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	10	10	10	12	13	17	25	26	31
Fidelity® VIP Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Service Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.25	$1.29	$1.27	$1.24	$1.28	$1.24	$1.29	$1.25	$1.19	$1.13
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.34	$1.25	$1.29	$1.27	$1.24	$1.28	$1.24	$1.29	$1.25	$1.19
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	3	3	9	11	10	13
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.45	$2.94	$2.50	$2.28	$2.37	$2.28	$1.72	$1.53	$1.76	$1.40
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.96	$2.45	$2.94	$2.50	$2.28	$2.37	$2.28	$1.72	$1.53	$1.76
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	2	2	2	3	3	3	5	5	6
Fidelity® VIP Overseas Portfolio Service Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.35	$1.63	$1.28	$1.38	$1.37	$1.52	$1.20	$1.02	$1.26	$1.14
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.68	$1.35	$1.63	$1.28	$1.38	$1.37	$1.52	$1.20	$1.02	$1.26
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Franklin Income VIP Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.68	$1.80	$1.68	$1.50	$1.65	$1.61	$1.45	$1.31	$1.31	$1.19
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.91	$1.68	$1.80	$1.68	$1.50	$1.65	$1.61	$1.45	$1.31	$1.31
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Goldman Sachs VIT Mid Cap Value Fund – Institutional Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.13	$2.43	$2.24	$2.02	$2.27	$2.04	$1.57	$1.36	$1.48	$1.21
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.74	$2.13	$2.43	$2.24	$2.02	$2.27	$2.04	$1.57	$1.36	$1.48
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	3	3	3	4	4	5	7	7	12
Goldman Sachs VIT U.S. Equity Insights Fund – Institutional Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.55	$1.69	$1.39	$1.29	$1.31	$1.15	$0.86	$0.77	$0.75	$0.68
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.90	$1.55	$1.69	$1.39	$1.29	$1.31	$1.15	$0.86	$0.77	$0.75
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.71	$1.86	$1.50	$1.57	$1.56	$1.38	$1.09	$0.98	$1.02	$0.95
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.27	$1.71	$1.86	$1.50	$1.57	$1.56	$1.38	$1.09	$0.98	$1.02
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	5	5	5	6	6	8	12	12	12
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.02	$2.38	$1.79	$1.83	$1.80	$1.81	$1.46	$1.23	$1.37	$1.21
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.60	$2.02	$2.38	$1.79	$1.83	$1.80	$1.81	$1.46	$1.23	$1.37
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Strategic Income Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.34	$1.43	$1.38	$1.33	$1.39	$1.39	$1.42	$1.29	$1.31	$1.16
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.45	$1.34	$1.43	$1.38	$1.33	$1.39	$1.39	$1.42	$1.29	$1.31
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	2	2	4	5	6	10
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.25	$2.57	$2.31	$2.00	$2.18	$2.00	$1.45	$1.26	$1.32	$1.10
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.77	$2.25	$2.57	$2.31	$2.00	$2.18	$2.00	$1.45	$1.26	$1.32
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series II Shares (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.66	$1.76	$1.42	$1.42	$1.39	$1.31	$0.96	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.21	$1.66	$1.76	$1.42	$1.42	$1.39	$1.31	$0.96	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Invesco V.I. Comstock Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.81	$2.12	$1.84	$1.61	$1.75	$1.64	$1.24	$1.06	$1.11	$0.98
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.22	$1.81	$2.12	$1.84	$1.61	$1.75	$1.64	$1.24	$1.06	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	12	12	12	15	15	18	29	31	34
Invesco V.I. Health Care Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.69	$1.72	$1.52	$1.76	$1.75	$1.50	$1.09	$0.93	$0.91	$0.89
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.19	$1.69	$1.72	$1.52	$1.76	$1.75	$1.50	$1.09	$0.93	$0.91
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Invesco V.I. International Growth Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.94	$1.14	$0.95	$0.97	$1.02	$1.04	$0.90	$0.80	$0.88	$0.80
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.18	$0.94	$1.14	$0.95	$0.97	$1.02	$1.04	$0.90	$0.80	$0.88
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	3

204    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 2.20% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares* (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.46	$1.58	$1.33	$1.35	$1.36	$1.29	$0.97	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.91	$1.46	$1.58	$1.33	$1.35	$1.36	$1.29	$0.97	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
*Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares is scheduled to merge into Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares sometime during the second quarter of 2020.
Janus Henderson VIT Research Portfolio: Service Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.65	$1.73	$1.39	$1.42	$1.38	$1.25	$0.98	$0.85	$0.92	$0.82
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.18	$1.65	$1.73	$1.39	$1.42	$1.38	$1.25	$0.98	$0.85	$0.92
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	1	7
MFS® Total Return Series – Service Class (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.57	$1.71	$1.56	$1.46	$1.50	$1.42	$1.22	$1.13	$1.13	$1.06
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.85	$1.57	$1.71	$1.56	$1.46	$1.50	$1.42	$1.22	$1.13	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
MFS® Utilities Series – Service Class (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.96	$3.00	$2.68	$2.46	$2.95	$2.68	$2.28	$2.06	$1.98	$1.78
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.61	$2.96	$3.00	$2.68	$2.46	$2.95	$2.68	$2.28	$2.06	$1.98
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	2
Morgan Stanley VIF Discovery Portfolio, Class II Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.80	$1.66	$1.23	$1.38	$1.50	$1.50	$1.12	$1.05	$1.16	$0.90
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.46	$1.80	$1.66	$1.23	$1.38	$1.50	$1.50	$1.12	$1.05	$1.16
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Morgan Stanley VIF Global Real Estate Portfolio, Class II Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.89	$0.99	$0.92	$0.92	$0.95	$0.85	$0.85	$0.67	$0.76	$0.64
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.03	$0.89	$0.99	$0.92	$0.92	$0.95	$0.85	$0.85	$0.67	$0.76
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	1
PIMCO VIT All Asset Portfolio, Advisor Class (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.21	$1.30	$1.18	$1.06	$1.20	$1.22	$1.24	$1.11	$1.11	$1.01
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.32	$1.21	$1.30	$1.18	$1.06	$1.20	$1.22	$1.24	$1.11	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	1	5
Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.80	$1.80	$1.81	$1.79	$1.92	$1.92	$1.94	$1.72	$1.77	$1.58
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.79	$1.80	$1.80	$1.81	$1.79	$1.92	$1.92	$1.94	$1.72	$1.77
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	1	1	2	3	3	5
Templeton Growth VIP Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.34	$1.61	$1.39	$1.29	$1.41	$1.49	$1.16	$0.98	$1.08	$1.03
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.51	$1.34	$1.61	$1.39	$1.29	$1.41	$1.49	$1.16	$0.98	$1.08
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.50	$1.67	$1.44	$1.39	$1.43	$1.38	$1.17	$1.05	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.78	$1.50	$1.67	$1.44	$1.39	$1.43	$1.38	$1.17	$1.05	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.50	$1.68	$1.44	$1.39	$1.43	$1.39	$1.17	$1.06	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.78	$1.50	$1.68	$1.44	$1.39	$1.43	$1.39	$1.17	$1.06	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	85	213	214	214	215	217	219	221	223	266
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.11	$1.17	$1.12	$1.10	$1.13	$1.11	$1.10	$1.05	$1.04	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.21	$1.11	$1.17	$1.12	$1.10	$1.13	$1.11	$1.10	$1.05	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.11	$1.17	$1.12	$1.10	$1.13	$1.11	$1.10	$1.05	$1.04	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.21	$1.11	$1.17	$1.12	$1.10	$1.13	$1.11	$1.10	$1.05	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Risk Fund (Class 2) (9/18/2017)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.96	$1.03	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.08	$0.96	$1.03	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Risk U.S. Fund (Class 2) (9/18/2017)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.98	$1.04	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.14	$0.98	$1.04	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    205

Variable account charges of 2.20% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.00	$1.05	$0.99	$0.99	$1.02	$1.00	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.10	$1.00	$1.05	$0.99	$0.99	$1.02	$1.00	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.02	$1.09	$1.00	$0.99	$1.03	$1.01	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.14	$1.02	$1.09	$1.00	$0.99	$1.03	$1.01	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.05	$1.16	$1.01	$1.00	$1.05	$1.03	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.21	$1.05	$1.16	$1.01	$1.00	$1.05	$1.03	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.04	$1.13	$1.01	$1.00	$1.04	$1.02	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.18	$1.04	$1.13	$1.01	$1.00	$1.04	$1.02	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.32	$1.42	$1.29	$1.26	$1.29	$1.26	$1.15	$1.06	$1.08	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.49	$1.32	$1.42	$1.29	$1.26	$1.29	$1.26	$1.15	$1.06	$1.08
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	47	47	47
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.32	$1.43	$1.29	$1.26	$1.29	$1.26	$1.15	$1.06	$1.08	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.50	$1.32	$1.43	$1.29	$1.26	$1.29	$1.26	$1.15	$1.06	$1.08
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	146	147	158	160	164	220	227	239	257
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.41	$1.55	$1.36	$1.32	$1.36	$1.32	$1.17	$1.06	$1.10	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.64	$1.41	$1.55	$1.36	$1.32	$1.36	$1.32	$1.17	$1.06	$1.10
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.41	$1.55	$1.36	$1.33	$1.37	$1.33	$1.17	$1.06	$1.10	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.64	$1.41	$1.55	$1.36	$1.33	$1.37	$1.33	$1.17	$1.06	$1.10
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	69
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.21	$1.29	$1.20	$1.18	$1.21	$1.18	$1.12	$1.06	$1.06	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.34	$1.21	$1.29	$1.20	$1.18	$1.21	$1.18	$1.12	$1.06	$1.06
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.21	$1.29	$1.20	$1.18	$1.21	$1.18	$1.13	$1.06	$1.06	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.35	$1.21	$1.29	$1.20	$1.18	$1.21	$1.18	$1.13	$1.06	$1.06
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	61	61	61	61	61	61	61	61	61	61
Variable Portfolio – Partners Core Equity Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.30	$1.44	$1.23	$1.14	$1.16	$1.06	$0.85	$0.78	$0.83	$0.76
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.61	$1.30	$1.44	$1.23	$1.14	$1.16	$1.06	$0.85	$0.78	$0.83
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	1	6
Variable Portfolio – Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.86	$2.20	$2.10	$1.71	$1.93	$1.93	$1.47	$1.32	$1.41	$1.16
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.18	$1.86	$2.20	$2.10	$1.71	$1.93	$1.93	$1.47	$1.32	$1.41
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	5	5	5	6	6	7	10	10	10
Variable Portfolio – U.S. Flexible Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/14/2016)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.05	$1.10	$1.00	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.18	$1.05	$1.10	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – U.S. Flexible Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/14/2016)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.12	$1.20	$1.03	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.32	$1.12	$1.20	$1.03	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – U.S. Flexible Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/14/2016)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.09	$1.15	$1.02	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.25	$1.09	$1.15	$1.02	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—

206    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 2.20% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Wanger International (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.28	$2.83	$2.18	$2.26	$2.30	$2.46	$2.06	$1.73	$2.07	$1.70
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.90	$2.28	$2.83	$2.18	$2.26	$2.30	$2.46	$2.06	$1.73	$2.07
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	4	3	3	4	4	4	6	7	7
Wanger USA (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.44	$2.54	$2.17	$1.95	$2.01	$1.96	$1.49	$1.27	$1.35	$1.12
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.14	$2.44	$2.54	$2.17	$1.95	$2.01	$1.96	$1.49	$1.27	$1.35
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	2	2	3	3	3	4	6	6	8

RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    207

Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information

Calculating Annuity Payouts	p. 3
Rating Agencies	p. 4
Principal Underwriter	p. 4
Service Providers	p. 4
Custodian	p. 5
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	p. 5
Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	p. 6
Financial Statements

208    RiverSource Signature One Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474
1-800-333-3437

45301  CG (5/20)

RiverSource Distributors, Inc. (Distributor), Member FINRA. Issued by RiverSource Life Insurance Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota. ©2008-2020 RiverSource Life Insurance Company. All rights reserved.

Prospectus

May 1, 2020

Evergreen

Pathways Select Variable Annuity

CONTRACT OPTION L: INDIVIDUAL FLEXIBLE PREMIUM DEFERRED VARIABLE ANNUITY
CONTRACT OPTION C: INDIVIDUAL FLEXIBLE PREMIUM DEFERRED VARIABLE ANNUITY

Issued by:	RiverSource Life Insurance Company (RiverSource Life)
	829 Ameriprise Financial Center Minneapolis, MN 55474 Telephone: 1-800-333-3437 (Service Center) RiverSource Variable Annuity Account/RiverSource MVA Account​

New contracts are not currently being offered.

This prospectus describes Contract Option L and Contract Option C. The information in this prospectus applies to both contracts unless stated otherwise.

This prospectus contains information that you should know before investing. Investment options available under the contract are listed below:

AB Variable Products Series Fund, Inc. (Class B)

American Century^® Variable Portfolios, Inc., Class II

BNY Mellon Investment Portfolios

Columbia Funds Variable Series Trust II

Fidelity^® Variable Insurance Products Service Class 2

Franklin^® Templeton^® Variable Insurance Products Trust – Class 2

Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust (VIT)

Invesco Variable Insurance Funds

Morgan Stanley Variable Insurance Fund, Inc. (VIF)

Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds, Service Shares

Putnam Variable Trust – Class IB Shares

Wanger Advisors Trust

Wells Fargo Variable Trust Funds

 

Please read the prospectuses carefully and keep them for future reference.

The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

An investment in this contract is not a deposit of a bank or financial institution and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) or any other government agency. An investment in this contract involves investment risk including the possible loss of principal.

A Statement of Additional Information (SAI), dated the same date as this prospectus, is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. It is filed with the SEC and is available without charge by contacting RiverSource Life at the telephone number and address listed above. The table of contents of the SAI is on the last page of this prospectus. The SEC maintains an Internet site. This prospectus, the SAI and other information about the product are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at (http://www.sec.gov).

Variable annuities are complex products. The fees and charges, as well as the available features and benefits, of the variable annuity contracts described in this prospectus will be different from other variable annuities offered in the marketplace, including other variable annuities or other types of annuities offered by RiverSource Life. The interest credited, guarantees provided, and credits available, as well as the funds serving as underlying investments and their corresponding expenses, may differ among the variable annuities that are available to you. With the aid of an appropriate financial professional, we encourage you to compare and contrast the variable annuity contracts described in this prospectus with other variable annuities available in the marketplace, including other types of annuities we may offer. This will aid in determining whether purchasing a contract is consistent with your investment objectives, risk tolerance, time horizon, marital status, tax situation, and your unique financial situation and needs. If you select an annuity that includes surrender or other liquidation charges, you should also consider any future needs you may have to access your contract value. The optional benefits and features available with the contracts usually come with additional costs. Consider any additional costs carefully when electing these optional benefits and features.

Beginning on January 1, 2021, as permitted by regulations adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission, paper copies of your underlying funds’ shareholder reports will no longer be sent by mail, unless you specifically

Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    1

request paper copies of the reports from RiverSource Life. Instead, the reports will be made available on a website, and you will be notified each time a report is posted and provided with a website link to access the report.

You may elect to receive all future reports in paper free of charge. You can inform RiverSource Life that you wish to continue receiving paper copies of your shareholder reports by calling our Service Center at 1-800-862-7919. Your election to receive reports in paper will apply to all funds available under your variable annuity contract.

Effects of COVID-19 Pandemic

The coronavirus disease 2019 (“COVID-19”) public health crisis presents ongoing significant economic and societal disruption and has driven significant volatility in the equity and interest rate markets. Any periods of continued high market volatility, and your individual circumstances (e.g., your selected allocations and the timing of any purchase payments, transfers, or withdrawals), will affect values under your contract. As part of how we maintain our strong financial strength and claims-paying ability, we continue to reserve amounts for our contractual obligations in accordance with significant state solvency regulations. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic may impact financial markets, investment performance under your contract, and our financial strength and claims-paying ability will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be estimated, including the scope and duration of the pandemic and actions taken by governmental authorities, market participants, and other third parties in response to the pandemic.

We have implemented comprehensive strategies to address the operating environment spurred by the pandemic.  To promote the safety and security of our employees and to assure the continuity of our business operations, we have implemented a work from home protocol for virtually all of our employee population, restricted business travel, and provided resources for complying with the guidance from the World Health Organization, the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and government authorities. We have been satisfying elevated customer service volumes and our operations teams have continued to operate successfully and without disruptions in service. Our pandemic strategy is flexible and scalable and takes into consideration that a pandemic could be widespread and may occur in multiple waves, affecting different communities at different times with varying levels of severity. We cannot, however, predict the impact that natural or man-made disasters and catastrophes, including the COVID-19 pandemic, may have over near- or longer-term periods.

2    Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Table of Contents

Key Terms	5
The Contract in Brief	7
Expense Summary	9
Contract Owner Transaction Expenses	9
Annual Variable Account Expenses	9
Other Annual Expenses	10
Optional Death Benefits	10
Optional Living Benefits	10
Annual Operating Expenses of the Funds	11
Condensed Financial Information	13
Financial Statements	13
The Variable Account and the Funds	13
The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)	20
Market Value Adjustment (MVA)	21
Buying Your Contract	21
The Retirement Date	22
Beneficiary	23
Purchase Payments	23
How to Make Purchase Payments	23
Limitations on Use of Contract	24
Charges	24
Contract Administrative Charge	24
Variable Account Administrative Charge	24
Mortality and Expense Risk Fee	24
Withdrawal Charge	25
Fund Fees and Expenses	27
Premium Taxes	27
Optional Living Benefits Charges	27
Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider Fee	27
Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider Fee	28
Income Assurer Benefit Rider Fee	30
Optional Death Benefit Charges	30
Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider Fee	30
Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider Fee	31
Valuing Your Investment	31
GPAs	31
Subaccounts	31
Making the Most of Your Contract	32
Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging	32
Asset Rebalancing	33
Asset Allocation Program	33
Portfolio Navigator Program (PN program) and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds	34
Transferring Among Accounts	37
How to request a Transfer or Withdrawal	39

Withdrawals	40
Withdrawal Policies	41
Receiving Payment	41
TSA–Special Provisions	42
Participants in Tax-Sheltered Annuities	42
Changing Ownership	42
Benefits in Case of Death	43
If You Die Before Your Retirement Date	44
Optional Benefits	46
Optional Living Benefits	46
Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider	46
Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider	48
Income Assurer Benefit Riders	53
Optional Death Benefits	58
Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector)	58
Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus)	58
The Annuity Payout Period	59
Annuity Tables	60
Annuity Payout Plans	60
Taxes	61
Nonqualified Annuities	61
Qualified Annuities	63
Other	65
Voting Rights	66
Substitution of Investments	66
About the Service Providers	66
Principal Underwriter	66
Service Providers	68
Issuer	68
Legal Proceedings	68
Additional Information	68
Incorporation of Certain Documents By Reference	68
Available Information	69
Indemnification	69
Appendices	70
Appendix A: Example — Market Value Adjustment (MVA)	71
Appendix B: Example — Income Assurer Benefit Rider Fee	73
Appendix C: Example — Withdrawal Charges for Contract Option L	74
Appendix D: Example — Death Benefits	77
Appendix E: Example — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider	80

Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    3

Table of Contents

Appendix F: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit — Rider B Disclosure	82
Appendix G: Example — Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider	88
Appendix H: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider — Additional Required Minimum Distribution (RMD) Disclosure	90
Appendix I: Examples of the Income Assurer Benefit Riders	91
Appendix J: Example — Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider	96
Appendix K: Example — Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider	98
Appendix L: Withdrawal Benefit Riders: Electing Step Up or Spousal Continuation Step Up	100
Appendix M: Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	101
Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information	109

4    Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Key Terms

These terms can help you understand details about your contract.

Accumulation unit: A measure of the value of each subaccount before annuity payouts begin.

Annuitant: The person or persons on whose life or life expectancy the annuity payouts are based.

Annuity payouts: An amount paid at regular intervals under one of several plans.

Assumed investment rate: The rate of return we assume your investments will earn when we calculate your initial annuity payout amount using the annuity table in your contract. The standard assumed investment rate we use is 5% but you may request we substitute an assumed investment rate of 3.5%.

Beneficiary: The person you designate to receive benefits in case of the owner’s or annuitant’s death while the contract is in force.

Close of business: The time the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) closes (4 p.m. Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier).

Code: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Contract: A deferred annuity contract that permits you to accumulate money for retirement by making one or more purchase payments. It provides for lifetime or other forms of payouts beginning at a specified time in the future.

Contract value: The total value of your contract before we deduct any applicable charges.

Contract year: A period of 12 months, starting on the effective date of your contract and on each anniversary of the effective date.

Funds: Investment options under your contract. You may allocate your purchase payments into subaccounts investing in shares of the funds.

Good order: We cannot process your transaction request relating to the contract until we have received the request in good order at our service center. “Good order” means the actual receipt of the requested transaction in writing, along with all information, forms and supporting legal documentation necessary to effect the transaction. To be in “good order,” your instructions must be sufficiently clear so that we do not need to exercise any discretion to follow such instructions. This information and documentation generally includes your completed request; the contract number; the transaction amount (in dollars); the names of and allocations to and/or from the subaccounts affected by the requested transaction; Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number; and any other information, forms or supporting documentation that we may require. For certain transactions, at our option, we may require the signature of all contract owners for the request to be in good order. With respect to purchase requests, “good order” also

generally includes receipt of sufficient payment by us to effect the purchase. We may, in our sole discretion, determine whether any particular transaction request is in good order, and we reserve the right to change or waive any good order requirements at any time.

Guarantee Period: The number of successive 12-month periods that a guaranteed interest rate is credited.

Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs): A nonunitized separate account to which you may allocate purchase payments or transfer contract value of at least $1,000. These accounts have guaranteed interest rates for guarantee periods we declare when you allocate purchase payments or transfer contract value to a GPA. These guaranteed rates and periods of time may vary by state. Unless an exception applies, transfers or withdrawals from a GPA done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will receive a market value adjustment, which may result in a gain or loss of principal.

Market Value Adjustment (MVA): A positive or negative adjustment assessed if any portion of a Guarantee Period Account is withdrawn or transferred more than 30 days before the end of its guarantee period.

Owner (you, your): The person or persons identified in the contract as owner(s) of the contract, who has or have the right to control the contract (to decide on investment allocations, transfers, payout options, etc.). Usually, but not always, the owner is also the annuitant. During the owner’s life, the owner is responsible for taxes, regardless of whether he or she receives the contract’s benefits. The owner or any joint owner may be a non-natural person (e.g. irrevocable trust or corporation) or a revocable trust. If any owner is a non-natural person or a revocable trust, the annuitant will be deemed to be the owner for contract provisions that are based on the age or life of the owner. When the contract is owned by a revocable trust or irrevocable grantor trust, the annuitant(s) selected must be the grantor(s) of the trust to assure compliance with Section 72(s) of the Code.

Qualified annuity: A contract that you purchase to fund one of the following tax-deferred retirement plans that is subject to applicable federal law and any rules of the plan itself:

• Individual Retirement Annuities (IRAs) including inherited IRAs under Section 408(b) of the Code

• Roth IRAs including inherited Roth IRAs under Section 408A of the Code

• Simplified Employee Pension (SEP) plans under Section 408(k) of the Code

• Tax-Sheltered Annuity (TSA) rollovers under Section 403(b) of the Code

A qualified annuity will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral if it is used to fund a retirement plan that is already tax deferred.

All other contracts are considerednonqualified annuities.

 

Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    5

Retirement date: The date when annuity payouts are scheduled to begin.

Rider effective date: The date a rider becomes effective as stated in the rider.

RiverSource Life: In this prospectus, “we,” “us,” “our” and “RiverSource Life” refer to RiverSource Life Insurance Company.

Service Center: Our department that processes all transaction and service requests for the contracts. We consider all transaction and service requests received when they arrive in good order at the Service Center. Any transaction or service requests sent or directed to any location other than our Service Center may end up delayed or not processed. Our Service Center address and telephone number are listed on the first page of the prospectus.

Valuation date: Any normal business day, Monday through Friday, on which the NYSE is open, up to the time it closes. At the NYSE close, the next valuation date begins. We calculate the accumulation unit value of each subaccount on each valuation date. If we receive your purchase payment or any transaction request (such as a transfer or withdrawal request) in good order at our Service Center before the close of business, we will process your payment or transaction using the

accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your payment or transaction request. On the other hand, if we receive your purchase payment or transaction request in good order at our Service Center at or after the close of business, we will process your payment or transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date. If you make a transaction request by telephone (including by fax), you must have completed your transaction by the close of business in order for us to process it using the accumulation unit value we calculate on that valuation date. If you were not able to complete your transaction before the close of business for any reason, including telephone service interruptions or delays due to high call volume, we will process your transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date.

Variable account: Consists of separate subaccounts to which you may allocate purchase payments; each invests in shares of one fund. The value of your investment in each subaccount changes with the performance of the particular fund.

Withdrawal value: The amount you are entitled to receive if you make a full withdrawal from your contract. It is the contract value minus any applicable charges.

6    Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The Contract in Brief

This prospectus describes two contracts. Contract Option L offers a four year withdrawal charge schedule. Contract Option C eliminates the withdrawal charge schedule in exchange for a higher mortality and expense risk fee. The information in this prospectus applies to both contracts unless stated otherwise.

Purpose: The purpose of the contract is to allow you to accumulate money for retirement or similar long term goal. You do this by making one or more purchase payments. You may allocate your purchase payments to the GPAs and/or subaccounts of the variable account under the contract; however you risk losing amounts you invest in the subaccounts of the variable account. These accounts, in turn, may earn returns that increase the value of a contract. If the contract value goes to zero due to underlying fund’s performance or deduction of fees, the contract will no longer be in force and the contract (including any death benefit riders) will terminate. You may be able to purchase an optional benefit to reduce the investment risk you assume. Beginning at a specified time in the future called the retirement date, the contract provides lifetime or other forms of payouts of your contract value (less any applicable premium tax).

It may have not been advantageous for you to purchase this contract in exchange for, or in addition to, an existing annuity or life insurance policy. Generally, you can exchange one annuity for another or for a long-term care policy in a “tax-free” exchange under Section 1035 of the Code. You can also do a partial exchange from one annuity contract to another annuity contract, subject to Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) rules. You also generally can exchange a life insurance policy for an annuity. However, before making an exchange, you should compare both contracts carefully because the features and benefits may be different. Fees and charges may be higher or lower on your old contract than on this contract. You may have to pay a withdrawal charge when you exchange out of your old contract and a new withdrawal period will begin when you exchange into this contract. If the exchange does not qualify for Section 1035 treatment, you also may have to pay federal income tax on the distribution. State income taxes may also apply. You should not exchange your old contract for this contract, or buy this contract in addition to your old contract, unless you determine it is in your best interest. (See “Taxes-1035 Exchanges”.)

Tax-deferred retirement plans: Most annuities have a tax-deferred feature. So do many retirement plans under the Code including 403(b) plans. As a result, when you use a qualified annuity to fund a retirement plan that is tax-deferred, your contract will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral beyond what is provided in that retirement plan. Some employers may permit you to deposit your contributions into other investments such as mutual funds. If such investments are available to you, before enrolling under the contract, you should consider features other than tax deferral that may help you reach your retirement goals. In addition, the Code

subjects retirement plans to required withdrawals triggered at age 72 (triggered at age 70 ½ if you turned 70 ½ before Jan. 1, 2020). These mandatory withdrawals are called required minimum distributions (“RMDs”). RMDs may reduce the value of certain death benefits and optional riders (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). You should consult your tax advisor before you purchase the contract as a qualified annuity for an explanation of the tax implications to you.

Buying a contract: We no longer offer new contracts. However, you have the option of making additional purchase payments in the future, subject to certain limitations. Purchase payment amounts and purchase payment timing may be limited under the terms of your contract and/or pursuant to state requirements. (See “Buying Your Contract”).

Free look period: The contracts in this prospectus are no longer sold. Generally, all available free look periods have now expired.

Accounts: Generally, you may allocate your purchase payments among the:

• subaccounts, each of which invests in a fund with a particular investment objective. The value of each subaccount varies with the performance of the particular fund in which it invests. We cannot guarantee that the value at the retirement date will equal or exceed the total purchase payments you allocate to the subaccounts. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds”).

• GPAs which earn interest at rates declared when you make an allocation to that account. The required minimum investment in each GPA is $1,000. These accounts may not be available in all states. (See “The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)”)

Transfers: Subject to certain restrictions, you currently may redistribute your contract value among the accounts without charge at any time until annuity payouts begin, and once per contract year among the subaccounts after annuity payouts begin. Transfers out of the GPAs done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will be subject to a MVA, unless an exception applies. You may establish automated transfers among the accounts. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transferring Among Accounts”)

Withdrawals: You may withdraw all or part of your contract value at any time before the retirement date. You also may establish automated partial withdrawals. Withdrawals may be subject to charges and tax penalties (including a 10% IRS penalty that may apply if you make withdrawals prior to your reaching age 59½) and may have other tax consequences. Certain other restrictions may apply. (See “Withdrawals”)

Optional benefits:These contracts offered optional living and death benefits that were available for additional charges if you met certain criteria. Please note, since the

 

Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    7

contracts in this prospectus are no longer sold, any optional benefits you may have elected were done so at the time of application. You cannot add optional benefits to your contract after it has been issued. Any optional benefits we describe are not available to add to your contract. (See “Optional Benefits”).

Benefits in case of death: If you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin, we will pay the beneficiary an amount based on the death benefit selected. (See “Benefits in Case of Death”).

Annuity payouts: You can apply your contract value, after reflecting any adjustments, to an annuity payout plan that begins on the retirement date. You may choose from a variety of plans that can help meet your retirement or other income needs. The payout schedule must meet IRS requirements. We can make payouts on a fixed or variable basis, or both. During the annuity payout period, your choices for subaccounts may be limited. The GPAs are not available during the payout period. (See “The Annuity Payout Period”).

8    Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Expense Summary

The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you paid when buying, owning and making a withdrawal from the contract. The first table describes the fees and expenses that you paid at the time that you bought the contract and will pay when you make a withdrawal from the contract. State premium taxes also may be deducted.

Contract Owner Transaction Expenses

Withdrawal charge

(Contingent deferred sales charge as a percentage of purchase payments withdrawn)

You select either contract Option L or Option C at the time of application. Option C has no withdrawal charge schedule but carries a higher mortality and expense risk fee than Option L.

Contract Option L years from purchase payment receipt*	Withdrawal charge percentage
1-2	8%
3	7
4	6
Thereafter	0

* According to our current administrative practice, for the purpose of withdrawal charge calculation, we consider that the year is completed one day prior to the contract anniversary.

Liquidation charge under Variable Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:If you are receiving variable annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to withdraw those payments. The amount that you can withdraw is the present value of any remaining variable payouts. The discount rate we use in the calculation will be 5.17% if the assumed investment return is 3.5% and 6.67% if the assumed investment return is 5%. The liquidation charge equals the present value of the remaining payouts using the assumed investment return minus the present value of the remaining payouts using the discount rate. (See “Charges — WithdrawalCharge” and “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Withdrawal charge for Fixed Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:

Number of Completed Years Since Annuitization	Withdrawal charge percentage
0	Not applicable*
1	5%
2	4
3	3
4	2
5	1
6 and thereafter	0

*We do not permit withdrawals in the first year after annuitization.

The next tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay periodically during the time that you own the contract, not including fund fees and expenses.

Annual Variable Account Expenses

(As a percentage of average daily subaccount value.)

You must choose either contract Option L or Option C and one of the death benefit guarantees. The combination you choose determines the mortality and expense risk fee you pay. The table below shows the combinations available to you and their cost. The variable account administrative charge is in addition to the mortality and expense risk fee.

If you select contract Option L and:	Total mortality and expense risk fee	Variable account administrative charge	Total variable account expense
Return of Purchase Payment (ROP) Death Benefit	1.55%	0.15%	1.70%
Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV) Death Benefit	1.75	0.15	1.90
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.90	0.15	2.05
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.95	0.15	2.10

If you select contract Option C and:	Total mortality and expense risk fee	Variable account administrative charge	Total variable account expense
ROP Death Benefit	1.65%	0.15%	1.80%
MAV Death Benefit	1.85	0.15	2.00

Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    9

If you select contract Option C and:	Total mortality and expense risk fee	Variable account administrative charge	Total variable account expense
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	2.00	0.15	2.15
Enhanced Death Benefit	2.05	0.15	2.20

Other Annual Expenses

Annual contract administrative charge $40

(We will waive this charge when your contract value is $50,000 or more on the current contract anniversary.)

Optional Death Benefits

If eligible, you may have selected an optional death benefit in addition to the ROP and MAV Death Benefits. The fees apply only if you have selected one of these benefits.

Benefit Protector® Death Benefit rider fee	0.25%
Benefit Protector® Plus Death Benefit rider fee	0.40%

(As a percentage of the contract value charge annually on the contract anniversary.)

Optional Living Benefits

If eligible, you may have selected one of the following optional living benefits if available in your state. The fees apply only if you have selected one of these benefits. Investment allocation restrictions apply.

Accumulation Protector Benefit® rider fee	Maximum annual rider fee	Initial annual rider fee and annual rider fee for elective step-ups before 04/29/2013
	1.75%	0.55%(1)

(Charged annually on the contract anniversary as a percentage of the contract value or the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value, whichever is greater.)

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider fee Maximum: 1.50% Initial: 0.55%⁽²⁾

(As a percentage of contract value charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

Income Assurer Benefit® – MAV rider fee	Maximum: 1.50%	Current: 0.30%(3)
Income Assurer Benefit® – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base rider fee	Maximum: 1.75%	Current: 0.60%(3)
Income Assurer Benefit® – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base rider fee	Maximum: 2.00%	Current: 0.65%(3)

(As a percentage of the guaranteed income benefit base charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

⁽¹⁾ Current annual rider fees for elective step up (including elective spousal continuation step up) requests on/after 04/29/2013 are shown in the table below.

Elective step up date:	If invested in Portfolio Navigator fund at the time of step-up:	If invested in Portfolio Stabilizer fund at the time of step-up:
04/29/2013 – 11/17/2013	1.75%	n/a
11/18/2013 – 10/17/2014	1.75%	1.30%
10/18/2014 – 06/30/2016	1.60%	1.00%
07/01/2016 – 10/15/2018	1.75%	1.30%
10/16/2018 – 12/29/2019	1.40%	1.00%
12/30/2019 – 07/20/2020	1.55%	1.15%
07/21/2020 and later	1.75%	1.75%

⁽²⁾ Effective Dec. 18, 2013 if you request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up or move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is more aggressive than your current Portfolio Navigator fund allocation, the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are invested following the change as shown in the table below.

Fund Name	Maximum annual rider fee	Current annual fee as of 12/18/13
Portfolio Stabilizer funds	1.50%	0.55%
Portfolio Navigator funds:
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.70%

10    Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Fund Name	Maximum annual rider fee	Current annual fee as of 12/18/13
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.85%
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	1.00%

⁽³⁾ For applications signed prior to Oct. 7, 2004, the following current annual rider charges apply: Income Assurer Benefit – MAV — 0.55%, Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base — 0.70%; and Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base — 0.75%.

Annual Operating Expenses of the Funds

The next table provides the minimum and maximum total operating expenses charged by the underlying funds that you may pay periodically during the time that you own the contract. These operating expenses are for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, unless otherwise noted. More detail concerning each underlying fund’s fees and expenses is contained in each fund’s prospectus.

Minimum and maximum annual operating expenses for the funds

(Including management, distribution (12b-1) and/or service fees and other expenses)⁽¹⁾

	Minimum(%)	Maximum(%)
Total expenses before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements	0.39	1.38

⁽¹⁾ Total annual fund operating expenses are deducted from amounts that are allocated to the fund. They include management fees and other expenses and may include distribution (12b-1) fees. Other expenses may include service fees that may be used to compensate service providers, including us and our affiliates, for administrative and contract owner services provided on behalf of the fund. The amount of these payments will vary by fund and may be significant. See “The Variable Account and the Funds” for additional information, including potential conflicts of interest these payments may create. Distribution (12b-1) fees are used to finance any activity that is primarily intended to result in the sale of fund shares. Because 12b-1 fees are paid out of fund assets on an ongoing basis, you may pay more if you select subaccounts investing in funds that have adopted 12b-1 plans than if you select subaccounts investing in funds that have not adopted 12b-1 plans. For a more complete description of each fund’s fees and expenses and important disclosure regarding payments the fund and/or its affiliates make, please review the fund’s prospectus and SAI.

Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    11

Examples

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in these contracts with the cost of investing in other variable annuity contracts. These costs include your transaction expenses, contract administrative charges⁽¹⁾, variable account annual expenses and fund fees and expenses.

These examples assume that you invest $10,000 in the contract for the time periods indicated. These examples also assume that your investment has a 5% return each year.

Maximum Expenses. These examples assume the most expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the maximum fees and expenses of the funds* available with a living benefit rider and before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the MAV Death Benefit, the Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base and the Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit⁽²⁾. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

* Note: Certain funds are not available for contracts with living benefit riders and may have higher fund expenses than the associated fund expenses shown here.

	If you withdraw your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not withdraw your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Contract Option L	$1,347	$2,439	$3,192	$6,535	$627	$1,898	$3,192	$6,535
Contract Option C	637	1,927	3,238	6,612	637	1,927	3,238	6,612

Minimum Expenses. These examples assume the least expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the minimum fees and expenses of any of the funds before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the ROP Death Benefit and do not select any optional benefits. Although your actual costs may be higher, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

	If you withdraw your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not withdraw your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Contract Option L	$994	$1,361	$1,325	$2,798	$254	$779	$1,325	$2,798
Contract Option C	264	809	1,377	2,901	264	809	1,377	2,901

(1)	In these examples, the contract administrative charge is $40.
(2)	Because these examples are intended to illustrate the most expensive combination of contract features, the maximum annual fee for each optional rider is reflected rather than the fee that is currently being charged.

THE EXAMPLES ARE ILLUSTRATIVE ONLY. YOU SHOULD NOT CONSIDER THESE EXAMPLES AS A REPRESENTATION OF PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES. ACTUAL EXPENSES WILL BE HIGHER OR LOWER THAN THOSE SHOWN DEPENDING UPON WHICH OPTIONAL BENEFIT YOU ELECT OTHER THAN INDICATED IN THE EXAMPLES OR IF YOU ALLOCATE CONTRACT VALUE TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE SUBACCOUNTS.

12    Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Condensed Financial Information

You can find unaudited condensed financial information for the subaccounts representing the lowest and highest total annual variable account expense combinations in Appendix M.

Financial Statements

You can find our audited financial statements and the audited financial statements of the divisions, which are comprised of subaccounts, in the SAI. The SAI does not include audited financial statements for divisions that are new (if any) and have no activity as of the financial statements date.

The Variable Account and the Funds

Variable Account. The variable account was established under Indiana law on July 15, 1987, and the subaccounts are registered together as a single unit investment trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the 1940 Act). This registration does not involve any supervision of our management or investment practices and policies by the SEC. All obligations arising under the contracts are general obligations of RiverSource Life.

The variable account meets the definition of a separate account under federal securities laws. We credit or charge income, capital gains and capital losses of each subaccount only to that subaccount. State insurance law prohibits us from charging a subaccount with liabilities of any other subaccount or of our general business. The variable account includes other subaccounts that are available under contracts that are not described in this prospectus.

The IRS has issued guidance on investor control but may issue additional guidance in the future. We reserve the right to modify the contract or any investments made under the terms of the contract so that the investor control rules do not apply to treat the contract owner as the owner of the subaccount assets rather than the owner of an annuity contract. If the contract is not treated as an annuity contract for tax purposes, the owner may be subject to current taxation on any current or accumulated income credited to the contract.

We intend to comply with all federal tax laws so that the contract qualifies as an annuity for federal tax purposes. We reserve the right to modify the contract as necessary in order to qualify the contract as an annuity for federal tax purposes.

The Funds. This contract currently offers subaccounts investing in shares of the funds listed in the table below.

• Investment objectives: The investment managers and advisers cannot guarantee that the funds will meet their investment objectives. Please read the funds’ prospectuses for facts you should know before investing. These prospectuses are available by contacting us at the address or telephone number on the first page of this prospectus.

• Fund name and management: A fund underlying your contract in which a subaccount invests may have a name, portfolio manager, objectives, strategies and characteristics that are the same or substantially similar to those of a publicly-traded retail mutual fund. Despite these similarities, an underlying fund is not the same as any publicly-traded retail mutual fund. Each underlying fund will have its own unique portfolio holdings, fees, operating expenses and operating results. The results of each underlying fund may differ significantly from any publicly-traded retail mutual fund.

• Eligible purchasers: All funds are available to serve as the underlying investments for variable annuities and variable life insurance policies. The funds are not available to the public (see “Fund Name and Management” above). Some funds also are available to serve as investment options for tax-deferred retirement plans. It is possible that in the future for tax, regulatory or other reasons, it may be disadvantageous for variable annuity accounts and variable life insurance accounts and/or tax-deferred retirement plans to invest in the available funds simultaneously. Although we and the funds’ providers do not currently foresee any such disadvantages, the boards of directors or trustees of each fund will monitor events in order to identify any material conflicts between annuity owners, policy owners and tax-deferred retirement plans and to determine what action, if any, should be taken in response to a conflict. If a board were to conclude that it should establish separate fund providers for the variable annuity, variable life insurance and tax-deferred retirement plan accounts, you would not bear any expenses associated with establishing separate funds. Please refer to the funds’ prospectuses for risk disclosure regarding simultaneous investments by variable annuity, variable life insurance and tax-deferred retirement plan accounts. Each fund intends to comply with the diversification requirements under Section 817(h) of the Code.

• Private label: This contract is a “private label” variable annuity. This means the contract includes funds affiliated with the distributor of this contract. Purchase payments and contract values you allocate to subaccounts investing in any of the Wells Fargo Variable Trust Funds available under this contract are generally more profitable for the distributor and its affiliates than allocations you make to other subaccounts. In contrast, purchase payments and contract values you allocate to subaccounts investing in any of the affiliated funds are generally more profitable for us and our

Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    13

	affiliates (see “Revenue we receive from the funds may create conflicts of interest”). These relationships may influence recommendations your investment professional makes regarding whether you should invest in the contract, and whether you should allocate purchase payments or contract values to a particular subaccount.
•	Asset allocation programs may impact fund performance: Asset allocation programs in general may negatively impact the performance of an underlying fund. Even if you do not participate in an asset allocation program, a fund in which your subaccount invests may be impacted if it is included in an asset allocation program. Rebalancing or reallocation under the terms of the asset allocation program may cause a fund to lose money if it must sell large amounts of securities to meet a redemption request. These losses can be greater if the fund holds securities that are not as liquid as others, for example, various types of bonds, shares of smaller companies and securities of foreign issuers. A fund may also experience higher expenses because it must sell or buy securities more frequently than it otherwise might in the absence of asset allocation program rebalancing or reallocations. Because asset allocation programs include periodic rebalancing and may also include reallocation, these effects may occur under the asset allocation program we offer or under asset allocation programs used in conjunction with the contracts and plans of other eligible purchasers of the funds.
•	Funds available under the contract: We seek to provide a broad array of underlying funds taking into account the fees and charges imposed by each fund and the contract charges we impose. We select the underlying funds in which the subaccounts initially invest and when there is substitution (see “Substitution of Investments”). We also make all decisions regarding which funds to retain in a contract, which funds to add to a contract and which funds will no longer be offered in a contract. In making these decisions, we may consider various objective and subjective factors. Objective factors include, but are not limited to fund performance, fund expenses, classes of fund shares available, size of the fund and investment objectives and investing style of the fund. Subjective factors include, but are not limited to, investment sub-styles and process, management skill and history at other funds and portfolio concentration and sector weightings. We also consider the levels and types of revenue a fund, its distributor, investment adviser, subadviser, transfer agent or their affiliates pay us and our affiliates. This revenue includes, but is not limited to compensation for administrative services provided with respect to the fund and support of marketing and distribution expenses incurred with respect to the fund.
•	Money Market fund yield: In low interest rate environments, money market fund yields may decrease to a level where the deduction of fees and charges associated with your contract could result in negative net performance, resulting in a corresponding decrease in your contract value.
•	Risks and Conflicts of Interest with Certain Funds Advised by Columbia Management. We are an affiliate of Ameriprise Financial, Inc., which is the parent company of Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC (Columbia Management). Columbia Management acts as investment adviser to several funds of funds, including Portfolio Navigator and Portfolio Stabilizer funds. As such, it retains full discretion over the investment activities and investment decisions of the funds. These funds invest in other registered mutual funds. In providing investment advisory services for the funds and the underlying funds in which those funds respectively invest, Columbia Management is, together with its affiliates, including us, subject to competing interests that may influence its decisions. These competing interests typically arise because Columbia Management or one of its affiliates serves as the investment adviser to the underlying funds and may provide other services in connection with such underlying funds, and because the compensation we and our affiliates receive for providing these investment advisory and other services varies depending on the underlying fund.
•	Volatility and Volatility Management Risk with the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. Portfolio Stabilizer funds are managed volatility funds that employ a strategy designed to reduce overall volatility and downside risk. These types of funds are available under the contracts and one or more of these funds may be offered in other variable annuity and variable life insurance products offered by us. These funds may also be used in conjunction with guaranteed living benefit riders we offer with various annuity contracts.
	Conflicts may arise because the manner in which these funds and their strategies are executed by Columbia Management are expected to benefit us by reducing our financial risk and expense in offering guaranteed living benefit riders. Managed volatility funds employ a strategy to reduce overall volatility and downside risk. A successful strategy may result in smaller losses to your contract value when markets are declining and market volatility is high. In turn, a successful strategy may also result in less gain in your contract value during rising markets with higher volatility when compared to funds not employing a managed volatility strategy. Accordingly, although an investment in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds may mitigate declines in your contract value due to declining equity markets, the Funds’ investment strategies may also curb or decrease your contract value during periods of positive performance by the equity markets. There is no guarantee any of the funds’ strategies will be successful. When offered with a guaranteed living benefit, managed volatility funds may decrease the number and amount of any periodic benefit base increase opportunities. Costs associated with running a managed volatility strategy may also adversely impact the performance of managed volatility funds.

14    Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

While Columbia Management is the investment adviser to the Portfolio Navigator and Portfolio Stabilizer funds, it provides no investment advice to you as to whether an allocation to the funds is appropriate for you. You must decide whether an investment in these funds is right for you. Additional information on the funds, including risks and conflicts of interest, is included in their respective prospectuses. Columbia Management advised fund of funds and managed volatility funds and their investment objectives are listed in the table below.

•

Revenue we receive from the funds and potential conflicts of interest:

Expenses We May Incur on Behalf of the Funds

When a subaccount invests in a fund, the fund holds a single account in the name of the variable account. As such, the variable account is actually the shareholder of the fund. We, through our variable account, aggregate the transactions of numerous contract owners and submit net purchase and redemption requests to the funds on a daily basis. In addition, we track individual contract owner transactions and provide confirmations, periodic statements, and other required mailings. These costs would normally be borne by the fund, but we incur them instead.

Besides incurring these administrative expenses on behalf of the funds, we also incur distributions expenses in selling our contracts. By extension, the distribution expenses we incur benefit the funds we make available due to contract owner elections to allocate purchase payments to the funds through the subaccounts. In addition, the funds generally incur lower distribution expenses when offered through our variable account in contrast to being sold on a retail basis.

A complete list of why we may receive this revenue, as well as sources of revenue, is described in detail below.

Payments the Funds May Make to Us

We or our affiliates may receive from each of the funds, or their affiliates, compensation including but not limited to expense payments. These payments are designed in part to compensate us for the expenses we may incur on behalf of the funds. In addition to these payments, the funds may compensate us for wholesaling activities or to participate in educational or marketing seminars sponsored by the funds.

We or our affiliates may receive revenue derived from the 12b-1 fees charged by the funds. These fees are deducted from the assets of the funds. This revenue and the amount by which it can vary may create conflicts of interest. The amount, type, and manner in which the revenue from these sources is computed vary by fund.

Conflicts of Interest These Payments May Create

When we determined the charges to impose under the contracts, we took into account anticipated payments from the funds. If we had not taken into account these anticipated payments, the charges under the contract would have been higher. Additionally, the amount of payment we receive from a fund or its affiliate may create an incentive for us to include that fund as an investment option and may influence our decision regarding which funds to include in the variable account as subaccount options for contract owners. Funds that offer lower payments or no payments may also have corresponding expense structures that are lower, resulting in decreased overall fees and expenses to shareholders.

We offer funds managed by our affiliates Columbia Management and Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLC (Columbia Wanger). We have additional financial incentive to offer our affiliated funds because additional assets held by them generally results in added revenue to us and our parent company, Ameriprise Financial, Inc. Additionally, employees of Ameriprise Financial, Inc. and its affiliates, including our employees, may be separately incented to include the affiliated funds in the products, as employee compensation and business unit operating goals at all levels are tied to the success of the company. Currently, revenue received from our affiliated funds comprises the greatest amount and percentage of revenue we derive from payments made by the funds.

The Amount of Payments We Receive from the Funds

We or our affiliates receive revenue which ranges up to 0.65% of the average daily net assets invested in the funds through this and other contracts we and our affiliates issue.

Why revenues are paid to us: In accordance with applicable laws, regulations and the terms of the agreements under which such revenue is paid, we or our affiliates may receive revenue, including, but not limited to expense payments and non-cash compensation, for various purposes:

• Compensating, training and educating investment professionals who sell the contracts.

• Granting access to our employees whose job it is to promote sales of the contracts by authorized selling firms and their investment professionals, and granting access to investment professionals of our affiliated selling firms.

• Activities or services we or our affiliates provide that assist in the promotion and distribution of the contracts including promoting the funds available under the contracts to contract owners, authorized selling firms and investment professionals.

• Providing sub-transfer agency and shareholder servicing to contract owners.

• Promoting, including and/or retaining the fund’s investment portfolios as underlying investment options in the contracts.

• Advertising, printing and mailing sales literature, and printing and distributing prospectuses and reports.

Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    15

• Furnishing personal services to contract owners, including education of contract owners regarding the funds, answering routine inquiries regarding a fund, maintaining accounts or providing such other services eligible for service fees as defined under the rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA).

• Subaccounting services, transaction processing, recordkeeping and administration.

• Sources of revenue received from affiliated funds: The affiliated funds are managed by Columbia Management or Columbia Wanger. The sources of revenue we receive from these affiliated funds, or from the funds’ affiliates, may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Assets of the fund’s adviser, sub-adviser, transfer agent, distributor or an affiliate of these. The revenue resulting from these sources may be based either on a percentage of average daily net assets of the fund or on the actual cost of certain services we provide with respect to the fund. We may receive this revenue either in the form of a cash payment or it may be allocated to us.

• Compensation paid out of 12b-1 fees that are deducted from fund assets.

• Sources of revenue received from unaffiliated funds: The unaffiliated funds are not managed by an affiliate of ours. The sources of revenue we receive from these unaffiliated funds, or the funds’ affiliates, may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Assets of the fund’s adviser, sub-adviser, transfer agent, distributor or an affiliate of these. The revenue resulting from these sources may be based on a percentage of average daily net assets of the fund or on the actual cost of certain services we provide with respect to the fund. We receive this revenue in the form of a cash payment.

• Compensation paid out of 12b-1 fees that are deducted from fund assets.

Unless the PN program is in effect or you have selected one of the optional living benefit riders, you may allocate purchase payments and transfers to any or all of the subaccounts of the variable account that invest in shares of the funds listed in the table below. From time to time, certain fund names are changed. When we are notified of a name change, we will make changes so that the new name is properly shown. However, changes may take some period of time to complete. As a result it is possible you may receive various forms, reports and confirmations that reflect a fund’s prior name.

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
AB VPS Growth and Income Portfolio (Class B)	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
AB VPS International Value Portfolio (Class B)	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
American Century VP Inflation Protection, Class II	Seeks long-term total return using a strategy that seeks to protect against U.S. inflation.	American Century Investment Management, Inc.
American Century VP Ultra®, Class II	Seeks capital growth.	American Century Investment Management, Inc.
American Century VP Value, Class II	Seeks long-term capital growth. Income is a secondary objective.	American Century Investment Management, Inc.
BNY Mellon Investment Portfolios, Technology Growth Portfolio - Service Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	BNY Mellon Investment Adviser, Inc.
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high level of current income and, as a secondary objective, steady growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Emerging Markets Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Government Money Market Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with maximum current income consistent with liquidity and stability of principal.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC

16    Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Income Opportunities Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high total return through current income and capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high level of current income while attempting to conserve the value of the investment for the longest period of time.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Large Cap Growth Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Large Cap Index Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Mid Cap Growth Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Select Large Cap Value Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with current income as its primary objective and, as its secondary objective, preservation of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
CTIVP® - BlackRock Global Inflation-Protected Securities Fund (Class 3)	Non-diversified fund that seeks to provide shareholders with total return that exceeds the rate of inflation over the long term.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., subadviser; BlackRock International Limited, sub-subadviser.
CTIVP® - Victory Sycamore Established Value Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; Victory Capital Management Inc., subadviser.
Fidelity® VIP Contrafund® Portfolio Service Class 2	Seeks long-term capital appreciation. Normally invests primarily in common stocks. Invests in securities of companies whose value FMR believes is not fully recognized by the public. Invests in either "growth" stocks or "value" stocks or both. The fund invests in domestic and foreign issuers.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Service Class 2	Seeks as high level of current income as is consistent with the preservation of capital. Normally invests at least 80% of assets in investment-grade debt securities (those of medium and high quality) of all types and repurchase agreements for those securities. The Fund invests in domestic and foreign issuers.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. Fidelity Investments Money Management, Inc. (FIMM) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2	Seeks long-term growth of capital. Normally invests primarily in common stocks. Normally invests at least 80% of assets in securities of companies with medium market capitalizations. May invest in companies with smaller or larger market capitalizations. Invests in domestic and foreign issuers. The Fund invests in either "growth" or "value" common stocks or both.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.

Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    17

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Fidelity® VIP Overseas Portfolio Service Class 2	Seeks long-term growth of capital. Normally invests primarily in common stocks allocating investments across different countries and regions. Normally invests at least 80% of assets in non-U.S. securities.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Franklin Income VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks to maximize income while maintaining prospects for capital appreciation. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests in both equity and debt securities.	Franklin Advisers, Inc.
Goldman Sachs VIT Mid Cap Value Fund - Institutional Shares	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. Comstock Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks capital growth and income through investments in equity securities, including common stocks, preferred stocks and securities convertible into common and preferred stocks.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Morgan Stanley VIF U.S. Real Estate Portfolio, Class II Shares	Seeks to provide above average current income and long-term capital appreciation by investing primarily in equity securities of companies in the U.S. real estate industry, including real estate investment trusts.	Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc.
Putnam VT Global Health Care Fund - Class IB Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of both Putnam Investments Limited (PIL) and The Putnam Advisory Company, LLC (PAC), PIL and PAC do not currently manage any asses of the fund.
Putnam VT Small Cap Value Fund - Class IB Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of Putnam Investments Limited (PIL), PIL does not currently manage any assets.
Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks high current income, consistent with preservation of capital, with capital appreciation as a secondary consideration. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in debt securities of any maturity.	Franklin Advisers, Inc.
Variable Portfolio - Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2)	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with an aggressive level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC

18    Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Variable Portfolio - Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4)	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with an aggressive level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Conservative Portfolio (Class 2)	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a conservative level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Conservative Portfolio (Class 4)	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a conservative level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Managed Volatility Conservative Fund (Class 2)	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund's exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Managed Volatility Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2)	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund's exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Managed Volatility Growth Fund (Class 2)	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund's exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Managed Volatility Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2)	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund’s exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderate Portfolio (Class 2)	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderate level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderate Portfolio (Class 4)	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderate level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2)	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderately aggressive level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4)	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderately aggressive level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2)	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderately conservative level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 4)	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderately conservative level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; Jacobs Levy Equity Management, Inc., Nuveen Asset Management, LLC and Segall Bryant & Hamill, LLC, subadvisers.
Wanger USA	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLC
Wells Fargo VT International Equity Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.
Wells Fargo VT Omega Growth Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.

Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    19

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Wells Fargo VT Opportunity Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.
Wells Fargo VT Small Cap Growth Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.

The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)

The GPAs may not be available in some states.

Currently, unless you have elected one of the optional living benefit riders, you may allocate purchase payments to one or more of the GPAs with guarantee periods declared by us. These periods of time may vary by state. The required minimum investment in each GPA is $1,000.

These accounts are not offered after annuity payouts begin.

Each GPA pays an interest rate that is declared when you make an allocation to that account. Interest is credited daily. That interest rate is then fixed for the guarantee period that you chose. We will periodically change the declared interest rate for any future allocations to these accounts, but we will not change the rate paid on money currently in a GPA. The GPA interests under the contracts are registered with the SEC (File No.333-230959). The SEC staff reviews the disclosures in this prospectus on the GPA interests.

The interest rates that we will declare as guaranteed rates in the future are determined by us at our discretion (future rates). These rates generally will be based on various factors related to future investment earnings.We cannot predict nor can we guarantee what future rates will be.

We hold amounts you allocate to the GPAs in a “nonunitized” separate account. This separate account provides an additional measure of assurance that we will make full payment of amounts due under the GPAs. We own the assets of this separate account as well as any favorable investment performance of those assets. You do not participate in the performance of the assets held in this separate account. We guarantee all benefits relating to your value in the GPAs. This guarantee is based on the continued claims-paying ability of the company’s general account. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of insurance and financial products as well, and we also pay our obligations under these products from assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account.

We intend to construct and manage the investment portfolio relating to the separate account in such a way as to minimize the impact of fluctuations by interest rates. We seek to achieve this by constructing a portfolio of assets with a price sensitivity to interest rate changes (i.e., price duration) that is similar to the price duration of the corresponding portfolio of liabilities.

We must invest this portfolio of assets in accordance with requirements established by applicable state laws regarding the nature and quality of investments that life insurance companies may make and the percentage of their assets that they may commit to any particular type of investment. Our investment strategy will incorporate the use of a variety of debt instruments having price durations tending to match the applicable guarantee periods. These instruments include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities, which issues may or may not be guaranteed by the U.S. government;

• Debt securities that have an investment grade, at the time of purchase, within the four highest grades assigned by any of three nationally recognized rating agencies — Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s Investors Service or Fitch — or are rated in the two highest grades by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners;

• Other debt instruments which are unrated or rated below investment grade, limited to 10% of assets at the time of purchase; and

• Real estate mortgages, limited to 45% of portfolio assets at the time of acquisition.

In addition, options and futures contracts on fixed income securities will be used from time to time to achieve and maintain appropriate investment and liquidity characteristics on the overall asset portfolio.

While this information generally describes our investment strategy, we are not obligated to follow any particular strategy except as may be required by federal law and Indiana and other state insurance laws.

20    Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Market Value Adjustment (MVA)

We will not apply an MVA to contract value you transfer or withdraw out of the GPAs within 30 days before the end of the guarantee period. During this 30 day window you may choose to start a new guarantee period of the same length, transfer the contract value to a GPA of another length, transfer the contract value to any of the subaccounts or withdraw the contract value (subject to applicable withdrawal provisions). If we do not receive any instructions at the end of your guarantee period, our current practice is to automatically transfer the contract value into the shortest GPA term offered in your state.

We guarantee the contract value allocated to the GPAs, including interest credited, if you do not make any transfers or withdrawals from the GPAs prior to 30 days before the end of the guarantee period (30 day rule). At all other times, and unless one of the exceptions to the 30 day rule described below applies, we will apply an MVA if you withdraw or transfer contract value from a GPA including withdrawals under the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, or you elect an annuity payout plan while you have contract value invested in a GPA. We will refer to these transactions as “early withdrawals.” The application of an MVA may result in either a gain or loss of principal.

The 30-day rule does not apply and no MVA will apply to:

• transfers from a one-year GPA occurring under an automated dollar-cost averaging program or interest sweep strategy;

• automatic rebalancing under any PN program model portfolio we offer which contains one or more GPAs. However, an MVA will apply if you transfer to a new PN program investment option;

• amounts applied to an annuity payout plan while a PN program model portfolio containing one or more GPAs is in effect;

• amounts withdrawn for fees and charges; and

• amounts we pay as death claims.

When you request an early withdrawal, we adjust the early withdrawal amount by an MVA formula. The early withdrawal amount reflects the relationship between the guaranteed interest rate you are earning in your current GPA and the interest rate we are crediting on new GPAs that end at the same time as your current GPA.

The MVA is sensitive to changes in current interest rates. The magnitude of any applicable MVA will depend on our current schedule of guaranteed interest rates at the time of the withdrawal, the time remaining in your guarantee period and your guaranteed interest rate. The MVA is negative, zero or positive depending on how the guaranteed interest rate on your GPA compares to the interest rate of a new GPA for the same number of years as the guarantee period remaining on your GPA. This is summarized in the following table:

If your GPA rate is:	The MVA is:
Less than the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Negative
Equal to the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Zero
Greater than the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Positive

For examples, see Appendix A.

Buying Your Contract

New contracts are not currently being offered.

We are required by law to obtain personal information from you which we used to verify your identity. If you do not provide this information we reserve the right to refuse to issue your contract or take other steps we deem reasonable. Contract Option L has a four-year withdrawal charge schedule. Contract Option C eliminates the withdrawal charge schedule in exchange for a higher mortality and expense risk fee. Both contracts have the same underlying funds. As the owner, you have all rights and may receive all benefits under the contract.

You can own a qualified or nonqualified annuity. You can own a nonqualified annuity in joint tenancy with rights of survivorship only in spousal situations. You cannot own a qualified annuity in joint tenancy. You can buy a contract or become an annuitant if you are 85 or younger. (The age limit may be younger for qualified annuities in some states.)

When you applied, you could have selected (if available in your state):

• contract Option L or Option C;

• GPAs and/or subaccounts in which you want to invest;

• how you want to make purchase payments;

• a beneficiary;

• the optional PN program⁽¹⁾; and

Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    21

• one of the following Death Benefits:

– ROP Death Benefit

– MAV Death Benefit

– 5% Accumulation Death Benefit⁽²⁾

– Enhanced Death Benefit⁽²⁾

In addition, you could also have selected (if available in your state):

Any one of the following Optional Living Benefits:

• Accumulation Protector Benefit rider

• Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider

• Income Assurer Benefit – MAV rider

• Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base rider

• Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base rider

Either of the following Optional Death Benefits:

•	Benefit Protector Death Benefit rider(3)
•	Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit rider(3)
(1)	There is no additional charge for this feature
(2)	The 5% Accumulation Death Benefit and Enhanced Death Benefit are not available with Benefit Protector and Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit riders.
(3)	The contract provides for allocation of purchase payments to the GPAs and/or to the subaccounts of the variable account in even 1% increments subject to the $1,000 required minimum investment for the GPAs.

We will credit additional eligible purchase payments you make to your accounts on the valuation date we receive them. If we receive an additional purchase payment at our Service Center before the close of business, we will credit any portion of that payment allocated to the subaccounts using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received the payment. If we receive an additional purchase payment at our Service Center at or after the close of business, we will credit any portion of that payment allocated to the subaccounts using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received the payment.

You may make monthly payments to your contract under a Systematic Investment Plan (SIP). You must make an initial purchase payment of $10,000. Then, to begin the SIP, you will complete and send a form and your first SIP payment along with your application. There is no charge for SIP. You can stop your SIP payments at any time.

In most states, you may make additional purchase payments to nonqualified and qualified annuities until the retirement date.

Householding and delivery of certain documents

With your prior consent, RiverSource Life and its affiliates may use and combine information concerning accounts owned by members of the same household and provide a single paper copy of certain documents to that household. This householding of documents may include prospectuses, supplements, annual reports, semiannual reports and proxies. Your authorization remains in effect unless we are notified otherwise. If you wish to continue receiving multiple copies of these documents, you can opt out of householding by calling us at 1.866.273.7429. Multiple mailings will resume within 30 days after we receive your opt out request.

The Retirement Date

Annuity payouts begin on the retirement date. This means that the contract will be annuitized or converted to a stream of monthly payments. If your contract is annuitized, the contract goes into payout and only the annuity payout provisions continue. You will no longer have access to your contract value. This means that the death benefit and any optional benefits you have elected will end. When we processed your application, we established the retirement date to be the maximum age then in effect (or contract anniversary if applicable). Unless otherwise elected by you, all retirement dates are now automatically set to the maximum age of 95 now in effect. You also can change the retirement date, provided you send us written instructions at least 30 days before annuity payouts begin.

The retirement date must be:

• no earlier than the 30th day after the contract’s effective date; and no later than

• the annuitant’s 95th birthday or the tenth contract anniversary, if later,

• or such other date as agreed upon by us.

22    Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Six months prior to your retirement start date, we will contact you with your options including the option to postpone your retirement start date to a future date. You can choose to delay the retirement start date of your contract to a date beyond age 95, to the extent allowed by applicable state law and tax laws.

If you do not make an election, annuity payouts using the contract’s default option of annuity payout Plan B – Life with 10 years certain will begin on the retirement start date and your monthly annuity payments will continue for as long as the annuitant lives. If the annuitant does not survive 10 years, we will continue to make payments until 10 years of payments have been made.

Generally, if you own a qualified annuity (for example, an IRA) and tax laws require that you take distributions from your annuity prior to your retirement start date, your contract will not be automatically annuitized (subject to state requirements). However, if you choose, you can elect to request annuitization or take surrenders to meet your required minimum distributions.

Beneficiary

We will pay to your named beneficiary the death benefit if it becomes payable while the contract is in force and before annuity payouts begin. If there is more than one beneficiary, we will pay each beneficiary’s designated share when we receive their completed claim. A beneficiary will bear the investment risk of the variable account until we receive the beneficiary’s completed claim. If there is no named beneficiary, the default provisions of your contract will apply. (See “Benefits in Case of Death” for more about beneficiaries.)

Purchase Payments

Purchase payment amounts and purchase payment timing may vary by state and may be limited under the terms of your contract.

Minimum additional purchase payments

$50 for SIPs

$100 for all other payment types

Maximum total purchase payments*

$1,000,000

* This limit applies in total to all RiverSource Life annuities you own. We reserve the right to waive or increase the maximum limit. For qualified annuities, the Code’s limits on annual contributions also apply. Additional purchase payments are restricted during the waiting period after the first 180 days immediately following the effective date of the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider.

Effective Jan. 26, 2009, no additional purchase payments are allowed for contracts with the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider and Enhanced Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, subject to state restrictions.

For contracts issued in all states except those listed below certain exceptions apply and the following additional purchase payments will be allowed on/after Jan. 26, 2009:

a.	Tax Free Exchanges, rollovers, and transfers listed on the annuity application and received within 180 days from the contract issue date.
b.	Prior and current tax year contributions up to the annual limit set up by the IRS for any Qualified Accounts. This annual limit applies to IRAs, Roth IRAs, and SEP plans.

For contracts issued in Florida, New Jersey, and Oregon, additional purchase payments to your variable annuity contract will be limited to $100,000 for the life of your contract. The limit does not apply to Tax Free Exchanges, rollovers, and transfers listed on the annuity application and received within 180 days from the contract issue date.

We reserve the right to change these current rules at any time, subject to state restrictions.

How to Make Purchase Payments

11 By letter

Send your check along with your name and contract number to:

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474

Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    23

22 By SIP

Contact your investment professional to complete the necessary SIP paperwork.

Limitations on Use of Contract

If mandated by applicable law, including, but not limited to, federal anti-money laundering laws, we may be required to reject a purchase payment. We may also be required to block an owner’s access to contract values or to satisfy other statutory obligations. Under these circumstances, we may refuse to implement requests for transfers, withdrawals or death benefits until instructions are received from the appropriate governmental authority or a court of competent jurisdiction.

Charges

Contract Administrative Charge

We charge this fee for establishing and maintaining your records. We deduct $40 from the contract value on your contract anniversary or, if earlier, when the contract is fully withdrawn. We prorate this charge among the GPAs and the subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value.

We will waive this charge when your contract value is $50,000 or more on the current contract anniversary.

If you take a full withdrawal from your contract, we will deduct the charge at the time of withdrawal regardless of the contract value. We cannot increase the annual contract administrative charge and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

Variable Account Administrative Charge

We apply this charge daily to the subaccounts. It is reflected in the unit values of your subaccounts and it totals 0.15% of their average daily net assets on an annual basis. It covers certain administrative and operating expenses of the subaccounts such as accounting, legal and data processing fees and expenses involved in the preparation and distribution of reports and prospectuses. We cannot increase the variable account administrative charge.

Mortality and Expense Risk Fee

We charge these fees daily to the subaccounts. The unit values of your subaccounts reflect these fees. These fees cover the mortality and expense risk that we assume. These fees do not apply to the GPAs. We cannot increase these fees.

The contract (either Option L or Option C) and the death benefit guarantee you select determines the mortality and expense risk fee you pay:

	Contract Option L	Contract Option C
ROP Death Benefit	1.55%	1.65%
MAV Death Benefit	1.75	1.85
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.90	2.00
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.95	2.05

Mortality risk arises because of our guarantee to pay a death benefit and our guarantee to make annuity payouts according to the terms of the contract, no matter how long a specific owner or annuitant lives and no matter how long our entire group of owners or annuitants live. If, as a group, owners or annuitants outlive the life expectancy we assumed in our actuarial tables, then we must take money from our general assets to meet our obligations. If, as a group, owners or annuitants do not live as long as expected, we could profit from the mortality risk fee. We deduct the mortality risk fee from the subaccounts during the annuity payout period even if the annuity payout plan does not involve a life contingency.

Expense risk arises because we cannot increase the contract administrative charge or the variable account administrative charge and these charges may not cover our expenses. We would have to make up any deficit from our general assets. We could profit from the expense risk fee if future expenses are less than expected.

The subaccounts pay us the mortality and expense risk fee they accrued as follows:

• first, to the extent possible, the subaccounts pay this fee from any dividends distributed from the funds in which they invest;

• then, if necessary, the funds redeem shares to cover any remaining fees payable.

24    Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

We may use any profits we realize from the subaccounts’ payment to us of the mortality and expense risk fee for any proper corporate purpose, including, among others, payment of distribution (selling) expenses. We do not expect that the withdrawal charge for contract Option L will cover sales and distribution expenses.

Withdrawal Charge

You select either contract Option L or Option C at the time of application. Contract Option C has no withdrawal charge schedule but carries a higher mortality and expense risk fee than contract Option L.

If you select contract Option L and you withdraw all or part of your contract value before annuity payouts begin, we may deduct a withdrawal charge. As described below, a withdrawal charge applies to each purchase payment you make. The withdrawal schedule charge lasts for four years from the receipt of each purchase payment. (See “Expense Summary”).

You may withdraw an amount during any contract year without a withdrawal charge. We call this amount the Total Free Amount (TFA). The TFA varies depending on whether your contract Option L includes the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider:

Contract Option L without the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider

The TFA is the greater of:

• 10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary⁽¹⁾; or

• current contract earnings.

Contract Option L with Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider

The TFA is the greatest of:

•	10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary(1);
•	current contract earnings; or
•	the Remaining Benefit Payment.
(1)	We consider your initial purchase payment to be the prior contract anniversary’s contract value during the first contract year.

Amounts withdrawn in excess of the TFA may be subject to a withdrawal charge as described below.

A withdrawal charge will apply if the amount you withdraw includes any of your prior purchase payments that are still within their withdrawal charge schedule. To determine whether your withdrawal includes any of your prior purchase payments that are still within their withdrawal charge schedule, we withdraw amounts from your contract in the following order:

1.

We withdraw the TFA first. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on the TFA.

2.

We withdraw purchase payments not previously withdrawn, in the order you made them: the oldest purchase payment first, the next purchase payment second, etc. until all purchase payments have been withdrawn. By applying this “first-in, first-out” rule, we do not assess a withdrawal charge on purchase payments that we received prior to the number of years stated in the withdrawal charge schedule you select when you purchase the contract. We only assess a withdrawal charge on purchase payments that are still within the withdrawal charge schedule you selected.

Example: Each time you make a purchase payment under the contract Option L, a withdrawal charge schedule attaches to that purchase payment. The withdrawal charge percentage for each purchase payment declines according to the withdrawal charge schedule shown in your contract.(The withdrawal charge percentages for the 4-Year withdrawal charge schedule are shown in a table in the “Expense Summary” above.) For example, if you select contract Option L, during the first two years after a purchase payment is made, the withdrawal charge percentage attached to that payment is 8%. The withdrawal charge percentage for that payment during the fourth year after it is made is 6%. At the beginning of the fifth year after that purchase payment is made, and thereafter, there is no longer a withdrawal charge as to that payment.

We determine your withdrawal charge by multiplying each of your payments withdrawn by the applicable withdrawal charge percentage (see “Expense Summary”), and then adding the total withdrawal charges.

For a partial withdrawal that is subject to a withdrawal charge, the amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable withdrawal charge. A partial withdrawal that includes contract value taken from the guarantee period accounts may also be subject to a market value adjustment (see “Guarantee Period Accounts — Market Value Adjustment”). We pay you the amount you request.

The amount of purchase payments withdrawn is calculated using a prorated formula based on the percentage of contract value being withdrawn. As a result, the amount of purchase payments withdrawn may be greater than the amount of contract value withdrawn.

For an example, see Appendix C.

Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    25

Waiver of withdrawal charges for contract Option L

We do not assess withdrawal charges for:

• withdrawals of any contract earnings;

• withdrawals of amounts totaling up to 10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary to the extent it exceeds contract earnings;

• if you elected the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, your contract’s Remaining Benefit Payment to the extent it exceeds the greater of contract earnings or 10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary;

• required minimum distributions from a qualified annuity to the extent that they exceed the free amount. The amount on which withdrawal charges are waived can be no greater than the RMD amount calculated under your specific contract currently in force;

• contracts settled using an annuity payout plan (Exception: As described below, if you select annuity payout Plan E, and choose later to withdraw the value of your remaining annuity payments, we will assess a withdrawal charge. This exception also applies to contract Option C.)

• withdrawals made as a result of one of the “Contingent events”* described below to the extent permitted by state law; and

• death benefits.

Contingent events

• Withdrawals you make if you or the annuitant are confined to a hospital or nursing home and have been for the prior 60 days. Your contract will include this provision when you and the annuitant are under age 76 at contract issue. You must provide proof satisfactory to us of the confinement as of the date you request the withdrawal.

• To the extent permitted by state law, withdrawals you make if you or the annuitant are diagnosed in the second or later contract years as disabled with a medical condition that with reasonable medical certainty will result in death within 12 months or less from the date of the licensed physician’s statement. You must provide us with a licensed physician’s statement containing the terminal illness diagnosis and the date the terminal illness was initially diagnosed.

Liquidation charge under Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:If you are receiving variable annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to withdraw those payments. The amount that you can withdraw is the present value of any remaining variable payouts. The discount rate we use in the calculation will be 5.17% if the assumed investment return is 3.5% and 6.67% if the assumed investment return is 5%. The liquidation charge equals the present value of the remaining payouts using the assumed investment return minus the present value of the remaining payouts using the discount rate.

Fixed Payouts: Withdrawal charge for Fixed Annuity Payout Plan E – Payouts for a specified period: If you are receiving annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to take a withdraw and withdrawal charge may apply.

A withdrawal charge will be assessed against the present value of any remaining guaranteed payouts withdrawn. The discount rate we use in determining present values varies based on: (1) the contract value originally applied to the fixed annuitization; (2) the remaining years of guaranteed payouts; (3) the annual effective interest rate and periodic payment amount for new immediate annuities of the same duration as the remaining years of guaranteed payouts; and (4) the interest spread (currently 1.50%). If we do not currently offer immediate annuities, we will use rates and values applicable to new annuitizations to determine the discount rate.

Once the discount rate is applied and we have determined the present value of the remaining guaranteed payouts you withdrawn, the present value determined will be multiplied by the withdrawal charge percentage in the table below and deducted from the present value to determine the net present value you will receive.

Number of Completed Years Since Annuitization	Withdrawal charge percentage
0	Not applicable*
1	5%
2	4
3	3
4	2
5	1
6 and thereafter	0

*We do not permit withdrawals in the first year after annuitization.

26    Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

We will provide a quoted present value (which includes the deduction of any withdrawal charge). You must then formally elect, in a form acceptable to us, to receive this value. The remaining guaranteed payouts following withdraw will be reduced to zero.

Possible group reductions: In some cases we may incur lower sales and administrative expenses due to the size of the group, the average contribution and the use of group enrollment procedures. In such cases, we may be able to reduce or eliminate the contract administrative and withdrawal charges. However, we expect this to occur infrequently.

Fund Fees and Expenses

There are deductions from and expenses paid out of the assets of the funds that are described in the prospectuses for those funds.

Premium Taxes

Certain state and local governments impose premium taxes on us (up to 3.5%). These taxes depend upon your state of residence or the state in which the contract was issued. Currently, we deduct any applicable premium tax when annuity payouts begin, but we reserve the right to deduct this tax at other times such as when you make purchase payments or when you make a full withdrawal from your contract.

Optional Living Benefits Charges

Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider Fee

We deduct an annual charge from your contract value on your contract anniversary for this optional benefit only if you select it. The charge is percentage of the greater of your contract value or the minimum contract accumulation value. See table below for the applicable percentage. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, and the subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

Once you elect the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, you may not cancel it and the charge will continue to be deducted until the end of the waiting period. If the contract is terminated for any reason or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the charge.

The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider fee will not exceed a maximum of 1.75%.

We may increase the rider fee at our discretion and on a nondiscriminatory basis.

We will not change the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider fee in effect on your contract after the rider effective date unless:

(a)	you choose the annual elective step up or elective spousal continuation step up after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee; or
(b)	you change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee or vary the rider fee.

We exercised our right to increase the rider fee upon elective step up or elective spousal continuation step up and vary the fee depending on whether your contract value is invested in one of the Portfolio Navigator or Portfolio Stabilizer funds at the time of the elective step up or spousal continuation step up. You will pay the fee that is in effect on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up. Currently, we waive our right to increase the fee for investment option changes. There is no assurance that we will not exercise our right in the future.

If you request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up, the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are invested at that time, as shown in the table below.

Accumulation Protector Benefit® rider fee	Maximum annual rider fee	Initial annual rider fee and annual rider fee for elective step-ups before 04/29/2013
	1.75%	0.55%

(Charged annually on the contract anniversary as a percentage of the contract value or the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value, whichever is greater.)

Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    27

Current annual rider fees for elective step-up (including elective spousal continuation step-up) requests on/after 04/29/2013 are shown in the table below.

Elective step up date:	If invested in Portfolio Navigator fund at the time of step-up:	If invested in Portfolio Stabilizer fund at the time of step-up:
04/29/2013 – 11/17/2013	1.75%	n/a
11/18/2013 – 10/17/2014	1.75%	1.30%
10/18/2014 – 06/30/2016	1.60%	1.00%
07/01/2016 – 10/15/2018	1.75%	1.30%
10/16/2018 – 12/29/2019	1.40%	1.00%
12/30/2019 – 07/20/2020	1.55%	1.15%
07/21/2020 and later	1.75%	1.75%

If your annual rider fee changes during the contract year, on the next contract anniversary we will calculate an average rider fee that reflects the various fees that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

Subject to the terms of your contract, we reserve the right to further increase the rider fees to the maximum limit provided by your rider and to vary the rider fees based on the fund you select.

The automatic step up option available under your rider will not impact your rider fee.

Please see the “Optional Living Benefits — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider” section for a full description and rules applicable to elective and automatic step up options under your rider.

The charge does not apply after annuity payouts begin.

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider Fee

This fee information applies to both Rider A and Rider B unless otherwise noted.

We deduct an annual charge based on contract value for this optional feature only if you select it. The initial fee is 0.55%. We deduct the charge from your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among the GPAs and the subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

Once you elect the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, you may not cancel it and the charge will continue to be deducted until the contract is terminated, the contract value reduces to zero. If the contract is terminated for any reason or when annuity payments begin, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee. If the Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA) goes to zero but the contract value has not been depleted, you will continue to be charged.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider fee will not exceed a maximum charge of 1.50%.

We may increase the rider fee at our discretion and on a nondiscriminatory basis.

We will not change the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider fee in effect on your contract after the rider effective date unless:

(a)	you choose the annual elective step up or elective spousal continuation step up after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee; or
(b)	you elect to change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee or vary the rider fee for each PN program investment option.

Effective Dec. 18, 2013, we exercised our right to increase the rider fee and vary the fee depending on the fund to which your contract value is invested.

Beginning Dec. 18, 2013, if you:

• request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up, or

• move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is more aggressive than the Portfolio Navigator fund you are currently allocated to,

the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are currently invested as shown in the table below.

28    Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If you move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is less aggressive than the Portfolio Navigator fund you are currently allocated to, your fee will not increase and may decrease according to the table below.

Fund name	Maximum annual rider fee	Current annual rider fee as of 12/18/13
Portfolio Stabilizer funds	1.50%	0.55%
Portfolio Navigator funds:
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.85%
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	1.00%

On your next contract anniversary after, if your contract value is allocated to a fund subject to a fee increase, you will have 30 days following the anniversary to choose from the following:

1.	Remain invested in your current Portfolio Navigator fund and elect to step up (when available) and lock in your contract gains. If you make this decision, your rider fee will increase.
2.	Move to one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. If you do this, your rider fee will not increase, but remember that you will lose your access to invest in the Portfolio Navigator funds.
3.	Do not elect a step up, if eligible. You will not lock in contract gains, but your rider fee will stay the same.

For the enhanced rider, if during the 30 days following your contract anniversary, your contract value is allocated to a fund subject to a fee increase, we will automatically process any available step up and lock in any contract gains, as well as reactivate automatic step ups, when contract value is transferred:

1.	to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund;
2.	to a less aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund that is not subject to a fee increase, if applicable; or
3.	to a more aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund.

For original riders, you must always elect to step up your rider values. The step up and lock in of any contract gains will occur as of the date of the transfer described above.

Rider fees may increase or decrease as you move to various funds. Your fee will increase if you transfer your contract value to a more aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund with a higher fee. If you transfer to a less aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund or transfer to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund, your fee may decrease. Certain rider fees may not change depending on the fund in which your contract value is allocated.

We will notify you in writing about your opportunity to elect to step up (if eligible) and incur the higher rider fee or maintain your guaranteed amount at its current level and keep your rider fee the same. For original riders or enhanced riders subject to a fee increase, you will receive a letter from us approximately 30 days before your next annuity contract anniversary. This letter will describe the potential opportunity to elect a step up to increase your guaranteed income and how to make the election if eligible. You will have a 30 day period beginning on your next contract anniversary to choose whether to step up and accept the fee increase. For enhanced riders and original riders with an application signed date on or after 4/29/2005, if approved in your state, the step up and new fee will be effective on the date we receive your request for the step up (Step up date). For original riders with an application signed date before 4/29/2005, the step up will be effective as of your contract anniversary and the fee for your rider will be the fee that was in effect for your current fund on the anniversary.

For purposes of determining the duration of the “30 day window” following your contract anniversary to elect to step up or to transfer funds to lock in any available contract gains, the following will apply:

1.	the duration of your window is determined on a calendar day basis;
2.	under our current administrative process we will accept your request on the 31st calendar day if we receive it prior to the close of the NYSE; and
3.	if your window ends on a day the NYSE is closed, we must receive your request no later than the close of the NYSE on the preceding Valuation Date.

Under the enhanced rider, each year, we will continue to provide you written notice of your options with respect to elective step ups and the fee increase until you are no longer subject to a fee increase. Once you have taken action that results in a higher fee, you will become eligible for automatic step ups under the rider.

Before you elect a step up resulting in an increased rider fee, you should carefully consider the benefit of the contract value gains you are locking-in and the increased rider fee compared to your other options including whether it is appropriate to consider moving to a fund with a lower corresponding rider fee.

Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    29

Subject to the terms of your contract, we reserve the right to further increase the rider fee up to the maximum limit provided by your rider. Currently, the rider fee does not vary among the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, but we reserve the right to vary the fees among the Portfolio Stabilizer funds in the future.

If you choose the annual or spousal continuation elective step up or change your investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee as described above, you will pay the fee that is in effect on the effective date of your step up or investment option change. On the next contract anniversary, we will calculate an average rider fee, for the preceding contract year only, that reflects the various different charges that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

The charge does not apply after annuity payouts begin.

For an example of how your fee will vary upon elective step up or spousal continuation step up, please see Appendix F.

Income Assurer Benefit Rider Fee

We deduct a charge for this optional feature only if you selected it. We determine the charge by multiplying the guaranteed income benefit base by the charge for the Income Assurer Benefit rider you select. There are three Income Assurer Benefit rider options available under your contract (see “Optional Benefits — Income Assurer Benefit Riders”) and each has a different guaranteed income benefit base calculation. The charge for each Income Assurer Benefit rider is as follows:

	Maximum	Current
Income Assurer Benefit – MAV	1.50%	0.30%(1)
Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base	1.75	0.60(1)
Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base	2.00	0.65(1)

⁽¹⁾ For applications signed prior to Oct. 7, 2004, the following current annual rider charges apply: Income Assurer Benefit – MAV — 0.55%, Income Assurer Benefit — 5% Accumulation Benefit Base — 0.70%; and Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base — 0.75%.

We deduct the charge from the contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among the GPAs and the subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary. If the contract is terminated for any reason or when annuity payments begin, we will deduct the fee from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee.

Currently the Income Assurer Benefit rider fee does not vary with the PN program investment option selected; however, we reserve the right to increase this fee and/or vary the rider fee for each PN program investment option but not to exceed the maximum charges shown above. We cannot change the Income Assurer Benefit charge after the rider effective date, unless you change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the fee and/or charge a separate fee for each PN program investment option. If you choose to change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee, you will pay the fee that is in effect on the valuation date we receive your written request to change your PN program investment option. On the next contract anniversary, we will calculate an average rider fee, for the preceding contract year only, that reflects the various different charges that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

For an example of how each Income Assurer Benefit rider fee is calculated, see Appendix I.

Optional Death Benefit Charges

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider Fee

We deduct a charge for the optional feature only if you select it. If selected, we deduct 0.25% of your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

If the contract is terminated for any reason other than death or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the charge. We cannot increase this annual charge after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

30    Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider Fee

We charge a fee for the optional feature only if you select it. If selected, we deduct 0.40% of your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this fee among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

If the contract is terminated for any reason other than death or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the fee from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee. We cannot increase this annual charge after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

Valuing Your Investment

We value your accounts as follows:

GPAs

We value the amounts you allocate to the GPAs directly in dollars. The value of the GPAs equals:

• the sum of your purchase payments and transfer amounts allocated to the GPAs;

• plus interest credited;

• minus the sum of amounts withdrawn (including any applicable withdrawal charges for contract Option L) and amounts transferred out;

• minus any prorated portion of the contract administrative charge; and

• minus the prorated portion of the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Accumulation Protector Benefit rider;

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider;

– Income Assurer Benefit rider;

– Benefit Protector rider; or

– Benefit Protector Plus rider.

Subaccounts

We convert amounts you allocated to the subaccounts into accumulation units. Each time you make a purchase payment or transfer amounts into one of the subaccounts, we credit a certain number of accumulation units to your contract for that subaccount. Conversely, we subtract a certain number of accumulation units from your contract each time you take a partial withdrawal; transfer amounts out of a subaccount; or we assess a contract administrative charge, a withdrawal charge, or fee for any optional contract riders with annual charges (if applicable).

The accumulation units are the true measure of investment value in each subaccount during the accumulation period. They are related to, but not the same as, the net asset value of the fund in which the subaccount invests. The dollar value of each accumulation unit can rise or fall daily depending on the variable account expenses, performance of the fund and on certain fund expenses.

Here is how we calculate accumulation unit values:

Number of units: To calculate the number of accumulation units for a particular subaccount, we divide your investment by the current accumulation unit value.

Accumulation unit value: The current accumulation unit value for each subaccount equals the last value times the subaccount’s current net investment factor.

We determine the net investment factor by:

• adding the fund’s current net asset value per share, plus the per share amount of any accrued income or capital gain dividends to obtain a current adjusted net asset value per share; then

• dividing that sum by the previous adjusted net asset value per share; and

• subtracting the percentage factor representing the mortality and expense risk fee and the variable account administrative charge from the result.

Because the net asset value of the fund may fluctuate, the accumulation unit value may increase or decrease. You bear all the investment risk in a subaccount.

Factors that affect subaccount accumulation units: Accumulation units may change in two ways — in number and in value.

Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    31

The number of accumulation units you own may fluctuate due to:

• additional purchase payments you allocate to the subaccounts;

• transfers into or out of the subaccounts (including any positive or negative MVA on amounts transferred from the GPAs);

• partial withdrawals;

• withdrawal charges;

and the deduction of a prorated portion of:

• the contract administrative charge; and

• the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Accumulation Protector Benefit rider;

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider;

– Income Assurer Benefit rider;

– Benefit Protector rider; or

– Benefit Protector Plus rider.

Accumulation unit values will fluctuate due to:

• changes in fund net asset value;

• fund dividends distributed to the subaccounts;

• fund capital gains or losses;

• fund operating expenses; and

• mortality and expense risk fee and the variable account administrative charge.

Making the Most of Your Contract

Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging

Currently, you can use automated transfers to take advantage of dollar-cost averaging (investing a fixed amount at regular intervals). For example, you might transfer a set amount monthly from a relatively conservative subaccount to a more aggressive one, or to several others, or from the one-year GPA to one or more subaccounts to one or more subaccounts. Automated transfers are not available for GPA terms of two or more years. You can also obtain the benefits of dollar-cost averaging by setting up regular automatic SIP payments or by establishing an interest sweep strategy. Interest sweeps are a monthly transfer of the interest earned from the one-year GPA to one or more subaccounts into the subaccounts of your choice. If you participate in an interest sweep strategy the interest you earn on the one-year GPA to one or more subaccounts will be less than the annual interest rate we apply because there will be no compounding. There is no charge for dollar-cost averaging.

This systematic approach can help you benefit from fluctuations in accumulation unit values caused by fluctuations in the market values of the funds. Since you invest the same amount each period, you automatically acquire more units when the market value falls and fewer units when it rises. The potential effect is to lower your average cost per unit.

How dollar-cost averaging works

By investing an equal number of dollars each month		Month	Amount invested	Accumulation unit value	Number of units purchased
		Jan	$100	$20	5.00
		Feb	100	18	5.56
you automatically buy more units when the per unit market price is low		Mar	100	17	5.88
	→	Apr	100	15	6.67
		May	100	16	6.25
		Jun	100	18	5.56
		Jul	100	17	5.88
and fewer units when the per unit market price is high.		Aug	100	19	5.26
	→	Sept	100	21	4.76
		Oct	100	20	5.00

You paid an average price of $17.91 per unit over the 10 months, while the average market price actually was $18.10.

32    Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Dollar-cost averaging does not guarantee that any subaccount will gain in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. Because dollar-cost averaging involves continuous investing, your success will depend upon your willingness to continue to invest regularly through periods of low price levels. Dollar-cost averaging can be an effective way to help meet your long-term goals. For specific features contact your investment professional.

Dollar-cost averaging as described in this section is not available when the PN program is in effect.

Asset Rebalancing

You can ask us in writing to automatically rebalance the subaccount portion of your contract value either quarterly, semiannually, or annually. The period you select will start to run on the date we record your request. On the first valuation date of each of these periods, we automatically will rebalance your contract value so that the value in each subaccount matches your current subaccount percentage allocations. These percentage allocations must be in whole numbers. There is no charge for asset rebalancing. The contract value must be at least $2,000.

You can change your percentage allocations or your rebalancing period at any time by contacting us in writing. We will restart the rebalancing period you selected as of the date we record your change. You also can ask us in writing to stop rebalancing your contract value. You must allow 30 days for us to change any instructions that currently are in place. For more information on asset rebalancing, contact your investment professional.

Different rules apply to asset rebalancing under the PN program (see “Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds” below).

Asset Allocation Program

For contracts with applications signed before May 1, 2006, we offered an asset allocation program called Portfolio Navigator. You could elect to participate in the asset allocation program, and there is no additional charge. If you purchased an optional Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider or Income Assurer Benefit rider, you are required to participate in the PN program under the terms of the rider.

This asset allocation program allows you to allocate your contract value to a model portfolio that consists of subaccounts and may include certain GPAs (if available under the asset allocation program), which represent various asset classes. By spreading your contract value among these various asset classes, you may be able to reduce the volatility in your contract value, but there is no guarantee that this will occur.

Asset allocation does not guarantee that your contract will increase in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. If you choose or are required to participate in the asset allocation program, you are responsible for determining which model portfolio is best for you. Your investment professional can help you make this determination. In addition, your investment professional may provide you with an investor questionnaire, a tool that can help you determine which model portfolio is suited to your needs based on factors such as your investment goals, your tolerance for risk, and how long you intend to invest.

Currently, there are five model portfolios ranging from conservative to aggressive. You may not use more than one model portfolio at a time. You are allowed to request a change to another model portfolio twice per contract year. Each model portfolio specifies allocation percentages to each of the subaccounts and any GPAs that make up that model portfolio. By participating in the asset allocation program, you authorize us to invest your contract value in the subaccounts and any GPAs (if included) according to the allocation percentages stated for the specific model portfolio you have selected. You also authorize us to automatically rebalance your contract value quarterly beginning three months after the effective date of your contract in order to maintain alignment with the allocation percentages specified in the model portfolio.

Special rules will apply to the GPAs if they are included in a model portfolio. Under these rules:

• no MVA will apply when rebalancing occurs within a specific model portfolio (but an MVA may apply if you elect to transfer to a new model portfolio); and

• no MVA will apply when you elect an annuity payout plan while your contract value is invested in a model portfolio (see “Guarantee Period Accounts — Market Value Adjustment”).

Under the asset allocation program, the subaccounts, any GPAs (if included) that make up the model portfolio you selected and the allocation percentages to those subaccounts, any GPAs (if included) will not change unless we adjust the composition of the model portfolio to reflect the liquidation, substitution or merger of an underlying fund, a change of investment objective by an underlying fund or when an underlying fund stops selling its shares to the variable account. We reserve the right to change the terms and conditions of the asset allocation program upon written notice to you.

If permitted under applicable securities law, we reserve the right to:

• reallocate your current model portfolio to an updated version of your current model portfolio; or

Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    33

• substitute a fund of funds for your current model portfolio.

We also reserve the right to discontinue the asset allocation program. We will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change.

If you elected to participate in the asset allocation program, you may discontinue your participation in the program at any time by giving us written notice. Upon cancellation, automated rebalancing associated with the asset allocation program will end. You can elect to participate in the asset allocation program again at any time.

Required Use of Asset Allocation Program with Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider or Income Assurer Benefit rider

If you are required to participate in the asset allocation program because you purchased an optional Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider or Income Assurer Benefit rider, you may not discontinue your participation in the asset allocation program unless permitted by the terms of the rider as summarized below:

• Accumulation Protector Benefit rider: You cannot terminate the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. As long as the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider is in effect, your contract value must be invested in one of the model portfolios. The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider automatically ends at the end of the waiting period as does the requirement that you participate in the asset allocation program. At all other times, if you do not want to participate in any of the model portfolios, you must terminate your contract by requesting a full withdrawal. Withdrawal charges and tax penalties may apply.Therefore, you should not select the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider if you do not intend to continue participating in one of the model portfolios until the end of the waiting period.

• Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider: Because the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider requires that your contract value be invested in one of the model portfolios for the life of the contract, and you cannot terminate the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider once you have selected it, you must terminate your contract by requesting a full withdrawal if you do not want to participate in any of the model portfolios. Withdrawal charges and tax penalties may apply.Therefore, you should not select the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider if you do not intend to continue participating in one of the model portfolios for the life of the contract.

• Income Assurer Benefit rider: You can terminate the Income Assurer Benefit rider during a 30-day period after the first rider anniversary and at any time after the expiration of the waiting period. At all other times, if you do not want to participate in any of the model portfolios, you must terminate your contract by requesting a full withdrawal. Withdrawal charges and tax penalties may apply. As long as the Income Assurer Benefit rider is in effect, your contract value must be invested in one of the model portfolios.Therefore, you should not select the Income Assurer Benefit rider if you do not intend to continue participating in one of the model portfolios during the period of time the Income Assurer Benefit rider is in effect.

Portfolio Navigator Program (PN program) and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds

PN Program. You are required to participate in the PN program if your contract includes optional living benefit riders. Under the PN program, your contract value is allocated to a PN program investment. The PN program investment options are currently five funds of funds, each of which invests in underlying funds in proportions that vary among the funds of funds in light of each fund of funds’ investment objective (“Portfolio Navigator funds”). The PN program is available for both nonqualified and qualified annuities.

The Portfolio Navigator funds. We offer the following Portfolio Navigator funds:

1.	Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio
2.	Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio
3.	Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio
4.	Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio
5.	Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio

Each Portfolio Navigator fund is a fund of funds with the investment objective of seeking a high level of total return consistent with a certain level of risk, which it seeks to achieve by investing in various underlying funds.

For additional information about the Portfolio Navigator funds’ investment strategies, see the Funds’ prospectus.

If your contract does not include one of the living benefit riders, you may not participate in the PN program, but you may choose to allocate your contract value to one or more of the Portfolio Navigator funds.

Beginning November 18, 2013, if you have selected Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider or Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, as an alternative to the Portfolio Navigator funds in the PN program, we have made available to you four new funds, known as Portfolio Stabilizer funds.

The Portfolio Stabilizer funds. The following Portfolio Stabilizer funds currently available are:

1. Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Fund (Class 2)

34    Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

2.	Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2)
3.	Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2)
4.	Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Growth Fund (Class 2)

Each Portfolio Stabilizer fund has an investment objective of pursuing total return while seeking to manage the Fund’s exposure to equity market volatility.

For additional information about the Portfolio Stabilizer funds’ investment strategies, see the Funds’ prospectuses.

You may choose to remain invested in your current Portfolio Navigator fund, move to a different Portfolio Navigator fund, or move to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund. Your decision should be made based on your own individual investment objectives and financial situation and in consultation with your investment professional.

Please note that if you are currently invested in a Portfolio Navigator fund as part of the PN program and choose to reallocate your contract value to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund, you will no longer have access to any of the Portfolio Navigator funds, but you may change to any one of the other Portfolio Stabilizer funds, subject to the transfer limits applicable to your rider.

If your contract does not include the living benefit riders, you may not participate in the PN program; but you may choose to allocate your contract value to one or more of the Portfolio Navigator funds. You should review any PN program, Portfolio Navigator funds and Portfolio Stabilizer funds information, including the funds’ prospectus, carefully. Your investment professional can provide you with additional information and can answer questions you may have on the PN program, Portfolio Navigator funds and Portfolio Stabilizer funds.

The PN program static model portfolios. If you have chosen to remain invested in a “static” PN program model portfolio investment option, your assets will remain invested in accordance with your current model portfolio, and you will not be provided with any updates to the model portfolio or reallocation recommendations. (The last such reallocation recommendation was provided in 2009.) Each model portfolio consists of underlying funds and/or any GPAs (if included) according to the allocation percentages stated for the model portfolio. If you are participating in the PN program through a model portfolio, you instruct us to automatically rebalance your contract value quarterly in order to maintain alignment with these allocation percentages.

Special rules apply to the GPAs if they are included in a model portfolio. Under these rules:

• no MVA will apply when rebalancing occurs within a specific model portfolio (but an MVA may apply if you elect to transfer to a fund of funds);

• no MVA will apply when you elect an annuity payout plan while your contract value is invested in a model portfolio. (See “Guarantee Period Accounts — Market Value Adjustment.”)

If you choose to remain in a static model portfolio, the investments and investment styles and policies of the underlying funds in which your contract value is invested may change. Accordingly, your model portfolio may change so that it is no longer appropriate for your needs, even though your allocations to underlying funds do not change. Furthermore, the absence of periodic updating means that existing underlying funds will not be replaced as may be appropriate due to poor performance, changes in management personnel, liquidation, merger or other factors. Your investment professional can help you determine whether your continued investment in a static model portfolio is appropriate for you.

Investing in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, the Portfolio Navigator funds and PN program static model portfolios (the Funds). You are responsible for determining which investment option is best for you. Currently, the PN program includes five Portfolio Navigator funds (and under the previous PN program, five static model portfolios investment options), with risk profiles ranging from conservative to aggressive in relation to one another. There are four Portfolio Stabilizer funds currently available. If your contract includes a living benefit rider you may not use more than one Portfolio Stabilizer or Portfolio Navigator fund at a time. Your investment professional can help you determine which investment option most closely matches your investing style, based on factors such as your investment goals, your tolerance for risk and how long you intend to invest. There is no guarantee that the investment option you select is appropriate for you based on your investment objectives and/or risk profile. We and Columbia Management are not responsible for your decision to select a certain investment option or your decision to transfer to a different investment option.

Before you decide to transfer contract value to one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, you and your investment professional should carefully consider the following:

• Whether the Portfolio Stabilizer fund meets your personal investment objectives and/or risk tolerance.

• Whether you would like to continue to invest in a Portfolio Navigator fund. If you decide to transfer your contract value to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund, you permanently lose your ability to invest in any of the Portfolio Navigator funds if you have a living benefit rider. If you decide to no longer invest your contract value in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, your only option will be to terminate your contract by requesting a full surrender.Withdrawal charges and tax penalties may apply.

Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    35

• Whether the total expenses associated with an investment in a Portfolio Stabilizer fund is appropriate for you. For total expenses associated with the rider, you should consider not only the variation of the rider fee, but also the variation in fees among the various funds. You should also consider your overall investment objective, as well as how total fees and your selected fund’s investment objective may impact the amount of any step up opportunities in the future.

You may request a change to your Fund selection (or a transfer from your PN program static model portfolio to either a Portfolio Navigator fund or a Portfolio Stabilizer fund) up to two times per contract year by written request on an authorized form or by another method agreed to by us. If you make such a change, we may charge you a higher fee for your rider. However, an initial transfer from a Portfolio Navigator fund to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund will not count toward the limit of two transfers per year.

Substitution and modification. We reserve the right to add, remove or substitute Funds. We also reserve the right, upon notification to you, to close or restrict any Fund. Any change will apply to current allocations and/or to future payments and transfers. If your living benefit rider is terminated, you may remain invested in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, but you will not be allowed to allocate future purchase payments or make transfers to these funds. Any substitution of Funds may be subject to SEC or state insurance departments approval.

We reserve the right to change the terms and conditions of the PN program or to change the availability of the investment options upon written notice to you. This includes but is not limited to the right to:

• limit your choice of investment options based on the amount of your initial purchase payment;

• cancel required participation in the program after 30 days written notice;

• substitute a fund of funds for your model portfolio, if applicable, if permitted under applicable securities law; and

• discontinue the PN program after 30 days written notice.

Risks and conflicts of interests associated with the Funds. An investment in a Fund involves risk. Principal risks associated with an investment in a Fund may be found in the relevant Fund’s prospectus. There is no assurance that the Funds will achieve their respective investment objectives. In addition, there is no guarantee that the Fund’s strategy will have its intended effect or that it will work as effectively as is intended.

Investing in a Portfolio Navigator fund, Portfolio Stabilizer fund or PN program static model portfolio does not guarantee that your contract will increase in value nor will it protect in a decline in value if market prices fall. Depending on future market conditions and considering only the potential return on your investment in the Fund, you might benefit (or benefit more) from selecting alternative investment options.

For more information and a list of the risks associated with investing in the Funds, including volatility and volatility management risk associated with Portfolio Stabilizer funds, please consult the applicable Funds’ prospectuses and “The Variable Account and the Funds – Risks and Conflicts of Interest with Certain Funds Advised by Columbia Management” section in this prospectus.

Conflicts of interest. In providing investment advisory services for the Funds and the underlying funds in which those Funds respectively invest, Columbia Management is, together with its affiliates, including us, subject to competing interests that may influence its decisions.

For additional information regarding the conflicts of interest to which Columbia Management may be subject, see the Funds’ prospectuses and “The Variable Account and the Funds – Risks and Conflicts of Interest with Certain Funds Advised by Columbia Management” section in this prospectus.

Living benefits requiring participation in the PN program or investing in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds:

• Accumulation Protector Benefit rider: You cannot terminate the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. As long as the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider is in effect, your contract value must be invested in one of the PN program investment options or in one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. For contracts with applications signed on or after Jan. 26, 2009, you cannot select the Portfolio Navigator Aggressive investment option, or transfer to the Portfolio Navigator Aggressive investment option while the rider is in effect. The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider automatically ends at the end of the waiting period and you then have the option to cancel your participation in the PN program. At all other times, if you do not want to invest in any of the PN program investment options or the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, you must terminate your contract by requesting a full withdrawal. Withdrawal charges and tax penalties may apply.

• Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider: The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider requires that your contract value be invested in one of the PN program investment options or in one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, for the life of the contract and because you cannot terminate the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider once you have selected it, you must terminate your contract by requesting a full withdrawal if you do not want to invest in any of the PN program investment options or the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. Withdrawal charges and tax penalties may apply.

36    Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Living benefit requiring participation in the PN program:

• Income Assurer Benefit rider: The Income Assurer Benefit rider requires that your contract value be invested in one of the PN program investment options for the life of the contract. You can terminate the Income Assurer Benefit rider during the 30-day period after the first rider anniversary and at any time after the expiration of the waiting period. At all other times you cannot terminate the Income Assurer Benefit rider once you have selected it and you must terminate your contract by requesting a full withdrawal if you do not want to invest in any of the PN program investment options. Withdrawal charges and tax penalties may apply.

Transferring Among Accounts

The transfer rights discussed in this section do not apply if you have selected one of the optional living benefit riders.

You may transfer contract value from any one subaccount, or GPA to another subaccount before annuity payouts begin. Certain restrictions apply to transfers involving the GPAs.

The date your request to transfer will be processed depends on when and how we receive it:

For transfer requests received in writing:

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your transfer request.

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your transfer request.

For transfer requests received by phone:

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your transfer request.

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your transfer request.

There is no charge for transfers. Before making a transfer, you should consider the risks involved in changing investments. Transfers out of the GPAs will be subject to an MVA if done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period.

We may suspend or modify transfer privileges at any time.

For information on transfers after annuity payouts begin, see “Transfer policies” below.

Transfer policies

• Before annuity payouts begin, you may transfer contract values between the subaccounts, or from the subaccounts to the GPAs at any time.

• You may transfer contract values from a GPA any time after 60 days of transfer or payment allocation to the account. Transfers made more than 30 days before the end of the Guarantee Period will receive an MVA, which may result in a gain or loss of contract value, unless an exception applies (see “The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs) — Market Value Adjustment (MVA)”).

• If you select a variable annuity payout, once annuity payouts begin, you may make transfers once per contract year among the subaccounts and we reserve the right to limit the number of subaccounts in which you may invest.

• Once annuity payouts begin, you may not make any transfers to or from the GPAs but you may make transfers once per contract year among the subaccounts. During the annuity payout period, we reserve the right to limit the number of subaccounts in which you may invest. When annuity payments begin, you must transfer all contract value out of your GPAs.

Market Timing

Market timing can reduce the value of your investment in the contract. If market timing causes the returns of an underlying fund to suffer, contract value you have allocated to a subaccount that invests in that underlying fund will be lower too. Market timing can cause you, any joint owner of the contract and your beneficiary(ies) under the contract a financial loss.

We seek to prevent market timing. Market timing is frequent or short-term trading activity. We do not accommodate short-term trading activities. Do not buy a contract if you wish to use short-term trading strategies to manage your investment. The market timing policies and procedures described below apply to transfers among the subaccounts

Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    37

within the contract. The underlying funds in which the subaccounts invest have their own market timing policies and procedures. The market timing policies of the underlying funds may be more restrictive than the market timing policies and procedures we apply to transfers among the subaccounts of the contract, and may include redemption fees. We reserve the right to modify our market timing policies and procedures at any time without prior notice to you.

Market timing may hurt the performance of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests in several ways, including but not necessarily limited to:

• diluting the value of an investment in an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests;

• increasing the transaction costs and expenses of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests; and,

• preventing the investment adviser(s) of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests from fully investing the assets of the fund in accordance with the fund’s investment objectives.

Funds available as investment options under the contract that invest in securities that trade in overseas securities markets may be at greater risk of loss from market timing, as market timers may seek to take advantage of changes in the values of securities between the close of overseas markets and the close of U.S. markets. Also, the risks of market timing may be greater for underlying funds that invest in securities such as small cap stocks, high yield bonds, or municipal securities, that may be traded infrequently.

In order to help protect you and the underlying funds from the potentially harmful effects of market timing activity, we apply the following market timing policy to discourage frequent transfers of contract value among the subaccounts of the variable account:

We try to distinguish market timing from transfers that we believe are not harmful, such as periodic rebalancing for purposes of an asset allocation, dollar-cost averaging and asset rebalancing program that may be described in this prospectus. There is no set number of transfers that constitutes market timing. Even one transfer in related accounts may be market timing. We seek to restrict the transfer privileges of a contract owner who makes more than three subaccount transfers in any 90 day period. We also reserve the right to refuse any transfer request, if, in our sole judgment, the dollar amount of the transfer request would adversely affect unit values.

If we determine, in our sole judgment, that your transfer activity constitutes market timing, we may modify, restrict or suspend your transfer privileges to the extent permitted by applicable law, which may vary based on the state law that applies to your contract and the terms of your contract. These restrictions or modifications may include, but not be limited to:

• requiring transfer requests to be submitted only by first-class U.S. mail;

• not accepting hand-delivered transfer requests or requests made by overnight mail;

• not accepting telephone or electronic transfer requests;

• requiring a minimum time period between each transfer;

• not accepting transfer requests of an agent acting under power of attorney;

• limiting the dollar amount that you may transfer at any one time;

• suspending the transfer privilege; or

• modifying instructions under an automated transfer program to exclude a restricted fund if you do not provide new instructions.

Subject to applicable state law and the terms of each contract, we will apply the policy described above to all contract owners uniformly in all cases. We will notify you in writing after we impose any modification, restriction or suspension of your transfer rights.

Because we exercise discretion in applying the restrictions described above, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to identify and restrict all market timing activity. In addition, state law and the terms of some contracts may prevent us from stopping certain market timing activity. Market timing activity that we are unable to identify and/or restrict may impact the performance of the underlying funds and may result in lower contract values.

In addition to the market timing policy described above, which applies to transfers among the subaccounts within your contract, you should carefully review the market timing policies and procedures of the underlying funds. The market timing policies and procedures of the underlying funds may be materially different than those we impose on transfers among the subaccounts within your contract and may include mandatory redemption fees as well as other measures to discourage frequent transfers. As an intermediary for the underlying funds, we are required to assist them in applying their market timing policies and procedures to transactions involving the purchase and exchange of fund shares. This assistance may include, but not be limited to, providing the underlying fund upon request with your Social Security Number, Taxpayer Identification Number or other United States government-issued identifier, and the details of your contract transactions involving the underlying fund. An underlying fund, in its sole discretion, may instruct us at any time to prohibit you from making further transfers of contract value to or from the underlying fund,

38    Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

and we must follow this instruction. We reserve the right to administer and collect on behalf of an underlying fund any redemption fee imposed by an underlying fund. Market timing policies and procedures adopted by underlying funds may affect your investment in the contract in several ways, including but not limited to:

• Each fund may restrict or refuse trading activity that the fund determines, in its sole discretion, represents market timing.

• Even if we determine that your transfer activity does not constitute market timing under the market timing policies described above which we apply to transfers you make under the contract, it is possible that the underlying fund’s market timing policies and procedures, including instructions we receive from a fund may require us to reject your transfer request. For example, while we will attempt to execute transfers permitted under any asset allocation, dollar-cost averaging and asset rebalancing programs that may be described in this prospectus, we cannot guarantee that an underlying fund’s market timing policies and procedures will do so. Orders we place to purchase fund shares for the variable account are subject to acceptance by the fund. We reserve the right to reject without prior notice to you any transfer request if the fund does not accept our order.

• Each underlying fund is responsible for its own market timing policies, and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to implement specific market timing policies and procedures that a fund has adopted. As a result, a fund’s returns might be adversely affected, and a fund might terminate our right to offer its shares through the variable account.

• Funds that are available as investment options under the contract may also be offered to other intermediaries who are eligible to purchase and hold shares of the fund, including without limitation, separate accounts of other insurance companies and certain retirement plans. Even if we are able to implement a fund’s market timing policies, we cannot guarantee that other intermediaries purchasing that same fund’s shares will do so, and the returns of that fund could be adversely affected as a result.

For more information about the market timing policies and procedures of an underlying fund, the risks that market timing pose to that fund, and to determine whether an underlying fund has adopted a redemption fee, see that fund’s prospectus.

How to request a Transfer or Withdrawal

11 By letter

Send your name, contract number, Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number* and signed request for a transfer or withdrawal to our Service Center:

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474

Minimum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	$500 or entire account balance

Maximum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	Contract value or entire account balance

* Failure to provide a Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number may result in mandatory tax withholding on the taxable portion of the distribution.

22 By automated transfers and automated partial withdrawals

Your investment professional can help you set up automated transfers or partial withdrawals among your subaccounts or GPAs.

You can start or stop this service by written request or other method acceptable to us.

You must allow 30 days for us to change any instructions that are currently in place.

• Automated withdrawals may be restricted by applicable law under some contracts.

• You may not make systematic purchase payments if automated partial withdrawals are in effect.

• If the PN program is in effect, you are not allowed to set up automated transfers (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds”).

• Automated partial withdrawals may result in income taxes and penalties on all or part of the amount withdrawn.

Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    39

Minimum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	$100 monthly
	$250 quarterly, semiannually or annually

33 By phone

Call:

1-800-333-3437

Minimum amount

Transfers or withdrawals: $500 or entire account balance

Maximum amount

Transfers:	Contract value or entire account balance
Withdrawals:	$100,000

We answer telephone requests promptly, but you may experience delays when the call volume is unusually high. If you are unable to get through, use the mail procedure as an alternative.

We will honor any telephone transfer or withdrawal requests that we believe are authentic and we will use reasonable procedures to confirm that they are. This includes asking identifying questions and recording calls. As long as we follow the procedures, we (and our affiliates) will not be liable for any loss resulting from fraudulent requests.

Telephone transfers and withdrawals are automatically available. You may request that telephone transfers and withdrawals not be authorized from your account by writing to us.

Withdrawals

You may withdraw all or part of your contract at any time before the retirement date by sending us a written request or calling us.

The date your withdrawal request will be processed depends on when and how we receive it:

For withdrawal requests received in writing:

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your withdrawal request.

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your withdrawal request.

For withdrawal requests received by phone:

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your withdrawal request.

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your withdrawal request.

We may ask you to return the contract. You may have to pay a contract administrative charge, withdrawal charges or any applicable optional rider charges (see “Charges”), federal income taxes and penalties. State and local income taxes may also apply (see “Taxes”). You cannot make withdrawals after annuity payouts begin except under Annuity Payout Plan E. (See “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Any partial withdrawals you take under the contract will reduce your contract value. As a result, the value of your death benefit or any optional benefits you have elected will also be reduced. If you have elected the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider and your partial withdrawals in any contract year exceed the permitted withdrawal amount under the terms of the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, your benefits under the rider may be reduced (see “Optional Benefits”). Any partial withdrawal request that exceeds the amount allowed under the riders and impacts the guarantees provided, will not be considered in good order until we receive a signed Benefit Impact Acknowledgement form showing the projected effect of the withdrawal on the rider benefits or a verbal acknowledgement that you understand and accept the impacts that have been explained to you.

40    Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

In addition, withdrawals you are required to take to satisfy RMDs under the Code may reduce the value of certain death benefits and optional benefits (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”).

Withdrawal Policies

If you have a balance in more than one account and you request a partial withdrawal, we will automatically withdraw from all your subaccounts, and GPAs in the same proportion as your value in each account correlates to your total contract value, unless requested otherwise. After executing a partial withdrawal, the value in each subaccount or GPA must be either zero or at least $50.

Receiving Payment

11 By regular or express mail

• payable to you;

• mailed to address of record.

NOTE: We will charge you a fee if you request express mail delivery.

22 By wire or other form of electronic payment

• request that payment be wired to your bank;

• pre-authorization required.

We may choose to permit you to have checks issued and delivered to an alternate payee or to an address other than your address of record. We may also choose to allow you to direct wires or other electronic payments to accounts owned by a third-party. We may have additional good order requirements that must be met prior to processing requests to make any payments to a party other than the owner or to an address other than the address of record. These requirements will be designed to ensure owner instructions are genuine and to prevent fraud.

Normally, we will send the payment within seven days after receiving your request in good order. However, we may postpone the payment if:

– the NYSE is closed, except for normal holiday and weekend closings;

– trading on the NYSE is restricted, according to SEC rules;

– an emergency, as defined by SEC rules, makes it impractical to sell securities or value the net assets of the accounts; or

– the SEC permits us to delay payment for the protection of security holders.

We may also postpone payment of the amount attributable to a purchase payment as part of the total withdrawal amount until cleared from the originating financial institution.

A Special Note on Cybersecurity Risks

Cybersecurity and Systems Integrity

Increasingly, businesses are dependent on the continuity, security, and effective operation of various technology systems. The nature of our business depends on the continued effective operation of our systems and those of our business partners.

This dependence makes us susceptible to operational and information security risks from cyber-attacks. These risks may include the following:

• the corruption or destruction of data;

• theft, misuse or dissemination of data to the public, including your information we hold; and

• denial of service attacks on our website or other forms of attacks on our systems and the software and hardware we use to run them.

These attacks and their consequences can negatively impact your contract, your privacy, your ability to conduct transactions on your contract, or your ability to receive timely service from us. There can be no assurance that we, the underlying funds in your contract, or our other business partners will avoid losses affecting your contract due to any successful cyber-attacks or information security breaches.

Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    41

TSA–Special Provisions

Participants in Tax-Sheltered Annuities

If the contract is intended to be used in connection with an employer sponsored 403(b) plan, additional rules relating to this contract can be found in the annuity endorsement for tax sheltered 403(b) annuities. Unless we have made special arrangements with your employer, the contract is not intended for use in connection with an employer sponsored 403(b) plan that is subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”). In the event that the employer either by affirmative election or inadvertent action causes contributions under a plan that is subject to ERISA to be made to this contract, we will not be responsible for any obligations and requirements under ERISA and the regulations thereunder, unless we have prior written agreement with the employer. You should consult with your employer to determine whether your 403(b) plan is subject to ERISA.

In the event we have a written agreement with your employer to administer the plan pursuant to ERISA, special rules apply as set forth in the TSA endorsement.

The employer must comply with certain nondiscrimination requirements for certain types of contributions under a TSA contract to be excluded from taxable income. You should consult your employer to determine whether the nondiscrimination rules apply to you.

The Code imposes certain restrictions on your right to receive early distributions from a TSA:

• Distributions attributable to salary reduction contributions (plus earnings) made after Dec. 31, 1988, or to transfers or rollovers from other contracts, may be made from the TSA only if:

– you are at least age 59½;

– you are disabled as defined in the Code;

– you severed employment with the employer who purchased the contract;

– the distribution is because of your death;

– the distribution is due to plan termination; or

– you are a qualifying military reservist.

• If you encounter a financial hardship (as provided by the Code), you may be eligible to receive a distribution of all contract values attributable to salary reduction contributions made after Dec. 31, 1988, but not the earnings on them.

• Even though a distribution may be permitted under the above rules, it may be subject to IRS taxes and penalties (see “Taxes”)

• The above restrictions on distributions do not affect the availability of the amount credited to the contract as of Dec. 31, 1988. The restrictions also do not apply to transfers or exchanges of contract value within the contract, or to another registered variable annuity contract or investment vehicle available through the employer.

Changing Ownership

You may change ownership of your nonqualified annuity at any time by completing a change of ownership form we approve and sending it to our Service Center. The change will become binding on us when we receive and record it. We will honor any change of ownership request received in good order that we believe is authentic and we will use reasonable procedures to confirm authenticity. If we follow these procedures, we will not take any responsibility for the validity of the change.

If you have a nonqualified annuity, you may incur income tax liability by transferring, assigning or pledging any part of it. (See “Taxes.”)

If you have a qualified annuity, you may not sell, assign, transfer, discount or pledge your contract as collateral for a loan, or as security for the performance of an obligation or for any other purpose except as required or permitted by the Code. However, if the owner is a trust or custodian, or an employer acting in a similar capacity, ownership of the contract may be transferred to the annuitant.

Please consider carefully whether or not you wish to change ownership of your annuity contract. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, the new owner and annuitant will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract.

If you have an Income Assurer Benefit and/or Benefit Protector Plus rider, the rider will terminate upon transfer of ownership of the annuity contract. The Accumulation Protector Benefit and the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit riders will continue upon transfer of ownership of your annuity contract. Continuance of the Benefit Protector is optional. (See “Optional Benefits.”)

42    Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Benefits in Case of Death

There are four death benefit options under your contract if you die before the retirement start date while this contract is in force. You must select one of the following death benefits:

• ROP Death Benefit;

• MAV Death Benefit;

• 5% Accumulation Death Benefit;

• Enhanced Death Benefit

If it is available in your state and if both you and the annuitant are 79 or younger at contract issue, you can elect any one of the above death benefits. If either you or the annuitant are 80 or older at contract issue, the ROP Death Benefit will apply. Once you elect a death benefit, you cannot change it. We show the death benefit that applies in your contract on your contract’s data page. The death benefit you select determines the mortality and expense risk fee that is assessed against the subaccounts. (See “Charges — Mortality and Expense Risk Fee.”)

Under each option, we will pay the death benefit to your beneficiary upon the earlier of your death or the annuitant’s death. We will base the benefit paid on the death benefit coverage you chose when you purchased the contract. If a contract has more than one person as the owner, we will pay benefits upon the first to die of any owner or the annuitant.

Here are some terms used to describe the death benefits:

Adjusted partial withdrawals (calculated for ROP and MAV Death Benefits)	=	PW XDB
		CV

PW	=	the amount by which the contract value is reduced as a result of the partial withdrawal.
DB	=	the death benefit on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.
CV	=	contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV): is zero prior to the first contract anniversary after the effective date of the rider. On the first contract anniversary after the effective date of the rider, we set the MAV as the greater of these two values:

(a)	current contract value; or
(b)	total purchase payments applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals.

Thereafter, we increase the MAV by any additional purchase payments and reduce the MAV by adjusted partial withdrawals. Every contract anniversary after that prior to the earlier of your or the annuitant’s 81st birthday, we compare the MAV to the current contract value and we reset the MAV to the higher amount.

5% Variable Account floor: This is the sum of the value of your GPAs and the variable account floor. There is no variable account floor prior to the first contract anniversary. On the first contract anniversary, we establish the variable account floor as:

• the amounts allocated to the subaccounts at issue increased by 5%;

• plus any subsequent amounts allocated to the subaccounts;

• minus adjusted transfers and partial withdrawals from the subaccounts.

Thereafter, we continue to add subsequent purchase payments allocated to the subaccounts and subtract adjusted transfers and partial withdrawals from the subaccounts. On each contract anniversary after the first, through age 80, we add an amount to the variable account floor equal to 5% of the prior anniversary’s variable account floor. We stop adding this amount after you or the annuitant reach age 81.

5% variable account floor adjusted transfers or partial withdrawals	=	PWT XVAF
		SV

PWT	=	the amount by which the contract value in the subaccounts is reduced as a result of the partial withdrawal or transfer from the subaccounts.
VAF	=	variable account floor on the date of (but prior to) the transfer or partial withdrawal.
SV	=	value of the subaccounts on the date of (but prior to) the transfer of partial withdrawal.

The amount of purchase payments withdrawn or transferred from any subaccount or GPA account is calculated as (a) times (b) where:

(a)	is the amount of purchase payments in the account or subaccount on the date of but prior to the current withdrawal or transfer; and
(b)	is the ratio of the amount of contract value transferred or withdrawn from the account or subaccount to the value in the account or subaccount on the date of (but prior to) the current withdrawal or transfer.

Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    43

For contracts issued in New Jersey, the cap on the variable account floor is 200% of the sum of the purchase payments allocated to the subaccounts that have not been withdrawn or transferred out of the subaccounts.

NOTE: The 5% variable account floor is calculated differently and is not the same value as the Income Assurer Benefit 5% variable account floor.

Return of Purchase Payments (ROP) Death Benefit

The ROP Death Benefit is the basic death benefit on the contract that will pay your beneficiaries no less than your purchase payments, adjusted for withdrawals. If you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin and while this contract is in force, the death benefit will be the greater of these two values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value; or
2.	total purchase payments applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals.

The ROP Death Benefit will apply unless you select one of the alternative death benefits described immediately below.

If available in your state and both you and the annuitant are age 79 or younger at contract issue, you may select one of the death benefits described below at the time you purchase your contract. The death benefits do not provide any additional benefit before the first contract anniversary and may not be appropriate for issue ages 75 to 79 because the benefit values may be limited after age 81. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether or not these death benefits are appropriate for your situation.

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV) Death Benefit

The MAV Death Benefit provides that if you or the annuitant die while the contract is in force and before annuity payouts begin, the death benefit will be the greatest of these three values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals; or
3.	the MAV on the date of death.

5% Accumulation Death Benefit

The 5% Accumulation Death Benefit provides that if you or the annuitant die while the contract is in force and before annuity payouts begin, the death benefit will be the greatest of these three values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals; or
3.	the 5% variable account floor.

Enhanced Death Benefit (EDB)

The Enhanced Death Benefit provides that if you or the annuitant die while the contract is in force and before annuity payouts begin, the death benefit will be the greatest of these four values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals;
3.	the MAV on the date of death; or
4.	the 5% variable account floor.

For an example of how each death benefit is calculated, see Appendix D.

If You Die Before Your Retirement Date

When paying the beneficiary, we will process the death claim on the valuation date our death claim requirements are fulfilled. We will determine the contract’s value using the accumulation unit value we calculate on that valuation date. We pay interest, if any, at a rate no less than required by law. We will mail payment to the beneficiary within seven days after our death claim requirements are fulfilled.

Nonqualified annuities

If your spouse is sole beneficiary and you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. To do this your spouse must give us written instructions to continue the contract as owner. There will be no withdrawal charges on contract Option L from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, your spouse and the new annuitant (if applicable) will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract. The Income Assurer Benefit and Benefit Protector Plus riders, if selected, will terminate. The Accumulation Protector Benefit and Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit riders, if selected, will continue. Continuance of the Benefit Protector rider is optional. (See “Optional Benefits.”)

44    Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If your beneficiary is not your spouse, we will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless you give us other written instructions. Generally, we must fully distribute the death benefit within five years of your death. However, the beneficiary may receive payouts under any annuity payout plan available under this contract if:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin no later than one year after your death, or other date as permitted by the IRS; and

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy.

Qualified annuities

•	Spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if your spouse is the sole beneficiary, your spouse may either elect to treat the contract as his/her own, so long as he or she is eligible to do so, or elect an annuity payout plan or another plan agreed to by us. If your spouse elects a payout option, the payouts must begin no later than the year in which you would have reached age 72 (age 701/2 if the death occurred before Jan. 1, 2020). If you attained age 72 at the time of death, payouts must begin no later than Dec. 31 of the year following the year of your death.
	Your spouse may elect to assume ownership of the contract at any time before annuity payouts begin. If your spouse elects to assume ownership of the contract, the contract value will be equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. There will be no withdrawal charges on contract Option L from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, your spouse and the new annuitant (if applicable) will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract. The Income Assurer Benefit and Benefit Protector Plus riders, if selected, will terminate. The Accumulation Protector Benefit and Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit riders, if selected, will continue. Continuance of the Benefit Protector rider is optional. (See “Optional Benefits.”)
•	Non-spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if death occurs on or after Jan. 1, 2020, the beneficiary is required to withdraw his or her entire inherited interest within 10 years of the time of death of the owner unless they qualify as an “eligible designated beneficiary.” Eligible designated beneficiaries may continue to take proceeds out over their life expectancy. Eligible designated beneficiaries include:

• the surviving spouse;

• a lawful child of the owner under the age of majority (remaining amount must be withdrawn within 10 years, once the child reaches the age of majority);

• disabled within the meaning of Code section 72(m)(7);

• chronically ill within the meaning of Code section 7702B(c)(2);

• any other person who is not more than 10 years younger than the owner.

However, non-natural beneficiaries, such as estates and charities, are subject to a five-year rule to distribute the IRA. We will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless the beneficiary elects to receive payouts under a payout plan available under this contract and:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin, no later than one year following the year of your death; and

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy for an eligible designated beneficiary. (Payout plans are limited if the beneficiary is not an eligible designated beneficiary.)

• Spouse and Non-spouse beneficiary: If a beneficiary elects an alternative payment plan which is an inherited IRA, all optional death benefits and living benefits will terminate. In the event of your beneficiary’s death, their beneficiary can elect to take a lump sum payment or annuitize the contract to deplete it within 10 years of your beneficiary’s death

• Annuity payout plan: If you elect an annuity payout plan, the payouts to your beneficiary may continue depending on the annuity payout plan you elect, subject to adjustment to comply with the IRS rules and regulations.

How we handle contracts under unclaimed property laws

Every state has unclaimed property laws which generally declare annuity contracts to be abandoned after a period of inactivity of one to five years from either 1) the contract’s maturity date (the latest day on which income payments may begin under the contract) or 2) the date the death benefit is due and payable. If a contract matures or we determine a death benefit is payable, we will use our best efforts to locate you or designated beneficiaries. If we are unable to locate you or a beneficiary, proceeds will be paid to the abandoned property division or unclaimed property office of the state in which the beneficiary or you last resided, as shown in our books and records, or to our state of domicile. Generally, this surrender of property to the state is commonly referred to as “escheatment”. To avoid escheatment, and ensure an effective process for your beneficiaries, it is important that your personal address and beneficiary designations are up to date, including complete names, date of birth, current addresses and phone numbers, and taxpayer identification numbers for each beneficiary. Updates to your address or beneficiary designations should be sent to our Service Center.

Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    45

Escheatment may also be required by law if a known beneficiary fails to demand or present an instrument or document to claim the death benefit in a timely manner, creating a presumption of abandonment. If your beneficiary steps forward (with the proper documentation) to claim escheated annuity proceeds, the state is obligated to pay any such proceeds it is holding.

For nonqualified annuities, non-spousal death benefits are generally required to be distributed and taxed within five years from the date of death of the owner/annuitant or the unclaimed death benefits will be presumed abandoned and subject to escheatment.

Optional Benefits

The assets held in our general account support the guarantees under your contract, including optional death benefits and optional living benefits. To the extent that we are required to pay you amounts in addition to your contract value under these benefits, such amounts will come from our general account assets. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of insurance and financial products as well, and we also pay our obligations under these products from assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account.

Optional Living Benefits

Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider

The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional charge. The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may provide a guaranteed contract value at the end of the specified waiting period on the benefit date, but not until then, under the following circumstances:

On the benefit date, if:	Then your Accumulation Protector Benefit rider benefit is:
The Minimum Contract Accumulation Value (defined below) as determined under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider is greater than your contract value,	The contract value is increased on the benefit date to equal the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value as determined under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider on the benefit date.
The contract value is equal to or greater than the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value as determined under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider,	Zero; in this case, the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider ends without value and no benefit is payable.

If the contract value falls to zero as the result of adverse market performance or the deduction of fees and/or charges at any time during the waiting period and before the benefit date, the contract and all riders, including the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider will terminate without value and no benefits will be paid. Exception: If you are still living on the benefit date, we will pay you an amount equal to the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value as determined under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider on the valuation date your contract value reached zero.

If this rider is available in your state, you may elect the Accumulation Protector Benefit at the time you purchase your contract and the rider effective date will be the contract issue date. The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may not be terminated once you have elected it, except as described in the “Terminating the Rider” section below. An additional charge for the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider will be assessed annually during the waiting period. The rider ends when the waiting period expires and no further benefit will be payable and no further fees for the rider will be deducted. After the waiting period, you have the following options:

• Continue your contract;

• Take partial withdrawals or make a full withdrawal; or

• Annuitize your contract to create a guaranteed income stream.

The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may not be purchased with the optional Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit or any Income Assurer Benefit rider.

The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may not be available in all states.

You should consider whether an Accumulation Protector Benefit rider is appropriate for you because:

• you must be invested in one of the approved investment options. This requirement limits your choice of investments. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts and GPAs that are available under the contract to contract owners who do not elect this rider (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds”);

• you may not make additional purchase payments to your contract during the waiting period after the first 180 days immediately following the effective date of the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider;

46    Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• if you purchase this annuity as a qualified annuity, for example, an IRA, you may need to take partial withdrawals from your contract to satisfy the minimum distribution requirements of the Code (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Partial withdrawals, including those you take to satisfy RMDs, will reduce any potential benefit that the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider provides. You should consult your tax advisor if you have any questions about the use of this rider in your tax situation;

• if you think you may withdraw all of your contract value before you have held your contract with this benefit rider attached for 10 years, or you are considering selecting an annuity payout option within 10 years of the effective date of your contract, you should consider whether this optional benefit is right for you. You must hold the contract a minimum of 10 years from the effective date of the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, which is the length of the waiting period under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, in order to receive the benefit, if any, provided by the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. In some cases, as described below, you may need to hold the contract longer than 10 years in order to qualify for any benefit the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may provide;

• the 10 year waiting period under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider will restart if you exercise the elective step up option (described below) or your surviving spouse exercises the spousal continuation elective step up (described below); and

• the 10 year waiting period under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may be restarted if you elect to change your investment option to one that causes the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider charge to increase (see “Charges”).

Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether an Accumulation Protector Benefit rider is appropriate for your situation.

Here are some general terms that are used to describe the operation of the Accumulation Protector Benefit:

Benefit Date: This is the first valuation date immediately following the expiration of the waiting period.

Minimum Contract Accumulation Value (MCAV): An amount calculated under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. The contract value will be increased to equal the MCAV on the benefit date if the contract value on the benefit date is less than the MCAV on the benefit date.

Adjustments for Partial Withdrawals: The adjustment made for each partial withdrawal from the contract is equal to the amount derived from multiplying (a) and (b) where:

(a)	is 1 minus the ratio of the contract value on the date of (but immediately after) the partial withdrawal to the contract value on the date of (but immediately prior to) the partial withdrawal; and
(b)	is the MCAV on the date of (but immediately prior to) the partial withdrawal.

Waiting Period: The waiting period for the rider is 10 years.

We reserve the right to restart the waiting period on the latest contract anniversary if you change your investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider charge for new contract owners, or if you change your asset allocation investment option after we have exercised our rights to charge a separate charge for each investment option.

Your initial MCAV is equal to your initial purchase payment. It is increased by the amount of any subsequent purchase payments received within the first 180 days that the rider is effective. It is reduced by adjustments for any partial withdrawals made during the waiting period.

Automatic Step Up

On each contract anniversary after the effective date of the rider, the MCAV will be set to the greater of:

1.	80% of the contract value on the contract anniversary (after charges are deducted); or
2.	the MCAV immediately prior to the automatic step-up.

The automatic step up does not create contract value, guarantee the performance of any investment option, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn or paid upon death. Rather, the automatic step-up is an interim calculation used to arrive at the final MCAV, which is used to determine whether a benefit will be paid under the rider on the benefit date.

The automatic step up of the MCAV does not restart the waiting period or increase the charge (although the total fee for the rider may increase).

Elective Step Up Option

Within thirty days following each contract anniversary after the rider effective date, but prior to the benefit date, you may notify us in writing that you wish to exercise the annual elective step-up option. You may exercise this elective step-up option only once per contract year during this 30 day period. If your contract value (after charges are deducted) on the valuation date we receive your written request to step-up is greater than the MCAV on that date, your MCAV will increase to 100% of that contract value.

Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    47

We may increase the fee for your rider (see “Charges — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider Charge”). The revised fee would apply to your rider if you exercise the annual elective step up, your MCAV is increased as a result, and the revised fee is higher than your annual rider fee before the elective step-up. Elective step-ups will also result in a restart of the waiting period as of the most recent contract anniversary.

The elective step up does not create contract value, guarantee the performance of any investment option, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn or paid upon death. Rather, the elective step-up is an interim calculation used to arrive at the final MCAV, which is used to determine whether a benefit will be paid under the rider on the benefit date.

The elective step-up option is not available to non-spouse beneficiaries that continue the contract during the waiting period.

We have the right to restrict the elective step up option on inherited IRAs, but we currently allow them. Please consider carefully if an elective step up is appropriate if you own an inherited IRA because the elective step up will restart the waiting period and the required minimum distributions for an inherited IRA may significantly decrease the future benefit payable under this rider. We reserve the right to restrict the elective step-up option on inherited IRAs in the future.

The elective step-up option is not available if the benefit date would be after the retirement date. (see “The Retirement Date” section for retirement date options)

Spousal Continuation

If a spouse chooses to continue the contract under the spousal continuation provision, the rider will continue as part of the contract. Once, within the thirty days following the date of spousal continuation, the spouse may choose to exercise an elective step-up. The spousal continuation elective step-up is in addition to the annual elective step-up. If the contract value on the valuation date we receive the written request to exercise this option is greater than the MCAV on that date, we will increase the MCAV to that contract value. If the MCAV is increased as a result of the elective step-up and we have increased the charge for the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, the spouse will pay the charge that is in effect on the valuation date we receive their written request to step-up. In addition, the waiting period will restart as of the most recent contract anniversary.

Terminating the Rider

The rider will terminate under the following conditions:

The rider will terminate before the benefit date without paying a benefit on the date:

• you take a full withdrawal; or

• annuitization begins; or

• the contract terminates as a result of the death benefit being paid.

The rider will terminate on the benefit date.

For an example, see Appendix E.

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge if:

•	your contract application was signed on or after April 29, 2005(1),(2);
•	you and the annuitant are 79 or younger on the date the contract is issued.
(1)	The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider is not available under an inherited qualified annuity.
(2)	In previous disclosures, we have referred to this rider as Rider A. We also offered an earlier version of this rider, previously referred to as Rider B. See Appendix F for information regarding Rider B which is no longer offered. See the rider attached to your contract for the actual terms of the benefit you purchased.

You must elect the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider when you purchase your contract (original rider). The original rider you receive at contract issue offers an elective annual step-up and any withdrawal after a step up during the first three years is considered an excess withdrawal, as described below. The rider effective date of the original rider is the contract issue date.

We will offer you the option of replacing the original rider with a new Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit (enhanced rider), if available in your state. The enhanced rider offers an automatic annual step-up and a withdrawal after a step up during the first three years is not necessarily an excess withdrawal, as described below. The effective date of the enhanced rider will be the contract issue date except for the automatic step-up which will apply to contract anniversaries that occur after you accept the enhanced rider. The descriptions below apply to both the original and enhanced riders unless otherwise noted.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit initially provides a guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit that gives you the right to take limited partial withdrawals in each contract year that over time will total an amount equal to your purchase payments. Certain withdrawals and step ups, as described below, can cause the initial guaranteed withdrawal benefit to

48    Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

change. The guarantee remains in effect if your partial withdrawals in a contract year do not exceed the allowed amount. As long as your withdrawals in each contract year do not exceed the allowed amount, you will not be assessed a withdrawal charge. Under the original rider, the allowed amount is the Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP — the amount you may withdraw under the terms of the rider in each contract year, subject to certain restrictions prior to the third contract anniversary, as described below). Under the enhanced rider, the allowed amount is equal to 7% of purchase payments for the first three years, and the GBP in all other years.

If you withdraw an amount greater than the allowed amount in a contract year, we call this an “excess withdrawal” under the rider. If you make an excess withdrawal under the rider:

• withdrawal charges, if applicable, will apply only to the amount of the withdrawal that exceeds the allowed amount;

• the guaranteed benefit amount will be adjusted as described below; and

• the remaining benefit amount will be adjusted as described below.

For a partial withdrawal that is subject to a withdrawal charge, the amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable withdrawal charge (see “Charges — Withdrawal Charge”). Market value adjustments, if applicable, will also be made (see “Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs) — Market Value Adjustment”). We pay you the amount you request. Any partial withdrawals you take under the contract will reduce the value of the death benefit (see “Benefits in Case of Death”). Upon full withdrawal of the contract, you will receive the remaining contract value less any applicable charges (see “Withdrawals”).

Once elected, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider may not be cancelled and the fee will continue to be deducted until the contract is terminated, the contract value reduces to zero (described below) or annuity payouts begin. If you select the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, you may not select an Income Assurer Benefit rider or the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. If you exercise the annual step up election (see “Elective Step Up” and “Annual Step Up” below), the special spousal continuation step up election (see “Spousal Continuation and Special Spousal Continuation Step Up” below) or change your investment option, the rider charge may change (see “Charges”).

You should consider whether the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit is appropriate for you because:

You will begin paying the rider charge as of the rider effective date, even if you do not begin taking withdrawals for many years. It is possible that your contract performance, fees and charges, and withdrawal pattern may be such that your contract value will not be depleted in your lifetime and you will not receive any monetary value under the rider.

• Investment Allocation Restriction: You must participate in the PN program if you purchase a contract on or after May 1, 2006 with this rider (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program”). These funds are expected to reduce our financial risks and expenses associated with certain living benefits and death benefits. Although the funds’ investment strategies may help mitigate declines in your contract value due to declining equity markets, the funds’ investment strategies may also curb your contract value gains during periods of positive performance by the equity markets. Additionally, investment in the funds may decrease the number and amount of any benefit base increase opportunities. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds: Volatility and Volatility Management Risk with the Portfolio Stabilizer funds” section.) We reserve the right to add, remove, or substitute approved investment options in the future. If you selected this Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider before May 1, 2006, you must participate in the asset allocation program (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Asset Allocation Program”), however, you may elect to participate in the Portfolio Navigator program after May 1, 2006. This limits your choice of investments. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts or GPAs under the contract to contract owners who do not elect this rider. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Asset Allocation Program and Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds.”);

• Tax Considerations for Non-Qualified Annuities: Withdrawals are taxable income to the extent of earnings. Withdrawals of earnings before age 59½ may also incur a 10% IRS early withdrawal penalty and may be considered taxable income;

• Tax Considerations for Qualified Annuities: Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). If you have a qualified annuity, you may need to take an RMD. If you make a withdrawal in any contract year to satisfy an RMD, this may constitute an excess withdrawal, as defined below, and the excess withdrawal procedures described below will apply. Under the terms of the enhanced rider, we allow you to satisfy the RMD based on the life expectancy RMD for your contract and the requirements of the Code and regulations in effect when you purchase your contract, without the withdrawal being treated as an excess withdrawal. It is our current administrative practice to make the same accommodation under the original rider, however, we reserve the right to modify our administrative practice and will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change. See Appendix I for additional information. RMD rules follow the calendar year which most likely does not coincide with your contract year and therefore may limit when you can take your RMD and not be subject to excess withdrawal processing. You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of this rider in your tax situation;

Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    49

• Treatment of non-spousal distributions: Unless you are married your beneficiary will be required to take distributions as a non-spouse which may result in significantly decreasing the value of the rider. Please note civil unions and domestic partnerships generally are not recognized as marriages for federal tax purposes. For additional information see “Taxes — Other — Spousal status” section of this prospectus.

• Limitations on Tax-Sheltered Annuities (TSAs): Your right to take withdrawals is restricted if your contract is a TSA (see “TSA — Special Provisions”). Therefore, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider may be of limited value to you. You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of this rider in your tax situation;

• Limitations on Purchase Payments: We reserve the right to limit the cumulative amount of purchase payments, subject to state restrictions, which may limit your ability to make additional purchase payments to increase your contract value as you may have originally intended. For current purchase payment restrictions, please see “Buying Your Contract — Purchase Payments”.

• Interaction with the Total Free Amount (TFA) contract provision: The TFA is the amount you are allowed to withdraw in each contract year without incurring a withdrawal charge (see “Charges — Withdrawal Charge”). The TFA may be greater than GBP under this rider. Any amount you withdraw under the contract’s TFA provision that exceeds the GBP is subject to the excess withdrawal procedures for the GBA and RBA described below.

The terms “Guaranteed Benefit Amount” and “Remaining Benefit Amount” are described below. Each is used in the operation of the GBP, the RBP, the elective step up, the annual step up, the special spousal continuation step up and the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit annuity payout option.

Guaranteed Benefit Amount

The Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA) is equal to the initial purchase payment, adjusted for subsequent purchase payments, partial withdrawals in excess of the GBP, and step ups. The maximum GBA is $5,000,000.

The GBA is determined at the following times:

• At contract issue — the GBA is equal to the initial purchase payment,

• When you make additional purchase payments— each additional purchase payment has its own GBA equal to the amount of the purchase payment. The total GBA when an additional purchase payment is added is the sum of the individual GBAs immediately prior to the receipt of the additional purchase payment, plus the GBA associated with the additional purchase payment;

• At step up — (see “Elective Step Up” and “Annual Step Up” headings below).

• When you make a partial withdrawal:

(a)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are less than or equal to the GBP — the GBA remains unchanged. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the GBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;
(b)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are greater than the GBP—the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the GBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the GBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;
(c)	under the original rider in a contract year after a step up but before the third contract anniversary —the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the GBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the GBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;

GBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The total GBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the total GBA immediately prior to the withdrawal; or (b) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s GBA after the withdrawal will be reset to equal that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal plus (a) times (b), where:

(a)	is the ratio of the total GBA after the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal to the total GBA before the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal; and
(b)	is each payment’s GBA before the withdrawal less that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal.

Remaining Benefit Amount

The remaining benefit amount (RBA) at any point is the total guaranteed amount available for future partial withdrawals. The maximum RBA is $5,000,000.

The RBA is determined at the following times:

• At contract issue — the RBA is equal to the initial purchase payment;

50    Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own RBA equal to the amount of the purchase payment. The total RBA when an additional purchase payment are added is the sum of the individual RBAs immediately prior to the receipt of the additional purchase payment, plus the RBA associated with the additional payment;

• At step up — (see “Elective Step Up” and “Annual Step Up” headings below).

• When you make a partial withdrawal:

(a)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are less than or equal to the GBP — the RBA becomes the RBA immediately prior to the partial withdrawal, less the partial withdrawal. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the RBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;
(b)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are greater than the GBP— the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the RBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the RBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;
(c)	under the original rider after a step up but before the third contract anniversary —the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the RBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the RBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups.

RBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The RBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal, or (b) the RBA immediately prior to the withdrawal, less the amount of the withdrawal.

If there have been multiple purchase payments, any reduction of the RBA will be taken out of each payment’s RBA in the following manner:

The withdrawal amount up to the remaining benefit payment (defined below) is taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its remaining benefit payment at the time of the withdrawal; and the withdrawal amount above the remaining benefit payment and any amount determined by the excess withdrawal processing are taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its RBA at the time of the withdrawal.

Guaranteed Benefit Payment

Under the original rider, the GBP is the amount you may withdraw under the terms of the rider in each contract year, subject to certain restrictions prior to the third anniversary (see “Elective Step Up” above). The GBP is equal to 7% of the GBA.

Under the enhanced rider, the GBP is the withdrawal amount that you are entitled to take each contract year after the third anniversary until the RBA is depleted. The GBP is the lesser of (a) 7% of the GBA; or (b) the RBA.

Under both the original and enhanced riders, if you withdraw less than the GBP in a contract year, there is no carry over to the next contract year.

Remaining Benefit Payment

Under the original rider, at the beginning of each contract year, the remaining benefit payment (RBP) is set as the lesser of (a) the GBP, or (b) the RBA.

Under the enhanced rider, at the beginning of each contract year, during the first three years and prior to any withdrawal, the RBP for each purchase payment is set equal to that purchase payment, multiplied by 7%. At the beginning of any other contract year, each individual RBP is set equal to each individual GBP.

Each additional purchase payment has its own RBP established equal to that payment’s GBP. The total RBP is equal to the sum of the individual RBPs.

Whenever a partial withdrawal is made, the RBP equals the RBP immediately prior to the partial withdrawal less the amount of the partial withdrawal, but not less than zero.

Elective Step Up (under the original rider only)

You have the option to increase the RBA, the GBA, the GBP and the RBP beginning with the first contract anniversary. An annual elective step up option is available for 30 days after the contract anniversary. The elective step up option allows you to step up the remaining benefit amount and guaranteed benefit amount to the contract value on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

The elective step up is subject to the following rules:

• If you do not take any withdrawals during the first three years, you may step up annually beginning with the first contract anniversary;

Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    51

• If you take any withdrawals during the first three years, the annual elective step up will not be available until the third contract anniversary;

• If you step up but then take a withdrawal prior to the third contract anniversary, you will lose any prior step ups and the withdrawal will be considered an excess withdrawal subject to the GBA and RBA excess withdrawal procedures discussed under the “Guaranteed Benefit Amount” and “Remaining Benefit Amount” headings above; and

• You may take withdrawals on or after the third contract anniversary without reversal of previous step ups.

You may only step up if your contract value on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up is greater than the RBA. The elective step up will be determined as follows:

• The effective date of the elective step up is the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

• The RBA will be increased to an amount equal to the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

• The GBA will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBA immediately prior to the elective step up; or (b) the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

• The GBP will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBP immediately prior to the elective step up; or (b) 7% of the GBA after the elective step up.

• The RBP will be increased to the lesser of (a) the RBA after the elective step up; or (b) the GBP after the elective step up less any withdrawals made during that contract year.

You may elect a step up only once each contract year within 30 days after the contract anniversary. Once a step up has been elected, another step up may not be elected until the next contract anniversary.

Annual Step Up (under the enhanced rider only)

Beginning with the first contract anniversary after you accept the enhanced rider, an increase of the RBA, the GBA, the GBP and the RBP may be available. A step up does not create contract value, guarantee performance of any investment options, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn or paid upon death. Rather, a step up determines the current values of the GBA, RBA, GBP, and RBP, and may extend the payment period or increase allowable payment.

The annual step up is subject to the following rules:

• The annual step up is available when the RBA would increase on the step up date. The applicable step up date depends on whether the annual step up is applied on an automatic or elective basis.

• If the application of the step does not increase the rider charge, the annual step up will be automatically applied to your contract and the step up date is the contract anniversary date.

• If the application of the step up would increase the rider charge, the annual step up is not automatically applied. Instead, you have the option to step up for 30 days after the contract anniversary. If you exercise the elective annual step up option, you will pay the rider charge in effect on the step up date. If you wish to exercise the elective annual step up option, we must receive a request from you or your investment professional. The step up date is the date we receive your request to step up. If your request is received after the close of business, the step up date will be the next valuation day.

• Only one step up is allowed each contract year.

• If you take any withdrawals during the first three years, any previously applied step ups will be reversed and the annual step up will not be available until the third contract anniversary;

• You may take withdrawals on or after the third contract anniversary without reversal of previous step ups.

The annual step up will be determined as follows:

• The RBA will be increased to an amount equal to the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The GBA will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBA immediately prior to the annual step up; or (b) the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The GBP will be calculated as described earlier, but based on the increased GBA and RBA.

• The RBP will be reset as follows:

(a)	Prior to any withdrawals during the first three years, the RBP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	At any other time, the RBP will be reset as the increased GBP less all prior withdrawals made during the current contract year, but never less than zero.

Spousal Continuation and Special Spousal Continuation Step Up

If a surviving spouse elects to continue the contract, this rider also continues. The spousal continuation step up is in addition to the elective step up or the annual step up. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate.

52    Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

When a spouse elects to continue the contract, any rider feature processing particular to the first three years of the contract as described in this prospectus no longer applies. The GBA, RBA and GBP values remain unchanged. The RBP is automatically reset to the GBP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

A surviving spouse may elect a spousal continuation step up by written request within 30 days following the spouse’s election to continue the contract. This step up may be made even if withdrawals have been taken under the contract during the first three years. Under this step up, the RBA will be reset to the greater of the RBA or the contract value on the valuation date we receive the spouse’s written request to step up; the GBA will be reset to the greater of the GBA or the contract value on the same valuation date. If a spousal continuation step up is elected and we have increased the charge for the rider for new contract owners, the spouse will pay the charge that is in effect on the valuation date we receive the written request to step up.

It is our current administrative practice to process the spousal continuation step up as described in the next paragraph; however, we reserve the right to discontinue our administrative practice and will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change.

At the time of spousal continuation, a step-up may be available. All annual step-up rules (see “Annual Step-Up” heading above), other than those that apply to the waiting period, also apply to the spousal continuation step-up. If the spousal continuation step-up is processed automatically, the step-up date is the valuation date spousal continuation is effective. If not, the spouse must elect the step up and must do so within 30 days of the spousal continuation date. If the spouse elects the spousal continuation step up, the step-up date is the valuation date we receive the spouse’s written request to step-up if we receive the request by the close of business on that day, otherwise the next valuation date.

Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Payout Option

Several annuity payout plans are available under the contract. As an alternative to these annuity payout plans, a fixed annuity payout option is available under the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit.

Under this option the amount payable each year will be equal to the remaining schedule of GBPs, but the total amount paid over the life of the annuity will not exceed the current total RBA at the time you begin this fixed annuity option. These annualized amounts will be paid in the frequency that you elect. The frequencies will be among those offered by us at that time but will be no less frequent than annually. If, at the death of the owner, total payments have been made for less than the RBA, the remaining payments will be paid to the beneficiary (see “The Annuity Payout Period” and “Taxes”).

This annuity payout option may also be elected by the beneficiary of a contract as a settlement option if payments begin no later than one year after your death and the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy. Whenever multiple beneficiaries are designated under the contract, each such beneficiary’s share of the proceeds if they elect this option will be in proportion to their applicable designated beneficiary percentage. Beneficiaries of nonqualified contracts may elect this settlement option subject to the distribution requirements of the contract. We reserve the right to adjust the remaining schedule of GBPs if necessary to comply with the Code.

If Contract Value Reduces to Zero

If the contract value reduces to zero and the RBA remains greater than zero, the following will occur:

• you will be paid according to the annuity payout option described above;

• we will no longer accept additional purchase payments;

• you will no longer be charged for the rider;

• any attached death benefit riders will terminate; and

• the death benefit becomes the remaining payments under the annuity payout option described above.

If the contract value falls to zero and the RBA is depleted, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider and the contract will terminate.

For an example, see Appendix G.

Income Assurer Benefit Riders

There are three optional Income Assurer Benefit riders available under your contract:

• Income Assurer Benefit – MAV;

• Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base; or

• Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base.

The Income Assurer Benefit riders are intended to provide you with a guaranteed minimum income regardless of the volatility inherent in the investments in the subaccounts. The riders benchmark the contract growth at each anniversary against several comparison values and set the guaranteed income benefit base (described below) equal to the largest

Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    53

value. The guaranteed income benefit base, less any applicable premium tax, is the value we apply to the guaranteed annuity purchase rates stated in Table B of the contract to calculate the minimum annuity payouts you will receive if you exercise the rider. If the guaranteed income benefit base is greater than the contract value, the guaranteed income benefit base may provide a higher annuity payout level than is otherwise available. However, the riders use guaranteed annuity purchase rates which may result in annuity payouts that are less than those using the annuity purchase rates that we may apply at annuitization under the standard contract provisions. Therefore, the level of income provided by the riders may be less than the contract otherwise provides. If the annuity payouts through the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available through the riders, you will receive the higher standard payout option. The guaranteed income benefit base does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

The general information in this section applies to each Income Assurer Benefit rider. This section is followed by a description of each specific Income Assurer Benefit rider and how it is calculated.

You should consider whether an Income Assurer Benefit rider is appropriate for you because:

•	you must participate in the PN program. This requirement limits your choice of investments. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts or GPAs that are available under the contract to other contract owners who do not elect this rider. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Asset Allocation Program” and “Portfolio Navigator Program”);
•	if you are purchasing the contract as a qualified annuity, such as an IRA, and you are planning to begin annuity payouts after the date on which minimum distributions required by the Code must begin, you should consider whether an Income Assurer Benefit is appropriate for you (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Partial withdrawals you take from the contract, including those used to satisfy RMDs, will reduce the guaranteed income benefit base (defined below), which in turn may reduce or eliminate the amount of any annuity payouts available under the rider. Consult a tax advisor before you purchase any Income Assurer Benefit rider with a qualified annuity;
•	you must hold the Income Assurer Benefit for 10 years unless you elect to terminate the rider within 30 days following the first anniversary after the effective date of the rider;
•	you can only exercise the Income Assurer Benefit within 30 days after a contract anniversary following the expiration of the 10-year waiting period;
•	the 10-year waiting period may be restarted if you elect to change the PN investment option to one that causes the rider charge to increase (see “Charges — Income Assurer Benefit”); and
•	the Income Assurer Benefit rider terminates* on the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday.
*	The rider and annual fee terminate on the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday, however, if you exercise the Income Assurer Benefit rider before this time, your benefits will continue according to the annuity payout plan you have selected.

If the Income Assurer Benefit rider is available in your state and the annuitant is 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose this optional benefit at the time you purchase your contract for an additional charge. The amount of the charge is determined by the Income Assurer Benefit rider you select (see “Charges — Income Assurer Benefit Rider Fee”). The effective date of the rider will be the contract issue date. The Accumulation Protector Benefit and the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit riders are not available with any Income Assurer Benefit rider. If the annuitant is between age 73 and age 75 at contract issue, you should consider whether an Income Assurer Benefit rider is appropriate for your situation because of the 10-year waiting period requirement. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether an Income Assurer Benefit rider is appropriate for your situation.

Here are some general terms that are used to describe the Income Assurer Benefit riders in the sections below:

Guaranteed Income Benefit Base: The guaranteed income benefit base is the value that will be used to determine minimum annuity payouts when the rider is exercised. It is an amount we calculate, depending on the Income Assurer Benefit rider you choose, that establishes a benefit floor. When the benefit floor amount is greater than the contract value, there may be a higher annuitization payout than if you annuitized your contract without the Income Assurer Benefit. Your annuitization payout will never be less than that provided by your contract value.

Excluded Investment Options: These investment options are listed in your contract under contract data and will include the Columbia Variable Portfolio — Government Money Market Fund and, if available under your contract, the GPAs. Excluded investment options are not used in the calculation of this riders’ variable account floor for the Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base and the Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base.

Excluded Payments: These are purchase payments paid in the last five years before exercise of the benefit which we reserve the right to exclude from the calculation of the guaranteed income benefit base.

Proportionate Adjustments for Partial Withdrawals: These are calculated as the product of (a) times (b) where:

(a) is the ratio of the amount of the partial withdrawal (including any withdrawal charges or MVA) to the contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal, and

54    Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

(b) is the benefit on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.

Protected Investment Options:All investment options available under this contract that are not defined as excluded investment options under contract data are known as protected investment options for purposes of this rider and are used in the calculation of the variable account floor for the Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base and the Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base.

Waiting Period: This rider can only be exercised after the expiration of a 10-year waiting period. We reserve the right to restart the waiting period if you elect to change your model portfolio to one that causes the rider charge to increase.

The following are general provisions that apply to each Income Assurer Benefit:

Exercising the Rider

Rider exercise conditions are:

• you may only exercise the Income Assurer Benefit rider within 30 days after any contract anniversary following the expiration of the Waiting Period;

• the annuitant on the retirement date must be between 50 to 86 years old; and

• you can only take an annuity payment in one of the following annuity payout plans:

Plan A	—	Life Annuity – No Refund;
Plan B	—	Life Annuity with Ten or Twenty Years Certain;
Plan D	—	Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund;
	—	Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity with Twenty Years Certain; or
Plan E	—	Twenty Years Certain.

After the expiration of the waiting period, the Income Assurer Benefit rider guarantees a minimum amount of fixed annuity lifetime income during annuitization or the option of variable annuity payments with a guaranteed minimum initial payment or a combination of the two options.

If your contract value falls to zero as the result of adverse market performance or the deduction of fees and/or charges at any time, the contract and all its riders, including this rider, will terminate without value and no benefits will be paid on account of such termination.Exception: if you are still living, and the annuitant is between 50 and 86 years old, an amount equal to the guaranteed income benefit base will be paid to you under the annuity payout plan and frequency that you select, based upon the fixed or variable annuity payouts described above. The guaranteed income benefit base will be calculated and annuitization will occur at the following times.

• If the contract value falls to zero during the waiting period, the guaranteed income benefit base will be calculated and annuitization will occur on the valuation date after the expiration of the waiting period, or when the annuitant attains age 50 if later.

• If the contract value falls to zero after the waiting period, the guaranteed income benefit base will be calculated and annuitization will occur immediately, or when the annuitant attains age 50 if later.

Fixed annuity payouts under this rider will occur at the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “1983 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” with 100% Projection Scale G and a 2.0% interest rate. These are the same rates used in Table B of the contract (see “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Tables”). Your annuity payouts remain fixed for the lifetime of the annuity payout period.

First year variable annuity payouts are calculated in the same manner as fixed annuity payouts. Once calculated, your variable annuity payouts remain unchanged for the first year. After the first year, subsequent annuity payouts are variable and depend on the performance of the subaccounts you select. Variable annuity payouts after the first year are calculated using the following formula:

Pt-1(1 + i)	=	Pt
1.05

Pt-1	=	prior annuity payout
Pt	=	current annuity payout
i	=	annualized subaccount performance

Each subsequent variable annuity payout could be more or less than the previous variable annuity payout if the subaccount investment performance is greater or less than the 5% assumed investment rate. If your subaccount performance equals 5%, your variable annuity payout will be unchanged from the previous variable annuity payout. If your subaccount performance is in excess of 5%, your variable annuity payout will increase from the previous variable annuity payout. If your subaccount investment performance is less than 5%, your variable annuity payout will decrease from the previous variable annuity payout.

Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    55

Terminating the Rider

Rider termination conditions are:

•	you may terminate the rider within 30 days following the first anniversary after the effective date of the rider;
•	you may terminate the rider any time after the expiration of the waiting period;
•	the rider will terminate on the date you make a full withdrawal from the contract, or annuitization begins, or on the date that a death benefit is payable; and
•	the rider will terminate* 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday.
*	The rider and annual fee terminate 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday, however, if you exercise the Income Assurer Benefit rider before this time, your benefits will continue according to the annuity payout plan you have selected.

You may select one of the Income Assurer Benefit riders described below:

Income Assurer Benefit – MAV

The guaranteed income benefit base for the Income Assurer Benefit – MAV is the greater of these three values:

1.	contract value; or
2.	the total purchase payments made to the contract minus proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals; or
3.	the maximum anniversary value.

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV) — is zero prior to the first contract anniversary after the effective date of the rider. On the first contract anniversary after the effective date of the rider, we set the MAV as the greater of these two values:

(a)	current contract value; or
(b)	total payments made to the contract minus proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals.

Thereafter, we increase the MAV by any additional purchase payments and reduce the MAV by proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals. Every contract anniversary after that prior to the earlier of your or the annuitant’s 81st birthday, we compare the MAV to the current contract value and we reset the MAV to the higher amount.

If we exercise our right to not reflect excluded payments in the calculation of the guaranteed income benefit base, we will calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as the greatest of these three values:

1.	contract value less the market value adjusted excluded payments; or
2.	total purchase payments, less excluded payments, less proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals; or
3.	the MAV, less market value adjusted excluded payments.

Market Value Adjusted Excluded Payments are calculated as the sum of each excluded purchase payment multiplied by the ratio of the current contract value over the estimated contract value on the anniversary prior to such purchase payment. The estimated contract value at such anniversary is calculated by assuming that payments, and partial withdrawals occurring in a contract year take place at the beginning of the year for that anniversary and every year after that to the current contract year.

Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base

The guaranteed income benefit base for the Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base is the greater of these three values:

1.	contract value; or
2.	the total purchase payments made to the contract minus proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals; or
3.	the 5% variable account floor.

5% Variable Account Floor — is equal to the contract value in the excluded investment options plus the variable account floor. The Income Assurer Benefit 5% variable account floor is calculated differently and is not the same value as the death benefit 5% variable account floor.

The variable account floor is zero from the effective date of this rider and until the first contract anniversary after the effective date of this rider. On the first contract anniversary after the effective date of this rider the variable account floor is:

• the total purchase payments made to the protected investment options minus adjusted partial withdrawals and transfers from the protected investment options; plus

• an amount equal to 5% of your initial purchase payment allocated to the protected investment options.

On any day after the first contract anniversary following the effective date of this rider, when you allocate additional purchase payments to or withdraw or transfer amounts from the protected investment options, we adjust the variable account floor by adding the additional purchase payment and subtracting adjusted withdrawals and adjusted transfers.

56    Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

On each subsequent contract anniversary after the first anniversary of the effective date of this rider, prior to the earlier of your or the annuitant’s 81st birthday, we increase the variable account floor by adding the amount (“roll-up amount”) equal to 5% of the prior contract anniversary’s variable account floor.

The amount of purchase payments withdrawn from or transferred between the excluded investment options and the protected investment options is calculated as (a) times (b) where:

(a)	is the amount of purchase payments in the investment options being withdrawn or transferred on the date of but prior to the current withdrawal or transfer; and
(b)	is the ratio of the amount of the transfer or withdrawal to the value in the investment options being withdrawn or transferred on the date of (but prior to) the current withdrawal or transfer.

The roll-up amount prior to the first anniversary is zero. Also, the roll-up amount on every anniversary after the earlier of your or the annuitant’s 81st birthday is zero.

Adjusted withdrawals and adjusted transfers for the variable account floor are equal to the amount of the withdrawal or transfer from the protected investment options as long as the sum of the withdrawals and transfers from the protected investment options in a contract year do not exceed the roll-up amount from the prior contract anniversary.

If the current withdrawal or transfer from the protected investment options plus the sum of all prior withdrawals and transfers made from the protected investment options in the current policy year exceeds the roll-up amount from the prior contract anniversary we will calculate the adjusted withdrawal or adjusted transfer for the variable account floor as the result of (a) plus [(b) times (c)] where:

(a)	is the roll-up amount from the prior contract anniversary less the sum of any withdrawals and transfers made from the protected investment options in the current policy year but prior to the current withdrawal or transfer. However, (a) cannot be less than zero; and
(b)	is the variable account floor on the date of (but prior to) the current withdrawal or transfer from the protected investment options less the value from (a); and
(c)	is the ratio of [the amount of the current withdrawal (including any withdrawal charges or MVA) or transfer from the protected investment options less the value from (a)] to [the total in the protected investment options on the date of (but prior to) the current withdrawal or transfer from the protected investment options less the value from (a)].

This method is greater than a dollar-for-dollar reduction, and could potentially deplete the maximum benefit faster than the dollar-for-dollar reduction.

If we exercise our right to not reflect excluded payments in the calculation of the guaranteed income benefit base, we will calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as the greatest of these three values:

1.	contract value less the market value adjusted excluded payments (described above); or
2.	total purchase payments, less excluded payments, less proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals; or
3.	the 5% variable account floor, less 5% adjusted excluded payments.

5% Adjusted Excluded Payments are calculated as the sum of each excluded payment accumulated at 5% for the number of full contract years they have been in the contract.

Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base

The guaranteed income benefit base for the Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base is the greater of these four values:

1.	the contract value;
2.	the total purchase payments made to the contract minus proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals;
3.	the MAV (described above); or
4.	the 5% variable account floor (described above).

If we exercise our right to not reflect excluded payments in the calculation of the guaranteed income benefit base, we will calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as the greatest of:

1.	contract value less the market value adjusted excluded payments (described above);
2.	total purchase payments, less excluded payments, less proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals;
3.	the MAV, less market value adjusted excluded payments (described above); or
4.	the 5% variable account floor, less 5% Adjusted Excluded Payments (described above).

For an example of how each Income Assurer Benefit rider is calculated, see Appendix I.

Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    57

Optional Death Benefits

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector)

The Benefit Protector is intended to provide an additional benefit to your beneficiary to help offset expenses after your death such as funeral expenses or federal and state taxes. This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge (see “Charges”). The Benefit Protector provides reduced benefits if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older at the rider effective date. The Benefit Protector does not provide any additional benefit before the first rider anniversary.

If this rider is available in your state and both you and the annuitant are age 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the Benefit Protector to your contract. You must elect the Benefit Protector at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date. You may not select this rider if you select the Benefit Protector Plus Rider, 5% Accumulation Death Benefit or the Enhanced Death Benefit.

Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Since the benefit paid by the rider is determined by the amount of earnings at death, the amount of the benefit paid may be reduced as a result of taking any withdrawals including RMDs. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional and tax advisor whether or not the Benefit Protector is appropriate for your situation.

The Benefit Protector provides that if you or the annuitant die after the first rider anniversary, but before annuity payouts begin, and while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary:

• the ROP death benefit

• 40% of your earnings at death if you and the annuitant were under age 70 on the rider effective date, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old; or

• 15% of your earnings at death if you or the annuitant were age 70 or older on the rider effective date, up to a maximum of 37.5% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old.

Earnings at death: This is determined by taking the current death benefit, and subtracting any purchase payments not previously withdrawn. Partial withdrawals reduce earnings before reducing purchase payments in the contract. This determines how much of the applicable death benefit is made up of contract earnings. We set maximum earnings at death of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old. Earnings at death cannot be less than zero.

Terminating the Benefit Protector

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of any rider anniversary beginning with the seventh rider anniversary.

• The rider will terminate when you make a full withdrawal from the contract or when annuity payouts begin.

If your spouse is the sole beneficiary and you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner. Your spouse and the new annuitant will be subject to all the limitations and restrictions of the rider just as if they were purchasing a new contract. If your spouse and the new annuitant do not qualify for the rider on the basis of age we will terminate the rider. If they do qualify for the rider on the basis of age we will set the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid and we will substitute this new contract value on the date of death for “purchase payments not previously withdrawn” used in calculating earnings at death. Your spouse also has the option of discontinuing the Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider within 30 days of the date of death.

NOTE: For special tax considerations associated with the Benefit Protector, see “Taxes.”

For an example, see Appendix J.

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus)

The Benefit Protector Plus is intended to provide an additional benefit to your beneficiary to help offset expenses after your death such as funeral expenses or federal and state taxes. This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge (see “Charges”). The Benefit Protector Plus provides reduced benefits if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older at the rider effective date. It does not provide any additional benefit before the first rider anniversary and it does not provide any benefit beyond what is offered under the Benefit Protector rider during the second rider year.

If this rider is available in your state and both you and the annuitant are age 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the Benefit Protector Plus to you contract. You must elect the Benefit Protector Plus at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date. This rider is only available for transfers, exchanges or rollovers from another annuity or life insurance policy. You may not select this rider if you select the Benefit Protector Rider, 5% Accumulation Death Benefit or the Enhanced Death Benefit. Qualified annuities have

58    Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Since the benefit paid by the rider is determined by the amount of earnings at death, the amount of the benefit paid may be reduced as a result of taking any withdrawals including RMDs. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional and tax advisor whether or not the Benefit Protector Plus is appropriate for your situation.

The Benefit Protector Plus provides that if you or the annuitant die after the first rider anniversary, but before annuity payouts begin, and while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary:

• the benefits payable under the Benefit Protector described above, plus

• a percentage of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue not previously withdrawn as follows:

Rider Year	Percentage if you and the annuitant are under age 70 on the rider effective date	Percentage if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older on the rider effective date
One and Two	0%	0%
Three and Four	10%	3.75%
Five or more	20%	7.5%

Another way to describe the benefits payable under the Benefit Protector Plus rider is as follows:

• the ROP death benefit (see “Benefits in Case of Death”) plus:

Rider Year	If you and the annuitant are under age 70 on the rider effective date, add…	If you or the annuitant are age 70 or older on the rider effective date, add…
One	Zero	Zero
Two	40% × earnings at death (see above)	15% × earnings at death
Three & Four	40% × (earnings at death + 25% of initial purchase payment*)	15% × (earnings at death + 25% of initial purchase payment*)
Five or more	40% × (earnings at death + 50% of initial purchase payment*)	15% × (earnings at death + 50% of initial purchase payment*)

* Initial purchase payments are payments made within 60 days of rider issue not previously withdrawn.

Terminating the Benefit Protector Plus

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of any rider anniversary beginning with the seventh rider anniversary.

• The rider will terminate when you make a full withdrawal from the contract or when annuity payouts begin.

If your spouse is sole beneficiary and you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. We will then terminate the Benefit Protector Plus and substitute the applicable death benefit (see “Benefits in Case of Death”).

NOTE: For special tax considerations associated with the Benefit Protector Plus, see “Taxes.”

For an example, see Appendix K.

The Annuity Payout Period

As owner of the contract, you have the right to decide how and to whom annuity payouts will be made starting at the retirement date. You may select one of the annuity payout plans outlined below, or we may mutually agree on other payout arrangements. We do not deduct any withdrawal charges upon retirement but withdrawal charges may apply when electing to exercise liquidity features we may make available under certain fixed annuity payout options.

You also decide whether we will make annuity payouts on a fixed or variable basis, or a combination of fixed and variable. The amount available to purchase payouts under the plan you select is the contract value on your retirement date after any rider charges have been deducted. Additionally, we currently allow you to use part of the amount available to purchase payouts, leaving any remaining contract value to accumulate on a tax-deferred basis. Special rules apply for partial annuitization of your annuity contract, see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities — Annuity payouts” and “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Annuity payouts.” If you select a variable annuity payout, we reserve the right to limit the number of subaccounts in which you may invest. The GPAs and Portfolio Stabilizer funds are not available during this payout period.

Amounts of fixed and variable payouts depend on:

• the annuity payout plan you select;

• the annuitant’s age and, in most cases, sex;

• the annuity table in the contract; and

Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    59

• the amounts you allocated to the accounts at settlement.

In addition, for variable annuity payouts only, amounts depend on the investment performance of the subaccounts you select. These payouts will vary from month to month because the performance of the funds will fluctuate. Fixed payouts generally remain the same from month to month unless you have elected an option providing for increasing payments.

For information with respect to transfers between accounts after annuity payouts begin, see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transfer policies.”

Annuity Tables

The annuity tables in your contract (Table A and Table B) show the amount of the monthly payout for each $1,000 of contract value according to the age and, when applicable, the annuitant’s sex. (Where required by law, we will use a unisex table of settlement rates.)

Table A shows the amount of the first monthly variable annuity payout assuming that the contract value is invested at the beginning of the annuity payout period and earns a 5% rate of return, which is reinvested and helps to support future payouts. If you ask us at least 30 days before the retirement date, we will substitute an annuity table based on an assumed 3.5% investment rate for the 5% Table A in the contract. The assumed investment rate affects both the amount of the first payout and the extent to which subsequent payouts increase or decrease. For example, annuity payouts will increase if the investment return is above the assumed investment rate and payouts will decrease if the return is below the assumed investment rate. Using a 5% assumed interest rate results in a higher initial payout, but later payouts will increase more slowly when annuity unit values rise and decrease more rapidly when they decline.

Table B shows the minimum amount of each fixed annuity payout. We declare current payout rates that we use in determining the actual amount of your fixed annuity payout. The current payout rates will equal or exceed the guaranteed payout rates shown in Table B. We will furnish these rates to you upon request.

Annuity Payout Plans

We make available variable annuity payouts where payout amounts will vary based on the performance of the variable account. We may also make fixed annuity payouts available where payments of a fixed amount are made for the period specified in the plan, subject to any surrender we may permit. You may choose an annuity payout plan by giving us written instructions at least 30 days before the retirement date. Generally, you may select one of the Plans A through E below or another plan agreed to by us. Some of the annuity payout plans may not be available if you have selected the Income Assurer Benefit rider.

• Plan A – Life annuity — no refund:We make monthly payouts until the annuitant’s death. Payouts end with the last payout before the annuitant’s death. We will not make any further payouts. This means that if the annuitant dies after we made only one monthly payout, we will not make any more payouts.

• Plan B – Life annuity with five, ten, 15 or 20 years certain: (under the Income Assurer Benefit rider: you may select life annuity with ten or 20 years certain): We make monthly payouts for a guaranteed payout period of five, ten, 15 or 20 years that you elect. This election will determine the length of the payout period in the event if the annuitant dies before the elected period expires. We calculate the guaranteed payout period from the retirement date. If the annuitant outlives the elected guaranteed payout period, we will continue to make payouts until the annuitant’s death.

• Plan C – Life annuity — installment refund:(not available under the Income Assurer Benefit rider): We make monthly payouts until the annuitant’s death, with our guarantee that payouts will continue for some period of time. We will make payouts for at least the number of months determined by dividing the amount applied under this option by the first monthly payout, whether or not the annuitant is living.

• Plan D

– Joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund:We make monthly payouts while both the annuitant and a joint annuitant are living. If either annuitant dies, we will continue to make monthly payouts at the full amount until the death of the surviving annuitant. Payouts end with the death of the second annuitant.

– Joint and last survivor life annuity with 20 years certain: We make monthly annuity payouts during the lifetime of the annuitant and joint annuitant. When either the annuitant or joint annuitant dies, we will continue to make monthly payouts during the lifetime of the survivor. If the survivor dies before we have made payouts for 20 years, we continue to make payouts for the remainder of the 20-year period which begins when the first annuity payout is made.

• Plan E – Payouts for a specified period: We make monthly payouts for a specific payout period of ten to 30 years that you elect (under the Income Assurer Benefit rider, you may elect a payout period of 20 years only). We will make payouts only for the number of years specified whether the annuitant is living or not. Depending on the selected time period, it is foreseeable that an annuitant can outlive the payout period selected. During the payout period, you can

60    Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

elect to have us determine the present value of any remaining payouts and pay it to you in a lump sum. (Exception: If you have an Income Assurer Benefit rider and elect this annuity payout plan based on the Guaranteed Income Benefit Base, a lump sum payout is unavailable.)

•

Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Payout Option (available only under contracts with the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider):This fixed annuity payout option is an alternative to the above annuity payout plans. This option may not be available if the contract is a qualified annuity. For such contracts, this option will be available only if the guaranteed payment period is less than the life expectancy of the owner at the time the option becomes effective. Such life expectancy will be computed using a life expectancy table published by the IRS. Under this option, the amount payable each year will be equal to the remaining schedule of GBPs, but the total amount paid over the life of the annuity will not exceed the total RBA at the time you begin this fixed payout option (see “Optional Benefits — Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider”). The amount paid in the current contract year will be reduced for any prior withdrawals in that year. These annualized amounts will be paid in the frequency that you elect. The frequencies will be among those offered by us at the time but will be no less frequent than annually. If, at the death of the owner, total payouts have been made for less than the RBA, the remaining payouts will be paid to the beneficiary.

For Plan A, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, no payments will be made. For Plan B, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue for the guaranteed payout period. For Plan C, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue for the installment refund period. For Plan D, if both annuitants die before the initial payment, no payments will be made; however, if one annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue until the death of the surviving annuitant.

In addition to the annuity payout plans described above, we may offer additional payout plans. Terms and conditions of annuity payout plans will be disclosed at the time of election, including any associated fees or charges. It is important to remember that the election and use of liquidity features will result in payouts ceasing.

Utilizing a liquidity feature to withdraw the underlying value of remaining payouts may result in the assessment of a withdrawal charge (See “Charges — Withdrawal charge”) or a 10% IRS penalty tax. (See “Taxes.”).

Annuity payout plan requirements for qualified annuities: If your contract is a qualified annuity, you must select a payout plan as of the retirement date set forth in your contract. You have the responsibility for electing a payout plan under your contract that complies with applicable law. Your contract describes your payout plan options. The options will meet certain IRS regulations governing RMDs if the payout plan meets the incidental distribution benefit requirements, if any, and the payouts are made:

• in equal or substantially equal payments over a period not longer than your life expectancy, or over the joint life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary; or

• over a period certain not longer than your life expectancy or over the joint life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary.

If we do not receive instructions: You must give us written instructions for the annuity payouts at least 30 days before the annuitant’s retirement date. If you do not, we will make payouts under Plan B, with 120 monthly payouts guaranteed.

If monthly payouts would be less than $20: We will calculate the amount of monthly payouts at the time the contract value is used to purchase a payout plan. If the calculations show that monthly payouts would be less than $20, we have the right to pay the contract value to the owner in a lump sum or to change the frequency of the payouts.

Death after annuity payouts begin: If you or the annuitant die after annuity payouts begin, we will pay any amount payable to the beneficiary as provided in the annuity payout plan in effect. Payments to beneficiaries are subject to adjustment to comply with the IRS rules and regulations.

Taxes

Under current law, your contract has a tax-deferral feature. Generally, this means you do not pay income tax until there is a taxable distribution (or deemed distribution) from the contract. We will send a tax information reporting form for any year in which we made a taxable or reportable distribution according to our records.

Nonqualified Annuities

Generally, only the increase in the value of a non-qualified annuity contract over the investment in the contract is taxable. Certain exceptions apply. Federal tax law requires that all nonqualified deferred annuity contracts issued by the same company (and possibly its affiliates) to the same owner during a calendar year be taxed as a single, unified contract when distributions are taken from any one of those contracts.

Annuity payouts: Generally, unlike withdrawals described below, the income taxation of annuity payouts is subject to exclusion ratios (for fixed annuity payouts) or annual excludable amounts (for variable annuity payouts). In other words, in most cases, a portion of each payout will be ordinary income and subject to tax, and a portion of each payout will be

Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    61

considered a return of part of your investment in the contract and will not be taxed. All amounts you receive after your investment in the contract is fully recovered will be subject to tax. Under Annuity Payout Plan A: Life annuity — no refund, where the annuitant dies before your investment in the contract is fully recovered, the remaining portion of the unrecovered investment may be available as a federal income tax deduction to the owner for the last taxable year. Under all other annuity payout plans, where the annuity payouts end before your investment in the contract is fully recovered, the remaining portion of the unrecovered investment may be available as a federal income tax deduction to the taxpayer for the tax year in which the payouts end. (See “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Federal tax law permits taxpayers to annuitize a portion of their nonqualified annuity while leaving the remaining balance to continue to grow tax-deferred. Under the partial annuitization rules, the portion annuitized must be received as an annuity for a period of 10 years or more, or for the lives of one or more individuals. If this requirement is met, the annuitized portion and the tax-deferred balance will generally be treated as two separate contracts for income tax purposes only. If a contract is partially annuitized, the investment in the contract is allocated between the deferred and the annuitized portions on a pro rata basis.

Withdrawals: Generally, if you withdrawal all or part of your nonqualified annuity your annuity payouts begin, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, your withdrawal will be taxed to the extent that the contract value immediately before the withdrawal exceeds the investment in the contract. Different rules may apply if you exchange another contract into this contract.

You also may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty for withdrawals of taxable income you make before reaching age 59½ unless certain exceptions apply.

Withholding: If you receive taxable income as a result of an annuity payout or withdrawal, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, we may deduct federal, and in some cases state withholding against the payment. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your income tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. As long as you have provided us with a valid Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number, and you have a valid U.S. address, you may be able to elect not to have federal income tax withholding occur.

If the payment is part of an annuity payout plan, we generally compute the amount of federal income tax withholding using payroll tables. You may provide us with a statement of how many exemptions to use in calculating the withholding. If the distribution is any other type of payment (such as partial or full withdrawal) we compute federal income tax withholding using 10% of the taxable portion.

The federal income tax withholding requirements differ if we deliver payment outside the United States or you are a non-resident alien.

Some states also may impose income tax withholding requirements similar to the federal withholding described above or may allow you to elect withholding. If this should be the case, we may deduct state income tax withholding from the payment.

Death benefits to beneficiaries: The death benefit under a nonqualified contract is not exempt from estate (federal or state) taxes. In addition, for income tax purposes, any amount your beneficiary receives that exceeds the remaining investment in the contract is taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary in the year he or she receives the payments. (See also “Benefits in Case of Death — If You Die Before the Retirement Date”).

Net Investment Income Tax (also known as Medicare contribution tax): Effective for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2013, certain investment income of high-income individuals (as well as estates and trusts) is subject to a 3.8% net investment income tax (as an addition to income taxes). For individuals, the 3.8% tax applies to the lesser of (1) the amount by which the taxpayer’s modified adjusted gross income exceeds $200,000 ($250,000 for married filing jointly and surviving spouses; $125,000 for married filing separately) or (2) the taxpayer’s “net investment income.” Net investment income includes taxable income from nonqualified annuities. Annuity holders are advised to consult their tax advisor regarding the possible implications of this additional tax.

Annuities owned by corporations, partnerships or irrevocable trusts: For nonqualified annuities, any annual increase in the value of annuities held by such entities (non-natural persons) generally will be treated as ordinary income received during that year. However, if the trust was set up for the benefit of a natural person(s) only, the income may remain tax-deferred until withdrawn or paid out.

Penalties: If you receive amounts from your nonqualified annuity before reaching age 59½, you may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty on the amount includable in your ordinary income. However, this penalty will not apply to any amount received:

• because of your death or in the event of non-natural ownership, the death of annuitant;

• because you become disabled (as defined in the Code);

• if the distribution is part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments, made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or joint lives or life expectancies of you and your beneficiary);

62    Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• if it is allocable to an investment before Aug. 14, 1982; or

• if annuity payouts are made under immediate annuities as defined by the Code.

Transfer of ownership: Generally, if you transfer ownership of a nonqualified annuity without receiving adequate consideration, the transfer may be taxed as a withdrawal for federal income tax purposes. If the transfer is a currently taxable event for income tax purposes, the original owner will be taxed on the amount of deferred earnings at the time of the transfer and also may be subject to the 10% IRS penalty discussed earlier. In this case, the new owner’s investment in the contract will be equal to the investment in the contract at the time of the transfer plus any earnings included in the original owner’s taxable income as a result of the transfer. In general, this rule does not apply to transfers between spouses or former spouses. Similar rules apply if you transfer ownership for full consideration. Please consult your tax advisor for further details.

1035 Exchanges: Section 1035 of the Code permits nontaxable exchanges of certain insurance policies, endowment contracts, annuity contracts and qualified long-term care insurance contracts while providing for continued tax deferral of earnings. In addition, Section 1035 permits the carryover of the investment in the contract from the old policy or contract to the new policy or contract. In a 1035 exchange one policy or contract is exchanged for another policy or contract. The following can qualify as nontaxable exchanges: (1) the exchange of a life insurance policy for another life insurance policy or for an endowment, annuity or qualified long-term care insurance contract, (2) the exchange of an endowment contract for an annuity or qualified long-term care insurance contract, or for an endowment contract under which payments will begin no later than payments would have begun under the contract exchanged, (3) the exchange of an annuity contract for another annuity or for a qualified long-term care insurance contract, and (4) the exchange of a qualified long-term care insurance contract for a qualified long-term care insurance contract. Additionally, other tax rules apply. However, if the life insurance policy has an outstanding loan, there may be tax consequences. Depending on the issue date of your original policy or contract, there may be tax or other benefits that are given up to gain the benefits of the new policy or contract. Consider whether the features and benefits of the new policy or contract outweigh any tax or other benefits of the old contract.

For a partial exchange of an annuity contract for another annuity contract, the 1035 exchange is generally tax-free. The investment in the original contract and the earnings on the contract will be allocated proportionately between the original and new contracts. However, per IRS Revenue Procedure 2011-38, if withdrawals are taken from either contract within the 180-day period following a partial 1035 exchange, the IRS will apply general tax principles to determine the appropriate tax treatment of the exchange and subsequent withdrawal. As a result, there may be unexpected tax consequences. You should consult your tax advisor before taking any withdrawal from either contract during the 180-day period following a partial exchange.

Assignment: If you assign or pledge your contract as collateral for a loan, earnings on purchase payments you made after Aug. 13, 1982 will be taxed as a deemed distribution and also may be subject to the 10% penalty as discussed above.

Qualified Annuities

Adverse tax consequences may result if you do not ensure that contributions, distributions and other transactions under the contract comply with the law. Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions. You should refer to your retirement plan’s Summary Plan Description, your IRA disclosure statement, or consult a tax advisor for additional information about the distribution rules applicable to your situation.

When you use your contract to fund a retirement plan or IRA that is already tax-deferred under the Code, the contract will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral. If your contract is used to fund an employer sponsored plan, your right to benefits may be subject to the terms and conditions of the plan regardless of the terms of the contract.

Annuity payouts: Under a qualified annuity, except a Roth IRA, Roth 401(k) or Roth 403(b), the entire payout generally is includable as ordinary income and is subject to tax unless: (1) the contract is an IRA to which you made non-deductible contributions; or (2) you rolled after-tax dollars from a retirement plan into your IRA; or 3) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you or your employer have contributed after-tax dollars; or (4) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you direct such payout to be directly rolled over to another eligible retirement plan such as an IRA. We may permit partial annuitizations of qualified annuity contracts. If we accept partial annuitizations, please remember that your contract will still need to comply with other requirements such as required minimum distributions and the payment of taxes. Prior to considering a partial annuitization on a qualified contract, you should discuss your decision and any implications with your tax adviser. Because we cannot accurately track certain after tax funding sources, we will generally report any payments on partial annuitizations as ordinary income except in the case of a qualified distribution from a Roth IRA.

Annuity payouts from Roth IRAs: In general, the entire payout from a Roth IRA can be free from income and penalty taxes if you have attained age 59½ and meet the five year holding period.

Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    63

Withdrawals: Under a qualified annuity, except a Roth IRA, Roth 401(k) or Roth 403(b), the entire withdrawal will generally be includable as ordinary income and is subject to tax unless: (1) the contract is an IRA to which you made non-deductible contributions; or (2) you rolled after-tax dollars from a retirement plan into your IRA; or (3) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you or your employer have contributed after-tax dollars; or (4) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you direct such withdrawal to be directly rolled over to another eligible retirement plan such as an IRA.

Withdrawals from Roth IRAs: In general, the entire payout from a Roth IRA can be free from income and penalty taxes if you have attained age 59½ and meet the five year holding period or another qualifying event such as death or disability.

Required Minimum Distributions: Retirement plans (except for Roth IRAs) are subject to required withdrawals called required minimum distributions (“RMDs”) beginning at age 72 (age 70 ½ if you were born on or before June 30, 1949). RMDs are based on the fair market value of your contract at year-end divided by the life expectancy factor. Certain death benefits and optional riders may be considered in determining the fair market value of your contract for RMD purposes. This may cause your RMD to be higher. Inherited IRAs (including inherited Roth IRAs) are subject to special required minimum distribution rules. You should consult your tax advisor prior to making a purchase for an explanation of the potential tax implications to you.

Withholding for IRAs, Roth IRAs, SEPs and SIMPLE IRAs: If you receive taxable income as a result of an annuity payout or a withdrawal, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, we may deduct withholding against the payment. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. As long as you have provided us with a valid Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number, you can elect not to have any withholding occur.

If the payment is part of an annuity payout plan, we generally compute the amount of federal income tax withholding using payroll tables. You may provide us with a statement of how many exemptions to use in calculating the withholding. If the distribution is any other type of payment (such as a partial or full withdrawal) we compute federal income tax withholding using 10% of the taxable portion.

The federal income tax withholding requirements differ if we deliver payment outside the United States or you are a non-resident alien.

Some states also may impose income tax withholding requirements similar to the federal withholding described above. If this should be the case, we may deduct state income tax withholding from the payment.

Withholding for all other qualified annuities: If you receive directly all or part of the contract value from a qualified annuity, mandatory 20% federal income tax withholding (and possibly state income tax withholding) generally will be imposed at the time the payout is made from the plan. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. This mandatory withholding will not be imposed if instead of receiving the distribution check, you elect to have the distribution rolled over directly to an IRA or another eligible plan. Payments made to a surviving spouse instead of being directly rolled over to an IRA are also subject to mandatory 20% income tax withholding.

In the below situations, the distribution is subject to an optional 10% withholding instead of the mandatory 20% withholding. We will withhold 10% of the distribution amount unless you elect otherwise.

• the payout is one in a series of substantially equal periodic payouts, made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or the joint lives or life expectancies of you and your designated beneficiary) or over a specified period of 10 years or more;

• the payout is a RMD as defined under the Code;

• the payout is made on account of an eligible hardship; or

• the payout is a corrective distribution.

State withholding also may be imposed on taxable distributions.

Penalties: If you receive amounts from your qualified contract before reaching age 59½, you may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty on the amount includable in your ordinary income. However, this penalty generally will not apply to any amount received:

• because of your death;

• because you become disabled (as defined in the Code);

• if the distribution is part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or joint lives or life expectancies of you and your beneficiary);

• if the distribution is made following severance from employment during or after the calendar year in which you attain age 55 (TSAs and annuities funding 401(a) plans only);

• to pay certain medical or education expenses (IRAs only); or

64    Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• if the distribution is made from an inherited IRA.

Death benefits to beneficiaries: The entire death benefit generally is taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary in the year he/she receives the payments from the qualified annuity. If you made non-deductible contributions to a traditional IRA, the portion of any distribution from the contract that represents after-tax contributions is not taxable as ordinary income to your beneficiary. You are responsible for keeping all records tracking your non-deductible contributions to an IRA. Death benefits under a Roth IRA generally are not taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary if certain distribution requirements are met. (See also “Benefits in Case of Death — If you Die Before the Retirement Date”).

Change of retirement plan type: IRS regulations allow for rollovers of certain retirement plan distributions. In some circumstances, you may be able to have an intra-contract rollover, keeping the same features and conditions. If the annuity contract you have does not support an intra-contract rollover, you are able to request an IRS approved rollover to another annuity contract or other investment product that you choose. If you choose another annuity contract or investment product, you will be subject to new rules, including a new withdrawal charge schedule for an annuity contract, or other product rules as applicable.

Assignment:You may not assign or pledge your qualified contract as collateral for a loan.

Other

Special considerations if you select any optional rider: As of the date of this prospectus, we believe that charges related to these riders are not subject to current taxation. Therefore, we will not report these charges as partial withdrawals from your contract. However, the IRS may determine that these charges should be treated as partial withdrawals subject to taxation to the extent of any gain as well as the 10% tax penalty for withdrawals before the age of 59½, if applicable, on the taxable portion.

We reserve the right to report charges for these riders as partial withdrawals if we, as a withholding and reporting agent, believe that we are required to report them. In addition, we will report any benefits attributable to these riders on the death of you or the annuitant as an annuity death benefit distribution, not as proceeds from life insurance.

Important: Our discussion of federal tax laws is based upon our understanding of current interpretations of these laws. Federal tax laws or current interpretations of them may change. For this reason and because tax consequences are complex and highly individual and cannot always be anticipated, you should consult a tax advisor if you have any questions about taxation of your contract.

RiverSource Life’s tax status: We are taxed as a life insurance company under the Code. For federal income tax purposes, the subaccounts are considered a part of our company, although their operations are treated separately in accounting and financial statements. Investment income is reinvested in the fund in which each subaccount invests and becomes part of that subaccount’s value. This investment income, including realized capital gains, is not subject to any withholding for federal or state income taxes. We reserve the right to make such a charge in the future if there is a change in the tax treatment of variable annuities or in our tax status as we then understand it.
The company includes in its taxable income the net investment income derived from the investment of assets held in its subaccounts because the company is considered the owner of these assets under federal income tax law.  The company may claim certain tax benefits associated with this investment income.  These benefits, which may include foreign tax credits and the corporate dividend received deduction, are not passed on to you since the company is the owner of the assets under federal tax law and is taxed on the investment income generated by the assets. 

Tax qualification: We intend that the contract qualify as an annuity for federal income tax purposes. To that end, the provisions of the contract are to be interpreted to ensure or maintain such tax qualification, in spite of any other provisions of the contract. We reserve the right to amend the contract to reflect any clarifications that may be needed or are appropriate to maintain such qualification or to conform the contract to any applicable changes in the tax qualification requirements. We will send you a copy of any amendments.

Spousal status: When it comes to your marital status and the identification and naming of any spouse as a beneficiary or party to your contract, we will rely on the representations you make to us. Based on this reliance, we will issue and administer your contract in accordance with these representations. If you represent that you are married and your representation is incorrect or your marriage is deemed invalid for federal or state law purposes, then the benefits and rights under your contract may be different.

If you have any questions as to the status of your relationship as a marriage, then you should consult an appropriate tax or legal advisor.

Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    65

Voting Rights

As a contract owner with investments in the subaccounts, you may vote on important fund policies until annuity payouts begin. Once they begin, the person receiving them has voting rights. We will vote fund shares according to the instructions of the person with voting rights.

Before annuity payouts begin, the number of votes you have is determined by applying your percentage interest in each subaccount to the total number of votes allowed to the subaccount.

After annuity payouts begin, the number of votes you have is equal to:

• the reserve held in each subaccount for your contract; divided by

• the net asset value of one share of the applicable fund.

As we make annuity payouts, the reserve for the contract decreases; therefore, the number of votes also will decrease.

We calculate votes separately for each subaccount. We will send notice of shareholders’ meetings, proxy materials and a statement of the number of votes to which the voter is entitled. We are the legal owner of all fund shares and therefore hold all voting rights.  However, to the extent required by law, we will vote the shares of each fund according to instructions we receive from policy owners. We will vote shares for which we have not received instructions and shares that we or our affiliates own in our own names in the same proportion as the votes for which we received instructions. As a result of this proportional voting, in cases when a small number of contract owners vote, their votes will have a greater impact and may even control the outcome.

Substitution of Investments

We may substitute the funds in which the subaccounts invest if:

• laws or regulations change;

• the existing funds become unavailable; or

• in our judgment, the funds no longer are suitable (or are not the most suitable) for the subaccounts.

If any of these situations occur, we have the right to substitute a fund currently listed in this prospectus (existing fund) for another fund (new fund), provided we obtain any required SEC and state insurance law approval. The new fund may have higher fees and/or operating expenses than the existing fund. Also, the new fund may have investment objectives and policies and/or investment advisers which differ from the existing fund.

We may also:

• add new subaccounts;

• combine any two or more subaccounts;

• transfer assets to and from the subaccounts or the variable account; and

• eliminate or close any subaccounts.

We will notify you of any substitution or change.

In the event of any such substitution or change, we may amend the contract and take whatever action is necessary and appropriate without your consent or approval. We will obtain any required prior approval of the SEC or state insurance departments before making any substitution or change.

About the Service Providers

Principal Underwriter

RiverSource Distributors, Inc. (RiverSource Distributors), our affiliate, serves as the principal underwriter and general distributor of the contract. Its offices are located at 70100 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, MN 55474. RiverSource Distributors is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ameriprise Financial, Inc.

Sales of the Contract

New contracts are not currently being offered.

• Only securities broker-dealers (“selling firms”) registered with the SEC and members of the FINRA may sell the contract.

• The contracts are continuously offered to the public through authorized selling firms. We and RiverSource Distributors have a sales agreement with the selling firm. The sales agreement authorizes the selling firm to offer the contracts

66    Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

to the public. RiverSource Distributors pays the selling firm (or an affiliated insurance agency) for contracts its investment professional sell. The selling firm may be required to return sales commissions under certain circumstances including but not limited to when contracts are returned under the free look period.

Payments We May Make to Selling Firms

• We may use compensation plans which vary by selling firm. For example, some of these plans pay selling firms a commission of up to 5.50% each time a purchase payment is made for contract Option L and 1.00% for Contract Option C. We may also pay ongoing trail commissions of up to 1.00% of the contract value. We do not pay or withhold payment of trail commissions based on which investment options you select.

• We may pay selling firms an additional sales commission of up to 1.00% of purchase payments for a period of time we select. For example, we may offer to pay an additional sales commission to get selling firms to market a new or enhanced contract or to increase sales during the period.

• In addition to commissions, we may, in order to promote sales of the contracts, and as permitted by applicable laws and regulation, pay or provide selling firms with other promotional incentives in cash, credit or other compensation. We generally (but may not) offer these promotional incentives to all selling firms. The terms of such arrangements differ between selling firms. These promotional incentives may include but are not limited to:

• sponsorship of marketing, educational, due diligence and compliance meetings and conferences we or the selling firm may conduct for investment professionals, including subsidy of travel, meal, lodging, entertainment and other expenses related to these meetings;

• marketing support related to sales of the contract including for example, the creation of marketing materials, advertising and newsletters;

• providing service to contract owners; and

• funding other events sponsored by a selling firm that may encourage the selling firm’s investment professionals to sell the contract.

These promotional incentives or reimbursements may be calculated as a percentage of the selling firm’s aggregate, net or anticipated sales and/or total assets attributable to sales of the contract, and/or may be a fixed dollar amount. As noted below this additional compensation may cause the selling firm and its investment professionals to favor the contracts.

Sources of Payments to Selling Firms

When we pay the commissions and other compensation described above from our assets. Our assets may include:

• revenues we receive from fees and expenses that you will pay when buying, owning and making a withdrawal from the contract (see “Expense Summary”);

• compensation we or an affiliate receive from the underlying funds in the form of distribution and services fees (see “The Variable Account and the Funds — The Funds”);

• compensation we or an affiliate receive from a fund’s investment adviser, subadviser, distributor or an affiliate of any of these (see “The Variable Account and the Funds — The Funds”); and

• revenues we receive from other contracts we sell that are not securities and other businesses we conduct.

You do not directly pay the commissions and other compensation described above as the result of a specific charge or deduction under the contract. However, you may pay part or all of the commissions and other compensation described above indirectly through:

• fees and expenses we collect from contract owners, including withdrawal charges; and

• fees and expenses charged by the underlying subaccount funds in which you invest, to the extent we or one of our affiliates receive revenue from the funds or an affiliated person.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Compensation payment arrangements made with selling firms can potentially:

• give selling firms a heightened financial incentive to sell the contract offered in this prospectus over another investment with lower compensation to the selling firm.

• cause selling firms to encourage their investment professionals to sell you the contract offered in this prospectus instead of selling you other alternative investments that may result in lower compensation to the selling firm.

• cause selling firms to grant us access to its investment professionals to promote sales of the contract offered in this prospectus, while denying that access to other firms offering similar contracts or other alternative investments which may pay lower compensation to the selling firm.

Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    67

Payments to Investment Professionals

• The selling firm pays its investment professionals. The selling firm decides the compensation and benefits it will pay its investment professionals.

• To inform yourself of any potential conflicts of interest, ask the investment professional before you buy, how the selling firm and its investment professionals are being compensated and the amount of the compensation that each will receive if you buy the contract.

Service Providers

Our Service Center performs certain administrative services on the contracts and policies we issue. The address and telephone number of our Service Center are listed on the first page of the prospectus. We also have entered into agreements with certain entities to provide the identified services in connection with the contracts and policies we issue. The entities engaged by RiverSource Life may change over time. Entities that provided services to RiverSource Life in 2019 are listed in the table below.

Name of Service Provider	Services Provided	Address
Ameriprise Financial, Inc.	Business affairs management and administrative support related to new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies	707 Second Avenue South Minneapolis MN 55402 USA
Ameriprise India Private Limited	Administrative support related to new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies annual report filings	Plot No. 14, Sector 18 Udyog Vihar Gurugram, Haryana – 122 015 India
Sykes Enterprise Incorporated	Administrative support related to e new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies	10th Floor, Glorietta BPO 1 Office Tower Makati City 1224 Metro Manila Philippines

Issuer

We issue the contracts. We are a stock life insurance company organized in 1957 under the laws of the state of Minnesota and are located at 829 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, MN 55474. We are a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ameriprise Financial, Inc.

We conduct a conventional life insurance business. We are licensed to do business in 49 states, the District of Columbia and American Samoa. Our primary products currently include fixed and variable annuity contracts and life insurance policies.

Legal Proceedings

Insurance companies have been the subject of increasing regulatory, legislative and judicial scrutiny. Numerous state and federal regulatory agencies have commenced examinations and other inquiries of insurance companies regarding sales and marketing practices (including sales to older consumers and disclosure practices), claims handling, and unclaimed property and escheatment practices and procedures. RiverSource Life has cooperated and will continue to cooperate with the applicable regulators.

RiverSource Life is involved in the normal course of business in a number of other legal and arbitration proceedings concerning matters arising in connection with the conduct of its business activities. RiverSource Life believes that it is not a party to, nor are any of its properties the subject of, any pending legal, arbitration or regulatory investigation, examination or proceeding that is likely to have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is possible that the outcome of any current or future legal, arbitration or regulatory proceeding could have a material impact on results of operations in any particular reporting period as the proceedings are resolved.

Uncertain economic conditions, heightened and sustained volatility in the financial markets and significant financial reform legislation may increase the likelihood that clients and other persons or regulators may present or threaten legal claims or that regulators increase the scope or frequency of examinations of RiverSource Life or the insurance industry generally.

Additional Information

Incorporation of Certain Documents By Reference

The SEC allows us to “incorporate by reference” the information we have filed with the SEC. This means that we can disclose important information to you without actually including the specific information in this prospectus by referring you to other documents filed separately with the SEC. The information incorporated by reference is an important part of

68    Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

this prospectus. Information that we later provide to the SEC, and which is deemed to be “filed” with the SEC, will automatically update information previously filed with the SEC, and may replace information in this prospectus and information previously filed with the SEC. We incorporate by reference RiverSource Life Insurance Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019 as filed with the SEC on Feb.26, 2020under File No. 033-28976 in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and any filings we make with the SEC under Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act (excluding information deemed to be furnished and not filed with the SEC) after the effective date of this registration statement, until all offerings under the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part are completed or terminated. The annual report contains additional information about RiverSource Life Insurance Company, including audited financial statements for the latest fiscal year.

RiverSource Life will furnish you without charge a copy of any or all of the documents incorporated by reference into this prospectus, including any exhibits to such documents which have been specifically incorporated by reference. We will do so upon receipt of your written or oral request. You can contact RiverSource Life at the telephone number and address listed on the first page of this prospectus.

Available Information

This prospectus is part of a registration statement we file with the SEC. Additional information on RiverSource Life and on this offering is available in the registration statement and other materials we file. You can obtain copies of these materials at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. This prospectus, other information about the contract and other information incorporated by reference are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at (http://www.sec.gov).

Indemnification

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the Act) may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of RiverSource Life pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    69

Appendices

APPENDIX NAME	PAGE #	CROSS-REFERENCE	PAGE #
Appendix A: Example — Market Value Adjustment (MVA)	p. 71	Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)	p. 20
Appendix B: Example — Income Assurer Benefit Rider Fee	p. 73	Charges — Income Assurer Benefit Rider Fee	p. 30
Appendix C: Example — Withdrawal Charges	p. 74	Charges — Withdrawal Charges	p. 25
Appendix D: Example — Death Benefits	p. 77	Benefits in Case of Death	p. 43
Appendix E: Example — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider	p. 80	Optional Benefits — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider	p. 46
Appendix F: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider — Rider B Disclosure	p. 82	Optional Benefits — Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider	p. 48
Appendix G: Example — Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider	p. 88	Optional Benefits — Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider	p. 48
Appendix H: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider — Additional RMD Disclosure	p. 90	Optional Benefits — Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider	p. 48
Appendix I: Example — Income Assurer Benefit Riders	p. 91	Optional Benefits — Income Assurer Benefit Riders	p. 53
Appendix J: Example — Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider	p. 96	Optional Benefits — Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider	p. 58
Appendix K: Example — Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider	p. 98	Optional Benefits — Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider	p. 58
Appendix L: Example — Withdrawal Benefit Riders: Elective Step Up or Elective Spousal Continuation Step Up	p. 100	Optional Benefits — Optional Living Benefits	p. 46
Appendix M: Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	p. 101	Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	p. 13

The purpose of these appendices is first to illustrate the operation of various contract features and riders; second, to provide additional disclosure regarding various contract features and riders; and lastly, to provide condensed financial history (unaudited) of the subaccounts.

In order to demonstrate the contract features and riders, an example may show hypothetical contract values. These contract values do not represent past or future performance. Actual contract values may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a number of factors, including but not limited to the investment experience of the subaccounts and GPAs, and the fees and charges that apply to your contract.

The examples of death benefits and optional riders in appendices D, E, G and I through K include a partial withdrawal to illustrate the effect of a partial withdrawal on the particular benefit. These examples are intended to show how the optional riders operate, and do not take into account whether the rider is part of a qualified contract. Qualified contracts are subject to required minimum distributions at certain ages which may require you to take partial withdrawals from the contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). If you are considering the addition of certain death benefits and/or optional riders to a qualified contract, you should consult your tax advisor prior to making a purchase for an explanation of the potential tax implications to you.

70    Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix A: Example — Market Value Adjustment (MVA)

As the examples below demonstrate, the application of an MVA may result in either a gain or a loss of principal. We refer to all of the transactions described below as “early withdrawals.”

Assumptions:

• You purchase a contract and allocate part of your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA; and

• we guarantee an interest rate of 3.0% annually for your ten-year guarantee period; and

• after three years, you decide to make a withdrawal from your GPA. In other words, there are seven years left in your guarantee period.

Remember that the MVA depends partly on the interest rate of a new GPA for the same number of years as the guarantee period remaining on your GPA. In this case, that is seven years.

Example 1: Remember that your GPA is earning 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 3.5%. We add 0.10% to the 3.5% rate to get 3.6%. Your GPA’s 3.0% rate is less than the 3.6% rate, so the MVA will be negative.

Example 2: Remember again that your GPA is earning 3.0%, and assume that new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 2.5%. We add 0.10% to the 2.5% rate to get 2.6%. In this example, since your GPA’s 3.0% rate is greater than the 2.6% rate, the MVA will be positive. To determine that adjustment precisely, you will have to use the formula described below.

Sample MVA Calculations

The precise MVA formula we apply is as follows:

Early withdrawal amount	×	[	(	1 + i	)	n/12	–1	]	=	MVA
				1 + j + .001

Where i	=	rate earned in the GPA from which amounts are being transferred or withdrawn.
j	=	current rate for a new guarantee period equal to the remaining term in the current guarantee period.
n	=	number of months remaining in the current guarantee period (rounded up).

Examples — MVA

Using assumptions similar to those we used in the examples above:

• You purchase a contract and allocate part of your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA;

• we guarantee an interest rate of 3.0% annually for your ten-year guarantee period; and

• after three years, you decide to make a $1,000 withdrawal from your GPA. In other words, there are seven years left in your guarantee period.

Example 1: You request an early withdrawal of $1,000 from your ten-year GPA earning a guaranteed interest rate of 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 3.5%. Using the formula above, we determine the MVA as follows:

$1,000	×	[	(	1.030	)	84/12	–1	]	=	-$39.84
				1 + .035 + .001

In this example, the MVA is a negative $39.84.

Example 2: You request an early withdrawal of $1,000 from your ten-year GPA earning a guaranteed interest rate of 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 2.5%. Using the formula above, we determine the MVA as follows:

$1,000	×	[	(	1.030	)	84/12	–1	]	=	$27.61
				1 + .025 + .001

In this example, the MVA is a positive $27.61.

Please note that when you allocate your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA and your purchase payment is in its fourth year from receipt at the beginning of the guarantee period, your withdrawal charge percentage is 6% due to the withdrawal charge schedule under contract Option L. (See “Charges — Withdrawal Charge.”) We do not apply MVAs to the amounts we deduct for withdrawal charges, so we would deduct the withdrawal charge from your early withdrawal after we applied the MVA. Also note that when you request an early withdrawal, we withdraw an amount from your GPA that will give you the net amount you requested after we apply the MVA and any applicable withdrawal charge, unless you request otherwise.

Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    71

The current interest rate we offer on the GPA will change periodically at our discretion. It is the rate we are then paying on purchase payments, renewals and transfers paid under this class of contracts for guarantee period durations equaling the remaining guarantee period of the GPA to which the formula is being applied.

We will not apply MVAs to amounts withdrawn for annual contract charges, to amounts we pay as death claims or to automatic transfers from the two-year GPA as part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep strategy. In some states, the MVA is limited.

72    Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix B: Example — Income Assurer Benefit Rider Fee

Example — Income Assurer Benefit Rider Fee

Assumptions:

You purchase the contract with a payment of $50,000 and allocate all of your payment to the protected investment options and make no transfers, add-ons or withdrawals; and

• on the first contract anniversary your total contract value is $55,545; and

• on the second contract anniversary your total contract value is $53,270.

• We would calculate the Guaranteed Income Benefit Base for each Income Assurer Benefit on the second anniversary as follows:

The Income Assurer Benefit – MAV Guaranteed Income Benefit Base is the greatest of the following values:

Purchase Payments less adjusted partial withdrawals:	$50,000
Contract value on the second anniversary:	$53,270
Maximum Anniversary Value:	$55,545
Income Assurer Benefit – MAV Guaranteed Income Benefit Base	$55,545

The Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Guaranteed Income Benefit Base is the greatest of the following values:

Purchase Payments less adjusted partial withdrawals:	$50,000
Contract value on the second anniversary:	$53,270
5% Variable Account Floor = 1.05 × 1.05 × $50,000	$55,125
Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Guaranteed Income Benefit Base	$ 55,125

The Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Guaranteed Income Benefit Base is the greatest of the following values:

Purchase Payments less adjusted partial withdrawals:	$50,000
Contract value on the second anniversary:	$53,270
Maximum Anniversary Value:	$55,545
5% Variable Account Floor = 1.05 × 1.05 × $50,000	$55,125
Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Guaranteed Income Benefit Base	$55,545

The Income Assurer Benefit fee deducted from your contract value would be:

Income Assurer Benefit – MAV fee =	0.30% × $55,545 = $166.64
Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base fee =	0.60% × $55,125 = $330.75
Income Assurer Benefit – MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base fee =	0.65% × $55,545 = $361.04

Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    73

Appendix C: Example — Withdrawal Charges for Contract Option L

The examples below show how the withdrawal charge for a full and partial withdrawal is calculated for a contract with a four-year withdrawal charge schedule. Each example illustrates the amount of the withdrawal charge for both a contract that experiences gains and a contract that experiences losses, given the same set of assumptions.

For purposes of calculating any withdrawal charge, including the examples illustrated below, we treat amounts withdrawn from your contract value in the following order:

1.	First, in each contract year, we withdraw amounts totaling up to 10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value or your contract’s remaining benefit payment if you elected the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider and your remaining benefit payment is greater than 10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on this amount.
2.	Next, we withdraw contract earnings, if any, that are greater than the amount described in number one above. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on contract earnings.
3.	Next we withdraw purchase payments received prior to the withdrawal charge period shown in your contract. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on these purchase payments.
4.	Finally, if necessary, we withdraw purchase payments received that are still within the withdrawal charge period you selected and shown in your contract. We withdraw these payments on a “first-in, first-out” (FIFO) basis. We do assess a withdrawal charge on these payments.

After withdrawing earnings in numbers one and two above, we next withdraw enough additional contract value (ACV) to meet your requested withdrawal amount. If the amount described in number one above was greater than contract earnings prior to the withdrawal, the excess (XSF) will be excluded from the purchase payments being withdrawn that were received most recently when calculating the withdrawal charge. We determine the amount of purchase payments being withdrawn (PPW) in numbers three and four above as:

PPW = XSF + (ACV – XSF) / (CV – TFA) × (PPNPW – XSF)

If the additional contract value withdrawn is less than XSF, then PPW will equal ACV.

We determine current contract earnings (CE) by looking at the entire contract value (CV), not the earnings of any particular subaccount or GPA. If the contract value is less than purchase payments received and not previously withdrawn (PPNPW) then contract earnings are zero.

Full withdrawal charge calculation — four-year withdrawal charge schedule:

This is an example of how we calculate the withdrawal charge on a contract with a four-year (from the date of each purchase payment) withdrawal charge schedule with the following history:

Assumptions:

• We receive a single $50,000 purchase payment; and

• You withdraw the contract for its total value during the fourth contract year after you made the single purchase payment. The withdrawal charge percentage in the fourth year after a purchase payment is 6.0%; and

• You have made no prior withdrawals.

We will look at two situations, one where the contract has a gain and another where there is a loss:

		Contract with Gain	Contract with Loss
We calculate the withdrawal charge as follows:
	Contract value just prior to withdrawal:	$60,000.00	$40,000.00
	Contract value on prior anniversary:	58,000.00	42,000.00
Step 1.	First, we determine the amount of earnings available in the contract at the time of withdrawal as:
	Contract value just prior to withdrawal (CV):	60,000.00	40,000.00
	Less purchase payments received and not previously withdrawn (PPNPW):	50,000.00	50,000.00
	Earnings in the contact (but not less than zero):	10,000.00	0.00
Step 2.	Next, we determine the Total Free Amount (TFA) available in the contract as the greatest of the following values:
	Earnings in the contract:	10,000.00	0.00
	10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value:	5,800.00	4,200.00
	TFA (but not less than zero):	10,000.00	4,200.00

74    Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

			Contract with Gain	Contract with Loss
Step 3.	Now we can determine ACV, the amount by which the contract value withdrawn exceeds earnings.
	Contract value withdrawn:		60,000.00	40,000.00
	Less earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	ACV (but not less than zero):		50,000.00	40,000.00
Step 4.	Next we determine XSF, the amount by which 10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value exceeds earnings.
	10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value:		5,800.00	4,200.00
	Less earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	XSF (but not less than zero):		0.00	4,200.00
Step 5.	Now we can determine how much of the PPNPW is being withdrawn (PPW) as follows:
	PPW	= XSF + (ACV – XSF) / (CV – TFA) × (PPNPW – XSF)
	XSF from Step 4		0.00	4,200.00
	ACV from Step 3		50,000.00	40,000.00
	CV from Step 1		60,000.00	40,000.00
	TFA from Step 2		10,000.00	4,200.00
	PPNPW from Step 1		50,000.00	50,000.00
	PPW		50,000.00	50,000.00
Step 6.	We then calculate the withdrawal charge as a percentage of PPW. Note that for a contract with a loss, PPW may be greater than the amount you request to withdraw:
	PPW:		$50,000.00	$50,000.00
	less XSF:		0.00	4,200.00
	amount of PPW subject to a withdrawal charge:		50,000.00	45,800.00
	multiplied by the withdrawal charge rate:		× 6.0%	× 6.0%
	withdrawal charge:		3,000.00	2,748.00
Step 7.	The dollar amount you will receive as a result of your full withdrawal is determined as:
	Contract value withdrawn:		60,000.00	40,000.00
	Withdrawal charge:		(3,000.00)	(2,748.00)
	Contract charge (assessed upon full withdrawal):		(40.00)	(40.00)
	Net full withdrawal proceeds:		$56,960.00	$37,212.00

Partial withdrawal charge calculation — four-year withdrawal charge schedule:

This is an example of how we calculate the withdrawal charge on a contract with a four-year (from the date of each purchase payment) withdrawal charge schedule with the following history:

Assumptions:

• We receive a single $50,000 purchase payment; and

• You request a net partial withdrawal of $15,000.00 during the fourth contract year after you made the single purchase payment. The withdrawal charge percentage in the fourth year after a purchase payment is 6.0%; and

• You have made no prior withdrawals.

We will look at two situations, one where the contract has a gain and another where there is a loss:

	Contract with Gain	Contract with Loss
Contract value just prior to withdrawal:	$60,000.00	$40,000.00
Contract value on prior anniversary:	58,000.00	42,000.00

Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    75

			Contract with Gain	Contract with Loss
We determine the amount of contract value that must be withdrawn in order for the net partial withdrawal proceeds to match the amount requested. We start with an estimate of the amount of contract value to withdraw and calculate the resulting withdrawal charge and net partial withdrawal proceeds as illustrated below. We then adjust our estimate and repeat until we determine the amount of contract value to withdraw that generates the desired net partial withdrawal proceeds.
We calculate the withdrawal charge for each estimate as follows:
Step 1.	First, we determine the amount of earnings available in the contract at the time of withdrawal as:
	Contract value just prior to withdrawal (CV):		$60,000.00	$40,000.00
	Less purchase payments received and not previously withdrawn (PPNPW):		50,000.00	50,000.00
	Earnings in the contact (but not less than zero):		10,000.00	0.00
Step 2.	Next, we determine the Total Free Amount (TFA) available in the contract as the greatest of the following values:
	Earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value:		5,800.00	4,200.00
	TFA (but not less than zero):		10,000.00	4,200.00
Step 3.	Next we determine ACV, the amount by which the contract value withdrawn exceeds earnings.
	Contract value withdrawn:		15,319.15	15,897.93
	Less earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	ACV (but not less than zero):		5,319.15	15,897.93
Step 4.	Next we determine XSF, the amount by which 10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value exceeds earnings.
	10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value:		5,800.00	4,200.00
	Less earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	XSF (but not less than zero):		0.00	4,200.00
Step 5.	Now we can determine how much of the PPNPW is being withdrawn (PPW) as follows:
	PPW	= XSF + (ACV – XSF) / (CV – TFA) × (PPNPW – XSF)
	XSF from Step 4 =		0.00	4,200.00
	ACV from Step 3 =		5,319.15	15,897.93
	CV from Step 1 =		60,000.00	40,000.00
	TFA from Step 2 =		10,000.00	4,200.00
	PPNPW from Step 1 =		50,000.00	50,000.00
	PPW =		5,319.15	19,165.51
Step 6.	We then calculate the withdrawal charge as a percentage of PPW. Note that for a contract with a loss, PPW may be greater than the amount you request to withdraw:
	PPW:		$5,319.15	$19,165.51
	less XSF:		0.00	4,200.00
	amount of PPW subject to a withdrawal charge:		5,319.15	14,965.51
	multiplied by the withdrawal charge rate:		× 6.0%	× 6.0%
	withdrawal charge:		319.15	897.93
Step 7.	The dollar amount you will receive as a result of your partial withdrawal is determined as:
	Contract value withdrawn:		15,319.15	15,897.93
	Withdrawal charge:		(319.15)	(897.93)
	Net partial withdrawal proceeds:		$15,000.00	$15,000.00

76    Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix D: Example — Death Benefits

Example — ROP Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $20,000. You select contract Option L; and

• on the first contract anniversary you make an additional purchase payment of $5,000; and

• during the second contract year the contract value falls to $22,000 and you take a $1,500 partial withdrawal, including withdrawal charge; and

• during the third contract year the contract value grows to $23,000.

We calculate the ROP Death Benefit as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:		$23,000.00
2.	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,704.55
	$22,000
	for a death benefit of:		$23,295.45
ROP Death Benefit, calculated as the greatest of these two values:				$23,295.45

Example — MAV Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000;

• On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $26,000; and

• During the second contract year the contract value falls to $22,000, at which point you take a $1,500 (including withdrawal charge) partial withdrawal, leaving a contract value of $20,500.

We calculate the MAV Death Benefit, which is based on the greater of three values, as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:		$20,500.00
2.	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,704.55
	$22,000
	for a death benefit of:		$23,295.45
3.	The MAV immediately preceding the date of death:
	Greatest of your contract anniversary values:		$26,000.00
	plus purchase payments made since the prior anniversary:		+0.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $26,000	=	–1,772.73
	$22,000
	for a death benefit of:		$24,227.27
The MAV Death Benefit, calculated as the greatest of these three values, which is the MAV:				$24,227.27

Example — 5% Accumulation Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000 with $5,000 allocated to the GPAs and $20,000 allocated to the subaccounts. You select Contract Option L; and

• on the first contract anniversary the GPA value is $5,200 and the subaccount value is $17,000. Total contract value is $23,200; and

Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    77

• during the second contract year the GPA value is $5,300 and the subaccount value is $19,000. Total contract value is $24,300. You take a $1,500 partial withdrawal (including withdrawal charges) all from the subaccounts, leaving the contract value at $22,800.

The death benefit, which is based on the greatest of three values, is calculated as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:		$22,800.00
2.	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,543.21
	$24,300
	for a death benefit of:		$23,456.79
3.	The 5% variable account floor:
	The variable account floor on the first contract anniversary, calculated as:
	1.05 × $20,000 =		$21,000.00
	plus amounts allocated to the subaccounts since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus the 5% variable account adjusted partial withdrawals from the subaccounts, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $21,000	=	–1,657.89
	$19,000
	variable account floor benefit:		$19,342.11
	plus the GPA value:		+5,300.00
	5% variable account floor (value of the GPAs and the variable account floor):		$24,642.11
The 5% Accumulation Death Benefit, calculated as the greatest of these three values, which is the 5% variable account floor:				$24,642.11

Example – Enhanced Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000 with $5,000 allocated to the GPAs and $20,000 allocated to the subaccounts. You select Contract Option L; and

• on the first contract anniversary, the GPAs value is $5,200 and the subaccount value is $17,000. Total contract value is $23, 200; and

• during the second contract year, the GPA value is $5,300 and the subaccount value is $19,000. Total contract value is $24,300. You take a $1,500 partial withdrawal (including withdrawal charges) all from the subaccounts, leaving the contract value at $22,800.

The death benefit, which is the greatest of four values, is calculated as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:		$22,800.00
2.	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,543.21
	$24,300
	for a ROP Death Benefit of:		$23,456.79
3.	The MAV on the anniversary immediately preceding the date of death:
	The MAV on the immediately preceding anniversary:		$25,000.00
	plus purchase payments made since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals made since that anniversary, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,543.21
	$24,300
	for a MAV Death Benefit of:		$23,456.79

78    Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

4.	The 5% variable account floor:
	The variable account floor on the first contract anniversary, calculated as:
	1.05 × $20,000 =		$21,000.00
	plus amounts allocated to the subaccounts since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus the 5% variable account floor adjusted partial withdrawal from the subaccounts, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $21,000	=	–1,543.21
	$19,000
	variable account floor benefit:		$19,342.11
	plus the GPA value:		+5,300.00
	5% variable account floor (value of the GPAs and the variable account floor):		$24,642.11
EDB, calculated as the greatest of these four values, which is the 5% variable account floor:				$24,642.11

Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    79

Appendix E: Example — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider

Automatic Step Up

This example shows increases in the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value (MCAV) in the second, third and seventh contract anniversaries. These increases occur because of the automatic step up feature of the rider. The automatic step up does not create contract value, guarantee the performance of any underlying fund in which a subaccount invests, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn or paid upon death. Rather, the automatic step up is an interim calculation used to arrive at the final MCAV which determines whether a benefit will be paid under the rider on the Benefit Date.

Assumptions:

• You purchase a contract with a four-year withdrawal schedule with a payment of $125,000; and

• you make no additional purchase payments to the contract; and

• you take partial withdrawals from the contract on the fifth and eighth contract anniversaries in the amounts of $2,000 and $5,000, respectively; and

• contract values increase or decrease according to the hypothetical assumed net rate of return; and

• you do not exercise the elective step up option available under the rider; and

• you do not change PN program investment options.

Based on these assumptions, the waiting period expires at the end of the 10th contract year. The rider then ends. On the benefit date, the hypothetical assumed contract value is $108,118 and the MCAV is $136,513, so the contract value would be reset to equal the MCAV, or $136,513.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	MCAV Adjusted Partial Withdrawal	Hypothetical Assumed Net Rate of Return	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	MCAV
At Issue	$125,000	N/A	N/A	N/A	$125,000	$125,000
1	0	0	0	12.0%	140,000	125,000
2	0	0	0	15.0%	161,000	128,800(2)
3	0	0	0	3.0%	165,830	132,664(2)
4	0	0	0	-8.0%	152,564	132,664
5	0	2,000	2,046	-15.0%	127,679	130,618
6	0	0	0	20.0%	153,215	130,618
7	0	0	0	15.0%	176,197	140,958(2)
8	0	5,000	4,444	-10.0%	153,577	136,513
9	0	0	0	-20.0%	122,862	136,513
10(1)	0	0	0	-12.0%	108,118	136,513

(1)	The APB benefit date.
(2)	These values indicate where the automatic step up feature increased the MCAV.

Important Information About This Example:

If the actual rate of return during the waiting period causes the contract value to equal or exceed the MCAV on the benefit date, no benefit is paid under this rider.

Even if a benefit is paid under the rider on the benefit date, contract value allocated to the variable account after the benefit date continues to vary with the market and may go up or go down.

Elective Step Up

This example shows increases in the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value (MCAV) on the first, second, third and seventh contract anniversaries. These increases occur only if you exercise the elective step up Option within 30 days following the contract anniversary. The contract value on the date we receive your written request to step up must be greater than the MCAV on that date. The elective step up does not create contract value, guarantee the performance of any underlying fund in which a subaccount invests, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn or paid upon death. Rather, the elective step up is an interim calculation used to arrive at the final MCAV which determines whether a benefit will be paid under the rider on the benefit date.

Assumptions:

• You purchase a contract with a four-year withdrawal schedule with a payment of $125,000; and

• you make no additional purchase payments to the contract; and

80    Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• you take partial withdrawals from the contract on the fifth, eighth and thirteenth contract anniversaries in the amounts of $2,000, $5,000 and $7,500, respectively; and

• contract values increase or decrease according to the hypothetical assumed net rate of return; and,

• the elective step up is exercised on the first, second, third and seventh contract anniversaries; and

• you do not change PN program investment options.

Based on these assumptions, the 10 year waiting period restarts each time you exercise the elective step up option (on the first, second, third and seventh contract anniversaries in this example). The waiting period expires at the end of the 10th contract year following the last exercise of the elective step up option. When the waiting period expires, the rider ends. On the benefit date the hypothetical assumed contract values is $99,198 and the MCAV is $160,117, so the contract value would be reset to equal the MCAV, or $160,117.

Contract Duration in Years	Years Remaining in the Waiting Period	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	MCAV Adjusted Partial Withdrawal	Hypothetical Assumed Net Rate of Return	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	MCAV
At Issue	10	$125,000	$ N/A	$ N/A	N/A	$125,000	$125,000
1	10(2)	0	0	0	12.0%	140,000	140,000(3)
2	10(2)	0	0	0	15.0%	161,000	161,000(3)
3	10(2)	0	0	0	3.0%	165,830	165,830(3)
4	9	0	0	0	-8.0%	152,564	165,830
5	8	0	2,000	2,558	-15.0%	127,679	163,272
6	7	0	0	0	20.0%	153,215	163,272
7	10(2)	0	0	0	15.0%	176,197	176,197(3)
8	9	0	5,000	5,556	-10.0%	153,577	170,642
9	8	0	0	0	-20.0%	122,862	170,642
10	7	0	0	0	-12.0%	108,118	170,642
11	6	0	0	0	3.0%	111,362	170,642
12	5	0	0	0	4.0%	115,817	170,642
13	4	0	7,500	10,524	5.0%	114,107	160,117
14	3	0	0	0	6.0%	120,954	160,117
15	2	0	0	0	-5.0%	114,906	160,117
16	1	0	0	0	-11.0%	102,266	160,117
17(1)	0	0	0	0	-3.0%	99,198	160,117

(1)	The APB benefit date.
(2)	The waiting period restarts when the elective step up is exercised.
(3)	These values indicate when the elective step up feature increased the MCAV.

Important Information About This Example:

• If the actual rate of return during the waiting period causes the contract value to equal or exceed the MCAV on the benefit date, no benefit is paid under this rider.

• Exercising the elective step up provision may result in an increase in the charge that you pay for this rider.

• Even if a benefit is paid under the rider on the benefit date, contract value allocated to the variable account after the benefit date continues to vary with the market and may go up or go down.

Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    81

Appendix F: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit — Rider B Disclosure

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge if:

•	your contract application was signed on or after April 29, 2005(1),(2);
•	you and the annuitant are 79 or younger on the date the contract is issued.
(1)	The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider is not available under an inherited qualified annuity.
(2)	In previous disclosure, we have referred to this rider as Rider B. This rider is no longer available for purchase. See the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit sections in this prospectus for information about currently offered versions of this benefit. See the rider attached to your contract for the actual terms of the benefit you purchased.

You must elect the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider when you purchase your contract (original rider). The original rider you receive at contract issue offers an elective annual step-up and any withdrawal after a step up during the first three years is considered an excess withdrawal, as described below. The rider effective date of the original rider is the contract issue date.

We will offer you the option of replacing the original rider with a new Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit (enhanced rider), if available in your state. The enhanced rider offers an automatic annual step-up and a withdrawal after a step up during the first three years is not necessarily an excess withdrawal, as described below. The effective date of the enhanced rider will be the contract issue date except for the automatic step-up which will apply to contract anniversaries that occur after you accept the enhanced rider. The descriptions below apply to both the original and enhanced riders unless otherwise noted.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit initially provides a guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit that gives you the right to take limited partial withdrawals in each contract year that over time will total an amount equal to your purchase payments. Certain withdrawals and step ups, as described below, can cause the initial guaranteed withdrawal benefit to change. The guarantee remains in effect if your partial withdrawals in a contract year do not exceed the allowed amount. As long as your withdrawals in each contract year do not exceed the allowed amount, you will not be assessed a withdrawal charge. Under the original rider, the allowed amount is the Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP — the amount you may withdraw under the terms of the rider in each contract year, subject to certain restrictions prior to the third contract anniversary, as described below). Under the enhanced rider, the allowed amount is equal to 7% of purchase payments for the first three years, and the GBP in all other years.

If you withdraw an amount greater than the allowed amount in a contract year, we call this an “excess withdrawal” under the rider. If you make an excess withdrawal under the rider:

• withdrawal charges, if applicable, will apply only to the amount of the withdrawal that exceeds the allowed amount;

• the guaranteed benefit amount will be adjusted as described below; and

• the remaining benefit amount will be adjusted as described below.

For a partial withdrawal that is subject to a withdrawal charge, the amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable withdrawal charge (see “Charges — Withdrawal Charge”). Market value adjustments, if applicable, will also be made (see “Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs) — Market Value Adjustment”). We pay you the amount you request. Any partial withdrawals you take under the contract will reduce the value of the death benefit (see “Benefits in Case of Death”). Upon full withdrawal of the contract, you will receive the remaining contract value less any applicable charges (see “Withdrawals”).

Once elected, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider may not be cancelled and the fee will continue to be deducted until the contract is terminated, the contract value reduces to zero (described below) or annuity payouts begin. If you select the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, you may not select an Income Assurer Benefit rider or the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. If you exercise the annual step up election (see “Elective Step Up” and “Annual Step Up” below), the special spousal continuation step up election (see “Spousal Continuation and Special Spousal Continuation Step Up” below) or change your investment option, the rider charge may change (see “Charges”).

You should consider whether the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit is appropriate for you because:

You will begin paying the rider charge as of the rider effective date, even if you do not begin taking withdrawals for many years. It is possible that your contract performance, fees and charges, and withdrawal pattern may be such that your contract value will not be depleted in your lifetime and you will not receive any monetary value under the rider.

• Investment Allocation Restriction: You must participate in the PN program if you purchase a contract on or after May 1, 2006 with this rider (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program”). These funds are expected to reduce our financial risks and expenses associated with certain living benefits. Although the funds’ investment strategies may help mitigate declines in your contract value due to declining equity markets, the funds’ investment strategies may also curb your contract value gains during periods of positive performance by the equity

82    Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

	markets. Additionally, investment in the funds may decrease the number and amount of any benefit base increase opportunities. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds: Volatility and Volatility Management Risk with the Portfolio Stabilizer funds” section.) We reserve the right to add, remove, or substitute approved investment options in the future. If you selected this Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider before May 1, 2006, you must participate in the asset allocation program (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Asset Allocation Program”), however, you may elect to participate in the Portfolio Navigator program after May 1, 2006. This limits your choice of investments. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts or GPAs that are available under the contract to contract owners who do not elect this rider. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Asset Allocation Program and Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds.”);
•	Tax Considerations for Non-Qualified Annuities: Withdrawals are taxable income to the extent of earnings. Withdrawals of earnings before age 59½ may also incur a 10% IRS early withdrawal penalty and may be considered taxable income;
•	Tax Considerations for Qualified Annuities: Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). If you have a qualified annuity, you may need to take an RMD. If you make a withdrawal in any contract year to satisfy an RMD, this may constitute an excess withdrawal, as defined below, and the excess withdrawal procedures described below will apply. Under the terms of the enhanced rider, we allow you to satisfy the RMD based on the life expectancy RMD for your contract and the requirements of the Code and regulations in effect when you purchase your contract, without the withdrawal being treated as an excess withdrawal. It is our current administrative practice to make the same accommodation under the original rider, however, we reserve the right to modify our administrative practice and will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change. See Appendix I for additional information. RMD rules follow the calendar year which most likely does not coincide with your contract year and therefore may limit when you can take your RMD and not be subject to excess withdrawal processing. You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of this rider in your tax situation;
•	Treatment of non-spousal distributions: Unless you are married your beneficiary will be required to take distributions as a non-spouse which may result in significantly decreasing the value of the rider. Please note civil unions and domestic partnerships generally are not recognized as marriages for federal tax purposes. For additional information see “Taxes — Other — Spousal status” section of this prospectus.
•	Limitations on Tax-Sheltered Annuities (TSAs): Your right to take withdrawals is restricted if your contract is a TSA (see “TSA — Special Provisions”). Therefore, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider may be of limited value to you. You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of this rider in your tax situation;
•	Limitations on Purchase Payments: We reserve the right to limit the cumulative amount of purchase payments, subject to state restrictions, which may limit your ability to make additional purchase payments to increase your contract value as you may have originally intended. For current purchase payment restrictions, please see “Buying Your Contract — Purchase Payments”.
•	Interaction with the Total Free Amount (TFA) contract provision: The TFA is the amount you are allowed to withdraw in each contract year without incurring a withdrawal charge (see “Charges — Withdrawal Charge”). The TFA may be greater than GBP under this rider. Any amount you withdraw under the contract’s TFA provision that exceeds the GBP is subject to the excess withdrawal procedures for the GBA and RBA described below.

The terms “Guaranteed Benefit Amount” and “Remaining Benefit Amount” are described below. Each is used in the operation of the GBP, the RBP, the elective step up, the annual step up, the special spousal continuation step up and the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit annuity payout option.

Guaranteed Benefit Amount

The Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA) is equal to the initial purchase payment, adjusted for subsequent purchase payments, partial withdrawals in excess of the GBP, and step ups. The maximum GBA is $5,000,000.

The GBA is determined at the following times:

• At contract issue — the GBA is equal to the initial purchase payment,

• When you make additional purchase payments— each additional purchase payment has its own GBA equal to the amount of the purchase payment. The total GBA when an additional purchase payment is added is the sum of the individual GBAs immediately prior to the receipt of the additional purchase payment, plus the GBA associated with the additional purchase payment;

• At step up — (see “Elective Step Up” and “Annual Step Up” headings below).

Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    83

• When you make a partial withdrawal:

(a)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are less than or equal to the GBP — the GBA remains unchanged. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the GBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;
(b)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are greater than the GBP—the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the GBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the GBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;
(c)	under the original rider in a contract year after a step up but before the third contract anniversary —the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the GBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the GBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;

GBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The total GBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the total GBA immediately prior to the withdrawal; or (b) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s GBA after the withdrawal will be reset to equal that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal plus (a) times (b), where:

(a)	is the ratio of the total GBA after the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal to the total GBA before the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal; and
(b)	is each payment’s GBA before the withdrawal less that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal.

Remaining Benefit Amount

The remaining benefit amount (RBA) at any point is the total guaranteed amount available for future partial withdrawals. The maximum RBA is $5,000,000.

The RBA is determined at the following times:

• At contract issue — the RBA is equal to the initial purchase payment;

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own RBA equal to the amount of the purchase payment. The total RBA when an additional purchase payment are added is the sum of the individual RBAs immediately prior to the receipt of the additional purchase payment, plus the RBA associated with the additional payment;

• At step up — (see “Elective Step Up” and “Annual Step Up” headings below).

• When you make a partial withdrawal:

(a)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are less than or equal to the GBP — the RBA becomes the RBA immediately prior to the partial withdrawal, less the partial withdrawal. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the RBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;
(b)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are greater than the GBP— the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the RBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the RBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;
(c)	under the original rider after a step up but before the third contract anniversary —the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the RBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the RBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups.

RBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The RBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal, or (b) the RBA immediately prior to the withdrawal, less the amount of the withdrawal.

If there have been multiple purchase payments, any reduction of the RBA will be taken out of each payment’s RBA in the following manner:

The withdrawal amount up to the remaining benefit payment (defined below) is taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its remaining benefit payment at the time of the withdrawal; and the withdrawal amount above the remaining benefit payment and any amount determined by the excess withdrawal processing are taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its RBA at the time of the withdrawal.

Guaranteed Benefit Payment

Under the original rider, the GBP is the amount you may withdraw under the terms of the rider in each contract year, subject to certain restrictions prior to the third anniversary (see “Elective Step Up” above). The GBP is equal to 7% of the GBA.

Under the enhanced rider, the GBP is the withdrawal amount that you are entitled to take each contract year after the third anniversary until the RBA is depleted. The GBP is the lesser of (a) 7% of the GBA; or (b) the RBA.

84    Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Under both the original and enhanced riders, if you withdraw less than the GBP in a contract year, there is no carry over to the next contract year.

Remaining Benefit Payment

Under the original rider, at the beginning of each contract year, the remaining benefit payment (RBP) is set as the lesser of (a) the GBP, or (b) the RBA.

Under the enhanced rider, at the beginning of each contract year, during the first three years and prior to any withdrawal, the RBP for each purchase payment is set equal to that purchase payment, multiplied by 7%. At the beginning of any other contract year, each individual RBP is set equal to each individual GBP.

Each additional purchase payment has its own RBP established equal to that payment’s GBP. The total RBP is equal to the sum of the individual RBPs.

Whenever a partial withdrawal is made, the RBP equals the RBP immediately prior to the partial withdrawal less the amount of the partial withdrawal, but not less than zero.

Elective Step Up (under the original rider only)

You have the option to increase the RBA, the GBA, the GBP and the RBP beginning with the first contract anniversary. An annual elective step up option is available for 30 days after the contract anniversary. The elective step up option allows you to step up the remaining benefit amount and guaranteed benefit amount to the contract value on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

The elective step up is subject to the following rules:

• If you do not take any withdrawals during the first three years, you may step up annually beginning with the first contract anniversary;

• If you take any withdrawals during the first three years, the annual elective step up will not be available until the third contract anniversary;

• If you step up but then take a withdrawal prior to the third contract anniversary, you will lose any prior step ups and the withdrawal will be considered an excess withdrawal subject to the GBA and RBA excess withdrawal procedures discussed under the “Guaranteed Benefit Amount” and “Remaining Benefit Amount” headings above; and

• You may take withdrawals on or after the third contract anniversary without reversal of previous step ups.

You may only step up if your contract value on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up is greater than the RBA. The elective step up will be determined as follows:

• The effective date of the elective step up is the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

• The RBA will be increased to an amount equal to the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

• The GBA will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBA immediately prior to the elective step up; or (b) the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

• The GBP will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBP immediately prior to the elective step up; or (b) 7% of the GBA after the elective step up.

• The RBP will be increased to the lesser of (a) the RBA after the elective step up; or (b) the GBP after the elective step up less any withdrawals made during that contract year.

You may elect a step up only once each contract year within 30 days after the contract anniversary. Once a step up has been elected, another step up may not be elected until the next contract anniversary.

Annual Step Up (under the enhanced rider only)

Beginning with the first contract anniversary after you accept the enhanced rider, an increase of the RBA, the GBA, the GBP and the RBP may be available. A step up does not create contract value, guarantee performance of any investment options, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn or paid upon death. Rather, a step up determines the current values of the GBA, RBA, GBP, and RBP, and may extend the payment period or increase allowable payment.

The annual step up is subject to the following rules:

• The annual step up is available when the RBA would increase on the step up date. The applicable step up date depends on whether the annual step up is applied on an automatic or elective basis.

• If the application of the step does not increase the rider charge, the annual step up will be automatically applied to your contract and the step up date is the contract anniversary date.

• If the application of the step up would increase the rider charge, the annual step up is not automatically applied. Instead, you have the option to step up for 30 days after the contract anniversary. If you exercise the elective annual

Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    85

	step up option, you will pay the rider charge in effect on the step up date. If you wish to exercise the elective annual step up option, we must receive a request from you or your investment professional. The step up date is the date we receive your request to step up. If your request is received after the close of business, the step up date will be the next valuation day.
•	Only one step up is allowed each contract year.
•	If you take any withdrawals during the first three years, any previously applied step ups will be reversed and the annual step up will not be available until the third contract anniversary;
•	You may take withdrawals on or after the third contract anniversary without reversal of previous step ups.

The annual step up will be determined as follows:

• The RBA will be increased to an amount equal to the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The GBA will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBA immediately prior to the annual step up; or (b) the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The GBP will be calculated as described earlier, but based on the increased GBA and RBA.

• The RBP will be reset as follows:

(a)	Prior to any withdrawals during the first three years, the RBP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	At any other time, the RBP will be reset as the increased GBP less all prior withdrawals made during the current contract year, but never less than zero.

Spousal Continuation and Special Spousal Continuation Step Up

If a surviving spouse elects to continue the contract, this rider also continues. The spousal continuation step up is in addition to the elective step up or the annual step up. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate. When a spouse elects to continue the contract, any rider feature processing particular to the first three years of the contract as described in this prospectus no longer applies. The GBA, RBA and GBP values remain unchanged. The RBP is automatically reset to the GBP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

A surviving spouse may elect a spousal continuation step up by written request within 30 days following the spouse’s election to continue the contract. This step up may be made even if withdrawals have been taken under the contract during the first three years. Under this step up, the RBA will be reset to the greater of the RBA or the contract value on the valuation date we receive the spouse’s written request to step up; the GBA will be reset to the greater of the GBA or the contract value on the same valuation date. If a spousal continuation step up is elected and we have increased the charge for the rider for new contract owners, the spouse will pay the charge that is in effect on the valuation date we receive the written request to step up.

It is our current administrative practice to process the spousal continuation step up as described in the next paragraph; however, we reserve the right to discontinue our administrative practice and will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change.

At the time of spousal continuation, a step-up may be available. All annual step-up rules (see “Annual Step-Up” heading above), other than those that apply to the waiting period, also apply to the spousal continuation step-up. If the spousal continuation step-up is processed automatically, the step-up date is the valuation date spousal continuation is effective. If not, the spouse must elect the step up and must do so within 30 days of the spousal continuation date. If the spouse elects the spousal continuation step up, the step-up date is the valuation date we receive the spouse’s written request to step-up if we receive the request by the close of business on that day, otherwise the next valuation date.

Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Payout Option

Several annuity payout plans are available under the contract. As an alternative to these annuity payout plans, a fixed annuity payout option is available under the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit.

Under this option the amount payable each year will be equal to the remaining schedule of GBPs, but the total amount paid over the life of the annuity will not exceed the current total RBA at the time you begin this fixed annuity option. These annualized amounts will be paid in the frequency that you elect. The frequencies will be among those offered by us at that time but will be no less frequent than annually. If, at the death of the owner, total payments have been made for less than the RBA, the remaining payments will be paid to the beneficiary (see “The Annuity Payout Period” and “Taxes”).

This annuity payout option may also be elected by the beneficiary of a contract as a settlement option if payments begin no later than one year after your death and the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy. Whenever multiple beneficiaries are designated under the contract, each such beneficiary’s share of the proceeds if they elect this option will be in proportion to their applicable designated beneficiary percentage. Beneficiaries of nonqualified contracts may elect this settlement option subject to the distribution requirements of the contract. We reserve the right to adjust the remaining schedule of GBPs if necessary to comply with the Code.

86    Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If Contract Value Reduces to Zero

If the contract value reduces to zero and the RBA remains greater than zero, the following will occur:

• you will be paid according to the annuity payout option described above;

• we will no longer accept additional purchase payments;

• you will no longer be charged for the rider;

• any attached death benefit riders will terminate; and

• the death benefit becomes the remaining payments under the annuity payout option described above.

If the contract value falls to zero and the RBA is depleted, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider and the contract will terminate.

For an example, see Appendix G.

Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    87

Appendix G: Example — Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider

Example of the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit — This example illustrates both Rider A and Rider B.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000.

• You select contract Option L;

The Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA) equals your purchase payment:			$100,000
The Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP) equals 7% of your GBA:
	0.07 × $100,000 =		$7,000
The Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA) equals your purchase payment:			$100,000
On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. You decide to step up your benefit.
The RBA equals 100% of your contract value:			$110,000
The GBA equals 100% of your contract value:			$110,000
The GBP equals 7% of your stepped-up GBA:
	0.07 × $110,000 =		$7,700
During the fourth contract year you decide to take a partial withdrawal of $7,700.
You took a partial withdrawal equal to your GBP, so your RBA equals the prior RBA less the amount of the partial withdrawal:
	$110,000 – $7,700 =		$102,300
The GBA equals the GBA immediately prior to the partial withdrawal:			$110,000
The GBP equals 7% of your GBA:
	0.07 × $110,000 =		$7,700
On the fourth contract anniversary you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000.
The new RBA for the contract is equal to your prior RBA plus 100% of the additional purchase payment:
	$102,300 + $50,000 =		$152,300
The new GBA for the contract is equal to your prior GBA plus 100% of the additional purchase payment:
	$110,000 + $50,000 =		$160,000
The new GBP for the contract is equal to your prior GBP plus 7% of the additional purchase payment:
	$7,700 + $3,500 =		$11,200
On the fifth contract anniversary your contract value grows to $200,000. You decide to step up your benefit.
The RBA equals 100% of your contract value:			$200,000
The GBA equals 100% of your contract value:			$200,000
The GBP equals 7% of your stepped-up GBA:
	0.07 × $200,000 =		$14,000
During the seventh contract year your contract value grows to $230,000. You decide to take a partial withdrawal of $20,000. You took more than your GBP of $14,000 so your RBA gets reset to the lesser of:
	(1)	your contract value immediately following the partial withdrawal;
		$230,000 – $20,000 =	$210,000
	(2)	your prior RBA less the amount of the partial withdrawal.
		$200,000 – $20,000 =	$180,000
	Reset RBA = lesser of (1) or (2) =		$180,000
	The GBA gets reset to the lesser of:
	(1)	your prior GBA	$200,000
	(2)	your contract value immediately following the partial withdrawal;
		$230,000 – $20,000 =	$210,000
Reset GBA = lesser of (1) or (2) =			$200,000
The Reset GBP is equal to 7% of your Reset GBA:
	0.07 × $200,000 =		$14,000
During the eight contract year your contract value falls to $175,000. You decide to take a partial withdrawal of $25,000. You took more than your GBP of $14,000 so your RBA gets reset to the lesser of:
	(1)	your contract value immediately following the partial withdrawal;
		$175,000 – $25,000 =	$150,000
	(2)	your prior RBA less the amount of the partial withdrawal.

88    Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

		$180,000 – $25,000 =	$155,000
	Reset RBA = lesser of (1) or (2) =		$150,000
	The GBA gets reset to the lesser of:
	(1)	your prior GBA;	$200,000
	(2)	your contract value immediately following the partial withdrawal;
		$175,000 – $25,000 =	$150,000
Reset GBA = lesser of (1) or (2) =			$150,000
The Reset GBP is equal to 7% of your Reset GBA:
	0.07 × $150,000 =		$10,500

Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    89

Appendix H: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider —
Additional Required Minimum Distribution (RMD) Disclosure

This appendix describes our current administrative practice for determining the amount of withdrawals in any contract year which an owner may take under the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider (including Riders A and B) to satisfy the RMD rules under 401(a)(9) of the Code without application of the excess withdrawal procedures described in the rider. We reserve the right to modify this administrative practice at any time upon 30 days’ written notice to you.

For owners subject to RMD rules under Section 401(a)(9), our current administrative practice under both the original and the enhanced riders is to allow amounts you withdraw to satisfy these rules will not prompt excess withdrawal processing, subject to the following rules:

(1)	If your Annual Life Expectancy Required Minimum Distribution Amount (ALERMDA) is greater than the RBP from the beginning of the current contract year, an Additional Benefit Amount (ABA) will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the RBP.
(2)	Any withdrawals taken in a contract year will count first against and reduce the RBP for that contract year.
(3)	Once the RBP for the current contract year has been depleted, any additional amounts withdrawn will count against and reduce any ABA. These withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals as long as they do not exceed the remaining ABA.
(4)	Once the ABA has been depleted, any additional withdrawal amounts will be considered excess withdrawals and will initiate the excess withdrawal processing described in the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider.

The ALERMDA is:

(1)	determined by us each calendar year;
(2)	based solely on the value of the contract to which the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider is attached as of the date we make the determination; and
(3)	based on the company’s understanding and interpretation of the requirements for life expectancy distributions intended to satisfy the required minimum distribution rules under Section 401(a)(9) and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, as applicable, on the effective date of this prospectus to:

1.	an individual retirement annuity (Section 408(b));
2.	a Roth individual retirement account (Section 408A);
3.	a Simplified Employee Pension plan (Section 408(k));
4.	a tax-sheltered annuity rollover (Section 403(b)).

In the future, the requirements under the Code for such distributions may change and the life expectancy amount calculation provided under your Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider may not be sufficient to satisfy the requirements under the Code for these types of distributions. In such a situation, amounts withdrawn to satisfy such distribution requirements will exceed your RBP amount and may result in the reduction of your GBA and RBA as described under the excess withdrawal provision of the rider.

In cases where the Code does not allow the life expectancy of a natural person to be used to calculate the required minimum distribution amount (e.g. ownership by a trust or a charity), we will calculate the life expectancy RMD amount calculated by us as zero in all years. The life expectancy required minimum distribution amount calculated by us will also equal zero in all years.

90    Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix I: Examples of the Income Assurer Benefit Riders

The purpose of these examples is to illustrate the operation of the Income Assurer Benefit Riders. The examples compare payouts available under the contract’s standard annuity payout provisions with annuity payouts available under the riders based on the same set of assumptions.The contract values shown are hypothetical and do not represent past or future performance. Actual contract values may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a number of factors, including but not limited to the investment experience of the subaccounts (referred to in the riders as “protected investment options”) and the fees and charges that apply to your contract.

For each of the riders, we provide two annuity payout plan comparisons based on the hypothetical contract values we have assumed. The first comparison assumes that you select annuity payout Plan B, Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain. The second comparison assumes that you select annuity payout Plan D, Joint and Last Survivor Annuity – No Refund.

Remember that the riders require you to participate in the PN program. The riders are intended to offer protection against market volatility in the subaccounts (protected investment options). Some PN program investment options include protected investment options and excluded investment options (Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fundand GPAs). Excluded Investment Options are not included in calculating the 5% variable account floor under the Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base rider and the Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base riders. Because the examples which follow are based on hypothetical contract values, they do not factor in differences in PN program investment options.

Assumptions:

You purchase the contract during the 2006 calendar year with a payment of $100,000; and

• you invest all contract value in the subaccounts (protected investment options); and

• you make no additional purchase payments, partial withdrawals or changes in PN program investment option; and

• the annuitant is male and age 55 at contract issue; and

• the joint annuitant is female and age 55 at contract issue.

Example — Income Assurer Benefit – MAV

Based on the above assumptions and taking into account fluctuations in contract value due to market conditions, we calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as:

Contract Anniversary	Assumed Contract Value	Purchase Payments	Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV)(1)	Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – MAV(2)
1	$ 108,000	$100,000	$ 108,000	$ 108,000
2	125,000	none	125,000	125,000
3	132,000	none	132,000	132,000
4	150,000	none	150,000	150,000
5	85,000	none	150,000	150,000
6	121,000	none	150,000	150,000
7	139,000	none	150,000	150,000
8	153,000	none	153,000	153,000
9	140,000	none	153,000	153,000
10	174,000	none	174,000	174,000
11	141,000	none	174,000	174,000
12	148,000	none	174,000	174,000
13	208,000	none	208,000	208,000
14	198,000	none	208,000	208,000
15	203,000	none	208,000	208,000

(1)	The MAV is limited after age 81, but the guaranteed income benefit base may increase if the contract value increases.
(2)	The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – MAV is a calculated number, not an amount that can be withdrawn. The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – MAV does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    91

Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions			IAB – MAV Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	IAB – MAV Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)
10	$ 174,000	$ 772.56	$ 774.30	$ 174,000	$ 772.56	$ 774.30
11	141,000	641.55	642.96	174,000	791.70	793.44
12	148,000	691.16	692.64	174,000	812.58	814.32
13	208,000	996.32	998.40	208,000	996.32	998.40
14	198,000	974.16	976.14	208,000	1,023.36	1,025.44
15	203,000	1,025.15	1,027.18	208,000	1,050.40	1,052.48

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions			IAB – MAV Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	IAB – MAV Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)
10	$ 174,000	$ 629.88	$ 622.92	$ 174,000	$ 629.88	$ 622.92
11	141,000	521.70	516.06	174,000	643.80	636.84
12	148,000	559.44	553.52	174,000	657.72	650.76
13	208,000	807.04	796.64	208,000	807.04	796.64
14	198,000	786.06	778.14	208,000	825.76	817.44
15	203,000	826.21	818.09	208,000	846.56	838.24

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

NOTE: In the above examples, if you elected to begin receiving annuity payouts within 30 days after the 10th or the 13th contract anniversary, you would not benefit from the rider because the monthly annuity payout in these examples is the same as under the standard provisions of the contract. Because the examples are based on assumed contract values, not actual investment results, you should not conclude from the examples that the riders will provide higher payments more frequently than the standard provisions of the contract.

92    Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Example — Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base

Based on the above assumptions and taking into account fluctuations in contract value due to market conditions, we calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as:

Contract Anniversary	Assumed Contract Value	Purchase Payments	5% Accumulation Benefit Base(1)	Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base(2)
1	$ 108,000	$100,000	$ 105,000	$ 108,000
2	125,000	none	110,250	125,000
3	132,000	none	115,763	132,000
4	150,000	none	121,551	150,000
5	85,000	none	127,628	127,628
6	121,000	none	134,010	134,010
7	139,000	none	140,710	140,710
8	153,000	none	147,746	153,000
9	140,000	none	155,133	155,133
10	174,000	none	162,889	174,000
11	141,000	none	171,034	171,034
12	148,000	none	179,586	179,586
13	208,000	none	188,565	208,000
14	198,000	none	197,993	198,000
15	203,000	none	207,893	207,893

(1)	The 5% Accumulation Benefit Base value is limited after age 81, but the guaranteed income benefit base may increase if the contract value increases.
(2)	The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base is a calculated number, not an amount that can be withdrawn. The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions			IAB – 5% RF Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	IAB – 5% RF Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)
10	$ 174,000	$ 772.56	$ 774.30	$ 174,000	$ 772.56	$ 774.30
11	141,000	641.55	642.96	171,034	778.20	779.91
12	148,000	691.16	692.64	179,586	838.66	840.46
13	208,000	996.32	998.40	208,000	996.32	998.40
14	198,000	974.16	976.14	198,000	974.16	976.14
15	203,000	1,025.15	1,027.18	207,893	1,049.86	1,051.94

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    93

Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the sale for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions				IAB – 5% RF Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	IAB – 5% RF Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)
10	$ 174,000	$ 629.88	$ 622.92	$ 174,000	$ 629.88	$ 622.92
11	141,000	521.70	516.06	171,034	632.83	625.98
12	148,000	559.44	553.52	179,586	678.83	671.65
13	208,000	807.04	796.64	208,000	807.04	796.64
14	198,000	786.06	778.14	198,000	786.06	778.14
15	203,000	826.21	818.09	207,893	846.12	837.81

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

NOTE: In the above examples, if you elected to begin receiving annuity payouts within 30 days after the 10th, 13th or the 14th contract anniversary, you would not benefit from the rider because the monthly annuity payout in these examples is the same as under the standard provisions of the contract. Because the examples are based on assumed contract values, not actual investment results, you should not conclude from the examples that the riders will provide higher payments more frequently than the standard provisions of the contract.

Example — Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base

Based on the above assumptions and taking into account fluctuations in contract value due to market conditions, we calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as:

Contract Anniversary	Assumed Contract Value	Purchase Payments	Maximum Anniversary Value(1)	5% Accumulation Benefit Base(1)	Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base(2)
1	$ 108,000	$100,000	$ 108,000	$ 105,000	$ 108,000
2	125,000	none	125,000	110,250	125,000
3	132,000	none	132,000	115,763	132,000
4	150,000	none	150,000	121,551	150,000
5	85,000	none	150,000	127,628	150,000
6	121,000	none	150,000	134,010	150,000
7	139,000	none	150,000	140,710	150,000
8	153,000	none	153,000	147,746	153,000
9	140,000	none	153,000	155,133	155,133
10	174,000	none	174,000	162,889	174,000
11	141,000	none	174,000	171,034	174,000
12	148,000	none	174,000	179,586	179,586
13	208,000	none	208,000	188,565	208,000
14	198,000	none	208,000	197,993	208,000
15	203,000	none	208,000	207,893	208,000

(1)	The MAV and 5% Accumulation Benefit Base are limited after age 81, but the guaranteed income benefit base may increase if the contract value increases.
(2)	The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base is a calculated number, not an amount that can be withdrawn. The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

94    Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions			IAB – Max Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	IAB – Max Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)
10	$ 174,000	$ 772.56	$ 774.30	$ 174,000	$ 772.56	$ 774.30
11	141,000	641.55	642.96	174,000	791.70	793.44
12	148,000	691.16	692.64	179,586	838.66	840.46
13	208,000	996.32	998.40	208,000	996.32	998.40
14	198,000	974.16	976.14	208,000	1,023.36	1,025.44
15	203,000	1,025.15	1,027.18	208,000	1,050.40	1,052.48

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions			IAB – Max Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	IAB – Max Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)
10	$ 174,000	$ 629.88	$ 622.92	$ 174,000	$ 629.88	$ 622.92
11	141,000	521.70	516.06	174,000	643.80	636.84
12	148,000	559.44	553.52	179,586	678.83	671.65
13	208,000	807.04	796.64	208,000	807.04	796.64
14	198,000	786.06	778.14	208,000	825.76	817.44
15	203,000	826.21	818.09	208,000	846.56	838.24

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

NOTE: In the above examples, if you elected to begin receiving annuity payouts within 30 days after the 10th or the 13th contract anniversary, you would not benefit from the rider because the monthly annuity payout in these examples is the same as under the standard provisions of the contract. Because the examples are based on assumed contract values, not actual investment results, you should not conclude from the examples that the riders will provide higher payments more frequently than the standard provisions of the contract.

Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    95

Appendix J: Example — Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider

Example of the Benefit Protector

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and you and the annuitant are under age 70; and

• You select contract Option L with the MAV Death Benefit.

During the first contract year the contract value grows to $105,000. The MAV Death Benefit equals the contract value. You have not reached the first contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector does not provide any additional benefit at this time.
On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. The death benefit equals:
MAV death benefit (contract value):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death
(MAV death benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000
On the second contract anniversary the contract value falls to $105,000. The death benefit equals:
MAV death benefit (MAV):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000
During the third contract year the contract value remains at $105,000 and you request a partial withdrawal of $50,000, including the applicable 7% withdrawal charge. We will withdraw $10,500 from your contract value free of charge (10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value). The remainder of the withdrawal is subject to a 7% withdrawal charge because your payment is in the third year of the withdrawal charge schedule, so we will withdraw $39,500 ($36,735 + $2,765 in withdrawal charges) from your contract value. Altogether, we will withdraw $50,000 and pay you $47,235. We calculate purchase payments not previously withdrawn as $100,000 – $45,000 = $55,000 (remember that $5,000 of the partial withdrawal is contract earnings). The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (MAV adjusted for partial withdrawals):	$57,619
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death):
0.40 × ($57,619 – $55,000) =	+1,048
Total death benefit of:	$ 58,667
On the third contract anniversary the contract value falls to $40,000. The death benefit equals the previous death benefit. The reduction in contract value has no effect.
On the eight contract anniversary the contract value grows to a new high of $200,000. Earnings at death reaches its maximum of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old.
The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$200,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old)	+55,000
Total death benefit of:	$255,000
During the tenth contract year you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000. Your new contract value is now $250,000. The new purchase payment is less than one year old and so it has no effect on the Benefit Protector value. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old)	+55,000
Total death benefit of:	$305,000
During the eleventh contract year the contract value remains $250,000 and the “new” purchase payment is one year old and the value of the Benefit Protector changes. The death benefit equals:

96    Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death
(MAV death benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($250,000 – $105,000) =	+58,000
Total death benefit of:	$308,000

Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    97

Appendix K: Example — Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider

Example of the Benefit Protector Plus

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and you and the annuitant are under age 70; and

• You select contract Option L with the MAV Death Benefit.

During the first contract year the contract value grows to $105,000. The MAV Death Benefit equals the contract value. You have not reached the first contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector Plus does not provide any additional benefit at this time.
On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. You have not reached the second contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector Plus does not provide any benefit beyond what is provided by the Benefit Protector at this time. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death
(MAV Death Benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000
On the second contract anniversary the contract value falls to $105,000. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (MAV):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death:
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
plus 10% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn: 0.10 × $100,000 =	+10,000
Total death benefit of:	$124,000
During the third contract year the contract value remains at $105,000 and you request a partial withdrawal of $50,000, including the applicable 7% withdrawal charge for contract Option L. We will withdraw $10,500 from your contract value free of charge (10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value). The remainder of the withdrawal is subject to a 7% withdrawal charge because your payment is in the third year of the withdrawal charge schedule, so we will withdraw $39,500 ($36,735 + $2,765 in withdrawal charges) from your contract value. Altogether, we will withdraw $50,000 and pay you $47,235. We calculate purchase payments not previously withdrawn as $100,000 – $45,000 = $55,000 (remember that $5,000 of the partial withdrawal is contract earnings). The death benefit on equals:
MAV Death Benefit (MAV adjusted for partial withdrawals):	$57,619
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death:
0.40 × ($57,619 – $55,000) =	+1,048
plus 10% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn: 0.10 x $55,000 =	+5,500
Total death benefit of:	$64,167
On the third contract anniversary the contract value falls to $40,000. The death benefit equals the previous death benefit calculated. The reduction in contract value has no effect.
On the ninth contract anniversary the contract value grows to a new high of $200,000. Earnings at death reaches its maximum of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old. Because we are beyond the fourth contract anniversary the Benefit Protector Plus also reaches its maximum of 20%. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$200,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old	+55,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn: 0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$266,000

98    Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

During the tenth contract year you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000. Your new contract value is now $250,000. The new purchase payment is less than one year old and so it has no effect on the Benefit Protector Plus value. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old	+55,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn: 0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$316,000
During the eleventh contract year the contract value remains $250,000 and the “new” purchase payment is one year old. The value of the Benefit Protector Plus remains constant. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (MAV Death Benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($250,000 – $105,000) =	+58,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn: 0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$319,000

Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    99

Appendix L: Withdrawal Benefit Riders: Electing Step Up or Spousal Continuation Step Up

Example — Withdrawal Benefit Riders: Electing Step Up or Spousal Continuation Step Up

Assumptions:

This example assumes that the covered person (for joint life, younger covered spouse) is 65 or older and there are no additional purchase payments or withdrawals.

•	You own a RiverSource variable annuity with a withdrawal benefit rider. You are currently invested in the Variable Portfolio — Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2) (a Portfolio Navigator fund) with a current rider fee of 0.65%.
	Your Contract Value (CV) is $100,000 and your withdrawal benefit rider currently provides the following benefits:

1)	You can withdraw $6,000 a year for the rest of your life. This is your Annual Lifetime Payment. Or
2)	You can withdraw $7,000 a year until you have withdrawn a total of $100,000. This is your Guaranteed Benefit Payment.

Based on your current CV, you will pay a rider fee of approximately $650 on your next annuity contract anniversary.

•	The annual fee for this rider has increased to 0.95% for clients invested in the Variable Portfolio — Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2).
	The following compares certain options available to you. Changes to rider values or fees are presented for two different scenarios where your CV increases to either $110,000 or $101,000 over the contract year:

1) Elect to lock in your contract gains to your benefit values (step up):

	CV of $110,000	CV of $101,000
Increase in Annual Lifetime Payment	$600	$60
Increase in Guaranteed Benefit Payment	$700	$70
Increase in Annual Rider Fee	0.30%	0.30%
Increase in Annual Contract Charge	$330	$303

Automatic step ups will continue on your next anniversary (if available under your rider).

2) Do not elect to lock in your contract gains (no step up):

	CV of $110,000	CV of $101,000
Increase in Annual Lifetime Payment	$0	$0
Increase in Guaranteed Benefit Payment	$0	$0
Increase in Annual Rider Fee	0%	0%
Increase in Annual Contract Charge	$65	$6.50

Your rider fee will not change, although the dollar amount of your annual charge will change as your CV changes. On your next anniversary, you will again have the option to elect the step up (lock in contract gains)

3) Move to one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds and elect the step up:

	CV of $110,000	CV of $101,000
Increase in Annual Lifetime Payment	$600	$60
Increase in Guaranteed Benefit Payment	$700	$70
Increase in Annual Rider Fee	0%	0%
Increase in Annual Contract Charge	$65	$6.50

Your rider fee will not change, although the dollar amount of your annual charge will change as your CV changes. Automatic step ups will continue on your next anniversary (if available under your rider).

The above example is for illustrative purposes only. The assumptions and calculations used are not intended to be consistent with any one rider, but instead are intended to provide an idea of how different scenarios would operate. Your specific rider may use different calculations for fees or have different benefits available. For a full description and rules applicable to step up options under your rider, please see the “Optional Living Benefits” section.

Electing to step up may result in different increases to the annual rider charge relative to the increase in your rider values. You should weigh the resulting increased charge due to the step up versus the increases to your benefits to determine the option that is best for you.

100    Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix M: Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)

The following tables give per-unit information about the financial history of the subaccounts representing the lowest and highest total annual variable account expense combinations. The date in which operations commenced in each subaccount is noted in parentheses. The SAI contains tables that give per-unit information about the financial history of each existing subaccount. We have not provided this information for subaccounts (if any) that were not available under your contract as of December 31, 2019. You may obtain a copy of the SAI without charge by contacting us at the telephone number or address listed on the first page of the prospectus.

Variable account charges of 1.70% of the daily net assets of the variable account.

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
AB VPS Growth and Income Portfolio (Class B) (8/30/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.54	$2.74	$2.35	$2.15	$2.16	$2.01	$1.52	$1.32	$1.26	$1.14
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.08	$2.54	$2.74	$2.35	$2.15	$2.16	$2.01	$1.52	$1.32	$1.26
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	9	9	9	9	12	43	45	52	40	56
AB VPS International Value Portfolio (Class B) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.06	$1.40	$1.14	$1.17	$1.16	$1.26	$1.04	$0.93	$1.17	$1.15
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.22	$1.06	$1.40	$1.14	$1.17	$1.16	$1.26	$1.04	$0.93	$1.17
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,825	2,051	2,019	2,586	2,835	3,703	4,800	6,162	7,923	8,703
American Century VP Inflation Protection, Class II (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.24	$1.30	$1.28	$1.24	$1.30	$1.28	$1.42	$1.34	$1.22	$1.18
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.33	$1.24	$1.30	$1.28	$1.24	$1.30	$1.28	$1.42	$1.34	$1.22
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2,753	3,232	3,677	4,004	4,625	5,632	7,394	7,159	8,705	12,467
American Century VP Ultra®, Class II (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.30	$2.32	$1.79	$1.74	$1.67	$1.55	$1.15	$1.03	$1.04	$0.91
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.04	$2.30	$2.32	$1.79	$1.74	$1.67	$1.55	$1.15	$1.03	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	507	604	778	1,043	1,224	1,632	2,397	3,136	4,210	5,777
American Century VP Value, Class II (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.95	$2.19	$2.05	$1.73	$1.84	$1.66	$1.28	$1.14	$1.15	$1.03
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.44	$1.95	$2.19	$2.05	$1.73	$1.84	$1.66	$1.28	$1.14	$1.15
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	11	11	11	11	12	35	39	50	57	76
BNY Mellon Investment Portfolios, Technology Growth Portfolio - Service Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.78	$2.87	$2.05	$2.00	$1.92	$1.83	$1.40	$1.24	$1.37	$1.07
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.43	$2.78	$2.87	$2.05	$2.00	$1.92	$1.83	$1.40	$1.24	$1.37
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	160	185	229	340	401	539	785	1,007	1,280	1,660
BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Value Portfolio - Service Shares* (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.12	$1.37	$1.09	$1.12	$1.18	$1.33	$1.10	$0.99	$1.25	$1.22
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.34	$1.12	$1.37	$1.09	$1.12	$1.18	$1.33	$1.10	$0.99	$1.25
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4	4	4	3	7	6	6	6	6	14
*BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Value Portfolio - Service Shares is scheduled to liquidate on or about April 30, 2020.
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.35	$1.43	$1.17	$1.10	$1.11	$0.98	$0.75	$0.67	$0.64	$0.56
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.65	$1.35	$1.43	$1.17	$1.10	$1.11	$0.98	$0.75	$0.67	$0.64
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	925	1,042	1,336	1,630	2,017	2,624	3,912	5,248	7,129	9,784
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.55	$2.76	$2.45	$2.20	$2.30	$2.13	$1.71	$1.52	$1.63	$1.42
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.11	$2.55	$2.76	$2.45	$2.20	$2.30	$2.13	$1.71	$1.52	$1.63
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,273	1,572	1,838	2,174	2,650	3,289	4,934	6,228	8,456	10,953
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Emerging Markets Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.21	$2.87	$1.99	$1.92	$2.15	$2.24	$2.32	$1.96	$2.52	$2.14
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.86	$2.21	$2.87	$1.99	$1.92	$2.15	$2.24	$2.32	$1.96	$2.52
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	542	697	667	963	1,138	1,287	1,745	1,827	2,530	2,741
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund (Class 3) (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.89	$0.89	$0.90	$0.92	$0.93	$0.95	$0.97	$0.98	$1.00	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.89	$0.89	$0.89	$0.90	$0.92	$0.93	$0.95	$0.97	$0.98	$1.00
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	3,487	3,870	4,473	4,576	1,094	1,323	1,861	2,444	4,164	3,587
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Income Opportunities Fund (Class 3) (6/1/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.93	$2.04	$1.95	$1.79	$1.84	$1.80	$1.75	$1.55	$1.48	$1.33
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.20	$1.93	$2.04	$1.95	$1.79	$1.84	$1.80	$1.75	$1.55	$1.48
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	431	515	578	637	281	363	545	711	1,002	1,436
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3) (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.41	$1.43	$1.40	$1.36	$1.38	$1.34	$1.39	$1.32	$1.26	$1.18
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.51	$1.41	$1.43	$1.40	$1.36	$1.38	$1.34	$1.39	$1.32	$1.26
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	832	811	898	954	1,106	1,712	2,253	2,688	3,083	4,009

Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    101

Variable account charges of 1.70% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Growth Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.19	$2.32	$1.85	$1.86	$1.73	$1.55	$1.21	$1.02	$1.07	$0.93
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.92	$2.19	$2.32	$1.85	$1.86	$1.73	$1.55	$1.21	$1.02	$1.07
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	91	92	93	95	106	116	215	274	231	331
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Index Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.23	$2.39	$2.00	$1.83	$1.84	$1.65	$1.28	$1.12	$1.13	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.88	$2.23	$2.39	$2.00	$1.83	$1.84	$1.65	$1.28	$1.12	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	17	185	186	196	199	207	210	242	255	408
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Mid Cap Growth Fund (Class 3) (8/30/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.47	$2.64	$2.18	$2.17	$2.10	$1.99	$1.54	$1.41	$1.69	$1.36
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.27	$2.47	$2.64	$2.18	$2.17	$2.10	$1.99	$1.54	$1.41	$1.69
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	33	43	54	67	75	112	154	202	258	314
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Select Large Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.13	$2.47	$2.08	$1.77	$1.89	$1.73	$1.27	$1.09	$1.13	$0.96
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.65	$2.13	$2.47	$2.08	$1.77	$1.89	$1.73	$1.27	$1.09	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	1	1	1	1	2	2
Columbia Variable Portfolio – U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.22	$1.22	$1.20	$1.19	$1.20	$1.15	$1.20	$1.20	$1.20	$1.19
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.28	$1.22	$1.22	$1.20	$1.19	$1.20	$1.15	$1.20	$1.20	$1.20
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	600	764	835	855	938	1,338	1,814	1,981	2,096	2,681
CTIVP® – BlackRock Global Inflation-Protected Securities Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.31	$1.34	$1.32	$1.24	$1.28	$1.20	$1.29	$1.25	$1.15	$1.12
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.38	$1.31	$1.34	$1.32	$1.24	$1.28	$1.20	$1.29	$1.25	$1.15
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	399	441	500	515	641	919	1,344	1,621	2,043	2,737
CTIVP® – Victory Sycamore Established Value Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.36	$2.67	$2.35	$1.98	$2.01	$1.82	$1.36	$1.19	$1.29	$1.08
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.97	$2.36	$2.67	$2.35	$1.98	$2.01	$1.82	$1.36	$1.19	$1.29
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	7	7
Fidelity® VIP ContrafundSM Portfolio Service Class 2 (8/30/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.06	$3.33	$2.79	$2.63	$2.66	$2.43	$1.88	$1.65	$1.73	$1.50
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.94	$3.06	$3.33	$2.79	$2.63	$2.66	$2.43	$1.88	$1.65	$1.73
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,530	2,039	2,344	2,928	3,401	4,419	6,274	7,907	10,705	13,957
Fidelity® VIP Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Service Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.35	$1.38	$1.35	$1.31	$1.35	$1.30	$1.35	$1.30	$1.23	$1.17
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.45	$1.35	$1.38	$1.35	$1.31	$1.35	$1.30	$1.35	$1.30	$1.23
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,191	1,438	1,640	1,773	2,094	2,654	3,684	3,976	4,787	6,648
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2 (5/1/2001)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.40	$4.06	$3.43	$3.11	$3.22	$3.09	$2.31	$2.05	$2.34	$1.85
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.12	$3.40	$4.06	$3.43	$3.11	$3.22	$3.09	$2.31	$2.05	$2.34
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	304	356	387	461	547	674	949	1,289	1,684	2,096
Fidelity® VIP Overseas Portfolio Service Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.45	$1.74	$1.36	$1.46	$1.44	$1.60	$1.25	$1.05	$1.30	$1.17
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.82	$1.45	$1.74	$1.36	$1.46	$1.44	$1.60	$1.25	$1.05	$1.30
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	331	402	448	573	633	875	1,100	1,467	1,997	2,249
Franklin Income VIP Fund – Class 2 (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.24	$2.39	$2.21	$1.97	$2.16	$2.10	$1.87	$1.69	$1.68	$1.52
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.56	$2.24	$2.39	$2.21	$1.97	$2.16	$2.10	$1.87	$1.69	$1.68
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	276	298	317	323	360	556	705	817	1,164	1,832
Goldman Sachs VIT Mid Cap Value Fund – Institutional Shares (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$4.37	$4.96	$4.55	$4.07	$4.56	$4.08	$3.12	$2.68	$2.91	$2.37
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$5.65	$4.37	$4.96	$4.55	$4.07	$4.56	$4.08	$3.12	$2.68	$2.91
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	395	473	535	630	741	894	1,263	1,657	2,277	2,833
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund, Series II Shares (8/30/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.25	$2.43	$1.96	$2.04	$2.01	$1.77	$1.39	$1.25	$1.28	$1.20
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.00	$2.25	$2.43	$1.96	$2.04	$2.01	$1.77	$1.39	$1.25	$1.28
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	634	824	988	1,259	1,367	1,725	2,640	3,235	4,237	5,659
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.39	$2.80	$2.09	$2.13	$2.09	$2.08	$1.67	$1.40	$1.56	$1.37
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.09	$2.39	$2.80	$2.09	$2.13	$2.09	$2.08	$1.67	$1.40	$1.56
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	39	51	57	68	78	130	219	279	320	469

102    Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.70% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund, Series II Shares (7/31/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.28	$3.73	$3.33	$2.88	$3.11	$2.84	$2.05	$1.77	$1.85	$1.53
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.06	$3.28	$3.73	$3.33	$2.88	$3.11	$2.84	$2.05	$1.77	$1.85
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	8	41	43	44	47	51	113	120	160	185
Invesco V.I. Comstock Fund, Series II Shares (8/30/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.51	$2.92	$2.52	$2.19	$2.38	$2.22	$1.66	$1.42	$1.48	$1.30
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.08	$2.51	$2.92	$2.52	$2.19	$2.38	$2.22	$1.66	$1.42	$1.48
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,846	2,181	2,509	3,160	3,827	4,651	6,708	8,817	12,380	16,064
Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares* (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.51	$1.63	$1.36	$1.37	$1.38	$1.30	$0.97	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.99	$1.51	$1.63	$1.36	$1.37	$1.38	$1.30	$0.97	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	28	30	34	34	43	45	46	47	—	—
*Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares is scheduled to merge into Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares sometime during the second quarter of 2020.
Morgan Stanley VIF U.S. Real Estate Portfolio, Class II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.46	$2.72	$2.68	$2.56	$2.56	$2.01	$2.01	$1.77	$1.70	$1.34
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.87	$2.46	$2.72	$2.68	$2.56	$2.56	$2.01	$2.01	$1.77	$1.70
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	46	55	67	68	77	98	125	140	199	289
Putnam VT Global Health Care Fund – Class IB Shares (5/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.39	$2.45	$2.16	$2.48	$2.34	$1.86	$1.34	$1.11	$1.15	$1.14
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.06	$2.39	$2.45	$2.16	$2.48	$2.34	$1.86	$1.34	$1.11	$1.15
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	5	7	23
Putnam VT Small Cap Value Fund – Class IB Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.75	$2.22	$2.10	$1.67	$1.78	$1.75	$1.27	$1.10	$1.18	$0.95
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.14	$1.75	$2.22	$2.10	$1.67	$1.78	$1.75	$1.27	$1.10	$1.18
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	138	138	146	157	170	198	213	269	285	299
Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.93	$1.93	$1.93	$1.90	$2.02	$2.02	$2.02	$1.79	$1.83	$1.63
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.94	$1.93	$1.93	$1.93	$1.90	$2.02	$2.02	$2.02	$1.79	$1.83
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,020	1,125	1,286	1,409	1,568	2,061	2,699	3,010	3,899	4,938
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.56	$1.74	$1.49	$1.43	$1.46	$1.41	$1.19	$1.06	$1.12	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.87	$1.56	$1.74	$1.49	$1.43	$1.46	$1.41	$1.19	$1.06	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,137	1,005	1,377	2,150	1,604	2,328	2,783	2,584	3,578	3,678
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.56	$1.74	$1.49	$1.43	$1.46	$1.41	$1.19	$1.06	$1.12	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.87	$1.56	$1.74	$1.49	$1.43	$1.46	$1.41	$1.19	$1.06	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	8,281	9,398	11,358	14,424	16,858	21,358	28,242	44,183	57,497	68,262
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.16	$1.22	$1.15	$1.14	$1.16	$1.13	$1.11	$1.05	$1.04	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.27	$1.16	$1.22	$1.15	$1.14	$1.16	$1.13	$1.11	$1.05	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,796	1,966	1,931	3,181	4,060	4,614	6,444	7,169	4,700	2,476
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.16	$1.22	$1.15	$1.14	$1.16	$1.13	$1.11	$1.05	$1.04	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.27	$1.16	$1.22	$1.15	$1.14	$1.16	$1.13	$1.11	$1.05	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	9,551	12,356	13,446	17,357	21,685	27,873	36,993	46,958	53,602	58,932
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.03	$1.07	$1.01	$1.00	$1.03	$1.00	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.13	$1.03	$1.07	$1.01	$1.00	$1.03	$1.00	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2,264	1,953	2,632	3,611	2,271	2,542	547	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.05	$1.11	$1.02	$1.00	$1.04	$1.01	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.17	$1.05	$1.11	$1.02	$1.00	$1.04	$1.01	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	8,558	9,804	10,322	11,851	12,656	9,072	1,286	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.07	$1.18	$1.02	$1.01	$1.06	$1.03	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.25	$1.07	$1.18	$1.02	$1.01	$1.06	$1.03	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	17,546	19,707	20,930	22,999	25,632	23,477	2,636	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.07	$1.15	$1.02	$1.01	$1.05	$1.02	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.22	$1.07	$1.15	$1.02	$1.01	$1.05	$1.02	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	43,660	48,909	54,060	57,445	58,366	48,327	6,986	—	—	—

Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    103

Variable account charges of 1.70% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.37	$1.48	$1.33	$1.29	$1.32	$1.28	$1.17	$1.07	$1.09	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.57	$1.37	$1.48	$1.33	$1.29	$1.32	$1.28	$1.17	$1.07	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	20,223	21,355	24,149	26,314	29,932	32,858	39,551	39,235	36,336	32,170
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.38	$1.48	$1.33	$1.29	$1.32	$1.28	$1.17	$1.07	$1.09	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.57	$1.38	$1.48	$1.33	$1.29	$1.32	$1.28	$1.17	$1.07	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	116,526	133,639	154,594	180,473	206,712	250,198	339,717	399,382	458,939	516,525
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.47	$1.61	$1.41	$1.36	$1.39	$1.35	$1.18	$1.07	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.72	$1.47	$1.61	$1.41	$1.36	$1.39	$1.35	$1.18	$1.07	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	6,204	8,201	9,474	12,146	16,785	20,996	26,387	25,607	28,278	25,057
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.47	$1.61	$1.41	$1.36	$1.40	$1.35	$1.18	$1.07	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.72	$1.47	$1.61	$1.41	$1.36	$1.40	$1.35	$1.18	$1.07	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	22,593	27,930	34,161	44,562	55,856	73,875	113,017	154,016	213,018	254,807
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.26	$1.34	$1.24	$1.21	$1.24	$1.20	$1.14	$1.07	$1.06	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.41	$1.26	$1.34	$1.24	$1.21	$1.24	$1.20	$1.14	$1.07	$1.06
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	3,275	3,775	4,088	4,664	4,907	5,877	8,358	11,168	9,842	6,739
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.27	$1.34	$1.24	$1.21	$1.24	$1.20	$1.14	$1.07	$1.07	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.41	$1.27	$1.34	$1.24	$1.21	$1.24	$1.20	$1.14	$1.07	$1.07
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	13,146	15,581	18,539	22,091	27,630	34,603	48,291	60,919	69,228	81,004
Variable Portfolio – Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.19	$2.58	$2.46	$1.99	$2.23	$2.22	$1.68	$1.50	$1.60	$1.31
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.58	$2.19	$2.58	$2.46	$1.99	$2.23	$2.22	$1.68	$1.50	$1.60
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	800	893	1,006	1,184	1,523	1,863	2,498	3,372	4,522	5,828
Wanger USA (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.63	$2.72	$2.31	$2.07	$2.11	$2.05	$1.56	$1.32	$1.39	$1.15
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.39	$2.63	$2.72	$2.31	$2.07	$2.11	$2.05	$1.56	$1.32	$1.39
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	368	455	568	729	882	1,183	1,651	2,250	3,139	4,208
Wells Fargo VT International Equity Fund – Class 2 (7/31/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.71	$2.10	$1.72	$1.69	$1.69	$1.82	$1.55	$1.39	$1.62	$1.41
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.94	$1.71	$2.10	$1.72	$1.69	$1.69	$1.82	$1.55	$1.39	$1.62
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	301	347	367	487	528	621	772	947	1,129	1,408
Wells Fargo VT Omega Growth Fund – Class 2 (7/31/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.79	$3.84	$2.90	$2.94	$2.95	$2.89	$2.10	$1.77	$1.91	$1.63
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$5.10	$3.79	$3.84	$2.90	$2.94	$2.95	$2.89	$2.10	$1.77	$1.91
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	351	439	545	747	839	1,131	1,627	2,232	3,097	4,103
Wells Fargo VT Opportunity Fund – Class 2 (8/26/2011)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.88	$2.06	$1.74	$1.58	$1.66	$1.53	$1.19	$1.05	$1.00	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.43	$1.88	$2.06	$1.74	$1.58	$1.66	$1.53	$1.19	$1.05	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	89	113	128	132	163	195	210	315	395	—
Wells Fargo VT Small Cap Growth Fund – Class 2 (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.05	$1.06	$0.85	$0.81	$0.84	$0.88	$0.59	$0.56	$0.60	$0.48
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.29	$1.05	$1.06	$0.85	$0.81	$0.84	$0.88	$0.59	$0.56	$0.60
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	434	494	602	747	859	1,002	1,177	1,633	1,928	2,412

Variable account charges of 2.20% of the daily net assets of the variable account.

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
AB VPS Growth and Income Portfolio (Class B) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.88	$2.04	$1.76	$1.62	$1.63	$1.52	$1.16	$1.01	$0.97	$0.88
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.27	$1.88	$2.04	$1.76	$1.62	$1.63	$1.52	$1.16	$1.01	$0.97
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
AB VPS International Value Portfolio (Class B) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.98	$1.31	$1.07	$1.10	$1.10	$1.20	$1.00	$0.90	$1.14	$1.11
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.13	$0.98	$1.31	$1.07	$1.10	$1.10	$1.20	$1.00	$0.90	$1.14
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	8	7	7	8	8	10	15	14	15

104    Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 2.20% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
American Century VP Inflation Protection, Class II (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.15	$1.21	$1.20	$1.17	$1.23	$1.22	$1.36	$1.29	$1.18	$1.15
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.23	$1.15	$1.21	$1.20	$1.17	$1.23	$1.22	$1.36	$1.29	$1.18
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	3	3	7	8	7	8
American Century VP Ultra®, Class II (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.14	$2.17	$1.68	$1.65	$1.59	$1.48	$1.10	$0.99	$1.00	$0.89
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.81	$2.14	$2.17	$1.68	$1.65	$1.59	$1.48	$1.10	$0.99	$1.00
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	6	7	8	9	10	12	18	18	19
American Century VP Value, Class II (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.81	$2.04	$1.92	$1.64	$1.74	$1.58	$1.23	$1.09	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.25	$1.81	$2.04	$1.92	$1.64	$1.74	$1.58	$1.23	$1.09	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
BNY Mellon Investment Portfolios, Technology Growth Portfolio - Service Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.59	$2.68	$1.92	$1.88	$1.82	$1.74	$1.35	$1.19	$1.33	$1.04
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.18	$2.59	$2.68	$1.92	$1.88	$1.82	$1.74	$1.35	$1.19	$1.33
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	1	1	1	2	2	2	3	3	3
BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Value Portfolio - Service Shares* (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.04	$1.28	$1.02	$1.06	$1.12	$1.26	$1.05	$0.96	$1.20	$1.18
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.24	$1.04	$1.28	$1.02	$1.06	$1.12	$1.26	$1.05	$0.96	$1.20
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
*BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Value Portfolio - Service Shares is scheduled to liquidate on or about April 30, 2020.
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.96	$2.09	$1.72	$1.63	$1.65	$1.46	$1.12	$1.00	$0.98	$0.85
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.39	$1.96	$2.09	$1.72	$1.63	$1.65	$1.46	$1.12	$1.00	$0.98
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.97	$2.14	$1.92	$1.73	$1.81	$1.69	$1.36	$1.22	$1.31	$1.15
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.39	$1.97	$2.14	$1.92	$1.73	$1.81	$1.69	$1.36	$1.22	$1.31
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	9	10	9	12	12	15	22	23	28
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Emerging Markets Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.06	$2.68	$1.87	$1.82	$2.04	$2.13	$2.22	$1.88	$2.44	$2.08
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.65	$2.06	$2.68	$1.87	$1.82	$2.04	$2.13	$2.22	$1.88	$2.44
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	4	3	3	4	4	4	5	5	7
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.85	$0.86	$0.88	$0.90	$0.92	$0.94	$0.96	$0.98	$1.00	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.85	$0.85	$0.86	$0.88	$0.90	$0.92	$0.94	$0.96	$0.98	$1.00
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	12	12	12	12	—	—	6	6	5	61
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Income Opportunities Fund (Class 3) (6/1/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.79	$1.91	$1.83	$1.69	$1.75	$1.72	$1.67	$1.49	$1.43	$1.30
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.04	$1.79	$1.91	$1.83	$1.69	$1.75	$1.72	$1.67	$1.49	$1.43
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	1	1	1	4
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.27	$1.29	$1.27	$1.24	$1.27	$1.23	$1.29	$1.23	$1.17	$1.11
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.35	$1.27	$1.29	$1.27	$1.24	$1.27	$1.23	$1.29	$1.23	$1.17
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	5	5	5	11
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Growth Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.04	$2.17	$1.73	$1.75	$1.64	$1.47	$1.16	$0.98	$1.04	$0.91
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.70	$2.04	$2.17	$1.73	$1.75	$1.64	$1.47	$1.16	$0.98	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	1	1	1
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Index Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.08	$2.23	$1.88	$1.72	$1.75	$1.58	$1.22	$1.08	$1.09	$0.97
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.66	$2.08	$2.23	$1.88	$1.72	$1.75	$1.58	$1.22	$1.08	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Mid Cap Growth Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.86	$2.00	$1.67	$1.67	$1.62	$1.54	$1.20	$1.10	$1.33	$1.07
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.46	$1.86	$2.00	$1.67	$1.67	$1.62	$1.54	$1.20	$1.10	$1.33
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Select Large Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.98	$2.31	$1.95	$1.67	$1.79	$1.65	$1.22	$1.05	$1.10	$0.93
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.45	$1.98	$2.31	$1.95	$1.67	$1.79	$1.65	$1.22	$1.05	$1.10
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—

Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    105

Variable account charges of 2.20% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Columbia Variable Portfolio – U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.00	$1.01	$1.00	$0.99	$1.00	$0.97	$1.01	$1.02	$1.02	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.04	$1.00	$1.01	$1.00	$0.99	$1.00	$0.97	$1.01	$1.02	$1.02
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	3	3	3	3
CTIVP® – BlackRock Global Inflation-Protected Securities Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.23	$1.26	$1.26	$1.18	$1.23	$1.16	$1.25	$1.21	$1.12	$1.10
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.29	$1.23	$1.26	$1.26	$1.18	$1.23	$1.16	$1.25	$1.21	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	3	3	3	6
CTIVP® – Victory Sycamore Established Value Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.19	$2.49	$2.20	$1.87	$1.90	$1.74	$1.31	$1.14	$1.25	$1.05
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.74	$2.19	$2.49	$2.20	$1.87	$1.90	$1.74	$1.31	$1.14	$1.25
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Fidelity® VIP ContrafundSM Portfolio Service Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.28	$2.49	$2.10	$1.99	$2.02	$1.85	$1.45	$1.27	$1.34	$1.17
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.92	$2.28	$2.49	$2.10	$1.99	$2.02	$1.85	$1.45	$1.27	$1.34
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	10	10	10	12	13	17	25	26	31
Fidelity® VIP Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Service Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.25	$1.29	$1.27	$1.24	$1.28	$1.24	$1.29	$1.25	$1.19	$1.13
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.34	$1.25	$1.29	$1.27	$1.24	$1.28	$1.24	$1.29	$1.25	$1.19
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	3	3	9	11	10	13
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.45	$2.94	$2.50	$2.28	$2.37	$2.28	$1.72	$1.53	$1.76	$1.40
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.96	$2.45	$2.94	$2.50	$2.28	$2.37	$2.28	$1.72	$1.53	$1.76
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	2	2	2	3	3	3	5	5	6
Fidelity® VIP Overseas Portfolio Service Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.35	$1.63	$1.28	$1.38	$1.37	$1.52	$1.20	$1.02	$1.26	$1.14
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.68	$1.35	$1.63	$1.28	$1.38	$1.37	$1.52	$1.20	$1.02	$1.26
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Franklin Income VIP Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.68	$1.80	$1.68	$1.50	$1.65	$1.61	$1.45	$1.31	$1.31	$1.19
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.91	$1.68	$1.80	$1.68	$1.50	$1.65	$1.61	$1.45	$1.31	$1.31
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Goldman Sachs VIT Mid Cap Value Fund – Institutional Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.13	$2.43	$2.24	$2.02	$2.27	$2.04	$1.57	$1.36	$1.48	$1.21
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.74	$2.13	$2.43	$2.24	$2.02	$2.27	$2.04	$1.57	$1.36	$1.48
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	3	3	3	4	4	5	7	7	12
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.71	$1.86	$1.50	$1.57	$1.56	$1.38	$1.09	$0.98	$1.02	$0.95
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.27	$1.71	$1.86	$1.50	$1.57	$1.56	$1.38	$1.09	$0.98	$1.02
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	5	5	5	6	6	8	12	12	12
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.02	$2.38	$1.79	$1.83	$1.80	$1.81	$1.46	$1.23	$1.37	$1.21
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.60	$2.02	$2.38	$1.79	$1.83	$1.80	$1.81	$1.46	$1.23	$1.37
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.25	$2.57	$2.31	$2.00	$2.18	$2.00	$1.45	$1.26	$1.32	$1.10
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.77	$2.25	$2.57	$2.31	$2.00	$2.18	$2.00	$1.45	$1.26	$1.32
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Invesco V.I. Comstock Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.81	$2.12	$1.84	$1.61	$1.75	$1.64	$1.24	$1.06	$1.11	$0.98
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.22	$1.81	$2.12	$1.84	$1.61	$1.75	$1.64	$1.24	$1.06	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	12	12	12	15	15	18	29	31	34
Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares* (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.46	$1.58	$1.33	$1.35	$1.36	$1.29	$0.97	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.91	$1.46	$1.58	$1.33	$1.35	$1.36	$1.29	$0.97	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
*Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares is scheduled to merge into Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares sometime during the second quarter of 2020.
Morgan Stanley VIF U.S. Real Estate Portfolio, Class II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.28	$2.54	$2.52	$2.42	$2.43	$1.92	$1.92	$1.70	$1.65	$1.30
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.65	$2.28	$2.54	$2.52	$2.42	$2.43	$1.92	$1.92	$1.70	$1.65
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—

106    Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 2.20% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Putnam VT Global Health Care Fund – Class IB Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.23	$2.30	$2.04	$2.35	$2.23	$1.78	$1.29	$1.08	$1.11	$1.11
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.85	$2.23	$2.30	$2.04	$2.35	$2.23	$1.78	$1.29	$1.08	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Putnam VT Small Cap Value Fund – Class IB Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.63	$2.08	$1.97	$1.58	$1.68	$1.66	$1.22	$1.06	$1.14	$0.92
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.98	$1.63	$2.08	$1.97	$1.58	$1.68	$1.66	$1.22	$1.06	$1.14
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.80	$1.80	$1.81	$1.79	$1.92	$1.92	$1.94	$1.72	$1.77	$1.58
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.79	$1.80	$1.80	$1.81	$1.79	$1.92	$1.92	$1.94	$1.72	$1.77
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	1	1	2	3	3	5
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.50	$1.67	$1.44	$1.39	$1.43	$1.38	$1.17	$1.05	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.78	$1.50	$1.67	$1.44	$1.39	$1.43	$1.38	$1.17	$1.05	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.50	$1.68	$1.44	$1.39	$1.43	$1.39	$1.17	$1.06	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.78	$1.50	$1.68	$1.44	$1.39	$1.43	$1.39	$1.17	$1.06	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	85	213	214	214	215	217	219	221	223	266
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.11	$1.17	$1.12	$1.10	$1.13	$1.11	$1.10	$1.05	$1.04	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.21	$1.11	$1.17	$1.12	$1.10	$1.13	$1.11	$1.10	$1.05	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.11	$1.17	$1.12	$1.10	$1.13	$1.11	$1.10	$1.05	$1.04	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.21	$1.11	$1.17	$1.12	$1.10	$1.13	$1.11	$1.10	$1.05	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.00	$1.05	$0.99	$0.99	$1.02	$1.00	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.10	$1.00	$1.05	$0.99	$0.99	$1.02	$1.00	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.02	$1.09	$1.00	$0.99	$1.03	$1.01	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.14	$1.02	$1.09	$1.00	$0.99	$1.03	$1.01	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.05	$1.16	$1.01	$1.00	$1.05	$1.03	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.21	$1.05	$1.16	$1.01	$1.00	$1.05	$1.03	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.04	$1.13	$1.01	$1.00	$1.04	$1.02	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.18	$1.04	$1.13	$1.01	$1.00	$1.04	$1.02	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.32	$1.42	$1.29	$1.26	$1.29	$1.26	$1.15	$1.06	$1.08	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.49	$1.32	$1.42	$1.29	$1.26	$1.29	$1.26	$1.15	$1.06	$1.08
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	47	47	47
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.32	$1.43	$1.29	$1.26	$1.29	$1.26	$1.15	$1.06	$1.08	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.50	$1.32	$1.43	$1.29	$1.26	$1.29	$1.26	$1.15	$1.06	$1.08
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	146	147	158	160	164	220	227	239	257
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.41	$1.55	$1.36	$1.32	$1.36	$1.32	$1.17	$1.06	$1.10	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.64	$1.41	$1.55	$1.36	$1.32	$1.36	$1.32	$1.17	$1.06	$1.10
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.41	$1.55	$1.36	$1.33	$1.37	$1.33	$1.17	$1.06	$1.10	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.64	$1.41	$1.55	$1.36	$1.33	$1.37	$1.33	$1.17	$1.06	$1.10
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	69

Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    107

Variable account charges of 2.20% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.21	$1.29	$1.20	$1.18	$1.21	$1.18	$1.12	$1.06	$1.06	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.34	$1.21	$1.29	$1.20	$1.18	$1.21	$1.18	$1.12	$1.06	$1.06
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.21	$1.29	$1.20	$1.18	$1.21	$1.18	$1.13	$1.06	$1.06	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.35	$1.21	$1.29	$1.20	$1.18	$1.21	$1.18	$1.13	$1.06	$1.06
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	61	61	61	61	61	61	61	61	61	61
Variable Portfolio – Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.86	$2.20	$2.10	$1.71	$1.93	$1.93	$1.47	$1.32	$1.41	$1.16
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.18	$1.86	$2.20	$2.10	$1.71	$1.93	$1.93	$1.47	$1.32	$1.41
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	5	5	5	6	6	7	10	10	10
Wanger USA (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.44	$2.54	$2.17	$1.95	$2.01	$1.96	$1.49	$1.27	$1.35	$1.12
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.14	$2.44	$2.54	$2.17	$1.95	$2.01	$1.96	$1.49	$1.27	$1.35
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	2	2	3	3	3	4	6	6	8
Wells Fargo VT International Equity Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.30	$1.61	$1.32	$1.31	$1.31	$1.42	$1.21	$1.09	$1.28	$1.13
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.47	$1.30	$1.61	$1.32	$1.31	$1.31	$1.42	$1.21	$1.09	$1.28
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	1	1	—
Wells Fargo VT Omega Growth Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.65	$2.70	$2.05	$2.09	$2.11	$2.07	$1.51	$1.29	$1.39	$1.19
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.55	$2.65	$2.70	$2.05	$2.09	$2.11	$2.07	$1.51	$1.29	$1.39
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Wells Fargo VT Opportunity Fund – Class 2 (8/26/2011)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.81	$2.00	$1.70	$1.54	$1.63	$1.51	$1.18	$1.04	$1.00	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.33	$1.81	$2.00	$1.70	$1.54	$1.63	$1.51	$1.18	$1.04	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Wells Fargo VT Small Cap Growth Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.64	$2.67	$2.17	$2.06	$2.16	$2.25	$1.53	$1.45	$1.56	$1.26
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.23	$2.64	$2.67	$2.17	$2.06	$2.16	$2.25	$1.53	$1.45	$1.56
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—

108    Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information

Calculating Annuity Payouts	p. 3
Rating Agencies	p. 4
Principal Underwriter	p. 4
Service Providers	p. 4
Custodian	p. 5
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	p. 5
Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	p. 6
Financial Statements

Evergreen Pathways Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    109

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474
1-800-333-3437

45309  CG (5/20)

RiverSource Distributors, Inc. (Distributor), Member FINRA. Issued by RiverSource Life Insurance Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota. ©2008-2020 RiverSource Life Insurance Company. All rights reserved.

Prospectus

May 1, 2020

RiverSource^®

Signature Variable Annuity

Individual Flexible Premium Deferred Combination Fixed/Variable Annuity

Issued by:	RiverSource Life Insurance Company (RiverSource Life)
	829 Ameriprise Financial Center Minneapolis, MN 55474 Telephone: 1-800-333-3437 (Service Center) RiverSource Variable Annuity Account/RiverSource MVA Account​

New contracts are not currently being offered.

This prospectus contains information that you should know before investing. Investment options available under the contract are listed below:

AB Variable Products Series Fund, Inc.

Columbia Funds Variable Series Trust II

Credit Suisse Trust

Fidelity^® Variable Insurance Products – Service Class

Franklin^® Templeton^® Variable Insurance Products Trust – Class 2

Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust (VIT)

Invesco Variable Insurance Funds

Janus Aspen Series: Service Shares

J.P. Morgan Series Trust II

Lazard Retirement Series, Inc.

Lincoln Variable Insurance Product Trust (LVIP)

MFS^® Variable Insurance Trust^SM

Putnam Variable Trust – Class IB Shares

Royce Capital Fund

Third Avenue Variable Series Trust

Wanger Advisors Trust

 

Please read the prospectuses carefully and keep them for future reference.

This contract provides for contract value credits. The death benefits for contracts with such credits may be lower than for contracts without such credits. The amount of the credit may be more than offset by the reduction in the death benefits provided. The credits may be reversed. (See “Valuing Your Investment — Contract Value Credits.”)

The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

An investment in this contract is not a deposit of a bank or financial institution and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) or any other government agency. An investment in this contract involves investment risk including the possible loss of principal.

A Statement of Additional Information (SAI), dated the same date as this prospectus, is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. It is filed with the SEC and is available without charge by contacting RiverSource Life at the telephone number and address listed above. The table of contents of the SAI is on the last page of this prospectus. The SEC maintains an Internet site. This prospectus, the SAI and other information about the product are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at (http://www.sec.gov).

Variable annuities are complex products. The fees and charges, as well as the available features and benefits, of the variable annuity contracts described in this prospectus will be different from other variable annuities offered in the marketplace, including other variable annuities or other types of annuities offered by RiverSource Life. The interest credited, guarantees provided, and credits available, as well as the funds serving as underlying investments and their corresponding expenses, may differ among the variable annuities that are available to you. With the aid of an appropriate financial professional, we encourage you to compare and contrast the variable annuity contracts described in this prospectus with other variable annuities available in the marketplace, including other types of annuities we may offer. This will aid in determining whether purchasing a contract is consistent with your investment objectives, risk tolerance, time horizon, marital status, tax situation, and your unique financial situation and needs. If you select an annuity that includes surrender or other liquidation charges, you should also consider any future needs you may have to access your contract value. The optional benefits and features available with the contracts usually come with additional costs. Consider any additional costs carefully when electing these optional benefits and features.

RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity — Prospectus    1

Beginning on January 1, 2021, as permitted by regulations adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission, paper copies of your underlying funds’ shareholder reports will no longer be sent by mail, unless you specifically request paper copies of the reports from RiverSource Life. Instead, the reports will be made available on a website, and you will be notified each time a report is posted and provided with a website link to access the report.

You may elect to receive all future reports in paper free of charge. You can inform RiverSource Life that you wish to continue receiving paper copies of your shareholder reports by calling our Service Center at 1-800-862-7919. Your election to receive reports in paper will apply to all funds available under your variable annuity contract.

Effects of COVID-19 Pandemic

The coronavirus disease 2019 (“COVID-19”) public health crisis presents ongoing significant economic and societal disruption and has driven significant volatility in the equity and interest rate markets. Any periods of continued high market volatility, and your individual circumstances (e.g., your selected allocations and the timing of any purchase payments, transfers, or withdrawals), will affect values under your contract. As part of how we maintain our strong financial strength and claims-paying ability, we continue to reserve amounts for our contractual obligations in accordance with significant state solvency regulations. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic may impact financial markets, investment performance under your contract, and our financial strength and claims-paying ability will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be estimated, including the scope and duration of the pandemic and actions taken by governmental authorities, market participants, and other third parties in response to the pandemic.

We have implemented comprehensive strategies to address the operating environment spurred by the pandemic.  To promote the safety and security of our employees and to assure the continuity of our business operations, we have implemented a work from home protocol for virtually all of our employee population, restricted business travel, and provided resources for complying with the guidance from the World Health Organization, the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and government authorities. We have been satisfying elevated customer service volumes and our operations teams have continued to operate successfully and without disruptions in service. Our pandemic strategy is flexible and scalable and takes into consideration that a pandemic could be widespread and may occur in multiple waves, affecting different communities at different times with varying levels of severity. We cannot, however, predict the impact that natural or man-made disasters and catastrophes, including the COVID-19 pandemic, may have over near- or longer-term periods.

2    RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Table of Contents

Key Terms	4
The Contract in Brief	6
Expense Summary	8
Contract Owner Transaction Expenses	8
Annual Variable Account Expenses	8
Other Annual Expenses	8
Annual Operating Expenses of the Funds	9
Condensed Financial Information	11
Financial Statements	11
The Variable Account and the Funds	11
The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)	16
Market Value Adjustment (MVA)	17
The General Account	20
The One-Year Fixed Account	20
Buying Your Contract	20
The Retirement Date	21
Beneficiary	22
Purchase Payments	22
How to Make Purchase Payments	22
Limitations on Use of Contract	22
Charges	22
Contract Administrative Charge	22
Variable Account Administrative Charge	23
Mortality and Expense Risk Fee	23
Withdrawal Charge	23
Fund Fees and Expenses	26
Premium Taxes	26
Optional Living Benefits Charges	26
Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB) Fee	26
8% Performance Credit Rider (PCR) Fee	27
Valuing Your Investment	27
GPAs and One-Year Fixed Account	27
Subaccounts	27
Making the Most of Your Contract	29
Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging	29
Tiered Dollar-Cost Averaging (Tiered DCA) Program	29
Asset Rebalancing	30
Transferring Among Accounts	30
How to request a Transfer or Withdrawal	33
Withdrawals	34
Withdrawal Policies	35
Receiving Payment	35
TSA–Special Provisions	36
Participants in Tax-Sheltered Annuities	36

Changing Ownership	36
Benefits in Case of Death	36
If You Die Before Your Retirement Date	39
Optional Benefits	41
Optional Living Benefits	41
Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB)	41
8% Performance Credit Rider (PCR)	44
The Annuity Payout Period	46
Annuity Tables	46
Annuity Payout Plans	47
Taxes	48
Nonqualified Annuities	48
Qualified Annuities	49
Other	51
Voting Rights	52
Substitution of Investments	52
About the Service Providers	52
Principal Underwriter	52
Service Providers	54
Issuer	54
Legal Proceedings	54
Additional Information	55
Incorporation of Certain Documents By Reference	55
Available Information	55
Indemnification	55
Appendix A: 8% Performance Credit Rider Adjusted Partial Withdrawal	56
Step One	56
Step Two	56
Step Three	56
Appendix B: Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	58
Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information	61

RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity — Prospectus    3

Key Terms

These terms can help you understand details about your contract.

Accumulation unit: A measure of the value of each subaccount before annuity payouts begin.

Annuitant: The person or persons on whose life or life expectancy the annuity payouts are based.

Annuity payouts: An amount paid at regular intervals under one of several plans.

Assumed investment rate: The rate of return we assume your investments will earn when we calculate your initial annuity payout amount using the annuity table in your contract. The standard assumed investment rate we use is 5% but you may request we substitute an assumed investment rate of 3.5%.

Beneficiary: The person you designate to receive benefits in case of the owner’s or annuitant’s death while the contract is in force.

Close of business: The time the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) closes (4 p.m. Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier).

Code: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Contract: A deferred annuity contract that permits you to accumulate money for retirement by making one or more purchase payments. It provides for lifetime or other forms of payouts beginning at a specified time in the future.

Contract value: The total value of your contract before we deduct any applicable charges.

Contract year: A period of 12 months, starting on the effective date of your contract and on each anniversary of the effective date.

Funds: Investment options under your contract. You may allocate your purchase payments into subaccounts investing in shares of the funds.

Good order: We cannot process your transaction request relating to the contract until we have received the request in good order at our Service Center. “Good order” means the actual receipt of the requested transaction in writing, along with all information, forms and supporting legal documentation necessary to effect the transaction. To be in “good order,” your instructions must be sufficiently clear so that we do not need to exercise any discretion to follow such instructions. This information and documentation generally includes your completed request; the contract number; the transaction amount (in dollars); the names of and allocations to and/or from the subaccounts and the fixed account affected by the requested transaction; Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number; and any other information, forms or supporting documentation that we may require. For certain transactions, at our option, we may require the signature of all contract owners for the request to be in good order. With respect to purchase

requests, “good order” also generally includes receipt of sufficient payment by us to effect the purchase. We may, in our sole discretion, determine whether any particular transaction request is in good order, and we reserve the right to change or waive any good order requirements at any time.

Guarantee Period: The number of successive 12-month periods that a guaranteed interest rate is credited.

Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs): A nonunitized separate account to which you may allocate purchase payments or transfer contract value of at least $1,000. These accounts have guaranteed interest rates for guarantee periods we declare when you allocate purchase payments or transfer contract value to a GPA. These guaranteed rates and periods of time may vary by state. Unless an exception applies, transfers or withdrawals from a GPA done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will receive a market value adjustment, which may result in a gain or loss of principal.

Market Value Adjustment (MVA): A positive or negative adjustment assessed if any portion of a Guarantee Period Account is withdrawn or transferred more than 30 days before the end of its guarantee period.

One-year fixed account: Part of our general account to which you may make allocations. Amounts you allocate to this account earn interest at rates that we declare periodically.

Owner (you, your): The person or persons identified in the contract as owner(s) of the contract, who has or have the right to control the contract (to decide on investment allocations, transfers, payout options, etc.). Usually, but not always, the owner is also the annuitant. During the owner’s life, the owner is responsible for taxes, regardless of whether he or she receives the contract’s benefits. The owner or any joint owner may be a non-natural person (e.g. irrevocable trust or corporation) or a revocable trust. If any owner is a non-natural person or a revocable trust, the annuitant will be deemed to be the owner for contract provisions that are based on the age or life of the owner. When the contract is owned by a revocable trust or irrevocable grantor trust, the annuitant(s) selected must be the grantor(s) of the trust to assure compliance with Section 72(s) of the Code.

Qualified annuity: A contract that you purchase to fund one of the following tax-deferred retirement plans that is subject to applicable federal law and any rules of the plan itself:

• Individual Retirement Annuities (IRAs) including inherited IRAs under Section 408(b) of the Code

• Roth IRAs including inherited Roth IRAs under Section 408A of the Code

• SIMPLE IRAs under Section 408(p) of the Code

• Simplified Employee Pension (SEP) plans under Section 408(k) of the Code

 

4    RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• Tax-Sheltered Annuity (TSA) rollovers under Section 403(b) of the Code

A qualified annuity will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral if it is used to fund a retirement plan that is already tax deferred.

All other contracts are considerednonqualified annuities.

Retirement date: The date when annuity payouts are scheduled to begin.

Rider effective date: The date a rider becomes effective as stated in the rider.

RiverSource Life: In this prospectus, “we,” “us,” “our” and “RiverSource Life” refer to RiverSource Life Insurance Company.

Service Center: Our department that processes all transaction and service requests for the contracts. We consider all transaction and service requests received when they arrive in good order at the Service Center. Any transaction or service requests sent or directed to any location other than our Service Center may end up delayed or not processed. Our Service Center address and telephone number are listed on the first page of the prospectus.

Valuation date: Any normal business day, Monday through Friday, on which the NYSE is open, up to the time it closes. At the NYSE close, the next valuation date begins. We calculate the accumulation unit value of each subaccount on each valuation date. If we receive your

purchase payment or any transaction request (such as a transfer or withdrawal request) in good order at our Service Center before the close of business, we will process your payment or transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your payment or transaction request. On the other hand, if we receive your purchase payment or transaction request in good order at our Service Center at or after the close of business, we will process your payment or transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date. If you make a transaction request by telephone (including by fax), you must have completed your transaction by the close of business in order for us to process it using the accumulation unit value we calculate on that valuation date. If you were not able to complete your transaction before the close of business for any reason, including telephone service interruptions or delays due to high call volume, we will process your transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date.

Variable account: Consists of separate subaccounts to which you may allocate purchase payments; each invests in shares of one fund. The value of your investment in each subaccount changes with the performance of the particular fund.

Withdrawal value: The amount you are entitled to receive if you make a full withdrawal from your contract. It is the contract value minus any applicable charges.

RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity — Prospectus    5

The Contract in Brief

Purpose: The purpose of the contract is to allow you to accumulate money for retirement or similar long term goal. You do this by making one or more purchase payments. You may allocate your purchase payments to the GPAs, one-year fixed account, and/or subaccounts of the variable account under the contract; however you risk losing amounts you invest in the subaccounts of the variable account. These accounts, in turn, may earn returns that increase the value of a contract. If the contract value goes to zero due to underlying fund’s performance or deduction of fees, the contract will no longer be in force and the contract (including any death benefit riders) will terminate. You may be able to purchase an optional benefit to reduce the investment risk you assume. Beginning at a specified time in the future called the retirement date, the contract provides lifetime or other forms of payouts of your contract value (less any applicable premium tax).

It may have not been advantageous for you to purchase this contract in exchange for, or in addition to, an existing annuity or life insurance policy. Generally, you can exchange one annuity for another or for a long-term care policy in a “tax-free” exchange under Section 1035 of the Code. You can also do a partial exchange from one annuity contract to another annuity contract, subject to Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) rules. You also generally can exchange a life insurance policy for an annuity. However, before making an exchange, you should compare both contracts carefully because the features and benefits may be different. Fees and charges may be higher or lower on your old contract than on this contract. You may have to pay a withdrawal charge when you exchange out of your old contract and a new withdrawal period will begin when you exchange into this contract. If the exchange does not qualify for Section 1035 treatment, you also may have to pay federal income tax on the distribution. State income taxes may also apply. You should not exchange your old contract for this contract, or buy this contract in addition to your old contract, unless you determine it is in your best interest. (See “Taxes-1035 Exchanges”.)

Tax-deferred retirement plans: Most annuities have a tax-deferred feature. So do many retirement plans under the Code including 403(b) plans. As a result, when you use a qualified annuity to fund a retirement plan that is tax-deferred, your contract will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral beyond what is provided in that retirement plan. Some employers may permit you to deposit your contributions into other investments such as mutual funds. If such investments are available to you, before enrolling under the contract, you should consider features other than tax deferral that may help you reach your retirement goals. In addition, the Code subjects retirement plans to required withdrawals triggered at age 72 (triggered at age 70 ½ if you turned 70 ½ before Jan. 1, 2020). These mandatory withdrawals are called required minimum distributions (“RMDs”). RMDs may reduce the value of certain death benefits and optional riders (see “Taxes — Qualified

Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). You should consult your tax advisor before you purchase the contract as a qualified annuity for an explanation of the tax implications to you.

Buying a contract: We no longer offer new contracts. However, you have the option of making additional purchase payments in the future, subject to certain limitations. Purchase payment amounts and purchase payment timing may be limited under the terms of your contract and/or pursuant to state requirements. (See “Buying Your Contract”).

Free look period: The contracts in this prospectus are no longer sold. Generally, all available free look periods have now expired.

Accounts: Generally, you may allocate your purchase payments among the:

• subaccounts of the variable account, each of which invests in a fund with a particular investment objective. The value of each subaccount varies with the performance of the particular fund in which it invests. We cannot guarantee that the value at the retirement date will equal or exceed the total purchase payments you allocate to the subaccounts. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds”).

• GPAs which earn interest at rates declared when you make an allocation to that account. The required minimum investment in each GPA is $1,000. These accounts may not be available in all states. (See “The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)”)

• one-year fixed account, which earns interest at rates that we adjust periodically. There are restrictions on the amount you can allocate to this account as well as on transfers from this account (see “The Fixed Account – One-Year Fixed Account“ )

Transfers: Subject to certain restrictions, you currently may redistribute your contract value among the accounts without charge at any time until annuity payouts begin, and once per contract year among the subaccounts after annuity payouts begin. Transfers out of the GPAs done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will be subject to a MVA, unless an exception applies. You may establish automated transfers among the accounts. We reserve the right to limit transfers to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then currently crediting is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transferring Among Accounts”).

Withdrawals: You may withdraw all or part of your contract value at any time before the retirement date. You also may establish automated partial withdrawals. Withdrawals may be subject to charges and tax penalties (including a 10% IRS penalty that may apply if you make withdrawals prior to your reaching age 59½) and may have other tax consequences. Certain other restrictions may apply. (See “Withdrawals”)

 

6    RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Optional benefits:These contracts offered optional living and death benefits that were available for additional charges if you met certain criteria. Please note, since the contracts in this prospectus are no longer sold, any optional benefits you may have elected were done so at the time of application. You cannot add optional benefits to your contract after it has been issued. Any optional benefits we describe are not available to add to your contract. (See “Optional Benefits”).

Benefits in case of death: If you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin, we will pay the beneficiary an amount at least equal to the contract value. (See “Benefits in Case of Death”)

Annuity payouts: You can apply your contract value, after reflecting any adjustments, to an annuity payout plan that begins on the retirement date. You may choose from a variety of plans that can help meet your retirement or other income needs. The payout schedule must meet IRS requirements. We can make payouts on a fixed or variable basis, or both. During the annuity payout period, your choices for subaccounts may be limited. The GPAs are not available during the payout period. (See “The Annuity Payout Period”).

RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity — Prospectus    7

Expense Summary

The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you paid when buying, owning and making a withdrawal from the contract. The first table describes the fees and expenses that you paid at the time that you bought the contract and will pay when you make a withdrawal from the contract. State premium taxes also may be deducted.

Contract Owner Transaction Expenses

Withdrawal charge

(Contingent deferred sales charge as a percentage of purchase payments withdrawn)

Years from purchase payment receipt	Withdrawal charge percentage
1	7%
2	7
3	6
4	6
5	5
6	4
7	2
Thereafter	0

Liquidation charge under Variable Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:If you are receiving variable annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to withdraw those payments. The amount that you can withdraw is the present value of any remaining variable payouts. The discount rate we use in the calculation will be 5.17% if the assumed investment return is 3.5% and 6.67% if the assumed investment return is 5%. The liquidation charge equals the present value of the remaining payouts using the assumed investment return minus the present value of the remaining payouts using the discount rate. (See “Charges — WithdrawalCharge” and “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Withdrawal charge for Fixed Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:

Number of Completed Years Since Annuitization	Withdrawal charge percentage
0	Not applicable*
1	5%
2	4
3	3
4	2
5	1
6 and thereafter	0

*We do not permit withdrawals in the first year after annuitization.

The next tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay periodically during the time that you own the contract, not including fund fees and expenses.

Annual Variable Account Expenses

(As a percentage of average daily subaccount value.)

Variable account administrative charge	0.15%
Mortality and expense risk fee	1.25
Total annual variable account expenses	1.40%

Other Annual Expenses

Annual contract administrative charge $30

(We will waive this charge when your contract value is $50,000 or more on the current contract anniversary.)

Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB) fee 0.35%⁽¹⁾

(As a percentage of the adjusted contract value charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

8% Performance Credit Rider (PCR) fee 0.25%⁽¹⁾

8    RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity — Prospectus

(As a percentage of the contract value charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

⁽¹⁾ This fee apples only if you elect this optional feature.

Annual Operating Expenses of the Funds

The next table provides the minimum and maximum total operating expenses charged by the underlying funds that you may pay periodically during the time that you own the contract. These operating expenses are for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, unless otherwise noted. More detail concerning each underlying fund’s fees and expenses is contained in each fund’s prospectus.

Minimum and maximum annual operating expenses for the funds

(Including management, distribution (12b-1) and/or service fees and other expenses)⁽¹⁾

	Minimum(%)	Maximum(%)
Total expenses before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements	0.58	1.64

⁽¹⁾ Total annual fund operating expenses are deducted from amounts that are allocated to the fund. They include management fees and other expenses and may include distribution (12b-1) fees. Other expenses may include service fees that may be used to compensate service providers, including us and our affiliates, for administrative and contract owner services provided on behalf of the fund. The amount of these payments will vary by fund and may be significant. See “The Variable Account and the Funds” for additional information, including potential conflicts of interest these payments may create. Distribution (12b-1) fees are used to finance any activity that is primarily intended to result in the sale of fund shares. Because 12b-1 fees are paid out of fund assets on an ongoing basis, you may pay more if you select subaccounts investing in funds that have adopted 12b-1 plans than if you select subaccounts investing in funds that have not adopted 12b-1 plans. For a more complete description of each fund’s fees and expenses and important disclosure regarding payments the fund and/or its affiliates make, please review the fund’s prospectus and SAI.

RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity — Prospectus    9

Examples

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in these contracts with the cost of investing in other variable annuity contracts. These costs include your transaction expenses, contract administrative charges⁽¹⁾, variable account annual expenses and fund fees and expenses.

These examples assume that you invest $10,000 in the contract for the time periods indicated. These examples also assume that your investment has a 5% return each year.

Maximum Expenses. These examples assume the most expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the maximum fees and expenses of any of the funds before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the optional GMIB. Although your actual costs may be lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

If you withdraw your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not withdraw your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
$1,016	$1,706	$2,313	$3,972	$377	$1,145	$1,930	$3,972

Minimum Expenses. These examples assume the least expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the minimum fees and expenses of any of the funds before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you do not select any optional benefits. Although your actual costs may be higher, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

If you withdraw your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not withdraw your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
$882	$1,302	$1,621	$2,594	$233	$715	$1,221	$2,594

⁽¹⁾ In these examples, the contract administrative charge is $30.

THE EXAMPLES ARE ILLUSTRATIVE ONLY. YOU SHOULD NOT CONSIDER THESE EXAMPLES AS A REPRESENTATION OF PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES. ACTUAL EXPENSES WILL BE HIGHER OR LOWER THAN THOSE SHOWN DEPENDING UPON WHICH OPTIONAL BENEFIT YOU ELECT OTHER THAN INDICATED IN THE EXAMPLES OR IF YOU ALLOCATE CONTRACT VALUE TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE SUBACCOUNTS.

10    RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Condensed Financial Information

You can find unaudited condensed financial information for the subaccounts representing the lowest and highest total annual variable account expense combinations in Appendix B.

Financial Statements

You can find our audited financial statements and the audited financial statements of the divisions, which are comprised of subaccounts, in the SAI. The SAI does not include audited financial statements for divisions that are new (if any) and have no activity as of the financial statements date.

The Variable Account and the Funds

Variable Account. The variable account was established under Indiana law on July 15, 1987, and the subaccounts are registered together as a single unit investment trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the 1940 Act). This registration does not involve any supervision of our management or investment practices and policies by the SEC. All obligations arising under the contracts are general obligations of RiverSource Life.

The variable account meets the definition of a separate account under federal securities laws. We credit or charge income, capital gains and capital losses of each subaccount only to that subaccount. State insurance law prohibits us from charging a subaccount with liabilities of any other subaccount or of our general business. The variable account includes other subaccounts that are available under contracts that are not described in this prospectus.

The IRS has issued guidance on investor control but may issue additional guidance in the future. We reserve the right to modify the contract or any investments made under the terms of the contract so that the investor control rules do not apply to treat the contract owner as the owner of the subaccount assets rather than the owner of an annuity contract. If the contract is not treated as an annuity contract for tax purposes, the owner may be subject to current taxation on any current or accumulated income credited to the contract.

We intend to comply with all federal tax laws so that the contract qualifies as an annuity for federal tax purposes. We reserve the right to modify the contract as necessary in order to qualify the contract as an annuity for federal tax purposes.

The Funds. This contract currently offers subaccounts investing in shares of the funds listed in the table below.

• Investment objectives: The investment managers and advisers cannot guarantee that the funds will meet their investment objectives. Please read the funds’ prospectuses for facts you should know before investing. These prospectuses are available by contacting us at the address or telephone number on the first page of this prospectus.

• Fund name and management: A fund underlying your contract in which a subaccount invests may have a name, portfolio manager, objectives, strategies and characteristics that are the same or substantially similar to those of a publicly-traded retail mutual fund. Despite these similarities, an underlying fund is not the same as any publicly-traded retail mutual fund. Each underlying fund will have its own unique portfolio holdings, fees, operating expenses and operating results. The results of each underlying fund may differ significantly from any publicly-traded retail mutual fund.

• Eligible purchasers: All funds are available to serve as the underlying investments for variable annuities and variable life insurance policies. The funds are not available to the public (see “Fund Name and Management” above). Some funds also are available to serve as investment options for tax-deferred retirement plans. It is possible that in the future for tax, regulatory or other reasons, it may be disadvantageous for variable annuity accounts and variable life insurance accounts and/or tax-deferred retirement plans to invest in the available funds simultaneously. Although we and the funds’ providers do not currently foresee any such disadvantages, the boards of directors or trustees of each fund will monitor events in order to identify any material conflicts between annuity owners, policy owners and tax-deferred retirement plans and to determine what action, if any, should be taken in response to a conflict. If a board were to conclude that it should establish separate fund providers for the variable annuity, variable life insurance and tax-deferred retirement plan accounts, you would not bear any expenses associated with establishing separate funds. Please refer to the funds’ prospectuses for risk disclosure regarding simultaneous investments by variable annuity, variable life insurance and tax-deferred retirement plan accounts. Each fund intends to comply with the diversification requirements under Section 817(h) of the Code.

• Asset allocation programs may impact fund performance: Asset allocation programs in general may negatively impact the performance of an underlying fund. Even if you do not participate in an asset allocation program, a fund in which your subaccount invests may be impacted if it is included in an asset allocation program. Rebalancing or reallocation under the terms of the asset allocation program may cause a fund to lose money if it must sell large amounts of securities to meet a redemption request. These losses can be greater if the fund holds securities that are not as liquid as others, for example, various types of bonds, shares of smaller companies and securities of foreign issuers. A fund may also experience higher expenses because it must sell or buy securities more frequently

RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity — Prospectus    11

	than it otherwise might in the absence of asset allocation program rebalancing or reallocations. Because asset allocation programs include periodic rebalancing and may also include reallocation, these effects may occur under the asset allocation program we offer or under asset allocation programs used in conjunction with the contracts and plans of other eligible purchasers of the funds.
•	Funds available under the contract: We seek to provide a broad array of underlying funds taking into account the fees and charges imposed by each fund and the contract charges we impose. We select the underlying funds in which the subaccounts initially invest and when there is substitution (see “Substitution of Investments”). We also make all decisions regarding which funds to retain in a contract, which funds to add to a contract and which funds will no longer be offered in a contract. In making these decisions, we may consider various objective and subjective factors. Objective factors include, but are not limited to fund performance, fund expenses, classes of fund shares available, size of the fund and investment objectives and investing style of the fund. Subjective factors include, but are not limited to, investment sub-styles and process, management skill and history at other funds and portfolio concentration and sector weightings. We also consider the levels and types of revenue a fund, its distributor, investment adviser, subadviser, transfer agent or their affiliates pay us and our affiliates. This revenue includes, but is not limited to compensation for administrative services provided with respect to the fund and support of marketing and distribution expenses incurred with respect to the fund.
•	Money Market fund yield: In low interest rate environments, money market fund yields may decrease to a level where the deduction of fees and charges associated with your contract could result in negative net performance, resulting in a corresponding decrease in your contract value.
•	Revenue we receive from the funds and potential conflicts of interest:

Expenses We May Incur on Behalf of the Funds

When a subaccount invests in a fund, the fund holds a single account in the name of the variable account. As such, the variable account is actually the shareholder of the fund. We, through our variable account, aggregate the transactions of numerous contract owners and submit net purchase and redemption requests to the funds on a daily basis. In addition, we track individual contract owner transactions and provide confirmations, periodic statements, and other required mailings. These costs would normally be borne by the fund, but we incur them instead.

Besides incurring these administrative expenses on behalf of the funds, we also incur distributions expenses in selling our contracts. By extension, the distribution expenses we incur benefit the funds we make available due to contract owner elections to allocate purchase payments to the funds through the subaccounts. In addition, the funds generally incur lower distribution expenses when offered through our variable account in contrast to being sold on a retail basis.

A complete list of why we may receive this revenue, as well as sources of revenue, is described in detail below.

Payments the Funds May Make to Us

We or our affiliates may receive from each of the funds, or their affiliates, compensation including but not limited to expense payments. These payments are designed in part to compensate us for the expenses we may incur on behalf of the funds. In addition to these payments, the funds may compensate us for wholesaling activities or to participate in educational or marketing seminars sponsored by the funds.

We or our affiliates may receive revenue derived from the 12b-1 fees charged by the funds. These fees are deducted from the assets of the funds. This revenue and the amount by which it can vary may create conflicts of interest. The amount, type, and manner in which the revenue from these sources is computed vary by fund.

Conflicts of Interest These Payments May Create

When we determined the charges to impose under the contracts, we took into account anticipated payments from the funds. If we had not taken into account these anticipated payments, the charges under the contract would have been higher. Additionally, the amount of payment we receive from a fund or its affiliate may create an incentive for us to include that fund as an investment option and may influence our decision regarding which funds to include in the variable account as subaccount options for contract owners. Funds that offer lower payments or no payments may also have corresponding expense structures that are lower, resulting in decreased overall fees and expenses to shareholders.

We offer funds managed by our affiliates Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC (Columbia Management) and Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLC (Columbia Wanger). We have additional financial incentive to offer our affiliated funds because additional assets held by them generally results in added revenue to us and our parent company, Ameriprise Financial, Inc. Additionally, employees of Ameriprise Financial, Inc. and its affiliates, including our employees, may be separately incented to include the affiliated funds in the products, as employee compensation and business unit operating goals at all levels are tied to the success of the company. Currently, revenue received from our affiliated funds comprises the greatest amount and percentage of revenue we derive from payments made by the funds.

The Amount of Payments We Receive from the Funds

We or our affiliates receive revenue which ranges up to 0.65% of the average daily net assets invested in the funds through this and other contracts we and our affiliates issue.

12    RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Why revenues are paid to us: In accordance with applicable laws, regulations and the terms of the agreements under which such revenue is paid, we or our affiliates may receive revenue, including, but not limited to expense payments and non-cash compensation, for various purposes:

• Compensating, training and educating investment professionals who sell the contracts.

• Granting access to our employees whose job it is to promote sales of the contracts by authorized selling firms and their investment professionals, and granting access to investment professionals of our affiliated selling firms.

• Activities or services we or our affiliates provide that assist in the promotion and distribution of the contracts including promoting the funds available under the contracts to contract owners, authorized selling firms and investment professionals.

• Providing sub-transfer agency and shareholder servicing to contract owners.

• Promoting, including and/or retaining the fund’s investment portfolios as underlying investment options in the contracts.

• Advertising, printing and mailing sales literature, and printing and distributing prospectuses and reports.

• Furnishing personal services to contract owners, including education of contract owners regarding the funds, answering routine inquiries regarding a fund, maintaining accounts or providing such other services eligible for service fees as defined under the rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA).

• Subaccounting services, transaction processing, recordkeeping and administration.

• Sources of revenue received from affiliated funds: The affiliated funds are managed by Columbia Management or Columbia Wanger. The sources of revenue we receive from these affiliated funds, or the funds’ affiliates, may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Assets of the fund’s adviser, sub-adviser, transfer agent, distributor or an affiliate of these. The revenue resulting from these sources may be based either on a percentage of average daily net assets of the fund or on the actual cost of certain services we provide with respect to the fund. We may receive this revenue either in the form of a cash payment or it may be allocated to us.

• Compensation paid out of 12b-1 fees that are deducted from fund assets.

• Sources of revenue received from unaffiliated funds: The unaffiliated funds are not managed by an affiliate of ours. The sources of revenue we receive from these unaffiliated funds, or the funds’ affiliates, may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Assets of the fund’s adviser, sub-adviser, transfer agent, distributor or an affiliate of these. The revenue resulting from these sources may be based either on a percentage of average daily net assets of the fund or on the actual cost of certain services we provide with respect to the fund. We receive this revenue in the form of a cash payment.

• Compensation paid out of 12b-1 fees that are deducted from fund assets.

You may allocate purchase payments and transfers to any or all of the subaccounts of the variable account that invest in shares of the funds listed in the table below. From time to time, certain fund names are changed. When we are notified of a name change, we will make changes so that the new name is properly shown. However, changes may take some period of time to complete. As a result it is possible you may receive various forms, reports and confirmations that reflect a fund’s prior name.

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
AB VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio (Class B)	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
AB VPS Intermediate Bond Portfolio (Class B)	Seeks to generate income and price appreciation without assuming what AllianceBernstein considers to be undue risk.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
AB VPS Large Cap Growth Portfolio (Class B)	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Balanced Fund (Class 3)	Seeks maximum total investment return through a combination of capital growth and current income.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC

RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity — Prospectus    13

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high level of current income and, as a secondary objective, steady growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Government Money Market Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with maximum current income consistent with liquidity and stability of principal.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - High Yield Bond Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with high current income as its primary objective and, as its secondary objective, capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high level of current income while attempting to conserve the value of the investment for the longest period of time.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Large Cap Growth Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Select Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with current income as its primary objective and, as its secondary objective, preservation of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Fidelity® VIP Growth & Income Portfolio Service Class	Seeks high total return through a combination of current income and capital appreciation. Normally invests a majority of assets in common stocks with a focus on those that pay current dividends and show potential for capital appreciation. Invests in domestic and foreign issuers. The Fund invests in either "growth" stocks or "value" stocks or both.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class	Seeks long-term growth of capital. Normally invests primarily in common stocks. Normally invests at least 80% of assets in securities of companies with medium market capitalizations. May invest in companies with smaller or larger market capitalizations. Invests in domestic and foreign issuers. The Fund invests in either "growth" or "value" common stocks or both.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Overseas Portfolio Service Class	Seeks long-term growth of capital. Normally invests primarily in common stocks allocating investments across different countries and regions. Normally invests at least 80% of assets in non-U.S. securities.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Franklin Global Real Estate VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks high total return. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in investments of companies located anywhere in the world that operate in the real estate sector.	Franklin Templeton Institutional, LLC
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks capital appreciation, with income as a secondary goal. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests primarily in U.S. and foreign equity securities that the investment manager believes are undervalued.	Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC

14    RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Goldman Sachs VIT International Equity Insights Fund - Institutional Shares	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P.
Goldman Sachs VIT Strategic Growth Fund - Institutional Shares	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P.
Goldman Sachs VIT U.S. Equity Insights Fund - Institutional Shares	Seeks long-term growth of capital and dividend income.	Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series I Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series I Shares	Seeks capital growth.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. Core Equity Fund, Series I Shares	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Janus Henderson Enterprise Portfolio: Service Shares	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Janus Capital Management LLC
Janus Henderson Global Technology and Innovation Portfolio: Service Shares (previously Janus Henderson VIT Global Technology Portfolio: Service Shares)	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Janus Capital Management LLC
Janus Henderson Overseas Portfolio: Service Shares	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Janus Capital Management LLC
Janus Henderson Research Portfolio: Service Shares	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Janus Capital Management LLC
JPMorgan Insurance Trust U.S. Equity Portfolio - Class 1 Shares	The Portfolio seeks to provide high total return from a portfolio of selected equity securities. Under normal circumstances, the Portfolio invests at least 80% of its Assets in equity securities of U.S. companies. "Assets" means net assets, plus the amount of borrowings for investment purposes. In implementing its strategy, the Portfolio primarily invests in common stocks of large - and mid-capitalization U.S. companies but it may also invest up to 20% of its Assets in common stocks of foreign companies, including depositary receipts.	J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc.
Lazard Retirement International Equity Portfolio - Service Shares	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Lazard Asset Management, LLC
LVIP Baron Growth Opportunities Fund - Service Class	The investment objective of the LVIP Baron Growth Opportunities Fund (the "Fund") is to seek capital appreciation through long-term investments in securities of small companies with undervalued assets or favorable growth prospects.	Lincoln Investment Advisors Corporation, adviser; BAMCO, Inc., sub-adviser.

RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity — Prospectus    15

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
MFS® New Discovery Series - Initial Class	Seeks capital appreciation.	MFS® Investment Management
MFS® Research Series - Initial Class	Seeks capital appreciation.	MFS® Investment Management
MFS® Utilities Series - Initial Class	Seeks total return.	MFS® Investment Management
Putnam VT Emerging Markets Equity Fund - Class IB Shares (previously Putnam VT International Growth Fund - Class IB Shares)	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of both Putnam Investments Limited (PIL) and The Putnam Advisory Company, LLC (PAC), PIL and PAC do not currently manage any assets of the fund.
Putnam VT Equity Income Fund - Class IB Shares	Seeks capital growth and current income.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of Putnam Investments Limited (PIL), PIL does not currently manage any assets.
Putnam VT International Equity Fund - Class IB Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor; Putnam Investments Limited, sub-adviser. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of The Putnam Advisory Company, LLC (PAC), PAC does not currently manage any assets of the fund.
Royce Capital Fund - Micro-Cap Portfolio, Investment Class	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Royce & Associates, LP
Royce Capital Fund - Small-Cap Portfolio, Investment Class	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Royce & Associates, LP
Templeton Foreign VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital growth. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in investments of issuers located outside the U.S., including those in emerging markets.	Templeton Investment Counsel, LLC
Third Avenue VST FFI Strategies Portfolio (previously Third Avenue VST Value Portfolio)	Seeks long-term capital appreciation by acquiring common stocks of well-financed companies (meaning companies with high quality assets and conservative levels of liabilities) at a discount to what the Adviser believes is their intrinsic value.	Third Avenue Management LLC, adviser; Cadence Capital Management LLC, subadviser.
Wanger International	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLC
Wanger USA	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLC

The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)

The GPAs may not be available in some states.

You may allocate purchase payments to one or more of the GPAs with guarantee periods declared by us. These periods of time may vary by state. The required minimum investment in each GPA is $1,000.

These accounts are not offered after annuity payouts begin.

Each GPA pays an interest rate that is declared when you make an allocation to that account. Interest is credited daily. That interest rate is then fixed for the guarantee period that you chose. We will periodically change the declared interest rate for any future allocations to these accounts, but we will not change the rate paid on money currently in a GPA. The GPA interests under the contracts are registered with the SEC (File No.333-230959). The SEC staff reviews the disclosures in this prospectus on the GPA interests.

16    RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The interest rates that we will declare as guaranteed rates in the future are determined by us at our discretion (future rates). These rates generally will be based on various factors related to future investment earnings.We cannot predict nor can we guarantee what future rates will be.

We hold amounts you allocate to the GPAs in a “nonunitized” separate account. This separate account provides an additional measure of assurance that we will make full payment of amounts due under the GPAs. We own the assets of this separate account as well as any favorable investment performance of those assets. You do not participate in the performance of the assets held in this separate account. We guarantee all benefits relating to your value in the GPAs. This guarantee is based on the continued claims-paying ability of the company’s general account. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of insurance and financial products as well, and we also pay our obligations under these products from assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account.

We intend to construct and manage the investment portfolio relating to the separate account in such a way as to minimize the impact of fluctuations by interest rates. We seek to achieve this by constructing a portfolio of assets with a price sensitivity to interest rate changes (i.e., price duration) that is similar to the price duration of the corresponding portfolio of liabilities.

We must invest this portfolio of assets in accordance with requirements established by applicable state laws regarding the nature and quality of investments that life insurance companies may make and the percentage of their assets that they may commit to any particular type of investment. Our investment strategy will incorporate the use of a variety of debt instruments having price durations tending to match the applicable guarantee periods. These instruments include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities, which issues may or may not be guaranteed by the U.S. government;

• Debt securities that have an investment grade, at the time of purchase, within the four highest grades assigned by any of three nationally recognized rating agencies — Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s Investors Service or Fitch — or are rated in the two highest grades by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners;

• Other debt instruments which are unrated or rated below investment grade, limited to 10% of assets at the time of purchase; and

• Real estate mortgages, limited to 45% of portfolio assets at the time of acquisition.

In addition, options and futures contracts on fixed income securities will be used from time to time to achieve and maintain appropriate investment and liquidity characteristics on the overall asset portfolio.

While this information generally describes our investment strategy, we are not obligated to follow any particular strategy except as may be required by federal law and Indiana and other state insurance laws.

Market Value Adjustment (MVA)

We guarantee the contract value allocated to your GPA, including the interest credited, if you do not make any transfers or withdrawals from that GPA prior to 30 days before the end of the guarantee period. However, we will apply an MVA if a transfer or withdrawal occurs prior to this time, unless the transfer is an automated transfer from the two-year GPA as part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep strategy. The MVA also affects amounts withdrawn from a GPA prior to 30 days before the end of the guarantee period that are used to purchase payouts under an annuity payout plan. We will refer to all of these transactions as “early withdrawals” in the discussion below.

The current interest rate we offer on the GPA will change periodically at our discretion. It is the rate we are then paying on purchase payments, renewals and transfers paid under this class of contracts for Guarantee Period durations equaling the remaining Guarantee Period of the GPA to which the formula is being applied.

We will not apply MVAs to amounts withdrawn for annual contract charges, to amounts we pay as death claims or to automatic transfers from the two-year GPA as part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep Strategy. In some states, the MVA is limited.

When you request an early withdrawal, we adjust the early withdrawal amount by an MVA formula. The early withdrawal amount reflects the relationship between the guaranteed interest rate you are earning in your current GPA and the interest rate we are crediting on new GPAs that end at the same time as your current GPA.

The MVA is sensitive to changes in current interest rates. The magnitude of any applicable MVA will depend on our current schedule of guaranteed interest rates at the time of the withdrawal, the time remaining in your guarantee period and your guaranteed interest rate. The MVA is negative, zero or positive depending on how the guaranteed interest rate

RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity — Prospectus    17

on your GPA compares to the interest rate of a new GPA for the same number of years as the guarantee period remaining on your GPA. This is summarized in the following table:

If your GPA rate is:	The MVA is:
Less than the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Negative
Equal to the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Zero
Greater than the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Positive

General Examples

As the examples below demonstrate, the application of an MVA may result in either a gain or a loss of principal. We refer to all of the transactions described below as “early withdrawals.”

Assumptions:

• You purchase a contract and allocate part of your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA; and

• we guarantee an interest rate of 3.0% annually for your ten-year guarantee period; and

• after three years, you decide to make a withdrawal from your GPA. In other words, there are seven years left in your guarantee period.

Remember that the MVA depends partly on the interest rate of a new GPA for the same number of years as the guarantee period remaining on your GPA. In this case, that is seven years.

Example 1: Remember that your GPA is earning 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 3.5%. We add 0.10% to the 3.5% rate to get 3.6%. Your GPA’s 3.0% rate is less than the 3.6% rate, so the MVA will be negative.

Example 2: Remember again that your GPA is earning 3.0%, and assume that new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 2.5%. We add 0.10% to the 2.5% rate to get 2.6%. In this example, since your GPA’s 3.0% rate is greater than the 2.6% rate, the MVA will be positive. To determine that adjustment precisely, you will have to use the formula described below.

Sample MVA Calculations

The precise MVA formula we apply is as follows:

Early withdrawal amount	×	[	(	1 + i	)	n/12	–1	]	=	MVA
				1 + j + .001

Where i	=	rate earned in the GPA from which amounts are being transferred or withdrawn.
j	=	current rate for a new guarantee period equal to the remaining term in the current guarantee period.
n	=	number of months remaining in the current guarantee period (rounded up).

Examples — MVA

Using assumptions similar to those we used in the examples above:

• You purchase a contract and allocate part of your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA;

• we guarantee an interest rate of 3.0% annually for your ten-year guarantee period; and

• after three years, you decide to make a $1,000 withdrawal from your GPA. In other words, there are seven years left in your guarantee period.

Example 1: You request an early withdrawal of $1,000 from your ten-year GPA earning a guaranteed interest rate of 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 3.5%. Using the formula above, we determine the MVA as follows:

$1,000	×	[	(	1.030	)	84/12	–1	]	=	-$39.84
				1 + .035 + .001

In this example, the MVA is a negative $39.84.

Example 2: You request an early withdrawal of $1,000 from your ten-year GPA earning a guaranteed interest rate of 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 2.5%. Using the formula above, we determine the MVA as follows:

$1,000	×	[	(	1.030	)	84/12	–1	]	=	$27.61
				1 + .025 + .001

In this example, the MVA is a positive $27.61.

18    RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Please note that when you allocate your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA and your purchase payment is in its fourth year from receipt at the beginning of the guarantee period, your withdrawal charge percentage is 6%. (See “Charges — Withdrawal Charge.”) We do not apply MVAs to the amounts we deduct for withdrawal charges, so we would deduct the withdrawal charge from your early withdrawal after we applied the MVA. Also note that when you request an early withdrawal, we withdraw an amount from your GPA that will give you the net amount you requested after we apply the MVA and any applicable withdrawal charge, unless you request otherwise.

The current interest rate we offer on the GPA will change periodically at our discretion. It is the rate we are then paying on purchase payments, renewals and transfers paid under this class of contracts for guarantee period durations equaling the remaining guarantee period of the GPA to which the formula is being applied.

We will not apply MVAs to amounts withdrawn for annual contract charges, to amounts we pay as death claims or to automatic transfers from the two-year GPA as part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep strategy. In some states, the MVA is limited.

RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity — Prospectus    19

The General Account

The general account includes all assets owned by RiverSource Life, other than those in the variable account and our other separate accounts. Subject to applicable state law, we have sole discretion to decide how assets of the general account will be invested. The assets held in our general account support the guarantees under your contract including any optional benefits offered under the contract. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to many of the same risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of annuities and financial instruments and products as well, and these obligations are satisfied from the assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account. The fixed account is supported by our general account that we make available under the contract.

The One-Year Fixed Account

You may allocate purchase payments or transfer accumulated value to the one-year fixed account. Some states may restrict the amount you can allocate to this account. We back the principal and interest guarantees relating to the one-year fixed account. These guarantees are subject to the creditworthiness and continued claims-paying ability of the company’s general account. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account. The value of the one-year fixed account increases as we credit interest to the account. Purchase payments and transfers to the one-year fixed account become part of our general account. We credit and compound interest daily based on a 365-day year (366 in a leap year) so as to produce the annual effective rate which we declare. The interest rate we apply to each purchase payment or transfer to the one-year fixed account is guaranteed for one year. Thereafter we will change the rates from time-to-time at our discretion. Interest rates credited in excess of the guaranteed rate generally will be based on various factors related to future investment earnings.

There are restrictions on the amount you can allocate to this account as well as on transfers from this account. (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transfer policies”)

Because of exemptive and exclusionary provisions, we have not registered interests in the one-year fixed account as securities under the Securities Act of 1933 nor have any of these accounts been registered as investment companies under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Accordingly, neither the one-year fixed account nor any interests in the one-year fixed account are subject to the provisions of these Acts.

The one-year fixed account has not been registered with the SEC. Disclosures regarding the one-year fixed account, however, are subject to certain generally applicable provisions of the federal securities laws relating to the accuracy and completeness of statements made in a prospectus.

Buying Your Contract

New contracts are not currently being offered.

We are required by law to obtain personal information from you which we used to verify your identity. If you do not provide this information we reserve the right to refuse to issue your contract or take other steps we deem reasonable.

As the owner, you have all rights and may receive all benefits under the contract. You can own a qualified or nonqualified annuity. You can own a nonqualified annuity in joint tenancy with rights of survivorship only in spousal situations. You cannot own a qualified annuity in joint tenancy. You can become an owner if you are 90 or younger. (The age limit may be younger for qualified annuities in some states.)

When you applied, you selected (if available in your state):

• a death benefit option if both you and the annuitant are 79 or younger at contract issue⁽¹⁾;

• the optional Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider⁽²⁾;

• the optional 8% Performance Credit Rider⁽²⁾;

• the one-year fixed account, GPAs and/or subaccounts in which you want to invest⁽³⁾;

• how you want to make purchase payments;

• the date you want to start receiving annuity payouts (the retirement date); and

20    RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity — Prospectus

•	a beneficiary.
(1)	If you and the annuitant are 79 or younger at contract issue, you may select the ROP, MAV or EDB death benefit. The EDB not be available in all states. If either you or the annuitant are 80 or older at contract issue, the ROP death benefit will apply.
(2)	You may select either the GMIB or the PCR, but not both. Riders may not be available in all states. The GMIB is only available if the annuitant is 75 or younger at contract issue. If you select the GMIB you must select either the MAV death benefit or the EDB.
(3)	Some states may restrict the amount you can allocate to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account. GPAs are not available under contracts issued in Maryland, Oregon, Pennsylvania or Washington and may not be available in other states.

The contract provides for allocation of purchase payments to the subaccounts of the variable account, to the GPAs and/or to the one-year fixed account in even 1% increments subject to the $1,000 minimum required investment for the GPAs. For contracts with applications signed on or after June 16, 2003, the amount of any purchase payment allocated to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account in total cannot exceed 30% of the purchase payment. More than 30% of a purchase payment may be so allocated if you establish a dollar cost averaging arrangement with respect to the purchase payment according to procedures currently in effect, or you are participating according to the rules of an asset allocation model portfolio program available under the contract, if any.

We applied your initial purchase payments to the GPAs, one-year fixed account and subaccounts you select. If we receive your purchase payment at our Service Center before the close of business, we will credit any portion of that payment allocated to the subaccounts using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received the payment. If we receive an additional purchase payment at our Service Center at or after the close of business, we will credit any portion of that payment allocated to the subaccounts using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received the payment.

You may make monthly payments to your contract under a SIP. You must make an initial purchase payment of at least $5,000 in South Carolina, Texas or Washington or $2,000 in all other states. Then, to begin the SIP, you will complete and send a form and your first SIP payment along with your application. There is no charge for SIP. You can stop your SIP payments at any time.

In most states, you may make additional purchase payments to nonqualified and qualified annuities until the retirement date.

Householding and delivery of certain documents

With your prior consent, RiverSource Life and its affiliates may use and combine information concerning accounts owned by members of the same household and provide a single paper copy of certain documents to that household. This householding of documents may include prospectuses, supplements, annual reports, semiannual reports and proxies. Your authorization remains in effect unless we are notified otherwise. If you wish to continue receiving multiple copies of these documents, you can opt out of householding by calling us at 1.866.273.7429. Multiple mailings will resume within 30 days after we receive your opt out request.

The Retirement Date

Annuity payouts begin on the retirement date. This means that the contract will be annuitized or converted to a stream of monthly payments. If your contract is annuitized, the contract goes into payout and only the annuity payout provisions continue. You will no longer have access to your contract value. This means that the death benefit and any optional benefits you have elected will end. When we processed your application, we established the retirement date to be the maximum age then in effect (or contract anniversary if applicable). Unless otherwise elected by you, all retirement dates are now automatically set to the maximum age of 95 now in effect. You also can change the retirement date, provided you send us written instructions at least 30 days before annuity payouts begin.

The retirement date must be:

• no earlier than the 30th day after the contract’s effective date; and no later than

• the annuitant’s 95th birthday or the tenth contract anniversary, if later,

• or such other date as agreed upon by us.

Six months prior to your retirement start date, we will contact you with your options including the option to postpone your retirement start date to a future date. You can choose to delay the retirement start date of your contract to a date beyond age 95, to the extent allowed by applicable state law and tax laws.

If you do not make an election, annuity payouts using the contract’s default option of annuity payout Plan B – Life with 10 years certain will begin on the retirement start date and your monthly annuity payments will continue for as long as the annuitant lives. If the annuitant does not survive 10 years, we will continue to make payments until 10 years of payments have been made.

RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity — Prospectus    21

Generally, if you own a qualified annuity (for example, an IRA) and tax laws require that you take distributions from your annuity prior to your retirement start date, your contract will not be automatically annuitized (subject to state requirements). However, if you choose, you can elect to request annuitization or take surrenders to meet your required minimum distributions.

Beneficiary

We will pay to your named beneficiary the death benefit if it becomes payable while the contract is in force and before annuity payouts begin. If there is more than one beneficiary, we will pay each beneficiary’s designated share when we receive their completed claim. A beneficiary will bear the investment risk of the variable account until we receive the beneficiary’s completed claim. If there is no named beneficiary, the default provisions of your contract will apply. (See “Benefits in Case of Death” for more about beneficiaries.)

Purchase Payments

Purchase payment amounts and purchase payment timing may vary by state and be limited under the terms of your contract.

Minimum purchase payments

If paying by SIP:	$50 for additional payments.
If paying by any other method:	$100 for additional payments.

Maximum total allowable purchase payments*

$1,000,000 for issue ages up to 85

$100,000 for issue ages 86 to 90.

* This limit applies in total to all RiverSource Life annuities you own. We reserve the right to waive or increase the maximum limit. For qualified annuities, the Code’s limits on annual contributions also apply.

How to Make Purchase Payments

11 By letter

Send your check along with your name and contract number to:

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474

22 By SIP

Contact your investment professional to complete the necessary SIP paperwork.

Limitations on Use of Contract

If mandated by applicable law, including, but not limited to, federal anti-money laundering laws, we may be required to reject a purchase payment. We may also be required to block an owner’s access to contract values or to satisfy other statutory obligations. Under these circumstances, we may refuse to implement requests for transfers, withdrawals or death benefits until instructions are received from the appropriate governmental authority or a court of competent jurisdiction.

Charges

Contract Administrative Charge

We charge this fee for establishing and maintaining your records. We deduct $30 from the contract value on your contract anniversary or, if earlier, when the contract is fully withdrawn. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. Some states also limit any contract charge allocated to the fixed account.

We will waive this charge when your contract value is $50,000 or more on the current contract anniversary.

If you take a full withdrawal from your contract, we will deduct the charge at the time of withdrawal regardless of the contract value. We cannot increase the annual contract administrative charge and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

22    RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable Account Administrative Charge

We apply this charge daily to the subaccounts. It is reflected in the unit values of your subaccounts and it totals 0.15% of their average daily net assets on an annual basis. It covers certain administrative and operating expenses of the subaccounts such as accounting, legal and data processing fees and expenses involved in the preparation and distribution of reports and prospectuses. We cannot increase the variable account administrative charge.

Mortality and Expense Risk Fee

We charge these fees daily to the subaccounts. The unit values of your subaccounts reflect these fees and they total 1.25% of their average daily net assets on an annual basis. These fees include coverage under any of the three death benefit options. These fees cover the mortality and expense risk that we assume. These fees do not apply to the GPAs or the one-year fixed account.

Mortality risk arises because of our guarantee to pay a death benefit and our guarantee to make annuity payouts according to the terms of the contract, no matter how long a specific owner or annuitant lives and no matter how long our entire group of owners or annuitants live. If, as a group, owners or annuitants outlive the life expectancy we assumed in our actuarial tables, then we must take money from our general assets to meet our obligations. If, as a group, owners or annuitants do not live as long as expected, we could profit from the mortality risk fee. We deduct the mortality risk fee from the subaccounts during the annuity payout period even if the annuity payout plan does not involve a life contingency.

Expense risk arises because we cannot increase the contract administrative charge or the variable account administrative charge and these charges may not cover our expenses. We would have to make up any deficit from our general assets. We could profit from the expense risk fee if future expenses are less than expected.

The subaccounts pay us the mortality and expense risk fee they accrued as follows:

• first, to the extent possible, the subaccounts pay this fee from any dividends distributed from the funds in which they invest;

• then, if necessary, the funds redeem shares to cover any remaining fees payable.

We may use any profits we realize from the subaccounts’ payment to us of the mortality and expense risk fee for any proper corporate purpose, including, among others, payment of distribution (selling) expenses. We do not expect that the withdrawal charge will cover sales and distribution expenses.

Withdrawal Charge

If you withdraw all or part of your contract value, a withdrawal charge applies if all or part of the withdrawal amount is from any purchase payment we received less than eight years before the date of withdrawal. In addition, amounts withdrawn from a GPA more than 30 days before the end of the applicable guarantee period will be subject to a MVA. (See “The Guarantee Period Accounts — Market Value Adjustment (MVA).”

Each time you make a purchase payment under the contract, a withdrawal charge attaches to that purchase payment. The withdrawal charge percentage for each purchase payment declines according to a schedule shown in the contract. For example, during the first two years after a purchase payment is made, the withdrawal charge percentage attached to that payment is 7%. The withdrawal charge percentage for that payment during the seventh year after it is made is 2%. At the beginning of the eighth year after that purchase payment is made, and thereafter, there is no withdrawal charge as to that payment.

You may withdraw an amount during any contract year without incurring a withdrawal charge. We call this amount the Total Free Amount (“TFA”). The TFA is the amount of your contract value that you may withdraw without incurring a withdrawal charge. Amounts withdrawn in excess of the Total Free Amount may be subject to a withdrawal charge as described below. The Total Free Amount is defined as the maximum of (a) and (b) where:

(a)	is 10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value; and
(b)	is current contract earnings.

NOTE: We determine current contract earnings (CE) by looking at the entire contract value (CV), not the earnings of any particular subaccount, or the one-year fixed account or GPA. If the contract value is less than purchase payments received and not previously withdrawn (PPNPW) then contract earnings are zero. We consider your initial purchase payment to be the prior anniversary’s contract value during the first contract year.

For purposes of calculating any withdrawal charge, we treat amounts withdrawn from your contract value in the following order:

1. First, in each contract year, we withdraw amounts totaling up to 10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on this amount.

RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity — Prospectus    23

2.	Next, we withdraw contract earnings, if any, that are greater than the amount described in number one above. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on contract earnings.
3.	Next, we withdraw purchase payments received prior to the withdrawal charge period shown in your contract. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on these purchase payments.
4.	Finally, if necessary, we withdraw purchase payments received that are still within the withdrawal charge period you selected and shown in your contract. We withdraw these payments on a “first-in, first-out” (FIFO) basis. We do assess a withdrawal charge on these payments.

NOTE: After withdrawing earnings in numbers one and two above, we next withdraw enough additional contract value (ACV) to meet your requested withdrawal amount. If the amount described in number one above was greater than contract earnings prior to the withdrawal, the excess (XSF) will be excluded from the purchase payments being withdrawn that were received most recently when calculating the withdrawal charge. We determine the amount of purchase payments being withdrawn (PPW) in numbers three and four above as:

PPW = XSF +	(ACV – XSF)	×	(PPNPW – XSF)
	(CV – TFA)

If the additional contract value withdrawn is less than XSF, then PPW will equal ACV.

We determine your withdrawal charge by multiplying each of your payments withdrawn by the applicable withdrawal charge percentage, and then adding the total withdrawal charges.

The withdrawal charge percentage depends on the number of years since you made the payments that are withdrawn.

Years from purchase payment receipt	Withdrawal charge percentage
1	7%
2	7
3	6
4	6
5	5
6	4
7	2
Thereafter	0

For a partial withdrawal that is subject to a withdrawal charge, the amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable withdrawal charge. The withdrawal charge percentage is applied to this total amount. We pay you the amount you requested.

The amount of purchase payments withdrawn is calculated using a prorated formula based on the percentage of contract value being withdrawn. As a result, the amount of purchase payments withdrawn may be greater than the amount of contract value withdrawn.

Withdrawal charge calculation example

The following is an example of the calculation we would make to determine the withdrawal charge on a contract with this history:

• We receive these payments:

– $10,000 initial;

– $8,000 on the fifth contract anniversary;

– $6,000 on the eighth contract anniversary; and

• You withdraw the contract for its total withdrawal value of $38,101 during the eleventh contract year and make no other withdrawals during that contract year; and

• The prior anniversary contract value is $38,488.

24    RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Withdrawal Charge	Explanation
$0	$3,848.80 is 10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value withdrawn without withdrawal charge; and
0	$10,252.20 is contract earnings in excess of the 10% TFA withdrawal amount withdrawn without withdrawal charge; and
0	$10,000 initial purchase payment was received eight or more years before withdrawal and is withdrawn without withdrawal charge; and
400	$8,000 purchase payment is in its fifth year from receipt, withdrawn with a 5% withdrawal charge; and
360	$6,000 purchase payment is in its third year from receipt, withdrawn with a 6% withdrawal charge.
$760

Waiver of withdrawal charges

We do not assess a withdrawal charge for:

• withdrawals of any contract earnings;

• withdrawals of amounts totaling up to 10% of your prior contract anniversary’s contract value to the extent they exceed contract earnings;

• required minimum distributions from a qualified annuity to the extent that they exceed the free amount. The amount on which withdrawal charges are waived can be no greater than the RMD amount calculated under your specific contract currently in force;

• contracts settled using an annuity payout plan;

• death benefits;

• withdrawals you make under your contract’s “Waiver of Withdrawal Charges” provision. To the extent permitted by state law, your contract will include this provision when you and the annuitant are under age 76 at contract issue. We will waive withdrawal charges that we normally assess upon full or partial withdrawal if you provide proof satisfactory to us that, as of the date you request the withdrawal, you or the annuitant are confined to a hospital or nursing home and have been for the prior 60 days; and

• to the extent permitted by state law, withdrawals you make if you or the annuitant are diagnosed in the second or later contract years as disabled with a medical condition that with reasonable medical certainty will result in death within 12 months or less from the date of the licensed physician’s statement. You must provide us with a licensed physician’s statement containing the terminal illness diagnosis and the date the terminal illness was initially diagnosed.

Liquidation charge under Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:If you are receiving variable annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to withdraw those payments. The amount that you can withdraw is the present value of any remaining variable payouts. The discount rate we use in the calculation will be 5.17% if the assumed investment return is 3.5% and 6.67% if the assumed investment return is 5%. The liquidation charge equals the present value of the remaining payouts using the assumed investment return minus the present value of the remaining payouts using the discount rate.

Fixed Payouts: Withdrawal charge for Fixed Annuity Payout Plan E – Payouts for a specified period: If you are receiving annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to take a withdraw and withdrawal charge may apply.

A withdrawal charge will be assessed against the present value of any remaining guaranteed payouts withdrawn. The discount rate we use in determining present values varies based on: (1) the contract value originally applied to the fixed annuitization; (2) the remaining years of guaranteed payouts; (3) the annual effective interest rate and periodic payment amount for new immediate annuities of the same duration as the remaining years of guaranteed payouts; and (4) the interest spread (currently 1.50%). If we do not currently offer immediate annuities, we will use rates and values applicable to new annuitizations to determine the discount rate.

Once the discount rate is applied and we have determined the present value of the remaining guaranteed payouts you withdrawn, the present value determined will be multiplied by the withdrawal charge percentage in the table below and deducted from the present value to determine the net present value you will receive.

Number of Completed Years Since Annuitization	Withdrawal charge percentage
0	Not applicable*
1	5%
2	4
3	3
4	2

RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity — Prospectus    25

Number of Completed Years Since Annuitization	Withdrawal charge percentage
5	1
6 and thereafter	0

*We do not permit withdrawals in the first year after annuitization.

We will provide a quoted present value (which includes the deduction of any withdrawal charge). You must then formally elect, in a form acceptable to us, to receive this value. The remaining guaranteed payouts following withdraw will be reduced to zero.

Possible group reductions: In some cases we may incur lower sales and administrative expenses due to the size of the group, the average contribution and the use of group enrollment procedures. In such cases, we may be able to reduce or eliminate the contract administrative and withdrawal charges. However, we expect this to occur infrequently.

Fund Fees and Expenses

There are deductions from and expenses paid out of the assets of the funds that are described in the prospectuses for those funds.

Premium Taxes

Certain state and local governments impose premium taxes on us (up to 3.5%). These taxes depend upon your state of residence or the state in which the contract was issued. Currently, we deduct any applicable premium tax when annuity payouts begin, but we reserve the right to deduct this tax at other times such as when you make purchase payments or when you make a full withdrawal from your contract.

Optional Living Benefits Charges

Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB) Fee

We deduct a charge (currently 0.35%) based on the GMIB benefit base for this optional feature only if you select it⁽¹⁾. If selected, we deduct the charge from the contract value on your contract anniversary at the end of each contract year. We prorate the GMIB charge among the subaccounts, the GPAs and the one-year fixed account in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value.

If the contract is terminated for any reason or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the appropriate GMIB fee from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place. We cannot increase either GMIB fee after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or the GMIB terminates.

We calculate the fee as follows:

0.35% × (CV + ST – FAV)

CV	=	contract value on the contract anniversary
ST	=	transfers from the subaccounts to the GPAs or the one-year fixed account made six months before the contract anniversary.
FAV	=	the value of your GPAs and the one-year fixed account on the contract anniversary.

The result of ST – FAV will never be greater than zero. This allows us to base the GMIB fee largely on the subaccounts and not on the GPAs or the one-year fixed account.

Example

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $50,000 and allocate all of your payment to the subaccounts.

• During the first contract year your contract value is $75,000. You transfer $15,000 from the subaccounts to the one-year fixed account.

• On the first contract anniversary the one-year fixed account value is $15,250 and the subaccount value is $58,000. Your total contract value is $73,250.

• The GMIB fee percentage is 0.35%.

We calculate the charge for the GMIB as follows:
Contract value on the contract anniversary:	$73,250
plus transfers from the subaccounts to the one-year fixed account in the six months before the contract anniversary:	+15,000
minus the value of the one-year fixed account on the contract anniversary:	–15,250
	$73,000

26    RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The GMIB fee charged to you: 0.35% × $73,000 = 255.5

8% Performance Credit Rider (PCR) Fee

We charge a fee of 0.25% of your contract value for this optional feature if you select it. If selected, we deduct the fee from your contract value on your contract anniversary at the end of each contract year. We prorate this fee among the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest bears to your total contract value. If you select the PCR, you cannot add a GMIB rider.

If the contract is terminated for any reason or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the PCR fee from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place. We cannot increase the PCR fee.

Valuing Your Investment

We value your accounts as follows:

GPAs and One-Year Fixed Account

We value the amounts you allocate to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account directly in dollars. The value of the GPAs and the one-year fixed account equals:

• the sum of your purchase payments and transfer amounts allocated to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account (including any positive or negative MVA on amounts transferred from the GPAs to the one-year fixed account);

• plus any contract value credits allocated to the GPAs and one-year fixed account;

• plus interest credited;

• minus the sum of amounts withdrawn (including any applicable withdrawal charges) and amounts transferred out;

• minus any prorated portion of the contract administrative charge; and

• minus the prorated portion of the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit rider

– Performance Credit rider

Subaccounts

We convert amounts you allocated to the subaccounts into accumulation units. Each time you make a purchase payment or transfer amounts into one of the subaccounts or we apply any purchase payment credits, we credit a certain number of accumulation units to your contract for that subaccount. Conversely, we subtract a certain number of accumulation units from your contract each time you take a partial withdrawal; transfer amounts out of a subaccount; or we assess a contract administrative charge, a withdrawal charge, or fee for any optional contract riders with annual charges (if applicable).

The accumulation units are the true measure of investment value in each subaccount during the accumulation period. They are related to, but not the same as, the net asset value of the fund in which the subaccount invests. The dollar value of each accumulation unit can rise or fall daily depending on the variable account expenses, performance of the fund and on certain fund expenses.

Here is how we calculate accumulation unit values:

Number of units: To calculate the number of accumulation units for a particular subaccount, we divide your investment by the current accumulation unit value.

Accumulation unit value: The current accumulation unit value for each subaccount equals the last value times the subaccount’s current net investment factor.

We determine the net investment factor by:

• adding the fund’s current net asset value per share, plus the per share amount of any accrued income or capital gain dividends to obtain a current adjusted net asset value per share; then

• dividing that sum by the previous adjusted net asset value per share; and

• subtracting the percentage factor representing the mortality and expense risk fee and the variable account administrative charge from the result.

Because the net asset value of the fund may fluctuate, the accumulation unit value may increase or decrease. You bear all the investment risk in a subaccount.

Factors that affect subaccount accumulation units: Accumulation units may change in two ways — in number and in value.

RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity — Prospectus    27

The number of accumulation units you own may fluctuate due to:

• additional purchase payments you allocate to the subaccounts;

• any contract value credits allocated to the subaccounts;

• transfers into or out of the subaccounts (including any positive or negative MVA on amounts transferred from the GPAs);

• partial withdrawals;

• withdrawal charges;

and the deduction of a prorated portion of:

• the contract administrative charge; and

• the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit rider and/or

– Performance Credit rider

Accumulation unit values will fluctuate due to:

• changes in fund net asset value;

• fund dividends distributed to the subaccounts;

• fund capital gains or losses;

• fund operating expenses; and

• mortality and expense risk fee and the variable account administrative charge.

Contract Value Credits

You are eligible to receive a contract value credit if you select the ROP Death Benefit. Before annuity payouts begin while this contract is in force we will apply contract value credits to your contract beginning on the eighth contract anniversary if there are “eligible purchase payments.” Generally, we will apply contract value credits on an annual basis at your contract anniversary. However, we reserve the right to apply contract value credits on a quarterly or a monthly basis.

Eligible purchase payments: purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are no longer subject to a withdrawal charge (i.e., that are eight or more years old).

Annual contract value credit formula: 0.50% × (CV × (EPP ÷ TPP))

CV	=	contract value at the time of the calculation.
EPP	=	eligible purchase payments at the time of the calculation.
TPP	=	total purchase payments at the time of the calculation.

If we calculate and apply contract value credits on a quarterly basis, we will change the percentage we use in the calculation from 0.50% to 0.125%. If we calculate and apply the credit on a monthly basis, we will change the percentage we use in the calculation from 0.50% to 0.04167%.

We allocate contract value credits to the fixed accounts and subaccounts according to the asset allocation instructions that you have in place at the time we apply the contract value credit. We continue to apply contract value credits for the life of your contract until total withdrawal or annuity payouts begin. The contract value credits will be taxable when we distribute contract value to you.

The contract value credit is available because of lower costs associated with a reduced death benefit guarantee. Because the guaranteed death benefit is lower in situations where the contract value credit is paid, there may be circumstances where you may be worse off for having received the credit than in other contracts. In particular, if the market were to decline, and a death benefit became payable, the amount paid might be less.

Example

• You purchase a contract with a payment of $100,000 and you select the ROP Death Benefit.

• You make an additional payment on the fourth contract anniversary of $60,000.

• Your contract value on the eighth contract anniversary grows to $250,000. We choose to apply contract value credits on an annual basis. Your eligible purchase payment on the eighth contract anniversary is the original $100,000 payment; the additional $60,000 payment made on the fourth contract anniversary is still subject to a withdrawal charge. We calculate the contract value credit as follows:

0.50% × ($250,000 × ($100,000 ÷ $160,000) = $781.25

After application of the contract value credit, your contract value on the eighth contract anniversary would be $250,781.25.

28    RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Making the Most of Your Contract

Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging

Currently, you can use automated transfers to take advantage of dollar-cost averaging (investing a fixed amount at regular intervals). For example, you might transfer a set amount monthly from a relatively conservative subaccount to a more aggressive one, or to several others, or from the one-year fixed account or the two-year GPA (without a MVA) to one or more subaccounts. The three to ten year GPAs are not available for automated transfers. You can also obtain the benefits of dollar-cost averaging by setting up regular automatic SIP payments or by establishing an Interest Sweep strategy. Interest Sweeps are a monthly transfer of the interest earned from either the one-year fixed account or the two-year GPA into the subaccounts of your choice. If you participate in an Interest Sweep strategy the interest you earn will be less than the annual interest rate we apply because there will be no compounding. There is no charge for dollar-cost averaging.

This systematic approach can help you benefit from fluctuations in accumulation unit values caused by fluctuations in the market values of the funds. Since you invest the same amount each period, you automatically acquire more units when the market value falls and fewer units when it rises. The potential effect is to lower your average cost per unit.

How dollar-cost averaging works

By investing an equal number of dollars each month		Month	Amount invested	Accumulation unit value	Number of units purchased
		Jan	$100	$20	5.00
		Feb	100	18	5.56
you automatically buy more units when the per unit market price is low		Mar	100	17	5.88
	→	Apr	100	15	6.67
		May	100	16	6.25
		Jun	100	18	5.56
		Jul	100	17	5.88
and fewer units when the per unit market price is high.		Aug	100	19	5.26
	→	Sept	100	21	4.76
		Oct	100	20	5.00

You paid an average price of $17.91 per unit over the 10 months, while the average market price actually was $18.10.

Dollar-cost averaging does not guarantee that any subaccount will gain in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. Because dollar-cost averaging involves continuous investing, your success will depend upon your willingness to continue to invest regularly through periods of low price levels. Dollar-cost averaging can be an effective way to help meet your long-term goals. For specific features contact your investment professional.

Tiered Dollar-Cost Averaging (Tiered DCA) Program

If your net contract value⁽¹⁾ is at least $10,000, you can choose to participate in the Tiered DCA program. There is no charge for the Tiered DCA program. Under the Tiered DCA program, you can allocate a new purchase payment to one of two special Tiered DCA accounts. We determine which Tiered DCA account you are eligible for as follows:

If your net contract value(1) is…	we allocate your new purchase payment to:
$10,000–$49,999	Tier 1 DCA account
$50,000 or more	Tier 2 DCA account(2)

(1)	“Net contract value” equals your current contract value plus any new purchase payment you make. If this is a new contract funded by purchase payments from multiple sources, we determine your net contract value based on the purchase payments, withdrawal requests and exchange requests submitted with your application.
(2)	You cannot allocate your new purchase payments to a Tier 1 DCA account if you are eligible to participate in a Tier 2 DCA account.

You may only allocate a new purchase payment of at least $1,000 to the Tiered DCA account for which you are eligible. You cannot transfer existing contract values into the Tiered DCA account. Each Tiered DCA account lasts for only six months from the time we receive your first purchase payment. We make monthly transfers of your total Tiered DCA account value into the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and/or subaccounts you select over the six-month period. If you elect to transfer into a GPA, you must meet the $1,000 minimum required investment limitation for each transfer.

We reserve the right to credit a lower interest rate to each Tiered DCA account if you select the GPAs or the one-year fixed account as part of your Tiered DCA transfers. We credit higher rates on the Tier 2 DCA account than on the Tier 1 DCA account. We will change the interest rate on each Tiered DCA account from time to time at our discretion. From

RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity — Prospectus    29

time to time, we may credit interest to the Tiered DCA account at promotional rates that are higher than those we credit to the one-year fixed account. We base these rates on competition and on the interest rate we are crediting to the one-year fixed account at the time of the change. Once we credit interest to a particular purchase payment, that rate does not change even if we change the rate we credit on new purchase payments or if your net contract value changes. We credit each Tiered DCA account with current guaranteed annual rate that is in effect on the date we receive your purchase payment. However, we credit this annual rate over the six-month period on the balance remaining in your Tiered DCA account. Therefore, the net effective interest rate you receive is less than the stated annual rate. We do not credit this interest after we transfer the value out of the Tiered DCA account into the accounts you selected.

If you make additional purchase payments while a Tiered DCA account term is in progress, the amounts you allocate to an existing Tiered DCA account will be transferred out of the Tiered DCA account over the remainder of the term. If you are funding a Tiered DCA account from multiple sources, we apply each purchase payment to the account and credit interest on that purchase payment on the date we receive it. This means that all purchase payments may not be in the Tiered DCA account at the beginning of the six-month period. Therefore, you may receive less total interest than you would have if all your purchase payments were in the Tiered DCA account from the beginning. If we receive any of your multiple payments after the six-month period ends, you can either allocate those payments to a new Tiered DCA account (if available) or to any other accounts available under your contract.

You cannot participate in the Tiered DCA program if you are making payments under a Systematic Investment Plan. You may simultaneously participate in the Tiered DCA program and the asset-rebalancing program as long as your subaccount allocation is the same under both programs. If you elect to change your subaccount allocation under one program, we automatically will change it under the other program so they match. If you participate in more than one Tiered DCA account, the asset allocation for each account may be different as long as you are not also participating in the asset-rebalancing program.

You may terminate your participation in the Tiered DCA program at any time. If you do, we will not credit the current guaranteed annual interest rate on any remaining Tiered DCA account balance. We will transfer the remaining balance from your Tiered DCA account to the other accounts you selected for your DCA transfers or we will allocate it in any manner you specify. Similarly, if we cannot accept any additional purchase payments into the Tiered DCA program, we will allocate the purchase payments to the other accounts you selected for your DCA transfers or in any other manner you specify.

We can modify the terms or discontinue the Tiered DCA program at any time. Any modifications will not affect any purchase payments that are already in a Tiered DCA account. For more information on the Tiered DCA program, contact your investment professional.

The Tiered DCA program does not guarantee that any subaccount will gain in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. Because dollar-cost averaging involves continuous investing, your success will depend upon your willingness to continue to invest regularly through periods of low price levels. Dollar-cost averaging can be an effective way to help meet your long-term goals.

Asset Rebalancing

You can ask us in writing to automatically rebalance the subaccount portion of your contract value either quarterly, semiannually, or annually. The period you select will start to run on the date we record your request. On the first valuation date of each of these periods, we automatically will rebalance your contract value so that the value in each subaccount matches your current subaccount percentage allocations. These percentage allocations must be in whole numbers. There is no charge for asset rebalancing. The contract value must be at least $2,000.

You can change your percentage allocations or your rebalancing period at any time by contacting us in writing. If you are also participating in the Tiered DCA program and you change your subaccount asset allocation for the asset rebalancing program, we will change your subaccount asset allocation under the Tiered DCA program to match. We will restart the rebalancing period you selected as of the date we record your change. You also can ask us in writing to stop rebalancing your contract value. You must allow 30 days for us to change any instructions that currently are in place. For more information on asset rebalancing, contact your investment professional.

Transferring Among Accounts

You may transfer contract value from any one subaccount, GPAs or the one-year fixed account, to another subaccount before annuity payouts begin. Certain restrictions apply to transfers involving the GPAs and the one-year fixed account.

The date your request to transfer will be processed depends on when and how we receive it:

For transfer requests received in writing:

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your transfer request.

30    RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your transfer request.

For transfer requests received by phone:

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your transfer request.

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your transfer request.

There is no charge for transfers. Before making a transfer, you should consider the risks involved in changing investments. Transfers out of the GPAs will be subject to an MVA if done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period.

We may suspend or modify transfer privileges at any time.

For information on transfers after annuity payouts begin, see “Transfer policies” below.

Transfer policies

•	Before annuity payouts begin, you may transfer contract values between the subaccounts, or from the subaccounts to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account at any time. However, if you made a transfer from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs, you may not make a transfer from any subaccount or GPA back to the one-year fixed account for six months following that transfer. We reserve the right to further limit transfers to the GPAs and one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then currently crediting to the one-year fixed account is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract.
•	It is our general policy to allow you to transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs once a year on or within 30 days before or after the contract anniversary (except for automated transfers, which can be set up at any time for certain transfer periods subject to certain minimums). Transfers from the one-year fixed account are not subject to a MVA. For contracts issued before June 16, 2003, we have removed this restriction, and you may transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts at any time. We will inform you at least 30 days in advance of the day we intend to reimpose this restriction. For contracts with applications signed on or after June 16, 2003, the amount of contract value transferred to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account cannot result in the value of the GPAs and the one-year fixed account in total being greater than 30% of the contract value. The time limitations on transfers from the GPAs and one-year fixed account will be enforced, and transfers out of the GPAs and one-year fixed account are limited to 30% of the GPA and one-year fixed account values at the beginning of the contract year or $10,000, whichever is greater. Because of this limitation, it may take you several years to transfer all your contract value from the one-year fixed account. You should carefully consider whether the one-year fixed account meets your investment criteria before you invest.
•	You may transfer contract values from a GPA any time after 60 days of transfer or payment allocation to the account. Transfers made more than 30 days before the end of the Guarantee Period will receive a MVA*, which may result in a gain or loss of contract value.
•	If we receive your request on or within 30 days before or after the contract anniversary date, the transfer from the one-year fixed account to the GPAs will be effective on the valuation date we receive it.
•	If you select a variable payout, once annuity payouts begin, you may make transfers once per contract year among the subaccounts and we reserve the right to limit the number of subaccounts in which you may invest.
•	Once annuity payouts begin, you may not make any transfers to the GPAs.
*	Unless the transfer is an automated transfer from the two-year GPA as part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep strategy.

Market Timing

Market timing can reduce the value of your investment in the contract. If market timing causes the returns of an underlying fund to suffer, contract value you have allocated to a subaccount that invests in that underlying fund will be lower too. Market timing can cause you, any joint owner of the contract and your beneficiary(ies) under the contract a financial loss.

We seek to prevent market timing. Market timing is frequent or short-term trading activity. We do not accommodate short-term trading activities. Do not buy a contract if you wish to use short-term trading strategies to manage your investment. The market timing policies and procedures described below apply to transfers among the subaccounts within the contract. The underlying funds in which the subaccounts invest have their own market timing policies and procedures. The market timing policies of the underlying funds may be more restrictive than the market timing

RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity — Prospectus    31

policies and procedures we apply to transfers among the subaccounts of the contract, and may include redemption fees. We reserve the right to modify our market timing policies and procedures at any time without prior notice to you.

Market timing may hurt the performance of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests in several ways, including but not necessarily limited to:

• diluting the value of an investment in an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests;

• increasing the transaction costs and expenses of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests; and,

• preventing the investment adviser(s) of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests from fully investing the assets of the fund in accordance with the fund’s investment objectives.

Funds available as investment options under the contract that invest in securities that trade in overseas securities markets may be at greater risk of loss from market timing, as market timers may seek to take advantage of changes in the values of securities between the close of overseas markets and the close of U.S. markets. Also, the risks of market timing may be greater for underlying funds that invest in securities such as small cap stocks, high yield bonds, or municipal securities, that may be traded infrequently.

In order to help protect you and the underlying funds from the potentially harmful effects of market timing activity, we apply the following market timing policy to discourage frequent transfers of contract value among the subaccounts of the variable account:

We try to distinguish market timing from transfers that we believe are not harmful, such as periodic rebalancing for purposes of an asset allocation, dollar-cost averaging and asset rebalancing program that may be described in this prospectus. There is no set number of transfers that constitutes market timing. Even one transfer in related accounts may be market timing. We seek to restrict the transfer privileges of a contract owner who makes more than three subaccount transfers in any 90 day period. We also reserve the right to refuse any transfer request, if, in our sole judgment, the dollar amount of the transfer request would adversely affect unit values.

If we determine, in our sole judgment, that your transfer activity constitutes market timing, we may modify, restrict or suspend your transfer privileges to the extent permitted by applicable law, which may vary based on the state law that applies to your contract and the terms of your contract. These restrictions or modifications may include, but not be limited to:

• requiring transfer requests to be submitted only by first-class U.S. mail;

• not accepting hand-delivered transfer requests or requests made by overnight mail;

• not accepting telephone or electronic transfer requests;

• requiring a minimum time period between each transfer;

• not accepting transfer requests of an agent acting under power of attorney;

• limiting the dollar amount that you may transfer at any one time;

• suspending the transfer privilege; or

• modifying instructions under an automated transfer program to exclude a restricted fund if you do not provide new instructions.

Subject to applicable state law and the terms of each contract, we will apply the policy described above to all contract owners uniformly in all cases. We will notify you in writing after we impose any modification, restriction or suspension of your transfer rights.

Because we exercise discretion in applying the restrictions described above, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to identify and restrict all market timing activity. In addition, state law and the terms of some contracts may prevent us from stopping certain market timing activity. Market timing activity that we are unable to identify and/or restrict may impact the performance of the underlying funds and may result in lower contract values.

In addition to the market timing policy described above, which applies to transfers among the subaccounts within your contract, you should carefully review the market timing policies and procedures of the underlying funds. The market timing policies and procedures of the underlying funds may be materially different than those we impose on transfers among the subaccounts within your contract and may include mandatory redemption fees as well as other measures to discourage frequent transfers. As an intermediary for the underlying funds, we are required to assist them in applying their market timing policies and procedures to transactions involving the purchase and exchange of fund shares. This assistance may include, but not be limited to, providing the underlying fund upon request with your Social Security Number, Taxpayer Identification Number or other United States government-issued identifier, and the details of your contract transactions involving the underlying fund. An underlying fund, in its sole discretion, may instruct us at any time to prohibit you from making further transfers of contract value to or from the underlying fund,

32    RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity — Prospectus

and we must follow this instruction. We reserve the right to administer and collect on behalf of an underlying fund any redemption fee imposed by an underlying fund. Market timing policies and procedures adopted by underlying funds may affect your investment in the contract in several ways, including but not limited to:

• Each fund may restrict or refuse trading activity that the fund determines, in its sole discretion, represents market timing.

• Even if we determine that your transfer activity does not constitute market timing under the market timing policies described above which we apply to transfers you make under the contract, it is possible that the underlying fund’s market timing policies and procedures, including instructions we receive from a fund may require us to reject your transfer request. For example, while we will attempt to execute transfers permitted under any asset allocation, dollar-cost averaging and asset rebalancing programs that may be described in this prospectus, we cannot guarantee that an underlying fund’s market timing policies and procedures will do so. Orders we place to purchase fund shares for the variable account are subject to acceptance by the fund. We reserve the right to reject without prior notice to you any transfer request if the fund does not accept our order.

• Each underlying fund is responsible for its own market timing policies, and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to implement specific market timing policies and procedures that a fund has adopted. As a result, a fund’s returns might be adversely affected, and a fund might terminate our right to offer its shares through the variable account.

• Funds that are available as investment options under the contract may also be offered to other intermediaries who are eligible to purchase and hold shares of the fund, including without limitation, separate accounts of other insurance companies and certain retirement plans. Even if we are able to implement a fund’s market timing policies, we cannot guarantee that other intermediaries purchasing that same fund’s shares will do so, and the returns of that fund could be adversely affected as a result.

For more information about the market timing policies and procedures of an underlying fund, the risks that market timing pose to that fund, and to determine whether an underlying fund has adopted a redemption fee, see that fund’s prospectus.

How to request a Transfer or Withdrawal

11 By letter

Send your name, contract number, Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number* and signed request for a transfer or withdrawal to our Service Center:

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474

Minimum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	$500 or entire account balance

Maximum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	Contract value or entire account balance

* Failure to provide a Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number may result in mandatory tax withholding on the taxable portion of the distribution.

22 By automated transfers and automated partial withdrawals

Your investment professional can help you set up automated transfers or partial withdrawals among your GPAs, one-year fixed account or the subaccounts.

You can start or stop this service by written request or other method acceptable to us.

You must allow 30 days for us to change any instructions that are currently in place.

•

Automated transfers from the one-year fixed account to any one of the subaccounts may not exceed an amount that, if continued, would deplete the one-year fixed account within 12 months. For contracts issued before June 16, 2003, we have removed this restriction, and you may transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts at any time. We will inform you at least 30 days in advance of the day we intend to reimpose this restriction.

For contracts with applications signed on or after June 16, 2003, the time limitations on transfers from the one-year fixed account will be enforced, and transfers out of the one-year fixed account are limited to 30% of the one-year fixed account values at the beginning of the contract year or $10,000, whichever is greater.

RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity — Prospectus    33

• Automated withdrawals may be restricted by applicable law under some contracts.

• You may not make systematic purchase payments if automated partial withdrawals are in effect.

• Automated partial withdrawals may result in income taxes and penalties on all or part of the amount withdrawn.

Minimum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	$100 monthly
	$250 quarterly, semiannually or annually

33 By phone

Call:

1-800-333-3437

Minimum amount

Transfers or withdrawals: $500 or entire account balance

Maximum amount

Transfers:	Contract value or entire account balance
Withdrawals:	$100,000

We answer telephone requests promptly, but you may experience delays when the call volume is unusually high. If you are unable to get through, use the mail procedure as an alternative.

We will honor any telephone transfer or withdrawal requests that we believe are authentic and we will use reasonable procedures to confirm that they are. This includes asking identifying questions and recording calls. As long as we follow the procedures, we (and our affiliates) will not be liable for any loss resulting from fraudulent requests.

Telephone transfers and withdrawals are automatically available. You may request that telephone transfers and withdrawals not be authorized from your account by writing to us.

Withdrawals

You may withdraw all or part of your contract at any time before the retirement date by sending us a written request or calling us.

The date your withdrawal request will be processed depends on when and how we receive it:

For withdrawal requests received in writing:

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your withdrawal request.

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your withdrawal request.

For withdrawal requests received by phone:

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your withdrawal request.

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your withdrawal request.

We may ask you to return the contract. You may have to pay a contract administrative charge, withdrawal charges or any applicable optional rider charges (see “Charges”), federal income taxes and penalties. State and local income taxes may also apply (see “Taxes”). You cannot make withdrawals after annuity payouts begin except under Annuity Payout Plan E. (See “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Any partial withdrawals you take under the contract will reduce your contract value. As a result, the value of your death benefit or any optional benefits you have elected will also be reduced (see “Optional Benefits”). In addition, withdrawals you are required to take to satisfy RMDs under the Code may reduce the value of certain death benefits and optional benefits (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”).

34    RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Withdrawal Policies

If you have a balance in more than one account and you request a partial withdrawal, we will automatically withdraw from all your subaccounts, GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account in the same proportion as your value in each account correlates to your total contract value, unless requested otherwise. After executing a partial withdrawal, the value in each subaccount , one-year fixed account or GPA must be either zero or at least $50.

Receiving Payment

11 By regular or express mail

• payable to you;

• mailed to address of record.

NOTE: We will charge you a fee if you request express mail delivery.

22 By wire or other form of electronic payment

• request that payment be wired to your bank;

• pre-authorization required.

We may choose to permit you to have checks issued and delivered to an alternate payee or to an address other than your address of record. We may also choose to allow you to direct wires or other electronic payments to accounts owned by a third-party. We may have additional good order requirements that must be met prior to processing requests to make any payments to a party other than the owner or to an address other than the address of record. These requirements will be designed to ensure owner instructions are genuine and to prevent fraud.

Normally, we will send the payment within seven days after receiving your request in good order. However, we may postpone the payment if:

– the NYSE is closed, except for normal holiday and weekend closings;

– trading on the NYSE is restricted, according to SEC rules;

– an emergency, as defined by SEC rules, makes it impractical to sell securities or value the net assets of the accounts; or

– the SEC permits us to delay payment for the protection of security holders.

We may also postpone payment of the amount attributable to a purchase payment as part of the total withdrawal amount until cleared from the originating financial institution.

A Special Note on Cybersecurity Risks

Cybersecurity and Systems Integrity

Increasingly, businesses are dependent on the continuity, security, and effective operation of various technology systems. The nature of our business depends on the continued effective operation of our systems and those of our business partners.

This dependence makes us susceptible to operational and information security risks from cyber-attacks. These risks may include the following:

• the corruption or destruction of data;

• theft, misuse or dissemination of data to the public, including your information we hold; and

• denial of service attacks on our website or other forms of attacks on our systems and the software and hardware we use to run them.

These attacks and their consequences can negatively impact your contract, your privacy, your ability to conduct transactions on your contract, or your ability to receive timely service from us. There can be no assurance that we, the underlying funds in your contract, or our other business partners will avoid losses affecting your contract due to any successful cyber-attacks or information security breaches.

RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity — Prospectus    35

TSA–Special Provisions

Participants in Tax-Sheltered Annuities

If the contract is intended to be used in connection with an employer sponsored 403(b) plan, additional rules relating to this contract can be found in the annuity endorsement for tax sheltered 403(b) annuities. Unless we have made special arrangements with your employer, the contract is not intended for use in connection with an employer sponsored 403(b) plan that is subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”). In the event that the employer either by affirmative election or inadvertent action causes contributions under a plan that is subject to ERISA to be made to this contract, we will not be responsible for any obligations and requirements under ERISA and the regulations thereunder, unless we have prior written agreement with the employer. You should consult with your employer to determine whether your 403(b) plan is subject to ERISA.

In the event we have a written agreement with your employer to administer the plan pursuant to ERISA, special rules apply as set forth in the TSA endorsement.

The employer must comply with certain nondiscrimination requirements for certain types of contributions under a TSA contract to be excluded from taxable income. You should consult your employer to determine whether the nondiscrimination rules apply to you.

The Code imposes certain restrictions on your right to receive early distributions from a TSA:

• Distributions attributable to salary reduction contributions (plus earnings) made after Dec. 31, 1988, or to transfers or rollovers from other contracts, may be made from the TSA only if:

– you are at least age 59½;

– you are disabled as defined in the Code;

– you severed employment with the employer who purchased the contract;

– the distribution is because of your death;

– the distribution is due to plan termination; or

– you are a qualifying military reservist.

• If you encounter a financial hardship (as provided by the Code), you may be eligible to receive a distribution of all contract values attributable to salary reduction contributions made after Dec. 31, 1988, but not the earnings on them.

• Even though a distribution may be permitted under the above rules, it may be subject to IRS taxes and penalties (see “Taxes”)

• The above restrictions on distributions do not affect the availability of the amount credited to the contract as of Dec. 31, 1988. The restrictions also do not apply to transfers or exchanges of contract value within the contract, or to another registered variable annuity contract or investment vehicle available through the employer.

Changing Ownership

You may change ownership of your nonqualified annuity at any time by completing a change of ownership form we approve and sending it to our Service Center. The change will become binding on us when we receive and record it. We will honor any change of ownership request received in good order that we believe is authentic and we will use reasonable procedures to confirm authenticity. If we follow these procedures, we will not take any responsibility for the validity of the change.

If you have a nonqualified annuity, you may incur income tax liability by transferring, assigning or pledging any part of it. (See “Taxes.”)

If you have a qualified annuity, you may not sell, assign, transfer, discount or pledge your contract as collateral for a loan, or as security for the performance of an obligation or for any other purpose except as required or permitted by the Code. However, if the owner is a trust or custodian, or an employer acting in a similar capacity, ownership of the contract may be transferred to the annuitant.

Please consider carefully whether or not you wish to change ownership of your annuity contract. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, the new owner and annuitant will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract.

Benefits in Case of Death

There are three death benefit options under this contract:

• ROP Death Benefit;

36    RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• MAV Death Benefit; and

• Enhanced Death Benefit.

If either you or the annuitant are 80 or older at contract issue, the ROP death benefit will apply. If both you and the annuitant are 79 or younger at contract issue, you can elect either the ROP death benefit, the MAV death benefit or EDB death benefit rider (if its available in your state) on your application. If you select GMIB you must select either the MAV death benefit or the EDB death benefit rider. Once you elect an option, you cannot change it. We show the option that applies in your contract. The death benefit option that applies determines the mortality and expense risk fee that is assessed against the subaccounts. (See “Charges — Mortality and Expense Risk Fee.”) There are no additional charges for any of the death benefit options. However, if you select ROP death benefit you may be eligible for contract value credits (see “Valuing Your Investments — Contract Value Credits”).

Under all options, we will pay the death benefit to your beneficiary upon the earlier of your death or the annuitant’s death if you die before the retirement start date while this contract is in force. We will base the benefit paid on the death benefit coverage you chose when you purchased the contract. If a contract has more than one person as the owner, we will pay benefits upon the first to die of any owner or the annuitant.

Return of Purchase Payments (ROP) Death Benefit

The ROP death benefit is intended to help protect your beneficiaries financially in that they will never receive less than your purchase payments adjusted for withdrawals. If you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary the greater of these two values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value; or
2.	total purchase payments applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals.

Adjusted partial withdrawals for the ROP or MAV death benefit	=	PW × DB
		CV

PW	=	the amount by which the contract value is reduced as a result of the partial withdrawal.
DB	=	the death benefit on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.
CV	=	contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.

Example

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $20,000.

• On the first contract anniversary you make an additional purchase payment of $5,000.

• During the second contract year the contract value falls to $22,000 and you take a $1,500 partial withdrawal.

• During the third contract year the contract value grows to $23,000.

We calculate the ROP death benefit as follows:
Contract value at death:			$23,000.00
	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,704.55
	$22,000
	for a death benefit of:		$23,295.45
ROP death benefit, calculated as the greatest of these two values:				$23,295.45

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV) Death Benefit

The MAV death benefit is intended to help protect your beneficiaries financially while your investments have the opportunity to grow. The MAV death benefit does not provide any additional benefit before the first contract anniversary and it may not be appropriate for issue ages 75 to 79 because the benefit values may be limited after age 81. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether or not the MAV death benefit is appropriate for your situation.

If both you and the annuitant are age 79 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the MAV death benefit to your contract. Once you select the MAV death benefit you may not cancel it. If you select the Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider you must select either the MAV death benefit or the EDB death benefit rider.

The MAV death benefit provides that if you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary the greatest of these three values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals; or

RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity — Prospectus    37

3. the maximum anniversary value immediately preceding the date of death plus any purchase payments applied to the contract since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals since that anniversary.

Maximum anniversary value (MAV):We calculate the MAV on each contract anniversary through age 80. There is no MAV prior to the first contract anniversary. On the first contract anniversary we set the MAV equal to the highest of: (a) your current contract value, or (b) total purchase payments minus adjusted partial withdrawals. Every contract anniversary after that, through age 80, we compare the previous anniversary’s MAV (plus any purchase payments since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals since that anniversary) to the current contract value and we reset the MAV to the higher value. We stop resetting the MAV after you or the annuitant reach age 81. However, we continue to add subsequent purchase payments and subtract adjusted partial withdrawals from the MAV.

Example

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $20,000.

• On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $29,000.

• During the second contract year the contract value falls to $22,000, at which point you take a $1,500 partial withdrawal, leaving a contract value of $20,500.

We calculate the MAV death benefit as follows:
Contract value at death:			$20,500.00
Purchase payments minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments:		$20,000.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $20,000	=	–1,363.64
	$22,000
	for a death benefit of:		$18,636.36
The MAV immediately preceding the date of death plus any payments made since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	MAV on the prior anniversary:		$29,000.00
	plus purchase payments made since the prior anniversary:		+0.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $29,000	=	–1,977.27
	$22,000
	for a death benefit of:		$27,022.73
The MAV death benefit, calculated as the greatest of these three values:				$27,022.73

Enhanced Death Benefit (EDB)

The EDB is intended to help protect your beneficiaries financially while your investments have the opportunity to grow. The EDB does not provide any additional benefit before the first contract anniversary and it may not be appropriate for issue ages 75 to 79 because the benefit values may be limited after age 81. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether or not the EDB is appropriate for your situation.

If this rider is available in your state and both you and the annuitant are 79 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the EDB to your contract. If you select the Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider you must select either the MAV death benefit or the EDB rider.

The EDB provides that if you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary the greatest of these three values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals; or
3.	the 5% rising floor.

5% rising floor: This is the sum of the value of your GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the variable account floor. There is no variable account floor prior to the first contract anniversary. On the first contract anniversary, we establish the variable account floor as:

• the amounts allocated to the subaccounts at issue increased by 5%;

• plus any subsequent amounts allocated to the subaccounts;

• minus adjusted transfers and partial withdrawals from the subaccounts.

38    RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Thereafter, we continue to add subsequent purchase payments allocated to the subaccounts and subtract adjusted transfers and partial withdrawals from the subaccounts. On each contract anniversary after the first, through age 80, we add an amount to the variable account floor equal to 5% of the prior anniversary’s variable account floor. We stop adding this amount after you or the annuitant reach age 81.

5% rising floor adjusted transfers or partial withdrawals	=	PWT × VAF
		SV

PWT	=	the amount by which the contract value in the subaccounts is reduced as a result of the partial withdrawal or transfer from the subaccounts.
VAF	=	variable account floor on the date of (but prior to) the transfer or partial withdrawal.
SV	=	value of the subaccounts on the date of (but prior to) the transfer or partial withdrawal.

Example

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000 with $5,000 allocated to the one-year fixed account and $20,000 allocated to the subaccounts.

• On the first contract anniversary, the one-year fixed account value is $5,200 and the subaccount value is $17,000. Total contract value is $23,200.

• During the second contract year the one-year fixed account value is $5,300 and the subaccount value is $19,000. Total contract value is $24,300. You take a $1,500 partial withdrawal all from the subaccounts, leaving the contract value at $22,800.

The death benefit is calculated as follows:
Contract value at death:			$22,800.00
Purchase payments minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,543.21
	$24,300
	for a death benefit of:		$23,456.79
	for a MAV death benefit of:
The 5% rising floor:
	The variable account floor on the first contract anniversary, calculated as: 1.05 x $20,000 =		$21,000.00
	plus amounts allocated to the subaccounts since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus the 5% rising floor adjusted partial withdrawal from the subaccounts, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $21,000	=	–1,657.89
	$19,000
	variable account floor benefit:		$19,342.11
	plus the one-year fixed account value:		+5,300.00
	5% rising floor (value of the GPAs, one-year fixed account and the variable account floor):		$24,642.11
The EDB death benefit, calculated as the greatest of these three values:				$24,642.11

If You Die Before Your Retirement Date

When paying the beneficiary, we will process the death claim on the valuation date our death claim requirements are fulfilled. We will determine the contract’s value using the accumulation unit value we calculate on that valuation date. We pay interest, if any, at a rate no less than required by law. We will mail payment to the beneficiary within seven days after our death claim requirements are fulfilled.

Nonqualified annuities

If your spouse is sole beneficiary and you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. To do this your spouse must give us written instructions to continue the contract as owner. There will be no withdrawal charges on the contract from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features or

RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity — Prospectus    39

riders, your spouse and the new annuitant (if applicable) will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract. The GMIB rider, if selected, will terminate. (See “Optional Benefits.”)

If your beneficiary is not your spouse, we will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless you give us other written instructions. Generally, we must fully distribute the death benefit within five years of your death. However, the beneficiary may receive payouts under any annuity payout plan available under this contract if:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin no later than one year after your death, or other date as permitted by the IRS; and

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy.

Qualified annuities

•	Spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if your spouse is the sole beneficiary, your spouse may either elect to treat the contract as his/her own, so long as he or she is eligible to do so, or elect an annuity payout plan or another plan agreed to by us. If your spouse elects a payout option, the payouts must begin no later than the year in which you would have reached age 72 (age 701/2 if the death occurred before Jan. 1, 2020). If you attained age 72 at the time of death, payouts must begin no later than Dec. 31 of the year following the year of your death.
	Your spouse may elect to assume ownership of the contract at any time before annuity payouts begin. If your spouse elects to assume ownership of the contract, the contract value will be equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. There will be no withdrawal charges on the contract from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, your spouse and the new annuitant (if applicable) will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract. The GMIB rider, if selected, will terminate. (See “Optional Benefits.”)
•	Non-spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if death occurs on or after Jan. 1, 2020, the beneficiary is required to withdraw his or her entire inherited interest within 10 years of the time of death of the owner unless they qualify as an “eligible designated beneficiary.” Eligible designated beneficiaries may continue to take proceeds out over their life expectancy. Eligible designated beneficiaries include:

• the surviving spouse;

• a lawful child of the owner under the age of majority (remaining amount must be withdrawn within 10 years, once the child reaches the age of majority);

• disabled within the meaning of Code section 72(m)(7);

• chronically ill within the meaning of Code section 7702B(c)(2);

• any other person who is not more than 10 years younger than the owner.

However, non-natural beneficiaries, such as estates and charities, are subject to a five-year rule to distribute the IRA. We will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless the beneficiary elects to receive payouts under a payout plan available under this contract and:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin, no later than one year following the year of your death; and

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy for an eligible designated beneficiary. (Payout plans are limited if the beneficiary is not an eligible designated beneficiary.)

• Spouse and Non-spouse beneficiary: If a beneficiary elects an alternative payment plan which is an inherited IRA, all optional death benefits and living benefits will terminate. In the event of your beneficiary’s death, their beneficiary can elect to take a lump sum payment or annuitize the contract to deplete it within 10 years of your beneficiary’s death

• Annuity payout plan: If you elect an annuity payout plan, the payouts to your beneficiary may continue depending on the annuity payout plan you elect, subject to adjustment to comply with the IRS rules and regulations.

How we handle contracts under unclaimed property laws

Every state has unclaimed property laws which generally declare annuity contracts to be abandoned after a period of inactivity of one to five years from either 1) the contract’s maturity date (the latest day on which income payments may begin under the contract) or 2) the date the death benefit is due and payable. If a contract matures or we determine a death benefit is payable, we will use our best efforts to locate you or designated beneficiaries. If we are unable to locate you or a beneficiary, proceeds will be paid to the abandoned property division or unclaimed property office of the state in which the beneficiary or you last resided, as shown in our books and records, or to our state of domicile. Generally, this surrender of property to the state is commonly referred to as “escheatment”. To avoid escheatment, and ensure an effective process for your beneficiaries, it is important that your personal address and beneficiary designations are up to date, including complete names, date of birth, current addresses and phone numbers, and taxpayer identification numbers for each beneficiary. Updates to your address or beneficiary designations should be sent to our Service Center.

40    RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Escheatment may also be required by law if a known beneficiary fails to demand or present an instrument or document to claim the death benefit in a timely manner, creating a presumption of abandonment. If your beneficiary steps forward (with the proper documentation) to claim escheated annuity proceeds, the state is obligated to pay any such proceeds it is holding.

For nonqualified annuities, non-spousal death benefits are generally required to be distributed and taxed within five years from the date of death of the owner/annuitant or the unclaimed death benefits will be presumed abandoned and subject to escheatment.

Optional Benefits

The assets held in our general account support the guarantees under your contract, including optional death benefits and optional living benefits. To the extent that we are required to pay you amounts in addition to your contract value under these benefits, such amounts will come from our general account assets. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of insurance and financial products as well, and we also pay our obligations under these products from assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account.

Optional Living Benefits

Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB)

The GMIB is intended to provide you with a guaranteed minimum lifetime income regardless of the volatility inherent in the investments in the subaccounts. If the annuitant is between age 73 and age 75 at contract issue, you should consider whether a GMIB rider is appropriate for your situation because:

• you must hold the GMIB for seven years;

• the GMIB rider terminates* 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday;

• you can only exercise the GMIB within 30 days after a contract anniversary;

• the 6% rising floor value we use in the GMIB benefit base to calculate annuity payouts under the GMIB is limited after age 81; and

• there are additional costs associated with the rider.

* The rider and annual fee terminate 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday, however, if you exercise the GMIB rider before this time, your benefits will continue according to the annuity payout plan you have selected.

Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether either GMIB rider option is appropriate for your situation.

If you are purchasing the contract as a qualified annuity, such as an IRA, and you are planning to begin annuity payouts after the date on which minimum distributions required by the IRS must begin, you should consider whether the GMIB is appropriate for you. Partial withdrawals you take from the contract, including those taken to satisfy required minimum distributions, will reduce the GMIB benefit base (defined below), which in turn may reduce or eliminate the amount of any annuity payments available under the rider (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Consult a tax advisor before you purchase any GMIB with a qualified annuity, such as an IRA.

If this rider is available in your state and the annuitant is 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add this optional benefit at the time you purchase your contract for an additional annual charge (see “Charges”). You cannot select this rider if you select the 8% Performance Credit Rider. You must elect the GMIB along with either the MAV death benefit or the EDB death benefit rider at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date.

In some instances we may allow you to add the GMIB to your contract at a later date if it was not available when you initially purchased your contract. In these instances, we would add the GMIB on the next contract anniversary and this would become the rider effective date. For purposes of calculating the GMIB benefit base under these circumstances, we consider the contract value on the rider effective date to be the initial purchase payment; we disregard all previous purchase payments, transfers and withdrawals in the GMIB calculations.

Investment selection under the GMIB:You may allocate your purchase payments or transfers to any of the subaccounts, the GPAs or the one-year fixed account. However, we reserve the right to limit the amount you allocate to subaccounts investing in the Columbia Variable Portfolio — Cash Management Fund to 10% of the total amount in the subaccounts. If we are required to activate this restriction, and you have more than 10% of your subaccount value in this fund, we will send you a notice and ask that you reallocate your contract value so that the 10% limitation is satisfied within 60 days. We will terminate the GMIB if you have not satisfied the limitation after 60 days.

RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity — Prospectus    41

Exercising the GMIB:

• you may only exercise the GMIB within 30 days after any contract anniversary following the expiration of a seven-year waiting period from the rider effective date.

• the annuitant on the retirement date must be between 50 and 86 years old.

• you can only take an annuity payout under one of the following annuity payout plans:

– Plan A – Life Annuity — no refund

– Plan B – Life Annuity with ten years certain

– Plan D – Joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund

• you may change the annuitant for the payouts.

When you exercise your GMIB, you may select a fixed or variable annuity payout plan. Fixed annuity payouts are calculated using the annuity purchase rates based on the “1983 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” with 100% Projection Scale G and an interest rate of 2.5%. Your annuity payouts remain fixed for the lifetime of the annuity payout period.

First year variable annuity payouts are calculated in the same manner as fixed annuity payouts. Once calculated, your annuity payouts remain unchanged for the first year. After the first year, subsequent annuity payouts are variable and depend on the performance of the subaccounts you select. Variable annuity payouts after the first year are calculated using the following formula:

Pt-1(1 + i)	= Pt
1.05

Pt–1	=	prior annuity payout
Pt	=	current annuity payout
i	=	annualized subaccount performance

Each subsequent variable annuity payout could be more or less than the previous variable annuity payout if the subaccount investment performance is greater or less than the 5% assumed investment rate. If your subaccount performance equals 5%, your annuity payout will be unchanged from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount performance is in excess of 5%, your variable annuity payout will increase from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount investment performance is less than 5%, your variable annuity payout will decrease from the previous annuity payout.

The GMIB benchmarks the contract growth at each anniversary against several comparison values and sets the GMIB benefit base (described below) equal to the largest value. The GMIB benefit base, less any applicable premium tax, is the value we apply to the guaranteed annuity purchase rates we use in the 2.5% Table to calculate the minimum annuity payouts you will receive if you exercise the GMIB. If the GMIB benefit base is greater than the contract value, the GMIB may provide a higher annuity payout level than is otherwise available. However, the GMIB uses guaranteed annuity purchase rates which may result in annuity payouts that are less than the annuity purchase rates that we will apply at annuitization under the standard contract provisions. Therefore, the level of income provided by the GMIB may be less than the income the contract otherwise provides. If the annuity payouts through the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available through the GMIB, you will receive the higher standard payout option. The GMIB does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

GMIB benefit base: If the GMIB is effective at contract issue, the GMIB benefit base is the greatest of:

• contract value;

• total purchase payments minus adjusted partial withdrawals; or

• the 6% rising floor.

• 6% rising floor: This is the sum of the value of the GPAs, one-year fixed account and the variable account floor. We calculate the variable account floor on each contract anniversary through age 80. There is no variable account floor prior to the first contract anniversary. On the first contract anniversary, we set the variable account floor equal to:

• the initial purchase payments allocated to the subaccounts increased by 6%;

• plus any subsequent amounts allocated to the subaccounts; and

• minus adjusted transfers or partial withdrawals from the subaccounts.

Every contract anniversary after that, through age 80, we reset the variable account floor by accumulating the prior anniversary’s variable account floor at 6% plus any subsequent amounts allocated to the subaccounts minus adjusted transfers or partial withdrawals from the subaccounts. We stop resetting the variable account floor after you or the annuitant reach age 81. However, we continue to add subsequent amounts you allocate to the subaccounts and subtract adjusted transfers or partial withdrawals from the subaccounts.

42    RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Keep in mind that the 6% rising floor is limited after age 81.

We reserve the right to exclude from the GMIB benefit base any purchase payments you make in the five years before you exercise the GMIB. We would do so only if such payments total $50,000 or more or if they are 25% or more of total contract payments. If we exercise this right, we:

• subtract each payment adjusted for market value from the contract value.

• subtract each payment from the 6% rising floor. We adjust the payments made to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account for market value. We increase payments allocated to the subaccounts by 6% for the number of full contract years they have been in the contract before we subtract them from the 6% rising floor.

For each payment, we calculate the market value adjustment to the contract value, the GPAs and the one-year fixed account value of the 6% rising floor as:

PMT × CVG

ECV

PMT	=	each purchase payment made in the five years before you exercise the GMIB.
CVG	=	current contract value at the time you exercise the GMIB.
ECV	=	the estimated contract value on the anniversary prior to the payment in question. We assume that all payments and partial withdrawals occur at the beginning of a contract year.

For each payment, we calculate the 6% increase of payments allocated to the subaccounts as:

PMT × (1.06)^CY

CY = the full number of contract years the payment has been in the contract.

Terminating the GMIB

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days after the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the rider any time after the seventh rider anniversary.

• The rider will terminate on the date:

– you make a full withdrawal from the contract;

– a death benefit is payable; or

– you choose to begin taking annuity payouts under the regular contract provisions.

• The GMIB rider will terminate* 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday.

* The rider and annual fee terminate 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday, however, if you exercise the GMIB rider before this time, your benefits will continue according to the annuity payout plan you have selected.

Example

• You purchase the contract during the 2004 calendar year with a payment of $100,000 and you allocate all of your purchase payment to the subaccounts.

• There are no additional purchase payments and no partial withdrawals.

• Assume the annuitant is male and age 55 at contract issue. For the joint and last survivor option (annuity payout Plan D), the joint annuitant is female and age 55 at contract issue.

• Taking into account fluctuations in contract value due to market conditions, we calculate the GMIB benefit base as:

Contract anniversary	Contract value	Purchase payments	6% rising floor	GMIB benefit base
1	$107,000	$100,000	$106,000
2	125,000	100,000	112,360
3	132,000	100,000	119,102
4	150,000	100,000	126,248
5	85,000	100,000	133,823
6	120,000	100,000	141,852
7	138,000	100,000	150,363	$150,363
8	152,000	100,000	159,388	159,388
9	139,000	100,000	168,948	168,948
10	126,000	100,000	179,085	179,085
11	138,000	100,000	189,830	189,830
12	147,000	100,000	201,220	201,220

RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity — Prospectus    43

Contract anniversary	Contract value	Purchase payments	6% rising floor	GMIB benefit base
13	215,000	100,000	213,293	215,000
14	234,000	100,000	226,090	234,000
15	240,000	100,000	239,655	240,000

NOTE: The 6% rising floor value is limited after age 81, but the GMIB benefit base may increase if the contract value increases. However, you should keep in mind that you are always entitled to annuitize using the contract value without exercising the GMIB.

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after a contract anniversary, the payout under a fixed annuity option (which is the same as the minimum payout for the first year under a variable annuity option) would be:

Contract anniversary at exercise	GMIB Benefit Base	Plan A – life annuity — no refund	Minimum Guaranteed Monthly Income
			Plan B – life annuity with ten years certain	Plan D joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund
10	$179,085 (6% Rising Floor)	$872.14	$850.65	$691.27
15	240,000 (Contract Value)	1,346.40	1,286.40	1,034.40

The payouts above are shown at guaranteed annuity rates we use in the 2.5% Table. Payouts under the standard provisions of this contract will be based on our annuity rates in effect at annuitization and are guaranteed to be greater than or equal to the guaranteed annuity rates stated in Table B of the contract. The fixed annuity payout available under the standard provisions of this contract would be at least as great as shown below:

Contract anniversary at exercise	GMIB Benefit Base	Plan A – life annuity — no refund	Plan B – life annuity with ten years certain	Plan D joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund
10	$126,000	$650.16	$632.52	$520.38
15	240,000	1,416.00	1,351.20	1,096.80

In the example above, at the 15th contract anniversary you would not experience a benefit from the GMIB as the payout available to you is equal to or less than the payout available under the standard provisions of the contract.

8% Performance Credit Rider (PCR)

The PCR is intended to provide you with an additional benefit if your earnings are less than the target value on the seventh and tenth rider anniversaries (see below). This is an optional benefit you may select for an additional annual charge of 0.25% of your contract value. The PCR does not provide any additional benefit before the seventh rider anniversary and it may not be appropriate for issue ages 83 or older due to this required holding period. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether or not the PCR is appropriate for your situation.

If the PCR is available in your state, you may choose to add this benefit to your contract at issue. You cannot select the PCR if you select the GMIB.

In some instances we may allow you to add the PCR to your contract at a later date if it was not available when you initially purchased your contract. In these instances, we would add the PCR on the next contract anniversary and this would become the rider effective date. For purposes of calculating the target value under these circumstances, we consider the contract value on the rider effective date to be the first contract year’s purchase payments.

Investment selection under the PCR: You may allocate your purchase payments or transfers to any of the subaccounts, GPAs or the one-year fixed account. However, we reserve the right to limit the aggregate amount in the GPAs and the one-year fixed account and amounts you allocate to subaccounts investing in the Columbia Variable Portfolio — Government Money Market Fund (Class 3) to 10% of your total contract value. If we are required to activate this restriction, and you have more than 10% of your contract value in these accounts, we will send you a notice and ask that you reallocate your contract value so that the 10% limitation is satisfied within 60 days. We will terminate the PCR if you have not satisfied the limitation after 60 days.

Target value: We calculate the target value on each rider anniversary. There is no target value prior to the first rider anniversary. On the first rider anniversary we set the target value equal to your first year’s purchase payments minus the target value adjusted partial withdrawals accumulated at an annual effective rate of 8%. Every rider anniversary after that, we recalculate the target value by accumulating the prior anniversary’s target value and any additional purchase payments minus the target value adjusted partial withdrawals at an annual effective rate of 8%.

44    RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Target value adjusted partial withdrawals	=	PW × TV
		CV

PW	=	the partial withdrawal including any applicable withdrawal charge or MVA.
TV	=	the target value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.
CV	=	contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.

Your benefits under the PCR are as follows:

(a) If on the seventh rider anniversary your contract value is less than the target value, we will add a PCR credit to your contract equal to:

3% × (PP – PCRPW – PP5)

PP	=	total purchase payments.
PCRPW	=	PCR adjusted partial withdrawals. The PCR adjusted partial withdrawal amount is an adjustment we make to determine the proportionate amount of any partial withdrawal attributable to purchase payments received five or more years before the target value is calculated (on the tenth year rider anniversary). For a more detailed description of the PCR adjusted partial withdrawal please see Appendix A.
PP5	=	purchase payments made in the prior five years.

We apply the PCR credit to your contract on the seventh rider anniversary and allocate it among the fixed accounts and subaccounts according to your current asset allocation.

(b) If on the tenth rider anniversary your contract value is less than the target value, we will add a PCR credit to your contract equal to:

5% x (PP – PCRPW – PP5)

We restart the calculation period for the PCR on the tenth rider anniversary and every ten years after that while you own the contract. We use the contract value (including any credits) on that anniversary as your first contract year’s payments for calculating the target value and any applicable PCR credit. We may then apply additional PCR credits to your contract at the end of each seven- and ten-year period as described above.

PCR reset: You can elect to lock in your contract growth by restarting the ten-year PCR calculation period on any contract anniversary. If you elect to restart the calculation period, the contract value on the restart date is used as the first year’s payments for the calculating the target value and any applicable PCR credit. The next calculation period for the PCR will restart at the end of this new ten-year period. We must receive your request to restart the PCR calculation period within 30 days after a contract anniversary.

Terminating the PCR

• You may terminate the PCR within 30 days following the first contract anniversary after the PCR rider effective date.

• You may terminate the PCR within 30 days following the later of the tenth contract anniversary after the PCR rider effective date or the last rider reset date.

• The PCR will terminate on the date:

– you make a full withdrawal from the contract;

– that a death benefit is payable; or

– you choose to begin taking annuity payouts.

Example

•	You purchase the contract with a payment of $104,000.
•	There are no additional purchase payments and no partial withdrawals.
•	On the seventh contract anniversary, the contract value is $150,000.
•	We determine the target value on the seventh contract anniversary as your purchase payments (there are no partial withdrawals to subtract) accumulated at an annual effective rate of 8% or:
	$104,000 × (1.08)7 = $104,000 × 1.71382 = $178,237.72.
	Your contract value ($150,000) is less than the target value ($178,237.72) so we will add a PCR credit to your contract equal to 3% of your purchase payments (there are no partial withdrawals or purchase payments made in the last five years to subtract), which is:
	0.03 × $104,000 = $3,120.
	After application of the PCR credit, your total contract value would be $153,120.

RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity — Prospectus    45

•	On the tenth contract anniversary, the contract value is $220,000.
•	We determine the target value on the tenth contract anniversary as your purchase payments (there are no partial withdrawals to subtract) accumulated at an annual effective rate of 8% or:
	$104,000 × (1.08)10 = $104,000 × 2.158924 = $224,528.20.
	Your contract value ($220,000) is less than the target value ($224,528.20) so we will add a PCR credit to your contract equal to 5% of your purchase payments (there are no partial withdrawals or purchase payments made in the last five years to subtract), which is:
	0.05 × $104,000 = $5,200.
	After application of the PCR credit, your total contract value would be $225,200.
•	The PCR calculation period automatically restarts on the tenth contract anniversary with the target values first year’s payments equal to $225,200. We would make the next PCR credit determination on the twentieth contract anniversary.

The Annuity Payout Period

As owner of the contract, you have the right to decide how and to whom annuity payouts will be made starting at the retirement date. You may select one of the annuity payout plans outlined below, or we may mutually agree on other payout arrangements. We do not deduct any withdrawal charges upon retirement but withdrawal charges may apply when electing to exercise liquidity features we may make available under certain fixed annuity payout options.

You also decide whether we will make annuity payouts on a fixed or variable basis, or a combination of fixed and variable. The amount available to purchase payouts under the plan you select is the contract value on your retirement date after any rider charges have been deducted. Additionally, we currently allow you to use part of the amount available to purchase payouts, leaving any remaining contract value to accumulate on a tax-deferred basis. Special rules apply for partial annuitization of your annuity contract, see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities — Annuity payouts” and “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Annuity payouts.” If you select a variable annuity payout, we reserve the right to limit the number of subaccounts in which you may invest. The GPAs are not available during this payout period.

Amounts of fixed and variable payouts depend on:

• the annuity payout plan you select;

• the annuitant’s age and, in most cases, sex;

• the annuity table in the contract; and

• the amounts you allocated to the accounts at settlement.

In addition, for variable annuity payouts only, amounts depend on the investment performance of the subaccounts you select. These payouts will vary from month to month because the performance of the funds will fluctuate. Fixed payouts generally remain the same from month to month unless you have elected an option providing for increasing payments.

For information with respect to transfers between accounts after annuity payouts begin, see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transfer policies.”

Annuity Tables

The annuity tables in your contract (Table A and Table B) show the amount of the monthly payout for each $1,000 of contract value according to the age and, when applicable, the annuitant’s sex. (Where required by law, we will use a unisex table of settlement rates.)

Table A shows the amount of the first monthly variable annuity payout assuming that the contract value is invested at the beginning of the annuity payout period and earns a 5% rate of return, which is reinvested and helps to support future payouts. If you ask us at least 30 days before the retirement date, we will substitute an annuity table based on an assumed 3.5% investment rate for the 5% Table A in the contract. The assumed investment rate affects both the amount of the first payout and the extent to which subsequent payouts increase or decrease. For example, annuity payouts will increase if the investment return is above the assumed investment rate and payouts will decrease if the return is below the assumed investment rate. Using a 5% assumed interest rate results in a higher initial payout, but later payouts will increase more slowly when annuity unit values rise and decrease more rapidly when they decline.

Table B shows the minimum amount of each fixed annuity payout. We declare current payout rates that we use in determining the actual amount of your fixed annuity payout. The current payout rates will equal or exceed the guaranteed payout rates shown in Table B. We will furnish these rates to you upon request.

46    RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Annuity Payout Plans

We make available variable annuity payouts where payout amounts will vary based on the performance of the variable account. We may also make fixed annuity payouts available where payments of a fixed amount are made for the period specified in the plan, subject to any surrender we may permit. You may choose any one of these annuity payout plans by giving us written instructions at least 30 days before the retirement date. Generally, you may select one of the Plans A through E below or another plan agreed to by us.

• Plan A – Life annuity — no refund: We make monthly payouts until the annuitant’s death. Payouts end with the last payout before the annuitant’s death. We will not make any further payouts. This means that if the annuitant dies after we made only one monthly payout, we will not make any more payouts.

• Plan B – Life annuity with five, ten or 15 years certain: We make monthly payouts for a guaranteed payout period of five, ten or 15 years that you elect. This election will determine the length of the payout period in the event the annuitant dies before the elected period expires. We calculate the guaranteed payout period from the retirement date. If the annuitant outlives the elected guaranteed payout period, we will continue to make payouts until the annuitant’s death.

• Plan C – Life annuity — installment refund: We make monthly payouts until the annuitant’s death, with our guarantee that payouts will continue for some period of time. We will make payouts for at least the number of months determined by dividing the amount applied under this option by the first monthly payout, whether or not the annuitant is living.

• Plan D – Joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund: We make monthly payouts while both the annuitant and a joint annuitant are living. If either annuitant dies, we will continue to make monthly payouts at the full amount until the death of the surviving annuitant. Payouts end with the death of the second annuitant.

• Plan E – Payouts for a specified period: We make monthly payouts for a specific payout period of ten to 30 years that you elect. We will make payouts only for the number of years specified whether the annuitant is living or not. Depending on the selected time period, it is foreseeable that an annuitant can outlive the payout period selected. During the payout period, you can elect to have us determine the present value of any remaining payouts and pay it to you in a lump sum.

For Plan A, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, no payments will be made. For Plan B, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue for the guaranteed payout period. For Plan C, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue for the installment refund period. For Plan D, if both annuitants die before the initial payment, no payments will be made; however, if one annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue until the death of the surviving annuitant.

In addition to the annuity payout plans described above, we may offer additional payout plans. Terms and conditions of annuity payout plans will be disclosed at the time of election, including any associated fees or charges. It is important to remember that the election and use of liquidity features will result in payouts ceasing.

Utilizing a liquidity feature to withdraw the underlying value of remaining payouts may result in the assessment of a withdrawal charge (See “Charges — Withdrawal charge”) or a 10% IRS penalty tax. (See “Taxes.”).

Annuity payout plan requirements for qualified annuities: If your contract is a qualified annuity, you must select a payout plan as of the retirement date set forth in your contract. You have the responsibility for electing a payout plan under your contract that complies with applicable law. Your contract describes your payout plan options. The options will meet certain IRS regulations governing RMDs if the payout plan meets the incidental distribution benefit requirements, if any, and the payouts are made:

• in equal or substantially equal payments over a period not longer than your life expectancy, or over the joint life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary; or

• over a period certain not longer than your life expectancy or over the joint life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary.

If we do not receive instructions: You must give us written instructions for the annuity payouts at least 30 days before the annuitant’s retirement date. If you do not, we will make payouts under Plan B, with 120 monthly payouts guaranteed.

If monthly payouts would be less than $20: We will calculate the amount of monthly payouts at the time the contract value is used to purchase a payout plan. If the calculations show that monthly payouts would be less than $20, we have the right to pay the contract value to the owner in a lump sum or to change the frequency of the payouts.

Death after annuity payouts begin: If you or the annuitant die after annuity payouts begin, we will pay any amount payable to the beneficiary as provided in the annuity payout plan in effect. Payments to beneficiaries are subject to adjustment to comply with the IRS rules and regulations.

RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity — Prospectus    47

Taxes

Under current law, your contract has a tax-deferral feature. Generally, this means you do not pay income tax until there is a taxable distribution (or deemed distribution) from the contract. We will send a tax information reporting form for any year in which we made a taxable or reportable distribution according to our records.

Nonqualified Annuities

Generally, only the increase in the value of a non-qualified annuity contract over the investment in the contract is taxable. Certain exceptions apply. Federal tax law requires that all nonqualified deferred annuity contracts issued by the same company (and possibly its affiliates) to the same owner during a calendar year be taxed as a single, unified contract when distributions are taken from any one of those contracts.

Annuity payouts: Generally, unlike withdrawals described below, the income taxation of annuity payouts is subject to exclusion ratios (for fixed annuity payouts) or annual excludable amounts (for variable annuity payouts). In other words, in most cases, a portion of each payout will be ordinary income and subject to tax, and a portion of each payout will be considered a return of part of your investment in the contract and will not be taxed. All amounts you receive after your investment in the contract is fully recovered will be subject to tax. Under Annuity Payout Plan A: Life annuity — no refund, where the annuitant dies before your investment in the contract is fully recovered, the remaining portion of the unrecovered investment may be available as a federal income tax deduction to the owner for the last taxable year. Under all other annuity payout plans, where the annuity payouts end before your investment in the contract is fully recovered, the remaining portion of the unrecovered investment may be available as a federal income tax deduction to the taxpayer for the tax year in which the payouts end. (See “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Federal tax law permits taxpayers to annuitize a portion of their nonqualified annuity while leaving the remaining balance to continue to grow tax-deferred. Under the partial annuitization rules, the portion annuitized must be received as an annuity for a period of 10 years or more, or for the lives of one or more individuals. If this requirement is met, the annuitized portion and the tax-deferred balance will generally be treated as two separate contracts for income tax purposes only. If a contract is partially annuitized, the investment in the contract is allocated between the deferred and the annuitized portions on a pro rata basis.

Withdrawals: Generally, if you withdrawal all or part of your nonqualified annuity your annuity payouts begin, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, your withdrawal will be taxed to the extent that the contract value immediately before the withdrawal exceeds the investment in the contract. Different rules may apply if you exchange another contract into this contract.

You also may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty for withdrawals of taxable income you make before reaching age 59½ unless certain exceptions apply.

Withholding: If you receive taxable income as a result of an annuity payout or withdrawal, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, we may deduct federal, and in some cases state withholding against the payment. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your income tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. As long as you have provided us with a valid Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number, and you have a valid U.S. address, you may be able to elect not to have federal income tax withholding occur.

If the payment is part of an annuity payout plan, we generally compute the amount of federal income tax withholding using payroll tables. You may provide us with a statement of how many exemptions to use in calculating the withholding. If the distribution is any other type of payment (such as partial or full withdrawal) we compute federal income tax withholding using 10% of the taxable portion.

The federal income tax withholding requirements differ if we deliver payment outside the United States or you are a non-resident alien.

Some states also may impose income tax withholding requirements similar to the federal withholding described above or may allow you to elect withholding. If this should be the case, we may deduct state income tax withholding from the payment.

Death benefits to beneficiaries: The death benefit under a nonqualified contract is not exempt from estate (federal or state) taxes. In addition, for income tax purposes, any amount your beneficiary receives that exceeds the remaining investment in the contract is taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary in the year he or she receives the payments. (See also “Benefits in Case of Death — If You Die Before the Retirement Date”).

Net Investment Income Tax (also known as Medicare contribution tax): Effective for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2013, certain investment income of high-income individuals (as well as estates and trusts) is subject to a 3.8% net investment income tax (as an addition to income taxes). For individuals, the 3.8% tax applies to the lesser of (1) the amount by which the taxpayer’s modified adjusted gross income exceeds $200,000 ($250,000 for married filing

48    RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity — Prospectus

jointly and surviving spouses; $125,000 for married filing separately) or (2) the taxpayer’s “net investment income.” Net investment income includes taxable income from nonqualified annuities. Annuity holders are advised to consult their tax advisor regarding the possible implications of this additional tax.

Annuities owned by corporations, partnerships or irrevocable trusts: For nonqualified annuities, any annual increase in the value of annuities held by such entities (non-natural persons) generally will be treated as ordinary income received during that year. However, if the trust was set up for the benefit of a natural person(s) only, the income may remain tax-deferred until withdrawn or paid out.

Penalties: If you receive amounts from your nonqualified annuity before reaching age 59½, you may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty on the amount includable in your ordinary income. However, this penalty will not apply to any amount received:

• because of your death or in the event of non-natural ownership, the death of annuitant;

• because you become disabled (as defined in the Code);

• if the distribution is part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments, made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or joint lives or life expectancies of you and your beneficiary);

• if it is allocable to an investment before Aug. 14, 1982; or

• if annuity payouts are made under immediate annuities as defined by the Code.

Transfer of ownership: Generally, if you transfer ownership of a nonqualified annuity without receiving adequate consideration, the transfer may be taxed as a withdrawal for federal income tax purposes. If the transfer is a currently taxable event for income tax purposes, the original owner will be taxed on the amount of deferred earnings at the time of the transfer and also may be subject to the 10% IRS penalty discussed earlier. In this case, the new owner’s investment in the contract will be equal to the investment in the contract at the time of the transfer plus any earnings included in the original owner’s taxable income as a result of the transfer. In general, this rule does not apply to transfers between spouses or former spouses. Similar rules apply if you transfer ownership for full consideration. Please consult your tax advisor for further details.

1035 Exchanges: Section 1035 of the Code permits nontaxable exchanges of certain insurance policies, endowment contracts, annuity contracts and qualified long-term care insurance contracts while providing for continued tax deferral of earnings. In addition, Section 1035 permits the carryover of the investment in the contract from the old policy or contract to the new policy or contract. In a 1035 exchange one policy or contract is exchanged for another policy or contract. The following can qualify as nontaxable exchanges: (1) the exchange of a life insurance policy for another life insurance policy or for an endowment, annuity or qualified long-term care insurance contract, (2) the exchange of an endowment contract for an annuity or qualified long-term care insurance contract, or for an endowment contract under which payments will begin no later than payments would have begun under the contract exchanged, (3) the exchange of an annuity contract for another annuity or for a qualified long-term care insurance contract, and (4) the exchange of a qualified long-term care insurance contract for a qualified long-term care insurance contract. Additionally, other tax rules apply. However, if the life insurance policy has an outstanding loan, there may be tax consequences. Depending on the issue date of your original policy or contract, there may be tax or other benefits that are given up to gain the benefits of the new policy or contract. Consider whether the features and benefits of the new policy or contract outweigh any tax or other benefits of the old contract.

For a partial exchange of an annuity contract for another annuity contract, the 1035 exchange is generally tax-free. The investment in the original contract and the earnings on the contract will be allocated proportionately between the original and new contracts. However, per IRS Revenue Procedure 2011-38, if withdrawals are taken from either contract within the 180-day period following a partial 1035 exchange, the IRS will apply general tax principles to determine the appropriate tax treatment of the exchange and subsequent withdrawal. As a result, there may be unexpected tax consequences. You should consult your tax advisor before taking any withdrawal from either contract during the 180-day period following a partial exchange.

Assignment: If you assign or pledge your contract as collateral for a loan, earnings on purchase payments you made after Aug. 13, 1982 will be taxed as a deemed distribution and also may be subject to the 10% penalty as discussed above.

Qualified Annuities

Adverse tax consequences may result if you do not ensure that contributions, distributions and other transactions under the contract comply with the law. Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions. You should refer to your retirement plan’s Summary Plan Description, your IRA disclosure statement, or consult a tax advisor for additional information about the distribution rules applicable to your situation.

When you use your contract to fund a retirement plan or IRA that is already tax-deferred under the Code, the contract will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral. If your contract is used to fund an employer sponsored plan, your right to benefits may be subject to the terms and conditions of the plan regardless of the terms of the contract.

RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity — Prospectus    49

Annuity payouts: Under a qualified annuity, except a Roth IRA, Roth 401(k) or Roth 403(b), the entire payout generally is includable as ordinary income and is subject to tax unless: (1) the contract is an IRA to which you made non-deductible contributions; or (2) you rolled after-tax dollars from a retirement plan into your IRA; or 3) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you or your employer have contributed after-tax dollars; or (4) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you direct such payout to be directly rolled over to another eligible retirement plan such as an IRA. We may permit partial annuitizations of qualified annuity contracts. If we accept partial annuitizations, please remember that your contract will still need to comply with other requirements such as required minimum distributions and the payment of taxes. Prior to considering a partial annuitization on a qualified contract, you should discuss your decision and any implications with your tax adviser. Because we cannot accurately track certain after tax funding sources, we will generally report any payments on partial annuitizations as ordinary income except in the case of a qualified distribution from a Roth IRA.

Annuity payouts from Roth IRAs: In general, the entire payout from a Roth IRA can be free from income and penalty taxes if you have attained age 59½ and meet the five year holding period.

Withdrawals: Under a qualified annuity, except a Roth IRA, Roth 401(k) or Roth 403(b), the entire withdrawal will generally be includable as ordinary income and is subject to tax unless: (1) the contract is an IRA to which you made non-deductible contributions; or (2) you rolled after-tax dollars from a retirement plan into your IRA; or (3) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you or your employer have contributed after-tax dollars; or (4) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you direct such withdrawal to be directly rolled over to another eligible retirement plan such as an IRA.

Withdrawals from Roth IRAs: In general, the entire payout from a Roth IRA can be free from income and penalty taxes if you have attained age 59½ and meet the five year holding period or another qualifying event such as death or disability.

Required Minimum Distributions: Retirement plans (except for Roth IRAs) are subject to required withdrawals called required minimum distributions (“RMDs”) beginning at age 72 (age 70 ½ if you were born on or before June 30, 1949). RMDs are based on the fair market value of your contract at year-end divided by the life expectancy factor. Certain death benefits and optional riders may be considered in determining the fair market value of your contract for RMD purposes. This may cause your RMD to be higher. Inherited IRAs (including inherited Roth IRAs) are subject to special required minimum distribution rules. You should consult your tax advisor prior to making a purchase for an explanation of the potential tax implications to you.

Withholding for IRAs, Roth IRAs, SEPs and SIMPLE IRAs: If you receive taxable income as a result of an annuity payout or a withdrawal, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, we may deduct withholding against the payment. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. As long as you have provided us with a valid Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number, you can elect not to have any withholding occur.

If the payment is part of an annuity payout plan, we generally compute the amount of federal income tax withholding using payroll tables. You may provide us with a statement of how many exemptions to use in calculating the withholding. If the distribution is any other type of payment (such as a partial or full withdrawal) we compute federal income tax withholding using 10% of the taxable portion.

The federal income tax withholding requirements differ if we deliver payment outside the United States or you are a non-resident alien.

Some states also may impose income tax withholding requirements similar to the federal withholding described above. If this should be the case, we may deduct state income tax withholding from the payment.

Withholding for all other qualified annuities: If you receive directly all or part of the contract value from a qualified annuity, mandatory 20% federal income tax withholding (and possibly state income tax withholding) generally will be imposed at the time the payout is made from the plan. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. This mandatory withholding will not be imposed if instead of receiving the distribution check, you elect to have the distribution rolled over directly to an IRA or another eligible plan. Payments made to a surviving spouse instead of being directly rolled over to an IRA are also subject to mandatory 20% income tax withholding.

In the below situations, the distribution is subject to an optional 10% withholding instead of the mandatory 20% withholding. We will withhold 10% of the distribution amount unless you elect otherwise.

• the payout is one in a series of substantially equal periodic payouts, made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or the joint lives or life expectancies of you and your designated beneficiary) or over a specified period of 10 years or more;

• the payout is a RMD as defined under the Code;

• the payout is made on account of an eligible hardship; or

• the payout is a corrective distribution.

50    RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity — Prospectus

State withholding also may be imposed on taxable distributions.

Penalties: If you receive amounts from your qualified contract before reaching age 59½, you may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty on the amount includable in your ordinary income. However, this penalty generally will not apply to any amount received:

• because of your death;

• because you become disabled (as defined in the Code);

• if the distribution is part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or joint lives or life expectancies of you and your beneficiary);

• if the distribution is made following severance from employment during or after the calendar year in which you attain age 55 (TSAs and annuities funding 401(a) plans only);

• to pay certain medical or education expenses (IRAs only); or

• if the distribution is made from an inherited IRA.

Death benefits to beneficiaries: The entire death benefit generally is taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary in the year he/she receives the payments from the qualified annuity. If you made non-deductible contributions to a traditional IRA, the portion of any distribution from the contract that represents after-tax contributions is not taxable as ordinary income to your beneficiary. You are responsible for keeping all records tracking your non-deductible contributions to an IRA. Death benefits under a Roth IRA generally are not taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary if certain distribution requirements are met. (See also “Benefits in Case of Death — If you Die Before the Retirement Date”).

Change of retirement plan type: IRS regulations allow for rollovers of certain retirement plan distributions. In some circumstances, you may be able to have an intra-contract rollover, keeping the same features and conditions. If the annuity contract you have does not support an intra-contract rollover, you are able to request an IRS approved rollover to another annuity contract or other investment product that you choose. If you choose another annuity contract or investment product, you will be subject to new rules, including a new withdrawal charge schedule for an annuity contract, or other product rules as applicable.

Assignment:You may not assign or pledge your qualified contract as collateral for a loan.

Other

Special considerations if you select any optional rider: As of the date of this prospectus, we believe that charges related to these riders are not subject to current taxation. Therefore, we will not report these charges as partial withdrawals from your contract. However, the IRS may determine that these charges should be treated as partial withdrawals subject to taxation to the extent of any gain as well as the 10% tax penalty for withdrawals before the age of 59½, if applicable, on the taxable portion.

We reserve the right to report charges for these riders as partial withdrawals if we, as a withholding and reporting agent, believe that we are required to report them. In addition, we will report any benefits attributable to these riders on the death of you or the annuitant as an annuity death benefit distribution, not as proceeds from life insurance.

Important: Our discussion of federal tax laws is based upon our understanding of current interpretations of these laws. Federal tax laws or current interpretations of them may change. For this reason and because tax consequences are complex and highly individual and cannot always be anticipated, you should consult a tax advisor if you have any questions about taxation of your contract.

RiverSource Life’s tax status: We are taxed as a life insurance company under the Code. For federal income tax purposes, the subaccounts are considered a part of our company, although their operations are treated separately in accounting and financial statements. Investment income is reinvested in the fund in which each subaccount invests and becomes part of that subaccount’s value. This investment income, including realized capital gains, is not subject to any withholding for federal or state income taxes. We reserve the right to make such a charge in the future if there is a change in the tax treatment of variable annuities or in our tax status as we then understand it.
The company includes in its taxable income the net investment income derived from the investment of assets held in its subaccounts because the company is considered the owner of these assets under federal income tax law.  The company may claim certain tax benefits associated with this investment income.  These benefits, which may include foreign tax credits and the corporate dividend received deduction, are not passed on to you since the company is the owner of the assets under federal tax law and is taxed on the investment income generated by the assets. 

Tax qualification: We intend that the contract qualify as an annuity for federal income tax purposes. To that end, the provisions of the contract are to be interpreted to ensure or maintain such tax qualification, in spite of any other provisions of the contract. We reserve the right to amend the contract to reflect any clarifications that may be needed or are appropriate to maintain such qualification or to conform the contract to any applicable changes in the tax qualification requirements. We will send you a copy of any amendments.

RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity — Prospectus    51

Spousal status: When it comes to your marital status and the identification and naming of any spouse as a beneficiary or party to your contract, we will rely on the representations you make to us. Based on this reliance, we will issue and administer your contract in accordance with these representations. If you represent that you are married and your representation is incorrect or your marriage is deemed invalid for federal or state law purposes, then the benefits and rights under your contract may be different.

If you have any questions as to the status of your relationship as a marriage, then you should consult an appropriate tax or legal advisor.

Voting Rights

As a contract owner with investments in the subaccounts, you may vote on important fund policies until annuity payouts begin. Once they begin, the person receiving them has voting rights. We will vote fund shares according to the instructions of the person with voting rights.

Before annuity payouts begin, the number of votes you have is determined by applying your percentage interest in each subaccount to the total number of votes allowed to the subaccount.

After annuity payouts begin, the number of votes you have is equal to:

• the reserve held in each subaccount for your contract; divided by

• the net asset value of one share of the applicable fund.

As we make annuity payouts, the reserve for the contract decreases; therefore, the number of votes also will decrease.

We calculate votes separately for each subaccount. We will send notice of shareholders’ meetings, proxy materials and a statement of the number of votes to which the voter is entitled. We are the legal owner of all fund shares and therefore hold all voting rights.  However, to the extent required by law, we will vote the shares of each fund according to instructions we receive from policy owners. We will vote shares for which we have not received instructions and shares that we or our affiliates own in our own names in the same proportion as the votes for which we received instructions. As a result of this proportional voting, in cases when a small number of contract owners vote, their votes will have a greater impact and may even control the outcome.

Substitution of Investments

We may substitute the funds in which the subaccounts invest if:

• laws or regulations change;

• the existing funds become unavailable; or

• in our judgment, the funds no longer are suitable (or are not the most suitable) for the subaccounts.

If any of these situations occur, we have the right to substitute a fund currently listed in this prospectus (existing fund) for another fund (new fund), provided we obtain any required SEC and state insurance law approval. The new fund may have higher fees and/or operating expenses than the existing fund. Also, the new fund may have investment objectives and policies and/or investment advisers which differ from the existing fund.

We may also:

• add new subaccounts;

• combine any two or more subaccounts;

• transfer assets to and from the subaccounts or the variable account; and

• eliminate or close any subaccounts.

We will notify you of any substitution or change.

In the event of any such substitution or change, we may amend the contract and take whatever action is necessary and appropriate without your consent or approval. We will obtain any required prior approval of the SEC or state insurance departments before making any substitution or change.

About the Service Providers

Principal Underwriter

RiverSource Distributors, Inc. (RiverSource Distributors), our affiliate, serves as the principal underwriter and general distributor of the contract. Its offices are located at 70100 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, MN 55474. RiverSource Distributors is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ameriprise Financial, Inc.

52    RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Sales of the Contract

New contracts are not currently being offered.

• Only securities broker-dealers (“selling firms”) registered with the SEC and members of the FINRA may sell the contract.

• The contracts are continuously offered to the public through authorized selling firms. We and RiverSource Distributors have a sales agreement with the selling firm. The sales agreement authorizes the selling firm to offer the contracts to the public. RiverSource Distributors pays the selling firm (or an affiliated insurance agency) for contracts its investment professional sell. The selling firm may be required to return sales commissions under certain circumstances including but not limited to when contracts are returned under the free look period.

Payments We May Make to Selling Firms

• We may use compensation plans which vary by selling firm. For example, some of these plans pay selling firms a commission of up to 6.50% each time a purchase payment is made. We may also pay ongoing trail commissions of up to 0.75% of the contract value. We do not pay or withhold payment of trail commissions based on which investment options you select.

• We may pay selling firms an additional sales commission of up to 1.00% of purchase payments for a period of time we select. For example, we may offer to pay an additional sales commission to get selling firms to market a new or enhanced contract or to increase sales during the period.

• In addition to commissions, we may, in order to promote sales of the contracts, and as permitted by applicable laws and regulation, pay or provide selling firms with other promotional incentives in cash, credit or other compensation. We generally (but may not) offer these promotional incentives to all selling firms. The terms of such arrangements differ between selling firms. These promotional incentives may include but are not limited to:

• sponsorship of marketing, educational, due diligence and compliance meetings and conferences we or the selling firm may conduct for investment professionals, including subsidy of travel, meal, lodging, entertainment and other expenses related to these meetings;

• marketing support related to sales of the contract including for example, the creation of marketing materials, advertising and newsletters;

• providing service to contract owners; and

• funding other events sponsored by a selling firm that may encourage the selling firm’s investment professionals to sell the contract.

These promotional incentives or reimbursements may be calculated as a percentage of the selling firm’s aggregate, net or anticipated sales and/or total assets attributable to sales of the contract, and/or may be a fixed dollar amount. As noted below this additional compensation may cause the selling firm and its investment professionals to favor the contracts.

Sources of Payments to Selling Firms

When we pay the commissions and other compensation described above from our assets. Our assets may include:

• revenues we receive from fees and expenses that you will pay when buying, owning and making a withdrawal from the contract (see “Expense Summary”);

• compensation we or an affiliate receive from the underlying funds in the form of distribution and services fees (see “The Variable Account and the Funds — The Funds”);

• compensation we or an affiliate receive from a fund’s investment adviser, subadviser, distributor or an affiliate of any of these (see “The Variable Account and the Funds — The Funds”); and

• revenues we receive from other contracts we sell that are not securities and other businesses we conduct.

You do not directly pay the commissions and other compensation described above as the result of a specific charge or deduction under the contract. However, you may pay part or all of the commissions and other compensation described above indirectly through:

• fees and expenses we collect from contract owners, including withdrawal charges; and

• fees and expenses charged by the underlying subaccount funds in which you invest, to the extent we or one of our affiliates receive revenue from the funds or an affiliated person.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Compensation payment arrangements made with selling firms can potentially:

• give selling firms a heightened financial incentive to sell the contract offered in this prospectus over another investment with lower compensation to the selling firm.

RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity — Prospectus    53

• cause selling firms to encourage their investment professionals to sell you the contract offered in this prospectus instead of selling you other alternative investments that may result in lower compensation to the selling firm.

• cause selling firms to grant us access to its investment professionals to promote sales of the contract offered in this prospectus, while denying that access to other firms offering similar contracts or other alternative investments which may pay lower compensation to the selling firm.

Payments to Investment Professionals

• The selling firm pays its investment professionals. The selling firm decides the compensation and benefits it will pay its investment professionals.

• To inform yourself of any potential conflicts of interest, ask the investment professional before you buy, how the selling firm and its investment professionals are being compensated and the amount of the compensation that each will receive if you buy the contract.

Service Providers

Our Service Center performs certain administrative services on the contracts and policies we issue. The address and telephone number of our Service Center are listed on the first page of the prospectus. We also have entered into agreements with certain entities to provide the identified services in connection with the contracts and policies we issue. The entities engaged by RiverSource Life may change over time. Entities that provided services to RiverSource Life in 2019 are listed in the table below.

Name of Service Provider	Services Provided	Address
Ameriprise Financial, Inc.	Business affairs management and administrative support related to new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies	707 Second Avenue South Minneapolis MN 55402 USA
Ameriprise India Private Limited	Administrative support related to new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies annual report filings	Plot No. 14, Sector 18 Udyog Vihar Gurugram, Haryana – 122 015 India
Sykes Enterprise Incorporated	Administrative support related to e new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies	10th Floor, Glorietta BPO 1 Office Tower Makati City 1224 Metro Manila Philippines

Issuer

We issue the contracts. We are a stock life insurance company organized in 1957 under the laws of the state of Minnesota and are located at 829 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, MN 55474. We are a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ameriprise Financial, Inc.

We conduct a conventional life insurance business. We are licensed to do business in 49 states, the District of Columbia and American Samoa. Our primary products currently include fixed and variable annuity contracts and life insurance policies.

Legal Proceedings

Insurance companies have been the subject of increasing regulatory, legislative and judicial scrutiny. Numerous state and federal regulatory agencies have commenced examinations and other inquiries of insurance companies regarding sales and marketing practices (including sales to older consumers and disclosure practices), claims handling, and unclaimed property and escheatment practices and procedures. RiverSource Life has cooperated and will continue to cooperate with the applicable regulators.

RiverSource Life is involved in the normal course of business in a number of other legal and arbitration proceedings concerning matters arising in connection with the conduct of its business activities. RiverSource Life believes that it is not a party to, nor are any of its properties the subject of, any pending legal, arbitration or regulatory investigation, examination or proceeding that is likely to have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is possible that the outcome of any current or future legal, arbitration or regulatory proceeding could have a material impact on results of operations in any particular reporting period as the proceedings are resolved.

Uncertain economic conditions, heightened and sustained volatility in the financial markets and significant financial reform legislation may increase the likelihood that clients and other persons or regulators may present or threaten legal claims or that regulators increase the scope or frequency of examinations of RiverSource Life or the insurance industry generally.

54    RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Additional Information

Incorporation of Certain Documents By Reference

The SEC allows us to “incorporate by reference” the information we have filed with the SEC. This means that we can disclose important information to you without actually including the specific information in this prospectus by referring you to other documents filed separately with the SEC. The information incorporated by reference is an important part of this prospectus. Information that we later provide to the SEC, and which is deemed to be “filed” with the SEC, will automatically update information previously filed with the SEC, and may replace information in this prospectus and information previously filed with the SEC. We incorporate by reference RiverSource Life Insurance Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019 as filed with the SEC on Feb.26, 2020under File No. 033-28976 in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and any filings we make with the SEC under Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act (excluding information deemed to be furnished and not filed with the SEC) after the effective date of this registration statement, until all offerings under the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part are completed or terminated. The annual report contains additional information about RiverSource Life Insurance Company, including audited financial statements for the latest fiscal year.

RiverSource Life will furnish you without charge a copy of any or all of the documents incorporated by reference into this prospectus, including any exhibits to such documents which have been specifically incorporated by reference. We will do so upon receipt of your written or oral request. You can contact RiverSource Life at the telephone number and address listed on the first page of this prospectus.

Available Information

This prospectus is part of a registration statement we file with the SEC. Additional information on RiverSource Life and on this offering is available in the registration statement and other materials we file. You can obtain copies of these materials at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. This prospectus, other information about the contract and other information incorporated by reference are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at (http://www.sec.gov).

Indemnification

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the Act) may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of RiverSource Life pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity — Prospectus    55

Appendix A: 8% Performance Credit Rider Adjusted Partial Withdrawal

Step One

Foreach withdrawal made within the current calculation period we calculate the remaining purchase payment amount (RPA):

RPA = Total purchase payments made prior to the partial withdrawal in question minus the RPA adjusted partial withdrawals for all previous partial withdrawals.

NOTE: In our calculations for the first partial withdrawal, the RPA will simply be the total purchase payments as there are no previous withdrawals to subtract.

RPA adjusted partial withdrawals	=	PW × RPA
		CV

PW	=	the partial withdrawal including any applicable withdrawal charge or MVA.
CV	=	the contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.
RPA	=	the remaining premium amount on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.

Step Two

Foreach withdrawal made within the current calculation period we calculate the eligible purchase payment amount (EPA):

EPA = Total purchase payments made prior to the partial withdrawal in question AND prior to the five year exclusion period minus EPA adjusted partial withdrawals for all previous partial withdrawals.

NOTE: In our calculations for the first partial withdrawal, the EPA will simply be the total purchase payments made before the five year exclusion period as there are no previous withdrawals to subtract. Also note that EPA/RPA will always be less than or equal to one.

EPA adjusted partial withdrawals	=	PW × EPA	×	EPA
		CV		RPA

PW	=	the partial withdrawal including any applicable withdrawal charge or MVA.
CV	=	the contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.
EPA	=	the eligible premium amount on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.
RPA	=	the remaining premium amount on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal

Step Three

The total PCRPW (Performance Credit Rider adjusted partial withdrawal) amount is the sum of each EPA adjusted partial withdrawal.

Example: Calculation at the end of the ten-year period assuming the contract is eligible for the PCR credit (i.e., your contract value is less than target value).

• You purchase the contract with a purchase payment of $100,000.

• On the sixth contract anniversary you make an additional purchase payment in the amount of $100,000.

• Contract values before any partial withdrawals are shown below.

• On the third contract anniversary you make a partial withdrawal in the amount of $10,000.

• On the eighth contract anniversary you make another partial withdrawal in the amount of $10,000.

56    RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity — Prospectus

NOTE: The shaded portion of the table indicates the five year exclusion period.

Contract Duration in Years	Total Purchase Payments	Contract Value
At Issue	$100,000	$100,000
1	100,000	110,000
2	100,000	115,000
3	100,000	120,000
4	100,000	115,000
5	100,000	120,000
6	200,000	225,000
7	200,000	230,000
8	200,000	235,000
9	200,000	230,000
10	200,000	235,000

Step one: For each withdrawal made within the current calculation period we calculate the RPA:

For the first partial withdrawal on the third contract anniversary:

RPA before the partial withdrawal = total purchase payments made prior to the partial withdrawal minus the RPA adjusted partial withdrawals for all previous partial withdrawals = $100,000 – 0 = $100,000	RPA adjusted partial withdrawal =
	$10,000 × $100,000	= $8,333
	$120,000

For the second partial withdrawal on the eighth contract anniversary:

RPA before the partial withdrawal = total purchase payments made prior to the partial withdrawal minus the RPA adjusted partial withdrawals for all previous partial withdrawals = $200,000 – $8,333 = $191,667	RPA adjusted partial withdrawal =
	$10,000 × $191,667	= $8,156
	$235,000

Step two: For each withdrawal made within the current calculation period, we calculate the EPA:

For the first partial withdrawal on the third contract anniversary:

EPA before the partial withdrawal = total purchase payments made prior to the partial withdrawal AND the five-year exclusion period minus the EPA adjusted partial withdrawals for all previous partial withdrawals = $100,000 – 0 = $100,000	EPA adjusted partial withdrawal =
	$10,000 × $100,000	×	$100,000	= $8,333
	$120,000		$100,000

For the second partial withdrawal on the eighth contract anniversary:

EPA before the partial withdrawal = total purchase payments made prior to the partial withdrawal AND the five-year exclusion period minus the EPA adjusted partial withdrawals for all previous partial withdrawals = $100,000 – $8,333 = $91,667	EPA adjusted partial withdrawal =
	$10,000 × $91,667	×	$91,667	= $1,866
	$235,000		$191,667

Step three: The total PCRPW amount is the sum of each EPA adjusted partial withdrawal.

PCRPW amount = $ 8,333 + $ 1,866 = $ 10,199

RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity — Prospectus    57

Appendix B: Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)

The following tables give per-unit information about the financial history of each subaccount. The date in which operations commenced in each subaccount is noted in parentheses. We have not provided this information for subaccounts that were not available under your contract as of December 31, 2019.

Variable account charges of 1.40% of the daily net assets of the variable account.

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
AB VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio (Class B) (9/22/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.99	$1.11	$0.83	$0.85	$0.84	$0.81	$0.67	$0.60	$0.79	$0.68
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.26	$0.99	$1.11	$0.83	$0.85	$0.84	$0.81	$0.67	$0.60	$0.79
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	115	117	120	136	153	157	170	235	350	428
AB VPS Intermediate Bond Portfolio (Class B) (9/22/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.74	$1.78	$1.75	$1.70	$1.72	$1.65	$1.71	$1.64	$1.56	$1.45
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.85	$1.74	$1.78	$1.75	$1.70	$1.72	$1.65	$1.71	$1.64	$1.56
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	157	104	161	399	199	255	350	395	395	473
AB VPS Large Cap Growth Portfolio (Class B) (9/22/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.80	$1.78	$1.37	$1.36	$1.25	$1.11	$0.82	$0.72	$0.75	$0.69
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.38	$1.80	$1.78	$1.37	$1.36	$1.25	$1.11	$0.82	$0.72	$0.75
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	204	234	253	283	275	305	318	380	710	877
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Balanced Fund (Class 3) (2/21/1995)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.44	$3.71	$3.28	$3.13	$3.12	$2.87	$2.40	$2.13	$2.11	$1.90
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.16	$3.44	$3.71	$3.28	$3.13	$3.12	$2.87	$2.40	$2.13	$2.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	328	408	436	446	496	522	600	692	777	880
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3) (2/21/1995)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.27	$3.45	$2.82	$2.65	$2.66	$2.34	$1.78	$1.58	$1.53	$1.32
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.02	$3.27	$3.45	$2.82	$2.65	$2.66	$2.34	$1.78	$1.58	$1.53
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	691	751	812	971	1,161	1,313	1,652	2,086	2,533	3,074
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3) (5/2/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.50	$2.69	$2.39	$2.14	$2.23	$2.06	$1.64	$1.46	$1.56	$1.36
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.06	$2.50	$2.69	$2.39	$2.14	$2.23	$2.06	$1.64	$1.46	$1.56
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	58	69	83	80	83	81	113	153	273	295
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund (Class 3) (2/21/1995)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.20	$1.20	$1.21	$1.23	$1.24	$1.26	$1.28	$1.30	$1.31	$1.33
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.20	$1.20	$1.20	$1.21	$1.23	$1.24	$1.26	$1.28	$1.30	$1.31
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2,284	2,512	3,009	3,452	2,179	2,496	2,750	2,860	3,784	4,615
Columbia Variable Portfolio – High Yield Bond Fund (Class 3) (8/26/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.23	$2.35	$2.24	$2.03	$2.09	$2.04	$1.95	$1.71	$1.64	$1.46
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.56	$2.23	$2.35	$2.24	$2.03	$2.09	$2.04	$1.95	$1.71	$1.64
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	282	271	329	407	490	560	773	971	1,146	1,400
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3) (2/21/1995)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.23	$2.26	$2.21	$2.14	$2.17	$2.09	$2.17	$2.04	$1.94	$1.82
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.40	$2.23	$2.26	$2.21	$2.14	$2.17	$2.09	$2.17	$2.04	$1.94
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	706	755	840	961	1,077	1,216	1,527	2,043	2,171	2,609
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Growth Fund (Class 3) (5/2/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.00	$1.06	$0.84	$0.84	$0.78	$0.69	$0.54	$0.46	$0.48	$0.41
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.34	$1.00	$1.06	$0.84	$0.84	$0.78	$0.69	$0.54	$0.46	$0.48
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	143	165	177	328	329	345	364	444	158	198
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Select Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (5/2/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.33	$2.70	$2.44	$2.18	$2.28	$2.18	$1.49	$1.28	$1.42	$1.14
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.70	$2.33	$2.70	$2.44	$2.18	$2.28	$2.18	$1.49	$1.28	$1.42
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	9	17	17	20	21	22	28	32	129	48
Columbia Variable Portfolio – U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3) (5/2/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.30	$1.30	$1.28	$1.26	$1.26	$1.21	$1.25	$1.25	$1.25	$1.23
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.37	$1.30	$1.30	$1.28	$1.26	$1.26	$1.21	$1.25	$1.25	$1.25
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	85	87	88	418	121	124	152	163	168	270
Fidelity® VIP Growth & Income Portfolio Service Class (9/22/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.90	$2.12	$1.84	$1.61	$1.67	$1.53	$1.17	$1.00	$1.00	$0.88
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.43	$1.90	$2.12	$1.84	$1.61	$1.67	$1.53	$1.17	$1.00	$1.00
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	119	192	216	144	148	183	295	395	489	588
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class (9/22/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$5.41	$6.43	$5.40	$4.88	$5.03	$4.80	$3.58	$3.16	$3.59	$2.83
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$6.58	$5.41	$6.43	$5.40	$4.88	$5.03	$4.80	$3.58	$3.16	$3.59
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	140	178	188	181	219	239	282	331	423	509

58    RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity ��� Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.40% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Fidelity® VIP Overseas Portfolio Service Class (9/22/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.33	$1.59	$1.24	$1.33	$1.30	$1.43	$1.12	$0.94	$1.15	$1.03
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.68	$1.33	$1.59	$1.24	$1.33	$1.30	$1.43	$1.12	$0.94	$1.15
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	22	26	38	41	41	48	87	136	139	162
Franklin Global Real Estate VIP Fund – Class 2 (9/22/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.54	$2.77	$2.54	$2.56	$2.58	$2.28	$2.26	$1.80	$1.93	$1.62
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.07	$2.54	$2.77	$2.54	$2.56	$2.58	$2.28	$2.26	$1.80	$1.93
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	72	76	79	97	123	138	187	211	253	310
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund – Class 2 (9/22/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.44	$2.72	$2.54	$2.22	$2.37	$2.24	$1.77	$1.57	$1.61	$1.47
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.94	$2.44	$2.72	$2.54	$2.22	$2.37	$2.24	$1.77	$1.57	$1.61
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	711	804	950	1,180	1,259	1,538	1,777	2,135	2,449	3,186
Goldman Sachs VIT International Equity Insights Fund – Institutional Shares (9/22/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.17	$1.41	$1.13	$1.18	$1.18	$1.30	$1.06	$0.89	$1.06	$0.97
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.36	$1.17	$1.41	$1.13	$1.18	$1.18	$1.30	$1.06	$0.89	$1.06
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	7	7	7	7	7	7	8	8	8	37
Goldman Sachs VIT Strategic Growth Fund – Institutional Shares (9/22/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.00	$2.05	$1.59	$1.58	$1.55	$1.38	$1.06	$0.90	$0.93	$0.86
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.68	$2.00	$2.05	$1.59	$1.58	$1.55	$1.38	$1.06	$0.90	$0.93
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	24	34	34	36	54	55	55	59	61	105
Goldman Sachs VIT U.S. Equity Insights Fund – Institutional Shares (9/22/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.99	$2.15	$1.76	$1.61	$1.64	$1.43	$1.05	$0.93	$0.91	$0.82
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.46	$1.99	$2.15	$1.76	$1.61	$1.64	$1.43	$1.05	$0.93	$0.91
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	78	111	117	77	111	128	138	160	244	348
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series I Shares (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.78	$1.87	$1.49	$1.48	$1.43	$1.33	$0.97	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.40	$1.78	$1.87	$1.49	$1.48	$1.43	$1.33	$0.97	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	210	292	318	239	309	341	415	457	—	—
Invesco V.I. Core Equity Fund, Series I Shares (10/30/1997)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.20	$2.46	$2.21	$2.03	$2.18	$2.05	$1.61	$1.43	$1.45	$1.34
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.80	$2.20	$2.46	$2.21	$2.03	$2.18	$2.05	$1.61	$1.43	$1.45
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	804	983	1,101	1,232	1,472	1,645	1,856	2,171	2,494	2,967
Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series I Shares* (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.56	$1.68	$1.39	$1.40	$1.40	$1.32	$0.97	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.07	$1.56	$1.68	$1.39	$1.40	$1.40	$1.32	$0.97	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	73	77	94	105	105	118	146	153	—	—
*Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series I Shares is scheduled to merge into Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series I Shares sometime during the second quarter of 2020.
Janus Henderson VIT Enterprise Portfolio: Service Shares (5/2/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.51	$1.54	$1.23	$1.11	$1.09	$0.98	$0.76	$0.66	$0.68	$0.55
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.02	$1.51	$1.54	$1.23	$1.11	$1.09	$0.98	$0.76	$0.66	$0.68
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	93	150	223	231	236	231	270	318	356	418
Janus Henderson VIT Global Technology Portfolio: Service Shares (5/2/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.30	$1.30	$0.91	$0.81	$0.79	$0.73	$0.55	$0.47	$0.52	$0.42
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.85	$1.30	$1.30	$0.91	$0.81	$0.79	$0.73	$0.55	$0.47	$0.52
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	22	30	46	48	51	56	60	79	179	240
Janus Henderson VIT Overseas Portfolio: Service Shares (5/2/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.08	$1.29	$1.00	$1.09	$1.21	$1.40	$1.24	$1.11	$1.66	$1.35
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.35	$1.08	$1.29	$1.00	$1.09	$1.21	$1.40	$1.24	$1.11	$1.66
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	92	137	146	154	161	181	209	242	283	339
Janus Henderson VIT Research Portfolio: Service Shares (5/2/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.27	$1.33	$1.05	$1.07	$1.03	$0.93	$0.72	$0.62	$0.66	$0.59
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.69	$1.27	$1.33	$1.05	$1.07	$1.03	$0.93	$0.72	$0.62	$0.66
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	129	169	227	266	316	344	478	694	869	962
JPMorgan Insurance Trust U.S. Equity Portfolio – Class 1 Shares (4/24/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.05	$3.30	$2.74	$2.50	$2.51	$2.24	$1.67	$1.44	$1.48	$1.33
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.97	$3.05	$3.30	$2.74	$2.50	$2.51	$2.24	$1.67	$1.44	$1.48
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	41	47	59	60	61	71	95	114	168	188
Lazard Retirement International Equity Portfolio – Service Shares (9/22/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.22	$1.43	$1.19	$1.26	$1.25	$1.33	$1.12	$0.93	$1.02	$0.97
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.45	$1.22	$1.43	$1.19	$1.26	$1.25	$1.33	$1.12	$0.93	$1.02
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	23	23	23	23	23	28	29	29	29	31

RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity — Prospectus    59

Variable account charges of 1.40% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
LVIP Baron Growth Opportunities Fund – Service Class (9/22/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$4.08	$4.31	$3.43	$3.30	$3.51	$3.39	$2.46	$2.11	$2.05	$1.65
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$5.48	$4.08	$4.31	$3.43	$3.30	$3.51	$3.39	$2.46	$2.11	$2.05
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	11	20	33	34	171	179	184	178	185	196
MFS® New Discovery Series – Initial Class (9/22/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.20	$3.30	$2.64	$2.45	$2.54	$2.77	$1.99	$1.66	$1.88	$1.40
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.47	$3.20	$3.30	$2.64	$2.45	$2.54	$2.77	$1.99	$1.66	$1.88
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	42	73	87	93	236	256	284	324	374	436
MFS® Research Series – Initial Class (9/22/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.09	$2.21	$1.82	$1.70	$1.71	$1.57	$1.20	$1.04	$1.06	$0.93
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.74	$2.09	$2.21	$1.82	$1.70	$1.71	$1.57	$1.20	$1.04	$1.06
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	92	110	162	167	210	226	243	230	320	388
MFS® Utilities Series – Initial Class (9/22/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.45	$3.46	$3.06	$2.78	$3.30	$2.97	$2.50	$2.23	$2.12	$1.89
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.25	$3.45	$3.46	$3.06	$2.78	$3.30	$2.97	$2.50	$2.23	$2.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	180	282	347	392	438	517	577	652	680	798
Putnam VT Equity Income Fund – Class IB Shares (5/12/2017)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.01	$1.12	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.30	$1.01	$1.12	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	524	617	717	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Putnam VT International Equity Fund – Class IB Shares (9/22/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.30	$1.63	$1.31	$1.36	$1.38	$1.50	$1.19	$0.99	$1.20	$1.11
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.61	$1.30	$1.63	$1.31	$1.36	$1.38	$1.50	$1.19	$0.99	$1.20
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	242	248	282	297	527	565	636	714	947	1,199
Putnam VT International Growth Fund – Class IB Shares (9/22/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.19	$1.49	$1.12	$1.22	$1.22	$1.32	$1.09	$0.91	$1.13	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.47	$1.19	$1.49	$1.12	$1.22	$1.22	$1.32	$1.09	$0.91	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	30	32	34	37	37	42	41	53	86	115
Royce Capital Fund – Micro-Cap Portfolio, Investment Class (9/22/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.63	$4.05	$3.90	$3.30	$3.83	$4.03	$3.37	$3.18	$3.67	$2.86
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.28	$3.63	$4.05	$3.90	$3.30	$3.83	$4.03	$3.37	$3.18	$3.67
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	38	38	47	49	55	71	93	101	105	138
Royce Capital Fund – Small-Cap Portfolio, Investment Class (9/22/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$4.48	$4.96	$4.77	$4.00	$4.60	$4.51	$3.40	$3.06	$3.21	$2.70
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$5.24	$4.48	$4.96	$4.77	$4.00	$4.60	$4.51	$3.40	$3.06	$3.21
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	53	54	70	77	79	92	109	129	150	179
Templeton Foreign VIP Fund – Class 2 (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.64	$1.97	$1.71	$1.62	$1.75	$2.00	$1.65	$1.42	$1.61	$1.50
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.82	$1.64	$1.97	$1.71	$1.62	$1.75	$2.00	$1.65	$1.42	$1.61
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	138	150	172	200	209	230	286	330	396	517
Third Avenue Value Portfolio (5/2/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.36	$3.00	$2.68	$2.42	$2.70	$2.62	$2.23	$1.78	$2.29	$2.04
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.61	$2.36	$3.00	$2.68	$2.42	$2.70	$2.62	$2.23	$1.78	$2.29
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	45	53	55	56	63	69	75	83	90	90
Wanger International (9/22/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.84	$3.50	$2.67	$2.75	$2.79	$2.96	$2.45	$2.04	$2.43	$1.97
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.65	$2.84	$3.50	$2.67	$2.75	$2.79	$2.96	$2.45	$2.04	$2.43
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	27	48	48	50	125	129	163	183	199	215
Wanger USA (9/22/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.69	$3.79	$3.22	$2.87	$2.93	$2.83	$2.15	$1.81	$1.91	$1.57
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.77	$3.69	$3.79	$3.22	$2.87	$2.93	$2.83	$2.15	$1.81	$1.91
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	96	110	133	159	182	217	340	541	659	787

60    RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information

Calculating Annuity Payouts	p. 3
Rating Agencies	p. 4
Principal Underwriter	p. 4
Service Providers	p. 4
Custodian	p. 5
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	p. 5
Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	p. 6
Financial Statements

RiverSource Signature Variable Annuity — Prospectus    61

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474
1-800-333-3437

43444  CG (5/20)

RiverSource Distributors, Inc. (Distributor), Member FINRA. Issued by RiverSource Life Insurance Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota. ©2008-2020 RiverSource Life Insurance Company. All rights reserved.

Prospectus

May 1, 2020

RiverSource^®

Pinnacle Variable Annuity

Individual Flexible Premium Deferred Combination Fixed/Variable Annuity

Issued by:	RiverSource Life Insurance Company (RiverSource Life)
	829 Ameriprise Financial Center Minneapolis, MN 55474 Telephone: 1-800-333-3437 (Service Center) RiverSource Variable Annuity Account/RiverSource MVA Account​

New contracts are not currently being offered.

This prospectus contains information that you should know before investing. Investment options available under the contract are listed below:

Columbia Funds Variable Series Trust II

Fidelity^® Variable Insurance Products – Service Class

Franklin^® Templeton^® Variable Insurance Products Trust – Class 2

Invesco Variable Insurance Funds

MFS^® Variable Insurance Trust^SM

Putnam Variable Trust – Class IB Shares

 

Please read the prospectuses carefully and keep them for future reference.

The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

An investment in this contract is not a deposit of a bank or financial institution and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) or any other government agency. An investment in this contract involves investment risk including the possible loss of principal.

A Statement of Additional Information (SAI), dated the same date as this prospectus, is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. It is filed with the SEC and is available without charge by contacting RiverSource Life at the telephone number and address listed above. The table of contents of the SAI is on the last page of this prospectus. The SEC maintains an Internet site. This prospectus, the SAI and other information about the product are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at (http://www.sec.gov).

Variable annuities are complex products. The fees and charges, as well as the available features and benefits, of the variable annuity contracts described in this prospectus will be different from other variable annuities offered in the marketplace, including other variable annuities or other types of annuities offered by RiverSource Life. The interest credited, guarantees provided, and credits available, as well as the funds serving as underlying investments and their corresponding expenses, may differ among the variable annuities that are available to you. With the aid of an appropriate financial professional, we encourage you to compare and contrast the variable annuity contracts described in this prospectus with other variable annuities available in the marketplace, including other types of annuities we may offer. This will aid in determining whether purchasing a contract is consistent with your investment objectives, risk tolerance, time horizon, marital status, tax situation, and your unique financial situation and needs. If you select an annuity that includes surrender or other liquidation charges, you should also consider any future needs you may have to access your contract value. The optional benefits and features available with the contracts usually come with additional costs. Consider any additional costs carefully when electing these optional benefits and features.

Beginning on January 1, 2021, as permitted by regulations adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission, paper copies of your underlying funds’ shareholder reports will no longer be sent by mail, unless you specifically request paper copies of the reports from RiverSource Life. Instead, the reports will be made available on a website, and you will be notified each time a report is posted and provided with a website link to access the report.

You may elect to receive all future reports in paper free of charge. You can inform RiverSource Life that you wish to continue receiving paper copies of your shareholder reports by calling our Service Center at 1-800-862-7919. Your election to receive reports in paper will apply to all funds available under your variable annuity contract.

RiverSource Pinnacle Variable Annuity — Prospectus    1

Effects of COVID-19 Pandemic

The coronavirus disease 2019 (“COVID-19”) public health crisis presents ongoing significant economic and societal disruption and has driven significant volatility in the equity and interest rate markets. Any periods of continued high market volatility, and your individual circumstances (e.g., your selected allocations and the timing of any purchase payments, transfers, or withdrawals), will affect values under your contract. As part of how we maintain our strong financial strength and claims-paying ability, we continue to reserve amounts for our contractual obligations in accordance with significant state solvency regulations. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic may impact financial markets, investment performance under your contract, and our financial strength and claims-paying ability will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be estimated, including the scope and duration of the pandemic and actions taken by governmental authorities, market participants, and other third parties in response to the pandemic.

We have implemented comprehensive strategies to address the operating environment spurred by the pandemic.  To promote the safety and security of our employees and to assure the continuity of our business operations, we have implemented a work from home protocol for virtually all of our employee population, restricted business travel, and provided resources for complying with the guidance from the World Health Organization, the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and government authorities. We have been satisfying elevated customer service volumes and our operations teams have continued to operate successfully and without disruptions in service. Our pandemic strategy is flexible and scalable and takes into consideration that a pandemic could be widespread and may occur in multiple waves, affecting different communities at different times with varying levels of severity. We cannot, however, predict the impact that natural or man-made disasters and catastrophes, including the COVID-19 pandemic, may have over near- or longer-term periods.

2    RiverSource Pinnacle Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Table of Contents

Key Terms	4
The Contract in Brief	6
Expense Summary	8
Contract Owner Transaction Expenses	8
Annual Variable Account Expenses	8
Other Annual Expenses	8
Annual Operating Expenses of the Funds	9
Condensed Financial Information	11
Financial Statements	11
The Variable Account and the Funds	11
The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)	15
Market Value Adjustment (MVA)	16
The General Account	19
The One-Year Fixed Account	19
Buying Your Contract	19
The Retirement Date	20
Beneficiary	20
Purchase Payments	21
How to Make Purchase Payments	21
Limitations on Use of Contract	21
Charges	21
Contract Administrative Charge	21
Variable Account Administrative Charge	21
Mortality and Expense Risk Fee	22
Withdrawal Charge	22
Fund Fees and Expenses	25
Premium Taxes	25
Optional Death Benefit Charges	25
Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider Fee	25
Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider Fee	25
Valuing Your Investment	25
GPAs and One-Year Fixed Account	25
Subaccounts	25
Making the Most of Your Contract	26
Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging	26
Tiered Dollar-Cost Averaging (Tiered DCA) Program	27
Asset Rebalancing	28
Transferring Among Accounts	28
How to request a Transfer or Withdrawal	31
Withdrawals	32
Withdrawal Policies	32
Receiving Payment	32
TSA–Special Provisions	33
Participants in Tax-Sheltered Annuities	33

Changing Ownership	34
Benefits in Case of Death	34
If You Die Before Your Retirement Date	35
Optional Benefits	37
Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector)	37
Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus)	39
The Annuity Payout Period	41
Annuity Tables	41
Annuity Payout Plans	42
Taxes	43
Nonqualified Annuities	43
Qualified Annuities	44
Other	46
Voting Rights	47
Substitution of Investments	47
About the Service Providers	47
Principal Underwriter	47
Service Providers	49
Issuer	49
Legal Proceedings	49
Additional Information	50
Incorporation of Certain Documents By Reference	50
Available Information	50
Indemnification	50
Appendix : Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	51
Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information	55

RiverSource Pinnacle Variable Annuity — Prospectus    3

Key Terms

These terms can help you understand details about your contract.

Accumulation unit: A measure of the value of each subaccount before annuity payouts begin.

Annuitant: The person or persons on whose life or life expectancy the annuity payouts are based.

Annuity payouts: An amount paid at regular intervals under one of several plans.

Assumed investment rate: The rate of return we assume your investments will earn when we calculate your initial annuity payout amount using the annuity table in your contract. The standard assumed investment rate we use is 5% but you may request we substitute an assumed investment rate of 3.5%.

Beneficiary: The person you designate to receive benefits in case of the owner’s or annuitant’s death while the contract is in force.

Close of business: The time the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) closes (4 p.m. Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier).

Code: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Contract: A deferred annuity contract that permits you to accumulate money for retirement by making one or more purchase payments. It provides for lifetime or other forms of payouts beginning at a specified time in the future.

Contract value: The total value of your contract before we deduct any applicable charges.

Contract year: A period of 12 months, starting on the effective date of your contract and on each anniversary of the effective date.

Funds: Investment options under your contract. You may allocate your purchase payments into subaccounts investing in shares of the funds.

Good order: We cannot process your transaction request relating to the contract until we have received the request in good order at our Service Center. “Good order” means the actual receipt of the requested transaction in writing, along with all information, forms and supporting legal documentation necessary to effect the transaction. To be in “good order,” your instructions must be sufficiently clear so that we do not need to exercise any discretion to follow such instructions. This information and documentation generally includes your completed request; the contract number; the transaction amount (in dollars); the names of and allocations to and/or from the subaccounts and the fixed account affected by the requested transaction; Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number; and any other information, forms or supporting documentation that we may require. For certain transactions, at our option, we may require the signature of all contract owners for the request to be in good order. With respect to purchase

requests, “good order” also generally includes receipt of sufficient payment by us to effect the purchase. We may, in our sole discretion, determine whether any particular transaction request is in good order, and we reserve the right to change or waive any good order requirements at any time.

Guarantee Period: The number of successive 12-month periods that a guaranteed interest rate is credited.

Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs): A nonunitized separate account to which you may allocate purchase payments or transfer contract value of at least $1,000. These accounts have guaranteed interest rates for guarantee periods we declare when you allocate purchase payments or transfer contract value to a GPA. These guaranteed rates and periods of time may vary by state. Unless an exception applies, transfers or withdrawals from a GPA done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will receive a market value adjustment, which may result in a gain or loss of principal.

Market Value Adjustment (MVA): A positive or negative adjustment assessed if any portion of a Guarantee Period Account is withdrawn or transferred more than 30 days before the end of its guarantee period.

One-year fixed account: Part of our general account to which you may make allocations. Amounts you allocate to this account earn interest at rates that we declare periodically.

Owner (you, your): The person or persons identified in the contract as owner(s) of the contract, who has or have the right to control the contract (to decide on investment allocations, transfers, payout options, etc.). Usually, but not always, the owner is also the annuitant. During the owner’s life, the owner is responsible for taxes, regardless of whether he or she receives the contract’s benefits. The owner or any joint owner may be a non-natural person (e.g. irrevocable trust or corporation) or a revocable trust. If any owner is a non-natural person or a revocable trust, the annuitant will be deemed to be the owner for contract provisions that are based on the age or life of the owner. When the contract is owned by a revocable trust or irrevocable grantor trust, the annuitant(s) selected must be the grantor(s) of the trust to assure compliance with Section 72(s) of the Code.

Qualified annuity: A contract that you purchase to fund one of the following tax-deferred retirement plans that is subject to applicable federal law and any rules of the plan itself:

• Individual Retirement Annuities (IRAs) including inherited IRAs under Section 408(b) of the Code

• Roth IRAs including inherited Roth IRAs under Section 408A of the Code

• SIMPLE IRAs under Section 408(p) of the Code

• Simplified Employee Pension (SEP) plans under Section 408(k) of the Code

 

4    RiverSource Pinnacle Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• Tax-Sheltered Annuity (TSA) rollovers under Section 403(b) of the Code

A qualified annuity will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral if it is used to fund a retirement plan that is already tax deferred.

All other contracts are considerednonqualified annuities.

Retirement date: The date when annuity payouts are scheduled to begin.

Rider effective date: The date a rider becomes effective as stated in the rider.

RiverSource Life: In this prospectus, “we,” “us,” “our” and “RiverSource Life” refer to RiverSource Life Insurance Company.

Service Center: Our department that processes all transaction and service requests for the contracts. We consider all transaction and service requests received when they arrive in good order at the Service Center. Any transaction or service requests sent or directed to any location other than our Service Center may end up delayed or not processed. Our Service Center address and telephone number are listed on the first page of the prospectus.

Valuation date: Any normal business day, Monday through Friday, on which the NYSE is open, up to the time it closes. At the NYSE close, the next valuation date begins. We calculate the accumulation unit value of each subaccount on each valuation date. If we receive your

purchase payment or any transaction request (such as a transfer or withdrawal request) in good order at our Service Center before the close of business, we will process your payment or transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your payment or transaction request. On the other hand, if we receive your purchase payment or transaction request in good order at our Service Center at or after the close of business, we will process your payment or transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date. If you make a transaction request by telephone (including by fax), you must have completed your transaction by the close of business in order for us to process it using the accumulation unit value we calculate on that valuation date. If you were not able to complete your transaction before the close of business for any reason, including telephone service interruptions or delays due to high call volume, we will process your transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date.

Variable account: Consists of separate subaccounts to which you may allocate purchase payments; each invests in shares of one fund. The value of your investment in each subaccount changes with the performance of the particular fund.

Withdrawal value: The amount you are entitled to receive if you make a full withdrawal from your contract. It is the contract value minus any applicable charges.

RiverSource Pinnacle Variable Annuity — Prospectus    5

The Contract in Brief

Purpose: The purpose of the contract is to allow you to accumulate money for retirement or similar long term goal. You do this by making one or more purchase payments. You may allocate your purchase payments to the GPAs, one-year fixed account, and/or subaccounts of the variable account under the contract; however you risk losing amounts you invest in the subaccounts of the variable account. These accounts, in turn, may earn returns that increase the value of a contract. If the contract value goes to zero due to underlying fund’s performance or deduction of fees, the contract will no longer be in force and the contract (including any death benefit riders) will terminate. You may be able to purchase an optional benefit to reduce the investment risk you assume. Beginning at a specified time in the future called the retirement date, the contract provides lifetime or other forms of payouts of your contract value (less any applicable premium tax).

It may have not been advantageous for you to purchase this contract in exchange for, or in addition to, an existing annuity or life insurance policy. Generally, you can exchange one annuity for another or for a long-term care policy in a “tax-free” exchange under Section 1035 of the Code. You can also do a partial exchange from one annuity contract to another annuity contract, subject to Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) rules. You also generally can exchange a life insurance policy for an annuity. However, before making an exchange, you should compare both contracts carefully because the features and benefits may be different. Fees and charges may be higher or lower on your old contract than on this contract. You may have to pay a withdrawal charge when you exchange out of your old contract and a new withdrawal period will begin when you exchange into this contract. If the exchange does not qualify for Section 1035 treatment, you also may have to pay federal income tax on the distribution. State income taxes may also apply. You should not exchange your old contract for this contract, or buy this contract in addition to your old contract, unless you determine it is in your best interest. (See “Taxes-1035 Exchanges”.)

Tax-deferred retirement plans: Most annuities have a tax-deferred feature. So do many retirement plans under the Code including 403(b) plans. As a result, when you use a qualified annuity to fund a retirement plan that is tax-deferred, your contract will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral beyond what is provided in that retirement plan. Some employers may permit you to deposit your contributions into other investments such as mutual funds. If such investments are available to you, before enrolling under the contract, you should consider features other than tax deferral that may help you reach your retirement goals. In addition, the Code subjects retirement plans to required withdrawals triggered at age 72 (triggered at age 70 ½ if you turned 70 ½ before Jan. 1, 2020). These mandatory withdrawals are called required minimum distributions (“RMDs”). RMDs may reduce the value of certain death benefits and optional riders (see “Taxes — Qualified

Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). You should consult your tax advisor before you purchase the contract as a qualified annuity for an explanation of the tax implications to you.

Buying a contract: We no longer offer new contracts. However, you have the option of making additional purchase payments in the future, subject to certain limitations. Purchase payment amounts and purchase payment timing may be limited under the terms of your contract and/or pursuant to state requirements. (See “Buying Your Contract”).

Free look period: The contracts in this prospectus are no longer sold. Generally, all available free look periods have now expired.

Accounts: Generally, you may allocate your purchase payments among the:

• subaccounts of the variable account, each of which invests in a fund with a particular investment objective. The value of each subaccount varies with the performance of the particular fund in which it invests. We cannot guarantee that the value at the retirement date will equal or exceed the total purchase payments you allocate to the subaccounts. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds”).

• GPAs which earn interest at rates declared when you make an allocation to that account. The required minimum investment in each GPA is $1,000. These accounts may not be available in all states. (See “The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)”)

• one-year fixed account, which earns interest at rates that we adjust periodically. There are restrictions on the amount you can allocate to this account as well as on transfers from this account (see “The Fixed Account – One-Year Fixed Account“ )

Transfers: Subject to certain restrictions, you currently may redistribute your contract value among the accounts without charge at any time until annuity payouts begin, and once per contract year among the subaccounts after annuity payouts begin. Transfers out of the GPAs done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will be subject to a MVA, unless an exception applies. You may establish automated transfers among the accounts. We reserve the right to limit transfers to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then currently crediting is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transferring Among Accounts”).

Withdrawals: You may withdraw all or part of your contract value at any time before the retirement date. You also may establish automated partial withdrawals. Withdrawals may be subject to charges and tax penalties (including a 10% IRS penalty that may apply if you make withdrawals prior to your reaching age 59½) and may have other tax consequences. Certain other restrictions may apply. (See “Withdrawals”)

 

6    RiverSource Pinnacle Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Optional benefits:These contracts offered optional living and death benefits that were available for additional charges if you met certain criteria. Please note, since the contracts in this prospectus are no longer sold, any optional benefits you may have elected were done so at the time of application. You cannot add optional benefits to your contract after it has been issued. Any optional benefits we describe are not available to add to your contract. (See “Optional Benefits”).

Benefits in case of death: If you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin, we will pay the beneficiary an amount at least equal to the contract value. (See “Benefits in Case of Death”)

Annuity payouts: You can apply your contract value, after reflecting any adjustments, to an annuity payout plan that begins on the retirement date. You may choose from a variety of plans that can help meet your retirement or other income needs. The payout schedule must meet IRS requirements. We can make payouts on a fixed or variable basis, or both. During the annuity payout period, your choices for subaccounts may be limited. The GPAs are not available during the payout period. (See “The Annuity Payout Period”).

RiverSource Pinnacle Variable Annuity — Prospectus    7

Expense Summary

The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you paid when buying, owning and making a withdrawal from the contract. The first table describes the fees and expenses that you paid at the time that you bought the contract and will pay when you make a withdrawal from the contract. State premium taxes also may be deducted.

Contract Owner Transaction Expenses

Withdrawal charge

(Contingent deferred sales charge as a percentage of purchase payments withdrawn)

Years from purchase payment receipt	Withdrawal charge percentage
1	8%
2	8
3	7
4	6
5	5
6	4
7	2
Thereafter	0

Liquidation charge under Variable Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:If you are receiving variable annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to withdraw those payments. The amount that you can withdraw is the present value of any remaining variable payouts. The discount rate we use in the calculation will be 5.17% if the assumed investment return is 3.5% and 6.67% if the assumed investment return is 5%. The liquidation charge equals the present value of the remaining payouts using the assumed investment return minus the present value of the remaining payouts using the discount rate. (See “Charges — WithdrawalCharge” and “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Withdrawal charge for Fixed Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:

Number of Completed Years Since Annuitization	Withdrawal charge percentage
0	Not applicable*
1	5%
2	4
3	3
4	2
5	1
6 and thereafter	0

*We do not permit withdrawals in the first year after annuitization.

The next tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay periodically during the time that you own the contract, not including fund fees and expenses.

Annual Variable Account Expenses

(As a percentage of average daily subaccount value.)

The death benefit you select determines the fees you pay.

	ROP Death Benefit	MAV Death Benefit
Variable account administrative charge	0.15%	0.15%
Mortality and expense risk fee	1.00	1.10
Total annual variable account expenses	1.15%	1.25%

Other Annual Expenses

Annual contract administrative charge $30

(We will waive this charge when your contract value is $50,000 or more on the current contract anniversary.)

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector) fee 0.25%⁽¹⁾

(As a percentage of the contract value charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

8    RiverSource Pinnacle Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus) fee 0.40%⁽¹⁾

(As a percentage of the contract value charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

⁽¹⁾ This fee applies only if you elect this optional feature.

Annual Operating Expenses of the Funds

The next table provides the minimum and maximum total operating expenses charged by the underlying funds that you may pay periodically during the time that you own the contract. These operating expenses are for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, unless otherwise noted. More detail concerning each underlying fund’s fees and expenses is contained in each fund’s prospectus.

Minimum and maximum annual operating expenses for the funds

(Including management, distribution (12b-1) and/or service fees and other expenses)⁽¹⁾

	Minimum(%)	Maximum(%)
Total expenses before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements	0.59	1.18

⁽¹⁾ Total annual fund operating expenses are deducted from amounts that are allocated to the fund. They include management fees and other expenses and may include distribution (12b-1) fees. Other expenses may include service fees that may be used to compensate service providers, including us and our affiliates, for administrative and contract owner services provided on behalf of the fund. The amount of these payments will vary by fund and may be significant. See “The Variable Account and the Funds” for additional information, including potential conflicts of interest these payments may create. Distribution (12b-1) fees are used to finance any activity that is primarily intended to result in the sale of fund shares. Because 12b-1 fees are paid out of fund assets on an ongoing basis, you may pay more if you select subaccounts investing in funds that have adopted 12b-1 plans than if you select subaccounts investing in funds that have not adopted 12b-1 plans. For a more complete description of each fund’s fees and expenses and important disclosure regarding payments the fund and/or its affiliates make, please review the fund’s prospectus and SAI.

RiverSource Pinnacle Variable Annuity — Prospectus    9

Examples

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in these contracts with the cost of investing in other variable annuity contracts. These costs include your transaction expenses, contract administrative charges⁽¹⁾, variable account annual expenses and fund fees and expenses.

These examples assume that you invest $10,000 in the contract for the time periods indicated. These examples also assume that your investment has a 5% return each year.

Maximum Expenses. These examples assume the most expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the maximum fees and expenses of any of the funds before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the MAV Death Benefit and the optional Benefit Protector Plus. Although your actual costs may be lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

If you withdraw your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not withdraw your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
$1,054	$1,547	$2,048	$3,449	$320	$976	$1,654	$3,449

Minimum Expenses. These examples assume the least expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the minimum fees and expenses of any of the funds before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the ROP Death Benefit and do not select any optional benefits. Although your actual costs may be higher, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

If you withdraw your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not withdraw your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
$952	$1,231	$1,495	$2,339	$208	$641	$1,095	$2,339

⁽¹⁾ In these examples, the contract administrative charge is $30.

THE EXAMPLES ARE ILLUSTRATIVE ONLY. YOU SHOULD NOT CONSIDER THESE EXAMPLES AS A REPRESENTATION OF PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES. ACTUAL EXPENSES WILL BE HIGHER OR LOWER THAN THOSE SHOWN DEPENDING UPON WHICH OPTIONAL BENEFIT YOU ELECT OTHER THAN INDICATED IN THE EXAMPLES OR IF YOU ALLOCATE CONTRACT VALUE TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE SUBACCOUNTS.

10    RiverSource Pinnacle Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Condensed Financial Information

You can find unaudited condensed financial information for the subaccounts representing the lowest and highest total annual variable account expense combinations in Appendix.

Financial Statements

You can find our audited financial statements and the audited financial statements of the divisions, which are comprised of subaccounts, in the SAI. The SAI does not include audited financial statements for divisions that are new (if any) and have no activity as of the financial statements date.

The Variable Account and the Funds

Variable Account. The variable account was established under Indiana law on July 15, 1987, and the subaccounts are registered together as a single unit investment trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the 1940 Act). This registration does not involve any supervision of our management or investment practices and policies by the SEC. All obligations arising under the contracts are general obligations of RiverSource Life.

The variable account meets the definition of a separate account under federal securities laws. We credit or charge income, capital gains and capital losses of each subaccount only to that subaccount. State insurance law prohibits us from charging a subaccount with liabilities of any other subaccount or of our general business. The variable account includes other subaccounts that are available under contracts that are not described in this prospectus.

The IRS has issued guidance on investor control but may issue additional guidance in the future. We reserve the right to modify the contract or any investments made under the terms of the contract so that the investor control rules do not apply to treat the contract owner as the owner of the subaccount assets rather than the owner of an annuity contract. If the contract is not treated as an annuity contract for tax purposes, the owner may be subject to current taxation on any current or accumulated income credited to the contract.

We intend to comply with all federal tax laws so that the contract qualifies as an annuity for federal tax purposes. We reserve the right to modify the contract as necessary in order to qualify the contract as an annuity for federal tax purposes.

The Funds. This contract currently offers subaccounts investing in shares of the funds listed in the table below.

• Investment objectives: The investment managers and advisers cannot guarantee that the funds will meet their investment objectives. Please read the funds’ prospectuses for facts you should know before investing. These prospectuses are available by contacting us at the address or telephone number on the first page of this prospectus.

• Fund name and management: A fund underlying your contract in which a subaccount invests may have a name, portfolio manager, objectives, strategies and characteristics that are the same or substantially similar to those of a publicly-traded retail mutual fund. Despite these similarities, an underlying fund is not the same as any publicly-traded retail mutual fund. Each underlying fund will have its own unique portfolio holdings, fees, operating expenses and operating results. The results of each underlying fund may differ significantly from any publicly-traded retail mutual fund.

• Eligible purchasers: All funds are available to serve as the underlying investments for variable annuities and variable life insurance policies. The funds are not available to the public (see “Fund Name and Management” above). Some funds also are available to serve as investment options for tax-deferred retirement plans. It is possible that in the future for tax, regulatory or other reasons, it may be disadvantageous for variable annuity accounts and variable life insurance accounts and/or tax-deferred retirement plans to invest in the available funds simultaneously. Although we and the funds’ providers do not currently foresee any such disadvantages, the boards of directors or trustees of each fund will monitor events in order to identify any material conflicts between annuity owners, policy owners and tax-deferred retirement plans and to determine what action, if any, should be taken in response to a conflict. If a board were to conclude that it should establish separate fund providers for the variable annuity, variable life insurance and tax-deferred retirement plan accounts, you would not bear any expenses associated with establishing separate funds. Please refer to the funds’ prospectuses for risk disclosure regarding simultaneous investments by variable annuity, variable life insurance and tax-deferred retirement plan accounts. Each fund intends to comply with the diversification requirements under Section 817(h) of the Code.

• Asset allocation programs may impact fund performance: Asset allocation programs in general may negatively impact the performance of an underlying fund. Even if you do not participate in an asset allocation program, a fund in which your subaccount invests may be impacted if it is included in an asset allocation program. Rebalancing or reallocation under the terms of the asset allocation program may cause a fund to lose money if it must sell large amounts of securities to meet a redemption request. These losses can be greater if the fund holds securities that are not as liquid as others, for example, various types of bonds, shares of smaller companies and securities of foreign issuers. A fund may also experience higher expenses because it must sell or buy securities more frequently

RiverSource Pinnacle Variable Annuity — Prospectus    11

	than it otherwise might in the absence of asset allocation program rebalancing or reallocations. Because asset allocation programs include periodic rebalancing and may also include reallocation, these effects may occur under the asset allocation program we offer or under asset allocation programs used in conjunction with the contracts and plans of other eligible purchasers of the funds.
•	Funds available under the contract: We seek to provide a broad array of underlying funds taking into account the fees and charges imposed by each fund and the contract charges we impose. We select the underlying funds in which the subaccounts initially invest and when there is substitution (see “Substitution of Investments”). We also make all decisions regarding which funds to retain in a contract, which funds to add to a contract and which funds will no longer be offered in a contract. In making these decisions, we may consider various objective and subjective factors. Objective factors include, but are not limited to fund performance, fund expenses, classes of fund shares available, size of the fund and investment objectives and investing style of the fund. Subjective factors include, but are not limited to, investment sub-styles and process, management skill and history at other funds and portfolio concentration and sector weightings. We also consider the levels and types of revenue a fund, its distributor, investment adviser, subadviser, transfer agent or their affiliates pay us and our affiliates. This revenue includes, but is not limited to compensation for administrative services provided with respect to the fund and support of marketing and distribution expenses incurred with respect to the fund.
•	Money Market fund yield: In low interest rate environments, money market fund yields may decrease to a level where the deduction of fees and charges associated with your contract could result in negative net performance, resulting in a corresponding decrease in your contract value.
•	Revenue we receive from the funds and potential conflicts of interest:

Expenses We May Incur on Behalf of the Funds

When a subaccount invests in a fund, the fund holds a single account in the name of the variable account. As such, the variable account is actually the shareholder of the fund. We, through our variable account, aggregate the transactions of numerous contract owners and submit net purchase and redemption requests to the funds on a daily basis. In addition, we track individual contract owner transactions and provide confirmations, periodic statements, and other required mailings. These costs would normally be borne by the fund, but we incur them instead.

Besides incurring these administrative expenses on behalf of the funds, we also incur distributions expenses in selling our contracts. By extension, the distribution expenses we incur benefit the funds we make available due to contract owner elections to allocate purchase payments to the funds through the subaccounts. In addition, the funds generally incur lower distribution expenses when offered through our variable account in contrast to being sold on a retail basis.

A complete list of why we may receive this revenue, as well as sources of revenue, is described in detail below.

Payments the Funds May Make to Us

We or our affiliates may receive from each of the funds, or their affiliates, compensation including but not limited to expense payments. These payments are designed in part to compensate us for the expenses we may incur on behalf of the funds. In addition to these payments, the funds may compensate us for wholesaling activities or to participate in educational or marketing seminars sponsored by the funds.

We or our affiliates may receive revenue derived from the 12b-1 fees charged by the funds. These fees are deducted from the assets of the funds. This revenue and the amount by which it can vary may create conflicts of interest. The amount, type, and manner in which the revenue from these sources is computed vary by fund.

Conflicts of Interest These Payments May Create

When we determined the charges to impose under the contracts, we took into account anticipated payments from the funds. If we had not taken into account these anticipated payments, the charges under the contract would have been higher. Additionally, the amount of payment we receive from a fund or its affiliate may create an incentive for us to include that fund as an investment option and may influence our decision regarding which funds to include in the variable account as subaccount options for contract owners. Funds that offer lower payments or no payments may also have corresponding expense structures that are lower, resulting in decreased overall fees and expenses to shareholders.

We offer funds managed by our affiliates Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC (Columbia Management) and Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLC (Columbia Wanger). We have additional financial incentive to offer our affiliated funds because additional assets held by them generally results in added revenue to us and our parent company, Ameriprise Financial, Inc. Additionally, employees of Ameriprise Financial, Inc. and its affiliates, including our employees, may be separately incented to include the affiliated funds in the products, as employee compensation and business unit operating goals at all levels are tied to the success of the company. Currently, revenue received from our affiliated funds comprises the greatest amount and percentage of revenue we derive from payments made by the funds.

The Amount of Payments We Receive from the Funds

We or our affiliates receive revenue which ranges up to 0.65% of the average daily net assets invested in the funds through this and other contracts we and our affiliates issue.

12    RiverSource Pinnacle Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Why revenues are paid to us: In accordance with applicable laws, regulations and the terms of the agreements under which such revenue is paid, we or our affiliates may receive revenue, including, but not limited to expense payments and non-cash compensation, for various purposes:

• Compensating, training and educating investment professionals who sell the contracts.

• Granting access to our employees whose job it is to promote sales of the contracts by authorized selling firms and their investment professionals, and granting access to investment professionals of our affiliated selling firms.

• Activities or services we or our affiliates provide that assist in the promotion and distribution of the contracts including promoting the funds available under the contracts to contract owners, authorized selling firms and investment professionals.

• Providing sub-transfer agency and shareholder servicing to contract owners.

• Promoting, including and/or retaining the fund’s investment portfolios as underlying investment options in the contracts.

• Advertising, printing and mailing sales literature, and printing and distributing prospectuses and reports.

• Furnishing personal services to contract owners, including education of contract owners regarding the funds, answering routine inquiries regarding a fund, maintaining accounts or providing such other services eligible for service fees as defined under the rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA).

• Subaccounting services, transaction processing, recordkeeping and administration.

• Sources of revenue received from affiliated funds: The affiliated funds are managed by Columbia Management or Columbia Wanger. The sources of revenue we receive from these affiliated funds, or the funds’ affiliates, may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Assets of the fund’s adviser, sub-adviser, transfer agent, distributor or an affiliate of these. The revenue resulting from these sources may be based either on a percentage of average daily net assets of the fund or on the actual cost of certain services we provide with respect to the fund. We may receive this revenue either in the form of a cash payment or it may be allocated to us.

• Compensation paid out of 12b-1 fees that are deducted from fund assets.

• Sources of revenue received from unaffiliated funds: The unaffiliated funds are not managed by an affiliate of ours. The sources of revenue we receive from these unaffiliated funds, or the funds’ affiliates, may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Assets of the fund’s adviser, sub-adviser, transfer agent, distributor or an affiliate of these. The revenue resulting from these sources may be based either on a percentage of average daily net assets of the fund or on the actual cost of certain services we provide with respect to the fund. We receive this revenue in the form of a cash payment.

• Compensation paid out of 12b-1 fees that are deducted from fund assets.

You may allocate purchase payments and transfers to any or all of the subaccounts of the variable account that invest in shares of the funds listed in the table below. From time to time, certain fund names are changed. When we are notified of a name change, we will make changes so that the new name is properly shown. However, changes may take some period of time to complete. As a result it is possible you may receive various forms, reports and confirmations that reflect a fund’s prior name.

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Balanced Fund (Class 3)	Seeks maximum total investment return through a combination of capital growth and current income.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high level of current income and, as a secondary objective, steady growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Government Money Market Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with maximum current income consistent with liquidity and stability of principal.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC

RiverSource Pinnacle Variable Annuity — Prospectus    13

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Columbia Variable Portfolio - High Yield Bond Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with high current income as its primary objective and, as its secondary objective, capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high level of current income while attempting to conserve the value of the investment for the longest period of time.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Select Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Fidelity® VIP Balanced Portfolio Service Class	Seeks income and capital growth consistent with reasonable risk. Invests approximately 60% of assets in stocks and other equity securities and the remainder in bonds and other debt securities, including lower-quality debt securities, when its outlook is neutral. Invests at least 25% of total assets in fixed-income senior securities (including debt securities and preferred stock). The fund invests in domestic and foreign issuers.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. Fidelity Investments Money Management, Inc. (FIMM), FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC), and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Growth & Income Portfolio Service Class	Seeks high total return through a combination of current income and capital appreciation. Normally invests a majority of assets in common stocks with a focus on those that pay current dividends and show potential for capital appreciation. Invests in domestic and foreign issuers. The Fund invests in either "growth" stocks or "value" stocks or both.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Growth Portfolio Service Class	Seeks to achieve capital appreciation. Normally invests primarily in common stocks. Invests in companies that FMR believes have above-average growth potential (stocks of these companies are often called "growth" stocks). The Fund invests in domestic and foreign issuers.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class	Seeks long-term growth of capital. Normally invests primarily in common stocks. Normally invests at least 80% of assets in securities of companies with medium market capitalizations. May invest in companies with smaller or larger market capitalizations. Invests in domestic and foreign issuers. The Fund invests in either "growth" or "value" common stocks or both.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks capital appreciation, with income as a secondary goal. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests primarily in U.S. and foreign equity securities that the investment manager believes are undervalued.	Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC
Franklin Small Cap Value VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term total return. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in investments of small capitalization companies.	Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC
Franklin Small-Mid Cap Growth VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital growth. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in investments of small-capitalization and mid-capitalization companies.	Franklin Advisers, Inc.

14    RiverSource Pinnacle Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series I Shares	Seeks capital growth.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. Core Equity Fund, Series I Shares	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
MFS® Investors Trust Series - Initial Class	Seeks capital appreciation.	MFS® Investment Management
MFS® New Discovery Series - Initial Class	Seeks capital appreciation.	MFS® Investment Management
MFS® Total Return Series - Initial Class	Seeks total return.	MFS® Investment Management
MFS® Utilities Series - Initial Class	Seeks total return.	MFS® Investment Management
Putnam VT Equity Income Fund - Class IB Shares	Seeks capital growth and current income.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of Putnam Investments Limited (PIL), PIL does not currently manage any assets.
Putnam VT Income Fund - Class IB Shares	Seeks high current income consistent with what Putnam Investment Management, LLC believes to be prudent risk.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of Putnam Investments Limited (PIL), PIL does not currently manage any assets.
Putnam VT International Equity Fund - Class IB Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor; Putnam Investments Limited, sub-adviser. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of The Putnam Advisory Company, LLC (PAC), PAC does not currently manage any assets of the fund.
Putnam VT Sustainable Leaders Fund - Class IB Shares	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of Putnam Investments Limited (PIL), PIL does not currently manage any assets.
Templeton Foreign VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital growth. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in investments of issuers located outside the U.S., including those in emerging markets.	Templeton Investment Counsel, LLC

The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)

The GPAs may not be available in some states.

You may allocate purchase payments to one or more of the GPAs with guarantee periods declared by us. These periods of time may vary by state. The required minimum investment in each GPA is $1,000.

These accounts are not offered after annuity payouts begin.

Each GPA pays an interest rate that is declared when you make an allocation to that account. Interest is credited daily. That interest rate is then fixed for the guarantee period that you chose. We will periodically change the declared interest rate for any future allocations to these accounts, but we will not change the rate paid on money currently in a GPA. The GPA interests under the contracts are registered with the SEC (File No.333-230959). The SEC staff reviews the disclosures in this prospectus on the GPA interests.

The interest rates that we will declare as guaranteed rates in the future are determined by us at our discretion (future rates). These rates generally will be based on various factors related to future investment earnings.We cannot predict nor can we guarantee what future rates will be.

RiverSource Pinnacle Variable Annuity — Prospectus    15

We hold amounts you allocate to the GPAs in a “nonunitized” separate account. This separate account provides an additional measure of assurance that we will make full payment of amounts due under the GPAs. We own the assets of this separate account as well as any favorable investment performance of those assets. You do not participate in the performance of the assets held in this separate account. We guarantee all benefits relating to your value in the GPAs. This guarantee is based on the continued claims-paying ability of the company’s general account. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of insurance and financial products as well, and we also pay our obligations under these products from assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account.

We intend to construct and manage the investment portfolio relating to the separate account in such a way as to minimize the impact of fluctuations by interest rates. We seek to achieve this by constructing a portfolio of assets with a price sensitivity to interest rate changes (i.e., price duration) that is similar to the price duration of the corresponding portfolio of liabilities.

We must invest this portfolio of assets in accordance with requirements established by applicable state laws regarding the nature and quality of investments that life insurance companies may make and the percentage of their assets that they may commit to any particular type of investment. Our investment strategy will incorporate the use of a variety of debt instruments having price durations tending to match the applicable guarantee periods. These instruments include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities, which issues may or may not be guaranteed by the U.S. government;

• Debt securities that have an investment grade, at the time of purchase, within the four highest grades assigned by any of three nationally recognized rating agencies — Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s Investors Service or Fitch — or are rated in the two highest grades by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners;

• Other debt instruments which are unrated or rated below investment grade, limited to 10% of assets at the time of purchase; and

• Real estate mortgages, limited to 45% of portfolio assets at the time of acquisition.

In addition, options and futures contracts on fixed income securities will be used from time to time to achieve and maintain appropriate investment and liquidity characteristics on the overall asset portfolio.

While this information generally describes our investment strategy, we are not obligated to follow any particular strategy except as may be required by federal law and Indiana and other state insurance laws.

Market Value Adjustment (MVA)

We guarantee the contract value allocated to your GPA, including the interest credited, if you do not make any transfers or withdrawals from that GPA prior to 30 days before the end of the guarantee period. However, we will apply an MVA if a transfer or withdrawal occurs prior to this time, unless the transfer is an automated transfer from the two-year GPA as part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep strategy. The MVA also affects amounts withdrawn from a GPA prior to 30 days before the end of the guarantee period that are used to purchase payouts under an annuity payout plan. We will refer to all of these transactions as “early withdrawals” in the discussion below.

When you request an early withdrawal, we adjust the early withdrawal amount by an MVA formula. The early withdrawal amount reflects the relationship between the guaranteed interest rate you are earning in your current GPA and the interest rate we are crediting on new GPAs that end at the same time as your current GPA.

The MVA is sensitive to changes in current interest rates. The magnitude of any applicable MVA will depend on our current schedule of guaranteed interest rates at the time of the withdrawal, the time remaining in your guarantee period and your guaranteed interest rate. The MVA is negative, zero or positive depending on how the guaranteed interest rate on your GPA compares to the interest rate of a new GPA for the same number of years as the guarantee period remaining on your GPA. This is summarized in the following table:

If your GPA rate is:	The MVA is:
Less than the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Negative
Equal to the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Zero
Greater than the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Positive

General Examples

As the examples below demonstrate, the application of an MVA may result in either a gain or a loss of principal. We refer to all of the transactions described below as “early withdrawals.”

16    RiverSource Pinnacle Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Assumptions:

• You purchase a contract and allocate part of your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA; and

• we guarantee an interest rate of 3.0% annually for your ten-year guarantee period; and

• after three years, you decide to make a withdrawal from your GPA. In other words, there are seven years left in your guarantee period.

Remember that the MVA depends partly on the interest rate of a new GPA for the same number of years as the guarantee period remaining on your GPA. In this case, that is seven years.

Example 1: Remember that your GPA is earning 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 3.5%. We add 0.10% to the 3.5% rate to get 3.6%. Your GPA’s 3.0% rate is less than the 3.6% rate, so the MVA will be negative.

Example 2: Remember again that your GPA is earning 3.0%, and assume that new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 2.5%. We add 0.10% to the 2.5% rate to get 2.6%. In this example, since your GPA’s 3.0% rate is greater than the 2.6% rate, the MVA will be positive. To determine that adjustment precisely, you will have to use the formula described below.

Sample MVA Calculations

The precise MVA formula we apply is as follows:

Early withdrawal amount	×	[	(	1 + i	)	n/12	–1	]	=	MVA
				1 + j + .001

Where i	=	rate earned in the GPA from which amounts are being transferred or withdrawn.
j	=	current rate for a new guarantee period equal to the remaining term in the current guarantee period.
n	=	number of months remaining in the current guarantee period (rounded up).

Examples — MVA

Using assumptions similar to those we used in the examples above:

• You purchase a contract and allocate part of your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA;

• we guarantee an interest rate of 3.0% annually for your ten-year guarantee period; and

• after three years, you decide to make a $1,000 withdrawal from your GPA. In other words, there are seven years left in your guarantee period.

Example 1: You request an early withdrawal of $1,000 from your ten-year GPA earning a guaranteed interest rate of 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 3.5%. Using the formula above, we determine the MVA as follows:

$1,000	×	[	(	1.030	)	84/12	–1	]	=	-$39.84
				1 + .035 + .001

In this example, the MVA is a negative $39.84.

Example 2: You request an early withdrawal of $1,000 from your ten-year GPA earning a guaranteed interest rate of 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 2.5%. Using the formula above, we determine the MVA as follows:

$1,000	×	[	(	1.030	)	84/12	–1	]	=	$27.61
				1 + .025 + .001

In this example, the MVA is a positive $27.61.

Please note that when you allocate your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA and your purchase payment is in its fourth year from receipt at the beginning of the guarantee period, your withdrawal charge percentage is 6%. (See “Charges — Withdrawal Charge.”) We do not apply MVAs to the amounts we deduct for withdrawal charges, so we would deduct the withdrawal charge from your early withdrawal after we applied the MVA. Also note that when you request an early withdrawal, we withdraw an amount from your GPA that will give you the net amount you requested after we apply the MVA and any applicable withdrawal charge, unless you request otherwise.

The current interest rate we offer on the GPA will change periodically at our discretion. It is the rate we are then paying on purchase payments, renewals and transfers paid under this class of contracts for guarantee period durations equaling the remaining guarantee period of the GPA to which the formula is being applied.

RiverSource Pinnacle Variable Annuity — Prospectus    17

We will not apply MVAs to amounts withdrawn for annual contract charges, to amounts we pay as death claims or to automatic transfers from the two-year GPA as part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep strategy. In some states, the MVA is limited.

18    RiverSource Pinnacle Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The General Account

The general account includes all assets owned by RiverSource Life, other than those in the variable account and our other separate accounts. Subject to applicable state law, we have sole discretion to decide how assets of the general account will be invested. The assets held in our general account support the guarantees under your contract including any optional benefits offered under the contract. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to many of the same risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of annuities and financial instruments and products as well, and these obligations are satisfied from the assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account. The fixed account is supported by our general account that we make available under the contract.

The One-Year Fixed Account

You may allocate purchase payments or transfer accumulated value to the one-year fixed account. Some states may restrict the amount you can allocate to this account. We back the principal and interest guarantees relating to the one-year fixed account. These guarantees are subject to the creditworthiness and continued claims-paying ability of the company’s general account. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account. The value of the one-year fixed account increases as we credit interest to the account. Purchase payments and transfers to the one-year fixed account become part of our general account. We credit and compound interest daily based on a 365-day year (366 in a leap year) so as to produce the annual effective rate which we declare. The interest rate we apply to each purchase payment or transfer to the one-year fixed account is guaranteed for one year. Thereafter we will change the rates from time-to-time at our discretion. Interest rates credited in excess of the guaranteed rate generally will be based on various factors related to future investment earnings.

There are restrictions on the amount you can allocate to this account as well as on transfers from this account. (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transfer policies”)

Because of exemptive and exclusionary provisions, we have not registered interests in the one-year fixed account as securities under the Securities Act of 1933 nor have any of these accounts been registered as investment companies under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Accordingly, neither the one-year fixed account nor any interests in the one-year fixed account are subject to the provisions of these Acts.

The one-year fixed account has not been registered with the SEC. Disclosures regarding the one-year fixed account, however, are subject to certain generally applicable provisions of the federal securities laws relating to the accuracy and completeness of statements made in a prospectus.

Buying Your Contract

New contracts are not currently being offered.

We are required by law to obtain personal information from you which we used to verify your identity. If you do not provide this information we reserve the right to refuse to issue your contract or take other steps we deem reasonable. As the owner, you have all rights and may receive all benefits under the contract. You can own a qualified annuity or a nonqualified annuity. You can own a nonqualified annuity in joint tenancy with rights of survivorship only in spousal situations. You cannot own a qualified annuity in joint tenancy. You can become an owner if you are 90 or younger. (The age limit may be younger for qualified annuities in some states.)

When you applied, you selected (if available in your state):

•	the one-year fixed account, GPAs and/or subaccounts in which you wanted to invest(1);
•	how you wanted to make purchase payments;
•	the date you wanted to start receiving annuity payouts (the retirement date);
•	a death benefit option(2);
•	the optional Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider(3);
•	the optional Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider(3); and
•	a beneficiary.
(1)	Some states restrict the amount you can allocate to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account. GPAs may not be available in some states.
(2)	The MAV death benefit is available if you and the annuitant are 78 or younger at contract issue. If either you or the annuitant are 79 or older at contract issue the ROP death benefit will apply.
(3)	Available if you and the annuitant are 75 or younger at contract issue. Riders may not be available in all states.

RiverSource Pinnacle Variable Annuity — Prospectus    19

The contract provides for allocation of purchase payments to the subaccounts to the GPAs and/or to the one-year fixed account in even 1% increments subject to the $1,000 minimum required investment for the GPAs.

We applied your purchase payments to the GPAs, one-year fixed account and subaccounts you select. If we receive your purchase payment at our Service Center before the close of business, we will credit any portion of that payment allocated to the subaccounts using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received the payment. If we receive an additional purchase payment at our Service Center at or after the close of business, we will credit any portion of that payment allocated to the subaccounts using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received the payment.

You may make monthly payments to your contract under a Systematic Investment Plan (SIP). To begin the SIP, you will complete and send a form and your first SIP payment along with your application. There is no charge for SIP. You can stop your SIP payments at any time.

In most states, you may make additional purchase payments to nonqualified and qualified annuities until the retirement date.

Householding and delivery of certain documents

With your prior consent, RiverSource Life and its affiliates may use and combine information concerning accounts owned by members of the same household and provide a single paper copy of certain documents to that household. This householding of documents may include prospectuses, supplements, annual reports, semiannual reports and proxies. Your authorization remains in effect unless we are notified otherwise. If you wish to continue receiving multiple copies of these documents, you can opt out of householding by calling us at 1.866.273.7429. Multiple mailings will resume within 30 days after we receive your opt out request.

The Retirement Date

Annuity payouts begin on the retirement date. This means that the contract will be annuitized or converted to a stream of monthly payments. If your contract is annuitized, the contract goes into payout and only the annuity payout provisions continue. You will no longer have access to your contract value. This means that the death benefit and any optional benefits you have elected will end. When we processed your application, we established the retirement date to be the maximum age then in effect (or contract anniversary if applicable). Unless otherwise elected by you, all retirement dates are now automatically set to the maximum age of 95 now in effect. You also can change the retirement date, provided you send us written instructions at least 30 days before annuity payouts begin.

The retirement date must be:

• no earlier than the 30th day after the contract’s effective date; and no later than

• the annuitant’s 95th birthday or the tenth contract anniversary, if later,

• or such other date as agreed upon by us.

Six months prior to your retirement start date, we will contact you with your options including the option to postpone your retirement start date to a future date. You can choose to delay the retirement start date of your contract to a date beyond age 95, to the extent allowed by applicable state law and tax laws.

If you do not make an election, annuity payouts using the contract’s default option of annuity payout Plan B – Life with 10 years certain will begin on the retirement start date and your monthly annuity payments will continue for as long as the annuitant lives. If the annuitant does not survive 10 years, we will continue to make payments until 10 years of payments have been made.

Generally, if you own a qualified annuity (for example, an IRA) and tax laws require that you take distributions from your annuity prior to your retirement start date, your contract will not be automatically annuitized (subject to state requirements). However, if you choose, you can elect to request annuitization or take surrenders to meet your required minimum distributions.

Beneficiary

We will pay to your named beneficiary the death benefit if it becomes payable while the contract is in force and before annuity payouts begin. If there is more than one beneficiary, we will pay each beneficiary’s designated share when we receive their completed claim. A beneficiary will bear the investment risk of the variable account until we receive the beneficiary’s completed claim. If there is no named beneficiary, the default provisions of your contract will apply. (See “Benefits in Case of Death” for more about beneficiaries.)

20    RiverSource Pinnacle Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Purchase Payments

Purchase payment amounts and purchase payment timing may vary by state and be limited under the terms of your contract.

Minimum purchase payments

$50 for SIPs

$100 for all other payments

Maximum total allowable purchase payments*

$1,000,000 for issue ages up to 85

$100,000 for issue ages 86 to 90

* These limits apply in total to all RiverSource Life annuities you own. We reserve the right to waive or increase maximum limits. For qualified annuities, the tax-deferred retirement plan’s or the Code’s limits on annual contributions also apply.

How to Make Purchase Payments

11 By letter

Send your check along with your name and contract number to:

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474

22 By SIP

Contact your investment professional to complete the necessary SIP paperwork.

Limitations on Use of Contract

If mandated by applicable law, including, but not limited to, federal anti-money laundering laws, we may be required to reject a purchase payment. We may also be required to block an owner’s access to contract values or to satisfy other statutory obligations. Under these circumstances, we may refuse to implement requests for transfers, withdrawals or death benefits until instructions are received from the appropriate governmental authority or a court of competent jurisdiction.

Charges

Contract Administrative Charge

We charge this fee for establishing and maintaining your records. We deduct $30 from the contract value on your contract anniversary or, if earlier, when the contract is fully withdrawn. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. Some states also limit any contract charge allocated to the fixed account.

We will waive this charge when your contract value is $50,000 or more on the current contract anniversary.

If you take a full withdrawal from your contract, we will deduct the charge at the time of withdrawal regardless of the contract value. We cannot increase the annual contract administrative charge and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

Variable Account Administrative Charge

We apply this charge daily to the subaccounts. It is reflected in the unit values of your subaccounts and it totals 0.15% of their average daily net assets on an annual basis. It covers certain administrative and operating expenses of the subaccounts such as accounting, legal and data processing fees and expenses involved in the preparation and distribution of reports and prospectuses. We cannot increase the variable account administrative charge.

RiverSource Pinnacle Variable Annuity — Prospectus    21

Mortality and Expense Risk Fee

We charge these fees daily to the subaccounts. The unit values of your subaccounts reflect these fees and they total either 1.00% or 1.10% of their average daily net assets on an annual basis depending on the death benefit option that applies to your contract. If you select the ROP death benefit, the mortality and expense risk fee is 1.00%. If you select the MAV death benefit, the mortality and expense risk fee is 1.10%. These fees cover the mortality and expense risk that we assume. These fees do not apply to the GPAs or the one-year fixed account.

Mortality risk arises because of our guarantee to pay a death benefit and our guarantee to make annuity payouts according to the terms of the contract, no matter how long a specific owner or annuitant lives and no matter how long our entire group of owners or annuitants live. If, as a group, owners or annuitants outlive the life expectancy we assumed in our actuarial tables, then we must take money from our general assets to meet our obligations. If, as a group, owners or annuitants do not live as long as expected, we could profit from the mortality risk fee. We deduct the mortality risk fee from the subaccounts during the annuity payout period even if the annuity payout plan does not involve a life contingency.

Expense risk arises because we cannot increase the contract administrative charge or the variable account administrative charge and these charges may not cover our expenses. We would have to make up any deficit from our general assets. We could profit from the expense risk fee if future expenses are less than expected.

The subaccounts pay us the mortality and expense risk fee they accrued as follows:

• first, to the extent possible, the subaccounts pay this fee from any dividends distributed from the funds in which they invest;

• then, if necessary, the funds redeem shares to cover any remaining fees payable.

We may use any profits we realize from the subaccounts’ payment to us of the mortality and expense risk fee for any proper corporate purpose, including, among others, payment of distribution (selling) expenses. We do not expect that the withdrawal charge will cover sales and distribution expenses.

Withdrawal Charge

If you withdraw all or part of your contract value, a withdrawal charge applies if all or part of the withdrawal amount is from any purchase payment we received less than eight years before the date of withdrawal. In addition, amounts withdrawn from a GPA more than 30 days before the end of the applicable guarantee period will be subject to a MVA. (See “The Guarantee Period Accounts — Market Value Adjustment (MVA).”

Each time you make a purchase payment under the contract, a withdrawal charge attaches to that purchase payment. The withdrawal charge percentage for each purchase payment declines according to a schedule shown in the contract. For example, during the first two years after a purchase payment is made, the withdrawal charge percentage attached to that payment is 8%. The withdrawal charge percentage for that payment during the seventh year after it is made is 2%. At the beginning of the eighth year after that purchase payment is made, and thereafter, there is no withdrawal charge as to that payment.

You may withdraw an amount during any contract year without incurring a withdrawal charge. We call this amount the Total Free Amount (“TFA”). The TFA is the amount of your contract value that you may withdraw without incurring a withdrawal charge. Amounts withdrawn in excess of the Total Free Amount may be subject to a withdrawal charge as described below. The Total Free Amount is defined as the maximum of (a) and (b) where:

(a)	is 10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value; and
(b)	is current contract earnings.

NOTE: We determine current contract earnings (CE) by looking at the entire contract value (CV), not the earnings of any particular subaccount, or the one-year fixed account or GPA. If the contract value is less than purchase payments received and not previously withdrawn (PPNPW) then contract earnings are zero. We consider your initial purchase payment to be the prior anniversary’s contract value during the first contract year.

For purposes of calculating any withdrawal charge, we treat amounts withdrawn from your contract value in the following order:

1.	First, in each contract year, we withdraw amounts totaling up to 10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on this amount.
2.	Next, we withdraw contract earnings, if any, that are greater than the amount described in number one above. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on contract earnings.
3.	Next, we withdraw purchase payments received prior to the withdrawal charge period shown in your contract. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on these purchase payments.

22    RiverSource Pinnacle Variable Annuity — Prospectus

4. Finally, if necessary, we withdraw purchase payments received that are still within the withdrawal charge period you selected and shown in your contract. We withdraw these payments on a “first-in, first-out” (FIFO) basis. We do assess a withdrawal charge on these payments.

NOTE: After withdrawing earnings in numbers one and two above, we next withdraw enough additional contract value (ACV) to meet your requested withdrawal amount. If the amount described in number one above was greater than contract earnings prior to the withdrawal, the excess (XSF) will be excluded from the purchase payments being withdrawn that were received most recently when calculating the withdrawal charge. We determine the amount of purchase payments being withdrawn (PPW) in numbers three and four above as:

PPW = XSF +	(ACV – XSF)	×	(PPNPW – XSF)
	(CV – TFA)

If the additional contract value withdrawn is less than XSF, then PPW will equal ACV.

We determine your withdrawal charge by multiplying each of your payments withdrawn by the applicable withdrawal charge percentage, and then adding the total withdrawal charges.

The withdrawal charge percentage depends on the number of years since you made the payments that are withdrawn.

Years from purchase payment receipt	Withdrawal charge percentage
1	8%
2	8
3	7
4	6
5	5
6	4
7	2
Thereafter	0

For a partial withdrawal that is subject to a withdrawal charge, the amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable withdrawal charge. The withdrawal charge percentage is applied to this total amount. We pay you the amount you requested.

The amount of purchase payments withdrawn is calculated using a prorated formula based on the percentage of contract value being withdrawn. As a result, the amount of purchase payments withdrawn may be greater than the amount of contract value withdrawn.

Withdrawal charge calculation example

The following is an example of the calculation we would make to determine the withdrawal charge on a contract with this history:

• We receive these payments:

– $10,000 initial;

– $8,000 on the sixth contract anniversary;

– $6,000 on the eighth contract anniversary; and

• The owner withdraws the contract for its total withdrawal value of $38,101 during the eleventh contract year and does not make any other withdrawals during that contract year; and

• The prior anniversary contract value is $38,488.

Withdrawal charge	Explanation
0	$3,848.80 is 10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value withdrawn without withdrawal charge; and
0	$10,252.20 is contract earnings in excess of the 10% TFA withdrawal amount withdrawn without withdrawal charge; and
0	$10,000 initial purchase payment was received eight or more years before withdrawal and is withdrawn without withdrawal charge; and
400	$8,000 purchase payment is in its fifth year from receipt, withdrawn with a 5% withdrawal charge; and
420	$6,000 purchase payment is in its third year from receipt, withdrawn with a 7% withdrawal charge.
$820

RiverSource Pinnacle Variable Annuity — Prospectus    23

Waiver of withdrawal charges

We do not assess a withdrawal charge for:

• withdrawals of any contract earnings;

• withdrawals of amounts totaling up to 10% of your prior contract anniversary’s contract value to the extent they exceed contract earnings;

• required minimum distributions from a qualified annuity to the extent that they exceed the free amount. The amount on which withdrawal charges are waived can be no greater than the RMD amount calculated under your specific contract currently in force;

• contracts settled using an annuity payout plan;

• death benefits;

• withdrawals you make under your contract’s “Waiver of Withdrawal Charges” provision. To the extent permitted by state law, your contract will include this provision when you and the annuitant are under age 76 at contract issue. We will waive withdrawal charges that we normally assess upon full or partial withdrawal if you provide proof satisfactory to us that, as of the date you request the withdrawal, you or the annuitant are confined to a hospital or nursing home and have been for the prior 60 days; and

• to the extent permitted by state law, withdrawals you make if you or the annuitant are diagnosed in the second or later contract years as disabled with a medical condition that with reasonable medical certainty will result in death within 12 months or less from the date of the licensed physician’s statement. You must provide us with a licensed physician’s statement containing the terminal illness diagnosis and the date the terminal illness was initially diagnosed.

Liquidation charge under Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:If you are receiving variable annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to withdraw those payments. The amount that you can withdraw is the present value of any remaining variable payouts. The discount rate we use in the calculation will be 5.17% if the assumed investment return is 3.5% and 6.67% if the assumed investment return is 5%. The liquidation charge equals the present value of the remaining payouts using the assumed investment return minus the present value of the remaining payouts using the discount rate.

Fixed Payouts: Withdrawal charge for Fixed Annuity Payout Plan E – Payouts for a specified period: If you are receiving annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to take a withdraw and withdrawal charge may apply.

A withdrawal charge will be assessed against the present value of any remaining guaranteed payouts withdrawn. The discount rate we use in determining present values varies based on: (1) the contract value originally applied to the fixed annuitization; (2) the remaining years of guaranteed payouts; (3) the annual effective interest rate and periodic payment amount for new immediate annuities of the same duration as the remaining years of guaranteed payouts; and (4) the interest spread (currently 1.50%). If we do not currently offer immediate annuities, we will use rates and values applicable to new annuitizations to determine the discount rate.

Once the discount rate is applied and we have determined the present value of the remaining guaranteed payouts you withdrawn, the present value determined will be multiplied by the withdrawal charge percentage in the table below and deducted from the present value to determine the net present value you will receive.

Number of Completed Years Since Annuitization	Withdrawal charge percentage
0	Not applicable*
1	5%
2	4
3	3
4	2
5	1
6 and thereafter	0

*We do not permit withdrawals in the first year after annuitization.

We will provide a quoted present value (which includes the deduction of any withdrawal charge). You must then formally elect, in a form acceptable to us, to receive this value. The remaining guaranteed payouts following withdraw will be reduced to zero.

Possible group reductions: In some cases we may incur lower sales and administrative expenses due to the size of the group, the average contribution and the use of group enrollment procedures. In such cases, we may be able to reduce or eliminate the contract administrative and withdrawal charges. However, we expect this to occur infrequently.

24    RiverSource Pinnacle Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Fund Fees and Expenses

There are deductions from and expenses paid out of the assets of the funds that are described in the prospectuses for those funds.

Premium Taxes

Certain state and local governments impose premium taxes on us (up to 3.5%). These taxes depend upon your state of residence or the state in which the contract was issued. Currently, we deduct any applicable premium tax when annuity payouts begin, but we reserve the right to deduct this tax at other times such as when you make purchase payments or when you make a full withdrawal from your contract.

Optional Death Benefit Charges

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider Fee

We deduct a charge for the optional feature only if you select it. If selected, we deduct 0.25% of your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

If the contract is terminated for any reason other than death or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the charge. We cannot increase this annual charge after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider Fee

We charge a fee for the optional feature only if you select it. If selected, we deduct 0.40% of your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this fee among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

If the contract is terminated for any reason other than death or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the fee from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee. We cannot increase this annual charge after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

Valuing Your Investment

We value your accounts as follows:

GPAs and One-Year Fixed Account

We value the amounts you allocate to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account directly in dollars. The value of the GPAs and the one-year fixed account equals:

• the sum of your purchase payments and transfer amounts allocated to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account (including any positive or negative MVA on amounts transferred from the GPAs to the one-year fixed account);

• plus interest credited;

• minus the sum of amounts withdrawn (including any applicable withdrawal charges) and amounts transferred out;

• minus any prorated portion of the contract administrative charge; and

• minus the prorated portion of the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Benefit Protector rider

– Benefit Protector Plus rider

Subaccounts

We convert amounts you allocated to the subaccounts into accumulation units. Each time you make a purchase payment or transfer amounts into one of the subaccounts, we credit a certain number of accumulation units to your contract for that subaccount. Conversely, we subtract a certain number of accumulation units from your contract each time you take a partial withdrawal; transfer amounts out of a subaccount; or we assess a contract administrative charge, a withdrawal charge, or fee for any optional contract riders with annual charges (if applicable).

RiverSource Pinnacle Variable Annuity — Prospectus    25

The accumulation units are the true measure of investment value in each subaccount during the accumulation period. They are related to, but not the same as, the net asset value of the fund in which the subaccount invests. The dollar value of each accumulation unit can rise or fall daily depending on the variable account expenses, performance of the fund and on certain fund expenses.

Here is how we calculate accumulation unit values:

Number of units: To calculate the number of accumulation units for a particular subaccount, we divide your investment by the current accumulation unit value.

Accumulation unit value: The current accumulation unit value for each subaccount equals the last value times the subaccount’s current net investment factor.

We determine the net investment factor by:

• adding the fund’s current net asset value per share, plus the per share amount of any accrued income or capital gain dividends to obtain a current adjusted net asset value per share; then

• dividing that sum by the previous adjusted net asset value per share; and

• subtracting the percentage factor representing the mortality and expense risk fee and the variable account administrative charge from the result.

Because the net asset value of the fund may fluctuate, the accumulation unit value may increase or decrease. You bear all the investment risk in a subaccount.

Factors that affect subaccount accumulation units: Accumulation units may change in two ways — in number and in value.

The number of accumulation units you own may fluctuate due to:

• additional purchase payments you allocate to the subaccounts;

• transfers into or out of the subaccounts (including any positive or negative MVA on amounts transferred from the GPAs);

• partial withdrawals;

• withdrawal charges;

and the deduction of a prorated portion of:

• the contract administrative charge; and

• the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Benefit Protector rider; and/or

– Benefit Protector Plus rider.

Accumulation unit values will fluctuate due to:

• changes in fund net asset value;

• fund dividends distributed to the subaccounts;

• fund capital gains or losses;

• fund operating expenses; and

• mortality and expense risk fee and the variable account administrative charge.

Making the Most of Your Contract

Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging

Currently, you can use automated transfers to take advantage of dollar-cost averaging (investing a fixed amount at regular intervals). For example, you might transfer a set amount monthly from a relatively conservative subaccount to a more aggressive one, or to several others, or from the one-year fixed account or the two-year GPA (without a MVA) to one or more subaccounts. The three to ten year GPAs are not available for automated transfers. You can also obtain the benefits of dollar-cost averaging by setting up regular automatic SIP payments or by establishing an Interest Sweep strategy. Interest Sweeps are a monthly transfer of the interest earned from either the one-year fixed account or the two-year GPA into the subaccounts of your choice. If you participate in an Interest Sweep strategy the interest you earn will be less than the annual interest rate we apply because there will be no compounding. There is no charge for dollar-cost averaging.

This systematic approach can help you benefit from fluctuations in accumulation unit values caused by fluctuations in the market values of the funds. Since you invest the same amount each period, you automatically acquire more units when the market value falls and fewer units when it rises. The potential effect is to lower your average cost per unit.

26    RiverSource Pinnacle Variable Annuity — Prospectus

How dollar-cost averaging works

By investing an equal number of dollars each month		Month	Amount invested	Accumulation unit value	Number of units purchased
		Jan	$100	$20	5.00
		Feb	100	18	5.56
you automatically buy more units when the per unit market price is low		Mar	100	17	5.88
	→	Apr	100	15	6.67
		May	100	16	6.25
		Jun	100	18	5.56
		Jul	100	17	5.88
and fewer units when the per unit market price is high.		Aug	100	19	5.26
	→	Sept	100	21	4.76
		Oct	100	20	5.00

You paid an average price of $17.91 per unit over the 10 months, while the average market price actually was $18.10.

Dollar-cost averaging does not guarantee that any subaccount will gain in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. Because dollar-cost averaging involves continuous investing, your success will depend upon your willingness to continue to invest regularly through periods of low price levels. Dollar-cost averaging can be an effective way to help meet your long-term goals. For specific features contact your investment professional.

Tiered Dollar-Cost Averaging (Tiered DCA) Program

If your net contract value⁽¹⁾ is at least $10,000, you can choose to participate in the Tiered DCA program. There is no charge for the Tiered DCA program. Under the Tiered DCA program, you can allocate a new purchase payment to one of two special Tiered DCA accounts. We determine which Tiered DCA account you are eligible for as follows:

If your net contract value(1) is…	we allocate your new purchase payment to:
$10,000–$49,999	Tier 1 DCA account
$50,000 or more	Tier 2 DCA account(2)

(1)	Net contract value” equals your current contract value plus any new purchase payment. If this is a new contract funded by purchase payments from multiple sources, we determine your net contract value based on the purchase payments, withdrawal requests and exchange requests submitted with your application.
(2)	You cannot allocate your new purchase payments to a Tier 1 DCA account if you are eligible to participate in a Tier 2 DCA account.

You may only allocate a new purchase payment of at least $1,000 to the Tiered DCA account for which you are eligible. You cannot transfer existing contract values into the Tiered DCA account. Each Tiered DCA account lasts for only six months or twelve-month from the time we receive your first purchase payment. We make monthly transfers of your total Tiered DCA account value into the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and/or subaccount you select over the six-month or twelve-month period. If you elect to transfer into a GPA, you must meet the $1,000 minimum required investment limitation for each transfer.

We reserve the right to credit a lower interest rate to each Tiered DCA account if you select the GPAs or the one-year fixed account as part of your Tiered DCA transfers. We credit higher rates on the Tier 2 DCA account than on the Tier 1 DCA account. We will change the interest rate on each Tiered DCA account from time to time at our discretion. From time to time, we may credit interest to the Tiered DCA account at promotional rates that are higher than those we credit to the one-year fixed account. We base these rates on competition and on the interest rate we are crediting to the one-year fixed account at the time of the change. Once we credit interest to a particular purchase payment, that rate does not change even if we change the rate we credit on new purchase payments or if your net contract value changes.

We credit each Tiered DCA account with current guaranteed annual rate that is in effect on the date we receive your purchase payment. However, we credit this annual rate over the six-month or twelve-month period on the balance remaining in your Tiered DCA account. Therefore, the net effective interest rate you receive is less than the stated annual rate. We do not credit this interest after we transfer the value out of the Tiered DCA account into the accounts you selected.

If you make additional purchase payments while a Tiered DCA account term is in progress, the amounts you allocate to an existing Tiered DCA account will be transferred out of the Tiered DCA account over the remainder of the term. If you are funding a Tiered DCA account from multiple sources, we apply each purchase payment to the account and credit interest on that purchase payment on the date we receive it. This means that all purchase payments may not be in the Tiered DCA account at the beginning of the six-month or twelve-month period. Therefore, you may receive less total

RiverSource Pinnacle Variable Annuity — Prospectus    27

interest than you would have if all your purchase payments were in the Tiered DCA account from the beginning. If we receive any of your multiple payments after the six-month or twelve-month period ends, you can either allocate those payments to a new Tiered DCA account (if available) or to any other accounts available under your contract.

You cannot participate in the Tiered DCA program if you are making payments under a Systematic Investment Plan. You may simultaneously participate in the Tiered DCA program and the asset-rebalancing program as long as your subaccount allocation is the same under both programs. If you elect to change your subaccount allocation under one program, we automatically will change it under the other program so they match. If you participate in more than one Tiered DCA account, the asset allocation for each account may be different as long as you are not also participating in the asset-rebalancing program.

You may terminate your participation in the Tiered DCA program at any time. If you do, we will not credit the current guaranteed annual interest rate on any remaining Tiered DCA account balance. We will transfer the remaining balance from your Tiered DCA account to the other accounts you selected for your DCA transfers or we will allocate it in any manner you specify. Similarly, if we cannot accept any additional purchase payments into the Tiered DCA program, we will allocate the purchase payments to the other accounts you selected for your DCA transfers or in any other manner you specify.

We can modify the terms or discontinue the Tiered DCA program at any time. Any modifications will not affect any purchase payments that are already in a Tiered DCA account. For more information on the Tiered DCA program, contact your investment professional.

The Tiered DCA program does not guarantee that any subaccount will gain in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. Because dollar-cost averaging involves continuous investing, your success will depend upon your willingness to continue to invest regularly through the periods of low levels. Dollar-cost averaging can be an effective way to help meet your long-term goals.

Asset Rebalancing

You can ask us in writing to automatically rebalance the subaccount portion of your contract value either quarterly, semiannually, or annually. The period you select will start to run on the date we record your request. On the first valuation date of each of these periods, we automatically will rebalance your contract value so that the value in each subaccount matches your current subaccount percentage allocations. These percentage allocations must be in whole numbers. There is no charge for asset rebalancing. The contract value must be at least $2,000.

You can change your percentage allocations or your rebalancing period at any time by contacting us in writing. If you are also participating in the Tiered DCA program and you change your subaccount asset allocation for the asset rebalancing program, we will change your subaccount asset allocation under the Tiered DCA program to match. We will restart the rebalancing period you selected as of the date we record your change. You also can ask us in writing to stop rebalancing your contract value. You must allow 30 days for us to change any instructions that currently are in place. For more information on asset rebalancing, contact your investment professional.

Transferring Among Accounts

You may transfer contract value from any one subaccount, GPAs or the one-year fixed account, to another subaccount before annuity payouts begin. Certain restrictions apply to transfers involving the GPAs and the one-year fixed account.

The date your request to transfer will be processed depends on when and how we receive it:

For transfer requests received in writing:

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your transfer request.

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your transfer request.

For transfer requests received by phone:

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your transfer request.

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your transfer request.

28    RiverSource Pinnacle Variable Annuity — Prospectus

There is no charge for transfers. Before making a transfer, you should consider the risks involved in changing investments. Transfers out of the GPAs will be subject to an MVA if done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period.

We may suspend or modify transfer privileges at any time.

For information on transfers after annuity payouts begin, see “Transfer policies” below.

Transfer policies

•	Before annuity payouts begin, you may transfer contract values between the subaccounts, or from the subaccounts to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account at any time. However, if you made a transfer from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs, you may not make a transfer from any subaccount or GPA back to the one-year fixed account for six months following that transfer.
•	It is our general policy to allow you to transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs once a year on or within 30 days before or after the contract anniversary (except for automated transfers, which can be set up at any time for certain transfer periods subject to certain minimums). Transfers from the one-year fixed account are not subject to a MVA. Until further notice, however, we have removed this restriction, and you may transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts at any time. We will inform you at least 30 days in advance of the day we intend to reimpose this restriction.
•	You may transfer contract values from a GPA any time after 60 days of transfer or payment allocation to the account. Transfers made more than 30 days before the end of the Guarantee Period will receive a MVA*, which may result in a gain or loss of contract value.
•	If we receive your request on or within 30 days before or after the contract anniversary date, the transfer from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs will be effective on the valuation date we receive it.
•	Once annuity payouts begin, you may not make transfers to or from the one-year fixed account, but you may make transfers once per contract year among the subaccounts. During the annuity payout period, we reserve the right to limit the number of subaccounts in which you may invest.
•	Once annuity payouts begin, you may not make any transfers to the GPAs.
*	Unless the transfer is an automated transfer from the two-year GPA as part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep strategy.

Market Timing

Market timing can reduce the value of your investment in the contract. If market timing causes the returns of an underlying fund to suffer, contract value you have allocated to a subaccount that invests in that underlying fund will be lower too. Market timing can cause you, any joint owner of the contract and your beneficiary(ies) under the contract a financial loss.

We seek to prevent market timing. Market timing is frequent or short-term trading activity. We do not accommodate short-term trading activities. Do not buy a contract if you wish to use short-term trading strategies to manage your investment. The market timing policies and procedures described below apply to transfers among the subaccounts within the contract. The underlying funds in which the subaccounts invest have their own market timing policies and procedures. The market timing policies of the underlying funds may be more restrictive than the market timing policies and procedures we apply to transfers among the subaccounts of the contract, and may include redemption fees. We reserve the right to modify our market timing policies and procedures at any time without prior notice to you.

Market timing may hurt the performance of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests in several ways, including but not necessarily limited to:

• diluting the value of an investment in an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests;

• increasing the transaction costs and expenses of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests; and,

• preventing the investment adviser(s) of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests from fully investing the assets of the fund in accordance with the fund’s investment objectives.

Funds available as investment options under the contract that invest in securities that trade in overseas securities markets may be at greater risk of loss from market timing, as market timers may seek to take advantage of changes in the values of securities between the close of overseas markets and the close of U.S. markets. Also, the risks of market timing may be greater for underlying funds that invest in securities such as small cap stocks, high yield bonds, or municipal securities, that may be traded infrequently.

In order to help protect you and the underlying funds from the potentially harmful effects of market timing activity, we apply the following market timing policy to discourage frequent transfers of contract value among the subaccounts of the variable account:

RiverSource Pinnacle Variable Annuity — Prospectus    29

We try to distinguish market timing from transfers that we believe are not harmful, such as periodic rebalancing for purposes of an asset allocation, dollar-cost averaging and asset rebalancing program that may be described in this prospectus. There is no set number of transfers that constitutes market timing. Even one transfer in related accounts may be market timing. We seek to restrict the transfer privileges of a contract owner who makes more than three subaccount transfers in any 90 day period. We also reserve the right to refuse any transfer request, if, in our sole judgment, the dollar amount of the transfer request would adversely affect unit values.

If we determine, in our sole judgment, that your transfer activity constitutes market timing, we may modify, restrict or suspend your transfer privileges to the extent permitted by applicable law, which may vary based on the state law that applies to your contract and the terms of your contract. These restrictions or modifications may include, but not be limited to:

• requiring transfer requests to be submitted only by first-class U.S. mail;

• not accepting hand-delivered transfer requests or requests made by overnight mail;

• not accepting telephone or electronic transfer requests;

• requiring a minimum time period between each transfer;

• not accepting transfer requests of an agent acting under power of attorney;

• limiting the dollar amount that you may transfer at any one time;

• suspending the transfer privilege; or

• modifying instructions under an automated transfer program to exclude a restricted fund if you do not provide new instructions.

Subject to applicable state law and the terms of each contract, we will apply the policy described above to all contract owners uniformly in all cases. We will notify you in writing after we impose any modification, restriction or suspension of your transfer rights.

Because we exercise discretion in applying the restrictions described above, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to identify and restrict all market timing activity. In addition, state law and the terms of some contracts may prevent us from stopping certain market timing activity. Market timing activity that we are unable to identify and/or restrict may impact the performance of the underlying funds and may result in lower contract values.

In addition to the market timing policy described above, which applies to transfers among the subaccounts within your contract, you should carefully review the market timing policies and procedures of the underlying funds. The market timing policies and procedures of the underlying funds may be materially different than those we impose on transfers among the subaccounts within your contract and may include mandatory redemption fees as well as other measures to discourage frequent transfers. As an intermediary for the underlying funds, we are required to assist them in applying their market timing policies and procedures to transactions involving the purchase and exchange of fund shares. This assistance may include, but not be limited to, providing the underlying fund upon request with your Social Security Number, Taxpayer Identification Number or other United States government-issued identifier, and the details of your contract transactions involving the underlying fund. An underlying fund, in its sole discretion, may instruct us at any time to prohibit you from making further transfers of contract value to or from the underlying fund, and we must follow this instruction. We reserve the right to administer and collect on behalf of an underlying fund any redemption fee imposed by an underlying fund. Market timing policies and procedures adopted by underlying funds may affect your investment in the contract in several ways, including but not limited to:

• Each fund may restrict or refuse trading activity that the fund determines, in its sole discretion, represents market timing.

• Even if we determine that your transfer activity does not constitute market timing under the market timing policies described above which we apply to transfers you make under the contract, it is possible that the underlying fund’s market timing policies and procedures, including instructions we receive from a fund may require us to reject your transfer request. For example, while we will attempt to execute transfers permitted under any asset allocation, dollar-cost averaging and asset rebalancing programs that may be described in this prospectus, we cannot guarantee that an underlying fund’s market timing policies and procedures will do so. Orders we place to purchase fund shares for the variable account are subject to acceptance by the fund. We reserve the right to reject without prior notice to you any transfer request if the fund does not accept our order.

• Each underlying fund is responsible for its own market timing policies, and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to implement specific market timing policies and procedures that a fund has adopted. As a result, a fund’s returns might be adversely affected, and a fund might terminate our right to offer its shares through the variable account.

• Funds that are available as investment options under the contract may also be offered to other intermediaries who are eligible to purchase and hold shares of the fund, including without limitation, separate accounts of other insurance companies and certain retirement plans. Even if we are able to implement a fund’s market timing policies, we cannot guarantee that other intermediaries purchasing that same fund’s shares will do so, and the returns of that fund could be adversely affected as a result.

30    RiverSource Pinnacle Variable Annuity — Prospectus

For more information about the market timing policies and procedures of an underlying fund, the risks that market timing pose to that fund, and to determine whether an underlying fund has adopted a redemption fee, see that fund’s prospectus.

How to request a Transfer or Withdrawal

11 By letter

Send your name, contract number, Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number* and signed request for a transfer or withdrawal to our Service Center:

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474

Minimum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	$500 or entire account balance

Maximum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	Contract value or entire account balance

* Failure to provide a Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number may result in mandatory tax withholding on the taxable portion of the distribution.

22 By automated transfers and automated partial withdrawals

Your investment professional can help you set up automated transfers or partial withdrawals among your subaccounts, GPAs or the one-year fixed accounts.

You can start or stop this service by written request or other method acceptable to us.

You must allow 30 days for us to change any instructions that are currently in place.

• Automated transfers from the one-year fixed account to any one of the subaccounts may not exceed an amount that, if continued, would deplete the one-year fixed account within 12 months. Until further notice, however, we have removed this restriction, and you may transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts at any time. We will inform you at least 30 days in advance of the day we intend to reimpose this restriction.

• Automated withdrawals may be restricted by applicable law under some contracts.

• You may not make systematic purchase payments if automated partial withdrawals are in effect.

• Automated partial withdrawals may result in income taxes and penalties on all or part of the amount withdrawn.

Minimum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	$100 monthly
	$250 quarterly, semiannually or annually

33 By phone

Call:

1-800-333-3437

Minimum amount

Transfers or withdrawals: $500 or entire account balance

Maximum amount

Transfers:	Contract value or entire account balance
Withdrawals:	$100,000

We answer telephone requests promptly, but you may experience delays when the call volume is unusually high. If you are unable to get through, use the mail procedure as an alternative.

We will honor any telephone transfer or withdrawal requests that we believe are authentic and we will use reasonable procedures to confirm that they are. This includes asking identifying questions and recording calls. As long as we follow the procedures, we (and our affiliates) will not be liable for any loss resulting from fraudulent requests.

RiverSource Pinnacle Variable Annuity — Prospectus    31

Telephone transfers and withdrawals are automatically available. You may request that telephone transfers and withdrawals not be authorized from your account by writing to us.

Withdrawals

You may withdraw all or part of your contract at any time before the retirement date by sending us a written request or calling us.

The date your withdrawal request will be processed depends on when and how we receive it:

For withdrawal requests received in writing:

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your withdrawal request.

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your withdrawal request.

For withdrawal requests received by phone:

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your withdrawal request.

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your withdrawal request.

We may ask you to return the contract. You may have to pay a contract administrative charge, withdrawal charges or any applicable optional rider charges (see “Charges”), federal income taxes and penalties. State and local income taxes may also apply (see “Taxes”). You cannot make withdrawals after annuity payouts begin except under Annuity Payout Plan E. (See “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Any partial withdrawals you take under the contract will reduce your contract value. As a result, the value of your death benefit or any optional benefits you have elected will also be reduced (see “Optional Benefits”). In addition, withdrawals you are required to take to satisfy RMDs under the Code may reduce the value of certain death benefits and optional benefits (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”).

Withdrawal Policies

If you have a balance in more than one account and you request a partial withdrawal, we will automatically withdraw from all your subaccounts, GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account in the same proportion as your value in each account correlates to your total contract value, unless requested otherwise. After executing a partial withdrawal, the value in each subaccount , one-year fixed account or GPA must be either zero or at least $50.

Receiving Payment

11 By regular or express mail

• payable to you;

• mailed to address of record.

NOTE: We will charge you a fee if you request express mail delivery.

22 By wire or other form of electronic payment

• request that payment be wired to your bank;

• pre-authorization required.

We may choose to permit you to have checks issued and delivered to an alternate payee or to an address other than your address of record. We may also choose to allow you to direct wires or other electronic payments to accounts owned by a third-party. We may have additional good order requirements that must be met prior to processing requests to make any payments to a party other than the owner or to an address other than the address of record. These requirements will be designed to ensure owner instructions are genuine and to prevent fraud.

32    RiverSource Pinnacle Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Normally, we will send the payment within seven days after receiving your request in good order. However, we may postpone the payment if:

– the NYSE is closed, except for normal holiday and weekend closings;

– trading on the NYSE is restricted, according to SEC rules;

– an emergency, as defined by SEC rules, makes it impractical to sell securities or value the net assets of the accounts; or

– the SEC permits us to delay payment for the protection of security holders.

We may also postpone payment of the amount attributable to a purchase payment as part of the total withdrawal amount until cleared from the originating financial institution.

A Special Note on Cybersecurity Risks

Cybersecurity and Systems Integrity

Increasingly, businesses are dependent on the continuity, security, and effective operation of various technology systems. The nature of our business depends on the continued effective operation of our systems and those of our business partners.

This dependence makes us susceptible to operational and information security risks from cyber-attacks. These risks may include the following:

• the corruption or destruction of data;

• theft, misuse or dissemination of data to the public, including your information we hold; and

• denial of service attacks on our website or other forms of attacks on our systems and the software and hardware we use to run them.

These attacks and their consequences can negatively impact your contract, your privacy, your ability to conduct transactions on your contract, or your ability to receive timely service from us. There can be no assurance that we, the underlying funds in your contract, or our other business partners will avoid losses affecting your contract due to any successful cyber-attacks or information security breaches.

TSA–Special Provisions

Participants in Tax-Sheltered Annuities

If the contract is intended to be used in connection with an employer sponsored 403(b) plan, additional rules relating to this contract can be found in the annuity endorsement for tax sheltered 403(b) annuities. Unless we have made special arrangements with your employer, the contract is not intended for use in connection with an employer sponsored 403(b) plan that is subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”). In the event that the employer either by affirmative election or inadvertent action causes contributions under a plan that is subject to ERISA to be made to this contract, we will not be responsible for any obligations and requirements under ERISA and the regulations thereunder, unless we have prior written agreement with the employer. You should consult with your employer to determine whether your 403(b) plan is subject to ERISA.

In the event we have a written agreement with your employer to administer the plan pursuant to ERISA, special rules apply as set forth in the TSA endorsement.

The employer must comply with certain nondiscrimination requirements for certain types of contributions under a TSA contract to be excluded from taxable income. You should consult your employer to determine whether the nondiscrimination rules apply to you.

The Code imposes certain restrictions on your right to receive early distributions from a TSA:

• Distributions attributable to salary reduction contributions (plus earnings) made after Dec. 31, 1988, or to transfers or rollovers from other contracts, may be made from the TSA only if:

– you are at least age 59½;

– you are disabled as defined in the Code;

– you severed employment with the employer who purchased the contract;

– the distribution is because of your death;

– the distribution is due to plan termination; or

– you are a qualifying military reservist.

• If you encounter a financial hardship (as provided by the Code), you may be eligible to receive a distribution of all contract values attributable to salary reduction contributions made after Dec. 31, 1988, but not the earnings on them.

RiverSource Pinnacle Variable Annuity — Prospectus    33

• Even though a distribution may be permitted under the above rules, it may be subject to IRS taxes and penalties (see “Taxes”)

• The above restrictions on distributions do not affect the availability of the amount credited to the contract as of Dec. 31, 1988. The restrictions also do not apply to transfers or exchanges of contract value within the contract, or to another registered variable annuity contract or investment vehicle available through the employer.

Changing Ownership

You may change ownership of your nonqualified annuity at any time by completing a change of ownership form we approve and sending it to our Service Center. The change will become binding on us when we receive and record it. We will honor any change of ownership request received in good order that we believe is authentic and we will use reasonable procedures to confirm authenticity. If we follow these procedures, we will not take any responsibility for the validity of the change.

If you have a nonqualified annuity, you may incur income tax liability by transferring, assigning or pledging any part of it. (See “Taxes.”)

If you have a qualified annuity, you may not sell, assign, transfer, discount or pledge your contract as collateral for a loan, or as security for the performance of an obligation or for any other purpose except as required or permitted by the Code. However, if the owner is a trust or custodian, or an employer acting in a similar capacity, ownership of the contract may be transferred to the annuitant.

Please consider carefully whether or not you wish to change ownership of your annuity contract. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, the new owner and annuitant will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract.

Benefits in Case of Death

There are two death benefit options under this contract: Return of Purchase Payments (ROP) death benefit and Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV) death benefit. If either you or the annuitant are 79 or older at contract issue, ROP death benefit will apply. If both you and the annuitant are 78 or younger at contract issue, you can elect either ROP death benefit or MAV death benefit on your application. Once you elect an option, you cannot change it. We show the option that applies in your contract. The death benefit option that applies determines the mortality and expense risk fee that is assessed against the subaccounts. (See “Charges—Mortality and Expense Risk Fee.”)

Under either option, we will pay the death benefit to your beneficiary upon the earlier of your death or the annuitant’s death if you die before the retirement start date while this contract is in force. We will base the benefit paid on the death benefit coverage you selected when you purchased the contract. If a contract has more than one person as the owner, we will pay benefits upon the first to die of any owner or the annuitant.

Return of Purchase Payments (ROP) Death Benefit

The ROP death benefit is intended to help protect your beneficiaries financially in that they will never receive less than your purchase payments adjusted for withdrawals. If you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary the greater of these two values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value; or
2.	total purchase payments minus adjusted partial withdrawals.

Adjusted partial withdrawals for the ROP or MAV death benefit	=	PW × DB
		CV

PW	=	the amount by which the contract value is reduced as a result of the partial withdrawal.
DB	=	the death benefit on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.
CV	=	contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.

Example

• You purchase the contract for $25,000.

• On the first contract anniversary, the contract value grows to $29,000.

• During the second contract year, the contract value falls to $22,000, at which point you take a $1,500 partial withdrawal, leaving a contract value of $20,500.

We calculate the ROP death benefit as follows:
Contract Value at death:		$20,500.00
	Purchase payment minus adjusted partial withdrawals:

34    RiverSource Pinnacle Variable Annuity — Prospectus

	Total purchase payments:		$25,000.00
	minus the adjusted partial withdrawal calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,704.55
	$22,000
	for a death benefit of:		$23,295.45
The ROP death benefit, calculated as the greater of these two values:				$23,295.45

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV) Death Benefit

The MAV death benefit is intended to help protect your beneficiaries financially while your investments have the opportunity to grow. The MAV death benefit does not provide any additional benefit before the first contract anniversary and it may not be appropriate for issue ages 75 to 78 because the benefit values may be limited after age 81. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether or not the MAV death benefit is appropriate for your situation. If you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary the greatest of these three values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value; or
2.	total purchase payments applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals; or
3.	the maximum anniversary value immediately preceding the date of death plus any purchase payments applied to the contract since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals since that anniversary.

Maximum anniversary value (MAV): We calculate the MAV on each contract anniversary through age 80. There is no MAV prior to the first contract anniversary. On the first contract anniversary we set the MAV equal to the highest of: (a) your current contract value, or (b) total purchase payments minus adjusted partial withdrawals. Every contract anniversary after that, through age 80, we compare the previous anniversary’s MAV (plus any purchase payments since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals since that anniversary) to the current contract value and we reset the MAV to the higher value. We stop resetting the MAV after you or the annuitant reach 81. However, we continue to add subsequent purchase payments and subtract adjusted partial withdrawals from the MAV.

Example

• You purchase the contract for $25,000.

• On the first contract anniversary, the contract value grows to $29,000.

• During the second contract year, the contract value falls to $22,000, at which point you take a $1,500 partial withdrawal, leaving a contract value of $20,500.

We calculate the MAV death benefit as follows:
Contract Value at death:			$20,500.00
	Purchase payment minus adjusted partial withdrawals:		$23,295.45
The MAV immediately preceding the date of death plus any payments applied to the contract since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	MAV on the prior anniversary:		$29,000.00
	plus purchase payments applied to the contract the prior anniversary:		+0.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals taken since that anniversary, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $29,000	=
	$22,000		–1,977.27
	for a death benefit of:		$27,022.73
The MAV death benefit, calculated as the greatest of these three values:				$27,022.73

If You Die Before Your Retirement Date

When paying the beneficiary, we will process the death claim on the valuation date our death claim requirements are fulfilled. We will determine the contract’s value using the accumulation unit value we calculate on that valuation date. We pay interest, if any, at a rate no less than required by law. We will mail payment to the beneficiary within seven days after our death claim requirements are fulfilled.

Nonqualified annuities

If your spouse is sole beneficiary and you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. To do this your spouse must give us written instructions to continue the contract as owner. There will be no withdrawal charges on the contract from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features or

RiverSource Pinnacle Variable Annuity — Prospectus    35

riders, your spouse and the new annuitant (if applicable) will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract. The Benefit Protector Plus rider, if selected, will terminate. Continuance of the Benefit Protector rider is optional. (See “Optional Benefits.”)

If your beneficiary is not your spouse, we will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless you give us other written instructions. Generally, we must fully distribute the death benefit within five years of your death. However, the beneficiary may receive payouts under any annuity payout plan available under this contract if:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin no later than one year after your death, or other date as permitted by the IRS; and

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy.

Qualified annuities

•	Spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if your spouse is the sole beneficiary, your spouse may either elect to treat the contract as his/her own, so long as he or she is eligible to do so, or elect an annuity payout plan or another plan agreed to by us. If your spouse elects a payout option, the payouts must begin no later than the year in which you would have reached age 72 (age 701/2 if the death occurred before Jan. 1, 2020). If you attained age 72 at the time of death, payouts must begin no later than Dec. 31 of the year following the year of your death.
	Your spouse may elect to assume ownership of the contract at any time before annuity payouts begin. If your spouse elects to assume ownership of the contract, the contract value will be equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. There will be no withdrawal charges on the contract from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, your spouse and the new annuitant (if applicable) will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract. The Benefit Protector Plus rider, if selected, will terminate. Continuance of the Benefit Protector rider is optional. (See “Optional Benefits.”)
•	Non-spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if death occurs on or after Jan. 1, 2020, the beneficiary is required to withdraw his or her entire inherited interest within 10 years of the time of death of the owner unless they qualify as an “eligible designated beneficiary.” Eligible designated beneficiaries may continue to take proceeds out over their life expectancy. Eligible designated beneficiaries include:

• the surviving spouse;

• a lawful child of the owner under the age of majority (remaining amount must be withdrawn within 10 years, once the child reaches the age of majority);

• disabled within the meaning of Code section 72(m)(7);

• chronically ill within the meaning of Code section 7702B(c)(2);

• any other person who is not more than 10 years younger than the owner.

However, non-natural beneficiaries, such as estates and charities, are subject to a five-year rule to distribute the IRA. We will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless the beneficiary elects to receive payouts under a payout plan available under this contract and:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin, no later than one year following the year of your death; and

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy for an eligible designated beneficiary. (Payout plans are limited if the beneficiary is not an eligible designated beneficiary.)

• Spouse and Non-spouse beneficiary: If a beneficiary elects an alternative payment plan which is an inherited IRA, all optional death benefits and living benefits will terminate. In the event of your beneficiary’s death, their beneficiary can elect to take a lump sum payment or annuitize the contract to deplete it within 10 years of your beneficiary’s death

• Annuity payout plan: If you elect an annuity payout plan, the payouts to your beneficiary may continue depending on the annuity payout plan you elect, subject to adjustment to comply with the IRS rules and regulations.

How we handle contracts under unclaimed property laws

Every state has unclaimed property laws which generally declare annuity contracts to be abandoned after a period of inactivity of one to five years from either 1) the contract’s maturity date (the latest day on which income payments may begin under the contract) or 2) the date the death benefit is due and payable. If a contract matures or we determine a death benefit is payable, we will use our best efforts to locate you or designated beneficiaries. If we are unable to locate you or a beneficiary, proceeds will be paid to the abandoned property division or unclaimed property office of the state in which the beneficiary or you last resided, as shown in our books and records, or to our state of domicile. Generally, this surrender of property to the state is commonly referred to as “escheatment”. To avoid escheatment, and ensure an effective process for your beneficiaries, it is important that your personal address and beneficiary

36    RiverSource Pinnacle Variable Annuity — Prospectus

designations are up to date, including complete names, date of birth, current addresses and phone numbers, and taxpayer identification numbers for each beneficiary. Updates to your address or beneficiary designations should be sent to our Service Center.

Escheatment may also be required by law if a known beneficiary fails to demand or present an instrument or document to claim the death benefit in a timely manner, creating a presumption of abandonment. If your beneficiary steps forward (with the proper documentation) to claim escheated annuity proceeds, the state is obligated to pay any such proceeds it is holding.

For nonqualified annuities, non-spousal death benefits are generally required to be distributed and taxed within five years from the date of death of the owner/annuitant or the unclaimed death benefits will be presumed abandoned and subject to escheatment.

Optional Benefits

The assets held in our general account support the guarantees under your contract, including optional death benefits and optional living benefits. To the extent that we are required to pay you amounts in addition to your contract value under these benefits, such amounts will come from our general account assets. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of insurance and financial products as well, and we also pay our obligations under these products from assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account.

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector)

The Benefit Protector is intended to provide an additional benefit to your beneficiary to help offset expenses after your death such as funeral expenses or federal and state taxes. This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge (see “Charges”). The Benefit Protector provides reduced benefits if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older at the rider effective date. The Benefit Protector does not provide any additional benefit before the first rider anniversary.

If this rider is available in your state and both you and the annuitant are age 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the Benefit Protector to your contract. You must elect the Benefit Protector at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date. You may not select this rider if you select the Benefit Protector Plus rider.

Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Since the benefit paid by the rider is determined by the amount of earnings at death, the amount of the benefit paid may be reduced as a result of taking any withdrawals including RMDs. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional and tax advisor whether or not the Benefit Protector is appropriate for your situation.

The Benefit Protector provides that if you or the annuitant die after the first rider anniversary, but before annuity payouts begin, and while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary:

• the applicable death benefit

• 40% of your earnings at death if you and the annuitant were under age 70 on the rider effective date, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old; or

• 15% of your earnings at death if you or the annuitant were age 70 or older on the rider effective date, up to a maximum of 37.5% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old.

Earnings at death: This is determined by taking the current death benefit, and subtracting any purchase payments not previously withdrawn. Partial withdrawals reduce earnings before reducing purchase payments in the contract. This determines how much of the applicable death benefit is made up of contract earnings. We set maximum earnings at death of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old. Earnings at death cannot be less than zero.

Terminating the Benefit Protector

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of any rider anniversary beginning with the seventh rider anniversary.

• The rider will terminate when you make a full withdrawal from the contract or when annuity payouts begin.

RiverSource Pinnacle Variable Annuity — Prospectus    37

Example of the Benefit Protector

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and you and the annuitant are under age 70. You select the MAV death benefit.

• During the first contract year the contract value grows to $105,000. The MAV death benefit equals the contract value. You have not reached the first contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector does not provide any additional benefit at this time.

• On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death
(MAV death benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000

• On the second contract anniversary the contract value falls to $105,000. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (MAV):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000

• During the third contract year the contract value remains at $105,000 and you request a partial withdrawal of $50,000, including the applicable 7% withdrawal charge. We will withdraw $10,500 from your contract value free of charge (10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value). The remainder of the withdrawal is subject to a 7% withdrawal charge because your contract is in its third year of the withdrawal charge schedule, so we will withdraw $39,500 ($36,735 + $2,765 in withdrawal charges) from your contract value. Altogether, we will withdraw $50,000 and pay you $47,235. We calculate purchase payments not previously withdrawn as $100,000 – $45,000 = $55,000 (remember that $5,000 of the partial withdrawal is contract earnings). The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (MAV adjusted for partial withdrawals):	$57,619
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death):
0.40 × ($57,619 – $55,000) =	+1,048
Total death benefit of:	$58,667

• On the third contract anniversary the contract value falls to $40,000. The death benefit equals the previous death benefit. The reduction in contract value has no effect.

• On the ninth contract anniversary the contract value grows to a new high of $200,000. Earnings at death reaches its maximum of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old.

The death benefit equals:
MAV death benefit (contract value):	$200,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old)	+55,000
Total death benefit of:	$255,000

• During the tenth contract year you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000. Your new contract value is now $250,000. The new purchase payment is less than one year old and so it has no effect on the Benefit Protector value. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old)	+55,000
Total death benefit of:	$305,000

• During the eleventh contract year the contract value remains $250,000 and the “new” purchase payment is one year old and the value of the Benefit Protector changes. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (MAV death benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($250,000 – $105,000) =	+58,000
Total death benefit of:	$308,000

38    RiverSource Pinnacle Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If your spouse is the sole beneficiary and you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner. Your spouse and the new annuitant will be subject to all the limitations and restrictions of the rider just as if they were purchasing a new contract. If your spouse and the new annuitant do not qualify for the rider on the basis of age we will terminate the rider. If they do qualify for the rider on the basis of age we will set the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid and we will substitute this new contract value on the date of death for “purchase payments not previously withdrawn” used in calculating earnings at death. Your spouse also has the option of discontinuing the Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider within 30 days of the date of death.

NOTE: For special tax considerations associated with the Benefit Protector, see “Taxes.”

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus)

The Benefit Protector Plus is intended to provide an additional benefit to your beneficiary to help offset expenses after your death such as funeral expenses or federal and state taxes. This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge (see “Charges”). The Benefit Protector Plus provides reduced benefits if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older at the rider effective date. It does not provide any additional benefit before the first rider anniversary and it does not provide any benefit beyond what is offered under the Benefit Protector rider during the second rider year.

If this rider is available in your state and both you and the annuitant are age 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the Benefit Protector Plus to you contract. You must elect the Benefit Protector Plus at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date. This rider is only available for transfers, exchanges or rollovers from another annuity or life insurance policy. You may not select this rider if you select the Benefit Protector rider. Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Since the benefit paid by the rider is determined by the amount of earnings at death, the amount of the benefit paid may be reduced as a result of taking any withdrawals including RMDs. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional and tax advisor whether or not the Benefit Protector Plus is appropriate for your situation.

The Benefit Protector Plus provides that if you or the annuitant die after the first rider anniversary, but before annuity payouts begin, and while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary:

• the benefits payable under the Benefit Protector described above, plus

• a percentage of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue not previously withdrawn as follows:

Rider Year	Percentage if you and the annuitant are under age 70 on the rider effective date	Percentage if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older on the rider effective date
One and Two	0%	0%
Three and Four	10%	3.75%
Five or more	20%	7.5%

Another way to describe the benefits payable under the Benefit Protector Plus rider is as follows:

• the applicable death benefit (see “Benefits in Case of Death”) plus:

Rider Year	If you and the annuitant are under age 70 on the rider effective date, add…	If you or the annuitant are age 70 or older on the rider effective date, add…
One	Zero	Zero
Two	40% × earnings at death (see above)	15% × earnings at death
Three & Four	40% × (earnings at death + 25% of initial purchase payment*)	15% × (earnings at death + 25% of initial purchase payment*)
Five or more	40% × (earnings at death + 50% of initial purchase payment*)	15% × (earnings at death + 50% of initial purchase payment*)

* Initial purchase payments are payments made within 60 days of rider issue not previously withdrawn.

Terminating the Benefit Protector Plus

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of any rider anniversary beginning with the seventh rider anniversary.

• The rider will terminate when you make a full withdrawal from the contract or when annuity payouts begin.

Example of the Benefit Protector Plus

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and you and the annuitant are under age 70. You select the MAV death benefit.

• During the first contract year the contract value grows to $105,000. The death benefit equals MAV death benefit, which is the contract value, or $105,000. You have not reached the first contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector Plus does not provide any additional benefit at this time.

RiverSource Pinnacle Variable Annuity — Prospectus    39

• On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. You have not reached the second contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector Plus does not provide any additional benefit beyond what is provided by the Benefit Protector at this time. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (MAV death benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000

• On the second contract anniversary the contract value falls to $105,000. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (MAV):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death:
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
plus 10% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:
0.10 × $100,000 =	+10,000
Total death benefit of:	$124,000

• During the third contract year the contract value remains at $105,000 and you request a partial withdrawal, including the applicable 7% withdrawal charge, of $50,000. We will withdraw $10,500 from your contract value free of charge (10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value). The remainder of the withdrawal is subject to an 7% withdrawal charge because your payment is two years old, so we will withdraw $39,500 ($36,735 + $2,765 in withdrawal charges) from your contract value. Altogether, we will withdraw $50,000 and pay you $47,235. We calculate purchase payments not previously withdrawn as $100,000 – $45,000 = $55,000 (remember that $5,000 of the partial withdrawal is contract earnings). The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (MAV adjusted for partial withdrawals):	$57,619
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death:
0.40 × ($57,619 – $55,000) =	+1,048
plus 10% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:
0.10 × $55,000 =	+5,500
Total death benefit of:	$64,167

• On the third contract anniversary the contract value falls $40,000. The death benefit equals the death benefit paid during the third contract year. The reduction in contract value has no effect.

• On the ninth contract anniversary the contract value grows to a new high of $200,000. Earnings at death reaches its maximum of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old. Because we are beyond the fourth contract anniversary the Benefit Protector Plus also reaches its maximum of 20%. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$200,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old	+55,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:
0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$266,000

• During the tenth contract year you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000. Your new contract value is now $250,000. The new purchase payment is less than one year old and so it has no effect on the Benefit Protector Plus value. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old	+55,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:
0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$316,000

• During the eleventh contract year the contract value remains $250,000 and the “new” purchase payment is one year old. The value of the Benefit Protector Plus remains constant. The death benefit equals

40    RiverSource Pinnacle Variable Annuity — Prospectus

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (MAV death benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($250,000 – $105,000) =	+58,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:
0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$310,000

If your spouse is sole beneficiary and you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. We will then terminate the Benefit Protector Plus and substitute the applicable death benefit (see “Benefits in Case of Death”).

NOTE: for special tax considerations associated with the Benefit Protector Plus, see “Taxes.”

The Annuity Payout Period

As owner of the contract, you have the right to decide how and to whom annuity payouts will be made starting at the retirement date. You may select one of the annuity payout plans outlined below, or we may mutually agree on other payout arrangements. We do not deduct any withdrawal charges upon retirement but withdrawal charges may apply when electing to exercise liquidity features we may make available under certain fixed annuity payout options.

You also decide whether we will make annuity payouts on a fixed or variable basis, or a combination of fixed and variable. The amount available to purchase payouts under the plan you select is the contract value on your retirement date after any rider charges have been deducted. Additionally, we currently allow you to use part of the amount available to purchase payouts, leaving any remaining contract value to accumulate on a tax-deferred basis. Special rules apply for partial annuitization of your annuity contract, see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities — Annuity payouts” and “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Annuity payouts.” If you select a variable annuity payout, we reserve the right to limit the number of subaccounts in which you may invest. The GPAs are not available during this payout period.

Amounts of fixed and variable payouts depend on:

• the annuity payout plan you select;

• the annuitant’s age and, in most cases, sex;

• the annuity table in the contract; and

• the amounts you allocated to the accounts at settlement.

In addition, for variable annuity payouts only, amounts depend on the investment performance of the subaccounts you select. These payouts will vary from month to month because the performance of the funds will fluctuate. Fixed payouts generally remain the same from month to month unless you have elected an option providing for increasing payments.

For information with respect to transfers between accounts after annuity payouts begin, see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transfer policies.”

Annuity Tables

The annuity tables in your contract (Table A and Table B) show the amount of the monthly payout for each $1,000 of contract value according to the age and, when applicable, the annuitant’s sex. (Where required by law, we will use a unisex table of settlement rates.)

Table A shows the amount of the first monthly variable annuity payout assuming that the contract value is invested at the beginning of the annuity payout period and earns a 5% rate of return, which is reinvested and helps to support future payouts. If you ask us at least 30 days before the retirement date, we will substitute an annuity table based on an assumed 3.5% investment rate for the 5% Table A in the contract. The assumed investment rate affects both the amount of the first payout and the extent to which subsequent payouts increase or decrease. For example, annuity payouts will increase if the investment return is above the assumed investment rate and payouts will decrease if the return is below the assumed investment rate. Using a 5% assumed interest rate results in a higher initial payout, but later payouts will increase more slowly when annuity unit values rise and decrease more rapidly when they decline.

Table B shows the minimum amount of each fixed annuity payout. We declare current payout rates that we use in determining the actual amount of your fixed annuity payout. The current payout rates will equal or exceed the guaranteed payout rates shown in Table B. We will furnish these rates to you upon request.

RiverSource Pinnacle Variable Annuity — Prospectus    41

Annuity Payout Plans

We make available variable annuity payouts where payout amounts will vary based on the performance of the variable account. We may also make fixed annuity payouts available where payments of a fixed amount are made for the period specified in the plan, subject to any surrender we may permit. You may choose any one of these annuity payout plans by giving us written instructions at least 30 days before the retirement date. Generally, you may select one of the Plans A through E below or another plan agreed to by us.

• Plan A – Life annuity — no refund: We make monthly payouts until the annuitant’s death. Payouts end with the last payout before the annuitant’s death. We will not make any further payouts. This means that if the annuitant dies after we made only one monthly payout, we will not make any more payouts.

• Plan B – Life annuity with five, ten or 15 years certain: We make monthly payouts for a guaranteed payout period of five, ten or 15 years that you elect. This election will determine the length of the payout period in the event the annuitant dies before the elected period expires. We calculate the guaranteed payout period from the retirement date. If the annuitant outlives the elected guaranteed payout period, we will continue to make payouts until the annuitant’s death.

• Plan C – Life annuity — installment refund: We make monthly payouts until the annuitant’s death, with our guarantee that payouts will continue for some period of time. We will make payouts for at least the number of months determined by dividing the amount applied under this option by the first monthly payout, whether or not the annuitant is living.

• Plan D – Joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund: We make monthly payouts while both the annuitant and a joint annuitant are living. If either annuitant dies, we will continue to make monthly payouts at the full amount until the death of the surviving annuitant. Payouts end with the death of the second annuitant.

• Plan E – Payouts for a specified period: We make monthly payouts for a specific payout period of ten to 30 years that you elect. We will make payouts only for the number of years specified whether the annuitant is living or not. Depending on the selected time period, it is foreseeable that an annuitant can outlive the payout period selected. During the payout period, you can elect to have us determine the present value of any remaining payouts and pay it to you in a lump sum.

For Plan A, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, no payments will be made. For Plan B, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue for the guaranteed payout period. For Plan C, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue for the installment refund period. For Plan D, if both annuitants die before the initial payment, no payments will be made; however, if one annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue until the death of the surviving annuitant.

In addition to the annuity payout plans described above, we may offer additional payout plans. Terms and conditions of annuity payout plans will be disclosed at the time of election, including any associated fees or charges. It is important to remember that the election and use of liquidity features will result in payouts ceasing.

Utilizing a liquidity feature to withdraw the underlying value of remaining payouts may result in the assessment of a withdrawal charge (See “Charges — Withdrawal charge”) or a 10% IRS penalty tax. (See “Taxes.”).

Annuity payout plan requirements for qualified annuities: If your contract is a qualified annuity, you must select a payout plan as of the retirement date set forth in your contract. You have the responsibility for electing a payout plan under your contract that complies with applicable law. Your contract describes your payout plan options. The options will meet certain IRS regulations governing RMDs if the payout plan meets the incidental distribution benefit requirements, if any, and the payouts are made:

• in equal or substantially equal payments over a period not longer than your life expectancy, or over the joint life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary; or

• over a period certain not longer than your life expectancy or over the joint life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary.

If we do not receive instructions: You must give us written instructions for the annuity payouts at least 30 days before the annuitant’s retirement date. If you do not, we will make payouts under Plan B, with 120 monthly payouts guaranteed.

If monthly payouts would be less than $20: We will calculate the amount of monthly payouts at the time the contract value is used to purchase a payout plan. If the calculations show that monthly payouts would be less than $20, we have the right to pay the contract value to the owner in a lump sum or to change the frequency of the payouts.

Death after annuity payouts begin: If you or the annuitant die after annuity payouts begin, we will pay any amount payable to the beneficiary as provided in the annuity payout plan in effect. Payments to beneficiaries are subject to adjustment to comply with the IRS rules and regulations.

42    RiverSource Pinnacle Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Taxes

Under current law, your contract has a tax-deferral feature. Generally, this means you do not pay income tax until there is a taxable distribution (or deemed distribution) from the contract. We will send a tax information reporting form for any year in which we made a taxable or reportable distribution according to our records.

Nonqualified Annuities

Generally, only the increase in the value of a non-qualified annuity contract over the investment in the contract is taxable. Certain exceptions apply. Federal tax law requires that all nonqualified deferred annuity contracts issued by the same company (and possibly its affiliates) to the same owner during a calendar year be taxed as a single, unified contract when distributions are taken from any one of those contracts.

Annuity payouts: Generally, unlike withdrawals described below, the income taxation of annuity payouts is subject to exclusion ratios (for fixed annuity payouts) or annual excludable amounts (for variable annuity payouts). In other words, in most cases, a portion of each payout will be ordinary income and subject to tax, and a portion of each payout will be considered a return of part of your investment in the contract and will not be taxed. All amounts you receive after your investment in the contract is fully recovered will be subject to tax. Under Annuity Payout Plan A: Life annuity — no refund, where the annuitant dies before your investment in the contract is fully recovered, the remaining portion of the unrecovered investment may be available as a federal income tax deduction to the owner for the last taxable year. Under all other annuity payout plans, where the annuity payouts end before your investment in the contract is fully recovered, the remaining portion of the unrecovered investment may be available as a federal income tax deduction to the taxpayer for the tax year in which the payouts end. (See “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Federal tax law permits taxpayers to annuitize a portion of their nonqualified annuity while leaving the remaining balance to continue to grow tax-deferred. Under the partial annuitization rules, the portion annuitized must be received as an annuity for a period of 10 years or more, or for the lives of one or more individuals. If this requirement is met, the annuitized portion and the tax-deferred balance will generally be treated as two separate contracts for income tax purposes only. If a contract is partially annuitized, the investment in the contract is allocated between the deferred and the annuitized portions on a pro rata basis.

Withdrawals: Generally, if you withdrawal all or part of your nonqualified annuity your annuity payouts begin, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, your withdrawal will be taxed to the extent that the contract value immediately before the withdrawal exceeds the investment in the contract. Different rules may apply if you exchange another contract into this contract.

You also may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty for withdrawals of taxable income you make before reaching age 59½ unless certain exceptions apply.

Withholding: If you receive taxable income as a result of an annuity payout or withdrawal, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, we may deduct federal, and in some cases state withholding against the payment. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your income tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. As long as you have provided us with a valid Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number, and you have a valid U.S. address, you may be able to elect not to have federal income tax withholding occur.

If the payment is part of an annuity payout plan, we generally compute the amount of federal income tax withholding using payroll tables. You may provide us with a statement of how many exemptions to use in calculating the withholding. If the distribution is any other type of payment (such as partial or full withdrawal) we compute federal income tax withholding using 10% of the taxable portion.

The federal income tax withholding requirements differ if we deliver payment outside the United States or you are a non-resident alien.

Some states also may impose income tax withholding requirements similar to the federal withholding described above or may allow you to elect withholding. If this should be the case, we may deduct state income tax withholding from the payment.

Death benefits to beneficiaries: The death benefit under a nonqualified contract is not exempt from estate (federal or state) taxes. In addition, for income tax purposes, any amount your beneficiary receives that exceeds the remaining investment in the contract is taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary in the year he or she receives the payments. (See also “Benefits in Case of Death — If You Die Before the Retirement Date”).

Net Investment Income Tax (also known as Medicare contribution tax): Effective for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2013, certain investment income of high-income individuals (as well as estates and trusts) is subject to a 3.8% net investment income tax (as an addition to income taxes). For individuals, the 3.8% tax applies to the lesser of (1) the amount by which the taxpayer’s modified adjusted gross income exceeds $200,000 ($250,000 for married filing

RiverSource Pinnacle Variable Annuity — Prospectus    43

jointly and surviving spouses; $125,000 for married filing separately) or (2) the taxpayer’s “net investment income.” Net investment income includes taxable income from nonqualified annuities. Annuity holders are advised to consult their tax advisor regarding the possible implications of this additional tax.

Annuities owned by corporations, partnerships or irrevocable trusts: For nonqualified annuities, any annual increase in the value of annuities held by such entities (non-natural persons) generally will be treated as ordinary income received during that year. However, if the trust was set up for the benefit of a natural person(s) only, the income may remain tax-deferred until withdrawn or paid out.

Penalties: If you receive amounts from your nonqualified annuity before reaching age 59½, you may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty on the amount includable in your ordinary income. However, this penalty will not apply to any amount received:

• because of your death or in the event of non-natural ownership, the death of annuitant;

• because you become disabled (as defined in the Code);

• if the distribution is part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments, made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or joint lives or life expectancies of you and your beneficiary);

• if it is allocable to an investment before Aug. 14, 1982; or

• if annuity payouts are made under immediate annuities as defined by the Code.

Transfer of ownership: Generally, if you transfer ownership of a nonqualified annuity without receiving adequate consideration, the transfer may be taxed as a withdrawal for federal income tax purposes. If the transfer is a currently taxable event for income tax purposes, the original owner will be taxed on the amount of deferred earnings at the time of the transfer and also may be subject to the 10% IRS penalty discussed earlier. In this case, the new owner’s investment in the contract will be equal to the investment in the contract at the time of the transfer plus any earnings included in the original owner’s taxable income as a result of the transfer. In general, this rule does not apply to transfers between spouses or former spouses. Similar rules apply if you transfer ownership for full consideration. Please consult your tax advisor for further details.

1035 Exchanges: Section 1035 of the Code permits nontaxable exchanges of certain insurance policies, endowment contracts, annuity contracts and qualified long-term care insurance contracts while providing for continued tax deferral of earnings. In addition, Section 1035 permits the carryover of the investment in the contract from the old policy or contract to the new policy or contract. In a 1035 exchange one policy or contract is exchanged for another policy or contract. The following can qualify as nontaxable exchanges: (1) the exchange of a life insurance policy for another life insurance policy or for an endowment, annuity or qualified long-term care insurance contract, (2) the exchange of an endowment contract for an annuity or qualified long-term care insurance contract, or for an endowment contract under which payments will begin no later than payments would have begun under the contract exchanged, (3) the exchange of an annuity contract for another annuity or for a qualified long-term care insurance contract, and (4) the exchange of a qualified long-term care insurance contract for a qualified long-term care insurance contract. Additionally, other tax rules apply. However, if the life insurance policy has an outstanding loan, there may be tax consequences. Depending on the issue date of your original policy or contract, there may be tax or other benefits that are given up to gain the benefits of the new policy or contract. Consider whether the features and benefits of the new policy or contract outweigh any tax or other benefits of the old contract.

For a partial exchange of an annuity contract for another annuity contract, the 1035 exchange is generally tax-free. The investment in the original contract and the earnings on the contract will be allocated proportionately between the original and new contracts. However, per IRS Revenue Procedure 2011-38, if withdrawals are taken from either contract within the 180-day period following a partial 1035 exchange, the IRS will apply general tax principles to determine the appropriate tax treatment of the exchange and subsequent withdrawal. As a result, there may be unexpected tax consequences. You should consult your tax advisor before taking any withdrawal from either contract during the 180-day period following a partial exchange.

Assignment: If you assign or pledge your contract as collateral for a loan, earnings on purchase payments you made after Aug. 13, 1982 will be taxed as a deemed distribution and also may be subject to the 10% penalty as discussed above.

Qualified Annuities

Adverse tax consequences may result if you do not ensure that contributions, distributions and other transactions under the contract comply with the law. Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions. You should refer to your retirement plan’s Summary Plan Description, your IRA disclosure statement, or consult a tax advisor for additional information about the distribution rules applicable to your situation.

When you use your contract to fund a retirement plan or IRA that is already tax-deferred under the Code, the contract will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral. If your contract is used to fund an employer sponsored plan, your right to benefits may be subject to the terms and conditions of the plan regardless of the terms of the contract.

44    RiverSource Pinnacle Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Annuity payouts: Under a qualified annuity, except a Roth IRA, Roth 401(k) or Roth 403(b), the entire payout generally is includable as ordinary income and is subject to tax unless: (1) the contract is an IRA to which you made non-deductible contributions; or (2) you rolled after-tax dollars from a retirement plan into your IRA; or 3) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you or your employer have contributed after-tax dollars; or (4) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you direct such payout to be directly rolled over to another eligible retirement plan such as an IRA. We may permit partial annuitizations of qualified annuity contracts. If we accept partial annuitizations, please remember that your contract will still need to comply with other requirements such as required minimum distributions and the payment of taxes. Prior to considering a partial annuitization on a qualified contract, you should discuss your decision and any implications with your tax adviser. Because we cannot accurately track certain after tax funding sources, we will generally report any payments on partial annuitizations as ordinary income except in the case of a qualified distribution from a Roth IRA.

Annuity payouts from Roth IRAs: In general, the entire payout from a Roth IRA can be free from income and penalty taxes if you have attained age 59½ and meet the five year holding period.

Withdrawals: Under a qualified annuity, except a Roth IRA, Roth 401(k) or Roth 403(b), the entire withdrawal will generally be includable as ordinary income and is subject to tax unless: (1) the contract is an IRA to which you made non-deductible contributions; or (2) you rolled after-tax dollars from a retirement plan into your IRA; or (3) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you or your employer have contributed after-tax dollars; or (4) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you direct such withdrawal to be directly rolled over to another eligible retirement plan such as an IRA.

Withdrawals from Roth IRAs: In general, the entire payout from a Roth IRA can be free from income and penalty taxes if you have attained age 59½ and meet the five year holding period or another qualifying event such as death or disability.

Required Minimum Distributions: Retirement plans (except for Roth IRAs) are subject to required withdrawals called required minimum distributions (“RMDs”) beginning at age 72 (age 70 ½ if you were born on or before June 30, 1949). RMDs are based on the fair market value of your contract at year-end divided by the life expectancy factor. Certain death benefits and optional riders may be considered in determining the fair market value of your contract for RMD purposes. This may cause your RMD to be higher. Inherited IRAs (including inherited Roth IRAs) are subject to special required minimum distribution rules. You should consult your tax advisor prior to making a purchase for an explanation of the potential tax implications to you.

Withholding for IRAs, Roth IRAs, SEPs and SIMPLE IRAs: If you receive taxable income as a result of an annuity payout or a withdrawal, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, we may deduct withholding against the payment. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. As long as you have provided us with a valid Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number, you can elect not to have any withholding occur.

If the payment is part of an annuity payout plan, we generally compute the amount of federal income tax withholding using payroll tables. You may provide us with a statement of how many exemptions to use in calculating the withholding. If the distribution is any other type of payment (such as a partial or full withdrawal) we compute federal income tax withholding using 10% of the taxable portion.

The federal income tax withholding requirements differ if we deliver payment outside the United States or you are a non-resident alien.

Some states also may impose income tax withholding requirements similar to the federal withholding described above. If this should be the case, we may deduct state income tax withholding from the payment.

Withholding for all other qualified annuities: If you receive directly all or part of the contract value from a qualified annuity, mandatory 20% federal income tax withholding (and possibly state income tax withholding) generally will be imposed at the time the payout is made from the plan. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. This mandatory withholding will not be imposed if instead of receiving the distribution check, you elect to have the distribution rolled over directly to an IRA or another eligible plan. Payments made to a surviving spouse instead of being directly rolled over to an IRA are also subject to mandatory 20% income tax withholding.

In the below situations, the distribution is subject to an optional 10% withholding instead of the mandatory 20% withholding. We will withhold 10% of the distribution amount unless you elect otherwise.

• the payout is one in a series of substantially equal periodic payouts, made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or the joint lives or life expectancies of you and your designated beneficiary) or over a specified period of 10 years or more;

• the payout is a RMD as defined under the Code;

• the payout is made on account of an eligible hardship; or

• the payout is a corrective distribution.

RiverSource Pinnacle Variable Annuity — Prospectus    45

State withholding also may be imposed on taxable distributions.

Penalties: If you receive amounts from your qualified contract before reaching age 59½, you may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty on the amount includable in your ordinary income. However, this penalty generally will not apply to any amount received:

• because of your death;

• because you become disabled (as defined in the Code);

• if the distribution is part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or joint lives or life expectancies of you and your beneficiary);

• if the distribution is made following severance from employment during or after the calendar year in which you attain age 55 (TSAs and annuities funding 401(a) plans only);

• to pay certain medical or education expenses (IRAs only); or

• if the distribution is made from an inherited IRA.

Death benefits to beneficiaries: The entire death benefit generally is taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary in the year he/she receives the payments from the qualified annuity. If you made non-deductible contributions to a traditional IRA, the portion of any distribution from the contract that represents after-tax contributions is not taxable as ordinary income to your beneficiary. You are responsible for keeping all records tracking your non-deductible contributions to an IRA. Death benefits under a Roth IRA generally are not taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary if certain distribution requirements are met. (See also “Benefits in Case of Death — If you Die Before the Retirement Date”).

Change of retirement plan type: IRS regulations allow for rollovers of certain retirement plan distributions. In some circumstances, you may be able to have an intra-contract rollover, keeping the same features and conditions. If the annuity contract you have does not support an intra-contract rollover, you are able to request an IRS approved rollover to another annuity contract or other investment product that you choose. If you choose another annuity contract or investment product, you will be subject to new rules, including a new withdrawal charge schedule for an annuity contract, or other product rules as applicable.

Assignment:You may not assign or pledge your qualified contract as collateral for a loan.

Other

Special considerations if you select any optional rider: As of the date of this prospectus, we believe that charges related to these riders are not subject to current taxation. Therefore, we will not report these charges as partial withdrawals from your contract. However, the IRS may determine that these charges should be treated as partial withdrawals subject to taxation to the extent of any gain as well as the 10% tax penalty for withdrawals before the age of 59½, if applicable, on the taxable portion.

We reserve the right to report charges for these riders as partial withdrawals if we, as a withholding and reporting agent, believe that we are required to report them. In addition, we will report any benefits attributable to these riders on the death of you or the annuitant as an annuity death benefit distribution, not as proceeds from life insurance.

Important: Our discussion of federal tax laws is based upon our understanding of current interpretations of these laws. Federal tax laws or current interpretations of them may change. For this reason and because tax consequences are complex and highly individual and cannot always be anticipated, you should consult a tax advisor if you have any questions about taxation of your contract.

RiverSource Life’s tax status: We are taxed as a life insurance company under the Code. For federal income tax purposes, the subaccounts are considered a part of our company, although their operations are treated separately in accounting and financial statements. Investment income is reinvested in the fund in which each subaccount invests and becomes part of that subaccount’s value. This investment income, including realized capital gains, is not subject to any withholding for federal or state income taxes. We reserve the right to make such a charge in the future if there is a change in the tax treatment of variable annuities or in our tax status as we then understand it.
The company includes in its taxable income the net investment income derived from the investment of assets held in its subaccounts because the company is considered the owner of these assets under federal income tax law.  The company may claim certain tax benefits associated with this investment income.  These benefits, which may include foreign tax credits and the corporate dividend received deduction, are not passed on to you since the company is the owner of the assets under federal tax law and is taxed on the investment income generated by the assets. 

Tax qualification: We intend that the contract qualify as an annuity for federal income tax purposes. To that end, the provisions of the contract are to be interpreted to ensure or maintain such tax qualification, in spite of any other provisions of the contract. We reserve the right to amend the contract to reflect any clarifications that may be needed or are appropriate to maintain such qualification or to conform the contract to any applicable changes in the tax qualification requirements. We will send you a copy of any amendments.

46    RiverSource Pinnacle Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Spousal status: When it comes to your marital status and the identification and naming of any spouse as a beneficiary or party to your contract, we will rely on the representations you make to us. Based on this reliance, we will issue and administer your contract in accordance with these representations. If you represent that you are married and your representation is incorrect or your marriage is deemed invalid for federal or state law purposes, then the benefits and rights under your contract may be different.

If you have any questions as to the status of your relationship as a marriage, then you should consult an appropriate tax or legal advisor.

Voting Rights

As a contract owner with investments in the subaccounts, you may vote on important fund policies until annuity payouts begin. Once they begin, the person receiving them has voting rights. We will vote fund shares according to the instructions of the person with voting rights.

Before annuity payouts begin, the number of votes you have is determined by applying your percentage interest in each subaccount to the total number of votes allowed to the subaccount.

After annuity payouts begin, the number of votes you have is equal to:

• the reserve held in each subaccount for your contract; divided by

• the net asset value of one share of the applicable fund.

As we make annuity payouts, the reserve for the contract decreases; therefore, the number of votes also will decrease.

We calculate votes separately for each subaccount. We will send notice of shareholders’ meetings, proxy materials and a statement of the number of votes to which the voter is entitled. We are the legal owner of all fund shares and therefore hold all voting rights.  However, to the extent required by law, we will vote the shares of each fund according to instructions we receive from policy owners. We will vote shares for which we have not received instructions and shares that we or our affiliates own in our own names in the same proportion as the votes for which we received instructions. As a result of this proportional voting, in cases when a small number of contract owners vote, their votes will have a greater impact and may even control the outcome.

Substitution of Investments

We may substitute the funds in which the subaccounts invest if:

• laws or regulations change;

• the existing funds become unavailable; or

• in our judgment, the funds no longer are suitable (or are not the most suitable) for the subaccounts.

If any of these situations occur, we have the right to substitute a fund currently listed in this prospectus (existing fund) for another fund (new fund), provided we obtain any required SEC and state insurance law approval. The new fund may have higher fees and/or operating expenses than the existing fund. Also, the new fund may have investment objectives and policies and/or investment advisers which differ from the existing fund.

We may also:

• add new subaccounts;

• combine any two or more subaccounts;

• transfer assets to and from the subaccounts or the variable account; and

• eliminate or close any subaccounts.

We will notify you of any substitution or change.

In the event of any such substitution or change, we may amend the contract and take whatever action is necessary and appropriate without your consent or approval. We will obtain any required prior approval of the SEC or state insurance departments before making any substitution or change.

About the Service Providers

Principal Underwriter

RiverSource Distributors, Inc. (RiverSource Distributors), our affiliate, serves as the principal underwriter and general distributor of the contract. Its offices are located at 70100 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, MN 55474. RiverSource Distributors is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ameriprise Financial, Inc.

RiverSource Pinnacle Variable Annuity — Prospectus    47

Sales of the Contract

New contracts are not currently being offered.

• Only securities broker-dealers (“selling firms”) registered with the SEC and members of the FINRA may sell the contract.

• The contracts are continuously offered to the public through authorized selling firms. We and RiverSource Distributors have a sales agreement with the selling firm. The sales agreement authorizes the selling firm to offer the contracts to the public. RiverSource Distributors pays the selling firm (or an affiliated insurance agency) for contracts its investment professional sell. The selling firm may be required to return sales commissions under certain circumstances including but not limited to when contracts are returned under the free look period.

Payments We May Make to Selling Firms

• We may use compensation plans which vary by selling firm. For example, some of these plans pay selling firms a commission of up to 6.00% each time a purchase payment is made. We may also pay ongoing trail commissions of up to 0.75% of the contract value. We do not pay or withhold payment of trail commissions based on which investment options you select.

• We may pay selling firms an additional sales commission of up to 1.00% of purchase payments for a period of time we select. For example, we may offer to pay an additional sales commission to get selling firms to market a new or enhanced contract or to increase sales during the period.

• In addition to commissions, we may, in order to promote sales of the contracts, and as permitted by applicable laws and regulation, pay or provide selling firms with other promotional incentives in cash, credit or other compensation. We generally (but may not) offer these promotional incentives to all selling firms. The terms of such arrangements differ between selling firms. These promotional incentives may include but are not limited to:

• sponsorship of marketing, educational, due diligence and compliance meetings and conferences we or the selling firm may conduct for investment professionals, including subsidy of travel, meal, lodging, entertainment and other expenses related to these meetings;

• marketing support related to sales of the contract including for example, the creation of marketing materials, advertising and newsletters;

• providing service to contract owners; and

• funding other events sponsored by a selling firm that may encourage the selling firm’s investment professionals to sell the contract.

These promotional incentives or reimbursements may be calculated as a percentage of the selling firm’s aggregate, net or anticipated sales and/or total assets attributable to sales of the contract, and/or may be a fixed dollar amount. As noted below this additional compensation may cause the selling firm and its investment professionals to favor the contracts.

Sources of Payments to Selling Firms

When we pay the commissions and other compensation described above from our assets. Our assets may include:

• revenues we receive from fees and expenses that you will pay when buying, owning and making a withdrawal from the contract (see “Expense Summary”);

• compensation we or an affiliate receive from the underlying funds in the form of distribution and services fees (see “The Variable Account and the Funds — The Funds”);

• compensation we or an affiliate receive from a fund’s investment adviser, subadviser, distributor or an affiliate of any of these (see “The Variable Account and the Funds — The Funds”); and

• revenues we receive from other contracts we sell that are not securities and other businesses we conduct.

You do not directly pay the commissions and other compensation described above as the result of a specific charge or deduction under the contract. However, you may pay part or all of the commissions and other compensation described above indirectly through:

• fees and expenses we collect from contract owners, including withdrawal charges; and

• fees and expenses charged by the underlying subaccount funds in which you invest, to the extent we or one of our affiliates receive revenue from the funds or an affiliated person.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Compensation payment arrangements made with selling firms can potentially:

• give selling firms a heightened financial incentive to sell the contract offered in this prospectus over another investment with lower compensation to the selling firm.

48    RiverSource Pinnacle Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• cause selling firms to encourage their investment professionals to sell you the contract offered in this prospectus instead of selling you other alternative investments that may result in lower compensation to the selling firm.

• cause selling firms to grant us access to its investment professionals to promote sales of the contract offered in this prospectus, while denying that access to other firms offering similar contracts or other alternative investments which may pay lower compensation to the selling firm.

Payments to Investment Professionals

• The selling firm pays its investment professionals. The selling firm decides the compensation and benefits it will pay its investment professionals.

• To inform yourself of any potential conflicts of interest, ask the investment professional before you buy, how the selling firm and its investment professionals are being compensated and the amount of the compensation that each will receive if you buy the contract.

Service Providers

Our Service Center performs certain administrative services on the contracts and policies we issue. The address and telephone number of our Service Center are listed on the first page of the prospectus. We also have entered into agreements with certain entities to provide the identified services in connection with the contracts and policies we issue. The entities engaged by RiverSource Life may change over time. Entities that provided services to RiverSource Life in 2019 are listed in the table below.

Name of Service Provider	Services Provided	Address
Ameriprise Financial, Inc.	Business affairs management and administrative support related to new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies	707 Second Avenue South Minneapolis MN 55402 USA
Ameriprise India Private Limited	Administrative support related to new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies annual report filings	Plot No. 14, Sector 18 Udyog Vihar Gurugram, Haryana – 122 015 India
Sykes Enterprise Incorporated	Administrative support related to e new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies	10th Floor, Glorietta BPO 1 Office Tower Makati City 1224 Metro Manila Philippines

Issuer

We issue the contracts. We are a stock life insurance company organized in 1957 under the laws of the state of Minnesota and are located at 829 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, MN 55474. We are a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ameriprise Financial, Inc.

We conduct a conventional life insurance business. We are licensed to do business in 49 states, the District of Columbia and American Samoa. Our primary products currently include fixed and variable annuity contracts and life insurance policies.

Legal Proceedings

Insurance companies have been the subject of increasing regulatory, legislative and judicial scrutiny. Numerous state and federal regulatory agencies have commenced examinations and other inquiries of insurance companies regarding sales and marketing practices (including sales to older consumers and disclosure practices), claims handling, and unclaimed property and escheatment practices and procedures. RiverSource Life has cooperated and will continue to cooperate with the applicable regulators.

RiverSource Life is involved in the normal course of business in a number of other legal and arbitration proceedings concerning matters arising in connection with the conduct of its business activities. RiverSource Life believes that it is not a party to, nor are any of its properties the subject of, any pending legal, arbitration or regulatory investigation, examination or proceeding that is likely to have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is possible that the outcome of any current or future legal, arbitration or regulatory proceeding could have a material impact on results of operations in any particular reporting period as the proceedings are resolved.

Uncertain economic conditions, heightened and sustained volatility in the financial markets and significant financial reform legislation may increase the likelihood that clients and other persons or regulators may present or threaten legal claims or that regulators increase the scope or frequency of examinations of RiverSource Life or the insurance industry generally.

RiverSource Pinnacle Variable Annuity — Prospectus    49

Additional Information

Incorporation of Certain Documents By Reference

The SEC allows us to “incorporate by reference” the information we have filed with the SEC. This means that we can disclose important information to you without actually including the specific information in this prospectus by referring you to other documents filed separately with the SEC. The information incorporated by reference is an important part of this prospectus. Information that we later provide to the SEC, and which is deemed to be “filed” with the SEC, will automatically update information previously filed with the SEC, and may replace information in this prospectus and information previously filed with the SEC. We incorporate by reference RiverSource Life Insurance Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019 as filed with the SEC on Feb.26, 2020under File No. 033-28976 in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and any filings we make with the SEC under Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act (excluding information deemed to be furnished and not filed with the SEC) after the effective date of this registration statement, until all offerings under the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part are completed or terminated. The annual report contains additional information about RiverSource Life Insurance Company, including audited financial statements for the latest fiscal year.

RiverSource Life will furnish you without charge a copy of any or all of the documents incorporated by reference into this prospectus, including any exhibits to such documents which have been specifically incorporated by reference. We will do so upon receipt of your written or oral request. You can contact RiverSource Life at the telephone number and address listed on the first page of this prospectus.

Available Information

This prospectus is part of a registration statement we file with the SEC. Additional information on RiverSource Life and on this offering is available in the registration statement and other materials we file. You can obtain copies of these materials at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. This prospectus, other information about the contract and other information incorporated by reference are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at (http://www.sec.gov).

Indemnification

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the Act) may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of RiverSource Life pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

50    RiverSource Pinnacle Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix : Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)

The following tables give per-unit information about the financial history of each subaccount. The date in which operations commenced in each subaccount is noted in parentheses. We have not provided this information for subaccounts that were not available under your contract as of December 31, 2019.

Variable account charges of 1.15% of the daily net assets of the variable account.

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Balanced Fund (Class 3) (11/11/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.87	$2.01	$1.78	$1.69	$1.68	$1.55	$1.29	$1.14	$1.13	$1.01
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.27	$1.87	$2.01	$1.78	$1.69	$1.68	$1.55	$1.29	$1.14	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	26	26	26	26	26	26	26	26	26	26
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.29	$2.41	$1.96	$1.84	$1.84	$1.62	$1.23	$1.09	$1.05	$0.90
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.82	$2.29	$2.41	$1.96	$1.84	$1.84	$1.62	$1.23	$1.09	$1.05
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	191	214	291	332	380	579	843	1,217	1,775	2,312
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3) (11/11/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.61	$2.81	$2.49	$2.22	$2.31	$2.12	$1.69	$1.50	$1.60	$1.39
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.20	$2.61	$2.81	$2.49	$2.22	$2.31	$2.12	$1.69	$1.50	$1.60
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	333	420	550	627	855	1,123	1,707	2,629	3,304	3,550
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund (Class 3) (11/11/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.06	$1.06	$1.07	$1.08	$1.09	$1.11	$1.12	$1.13	$1.15	$1.16
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.07	$1.06	$1.06	$1.07	$1.08	$1.09	$1.11	$1.12	$1.13	$1.15
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	486	567	651	708	282	349	417	477	734	815
Columbia Variable Portfolio – High Yield Bond Fund (Class 3) (11/11/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.40	$2.53	$2.41	$2.18	$2.23	$2.18	$2.08	$1.81	$1.74	$1.54
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.77	$2.40	$2.53	$2.41	$2.18	$2.23	$2.18	$2.08	$1.81	$1.74
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	68	82	103	104	131	167	229	339	422	479
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3) (11/11/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.77	$1.79	$1.74	$1.69	$1.70	$1.64	$1.69	$1.59	$1.51	$1.41
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.91	$1.77	$1.79	$1.74	$1.69	$1.70	$1.64	$1.69	$1.59	$1.51
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	37	49	68	76	93	241	334	439	507	618
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Select Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (11/11/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.82	$3.27	$2.95	$2.62	$2.74	$2.62	$1.78	$1.53	$1.69	$1.35
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.28	$2.82	$3.27	$2.95	$2.62	$2.74	$2.62	$1.78	$1.53	$1.69
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	3	14	14	14	14	14	14	15	15	15
Fidelity® VIP Balanced Portfolio Service Class (11/11/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.09	$2.21	$1.93	$1.82	$1.83	$1.68	$1.42	$1.25	$1.32	$1.13
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.57	$2.09	$2.21	$1.93	$1.82	$1.83	$1.68	$1.42	$1.25	$1.32
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	3	3	2	2	2	2	2	2	4	4
Fidelity® VIP Growth & Income Portfolio Service Class (11/11/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.94	$2.16	$1.87	$1.63	$1.69	$1.55	$1.17	$1.00	$1.00	$0.88
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.49	$1.94	$2.16	$1.87	$1.63	$1.69	$1.55	$1.17	$1.00	$1.00
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	9	29	47	48	49	80	82	83	86	92
Fidelity® VIP Growth Portfolio Service Class (11/11/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.98	$2.01	$1.50	$1.51	$1.43	$1.30	$0.96	$0.85	$0.86	$0.70
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.62	$1.98	$2.01	$1.50	$1.51	$1.43	$1.30	$0.96	$0.85	$0.86
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	6	6	25	25	61	61	120	119	113	110
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class (11/11/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$5.64	$6.69	$5.60	$5.06	$5.19	$4.95	$3.68	$3.24	$3.67	$2.89
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$6.88	$5.64	$6.69	$5.60	$5.06	$5.19	$4.95	$3.68	$3.24	$3.67
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	37	44	44	45	50	69	70	70	73	90
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund – Class 2 (11/11/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.52	$2.81	$2.62	$2.28	$2.43	$2.30	$1.81	$1.60	$1.64	$1.49
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.06	$2.52	$2.81	$2.62	$2.28	$2.43	$2.30	$1.81	$1.60	$1.64
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	41	43	70	79	97	194	212	313	334	421
Franklin Small Cap Value VIP Fund – Class 2 (11/11/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$4.43	$5.14	$4.70	$3.65	$3.99	$4.01	$2.98	$2.55	$2.68	$2.11
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$5.53	$4.43	$5.14	$4.70	$3.65	$3.99	$4.01	$2.98	$2.55	$2.68
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Franklin Small-Mid Cap Growth VIP Fund – Class 2 (11/11/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.21	$2.37	$1.97	$1.91	$1.99	$1.87	$1.37	$1.25	$1.33	$1.05
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.88	$2.21	$2.37	$1.97	$1.91	$1.99	$1.87	$1.37	$1.25	$1.33
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	32	33	47	60	62	91	102	105	126	137

RiverSource Pinnacle Variable Annuity — Prospectus    51

Variable account charges of 1.15% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series I Shares (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.81	$1.90	$1.51	$1.49	$1.44	$1.34	$0.97	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.44	$1.81	$1.90	$1.51	$1.49	$1.44	$1.34	$0.97	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	9	15	30	31	33	62	64	70	—	—
Invesco V.I. Core Equity Fund, Series I Shares (4/28/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.70	$1.90	$1.69	$1.55	$1.67	$1.56	$1.22	$1.08	$1.10	$1.01
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.16	$1.70	$1.90	$1.69	$1.55	$1.67	$1.56	$1.22	$1.08	$1.10
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	50	51	51	61	68	68	71	71	75	108
MFS® Investors Trust Series – Initial Class (11/11/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.08	$2.23	$1.83	$1.70	$1.72	$1.57	$1.20	$1.02	$1.05	$0.96
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.71	$2.08	$2.23	$1.83	$1.70	$1.72	$1.57	$1.20	$1.02	$1.05
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
MFS® New Discovery Series – Initial Class (11/11/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.27	$3.36	$2.68	$2.49	$2.56	$2.80	$2.00	$1.67	$1.88	$1.40
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.58	$3.27	$3.36	$2.68	$2.49	$2.56	$2.80	$2.00	$1.67	$1.88
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2	2	4	6	7	8	8	10	10	11
MFS® Total Return Series – Initial Class (11/11/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.34	$2.51	$2.26	$2.10	$2.13	$1.98	$1.69	$1.53	$1.52	$1.40
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.79	$2.34	$2.51	$2.26	$2.10	$2.13	$1.98	$1.69	$1.53	$1.52
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	9	24	25	25	26	27	27	28	29	29
MFS® Utilities Series – Initial Class (11/11/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.43	$3.43	$3.02	$2.74	$3.24	$2.91	$2.44	$2.18	$2.06	$1.83
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.24	$3.43	$3.43	$3.02	$2.74	$3.24	$2.91	$2.44	$2.18	$2.06
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	13	15	15	15	15	24	25	25
Putnam VT Equity Income Fund – Class IB Shares (5/12/2017)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.02	$1.12	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.31	$1.02	$1.12	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	37	37	37	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Putnam VT Income Fund – Class IB Shares (11/11/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.01	$2.03	$1.95	$1.93	$1.98	$1.88	$1.87	$1.71	$1.64	$1.51
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.22	$2.01	$2.03	$1.95	$1.93	$1.98	$1.88	$1.87	$1.71	$1.64
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	6	7	9	9	17	17	17	18	19	19
Putnam VT International Equity Fund – Class IB Shares (11/11/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.32	$1.65	$1.32	$1.36	$1.38	$1.49	$1.18	$0.98	$1.19	$1.10
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.63	$1.32	$1.65	$1.32	$1.36	$1.38	$1.49	$1.18	$0.98	$1.19
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	24	24	25	44	46	52	53	56	55	56
Putnam VT Sustainable Leaders Fund – Class IB Shares (9/24/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.42	$2.48	$1.94	$1.82	$1.85	$1.65	$1.22	$1.06	$1.13	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.26	$2.42	$2.48	$1.94	$1.82	$1.85	$1.65	$1.22	$1.06	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	10	11	11	29	41	42	43	79	78	91
Templeton Foreign VIP Fund – Class 2 (11/11/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.48	$1.77	$1.54	$1.45	$1.57	$1.79	$1.47	$1.26	$1.42	$1.33
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.65	$1.48	$1.77	$1.54	$1.45	$1.57	$1.79	$1.47	$1.26	$1.42
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	6	12	17	18	22	30	34	38	38	39

Variable account charges of 1.25% of the daily net assets of the variable account.

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Balanced Fund (Class 3) (11/9/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.84	$1.98	$1.75	$1.66	$1.66	$1.52	$1.27	$1.13	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.23	$1.84	$1.98	$1.75	$1.66	$1.66	$1.52	$1.27	$1.13	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	27	50	54	73	75	91	92	94	84	85
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.48	$1.55	$1.26	$1.19	$1.19	$1.05	$0.79	$0.71	$0.68	$0.59
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.82	$1.48	$1.55	$1.26	$1.19	$1.19	$1.05	$0.79	$0.71	$0.68
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	796	827	918	1,025	1,104	1,203	1,278	1,511	1,928	2,512
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3) (11/9/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.57	$2.76	$2.45	$2.18	$2.27	$2.09	$1.67	$1.49	$1.58	$1.37
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.14	$2.57	$2.76	$2.45	$2.18	$2.27	$2.09	$1.67	$1.49	$1.58
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	91	91	102	119	134	203	447	527	653	957

52    RiverSource Pinnacle Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.25% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund (Class 3) (11/9/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.05	$1.04	$1.05	$1.07	$1.08	$1.09	$1.11	$1.12	$1.13	$1.15
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.05	$1.05	$1.04	$1.05	$1.07	$1.08	$1.09	$1.11	$1.12	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	999	1,223	1,522	1,600	551	914	1,357	1,745	2,256	2,075
Columbia Variable Portfolio – High Yield Bond Fund (Class 3) (11/9/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.36	$2.49	$2.37	$2.14	$2.20	$2.15	$2.05	$1.79	$1.72	$1.53
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.72	$2.36	$2.49	$2.37	$2.14	$2.20	$2.15	$2.05	$1.79	$1.72
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	68	71	74	87	86	85	119	171	174	280
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3) (11/9/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.74	$1.76	$1.71	$1.66	$1.68	$1.61	$1.67	$1.58	$1.50	$1.40
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.87	$1.74	$1.76	$1.71	$1.66	$1.68	$1.61	$1.67	$1.58	$1.50
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	167	167	175	219	244	273	268	354	453	549
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Select Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (11/9/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.77	$3.21	$2.90	$2.58	$2.70	$2.58	$1.76	$1.51	$1.68	$1.34
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.22	$2.77	$3.21	$2.90	$2.58	$2.70	$2.58	$1.76	$1.51	$1.68
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	61	62	64	64	77	80	98	120	141	164
Fidelity® VIP Balanced Portfolio Service Class (11/9/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.05	$2.17	$1.89	$1.79	$1.80	$1.66	$1.40	$1.24	$1.30	$1.12
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.52	$2.05	$2.17	$1.89	$1.79	$1.80	$1.66	$1.40	$1.24	$1.30
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	73	91	92	120	122	137	154	160	172	183
Fidelity® VIP Growth & Income Portfolio Service Class (11/9/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.90	$2.12	$1.84	$1.60	$1.66	$1.53	$1.16	$0.99	$0.99	$0.87
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.44	$1.90	$2.12	$1.84	$1.60	$1.66	$1.53	$1.16	$0.99	$0.99
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	52	57	57	60	60	65	67	69	117	145
Fidelity® VIP Growth Portfolio Service Class (11/9/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.94	$1.97	$1.48	$1.49	$1.41	$1.28	$0.95	$0.84	$0.85	$0.69
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.57	$1.94	$1.97	$1.48	$1.49	$1.41	$1.28	$0.95	$0.84	$0.85
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	3	3	3	3	3	8	9	11	26	31
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class (11/9/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$5.54	$6.57	$5.51	$4.97	$5.11	$4.88	$3.63	$3.20	$3.63	$2.86
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$6.74	$5.54	$6.57	$5.51	$4.97	$5.11	$4.88	$3.63	$3.20	$3.63
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	122	156	168	167	195	214	220	298	438	578
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund – Class 2 (11/9/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.48	$2.76	$2.58	$2.25	$2.39	$2.26	$1.79	$1.58	$1.62	$1.48
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.00	$2.48	$2.76	$2.58	$2.25	$2.39	$2.26	$1.79	$1.58	$1.62
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	630	657	696	803	875	1,101	1,254	1,413	1,695	2,272
Franklin Small Cap Value VIP Fund – Class 2 (11/9/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$4.34	$5.04	$4.61	$3.59	$3.92	$3.95	$2.94	$2.51	$2.64	$2.09
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$5.41	$4.34	$5.04	$4.61	$3.59	$3.92	$3.95	$2.94	$2.51	$2.64
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	144	150	160	162	179	183	195	254	295	375
Franklin Small-Mid Cap Growth VIP Fund – Class 2 (11/9/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.17	$2.32	$1.94	$1.88	$1.96	$1.85	$1.35	$1.24	$1.32	$1.04
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.82	$2.17	$2.32	$1.94	$1.88	$1.96	$1.85	$1.35	$1.24	$1.32
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	610	643	687	723	756	820	936	1,065	1,373	1,842
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series I Shares (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.80	$1.89	$1.50	$1.49	$1.43	$1.34	$0.97	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.43	$1.80	$1.89	$1.50	$1.49	$1.43	$1.34	$0.97	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	287	446	379	304	365	463	539	607	—	—
Invesco V.I. Core Equity Fund, Series I Shares (4/28/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.68	$1.87	$1.68	$1.54	$1.65	$1.55	$1.21	$1.08	$1.09	$1.01
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.13	$1.68	$1.87	$1.68	$1.54	$1.65	$1.55	$1.21	$1.08	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	395	432	502	607	768	844	959	1,192	1,437	1,983
MFS® Investors Trust Series – Initial Class (11/9/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.05	$2.19	$1.80	$1.68	$1.69	$1.55	$1.19	$1.01	$1.04	$0.95
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.66	$2.05	$2.19	$1.80	$1.68	$1.69	$1.55	$1.19	$1.01	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	87	88	94	110	121	193	260	334	447	541
MFS® New Discovery Series – Initial Class (11/9/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.21	$3.30	$2.64	$2.45	$2.53	$2.76	$1.97	$1.65	$1.86	$1.38
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.49	$3.21	$3.30	$2.64	$2.45	$2.53	$2.76	$1.97	$1.65	$1.86
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	1	1	1	1

RiverSource Pinnacle Variable Annuity — Prospectus    53

Variable account charges of 1.25% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
MFS® Total Return Series – Initial Class (11/9/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.30	$2.46	$2.22	$2.06	$2.10	$1.96	$1.66	$1.51	$1.51	$1.39
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.73	$2.30	$2.46	$2.22	$2.06	$2.10	$1.96	$1.66	$1.51	$1.51
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2	2	2	15	15	54	57	74	106	113
MFS® Utilities Series – Initial Class (11/9/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.36	$3.37	$2.97	$2.70	$3.20	$2.87	$2.41	$2.15	$2.04	$1.82
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.15	$3.36	$3.37	$2.97	$2.70	$3.20	$2.87	$2.41	$2.15	$2.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	103	112	125	135	186	227	279	323	399	496
Putnam VT Equity Income Fund – Class IB Shares (5/12/2017)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.01	$1.12	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.31	$1.01	$1.12	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	104	154	172	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Putnam VT Income Fund – Class IB Shares (11/9/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.97	$1.99	$1.91	$1.90	$1.95	$1.86	$1.84	$1.69	$1.63	$1.50
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.18	$1.97	$1.99	$1.91	$1.90	$1.95	$1.86	$1.84	$1.69	$1.63
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1	1	1	1	1	1	1	4	4	5
Putnam VT International Equity Fund – Class IB Shares (11/9/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.29	$1.62	$1.29	$1.34	$1.36	$1.47	$1.17	$0.97	$1.18	$1.09
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.60	$1.29	$1.62	$1.29	$1.34	$1.36	$1.47	$1.17	$0.97	$1.18
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	609	617	717	786	860	892	972	1,172	1,597	2,315
Putnam VT Sustainable Leaders Fund – Class IB Shares (9/24/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.40	$2.47	$1.93	$1.82	$1.84	$1.64	$1.22	$1.06	$1.13	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.23	$2.40	$2.47	$1.93	$1.82	$1.84	$1.64	$1.22	$1.06	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	179	193	257	282	369	401	421	494	543	652
Templeton Foreign VIP Fund – Class 2 (11/9/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.45	$1.74	$1.51	$1.43	$1.55	$1.76	$1.45	$1.24	$1.41	$1.31
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.62	$1.45	$1.74	$1.51	$1.43	$1.55	$1.76	$1.45	$1.24	$1.41
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	76	77	82	83	82	87	87	125	147	172

54    RiverSource Pinnacle Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information

Calculating Annuity Payouts	p. 3
Rating Agencies	p. 4
Principal Underwriter	p. 4
Service Providers	p. 4
Custodian	p. 5
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	p. 5
Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	p. 6
Financial Statements

RiverSource Pinnacle Variable Annuity — Prospectus    55

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474
1-800-333-3437

44179  CG (5/20)

RiverSource Distributors, Inc. (Distributor), Member FINRA. Issued by RiverSource Life Insurance Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota. ©2008-2020 RiverSource Life Insurance Company. All rights reserved.

Prospectus

May 1, 2020

RiverSource^®

FlexChoice Variable Annuity

CONTRACT OPTION L: INDIVIDUAL FLEXIBLE PREMIUM DEFERRED COMBINATION FIXED/VARIABLE ANNUITY
CONTRACT OPTION C: INDIVIDUAL FLEXIBLE PREMIUM DEFERRED VARIABLE ANNUITY

Issued by:	RiverSource Life Insurance Company (RiverSource Life)
	829 Ameriprise Financial Center Minneapolis, MN 55474 Telephone: 1-800-333-3437 (Service Center) RiverSource Variable Annuity Account/RiverSource MVA Account​

New contracts are not currently being offered.

This prospectus contains information that you should know before investing. Investment options available under the contract are listed below:

Columbia Funds Variable Series Trust II

Fidelity^® Variable Insurance Products – Service Class

Franklin^® Templeton^® Variable Insurance Products Trust – Class 2

Invesco Variable Insurance Funds

MFS^® Variable Insurance Trust^SM

Putnam Variable Trust – Class IB Shares

 

Please read the prospectuses carefully and keep them for future reference.

The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

An investment in this contract is not a deposit of a bank or financial institution and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) or any other government agency. An investment in this contract involves investment risk including the possible loss of principal.

A Statement of Additional Information (SAI), dated the same date as this prospectus, is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. It is filed with the SEC and is available without charge by contacting RiverSource Life at the telephone number and address listed above. The table of contents of the SAI is on the last page of this prospectus. The SEC maintains an Internet site. This prospectus, the SAI and other information about the product are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at (http://www.sec.gov).

Variable annuities are complex products. The fees and charges, as well as the available features and benefits, of the variable annuity contracts described in this prospectus will be different from other variable annuities offered in the marketplace, including other variable annuities or other types of annuities offered by RiverSource Life. The interest credited, guarantees provided, and credits available, as well as the funds serving as underlying investments and their corresponding expenses, may differ among the variable annuities that are available to you. With the aid of an appropriate financial professional, we encourage you to compare and contrast the variable annuity contracts described in this prospectus with other variable annuities available in the marketplace, including other types of annuities we may offer. This will aid in determining whether purchasing a contract is consistent with your investment objectives, risk tolerance, time horizon, marital status, tax situation, and your unique financial situation and needs. If you select an annuity that includes surrender or other liquidation charges, you should also consider any future needs you may have to access your contract value. The optional benefits and features available with the contracts usually come with additional costs. Consider any additional costs carefully when electing these optional benefits and features.

Beginning on January 1, 2021, as permitted by regulations adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission, paper copies of your underlying funds’ shareholder reports will no longer be sent by mail, unless you specifically request paper copies of the reports from RiverSource Life. Instead, the reports will be made available on a website, and you will be notified each time a report is posted and provided with a website link to access the report.

You may elect to receive all future reports in paper free of charge. You can inform RiverSource Life that you wish to continue receiving paper copies of your shareholder reports by calling our Service Center at 1-800-862-7919. Your election to receive reports in paper will apply to all funds available under your variable annuity contract.

RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    1

Effects of COVID-19 Pandemic

The coronavirus disease 2019 (“COVID-19”) public health crisis presents ongoing significant economic and societal disruption and has driven significant volatility in the equity and interest rate markets. Any periods of continued high market volatility, and your individual circumstances (e.g., your selected allocations and the timing of any purchase payments, transfers, or withdrawals), will affect values under your contract. As part of how we maintain our strong financial strength and claims-paying ability, we continue to reserve amounts for our contractual obligations in accordance with significant state solvency regulations. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic may impact financial markets, investment performance under your contract, and our financial strength and claims-paying ability will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be estimated, including the scope and duration of the pandemic and actions taken by governmental authorities, market participants, and other third parties in response to the pandemic.

We have implemented comprehensive strategies to address the operating environment spurred by the pandemic.  To promote the safety and security of our employees and to assure the continuity of our business operations, we have implemented a work from home protocol for virtually all of our employee population, restricted business travel, and provided resources for complying with the guidance from the World Health Organization, the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and government authorities. We have been satisfying elevated customer service volumes and our operations teams have continued to operate successfully and without disruptions in service. Our pandemic strategy is flexible and scalable and takes into consideration that a pandemic could be widespread and may occur in multiple waves, affecting different communities at different times with varying levels of severity. We cannot, however, predict the impact that natural or man-made disasters and catastrophes, including the COVID-19 pandemic, may have over near- or longer-term periods.

2    RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Table of Contents

Key Terms	4
The Contract in Brief	6
Expense Summary	8
Contract Owner Transaction Expenses	8
Annual Variable Account Expenses	8
Other Annual Expenses	9
Annual Operating Expenses of the Funds	9
Condensed Financial Information	11
Financial Statements	11
The Variable Account and the Funds	11
The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)	16
Market Value Adjustment (MVA)	16
The General Account	19
The One-Year Fixed Account	19
Buying Your Contract	19
The Retirement Date	20
Beneficiary	21
Purchase Payments	21
How to Make Purchase Payments	21
Limitations on Use of Contract	21
Charges	22
All Contracts	22
Contract Administrative Charge	22
Variable Account Administrative Charge	22
Mortality and Expense Risk Fee	22
Withdrawal Charge	22
Fund Fees and Expenses	24
Premium Taxes	24
Optional Living Benefits Charges	24
Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB) Fee	24
Optional Death Benefit Charges	24
Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider Fee	24
Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider Fee	25
Valuing Your Investment	25
GPAs and One-Year Fixed Account	25
Subaccounts	25
Making the Most of Your Contract	27
Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging	27
Special Dollar-Cost Averaging (Special DCA) Program for Contract Option L Only	27
Asset Rebalancing	28
Transferring Among Accounts	28
How to request a Transfer or Withdrawal	31

Withdrawals	32
Withdrawal Policies	33
Receiving Payment	33
TSA–Special Provisions	34
Participants in Tax-Sheltered Annuities	34
Changing Ownership	34
Benefits in Case of Death	35
If You Die Before Your Retirement Date	38
Optional Benefits	39
Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector)	39
Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus)	41
Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB)	43
The Annuity Payout Period	47
Annuity Tables	47
Annuity Payout Plans	48
Taxes	49
Nonqualified Annuities	49
Qualified Annuities	51
Other	52
Voting Rights	53
Substitution of Investments	53
About the Service Providers	54
Principal Underwriter	54
Service Providers	55
Issuer	55
Legal Proceedings	55
Additional Information	56
Incorporation of Certain Documents By Reference	56
Available Information	56
Indemnification	56
Appendix : Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	57
Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information	61

RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    3

Key Terms

These terms can help you understand details about your contract.

Accumulation unit: A measure of the value of each subaccount before annuity payouts begin.

Annuitant: The person or persons on whose life or life expectancy the annuity payouts are based.

Annuity payouts: An amount paid at regular intervals under one of several plans.

Assumed investment rate: The rate of return we assume your investments will earn when we calculate your initial annuity payout amount using the annuity table in your contract. The standard assumed investment rate we use is 5% but you may request we substitute an assumed investment rate of 3.5%.

Beneficiary: The person you designate to receive benefits in case of the owner’s or annuitant’s death while the contract is in force.

Close of business: The time the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) closes (4 p.m. Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier).

Code: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Contract: A deferred annuity contract that permits you to accumulate money for retirement by making one or more purchase payments. It provides for lifetime or other forms of payouts beginning at a specified time in the future.

Contract value: The total value of your contract before we deduct any applicable charges.

Contract year: A period of 12 months, starting on the effective date of your contract and on each anniversary of the effective date.

Funds: Investment options under your contract. You may allocate your purchase payments into subaccounts investing in shares of the funds.

Good order: We cannot process your transaction request relating to the contract until we have received the request in good order at our Service Center. “Good order” means the actual receipt of the requested transaction in writing, along with all information, forms and supporting legal documentation necessary to effect the transaction. To be in “good order,” your instructions must be sufficiently clear so that we do not need to exercise any discretion to follow such instructions. This information and documentation generally includes your completed request; the contract number; the transaction amount (in dollars); the names of and allocations to and/or from the subaccounts and the fixed account affected by the requested transaction; Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number; and any other information, forms or supporting documentation that we may require. For certain transactions, at our option, we may require the signature of all contract owners for the request to be in good order. With respect to purchase

requests, “good order” also generally includes receipt of sufficient payment by us to effect the purchase. We may, in our sole discretion, determine whether any particular transaction request is in good order, and we reserve the right to change or waive any good order requirements at any time.

Guarantee Period: The number of successive 12-month periods that a guaranteed interest rate is credited.

Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs): A nonunitized separate account to which you may allocate purchase payments or transfer contract value of at least $1,000. These accounts have guaranteed interest rates for guarantee periods we declare when you allocate purchase payments or transfer contract value to a GPA. These guaranteed rates and periods of time may vary by state. Unless an exception applies, transfers or withdrawals from a GPA done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will receive a market value adjustment, which may result in a gain or loss of principal.

Market Value Adjustment (MVA): A positive or negative adjustment assessed if any portion of a Guarantee Period Account is withdrawn or transferred more than 30 days before the end of its guarantee period.

One-year fixed account: Part of our general account to which you may make allocations. Amounts you allocate to this account earn interest at rates that we declare periodically.

Owner (you, your): The person or persons identified in the contract as owner(s) of the contract, who has or have the right to control the contract (to decide on investment allocations, transfers, payout options, etc.). Usually, but not always, the owner is also the annuitant. During the owner’s life, the owner is responsible for taxes, regardless of whether he or she receives the contract’s benefits. The owner or any joint owner may be a non-natural person (e.g. irrevocable trust or corporation) or a revocable trust. If any owner is a non-natural person or a revocable trust, the annuitant will be deemed to be the owner for contract provisions that are based on the age or life of the owner. When the contract is owned by a revocable trust or irrevocable grantor trust, the annuitant(s) selected must be the grantor(s) of the trust to assure compliance with Section 72(s) of the Code.

Qualified annuity: A contract that you purchase to fund one of the following tax-deferred retirement plans that is subject to applicable federal law and any rules of the plan itself:

• Individual Retirement Annuities (IRAs) including inherited IRAs under Section 408(b) of the Code

• Roth IRAs including inherited Roth IRAs under Section 408A of the Code

• SIMPLE IRAs under Section 408(p) of the Code

• Simplified Employee Pension (SEP) plans under Section 408(k) of the Code

 

4    RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• Tax-Sheltered Annuity (TSA) rollovers under Section 403(b) of the Code

A qualified annuity will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral if it is used to fund a retirement plan that is already tax deferred.

All other contracts are considerednonqualified annuities.

Retirement date: The date when annuity payouts are scheduled to begin.

Rider effective date: The date a rider becomes effective as stated in the rider.

RiverSource Life: In this prospectus, “we,” “us,” “our” and “RiverSource Life” refer to RiverSource Life Insurance Company.

Service Center: Our department that processes all transaction and service requests for the contracts. We consider all transaction and service requests received when they arrive in good order at the Service Center. Any transaction or service requests sent or directed to any location other than our Service Center may end up delayed or not processed. Our Service Center address and telephone number are listed on the first page of the prospectus.

Valuation date: Any normal business day, Monday through Friday, on which the NYSE is open, up to the time it closes. At the NYSE close, the next valuation date begins. We calculate the accumulation unit value of each subaccount on each valuation date. If we receive your

purchase payment or any transaction request (such as a transfer or withdrawal request) in good order at our Service Center before the close of business, we will process your payment or transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your payment or transaction request. On the other hand, if we receive your purchase payment or transaction request in good order at our Service Center at or after the close of business, we will process your payment or transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date. If you make a transaction request by telephone (including by fax), you must have completed your transaction by the close of business in order for us to process it using the accumulation unit value we calculate on that valuation date. If you were not able to complete your transaction before the close of business for any reason, including telephone service interruptions or delays due to high call volume, we will process your transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date.

Variable account: Consists of separate subaccounts to which you may allocate purchase payments; each invests in shares of one fund. The value of your investment in each subaccount changes with the performance of the particular fund.

Withdrawal value: The amount you are entitled to receive if you make a full withdrawal from your contract. It is the contract value minus any applicable charges.

RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    5

The Contract in Brief

This prospectus describes two contracts. Contract Option L offers a four year withdrawal charge schedule and investment options in the GPAs, one-year fixed account and/or the subaccounts. Contract Option C eliminates the withdrawal charge schedule in exchange for a higher mortality and expense risk fee and allows investment in the subaccounts only. The information in this prospectus applies to both contracts unless stated otherwise.

Purpose: The purpose of these contracts is to allow you to accumulate money for retirement or similar long-term goal. You do this by making one or more purchase payments. For contract Option L, you may allocate your purchase payments to the GPAs, one-year fixed account and/or subaccounts. For contract Option C, you may allocate purchase payments to the subaccounts. For both contract Option L and contract Option C, you risk losing amounts you invest in the subaccounts of the variable account. These accounts, in turn, may earn returns that increase the value of a contract. If the contract value goes to zero due to underlying fund’s performance or deduction of fees, the contract will no longer be in force and the contract (including any death benefit riders) will terminate. You may be able to purchase an optional benefit to reduce the investment risk you assume under the contract. Beginning at a specified time in the future called the retirement date, these contracts provide lifetime or other forms of payouts of your contract value (less any applicable premium tax).

It may have not been advantageous for you to purchase this contract in exchange for, or in addition to, an existing annuity or life insurance policy. Generally, you can exchange one annuity for another or for a long-term care policy in a “tax-free” exchange under Section 1035 of the Code. You can also do a partial exchange from one annuity contract to another annuity contract, subject to Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) rules. You also generally can exchange a life insurance policy for an annuity. However, before making an exchange, you should compare both contracts carefully because the features and benefits may be different. Fees and charges may be higher or lower on your old contract than on this contract. You may have to pay a withdrawal charge when you exchange out of your old contract and a new withdrawal period will begin when you exchange into this contract. If the exchange does not qualify for Section 1035 treatment, you also may have to pay federal income tax on the distribution. State income taxes may also apply. You should not exchange your old contract for this contract, or buy this contract in addition to your old contract, unless you determine it is in your best interest. (See “Taxes-1035 Exchanges”.)

Tax-deferred retirement plans: Most annuities have a tax-deferred feature. So do many retirement plans under the Code including 403(b) plans. As a result, when you use a qualified annuity to fund a retirement plan that is tax-deferred, your contract will not provide any necessary

or additional tax deferral beyond what is provided in that retirement plan. Some employers may permit you to deposit your contributions into other investments such as mutual funds. If such investments are available to you, before enrolling under the contract, you should consider features other than tax deferral that may help you reach your retirement goals. In addition, the Code subjects retirement plans to required withdrawals triggered at age 72 (triggered at age 70 ½ if you turned 70 ½ before Jan. 1, 2020). These mandatory withdrawals are called required minimum distributions (“RMDs”). RMDs may reduce the value of certain death benefits and optional riders (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). You should consult your tax advisor before you purchase the contract as a qualified annuity for an explanation of the tax implications to you.

Buying a contract: We no longer offer new contracts. However, you have the option of making additional purchase payments in the future, subject to certain limitations. Purchase payment amounts and purchase payment timing may be limited under the terms of your contract and/or pursuant to state requirements. (See “Buying Your Contract”).

Free look period: The contracts in this prospectus are no longer sold. Generally, all available free look periods have now expired.

Accounts: Generally, you may allocate purchase payments to the GPAs, one-year fixed account and/or the subaccounts, depending on the contract option you select.

If you select contract Option L, you may allocate your purchase payments among any or all of:

• the subaccounts, each of which invests in a fund with a particular investment objective. The value of each subaccount varies with the performance of the particular fund in which it invests. We cannot guarantee that the value at the retirement date will equal or exceed the total purchase payments you allocate to the subaccounts. (see “The Variable Account and the Funds”)

• GPAs which earn interest at rates declared when you make an allocation to that account. The required minimum investment in each GPA is $1,000. These accounts may not be available in all states. (See “The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)”)

• one-year fixed account, which earns interest at rates that we adjust periodically. There are restrictions on the amount you can allocate to this account as well as on transfers from this account. (See “The One-Year Fixed Account”)

If you select contract Option C and your application is signed on or after May 1, 2003, you may allocate purchase payments to the subaccounts only. For applications dated prior to May 1, 2003, investment in

 

6    RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

the GPAs and one-year fixed account is not restricted in most states.

Transfers: Subject to certain restrictions, you currently may redistribute your contract value among the accounts without charge at any time until annuity payouts begin, and once per contract year among the subaccounts after annuity payouts begin. Transfers out of the GPAs done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will be subject to a MVA, unless an exception applies. You may establish automated transfers among the accounts. We reserve the right to limit transfers to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then currently crediting is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transferring Among Accounts”).

Withdrawals: You may withdraw all or part of your contract value at any time before the retirement date. You also may establish automated partial withdrawals. Withdrawals may be subject to charges and tax penalties (including a 10% IRS penalty that may apply if you make withdrawals prior to your reaching age 59½) and may have other tax consequences. Certain other restrictions may apply. (See “Withdrawals”)

Optional benefits:These contracts offered optional living and death benefits that were available for additional charges if you met certain criteria. Please note, since the contracts in this prospectus are no longer sold, any optional benefits you may have elected were done so at the time of application. You cannot add optional benefits to your contract after it has been issued. Any optional benefits we describe are not available to add to your contract. (See “Optional Benefits”).

Benefits in case of death: If you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin, we will pay the beneficiary an amount based on the death benefit selected. (See “Benefits in Case of Death”).

Annuity payouts: You can apply your contract value, after reflecting any adjustments, to an annuity payout plan that begins on the retirement date. You may choose from a variety of plans that can help meet your retirement or other income needs. The payout schedule must meet IRS requirements. We can make payouts on a fixed or variable basis, or both. During the annuity payout period, your choices for subaccounts may be limited. The GPAs are not available during the payout period. (See “The Annuity Payout Period”).

RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    7

Expense Summary

The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you paid when buying, owning and making a withdrawal from the contract. The first table describes the fees and expenses that you paid at the time that you bought the contract and will pay when you make a withdrawal from the contract. State premium taxes also may be deducted.

Contract Owner Transaction Expenses

Withdrawal charge

(Contingent deferred sales charge as a percentage of purchase payments withdrawn)

You select either contract Option L or Option C at the time of application. Option C contracts have no withdrawal charge schedule but they carry higher mortality and expense risk fees than Option L contracts.

Contract year for Contract Option L	Withdrawal charge percentage
1-2	8%
3	7
5	6
5 and later	0

Liquidation charge under Variable Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:If you are receiving variable annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to withdraw those payments. The amount that you can withdraw is the present value of any remaining variable payouts. The discount rate we use in the calculation will be 5.17% if the assumed investment return is 3.5% and 6.67% if the assumed investment return is 5%. The liquidation charge equals the present value of the remaining payouts using the assumed investment return minus the present value of the remaining payouts using the discount rate. (See “Charges — WithdrawalCharge” and “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Withdrawal charge for Fixed Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:

Number of Completed Years Since Annuitization	Withdrawal charge percentage
0	Not applicable*
1	5%
2	4
3	3
4	2
5	1
6 and thereafter	0

*We do not permit withdrawals in the first year after annuitization.

The next tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay periodically during the time that you own the contract, not including fund fees and expenses.

Annual Variable Account Expenses

(As a percentage of average daily subaccount value.)

You can choose either contract Option L or Option C and the death benefit guarantee provided. The combination you choose determines the fees you pay. The table below shows the combinations available to you and their cost.

If you select contract Option L and:	Variable account administrative charge	Total mortality and expense risk fee	Total variable account expenses
Return of Purchase Payment (ROP) death benefit	0.15%	1.25%	1.40%
Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV) death benefit	0.15	1.35	1.50
Enhanced Death Benefit (EDB)	0.15	1.55	1.70

If you select contract Option C and:	Variable account administrative charge	Total mortality and expense risk fee	Total variable account expenses
ROP death benefit	0.15	1.35	1.50
MAV death benefit	0.15	1.45	1.60
EDB	0.15	1.65	1.80

8    RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Other Annual Expenses

Annual contract administrative charge $40

(We will waive this charge when your contract value is $100,000 or more on the current contract anniversary.)

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector) fee 0.25%⁽¹⁾

(As a percentage of the contract value charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus) fee 0.40%⁽¹⁾

(As a percentage of the contract value charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB) fee 0.70%^(1),(2)

(As a percentage of the GMIB benefit base charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

(1)	This fee applies only if you elect this optional feature.
(2)	For applications signed prior to May 1, 2003, the following annual current rider charges apply: GMIB — .30%.

Annual Operating Expenses of the Funds

The next table provides the minimum and maximum total operating expenses charged by the underlying funds that you may pay periodically during the time that you own the contract. These operating expenses are for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, unless otherwise noted. More detail concerning each underlying fund’s fees and expenses is contained in each fund’s prospectus.

Minimum and maximum annual operating expenses for the funds

(Including management, distribution (12b-1) and/or service fees and other expenses)⁽¹⁾

	Minimum(%)	Maximum(%)
Total expenses before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements	0.58	1.21

⁽¹⁾ Total annual fund operating expenses are deducted from amounts that are allocated to the fund. They include management fees and other expenses and may include distribution (12b-1) fees. Other expenses may include service fees that may be used to compensate service providers, including us and our affiliates, for administrative and contract owner services provided on behalf of the fund. The amount of these payments will vary by fund and may be significant. See “The Variable Account and the Funds” for additional information, including potential conflicts of interest these payments may create. Distribution (12b-1) fees are used to finance any activity that is primarily intended to result in the sale of fund shares. Because 12b-1 fees are paid out of fund assets on an ongoing basis, you may pay more if you select subaccounts investing in funds that have adopted 12b-1 plans than if you select subaccounts investing in funds that have not adopted 12b-1 plans. For a more complete description of each fund’s fees and expenses and important disclosure regarding payments the fund and/or its affiliates make, please review the fund’s prospectus and SAI.

RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    9

Examples

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in these contracts with the cost of investing in other variable annuity contracts. These costs include your transaction expenses, contract administrative charges⁽¹⁾, variable account annual expenses and fund fees and expenses.

These examples assume that you invest $10,000 in the contract for the time periods indicated. These examples also assume that your investment has a 5% return each year.

Maximum Expenses. These examples assume the most expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the maximum fees and expenses of any of the funds before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the EDB and the GMIB. Although your actual costs may be lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

	If you withdraw your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not withdraw your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Contract Option L	$1,139	$1,809	$2,123	$4,417	$412	$1,254	$2,123	$4,417
Contract Option C	422	1,284	2,172	4,508	422	1,284	2,172	4,508

Minimum Expenses. These examples assume the least expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the minimum fees and expenses of any of the funds before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the ROP Death Benefit and do not select any optional benefits. Although your actual costs may be higher, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

	If you withdraw your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not withdraw your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Contract Option L	$984	$1,329	$1,268	$2,684	$243	$745	$1,268	$2,684
Contract Option C	253	776	1,320	2,788	253	776	1,320	2,788

⁽¹⁾ In these examples, the contract administrative charge is $40.

THE EXAMPLES ARE ILLUSTRATIVE ONLY. YOU SHOULD NOT CONSIDER THESE EXAMPLES AS A REPRESENTATION OF PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES. ACTUAL EXPENSES WILL BE HIGHER OR LOWER THAN THOSE SHOWN DEPENDING UPON WHICH OPTIONAL BENEFIT YOU ELECT OTHER THAN INDICATED IN THE EXAMPLES OR IF YOU ALLOCATE CONTRACT VALUE TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE SUBACCOUNTS.

10    RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Condensed Financial Information

You can find unaudited condensed financial information for the subaccounts representing the lowest and highest total annual variable account expense combinations in Appendix.

Financial Statements

You can find our audited financial statements and the audited financial statements of the divisions, which are comprised of subaccounts, in the SAI. The SAI does not include audited financial statements for divisions that are new (if any) and have no activity as of the financial statements date.

The Variable Account and the Funds

Variable Account. The variable account was established under Indiana law on July 15, 1987, and the subaccounts are registered together as a single unit investment trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the 1940 Act). This registration does not involve any supervision of our management or investment practices and policies by the SEC. All obligations arising under the contracts are general obligations of RiverSource Life.

The variable account meets the definition of a separate account under federal securities laws. We credit or charge income, capital gains and capital losses of each subaccount only to that subaccount. State insurance law prohibits us from charging a subaccount with liabilities of any other subaccount or of our general business. The variable account includes other subaccounts that are available under contracts that are not described in this prospectus.

The IRS has issued guidance on investor control but may issue additional guidance in the future. We reserve the right to modify the contract or any investments made under the terms of the contract so that the investor control rules do not apply to treat the contract owner as the owner of the subaccount assets rather than the owner of an annuity contract. If the contract is not treated as an annuity contract for tax purposes, the owner may be subject to current taxation on any current or accumulated income credited to the contract.

We intend to comply with all federal tax laws so that the contract qualifies as an annuity for federal tax purposes. We reserve the right to modify the contract as necessary in order to qualify the contract as an annuity for federal tax purposes.

The Funds. This contract currently offers subaccounts investing in shares of the funds listed in the table below.

• Investment objectives: The investment managers and advisers cannot guarantee that the funds will meet their investment objectives. Please read the funds’ prospectuses for facts you should know before investing. These prospectuses are available by contacting us at the address or telephone number on the first page of this prospectus.

• Fund name and management: A fund underlying your contract in which a subaccount invests may have a name, portfolio manager, objectives, strategies and characteristics that are the same or substantially similar to those of a publicly-traded retail mutual fund. Despite these similarities, an underlying fund is not the same as any publicly-traded retail mutual fund. Each underlying fund will have its own unique portfolio holdings, fees, operating expenses and operating results. The results of each underlying fund may differ significantly from any publicly-traded retail mutual fund.

• Eligible purchasers: All funds are available to serve as the underlying investments for variable annuities and variable life insurance policies. The funds are not available to the public (see “Fund Name and Management” above). Some funds also are available to serve as investment options for tax-deferred retirement plans. It is possible that in the future for tax, regulatory or other reasons, it may be disadvantageous for variable annuity accounts and variable life insurance accounts and/or tax-deferred retirement plans to invest in the available funds simultaneously. Although we and the funds’ providers do not currently foresee any such disadvantages, the boards of directors or trustees of each fund will monitor events in order to identify any material conflicts between annuity owners, policy owners and tax-deferred retirement plans and to determine what action, if any, should be taken in response to a conflict. If a board were to conclude that it should establish separate fund providers for the variable annuity, variable life insurance and tax-deferred retirement plan accounts, you would not bear any expenses associated with establishing separate funds. Please refer to the funds’ prospectuses for risk disclosure regarding simultaneous investments by variable annuity, variable life insurance and tax-deferred retirement plan accounts. Each fund intends to comply with the diversification requirements under Section 817(h) of the Code.

• Asset allocation programs may impact fund performance: Asset allocation programs in general may negatively impact the performance of an underlying fund. Even if you do not participate in an asset allocation program, a fund in which your subaccount invests may be impacted if it is included in an asset allocation program. Rebalancing or reallocation under the terms of the asset allocation program may cause a fund to lose money if it must sell large amounts of securities to meet a redemption request. These losses can be greater if the fund holds securities that are not as liquid as others, for example, various types of bonds, shares of smaller companies and securities of foreign issuers. A fund may also experience higher expenses because it must sell or buy securities more frequently

RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    11

	than it otherwise might in the absence of asset allocation program rebalancing or reallocations. Because asset allocation programs include periodic rebalancing and may also include reallocation, these effects may occur under the asset allocation program we offer or under asset allocation programs used in conjunction with the contracts and plans of other eligible purchasers of the funds.
•	Funds available under the contract: We seek to provide a broad array of underlying funds taking into account the fees and charges imposed by each fund and the contract charges we impose. We select the underlying funds in which the subaccounts initially invest and when there is substitution (see “Substitution of Investments”). We also make all decisions regarding which funds to retain in a contract, which funds to add to a contract and which funds will no longer be offered in a contract. In making these decisions, we may consider various objective and subjective factors. Objective factors include, but are not limited to fund performance, fund expenses, classes of fund shares available, size of the fund and investment objectives and investing style of the fund. Subjective factors include, but are not limited to, investment sub-styles and process, management skill and history at other funds and portfolio concentration and sector weightings. We also consider the levels and types of revenue a fund, its distributor, investment adviser, subadviser, transfer agent or their affiliates pay us and our affiliates. This revenue includes, but is not limited to compensation for administrative services provided with respect to the fund and support of marketing and distribution expenses incurred with respect to the fund.
•	Money Market fund yield: In low interest rate environments, money market fund yields may decrease to a level where the deduction of fees and charges associated with your contract could result in negative net performance, resulting in a corresponding decrease in your contract value.
•	Revenue we receive from the funds and potential conflicts of interest:

Expenses We May Incur on Behalf of the Funds

When a subaccount invests in a fund, the fund holds a single account in the name of the variable account. As such, the variable account is actually the shareholder of the fund. We, through our variable account, aggregate the transactions of numerous contract owners and submit net purchase and redemption requests to the funds on a daily basis. In addition, we track individual contract owner transactions and provide confirmations, periodic statements, and other required mailings. These costs would normally be borne by the fund, but we incur them instead.

Besides incurring these administrative expenses on behalf of the funds, we also incur distributions expenses in selling our contracts. By extension, the distribution expenses we incur benefit the funds we make available due to contract owner elections to allocate purchase payments to the funds through the subaccounts. In addition, the funds generally incur lower distribution expenses when offered through our variable account in contrast to being sold on a retail basis.

A complete list of why we may receive this revenue, as well as sources of revenue, is described in detail below.

Payments the Funds May Make to Us

We or our affiliates may receive from each of the funds, or their affiliates, compensation including but not limited to expense payments. These payments are designed in part to compensate us for the expenses we may incur on behalf of the funds. In addition to these payments, the funds may compensate us for wholesaling activities or to participate in educational or marketing seminars sponsored by the funds.

We or our affiliates may receive revenue derived from the 12b-1 fees charged by the funds. These fees are deducted from the assets of the funds. This revenue and the amount by which it can vary may create conflicts of interest. The amount, type, and manner in which the revenue from these sources is computed vary by fund.

Conflicts of Interest These Payments May Create

When we determined the charges to impose under the contracts, we took into account anticipated payments from the funds. If we had not taken into account these anticipated payments, the charges under the contract would have been higher. Additionally, the amount of payment we receive from a fund or its affiliate may create an incentive for us to include that fund as an investment option and may influence our decision regarding which funds to include in the variable account as subaccount options for contract owners. Funds that offer lower payments or no payments may also have corresponding expense structures that are lower, resulting in decreased overall fees and expenses to shareholders.

We offer funds managed by our affiliates Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC (Columbia Management) and Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLC (Columbia Wanger). We have additional financial incentive to offer our affiliated funds because additional assets held by them generally results in added revenue to us and our parent company, Ameriprise Financial, Inc. Additionally, employees of Ameriprise Financial, Inc. and its affiliates, including our employees, may be separately incented to include the affiliated funds in the products, as employee compensation and business unit operating goals at all levels are tied to the success of the company. Currently, revenue received from our affiliated funds comprises the greatest amount and percentage of revenue we derive from payments made by the funds.

The Amount of Payments We Receive from the Funds

We or our affiliates receive revenue which ranges up to 0.65% of the average daily net assets invested in the funds through this and other contracts we and our affiliates issue.

12    RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Why revenues are paid to us: In accordance with applicable laws, regulations and the terms of the agreements under which such revenue is paid, we or our affiliates may receive revenue, including, but not limited to expense payments and non-cash compensation, for various purposes:

• Compensating, training and educating investment professionals who sell the contracts.

• Granting access to our employees whose job it is to promote sales of the contracts by authorized selling firms and their investment professionals, and granting access to investment professionals of our affiliated selling firms.

• Activities or services we or our affiliates provide that assist in the promotion and distribution of the contracts including promoting the funds available under the contracts to contract owners, authorized selling firms and investment professionals.

• Providing sub-transfer agency and shareholder servicing to contract owners.

• Promoting, including and/or retaining the fund’s investment portfolios as underlying investment options in the contracts.

• Advertising, printing and mailing sales literature, and printing and distributing prospectuses and reports.

• Furnishing personal services to contract owners, including education of contract owners regarding the funds, answering routine inquiries regarding a fund, maintaining accounts or providing such other services eligible for service fees as defined under the rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA).

• Subaccounting services, transaction processing, recordkeeping and administration.

• Sources of revenue received from affiliated funds: The affiliated funds are managed by Columbia Management or Columbia Wanger. The sources of revenue we receive from these affiliated funds, or the funds’ affiliates, may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Assets of the fund’s adviser, sub-adviser, transfer agent, distributor or an affiliate of these. The revenue resulting from these sources may be based either on a percentage of average daily net assets of the fund or on the actual cost of certain services we provide with respect to the fund. We may receive this revenue either in the form of a cash payment or it may be allocated to us.

• Compensation paid out of 12b-1 fees that are deducted from fund assets.

• Sources of revenue received from unaffiliated funds: The unaffiliated funds are not managed by an affiliate of ours. The sources of revenue we receive from these unaffiliated funds, or the funds’ affiliates, may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Assets of the fund’s adviser, sub-adviser, transfer agent, distributor or an affiliate of these. The revenue resulting from these sources may be based either on a percentage of average daily net assets of the fund or on the actual cost of certain services we provide with respect to the fund. We receive this revenue in the form of a cash payment.

• Compensation paid out of 12b-1 fees that are deducted from fund assets.

You may allocate purchase payments and transfers to any or all of the subaccounts of the variable account that invest in shares of the funds listed in the table below. From time to time, certain fund names are changed. When we are notified of a name change, we will make changes so that the new name is properly shown. However, changes may take some period of time to complete. As a result it is possible you may receive various forms, reports and confirmations that reflect a fund’s prior name.

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Balanced Fund (Class 3)	Seeks maximum total investment return through a combination of capital growth and current income.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high level of current income and, as a secondary objective, steady growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Government Money Market Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with maximum current income consistent with liquidity and stability of principal.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC

RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    13

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Columbia Variable Portfolio - High Yield Bond Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with high current income as its primary objective and, as its secondary objective, capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high level of current income while attempting to conserve the value of the investment for the longest period of time.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Select Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with current income as its primary objective and, as its secondary objective, preservation of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Fidelity® VIP Balanced Portfolio Service Class 2	Seeks income and capital growth consistent with reasonable risk. Invests approximately 60% of assets in stocks and other equity securities and the remainder in bonds and other debt securities, including lower-quality debt securities, when its outlook is neutral. Invests at least 25% of total assets in fixed-income senior securities (including debt securities and preferred stock). The fund invests in domestic and foreign issuers.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. Fidelity Investments Money Management, Inc. (FIMM), FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC), and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Growth & Income Portfolio Service Class 2	Seeks high total return through a combination of current income and capital appreciation. Normally invests a majority of assets in common stocks with a focus on those that pay current dividends and show potential for capital appreciation. Invests in domestic and foreign issuers. The Fund invests in either "growth" stocks or "value" stocks or both.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Growth Portfolio Service Class 2	Seeks to achieve capital appreciation. Normally invests primarily in common stocks. Invests in companies that FMR believes have above-average growth potential (stocks of these companies are often called "growth" stocks). The Fund invests in domestic and foreign issuers.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2	Seeks long-term growth of capital. Normally invests primarily in common stocks. Normally invests at least 80% of assets in securities of companies with medium market capitalizations. May invest in companies with smaller or larger market capitalizations. Invests in domestic and foreign issuers. The Fund invests in either "growth" or "value" common stocks or both.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks capital appreciation, with income as a secondary goal. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests primarily in U.S. and foreign equity securities that the investment manager believes are undervalued.	Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC
Franklin Small Cap Value VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term total return. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in investments of small capitalization companies.	Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC

14    RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Franklin Small-Mid Cap Growth VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital growth. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in investments of small-capitalization and mid-capitalization companies.	Franklin Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks capital growth.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. Core Equity Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
MFS® Investors Trust Series - Service Class	Seeks capital appreciation.	MFS® Investment Management
MFS® New Discovery Series - Service Class	Seeks capital appreciation.	MFS® Investment Management
MFS® Total Return Series - Service Class	Seeks total return.	MFS® Investment Management
MFS® Utilities Series - Service Class	Seeks total return.	MFS® Investment Management
Putnam VT Equity Income Fund - Class IB Shares	Seeks capital growth and current income.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of Putnam Investments Limited (PIL), PIL does not currently manage any assets.
Putnam VT Income Fund - Class IB Shares	Seeks high current income consistent with what Putnam Investment Management, LLC believes to be prudent risk.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of Putnam Investments Limited (PIL), PIL does not currently manage any assets.
Putnam VT International Equity Fund - Class IB Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor; Putnam Investments Limited, sub-adviser. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of The Putnam Advisory Company, LLC (PAC), PAC does not currently manage any assets of the fund.
Putnam VT Sustainable Leaders Fund - Class IB Shares	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of Putnam Investments Limited (PIL), PIL does not currently manage any assets.
Templeton Foreign VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital growth. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in investments of issuers located outside the U.S., including those in emerging markets.	Templeton Investment Counsel, LLC

RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    15

The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)

The GPAs may not be available in some states.

Investment in the GPAs is not available under contract Option C⁽¹⁾.

⁽¹⁾ For applications dated May 1, 2003 or after, investment in the GPAs for contract Option C is not allowed in most states. For applications dated prior to May 1, 2003, investment in the GPAs is not restricted in most states. Please check with your investment professional to determine which applies in your state.

For Contract Option L, you may allocate purchase payments to one or more of the GPAs with guarantee periods declared by us. These periods of time may vary by state. The required minimum investment in each GPA is $1,000.

These accounts are not offered after annuity payouts begin.

Each GPA pays an interest rate that is declared when you make an allocation to that account. Interest is credited daily. That interest rate is then fixed for the guarantee period that you chose. We will periodically change the declared interest rate for any future allocations to these accounts, but we will not change the rate paid on money currently in a GPA. The GPA interests under the contracts are registered with the SEC (File No.333-230959). The SEC staff reviews the disclosures in this prospectus on the GPA interests.

The interest rates that we will declare as guaranteed rates in the future are determined by us at our discretion (future rates). These rates generally will be based on various factors related to future investment earnings.We cannot predict nor can we guarantee what future rates will be.

We hold amounts you allocate to the GPAs in a “nonunitized” separate account. This separate account provides an additional measure of assurance that we will make full payment of amounts due under the GPAs. We own the assets of this separate account as well as any favorable investment performance of those assets. You do not participate in the performance of the assets held in this separate account. We guarantee all benefits relating to your value in the GPAs. This guarantee is based on the continued claims-paying ability of the company’s general account. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of insurance and financial products as well, and we also pay our obligations under these products from assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account.

We intend to construct and manage the investment portfolio relating to the separate account in such a way as to minimize the impact of fluctuations by interest rates. We seek to achieve this by constructing a portfolio of assets with a price sensitivity to interest rate changes (i.e., price duration) that is similar to the price duration of the corresponding portfolio of liabilities.

We must invest this portfolio of assets in accordance with requirements established by applicable state laws regarding the nature and quality of investments that life insurance companies may make and the percentage of their assets that they may commit to any particular type of investment. Our investment strategy will incorporate the use of a variety of debt instruments having price durations tending to match the applicable guarantee periods. These instruments include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities, which issues may or may not be guaranteed by the U.S. government;

• Debt securities that have an investment grade, at the time of purchase, within the four highest grades assigned by any of three nationally recognized rating agencies — Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s Investors Service or Fitch — or are rated in the two highest grades by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners;

• Other debt instruments which are unrated or rated below investment grade, limited to 10% of assets at the time of purchase; and

• Real estate mortgages, limited to 45% of portfolio assets at the time of acquisition.

In addition, options and futures contracts on fixed income securities will be used from time to time to achieve and maintain appropriate investment and liquidity characteristics on the overall asset portfolio.

While this information generally describes our investment strategy, we are not obligated to follow any particular strategy except as may be required by federal law and Indiana and other state insurance laws.

Market Value Adjustment (MVA)

We guarantee the contract value allocated to your GPA, including the interest credited, if you do not make any transfers or withdrawals from that GPA prior to 30 days before the end of the guarantee period. However, we will apply an MVA if a transfer or withdrawal occurs prior to this time, unless the transfer is an automated transfer from the two-year GPA as

16    RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep strategy. The MVA also affects amounts withdrawn from a GPA prior to 30 days before the end of the guarantee period that are used to purchase payouts under an annuity payout plan. We will refer to all of these transactions as “early withdrawals” in the discussion below.

The current interest rate we offer on the GPA will change periodically at our discretion. It is the rate we are then paying on purchase payments, renewals and transfers paid under this class of contracts for Guarantee Period durations equaling the remaining Guarantee Period of the GPA to which the formula is being applied.

We will not apply MVAs to amounts withdrawn for annual contract charges, to amounts we pay as death claims or to automatic transfers from the two-year GPA as part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep Strategy. In some states, the MVA is limited.

When you request an early withdrawal, we adjust the early withdrawal amount by an MVA formula. The early withdrawal amount reflects the relationship between the guaranteed interest rate you are earning in your current GPA and the interest rate we are crediting on new GPAs that end at the same time as your current GPA.

The MVA is sensitive to changes in current interest rates. The magnitude of any applicable MVA will depend on our current schedule of guaranteed interest rates at the time of the withdrawal, the time remaining in your guarantee period and your guaranteed interest rate. The MVA is negative, zero or positive depending on how the guaranteed interest rate on your GPA compares to the interest rate of a new GPA for the same number of years as the guarantee period remaining on your GPA. This is summarized in the following table:

If your GPA rate is:	The MVA is:
Less than the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Negative
Equal to the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Zero
Greater than the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Positive

General Examples

As the examples below demonstrate, the application of an MVA may result in either a gain or a loss of principal. We refer to all of the transactions described below as “early withdrawals.”

Assumptions:

• You purchase a contract and allocate part of your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA; and

• we guarantee an interest rate of 3.0% annually for your ten-year guarantee period; and

• after three years, you decide to make a withdrawal from your GPA. In other words, there are seven years left in your guarantee period.

Remember that the MVA depends partly on the interest rate of a new GPA for the same number of years as the guarantee period remaining on your GPA. In this case, that is seven years.

Example 1: Remember that your GPA is earning 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 3.5%. We add 0.10% to the 3.5% rate to get 3.6%. Your GPA’s 3.0% rate is less than the 3.6% rate, so the MVA will be negative.

Example 2: Remember again that your GPA is earning 3.0%, and assume that new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 2.5%. We add 0.10% to the 2.5% rate to get 2.6%. In this example, since your GPA’s 3.0% rate is greater than the 2.6% rate, the MVA will be positive. To determine that adjustment precisely, you will have to use the formula described below.

Sample MVA Calculations

The precise MVA formula we apply is as follows:

Early withdrawal amount	×	[	(	1 + i	)	n/12	–1	]	=	MVA
				1 + j + .001

Where i	=	rate earned in the GPA from which amounts are being transferred or withdrawn.
j	=	current rate for a new guarantee period equal to the remaining term in the current guarantee period.
n	=	number of months remaining in the current guarantee period (rounded up).

Examples — MVA

Using assumptions similar to those we used in the examples above:

• You purchase a contract and allocate part of your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA;

• we guarantee an interest rate of 3.0% annually for your ten-year guarantee period; and

RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    17

• after three years, you decide to make a $1,000 withdrawal from your GPA. In other words, there are seven years left in your guarantee period.

Example 1: You request an early withdrawal of $1,000 from your ten-year GPA earning a guaranteed interest rate of 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 3.5%. Using the formula above, we determine the MVA as follows:

$1,000	×	[	(	1.030	)	84/12	–1	]	=	-$39.84
				1 + .035 + .001

In this example, the MVA is a negative $39.84.

Example 2: You request an early withdrawal of $1,000 from your ten-year GPA earning a guaranteed interest rate of 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 2.5%. Using the formula above, we determine the MVA as follows:

$1,000	×	[	(	1.030	)	84/12	–1	]	=	$27.61
				1 + .025 + .001

In this example, the MVA is a positive $27.61.

Please note that when you allocate your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA and your purchase payment is in its fourth year from receipt at the beginning of the guarantee period, your withdrawal charge percentage is 6% due to the withdrawal charge schedule under contract Option L. (See “Charges — Withdrawal Charge.”) We do not apply MVAs to the amounts we deduct for withdrawal charges, so we would deduct the withdrawal charge from your early withdrawal after we applied the MVA. Also note that when you request an early withdrawal, we withdraw an amount from your GPA that will give you the net amount you requested after we apply the MVA and any applicable withdrawal charge, unless you request otherwise.

The current interest rate we offer on the GPA will change periodically at our discretion. It is the rate we are then paying on purchase payments, renewals and transfers paid under this class of contracts for guarantee period durations equaling the remaining guarantee period of the GPA to which the formula is being applied.

We will not apply MVAs to amounts withdrawn for annual contract charges, to amounts we pay as death claims or to automatic transfers from the two-year GPA as part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep strategy. In some states, the MVA is limited.

18    RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The General Account

The general account includes all assets owned by RiverSource Life, other than those in the variable account and our other separate accounts. Subject to applicable state law, we have sole discretion to decide how assets of the general account will be invested. The assets held in our general account support the guarantees under your contract including any optional benefits offered under the contract. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to many of the same risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of annuities and financial instruments and products as well, and these obligations are satisfied from the assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account. The fixed account is supported by our general account that we make available under the contract.

The One-Year Fixed Account

Investment in the one-year fixed account is not available for contract Option C.⁽¹⁾

For Contract Option L, you may allocate purchase payments or transfer accumulated value to the one-year fixed account. Some states may restrict the amount you can allocate to this account. We back the principal and interest guarantees relating to the one-year fixed account. These guarantees are subject to the creditworthiness and claims-paying ability of the company’s general account. The value of the one-year fixed account increases as we credit interest to the account. Purchase payments and transfers to the one-year fixed account become part of our general account. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account. We credit and compound interest daily based on a 365-day year (366 in a leap year) so as to produce the annual effective rate which we declare. The interest rate we apply to each purchase payment or transfer to the one-year fixed account is guaranteed for one year. Interest rates credited in excess of the guaranteed rate generally will be based on various factors related to future investment earnings. The guaranteed minimum interest rate offered may vary by state but will not be lower than state law allows.

There are restrictions on the amount you can allocate to this account as well as on transfers from this account. (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transfer policies”)

Because of exemptive and exclusionary provisions, we have not registered interests in the one-year fixed account as securities under the Securities Act of 1933 nor have any of these accounts been registered as investment companies under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Accordingly, neither the one-year fixed account nor any interests in the one-year fixed account are subject to the provisions of these Acts.

The one-year fixed account has not been registered with the SEC. Disclosures regarding the one-year fixed account, however, are subject to certain generally applicable provisions of the federal securities laws relating to the accuracy and completeness of statements made in a prospectus.

⁽¹⁾ For applications dated May 1, 2003 or after, investment in the one-year fixed account for Contract Option C is not allowed in most states. For applications dated prior to May 1, 2003, investment in the one-year fixed account was not restricted in most states. Please check with your investment professional to determine if this restriction applies to your state.

Buying Your Contract

New contracts are not currently being offered.

We are required by law to obtain personal information from you which we used to verify your identity. If you do not provide this information we reserve the right to refuse to issue your contract or take other steps we deem reasonable.

As the owner, you have all rights and may receive all benefits under the contract. You can own a qualified or nonqualified annuity. You can own a nonqualified annuity in joint tenancy with rights of survivorship only in spousal situations. You cannot own a qualified annuity in joint tenancy. You can become an owner if you are 90 or younger. (The age limit may be younger for qualified annuities in some states.)

When you applied, you selected (if available in your state):

• contract Option L or Option C;

• a death benefit option⁽¹⁾;

• the optional Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider⁽²⁾;

• the optional Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider⁽²⁾;

• the optional Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider⁽³⁾;

• the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and/or subaccounts in which you want to invest⁽⁴⁾;

RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    19

•	how you want to make purchase payments; and
•	a beneficiary.
(1)	If you and the annuitant are 79 or younger at contract issue, you may select from either the ROP death benefit, MAV death benefit or EDB. If you or the annuitant are 80 or older at contract issue, the ROP death benefit will apply. EDB may not be available in all states.
(2)	Not available with the EDB. May not be available in all states.
(3)	Available at the time you purchase your contract if the annuitant is 75 or younger at contract issue and you also select the EDB. May not be available in all states.
(4)	For applications dated May 1, 2003 or after, investment in the GPA account and the one-year fixed account for Contract Option C is not allowed in most states. For applications dated prior to May 1, 2003, investment in the GPA account and the one-year fixed account was not restricted in most states. Please check with your investment professional to determine whether this restriction applies to your state. GPAs may not be available in some states.

The contract provides for allocation of purchase payments to the subaccounts of the variable account, to the GPAs and/or to the one-year fixed account in even 1% increments subject to the $1,000 minimum investment for the GPAs. For Contract Option L contracts with applications signed on or after June 16, 2003, the amount of any purchase payment allocated to the one-year fixed account in total cannot exceed 30% of the purchase payment. More than 30% of a purchase payment may be so allocated if you establish a dollar cost averaging arrangement with respect to the purchase payment according to procedures currently in effect, or you are participating according to the rules of an asset allocation model portfolio program available under the contract, if any.

We applied your initial purchase payment to the GPAs, one-year fixed account and subaccounts you selected within two business days after we received it at our Service Center. We will credit additional eligible purchase payments you make to your accounts on the valuation date we receive them. If we receive your purchase payment at our Service Center before the close of business, we will credit any portion of that payment allocated to the subaccounts using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received the payment. If we receive an additional purchase payment at our Service Center at or after the close of business, we will credit any portion of that payment allocated to the subaccounts using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received the payment.

You may make monthly payments to your contract under a SIP. To begin the SIP, you will complete and send a form and your first SIP payment along with your application. There is no charge for SIP. You can stop your SIP payments at any time.

In most states, you may make additional purchase payments to nonqualified and qualified annuities until the retirement date.

Householding and delivery of certain documents

With your prior consent, RiverSource Life and its affiliates may use and combine information concerning accounts owned by members of the same household and provide a single paper copy of certain documents to that household. This householding of documents may include prospectuses, supplements, annual reports, semiannual reports and proxies. Your authorization remains in effect unless we are notified otherwise. If you wish to continue receiving multiple copies of these documents, you can opt out of householding by calling us at 1.866.273.7429. Multiple mailings will resume within 30 days after we receive your opt out request.

The Retirement Date

Annuity payouts begin on the retirement date. This means that the contract will be annuitized or converted to a stream of monthly payments. If your contract is annuitized, the contract goes into payout and only the annuity payout provisions continue. You will no longer have access to your contract value. This means that the death benefit and any optional benefits you have elected will end. When we processed your application, we established the retirement date to be the maximum age then in effect (or contract anniversary if applicable). Unless otherwise elected by you, all retirement dates are now automatically set to the maximum age of 95 now in effect. You also can change the retirement date, provided you send us written instructions at least 30 days before annuity payouts begin.

The retirement date must be:

• no earlier than the 30th day after the contract’s effective date; and no later than

• the annuitant’s 95th birthday or the tenth contract anniversary, if later,

• or such other date as agreed upon by us.

Six months prior to your retirement start date, we will contact you with your options including the option to postpone your retirement start date to a future date. You can choose to delay the retirement start date of your contract to a date beyond age 95, to the extent allowed by applicable state law and tax laws.

20    RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If you do not make an election, annuity payouts using the contract’s default option of annuity payout Plan B – Life with 10 years certain will begin on the retirement start date and your monthly annuity payments will continue for as long as the annuitant lives. If the annuitant does not survive 10 years, we will continue to make payments until 10 years of payments have been made.

Generally, if you own a qualified annuity (for example, an IRA) and tax laws require that you take distributions from your annuity prior to your retirement start date, your contract will not be automatically annuitized (subject to state requirements). However, if you choose, you can elect to request annuitization or take surrenders to meet your required minimum distributions.

Beneficiary

We will pay to your named beneficiary the death benefit if it becomes payable while the contract is in force and before annuity payouts begin. If there is more than one beneficiary, we will pay each beneficiary’s designated share when we receive their completed claim. A beneficiary will bear the investment risk of the variable account until we receive the beneficiary’s completed claim. If there is no named beneficiary, the default provisions of your contract will apply. (See “Benefits in Case of Death” for more about beneficiaries.)

Purchase Payments

Purchase payment amounts and purchase payment timing may vary by state and be limited under the terms of your contract.

Minimum purchase payments

If paying by SIP:	$50 for additional payments.
If paying by any other method:	$100 for additional payments.

Maximum total allowable purchase payments*

$1,000,000 for issue ages up to 85

$100,000 for issue ages 86 to 90.

* This limit applies in total to all RiverSource Life annuities you own. We reserve the right to waive or increase the maximum limit. For qualified annuities, the Code’s limits on annual contributions also apply.

How to Make Purchase Payments

11 By letter

Send your check along with your name and contract number to:

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474

22 By SIP

Contact your investment professional to complete the necessary SIP paperwork.

Limitations on Use of Contract

If mandated by applicable law, including, but not limited to, federal anti-money laundering laws, we may be required to reject a purchase payment. We may also be required to block an owner’s access to contract values or to satisfy other statutory obligations. Under these circumstances, we may refuse to implement requests for transfers, withdrawals or death benefits until instructions are received from the appropriate governmental authority or a court of competent jurisdiction.

RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    21

Charges

All Contracts

Contract Administrative Charge

We charge this fee for establishing and maintaining your records. We deduct $40 from the contract value on your contract anniversary or, if earlier, when the contract is fully withdrawn. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. Some states also limit any contract charge allocated to the fixed account.

We will waive this charge when your contract value is $100,000 or more on the current contract anniversary.

If you take a full withdrawal from your contract, we will deduct the charge at the time of withdrawal regardless of the contract value. We cannot increase the annual contract administrative charge and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

Variable Account Administrative Charge

We apply this charge daily to the subaccounts. It is reflected in the unit values of your subaccounts and it totals 0.15% of their average daily net assets on an annual basis. It covers certain administrative and operating expenses of the subaccounts such as accounting, legal and data processing fees and expenses involved in the preparation and distribution of reports and prospectuses. We cannot increase the variable account administrative charge.

Mortality and Expense Risk Fee

We charge these fees daily to the subaccounts. The unit values of your subaccounts reflect these fees. These fees cover the mortality and expense risk that we assume. These fees do not apply to the GPAs or the one-year fixed account. We cannot increase these fees. These fees are based on the contract you select (either Option L or Option C) and the death benefit that applies to your contract:

	Contract Option L	Contract Option C
ROP death benefit	1.25%	1.35%
MAV death benefit	1.35	1.45
EDB	1.55	1.65

Mortality risk arises because of our guarantee to pay a death benefit and our guarantee to make annuity payouts according to the terms of the contract, no matter how long a specific owner or annuitant lives and no matter how long our entire group of owners or annuitants live. If, as a group, owners or annuitants outlive the life expectancy we assumed in our actuarial tables, then we must take money from our general assets to meet our obligations. If, as a group, owners or annuitants do not live as long as expected, we could profit from the mortality risk fee. We deduct the mortality risk fee from the subaccounts during the annuity payout period even if the annuity payout plan does not involve a life contingency.

Expense risk arises because we cannot increase the contract administrative charge or the variable account administrative charge and these charges may not cover our expenses. We would have to make up any deficit from our general assets. We could profit from the expense risk fee if future expenses are less than expected.

The subaccounts pay us the mortality and expense risk fee they accrued as follows:

• first, to the extent possible, the subaccounts pay this fee from any dividends distributed from the funds in which they invest;

• then, if necessary, the funds redeem shares to cover any remaining fees payable.

We may use any profits we realize from the subaccounts’ payment to us of the mortality and expense risk fee for any proper corporate purpose, including, among others, payment of distribution (selling) expenses. We do not expect that the withdrawal charge will cover sales and distribution expenses.

Withdrawal Charge

You select either contract Option L or Option C at the time of application. Option C contracts have no withdrawal charge schedule but they carry higher mortality and expense risk fees than Option L contracts.

If you select contract Option L and you withdraw all or part of your contract, you may be subject to a withdrawal charge. A withdrawal charge applies if you make a withdrawal in the first four contract years. You may withdraw amounts totaling up to 10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value free of charge during the first four years of your contract. (We consider your initial purchase payment to be the prior anniversary’s contract value during the first contract year.) We do not assess a withdrawal charge on this amount. The withdrawal charge percentages that apply to you are shown below

22    RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

and are stated in your contract. In addition, amounts withdrawn from a GPA more than 30 days before the end of the applicable Guarantee Period are generally subject to a MVA. (See “The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs) — Market Value Adjustment (MVA).”)

Contract year for Contract Option L	Withdrawal charge percentage
1-2	8%
3	7
4	6
5 and later	0

For a partial withdrawal that is subject to a withdrawal charge, the amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable withdrawal charge. The withdrawal charge percentage is applied to this total amount. We pay you the amount you requested.

Example: Assume you requested a withdrawal of $1,000 and there is a withdrawal charge of 7%. The total amount we actually deduct from your contract is $1,075.27. We determine this amount as follows:

Amount requested	or	$1,000	=	$1,075.27
1.00 – withdrawal charge		.93

By applying the 7% withdrawal charge to $1,075.27, the withdrawal charge is $75.27. We pay you the $1,000 you requested. If you make a full withdrawal of your contract, we also will deduct the applicable contract administrative charge.

Waiver of withdrawal charges

We do not assess withdrawal charges for:

• withdrawals of amounts totaling up to 10% of your prior contract anniversary’s contract value;

• required minimum distributions from a qualified annuity to the extent that they exceed the free amount. The amount on which withdrawal charges are waived can be no greater than the RMD amount calculated under your specific contract currently in force;

• contracts settled using an annuity payout plan;

• withdrawals made as a result of one of the “Contingent events” described below to the extent permitted by state law; and

• death benefits.

Contingent events

• Withdrawals you make if you or the annuitant are confined to a hospital or nursing home and have been for the prior 60 days. Your contract will include this provision when you and the annuitant are under age 76 at contract issue. You must provide proof satisfactory to us of the confinement as of the date you request the withdrawal.

• To the extent permitted by state law, withdrawals you make if you or the annuitant are diagnosed in the second or later contract years as disabled with a medical condition that with reasonable medical certainty will result in death within 12 months or less from the date of the licensed physician’s statement. You must provide us with a licensed physician’s statement containing the terminal illness diagnosis and the date the terminal illness was initially diagnosed.

• Withdrawals you make if you or the annuitant become disabled within the meaning of the Code Section 72(m)(7) after contract issue. The disabled person must also be receiving Social Security disability or state long term disability benefits. The disabled person must be age 70 or younger at the time of withdrawal. You must provide us with a signed letter from the disabled person stating that he or she meets the above criteria, a legible photocopy of Social Security disability or state long term disability benefit payments and the application for such payments.

Liquidation charge under Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:If you are receiving variable annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to withdraw those payments. The amount that you can withdraw is the present value of any remaining variable payouts. The discount rate we use in the calculation will be 5.17% if the assumed investment return is 3.5% and 6.67% if the assumed investment return is 5%. The liquidation charge equals the present value of the remaining payouts using the assumed investment return minus the present value of the remaining payouts using the discount rate.

Fixed Payouts: Withdrawal charge for Fixed Annuity Payout Plan E – Payouts for a specified period: If you are receiving annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to take a withdraw and withdrawal charge may apply.

RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    23

A withdrawal charge will be assessed against the present value of any remaining guaranteed payouts withdrawn. The discount rate we use in determining present values varies based on: (1) the contract value originally applied to the fixed annuitization; (2) the remaining years of guaranteed payouts; (3) the annual effective interest rate and periodic payment amount for new immediate annuities of the same duration as the remaining years of guaranteed payouts; and (4) the interest spread (currently 1.50%). If we do not currently offer immediate annuities, we will use rates and values applicable to new annuitizations to determine the discount rate.

Once the discount rate is applied and we have determined the present value of the remaining guaranteed payouts you withdrawn, the present value determined will be multiplied by the withdrawal charge percentage in the table below and deducted from the present value to determine the net present value you will receive.

Number of Completed Years Since Annuitization	Withdrawal charge percentage
0	Not applicable*
1	5%
2	4
3	3
4	2
5	1
6 and thereafter	0

*We do not permit withdrawals in the first year after annuitization.

We will provide a quoted present value (which includes the deduction of any withdrawal charge). You must then formally elect, in a form acceptable to us, to receive this value. The remaining guaranteed payouts following withdraw will be reduced to zero.

Possible group reductions: In some cases we may incur lower sales and administrative expenses due to the size of the group, the average contribution and the use of group enrollment procedures. In such cases, we may be able to reduce or eliminate the contract administrative and withdrawal charges. However, we expect this to occur infrequently.

Fund Fees and Expenses

There are deductions from and expenses paid out of the assets of the funds that are described in the prospectuses for those funds.

Premium Taxes

Certain state and local governments impose premium taxes on us (up to 3.5%). These taxes depend upon your state of residence or the state in which the contract was issued. Currently, we deduct any applicable premium tax when annuity payouts begin, but we reserve the right to deduct this tax at other times such as when you make purchase payments or when you make a full withdrawal from your contract.

Optional Living Benefits Charges

Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB) Fee

We deduct a charge (currently 0.70%) based on the GMIB benefit base for this optional feature only if you select it⁽¹⁾. If selected, we deduct the charge from the contract value on your contract anniversary at the end of each contract year. We prorate the GMIB charge among the subaccounts, the GPAs and the one-year fixed account in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value.

If the contract is terminated for any reason or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the appropriate GMIB fee from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place. We cannot increase either GMIB fee after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or the GMIB terminates.

⁽²⁾ For applications signed prior to May 1, 2003, the following current annual rider charges apply: GMIB – 0.30%

Optional Death Benefit Charges

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider Fee

We deduct a charge for the optional feature only if you select it. If selected, we deduct 0.25% of your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

24    RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If the contract is terminated for any reason other than death or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the charge. We cannot increase this annual charge after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider Fee

We charge a fee for the optional feature only if you select it. If selected, we deduct 0.40% of your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this fee among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

If the contract is terminated for any reason other than death or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the fee from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee. We cannot increase this annual charge after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

Valuing Your Investment

We value your accounts as follows:

GPAs and One-Year Fixed Account

We value the amounts you allocate to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account directly in dollars. The value of the GPAs and the one-year fixed account equals:

• the sum of your purchase payments and transfer amounts allocated to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account (including any positive or negative MVA on amounts transferred from the GPAs to the one-year fixed account);

• plus any purchase payment credits allocated to the GPAs and one-year fixed account;

• plus interest credited;

• minus the sum of amounts withdrawn (including any applicable withdrawal charges) and amounts transferred out;

• minus any prorated portion of the contract administrative charge; and

• minus the prorated portion of the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Benefit Protector rider;

– Benefit Protector Plus rider; and/or

– Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit rider.

Subaccounts

We convert amounts you allocated to the subaccounts into accumulation units. Each time you make a purchase payment or transfer amounts into one of the subaccounts, we credit a certain number of accumulation units to your contract for that subaccount. Conversely, we subtract a certain number of accumulation units from your contract each time you take a partial withdrawal; transfer amounts out of a subaccount; or we assess a contract administrative charge, a withdrawal charge, or fee for any optional contract riders with annual charges (if applicable).

The accumulation units are the true measure of investment value in each subaccount during the accumulation period. They are related to, but not the same as, the net asset value of the fund in which the subaccount invests. The dollar value of each accumulation unit can rise or fall daily depending on the variable account expenses, performance of the fund and on certain fund expenses.

Here is how we calculate accumulation unit values:

Number of units: To calculate the number of accumulation units for a particular subaccount, we divide your investment by the current accumulation unit value.

Accumulation unit value: The current accumulation unit value for each subaccount equals the last value times the subaccount’s current net investment factor.

We determine the net investment factor by:

• adding the fund’s current net asset value per share, plus the per share amount of any accrued income or capital gain dividends to obtain a current adjusted net asset value per share; then

• dividing that sum by the previous adjusted net asset value per share; and

• subtracting the percentage factor representing the mortality and expense risk fee and the variable account administrative charge from the result.

RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    25

Because the net asset value of the fund may fluctuate, the accumulation unit value may increase or decrease. You bear all the investment risk in a subaccount.

Factors that affect subaccount accumulation units: Accumulation units may change in two ways — in number and in value.

The number of accumulation units you own may fluctuate due to:

• additional purchase payments you allocate to the subaccounts;

• transfers into or out of the subaccounts (including any positive or negative MVA on amounts transferred from the GPAs);

• partial withdrawals;

• withdrawal charges (for contract Option L);

and the deduction of a prorated portion of:

• the contract administrative charge; and

• the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Benefit Protector rider;

– Benefit Protector Plus rider; and/or

– Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit rider.

Accumulation unit values will fluctuate due to:

• changes in fund net asset value;

• fund dividends distributed to the subaccounts;

• fund capital gains or losses;

• fund operating expenses; and

• mortality and expense risk fee and the variable account administrative charge.

26    RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Making the Most of Your Contract

Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging

Currently, you can use automated transfers to take advantage of dollar-cost averaging (investing a fixed amount at regular intervals). For example, you might transfer a set amount monthly from a relatively conservative subaccount to a more aggressive one, or to several others, or from the one-year fixed account or the two-year GPA (without a MVA) to one or more subaccounts. The three to ten year GPAs are not available for automated transfers. You can also obtain the benefits of dollar-cost averaging by setting up regular automatic SIP payments or by establishing an Interest Sweep strategy. Interest Sweeps are a monthly transfer of the interest earned from either the one-year fixed account or the two-year GPA into the subaccounts of your choice. If you participate in an Interest Sweep strategy the interest you earn will be less than the annual interest rate we apply because there will be no compounding. There is no charge for dollar-cost averaging.

This systematic approach can help you benefit from fluctuations in accumulation unit values caused by fluctuations in the market values of the funds. Since you invest the same amount each period, you automatically acquire more units when the market value falls and fewer units when it rises. The potential effect is to lower your average cost per unit.

How dollar-cost averaging works

By investing an equal number of dollars each month		Month	Amount invested	Accumulation unit value	Number of units purchased
		Jan	$100	$20	5.00
		Feb	100	18	5.56
you automatically buy more units when the per unit market price is low		Mar	100	17	5.88
	→	Apr	100	15	6.67
		May	100	16	6.25
		Jun	100	18	5.56
		Jul	100	17	5.88
and fewer units when the per unit market price is high.		Aug	100	19	5.26
	→	Sept	100	21	4.76
		Oct	100	20	5.00

You paid an average price of $17.91 per unit over the 10 months, while the average market price actually was $18.10.

Dollar-cost averaging does not guarantee that any subaccount will gain in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. Because dollar-cost averaging involves continuous investing, your success will depend upon your willingness to continue to invest regularly through periods of low price levels. Dollar-cost averaging can be an effective way to help meet your long-term goals. For specific features contact your investment professional.

Special Dollar-Cost Averaging (Special DCA) Program for Contract Option L Only

If you select contract Option L and your net contract value⁽¹⁾ is at least $10,000, you can choose to participate in the Special DCA program. There is no charge for the Special DCA program. Under the Special DCA program, you can allocate a new purchase payment to a six-month or twelve-month Special DCA account.

You may only allocate a new purchase payment of at least $10,000 to a Special DCA account. You cannot transfer existing contract values into a Special DCA account. Each Special DCA account lasts for either six or twelve months (depending on the time period you select) from the time we receive your first purchase payment. We make monthly transfers of your total Special DCA account value into the GPAs, one-year fixed account and/or the subaccounts you select over the time period you select (either six or twelve months). If you elect to transfer into a GPA, you must meet the $1,000 minimum required investment limitation for each transfer.

⁽¹⁾ Net contract value equals your current contract value plus any new purchase payment. If this is a new contract funded by purchase payments from multiple sources, we determine your net contract value based on the purchase payments, withdrawal requests and exchange requests submitted with your application.

We reserve the right to credit a lower interest rate to each Special DCA account if you select the GPAs or one-year fixed account as part of your Special DCA transfers. We will change the interest rate on each Special DCA account from time to time at our discretion. From time to time, we may credit interest to the Special DCA account at promotional rates that are higher than those we credit to the one-year fixed account. We base these rates on competition and on the interest rate we are crediting to the one-year fixed account at the time of the change. Once we credit interest to a particular purchase payment, that rate does not change even if we change the rate we credit on new purchase payments or if your net contract value changes.

RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    27

We credit each Special DCA account with current guaranteed annual rate that is in effect on the date we receive your purchase payment. However, we credit this annual rate over the six or twelve-month period on the balance remaining in your Special DCA account. Therefore, the net effective interest rate you receive is less than the stated annual rate. We do not credit this interest after we transfer the value out of the Special DCA account into the accounts you selected.

If you make additional purchase payments while a Special DCA account term is in progress, the amounts you allocate to an existing Special DCA account will be transferred out of the Special DCA account over the reminder of the term. If you are funding a Special DCA account from multiple sources, we apply each purchase payment to the account and credit interest on that purchase payment on the date we receive it. This means that all purchase payments may not be in the Special DCA account at the beginning of the six or twelve-month period. Therefore, you may receive less total interest than you would have if all your purchase payments were in the Special DCA account from the beginning. If we receive any of your multiple payments after the six or twelve-month period ends, you can either allocate those payments to a new Special DCA account (if available) or to any other accounts available under your contract.

You cannot participate in the Special DCA program if you are making payments under a Systematic Investment Plan. You may simultaneously participate in the Special DCA program and the asset-rebalancing program as long as your subaccount allocation is the same under both programs. If you elect to change your subaccount allocation under one program, we automatically will change it under the other program so they match. If you participate in more than one Special DCA account, the asset allocation for each account may be different as long as you are not also participating in the asset-rebalancing program.

You may terminate your participation in the Special DCA program at any time. If you do, we will not credit the current guaranteed annual interest rate on any remaining Special DCA account balance. We will transfer the remaining balance from your Special DCA account to the other accounts you selected for your DCA transfers or we will allocate it in any manner you specify, subject to the 30% limitation rule (see “Transfer policies”). Similarly, if we cannot accept any additional purchase payments into the Special DCA program, we will allocate the purchase payments to the other accounts you selected for your DCA transfers or in any other manner you specify.

We can modify the terms or discontinue the Special DCA program at any time. Any modifications will not affect any purchase payments that are already in a Special DCA account. For more information on the Special DCA program, contact your investment professional.

The Special DCA Program does not guarantee that any subaccount will gain in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. Because dollar-cost averaging involves continuous investing, your success will depend upon you willingness to continue to invest regularly through periods of low price levels. Dollar-cost averaging can be an effective way to help meet your long-term goals.

Asset Rebalancing

You can ask us in writing to automatically rebalance the subaccount portion of your contract value either quarterly, semiannually, or annually. The period you select will start to run on the date we record your request. On the first valuation date of each of these periods, we automatically will rebalance your contract value so that the value in each subaccount matches your current subaccount percentage allocations. These percentage allocations must be in whole numbers. There is no charge for asset rebalancing. The contract value must be at least $2,000.

You can change your percentage allocations or your rebalancing period at any time by contacting us in writing. If you are also participating in the Special DCA program and you change your subaccount asset allocation for the asset rebalancing program, we will change your subaccount asset allocation under the Special DCA program to match. We will restart the rebalancing period you selected as of the date we record your change. You also can ask us in writing to stop rebalancing your contract value. You must allow 30 days for us to change any instructions that currently are in place. For more information on asset rebalancing, contact your investment professional.

Transferring Among Accounts

You may transfer contract value from any one subaccount, GPAs or the one-year fixed account, to another subaccount before annuity payouts begin. Certain restrictions apply to transfers involving the GPAs and the one-year fixed account.

The date your request to transfer will be processed depends on when and how we receive it:

For transfer requests received in writing:

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your transfer request.

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your transfer request.

28    RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

For transfer requests received by phone:

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your transfer request.

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your transfer request.

There is no charge for transfers. Before making a transfer, you should consider the risks involved in changing investments. Transfers out of the GPAs will be subject to an MVA if done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period.

We may suspend or modify transfer privileges at any time.

For information on transfers after annuity payouts begin, see “Transfer policies” below.

Transfer policies

•	Before annuity payouts begin, you may transfer contract values between the subaccounts, or from the subaccounts to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account at any time. However, if you made a transfer from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs, you may not make a transfer from any subaccount or GPA back to the one-year fixed account for six months following that transfer. We reserve the right to further limit transfers to the GPAs and one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then currently crediting to the one-year fixed account is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract.
•	For Contract Option L, it is our general policy to allow you to transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs once a year on or within 30 days before or after the contract anniversary (except for automated transfers, which can be set up at any time for certain transfer periods subject to certain minimums). Transfers from the one-year fixed account are not subject to a MVA. For contracts issued before June 16, 2003, we have removed this restriction, and you may transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts at any time. We will inform you at least 30 days in advance of the day we intend to reimpose this restriction. For contracts with applications signed on or after June 16, 2003, the amount of contract value transferred to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account cannot result in the value of the GPAs and the one-year fixed account in total being greater than 30% of the contract value. The time limitations on transfers from the GPAs and one-year fixed account will be enforced, and transfers out of the GPAs and one-year fixed account are limited to 30% of the GPA and one-year fixed account values at the beginning of the contract year or $10,000, whichever is greater. Because of this limitation, it may take you several years to transfer all your contract value from the one-year fixed account. You should carefully consider whether the one-year fixed account meets your investment criteria before you invest.
•	For Contract Option C applications dated on or after May 1, 2003, one-year fixed account and GPAs are not available in most states.
•	For Contract Option C applications dated prior to May 1, 2003, one-year fixed account and GPAs are not restricted in most states and our transfer policies stated above are applicable.
•	You may transfer contract values from a GPA any time after 60 days of transfer or payment allocation to the account. Transfers made more than 30 days before the end of the Guarantee Period will receive a MVA*, which may result in a gain or loss of contract value.
•	If we receive your request on or within 30 days before or after the contract anniversary date, the transfer from the one-year fixed account to the GPAs will be effective on the valuation date we receive it.
•	If you select a variable payout, once annuity payouts begin, you may make transfers once per contract year among the subaccounts and we reserve the right to limit the number of subaccounts in which you may invest.
•	Once annuity payouts begin, you may not make any transfers to the GPAs.
*	Unless the transfer is an automated transfer from the two-year GPA as part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep strategy.

Market Timing

Market timing can reduce the value of your investment in the contract. If market timing causes the returns of an underlying fund to suffer, contract value you have allocated to a subaccount that invests in that underlying fund will be lower too. Market timing can cause you, any joint owner of the contract and your beneficiary(ies) under the contract a financial loss.

We seek to prevent market timing. Market timing is frequent or short-term trading activity. We do not accommodate short-term trading activities. Do not buy a contract if you wish to use short-term trading strategies to manage your investment. The market timing policies and procedures described below apply to transfers among the subaccounts within the contract. The underlying funds in which the subaccounts invest have their own market timing policies and procedures. The market timing policies of the underlying funds may be more restrictive than the market timing

RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    29

policies and procedures we apply to transfers among the subaccounts of the contract, and may include redemption fees. We reserve the right to modify our market timing policies and procedures at any time without prior notice to you.

Market timing may hurt the performance of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests in several ways, including but not necessarily limited to:

• diluting the value of an investment in an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests;

• increasing the transaction costs and expenses of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests; and,

• preventing the investment adviser(s) of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests from fully investing the assets of the fund in accordance with the fund’s investment objectives.

Funds available as investment options under the contract that invest in securities that trade in overseas securities markets may be at greater risk of loss from market timing, as market timers may seek to take advantage of changes in the values of securities between the close of overseas markets and the close of U.S. markets. Also, the risks of market timing may be greater for underlying funds that invest in securities such as small cap stocks, high yield bonds, or municipal securities, that may be traded infrequently.

In order to help protect you and the underlying funds from the potentially harmful effects of market timing activity, we apply the following market timing policy to discourage frequent transfers of contract value among the subaccounts of the variable account:

We try to distinguish market timing from transfers that we believe are not harmful, such as periodic rebalancing for purposes of an asset allocation, dollar-cost averaging and asset rebalancing program that may be described in this prospectus. There is no set number of transfers that constitutes market timing. Even one transfer in related accounts may be market timing. We seek to restrict the transfer privileges of a contract owner who makes more than three subaccount transfers in any 90 day period. We also reserve the right to refuse any transfer request, if, in our sole judgment, the dollar amount of the transfer request would adversely affect unit values.

If we determine, in our sole judgment, that your transfer activity constitutes market timing, we may modify, restrict or suspend your transfer privileges to the extent permitted by applicable law, which may vary based on the state law that applies to your contract and the terms of your contract. These restrictions or modifications may include, but not be limited to:

• requiring transfer requests to be submitted only by first-class U.S. mail;

• not accepting hand-delivered transfer requests or requests made by overnight mail;

• not accepting telephone or electronic transfer requests;

• requiring a minimum time period between each transfer;

• not accepting transfer requests of an agent acting under power of attorney;

• limiting the dollar amount that you may transfer at any one time;

• suspending the transfer privilege; or

• modifying instructions under an automated transfer program to exclude a restricted fund if you do not provide new instructions.

Subject to applicable state law and the terms of each contract, we will apply the policy described above to all contract owners uniformly in all cases. We will notify you in writing after we impose any modification, restriction or suspension of your transfer rights.

Because we exercise discretion in applying the restrictions described above, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to identify and restrict all market timing activity. In addition, state law and the terms of some contracts may prevent us from stopping certain market timing activity. Market timing activity that we are unable to identify and/or restrict may impact the performance of the underlying funds and may result in lower contract values.

In addition to the market timing policy described above, which applies to transfers among the subaccounts within your contract, you should carefully review the market timing policies and procedures of the underlying funds. The market timing policies and procedures of the underlying funds may be materially different than those we impose on transfers among the subaccounts within your contract and may include mandatory redemption fees as well as other measures to discourage frequent transfers. As an intermediary for the underlying funds, we are required to assist them in applying their market timing policies and procedures to transactions involving the purchase and exchange of fund shares. This assistance may include, but not be limited to, providing the underlying fund upon request with your Social Security Number, Taxpayer Identification Number or other United States government-issued identifier, and the details of your contract transactions involving the underlying fund. An underlying fund, in its sole discretion, may instruct us at any time to prohibit you from making further transfers of contract value to or from the underlying fund,

30    RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

and we must follow this instruction. We reserve the right to administer and collect on behalf of an underlying fund any redemption fee imposed by an underlying fund. Market timing policies and procedures adopted by underlying funds may affect your investment in the contract in several ways, including but not limited to:

• Each fund may restrict or refuse trading activity that the fund determines, in its sole discretion, represents market timing.

• Even if we determine that your transfer activity does not constitute market timing under the market timing policies described above which we apply to transfers you make under the contract, it is possible that the underlying fund’s market timing policies and procedures, including instructions we receive from a fund may require us to reject your transfer request. For example, while we will attempt to execute transfers permitted under any asset allocation, dollar-cost averaging and asset rebalancing programs that may be described in this prospectus, we cannot guarantee that an underlying fund’s market timing policies and procedures will do so. Orders we place to purchase fund shares for the variable account are subject to acceptance by the fund. We reserve the right to reject without prior notice to you any transfer request if the fund does not accept our order.

• Each underlying fund is responsible for its own market timing policies, and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to implement specific market timing policies and procedures that a fund has adopted. As a result, a fund’s returns might be adversely affected, and a fund might terminate our right to offer its shares through the variable account.

• Funds that are available as investment options under the contract may also be offered to other intermediaries who are eligible to purchase and hold shares of the fund, including without limitation, separate accounts of other insurance companies and certain retirement plans. Even if we are able to implement a fund’s market timing policies, we cannot guarantee that other intermediaries purchasing that same fund’s shares will do so, and the returns of that fund could be adversely affected as a result.

For more information about the market timing policies and procedures of an underlying fund, the risks that market timing pose to that fund, and to determine whether an underlying fund has adopted a redemption fee, see that fund’s prospectus.

How to request a Transfer or Withdrawal

11 By letter

Send your name, contract number, Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number* and signed request for a transfer or withdrawal to our Service Center:

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474

Minimum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	$500 or entire account balance

Maximum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	Contract value or entire account balance

* Failure to provide a Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number may result in mandatory tax withholding on the taxable portion of the distribution.

22 By automated transfers and automated partial withdrawals

Your investment professional can help you set up automated transfers or partial withdrawals among your GPAs, one-year fixed account or the subaccounts.

You can start or stop this service by written request or other method acceptable to us.

You must allow 30 days for us to change any instructions that are currently in place.

•

Automated transfers from the one-year fixed account to any one of the subaccounts may not exceed an amount that, if continued, would deplete the one-year fixed account within 12 months. For contracts issued before June 16, 2003, we have removed this restriction, and you may transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts at any time. We will inform you at least 30 days in advance of the day we intend to reimpose this restriction.

For contracts with applications signed on or after June 16, 2003, the time limitations on transfers from the one-year fixed account will be enforced, and transfers out of the one-year fixed account are limited to 30% of the one-year fixed account values at the beginning of the contract year or $10,000, whichever is greater.

RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    31

• Automated withdrawals may be restricted by applicable law under some contracts.

• You may not make systematic purchase payments if automated partial withdrawals are in effect.

• Automated partial withdrawals may result in income taxes and penalties on all or part of the amount withdrawn.

Minimum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	$100 monthly
	$250 quarterly, semiannually or annually

33 By phone

Call:

1-800-333-3437

Minimum amount

Transfers or withdrawals: $500 or entire account balance

Maximum amount

Transfers:	Contract value or entire account balance
Withdrawals:	$100,000

We answer telephone requests promptly, but you may experience delays when the call volume is unusually high. If you are unable to get through, use the mail procedure as an alternative.

We will honor any telephone transfer or withdrawal requests that we believe are authentic and we will use reasonable procedures to confirm that they are. This includes asking identifying questions and recording calls. As long as we follow the procedures, we (and our affiliates) will not be liable for any loss resulting from fraudulent requests.

Telephone transfers and withdrawals are automatically available. You may request that telephone transfers and withdrawals not be authorized from your account by writing to us.

Withdrawals

You may withdraw all or part of your contract at any time before the retirement date by sending us a written request or calling us.

The date your withdrawal request will be processed depends on when and how we receive it:

For withdrawal requests received in writing:

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your withdrawal request.

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your withdrawal request.

For withdrawal requests received by phone:

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your withdrawal request.

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your withdrawal request.

We may ask you to return the contract. You may have to pay a contract administrative charge, withdrawal charges or any applicable optional rider charges (see “Charges”), federal income taxes and penalties. State and local income taxes may also apply (see “Taxes”). You cannot make withdrawals after annuity payouts begin except under Annuity Payout Plan E. (See “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Any partial withdrawals you take under the contract will reduce your contract value. As a result, the value of your death benefit or any optional benefits you have elected will also be reduced (see “Optional Benefits”). In addition, withdrawals you are required to take to satisfy RMDs under the Code may reduce the value of certain death benefits and optional benefits (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”).

32    RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Withdrawal Policies

If you have a balance in more than one account and you request a partial withdrawal, we will automatically withdraw from all your subaccounts, GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account in the same proportion as your value in each account correlates to your total contract value, unless requested otherwise. After executing a partial withdrawal, the value in each subaccount , one-year fixed account or GPA must be either zero or at least $50.

Receiving Payment

11 By regular or express mail

• payable to you;

• mailed to address of record.

NOTE: We will charge you a fee if you request express mail delivery.

22 By wire or other form of electronic payment

• request that payment be wired to your bank;

• pre-authorization required.

We may choose to permit you to have checks issued and delivered to an alternate payee or to an address other than your address of record. We may also choose to allow you to direct wires or other electronic payments to accounts owned by a third-party. We may have additional good order requirements that must be met prior to processing requests to make any payments to a party other than the owner or to an address other than the address of record. These requirements will be designed to ensure owner instructions are genuine and to prevent fraud.

Normally, we will send the payment within seven days after receiving your request in good order. However, we may postpone the payment if:

– the NYSE is closed, except for normal holiday and weekend closings;

– trading on the NYSE is restricted, according to SEC rules;

– an emergency, as defined by SEC rules, makes it impractical to sell securities or value the net assets of the accounts; or

– the SEC permits us to delay payment for the protection of security holders.

We may also postpone payment of the amount attributable to a purchase payment as part of the total withdrawal amount until cleared from the originating financial institution.

A Special Note on Cybersecurity Risks

Cybersecurity and Systems Integrity

Increasingly, businesses are dependent on the continuity, security, and effective operation of various technology systems. The nature of our business depends on the continued effective operation of our systems and those of our business partners.

This dependence makes us susceptible to operational and information security risks from cyber-attacks. These risks may include the following:

• the corruption or destruction of data;

• theft, misuse or dissemination of data to the public, including your information we hold; and

• denial of service attacks on our website or other forms of attacks on our systems and the software and hardware we use to run them.

These attacks and their consequences can negatively impact your contract, your privacy, your ability to conduct transactions on your contract, or your ability to receive timely service from us. There can be no assurance that we, the underlying funds in your contract, or our other business partners will avoid losses affecting your contract due to any successful cyber-attacks or information security breaches.

RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    33

TSA–Special Provisions

Participants in Tax-Sheltered Annuities

If the contract is intended to be used in connection with an employer sponsored 403(b) plan, additional rules relating to this contract can be found in the annuity endorsement for tax sheltered 403(b) annuities. Unless we have made special arrangements with your employer, the contract is not intended for use in connection with an employer sponsored 403(b) plan that is subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”). In the event that the employer either by affirmative election or inadvertent action causes contributions under a plan that is subject to ERISA to be made to this contract, we will not be responsible for any obligations and requirements under ERISA and the regulations thereunder, unless we have prior written agreement with the employer. You should consult with your employer to determine whether your 403(b) plan is subject to ERISA.

In the event we have a written agreement with your employer to administer the plan pursuant to ERISA, special rules apply as set forth in the TSA endorsement.

The employer must comply with certain nondiscrimination requirements for certain types of contributions under a TSA contract to be excluded from taxable income. You should consult your employer to determine whether the nondiscrimination rules apply to you.

The Code imposes certain restrictions on your right to receive early distributions from a TSA:

• Distributions attributable to salary reduction contributions (plus earnings) made after Dec. 31, 1988, or to transfers or rollovers from other contracts, may be made from the TSA only if:

– you are at least age 59½;

– you are disabled as defined in the Code;

– you severed employment with the employer who purchased the contract;

– the distribution is because of your death;

– the distribution is due to plan termination; or

– you are a qualifying military reservist.

• If you encounter a financial hardship (as provided by the Code), you may be eligible to receive a distribution of all contract values attributable to salary reduction contributions made after Dec. 31, 1988, but not the earnings on them.

• Even though a distribution may be permitted under the above rules, it may be subject to IRS taxes and penalties (see “Taxes”)

• The above restrictions on distributions do not affect the availability of the amount credited to the contract as of Dec. 31, 1988. The restrictions also do not apply to transfers or exchanges of contract value within the contract, or to another registered variable annuity contract or investment vehicle available through the employer.

Changing Ownership

You may change ownership of your nonqualified annuity at any time by completing a change of ownership form we approve and sending it to our Service Center. The change will become binding on us when we receive and record it. We will honor any change of ownership request received in good order that we believe is authentic and we will use reasonable procedures to confirm authenticity. If we follow these procedures, we will not take any responsibility for the validity of the change.

If you have a nonqualified annuity, you may incur income tax liability by transferring, assigning or pledging any part of it. (See “Taxes.”)

If you have a qualified annuity, you may not sell, assign, transfer, discount or pledge your contract as collateral for a loan, or as security for the performance of an obligation or for any other purpose except as required or permitted by the Code. However, if the owner is a trust or custodian, or an employer acting in a similar capacity, ownership of the contract may be transferred to the annuitant.

Please consider carefully whether or not you wish to change ownership of your annuity contract. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, the new owner and annuitant will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract.

If you have a GMIB and/or Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit rider, the rider will terminate upon transfer of ownership of your annuity contract. Continuance of the Benefit Protector rider is optional. (see “Optional Benefits”).

34    RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Benefits in Case of Death

There are three death benefit options under this contract:

• ROP Death Benefit;

• MAV Death Benefit; and

• Enhanced Death Benefit.

If either you or the annuitant are 80 or older at contract issue, the ROP death benefit will apply. If both you and the annuitant are 79 or younger at contract issue, you can elect either the ROP death benefit, the MAV death benefit or EDB death benefit rider (if its available in your state) on your application. If you select GMIB you must select either the MAV death benefit or the EDB death benefit rider. Once you elect an option, you cannot change it. We show the option that applies in your contract. The death benefit option that applies determines the mortality and expense risk fee that is assessed against the subaccounts. (See “Charges — Mortality and Expense Risk Fee.”)

Under all options, we will pay the death benefit to your beneficiary upon the earlier of your death or the annuitant’s death if you die before the retirement start date while this contract is in force. We will base the benefit paid on the death benefit coverage you chose when you purchased the contract. If a contract has more than one person as the owner, we will pay benefits upon the first to die of any owner or the annuitant.

Return of Purchase Payments (ROP) Death Benefit

The ROP death benefit is intended to help protect your beneficiaries financially in that they will never receive less than your purchase payments adjusted for withdrawals. If you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary the greater of these two values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value; or
2.	total purchase payments minus adjusted partial withdrawals.

Adjusted partial withdrawals for the ROP or MAV death benefit	=	PW × DB
		CV

PW	=	the amount by which the contract value is reduced as a result of the partial withdrawal.
DB	=	the death benefit on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.
CV	=	contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.

Example

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $20,000.

• On the first contract anniversary you make an additional purchase payment of $5,000.

• During the second contract year the contract value falls to $22,000 and you take a $1,500 partial withdrawal.

• During the third contract year the contract value grows to $23,000.

We calculate the ROP death benefit as follows:
Contract value at death:			$23,000.00
	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,704.55
	$22,000
	for a death benefit of:		$23,295.45
ROP death benefit, calculated as the greatest of these two values:				$23,295.45

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV) Death Benefit

The MAV death benefit is intended to help protect your beneficiaries financially while your investments have the opportunity to grow. The MAV death benefit does not provide any additional benefit before the first contract anniversary and it may not be appropriate for issue ages 75 to 79 because the benefit values may be limited after age 81. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether or not the MAV death benefit is appropriate for your situation.

If it is available in your state and if both you and the annuitant are age 79 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the MAV death benefit to your contract at the time of purchase. Once you select the MAV death benefit you may not cancel it.

RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    35

The MAV death benefit provides that if you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary the greatest of these three values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals; or
3.	the maximum anniversary value on the anniversary immediately preceding the date of death plus any payments since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals since that anniversary.

Maximum anniversary value (MAV): MAV is a value that we calculate on each contract anniversary through age 80. There is no MAV prior to the first contract anniversary. On the first contract anniversary we set the MAV equal to the greater of: (a) your current contract value, or (b) total purchase payments minus adjusted partial withdrawals. Every contract anniversary after that, through age 80, we compare the previous anniversary’s MAV (plus any purchase payments since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals since that anniversary) to the current contract value and we reset the MAV to the higher value. We stop resetting the MAV after you or the annuitant reach age 81. However, we continue to add subsequent purchase payments and subtract adjusted partial withdrawals from the MAV.

Example

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $20,000.

• On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $29,000.

• During the second contract year the contract value falls to $22,000, at which point you take a $1,500 partial withdrawal, leaving a contract value of $20,500.

We calculate the MAV death benefit as follows:
Contract value at death:			$20,500.00
	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments		$20,000.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $20,000	=	–1,363.64
	$22,000
	for a ROP death benefit of:		$18,636.36
The MAV on the anniversary immediately preceding the date of death plus any purchase payments made since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals made since that anniversary:
	The MAV on the immediately preceding anniversary:		$29,000.00
	plus purchase payments made since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals made since that anniversary, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $29,000	=	–1,977.27
	$22,000
	for a MAV death benefit of:		$27,022.73
The MAV death benefit, calculated as the greatest of these three values, which is the MAV:				$27,022.73

Enhanced Death Benefit (EDB)

The EDB is intended to help protect your beneficiaries financially while your investments have the opportunity to grow.

This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional charge (see “Charges”). The EDB does not provide any additional benefit before the first contract anniversary and it may not be appropriate for issue ages 75 to 79 because the benefit values may be limited at age 81. Benefit Protector and Benefit Protector Plus are not available with EDB. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether or not the EDB is appropriate for your situation.

If the EDB is available in your state and both you and the annuitant are 79 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the EDB rider to your contract at the time of purchase. If you choose to add a GMIB rider to your contract, you must elect either the MAV death benefit or the EDB.

The EDB provides that if you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary the greatest of these four values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals;

36    RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

3.	the maximum anniversary value immediately preceding the date of death plus any purchase payments applied to the contract since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals since that anniversary; or
4.	the 5% rising floor.

5% rising floor: This is the sum of the value of your GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the variable account floor. There is no variable account floor prior to the first contract anniversary. On the first contract anniversary, we establish the variable account floor as:

• the amounts allocated to the subaccounts at issue increased by 5%,

• plus any subsequent amounts allocated to the subaccounts,

• minus adjusted transfers and partial withdrawals from the subaccounts.

Thereafter, we continue to add subsequent amounts allocated to the subaccounts and subtract adjusted transfers and partial withdrawals from the subaccounts. On each contract anniversary after the first, through age 80, we add an amount to the variable account floor equal to 5% of the prior anniversary’s variable account floor. We stop adding this amount after you or the annuitant reach age 81.

5% rising floor adjusted transfers or partial withdrawals	=	PWT × VAF
		SV

PWT	=	the amount by which the contract is reduced as a result of the partial withdrawal or transfer from the subaccounts.
VAF	=	variable account floor on the date of (but prior to) the transfer or partial withdrawal.
SV	=	value of the subaccounts on the date of (but prior to) the transfer or partial withdrawal.

Example

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000 with $5,000 allocated to the one-year fixed account and $20,000 allocated to the subaccounts.

• On the first contract anniversary the one-year fixed account value is $5,200 and the subaccount value is $17,000. Total contract value is $22,200.

• During the second contract year, the one-year fixed account value is $5,300 and the subaccount value is $19,000. Total contract value is $24,300. You take a $1,500 partial withdrawal all from the subaccounts, leaving the contract value at $22,800.

The death benefit is calculated as follows:
Contract value at death:			$22,800.00
Purchase payments minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,543.21
	$24,300
	for a return of purchase payments death benefit of:		$23,456.79
The MAV on the anniversary immediately preceding the date of death plus any purchase payments made since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals made since that anniversary:
The MAV on the immediately preceding anniversary:			$25,000.00
	plus purchase payments made since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals made since that anniversary, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,543.21
	$24,300
	for a MAV death benefit of:		$23,456.79
The 5% rising floor:
	The variable account floor on the first contract anniversary, calculated as: 1.05 x $20,000 =		$21,000.00
	plus amounts allocated to the subaccounts since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus the 5% rising floor adjusted partial withdrawal from the subaccounts, calculated as:

RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    37

	$1,500 × $21,000	=	–1,657.89
	$19,000
	variable account floor benefit:		$19,342.11
	plus the one-year fixed account value:		+5,300.00
	5% rising floor (value of the GPAs, one-year fixed account and the variable account floor):		$24,642.11
EDB, calculated as the greatest of these three values, which is the 5% rising floor:				$24,642.11

If You Die Before Your Retirement Date

When paying the beneficiary, we will process the death claim on the valuation date our death claim requirements are fulfilled. We will determine the contract’s value using the accumulation unit value we calculate on that valuation date. We pay interest, if any, at a rate no less than required by law. We will mail payment to the beneficiary within seven days after our death claim requirements are fulfilled.

Nonqualified annuities

If your spouse is sole beneficiary and you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. To do this your spouse must give us written instructions to continue the contract as owner. There will be no withdrawal charges on contract Option L from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, your spouse and the new annuitant (if applicable) will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract. The GMIB rider and Benefit Protector Plus rider, if selected, will terminate. Continuance of the Benefit Protector rider is optional. (See “Optional Benefits.”)

If your beneficiary is not your spouse, we will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless you give us other written instructions. Generally, we must fully distribute the death benefit within five years of your death. However, the beneficiary may receive payouts under any annuity payout plan available under this contract if:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin no later than one year after your death, or other date as permitted by the IRS; and

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy.

Qualified annuities

•	Spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if your spouse is the sole beneficiary, your spouse may either elect to treat the contract as his/her own, so long as he or she is eligible to do so, or elect an annuity payout plan or another plan agreed to by us. If your spouse elects a payout option, the payouts must begin no later than the year in which you would have reached age 72 (age 701/2 if the death occurred before Jan. 1, 2020). If you attained age 72 at the time of death, payouts must begin no later than Dec. 31 of the year following the year of your death.
	Your spouse may elect to assume ownership of the contract at any time before annuity payouts begin. If your spouse elects to assume ownership of the contract, the contract value will be equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. There will be no withdrawal charges on contract Option L from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, your spouse and the new annuitant (if applicable) will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract. The GMIB rider and Benefit Protector Plus rider, if selected, will terminate. Continuance of the Benefit Protector rider is optional. (See “Optional Benefits.”)
•	Non-spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if death occurs on or after Jan. 1, 2020, the beneficiary is required to withdraw his or her entire inherited interest within 10 years of the time of death of the owner unless they qualify as an “eligible designated beneficiary.” Eligible designated beneficiaries may continue to take proceeds out over their life expectancy. Eligible designated beneficiaries include:

• the surviving spouse;

• a lawful child of the owner under the age of majority (remaining amount must be withdrawn within 10 years, once the child reaches the age of majority);

• disabled within the meaning of Code section 72(m)(7);

• chronically ill within the meaning of Code section 7702B(c)(2);

• any other person who is not more than 10 years younger than the owner.

However, non-natural beneficiaries, such as estates and charities, are subject to a five-year rule to distribute the IRA. We will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless the beneficiary elects to receive payouts under a payout plan available under this contract and:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin, no later than one year following the year of your death; and

38    RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy for an eligible designated beneficiary. (Payout plans are limited if the beneficiary is not an eligible designated beneficiary.)

• Spouse and Non-spouse beneficiary: If a beneficiary elects an alternative payment plan which is an inherited IRA, all optional death benefits and living benefits will terminate. In the event of your beneficiary’s death, their beneficiary can elect to take a lump sum payment or annuitize the contract to deplete it within 10 years of your beneficiary’s death

• Annuity payout plan: If you elect an annuity payout plan, the payouts to your beneficiary may continue depending on the annuity payout plan you elect, subject to adjustment to comply with the IRS rules and regulations.

How we handle contracts under unclaimed property laws

Every state has unclaimed property laws which generally declare annuity contracts to be abandoned after a period of inactivity of one to five years from either 1) the contract’s maturity date (the latest day on which income payments may begin under the contract) or 2) the date the death benefit is due and payable. If a contract matures or we determine a death benefit is payable, we will use our best efforts to locate you or designated beneficiaries. If we are unable to locate you or a beneficiary, proceeds will be paid to the abandoned property division or unclaimed property office of the state in which the beneficiary or you last resided, as shown in our books and records, or to our state of domicile. Generally, this surrender of property to the state is commonly referred to as “escheatment”. To avoid escheatment, and ensure an effective process for your beneficiaries, it is important that your personal address and beneficiary designations are up to date, including complete names, date of birth, current addresses and phone numbers, and taxpayer identification numbers for each beneficiary. Updates to your address or beneficiary designations should be sent to our Service Center.

Escheatment may also be required by law if a known beneficiary fails to demand or present an instrument or document to claim the death benefit in a timely manner, creating a presumption of abandonment. If your beneficiary steps forward (with the proper documentation) to claim escheated annuity proceeds, the state is obligated to pay any such proceeds it is holding.

For nonqualified annuities, non-spousal death benefits are generally required to be distributed and taxed within five years from the date of death of the owner/annuitant or the unclaimed death benefits will be presumed abandoned and subject to escheatment.

Optional Benefits

The assets held in our general account support the guarantees under your contract, including optional death benefits and optional living benefits. To the extent that we are required to pay you amounts in addition to your contract value under these benefits, such amounts will come from our general account assets. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of insurance and financial products as well, and we also pay our obligations under these products from assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account.

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector)

The Benefit Protector is intended to provide an additional benefit to your beneficiary to help offset expenses after your death such as funeral expenses or federal and state taxes. This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge (see “Charges”). The Benefit Protector provides reduced benefits if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older at the rider effective date. The Benefit Protector does not provide any additional benefit before the first rider anniversary.

If this rider is available in your state and both you and the annuitant are age 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the Benefit Protector to your contract. You must elect the Benefit Protector at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date. You may not select this rider if you select the Benefit Protector Plus or the EDB.

Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Since the benefit paid by the rider is determined by the amount of earnings at death, the amount of the benefit paid may be reduced as a result of taking any withdrawals including RMDs. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional and tax advisor whether or not the Benefit Protector is appropriate for your situation.

The Benefit Protector provides that if you or the annuitant die after the first rider anniversary, but before annuity payouts begin, and while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary:

• the ROP death benefit

RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    39

• 40% of your earnings at death if you and the annuitant were under age 70 on the rider effective date, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old; or

• 15% of your earnings at death if you or the annuitant were age 70 or older on the rider effective date, up to a maximum of 37.5% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old.

Earnings at death: This is determined by taking the current death benefit, and subtracting any purchase payments not previously withdrawn. Partial withdrawals reduce earnings before reducing purchase payments in the contract. This determines how much of the applicable death benefit is made up of contract earnings. We set maximum earnings at death of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old. Earnings at death cannot be less than zero.

Terminating the Benefit Protector

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of any rider anniversary beginning with the seventh rider anniversary.

• The rider will terminate when you make a full withdrawal from the contract or when annuity payouts begin.

Example of the Benefit Protector

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and you and the annuitant are under age 70. You select an Option L contract with the MAV death benefit.

• During the first contract year the contract value grows to $105,000. The MAV death benefit equals the contract value. You have not reached the first contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector does not provide any additional benefit at this time.

• On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death
(MAV death benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000

• On the second contract anniversary the contract value falls to $105,000. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (MAV):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000

• During the third contract year the contract value remains at $105,000 and you request a partial withdrawal of $50,000, including the applicable 7% withdrawal charge. We will withdraw $10,500 from your contract value free of charge (10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value). The remainder of the withdrawal is subject to a 7% withdrawal charge because your contract is in its third year of the withdrawal charge schedule, so we will withdraw $39,500 ($36,735 + $2,765 in withdrawal charges) from your contract value. Altogether, we will withdraw $50,000 and pay you $47,235. We calculate purchase payments not previously withdrawn as $100,000 – $45,000 = $55,000 (remember that $5,000 of the partial withdrawal is contract earnings). The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (MAV adjusted for partial withdrawals):	$57,619
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death):
0.40 × ($57,619 – $55,000) =	+1,048
Total death benefit of:	$58,667

• On the third contract anniversary the contract value falls to $40,000. The death benefit equals the previous death benefit. The reduction in contract value has no effect.

• On the ninth contract anniversary the contract value grows to a new high of $200,000. Earnings at death reaches its maximum of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old.

The death benefit equals:
MAV death benefit (contract value):	$200,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old)	+55,000
Total death benefit of:	$255,000

40    RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• During the tenth contract year you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000. Your new contract value is now $250,000. The new purchase payment is less than one year old and so it has no effect on the Benefit Protector value. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old)	+55,000
Total death benefit of:	$305,000

• During the eleventh contract year the contract value remains $250,000 and the “new” purchase payment is one year old and the value of the Benefit Protector changes. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (MAV death benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($250,000 – $105,000) =	+58,000
Total death benefit of:	$308,000

If your spouse is the sole beneficiary and you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner. Your spouse and the new annuitant will be subject to all the limitations and restrictions of the rider just as if they were purchasing a new contract. If your spouse and the new annuitant do not qualify for the rider on the basis of age we will terminate the rider. If they do qualify for the rider on the basis of age we will set the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid and we will substitute this new contract value on the date of death for “purchase payments not previously withdrawn” used in calculating earnings at death. Your spouse also has the option of discontinuing the Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider within 30 days of the date of death.

NOTE: For special tax considerations associated with the Benefit Protector, see “Taxes.”

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus)

The Benefit Protector Plus is intended to provide an additional benefit to your beneficiary to help offset expenses after your death such as funeral expenses or federal and state taxes. This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge (see “Charges”). The Benefit Protector Plus provides reduced benefits if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older at the rider effective date. It does not provide any additional benefit before the first rider anniversary and it does not provide any benefit beyond what is offered under the Benefit Protector rider during the second rider year.

If this rider is available in your state and both you and the annuitant are age 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the Benefit Protector Plus to you contract. You must elect the Benefit Protector Plus at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date. This rider is only available for transfers, exchanges or rollovers from another annuity or life insurance policy. You may not select this rider if you select the Benefit Protector or the EDB. Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Since the benefit paid by the rider is determined by the amount of earnings at death, the amount of the benefit paid may be reduced as a result of taking any withdrawals including RMDs. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional and tax advisor whether or not the Benefit Protector Plus is appropriate for your situation.

The Benefit Protector Plus provides that if you or the annuitant die after the first rider anniversary, but before annuity payouts begin, and while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary:

• the benefits payable under the Benefit Protector described above, plus

• a percentage of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue not previously withdrawn as follows:

Rider Year	Percentage if you and the annuitant are under age 70 on the rider effective date	Percentage if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older on the rider effective date
One and Two	0%	0%
Three and Four	10%	3.75%
Five or more	20%	7.5%

Another way to describe the benefits payable under the Benefit Protector Plus rider is as follows:

• the ROP death benefit (see “Benefits in Case of Death”) plus:

Rider Year	If you and the annuitant are under age 70 on the rider effective date, add…	If you or the annuitant are age 70 or older on the rider effective date, add…
One	Zero	Zero
Two	40% × earnings at death (see above)	15% × earnings at death

RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    41

Rider Year	If you and the annuitant are under age 70 on the rider effective date, add…	If you or the annuitant are age 70 or older on the rider effective date, add…
Three & Four	40% × (earnings at death + 25% of initial purchase payment*)	15% × (earnings at death + 25% of initial purchase payment*)
Five or more	40% × (earnings at death + 50% of initial purchase payment*)	15% × (earnings at death + 50% of initial purchase payment*)

* Initial purchase payments are payments made within 60 days of rider issue not previously withdrawn.

Terminating the Benefit Protector Plus

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of any rider anniversary beginning with the seventh rider anniversary.

• The rider will terminate when you make a full withdrawal from the contract or when annuity payouts begin.

Example of the Benefit Protector Plus

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and you and the annuitant are under age 70. You select an Option L contract with the MAV death benefit.

• During the first contract year the contract value grows to $105,000. The MAV death benefit equals the contract value. You have not reached the first contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector Plus does not provide any additional benefit at this time.

• On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. You have not reached the second contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector Plus does not provide any benefit beyond what is provided by the Benefit Protector at this time. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (MAV death benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000

• On the second contract anniversary the contract value falls to $105,000. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (MAV):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death:
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
plus 10% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:
0.10 × $100,000	+10,000
Total death benefit of:	$124,000

• During the third contract year the contract value remains at $105,000 and you request a partial withdrawal of $50,000, including the applicable 7% withdrawal charge. We will withdraw $10,500 from your contract value free of charge (10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value). The remainder of the withdrawal is subject to a 7% withdrawal charge because your contract is in its third year of the withdrawal charge schedule, so we will withdraw $39,500 ($36,735 + $2,765 in withdrawal charges) from your contract value. Altogether, we will withdraw $50,000 and pay you $47,235. We calculate purchase payments not previously withdrawn as $100,000 – $45,000 = $55,000 (remember that $5,000 of the partial withdrawal is contract earnings). The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (MAV adjusted for partial withdrawals):	$57,619
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death:
0.40 × ($57,619 – $55,000) =	+1,048
plus 10% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:
0.10 × $55,000	+5,500
Total death benefit of:	$64,167

• On the third contract anniversary the contract value falls to $40,000. The death benefit equals the previous death benefit. The reduction in contract value has no effect.

• On the ninth contract anniversary the contract value grows to a new high of $200,000. Earnings at death reaches its maximum of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old. Because we are

42    RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

beyond the fourth contract anniversary the Benefit Protector Plus also reaches its maximum of 20%. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$200,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old	+55,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:
0.20 × $55,000	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$266,000

During the tenth contract year you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000. Your new contract value is now $250,000. The new purchase payment is less than one year old and so it has no effect on the Benefit Protector Plus value. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old	+55,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:
0.20 × $55,000	+55,000

• During the eleventh contract year the contract value remains $250,000 and the “new” purchase payment is one year old. The value of the Benefit Protector Plus remains constant. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (MAV death benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($250,000 – $105,000) =	+58,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously
0.20 × $55,000	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$319,000

If your spouse is sole beneficiary and you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. We will then terminate the Benefit Protector Plus and substitute the applicable death benefit (see “Benefits in Case of Death”).

NOTE: For special tax considerations associated with the Benefit Protector Plus, see “Taxes.”

Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB)

The GMIB is intended to provide you with a guaranteed minimum lifetime income regardless of the volatility inherent in the investments in the subaccounts. If the annuitant is between age 70 and age 75 at contract issue, you should consider whether the GMIB is appropriate for your situation because:

• you must hold the GMIB for 10 years*,

• the GMIB terminates** on the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday,

• you can only exercise the GMIB within 30 days after a contract anniversary*,

• the MAV and the 5% rising floor values we use in the GMIB benefit base to calculate annuity payouts under the GMIB are limited after age 81, and

• there are additional costs associated with the rider.

Be sure to discuss whether or not the GMIB is appropriate for your situation with your investment professional.

*	Unless the annuitant qualifies for a contingent event (see “Charges — Contingent events”).
**	The rider and annual fee terminate on the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday; however, if you exercise the GMIB rider before this time, your benefits will continue according to the annuity payout plan you have selected.

If you are purchasing the contract as a qualified annuity, such as an IRA, and you are planning to begin annuity payouts after the date on which minimum distributions required by the IRS must begin, you should consider whether the GMIB is appropriate for you. Partial withdrawals you take from the contract, including those taken to satisfy RMDs, will reduce the GMIB benefit base (defined below), which in turn may reduce or eliminate the amount of any annuity payments available under the rider (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Consult a tax advisor before you purchase any GMIB with a qualified annuity, such as an IRA.

RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    43

If this rider is available in your state and the annuitant is 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add this optional benefit to your contract for an additional annual charge (see “Charges”). If you select the GMIB, you must elect the EDB at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date.

In some instances, we may allow you to add the GMIB to your contract at a later date if it was not available when you initially purchased your contract. In these instances, we would add the GMIB on the next contract anniversary and this would become the rider effective date. For purposes of calculating the GMIB benefit base under these circumstances, we consider the contract value on the rider effective date to be the initial purchase payment; we disregard all previous purchase payments, transfers and withdrawals in the GMIB calculations.

Investment selection under the GMIB: For contract Option L, you may allocate your purchase payments or transfers to any of the subaccounts, GPAs or the one-year fixed account. For contract Option C, you may allocate payments to the subaccounts. We reserve the right to limit the amount you allocate to subaccounts investing in the Columbia Variable Portfolio — Cash Management Fund to 10% of the total amount in the subaccounts. If we are required to activate this restriction, and you have more than 10% of your subaccount value in this fund, we will send you a notice and ask that you reallocate your contract value so that the 10% limitation is satisfied within 60 days. We will terminate the GMIB if you have not satisfied the limitation after 60 days.

GMIB benefit base: If the GMIB is effective at contract issue, the GMIB benefit base is the greatest of these four values:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments minus adjusted partial withdrawals; or
3.	the maximum anniversary value at the last contract anniversary plus any payments made since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals since that anniversary; or
4.	the 5% rising floor.

Keep in mind that the MAV and the 5% rising floor values are limited after age 81.

We reserve the right to exclude from the GMIB benefit base any purchase payments you make in the five years before you exercise the GMIB. We would do so only if such payments total $50,000 or more or if they are 25% or more of total contract payments. If we exercise this right, we:

• subtract each payment adjusted for market value from the contract value and the MAV.

• subtract each payment from the 5% rising floor. We adjust the payments made to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account for market value. We increase payments allocated to the subaccounts by 5% for the number of full contract years they have been in the contract before we subtract them from the 5% rising floor.

For each payment, we calculate the market value adjustment to the contract value, MAV, the GPAs and the one-year fixed account value of the 5% rising floor as:

PMT × CVG

ECV

PMT	=	each purchase payment made in the five years before you exercise the GMIB.
CVG	=	current contract value at the time you exercise the GMIB.
ECV	=	the estimated contract value on the anniversary prior to the payment in question. We assume that all payments and partial withdrawals occur at the beginning of a contract year.

For each payment, we calculate the 5% increase of payments allocated to the subaccounts as:

PMT x (1.05)^CY

CY = the full number of contract years the payment has been in the contract.

Exercising the GMIB

• you may only exercise the GMIB within 30 days after any contract anniversary following the expiration of a ten-year waiting period from the rider effective date. However, there is an exception if at any time the annuitant experiences a “contingent event” (disability, terminal illness or confinement to a nursing home or hospital, see “Charges — Contingent events” for more details.)

• the annuitant on the retirement date must be between 50 and 86 years old.

• you can only take an annuity payout under one of the following annuity payout plans:

– Plan A — Life Annuity – no refund

– Plan B — Life Annuity with ten years certain

– Plan D — Joint and last survivor life annuity – no refund

• you may change the annuitant for the payouts.

44    RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

When you exercise your GMIB, you may select a fixed or variable annuity payout plan. Fixed annuity payouts are calculated using the annuity purchase rates based on the “1983 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” with 100% Projection Scale G. Your annuity payouts remain fixed for the lifetime of the annuity payout period.

First year variable annuity payouts are calculated in the same manner as fixed annuity payouts. Once calculated, your annuity payouts remain unchanged for the first year. After the first year, subsequent annuity payouts are variable and depend on the performance of the subaccounts you select. Variable annuity payouts after the first year are calculated using the following formula:

Pt-1(1 + i)	=	Pt
1.05

Pt–1	=	prior annuity payout
Pt	=	current annuity payout
i	=	annualized subaccount performance

Each subsequent variable annuity payout could be more or less than the previous variable annuity payout if the subaccount investment performance is greater or less than the 5% assumed investment rate. If your subaccount performance equals 5%, your annuity payout will be unchanged from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount performance is in excess of 5%, your variable annuity payout will increase from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount investment performance is less than 5%, your variable annuity payout will decrease from the previous annuity payout.

If you exercise the GMIB under a contingent event, you can take up to 50% of the benefit base in cash. You can use the balance of the GMIB benefit base for annuity payouts calculated using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates under any one of the payout plans listed above as long as the annuitant is between 50 and 86 years old on the retirement date.

The GMIB benchmarks the contract growth at each anniversary against several comparison values and sets the GMIB benefit base equal to the largest value. The GMIB benefit base, less any applicable premium tax, is the value we apply to the guaranteed annuity purchase rates stated in Table B of the contract to calculate the minimum annuity payouts you will receive if you exercise the GMIB. If the GMIB benefit base is greater than the contract value, the GMIB may provide a higher annuity payout level than is otherwise available. However, the GMIB uses guaranteed annuity purchase rates which may result in annuity payouts that are less than those using the annuity purchase rates that we will apply at annuitization under the standard contract provisions. Therefore, the level of income provided by the GMIB may be less than the income the contract otherwise provides. If the annuity payouts through the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available through the GMIB, you will receive the higher standard payout option. The GMIB does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

Terminating the GMIB

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days after the first and fifth rider anniversaries.

• You may terminate the rider any time after the tenth rider anniversary.

• The rider will terminate on the date:

– you make a full withdrawal from the contract;

– a death benefit is payable; or

– you choose to begin taking annuity payouts under the regular contract provisions.

•	The rider will terminate* 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday.
*	The rider and annual fee terminate 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday; however, if you exercise the GMIB rider before this time, your benefits will continue according to the annuity payout plan you have selected.

Example

• You purchase the contract during the 2004 calendar year with a payment of $100,000 and you allocate all your purchase payments to the subaccounts.

• There are no additional purchase payments and no partial withdrawals.

• Assume the annuitant is male and age 55 at contract issue. For the joint and last survivor option (annuity payout Plan D), the joint annuitant is female and age 55 at contract issue.

Taking into account fluctuations in contract value due to market conditions, we calculate the GMIB benefit base as:

Contract anniversary	Contract value	MAV	5% rising floor	GMIB benefit base
1	$107,000	$107,000	$105,000
2	125,000	125,000	110,250
3	132,000	132,000	115,763

RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    45

Contract anniversary	Contract value	MAV	5% rising floor	GMIB benefit base
4	150,000	150,000	121,551
5	85,000	150,000	127,628
6	120,000	150,000	134,010
7	138,000	150,000	140,710
8	152,000	152,000	147,746
9	139,000	152,000	155,133
10	126,000	152,000	162,889	$162,889
11	138,000	152,000	171,034	171,034
12	147,000	152,000	179,586	179,586
13	163,000	163,000	188,565	188,565
14	159,000	163,000	197,993	197,993
15	212,000	212,000	207,893	212,000

NOTE: The MAV and 5% rising floor values are limited after age 81. Additionally, the GMIB benefit base may increase if the contract value increases. However, you should keep in mind that you are always entitled to annuitize using the contract value without exercising the GMIB.

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after a contract anniversary, the payout under a fixed annuity option (which is the same as the minimum payout for the first year under a variable annuity option) would be:

Contract anniversary at exercise	GMIB benefit base	Plan A – life annuity — no refund	Minimum Guaranteed Monthly Income
			Plan B – life annuity with ten years certain	Plan D – joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund
10	$162,889 (5% rising floor)	$840.51	$817.70	$672.73
15	212,000 (MAV)	1,250.80	1,193.56	968.84

The payouts above are shown at guaranteed annuity rates of 3% stated in Table B of the contract. Payouts under the standard provisions of this contract will be based on our annuity rates in effect at annuitization and are guaranteed to be greater than or equal to the guaranteed annuity rates stated in Table B of the contract. The fixed annuity payout available under the standard provisions of this contract would be at least as great as shown below:

Contract anniversary at exercise	Contract value	Plan A – life annuity — no refund	Plan B – life annuity with ten years certain	Plan D – joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund
10	$126,000	$650.16	$ 632.52	$520.38
15	212,000	1,250.80	1,193.56	968.84

At the 15th contract anniversary you would not experience a benefit from the GMIB as the payout available to you is equal to or less than the payout available under the standard provisions of the contract. When the GMIB payout is less than the payout available under the standard provisions of the contract, you will receive the higher standard payout.

Remember that after the first year, lifetime income payouts under a variable annuity payout option will depend on the investment performance of the subaccounts you select. If your subaccount performance is 5%, your annuity payout will be unchanged from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount performance is in excess of 5%, your variable annuity payout will increase from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount investment performance is less than 5%, your variable annuity payout will decrease from the previous annuity payout.

This fee currently costs 0.70% of the GMIB benefit base annually and it is taken in a lump sum from the contract value on each contract anniversary at the end of each contract year. If the contract is terminated or if annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the fee at that time adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place. We cannot increase the GMIB fee after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin. We calculate the fee as follows:

BB + AT – FAV

BB	=	the GMIB benefit base.
AT	=	adjusted transfers from the subaccounts to the GPAs or the one-year fixed account made in the six months before the contract anniversary calculated as:

46    RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

PT × VAT

SVT

PT	=	the amount transferred from the subaccounts to the GPAs or the one-year fixed account within six months of the contract anniversary.
VAT	=	variable account floor on the date of (but prior to) the transfer.
SVT	=	value of the subaccounts on the date of (but prior to) the transfer.
FAV	=	the value of the GPAs and the one-year fixed accounts.

The result of AT – FAV will never be greater than zero. This allows us to base the GMIB fee largely on the subaccounts.

Example

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and allocate all of your payment to the subaccounts.

• You make no transfers or partial withdrawals.

Contract anniversary	Contract value	GMIB fee percentage	Value on which we base the GMIB fee	GMIB fee charged to you
1	$80,000	0.70%	5% rising floor = $100,000 × 1.05	$735
2	150,000	0.70%	Contract value = $150,000	1,050
3	102,000	0.70%	MAV = $150,000	1,050

The Annuity Payout Period

As owner of the contract, you have the right to decide how and to whom annuity payouts will be made starting at the retirement date. You may select one of the annuity payout plans outlined below, or we may mutually agree on other payout arrangements. We do not deduct any withdrawal charges upon retirement but withdrawal charges may apply when electing to exercise liquidity features we may make available under certain fixed annuity payout options.

You also decide whether we will make annuity payouts on a fixed or variable basis, or a combination of fixed and variable. The amount available to purchase payouts under the plan you select is the contract value on your retirement date after any rider charges have been deducted. Additionally, we currently allow you to use part of the amount available to purchase payouts, leaving any remaining contract value to accumulate on a tax-deferred basis. Special rules apply for partial annuitization of your annuity contract, see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities — Annuity payouts” and “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Annuity payouts.” If you select a variable annuity payout, we reserve the right to limit the number of subaccounts in which you may invest. The GPAs are not available during this payout period.

Amounts of fixed and variable payouts depend on:

• the annuity payout plan you select;

• the annuitant’s age and, in most cases, sex;

• the annuity table in the contract; and

• the amounts you allocated to the accounts at settlement.

In addition, for variable annuity payouts only, amounts depend on the investment performance of the subaccounts you select. These payouts will vary from month to month because the performance of the funds will fluctuate. Fixed payouts generally remain the same from month to month unless you have elected an option providing for increasing payments.

For information with respect to transfers between accounts after annuity payouts begin, see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transfer policies.”

Annuity Tables

The annuity tables in your contract (Table A and Table B) show the amount of the monthly payout for each $1,000 of contract value according to the age and, when applicable, the annuitant’s sex. (Where required by law, we will use a unisex table of settlement rates.)

Table A shows the amount of the first monthly variable annuity payout assuming that the contract value is invested at the beginning of the annuity payout period and earns a 5% rate of return, which is reinvested and helps to support future payouts. If you ask us at least 30 days before the retirement date, we will substitute an annuity table based on an assumed 3.5% investment rate for the 5% Table A in the contract. The assumed investment rate affects both the amount of the first payout and the extent to which subsequent payouts increase or decrease. For example, annuity payouts will increase if the investment return is above the assumed investment rate and payouts will decrease if the return is below the assumed investment rate. Using a 5% assumed interest rate results in a higher initial payout, but later payouts will increase more slowly when annuity unit values rise and decrease more rapidly when they decline.

RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    47

Table B shows the minimum amount of each fixed annuity payout. We declare current payout rates that we use in determining the actual amount of your fixed annuity payout. The current payout rates will equal or exceed the guaranteed payout rates shown in Table B. We will furnish these rates to you upon request.

Annuity Payout Plans

We make available variable annuity payouts where payout amounts will vary based on the performance of the variable account. We may also make fixed annuity payouts available where payments of a fixed amount are made for the period specified in the plan, subject to any surrender we may permit. You may choose any one of these annuity payout plans by giving us written instructions at least 30 days before the retirement date. Generally, you may select one of the Plans A through E below or another plan agreed to by us.

• Plan A – Life annuity — no refund: We make monthly payouts until the annuitant’s death. Payouts end with the last payout before the annuitant’s death. We will not make any further payouts. This means that if the annuitant dies after we made only one monthly payout, we will not make any more payouts.

• Plan B – Life annuity with five, ten or 15 years certain: We make monthly payouts for a guaranteed payout period of five, ten or 15 years that you elect. This election will determine the length of the payout period in the event the annuitant dies before the elected period expires. We calculate the guaranteed payout period from the retirement date. If the annuitant outlives the elected guaranteed payout period, we will continue to make payouts until the annuitant’s death.

• Plan C – Life annuity — installment refund: We make monthly payouts until the annuitant’s death, with our guarantee that payouts will continue for some period of time. We will make payouts for at least the number of months determined by dividing the amount applied under this option by the first monthly payout, whether or not the annuitant is living.

• Plan D – Joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund: We make monthly payouts while both the annuitant and a joint annuitant are living. If either annuitant dies, we will continue to make monthly payouts at the full amount until the death of the surviving annuitant. Payouts end with the death of the second annuitant.

• Plan E – Payouts for a specified period: We make monthly payouts for a specific payout period of ten to 30 years that you elect. We will make payouts only for the number of years specified whether the annuitant is living or not. Depending on the selected time period, it is foreseeable that an annuitant can outlive the payout period selected. During the annuity payout period, you may make full and partial withdrawals. If you make a full withdrawal, you can elect to have us determine the present value of any remaining variable payouts and pay it to you in a lump sum.

For Plan A, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, no payments will be made. For Plan B, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue for the guaranteed payout period. For Plan C, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue for the installment refund period. For Plan D, if both annuitants die before the initial payment, no payments will be made; however, if one annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue until the death of the surviving annuitant.

In addition to the annuity payout plans described above, we may offer additional payout plans. Terms and conditions of annuity payout plans will be disclosed at the time of election, including any associated fees or charges. It is important to remember that the election and use of liquidity features will result in payouts ceasing.

Utilizing a liquidity feature to withdraw the underlying value of remaining payouts may result in the assessment of a withdrawal charge (See “Charges — Withdrawal charge”) or a 10% IRS penalty tax. (See “Taxes.”).

Annuity payout plan requirements for qualified annuities: If your contract is a qualified annuity, you must select a payout plan as of the retirement date set forth in your contract. You have the responsibility for electing a payout plan under your contract that complies with applicable law. Your contract describes your payout plan options. The options will meet certain IRS regulations governing RMDs if the payout plan meets the incidental distribution benefit requirements, if any, and the payouts are made:

• in equal or substantially equal payments over a period not longer than your life expectancy, or over the joint life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary; or

• over a period certain not longer than your life expectancy or over the joint life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary.

If we do not receive instructions: You must give us written instructions for the annuity payouts at least 30 days before the annuitant’s retirement date. If you do not, we will make payouts under Plan B, with 120 monthly payouts guaranteed.

If monthly payouts would be less than $20: We will calculate the amount of monthly payouts at the time the contract value is used to purchase a payout plan. If the calculations show that monthly payouts would be less than $20, we have the right to pay the contract value to the owner in a lump sum or to change the frequency of the payouts.

48    RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Death after annuity payouts begin: If you or the annuitant die after annuity payouts begin, we will pay any amount payable to the beneficiary as provided in the annuity payout plan in effect. Payments to beneficiaries are subject to adjustment to comply with the IRS rules and regulations.

Taxes

Under current law, your contract has a tax-deferral feature. Generally, this means you do not pay income tax until there is a taxable distribution (or deemed distribution) from the contract. We will send a tax information reporting form for any year in which we made a taxable or reportable distribution according to our records.

Nonqualified Annuities

Generally, only the increase in the value of a non-qualified annuity contract over the investment in the contract is taxable. Certain exceptions apply. Federal tax law requires that all nonqualified deferred annuity contracts issued by the same company (and possibly its affiliates) to the same owner during a calendar year be taxed as a single, unified contract when distributions are taken from any one of those contracts.

Annuity payouts: Generally, unlike withdrawals described below, the income taxation of annuity payouts is subject to exclusion ratios (for fixed annuity payouts) or annual excludable amounts (for variable annuity payouts). In other words, in most cases, a portion of each payout will be ordinary income and subject to tax, and a portion of each payout will be considered a return of part of your investment in the contract and will not be taxed. All amounts you receive after your investment in the contract is fully recovered will be subject to tax. Under Annuity Payout Plan A: Life annuity — no refund, where the annuitant dies before your investment in the contract is fully recovered, the remaining portion of the unrecovered investment may be available as a federal income tax deduction to the owner for the last taxable year. Under all other annuity payout plans, where the annuity payouts end before your investment in the contract is fully recovered, the remaining portion of the unrecovered investment may be available as a federal income tax deduction to the taxpayer for the tax year in which the payouts end. (See “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Federal tax law permits taxpayers to annuitize a portion of their nonqualified annuity while leaving the remaining balance to continue to grow tax-deferred. Under the partial annuitization rules, the portion annuitized must be received as an annuity for a period of 10 years or more, or for the lives of one or more individuals. If this requirement is met, the annuitized portion and the tax-deferred balance will generally be treated as two separate contracts for income tax purposes only. If a contract is partially annuitized, the investment in the contract is allocated between the deferred and the annuitized portions on a pro rata basis.

Withdrawals: Generally, if you withdrawal all or part of your nonqualified annuity your annuity payouts begin, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, your withdrawal will be taxed to the extent that the contract value immediately before the withdrawal exceeds the investment in the contract. Different rules may apply if you exchange another contract into this contract.

You also may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty for withdrawals of taxable income you make before reaching age 59½ unless certain exceptions apply.

Withholding: If you receive taxable income as a result of an annuity payout or withdrawal, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, we may deduct federal, and in some cases state withholding against the payment. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your income tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. As long as you have provided us with a valid Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number, and you have a valid U.S. address, you may be able to elect not to have federal income tax withholding occur.

If the payment is part of an annuity payout plan, we generally compute the amount of federal income tax withholding using payroll tables. You may provide us with a statement of how many exemptions to use in calculating the withholding. If the distribution is any other type of payment (such as partial or full withdrawal) we compute federal income tax withholding using 10% of the taxable portion.

The federal income tax withholding requirements differ if we deliver payment outside the United States or you are a non-resident alien.

Some states also may impose income tax withholding requirements similar to the federal withholding described above or may allow you to elect withholding. If this should be the case, we may deduct state income tax withholding from the payment.

Death benefits to beneficiaries: The death benefit under a nonqualified contract is not exempt from estate (federal or state) taxes. In addition, for income tax purposes, any amount your beneficiary receives that exceeds the remaining investment in the contract is taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary in the year he or she receives the payments. (See also “Benefits in Case of Death — If You Die Before the Retirement Date”).

RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    49

Net Investment Income Tax (also known as Medicare contribution tax): Effective for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2013, certain investment income of high-income individuals (as well as estates and trusts) is subject to a 3.8% net investment income tax (as an addition to income taxes). For individuals, the 3.8% tax applies to the lesser of (1) the amount by which the taxpayer’s modified adjusted gross income exceeds $200,000 ($250,000 for married filing jointly and surviving spouses; $125,000 for married filing separately) or (2) the taxpayer’s “net investment income.” Net investment income includes taxable income from nonqualified annuities. Annuity holders are advised to consult their tax advisor regarding the possible implications of this additional tax.

Annuities owned by corporations, partnerships or irrevocable trusts: For nonqualified annuities, any annual increase in the value of annuities held by such entities (non-natural persons) generally will be treated as ordinary income received during that year. However, if the trust was set up for the benefit of a natural person(s) only, the income may remain tax-deferred until withdrawn or paid out.

Penalties: If you receive amounts from your nonqualified annuity before reaching age 59½, you may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty on the amount includable in your ordinary income. However, this penalty will not apply to any amount received:

• because of your death or in the event of non-natural ownership, the death of annuitant;

• because you become disabled (as defined in the Code);

• if the distribution is part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments, made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or joint lives or life expectancies of you and your beneficiary);

• if it is allocable to an investment before Aug. 14, 1982; or

• if annuity payouts are made under immediate annuities as defined by the Code.

Transfer of ownership: Generally, if you transfer ownership of a nonqualified annuity without receiving adequate consideration, the transfer may be taxed as a withdrawal for federal income tax purposes. If the transfer is a currently taxable event for income tax purposes, the original owner will be taxed on the amount of deferred earnings at the time of the transfer and also may be subject to the 10% IRS penalty discussed earlier. In this case, the new owner’s investment in the contract will be equal to the investment in the contract at the time of the transfer plus any earnings included in the original owner’s taxable income as a result of the transfer. In general, this rule does not apply to transfers between spouses or former spouses. Similar rules apply if you transfer ownership for full consideration. Please consult your tax advisor for further details.

1035 Exchanges: Section 1035 of the Code permits nontaxable exchanges of certain insurance policies, endowment contracts, annuity contracts and qualified long-term care insurance contracts while providing for continued tax deferral of earnings. In addition, Section 1035 permits the carryover of the investment in the contract from the old policy or contract to the new policy or contract. In a 1035 exchange one policy or contract is exchanged for another policy or contract. The following can qualify as nontaxable exchanges: (1) the exchange of a life insurance policy for another life insurance policy or for an endowment, annuity or qualified long-term care insurance contract, (2) the exchange of an endowment contract for an annuity or qualified long-term care insurance contract, or for an endowment contract under which payments will begin no later than payments would have begun under the contract exchanged, (3) the exchange of an annuity contract for another annuity or for a qualified long-term care insurance contract, and (4) the exchange of a qualified long-term care insurance contract for a qualified long-term care insurance contract. Additionally, other tax rules apply. However, if the life insurance policy has an outstanding loan, there may be tax consequences. Depending on the issue date of your original policy or contract, there may be tax or other benefits that are given up to gain the benefits of the new policy or contract. Consider whether the features and benefits of the new policy or contract outweigh any tax or other benefits of the old contract.

For a partial exchange of an annuity contract for another annuity contract, the 1035 exchange is generally tax-free. The investment in the original contract and the earnings on the contract will be allocated proportionately between the original and new contracts. However, per IRS Revenue Procedure 2011-38, if withdrawals are taken from either contract within the 180-day period following a partial 1035 exchange, the IRS will apply general tax principles to determine the appropriate tax treatment of the exchange and subsequent withdrawal. As a result, there may be unexpected tax consequences. You should consult your tax advisor before taking any withdrawal from either contract during the 180-day period following a partial exchange.

Assignment: If you assign or pledge your contract as collateral for a loan, earnings on purchase payments you made after Aug. 13, 1982 will be taxed as a deemed distribution and also may be subject to the 10% penalty as discussed above.

50    RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Qualified Annuities

Adverse tax consequences may result if you do not ensure that contributions, distributions and other transactions under the contract comply with the law. Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions. You should refer to your retirement plan’s Summary Plan Description, your IRA disclosure statement, or consult a tax advisor for additional information about the distribution rules applicable to your situation.

When you use your contract to fund a retirement plan or IRA that is already tax-deferred under the Code, the contract will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral. If your contract is used to fund an employer sponsored plan, your right to benefits may be subject to the terms and conditions of the plan regardless of the terms of the contract.

Annuity payouts: Under a qualified annuity, except a Roth IRA, Roth 401(k) or Roth 403(b), the entire payout generally is includable as ordinary income and is subject to tax unless: (1) the contract is an IRA to which you made non-deductible contributions; or (2) you rolled after-tax dollars from a retirement plan into your IRA; or 3) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you or your employer have contributed after-tax dollars; or (4) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you direct such payout to be directly rolled over to another eligible retirement plan such as an IRA. We may permit partial annuitizations of qualified annuity contracts. If we accept partial annuitizations, please remember that your contract will still need to comply with other requirements such as required minimum distributions and the payment of taxes. Prior to considering a partial annuitization on a qualified contract, you should discuss your decision and any implications with your tax adviser. Because we cannot accurately track certain after tax funding sources, we will generally report any payments on partial annuitizations as ordinary income except in the case of a qualified distribution from a Roth IRA.

Annuity payouts from Roth IRAs: In general, the entire payout from a Roth IRA can be free from income and penalty taxes if you have attained age 59½ and meet the five year holding period.

Withdrawals: Under a qualified annuity, except a Roth IRA, Roth 401(k) or Roth 403(b), the entire withdrawal will generally be includable as ordinary income and is subject to tax unless: (1) the contract is an IRA to which you made non-deductible contributions; or (2) you rolled after-tax dollars from a retirement plan into your IRA; or (3) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you or your employer have contributed after-tax dollars; or (4) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you direct such withdrawal to be directly rolled over to another eligible retirement plan such as an IRA.

Withdrawals from Roth IRAs: In general, the entire payout from a Roth IRA can be free from income and penalty taxes if you have attained age 59½ and meet the five year holding period or another qualifying event such as death or disability.

Required Minimum Distributions: Retirement plans (except for Roth IRAs) are subject to required withdrawals called required minimum distributions (“RMDs”) beginning at age 72 (age 70 ½ if you were born on or before June 30, 1949). RMDs are based on the fair market value of your contract at year-end divided by the life expectancy factor. Certain death benefits and optional riders may be considered in determining the fair market value of your contract for RMD purposes. This may cause your RMD to be higher. Inherited IRAs (including inherited Roth IRAs) are subject to special required minimum distribution rules. You should consult your tax advisor prior to making a purchase for an explanation of the potential tax implications to you.

Withholding for IRAs, Roth IRAs, SEPs and SIMPLE IRAs: If you receive taxable income as a result of an annuity payout or a withdrawal, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, we may deduct withholding against the payment. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. As long as you have provided us with a valid Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number, you can elect not to have any withholding occur.

If the payment is part of an annuity payout plan, we generally compute the amount of federal income tax withholding using payroll tables. You may provide us with a statement of how many exemptions to use in calculating the withholding. If the distribution is any other type of payment (such as a partial or full withdrawal) we compute federal income tax withholding using 10% of the taxable portion.

The federal income tax withholding requirements differ if we deliver payment outside the United States or you are a non-resident alien.

Some states also may impose income tax withholding requirements similar to the federal withholding described above. If this should be the case, we may deduct state income tax withholding from the payment.

Withholding for all other qualified annuities: If you receive directly all or part of the contract value from a qualified annuity, mandatory 20% federal income tax withholding (and possibly state income tax withholding) generally will be imposed at the time the payout is made from the plan. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. This mandatory withholding will not be imposed if instead of receiving the distribution check, you elect to have the distribution rolled over directly to an IRA or another eligible plan. Payments made to a surviving spouse instead of being directly rolled over to an IRA are also subject to mandatory 20% income tax withholding.

RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    51

In the below situations, the distribution is subject to an optional 10% withholding instead of the mandatory 20% withholding. We will withhold 10% of the distribution amount unless you elect otherwise.

• the payout is one in a series of substantially equal periodic payouts, made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or the joint lives or life expectancies of you and your designated beneficiary) or over a specified period of 10 years or more;

• the payout is a RMD as defined under the Code;

• the payout is made on account of an eligible hardship; or

• the payout is a corrective distribution.

State withholding also may be imposed on taxable distributions.

Penalties: If you receive amounts from your qualified contract before reaching age 59½, you may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty on the amount includable in your ordinary income. However, this penalty generally will not apply to any amount received:

• because of your death;

• because you become disabled (as defined in the Code);

• if the distribution is part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or joint lives or life expectancies of you and your beneficiary);

• if the distribution is made following severance from employment during or after the calendar year in which you attain age 55 (TSAs and annuities funding 401(a) plans only);

• to pay certain medical or education expenses (IRAs only); or

• if the distribution is made from an inherited IRA.

Death benefits to beneficiaries: The entire death benefit generally is taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary in the year he/she receives the payments from the qualified annuity. If you made non-deductible contributions to a traditional IRA, the portion of any distribution from the contract that represents after-tax contributions is not taxable as ordinary income to your beneficiary. You are responsible for keeping all records tracking your non-deductible contributions to an IRA. Death benefits under a Roth IRA generally are not taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary if certain distribution requirements are met. (See also “Benefits in Case of Death — If you Die Before the Retirement Date”).

Change of retirement plan type: IRS regulations allow for rollovers of certain retirement plan distributions. In some circumstances, you may be able to have an intra-contract rollover, keeping the same features and conditions. If the annuity contract you have does not support an intra-contract rollover, you are able to request an IRS approved rollover to another annuity contract or other investment product that you choose. If you choose another annuity contract or investment product, you will be subject to new rules, including a new withdrawal charge schedule for an annuity contract, or other product rules as applicable.

Assignment:You may not assign or pledge your qualified contract as collateral for a loan.

Other

Special considerations if you select any optional rider: As of the date of this prospectus, we believe that charges related to these riders are not subject to current taxation. Therefore, we will not report these charges as partial withdrawals from your contract. However, the IRS may determine that these charges should be treated as partial withdrawals subject to taxation to the extent of any gain as well as the 10% tax penalty for withdrawals before the age of 59½, if applicable, on the taxable portion.

We reserve the right to report charges for these riders as partial withdrawals if we, as a withholding and reporting agent, believe that we are required to report them. In addition, we will report any benefits attributable to these riders on the death of you or the annuitant as an annuity death benefit distribution, not as proceeds from life insurance.

Important: Our discussion of federal tax laws is based upon our understanding of current interpretations of these laws. Federal tax laws or current interpretations of them may change. For this reason and because tax consequences are complex and highly individual and cannot always be anticipated, you should consult a tax advisor if you have any questions about taxation of your contract.

RiverSource Life’s tax status: We are taxed as a life insurance company under the Code. For federal income tax purposes, the subaccounts are considered a part of our company, although their operations are treated separately in accounting and financial statements. Investment income is reinvested in the fund in which each subaccount invests and becomes part of that subaccount’s value. This investment income, including realized capital gains, is not subject to any withholding for federal or state income taxes. We reserve the right to make such a charge in the future if there is a change in the tax treatment of variable annuities or in our tax status as we then understand it.
The company includes in its taxable income the net investment income derived from the investment of assets held in its

52    RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

subaccounts because the company is considered the owner of these assets under federal income tax law.  The company may claim certain tax benefits associated with this investment income.  These benefits, which may include foreign tax credits and the corporate dividend received deduction, are not passed on to you since the company is the owner of the assets under federal tax law and is taxed on the investment income generated by the assets. 

Tax qualification: We intend that the contract qualify as an annuity for federal income tax purposes. To that end, the provisions of the contract are to be interpreted to ensure or maintain such tax qualification, in spite of any other provisions of the contract. We reserve the right to amend the contract to reflect any clarifications that may be needed or are appropriate to maintain such qualification or to conform the contract to any applicable changes in the tax qualification requirements. We will send you a copy of any amendments.

Spousal status: When it comes to your marital status and the identification and naming of any spouse as a beneficiary or party to your contract, we will rely on the representations you make to us. Based on this reliance, we will issue and administer your contract in accordance with these representations. If you represent that you are married and your representation is incorrect or your marriage is deemed invalid for federal or state law purposes, then the benefits and rights under your contract may be different.

If you have any questions as to the status of your relationship as a marriage, then you should consult an appropriate tax or legal advisor.

Voting Rights

As a contract owner with investments in the subaccounts, you may vote on important fund policies until annuity payouts begin. Once they begin, the person receiving them has voting rights. We will vote fund shares according to the instructions of the person with voting rights.

Before annuity payouts begin, the number of votes you have is determined by applying your percentage interest in each subaccount to the total number of votes allowed to the subaccount.

After annuity payouts begin, the number of votes you have is equal to:

• the reserve held in each subaccount for your contract; divided by

• the net asset value of one share of the applicable fund.

As we make annuity payouts, the reserve for the contract decreases; therefore, the number of votes also will decrease.

We calculate votes separately for each subaccount. We will send notice of shareholders’ meetings, proxy materials and a statement of the number of votes to which the voter is entitled. We are the legal owner of all fund shares and therefore hold all voting rights.  However, to the extent required by law, we will vote the shares of each fund according to instructions we receive from policy owners. We will vote shares for which we have not received instructions and shares that we or our affiliates own in our own names in the same proportion as the votes for which we received instructions. As a result of this proportional voting, in cases when a small number of contract owners vote, their votes will have a greater impact and may even control the outcome.

Substitution of Investments

We may substitute the funds in which the subaccounts invest if:

• laws or regulations change;

• the existing funds become unavailable; or

• in our judgment, the funds no longer are suitable (or are not the most suitable) for the subaccounts.

If any of these situations occur, we have the right to substitute a fund currently listed in this prospectus (existing fund) for another fund (new fund), provided we obtain any required SEC and state insurance law approval. The new fund may have higher fees and/or operating expenses than the existing fund. Also, the new fund may have investment objectives and policies and/or investment advisers which differ from the existing fund.

We may also:

• add new subaccounts;

• combine any two or more subaccounts;

• transfer assets to and from the subaccounts or the variable account; and

• eliminate or close any subaccounts.

We will notify you of any substitution or change.

RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    53

In the event of any such substitution or change, we may amend the contract and take whatever action is necessary and appropriate without your consent or approval. We will obtain any required prior approval of the SEC or state insurance departments before making any substitution or change.

About the Service Providers

Principal Underwriter

RiverSource Distributors, Inc. (RiverSource Distributors), our affiliate, serves as the principal underwriter and general distributor of the contract. Its offices are located at 70100 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, MN 55474. RiverSource Distributors is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ameriprise Financial, Inc.

Sales of the Contract

New contracts are not currently being offered.

• Only securities broker-dealers (“selling firms”) registered with the SEC and members of the FINRA may sell the contract.

• The contracts are continuously offered to the public through authorized selling firms. We and RiverSource Distributors have a sales agreement with the selling firm. The sales agreement authorizes the selling firm to offer the contracts to the public. RiverSource Distributors pays the selling firm (or an affiliated insurance agency) for contracts its investment professional sell. The selling firm may be required to return sales commissions under certain circumstances including but not limited to when contracts are returned under the free look period.

Payments We May Make to Selling Firms

• We may use compensation plans which vary by selling firm. For example, some of these plans pay selling firms a commission of up to 4.25% each time a purchase payment is made for contract Option L and 1.00% for Contract Option C. We may also pay ongoing trail commissions of up to 1.00% of the contract value. We do not pay or withhold payment of trail commissions based on which investment options you select.

• We may pay selling firms an additional sales commission of up to 1.00% of purchase payments for a period of time we select. For example, we may offer to pay an additional sales commission to get selling firms to market a new or enhanced contract or to increase sales during the period.

• In addition to commissions, we may, in order to promote sales of the contracts, and as permitted by applicable laws and regulation, pay or provide selling firms with other promotional incentives in cash, credit or other compensation. We generally (but may not) offer these promotional incentives to all selling firms. The terms of such arrangements differ between selling firms. These promotional incentives may include but are not limited to:

• sponsorship of marketing, educational, due diligence and compliance meetings and conferences we or the selling firm may conduct for investment professionals, including subsidy of travel, meal, lodging, entertainment and other expenses related to these meetings;

• marketing support related to sales of the contract including for example, the creation of marketing materials, advertising and newsletters;

• providing service to contract owners; and

• funding other events sponsored by a selling firm that may encourage the selling firm’s investment professionals to sell the contract.

These promotional incentives or reimbursements may be calculated as a percentage of the selling firm’s aggregate, net or anticipated sales and/or total assets attributable to sales of the contract, and/or may be a fixed dollar amount. As noted below this additional compensation may cause the selling firm and its investment professionals to favor the contracts.

Sources of Payments to Selling Firms

When we pay the commissions and other compensation described above from our assets. Our assets may include:

• revenues we receive from fees and expenses that you will pay when buying, owning and making a withdrawal from the contract (see “Expense Summary”);

• compensation we or an affiliate receive from the underlying funds in the form of distribution and services fees (see “The Variable Account and the Funds — The Funds”);

• compensation we or an affiliate receive from a fund’s investment adviser, subadviser, distributor or an affiliate of any of these (see “The Variable Account and the Funds — The Funds”); and

• revenues we receive from other contracts we sell that are not securities and other businesses we conduct.

54    RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

You do not directly pay the commissions and other compensation described above as the result of a specific charge or deduction under the contract. However, you may pay part or all of the commissions and other compensation described above indirectly through:

• fees and expenses we collect from contract owners, including withdrawal charges; and

• fees and expenses charged by the underlying subaccount funds in which you invest, to the extent we or one of our affiliates receive revenue from the funds or an affiliated person.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Compensation payment arrangements made with selling firms can potentially:

• give selling firms a heightened financial incentive to sell the contract offered in this prospectus over another investment with lower compensation to the selling firm.

• cause selling firms to encourage their investment professionals to sell you the contract offered in this prospectus instead of selling you other alternative investments that may result in lower compensation to the selling firm.

• cause selling firms to grant us access to its investment professionals to promote sales of the contract offered in this prospectus, while denying that access to other firms offering similar contracts or other alternative investments which may pay lower compensation to the selling firm.

Payments to Investment Professionals

• The selling firm pays its investment professionals. The selling firm decides the compensation and benefits it will pay its investment professionals.

• To inform yourself of any potential conflicts of interest, ask the investment professional before you buy, how the selling firm and its investment professionals are being compensated and the amount of the compensation that each will receive if you buy the contract.

Service Providers

Our Service Center performs certain administrative services on the contracts and policies we issue. The address and telephone number of our Service Center are listed on the first page of the prospectus. We also have entered into agreements with certain entities to provide the identified services in connection with the contracts and policies we issue. The entities engaged by RiverSource Life may change over time. Entities that provided services to RiverSource Life in 2019 are listed in the table below.

Name of Service Provider	Services Provided	Address
Ameriprise Financial, Inc.	Business affairs management and administrative support related to new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies	707 Second Avenue South Minneapolis MN 55402 USA
Ameriprise India Private Limited	Administrative support related to new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies annual report filings	Plot No. 14, Sector 18 Udyog Vihar Gurugram, Haryana – 122 015 India
Sykes Enterprise Incorporated	Administrative support related to e new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies	10th Floor, Glorietta BPO 1 Office Tower Makati City 1224 Metro Manila Philippines

Issuer

We issue the contracts. We are a stock life insurance company organized in 1957 under the laws of the state of Minnesota and are located at 829 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, MN 55474. We are a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ameriprise Financial, Inc.

We conduct a conventional life insurance business. We are licensed to do business in 49 states, the District of Columbia and American Samoa. Our primary products currently include fixed and variable annuity contracts and life insurance policies.

Legal Proceedings

Insurance companies have been the subject of increasing regulatory, legislative and judicial scrutiny. Numerous state and federal regulatory agencies have commenced examinations and other inquiries of insurance companies regarding sales and marketing practices (including sales to older consumers and disclosure practices), claims handling, and unclaimed property and escheatment practices and procedures. RiverSource Life has cooperated and will continue to cooperate with the applicable regulators.

RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    55

RiverSource Life is involved in the normal course of business in a number of other legal and arbitration proceedings concerning matters arising in connection with the conduct of its business activities. RiverSource Life believes that it is not a party to, nor are any of its properties the subject of, any pending legal, arbitration or regulatory investigation, examination or proceeding that is likely to have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is possible that the outcome of any current or future legal, arbitration or regulatory proceeding could have a material impact on results of operations in any particular reporting period as the proceedings are resolved.

Uncertain economic conditions, heightened and sustained volatility in the financial markets and significant financial reform legislation may increase the likelihood that clients and other persons or regulators may present or threaten legal claims or that regulators increase the scope or frequency of examinations of RiverSource Life or the insurance industry generally.

Additional Information

Incorporation of Certain Documents By Reference

The SEC allows us to “incorporate by reference” the information we have filed with the SEC. This means that we can disclose important information to you without actually including the specific information in this prospectus by referring you to other documents filed separately with the SEC. The information incorporated by reference is an important part of this prospectus. Information that we later provide to the SEC, and which is deemed to be “filed” with the SEC, will automatically update information previously filed with the SEC, and may replace information in this prospectus and information previously filed with the SEC. We incorporate by reference RiverSource Life Insurance Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019 as filed with the SEC on Feb.26, 2020under File No. 033-28976 in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and any filings we make with the SEC under Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act (excluding information deemed to be furnished and not filed with the SEC) after the effective date of this registration statement, until all offerings under the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part are completed or terminated. The annual report contains additional information about RiverSource Life Insurance Company, including audited financial statements for the latest fiscal year.

RiverSource Life will furnish you without charge a copy of any or all of the documents incorporated by reference into this prospectus, including any exhibits to such documents which have been specifically incorporated by reference. We will do so upon receipt of your written or oral request. You can contact RiverSource Life at the telephone number and address listed on the first page of this prospectus.

Available Information

This prospectus is part of a registration statement we file with the SEC. Additional information on RiverSource Life and on this offering is available in the registration statement and other materials we file. You can obtain copies of these materials at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. This prospectus, other information about the contract and other information incorporated by reference are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at (http://www.sec.gov).

Indemnification

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the Act) may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of RiverSource Life pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

56    RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix : Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)

The following tables give per-unit information about the financial history of the subaccounts representing the lowest and highest total annual variable account expense combinations. The date in which operations commenced in each subaccount is noted in parentheses. The SAI contains tables that give per-unit information about the financial history of each existing subaccount. We have not provided this information for subaccounts (if any) that were not available under your contract as of December 31, 2019. You may obtain a copy of the SAI without charge by contacting us at the telephone number or address listed on the first page of the prospectus.

Variable account charges of 1.40% of the daily net assets of the variable account.

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Balanced Fund (Class 3) (2/21/1995)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.44	$3.71	$3.28	$3.13	$3.12	$2.87	$2.40	$2.13	$2.11	$1.90
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.16	$3.44	$3.71	$3.28	$3.13	$3.12	$2.87	$2.40	$2.13	$2.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	328	408	436	446	496	522	600	692	777	880
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3) (2/21/1995)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.27	$3.45	$2.82	$2.65	$2.66	$2.34	$1.78	$1.58	$1.53	$1.32
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.02	$3.27	$3.45	$2.82	$2.65	$2.66	$2.34	$1.78	$1.58	$1.53
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	691	751	812	971	1,161	1,313	1,652	2,086	2,533	3,074
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.70	$2.91	$2.58	$2.31	$2.41	$2.22	$1.78	$1.58	$1.69	$1.46
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.30	$2.70	$2.91	$2.58	$2.31	$2.41	$2.22	$1.78	$1.58	$1.69
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	266	319	381	449	507	613	1,067	1,539	1,827	2,123
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund (Class 3) (2/21/1995)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.20	$1.20	$1.21	$1.23	$1.24	$1.26	$1.28	$1.30	$1.31	$1.33
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.20	$1.20	$1.20	$1.21	$1.23	$1.24	$1.26	$1.28	$1.30	$1.31
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2,284	2,512	3,009	3,452	2,179	2,496	2,750	2,860	3,784	4,615
Columbia Variable Portfolio – High Yield Bond Fund (Class 3) (8/26/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.23	$2.35	$2.24	$2.03	$2.09	$2.04	$1.95	$1.71	$1.64	$1.46
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.56	$2.23	$2.35	$2.24	$2.03	$2.09	$2.04	$1.95	$1.71	$1.64
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	282	271	329	407	490	560	773	971	1,146	1,400
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3) (2/21/1995)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.23	$2.26	$2.21	$2.14	$2.17	$2.09	$2.17	$2.04	$1.94	$1.82
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.40	$2.23	$2.26	$2.21	$2.14	$2.17	$2.09	$2.17	$2.04	$1.94
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	706	755	840	961	1,077	1,216	1,527	2,043	2,171	2,609
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Select Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.12	$2.46	$2.22	$1.98	$2.07	$1.98	$1.36	$1.17	$1.29	$1.03
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.45	$2.12	$2.46	$2.22	$1.98	$2.07	$1.98	$1.36	$1.17	$1.29
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	22	24	26	25	38	53	57	67	75	105
Columbia Variable Portfolio – U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.30	$1.29	$1.27	$1.26	$1.26	$1.21	$1.25	$1.25	$1.25	$1.23
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.36	$1.30	$1.29	$1.27	$1.26	$1.26	$1.21	$1.25	$1.25	$1.25
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	273	257	388	467	459	562	619	688	803	893
Fidelity® VIP Balanced Portfolio Service Class 2 (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.13	$2.26	$1.98	$1.87	$1.89	$1.75	$1.48	$1.31	$1.38	$1.19
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.61	$2.13	$2.26	$1.98	$1.87	$1.89	$1.75	$1.48	$1.31	$1.38
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	26	26	27	27	27	27	27	26	25	24
Fidelity® VIP Growth & Income Portfolio Service Class 2 (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.11	$2.35	$2.04	$1.79	$1.86	$1.71	$1.30	$1.12	$1.12	$0.99
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.69	$2.11	$2.35	$2.04	$1.79	$1.86	$1.71	$1.30	$1.12	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	9	9	9	9	9	9	9	9	9	46
Fidelity® VIP Growth Portfolio Service Class 2 (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.35	$2.40	$1.80	$1.82	$1.73	$1.58	$1.18	$1.04	$1.06	$0.87
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.11	$2.35	$2.40	$1.80	$1.82	$1.73	$1.58	$1.18	$1.04	$1.06
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	15	16	46	47	37	61	111	144	158	187
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2 (5/1/2001)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.59	$4.27	$3.59	$3.26	$3.36	$3.21	$2.40	$2.12	$2.41	$1.90
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.36	$3.59	$4.27	$3.59	$3.26	$3.36	$3.21	$2.40	$2.12	$2.41
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	152	157	178	202	238	292	449	629	812	1,103
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund – Class 2 (9/22/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.44	$2.72	$2.54	$2.22	$2.37	$2.24	$1.77	$1.57	$1.61	$1.47
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.94	$2.44	$2.72	$2.54	$2.22	$2.37	$2.24	$1.77	$1.57	$1.61
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	711	804	950	1,180	1,259	1,538	1,777	2,135	2,449	3,186

RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    57

Variable account charges of 1.40% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Franklin Small Cap Value VIP Fund – Class 2 (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.87	$3.34	$3.06	$2.38	$2.61	$2.63	$1.96	$1.68	$1.77	$1.40
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.58	$2.87	$3.34	$3.06	$2.38	$2.61	$2.63	$1.96	$1.68	$1.77
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	34	43	51	56	58	65	90	113	131	165
Franklin Small-Mid Cap Growth VIP Fund – Class 2 (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.06	$1.14	$0.95	$0.92	$0.96	$0.91	$0.67	$0.61	$0.65	$0.52
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.37	$1.06	$1.14	$0.95	$0.92	$0.96	$0.91	$0.67	$0.61	$0.65
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	164	165	186	221	243	265	396	477	750	957
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series II Shares (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.75	$1.85	$1.47	$1.46	$1.42	$1.33	$0.96	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.35	$1.75	$1.85	$1.47	$1.46	$1.42	$1.33	$0.96	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	9	31	48	49	49	52	62	88	—	—
Invesco V.I. Core Equity Fund, Series II Shares (4/28/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.59	$1.79	$1.61	$1.48	$1.60	$1.50	$1.18	$1.05	$1.07	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.02	$1.59	$1.79	$1.61	$1.48	$1.60	$1.50	$1.18	$1.05	$1.07
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	5	5	5
MFS® Investors Trust Series – Service Class (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.27	$2.45	$2.02	$1.89	$1.91	$1.75	$1.35	$1.15	$1.20	$1.10
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.94	$2.27	$2.45	$2.02	$1.89	$1.91	$1.75	$1.35	$1.15	$1.20
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	12	33	34	34	110	110	111	111	111	112
MFS® New Discovery Series – Service Class (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.52	$2.60	$2.09	$1.95	$2.02	$2.21	$1.59	$1.33	$1.51	$1.13
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.52	$2.52	$2.60	$2.09	$1.95	$2.02	$2.21	$1.59	$1.33	$1.51
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	7	7	7	7	7	7	7	27	36	72
MFS® Total Return Series – Service Class (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.88	$2.03	$1.84	$1.71	$1.74	$1.63	$1.40	$1.28	$1.27	$1.18
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.23	$1.88	$2.03	$1.84	$1.71	$1.74	$1.63	$1.40	$1.28	$1.27
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	244	270	290	336	365	500	604	700	881	1,125
MFS® Utilities Series – Service Class (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.90	$3.93	$3.48	$3.17	$3.77	$3.40	$2.87	$2.57	$2.45	$2.19
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.80	$3.90	$3.93	$3.48	$3.17	$3.77	$3.40	$2.87	$2.57	$2.45
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	32	33	33	34	33	36	36	42	74	96
Putnam VT Equity Income Fund – Class IB Shares (5/12/2017)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.01	$1.12	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.30	$1.01	$1.12	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	524	617	717	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Putnam VT Income Fund – Class IB Shares (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.69	$1.71	$1.65	$1.64	$1.68	$1.60	$1.60	$1.46	$1.41	$1.30
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.87	$1.69	$1.71	$1.65	$1.64	$1.68	$1.60	$1.60	$1.46	$1.41
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Putnam VT International Equity Fund – Class IB Shares (9/22/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.30	$1.63	$1.31	$1.36	$1.38	$1.50	$1.19	$0.99	$1.20	$1.11
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.61	$1.30	$1.63	$1.31	$1.36	$1.38	$1.50	$1.19	$0.99	$1.20
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	242	248	282	297	527	565	636	714	947	1,199
Putnam VT Sustainable Leaders Fund – Class IB Shares (9/24/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.37	$2.44	$1.91	$1.80	$1.83	$1.64	$1.22	$1.06	$1.13	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.19	$2.37	$2.44	$1.91	$1.80	$1.83	$1.64	$1.22	$1.06	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	74	78	80	97	117	136	148	210	256	347
Templeton Foreign VIP Fund – Class 2 (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.64	$1.97	$1.71	$1.62	$1.75	$2.00	$1.65	$1.42	$1.61	$1.50
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.82	$1.64	$1.97	$1.71	$1.62	$1.75	$2.00	$1.65	$1.42	$1.61
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	138	150	172	200	209	230	286	330	396	517

Variable account charges of 1.80% of the daily net assets of the variable account.

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Balanced Fund (Class 3) (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.73	$1.88	$1.67	$1.60	$1.60	$1.48	$1.24	$1.10	$1.10	$0.99
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.09	$1.73	$1.88	$1.67	$1.60	$1.60	$1.48	$1.24	$1.10	$1.10
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—

58    RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.80% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.69	$2.85	$2.33	$2.20	$2.22	$1.96	$1.50	$1.34	$1.29	$1.12
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.29	$2.69	$2.85	$2.33	$2.20	$2.22	$1.96	$1.50	$1.34	$1.29
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	116	119	160	180	196	223	339	445	540	619
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3) (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.30	$2.49	$2.22	$1.99	$2.09	$1.93	$1.55	$1.39	$1.49	$1.29
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.80	$2.30	$2.49	$2.22	$1.99	$2.09	$1.93	$1.55	$1.39	$1.49
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	164	208	240	253	308	348	414	545	634	679
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund (Class 3) (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.88	$0.88	$0.89	$0.91	$0.93	$0.94	$0.96	$0.98	$0.99	$1.01
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.88	$0.88	$0.88	$0.89	$0.91	$0.93	$0.94	$0.96	$0.98	$0.99
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	593	766	901	882	733	260	272	410	653	834
Columbia Variable Portfolio – High Yield Bond Fund (Class 3) (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.15	$2.29	$2.19	$1.99	$2.05	$2.02	$1.93	$1.70	$1.64	$1.47
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.47	$2.15	$2.29	$2.19	$1.99	$2.05	$2.02	$1.93	$1.70	$1.64
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	70	92	119	126	152	403	1,217	855	1,573	1,532
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3) (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.35	$1.37	$1.35	$1.31	$1.33	$1.29	$1.34	$1.27	$1.21	$1.14
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.45	$1.35	$1.37	$1.35	$1.31	$1.33	$1.29	$1.34	$1.27	$1.21
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	100	108	116	115	121	127	130	167	149	178
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Select Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.47	$2.88	$2.62	$2.34	$2.46	$2.37	$1.62	$1.40	$1.56	$1.25
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.85	$2.47	$2.88	$2.62	$2.34	$2.46	$2.37	$1.62	$1.40	$1.56
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3) (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.07	$1.07	$1.05	$1.05	$1.05	$1.01	$1.05	$1.05	$1.06	$1.05
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.12	$1.07	$1.07	$1.05	$1.05	$1.05	$1.01	$1.05	$1.05	$1.06
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	51	54	76	78	83	268	98	1,195	135	188
Fidelity® VIP Balanced Portfolio Service Class 2 (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.94	$2.07	$1.81	$1.72	$1.75	$1.62	$1.38	$1.22	$1.30	$1.12
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.36	$1.94	$2.07	$1.81	$1.72	$1.75	$1.62	$1.38	$1.22	$1.30
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Fidelity® VIP Growth & Income Portfolio Service Class 2 (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.97	$2.21	$1.93	$1.69	$1.77	$1.64	$1.25	$1.08	$1.08	$0.96
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.51	$1.97	$2.21	$1.93	$1.69	$1.77	$1.64	$1.25	$1.08	$1.08
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Fidelity® VIP Growth Portfolio Service Class 2 (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.20	$2.25	$1.70	$1.72	$1.64	$1.50	$1.12	$1.00	$1.02	$0.84
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.89	$2.20	$2.25	$1.70	$1.72	$1.64	$1.50	$1.12	$1.00	$1.02
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2 (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.18	$3.80	$3.21	$2.92	$3.02	$2.90	$2.17	$1.93	$2.21	$1.75
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.85	$3.18	$3.80	$3.21	$2.92	$3.02	$2.90	$2.17	$1.93	$2.21
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	30	35	37	42	53	82	107	137	159	168
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund – Class 2 (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.86	$2.08	$1.95	$1.71	$1.84	$1.75	$1.39	$1.23	$1.27	$1.16
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.24	$1.86	$2.08	$1.95	$1.71	$1.84	$1.75	$1.39	$1.23	$1.27
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	34	34	34	34	9	9	9	9	8	31
Franklin Small Cap Value VIP Fund – Class 2 (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.68	$3.13	$2.88	$2.26	$2.48	$2.51	$1.88	$1.61	$1.71	$1.36
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.33	$2.68	$3.13	$2.88	$2.26	$2.48	$2.51	$1.88	$1.61	$1.71
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	2	14	14	15	15	16
Franklin Small-Mid Cap Growth VIP Fund – Class 2 (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.10	$2.26	$1.89	$1.85	$1.94	$1.84	$1.35	$1.24	$1.33	$1.06
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.71	$2.10	$2.26	$1.89	$1.85	$1.94	$1.84	$1.35	$1.24	$1.33
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	7	7	7	7	7	7	7	7	8	8
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series II Shares (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.70	$1.80	$1.45	$1.44	$1.40	$1.32	$0.96	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.28	$1.70	$1.80	$1.45	$1.44	$1.40	$1.32	$0.96	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	2	2	—	—

RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    59

Variable account charges of 1.80% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Invesco V.I. Core Equity Fund, Series II Shares (4/28/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.52	$1.71	$1.54	$1.42	$1.54	$1.46	$1.15	$1.03	$1.05	$0.98
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.91	$1.52	$1.71	$1.54	$1.42	$1.54	$1.46	$1.15	$1.03	$1.05
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
MFS® Investors Trust Series – Service Class (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.13	$2.30	$1.90	$1.79	$1.82	$1.67	$1.29	$1.11	$1.16	$1.06
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.74	$2.13	$2.30	$1.90	$1.79	$1.82	$1.67	$1.29	$1.11	$1.16
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
MFS® New Discovery Series – Service Class (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.36	$2.44	$1.97	$1.84	$1.92	$2.11	$1.52	$1.28	$1.46	$1.09
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.27	$2.36	$2.44	$1.97	$1.84	$1.92	$2.11	$1.52	$1.28	$1.46
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
MFS® Total Return Series – Service Class (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.73	$1.87	$1.70	$1.59	$1.63	$1.53	$1.31	$1.21	$1.21	$1.12
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.04	$1.73	$1.87	$1.70	$1.59	$1.63	$1.53	$1.31	$1.21	$1.21
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	5	5	5	42	41	39	67	65
MFS® Utilities Series – Service Class (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.56	$3.60	$3.20	$2.93	$3.50	$3.17	$2.68	$2.41	$2.31	$2.07
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.37	$3.56	$3.60	$3.20	$2.93	$3.50	$3.17	$2.68	$2.41	$2.31
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	3	3	4	5	5	5	5	6	13	13
Putnam VT Equity Income Fund – Class IB Shares (5/12/2017)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.01	$1.12	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.29	$1.01	$1.12	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Putnam VT Income Fund – Class IB Shares (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.51	$1.53	$1.48	$1.48	$1.53	$1.46	$1.46	$1.34	$1.30	$1.20
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.66	$1.51	$1.53	$1.48	$1.48	$1.53	$1.46	$1.46	$1.34	$1.30
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Putnam VT International Equity Fund – Class IB Shares (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.35	$1.70	$1.37	$1.43	$1.45	$1.59	$1.26	$1.05	$1.29	$1.19
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.66	$1.35	$1.70	$1.37	$1.43	$1.45	$1.59	$1.26	$1.05	$1.29
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	6	12	12	12	12	12
Putnam VT Sustainable Leaders Fund – Class IB Shares (9/24/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.29	$2.37	$1.87	$1.76	$1.80	$1.62	$1.21	$1.05	$1.13	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.07	$2.29	$2.37	$1.87	$1.76	$1.80	$1.62	$1.21	$1.05	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Templeton Foreign VIP Fund – Class 2 (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.51	$1.81	$1.58	$1.50	$1.64	$1.87	$1.55	$1.34	$1.52	$1.43
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.66	$1.51	$1.81	$1.58	$1.50	$1.64	$1.87	$1.55	$1.34	$1.52
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—

60    RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information

Calculating Annuity Payouts	p. 3
Rating Agencies	p. 4
Principal Underwriter	p. 4
Service Providers	p. 4
Custodian	p. 5
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	p. 5
Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	p. 6
Financial Statements

RiverSource FlexChoice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    61

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474
1-800-333-3437

45271  CG (5/20)

RiverSource Distributors, Inc. (Distributor), Member FINRA. Issued by RiverSource Life Insurance Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota. ©2008-2020 RiverSource Life Insurance Company. All rights reserved.

Prospectus

May 1, 2020

RiverSource^®

Builder Select Variable Annuity

(also known as Wells Fargo Builder Select Variable Annuity)

Individual Flexible Premium Deferred Combination Fixed/Variable Annuity

Issued by:	RiverSource Life Insurance Company (RiverSource Life)
	829 Ameriprise Financial Center Minneapolis, MN 55474 Telephone: 1-800-333-3437 (Service Center) RiverSource Variable Annuity Account/RiverSource MVA Account​

New contracts are not currently being offered.

This prospectus contains information that you should know before investing. Investment options available under the contract are listed below:

AB Variable Products Series Fund, Inc. (Class B)

American Century˛ Variable Portfolios, Inc., Class II

BNY Mellon Investment Portfolios

Columbia Funds Variable Insurance Trust

Columbia Funds Variable Series Trust II

Credit Suisse Trust

Eaton Vance Variable Trust (VT)

Fidelity Variable Insurance Products Service Class 2

Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust – Class 2

Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust (VIT)

Invesco Variable Insurance Funds

Janus Aspen Series: Service Shares

Legg Mason Partners Variable Equity Trust

MFS Variable Insurance Trust^SM – Service Class

Morgan Stanley Variable Insurance Fund, Inc. (VIF)

Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds, Service Shares

PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust (VIT)

Putnam Variable Trust – Class IB Shares

Wanger Advisors Trust

Wells Fargo Variable Trust

 

Some funds may not be available under your contract. Please read the prospectuses carefully and keep them for future reference.

This contract provides for purchase payment credits to eligible contract owners, which we may reverse under certain circumstances. (See “Buying Your Contract — Purchase Payment Credits”). Expense charges for contracts with purchase payment credits may be higher than expenses for contracts without such credits. The amount of the credit may be more than offset by any additional fees and charges associated with the credit.

The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

An investment in this contract is not a deposit of a bank or financial institution and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) or any other government agency. An investment in this contract involves investment risk including the possible loss of principal.

A Statement of Additional Information (SAI), dated the same date as this prospectus, is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. It is filed with the SEC and is available without charge by contacting RiverSource Life at the telephone number and address listed above. The table of contents of the SAI is on the last page of this prospectus. The SEC maintains an Internet site. This prospectus, the SAI and other information about the product are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at (http://www.sec.gov).

Variable annuities are complex products. The fees and charges, as well as the available features and benefits, of the variable annuity contracts described in this prospectus will be different from other variable annuities offered in the

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    1

marketplace, including other variable annuities or other types of annuities offered by RiverSource Life. The interest credited, guarantees provided, and credits available, as well as the funds serving as underlying investments and their corresponding expenses, may differ among the variable annuities that are available to you. With the aid of an appropriate financial professional, we encourage you to compare and contrast the variable annuity contracts described in this prospectus with other variable annuities available in the marketplace, including other types of annuities we may offer. This will aid in determining whether purchasing a contract is consistent with your investment objectives, risk tolerance, time horizon, marital status, tax situation, and your unique financial situation and needs. If you select an annuity that includes surrender or other liquidation charges, you should also consider any future needs you may have to access your contract value. The optional benefits and features available with the contracts usually come with additional costs. Consider any additional costs carefully when electing these optional benefits and features.

Beginning on January 1, 2021, as permitted by regulations adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission, paper copies of your underlying funds’ shareholder reports will no longer be sent by mail, unless you specifically request paper copies of the reports from RiverSource Life. Instead, the reports will be made available on a website, and you will be notified each time a report is posted and provided with a website link to access the report.

You may elect to receive all future reports in paper free of charge. You can inform RiverSource Life that you wish to continue receiving paper copies of your shareholder reports by calling our Service Center at 1-800-862-7919. Your election to receive reports in paper will apply to all funds available under your variable annuity contract.

Effects of COVID-19 Pandemic

The coronavirus disease 2019 (“COVID-19”) public health crisis presents ongoing significant economic and societal disruption and has driven significant volatility in the equity and interest rate markets. Any periods of continued high market volatility, and your individual circumstances (e.g., your selected allocations and the timing of any purchase payments, transfers, or withdrawals), will affect values under your contract. As part of how we maintain our strong financial strength and claims-paying ability, we continue to reserve amounts for our contractual obligations in accordance with significant state solvency regulations. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic may impact financial markets, investment performance under your contract, and our financial strength and claims-paying ability will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be estimated, including the scope and duration of the pandemic and actions taken by governmental authorities, market participants, and other third parties in response to the pandemic.

We have implemented comprehensive strategies to address the operating environment spurred by the pandemic.  To promote the safety and security of our employees and to assure the continuity of our business operations, we have implemented a work from home protocol for virtually all of our employee population, restricted business travel, and provided resources for complying with the guidance from the World Health Organization, the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and government authorities. We have been satisfying elevated customer service volumes and our operations teams have continued to operate successfully and without disruptions in service. Our pandemic strategy is flexible and scalable and takes into consideration that a pandemic could be widespread and may occur in multiple waves, affecting different communities at different times with varying levels of severity. We cannot, however, predict the impact that natural or man-made disasters and catastrophes, including the COVID-19 pandemic, may have over near- or longer-term periods.

2    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Table of Contents

Key Terms	5
The Contract in Brief	7
Expense Summary	9
Contract Owner Transaction Expenses	9
Annual Variable Account Expenses	9
Other Annual Expenses	10
Optional Death Benefits	10
Optional Living Benefits	10
Annual Operating Expenses of the Funds	12
Condensed Financial Information	14
Financial Statements	14
The Variable Account and the Funds	14
The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)	30
Market Value Adjustment (MVA)	30
The General Account	31
The Fixed Account	31
The One-Year Fixed Account	32
DCA Fixed Account	32
Buying Your Contract	33
The Retirement Date	34
Beneficiary	35
Purchase Payments	35
How to Make Purchase Payments	36
Purchase Payment Credits	36
Limitations on Use of Contract	37
Charges	37
All Contracts	37
Contract Administrative Charge	37
Variable Account Administrative Charge	37
Mortality and Expense Risk Fee	37
Withdrawal Charge	38
Optional Living Benefits Charges	40
Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider Fee	40
SecureSource Rider Fee	41
SecureSource 20 Rider Fee	43
Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider Fee	44
Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider Fee	46
Income Assurer Benefit Rider Fee	47
Optional Death Benefit Charges	48
Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider Fee	48
Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider Fee	48
Fund Fees and Expenses	48
Premium Taxes	48

Valuing Your Investment	49
GPAs	49
The Fixed Account	49
Subaccounts	49
Making the Most of Your Contract	51
Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging	51
Asset Rebalancing	51
Portfolio Navigator Program (PN program) and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds	52
Transferring Among Accounts	55
How to request a Transfer or Withdrawal	57
Withdrawals	58
Withdrawal Policies	59
Receiving Payment	59
TSA–Special Provisions	60
Participants in Tax-Sheltered Annuities	60
Changing Ownership	61
Benefits in Case of Death	61
If You Die Before Your Retirement Date	63
Optional Benefits	64
Optional Living Benefits	65
SecureSource Rider	78
Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider	90
Optional Living Benefits – Previously Offered	93
Optional Additional Death Benefits	93
Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector)	93
Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus)	94
The Annuity Payout Period	94
Annuity Tables	95
Annuity Payout Plans	95
Taxes	97
Nonqualified Annuities	97
Qualified Annuities	99
Other	100
Voting Rights	101
Substitution of Investments	101
About the Service Providers	102
Principal Underwriter	102
Service Providers	103
Issuer	103
Legal Proceedings	103
Additional Information	104
Incorporation of Certain Documents By Reference	104

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    3

Table of Contents

Available Information	104
Indemnification	104
Appendices	105
Table of Contents and Cross-Reference Table	105
Appendix A: Example — Market Value Adjustment (MVA)	106
Appendix B: Example — Withdrawal  Charges	108
Appendix C: Example — Death Benefits	112
Appendix D: Example — SecureSource Series of Riders	115
Appendix E: SecureSource Series of Riders — Additional Required Minimum Distribution (RMD) Disclosure	121
Appendix F: Example — Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider	123
Appendix G: Example — Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider	125
Appendix H: Asset Allocation Program for Contracts With Applications Signed Before May 1, 2006	127
Appendix I: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider Disclosure	128
Appendix J: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider Disclosure	140
Appendix K:  Income Assurer Benefit Riders	148
Appendix L: Example — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider	158
Appendix M: Withdrawal Benefit Riders: Electing Step Up or Spousal Continuation Step Up	159
Appendix N: Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	160
Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information	171

4    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Key Terms

These terms can help you understand details about your contract.

Accumulation unit: A measure of the value of each subaccount prior of the application of amounts to an annuity payment plan.

Annuitant: The person or persons on whose life or life expectancy the annuity payouts are based.

Annuity payouts: An amount paid at regular intervals under one of several plans.

Assumed investment rate: The rate of return we assume your investments will earn when we calculate your initial annuity payout amount using the annuity table in your contract. The standard assumed investment rate we use is 5% but you may request we substitute an assumed investment rate of 3.5%.

Beneficiary: The person you designate to receive benefits in case of the  owner’s or annuitant’s death while the contract is in force.

Close of business: The time the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) closes (4 p.m. Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier).

Code: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Contract: A deferred annuity contract that permits you to accumulate money for retirement by making one or more purchase payments. It provides for lifetime or other forms of payouts beginning at a specified time in the future.

Contract value: The total value of your contract before we deduct any applicable charges.

Contract year: A period of 12 months, starting on the effective date of your contract and on each anniversary of the effective date.

Fixed account: Part of our general account which includes the one-year fixed account and the DCA fixed account. Amounts you allocate to the fixed account earn interest rates we declare periodically.

Funds: Investment options under your contract. You may allocate your purchase payments into subaccounts investing in shares of the funds.

Good order: We cannot process your transaction request relating to the contract until we have received the request in good order at our Service Center. “Good order” means the actual receipt of the requested transaction in writing, along with all information, forms and supporting legal documentation necessary to effect the transaction. To be in “good order,” your instructions must be sufficiently clear so that we do not need to exercise any discretion to follow such instructions. This information and documentation generally includes your completed request; the contract number; the transaction amount (in dollars); the names of and allocations to and/or from the subaccounts and the fixed account affected by the requested transaction; Social Security

Number or Taxpayer Identification Number; and any other information, forms or supporting documentation that we may require. For certain transactions, at our option, we may require the signature of all contract owners for the request to be in good order. With respect to purchase requests, “good order” also generally includes receipt of sufficient payment by us to effect the purchase. We may, in our sole discretion, determine whether any particular transaction request is in good order, and we reserve the right to change or waive any good order requirements at any time.

Guarantee Period: The number of successive 12-month periods that a guaranteed interest rate is credited.

Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs): A nonunitized separate account to which you may allocate purchase payments and purchase payment credits or transfer contract value of at least $1,000. These accounts have guaranteed interest rates for guarantee periods we declare when you allocate purchase payments and purchase payment credits or transfer contract value to a GPA. These guaranteed rates and periods of time may vary by state. Unless an exception applies, transfers or withdrawals from a GPA done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will receive a market value adjustment, which may result in a gain or loss of principal.

Market Value Adjustment (MVA): A positive or negative adjustment assessed if any portion of a Guarantee Period Account is withdrawn or transferred more than 30 days before the end of its guarantee period.

Owner (you, your): The person or persons identified in the contract as owners(s) of the contract, who has or have the right to control the contract (to decide on investment allocations, transfers, payout options, etc.). Usually, but not always, the owner is also the annuitant. During the owner’s life, the owner is responsible for taxes, regardless of whether he or she receives the contract’s benefits. The owner or any joint owner may be a non-natural person (e.g. irrevocable trust or corporation) or a revocable trust. If any owner is a non-natural person or revocable trust, the annuitant will be deemed to be the owner for contract provisions that are based on the age or life of the owner. When the contract is owned by a revocable trust or irrevocable grantor trust, the annuitant selected should be the grantor of the trust to assure compliance with Section 72(s) of the Code. Any contract provisions that are based on the age of the owner will be based on the age of the oldest owner. Any ownership change, including continuation of the contract by your spouse under the spousal continuation provision of the contract, redefines “owner”, “you” and “your”.

Purchase payment credits: An addition we make to your contract value. We determine the credit percentage based on cumulative net payments (total payments less withdrawals). We apply the credit to your contract based on your current payment.

 

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    5

Qualified annuity: A contract that you purchase to fund one of the following tax-deferred retirement plans that is subject to applicable federal law and any rules of the plan itself:

• Individual Retirement Annuities (IRAs) including inherited IRAs under Section 408(b) of the Code

• Roth IRAs including inherited Roth IRAs under Section 408A of the Code

• Simplified Employee Pension (SEP) plans under Section 408(k) of the Code

• Custodial and investment only plans under Section 401(a) of the Code

• Tax-Sheltered Annuity (TSA) rollovers under Section 403(b) of the Code

A qualified annuity will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral if it is used to fund a retirement plan that is already tax deferred.

All other contracts are considerednonqualified annuities.

Retirement date: The date when annuity payouts are scheduled to begin.

Rider effective date: The date a rider becomes effective as stated in the rider.

RiverSource Life: In this prospectus, “we,” “us,” “our” and “RiverSource Life” refer to RiverSource Life Insurance Company.

Service Center: Our department that processes all transaction and service requests for the contracts. We consider all transaction and service requests received when they arrive in good order at the Service Center. Any transaction or service requests sent or directed to any location other than our Service Center may end up delayed or not processed. Our Service Center address and telephone number are listed on the first page of the prospectus.

Valuation date: Any normal business day, Monday through Friday, on which the NYSE is open, up to the time it closes. At the NYSE close, the next valuation date begins. We calculate the accumulation unit value of each subaccount on each valuation date. If we receive your purchase payment or any transaction request (such as a transfer or withdrawal request) in good order at our Service Center before the close of business, we will process your payment or transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your payment or transaction request. On the other hand, if we receive your purchase payment or transaction request in good order at our Service Center at or after the close of business, we will process your payment or transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date. If you make a transaction request by telephone (including by fax), you must have completed your transaction by the close of business in order for us to process it using the accumulation unit value we calculate on that valuation date. If you were not able to complete your transaction before the close of business for any reason, including telephone service interruptions or delays due to high call volume, we will process your transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date.

Variable account: Consists of separate subaccounts to which you may allocate purchase payments; each invests in shares of one fund. The value of your investment in each subaccount changes with the performance of the particular fund.

Withdrawal value: The amount you are entitled to receive if you make a full withdrawal from your contract. It is the contract value minus any applicable charges and any purchase payment credits subject to reversal, plus any positive or negative market value adjustment.

6    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The Contract in Brief

Purpose: The purpose of the contract is to allow you to accumulate money for retirement or similar long term goal. You do this by making one or more purchase payments. You may allocate your purchase payments to the one-year fixed account (if part of your contract), the DCA fixed account, GPAs and/or subaccounts of the variable account under the contract; however you risk losing amounts you invest in the subaccounts of the variable account.; however you risk losing amounts you invest in the subaccounts of the variable account. These accounts, in turn, may earn returns that increase the value of a contract. If the contract value goes to zero due to underlying fund’s performance or deduction of fees, the contract will no longer be in force and the contract (including any death benefit riders) will terminate. You may be able to purchase an optional benefit to reduce the investment risk you assume. Beginning at a specified time in the future called the retirement date, the contract provides lifetime or other forms of payouts of your contract value (less any applicable premium tax).

It may have not been advantageous for you to purchase this contract in exchange for, or in addition to, an existing annuity or life insurance policy. Generally, you can exchange one annuity for another or for a long-term care policy in a “tax-free” exchange under Section 1035 of the Code. You can also do a partial exchange from one annuity contract to another annuity contract, subject to Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) rules. You also generally can exchange a life insurance policy for an annuity. However, before making an exchange, you should compare both contracts carefully because the features and benefits may be different. Fees and charges may be higher or lower on your old contract than on this contract. You may have to pay a withdrawal charge when you exchange out of your old contract and a new withdrawal period will begin when you exchange into this contract. If the exchange does not qualify for Section 1035 treatment, you also may have to pay federal income tax on the distribution. State income taxes may also apply. You should not exchange your old contract for this contract, or buy this contract in addition to your old contract, unless you determine it is in your best interest. (See “Taxes-1035 Exchanges”.)

Tax-deferred retirement plans: Most annuities have a tax-deferred feature. So do many retirement plans under the Code including 403(b) plans. As a result, when you use a qualified annuity to fund a retirement plan that is tax-deferred, your contract will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral beyond what is provided in that retirement plan. Some employers may permit you to deposit your contributions into other investments such as mutual funds. If such investments are available to you, before enrolling under the contract, you should consider features other than tax deferral that may help you reach your retirement goals. In addition, the Code subjects retirement plans to required withdrawals triggered at age 72 (triggered at age 70 ½ if you turned 70 ½ before Jan. 1, 2020). These mandatory withdrawals are called required minimum distributions

(“RMDs”). RMDs may reduce the value of certain death benefits and optional riders (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). You should consult your tax advisor before you purchase the contract as a qualified annuity for an explanation of the tax implications to you.

Buying a contract: We no longer offer new contracts. However, you have the option of making additional purchase payments in the future, subject to certain limitations. Purchase payment amounts and purchase payment timing may be limited under the terms of your contract and/or pursuant to state requirements. (See “Buying Your Contract”).

Free look period: The contracts in this prospectus are no longer sold. Generally, all available free look periods have now expired.

Accounts: Generally, you may allocate purchase payments among the:

• subaccounts of the variable account, each of which invests in a fund with a particular investment objective. The value of each subaccount varies with the performance of the particular fund in which it invests. We cannot guarantee that the value at the retirement date will equal or exceed the total purchase payments you allocate to the subaccounts. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds”).

• GPAs which earn interest at rates declared when you make an allocation to that account. The required minimum investment in each GPA is $1,000. These accounts may not be available in all states. (See “The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)”)

• one-year fixed account (if part of your contract), which earns interest at rates that we adjust periodically. There are restrictions on the amount you can allocate to this account as well as on transfers from this account (see “The Fixed Account – One-Year Fixed Account“ )

• DCA fixed account, if part of your contract, which earns interest at rates that we adjust periodically. There are restrictions on how long contract value can remain in this account. (See “The Fixed Account — DCA Fixed Account”).

Transfers: Subject to certain restrictions, you currently may redistribute your contract value among the accounts without charge at any time until annuity payouts begin, and once per contract year among the subaccounts after annuity payouts begin. Transfers out of the GPAs done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will be subject to a MVA, unless an exception applies. You may establish automated transfers among the accounts. We reserve the right to limit transfers to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then currently crediting is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transferring Among Accounts”).

 

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    7

Withdrawals: You may withdraw all or part of your contract value at any time before the retirement date. You also may establish automated partial withdrawals. Withdrawals may be subject to charges and tax penalties (including a 10% IRS penalty that may apply if you make withdrawals prior to your reaching age 59½) and may have other tax consequences. If you have elected the theSecureSource 20 rider, please consider carefully when you take withdrawals. If you take any withdrawals during the 3-year waiting period, your benefits will be set to zero until the end of the waiting period when they will be reset based on your contract value at that time and you will no longer be eligible to receive the 20% credit available under theSecureSource 20 rider. Certain other restrictions may apply. (See “Withdrawals”)

Optional benefits:These contracts offered optional living and death benefits that were available for additional charges if you met certain criteria. Please note, since the contracts in this prospectus are no longer sold, any optional benefits you may have elected were done so at the time of application. You cannot add optional benefits to your contract after it has been issued. Any optional benefits we describe are not available to add to your contract. (See “Optional Benefits”).

Optional living benefits include: different versions of the guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits, which permit you to withdraw a guaranteed amount from the contract over a period of time, Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, which provides you with a guaranteed contract value at the end of specified waiting period regardless of the volatility inherent in the investments in the subaccounts, and Income Assurer Benefit rider, which provides you with a guaranteed minimum income regardless of the volatility inherent in the investments in the subaccounts. Guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits permit you to withdraw a guaranteed amount from the contract over a period of time, which may include the lifetime of a single person (Single Life) or the lifetime of you and your spouse (Joint Life). Guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits areSecureSourceseries riders, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider and Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider. When used in this

prospectus, the term “SecureSourceseries” includes: theSecureSource 20 riders and the SecureSource riders, except where theSecureSource 20 riders andSecureSource riders are specifically referenced and distinguished from other riders in theSecureSource series.

If you selected an optional living benefit, we restrict investment options available to you which may limit transfers and allocations; may limit the timing, amount and allocation of purchase payments; and may limit the amount of surrenders that can be taken under the optional benefit during a contract year. For more information on optional living benefits, please see “Optional Benefits — Optional Living Benefits”. Optional benefits vary by state and may have eligibility requirements.

We offered the following optional death benefits: MAV Death Benefit, 5% Accumulation Death Benefit, Enhanced Death Benefit, Benefit Protector Death Benefit rider and Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit rider. Benefit Protector Death Benefit rider and Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit rider are intended to provide an additional benefit to your beneficiary to help offset expenses after your death such as funeral expenses or federal and state taxes.

Benefits in case of death: If you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin, we will pay the beneficiary an amount based on the death benefit selected. (See “Benefits in Case of Death”).

Annuity payouts: You can apply your contract value, after reflecting any adjustments, to an annuity payout plan that begins on the retirement date. You may choose from a variety of plans that can help meet your retirement or other income needs. The payout schedule must meet IRS requirements. We can make payouts on a fixed or variable basis, or both. During the annuity payout period, your choices for subaccounts may be limited. The GPAs and the DCA fixed accounts are not available during the payout period. (See “The Annuity Payout Period”).

8    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Expense Summary

The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you paid when buying, owning and making a withdrawal from the contract. The first table describes the fees and expenses that you paid at the time that you bought the contract and will pay when you make a withdrawal from the contract. State premium taxes also may be deducted.

Contract Owner Transaction Expenses

Withdrawal charge⁽¹⁾

(Contingent deferred sales charge as a percentage of purchase payments withdrawn)

You selected either a six-year or eight-year withdrawal charge schedule at the time of application.

Six-year schedule		Eight-year schedule
Number of completed years from date of each purchase payment*	Withdrawal charge percentage applied to each purchase payment	Number of completed years from date of each purchase payment*	Withdrawal charge percentage applied to each purchase payment
0	8%	0	8%
1	8	1	8
2	8	2	8
3	6	3	8
4	4	4	8
5	2	5	6
Thereafter	0	6	4
		7	2
		Thereafter	0

(1)	For Alaska, Arizona, Colorado, Connecticut, Florida, Georgia, Illinois, Michigan, Mississippi, New Jersey, Oregon, Utah and Washington contracts, the eight-year withdrawal charge schedule is modified as follows: Years 1-3 – 8%; Year 4 – 7%; Year 5 – 6%; Year 6 – 5%; Year 7 – 4%; Year 8 – 2%; and Years 9+ – 0%.
*	According to our current administrative practice, for the purpose of withdrawal charge calculation, we consider that the year is completed one day prior to the contract anniversary.

Liquidation charge under Variable Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:If you are receiving variable annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to withdraw those payments. The amount that you can withdraw is the present value of any remaining variable payouts. The discount rate we use in the calculation will be 5.17% if the assumed investment return is 3.5% and 6.67% if the assumed investment return is 5%. The liquidation charge equals the present value of the remaining payouts using the assumed investment return minus the present value of the remaining payouts using the discount rate. (See “Charges — WithdrawalCharge” and “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Withdrawal charge for Fixed Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:

Number of Completed Years Since Annuitization	Withdrawal charge percentage
0	Not applicable*
1	5%
2	4
3	3
4	2
5	1
6 and thereafter	0

*We do not permit withdrawals in the first year after annuitization.

The next tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay periodically during the time that you own the contract, not including fund fees and expenses.

Annual contract administrative charge and at full surrender $40

(We will waive this charge when your contract value is $50,000 or more on the current contract anniversary except at full surrender.)

Annual Variable Account Expenses

(As a percentage of average daily subaccount value.)

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    9

You must choose the six-year or eight-year surrender charge schedule and one of the death benefit guarantees. The combination you choose determines the mortality and expense risk fee you pay. The table below shows the death benefit guarantees available to you and their cost. The variable account administrative charge is in addition to the mortality and expense risk fee.

If you select a six-year surrender charge schedule and:	Mortality and expense risk fee	Variable account administrative charge	Total variable account expense
ROP Death Benefit	1.50%	0.15%	1.65%
MAV Death Benefit	1.70	0.15	1.85
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.85	0.15	2.00
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.90	0.15	2.05

If you select an eight-year surrender charge schedule and:	Mortality and expense risk fee	Variable account administrative charge	Total variable account expense
ROP Death Benefit	1.25%	0.15%	1.40%
MAV Death Benefit	1.45	0.15	1.60
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.60	0.15	1.75
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.65	0.15	1.80

Other Annual Expenses

Optional Death Benefits

If eligible, you may have selected an optional death benefit in addition to the ROPP and MAV Death Benefits. The fees apply only if you have selected one of these benefits.

Benefit Protector® Death Benefit rider fee	0.25%
Benefit Protector® Plus Death Benefit rider fee	0.40%

(As a percentage of the contract value charge annually on the contract anniversary.)

Optional Living Benefits

If eligible, you may have selected one of the following optional living benefits if available in your state. The fees apply only if you have selected one of these benefits. Investment allocation restrictions apply.

SecureSource® 20 – Single life rider fee	Maximum: 2.00%	Current: 1.25%
SecureSource® 20 – Joint life rider fee	Maximum: 2.50%	Current: 1.55%

(Charged annually on the contract anniversary as a percentage of the contract value or the total Remaining Benefit Amount, whichever is greater.)

SecureSource^® rider fees

Application signed date	Maximum annual rider fee	Initial annual rider fee(1)
5/1/2007 – 5/31/2008, Single Life	1.50%	0.65%
5/1/2007 – 5/31/2008, Joint Life	1.75%	0.85%
6/1/2008 – 1/25/2009, Single Life	1.50%	0.75%
6/1/2008 – 1/25/2009, Joint Life	1.75%	0.95%
1/26/2009 and later, Single Life	2.00%	1.10%
1/26/2009 and later, Joint Life	2.50%	1.40%

(Charged annually on the contract anniversary as a percentage of the contract value or the total Remaining Benefit Amount, whichever is greater.)

⁽¹⁾ Effective Dec. 18, 2013 if you request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up, or move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is more aggressive than your current Portfolio Navigator fund allocation, the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are invested following the change as shown in the table below.

Application signed date		Portfolio Navigator Funds
	All Portfolio Stabilizer funds	Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)
5/1/2007 – 5/31/2008, Single Life	0.65%	0.75%	0.75%	0.75%	0.90%	1.00%

10    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Application signed date		Portfolio Navigator Funds
	All Portfolio Stabilizer funds	Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)
5/1/2007 – 5/31/2008, Joint Life	0.85%	0.95%	0.95%	0.95%	1.10%	1.20%
6/1/2008 – 1/25/2009, Single Life	0.75%	0.85%	0.85%	0.85%	1.00%	1.10%
6/1/2008 – 1/25/2009, Joint Life	0.95%	1.05%	1.05%	1.05%	1.20%	1.30%
1/26/2009 and later, Single Life	1.10%	1.10%	1.10%	1.10%	1.20%	1.30%
1/26/2009 and later, Joint Life	1.40%	1.40%	1.40%	1.40%	1.50%	1.60%

Accumulation Protector Benefit^® rider fee

Contract purchase date:	Maximum annual rider fee	Initial annual rider fee and annual rider fee for elective step-ups before 04/29/2013
Prior to 01/26/2009	1.75%	0.55%
01/26/2009 – 05/31/2009	1.75%	0.80%

(Charged annually on the contract anniversary as a percentage of the contract value or the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value, whichever is greater.)

Current annual rider fees for elective step-up (including elective spousal continuation step-up) requests on/after 04/29/2013 are shown in the table below.

Elective step up date:	If invested in Portfolio Navigator fund at the time of step-up:	If invested in Portfolio Stabilizer fund at the time of step-up:
04/29/2013 – 11/17/2013	1.75%	n/a
11/18/2013 – 10/17/2014	1.75%	1.30%
10/18/2014 – 06/30/2016	1.60%	1.00%
07/01/2016 – 10/15/2018	1.75%	1.30%
10/16/2018 – 12/29/2019	1.40%	1.00%
12/30/2019 – 07/20/2020	1.55%	1.15%
07/21/2020 and later	1.75%	1.75%

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life^® rider fee Maximum: 1.50% Initial: 0.65%⁽²⁾

(Charged annually on the contract anniversary as a percentage of the contract value or the total Remaining Benefit Amount, whichever is greater.)

⁽²⁾ Effective Dec. 18, 2013 if you request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up or move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is more aggressive than your current Portfolio Navigator fund allocation, the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are invested following the change as shown in the table below.

Fund name	Current fee as of 12/18/13
Portfolio Stabilizer funds	0.65%
Portfolio Navigator funds:
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	0.80%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	0.80%
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	0.80%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	0.95%
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.10%

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider fee Maximum: 1.50% Initial: 0.55%⁽³⁾

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    11

(As a percentage of contract value charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

⁽³⁾ Effective Dec. 18, 2013 if you request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up or move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is more aggressive than your current Portfolio Navigator fund allocation, the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are invested following the change as shown in the table below.

Fund name	Current fee as of 12/18/13
Portfolio Stabilizer funds	0.55%
Portfolio Navigator funds:
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	0.85%
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.00%

Income Assurer Benefit® – MAV rider fee	Maximum: 1.50%	Current: 0.30%(4)
Income Assurer Benefit® – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base rider fee	Maximum: 1.75%	Current: 0.60%(4)
Income Assurer Benefit® – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base rider fee	Maximum: 2.00%	Current: 0.65%(4)

(As a percentage of the guaranteed income benefit base charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

⁽⁴⁾ For applications signed prior to Oct. 7, 2004, the following current annual rider charges apply: Income Assurer Benefit – MAV — 0.55%, Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base — 0.70%; and Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base — 0.75%.

Annual Operating Expenses of the Funds

The next table provides the minimum and maximum total operating expenses charged by the underlying funds that you may pay periodically during the time that you own the contract. These operating expenses are for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, unless otherwise noted. More detail concerning each underlying fund’s fees and expenses is contained in each fund’s prospectus.

Minimum and maximum annual operating expenses for the funds

(Including management, distribution (12b-1) and/or service fees and other expenses)⁽¹⁾

	Minimum(%)	Maximum(%)
Total expenses before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements	0.39	1.82

⁽¹⁾ Total annual fund operating expenses are deducted from amounts that are allocated to the fund. They include management fees and other expenses and may include distribution (12b-1) fees. Other expenses may include service fees that may be used to compensate service providers, including us and our affiliates, for administrative and contract owner services provided on behalf of the fund. The amount of these payments will vary by fund and may be significant. See “The Variable Account and the Funds” for additional information, including potential conflicts of interest these payments may create. Distribution (12b-1) fees are used to finance any activity that is primarily intended to result in the sale of fund shares. Because 12b-1 fees are paid out of fund assets on an ongoing basis, you may pay more if you select subaccounts investing in funds that have adopted 12b-1 plans than if you select subaccounts investing in funds that have not adopted 12b-1 plans. For a more complete description of each fund’s fees and expenses and important disclosure regarding payments the fund and/or its affiliates make, please review the fund’s prospectus and SAI.

Examples

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the contract with the cost of investing in other variable annuity contracts. These costs include your transaction expenses, contract administrative charges, variable account annual expenses and fund fees and expenses.

These examples assume that you invest $10,000 in the contract for the time periods indicated. These examples also assume that your investment has a 5% return each year.

Maximum Expenses.These examples assume the most expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the maximum fees and expenses of the funds* available with living benefit rider and before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the MAV Death Benefit, theSecureSource – Joint Life rider orSecureSource 20– Joint Life rider and the Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit.^(1),(2) Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on the assumptions your costs would be:

* Note: Certain funds are not available for contracts with living benefit riders and may have higher fund expenses than the associated fund expenses shown here.

12    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

	If you surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not surrender your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
With an eight-year surrender charge schedule	$1,355	$2,639	$3,770	$6,404	$621	$1,902	$3,216	$6,404
With a six-year surrender charge schedule	1,380	2,528	3,516	6,601	646	1,975	3,331	6,601

Minimum Expenses.These examples assume the least expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the minimum fees and expenses of any of the funds before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the ROP Death Benefit and do not select any optional benefits.⁽¹⁾ Although your actual costs may be higher, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

	If you surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not surrender your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
With an eight-year surrender charge schedule	$984	$1,497	$1,801	$2,526	$227	$697	$1,189	$2,526
With a six-year surrender charge schedule	1,008	1,371	1,526	2,794	253	776	1,322	2,794

(1)	In these examples, the contract administrative charge is $40.
(2)	Because these examples are intended to illustrate the most expensive combination of contract features, the maximum annual fee for each optional rider is reflected rather than the fee that is currently being charged.

THE EXAMPLES ARE ILLUSTRATIVE ONLY. YOU SHOULD NOT CONSIDER THESE EXAMPLES AS A REPRESENTATION OF PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES. ACTUAL EXPENSES WILL BE HIGHER OR LOWER THAN THOSE SHOWN DEPENDING UPON WHICH OPTIONAL BENEFIT YOU ELECT OTHER THAN INDICATED IN THE EXAMPLES OR IF YOU ALLOCATE CONTRACT VALUE TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE SUBACCOUNTS.

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    13

Condensed Financial Information

You can find unaudited condensed financial information for the subaccounts representing the lowest and highest total annual variable account expense combinations in Appendix N.

Financial Statements

You can find our audited financial statements and the audited financial statements of the divisions, which are comprised of subaccounts, in the SAI. The SAI does not include audited financial statements for divisions that are new (if any) and have no activity as of the financial statements date.

The Variable Account and the Funds

Variable Account. The variable account was established under Indiana law on July 15, 1987, and the subaccounts are registered together as a single unit investment trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the 1940 Act). This registration does not involve any supervision of our management or investment practices and policies by the SEC. All obligations arising under the contracts are general obligations of RiverSource Life.

The variable account meets the definition of a separate account under federal securities laws. We credit or charge income, capital gains and capital losses of each subaccount only to that subaccount. State insurance law prohibits us from charging a subaccount with liabilities of any other subaccount or of our general business. The variable account includes other subaccounts that are available under contracts that are not described in this prospectus.

The IRS has issued guidance on investor control but may issue additional guidance in the future. We reserve the right to modify the contract or any investments made under the terms of the contract so that the investor control rules do not apply to treat the contract owner as the owner of the subaccount assets rather than the owner of an annuity contract. If the contract is not treated as an annuity contract for tax purposes, the owner may be subject to current taxation on any current or accumulated income credited to the contract.

We intend to comply with all federal tax laws so that the contract qualifies as an annuity for federal tax purposes. We reserve the right to modify the contract as necessary in order to qualify the contract as an annuity for federal tax purposes.

The Funds. This contract currently offers subaccounts investing in shares of the funds listed in the table below.

• Investment objectives: The investment managers and advisers cannot guarantee that the funds will meet their investment objectives. Please read the funds’ prospectuses for facts you should know before investing. These prospectuses are available by contacting us at the address or telephone number on the first page of this prospectus.

• Fund name and management: A fund underlying your contract in which a subaccount invests may have a name, portfolio manager, objectives, strategies and characteristics that are the same or substantially similar to those of a publicly-traded retail mutual fund. Despite these similarities, an underlying fund is not the same as any publicly-traded retail mutual fund. Each underlying fund will have its own unique portfolio holdings, fees, operating expenses and operating results. The results of each underlying fund may differ significantly from any publicly-traded retail mutual fund.

• Eligible purchasers: All funds are available to serve as the underlying investments for variable annuities and variable life insurance policies. The funds are not available to the public (see “Fund Name and Management” above). Some funds also are available to serve as investment options for tax-deferred retirement plans. It is possible that in the future for tax, regulatory or other reasons, it may be disadvantageous for variable annuity accounts and variable life insurance accounts and/or tax-deferred retirement plans to invest in the available funds simultaneously. Although we and the funds’ providers do not currently foresee any such disadvantages, the boards of directors or trustees of each fund will monitor events in order to identify any material conflicts between annuity owners, policy owners and tax-deferred retirement plans and to determine what action, if any, should be taken in response to a conflict. If a board were to conclude that it should establish separate fund providers for the variable annuity, variable life insurance and tax-deferred retirement plan accounts, you would not bear any expenses associated with establishing separate funds. Please refer to the funds’ prospectuses for risk disclosure regarding simultaneous investments by variable annuity, variable life insurance and tax-deferred retirement plan accounts. Each fund intends to comply with the diversification requirements under Section 817(h) of the Code.

• Asset allocation programs may impact fund performance: Asset allocation programs in general may negatively impact the performance of an underlying fund. Even if you do not participate in an asset allocation program, a fund in which your subaccount invests may be impacted if it is included in an asset allocation program. Rebalancing or reallocation under the terms of the asset allocation program may cause a fund to lose money if it must sell large amounts of securities to meet a redemption request. These losses can be greater if the fund holds securities that are not as liquid as others, for example, various types of bonds, shares of smaller companies and securities of foreign issuers. A fund may also experience higher expenses because it must sell or buy securities more frequently

14    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

	than it otherwise might in the absence of asset allocation program rebalancing or reallocations. Because asset allocation programs include periodic rebalancing and may also include reallocation, these effects may occur under the asset allocation program we offer or under asset allocation programs used in conjunction with the contracts and plans of other eligible purchasers of the funds.
•	Funds available under the contract: We seek to provide a broad array of underlying funds taking into account the fees and charges imposed by each fund and the contract charges we impose. We select the underlying funds in which the subaccounts initially invest and when there is substitution (see “Substitution of Investments”). We also make all decisions regarding which funds to retain in a contract, which funds to add to a contract and which funds will no longer be offered in a contract. In making these decisions, we may consider various objective and subjective factors. Objective factors include, but are not limited to fund performance, fund expenses, classes of fund shares available, size of the fund and investment objectives and investing style of the fund. Subjective factors include, but are not limited to, investment sub-styles and process, management skill and history at other funds and portfolio concentration and sector weightings. We also consider the levels and types of revenue a fund, its distributor, investment adviser, subadviser, transfer agent or their affiliates pay us and our affiliates. This revenue includes, but is not limited to compensation for administrative services provided with respect to the fund and support of marketing and distribution expenses incurred with respect to the fund.
•	Money Market fund yield: In low interest rate environments, money market fund yields may decrease to a level where the deduction of fees and charges associated with your contract could result in negative net performance, resulting in a corresponding decrease in your contract value.
•	Risks and Conflicts of Interest with Certain Funds Advised by Columbia Management. We are an affiliate of Ameriprise Financial, Inc., which is the parent company of Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC (Columbia Management). Columbia Management acts as investment adviser to several funds of funds, including Portfolio Navigator and Portfolio Stabilizer funds. As such, it retains full discretion over the investment activities and investment decisions of the funds. These funds invest in other registered mutual funds. In providing investment advisory services for the funds and the underlying funds in which those funds respectively invest, Columbia Management is, together with its affiliates, including us, subject to competing interests that may influence its decisions. These competing interests typically arise because Columbia Management or one of its affiliates serves as the investment adviser to the underlying funds and may provide other services in connection with such underlying funds, and because the compensation we and our affiliates receive for providing these investment advisory and other services varies depending on the underlying fund.
•	Volatility and Volatility Management Risk with the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. Portfolio Stabilizer funds are managed volatility funds that employ a strategy designed to reduce overall volatility and downside risk. These types of funds are available under the contracts and one or more of these funds may be offered in other variable annuity and variable life insurance products offered by us. These funds may also be used in conjunction with guaranteed living benefit riders we offer with various annuity contracts.
	Conflicts may arise because the manner in which these funds and their strategies are executed by Columbia Management are expected to benefit us by reducing our financial risk and expense in offering guaranteed living benefit riders. Managed volatility funds employ a strategy to reduce overall volatility and downside risk. A successful strategy may result in smaller losses to your contract value when markets are declining and market volatility is high. In turn, a successful strategy may also result in less gain in your contract value during rising markets with higher volatility when compared to funds not employing a managed volatility strategy. Accordingly, although an investment in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds may mitigate declines in your contract value due to declining equity markets, the Funds’ investment strategies may also curb or decrease your contract value during periods of positive performance by the equity markets. There is no guarantee any of the funds’ strategies will be successful. When offered with a guaranteed living benefit, managed volatility funds may decrease the number and amount of any periodic benefit base increase opportunities. Costs associated with running a managed volatility strategy may also adversely impact the performance of managed volatility funds.
	While Columbia Management is the investment adviser to the Portfolio Navigator and Portfolio Stabilizer funds, it provides no investment advice to you as to whether an allocation to the funds is appropriate for you. You must decide whether an investment in these funds is right for you. Additional information on the funds, including risks and conflicts of interest, is included in their respective prospectuses. Columbia Management advised fund of funds and managed volatility funds and their investment objectives are listed in the table below.
•	Revenue we receive from the funds and potential conflicts of interest:

Expenses We May Incur on Behalf of the Funds

When a subaccount invests in a fund, the fund holds a single account in the name of the variable account. As such, the variable account is actually the shareholder of the fund. We, through our variable account, aggregate the transactions of numerous contract owners and submit net purchase and redemption requests to the funds on a daily basis. In addition, we track individual contract owner transactions and provide confirmations, periodic statements, and other required mailings. These costs would normally be borne by the fund, but we incur them instead.

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    15

Besides incurring these administrative expenses on behalf of the funds, we also incur distributions expenses in selling our contracts. By extension, the distribution expenses we incur benefit the funds we make available due to contract owner elections to allocate purchase payments to the funds through the subaccounts. In addition, the funds generally incur lower distribution expenses when offered through our variable account in contrast to being sold on a retail basis.

A complete list of why we may receive this revenue, as well as sources of revenue, is described in detail below.

Payments the Funds May Make to Us

We or our affiliates may receive from each of the funds, or their affiliates, compensation including but not limited to expense payments. These payments are designed in part to compensate us for the expenses we may incur on behalf of the funds. In addition to these payments, the funds may compensate us for wholesaling activities or to participate in educational or marketing seminars sponsored by the funds.

We or our affiliates may receive revenue derived from the 12b-1 fees charged by the funds. These fees are deducted from the assets of the funds. This revenue and the amount by which it can vary may create conflicts of interest. The amount, type, and manner in which the revenue from these sources is computed vary by fund.

Conflicts of Interest These Payments May Create

When we determined the charges to impose under the contracts, we took into account anticipated payments from the funds. If we had not taken into account these anticipated payments, the charges under the contract would have been higher. Additionally, the amount of payment we receive from a fund or its affiliate may create an incentive for us to include that fund as an investment option and may influence our decision regarding which funds to include in the variable account as subaccount options for contract owners. Funds that offer lower payments or no payments may also have corresponding expense structures that are lower, resulting in decreased overall fees and expenses to shareholders.

We offer funds managed by our affiliates Columbia Management and Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLC (Columbia Wanger). We have additional financial incentive to offer our affiliated funds because additional assets held by them generally results in added revenue to us and our parent company, Ameriprise Financial, Inc. Additionally, employees of Ameriprise Financial, Inc. and its affiliates, including our employees, may be separately incented to include the affiliated funds in the products, as employee compensation and business unit operating goals at all levels are tied to the success of the company. Currently, revenue received from our affiliated funds comprises the greatest amount and percentage of revenue we derive from payments made by the funds.

The Amount of Payments We Receive from the Funds

We or our affiliates receive revenue which ranges up to 0.65% of the average daily net assets invested in the funds through this and other contracts we and our affiliates issue.

Why revenues are paid to us: In accordance with applicable laws, regulations and the terms of the agreements under which such revenue is paid, we or our affiliates may receive revenue, including, but not limited to expense payments and non-cash compensation, for various purposes:

• Compensating, training and educating investment professionals who sell the contracts.

• Granting access to our employees whose job it is to promote sales of the contracts by authorized selling firms and their investment professionals, and granting access to investment professionals of our affiliated selling firms.

• Activities or services we or our affiliates provide that assist in the promotion and distribution of the contracts including promoting the funds available under the contracts to contract owners, authorized selling firms and investment professionals.

• Providing sub-transfer agency and shareholder servicing to contract owners.

• Promoting, including and/or retaining the fund’s investment portfolios as underlying investment options in the contracts.

• Advertising, printing and mailing sales literature, and printing and distributing prospectuses and reports.

• Furnishing personal services to contract owners, including education of contract owners regarding the funds, answering routine inquiries regarding a fund, maintaining accounts or providing such other services eligible for service fees as defined under the rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA).

• Subaccounting services, transaction processing, recordkeeping and administration.

• Sources of revenue received from affiliated funds: The affiliated funds are managed by Columbia Management or Columbia Wanger. The sources of revenue we receive from these affiliated funds, or from the funds’ affiliates, may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Assets of the fund’s adviser, sub-adviser, transfer agent, distributor or an affiliate of these. The revenue resulting from these sources may be based either on a percentage of average daily net assets of the fund or on the actual cost of certain services we provide with respect to the fund. We may receive this revenue either in the form of a cash payment or it may be allocated to us.

• Compensation paid out of 12b-1 fees that are deducted from fund assets.

16    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• Sources of revenue received from unaffiliated funds: The unaffiliated funds are not managed by an affiliate of ours. The sources of revenue we receive from these unaffiliated funds, or the funds’ affiliates, may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Assets of the fund’s adviser, sub-adviser, transfer agent, distributor or an affiliate of these. The revenue resulting from these sources may be based on a percentage of average daily net assets of the fund or on the actual cost of certain services we provide with respect to the fund. We receive this revenue in the form of a cash payment.

• Compensation paid out of 12b-1 fees that are deducted from fund assets.

Unless the PN program is in effect or you have selected one of the optional living benefit riders, you may allocate purchase payments and transfers to any or all of the subaccounts of the variable account that invest in shares of the funds listed in the table below. From time to time, certain fund names are changed. When we are notified of a name change, we will make changes so that the new name is properly shown. However, changes may take some period of time to complete. As a result it is possible you may receive various forms, reports and confirmations that reflect a fund’s prior name.

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
AB VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio (Class B)	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
AB VPS Growth and Income Portfolio (Class B)	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
AB VPS International Value Portfolio (Class B)	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
American Century VP Inflation Protection, Class II	N	Y	Seeks long-term total return using a strategy that seeks to protect against U.S. inflation.	American Century Investment Management, Inc.
American Century VP Mid Cap Value, Class II	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital growth. Income is a secondary objective.	American Century Investment Management, Inc.
American Century VP Ultra®, Class II	Y	Y	Seeks capital growth.	American Century Investment Management, Inc.
American Century VP Value, Class II	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital growth. Income is a secondary objective.	American Century Investment Management, Inc.
BNY Mellon Investment Portfolios, Technology Growth Portfolio - Service Shares	Y	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	BNY Mellon Investment Adviser, Inc.
BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, Appreciation Portfolio - Service Shares	N	Y	Seeks long-term capital growth consistent with the preservation of capital. Its secondary goal is current income.	BNY Mellon Investment Adviser, Inc., adviser; Fayez Sarofim & Co., sub-investment adviser.
ClearBridge Variable Small Cap Growth Portfolio - Class I	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC, investment manager; ClearBridge Investments, LLC, sub-adviser. (Western Asset Management Company manages the portion of cash and short-term investments allocated to it)

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    17

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high level of current income and, as a secondary objective, steady growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Emerging Markets Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Government Money Market Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with maximum current income consistent with liquidity and stability of principal.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - High Yield Bond Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with high current income as its primary objective and, as its secondary objective, capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Income Opportunities Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high total return through current income and capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high level of current income while attempting to conserve the value of the investment for the longest period of time.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Large Cap Growth Fund (Class 3)	N	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Large Cap Index Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Mid Cap Growth Fund (Class 3)	N	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Overseas Core Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Select Mid Cap Value Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Small Cap Value Fund (Class 2)	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC

18    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Columbia Variable Portfolio - U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with current income as its primary objective and, as its secondary objective, preservation of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Credit Suisse Trust - Commodity Return Strategy Portfolio	Y	Y	The portfolio is designed to achieve positive total return relative to the performance of the Bloomberg Commodity Index Total Return ("BCOM Index").	Credit Suisse Asset Management, LLC
CTIVP® - BlackRock Global Inflation-Protected Securities Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Non-diversified fund that seeks to provide shareholders with total return that exceeds the rate of inflation over the long term.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., subadviser; BlackRock International Limited, sub-subadviser.
CTIVP® - Loomis Sayles Growth Fund (Class 1)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P., subadviser.
CTIVP® - Victory Sycamore Established Value Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; Victory Capital Management Inc., subadviser.
Eaton Vance VT Floating-Rate Income Fund - Initial Class	Y	Y	Seeks high level of current income.	Eaton Vance Management
Fidelity® VIP Contrafund® Portfolio Service Class 2	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital appreciation. Normally invests primarily in common stocks. Invests in securities of companies whose value FMR believes is not fully recognized by the public. Invests in either "growth" stocks or "value" stocks or both. The fund invests in domestic and foreign issuers.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Service Class 2	Y	Y	Seeks as high level of current income as is consistent with the preservation of capital. Normally invests at least 80% of assets in investment-grade debt securities (those of medium and high quality) of all types and repurchase agreements for those securities. The Fund invests in fomestic and foreign issuers.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. Fidelity Investments Money Management, Inc. (FIMM) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    19

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2	N	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital. Normally invests primarily in common stocks. Normally invests at least 80% of assets in securities of companies with medium market capitalizations. May invest in companies with smaller or larger market capitalizations. Invests in domestic and foreign issuers. The Fund invests in either "growth" or "value" common stocks or both.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Overseas Portfolio Service Class 2	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital. Normally invests primarily in common stocks allocating investments across different countries and regions. Normally invests at least 80% of assets in non-U.S. securities.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Franklin Global Real Estate VIP Fund - Class 2	N	Y	Seeks high total return. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in investments of companies located anywhere in the world that operate in the real estate sector.	Franklin Templeton Institutional, LLC
Franklin Income VIP Fund - Class 2	Y	Y	Seeks to maximize income while maintaining prospects for capital appreciation. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests in both equity and debt securities.	Franklin Advisers, Inc.
Goldman Sachs VIT Mid Cap Value Fund - Institutional Shares	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P.
Goldman Sachs VIT U.S. Equity Insights Fund - Institutional Shares	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital and dividend income.	Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Strategic Income Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks total return	Invesco Advisers, Inc.

20    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks capital growth.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. Comstock Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks capital growth and income through investments in equity securities, including common stocks, preferred stocks and securities convertible into common and preferred stocks.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. Health Care Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. International Growth Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Janus Henderson Research Portfolio: Service Shares	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Janus Capital Management LLC
MFS® Total Return Series - Service Class	Y	Y	Seeks total return.	MFS® Investment Management
MFS® Utilities Series - Service Class	Y	Y	Seeks total return.	MFS® Investment Management
Morgan Stanley VIF Discovery Portfolio, Class II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital growth by investing primarily in common stocks and other equity securities.	Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc.
Morgan Stanley VIF Global Real Estate Portfolio, Class II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks to provide current income and capital appreciation.	Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc., adviser; Morgan Stanley Investment Management Limited and Morgan Stanley Investment Management Company, subadvisers.
PIMCO VIT All Asset Portfolio, Advisor Class	Y	Y	Seeks maximum real return, consistent with preservation of real capital and prudent investment management.	Pacific Investment Management Company LLC (PIMCO)
Putnam VT Global Health Care Fund - Class IB Shares	N	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of both Putnam Investments Limited (PIL) and The Putnam Advisory Company, LLC (PAC), PIL and PAC do not currently manage any asses of the fund.

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    21

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Putnam VT Small Cap Value Fund - Class IB Shares	Y	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of Putnam Investments Limited (PIL), PIL does not currently manage any assets.
Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund - Class 2	Y	Y	Seeks high current income, consistent with preservation of capital, with capital appreciation as a secondary consideration. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in debt securities of any maturity.	Franklin Advisers, Inc.
Templeton Growth VIP Fund - Class 2	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital growth. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests predominantly in equity securities of companies located anywhere in the world, including developing markets.	Templeton Global Advisors Limited
Variable Portfolio - Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with an aggressive level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with an aggressive level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Conservative Portfolio (Class 2)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a conservative level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Conservative Portfolio (Class 4)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a conservative level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Managed Volatility Conservative Fund (Class 2)   (Available only for contracts with living benefit riders)	Y	N	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund's exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Managed Volatility Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2)   (Available only for contracts with living benefit riders)	Y	N	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund's exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC

22    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Variable Portfolio - Managed Volatility Growth Fund (Class 2)   (Available only for contracts with living benefit riders)	Y	N	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund's exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Managed Volatility Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2)   (Available only for contracts with living benefit riders)	Y	N	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund’s exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderate Portfolio (Class 2)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderate level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderate Portfolio (Class 4)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderate level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderately aggressive level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderately aggressive level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderately conservative level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 4)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderately conservative level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Partners Core Equity Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; Jacobs Levy Equity Management, Inc. and T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc., subadvisers.
Variable Portfolio - Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; Jacobs Levy Equity Management, Inc., Nuveen Asset Management, LLC and Segall Bryant & Hamill, LLC, subadvisers.
Wanger International	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLC
Wanger USA	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLC

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    23

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Wells Fargo VT Index Asset Allocation Fund - Class 2	N	Y	Seeks long-term total return, consisting of capital appreciation and current income.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.
Wells Fargo VT International Equity Fund - Class 2	N	Y	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.
Wells Fargo VT Omega Growth Fund - Class 2	N	Y	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.
Wells Fargo VT Opportunity Fund - Class 2	N	Y	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.
Wells Fargo VT Small Cap Growth Fund - Class 2	N	Y	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
AB VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio (Class B)	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
AB VPS Growth and Income Portfolio (Class B)	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
AB VPS International Value Portfolio (Class B)	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
American Century VP Inflation Protection, Class II	N	Y	Seeks long-term total return using a strategy that seeks to protect against U.S. inflation.	American Century Investment Management, Inc.
American Century VP Mid Cap Value, Class II	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital growth. Income is a secondary objective.	American Century Investment Management, Inc.
American Century VP Ultra®, Class II	Y	Y	Seeks capital growth.	American Century Investment Management, Inc.
American Century VP Value, Class II	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital growth. Income is a secondary objective.	American Century Investment Management, Inc.
ClearBridge Variable Small Cap Growth Portfolio - Class I	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC, investment manager; ClearBridge Investments, LLC, sub-adviser. (Western Asset Management Company manages the portion of cash and short-term investments allocated to it)
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high level of current income and, as a secondary objective, steady growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Emerging Markets Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders long-term capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Government Money Market Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with maximum current income consistent with liquidity and stability of principal.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC

24    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Columbia Variable Portfolio - High Yield Bond Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with high current income as its primary objective and, as its secondary objective, capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Income Opportunities Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with high total return through current income and capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high level of current income while attempting to conserve the value of the investment for the longest period of time.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Large Cap Growth Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Large Cap Index Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Mid Cap Growth Fund (Class 3)	N	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Overseas Core Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Select Mid Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (previously Columbia Variable Portfolio - Mid Cap Value Fund (Class 3))*  *The Fund’s name change is effective on May 1, 2019.	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Small Cap Value Fund (Class 2)	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with current income as its primary objective and, as its secondary objective, preservation of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Credit Suisse Trust - Commodity Return Strategy Portfolio	Y	Y	The portfolio is designed to achieve positive total return relative to the performance of the Bloomberg Commodity Index Total Return ("BCOM Index").	Credit Suisse Asset Management, LLC
CTIVP® - BlackRock Global Inflation-Protected Securities Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with total return that exceeds the rate of inflation over the long term.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., subadviser, BlackRock International Limited, sub-subadviser.
CTIVP® - Loomis Sayles Growth Fund (Class 1)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P., subadviser.
CTIVP® - MFS® Blended Research® Core Equity Fund (Class 3)  (Effective on or about May 20, 2019, the Fund will change its name to Variable Portfolio - Partners Core Equity Fund (Class 3))	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; Massachusetts Financial Services Company, subadviser.   (Effective on or about May 20, 2019, Massachusetts Financial Services Company no longer serves as the subadviser of the fund and Jacobs Levy Equity Management, Inc. and T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. will assume day to day management of the Fund’s portfolio.)
CTIVP® - Victory Sycamore Established Value Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; Victory Capital Management Inc., subadviser.

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    25

Dreyfus Investment Portfolios Technology Growth Portfolio, Service Shares   (Effective on or about June 3, 2019, the Fund will change its name to BNY Mellon Investment Portfolios - Technology Growth Portfolio, Service Shares)	Y	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	The Dreyfus Corporation   (Effective on or about June 3, 2019, The Dreyfus Corporation will no longer serve as adviser to the fund and BNY Mellon Investment Adviser, Inc. will assume day to day management of the Fund’s portfolio.)
Dreyfus Variable Investment Fund Appreciation Portfolio, Service Shares   (Effective on or about June 3, 2019, the Fund will change its name to BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund - Appreciation Portfolio, Service Shares)	N	Y	Seeks long-term capital growth consistent with the preservation of capital. Its secondary goal is current income.	The Dreyfus Corporation, adviser; Fayez Sarofim & Co., sub-adviser. (  Effective on or about June 3, 2019, The Dreyfus Corporation will no longer serve as adviser to the fund and BNY Mellon Investment Adviser, Inc. will assume day to day management of the Fund’s portfolio.)
Dreyfus Variable Investment Fund International Equity Portfolio, Service Shares   (Effective on or about June 3, 2019, the Fund will change its name to BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund - International Equity Portfolio, Service Shares)	Y	Y	Seeks capital growth.	The Dreyfus Corporation, adviser; Newton Investment Management (North America) Limited, sub-adviser.  (Effective on or about June 3, 2019, The Dreyfus Corporation will no longer serve as adviser to the fund and BNY Mellon Investment Adviser, Inc. will assume day to day management of the Fund’s portfolio.)
Dreyfus Variable Investment Fund International Value Portfolio, Service Shares   (Effective on or about June 3, 2019, the Fund will change its name to BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund - International Value Portfolio, Service Shares)	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital growth.	The Dreyfus Corporation (Effective on or about June 3, 2019, The Dreyfus Corporation will no longer serve as adviser to the fund and BNY Mellon Investment Adviser, Inc. will assume day to day management of the Fund’s portfolio.)
Eaton Vance VT Floating-Rate Income Fund - Initial Class	Y	Y	Seeks high level of current income.	Eaton Vance Management
Fidelity® VIP Contrafund® Portfolio Service Class 2	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital appreciation. Normally invests primarily in common stocks. Invests in securities of companies whose value FMR believes is not fully recognized by the public. Invests in either "growth" stocks or "value" stocks or both. The fund invests in domestic and foreign issuers.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Service Class 2	Y	Y	Seeks as high level of current income as is consistent with the preservation of capital. Normally invests at least 80% of assets in investment-grade debt securities (those of medium and high quality) of all types and repurchase agreements for those securities. The Fund invests in fomestic and foreign issuers.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. Fidelity Investments Money Management, Inc. (FIMM) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2	N	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital. Normally invests primarily in common stocks. Normally invests at least 80% of assets in securities of companies with medium market capitalizations. May invest in companies with smaller or larger market capitalizations. Invests in domestic and foreign issuers. The Fund invests in either "growth" or "value" common stocks or both.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Overseas Portfolio Service Class 2	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital. Normally invests primarily in common stocks allocating investments across different countries and regions. Normally invests at least 80% of assets in non-U.S. securities.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.

26    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Franklin Global Real Estate VIP Fund - Class 2	N	Y	Seeks high total return. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in investments of companies located anywhere in the world that operate in the real estate sector.	Franklin Templeton Institutional, LLC
Franklin Income VIP Fund - Class 2	Y	Y	Seeks to maximize income while maintaining prospects for capital appreciation. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests in both equity and debt securities.	Franklin Advisers, Inc.
Goldman Sachs VIT Mid Cap Value Fund - Institutional Shares	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P.
Goldman Sachs VIT U.S. Equity Insights Fund - Institutional Shares	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P.
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks capital growth.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. Comstock Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks capital growth and income through investments in equity securities, including common stocks, preferred stocks and securities convertible into common and preferred stocks.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. Health Care Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. International Growth Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks capital growth.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Janus Henderson VIT Research Portfolio: Service Shares	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Janus Capital Management LLC
MFS® Total Return Series - Service Class	Y	Y	Seeks total return.	MFS® Investment Management
MFS® Utilities Series - Service Class	Y	Y	Seeks total return.	MFS® Investment Management
Morgan Stanley VIF Global Real Estate Portfolio, Class II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks to provide current income and capital appreciation.	Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc., adviser; Morgan Stanley Investment Management Limited and Morgan Stanley Investment Management Company, subadvisers.
Morgan Stanley VIF Mid Cap Growth Portfolio, Class II Shares  (Effective on or about April 30, 2019, the Fund will change its name to Morgan Stanley VIF Discovery Portfolio, Class II Shares)	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital growth by investing primarily in common stocks and other equity securities.	Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc.
Oppenheimer Capital Appreciation Fund/VA, Service Shares  (Effective on or about May 24, 2019, the Fund is scheduled to merge into Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund, Series II Shares)	Y	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	OFI Global Asset Management, Inc., adviser; OppenheimerFunds, Inc., sub-adviser.   (Effective on or about May 24, 2019, Invesco Advisers, Inc. assumes day to day management of the Fund’s portfolio.)
Oppenheimer Global Fund/VA, Service Shares   (Effective on or about May 24, 2019, the Fund is scheduled to merge into Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund, Series II Shares)	Y	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	OFI Global Asset Management, Inc., adviser; OppenheimerFunds, Inc., sub-adviser.   (Effective on or about May 24, 2019, Invesco Advisers, Inc. will assume day to day management of the Fund’s portfolio.)
Oppenheimer Global Strategic Income Fund/VA, Service Shares   (Effective on or about May 24, 2019, the Fund is scheduled to merge into Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Strategic Income Fund, Series II Shares)	Y	Y	Seeks total return.	OFI Global Asset Management, Inc., adviser; OppenheimerFunds, Inc., sub-adviser.   (Effective on or about May 24, 2019, Invesco Advisers, Inc. will assume day to day management of the Fund’s portfolio.)

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    27

Oppenheimer Main Street Small Cap Fund®/VA, Service Shares   (Effective on or about May 24, 2019, the Fund is scheduled to merge into Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund, Series II Shares)	Y	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	OFI Global Asset Management, Inc., adviser; OppenheimerFunds, Inc., sub-adviser.   (Effective on or about May 24, 2019, Invesco Advisers, Inc. will assume day to day management of the Fund’s portfolio.)
PIMCO VIT All Asset Portfolio, Advisor Class All Asset Portfolio, Advisor Class	Y	Y	Seeks maximum real return, consistent with preservation of real capital and prudent investment management.	Pacific Investment Management Company LLC (PIMCO)
Putnam VT Global Health Care Fund - Class IB Shares	N	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, advisor; The Putnam Advisory Company, LLC, and Putnam Investments Limited, sub-advisers.
Putnam VT Small Cap Value Fund - Class IB Shares	Y	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, advisor; Putnam Investments Limited, sub-adviser.
Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund - Class 2	Y	Y	Seeks high current income, consistent with preservation of capital, with capital appreciation as a secondary consideration. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in bonds, which include debt securities of any maturity, such as bonds, notes, bills and debentures.	Franklin Advisers, Inc.
Templeton Growth VIP Fund - Class 2	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital growth. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests predominantly in equity securities of companies located anywhere in the world, including those in the U.S. and emerging markets.	Templeton Global Advisors Limited
Variable Portfolio - Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with an aggressive level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with an aggressive level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Conservative Portfolio (Class 2)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a conservative level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Conservative Portfolio (Class 4)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a conservative level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Managed Volatility Conservative Fund (Class 2)   (Available only for contracts with living benefit riders)	Y	N	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund's exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Managed Volatility Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2)  (Available only for contracts with living benefit riders)	Y	N	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund's exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Managed Volatility Growth Fund (Class 2)   (Available only for contracts with living benefit riders)	Y	N	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund's exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Managed Volatility Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2)   (Available only for contracts with living benefit riders)	Y	N	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund’s exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderate Portfolio (Class 2)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderate level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderate Portfolio (Class 4)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderate level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC

28    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable Portfolio - Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderately aggressive level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderately aggressive level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderately conservative level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 4)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderately conservative level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; Jacobs Levy Equity Management, Inc., Nuveen Asset Management, LLC and Segall Bryant & Hamill, LLC, subadvisers.
Wanger International	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLC
Wanger USA	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLC
Wells Fargo VT Index Asset Allocation Fund - Class 2	N	Y	Seeks long-term total return, consisting of capital appreciation and current income.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.
Wells Fargo VT International Equity Fund - Class 2	N	Y	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.
Wells Fargo VT Omega Growth Fund - Class 2	N	Y	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.
Wells Fargo VT Opportunity Fund - Class 2	N	Y	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.
Wells Fargo VT Small Cap Growth Fund - Class 2	N	Y	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    29

The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)

The GPAs may not be available in some states.

Currently, unless you have elected one of the optional living benefit riders, you may allocate purchase payments and purchase payment credits to one or more of the GPAs with guarantee periods declared by us. These periods of time may vary by state. The required minimum investment in each GPA is $1,000.

(Exception: if a PN program model portfolio includes one or more GPAs, the required minimum investment does not apply.)

These accounts are not offered after annuity payouts begin.

Each GPA pays an interest rate that is declared when you make an allocation to that account. Interest is credited daily. That interest rate is then fixed for the guarantee period that you chose. We will periodically change the declared interest rate for any future allocations to these accounts, but we will not change the rate paid on money currently in a GPA. The GPA interests under the contracts are registered with the SEC (File No.333-230959). The SEC staff reviews the disclosures in this prospectus on the GPA interests.

The interest rates that we will declare as guaranteed rates in the future are determined by us at our discretion (future rates). These rates generally will be based on various factors related to future investment earnings.We cannot predict nor can we guarantee what future rates will be.

We hold amounts you allocate to the GPAs in a “nonunitized” separate account. This separate account provides an additional measure of assurance that we will make full payment of amounts due under the GPAs. We own the assets of this separate account as well as any favorable investment performance of those assets. You do not participate in the performance of the assets held in this separate account. We guarantee all benefits relating to your value in the GPAs. This guarantee is based on the continued claims-paying ability of the company’s general account. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of insurance and financial products as well, and we also pay our obligations under these products from assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account.

We intend to construct and manage the investment portfolio relating to the separate account in such a way as to minimize the impact of fluctuations by interest rates. We seek to achieve this by constructing a portfolio of assets with a price sensitivity to interest rate changes (i.e., price duration) that is similar to the price duration of the corresponding portfolio of liabilities.

We must invest this portfolio of assets in accordance with requirements established by applicable state laws regarding the nature and quality of investments that life insurance companies may make and the percentage of their assets that they may commit to any particular type of investment. Our investment strategy will incorporate the use of a variety of debt instruments having price durations tending to match the applicable guarantee periods. These instruments include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities, which issues may or may not be guaranteed by the U.S. government;

• Debt securities that have an investment grade, at the time of purchase, within the four highest grades assigned by any of three nationally recognized rating agencies — Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s Investors Service or Fitch — or are rated in the two highest grades by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners;

• Other debt instruments which are unrated or rated below investment grade, limited to 10% of assets at the time of purchase; and

• Real estate mortgages, limited to 45% of portfolio assets at the time of acquisition.

In addition, options and futures contracts on fixed income securities will be used from time to time to achieve and maintain appropriate investment and liquidity characteristics on the overall asset portfolio.

While this information generally describes our investment strategy, we are not obligated to follow any particular strategy except as may be required by federal law and Indiana and other state insurance laws.

Market Value Adjustment (MVA)

We will not apply an MVA to contract value you transfer or withdraw out of the GPAs within 30 days before the end of the guarantee period. During this 30 day window you may choose to start a new guarantee period of the same length, transfer the contract value to a GPA of another length, transfer the contract value to any of the subaccountsor the one-year fixed account, if available or withdraw the contract value (subject to applicable withdrawal provisions). If we do not receive any instructions at the end of your guarantee period, our current practice is to automatically transfer the contract value into the shortest GPA term offered in your state.

30    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

We guarantee the contract value allocated to the GPAs, including interest credited, if you do not make any transfers or withdrawals from the GPAs prior to 30 days before the end of the guarantee period (30 day rule). At all other times, and unless one of the exceptions to the 30 day rule described below applies, we will apply an MVA if you withdraw or transfer contract value from a GPA including withdrawals under theSecureSource rider, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider or you elect an annuity payout plan while you have contract value invested in a GPA. We will refer to these transactions as “early withdrawals.” The application of an MVA may result in either a gain or loss of principal.

The 30-day rule does not apply and no MVA will apply to:

• transfers from a one-year GPA occurring under an automated dollar-cost averaging program or interest sweep strategy;

• automatic rebalancing under any PN program model portfolio we offer which contains one or more GPAs. However, an MVA will apply if you transfer to a new PN program investment option;

• amounts applied to an annuity payout plan while a PN program model portfolio containing one or more GPAs is in effect;

• amounts withdrawn for fees and charges; and

• amounts we pay as death claims.

When you request an early withdrawal, we adjust the early withdrawal amount by an MVA formula. The early withdrawal amount reflects the relationship between the guaranteed interest rate you are earning in your current GPA and the interest rate we are crediting on new GPAs that end at the same time as your current GPA.

The MVA is sensitive to changes in current interest rates. The magnitude of any applicable MVA will depend on our current schedule of guaranteed interest rates at the time of the withdrawal, the time remaining in your guarantee period and your guaranteed interest rate. The MVA is negative, zero or positive depending on how the guaranteed interest rate on your GPA compares to the interest rate of a new GPA for the same number of years as the guarantee period remaining on your GPA. This is summarized in the following table:

If your GPA rate is:	The MVA is:
Less than the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Negative
Equal to the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Zero
Greater than the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Positive

For examples, see Appendix A.

The General Account

The general account includes all assets owned by RiverSource Life, other than those in the variable account and our other separate accounts. Subject to applicable state law, we have sole discretion to decide how assets of the general account will be invested. The assets held in our general account support the guarantees under your contract including any optional benefits offered under the contract. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to many of the same risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of annuities and financial instruments and products as well, and these obligations are satisfied from the assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account. The fixed account is supported by our general account that we make available under the contract.

The Fixed Account

(Applies to applications signed on or after May 1, 2006 and if available in your state)

Amounts allocated to the fixed account are part of our general account. The fixed account includes the one-year fixed account and the DCA fixed account. We credit interest on amounts you allocate to the fixed account at rates we determine from time to time at our discretion. Interest rates credited in excess of the guaranteed rate generally will be based on various factors related to future investment earnings. The guaranteed minimum interest rate on amounts invested in the fixed account may vary by state but will not be lower than state law allows. We back the principal and interest guarantees relating to the fixed account. These guarantees are subject to the creditworthiness and continued claims-paying ability of RiverSource Life

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    31

Because of exemptive and exclusionary provisions, we have not registered interests in the fixed account as securities under the Securities Act of 1933 nor have any of these accounts been registered as investment companies under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Accordingly, neither the fixed account nor any interests in the fixed account are subject to the provisions of these Acts.

The fixed account has not been registered with the SEC. Disclosures regarding the fixed account, however, are subject to certain generally applicable provisions of the federal securities laws relating to the accuracy and completeness of statements made in a prospectus. 

The One-Year Fixed Account

Unless the PN program we offer is in effect, you may allocate purchase payments or transfer contract value to the one-year fixed account. The value of the one-year fixed account increases as we credit interest to the one-year fixed account. We credit and compound interest daily based on a 365-day year (366 in a leap year) so as to produce the annual effective rate which we declare. We credit the one-year fixed account with the current guaranteed annual rate that is in effect on the date we receive your purchase payment or you transfer contract value to the one-year fixed account. The interest rate we apply to each purchase payment or transfer to the one-year fixed account is guaranteed for one year. There are restrictions on the amount you can allocate to the one-year fixed account as well as on transfers from this account (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transfer policies”).

DCA Fixed Account

You may allocate purchase payments to the DCA fixed account. You may not transfer contract value to the DCA fixed account.

You may allocate your entire purchase payment to the DCA fixed account for a term of six or twelve months. We reserve the right to offer shorter or longer terms for the DCA fixed account.

In accordance with your investment instructions, we transfer a pro rata amount from the DCA fixed account to your investment allocations monthly so that, at the end of the DCA fixed account term, the balance of the DCA fixed account is zero. The first DCA monthly transfer occurs one day after we receive your payment.

The value of the DCA fixed account increases when we credit interest to the DCA fixed account, and decreases when we make monthly transfers from the DCA fixed account. When you allocate a purchase payment to the DCA fixed account, the interest rates applicable to that purchase payment will be the rates in effect for the DCA fixed account term you choose on the date we receive your purchase payment. The applicable interest rate is guaranteed for the length of the term for the DCA fixed account term you choose. We credit and compound interest daily based on a 365-day year (366 in a leap year) so as to produce the annual effective rate which we declare. We credit interest only on the declining balance of the DCA fixed account; we do not credit interest on amounts that have been transferred from the DCA fixed account. As a result, the net effective interest rates we credit will be less than the declared annual effective rates. Generally, we will credit the DCA fixed account with interest at the same annual effective rate we apply to the one-year fixed account on the date we receive your purchase payment, regardless of the length of the term you select. From time to time, we may credit interest to the DCA fixed account at promotional rates that are higher than those we credit to the one-year fixed account. We reserve the right to declare different annual effective rates:

• for the DCA fixed account and the one-year fixed account;

• for the DCA fixed accounts with terms of differing length;

• for amounts in the DCA fixed account that are transferred to the one-year fixed account;

• for amounts in the DCA fixed account that are transferred to the GPAs;

• for amounts in the DCA fixed account that are transferred to the subaccounts.

Alternatively, you may allocate your purchase payment to any combination of the following which equals one hundred percent of the amount you invest:

• the DCA fixed account for a six month term;

• the DCA fixed account for a twelve month term;

• the Portfolio Stabilizer or Portfolio Navigator fund, if you have one of the optional living benefit riders;

• unless you have elected one of the optional living benefit riders, to the one-year fixed account, the GPAs and/or the subaccounts, subject to investment minimums and other restrictions we may impose on investments in the one-year fixed account and the GPAs.

32    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If you make a purchase payment while a DCA fixed account term is in progress, you may allocate your purchase payment among the following:

• to the DCA fixed account term(s) then in effect. Amounts you allocate to an existing DCA fixed account term will be transferred out of the DCA fixed account over the remainder of the term. For example, if you allocate a new purchase payment to an existing DCA fixed account term of six months when only two months remains in the six month term, the amount you allocate will be transferred out of the DCA fixed account over the remaining two months of the term;

• to the Portfolio Stabilizer or Portfolio Navigator fund, if you have one of the optional living benefit riders;

• unless you have elected one of the optional living benefit riders, then to the one-year fixed account, the GPAs and/or the subaccounts, subject to investment minimums and other restrictions we may impose on investments in the one-year fixed account and the GPAs.

If no DCA fixed account term is in progress when you make an additional purchase payment, you may allocate it according to the rules above for the allocation of your initial purchase payment.

If you participate in a PN program, and you change to a different PN program investment option while a DCA fixed account term is in progress, we will allocate transfers from the DCA fixed account to your newly-elected PN program investment option.

If your contract permits, and you discontinue your participation in a PN program investment option while a DCA fixed account term is in progress, we will allocate transfers from the DCA fixed account for the remainder of the term in accordance with your investment instructions to us to the one-year fixed account, the GPAs and the subaccounts, subject to investment minimums and other restrictions we may impose on investments in the one-year fixed account and the GPAs, including but not limited to, any limitations described in this prospectus on transfers (see “Transfer policies”).

You may discontinue any DCA fixed account before the end of its term by giving us notice. If you do so, we will transfer the remaining balance of the DCA fixed account whose term you are ending to the PN program investment option in effect, or if no PN program investment option is in effect, in accordance with your investment instructions to us to the one-year fixed account, the GPAs and/or the subaccounts, subject to investment minimums and other restrictions we may impose on investments in the one-year fixed account and the GPAs, including but not limited to, any limitations described in this prospectus on transfers (see “Transfer policies”).

Dollar-cost averaging from the DCA fixed account does not guarantee that any subaccount will gain in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. For a discussion of how dollar-cost averaging works, see “Making the Most of your Contract — Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging.”

Buying Your Contract

New contracts are not currently being offered.

We are required by law to obtain personal information from you which we used to verify your identity. If you do not provide this information we reserve the right to refuse to issue your contract or take other steps we deem reasonable. As the owner, you have all rights and may receive all benefits under the contract. You may select a qualified or nonqualified annuity. You can own a nonqualified annuity in joint tenancy with rights of survivorship only in spousal situations. You cannot own a qualified annuity in joint tenancy. You can buy a contract if you and the annuitant are age 85 or younger. (The age limit may be younger for qualified annuities in some states.)

When you applied, you could have selected:

• GPAs, the one-year fixed account, if part of your contract, the DCA fixed account if part of your contract and/or subaccounts in which you want to invest;

• how you want to make purchase payments;

• a beneficiary;

• the optional PN program⁽¹⁾; and

• one of the following optional death benefits:

– MAV Death Benefit;

– 5% Accumulation Death Benefit; or

– Enhanced Death Benefit.

• one of the following additional optional death benefits:

– Benefit Protector Death Benefit rider⁽²⁾; or

– Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit rider⁽²⁾.

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    33

In addition, if available in your state, could have also selected one of the following optional living benefits:

•	SecureSource 20 riders;
•	SecureSource riders;
•	Accumulation Protector Benefit rider;
•	Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider;
•	Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider;
•	Income Assurer Benefit – MAV rider;
•	Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base rider; or
•	Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base rider.
(1)	There is no additional charge for this feature.
(2)	Not available with 5% Accumulation or Enhanced Death Benefit.

The contract provides for allocation of purchase payments to the GPAs, the one-year fixed account (if part of your contract), the DCA fixed account (if part of your contract) and/or to the subaccounts of the variable account in even 1% increments subject to the $1,000 required minimum investment for the GPAs. The amount of any purchase payment allocated to the one-year fixed account in total cannot exceed 30% of the purchase payment. More than 30% of a purchase payment may be so allocated if you establish an automated dollar-cost averaging arrangement with respect to the purchase payment according to procedures currently in effect. We reserve the right to further limit purchase payment allocations to the one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then crediting on new purchase payments allocated to the one-year fixed account is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract.

We will credit additional eligible purchase payments you make to your accounts on the valuation date we receive them. If we receive an additional purchase payment at our Service Center before the close of business, we will credit any portion of that payment allocated to the subaccounts using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received the payment. If we receive an additional purchase payment at our Service Center at or after the close of business, we will credit any portion of that payment allocated to the subaccounts using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received the payment.

You may make monthly payments to your contract under a Systematic Investment Plan (SIP). You must make an initial purchase payment of $10,000. Then, to begin the SIP, you will complete and send a form and your first SIP payment along with your application. There is no charge for SIP. You can stop your SIP payments at any time.

In most states, you may make additional purchase payments to nonqualified and qualified annuities until the retirement date.

Householding and delivery of certain documents

With your prior consent, RiverSource Life and its affiliates may use and combine information concerning accounts owned by members of the same household and provide a single paper copy of certain documents to that household. This householding of documents may include prospectuses, supplements, annual reports, semiannual reports and proxies. Your authorization remains in effect unless we are notified otherwise. If you wish to continue receiving multiple copies of these documents, you can opt out of householding by calling us at 1.866.273.7429. Multiple mailings will resume within 30 days after we receive your opt out request.

The Retirement Date

Annuity payouts begin on the retirement date. This means that the contract will be annuitized or converted to a stream of monthly payments. If your contract is annuitized, the contract goes into payout and only the annuity payout provisions continue. You will no longer have access to your contract value. This means that the death benefit and any optional benefits you have elected will end. When we processed your application, we established the maximum age then in effect (or contract anniversary if applicable). Unless otherwise elected by you, all annuitization start dates are now automatically set to the maximum age of 95 now in effect. You can also change the retirement start date, provided you send us written instructions at least 30 days before annuity payouts begin.

The retirement start date must be:

• no earlier than the 30th day after the contract’s effective date; and no later than

• the owner’s 95th birthday or the tenth contract anniversary, if later,

• or such other date as agreed to by us.

Six months prior to your retirement start date, we will contact you with your options including the option to postpone your retirement start date to a future date. You can choose to delay the annuitization of your contract to a date beyond age 95, to the extent allowed by applicable state law and tax laws.

34    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If you do not make an election, annuity payouts using the contract’s default option of annuity payout Plan B – Life with 10 years certain will begin on the retirement start date and your monthly annuity payments will continue for as long as the annuitant lives. If the annuitant does not survive 10 years, we will continue to make payments until 10 years of payments have been made. Some distributors require annuitization by age 95. In that case, the option to continue to defer the retirement start date after age 95 is not available.

Generally, if you own a qualified annuity (for example, an IRA) and tax laws require that you take distributions from your annuity prior to your retirement start date, your contract will not be automatically annuitized (subject to state requirement). However, if you choose, you can elect to request annuitization or take surrenders to meet your required minimum distributions.

Please see ” SecureSource 20 — Other Provisions" section regarding options under this rider at the annuitization start date.

Beneficiary

We will pay to your named beneficiary the death benefit if it becomes payable while the contract is in force and before annuity payouts begin. If there is more than one beneficiary, we will pay each beneficiary’s designated share when we receive their completed claim. A beneficiary will bear the investment risk of the variable account until we receive the beneficiary’s completed claim. If there is no named beneficiary, the default provisions of your contract will apply. (See “Benefits in Case of Death” for more about beneficiaries.)

If you select one of theSecureSource series  – Joint Life rider, please consider carefully whether or not you wish to change the beneficiary of your annuity contract. The rider will terminate if the surviving covered spouse can not utilize the spousal continuation provision of the contract when the death benefit is payable.

Purchase Payments

Purchase payment amounts and purchase payment timing may vary by state and be limited under the terms of your contract.

Minimum initial purchase payment

$10,000

Minimum additional purchase payments

$50 for SIPs

$100 for all other payment types

Maximum total purchase payments (without our approval)

Maximum total purchase payments*

$1,000,000

Additional purchase payment restrictions for contracts with the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, orSecureSource riders.

Effective Jan. 26, 2009, after initial purchase payments are received, limited additional purchase payments allowed for contracts with the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, orSecureSource riders, subject to state restrictions. Initial purchase payments are: 1) payments received with the application, and 2) Tax Free Exchanges, rollovers, and transfers listed on the annuity application, paper work initiated within 30 days from the application signed date and received within 180 days from the application signed date.

For contracts issued in all states except those listed below, the only additional purchase payments that will be allowed on/after Jan. 26, 2009 are the maximum annual contribution permitted by the Code for qualified annuities.

For contracts issued in Florida, New Jersey, and Oregon, additional purchase payments to your variable annuity contract with the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, orSecureSource riders will be limited to $100,000 for the life of your contract. The limit does not apply to initial purchase payments.

Additional purchase payment restrictions for theSecureSource 20 riders

Effective Feb. 27, 2012, no additional purchase payments are allowed for contracts withSecureSource 20 riders subject to certain exceptions listed below.

Certain exceptions apply and the following additional purchase payments will be allowed on or after Feb. 27, 2012:

a. Current tax year contributions for TSAs and Custodial and investment only plans under Section 401(a) of the Code, up to the annual limit set by the IRS.

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    35

b. Prior and current tax year contributions up to the annual limit set up by the IRS for any Qualified Accounts except TSAs and 401(a)s. This annual limit applies to IRAs, Roth IRAs and SEP plans.

We reserve the right to change these current rules any time, subject to state restrictions.

The riders also prohibit additional purchase payments while the rider is effective, if (1) you decline a rider fee increase, or (2) the Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP) is established and your contract value on an anniversary is less than four times the ALP. (For the purpose of this calculation only, the ALP is determined using percentage B, as described under “Optional Living Benefits —SecureSource 20 Riders.”)

Additional purchase payment restrictions for the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider

Additional purchase payments are prohibited during the waiting period after the first 180 days immediately following the effective date of the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider.

Subject to state restrictions, we reserve the right to change the above purchase payment limitations, including making further restrictions, upon written notice.

* These limits apply in total to all RiverSource Life annuities you own unless a higher maximum applies to your contract. We reserve the right to waive or increase the maximum limit. For qualified annuities, the Code’s limits on annual contributions also apply. Additional purchase payments for inherited IRA contracts cannot be made unless the payment is IRA money inherited from the same decedent.

How to Make Purchase Payments

11 By letter

Send your check along with your name and contract number to:

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474

22 By SIP

Contact your investment professional to complete the necessary SIP paperwork.

Purchase Payment Credits

You will receive a purchase payment credit with every payment you make to your contract. We apply this credit immediately. We allocate the credit to your investment allocations in the same proportions as your purchase payment. We apply the credit as a percentage of your current payment based on the following schedule:

If cumulative net payments* made during the life of the contract equals	Then the purchase payment credit percentage equals
$10,000 to less than $100,000	2%
$100,000 to less than $250,000	3
$250,000 and over	4

* Cumulative net purchase payments are total purchase payments less the total amount of partial surrenders.

If you make any additional payments in any year that cause the contract to become eligible for a higher percentage credit, we will add credits to your prior payments (less total surrenders). We allocate credits according to the purchase payment allocation on the date we add the credits to the contract.

We fund the credit from our general account. We do not consider credits to be “investments” for income tax purposes. (See “Taxes.”)

We will reverse credits from the contract value for any purchase payment that is not honored (if, for example, your purchase payment check is returned for insufficient funds).

To the extent a death benefit, annuitization or withdrawal payment includes purchase payment credits applied within twelve months preceding: (1) the date of death that results in a death benefit payment under this contract; or (2) the annuitization start date (for contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2006, and if available in your state); or (3) a request for surrender charge waiver due to “Contingent events” (see “Charges — Contingent events”), we will assess a charge, similar to a surrender charge, equal to the amount of the purchase payment credits. The amount we pay to you under these circumstances will always equal or exceed your surrender value. The amount returned to you under the free look provision also will not include any credits applied to your contract.

36    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

This credit is available because of lower costs associated with larger sized contracts and through revenue from a higher and longer surrender charge schedule, a higher contract administrative charge and a higher mortality and expense risk fee. In general, we do not profit from the higher charges assessed to cover the cost of the purchase payment credit. We use all the revenue from these higher charges to pay for the cost of the credits. However, we could profit from the higher charges if market appreciation is higher than expected or if contract owners hold their contracts for longer than expected.

Because of these higher charges, there may be circumstances where you may be worse off for having received the credit than in other contracts. All things being equal (such as guarantee availability or fund performance and availability), this may occur if you hold your contract for 15 years or more. You should consider these higher charges and other relevant factors before you buy this contract or before you exchange a contract you currently own for this contract.

Limitations on Use of Contract

If mandated by applicable law, including, but not limited to, federal anti-money laundering laws, we may be required to reject a purchase payment. We may also be required to block an owner’s access to contract values or to satisfy other statutory obligations. Under these circumstances, we may refuse to implement requests for transfers, withdrawals or death benefits until instructions are received from the appropriate governmental authority or a court of competent jurisdiction.

Charges

All Contracts

Contract Administrative Charge

We charge this fee for establishing and maintaining your records. We deduct $40 from the contract value on your contract anniversary or, if earlier, when the contract is fully withdrawn. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the one-year fixed account, and the subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. Some states also limit any contract charge allocated to the fixed account.

We will waive this charge when your contract value is $50,000 or more on the current contract anniversary.

If you take a full withdrawal from your contract, we will deduct the charge at the time of withdrawal regardless of the contract value. We cannot increase the annual contract administrative charge and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

Variable Account Administrative Charge

We apply this charge daily to the subaccounts. It is reflected in the unit values of your subaccounts and it totals 0.15% of their average daily net assets on an annual basis. It covers certain administrative and operating expenses of the subaccounts such as accounting, legal and data processing fees and expenses involved in the preparation and distribution of reports and prospectuses. We cannot increase the variable account administrative charge.

Mortality and Expense Risk Fee

We charge these fees daily to the subaccounts. The unit values of your subaccounts reflect these fees. These fees cover the mortality and expense risk that we assume. These fees do not apply to the GPAs or the fixed account. We cannot increase these fees.

These fees are based on the death benefit guarantee and surrender charge schedule that applies to your contract.

If you select a six-year surrender charge schedule and:	Mortality and expense risk fee
ROP Death Benefit	1.50%
MAV Death Benefit	1.70
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.85
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.90

If you select an eight-year surrender charge schedule and:	Mortality and expense risk fee
ROP Death Benefit	1.25%
MAV Death Benefit	1.45
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.60
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.65

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    37

Mortality risk arises because of our guarantee to pay a death benefit and our guarantee to make annuity payouts according to the terms of the contract, no matter how long a specific owner or annuitant lives and no matter how long our entire group of owners or annuitants live. If, as a group, owners or annuitants outlive the life expectancy we assumed in our actuarial tables, then we must take money from our general assets to meet our obligations. If, as a group, owners or annuitants do not live as long as expected, we could profit from the mortality risk fee. We deduct the mortality risk fee from the subaccounts during the annuity payout period even if the annuity payout plan does not involve a life contingency.

Expense risk arises because we cannot increase the contract administrative charge or the variable account administrative charge and these charges may not cover our expenses. We would have to make up any deficit from our general assets. We could profit from the expense risk fee if future expenses are less than expected.

The subaccounts pay us the mortality and expense risk fee they accrued as follows:

• first, to the extent possible, the subaccounts pay this fee from any dividends distributed from the funds in which they invest;

• then, if necessary, the funds redeem shares to cover any remaining fees payable.

We may use any profits we realize from the subaccounts’ payment to us of the mortality and expense risk fee for any proper corporate purpose, including, among others, payment of distribution (selling) expenses. We do not expect that the withdrawal charge will cover sales and distribution expenses.

Withdrawal Charge

If you withdraw all or part of your contract value before annuity payouts begin, we may deduct a withdrawal charge. As described below, a withdrawal charge applies to each purchase payment you make. The withdrawal charge lasts for 6 years or 8 years from our receipt of each purchase payment, depending on which withdrawal charge schedule you select when you purchase the contract (see “Expense Summary”). The withdrawal charge percentages that apply to you are shown in your contract.

You may withdraw an amount during any contract year without a withdrawal charge. We call this amount the total free amount (TFA). The TFA varies depending on whether your contract includes one of theSecureSourceseries of riders, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider:

Contract withoutSecureSource 20 rider,SecureSource rider, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider or Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider

The TFA is the greater of:

• 10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary⁽¹⁾, less any prior withdrawals taken in the current contract year; or

• current contract earnings.

Contract withSecureSource 20 rider,SecureSource rider or Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider

The TFA is the greatest of:

• 10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary⁽¹⁾, less any prior withdrawals taken in the current contract year;

• current contract earnings; or

• the greater of the Remaining Benefit Payment or the Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (for theSecureSource 20 rider, Remaining Benefit Payment and the Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment are zero during the waiting period).

Contract with Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider

The TFA is the greatest of:

•	10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary(1), less any prior withdrawals taken in the current contract year;
•	current contract earnings; or
•	the Remaining Benefit Payment.
(1)	We consider your initial purchase payment and any purchase payment credit to be the prior contract anniversary’s contract value during the first contract year.

Amounts withdrawn in excess of the TFA may be subject to a withdrawal charge as described below.

38    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

A withdrawal charge will apply if the amount you withdrawn includes any of your prior purchase payments that are still within their withdrawal charge schedule. To determine whether your withdrawal includes any of your prior purchase payments that are still within their withdrawal charge schedule, we withdrawn amounts from your contract in the following order:

1.	First, we withdrawn the TFA. Contract earnings are withdrawn first, followed by purchase payments. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on the TFA. We withdraw payments that are considered part of the TFA on a last-in, first-out (LIFO) basis.
2.	Next, we withdraw purchase payments received that are beyond the withdrawal charge period shown in your contract. We withdraw these payments on a FIFO basis. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on these payments.
3.	Finally, we withdraw any additional purchase payments received that are still within the withdrawal charge period shown in your contract. We withdraw these payments on a FIFO basis. We do assess a withdrawal charge on these payments.

The amount of purchase payments withdrawn is calculated using a prorated formula based on the percentage of contract value being withdrawn. As a result, the amount of purchase payments withdrawn may be greater than the amount of contract value withdrawn.

We determine your withdrawal charge by multiplying each of your payments withdrawn which could be subject to a withdrawal charge by the applicable withdrawal charge percentage (see “Expense Summary”), and then adding the total withdrawal charges.

For a partial withdrawal, we will determine the amount of contract value that needs to be withdrawn, which after any withdrawal charge and any positive or negative market value adjustment, will equal the amount you request.

Example: Each time you make a purchase payment under the contract, a withdrawal charge schedule attaches to that purchase payment. The withdrawal charge percentage for each purchase payment declines according to the withdrawal charge schedule shown in your contract.(The withdrawal charge percentages for the 6-Year and 8-Year withdrawal charge schedule are shown in a table in the “Expense Summary”.) For example, if you select the 8-Year withdrawal charge schedule during the first five years after the purchase payment is made, the withdrawal charge percentage attached to that payment is 8%. The withdrawal charge percentage for that payment during the seventh year after it is made is 4%. At the beginning of the ninth year after that purchase payment is made, and thereafter, there is no longer a withdrawal charge as to that payment.

For an example, see Appendix B.

Waiver of withdrawal charges

We do not assess withdrawal charges for:

•	withdrawal each year that represent the total free amount for that year;
•	required minimum distributions from a qualified annuity to the extent that they exceed the free amount. The amount on which withdrawal charges are waived can be no greater than the RMD amount calculated under your specific contract currently in force. (Please note that, if you are buying a new contract with inherited IRA money, we will not waive withdrawal charges for a five-year distribution and, therefore, if that option is selected, you should choose a withdrawal charge period that is no longer than the time remaining in the five-year period.);
•	amounts applied to an annuity payment plan (Exception: As described below, if you select annuity payout Plan E, and choose later to withdraw the value of your remaining annuity payments, we will assess a withdrawal charge. )
•	withdrawals made as a result of one of the “Contingent events” described below to the extent permitted by state law;
•	amounts we refunded to you during the free look period; and
•	death benefits.
*	However, we will reverse certain purchase payment credits. (See “Buying Your Contract — Purchase Payment Credits.”)

Contingent events

• Withdrawals you make if you or the annuitant are confined to a hospital or nursing home and have been for the prior 60 days. Your contract will include this provision when you and the annuitant are under age 76 at contract issue. You must provide proof satisfactory to us of the confinement as of the date you request the withdrawal.

• Withdrawals you make if you or the annuitant are diagnosed in the second or later contract years as disabled with a medical condition that with reasonable medical certainty will result in death within 12 months or less from the date of the diagnosis. You must provide us with a licensed physician’s statement containing the terminal illness diagnosis and the date the terminal illness was initially diagnosed.

Liquidation charge under Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:If you are receiving variable annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to withdraw those payments. The amount that you can withdraw is the present value of any remaining variable payouts. The discount rate we use in the calculation will be

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    39

5.17% if the assumed investment return is 3.5% and 6.67% if the assumed investment return is 5%. The liquidation charge equals the present value of the remaining payouts using the assumed investment return minus the present value of the remaining payouts using the discount rate.

Fixed Payouts: Withdrawal charge for Fixed Annuity Payout Plan E – Payouts for a specified period: If you are receiving annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to take a withdraw and withdrawal charge may apply.

A withdrawal charge will be assessed against the present value of any remaining guaranteed payouts withdrawn. The discount rate we use in determining present values varies based on: (1) the contract value originally applied to the fixed annuitization; (2) the remaining years of guaranteed payouts; (3) the annual effective interest rate and periodic payment amount for new immediate annuities of the same duration as the remaining years of guaranteed payouts; and (4) the interest spread (currently 1.50%). If we do not currently offer immediate annuities, we will use rates and values applicable to new annuitizations to determine the discount rate.

Once the discount rate is applied and we have determined the present value of the remaining guaranteed payouts you withdrawn, the present value determined will be multiplied by the withdrawal charge percentage in the table below and deducted from the present value to determine the net present value you will receive.

Number of Completed Years Since Annuitization	Withdrawal charge percentage
0	Not applicable*
1	5%
2	4
3	3
4	2
5	1
6 and thereafter	0

*We do not permit withdrawals in the first year after annuitization.

We will provide a quoted present value (which includes the deduction of any withdrawal charge). You must then formally elect, in a form acceptable to us, to receive this value. The remaining guaranteed payouts following withdraw will be reduced to zero.

Possible group reductions: In some cases we may incur lower sales and administrative expenses due to the size of the group, the average contribution and the use of group enrollment procedures. In such cases, we may be able to reduce or eliminate the contract administrative and withdrawal charges. However, we expect this to occur infrequently.

Optional Living Benefits Charges

Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider Fee

We deduct an annual charge from your contract value on your contract anniversary for this optional benefit only if you select it. The charge is percentage of the greater of your contract value or the minimum contract accumulation value. See table below for the applicable percentage. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

Once you elect the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, you may not cancel it and the charge will continue to be deducted until the end of the waiting period. If the contract is terminated for any reason or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the charge.

The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider fee will not exceed a maximum of 1.75%.

We may increase the rider fee at our discretion and on a nondiscriminatory basis.

We will not change the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider fee in effect on your contract after the rider effective date unless:

(a)	you choose the annual elective step up or elective spousal continuation step up after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee; or
(b)	you change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee or vary the rider fee.

40    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

We exercised our right to increase the rider fee upon elective step up or elective spousal continuation step up and vary the fee depending on whether your contract value is invested in one of the Portfolio Navigator or Portfolio Stabilizer funds at the time of the elective step up or spousal continuation step up. You will pay the fee that is in effect on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up. Currently, we waive our right to increase the fee for investment option changes. There is no assurance that we will not exercise our right in the future.

If you request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up, the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are invested at that time, as shown in the table below.

Contract purchase date:	Maximum annual rider fee	Initial annual rider fee and annual rider fee for elective step-ups before 04/29/2013
Prior to 01/26/2009	1.75%	0.55%
01/26/2009 – 05/31/2009	1.75%	0.80%

(Charged annually on the contract anniversary as a percentage of the contract value or the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value, whichever is greater.)

Current annual rider fees for elective step-up (including elective spousal continuation step-up) requests on/after 04/29/2013 are shown in the table below.

Elective step up date:	If invested in Portfolio Navigator fund at the time of step-up:	If invested in Portfolio Stabilizer fund at the time of step-up:
04/29/2013 – 11/17/2013	1.75%	n/a
11/18/2013 – 10/17/2014	1.75%	1.30%
10/18/2014 – 06/30/2016	1.60%	1.00%
07/01/2016 – 10/15/2018	1.75%	1.30%
10/16/2018 – 12/29/2019	1.40%	1.00%
12/30/2019 – 07/20/2020	1.55%	1.15%
07/21/2020 and later	1.75%	1.75%

If your annual rider fee changes during the contract year, on the next contract anniversary we will calculate an average rider fee that reflects the various fees that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

Subject to the terms of your contract, we reserve the right to further increase the rider fees to the maximum limit provided by your rider and to vary the rider fees based on the fund you select.

The automatic step up option available under your rider will not impact your rider fee.

Please see the “Optional Living Benefits — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider” section for a full description and rules applicable to elective and automatic step up options under your rider.

The charge does not apply after annuity payouts begin.

SecureSource Rider Fee

We deduct a charge based on the greater of the contract anniversary value or the total Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA) for this optional feature only if you select it as follows:

Application signed date	Maximum annual rider fee	Initial annual rider fee
5/1/2007 – 5/31/2008, Single Life	1.50%	0.65%
5/1/2007 – 5/31/2008, Joint Life	1.75%	0.85%
6/1/2008 – 1/25/2009, Single Life	1.50%	0.75%
6/1/2008 – 1/25/2009, Joint Life	1.75%	0.95%
1/26/2009 and later, Single Life	2.00%	1.10%
1/26/2009 and later, Joint Life	2.50%	1.40%

We deduct the charge from your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    41

Once you elect aSecureSourcerider, you may not cancel it and the charge will continue to be deducted until the contract or rider is terminated, or the contract value reduces to zero. If the contract or rider is terminated for any reason, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the charge. If the RBA reduces to zero but the contract value has not been depleted, you will continue to be charged.

We may increase the rider fee at our discretion and on a nondiscriminatory basis. However, the rider fee will not exceed the maximum fees as shown in the table above.

We will not change theSecureSourcerider fee in effect on your contract after the rider effective date unless:

(a)	you choose the annual elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee; or
(b)	you elect to change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee or vary the rider fee for each PN program investment option.

Effective Dec. 18, 2013, we exercised our right to increase the rider fee and vary the fee depending on the fund to which your contract value is invested. Beginning Dec. 18, 2013, if you:

• request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up, or

• move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is more aggressive than the Portfolio Navigator fund you are currently allocated to,

the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are currently invested as shown in the table below.

If you move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is less aggressive than the Portfolio Navigator fund you are currently allocated to, your fee will not increase and may decrease according to the table below.

		Portfolio Navigator funds
Application signed date	All Portfolio Stabilizer funds	Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)
5/1/2007 – 5/31/2008, Single Life	0.65%	0.75%	0.75%	0.75%	0.90%	1.00%
5/1/2007 – 5/31/2008, Joint Life	0.85%	0.95%	0.95%	0.95%	1.10%	1.20%
6/1/2008 – 1/25/2009, Single Life	0.75%	0.85%	0.85%	0.85%	1.00%	1.10%
6/1/2008 – 1/25/2009, Joint Life	0.95%	1.05%	1.05%	1.05%	1.20%	1.30%
1/26/2009 and later, Single Life	1.10%	1.10%	1.10%	1.10%	1.20%	1.30%
1/26/2009 and later, Joint Life	1.40%	1.40%	1.40%	1.40%	1.50%	1.60%

On your next contract anniversary, if your contract value is allocated to a fund subject to a fee increase, you will have 30 days following the anniversary to choose from the following:

1	Remain invested in your current Portfolio Navigator fund and elect to step up (when available) and lock in your contract gains. If you make this decision, your rider fee will increase.
2.	Move to one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. If you do this, your rider fee will not increase, but remember that you will lose your access to invest in the Portfolio Navigator funds.
3.	Do not elect a step up. You will not lock in contract gains, but your rider fee will stay the same.

During the 30 days following your contract anniversary, if your contract value is allocated to a fund subject to a fee increase, we will automatically process any available step up and lock in any contract gains, as well as reactivate automatic step ups, when contract value is transferred:

1.	to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund;
2.	to a less aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund that is not subject to a fee increase, if applicable; or
3.	to a more aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund.

The step up and lock in of any contract gains will occur as of the date of the transfer described above.

Rider fees may increase or decrease as you move to various funds. Your fee will increase if you transfer your contract value to a more aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund with a higher fee. If you transfer to a less aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund or transfer to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund, your fee may decrease. Certain rider fees may not change depending on the fund in which your contract value is allocated.

42    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

We will notify you in writing about your opportunity to elect to step up (if eligible) and incur the higher rider fee or maintain your guaranteed amount at its current level and keep your rider fee the same. If you are subject to a fee increase, you will receive a letter from us approximately 30 days before your next annuity contract anniversary. This letter will describe the potential opportunity to elect a step up to increase your guaranteed income and how to make the election (if eligible). You will have a 30 day period beginning on your next contract anniversary to choose whether to step up and accept the fee increase. The Step up and new fee will be effective on the date we receive your request for the step up (Step up date).

For purposes of determining the duration of the “30 day window” following your contract anniversary to elect to step up or to transfer funds to lock in any available contract gains, the following will apply:

1.	the duration of your window is determined on a calendar day basis;
2.	under our current administrative process we will accept your request on the 31st calendar day if we receive it prior to the close of the NYSE; and
3.	if your window ends on a day the NYSE is closed, we must receive your request no later than the close of the NYSE on the preceding Valuation Date.

Each year, we will continue to provide you written notice of your options with respect to elective step ups and the fee increase until you are no longer subject to a fee increase. Once you have taken action that results in a higher fee, you will become eligible for automatic step ups under the rider.

Before you elect a step up resulting in an increased rider fee, you should carefully consider the benefit of the contract value gains you are locking-in and the increased rider fee compared to your other options including whether it is appropriate to consider moving to a fund with a lower corresponding rider fee.

Subject to the terms of your contract, we reserve the right to further increase the rider fee up to the maximum limit provided by your rider. Currently, the rider fee does not vary among the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, but we reserve the right to vary the fees among the Portfolio Stabilizer funds in the future.

If you choose the elective step up, the elective spousal continuation step up, or change your investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee as described above, you will pay the fee that is in effect on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up or change your investment option. On the next contract anniversary, we will calculate an average rider fee, for the preceding contract year only, that reflects the various different charges that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

The charge does not apply after the annuitization start date.

For an example of how your fee will vary upon elective step up or spousal continuation step up, please see Appendix M.

SecureSource 20 Rider Fee

We deduct a charge based on the greater of the contract anniversary value or the total Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA) for this optional feature only if you select it as follows:

• SecureSource 20 – Single Life rider, 1.25%;

• SecureSource 20 – Joint Life rider, 1.55%.

We deduct the charge from your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

Once you elect theSecureSource 20 rider, you may not cancel it (except as described below), and the charge will continue to be deducted until the contract or rider is terminated, or the contract value reduces to zero. If the contract or rider is terminated for any reason, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee. If the RBA reduces to zero but the contract value has not been depleted, you will continue to be charged.

Currently theSecureSource 20 rider fee does not vary with the PN program investment option selected; however, we reserve the right to vary the rider fee for each PN program investment option. TheSecureSource 20 – Single Life rider fee will not exceed a maximum charge of 2.00%. TheSecureSource 20 – Joint Life rider fee will not exceed a maximum charge of 2.50%.

The following describes how your annual rider fee may increase:

1. We may increase the annual rider fee at our discretion and on a nondiscriminatory basis. Your annual rider fee will increase if we declare an increase to the fee with written notice 30 days in advance except as described below. The new fee will be in effect on the date we declare in the written notice.

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    43

(A) You can decline this increase and therefore all future fee increases if we receive your written request prior to the date of the fee increase, in which case you permanently relinquish:

(i)	all future annual step-ups, and for the Joint Life rider, spousal continuation step-ups,
(ii)	any ability to make additional purchase payments,
(iii)	any pending increase to the ALP due to the 20% credit on the later of the third rider anniversary or the date the ALP is established, and
(iv)	the ability to change your PN program investment option to one that is more aggressive than your current one. Any change to a less aggressive PN program investment option will further limit the PN program investment options available to the then current and less aggressive PN program model portfolios or investment options.

(B) You can terminate this rider if your annual rider fee increase after any increase is more than 0.25 percentage points higher than your fee before the increase and if we receive your written request to terminate the rider prior to the date of the fee increase.

2. Your annual rider fee may increase if you elect to change to a more aggressive PN program investment option than your current PN program investment options and if the new PN program investment option has a higher current annual rider fee. The annual rider fees associated with the available PN program model portfolios or investment options may change at our discretion, however these changes will not apply to this rider unless you change your current PN program investment option to a more aggressive one. The new fee will be in effect on the valuation date we receive your written request to change your PN program investment option. You cannot decline this type of fee increase. To avoid it, you must stay in the same PN program investment option or move to a less aggressive PN program investment option. Also, this type of fee increase does not allow you to terminate the rider.

If your annual rider fee increases, on the next contract anniversary, we will calculate an average rider fee, for the preceding contract year only, that reflects the various different fees that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

The charge does not apply after the annuitization start date.

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider Fee⁽¹⁾

We deduct an annual charge based on the greater of the contract anniversary value or the total Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA) for this optional feature only if you select it. The initial fee is 0.65%. We deduct the charge from your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

Once you elect the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, you may not cancel it and the charge will continue to be deducted until the contract is terminated, the contract value reduces to zero. If the contract is terminated for any reason or on the annuitization start date, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee. If the RBA goes to zero but the contract value has not been depleted, you will continue to be charged.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider charge will not exceed a maximum fee of 1.50%.

We may increase the rider fee at our discretion and on a nondiscriminatory basis.

We will not change the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider fee in effect on your contract after the rider effective date unless:

(a)	you choose the annual elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee; or
(b)	you elect to change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee or vary the rider fee for each PN program investment option.

Effective Dec. 18, 2013, we exercised our right to increase the rider fee and vary the fee depending on the fund to which your contract value is invested. Beginning Dec. 18, 2013, if you:

• request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up, or

• move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is more aggressive than the Portfolio Navigator fund you are currently allocated to,

the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are currently invested as shown in the table below.

⁽¹⁾ See disclosure in Appendix I.

44    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If you move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is less aggressive than the Portfolio Navigator fund you are currently allocated to, your fee will not increase and may decrease according to the table below.

Fund name	Maximum annual rider fee	Current annual rider fee as of 12/18/13
Portfolio Stabilizer funds	1.50%	0.65%
Portfolio Navigator funds:
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.80%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.80%
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.80%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.95%
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	1.10%

On your next contract anniversary, if your contract value is allocated to a fund subject to a fee increase, you will have 30 days following the anniversary to choose from the following:

1.	Remain invested in your current Portfolio Navigator fund and elect to step up (when available) and lock in your contract gains. If you make this decision, your rider fee will increase.
2.	Move to one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. If you do this, your rider fee will not increase, but remember that you will lose your access to invest in the Portfolio Navigator funds.
3.	Do not elect a step up, if eligible. You will not lock in contract gains, but your rider fee will stay the same.

During the 30 days following your contract anniversary, if your contract value is allocated to a fund subject to a fee increase, we will automatically process any available step up and lock in any contract gains, as well as reactivate automatic step ups, when contract value is transferred:

1.	to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund;
2.	to a less aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund that is not subject to a fee increase, if applicable; or
3.	to a more aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund.

The step up and lock in of any contract gains will occur as of the date of the transfer described above.

Rider fees may increase or decrease as you move to various funds. Your fee will increase if you transfer your contract value to a more aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund with a higher fee. If you transfer to a less aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund or transfer to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund, your fee may decrease. Certain rider fees may not change depending on the fund in which your contract value is allocated.

We will notify you in writing about your opportunity to elect to step up (if eligible) and incur the higher rider fee or maintain your guaranteed amount at its current level and keep your rider fee the same. If you are subject to a fee increase, you will receive a letter from us approximately 30 days before your next annuity contract anniversary. This letter will describe the potential opportunity to elect a step up to increase your guaranteed income and how to make the election if eligible. You will have a 30 day period beginning on your next contract anniversary to choose whether to step up and accept the fee increase. The step up and new fee will be effective on the date we receive your request for the step up (Step up date).

For purposes of determining the duration of the “30 day window” following your contract anniversary to elect to step up or to transfer funds to lock in any available contract gains, the following will apply:

1.	the duration of your window is determined on a calendar day basis;
2.	under our current administrative process we will accept your request on the 31st calendar day if we receive it prior to the close of the NYSE; and
3.	if your window ends on a day the NYSE is closed, we must receive your request no later than the close of the NYSE on the preceding Valuation Date.

Each year, we will continue to provide you written notice of your options with respect to elective step ups and the fee increase until you are no longer subject to a fee increase. Once you have taken action that results in a higher fee, you will become eligible for automatic step ups under the rider.

Before you elect a step up resulting in an increased rider fee, you should carefully consider the benefit of the contract value gains you are locking-in and the increased rider fee compared to your other options including whether it is appropriate to consider moving to a fund with a lower corresponding rider fee.

Subject to the terms of your contract, we reserve the right to further increase the rider fee up to the maximum limit provided by your rider. Currently, the rider fee does not vary among the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, but we reserve the right to vary the fees among the Portfolio Stabilizer funds in the future.

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    45

If you choose the elective step up, the elective spousal continuation step up, or change your investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee as described above, you will pay the fee that is in effect on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up or change your investment option. On the next contract anniversary, we will calculate an average fee, for the preceding contract year only, that reflects the various different charges that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

The charge does not apply after annuity payouts begin.

For an example of how your fee will vary upon elective step up or spousal continuation step up, please see Appendix N.

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider Fee⁽¹⁾

This fee information applies to both Rider A and Rider B unless otherwise noted.

We deduct an annual charge based on contract value for this optional feature only if you select it. The initial fee is 0.55%. We deduct the charge from your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the one-year fixed account, and the subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

Once you elect the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, you may not cancel it and the charge will continue to be deducted until the contract is terminated, the contract value reduces to zero. If the contract is terminated for any reason or on the annuitization start date, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee. If the Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA) goes to zero but the contract value has not been depleted, you will continue to be charged.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider fee will not exceed a maximum charge of 1.50%.

We may increase the rider fee at our discretion and on a nondiscriminatory basis.

We will not change the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider fee in effect on your contract after the rider effective date unless:

(a)	you choose the annual elective step up or elective spousal continuation step up after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee; or
(b)	you elect to change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee or vary the rider fee for each PN program investment option.

Effective Dec. 18, 2013, we exercised our right to increase the rider fee and vary the fee depending on the fund to which your contract value is invested.

Beginning Dec. 18, 2013, if you:

• request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up, or

• move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is more aggressive than the Portfolio Navigator fund you are currently allocated to,

the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are currently invested as shown in the table below.

If you move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is less aggressive than the Portfolio Navigator fund you are currently allocated to, your fee will not increase and may decrease according to the table below.

Fund name	Maximum annual rider fee	Current annual rider fee as of 12/18/13
Portfolio Stabilizer funds	1.50%	0.55%
Portfolio Navigator funds:
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.85%
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	1.00%

On your next contract anniversary after, if your contract value is allocated to a fund subject to a fee increase, you will have 30 days following the anniversary to choose from the following:

1. Remain invested in your current Portfolio Navigator fund and elect to step up (when available) and lock in your contract gains. If you make this decision, your rider fee will increase.

⁽¹⁾ See disclosure in Appendix J.

46    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

2.	Move to one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. If you do this, your rider fee will not increase, but remember that you will lose your access to invest in the Portfolio Navigator funds.
3.	Do not elect a step up, if eligible. You will not lock in contract gains, but your rider fee will stay the same.

For the enhanced rider, if during the 30 days following your contract anniversary, your contract value is allocated to a fund subject to a fee increase, we will automatically process any available step up and lock in any contract gains, as well as reactivate automatic step ups, when contract value is transferred:

1.	to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund;
2.	to a less aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund that is not subject to a fee increase, if applicable; or
3.	to a more aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund.

For original riders, you must always elect to step up your rider values. The step up and lock in of any contract gains will occur as of the date of the transfer described above.

Rider fees may increase or decrease as you move to various funds. Your fee will increase if you transfer your contract value to a more aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund with a higher fee. If you transfer to a less aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund or transfer to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund, your fee may decrease. Certain rider fees may not change depending on the fund in which your contract value is allocated.

We will notify you in writing about your opportunity to elect to step up (if eligible) and incur the higher rider fee or maintain your guaranteed amount at its current level and keep your rider fee the same. For original riders or enhanced riders subject to a fee increase, you will receive a letter from us approximately 30 days before your next annuity contract anniversary. This letter will describe the potential opportunity to elect a step up to increase your guaranteed income and how to make the election if eligible. You will have a 30 day period beginning on your next contract anniversary to choose whether to step up and accept the fee increase. For enhanced riders and original riders with an application signed date on or after 4/29/2005, if approved in your state, the step up and new fee will be effective on the date we receive your request for the step up (Step up date). For original riders with an application signed date before 4/29/2005, the step up will be effective as of your contract anniversary and the fee for your rider will be the fee that was in effect for your current fund on the anniversary.

For purposes of determining the duration of the “30 day window” following your contract anniversary to elect to step up or to transfer funds to lock in any available contract gains, the following will apply:

1.	the duration of your window is determined on a calendar day basis;
2.	under our current administrative process we will accept your request on the 31st calendar day if we receive it prior to the close of the NYSE; and
3.	if your window ends on a day the NYSE is closed, we must receive your request no later than the close of the NYSE on the preceding Valuation Date.

Under the enhanced rider, each year, we will continue to provide you written notice of your options with respect to elective step ups and the fee increase until you are no longer subject to a fee increase. Once you have taken action that results in a higher fee, you will become eligible for automatic step ups under the rider.

Before you elect a step up resulting in an increased rider fee, you should carefully consider the benefit of the contract value gains you are locking-in and the increased rider fee compared to your other options including whether it is appropriate to consider moving to a fund with a lower corresponding rider fee.

Subject to the terms of your contract, we reserve the right to further increase the rider fee up to the maximum limit provided by your rider. Currently, the rider fee does not vary among the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, but we reserve the right to vary the fees among the Portfolio Stabilizer funds in the future.

If you choose the annual or spousal continuation elective step up or change your investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee as described above, you will pay the fee that is in effect on the effective date of your step up or investment option change. On the next contract anniversary, we will calculate an average rider fee, for the preceding contract year only, that reflects the various different charges that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

The charge does not apply after annuity payouts begin.

For an example of how your fee will vary upon elective step up or spousal continuation step up, please see Appendix N.

Income Assurer Benefit Rider Fee

We deduct a charge for this optional feature only if you selected it. We determine the charge by multiplying the guaranteed income benefit base by the charge for the Income Assurer Benefit rider you select. There are three Income Assurer Benefit rider options available under your contract (see “Optional Benefits — Income Assurer Benefit Riders”)

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    47

and each has a different guaranteed income benefit base calculation. The charge for each Income Assurer Benefit rider is as follows:

	Maximum	Current
Income Assurer Benefit – MAV	1.50%	0.30%(1)
Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base	1.75	0.60(1)
Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base	2.00	0.65(1)

⁽¹⁾ For applications signed prior to Oct. 7, 2004, the following current annual rider charges apply: Income Assurer Benefit – MAV — 0.55%, Income Assurer Benefit — 5% Accumulation Benefit Base — 0.70%; and Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base — 0.75%.

We deduct the charge from the contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among the GPAs , the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary. If the contract is terminated for any reason or on the annuitization start date, we will deduct the fee from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee.

Currently the Income Assurer Benefit rider fee does not vary with the PN program investment option selected; however, we reserve the right to increase this fee and/or vary the rider fee for each PN program investment option but not to exceed the maximum charges shown above. We cannot change the Income Assurer Benefit charge after the rider effective date, unless you change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the fee and/or charge a separate fee for each PN program investment option. If you choose to change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee, you will pay the fee that is in effect on the valuation date we receive your written request to change your PN program investment option. On the next contract anniversary, we will calculate an average rider fee, for the preceding contract year only, that reflects the various different charges that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

For an example of how each Income Assurer Benefit rider fee is calculated, see Appendix K.

Optional Death Benefit Charges

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider Fee

We deduct a charge for the optional feature only if you select it. If selected, we deduct 0.25% of your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

If the contract is terminated for any reason other than death or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the charge. We cannot increase this annual charge after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider Fee

We charge a fee for the optional feature only if you select it. If selected, we deduct 0.40% of your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this fee among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

If the contract is terminated for any reason other than death or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the fee from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee. We cannot increase this annual charge after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

Fund Fees and Expenses

There are deductions from and expenses paid out of the assets of the funds that are described in the prospectuses for those funds.

Premium Taxes

Certain state and local governments impose premium taxes on us (up to 3.5%). These taxes depend upon your state of residence or the state in which the contract was issued. Currently, we deduct any applicable premium tax on the annuitization start date, but we reserve the right to deduct this tax at other times such as when you make purchase payments or when you make a full withdrawal from your contract.

48    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Valuing Your Investment

We value your accounts as follows:

GPAs

We value the amounts you allocate to the GPAs directly in dollars. The value of the GPAs equals:

• the sum of your purchase payments and transfer amounts allocated to the GPAs;

• plus any purchase payment credits allocated to the GPAs;

• plus interest credited;

• minus the sum of amounts withdrawn (including any applicable withdrawal charges) and amounts transferred out;

• minus any prorated portion of the contract administrative charge; and

• minus the prorated portion of the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Accumulation Protector Benefit rider;

– SecureSource series rider

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider;

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider;

– Income Assurer Benefit rider;

– Benefit Protector rider; or

– Benefit Protector Plus rider.

The Fixed Account

We value the amounts you allocate to the fixed account directly in dollars. The value of the fixed account equals:

• the sum of your purchase payments and any purchase payment credits allocated to the one-year fixed account (if included) and the DCA fixed account (if included), and transfer amounts to the one-year fixed account (including any positive or negative MVA on amounts transferred from the GPAs);

• plus interest credited;

• minus the sum of amounts withdrawn (including any applicable withdrawal charges) and amounts transferred out;

• minus any prorated portion of the contract administrative charge; and

• minus the prorated portion of the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Accumulation Protector Benefit rider;

– SecureSource series rider

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider;

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider;

– Income Assurer Benefit rider;

– Benefit Protector rider; or

– Benefit Protector Plus rider.

Subaccounts

We convert amounts you allocated to the subaccounts into accumulation units. Each time you make a purchase payment or transfer amounts into one of the subaccounts or we apply any purchase payment credits, we credit a certain number of accumulation units to your contract for that subaccount. Conversely, we subtract a certain number of accumulation units from your contract each time you take a partial withdrawal; transfer amounts out of a subaccount; or we assess a contract administrative charge, a withdrawal charge, or fee for any optional contract riders with annual charges (if applicable).

The accumulation units are the true measure of investment value in each subaccount during the accumulation period. They are related to, but not the same as, the net asset value of the fund in which the subaccount invests. The dollar value of each accumulation unit can rise or fall daily depending on the variable account expenses, performance of the fund and on certain fund expenses.

Here is how we calculate accumulation unit values:

Number of units: To calculate the number of accumulation units for a particular subaccount, we divide your investment by the current accumulation unit value.

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    49

Accumulation unit value: The current accumulation unit value for each subaccount equals the last value times the subaccount’s current net investment factor.

We determine the net investment factor by:

• adding the fund’s current net asset value per share, plus the per share amount of any accrued income or capital gain dividends to obtain a current adjusted net asset value per share; then

• dividing that sum by the previous adjusted net asset value per share; and

• subtracting the percentage factor representing the mortality and expense risk fee and the variable account administrative charge from the result.

Because the net asset value of the fund may fluctuate, the accumulation unit value may increase or decrease. You bear all the investment risk in a subaccount.

Factors that affect subaccount accumulation units: Accumulation units may change in two ways — in number and in value.

The number of accumulation units you own may fluctuate due to:

• additional purchase payments you allocate to the subaccounts;

• any purchase payment credits allocated to the subaccounts;

• transfers into or out of the subaccounts (including any positive or negative MVA on amounts transferred from the GPAs);

• partial withdrawals;

• withdrawal charges;

and the deduction of a prorated portion of:

• the contract administrative charge; and

• the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Accumulation Protector Benefit rider;

– SecureSource series of riders;

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider;

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider;

– Income Assurer Benefit rider;

– Benefit Protector rider; or

– Benefit Protector Plus rider.

Accumulation unit values will fluctuate due to:

• changes in fund net asset value;

• fund dividends distributed to the subaccounts;

• fund capital gains or losses;

• fund operating expenses; and

• mortality and expense risk fee and the variable account administrative charge.

50    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Making the Most of Your Contract

Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging

Currently, you can use automated transfers to take advantage of dollar-cost averaging (investing a fixed amount at regular intervals). For example, you might transfer a set amount monthly from a relatively conservative subaccount to a more aggressive one, or to several others, or from the one-year GPA or one-year fixed account to one or more subaccounts. Automated transfers are not available for GPA terms of two or more years. You can also obtain the benefits of dollar-cost averaging by setting up regular automatic SIP payments or by establishing an interest sweep strategy. Interest sweeps are a monthly transfer of the interest earned from the one-year GPA or one-year fixed account into the subaccounts of your choice. If you participate in an interest sweep strategy the interest you earn on the one-year GPA or one-year fixed account will be less than the annual interest rate we apply because there will be no compounding. There is no charge for dollar-cost averaging.

This systematic approach can help you benefit from fluctuations in accumulation unit values caused by fluctuations in the market values of the funds. Since you invest the same amount each period, you automatically acquire more units when the market value falls and fewer units when it rises. The potential effect is to lower your average cost per unit.

How dollar-cost averaging works

By investing an equal number of dollars each month		Month	Amount invested	Accumulation unit value	Number of units purchased
		Jan	$100	$20	5.00
		Feb	100	18	5.56
you automatically buy more units when the per unit market price is low		Mar	100	17	5.88
	→	Apr	100	15	6.67
		May	100	16	6.25
		Jun	100	18	5.56
		Jul	100	17	5.88
and fewer units when the per unit market price is high.		Aug	100	19	5.26
	→	Sept	100	21	4.76
		Oct	100	20	5.00

You paid an average price of $17.91 per unit over the 10 months, while the average market price actually was $18.10.

Dollar-cost averaging does not guarantee that any subaccount will gain in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. Because dollar-cost averaging involves continuous investing, your success will depend upon your willingness to continue to invest regularly through periods of low price levels. Dollar-cost averaging can be an effective way to help meet your long-term goals. For specific features contact your investment professional.

Dollar-cost averaging as described in this section is not available when the PN program is in effect. However, subject to certain restrictions, dollar-cost averaging is available through the DCA fixed account. See the “DCA Fixed Account” and “Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds” sections in this prospectus for details.

Asset Rebalancing

You can ask us in writing to automatically rebalance the subaccount portion of your contract value either quarterly, semiannually, or annually. The period you select will start to run on the date we record your request. On the first valuation date of each of these periods, we automatically will rebalance your contract value so that the value in each subaccount matches your current subaccount percentage allocations. These percentage allocations must be in whole numbers. There is no charge for asset rebalancing. The contract value must be at least $2,000.

You can change your percentage allocations or your rebalancing period at any time by contacting us in writing. We will restart the rebalancing period you selected as of the date we record your change. You also can ask us in writing to stop rebalancing your contract value. You must allow 30 days for us to change any instructions that currently are in place. For more information on asset rebalancing, contact your investment professional.

Different rules apply to asset rebalancing under the PN program (see “Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds” below and “Appendix H — Asset Allocation Program for Contracts with Applications Signed Before May 1, 2006”).

As long as you are not participating in a PN program, asset rebalancing is available for use with the DCA fixed account (Original Contract) (see “DCA Fixed Account”) only if your subaccount allocation for asset rebalancing is exactly the same as your subaccount allocation for transfers from the DCA fixed account. If you change your subaccount allocations

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    51

under the asset rebalancing program or the DCA fixed account, we will automatically change the subaccount allocations so they match. If you do not wish to have the subaccount allocation be the same for the asset rebalancing program and the DCA fixed account, you must terminate the asset rebalancing program or the DCA fixed account, as you may choose.

Portfolio Navigator Program (PN program) and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds

PN Program. You are required to participate in the PN program if your contract includes optional living benefit riders. Under the PN program, your contract value is allocated to a PN program investment. The PN program investment options are currently five funds of funds, each of which invests in underlying funds in proportions that vary among the funds of funds in light of each fund of funds’ investment objective (“Portfolio Navigator funds”). The PN program is available for both nonqualified and qualified annuities.

The Portfolio Navigator funds. We offer the following Portfolio Navigator funds:

1.	Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio
2.	Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio
3.	Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio
4.	Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio
5.	Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio

Each Portfolio Navigator fund is a fund of funds with the investment objective of seeking a high level of total return consistent with a certain level of risk, which it seeks to achieve by investing in various underlying funds.

For additional information about the Portfolio Navigator funds’ investment strategies, see the Funds’ prospectus.

If your contract does not include one of the living benefit riders, you may not participate in the PN program, but you may choose to allocate your contract value to one or more of the Portfolio Navigator funds.

Beginning November 18, 2013, if you have selected one of theSecureSource series riders, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life riders, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider or Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, as an alternative to the Portfolio Navigator funds in the PN program, we have made available to you new funds, known as Portfolio Stabilizer funds.

The Portfolio Stabilizer funds. The Portfolio Stabilizer funds currently available are:

1.	Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Fund (Class 2)
2.	Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2)
3.	Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2)
4.	Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Growth Fund (Class 2)

Each Portfolio Stabilizer fund has an investment objective of pursuing total return while seeking to manage the Fund’s exposure to equity market volatility.

For additional information about the Portfolio Stabilizer funds’ investment strategies, see the Funds’ prospectuses.

You may choose to remain invested in your current Portfolio Navigator fund, move to a different Portfolio Navigator fund, or move to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund. Your decision should be made based on your own individual investment objectives and financial situation and in consultation with your investment professional.

Please note that if you are currently invested in a Portfolio Navigator fund as part of the PN program and choose to reallocate your contract value to the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, you will no longer have access to any of the Portfolio Navigator funds, but you may change to any of the other Portfolio Stabilizer funds, subject to the transfer limits applicable to your rider.

If your contract does not include the living benefit riders, you may not participate in the PN program, but you may choose to allocate your contract value to one or more of the Portfolio Navigator funds. You should review any PN program, Portfolio Navigator funds and Portfolio Stabilizer funds information, including the funds’ prospectus, carefully. Your investment professional can provide you with additional information and can answer questions you may have on the PN program, Portfolio Navigator funds and Portfolio Stabilizer funds.

The PN program static model portfolios. If you have chosen to remain invested in a “static” PN program model portfolio investment option, your assets will remain invested in accordance with your current model portfolio, and you will not be provided with any updates to the model portfolio or reallocation recommendations. (The last such reallocation recommendation was provided in 2009.) Each model portfolio consists of underlying funds and/or any GPAs (if included) according to the allocation percentages stated for the model portfolio. If you are participating in the PN program through a model portfolio, you instruct us to automatically rebalance your contract value quarterly in order to maintain alignment with these allocation percentages.

52    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Special rules apply to the GPAs if they are included in a model portfolio. Under these rules:

• no MVA will apply when rebalancing occurs within a specific model portfolio (but an MVA may apply if you elect to transfer to a fund of funds);

• no MVA will apply when you elect an annuity payout plan while your contract value is invested in a model portfolio. (See “Guarantee Period Accounts — Market Value Adjustment.”)

If you choose to remain in a static model portfolio, the investments and investment styles and policies of the underlying funds in which your contract value is invested may change. Accordingly, your model portfolio may change so that it is no longer appropriate for your needs, even though your allocations to underlying funds do not change. Furthermore, the absence of periodic updating means that existing underlying funds will not be replaced as may be appropriate due to poor performance, changes in management personnel, liquidation, merger or other factors. Your investment professional can help you determine whether your continued investment in a static model portfolio is appropriate for you.

Investing in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, the Portfolio Navigator funds and PN static model portfolios (the Funds). You are responsible for determining which investment option is best for you. Currently, the PN program includes five Portfolio Navigator funds (and under the previous PN program, five static model portfolios investment options), with risk profiles ranging from conservative to aggressive in relation to one another. There are four Portfolio Stabilizer funds currently available under your contract. If your contract includes a living benefit rider you may only invest in one Portfolio Stabilizer or Portfolio Navigator fund at a time.  Your investment professional can help you determine which investment option most closely matches your investing style, based on factors such as your investment goals, your tolerance for risk and how long you intend to invest. There is no guarantee that the investment option you select is appropriate for you based on your investment objectives and/or risk profile. We and Columbia Management are not responsible for your decision to select a certain investment option or your decision to transfer to a different investment option.

If you initially allocate qualifying purchase payments to the DCA fixed account , when available (see “DCA Fixed Account”), and you are invested in one of the Portfolio Stabilizer or Portfolio Navigator funds, we will make monthly transfers in accordance with your instructions from the DCA fixed account into the investment option or model portfolio you have chosen.

Before you decide to transfer contract value to the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, you and your investment professional should carefully consider the following:

• Whether the Portfolio Stabilizer funds meet your personal investment objectives and/or risk tolerance.

• Whether you would like to continue to invest in a Portfolio Navigator fund. If you decide to transfer your contract value to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund, you permanently lose your ability to invest in any of the Portfolio Navigator funds if you have a living benefit rider. If you decide to no longer invest your contract value in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, your only option will be to terminate your contract by requesting a full surrender.Withdrawal charges and tax penalties may apply.

• Whether the total expenses associated with an investment in a Portfolio Stabilizer fund is appropriate for you. For total expenses associated with the rider, you should consider not only the variation of the rider fee, but also the variation in fees among the various funds. You should also consider your overall investment objective, as well as how total fees and your selected fund’s investment objective may impact the amount of any step up opportunities in the future.

You may request a change to your Fund selection (or a transfer from your PN program static model portfolio to either a Portfolio Navigator fund or a Portfolio Stabilizer fund) up to two times per contract year by written request on an authorized form or by another method agreed to by us. If you make such a change, we may charge you a higher fee for your rider. However, an initial transfer from a Portfolio Navigator fund to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund will not count toward the limit of two transfers per year. If your contract includes aSecureSource series rider, we reserve the right to limit the number of changes if required to comply with the written instructions of a fund (see “Market Timing”). If your contract includes the GWB for Life rider orSecureSource series rider, we reserve the right to limit the number of investment options from which you can select, subject to state restrictions. If you decide to annuitize your contract, your rider will terminate and you will no longer have access to the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. If your living benefit rider is terminated, you may remain invested in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, but you will not be allowed to allocate future purchase payments or make transfers to these funds.

Substitution and modification. We reserve the right to add, remove or substitute Funds. We also reserve the right, upon notification to you, to close or restrict any Fund. Any change will apply to current allocations and/or to future payments and transfers. Any substitution of Funds may be subject to SEC or state insurance departments approval.

We reserve the right to change the terms and conditions of the PN program or to change the availability of the investment options upon written notice to you. This includes but is not limited to the right to:

• limit your choice of investment options based on the amount of your initial purchase payment;

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    53

• cancel required participation in the program after 30 days written notice;

• substitute a fund of funds for your model portfolio, if applicable, if permitted under applicable securities law; and

• discontinue the PN program after 30 days written notice.

Risks associated with the Funds. An investment in a Fund involves risk. Principal risks associated with an investment in a Fund may be found in the relevant Fund’s prospectus. There is no assurance that the Funds will achieve their respective investment objectives. In addition, there is no guarantee that the Fund’s strategy will have its intended effect or that it will work as effectively as is intended.

Investing in a Portfolio Navigator fund, Portfolio Stabilizer fund or PN program static model portfolio does not guarantee that your contract will increase in value nor will it protect in a decline in value if market prices fall. Depending on future market conditions and considering only the potential return on your investment in the Fund, you might benefit (or benefit more) from selecting alternative investment options.

For more information and a list of the risks associated with investing in the Funds, including volatility and volatility management risk associated with Portfolio Stabilizer funds, please consult the applicable Funds’ prospectuses and “The Variable Account and the Funds – Risks and Conflicts of Interest with Certain Funds Advised by Columbia Management” section in this prospectus.

Conflicts of interest. In providing investment advisory services for the Funds and the underlying funds in which those Funds respectively invest, Columbia Management is, together with its affiliates, including us, subject to competing interests that may influence its decisions.

For additional information regarding the conflicts of interest to which Columbia Management may be subject, see the Funds’ prospectuses and “The Variable Account and the Funds – Risks and Conflicts of Interest with Certain Funds Advised by Columbia Management” section in this prospectus.

Automatic reallocation after taking withdrawal. If you selected theSecureSource or SecureSource 20riders, under the rules currently applicable to investments in the Portfolio Navigator funds, your contract value will be automatically reallocated to the Moderate option, Variable Portfolio — Moderate Portfolio once you begin taking withdrawals if the fund you are invested in is more aggressive. By contrast, under the rules applicable to investments in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, your contract value will not automatically be reallocated to a more conservative investment option after you begin taking withdrawals.

Living benefits requiring participation in the PN program or investing in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds:

• Accumulation Protector Benefit rider: You cannot terminate the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. As long as the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider is in effect, your contract value must be invested in one of the PN program investment options or in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. For contracts with applications signed on or after Jan. 26, 2009, you cannot select the Portfolio Navigator Aggressive investment option, or transfer to the Portfolio Navigator Aggressive investment option while the rider is in effect. The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider automatically ends at the end of the waiting period and you then have the option to cancel your participation in the PN program. At all other times, if you do not want to invest in any of the PN program investment options or the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, you must terminate your contract by requesting a full surrender. Surrender charges and tax penalties may apply.

• SecureSource series or Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider: TheSecureSource series rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider requires that your contract value be invested in one of the PN program investment options or in one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, for the life of the contract. Subject to state restrictions, we reserve the right to limit the number of investment options from which you can select based on the dollar amount of purchase payments you make. Because you cannot terminate theSecureSource series rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider once you have selected it, you must terminate your contract by requesting a full withdrawal if you do not want to invest in any of the PN program investment options or the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. Withdrawal charges and tax penalties may apply.

• Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider: The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider requires that your contract value be invested in one of the PN program investment options or in one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, for the life of the contract and because you cannot terminate the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider once you have selected it, you must terminate your contract by requesting a full withdrawal if you do not want to invest in any of the PN program investment options or the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. Withdrawal charges and tax penalties may apply.

Living benefit requiring participation in the PN program:

• Income Assurer Benefit rider: The Income Assurer Benefit rider requires that your contract value be invested in one of the PN program investment options for the life of the contract. You can terminate the Income Assurer Benefit rider during the 30-day period after the first rider anniversary and at any time after the expiration of the waiting period. At all other times you cannot terminate the Income Assurer Benefit rider once you have selected it and you must terminate your contract by requesting a full withdrawal if you do not want to invest in any of the PN program investment options. Withdrawal charges and tax penalties may apply.

54    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Transferring Among Accounts

The transfer rights discussed in this section do not apply if you have selected one of the optional living benefit riders.

You may transfer contract value from any one subaccount, GPA, the one-year fixed account or the DCA fixed account. to another subaccount before annuity payouts begin. Certain restrictions apply to transfers involving the GPAs and the one-year fixed account. You may not transfer contract value to the DCA fixed account.

The date your request to transfer will be processed depends on when and how we receive it:

For transfer requests received in writing:

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your transfer request.

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your transfer request.

For transfer requests received by phone:

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your transfer request.

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your transfer request.

There is no charge for transfers. Before making a transfer, you should consider the risks involved in changing investments. Transfers out of the GPAs will be subject to an MVA if done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period.

We may suspend or modify transfer privileges at any time.

For information on transfers after annuity payouts begin, see “Transfer policies” below.

Transfer policies

• Before annuity payouts begin, you may transfer contract values between the subaccounts, or from the subaccounts to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account at any time. However, if you made a transfer from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs, you may not make a transfer from any subaccount or GPA back to the one-year fixed account for six months following that transfer. We reserve the right to further limit transfers to the one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then currently crediting to the one-year fixed account is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract.

• You may transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs once a year on or within 30 days before or after the contract anniversary (except for automated transfers, which can be set up at any time for certain transfer periods subject to certain minimums). Transfers from the one-year fixed account are not subject to an MVA. The amount of contract value transferred to the one-year fixed account cannot result in the value of the one-year fixed account being greater than 30% of the contract value. Transfers out of the one-year fixed account are limited to 30% of one-year fixed account values at the beginning of the contract year or $10,000, whichever is greater. Because of this limitation, it may take you several years to transfer all your contract value from the one-year fixed account. You should carefully consider whether the one-year fixed account meets your investment criteria before you invest. We reserve the right to further limit transfers to or from the one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then crediting on new purchase payments allocated to the one-year fixed account is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract.

• You may transfer contract values from a GPA any time after 60 days of transfer or payment allocation to the account. Transfers made more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will receive an MVA, which may result in a gain or loss of contract value, unless an exception applies (see “The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs) — Market Value Adjustment (MVA)”).

• If we receive your request on or within 30 days before or after the contract anniversary date, the transfer from the one-year fixed account to the GPAs will be effective on the valuation date we receive it.

• You may not transfer contract values from the subaccounts, the GPAs, or the one-year fixed account into the DCA fixed account. However, you may transfer contract values from the DCA fixed account to any of the investment options available under your contract, subject to investment minimums and other restrictions we may impose on investments in the one-year fixed account and the GPA, as described above. (See “DCA Fixed Account.”)

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    55

• Once annuity payouts begin, you may not make transfers to or from the GPAs or the fixed account, but you may make transfers once per contract year among the subaccounts. During the annuity payout period, we reserve the right to limit the number of subaccounts in which you may invest. When annuity payments begin, you must transfer all contract value out of your GPAs and DCA accounts.

Market Timing

Market timing can reduce the value of your investment in the contract. If market timing causes the returns of an underlying fund to suffer, contract value you have allocated to a subaccount that invests in that underlying fund will be lower too. Market timing can cause you, any joint owner of the contract and your beneficiary(ies) under the contract a financial loss.

We seek to prevent market timing. Market timing is frequent or short-term trading activity. We do not accommodate short-term trading activities. Do not buy a contract if you wish to use short-term trading strategies to manage your investment. The market timing policies and procedures described below apply to transfers among the subaccounts within the contract. The underlying funds in which the subaccounts invest have their own market timing policies and procedures. The market timing policies of the underlying funds may be more restrictive than the market timing policies and procedures we apply to transfers among the subaccounts of the contract, and may include redemption fees. We reserve the right to modify our market timing policies and procedures at any time without prior notice to you.

Market timing may hurt the performance of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests in several ways, including but not necessarily limited to:

• diluting the value of an investment in an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests;

• increasing the transaction costs and expenses of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests; and,

• preventing the investment adviser(s) of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests from fully investing the assets of the fund in accordance with the fund’s investment objectives.

Funds available as investment options under the contract that invest in securities that trade in overseas securities markets may be at greater risk of loss from market timing, as market timers may seek to take advantage of changes in the values of securities between the close of overseas markets and the close of U.S. markets. Also, the risks of market timing may be greater for underlying funds that invest in securities such as small cap stocks, high yield bonds, or municipal securities, that may be traded infrequently.

In order to help protect you and the underlying funds from the potentially harmful effects of market timing activity, we apply the following market timing policy to discourage frequent transfers of contract value among the subaccounts of the variable account:

We try to distinguish market timing from transfers that we believe are not harmful, such as periodic rebalancing for purposes of an asset allocation, dollar-cost averaging and asset rebalancing program that may be described in this prospectus. There is no set number of transfers that constitutes market timing. Even one transfer in related accounts may be market timing. We seek to restrict the transfer privileges of a contract owner who makes more than three subaccount transfers in any 90 day period. We also reserve the right to refuse any transfer request, if, in our sole judgment, the dollar amount of the transfer request would adversely affect unit values.

If we determine, in our sole judgment, that your transfer activity constitutes market timing, we may modify, restrict or suspend your transfer privileges to the extent permitted by applicable law, which may vary based on the state law that applies to your contract and the terms of your contract. These restrictions or modifications may include, but not be limited to:

• requiring transfer requests to be submitted only by first-class U.S. mail;

• not accepting hand-delivered transfer requests or requests made by overnight mail;

• not accepting telephone or electronic transfer requests;

• requiring a minimum time period between each transfer;

• not accepting transfer requests of an agent acting under power of attorney;

• limiting the dollar amount that you may transfer at any one time;

• suspending the transfer privilege; or

• modifying instructions under an automated transfer program to exclude a restricted fund if you do not provide new instructions.

Subject to applicable state law and the terms of each contract, we will apply the policy described above to all contract owners uniformly in all cases. We will notify you in writing after we impose any modification, restriction or suspension of your transfer rights.

56    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Because we exercise discretion in applying the restrictions described above, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to identify and restrict all market timing activity. In addition, state law and the terms of some contracts may prevent us from stopping certain market timing activity. Market timing activity that we are unable to identify and/or restrict may impact the performance of the underlying funds and may result in lower contract values.

In addition to the market timing policy described above, which applies to transfers among the subaccounts within your contract, you should carefully review the market timing policies and procedures of the underlying funds. The market timing policies and procedures of the underlying funds may be materially different than those we impose on transfers among the subaccounts within your contract and may include mandatory redemption fees as well as other measures to discourage frequent transfers. As an intermediary for the underlying funds, we are required to assist them in applying their market timing policies and procedures to transactions involving the purchase and exchange of fund shares. This assistance may include, but not be limited to, providing the underlying fund upon request with your Social Security Number, Taxpayer Identification Number or other United States government-issued identifier, and the details of your contract transactions involving the underlying fund. An underlying fund, in its sole discretion, may instruct us at any time to prohibit you from making further transfers of contract value to or from the underlying fund, and we must follow this instruction. We reserve the right to administer and collect on behalf of an underlying fund any redemption fee imposed by an underlying fund. Market timing policies and procedures adopted by underlying funds may affect your investment in the contract in several ways, including but not limited to:

• Each fund may restrict or refuse trading activity that the fund determines, in its sole discretion, represents market timing.

• Even if we determine that your transfer activity does not constitute market timing under the market timing policies described above which we apply to transfers you make under the contract, it is possible that the underlying fund’s market timing policies and procedures, including instructions we receive from a fund may require us to reject your transfer request. For example, while we will attempt to execute transfers permitted under any asset allocation, dollar-cost averaging and asset rebalancing programs that may be described in this prospectus, we cannot guarantee that an underlying fund’s market timing policies and procedures will do so. Orders we place to purchase fund shares for the variable account are subject to acceptance by the fund. We reserve the right to reject without prior notice to you any transfer request if the fund does not accept our order.

• Each underlying fund is responsible for its own market timing policies, and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to implement specific market timing policies and procedures that a fund has adopted. As a result, a fund’s returns might be adversely affected, and a fund might terminate our right to offer its shares through the variable account.

• Funds that are available as investment options under the contract may also be offered to other intermediaries who are eligible to purchase and hold shares of the fund, including without limitation, separate accounts of other insurance companies and certain retirement plans. Even if we are able to implement a fund’s market timing policies, we cannot guarantee that other intermediaries purchasing that same fund’s shares will do so, and the returns of that fund could be adversely affected as a result.

For more information about the market timing policies and procedures of an underlying fund, the risks that market timing pose to that fund, and to determine whether an underlying fund has adopted a redemption fee, see that fund’s prospectus.

How to request a Transfer or Withdrawal

11 By letter

Send your name, contract number, Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number* and signed request for a transfer or withdrawal to our Service Center:

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474

Minimum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	$500 or entire account balance

Maximum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	Contract value or entire account balance

* Failure to provide a Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number may result in mandatory tax withholding on the taxable portion of the distribution.

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    57

22 By automated transfers and automated partial withdrawals

Your investment professional can help you set up automated transfers among your GPAs, one-year fixed account or the subaccounts or automated partial withdrawals from the GPAs, one-year fixed account, DCA fixed account or the subaccounts.

You can start or stop this service by written request or other method acceptable to us.

You must allow 30 days for us to change any instructions that are currently in place.

• Automated transfers from the one-year fixed account to any one of the subaccounts may not exceed an amount that, if continued, would deplete the one-year fixed account within 12 months.

• Transfers out of the one-year fixed account are limited to 30% of the one-year fixed account values at the beginning of the contract year or $10,000, whichever is greater.

• Automated withdrawals may be restricted by applicable law under some contracts.

• You may not make systematic purchase payments if automated partial withdrawals are in effect.

• If the PN program is in effect, you are not allowed to set up automated transfers except in connection with a DCA Fixed Account (see “The Fixed Account — DCA Fixed Account” and “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds”).

• Automated partial withdrawals may result in income taxes and penalties on all or part of the amount withdrawn.

• If you have one of the SecureSource series of riders, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, you may set up automated partial surrenders up to the benefit amount available for withdrawal under the rider.

Minimum amount

Transfers or withdrawals: $500 or entire account balance

33 By phone

Call:

1-800-333-3437

Maximum amount

Transfers:	Contract value or entire account balance
Withdrawals:	$100,000

We answer telephone requests promptly, but you may experience delays when the call volume is unusually high. If you are unable to get through, use the mail procedure as an alternative.

We will honor any telephone transfer or withdrawal requests that we believe are authentic and we will use reasonable procedures to confirm that they are. This includes asking identifying questions and recording calls. As long as we follow the procedures, we (and our affiliates) will not be liable for any loss resulting from fraudulent requests.

Telephone transfers and withdrawals are automatically available. You may request that telephone transfers and withdrawals not be authorized from your account by writing to us.

Withdrawals

You may withdraw all or part of your contract at any time before the retirement date by sending us a written request or calling us.

The date your withdrawal request will be processed depends on when and how we receive it:

For withdrawal requests received in writing:

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your withdrawal request.

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your withdrawal request.

58    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

For withdrawal requests received by phone:

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your withdrawal request.

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your withdrawal request.

We may ask you to return the contract. You may have to pay a contract administrative charge, withdrawal charges or any applicable optional rider charges (see “Charges”), federal income taxes and penalties. State and local income taxes may also apply (see “Taxes”). You cannot make withdrawals after annuity payouts begin except under Annuity Payout Plan E. (See “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Any partial withdrawals you take under the contract will reduce your contract value. As a result, the value of your death benefit or any optional benefits you have elected will also be reduced. If you have elected the one of the SecureSource series rider, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider and your partial withdrawals in any contract year exceed the permitted withdrawal amount under the terms of the one of the SecureSource series rider, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, your benefits under the rider may be reduced (see “Optional Benefits”). Any partial withdrawal request that exceeds the amount allowed under the riders and impacts the guarantees provided, will not be considered in good order until we receive a signed Benefit Impact Acknowledgement form showing the projected effect of the withdrawal on the rider benefits or a verbal acknowledgement that you understand and accept the impacts that have been explained to you.

In addition, withdrawals you are required to take to satisfy RMDs under the Code may reduce the value of certain death benefits and optional benefits (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”).

Withdrawal Policies

If you have a balance in more than one account and you request a partial withdrawal, we will automatically withdraw from all your subaccounts, GPAs, the DCA fixed account, and/or the one-year fixed account in the same proportion as your value in each account correlates to your total contract value, unless requested otherwise.⁽¹⁾ After executing a partial withdrawal, the value in the one-year fixed account and each GPA and subaccount must be either zero or at least $50.

⁽¹⁾ If you elected aSecureSource rider, you do not have the option to request from which account to withdraw.

Receiving Payment

11 By regular or express mail

• payable to you;

• mailed to address of record.

NOTE: We will charge you a fee if you request express mail delivery.

22 By wire or other form of electronic payment

• request that payment be wired to your bank;

• pre-authorization required.

We may choose to permit you to have checks issued and delivered to an alternate payee or to an address other than your address of record. We may also choose to allow you to direct wires or other electronic payments to accounts owned by a third-party. We may have additional good order requirements that must be met prior to processing requests to make any payments to a party other than the owner or to an address other than the address of record. These requirements will be designed to ensure owner instructions are genuine and to prevent fraud.

Normally, we will send the payment within seven days after receiving your request in good order. However, we may postpone the payment if:

– the NYSE is closed, except for normal holiday and weekend closings;

– trading on the NYSE is restricted, according to SEC rules;

– an emergency, as defined by SEC rules, makes it impractical to sell securities or value the net assets of the accounts; or

– the SEC permits us to delay payment for the protection of security holders.

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    59

We may also postpone payment of the amount attributable to a purchase payment as part of the total withdrawal amount until cleared from the originating financial institution.

A Special Note on Cybersecurity Risks

Cybersecurity and Systems Integrity

Increasingly, businesses are dependent on the continuity, security, and effective operation of various technology systems. The nature of our business depends on the continued effective operation of our systems and those of our business partners.

This dependence makes us susceptible to operational and information security risks from cyber-attacks. These risks may include the following:

• the corruption or destruction of data;

• theft, misuse or dissemination of data to the public, including your information we hold; and

• denial of service attacks on our website or other forms of attacks on our systems and the software and hardware we use to run them.

These attacks and their consequences can negatively impact your contract, your privacy, your ability to conduct transactions on your contract, or your ability to receive timely service from us. There can be no assurance that we, the underlying funds in your contract, or our other business partners will avoid losses affecting your contract due to any successful cyber-attacks or information security breaches.

TSA–Special Provisions

Participants in Tax-Sheltered Annuities

If the contract is intended to be used in connection with an employer sponsored 403(b) plan, additional rules relating to this contract can be found in the annuity endorsement for tax sheltered 403(b) annuities. Unless we have made special arrangements with your employer, the contract is not intended for use in connection with an employer sponsored 403(b) plan that is subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”). In the event that the employer either by affirmative election or inadvertent action causes contributions under a plan that is subject to ERISA to be made to this contract, we will not be responsible for any obligations and requirements under ERISA and the regulations thereunder, unless we have prior written agreement with the employer. You should consult with your employer to determine whether your 403(b) plan is subject to ERISA.

In the event we have a written agreement with your employer to administer the plan pursuant to ERISA, special rules apply as set forth in the TSA endorsement.

The employer must comply with certain nondiscrimination requirements for certain types of contributions under a TSA contract to be excluded from taxable income. You should consult your employer to determine whether the nondiscrimination rules apply to you.

The Code imposes certain restrictions on your right to receive early distributions from a TSA:

• Distributions attributable to salary reduction contributions (plus earnings) made after Dec. 31, 1988, or to transfers or rollovers from other contracts, may be made from the TSA only if:

– you are at least age 59½;

– you are disabled as defined in the Code;

– you severed employment with the employer who purchased the contract;

– the distribution is because of your death;

– the distribution is due to plan termination; or

– you are a qualifying military reservist.

• If you encounter a financial hardship (as provided by the Code), you may be eligible to receive a distribution of all contract values attributable to salary reduction contributions made after Dec. 31, 1988, but not the earnings on them.

• Even though a distribution may be permitted under the above rules, it may be subject to IRS taxes and penalties (see “Taxes”)

• The above restrictions on distributions do not affect the availability of the amount credited to the contract as of Dec. 31, 1988. The restrictions also do not apply to transfers or exchanges of contract value within the contract, or to another registered variable annuity contract or investment vehicle available through the employer.

60    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Changing Ownership

You may change ownership of your nonqualified annuity at any time by completing a change of ownership form we approve and sending it to our Service Center. The change will become binding on us when we receive and record it. We will honor any change of ownership request received in good order that we believe is authentic and we will use reasonable procedures to confirm authenticity. If we follow these procedures, we will not take any responsibility for the validity of the change.

If you have a nonqualified annuity, you may incur income tax liability by transferring, assigning or pledging any part of it. (See “Taxes.”)

If you have a qualified annuity, you may not sell, assign, transfer, discount or pledge your contract as collateral for a loan, or as security for the performance of an obligation or for any other purpose except as required or permitted by the Code. However, if the owner is a trust or custodian, or an employer acting in a similar capacity, ownership of the contract may be transferred to the annuitant.

Please consider carefully whether or not you wish to change ownership of your annuity contract. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, the new owner and annuitant will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract.

If you have an Income Assurer Benefit and/or Benefit Protector Plus rider, the rider will terminate upon transfer of ownership of the annuity contract. TheSecureSource – Joint Life rider, if selected, only allows transfer of the ownership of the annuity contract between covered spouses or their revocable trust(s); no other ownership changes are allowed while this rider is in force. The Accumulation Protector Benefit, theSecureSource – Single Life, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life and the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit riders will continue upon transfer of ownership of the annuity contract. For theSecureSource and Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life riders, any ownership change that impacts the guarantees provided will not be considered in good order until we receive a signed Benefit Impact Acknowledgement form showing the projected effect of the ownership change on the rider benefits or a verbal acknowledgement that you understand and accept the impacts that have been explained to you. Continuance of the Benefit Protector rider is optional. (See “Optional Benefits.”)

Benefits in Case of Death

We will pay the death benefit, less any purchase payment credits subject to reversal, to your beneficiary upon the earlier of your death or the annuitant’s death. If a contract has more than one person as the owner or annuitant, we will pay the benefits upon the first to die of any owner or the annuitant. The basic death benefit available under your contract at contract issue is the ROP Death Benefit. In addition to the ROP Death Benefit, we also offer the following optional death benefits at contract issue:

• MAV Death Benefit;

• 5% Accumulation Death Benefit; or

• Enhanced Death Benefit.

If it is available in your state and if both you and the annuitant are age 79 or younger at contract issue, you can elect any one of the above death benefits. If either you or the annuitant are age 80 or older at contract issue, the ROP Death Benefit will apply. Once you elect a death benefit, you cannot change it. We show the death benefit that applies in your contract on your contract’s data page. The death benefit you select determines the mortality and expense risk fee that is assessed against the subaccounts. (See “Charges — Mortality and Expense Risk Fee.”)

We will base the benefit paid on the death benefit coverage you chose when you purchased the contract.

Here are some terms used to describe the death benefits:

Adjusted partial withdrawals (calculated for ROP and MAV Death Benefits)	=	PWXDB
		CV

PW	=	the amount by which the contract value is reduced as a result of the partial withdrawal.
DB	=	the applicable ROP value or MAV on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.
CV	=	contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.

Return of Purchase Payments (ROP) Death Benefit

The ROP Death Benefit is the basic death benefit on the contract that will pay your beneficiaries no less than your purchase payments and any purchase payment credits, adjusted for surrenders. If you or the annuitant die before the annuitization start date and while this contract is in force, the death benefit will be the greater of these two values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1. contract value; or

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    61

2. total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits applied to the contract minus adjusted partial surrenders.

The ROP Death Benefit will apply unless you select one of the alternative death benefits described immediately below.

If available in your state and both you and the annuitant are age 79 or younger at contract issue, you may select one of the death benefits described below at the time you purchase your contract. The death benefits do not provide any additional benefit before the first contract anniversary and may not be appropriate for certain older issue ages because the benefit values may be limited after age 80. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether or not these death benefits are appropriate for your situation.

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV) Death Benefit

The MAV Death Benefit provides that if you or the annuitant die while the contract is in force and before the annuitization start date, the death benefit will be the greatest of these three values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals; or
3.	the MAV on the date of death.

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV): is zero prior to the first contract anniversary. On the first contract anniversary, we set the MAV as the greater of these two values:

(a)	current contract value; or
(b)	total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals.

Thereafter, we increase the MAV by any additional purchase payments and any purchase payment credits and reduce the MAV by adjusted partial withdrawals. Every contract anniversary after that prior to the earlier of your or the annuitant’s 81st birthday, we compare the MAV to the current contract value and we reset the MAV to the higher amount.

5% Accumulation Death Benefit

The 5% Accumulation Death Benefit provides that if you or the annuitant die while the contract is in force and before the annuitization start date, the death benefit will be the greatest of these three values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals; or
3.	the 5% variable account floor.

The key terms and provisions of the 5% Accumulation Death Benefit are:

5% Variable Account Floor:is the sum of the value of the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the variable account floor. There is no variable account floor prior to the first contract anniversary. On the first contract anniversary, we establish the variable account floor as:

• the amounts allocated to the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account at issue increased by 5%;

• plus any subsequent amounts allocated to the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account;

• minus adjusted transfers and partial withdrawals from the subaccounts or the DCA fixed account.

Thereafter, we continue to add subsequent purchase payments and any purchase payment credits allocated to the subaccounts or the DCA fixed account and subtract adjusted transfers and partial withdrawals from the subaccounts or the DCA fixed account. On each contract anniversary after the first, through age 80, we add an amount to the variable account floor equal to 5% of the prior anniversary’s variable account floor. We stop adding this amount after you or the annuitant reach age 81 or after the earlier of your or the annuitant’s death.

5% variable account floor adjusted transfers or partial withdrawals	=	PWT XVAF
		SAV

PST	=	the amount by which the contract value in the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account is reduced as a result of the partial withdrawal or transfer from the subaccounts or the DCA fixed account.
VAF	=	variable account floor on the date of (but prior to) the transfer or partial withdrawal.
SAV	=	value of the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account on the date of (but prior to) the transfer or partial surrender.

62    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The amount of purchase payments and any purchase payment credits withdrawn or transferred from any subaccount or fixed account (if applicable) or GPA account is calculated as (a) times (b) where:

(a)	is the amount of purchase payments and any purchase payment credits in the account or subaccount on the date of but prior to the current withdrawal or transfer; and
(b)	is the ratio of the amount of contract value transferred or withdrawn from the account or subaccount to the value in the account or subaccount on the date of (but prior to) the current withdrawal or transfer.

For contracts issued in New Jersey, the cap on the variable account floor is 200% of the sum of the purchase payments and any purchase payment credits allocated to the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account that have not been withdrawn or transferred out of the subaccounts or DCA fixed account.

NOTE: The 5% variable account floor is calculated differently and is not the same value as the Income Assurer Benefit 5% variable account floor.

Enhanced Death Benefit (EDB)

The Enhanced Death Benefit provides that if you or the annuitant die while the contract is in force and before the annuitization start date, the death benefit will be the greatest of these four values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals;
3.	the MAV on the date of death as described above; or
4.	the 5% variable account floor as described above.

For an example of how each death benefit is calculated, see Appendix C.

If You Die Before Your Retirement Date

When paying the beneficiary, we will process the death claim on the valuation date our death claim requirements are fulfilled. We will determine the contract’s value using the accumulation unit value we calculate on that valuation date. We pay interest, if any, at a rate no less than required by law. We will mail payment to the beneficiary within seven days after our death claim requirements are fulfilled.

Nonqualified annuities

If your spouse is sole beneficiary and you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. To do this your spouse must, on the date our death claim requirements are fulfilled, give us written instructions to continue the contract as owner.

There will be no withdrawal charges on the contract from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, your spouse and the new annuitant (if applicable) will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract and the values may be reset. (See “Optional Benefits” and “Optional Death Benefits”.)

If your beneficiary is not your spouse, or your spouse does not elect spousal continuation, we will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless you give us other written instructions. Generally, we must fully distribute the death benefit within five years of your death. However, the beneficiary may receive payouts under any annuity payout plan available under this contract if:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin no later than one year after your death, or other date as permitted by the IRS; and

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy.

Qualified annuities

•

Spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if your spouse is the sole beneficiary, your spouse may either elect to treat the contract as his/her own, so long as he or she is eligible to do so, or elect an annuity payout plan or another plan agreed to by us. If your spouse elects a payout option, the payouts must begin no later than the year in which you would have reached age 72(age 70.5 if a death occurs before Jan. 1, 2020). If you attained age 72 at the time of death, payouts must begin no later than Dec. 31 of the year following the year of your death.

Your spouse may elect to assume ownership of the contract with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. To do this your spouse must, on the date our death claim requirements are fulfilled, give us written instructions to continue the contract as owner. There will be no withdrawal charges on the contract from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    63

or riders, your spouse and the new annuitant (if applicable) will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract and the values may be reset. (See “Optional Benefits” and “Optional Death Benefits”.)

•

Non-spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if death occurs on or after Jan. 1, 2020, the beneficiary is required to withdraw his or her entire inherited interest within 10 years of the time of death of the owner unless they qualify as an “eligible designated beneficiary.” Eligible designated beneficiaries may continue to take proceeds out over their life expectancy. Eligible designated beneficiaries include:

• the surviving spouse;

• a lawful child of the owner under the age of majority (remaining amount must be withdrawn within 10 years, once the child reaches the age of majority);

• disabled within the meaning of Code section 72(m)(7);

• chronically ill within the meaning of Code section 7702B(c)(2);

• any other person who is not more than 10 years younger than the owner.

However, non-natural beneficiaries, such as estates and charities, are subject to a five-year rule to distribute the IRA.

We will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless the beneficiary elects to receive payouts under a payout plan available under this contract if:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin, no later than one year following the year of your death; and

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy for an eligible designated beneficiary. (Payout plans are limited if the beneficiary is not an eligible designated beneficiary.)

• Spouse and Non-spouse beneficiary: If a beneficiary elects an alternative payment plan which is an inherited IRA, all optional death benefits and living benefits will terminate. In the event of your beneficiary’s death, their beneficiary can elect to take a lump sum payment or annuitize the contract to deplete it within 10 years of your beneficiary’s death

• Annuity payout plan: If you elect an annuity payout plan, the payouts to your beneficiary may continue depending on the annuity payout plan you elect, subject to adjustment to comply with the IRS rules and regulations.

How we handle contracts under unclaimed property laws

Every state has unclaimed property laws which generally declare annuity contracts to be abandoned after a period of inactivity of one to five years from either 1) the contract’s maturity date (the latest day on which income payments may begin under the contract) or 2) the date the death benefit is due and payable. If a contract matures or we determine a death benefit is payable, we will use our best efforts to locate you or designated beneficiaries. If we are unable to locate you or a beneficiary, proceeds will be paid to the abandoned property division or unclaimed property office of the state in which the beneficiary or you last resided, as shown in our books and records, or to our state of domicile. Generally, this surrender of property to the state is commonly referred to as “escheatment”. To avoid escheatment, and ensure an effective process for your beneficiaries, it is important that your personal address and beneficiary designations are up to date, including complete names, date of birth, current addresses and phone numbers, and taxpayer identification numbers for each beneficiary. Updates to your address or beneficiary designations should be sent to our Service Center.

Escheatment may also be required by law if a known beneficiary fails to demand or present an instrument or document to claim the death benefit in a timely manner, creating a presumption of abandonment. If your beneficiary steps forward (with the proper documentation) to claim escheated annuity proceeds, the state is obligated to pay any such proceeds it is holding.

For nonqualified annuities, non-spousal death benefits are generally required to be distributed and taxed within five years from the date of death of the owner/annuitant or the unclaimed death benefits will be presumed abandoned and subject to escheatment.

Optional Benefits

The assets held in our general account support the guarantees under your contract, including optional death benefits and optional living benefits. To the extent that we are required to pay you amounts in addition to your contract value under these benefits, such amounts will come from our general account assets. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of insurance and financial products as well, and we also pay our obligations under these products from assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account.

64    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Optional Living Benefits

Securesource 20 Rider

This is an optional benefit that you can add to your contract for an additional charge. The benefit is intended to provide to you, after the waiting period, a specified withdrawal amount annually for life, even if your contract value is zero, subject to the terms and provisions described in this section. This benefit offers a credit feature to help in low or poor performing markets and a step up feature to lock in contract anniversary values. TheSecureSource 20 rider may be appropriate for you if you intend to make periodic withdrawals from your annuity contract and wish to ensure that market performance will not adversely affect your ability to withdraw your principal over time. This benefit is intended for assets you plan to hold and let accumulate for at least three years. If you take any withdrawals during the 3-year waiting period, your benefits will be set to zero until the end of the waiting period when they will be re-established based on your contract value at that time and you will not receive 20% credit offered under this rider.

There are two optionalSecureSource 20 riders available under your contract:

• SecureSource 20 — Single Life; or

• SecureSource 20 — Joint Life.

The information in this section applies to both Secure Source 20 riders, unless otherwise noted.

For the purpose of this rider, the term “withdrawal” has the same meaning as the term “surrender” in the contract or any other riders

TheSecureSource 20 — Single Life rider covers one person. TheSecureSource 20 — Joint Life Rider covers two spouses jointly who are named at contract issue. You may elect only theSecureSource 20 — Single Life rider or theSecureSource 20 — Joint Life rider, not both, and you may not switch riders later. You must elect the rider when you purchase your contract. The rider effective date will be the contract issue date.

TheSecureSource 20 rider is an optional benefit that you may select, if approved in your state, for an additional annual charge if:

• your contract application is signed on or after Aug. 10, 2009, but prior to Nov. 30, 2009; and

• Single Life: you and the annuitant are 80 or younger on the date the contract is issued; or

• Joint Life: you and your spouse are 80 or younger on the date the contract is issued.

TheSecureSource 20 riders are not available under an inherited qualified annuity.

TheSecureSource 20 rider guarantees that after the waiting period, regardless of the investment performance of your contract, you will be able to withdraw up to a certain amount each year from the contract before the annuity payouts begin until:

• Single Life: until death (see “At Death” heading below) or until the depletion of the basic benefit.

• Joint Life: until the death of the last surviving covered spouse (see “Joint Life only: Covered Spouses” and “At Death” headings below) or until the depletion of the basic benefit.

Key Terms

The key terms associated with theSecureSource 20 rider are:

Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP): the lifetime benefit amount available each contract year after the waiting period and until your death (Joint Life: the death of both covered spouses). After the waiting period, the annual withdrawal amount guaranteed by the rider can vary each contract year. The maximum ALP is $300,000.

Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA): the age at which the lifetime benefit is established.

Enhanced Lifetime Base (ELB): used in the calculation of the ALP on the later of the ELB date or the establishment of the ALP. The ELB cannot be withdrawn or annuitized and is not payable as a death benefit.

Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA): the total cumulative withdrawals guaranteed by the rider under the basic benefit. The maximum GBA is $5,000,000. The GBA cannot be withdrawn or annuitized and is not payable as a death benefit. It is an interim value used to calculate the amount available for withdrawals each year after the waiting period under the basic benefit (see “Guaranteed Benefit Payment” below). At any time, the total GBA is the sum of the individual GBAs associated with each purchase payment.

Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP):the basic benefit amount available each contract year after the waiting period until the RBA is reduced to zero. After the waiting period the annual withdrawal amount guaranteed by the rider can vary each contract year.

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    65

Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (RALP): as you make withdrawals during a contract year, the remaining amount that the rider guarantees will be available for withdrawal that year is reduced. The RALP is the lifetime benefit amount that can be withdrawn during the remainder of the current contract year.

Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA): each withdrawal you make reduces the amount that is guaranteed by the rider for future withdrawals. At any point in time, the RBA equals the amount of GBA that remains available for withdrawals for the remainder of the contract’s life, and total RBA is the sum of the individual RBAs associated with each purchase payment. The maximum RBA is $5,000,000.

Remaining Benefit Payment (RBP): as you make withdrawals during a contract year, the remaining amount that the rider guarantees will be available for withdrawal that year is reduced. The RBP is the basic benefit amount that can be withdrawn during the remainder of the current contract year.

Waiting period: The period of time before you can take a withdrawal without affecting benefits under the rider. The waiting period starts on the rider effective date and ends on the day prior to the third rider anniversary.

Withdrawal Adjustment Base (WAB): one of the components used to determine the GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage. The WAB cannot be withdrawn or annuitized and is not payable as a death benefit.

Withdrawal: The amount by which your contract value is reduced as a result of any withdrawal request. It may differ from the amount of your request due to any surrender charge and any market value adjustment.

Description of theSecureSource 20 Rider

Before the lifetime benefit is established, the annual withdrawal amount guaranteed by the riders after the waiting period is the basic benefit amount. After the lifetime benefit is established and after the waiting period, the riders guarantee that you have the option each contract year to cumulatively withdraw an amount up to the lifetime benefit amount or the basic benefit amount, but the riders do not guarantee withdrawal of both in a contract year.

The lifetime withdrawal benefit is established automatically:

• Single Life: on the rider anniversary date after the covered person reaches age 65, or on the rider effective date if the covered person is age 65 or older on the rider effective date (see “Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA)” heading below);

• Joint Life: on the rider anniversary date after the younger covered spouse reaches age 65, or on the rider effective date if the younger covered spouse is age 65 or older on the rider effective date (see “Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA)” and “Annual Lifetime Payments (ALP)” headings below).

The basic benefit amount and the lifetime benefit amount can vary based on the relationship of your contract value to the Withdrawal Adjustment Base (WAB). When the first withdrawal is taken each contract year after the waiting period, the percentages used to determine the benefit amounts are set and fixed for the remainder of that year.

If you withdraw less than the allowed withdrawal amount in a contract year, the unused portion cannot be carried over to the next year.

If you withdraw more than the allowed withdrawal amount in a contract year, we call this an “excess withdrawal” under the rider. Excess withdrawals trigger an adjustment of a benefit’s guaranteed amount, which may cause it to be reduced (see “GBA Excess Withdrawal Processing,” “RBA Excess Withdrawal Processing,” and “ALP Excess Withdrawal Processing” headings below).

Please note that basic benefit and lifetime benefit each has its own definition of the allowed annual withdrawal amount. Therefore a withdrawal may be considered an excess withdrawal for purposes of the lifetime benefit only, the basic benefit only, or both.

At any time after the waiting period, as long as your withdrawal does not exceed the greater of the basic benefit amount or the lifetime benefit amount, if established, you will not be assessed a surrender charge or any market value adjustment. If your withdrawals exceed the greater of the RBP or the RALP, surrender charges under the terms of the contract may apply (see “Charges — Surrender Charges”). The amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable surrender charge. Market value adjustments, if applicable, will also be made (see “Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs) — Market Value Adjustment”). We pay you the amount you request. Any withdrawals you take under the contract will reduce the value of the death benefits (see “Benefits in Case of Death”). Upon full withdrawal, you will receive the remaining contract value less any applicable charges (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Withdrawals”).

Subject to conditions and limitations, an annual step-up can increase the basic benefit amount and the lifetime benefit amount, if your contract value has increased on a rider anniversary.

66    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Subject to conditions and limitations, if no withdrawals are taken prior to the third rider anniversary, the 20% rider credit may increase the lifetime benefit (if already established) or the Enhanced Lifetime Base (ELB) may increase the lifetime benefit (when established).

The values associated with the basic benefit are GBA, RBA, GBP and RBP. The values associated with the lifetime benefit are ALP, RALP and ELB. ALP and GBP are similar in that they are the annual withdrawal amount for each benefit after the waiting period. RALP and RBP are similar in that they are the remaining amount that can be withdrawn during the current contract year for each benefit.

ImportantSecureSource 20 Rider Considerations

You should consider whether aSecureSource 20 rider is appropriate for you taking into account the following considerations:

You will begin paying the rider charge as of the rider effective date, even if you do not begin taking withdrawals for many years. It is possible that your contract performance, fees and charges, and withdrawal pattern may be such that your contract value will not be depleted in your lifetime and you will not receive any monetary value under the rider.

• Lifetime Benefit Limitations: The lifetime benefit is subject to certain limitations, including but not limited to:

(a) Single Life: Once the contract value equals zero, payments are made for as long as the covered person is living (see “If Contract Value Reduces to Zero” heading below). However, if the contract value is greater than zero, the lifetime benefit terminates at the first death of any owner or annuitant even if the covered person is still living (see “At Death” heading below). Therefore, the rider will terminate when a death benefit becomes payable. This possibility may present itself when:

(i)	There are multiple contract owners — when one of the contract owners dies the lifetime benefit terminates even though other contract owners are still living; or
(ii)	The owner and the annuitant are not the same persons — if the annuitant dies before the owner, the lifetime benefit terminates even though the owner is still living.

Joint Life: Once the contract value equals zero, payments are made for as long as either covered spouse is living (see “If Contract Value Reduces to Zero” heading below). However, if the contract value is greater than zero, the lifetime benefit terminates at the death of the last surviving covered spouse (see “At Death” heading below).

(b)	Excess withdrawals can reduce the ALP to zero even though the GBA, RBA, GBP and/or RBP values are greater than zero. If both the ALP and the contract value are zero, the lifetime benefit will terminate.
(c)	If the lifetime benefit is first established prior to the third rider anniversary, the initial ALP is based on the basic benefit’s RBA at that time (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below). If the lifetime benefit is first established on/after the third rider anniversary, the initial ALP is based on the greater of the basic benefit’s RBA and the ELB at that time. Any withdrawal you take before the ALP is established reduces the RBA and ELB and therefore may result in a lower amount of lifetime withdrawals you are allowed to take.
(d)	Withdrawals can reduce both the contract value and the RBA to zero prior to the establishment of the ALP. If this happens, the contract and the rider will terminate.

• Withdrawals: Please consider carefully when you start taking withdrawals from this rider. If you take any withdrawals during the 3-year waiting period, your benefits will be set to zero until the end of the waiting period when they will be re-established based on your contract value at that time and you will not receive 20% credit offered under this rider. Any withdrawal request within the 3-year waiting period must be submitted in writing. Also, after the waiting period if you withdraw more than the allowed withdrawal amount in a contract year (“excess withdrawal”), the guaranteed amounts under the rider may be reduced.

• Investment Allocation Restrictions: You must be invested in one of the approved investment options. These funds are expected to reduce our financial risks and expenses associated with certain living benefits. Although the funds’ investment strategies may help mitigate declines in your contract value due to declining equity markets, the funds’ investment strategies may also curb your contract value gains during periods of positive performance by the equity markets. Additionally, investment in the funds may decrease the number and amount of any benefit base increase opportunities. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds: Volatility and Volatility Management Risk with the Portfolio Stabilizer funds” section.) We reserve the right to add, remove, or substitute approved investment options in the future. This requirement limits your choice of subaccounts, one-year fixed account and GPAs (if available) to the investment options you have selected. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, GPAs or the one-year fixed account that are available under the contract to contract owners who do not elect the rider. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds.”) You may allocate purchase payments to the DCA fixed account, when available, and we will make monthly transfers into the investment option you have chosen. You may make two elective investment option changes per contract year; we reserve the right to limit elective investment option changes if required to comply with the written instructions of a fund (see “Market Timing”).

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    67

The following provisions apply to contracts invested in a Portfolio Navigator fund:

• You can allocate your contract value to any available Portfolio Navigator fund during the following times: (1) prior to your first withdrawal and (2) following a benefit reset due to an investment option change as described below but prior to any subsequent withdrawal. During these accumulation phases, you may request to change your investment option to any available investment option.

• Immediately following a withdrawal your contract value will be reallocated to the target investment option as shown in your contract if your current investment option is more aggressive than the target investment option. If you are in a static model portfolio, this reallocation will be made to the applicable fund of funds investment option. This automatic reallocation is not included in the total number of allowed investment option changes per contract year. The target investment option classification is currently the Moderate investment option. We reserve the right to change the target investment option to an investment option that is more aggressive than the current target investment option after 30 days written notice.

• After you have taken a withdrawal and prior to any benefit reset as described below, you are in a withdrawal phase. During withdrawal phases you may request to change your investment option to the target investment option or any investment option that is more conservative than the target investment option without a benefit reset as described below. If you are in a withdrawal phase and you choose to allocate your contract value to an investment option that is more aggressive than the target investment option, you will be in the accumulation phase again. If this is done after the waiting period, your rider benefit will be reset as follows:

(a)	the total GBA will be reset to the contract value, if your contract value is less; and
(b)	the total RBA will be reset to the contract value, if your contract value is less; and
(c)	the ALP, if established, will be reset to your current ALP Percentage (either 6% or 5% as described under “GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage” heading below) times the contract value, if this amount is less than the current ALP; and
(d)	the GBP will be recalculated as described below, based on the reset GBA and RBA; and
(e)	the RBP will be recalculated as the reset GBP less all prior withdrawals taken during the current contract year, but not less than zero; and
(f)	the RALP will be recalculated as the reset ALP less all prior withdrawals taken during the current contract year, but not less than zero; and
(g)	the WAB will be reset as follows:

• if the ALP has not been established, the WAB will be equal to the reset GBA.

• if the ALP has been established, the WAB will be equal to the reset ALP, divided by the current ALP Percentage; and

(h) the ELB, if greater than zero, will be reset to the contract value, if your contract value is less.

You may request to change your investment option by written request on an authorized form or by another method agreed to by us.

•	Non-Cancelable: Once elected, theSecureSource 20 rider may not be cancelled (except as provided under “Rider Termination” heading below) and the fee will continue to be deducted until the contract or rider is terminated or the contract value reduces to zero (described below).
	Dissolution of marriage does not terminate theSecureSource 20 – Joint Life rider and will not reduce the fee we charge for this rider. The benefit under theSecureSource 20 – Joint Life rider continues for the covered spouse who is the owner of the contract (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural ownership). The rider will terminate at the death of the contract owner (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural ownership) because the original covered spouse will be unable to elect the spousal continuation provision of the contract (see “Joint Life only: Covered Spouses” below).
•	Joint Life:Limitations on Contract Owners, Annuitants and Beneficiaries: Since the joint life benefit will terminate unless the surviving covered spouse continues the contract under the spousal option to continue the contract upon the owner’s death provision, only ownership arrangements that permit such continuation are allowed at rider issue. In general, the covered spouses should be joint owners, or one covered spouse should be the owner and the other covered spouse should be named as the sole primary beneficiary. The annuitant must also be an owner. You are responsible for establishing ownership arrangements that will allow for spousal continuation.
	If you select theSecureSource 20 – Joint Life rider, please consider carefully whether or not you wish to change the beneficiary of your annuity contract. The rider will terminate if the surviving covered spouse can not utilize the spousal continuation provision of the contract when the death benefit is payable.
•	Limitations on Purchase Payments: We reserve the right to limit the cumulative amount of purchase payments (subject to state restrictions), which may limit your ability to make additional purchase payments to increase your contract value as you may have originally intended. For current purchase payment restrictions, please see “Buying Your Contract —Purchase Payments”.
•	Interaction with Total Free Amount (FA) contract provision:The FA is the amount you are allowed to withdraw from the contract in each contract year without incurring a surrender charge (see “Charges — Surrender Charge”). The FA may be greater than the RBP or RALP under this rider. Any amount you withdraw under the contract’s FA provision that

68    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

exceeds the RBP or RALP is subject to the excess withdrawal processing described below for the GBA, RBA and ALP. Also, any amount you withdraw during the waiting period will set all benefits under the rider to zero until the end of the waiting period when they will be reestablished based on the contract value at that time.

You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of the rider in your tax situation because:

• Tax Considerations for Nonqualified Annuities: Under current federal income tax law, withdrawals under nonqualified annuities, including withdrawals taken from the contract under the terms of the rider, are treated less favorably than amounts received as annuity payments under the contract (see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities”). Withdrawals are taxable income to the extent of earnings. Withdrawals of earnings before age 59½ may also incur a 10% IRS early withdrawal penalty. You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of the rider in your tax situation.

• Tax Considerations for Qualified Annuities: Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). If you have a qualified annuity, you may need to take an RMD during the waiting period and such withdrawals will set all benefits under the rider to zero until the end of the waiting period when they will be reestablished based on the contract value at that time. While the rider permits certain excess withdrawals to be taken after the waiting period for the purpose of satisfying RMD requirements for your contract alone without reducing future benefits guaranteed under the rider, there can be no guarantee that changes in the federal income tax law after the effective date of the rider will not require a larger RMD to be taken, in which case, future guaranteed withdrawals under the rider could be reduced. See Appendix E for additional information.

• Treatment of non-spousal distributions: Unless you are married your beneficiary will be required to take distributions as a non-spouse which may result in significantly decreasing the value of the rider. Please note civil unions and domestic partnerships generally are not recognized as marriages for federal tax purposes. For additional information see “Taxes — Other — Spousal status” section of this prospectus.

• Limitations on Tax-Sheltered Annuities (TSA)s: Your right to take withdrawals is restricted if your contract is a TSA (see “TSA — Special Provisions”).

Basic Benefit Description

The GBA and RBA are determined at the following times, subject to the maximum amount of $5,000,000, calculated as described:

• At contract issue — the GBA and RBA are equal to the initial purchase payment.

• When you make additional purchase payments — If a withdrawal is taken during the waiting period, the GBA and RBA will not change when a subsequent purchase payment is made during the waiting period. Prior to any withdrawal during the waiting period and after the waiting period, each additional purchase payment will have its own GBA and RBA established equal to the amount of the purchase payment.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” heading below).

• At spousal continuation— (see “Spousal Option to Continue the Contract upon Owner’s Death” heading below).

• When an individual RBA is reduced to zero — the GBA that is associated with that RBA will also be set to zero.

• When you take a withdrawal during the waiting period — the total GBA and total RBA will be set equal to zero until the end of the waiting period.

• When you take a withdrawal after the waiting period and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the total RBP — the total RBA is reduced by the amount of the withdrawal and the GBA remains unchanged. If there have been multiple purchase payments, both the total GBA and each payment’s GBA remain unchanged, and each payment’s RBA is reduced in proportion to its RBP.
(b)	greater than the total RBP —excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the GBA and RBA.

•	On the rider anniversary at the end of the waiting period — If the first withdrawal is taken during the waiting period and you did not decline a rider fee increase, the total GBA and the total RBA will be reset to the contract value.
	If the first withdrawal is taken during the waiting period and you decline a rider fee increase, the total GBA and the total RBA will be reset to the lesser of (1) the GBA at the time of the first withdrawal, plus any additional purchase payments since the time of the first withdrawal, minus all withdrawals, or (2) the contract value.
•	Upon certain changes to your PN program investment options under the PN program as described under “Use of Portfolio Navigator Program Required,” above.

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    69

Gba Excess Withdrawal Processing

The total GBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the total GBA immediately prior to the withdrawal; or (b) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s GBA after the withdrawal will be reset to equal that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal plus (a) times (b), where:

(a)	is the ratio of the total GBA after the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal to the total GBA before the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal; and
(b)	is each payment’s GBA before the withdrawal less that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal.

RBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The total RBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal, or (b) the total RBA immediately prior to the withdrawal, less the amount of the withdrawal.

If there have been multiple purchase payments, both the total RBA and each payment’s RBA will be reset. The total RBA will be reset according to the excess withdrawal processing described above. Each payment’s RBA will be reset in the following manner:

1.	The withdrawal amount up to the total RBP is taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its individual RBP at the time of the withdrawal; and
2.	The withdrawal amount above the total RBP and any amount determined by the excess withdrawal processing are taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its RBA at the time of the withdrawal.

GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage: We use two percentages (6% and 5%) to calculate your GBP and ALP. The percentage used can vary as described below:

During the waiting period, 6% will be used to determine the amount payable to beneficiaries under the RBA Payout Option described below. After the waiting period, a comparison of your contract value and the WAB determines your GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage, unless the percentage is fixed as described below. On each valuation date, if the benefit determining percentage is less than the 20% adjustment threshold, then 6% is used in calculating your GBP and ALP; otherwise, 5% is used. Market volatility and returns, the deduction of fees and the 20% credit could impact your benefit determining percentage. The benefit determining percentage is calculated as follows but will not be less than zero:

1	—	(a/b)
a	=	contract value at the end of the prior valuation period
b	=	WAB at the end of the prior valuation period

When the first withdrawal in a contract year is taken, the GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage will be set and fixed for the remainder of that contract year. Beginning on the next rider anniversary, the GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage can change on each valuation date as described above until a withdrawal is taken in that contract year.

Under certain limited situations, your GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage will not vary each contract year. They will be set at the earliest of (1), (2) or (3) below and remain fixed for as long as the benefit is payable:

(1)	when the RBA Payout Option is elected, or
(2)	if the ALP is established, when your contract value on a rider anniversary is less than two times the ALP (for the purpose of this calculation only, the ALP is determined using 5%; the ALP Percentage used to determine your ALP going forward will be either 6% or 5%), or
(3)	when the contract value reduces to zero.

For certain periods of time at our discretion and on a non-discriminatory basis, your GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage may be set by us to 6% if more favorable to you.

Withdrawal Adjustment Base (WAB): One of the components used to determine GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage. The maximum WAB is $5,000,000. The WAB cannot be withdrawn or annuitized and is not payable as a death benefit,

The WAB is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At Rider Effective Date — the WAB is set equal to the initial purchase payment.

• When a subsequent purchase payment is made — before a withdrawal is taken in the waiting period and at any time after the waiting period, the WAB will be increased by the amount of each additional purchase payment.

• When a withdrawal is taken — if the first withdrawal is taken during the waiting period, the WAB will be set equal to zero until the end of the waiting period.

Whenever a withdrawal is taken after the waiting period, the WAB will be reduced by the amount in (A) unless the withdrawal is an excess withdrawal for the lifetime benefit (or the basic benefit if the ALP is not established) when it will be set equal to the amount in (B).

70    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

(A) The WAB is reduced by an amount as calculated below:

a × b	where:
c

a	=	the amount the contract value is reduced by the withdrawal
b	=	WAB on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal
c	=	the contract value on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal.

(B) If the ALP is not established and the current withdrawal exceeds the RBP, the WAB will be reset to the GBA immediately following excess withdrawal processing.

If the ALP is established and the current withdrawal exceeds the RALP, the WAB will be reset to the ALP divided by the current ALP Percentage (either 5% or 6% as described under “GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage” heading above). In this calculation, we use the ALP immediately following excess withdrawal processing.

• On rider anniversaries — unless you decline a rider fee increase, the WAB will be increased to the contract value on each rider anniversary, if the contract value is greater, except as follows:

(A)	If a withdrawal is taken during the waiting period, the WAB will be increased to the contract value on each rider anniversary beginning at the end of the waiting period, if the contract value is greater.
(B)	If you decline a rider fee increase and a withdrawal is taken during the waiting period, the WAB will be reset to the lesser of (1) the GBA at the time of the first withdrawal, plus any additional purchase payments since the time of the first withdrawal, minus all withdrawals, or (2) the contract value.

• Upon certain changes to your PN program investment option as described under “Use of Portfolio Navigator Program Required,” above.

• On the later of the third rider anniversary or the rider anniversary when the ALP is established — unless you decline a rider fee increase, if the ELB is greater than zero, the WAB will be increased by an amount as calculated below, but not less than zero.

(A)	The ELB, minus
(B)	the greater of:

i)	your contract value, or
ii)	the ALP before the ELB is applied, divided by the ALP Percentage (if the ALP is established) or the total RBA (if the ALP is established on the third rider anniversary).

Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP): At any time, the amount available for withdrawal in each contract year after the waiting period, until the RBA is reduced to zero, under the basic benefit. After the waiting period the annual withdrawal amount guaranteed under the rider can vary each contract year. At any point in time, each payment’s GBP is the lesser of (a) and (b) where (a) is the GBA for that payment multiplied by the current GBP percentage (either 5% or 6% as described under “GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage” heading above) and (b) is the RBA for that payment. The total GBP is the sum of the GBPs for each purchase payment.

Remaining Benefit Payment (RBP): The amount available for withdrawal for the remainder of the contract year under the basic benefit. At any point in time, the total RBP is the sum of the RBPs for each purchase payment.

The RBP is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• During the waiting period — the RBP will be zero.

• At the beginning of any contract year after the waiting period and when the GBP Percentage changes — the RBP for each purchase payment is set equal to that purchase payment’s GBP.

• When you make additional purchase payments after the waiting period — each additional purchase payment has its own RBP equal to the purchase payment, multiplied by the GBP Percentage.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” heading below).

• At spousal continuation — (see “Spousal Option to Continue the Contract upon Owner’s Death” heading below).

• When you make any withdrawal after the waiting period — the total RBP is reset to equal the total RBP immediately prior to the withdrawal less the amount of the withdrawal, but not less than zero. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s RBP is reduced proportionately.If you withdraw an amount greater than the RBP, GBA excess withdrawal processing and RBA excess withdrawal processing are applied and the amount available for future withdrawals for the remainder of the contract’s life may be reduced by more than the amount of withdrawal. When determining if a withdrawal will result in the excess withdrawal processing, the applicable RBP will not yet reflect the amount of the current withdrawal.

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    71

Lifetime Benefit Description

Single Life only:Covered Person: The person whose life is used to determine when the ALP is established, and the duration of the ALP payments (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below). The covered person is the oldest contract owner or annuitant. If the owner is a nonnatural person, i.e., a trust or corporation, the covered person is the oldest annuitant.

Joint Life only: CoveredSpouses: The contract owner and his or her legally married spouse as defined under federal law, as named on the application for as long as the marriage is valid and in effect. If the contract owner is a nonnatural person (e.g., a trust), the covered spouses are the annuitant and the legally married spouse of the annuitant. The covered spouses lives are used to determine when the ALP is established, and the duration of the ALP payments (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below). The covered spouses are established on the rider effective date and cannot be changed.

Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA):

• Single Life: The covered person’s age after which time the lifetime benefit can be established. Currently, the lifetime benefit can be established on the later of the contract effective date or the contract anniversary date on/following the date the covered person reaches age 65.

• Joint Life: The age of the younger covered spouse at which time the lifetime benefit is established.

Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP): The ALP is the lifetime benefit amount available for withdrawals in each contract year after the waiting period until the later of:

• Single Life: death; or

• Joint Life: death of the last surviving covered spouse; or

• the RBA is reduced to zero.

The maximum ALP is $300,000. Prior to establishment of the ALP, the lifetime benefit is not in effect and the ALP is zero.

The ALP is determined at the following times:

• Single Life: Initially the ALP is established on the earliest of the following dates:

(a)	the rider effective date if the covered person has already reached age 65.
(b)	the rider anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65,

– if during the waiting period and no prior withdrawal has been taken; or

– if after the waiting period.

(c) the rider anniversary following the end of the waiting period if the covered person is age 65 before the end of the waiting period and a prior withdrawal had been taken.

If the ALP is established prior to the third rider anniversary, the ALP is set equal to the total RBA multiplied by the ALP Percentage (either 5% or 6% as described under “GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage” heading above). If the ALP is established on or following the third rider anniversary, the ALP is set equal to the ALP Percentage multiplied by the greater of the ELB or the total RBA.

• Joint Life: Initially the ALP is established on the earliest of the following dates:

(a)	the rider effective date if the younger covered spouse has already reached age 65.
(b)	the rider anniversary on/following the date the younger covered spouse reaches age 65.
(c)	upon the first death of a covered spouse, then

(1)	the date we receive written request when the death benefit is not payable and the surviving covered spouse has already reached age 65; or
(2)	the date spousal continuation is effective when the death benefit is payable and the surviving covered spouse has already reached age 65; or
(3)	the rider anniversary on/following the date the surviving covered spouse reaches age 65.

(d) Following dissolution of marriage of the covered spouses,

(1)	the date we receive written request if the remaining covered spouse who is the owner (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural ownership) has already reached age 65; or
(2)	the rider anniversary on/following the date the remaining covered spouse who is the owner (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural ownership) reaches age 65.

For (b), (c) and (d) above, if the date described occurs during the waiting period and a prior withdrawal had been taken, we use the rider anniversary following the end of the waiting period to establish the ALP.

72    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If the ALP is established prior to the third rider anniversary, the ALP is set equal to the total RBA multiplied by the ALP Percentage (either 5% or 6% as described under “GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage” heading above). If the ALP is established on or following the third rider anniversary, the ALP is set equal to the ALP Percentage multiplied by the greater of the ELB or the total RBA.

• Whenever the ALP Percentage changes —

(a)	If the ALP Percentage is changing from 6% to 5%, the ALP is reset to the ALP multiplied by 5%, divided by 6%.
(b)	If the ALP Percentage is changing from 5% to 6%, the ALP is reset to the ALP multiplied by 6%, divided by 5%.

• When you make an additional purchase payment — Before a withdrawal is taken in the waiting period and at any time after the waiting period, each additional purchase payment increases the ALP by the amount of the purchase payment, multiplied by the ALP Percentage.

• When you make a withdrawal:

(a)	During the waiting period, the ALP, if established, will be set equal to zero until the end of the waiting period.
(b)	After the waiting period, if the amount withdrawn is:
	(i) less than or equal to the RALP, the ALP is unchanged.
	(ii) greater than the RALP, ALP excess withdrawal processing will occur.

If you withdraw less than the ALP in a contract year, there is no carry over to the next contract year.

• On the rider anniversary at the end of the waiting period— If you took a withdrawal during the waiting period, the ALP is set equal to the contract value multiplied by the ALP Percentage if the covered person (Joint Life: younger covered spouse) has reached age 65.

• At step ups — (see “Annual Step Up” heading below).

• At spousal continuation — (see “Spousal Option to Continue the Contract upon Owner’s Death” heading below).

• Upon certain changes to your PN program investment option under the PN program as described under “Use of Portfolio Navigator Program Required,” above.

20% Rider Credit

If you do not make a withdrawal during the first three rider years and you don’t decline a rider fee increase, then a 20% rider credit may increase your ALP. This credit is 20% of purchase payments received in the first 180 days that the rider is in effect and is used to establish the enhanced lifetime base. The enhanced lifetime base is an amount that may be used to increase the ALP. The 20% rider credit does not increase the basic benefit or the contract value. Because step ups may increase your ALP, they may reduce or eliminate any benefit of the 20% rider credit.

Enhanced Lifetime Base (ELB)

The enhanced lifetime base will be established initially on the third rider anniversary. If you do not decline a rider fee increase and you do not make a withdrawal during the first three rider years, then the enhanced lifetime base will be the sum of all purchase payments received during the first three rider years plus the 20% rider credit. If you make a withdrawal during the first three rider years or decline a rider fee increase, then the 20% rider credit does not apply and the enhanced lifetime base will be established as zero and will always be zero.

The maximum enhanced lifetime base at any time is $5,000,000.

If the enhanced lifetime base is greater than zero, then it will:

• increase by the amount of any purchase payments received on or after the third rider anniversary.

• be reduced by any withdrawal in the same proportion as the withdrawal reduces the RBA and, if the withdrawal exceeds the RBP, it will then be set to the lesser of this reduced value and the contract value immediately following the withdrawal.

• be set to the contract value (if your contract value is less), if you choose an asset allocation model that is more aggressive than the target model while you are in the withdrawal phase.

If any of the following events occur, then the enhanced lifetime base will be established as or reset to zero and will always be zero:

• The total RBA is reduced to zero.

• You decline a rider fee increase.

The enhanced lifetime base is an amount that may be used to increase the ALP and cannot be withdrawn, annuitized or payable as a death benefit.

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    73

Increase in ALP because of the Enhanced Lifetime Base

If the ALP is already established, on the third rider anniversary, the ALP will be increased to equal the enhanced lifetime base multiplied by the ALP Percentage (either 5% or 6% as described under “GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage” heading above), if this amount is greater than the current ALP. Thereafter, the enhanced lifetime base will always be zero.

ALP Excess Withdrawal Processing

The ALP is reset to the lesser of the ALP immediately prior to the withdrawal, or the ALP Percentage (either 5% or 6% as described under “GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage” heading above) multiplied by the contract value immediately following the withdrawal.

Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (RALP): The amount available for withdrawal for the remainder of the contract year under the lifetime benefit. Prior to establishment of the ALP, the lifetime benefit is not in effect and the RALP is zero.

The RALP is determined at the following times:

• The RALP is established at the same time as the ALP, and:

(a)	During the waiting period — the RALP will be zero.
(b)	At any other time — the RALP is established equal to the ALP less all prior withdrawals taken in the contract year but not less than zero.

• At the beginning of each contract year after the waiting period and when the ALP Percentage changes — the RALP is set equal to the ALP.

• When you make additional purchase payments after the waiting period — each additional purchase payment increases the RALP by the purchase payment, if applicable multiplied by the ALP Percentage (either 5% or 6% as described under “GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage” heading above).

• At step ups — (see “Annual Step Up” headings below).

• At spousal continuation — (see “Spousal Option to Continue the Contract upon Owner’s Death” heading below).

• When you make any withdrawal after the waiting period — the RALP equals the RALP immediately prior to the withdrawal less the amount of the withdrawal but not less than zero.If you withdraw an amount greater than the RALP, ALP excess withdrawal processing is applied and may reduce the amount available for future withdrawals. When determining if a withdrawal will result in excess withdrawal processing, the applicable RALP will not yet reflect the amount of the current withdrawal.

Other Provisions

Required Minimum Distributions (RMD): If you are taking RMDs from your contract and your RMD calculated separately for your contract is greater than the RBP or the RALP on the most recent contract anniversary, the portion of your RMD that exceeds the benefit amount will not be subject to excess withdrawal processing provided that the following conditions are met:

• The withdrawal is after the waiting period;

• The RMD is for your contract alone;

• The RMD is based on your recalculated life expectancy taken from the Uniform Lifetime Table under the Code; and

• The RMD amount is otherwise based on the requirements of section 401(a) (9), related Code provisions and regulations thereunder that were in effect on the effective date of the rider.

RMD rules follow the calendar year which most likely does not coincide with your contract year and therefore may limit when you can take your RMD and not be subject to excess withdrawal processing. Any withdrawal during the waiting period will reset the basic benefit and lifetime benefit at the end of the waiting period. After the waiting period, withdrawal amounts greater than the RALP or RBP that do not meet the conditions above will result in excess withdrawal processing. The amount in excess of the RBP and/or RALP that is not subject to excess withdrawal processing will be recalculated if the RALP and RBP change due to GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage changes. See Appendix E for additional information.

Annual Step Up: Beginning with the first contract anniversary, an increase of the benefit values may be available. A step up does not create contract value, guarantee the performance of any investment option, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn in a lump sum or paid upon death. Rather, a step up determines the current values of the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP, and may extend the payment period or increase the allowable payment. If there have been multiple payments and the GBA increases due to the step up, the individual GBAs, RBAs, GBPs, and RBPs will be combined.

The annual step up may be available as described below, subject to the maximum GBA, RBA and ALP and subject to the following rules:

• You have not declined a rider fee increase.

74    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• If you take any withdrawals during the waiting period the annual step up will not be available until the rider anniversary following the end of the waiting period.

• On any rider anniversary where your contract value is greater than the RBA or, your contract value multiplied by the ALP Percentage (either 5% or 6% as described under “GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage” heading above) is greater than the ALP, if established, the annual step up will be applied to your contract on the rider anniversary.

• The ALP and RALP are not eligible for step ups until they are established. Prior to being established, the ALP and RALP values are both zero.

• Please note it is possible for the ALP to step up even if the RBA or GBA do not step up, and it is also possible for the RBA and GBA to step up even if the ALP does not step up.

The annual step up resets the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP values as follows:

• The total RBA will be increased to the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the rider anniversary, if the contract value is greater.

• The total GBA will be increased to the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the rider anniversary, if the contract value is greater.

• The total GBP will be reset using the calculation as described above based on the increased GBA and RBA.

• The total RBP will be reset as follows:

(a)	During the waiting period, the RBP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	After the waiting period, the RBP will be reset to the increased GBP.

• The ALP will be increased to the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the rider anniversary multiplied by the ALP Percentage (either 5% or 6% as described under “GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage” heading above), if greater than the current ALP.

• The RALP will be reset as follows:

(a)	During the waiting period, the RALP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	After the waiting period, the RALP will be reset to the increased ALP.

Spousal Option to Continue the Contract upon Owner’s Death (Spousal Continuation):

Single Life:If a surviving spouse elects to continue the contract and continues the contract as the new owner under the spousal continuation provision of the contract, theSecureSource 20 — Single Life rider terminates.

Joint Life: If a surviving spouse is a covered spouse and elects the spousal continuation provision of the contract as the new owner, theSecureSource 20 — Joint Life rider also continues. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate. The surviving covered spouse can name a new beneficiary; however, a new covered spouse cannot be added to the rider.

At the time of spousal continuation, a step-up may be available. If you decline a rider fee increase or the spousal continuation occurs during the waiting period and a withdrawal was taken, a step up is not available. All annual step-up rules (see “Annual Step-Up” heading above) also apply to the spousal continuation step-up except that a) the RBP will be calculated as the GBP after the step-up less all prior withdrawals taken during the current contract year, but not less than zero, and b) the RALP will be calculated as the ALP after the step-up less all prior withdrawals taken during the current contract year, but not less than zero. The spousal continuation step-up is processed on the valuation date spousal continuation is effective.

Rules for Withdrawal Provision of Your Contract: Minimum account values following a withdrawal no longer apply to your contract. For withdrawals, the withdrawal will be taken from the variable subaccounts, guarantee period accounts (where available), the one-year fixed account (if applicable) and the DCA fixed account in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to the contract value. You cannot specify from which accounts the withdrawal is to be taken.

If Contract Value Reduces to Zero: If the contract value reduces to zero, you will be paid in the following scenarios:

1) The ALP has not yet been established, the total RBA is greater than zero and the contract value is reduced to zero as a result of fees or charges or a withdrawal that is less than or equal to the RBP. In this scenario, you can choose to:

(a)	receive the remaining schedule of GBPs until the RBA equals zero; or
(b)	Single Life: wait until the rider anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65, and then receive the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the covered person, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero.

Joint Life: wait until the rider anniversary following the date the younger covered spouse reaches age 65, and then receive the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the last surviving covered spouse, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero.

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    75

We will notify you of this option. If no election is made, the ALP will be paid.

2) The ALP has been established, the total RBA is greater than zero and the contract value reduces to zero as a result of fees or charges, or a withdrawal that is less than or equal to both the RBP and the RALP. In this scenario, you can choose to receive:

(a)	the remaining schedule of GBPs until the RBA equals zero; or
(b)	Single Life: the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the covered person, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero.

Joint Life: the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the last surviving covered spouse, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero.

We will notify you of this option. If no election is made, the ALP will be paid.

3)	The ALP has been established and the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RALP but less than or equal to the RBP. In this scenario, the remaining schedule of GBPs will be paid until the RBA equals zero.
4)	The ALP has been established and the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RBP but less than or equal to the RALP. In this scenario, the ALP will be paid annually until the death of the:
•	Single Life: covered person;
•	Joint Life: last surviving covered spouse.

Under any of these scenarios:

• The annualized amounts will be paid to you in monthly installments. If the monthly payment is less than $100, we have the right to change the frequency but no less frequent than annually;

• We will no longer accept additional purchase payments;

• You will no longer be charged for the rider;

• Any attached death benefit riders will terminate;

• In determining the remaining schedule of GBPs, the current GBP is fixed for as long as payments are made.

• Single Life: The death benefit becomes the remaining payments, if any, until the RBA is reduced to zero; and

• Joint Life: If the owner had been receiving the ALP, upon the first death the ALP will continue to be paid annually until the later of: 1) the death of the last surviving covered spouse or 2) the RBA is reduced to zero. In all other situations the death benefit becomes the remaining payments, if any, until the RBA is reduced to zero.

TheSecureSource 20 rider and the contract will terminate under either of the following two scenarios:

• If the ALP is established and the RBA is zero, and if the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RALP. This is full withdrawal of the contract value.

• If the ALP is not established and the RBA is zero, and if the contract value falls to zero as a result of fees, charges or a withdrawal.

At Death:

Single Life: If the contract value is greater than zero when the death benefit becomes payable, the beneficiary may: 1) elect to take the death benefit under the terms of the contract, 2) take the RBA payout option available under this rider, or 3) continue the contract under the spousal continuation provision of the contract which terminates the rider.

If the contract value equals zero and the death benefit becomes payable, the following will occur:

• If the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the GBP each year, the GBP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person dies and the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person is still alive and the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the later of the death of the covered person or the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person is still alive and the RBA equals zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the death of the covered person.

• If the covered person dies and the RBA equals zero, the benefit terminates. No further payments will be made.

Joint Life: If the death benefit becomes payable at the death of a covered spouse, the surviving covered spouse must utilize the spousal continuation provision of the contract and continue the contract as the new owner to continue the joint benefit. If spousal continuation is not available under the terms of the contract, the rider terminates. The lifetime benefit of this rider ends at the death of the last surviving covered spouse.

76    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If the contract value is greater than zero when the death benefit becomes payable, the beneficiary may: 1) elect to take the death benefit under the terms of the contract, 2) take the RBA payout option available under this rider, or 3) continue the contract under the spousal continuation provision of the contract.

If the contract value equals zero at the first death of a covered spouse, the ALP will continue to be paid annually until the later of: 1) the death of the last surviving covered spouse or 2) the RBA is reduced to zero.

If the contract value equals zero at the death of the last surviving covered spouse, the following will occur:

• If the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the GBP each year, the GBP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the RBA equals zero, the benefit terminates. No further payments will be made.

Contract Ownership Change:

Single Life: If allowed by state law, change of ownership is subject to our approval. If there is a change of ownership and the covered person remains the same, the rider continues with no change to any of the rider benefits. Effective May 1, 2016, joint ownership and joint annuitants are not allowed except for contracts issued in California. If there is a change of ownership and the covered person would be different, the rider terminates.

Joint Life: Ownership changes are only allowed between the covered spouses or their revocable trust(s) and are subject to our approval, if allowed by state law. No other ownership changes are allowed as long as the rider is in force.

Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA) Payout Option: Several annuity payout plans are available under the contract. As an alternative to these annuity payout plans, a fixed annuity payout option is available under theSecureSource 20 rider after the waiting period.

Under this option the amount payable each year will be equal to the remaining schedule of GBPs, but the total amount paid will not exceed the current total RBA at the time you begin this fixed annuity payout option. These annualized amounts will be paid in monthly installments. If the monthly payment is less than $100, we have the right to change the frequency, but no less frequently than annually. If, at the death of the owner, total payouts have been made for less than the RBA, the remaining payouts will be paid to the beneficiary (see “The Annuity Payout Period” and “Taxes”).

This option may not be available if the contract is issued to qualify under section 403 or 408 of the Code, as amended. For such contracts, this option will be available only if the guaranteed payment period is less than the life expectancy of the owner at the time the option becomes effective. Such life expectancy will be computed using a life expectancy table published by the IRS.

This annuity payout option may also be elected by the beneficiary when the death benefit is payable if payments begin no later than one year after your death and the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy. Whenever multiple beneficiaries are designated under the contract, each such beneficiary’s share of the proceeds if they elect this option will be in proportion to their applicable designated beneficiary percentage. Beneficiaries of nonqualified contracts may elect this settlement option subject to the distribution requirements of the contract. We reserve the right to adjust the remaining schedule of GBPs if necessary to comply with the Code.

Rider Termination

TheSecureSource 20 rider cannot be terminated either by you or us except as follows:

1.	Single Life: a change of ownership that would result in a different covered person will terminate the rider.
2.	Single Life: After the death benefit is payable, continuation of the contract will terminate the rider.
3.	Joint Life:After the death benefit is payable the rider will terminate if:

(a)	any one other than a covered spouse continues the contract, or
(b)	a covered spouse does not use the spousal continuation provision of the contract to continue the contract.

4.	Annuity payouts under an annuity payout plan will terminate the rider.
5.	You may terminate the rider if your annual rider fee after any fee increase is more than 0.25 percentage points higher than your fee before the increase (See “Charges —SecureSource 20 rider fee”).
6.	When the RBA and contract value is reduced to zero and either the withdrawal is taken when the ALP is not established or an excess withdrawal of the RALP is taken, the rider will terminate.
7.	Termination of the contract for any reason will terminate the rider.
8.	When a beneficiary elects an alternative payment plan which is an inherited IRA, the rider will terminate.

For an example, see Appendix D.

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    77

SecureSource Rider

There are two optionalSecureSource riders available under your contract:

• SecureSource – Single Life; or

• SecureSource – Joint Life.

The information in this section applies to bothSecureSource riders, unless otherwise noted.

TheSecureSource – Single Life rider covers one person. TheSecureSource – Joint Life Rider covers two spouses jointly who are named at contract issue. You may elect only theSecureSource – Single Life rider or theSecureSource – Joint Life rider, not both, and you may not switch riders later. You must elect the rider when you purchase your contract. The rider effective date will be the contract issue date.

TheSecureSource rider is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge if:

• your contract application was signed on or after May 1, 2007; and

• Single Life:you and the annuitant are 80 or younger on the date the contract is issued; or

• Joint Life: you and your spouse are 80 or younger on the date the contract is issued.

TheSecureSource rider is not available under an inherited qualified annuity.

TheSecureSource rider guarantees (unless the rider is terminated. See “Rider Termination” heading below.) that regardless of the investment performance of your contract you will be able to withdraw up to a certain amount each year from the contract before the annuity payouts begin until:

• Single Life: you have recovered at minimum all of your purchase payments or, if later, until death (see “At Death” heading below) — even if the contract value is zero.

• Joint Life: you have recovered at minimum all of your purchase payments or, if later, until the death of the last surviving covered spouse (see “Joint Life only: Covered Spouses” and “At Death” headings below), even if the contract value is zero.

For the purpose of this rider, the term “withdrawal” has the same meaning as the term “surrender” in the contract or any other riders.

TheSecureSource rider may be appropriate for you if you intend to make periodic withdrawals from your annuity contract and wish to ensure that market performance will not adversely affect your ability to withdraw your principal over time.

Under the terms of theSecureSource rider, the calculation of the amount which can be withdrawn in each contract year varies depending on several factors, including but not limited to the waiting period (see “Waiting period” heading below) and whether or not the lifetime withdrawal benefit has become effective:

(1)	The basic withdrawal benefit gives you the right to take limited withdrawals in each contract year and guarantees that over time the withdrawals will total an amount equal to, at minimum, your purchase payments (unless the rider is terminated. See “Rider Termination” heading below). Key terms associated with the basic withdrawal benefit are “Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP)", “Remaining Benefit Payment (RBP)", “Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA)” and “Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA).” See these headings below for more information.
(2)	The lifetime withdrawal benefit gives you the right, under certain limited circumstances defined in the rider, to take limited withdrawals until the later of:
•	Single Life: death (see “At Death” heading below) or until the RBA (under the basic withdrawal benefit) is reduced to zero (unless the rider is terminated. See “Rider Termination” heading below);
•	Joint Life: death of the last surviving covered spouse (see “At Death” heading below) or until the RBA (under the basic withdrawal benefit) is reduced to zero (unless the rider is terminated. See “Rider Termination” heading below).

Key terms associated with the lifetime withdrawal benefit are “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)”, “Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (RALP)”, “Single Life only: Covered Person”, “Joint Life only: Covered Spouses” and “Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA).” See these headings below for more information.

Only the basic withdrawal benefit will be in effect prior to the date that the lifetime withdrawal benefit becomes effective. The lifetime withdrawal benefit becomes effective automatically on the rider anniversary date after the:

• Single Life: covered person reaches age 65, or the rider effective date if the covered person is age 65 or older on the rider effective date (see “Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA)” heading below);

• Joint Life: younger covered spouse reaches age 65, or the rider effective date if the younger covered spouse is age 65 or older on the rider effective date (see “Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA)” and “Annual Lifetime Payments (ALP)” headings below).

78    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Provided annuity payouts have not begun, theSecureSource rider guarantees that you may take the following withdrawal amounts each contract year:

• Before the establishment of the ALP, the rider guarantees that each year you have the option to cumulatively withdraw an amount equal to the value of the RBP at the beginning of the contract year;

• After the establishment of the ALP, the rider guarantees that each year you have the option to cumulatively withdraw an amount equal to the value of the RALP or the RBP at the beginning of the contract year, but the rider does not guarantee withdrawal of the sum of both the RALP and the RBP in a contract year.

If you withdraw less than the allowed withdrawal amount in a contract year, the unused portion cannot be carried over to the next contract year. As long as your withdrawals in each contract year do not exceed the annual withdrawal amount allowed under the rider:

• Single Life:and there has not been a contract ownership change or spousal continuation of the contract, the guaranteed amounts available for withdrawal will not decrease;

• Joint Life: the guaranteed amounts available for withdrawal will not decrease.

If you withdraw more than the allowed withdrawal amount in a contract year, we call this an “excess withdrawal” under the rider. Excess withdrawals trigger an adjustment of a benefit’s guaranteed amount, which may cause it to be reduced (see “GBA Excess Withdrawal Processing,” “RBA Excess Withdrawal Processing,” and “ALP Excess Withdrawal Processing” headings below).

Please note that basic withdrawal benefit and lifetime withdrawal benefit each has its own definition of the allowed annual withdrawal amount. Therefore a withdrawal may be considered an excess withdrawal for purposes of the lifetime withdrawal benefit only, the basic withdrawal benefit only, or both.

If your withdrawals exceed the greater of the RBP or the RALP, withdrawal charges under the terms of the contract may apply (see “Charges — Surrender Charges”). The amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable withdrawal charge. Market value adjustments, if applicable, will also be made (see “Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs) — Market Value Adjustment”). We pay you the amount you request. Any withdrawals you take under the contract will reduce the value of the death benefits (see “Benefits in Case of Death”). Upon full withdrawal of the contract, you will receive the remaining contract value less any applicable charges (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Withdrawals”).

The rider’s guaranteed amounts can be increased at the specified intervals if your contract value has increased. An annual step up feature is available at each contract anniversary, subject to certain conditions, and may be applied automatically to your contract or may require you to elect the step up (see “Annual Step Up” heading below). If you exercise the annual step up election, the spousal continuation step up election (see “Spousal Continuation Step Up” heading below) or change your Portfolio Navigator model portfolio, the rider charge may change (see “Charges”).

If you take withdrawals during the waiting period, any prior steps ups applied will be reversed and step ups will not be available until the end of the waiting period. You may take withdrawals after the waiting period without reversal of prior step ups.

You should consider whether aSecureSource rider is appropriate for you because:

You will begin paying the rider charge as of the rider effective date, even if you do not begin taking withdrawals for many years. It is possible that your contract performance, fees and charges, and withdrawal pattern may be such that your contract value will not be depleted in your lifetime and you will not receive any monetary value under the rider.

• Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit Limitations: The lifetime withdrawal benefit is subject to certain limitations, including but not limited to:

(a) Single Life: Once the contract value equals zero, payments are made for as long as the oldest owner or annuitant is living (see “If Contract Value Reduces to Zero” heading below). However, if the contract value is greater than zero, the lifetime withdrawal benefit terminates at the first death of any owner or annuitant except

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    79

as otherwise provided below (see “At Death” heading below). Therefore, if there are multiple contract owners or the annuitant is not an owner, the rider may terminate or the lifetime withdrawal benefit may be reduced. This possibility may present itself when:

(i)	There are multiple contract owners — when one of the contract owners dies the benefit terminates even though other contract owners are still living (except if the contract is continued under the spousal continuation provision of the contact); or
(ii)	The owner and the annuitant are not the same persons — if the annuitant dies before the owner, the benefit terminates even though the owner is still living. This could happen, for example, when the owner is younger than the annuitant. This risk increases as the age difference between owner and annuitant increases.

Joint Life: Once the contract value equals zero, payments are made for as long as either covered spouse is living (see “If Contract Value Reduces to Zero” heading below). However, if the contract value is greater than zero, the lifetime withdrawal benefit terminates at the death of the last surviving covered spouse (see “At Death” heading below).

(b)	Excess withdrawals can reduce the ALP to zero even though the GBA, RBA, GBP and/or RBP values are greater than zero. If the both the ALP and the contract value are zero, the lifetime withdrawal benefit will terminate.
(c)	When the lifetime withdrawal benefit is first established, the initial ALP is based on

(i)	Single Life: the basic withdrawal benefit’s RBA at that time (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below), unless there has been a spousal continuation or ownership change; or
(ii)	Joint Life: the basic withdrawal benefit’s RBA at that time (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below).

Any withdrawal you take before the ALP is established reduces the RBA and therefore may result in a lower amount of lifetime withdrawals you are allowed to take.

(d) Withdrawals can reduce both the contract value and the RBA to zero prior to the establishment of the ALP. If this happens, the contract and the rider will terminate.

•

Investment Allocation Restrictions: You must be invested in one of the approved investment options. These funds are expected to reduce our financial risks and expenses associated with certain living benefits. Although the funds’ investment strategies may help mitigate declines in your contract value due to declining equity markets, the funds’ investment strategies may also curb your contract value gains during periods of positive performance by the equity markets. Additionally, investment in the funds may decrease the number and amount of any benefit base increase opportunities. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds: Volatility and Volatility Management Risk with the Portfolio Stabilizer funds” section.) We reserve the right to add, remove, or substitute approved investment options in the future. This requirement limits your choice of investments. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, GPAs or the one-year fixed account that are available under the contract to contract owners who do not elect the rider. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer funds.”) You may allocate qualifying purchase payments and purchase payment credits to the DCA fixed account, when available (see “DCA Fixed Account”), and we will make monthly transfers into the investment option you have chosen. You may make two elective investment option changes per contract year; we reserve the right to limit elective investment option changes if required to comply with the written instructions of a fund (see “Market Timing”).

The following provisions apply to contracts invested in a Portfolio Navigator fund:

• You can allocate your contract value to any available Portfolio Navigator fund during the following times: (1) prior to your first withdrawal and (2) following a benefit reset as described below but prior to any subsequent withdrawal. During these accumulation phases, you may request to change your investment option to any available investment option.

• Immediately following a withdrawal your contract value will be reallocated to the target investment option as shown in your contract if your current investment option is more aggressive than the target investment option. If you are in a static model portfolio, this reallocation will be made to the applicable fund of funds investment option. This automatic reallocation is not included in the total number of allowed model changes per contract year and will not cause your rider fee to increase. The target investment option is currently the Moderate investment option. We reserve the right to change the target investment option to an investment option that is more aggressive than the current target investment option after 30 days written notice.

• After you have taken a withdrawal and prior to any benefit reset as described below, you are in a withdrawal phase. During withdrawal phases you may request to change your investment option to the target investment option investment option that is more conservative than the target investment option without a benefit reset as described below. If you are in a withdrawal phase and you choose to allocate your contract value to an investment option that is more aggressive than the target investment option, your rider benefit will be reset as follows:

(a) the total GBA will be reset to the lesser of its current value or the contract value; and

80    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

(b)	the total RBA will be reset to the lesser of its current value or the contract value; and
(c)	the ALP, if established, will be reset to the lesser of its current value or 6% of the contract value; and
(d)	the GBP will be recalculated as described below, based on the reset GBA and RBA; and
(e)	the RBP will be recalculated as the reset GBP less all prior withdrawals made during the current contract year, but not be less than zero; and
(f)	the RALP will be recalculated as the reset ALP less all prior withdrawals made during the current contract year, but not be less than zero.

You may request to change your investment option by written request on an authorized form or by another method agreed to by us.

•	Limitations on Purchase of Other Riders under your Contract: You may elect only theSecureSource – Single Life rider or theSecureSource – Joint Life rider. If you elect theSecureSource rider, you may not elect the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider.
•	Non-Cancelable: Once elected, theSecureSource rider may not be cancelled (except as provided under “Rider Termination” heading below) and the fee will continue to be deducted until the contract or rider is terminated or the contract value reduces to zero (described below). Dissolution of marriage does not terminate theSecureSource – Joint Life rider and will not reduce the fee we charge for this rider. The benefit under theSecureSource – Joint Life rider continues for the covered spouse who is the owner of the contract (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural ownership). The rider will terminate at the death of the contract owner (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural ownership) because the original spouse will be unable to elect the spousal continuation provision of the contract (see “Joint Life only: Covered Spouses” below).
•	Joint Life:Limitations on Contract Owners, Annuitants and Beneficiaries: Since the joint life benefit will terminate unless the surviving covered spouse continues the contract under the spousal continuation provision of the contract upon the owner’s death, only ownership arrangements that permit such continuation are allowed at rider issue. In general, the covered spouses should be joint owners, or one covered spouse should be the owner and the other covered spouse should be named as the sole primary beneficiary. You are responsible for establishing ownership arrangements that will allow for spousal continuation.
	If you select theSecureSource – Joint Life rider, please consider carefully whether or not you wish to change the beneficiary of your annuity contract. The rider will terminate if the surviving covered spouse can not utilize the spousal continuation provision of the contract when the death benefit is payable.
•	Limitations on Purchase Payments: We reserve the right to limit the cumulative amount of purchase payments (subject to state restrictions), which may limit your ability to make additional purchase payments to increase your contract value as you may have originally intended. For current purchase payment restrictions, please see “Buying Your Contract —Purchase Payments”.
•	Interaction with Total Free Amount (FA) contract provision: The FA is the amount you are allowed to withdraw from the contract in each contract year without incurring a withdrawal charge (see “Charges — Withdrawal Charge”). The FA may be greater than the RBP or RALP under this rider. Any amount you withdraw under the contract’s FA provision that exceeds the RBP or RALP is subject to the excess withdrawal processing described below for the GBA, RBA and ALP.

You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of the rider in your tax situation because:

•	Tax Considerations for Nonqualified Annuities: Under current federal income tax law, withdrawals under nonqualified annuities, including withdrawals taken from the contract under the terms of the rider, are treated less favorably than amounts received as annuity payments under the contract (see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities”). Withdrawals are taxable income to the extent of earnings. Withdrawals of earnings before age 59½ may also incur a 10% IRS early withdrawal penalty. You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of the rider in your tax situation.
•	Tax Considerations for Qualified Annuities: Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). If you have a qualified annuity, you may need to take an RMD that exceeds the specified amount of withdrawal available under the rider. Withdrawals in any contract year that exceed the guaranteed amount available for withdrawal may reduce future benefits guaranteed under the rider. While the rider permits certain excess withdrawals to be made for the purpose of satisfying RMD requirements for your contract alone without reducing future benefits guaranteed under the rider, there can be no guarantee that changes in the federal income tax law after the effective date of the rider will not require a larger RMD to be taken, in which case, future guaranteed withdrawals under the rider could be reduced. See Appendix E for additional information.
•	Treatment of non-spousal distributions: Unless you are married your beneficiary will be required to take distributions as a non-spouse which may result in significantly decreasing the value of the rider.
	Please note civil unions and domestic partnerships generally are not recognized as marriages for federal tax purposes. For additional information see “Taxes — Other — Spousal status” section of this prospectus.

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    81

• Limitations on Tax -Sheltered Annuities (TSAs): Your right to take withdrawals is restricted if your contract is a TSA (see “TSA — Special Provisions”).

Key terms and provisions of theSecureSource rider are described below:

Withdrawal: The amount by which your contract value is reduced as a result of any withdrawal request. It may differ from the amount of your request due to any withdrawal charge and any market value adjustment.

Waiting period: Any period of time starting on the rider effective date during which the annual step up is not available if you take withdrawals. Currently, there is no waiting period. For contracts purchased prior to June 1, 2008, the waiting period is three years.

Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA): The total cumulative withdrawals guaranteed by the rider under the basic withdrawal benefit. The maximum GBA is $5,000,000. The GBA cannot be withdrawn and is not payable as a death benefit. It is an interim value used to calculate the amount available for withdrawals each year under the basic withdrawal benefit (see “Guaranteed Benefit Payment” below). At any time, the total GBA is the sum of the individual GBAs associated with each purchase payment.

The GBA is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At contract issue — the GBA is equal to the initial purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own GBA equal to the amount of the purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When an individual RBA is reduced to zero — the GBA that is associated with that RBA will also be set to zero.

• When you make a withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up — Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the GBA associated with each purchase payment will be reset to the amount of that purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first withdrawal is made.

• When you make a withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the total RBP — the GBA remains unchanged. If there have been multiple purchase payments, both the total GBA and each payment’s GBA remain unchanged.
(b)	is greater than the total RBP —GBA excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the GBA. If the withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing is applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

GBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The total GBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the total GBA immediately prior to the withdrawal; or (b) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s GBA after the withdrawal will be reset to equal that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal plus (a) times (b), where:

(a)	is the ratio of the total GBA after the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal to the total GBA before the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal; and
(b)	is each payment’s GBA before the withdrawal less that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal.

Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA): Each withdrawal you make reduces the amount that is guaranteed by the rider as future withdrawals. At any point in time, the RBA equals the amount of GBA that remains available for withdrawals for the remainder of the contract’s life, and total RBA is the sum of the individual RBAs associated with each purchase payment. The maximum RBA is $5,000,000.

The RBA is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At contract issue — the RBA is equal to the initial purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own RBA initially set equal to that payment’s GBA (the amount of the purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits).

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When you make a withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up — Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the RBA associated with each purchase payment will be reset to the amount of that purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first withdrawal is made.

• When you make a withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a) less than or equal to the total RBP — the total RBA is reduced by the amount of the withdrawal. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s RBA is reduced in proportion to its RBP.

82    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

(b) is greater than the total RBP —RBA excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the RBA. If the withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing is applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

RBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The total RBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal, or (b) the total RBA immediately prior to the withdrawal, less the amount of the withdrawal.

If there have been multiple purchase payments, both the total RBA and each payment’s RBA will be reset. The total RBA will be reset according to the excess withdrawal processing described above. Each payment’s RBA will be reset in the following manner:

1.	The withdrawal amount up to the total RBP is taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its individual RBP at the time of the withdrawal; and
2.	The withdrawal amount above the total RBP and any amount determined by the excess withdrawal processing are taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its RBA at the time of the withdrawal.

Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP): At any time, the amount available for withdrawal in each contract year after the waiting period, until the RBA is reduced to zero, under the basic withdrawal benefit. At any point in time, each purchase payment has its own GBP, which is equal to the lesser of that payment’s RBA or 7% of that payment’s GBA, and the total GBP is the sum of the individual GBPs.

During the waiting period, the guaranteed annual withdrawal amount may be less than the GBP due to the limitations the waiting period imposes on your ability to utilize both annual step-ups and withdrawals (see “Waiting Period” heading above). The guaranteed annual withdrawal amount during the waiting period is equal to the value of the RBP at the beginning of the contract year.

The GBP is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At contract issue — the GBP is established as 7% of the GBA value.

• At each contract anniversary — each payment’s GBP is reset to the lesser of that payment’s RBA or 7% of that payment’s GBA value.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own GBP equal to 7% of the purchase payment amount plus any purchase payment credits.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When an individual RBA is reduced to zero — the GBP associated with that RBA will also be reset to zero.

• When you make a withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up — Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the GBA and the RBA associated with each purchase payment will be reset to the amount of that purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits. Each payment’s GBP will be reset to 7% of that purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first withdrawal is made.

• When you make a withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the total RBP — the GBP remains unchanged.
(b)	is greater than the total RBP — each payment’s GBP is reset to the lesser of that payment’s RBA or 7% of that payment’s GBA value, based on the RBA and GBA after the withdrawal. If the withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing is applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

Remaining Benefit Payment (RBP): The amount available for withdrawal for the remainder of the contract year under the basic withdrawal benefit. At any point in time, the total RBP is the sum of the RBPs for each purchase payment. During the waiting period, when the guaranteed amount may be less than the GBP, the value of the RBP at the beginning of the contract year will be that amount that is actually guaranteed each contract year.

The RBP is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At the beginning of each contract year during the waiting period and prior to any withdrawal — the RBP for each purchase payment is set equal to that purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits multiplied by 7%.

• At the beginning of any other contract year — the RBP for each purchase payment is set equal to that purchase payment’s GBP.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own RBP equal to that payment’s GBP.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• At spousal continuation — (see “Spousal Option to Continue the Contract” heading below).

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    83

• When an individual RBA is reduced to zero— the RBP associated with that RBA will also be reset to zero.

• When you make any withdrawal — the total RBP is reset to equal the total RBP immediately prior to the withdrawal less the amount of the withdrawal, but not less than zero. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s RBP is reduced proportionately.If you withdraw an amount greater than the RBP, GBA excess withdrawal processing and RBA excess withdrawal processing are applied and the amount available for future withdrawals for the remainder of the contract’s life may be reduced by more than the amount of withdrawal. When determining if a withdrawal will result in the excess withdrawal processing, the applicable RBP will not yet reflect the amount of the current withdrawal.

Single Life only: Covered Person: The person whose life is used to determine when the ALP is established, and the duration of the ALP payments (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below). The covered person is the oldest contract owner or annuitant. If the owner is a nonnatural person, i.e., a trust or corporation, the covered person is the oldest annuitant. A spousal continuation or a change of contract ownership may reduce the amount of the lifetime withdrawal benefit and may change the covered person.

Joint Life only: Covered Spouses: The contract owner and his or her legally married spouse as defined under federal law, as named on the application for as long as the marriage is valid and in effect. If the contract owner is a nonnatural person (e.g., a trust), the covered spouses are the annuitant and the legally married spouse of the annuitant. The covered spouses lives are used to determine when the ALP is established, and the duration of the ALP payments (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below). The covered spouses are established on the rider effective date and cannot be changed.

Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA):

• Single Life: The covered person’s age after which time the lifetime benefit can be established. Currently, the lifetime benefit can be established on the later of the contract effective date or the contract anniversary date on/following the date the covered person reaches age 65.

• Joint Life:The age of the younger covered spouse at which time the lifetime benefit is established.

Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP): Once established, the ALP under the lifetime withdrawal benefit is at any time the amount available for withdrawals in each contract year after the waiting period until the later of:

• Single Life: death; or

• Joint Life: death of the last surviving covered spouse; or

• the RBA is reduced to zero.

The maximum ALP is $300,000. Prior to establishment of the ALP, the lifetime withdrawal benefit is not in effect and the ALP is zero.

During the waiting period, the guaranteed annual lifetime withdrawal amount may be less than the ALP due to the limitations the waiting period imposes on your ability to utilize both annual step-ups and withdrawals (see “Waiting Period” heading above). The guaranteed annual lifetime withdrawal amount during the waiting period is equal to the value of the RALP at the beginning of the contract year.

The ALP is determined at the following times:

• Single Life: The later of the contract effective date or the contract anniversary date on/following the date the covered person reaches age 65 — the ALP is established as 6% of the total RBA.

• Joint Life: The ALP is established as 6% of the total RBA on the earliest of the following dates:

(a)	the rider effective date if the younger covered spouse has already reached age 65.
(b)	the rider anniversary on/following the date the younger covered spouse reaches age 65.
(c)	upon the first death of a covered spouse, then

(1)	the date we receive written request when the death benefit is not payable and the surviving covered spouse has already reached age 65; or
(2)	the date spousal continuation is effective when the death benefit is payable and the surviving covered spouse has already reached age 65; or
(3)	the rider anniversary on/following the date the surviving covered spouse reaches age 65.

(d) Following dissolution of marriage of the covered spouses,

84    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

(1)	the date we receive written request if the remaining covered spouse who is the owner (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural ownership) has already reached age 65; or
(2)	the rider anniversary on/following the date the remaining covered spouse who is the owner (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural ownership) reaches age 65.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment increases the ALP by 6% of the amount of the purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits.

• At step ups — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• Single Life: At spousal continuation or contract ownership change — (see “Spousal Option to Continue the Contract” and “Contract Ownership Change” headings below).

• When you make a withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up — Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the ALP will be reset to equal total purchase payments plus any purchase payment credits multiplied by 6%. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first withdrawal is made.

• When you make a withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the RALP — the ALP remains unchanged.
(b)	is greater than the RALP —ALP excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the ALP. If the withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing is applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

20% Rider Credit (for contracts with applications signed on or after June 1, 2008)

If you do not make a withdrawal during the first three rider years, then a 20% rider credit may increase your ALP. This credit is 20% of purchase payments received in the first 180 days that the rider is in effect and is used to establish the enhanced lifetime base. The enhanced lifetime base is an amount that may be used to increase the ALP. The 20% rider credit does not increase the basic withdrawal benefit or the contract value. Because step ups and purchase payment credits may increase your ALP, they may reduce or eliminate any benefit of the 20% rider credit.

Enhanced Lifetime Base (for contracts with applications signed on or after June 1, 2008)

The enhanced lifetime base will be established initially on the third rider anniversary. If you do not make a withdrawal during the first three rider years, then the enhanced lifetime base will be the sum of all purchase payments received during the first three rider years and the 20% rider credit. If you make a withdrawal during the first three rider years, then the 20% rider credit does not apply and the enhanced lifetime base will be established as zero and will always be zero.

The maximum enhanced lifetime base at any time is $5,000,000.

If the enhanced lifetime base is greater than zero, then it will:

• increase by the amount of any purchase payments received on or after the third rider anniversary.

• be reduced by any withdrawal in the same proportion as the withdrawal reduces the RBA and, if the withdrawal exceeds the RBP, it will then be set to the lesser of this reduced value and the contract value immediately following the withdrawal.

• be set to the lesser of its current value and the contract value, if you choose an asset allocation model that is more aggressive than the target model while you are in the withdrawal phase.

If any of the following events occur, then the enhanced lifetime base will be established as or reset to zero and will always be zero:

• The total RBA is reduced to zero.

• You selected the Single Life rider, and there is a change in the covered person, including changes due to spousal continuations and ownership changes.

The enhanced lifetime base is an amount that may be used to increase the ALP and cannot be withdrawn or annuitized.

Increase in ALP because of the Enhanced Lifetime Base (for contracts with applications signed on or after June 1, 2008)

As of the later of the third rider anniversary and the date the initial ALP is established, the ALP will be increased to equal the enhanced lifetime base multiplied by 6%, if this amount is greater than the current ALP. Thereafter, the enhanced lifetime base will always be zero.

ALP Excess Withdrawal Processing

The ALP is reset to the lesser of the ALP immediately prior to the withdrawal, or 6% of the contract value immediately following the withdrawal.

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    85

Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (RALP): The amount available for withdrawal for the remainder of the contract year under the lifetime withdrawal benefit. During the waiting period, when the guaranteed annual withdrawal amount may be less than the ALP, the value of the RALP at the beginning of the contract year will be the amount that is actually guaranteed each contract year. Prior to establishment of the ALP, the lifetime withdrawal benefit is not in effect and the RALP is zero.

The RALP is determined at the following times:

• The RALP is established at the same time as the ALP, and:

(a)	During the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals— the RALP is established equal to 6% of purchase payments plus any purchase payment credits.
(b)	At any other time — the RALP is established equal to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the contract year but not less than zero.

• At the beginning of each contract year during the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals — the RALP is set equal to the total purchase payments plus any purchase payment credits, multiplied by 6%.

• At the beginning of any other contract year — the RALP is set equal to ALP.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment increases the RALP by 6% of the purchase payment amount plus any purchase payment credits.

• At step ups — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When you make any withdrawal — the RALP equals the RALP immediately prior to the withdrawal less the amount of the withdrawal but not less than zero.If you withdraw an amount greater than the RALP, ALP excess withdrawal processing is applied and may reduce the amount available for future withdrawals. When determining if a withdrawal will result in excess withdrawal processing, the applicable RALP will not yet reflect the amount of the current withdrawal.

Required Minimum Distributions (RMD): If you are taking RMDs from your contract and your RMD calculated separately for your contract is greater than the RBP or the RALP on the most recent contract anniversary, the portion of your RMD that exceeds the RBP or RALP on the most recent rider anniversary will not be subject to excess withdrawal processing provided that the following conditions are met:

• The RMD is for your contract alone;

• The RMD is based on your recalculated life expectancy taken from the Uniform Lifetime Table under the Code; and

• The RMD amount is otherwise based on the requirements of section 401(a)(9), related Code provisions and regulations thereunder that were in effect on the effective date of the rider.

RMD rules follow the calendar year which most likely does not coincide with your contract year and therefore may limit when you can take your RMD and not be subject to excess withdrawal processing.

Withdrawal amounts greater than the RBP or RALP on the contract anniversary date that do not meet these conditions will result in excess withdrawal processing as described above. See Appendix E for additional information.

Step Up Date: The date any step up becomes effective, and depends on the type of step up being applied (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

Annual Step Up: Beginning with the first contract anniversary, an increase of the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and/or RALP values may be available. A step up does not create contract value, guarantee the performance of any investment option, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn or paid upon death. Rather, a step up determines the current values of the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP, and may extend the payment period or increase the allowable payment.

The annual step up may be available as described below, subject to the following rules:

• The annual step up is effective on the step up date.

• Only one step up is allowed each contract year.

• If you take any withdrawals during the waiting period, any previously applied step ups will be reversed and the Annual step up will not be available until the end of the waiting period.

• On any rider anniversary where the RBA or, if established, the ALP would increase and the application of the step up would not increase the rider charge, the annual step up will be automatically applied to your contract, and the step up date is the contract anniversary date.

• If the application of the step up would increase the rider charge, the annual step up is not automatically applied. Instead, you have the option to step up for 30 days after the contract anniversary as long as either the contract value is greater than the total RBA or 6% of the contract value is greater than the ALP, if established, on the step-up date. If you exercise the elective annual step up option, you will pay the rider charge in effect on the step up date. If you wish to exercise the elective annual step up option, we must receive a request from you or your investment professional. The step up date is the date we receive your request to step up. If your request is received after the close of

86    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

	business, the step up date will be the next valuation day. If you request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up on or after Dec. 18, 2013, the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are invested at that time (see “Optional Living benefit Charges —SecureSource Rider fee”).Before you elect a step up resulting in an increased rider fee, you should carefully consider the benefit of the contract value gains you are locking-in and the increased rider fee compared to your other options including whether it is appropriate to consider moving to a fund with a lower corresponding rider fee.
•	The ALP and RALP are not eligible for step ups until they are established. Prior to being established, the ALP and RALP values are both zero.
•	Please note it is possible for the ALP to step up even if the RBA or GBA do not step up, and it is also possible for the RBA and GBA to step up even if the ALP does not step up.

The annual step up resets the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP values as follows:

• The total RBA will be reset to the greater of the total RBA immediately prior to the step up date or the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The total GBA will be reset to the greater of the total GBA immediately prior to the step up date or the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The total GBP will be reset using the calculation as described above based on the increased GBA and RBA.

• The total RBP will be reset as follows:

(a)	During the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals, the RBP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	At any other time, the RBP will be reset to the increased GBP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

• The ALP will be reset to the greater of the ALP immediately prior to the step up date or 6% of the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The RALP will be reset as follows:

(a)	During the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals, the RALP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	At any other time, the RALP will be reset to the increased ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

Spousal Option to Continue the Contract upon Owner’s Death (Spousal Continuation):

Single Life: If a surviving spouse elects to continue the contract and continues the contract as the new owner under the spousal continuation provision of the contract, theSecureSource – Single Life rider also continues. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate. When the spouse elects to continue the contract, any remaining waiting period is cancelled and any waiting period limitations on withdrawals and step-ups terminate; if the covered person changes due to spousal continuation the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP values are affected as follows:

• The GBA, RBA and GBP values remain unchanged.

• The RBP is automatically reset to the GBP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

• If the ALP has not yet been established and the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the date of continuation — the ALP will be established on the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65 as the lesser of the RBA or the contract anniversary value, multiplied by 6%. The RALP will be established on the same date equal to the ALP.

• If the ALP has not yet been established but the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the date of continuation — the ALP will be established on the date of continuation as the lesser of the RBA or the contract value, multiplied by 6%. The RALP will be established on the same date in an amount equal to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

• If the ALP has been established but the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the date of continuation — the ALP and RALP will be automatically reset to zero for the period of time beginning with the date of continuation and ending with the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65. At the end of this time period, the ALP will be reset to the lesser of the RBA or the anniversary contract value, multiplied by 6%, and the RALP will be reset to the ALP.

• If the ALP has been established and the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the date of continuation— the ALP will be automatically reset to the lesser of the current ALP or 6% of the contract value on the date of continuation. The RALP will be reset to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

Please note that the lifetime withdrawal benefit amount may be reduced as a result of the spousal continuation.

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    87

Joint Life: If a surviving spouse is a covered spouse and elects the spousal continuation provision of the contract as the new owner, theSecureSource – Joint Life rider also continues. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate. When the spouse elects to continue the contract, any remaining waiting period is cancelled and any waiting period limitations on withdrawals and step-ups terminate. The surviving covered spouse can name a new beneficiary, however, a new covered spouse cannot be added to the rider.

Spousal Continuation Step Up: At the time of spousal continuation, a step-up may be available. All annual step-up rules (see “Annual Step-Up” heading above), other than those that apply to the waiting period, also apply to the spousal continuation step-up. If the spousal continuation step-up is processed automatically, the step-up date is the valuation date spousal continuation is effective. If not, the spouse must elect the step up and must do so within 30 days of the spousal continuation date. If the spouse elects the spousal continuation step up, the step-up date is the valuation date we receive the spouse’s written request to step-up if we receive the request by the close of business on that day, otherwise the next valuation date.

Rules for Withdrawal Provision of Your Contract: Minimum account values following a withdrawal no longer apply to your contract. For withdrawals, the withdrawal will be made from the variable subaccounts, guarantee period accounts (where available), the one-year fixed account (if applicable) and the DCA fixed account in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to the contract value. You cannot specify from which accounts the withdrawal is to be made.

If Contract Value Reduces to Zero: If the contract value reduces to zero and the total RBA remains greater than zero, you will be paid in the following scenarios:

1) The ALP has not yet been established and the contract value is reduced to zero as a result of fees or charges or a withdrawal that is less than or equal to the RBP. In this scenario, you can choose to:

(a)	receive the remaining schedule of GBPs until the RBA equals zero; or
(b)	Single Life: wait until the rider anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65, and then receive the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the covered person, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero; or
(c)	Joint Life: wait until the rider anniversary following the date the younger covered spouse reaches age 65, and then receive the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the last surviving covered spouse, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero.

We will notify you of this option. If no election is made, the ALP will be paid.

2) The ALP has been established and the contract value reduces to zero as a result of fees or charges, or a withdrawal that is less than or equal to both the RBP and the RALP. In this scenario, you can choose to receive:

(a)	the remaining schedule of GBPs until the RBA equals zero; or
(b)	Single Life: the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the covered person, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero; or
(c)	Joint Life: the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the last surviving covered spouse, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero.

We will notify you of this option. If no election is made, the ALP will be paid.

3)	The ALP has been established and the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RALP but less than or equal to the RBP. In this scenario, the remaining schedule of GBPs will be paid until the RBA equals zero.
4)	The ALP has been established and the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RBP but less than or equal to the RALP. In this scenario, the ALP will be paid annually until the death of the:

• Single Life: covered person;

• Joint Life: last surviving covered spouse.

Under any of these scenarios:

• The annualized amounts will be paid to you in the frequency you elect. You may elect a frequency offered by us at the time payments begin. Available payment frequencies will be no less frequent than annually;

• We will no longer accept additional purchase payments;

• You will no longer be charged for the rider;

• Any attached death benefit riders will terminate; and

• Single Life: The death benefit becomes the remaining payments, if any, until the RBA is reduced to zero.

• Joint Life: If the owner had been receiving the ALP, upon the first death the ALP will continue to be paid annually until the later of: 1) the death of the last surviving covered spouse or 2) the RBA is reduced to zero. In all other situations the death benefit becomes the remaining payments, if any, until the RBA is reduced to zero.

88    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

TheSecureSource rider and the contract will terminate under either of the following two scenarios:

• If the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than both the RALP and the RBP. This is full withdrawal of the contract value.

• If the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RALP but less than or equal to the RBP, and the total RBA is reduced to zero.

At Death:

Single Life: If the contract value is greater than zero when the death benefit becomes payable, the beneficiary may: 1) elect to take the death benefit under the terms of the contract, 2) take the fixed payout option available under this rider, or 3) continue the contract under the spousal continuation provision of the contract above.

If the contract value equals zero and the death benefit becomes payable, the following will occur:

• If the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the GBP each year, the GBP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person dies and the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person is still alive and the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the later of the death of the covered person or the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person is still alive and the RBA equals zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the death of the covered person.

• If the covered person dies and the RBA equals zero, the benefit terminates. No further payments will be made.

Joint Life: If the death benefit becomes payable at the death of a covered spouse, the surviving covered spouse must utilize the spousal continuation provision of the contract and continue the contract as the new owner to continue the joint benefit. If spousal continuation is not available under the terms of the contract, the rider terminates. The lifetime benefit of this rider ends at the death of the last surviving covered spouse.

If the contract value is greater than zero when the death benefit becomes payable, the beneficiary may: 1) elect to take the death benefit under the terms of the contract, 2) take the fixed payout option available under this rider, or 3) continue the contract under the spousal continuation provision of the contract above.

If the contract value equals zero at the first death of a covered spouse, the ALP will continue to be paid annually until the later of: 1) the death of the last surviving covered spouse or 2) the RBA is reduced to zero.

If the contract value equals zero at the death of the last surviving covered spouse, the following will occur:

• If the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the GBP each year, the GBP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the RBA equals zero, the benefit terminates. No further payments will be made.

Contract Ownership Change:

Single Life: If the contract changes ownership (see “Changing Ownership”), the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP values will remain unchanged and the ALP and RALP will be reset as follows. Our current administrative practice is to only reset the ALP and RALP if the covered person changes due to the ownership change.

• If the ALP has not yet been established and the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the ownership change date— the ALP and the RALP will be established on the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65. The ALP will be set equal to the lesser of the RBA or the anniversary contract value, multiplied by 6%. If the anniversary date occurs during the waiting period and prior to a withdrawal, the RALP will be set equal to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments plus any purchase payment credits multiplied by 6%. If the anniversary date occurs at any other time, the RALP will be set equal to the ALP.

• If the ALP has not yet been established but the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the ownership change date — the ALP and the RALP will be established on the ownership change date. The ALP will be set equal to the lesser of the RBA or the contract value, multiplied by 6%. If the ownership change date occurs during the waiting period and prior to a withdrawal, the RALP will be set to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments plus any purchase payment credits multiplied by 6%. If the ownership change date occurs at any other time, the RALP will be set to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year but not less than zero.

• If the ALP has been established but the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the ownership change date — the ALP and the RALP will be reset to zero for the period of time beginning with the ownership change date and ending with the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65. At the end of this

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    89

time period, the ALP will be reset to the lesser of the RBA or the anniversary contract value, multiplied by 6%. If the time period ends during the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals, the RALP will be reset to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments plus any purchase payment credits multiplied by 6%. If the time period ends at any other time, the RALP will be reset to the ALP.

•

If the ALP has been established and the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the ownership change date — the ALP and the RALP will be reset on the ownership change date. The ALP will be reset to the lesser of the current ALP or 6% of the contract value. If the ownership change date occurs during the waiting period and prior to a withdrawal, the RALP will be reset to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments plus any purchase payment credits multiplied by 6%. If the ownership change date occurs at any other time, the RALP will be reset to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year but not less than zero.

Please note that the lifetime withdrawal benefit amount may be reduced as a result of the ownership change.

Joint Life: Ownership changes are only allowed between the covered spouses or their revocable trust(s). No other ownership changes are allowed as long as the rider is in force.

Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Option: Several annuity payout plans are available under the contract. As an alternative to these annuity payout plans, a fixed annuity payout option is available under theSecureSource rider.

Under this option the amount payable each year will be equal to the remaining schedule of GBPs, but the total amount paid over the life of the annuity will not exceed the current total RBA at the time you begin this fixed annuity payout option. These annualized amounts will be paid in the frequency that you elect. The frequencies will be among those offered by us at that time but will be no less frequent than annually. If, at the death of the owner, total payouts have been made for less than the RBA, the remaining payouts will be paid to the beneficiary (see “The Annuity Payout Period” and “Taxes”).

This option may not be available if the contract is issued to qualify under section 403 or 408 of the Code, as amended. For such contracts, this option will be available only if the guaranteed payment period is less than the life expectancy of the owner at the time the option becomes effective. Such life expectancy will be computed using a life expectancy table published by the IRS.

This annuity payout option may also be elected by the beneficiary of a contract as a settlement option if payments begin no later than one year after your death and the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy. Whenever multiple beneficiaries are designated under the contract, each such beneficiary’s share of the proceeds if they elect this option will be in proportion to their applicable designated beneficiary percentage. Beneficiaries of nonqualified contracts may elect this settlement option subject to the distribution requirements of the contract. We reserve the right to adjust the remaining schedule of GBPs if necessary to comply with the Code.

Rider Termination

TheSecureSource rider cannot be terminated either by you or us except as follows:

1.	Single Life: After the death benefit is payable the rider will terminate if your spouse does not use the spousal continuation provision of the contract to continue the contract.
2.	Joint Life: After the death benefit is payable the rider will terminate if:

(a)	any one other than a covered spouse continues the contract, or
(b)	a covered spouse does not use the spousal continuation provision of the contract to continue the contract.

3.	Annuity payouts under an annuity payout plan will terminate the rider.
4.	Termination of the contract for any reason will terminate the rider.
5.	When a beneficiary elects an alternative payment plan which is an inherited IRA, the rider will terminate.

Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider

The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional charge. The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may provide a guaranteed contract value at the end of the specified waiting period on the benefit date, but not until then, under the following circumstances:

On the benefit date, if:	Then your Accumulation Protector Benefit rider benefit is:
The Minimum Contract Accumulation Value (defined below) as determined under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider is greater than your contract value,	The contract value is increased on the benefit date to equal the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value as determined under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider on the benefit date.
The contract value is equal to or greater than the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value as determined under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider,	Zero; in this case, the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider ends without value and no benefit is payable.

90    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If the contract value falls to zero as the result of adverse market performance or the deduction of fees and/or charges at any time during the waiting period and before the benefit date, the contract and all riders, including the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider will terminate without value and no benefits will be paid. Exception: If you are still living on the benefit date, we will pay you an amount equal to the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value as determined under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider on the valuation date your contract value reached zero.

If this rider is available in your state, you may elect the Accumulation Protector Benefit at the time you purchase your contract and the rider effective date will be the contract issue date. The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may not be terminated once you have elected it, except as described in the “Terminating the Rider” section below. An additional charge for the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider will be assessed annually during the waiting period. The rider ends when the waiting period expires and no further benefit will be payable and no further fees for the rider will be deducted. After the waiting period, you have the following options:

• Continue your contract;

• Take partial withdrawals or make a full withdrawal; or

• Annuitize your contract to create a guaranteed income stream.

The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may not be purchased with the optionalSecureSource series riders, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit riders, or any Income Assurer Benefit rider.

The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may not be available in all states.

You should consider whether an Accumulation Protector Benefit rider is appropriate for you because:

• you must be invested in one of the approved investment options. This requirement limits your choice of investments. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, one-year fixed account (if included)
and GPAs that are available under the contract to contract owners who do not elect this rider (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds”);

• you may not make additional purchase payments to your contract during the waiting period after the first 180 days immediately following the effective date of the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider;

• if you purchase this annuity as a qualified annuity, for example, an IRA, you may need to take partial withdrawals from your contract to satisfy the minimum distribution requirements of the Code (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Partial withdrawals, including those you take to satisfy RMDs, will reduce any potential benefit that the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider provides. You should consult your tax advisor if you have any questions about the use of this rider in your tax situation;

• if you think you may withdraw all of your contract value before you have held your contract with this benefit rider attached for 10 years, or you are considering selecting an annuity payout option within 10 years of the effective date of your contract, you should consider whether this optional benefit is right for you. You must hold the contract a minimum of 10 years from the effective date of the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, which is the length of the waiting period under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, in order to receive the benefit, if any, provided by the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. In some cases, as described below, you may need to hold the contract longer than 10 years in order to qualify for any benefit the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may provide;

• the 10 year waiting period under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider will restart if you exercise the elective step up option (described below) or your surviving spouse exercises the spousal continuation elective step up (described below); and

• the 10 year waiting period under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may be restarted if you elect to change your investment option to one that causes the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider charge to increase (see “Charges”).

Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether an Accumulation Protector Benefit rider is appropriate for your situation.

Here are some general terms that are used to describe the operation of the Accumulation Protector Benefit:

Benefit Date: This is the first valuation date immediately following the expiration of the waiting period.

Minimum Contract Accumulation Value (MCAV): An amount calculated under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. The contract value will be increased to equal the MCAV on the benefit date if the contract value on the benefit date is less than the MCAV on the benefit date.

Adjustments for Partial Withdrawals: The adjustment made for each partial withdrawal from the contract is equal to the amount derived from multiplying (a) and (b) where:

(a)	is 1 minus the ratio of the contract value on the date of (but immediately after) the partial withdrawal to the contract value on the date of (but immediately prior to) the partial withdrawal; and
(b)	is the MCAV on the date of (but immediately prior to) the partial withdrawal.

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    91

Waiting Period: The waiting period for the rider is 10 years.

We reserve the right to restart the waiting period on the latest contract anniversary if you change your investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider charge for new contract owners, or if you change your asset allocation investment option after we have exercised our rights to charge a separate charge for each investment option.

Your initial MCAV is equal to your initial purchase payment and any purchase payment credit. It is increased by the amount of any subsequent purchase payments received within the first 180 days that the rider is effective. It is reduced by adjustments for any partial withdrawals made during the waiting period.

Automatic Step Up

On each contract anniversary after the effective date of the rider, the MCAV will be set to the greater of:

1.	80% of the contract value on the contract anniversary (after charges are deducted); or
2.	the MCAV immediately prior to the automatic step-up.

The automatic step up does not create contract value, guarantee the performance of any investment option, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn or paid upon death. Rather, the automatic step-up is an interim calculation used to arrive at the final MCAV, which is used to determine whether a benefit will be paid under the rider on the benefit date.

The automatic step up of the MCAV does not restart the waiting period or increase the charge (although the total fee for the rider may increase).

Elective Step Up Option

Within thirty days following each contract anniversary after the rider effective date, but prior to the benefit date, you may notify us in writing that you wish to exercise the annual elective step-up option. You may exercise this elective step-up option only once per contract year during this 30 day period. If your contract value (after charges are deducted) on the valuation date we receive your written request to step-up is greater than the MCAV on that date, your MCAV will increase to 100% of that contract value.

We may increase the fee for your rider (see “Charges — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider Charge”). The revised fee would apply to your rider if you exercise the annual elective step up, your MCAV is increased as a result, and the revised fee is higher than your annual rider fee before the elective step-up. Elective step-ups will also result in a restart of the waiting period as of the most recent contract anniversary.

The elective step up does not create contract value, guarantee the performance of any investment option, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn or paid upon death. Rather, the elective step-up is an interim calculation used to arrive at the final MCAV, which is used to determine whether a benefit will be paid under the rider on the benefit date.

The elective step-up option is not available to non-spouse beneficiaries that continue the contract during the waiting period.

We have the right to restrict the elective step up option on inherited IRAs, but we currently allow them. Please consider carefully if an elective step up is appropriate if you own an inherited IRA because the elective step up will restart the waiting period and the required minimum distributions for an inherited IRA may significantly decrease the future benefit payable under this rider. We reserve the right to restrict the elective step-up option on inherited IRAs in the future.

The elective step-up option is not available if the benefit date would be after the retirement date. (see “The Retirement Date” section for retirement date options)

Spousal Continuation

If a spouse chooses to continue the contract under the spousal continuation provision, the rider will continue as part of the contract. Once, within the thirty days following the date of spousal continuation, the spouse may choose to exercise an elective step-up. The spousal continuation elective step-up is in addition to the annual elective step-up. If the contract value on the valuation date we receive the written request to exercise this option is greater than the MCAV on that date, we will increase the MCAV to that contract value. If the MCAV is increased as a result of the elective step-up and we have increased the charge for the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, the spouse will pay the charge that is in effect on the valuation date we receive their written request to step-up. In addition, the waiting period will restart as of the most recent contract anniversary.

Terminating the Rider

The rider will terminate under the following conditions:

The rider will terminate before the benefit date without paying a benefit on the date:

• you take a full withdrawal; or

• annuitization begins; or

92    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• the contract terminates as a result of the death benefit being paid.

The rider will terminate on the benefit date.

For an example, see Appendix L.

Optional Living Benefits – Previously Offered

If you bought a contract before May 1, 2007 with an optional living benefit, please use the following table to review the disclosure that applies to the optional living benefit rider you purchased. If you are uncertain as to which optional living benefit rider you purchased, ask your investment professional, or contact us at the telephone number or address shown on the first page of this prospectus.

If you purchased a contract(1)...	and you selected one of the following optional living benefits...	Disclosure for this benefit may be found in the following Appendix:
Before April 29, 2005	Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit (“Rider B”)	Appendix J
April 29, 2005 – April 30, 2006	Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit (“Rider A”)	Appendix J
May 1, 2006 – April 30, 2007	Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life	Appendix I
Before May 1, 2007	Income Assurer Benefit	Appendix K

⁽¹⁾ These dates are approximate and will vary by state; your actual contract and any riders are the controlling documents.

Optional Additional Death Benefits

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector)

The Benefit Protector is intended to provide an additional benefit to your beneficiary to help offset expenses after your death such as funeral expenses or federal and state taxes. This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge (see “Charges”). The Benefit Protector provides reduced benefits if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older at the rider effective date. The Benefit Protector does not provide any additional benefit before the first rider anniversary.

If this rider is available in your state and both you and the annuitant are age 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the Benefit Protector to your contract. You must elect the Benefit Protector at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date. You may not select this rider if you select the Benefit Protector Plus Rider, 5% Accumulation Death Benefit or the Enhanced Death Benefit.

Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Since the benefit paid by the rider is determined by the amount of earnings at death, the amount of the benefit paid may be reduced as a result of taking any withdrawals including RMDs. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional and tax advisor whether or not the Benefit Protector is appropriate for your situation.

The Benefit Protector provides that if you or the annuitant die after the first rider anniversary, but before annuity payouts begin, and while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary:

• the applicable death benefit, plus:

• 40% of your earnings at death if you and the annuitant were under age 70 on the rider effective date, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old; or

• 15% of your earnings at death if you or the annuitant were age 70 or older on the rider effective date, up to a maximum of 37.5% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old.

Earnings at death: This is determined by taking the current death benefit, and subtracting any purchase payments not previously withdrawn. Partial withdrawals reduce earnings before reducing purchase payments in the contract. This determines how much of the applicable death benefit is made up of contract earnings. We set maximum earnings at death of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old. Earnings at death cannot be less than zero.

Terminating the Benefit Protector

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of any rider anniversary beginning with the seventh rider anniversary.

• The rider will terminate when you make a full withdrawal from the contract or when annuity payouts begin.

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    93

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus)

The Benefit Protector Plus is intended to provide an additional benefit to your beneficiary to help offset expenses after your death such as funeral expenses or federal and state taxes. This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge (see “Charges”). The Benefit Protector Plus provides reduced benefits if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older at the rider effective date. It does not provide any additional benefit before the first rider anniversary and it does not provide any benefit beyond what is offered under the Benefit Protector rider during the second rider year.

If this rider is available in your state and both you and the annuitant are age 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the Benefit Protector Plus to you contract. You must elect the Benefit Protector Plus at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date. This rider is only available for transfers, exchanges or rollovers from another annuity or life insurance policy. You may not select this rider if you select the Benefit Protector Rider, 5% Accumulation Death Benefit or the Enhanced Death Benefit. Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Since the benefit paid by the rider is determined by the amount of earnings at death, the amount of the benefit paid may be reduced as a result of taking any withdrawals including RMDs. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional and tax advisor whether or not the Benefit Protector Plus is appropriate for your situation.

The Benefit Protector Plus provides that if you or the annuitant die after the first rider anniversary, but before annuity payouts begin, and while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary:

• the benefits payable under the Benefit Protector described above, plus

• a percentage of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue not previously withdrawn as follows:

Rider Year	Percentage if you and the annuitant are under age 70 on the rider effective date	Percentage if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older on the rider effective date
One and Two	0%	0%
Three and Four	10%	3.75%
Five or more	20%	7.5%

Another way to describe the benefits payable under the Benefit Protector Plus rider is as follows:

• the ROP death benefit (see “Benefits in Case of Death��) plus:

Rider Year	If you and the annuitant are under age 70 on the rider effective date, add…	If you or the annuitant are age 70 or older on the rider effective date, add…
One	Zero	Zero
Two	40% × earnings at death (see above)	15% × earnings at death
Three & Four	40% × (earnings at death + 25% of initial purchase payment*)	15% × (earnings at death + 25% of initial purchase payment*)
Five or more	40% × (earnings at death + 50% of initial purchase payment*)	15% × (earnings at death + 50% of initial purchase payment*)

* Initial purchase payments are payments made within 60 days of rider issue not previously withdrawn.

Terminating the Benefit Protector Plus

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of any rider anniversary beginning with the seventh rider anniversary.

• The rider will terminate when you make a full withdrawal from the contract or when annuity payouts begin.

The Annuity Payout Period

As owner of the contract, you have the right to decide how and to whom annuity payouts will be made starting at the retirement date. You may select one of the annuity payout plans outlined below, or we may mutually agree on other payout arrangements. We do not deduct any withdrawal charges upon retirement but withdrawal charges may apply when electing to exercise liquidity features we may make available under certain fixed annuity payout options.

You also decide whether we will make annuity payouts on a fixed or variable basis, or a combination of fixed and variable. The amount available to purchase payouts under the plan you select is the contract value on your retirement date after any rider charges have been deducted. Additionally, we currently allow you to use part of the amount available to purchase payouts, leaving any remaining contract value to accumulate on a tax-deferred basis. Special rules apply for partial annuitization of your annuity contract, see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities — Annuity payouts” and “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Annuity payouts.” If you select a variable annuity payout, we reserve the right to limit the number of subaccounts in which you may invest. The GPAs, the DCA fixed account and Portfolio Stabilizer funds are not available during this payout period.

94    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Amounts of fixed and variable payouts depend on:

• the annuity payout plan you select;

• the annuitant’s age and, in most cases, sex;

• the annuity table in the contract; and

• the amounts you allocated to the accounts at settlement.

In addition, for variable annuity payouts only, amounts depend on the investment performance of the subaccounts you select. These payouts will vary from month to month because the performance of the funds will fluctuate. Fixed payouts generally remain the same from month to month unless you have elected an option providing for increasing payments.

For information with respect to transfers between accounts after annuity payouts begin, see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transfer policies.”

Annuity Tables

The annuity tables in your contract (Table A and Table B) show the amount of the monthly payout for each $1,000 of contract value according to the age and, when applicable, the annuitant’s sex. (Where required by law, we will use a unisex table of settlement rates.)

Table A shows the amount of the first monthly variable annuity payout assuming that the contract value is invested at the beginning of the annuity payout period and earns a 5% rate of return, which is reinvested and helps to support future payouts. If you ask us at least 30 days before the retirement date, we will substitute an annuity table based on an assumed 3.5% investment rate for the 5% Table A in the contract. The assumed investment rate affects both the amount of the first payout and the extent to which subsequent payouts increase or decrease. For example, annuity payouts will increase if the investment return is above the assumed investment rate and payouts will decrease if the return is below the assumed investment rate. Using a 5% assumed interest rate results in a higher initial payout, but later payouts will increase more slowly when annuity unit values rise and decrease more rapidly when they decline.

Table B shows the minimum amount of each fixed annuity payout. We declare current payout rates that we use in determining the actual amount of your fixed annuity payout. The current payout rates will equal or exceed the guaranteed payout rates shown in Table B. We will furnish these rates to you upon request.

Annuity Payout Plans

We make available variable annuity payouts where payout amounts will vary based on the performance of the variable account. We may also make fixed annuity payouts available where payments of a fixed amount are made for the period specified in the plan, subject to any surrender we may permit. You may choose an annuity payout plan by giving us written instructions at least 30 days before the retirement date. Generally, you may select one of the Plans A through E below or another plan agreed to by us. Some of the annuity payout plans may not be available if you have selected the Income Assurer Benefit rider.

• Plan A – Life annuity — no refund:We make monthly payouts until the annuitant’s death. Payouts end with the last payout before the annuitant’s death. We will not make any further payouts. This means that if the annuitant dies after we made only one monthly payout, we will not make any more payouts.

• Plan B – Life annuity with five, ten, 15 or 20 years certain: (under the Income Assurer Benefit rider: you may select life annuity with ten or 20 years certain): We make monthly payouts for a guaranteed payout period of five, ten, 15 or 20 years that you elect. This election will determine the length of the payout period in the event if the annuitant dies before the elected period expires. We calculate the guaranteed payout period from the retirement date. If the annuitant outlives the elected guaranteed payout period, we will continue to make payouts until the annuitant’s death.

• Plan C – Life annuity — installment refund:(not available under the Income Assurer Benefit rider): We make monthly payouts until the annuitant’s death, with our guarantee that payouts will continue for some period of time. We will make payouts for at least the number of months determined by dividing the amount applied under this option by the first monthly payout, whether or not the annuitant is living.

• Plan D

– Joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund:We make monthly payouts while both the annuitant and a joint annuitant are living. If either annuitant dies, we will continue to make monthly payouts at the full amount until the death of the surviving annuitant. Payouts end with the death of the second annuitant.

– Joint and last survivor life annuity with 20 years certain: We make monthly annuity payouts during the lifetime of the annuitant and joint annuitant. When either the annuitant or joint annuitant dies, we will continue to make monthly payouts during the lifetime of the survivor. If the survivor dies before we have made payouts for 20 years, we continue to make payouts for the remainder of the 20-year period which begins when the first annuity payout is made.

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    95

• Plan E – Payouts for a specified period: We make monthly payouts for a specific payout period of ten to 30 years that you elect (under the Income Assurer Benefit rider, you may elect a payout period of 20 years only). We will make payouts only for the number of years specified whether the annuitant is living or not. Depending on the selected time period, it is foreseeable that an annuitant can outlive the payout period selected. During the payout period, you can elect to have us determine the present value of any remaining payouts and pay it to you in a lump sum. (Exception: If you have an Income Assurer Benefit rider and elect this annuity payout plan based on the Guaranteed Income Benefit Base, a lump sum payout is unavailable.) We determine the present value of the remaining annuity payouts which are assumed to remain level at the amount of the payout that would have been made 7 days prior to the date we determine the present value.

• Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Payout Option(available only under contracts with theSecureSource, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life or Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit riders): This fixed annuity payout option is an alternative to the above annuity payout plans. This option may not be available if the contract is a qualified annuity. For such contracts, this option will be available only if the guaranteed payment period is less than the life expectancy of the owner at the time the option becomes effective. Such life expectancy will be computed using a life expectancy table published by the IRS. Under this option, the amount payable each year will be equal to the remaining schedule of GBPs, but the total amount paid over the life of the annuity will not exceed the total RBA at the time you begin this fixed payout option (see “Optional Benefits —SecureSource Riders”, “Appendix J: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider” or “Appendix K: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider”). The amount paid in the current contract year will be reduced for any prior withdrawals in that year. These annualized amounts will be paid in the frequency that you elect. The frequencies will be among those offered by us at the time but will be no less frequent than annually. If, at the death of the owner, total payouts have been made for less than the RBA, the remaining payouts will be paid to the beneficiary.

• Remaining Benefit Annuity Payout Option (available only under contracts with theSecureSource 20 rider): This fixed annuity payout option is an alternative to the above annuity payout plans. This option may not be available if the contract is a qualified annuity. For such contracts, this option will be available only if the guaranteed payment period is less than the life expectancy of the owner at the time the option becomes effective. Such life expectancy will be computed using a life expectancy table published by the IRS. Under this option, the amount payable each year will be equal to the remaining schedule of GBPs, but the total amount paid will not exceed the total RBA at the time you begin this fixed payout option (see “Optional Benefits —SecureSource 20 Riders”). The amount paid in the current contract year will be reduced for any prior withdrawals in that year. These annualized amounts will be paid in monthly installments. If the monthly payment is less than $100, we have the right to change the frequency, but no less frequent than annually. If, at the death of the owner, total payouts have been made for less than the RBA, the remaining payouts will be paid to the beneficiary.

For Plan A, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, no payments will be made. For Plan B, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue for the guaranteed payout period. For Plan C, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue for the installment refund period. For Plan D, if both annuitants die before the initial payment, no payments will be made; however, if one annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue until the death of the surviving annuitant.

In addition to the annuity payout plans described above, we may offer additional payout plans. Terms and conditions of annuity payout plans will be disclosed at the time of election, including any associated fees or charges. It is important to remember that the election and use of liquidity features will result in payouts ceasing.

Utilizing a liquidity feature to withdraw the underlying value of remaining payouts may result in the assessment of a withdrawal charge (See “Charges — Withdrawal charge”) or a 10% IRS penalty tax. (See “Taxes.”).

Annuity payout plan requirements for qualified annuities: If your contract is a qualified annuity, you must select a payout plan as of the retirement date set forth in your contract. You have the responsibility for electing a payout plan under your contract that complies with applicable law. Your contract describes your payout plan options. The options will meet certain IRS regulations governing RMDs if the payout plan meets the incidental distribution benefit requirements, if any, and the payouts are made:

• in equal or substantially equal payments over a period not longer than your life expectancy, or over the joint life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary; or

• over a period certain not longer than your life expectancy or over the joint life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary.

If we do not receive instructions: You must give us written instructions for the annuity payouts at least 30 days before the annuitant’s retirement date. If you do not, we will make payouts under Plan B, with 120 monthly payouts guaranteed.

If monthly payouts would be less than $20: We will calculate the amount of monthly payouts at the time the contract value is used to purchase a payout plan. If the calculations show that monthly payouts would be less than $20, we have the right to pay the contract value to the owner in a lump sum or to change the frequency of the payouts.

96    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Death after annuity payouts begin: If you or the annuitant die after annuity payouts begin, we will pay any amount payable to the beneficiary as provided in the annuity payout plan in effect. Payments to beneficiaries are subject to adjustment to comply with the IRS rules and regulations.

Taxes

Under current law, your contract has a tax-deferral feature. Generally, this means you do not pay income tax until there is a taxable distribution (or deemed distribution) from the contract. We will send a tax information reporting form for any year in which we made a taxable or reportable distribution according to our records.

Nonqualified Annuities

Generally, only the increase in the value of a non-qualified annuity contract over the investment in the contract is taxable. Certain exceptions apply. Federal tax law requires that all nonqualified deferred annuity contracts issued by the same company (and possibly its affiliates) to the same owner during a calendar year be taxed as a single, unified contract when distributions are taken from any one of those contracts.

Annuity payouts: Generally, unlike withdrawals described below, the income taxation of annuity payouts is subject to exclusion ratios (for fixed annuity payouts) or annual excludable amounts (for variable annuity payouts). In other words, in most cases, a portion of each payout will be ordinary income and subject to tax, and a portion of each payout will be considered a return of part of your investment in the contract and will not be taxed. All amounts you receive after your investment in the contract is fully recovered will be subject to tax. Under Annuity Payout Plan A: Life annuity — no refund, where the annuitant dies before your investment in the contract is fully recovered, the remaining portion of the unrecovered investment may be available as a federal income tax deduction to the owner for the last taxable year. Under all other annuity payout plans, where the annuity payouts end before your investment in the contract is fully recovered, the remaining portion of the unrecovered investment may be available as a federal income tax deduction to the taxpayer for the tax year in which the payouts end. (See “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Federal tax law permits taxpayers to annuitize a portion of their nonqualified annuity while leaving the remaining balance to continue to grow tax-deferred. Under the partial annuitization rules, the portion annuitized must be received as an annuity for a period of 10 years or more, or for the lives of one or more individuals. If this requirement is met, the annuitized portion and the tax-deferred balance will generally be treated as two separate contracts for income tax purposes only. If a contract is partially annuitized, the investment in the contract is allocated between the deferred and the annuitized portions on a pro rata basis.

Withdrawals: Generally, if you withdrawal all or part of your nonqualified annuity your annuity payouts begin, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, your withdrawal will be taxed to the extent that the contract value immediately before the withdrawal exceeds the investment in the contract. Different rules may apply if you exchange another contract into this contract.

You also may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty for withdrawals of taxable income you make before reaching age 59½ unless certain exceptions apply.

Withholding: If you receive taxable income as a result of an annuity payout or withdrawal, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, we may deduct federal, and in some cases state withholding against the payment. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your income tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. As long as you have provided us with a valid Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number, and you have a valid U.S. address, you may be able to elect not to have federal income tax withholding occur.

If the payment is part of an annuity payout plan, we generally compute the amount of federal income tax withholding using payroll tables. You may provide us with a statement of how many exemptions to use in calculating the withholding. If the distribution is any other type of payment (such as partial or full withdrawal) we compute federal income tax withholding using 10% of the taxable portion.

The federal income tax withholding requirements differ if we deliver payment outside the United States or you are a non-resident alien.

Some states also may impose income tax withholding requirements similar to the federal withholding described above or may allow you to elect withholding. If this should be the case, we may deduct state income tax withholding from the payment.

Death benefits to beneficiaries: The death benefit under a nonqualified contract is not exempt from estate (federal or state) taxes. In addition, for income tax purposes, any amount your beneficiary receives that exceeds the remaining investment in the contract is taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary in the year he or she receives the payments. (See also “Benefits in Case of Death — If You Die Before the Retirement Date”).

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    97

Net Investment Income Tax (also known as Medicare contribution tax): Effective for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2013, certain investment income of high-income individuals (as well as estates and trusts) is subject to a 3.8% net investment income tax (as an addition to income taxes). For individuals, the 3.8% tax applies to the lesser of (1) the amount by which the taxpayer’s modified adjusted gross income exceeds $200,000 ($250,000 for married filing jointly and surviving spouses; $125,000 for married filing separately) or (2) the taxpayer’s “net investment income.” Net investment income includes taxable income from nonqualified annuities. Annuity holders are advised to consult their tax advisor regarding the possible implications of this additional tax.

Annuities owned by corporations, partnerships or irrevocable trusts: For nonqualified annuities, any annual increase in the value of annuities held by such entities (non-natural persons) generally will be treated as ordinary income received during that year. However, if the trust was set up for the benefit of a natural person(s) only, the income may remain tax-deferred until withdrawn or paid out.

Penalties: If you receive amounts from your nonqualified annuity before reaching age 59½, you may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty on the amount includable in your ordinary income. However, this penalty will not apply to any amount received:

• because of your death or in the event of non-natural ownership, the death of annuitant;

• because you become disabled (as defined in the Code);

• if the distribution is part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments, made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or joint lives or life expectancies of you and your beneficiary);

• if it is allocable to an investment before Aug. 14, 1982; or

• if annuity payouts are made under immediate annuities as defined by the Code.

Transfer of ownership: Generally, if you transfer ownership of a nonqualified annuity without receiving adequate consideration, the transfer may be taxed as a withdrawal for federal income tax purposes. If the transfer is a currently taxable event for income tax purposes, the original owner will be taxed on the amount of deferred earnings at the time of the transfer and also may be subject to the 10% IRS penalty discussed earlier. In this case, the new owner’s investment in the contract will be equal to the investment in the contract at the time of the transfer plus any earnings included in the original owner’s taxable income as a result of the transfer. In general, this rule does not apply to transfers between spouses or former spouses. Similar rules apply if you transfer ownership for full consideration. Please consult your tax advisor for further details.

1035 Exchanges: Section 1035 of the Code permits nontaxable exchanges of certain insurance policies, endowment contracts, annuity contracts and qualified long-term care insurance contracts while providing for continued tax deferral of earnings. In addition, Section 1035 permits the carryover of the investment in the contract from the old policy or contract to the new policy or contract. In a 1035 exchange one policy or contract is exchanged for another policy or contract. The following can qualify as nontaxable exchanges: (1) the exchange of a life insurance policy for another life insurance policy or for an endowment, annuity or qualified long-term care insurance contract, (2) the exchange of an endowment contract for an annuity or qualified long-term care insurance contract, or for an endowment contract under which payments will begin no later than payments would have begun under the contract exchanged, (3) the exchange of an annuity contract for another annuity or for a qualified long-term care insurance contract, and (4) the exchange of a qualified long-term care insurance contract for a qualified long-term care insurance contract. Additionally, other tax rules apply. However, if the life insurance policy has an outstanding loan, there may be tax consequences. Depending on the issue date of your original policy or contract, there may be tax or other benefits that are given up to gain the benefits of the new policy or contract. Consider whether the features and benefits of the new policy or contract outweigh any tax or other benefits of the old contract.

For a partial exchange of an annuity contract for another annuity contract, the 1035 exchange is generally tax-free. The investment in the original contract and the earnings on the contract will be allocated proportionately between the original and new contracts. However, per IRS Revenue Procedure 2011-38, if withdrawals are taken from either contract within the 180-day period following a partial 1035 exchange, the IRS will apply general tax principles to determine the appropriate tax treatment of the exchange and subsequent withdrawal. As a result, there may be unexpected tax consequences. You should consult your tax advisor before taking any withdrawal from either contract during the 180-day period following a partial exchange.

Assignment: If you assign or pledge your contract as collateral for a loan, earnings on purchase payments you made after Aug. 13, 1982 will be taxed as a deemed distribution and also may be subject to the 10% penalty as discussed above.

98    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Qualified Annuities

Adverse tax consequences may result if you do not ensure that contributions, distributions and other transactions under the contract comply with the law. Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions. You should refer to your retirement plan’s Summary Plan Description, your IRA disclosure statement, or consult a tax advisor for additional information about the distribution rules applicable to your situation.

When you use your contract to fund a retirement plan or IRA that is already tax-deferred under the Code, the contract will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral. If your contract is used to fund an employer sponsored plan, your right to benefits may be subject to the terms and conditions of the plan regardless of the terms of the contract.

Annuity payouts: Under a qualified annuity, except a Roth IRA, Roth 401(k) or Roth 403(b), the entire payout generally is includable as ordinary income and is subject to tax unless: (1) the contract is an IRA to which you made non-deductible contributions; or (2) you rolled after-tax dollars from a retirement plan into your IRA; or 3) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you or your employer have contributed after-tax dollars; or (4) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you direct such payout to be directly rolled over to another eligible retirement plan such as an IRA. We may permit partial annuitizations of qualified annuity contracts. If we accept partial annuitizations, please remember that your contract will still need to comply with other requirements such as required minimum distributions and the payment of taxes. Prior to considering a partial annuitization on a qualified contract, you should discuss your decision and any implications with your tax adviser. Because we cannot accurately track certain after tax funding sources, we will generally report any payments on partial annuitizations as ordinary income except in the case of a qualified distribution from a Roth IRA.

Annuity payouts from Roth IRAs: In general, the entire payout from a Roth IRA can be free from income and penalty taxes if you have attained age 59½ and meet the five year holding period.

Withdrawals: Under a qualified annuity, except a Roth IRA, Roth 401(k) or Roth 403(b), the entire withdrawal will generally be includable as ordinary income and is subject to tax unless: (1) the contract is an IRA to which you made non-deductible contributions; or (2) you rolled after-tax dollars from a retirement plan into your IRA; or (3) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you or your employer have contributed after-tax dollars; or (4) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you direct such withdrawal to be directly rolled over to another eligible retirement plan such as an IRA.

Withdrawals from Roth IRAs: In general, the entire payout from a Roth IRA can be free from income and penalty taxes if you have attained age 59½ and meet the five year holding period or another qualifying event such as death or disability.

Required Minimum Distributions: Retirement plans (except for Roth IRAs) are subject to required withdrawals called required minimum distributions (“RMDs”) beginning at age 72 (age 70 ½ if you were born on or before June 30, 1949). RMDs are based on the fair market value of your contract at year-end divided by the life expectancy factor. Certain death benefits and optional riders may be considered in determining the fair market value of your contract for RMD purposes. This may cause your RMD to be higher. Inherited IRAs (including inherited Roth IRAs) are subject to special required minimum distribution rules. You should consult your tax advisor prior to making a purchase for an explanation of the potential tax implications to you.

Withholding for IRAs, Roth IRAs, SEPs and SIMPLE IRAs: If you receive taxable income as a result of an annuity payout or a withdrawal, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, we may deduct withholding against the payment. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. As long as you have provided us with a valid Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number, you can elect not to have any withholding occur.

If the payment is part of an annuity payout plan, we generally compute the amount of federal income tax withholding using payroll tables. You may provide us with a statement of how many exemptions to use in calculating the withholding. If the distribution is any other type of payment (such as a partial or full withdrawal) we compute federal income tax withholding using 10% of the taxable portion.

The federal income tax withholding requirements differ if we deliver payment outside the United States or you are a non-resident alien.

Some states also may impose income tax withholding requirements similar to the federal withholding described above. If this should be the case, we may deduct state income tax withholding from the payment.

Withholding for all other qualified annuities: If you receive directly all or part of the contract value from a qualified annuity, mandatory 20% federal income tax withholding (and possibly state income tax withholding) generally will be imposed at the time the payout is made from the plan. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. This mandatory withholding will not be imposed if instead of receiving the distribution check, you elect to have the distribution rolled over directly to an IRA or another eligible plan. Payments made to a surviving spouse instead of being directly rolled over to an IRA are also subject to mandatory 20% income tax withholding.

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    99

In the below situations, the distribution is subject to an optional 10% withholding instead of the mandatory 20% withholding. We will withhold 10% of the distribution amount unless you elect otherwise.

• the payout is one in a series of substantially equal periodic payouts, made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or the joint lives or life expectancies of you and your designated beneficiary) or over a specified period of 10 years or more;

• the payout is a RMD as defined under the Code;

• the payout is made on account of an eligible hardship; or

• the payout is a corrective distribution.

State withholding also may be imposed on taxable distributions.

Penalties: If you receive amounts from your qualified contract before reaching age 59½, you may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty on the amount includable in your ordinary income. However, this penalty generally will not apply to any amount received:

• because of your death;

• because you become disabled (as defined in the Code);

• if the distribution is part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or joint lives or life expectancies of you and your beneficiary);

• if the distribution is made following severance from employment during or after the calendar year in which you attain age 55 (TSAs and annuities funding 401(a) plans only);

• to pay certain medical or education expenses (IRAs only); or

• if the distribution is made from an inherited IRA.

Death benefits to beneficiaries: The entire death benefit generally is taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary in the year he/she receives the payments from the qualified annuity. If you made non-deductible contributions to a traditional IRA, the portion of any distribution from the contract that represents after-tax contributions is not taxable as ordinary income to your beneficiary. You are responsible for keeping all records tracking your non-deductible contributions to an IRA. Death benefits under a Roth IRA generally are not taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary if certain distribution requirements are met. (See also “Benefits in Case of Death — If you Die Before the Retirement Date”).

Change of retirement plan type: IRS regulations allow for rollovers of certain retirement plan distributions. In some circumstances, you may be able to have an intra-contract rollover, keeping the same features and conditions. If the annuity contract you have does not support an intra-contract rollover, you are able to request an IRS approved rollover to another annuity contract or other investment product that you choose. If you choose another annuity contract or investment product, you will be subject to new rules, including a new withdrawal charge schedule for an annuity contract, or other product rules as applicable.

Assignment:You may not assign or pledge your qualified contract as collateral for a loan.

Other

Purchase payment credits: These are considered earnings and are taxed accordingly when withdrawn or paid out.

Special considerations if you select any optional rider: As of the date of this prospectus, we believe that charges related to these riders are not subject to current taxation. Therefore, we will not report these charges as partial withdrawals from your contract. However, the IRS may determine that these charges should be treated as partial withdrawals subject to taxation to the extent of any gain as well as the 10% tax penalty for withdrawals before the age of 59½, if applicable, on the taxable portion.

We reserve the right to report charges for these riders as partial withdrawals if we, as a withholding and reporting agent, believe that we are required to report them. In addition, we will report any benefits attributable to these riders on the death of you or the annuitant as an annuity death benefit distribution, not as proceeds from life insurance.

Important: Our discussion of federal tax laws is based upon our understanding of current interpretations of these laws. Federal tax laws or current interpretations of them may change. For this reason and because tax consequences are complex and highly individual and cannot always be anticipated, you should consult a tax advisor if you have any questions about taxation of your contract.

RiverSource Life’s tax status: We are taxed as a life insurance company under the Code. For federal income tax purposes, the subaccounts are considered a part of our company, although their operations are treated separately in accounting and financial statements. Investment income is reinvested in the fund in which each subaccount invests and becomes part of that subaccount’s value. This investment income, including realized capital gains, is not subject to any withholding for federal or state income taxes. We reserve the right to make such a charge in the future if there is a

100    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

change in the tax treatment of variable annuities or in our tax status as we then understand it.
The company includes in its taxable income the net investment income derived from the investment of assets held in its subaccounts because the company is considered the owner of these assets under federal income tax law.  The company may claim certain tax benefits associated with this investment income.  These benefits, which may include foreign tax credits and the corporate dividend received deduction, are not passed on to you since the company is the owner of the assets under federal tax law and is taxed on the investment income generated by the assets. 

Tax qualification: We intend that the contract qualify as an annuity for federal income tax purposes. To that end, the provisions of the contract are to be interpreted to ensure or maintain such tax qualification, in spite of any other provisions of the contract. We reserve the right to amend the contract to reflect any clarifications that may be needed or are appropriate to maintain such qualification or to conform the contract to any applicable changes in the tax qualification requirements. We will send you a copy of any amendments.

Spousal status: When it comes to your marital status and the identification and naming of any spouse as a beneficiary or party to your contract, we will rely on the representations you make to us. Based on this reliance, we will issue and administer your contract in accordance with these representations. If you represent that you are married and your representation is incorrect or your marriage is deemed invalid for federal or state law purposes, then the benefits and rights under your contract may be different.

If you have any questions as to the status of your relationship as a marriage, then you should consult an appropriate tax or legal advisor.

Voting Rights

As a contract owner with investments in the subaccounts, you may vote on important fund policies until annuity payouts begin. Once they begin, the person receiving them has voting rights. We will vote fund shares according to the instructions of the person with voting rights.

Before annuity payouts begin, the number of votes you have is determined by applying your percentage interest in each subaccount to the total number of votes allowed to the subaccount.

After annuity payouts begin, the number of votes you have is equal to:

• the reserve held in each subaccount for your contract; divided by

• the net asset value of one share of the applicable fund.

As we make annuity payouts, the reserve for the contract decreases; therefore, the number of votes also will decrease.

We calculate votes separately for each subaccount. We will send notice of shareholders’ meetings, proxy materials and a statement of the number of votes to which the voter is entitled. We are the legal owner of all fund shares and therefore hold all voting rights.  However, to the extent required by law, we will vote the shares of each fund according to instructions we receive from policy owners. We will vote shares for which we have not received instructions and shares that we or our affiliates own in our own names in the same proportion as the votes for which we received instructions. As a result of this proportional voting, in cases when a small number of contract owners vote, their votes will have a greater impact and may even control the outcome.

Substitution of Investments

We may substitute the funds in which the subaccounts invest if:

• laws or regulations change;

• the existing funds become unavailable; or

• in our judgment, the funds no longer are suitable (or are not the most suitable) for the subaccounts.

If any of these situations occur, we have the right to substitute a fund currently listed in this prospectus (existing fund) for another fund (new fund), provided we obtain any required SEC and state insurance law approval. The new fund may have higher fees and/or operating expenses than the existing fund. Also, the new fund may have investment objectives and policies and/or investment advisers which differ from the existing fund.

We may also:

• add new subaccounts;

• combine any two or more subaccounts;

• transfer assets to and from the subaccounts or the variable account; and

• eliminate or close any subaccounts.

We will notify you of any substitution or change.

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    101

In the event of any such substitution or change, we may amend the contract and take whatever action is necessary and appropriate without your consent or approval. We will obtain any required prior approval of the SEC or state insurance departments before making any substitution or change.

About the Service Providers

Principal Underwriter

RiverSource Distributors, Inc. (RiverSource Distributors), our affiliate, serves as the principal underwriter and general distributor of the contract. Its offices are located at 70100 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, MN 55474. RiverSource Distributors is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ameriprise Financial, Inc.

Sales of the Contract

New contracts are not currently being offered.

• Only securities broker-dealers (“selling firms”) registered with the SEC and members of the FINRA may sell the contract.

• The contracts are continuously offered to the public through authorized selling firms. We and RiverSource Distributors have a sales agreement with the selling firm. The sales agreement authorizes the selling firm to offer the contracts to the public. RiverSource Distributors pays the selling firm (or an affiliated insurance agency) for contracts its investment professional sell. The selling firm may be required to return sales commissions under certain circumstances including but not limited to when contracts are returned under the free look period.

Payments We May Make to Selling Firms

• We may use compensation plans which vary by selling firm. For example, some of these plans pay selling firms a commission of up to 5.75% each time a purchase payment is made. We may also pay ongoing trail commissions of up to 1.00% of the contract value. We do not pay or withhold payment of trail commissions based on which investment options you select.

• We may pay selling firms an additional sales commission of up to 1.00% of purchase payments for a period of time we select. For example, we may offer to pay an additional sales commission to get selling firms to market a new or enhanced contract or to increase sales during the period.

• In addition to commissions, we may, in order to promote sales of the contracts, and as permitted by applicable laws and regulation, pay or provide selling firms with other promotional incentives in cash, credit or other compensation. We generally (but may not) offer these promotional incentives to all selling firms. The terms of such arrangements differ between selling firms. These promotional incentives may include but are not limited to:

• sponsorship of marketing, educational, due diligence and compliance meetings and conferences we or the selling firm may conduct for investment professionals, including subsidy of travel, meal, lodging, entertainment and other expenses related to these meetings;

• marketing support related to sales of the contract including for example, the creation of marketing materials, advertising and newsletters;

• providing service to contract owners; and

• funding other events sponsored by a selling firm that may encourage the selling firm’s investment professionals to sell the contract.

These promotional incentives or reimbursements may be calculated as a percentage of the selling firm’s aggregate, net or anticipated sales and/or total assets attributable to sales of the contract, and/or may be a fixed dollar amount. As noted below this additional compensation may cause the selling firm and its investment professionals to favor the contracts.

Sources of Payments to Selling Firms

When we pay the commissions and other compensation described above from our assets. Our assets may include:

• revenues we receive from fees and expenses that you will pay when buying, owning and making a withdrawal from the contract (see “Expense Summary”);

• compensation we or an affiliate receive from the underlying funds in the form of distribution and services fees (see “The Variable Account and the Funds — The Funds”);

• compensation we or an affiliate receive from a fund’s investment adviser, subadviser, distributor or an affiliate of any of these (see “The Variable Account and the Funds — The Funds”); and

• revenues we receive from other contracts we sell that are not securities and other businesses we conduct.

102    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

You do not directly pay the commissions and other compensation described above as the result of a specific charge or deduction under the contract. However, you may pay part or all of the commissions and other compensation described above indirectly through:

• fees and expenses we collect from contract owners, including withdrawal charges; and

• fees and expenses charged by the underlying subaccount funds in which you invest, to the extent we or one of our affiliates receive revenue from the funds or an affiliated person.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Compensation payment arrangements made with selling firms can potentially:

• give selling firms a heightened financial incentive to sell the contract offered in this prospectus over another investment with lower compensation to the selling firm.

• cause selling firms to encourage their investment professionals to sell you the contract offered in this prospectus instead of selling you other alternative investments that may result in lower compensation to the selling firm.

• cause selling firms to grant us access to its investment professionals to promote sales of the contract offered in this prospectus, while denying that access to other firms offering similar contracts or other alternative investments which may pay lower compensation to the selling firm.

Payments to Investment Professionals

• The selling firm pays its investment professionals. The selling firm decides the compensation and benefits it will pay its investment professionals.

• To inform yourself of any potential conflicts of interest, ask the investment professional before you buy, how the selling firm and its investment professionals are being compensated and the amount of the compensation that each will receive if you buy the contract.

Service Providers

Our Service Center performs certain administrative services on the contracts and policies we issue. The address and telephone number of our Service Center are listed on the first page of the prospectus. We also have entered into agreements with certain entities to provide the identified services in connection with the contracts and policies we issue. The entities engaged by RiverSource Life may change over time. Entities that provided services to RiverSource Life in 2019 are listed in the table below.

Name of Service Provider	Services Provided	Address
Ameriprise Financial, Inc.	Business affairs management and administrative support related to new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies	707 Second Avenue South Minneapolis MN 55402 USA
Ameriprise India Private Limited	Administrative support related to new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies annual report filings	Plot No. 14, Sector 18 Udyog Vihar Gurugram, Haryana – 122 015 India
Sykes Enterprise Incorporated	Administrative support related to e new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies	10th Floor, Glorietta BPO 1 Office Tower Makati City 1224 Metro Manila Philippines

Issuer

We issue the contracts. We are a stock life insurance company organized in 1957 under the laws of the state of Minnesota and are located at 829 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, MN 55474. We are a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ameriprise Financial, Inc.

We conduct a conventional life insurance business. We are licensed to do business in 49 states, the District of Columbia and American Samoa. Our primary products currently include fixed and variable annuity contracts and life insurance policies.

Legal Proceedings

Insurance companies have been the subject of increasing regulatory, legislative and judicial scrutiny. Numerous state and federal regulatory agencies have commenced examinations and other inquiries of insurance companies regarding sales and marketing practices (including sales to older consumers and disclosure practices), claims handling, and unclaimed property and escheatment practices and procedures. RiverSource Life has cooperated and will continue to cooperate with the applicable regulators.

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    103

RiverSource Life is involved in the normal course of business in a number of other legal and arbitration proceedings concerning matters arising in connection with the conduct of its business activities. RiverSource Life believes that it is not a party to, nor are any of its properties the subject of, any pending legal, arbitration or regulatory investigation, examination or proceeding that is likely to have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is possible that the outcome of any current or future legal, arbitration or regulatory proceeding could have a material impact on results of operations in any particular reporting period as the proceedings are resolved.

Uncertain economic conditions, heightened and sustained volatility in the financial markets and significant financial reform legislation may increase the likelihood that clients and other persons or regulators may present or threaten legal claims or that regulators increase the scope or frequency of examinations of RiverSource Life or the insurance industry generally.

Additional Information

Incorporation of Certain Documents By Reference

The SEC allows us to “incorporate by reference” the information we have filed with the SEC. This means that we can disclose important information to you without actually including the specific information in this prospectus by referring you to other documents filed separately with the SEC. The information incorporated by reference is an important part of this prospectus. Information that we later provide to the SEC, and which is deemed to be “filed” with the SEC, will automatically update information previously filed with the SEC, and may replace information in this prospectus and information previously filed with the SEC. We incorporate by reference RiverSource Life Insurance Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019 as filed with the SEC on Feb.26, 2020under File No. 033-28976 in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and any filings we make with the SEC under Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act (excluding information deemed to be furnished and not filed with the SEC) after the effective date of this registration statement, until all offerings under the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part are completed or terminated. The annual report contains additional information about RiverSource Life Insurance Company, including audited financial statements for the latest fiscal year.

RiverSource Life will furnish you without charge a copy of any or all of the documents incorporated by reference into this prospectus, including any exhibits to such documents which have been specifically incorporated by reference. We will do so upon receipt of your written or oral request. You can contact RiverSource Life at the telephone number and address listed on the first page of this prospectus.

Available Information

This prospectus is part of a registration statement we file with the SEC. Additional information on RiverSource Life and on this offering is available in the registration statement and other materials we file. You can obtain copies of these materials at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. This prospectus, other information about the contract and other information incorporated by reference are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at (http://www.sec.gov).

Indemnification

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the Act) may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of RiverSource Life pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

104    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendices

Table of Contents and Cross-Reference Table

APPENDIX NAME	PAGE #	CROSS-REFERENCE	PAGE #
Appendix A: Example — Market Value Adjustment (MVA)	p. 106	Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)	p. 30
Appendix B: Example — Withdrawal Charges	p. 108	Charges — Withdrawal Charges	p. 0
Appendix C: Example — Death Benefits	p. 112	Benefits in Case of Death	p. 61
Appendix D: Example —SecureSourceseries of riders	p. 115	Optional Benefits — Optional Living Benefits	p. 65
Appendix E:SecureSource series of riders — Additional RMD Disclosure	p. 121	Optional Benefits — Optional Living Benefits	p. 0
Appendix F: Example — Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider	p. 123	Optional Benefits — Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider	p. 93
Appendix G: Example — Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider	p. 125	Optional Benefits — Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider	p. 94
Appendix H: Asset Allocation Program for Contracts with Applications Signed Before May 1, 2006	p. 127
Appendix I: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider Disclosure	p. 128	N/A
Appendix J: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider Disclosure	p. 140	N/A
Appendix K: Example — Income Assurer Benefit Riders Disclosure	p. 148	N/A
Appendix L: Example — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider	p. 158	Optional Benefits — Optional Living Benefits	p. 65
Appendix M: Example — Withdrawal Benefit Riders: Elective Step Up or Elective Spousal Continuation Step Up	p. 159	Optional Benefits — Optional Living Benefits	p. 0
Appendix N: Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	p. 160	Condensed Financial Information	p. 14

The purpose of these appendices is first to illustrate the operation of various contract features and riders; second, to provide additional disclosure regarding various contract features and riders; and lastly, to provide condensed financial history (unaudited) of the subaccounts.

In order to demonstrate the contract features and riders, an example may show hypothetical contract values. These contract values do not represent past or future performance. Actual contract values may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a number of factors, including but not limited to the investment experience of the subaccounts, GPAs, DCA fixed account and one-year fixed account and the fees and charges that apply to your contract.

The examples of death benefits and optional riders in appendices include a partial surrender to illustrate the effect of a partial surrender on the particular benefit. These examples are intended to show how the optional riders operate, and do not take into account whether the rider is part of a qualified contract. Qualified contracts are subject to required minimum distributions at certain ages which may require you to take partial surrenders from the contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). If you are considering the addition of certain death benefits and/or optional riders to a qualified contract, you should consult your tax advisor prior to making a purchase for an explanation of the potential tax implications to you.

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    105

Appendix A: Example — Market Value Adjustment (MVA)

As the examples below demonstrate, the application of an MVA may result in either a gain or a loss of principal. We refer to all of the transactions described below as “early withdrawals.”

Assumptions:

• You purchase a contract and allocate part of your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA; and

• we guarantee an interest rate of 3.0% annually for your ten-year guarantee period; and

• after three years, you decide to make a withdrawal from your GPA. In other words, there are seven years left in your guarantee period.

Remember that the MVA depends partly on the interest rate of a new GPA for the same number of years as the guarantee period remaining on your GPA. In this case, that is seven years.

Example 1: Remember that your GPA is earning 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 3.5%. We add 0.10% to the 3.5% rate to get 3.6%. Your GPA’s 3.0% rate is less than the 3.6% rate, so the MVA will be negative.

Example 2: Remember again that your GPA is earning 3.0%, and assume that new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 2.5%. We add 0.10% to the 2.5% rate to get 2.6%. In this example, since your GPA’s 3.0% rate is greater than the 2.6% rate, the MVA will be positive. To determine that adjustment precisely, you will have to use the formula described below.

Sample MVA Calculations

The precise MVA formula we apply is as follows:

Early withdrawal amount	×	[	(	1 + i	)	n/12	–1	]	=	MVA
				1 + j + .001

Where i	=	rate earned in the GPA from which amounts are being transferred or withdrawn.
j	=	current rate for a new guarantee period equal to the remaining term in the current guarantee period.
n	=	number of months remaining in the current guarantee period (rounded up).

Examples — MVA

Using assumptions similar to those we used in the examples above:

• You purchase a contract and allocate part of your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA;

• we guarantee an interest rate of 3.0% annually for your ten-year guarantee period; and

• after three years, you decide to make a $1,000 withdrawal from your GPA. In other words, there are seven years left in your guarantee period.

Example 1: You request an early withdrawal of $1,000 from your ten-year GPA earning a guaranteed interest rate of 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 3.5%. Using the formula above, we determine the MVA as follows:

$1,000	×	[	(	1.030	)	84/12	–1	]	=	-$39.84
				1 + .035 + .001

In this example, the MVA is a negative $39.84.

Example 2: You request an early withdrawal of $1,000 from your ten-year GPA earning a guaranteed interest rate of 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 2.5%. Using the formula above, we determine the MVA as follows:

$1,000	×	[	(	1.030	)	84/12	–1	]	=	$27.61
				1 + .025 + .001

In this example, the MVA is a positive $27.61.

Please note that when you allocate your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA and your purchase payment is in its fourth year from receipt at the beginning of the guarantee period, the surrender charge will apply. (See “Charges — Surrender Charge.”) We do not apply MVAs to the amounts we deduct for surrender charges, so we would deduct the surrender charge from your early surrender after we applied the MVA. Also note that when you request an early surrender, we surrender an amount from your GPA that will give you the net amount you requested after we apply the MVA and any applicable surrender charge, unless you request otherwise.

106    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The current interest rate we offer on the GPA will change periodically at our discretion. It is the rate we are then paying on purchase payments, renewals and transfers paid under this class of contracts for guarantee period durations equaling the remaining guarantee period of the GPA to which the formula is being applied.

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    107

Appendix B: Example — Withdrawal Charges

For purposes of calculating any withdrawal charge, including the examples illustrated below, we treat amounts withdrawn from your contract value in the following order:

1. First, in each contract year, we withdraw amounts totaling:

• up to 10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value or your contract’s remaining benefit payment if you elected the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider and your remaining benefit payment is greater than 10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on this amount.

• up to 10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value or the greater of your contract’s remaining benefit payment or remaining annual lifetime payment if you elected theSecureSource series rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, and the greater of your RALP and your remaining benefit payment is greater than 10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on this amount.

2.	Next, we withdraw contract earnings, if any, that are greater than the amount described in number one above. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on contract earnings.
3.	Next we withdraw purchase payments received prior to the withdrawal charge period shown in your contract. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on these purchase payments.
4.	Finally, if necessary, we withdraw purchase payments received that are still within the withdrawal charge period you selected and shown in your contract. We withdraw these payments on a “first-in, first-out” (FIFO) basis. We do assess a withdrawal charge on these payments.

After withdrawing earnings in numbers one and two above, we next withdraw enough additional contract value (ACV) to meet your requested withdrawal amount. If the amount described in number one above was greater than contract earnings prior to the withdrawal, the excess (XSF) will be excluded from the purchase payments being withdrawn that were received most recently when calculating the withdrawal charge. We determine the amount of purchase payments being withdrawn (PPW) in numbers three and four above as:

PPW = XSF + (ACV – XSF) / (CV – TFA) × (PPNPW – XSF)

If the additional contract value withdrawn is less than XSF, then PPW will equal ACV.

We determine current contract earnings (CE) by looking at the entire contract value (CV), not the earnings of any particular subaccount GPA, the one-year fixed account or the DCA fixed account.. If the contract value is less than purchase payments received and not previously withdrawn (PPNPW) then contract earnings are zero.

The examples below show how the withdrawal charge for a full and partial withdrawal is calculated for a contract with an eight year withdrawal charge schedule. Each example illustrates the amount of the withdrawal charge for both a contract that experiences gains and a contract that experiences losses, given the same set of assumptions.

Full withdrawal charge calculation — eight-year withdrawal charge schedule:

This is an example of how we calculate the withdrawal charge on a contract with an eight-year (from the date of each purchase payment) withdrawal charge schedule and the following history:

Assumptions:

• We receive a single $50,000 purchase payment and we immediately add a $1,000 purchase payment credit;

• During the fourth contract year you withdraw the contract for its total value. The withdrawal charge percentage in the fourth year after a purchase payment is 8.0%; and

• You have made no prior withdrawals.

We will look at two situations, one where the contract has a gain and another where there is a loss:

		Contract with Gain	Contract with Loss
	Contract value just prior to withdrawal:	$60,000.00	$40,000.00
	Contract value on prior anniversary:	58,000.00	42,000.00
We calculate the withdrawal charge as follows:
Step 1.	First, we determine the amount of earnings available in the contract at the time of withdrawal as:
	Contract value just prior to withdrawal (CV):	60,000.00	40,000.00
	Less purchase payments received and not previously withdrawn (PPNPS):	50,000.00	50,000.00
	Earnings in the contact (but not less than zero):	10,000.00	0.00

108    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

			Contract with Gain	Contract with Loss
Step 2.	Next, we determine the Total Free Amount (TFA) available in the contract as the greatest of the following values:
	Earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value:		5,800.00	4,200.00
	TFA (but not less than zero):		10,000.00	4,200.00
Step 3.	Next we determine ACV, the amount by which the contract value withdrawn exceeds earnings.
	Contract value withdrawn:		60,000.00	40,000.00
	Less earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	ACV (but not less than zero):		50,000.00	40,000.00
Step 4.	Next we determine XSF, the amount by which 10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value exceeds earnings.
	10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value:		5,800.00	4,200.00
	Less earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	XSF (but not less than zero):		0.00	4,200.00
Step 5.	Now we can determine how much of the PPNPS is being withdrawn (PPW) as follows:
	PPW	= XSF + (ACV – XSF) / (CV – TFA) × (PPNPS – XSF)
	XSF from Step 4 =		0.00	4,200.00
	ACV from Step 3 =		50,000.00	40,000.00
	CV from Step 1 =		60,000.00	40,000.00
	TFA from Step 2 =		10,000.00	4,200.00
	PPNPS from Step 1 =		50,000.00	50,000.00
	PPW =		50,000.00	50,000.00
Step 6.	We then calculate the withdrawal charge as a percentage of PPW. Note that for a contract with a loss, PPW may be greater than the amount you request to withdraw:
	PPW:		50,000.00	50,000.00
	less XSF:		(0.00)	(4,200.00)
	amount of PPW subject to a withdrawal charge:		50,000.00	45,800.00
	multiplied by the withdrawal charge rate:		× 8.0%	× 8.0%
	withdrawal charge:		4,000.00	3,664.00
Step 7.	The dollar amount you will receive as a result of your full withdrawal is determined as:
	Contract value withdrawn:		60,000.00	40,000.00
	Withdrawal charge:		(4,000.00)	(3,664.00)
	Contract charge (assessed upon full withdrawal):		(40.00)	(40.00)
	Net full withdrawal proceeds:		$55,960.00	$36,296.00

Partial withdrawal charge calculation — eight-year withdrawal charge schedule:

This is an example of how we calculate the withdrawal charge on a contract with an eight-year (from the date of each purchase payment) withdrawal charge schedule and the following history:

Assumptions:

• We receive a single $50,000 purchase payment and we immediately add a $1,000 purchase payment credit;

• During the fourth contract year you request a net partial withdrawal of $15,000.00. The withdrawal charge percentage in the fourth year after a purchase payment is 8.0%; and

• You have made no prior withdrawals.

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    109

We will look at two situations, one where the contract has a gain and another where there is a loss:

			Contract with Gain	Contract with Loss
	Contract value just prior to withdrawal:		$60,000.00	$ 40,000.00
	Contract value on prior anniversary:		58,000.00	42,000.00
We determine the amount of contract value that must be withdrawn in order for the net partial withdrawal proceeds to match the amount requested. We start with an estimate of the amount of contract value to surrender and calculate the resulting withdrawal charge and net partial withdrawal proceeds as illustrated below. We then adjust our estimate and repeat until we determine the amount of contract value to withdraw that generates the desired net partial withdrawal proceeds.
We calculate the withdrawal charge for each estimate as follows:
Step 1.	First, we determine the amount of earnings available in the contract at the time of al as:
	Contract value just prior to withdrawal (CV):		60,000.00	40,000.00
	Less purchase payments received and not previously withdrawn (PPNPW):		50,000.00	50,000.00
	Earnings in the contact (but not less than zero):		10,000.00	0.00
Step 2.	Next, we determine the Total Free Amount (TFA) available in the contract as the greatest of the following values:
	Earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value:		5,800.00	4,200.00
	TFA (but not less than zero):		10,000.00	4,200.00
Step 3.	Next we determine ACV, the amount by which the contract value withdrawn exceeds earnings.
	Contract value withdrawn:		15,434.78	16,231.37
	Less earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	ACV (but not less than zero):		5,434.78	16,231.37
Step 4.	Next we determine XSF, the amount by which 10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value exceeds earnings.
	10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value:		5,800.00	4,200.00
	Less earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	XSF (but not less than zero):		0.00	4,200.00
Step 5.	Now we can determine how much of the PPNPS is being withdrawn (PPW) as follows:
	PPW	= XSF + (ACV – XSF) /(CV – TFA) × (PPNPS – XSF)
	XSF from Step 4 =		0.00	4,200.00
	ACV from Step 3 =		5,434.78	16,231.37
	CV from Step 1 =		60,000.00	40,000.00
	TFA from Step 2 =		10,000.00	4,200.00
	PPNPS from Step 1 =		50,000.00	50,000.00
	PPW =		5,434.78	19,592.09
Step 6.	We then calculate the withdrawal charge as a percentage of PPW. Note that for a contract with a loss, PPW may be greater than the amount you request to withdraw:
	PPW:		5,434.78	19,592.09
	less XSF:		(0.00)	4,200.00
	amount of PPW subject to a withdrawal charge:		5,434.78	15,392.09
	multiplied by the withdrawal charge rate:		× 8.0%	× 8.0%
	withdrawal charge:		434.78	1,231.37
Step 7.	The dollar amount you will receive as a result of your partial withdrawal is determined as:
	Contract value withdrawn:		15,434.78	16,231.37
	Withdrawal charge:		(434.78)	(1,231.37)
	Net partial withdrawal proceeds:		$15,000.00	$15,000.00

110    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    111

Appendix C: Example — Death Benefits

Example — ROP Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000. We add a purchase payment credit of $3,000 to the contract; and

• On the first contract anniversary you make an additional payment of $20,000. We add a purchase payment credit of $600; and

• During the second contract year the contract value is $110,000 and you take a $10,000 partial withdrawal (including withdrawal charges); and

• During the third contract year the contract value is $105,000.

We calculate the ROP Death Benefit as follows:
	Contract value at death:		$105,000.00
	Purchase payments, plus credits minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments:		$120,000.00
	plus purchase payment credits:		+3,600.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals calculated as:
	$10,000 × $123,600	=	–11,236.36
	$110,000
	for a death benefit of:		$112,363.64
The ROP Death Benefit, calculated as the greatest of these two values:				$112,363.64

Example — MAV Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000. We add a purchase payment credit of $500 to your contract; and

• On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $29,000; and

• During the second contract year the contract value falls to $27,000, at which point you take a $1,500 partial withdrawal (including withdrawal charges), leaving a contract value of $25,500.

We calculate the MAV Death Benefit, which is based on the greater of three values, as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:		$25,500.00
2.	Purchase payments, plus purchase payment credits minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments and purchase payment credits:		$25,500.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,500	=	–1,416.67
	$27,000
	for a death benefit of:		$24,083.33
3.	The MAV immediately preceding the date of death:
	Greatest of your contract anniversary values:		$29,000.00
	plus purchase payments and purchase payment credits made since the prior anniversary:		+0.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $29,000	=	–1,611.11
	$27,000
	for a death benefit of:		$27,388.89
The MAV Death Benefit, calculated as the greatest of these three values, which is the MAV				$27,388.89

112    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Example — 5% Accumulation Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000 and we add a purchase payment credit of $500 to your contract. You allocate $5,000 to the one-year fixed account and $20,500 to the subaccounts;

• On the first contract anniversary the one-year fixed account value is $5,200 and the subaccount value is $17,000. Total contract value is $23,200; and

• During the second contract year the one-year fixed account value is $5,300 and the subaccount value is $19,000. Total contract value is $24,300. You take a $1,500 (including withdrawal charge) partial withdrawal all from the subaccounts, leaving the contract value at $22,800.

The death benefit, which is based on the greatest of three values, is calculated as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:		$22,800.00
2.	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments and purchase payment credits:		$25,500.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,500	=	–1,574.07
	$24,300
	for a death benefit of:		$23,925.93
3.	The 5% variable account floor:
	The variable account floor on the first contract anniversary, calculated as: 1.05 × $20,500 = plus purchase payments and purchase payment credits allocated to the subaccounts since that anniversary:		$21,525.00
	minus the 5% variable account floor adjusted partial withdrawal from the subaccounts, calculated as:		+0.00
	$1,500 × $21,525	=	–1,699.34
	$19,000
	variable account floor benefit:		$19,825.66
	plus the one-year fixed account value:		+5,300.00
	5% variable account floor (value of the one-year fixed account and the variable account floor):		$25,125.66
The 5% Accumulation Death Benefit, calculated as the greatest of these three values, whichis the 5% variable account floor:				$25,125.66

Example — Enhanced Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000 and we add a $500 purchase payment credit with $5,000 allocated to the one-year fixed account and $20,500 allocated to the subaccounts; and

• on the first contract anniversary the one-year fixed account value is $5,200 and the subaccount value is $17,000. Total contract value is $23,200; and

• During the second contract year the one-year fixed account value is $5,300 and the subaccount value is $19,000. Total contract value is $24,300. You take a $1,500 (including withdrawal charge) partial withdrawal all from the subaccounts, leaving the contract value at $22,800.

The death benefit, which is based on the greatest of four values, is calculated as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:		$22,800.00
2.	Purchase payments and purchase payment credits minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments:		$25,500.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,500	=	–1,574.07
	$24,300
	for a death benefit of:		$23,925.93

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    113

3.	The MAV on the anniversary immediately preceding the date of death:
	The MAV on the immediately preceding anniversary:		$25,500.00
	plus purchase payments and credits made since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals made since that anniversary, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,500	=	–1,574.07
	$24,300
	for a MAV Death Benefit of:		$23,925.93
4.	The 5% variable account floor:
	The variable account floor on the first contract anniversary calculated as:
	1.05 × $20,500 =		$21,525.00
	plus purchase payments and purchase payment credit amounts allocated to the subaccounts since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus the 5% variable account floor adjusted partial withdrawal from the subaccounts, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $21,525	=	–1,699.34
	$19,000
	variable account floor benefit:		$19,825.66
	plus the one-year fixed account value:		+5,300.00
	5% variable account floor (value of the one-year fixed account and the variable account floor):		$25,125.66
Enhanced Death Benefit, calculated as the greatest of these four values, which is the 5% variable account floor:				$25,125.66

114    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix D: Example —SecureSource Series of Riders

SecureSource Stages 2 rider — Example:

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and make no additional payments to the contract.

• You are the sole owner and also the annuitant. You (and your spouse for the joint benefit) are age 61.

• Annual step ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the PBG and/or the BB. Applied annual step ups are indicated in bold.

• You elect the Moderate investment option at issue.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	BB	WAB	Benefit Determining Percentage	PBG	ALP	RALP	Lifetime Payment Percent
At Issue	$100,000	NA	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	0.0%	$100,000	$4,000	$4,000(1)	4%
1	0	0	98,000	108,000	108,000	9.3%	108,000	5,400	5,400(2)	5%
2	0	0	105,000	114,000	114,000	7.9%	105,000	5,700	5,700	5%
3	0	0	118,000	120,000	120,000	1.7%	118,000	6,000	6,000	5%
3.5	0	6,000	112,000	120,000	113,898	1.7%	112,000	6,000	0	5%
4	0	0	115,000	120,000	115,000	0.0%	115,000	6,000	6,000	5%
5	0	0	130,000	130,000	130,000	0.0%	130,000	7,800(3)	7,800(3)	6%(3)
6	0	0	110,000	130,000	130,000	15.4%	130,000	7,800	7,800	6%
7	0	0	100,000	130,000	130,000	23.1%	130,000	6,500(4)	6,500(4)	5%(4)
7.5	0	10,000	90,000	125,134(5)	117,000	23.1%	118,877(5)	6,257(5)	0	5%
8	0	0	80,000	125,134	117,000	31.6%	118,877	6,257	6,257	5%
9	0	0	95,000	125,134	117,000	18.8%	118,877	7,508(4)	7,508(4)	6%(4)

(1)	The ALP and RALP are based on percentage B until the end of the 1-year waiting period.
(2)	Since no withdrawal was taken, at the end of the 1-year waiting period, the ALP and RALP are recalculated based on percentage A.
(3)	Because the Annual step up increased the BB on the anniversary and the covered person’s (for the joint benefit, younger covered spouse’s) attained age is in a higher age band, the Lifetime Payment Percentage increased.
(4)	The Lifetime Payment Percentage is based on percentage A when the BDP is less than 20% and percentage B when the BDP is greater than or equal to 20%.
(5)	The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than the $6,500 RALP allowed under the rider and therefore excess withdrawal processing is applied. The BB and PBG are reset as described in “Lifetime Benefit Description – Determination of Adjustment of Benefit Values”.

SecureSource Stages rider — Example:

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and make no additional payments to the contract.

• You are the sole owner and also the annuitant. You (and your spouse for the joint benefit) are age 61.

• Annual step ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the PBG and/or the BB. Applied Annual step ups are indicated in bold.

• You elect the Moderate PN program investment option at issue.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	BB	WAB	Benefit Determining Percentage	PBG	ALP	RALP	Lifetime Payment Percent
At Issue	$100,000	NA	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	0.0%	$100,000	$5,000	$0(1)	5%
1	0	0	98,000	108,000	108,000	9.3%	100,000	5,400	0	5%
2	0	0	105,000	114,000	114,000	7.9%	105,000	5,700	0	5%
3	0	0	118,000	120,000	120,000	1.7%	118,000	6,000	6,000(2)	5%
3.5	0	6,000	112,000	120,000	113,898	1.7%	112,000	6,000	0	5%
4	0	0	115,000	120,000	115,000	0.0%	115,000	6,000	6,000	5%
5	0	0	130,000	130,000	130,000	0.0%	130,000	7,800(3)	7,800(3)	6%(3)
6	0	0	110,000	130,000	130,000	15.4%	130,000	7,800	7,800	6%
7	0	0	100,000	130,000	130,000	23.1%	130,000	6,500(4)	6,500(4)	5%(4)
7.5	0	10,000	90,000	117,000(5)	117,000	23.1%	108,000(5)	5,850(5)	0	5%

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    115

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	BB	WAB	Benefit Determining Percentage	PBG	ALP	RALP	Lifetime Payment Percent
8	0	0	80,000	117,000	117,000	31.6%	108,000	5,850	5,850	5%
9	0	0	95,000	117,000	117,000	18.8%	108,000	7,020(4)	7,020(4)	6%(4)

(1)	The RALP is zero until the end of the 3-Year Waiting Period.
(2)	At the end of the 3-Year waiting period, the RALP is set equal to the ALP.
(3)	Because the Annual step up increased the BB on the anniversary and the covered person’s (for the joint benefit, younger covered spouse’s) attained age is in a higher age band, the Lifetime Payment Percentage increased.
(4)	The lifetime payment percentage is based on percentage A when the BDP is less than 20% and percentage B when the BDP is greater than or equal to 20%.
(5)	The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than the $6,500 RALP allowed under the rider and therefore excess withdrawal processing is applied. The BB and PBG are reset as described in “Determination of Adjustment of Benefit Values” in the “Lifetime Benefit Description.”

SecureSource 20 rider — Example:

EXAMPLE #1: Lifetime benefit not established at the time the contract and rider are purchased.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and make no additional payments to the contract.

• You are the sole owner and also the annuitant. You (and your spouse for the joint benefit) are age 61.

• Annual step ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the RBA and/or the contract value times the ALP percentage is greater than the ALP. Applied annual step ups are indicated in bold.

• You elect the Moderate PN program investment option at issue.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	WAB	BDP	Basic Benefit				Lifetime Benefit
						GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
At Issue	$100,000	NA	$100,000	$100,000	0.0%	$100,000	$100,000	$6,000	$0	NA	NA
1	0	0	98,000	100,000	2.0%	100,000	100,000	6,000	0	NA	NA
2	0	0	105,000	105,000	0.0%	105,000	105,000	6,300	0	NA	NA
3	0	0	125,000	125,000	0.0%	125,000	125,000	7,500	7,500	NA	NA
3.5	0	6,000	111,000	118,590	6.4%	125,000	119,000	7,500	1,500	NA	NA
4	0	0	104,000	118,590	12.3%	125,000	119,000	7,500	7,500	7,140(1)	7,140(1)
5	0	0	90,000	118,590	24.1%	125,000	119,000	6,250(2)	6,250(2)	5,950(2)	5,950(2)
6	0	0	95,000	118,590	19.9%	125,000	119,000	7,500	7,500	7,140	7,140
6.5	0	7,500	87,500	87,500(3)	0.0%	125,000	111,500	7,500	0	5,250(3)	0
7	0	0	90,000	90,000	0.0%	125,000	111,500	7,500	7,500	5,400	5,400
7.5	0	10,000	70,000	70,000(4)	0.0%	70,000(4)	70,000(4)	4,200(4)	0	4,200(4)	0
8	0	0	75,000	75,000	0.0%	75,000	75,000	4,500	4,500	4,500	4,500

(1)	The ALP and RALP are established on the contract anniversary following the date the covered person (younger Covered Spouse for Joint) reaches age 65 as the greater of the ELB or the RBA, times the ALP percentage.
(2)	The ALP percentage and GBP percentage are 6% when the BDP is less than 20% and 5% when the BDP is greater than or equal to 20%.
(3)	The $7,500 withdrawal is greater than the $7,140 RALP allowed under the lifetime benefit and therefore excess withdrawal processing is applied to the ALP, resetting the ALP to the lesser of the prior ALP or the ALP percentage times the contract value following the withdrawal. The WAB is reset to the ALP after the reset divided by the current ALP percentage. The BDP at the time of withdrawal is less than 20%, so the ALP percentage and GBP percentage are set at 6% for the remainder of the contract year.
(4)	The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than both the $7,500 RBP allowed under the basic benefit and the $5,400 RALP allowed under the lifetime benefit and therefore excess withdrawal processing is applied to both benefits. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or the ALP percentage times the contract value following the withdrawal. The WAB is reset to the ALP after the reset divided by the current ALP percentage. The BDP at the time of withdrawal is less than 20%, so the ALP percentage and GBP percentage are set at 6% for the remainder of the contract year.

EXAMPLE #2: Lifetime benefit established at the time the contract and rider are purchased.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and make no additional payments to the contract.

• You are the sole owner and also the annuitant. You (and your spouse for the joint benefit) are age 65.

• Annual step ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the RBA and/or the contract value times the ALP Percentage is greater than the ALP. Applied annual step ups are indicated in bold.

116    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• You elect the Moderate PN program investment option at issue. On the 7th contract anniversary, you elect to change to the Moderately Aggressive PN program investment option. The target PN program investment option under the contract is the Moderate PN program investment option.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	WAB	BDP	Basic Benefit				Lifetime Benefit
						GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
At Issue	$100,000	NA	$100,000	$100,000	0.0%	$100,000	$100,000	$6,000	$0	$6,000	$0
1	0	0	105,000	105,000	0.0%	105,000	105,000	6,300	0	6,300	0
2	0	0	110,000	110,000	0.0%	110,000	110,000	6,600	0	6,600	0
3	0	0	110,000	120,000	8.3%	110,000	110,000	6,600	6,600(1)	7,200	7,200(1)
3.5	0	6,000	104,000	113,455	8.3%	110,000	104,000	6,600	600	7,200	1,200
4	0	0	100,000	113,455	11.9%	110,000	104,000	6,600	6,600	7,200	7,200
4.5	0	7,000	90,000	105,267	14.5%	90,000	90,000	5,400(2)	5,400(2)	7,200	200
5	0	0	80,000	105,267	24.0%	90,000	90,000	4,500(3)	4,500(3)	6,000(3)	6,000(3)
5.5	0	10,000	70,000	70,000(4)	0.0%	70,000	70,000	3,500(4)	3,500(4)	3,500(4)	3,500(4)
6	0	0	75,000	75,000	0.0%	75,000	75,000	4,500	4,500	4,500	4,500
7	0	0	70,000	70,000(5)	0.0%	70,000(5)	70,000(5)	4,200(5)	4,200(5)	4,200(5)	4,200(5)

(1)	At the end of the 3-Year waiting period, the RBP and RALP are set equal to the GBP and ALP, respectively. The 20% rider credit is applied to the lifetime benefit.
(2)	The $7,000 withdrawal is greater than the $6,600 RBP allowed under the basic benefit and therefore excess withdrawal processing is applied to the basic benefit. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The BDP at the time of withdrawal is less than 20%, so the ALP percentage and GBP percentage are set at 6% for the remainder of the contract year.
(3)	The ALP percentage and GBP percentage are 6% when the BDP is less than 20% and 5% when the BDP is greater than or equal to 20%.
(4)	The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than both the $4,500 RBP allowed under the basic benefit and the $6,000 RALP allowed under the lifetime benefit and therefore excess withdrawal processing is applied to both benefits. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or the ALP percentage times the contract value following the withdrawal. The WAB is reset to the ALP after the reset divided by the current ALP percentage. The BDP at the time of withdrawal is greater than or equal to 20%, so the ALP percentage and GBP percentage are set at 5% for the remainder of the contract year.
(5)	Allocation to the Moderately Aggressive PN program investment option during a withdrawal phase will reset the benefit. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA or the contract value. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or the ALP percentage times the contract value. The WAB is reset to the ALP after the reset divided by the current ALP percentage. Any future withdrawals will reallocate your contract value to the Moderate PN program investment option if you are invested more aggressively than the Moderate PN program investment option.

SecureSourcerider — Example:

EXAMPLE #1: Single Life Benefit: Covered Person has not reached age 65 at the time the contract and rider are purchased.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and make no additional payments to the contract.

• You are the sole owner and also the annuitant. You are age 60.

• Automatic Annual step ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the RBA and/or 6% of the contract value is greater than the ALP. Applied Annual step ups are indicated in bold.

• You elect the Moderate PN program investment option at issue. On the 1st contract anniversary, you elect to change to the Moderately Aggressive PN program investment option. The target PN program investment option under the contract is the Moderate PN program investment option.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	Basic Withdrawal Benefit				Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit
				GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
At Issue	$100,000	$N/A	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	$7,000	$7,000	$N/A	$N/A
0.5	0	5,000	92,000	100,000	95,000	7,000	2,000	N/A	N/A
1	0	0	90,000	90,000(1)	90,000(1)	6,300	6,300	N/A	N/A
2	0	0	81,000	90,000	90,000	6,300	6,300	N/A	N/A
5	0	0	75,000	90,000	90,000	6,300	6,300	5,400(2)	5,400(2)
5.5	0	5,400	70,000	90,000	84,600	6,300	900	5,400	0
6	0	0	69,000	90,000	84,600	6,300	6,300	5,400	5,400

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    117

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	Basic Withdrawal Benefit				Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit
				GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
6.5	0	6,300	62,000	90,000	78,300	6,300	0	3,720(3)	0
7	0	0	64,000	90,000	78,300	6,300	6,300	3,840	3,840
7.5	0	10,000	51,000	51,000(4)	51,000(4)	3,570	0	3,060(4)	0
8	0	0	55,000	55,000	55,000	3,850	3,850	3,300	3,300

At this point, assuming no additional activity (step ups, excess withdrawals, purchase payments, spousal continuation, contract ownership change, or PN program investment option changes), you can continue to withdrawal up to either the GBP of $3,850 each year until the RBA is reduced to zero, or the ALP of $3,300 each year until the later of your death or the RBA is reduced to zero.

(1)	Allocation to the Moderately Aggressive investment option during a withdrawal phase will reset the benefit. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA or the contract value. The ALP (if established) is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value. Any future withdrawals will reallocate your contract value to the Moderate PN program investment option if you are invested more aggressively than the Moderate PN program investment option.
(2)	The ALP and RALP are established on the contract anniversary date following the date the covered person reaches age 65 as 6% of the RBA.
(3)	The $6,300 withdrawal is greater than the $5,400 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the ALP, resetting the ALP to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.
(4)	The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than both the $6,300 RBP allowed under the basic withdrawal benefit and the $3,840 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the GBA, RBA, and ALP. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.

EXAMPLE #2: Single Life Benefit: Covered Person has reached 65 at the time the contract and rider are purchased.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and make no additional payments to the contract.

• You are the sole owner and also the annuitant. You are age 65.

• Automatic Annual step ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the RBA and/or 6% of the contract value is greater than the ALP. Applied Annual step ups are indicated in bold.

• Your death occurs after 6½ contract years and your spouse continues the contract and rider. Your spouse is over age 65 and is the new Covered Person.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	Basic Withdrawal Benefit				Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit
				GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
At Issue	$100,000	$N/A	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	$7,000	$7,000	$6,000	$6,000
1	0	0	105,000	105,000	105,000	7,350	7,000(1)	6,300	6,000(1)
2	0	0	110,000	110,000	110,000	7,700	7,000(1)	6,600	6,000(1)
3	0	0	110,000	110,000	110,000	7,700	7,700(2)	6,600	6,600(2)
3.5	0	6,600	110,000	110,000	103,400	7,700	1,100	6,600	0
4	0	0	115,000	115,000	115,000	8,050	8,050	6,900	6,900
4.5	0	8,050	116,000	115,000	106,950	8,050	0	6,900(3)	0
5	0	0	120,000	120,000	120,000	8,400	8,400	7,200	7,200
5.5	0	10,000	122,000	120,000(4)	110,000(4)	8,400	0	7,200(4)	0
6	0	0	125,000	125,000	125,000	8,750	8,750	7,500	7,500
6.5	0	0	110,000	125,000	125,000	8,750	8,750	6,600(5)	6,600(5)
7	0	0	105,000	125,000	125,000	8,750	8,750	6,600	6,600

At this point, assuming no additional activity (step ups, excess withdrawals, purchase payments, contract ownership change, or PN program investment option changes), your spouse can continue to withdrawal up to either the GBP of $8,750 each year until the RBA is reduced to zero, or the ALP of $6,600 each year until the later of your spouse’s death or the RBA is reduced to zero.

(1)	The Annual Step-up has not been applied to the RBP or RALP because any withdrawal after step up during the Waiting Period would reverse any prior step ups prior to determining if the withdrawal is excess. Therefore, during the Waiting Period, the RBP is the amount you can withdrawal without incurring the GBA and RBA excess withdrawal processing, and the RALP is the amount you can withdrawal without incurring the ALP excess withdrawal processing.
(2)	On the third anniversary (after the end of the waiting period), the RBP and RALP are set equal to the GBP and ALP, respectively.
(3)	The $8,050 withdrawal is greater than the $6,900 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the ALP, resetting the ALP to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.

118    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

(4)

The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than both the $8,400 RBP allowed under the basic withdrawal benefit and the $7,200 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the GBA, RBA, and ALP. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.

(5)

At spousal continuation, the ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value and the RALP is reset to the ALP.

EXAMPLE #3: Joint Life Benefit: Younger Covered Spouse has not reached 65 at the time the contract and rider are purchased.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and make no additional payments to the contract.

• You are age 59 and your spouse is age 60.

• Automatic annual step ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the RBA and/or 6% of the contract value is greater than the ALP. Applied annual step ups are indicated in bold.

• You elect the Moderate investment option at issue. On the 1st contract anniversary, you elect to change to the Moderately Aggressive PN program investment option. The target PN program investment option under the contract is the Moderate PN program investment option.

• Your death occurs after 9½ contract years and your spouse continues the contract and rider; the lifetime benefit is not reset.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	Basic Withdrawal Benefit				Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit
				GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
At Issue	$100,000	$N/A	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	$7,000	$7,000	$N/A	$N/A
0.5	0	5,000	92,000	100,000	95,000	7,000	2,000	N/A	N/A
1	0	0	90,000	90,000(1)	90,000(1)	6,300	6,300	N/A	N/A
2	0	0	81,000	90,000	90,000	6,300	6,300	N/A	N/A
6	0	0	75,000	90,000	90,000	6,300	6,300	5,400(2)	5,400(2)
6.5	0	5,400	70,000	90,000	84,600	6,300	900	5,400	0
7	0	0	69,000	90,000	84,600	6,300	6,300	5,400	5,400
7.5	0	6,300	62,000	90,000	78,300	6,300	0	3,720(3)	0
8	0	0	64,000	90,000	78,300	6,300	6,300	3,840	3,840
8.5	0	10,000	51,000	51,000(4)	51,000(4)	3,570	0	3,060(4)	0
9	0	0	55,000	55,000	55,000	3,850	3,850	3,300	3,300
9.5	0	0	54,000	55,000	55,000	3,850	3,850	3,300	3,300
10	0	0	52,000	55,000	55,000	3,850	3,850	3,300	3,300

At this point, assuming no additional activity (step ups, excess withdrawals, purchase payments, or PN program investment option changes), your spouse can continue to withdrawal up to either the GBP of $3,850 each year until the RBA is reduced to zero, or the ALP of $3,300 each year until the later of your spouse’s death or the RBA is reduced to zero.

(1)	The ALP and RALP are established on the contract anniversary date following the date the younger Covered Spouse reaches age 65 as 6% of the RBA.
(2)	Allocation to the Moderately Aggressive PN program model portfolio or investment option during a withdrawal phase will reset the benefit. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA or the contract value. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value. Any future withdrawals will reallocate your contract value to the Moderate PN program investment option if you are invested more aggressively than the Moderate PN program investment option.
(3)	The $6,300 withdrawal is greater than the $5,400 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the ALP, resetting the ALP to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.
(4)	The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than both the $6,300 RBP allowed under the basic withdrawal benefit and the $3,840 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the GBA, RBA, and ALP. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.

EXAMPLE #4: Joint Life Benefit: Younger Covered Spouse has reached 65 at the time the contract and rider are purchased.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and make no additional payments to the contract

• You are age 71 and your spouse is age 70.

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    119

• Automatic Annual step ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the RBA and/or 6% of the contract value is greater than the ALP. Applied annual step ups are indicated in bold.

• Your death occurs after 6½ contract years and your spouse continues the contract and rider; the lifetime benefit is not reset.

Contract Duration	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	Basic Withdrawal Benefit				Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit
				GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
At Issue	$100,000	$N/A	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	$7,000	$7,000	$6,000	$6,000
1	0	0	105,000	105,000	105,000	7,350	7,000(1)	6,300	6,000(1)
2	0	0	110,000	110,000	110,000	7,700	7,000(1)	6,600	6,000(1)
3	0	0	110,000	110,000	110,000	7,700	7,700(2)	6,600	6,600(2)
3.5	0	6,600	110,000	110,000	103,400	7,700	1,100	6,600	0
4	0	0	115,000	115,000	115,000	8,050	8,050	6,900	6,900
4.5	0	8,050	116,000	115,000	106,950	8,050	0	6,900(3)	0
5	0	0	120,000	120,000	120,000	8,400	8,400	7,200	7,200
5.5	0	10,000	122,000	120,000(4)	110,000(4)	8,400	0	7,200(4)	0
6	0	0	125,000	125,000	125,000	8,750	8,750	7,500	7,500
6.5	0	0	110,000	125,000	125,000	8,750	8,750	7,500	7,500
7	0	0	105,000	125,000	125,000	8,750	8,750	7,500	7,500

At this point, assuming no additional activity (step ups, excess withdrawals, purchase payments, or PN program investment option changes), your spouse can continue to withdrawal up to either the GBP of $8,750 each year until the RBA is reduced to zero, or the ALP of $7,500 each year until the later of your spouse’s death or the RBA is reduced to zero.

(1)	The Annual step-up has not been applied to the RBP or RALP because any withdrawal after step up during the waiting period would reverse any prior step ups prior to determining if the withdrawal is excess. Therefore, during the Waiting Period, the RBP is the amount you can withdrawal without incurring the GBA and RBA excess withdrawal processing, and the RALP is the amount you can withdrawal without incurring the ALP excess withdrawal processing.
(2)	On the third anniversary (after the end of the Waiting Period), the RBP and RALP are set equal to the GBP and ALP, respectively.
(3)	The $8,050 withdrawal is greater than the $6,900 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the ALP, resetting the ALP to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.
(4)	The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than both the $8,400 RBP allowed under the basic withdrawal benefit and the $7,200 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the GBA, RBA, and ALP. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.

120    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix E:SecureSource Series of Riders — Additional Required Minimum Distribution (RMD) Disclosure

This appendix describes our current administrative practice for determining the amount of withdrawals in any contract year which an owner may take under theSecureSource series of riders to satisfy the RMD rules under 401(a)(9) of the Code without application of the excess withdrawal processing described in the rider. We reserve the right to modify this administrative practice at any time upon 30 days’ written notice to you.

ForSecureSource StagesandSecureSource 20 riders, owners subject to annual RMD rules under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, withdrawing from this contract during the waiting period to satisfy these rules will set your benefits to zero and you will not receive any future rider credit.

Amounts you withdraw from this contract (forSecureSource Stages andSecureSource 20 riders, amounts you withdraw from this contract after the waiting period) to satisfy these rules are not subject to excess withdrawal processing under the terms of the rider subject to the following rules and our current administrative practice:

ForSecureSource andSecureSource 20 riders:

(1) If on the date we calculated your Annual Life Expectancy Required Minimum Distribution Amount (ALERMDA), it is greater than the RBP from the beginning of the current contract year*,

• Basic Additional Benefit Amount (BABA) will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the RBP from the beginning of the current contract year.

• Any withdrawals taken in a contract year will count first against and reduce the RBP for that contract year.

• Once the RBP for the current contract year has been depleted, any additional amounts withdrawn will count against and reduce the BABA. These withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the GBA and RBA as long as they do not exceed the remaining BABA.

• Once the BABA has been depleted, any additional withdrawal amounts will be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the GBA and RBA and will subject them all to the excess withdrawal processing described in theSecureSourceseries of riders.

(2) If on the date we calculated your ALERMDA, it is greater than the RALP from the beginning of the current contract year,*

• A Lifetime Additional Benefit Amount (LABA) will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the RALP from the beginning of the current contract year*.

• Any withdrawals taken in a contract year will count first against and reduce the RALP for that contract year.

• Once the RALP for the current contract year has been depleted, any additional amounts withdrawn will count against and reduce the LABA. These withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the ALP as long as they do not exceed the remaining LABA. Withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals unless amounts withdrawn exceed combined RALP and LABA values.

• Once the LABA has been depleted, any additional withdrawal amounts will be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the ALP and will subject the ALP to the excess withdrawal processing described by theSecureSource series of riders.

(3) If the ALP is established on a policy anniversary where your current ALERMDA is greater than the new RALP,

• An initial LABA will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the new RALP.

• This new LABA will be immediately reduced by the amount that total withdrawals in the current calendar year exceed the new RALP, but shall not be reduced to less than zero.

ForSecureSource Stages andSecureSource Stages 2 riders:

(1) Each calendar year, if your ALERMDA is greater than the ALP,

• A Lifetime Additional Benefit Amount (LABA) will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the ALP.

• The LABA will be reduced by the total of the amount that each withdrawal in the current calendar year exceeds the RALP at the time of each withdrawal, but shall not be reduced to less than zero.

• Any withdrawals taken in a contract year will count first against and reduce the RALP for that contract year.

• Once the RALP for the current contract year has been depleted, any additional amounts withdrawn will count against and reduce the LABA. These withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the ALP as long as they do not exceed the remaining LABA. Withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals unless amounts withdrawn exceed combined RALP and LABA values.

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    121

• Once the LABA has been depleted, any additional withdrawal amounts will be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the ALP and will subject the ALP to the excess withdrawal processing described by theSecureSource Stages andSecureSource Stages 2.

* ForSecureSource 20 riders, adjusted for any subsequent changes between 5% and 6% as described under “GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage”.

The ALERMDA is:

(1)	determined by us each calendar year (forSecureSource Stages andSecureSource 20 riders, starting with the calendar year in which the waiting period ends);
(2)	based on your initial purchase payment and not the entire interest value in the calendar year of contract issue and therefore may not be sufficient to allow you to withdraw your RMD without causing an excess withdrawal;
(3)	based solely on the value of the contract to which theSecureSource series rider is attached as of the date we make the determination;
(4)	based on your recalculated life expectancy taken from the Uniform Lifetime Table under the Code; and
(5)	based on the company’s understanding and interpretation of the requirements for life expectancy distributions intended to satisfy the required minimum distribution rules under Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, as applicable on the effective date of this prospectus, to:

1.	an individual retirement annuity (Section 408(b));
2.	a Roth individual retirement account (Section 408A);
3.	a Simplified Employee Pension plan (Section 408(k));
4.	a tax-sheltered annuity rollover (Section 403(b)).

In the future, the requirements under the Code for such distributions may change and the life expectancy amount calculation provided under your rider within theSecureSource series of riders may not be sufficient to satisfy the requirements under the Code for these types of distributions. In such a situation, amounts withdrawn to satisfy such distribution requirements will exceed your available RBP or RALP amount and may result in the reduction of your GBA, RBA, and/or ALP as described under the excess withdrawal provision of the rider.

In cases where the Code does not allow the life expectancy of a natural person to be used to calculate the required minimum distribution amount (e.g., ownership by a trust or a charity), we will calculate the life expectancy RMD amount calculated by us as zero in all years.

Please contact your tax advisor about the impact of those rules prior to purchasing one of theSecureSourceseries of riders.

122    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix F: Example — Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider

Example of the Benefit Protector

Assumptions:

•	You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and you and the annuitant are under age 70; and
•	We add a $3,000 purchase payment credit to your contract; and
•	You select the MAV Death Benefit and the 8-year withdrawal charge schedule.
	During the first contract year the contract value grows to $106,000. The MAV Death Benefit equals the contract value less any purchase payment credits added in the last 12 months, or $103,000. You have not reached the first contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector does not provide any additional benefit at this time.
	On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. The death benefit equals:

The MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (MAV Death Benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000

On the second contract anniversary the contract value falls to $105,000. The death benefit equals:

The MAV Death Benefit:	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector (40% of earnings at death):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000

During the third contract year the contract value remains at $105,000 and you request a partial withdrawal of $50,000, including the applicable 8% withdrawal charge. We will withdraw $10,500 from your contract value free of charge (10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value). The remainder of the withdrawal is subject to an 8% withdrawal charge because your payment is in the third year of the withdrawal charge schedule, so we will withdraw $39,500 ($36,340 + $3,160 in withdrawal charges) from your contract value. Altogether, we will withdraw $50,000 and pay you $46,840. We calculate purchase payments not previously withdrawn as $100,000 – $45,000 = $55,000 (remember that $5,000 of the partial withdrawal is contract earnings). The death benefit equals:

The MAV Death Benefit (MAV adjusted for partial withdrawals):	$57,619
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death):
0.40 × ($57,619 – $55,000) =	+1,048
Total death benefit of:	$58,667

On the third contract anniversary the contract value falls to $40,000. The death benefit equals the previous death benefit. The reduction in contract value has no effect.

On the ninth contract anniversary the contract value grows to a new high of $200,000. Earnings at death reaches its maximum of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old.

The death benefit equals:

The MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$200,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old)	+55,000
Total death benefit of:	$255,000

During the tenth contract year you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000 and we add a purchase payment credit of $1,500. Your new contract value is now $251,500. The new purchase payment is less than one year old and so it has no effect on the Benefit Protector value. The death benefit equals:

The MAV Death Benefit (contract value less any purchase payment credits added in the last 12 months):	$ 250,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old)	+55,000
Total death benefit of:	$305,000

During the eleventh contract year the contract value remains $251,500 and the “new” purchase payment is one year old and the value of the Benefit Protector changes. The death benefit equals:

The MAV Death Benefit (contract value): $ 251,500

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    123

plus the Benefit Protector benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (MAV Death Benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($251,500 – $105,000) =	+58,600
Total death benefit of:	$310,100

124    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix G: Example — Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider

Example of the Benefit Protector Plus

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and you and the annuitant are under age 70; and

• We add a $3,000 purchase payment credit to your contract; and

• you select the MAV Death Benefit and the 8-year withdrawal charge schedule.

During the first year the contract value grows to $106,000. The MAV Death Benefit equals the contract value, less any purchase payment credits added to the contract in the last 12 months, or $103,000. You have not reached the first contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector Plus does not provide any additional benefit at this time.
On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. You have not reached the second contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector Plus does not provide any additional benefit beyond what is provided by the Benefit Protector at this time. The death benefit equals:
The MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (MAV Death Benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000
On the second contract anniversary the contract value falls to $105,000. The death benefit equals:
The MAV Death Benefit:	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death:
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
plus 10% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn: 0.10 × $100,000 =	+10,000
Total death benefit of:	$124,000
During the third contract year the contract value remains at $105,000 and you request a partial withdrawal of $50,000, including the applicable 8% withdrawal charge. We will withdraw $10,500 from your contract value free of charge (10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value). The remainder of the withdrawal is subject to an 8% withdrawal charge because your payment is in its third year of the withdrawal charge schedule, so we will withdraw $39,500 ($36,340 + $3,160 in withdrawal charges) from your contract value. Altogether, we will withdraw $50,000 and pay you $46,840. We calculate purchase payments not previously withdrawn as $100,000 – $45,000 = $55,000 (remember that $5,000 of the partial withdrawal is contract earnings). The death benefit equals:
The MAV Death Benefit (MAV adjusted for partial withdrawals):	$57,619
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death:
0.40 × ($57,619 – $55,000) =	+1,048
plus 10% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn: 0.10 × $55,000 =	+5,500
Total death benefit of:	$64,167
On the third contract anniversary the contract value falls $40,000. The death benefit equals the previous death benefit. The reduction in contract value has no effect.
On the ninth contract anniversary the contract value grows to a new high of $200,000. Earnings at death reaches its maximum of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old. Because we are beyond the fourth contract anniversary the Benefit Protector Plus also reaches its maximum of 20%. The death benefit equals:
The MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$200,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old	+55,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn: 0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$266,000

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    125

During the tenth contract year you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000 and we add a purchase payment credit of $1,500. Your new contract value is now $251,500. The new purchase payment is less than one year old and so it has no effect on the Benefit Protector Plus value. The death benefit equals:
The MAV Death Benefit (contract value less any purchase payment credits added in the last 12 months):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old	+55,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn: 0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$316,000
During the eleventh contract year the contract value remains $251,500 and the “new” purchase payment is one year old. The value of the Benefit Protector Plus remains constant. The death benefit equals:
The MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$251,500
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (MAV Death Benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($251,500 – $105,000) =	+58,600
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn: 0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$321,100

126    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix H: Asset Allocation Program for Contracts With Applications Signed Before May 1, 2006

Asset Allocation Program

For contracts with applications signed before May 1, 2006, we offered an asset allocation program. You could elect to participate in the asset allocation program, and there is no additional charge. If you purchased an optional Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider or Income Assurer Benefit rider, you are required to participate in the asset allocation program under the terms of the rider.

This asset allocation program allows you to allocate your contract value to a model portfolio that consists of subaccounts and may include certain GPAs (if available under the asset allocation program), which represent various asset classes. By spreading your contract value among these various asset classes, you may be able to reduce the volatility in your contract value, but there is no guarantee that this will occur.

Asset allocation does not guarantee that your contract will increase in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. If you choose or are required to participate in the asset allocation program, you are responsible for determining which model portfolio is best for you. Your investment professional can help you make this determination. In addition, your investment professional may provide you with an investor questionnaire, a tool that can help you determine which model portfolio is suited to your needs based on factors such as your investment goals, your tolerance for risk, and how long you intend to invest.

Under the asset allocation program, we have offered five model portfolios ranging from conservative to aggressive. You may not use more than one model portfolio at a time. You are allowed to request a change to another model portfolio twice per contract year. Each model portfolio specifies allocation percentages to each of the subaccounts, any GPAs that make up that model portfolio. By participating in the asset allocation program, you authorize us to invest your contract value in the subaccounts, any GPAs according to the allocation percentages stated for the specific model portfolio you have selected. You also authorize us to automatically rebalance your contract value quarterly beginning three months after the effective date of your contract in order to maintain alignment with the allocation percentages specified in the model portfolio.

Special rules will apply to the GPAs if they are included in a model portfolio. Under these rules:

• no MVA will apply when rebalancing occurs within a specific model portfolio (but an MVA may apply if you elect to transfer to a new model portfolio); and

• no MVA will apply when you elect an annuity payout plan while your contract value is invested in a model portfolio (see “Guarantee Period Accounts — Market Value Adjustment”).

Under the asset allocation program, the subaccounts, any GPAs that make up the model portfolio you selected and the allocation percentages to those subaccounts, any GPAs will not change unless we adjust the composition of the model portfolio to reflect the liquidation, substitution or merger of an underlying fund, a change of investment objective by an underlying fund or when an underlying fund stops selling its shares to the variable account. We reserve the right to change the terms and conditions of the asset allocation program upon written notice to you.

If permitted under applicable securities law, we reserve the right to:

• reallocate your current model portfolio to an updated version of your current model portfolio; or

• substitute a fund of funds for your current model portfolio.

We also reserve the right to discontinue the asset allocation program. We will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change.

If you elected to participate in the asset allocation program, you may discontinue your participation in the program at any time by giving us written notice. Upon cancellation, automated rebalancing associated with the asset allocation program will end. You can elect to participate in the asset allocation program again at any time.

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    127

Appendix I: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider Disclosure

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge if⁽¹⁾:

•	your contract application is signed on or after May 1, 2006;
•	the rider is available in your state; and
•	you and the annuitant are 80 or younger on the date the contract is issued.
(1)	The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider is not available under an inherited qualified annuity.

You must elect the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider when you purchase your contract. The rider effective date will be the contract issue date.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider guarantees that you will be able to withdraw up to a certain amount each year from the contract, regardless of the investment performance of your contract before the annuity payments begin, until you have recovered at minimum all of your purchase payments. And, under certain limited circumstances defined in the rider, you have the right to take a specified amount of partial withdrawals in each contract year until death (see “At Death” heading below) — even if the contract value is zero.

Your contract provides for annuity payouts to begin on the retirement date (see “Buying Your Contract — The Annuitization Date”). Before the retirement date, you have the right to withdraw some or all of your contract value, less applicable administrative, withdrawal and rider charges imposed under the contract at the time of the withdrawal (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Surrenders”). Because your contract value will fluctuate depending on the performance of the underlying funds in which the subaccounts invest, the contract itself does not guarantee that you will be able to take a certain withdrawal amount each year before annuity payouts begin, nor does it guarantee the length of time over which such withdrawals can be made before annuity payouts begin.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider may be appropriate for you if you intend to make periodic withdrawals from your annuity contract and wish to ensure that market performance will not adversely affect your ability to withdraw your principal over time.

Under the terms of the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, the calculation of the amount which can be withdrawn in each contract year varies depending on several factors, including but not limited to the waiting period (see “Waiting period” heading below) and whether or not the lifetime withdrawal benefit has become effective:

(1)

The basic withdrawal benefit gives you the right to take limited partial withdrawals in each contract year and guarantees that over time the withdrawals will total an amount equal to, at minimum, your purchase payments. Key terms associated with the basic withdrawal benefit are “Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP),” “Remaining Benefit Payment (RBP),” “Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA),” and “Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA).” See these headings below for more information.

(2)

The lifetime withdrawal benefit gives you the right, under certain limited circumstances defined in the rider, to take limited partial withdrawals until the later of death (see “At Death” heading below) or until the RBA (under the basic withdrawal benefit) is reduced to zero. Key terms associated with the lifetime withdrawal benefit are “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP),” “Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (RALP),” “Covered Person,” and “Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA).” See these headings below for more information.

Only the basic withdrawal benefit will be in effect prior to the date that the lifetime withdrawal benefit becomes effective. The lifetime withdrawal benefit becomes effective automatically on the rider anniversary date after the covered person reaches age 65, or the rider effective date if the covered person is age 65 or older on the rider effective date (see “Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA)” heading below).

Provided annuity payouts have not begun, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider guarantees that you may take the following partial withdrawal amounts each contract year:

• After the waiting period and before the establishment of the ALP, the rider guarantees that each year you can cumulatively withdraw an amount equal to the GBP;

• During the waiting period and before the establishment of the ALP, the rider guarantees that each year you can cumulatively withdraw an amount equal to the value of the RBP at the beginning of the contract year;

• After the waiting period and after the establishment of the ALP, the rider guarantees that each year you have the option to cumulatively withdraw an amount equal the ALP or the GBP, but the rider does not guarantee withdrawals of the sum of both the ALP and the GBP in a contract year;

• During the waiting period and after the establishment of the ALP, the rider guarantees that each year you have the option to cumulatively withdraw an amount equal to the value of the RALP or the RBP at the beginning of the contract year, but the rider does not guarantee withdrawals of the sum of both the RALP and the RBP in a contract year.

128    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If you withdraw less than the allowed partial withdrawal amount in a contract year, the unused portion cannot be carried over to the next contract year. As long as your partial withdrawals in each contract year do not exceed the annual partial withdrawal amount allowed under the rider, and there has not been a contract ownership change or spousal continuation of the contract, the guaranteed amounts available for partial withdrawals are protected (i.e., will not decrease).

If you withdraw more than the allowed partial withdrawal amount in a contract year, we call this an “excess withdrawal” under the rider. Excess withdrawals trigger an adjustment of a benefit’s guaranteed amount, which may cause it to be reduced (see “GBA Excess Withdrawal Processing,” “RBA Excess Withdrawal Processing,” and “ALP Excess Withdrawal Processing” headings below).

Please note that each of the two benefits has its own definition of the allowed annual withdrawal amount. Therefore a partial withdrawal may be considered an excess withdrawal for purposes of the lifetime withdrawal benefit only, the basic withdrawal benefit only, or both.

If your withdrawals exceed the greater of the RBP or the RALP, withdrawal charges under the terms of the contract may apply (see “Charges — Withdrawal Charges”). The amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable withdrawal charge. Market value adjustments, if applicable, will also be made (see “Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs) — Market Value Adjustment”). We pay you the amount you request. Any partial withdrawals you take under the contract will reduce the value of the death benefits (see “Benefits in Case of Death”). Upon full withdrawal of the contract, you will receive the remaining contract value less any applicable charges (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Withdrawal”).

The rider’s guaranteed amounts can be increased at the specified intervals if your contract value has increased. An annual step up feature is available at each contract anniversary, subject to certain conditions, and may be applied automatically to your contract or may require you to elect the step up (see “Annual Step Up” heading below). If you exercise the annual step up election, the spousal continuation step up election (see “Spousal Continuation Step Up” heading below) or change your PN investment option, the rider charge may change (see “Charges”).

If you take withdrawals during the waiting period, any prior steps ups applied will be reversed and step ups will not be available until the third rider anniversary. You may take withdrawals after the waiting period without reversal of prior step ups.

You should consider whether the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider is appropriate for you because:

You will begin paying the rider charge as of the rider effective date, even if you do not begin taking withdrawals for many years. It is possible that your contract performance, fees and charges, and withdrawal pattern may be such that your contract value will not be depleted in your lifetime and you will not receive any monetary value under the rider.

• Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit Limitations: The lifetime withdrawal benefit is subject to certain limitations, including but not limited to:

(a) Once the contract value equals zero, payments are made for as long as the oldest owner or annuitant is living (see “If Contract Value Reduces to Zero” heading below). However, if the contract value is greater than zero, the lifetime withdrawal benefit terminates at the first death of any owner or annuitant (see “At Death” heading below). Therefore, if there are multiple contract owners or the annuitant is not an owner, the rider may terminate or the lifetime withdrawal benefit may be reduced. This possibility may present itself when:

(i)	There are multiple contract owners — when one of the contract owners dies the benefit terminates even though other contract owners are still living (except if the contract is continued under the spousal continuation provision of the contract); or
(ii)	The owner and the annuitant are not the same persons — if the annuitant dies before the owner, the benefit terminates even though the owner is still living. This is could happen, for example, when the owner is younger than the annuitant. This risk increases as the age difference between owner and annuitant increases.

(b)	Excess withdrawals can reduce the ALP to zero even though the GBA, RBA, GBP and/or RBP values are greater than zero. If the both the ALP and the contract value are zero, the lifetime withdrawal benefit will terminate.
(c)	When the lifetime withdrawal benefit is first established, the initial ALP is based on the basic withdrawal benefit’s RBA at that time (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below), unless there has been a spousal continuation or ownership change. Any withdrawal you take before the ALP is established reduces the RBA and therefore may result in a lower amount of lifetime withdrawals you are allowed to take.
(d)	Withdrawals can reduce both the contract value and the RBA to zero prior to the establishment of the ALP. If this happens, the contract and the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider will terminate.

• Investment Allocation Restrictions: You must be invested in one of the approved investment options. These funds are expected to reduce our financial risks and expenses associated with certain living benefits. Although the funds’ investment strategies may help mitigate declines in your contract value due to declining equity markets, the funds’ investment strategies may also curb your contract value gains during periods of positive performance by the equity

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    129

	markets. Additionally, investment in the funds may decrease the number and amount of any benefit base increase opportunities. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds: Volatility and Volatility Management Risk with the Portfolio Stabilizer funds” section.) We reserve the right to add, remove or substitute approved investment options at any time and in our sole discretion in the future. This requirement limits your choice of investments. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, GPAs or the one-year fixed account that are available under the contract to contract owners who do not elect this rider. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds.”) You may allocate purchase payments and purchase payment credits to the DCA fixed account, when available, and we will make monthly transfers into the investment option you have chosen. Subject to state restrictions, we reserve the right to limit the number of investment options from which you can select based on the dollar amount of purchase payments you make.
•	Limitations on Purchase of Other Riders under this Contract: If you select the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, you may not elect an Income Assurer Benefit rider or the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider.
•	Non-Cancelable: Once elected, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider may not be cancelled and the fee will continue to be deducted until the contract is terminated, the contract value reduces to zero (described below) or after the retirement date.
•	Limitations on Purchase Payments: We reserve the right to limit the cumulative amount of purchase payments, subject to state restrictions, which may limit your ability to make additional purchase payments to increase your contract value as you may have originally intended. For current purchase payment restrictions, please see “Buying Your Contract — Purchase Payments”.
•	Interaction with Total Free Amount (TFA) contract provision:The TFA is the amount you are allowed to withdraw from the contract in each contract year without incurring a withdrawal charge (see “Charges — Withdrawal Charge”). The TFA may be greater than the RBP or RALP under this rider. Any amount you withdraw under the contract’s TFA provision that exceeds the RBP or RALP is subject to the excess withdrawal processing described below for the GBA, RBA and ALP.

You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of this rider in your tax situation:

• Tax Considerations for Nonqualified Annuities: Under current federal income tax law, withdrawals under nonqualified annuities, including partial withdrawals taken from the contract under the terms of this rider, are treated less favorably than amounts received as annuity payments under the contract (see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities”). Withdrawals before age 59 ½ may incur a 10% IRS early withdrawal penalty and may be considered taxable income.

• Tax Considerations for Qualified Annuities:Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). If you have a qualified annuity, you may need to take an RMD that exceeds the specified amount of withdrawal available under the rider. Partial withdrawals in any contract year that exceed the guaranteed amount available for withdrawal may reduce future benefits guaranteed under the rider. While the rider permits certain excess withdrawals to be made for the purpose of satisfying RMD requirements for this contract alone without reducing future benefits guaranteed under the rider, there can be no guarantee that changes in the federal income tax law after the effective date of the rider will not require a larger RMD to be taken, in which case, future guaranteed withdrawals under the rider could be reduced. Additionally, RMD rules follow the calendar year which most likely does not coincide with your contract year and therefore may limit when you can take your RMD and not be subject to excess withdrawal processing.

For owners subject to annual RMD rules under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, the amounts you withdraw each year from this contract to satisfy these rules are not subject to excess withdrawal processing under the terms of the rider subject to the following rules and our current administrative practice:

(1) If on the date we calculated your Annual Life Expectancy Required Minimum Distribution Amount (ALERMDA), it is greater than the RBP from the beginning of the current contract year,

• Basic Additional Benefit Amount (BABA) will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the RBP from the beginning of the current contract year.

• Any withdrawals taken in a contract year will count first against and reduce the RBP for that contract year.

• Once the RBP for the current contract year has been depleted, any additional amounts withdrawn will count against and reduce the BABA. These withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the GBA and RBA as long as they do not exceed the remaining BABA.

• Once the BABA has been depleted, any additional withdrawal amounts will be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the GBA and RBA and will subject them all to the excess withdrawal processing described in the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider.

130    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

(2) If on the date we calculated your ALERMDA, it is greater than the RALP from the beginning of the current Contract Year,

• A Lifetime Additional Benefit Amount (LABA) will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the RALP from the beginning of the current contract year.

• Any withdrawals taken in a contract year will count first against and reduce the RALP for that contract year.

• Once the RALP for the current contract year has been depleted, any additional amounts withdrawn will count against and reduce the LABA. These withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the ALP as long as they do not exceed the remaining LABA.

• Once the LABA has been depleted, any additional withdrawal amounts will be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the ALP and will subject the ALP to the excess withdrawal processing described by the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider.

(3) If the ALP is established on a policy anniversary where your current ALERMDA is greater than the new RALP,

• An initial LABA will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the new RALP.

• This new LABA will be immediately reduced by the amount that total withdrawals in the current calendar year exceed the new RALP, but shall not be reduced to less than zero.

The Annual Life Expectancy Required Minimum Distribution Amount (ALERMDA) is:

(1)	determined by us each calendar year;
(2)	based solely on the value of the contract to which the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider is attached as of the date we make the determination; and
(3)	is otherwise based on the company’s understanding and interpretation of the requirements for life expectancy distributions intended to satisfy the required minimum distribution rules under Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, as applicable on the effective date of this prospectus, to:

1.	an individual retirement annuity (Section 408(b));
2.	a Roth individual retirement account (Section 408A);
3.	a Simplified Employee Pension plan (Section 408(k));
4.	a tax-sheltered annuity rollover (Section 403(b)).

We reserve the right to modify our administrative practice described above and will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change.

In the future, the requirements under the Code for such distributions may change and the life expectancy amount calculation provided under your Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider may not be sufficient to satisfy the requirements under the Code for these types of distributions. In such a situation, amounts withdrawn to satisfy such distribution requirements will exceed your available RBP or RALP amount and may result in the reduction of your GBA, RBA, and/or ALP as described under the excess withdrawal provision of the rider.

In cases where the Code does not allow the life expectancy of a natural person to be used to calculate the required minimum distribution amount (e.g., ownership by a trust or a charity), we will calculate the life expectancy RMD amount calculated by us as zero in all years. The life expectancy required minimum distribution amount calculated by us will also equal zero in all years.

• Treatment of non-spousal distributions: Unless you are married your beneficiary will be required to take distributions as a non-spouse which may result in significantly decreasing the value of the rider. Please note civil unions and domestic partnerships generally are not recognized as marriages for federal tax purposes. For additional information see “Taxes — Other — Spousal status” section of this prospectus.

• Limitations on Tax-Sheltered Annuities (TSAs): Your right to take withdrawals is restricted if your contract is a TSA (see “TSA — Special Provisions”).

For an example, see “Examples of Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life” below.

Key terms and provisions of the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider are described below:

Partial Withdrawals: A withdrawal of an amount that does not result in a full withdrawal of the contract. The partial withdrawal amount is a gross amount and will include any withdrawal charge and any market value adjustment.

Waiting period: The period of time starting on the rider effective date during which the annual step up is not available if you take withdrawals. The current waiting period is three years.

Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA): The total cumulative amount available for partial withdrawals over the life of the rider under the basic withdrawal benefit. The maximum GBA is $5,000,000. The GBA cannot be withdrawn and is not payable as a death benefit. Rather, the GBA is an interim value used to calculate the amount available for withdrawals each year under the basic withdrawal benefit (see “Guaranteed Benefit Payment” below). At any time, the total GBA is the sum of the individual GBAs associated with each purchase payment.

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    131

The GBA is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At contract issue — the GBA is equal to the initial purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own GBA equal to the amount of the purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When an individual RBA is reduced to zero — the GBA that is associated with that RBA will also be set to zero.

• When you make a partial withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up — Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the GBA associated with each purchase payment will be reset to the amount of that purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first partial withdrawal is made.

• When you make a partial withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the total RBP — the GBA remains unchanged. If there have been multiple purchase payments, both the total GBA and each payment’s GBA remain unchanged.
(b)	is greater than the total RBP— GBA excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the GBA. If the partial withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing is applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

GBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The total GBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the total GBA immediately prior to the withdrawal; or (b) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s GBA after the withdrawal will be reset to equal that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal plus (a) times (b), where:

(a)	is the ratio of the total GBA after the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal to the total GBA before the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal; and
(b)	is each payment’s GBA before the withdrawal less that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal.

Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA): Each withdrawal you make reduces the amount that is guaranteed by this rider as future withdrawals. At any point in time, the RBA equals the amount of GBA that remains available for withdrawals for the remainder of the contract’s life, and total RBA is the sum of the individual RBAs associated with each purchase payment. The maximum RBA is $5,000,000.

The RBA is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At contract issue — the RBA is equal to the initial purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own RBA initially set equal to that payment’s GBA (the amount of the purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits).

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When you make a partial withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up — Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the RBA associated with each purchase payment will be reset to the amount of that purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first partial withdrawal is made.

• When you make a partial withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the total RBP — the total RBA is reduced by the amount of the withdrawal. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s RBA is reduced in proportion to its RBP.
(b)	is greater than the total RBP— RBA excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the RBA. If the partial withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing is applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

RBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The total RBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal, or (b) the total RBA immediately prior to the withdrawal, less the amount of the withdrawal.

If there have been multiple purchase payments, both the total RBA and each payment’s RBA will be reset. The total RBA will be reset according to the excess withdrawal processing described above. Each payment’s RBA will be reset in the following manner:

1.	The withdrawal amount up to the total RBP is taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its individual RBP at the time of the withdrawal; and
2.	The withdrawal amount above the total RBP and any amount determined by the excess withdrawal processing are taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its RBA at the time of the withdrawal.

132    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP): At any time, the amount available for partial withdrawals in each contract year after the waiting period, until the RBA is reduced to zero, under the basic withdrawal benefit. At any point in time, each purchase payment has its own GBP, which is equal to the lesser of that payment’s RBA or 7% of that payment’s GBA, and the total GBP is the sum of the individual GBPs.

During the waiting period, the guaranteed annual withdrawal amount may be less than the GBP due to the limitations the waiting period imposes on your ability to utilize both annual step-ups and withdrawals (see “Waiting Period” heading above). The guaranteed annual withdrawal amount during the waiting period is equal to the value of the RBP at the beginning of the contract year.

The GBP is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At contract issue — the GBP is established as 7% of the GBA value.

• At each contract anniversary — each payment’s GBP is reset to the lesser of that payment’s RBA or 7% of that payment’s GBA value.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own GBP equal to 7% of the purchase payment amount plus any purchase payment credits.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When an individual RBA is reduced to zero — the GBP associated with that RBA will also be reset to zero.

• When you make a partial withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up— Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the GBA and the RBA associated with each purchase payment will be reset to the amount of that purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits. Each payment’s GBP will be reset to 7% of that purchase payment. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first partial withdrawal is made.

• When you make a partial withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the total RBP — the GBP remains unchanged.
(b)	is greater than the total RBP — each payment’s GBP is reset to the lesser of that payment’s RBA or 7% of that payment’s GBA value, based on the RBA and GBA after the withdrawal. If the partial withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing is applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

Remaining Benefit Payment (RBP): The amount available for partial withdrawals for the remainder of the contract year under the basic withdrawal benefit. At any point in time, the total RBP is the sum of the RBPs for each purchase payment. During the waiting period, when the guaranteed amount maybe less than the GBP, the value of the RBP at the beginning of the contract year will be that amount that is actually guaranteed each contract year.

The RBP is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At the beginning of each contract year during the waiting period and prior to any withdrawal — the RBP for each purchase payment is set equal to that purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits multiplied by 7%.

• At the beginning of any other contract year — the RBP for each purchase payment is set equal to that purchase payment’s GBP.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own RBP equal to that payment’s GBP.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• At spousal continuation — (see “Spousal Option to Continue the Contract” heading below).

• When an individual RBA is reduced to zero — the RBP associated with that RBA will also be reset to zero.

• When you make any partial withdrawal — the total RBP is reset to equal the total RBP immediately prior to the partial withdrawal less the amount of the partial withdrawal, but not less than zero. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s RBP is reduced proportionately.If you withdraw an amount greater than the RBP, GBA excess withdrawal processing and RBA excess withdrawal processing are applied and the amount available for future partial withdrawals for the remainder of the contract’s life may be reduced by more than the amount of withdrawal. When determining if a withdrawal will result in the excess withdrawal processing, the applicable RBP will not yet reflect the amount of the current withdrawal.

Covered Person: The person whose life is used to determine when the ALP is established, and the duration of the ALP payments. The covered person is the oldest contract owner or annuitant. The covered person may change during the contract’s life if there is a spousal continuation or a change of contract ownership. If the covered person changes, we recompute the benefits guaranteed by the rider, based on the life of the new covered person, which may reduce the amount of the lifetime withdrawal benefit.

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    133

Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA): The covered person’s age after which time the lifetime benefit can be established. Currently, the lifetime benefit can be established on the later of the contract effective date or the contract anniversary date on/following the date the covered person reaches age 65.

Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP): Once established, the ALP at any time is the amount available for withdrawals in each contract year after the waiting period until the later of death (see “At Death” heading below), or the RBA is reduced to zero, under the lifetime withdrawal benefit. The maximum ALP is $300,000. Prior to establishment of the ALP, the lifetime withdrawal benefit is not in effect and the ALP is zero.

During the waiting period, the guaranteed annual lifetime withdrawal amount may be less than the ALP due to the limitations the waiting period imposes on your ability to utilize both annual step-ups and withdrawals (see “Waiting Period” heading above). The guaranteed annual lifetime withdrawal amount during the waiting period is equal to the value of the RALP at the beginning of the contract year.

The ALP is determined at the following times:

• The later of the contract effective date or the contract anniversary date on/following the date the covered person reaches age 65— the ALP is established as 6% of the total RBA.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment increases the ALP by 6% of the amount of the purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits.

• At step ups — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• At contract ownership change — (see “Spousal Option to Continue the Contract” and “Contract Ownership Change” headings below).

• When you make a partial withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up — Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the ALP will be reset to equal total purchase payments plus any purchase payment credits multiplied by 6%. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first partial withdrawal is made.

• When you make a partial withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the RALP — the ALP remains unchanged.
(b)	is greater than the RALP —ALP excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the ALP. Please note that if the partial withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing are applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

ALP Excess Withdrawal Processing

The ALP is reset to the lesser of the ALP immediately prior to the withdrawal, or 6% of the contract value immediately following the withdrawal.

Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (RALP): The amount available for partial withdrawals for the remainder of the contract year under the lifetime withdrawal benefit. During the waiting period, when the guaranteed annual withdrawal amount may be less than the ALP, the value of the RALP at the beginning of the contract year will be the amount that is actually guaranteed each contract year. Prior to establishment of the ALP, the lifetime withdrawal benefit is not in effect and the RALP is zero.

The RALP is determined at the following times:

• The later of the contract effective date or the contract anniversary date following the date the covered person reaches age 65, and:

(a)	During the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals — the RALP is established equal to 6% of purchase payments plus any purchase payment credits.
(b)	At any other time — the RALP is established equal to the ALP.

• At the beginning of each contract year during the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals — the RALP is set equal to the total purchase payments plus any purchase payment credits, multiplied by 6%.

• At the beginning of any other contract year — the RALP is set equal to ALP.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment increases the RALP by 6% of the amount of the purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits.

• At step ups — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When you make any partial withdrawal — the RALP equals the RALP immediately prior to the partial withdrawal less the amount of the partial withdrawal, but not less than zero.If you withdraw an amount greater than the RALP, ALP excess withdrawal processing is applied and the amount available for future partial withdrawals for the remainder of the contract’s life may be reduced by more than the amount of withdrawal. When determining if a withdrawal will result in excess withdrawal processing, the applicable RALP will not yet reflect the amount of the current withdrawal.

134    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Step Up Date: The date any step up becomes effective, and depends on the type of step up being applied (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

Annual Step Up: Beginning with the first contract anniversary, an increase of the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP, and/or RALP values may be available. A step up does not create contract value, guarantee the performance of any investment option, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn or paid upon death. Rather, a step up determines the current values of the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP, and RALP, and may extend the payment period or increase the allowable payment.

The annual step up is subject to the following rules:

• The annual step up is available when the RBA or, if established, the ALP, would increase on the step up date.

• Only one step up is allowed each contract year.

• If you take any withdrawals during the waiting period, any previously applied step ups will be reversed and the annual step up will not be available until the end of the waiting period.

• If the application of the step up does not increase the rider charge, the annual step up will be automatically applied to your contract, and the step up date is the contract anniversary date.

• If the application of the step up would increase the rider charge, the annual step up is not automatically applied. Instead, you have the option to step up for 30 days after the contract anniversary. If you exercise the elective annual step up option, you will pay the rider charge in effect on the step up date. If you wish to exercise the elective annual step up option, we must receive a request from you or your investment professional. The step up date is the date we receive your request to step up. If your request is received after the close of business, the step up date will be the next valuation day.

• The ALP and RALP are not eligible for step ups until they are established. Prior to being established, the ALP and RALP values are both zero.

• Please note it is possible for the ALP and RALP to step up even if the RBA or GBA do not step up, and it is also possible for the RBA and GBA to step up even if the ALP or RALP do not step up.

The annual step up resets the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP values as follows:

• The total RBA will be reset to the greater of the total RBA immediately prior to the step up date or the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The total GBA will be reset to the greater of the total GBA immediately prior to the step up date or the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The total GBP will be reset using the calculation as described above based on the increased GBA and RBA.

• The total RBP will be reset as follows:

(a)	During the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals, the RBP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	At any other time, the RBP will be reset as the increased GBP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but never less than zero.

• The ALP will be reset to the greater of the ALP immediately prior to the step up date or 6% of the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The RALP will be reset as follows:

(a)	During the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals, the RALP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	At any other time, the RALP will be reset as the increased ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

Spousal Option to Continue the Contract: If a surviving spouse elects to continue the contract, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider also continues. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate. When the spouse elects to continue the contract, any remaining waiting period is cancelled; the covered person will be re-determined and is the covered person referred to below; and the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP values are affected as follows:

• The GBA, RBA, and GBP values remain unchanged.

• The RBP is automatically reset to the GBP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

• If the ALP has not yet been established and the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the date of continuation — the ALP will be established on the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65 as the lesser of the RBA or the contract anniversary value, multiplied by 6%. The RALP will be established on the same date equal to the ALP.

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    135

• If the ALP has not yet been established but the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the date of continuation — the ALP will be established on the date of continuation as the lesser of the RBA or the contract value, multiplied by 6%. The RALP will be established on the same date in an amount equal to the ALP less all prior partial withdrawals made in the current contract year, but will never be less than zero.

• If the ALP has been established but the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the date of continuation — the ALP and RALP will be automatically reset to zero for the period of time beginning with the date of continuation and ending with the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65. At the end of this time period, the ALP will be reset to the lesser of the RBA or the anniversary contract value, multiplied by 6%, and the RALP will be reset to equal the ALP.

• If the ALP has been established and the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the date of continuation — the ALP will be automatically reset to the lesser of the current ALP or 6% of the contract value on the date of continuation. The RALP will be reset to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

Please note that the lifetime withdrawal benefit amount may be reduced as a result of the spousal continuation.

Spousal Continuation Step Up: If a surviving spouse elects to continue the contract, another elective step up option becomes available. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate. To exercise the step up, the spouse or the spouse’s investment professional must submit a request within 30 days of the date of continuation. The step up date is the date we receive the spouse’s request to step up. If the request is received after the close of business, the step up date will be the next valuation day. The GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP will be reset in the same fashion as the annual step up.

The spousal continuation step up is subject to the following rules:

• If the spousal continuation step up option is exercised and we have increased the charge for the rider, the spouse will pay the charge that is in effect on the step up date.

It is our current administrative practice to process the spousal continuation step up as described in the next paragraph; however, we reserve the right to discontinue our administrative practice and will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change.

At the time of spousal continuation, a step-up may be available. All annual step-up rules (see “Annual Step-Up” heading above), other than those that apply to the waiting period, also apply to the spousal continuation step-up. If the spousal continuation step-up is processed automatically, the step-up date is the valuation date spousal continuation is effective. If not, the spouse must elect the step up and must do so within 30 days of the spousal continuation date. If the spouse elects the spousal continuation step up, the step-up date is the valuation date we receive the spouse’s written request to step-up if we receive the request by the close of business on that day, otherwise the next valuation date.

If Contract Value Reduces to Zero: If the contract value reduces to zero and the total RBA remains greater than zero, you will be paid in the following scenarios:

1) The ALP has not yet been established and the contract value is reduced to zero for any reason other than full withdrawal of the contract. In this scenario, you can choose to:

(a)	receive the remaining schedule of GBPs until the RBA equals zero; or
(b)	wait until the rider anniversary on/following the date the covered person reaches age 65, and then receive the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the covered person, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero.

We will notify you of this option. If no election is made, the ALP will be paid.

2) The ALP has been established and the contract value reduces to zero as a result of fees or charges, or a withdrawal that is less than or equal to both the RBP and the RALP. In this scenario, you can choose to receive:

(a)	the remaining schedule of GBPs until the RBA equals zero; or
(b)	the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the covered person, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero. We will notify you of this option. If no election is made, the ALP will be paid.

3)	The ALP has been established and the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RALP but less than or equal to the RBP. In this scenario, the remaining schedule of GBPs will be paid until the RBA equals zero.
4)	The ALP has been established and the contract value falls to zero as a result of a partial withdrawal that is greater than the RBP but less than or equal to the RALP. In this scenario, the ALP will be paid annually until the death of the covered person.

136    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Under any of these scenarios:

• The annualized amounts will be paid to you in the frequency you elect. You may elect a frequency offered by us at the time payments begin. Available payment frequencies will be no less frequent than annually;

• We will no longer accept additional purchase payments;

• You will no longer be charged for the rider;

• Any attached death benefit riders will terminate; and

• The death benefit becomes the remaining payments, if any, until the RBA is reduced to zero.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider and the contract will terminate under either of the following two scenarios:

• If the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than both the RALP and the RBP. This is full withdrawal of the contract.

• If the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RALP but less than or equal to the RBP, and the total RBA is reduced to zero.

At Death: If the contract value is greater than zero when the death benefit becomes payable, the beneficiary may elect to take the death benefit as a lump sum under the terms of the contract (see “Benefits in Case of Death”) or the annuity payout option (see “Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Payout Option” heading below).

If the contract value equals zero and the death benefit becomes payable, the following will occur:

• If the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the GBP each year, the GBP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person dies and the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person is still alive and the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the later of the death of the covered person or the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person is still alive and the RBA equals zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the death of the covered person.

• If the covered person dies and the RBA equals zero, the benefit terminates. No further payments will be made.

Contract Ownership Change: If the contract changes ownership (see “Changing Ownership”), the covered person will be redetermined and is the covered person referred to below. The GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP values will remain unchanged. The ALP and RALP will be reset as follows. Our current administrative practice is to only reset the ALP and RALP if the covered person changes due to the ownership change.

• If the ALP has not yet been established and the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the ownership change date— the ALP and the RALP will be established on the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65. The ALP will be set equal to the lesser of the RBA or the anniversary contract value, multiplied by 6%. If the anniversary date occurs during the waiting period and prior to a withdrawal, the RALP will be set to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments plus any purchase payment credits multiplied by 6%. If the anniversary date occurs at any other time, the RALP will be set to the ALP.

• If the ALP has not yet been established but the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the ownership change date — the ALP and the RALP will be established on the ownership change date. The ALP will be set equal to the lesser of the RBA or the contract value, multiplied by 6%. If the ownership change date occurs during the waiting period and prior to a withdrawal, the RALP will be set equal to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments plus any purchase payment credits multiplied by 6%. If the ownership change date occurs at any other time, the RALP will be set equal to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year but not less than zero.

• If the ALP has been established but the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the ownership change date— the ALP and the RALP will be reset to zero for the period of time beginning with the ownership change date and ending with the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65. At the end of this time period, the ALP will be reset to the lesser of the RBA or the anniversary contract value, multiplied by 6%. If the time period ends during the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals, the RALP will be reset to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments plus any purchase payment credits multiplied by 6%. If the time period ends at any other time, the RALP will be reset to the ALP.

• If the ALP has been established and the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the ownership change date — the ALP and the RALP will be reset on the ownership change date. The ALP will be reset to the lesser of the current ALP or 6% of the contract value. If the ownership change date occurs during the waiting period and prior to a withdrawal, the RALP will be reset to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments plus any purchase payment credits multiplied by 6%. If the ownership change date occurs at any other time, the RALP will be reset to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year but not less than zero.

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    137

Please note that the lifetime withdrawal benefit amount may be reduced as a result of the ownership change.

Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Payout Option: Several annuity payout plans are available under the contract. As an alternative to these annuity payout plans, a fixed annuity payout option is available under the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider.

Under this option the amount payable each year will be equal to the remaining schedule of GBPs, but the total amount paid over the life of the annuity will not exceed the current total RBA at the time you begin this fixed annuity payout option. These annualized amounts will be paid in the frequency that you elect. The frequencies will be among those offered by us at that time but will be no less frequent than annually. If, at the death of the owner, total payouts have been made for less than the RBA, the remaining payouts will be paid to the beneficiary (see “The Annuity Payout Period” and “Taxes”).

This option may not be available if the contract is issued to qualify under Section 403 or 408 of the Code, as amended. For such contracts, this option will be available only if the guaranteed payment period is less than the life expectancy of the owner at the time the option becomes effective. Such life expectancy will be computed under the mortality table we then use to determine current life annuity purchase rates under the contract to which this rider is attached.

This annuity payout option may also be elected by the beneficiary of a contract as a settlement option if payments begin no later than one year after your death and the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy.

Whenever multiple beneficiaries are designated under the contract, each such beneficiary’s share of the proceeds if they elect this option will be in proportion to their applicable designated beneficiary percentage. Beneficiaries of nonqualified contracts may elect this settlement option subject to the distribution requirements of the contract. We reserve the right to adjust the future schedule of GBPs if necessary to comply with the Code.

Rider Termination

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider cannot be terminated either by you or us except as follows:

1.	Annuity payouts under an annuity payout plan will terminate the rider.
2.	Termination of the contract for any reason will terminate the rider.

Examples of the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life

Example #1: Covered person has not reached age 65 at the time the contract and rider are purchased.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a $96,154 purchase payment with a $3,846 purchase payment credit.

• You are the sole owner and also the annuitant. You are age 60.

• You make no additional payments to the contract.

• Automatic annual step-ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the RBA and/or 6% of the contract value is greater than the ALP. Applied annual step-ups are indicated in bold.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	Basic Withdrawal Benefit				Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit
				GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
At Issue	$100,000	$N/A	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	$7,000	$7,000	$N/A	$N/A
0.5	0	7,000	92,000	100,000	93,000	7,000	0	N/A	N/A
1	0	0	91,000	100,000	93,000	7,000	7,000	N/A	N/A
1.5	0	7,000	83,000	100,000	86,000	7,000	0	N/A	N/A
2	0	0	81,000	100,000	86,000	7,000	7,000	N/A	N/A
5	0	0	75,000	100,000	86,000	7,000	7,000	5,160(1)	5,160(1)
5.5	0	5,160	70,000	100,000	80,840	7,000	1,840	5,160	0
6	0	0	69,000	100,000	80,840	7,000	7,000	5,160	5,160
6.5	0	7,000	62,000	100,000	73,840	7,000	0	3,720(2)	0
7	0	0	70,000	100,000	73,840	7,000	7,000	4,200	4,200
7.5	0	10,000	51,000	51,000(3)	51,000(3)	3,570	0	3,060(3)	0
8	0	0	55,000	55,000	55,000	3,850	3,850	3,300	3,300

At this point, assuming no additional activity (step ups, excess withdrawals, purchase payments, spousal continuation or contract ownership change), you can continue to withdraw up to either the GBP of $3,850 each year until the RBA is reduced to zero, or the ALP of $3,300 each year until the later of your death or the RBA is reduced to zero.

⁽¹⁾ The ALP and RALP are established on the contract anniversary date following the date the covered person reaches age 65.

138    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

(2)

The $7,000 withdrawal is greater than the $5,160 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the ALP, resetting the ALP to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.

(3)

The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than both the $7,000 RBP allowed under the basic withdrawal benefit and the $4,200 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the GBA, RBA, and ALP. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.

Example #2: Covered person has reached 65 at the time the contract and rider are purchased.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a $96,154 purchase payment with a $3,846 purchase payment credit.

• You are the sole owner and also the annuitant. You are age 65.

• You make no additional payments to the contract.

• Automatic annual step-ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the RBA and/or 6% of the contract value is greater than the ALP. Applied annual step-ups are indicated in bold.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	Basic Withdrawal Benefit				Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit
				GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
At Issue	$100,000	$N/A	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	$7,000	$7,000	$6,000	$6,000
1	0	0	105,000	105,000	105,000	7,350	7,000(1)	6,300	6,000(1)
2	0	0	110,000	110,000	110,000	7,700	7,000(1)	6,600	6,000(1)
3	0	0	110,000	110,000	110,000	7,700	7,700(2)	6,600	6,600(2)
3.5	0	6,600	110,000	110,000	103,400	7,700	1,100	6,600	0
4	0	0	115,000	115,000	115,000	8,050	8,050	6,900	6,900
4.5	0	8,050	116,000	115,000	106,950	8,050	0	6,900(3)	0
5	0	0	120,000	120,000	120,000	8,400	8,400	7,200	7,200
5.5	0	10,000	122,000	120,000(4)	110,000(4)	8,400	0	7,200(4)	0
6	0	0	125,000	125,000	125,000	8,750	8,750	7,500	7,500

At this point, assuming no additional activity (step ups, excess withdrawals, purchase payments, spousal continuation or contract ownership change), you can continue to withdraw up to either the GBP of $8,750 each year until the RBA is reduced to zero, or the ALP of $7,500 each year until the later of your death or the RBA is reduced to zero.

(1)	The annual step-up has not been applied to the RBP or RALP because any withdrawal after step up during the waiting period would reverse any prior step ups prior to determining if the withdrawal is excess. Therefore, during the waiting period, the RBP is the amount you can withdraw without incurring the GBA and RBA excess withdrawal processing, and the RALP is the amount you can withdraw without incurring the ALP excess withdrawal processing.
(2)	On the third anniversary (after the end of the waiting period), the RBP and RALP are set equal to the GBP and ALP, respectively.
(3)	The $8,050 withdrawal is greater than the $6,900 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the ALP, resetting the ALP to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.
(4)	The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than both the $8,400 RBP allowed under the basic withdrawal benefit and the $7,200 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the GBA, RBA, and ALP. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    139

Appendix J: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider Disclosure

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider

We have offered two versions of the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit that have been referred to in previous disclosure as Rider A and Rider B. The description of the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit in this section applies to both Rider A and Rider B, unless noted otherwise. Rider B is no longer available for purchase.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit is an optional benefit that was offered for an additional annual charge if⁽¹⁾:

Rider A

• your contract application was signed on or after April 30, 2005 in those states where theSecureSource rider and/or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider are/were not available;

• you and the annuitant were 79 or younger on the date the contract was issued.

Rider B

•	your contract application was signed prior to April 29, 2005;
•	the rider was available in your state; and
•	you and the annuitant were 79 or younger on the date the contract was issued.
(1)	The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit is not available under an inherited qualified annuity.

You must elect the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider when you purchase your contract (original rider). The original rider you receive at contract issue offers an elective annual step-up and any withdrawal after a step up during the first three years is considered an excess withdrawal, as described below. The rider effective date of the original rider is the contract issue date.

We will offer you the option of replacing the original rider with a new Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit (enhanced rider), if available in your state. The enhanced rider offers an automatic annual step-up and a withdrawal after a step up during the first three years is not necessarily an excess withdrawal, as described below. The effective date of the enhanced rider will be the contract issue date except for the automatic step-up which will apply to contract anniversaries that occur after you accept the enhanced rider. The descriptions below apply to both the original and enhanced riders unless otherwise noted.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit initially provides a guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit that gives you the right to take limited partial withdrawals in each contract year that over time will total an amount equal to your purchase payments plus any purchase payment credits. Certain withdrawals and step ups, as described below, can cause the initial guaranteed withdrawal benefit to change. The guarantee remains in effect if your partial withdrawals in a contract year do not exceed the allowed amount. As long as your withdrawals in each contract year do not exceed the allowed amount, you will not be assessed a surrender charge. Under the original rider, the allowed amount is the Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP — the amount you may withdraw under the terms of the rider in each contract year, subject to certain restrictions prior to the third contract anniversary, as described below). Under the enhanced rider, the allowed amount is equal to 7% of purchase payments and purchase payment credits for the first three years, and the GBP in all other years.

If you withdraw an amount greater than the allowed amount in a contract year, we call this an “excess withdrawal” under the rider. If you make an excess withdrawal under the rider:

• surrender charges, if applicable, will apply only to the amount of the withdrawal that exceeds the allowed amount;

• the guaranteed benefit amount will be adjusted as described below; and

• the remaining benefit amount will be adjusted as described below.

For a partial withdrawal that is subject to a withdrawal charge, the amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable surrender charge (see “Charges —Surrender Charge”). Market value adjustments, if applicable, will also be made (see “Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs) — Market Value Adjustment”). We pay you the amount you request. Any partial withdrawals you take under the contract will reduce the value of the death benefits (see “Benefits in Case of Death”). Upon full withdrawal of the contract, you will receive the remaining contract value less any applicable charges (see “Surrenders”).

Once elected, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider may not be cancelled and the fee will continue to be deducted until the contract is terminated, the contract value reduces to zero (described below) or annuitization start date. If you select the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, you may not select an Income Assurer Benefit rider or the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. If you exercise the annual step up election (see “Elective Step Up” and ���Annual Step Up” below), the special spousal continuation step up election (see “Spousal Continuation and Special Spousal Continuation Step Up” below) or change your Portfolio Navigator model portfolio, the rider charge may change (see “Charges”).

140    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

You should consider whether the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit is appropriate for you because:

You will begin paying the rider charge as of the rider effective date, even if you do not begin taking withdrawals for many years. It is possible that your contract performance, fees and charges, and withdrawal pattern may be such that your contract value will not be depleted in your lifetime and you will not receive any monetary value under the rider.

• Investment Allocation Restrictions:You must elect one of the approved investment options if you purchase a contract on or after May 1, 2006 with this rider (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer funds”). These funds are expected to reduce our financial risks and expenses associated with certain living benefits and death benefits. Although the funds’ investment strategies may help mitigate declines in your contract value due to declining equity markets, the funds’ investment strategies may also curb your contract value gains during periods of positive performance by the equity markets. Additionally, investment in the funds may decrease the number and amount of any benefit base increase opportunities. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds: Volatility and Volatility Management Risk with the Portfolio Stabilizer funds” section.) We reserve the right to add, remove, or substitute approved investment options in the future. If you selected this Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider before May 1, 2006, you must participate in the asset allocation program (see “Appendix I: Asset Allocation Program for Contracts Purchased Before May 1, 2006”), however, you may elect to participate in the Portfolio Navigator program after May 1, 2006. This requirement limits your choice of investment options. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, GPAs or the one-year fixed account that are available under the contract to contract owners who do not elect this rider. You may allocate purchase payments and purchase payment credits to the DCA fixed account, when available, and we will make monthly transfers into the investment option you have chosen.

• Limitations on Purchase Payments: We reserve the right to limit the cumulative amount of purchase payments, subject to state restrictions, which may limit your ability to make additional purchase payments to increase your contract value as you may have originally intended. For current purchase payment restrictions, please see “Buying Your Contract — Purchase Payments”.

• Interaction with the Total Free Amount (FA) contract provision: The FA is the amount you are allowed to withdraw in each contract year without incurring a surrender charge (see “Charges — Surrender Charge”). The FA may be greater than GBP under this rider. Any amount you withdraw under the contract’s FA provision that exceeds the GBP is subject to the excess withdrawal processing for the GBA and RBA described below.

• Rider A — Limitations on Purchase of Other Riders under this Contract: If you select the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, you may not elect the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider.

• Non-Cancelable: Once elected, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider may not be cancelled and the fee will continue to be deducted until the contract is terminated, the contract value reduces to zero (described below) or after the annuitization start date.

You should consult your tax advisor if you have any questions about the use of this rider in your tax situation:

• Tax Considerations for Non-Qualified Annuities: Under current federal income tax law, withdrawals under nonqualified annuities, including partial withdrawals taken from the contract under the terms of this rider, are treated less favorably than amounts received as annuity payments under the contract (see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities”). Withdrawals are taxable to the extent of earnings. Withdrawals before age 59½ may also incur a 10% IRS early withdrawal penalty.

• Tax Considerations for Qualified Annuities: Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). If you have a qualified annuity, you may need to take an RMD. If you make a withdrawal in any contract year to satisfy an RMD, this may constitute an excess withdrawal, as defined below, and the excess withdrawal processing described below will apply. Under the terms of the enhanced rider, we allow you to satisfy the RMD based on the life expectancy RMD for your contract and the requirements of the Code and regulations in effect when you purchase your contract, without the withdrawal being treated as an excess withdrawal. It is our current administrative practice to make the same accommodation under the original rider, however, we reserve the right to discontinue our administrative practice and will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change.

For owners subject to RMD rules under Section 401(a)(9), our current administrative practice under both the original and the enhanced riders is to allow amounts you withdraw to satisfy these rules without applying excess withdrawal processing under terms of the rider, subject to the following rules:

(1)	If your Annual Life Expectancy Required Minimum Distribution Amount (ALERMDA) is greater than the RBP from the beginning of the current contract year, an Additional Benefit Amount (ABA) will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the RBP.
(2)	Any withdrawals taken in a contract year will count first against and reduce the RBP for that contract year.
(3)	Once the RBP for the current contract year has been depleted, any additional amounts withdrawn will count against and reduce any ABA. These withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals as long as they do not exceed the remaining ABA.

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    141

(4) Once the ABA has been depleted, any additional withdrawal amounts will be considered excess withdrawals and will initiate the excess withdrawal processing described in the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider.

The Annual Life Expectancy Required Minimum Distribution Amount (ALERMDA) is:

(1)	determined by us each calendar year;
(2)	based solely on the value of the contract to which the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider is attached as of the date we make the determination; and
(3)	based on the company’s understanding and interpretation of the requirements for life expectancy distributions intended to satisfy the required minimum distribution rules under Section 401(a)(9) and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, as applicable, on the effective date of this prospectus to:

1.	an individual retirement annuity (Section 408(b));
2.	a Roth individual retirement account (Section 408A);
3.	a Simplified Employee Pension plan (Section 408(k));
4.	a tax-sheltered annuity rollover (Section 403(b)).

We reserve the right to modify our administrative practice described above and will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change.

In the future, the requirements under the Code for such distributions may change and the life expectancy amount calculation provided under your Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider may not be sufficient to satisfy the requirements under the Code for these types of distributions. In such a situation, amounts withdrawn to satisfy such distribution requirements will exceed your RBP amount and may result in the reduction of your GBA and RBA as described under the excess withdrawal provision of the rider.

Please note that RMD rules follow the calendar year which most likely does not coincide with your contract year and therefore may limit when you can take your RMD and not be subject to excess withdrawal processing.

In cases where the Code does not allow the life expectancy of a natural person to be used to calculate the required minimum distribution amount (e.g. ownership by a trust or a charity), we will calculate the life expectancy RMD amount calculated by us as zero in all years. The life expectancy required minimum distribution amount calculated by us will also equal zero in all years.

• Treatment of non-spousal distributions: Unless you are married your beneficiary will be required to take distributions as a non-spouse which may result in significantly decreasing the value of the rider. Please note civil unions and domestic partnerships generally are not recognized as marriages for federal tax purposes. For additional information see “Taxes — Other — Spousal status” section of this prospectus.

• Limitations on Tax-Sheltered Annuities (TSAs):Your right to take withdrawals is restricted if your contract is a TSA (see “TSA — Special Provisions”). You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of this rider in your tax situation;

The terms “Guaranteed Benefit Amount” and “Remaining Benefit Amount” are described below. Each is used in the operation of the GBP, the RBP, the elective step up, the annual step up, the special spousal continuation step up and the Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Payout Option.

Guaranteed Benefit Amount

The Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA) is equal to the initial purchase payment, plus any purchase payment credits, adjusted for subsequent purchase payments, any purchase payment credits, partial withdrawals in excess of the GBP, and step ups. The maximum GBA is $5,000,000.

The GBA is determined at the following times:

• At contract issue — the GBA is equal to the initial purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits;

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits has its own GBA equal to the amount of the purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits. The total GBA when an additional purchase payment and purchase payment credits are added is the sum of the individual GBAs immediately prior to the receipt of the additional purchase payment, plus the GBA associated with the additional purchase payment;

• At step up — (see “Elective Step Up” and “Annual Step Up” headings below).

• When you make a partial withdrawal:

(a) and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are less than or equal to the GBP — the GBA remains unchanged. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the GBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;

142    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

(b)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are greater than the GBP —the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the GBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the GBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups:
(c)	under the original rider in a contract year after a step up but before the third contract anniversary —the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the GBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the GBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups:

GBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The total GBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the total GBA immediately prior to the withdrawal; or (b) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s GBA after the withdrawal will be reset to equal that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal plus (a) times (b), where:

(a)	is the ratio of the total GBA after the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal to the total GBA before the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal; and
(b)	is each payment’s GBA before the withdrawal less that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal.

Remaining Benefit Amount

The remaining benefit amount (RBA) at any point is the total guaranteed amount available for future partial withdrawals. The maximum RBA is $5,000,000.

The RBA is determined at the following times:

• At contract issue — the RBA is equal to the initial purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits;

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits has its own RBA equal to the amount of the purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits. The total RBA when an additional purchase payment and purchase payment credits are added is the sum of the individual RBAs immediately prior to the receipt of the additional purchase payment, plus the RBA associated with the additional payment;

• At step up — (see “Elective Step Up” and “Annual Step Up” headings below).

• When you make a partial withdrawal:

(a)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are less than or equal to the GBP — the RBA becomes the RBA immediately prior to the partial withdrawal, less the partial withdrawal. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the RBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;
(b)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are greater than the GBP —the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the RBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the RBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;
(c)	under the original rider after a step up but before the third contract anniversary —the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the RBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the RBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;

RBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The RBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal, or (b) the RBA immediately prior to the withdrawal, less the amount of the withdrawal.

If there have been multiple purchase payments, any reduction of the RBA will be taken out of each payment’s RBA in the following manner:

The withdrawal amount up to the remaining benefit payment (defined below) is taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its remaining benefit payment at the time of the withdrawal; and the withdrawal amount above the remaining benefit payment and any amount determined by the excess withdrawal processing are taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its RBA at the time of the withdrawal.

Guaranteed Benefit Payment

Under the original rider, the GBP is the amount you may withdraw under the terms of the rider in each contract year, subject to certain restrictions prior to the third anniversary.

Under the enhanced rider, the GBP is the withdrawal amount that you are entitled to take each contract year after the third anniversary until the RBA is depleted.

Rider A: Under the original rider, the GBP is equal to 7% of the GBA. Under the enhanced rider, the GBP is the lesser of (a) 7% of the GBA, or (b) the RBA. Under both the original and enhanced riders, if you withdraw less than the GBP in a contract year, there is no carry over to the next contract year.

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    143

Rider B: Under both the original and enhanced riders, the GBP is the lesser of (a) 7% of the GBA; or (b) the RBA. If you withdraw less than the GBP in a contract year, there is no carry over to the next contract year.

Remaining Benefit Payment

Under the original rider, at the beginning of each contract year, the remaining benefit payment (RBP) is set as the lesser of (a) the GBP, or (b) the RBA.

Under the enhanced rider, at the beginning of each contract year, during the first three years and prior to any withdrawal, the RBP for each purchase payment is set equal to that purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits, multiplied by 7%. At the beginning of any other contract year, each individual RBP is set equal to each individual GBP.

Each additional purchase payment has its own RBP established equal to that payment’s GBP. The total RBP is equal to the sum of the individual RBPs.

Whenever a partial withdrawal is made, the RBP equals the RBP immediately prior to the partial withdrawal less the amount of the partial withdrawal, but not less than zero.

Elective Step Up (under the original rider only)

You have the option to increase the RBA, the GBA, the GBP and the RBP beginning with the first contract anniversary. An annual elective step up option is available for 30 days after the contract anniversary. The elective step up option allows you to step up the remaining benefit amount and guaranteed benefit amount to the contract value on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

The elective step up is subject to the following rules:

• if you do not take any withdrawals during the first three years, you may step up annually beginning with the first contract anniversary;

• if you take any withdrawals during the first three years, the annual elective step up will not be available until the third contract anniversary;

• if you step up but then take a withdrawal prior to the third contract anniversary, you will lose any prior step ups and the withdrawal will be considered an excess withdrawal subject to the GBA and RBA excess withdrawal processing discussed under the “Guaranteed Benefit Amount” and “Remaining Benefit Amount” headings above; and

• you may take withdrawals on or after the third contract anniversary without reversal of previous step ups.

You may elect a step up only once each contract year within 30 days after the contract anniversary. Once a step up has been elected, another step up may not be elected until the next contract anniversary.

Rider A: You may only step up if your contract value on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up is greater than the RBA. The elective step up will be determined as follows:

• The effective date of the elective step up is the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

• The RBA will be increased to an amount equal to the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

• The GBA will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBA immediately prior to the elective step up; or (b) the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

• The GBP will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBP immediately prior to the elective step up; or (b) 7% of the GBA after the elective step up.

• The RBP will be increased to the lesser of (a) the RBA after the elective step up; or (b) the GBP after the elective step up less any withdrawals made during that contract year.

Rider B: You may only step up if your contract anniversary value is greater than the RBA. The elective step up will be determined as follows:

• The effective date of the elective step up is the contract anniversary.

• The RBA will be increased to an amount equal to the contract anniversary value (after charges are deducted).

• The GBA will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBA immediately prior to the elective step up; or (b) the contract anniversary value (after charges are deducted).

• The GBP will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBP immediately prior to the elective step up; or (b) 7% of the GBA after the elective step up.

• The RBP will be increased to the lesser of (a) the RBA after the elective step up; or (b) the GBP after the elective step up.

144    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Annual Step Up (under the enhanced rider only)

Beginning with the first contract anniversary after you accept the enhanced rider, an increase of the RBA, the GBA, the GBP and the RBP may be available. A step up does not create contract value, guarantee performance of any investment options, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn or paid upon death. Rather, a step up determines the current values of the GBA, RBA, GBP and RBP, and may extend the payment period or increase allowable payment.

• The annual step up is subject to the following rules:

• The annual step up is available when the RBA would increase on the step up date. The applicable step up date depends on whether the annual step up is applied on an automatic or elective basis.

• If the application of the step does not increase the rider charge, the annual step up will be automatically applied to your contract and the step up date is the contract anniversary date.

• If the application of the step up would increase the rider charge, the annual step up is not automatically applied. Instead, you have the option to step up for 30 days after the contract anniversary. If you exercise the elective annual step up option, you will pay the rider charge in effect on the step up date. If you wish to exercise the elective annual step up option, we must receive a request from you or your investment professional. The step up date is the date we receive your request to step up. If your request is received after the close of business, the step up date will be the next valuation day.

• Only one step up is allowed each contract year.

• If you take any withdrawals during the first three years, any previously applied step ups will be reversed and the annual step up will not be available until the third contract anniversary;

• You may take withdrawals on or after the third contract anniversary without reversal of previous step ups.

The annual step up will be determined as follows:

• The RBA will be increased to an amount equal to the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The GBA will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBA immediately prior to the annual step up; or (b) the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The GBP will be calculated as described earlier, but based on the increased GBA and RBA.

• The RBP will be reset as follows:

(a)	Prior to any withdrawals during the first three years, the RBP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	At any other time, the RBP will be reset as the increased GBP less all prior withdrawals made during the current contract year, but never less than zero.

Spousal Continuation and Special Spousal Continuation Step Up

If a surviving spouse elects to continue the contract, this rider also continues. The spousal continuation step up is in addition to the elective step up or the annual step up. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate. When a spouse elects to continue the contract, any rider feature processing particular to the first three years of the contract as described in this prospectus no longer applies. The GBA, RBA and GBP values remain unchanged. The RBP is automatically reset to the GBP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

Rider A: A surviving spouse may elect a spousal continuation step up by written request within 30 days following the spouse’s election to continue the contract. This step up may be made even if withdrawals have been taken under the contract during the first three years. Under this step up, the RBA will be reset to the greater of the RBA or the contract value on the valuation date we receive the spouse’s written request to step up; the GBA will be reset to the greater of the GBA or the contract value on the same valuation date. If a spousal continuation step up is elected and we have increased the charge for the rider for new contract owners, the spouse will pay the charge that is in effect on the valuation date we receive the written request to step up.

It is our current administrative practice to process the spousal continuation step up as described in the next paragraph; however, we reserve the right to discontinue our administrative practice and will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change.

At the time of spousal continuation, a step-up may be available. All annual step-up rules (see “Annual Step-Up” heading above), other than those that apply to the waiting period, also apply to the spousal continuation step-up. If the spousal continuation step-up is processed automatically, the step-up date is the valuation date spousal continuation is effective. If not, the spouse must elect the step up and must do so within 30 days of the spousal continuation date. If the spouse elects the spousal continuation step up, the step-up date is the valuation date we receive the spouse’s written request to step-up if we receive the request by the close of business on that day, otherwise the next valuation date.

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    145

Rider B: A spousal continuation step up occurs automatically when the spouse elects to continue the contract. The rider charge will not change upon this automatic step up. Under this step up, the RBA will be reset to the greater of the RBA on the valuation date we receive the spouse’s written request to continue the contract and the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid; the GBA will be reset to the greater of the GBA on the valuation date we receive the spouse’ written request to continue the contract and the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid.

Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Payout Option

Several annuity payout plans are available under the contract. As an alternative to these annuity payout plans, a fixed annuity payout option is available under the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit. Under this option the amount payable each year will be equal to the remaining schedule of GBPs, but the total amount paid over the life of the annuity will not exceed the current total RBA at the time you begin this fixed annuity option. These annualized amounts will be paid in the frequency that you elect. The frequencies will be among those offered by us at that time but will be no less frequent than annually. If, at the death of the owner, total payments have been made for less than the RBA, the remaining payments will be paid to the beneficiary (see “The Annuity Payout Period” and “Taxes”).

This annuity payout option may also be elected by the beneficiary of a contract as a settlement option if payments begin no later than one year after your death and the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy. Whenever multiple beneficiaries are designated under the contract, each such beneficiary’s share of the proceeds if they elect this option will be in proportion to their applicable designated beneficiary percentage. Beneficiaries of nonqualified contracts may elect this settlement option subject to the distribution requirements of the contract. We reserve the right to adjust the remaining schedule of GBPs if necessary to comply with the Code.

If Contract Value Reduces to Zero

If the contract value reduces to zero and the RBA remains greater than zero, the following will occur:

• you will be paid according to the annuity payout option described above;

• we will no longer accept additional purchase payments;

• you will no longer be charged for the rider;

• any attached death benefit riders will terminate; and

• the death benefit becomes the remaining payments under the annuity payout option described above.

If the contract value falls to zero and the RBA is depleted, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider and the contract will terminate.

Example of the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit (applies to Rider A and Rider B)

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000.

The Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA) equals your purchase payment:		$100,000
The Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP) equals 7% of your GBA:
	0.07 × $100,000=	$7,000
The Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA) equals your purchase payment:		$100,000
On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. You decide to step up your benefit.
The RBA equals 100% of your contract value:		$110,000
The GBA equals 100% of your contract value:		$110,000
The GBP equals 7% of your stepped-up GBA:
	0.07 × $110,000=	$7,700
During the fourth contract year you decide to take a partial withdrawal of $7,700.
You took a partial withdrawal equal to your GBP, so your RBA equals the prior RBA less the amount of the partial withdrawal:
	$110,000 – $7,700=	$102,300
The GBA equals the GBA immediately prior to the partial withdrawal:		$110,000
The GBP equals 7% of your GBA:
	0.07 × $110,000=	$7,700
On the fourth contract anniversary you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000.
The new RBA for the contract is equal to your prior RBA plus 100% of the additional purchase payment:
	$102,300+$50,000=	$152,300
The new GBA for the contract is equal to your prior GBA plus 100% of the additional purchase payment:
	$110,000+$50,000=	$160,000

146    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The new GBP for the contract is equal to your prior GBP plus 7% of the additional purchase payment:
	$7,700+$3,500=		$11,200
On the fifth contract anniversary your contract value grows to $200,000. You decide to step up your benefit.
The RBA equals 100% of your contract value:			$200,000
The GBA equals 100% of your contract value:			$200,000
The GBP equals 7% of your stepped-up GBA:
	0.07 × $200,000=		$14,000
During the seventh contract year your contract value grows to $230,000. You decide to take a partial withdrawal of $20,000. You took more than your GBP of $14,000 so your RBA gets reset to the lesser of:
	(1)	your contract value immediately following the partial withdrawal;
	$230,000 – $20,000=		$210,000
	(2)	your prior RBA less the amount of the partial withdrawal.
	$200,000 – $20,000=		$180,000
Reset RBA = lesser of (1) or (2) =			$180,000
The GBA gets reset to the lesser of:
	(1)	your prior GBA;	$200,000
	(2)	your contract value immediately following the partial withdrawal;
	$230,000 – $20,000=		$210,000
Reset GBA = lesser of (1) or (2) =			$200,000
The Reset GBP is equal to 7% of your Reset GBA:
	0.07 × $200,000=		$14,000
During the eighth contract year your contract value falls to $175,000. You decide to take a partial withdrawal of $25,000. You took more than your GBP of $14,000 so your RBA gets reset to the lesser of:
	(1)	your contract value immediately following the partial withdrawal;
	$175,000 – $25,000=		$150,000
	(2)	your prior RBA less the amount of the partial withdrawal.
	$180,000 – $25,000=		$155,000
Reset RBA = lesser of (1) or (2) =			$150,000
The GBA gets reset to the lesser of:
	(1)	your prior GBA;	$200,000
	(2)	your contract value immediately following the partial withdrawal;
	$175,000 – $25,000=		$150,000
Reset GBA = lesser of (1) or (2) =			$150,000
The Reset GBP is equal to 7% of your Reset GBA:
	0.07 × $150,000=		$10,500

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    147

Appendix K:  Income Assurer Benefit Riders

The following three optional Income Assurer Benefit riders were available under your contract if you your contract application was signed prior to May 1, 2007. These riders are no longer available for purchase.

• Income Assurer Benefit – MAV;

• Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base; or

• Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base.

The Income Assurer Benefit riders are intended to provide you with a guaranteed minimum income regardless of the volatility inherent in the investments in the subaccounts. The riders benchmark the contract growth at each anniversary against several comparison values and set the guaranteed income benefit base (described below) equal to the largest value. The guaranteed income benefit base, less any applicable premium tax, is the value we apply to the guaranteed annuity purchase rates stated in Table B of the contract to calculate the minimum annuity payouts you will receive if you exercise the rider. If the guaranteed income benefit base is greater than the contract value, the guaranteed income benefit base may provide a higher annuity payout level than is otherwise available. However, the riders use guaranteed annuity purchase rates which may result in annuity payouts that are less than those using the annuity purchase rates that we may apply at annuitization under the standard contract provisions. Therefore, the level of income provided by the riders may be less than the contract otherwise provides. If the annuity payouts through the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available through the riders, you will receive the higher standard payout option. The guaranteed income benefit base does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

The general information in this section applies to each Income Assurer Benefit rider. This section is followed by a description of each specific Income Assurer Benefit rider and how it is calculated.

You should consider whether an Income Assurer Benefit rider is appropriate for you because:

•	you must participate in the PN program if you purchase a contract on or after May 1, 2006 with this rider (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program”). If you selected this rider before May 1, 2006, you must participate in the asset allocation program (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Asset Allocation Program”), however, you may elect to participate in the Portfolio Navigator program after May 1, 2006. The PN program and the asset allocation program limit your choice of investments. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, GPAs or the one-year fixed account that are available under the contract to other contract owners who do not elect this rider.
•	if you are purchasing the contract as a qualified annuity, such as an IRA, and you are planning to begin annuity payouts after the date on which minimum distributions required by the Code must begin, you should consider whether an Income Assurer Benefit is appropriate for you (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Partial withdrawals you take from the contract, including those used to satisfy RMDs, will reduce the guaranteed income benefit base (defined below), which in turn may reduce or eliminate the amount of any annuity payouts available under the rider. Consult a tax advisor before you purchase any Income Assurer Benefit rider with a qualified annuity;
•	you must hold the Income Assurer Benefit for 10 years unless you elect to terminate the rider within 30 days following the first anniversary after the effective date of the rider;
•	the 10-year waiting period may be restarted if you elect to change the PN program investment option to one that causes the rider charge to increase (see “Charges — Income Assurer Benefit”);
•	the Income Assurer Benefit rider terminates* 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday; and
•	you can only exercise the Income Assurer Benefit within 30 days after a contract anniversary following the expiration of the 10-year waiting period.
*	The rider and annual fee terminate 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday, however, if you exercise the Income Assurer Benefit rider before this time, your benefits will continue according to the annuity payout plan you have selected.

If the Income Assurer Benefit rider is available in your state and the annuitant is 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose this optional benefit at the time you purchase your contract for an additional charge. The amount of the charge is determined by the Income Assurer Benefit you select (see “Charges — Income Assurer Benefit Rider Fee”). The effective date of the rider will be the contract issue date. The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit and the Accumulation Protector Benefit riders are not available with any Income Assurer Benefit rider. If the annuitant is between age 73 and age 75 at contract issue, you should consider whether an Income Assurer Benefit rider is appropriate for your situation because of the 10-year waiting period requirement. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether an Income Assurer Benefit rider is appropriate for your situation.

148    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Here are some general terms that are used to describe the Income Assurer Benefit riders in the sections below:

Guaranteed Income Benefit Base: The guaranteed income benefit base is the value that will be used to determine minimum annuity payouts when the rider is exercised. It is an amount we calculate, depending on the Income Assurer Benefit rider you choose, that establishes a benefit floor. When the benefit floor amount is greater than the contract value, there may be a higher annuitization payout than if you annuitized your contract without the Income Assurer Benefit. Your annuitization payout will never be less than that provided by your contract value.

Excluded Investment Options: These investment options are listed in your contract under contract data and will include the Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund and, if available under your contract, the GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account. Excluded investment options are not used in the calculation of this riders’ variable account floor for the Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base and the Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base.

Excluded Payments: These are purchase payments and any purchase payment credits paid in the last five years before exercise of the benefit which we reserve the right to exclude from the calculation of the guaranteed income benefit base.

Proportionate Adjustments for Partial Withdrawals: These are calculated as the product of (a) times (b) where:

(a)	is the ratio of the amount of the partial withdrawal (including any withdrawal charges or MVA) to the contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal, and
(b)	is the benefit on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.

Protected Investment Options: All investment options available under this contract that are not defined as excluded investment options under contract data are known as protected investment options for purposes of this rider and are used in the calculation of the variable account floor for the Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base and the Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base.

Waiting Period: This rider can only be exercised after the expiration of a 10-year waiting period. We reserve the right to restart the waiting period if you elect to change your PN program investment option to one that causes the rider charge to increase.

The following are general provisions that apply to each Income Assurer Benefit:

Exercising the Rider

Rider exercise conditions are:

• you may only exercise the Income Assurer Benefit rider within 30 days after any contract anniversary following the expiration of the waiting period;

• the annuitant on the retirement date must be between 50 to 86 years old; and

• you can only take an annuity payment in one of the following annuity payout plans:

Plan A	—	Life Annuity – No Refund;
Plan B	—	Life Annuity with Ten or Twenty Years Certain;
Plan D	—	Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund;
	—	Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity with Twenty Years Certain; or
Plan E	—	Twenty Years Certain.

After the expiration of the waiting period, the Income Assurer Benefit rider guarantees a minimum amount of fixed annuity lifetime income during annuitization or the option of variable annuity payouts with a guaranteed minimum initial payout or a combination of the two options.

If your contract value falls to zero as the result of adverse market performance or the deduction of fees and/or charges at any time, the contract and all its riders, including this rider, will terminate without value and no benefits will be paid on account of such termination.Exception: if you are still living, and the annuitant is between 50 and 86 years old, an amount equal to the guaranteed income benefit base will be paid to you under the annuity payout plan and frequency that you select, based upon the fixed or variable annuity payouts described above. The guaranteed income benefit base will be calculated and annuitization will occur at the following times.

• If the contract value falls to zero during the waiting period, the guaranteed income benefit base will be calculated and annuitization will occur on the valuation date after the expiration of the waiting period, or when the annuitant attains age 50 if later.

• If the contract value falls to zero after the waiting period, the guaranteed income benefit base will be calculated and annuitization will occur immediately, or when the annuitant attains age 50 if later.

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    149

Fixed annuity payouts under this rider will occur at the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” with 100% Projection Scale G and a 2.0% interest rate for contracts purchased on or after May 1, 2006 and if available in your state.⁽¹⁾ These are the same rates used in Table B of the contract (see “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Tables.”) Your annuity payouts remain fixed for the lifetime of the annuity payout period.

First year variable annuity payouts are calculated in the same manner as fixed annuity payouts. Once calculated, your variable annuity payouts remain unchanged for the first year. After the first year, subsequent annuity payouts are variable and depend on the performance of the subaccounts you select. Variable annuity payouts after the first year are calculated using the following formula:

Pt-1(1 + i)	=	Pt
1.05

Pt-1	=	prior annuity payout
Pt	=	current annuity payout
i	=	annualized subaccount performance

Each subsequent variable annuity payout could be more or less than the previous variable annuity payout if the subaccount investment performance is greater or less than the 5% assumed investment rate. If your subaccount performance equals 5%, your variable annuity payout will be unchanged from the previous variable annuity payout. If your subaccount performance is in excess of 5%, your variable annuity payout will increase from the previous variable annuity payout. If your subaccount investment performance is less than 5%, your variable annuity payout will decrease from the previous variable annuity payout.

⁽¹⁾ For all other contracts, the guaranteed annuity purchase rates are based on the “1983 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” with 100% Projection Scale G and a 2.0% interest rate.

Terminating the Rider

Rider termination conditions are:

•	you may terminate the rider within 30 days following the first anniversary after the effective date of the rider;
•	you may terminate the rider any time after the expiration of the waiting period;
•	the rider will terminate on the date you make a full withdrawal from the contract, or annuitization begins, or on the date that a death benefit is payable; and
•	the rider will terminate* 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday.
*	The rider and annual fee terminate 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday, however, if you exercise the Income Assurer Benefit rider before this time, your benefits will continue according to the annuity payout plan you have selected.

You may select one of the Income Assurer Benefit riders described below:

Income Assurer Benefit – MAV

The guaranteed income benefit base for the Income Assurer Benefit – MAV is the greater of these three values:

1.	contract value; or
2.	the total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits made to the contract minus proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals; or
3.	the maximum anniversary value.

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV) — is zero prior to the first contract anniversary after the effective date of the rider. On the first contract anniversary after the effective date of the rider, we set the MAV as the greater of these two values:

(a)	current contract value; or
(b)	total payments and any purchase payment credits made to the contract minus proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals.

Thereafter, we increase the MAV by any additional purchase payments and any purchase payment credits and reduce the MAV by proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals. Every contract anniversary after that prior to the earlier of your or the annuitant’s 81st birthday, we compare the MAV to the current contract value and we reset the MAV to the higher amount.

If we exercise our right to not reflect excluded payments in the calculation of the guaranteed income benefit base, we will calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as the greatest of these three values:

1. contract value less the market value adjusted excluded payments; or

150    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

2.	total purchase payments plus any purchase payment credits, less excluded payments, less proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals; or
3.	the MAV, less market value adjusted excluded payments.

Market Value Adjusted Excluded Payments are calculated as the sum of each excluded purchase payment and any purchase payment credit multiplied by the ratio of the current contract value over the estimated contract value on the anniversary prior to such purchase payment. The estimated contract value at such anniversary is calculated by assuming that payments, any credits, and partial withdrawals occurring in a contract year take place at the beginning of the year for that anniversary and every year after that to the current contract year.

Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base

The guaranteed income benefit base for the Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base is the greater of these three values:

1.	contract value; or
2.	the total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits made to the contract minus proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals; or
3.	the 5% variable account floor.

5% Variable Account Floor – is equal to the contract value in the excluded investment options plus the variable account floor. The Income Assurer Benefit 5% variable account floor is calculated differently and is not the same value as the death benefit 5% variable account floor.

The variable account floor is zero from the effective date of this rider and until the first contract anniversary after the effective date of this rider. On the first contract anniversary after the effective date of this rider the variable account floor is:

• the total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits made to the protected investment options minus adjusted partial withdrawals and transfers from the protected investment options; plus

• an amount equal to 5% of your initial purchase payment and any purchase payment credit allocated to the protected investment options.

On any day after the first contract anniversary following the effective date of this rider, when you allocate additional purchase payments and purchase payment credits to or withdraw or transfer amounts from the protected investment options, we adjust the variable account floor by adding the additional purchase payment and any purchase payment credit and subtracting adjusted withdrawals and adjusted transfers. On each subsequent contract anniversary after the first anniversary of the effective date of this rider, prior to the earlier of your or the annuitant’s 81st birthday, we increase the variable account floor by adding the amount (“roll-up amount”) equal to 5% of the prior contract anniversary’s variable account floor.

The amount of purchase payment and any purchase payment credits withdrawn from or transferred between the excluded investment options and the protected investment options is calculated as (a) times (b) where:

(a)	is the amount of purchase payment and any purchase payment credits in the investment options being withdrawn or transferred on the date of but prior to the current withdrawal or transfer; and
(b)	is the ratio of the amount of the transfer or withdrawal to the value in the investment options being withdrawn or transferred on the date of (but prior to) the current withdrawal or transfer.

The roll-up amount prior to the first anniversary is zero. Also, the roll-up amount on every anniversary after the earlier of your or the annuitant’s 81st birthday is zero.

Adjusted withdrawals and adjusted transfers for the variable account floor are equal to the amount of the withdrawal or transfer from the protected investment options as long as the sum of the withdrawals and transfers from the protected investment options in a contract year do not exceed the roll-up amount from the prior contract anniversary.

If the current withdrawal or transfer from the protected investment options plus the sum of all prior withdrawals and transfers made from the protected investment options in the current policy year exceeds the roll-up amount from the prior contract anniversary we will calculate the adjusted withdrawal or adjusted transfer for the variable account floor as the result of (a) plus [(b) times (c)] where:

(a)	is the roll-up amount from the prior contract anniversary less the sum of any withdrawals and transfers made from the protected investment options in the current policy year but prior to the current withdrawal or transfer. However, (a) can not be less than zero; and
(b)	is the variable account floor on the date of (but prior to) the current withdrawal or transfer from the protected investment options less the value from (a); and

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    151

(c) is the ratio of [the amount of the current withdrawal (including any withdrawal charges or MVA) or transfer from the protected investment options less the value from (a)] to [the total in the protected investment options on the date of (but prior to) the current withdrawal or transfer from the protected investment options less the value from (a)].

If we exercise our right to not reflect excluded payments in the calculation of the guaranteed income benefit base, we will calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as the greatest of these three values:

1.	contract value less the market value adjusted excluded payments (described above); or
2.	total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits, less excluded payments, less proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals; or
3.	the 5% variable account floor, less 5% adjusted excluded payments.

5% Adjusted Excluded Payments are calculated as the sum of each excluded payment and any credit accumulated at 5% for the number of full contract years they have been in the contract.

Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base

The guaranteed income benefit base for the Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base is the greater of these four values:

1.	the contract value;
2.	the total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits made to the contract minus proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals;
3.	the MAV (described above); or
4.	the 5% variable account floor (described above).

If we exercise our right to not reflect excluded payments in the calculation of the guaranteed income benefit base, we will calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as the greatest of:

1.	contract value less the market value adjusted excluded payments (described above);
2.	total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits, less excluded payments, less proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals;
3.	the MAV, less market value adjusted excluded payments (described above); or
4.	the 5% variable account floor, less 5% adjusted excluded payments (described above).

Examples of the Income Assurer Benefit Riders

The purpose of these examples is to illustrate the operation of the Income Assurer Benefit Riders. The examples compare payouts available under the contract’s standard annuity payout provisions with annuity payouts available under the riders based on the same set of assumptions.The contract values shown are hypothetical and do not represent past or future performance. Actual contract values may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a number of factors, including but not limited to the investment experience of the subaccounts (referred to in the riders as “protected investment options”) and the fees and charges that apply to your contract.

For each of the riders, we provide two annuity payout plan comparisons based on the hypothetical contract values we have assumed. The first comparison assumes that you select annuity payout Plan B, Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain. The second comparison assumes that you select annuity payout Plan D, Joint and Last Survivor Annuity – No Refund.

Remember that the riders require you to participate in the PN program. The riders are intended to offer protection against market volatility in the subaccounts (protected investment options). Some PN program investment options include protected investment options and excluded investment options (Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund, and if available under the contract, GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account).
Excluded Investment Options are not included in calculating the 5% variable account floor under the Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base rider and the Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base riders. Because the examples which follow are based on hypothetical contract values, they do not factor in differences in PN program investment options.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract during the 2006 calendar year with a payment of $100,000; and

• we immediately add a $3,000 purchase payment credit; and

• you invest all contract value in the subaccounts (protected investment options); and

• you make no additional purchase payments, partial surrenders or changes in PN program investment option; and

• the annuitant is male and age 55 at contract issue; and

• the joint annuitant is female and age 55 at contract issue.

152    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Example — Income Assurer Benefit – MAV

Based on the above assumptions and taking into account fluctuations in contract value due to market conditions, we calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as:

Contract Anniversary	Assumed Contract Value	Purchase Payments and Credits	Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV)(1)	Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – MAV(2)
1	$ 111,000	$ 103,000	$ 111,000	$ 111,000
2	129,000	103,000	129,000	129,000
3	136,000	103,000	136,000	136,000
4	155,000	103,000	155,000	155,000
5	87,000	103,000	155,000	155,000
6	124,000	103,000	155,000	155,000
7	143,000	103,000	155,000	155,000
8	157,000	103,000	157,000	157,000
9	144,000	103,000	157,000	157,000
10	179,000	103,000	179,000	179,000
11	145,000	103,000	179,000	179,000
12	152,000	103,000	179,000	179,000
13	214,000	103,000	214,000	214,000
14	204,000	103,000	214,000	214,000
15	209,000	103,000	214,000	214,000

(1)	The MAV is limited after age 81, but the guaranteed income benefit base may increase if the contract value increases.
(2)	The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – MAV is a calculated number, not an amount that can be withdrawn. The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – MAV does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions			IAB – MAV Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	IAB – MAV Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)
10	$ 179,000	$ 794.76	$ 796.55	$ 179,000	$ 794.76	$ 796.55
11	145,000	659.75	661.20	179,000	814.45	816.24
12	152,000	709.84	711.36	179,000	835.93	837.72
13	214,000	1,025.06	1,027.20	214,000	1,025.06	1,027.20
14	204,000	1,003.68	1,005.72	214,000	1,052.88	1,055.02
15	209,000	1,055.45	1,057.54	214,000	1,080.70	1,082.84

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    153

Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions				IAB – MAV Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	IAB – MAV Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)
10	$ 179,000	$ 647.98	$ 640.82	$ 179,000	$ 647.98	$ 640.82
11	145,000	536.50	530.70	179,000	662.30	655.14
12	152,000	574.56	568.48	179,000	676.62	669.46
13	214,000	830.32	819.62	214,000	830.32	819.62
14	204,000	809.88	801.72	214,000	849.58	841.02
15	209,000	850.63	842.27	214,000	870.98	862.42

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

NOTE: In the above examples, if you elected to begin receiving annuity payouts within 30 days after the 10th or the 13th contract anniversary, you would not benefit from the rider because the monthly annuity payout in these examples is the same as under the standard provisions of the contract. Because the examples are based on assumed contract values, not actual investment results, you should not conclude from the examples that the riders will provide higher payments more frequently than the standard provisions of the contract.

Example — Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base

Based on the above assumptions and taking into account fluctuations in contract value due to market conditions, we calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as:

Contract Anniversary	Assumed Contract Value	Purchase Payments and Credits	5% Accumulation Benefit Base(1)	Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base(2)
1	$ 111,000	$ 103,000	$ 108,150	$ 111,000
2	129,000	103,000	113,558	129,000
3	136,000	103,000	119,235	136,000
4	155,000	103,000	125,197	155,000
5	87,000	103,000	131,457	131,457
6	124,000	103,000	138,030	138,030
7	143,000	103,000	144,931	144,931
8	157,000	103,000	152,178	157,000
9	144,000	103,000	159,787	159,787
10	179,000	103,000	167,776	179,000
11	145,000	103,000	176,165	176,165
12	152,000	103,000	184,973	184,973
13	214,000	103,000	194,222	214,000
14	204,000	103,000	203,933	204,000
15	209,000	103,000	214,130	214,130

(1)	The 5% Accumulation Benefit Base value is limited after age 81, but the guaranteed income benefit base may increase if the contract value increases.
(2)	The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base is a calculated number, not an amount that can be withdrawn. The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

154    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions			IAB – 5% RF Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	IAB – 5% RF Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)
10	$ 179,000	$ 794.76	$ 796.55	$ 179,000	$ 794.76	$ 796.55
11	145,000	659.75	661.20	176,165	801.55	803.31
12	152,000	709.84	711.36	184,973	863.82	865.67
13	214,000	1,025.06	1,027.20	214,000	1,025.06	1,027.20
14	204,000	1,003.68	1,005.72	204,000	1,003.68	1,005.72
15	209,000	1,055.45	1,057.54	214,130	1,081.35	1,083.50

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions			IAB – 5% RF Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	IAB – 5% RF Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)
10	$ 179,000	$ 647.98	$ 640.82	$ 179,000	$ 647.98	$ 640.82
11	145,000	536.50	530.70	176,165	651.81	644.76
12	152,000	574.56	568.48	184,973	699.20	691.80
13	214,000	830.32	819.62	214,000	830.32	819.62
14	204,000	809.88	801.72	204,000	809.88	801.72
15	209,000	850.63	842.27	214,130	871.51	862.94

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

NOTE: In the above examples, if you elected to begin receiving annuity payouts within 30 days after the 10th, 13th or the 14th contract anniversary, you would not benefit from the rider because the monthly annuity payout in these examples is the same as under the standard provisions of the contract. Because the examples are based on assumed contract values, not actual investment results, you should not conclude from the examples that the riders will provide higher payments more frequently than the standard provisions of the contract.

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    155

Example — Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base

Based on the above assumptions and taking into account fluctuations in contract value due to market conditions, we calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as:

Contract Anniversary	Assumed Contract Value	Purchase Payments and Credits	Maximum Anniversary Value(1)	5% Accumulation Benefit Base(1)	Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base(2)
1	$ 111,000	$ 103,000	$ 111,000	$ 108,150	$ 111,000
2	129,000	103,000	129,000	113,558	129,000
3	136,000	103,000	136,000	119,235	136,000
4	155,000	103,000	155,000	125,197	155,000
5	87,000	103,000	155,000	131,457	155,000
6	124,000	103,000	155,000	138,030	155,000
7	143,000	103,000	155,000	144,931	155,000
8	157,000	103,000	157,000	152,178	157,000
9	144,000	103,000	157,000	159,787	159,787
10	179,000	103,000	179,000	167,776	179,000
11	145,000	103,000	179,000	176,165	179,000
12	152,000	103,000	179,000	184,973	184,973
13	214,000	103,000	214,000	194,222	214,000
14	204,000	103,000	214,000	203,933	214,000
15	209,000	103,000	214,000	214,130	214,130

(1)	The MAV and 5% Accumulation Benefit Base are limited after age 81, but the guaranteed income benefit base may increase if the contract value increases.
(2)	The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base is a calculated number, not an amount that can be surrendered. The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions			IAB – Max Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	IAB – Max Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)
10	$ 179,000	$ 794.76	$ 796.55	$ 179,000	$ 794.76	$ 796.55
11	145,000	659.75	661.20	179,000	814.45	816.24
12	152,000	709.84	711.36	184,973	863.82	865.67
13	214,000	1,025.06	1,027.20	214,000	1,025.06	1,027.20
14	204,000	1,003.68	1,005.72	214,000	1,052.88	1,055.02
15	209,000	1,055.45	1,057.54	214,130	1,081.35	1,083.50

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

156    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions			IAB – Max Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	IAB – Max Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)
10	$ 179,000	$ 647.98	$ 640.82	$ 179,000	$ 647.98	$ 640.82
11	145,000	536.50	530.70	179,000	662.30	655.14
12	152,000	574.56	568.48	184,973	699.20	691.80
13	214,000	830.32	819.62	214,000	830.32	819.62
14	204,000	809.88	801.72	214,000	849.58	841.02
15	209,000	850.63	842.27	214,130	871.51	862.94

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

NOTE: In the above examples, if you elected to begin receiving annuity payouts within 30 days after the 10th or the 13th contract anniversary, you would not benefit from the rider because the monthly annuity payout in these examples is the same as under the standard provisions of the contract. Because the examples are based on assumed contract values, not actual investment results, you should not conclude from the examples that the riders will provide higher payments more frequently than the standard provisions of the contract.

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    157

Appendix L: Example — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider

Example — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider

The following example shows how the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider works based on hypothetical values. It is not intended to depict investment performance of the contract.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract (with the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider) with a payment of $100,000. No purchase payment credit applies.

• You make no additional purchase payments.

• You do not exercise the elective step-up option.

End of Contract Year	Partial Surrender (beginning of year)	MCAV Adjustment for Partial Surrender	MCAV	Initial payment Accumulation Benefit Amount	100,000 Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value
1	$ 0	$ 0	$ 100,000	$ 0	$ 112,000
2	0	0	102,400	0	128,000
3	0	0	108,000	0	135,000
4	0	0	108,000	0	125,000
5	0	0	108,000	0	110,000
6	2,000	1,964	106,036	0	122,000
7	0	0	112,000	0	140,000
8	0	0	112,000	0	121,000
9	5,000	4,628	107,372	0	98,000
10	0	0	107,372	22,372	85,000

158    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix M: Withdrawal Benefit Riders: Electing Step Up or Spousal Continuation Step Up

Example — Withdrawal Benefit Riders: Electing Step Up or Spousal Continuation Step Up

Assumptions:

This example assumes that the covered person (for joint life, younger covered spouse) is 65 or older and there are no additional purchase payments or withdrawals.

•	You own a RiverSource variable annuity with a withdrawal benefit rider. You are currently invested in the Variable Portfolio — Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2) (a Portfolio Navigator fund) with a current rider fee of 0.65%.
	Your Contract Value (CV) is $100,000 and your withdrawal benefit rider currently provides the following benefits:

1)	You can withdraw $6,000 a year for the rest of your life. This is your Annual Lifetime Payment. Or
2)	You can withdraw $7,000 a year until you have withdrawn a total of $100,000. This is your Guaranteed Benefit Payment.

Based on your current CV, you will pay a rider fee of approximately $650 on your next annuity contract anniversary.

•	The annual fee for this rider has increased to 0.95% for clients invested in the Variable Portfolio — Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2).
	The following compares certain options available to you. Changes to rider values or fees are presented for two different scenarios where your CV increases to either $110,000 or $101,000 over the contract year:

1) Elect to lock in your contract gains to your benefit values (step up):

	CV of $110,000	CV of $101,000
Increase in Annual Lifetime Payment	$600	$60
Increase in Guaranteed Benefit Payment	$700	$70
Increase in Annual Rider Fee	0.30%	0.30%
Increase in Annual Contract Charge	$330	$303

Automatic step ups will continue on your next anniversary (if available under your rider).

2) Do not elect to lock in your contract gains (no step up):

	CV of $110,000	CV of $101,000
Increase in Annual Lifetime Payment	$0	$0
Increase in Guaranteed Benefit Payment	$0	$0
Increase in Annual Rider Fee	0%	0%
Increase in Annual Contract Charge	$65	$6.50

Your rider fee will not change, although the dollar amount of your annual charge will change as your CV changes. On your next anniversary, you will again have the option to elect the step up (lock in contract gains)

3) Move to one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds and elect the step up:

	CV of $110,000	CV of $101,000
Increase in Annual Lifetime Payment	$600	$60
Increase in Guaranteed Benefit Payment	$700	$70
Increase in Annual Rider Fee	0%	0%
Increase in Annual Contract Charge	$65	$6.50

Your rider fee will not change, although the dollar amount of your annual charge will change as your CV changes. Automatic step ups will continue on your next anniversary (if available under your rider).

The above example is for illustrative purposes only. The assumptions and calculations used are not intended to be consistent with any one rider, but instead are intended to provide an idea of how different scenarios would operate. Your specific rider may use different calculations for fees or have different benefits available. For a full description and rules applicable to step up options under your rider, please see the “Optional Living Benefits” section.

Electing to step up may result in different increases to the annual rider charge relative to the increase in your rider values. You should weigh the resulting increased charge due to the step up versus the increases to your benefits to determine the option that is best for you.

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    159

Appendix N: Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)

The following tables give per-unit information about the financial history of the subaccounts representing the lowest and highest total annual variable account expense combinations. The date in which operations commenced in each subaccount is noted in parentheses. The SAI contains tables that give per-unit information about the financial history of each existing subaccount. We have not provided this information for subaccounts (if any) that were not available under your contract as of December 31, 2019. You may obtain a copy of the SAI without charge by contacting us at the telephone number or address listed on the first page of the prospectus.

Variable account charges of 1.40% of the daily net assets of the variable account.

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
AB VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio (Class B) (9/22/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.99	$1.11	$0.83	$0.85	$0.84	$0.81	$0.67	$0.60	$0.79	$0.68
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.26	$0.99	$1.11	$0.83	$0.85	$0.84	$0.81	$0.67	$0.60	$0.79
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	115	117	120	136	153	157	170	235	350	428
AB VPS Growth and Income Portfolio (Class B) (8/30/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.66	$2.87	$2.45	$2.24	$2.24	$2.08	$1.57	$1.35	$1.29	$1.16
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.25	$2.66	$2.87	$2.45	$2.24	$2.24	$2.08	$1.57	$1.35	$1.29
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	32	34	35	38	38	40	47	85	118	138
AB VPS International Value Portfolio (Class B) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.11	$1.46	$1.18	$1.21	$1.20	$1.30	$1.07	$0.95	$1.20	$1.17
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.28	$1.11	$1.46	$1.18	$1.21	$1.20	$1.30	$1.07	$0.95	$1.20
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	445	448	462	584	596	724	1,143	1,779	1,925	1,887
American Century VP Inflation Protection, Class II (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.30	$1.35	$1.33	$1.29	$1.34	$1.31	$1.46	$1.37	$1.25	$1.20
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.39	$1.30	$1.35	$1.33	$1.29	$1.34	$1.31	$1.46	$1.37	$1.25
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	446	466	549	665	739	868	1,361	1,547	1,741	2,182
American Century VP Mid Cap Value, Class II (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.83	$2.13	$1.94	$1.60	$1.65	$1.44	$1.13	$0.98	$1.00	$0.86
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.33	$1.83	$2.13	$1.94	$1.60	$1.65	$1.44	$1.13	$0.98	$1.00
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	16	16	16	16	16	16	16	16	16	16
American Century VP Ultra®, Class II (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.27	$2.29	$1.76	$1.71	$1.63	$1.51	$1.12	$1.00	$1.00	$0.88
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.01	$2.27	$2.29	$1.76	$1.71	$1.63	$1.51	$1.12	$1.00	$1.00
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
American Century VP Value, Class II (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.04	$2.28	$2.13	$1.80	$1.90	$1.70	$1.31	$1.16	$1.17	$1.05
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.55	$2.04	$2.28	$2.13	$1.80	$1.90	$1.70	$1.31	$1.16	$1.17
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	8	9	9	9	12	11	12	13	13	13
BNY Mellon Investment Portfolios, Technology Growth Portfolio - Service Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.91	$2.99	$2.13	$2.07	$1.98	$1.88	$1.44	$1.27	$1.40	$1.09
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.60	$2.91	$2.99	$2.13	$2.07	$1.98	$1.88	$1.44	$1.27	$1.40
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	34	36	47	60	65	84	147	238	259	304
BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, Appreciation Portfolio - Service Share (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.08	$2.27	$1.81	$1.71	$1.78	$1.68	$1.41	$1.30	$1.21	$1.06
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.79	$2.08	$2.27	$1.81	$1.71	$1.78	$1.68	$1.41	$1.30	$1.21
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	2	2	5	27	30	32
BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Equity Portfolio - Service Shares* (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.90	$1.08	$0.86	$0.93	$0.93	$0.97	$0.84	$0.69	$0.83	$0.76
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.06	$0.90	$1.08	$0.86	$0.93	$0.93	$0.97	$0.84	$0.69	$0.83
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
*BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Equity Portfolio - Service Shares is scheduled to liquidate on or about April 30, 2020.
BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Value Portfolio - Service Shares* (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.82	$1.00	$0.79	$0.82	$0.85	$0.96	$0.79	$0.71	$0.89	$0.87
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.98	$0.82	$1.00	$0.79	$0.82	$0.85	$0.96	$0.79	$0.71	$0.89
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
*BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Value Portfolio - Service Shares is scheduled to liquidate on or about April 30, 2020.
ClearBridge Variable Small Cap Growth Portfolio – Class I (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.26	$2.21	$1.81	$1.73	$1.84	$1.79	$1.23	$1.05	$1.05	$0.85
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.82	$2.26	$2.21	$1.81	$1.73	$1.84	$1.79	$1.23	$1.05	$1.05
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	21	5	10

160    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.40% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3) (2/21/1995)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.27	$3.45	$2.82	$2.65	$2.66	$2.34	$1.78	$1.58	$1.53	$1.32
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.02	$3.27	$3.45	$2.82	$2.65	$2.66	$2.34	$1.78	$1.58	$1.53
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	691	751	812	971	1,161	1,313	1,652	2,086	2,533	3,074
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.70	$2.91	$2.58	$2.31	$2.41	$2.22	$1.78	$1.58	$1.69	$1.46
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.30	$2.70	$2.91	$2.58	$2.31	$2.41	$2.22	$1.78	$1.58	$1.69
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	266	319	381	449	507	613	1,067	1,539	1,827	2,123
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Emerging Markets Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.32	$2.99	$2.06	$1.99	$2.22	$2.31	$2.38	$2.00	$2.57	$2.18
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.00	$2.32	$2.99	$2.06	$1.99	$2.22	$2.31	$2.38	$2.00	$2.57
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	111	127	129	176	196	209	323	430	490	474
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund (Class 3) (2/21/1995)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.20	$1.20	$1.21	$1.23	$1.24	$1.26	$1.28	$1.30	$1.31	$1.33
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.20	$1.20	$1.20	$1.21	$1.23	$1.24	$1.26	$1.28	$1.30	$1.31
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2,284	2,512	3,009	3,452	2,179	2,496	2,750	2,860	3,784	4,615
Columbia Variable Portfolio – High Yield Bond Fund (Class 3) (8/26/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.23	$2.35	$2.24	$2.03	$2.09	$2.04	$1.95	$1.71	$1.64	$1.46
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.56	$2.23	$2.35	$2.24	$2.03	$2.09	$2.04	$1.95	$1.71	$1.64
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	282	271	329	407	490	560	773	971	1,146	1,400
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Income Opportunities Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.77	$1.87	$1.78	$1.63	$1.67	$1.63	$1.57	$1.39	$1.33	$1.19
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.03	$1.77	$1.87	$1.78	$1.63	$1.67	$1.63	$1.57	$1.39	$1.33
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	25	27	30	31	22	26	49	100	111	132
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3) (2/21/1995)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.23	$2.26	$2.21	$2.14	$2.17	$2.09	$2.17	$2.04	$1.94	$1.82
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.40	$2.23	$2.26	$2.21	$2.14	$2.17	$2.09	$2.17	$2.04	$1.94
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	706	755	840	961	1,077	1,216	1,527	2,043	2,171	2,609
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Growth Fund (Class 3) (5/2/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.00	$1.06	$0.84	$0.84	$0.78	$0.69	$0.54	$0.46	$0.48	$0.41
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.34	$1.00	$1.06	$0.84	$0.84	$0.78	$0.69	$0.54	$0.46	$0.48
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	143	165	177	328	329	345	364	444	158	198
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Index Fund (Class 3) (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.02	$3.22	$2.69	$2.45	$2.46	$2.21	$1.70	$1.49	$1.49	$1.31
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.90	$3.02	$3.22	$2.69	$2.45	$2.46	$2.21	$1.70	$1.49	$1.49
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	7	7	7	10	8	11	37	68	94	96
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Mid Cap Growth Fund (Class 3) (8/30/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.59	$2.76	$2.28	$2.26	$2.18	$2.06	$1.59	$1.45	$1.73	$1.39
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.45	$2.59	$2.76	$2.28	$2.26	$2.18	$2.06	$1.59	$1.45	$1.73
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	332	362	391	466	537	578	666	810	906	1,009
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Overseas Core Fund (Class 3) (2/21/1995)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.75	$2.13	$1.70	$1.83	$1.77	$1.96	$1.63	$1.41	$1.63	$1.45
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.17	$1.75	$2.13	$1.70	$1.83	$1.77	$1.96	$1.63	$1.41	$1.63
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	135	147	155	194	228	243	279	325	467	507
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Select Mid Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.44	$1.69	$1.51	$1.35	$1.44	$1.30	$0.96	$0.82	$0.91	$0.75
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.87	$1.44	$1.69	$1.51	$1.35	$1.44	$1.30	$0.96	$0.82	$0.91
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Small Cap Value Fund (Class 2) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.62	$2.01	$1.78	$1.36	$1.48	$1.45	$1.10	$1.00	$1.08	$0.87
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.93	$1.62	$2.01	$1.78	$1.36	$1.48	$1.45	$1.10	$1.00	$1.08
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	8	8	9	11	19	23	52	129	132	144
Columbia Variable Portfolio – U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.30	$1.29	$1.27	$1.26	$1.26	$1.21	$1.25	$1.25	$1.25	$1.23
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.36	$1.30	$1.29	$1.27	$1.26	$1.26	$1.21	$1.25	$1.25	$1.25
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	273	257	388	467	459	562	619	688	803	893
Credit Suisse Trust – Commodity Return Strategy Portfolio (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.42	$0.48	$0.48	$0.43	$0.59	$0.72	$0.81	$0.84	$0.98	$0.85
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.44	$0.42	$0.48	$0.48	$0.43	$0.59	$0.72	$0.81	$0.84	$0.98
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	17	17	17	17	17	17	19	20	21	23

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    161

Variable account charges of 1.40% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
CTIVP® – BlackRock Global Inflation-Protected Securities Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.36	$1.38	$1.37	$1.28	$1.32	$1.23	$1.32	$1.27	$1.17	$1.14
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.44	$1.36	$1.38	$1.37	$1.28	$1.32	$1.23	$1.32	$1.27	$1.17
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	36	34	52	50	78	87	152	222	239	288
CTIVP® – Loomis Sayles Growth Fund (Class 1) (4/29/2016)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.33	$1.38	$1.05	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.73	$1.33	$1.38	$1.05	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	51	52	58	64	—	—	—	—	—	—
CTIVP® – Victory Sycamore Established Value Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.46	$2.78	$2.44	$2.05	$2.07	$1.88	$1.40	$1.21	$1.32	$1.09
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.11	$2.46	$2.78	$2.44	$2.05	$2.07	$1.88	$1.40	$1.21	$1.32
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Eaton Vance VT Floating-Rate Income Fund – Initial Class (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.24	$1.26	$1.23	$1.15	$1.18	$1.19	$1.16	$1.09	$1.08	$1.01
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.31	$1.24	$1.26	$1.23	$1.15	$1.18	$1.19	$1.16	$1.09	$1.08
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	22	21	29	30	41	46	75	129	135	156
Fidelity® VIP ContrafundSM Portfolio Service Class 2 (8/30/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.21	$3.49	$2.91	$2.74	$2.76	$2.51	$1.94	$1.70	$1.77	$1.54
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.15	$3.21	$3.49	$2.91	$2.74	$2.76	$2.51	$1.94	$1.70	$1.77
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	533	581	727	823	882	1,062	1,652	2,342	2,842	3,363
Fidelity® VIP Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Service Class 2 (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.37	$1.40	$1.36	$1.32	$1.35	$1.30	$1.35	$1.29	$1.22	$1.15
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.48	$1.37	$1.40	$1.36	$1.32	$1.35	$1.30	$1.35	$1.29	$1.22
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	47	48	61	62	85	95	149	206	216	257
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2 (5/1/2001)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.59	$4.27	$3.59	$3.26	$3.36	$3.21	$2.40	$2.12	$2.41	$1.90
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.36	$3.59	$4.27	$3.59	$3.26	$3.36	$3.21	$2.40	$2.12	$2.41
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	152	157	178	202	238	292	449	629	812	1,103
Fidelity® VIP Overseas Portfolio Service Class 2 (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.25	$2.69	$2.10	$2.25	$2.21	$2.44	$1.90	$1.60	$1.96	$1.77
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.83	$2.25	$2.69	$2.10	$2.25	$2.21	$2.44	$1.90	$1.60	$1.96
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	102	115	128	155	154	189	288	481	600	625
Franklin Global Real Estate VIP Fund – Class 2 (9/22/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.54	$2.77	$2.54	$2.56	$2.58	$2.28	$2.26	$1.80	$1.93	$1.62
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.07	$2.54	$2.77	$2.54	$2.56	$2.58	$2.28	$2.26	$1.80	$1.93
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	72	76	79	97	123	138	187	211	253	310
Franklin Income VIP Fund – Class 2 (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.37	$2.52	$2.33	$2.07	$2.26	$2.19	$1.95	$1.75	$1.74	$1.56
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.72	$2.37	$2.52	$2.33	$2.07	$2.26	$2.19	$1.95	$1.75	$1.74
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	180	181	195	241	265	351	354	439	520	611
Goldman Sachs VIT Mid Cap Value Fund – Institutional Shares (10/4/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$4.13	$4.68	$4.27	$3.82	$4.26	$3.80	$2.90	$2.48	$2.69	$2.18
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$5.36	$4.13	$4.68	$4.27	$3.82	$4.26	$3.80	$2.90	$2.48	$2.69
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	120	166	189	205	251	271	408	579	677	832
Goldman Sachs VIT U.S. Equity Insights Fund – Institutional Shares (9/22/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.99	$2.15	$1.76	$1.61	$1.64	$1.43	$1.05	$0.93	$0.91	$0.82
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.46	$1.99	$2.15	$1.76	$1.61	$1.64	$1.43	$1.05	$0.93	$0.91
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	78	111	117	77	111	128	138	160	244	348
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund, Series II Shares (8/30/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.37	$2.56	$2.05	$2.13	$2.09	$1.84	$1.44	$1.29	$1.32	$1.23
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.18	$2.37	$2.56	$2.05	$2.13	$2.09	$1.84	$1.44	$1.29	$1.32
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	15	16	24	34	34	39	44	45	56	78
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.51	$2.94	$2.19	$2.22	$2.17	$2.16	$1.72	$1.45	$1.60	$1.40
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.25	$2.51	$2.94	$2.19	$2.22	$2.17	$2.16	$1.72	$1.45	$1.60
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	45	56	58	73	77	102	196	233	296	371
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Strategic Income Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.79	$1.90	$1.81	$1.73	$1.80	$1.78	$1.81	$1.63	$1.64	$1.45
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.95	$1.79	$1.90	$1.81	$1.73	$1.80	$1.78	$1.81	$1.63	$1.64
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	476	486	563	720	818	1,010	1,478	1,875	2,158	2,738

162    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.40% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund, Series II Shares (7/31/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.44	$3.90	$3.47	$2.99	$3.23	$2.94	$2.12	$1.82	$1.90	$1.56
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.28	$3.44	$3.90	$3.47	$2.99	$3.23	$2.94	$2.12	$1.82	$1.90
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	24	26	34	36	38	58	71	63	91	140
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series II Shares (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.75	$1.85	$1.47	$1.46	$1.42	$1.33	$0.96	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.35	$1.75	$1.85	$1.47	$1.46	$1.42	$1.33	$0.96	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	9	31	48	49	49	52	62	88	—	—
Invesco V.I. Comstock Fund, Series II Shares (8/30/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.64	$3.05	$2.63	$2.28	$2.47	$2.29	$1.71	$1.46	$1.51	$1.33
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.25	$2.64	$3.05	$2.63	$2.28	$2.47	$2.29	$1.71	$1.46	$1.51
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	317	334	398	473	555	641	1,078	1,794	2,208	2,626
Invesco V.I. Health Care Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.86	$1.88	$1.65	$1.89	$1.86	$1.58	$1.14	$0.96	$0.94	$0.91
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.43	$1.86	$1.88	$1.65	$1.89	$1.86	$1.58	$1.14	$0.96	$0.94
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	14	—	—
Invesco V.I. International Growth Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.04	$1.24	$1.02	$1.04	$1.09	$1.10	$0.94	$0.83	$0.90	$0.81
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.31	$1.04	$1.24	$1.02	$1.04	$1.09	$1.10	$0.94	$0.83	$0.90
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	14	15	17	20	34	32	58	177	186	197
Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares* (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.54	$1.66	$1.38	$1.39	$1.39	$1.31	$0.97	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.03	$1.54	$1.66	$1.38	$1.39	$1.39	$1.31	$0.97	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	6	7	20	21	21	22	23	58	—	—
*Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares is scheduled to merge into Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares sometime during the second quarter of 2020.
Janus Henderson VIT Research Portfolio: Service Shares (5/2/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.27	$1.33	$1.05	$1.07	$1.03	$0.93	$0.72	$0.62	$0.66	$0.59
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.69	$1.27	$1.33	$1.05	$1.07	$1.03	$0.93	$0.72	$0.62	$0.66
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	129	169	227	266	316	344	478	694	869	962
MFS® Total Return Series – Service Class (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.88	$2.03	$1.84	$1.71	$1.74	$1.63	$1.40	$1.28	$1.27	$1.18
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.23	$1.88	$2.03	$1.84	$1.71	$1.74	$1.63	$1.40	$1.28	$1.27
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	244	270	290	336	365	500	604	700	881	1,125
MFS® Utilities Series – Service Class (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.90	$3.93	$3.48	$3.17	$3.77	$3.40	$2.87	$2.57	$2.45	$2.19
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.80	$3.90	$3.93	$3.48	$3.17	$3.77	$3.40	$2.87	$2.57	$2.45
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	32	33	33	34	33	36	36	42	74	96
Morgan Stanley VIF Discovery Portfolio, Class II Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.97	$1.81	$1.33	$1.47	$1.59	$1.58	$1.17	$1.09	$1.19	$0.91
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.73	$1.97	$1.81	$1.33	$1.47	$1.59	$1.58	$1.17	$1.09	$1.19
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Morgan Stanley VIF Global Real Estate Portfolio, Class II Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.98	$1.08	$1.00	$0.98	$1.01	$0.90	$0.89	$0.69	$0.78	$0.65
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.14	$0.98	$1.08	$1.00	$0.98	$1.01	$0.90	$0.89	$0.69	$0.78
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2	2	2	3	4	5	11	42	28	30
PIMCO VIT All Asset Portfolio, Advisor Class (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.32	$1.42	$1.27	$1.14	$1.27	$1.29	$1.30	$1.15	$1.14	$1.03
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.46	$1.32	$1.42	$1.27	$1.14	$1.27	$1.29	$1.30	$1.15	$1.14
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	7	7	13	16	30	34	76	134	145	167
Putnam VT Global Health Care Fund – Class IB Shares (5/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.51	$2.57	$2.26	$2.58	$2.43	$1.93	$1.38	$1.15	$1.18	$1.16
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.23	$2.51	$2.57	$2.26	$2.58	$2.43	$1.93	$1.38	$1.15	$1.18
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	26	24	36	59	67	47	49	48	71	94
Putnam VT Small Cap Value Fund – Class IB Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.83	$2.32	$2.18	$1.73	$1.83	$1.80	$1.31	$1.13	$1.20	$0.97
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.24	$1.83	$2.32	$2.18	$1.73	$1.83	$1.80	$1.31	$1.13	$1.20
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4	5	9	9	10	11	12	13	14	13
Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.02	$2.01	$2.00	$1.97	$2.09	$2.08	$2.07	$1.83	$1.87	$1.66
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.03	$2.02	$2.01	$2.00	$1.97	$2.09	$2.08	$2.07	$1.83	$1.87
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	165	161	196	233	279	312	477	621	705	821

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    163

Variable account charges of 1.40% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Templeton Growth VIP Fund – Class 2 (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.15	$1.37	$1.17	$1.08	$1.17	$1.23	$0.95	$0.80	$0.87	$0.82
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.30	$1.15	$1.37	$1.17	$1.08	$1.17	$1.23	$0.95	$0.80	$0.87
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	37	38	38	38	38	39	42	44	48	51
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.60	$1.78	$1.52	$1.45	$1.48	$1.43	$1.20	$1.07	$1.12	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.92	$1.60	$1.78	$1.52	$1.45	$1.48	$1.43	$1.20	$1.07	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	125	—
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.61	$1.78	$1.52	$1.45	$1.49	$1.43	$1.20	$1.07	$1.12	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.93	$1.61	$1.78	$1.52	$1.45	$1.49	$1.43	$1.20	$1.07	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,318	2,199	2,918	3,585	3,560	5,298	8,153	8,592	9,333	9,511
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.19	$1.25	$1.18	$1.16	$1.17	$1.14	$1.12	$1.06	$1.04	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.30	$1.19	$1.25	$1.18	$1.16	$1.17	$1.14	$1.12	$1.06	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	285	300	456	473	683	716	1,193	2,209	1,227	125
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.19	$1.25	$1.18	$1.16	$1.17	$1.14	$1.12	$1.06	$1.04	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.30	$1.19	$1.25	$1.18	$1.16	$1.17	$1.14	$1.12	$1.06	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,018	1,085	1,645	2,254	2,957	3,321	5,467	8,658	8,368	9,048
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.04	$1.09	$1.02	$1.00	$1.03	$1.00	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.15	$1.04	$1.09	$1.02	$1.00	$1.03	$1.00	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	800	848	991	549	492	606	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.06	$1.13	$1.03	$1.01	$1.04	$1.01	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.19	$1.06	$1.13	$1.03	$1.01	$1.04	$1.01	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,957	2,415	2,965	3,304	3,501	2,317	968	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.09	$1.20	$1.03	$1.01	$1.06	$1.03	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.27	$1.09	$1.20	$1.03	$1.01	$1.06	$1.03	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	3,558	3,780	5,578	5,296	4,957	3,374	114	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.08	$1.17	$1.03	$1.01	$1.05	$1.02	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.24	$1.08	$1.17	$1.03	$1.01	$1.05	$1.02	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	8,354	9,470	10,315	12,130	13,247	13,069	3,406	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.41	$1.52	$1.36	$1.32	$1.34	$1.29	$1.18	$1.08	$1.09	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.62	$1.41	$1.52	$1.36	$1.32	$1.34	$1.29	$1.18	$1.08	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	866	1,108	2,332	1,443	1,417	1,644	1,534	1,386	1,658	1,229
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.41	$1.52	$1.36	$1.32	$1.34	$1.30	$1.18	$1.08	$1.09	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.62	$1.41	$1.52	$1.36	$1.32	$1.34	$1.30	$1.18	$1.08	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	11,022	13,899	16,910	20,615	26,349	35,841	50,569	57,190	59,483	64,190
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.51	$1.65	$1.44	$1.39	$1.42	$1.36	$1.19	$1.08	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.77	$1.51	$1.65	$1.44	$1.39	$1.42	$1.36	$1.19	$1.08	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	265	290	36	36	109	37	186	353	650	227
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.51	$1.65	$1.44	$1.39	$1.42	$1.37	$1.19	$1.08	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.77	$1.51	$1.65	$1.44	$1.39	$1.42	$1.37	$1.19	$1.08	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4,440	5,769	7,551	9,368	11,052	14,886	22,715	27,057	32,058	35,114
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.30	$1.37	$1.27	$1.23	$1.25	$1.21	$1.15	$1.07	$1.07	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.45	$1.30	$1.37	$1.27	$1.23	$1.25	$1.21	$1.15	$1.07	$1.07
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	80	88	171	179	188	788	1,104	1,068	1,084	860
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.30	$1.37	$1.27	$1.24	$1.26	$1.22	$1.15	$1.07	$1.07	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.45	$1.30	$1.37	$1.27	$1.24	$1.26	$1.22	$1.15	$1.07	$1.07
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2,437	2,633	2,456	3,706	4,547	6,003	7,991	9,559	9,729	10,627

164    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.40% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Variable Portfolio – Partners Core Equity Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.43	$1.57	$1.33	$1.23	$1.24	$1.12	$0.89	$0.81	$0.85	$0.78
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.78	$1.43	$1.57	$1.33	$1.23	$1.24	$1.12	$0.89	$0.81	$0.85
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	7	7	10	14	31	38	88	205	218	243
Variable Portfolio – Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.31	$2.71	$2.57	$2.07	$2.32	$2.30	$1.73	$1.55	$1.64	$1.34
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.72	$2.31	$2.71	$2.57	$2.07	$2.32	$2.30	$1.73	$1.55	$1.64
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	201	206	240	259	312	366	577	973	1,139	1,364
Wanger International (9/22/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.84	$3.50	$2.67	$2.75	$2.79	$2.96	$2.45	$2.04	$2.43	$1.97
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.65	$2.84	$3.50	$2.67	$2.75	$2.79	$2.96	$2.45	$2.04	$2.43
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	27	48	48	50	125	129	163	183	199	215
Wanger USA (9/22/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.69	$3.79	$3.22	$2.87	$2.93	$2.83	$2.15	$1.81	$1.91	$1.57
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.77	$3.69	$3.79	$3.22	$2.87	$2.93	$2.83	$2.15	$1.81	$1.91
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	96	110	133	159	182	217	340	541	659	787
Wells Fargo VT Index Asset Allocation Fund – Class 2 (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.97	$2.05	$1.86	$1.75	$1.75	$1.50	$1.27	$1.14	$1.09	$0.98
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.33	$1.97	$2.05	$1.86	$1.75	$1.75	$1.50	$1.27	$1.14	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	276	328	342	490	556	536	614	669	648	844
Wells Fargo VT International Equity Fund – Class 2 (7/31/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.79	$2.20	$1.79	$1.76	$1.75	$1.88	$1.59	$1.43	$1.66	$1.44
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.04	$1.79	$2.20	$1.79	$1.76	$1.75	$1.88	$1.59	$1.43	$1.66
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	69	85	95	114	115	131	178	197	277	324
Wells Fargo VT Omega Growth Fund – Class 2 (7/31/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.98	$4.02	$3.03	$3.06	$3.06	$2.99	$2.17	$1.82	$1.96	$1.66
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$5.38	$3.98	$4.02	$3.03	$3.06	$3.06	$2.99	$2.17	$1.82	$1.96
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	310	349	418	511	551	659	971	1,453	1,779	2,121
Wells Fargo VT Opportunity Fund – Class 2 (8/26/2011)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.92	$2.10	$1.77	$1.60	$1.67	$1.54	$1.19	$1.05	$1.00	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.50	$1.92	$2.10	$1.77	$1.60	$1.67	$1.54	$1.19	$1.05	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	115	165	175	185	200	236	317	356	501	—
Wells Fargo VT Small Cap Growth Fund – Class 2 (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.11	$1.12	$0.90	$0.85	$0.88	$0.91	$0.62	$0.58	$0.62	$0.49
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.37	$1.11	$1.12	$0.90	$0.85	$0.88	$0.91	$0.62	$0.58	$0.62
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	200	219	231	278	311	388	459	490	627	785

Variable account charges of 2.10% of the daily net assets of the variable account.

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
AB VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio (Class B) (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.21	$1.38	$1.03	$1.06	$1.06	$1.03	$0.86	$0.77	$1.03	$0.89
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.54	$1.21	$1.38	$1.03	$1.06	$1.06	$1.03	$0.86	$0.77	$1.03
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
AB VPS Growth and Income Portfolio (Class B) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.90	$2.07	$1.78	$1.64	$1.65	$1.54	$1.17	$1.02	$0.98	$0.89
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.31	$1.90	$2.07	$1.78	$1.64	$1.65	$1.54	$1.17	$1.02	$0.98
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	1	1	1
AB VPS International Value Portfolio (Class B) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.00	$1.33	$1.08	$1.11	$1.11	$1.21	$1.01	$0.90	$1.14	$1.12
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.14	$1.00	$1.33	$1.08	$1.11	$1.11	$1.21	$1.01	$0.90	$1.14
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	288	352	354	445	469	664	767	969	1,095	1,143
American Century VP Mid Cap Value, Class II (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.69	$1.98	$1.81	$1.51	$1.57	$1.38	$1.08	$0.95	$0.98	$0.84
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.13	$1.69	$1.98	$1.81	$1.51	$1.57	$1.38	$1.08	$0.95	$0.98
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	7	7	7
American Century VP Ultra®, Class II (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.17	$2.20	$1.70	$1.67	$1.60	$1.49	$1.11	$1.00	$1.01	$0.89
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.85	$2.17	$2.20	$1.70	$1.67	$1.60	$1.49	$1.11	$1.00	$1.01
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	46	72	103	133	168	338	444	572	671	830

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    165

Variable account charges of 2.10% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
American Century VP Value, Class II (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.84	$2.07	$1.95	$1.65	$1.76	$1.59	$1.24	$1.10	$1.12	$1.01
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.29	$1.84	$2.07	$1.95	$1.65	$1.76	$1.59	$1.24	$1.10	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Equity Portfolio - Service Shares* (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.83	$1.00	$0.81	$0.88	$0.88	$0.93	$0.81	$0.67	$0.81	$0.75
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.97	$0.83	$1.00	$0.81	$0.88	$0.88	$0.93	$0.81	$0.67	$0.81
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
*BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Equity Portfolio - Service Shares is scheduled to liquidate on or about April 30, 2020.
BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Value Portfolio - Service Shares* (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.05	$1.30	$1.03	$1.07	$1.13	$1.28	$1.06	$0.96	$1.21	$1.19
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.26	$1.05	$1.30	$1.03	$1.07	$1.13	$1.28	$1.06	$0.96	$1.21
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
*BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Value Portfolio - Service Shares is scheduled to liquidate on or about April 30, 2020.
ClearBridge Variable Small Cap Growth Portfolio – Class I (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.08	$2.05	$1.69	$1.63	$1.74	$1.71	$1.19	$1.01	$1.02	$0.83
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.58	$2.08	$2.05	$1.69	$1.63	$1.74	$1.71	$1.19	$1.01	$1.02
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	���	—	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.99	$2.11	$1.74	$1.64	$1.67	$1.48	$1.13	$1.01	$0.98	$0.85
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.43	$1.99	$2.11	$1.74	$1.64	$1.67	$1.48	$1.13	$1.01	$0.98
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	89	115	137	183	217	422	657	780	1,000	1,375
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.00	$2.17	$1.94	$1.75	$1.83	$1.70	$1.37	$1.23	$1.32	$1.16
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.43	$2.00	$2.17	$1.94	$1.75	$1.83	$1.70	$1.37	$1.23	$1.32
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	224	294	364	417	482	611	752	954	1,184	1,424
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Emerging Markets Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.09	$2.72	$1.89	$1.84	$2.06	$2.15	$2.24	$1.90	$2.45	$2.09
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.69	$2.09	$2.72	$1.89	$1.84	$2.06	$2.15	$2.24	$1.90	$2.45
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	78	111	110	154	180	241	329	338	389	416
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.87	$0.87	$0.89	$0.91	$0.93	$0.95	$0.97	$0.99	$1.01	$1.03
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.86	$0.87	$0.87	$0.89	$0.91	$0.93	$0.95	$0.97	$0.99	$1.01
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	493	554	637	688	138	167	260	289	1,125	1,266
Columbia Variable Portfolio – High Yield Bond Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.88	$2.00	$1.92	$1.75	$1.81	$1.79	$1.72	$1.52	$1.47	$1.31
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.15	$1.88	$2.00	$1.92	$1.75	$1.81	$1.79	$1.72	$1.52	$1.47
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	78	93	104	118	136	167	194	209	267	385
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Income Opportunities Fund (Class 3) (6/1/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.82	$1.93	$1.86	$1.71	$1.76	$1.74	$1.69	$1.50	$1.44	$1.30
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.07	$1.82	$1.93	$1.86	$1.71	$1.76	$1.74	$1.69	$1.50	$1.44
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	68	84	100	121	18	45	56	55	119	184
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.28	$1.31	$1.29	$1.26	$1.28	$1.24	$1.30	$1.24	$1.18	$1.11
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.37	$1.28	$1.31	$1.29	$1.26	$1.28	$1.24	$1.30	$1.24	$1.18
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	52	76	89	151	152	212	265	255	419	533
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Growth Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.07	$2.20	$1.76	$1.77	$1.66	$1.49	$1.17	$0.99	$1.05	$0.91
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.75	$2.07	$2.20	$1.76	$1.77	$1.66	$1.49	$1.17	$0.99	$1.05
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4	9	11	14	16	19	26	32	48	52
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Index Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.11	$2.26	$1.90	$1.74	$1.76	$1.59	$1.23	$1.09	$1.10	$0.98
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.70	$2.11	$2.26	$1.90	$1.74	$1.76	$1.59	$1.23	$1.09	$1.10
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Overseas Core Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.41	$1.73	$1.38	$1.50	$1.46	$1.63	$1.37	$1.19	$1.38	$1.24
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.73	$1.41	$1.73	$1.38	$1.50	$1.46	$1.63	$1.37	$1.19	$1.38
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Select Mid Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.33	$1.57	$1.41	$1.27	$1.36	$1.24	$0.92	$0.79	$0.88	$0.74
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.71	$1.33	$1.57	$1.41	$1.27	$1.36	$1.24	$0.92	$0.79	$0.88
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	8	8	8

166    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 2.10% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Small Cap Value Fund (Class 2) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.02	$2.52	$2.26	$1.74	$1.90	$1.88	$1.43	$1.31	$1.43	$1.15
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.39	$2.02	$2.52	$2.26	$1.74	$1.90	$1.88	$1.43	$1.31	$1.43
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	16	17	17	19	21	48	53	77	122	136
Columbia Variable Portfolio – U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.01	$1.02	$1.01	$1.00	$1.01	$0.98	$1.02	$1.02	$1.03	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.06	$1.01	$1.02	$1.01	$1.00	$1.01	$0.98	$1.02	$1.02	$1.03
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	59	69	94	110	122	150	198	237	317	475
Credit Suisse Trust – Commodity Return Strategy Portfolio (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.39	$0.45	$0.45	$0.41	$0.56	$0.69	$0.78	$0.81	$0.95	$0.83
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.40	$0.39	$0.45	$0.45	$0.41	$0.56	$0.69	$0.78	$0.81	$0.95
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	6	7	7	8	8	9	9	10	10	11
CTIVP® – BlackRock Global Inflation-Protected Securities Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.24	$1.27	$1.27	$1.19	$1.24	$1.16	$1.26	$1.22	$1.13	$1.11
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.31	$1.24	$1.27	$1.27	$1.19	$1.24	$1.16	$1.26	$1.22	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	40	61	74	78	89	142	184	175	286	378
CTIVP® – Loomis Sayles Growth Fund (Class 1) (4/29/2016)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.31	$1.37	$1.05	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.68	$1.31	$1.37	$1.05	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	15	21	23	29	—	—	—	—	—	—
CTIVP® – Victory Sycamore Established Value Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.22	$2.53	$2.23	$1.89	$1.92	$1.75	$1.32	$1.15	$1.26	$1.05
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.79	$2.22	$2.53	$2.23	$1.89	$1.92	$1.75	$1.32	$1.15	$1.26
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	5	5
Eaton Vance VT Floating-Rate Income Fund – Initial Class (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.14	$1.17	$1.15	$1.08	$1.12	$1.13	$1.11	$1.06	$1.06	$0.99
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.20	$1.14	$1.17	$1.15	$1.08	$1.12	$1.13	$1.11	$1.06	$1.06
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	14	16	17	18	19	42	47	47	72	100
Fidelity® VIP ContrafundSM Portfolio Service Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.31	$2.53	$2.12	$2.01	$2.05	$1.87	$1.46	$1.28	$1.35	$1.18
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.97	$2.31	$2.53	$2.12	$2.01	$2.05	$1.87	$1.46	$1.28	$1.35
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	237	347	417	514	587	835	1,123	1,443	1,778	2,267
Fidelity® VIP Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Service Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.27	$1.31	$1.28	$1.25	$1.29	$1.25	$1.30	$1.26	$1.20	$1.14
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.36	$1.27	$1.31	$1.28	$1.25	$1.29	$1.25	$1.30	$1.26	$1.20
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	199	251	303	352	399	619	757	733	917	1,193
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.49	$2.98	$2.53	$2.31	$2.39	$2.31	$1.73	$1.55	$1.77	$1.41
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.00	$2.49	$2.98	$2.53	$2.31	$2.39	$2.31	$1.73	$1.55	$1.77
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	35	45	56	67	76	103	122	167	202	254
Fidelity® VIP Overseas Portfolio Service Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.37	$1.65	$1.30	$1.40	$1.38	$1.54	$1.21	$1.02	$1.26	$1.14
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.71	$1.37	$1.65	$1.30	$1.40	$1.38	$1.54	$1.21	$1.02	$1.26
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	73	95	98	126	136	220	273	344	401	441
Franklin Income VIP Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.71	$1.82	$1.70	$1.52	$1.67	$1.63	$1.46	$1.32	$1.32	$1.20
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.94	$1.71	$1.82	$1.70	$1.52	$1.67	$1.63	$1.46	$1.32	$1.32
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	81	109	116	121	128	132	147	148	151	155
Goldman Sachs VIT Mid Cap Value Fund – Institutional Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.16	$2.47	$2.27	$2.04	$2.29	$2.06	$1.58	$1.37	$1.49	$1.22
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.79	$2.16	$2.47	$2.27	$2.04	$2.29	$2.06	$1.58	$1.37	$1.49
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	79	110	130	147	174	252	347	449	553	671
Goldman Sachs VIT U.S. Equity Insights Fund – Institutional Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.57	$1.71	$1.41	$1.30	$1.32	$1.16	$0.86	$0.77	$0.76	$0.68
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.92	$1.57	$1.71	$1.41	$1.30	$1.32	$1.16	$0.86	$0.77	$0.76
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.74	$1.88	$1.52	$1.59	$1.57	$1.40	$1.10	$0.99	$1.02	$0.96
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.31	$1.74	$1.88	$1.52	$1.59	$1.57	$1.40	$1.10	$0.99	$1.02
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	108	145	181	233	254	407	560	678	791	988

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    167

Variable account charges of 2.10% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.05	$2.42	$1.81	$1.85	$1.82	$1.83	$1.47	$1.24	$1.38	$1.22
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.63	$2.05	$2.42	$1.81	$1.85	$1.82	$1.83	$1.47	$1.24	$1.38
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1	1	1	1	1	2	2	6	14	14
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Strategic Income Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.36	$1.45	$1.40	$1.34	$1.41	$1.40	$1.44	$1.30	$1.32	$1.17
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.47	$1.36	$1.45	$1.40	$1.34	$1.41	$1.40	$1.44	$1.30	$1.32
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	264	321	355	398	444	650	790	785	1,033	1,290
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.28	$2.60	$2.33	$2.03	$2.20	$2.01	$1.46	$1.27	$1.33	$1.10
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.82	$2.28	$2.60	$2.33	$2.03	$2.20	$2.01	$1.46	$1.27	$1.33
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series II Shares (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.67	$1.77	$1.43	$1.43	$1.39	$1.31	$0.96	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.23	$1.67	$1.77	$1.43	$1.43	$1.39	$1.31	$0.96	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4	6	8	10	12	14	17	24	—	—
Invesco V.I. Comstock Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.84	$2.15	$1.86	$1.63	$1.77	$1.66	$1.25	$1.07	$1.12	$0.99
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.25	$1.84	$2.15	$1.86	$1.63	$1.77	$1.66	$1.25	$1.07	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	335	426	504	615	733	1,034	1,359	1,773	2,197	2,697
Invesco V.I. Health Care Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.71	$1.74	$1.54	$1.78	$1.77	$1.51	$1.10	$0.93	$0.92	$0.89
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.22	$1.71	$1.74	$1.54	$1.78	$1.77	$1.51	$1.10	$0.93	$0.92
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Invesco V.I. International Growth Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.95	$1.15	$0.96	$0.98	$1.03	$1.05	$0.90	$0.80	$0.88	$0.80
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.20	$0.95	$1.15	$0.96	$0.98	$1.03	$1.05	$0.90	$0.80	$0.88
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	15	21	20	23	22	68	77	84	153	179
Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares* (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.47	$1.59	$1.33	$1.35	$1.37	$1.30	$0.97	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.93	$1.47	$1.59	$1.33	$1.35	$1.37	$1.30	$0.97	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
*Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares is scheduled to merge into Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares sometime during the second quarter of 2020.
Janus Henderson VIT Research Portfolio: Service Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.67	$1.75	$1.40	$1.43	$1.39	$1.26	$0.99	$0.85	$0.92	$0.82
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.21	$1.67	$1.75	$1.40	$1.43	$1.39	$1.26	$0.99	$0.85	$0.92
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	10	11	13	16	15	57	73	84	162	193
MFS® Total Return Series – Service Class (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.60	$1.73	$1.58	$1.48	$1.52	$1.43	$1.23	$1.14	$1.14	$1.06
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.88	$1.60	$1.73	$1.58	$1.48	$1.52	$1.43	$1.23	$1.14	$1.14
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	15	15	14	13	13	13	13	12	12	12
MFS® Utilities Series – Service Class (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.00	$3.04	$2.71	$2.49	$2.99	$2.71	$2.30	$2.08	$1.99	$1.79
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.67	$3.00	$3.04	$2.71	$2.49	$2.99	$2.71	$2.30	$2.08	$1.99
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	20	28	46	46	48	50
Morgan Stanley VIF Discovery Portfolio, Class II Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.82	$1.68	$1.24	$1.39	$1.51	$1.51	$1.12	$1.06	$1.16	$0.90
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.49	$1.82	$1.68	$1.24	$1.39	$1.51	$1.51	$1.12	$1.06	$1.16
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	57	57	57	—
Morgan Stanley VIF Global Real Estate Portfolio, Class II Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.90	$1.00	$0.93	$0.92	$0.96	$0.86	$0.85	$0.67	$0.76	$0.64
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.04	$0.90	$1.00	$0.93	$0.92	$0.96	$0.86	$0.85	$0.67	$0.76
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	8	8	9	9	10	20	24	24	42	45
PIMCO VIT All Asset Portfolio, Advisor Class (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.22	$1.32	$1.19	$1.07	$1.21	$1.23	$1.25	$1.11	$1.12	$1.01
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.33	$1.22	$1.32	$1.19	$1.07	$1.21	$1.23	$1.25	$1.11	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	13	17	18	20	21	46	51	48	88	114
Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.82	$1.83	$1.83	$1.82	$1.94	$1.94	$1.95	$1.73	$1.78	$1.59
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.82	$1.82	$1.83	$1.83	$1.82	$1.94	$1.94	$1.95	$1.73	$1.78
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	208	233	264	294	308	395	470	502	632	805

168    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 2.10% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Templeton Growth VIP Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.36	$1.63	$1.41	$1.31	$1.43	$1.50	$1.17	$0.99	$1.09	$1.03
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.53	$1.36	$1.63	$1.41	$1.31	$1.43	$1.50	$1.17	$0.99	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	54	80	84	87	91	95	106	107	109	134
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.51	$1.69	$1.45	$1.40	$1.44	$1.39	$1.18	$1.06	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.80	$1.51	$1.69	$1.45	$1.40	$1.44	$1.39	$1.18	$1.06	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	92	92	93	194	—
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.51	$1.69	$1.45	$1.40	$1.44	$1.39	$1.18	$1.06	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.80	$1.51	$1.69	$1.45	$1.40	$1.44	$1.39	$1.18	$1.06	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,100	1,496	1,516	1,624	1,824	2,358	3,173	4,710	5,125	5,722
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.12	$1.18	$1.12	$1.11	$1.13	$1.11	$1.10	$1.05	$1.04	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.22	$1.12	$1.18	$1.12	$1.11	$1.13	$1.11	$1.10	$1.05	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	60	—	—	—	503	510	517	780	801	—
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.12	$1.18	$1.12	$1.11	$1.13	$1.11	$1.10	$1.05	$1.04	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.22	$1.12	$1.18	$1.12	$1.11	$1.13	$1.11	$1.10	$1.05	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	941	1,075	2,132	2,549	2,578	2,863	4,102	5,610	6,482	8,040
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.01	$1.05	$1.00	$0.99	$1.02	$1.00	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.10	$1.01	$1.05	$1.00	$0.99	$1.02	$1.00	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	284	316	331	309	303	253	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.02	$1.09	$1.00	$0.99	$1.03	$1.01	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.14	$1.02	$1.09	$1.00	$0.99	$1.03	$1.01	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	774	970	1,059	1,100	967	1,228	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.05	$1.16	$1.01	$1.00	$1.06	$1.03	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.22	$1.05	$1.16	$1.01	$1.00	$1.06	$1.03	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	854	945	1,026	1,052	1,142	1,010	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.04	$1.13	$1.01	$1.00	$1.05	$1.02	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.19	$1.04	$1.13	$1.01	$1.00	$1.05	$1.02	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4,352	4,748	5,265	5,592	6,279	4,172	382	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.33	$1.43	$1.29	$1.26	$1.30	$1.26	$1.16	$1.07	$1.08	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.51	$1.33	$1.43	$1.29	$1.26	$1.30	$1.26	$1.16	$1.07	$1.08
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,474	1,603	1,740	2,018	2,126	2,505	2,475	2,470	2,061	1,347
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.33	$1.44	$1.30	$1.26	$1.30	$1.26	$1.16	$1.07	$1.08	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.51	$1.33	$1.44	$1.30	$1.26	$1.30	$1.26	$1.16	$1.07	$1.08
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	10,278	11,373	13,689	15,069	17,907	21,744	28,558	30,576	33,819	37,728
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.42	$1.56	$1.37	$1.33	$1.37	$1.33	$1.17	$1.06	$1.10	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.65	$1.42	$1.56	$1.37	$1.33	$1.37	$1.33	$1.17	$1.06	$1.10
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	94	99	52	—	24	25	25	179	208	185
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.42	$1.56	$1.37	$1.33	$1.37	$1.33	$1.17	$1.07	$1.10	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.65	$1.42	$1.56	$1.37	$1.33	$1.37	$1.33	$1.17	$1.07	$1.10
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	3,215	3,658	4,240	7,834	8,721	10,270	13,064	15,217	17,486	19,238
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.22	$1.30	$1.21	$1.18	$1.21	$1.18	$1.13	$1.06	$1.06	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.36	$1.22	$1.30	$1.21	$1.18	$1.21	$1.18	$1.13	$1.06	$1.06
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	907	950	1,107	1,164	1,227	1,288	1,275	1,211	1,201	209
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.22	$1.30	$1.21	$1.19	$1.22	$1.19	$1.13	$1.06	$1.06	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.36	$1.22	$1.30	$1.21	$1.19	$1.22	$1.19	$1.13	$1.06	$1.06
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2,548	2,838	3,099	3,356	3,674	4,031	5,750	6,966	7,016	7,951

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    169

Variable account charges of 2.10% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Variable Portfolio – Partners Core Equity Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.31	$1.46	$1.24	$1.15	$1.17	$1.07	$0.85	$0.79	$0.83	$0.76
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.63	$1.31	$1.46	$1.24	$1.15	$1.17	$1.07	$0.85	$0.79	$0.83
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	16	19	20	24	25	81	101	111	206	243
Variable Portfolio – Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.89	$2.23	$2.13	$1.73	$1.95	$1.95	$1.48	$1.33	$1.42	$1.17
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.21	$1.89	$2.23	$2.13	$1.73	$1.95	$1.95	$1.48	$1.33	$1.42
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	129	163	191	220	274	401	503	664	781	966
Wanger International (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.31	$2.87	$2.20	$2.28	$2.33	$2.49	$2.08	$1.74	$2.09	$1.71
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.94	$2.31	$2.87	$2.20	$2.28	$2.33	$2.49	$2.08	$1.74	$2.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	38	56	65	86	106	194	224	263	332	360
Wanger USA (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.48	$2.57	$2.20	$1.97	$2.03	$1.97	$1.51	$1.28	$1.36	$1.12
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.18	$2.48	$2.57	$2.20	$1.97	$2.03	$1.97	$1.51	$1.28	$1.36
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	56	75	97	122	145	227	290	380	460	587

170    RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information

Calculating Annuity Payouts	p. 3
Rating Agencies	p. 4
Principal Underwriter	p. 4
Service Providers	p. 4
Custodian	p. 5
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	p. 5
Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	p. 6
Financial Statements

RiverSource Builder Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    171

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474
1-800-333-3437

45303  CG (5/20)

RiverSource Distributors, Inc. (Distributor), Member FINRA. Issued by RiverSource Life Insurance Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota. ©2008-2020 RiverSource Life Insurance Company. All rights reserved.

Prospectus

May 1, 2020

RiverSource^®

Innovations Select Variable Annuity

Individual Flexible Premium Deferred Combination Fixed/Variable Annuity

Issued by:	RiverSource Life Insurance Company (RiverSource Life)
	829 Ameriprise Financial Center Minneapolis, MN 55474 Telephone: 1-800-333-3437 (Service Center) RiverSource Variable Annuity Account/RiverSource MVA Account​

New contracts are not currently being offered.

This prospectus describes two versions of the contracts: the Current Contract (applications signed on or after Nov. 30, 2009, subject to state availability) and the Original Contract (applications signed prior to Nov. 30, 2009, or in states where the Current Contract was unavailable). The information in this prospectus applies to both contracts unless stated otherwise.

This prospectus contains information that you should know before investing. Investment options available under the contract are listed below:

AB Variable Products Series Fund, Inc. (Class B)

American Century˛ Variable Portfolios, Inc., Class II

BNY Mellon Investment Portfolios

Columbia Funds Variable Insurance Trust

Columbia Funds Variable Series Trust II Credit Suisse Trust

Eaton Vance Variable Trust (VT)

Fidelity Variable Insurance Products Service Class 2

Franklin Templeton˛ Variable Insurance Products Trust – Class 2

Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust (VIT)

Invesco Variable Insurance Funds

Janus Aspen Series: Service Shares

Legg Mason Partners Variable Equity Trust

MFS Variable Insurance Trust^SM – Service Class

Morgan Stanley Variable Insurance Fund, Inc. (VIF)

Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds, Service Shares

PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust (VIT)

Putnam Variable Trust – Class IB Shares

Wanger Advisors Trust

 

Some funds may not be available under your contract. Please read the prospectuses carefully and keep them for future reference.

The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

An investment in this contract is not a deposit of a bank or financial institution and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) or any other government agency. An investment in this contract involves investment risk including the possible loss of principal.

A Statement of Additional Information (SAI), dated the same date as this prospectus, is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. It is filed with the SEC and is available without charge by contacting RiverSource Life at the telephone number and address listed above. The table of contents of the SAI is on the last page of this prospectus. The SEC maintains an Internet site. This prospectus, the SAI and other information about the product are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at (http://www.sec.gov).

Variable annuities are complex products. The fees and charges, as well as the available features and benefits, of the variable annuity contracts described in this prospectus will be different from other variable annuities offered in the marketplace, including other variable annuities or other types of annuities offered by RiverSource Life. The interest credited, guarantees provided, and credits available, as well as the funds serving as underlying investments and their corresponding expenses, may differ among the variable annuities that are available to you. With the aid of an appropriate financial professional, we encourage you to compare and contrast the variable annuity contracts described in this prospectus with other variable annuities available in the marketplace, including other types of annuities we may offer. This will aid in determining whether purchasing a contract is consistent with your investment objectives, risk

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    1

tolerance, time horizon, marital status, tax situation, and your unique financial situation and needs. If you select an annuity that includes surrender or other liquidation charges, you should also consider any future needs you may have to access your contract value. The optional benefits and features available with the contracts usually come with additional costs. Consider any additional costs carefully when electing these optional benefits and features.

Beginning on January 1, 2021, as permitted by regulations adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission, paper copies of your underlying funds’ shareholder reports will no longer be sent by mail, unless you specifically request paper copies of the reports from RiverSource Life. Instead, the reports will be made available on a website, and you will be notified each time a report is posted and provided with a website link to access the report.

You may elect to receive all future reports in paper free of charge. You can inform RiverSource Life that you wish to continue receiving paper copies of your shareholder reports by calling our Service Center at 1-800-862-7919. Your election to receive reports in paper will apply to all funds available under your variable annuity contract.

Effects of COVID-19 Pandemic

The coronavirus disease 2019 (“COVID-19”) public health crisis presents ongoing significant economic and societal disruption and has driven significant volatility in the equity and interest rate markets. Any periods of continued high market volatility, and your individual circumstances (e.g., your selected allocations and the timing of any purchase payments, transfers, or withdrawals), will affect values under your contract. As part of how we maintain our strong financial strength and claims-paying ability, we continue to reserve amounts for our contractual obligations in accordance with significant state solvency regulations. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic may impact financial markets, investment performance under your contract, and our financial strength and claims-paying ability will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be estimated, including the scope and duration of the pandemic and actions taken by governmental authorities, market participants, and other third parties in response to the pandemic.

We have implemented comprehensive strategies to address the operating environment spurred by the pandemic.  To promote the safety and security of our employees and to assure the continuity of our business operations, we have implemented a work from home protocol for virtually all of our employee population, restricted business travel, and provided resources for complying with the guidance from the World Health Organization, the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and government authorities. We have been satisfying elevated customer service volumes and our operations teams have continued to operate successfully and without disruptions in service. Our pandemic strategy is flexible and scalable and takes into consideration that a pandemic could be widespread and may occur in multiple waves, affecting different communities at different times with varying levels of severity. We cannot, however, predict the impact that natural or man-made disasters and catastrophes, including the COVID-19 pandemic, may have over near- or longer-term periods.

2    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Table of Contents

Key Terms	5
The Contract in Brief	7
Expense Summary	9
Current Contract:	9
Contract Owner Transaction Expenses	9
Annual Variable Account Expenses	10
Other Annual Expenses	10
Optional Death Benefits	10
Optional Living Benefits	11
Original Contract:	11
Contract Owner Transaction Expenses	11
Annual Variable Account Expenses	12
Other Annual Expenses	13
Optional Death Benefits	13
Optional Living Benefits	13
Annual Operating Expenses of the Funds	15
Condensed Financial Information	18
Financial Statements	18
The Variable Account and the Funds	18
The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)	31
Market Value Adjustment (MVA)	31
The General Account	33
The Fixed Account	33
The Regular Fixed Account	33
The Special DCA Fixed Account	33
The One-Year Fixed Account	34
DCA Fixed Account	35
Buying Your Contract	36
Purchase Payments	38
How to Make Purchase Payments	39
Purchase Payment Credits	39
Limitations on Use of Contract	39
The Annuitization Start Date	40
Beneficiary	40
Charges	40
All Contracts	40
Contract Administrative Charge	40
Variable Account Administrative Charge	41
Mortality and Expense Risk Fee	41
Surrender Charge	42
Optional Living Benefits Charges	45
Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider Fee	45
SecureSource Stages 2 Rider Charge	47
SecureSource Rider Fee	47

SecureSource Stages Rider Fee	49
SecureSource 20 Rider Fee	50
Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider Fee	51
Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider Fee	53
Income Assurer Benefit Rider Fee	55
Optional Death Benefit Charges	55
Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider Fee	55
Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider Fee	55
Fund Fees and Expenses	56
Premium Taxes	56
Valuing Your Investment	56
GPAs	56
The Fixed Account	56
Subaccounts	57
Making the Most of Your Contract	58
Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging	58
Asset Rebalancing	58
Portfolio Navigator Program (PN program) and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds	59
Transferring Among Accounts	62
How to request a Transfer or Surrender	65
Surrenders	67
Surrender Policies	67
Receiving Payment	68
TSA–Special Provisions	68
Participants in Tax-Sheltered Annuities	68
Changing the Annuitant	69
Changing Ownership	69
Benefits in Case of Death	70
If You Die Before the Annuitization Start Date	76
Optional Benefits	78
Optional Living Benefits	79
SecureSource Stages 2 Rider	79
Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider	88
Optional Living Benefits	90
Optional Additional Death Benefits	90
Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector)	90
Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus)	92
The Annuity Payout Period	93
Annuity Tables	93
Annuity Payout Plans	94
Taxes	95
Nonqualified Annuities	95

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    3

Table of Contents

Qualified Annuities	97
Other	99
Voting Rights	100
Substitution of Investments	100
About the Service Providers	100
Principal Underwriter	100
Service Providers	102
Issuer	102
Legal Proceedings	102
Additional Information	102
Incorporation of Certain Documents By Reference	102
Available Information	103
Indemnification	103
Appendices	104
Table of Contents and Cross-Reference Table	104
Appendix A: Example — Market Value Adjustment (MVA)	105
Appendix B: Example — Surrender Charges	107
Appendix C: Example — Death Benefits	113
Appendix D: Example — SecureSource Series of Riders	118
Appendix E: SecureSource Series of Riders — Additional Required Minimum Distribution (RMD) Disclosure	124
Appendix F: Example — Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider	126
Appendix G: Example — Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider	128
Appendix H: Asset Allocation Program for Contracts With Applications Signed Before May 1, 2006	130
Appendix I: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider Disclosure	131
Appendix J: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider Disclosure	143
Appendix K: Income Assurer Benefit Riders	151
Appendix L: Example — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider	161
Appendix M: SecureSource Rider Disclosure	162
Appendix N: SecureSource 20 Rider Disclosure	175
Appendix O: SecureSource Stages Rider Disclosure	188
Appendix P: Withdrawal Benefit Riders: Electing Step Up or Spousal Continuation Step Up	198
Appendix Q: Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	199
Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information	210

4    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Key Terms

These terms can help you understand details about your contract.

Accumulation unit: A measure of the value of each subaccount prior of the application of amounts to an annuity payment plan.

Annuitant: The person or persons on whose life or life expectancy the annuity payouts are based.

Annuitization start date: The date when annuity payments begin according to the applicable annuity payment plan (referred to as “Retirement date” in the Original Contract). Throughout this prospectus when we use the term “Annuitization start date,” it includes the term “Retirement date.”

Annuity payouts: An amount paid at regular intervals under one of several plans.

Assumed investment rate: The rate of return we assume your investments will earn when we calculate your initial annuity payout amount using the annuity table in your contract. The standard assumed investment rate we use is 5% but you may request we substitute an assumed investment rate of 3.5%.

Beneficiary: The person you designate to receive benefits in case of the owner’s death (Current Contract), or owner’s or annuitant’s death (Original Contract) while the contract is in force.

Close of business: The time the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) closes (4 p.m. Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier).

Code: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Contingent annuitant (Current Contract): The person who becomes the annuitant when the current annuitant dies prior to the annuitization start date. In the case of joint ownership, one owner must also be the contingent annuitant.

Contract: A deferred annuity contract that permits you to accumulate money for retirement by making one or more purchase payments. It provides for lifetime or other forms of payouts beginning at a specified time in the future.

Contract value: The total value of your contract before we deduct any applicable charges.

Contract year: A period of 12 months, starting on the effective date of your contract and on each anniversary of the effective date.

Fixed account: Part of our general account which includes the regular fixed account and the Special DCA fixed account (Current Contract) or the one-year fixed account and the DCA fixed account (Original Contract). Amounts you allocate to the fixed account earn interest rates we declare periodically.

Funds: Investment options under your contract. You may allocate your purchase payments into subaccounts investing in shares of the funds.

Good order: We cannot process your transaction request relating to the contract until we have received the request in good order at our Service Center. “Good order” means the actual receipt of the requested transaction in writing, along with all information, forms and supporting legal documentation necessary to effect the transaction. To be in “good order,” your instructions must be sufficiently clear so that we do not need to exercise any discretion to follow such instructions. This information and documentation generally includes your completed request; the contract number; the transaction amount (in dollars); the names of and allocations to and/or from the subaccounts and the fixed account affected by the requested transaction; Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number; and any other information, forms or supporting documentation that we may require. For certain transactions, at our option, we may require the signature of all contract owners for the request to be in good order. With respect to purchase requests, “good order” also generally includes receipt of sufficient payment by us to effect the purchase. We may, in our sole discretion, determine whether any particular transaction request is in good order, and we reserve the right to change or waive any good order requirements at any time.

Guarantee Period: The number of successive 12-month periods that a guaranteed interest rate is credited.

Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs): A nonunitized separate account to which you may allocate purchase payments or transfer contract value of at least $1,000. These accounts have guaranteed interest rates for guarantee periods we declare when you allocate purchase payments or transfer contract value to a GPA. These guaranteed rates and periods of time may vary by state. Unless an exception applies, transfers or surrenders from a GPA done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will receive a market value adjustment, which may result in a gain or loss of principal.

Market Value Adjustment (MVA): A positive or negative adjustment assessed if any portion of a Guarantee Period Account is surrendered or transferred more than 30 days before the end of its guarantee period.

Owner (you, your): The person or persons identified in the contract as owners(s) of the contract, who has or have the right to control the contract (to decide on investment allocations, transfers, payout options, etc.). Usually, but not always, the owner is also the annuitant. During the owner’s life, the owner is responsible for taxes, regardless of whether he or she receives the contract’s benefits. The owner or any joint owner may be a non-natural person (e.g. irrevocable trust or corporation) or a revocable trust. If any owner is a non-natural person or revocable trust, the annuitant will

 

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    5

be deemed to be the owner for contract provisions that are based on the age or life of the owner. When the contract is owned by a revocable trust or irrevocable grantor trust, the annuitant selected should be the grantor of the trust to assure compliance with Section 72(s) of the Code. Any contract provisions that are based on the age of the owner will be based on the age of the oldest owner. Any ownership change, including continuation of the contract by your spouse under the spousal continuation provision of the contract, redefines “owner”, “you” and “your”.

Qualified annuity: A contract that you purchase to fund one of the following tax-deferred retirement plans that is subject to applicable federal law and any rules of the plan itself:

• Individual Retirement Annuities (IRAs) including inherited IRAs under Section 408(b) of the Code

• Roth IRAs including inherited Roth IRAs under Section 408A of the Code

• Simplified Employee Pension (SEP) plans under Section 408(k) of the Code

• Custodial and investment only plans under Section 401(a) of the Code

• Tax-Sheltered Annuity (TSA) rollovers under Section 403(b) of the Code

A qualified annuity will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral if it is used to fund a retirement plan that is already tax deferred.

All other contracts are considerednonqualified annuities.

Rider effective date: The date a rider becomes effective as stated in the rider.

RiverSource Life: In this prospectus, “we,” “us,” “our” and “RiverSource Life” refer to RiverSource Life Insurance Company.

Service Center: Our department that processes all transaction and service requests for the contracts. We consider all transaction and service requests received when they arrive in good order at the Service Center. Any transaction or service requests sent or directed to any location other than our Service Center may end up delayed or not processed. Our Service Center address and telephone number are listed on the first page of the prospectus.

Surrender value: The amount you are entitled to receive if you make a full surrender from your contract (referred to as “Withdrawal value” in the Original Contract). It is the contract value minus any applicable charges, plus any positive or negative market value adjustment. Throughout this prospectus when we use the term “Surrender” it includes the term “Withdrawal”.

Valuation date: Any normal business day, Monday through Friday, on which the NYSE is open, up to the time it closes. At the NYSE close, the next valuation date begins. We calculate the accumulation unit value of each subaccount on each valuation date. If we receive your purchase payment or any transaction request (such as a transfer or surrender request) in good order at our Service Center before the close of business, we will process your payment or transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your payment or transaction request. On the other hand, if we receive your purchase payment or transaction request in good order at our Service Center at or after the close of business, we will process your payment or transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date. If you make a transaction request by telephone (including by fax), you must have completed your transaction by the close of business in order for us to process it using the accumulation unit value we calculate on that valuation date. If you were not able to complete your transaction before the close of business for any reason, including telephone service interruptions or delays due to high call volume, we will process your transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date.

Variable account: Consists of separate subaccounts to which you may allocate purchase payments; each invests in shares of one fund. The value of your investment in each subaccount changes with the performance of the particular fund.

Withdrawal value: The amount you are entitled to receive if you make a full withdrawal from your contract (referred to as “Surrender value” in the Current Contract). It is the contract value minus any applicable charges, plus any positive or negative market value adjustment. Throughout this prospectus when we use the term “Surrender” it includes the term “Withdrawal”.

6    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The Contract in Brief

This prospectus describes two versions of the contract: the Current Contract (applications signed on or after Nov. 30, 2009, subject to state availability) and the Original Contract (applications signed prior to Nov. 30, 2009, or in states where the Current Contract was unavailable). The primary differences are disclosed in the following sections: “Key Terms”, “Expense Summary,” “Buying Your Contract”, “Benefits in Case of Death”, and “Optional Benefits.” The information in this prospectus applies to both contracts unless stated otherwise.

Purpose: The purpose of each contract is to allow you to accumulate money for retirement or a similar long-term goal. You do this by making one or more purchase payments. For the Current Contract, you may allocate your purchase payments to the regular fixed account, the Special DCA fixed account, GPAs and/or subaccounts of the variable account under the contract. For the Original Contract, you may allocate your purchase payments to the one-year fixed account (if part of your contract), the DCA fixed account (if part of your contract), the GPAs and/or subaccounts of the variable account under the contract. When you invest in the subaccounts of the variable account, you risk losing amounts you invest. These accounts, in turn, may earn returns that increase the value of the contract. If the contract value goes to zero due to underlying fund’s performance or deduction of fees, the contract will no longer be in force and the contract (including any death benefit riders) will terminate. You may be able to purchase an optional benefit to reduce the investment risk you assume under the contract. Beginning at a specified time in the future called the annuitization start date, these contracts provide lifetime or other forms of payout of your contract value (less any applicable premium tax and/or other charges).

It may have not been advantageous for you to purchase this contract in exchange for, or in addition to, an existing annuity or life insurance policy. Generally, you can exchange one annuity for another or for a long-term care policy in a “tax-free” exchange under Section 1035 of the Code. You can also do a partial exchange from one annuity contract to another annuity contract, subject to Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) rules. You also generally can exchange a life insurance policy for an annuity. However, before making an exchange, you should compare both contracts carefully because the features and benefits may be different. Fees and charges may be higher or lower on your old contract than on this contract. You may have to pay a surrender charge when you exchange out of your old contract and a new surrender period will begin when you exchange into this contract. If the exchange does not qualify for Section 1035 treatment, you also may have to pay federal income tax on the distribution. State income taxes may also apply. You should not exchange your old contract for this contract, or buy this contract in addition to your old contract, unless you determine it is in your best interest. (See “Taxes-1035 Exchanges”.)

Tax-deferred retirement plans: Most annuities have a tax-deferred feature. So do many retirement plans under the Code including 403(b) plans. As a result, when you use a qualified annuity to fund a retirement plan that is tax-deferred, your contract will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral beyond what is provided in that retirement plan. Some employers may permit you to deposit your contributions into other investments such as mutual funds. If such investments are available to you, before enrolling under the contract, you should consider features other than tax deferral that may help you reach your retirement goals. In addition, the Code subjects retirement plans to required withdrawals triggered at age 72 (triggered at age 70 ½ if you turned 70 ½ before Jan. 1, 2020). These mandatory withdrawals are called required minimum distributions (“RMDs”). RMDs may reduce the value of certain death benefits and optional riders (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). You should consult your tax advisor before you purchase the contract as a qualified annuity for an explanation of the tax implications to you.

Buying a contract: We no longer offer new contracts. However, you have the option of making additional purchase payments in the future, subject to certain limitations. Purchase payment amounts and purchase payment timing may be limited under the terms of your contract and/or pursuant to state requirements. (See “Buying Your Contract”).

Free look period: The contracts in this prospectus are no longer sold. Generally, all available free look periods have now expired.

Accounts: Generally, you may allocate purchase payments among the:

• subaccounts of the variable account, each of which invests in a fund with a particular investment objective. The value of each subaccount varies with the performance of the particular fund in which it invests. We cannot guarantee that the value at the annuitization start date will equal or exceed the total purchase payments you allocate to the subaccounts. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds”).

• GPAs which earn interest at rates declared when you make an allocation to that account. The required minimum investment in each GPA is $1,000. These accounts may not be available in all states. (See “The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)”)

• for the Current Contract:

– regular fixed account, which earns interest at rates that we adjust periodically. There are restrictions on transfers from this account and may be restrictions on the amount you can allocate to this account (see “The Fixed Account –The Regular Fixed Account”).

– Special DCA fixed account, which earns interest at rates that we adjust periodically. There are restrictions on how long contract value can

 

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    7

remain in this account. (See “The Fixed Account – The Special DCA Fixed Account”).

• for the Original Contract:

– one-year fixed account, if part of your contract, which earns interest at rates that we adjust periodically. There are restrictions on the amount you can allocate to this account as well as on transfers from this account (see “The Fixed Account – One-Year Fixed Account“ ).

– DCA fixed account, if part of your contract, which earns interest at rates that we adjust periodically. There are restrictions on how long contract value can remain in this account. (See “The Fixed Account – DCA Fixed Account”).

Transfers: Subject to certain restrictions, you currently may redistribute your contract value among the accounts without charge at any time until the annuitization start date, and once per contract year among the subaccounts after the annuitization start date. Transfers out of the GPAs done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will be subject to an MVA, unless an exception applies. You may establish automated transfers among the accounts. Transfers into the Special DCA fixed account (Current Contract) and DCA fixed account (Original Contract) are not permitted. GPAs, the regular fixed account (Current Contract) and the one-year fixed account (Original Contract) are subject to special restrictions. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transferring Among Accounts”).

Surrenders: You may surrender all or part of your contract value at any time before the annuitization start date. You also may establish automated partial surrenders. Surrenders may be subject to charges and income taxes (including a 10% IRS penalty that may apply if you make surrenders prior to your reaching age 59½) and may have other tax consequences. If you have elected theSecureSource Stages rider or theSecureSource 20 rider, please consider carefully when you take withdrawals. If you take any withdrawals during the 3-year waiting period, your benefits will be set to zero until the end of the waiting period when they will be reset based on your contract value at that time and you will no longer be eligible to receive the 20% credit available under theSecureSource 20 rider or any future rider credits under theSecureSource Stages. Certain other restrictions may apply. (See “Surrenders”).

Optional benefits:These contracts offered optional living and death benefits that were available for additional charges if you met certain criteria. Please note, since the contracts in this prospectus are no longer sold, any optional benefits you may have elected were done so at the time of application. You cannot add optional benefits to your contract after it has been issued. Any optional benefits we describe are not available to add to your contract. (See “Optional Benefits”).

Optional living benefits include: different versions of the guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits, which permit you to withdraw a guaranteed amount from the contract over a period of time, Accumulation Protector Benefit

rider, which provides you with a guaranteed contract value at the end of specified waiting period regardless of the volatility inherent in the investments in the subaccounts, and Income Assurer Benefit rider, which provides you with a guaranteed minimum income regardless of the volatility inherent in the investments in the subaccounts. Guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits permit you to withdraw a guaranteed amount from the contract over a period of time, which may include the lifetime of a single person (Single Life) or the lifetime of you and your spouse (Joint Life). Guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits areSecureSourceseries riders, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider and Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider. When used in this prospectus, the term “SecureSourceseries” includes: theSecureSource Stages 2 riders, theSecureSource Stages riders, theSecureSource 20 riders and the SecureSource riders, except where theSecureSource Stages 2 riders, theSecureSource Stages riders,SecureSource 20 riders andSecureSource riders are specifically referenced and distinguished from other riders in theSecureSource series.

If you selected an optional living benefit, we restrict investment options available to you which may limit transfers and allocations; may limit the timing, amount and allocation of purchase payments; and may limit the amount of surrenders that can be taken under the optional benefit during a contract year. For more information on optional living benefits, please see “Optional Benefits — Optional Living Benefits”. Optional benefits vary by state and may have eligibility requirements.

We offered the following optional death benefits: MAV Death Benefit, 5% Accumulation Death Benefit, Enhanced Death Benefit, Benefit Protector Death Benefit rider and Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit rider. Benefit Protector Death Benefit rider and Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit rider are intended to provide an additional benefit to your beneficiary to help offset expenses after your death such as funeral expenses or federal and state taxes.

Benefits in case of death: For the Current Contract, if you die before the annuitization start date, we will pay the beneficiary an amount based on the applicable death benefit. For the Original Contract, if you or the annuitant die before the annuitization start date, we will pay the beneficiary an amount based on the applicable death benefit. (See “Benefits in Case of Death”).

Annuity payouts: You can apply your contract value, after reflecting any adjustments, to an annuity payout plan that begins on the annuitization start date. You may choose from a variety of plans that can help meet your retirement or other income needs. The payout schedule must meet IRS requirements. We can make payouts on a fixed or variable basis, or both. During the annuity payout period, your choices for subaccounts may be limited. The GPAs, the Special DCA fixed account (Current Contract) and the DCA fixed accounts (Original Contract) are not available after the annuitization start date. (See “The Annuity Payout Period”).

8    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Expense Summary

The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you paid when buying, owning and making a surrender from the contract. The first table describes the fees and expenses that you paid at the time that you bought the contract and will pay when you make a surrender from the contract. State premium taxes also may be deducted.

Current Contract:

(applications signed on or after Nov. 30, 2009, subject to state availability)

Contract Owner Transaction Expenses

Surrender charge

(Contingent deferred sales charge as a percentage of purchase payments surrendered)

Ten-year schedule		Seven-year schedule		Five-year schedule
Number of completed years from date of each purchase payment*	Surrender charge percentage applied to each purchase payment	Number of completed years from date of each purchase payment*	Surrender charge percentage applied to each purchase payment	Number of completed years from date of each purchase payment*	Surrender charge percentage applied to each purchase payment
0	8%	0	8%	0	8%
1	8	1	8	1	7
2	8	2	7	2	6
3	7	3	7	3	4
4	6	4	6	4	2
5	5	5	5	5+	0
6	4	6	3
7	3	7+	0
8	2
9	1
10+	0

* According to our current administrative practice, for the purpose of surrender charge calculation, we consider that the year is completed one day prior to the anniversary of the day each purchase payment was received.

Liquidation charge under Variable Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:If you are receiving variable annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to surrender those payments. The amount that you can surrender is the present value of any remaining variable payouts. The discount rate we use in the calculation will be 5.17% if the assumed investment return is 3.5% and 6.67% if the assumed investment return is 5%. The liquidation charge equals the present value of the remaining payouts using the assumed investment return minus the present value of the remaining payouts using the discount rate. (See “Charges — SurrenderCharge” and “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Surrender charge for Fixed Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:

Number of Completed Years Since Annuitization	Surrender charge percentage
0	Not applicable*
1	5%
2	4
3	3
4	2
5	1
6 and thereafter	0

*We do not permit surrenders in the first year after annuitization.

The next tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay periodically during the time that you own the contract, not including fund fees and expenses.

Annual contract administrative charge	Maximum: $50	Current: $40
Annual contract administrative charge if your contract value equals or exceeds $50,000	Maximum: $20	Current: $0
Contract administrative charge at full surrender	Maximum: $50	Current: $40

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    9

Annual Variable Account Expenses

(As a percentage of average daily subaccount value.)

You must choose a death benefit guarantee and the length of your contract’s surrender charge schedule. The combination you choose determines the mortality and expense risk fees you pay. The table below shows the combinations available to you and their cost. The variable account administrative charge is in addition to the mortality and expense risk fee.

Ten-year surrender charge schedule

	Mortality and expense risk fee	Variable account administrative charge	Total variable account expense
CV Death Benefit*	0.85%	0.15%	1.00%
ROPP Death Benefit	0.85	0.15	1.00
MAV Death Benefit	1.10	0.15	1.25
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.25	0.15	1.40
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.30	0.15	1.45

Seven-year surrender charge

	Mortality and expense risk fee	Variable account administrative charge	Total variable account expense
CV Death Benefit*	1.05%	0.15%	1.20%
ROPP Death Benefit	1.05	0.15	1.20
MAV Death Benefit	1.30	0.15	1.45
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.45	0.15	1.60
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.50	0.15	1.65

Five-year surrender charge schedule

	Mortality and expense risk fee	Variable account administrative charge	Total variable account expense
CV Death Benefit*	1.40%	0.15%	1.55%
ROPP Death Benefit	1.40	0.15	1.55
MAV Death Benefit	1.65	0.15	1.80
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.80	0.15	1.95
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.85	0.15	2.00

* CV Death Benefit is available only after an ownership change or spousal continuation if any owner or spouse who continues the contract is over age 85 and therefore cannot qualify for the ROPP death benefit.

Other Annual Expenses

Optional Death Benefits

If eligible, you may have selected an optional death benefit in addition to the ROPP and MAV Death Benefits. The fees apply only if you have selected one of these benefits.

Benefit Protector® Death Benefit rider fee	0.25%
Benefit Protector® Plus Death Benefit rider fee	0.40%

(As a percentage of the contract value charge annually on the contract anniversary.)

10    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Optional Living Benefits

If eligible, you may have selected one of the following optional living benefits if available in your state. The fees apply only if you have selected one of these benefits. Investment allocation restrictions apply.

SecureSource Stages 2SM – Single life rider fee	Maximum: 1.75%	Current: 0.95%
SecureSource Stages 2SM – Joint life rider fee	Maximum: 2.25%	Current: 1.15%

(Charged annually on the contract anniversary as a percentage of contract value or the total Benefit Base, whichever is greater.)

Accumulation Protector Benefit^® rider fee

For applications signed:	Maximum annual rider fee	Initial annual rider fee and annual rider fee for elective step-ups before 10/20/2012
05/03/2010 – 07/18/2010	1.75%	0.95%
07/19/2010 –10/03/2010	1.75%	1.10%
10/04/2010 – 12/31/2010	1.75%	1.50%

(Charged annually on the contract anniversary as a percentage of the contract value or the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value, whichever is greater.)

Current annual rider fees for elective step-up (including elective spousal continuation step-up) requests on/after 10/20/2012 are shown in the table below.

Elective step up date:	If invested in Portfolio Navigator fund at the time of step-up:	If invested in Portfolio Stabilizer fund at the time of step-up:
10/20/2012 – 11/ 17/2013	1.75%	n/a
11/18/2013 – 10/17/2014	1.75%	1.30%
10/18/2014 – 06/30/2016	1.60%	1.00%
07/01/2016 – 10/15/2018	1.75%	1.30%
10/16/2018 – 12/29/2019	1.40%	1.00%
12/30/2019 – 07/20/2020	1.55%	1.15%
07/21/2020 and later	1.75%	1.75%

SecureSource® Stages – Single life rider fee	Maximum: 2.00%	Current: 1.10%
SecureSource® Stages – Joint life rider fee	Maximum: 2.50%	Current: 1.35%

(Charged annually on the contract anniversary as a percentage of the contract value or the Benefit Base, whichever is greater.)

Original Contract:

(applications signed prior to Nov. 30, 2009 or in states where the Current Contract was not available)

Contract Owner Transaction Expenses

Surrender charge

(Contingent deferred sales charge as a percentage of purchase payments surrendered)

You select either a seven-year or five-year surrender charge schedule at the time of application.

Seven-year schedule		Five-year schedule*
Number of completed years from date of each purchase payment**	Surrender charge percentage applied to each purchase payment	Number of completed years from date of each purchase payment**	Surrender charge percentage applied to each purchase payment
0	8%	0	8%
1	8	1	7
2	7	2	6
3	7	3	4
4	6	4	2
5	5	5+	0
6	3
7+	0

*	The five-year surrender charge schedule may not be available in all states.
**	According to our current administrative practice, for the purpose of surrender charge calculation, we consider that the year is completed one day prior to the anniversary of the day each purchase payment was received.

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    11

Liquidation charge under Variable Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:If you are receiving variable annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to surrender those payments. The amount that you can surrender is the present value of any remaining variable payouts. The discount rate we use in the calculation will be 5.17% if the assumed investment return is 3.5% and 6.67% if the assumed investment return is 5%. The liquidation charge equals the present value of the remaining payouts using the assumed investment return minus the present value of the remaining payouts using the discount rate. (See “Charges — SurrenderCharge” and “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Surrender charge for Fixed Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:

Number of Completed Years Since Annuitization	Surrender charge percentage
0	Not applicable*
1	5%
2	4
3	3
4	2
5	1
6 and thereafter	0

*We do not permit surrenders in the first year after annuitization.

The next tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay periodically during the time that you own the contract, not including fund fees and expenses.

Annual contract administrative charge and at full surrender $40

(We will waive this charge when your contract value is $50,000 or more on the current contract anniversary except at full surrender.)

Annual Variable Account Expenses

(As a percentage of average daily subaccount value.)

You must choose a death benefit guarantee, a qualified or nonqualified contract and the length of your contract’s surrender charge schedule. The combination you choose determines the mortality and expense risk fees you pay. The table below shows the combinations available to you and their cost. The variable account administrative charge is in addition to the mortality and expense risk fee.

Seven-year surrender charge schedule for contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2006 and if available in your state

	Mortality and expense risk fee	Variable account administrative charge	Total variable account expense
Qualified annuities
ROP Death Benefit	0.90%	0.15%	1.05%
MAV Death Benefit	1.10	0.15	1.25
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.25	0.15	1.40
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.30	0.15	1.45
Nonqualified annuities
ROP Death Benefit	1.05	0.15	1.20
MAV Death Benefit	1.25	0.15	1.40
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.40	0.15	1.55
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.45	0.15	1.60

Seven-year surrender charge schedule for all other contracts

	Mortality and expense risk fee	Variable account administrative charge	Total variable account expense
Qualified annuities
ROP Death Benefit	1.00%	0.15%	1.15%
MAV Death Benefit	1.20	0.15	1.35
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.35	0.15	1.50
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.40	0.15	1.55
Nonqualified annuities

12    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

	Mortality and expense risk fee	Variable account administrative charge	Total variable account expense
ROP Death Benefit	1.15	0.15	1.30
MAV Death Benefit	1.35	0.15	1.50
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.50	0.15	1.65
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.55	0.15	1.70

Five-year surrender charge schedule

	Mortality and expense risk fee	Variable account administrative charge	Total variable account expense
Qualified annuities
ROP Death Benefit	1.20%	0.15%	1.35%
MAV Death Benefit	1.40	0.15	1.55
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.55	0.15	1.70
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.60	0.15	1.75
Nonqualified annuities
ROP Death Benefit	1.35	0.15	1.50
MAV Death Benefit	1.55	0.15	1.70
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.70	0.15	1.85
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.75	0.15	1.90

Other Annual Expenses

Optional Death Benefits

If eligible, you may have selected an optional death benefit in addition to the ROPP and MAV Death Benefits. The fees apply only if you have selected one of these benefits.

Benefit Protector® Death Benefit rider fee	0.25%
Benefit Protector® Plus Death Benefit rider fee	0.40%

(As a percentage of the contract value charge annually on the contract anniversary.)

Optional Living Benefits

If eligible, you may have selected one of the following optional living benefits if available in your state. The fees apply only if you have selected one of these benefits. Investment allocation restrictions apply.

Accumulation Protector Benefit^® rider fee

Contract purchase date:	Maximum annual rider fee	Initial annual rider fee and annual rider fee for elective step-ups before 04/29/2013
Prior to 01/26/2009	1.75%	0.55%
01/26/2009 – 05/31/2009	1.75%	0.80%

(Charged annually on the contract anniversary as a percentage of the contract value or the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value, whichever is greater.)

Current annual rider fees for elective step-up (including elective spousal continuation step-up) requests on/after 04/29/2013 are shown in the table below.

Elective step up date:	If invested in Portfolio Navigator fund at the time of step-up:	If invested in Portfolio Stabilizer fund at the time of step-up:
04/29/2013 – 11/17/2013	1.75%	n/a
11/18/2013 – 10/17/2014	1.75%	1.30%
10/18/2014 – 06/30/2016	1.60%	1.00%
07/01/2016 – 10/15/2018	1.75%	1.30%
10/16/2018 – 12/29/2019	1.40%	1.00%
12/30/2019 – 07/20/2020	1.55%	1.15%
07/21/2020 and later	1.75%	1.75%

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    13

SecureSource® 20 – Single life rider fee	Maximum: 2.00%	Current: 1.25%
SecureSource® 20 – Joint life rider fee	Maximum: 2.50%	Current: 1.55%

(Charged annually on the contract anniversary as a percentage of the contract value or the total Remaining Benefit Amount, whichever is greater.)

SecureSource^® rider fees

Application signed date	Maximum annual rider fee	Initial annual rider fee(1)
5/1/2007 – 5/31/2008, Single Life	1.50%	0.65%
5/1/2007 – 5/31/2008, Joint Life	1.75%	0.85%
6/1/2008 – 1/25/2009, Single Life	1.50%	0.75%
6/1/2008 – 1/25/2009, Joint Life	1.75%	0.95%
1/26/2009 and later, Single Life	2.00%	1.10%
1/26/2009 and later, Joint Life	2.50%	1.40%

(Charged annually on the contract anniversary as a percentage of the contract value or the total Remaining Benefit Amount, whichever is greater.)

⁽¹⁾ Effective Dec. 18, 2013 if you request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up, or move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is more aggressive than your current Portfolio Navigator fund allocation, the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are invested following the change as shown in the table below.

Application signed date		Portfolio Navigator Funds
	All Portfolio Stabilizer funds	Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)
5/1/2007 – 5/31/2008, Single Life	0.65%	0.75%	0.75%	0.75%	0.90%	1.00%
5/1/2007 – 5/31/2008, Joint Life	0.85%	0.95%	0.95%	0.95%	1.10%	1.20%
6/1/2008 – 1/25/2009, Single Life	0.75%	0.85%	0.85%	0.85%	1.00%	1.10%
6/1/2008 – 1/25/2009, Joint Life	0.95%	1.05%	1.05%	1.05%	1.20%	1.30%
1/26/2009 and later, Single Life	1.10%	1.10%	1.10%	1.10%	1.20%	1.30%
1/26/2009 and later, Joint Life	1.40%	1.40%	1.40%	1.40%	1.50%	1.60%

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life^® rider fee Maximum: 1.50% Initial: 0.65%⁽²⁾

(Charged annually on the contract anniversary as a percentage of the contract value or the total Remaining Benefit Amount, whichever is greater.)

⁽²⁾ Effective Dec. 18, 2013 if you request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up or move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is more aggressive than your current Portfolio Navigator fund allocation, the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are invested following the change as shown in the table below.

Fund name	Current fee as of 12/18/13
Portfolio Stabilizer funds	0.65%
Portfolio Navigator funds:
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	0.80%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	0.80%
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	0.80%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	0.95%
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.10%

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider fee Maximum: 1.50% Initial: 0.55%⁽³⁾

(As a percentage of contract value charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

⁽³⁾ Effective Dec. 18, 2013 if you request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up or move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is more aggressive than your current Portfolio Navigator fund allocation, the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are invested following the change as shown in the table below.

Fund name	Current fee as of 12/18/13
Portfolio Stabilizer funds	0.55%
Portfolio Navigator funds:
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	0.70%

14    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Fund name	Current fee as of 12/18/13
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	0.85%
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.00%

Income Assurer Benefit® – MAV rider fee	Maximum: 1.50%	Current: 0.30%(4)
Income Assurer Benefit® – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base rider fee	Maximum: 1.75%	Current: 0.60%(4)
Income Assurer Benefit® – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base rider fee	Maximum: 2.00%	Current: 0.65%(4)

(As a percentage of the guaranteed income benefit base charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

⁽⁴⁾ For applications signed prior to Oct. 7, 2004, the following current annual rider charges apply: Income Assurer Benefit – MAV — 0.55%, Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base — 0.70%; and Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base — 0.75%.

Annual Operating Expenses of the Funds

The next table provides the minimum and maximum total operating expenses charged by the underlying funds that you may pay periodically during the time that you own the contract. These operating expenses are for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, unless otherwise noted. More detail concerning each underlying fund’s fees and expenses is contained in each fund’s prospectus.

Minimum and maximum annual operating expenses for the funds

(Including management, distribution (12b-1) and/or service fees and other expenses)⁽¹⁾

	Minimum(%)	Maximum(%)
Total expenses before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements	0.39	1.82

⁽¹⁾ Total annual fund operating expenses are deducted from amounts that are allocated to the fund. They include management fees and other expenses and may include distribution (12b-1) fees. Other expenses may include service fees that may be used to compensate service providers, including us and our affiliates, for administrative and contract owner services provided on behalf of the fund. The amount of these payments will vary by fund and may be significant. See “The Variable Account and the Funds” for additional information, including potential conflicts of interest these payments may create. Distribution (12b-1) fees are used to finance any activity that is primarily intended to result in the sale of fund shares. Because 12b-1 fees are paid out of fund assets on an ongoing basis, you may pay more if you select subaccounts investing in funds that have adopted 12b-1 plans than if you select subaccounts investing in funds that have not adopted 12b-1 plans. For a more complete description of each fund’s fees and expenses and important disclosure regarding payments the fund and/or its affiliates make, please review the fund’s prospectus and SAI.

Examples

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in these contracts with the cost of investing in other variable annuity contracts. These costs include your transaction expenses, contract administrative charges, variable account annual expenses and fund fees and expenses.

These examples assume that you invest $10,000 in the contract for the time periods indicated. These examples also assume that your investment has a 5% return each year.

Current Contract:

(applications signed on or after Nov. 30, 2009, subject to state availability)

Maximum Expenses. These examples assume the most expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the maximum fees and expenses of the funds available with living benefit riders* and before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the MAV Death Benefit, theSecureSource Stages 2 – Joint Life rider and the Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit^(1),(3). Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on the assumptions your costs would be:

* Note: Certain funds are not available for contracts with living benefit riders and may have higher fund expenses than the associated fund expenses shown here.

	If you surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not surrender your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Ten-year surrender charge schedule	$1,293	$2,384	$3,427	$6,192	$573	$1,753	$2,975	$6,192
Seven-year surrender charge schedule	1,313	2,443	3,521	6,357	593	1,811	3,069	6,357
Five-year surrender charge schedule	1,259	2,275	3,231	6,638	629	1,914	3,231	6,638

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    15

Minimum Expenses. These examples assume the least expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the minimum fees and expenses of any of the funds before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the ROPP Death Benefit and do not select any optional benefits.⁽²⁾​ Although your actual costs may be higher, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

	If you surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not surrender your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Ten-year surrender charge schedule	$928	$1,256	$1,459	$2,049	$182	$561	$959	$2,049
Seven-year surrender charge schedule	947	1,314	1,565	2,268	203	624	1,065	2,268
Five-year surrender charge schedule	887	1,122	1,248	2,642	239	732	1,248	2,642

16    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Original Contract:

(applications signed prior to Nov. 30, 2009 or in states where the Current Contract was not available)

Maximum Expenses.These examples assume the most expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the maximum fees and expenses of the Portfolio Navigator funds available with living benefit riders* and before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the MAV Death Benefit, theSecureSource – Joint Life rider orSecureSource 20– Joint Life rider and the Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit.^(2),(3) Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on the assumptions your costs would be:

* Note: Certain funds are not available for contracts with living benefit riders and may have higher fund expenses than the associated fund expenses shown here.

	If you surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not surrender your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
Nonqualified Annuity	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Seven-year surrender charge schedule for contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2006 and if available in your state	$1,324	$2,470	$3,560	$6,200	$597	$1,833	$3,104	$6,200
Five-year surrender charge schedule	1,251	2,263	3,211	6,378	621	1,902	3,211	6,378
Qualified Annuity	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Seven-year surrender charge schedule for contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2006 and if available in your state	$1,309	$2,427	$3,491	$6,078	$582	$1,789	$3,034	$6,078
Five-year surrender charge schedule	1,236	2,220	3,143	6,261	606	1,859	3,143	6,261

Minimum Expenses.These examples assume the least expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the minimum fees and expenses of any of the funds before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the ROP Death Benefit and do not select any optional benefits⁽²⁾. Although your actual costs may be higher, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

	If you surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not surrender your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
Nonqualified Annuity	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Seven-year surrender charge schedule for contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2006 and if available in your state	$956	$1,326	$1,579	$2,287	$205	$629	$1,074	$2,287
Five-year surrender charge schedule	882	1,108	1,222	2,589	234	717	1,222	2,589
Qualified Annuity	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Seven-year surrender charge schedule for contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2006 and if available in your state	$942	$1,282	$1,499	$2,122	$189	$581	$994	$2,122
Five-year surrender charge schedule	868	1,063	1,144	2,430	218	670	1,144	2,430

(1)	In these examples, the contract administration charge is $50.
(2)	In these examples, the contract administration charge is $40.
(3)	Because these examples are intended to illustrate the most expensive combination of contract features, the maximum annual fee for each optional rider is reflected rather than the fee that is currently being charged.

THE EXAMPLES ARE ILLUSTRATIVE ONLY. YOU SHOULD NOT CONSIDER THESE EXAMPLES AS A REPRESENTATION OF PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES. ACTUAL EXPENSES WILL BE HIGHER OR LOWER THAN THOSE SHOWN DEPENDING UPON WHICH OPTIONAL BENEFIT YOU ELECT OTHER THAN INDICATED IN THE EXAMPLES OR IF YOU ALLOCATE CONTRACT VALUE TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE SUBACCOUNTS.

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    17

Condensed Financial Information

You can find unaudited condensed financial information for the subaccounts representing the lowest and highest total annual variable account expense combinations in Appendix Q.

Financial Statements

You can find our audited financial statements and the audited financial statements of the divisions, which are comprised of subaccounts, in the SAI. The SAI does not include audited financial statements for divisions that are new (if any) and have no activity as of the financial statements date.

The Variable Account and the Funds

Variable Account. The variable account was established under Indiana law on July 15, 1987, and the subaccounts are registered together as a single unit investment trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the 1940 Act). This registration does not involve any supervision of our management or investment practices and policies by the SEC. All obligations arising under the contracts are general obligations of RiverSource Life.

The variable account meets the definition of a separate account under federal securities laws. We credit or charge income, capital gains and capital losses of each subaccount only to that subaccount. State insurance law prohibits us from charging a subaccount with liabilities of any other subaccount or of our general business. The variable account includes other subaccounts that are available under contracts that are not described in this prospectus.

The IRS has issued guidance on investor control but may issue additional guidance in the future. We reserve the right to modify the contract or any investments made under the terms of the contract so that the investor control rules do not apply to treat the contract owner as the owner of the subaccount assets rather than the owner of an annuity contract. If the contract is not treated as an annuity contract for tax purposes, the owner may be subject to current taxation on any current or accumulated income credited to the contract.

We intend to comply with all federal tax laws so that the contract qualifies as an annuity for federal tax purposes. We reserve the right to modify the contract as necessary in order to qualify the contract as an annuity for federal tax purposes.

The Funds. This contract currently offers subaccounts investing in shares of the funds listed in the table below.

• Investment objectives: The investment managers and advisers cannot guarantee that the funds will meet their investment objectives. Please read the funds’ prospectuses for facts you should know before investing. These prospectuses are available by contacting us at the address or telephone number on the first page of this prospectus.

• Fund name and management: A fund underlying your contract in which a subaccount invests may have a name, portfolio manager, objectives, strategies and characteristics that are the same or substantially similar to those of a publicly-traded retail mutual fund. Despite these similarities, an underlying fund is not the same as any publicly-traded retail mutual fund. Each underlying fund will have its own unique portfolio holdings, fees, operating expenses and operating results. The results of each underlying fund may differ significantly from any publicly-traded retail mutual fund.

• Eligible purchasers: All funds are available to serve as the underlying investments for variable annuities and variable life insurance policies. The funds are not available to the public (see “Fund Name and Management” above). Some funds also are available to serve as investment options for tax-deferred retirement plans. It is possible that in the future for tax, regulatory or other reasons, it may be disadvantageous for variable annuity accounts and variable life insurance accounts and/or tax-deferred retirement plans to invest in the available funds simultaneously. Although we and the funds’ providers do not currently foresee any such disadvantages, the boards of directors or trustees of each fund will monitor events in order to identify any material conflicts between annuity owners, policy owners and tax-deferred retirement plans and to determine what action, if any, should be taken in response to a conflict. If a board were to conclude that it should establish separate fund providers for the variable annuity, variable life insurance and tax-deferred retirement plan accounts, you would not bear any expenses associated with establishing separate funds. Please refer to the funds’ prospectuses for risk disclosure regarding simultaneous investments by variable annuity, variable life insurance and tax-deferred retirement plan accounts. Each fund intends to comply with the diversification requirements under Section 817(h) of the Code.

• Asset allocation programs may impact fund performance: Asset allocation programs in general may negatively impact the performance of an underlying fund. Even if you do not participate in an asset allocation program, a fund in which your subaccount invests may be impacted if it is included in an asset allocation program. Rebalancing or reallocation under the terms of the asset allocation program may cause a fund to lose money if it must sell large amounts of securities to meet a redemption request. These losses can be greater if the fund holds securities that are not as liquid as others, for example, various types of bonds, shares of smaller companies and securities of foreign issuers. A fund may also experience higher expenses because it must sell or buy securities more frequently

18    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

	than it otherwise might in the absence of asset allocation program rebalancing or reallocations. Because asset allocation programs include periodic rebalancing and may also include reallocation, these effects may occur under the asset allocation program we offer or under asset allocation programs used in conjunction with the contracts and plans of other eligible purchasers of the funds.
•	Funds available under the contract: We seek to provide a broad array of underlying funds taking into account the fees and charges imposed by each fund and the contract charges we impose. We select the underlying funds in which the subaccounts initially invest and when there is substitution (see “Substitution of Investments”). We also make all decisions regarding which funds to retain in a contract, which funds to add to a contract and which funds will no longer be offered in a contract. In making these decisions, we may consider various objective and subjective factors. Objective factors include, but are not limited to fund performance, fund expenses, classes of fund shares available, size of the fund and investment objectives and investing style of the fund. Subjective factors include, but are not limited to, investment sub-styles and process, management skill and history at other funds and portfolio concentration and sector weightings. We also consider the levels and types of revenue a fund, its distributor, investment adviser, subadviser, transfer agent or their affiliates pay us and our affiliates. This revenue includes, but is not limited to compensation for administrative services provided with respect to the fund and support of marketing and distribution expenses incurred with respect to the fund.
•	Money Market fund yield: In low interest rate environments, money market fund yields may decrease to a level where the deduction of fees and charges associated with your contract could result in negative net performance, resulting in a corresponding decrease in your contract value.
•	Risks and Conflicts of Interest with Certain Funds Advised by Columbia Management. We are an affiliate of Ameriprise Financial, Inc., which is the parent company of Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC (Columbia Management). Columbia Management acts as investment adviser to several funds of funds, including Portfolio Navigator and Portfolio Stabilizer funds. As such, it retains full discretion over the investment activities and investment decisions of the funds. These funds invest in other registered mutual funds. In providing investment advisory services for the funds and the underlying funds in which those funds respectively invest, Columbia Management is, together with its affiliates, including us, subject to competing interests that may influence its decisions. These competing interests typically arise because Columbia Management or one of its affiliates serves as the investment adviser to the underlying funds and may provide other services in connection with such underlying funds, and because the compensation we and our affiliates receive for providing these investment advisory and other services varies depending on the underlying fund.
•	Volatility and Volatility Management Risk with the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. Portfolio Stabilizer funds are managed volatility funds that employ a strategy designed to reduce overall volatility and downside risk. These types of funds are available under the contracts and one or more of these funds may be offered in other variable annuity and variable life insurance products offered by us. These funds may also be used in conjunction with guaranteed living benefit riders we offer with various annuity contracts.
	Conflicts may arise because the manner in which these funds and their strategies are executed by Columbia Management are expected to benefit us by reducing our financial risk and expense in offering guaranteed living benefit riders. Managed volatility funds employ a strategy to reduce overall volatility and downside risk. A successful strategy may result in smaller losses to your contract value when markets are declining and market volatility is high. In turn, a successful strategy may also result in less gain in your contract value during rising markets with higher volatility when compared to funds not employing a managed volatility strategy. Accordingly, although an investment in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds may mitigate declines in your contract value due to declining equity markets, the Funds’ investment strategies may also curb or decrease your contract value during periods of positive performance by the equity markets. There is no guarantee any of the funds’ strategies will be successful. When offered with a guaranteed living benefit, managed volatility funds may decrease the number and amount of any periodic benefit base increase opportunities. Costs associated with running a managed volatility strategy may also adversely impact the performance of managed volatility funds.
	While Columbia Management is the investment adviser to the Portfolio Navigator and Portfolio Stabilizer funds, it provides no investment advice to you as to whether an allocation to the funds is appropriate for you. You must decide whether an investment in these funds is right for you. Additional information on the funds, including risks and conflicts of interest, is included in their respective prospectuses. Columbia Management advised fund of funds and managed volatility funds and their investment objectives are listed in the table below.
•	Revenue we receive from the funds and potential conflicts of interest:

Expenses We May Incur on Behalf of the Funds

When a subaccount invests in a fund, the fund holds a single account in the name of the variable account. As such, the variable account is actually the shareholder of the fund. We, through our variable account, aggregate the transactions of numerous contract owners and submit net purchase and redemption requests to the funds on a daily basis. In addition, we track individual contract owner transactions and provide confirmations, periodic statements, and other required mailings. These costs would normally be borne by the fund, but we incur them instead.

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    19

Besides incurring these administrative expenses on behalf of the funds, we also incur distributions expenses in selling our contracts. By extension, the distribution expenses we incur benefit the funds we make available due to contract owner elections to allocate purchase payments to the funds through the subaccounts. In addition, the funds generally incur lower distribution expenses when offered through our variable account in contrast to being sold on a retail basis.

A complete list of why we may receive this revenue, as well as sources of revenue, is described in detail below.

Payments the Funds May Make to Us

We or our affiliates may receive from each of the funds, or their affiliates, compensation including but not limited to expense payments. These payments are designed in part to compensate us for the expenses we may incur on behalf of the funds. In addition to these payments, the funds may compensate us for wholesaling activities or to participate in educational or marketing seminars sponsored by the funds.

We or our affiliates may receive revenue derived from the 12b-1 fees charged by the funds. These fees are deducted from the assets of the funds. This revenue and the amount by which it can vary may create conflicts of interest. The amount, type, and manner in which the revenue from these sources is computed vary by fund.

Conflicts of Interest These Payments May Create

When we determined the charges to impose under the contracts, we took into account anticipated payments from the funds. If we had not taken into account these anticipated payments, the charges under the contract would have been higher. Additionally, the amount of payment we receive from a fund or its affiliate may create an incentive for us to include that fund as an investment option and may influence our decision regarding which funds to include in the variable account as subaccount options for contract owners. Funds that offer lower payments or no payments may also have corresponding expense structures that are lower, resulting in decreased overall fees and expenses to shareholders.

We offer funds managed by our affiliates Columbia Management and Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLC (Columbia Wanger). We have additional financial incentive to offer our affiliated funds because additional assets held by them generally results in added revenue to us and our parent company, Ameriprise Financial, Inc. Additionally, employees of Ameriprise Financial, Inc. and its affiliates, including our employees, may be separately incented to include the affiliated funds in the products, as employee compensation and business unit operating goals at all levels are tied to the success of the company. Currently, revenue received from our affiliated funds comprises the greatest amount and percentage of revenue we derive from payments made by the funds.

The Amount of Payments We Receive from the Funds

We or our affiliates receive revenue which ranges up to 0.65% of the average daily net assets invested in the funds through this and other contracts we and our affiliates issue.

Why revenues are paid to us: In accordance with applicable laws, regulations and the terms of the agreements under which such revenue is paid, we or our affiliates may receive revenue, including, but not limited to expense payments and non-cash compensation, for various purposes:

• Compensating, training and educating investment professionals who sell the contracts.

• Granting access to our employees whose job it is to promote sales of the contracts by authorized selling firms and their investment professionals, and granting access to investment professionals of our affiliated selling firms.

• Activities or services we or our affiliates provide that assist in the promotion and distribution of the contracts including promoting the funds available under the contracts to contract owners, authorized selling firms and investment professionals.

• Providing sub-transfer agency and shareholder servicing to contract owners.

• Promoting, including and/or retaining the fund’s investment portfolios as underlying investment options in the contracts.

• Advertising, printing and mailing sales literature, and printing and distributing prospectuses and reports.

• Furnishing personal services to contract owners, including education of contract owners regarding the funds, answering routine inquiries regarding a fund, maintaining accounts or providing such other services eligible for service fees as defined under the rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA).

• Subaccounting services, transaction processing, recordkeeping and administration.

• Sources of revenue received from affiliated funds: The affiliated funds are managed by Columbia Management or Columbia Wanger. The sources of revenue we receive from these affiliated funds, or from the funds’ affiliates, may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Assets of the fund’s adviser, sub-adviser, transfer agent, distributor or an affiliate of these. The revenue resulting from these sources may be based either on a percentage of average daily net assets of the fund or on the actual cost of certain services we provide with respect to the fund. We may receive this revenue either in the form of a cash payment or it may be allocated to us.

• Compensation paid out of 12b-1 fees that are deducted from fund assets.

20    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• Sources of revenue received from unaffiliated funds: The unaffiliated funds are not managed by an affiliate of ours. The sources of revenue we receive from these unaffiliated funds, or the funds’ affiliates, may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Assets of the fund’s adviser, sub-adviser, transfer agent, distributor or an affiliate of these. The revenue resulting from these sources may be based on a percentage of average daily net assets of the fund or on the actual cost of certain services we provide with respect to the fund. We receive this revenue in the form of a cash payment.

• Compensation paid out of 12b-1 fees that are deducted from fund assets.

Unless the PN program is in effect or you have selected one of the optional living benefit riders, you may allocate purchase payments and transfers to any or all of the subaccounts of the variable account that invest in shares of the funds listed in the table below. From time to time, certain fund names are changed. When we are notified of a name change, we will make changes so that the new name is properly shown. However, changes may take some period of time to complete. As a result it is possible you may receive various forms, reports and confirmations that reflect a fund’s prior name.

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
AB VPS Balanced Wealth Strategy Portfolio (Class B)	N	Y	Seeks to maximize total return consistent with AllianceBernstein's determination of reasonable risk.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
AB VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio (Class B)	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
AB VPS Growth and Income Portfolio (Class B)	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
AB VPS International Value Portfolio (Class B)	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
American Century VP Inflation Protection, Class II	N	Y	Seeks long-term total return using a strategy that seeks to protect against U.S. inflation.	American Century Investment Management, Inc.
American Century VP International, Class II	N	Y	Seeks capital growth.	American Century Investment Management, Inc.
American Century VP Mid Cap Value, Class II	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital growth. Income is a secondary objective.	American Century Investment Management, Inc.
American Century VP Ultra®, Class II	Y	Y	Seeks capital growth.	American Century Investment Management, Inc.
American Century VP Value, Class II	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital growth. Income is a secondary objective.	American Century Investment Management, Inc.
BNY Mellon Investment Portfolios, MidCap Stock Portfolio - Service Shares	N	Y	Seeks investment results that are greater than the total return performance of publicly traded common stocks of medium-size domestic companies in the aggregate, as represented by the Standard & Poor's MidCap 400® Index.	BNY Mellon Investment Adviser, Inc.

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    21

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
BNY Mellon Investment Portfolios, Technology Growth Portfolio - Service Shares	N	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	BNY Mellon Investment Adviser, Inc.
BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, Appreciation Portfolio - Service Shares	N	Y	Seeks long-term capital growth consistent with the preservation of capital. Its secondary goal is current income.	BNY Mellon Investment Adviser, Inc., adviser; Fayez Sarofim & Co., sub-investment adviser.
ClearBridge Variable Small Cap Growth Portfolio - Class I	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC, investment manager; ClearBridge Investments, LLC, sub-adviser. (Western Asset Management Company manages the portion of cash and short-term investments allocated to it)
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high level of current income and, as a secondary objective, steady growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Emerging Markets Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Government Money Market Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with maximum current income consistent with liquidity and stability of principal.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - High Yield Bond Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with high current income as its primary objective and, as its secondary objective, capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Income Opportunities Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high total return through current income and capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high level of current income while attempting to conserve the value of the investment for the longest period of time.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Large Cap Growth Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Large Cap Index Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC

22    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Mid Cap Growth Fund (Class 3)	N	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Overseas Core Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Select Large Cap Value Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Select Mid Cap Value Fund (Class 3)	N	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Small Cap Value Fund (Class 2)	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with current income as its primary objective and, as its secondary objective, preservation of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Credit Suisse Trust - Commodity Return Strategy Portfolio	Y	Y	The portfolio is designed to achieve positive total return relative to the performance of the Bloomberg Commodity Index Total Return ("BCOM Index").	Credit Suisse Asset Management, LLC
CTIVP® - BlackRock Global Inflation-Protected Securities Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Non-diversified fund that seeks to provide shareholders with total return that exceeds the rate of inflation over the long term.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., subadviser; BlackRock International Limited, sub-subadviser.
CTIVP® - Loomis Sayles Growth Fund (Class 1)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P., subadviser.
CTIVP® - Victory Sycamore Established Value Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; Victory Capital Management Inc., subadviser.
Eaton Vance VT Floating-Rate Income Fund - Initial Class	Y	Y	Seeks high level of current income.	Eaton Vance Management

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    23

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Fidelity® VIP Contrafund® Portfolio Service Class 2	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital appreciation. Normally invests primarily in common stocks. Invests in securities of companies whose value FMR believes is not fully recognized by the public. Invests in either "growth" stocks or "value" stocks or both. The fund invests in domestic and foreign issuers.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Growth Portfolio Service Class 2	N	Y	Seeks to achieve capital appreciation. Normally invests primarily in common stocks. Invests in companies that FMR believes have above-average growth potential (stocks of these companies are often called "growth" stocks). The Fund invests in domestic and foreign issuers.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Service Class 2	Y	Y	Seeks as high level of current income as is consistent with the preservation of capital. Normally invests at least 80% of assets in investment-grade debt securities (those of medium and high quality) of all types and repurchase agreements for those securities. The Fund invests in fomestic and foreign issuers.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. Fidelity Investments Money Management, Inc. (FIMM) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital. Normally invests primarily in common stocks. Normally invests at least 80% of assets in securities of companies with medium market capitalizations. May invest in companies with smaller or larger market capitalizations. Invests in domestic and foreign issuers. The Fund invests in either "growth" or "value" common stocks or both.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Overseas Portfolio Service Class 2	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital. Normally invests primarily in common stocks allocating investments across different countries and regions. Normally invests at least 80% of assets in non-U.S. securities.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.

24    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Franklin Income VIP Fund - Class 2	N	Y	Seeks to maximize income while maintaining prospects for capital appreciation. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests in both equity and debt securities.	Franklin Advisers, Inc.
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund - Class 2	N	Y	Seeks capital appreciation, with income as a secondary goal. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests primarily in U.S. and foreign equity securities that the investment manager believes are undervalued.	Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC
Franklin Rising Dividends VIP Fund - Class 2	N	Y	Seeks long-term capital appreciation, with preservation of capital as an important consideration. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities of financially sound companies that have paid consistently rising dividends.	Franklin Advisers, Inc.
Franklin Small-Mid Cap Growth VIP Fund - Class 2	N	Y	Seeks long-term capital growth. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in investments of small-capitalization and mid-capitalization companies.	Franklin Advisers, Inc.
Goldman Sachs VIT Mid Cap Value Fund - Institutional Shares	N	Y	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P.
Goldman Sachs VIT U.S. Equity Insights Fund - Institutional Shares	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital and dividend income.	Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Strategic Income Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks total return	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    25

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks capital growth.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. Comstock Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks capital growth and income through investments in equity securities, including common stocks, preferred stocks and securities convertible into common and preferred stocks.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. Health Care Fund, Series II Shares	N	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. International Growth Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Core Equity Fund, Series II Shares	N	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. Value Opportunities Fund, Series II Shares	N	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Janus Henderson Research Portfolio: Service Shares	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Janus Capital Management LLC
MFS® Massachusetts Investors Growth Stock Portfolio - Service Class	N	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	MFS® Investment Management
MFS® New Discovery Series - Service Class	N	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	MFS® Investment Management
MFS® Total Return Series - Service Class	Y	Y	Seeks total return.	MFS® Investment Management
MFS® Utilities Series - Service Class	Y	Y	Seeks total return.	MFS® Investment Management
Morgan Stanley VIF Discovery Portfolio, Class II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital growth by investing primarily in common stocks and other equity securities.	Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc.
Morgan Stanley VIF Global Real Estate Portfolio, Class II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks to provide current income and capital appreciation.	Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc., adviser; Morgan Stanley Investment Management Limited and Morgan Stanley Investment Management Company, subadvisers.
Morgan Stanley VIF U.S. Real Estate Portfolio, Class II Shares	N	Y	Seeks to provide above average current income and long-term capital appreciation by investing primarily in equity securities of companies in the U.S. real estate industry, including real estate investment trusts.	Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc.

26    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
PIMCO VIT All Asset Portfolio, Advisor Class	Y	Y	Seeks maximum real return, consistent with preservation of real capital and prudent investment management.	Pacific Investment Management Company LLC (PIMCO)
Putnam VT Global Health Care Fund - Class IB Shares	N	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of both Putnam Investments Limited (PIL) and The Putnam Advisory Company, LLC (PAC), PIL and PAC do not currently manage any asses of the fund.
Putnam VT International Equity Fund - Class IB Shares	N	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor; Putnam Investments Limited, sub-adviser. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of The Putnam Advisory Company, LLC (PAC), PAC does not currently manage any assets of the fund.
Putnam VT Small Cap Value Fund - Class IB Shares	N	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of Putnam Investments Limited (PIL), PIL does not currently manage any assets.
Putnam VT Sustainable Leaders Fund - Class IB Shares	N	Y	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of Putnam Investments Limited (PIL), PIL does not currently manage any assets.
Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund - Class 2	Y	Y	Seeks high current income, consistent with preservation of capital, with capital appreciation as a secondary consideration. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in debt securities of any maturity.	Franklin Advisers, Inc.

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    27

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Templeton Growth VIP Fund - Class 2	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital growth. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests predominantly in equity securities of companies located anywhere in the world, including developing markets.	Templeton Global Advisors Limited
Variable Portfolio - Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with an aggressive level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with an aggressive level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Conservative Portfolio (Class 2)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a conservative level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Conservative Portfolio (Class 4)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a conservative level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Managed Risk Fund (Class 2)    (Available only for Current Contracts with living benefit riders)	Y	N	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund's exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Managed Risk U.S. Fund (Class 2)    (Available only for Current Contracts with living benefit riders)	Y	N	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund's exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Managed Volatility Conservative Fund (Class 2)    (Available only for Current Contracts with living benefit riders)	Y	N	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund's exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Managed Volatility Conservative Growth   (Available only for Current Contracts with living benefit riders) Fund (Class 2)	Y	N	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund's exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Managed Volatility Growth Fund (Class 2)    (Available only for Current Contracts with living benefit riders)	Y	N	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund's exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC

28    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Variable Portfolio - Managed Volatility Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2)    (Available only for Current Contracts with living benefit riders)	Y	N	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund’s exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderate Portfolio (Class 2)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderate level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderate Portfolio (Class 4)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderate level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderately aggressive level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderately aggressive level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderately conservative level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 4)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderately conservative level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Partners Core Equity Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; Jacobs Levy Equity Management, Inc. and T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc., subadvisers.
Variable Portfolio - Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; Jacobs Levy Equity Management, Inc., Nuveen Asset Management, LLC and Segall Bryant & Hamill, LLC, subadvisers.
Variable Portfolio - U.S. Flexible Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2)    (Available only for Current Contracts with living benefit riders)	Y	N	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund's exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - U.S. Flexible Growth Fund (Class 2)    (Available only for Current Contracts with living benefit riders)	Y	N	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund's exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    29

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Variable Portfolio - U.S. Flexible Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2)    (Available only for Current Contracts with living benefit riders)	Y	N	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund's exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Wanger International	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLC
Wanger USA	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLC

30    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)

The GPAs may not be available in some states.

Currently, unless you have elected one of the optional living benefit riders, you may allocate purchase payments to one or more of the GPAs with guarantee periods declared by us. These periods of time may vary by state. The required minimum investment in each GPA is $1,000.

(Exception: if a PN program model portfolio includes one or more GPAs, the required minimum investment does not apply.)

These accounts are not offered after the annuitization start date.

Each GPA pays an interest rate that is declared when you make an allocation to that account. Interest is credited daily. That interest rate is then fixed for the guarantee period that you chose. We will periodically change the declared interest rate for any future allocations to these accounts, but we will not change the rate paid on money currently in a GPA. The GPA interests under the contracts are registered with the SEC (File No.333-230959). The SEC staff reviews the disclosures in this prospectus on the GPA interests.

The interest rates that we will declare as guaranteed rates in the future are determined by us at our discretion (future rates). These rates generally will be based on various factors related to future investment earnings.We cannot predict nor can we guarantee what future rates will be.

We hold amounts you allocate to the GPAs in a “nonunitized” separate account. This separate account provides an additional measure of assurance that we will make full payment of amounts due under the GPAs. We own the assets of this separate account as well as any favorable investment performance of those assets. You do not participate in the performance of the assets held in this separate account. We guarantee all benefits relating to your value in the GPAs. This guarantee is based on the continued claims-paying ability of the company’s general account. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of insurance and financial products as well, and we also pay our obligations under these products from assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account.

We intend to construct and manage the investment portfolio relating to the separate account in such a way as to minimize the impact of fluctuations by interest rates. We seek to achieve this by constructing a portfolio of assets with a price sensitivity to interest rate changes (i.e., price duration) that is similar to the price duration of the corresponding portfolio of liabilities.

We must invest this portfolio of assets in accordance with requirements established by applicable state laws regarding the nature and quality of investments that life insurance companies may make and the percentage of their assets that they may commit to any particular type of investment. Our investment strategy will incorporate the use of a variety of debt instruments having price durations tending to match the applicable guarantee periods. These instruments include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities, which issues may or may not be guaranteed by the U.S. government;

• Debt securities that have an investment grade, at the time of purchase, within the four highest grades assigned by any of three nationally recognized rating agencies — Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s Investors Service or Fitch — or are rated in the two highest grades by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners;

• Other debt instruments which are unrated or rated below investment grade, limited to 10% of assets at the time of purchase; and

• Real estate mortgages, limited to 45% of portfolio assets at the time of acquisition.

In addition, options and futures contracts on fixed income securities will be used from time to time to achieve and maintain appropriate investment and liquidity characteristics on the overall asset portfolio.

While this information generally describes our investment strategy, we are not obligated to follow any particular strategy except as may be required by federal law and Indiana and other state insurance laws.

Market Value Adjustment (MVA)

We will not apply an MVA to contract value you transfer or surrender out of the GPAs within 30 days before the end of the guarantee period. During this 30 day window, you may choose to start a new guarantee period of the same length, transfer the contract value from the specified GPA to a GPA of another length, transfer the contract value from the specified GPA to any of the subaccounts, the regular fixed account (Current Contract) or the one-year fixed account (Original Contract), or surrender the value from the specified GPA (all subject to applicable surrender and transfer provisions). If we do not receive any instructions by the end of your guarantee period, our current practice is to automatically transfer the contract value from the specified GPA into the shortest GPA term offered in your state. If no

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    31

GPAs are offered, we will transfer the value to the regular fixed account (Current Contract) or the one-year fixed account (Original Contract), if available. If the regular fixed account (Current Contract) or the one-year fixed account (Original Contract) is not available, we will transfer the value to the money market or cash management variable subaccount we designate.

We guarantee the contract value allocated to the GPAs, including the interest credited, if you do not make any transfers or surrenders from the GPAs prior to 30 days before the end of the guarantee period (30-day rule). At all other times, and unless one of the exceptions to the 30-day rule described below applies, we will apply an MVA if you surrender or transfer contract value from a GPA including surrenders under theSecureSource series of riders, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit, or you elect an annuity payout plan while you have contract value invested in a GPA. We will refer to these transactions as “early surrenders.” The application of an MVA may result in either a gain or loss of principal.

For the Current Contract, the 30-day rule does not apply and no MVA will apply to:

• amounts surrendered under contract provisions that waive surrender charges for Hospital or Nursing Home Confinement and Terminal Illness Disability Diagnosis;

• amounts transferred automatically under the PN program; and

• amounts deducted for fees and charges.

• Amounts we pay as death claims will not be reduced by any MVA.

For the Original Contract, the 30-day rule does not apply and no MVA will apply to:

• transfers from a one-year GPA occurring under an automated dollar-cost averaging program or interest sweep strategy;

• automatic rebalancing under any PN program model portfolio we offer which contains one or more GPAs. However, an MVA may apply if you transfer to a new PN program investment option;

• amounts applied to an annuity payout plan while a PN program model portfolio containing one or more GPAs is in effect;

• amounts deducted for fees and charges; or

• amounts we pay as death claims.

When you request an early surrender, we adjust the early surrender amount by an MVA formula. The early surrender amount reflects the relationship between the guaranteed interest rate you are earning in your current GPA and the interest rate we are crediting on new GPAs that end at the same time as your current GPA.

The MVA is sensitive to changes in current interest rates. The magnitude of any applicable MVA will depend on our current schedule of guaranteed interest rates at the time of the surrender, the time remaining in your guarantee period and your guaranteed interest rate. The MVA is negative, zero or positive depending on how the guaranteed interest rate on your GPA compares to the interest rate of a new GPA for the same number of years as the guarantee period remaining on your GPA. This is summarized in the following table:

If your GPA rate is:	The MVA is:
Less than the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Negative
Equal to the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Zero
Greater than the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Positive

For examples, see Appendix A.

32    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The General Account

The general account includes all assets owned by RiverSource Life, other than those in the variable account and our other separate accounts. Subject to applicable state law, we have sole discretion to decide how assets of the general account will be invested. The assets held in our general account support the guarantees under your contract including any optional benefits offered under the contract. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to many of the same risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of annuities and financial instruments and products as well, and these obligations are satisfied from the assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account. The fixed account is supported by our general account that we make available under the contract.

The Fixed Account

Amounts allocated to the fixed account are part of our general account. For the Current Contract, the fixed account includes the regular fixed account and the Special DCA fixed account. For the Original Contract, the fixed account includes the one-year fixed account and the DCA fixed account. We credit interest on amounts you allocate to the fixed account at rates we determine from time to time at our discretion. Interest rates credited in excess of the guaranteed rate generally will be based on various factors related to future investment earnings. The guaranteed minimum interest rate on amounts invested in the fixed account may vary by state but will not be lower than state law allows. We back the principal and interest guarantees relating to the fixed account. These guarantees are subject to the creditworthiness and continued claims-paying ability of RiverSource Life

Because of exemptive and exclusionary provisions, we have not registered interests in the fixed account as securities under the Securities Act of 1933 nor have any of these accounts been registered as investment companies under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Accordingly, neither the fixed account nor any interests in the fixed account are subject to the provisions of these Acts.

The fixed account has not been registered with the SEC. Disclosures regarding the fixed account, however, are subject to certain generally applicable provisions of the federal securities laws relating to the accuracy and completeness of statements made in a prospectus. 

Current Contract:

(applications signed on or after Nov. 30, 2009, subject to state availability)

The Regular Fixed Account

Unless the PN program we offer is in effect, you may allocate purchase payments or transfer contract value to the regular fixed account. The value of the regular fixed account increases as we credit interest to the regular fixed account. We credit and compound interest daily based on a 365-day year (366 in a leap year) so as to produce the annual effective rate which we declare. The interest rate we apply to each purchase payment or transfer to the regular fixed account is guaranteed for one year. Thereafter, we will change the rates from time to time at our discretion, but your interest rate for each purchase payment or transfer will never change more frequently than annually. There are restrictions on transfers from this account and may be restrictions on the amount you can allocate to this account (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transfer policies”).

The Special DCA Fixed Account

You may allocate purchase payments to the Special DCA fixed account. You may not transfer contract value to the Special DCA fixed account.

You may allocate your entire purchase payment to the Special DCA fixed account for a term of six or twelve months. We reserve the right to offer shorter or longer terms for the Special DCA fixed account.

In accordance with your investment instructions, we transfer amounts from the Special DCA fixed account to the subaccounts or investment option you select under your living benefit rider monthly so that, at the end of the Special DCA fixed account term, the balance of the Special DCA fixed account is zero. The amount of each transfer equals the remaining Special DCA fixed account value on the date of the transfer divided by the number of remaining transfers in the program. You may not change the amount of transfers. The first Special DCA monthly transfer occurs one day after we receive your payment. You may not use the regular fixed account or any GPA as a destination for the Special DCA monthly transfer. (Exception: if a PN program is in effect, and the PN program investment option you selected, if applicable, includes the regular fixed account or any GPA, amounts will be transferred from the Special DCA fixed account to the regular fixed account or GPA according to the allocation percentage established for the PN program investment option you have selected.)

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    33

The value of the Special DCA fixed account increases when we credit interest to the Special DCA fixed account, and decreases when we make monthly transfers from the Special DCA fixed account. When you allocate a purchase payment to the Special DCA fixed account, the interest rates applicable to that purchase payment will be the rates in effect for the Special DCA fixed account term you choose on the date we receive your purchase payment. The applicable interest rate is guaranteed for the length of the term for the Special DCA fixed account term you choose. We credit and compound interest daily based on a 365-day year (366 in a leap year) so as to produce the annual effective rate which we declare. We credit interest only on the declining balance of the Special DCA fixed account; we do not credit interest on amounts that have been transferred from the Special DCA fixed account. As a result, the net effective interest rates we credit will be less than the declared annual effective rates. Generally, we will credit the Special DCA fixed account with interest at the same annual effective rate we apply to the regular fixed account on the date we receive your purchase payment, regardless of the length of the term you select. From time to time, we may credit interest to the Special DCA fixed account at promotional rates that are higher than those we credit to the regular fixed account. We reserve the right to declare different annual effective rates:

• for the Special DCA fixed account and the regular fixed account; and

• for the Special DCA fixed accounts with terms of differing length.

Alternatively, you may allocate your purchase payment to any combination of the following which equals one hundred percent of the amount you invest:

• the Special DCA fixed account for a six month term;

• the Special DCA fixed account for a twelve month term;

• the Portfolio Stabilizer or Portfolio Navigator fund if you have one of the optional living benefit riders;

• unless you have elected one of the optional living benefit riders, to the regular fixed account, the GPAs and/or the subaccounts, subject to investment minimums and other restrictions we may impose on investments in the regular account and the GPAs.

Once you establish a Special DCA fixed account, you cannot allocate additional purchase payments to it. However, you may establish another Special DCA fixed account and allocate new purchase payments to it.

If you participate in a PN program, and you change to a different PN program investment option while a Special DCA fixed account term is in progress, we will allocate transfers from the Special DCA fixed account to your newly-elected PN program investment option.

If your contract permits, and you discontinue your participation in a PN program while a Special DCA fixed account term is in progress, we will allocate transfers from your Special DCA fixed account for the remainder of the term to the subaccounts in accordance with your current Special DCA fixed account allocation instructions. If your current Special DCA fixed account allocation instructions include a fund to which allocations are restricted and you do not provide new instructions, we will transfer prorated amounts to the valid portion of your allocation instruction.

You may discontinue any Special DCA fixed account before the end of its term by giving us notice. If you do so, we will transfer the remaining balance of the Special DCA fixed account to the Portfolio Stabilizer or Portfolio Navigator fund in which you are invested if a living benefit rider is selected, or if no living benefit rider is selected, in accordance with your investment instructions to us to the regular fixed account, the GPAs and/or the subaccounts, subject to investment minimums and other restrictions we may impose on investments in the regular fixed account and the GPAs, including but not limited to, any limitations described in this prospectus on transfers (see “Transfer policies”).

Dollar-cost averaging from the Special DCA fixed account does not guarantee that any subaccount will gain in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. For a discussion of how dollar-cost averaging works, see “Making the Most of your Contract — Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging.”

Original Contract:

(applications signed prior to Nov. 30, 2009 or in states where the Current Contract was not available)

The One-Year Fixed Account

Unless the PN program we offer is in effect, you may allocate purchase payments or transfer contract value to the one-year fixed account. The value of the one-year fixed account increases as we credit interest to the one-year fixed account. We credit and compound interest daily based on a 365-day year (366 in a leap year) so as to produce the annual effective rate which we declare. We credit the one-year fixed account with the current guaranteed annual rate that is in effect on the date we receive your purchase payment or you transfer contract value to the one-year fixed account. The interest rate we apply to each purchase payment or transfer to the one-year fixed account is guaranteed for one year. There are restrictions on the amount you can allocate to the one-year fixed account as well as on transfers from this account (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transfer policies”).

34    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

DCA Fixed Account

(Applies to contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2006 and if available in your state)

You may allocate purchase payments to the DCA fixed account. You may not transfer contract value to the DCA fixed account.

You may allocate your entire purchase payment to the DCA fixed account for a term of six or twelve months. We reserve the right to offer shorter or longer terms for the DCA fixed account.

In accordance with your investment instructions, we transfer a pro rata amount from the DCA fixed account to your investment allocations monthly so that, at the end of the DCA fixed account term, the balance of the DCA fixed account is zero. The first DCA monthly transfer occurs one day after we receive your payment.

The value of the DCA fixed account increases when we credit interest to the DCA fixed account, and decreases when we make monthly transfers from the DCA fixed account. When you allocate a purchase payment to the DCA fixed account, the interest rates applicable to that purchase payment will be the rates in effect for the DCA fixed account term you choose on the date we receive your purchase payment. The applicable interest rate is guaranteed for the length of the term for the DCA fixed account term you choose. We credit and compound interest daily based on a 365-day year (366 in a leap year) so as to produce the annual effective rate which we declare. We credit interest only on the declining balance of the DCA fixed account; we do not credit interest on amounts that have been transferred from the DCA fixed account. As a result, the net effective interest rates we credit will be less than the declared annual effective rates. Generally, we will credit the DCA fixed account with interest at the same annual effective rate we apply to the one-year fixed account on the date we receive your purchase payment, regardless of the length of the term you select. From time to time, we may credit interest to the DCA fixed account at promotional rates that are higher than those we credit to the one-year fixed account. We reserve the right to declare different annual effective rates:

• for the DCA fixed account and the one-year fixed account;

• for the DCA fixed accounts with terms of differing length;

• for amounts in the DCA fixed account that are transferred to the one-year fixed account;

• for amounts in the DCA fixed account that are transferred to the GPAs;

• for amounts in the DCA fixed account that are transferred to the subaccounts.

Alternatively, you may allocate your purchase payment to any combination of the following which equals one hundred percent of the amount you invest:

• the DCA fixed account for a six month term;

• the DCA fixed account for a twelve month term;

• the Portfolio Stabilizer or Portfolio Navigator fund, if you have one of the optional living benefit riders;

• unless you have elected one of the optional living benefit riders, to the one-year fixed account, the GPAs and/or the subaccounts, subject to investment minimums and other restrictions we may impose on investments in the one-year fixed account and the GPAs.

If you make a purchase payment while a DCA fixed account term is in progress, you may allocate your purchase payment among the following:

• to the DCA fixed account term(s) then in effect. Amounts you allocate to an existing DCA fixed account term will be transferred out of the DCA fixed account over the remainder of the term. For example, if you allocate a new purchase payment to an existing DCA fixed account term of six months when only two months remains in the six month term, the amount you allocate will be transferred out of the DCA fixed account over the remaining two months of the term;

• to the Portfolio Stabilizer or Portfolio Navigator fund, if you have one of the optional living benefit riders;

• unless you have elected one of the optional living benefit riders, then to the one-year fixed account, the GPAs and/or the subaccounts, subject to investment minimums and other restrictions we may impose on investments in the one-year fixed account and the GPAs.

If no DCA fixed account term is in progress when you make an additional purchase payment, you may allocate it according to the rules above for the allocation of your initial purchase payment.

If you participate in a PN program, and you change to a different PN program investment option while a DCA fixed account term is in progress, we will allocate transfers from the DCA fixed account to your newly-elected PN program investment option.

If your contract permits, and you discontinue your participation in a PN program investment option while a DCA fixed account term is in progress, we will allocate transfers from the DCA fixed account for the remainder of the term in accordance with your investment instructions to us to the one-year fixed account, the GPAs and the subaccounts,

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    35

subject to investment minimums and other restrictions we may impose on investments in the one-year fixed account and the GPAs, including but not limited to, any limitations described in this prospectus on transfers (see “Transfer policies”).

You may discontinue any DCA fixed account before the end of its term by giving us notice. If you do so, we will transfer the remaining balance of the DCA fixed account whose term you are ending to the PN program investment option in effect, or if no PN program investment option is in effect, in accordance with your investment instructions to us to the one-year fixed account, the GPAs and/or the subaccounts, subject to investment minimums and other restrictions we may impose on investments in the one-year fixed account and the GPAs, including but not limited to, any limitations described in this prospectus on transfers (see “Transfer policies”).

Dollar-cost averaging from the DCA fixed account does not guarantee that any subaccount will gain in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. For a discussion of how dollar-cost averaging works, see “Making the Most of your Contract — Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging.”

Buying Your Contract

New contracts are not currently being offered.

We are required by law to obtain personal information from you which we used to verify your identity. If you do not provide this information we reserve the right to refuse to issue your contract or take other steps we deem reasonable. As the owner, you have all rights and may receive all benefits under the contract. You may select a qualified or nonqualified annuity. You can own a nonqualified annuity in joint tenancy with rights of survivorship only in spousal situations. You cannot own a qualified annuity in joint tenancy. For the Current Contract, you can buy a contract if you are 85 or younger. For the Original Contract, you can buy a contract if you and the annuitant are age 85 or younger. (The age limit may be younger for qualified annuities in some states.)

When you applied, you could have selected:

Current Contract:

(applications signed on or after Nov. 30, 2009, subject to state availability)

• GPAs, the regular fixed account (if included), the Special DCA fixed account and/or subaccounts in which you want to invest;

• how you want to make purchase payments;

• a beneficiary;

• the optional PN program⁽¹⁾; and

• one of the following optional death benefits:

– MAV Death Benefit;

– 5% Accumulation Death Benefit; or

– Enhanced Death Benefit.

• one of the following additional optional death benefits:

– Benefit Protector Death Benefit rider⁽²⁾; or

– Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit rider⁽²⁾.

In addition, you could have also selected one of the following optional living benefits:

• SecureSource Stages 2 riders; ;

• SecureSource Stages riders; or

• Accumulation Protector Benefit rider

The Current Contract provides for allocation of purchase payments to the GPAs, the regular fixed account, the Special DCA fixed account and/or the subaccounts of the variable account subject to the $1,000 required minimum investment for the GPAs. We currently allow you to allocate the total amount of purchase payment to the regular fixed account. We reserve the right to limit purchase payment allocations to the regular fixed account at any time on a non-discriminatory basis with notification, subject to state restrictions. You cannot allocate purchase payments to the fixed account for six months following a partial surrender from the fixed account, a lump sum transfer from the regular fixed account, or termination of automated transfers from the Special DCA fixed account prior to the end of the Special DCA fixed account term.

Original Contract:

(applications signed prior to Nov. 30, 2009 or in states where the Current Contract was not available)

36    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• GPAs, the one-year fixed account, if part of your contract, the DCA fixed account if part of your contract and/or subaccounts in which you want to invest;

• how you want to make purchase payments;

• a beneficiary;

• the optional PN program⁽¹⁾; and

• one of the following optional death benefits:

– MAV Death Benefit;

– 5% Accumulation Death Benefit; or

– Enhanced Death Benefit.

• one of the following additional optional death benefits:

– Benefit Protector Death Benefit rider⁽²⁾; or

– Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit rider⁽²⁾.

In addition, if available in your state, could have also selected one of the following optional living benefits:

•	SecureSource 20 riders;
•	SecureSource riders;
•	Accumulation Protector Benefit rider;
•	Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider;
•	Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider;
•	Income Assurer Benefit – MAV rider;
•	Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base rider; or
•	Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base rider.
(1)	There is no additional charge for this feature.
(2)	Not available with 5% Accumulation or Enhanced Death Benefit.

The Original Contract provides for allocation of purchase payments to the GPAs, the one-year fixed account (if part of your contract), the DCA fixed account (if part of your contract) and/or to the subaccounts of the variable account in even 1% increments subject to the $1,000 required minimum investment for the GPAs. The amount of any purchase payment allocated to the one-year fixed account in total cannot exceed 30% of the purchase payment. More than 30% of a purchase payment may be so allocated if you establish an automated dollar-cost averaging arrangement with respect to the purchase payment according to procedures currently in effect. We reserve the right to further limit purchase payment allocations to the one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then crediting on new purchase payments allocated to the one-year fixed account is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract.

For both the Current Contract and the Original Contract:

We will credit additional eligible purchase payments you make to your accounts on the valuation date we receive them. If we receive an additional purchase payment at our Service Center before the close of business, we will credit any portion of that payment allocated to the subaccounts using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received the payment. If we receive an additional purchase payment at our Service Center at or after the close of business, we will credit any portion of that payment allocated to the subaccounts using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received the payment.

You may make monthly payments to your contract under a Systematic Investment Plan (SIP). You must make an initial purchase payment of $10,000. Then, to begin the SIP, you will complete and send a form and your first SIP payment along with your application. There is no charge for SIP. You can stop your SIP payments at any time.

In most states, you may make additional purchase payments to nonqualified and qualified annuities until the annuitization start date.

Householding and delivery of certain documents

With your prior consent, RiverSource Life and its affiliates may use and combine information concerning accounts owned by members of the same household and provide a single paper copy of certain documents to that household. This householding of documents may include prospectuses, supplements, annual reports, semiannual reports and proxies. Your authorization remains in effect unless we are notified otherwise. If you wish to continue receiving multiple copies of these documents, you can opt out of householding by calling us at 1.866.273.7429. Multiple mailings will resume within 30 days after we receive your opt out request.

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    37

Purchase Payments

Purchase payment amounts and purchase payment timing may vary by state and be limited under the terms of your contract.

Minimum initial purchase payment

10,000

Minimum additional purchase payments

$50 for SIPs

$100 for all other payment types

Maximum total purchase payments (without our approval)

•	Current Contract:
	(applications signed on or after Nov. 30, 2009, subject to state availability)

Maximum total purchase payments* based on your age on the effective date of the payment:

For the first year and total: through age 85	$1,000,000
age 86 or older	$0

For each subsequent year: through age 85	$100,000
age 86 or older	$0

• Original Contract:

(applications signed prior to Nov. 30, 2009 or in states where the Current Contract was not available)

Maximum total purchase payments*

$1,000,000

Additional purchase payment restrictions for contracts with the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, orSecureSource riders.

Effective Jan. 26, 2009, after initial purchase payments are received, limited additional purchase payments allowed for contracts with the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, orSecureSource riders, subject to state restrictions. Initial purchase payments are: 1) payments received with the application, and 2) Tax Free Exchanges, rollovers, and transfers listed on the annuity application, paper work initiated within 30 days from the application signed date and received within 180 days from the application signed date.

For contracts issued in all states except those listed below, the only additional purchase payments that will be allowed on/after Jan. 26, 2009 are the maximum annual contribution permitted by the Code for qualified annuities.

For contracts issued in Florida, New Jersey, and Oregon, additional purchase payments to your variable annuity contract with the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, orSecureSource riders will be limited to $100,000 for the life of your contract. The limit does not apply to initial purchase payments.

Additional purchase payment restrictions for theSecureSource Stages 2 riders,SecureSource Stages riders andSecureSource 20 riders

Effective Feb. 27, 2012, no additional purchase payments are allowed for contracts withSecureSource Stages 2 riders,SecureSource Stages riders andSecureSource 20 riders subject to certain exceptions listed below.

Certain exceptions apply and the following additional purchase payments will be allowed on or after Feb. 27, 2012:

a.	Current tax year contributions for TSAs and Custodial and investment only plans under Section 401(a) of the Code, up to the annual limit set by the IRS.
b.	Prior and current tax year contributions up to the annual limit set up by the IRS for any Qualified Accounts except TSAs and 401(a)s. This annual limit applies to IRAs, Roth IRAs and SEP plans.

We reserve the right to change these current rules any time, subject to state restrictions.

The riders also prohibit additional purchase payments while the rider is effective, if (1) you decline a rider fee increase, or (2) the Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP) is established and your contract value on an anniversary is less than four times the ALP. (For the purpose of this calculation only, the ALP is determined using percentage B, as described under “Optional Living Benefits —SecureSource Stages 2 Riders,SecureSource Stages Riders andSecureSource 20 Riders.”)

Additional purchase payment restrictions for the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider

38    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Additional purchase payments are prohibited during the waiting period after the first 180 days immediately following the effective date of the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider.

For the Current Contract, additional purchase payments are also allowed within 180 days from the last contract anniversary if you exercise the elective step up option.

Subject to state restrictions, we reserve the right to change the above purchase payment limitations, including making further restrictions, upon written notice.

* These limits apply in total to all RiverSource Life annuities you own unless a higher maximum applies to your contract. We reserve the right to waive or increase the maximum limit. For qualified annuities, the Code’s limits on annual contributions also apply. Additional purchase payments for inherited IRA contracts cannot be made unless the payment is IRA money inherited from the same decedent.

How to Make Purchase Payments

11 By letter

Send your check along with your name and contract number to:

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474

22 By SIP

Contact your investment professional to complete the necessary SIP paperwork.

Purchase Payment Credits

As of May 1, 2006, we no longer offer purchase payment credits in most states.

Purchase payment credits were available if you:

• purchased a contract with the seven-year surrender charge schedule with an application signed date before May 1, 2006; or

• purchased a contract with the seven-year surrender charge schedule with an application signed date on or after May 1, 2006 in a state where purchase payment credits are/were still available at the time you purchased your contract.

We applied a credit to your contract of 1% of your current purchase payment. We applied this credit immediately. We allocated the credit to the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportions as your purchase payment.

We reversed credits from the contract value for any purchase payment that was not honored (if, for example, your purchase payment check was returned for insufficient funds).

To the extent a death benefit or withdrawal payment includes purchase payment credits applied within twelve months preceding: (1) the date of death that results in a lump sum death benefit payment under this contract; or (2) a request for withdrawal charge waiver due to “Contingent events” (see “Charges — Contingent events”), we will assess a charge, similar to a withdrawal charge, equal to the amount of the purchase payment credits. The amount we pay to you under these circumstances will always equal or exceed your withdrawal value.

Because of higher charges, there may be circumstances where you may be worse off for having received the credit than in other contracts. All things being equal (such as guarantee availability or fund performance and availability), this may occur if you hold your contract for 15 years or more. This also may occur if you make a full withdrawal in the first seven years. You should consider these higher charges and other relevant factors before you buy this contract or before you exchange a contract you currently own for this contract.

Limitations on Use of Contract

If mandated by applicable law, including, but not limited to, federal anti-money laundering laws, we may be required to reject a purchase payment. We may also be required to block an owner’s access to contract values or to satisfy other statutory obligations. Under these circumstances, we may refuse to implement requests for transfers, surrenders or death benefits until instructions are received from the appropriate governmental authority or a court of competent jurisdiction.

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    39

The Annuitization Start Date

For both the Current Contract and the Original Contract:

Annuity payouts begin on the annuitization start date. This means that the contract will be annuitized or converted to a stream of monthly payments. If your contract is annuitized, the contract goes into payout and only the annuity payout provisions continue. You will no longer have access to your contract value. This means that the death benefit and any optional benefits you have elected will end. When we processed your application, we established the maximum age then in effect (or contract anniversary if applicable). Unless otherwise elected by you, all annuitization start dates are now automatically set to the maximum age of 95 now in effect. You can also change the annuitization start date, provided you send us written instructions at least 30 days before annuity payouts begin.

The annuitization start date must be:

• no earlier than the 30th day after the contract’s effective date; and no later than

• the owner’s 95th birthday or the tenth contract anniversary, if later,

• or such other date as agreed to by us.

Six months prior to your annuitization start date, we will contact you with your options including the option to postpone your annuitization start date to a future date. You can choose to delay the annuitization of your contract to a date beyond age 95, to the extent allowed by applicable state law and tax laws.

If you do not make an election, annuity payouts using the contract’s default option of annuity payout Plan B – Life with 10 years certain will begin on the annuitization start date and your monthly annuity payments will continue for as long as the annuitant lives. If the annuitant does not survive 10 years, we will continue to make payments until 10 years of payments have been made. Some distributors require annuitization by age 95. In that case, the option to continue to defer the annuitization start date after age 95 is not available.

Generally, if you own a qualified annuity (for example, an IRA) and tax laws require that you take distributions from your annuity prior to your annuitization start date, your contract will not be automatically annuitized (subject to state requirement). However, if you choose, you can elect to request annuitization or take surrenders to meet your required minimum distributions.

Please see ”SecureSource Stages 2/SecureSource Stages/SecureSource 20 — Other Provisions" section regarding options under this rider at the annuitization start date.

Beneficiary

We will pay to your named beneficiary the death benefit if it becomes payable while the contract is in force and before the annuitization start date. If there is more than one beneficiary, we will pay each beneficiary’s designated share when we receive their completed claim. A beneficiary will bear the investment risk of the variable account until we receive the beneficiary’s completed claim. If there is no named beneficiary, the default provisions of your contract will apply. (See “Benefits in Case of Death” for more about beneficiaries.)

If you select one of theSecureSourceseries  – Joint Life rider, please consider carefully whether or not you wish to change the beneficiary of your annuity contract. The rider will terminate if the surviving covered spouse can not utilize the spousal continuation provision of the contract when the death benefit is payable.

Charges

All Contracts

Contract Administrative Charge

We charge this fee for establishing and maintaining your records. We deduct $40 from the contract value on your contract anniversary or, if earlier, when the contract is fully surrendered. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. Some states also limit any contract charge that applies to the fixed account. For the Current Contract, we reserve the right to increase this charge after the first contract anniversary to a maximum of $50.

We will waive this charge when your contract value is $50,000 or more on the current contract anniversary. For the Current Contract, we reserve the right to charge up to $20 after the first contract anniversary for contracts with contract value of $50,000 or more.

If you take a full surrender from your contract, we will deduct the charge at the time of surrender regardless of the contract value. We cannot increase the annual contract administrative charge for the Original Contract. This charge does not apply to amounts applied to an annuity payment plan or to the death benefit (other than when deducted from the Full Surrender Value component of the death benefit for the Current Contract).

40    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable Account Administrative Charge

We apply this charge daily to the subaccounts. It is reflected in the unit values of your subaccounts and it totals 0.15% of their average daily net assets on an annual basis. It covers certain administrative and operating expenses of the subaccounts such as accounting, legal and data processing fees and expenses involved in the preparation and distribution of reports and prospectuses. We cannot increase the variable account administrative charge.

Mortality and Expense Risk Fee

We charge these fees daily to the subaccounts. The unit values of your subaccounts reflect these fees. These fees cover the mortality and expense risk that we assume. These fees do not apply to the GPAs or the fixed account. We cannot increase these fees.

Current Contract:

(applications signed on or after Nov. 30, 2009, subject to state availability)

The mortality and expense risk fee you pay is based on the death benefit guarantee in effect and the surrender charge schedule that applies to your contract.

Ten-year surrender charge schedule	Mortality and expense risk fee
CV Death Benefit*	0.85%
ROPP Death Benefit	0.85
MAV Death Benefit	1.10
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.25
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.30

Seven-year surrender charge	Mortality and expense risk fee
CV Death Benefit*	1.05%
ROPP Death Benefit	1.05
MAV Death Benefit	1.30
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.45
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.50

Five-year surrender charge schedule	Mortality and expense risk fee
CV Death Benefit*	1.40%
ROPP Death Benefit	1.40
MAV Death Benefit	1.65
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.80
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.85

* CV Death Benefit is available only after an ownership change or spousal continuation if any owner or spouse who continues the contract is over age 85 and therefore cannot qualify for the ROPP death benefit.

Original Contract:

(applications signed prior to Nov. 30, 2009 or in states where the Current Contract was not available)

The mortality and expense risk fee you pay is based on the death benefit guarantee you select, whether the contract is a qualified annuity or a nonqualified annuity and the surrender charge schedule that applies to your contract.

Seven-year surrender charge schedule for contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2006 and if available in your state	Qualified annuities	Nonqualified annuities
ROP Death Benefit	0.90%	1.05%
MAV Death Benefit	1.10	1.25
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.25	1.40
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.30	1.45
Seven-year surrender charge schedule for all other contracts
ROP Death Benefit	1.00%	1.15%
MAV Death Benefit	1.20	1.35
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.35	1.50
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.40	1.55
Five-year surrender charge schedule
ROP Death Benefit	1.20%	1.35%

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    41

Seven-year surrender charge schedule for contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2006 and if available in your state	Qualified annuities	Nonqualified annuities
MAV Death Benefit	1.40	1.55
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.55	1.70
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.60	1.75

Mortality risk arises because of our guarantee to pay a death benefit and our guarantee to make annuity payouts according to the terms of the contract, no matter how long a specific owner or annuitant lives and no matter how long our entire group of owners or annuitants live. If, as a group, owners or annuitants outlive the life expectancy we assumed in our actuarial tables, then we must take money from our general assets to meet our obligations. If, as a group, owners or annuitants do not live as long as expected, we could profit from the mortality risk fee. We deduct the mortality risk fee from the subaccounts during the annuity payout period even if the annuity payout plan does not involve a life contingency.

Expense risk arises because we cannot increase the contract administrative charge for the Original Contract, we are limited on how much we can increase the contract administrative charge for the Current Contract, and we cannot increase the variable account administrative charge and these charges may not cover our expenses. We would have to make up any deficit from our general assets. We could profit from the expense risk fee if future expenses are less than expected.

The subaccounts pay us the mortality and expense risk fee they accrued as follows:

• first, to the extent possible, the subaccounts pay this fee from any dividends distributed from the funds in which they invest;

• then, if necessary, the funds redeem shares to cover any remaining fees payable.

We may use any profits we realize from the subaccounts’ payment to us of the mortality and expense risk fee for any proper corporate purpose, including, among others, payment of distribution (selling) expenses. We do not expect that the surrender charge will cover sales and distribution expenses.

Surrender Charge

If you surrender all or part of your contract value before the annuitization start date, we may deduct a surrender charge. As described below, a surrender charge applies to each purchase payment you make. For the Current Contract, the surrender charge lasts for 10 years, 7 years or 5 years from our receipt of each purchase payment, depending on which surrender charge schedule you select when you purchase the contract (see “Expense Summary”). For the Original Contract, the surrender charge lasts for 7 years or 5 years from our receipt of each purchase payment, depending on which surrender charge schedule you select when you purchase the contract (see “Expense Summary”). The surrender charge percentages that apply to you are shown in your contract.

You may surrender an amount during any contract year without a surrender charge. We call this amount the total free amount (FA for the Current Contract, TFA for the Original Contract). Throughout this prospectus when we use the acronym FA, it includes TFA. The FA varies depending on whether your contract includes one of theSecureSourceseries of riders, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider:

Current Contract withoutSecureSource Stages rider

The FA is the greater of:

• 10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary, less any prior surrenders taken in the current contract year; or

• current contract earnings.

During the first contract year, the FA is the greater of:

• 10% of all purchase payments applied prior to your surrender request, less any amounts surrendered prior to your surrender request that represent the FA; or

• current contract earnings.

Original Contract withoutSecureSource 20 rider,SecureSource rider, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider or Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider

The FA is the greater of:

• 10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary⁽¹⁾, less any prior surrenders taken in the current contract year; or

• current contract earnings.

42    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Current Contract withSecureSource Stages rider

The FA is the greatest of:

• 10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary, less any prior surrenders taken in the current contract year;

• current contract earnings; or

• the Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (this amount will be zero during the waiting period).

During the first contract year, the FA is the greatest of:

• 10% of all purchase payments applied prior to your surrender request, less any amounts surrendered prior to your surrender request that represent the FA; or

• current contract earnings.

Original Contract withSecureSource 20 rider,SecureSource rider or Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider

The FA is the greatest of:

• 10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary⁽¹⁾, less any prior surrenders taken in the current contract year;

• current contract earnings; or

• the greater of the Remaining Benefit Payment or the Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (for theSecureSource 20 rider, Remaining Benefit Payment and the Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment are zero during the waiting period).

Original Contract with Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider

The FA is the greatest of:

•	10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary(1), less any prior surrenders taken in the current contract year;
•	current contract earnings; or
•	the Remaining Benefit Payment.
(1)	We consider your initial purchase payment to be the prior contract anniversary’s contract value during the first contract year.

Amounts surrendered in excess of the FA may be subject to a surrender charge as described below.

A surrender charge will apply if the amount you surrender includes any of your prior purchase payments that are still within their surrender charge schedule. To determine whether your surrender includes any of your prior purchase payments that are still within their surrender charge schedule, we surrender amounts from your contract in the following order:

1.	First, we surrender the FA. Contract earnings are surrendered first, followed by purchase payments. We do not assess a surrender charge on the FA. We surrender payments that are considered part of the FA on a first-in, first-out (FIFO) basis for the Current Contract, and last-in, first-out (LIFO) basis for the Original Contract.
2.	Next, we surrender purchase payments received that are beyond the surrender charge period shown in your contract. We surrender these payments on a FIFO basis. We do not assess a surrender charge on these payments.
3.	Finally, we surrender any additional purchase payments received that are still within the surrender charge period shown in your contract. We surrender these payments on a FIFO basis. We do assess a surrender charge on these payments.

The amount of purchase payments surrendered is calculated using a prorated formula based on the percentage of contract value being surrendered. As a result, the amount of purchase payments surrendered may be greater than the amount of contract value surrendered.

We determine your surrender charge by multiplying each of your payments surrendered which could be subject to a surrender charge by the applicable surrender charge percentage (see “Expense Summary”), and then adding the total surrender charges.

For a partial surrender, we will determine the amount of contract value that needs to be surrendered, which after any surrender charge and any positive or negative market value adjustment, will equal the amount you request.

Example: Each time you make a purchase payment under the contract, a surrender charge schedule attaches to that purchase payment. The surrender charge percentage for each purchase payment declines according to the surrender charge schedule shown in your contract. (The surrender charge percentages for the 10-Year, 7-Year and 5-Year surrender charge schedule are shown in a table in the “Expense Summary”.) For example, if you select the 7-Year surrender charge schedule, during the first two years after a purchase payment is made, the surrender charge percentage

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    43

attached to that payment is 8%. The surrender charge percentage for that payment during the seventh year after it is made is 3%. At the beginning of the eighth year after that purchase payment is made, and thereafter, there is no longer a surrender charge as to that payment.

For an example, see Appendix B.

Waiver of surrender charges

We do not assess surrender charges for:

•	surrenders each year that represent the total free amount for that year;
•	required minimum distributions from a qualified annuity to the extent that they exceed the free amount. The amount on which surrender charges are waived can be no greater than the RMD amount calculated under your specific contract currently in force. (Please note that, if you are buying a new contract with inherited IRA money, we will not waive surrender charges for a five-year distribution and, therefore, if that option is selected, you should choose a surrender charge period that is no longer than the time remaining in the five-year period.);
•	amounts applied to an annuity payment plan (Exception: As described below, if you select annuity payout Plan E, and choose later to surrender the value of your remaining annuity payments, we will assess a surrender charge. )
•	surrenders made as a result of one of the “Contingent events” described below to the extent permitted by state law. For the Current Contract, waiver of surrender charges for Contingent events will not apply to Tax Free Exchanges, rollovers and transfers to another annuity contract;
•	amounts we refunded to you during the free look period; and
•	death benefits.
*	However, we will reverse certain purchase payment credits. (See “Buying Your Contract — Purchase Payment Credits.”)

Current Contract:

Contingent events

• Surrenders you make if you are confined to a hospital or nursing home and have been for the prior 60 days or confinement began within 30 days following a 60 day confinement period. Such confinement must begin after the contract issue date. Your contract will include this provision when you are under age 76 at contract issue. You must provide us with a letter containing proof satisfactory to us of the confinement as of the date you request the surrender. We must receive your surrender request no later than 91 days after your release from the hospital or nursing home. The amount surrendered must be paid directly to you.

• Surrenders you make if you are disabled with a medical condition and are diagnosed in the second or later contract years with reasonable medical certainty, that the disability will result in death within 12 months or less from the date of the diagnosis. You must provide us with a licensed physician’s statement containing the terminal illness diagnosis, the expected date of death and the date the terminal illness was initially diagnosed. The amount surrendered must be paid directly to you.

Original Contract:

Contingent events

• Surrenders you make if you or the annuitant are confined to a hospital or nursing home and have been for the prior 60 days. Your contract will include this provision when you and the annuitant are under age 76 at contract issue. You must provide proof satisfactory to us of the confinement as of the date you request the surrender.

• Surrenders you make if you or the annuitant are diagnosed in the second or later contract years as disabled with a medical condition that with reasonable medical certainty will result in death within 12 months or less from the date of the diagnosis. You must provide us with a licensed physician’s statement containing the terminal illness diagnosis and the date the terminal illness was initially diagnosed.

Both Contracts:

Liquidation charge under Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:If you are receiving variable annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to surrender those payments. The amount that you can surrender is the present value of any remaining variable payouts. The discount rate we use in the calculation will be 5.17% if the assumed investment return is 3.5% and 6.67% if the assumed investment return is 5%. The liquidation charge equals the present value of the remaining payouts using the assumed investment return minus the present value of the remaining payouts using the discount rate.

Fixed Payouts: Surrender charge for Fixed Annuity Payout Plan E – Payouts for a specified period: If you are receiving annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to take a surrender and surrender charge may apply.

44    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

A surrender charge will be assessed against the present value of any remaining guaranteed payouts surrendered. The discount rate we use in determining present values varies based on: (1) the contract value originally applied to the fixed annuitization; (2) the remaining years of guaranteed payouts; (3) the annual effective interest rate and periodic payment amount for new immediate annuities of the same duration as the remaining years of guaranteed payouts; and (4) the interest spread (currently 1.50%). If we do not currently offer immediate annuities, we will use rates and values applicable to new annuitizations to determine the discount rate.

Once the discount rate is applied and we have determined the present value of the remaining guaranteed payouts you surrendered, the present value determined will be multiplied by the surrender charge percentage in the table below and deducted from the present value to determine the net present value you will receive.

Number of Completed Years Since Annuitization	Surrender charge percentage
0	Not applicable*
1	5%
2	4
3	3
4	2
5	1
6 and thereafter	0

*We do not permit surrenders in the first year after annuitization.

We will provide a quoted present value (which includes the deduction of any surrender charge). You must then formally elect, in a form acceptable to us, to receive this value. The remaining guaranteed payouts following surrender will be reduced to zero.

Possible group reductions: In some cases we may incur lower sales and administrative expenses due to the size of the group, the average contribution and the use of group enrollment procedures. In such cases, we may be able to reduce or eliminate the contract administrative and surrender charges. However, we expect this to occur infrequently.

Optional Living Benefits Charges

Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider Fee

We deduct an annual charge from your contract value on your contract anniversary for this optional benefit only if you select it. The charge is percentage of the greater of your contract value or the minimum contract accumulation value. See tables below for the applicable percentage. For contract applications signed on or after May 3, 2010, we prorate this charge among all accounts and the subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to your total contract value. For contract applications signed prior to June 1, 2009, the charge will be prorated among the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

Once you elect the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, you may not cancel it and the charge will continue to be deducted until the end of the waiting period. If the contract or rider is terminated for any reason, we will deduct the charge, adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the charge.

The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider charge will not exceed a maximum of 1.75%.

We may change the rider fee at our discretion and on a nondiscriminatory basis.

We will not change the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider fee in effect on your contract after the rider effective date unless:

(a)	you choose the annual elective step-up or elective spousal continuation step-up after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee; or
(b)	you change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee or vary the rider fee for each PN program investment option.

We exercised our right to increase the rider fee upon elective step-up or elective spousal continuation step-up and vary the fee depending on whether your contract value is invested in one of the Portfolio Navigator or Portfolio Stabilizer funds at the time of the elective step-up or spousal continuation step-up. You will pay the fee that is in effect on the valuation date we receive your written request to step-up. Currently, we waive our right to increase the fee for investment option changes. There is no assurance that we will not exercise our right in the future.

If you request an elective step-up or the elective spousal continuation step-up, the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are invested at that time, as shown in the table below.

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    45

Current Contract:

For applications signed:	Maximum annual rider fee	Initial annual rider fee and annual rider fee for elective step-ups before 10/20/2012
05/03/2010 – 07/18/2010	1.75%	0.95%
07/19/2010 –10/03/2010	1.75%	1.10%
10/04/2010 – 12/31/2010	1.75%	1.50%

(Charged annually on the contract anniversary as a percentage of the contract value or the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value, whichever is greater.)

Current annual rider fees for elective step-up (including elective spousal continuation step-up) requests on/after 10/20/2012 are shown in the table below.

Elective step up date:	If invested in Portfolio Navigator fund at the time of step-up:	If invested in Portfolio Stabilizer fund at the time of step-up:
10/20/2012 – 11/ 17/2013	1.75%	n/a
11/18/2013 – 10/17/2014	1.75%	1.30%
10/18/2014 – 06/30/2016	1.60%	1.00%
07/01/2016 – 10/15/2018	1.75%	1.30%
10/16/2018 – 12/29/2019	1.40%	1.00%
12/30/2019 – 07/20/2020	1.55%	1.15%
07/21/2020 and later	1.75%	1.75%

Original Contract:

Contract purchase date:	Maximum annual rider fee	Initial annual rider fee and annual rider fee for elective step-ups before 04/29/2013
Prior to 01/26/2009	1.75%	0.55%
01/26/2009 – 05/31/2009	1.75%	0.80%

(Charged annually on the contract anniversary as a percentage of the contract value or the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value, whichever is greater.)

Current annual rider fees for elective step-up (including elective spousal continuation step-up) requests on/after 04/29/2013 are shown in the table below.

Elective step up date:	If invested in Portfolio Navigator fund at the time of step-up:	If invested in Portfolio Stabilizer fund at the time of step-up:
04/29/2013 – 11/17/2013	1.75%	n/a
11/18/2013 – 10/17/2014	1.75%	1.30%
10/18/2014 – 06/30/2016	1.60%	1.00%
07/01/2016 – 10/15/2018	1.75%	1.30%
10/16/2018 – 12/29/2019	1.40%	1.00%
12/30/2019 – 07/20/2020	1.55%	1.15%
07/21/2020 and later	1.75%	1.75%

If your annual rider fee changes during the contract year, on the next contract anniversary we will calculate an average rider fee that reflects the various different fees that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

Subject to the terms of your contract, we reserve the right to further increase the rider fees to the maximum limit provided by your rider and to vary the rider fees based on the fund you select.

The automatic step-up option available under your rider will not impact your rider fee.

Please see the “Optional Living Benefits — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider” section for a full description and rules applicable to elective and automatic step-up options under your rider.

The charge does not apply after the annuitization start date.

46    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

SecureSource Stages 2 Rider Charge

We deduct an annual charge for this optional feature only if you select it. The current annual charges are:

• SecureSource Stages 2 — Single Life rider, 0.95%

• SecureSource Stages 2 — Joint Life rider, 1.15%

The charge is based on the greater of the benefit base (BB) or the anniversary contract value, but not more than the maximum BB of $10,000,000.

We deduct the charge from your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

Once you elect theSecureSource Stages 2 rider, you may not cancel it (except as described below), and the charge will continue to be deducted until the contract or rider is terminated or until the contract value reduces to zero. If the contract or rider is terminated for any reason, we will deduct the charge, adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the charge.

Currently theSecureSource Stages 2 rider fee does not vary with the PN program investment option selected; however, we reserve the right to vary the rider fee for each investment option. TheSecureSource Stages 2 — Single Life rider fee will not exceed a maximum of 1.75%. TheSecureSource Stages 2 — Joint Life rider fee will not exceed a maximum of 2.25%.

The following describes how your annual rider fee may increase:

1. We may increase the annual rider fee at our discretion and on a nondiscriminatory basis. Your annual rider fee will increase if we declare an increase to the fee with written notice 30 days in advance except as described below. The new fee will be in effect on the date we declare in the written notice.

(A) You can decline this increase and therefore all future fee increases if we receive your written request prior to the date of the fee increase, in which case you permanently relinquish:

(i)	all future annual step-ups, and for the Joint Life rider, spousal continuation step-ups,
(ii)	any ability to make additional purchase payments,
(iii)	any future rider credits, and the credit base (CB) will be permanently reset to zero,
(iv)	any increase to the lifetime payment percentage due to changing age bands on subsequent birthdays and rider anniversaries, and
(v)	the ability to change your investment option to one that is more aggressive than your current investment option. Any change to a less aggressive investment option will further limit the investment options available to the then current and less aggressive investment options.

(B) You can terminate this rider if your annual rider fee after any increase is more than 0.25 percentage points higher than your fee before the increase and if we receive your written request to terminate the rider prior to the date of the fee increase.

2. Your annual rider fee may increase if you elect to change to a more aggressive investment option than your current investment option and if the new investment option has a higher current annual rider fee. The annual rider fees associated with the available investment option may change at our discretion, however these changes will not apply to this rider unless you change your current investment option to a more aggressive one. The new fee will be in effect on the valuation date we receive your written request to change your investment option. You cannot decline this type of fee increase. To avoid it, you must stay in the same investment option or move to a less aggressive one. Also, this type of fee increase does not allow you to terminate the rider.

If your rider fee increases, on the next contract anniversary, we will calculate an average rider fee, for the preceding contract year only, that reflects the various different fees that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

The fee does not apply after the annuitization start date.

SecureSource Rider Fee

We deduct a charge based on the greater of the contract anniversary value or the total Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA) for this optional feature only if you select it as follows:

Application signed date	Maximum annual rider fee	Initial annual rider fee
5/1/2007 – 5/31/2008, Single Life	1.50%	0.65%
5/1/2007 – 5/31/2008, Joint Life	1.75%	0.85%
6/1/2008 – 1/25/2009, Single Life	1.50%	0.75%

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    47

Application signed date	Maximum annual rider fee	Initial annual rider fee
6/1/2008 – 1/25/2009, Joint Life	1.75%	0.95%
1/26/2009 and later, Single Life	2.00%	1.10%
1/26/2009 and later, Joint Life	2.50%	1.40%

We deduct the charge from your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

Once you elect aSecureSourcerider, you may not cancel it and the charge will continue to be deducted until the contract or rider is terminated, or the contract value reduces to zero. If the contract or rider is terminated for any reason, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the charge. If the RBA reduces to zero but the contract value has not been depleted, you will continue to be charged.

We may increase the rider fee at our discretion and on a nondiscriminatory basis. However, the rider fee will not exceed the maximum fees as shown in the table above.

We will not change theSecureSourcerider fee in effect on your contract after the rider effective date unless:

(a)	you choose the annual elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee; or
(b)	you elect to change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee or vary the rider fee for each PN program investment option.

Effective Dec. 18, 2013, we exercised our right to increase the rider fee and vary the fee depending on the fund to which your contract value is invested. Beginning Dec. 18, 2013, if you:

• request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up, or

• move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is more aggressive than the Portfolio Navigator fund you are currently allocated to,

the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are currently invested as shown in the table below.

If you move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is less aggressive than the Portfolio Navigator fund you are currently allocated to, your fee will not increase and may decrease according to the table below.

		Portfolio Navigator funds
Application signed date	All Portfolio Stabilizer funds	Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)
5/1/2007 – 5/31/2008, Single Life	0.65%	0.75%	0.75%	0.75%	0.90%	1.00%
5/1/2007 – 5/31/2008, Joint Life	0.85%	0.95%	0.95%	0.95%	1.10%	1.20%
6/1/2008 – 1/25/2009, Single Life	0.75%	0.85%	0.85%	0.85%	1.00%	1.10%
6/1/2008 – 1/25/2009, Joint Life	0.95%	1.05%	1.05%	1.05%	1.20%	1.30%
1/26/2009 and later, Single Life	1.10%	1.10%	1.10%	1.10%	1.20%	1.30%
1/26/2009 and later, Joint Life	1.40%	1.40%	1.40%	1.40%	1.50%	1.60%

On your next contract anniversary, if your contract value is allocated to a fund subject to a fee increase, you will have 30 days following the anniversary to choose from the following:

1	Remain invested in your current Portfolio Navigator fund and elect to step up (when available) and lock in your contract gains. If you make this decision, your rider fee will increase.
2.	Move to one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. If you do this, your rider fee will not increase, but remember that you will lose your access to invest in the Portfolio Navigator funds.
3.	Do not elect a step up. You will not lock in contract gains, but your rider fee will stay the same.

During the 30 days following your contract anniversary, if your contract value is allocated to a fund subject to a fee increase, we will automatically process any available step up and lock in any contract gains, as well as reactivate automatic step ups, when contract value is transferred:

1. to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund;

48    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

2.	to a less aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund that is not subject to a fee increase, if applicable; or
3.	to a more aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund.

The step up and lock in of any contract gains will occur as of the date of the transfer described above.

Rider fees may increase or decrease as you move to various funds. Your fee will increase if you transfer your contract value to a more aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund with a higher fee. If you transfer to a less aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund or transfer to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund, your fee may decrease. Certain rider fees may not change depending on the fund in which your contract value is allocated.

We will notify you in writing about your opportunity to elect to step up (if eligible) and incur the higher rider fee or maintain your guaranteed amount at its current level and keep your rider fee the same. If you are subject to a fee increase, you will receive a letter from us approximately 30 days before your next annuity contract anniversary. This letter will describe the potential opportunity to elect a step up to increase your guaranteed income and how to make the election (if eligible). You will have a 30 day period beginning on your next contract anniversary to choose whether to step up and accept the fee increase. The Step up and new fee will be effective on the date we receive your request for the step up (Step up date).

For purposes of determining the duration of the “30 day window” following your contract anniversary to elect to step up or to transfer funds to lock in any available contract gains, the following will apply:

1.	the duration of your window is determined on a calendar day basis;
2.	under our current administrative process we will accept your request on the 31st calendar day if we receive it prior to the close of the NYSE; and
3.	if your window ends on a day the NYSE is closed, we must receive your request no later than the close of the NYSE on the preceding Valuation Date.

Each year, we will continue to provide you written notice of your options with respect to elective step ups and the fee increase until you are no longer subject to a fee increase. Once you have taken action that results in a higher fee, you will become eligible for automatic step ups under the rider.

Before you elect a step up resulting in an increased rider fee, you should carefully consider the benefit of the contract value gains you are locking-in and the increased rider fee compared to your other options including whether it is appropriate to consider moving to a fund with a lower corresponding rider fee.

Subject to the terms of your contract, we reserve the right to further increase the rider fee up to the maximum limit provided by your rider. Currently, the rider fee does not vary among the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, but we reserve the right to vary the fees among the Portfolio Stabilizer funds in the future.

If you choose the elective step up, the elective spousal continuation step up, or change your investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee as described above, you will pay the fee that is in effect on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up or change your investment option. On the next contract anniversary, we will calculate an average rider fee, for the preceding contract year only, that reflects the various different charges that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

The charge does not apply after the annuitization start date.

For an example of how your fee will vary upon elective step up or spousal continuation step up, please see Appendix M.

SecureSource Stages Rider Fee

We deduct a charge for this optional feature only if you select it as follows:

• SecureSource Stages – Single Life rider, 1.10%

• SecureSource Stages – Joint Life rider, 1.35%

The fee is based on the greater of the benefit base (BB) or the anniversary contract value, but not more than the maximum BB of $10,000,000.

We deduct the charge from your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

Once you elect theSecureSource Stages rider, you may not cancel it (except as described below), and the charge will continue to be deducted until the contract or rider is terminated, or the contract value reduces to zero. If the contract or rider is terminated for any reason, we will deduct the charge adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the charge.

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    49

Currently theSecureSource Stages rider fee does not vary with the PN program investment option selected; however, we reserve the right to vary the rider fee for each PN program investment option. TheSecureSource Stages – Single Life rider fee will not exceed a maximum of 2.00%. TheSecureSource Stages – Joint Life rider fee will not exceed a maximum of 2.50%.

The following describes how your annual rider fee may increase:

1. We may increase the annual rider fee at our discretion and on a nondiscriminatory basis. Your annual rider fee will increase if we declare an increase to the fee with written notice 30 days in advance except as described below. The new fee will be in effect on the date we declare in the written notice.

(A) You can decline this increase and therefore all future fee increases if we receive your written request prior to the date of the fee increase, in which case you permanently relinquish:

(i)	all future annual step-ups, and for the Joint Life rider, spousal continuation step-ups, any ability to make additional purchase payments,
(ii)	any future rider credits, and the credit base (CB) will be permanently reset to zero,
(iii)	any increase to the lifetime payment percentage due to changing age bands on subsequent birthdays and rider anniversaries, and
(iv)	the ability to change your PN program investment option to one that is more aggressive than your current investment option. Any change to a less aggressive PN program investment option will further limit the PN program investment options available to the then current and less aggressive PN program investment options.

(B) You can terminate this rider if your annual rider fee after any increase is more than 0.25 percentage points higher than your fee before the increase and if we receive your written request to terminate the rider prior to the date of the fee increase.

2. Your annual rider fee may increase if you elect to change to a more aggressive PN program investment option than your current PN program investment option and if the new PN program investment option has a higher current annual rider fee. The annual rider fees associated with the available PN program investment options may change at our discretion, however these changes will not apply to this rider unless you change your current PN program investment option to a more aggressive one. The new fee will be in effect on the valuation date we receive your written request to change your PN program investment option. You cannot decline this type of fee increase. To avoid it, you must stay in the same PN program investment option or move to a less aggressive model. Also, this type of fee increase does not allow you to terminate the rider.

If your annual rider fee increases, on the next contract anniversary, we will calculate an average rider fee, for the preceding contract year only, that reflects the various different fees that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

The charge does not apply after the annuitization start date.

SecureSource 20 Rider Fee

We deduct a charge based on the greater of the contract anniversary value or the total Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA) for this optional feature only if you select it as follows:

• SecureSource 20 – Single Life rider, 1.25%;

• SecureSource 20 – Joint Life rider, 1.55%.

We deduct the charge from your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

Once you elect theSecureSource 20 rider, you may not cancel it (except as described below), and the charge will continue to be deducted until the contract or rider is terminated, or the contract value reduces to zero. If the contract or rider is terminated for any reason, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee. If the RBA reduces to zero but the contract value has not been depleted, you will continue to be charged.

Currently theSecureSource 20 rider fee does not vary with the PN program investment option selected; however, we reserve the right to vary the rider fee for each PN program investment option. TheSecureSource 20 – Single Life rider fee will not exceed a maximum charge of 2.00%. TheSecureSource 20 – Joint Life rider fee will not exceed a maximum charge of 2.50%.

50    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The following describes how your annual rider fee may increase:

1. We may increase the annual rider fee at our discretion and on a nondiscriminatory basis. Your annual rider fee will increase if we declare an increase to the fee with written notice 30 days in advance except as described below. The new fee will be in effect on the date we declare in the written notice.

(A) You can decline this increase and therefore all future fee increases if we receive your written request prior to the date of the fee increase, in which case you permanently relinquish:

(i)	all future annual step-ups, and for the Joint Life rider, spousal continuation step-ups,
(ii)	any ability to make additional purchase payments,
(iii)	any pending increase to the ALP due to the 20% credit on the later of the third rider anniversary or the date the ALP is established, and
(iv)	the ability to change your PN program investment option to one that is more aggressive than your current one. Any change to a less aggressive PN program investment option will further limit the PN program investment options available to the then current and less aggressive PN program model portfolios or investment options.

(B) You can terminate this rider if your annual rider fee increase after any increase is more than 0.25 percentage points higher than your fee before the increase and if we receive your written request to terminate the rider prior to the date of the fee increase.

2. Your annual rider fee may increase if you elect to change to a more aggressive PN program investment option than your current PN program investment options and if the new PN program investment option has a higher current annual rider fee. The annual rider fees associated with the available PN program model portfolios or investment options may change at our discretion, however these changes will not apply to this rider unless you change your current PN program investment option to a more aggressive one. The new fee will be in effect on the valuation date we receive your written request to change your PN program investment option. You cannot decline this type of fee increase. To avoid it, you must stay in the same PN program investment option or move to a less aggressive PN program investment option. Also, this type of fee increase does not allow you to terminate the rider.

If your annual rider fee increases, on the next contract anniversary, we will calculate an average rider fee, for the preceding contract year only, that reflects the various different fees that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

The charge does not apply after the annuitization start date.

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider Fee⁽¹⁾

We deduct an annual charge based on the greater of the contract anniversary value or the total Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA) for this optional feature only if you select it. The initial fee is 0.65%. We deduct the charge from your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

Once you elect the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, you may not cancel it and the charge will continue to be deducted until the contract is terminated, the contract value reduces to zero. If the contract is terminated for any reason or on the annuitization start date, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee. If the RBA goes to zero but the contract value has not been depleted, you will continue to be charged.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider charge will not exceed a maximum fee of 1.50%.

We may increase the rider fee at our discretion and on a nondiscriminatory basis.

We will not change the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider fee in effect on your contract after the rider effective date unless:

(a)	you choose the annual elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee; or
(b)	you elect to change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee or vary the rider fee for each PN program investment option.

Effective Dec. 18, 2013, we exercised our right to increase the rider fee and vary the fee depending on the fund to which your contract value is invested. Beginning Dec. 18, 2013, if you:

• request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up, or

⁽¹⁾ See disclosure in Appendix I.

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    51

• move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is more aggressive than the Portfolio Navigator fund you are currently allocated to,

the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are currently invested as shown in the table below.

If you move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is less aggressive than the Portfolio Navigator fund you are currently allocated to, your fee will not increase and may decrease according to the table below.

Fund name	Maximum annual rider fee	Current annual rider fee as of 12/18/13
Portfolio Stabilizer funds	1.50%	0.65%
Portfolio Navigator funds:
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.80%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.80%
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.80%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.95%
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	1.10%

On your next contract anniversary, if your contract value is allocated to a fund subject to a fee increase, you will have 30 days following the anniversary to choose from the following:

1.	Remain invested in your current Portfolio Navigator fund and elect to step up (when available) and lock in your contract gains. If you make this decision, your rider fee will increase.
2.	Move to one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. If you do this, your rider fee will not increase, but remember that you will lose your access to invest in the Portfolio Navigator funds.
3.	Do not elect a step up, if eligible. You will not lock in contract gains, but your rider fee will stay the same.

During the 30 days following your contract anniversary, if your contract value is allocated to a fund subject to a fee increase, we will automatically process any available step up and lock in any contract gains, as well as reactivate automatic step ups, when contract value is transferred:

1.	to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund;
2.	to a less aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund that is not subject to a fee increase, if applicable; or
3.	to a more aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund.

The step up and lock in of any contract gains will occur as of the date of the transfer described above.

Rider fees may increase or decrease as you move to various funds. Your fee will increase if you transfer your contract value to a more aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund with a higher fee. If you transfer to a less aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund or transfer to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund, your fee may decrease. Certain rider fees may not change depending on the fund in which your contract value is allocated.

We will notify you in writing about your opportunity to elect to step up (if eligible) and incur the higher rider fee or maintain your guaranteed amount at its current level and keep your rider fee the same. If you are subject to a fee increase, you will receive a letter from us approximately 30 days before your next annuity contract anniversary. This letter will describe the potential opportunity to elect a step up to increase your guaranteed income and how to make the election if eligible. You will have a 30 day period beginning on your next contract anniversary to choose whether to step up and accept the fee increase. The step up and new fee will be effective on the date we receive your request for the step up (Step up date).

For purposes of determining the duration of the “30 day window” following your contract anniversary to elect to step up or to transfer funds to lock in any available contract gains, the following will apply:

1.	the duration of your window is determined on a calendar day basis;
2.	under our current administrative process we will accept your request on the 31st calendar day if we receive it prior to the close of the NYSE; and
3.	if your window ends on a day the NYSE is closed, we must receive your request no later than the close of the NYSE on the preceding Valuation Date.

Each year, we will continue to provide you written notice of your options with respect to elective step ups and the fee increase until you are no longer subject to a fee increase. Once you have taken action that results in a higher fee, you will become eligible for automatic step ups under the rider.

Before you elect a step up resulting in an increased rider fee, you should carefully consider the benefit of the contract value gains you are locking-in and the increased rider fee compared to your other options including whether it is appropriate to consider moving to a fund with a lower corresponding rider fee.

52    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Subject to the terms of your contract, we reserve the right to further increase the rider fee up to the maximum limit provided by your rider. Currently, the rider fee does not vary among the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, but we reserve the right to vary the fees among the Portfolio Stabilizer funds in the future.

If you choose the elective step up, the elective spousal continuation step up, or change your investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee as described above, you will pay the fee that is in effect on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up or change your investment option. On the next contract anniversary, we will calculate an average fee, for the preceding contract year only, that reflects the various different charges that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

The charge does not apply after the annuitization start date.

For an example of how your fee will vary upon elective step up or spousal continuation step up, please see Appendix P.

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider Fee⁽¹⁾

This fee information applies to both Rider A and Rider B unless otherwise noted.

We deduct an annual charge based on contract value for this optional feature only if you select it. The initial fee is 0.55%. We deduct the charge from your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

Once you elect the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, you may not cancel it and the charge will continue to be deducted until the contract is terminated, the contract value reduces to zero. If the contract is terminated for any reason or on the annuitization start date, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee. If the Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA) goes to zero but the contract value has not been depleted, you will continue to be charged.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider fee will not exceed a maximum charge of 1.50%.

We may increase the rider fee at our discretion and on a nondiscriminatory basis.

We will not change the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider fee in effect on your contract after the rider effective date unless:

(a)	you choose the annual elective step up or elective spousal continuation step up after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee; or
(b)	you elect to change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee or vary the rider fee for each PN program investment option.

Effective Dec. 18, 2013, we exercised our right to increase the rider fee and vary the fee depending on the fund to which your contract value is invested.

Beginning Dec. 18, 2013, if you:

• request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up, or

• move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is more aggressive than the Portfolio Navigator fund you are currently allocated to,

the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are currently invested as shown in the table below.

If you move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is less aggressive than the Portfolio Navigator fund you are currently allocated to, your fee will not increase and may decrease according to the table below.

Fund name	Maximum annual rider fee	Current annual rider fee as of 12/18/13
Portfolio Stabilizer funds	1.50%	0.55%
Portfolio Navigator funds:
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.85%
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	1.00%

On your next contract anniversary after, if your contract value is allocated to a fund subject to a fee increase, you will have 30 days following the anniversary to choose from the following:

⁽¹⁾ See disclosure in Appendix J.

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    53

1.	Remain invested in your current Portfolio Navigator fund and elect to step up (when available) and lock in your contract gains. If you make this decision, your rider fee will increase.
2.	Move to one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. If you do this, your rider fee will not increase, but remember that you will lose your access to invest in the Portfolio Navigator funds.
3.	Do not elect a step up, if eligible. You will not lock in contract gains, but your rider fee will stay the same.

For the enhanced rider, if during the 30 days following your contract anniversary, your contract value is allocated to a fund subject to a fee increase, we will automatically process any available step up and lock in any contract gains, as well as reactivate automatic step ups, when contract value is transferred:

1.	to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund;
2.	to a less aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund that is not subject to a fee increase, if applicable; or
3.	to a more aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund.

For original riders, you must always elect to step up your rider values. The step up and lock in of any contract gains will occur as of the date of the transfer described above.

Rider fees may increase or decrease as you move to various funds. Your fee will increase if you transfer your contract value to a more aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund with a higher fee. If you transfer to a less aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund or transfer to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund, your fee may decrease. Certain rider fees may not change depending on the fund in which your contract value is allocated.

We will notify you in writing about your opportunity to elect to step up (if eligible) and incur the higher rider fee or maintain your guaranteed amount at its current level and keep your rider fee the same. For original riders or enhanced riders subject to a fee increase, you will receive a letter from us approximately 30 days before your next annuity contract anniversary. This letter will describe the potential opportunity to elect a step up to increase your guaranteed income and how to make the election if eligible. You will have a 30 day period beginning on your next contract anniversary to choose whether to step up and accept the fee increase. For enhanced riders and original riders with an application signed date on or after 4/29/2005, if approved in your state, the step up and new fee will be effective on the date we receive your request for the step up (Step up date). For original riders with an application signed date before 4/29/2005, the step up will be effective as of your contract anniversary and the fee for your rider will be the fee that was in effect for your current fund on the anniversary.

For purposes of determining the duration of the “30 day window” following your contract anniversary to elect to step up or to transfer funds to lock in any available contract gains, the following will apply:

1.	the duration of your window is determined on a calendar day basis;
2.	under our current administrative process we will accept your request on the 31st calendar day if we receive it prior to the close of the NYSE; and
3.	if your window ends on a day the NYSE is closed, we must receive your request no later than the close of the NYSE on the preceding Valuation Date.

Under the enhanced rider, each year, we will continue to provide you written notice of your options with respect to elective step ups and the fee increase until you are no longer subject to a fee increase. Once you have taken action that results in a higher fee, you will become eligible for automatic step ups under the rider.

Before you elect a step up resulting in an increased rider fee, you should carefully consider the benefit of the contract value gains you are locking-in and the increased rider fee compared to your other options including whether it is appropriate to consider moving to a fund with a lower corresponding rider fee.

Subject to the terms of your contract, we reserve the right to further increase the rider fee up to the maximum limit provided by your rider. Currently, the rider fee does not vary among the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, but we reserve the right to vary the fees among the Portfolio Stabilizer funds in the future.

If you choose the annual or spousal continuation elective step up or change your investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee as described above, you will pay the fee that is in effect on the effective date of your step up or investment option change. On the next contract anniversary, we will calculate an average rider fee, for the preceding contract year only, that reflects the various different charges that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

The charge does not apply after the annuitization start date.

For an example of how your fee will vary upon elective step up or spousal continuation step up, please see Appendix Q.

54    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Income Assurer Benefit Rider Fee

We deduct a charge for this optional feature only if you selected it. We determine the charge by multiplying the guaranteed income benefit base by the charge for the Income Assurer Benefit rider you select. There are three Income Assurer Benefit rider options available under your contract (see “Optional Benefits — Income Assurer Benefit Riders”) and each has a different guaranteed income benefit base calculation. The charge for each Income Assurer Benefit rider is as follows:

	Maximum	Current
Income Assurer Benefit – MAV	1.50%	0.30%(1)
Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base	1.75	0.60(1)
Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base	2.00	0.65(1)

⁽¹⁾ For applications signed prior to Oct. 7, 2004, the following current annual rider charges apply: Income Assurer Benefit – MAV — 0.55%, Income Assurer Benefit — 5% Accumulation Benefit Base — 0.70%; and Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base — 0.75%.

We deduct the charge from the contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among the GPAs , the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary. If the contract is terminated for any reason or on the annuitization start date, we will deduct the fee from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee.

Currently the Income Assurer Benefit rider fee does not vary with the PN program investment option selected; however, we reserve the right to increase this fee and/or vary the rider fee for each PN program investment option but not to exceed the maximum charges shown above. We cannot change the Income Assurer Benefit charge after the rider effective date, unless you change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the fee and/or charge a separate fee for each PN program investment option. If you choose to change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee, you will pay the fee that is in effect on the valuation date we receive your written request to change your PN program investment option. On the next contract anniversary, we will calculate an average rider fee, for the preceding contract year only, that reflects the various different charges that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

For an example of how each Income Assurer Benefit rider fee is calculated, see Appendix L.

Optional Death Benefit Charges

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider Fee

We deduct a charge for the optional feature only if you select it. If selected, we deduct 0.25% of your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

For the Current Contract, on the annuitization start date and if the contract is terminated for any reason except your election to terminate the rider during the 30 day window after certain anniversaries, we will deduct the fee from the contract value adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place during the contract year. For the Original Contract, on the annuitization start date and if the contract is terminated for any reason other than death, we will deduct the fee from the contract value adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee.

We cannot increase this annual charge after the rider effective date.

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider Fee

We charge a fee for the optional feature only if you select it. If selected, we deduct 0.40% of your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this fee among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

For the Current Contract, on the annuitization start date and if the contract is terminated for any reason except your election to terminate the rider during the 30 day window after certain anniversaries, we will deduct the fee from the contract value adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place during the contract year.

For the Original Contract, on the annuitization start date and if the contract is terminated for any reason other than death, we will deduct the fee from the contract value adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee.

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    55

We cannot increase this annual charge after the rider effective date.

Fund Fees and Expenses

There are deductions from and expenses paid out of the assets of the funds that are described in the prospectuses for those funds.

Premium Taxes

Certain state and local governments impose premium taxes on us (up to 3.5%). These taxes depend upon your state of residence or the state in which the contract was issued. Currently, we deduct any applicable premium tax on the annuitization start date, but we reserve the right to deduct this tax at other times such as when you make purchase payments or when you make a full surrender from your contract.

Valuing Your Investment

We value your accounts as follows:

GPAs

We value the amounts you allocate to the GPAs directly in dollars. The value of the GPAs equals:

• the sum of your purchase payments and transfer amounts allocated to the GPAs;

• plus any purchase payment credits allocated to the GPAs;

• plus interest credited;

• minus the sum of amounts surrendered (including any applicable surrender charges) and amounts transferred out;

• minus any prorated portion of the contract administrative charge; and

• minus the prorated portion of the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Accumulation Protector Benefit rider;

– SecureSource series rider

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider;

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider;

– Income Assurer Benefit rider;

– Benefit Protector rider; or

– Benefit Protector Plus rider.

The Fixed Account

We value the amounts you allocate to the fixed account directly in dollars. The value of the fixed account equals:

• Current Contract: the sum of your purchase payments allocated to the regular fixed account and the Special DCA fixed account, and transfer amounts to the regular fixed account (including any positive or negative MVA on amounts transferred from the GPAs);

• Original Contract: the sum of your purchase payments allocated to the one-year fixed account (if included) and the DCA fixed account (if included), and transfer amounts to the one-year fixed account (including any positive or negative MVA on amounts transferred from the GPAs);

• plus interest credited;

• minus the sum of amounts surrendered (including any applicable surrender charges) and amounts transferred out;

• minus any prorated portion of the contract administrative charge; and

• minus the prorated portion of the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Accumulation Protector Benefit rider;

– SecureSource series rider

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider;

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider;

– Income Assurer Benefit rider;

– Benefit Protector rider; or

– Benefit Protector Plus rider.

56    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Subaccounts

We convert amounts you allocated to the subaccounts into accumulation units. Each time you make a purchase payment or transfer amounts into one of the subaccounts or we apply any purchase payment credits, we credit a certain number of accumulation units to your contract for that subaccount. Conversely, we subtract a certain number of accumulation units from your contract each time you take a partial surrender; transfer amounts out of a subaccount; or we assess a contract administrative charge, a surrender charge, or fee for any optional contract riders with annual charges (if applicable).

The accumulation units are the true measure of investment value in each subaccount during the accumulation period. They are related to, but not the same as, the net asset value of the fund in which the subaccount invests. The dollar value of each accumulation unit can rise or fall daily depending on the variable account expenses, performance of the fund and on certain fund expenses.

Here is how we calculate accumulation unit values:

Number of units: To calculate the number of accumulation units for a particular subaccount, we divide your investment by the current accumulation unit value.

Accumulation unit value:The current accumulation unit value for each subaccount equals the last value times the subaccount’s current net investment factor.

We determine the net investment factor by:

• adding the fund’s current net asset value per share, plus the per share amount of any accrued income or capital gain dividends to obtain a current adjusted net asset value per share; then

• dividing that sum by the previous adjusted net asset value per share; and

• subtracting the percentage factor representing the mortality and expense risk fee and the variable account administrative charge from the result.

Because the net asset value of the fund may fluctuate, the accumulation unit value may increase or decrease. You bear all the investment risk in a subaccount.

Factors that affect subaccount accumulation units: Accumulation units may change in two ways — in number and in value.

The number of accumulation units you own may fluctuate due to:

• additional purchase payments you allocate to the subaccounts;

• any purchase payment credits allocated to the subaccounts;

• transfers into or out of the subaccounts (including any positive or negative MVA on amounts transferred from the GPAs);

• partial surrenders;

• surrender charges;

and the deduction of a prorated portion of:

• the contract administrative charge; and

• the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Accumulation Protector Benefit rider;

– SecureSource series of riders;

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider;

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider;

– Income Assurer Benefit rider;

– Benefit Protector rider; or

– Benefit Protector Plus rider.

Accumulation unit values will fluctuate due to:

• changes in fund net asset value;

• fund dividends distributed to the subaccounts;

• fund capital gains or losses;

• fund operating expenses; and

• mortality and expense risk fee and the variable account administrative charge.

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    57

Making the Most of Your Contract

Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging

Currently, you can use automated transfers to take advantage of dollar-cost averaging (investing a fixed amount at regular intervals). For example, for the Original Contract, you might transfer a set amount monthly from a relatively conservative subaccount to a more aggressive one, or to several others, or from the one-year GPA or one-year fixed account to one or more subaccounts. Automated transfers are not available for GPA terms of two or more years. You can also obtain the benefits of dollar-cost averaging by setting up regular automatic SIP payments or by establishing an interest sweep strategy. Interest sweeps are a monthly transfer of the interest earned from the one-year GPA or one-year fixed account into the subaccounts of your choice. If you participate in an interest sweep strategy the interest you earn on the one-year GPA or one-year fixed account will be less than the annual interest rate we apply because there will be no compounding. For the Current Contract, you might transfer a set amount monthly from a relatively conservative subaccount to a more aggressive one, or to several others, or from the regular fixed account to one or more subaccounts. You may not set up an automated transfer to or from the GPAs or set up an automated transfer to the regular fixed account. You can also obtain the benefits of dollar-cost averaging by setting up regular automatic SIP payments. The Current Contract does not allow an interest sweep strategy. There is no charge for dollar-cost averaging.

This systematic approach can help you benefit from fluctuations in accumulation unit values caused by fluctuations in the market values of the funds. Since you invest the same amount each period, you automatically acquire more units when the market value falls and fewer units when it rises. The potential effect is to lower your average cost per unit.

How dollar-cost averaging works

By investing an equal number of dollars each month		Month	Amount invested	Accumulation unit value	Number of units purchased
		Jan	$100	$20	5.00
		Feb	100	18	5.56
you automatically buy more units when the per unit market price is low		Mar	100	17	5.88
	→	Apr	100	15	6.67
		May	100	16	6.25
		Jun	100	18	5.56
		Jul	100	17	5.88
and fewer units when the per unit market price is high.		Aug	100	19	5.26
	→	Sept	100	21	4.76
		Oct	100	20	5.00

You paid an average price of $17.91 per unit over the 10 months, while the average market price actually was $18.10.

Dollar-cost averaging does not guarantee that any subaccount will gain in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. Because dollar-cost averaging involves continuous investing, your success will depend upon your willingness to continue to invest regularly through periods of low price levels. Dollar-cost averaging can be an effective way to help meet your long-term goals. For specific features contact your investment professional.

Dollar-cost averaging as described in this section is not available when the PN program is in effect. However, subject to certain restrictions, dollar-cost averaging is available through the Special DCA fixed account (Current Contract) and the DCA fixed account (Original Contract). See the “Special DCA Fixed Account”, “DCA Fixed Account” and “Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds” sections in this prospectus for details.

Asset Rebalancing

You can ask us in writing to automatically rebalance the subaccount portion of your contract value either quarterly, semiannually, or annually. The period you select will start to run on the date we record your request. On the first valuation date of each of these periods, we automatically will rebalance your contract value so that the value in each subaccount matches your current subaccount percentage allocations. These percentage allocations must be in whole numbers. There is no charge for asset rebalancing. The contract value must be at least $2,000.

You can change your percentage allocations or your rebalancing period at any time by contacting us in writing. We will restart the rebalancing period you selected as of the date we record your change. You also can ask us in writing to stop rebalancing your contract value. You must allow 30 days for us to change any instructions that currently are in place. For more information on asset rebalancing, contact your investment professional.

58    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Different rules apply to asset rebalancing under the PN program (see “Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds” below and “Appendix H — Asset Allocation Program for Contracts with Applications Signed Before May 1, 2006”).

As long as you are not participating in a PN program, asset rebalancing is available for use with the Special DCA fixed account (Current Contract) and the DCA fixed account (Original Contract) (see “Special DCA Fixed Account” and “DCA Fixed Account”) only if your subaccount allocation for asset rebalancing is exactly the same as your subaccount allocation for transfers from the Special DCA fixed account and the DCA fixed account. If you change your subaccount allocations under the asset rebalancing program or the Special DCA fixed account and the DCA fixed account, we will automatically change the subaccount allocations so they match. If you do not wish to have the subaccount allocation be the same for the asset rebalancing program and the Special DCA fixed account and the DCA fixed account, you must terminate the asset rebalancing program or the Special DCA fixed account and the DCA fixed account, as you may choose.

Portfolio Navigator Program (PN program) and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds

PN Program. You are required to participate in the PN program if your contract includes optional living benefit riders. Under the PN program, your contract value is allocated to a PN program investment. The PN program investment options are currently five funds of funds, each of which invests in underlying funds in proportions that vary among the funds of funds in light of each fund of funds’ investment objective (“Portfolio Navigator funds”). The PN program is available for both nonqualified and qualified annuities.

The Portfolio Navigator funds. We offer the following Portfolio Navigator funds:

1.	Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio
2.	Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio
3.	Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio
4.	Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio
5.	Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio

Each Portfolio Navigator fund is a fund of funds with the investment objective of seeking a high level of total return consistent with a certain level of risk, which it seeks to achieve by investing in various underlying funds.

For additional information about the Portfolio Navigator funds’ investment strategies, see the Funds’ prospectus.

If your contract does not include one of the living benefit riders, you may not participate in the PN program, but you may choose to allocate your contract value to one or more of the Portfolio Navigator funds.

Beginning November 18, 2013, if you have selected one of theSecureSource series riders, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life riders, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider or Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, as an alternative to the Portfolio Navigator funds in the PN program, we have made available to you new funds, known as Portfolio Stabilizer funds.

The Portfolio Stabilizer funds. The Portfolio Stabilizer funds currently available are:

1.	Variable Portfolio – Managed Risk Fund (Class 2) (1)
2.	Variable Portfolio – Managed Risk U. S. Fund (Class 2) (1)
3.	Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Fund (Class 2)
4.	Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2)
5.	Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2)
6.	Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Growth Fund (Class 2)
7.	Variable Portfolio – U.S. Flexible Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2)(2)
8.	Variable Portfolio – U.S. Flexible Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2)(2)
9.	Variable Portfolio – U.S. Flexible Growth Fund (Class 2)(2)

⁽¹⁾ Available to Current Contract owners effective Sept. 18, 2017.

⁽²⁾ Available to Current Contract owners effective Nov. 14, 2016.

Each Portfolio Stabilizer fund has an investment objective of pursuing total return while seeking to manage the Fund’s exposure to equity market volatility.

For additional information about the Portfolio Stabilizer funds’ investment strategies, see the Funds’ prospectuses.

You may choose to remain invested in your current Portfolio Navigator fund, move to a different Portfolio Navigator fund, or move to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund. Your decision should be made based on your own individual investment objectives and financial situation and in consultation with your investment professional.

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    59

Please note that if you are currently invested in a Portfolio Navigator fund as part of the PN program and choose to reallocate your contract value to the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, you will no longer have access to any of the Portfolio Navigator funds, but you may change to any of the other Portfolio Stabilizer funds, subject to the transfer limits applicable to your rider.

If your contract does not include the living benefit riders, you may not participate in the PN program, but you may choose to allocate your contract value to one or more of the Portfolio Navigator funds. You should review any PN program, Portfolio Navigator funds and Portfolio Stabilizer funds information, including the funds’ prospectus, carefully. Your investment professional can provide you with additional information and can answer questions you may have on the PN program, Portfolio Navigator funds and Portfolio Stabilizer funds.

The PN program static model portfolios. If you have chosen to remain invested in a “static” PN program model portfolio investment option, your assets will remain invested in accordance with your current model portfolio, and you will not be provided with any updates to the model portfolio or reallocation recommendations. (The last such reallocation recommendation was provided in 2009.) Each model portfolio consists of underlying funds and/or any GPAs (if included) according to the allocation percentages stated for the model portfolio. If you are participating in the PN program through a model portfolio, you instruct us to automatically rebalance your contract value quarterly in order to maintain alignment with these allocation percentages.

Special rules apply to the GPAs if they are included in a model portfolio. Under these rules:

• no MVA will apply when rebalancing occurs within a specific model portfolio (but an MVA may apply if you elect to transfer to a fund of funds);

• no MVA will apply when you elect an annuity payout plan while your contract value is invested in a model portfolio. (See “Guarantee Period Accounts — Market Value Adjustment.”)

If you choose to remain in a static model portfolio, the investments and investment styles and policies of the underlying funds in which your contract value is invested may change. Accordingly, your model portfolio may change so that it is no longer appropriate for your needs, even though your allocations to underlying funds do not change. Furthermore, the absence of periodic updating means that existing underlying funds will not be replaced as may be appropriate due to poor performance, changes in management personnel, liquidation, merger or other factors. Your investment professional can help you determine whether your continued investment in a static model portfolio is appropriate for you.

Investing in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, the Portfolio Navigator funds and PN static model portfolios (the Funds). You are responsible for determining which investment option is best for you. Currently, the PN program includes five Portfolio Navigator funds (and under the previous PN program, five static model portfolios investment options), with risk profiles ranging from conservative to aggressive in relation to one another. There are four Portfolio Stabilizer funds currently available to the Original Contracts (applications signed prior to Nov. 30, 2009).  If you have an Original Contract and your contract includes a living benefit rider you may only invest in one Portfolio Stabilizer or Portfolio Navigator fund at a time.  If you have a Current Contract with a living benefit rider and you are invested in the Portfolio Navigator fund, you may only invest in one Portfolio Navigator fund.  If you have a Current Contract with a living benefit rider and you are invested in the Portfolio Stabilizer fund, effective Nov. 14, 2016, this limitation will not apply and you may invest in more than one Portfolio Stabilizer fund at the time.
Your investment professional can help you determine which investment option most closely matches your investing style, based on factors such as your investment goals, your tolerance for risk and how long you intend to invest. There is no guarantee that the investment option you select is appropriate for you based on your investment objectives and/or risk profile. We and Columbia Management are not responsible for your decision to select a certain investment option or your decision to transfer to a different investment option.

If you initially allocate qualifying purchase payments to the DCA fixed account  (Original Contract) or Special DCA fixed account (Current Contract), when available (see “The Special DCA Fixed Account” and “DCA Fixed Account”), and you are invested in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds or one of the Portfolio Navigator funds, we will make monthly transfers in accordance with your instructions from the DCA fixed account (Original Contract) or Special DCA fixed account (Current Contract), into the investment option or model portfolio you have chosen.

Before you decide to transfer contract value to the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, you and your investment professional should carefully consider the following:

• Whether the Portfolio Stabilizer funds meet your personal investment objectives and/or risk tolerance.

• Whether you would like to continue to invest in a Portfolio Navigator fund. If you decide to transfer your contract value to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund, you permanently lose your ability to invest in any of the Portfolio Navigator funds if you have a living benefit rider. If you decide to no longer invest your contract value in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, your only option will be to terminate your contract by requesting a full surrender.Surrender charges and tax penalties may apply.

60    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• Whether the total expenses associated with an investment in a Portfolio Stabilizer fund is appropriate for you. For total expenses associated with the rider, you should consider not only the variation of the rider fee, but also the variation in fees among the various funds. You should also consider your overall investment objective, as well as how total fees and your selected fund’s investment objective may impact the amount of any step up opportunities in the future.

If your contract includes a living benefit rider,  you may request a change to your Fund selection (or a transfer from your PN program static model portfolio to either a Portfolio Navigator fund or a Portfolio Stabilizer fund) up to two times per contract year by written request on an authorized form or by another method agreed to by us. Effective Sept. 18, 2017, Current Contract owners may request a change to Fund selection up to four times per contract year by written request on an authorized form or by another method agreed to by us. If you make such a change, we may charge you a higher fee for your rider. However, an initial transfer from a Portfolio Navigator fund to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund will not count toward the limit of two or four transfers per year. Current Contract owners may also set up asset rebalancing and change their percentage allocations, but those changes will count towards the four times per year limit. If your contract includes aSecureSource series rider, we reserve the right to limit the number of changes if required to comply with the written instructions of a fund (see “Market Timing”). If your contract includes the GWB for Life rider orSecureSource series rider, we reserve the right to limit the number of investment options from which you can select, subject to state restrictions. If you decide to annuitize your contract, your rider will terminate and you will no longer have access to the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. If your living benefit rider is terminated, you may remain invested in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, but you will not be allowed to allocate future purchase payments or make transfers to these funds.

Substitution and modification. We reserve the right to add, remove or substitute Funds. We also reserve the right, upon notification to you, to close or restrict any Fund. Any change will apply to current allocations and/or to future payments and transfers. Any substitution of Funds may be subject to SEC or state insurance departments approval.

We reserve the right to change the terms and conditions of the PN program or to change the availability of the investment options upon written notice to you. This includes but is not limited to the right to:

• limit your choice of investment options based on the amount of your initial purchase payment;

• cancel required participation in the program after 30 days written notice;

• substitute a fund of funds for your model portfolio, if applicable, if permitted under applicable securities law; and

• discontinue the PN program after 30 days written notice.

Risks associated with the Funds. An investment in a Fund involves risk. Principal risks associated with an investment in a Fund may be found in the relevant Fund’s prospectus. There is no assurance that the Funds will achieve their respective investment objectives. In addition, there is no guarantee that the Fund’s strategy will have its intended effect or that it will work as effectively as is intended.

Investing in a Portfolio Navigator fund, Portfolio Stabilizer fund or PN program static model portfolio does not guarantee that your contract will increase in value nor will it protect in a decline in value if market prices fall. Depending on future market conditions and considering only the potential return on your investment in the Fund, you might benefit (or benefit more) from selecting alternative investment options.

For more information and a list of the risks associated with investing in the Funds, including volatility and volatility management risk associated with Portfolio Stabilizer funds, please consult the applicable Funds’ prospectuses and “The Variable Account and the Funds – Risks and Conflicts of Interest with Certain Funds Advised by Columbia Management” section in this prospectus.

Conflicts of interest. In providing investment advisory services for the Funds and the underlying funds in which those Funds respectively invest, Columbia Management is, together with its affiliates, including us, subject to competing interests that may influence its decisions.

For additional information regarding the conflicts of interest to which Columbia Management may be subject, see the Funds’ prospectuses and “The Variable Account and the Funds – Risks and Conflicts of Interest with Certain Funds Advised by Columbia Management” section in this prospectus.

Automatic reallocation after taking withdrawal. If you selected theSecureSource, SecureSource 20or anySecureSource Stagesriders, under the rules currently applicable to investments in the Portfolio Navigator funds, your contract value will be automatically reallocated to the Moderate option, Variable Portfolio — Moderate Portfolio once you begin taking withdrawals if the fund you are invested in is more aggressive. By contrast, under the rules applicable to investments in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, your contract value will not automatically be reallocated to a more conservative investment option after you begin taking withdrawals.

Living benefits requiring participation in the PN program or investing in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds:

• Accumulation Protector Benefit rider: You cannot terminate the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. As long as the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider is in effect, your contract value must be invested in one of the PN program

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    61

	investment options or in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. For contracts with applications signed on or after Jan. 26, 2009, you cannot select the Portfolio Navigator Aggressive investment option, or transfer to the Portfolio Navigator Aggressive investment option while the rider is in effect. The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider automatically ends at the end of the waiting period and you then have the option to cancel your participation in the PN program. At all other times, if you do not want to invest in any of the PN program investment options or the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, you must terminate your contract by requesting a full surrender. Surrender charges and tax penalties may apply.
•	SecureSource series or Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider: TheSecureSource series rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider requires that your contract value be invested in one of the PN program investment options or in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, for the life of the contract. Subject to state restrictions, we reserve the right to limit the number of investment options from which you can select based on the dollar amount of purchase payments you make. Because you cannot terminate theSecureSource series rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider once you have selected it, you must terminate your contract by requesting a full surrender if you do not want to invest in any of the PN program investment options or the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. Surrender charges and tax penalties may apply.
•	Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider: The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider requires that your contract value be invested in one of the PN program investment options or in one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, for the life of the contract and because you cannot terminate the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider once you have selected it, you must terminate your contract by requesting a full surrender if you do not want to invest in any of the PN program investment options or the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. Surrender charges and tax penalties may apply.

Living benefit requiring participation in the PN program:

• Income Assurer Benefit rider: The Income Assurer Benefit rider requires that your contract value be invested in one of the PN program investment options for the life of the contract. You can terminate the Income Assurer Benefit rider during the 30-day period after the first rider anniversary and at any time after the expiration of the waiting period. At all other times you cannot terminate the Income Assurer Benefit rider once you have selected it and you must terminate your contract by requesting a full surrender if you do not want to invest in any of the PN program investment options. Surrender charges and tax penalties may apply.

Transferring Among Accounts

The transfer rights discussed in this section do not apply if you have selected one of the optional living benefit riders.

For the Current Contract, you may transfer contract value from any one subaccount, GPAs, the regular fixed account and the Special DCA fixed account to another subaccount before the annuitization start date. For the Original Contract, you may transfer contract value from any one subaccount, GPAs, the one-year fixed account, or the DCA fixed account to another subaccount before the annuitization start date. Certain restrictions apply to transfers involving the GPAs, the regular fixed account and the one-year fixed account. You may not transfer contract value to the Special DCA fixed account or the DCA fixed account. You may not transfer contract value from the Special DCA fixed account or the DCA fixed account except as part of automated monthly transfers.

The date your request to transfer will be processed depends on when and how we receive it:

For transfer requests received in writing:

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your transfer request.

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your transfer request.

For transfer requests received by phone:

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your transfer request.

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your transfer request.

There is no charge for transfers. Before making a transfer, you should consider the risks involved in changing investments. Transfers out of the GPAs will be subject to an MVA if done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period.

We may suspend or modify transfer privileges at any time.

62    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

For information on transfers after annuity payouts begin, see “Transfer policies” below.

Transfer policies

Current Contract:

•	Before the annuitization start date, you may transfer contract values between the subaccounts, or from the subaccounts to the GPAs and the regular fixed account at any time. However, if you made a transfer from the regular fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs, took a partial surrender from the fixed account or terminated automated transfers from the Special DCA fixed account, you may not make a transfer from any subaccount or GPA to the regular fixed account for six months following that transfer, partial surrender or termination.
•	You may transfer contract values from the regular fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs once a year on or within 30 days before or after the contract anniversary (except for automated transfers, which can be set up at any time for certain transfer periods subject to certain minimums). Transfers from the regular fixed account are not subject to an MVA. You may transfer the entire contract value to the regular fixed account. Subject to state restrictions, we reserve the right to limit transfers to the regular fixed account at any time on a non-discriminatory basis with notification. Transfers out of the regular fixed account, including automated transfers, are limited to 30% of regular fixed account value at the beginning of the contract year(1) or $10,000, whichever is greater. Because of this limitation, it may take you several years to transfer all your contract value from the regular fixed account. You should carefully consider whether the regular fixed account meets your investment criteria before you invest. Subject to state restrictions, we reserve the right to change the percentage allowed to be transferred from the regular fixed account at any time on a non-discriminatory basis with notification.
•	You may transfer contract values from a GPA any time after 60 days of transfer or payment allocation to the account. Transfers made more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will receive an MVA, which may result in a gain or loss of contract value, unless an exception applies (see “The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs) — Market Value Adjustment (MVA)”).
•	You may not transfer contract values from the subaccounts, the GPAs or the regular fixed account into the Special DCA fixed account. However, you may transfer contract values as automated monthly transfers from the Special DCA fixed account to the subaccounts or the PN program model portfolio or investment option in effect. (See “Special DCA Fixed Account.”)
•	After the annuitization start date, you may not make transfers to or from the GPAs or the fixed account, but you may make transfers once per contract year among the subaccounts. During the annuity payout period, we reserve the right to limit the number of subaccounts in which you may invest. On the annuitization start date, you must transfer all contract value out of your GPAs and Special DCA fixed account.
(1)	All purchase payments received into the regular fixed account prior to your transfer request are considered your beginning of contract year value during the first contract year.

Original Contract:

• Before the annuitization start date, you may transfer contract values between the subaccounts, or from the subaccounts to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account if part of your contract, at any time. However, if you made a transfer from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs, you may not make a transfer from any subaccount or GPA back to the one-year fixed account for six months following that transfer.

• You may transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs once a year on or within 30 days before or after the contract anniversary (except for automated transfers, which can be set up at any time for certain transfer periods subject to certain minimums). Transfers from the one-year fixed account are not subject to an MVA. The amount of contract value transferred to the one-year fixed account cannot result in the value of the one-year fixed account being greater than 30% of the contract value. Transfers out of the one-year fixed account are limited to 30% of one-year fixed account values at the beginning of the contract year or $10,000, whichever is greater. Because of this limitation, it may take you several years to transfer all your contract value from the one-year fixed account. You should carefully consider whether the one-year fixed account meets your investment criteria before you invest. Subject to state restrictions, we reserve the right to further limit transfers to or from the one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then crediting on new purchase payments allocated to the one-year fixed account is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract.

• You may transfer contract values from a GPA any time after 60 days of transfer or payment allocation to the account. Transfers made more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will receive an MVA, which may result in a gain or loss of contract value, unless an exception applies (see “The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs) — Market Value Adjustment (MVA)”).

• You may not transfer contract values from the subaccounts, the GPAs, or the one-year fixed account into the DCA fixed account. However, you may transfer contract values as automated monthly transfers from the DCA fixed account to any of the investment options available under your contract, subject to investment minimums and other restrictions we may impose on investments in the one-year fixed account and the GPA, as described above. (See “DCA Fixed Account.”)

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    63

• After the annuitization start date, you may not make transfers to or from the GPAs or the fixed account, but you may make transfers once per contract year among the subaccounts. During the annuity payout period, we reserve the right to limit the number of subaccounts in which you may invest. On the annuitization start date, you must transfer all contract value out of your GPAs and DCA fixed account.

Market Timing

Market timing can reduce the value of your investment in the contract. If market timing causes the returns of an underlying fund to suffer, contract value you have allocated to a subaccount that invests in that underlying fund will be lower too. Market timing can cause you, any joint owner of the contract and your beneficiary(ies) under the contract a financial loss.

We seek to prevent market timing. Market timing is frequent or short-term trading activity. We do not accommodate short-term trading activities. Do not buy a contract if you wish to use short-term trading strategies to manage your investment. The market timing policies and procedures described below apply to transfers among the subaccounts within the contract. The underlying funds in which the subaccounts invest have their own market timing policies and procedures. The market timing policies of the underlying funds may be more restrictive than the market timing policies and procedures we apply to transfers among the subaccounts of the contract, and may include redemption fees. We reserve the right to modify our market timing policies and procedures at any time without prior notice to you.

Market timing may hurt the performance of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests in several ways, including but not necessarily limited to:

• diluting the value of an investment in an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests;

• increasing the transaction costs and expenses of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests; and,

• preventing the investment adviser(s) of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests from fully investing the assets of the fund in accordance with the fund’s investment objectives.

Funds available as investment options under the contract that invest in securities that trade in overseas securities markets may be at greater risk of loss from market timing, as market timers may seek to take advantage of changes in the values of securities between the close of overseas markets and the close of U.S. markets. Also, the risks of market timing may be greater for underlying funds that invest in securities such as small cap stocks, high yield bonds, or municipal securities, that may be traded infrequently.

In order to help protect you and the underlying funds from the potentially harmful effects of market timing activity, we apply the following market timing policy to discourage frequent transfers of contract value among the subaccounts of the variable account:

We try to distinguish market timing from transfers that we believe are not harmful, such as periodic rebalancing for purposes of an asset allocation, dollar-cost averaging and asset rebalancing program that may be described in this prospectus. There is no set number of transfers that constitutes market timing. Even one transfer in related accounts may be market timing. We seek to restrict the transfer privileges of a contract owner who makes more than three subaccount transfers in any 90 day period. We also reserve the right to refuse any transfer request, if, in our sole judgment, the dollar amount of the transfer request would adversely affect unit values.

If we determine, in our sole judgment, that your transfer activity constitutes market timing, we may modify, restrict or suspend your transfer privileges to the extent permitted by applicable law, which may vary based on the state law that applies to your contract and the terms of your contract. These restrictions or modifications may include, but not be limited to:

• requiring transfer requests to be submitted only by first-class U.S. mail;

• not accepting hand-delivered transfer requests or requests made by overnight mail;

• not accepting telephone or electronic transfer requests;

• requiring a minimum time period between each transfer;

• not accepting transfer requests of an agent acting under power of attorney;

• limiting the dollar amount that you may transfer at any one time;

• suspending the transfer privilege; or

• modifying instructions under an automated transfer program to exclude a restricted fund if you do not provide new instructions.

Subject to applicable state law and the terms of each contract, we will apply the policy described above to all contract owners uniformly in all cases. We will notify you in writing after we impose any modification, restriction or suspension of your transfer rights.

64    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Because we exercise discretion in applying the restrictions described above, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to identify and restrict all market timing activity. In addition, state law and the terms of some contracts may prevent us from stopping certain market timing activity. Market timing activity that we are unable to identify and/or restrict may impact the performance of the underlying funds and may result in lower contract values.

In addition to the market timing policy described above, which applies to transfers among the subaccounts within your contract, you should carefully review the market timing policies and procedures of the underlying funds. The market timing policies and procedures of the underlying funds may be materially different than those we impose on transfers among the subaccounts within your contract and may include mandatory redemption fees as well as other measures to discourage frequent transfers. As an intermediary for the underlying funds, we are required to assist them in applying their market timing policies and procedures to transactions involving the purchase and exchange of fund shares. This assistance may include, but not be limited to, providing the underlying fund upon request with your Social Security Number, Taxpayer Identification Number or other United States government-issued identifier, and the details of your contract transactions involving the underlying fund. An underlying fund, in its sole discretion, may instruct us at any time to prohibit you from making further transfers of contract value to or from the underlying fund, and we must follow this instruction. We reserve the right to administer and collect on behalf of an underlying fund any redemption fee imposed by an underlying fund. Market timing policies and procedures adopted by underlying funds may affect your investment in the contract in several ways, including but not limited to:

• Each fund may restrict or refuse trading activity that the fund determines, in its sole discretion, represents market timing.

• Even if we determine that your transfer activity does not constitute market timing under the market timing policies described above which we apply to transfers you make under the contract, it is possible that the underlying fund’s market timing policies and procedures, including instructions we receive from a fund may require us to reject your transfer request. For example, while we will attempt to execute transfers permitted under any asset allocation, dollar-cost averaging and asset rebalancing programs that may be described in this prospectus, we cannot guarantee that an underlying fund’s market timing policies and procedures will do so. Orders we place to purchase fund shares for the variable account are subject to acceptance by the fund. We reserve the right to reject without prior notice to you any transfer request if the fund does not accept our order.

• Each underlying fund is responsible for its own market timing policies, and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to implement specific market timing policies and procedures that a fund has adopted. As a result, a fund’s returns might be adversely affected, and a fund might terminate our right to offer its shares through the variable account.

• Funds that are available as investment options under the contract may also be offered to other intermediaries who are eligible to purchase and hold shares of the fund, including without limitation, separate accounts of other insurance companies and certain retirement plans. Even if we are able to implement a fund’s market timing policies, we cannot guarantee that other intermediaries purchasing that same fund’s shares will do so, and the returns of that fund could be adversely affected as a result.

For more information about the market timing policies and procedures of an underlying fund, the risks that market timing pose to that fund, and to determine whether an underlying fund has adopted a redemption fee, see that fund’s prospectus.

How to request a Transfer or Surrender

11 By letter

Send your name, contract number, Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number* and signed request for a transfer or surrender to our Service Center:

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474

Current Contract:
Minimum amount
Transfers or surrenders:	$250 or entire account balance**

Original Contract:
Minimum amount
Transfers or surrenders:	$500 or entire account balance

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    65

All Contracts:
Maximum amount
Transfers or surrenders:	Contract value or entire account balance

*	Failure to provide a Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number may result in mandatory tax withholding on the taxable portion of the distribution.
**	The contract value after a partial surrender must be at least $500.

22 By automated transfers and automated partial surrenders

Your investment professional can help you set up automated transfers among your subaccounts, regular fixed account (Current Contract), the one-year fixed account (Original Contract) or GPAs or automated partial surrenders from the GPAs, regular fixed account, one-year fixed account, Special DCA fixed account (Current Contract), DCA fixed account (Original Contract) or the subaccounts.

You can start or stop this service by written request or other method acceptable to us.

You must allow 30 days for us to change any instructions that are currently in place.

• Automated transfers from the one-year fixed account (Original Contact only) to any one of the subaccounts may not exceed an amount that, if continued, would deplete the one-year fixed account within 12 months.

• Automated transfers from the regular fixed account (Current Contract only) are limited to 30% of the regular fixed account values at the beginning of the contract year or $10,000, whichever is greater.

• Automated surrenders may be restricted by applicable law under some contracts.

• You may not make systematic purchase payments if automated partial surrenders are in effect.

• If the PN program is in effect, you are not allowed to set up automated transfers except in connection with a Special DCA fixed account (Current Contract) or DCA fixed account (Original Contract) (see “Special DCA Fixed Account”, “Fixed Account — DCA Fixed Account” and “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds”).

• Automated partial surrenders may result in income taxes and penalties on all or part of the amount surrendered.

• If you have one of theSecureSource series of riders, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, you may set up automated partial surrenders up to the benefit amount available for withdrawal under the rider.

Minimum amount
Current Contract:
Transfers or surrenders:	$50

Original Contract:
Transfers or surrenders:	$100 monthly
	$250 quarterly, semiannually or annually

33 By phone

Call:

1-800-333-3437

Current Contract:
Transfers or surrenders:	$250 or entire account balance

Original Contract:
Transfers or surrenders:	$500 or entire account balance

Maximum amount
Current Contract:
Transfers:	Contract value or entire account balance
Surrenders:	$100,000

Original Contract:
Transfers:	Contract value or entire account balance
Surrenders:	$25,000

66    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

We answer telephone requests promptly, but you may experience delays when the call volume is unusually high. If you are unable to get through, use the mail procedure as an alternative.

We will honor any telephone transfer or surrender requests that we believe are authentic and we will use reasonable procedures to confirm that they are. This includes asking identifying questions and recording calls. As long as we follow the procedures, we (and our affiliates) will not be liable for any loss resulting from fraudulent requests.

Telephone transfers and surrenders are automatically available. You may request that telephone transfers and surrenders not be authorized from your account by writing to us.

Surrenders

You may surrender all or part of your contract at any time before the annuitization start date by sending us a written request or calling us.

The date your surrender request will be processed depends on when and how we receive it:

For surrender requests received in writing:

• If we receive your surrender request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your surrender using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your surrender request.

• If we receive your surrender request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your surrender using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your surrender request.

For surrender requests received by phone:

• If we receive your surrender request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your surrender using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your surrender request.

• If we receive your surrender request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your surrender using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your surrender request.

We may ask you to return the contract. You may have to pay a contract administrative charge, surrender charges or any applicable optional rider charges (see “Charges”), federal income taxes and penalties. State and local income taxes may also apply (see “Taxes”). You cannot make surrenders after the annuitization start date except under Variable Annuity Payout Plan E. (See “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Any partial surrenders you take under the contract will reduce your contract value. As a result, the value of your death benefit or any optional benefits you have elected will also be reduced. If you have elected one of theSecureSourceseries of riders, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider and your partial surrenders in any contract year exceed the permitted surrender amount under the terms of the rider, your benefits under the rider may be reduced (see “Optional Benefits”). The first partial surrender request during the first contract year, for theSecureSource Stages 2 rider and any partial surrender request that reverses previous step-ups during the 3-year waiting period or exceeds the amount allowed under the riders and impacts the guarantees provided, will not be considered in good order until we receive a signed Benefit Impact Acknowledgement. This form shows the projected effect of the surrender on the rider benefits or a verbal acknowledgement that you understand and accept the impacts that have been explained to you.

In addition, surrenders you are required to take to satisfy RMDs under the Code may reduce the value of certain death benefits and optional benefits (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”).

Surrender Policies

Current Contract:

If you have a balance in more than one account and you request a partial surrender, we will automatically surrender from all your subaccounts, GPAs, the Special DCA fixed account and/or the regular fixed account in the same proportion as your value in each account correlates to your total contract value, unless requested otherwise⁽¹⁾. The minimum contract value after partial surrender is $500.

Original Contract:

If you have a balance in more than one account and you request a partial surrender, we will automatically surrender from all your subaccounts, GPAs, the DCA fixed account, and/or the one-year fixed account in the same proportion as your value in each account correlates to your total contract value, unless requested otherwise⁽¹⁾.

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    67

After executing a partial surrender, the value in each subaccount, one-year fixed account or GPA must be either zero or at least $50.

⁽¹⁾ If you elected one of theSecureSource series of riders, you do not have the option to request from which account to surrender.

Receiving Payment

11 By regular or express mail

• payable to you;

• mailed to address of record.

NOTE: We will charge you a fee if you request express mail delivery.

22 By wire or other form of electronic payment

• request that payment be wired to your bank;

• pre-authorization required.

We may choose to permit you to have checks issued and delivered to an alternate payee or to an address other than your address of record. We may also choose to allow you to direct wires or other electronic payments to accounts owned by a third-party. We may have additional good order requirements that must be met prior to processing requests to make any payments to a party other than the owner or to an address other than the address of record. These requirements will be designed to ensure owner instructions are genuine and to prevent fraud.

Normally, we will send the payment within seven days after receiving your request in good order. However, we may postpone the payment if:

– the NYSE is closed, except for normal holiday and weekend closings;

– trading on the NYSE is restricted, according to SEC rules;

– an emergency, as defined by SEC rules, makes it impractical to sell securities or value the net assets of the accounts; or

– the SEC permits us to delay payment for the protection of security holders.

We may also postpone payment of the amount attributable to a purchase payment as part of the total surrender amount until cleared from the originating financial institution.

A Special Note on Cybersecurity Risks

Cybersecurity and Systems Integrity

Increasingly, businesses are dependent on the continuity, security, and effective operation of various technology systems. The nature of our business depends on the continued effective operation of our systems and those of our business partners.

This dependence makes us susceptible to operational and information security risks from cyber-attacks. These risks may include the following:

• the corruption or destruction of data;

• theft, misuse or dissemination of data to the public, including your information we hold; and

• denial of service attacks on our website or other forms of attacks on our systems and the software and hardware we use to run them.

These attacks and their consequences can negatively impact your contract, your privacy, your ability to conduct transactions on your contract, or your ability to receive timely service from us. There can be no assurance that we, the underlying funds in your contract, or our other business partners will avoid losses affecting your contract due to any successful cyber-attacks or information security breaches.

TSA–Special Provisions

Participants in Tax-Sheltered Annuities

If the contract is intended to be used in connection with an employer sponsored 403(b) plan, additional rules relating to this contract can be found in the annuity endorsement for tax sheltered 403(b) annuities. Unless we have made special arrangements with your employer, the contract is not intended for use in connection with an employer sponsored 403(b) plan that is subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”). In the

68    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

event that the employer either by affirmative election or inadvertent action causes contributions under a plan that is subject to ERISA to be made to this contract, we will not be responsible for any obligations and requirements under ERISA and the regulations thereunder, unless we have prior written agreement with the employer. You should consult with your employer to determine whether your 403(b) plan is subject to ERISA.

In the event we have a written agreement with your employer to administer the plan pursuant to ERISA, special rules apply as set forth in the TSA endorsement.

The employer must comply with certain nondiscrimination requirements for certain types of contributions under a TSA contract to be excluded from taxable income. You should consult your employer to determine whether the nondiscrimination rules apply to you.

The Code imposes certain restrictions on your right to receive early distributions from a TSA:

• Distributions attributable to salary reduction contributions (plus earnings) made after Dec. 31, 1988, or to transfers or rollovers from other contracts, may be made from the TSA only if:

– you are at least age 59½;

– you are disabled as defined in the Code;

– you severed employment with the employer who purchased the contract;

– the distribution is because of your death;

– the distribution is due to plan termination; or

– you are a qualifying military reservist.

• If you encounter a financial hardship (as provided by the Code), you may be eligible to receive a distribution of all contract values attributable to salary reduction contributions made after Dec. 31, 1988, but not the earnings on them.

• Even though a distribution may be permitted under the above rules, it may be subject to IRS taxes and penalties (see “Taxes”)

• The above restrictions on distributions do not affect the availability of the amount credited to the contract as of Dec. 31, 1988. The restrictions also do not apply to transfers or exchanges of contract value within the contract, or to another registered variable annuity contract or investment vehicle available through the employer.

Changing the Annuitant

For the Current Contract, if you have a nonqualified annuity and are a natural person (excluding a revocable trust), you may change the annuitant or contingent annuitant if the request is made prior to the annuitization start date and while the existing annuitant or contingent annuitant is living. The change will become binding on us when we receive it. If you and the annuitant are not the same person and the annuitant dies before the annuitization start date, the owner becomes the annuitant unless a contingent annuitant has been previously selected. You may not change the annuitant if you have a qualified annuity or there is non-natural or revocable trust ownership.

For the Original Contract, annuitant changes are not allowed.

Changing Ownership

You may change ownership of your nonqualified annuity at any time by completing a change of ownership form we approve and sending it to our Service Center. We will honor any change of ownership request received in good order that we believe is authentic and we will use reasonable procedures to confirm authenticity. If we follow these procedures, we will not take any responsibility for the validity of the change.

If you have a nonqualified annuity, you may incur income tax liability by transferring, assigning or pledging any part of it. (See “Taxes.”)

If you have a qualified annuity, you may not sell, assign, transfer, discount or pledge your contract as collateral for a loan, or as security for the performance of an obligation or for any other purpose except as required or permitted by the Code. However, if the owner is a trust or custodian, or an employer acting in a similar capacity, ownership of the contract may be transferred to the annuitant.

Please consider carefully whether or not you wish to change ownership of your annuity contract. If you elected any optional contract features or riders and any owner was not an owner before the change, all owners (including any prior owner who is still an owner after the ownership change) (along with the annuitant for the Original Contract) will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract.

If you have an Income Assurer Benefit rider and/or the Benefit Protector Plus rider, the riders will terminate upon transfer of ownership of the annuity contract.

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    69

For the Original Contract, our current administrative practice is that if you have the Benefit Protector rider, the owner can choose to terminate the Benefit Protector rider during the 30-day window following the effective date of the ownership change.

For the Current Contract, if you have the Benefit Protector rider, if any owner is older than age 75 immediately following the ownership change, the rider will terminate upon change of ownership. If all owners are younger than age 76, the rider continues unless the owner chooses to terminate it during the 30-day window following the effective date of the ownership change. The Benefit Protector death benefit values may be reset (see “Optional Death Benefits – Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider”).

For the Current Contract, the death benefit may change due to a change of ownership. If any owner is older than age 85 immediately following the ownership change, the MAV Death Benefit, 5% Accumulation Death Benefit and EDB will terminate, the ROPP Death Benefit will be unavailable, and the Contract Value Death Benefit will apply. If any owner is older than age 79 but all owners are younger than age 86, the MAV Death Benefit, the 5% Accumulation Death Benefit, and the EDB will terminate and the ROPP Death Benefit will apply. If all owners are age 79 or younger, the ROPP Death Benefit, MAV Death Benefit, 5% Accumulation Death Benefit or EDB will continue. The ROPP Death Benefit, MAV Death Benefit, 5% Accumulation Death Benefit and EDB values may be reset (see “Benefits in the Case of Death”). If the death benefit that applies to your contract changes due to an ownership change, the mortality and expense risk fee may change as well (see “Charges – Mortality and Expense Risk Fee”).

TheSecureSource series – Joint Life rider, if selected, only allows transfer of the ownership of the annuity contract between covered spouses or their revocable trust(s); no other ownership changes are allowed while this rider is in force, subject to state restrictions. For theSecureSource Stages 2 – Joint Life rider, if ownership is transferred from a covered spouse to their revocable trust(s), the annuitant must be one of the covered spouses. The Accumulation Protector Benefit, theSecureSource– Single Life, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life and the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit riders will continue upon transfer of ownership of the annuity contract and the values may be reset. ForSecureSource rider and Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, any ownership change that impacts the guarantees provided will not be considered in good order until we receive a signed Benefit Impact Acknowledgement form showing the projected effect of the ownership change on the rider benefits or a verbal acknowledgement that you understand and accept the impacts that have been explained to you. For theSecure Source Stages 2– Single Life riders,Secure Source 20 – Single Life andSecureSource Stages – Single Life riders, joint ownership and joint annuitants are not allowed and an ownership change that results in different covered person will terminate the rider, subject to state restrictions. (See “Optional Benefits.”)

Benefits in Case of Death

Current Contract:

(applications signed on or after Nov. 30, 2009, subject to state availability)

We will pay the death benefit to your beneficiary upon your death if you die before the annuitization start date while this contract is in force. If a contract has more than one person as the owner, we will pay the benefits upon the first to die of any owner. The basic death benefit available under your contract at contract issue is the ROPP Death Benefit. In addition to the ROPP Death Benefit, we also offer the following optional death benefits at contract issue:

• MAV Death Benefit;

• 5% Accumulation Death Benefit; or

• Enhanced Death Benefit.

If it is available in your state and if you are age 79 or younger at contract issue, you can elect any one of the above optional death benefits. If you are age 80 or older at contract issue, the ROPP Death Benefit will apply.

Once you elect a death benefit, you cannot change it; however the death benefit that applies to your contract may change due to an ownership change (see “Changing Ownership”) or continuation of the contract by the spouse under the spousal continuation provision.

We show the death benefit that applies to your contract at issue on your contract’s data page. The death benefit determines the mortality and expense risk fee that is assessed against the subaccounts. (See “Charges — Mortality and Expense Risk Fee.”)

We will base the benefit paid on the death benefit coverage in effect on the date of your death.

70    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Here are some terms that are used to describe the death benefits:

Adjusted partial surrenders (calculated for ROPP and MAV Death Benefits)	=	PS XDB
		CV

PS	=	the amount by which the contract value is reduced as a result of the partial surrender.
DB	=	the applicable ROPP value or MAV on the date of (but prior to) the partial surrender
CV	=	contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial surrender.

Covered Life Change: is either continuation of the contract by a spouse under the spousal continuation provision, or an ownership change where any owner after the ownership change was not an owner prior to the change.

Contract Value Death Benefit (CV Death Benefit):is the death benefit available if any owner after an ownership change or spouse who continues the contract under the spousal continuation provision is over age 85 and therefore cannot qualify for the ROPP death benefit. Under this benefit, we will pay the beneficiary the greater of:

– the Full Surrender Value, or

– the contract value after any rider charges have been deducted.

Full Surrender Value: is the contract value immediately prior to the surrender (immediately prior to payment of a death claim for death benefits) less:

• any surrender charge,

• pro rata rider charges,

• the contract charge,

plus:

• any positive or negative market value adjustment.

Return of Purchase Payments (ROPP) Death Benefit

The ROPP Death Benefit is the basic death benefit on the contract that will pay your beneficiaries no less than your purchase payments adjusted for surrenders. If you die before the annuitization start date and while this contract is in force, the death benefit will be the greatest of:

1.	the contract value after any rider charges have been deducted,
2.	the ROPP Value, or
3.	the Full Surrender Value.

ROPP Value: is the total purchase payments on the contract issue date. Additional purchase payments will be added to the ROPP value. Adjusted partial surrenders will be subtracted from the ROPP value.

After a covered life change for a spouse who continues the contract and is age 85 or younger, we reset the ROPP value to the contract value on the date of the continuation after any rider charges have been deducted and after any increase to the contract value due to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid (without regard to the Full Surrender Value). If the spouse who continues the contract is age 86 or older, the ROPP Death Benefit will terminate and he or she will be eligible for the CV death benefit.

After a covered life change other than for the spouse who continues the contract, if the prior owner and current owners are eligible for the ROPP death benefit we reset the ROPP value on the valuation date we receive your request for the ownership change to the contract value after any rider charges have been deducted, if the contract value is less.

If the prior owner was not eligible for the ROPP but all current owners are eligible, we reset the ROPP value to the contract value after any rider charges have been deducted on the valuation date we receive your request for the ownership change.

If available in your state and you are age 79 or younger at contract issue, you may select one of the death benefits described below at the time you purchase your contract. The death benefits do not provide any additional benefit before the first contract anniversary and may not be appropriate for certain older issue ages because the benefit values may be limited after age 80. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether or not these death benefits are appropriate for your situation.

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV) Death Benefit

The MAV Death Benefit provides that if you die while the contract is in force and before the annuitization start date, the death benefit will be the greatest of these values:

1.	contract value after any rider charges have been deducted;
2.	the ROPP value as described above;
3.	the MAV; or

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    71

4. the Full Surrender Value as described above.

The MAV equals the ROPP value prior to the first contract anniversary. Every contract anniversary prior to the earlier of your 81st birthday or your death, we compare the MAV to the current contract value and we reset the MAV to the higher amount. The MAV is increased by any additional purchase payments and reduced by adjusted partial surrenders.

After a covered life change for a spouse who is age 79 or younger and continues the contract, we reset the MAV to the contract value on the date of the continuation after any rider charges have been deducted and after any increase to the contract value due to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid (without regard to the Full Surrender Value).

After a covered life change other than for a spouse who continues the contract, if all owners are under age 80, we reset the MAV on the valuation date we receive your request for the ownership change to the lesser of these two values:

(a)	the contract value after any rider charges have been deducted, or
(b)	the MAV on that date, but prior to the reset.

If your spouse chooses to continue the contract under the spousal continuation provision, the death benefit available for the spouse’s beneficiaries depends on the spouse’s age. If your spouse was age 79 or younger when the contract was continued, he or she will continue to be eligible for the MAV. If your spouse is over age 79 but younger than age 86 when the contract was continued, he or she will be eligible for the ROPP death benefit. If your spouse is age 86 or older when the contract was continued, he or she will be eligible for the CV death benefit.

5% Accumulation Death Benefit

The 5% Accumulation Death Benefit provides that if you die while the contract is in force and before the annuitization start date, the death benefit will be the greatest of these values:

1.	contract value after any rider charges have been deducted;
2.	the ROPP value as described above;
3.	the 5% accumulation death benefit floor;
4.	the Full Surrender Value as described above.

The key terms and provisions of the 5% Accumulation Death Benefit are:

5% Accumulation Death Benefit Floor: is equal to the sum of:

1.	the contract value in the Excluded Accounts (currently, regular fixed account and GPAs), if any, and
2.	the variable account floor.

Protected Account Base (PAB) and Excluded Account Base (EAB): Adjustments to variable account floor require tracking amounts representing purchase payments, not previously surrendered, that are allocated or transferred to the Protected Accounts (currently, subaccounts and the Special DCA fixed account) and Excluded Accounts.

– PAB equals amounts representing purchase payments, not previously surrendered or transferred, that are in the Protected Accounts.

– EAB equals amounts representing purchase payments, not previously surrendered or transferred, that are in the Excluded Accounts.

Variable Account Floor: Variable account floor is PAB increased on contract anniversaries prior to the earlier of your 81st birthday or your death.

Net Transfer: If multiple transfers are made on the same valuation day, they are combined to determine the net amount of contract value being transferred between the Protected Accounts and Excluded Accounts. This net transfer amount is used to adjust the EAB, PAB and variable account floor values.

Establishment of Variable Account Floor, PAB and EAB

On the contract date, 1) variable account floor and PAB are established as your initial purchase payment allocated to the Protected Accounts; and 2) EAB is established as your initial purchase payment allocated to the Excluded Accounts.

Adjustments to Variable Account Floor, PAB and EAB

Variable account floor, PAB and EAB are adjusted by the following:

1. When an additional purchase payment is made;

(A)	any payment you allocate to the Protected Accounts are added to PAB and to variable account floor, and
(B)	any payment you allocate to the excluded accounts are added to EAB.

2. When transfers are made to the Protected Accounts from the Excluded Accounts, we increase PAB and variable account floor, and we reduce EAB.

72    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The amount we deduct from EAB and add to PAB and to variable account floor is calculated for each net transfer using the following formula:

a × b	where:
c

a	=	the amount the contract value in the Excluded Accounts is reduced by the net transfer
b	=	EAB on the date of (but prior to) the transfer
c	=	the contract value in the Excluded Accounts on the date of (but prior to) the transfer.

3.	When partial surrenders are made from the Excluded Accounts, we reduce EAB by the same amount as calculated above for transfers from the Excluded Accounts, using surrender amounts in place of transfer amounts. Partial surrenders from Excluded Accounts do not increase PAB.
4.	When transfers are made to the Excluded Accounts from the Protected Accounts, we reduce PAB and variable account floor, and increase EAB.

The amounts we deduct from PAB and variable account floor are calculated for each net transfer using the following formula:

a × b	where:
c

a	=	the amount the contract value in the Protected Accounts is reduced by the net transfer
b	=	the applicable PAB or variable account floor on the date of (but prior to) the transfer
c	=	the contract value in the Protected Accounts on the date of (but prior to) the transfer.

The amount we subtract from PAB is added to EAB.

5.	When partial surrenders are made from the Protected Accounts, we reduce PAB and variable account floor by the same amount as calculated above for transfers from the Protected Accounts, using surrender amounts in place of transfer amounts. Partial surrenders from Protected Accounts do not increase EAB.
6.	After a covered life change for a spouse who continues the contract, variable account floor and PAB are reset to the contract value in the Protected Accounts on the date of continuation. EAB is reset to the contract value in the Excluded Accounts on the date of continuation. The contract value is after any rider charges have been deducted and after any increase to the contract value due to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid (without regard to the Full Surrender Value).
7.	After a covered life change other than for a spouse who continues the contract, variable account floor, PAB and EAB are reset on the valuation date we receive your written request for the covered life change if all owners are eligible for the 5% Accumulation Death Benefit.

Variable account floor and PAB are reset to the lesser of A or B where:

A	=	the contract value (after any rider charges have been deducted) in the Protected Accounts on that date, and
B	=	Variable account floor on that date (but prior to the reset).

EAB is reset to the lesser of A or B where:

A	=	the contract value (after any rider charges have been deducted) in the Excluded Accounts on that date, and
B	=	EAB on that date (but prior to the reset).

8. On a contract anniversary when variable account floor is greater than zero:

(A)	On the first contract anniversary, we increase variable account floor by an amount equal to 5%, multiplied by variable account floor as of 60 days after the contract date.
(B)	On each subsequent contract anniversary prior to the earlier of your 81st birthday or your death, we increase variable account floor by 5%, multiplied by the prior contract anniversary’s variable account floor.
(C)	Any variable account floor increase on contract anniversaries does not increase PAB or EAB.

For contracts issued in New Jersey and Washington state, the cap on the variable account floor is 200% of PAB.

If your spouse chooses to continue the contract under the spousal continuation provision, the death benefit available for the spouse’s beneficiaries depends on the spouse’s age. If your spouse was age 79 or younger when the contract was continued, he or she will continue to be eligible for the 5% Accumulation Death Benefit. If your spouse is over age 79 but younger than age 86 when the contract was continued, he or she will be eligible for the ROPP death benefit. If your spouse is age 86 or older when the contract was continued, he or she will be eligible for the CV Death Benefit.

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    73

Enhanced Death Benefit (EDB)

The Enhanced Death Benefit provides that if you die while the contract is in force and before the annuitization start date, the death benefit will be the greatest of these values:

1.	contract value after any rider charges have been deducted;
2.	the ROPP value as described above;
3.	the MAV as described above;
4.	the 5% accumulation death benefit floor as described above; or
5.	the Full Surrender Value as described above.

If your spouse chooses to continue the contract under spousal continuation provision, the death benefit available for the spouse’s beneficiaries depends on the spouse’s age. If your spouse was age 79 or younger when the contract was continued, he or she will continue to be eligible for the Enhanced Death Benefit. If your spouse is over age 79 but younger than age 86 when the contract was continued, he or she will be eligible for the ROPP death benefit. If your spouse is age 86 or older when the contract was continued, he or she will be eligible for the CV Death Benefit.

For an example of how each death benefit is calculated, see Appendix C.

Original Contract:

(applications signed prior to Nov. 30, 2009 or in states where the Current Contract was not available)

We will pay the death benefit to your beneficiary upon the earlier of your death or the annuitant’s death. If a contract has more than one person as the owner or annuitant, we will pay the benefits upon the first to die of any owner or the annuitant. The basic death benefit available under your contract at contract issue is the ROP Death Benefit. In addition to the ROP Death Benefit, we also offer the following optional death benefits at contract issue:

• MAV Death Benefit;

• 5% Accumulation Death Benefit; or

• Enhanced Death Benefit.

If it is available in your state and if both you and the annuitant are age 79 or younger at contract issue, you can elect any one of the above death benefits. If either you or the annuitant are age 80 or older at contract issue, the ROP Death Benefit will apply. Once you elect a death benefit, you cannot change it. We show the death benefit that applies in your contract on your contract’s data page. The death benefit you select determines the mortality and expense risk fee that is assessed against the subaccounts. (See “Charges — Mortality and Expense Risk Fee.”)

We will base the benefit paid on the death benefit coverage you chose when you purchased the contract.

Here are some terms used to describe the death benefits:

Adjusted partial surrenders (calculated for ROP and MAV Death Benefits)	=	PS XDB
		CV

PS	=	the amount by which the contract value is reduced as a result of the partial surrender.
DB	=	the applicable ROP value or MAV on the date of (but prior to) the partial surrender.
CV	=	contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial surrender.

Return of Purchase Payments (ROP) Death Benefit

The ROP Death Benefit is the basic death benefit on the contract that will pay your beneficiaries no less than your purchase payments, adjusted for surrenders. If you or the annuitant die before the annuitization start date and while this contract is in force, the death benefit will be the greater of these two values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value; or
2.	total purchase payments applied to the contract minus adjusted partial surrenders.

The ROP Death Benefit will apply unless you select one of the alternative death benefits described immediately below.

If available in your state and both you and the annuitant are age 79 or younger at contract issue, you may select one of the death benefits described below at the time you purchase your contract. The death benefits do not provide any additional benefit before the first contract anniversary and may not be appropriate for certain older issue ages because the benefit values may be limited after age 80. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether or not these death benefits are appropriate for your situation.

74    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV) Death Benefit

The MAV Death Benefit provides that if you or the annuitant die while the contract is in force and before the annuitization start date, the death benefit will be the greatest of these three values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments applied to the contract minus adjusted partial surrenders; or
3.	the MAV on the date of death.

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV): is zero prior to the first contract anniversary. On the first contract anniversary, we set the MAV as the greater of these two values:

(a)	current contract value; or
(b)	total purchase payments applied to the contract minus adjusted partial surrenders.

Thereafter, we increase the MAV by any additional purchase payments and reduce the MAV by adjusted partial surrenders. Every contract anniversary after that prior to the earlier of your or the annuitant’s 81st birthday, we compare the MAV to the current contract value and we reset the MAV to the higher amount.

5% Accumulation Death Benefit

The 5% Accumulation Death Benefit provides that if you or the annuitant die while the contract is in force and before the annuitization start date, the death benefit will be the greatest of these three values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments applied to the contract minus adjusted partial surrenders; or
3.	the 5% variable account floor.

The key terms and provisions of the 5% Accumulation Death Benefit are:

5% Variable Account Floor:is the sum of the value of the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the variable account floor. There is no variable account floor prior to the first contract anniversary. On the first contract anniversary, we establish the variable account floor as:

• the amounts allocated to the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account at issue increased by 5%;

• plus any subsequent amounts allocated to the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account;

• minus adjusted transfers and partial surrenders from the subaccounts or the DCA fixed account.

Thereafter, we continue to add subsequent purchase payments allocated to the subaccounts or the DCA fixed account and subtract adjusted transfers and partial surrenders from the subaccounts or the DCA fixed account. On each contract anniversary after the first, through age 80, we add an amount to the variable account floor equal to 5% of the prior anniversary’s variable account floor. We stop adding this amount after you or the annuitant reach age 81 or after the earlier of your or the annuitant’s death.

5% variable account floor adjusted transfers or partial surrenders	=	PST XVAF
		SAV

PST	=	the amount by which the contract value in the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account is reduced as a result of the partial surrender or transfer from the subaccounts or the DCA fixed account.
VAF	=	variable account floor on the date of (but prior to) the transfer or partial surrender.
SAV	=	value of the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account on the date of (but prior to) the transfer or partial surrender.

The amount of purchase payments surrendered or transferred from any subaccount or fixed account (if applicable) or GPA account is calculated as (a) times (b) where:

(a)	is the amount of purchase payments in the account or subaccount on the date of but prior to the current surrender or transfer; and
(b)	is the ratio of the amount of contract value transferred or surrendered from the account or subaccount to the value in the account or subaccount on the date of (but prior to) the current surrender or transfer.

For contracts issued in New Jersey, the cap on the variable account floor is 200% of the sum of the purchase payments allocated to the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account that have not been surrendered or transferred out of the subaccounts or DCA fixed account.

NOTE: The 5% variable account floor is calculated differently and is not the same value as the Income Assurer Benefit 5% variable account floor.

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    75

Enhanced Death Benefit (EDB)

The Enhanced Death Benefit provides that if you or the annuitant die while the contract is in force and before the annuitization start date, the death benefit will be the greatest of these four values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments applied to the contract minus adjusted partial surrenders;
3.	the MAV on the date of death as described above; or
4.	the 5% variable account floor as described above.

For an example of how each death benefit is calculated, see Appendix C.

If You Die Before the Annuitization Start Date

When paying the beneficiary, we will process the death claim on the valuation date our death claim requirements are fulfilled. We will determine the contract’s value using the accumulation unit value we calculate on that valuation date. We pay interest, if any, at a rate no less than required by law. We will mail payment to the beneficiary within seven days after our death claim requirements are fulfilled.

Nonqualified annuities

For the Current Contract:

If your spouse is sole beneficiary and you die before the annuitization start date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid (without regard to the Full Surrender Value). To do this your spouse must, on the date our death claim requirements are fulfilled, give us written instructions to continue the contract as owner.

There will be no surrender charges on the contract from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, your spouse will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract and the values may be reset. (see “Optional Benefits” and “Benefits in the Case of Death”). If the death benefit applicable to the contract changes due to spousal continuation, the mortality and expense risk fee may change as well (see “Charges — Mortality and Expense Risk Fee”).

If your beneficiary is not your spouse, or your spouse does not elect spousal continuation, we will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless you give us other written instructions. Generally, we must fully distribute the death benefit within five years of your death. However, the beneficiary may receive payouts under any annuity payout plan available under this contract if:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin no later than one year after your death, or other date as permitted by the IRS; and

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy.

For the Original Contract:

If your spouse is sole beneficiary and you die before the annuitization start date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. To do this your spouse must, on the date our death claim requirements are fulfilled, give us written instructions to continue the contract as owner.

There will be no surrender charges on the contract from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, your spouse and the new annuitant (if applicable) will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract and the values may be reset. (See “Optional Benefits” and “Optional Death Benefits”.)

If your beneficiary is not your spouse, or your spouse does not elect spousal continuation, we will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless you give us other written instructions. Generally, we must fully distribute the death benefit within five years of your death. However, the beneficiary may receive payouts under any annuity payout plan available under this contract if:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin no later than one year after your death, or other date as permitted by the IRS; and

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy.

Qualified annuities

For the Current Contract:

• Spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if your spouse is the sole beneficiary, your spouse may either elect to treat the contract as his/her own, so long as he or she is eligible to do so, or elect an

76    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

	annuity payout plan or another plan agreed to by us. If your spouse elects a payout option, the payouts must begin no later than the year in which you would have reached age 72(age 70 ½ if the death occurrred before Jan. 1, 2020). If you attained age 72 at the time of death, payouts must begin no later than Dec. 31 of the year following the year of your death.
	Your spouse may elect to assume ownership of the contract with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid (without regard to the Full Surrender Value). To do this your spouse must, on the date our death claim requirements are fulfilled, give us written instructions to continue the contract as owner. There will be no surrender charges on the contract from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, your spouse will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract and the values may be reset (see “Optional Benefits”, “Optional Death Benefits” and “Benefits in the Case of Death”). If the death benefit applicable to the contract changes due to spousal continuation, the mortality and expense risk fee may change as well (see “Charges — Mortality and Expense Risk Fee”). If your spouse is the sole beneficiary and elects to treat the contract his/her own as an inherited IRA, theSecureSource Stages andSecureStages 2 riders will terminate.
	If you purchased this contract as an inherited IRA and your spouse is the sole beneficiary, he or she can elect to continue this contract as an inherited IRA.
	If you purchased this contract as an inherited IRA and your spouse is not the sole beneficiary, he or she can elect an alternative payment plan for their share of the death benefit and all optional death benefits and living benefits will terminate. Your spouse must follow the schedule of minimum surrenders established based on your life expectancy.
•	Non-spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if death occurs on or after Jan. 1, 2020, the beneficiary is required to withdraw his or her entire inherited interest within 10 years of the time of death of the owner unless they qualify as an “eligible designated beneficiary.” Eligible designated beneficiaries may continue to take proceeds out over their life expectancy. Eligible designated beneficiaries include:

• the surviving spouse;

• a lawful child of the owner under the age of majority (remaining amount must be withdrawn within 10 years, once the child reaches the age of majority);

• disabled within the meaning of Code section 72(m)(7);

• chronically ill within the meaning of Code section 7702B(c)(2);

• any other person who is not more than 10 years younger than the owner.

However, non-natural beneficiaries, such as estates and charities, are subject to a five-year rule to distribute the IRA.

We will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless the beneficiary elects to receive payouts under a payout plan available under this contract and:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin, no later than one year following the year of your death; and

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy for an eligible designated beneficiary. (Payout plans are limited if the beneficiary is not an eligible designated beneficiary.)

• Spouse and Non-spouse beneficiary: If a beneficiary elects an alternative payment plan which is an inherited IRA, all optional death benefits and living benefits will terminate. In the event of your beneficiary’s death, their beneficiary can elect to take a lump sum payment or annuitize the contract to deplete it within 10 years of your beneficiary’s death.

• Annuity payout plan: If you elect an annuity payout plan, the payouts to your beneficiary may continue depending on the annuity payout plan you elect, subject to adjustment to comply with the IRS rules and regulations.

For the Original Contract:

•

Spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if your spouse is the sole beneficiary, your spouse may either elect to treat the contract as his/her own, so long as he or she is eligible to do so, or elect an annuity payout plan or another plan agreed to by us. If your spouse elects a payout option, the payouts must begin no later than the year in which you would have reached age 72. If you attained age 72 at the time of death, payouts must begin no later than Dec. 31 of the year following the year of your death.

Your spouse may elect to assume ownership of the contract with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. To do this your spouse must, on the date our death claim requirements are fulfilled, give us written instructions to continue the contract as owner. There will be no surrender charges on the contract from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, your spouse and the new annuitant (if applicable) will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract and the values may be reset. (See “Optional Benefits” and “Optional Death Benefits”.)

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    77

• Non-spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if death occurs on or after Jan. 1, 2020, the beneficiary is required to withdraw his or her entire inherited interest within 10 years of the time of death of the owner unless they qualify as an “eligible designated beneficiary.” Eligible designated beneficiaries may continue to take proceeds out over their life expectancy. Eligible designated beneficiaries include:

• the surviving spouse;

• a lawful child of the owner under the age of majority (remaining amount must be withdrawn within 10 years, once the child reaches the age of majority);

• disabled within the meaning of Code section 72(m)(7);

• chronically ill within the meaning of Code section 7702B(c)(2);

• any other person who is not more than 10 years younger than the owner.

However, non-natural beneficiaries, such as estates and charities, are subject to a five-year rule to distribute the IRA.

We will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless the beneficiary elects to receive payouts under a payout plan available under this contract if:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin, no later than one year following the year of your death; and

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy for an eligible designated beneficiary. (Payout plans are limited if the beneficiary is not an eligible designated beneficiary.)

• Spouse and Non-spouse beneficiary: If a beneficiary elects an alternative payment plan which is an inherited IRA, all optional death benefits and living benefits will terminate. In the event of your beneficiary’s death, their beneficiary can elect to take a lump sum payment or annuitize the contract to deplete it within 10 years of your beneficiary’s death.

• Annuity payout plan: If you elect an annuity payout plan, the payouts to your beneficiary may continue depending on the annuity payout plan you elect, subject to adjustment to comply with the IRS rules and regulations.

How we handle contracts under unclaimed property laws

Every state has unclaimed property laws which generally declare annuity contracts to be abandoned after a period of inactivity of one to five years from either 1) the contract’s maturity date (the latest day on which income payments may begin under the contract) or 2) the date the death benefit is due and payable. If a contract matures or we determine a death benefit is payable, we will use our best efforts to locate you or designated beneficiaries. If we are unable to locate you or a beneficiary, proceeds will be paid to the abandoned property division or unclaimed property office of the state in which the beneficiary or you last resided, as shown in our books and records, or to our state of domicile. Generally, this surrender of property to the state is commonly referred to as “escheatment”. To avoid escheatment, and ensure an effective process for your beneficiaries, it is important that your personal address and beneficiary designations are up to date, including complete names, date of birth, current addresses and phone numbers, and taxpayer identification numbers for each beneficiary. Updates to your address or beneficiary designations should be sent to our Service Center.

Escheatment may also be required by law if a known beneficiary fails to demand or present an instrument or document to claim the death benefit in a timely manner, creating a presumption of abandonment. If your beneficiary steps forward (with the proper documentation) to claim escheated annuity proceeds, the state is obligated to pay any such proceeds it is holding.

For nonqualified annuities, non-spousal death benefits are generally required to be distributed and taxed within five years from the date of death of the owner/annuitant or the unclaimed death benefits will be presumed abandoned and subject to escheatment.

Optional Benefits

The assets held in our general account support the guarantees under your contract, including optional death benefits and optional living benefits. To the extent that we are required to pay you amounts in addition to your contract value under these benefits, such amounts will come from our general account assets. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of insurance and financial products as well, and we also pay our obligations under these products from assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account.

78    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Optional Living Benefits

SecureSource Stages 2 Rider

TheSecureSource Stages 2 rider is an optional benefit that you can add to your contract for an additional charge. This benefit is intended to provide to you, after the lifetime benefit is established, a specified withdrawal amount annually for life, even if your contract value is zero, subject to the terms and provisions described in this section. If the lifetime benefit is not established and contract value goes to zero due to a withdrawal, the contract and the rider will terminate. (see “Other provisions – Rules for Surrender”). Additionally, this benefit offers a credit feature to help in low or poor performing markets and a step up feature to lock in contract anniversary gains.

TheSecureSource Stages 2 rider may be appropriate for you if you intend to make periodic withdrawals from your annuity contract after the waiting period and wish to ensure that market performance will not adversely affect your ability to withdraw income over your lifetime. This rider may not be appropriate for you if you do not intend to limit withdrawals to the amount allowed in order to receive the full benefits of the rider.

Your benefits under the rider can be reduced if any of the following occurs:

• If you take any withdrawals during the 1-year waiting period, the lifetime benefit amount will be determined using percentage B for the appropriate age band as long as rider benefits are payable;

• If you withdraw more than the allowed withdrawal amount in a contract year, or you take withdrawals before the lifetime benefit is available;

• If you take a withdrawal and later choose to allocate your contract value to a fund of funds that is more aggressive than the target fund;

• If the contract value is 20% or more below purchase payments increased by any contract anniversary gains or rider credits and adjusted for withdrawals (see withdrawal adjustment base described below).

TheSecureSource Stages 2 rider guarantees that, regardless of investment performance, you may take withdrawals up to the lifetime benefit amount each contract year after the lifetime benefit is established. Your age at the time of the first withdrawal will determine the age band for as long as benefits are payable except as described in the lifetime payment percentage provision.

As long as your total withdrawals during the current year do not exceed the lifetime benefit amount, you will not be assessed a surrender charge. If you withdraw a larger amount, the excess amount will be assessed any applicable surrender charges and benefits will be reduced in accordance with excess withdrawal processing. At any time, you may withdraw any amount up to your entire surrender value, subject to excess withdrawal processing under the rider.

Subject to conditions and limitations, the rider also guarantees that you or your beneficiary will get back purchase payments you have made, increased by annual step-ups, through withdrawals over time. Any amount we pay in excess of your contract value is subject to our financial strength and claims-paying ability.

Subject to conditions and limitations, the lifetime benefit amount can be increased if a rider credit is available or your contract value has increased on a rider anniversary. The principal back guarantee can also be increased if your contract value has increased on a rider anniversary.

Availability

There are two optionalSecureSource Stages 2 riders available under your contract:

• SecureSource Stages 2 — Single Life

• SecureSource Stages 2 — Joint Life

The information in this section applies to bothSecureSource Stages 2riders, unless otherwise noted.

For the purpose of this rider, the term “withdrawal” has the same meaning as the term “surrender” in the contract or any other riders

TheSecureSource Stages 2 — Single Life rider covers one person. TheSecureSource Stages 2 — Joint Life Rider covers two spouses jointly who are named at contract issue. You may elect only theSecureSource Stages 2 — Single Life rider or theSecureSource Stages 2 — Joint Life rider, not both, and you may not switch riders later. You must elect the rider when you purchase your contract. The rider effective date will be the contract issue date.

TheSecureSource Stages 2 rider is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge if:

• Single Life: you are 85 or younger on the date the contract is issued; or

• Joint Life: you and your spouse are 85 or younger on the date the contract is issued.

TheSecureSource Stages 2 riders are not available under an inherited qualified annuity.

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    79

TheSecureSource Stages 2 rider guarantees that after the waiting period, regardless of the investment performance of your contract, you will be able to withdraw up to a certain amount each year from the contract before the annuitization start date until:

• Single Life: death (see “At Death” heading below).

• Joint Life: the death of the last surviving covered spouse (see ”Joint Life only: Covered Spouses” and “At Death” headings below).

Key Terms

The key terms associated with theSecureSource Stages 2 rider are:

Age Bands: Each age band is associated with a two lifetime payment percentages. The covered person (Joint Life: the younger covered spouse) must be at least the youngest age shown in the first age band for the annual lifetime payment to be established. After the annual lifetime payment is established, in addition to your age, other factors determine when you move to a higher age band.

Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP): the lifetime benefit amount available each contract year after the covered person (Joint Life: the younger covered spouse) has reached the youngest age in the first age band. After the waiting period, the annual withdrawal amount guaranteed by the rider can vary each contract year.

Annual Step-Up: an increase in the benefit base and/or the principal back guarantee and a possible increase in the lifetime payment percentage that is available each rider anniversary if your contract value increases, subject to certain conditions.

Benefit Base (BB): used to calculate the annual lifetime payment and the annual rider charge. The BB cannot be withdrawn in a lump sum or annuitized and is not payable as a death benefit.

Credit Base (CB): used to calculate the rider credit. The CB cannot be withdrawn or annuitized and is not payable as a death benefit.

Excess Withdrawal: (1) a withdrawal taken before the annual lifetime payment is established, or (2) a withdrawal that is greater than the remaining annual lifetime payment after the annual lifetime payment is established.

Excess Withdrawal Processing:a reduction in benefits if a withdrawal is taken before the annual lifetime payment is established or if a withdrawal exceeds the remaining annual lifetime payment.

Lifetime Payment Percentage: used to calculate your annual lifetime payment. Two percentages (“percentage A” and “percentage B”) are used for each age band. The difference between percentage A and percentage B is referred to as the income bonus. Percentage B is referred to as the minimum lifetime payment percentage.

Principal Back Guarantee (PBG): a guarantee that total withdrawals will not be less than purchase payments you have made, increased by annual step-ups, as long as there is no excess withdrawal or benefit reset.

Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (RALP): as you take withdrawals during a contract year, the remaining amount that the rider guarantees will be available for withdrawal that year is reduced. After the annual lifetime payment is established, the RALP is the guaranteed amount that can be withdrawn during the remainder of the current contract year.

Rider Credit: an amount that can be added to the benefit base on each of the first ten contract anniversaries based on a rider credit percentage of 8% for the first anniversary and 6% thereafter, as long as no withdrawals have been taken since the rider effective date and you do not decline any annual rider fee increase. Investment performance and excess withdrawals may reduce or eliminate the benefit of any rider credits. Rider credits may result in higher rider charges that may exceed the benefit from the credits.

Waiting Period: the period of time before you can take a withdrawal without limiting benefits under the rider. If you take any withdrawals during the waiting period, the lifetime benefit amount will be determined using percentage B, the minimum lifetime payment percentage, for the appropriate age band and percentage A, and therefore the income bonus, will not be available as long as rider benefits are payable. The waiting period starts on the rider effective date and ends on the day prior to the first anniversary.

Withdrawal: the amount by which your contract value is reduced as a result of any withdrawal request. It may differ from the amount of your request due to any surrender charge and any market value adjustment.

Withdrawal Adjustment Base (WAB): one of the components used to determine the lifetime payment percentage after the waiting period. The WAB cannot be withdrawn or annuitized and is not payable as a death benefit.

80    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

ImportantSecureSource Stages 2 Rider Considerations

You should consider whether aSecureSource Stages 2 rider is appropriate for you taking into account the following considerations:

You will begin paying the rider charge as of the rider effective date, even if you do not begin taking withdrawals for many years. It is possible that your contract performance, fees and charges, and withdrawal pattern may be such that your contract value will not be depleted in your lifetime and you will not receive any monetary value under the rider.

•	Lifetime Benefit Limitations: The lifetime benefit is subject to certain limitations, including but not limited to:
	Single Life: Once the contract value equals zero, payments are made for as long as the covered person is living (see “If Contract Value Reduces to Zero” heading below). However, if the contract value is greater than zero, the lifetime benefit terminates at the first death of any owner even if the covered person is still living (see “At Death” heading below). This possibility may present itself when there are multiple contract owners — when one of the contract owners dies the lifetime benefit terminates even though other contract owners are still living.
	Joint Life: Once the contract value equals zero, payments are made for as long as either covered spouse is living (see “If Contract Value Reduces to Zero” heading below). However, if the contract value is greater than zero, the lifetime benefit terminates at the death of the last surviving covered spouse (see “At Death” heading below).
•	Withdrawals: Please consider carefully when you start taking withdrawals from this rider. If you take any withdrawals during the 1-year waiting period, the lifetime benefit amount will be determined using percentage B for the appropriate age band and percentage A, and therefore the income bonus, will not be available as long as rider benefits are payable. Any withdrawals in the first 10 years will terminate any remaining rider credits. Also, if you withdraw more than the allowed withdrawal amount in a contract year or take withdrawals before the lifetime benefit is available (“excess withdrawal”), the guaranteed amounts under the rider will be reduced.
•	Investment Allocation Restriction: You must elect one of the approved investment options. These funds are expected to reduce our financial risks and expenses associated with certain living benefits. Although the funds’ investment strategies may help mitigate declines in your contract value due to declining equity markets, the funds’ investment strategies may also curb your contract value gains during periods of positive performance by the equity markets. Additionally, investment in the funds may decrease the number and amount of any benefit base increase opportunities. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds: Volatility and Volatility Management Risk with the Portfolio Stabilizer funds” section.) We reserve the right to add, remove or substitute approved investment options at any time and in our sole discretion in the future. This requirement limits your choice of investment options. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, GPAs or the regular fixed account that are available under the contract to contract owners who do not elect the rider. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds.”) You may allocate purchase payments to the Special DCA fixed account, when available, and we will make monthly transfers into the investment option you have chosen. You may make two elective investment option changes per contract year; we reserve the right to limit elective investment option changes if required to comply with the written instructions of a fund (see “Market Timing”).
	The following provisions apply to contracts invested in a Portfolio Navigator fund:

• You can allocate your contract value to any available Portfolio Navigator fund during the following times: (1) prior to your first withdrawal and (2) following a benefit reset due to an investment option change as described below but prior to any subsequent withdrawal. During these accumulation phases, you may request to change your investment option to any available investment option.

• Immediately following a withdrawal your contract value will be reallocated to the target investment option classification as shown in your contract if your current investment option is more aggressive than the target investment option classification. This automatic reallocation is not included in the total number of allowed investment option changes per contract year. The target investment option is currently the Moderate investment option. We reserve the right to change the target investment option to an investment option classification that is more aggressive than the Moderate investment option after 30 days written notice.

• After you have taken a withdrawal and prior to any benefit reset, you are in a withdrawal phase. During withdrawal phases you may request to change your investment option to the target investment option or any investment option that is more conservative than the target investment option without a benefit reset as described below. If you are in a withdrawal phase and you choose to allocate your contract value to an investment option that is more aggressive than the target investment option, you will be in the accumulation phase again and your rider benefit will be reset as follows:

1.	the BB, PBG and WAB will be reset to the contract value, if less than their current amount; and
2.	the ALP and RALP, if available, will be recalculated.

You may request to change your investment option by written request on an authorized form or by another method agreed to by us.

• Non-Cancelable: Once elected, theSecureSource Stages 2 rider may not be cancelled (except as provided under “Rider Termination” heading below) and the charge will continue to be deducted until the contract or rider is terminated or the contract value reduces to zero (described below).

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    81

Dissolution of marriage does not terminate theSecureSource Stages 2 — Joint Life rider and will not reduce the fee we charge for this rider. The benefit under theSecureSource Stages 2 — Joint Life rider continues for the covered spouse who is the owner of the contract (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural or revocable trust ownership). The rider will terminate at the death of the contract owner because the original covered spouse will be unable to elect the spousal continuation provision of the contract (see ”Joint Life only: Covered Spouses” below).

• Joint Life: Limitations on Contract Owners, Annuitants and Beneficiaries: Since the joint life benefit will terminate unless the surviving covered spouse continues the contract under the spousal option to continue the contract upon the owner’s death provision, only ownership arrangements that permit such continuation are allowed at rider issue. In general, the covered spouses should be joint owners, or one covered spouse should be the owner and the other covered spouse should be named as the sole primary beneficiary.

You are responsible for establishing ownership arrangements that will allow for spousal continuation.

If you select theSecureSource Stages 2 — Joint Life rider, please consider carefully whether or not you wish to change the beneficiary of your annuity contract. The rider will terminate if the surviving covered spouse cannot utilize the spousal continuation provision of the contract when the death benefit is payable.

• Limitations on Purchase Payments:We reserve the right to limit the cumulative amount of purchase payments (subject to state restrictions), which may limit your ability to make additional purchase payments to increase your contract value as you may have originally intended. For current purchase payment restrictions, please see “Buying Your Contract —Purchase Payments”.

• Interaction with Total Free Amount (FA) contract provision: The FA is the amount you are allowed to withdraw from the contract in each contract year without incurring a surrender charge (see “Charges — Surrender Charge”). The FA may be greater than the remaining annual lifetime payment under this rider. Any amount you withdraw under the contract’s FA provision that exceeds the remaining annual lifetime payment is subject to the excess withdrawal processing described below.

You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of the rider in your tax situation because:

• Tax Considerations for Nonqualified Annuities: Under current federal income tax law, withdrawals under nonqualified annuities, including withdrawals taken from the contract under the terms of the rider, are treated less favorably than amounts received as annuity payments under the contract (see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities”). Withdrawals are taxable income to the extent of earnings. Withdrawals of earnings before age 59½ may also incur a 10% IRS early withdrawal penalty. You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of the rider in your tax situation.

• Tax Considerations for Qualified Annuities: Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). If you have a qualified annuity, you may need to take an RMD during the waiting period the lifetime benefit amount will be determined using percentage B for as long as rider benefits are payable. While the rider permits certain excess withdrawals to be taken for the purpose of satisfying RMD requirements for your contract alone without reducing future benefits guaranteed under the rider, there can be no guarantee that changes in the federal income tax law after the effective date of the rider will not require a larger RMD to be taken, in which case, future guaranteed withdrawals under the rider could be reduced. See Appendix F for additional information.

• Treatment of non-spousal distributions:Unless you are married your beneficiary will be required to take distributions as a non-spouse which may result in significantly decreasing the value of the rider. Please note civil unions and domestic partnerships generally are not recognized as marriages for federal tax purposes. For additional information see “Taxes — Other — Spousal status” section of this prospectus.

Lifetime Benefit Description

Single Life only: Covered Person:the person whose life is used to determine when the annual lifetime payment is established, and the duration of the ALP payments (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below). The covered person is the oldest contract owner. If any owner is a nonnatural person (e.g., an irrevocable trust or corporation) or a revocable trust, the covered person is the oldest annuitant.

Joint Life only: Covered Spouses:the contract owner and his or her legally married spouse as defined under federal law, as named on the application for as long as the marriage is valid and in effect. If any contract owner is a nonnatural person or a revocable trust, the covered spouses are the annuitant and the legally married spouse of the annuitant. The covered spouses lives are used to determine when the annual lifetime payment is established, and the duration of the ALP payments (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below). The covered spouses are established on the rider effective date and cannot be changed.

Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP): the lifetime benefit amount available each contract year after the covered person (Joint Life: younger covered spouses) has reached age 50. When the ALP is established and at all times thereafter, the ALP is equal to the BB multiplied by the lifetime payment percentage. Anytime the lifetime payment percentage or BB changes

82    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

as described below, the ALP will be recalculated. After the waiting period and when the ALP is established, the first withdrawal taken in each contract year will set and fix the lifetime payment percentage for the remainder of the contract year.

If you withdraw less than the ALP in a contract year, the unused portion does not carry over to future contract years.

Single Life: The ALP is established on the later of the rider effective date if the covered person has reached age 50, or the date the covered person’s attained age equals age 50.

Joint Life: The ALP is established on the earliest of the following dates:

• The rider effective date if the younger covered spouse has already reached age 50.

• The date the younger covered spouse’s attained age equals age 50.

• Upon the first death of a covered spouse, then either: (a) the date we receive a written request when the death benefit is not payable and the surviving covered spouse has already reached age 50, (b) the date spousal continuation is effective when the death benefit is payable and the surviving covered spouse has already reached age 50, or (c) the date the surviving covered spouse reaches age 50.

• Following dissolution of marriage of the covered spouses, then either (a) the date we receive a written request if the remaining covered spouse who is the owner (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural or revocable trust ownership) has already reached age 50, or (b) the date the remaining covered spouse who is the owner (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural or revocable trust ownership) reaches age 50.

Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (RALP): the annual lifetime payment guaranteed for withdrawal for the remainder of the contract year. The RALP is established at the same time as the ALP. The RALP equals the ALP less all withdrawals in the current contract year, but it will not be less than zero.

Lifetime Payment Percentage: used to calculate the annual lifetime payment. Two percentages are used for a given age band, percentage A or percentage B, depending on the factors described below.

For ages:

• 50-58, percentage A is 4% and percentage B is 3%.

• 59-64, percentage A is 5% and percentage B is 4%.

• 65-79, percentage A is 6% and percentage B is 5%.

• 80 and older, percentage A is 7% and percentage B is 6%.

The age band for the lifetime payment percentage is determined at the following times:

• When the ALP is established: The age band used to calculate the initial ALP is the percentage for the covered person’s attained age (Joint Life: younger covered spouse’s attained age).

• On the covered person’s subsequent birthdays (Joint Life: younger covered spouse’s subsequent birthdays): Except as noted below, if the covered person’s new attained age (Joint Life: younger covered spouse’s attained age) is in a higher age band, then the higher age band will be used to determine the appropriate lifetime payment percentage. (However, if you decline any rider fee increase or if a withdrawal has been taken since the ALP was established, then the lifetime payment percentage will not change on subsequent birthdays.)

• Upon annual step ups (see “Annual step ups” below).

• For the Joint life rider, upon death or change in marital status: In the event of death or dissolution of marriage: (A) If no withdrawal has been taken since the ALP was established and no rider fee increase has been declined, the lifetime payment percentage will be reset based on the Age Band for the remaining covered spouse’s attained age. (B) If the ALP is not established but the remaining covered spouse has reached the youngest age in the first Age Band, the remaining covered spouse’s attained age will be used to determine the age band for the lifetime payment percentage. In the event of remarriage of the covered spouses to each other, the lifetime payment percentage used is the percentage for the younger covered spouse’s attained age.

The following determines whether percentage A or percentage B is used for each applicable age band:

During the waiting period, percentage B will be used. If you take a withdrawal in the waiting period, percentage B will be used and the income bonus will not be available for as long as rider benefits are payable.

If no withdrawal is taken during the waiting period, after the waiting period a comparison of your contract value and the withdrawal adjustment base (WAB) determines whether percentage A or percentage B is used to calculate the ALP unless the percentage is fixed as described below. Market volatility, a prolonged flat, low or down market, rider credits, and the deduction of charges all impact whether you are eligible for percentage A or percentage B. On each valuation date, if the benefit determining percentage is less than the 20% adjustment threshold, then percentage A is used in

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    83

calculating your ALP, otherwise percentage B is used. The benefit determining percentage is calculated as follows, but it will not be less than zero:

1 – (a/b) where:

a	=	Contract value at the end of the prior valuation period
b	=	WAB at the end of the prior valuation period

After the ALP is established and after the waiting period, the first withdrawal taken in each contract year will set and fix the lifetime payment percentage for the remainder of the contract year. Beginning on the next rider anniversary, the lifetime payment percentage can change on each valuation day as described above until a withdrawal is taken in that contract year.

However, at the earliest of (1), (2) or (3) below Percentage A and Percentage B will be set and remain fixed as long as the benefit is payable:

• if the ALP is established, when your contract value on a rider anniversary is less than two times the benefit base (BB) multiplied by percentage B for your current age band, or

• when the contract value reduces to zero, or

• on the date of death (Joint Life: remaining covered spouse’s date of death) when a death benefit is payable.

For certain periods of time at our discretion and on a non-discriminatory basis, your lifetime payment percentage may be set by us to percentage A if more favorable to you.

Determination of Adjustments of Benefit Values: Your lifetime benefit values (benefit base (BB), credit base (CB) and withdrawal adjustment base (WAB)) and principal back guarantee (PBG) are determined at the following times and are subject to a maximum amount of $10 million each:

• On the contract date: The WAB, CB, BB and PBG are set equal to the initial purchase payment.

• When an additional purchase payment is made: If the WAB and CB are greater than zero, the WAB and CB will be increased by the amount of each additional purchase payment. The BB and PBG will be increased by the amount of each additional purchase payment.

• When a withdrawal is taken: If the CB is greater than zero, the CB will be permanently reset to zero when the first withdrawal is taken, and there will be no additional rider credits.

When a withdrawal is taken:

(a)	If the first withdrawal is taken during the waiting period, the WAB will be permanently reset to zero. If the first withdrawal is taken after the waiting period, the WAB will be reduced by the “adjustment for withdrawal,” as defined below.
(b)	If the ALP is established and the withdrawal is less than or equal to the RALP, the BB does not change and the PBG is reduced by the amount of the withdrawal, but it will not be less than zero.
(c)	If the ALP is not established, excess withdrawal processing will occur as follows. The BB will be reduced by the “adjustment for withdrawal,” and the PBG will be reduced by the greater of the amount of the withdrawal or the “adjustment for withdrawal,” but it will not be less than zero.
(d)	If the ALP is established and the withdrawal is greater than the RALP, excess withdrawal processing will occur as follows:

The PBG will be reset to the lesser of:

(i)	the PBG reduced by the amount of the withdrawal, but it will not be less than zero; or
(ii)	the PBG minus the RALP on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal and further reduced by an amount calculated as follows, but it will not be less than zero:

a × b	where:
c

a	=	the amount of the withdrawal minus the RALP
b	=	the PBG minus the RALP on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal
c	=	the contract value on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal minus the RALP

84    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The BB will be reduced by an amount as calculated below:

d × e	where:
f

d	=	the amount of the withdrawal minus the RALP
e	=	the BB on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal
f	=	the contract value on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal minus the RALP.

Adjustment for Withdrawal Definition: When the WAB, PBG or BB is reduced by a withdrawal in the same proportion as the contract value is reduced, the proportional amount deducted is the “adjustment for withdrawal.” The “adjustment for withdrawal” is calculated as follows:

g × h	where:
i

g	=	the amount the contract value is reduced by the withdrawal
h	=	the WAB, BB or PBG (as applicable) on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal
I	=	the contract value on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal.

Rider Anniversary Processing: The following describes how the WAB, BB and PBG are calculated on rider anniversaries, subject to the maximum amount of $10 million for each, and how the lifetime payment percentage can change on rider anniversaries.

•	The WAB on rider anniversaries:Unless the WAB is permanently reset to zero or you decline any rider fee increase, the WAB (after any rider credit is added) will be increased to the contract value, if the contract value is greater.
•	Rider Credits: If you did not take any withdrawals and you did not decline any rider fee increase, rider credits are available for the first ten contract anniversaries. On the first anniversary, the rider credit equals the credit base (CB) 180 days following the rider effective date multiplied by 8%. On any subsequent anniversaries, the rider credit equals the CB as of the prior rider anniversary multiplied by 6%. On the first anniversary the BB and WAB will be set to the greater of the current BB, or the BB 180 days following the contract date increased by the rider credit and any additional purchase payments since 180 days following the rider effective date. On any subsequent rider credit dates the BB and WAB will be set to the greater of the current BB, or the BB on the prior anniversary increased by the rider credit and any additional purchase payments since the prior anniversary. If the CB is greater than zero, the CB will be permanently reset to zero on the 10th rider anniversary after any adjustment to the WAB and BB, and there will be no additional rider credits.
•	Annual step ups: Beginning with the first rider anniversary, an annual step-up may be available. If you decline any rider fee increase, future annual step-ups will no longer be available.
	The annual step-up will be executed on any rider anniversary where the contract value (after charges are deducted) is greater than the PBG or the BB after any rider credit is added. If an annual step-up is executed, the PBG, BB and lifetime payment percentage will be adjusted as follows: The PBG will be increased to the contract value, if the contract value is greater. The BB (after any rider credit is added) will be increased to the contract value, if the contract value is greater. If the covered person’s attained age (Joint Life: younger covered spouses attained age) on the rider anniversary is in a higher age band and (1) there is an increase to BB due to a step-up or (2) the BB is at the maximum of $10,000,000 so there was no step-up of the BB, then the higher age band will be used to determine the appropriate lifetime payment percentage, regardless of any prior withdrawals.

Other Provisions

Required Minimum Distributions (RMD): If you are taking RMDs from your contract and your RMD calculated separately for your contract is greater than the remaining annual lifetime payment on the most recent contract anniversary, the portion of your RMD that exceeds the benefit amount will not be subject to excess withdrawal processing provided that the following conditions are met:

• The annual lifetime payment is established;

• The RMD is for your contract alone;

• The RMD is based on your recalculated life expectancy taken from the Uniform Lifetime Table under the Code; and

• The RMD amount is otherwise based on the requirements of section 401(a) (9), related Code provisions and regulations thereunder that were in effect on the contract date.

RMD rules follow the calendar year which most likely does not coincide with your contract year and therefore may limit when you can take your RMD and not be subject to excess withdrawal processing. If any withdrawal is taken in the waiting period, including RMDs, Percentage B for the applicable age band will be used as long as rider benefits are payable. Any withdrawals taken before the annual lifetime payment is established or withdrawing amounts greater than

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    85

the remaining annual lifetime payment that do not meet these conditions will result in excess withdrawal processing. The amount in excess of the RALP that is not subject to excess withdrawal processing will be recalculated if the ALP changes due to lifetime payment percentage changes. See Appendix E for additional information.

Spousal Option to Continue the Contract upon Owner’s Death (Spousal Continuation):

Single Life: If a surviving spouse elects to continue the contract and continues the contract as the new owner under the spousal continuation provision of the contract, theSecureSource Stages 2 — Single Life rider terminates.

Joint Life: If a surviving spouse is a covered spouse and elects the spousal continuation provision of the contract as the new owner, theSecureSource Stages 2 — Joint Life rider also continues. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate. The surviving covered spouse can name a new beneficiary; however, a new covered spouse cannot be added to the rider.

Unless you decline a rider fee increase, at the time of spousal continuation, a step-up may be available. All annual step-up rules (see “Rider Anniversary Processing — Annual Step-Up” heading above) also apply to the spousal continuation step-up except that the RALP will be reduced for any prior withdrawals in that contract year. The WAB, if greater than zero, will be increased to the contract value if the contract value is greater. The spousal continuation step-up is processed on the valuation date spousal continuation is effective.

Rules for Surrender: Minimum contract values following surrender no longer apply to your contract. For withdrawals, the withdrawal will be taken from all accounts and the variable subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to the contract value. You cannot specify from which accounts the withdrawal is to be taken.

If your contract value is reduced to zero, the CB, if greater than zero, will be permanently reset to zero, and there will be no additional rider credits. Also, the following will occur:

• If the ALP is not established and if the contract value is reduced to zero as a result of market performance, fees or charges, then the owner must wait until the ALP would be established, and the ALP will be paid annually until the death of the covered person (Joint Life: both covered spouses).

• If the ALP is established and if the contract value is reduced to zero as a result of market performance, fees or charges, or as a result of a withdrawal that is less than or equal to the RALP, then the owner will receive the ALP paid annually until the death of the covered person (Joint Life: both covered spouses).

In either case above:

• These annualized amounts will be paid in monthly installments. If the monthly payment is less than $100, We have the right to change the frequency, but no less frequently than annually.

• We will no longer accept additional purchase payments.

• No more charges will be collected for the rider.

• The current ALP is fixed for as long as payments are made.

• The death benefit becomes the remaining schedule of annual lifetime payments, if any, until total payments to the owner and the beneficiary are equal to the PBG at the time the contract value falls to zero.

• The amount paid in the current contract year will be reduced for any prior withdrawals in that contract year.

• If the ALP is not established and if the contract value is reduced to zero as a result of a withdrawal taken before the ALP is established, this rider and the contract will terminate.

• If the ALP is established and if the contract value is reduced to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RALP, this rider and the contract will terminate.

At Death:

Single Life: If the contract is jointly owned and an owner dies when the contract value is greater than zero, the lifetime benefit for the covered person will cease even if the covered person is still living or if the contract is continued under the spousal continuation option.

Joint Life: If the death benefit becomes payable at the death of a covered spouse, the surviving covered spouse must utilize the spousal continuation option to continue the lifetime benefit. If spousal continuation is not available, the rider terminates. The lifetime benefit ends at the death of the surviving covered spouse.

If the contract value is greater than zero when the death benefit becomes payable, the beneficiary may:

• elect to take the death benefit under the terms of the contract, or

• elect to take the principal back guarantee available under this rider, or

• continue the contract and theSecureSource Stages 2 — Joint Life rider under the spousal continuation option.

86    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

For single and joint life, the beneficiary may elect the principal back guarantee under this rider if payments begin no later than one year after your death and the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy. If elected, the following will occur:

1.	If the PBG is greater than zero and the ALP is established, the ALP on the date of death will be paid until total payments to the beneficiary are equal to the PBG on the date of death.
2.	If the PBG is greater than zero and the ALP is not established, the BB on the date of death multiplied by the lifetime payment percentage used for the youngest age of the covered spouses in the first age band will be paid annually until total payments to the beneficiary are equal to the PBG on the date of death.

In either of the above cases:

• After the date of death, there will be no additional rider credits or annual step-ups.

• The lifetime payment percentage used will be set as of the date of death.

• The amount paid in the current contract year will be reduced for any prior withdrawals in that year.

3.	On the date of death (Joint Life:remaining covered spouse’s date of death), if the CB is greater than zero, the CB will be permanently reset to zero, and there will be no additional rider credits.
4.	If the PBG equals zero, the benefit terminates. No further payments are made.

Contract Ownership Change:

Single Life: If allowed by state law, change of ownership is subject to our approval. If there is a change of ownership and the covered person remains the same, the rider continues with no change to any of the rider benefits. Effective May 1, 2016, joint ownership and joint annuitants are not allowed except for contracts issued in California. If there is a change of ownership and the covered person would be different, the rider terminates.

Joint Life: Ownership changes are only allowed between the covered spouses or their revocable trust(s) and are subject to our approval, if allowed by state law. No other ownership changes are allowed as long as the rider is in force.

Assignment: If allowed by state law, an assignment is subject to our approval.

Annuity Provisions: If your annuitization start date is the maximum annuitization start date, you can choose one of the payout options available under the contract or an alternative fixed annuity payout option available under theSecureSource Stages 2 rider. Under the rider’s payout option, the minimum amount payable shown in Table B, will not apply and you will receive the annual lifetime payment provided by this rider until the later of the death of the covered person (Joint Life: both covered spouses) or depletion of the principal back guarantee. If you choose to receive the ALP, the amount payable each year will be equal to the annual lifetime payment on the annuitization start date. The amount paid in the current contract year will be reduced for any prior withdrawals in that year. These annualized amounts will be paid in monthly installments. If the monthly payment is less than $100, we have the right to change the frequency, but no less frequently than annually. For more information about annuity payout plans, please see “The Annuity Payout Period - Annuity Payout Plans.”

If you choose to receive the ALP rather than a payout option available under the contract, all other contract features, rider features and charges terminate after the annuitization start date except for the PBG.

Rider Termination

TheSecureSource Stages 2 rider cannot be terminated either by you or us except as follows:

• Single Life: a change of ownership that would result in a different covered person will terminate the rider.

• Single Life: after the death benefit is payable, the rider will terminate.

• Single Life: spousal continuation will terminate the rider.

• Joint Life: After the death benefit is payable the rider will terminate if anyone other than a covered spouse continues the contract. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate.

• On the annuitization start date, the rider will terminate.

• You may terminate the rider if your annual rider fee after any increase is more than 0.25 percentage points higher than your fee before the increase. (see “Charges —SecureSource Stages 2 rider charge”).

• When the contract value is zero and either the annual lifetime payment is not established or a withdrawal in excess of the remaining annual lifetime payment is taken, the rider will terminate.

• Termination of the contract for any reason will terminate the rider.

For an example, see Appendix D.

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    87

Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider

The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider is an optional benefit, available for contract applications signed on or after May 3, 2010, that you may select for an additional charge. We have offered a different version of the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider for the Original Contract with applications signed prior to June 1, 2009. The description of the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider in this section applies to both Original and Current contracts unless noted otherwise. The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider specifies a waiting period that ends on the benefit date. The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider provides a one-time adjustment to your contract value on the benefit date if your contract value is less than the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value (defined below) on that benefit date. On the benefit date, if the contract value is equal to or greater than the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value, as determined under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider ends without value and no benefit is payable.

If the contract value falls to zero as the result of adverse market performance or the deduction of fees and/or charges at any time during the waiting period and before the benefit date, the contract and all riders, including the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider will terminate without value and no benefits will be paid.Exception: if you are still living on the benefit date, we will pay you an amount equal to the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value as determined under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider on the valuation date your contract value reached zero.

For the Current Contract, if you are (or if the owner is a non-natural person, then the annuitant is) age 80 or younger at contract issue and this rider is available in your state, you may elect the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider at the time you purchase your contract and the rider effective date will be the contract issue date. For the Original Contract, you may have elected the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider at the time you purchased your contract and the rider effective date was the contract issue date. The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may not be terminated once you have elected it except as described in the “Terminating the Rider” section below. An additional charge for the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider will be assessed annually during the waiting period. The rider ends when the waiting period expires and no further benefit will be payable and no further charges for the rider will be deducted. After the waiting period, you have the following options:

• Continue your contract;

• Take partial surrenders or make a full surrender; or

• Annuitize your contract.

The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may not be purchased with the optionalSecureSource Stages 2 rider.

You should consider whether an Accumulation Protector Benefit rider is appropriate for you because:

• you must be invested in one of the approved investment options. This requirement limits your choice of investments. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, GPAs or the regular fixed account that are available under the contract to other contract owners who do not elect this rider. You may allocate qualifying purchase payments to the Special DCA fixed account, when available (see “The Special DCA Fixed Account”), and we will make monthly transfers into the investment option you have chosen. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds”);

• you may not make additional purchase payments to your contract during the waiting period after the first 180 days immediately following the effective date of the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. Some exceptions apply (see “Additional Purchase Payments with Elective Step up” below). In addition, we reserve the right to change these additional purchase payment limitations, including making further restrictions, upon written notice;

• if you purchase this contract as a qualified annuity, for example, an IRA, you may need to take partial surrenders from your contract to satisfy the RMDs under the Code. Partial surrenders, including those used to satisfy RMDs, will reduce any potential benefit that the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider provides. You should consult your tax advisor if you have any questions about the use of this rider in your tax situation;

• if you think you may surrender all of your contract value before you have held your contract with this benefit rider attached for 10 years, or you are considering selecting an annuity payout option within 10 years of the effective date of your contract, you should consider whether this optional benefit is right for you. You must hold the contract a minimum of 10 years from the effective date of the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, which is the length of the waiting period under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, in order to receive the benefit, if any, provided by the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. In some cases, as described below, you may need to hold the contract longer than 10 years in order to qualify for any benefit the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may provide;

• the 10 year waiting period under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider will restart if you exercise the elective step up option (described below) or your surviving spouse exercises the spousal continuation elective step up (described below); and

• the 10 year waiting period under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may be restarted if you elect to change your investment option to one that causes the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider charge to increase (see “Charges”).

88    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether an Accumulation Benefit rider is appropriate for your situation.

Here are some general terms that are used to describe the operation of the Accumulation Protector Benefit:

Benefit Date: This is the first valuation date immediately following the expiration of the waiting period.

Minimum Contract Accumulation Value (MCAV): An amount calculated under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. The contract value will be increased to equal the MCAV on the benefit date if the contract value on the benefit date is less than the MCAV on the benefit date.

Adjustments for Partial Surrenders: The adjustment made for each partial surrender from the contract is equal to the amount derived from multiplying (a) and (b) where:

(a)	is 1 minus the ratio of the contract value on the date of (but immediately after) the partial surrender to the contract value on the date of (but immediately prior to) the partial surrender; and
(b)	is the MCAV on the date of (but immediately prior to) the partial surrender.

Waiting Period: The waiting period for the rider is 10 years.

We reserve the right to restart the waiting period on the latest contract anniversary if you change your investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee.

Your initial MCAV is equal to your initial purchase payment and any purchase payment credits. It is increased by the amount of any subsequent purchase payments and any purchase payment credits received within the first 180 days that the rider is effective. It is reduced by any adjustments for partial surrenders made during the waiting period.

Automatic Step up

On each contract anniversary after the effective date of the rider, the MCAV will be set to the greater of:

1. 80% of the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the contract anniversary; or

2. the MCAV immediately prior to the automatic step up.

The automatic step up does not create contract value, guarantee the performance of any investment option, or provide a benefit that can be surrendered or paid upon death. Rather, the automatic step up is an interim calculation used to arrive at the final MCAV, which is used to determine whether a benefit will be paid under the rider on the benefit date.

The automatic step up of the MCAV does not restart the waiting period or increase the charge (although the total fee for the rider may increase).

Elective Step up Option

Within thirty days following each contract anniversary after the rider effective date, but prior to the benefit date, you may notify us in writing that you wish to exercise the annual elective step up option. You may exercise this elective step up option only once per contract year during this 30 day period. If your contract value (after charges are deducted) on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up is greater than the MCAV on that date, your MCAV will increase to 100% of that contract value.

We may increase the fee for your rider (see “Charges — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider Charge”). The revised fee would apply to your rider if you exercise the annual elective step up, your MCAV is increased as a result, and the revised fee is higher than your annual rider fee before the elective step up. Elective step ups will also result in a restart of the waiting period as of the most recent contract anniversary.

The elective step up does not create contract value, guarantee the performance of any investment option or provide any benefit that can be surrendered or paid upon death. Rather the elective step up is an interim calculation used to arrive at the final MCAV, which is used to determine whether a benefit will be paid under the rider on the benefit date.

For Original Contracts:

We have the right to restrict the elective step up option on inherited IRAs, but we currently allow them. Please consider carefully if an elective step up is appropriate if you own an inherited IRA because the elective step up will restart the waiting period and the required minimum distributions for an inherited IRA may significantly decrease the future benefit payable under this rider. We reserve the right to restrict the elective step up option on inherited IRAs in the future.

The elective step up option is not available if the benefit date would be after the annuitization start date. See “The Annuitization Start Date” section for options available to you.

For Current Contracts:

The elective step up option is not available for inherited IRAs or if the benefit date would be after the annuitization start date. (see “The Annuitization Start Date” section for annuitization start date options)

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    89

Additional Purchase Payments with Annual Elective Step ups — Current Contract Only

If your MCAV is increased as a result of elective step up, you have 180 days from the latest contract anniversary to make additional purchase payments, if allowed under the base contract. The MCAV will include the amount of any additional purchase payments received during this period. We reserve the right to change these additional purchase payment limitations.

Spousal Continuation

If a spouse chooses to continue the contract under the spousal continuation provision, the rider will continue as part of the contract. Once, within the thirty days following the date of spousal continuation, the spouse may choose to exercise an elective step up. The spousal continuation elective step up is in addition to the annual elective step up. If the contract value on the valuation date we receive the written request to exercise this option is greater than the MCAV on that date, we will increase the MCAV to that contract value. If the MCAV is increased as a result of the elective step up and we have increased the charge for the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, the spouse will pay the charge that is in effect on the valuation date we receive their written request to step up for the entire contract year. In addition, the waiting period will restart as of the most recent contract anniversary.

Change of Ownership or Assignment

Subject to state limitations, a change of ownership or assignment is subject to our approval.

Terminating the Rider

The rider will terminate under the following conditions:

The rider will terminate before the benefit date without paying a benefit on the date:

• you take a full surrender;

• annuitization begins;

• the contract terminates as a result of the death benefit being paid; or

• when a beneficiary elects an alternative payment plan which is an inherited IRA.

The rider will terminate on the benefit date.

For an example, see Appendix L.

Optional Living Benefits

(For contracts with application signed before July 19, 2010)

If you bought a contract before July 19, 2010 with an optional living benefit, please use the following table to review the disclosure that applies to the optional living benefit rider you purchased. If you are uncertain as to which optional living benefit rider you purchased, ask your investment professional, or contact us at the telephone number or address shown on the first page of this prospectus.

If you purchased a contract(1)...	and you selected one of the following optional living benefits...	Disclosure for this benefit may be found in the following Appendix:
Before April 29, 2005	Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit (“Rider B”)	Appendix J
April 29, 2005 – April 30, 2006	Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit (“Rider A”)	Appendix J
May 1, 2006 – April 30, 2007	Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life	Appendix I
Before May 1, 2007	Income Assurer Benefit	Appendix K
Before Aug. 10, 2009	SecureSource Rider	Appendix M
Before Nov. 30, 2009	SecureSource 20 Rider	Appendix N
Before July 19, 2010	SecureSource Stages Rider	Appendix O

⁽¹⁾ These dates are approximate and will vary by state; your actual contract and any riders are the controlling documents.

Optional Additional Death Benefits

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector)

The Benefit Protector is intended to provide an additional benefit to your beneficiary to help offset expenses after your death such as funeral expenses or federal and state taxes. This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge (see “Charges”). The Benefit Protector provides reduced benefits if you (Current Contract) or you or the annuitant (Original Contract) are 70 or older at the rider effective date, The Benefit Protector does not provide any additional benefit before the first rider anniversary.

90    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If this rider is available in your state and you (Current Contract) or both you and the annuitant (Original Contract) are 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the Benefit Protector to your contract. You must elect the Benefit Protector at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date. You may not select this rider if you select the Benefit Protector Plus, the 5% Accumulation Death Benefit or Enhanced Death Benefit.

Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Since the benefit paid by the rider is determined by the amount of earnings at death, the amount of the benefit paid may be reduced as a result of taking any surrenders including RMDs. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional and tax advisor whether or not the Benefit Protector is appropriate for your situation.

The Benefit Protector provides that if you (Current Contract) or you or the annuitant (Original Contract) die after the first rider anniversary, but before the annuitization start date, and while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary:

• the applicable death benefit, plus:

• 40% of your earnings at death if you (Current Contract) or you and the annuitant (Original Contract) were under age 70 on the rider effective date; or

• 15% of your earnings at death if you (Current Contract) or you or the annuitant (Original Contract) were 70 or older on the rider effective date.

For the Current Contract, if this rider is effective after the contract date or if there has been a covered life change, remaining purchase payment is established or set as the contract value on the rider effective date or, if later, the date of the most recent covered life change. Thereafter, remaining purchase payments is increased by the amount of each additional purchase payment and adjusted for each partial surrender.

Earnings at death: For purposes of the Benefit Protector and Benefit Protector Plus riders, this is an amount equal to the applicable death benefit minus remaining purchase payments (also referred to as purchase payments not previously surrendered under the Original Contract). Partial surrenders will come from any earnings before reducing purchase payments in the contract. The earnings at death may not be less than zero and may not be more than 250% of the purchase payments not previously surrendered that are one or more years old.

Note: Purchase payments not previously surrendered is calculated differently and is not the same value as purchase payments not previously surrendered used in the surrender charge calculation.

Terminating the Benefit Protector

Current Contract:

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days after the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days after any rider anniversary beginning with the seventh rider anniversary.

• The rider will terminate when you make a full surrender from the contract or on the annuitization start date.

• Your spouse may terminate the rider within 30 days following the effective date of the spousal continuation if your spouse is age 75 or younger.

• A new owner may terminate the rider within 30 days following the effective date of an ownership change if the new owner is age 75 or younger.

• The rider will terminate for a spousal continuation or ownership change if the spouse or new owner is age 76 or older at the time of the change.

• The rider will terminate after the death benefit is payable, unless the spouse continues the contract under spousal continuation provision.

• The rider will terminate when a beneficiary elects an alternative payment plan which is an inherited IRA.

Original Contract:

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of any rider anniversary beginning with the seventh rider anniversary.

• Our current administrative practice allows a new owner or your spouse to terminate the rider within 30 days following the effective date of the ownership change or spousal continuation.

• The rider will terminate when you make a full surrender from the contract or on the annuitization start date.

• The rider will terminate when a beneficiary elects an alternative payment plan which is an inherited IRA.

If your spouse is the sole beneficiary and you die before the annuitization start date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner. For Current Contract, your spouse will be subject to all the limitations and restrictions of the rider just as if they were purchasing a new contract and the age of the new spouse at the time of the change will be used to determine the earnings at death percentage going forward. If your spouse does not qualify for the rider on the basis of

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    91

age we will terminate the rider. If they do qualify for the rider on the basis of age we will set the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid (without regard to the Full Surrender Value) and we will substitute this new contract value on the date of death for “remaining purchase payments” used in calculating earnings at death.

For Current Contract, after a covered life change other than a spouse that continues the contract, the new owner will be subject to all the limitations and restrictions of the rider just as if they were purchasing a new contract and the age of the new owner at the time of the change will be used to determine the earnings at death percentage going forward. If the new owner does not qualify for the rider on the basis of age we will terminate the rider. If they do qualify for the rider on the basis of age we will substitute the contract value on the date of the ownership changes for remaining purchase payments used in calculating earnings at death.

For an example, see Appendix F.

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus)

The Benefit Protector Plus is intended to provide an additional benefit to your beneficiary to help offset expenses after your death such as funeral expenses or federal and state taxes. This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge (see “Charges”). The Benefit Protector Plus provides reduced benefits if you (Current Contract), or you or the annuitant (Original Contract) are 70 or older at the rider effective date. It does not provide any additional benefit before the first rider anniversary and it does not provide any benefit beyond what is offered under the Benefit Protector rider during the second rider year. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether or not the Benefit Protector Plus is appropriate for your situation.

If this rider is available in your state and you (Current Contract) or both you and the annuitant (Original Contract) are 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the Benefit Protector Plus to your contract. You must elect the Benefit Protector Plus at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date. This rider is only available for transfers, exchanges or rollovers. If this is a non-qualified annuity, transfers, exchanges or rollovers must be from another annuity or life insurance policy. You may not select this rider if you select the Benefit Protector Rider, 5% Accumulation Death Benefit or the Enhanced Death Benefit.

Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Since the benefit paid by the rider is determined by the amount of earnings at death, the amount of the benefit paid may be reduced as a result of taking any surrenders including RMDs. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional and tax advisor whether or not the Benefit Protector Plus is appropriate for your situation.

The Benefit Protector Plus provides that if you (Current Contract), or you or the annuitant (Original Contract) die after the first rider anniversary, but before the annuitization start date, and while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary:

• the benefits payable under the Benefit Protector described above, plus:

• a percentage of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue not previously surrendered as follows:

Rider year when death occurs;	Percentage if you (Current Contract) or you and the annuitant (Original Contract) are under age 70 on the rider effective date	Percentage if you (Current Contract) or you or the annuitant (Original Contract) are 70 or older on the rider effective date
One and Two	0%	0%
Three and Four	10%	3.75%
Five or more	20%	7.5%

Another way to describe the benefits payable under the Benefit Protector Plus rider is as follows:

• the applicable death benefit plus:

Rider year when death occurs;	If you (Current Contact) or you and the annuitant (Original Contract) are under age 70 on the rider effective date, add…	If you (Current Contract) or you or the annuitant (Original Contract) are age 70 or older on the rider effective date, add…
One	Zero	Zero
Two	40% x earnings at death (see above)	15% x earnings at death
Three and Four	40% x (earnings at death + 25% of initial purchase payment*)	15% x (earnings at death + 25% of initial purchase payment*)
Five or more	40% x (earnings at death + 50% of initial purchase payment*)	15% x (earnings at death + 50% of initial purchase payment*)

* Initial purchase payments are payments made within 60 days of rider issue not previously surrendered.

Terminating the Benefit Protector Plus

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of the first rider anniversary.

92    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of any rider anniversary beginning with the seventh rider anniversary.

• The rider will terminate when you make a full surrender from the contract, on the annuitization start date, or when the death benefit is payable.

• The rider will terminate if there is an ownership change.

• The rider will terminate when a beneficiary elects an alternative payment plan which is an inherited IRA.

• If your spouse is sole beneficiary and you die before the annuitization start date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid (without regard to the Full Surrender Value for the Current Contract). We will then terminate the Benefit Protector Plus (see “Benefits in Case of Death”).

For an example, see Appendix G.

The Annuity Payout Period

As owner of the contract, you have the right to decide how and to whom annuity payouts will be made starting on the annuitization start date. You may select one of the annuity payout plans outlined below, or we may mutually agree on other payout arrangements. We do not deduct surrender charges upon annuitization but surrender charges may be applied when electing to exercise liquidity features we may make available under certain fixed annuity payout options.

You also decide whether we will make annuity payouts on a fixed or variable basis, or a combination of fixed and variable. The amount available to purchase payouts under the plan you select is the contract value on your annuitization start date after any rider charges have been deducted, plus any positive or negative MVA (less any applicable premium tax). Additionally, we currently allow you to use part of the amount available to purchase payouts, leaving any remaining contract value to accumulate on a tax-deferred basis. Special rules apply for partial annuitization of your annuity contract, see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities — Annuity payouts” and “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Annuity payouts.” If you select a variable annuity payout, we reserve the right to limit the number of subaccounts in which you may invest. The GPAs and the Special DCA fixed account (Current Contract) and the DCA fixed account (Original Contract) are not available during this payout period. Additionally, Portfolio Stabilizer funds are not available during this payout period.

Amounts of fixed and variable payouts depend on:

• the annuity payout plan you select;

• the annuitant’s age and, in most cases, sex;

• the annuity table in the contract; and

• the amounts you allocated to the accounts at the annuitization start date.

In addition, for variable annuity payouts only, amounts depend on the investment performance of the subaccounts you select. These payouts will vary from month to month because the performance of the funds will fluctuate. Fixed payouts generally remain the same from month to month unless you have elected an option providing for increasing payments or are exercising any available liquidity features we may offer and you have elected.

For information with respect to transfers between accounts after annuity payouts begin, (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transfer policies”).

Annuity Tables

The annuity tables in your contract (Table A and Table B) show the amount of the monthly payout for each $1,000 of contract value according to the age and, when applicable, the annuitant’s sex. (Where required by law, we will use a unisex table of settlement rates.)

Table A shows the amount of the first monthly variable annuity payout assuming that the contract value is invested at the beginning of the annuity payout period and earns a 5% rate of return, which is reinvested and helps to support future payouts. If you ask us at least 30 days before the annuitization start date, we will substitute an annuity table based on an assumed 3.5% investment rate for the 5% Table A in the contract. The assumed investment rate affects both the amount of the first payout and the extent to which subsequent payouts increase or decrease. For example, annuity payouts will increase if the investment return is above the assumed investment rate and payouts will decrease if the return is below the assumed investment rate. Using a 5% assumed interest rate results in a higher initial payout, but later payouts will increase more slowly when annuity unit values rise and decrease more rapidly when they decline.

Table B shows the minimum amount of each fixed annuity payout. We declare current payout rates that we use in determining the actual amount of your fixed annuity payout. The current payout rates will equal or exceed the guaranteed payout rates shown in Table B. We will furnish these rates to you upon request.

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    93

Annuity Payout Plans

We make available variable annuity payouts where payout amounts will vary based on the performance of the variable account. We may also make fixed annuity payouts available where payments of a fixed amount are made for the period specified in the plan, subject to any surrender we may permit. You may choose an annuity payout plan by giving us written instructions at least 30 days before the annuitization start date. Generally, you may select one of the Plans A through E below or another plan agreed to by us. Some of the annuity payout plans may not be available if you have selected the Income Assurer Benefit rider.

• Plan A – Life annuity — no refund:We make monthly payouts until the annuitant’s death. Payouts end with the last payout before the annuitant’s death. We will not make any further payouts. This means that if the annuitant dies after we made only one monthly payout, we will not make any more payouts.

• Plan B – Life annuity with five, ten, 15 or 20 years certain: (under the Income Assurer Benefit rider: you may select life annuity with ten or 20 years certain): We make monthly payouts for a guaranteed payout period of five, ten, 15 or 20 years that you elect. This election will determine the length of the payout period in the event if the annuitant dies before the elected period expires. We calculate the guaranteed payout period from the annuitization start date. If the annuitant outlives the elected guaranteed payout period, we will continue to make payouts until the annuitant’s death.

• Plan C – Life annuity — installment refund:(not available under the Income Assurer Benefit rider): We make monthly payouts until the annuitant’s death, with our guarantee that payouts will continue for some period of time. We will make payouts for at least the number of months determined by dividing the amount applied under this option by the first monthly payout, whether or not the annuitant is living.

• Plan D

– Joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund:We make monthly payouts while both the annuitant and a joint annuitant are living. If either annuitant dies, we will continue to make monthly payouts at the full amount until the death of the surviving annuitant. Payouts end with the death of the second annuitant.

– Joint and last survivor life annuity with 20 years certain: We make monthly annuity payouts during the lifetime of the annuitant and joint annuitant. When either the annuitant or joint annuitant dies, we will continue to make monthly payouts during the lifetime of the survivor. If the survivor dies before we have made payouts for 20 years, we continue to make payouts for the remainder of the 20-year period which begins when the first annuity payout is made.

• Plan E – Payouts for a specified period: We make monthly payouts for a specific payout period of ten to 30 years that you elect (under the Income Assurer Benefit rider, you may elect a payout period of 20 years only). We will make payouts only for the number of years specified whether the annuitant is living or not. Depending on the selected time period, it is foreseeable that an annuitant can outlive the payout period selected. During the payout period, you can elect to have us determine the present value of any remaining payouts and pay it to you in a lump sum. (Exception: If you have an Income Assurer Benefit rider and elect this annuity payout plan based on the Guaranteed Income Benefit Base, a lump sum payout is unavailable.) We determine the present value of the remaining annuity payouts which are assumed to remain level at the amount of the payout that would have been made 7 days prior to the date we determine the present value.

• Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Payout Option (available only under contracts with theSecureSource, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life or Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit riders):This fixed annuity payout option is an alternative to the above annuity payout plans. This option may not be available if the contract is a qualified annuity. For such contracts, this option will be available only if the guaranteed payment period is less than the life expectancy of the owner at the time the option becomes effective. Such life expectancy will be computed using a life expectancy table published by the IRS. Under this option, the amount payable each year will be equal to the remaining schedule of GBPs, but the total amount paid will not exceed the total RBA at the time you begin this fixed payout option (see “Optional Benefits —SecureSourceRiders”, “Appendix I: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider” or “Appendix J: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider”). The amount paid in the current contract year will be reduced for any prior withdrawals in that year. These annualized amounts will be paid in the frequency that you elect. The frequencies will be among those offered by us at the time but will be no less frequent than annually. If, at the death of the owner, total payouts have been made for less than the RBA, the remaining payouts will be paid to the beneficiary.

• Remaining Benefit Annuity Payout Option (available only under contracts with theSecureSource 20 rider): This fixed annuity payout option is an alternative to the above annuity payout plans. This option may not be available if the contract is a qualified annuity. For such contracts, this option will be available only if the guaranteed payment period is less than the life expectancy of the owner at the time the option becomes effective. Such life expectancy will be computed using a life expectancy table published by the IRS. Under this option, the amount payable each year will be equal to the remaining schedule of GBPs, but the total amount paid will not exceed the total RBA at the time you begin this fixed payout option (see “Optional Benefits —SecureSource 20 Riders”). The amount paid in the current contract year will be reduced for any prior withdrawals in that year. These annualized amounts will be paid in monthly

94    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

installments. If the monthly payment is less than $100, we have the right to change the frequency, but no less frequent than annually. If, at the death of the owner, total payouts have been made for less than the RBA, the remaining payouts will be paid to the beneficiary.

For Plan A, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, no payments will be made. For Plan B, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue for the guaranteed payout period. For Plan C, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue for the installment refund period. For Plan D, if both annuitants die before the initial payment, no payments will be made; however, if one annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue until the death of the surviving annuitant.

In addition to the annuity payout plans described above, we may offer additional payout plans. Terms and conditions of annuity payout plans will be disclosed at the time of election, including any associated fees or charges. It is important to remember that the election and use of liquidity features will result in payouts ceasing.

Utilizing a liquidity feature to surrender the underlying value of remaining payouts may result in the assessment of a surrender charge (See “Charges — Surrender charge”) or a 10% IRS penalty tax. (See “Taxes.”).

Annuity payout plan requirements for qualified annuities: If your contract is a qualified annuity, you have the responsibility for electing a payout plan under your contract that complies with applicable law. Your contract describes your payout plan options. The options will meet certain IRS regulations governing RMDs if the payout plan meets the incidental distribution benefit requirements, if any, and the payouts are made:

• in equal or substantially equal payments over a period not longer than your life expectancy, or over the joint life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary; or

• over a period certain not longer than your life expectancy or over the joint life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary.

For qualified and nonqualified contracts with theSecureSource Stages rider, on the annuitization start date you can choose one of the payout options available under the contract or an alternative fixed annuity payout option available under the rider. Under the rider’s payout option, the minimum amount payable shown in Table B will not apply, and you will receive the ALP provided by this rider until the later of the death of covered person (Joint Life: both covered spouses) or depletion of the PBG. If you choose to receive the ALP, the amount payable each year will be equal to the ALP on the annuitization start date. The amount paid in the current contract year will be reduced for any prior withdrawals in that year. These annualized amounts will be paid in monthly installments. If the monthly payment is less than $100, we have the right to change the frequency, but no less frequently than annually. If you choose to receive the ALP rather than a payout option available under the contract, all other contract features, rider features and charges terminate after the annuitization start date except for the principal back guarantee. You must select a payout plan as of the annuitization start date set forth in your contract.

If we do not receive instructions: You must give us written instructions for the annuity payouts at least 30 days before the annuitization start date. If you do not, we will make payouts under Plan B, with 120 monthly payouts guaranteed.

If monthly payouts would be less than $20: We will calculate the amount of monthly payouts at the time amounts are applied to an annuity payout plan. If the calculations show that monthly payouts would be less than $20, we have the right to pay the amount that would otherwise have been applied to a plan to the owner in a lump sum or to change the frequency of the payouts.

Death after annuity payouts begin: If you (Current Contract), or you or the annuitant (Original Contract) dies after annuity payouts begin, we will pay any amount payable to the beneficiary as provided in the annuity payout plan in effect. Payments to beneficiaries are subject to adjustment to comply with the IRS rules and regulations.

Taxes

Under current law, your contract has a tax-deferral feature. Generally, this means you do not pay income tax until there is a taxable distribution (or deemed distribution) from the contract. We will send a tax information reporting form for any year in which we made a taxable or reportable distribution according to our records.

Nonqualified Annuities

Generally, only the increase in the value of a non-qualified annuity contract over the investment in the contract is taxable. Certain exceptions apply. Federal tax law requires that all nonqualified deferred annuity contracts issued by the same company (and possibly its affiliates) to the same owner during a calendar year be taxed as a single, unified contract when distributions are taken from any one of those contracts.

Annuity payouts: Generally, unlike surrenders described below, the income taxation of annuity payouts is subject to exclusion ratios (for fixed annuity payouts) or annual excludable amounts (for variable annuity payouts). In other words, in most cases, a portion of each payout will be ordinary income and subject to tax, and a portion of each payout will be

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    95

considered a return of part of your investment in the contract and will not be taxed. All amounts you receive after your investment in the contract is fully recovered will be subject to tax. Under Annuity Payout Plan A: Life annuity — no refund, where the annuitant dies before your investment in the contract is fully recovered, the remaining portion of the unrecovered investment may be available as a federal income tax deduction to the owner for the last taxable year. Under all other annuity payout plans, where the annuity payouts end before your investment in the contract is fully recovered, the remaining portion of the unrecovered investment may be available as a federal income tax deduction to the taxpayer for the tax year in which the payouts end. (See “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Federal tax law permits taxpayers to annuitize a portion of their nonqualified annuity while leaving the remaining balance to continue to grow tax-deferred. Under the partial annuitization rules, the portion annuitized must be received as an annuity for a period of 10 years or more, or for the lives of one or more individuals. If this requirement is met, the annuitized portion and the tax-deferred balance will generally be treated as two separate contracts for income tax purposes only. If a contract is partially annuitized, the investment in the contract is allocated between the deferred and the annuitized portions on a pro rata basis.

Surrenders: Generally, if you surrender all or part of your nonqualified annuity the annuitization start date, including surrenders under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, your surrender will be taxed to the extent that the contract value immediately before the withdrawal exceeds the investment in the contract. Different rules may apply if you exchange another contract into this contract.

You also may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty for surrenders of taxable income you make before reaching age 59½ unless certain exceptions apply.

Withholding: If you receive taxable income as a result of an annuity payout or surrender, including surrenders under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, we may deduct federal, and in some cases state withholding against the payment. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your income tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. As long as you have provided us with a valid Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number, and you have a valid U.S. address, you may be able to elect not to have federal income tax withholding occur.

If the payment is part of an annuity payout plan, we generally compute the amount of federal income tax withholding using payroll tables. You may provide us with a statement of how many exemptions to use in calculating the withholding. If the distribution is any other type of payment (such as partial or full surrender) we compute federal income tax withholding using 10% of the taxable portion.

The federal income tax withholding requirements differ if we deliver payment outside the United States or you are a non-resident alien.

Some states also may impose income tax withholding requirements similar to the federal withholding described above or may allow you to elect withholding. If this should be the case, we may deduct state income tax withholding from the payment.

Death benefits to beneficiaries: The death benefit under a nonqualified contract is not exempt from estate (federal or state) taxes. In addition, for income tax purposes, any amount your beneficiary receives that exceeds the remaining investment in the contract is taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary in the year he or she receives the payments. (See also “Benefits in Case of Death — If You Die Before the Annuitization Start Date”).

Net Investment Income Tax (also known as Medicare contribution tax): Effective for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2013, certain investment income of high-income individuals (as well as estates and trusts) is subject to a 3.8% net investment income tax (as an addition to income taxes). For individuals, the 3.8% tax applies to the lesser of (1) the amount by which the taxpayer’s modified adjusted gross income exceeds $200,000 ($250,000 for married filing jointly and surviving spouses; $125,000 for married filing separately) or (2) the taxpayer’s “net investment income.” Net investment income includes taxable income from nonqualified annuities. Annuity holders are advised to consult their tax advisor regarding the possible implications of this additional tax.

Annuities owned by corporations, partnerships or irrevocable trusts: For nonqualified annuities, any annual increase in the value of annuities held by such entities (non-natural persons) generally will be treated as ordinary income received during that year. However, if the trust was set up for the benefit of a natural person(s) only, the income may remain tax-deferred until surrendered or paid out.

Penalties: If you receive amounts from your nonqualified annuity before reaching age 59½, you may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty on the amount includable in your ordinary income. However, this penalty will not apply to any amount received:

• because of your death or in the event of non-natural ownership, the death of annuitant;

• because you become disabled (as defined in the Code);

• if the distribution is part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments, made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or joint lives or life expectancies of you and your beneficiary);

96    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• if it is allocable to an investment before Aug. 14, 1982; or

• if annuity payouts are made under immediate annuities as defined by the Code.

Transfer of ownership: Generally, if you transfer ownership of a nonqualified annuity without receiving adequate consideration, the transfer may be taxed as a surrender for federal income tax purposes. If the transfer is a currently taxable event for income tax purposes, the original owner will be taxed on the amount of deferred earnings at the time of the transfer and also may be subject to the 10% IRS penalty discussed earlier. In this case, the new owner’s investment in the contract will be equal to the investment in the contract at the time of the transfer plus any earnings included in the original owner’s taxable income as a result of the transfer. In general, this rule does not apply to transfers between spouses or former spouses. Similar rules apply if you transfer ownership for full consideration. Please consult your tax advisor for further details.

1035 Exchanges: Section 1035 of the Code permits nontaxable exchanges of certain insurance policies, endowment contracts, annuity contracts and qualified long-term care insurance contracts while providing for continued tax deferral of earnings. In addition, Section 1035 permits the carryover of the investment in the contract from the old policy or contract to the new policy or contract. In a 1035 exchange one policy or contract is exchanged for another policy or contract. The following can qualify as nontaxable exchanges: (1) the exchange of a life insurance policy for another life insurance policy or for an endowment, annuity or qualified long-term care insurance contract, (2) the exchange of an endowment contract for an annuity or qualified long-term care insurance contract, or for an endowment contract under which payments will begin no later than payments would have begun under the contract exchanged, (3) the exchange of an annuity contract for another annuity or for a qualified long-term care insurance contract, and (4) the exchange of a qualified long-term care insurance contract for a qualified long-term care insurance contract. Additionally, other tax rules apply. However, if the life insurance policy has an outstanding loan, there may be tax consequences. Depending on the issue date of your original policy or contract, there may be tax or other benefits that are given up to gain the benefits of the new policy or contract. Consider whether the features and benefits of the new policy or contract outweigh any tax or other benefits of the old contract.

For a partial exchange of an annuity contract for another annuity contract, the 1035 exchange is generally tax-free. The investment in the original contract and the earnings on the contract will be allocated proportionately between the original and new contracts. However, per IRS Revenue Procedure 2011-38, if surrenders are taken from either contract within the 180-day period following a partial 1035 exchange, the IRS will apply general tax principles to determine the appropriate tax treatment of the exchange and subsequent surrender. As a result, there may be unexpected tax consequences. You should consult your tax advisor before taking any surrender from either contract during the 180-day period following a partial exchange.

Assignment: If you assign or pledge your contract as collateral for a loan, earnings on purchase payments you made after Aug. 13, 1982 will be taxed as a deemed distribution and also may be subject to the 10% penalty as discussed above.

Qualified Annuities

Adverse tax consequences may result if you do not ensure that contributions, distributions and other transactions under the contract comply with the law. Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions. You should refer to your retirement plan’s Summary Plan Description, your IRA disclosure statement, or consult a tax advisor for additional information about the distribution rules applicable to your situation.

When you use your contract to fund a retirement plan or IRA that is already tax-deferred under the Code, the contract will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral. If your contract is used to fund an employer sponsored plan, your right to benefits may be subject to the terms and conditions of the plan regardless of the terms of the contract.

Annuity payouts: Under a qualified annuity, except a Roth IRA, Roth 401(k) or Roth 403(b), the entire payout generally is includable as ordinary income and is subject to tax unless: (1) the contract is an IRA to which you made non-deductible contributions; or (2) you rolled after-tax dollars from a retirement plan into your IRA; or 3) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you or your employer have contributed after-tax dollars; or (4) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you direct such payout to be directly rolled over to another eligible retirement plan such as an IRA. We may permit partial annuitizations of qualified annuity contracts. If we accept partial annuitizations, please remember that your contract will still need to comply with other requirements such as required minimum distributions and the payment of taxes. Prior to considering a partial annuitization on a qualified contract, you should discuss your decision and any implications with your tax adviser. Because we cannot accurately track certain after tax funding sources, we will generally report any payments on partial annuitizations as ordinary income except in the case of a qualified distribution from a Roth IRA.

Annuity payouts from Roth IRAs: In general, the entire payout from a Roth IRA can be free from income and penalty taxes if you have attained age 59½ and meet the five year holding period.

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    97

Surrenders: Under a qualified annuity, except a Roth IRA, Roth 401(k) or Roth 403(b), the entire surrender will generally be includable as ordinary income and is subject to tax unless: (1) the contract is an IRA to which you made non-deductible contributions; or (2) you rolled after-tax dollars from a retirement plan into your IRA; or (3) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you or your employer have contributed after-tax dollars; or (4) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you direct such surrender to be directly rolled over to another eligible retirement plan such as an IRA.

Surrenders from Roth IRAs: In general, the entire payout from a Roth IRA can be free from income and penalty taxes if you have attained age 59½ and meet the five year holding period or another qualifying event such as death or disability.

Required Minimum Distributions: Retirement plans (except for Roth IRAs) are subject to required surrenders called required minimum distributions (“RMDs”) beginning at age 72 (age 70 ½ if you were born on or before June 30, 1949). RMDs are based on the fair market value of your contract at year-end divided by the life expectancy factor. Certain death benefits and optional riders may be considered in determining the fair market value of your contract for RMD purposes. This may cause your RMD to be higher. Inherited IRAs (including inherited Roth IRAs) are subject to special required minimum distribution rules. You should consult your tax advisor prior to making a purchase for an explanation of the potential tax implications to you.

Withholding for IRAs, Roth IRAs, SEPs and SIMPLE IRAs: If you receive taxable income as a result of an annuity payout or a surrender, including surrenders under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, we may deduct withholding against the payment. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. As long as you have provided us with a valid Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number, you can elect not to have any withholding occur.

If the payment is part of an annuity payout plan, we generally compute the amount of federal income tax withholding using payroll tables. You may provide us with a statement of how many exemptions to use in calculating the withholding. If the distribution is any other type of payment (such as a partial or full surrender) we compute federal income tax withholding using 10% of the taxable portion.

The federal income tax withholding requirements differ if we deliver payment outside the United States or you are a non-resident alien.

Some states also may impose income tax withholding requirements similar to the federal withholding described above. If this should be the case, we may deduct state income tax withholding from the payment.

Withholding for all other qualified annuities: If you receive directly all or part of the contract value from a qualified annuity, mandatory 20% federal income tax withholding (and possibly state income tax withholding) generally will be imposed at the time the payout is made from the plan. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. This mandatory withholding will not be imposed if instead of receiving the distribution check, you elect to have the distribution rolled over directly to an IRA or another eligible plan. Payments made to a surviving spouse instead of being directly rolled over to an IRA are also subject to mandatory 20% income tax withholding.

In the below situations, the distribution is subject to an optional 10% withholding instead of the mandatory 20% withholding. We will withhold 10% of the distribution amount unless you elect otherwise.

• the payout is one in a series of substantially equal periodic payouts, made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or the joint lives or life expectancies of you and your designated beneficiary) or over a specified period of 10 years or more;

• the payout is a RMD as defined under the Code;

• the payout is made on account of an eligible hardship; or

• the payout is a corrective distribution.

State withholding also may be imposed on taxable distributions.

Penalties: If you receive amounts from your qualified contract before reaching age 59½, you may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty on the amount includable in your ordinary income. However, this penalty generally will not apply to any amount received:

• because of your death;

• because you become disabled (as defined in the Code);

• if the distribution is part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or joint lives or life expectancies of you and your beneficiary);

• if the distribution is made following severance from employment during or after the calendar year in which you attain age 55 (TSAs and annuities funding 401(a) plans only);

• to pay certain medical or education expenses (IRAs only); or

98    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• if the distribution is made from an inherited IRA.

Death benefits to beneficiaries: The entire death benefit generally is taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary in the year he/she receives the payments from the qualified annuity. If you made non-deductible contributions to a traditional IRA, the portion of any distribution from the contract that represents after-tax contributions is not taxable as ordinary income to your beneficiary. You are responsible for keeping all records tracking your non-deductible contributions to an IRA. Death benefits under a Roth IRA generally are not taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary if certain distribution requirements are met. (See also “Benefits in Case of Death — If you Die Before the Annuitization Start Date”).

Change of retirement plan type: IRS regulations allow for rollovers of certain retirement plan distributions. In some circumstances, you may be able to have an intra-contract rollover, keeping the same features and conditions. If the annuity contract you have does not support an intra-contract rollover, you are able to request an IRS approved rollover to another annuity contract or other investment product that you choose. If you choose another annuity contract or investment product, you will be subject to new rules, including a new surrender charge schedule for an annuity contract, or other product rules as applicable.

Assignment:You may not assign or pledge your qualified contract as collateral for a loan.

Other

Purchase payment credits: These are considered earnings and are taxed accordingly when surrendered or paid out.

Special considerations if you select any optional rider: As of the date of this prospectus, we believe that charges related to these riders are not subject to current taxation. Therefore, we will not report these charges as partial surrenders from your contract. However, the IRS may determine that these charges should be treated as partial surrenders subject to taxation to the extent of any gain as well as the 10% tax penalty for surrenders before the age of 59½, if applicable, on the taxable portion.

We reserve the right to report charges for these riders as partial surrenders if we, as a withholding and reporting agent, believe that we are required to report them. In addition, we will report any benefits attributable to these riders on your death (Current Contract), or your or the annuitant's death (Original Contract) as an annuity death benefit distribution, not as proceeds from life insurance.

Important: Our discussion of federal tax laws is based upon our understanding of current interpretations of these laws. Federal tax laws or current interpretations of them may change. For this reason and because tax consequences are complex and highly individual and cannot always be anticipated, you should consult a tax advisor if you have any questions about taxation of your contract.

RiverSource Life’s tax status: We are taxed as a life insurance company under the Code. For federal income tax purposes, the subaccounts are considered a part of our company, although their operations are treated separately in accounting and financial statements. Investment income is reinvested in the fund in which each subaccount invests and becomes part of that subaccount’s value. This investment income, including realized capital gains, is not subject to any withholding for federal or state income taxes. We reserve the right to make such a charge in the future if there is a change in the tax treatment of variable annuities or in our tax status as we then understand it.
The company includes in its taxable income the net investment income derived from the investment of assets held in its subaccounts because the company is considered the owner of these assets under federal income tax law.  The company may claim certain tax benefits associated with this investment income.  These benefits, which may include foreign tax credits and the corporate dividend received deduction, are not passed on to you since the company is the owner of the assets under federal tax law and is taxed on the investment income generated by the assets. 

Tax qualification: We intend that the contract qualify as an annuity for federal income tax purposes. To that end, the provisions of the contract are to be interpreted to ensure or maintain such tax qualification, in spite of any other provisions of the contract. We reserve the right to amend the contract to reflect any clarifications that may be needed or are appropriate to maintain such qualification or to conform the contract to any applicable changes in the tax qualification requirements. We will send you a copy of any amendments.

Spousal status: When it comes to your marital status and the identification and naming of any spouse as a beneficiary or party to your contract, we will rely on the representations you make to us. Based on this reliance, we will issue and administer your contract in accordance with these representations. If you represent that you are married and your representation is incorrect or your marriage is deemed invalid for federal or state law purposes, then the benefits and rights under your contract may be different.

If you have any questions as to the status of your relationship as a marriage, then you should consult an appropriate tax or legal advisor.

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    99

Voting Rights

As a contract owner with investments in the subaccounts, you may vote on important fund policies until annuity payouts begin. Once they begin, the person receiving them has voting rights. We will vote fund shares according to the instructions of the person with voting rights.

Before annuity payouts begin, the number of votes you have is determined by applying your percentage interest in each subaccount to the total number of votes allowed to the subaccount.

After annuity payouts begin, the number of votes you have is equal to:

• the reserve held in each subaccount for your contract; divided by

• the net asset value of one share of the applicable fund.

As we make annuity payouts, the reserve for the contract decreases; therefore, the number of votes also will decrease.

We calculate votes separately for each subaccount. We will send notice of shareholders’ meetings, proxy materials and a statement of the number of votes to which the voter is entitled. We are the legal owner of all fund shares and therefore hold all voting rights.  However, to the extent required by law, we will vote the shares of each fund according to instructions we receive from policy owners. We will vote shares for which we have not received instructions and shares that we or our affiliates own in our own names in the same proportion as the votes for which we received instructions. As a result of this proportional voting, in cases when a small number of contract owners vote, their votes will have a greater impact and may even control the outcome.

Substitution of Investments

We may substitute the funds in which the subaccounts invest if:

• laws or regulations change;

• the existing funds become unavailable; or

• in our judgment, the funds no longer are suitable (or are not the most suitable) for the subaccounts.

If any of these situations occur, we have the right to substitute a fund currently listed in this prospectus (existing fund) for another fund (new fund), provided we obtain any required SEC and state insurance law approval. The new fund may have higher fees and/or operating expenses than the existing fund. Also, the new fund may have investment objectives and policies and/or investment advisers which differ from the existing fund.

We may also:

• add new subaccounts;

• combine any two or more subaccounts;

• transfer assets to and from the subaccounts or the variable account; and

• eliminate or close any subaccounts.

We will notify you of any substitution or change.

In the event of any such substitution or change, we may amend the contract and take whatever action is necessary and appropriate without your consent or approval. We will obtain any required prior approval of the SEC or state insurance departments before making any substitution or change.

About the Service Providers

Principal Underwriter

RiverSource Distributors, Inc. (RiverSource Distributors), our affiliate, serves as the principal underwriter and general distributor of the contract. Its offices are located at 70100 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, MN 55474. RiverSource Distributors is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ameriprise Financial, Inc.

Sales of the Contract

New contracts are not currently being offered.

• Only securities broker-dealers (“selling firms”) registered with the SEC and members of the FINRA may sell the contract.

• The contracts are continuously offered to the public through authorized selling firms. We and RiverSource Distributors have a sales agreement with the selling firm. The sales agreement authorizes the selling firm to offer the contracts

100    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

to the public. RiverSource Distributors pays the selling firm (or an affiliated insurance agency) for contracts its investment professional sell. The selling firm may be required to return sales commissions under certain circumstances including but not limited to when contracts are returned under the free look period.

Payments We May Make to Selling Firms

• We may use compensation plans which vary by selling firm. For example, some of these plans pay selling firms a commission of up to 7.50% each time a purchase payment is made. We may also pay ongoing trail commissions of up to 1.25% of the contract value. We do not pay or withhold payment of trail commissions based on which investment options you select.

• We may pay selling firms an additional sales commission of up to 1.00% of purchase payments for a period of time we select. For example, we may offer to pay an additional sales commission to get selling firms to market a new or enhanced contract or to increase sales during the period.

• In addition to commissions, we may, in order to promote sales of the contracts, and as permitted by applicable laws and regulation, pay or provide selling firms with other promotional incentives in cash, credit or other compensation. We generally (but may not) offer these promotional incentives to all selling firms. The terms of such arrangements differ between selling firms. These promotional incentives may include but are not limited to:

• sponsorship of marketing, educational, due diligence and compliance meetings and conferences we or the selling firm may conduct for investment professionals, including subsidy of travel, meal, lodging, entertainment and other expenses related to these meetings;

• marketing support related to sales of the contract including for example, the creation of marketing materials, advertising and newsletters;

• providing service to contract owners; and

• funding other events sponsored by a selling firm that may encourage the selling firm’s investment professionals to sell the contract.

These promotional incentives or reimbursements may be calculated as a percentage of the selling firm’s aggregate, net or anticipated sales and/or total assets attributable to sales of the contract, and/or may be a fixed dollar amount. As noted below this additional compensation may cause the selling firm and its investment professionals to favor the contracts.

Sources of Payments to Selling Firms

When we pay the commissions and other compensation described above from our assets. Our assets may include:

• revenues we receive from fees and expenses that you will pay when buying, owning and making a surrender from the contract (see “Expense Summary”);

• compensation we or an affiliate receive from the underlying funds in the form of distribution and services fees (see “The Variable Account and the Funds — The Funds”);

• compensation we or an affiliate receive from a fund’s investment adviser, subadviser, distributor or an affiliate of any of these (see “The Variable Account and the Funds — The Funds”); and

• revenues we receive from other contracts we sell that are not securities and other businesses we conduct.

You do not directly pay the commissions and other compensation described above as the result of a specific charge or deduction under the contract. However, you may pay part or all of the commissions and other compensation described above indirectly through:

• fees and expenses we collect from contract owners, including surrender charges; and

• fees and expenses charged by the underlying subaccount funds in which you invest, to the extent we or one of our affiliates receive revenue from the funds or an affiliated person.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Compensation payment arrangements made with selling firms can potentially:

• give selling firms a heightened financial incentive to sell the contract offered in this prospectus over another investment with lower compensation to the selling firm.

• cause selling firms to encourage their investment professionals to sell you the contract offered in this prospectus instead of selling you other alternative investments that may result in lower compensation to the selling firm.

• cause selling firms to grant us access to its investment professionals to promote sales of the contract offered in this prospectus, while denying that access to other firms offering similar contracts or other alternative investments which may pay lower compensation to the selling firm.

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    101

Payments to Investment Professionals

• The selling firm pays its investment professionals. The selling firm decides the compensation and benefits it will pay its investment professionals.

• To inform yourself of any potential conflicts of interest, ask the investment professional before you buy, how the selling firm and its investment professionals are being compensated and the amount of the compensation that each will receive if you buy the contract.

Service Providers

Our Service Center performs certain administrative services on the contracts and policies we issue. The address and telephone number of our Service Center are listed on the first page of the prospectus. We also have entered into agreements with certain entities to provide the identified services in connection with the contracts and policies we issue. The entities engaged by RiverSource Life may change over time. Entities that provided services to RiverSource Life in 2019 are listed in the table below.

Name of Service Provider	Services Provided	Address
Ameriprise Financial, Inc.	Business affairs management and administrative support related to new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies	707 Second Avenue South Minneapolis MN 55402 USA
Ameriprise India Private Limited	Administrative support related to new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies annual report filings	Plot No. 14, Sector 18 Udyog Vihar Gurugram, Haryana – 122 015 India
Sykes Enterprise Incorporated	Administrative support related to e new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies	10th Floor, Glorietta BPO 1 Office Tower Makati City 1224 Metro Manila Philippines

Issuer

We issue the contracts. We are a stock life insurance company organized in 1957 under the laws of the state of Minnesota and are located at 829 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, MN 55474. We are a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ameriprise Financial, Inc.

We conduct a conventional life insurance business. We are licensed to do business in 49 states, the District of Columbia and American Samoa. Our primary products currently include fixed and variable annuity contracts and life insurance policies.

Legal Proceedings

Insurance companies have been the subject of increasing regulatory, legislative and judicial scrutiny. Numerous state and federal regulatory agencies have commenced examinations and other inquiries of insurance companies regarding sales and marketing practices (including sales to older consumers and disclosure practices), claims handling, and unclaimed property and escheatment practices and procedures. RiverSource Life has cooperated and will continue to cooperate with the applicable regulators.

RiverSource Life is involved in the normal course of business in a number of other legal and arbitration proceedings concerning matters arising in connection with the conduct of its business activities. RiverSource Life believes that it is not a party to, nor are any of its properties the subject of, any pending legal, arbitration or regulatory investigation, examination or proceeding that is likely to have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is possible that the outcome of any current or future legal, arbitration or regulatory proceeding could have a material impact on results of operations in any particular reporting period as the proceedings are resolved.

Uncertain economic conditions, heightened and sustained volatility in the financial markets and significant financial reform legislation may increase the likelihood that clients and other persons or regulators may present or threaten legal claims or that regulators increase the scope or frequency of examinations of RiverSource Life or the insurance industry generally.

Additional Information

Incorporation of Certain Documents By Reference

The SEC allows us to “incorporate by reference” the information we have filed with the SEC. This means that we can disclose important information to you without actually including the specific information in this prospectus by referring you to other documents filed separately with the SEC. The information incorporated by reference is an important part of

102    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

this prospectus. Information that we later provide to the SEC, and which is deemed to be “filed” with the SEC, will automatically update information previously filed with the SEC, and may replace information in this prospectus and information previously filed with the SEC. We incorporate by reference RiverSource Life Insurance Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019 as filed with the SEC on Feb.26, 2020under File No. 033-28976 in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and any filings we make with the SEC under Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act (excluding information deemed to be furnished and not filed with the SEC) after the effective date of this registration statement, until all offerings under the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part are completed or terminated. The annual report contains additional information about RiverSource Life Insurance Company, including audited financial statements for the latest fiscal year.

RiverSource Life will furnish you without charge a copy of any or all of the documents incorporated by reference into this prospectus, including any exhibits to such documents which have been specifically incorporated by reference. We will do so upon receipt of your written or oral request. You can contact RiverSource Life at the telephone number and address listed on the first page of this prospectus.

Available Information

This prospectus is part of a registration statement we file with the SEC. Additional information on RiverSource Life and on this offering is available in the registration statement and other materials we file. You can obtain copies of these materials at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. This prospectus, other information about the contract and other information incorporated by reference are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at (http://www.sec.gov).

Indemnification

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the Act) may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of RiverSource Life pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    103

Appendices

Table of Contents and Cross-Reference Table

APPENDIX NAME	PAGE #	CROSS-REFERENCE	PAGE #
Appendix A: Example — Market Value Adjustment (MVA)	p. 105	Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)	p. 31
Appendix B: Example — Surrender Charges	p. 107	Charges — Surrender Charges	p. 42
Appendix C: Example — Death Benefits	p. 113	Benefits in Case of Death	p. 70
Appendix D: Example —SecureSourceseries of riders	p. 118	Optional Benefits — Optional Living Benefits	p. 79
Appendix E:SecureSource series of riders — Additional RMD Disclosure	p. 124	Optional Benefits — Optional Living Benefits	p. 90
Appendix F: Example — Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider	p. 126	Optional Benefits — Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider	p. 90
Appendix G: Example — Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider	p. 128	Optional Benefits — Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider	p. 92
Appendix H: Asset Allocation Program for Contracts with Applications Signed Before May 1, 2006	p. 130
Appendix I: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider Disclosure	p. 131	N/A
Appendix J: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider Disclosure	p. 143	N/A
Appendix K: Example — Income Assurer Benefit Riders Disclosure	p. 151	N/A
Appendix L: Example — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider	p. 161	Optional Benefits — Optional Living Benefits	p. 79
Appendix M:SecureSource Rider Disclosure	p. 162	N/A
Appendix N:SecureSource 20 Rider Disclosure	p. 175	Optional Benefits — Optional Living Benefits	p. 79
Appendix O:SecureSource Stages Rider Disclosure	p. 188	N/A
Appendix P: Example — Withdrawal Benefit Riders: Elective Step Up or Elective Spousal Continuation Step Up	p. 198	Optional Benefits — Optional Living Benefits	p. 90
Appendix Q: Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	p. 199	Condensed Financial Information	p. 18

The purpose of these appendices is first to illustrate the operation of various contract features and riders; second, to provide additional disclosure regarding various contract features and riders; and lastly, to provide condensed financial history (unaudited) of the subaccounts.

In order to demonstrate the contract features and riders, an example may show hypothetical contract values. These contract values do not represent past or future performance. Actual contract values may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a number of factors, including but not limited to the investment experience of the subaccounts, GPAs, Special DCA fixed account, (Current Contract), DCA fixed account, (Original Contract), regular fixed account (Current Contract), and one-year fixed account (Original Contract) and the fees and charges that apply to your contract.

The examples of death benefits and optional riders in appendices include a partial surrender to illustrate the effect of a partial surrender on the particular benefit. These examples are intended to show how the optional riders operate, and do not take into account whether the rider is part of a qualified contract. Qualified contracts are subject to required minimum distributions at certain ages which may require you to take partial surrenders from the contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). If you are considering the addition of certain death benefits and/or optional riders to a qualified contract, you should consult your tax advisor prior to making a purchase for an explanation of the potential tax implications to you.

104    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix A: Example — Market Value Adjustment (MVA)

As the examples below demonstrate, the application of an MVA may result in either a gain or a loss of principal. We refer to all of the transactions described below as “early surrenders.”

Assumptions:

• You purchase a contract and allocate part of your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA; and

• we guarantee an interest rate of 3.0% annually for your ten-year guarantee period; and

• after three years, you decide to make a surrender from your GPA. In other words, there are seven years left in your guarantee period.

Remember that the MVA depends partly on the interest rate of a new GPA for the same number of years as the guarantee period remaining on your GPA. In this case, that is seven years.

Example 1: Remember that your GPA is earning 3.0%. Assume at the time of your surrender new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 3.5%. We add 0.10% to the 3.5% rate to get 3.6%. Your GPA’s 3.0% rate is less than the 3.6% rate, so the MVA will be negative.

Example 2: Remember again that your GPA is earning 3.0%, and assume that new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 2.5%. We add 0.10% to the 2.5% rate to get 2.6%. In this example, since your GPA’s 3.0% rate is greater than the 2.6% rate, the MVA will be positive. To determine that adjustment precisely, you will have to use the formula described below.

Sample MVA Calculations

The precise MVA formula we apply is as follows:

Early surrender amount	×	[	(	1 + i	)	n/12	–1	]	=	MVA
				1 + j + .001

Where i	=	rate earned in the GPA from which amounts are being transferred or surrendered.
j	=	current rate for a new guarantee period equal to the remaining term in the current guarantee period.
n	=	number of months remaining in the current guarantee period (rounded up).

Examples — MVA

Using assumptions similar to those we used in the examples above:

• You purchase a contract and allocate part of your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA;

• we guarantee an interest rate of 3.0% annually for your ten-year guarantee period; and

• after three years, you decide to make a $1,000 surrender from your GPA. In other words, there are seven years left in your guarantee period.

Example 1: You request an early surrender of $1,000 from your ten-year GPA earning a guaranteed interest rate of 3.0%. Assume at the time of your surrender new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 3.5%. Using the formula above, we determine the MVA as follows:

$1,000	×	[	(	1.030	)	84/12	–1	]	=	-$39.84
				1 + .035 + .001

In this example, the MVA is a negative $39.84.

Example 2: You request an early surrender of $1,000 from your ten-year GPA earning a guaranteed interest rate of 3.0%. Assume at the time of your surrender new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 2.5%. Using the formula above, we determine the MVA as follows:

$1,000	×	[	(	1.030	)	84/12	–1	]	=	$27.61
				1 + .025 + .001

In this example, the MVA is a positive $27.61.

Please note that when you allocate your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA and your purchase payment is in its fourth year from receipt at the beginning of the guarantee period, your surrender charge percentage is 7%, if you elected the seven-year or ten-year surrender charge schedules and 4% if you elected a five-year surrender charge schedule. (See “Charges — Surrender Charge.”) We do not apply MVAs to the amounts we deduct for surrender charges, so we would deduct the surrender charge from your early surrender after we applied the MVA. Also note that when you request an early surrender, we surrender an amount from your GPA that will give you the net amount you requested after we apply the MVA and any applicable surrender charge, unless you request otherwise.

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    105

The current interest rate we offer on the GPA will change periodically at our discretion. It is the rate we are then paying on purchase payments, renewals and transfers paid under this class of contracts for guarantee period durations equaling the remaining guarantee period of the GPA to which the formula is being applied.

106    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix B: Example — Surrender Charges

Example — Surrender Charges

We determine your surrender charge by multiplying the amount of each purchase payment surrendered which could be subject to a surrender charge by the applicable surrender charge percentage, and then totaling the surrender charges. We calculate the amount of purchase payments surrendered (PPS) as:

Current Contract:

PPS	=	PPSC + PPF
PPSC	=	purchase payments surrendered that could be subject to a surrender charge
	=	(PS – FA) / (CV – FA) × (PP – PPF)
PPF	=	purchase payments surrendered that are not subject to a surrender charge
	=	FA – contract earnings, but not less than zero
PP	=	purchase payments not previously surrendered (total purchase payments – PPS from all previous surrenders)
PS	=	amount the contract value is reduced by the surrender
FA	=	total free amount = greater of contract earnings or 10% of prior anniversary’s contract value
CV	=	contract value prior to the surrender

Original Contract:

PPS	=	XSF + (ACV – XSF) / (CV – TFA) × (PPNPS – XSF)
XSF	=	10% of prior anniversary’s contract value – contract earnings, but not less than zero
ACV	=	amount the contract value is reduced by the surrender – contract earnings, but not less than zero
TFA	=	total free amount = greater of contract earnings or 10% of prior anniversary’s contract value
PPNPS	=	purchase payments not previously surrendered (total purchase payments – PPS from all previous surrenders)
CV	=	contract value prior to the surrender

When determining the surrender charge, contract earnings are defined as the contract value, including any positive or negative MVA on amounts being surrendered, less purchase payments not previously surrendered. We determine current contract earnings by looking at the entire contract value, not the earnings of any particular subaccount, GPA, the regular fixed account (Current Contract), the one-year fixed account (Original Contract), the Special DCA fixed account (Current Contract) or the DCA fixed account (Original Contract). If the contract value is less than purchase payments received and not previously surrendered, then contract earnings are zero.

The examples below show how the surrender charge for a full and partial surrender is calculated for a contract with a seven-year surrender charge schedule. Each example illustrates the amount of the surrender charge for both a contract that experiences gains and a contract that experiences losses, given the same set of assumptions.

Current Contract: Full surrender charge calculation — seven-year surrender charge schedule:

This is an example of how we calculate the surrender charge on a contract with a seven-year (from the date of each purchase payment) surrender charge schedule and the following history:

Assumptions:

• We receive a single $50,000 purchase payment;

• During the fourth contract year you surrender the contract for its total value. The surrender charge percentage in the fourth year after a purchase payment is 7.0%; and

• You have made no prior surrenders.

We will look at two situations, one where the contract has a gain and another where there is a loss:

		Contract with Gain	Contract with Loss
	Contract value just prior to surrender:	$60,000.00	$40,000.00
	Contract value on prior anniversary:	58,000.00	42,000.00
We calculate the surrender charge as follows:
Step 1.	First, we determine the amount of earnings available in the contract at the time of surrender as:
	Contract value just prior to surrender (CV):	60,000.00	40,000.00
	Less purchase payments received and not previously surrendered (PP):	50,000.00	50,000.00

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    107

			Contract with Gain	Contract with Loss
	Earnings in the contract (but not less than zero):		10,000.00	0.00
Step 2.	Next, we determine the total free amount (FA) available in the contract as the greatest of the following values:
	Earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value:		5,800.00	4,200.00
	FA (but not less than zero):		10,000.00	4,200.00
Step 3.	Next we determine PPF, the amount by which the total free amount (FA) exceeds earnings.
	Total free amount (FA):		10,000.00	4,200.00
	Less earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	PPF (but not less than zero):		0.00	4,200.00
Step 4.	Next we determine PS, the amount by which the contract value is reduced by the surrender.
	PS:		60,000.00	40,000.00
Step 5.	Now we can determine how much of the PP is being surrendered (PPS) as follows:
	PPS	= PPF + PPSC = PPF+ (PS – FA) / (CV – FA) * (PP – PPF)
	PPF from Step 3 =		0.00	4,200.00
	PS from Step 4 =		60,000.00	40,000.00
	CV from Step 1 =		60,000.00	40,000.00
	FA from Step 2 =		10,000.00	4,200.00
	PP from Step 1 =		50,000.00	50,000.00
	PPS =		50,000.00	50,000.00
Step 6.	We then calculate the surrender charge as a percentage of PPS. Note that for a contract with a loss, PPS may be greater than the amount you request to surrender:
	PPS:		50,000.00	50,000.00
	less PPF:		0.00	4,200.00
	PPSC = amount of PPS subject to a surrender charge:		50,000.00	45,800.00
	multiplied by the surrender charge rate:		× 7.0%	× 7.0%
	surrender charge:		3,500.00	3,206.00
Step 7.	The dollar amount you will receive as a result of your full surrender is determined as:
	Contract value surrendered:		60,000.00	40,000.00
	Surrender charge:		(3,500.00)	(3,206.00)
	Contract charge (assessed upon full surrender):		(40.00)	(40.00)
	Net full surrender proceeds:		$56,460.00	$36,754.00

Current Contract: Partial surrender charge calculation — seven-year surrender charge schedule:

This is an example of how we calculate the surrender charge on a contract with a seven-year (from the date of each purchase payment) surrender charge schedule and the following history:

Assumptions:

• We receive a single $50,000 purchase payment;

• During the fourth contract year you request a net partial surrender of $15,000.00. The surrender charge percentage in the fourth year after a purchase payment is 7.0%; and

• You have made no prior surrenders.

We will look at two situations, one where the contract has a gain and another where there is a loss:

	Contract with Gain	Contract with Loss
Contract value just prior to surrender:	$60,000.00	$40,000.00
Contract value on prior anniversary:	58,000.00	42,000.00

108    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

			Contract with Gain	Contract with Loss
We determine the amount of contract value that must be surrendered in order for the net partial surrender proceeds to match the amount requested. We start with an estimate of the amount of contract value to surrender and calculate the resulting surrender charge and net partial surrender proceeds as illustrated below. We then adjust our estimate and repeat until we determine the amount of contract value to surrender that generates the desired net partial surrender proceeds.
We calculate the surrender charge for each estimate as follows:
Step 1.	First, we determine the amount of earnings available in the contract at the time of surrender as:
	Contract value just prior to surrender (CV):		60,000.00	40,000.00
	Less purchase payments received and not previously surrendered (PP):		50,000.00	50,000.00
	Earnings in the contract (but not less than zero):		10,000.00	0.00
Step 2.	Next, we determine the total free amount (FA) available in the contract as the greatest of the following values:
	Earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value:		5,800.00	4,200.00
	FA (but not less than zero):		10,000.00	4,200.00
Step 3.	Next we determine PPF, the amount by which the total free amount (FA) exceeds earnings.
	Total free amount (FA):		10,000.00	4,200.00
	Less earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	PPF (but not less than zero):		0.00	4,200.00
Step 4.	Next we determine PS, the amount by which the contract value is reduced by the surrender.
	PS (determined by iterative process described above):		15,376.34	16,062.31
Step 5.	Now we can determine how much of the PP is being surrendered (PPS) as follows:
	PPS	= PPF + PPSC = PPF + (PS – FA) / (CV – FA) * (PP – PPF)
	PPF from Step 3 =		0.00	4,200.00
	PS from Step 4 =		15,376.34	16,062.31
	CV from Step 1 =		60,000.00	40,000.00
	FA from Step 2 =		10,000.00	4,200.00
	PP from Step 1 =		50,000.00	50,000.00
	PPS =		5,376.34	19,375.80
Step 6.	We then calculate the surrender charge as a percentage of PPS. Note that for a contract with a loss, PPS may be greater than the amount you request to surrender:
	PPS:		5,376.34	19,375.80
	less PPF:		0.00	4,200.00
	PPSC = amount of PPS subject to a surrender charge:		5,376.34	15,175.80
	multiplied by the surrender charge rate:		× 7.0%	× 7.0%
	surrender charge:		376.34	1,062.31
Step 7.	The dollar amount you will receive as a result of your partial surrender is determined as:
	Contract value surrendered:		15,376.34	16,062.31
	Surrender charge:		(376.34)	(1,062.31)
	Net partial surrender proceeds:		$15,000.00	$15,000.00

Original Contract: Full surrender charge calculation — seven-year surrender charge schedule:

This is an example of how we calculate the surrender charge on a contract with a seven-year (from the date of each purchase payment) surrender charge schedule and the following history:

Assumptions:

• We receive a single $50,000 purchase payment;

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    109

• During the fourth contract year you surrender the contract for its total value. The surrender charge percentage in the fourth year after a purchase payment is 7.0%; and

• You have made no prior surrenders.

We will look at two situations, one where the contract has a gain and another where there is a loss:

			Contract with Gain	Contract with Loss
	Contract value just prior to surrender:		$60,000.00	$40,000.00
	Contract value on prior anniversary:		58,000.00	42,000.00
We calculate the surrender charge as follows:
Step 1.	First, we determine the amount of earnings available in the contract at the time of surrender as:
	Contract value just prior to surrender (CV):		60,000.00	40,000.00
	Less purchase payments received and not previously surrendered (PPNPS):		50,000.00	50,000.00
	Earnings in the contract (but not less than zero):		10,000.00	0.00
Step 2.	Next, we determine the total free amount (TFA) available in the contract as the greatest of the following values:
	Earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value:		5,800.00	4,200.00
	TFA (but not less than zero):		10,000.00	4,200.00
Step 3.	Next we determine ACV, the amount by which the contract value surrendered exceeds earnings.
	Contract value surrendered:		60,000.00	40,000.00
	Less earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	ACV (but not less than zero):		50,000.00	40,000.00
Step 4.	Next we determine XSF, the amount by which 10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value exceeds earnings.
	10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value:		5,800.00	4,200.00
	Less earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	XSF (but not less than zero):		0.00	4,200.00
Step 5.	Now we can determine how much of the PPNPS is being surrendered (PPS) as follows:
	PPS	= XSF + (ACV – XSF) /(CV – TFA) * (PPNPS – XSF)
	XSF from Step 4 =		0.00	4,200.00
	ACV from Step 3 =		50,000.00	40,000.00
	CV from Step 1 =		60,000.00	40,000.00
	TFA from Step 2 =		10,000.00	4,200.00
	PPNPS from Step 1 =		50,000.00	50,000.00
	PPS =		50,000.00	50,000.00
Step 6.	We then calculate the surrender charge as a percentage of PPS. Note that for a contract with a loss, PPS may be greater than the amount you request to surrender:
	PPS:		50,000.00	50,000.00
	less XSF:		0.00	4,200.00
	amount of PPS subject to a surrender charge:		50,000.00	45,800.00
	multiplied by the surrender charge rate:		× 7.0%	× 7.0%
	surrender charge:		3,500.00	3,206.00
Step 7.	The dollar amount you will receive as a result of your full surrender is determined as:
	Contract value surrendered:		60,000.00	40,000.00
	Surrender charge:		(3,500.00)	(3,206.00)
	Contract charge (assessed upon full surrender):		(40.00)	(40.00)
	Net full surrender proceeds:		$56,460.00	$36,754.00

110    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Original Contract: Partial surrender charge calculation — seven-year surrender charge schedule:

This is an example of how we calculate the surrender charge on a contract with a seven-year (from the date of each purchase payment) surrender charge schedule and the following history:

Assumptions:

• We receive a single $50,000 purchase payment;

• During the fourth contract year you request a net partial surrender of $15,000.00. The surrender charge percentage in the fourth year after a purchase payment is 7.0%; and

• You have made no prior surrenders.

We will look at two situations, one where the contract has a gain and another where there is a loss:

			Contract with Gain	Contract with Loss
	Contract value just prior to surrender:		$60,000.00	$40,000.00
	Contract value on prior anniversary:		58,000.00	42,000.00
We determine the amount of contract value that must be surrendered in order for the net partial surrender proceeds to match the amount requested. We start with an estimate of the amount of contract value to surrender and calculate the resulting surrender charge and net partial surrender proceeds as illustrated below. We then adjust our estimate and repeat until we determine the amount of contract value to surrender that generates the desired net partial surrender proceeds.
We calculate the surrender charge for each estimate as follows:
Step 1.	First, we determine the amount of earnings available in the contract at the time of surrender as:
	Contract value just prior to surrender (CV):		60,000.00	40,000.00
	Less purchase payments received and not previously surrendered (PPNPS):		50,000.00	50,000.00
	Earnings in the contract (but not less than zero):		10,000.00	0.00
Step 2.	Next, we determine the Total Free Amount (TFA) available in the contract as the greatest of the following values:
	Earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value:		5,800.00	4,200.00
	TFA (but not less than zero):		10,000.00	4,200.00
Step 3.	Next we determine ACV, the amount by which the contract value surrendered exceeds earnings
	Contract value surrendered:		15,376.34	16,062.31
	Less earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	ACV (but not less than zero):		5,376.34	16,062.31
Step 4.	Next we determine XSF, the amount by which 10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value exceeds earnings
	10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value:		5,800.00	4,200.00
	Less earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	XSF (but not less than zero):		0.00	4,200.00
Step 5.	Now we can determine how much of the PPNPS is being surrendered (PPS) as follows:
	PPS	= XSF + (ACV – XSF) / (CV – TFA) * (PPNPS – XSF)
	XSF from Step 4 =		0.00	4,200.00
	ACV from Step 3 =		5,376.34	16,062.31
	CV from Step 1 =		60,000.00	40,000.00
	TFA from Step 2 =		10,000.00	4,200.00
	PPNPS from Step 1 =		50,000.00	50,000.00
	PPS =		5,376.34	19,375.80
Step 6.	We then calculate the surrender charge as a percentage of PPS. Note that for a contract with a loss, PPS may be greater than the amount you request to surrender:
	PPS:		5,376.34	19,375.80

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    111

		Contract with Gain	Contract with Loss
	less XSF:	0.00	4,200.00
	amount of PPS subject to a surrender charge:	5,376.34	15,175.80
	multiplied by the surrender charge rate:	× 7.0%	× 7.0%
	surrender charge:	376.34	1,062.31
Step 7.	The dollar amount you will receive as a result of your partial surrender is determined as:
	Contract value surrendered:	15,376.34	16,062.31
	Surrender charge:	(376.34)	(1,062.31)
	Net partial surrender proceeds:	$15,000.00	$15,000.00

112    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix C: Example — Death Benefits

Current Contract:

Example — ROPP Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $20,000;

• On the first contract anniversary you make an additional purchase payment of $5,000; and

• During the second contract year the contract value falls to $22,000 and you take a $1,500 (including surrender charge) partial surrender; and

• During the third contract year the contract value grows to $23,000.

We calculate the ROPP Death Benefit as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:		$23,000.00
2.	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial surrenders:
	Total purchase payments:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial surrenders calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,704.55
	$22,000
	for a death benefit of:		$23,295.45
The ROPP Death Benefit, calculated as the greatest of these two values:				$23,295.45

Example — MAV Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000;

• On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $26,000; and

• During the second contract year the contract value falls to $22,000, at which point you take a $1,500 (including surrender charge) partial surrender, leaving a contract value of $20,500.

We calculate the MAV Death Benefit, which is based on the greater of three values, as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:		$20,500.00
2.	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial surrenders:
	Total purchase payments:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial surrenders, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,704.55
	$22,000
	for a death benefit of:		$23,295.45
3.	The MAV immediately preceding the date of death:
	Greatest of your contract anniversary values:		$26,000.00
	plus purchase payments made since the prior anniversary:		+0.00
	minus adjusted partial surrenders, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $26,000	=	–1,772.73
	$22,000
	for a death benefit of:		$24,227.27
The MAV Death Benefit, calculated as the greatest of these three values, which is the MAV:				$24,227.27

Example — 5% Accumulation Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000 with $5,000 allocated to the regular fixed account and $20,000 allocated to the subaccounts;

• On the first contract anniversary the regular fixed account value is $5,200 and the subaccount value is $17,000. Total contract value is $23,200; and

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    113

• During the second contract year regular fixed account value is $5,300 and the subaccount value is $19,000. Total contract value is $24,300. You take a $1,500 (including surrender charge) partial surrender all from the subaccounts, leaving the contract value at $22,800.

The death benefit, which is based on the greatest of three values, is calculated as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:		$22,800.00
2.	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial surrenders:
	Total purchase payments:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial surrenders, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,543.21
	$24,300
	for a death benefit of:		$23,456.79
3.	The 5% accumulation death benefit floor:
	The variable account floor on the first contract anniversary, calculated as: 1.05 × $20,000 =		$21,000.00
	plus amounts allocated to the subaccounts since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus the 5% accumulation death benefit floor adjusted partial surrender from the subaccounts, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $21,000	=	–1,657.89
	$19,000
	variable account floor benefit:		$19,342.11
	plus the regular fixed account value:		+5,300.00
	5% accumulation death benefit floor (value of the regular fixed account and the variable account floor):		$24,642.11
The 5% Accumulation Death Benefit, calculated as the greatest of these three values, which is the 5% accumulation death benefit floor:				$24,642.11

Example — Enhanced Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000 with $5,000 allocated to the regular fixed account and $20,000 allocated to the subaccounts;

• On the first contract anniversary the regular fixed account value is $5,200 and the subaccount value is $17,000. Total contract value is $23,200; and

• During the second contract year the regular fixed account value is $5,300 and the subaccount value is $19,000. Total contract value is $24,300. You take a $1,500 (including surrender charge) partial surrender all from the subaccounts, leaving the contract value at $22,800.

The death benefit, which is based on the greatest of four values, is calculated as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:		$22,800.00
2.	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial surrenders:
	Total purchase payments:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial surrenders, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,543.21
	$24,300
	for a death benefit of:		$23,456.79
3.	The MAV on the anniversary immediately preceding the date of death:
	The MAV on the immediately preceding anniversary:		$25,000.00
	plus purchase payments made since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus adjusted partial surrenders made since that anniversary, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,543.21
	$24,300
	for a MAV Death Benefit of:		$23,456.79

114    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

4.	The 5% accumulation death benefit floor:
	The variable account floor on the first contract anniversary calculated as: 1.05 × $20,000 =		$21,000.00
	plus amounts allocated to the subaccounts since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus the 5% accumulation death benefit floor adjusted partial surrender from the subaccounts, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $21,000	=	–1,657.89
	$19,000
	variable account floor benefit:		$19,342.11
	plus the regular fixed account value:		+5,300.00
	5% accumulation death benefit floor (value of the regular fixed account and the variable account floor):		$24,642.11
Enhanced Death Benefit, calculated as the greatest of these four values, which is the 5% accumulation death benefit floor:				$24,642.11

Original Contract:

Example — ROP Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $20,000;

• On the first contract anniversary you make an additional purchase payment of $5,000;

• During the second contract year the contract value falls to $22,000 and you take a $1,500 partial surrender, including surrender charge; and

• During the third contract year the contract value grows to $23,000.

We calculate the ROP Death Benefit as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:		$23,000.00
2.	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial surrenders:
	Total purchase payments:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial surrenders calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,704.55
	$22,000
	for a death benefit of:		$23,295.45
ROP Death Benefit, calculated as the greatest of these two values:				$23,295.45

Example — MAV Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000;

• On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $26,000; and

• During the second contract year the contract value falls to $22,000, at which point you take a $1,500 (including surrender charge) partial surrender, leaving a contract value of $20,500.

We calculate the MAV Death Benefit, which is based on the greater of three values, as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:		$20,500.00
2.	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial surrenders:
	Total purchase payments:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial surrenders, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,704.55
	$22,000
	for a death benefit of:		$23,295.45
3.	The MAV immediately preceding the date of death:
	Greatest of your contract anniversary values:		$26,000.00
	plus purchase payments made since the prior anniversary:		+0.00

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    115

	minus adjusted partial surrenders, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $26,000	=	–1,772.73
	$22,000
	for a death benefit of:		$24,227.27
The MAV Death Benefit, calculated as the greatest of these three values, which is the MAV:				$24,227.27

Example — 5% Accumulation Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000 with $5,000 allocated to the one-year fixed account and $20,000 allocated to the subaccounts;

• On the first contract anniversary the one-year fixed account value is $5,200 and the subaccount value is $17,000. Total contract value is $23,200; and

• During the second contract year the one-year fixed account value is $5,300 and the subaccount value is $19,000. Total contract value is $24,300. You take a $1,500 (including surrender charge) partial surrender all from the subaccounts, leaving the contract value at $22,800.

The death benefit, which is based on the greatest of three values, is calculated as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:		$22,800.00
2.	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial surrenders:
	Total purchase payments:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial surrenders, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,543.21
	$24,300
	for a death benefit of:		$23,456.79
3.	The 5% variable account floor:
	The variable account floor on the first contract anniversary, calculated as: 1.05 × $20,000 =		$21,000.00
	plus amounts allocated to the subaccounts since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus the 5% variable account floor adjusted partial surrender from the subaccounts, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $21,000	=	–1,657.89
	$19,000
	variable account floor benefit:		$19,342.11
	plus the one-year fixed account value:		+5,300.00
	5% variable account floor (value of the one-year fixed account and the variable account floor):		$24,642.11
The 5% Accumulation Death Benefit, calculated as the greatest of these three values, which is the 5% variable account floor:				$24,642.11

Example — Enhanced Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000 with $5,000 allocated to the one-year fixed account and $20,000 allocated to the subaccounts;

• On the first contract anniversary the one-year fixed account value is $5,200 and the subaccount value is $17,000. Total contract value is $23,200; and

• During the second contract year the one-year fixed account value is $5,300 and the subaccount value is $19,000. Total contract value is $24,300. You take a $1,500 (including surrender charge) partial surrender all from the subaccounts, leaving the contract value at $22,800.

The death benefit, which is based on the greatest of four values, is calculated as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:	$22,800.00

116    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

2.	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial surrenders:
	Total purchase payments:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial surrenders, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,543.21
	$24,300
	for a death benefit of:		$23,456.79
3.	The MAV on the anniversary immediately preceding the date of death:
	The MAV on the immediately preceding anniversary:		$25,000.00
	plus purchase payments made since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus adjusted partial surrenders made since that anniversary, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,543.21
	$24,300
	for a MAV Death Benefit of:		$23,456.79
4.	The 5% variable account floor:
	The variable account floor on the first contract anniversary calculated as: 1.05 × $20,000 =		$21,000.00
	plus amounts allocated to the subaccounts since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus the 5% accumulation death benefit floor adjusted partial surrender from the subaccounts, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $21,000	=	–1,657.89
	$19,000
	variable account floor benefit:		$19,342.11
	plus the one-year fixed account value:		+5,300.00
	5% accumulation death benefit floor (value of the one-year fixed account and the variable account floor):		$24,642.11
Enhanced Death Benefit, calculated as the greatest of these four values, which is the 5% variable account floor:				$24,642.11

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    117

Appendix D: Example —SecureSource Series of Riders

SecureSource Stages 2 rider — Example:

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and make no additional payments to the contract.

• You are the sole owner and also the annuitant. You (and your spouse for the joint benefit) are age 61.

• Annual step ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the PBG and/or the BB. Applied annual step ups are indicated in bold.

• You elect the Moderate investment option at issue.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	BB	WAB	Benefit Determining Percentage	PBG	ALP	RALP	Lifetime Payment Percent
At Issue	$100,000	NA	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	0.0%	$100,000	$4,000	$4,000(1)	4%
1	0	0	98,000	108,000	108,000	9.3%	108,000	5,400	5,400(2)	5%
2	0	0	105,000	114,000	114,000	7.9%	105,000	5,700	5,700	5%
3	0	0	118,000	120,000	120,000	1.7%	118,000	6,000	6,000	5%
3.5	0	6,000	112,000	120,000	113,898	1.7%	112,000	6,000	0	5%
4	0	0	115,000	120,000	115,000	0.0%	115,000	6,000	6,000	5%
5	0	0	130,000	130,000	130,000	0.0%	130,000	7,800(3)	7,800(3)	6%(3)
6	0	0	110,000	130,000	130,000	15.4%	130,000	7,800	7,800	6%
7	0	0	100,000	130,000	130,000	23.1%	130,000	6,500(4)	6,500(4)	5%(4)
7.5	0	10,000	90,000	125,134(5)	117,000	23.1%	118,877(5)	6,257(5)	0	5%
8	0	0	80,000	125,134	117,000	31.6%	118,877	6,257	6,257	5%
9	0	0	95,000	125,134	117,000	18.8%	118,877	7,508(4)	7,508(4)	6%(4)

(1)	The ALP and RALP are based on percentage B until the end of the 1-year waiting period.
(2)	Since no withdrawal was taken, at the end of the 1-year waiting period, the ALP and RALP are recalculated based on percentage A.
(3)	Because the Annual step up increased the BB on the anniversary and the covered person’s (for the joint benefit, younger covered spouse’s) attained age is in a higher age band, the Lifetime Payment Percentage increased.
(4)	The Lifetime Payment Percentage is based on percentage A when the BDP is less than 20% and percentage B when the BDP is greater than or equal to 20%.
(5)	The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than the $6,500 RALP allowed under the rider and therefore excess withdrawal processing is applied. The BB and PBG are reset as described in “Lifetime Benefit Description – Determination of Adjustment of Benefit Values”.

SecureSource Stages rider — Example:

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and make no additional payments to the contract.

• You are the sole owner and also the annuitant. You (and your spouse for the joint benefit) are age 61.

• Annual step ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the PBG and/or the BB. Applied Annual step ups are indicated in bold.

• You elect the Moderate PN program investment option at issue.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	BB	WAB	Benefit Determining Percentage	PBG	ALP	RALP	Lifetime Payment Percent
At Issue	$100,000	NA	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	0.0%	$100,000	$5,000	$0(1)	5%
1	0	0	98,000	108,000	108,000	9.3%	100,000	5,400	0	5%
2	0	0	105,000	114,000	114,000	7.9%	105,000	5,700	0	5%
3	0	0	118,000	120,000	120,000	1.7%	118,000	6,000	6,000(2)	5%
3.5	0	6,000	112,000	120,000	113,898	1.7%	112,000	6,000	0	5%
4	0	0	115,000	120,000	115,000	0.0%	115,000	6,000	6,000	5%
5	0	0	130,000	130,000	130,000	0.0%	130,000	7,800(3)	7,800(3)	6%(3)
6	0	0	110,000	130,000	130,000	15.4%	130,000	7,800	7,800	6%
7	0	0	100,000	130,000	130,000	23.1%	130,000	6,500(4)	6,500(4)	5%(4)
7.5	0	10,000	90,000	117,000(5)	117,000	23.1%	108,000(5)	5,850(5)	0	5%

118    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	BB	WAB	Benefit Determining Percentage	PBG	ALP	RALP	Lifetime Payment Percent
8	0	0	80,000	117,000	117,000	31.6%	108,000	5,850	5,850	5%
9	0	0	95,000	117,000	117,000	18.8%	108,000	7,020(4)	7,020(4)	6%(4)

(1)	The RALP is zero until the end of the 3-Year Waiting Period.
(2)	At the end of the 3-Year waiting period, the RALP is set equal to the ALP.
(3)	Because the Annual step up increased the BB on the anniversary and the covered person’s (for the joint benefit, younger covered spouse’s) attained age is in a higher age band, the Lifetime Payment Percentage increased.
(4)	The lifetime payment percentage is based on percentage A when the BDP is less than 20% and percentage B when the BDP is greater than or equal to 20%.
(5)	The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than the $6,500 RALP allowed under the rider and therefore excess withdrawal processing is applied. The BB and PBG are reset as described in “Determination of Adjustment of Benefit Values” in the “Lifetime Benefit Description.”

SecureSource 20 rider — Example:

EXAMPLE #1: Lifetime benefit not established at the time the contract and rider are purchased.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and make no additional payments to the contract.

• You are the sole owner and also the annuitant. You (and your spouse for the joint benefit) are age 61.

• Annual step ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the RBA and/or the contract value times the ALP percentage is greater than the ALP. Applied annual step ups are indicated in bold.

• You elect the Moderate PN program investment option at issue.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	WAB	BDP	Basic Benefit				Lifetime Benefit
						GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
At Issue	$100,000	NA	$100,000	$100,000	0.0%	$100,000	$100,000	$6,000	$0	NA	NA
1	0	0	98,000	100,000	2.0%	100,000	100,000	6,000	0	NA	NA
2	0	0	105,000	105,000	0.0%	105,000	105,000	6,300	0	NA	NA
3	0	0	125,000	125,000	0.0%	125,000	125,000	7,500	7,500	NA	NA
3.5	0	6,000	111,000	118,590	6.4%	125,000	119,000	7,500	1,500	NA	NA
4	0	0	104,000	118,590	12.3%	125,000	119,000	7,500	7,500	7,140(1)	7,140(1)
5	0	0	90,000	118,590	24.1%	125,000	119,000	6,250(2)	6,250(2)	5,950(2)	5,950(2)
6	0	0	95,000	118,590	19.9%	125,000	119,000	7,500	7,500	7,140	7,140
6.5	0	7,500	87,500	87,500(3)	0.0%	125,000	111,500	7,500	0	5,250(3)	0
7	0	0	90,000	90,000	0.0%	125,000	111,500	7,500	7,500	5,400	5,400
7.5	0	10,000	70,000	70,000(4)	0.0%	70,000(4)	70,000(4)	4,200(4)	0	4,200(4)	0
8	0	0	75,000	75,000	0.0%	75,000	75,000	4,500	4,500	4,500	4,500

(1)	The ALP and RALP are established on the contract anniversary following the date the covered person (younger Covered Spouse for Joint) reaches age 65 as the greater of the ELB or the RBA, times the ALP percentage.
(2)	The ALP percentage and GBP percentage are 6% when the BDP is less than 20% and 5% when the BDP is greater than or equal to 20%.
(3)	The $7,500 withdrawal is greater than the $7,140 RALP allowed under the lifetime benefit and therefore excess withdrawal processing is applied to the ALP, resetting the ALP to the lesser of the prior ALP or the ALP percentage times the contract value following the withdrawal. The WAB is reset to the ALP after the reset divided by the current ALP percentage. The BDP at the time of withdrawal is less than 20%, so the ALP percentage and GBP percentage are set at 6% for the remainder of the contract year.
(4)	The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than both the $7,500 RBP allowed under the basic benefit and the $5,400 RALP allowed under the lifetime benefit and therefore excess withdrawal processing is applied to both benefits. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or the ALP percentage times the contract value following the withdrawal. The WAB is reset to the ALP after the reset divided by the current ALP percentage. The BDP at the time of withdrawal is less than 20%, so the ALP percentage and GBP percentage are set at 6% for the remainder of the contract year.

EXAMPLE #2: Lifetime benefit established at the time the contract and rider are purchased.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and make no additional payments to the contract.

• You are the sole owner and also the annuitant. You (and your spouse for the joint benefit) are age 65.

• Annual step ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the RBA and/or the contract value times the ALP Percentage is greater than the ALP. Applied annual step ups are indicated in bold.

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    119

• You elect the Moderate PN program investment option at issue. On the 7th contract anniversary, you elect to change to the Moderately Aggressive PN program investment option. The target PN program investment option under the contract is the Moderate PN program investment option.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	WAB	BDP	Basic Benefit				Lifetime Benefit
						GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
At Issue	$100,000	NA	$100,000	$100,000	0.0%	$100,000	$100,000	$6,000	$0	$6,000	$0
1	0	0	105,000	105,000	0.0%	105,000	105,000	6,300	0	6,300	0
2	0	0	110,000	110,000	0.0%	110,000	110,000	6,600	0	6,600	0
3	0	0	110,000	120,000	8.3%	110,000	110,000	6,600	6,600(1)	7,200	7,200(1)
3.5	0	6,000	104,000	113,455	8.3%	110,000	104,000	6,600	600	7,200	1,200
4	0	0	100,000	113,455	11.9%	110,000	104,000	6,600	6,600	7,200	7,200
4.5	0	7,000	90,000	105,267	14.5%	90,000	90,000	5,400(2)	5,400(2)	7,200	200
5	0	0	80,000	105,267	24.0%	90,000	90,000	4,500(3)	4,500(3)	6,000(3)	6,000(3)
5.5	0	10,000	70,000	70,000(4)	0.0%	70,000	70,000	3,500(4)	3,500(4)	3,500(4)	3,500(4)
6	0	0	75,000	75,000	0.0%	75,000	75,000	4,500	4,500	4,500	4,500
7	0	0	70,000	70,000(5)	0.0%	70,000(5)	70,000(5)	4,200(5)	4,200(5)	4,200(5)	4,200(5)

(1)	At the end of the 3-Year waiting period, the RBP and RALP are set equal to the GBP and ALP, respectively. The 20% rider credit is applied to the lifetime benefit.
(2)	The $7,000 withdrawal is greater than the $6,600 RBP allowed under the basic benefit and therefore excess withdrawal processing is applied to the basic benefit. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The BDP at the time of withdrawal is less than 20%, so the ALP percentage and GBP percentage are set at 6% for the remainder of the contract year.
(3)	The ALP percentage and GBP percentage are 6% when the BDP is less than 20% and 5% when the BDP is greater than or equal to 20%.
(4)	The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than both the $4,500 RBP allowed under the basic benefit and the $6,000 RALP allowed under the lifetime benefit and therefore excess withdrawal processing is applied to both benefits. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or the ALP percentage times the contract value following the withdrawal. The WAB is reset to the ALP after the reset divided by the current ALP percentage. The BDP at the time of withdrawal is greater than or equal to 20%, so the ALP percentage and GBP percentage are set at 5% for the remainder of the contract year.
(5)	Allocation to the Moderately Aggressive PN program investment option during a withdrawal phase will reset the benefit. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA or the contract value. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or the ALP percentage times the contract value. The WAB is reset to the ALP after the reset divided by the current ALP percentage. Any future withdrawals will reallocate your contract value to the Moderate PN program investment option if you are invested more aggressively than the Moderate PN program investment option.

SecureSourcerider — Example:

EXAMPLE #1: Single Life Benefit: Covered Person has not reached age 65 at the time the contract and rider are purchased.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and make no additional payments to the contract.

• You are the sole owner and also the annuitant. You are age 60.

• Automatic Annual step ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the RBA and/or 6% of the contract value is greater than the ALP. Applied Annual step ups are indicated in bold.

• You elect the Moderate PN program investment option at issue. On the 1st contract anniversary, you elect to change to the Moderately Aggressive PN program investment option. The target PN program investment option under the contract is the Moderate PN program investment option.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	Basic Withdrawal Benefit				Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit
				GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
At Issue	$100,000	$N/A	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	$7,000	$7,000	$N/A	$N/A
0.5	0	5,000	92,000	100,000	95,000	7,000	2,000	N/A	N/A
1	0	0	90,000	90,000(1)	90,000(1)	6,300	6,300	N/A	N/A
2	0	0	81,000	90,000	90,000	6,300	6,300	N/A	N/A
5	0	0	75,000	90,000	90,000	6,300	6,300	5,400(2)	5,400(2)
5.5	0	5,400	70,000	90,000	84,600	6,300	900	5,400	0
6	0	0	69,000	90,000	84,600	6,300	6,300	5,400	5,400

120    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	Basic Withdrawal Benefit				Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit
				GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
6.5	0	6,300	62,000	90,000	78,300	6,300	0	3,720(3)	0
7	0	0	64,000	90,000	78,300	6,300	6,300	3,840	3,840
7.5	0	10,000	51,000	51,000(4)	51,000(4)	3,570	0	3,060(4)	0
8	0	0	55,000	55,000	55,000	3,850	3,850	3,300	3,300

At this point, assuming no additional activity (step ups, excess withdrawals, purchase payments, spousal continuation, contract ownership change, or PN program investment option changes), you can continue to withdrawal up to either the GBP of $3,850 each year until the RBA is reduced to zero, or the ALP of $3,300 each year until the later of your death or the RBA is reduced to zero.

(1)	Allocation to the Moderately Aggressive investment option during a withdrawal phase will reset the benefit. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA or the contract value. The ALP (if established) is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value. Any future withdrawals will reallocate your contract value to the Moderate PN program investment option if you are invested more aggressively than the Moderate PN program investment option.
(2)	The ALP and RALP are established on the contract anniversary date following the date the covered person reaches age 65 as 6% of the RBA.
(3)	The $6,300 withdrawal is greater than the $5,400 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the ALP, resetting the ALP to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.
(4)	The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than both the $6,300 RBP allowed under the basic withdrawal benefit and the $3,840 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the GBA, RBA, and ALP. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.

EXAMPLE #2: Single Life Benefit: Covered Person has reached 65 at the time the contract and rider are purchased.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and make no additional payments to the contract.

• You are the sole owner and also the annuitant. You are age 65.

• Automatic Annual step ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the RBA and/or 6% of the contract value is greater than the ALP. Applied Annual step ups are indicated in bold.

• Your death occurs after 6½ contract years and your spouse continues the contract and rider. Your spouse is over age 65 and is the new Covered Person.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	Basic Withdrawal Benefit				Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit
				GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
At Issue	$100,000	$N/A	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	$7,000	$7,000	$6,000	$6,000
1	0	0	105,000	105,000	105,000	7,350	7,000(1)	6,300	6,000(1)
2	0	0	110,000	110,000	110,000	7,700	7,000(1)	6,600	6,000(1)
3	0	0	110,000	110,000	110,000	7,700	7,700(2)	6,600	6,600(2)
3.5	0	6,600	110,000	110,000	103,400	7,700	1,100	6,600	0
4	0	0	115,000	115,000	115,000	8,050	8,050	6,900	6,900
4.5	0	8,050	116,000	115,000	106,950	8,050	0	6,900(3)	0
5	0	0	120,000	120,000	120,000	8,400	8,400	7,200	7,200
5.5	0	10,000	122,000	120,000(4)	110,000(4)	8,400	0	7,200(4)	0
6	0	0	125,000	125,000	125,000	8,750	8,750	7,500	7,500
6.5	0	0	110,000	125,000	125,000	8,750	8,750	6,600(5)	6,600(5)
7	0	0	105,000	125,000	125,000	8,750	8,750	6,600	6,600

At this point, assuming no additional activity (step ups, excess withdrawals, purchase payments, contract ownership change, or PN program investment option changes), your spouse can continue to withdrawal up to either the GBP of $8,750 each year until the RBA is reduced to zero, or the ALP of $6,600 each year until the later of your spouse’s death or the RBA is reduced to zero.

(1)	The Annual Step-up has not been applied to the RBP or RALP because any withdrawal after step up during the Waiting Period would reverse any prior step ups prior to determining if the withdrawal is excess. Therefore, during the Waiting Period, the RBP is the amount you can withdrawal without incurring the GBA and RBA excess withdrawal processing, and the RALP is the amount you can withdrawal without incurring the ALP excess withdrawal processing.
(2)	On the third anniversary (after the end of the waiting period), the RBP and RALP are set equal to the GBP and ALP, respectively.
(3)	The $8,050 withdrawal is greater than the $6,900 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the ALP, resetting the ALP to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    121

(4)

The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than both the $8,400 RBP allowed under the basic withdrawal benefit and the $7,200 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the GBA, RBA, and ALP. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.

(5)

At spousal continuation, the ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value and the RALP is reset to the ALP.

EXAMPLE #3: Joint Life Benefit: Younger Covered Spouse has not reached 65 at the time the contract and rider are purchased.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and make no additional payments to the contract.

• You are age 59 and your spouse is age 60.

• Automatic annual step ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the RBA and/or 6% of the contract value is greater than the ALP. Applied annual step ups are indicated in bold.

• You elect the Moderate investment option at issue. On the 1st contract anniversary, you elect to change to the Moderately Aggressive PN program investment option. The target PN program investment option under the contract is the Moderate PN program investment option.

• Your death occurs after 9½ contract years and your spouse continues the contract and rider; the lifetime benefit is not reset.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	Basic Withdrawal Benefit				Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit
				GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
At Issue	$100,000	$N/A	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	$7,000	$7,000	$N/A	$N/A
0.5	0	5,000	92,000	100,000	95,000	7,000	2,000	N/A	N/A
1	0	0	90,000	90,000(1)	90,000(1)	6,300	6,300	N/A	N/A
2	0	0	81,000	90,000	90,000	6,300	6,300	N/A	N/A
6	0	0	75,000	90,000	90,000	6,300	6,300	5,400(2)	5,400(2)
6.5	0	5,400	70,000	90,000	84,600	6,300	900	5,400	0
7	0	0	69,000	90,000	84,600	6,300	6,300	5,400	5,400
7.5	0	6,300	62,000	90,000	78,300	6,300	0	3,720(3)	0
8	0	0	64,000	90,000	78,300	6,300	6,300	3,840	3,840
8.5	0	10,000	51,000	51,000(4)	51,000(4)	3,570	0	3,060(4)	0
9	0	0	55,000	55,000	55,000	3,850	3,850	3,300	3,300
9.5	0	0	54,000	55,000	55,000	3,850	3,850	3,300	3,300
10	0	0	52,000	55,000	55,000	3,850	3,850	3,300	3,300

At this point, assuming no additional activity (step ups, excess withdrawals, purchase payments, or PN program investment option changes), your spouse can continue to withdrawal up to either the GBP of $3,850 each year until the RBA is reduced to zero, or the ALP of $3,300 each year until the later of your spouse’s death or the RBA is reduced to zero.

(1)	The ALP and RALP are established on the contract anniversary date following the date the younger Covered Spouse reaches age 65 as 6% of the RBA.
(2)	Allocation to the Moderately Aggressive PN program model portfolio or investment option during a withdrawal phase will reset the benefit. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA or the contract value. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value. Any future withdrawals will reallocate your contract value to the Moderate PN program investment option if you are invested more aggressively than the Moderate PN program investment option.
(3)	The $6,300 withdrawal is greater than the $5,400 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the ALP, resetting the ALP to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.
(4)	The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than both the $6,300 RBP allowed under the basic withdrawal benefit and the $3,840 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the GBA, RBA, and ALP. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.

EXAMPLE #4: Joint Life Benefit: Younger Covered Spouse has reached 65 at the time the contract and rider are purchased.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and make no additional payments to the contract

• You are age 71 and your spouse is age 70.

122    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• Automatic Annual step ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the RBA and/or 6% of the contract value is greater than the ALP. Applied annual step ups are indicated in bold.

• Your death occurs after 6½ contract years and your spouse continues the contract and rider; the lifetime benefit is not reset.

Contract Duration	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	Basic Withdrawal Benefit				Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit
				GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
At Issue	$100,000	$N/A	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	$7,000	$7,000	$6,000	$6,000
1	0	0	105,000	105,000	105,000	7,350	7,000(1)	6,300	6,000(1)
2	0	0	110,000	110,000	110,000	7,700	7,000(1)	6,600	6,000(1)
3	0	0	110,000	110,000	110,000	7,700	7,700(2)	6,600	6,600(2)
3.5	0	6,600	110,000	110,000	103,400	7,700	1,100	6,600	0
4	0	0	115,000	115,000	115,000	8,050	8,050	6,900	6,900
4.5	0	8,050	116,000	115,000	106,950	8,050	0	6,900(3)	0
5	0	0	120,000	120,000	120,000	8,400	8,400	7,200	7,200
5.5	0	10,000	122,000	120,000(4)	110,000(4)	8,400	0	7,200(4)	0
6	0	0	125,000	125,000	125,000	8,750	8,750	7,500	7,500
6.5	0	0	110,000	125,000	125,000	8,750	8,750	7,500	7,500
7	0	0	105,000	125,000	125,000	8,750	8,750	7,500	7,500

At this point, assuming no additional activity (step ups, excess withdrawals, purchase payments, or PN program investment option changes), your spouse can continue to withdrawal up to either the GBP of $8,750 each year until the RBA is reduced to zero, or the ALP of $7,500 each year until the later of your spouse’s death or the RBA is reduced to zero.

(1)	The Annual step-up has not been applied to the RBP or RALP because any withdrawal after step up during the waiting period would reverse any prior step ups prior to determining if the withdrawal is excess. Therefore, during the Waiting Period, the RBP is the amount you can withdrawal without incurring the GBA and RBA excess withdrawal processing, and the RALP is the amount you can withdrawal without incurring the ALP excess withdrawal processing.
(2)	On the third anniversary (after the end of the Waiting Period), the RBP and RALP are set equal to the GBP and ALP, respectively.
(3)	The $8,050 withdrawal is greater than the $6,900 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the ALP, resetting the ALP to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.
(4)	The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than both the $8,400 RBP allowed under the basic withdrawal benefit and the $7,200 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the GBA, RBA, and ALP. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    123

Appendix E:SecureSource Series of Riders — Additional Required Minimum Distribution (RMD) Disclosure

This appendix describes our current administrative practice for determining the amount of withdrawals in any contract year which an owner may take under theSecureSource series of riders to satisfy the RMD rules under 401(a)(9) of the Code without application of the excess withdrawal processing described in the rider. We reserve the right to modify this administrative practice at any time upon 30 days’ written notice to you.

ForSecureSource StagesandSecureSource 20 riders, owners subject to annual RMD rules under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, withdrawing from this contract during the waiting period to satisfy these rules will set your benefits to zero and you will not receive any future rider credit.

Amounts you withdraw from this contract (forSecureSource Stages andSecureSource 20 riders, amounts you withdraw from this contract after the waiting period) to satisfy these rules are not subject to excess withdrawal processing under the terms of the rider subject to the following rules and our current administrative practice:

ForSecureSource andSecureSource 20 riders:

(1) If on the date we calculated your Annual Life Expectancy Required Minimum Distribution Amount (ALERMDA), it is greater than the RBP from the beginning of the current contract year*,

• Basic Additional Benefit Amount (BABA) will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the RBP from the beginning of the current contract year.

• Any withdrawals taken in a contract year will count first against and reduce the RBP for that contract year.

• Once the RBP for the current contract year has been depleted, any additional amounts withdrawn will count against and reduce the BABA. These withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the GBA and RBA as long as they do not exceed the remaining BABA.

• Once the BABA has been depleted, any additional withdrawal amounts will be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the GBA and RBA and will subject them all to the excess withdrawal processing described in theSecureSourceseries of riders.

(2) If on the date we calculated your ALERMDA, it is greater than the RALP from the beginning of the current contract year,*

• A Lifetime Additional Benefit Amount (LABA) will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the RALP from the beginning of the current contract year*.

• Any withdrawals taken in a contract year will count first against and reduce the RALP for that contract year.

• Once the RALP for the current contract year has been depleted, any additional amounts withdrawn will count against and reduce the LABA. These withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the ALP as long as they do not exceed the remaining LABA. Withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals unless amounts withdrawn exceed combined RALP and LABA values.

• Once the LABA has been depleted, any additional withdrawal amounts will be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the ALP and will subject the ALP to the excess withdrawal processing described by theSecureSource series of riders.

(3) If the ALP is established on a policy anniversary where your current ALERMDA is greater than the new RALP,

• An initial LABA will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the new RALP.

• This new LABA will be immediately reduced by the amount that total withdrawals in the current calendar year exceed the new RALP, but shall not be reduced to less than zero.

ForSecureSource Stages andSecureSource Stages 2 riders:

(1) Each calendar year, if your ALERMDA is greater than the ALP,

• A Lifetime Additional Benefit Amount (LABA) will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the ALP.

• The LABA will be reduced by the total of the amount that each withdrawal in the current calendar year exceeds the RALP at the time of each withdrawal, but shall not be reduced to less than zero.

• Any withdrawals taken in a contract year will count first against and reduce the RALP for that contract year.

• Once the RALP for the current contract year has been depleted, any additional amounts withdrawn will count against and reduce the LABA. These withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the ALP as long as they do not exceed the remaining LABA. Withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals unless amounts withdrawn exceed combined RALP and LABA values.

124    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• Once the LABA has been depleted, any additional withdrawal amounts will be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the ALP and will subject the ALP to the excess withdrawal processing described by theSecureSource Stages andSecureSource Stages 2.

* ForSecureSource 20 riders, adjusted for any subsequent changes between 5% and 6% as described under “GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage”.

The ALERMDA is:

(1)	determined by us each calendar year (forSecureSource Stages andSecureSource 20 riders, starting with the calendar year in which the waiting period ends);
(2)	based on your initial purchase payment and not the entire interest value in the calendar year of contract issue and therefore may not be sufficient to allow you to withdraw your RMD without causing an excess withdrawal;
(3)	based solely on the value of the contract to which theSecureSource series rider is attached as of the date we make the determination;
(4)	based on your recalculated life expectancy taken from the Uniform Lifetime Table under the Code; and
(5)	based on the company’s understanding and interpretation of the requirements for life expectancy distributions intended to satisfy the required minimum distribution rules under Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, as applicable on the effective date of this prospectus, to:

1.	an individual retirement annuity (Section 408(b));
2.	a Roth individual retirement account (Section 408A);
3.	a Simplified Employee Pension plan (Section 408(k));
4.	a tax-sheltered annuity rollover (Section 403(b)).

In the future, the requirements under the Code for such distributions may change and the life expectancy amount calculation provided under your rider within theSecureSource series of riders may not be sufficient to satisfy the requirements under the Code for these types of distributions. In such a situation, amounts withdrawn to satisfy such distribution requirements will exceed your available RBP or RALP amount and may result in the reduction of your GBA, RBA, and/or ALP as described under the excess withdrawal provision of the rider.

In cases where the Code does not allow the life expectancy of a natural person to be used to calculate the required minimum distribution amount (e.g., ownership by a trust or a charity), we will calculate the life expectancy RMD amount calculated by us as zero in all years.

Please contact your tax advisor about the impact of those rules prior to purchasing one of theSecureSourceseries of riders.

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    125

Appendix F: Example — Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider

Example of the Benefit Protector

Assumptions:

•	You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and you (Current Contract) or you and the annuitant (Original Contract) are under age 70; and
•	You select the MAV Death Benefit and the 7-year surrender charge schedule.
	During the first contract year the contract value grows to $105,000. The death benefit under the MAV Death Benefit equals the contract value, $105,000. You have not reached the first contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector does not provide any additional benefit at this time.
	On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. The death benefit equals:

MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death
(MAV Death Benefit minus remaining purchase payments for the Current Contract or MAV Death Benefit minus payments not previously surrendered for the Original Contract):
0.40 × ($110,000 - $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000

On the second contract anniversary the contract value falls to $105,000. The death benefit equals:

MAV Death Benefit (MAV):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death):
0.40 × ($110,000 - $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000

During the third contract year the contract value remains at $105,000 and you request a partial surrender of $50,000, including the applicable 7% surrender charges. We will surrender $10,500 from your contract value free of charge (10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value). The remainder of the surrender is subject to a 7% surrender charge because your payment is in the third year of the surrender charge schedule, so we will withdraw $39,500 ($36,735 + $2,765 in surrender charges) from your contract value. Altogether, we will surrender $50,000 and pay you $47,235. We calculate purchase payments not previously surrendered as $100,000 – $45,000 = $55,000 (remember that $5,000 of the partial surrender is contract earnings). The death benefit equals:

MAV Death Benefit (MAV adjusted for partial surrenders):	$57,619
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death):
0.40 × ($57,619 - $55,000) =	+1,048
Total death benefit of:	$58,667

On the third contract anniversary the contract value falls to $40,000. The death benefit equals the previous death benefit. The reduction in contract value has no effect.

On the ninth contract anniversary the contract value grows to a new high of $200,000. Earnings at death reaches its maximum of 250% of purchase payments not previously surrendered that are one or more years old.

The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$200,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously surrendered that are one or more years old)	+55,000
Total death benefit of:	$255,000

During the tenth contract year you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000. Your new contract value is now $250,000. The new purchase payment is less than one year old and so it has no effect on the Benefit Protector value. The death benefit equals:

MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously surrendered that are one or more years old)	+55,000
Total death benefit of:	$305,000

126    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

During the eleventh contract year the contract value remains $250,000 and the “new” purchase payment is one year old and the value of the Benefit Protector changes. The death benefit equals:

MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously surrendered that are one or more years old)
0.40 × ($250,000 - $105,000) =	+58,000
Total death benefit of:	$308,000

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    127

Appendix G: Example — Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider

Example of the Benefit Protector Plus

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and you (Current Contract) or you and the annuitant (Original Contract) are under age 70; and

• You select the MAV Death Benefit and the 7-year surrender charge schedule.

During the first contract year the contract value grows to $105,000. The MAV Death Benefit equals the contract value. You have not reached the first contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector Plus does not provide any additional benefit at this time.
On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. You have not reached the second contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector Plus does not provide any benefit beyond what is provided by the Benefit Protector at this time. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (MAV Death Benefit minus remaining purchase payments for the Current Contract or MAV Death Benefit minus payments not previously surrendered for the Original Contract):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000
On the second contract anniversary the contract value falls to $105,000. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (MAV):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death:
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
plus 10% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue
and not previously surrendered: 0.10 × $100,000 =	+10,000
Total death benefit of:	$124,000
During the third contract year the contract value remains at $105,000 and you request a partial surrender of $50,000, including the applicable 7% surrender charge. We will surrender $10,500 from your contract value free of charge (10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value). The remainder of the surrender is subject to a 7% surrender charge because your payment is in the third year of the surrender charge schedule, so we will surrender $39,500 ($36,735 + $2,765 in surrender charges) from your contract value. Altogether, we will surrender $50,000 and pay you $47,235. We calculate purchase payments not previously surrendered as $100,000 – $45,000 = $55,000 (remember that $5,000 of the partial surrender is contract earnings). The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (MAV adjusted for partial surrenders):	$57,619
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death:
0.40 × ($57,619 – $55,000) =	+1,048
plus 10% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue
and not previously surrendered: 0.10 × $55,000 =	+5,500
Total death benefit of:	$64,167
On the third contract anniversary the contract value falls to $40,000. The death benefit equals the previous death benefit. The reduction in contract value has no effect.
On the ninth contract anniversary the contract value grows to a new high of $200,000. Earnings at death reaches its maximum of 250% of purchase payments not previously surrendered that are one or more years old. Because we are beyond the fourth contract anniversary the Benefit Protector Plus also reaches its maximum of 20%. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$200,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously surrendered that are one or more years old	+55,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously surrendered: 0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$266,000

128    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

During the tenth contract year you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000. Your new contract value is now $250,000. The new purchase payment is less than one year old and so it has no effect on the Benefit Protector Plus value. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously surrendered that are one or more years old	+55,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously surrendered: 0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$316,000
During the eleventh contract year the contract value remains $250,000 and the “new” purchase payment is one year old. The value of the Benefit Protector Plus remains constant. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (MAV Death Benefit minus payments not previously surrendered):
0.40 × ($250,000 – $105,000) =	+58,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue
and not previously surrendered: 0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$319,000

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    129

Appendix H: Asset Allocation Program for Contracts With Applications Signed Before May 1, 2006

Asset Allocation Program

For contracts with applications signed before May 1, 2006, we offered an asset allocation program. You could elect to participate in the asset allocation program, and there is no additional charge. If you purchased an optional Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider or Income Assurer Benefit rider, you are required to participate in the asset allocation program under the terms of the rider.

This asset allocation program allows you to allocate your contract value to a model portfolio that consists of subaccounts and may include certain GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account (if available under the asset allocation program), which represent various asset classes. By spreading your contract value among these various asset classes, you may be able to reduce the volatility in your contract value, but there is no guarantee that this will occur.

Asset allocation does not guarantee that your contract will increase in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. If you choose or are required to participate in the asset allocation program, you are responsible for determining which model portfolio is best for you. Your investment professional can help you make this determination. In addition, your investment professional may provide you with an investor questionnaire, a tool that can help you determine which model portfolio is suited to your needs based on factors such as your investment goals, your tolerance for risk, and how long you intend to invest.

Under the asset allocation program, we have offered five model portfolios ranging from conservative to aggressive. You may not use more than one model portfolio at a time. You are allowed to request a change to another model portfolio twice per contract year. Each model portfolio specifies allocation percentages to each of the subaccounts, any GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account that make up that model portfolio. By participating in the asset allocation program, you authorize us to invest your contract value in the subaccounts, any GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account according to the allocation percentages stated for the specific model portfolio you have selected. You also authorize us to automatically rebalance your contract value quarterly beginning three months after the effective date of your contract in order to maintain alignment with the allocation percentages specified in the model portfolio.

Special rules will apply to the GPAs if they are included in a model portfolio. Under these rules:

• no MVA will apply when rebalancing occurs within a specific model portfolio (but an MVA may apply if you elect to transfer to a new model portfolio); and

• no MVA will apply when you elect an annuity payout plan while your contract value is invested in a model portfolio (see “Guarantee Period Accounts — Market Value Adjustment”).

Under the asset allocation program, the subaccounts, any GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account that make up the model portfolio you selected and the allocation percentages to those subaccounts, any GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account will not change unless we adjust the composition of the model portfolio to reflect the liquidation, substitution or merger of an underlying fund, a change of investment objective by an underlying fund or when an underlying fund stops selling its shares to the variable account. We reserve the right to change the terms and conditions of the asset allocation program upon written notice to you.

If permitted under applicable securities law, we reserve the right to:

• reallocate your current model portfolio to an updated version of your current model portfolio; or

• substitute a fund of funds for your current model portfolio.

We also reserve the right to discontinue the asset allocation program. We will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change.

If you elected to participate in the asset allocation program, you may discontinue your participation in the program at any time by giving us written notice. Upon cancellation, automated rebalancing associated with the asset allocation program will end. You can elect to participate in the asset allocation program again at any time.

130    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix I: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider Disclosure

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge if⁽¹⁾:

•	your contract application is signed on or after May 1, 2006;
•	the rider is available in your state; and
•	you and the annuitant are 80 or younger on the date the contract is issued.
(1)	The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider is not available under an inherited qualified annuity.

You must elect the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider when you purchase your contract. The rider effective date will be the contract issue date.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider guarantees that you will be able to withdraw up to a certain amount each year from the contract, regardless of the investment performance of your contract before the annuity payments begin, until you have recovered at minimum all of your purchase payments. And, under certain limited circumstances defined in the rider, you have the right to take a specified amount of partial withdrawals in each contract year until death (see “At Death” heading below) — even if the contract value is zero.

Your contract provides for annuity payouts to begin on the annuitization start date (see “Buying Your Contract — The Annuitization Start Date”). Before the annuitization start date, you have the right to withdraw some or all of your contract value, less applicable administrative, surrender and rider charges imposed under the contract at the time of the withdrawal (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Surrenders”). Because your contract value will fluctuate depending on the performance of the underlying funds in which the subaccounts invest, the contract itself does not guarantee that you will be able to take a certain withdrawal amount each year before the annuitization start date, nor does it guarantee the length of time over which such withdrawals can be made before the annuitization start date.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider may be appropriate for you if you intend to make periodic withdrawals from your annuity contract and wish to ensure that market performance will not adversely affect your ability to withdraw your principal over time.

Under the terms of the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, the calculation of the amount which can be withdrawn in each contract year varies depending on several factors, including but not limited to the waiting period (see “Waiting period” heading below) and whether or not the lifetime withdrawal benefit has become effective:

(1)

The basic withdrawal benefit gives you the right to take limited partial withdrawals in each contract year and guarantees that over time the withdrawals will total an amount equal to, at minimum, your purchase payments. Key terms associated with the basic withdrawal benefit are “Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP),” “Remaining Benefit Payment (RBP),” “Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA),” and “Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA).” See these headings below for more information.

(2)

The lifetime withdrawal benefit gives you the right, under certain limited circumstances defined in the rider, to take limited partial withdrawals until the later of death (see “At Death” heading below) or until the RBA (under the basic withdrawal benefit) is reduced to zero. Key terms associated with the lifetime withdrawal benefit are “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP),” “Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (RALP),” “Covered Person,” and “Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA).” See these headings below for more information.

Only the basic withdrawal benefit will be in effect prior to the date that the lifetime withdrawal benefit becomes effective. The lifetime withdrawal benefit becomes effective automatically on the rider anniversary date after the covered person reaches age 65, or the rider effective date if the covered person is age 65 or older on the rider effective date (see “Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA)” heading below).

Provided annuity payouts have not begun, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider guarantees that you may take the following partial withdrawal amounts each contract year:

• After the waiting period and before the establishment of the ALP, the rider guarantees that each year you can cumulatively withdraw an amount equal to the GBP;

• During the waiting period and before the establishment of the ALP, the rider guarantees that each year you can cumulatively withdraw an amount equal to the value of the RBP at the beginning of the contract year;

• After the waiting period and after the establishment of the ALP, the rider guarantees that each year you have the option to cumulatively withdraw an amount equal the ALP or the GBP, but the rider does not guarantee withdrawals of the sum of both the ALP and the GBP in a contract year;

• During the waiting period and after the establishment of the ALP, the rider guarantees that each year you have the option to cumulatively withdraw an amount equal to the value of the RALP or the RBP at the beginning of the contract year, but the rider does not guarantee withdrawals of the sum of both the RALP and the RBP in a contract year.

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    131

If you withdraw less than the allowed partial withdrawal amount in a contract year, the unused portion cannot be carried over to the next contract year. As long as your partial withdrawals in each contract year do not exceed the annual partial withdrawal amount allowed under the rider, and there has not been a contract ownership change or spousal continuation of the contract, the guaranteed amounts available for partial withdrawals are protected (i.e., will not decrease).

If you withdraw more than the allowed partial withdrawal amount in a contract year, we call this an “excess withdrawal” under the rider. Excess withdrawals trigger an adjustment of a benefit’s guaranteed amount, which may cause it to be reduced (see “GBA Excess Withdrawal Processing,” “RBA Excess Withdrawal Processing,” and “ALP Excess Withdrawal Processing” headings below).

Please note that each of the two benefits has its own definition of the allowed annual withdrawal amount. Therefore a partial withdrawal may be considered an excess withdrawal for purposes of the lifetime withdrawal benefit only, the basic withdrawal benefit only, or both.

If your withdrawals exceed the greater of the RBP or the RALP, surrender charges under the terms of the contract may apply (see “Charges — Surrender Charges”). The amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable surrender charge. Market value adjustments, if applicable, will also be made (see “Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs) — Market Value Adjustment”). We pay you the amount you request. Any partial surrenders you take under the contract will reduce the value of the death benefits (see “Benefits in Case of Death”). Upon full surrender of the contract, you will receive the remaining contract value less any applicable charges (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Surrender”).

The rider’s guaranteed amounts can be increased at the specified intervals if your contract value has increased. An annual step up feature is available at each contract anniversary, subject to certain conditions, and may be applied automatically to your contract or may require you to elect the step up (see “Annual Step Up” heading below). If you exercise the annual step up election, the spousal continuation step up election (see “Spousal Continuation Step Up” heading below) or change your PN investment option, the rider charge may change (see “Charges”).

If you take withdrawals during the waiting period, any prior steps ups applied will be reversed and step ups will not be available until the third rider anniversary. You may take withdrawals after the waiting period without reversal of prior step ups.

You should consider whether the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider is appropriate for you because:

You will begin paying the rider charge as of the rider effective date, even if you do not begin taking withdrawals for many years. It is possible that your contract performance, fees and charges, and withdrawal pattern may be such that your contract value will not be depleted in your lifetime and you will not receive any monetary value under the rider.

• Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit Limitations: The lifetime withdrawal benefit is subject to certain limitations, including but not limited to:

(a) Once the contract value equals zero, payments are made for as long as the oldest owner or annuitant is living (see “If Contract Value Reduces to Zero” heading below). However, if the contract value is greater than zero, the lifetime withdrawal benefit terminates at the first death of any owner or annuitant (see “At Death” heading below). Therefore, if there are multiple contract owners or the annuitant is not an owner, the rider may terminate or the lifetime withdrawal benefit may be reduced. This possibility may present itself when:

(i)	There are multiple contract owners — when one of the contract owners dies the benefit terminates even though other contract owners are still living (except if the contract is continued under the spousal continuation provision of the contract); or
(ii)	The owner and the annuitant are not the same persons — if the annuitant dies before the owner, the benefit terminates even though the owner is still living. This is could happen, for example, when the owner is younger than the annuitant. This risk increases as the age difference between owner and annuitant increases.

(b)	Excess withdrawals can reduce the ALP to zero even though the GBA, RBA, GBP and/or RBP values are greater than zero. If the both the ALP and the contract value are zero, the lifetime withdrawal benefit will terminate.
(c)	When the lifetime withdrawal benefit is first established, the initial ALP is based on the basic withdrawal benefit’s RBA at that time (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below), unless there has been a spousal continuation or ownership change. Any withdrawal you take before the ALP is established reduces the RBA and therefore may result in a lower amount of lifetime withdrawals you are allowed to take.
(d)	Withdrawals can reduce both the contract value and the RBA to zero prior to the establishment of the ALP. If this happens, the contract and the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider will terminate.

• Investment Allocation Restrictions: You must be invested in one of the approved investment options. These funds are expected to reduce our financial risks and expenses associated with certain living benefits. Although the funds’ investment strategies may help mitigate declines in your contract value due to declining equity markets, the funds’ investment strategies may also curb your contract value gains during periods of positive performance by the equity

132    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

	markets. Additionally, investment in the funds may decrease the number and amount of any benefit base increase opportunities. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds: Volatility and Volatility Management Risk with the Portfolio Stabilizer funds” section.) We reserve the right to add, remove or substitute approved investment options at any time and in our sole discretion in the future. This requirement limits your choice of investments. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, GPAs or the one-year fixed account that are available under the contract to contract owners who do not elect this rider. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds.”) You may allocate purchase payments to the DCA fixed account, when available, and we will make monthly transfers into the investment option you have chosen. Subject to state restrictions, we reserve the right to limit the number of investment options from which you can select based on the dollar amount of purchase payments you make.
•	Limitations on Purchase of Other Riders under this Contract: If you select the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, you may not elect an Income Assurer Benefit rider or the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider.
•	Non-Cancelable: Once elected, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider may not be cancelled and the fee will continue to be deducted until the contract is terminated, the contract value reduces to zero (described below) or after the annuitization start date.
•	Limitations on Purchase Payments: We reserve the right to limit the cumulative amount of purchase payments, subject to state restrictions, which may limit your ability to make additional purchase payments to increase your contract value as you may have originally intended. For current purchase payment restrictions, please see “Buying Your Contract — Purchase Payments”.
•	Interaction with Total Free Amount (TFA) contract provision:The TFA is the amount you are allowed to withdraw from the contract in each contract year without incurring a surrender charge (see “Charges — Surrender Charge”). The TFA may be greater than the RBP or RALP under this rider. Any amount you withdraw under the contract’s TFA provision that exceeds the RBP or RALP is subject to the excess withdrawal processing described below for the GBA, RBA and ALP.

You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of this rider in your tax situation:

• Tax Considerations for Nonqualified Annuities: Under current federal income tax law, withdrawals under nonqualified annuities, including partial withdrawals taken from the contract under the terms of this rider, are treated less favorably than amounts received as annuity payments under the contract (see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities”). Withdrawals before age 59 ½ may incur a 10% IRS early withdrawal penalty and may be considered taxable income.

• Tax Considerations for Qualified Annuities:Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). If you have a qualified annuity, you may need to take an RMD that exceeds the specified amount of withdrawal available under the rider. Partial withdrawals in any contract year that exceed the guaranteed amount available for withdrawal may reduce future benefits guaranteed under the rider. While the rider permits certain excess withdrawals to be made for the purpose of satisfying RMD requirements for this contract alone without reducing future benefits guaranteed under the rider, there can be no guarantee that changes in the federal income tax law after the effective date of the rider will not require a larger RMD to be taken, in which case, future guaranteed withdrawals under the rider could be reduced. Additionally, RMD rules follow the calendar year which most likely does not coincide with your contract year and therefore may limit when you can take your RMD and not be subject to excess withdrawal processing.

For owners subject to annual RMD rules under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, the amounts you withdraw each year from this contract to satisfy these rules are not subject to excess withdrawal processing under the terms of the rider subject to the following rules and our current administrative practice:

(1) If on the date we calculated your Annual Life Expectancy Required Minimum Distribution Amount (ALERMDA), it is greater than the RBP from the beginning of the current contract year,

• Basic Additional Benefit Amount (BABA) will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the RBP from the beginning of the current contract year.

• Any withdrawals taken in a contract year will count first against and reduce the RBP for that contract year.

• Once the RBP for the current contract year has been depleted, any additional amounts withdrawn will count against and reduce the BABA. These withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the GBA and RBA as long as they do not exceed the remaining BABA.

• Once the BABA has been depleted, any additional withdrawal amounts will be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the GBA and RBA and will subject them all to the excess withdrawal processing described in the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider.

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    133

(2) If on the date we calculated your ALERMDA, it is greater than the RALP from the beginning of the current Contract Year,

• A Lifetime Additional Benefit Amount (LABA) will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the RALP from the beginning of the current contract year.

• Any withdrawals taken in a contract year will count first against and reduce the RALP for that contract year.

• Once the RALP for the current contract year has been depleted, any additional amounts withdrawn will count against and reduce the LABA. These withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the ALP as long as they do not exceed the remaining LABA.

• Once the LABA has been depleted, any additional withdrawal amounts will be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the ALP and will subject the ALP to the excess withdrawal processing described by the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider.

(3) If the ALP is established on a policy anniversary where your current ALERMDA is greater than the new RALP,

• An initial LABA will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the new RALP.

• This new LABA will be immediately reduced by the amount that total withdrawals in the current calendar year exceed the new RALP, but shall not be reduced to less than zero.

The Annual Life Expectancy Required Minimum Distribution Amount (ALERMDA) is:

(1)	determined by us each calendar year;
(2)	based solely on the value of the contract to which the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider is attached as of the date we make the determination; and
(3)	is otherwise based on the company’s understanding and interpretation of the requirements for life expectancy distributions intended to satisfy the required minimum distribution rules under Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, as applicable on the effective date of this prospectus, to:

1.	an individual retirement annuity (Section 408(b));
2.	a Roth individual retirement account (Section 408A);
3.	a Simplified Employee Pension plan (Section 408(k));
4.	a tax-sheltered annuity rollover (Section 403(b)).

We reserve the right to modify our administrative practice described above and will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change.

In the future, the requirements under the Code for such distributions may change and the life expectancy amount calculation provided under your Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider may not be sufficient to satisfy the requirements under the Code for these types of distributions. In such a situation, amounts withdrawn to satisfy such distribution requirements will exceed your available RBP or RALP amount and may result in the reduction of your GBA, RBA, and/or ALP as described under the excess withdrawal provision of the rider.

In cases where the Code does not allow the life expectancy of a natural person to be used to calculate the required minimum distribution amount (e.g., ownership by a trust or a charity), we will calculate the life expectancy RMD amount calculated by us as zero in all years. The life expectancy required minimum distribution amount calculated by us will also equal zero in all years.

• Treatment of non-spousal distributions: Unless you are married your beneficiary will be required to take distributions as a non-spouse which may result in significantly decreasing the value of the rider. Please note civil unions and domestic partnerships generally are not recognized as marriages for federal tax purposes. For additional information see “Taxes — Other — Spousal status” section of this prospectus.

• Limitations on Tax-Sheltered Annuities (TSAs): Your right to take withdrawals is restricted if your contract is a TSA (see “TSA — Special Provisions”).

For an example, see “Examples of Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life” below.

Key terms and provisions of the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider are described below:

Partial Withdrawals: A withdrawal of an amount that does not result in a full withdrawal of the contract. The partial withdrawal amount is a gross amount and will include any surrender charge and any market value adjustment.

Waiting period: The period of time starting on the rider effective date during which the annual step up is not available if you take withdrawals. The current waiting period is three years.

Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA): The total cumulative amount available for partial withdrawals over the life of the rider under the basic withdrawal benefit. The maximum GBA is $5,000,000. The GBA cannot be withdrawn and is not payable as a death benefit. Rather, the GBA is an interim value used to calculate the amount available for withdrawals each year under the basic withdrawal benefit (see “Guaranteed Benefit Payment” below). At any time, the total GBA is the sum of the individual GBAs associated with each purchase payment.

134    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The GBA is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At contract issue — the GBA is equal to the initial purchase payment.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own GBA equal to the amount of the purchase payment.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When an individual RBA is reduced to zero — the GBA that is associated with that RBA will also be set to zero.

• When you make a partial withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up — Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the GBA associated with each purchase payment will be reset to the amount of that purchase payment. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first partial withdrawal is made.

• When you make a partial withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the total RBP — the GBA remains unchanged. If there have been multiple purchase payments, both the total GBA and each payment’s GBA remain unchanged.
(b)	is greater than the total RBP— GBA excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the GBA. If the partial withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing is applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

GBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The total GBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the total GBA immediately prior to the withdrawal; or (b) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s GBA after the withdrawal will be reset to equal that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal plus (a) times (b), where:

(a)	is the ratio of the total GBA after the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal to the total GBA before the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal; and
(b)	is each payment’s GBA before the withdrawal less that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal.

Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA): Each withdrawal you make reduces the amount that is guaranteed by this rider as future withdrawals. At any point in time, the RBA equals the amount of GBA that remains available for withdrawals for the remainder of the contract’s life, and total RBA is the sum of the individual RBAs associated with each purchase payment. The maximum RBA is $5,000,000.

The RBA is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At contract issue — the RBA is equal to the initial purchase payment.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own RBA initially set equal to that payment’s GBA (the amount of the purchase payment).

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When you make a partial withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up — Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the RBA associated with each purchase payment will be reset to the amount of that purchase payment. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first partial withdrawal is made.

• When you make a partial withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the total RBP — the total RBA is reduced by the amount of the withdrawal. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s RBA is reduced in proportion to its RBP.
(b)	is greater than the total RBP— RBA excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the RBA. If the partial withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing is applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

RBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The total RBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal, or (b) the total RBA immediately prior to the withdrawal, less the amount of the withdrawal.

If there have been multiple purchase payments, both the total RBA and each payment’s RBA will be reset. The total RBA will be reset according to the excess withdrawal processing described above. Each payment’s RBA will be reset in the following manner:

1.	The withdrawal amount up to the total RBP is taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its individual RBP at the time of the withdrawal; and
2.	The withdrawal amount above the total RBP and any amount determined by the excess withdrawal processing are taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its RBA at the time of the withdrawal.

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    135

Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP): At any time, the amount available for partial withdrawals in each contract year after the waiting period, until the RBA is reduced to zero, under the basic withdrawal benefit. At any point in time, each purchase payment has its own GBP, which is equal to the lesser of that payment’s RBA or 7% of that payment’s GBA, and the total GBP is the sum of the individual GBPs.

During the waiting period, the guaranteed annual withdrawal amount may be less than the GBP due to the limitations the waiting period imposes on your ability to utilize both annual step-ups and withdrawals (see “Waiting Period” heading above). The guaranteed annual withdrawal amount during the waiting period is equal to the value of the RBP at the beginning of the contract year.

The GBP is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At contract issue — the GBP is established as 7% of the GBA value.

• At each contract anniversary — each payment’s GBP is reset to the lesser of that payment’s RBA or 7% of that payment’s GBA value.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own GBP equal to 7% of the purchase payment amount.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When an individual RBA is reduced to zero — the GBP associated with that RBA will also be reset to zero.

• When you make a partial withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up— Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the GBA and the RBA associated with each purchase payment will be reset to the amount of that purchase payment. Each payment’s GBP will be reset to 7% of that purchase payment. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first partial withdrawal is made.

• When you make a partial withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the total RBP — the GBP remains unchanged.
(b)	is greater than the total RBP — each payment’s GBP is reset to the lesser of that payment’s RBA or 7% of that payment’s GBA value, based on the RBA and GBA after the withdrawal. If the partial withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing is applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

Remaining Benefit Payment (RBP): The amount available for partial withdrawals for the remainder of the contract year under the basic withdrawal benefit. At any point in time, the total RBP is the sum of the RBPs for each purchase payment. During the waiting period, when the guaranteed amount maybe less than the GBP, the value of the RBP at the beginning of the contract year will be that amount that is actually guaranteed each contract year.

The RBP is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At the beginning of each contract year during the waiting period and prior to any withdrawal — the RBP for each purchase payment is set equal to that purchase payment multiplied by 7%.

• At the beginning of any other contract year — the RBP for each purchase payment is set equal to that purchase payment’s GBP.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own RBP equal to that payment’s GBP.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• At spousal continuation — (see “Spousal Option to Continue the Contract” heading below).

• When an individual RBA is reduced to zero — the RBP associated with that RBA will also be reset to zero.

• When you make any partial withdrawal — the total RBP is reset to equal the total RBP immediately prior to the partial withdrawal less the amount of the partial withdrawal, but not less than zero. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s RBP is reduced proportionately.If you withdraw an amount greater than the RBP, GBA excess withdrawal processing and RBA excess withdrawal processing are applied and the amount available for future partial withdrawals for the remainder of the contract’s life may be reduced by more than the amount of withdrawal. When determining if a withdrawal will result in the excess withdrawal processing, the applicable RBP will not yet reflect the amount of the current withdrawal.

Covered Person: The person whose life is used to determine when the ALP is established, and the duration of the ALP payments. The covered person is the oldest contract owner or annuitant. The covered person may change during the contract’s life if there is a spousal continuation or a change of contract ownership. If the covered person changes, we recompute the benefits guaranteed by the rider, based on the life of the new covered person, which may reduce the amount of the lifetime withdrawal benefit.

136    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA): The covered person’s age after which time the lifetime benefit can be established. Currently, the lifetime benefit can be established on the later of the contract effective date or the contract anniversary date on/following the date the covered person reaches age 65.

Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP): Once established, the ALP at any time is the amount available for withdrawals in each contract year after the waiting period until the later of death (see “At Death” heading below), or the RBA is reduced to zero, under the lifetime withdrawal benefit. The maximum ALP is $300,000. Prior to establishment of the ALP, the lifetime withdrawal benefit is not in effect and the ALP is zero.

During the waiting period, the guaranteed annual lifetime withdrawal amount may be less than the ALP due to the limitations the waiting period imposes on your ability to utilize both annual step-ups and withdrawals (see “Waiting Period” heading above). The guaranteed annual lifetime withdrawal amount during the waiting period is equal to the value of the RALP at the beginning of the contract year.

The ALP is determined at the following times:

• The later of the contract effective date or the contract anniversary date on/following the date the covered person reaches age 65— the ALP is established as 6% of the total RBA.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment increases the ALP by 6% of the amount of the purchase payment.

• At step ups — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• At contract ownership change — (see “Spousal Option to Continue the Contract” and “Contract Ownership Change” headings below).

• When you make a partial withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up — Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the ALP will be reset to equal total purchase payments multiplied by 6%. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first partial withdrawal is made.

• When you make a partial withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the RALP — the ALP remains unchanged.
(b)	is greater than the RALP —ALP excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the ALP. Please note that if the partial withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing are applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

ALP Excess Withdrawal Processing

The ALP is reset to the lesser of the ALP immediately prior to the withdrawal, or 6% of the contract value immediately following the withdrawal.

Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (RALP): The amount available for partial withdrawals for the remainder of the contract year under the lifetime withdrawal benefit. During the waiting period, when the guaranteed annual withdrawal amount may be less than the ALP, the value of the RALP at the beginning of the contract year will be the amount that is actually guaranteed each contract year. Prior to establishment of the ALP, the lifetime withdrawal benefit is not in effect and the RALP is zero.

The RALP is determined at the following times:

• The later of the contract effective date or the contract anniversary date following the date the covered person reaches age 65, and:

(a)	During the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals — the RALP is established equal to 6% of purchase payments.
(b)	At any other time — the RALP is established equal to the ALP.

• At the beginning of each contract year during the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals — the RALP is set equal to the total purchase payments, multiplied by 6%.

• At the beginning of any other contract year — the RALP is set equal to ALP.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment increases the RALP by 6% of the amount of the purchase payment.

• At step ups — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When you make any partial withdrawal — the RALP equals the RALP immediately prior to the partial withdrawal less the amount of the partial withdrawal, but not less than zero.If you withdraw an amount greater than the RALP, ALP excess withdrawal processing is applied and the amount available for future partial withdrawals for the remainder of the contract’s life may be reduced by more than the amount of withdrawal. When determining if a withdrawal will result in excess withdrawal processing, the applicable RALP will not yet reflect the amount of the current withdrawal.

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    137

Step Up Date: The date any step up becomes effective, and depends on the type of step up being applied (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

Annual Step Up: Beginning with the first contract anniversary, an increase of the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP, and/or RALP values may be available. A step up does not create contract value, guarantee the performance of any investment option, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn or paid upon death. Rather, a step up determines the current values of the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP, and RALP, and may extend the payment period or increase the allowable payment.

The annual step up is subject to the following rules:

• The annual step up is available when the RBA or, if established, the ALP, would increase on the step up date.

• Only one step up is allowed each contract year.

• If you take any withdrawals during the waiting period, any previously applied step ups will be reversed and the annual step up will not be available until the end of the waiting period.

• If the application of the step up does not increase the rider charge, the annual step up will be automatically applied to your contract, and the step up date is the contract anniversary date.

• If the application of the step up would increase the rider charge, the annual step up is not automatically applied. Instead, you have the option to step up for 30 days after the contract anniversary. If you exercise the elective annual step up option, you will pay the rider charge in effect on the step up date. If you wish to exercise the elective annual step up option, we must receive a request from you or your investment professional. The step up date is the date we receive your request to step up. If your request is received after the close of business, the step up date will be the next valuation day.

• The ALP and RALP are not eligible for step ups until they are established. Prior to being established, the ALP and RALP values are both zero.

• Please note it is possible for the ALP and RALP to step up even if the RBA or GBA do not step up, and it is also possible for the RBA and GBA to step up even if the ALP or RALP do not step up.

The annual step up resets the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP values as follows:

• The total RBA will be reset to the greater of the total RBA immediately prior to the step up date or the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The total GBA will be reset to the greater of the total GBA immediately prior to the step up date or the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The total GBP will be reset using the calculation as described above based on the increased GBA and RBA.

• The total RBP will be reset as follows:

(a)	During the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals, the RBP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	At any other time, the RBP will be reset as the increased GBP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but never less than zero.

• The ALP will be reset to the greater of the ALP immediately prior to the step up date or 6% of the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The RALP will be reset as follows:

(a)	During the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals, the RALP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	At any other time, the RALP will be reset as the increased ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

Spousal Option to Continue the Contract: If a surviving spouse elects to continue the contract, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider also continues. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate. When the spouse elects to continue the contract, any remaining waiting period is cancelled; the covered person will be re-determined and is the covered person referred to below; and the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP values are affected as follows:

• The GBA, RBA, and GBP values remain unchanged.

• The RBP is automatically reset to the GBP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

• If the ALP has not yet been established and the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the date of continuation — the ALP will be established on the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65 as the lesser of the RBA or the contract anniversary value, multiplied by 6%. The RALP will be established on the same date equal to the ALP.

138    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• If the ALP has not yet been established but the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the date of continuation — the ALP will be established on the date of continuation as the lesser of the RBA or the contract value, multiplied by 6%. The RALP will be established on the same date in an amount equal to the ALP less all prior partial withdrawals made in the current contract year, but will never be less than zero.

• If the ALP has been established but the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the date of continuation — the ALP and RALP will be automatically reset to zero for the period of time beginning with the date of continuation and ending with the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65. At the end of this time period, the ALP will be reset to the lesser of the RBA or the anniversary contract value, multiplied by 6%, and the RALP will be reset to equal the ALP.

• If the ALP has been established and the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the date of continuation — the ALP will be automatically reset to the lesser of the current ALP or 6% of the contract value on the date of continuation. The RALP will be reset to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

Please note that the lifetime withdrawal benefit amount may be reduced as a result of the spousal continuation.

Spousal Continuation Step Up: If a surviving spouse elects to continue the contract, another elective step up option becomes available. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate. To exercise the step up, the spouse or the spouse’s investment professional must submit a request within 30 days of the date of continuation. The step up date is the date we receive the spouse’s request to step up. If the request is received after the close of business, the step up date will be the next valuation day. The GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP will be reset in the same fashion as the annual step up.

The spousal continuation step up is subject to the following rules:

• If the spousal continuation step up option is exercised and we have increased the charge for the rider, the spouse will pay the charge that is in effect on the step up date.

It is our current administrative practice to process the spousal continuation step up as described in the next paragraph; however, we reserve the right to discontinue our administrative practice and will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change.

At the time of spousal continuation, a step-up may be available. All annual step-up rules (see “Annual Step-Up” heading above), other than those that apply to the waiting period, also apply to the spousal continuation step-up. If the spousal continuation step-up is processed automatically, the step-up date is the valuation date spousal continuation is effective. If not, the spouse must elect the step up and must do so within 30 days of the spousal continuation date. If the spouse elects the spousal continuation step up, the step-up date is the valuation date we receive the spouse’s written request to step-up if we receive the request by the close of business on that day, otherwise the next valuation date.

If Contract Value Reduces to Zero: If the contract value reduces to zero and the total RBA remains greater than zero, you will be paid in the following scenarios:

1) The ALP has not yet been established and the contract value is reduced to zero for any reason other than full withdrawal of the contract. In this scenario, you can choose to:

(a)	receive the remaining schedule of GBPs until the RBA equals zero; or
(b)	wait until the rider anniversary on/following the date the covered person reaches age 65, and then receive the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the covered person, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero.

We will notify you of this option. If no election is made, the ALP will be paid.

2) The ALP has been established and the contract value reduces to zero as a result of fees or charges, or a withdrawal that is less than or equal to both the RBP and the RALP. In this scenario, you can choose to receive:

(a)	the remaining schedule of GBPs until the RBA equals zero; or
(b)	the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the covered person, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero. We will notify you of this option. If no election is made, the ALP will be paid.

3)	The ALP has been established and the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RALP but less than or equal to the RBP. In this scenario, the remaining schedule of GBPs will be paid until the RBA equals zero.
4)	The ALP has been established and the contract value falls to zero as a result of a partial withdrawal that is greater than the RBP but less than or equal to the RALP. In this scenario, the ALP will be paid annually until the death of the covered person.

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    139

Under any of these scenarios:

• The annualized amounts will be paid to you in the frequency you elect. You may elect a frequency offered by us at the time payments begin. Available payment frequencies will be no less frequent than annually;

• We will no longer accept additional purchase payments;

• You will no longer be charged for the rider;

• Any attached death benefit riders will terminate; and

• The death benefit becomes the remaining payments, if any, until the RBA is reduced to zero.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider and the contract will terminate under either of the following two scenarios:

• If the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than both the RALP and the RBP. This is full withdrawal of the contract.

• If the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RALP but less than or equal to the RBP, and the total RBA is reduced to zero.

At Death: If the contract value is greater than zero when the death benefit becomes payable, the beneficiary may elect to take the death benefit as a lump sum under the terms of the contract (see “Benefits in Case of Death”) or the annuity payout option (see “Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Payout Option” heading below).

If the contract value equals zero and the death benefit becomes payable, the following will occur:

• If the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the GBP each year, the GBP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person dies and the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person is still alive and the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the later of the death of the covered person or the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person is still alive and the RBA equals zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the death of the covered person.

• If the covered person dies and the RBA equals zero, the benefit terminates. No further payments will be made.

Contract Ownership Change: If the contract changes ownership (see “Changing Ownership”), the covered person will be redetermined and is the covered person referred to below. The GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP values will remain unchanged. The ALP and RALP will be reset as follows. Our current administrative practice is to only reset the ALP and RALP if the covered person changes due to the ownership change.

• If the ALP has not yet been established and the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the ownership change date— the ALP and the RALP will be established on the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65. The ALP will be set equal to the lesser of the RBA or the anniversary contract value, multiplied by 6%. If the anniversary date occurs during the waiting period and prior to a withdrawal, the RALP will be set to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments multiplied by 6%. If the anniversary date occurs at any other time, the RALP will be set to the ALP.

• If the ALP has not yet been established but the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the ownership change date — the ALP and the RALP will be established on the ownership change date. The ALP will be set equal to the lesser of the RBA or the contract value, multiplied by 6%. If the ownership change date occurs during the waiting period and prior to a withdrawal, the RALP will be set equal to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments multiplied by 6%. If the ownership change date occurs at any other time, the RALP will be set equal to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year but not less than zero.

• If the ALP has been established but the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the ownership change date— the ALP and the RALP will be reset to zero for the period of time beginning with the ownership change date and ending with the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65. At the end of this time period, the ALP will be reset to the lesser of the RBA or the anniversary contract value, multiplied by 6%. If the time period ends during the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals, the RALP will be reset to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments multiplied by 6%. If the time period ends at any other time, the RALP will be reset to the ALP.

• If the ALP has been established and the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the ownership change date — the ALP and the RALP will be reset on the ownership change date. The ALP will be reset to the lesser of the current ALP or 6% of the contract value. If the ownership change date occurs during the waiting period and prior to a withdrawal, the RALP will be reset to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments multiplied by 6%. If the ownership change date occurs at any other time, the RALP will be reset to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year but not less than zero.

140    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Please note that the lifetime withdrawal benefit amount may be reduced as a result of the ownership change.

Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Payout Option: Several annuity payout plans are available under the contract. As an alternative to these annuity payout plans, a fixed annuity payout option is available under the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider.

Under this option the amount payable each year will be equal to the remaining schedule of GBPs, but the total amount paid over the life of the annuity will not exceed the current total RBA at the time you begin this fixed annuity payout option. These annualized amounts will be paid in the frequency that you elect. The frequencies will be among those offered by us at that time but will be no less frequent than annually. If, at the death of the owner, total payouts have been made for less than the RBA, the remaining payouts will be paid to the beneficiary (see “The Annuity Payout Period” and “Taxes”).

This option may not be available if the contract is issued to qualify under Section 403 or 408 of the Code, as amended. For such contracts, this option will be available only if the guaranteed payment period is less than the life expectancy of the owner at the time the option becomes effective. Such life expectancy will be computed under the mortality table we then use to determine current life annuity purchase rates under the contract to which this rider is attached.

This annuity payout option may also be elected by the beneficiary of a contract as a settlement option if payments begin no later than one year after your death and the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy.

Whenever multiple beneficiaries are designated under the contract, each such beneficiary’s share of the proceeds if they elect this option will be in proportion to their applicable designated beneficiary percentage. Beneficiaries of nonqualified contracts may elect this settlement option subject to the distribution requirements of the contract. We reserve the right to adjust the future schedule of GBPs if necessary to comply with the Code.

Rider Termination

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider cannot be terminated either by you or us except as follows:

1.	Annuity payouts under an annuity payout plan will terminate the rider.
2.	Termination of the contract for any reason will terminate the rider.

Examples of the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life

Example #1: Covered person has not reached age 65 at the time the contract and rider are purchased.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000.

• You are the sole owner and also the annuitant. You are age 60.

• You make no additional payments to the contract.

• Automatic annual step-ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the RBA and/or 6% of the contract value is greater than the ALP. Applied annual step-ups are indicated inbold.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	Basic Withdrawal Benefit				Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit
				GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
At Issue	$100,000	$N/A	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	$7,000	$7,000	$N/A	$N/A
0.5	0	7,000	92,000	100,000	93,000	7,000	0	N/A	N/A
1	0	0	91,000	100,000	93,000	7,000	7,000	N/A	N/A
1.5	0	7,000	83,000	100,000	86,000	7,000	0	N/A	N/A
2	0	0	81,000	100,000	86,000	7,000	7,000	N/A	N/A
5	0	0	75,000	100,000	86,000	7,000	7,000	5,160(1)	5,160(1)
5.5	0	5,160	70,000	100,000	80,840	7,000	1,840	5,160	0
6	0	0	69,000	100,000	80,840	7,000	7,000	5,160	5,160
6.5	0	7,000	62,000	100,000	73,840	7,000	0	3,720(2)	0
7	0	0	70,000	100,000	73,840	7,000	7,000	4,200	4,200
7.5	0	10,000	51,000	51,000(3)	51,000(3)	3,570	0	3,060(3)	0
8	0	0	55,000	55,000	55,000	3,850	3,850	3,300	3,300

At this point, assuming no additional activity (step ups, excess withdrawals, purchase payments, spousal continuation or contract ownership change), you can continue to withdraw up to either the GBP of $3,850 each year until the RBA is reduced to zero, or the ALP of $3,300 each year until the later of your death or the RBA is reduced to zero.

⁽¹⁾ The ALP and RALP are established on the contract anniversary date following the date the covered person reaches age 65.

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    141

(2)

The $7,000 withdrawal is greater than the $5,160 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the ALP, resetting the ALP to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.

(3)

The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than both the $7,000 RBP allowed under the basic withdrawal benefit and the $4,200 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the GBA, RBA, and ALP. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.

Example #2: Covered person has reached 65 at the time the contract and rider are purchased.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000.

• You are the sole owner and also the annuitant. You are age 65.

• You make no additional payments to the contract.

• Automatic annual step-ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the RBA and/or 6% of the contract value is greater than the ALP. Applied annual step-ups are indicated in bold.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	Basic Withdrawal Benefit				Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit
				GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
At Issue	$100,000	$N/A	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	$7,000	$7,000	$6,000	$6,000
1	0	0	105,000	105,000	105,000	7,350	7,000(1)	6,300	6,000(1)
2	0	0	110,000	110,000	110,000	7,700	7,000(1)	6,600	6,000(1)
3	0	0	110,000	110,000	110,000	7,700	7,700(2)	6,600	6,600(2)
3.5	0	6,600	110,000	110,000	103,400	7,700	1,100	6,600	0
4	0	0	115,000	115,000	115,000	8,050	8,050	6,900	6,900
4.5	0	8,050	116,000	115,000	106,950	8,050	0	6,900(3)	0
5	0	0	120,000	120,000	120,000	8,400	8,400	7,200	7,200
5.5	0	10,000	122,000	120,000(4)	110,000(4)	8,400	0	7,200(4)	0
6	0	0	125,000	125,000	125,000	8,750	8,750	7,500	7,500

At this point, assuming no additional activity (step ups, excess withdrawals, purchase payments, spousal continuation or contract ownership change), you can continue to withdraw up to either the GBP of $8,750 each year until the RBA is reduced to zero, or the ALP of $7,500 each year until the later of your death or the RBA is reduced to zero.

(1)	The annual step-up has not been applied to the RBP or RALP because any withdrawal after step up during the waiting period would reverse any prior step ups prior to determining if the withdrawal is excess. Therefore, during the waiting period, the RBP is the amount you can withdraw without incurring the GBA and RBA excess withdrawal processing, and the RALP is the amount you can withdraw without incurring the ALP excess withdrawal processing.
(2)	On the third anniversary (after the end of the waiting period), the RBP and RALP are set equal to the GBP and ALP, respectively.
(3)	The $8,050 withdrawal is greater than the $6,900 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the ALP, resetting the ALP to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.
(4)	The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than both the $8,400 RBP allowed under the basic withdrawal benefit and the $7,200 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the GBA, RBA, and ALP. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.

142    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix J: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider Disclosure

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider

We have offered two versions of the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit that have been referred to in previous disclosure as Rider A and Rider B. The description of the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit in this section applies to both Rider A and Rider B, unless noted otherwise. Rider B is no longer available for purchase.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit is an optional benefit that was offered for an additional annual charge if⁽¹⁾:

Rider A

• your contract application was signed on or after April 30, 2005 in those states where theSecureSource rider and/or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider are/were not available;

• you and the annuitant were 79 or younger on the date the contract was issued.

Rider B

•	your contract application was signed prior to April 29, 2005;
•	the rider was available in your state; and
•	you and the annuitant were 79 or younger on the date the contract was issued.
(1)	The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit is not available under an inherited qualified annuity.

You must elect the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider when you purchase your contract (original rider). The original rider you receive at contract issue offers an elective annual step-up and any withdrawal after a step up during the first three years is considered an excess withdrawal, as described below. The rider effective date of the original rider is the contract issue date.

We will offer you the option of replacing the original rider with a new Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit (enhanced rider), if available in your state. The enhanced rider offers an automatic annual step-up and a withdrawal after a step up during the first three years is not necessarily an excess withdrawal, as described below. The effective date of the enhanced rider will be the contract issue date except for the automatic step-up which will apply to contract anniversaries that occur after you accept the enhanced rider. The descriptions below apply to both the original and enhanced riders unless otherwise noted.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit initially provides a guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit that gives you the right to take limited partial withdrawals in each contract year that over time will total an amount equal to your purchase payments. Certain withdrawals and step ups, as described below, can cause the initial guaranteed withdrawal benefit to change. The guarantee remains in effect if your partial withdrawals in a contract year do not exceed the allowed amount. As long as your withdrawals in each contract year do not exceed the allowed amount, you will not be assessed a surrender charge. Under the original rider, the allowed amount is the Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP — the amount you may withdraw under the terms of the rider in each contract year, subject to certain restrictions prior to the third contract anniversary, as described below). Under the enhanced rider, the allowed amount is equal to 7% of purchase payments for the first three years, and the GBP in all other years.

If you withdraw an amount greater than the allowed amount in a contract year, we call this an “excess withdrawal” under the rider. If you make an excess withdrawal under the rider:

• surrender charges, if applicable, will apply only to the amount of the withdrawal that exceeds the allowed amount;

• the guaranteed benefit amount will be adjusted as described below; and

• the remaining benefit amount will be adjusted as described below.

For a partial withdrawal that is subject to a surrender charge, the amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable surrender charge (see “Charges —Surrender Charge”). Market value adjustments, if applicable, will also be made (see “Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs) — Market Value Adjustment”). We pay you the amount you request. Any partial withdrawals you take under the contract will reduce the value of the death benefits (see “Benefits in Case of Death”). Upon full withdrawal of the contract, you will receive the remaining contract value less any applicable charges (see “Surrenders”).

Once elected, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider may not be cancelled and the fee will continue to be deducted until the contract is terminated, the contract value reduces to zero (described below) or annuitization start date. If you select the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, you may not select an Income Assurer Benefit rider or the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. If you exercise the annual step up election (see “Elective Step Up” and “Annual Step Up” below), the special spousal continuation step up election (see “Spousal Continuation and Special Spousal Continuation Step Up” below) or change your Portfolio Navigator model portfolio, the rider charge may change (see “Charges”).

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    143

You should consider whether the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit is appropriate for you because:

You will begin paying the rider charge as of the rider effective date, even if you do not begin taking withdrawals for many years. It is possible that your contract performance, fees and charges, and withdrawal pattern may be such that your contract value will not be depleted in your lifetime and you will not receive any monetary value under the rider.

• Investment Allocation Restrictions:You must elect one of the approved investment options for contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2006 with this rider (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer funds”). These funds are expected to reduce our financial risks and expenses associated with certain living benefits and death benefits. Although the funds’ investment strategies may help mitigate declines in your contract value due to declining equity markets, the funds’ investment strategies may also curb your contract value gains during periods of positive performance by the equity markets. Additionally, investment in the funds may decrease the number and amount of any benefit base increase opportunities. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds: Volatility and Volatility Management Risk with the Portfolio Stabilizer funds” section.) We reserve the right to add, remove, or substitute approved investment options in the future. If you selected this Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider before May 1, 2006, you must participate in the asset allocation program (see “Appendix I: Asset Allocation Program for Contracts With Applications Signed Before May 1, 2006”), however, you may elect to participate in the Portfolio Navigator program after May 1, 2006. This requirement limits your choice of investment options. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, GPAs or the one-year fixed account that are available under the contract to contract owners who do not elect this rider. You may allocate purchase payments to the DCA fixed account, when available, and we will make monthly transfers into the investment option you have chosen.

• Limitations on Purchase Payments: We reserve the right to limit the cumulative amount of purchase payments, subject to state restrictions, which may limit your ability to make additional purchase payments to increase your contract value as you may have originally intended. For current purchase payment restrictions, please see “Buying Your Contract — Purchase Payments”.

• Interaction with the Total Free Amount (FA) contract provision: The FA is the amount you are allowed to withdraw in each contract year without incurring a surrender charge (see “Charges — Surrender Charge”). The FA may be greater than GBP under this rider. Any amount you withdraw under the contract’s FA provision that exceeds the GBP is subject to the excess withdrawal processing for the GBA and RBA described below.

• Rider A — Limitations on Purchase of Other Riders under this Contract: If you select the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, you may not elect the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider.

• Non-Cancelable: Once elected, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider may not be cancelled and the fee will continue to be deducted until the contract is terminated, the contract value reduces to zero (described below) or after the annuitization start date.

You should consult your tax advisor if you have any questions about the use of this rider in your tax situation:

• Tax Considerations for Non-Qualified Annuities: Under current federal income tax law, withdrawals under nonqualified annuities, including partial withdrawals taken from the contract under the terms of this rider, are treated less favorably than amounts received as annuity payments under the contract (see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities”). Withdrawals are taxable to the extent of earnings. Withdrawals before age 59½ may also incur a 10% IRS early withdrawal penalty.

• Tax Considerations for Qualified Annuities: Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). If you have a qualified annuity, you may need to take an RMD. If you make a withdrawal in any contract year to satisfy an RMD, this may constitute an excess withdrawal, as defined below, and the excess withdrawal processing described below will apply. Under the terms of the enhanced rider, we allow you to satisfy the RMD based on the life expectancy RMD for your contract and the requirements of the Code and regulations in effect when you purchase your contract, without the withdrawal being treated as an excess withdrawal. It is our current administrative practice to make the same accommodation under the original rider, however, we reserve the right to discontinue our administrative practice and will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change.

For owners subject to RMD rules under Section 401(a)(9), our current administrative practice under both the original and the enhanced riders is to allow amounts you withdraw to satisfy these rules without applying excess withdrawal processing under terms of the rider, subject to the following rules:

(1)	If your Annual Life Expectancy Required Minimum Distribution Amount (ALERMDA) is greater than the RBP from the beginning of the current contract year, an Additional Benefit Amount (ABA) will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the RBP.
(2)	Any withdrawals taken in a contract year will count first against and reduce the RBP for that contract year.
(3)	Once the RBP for the current contract year has been depleted, any additional amounts withdrawn will count against and reduce any ABA. These withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals as long as they do not exceed the remaining ABA.

144    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

(4) Once the ABA has been depleted, any additional withdrawal amounts will be considered excess withdrawals and will initiate the excess withdrawal processing described in the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider.

The Annual Life Expectancy Required Minimum Distribution Amount (ALERMDA) is:

(1)	determined by us each calendar year;
(2)	based solely on the value of the contract to which the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider is attached as of the date we make the determination; and
(3)	based on the company’s understanding and interpretation of the requirements for life expectancy distributions intended to satisfy the required minimum distribution rules under Section 401(a)(9) and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, as applicable, on the effective date of this prospectus to:

1.	an individual retirement annuity (Section 408(b));
2.	a Roth individual retirement account (Section 408A);
3.	a Simplified Employee Pension plan (Section 408(k));
4.	a tax-sheltered annuity rollover (Section 403(b)).

We reserve the right to modify our administrative practice described above and will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change.

In the future, the requirements under the Code for such distributions may change and the life expectancy amount calculation provided under your Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider may not be sufficient to satisfy the requirements under the Code for these types of distributions. In such a situation, amounts withdrawn to satisfy such distribution requirements will exceed your RBP amount and may result in the reduction of your GBA and RBA as described under the excess withdrawal provision of the rider.

Please note that RMD rules follow the calendar year which most likely does not coincide with your contract year and therefore may limit when you can take your RMD and not be subject to excess withdrawal processing.

In cases where the Code does not allow the life expectancy of a natural person to be used to calculate the required minimum distribution amount (e.g. ownership by a trust or a charity), we will calculate the life expectancy RMD amount calculated by us as zero in all years. The life expectancy required minimum distribution amount calculated by us will also equal zero in all years.

• Treatment of non-spousal distributions: Unless you are married your beneficiary will be required to take distributions as a non-spouse which may result in significantly decreasing the value of the rider. Please note civil unions and domestic partnerships generally are not recognized as marriages for federal tax purposes. For additional information see “Taxes — Other — Spousal status” section of this prospectus.

• Limitations on Tax-Sheltered Annuities (TSAs):Your right to take withdrawals is restricted if your contract is a TSA (see “TSA — Special Provisions”). You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of this rider in your tax situation;

The terms “Guaranteed Benefit Amount” and “Remaining Benefit Amount” are described below. Each is used in the operation of the GBP, the RBP, the elective step up, the annual step up, the special spousal continuation step up and the Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Payout Option.

Guaranteed Benefit Amount

The Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA) is equal to the initial purchase payment, , adjusted for subsequent purchase payments, any purchase payment credits, partial withdrawals in excess of the GBP, and step ups. The maximum GBA is $5,000,000.

The GBA is determined at the following times:

• At contract issue — the GBA is equal to the initial purchase payment;

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own GBA equal to the amount of the purchase payment. The total GBA when an additional purchase payment are added is the sum of the individual GBAs immediately prior to the receipt of the additional purchase payment, plus the GBA associated with the additional purchase payment;

• At step up — (see “Elective Step Up” and “Annual Step Up” headings below).

• When you make a partial withdrawal:

(a) and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are less than or equal to the GBP — the GBA remains unchanged. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the GBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    145

(b)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are greater than the GBP —the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the GBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the GBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups:
(c)	under the original rider in a contract year after a step up but before the third contract anniversary —the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the GBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the GBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups:

GBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The total GBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the total GBA immediately prior to the withdrawal; or (b) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s GBA after the withdrawal will be reset to equal that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal plus (a) times (b), where:

(a)	is the ratio of the total GBA after the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal to the total GBA before the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal; and
(b)	is each payment’s GBA before the withdrawal less that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal.

Remaining Benefit Amount

The remaining benefit amount (RBA) at any point is the total guaranteed amount available for future partial withdrawals. The maximum RBA is $5,000,000.

The RBA is determined at the following times:

• At contract issue — the RBA is equal to the initial purchase payment;

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own RBA equal to the amount of the purchase payment. The total RBA when an additional purchase payment are added is the sum of the individual RBAs immediately prior to the receipt of the additional purchase payment, plus the RBA associated with the additional payment;

• At step up — (see “Elective Step Up” and “Annual Step Up” headings below).

• When you make a partial withdrawal:

(a)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are less than or equal to the GBP — the RBA becomes the RBA immediately prior to the partial withdrawal, less the partial withdrawal. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the RBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;
(b)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are greater than the GBP —the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the RBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the RBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;
(c)	under the original rider after a step up but before the third contract anniversary —the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the RBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the RBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;

RBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The RBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal, or (b) the RBA immediately prior to the withdrawal, less the amount of the withdrawal.

If there have been multiple purchase payments, any reduction of the RBA will be taken out of each payment’s RBA in the following manner:

The withdrawal amount up to the remaining benefit payment (defined below) is taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its remaining benefit payment at the time of the withdrawal; and the withdrawal amount above the remaining benefit payment and any amount determined by the excess withdrawal processing are taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its RBA at the time of the withdrawal.

Guaranteed Benefit Payment

Under the original rider, the GBP is the amount you may withdraw under the terms of the rider in each contract year, subject to certain restrictions prior to the third anniversary.

Under the enhanced rider, the GBP is the withdrawal amount that you are entitled to take each contract year after the third anniversary until the RBA is depleted.

Rider A: Under the original rider, the GBP is equal to 7% of the GBA. Under the enhanced rider, the GBP is the lesser of (a) 7% of the GBA, or (b) the RBA. Under both the original and enhanced riders, if you withdraw less than the GBP in a contract year, there is no carry over to the next contract year.

146    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Rider B: Under both the original and enhanced riders, the GBP is the lesser of (a) 7% of the GBA; or (b) the RBA. If you withdraw less than the GBP in a contract year, there is no carry over to the next contract year.

Remaining Benefit Payment

Under the original rider, at the beginning of each contract year, the remaining benefit payment (RBP) is set as the lesser of (a) the GBP, or (b) the RBA.

Under the enhanced rider, at the beginning of each contract year, during the first three years and prior to any withdrawal, the RBP for each purchase payment is set equal to that purchase payment, multiplied by 7%. At the beginning of any other contract year, each individual RBP is set equal to each individual GBP.

Each additional purchase payment has its own RBP established equal to that payment’s GBP. The total RBP is equal to the sum of the individual RBPs.

Whenever a partial withdrawal is made, the RBP equals the RBP immediately prior to the partial withdrawal less the amount of the partial withdrawal, but not less than zero.

Elective Step Up (under the original rider only)

You have the option to increase the RBA, the GBA, the GBP and the RBP beginning with the first contract anniversary. An annual elective step up option is available for 30 days after the contract anniversary. The elective step up option allows you to step up the remaining benefit amount and guaranteed benefit amount to the contract value on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

The elective step up is subject to the following rules:

• if you do not take any withdrawals during the first three years, you may step up annually beginning with the first contract anniversary;

• if you take any withdrawals during the first three years, the annual elective step up will not be available until the third contract anniversary;

• if you step up but then take a withdrawal prior to the third contract anniversary, you will lose any prior step ups and the withdrawal will be considered an excess withdrawal subject to the GBA and RBA excess withdrawal processing discussed under the “Guaranteed Benefit Amount” and “Remaining Benefit Amount” headings above; and

• you may take withdrawals on or after the third contract anniversary without reversal of previous step ups.

You may elect a step up only once each contract year within 30 days after the contract anniversary. Once a step up has been elected, another step up may not be elected until the next contract anniversary.

Rider A: You may only step up if your contract value on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up is greater than the RBA. The elective step up will be determined as follows:

• The effective date of the elective step up is the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

• The RBA will be increased to an amount equal to the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

• The GBA will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBA immediately prior to the elective step up; or (b) the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

• The GBP will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBP immediately prior to the elective step up; or (b) 7% of the GBA after the elective step up.

• The RBP will be increased to the lesser of (a) the RBA after the elective step up; or (b) the GBP after the elective step up less any withdrawals made during that contract year.

Rider B: You may only step up if your contract anniversary value is greater than the RBA. The elective step up will be determined as follows:

• The effective date of the elective step up is the contract anniversary.

• The RBA will be increased to an amount equal to the contract anniversary value (after charges are deducted).

• The GBA will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBA immediately prior to the elective step up; or (b) the contract anniversary value (after charges are deducted).

• The GBP will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBP immediately prior to the elective step up; or (b) 7% of the GBA after the elective step up.

• The RBP will be increased to the lesser of (a) the RBA after the elective step up; or (b) the GBP after the elective step up.

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    147

Annual Step Up (under the enhanced rider only)

Beginning with the first contract anniversary after you accept the enhanced rider, an increase of the RBA, the GBA, the GBP and the RBP may be available. A step up does not create contract value, guarantee performance of any investment options, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn or paid upon death. Rather, a step up determines the current values of the GBA, RBA, GBP and RBP, and may extend the payment period or increase allowable payment.

• The annual step up is subject to the following rules:

• The annual step up is available when the RBA would increase on the step up date. The applicable step up date depends on whether the annual step up is applied on an automatic or elective basis.

• If the application of the step does not increase the rider charge, the annual step up will be automatically applied to your contract and the step up date is the contract anniversary date.

• If the application of the step up would increase the rider charge, the annual step up is not automatically applied. Instead, you have the option to step up for 30 days after the contract anniversary. If you exercise the elective annual step up option, you will pay the rider charge in effect on the step up date. If you wish to exercise the elective annual step up option, we must receive a request from you or your investment professional. The step up date is the date we receive your request to step up. If your request is received after the close of business, the step up date will be the next valuation day.

• Only one step up is allowed each contract year.

• If you take any withdrawals during the first three years, any previously applied step ups will be reversed and the annual step up will not be available until the third contract anniversary;

• You may take withdrawals on or after the third contract anniversary without reversal of previous step ups.

The annual step up will be determined as follows:

• The RBA will be increased to an amount equal to the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The GBA will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBA immediately prior to the annual step up; or (b) the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The GBP will be calculated as described earlier, but based on the increased GBA and RBA.

• The RBP will be reset as follows:

(a)	Prior to any withdrawals during the first three years, the RBP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	At any other time, the RBP will be reset as the increased GBP less all prior withdrawals made during the current contract year, but never less than zero.

Spousal Continuation and Special Spousal Continuation Step Up

If a surviving spouse elects to continue the contract, this rider also continues. The spousal continuation step up is in addition to the elective step up or the annual step up. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate. When a spouse elects to continue the contract, any rider feature processing particular to the first three years of the contract as described in this prospectus no longer applies. The GBA, RBA and GBP values remain unchanged. The RBP is automatically reset to the GBP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

Rider A: A surviving spouse may elect a spousal continuation step up by written request within 30 days following the spouse’s election to continue the contract. This step up may be made even if withdrawals have been taken under the contract during the first three years. Under this step up, the RBA will be reset to the greater of the RBA or the contract value on the valuation date we receive the spouse’s written request to step up; the GBA will be reset to the greater of the GBA or the contract value on the same valuation date. If a spousal continuation step up is elected and we have increased the charge for the rider for new contract owners, the spouse will pay the charge that is in effect on the valuation date we receive the written request to step up.

It is our current administrative practice to process the spousal continuation step up as described in the next paragraph; however, we reserve the right to discontinue our administrative practice and will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change.

At the time of spousal continuation, a step-up may be available. All annual step-up rules (see “Annual Step-Up” heading above), other than those that apply to the waiting period, also apply to the spousal continuation step-up. If the spousal continuation step-up is processed automatically, the step-up date is the valuation date spousal continuation is effective. If not, the spouse must elect the step up and must do so within 30 days of the spousal continuation date. If the spouse elects the spousal continuation step up, the step-up date is the valuation date we receive the spouse’s written request to step-up if we receive the request by the close of business on that day, otherwise the next valuation date.

148    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Rider B: A spousal continuation step up occurs automatically when the spouse elects to continue the contract. The rider charge will not change upon this automatic step up. Under this step up, the RBA will be reset to the greater of the RBA on the valuation date we receive the spouse’s written request to continue the contract and the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid; the GBA will be reset to the greater of the GBA on the valuation date we receive the spouse’ written request to continue the contract and the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid.

Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Payout Option

Several annuity payout plans are available under the contract. As an alternative to these annuity payout plans, a fixed annuity payout option is available under the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit. Under this option the amount payable each year will be equal to the remaining schedule of GBPs, but the total amount paid over the life of the annuity will not exceed the current total RBA at the time you begin this fixed annuity option. These annualized amounts will be paid in the frequency that you elect. The frequencies will be among those offered by us at that time but will be no less frequent than annually. If, at the death of the owner, total payments have been made for less than the RBA, the remaining payments will be paid to the beneficiary (see “The Annuity Payout Period” and “Taxes”).

This annuity payout option may also be elected by the beneficiary of a contract as a settlement option if payments begin no later than one year after your death and the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy. Whenever multiple beneficiaries are designated under the contract, each such beneficiary’s share of the proceeds if they elect this option will be in proportion to their applicable designated beneficiary percentage. Beneficiaries of nonqualified contracts may elect this settlement option subject to the distribution requirements of the contract. We reserve the right to adjust the remaining schedule of GBPs if necessary to comply with the Code.

If Contract Value Reduces to Zero

If the contract value reduces to zero and the RBA remains greater than zero, the following will occur:

• you will be paid according to the annuity payout option described above;

• we will no longer accept additional purchase payments;

• you will no longer be charged for the rider;

• any attached death benefit riders will terminate; and

• the death benefit becomes the remaining payments under the annuity payout option described above.

If the contract value falls to zero and the RBA is depleted, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider and the contract will terminate.

Example of the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit (applies to Rider A and Rider B)

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000.

The Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA) equals your purchase payment:		$100,000
The Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP) equals 7% of your GBA:
	0.07 × $100,000=	$7,000
The Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA) equals your purchase payment:		$100,000
On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. You decide to step up your benefit.
The RBA equals 100% of your contract value:		$110,000
The GBA equals 100% of your contract value:		$110,000
The GBP equals 7% of your stepped-up GBA:
	0.07 × $110,000=	$7,700
During the fourth contract year you decide to take a partial withdrawal of $7,700.
You took a partial withdrawal equal to your GBP, so your RBA equals the prior RBA less the amount of the partial withdrawal:
	$110,000 – $7,700=	$102,300
The GBA equals the GBA immediately prior to the partial withdrawal:		$110,000
The GBP equals 7% of your GBA:
	0.07 × $110,000=	$7,700
On the fourth contract anniversary you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000.
The new RBA for the contract is equal to your prior RBA plus 100% of the additional purchase payment:
	$102,300+$50,000=	$152,300
The new GBA for the contract is equal to your prior GBA plus 100% of the additional purchase payment:
	$110,000+$50,000=	$160,000

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    149

The new GBP for the contract is equal to your prior GBP plus 7% of the additional purchase payment:
	$7,700+$3,500=		$11,200
On the fifth contract anniversary your contract value grows to $200,000. You decide to step up your benefit.
The RBA equals 100% of your contract value:			$200,000
The GBA equals 100% of your contract value:			$200,000
The GBP equals 7% of your stepped-up GBA:
	0.07 × $200,000=		$14,000
During the seventh contract year your contract value grows to $230,000. You decide to take a partial withdrawal of $20,000. You took more than your GBP of $14,000 so your RBA gets reset to the lesser of:
	(1)	your contract value immediately following the partial withdrawal;
	$230,000 – $20,000=		$210,000
	(2)	your prior RBA less the amount of the partial withdrawal.
	$200,000 – $20,000=		$180,000
Reset RBA = lesser of (1) or (2) =			$180,000
The GBA gets reset to the lesser of:
	(1)	your prior GBA;	$200,000
	(2)	your contract value immediately following the partial withdrawal;
	$230,000 – $20,000=		$210,000
Reset GBA = lesser of (1) or (2) =			$200,000
The Reset GBP is equal to 7% of your Reset GBA:
	0.07 × $200,000=		$14,000
During the eighth contract year your contract value falls to $175,000. You decide to take a partial withdrawal of $25,000. You took more than your GBP of $14,000 so your RBA gets reset to the lesser of:
	(1)	your contract value immediately following the partial withdrawal;
	$175,000 – $25,000=		$150,000
	(2)	your prior RBA less the amount of the partial withdrawal.
	$180,000 – $25,000=		$155,000
Reset RBA = lesser of (1) or (2) =			$150,000
The GBA gets reset to the lesser of:
	(1)	your prior GBA;	$200,000
	(2)	your contract value immediately following the partial withdrawal;
	$175,000 – $25,000=		$150,000
Reset GBA = lesser of (1) or (2) =			$150,000
The Reset GBP is equal to 7% of your Reset GBA:
	0.07 × $150,000=		$10,500

150    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix K: Income Assurer Benefit Riders

The following three optional Income Assurer Benefit riders were available under your contract if you your contract application was signed prior to May 1, 2007. These riders are no longer available for purchase.

• Income Assurer Benefit – MAV;

• Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base; or

• Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base.

The Income Assurer Benefit riders are intended to provide you with a guaranteed minimum income regardless of the volatility inherent in the investments in the subaccounts. The riders benchmark the contract growth at each anniversary against several comparison values and set the guaranteed income benefit base (described below) equal to the largest value. The guaranteed income benefit base, less any applicable premium tax, is the value we apply to the guaranteed annuity purchase rates stated in Table B of the contract to calculate the minimum annuity payouts you will receive if you exercise the rider. If the guaranteed income benefit base is greater than the contract value, the guaranteed income benefit base may provide a higher annuity payout level than is otherwise available. However, the riders use guaranteed annuity purchase rates which may result in annuity payouts that are less than those using the annuity purchase rates that we may apply at annuitization under the standard contract provisions. Therefore, the level of income provided by the riders may be less than the contract otherwise provides. If the annuity payouts through the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available through the riders, you will receive the higher standard payout option. The guaranteed income benefit base does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

The general information in this section applies to each Income Assurer Benefit rider. This section is followed by a description of each specific Income Assurer Benefit rider and how it is calculated.

You should consider whether an Income Assurer Benefit rider is appropriate for you because:

•	you must participate in the PN program if you purchase a contract on or after May 1, 2006 with this rider (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program”). If you selected this rider before May 1, 2006, you must participate in the asset allocation program (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Asset Allocation Program”), however, you may elect to participate in the Portfolio Navigator program after May 1, 2006. The PN program and the asset allocation program limit your choice of investments. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, GPAs or the one-year fixed account that are available under the contract to other contract owners who do not elect this rider.
•	if you are purchasing the contract as a qualified annuity, such as an IRA, and you are planning to begin annuity payouts after the date on which minimum distributions required by the Code must begin, you should consider whether an Income Assurer Benefit is appropriate for you (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Partial withdrawals you take from the contract, including those used to satisfy RMDs, will reduce the guaranteed income benefit base (defined below), which in turn may reduce or eliminate the amount of any annuity payouts available under the rider. Consult a tax advisor before you purchase any Income Assurer Benefit rider with a qualified annuity;
•	you must hold the Income Assurer Benefit for 10 years unless you elect to terminate the rider within 30 days following the first anniversary after the effective date of the rider;
•	the 10-year waiting period may be restarted if you elect to change the PN program investment option to one that causes the rider charge to increase (see “Charges — Income Assurer Benefit”);
•	the Income Assurer Benefit rider terminates* 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday; and
•	you can only exercise the Income Assurer Benefit within 30 days after a contract anniversary following the expiration of the 10-year waiting period.
*	The rider and annual fee terminate 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday, however, if you exercise the Income Assurer Benefit rider before this time, your benefits will continue according to the annuity payout plan you have selected.

If the Income Assurer Benefit rider is available in your state and the annuitant is 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose this optional benefit at the time you purchase your contract for an additional charge. The amount of the charge is determined by the Income Assurer Benefit you select (see “Charges — Income Assurer Benefit Rider Fee”). The effective date of the rider will be the contract issue date. The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit and the Accumulation Protector Benefit riders are not available with any Income Assurer Benefit rider. If the annuitant is between age 73 and age 75 at contract issue, you should consider whether an Income Assurer Benefit rider is appropriate for your situation because of the 10-year waiting period requirement. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether an Income Assurer Benefit rider is appropriate for your situation.

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    151

Here are some general terms that are used to describe the Income Assurer Benefit riders in the sections below:

Guaranteed Income Benefit Base: The guaranteed income benefit base is the value that will be used to determine minimum annuity payouts when the rider is exercised. It is an amount we calculate, depending on the Income Assurer Benefit rider you choose, that establishes a benefit floor. When the benefit floor amount is greater than the contract value, there may be a higher annuitization payout than if you annuitized your contract without the Income Assurer Benefit. Your annuitization payout will never be less than that provided by your contract value.

Excluded Investment Options: These investment options are listed in your contract under contract data and will include the Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund and, if available under your contract, the GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account. Excluded investment options are not used in the calculation of this riders’ variable account floor for the Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base and the Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base.

Excluded Payments: These are purchase payments and any purchase payment credits paid in the last five years before exercise of the benefit which we reserve the right to exclude from the calculation of the guaranteed income benefit base.

Proportionate Adjustments for Partial Withdrawals: These are calculated as the product of (a) times (b) where:

(a)	is the ratio of the amount of the partial withdrawal (including any surrender charges or MVA) to the contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal, and
(b)	is the benefit on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.

Protected Investment Options: All investment options available under this contract that are not defined as excluded investment options under contract data are known as protected investment options for purposes of this rider and are used in the calculation of the variable account floor for the Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base and the Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base.

Waiting Period: This rider can only be exercised after the expiration of a 10-year waiting period. We reserve the right to restart the waiting period if you elect to change your PN program investment option to one that causes the rider charge to increase.

The following are general provisions that apply to each Income Assurer Benefit:

Exercising the Rider

Rider exercise conditions are:

• you may only exercise the Income Assurer Benefit rider within 30 days after any contract anniversary following the expiration of the waiting period;

• the annuitant on the annuitization start date must be between 50 to 86 years old; and

• you can only take an annuity payment in one of the following annuity payout plans:

Plan A	—	Life Annuity – No Refund;
Plan B	—	Life Annuity with Ten or Twenty Years Certain;
Plan D	—	Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund;
	—	Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity with Twenty Years Certain; or
Plan E	—	Twenty Years Certain.

After the expiration of the waiting period, the Income Assurer Benefit rider guarantees a minimum amount of fixed annuity lifetime income during annuitization or the option of variable annuity payouts with a guaranteed minimum initial payout or a combination of the two options.

If your contract value falls to zero as the result of adverse market performance or the deduction of fees and/or charges at any time, the contract and all its riders, including this rider, will terminate without value and no benefits will be paid on account of such termination.Exception: if you are still living, and the annuitant is between 50 and 86 years old, an amount equal to the guaranteed income benefit base will be paid to you under the annuity payout plan and frequency that you select, based upon the fixed or variable annuity payouts described above. The guaranteed income benefit base will be calculated and annuitization will occur at the following times.

• If the contract value falls to zero during the waiting period, the guaranteed income benefit base will be calculated and annuitization will occur on the valuation date after the expiration of the waiting period, or when the annuitant attains age 50 if later.

• If the contract value falls to zero after the waiting period, the guaranteed income benefit base will be calculated and annuitization will occur immediately, or when the annuitant attains age 50 if later.

152    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Fixed annuity payouts under this rider will occur at the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” with 100% Projection Scale G and a 2.0% interest rate for contracts purchased on or after May 1, 2006 and if available in your state.⁽¹⁾ These are the same rates used in Table B of the contract (see “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Tables.”) Your annuity payouts remain fixed for the lifetime of the annuity payout period.

First year variable annuity payouts are calculated in the same manner as fixed annuity payouts. Once calculated, your variable annuity payouts remain unchanged for the first year. After the first year, subsequent annuity payouts are variable and depend on the performance of the subaccounts you select. Variable annuity payouts after the first year are calculated using the following formula:

Pt-1(1 + i)	=	Pt
1.05

Pt-1	=	prior annuity payout
Pt	=	current annuity payout
i	=	annualized subaccount performance

Each subsequent variable annuity payout could be more or less than the previous variable annuity payout if the subaccount investment performance is greater or less than the 5% assumed investment rate. If your subaccount performance equals 5%, your variable annuity payout will be unchanged from the previous variable annuity payout. If your subaccount performance is in excess of 5%, your variable annuity payout will increase from the previous variable annuity payout. If your subaccount investment performance is less than 5%, your variable annuity payout will decrease from the previous variable annuity payout.

⁽¹⁾ For all other contracts, the guaranteed annuity purchase rates are based on the “1983 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” with 100% Projection Scale G and a 2.0% interest rate.

Terminating the Rider

Rider termination conditions are:

•	you may terminate the rider within 30 days following the first anniversary after the effective date of the rider;
•	you may terminate the rider any time after the expiration of the waiting period;
•	the rider will terminate on the date you make a full surrender from the contract, or annuitization begins, or on the date that a death benefit is payable; and
•	the rider will terminate* 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday.
*	The rider and annual fee terminate 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday, however, if you exercise the Income Assurer Benefit rider before this time, your benefits will continue according to the annuity payout plan you have selected.

You may select one of the Income Assurer Benefit riders described below:

Income Assurer Benefit – MAV

The guaranteed income benefit base for the Income Assurer Benefit – MAV is the greater of these three values:

1.	contract value; or
2.	the total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits made to the contract minus proportionate adjustments for partial surrenders; or
3.	the maximum anniversary value.

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV) — is zero prior to the first contract anniversary after the effective date of the rider. On the first contract anniversary after the effective date of the rider, we set the MAV as the greater of these two values:

(a)	current contract value; or
(b)	total payments and any purchase payment credits made to the contract minus proportionate adjustments for partial surrenders.

Thereafter, we increase the MAV by any additional purchase payments and any purchase payment credits and reduce the MAV by proportionate adjustments for partial surrenders. Every contract anniversary after that prior to the earlier of your or the annuitant’s 81st birthday, we compare the MAV to the current contract value and we reset the MAV to the higher amount.

If we exercise our right to not reflect excluded payments in the calculation of the guaranteed income benefit base, we will calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as the greatest of these three values:

1.	contract value less the market value adjusted excluded payments; or
2.	total purchase payments, less excluded payments, less proportionate adjustments for partial surrenders; or

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    153

3. the MAV, less market value adjusted excluded payments.

Market Value Adjusted Excluded Payments are calculated as the sum of each excluded purchase payment and any purchase payment credit multiplied by the ratio of the current contract value over the estimated contract value on the anniversary prior to such purchase payment. The estimated contract value at such anniversary is calculated by assuming that payments, any credits, and partial surrenders occurring in a contract year take place at the beginning of the year for that anniversary and every year after that to the current contract year.

Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base

The guaranteed income benefit base for the Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base is the greater of these three values:

1.	contract value; or
2.	the total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits made to the contract minus proportionate adjustments for partial surrenders; or
3.	the 5% variable account floor.

5% Variable Account Floor – is equal to the contract value in the excluded investment options plus the variable account floor. The Income Assurer Benefit 5% variable account floor is calculated differently and is not the same value as the death benefit 5% variable account floor.

The variable account floor is zero from the effective date of this rider and until the first contract anniversary after the effective date of this rider. On the first contract anniversary after the effective date of this rider the variable account floor is:

• the total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits made to the protected investment options minus adjusted partial surrenders and transfers from the protected investment options; plus

• an amount equal to 5% of your initial purchase payment and any purchase payment credit allocated to the protected investment options.

On any day after the first contract anniversary following the effective date of this rider, when you allocate additional purchase payments to or withdraw or transfer amounts from the protected investment options, we adjust the variable account floor by adding the additional purchase payment and any purchase payment credit and subtracting adjusted surrenders and adjusted transfers. On each subsequent contract anniversary after the first anniversary of the effective date of this rider, prior to the earlier of your or the annuitant’s 81st birthday, we increase the variable account floor by adding the amount (“roll-up amount”) equal to 5% of the prior contract anniversary’s variable account floor.

The amount of purchase payment and any purchase payment credits surrendered from or transferred between the excluded investment options and the protected investment options is calculated as (a) times (b) where:

(a)	is the amount of purchase payment and any purchase payment credits in the investment options being surrendered or transferred on the date of but prior to the current surrender or transfer; and
(b)	is the ratio of the amount of the transfer or surrender to the value in the investment options being withdrawn or transferred on the date of (but prior to) the current surrender or transfer.

The roll-up amount prior to the first anniversary is zero. Also, the roll-up amount on every anniversary after the earlier of your or the annuitant’s 81st birthday is zero.

Adjusted surrenders and adjusted transfers for the variable account floor are equal to the amount of the surrender or transfer from the protected investment options as long as the sum of the surrenders and transfers from the protected investment options in a contract year do not exceed the roll-up amount from the prior contract anniversary.

If the current surrender or transfer from the protected investment options plus the sum of all prior surrenders and transfers made from the protected investment options in the current policy year exceeds the roll-up amount from the prior contract anniversary we will calculate the adjusted surrender or adjusted transfer for the variable account floor as the result of (a) plus [(b) times (c)] where:

(a)	is the roll-up amount from the prior contract anniversary less the sum of any surrenders and transfers made from the protected investment options in the current policy year but prior to the current surrender or transfer. However, (a) can not be less than zero; and
(b)	is the variable account floor on the date of (but prior to) the current surrender or transfer from the protected investment options less the value from (a); and
(c)	is the ratio of [the amount of the current surrender (including any surrender charges or MVA) or transfer from the protected investment options less the value from (a)] to [the total in the protected investment options on the date of (but prior to) the current surrender or transfer from the protected investment options less the value from (a)].

154    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If we exercise our right to not reflect excluded payments in the calculation of the guaranteed income benefit base, we will calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as the greatest of these three values:

1.	contract value less the market value adjusted excluded payments (described above); or
2.	total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits, less excluded payments, less proportionate adjustments for partial surrenders; or
3.	the 5% variable account floor, less 5% adjusted excluded payments.

5% Adjusted Excluded Payments are calculated as the sum of each excluded payment and any credit accumulated at 5% for the number of full contract years they have been in the contract.

Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base

The guaranteed income benefit base for the Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base is the greater of these four values:

1.	the contract value;
2.	the total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits made to the contract minus proportionate adjustments for partial surrenders;
3.	the MAV (described above); or
4.	the 5% variable account floor (described above).

If we exercise our right to not reflect excluded payments in the calculation of the guaranteed income benefit base, we will calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as the greatest of:

1.	contract value less the market value adjusted excluded payments (described above);
2.	total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits, less excluded payments, less proportionate adjustments for partial surrenders;
3.	the MAV, less market value adjusted excluded payments (described above); or
4.	the 5% variable account floor, less 5% adjusted excluded payments (described above).

Examples of the Income Assurer Benefit Riders

The purpose of these examples is to illustrate the operation of the Income Assurer Benefit Riders. The examples compare payouts available under the contract’s standard annuity payout provisions with annuity payouts available under the riders based on the same set of assumptions.The contract values shown are hypothetical and do not represent past or future performance. Actual contract values may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a number of factors, including but not limited to the investment experience of the subaccounts (referred to in the riders as “protected investment options”) and the fees and charges that apply to your contract.

For each of the riders, we provide two annuity payout plan comparisons based on the hypothetical contract values we have assumed. The first comparison assumes that you select annuity payout Plan B, Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain. The second comparison assumes that you select annuity payout Plan D, Joint and Last Survivor Annuity – No Refund.

Remember that the riders require you to participate in the PN program. The riders are intended to offer protection against market volatility in the subaccounts (protected investment options). Some PN program investment options include protected investment options and excluded investment options (Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund, and if available under the contract, GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account).
Excluded Investment Options are not included in calculating the 5% variable account floor under the Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base rider and the Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base riders. Because the examples which follow are based on hypothetical contract values, they do not factor in differences in PN program investment options.

Assumptions:

You purchase the contract during the 2006 calendar year with a payment of $100,000; and

• you invest all contract value in the subaccounts (protected investment options); and

• you make no additional purchase payments, partial surrenders or changes in PN program investment option; and

• the annuitant is male and age 55 at contract issue; and

• the joint annuitant is female and age 55 at contract issue.

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    155

Example — Income Assurer Benefit – MAV

Based on the above assumptions and taking into account fluctuations in contract value due to market conditions, we calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as:

Contract Anniversary	Assumed Contract Value	Purchase Payments	Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV)(1)	Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – MAV(2)
1	$ 108,000	$100,000	$ 108,000	$ 108,000
2	125,000	none	125,000	125,000
3	132,000	none	132,000	132,000
4	150,000	none	150,000	150,000
5	85,000	none	150,000	150,000
6	121,000	none	150,000	150,000
7	139,000	none	150,000	150,000
8	153,000	none	153,000	153,000
9	140,000	none	153,000	153,000
10	174,000	none	174,000	174,000
11	141,000	none	174,000	174,000
12	148,000	none	174,000	174,000
13	208,000	none	208,000	208,000
14	198,000	none	208,000	208,000
15	203,000	none	208,000	208,000

(1)	The MAV is limited after age 81, but the guaranteed income benefit base may increase if the contract value increases.
(2)	The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – MAV is a calculated number, not an amount that can be withdrawn. The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – MAV does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions			IAB – MAV Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	IAB – MAV Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)
10	$ 174,000	$ 772.56	$ 774.30	$ 174,000	$ 772.56	$ 774.30
11	141,000	641.55	642.96	174,000	791.70	793.44
12	148,000	691.16	692.64	174,000	812.58	814.32
13	208,000	996.32	998.40	208,000	996.32	998.40
14	198,000	974.16	976.14	208,000	1,023.36	1,025.44
15	203,000	1,025.15	1,027.18	208,000	1,050.40	1,052.48

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

156    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions			IAB – MAV Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	IAB – MAV Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)
10	$ 174,000	$ 629.88	$ 622.92	$ 174,000	$ 629.88	$ 622.92
11	141,000	521.70	516.06	174,000	643.80	636.84
12	148,000	559.44	553.52	174,000	657.72	650.76
13	208,000	807.04	796.64	208,000	807.04	796.64
14	198,000	786.06	778.14	208,000	825.76	817.44
15	203,000	826.21	818.09	208,000	846.56	838.24

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

NOTE: In the above examples, if you elected to begin receiving annuity payouts within 30 days after the 10th or the 13th contract anniversary, you would not benefit from the rider because the monthly annuity payout in these examples is the same as under the standard provisions of the contract. Because the examples are based on assumed contract values, not actual investment results, you should not conclude from the examples that the riders will provide higher payments more frequently than the standard provisions of the contract.

Example — Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base

Based on the above assumptions and taking into account fluctuations in contract value due to market conditions, we calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as:

Contract Anniversary	Assumed Contract Value	Purchase Payments	5% Accumulation Benefit Base(1)	Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base(2)
1	$ 108,000	$100,000	$ 105,000	$ 108,000
2	125,000	none	110,250	125,000
3	132,000	none	115,763	132,000
4	150,000	none	121,551	150,000
5	85,000	none	127,628	127,628
6	121,000	none	134,010	134,010
7	139,000	none	140,710	140,710
8	153,000	none	147,746	153,000
9	140,000	none	155,133	155,133
10	174,000	none	162,889	174,000
11	141,000	none	171,034	171,034
12	148,000	none	179,586	179,586
13	208,000	none	188,565	208,000
14	198,000	none	197,993	198,000
15	203,000	none	207,893	207,893

(1)	The 5% Accumulation Benefit Base value is limited after age 81, but the guaranteed income benefit base may increase if the contract value increases.
(2)	The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base is a calculated number, not an amount that can be withdrawn. The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    157

Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions			IAB – 5% RF Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	IAB – 5% RF Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)
10	$ 174,000	$ 772.56	$ 774.30	$ 174,000	$ 772.56	$ 774.30
11	141,000	641.55	642.96	171,034	778.20	779.91
12	148,000	691.16	692.64	179,586	838.66	840.46
13	208,000	996.32	998.40	208,000	996.32	998.40
14	198,000	974.16	976.14	198,000	974.16	976.14
15	203,000	1,025.15	1,027.18	207,893	1,049.86	1,051.94

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the sale for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions				IAB – 5% RF Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	IAB – 5% RF Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)
10	$ 174,000	$ 629.88	$ 622.92	$ 174,000	$ 629.88	$ 622.92
11	141,000	521.70	516.06	171,034	632.83	625.98
12	148,000	559.44	553.52	179,586	678.83	671.65
13	208,000	807.04	796.64	208,000	807.04	796.64
14	198,000	786.06	778.14	198,000	786.06	778.14
15	203,000	826.21	818.09	207,893	846.12	837.81

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

NOTE: In the above examples, if you elected to begin receiving annuity payouts within 30 days after the 10th, 13th or the 14th contract anniversary, you would not benefit from the rider because the monthly annuity payout in these examples is the same as under the standard provisions of the contract. Because the examples are based on assumed contract values, not actual investment results, you should not conclude from the examples that the riders will provide higher payments more frequently than the standard provisions of the contract.

158    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Example — Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base

Based on the above assumptions and taking into account fluctuations in contract value due to market conditions, we calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as:

Contract Anniversary	Assumed Contract Value	Purchase Payments	Maximum Anniversary Value(1)	5% Accumulation Benefit Base(1)	Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base(2)
1	$ 108,000	$100,000	$ 108,000	$ 105,000	$ 108,000
2	125,000	none	125,000	110,250	125,000
3	132,000	none	132,000	115,763	132,000
4	150,000	none	150,000	121,551	150,000
5	85,000	none	150,000	127,628	150,000
6	121,000	none	150,000	134,010	150,000
7	139,000	none	150,000	140,710	150,000
8	153,000	none	153,000	147,746	153,000
9	140,000	none	153,000	155,133	155,133
10	174,000	none	174,000	162,889	174,000
11	141,000	none	174,000	171,034	174,000
12	148,000	none	174,000	179,586	179,586
13	208,000	none	208,000	188,565	208,000
14	198,000	none	208,000	197,993	208,000
15	203,000	none	208,000	207,893	208,000

(1)	The MAV and 5% Accumulation Benefit Base are limited after age 81, but the guaranteed income benefit base may increase if the contract value increases.
(2)	The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base is a calculated number, not an amount that can be withdrawn. The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions			IAB – Max Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	IAB – Max Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)
10	$ 174,000	$ 772.56	$ 774.30	$ 174,000	$ 772.56	$ 774.30
11	141,000	641.55	642.96	174,000	791.70	793.44
12	148,000	691.16	692.64	179,586	838.66	840.46
13	208,000	996.32	998.40	208,000	996.32	998.40
14	198,000	974.16	976.14	208,000	1,023.36	1,025.44
15	203,000	1,025.15	1,027.18	208,000	1,050.40	1,052.48

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    159

Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions			IAB – Max Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	IAB – Max Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)
10	$ 174,000	$ 629.88	$ 622.92	$ 174,000	$ 629.88	$ 622.92
11	141,000	521.70	516.06	174,000	643.80	636.84
12	148,000	559.44	553.52	179,586	678.83	671.65
13	208,000	807.04	796.64	208,000	807.04	796.64
14	198,000	786.06	778.14	208,000	825.76	817.44
15	203,000	826.21	818.09	208,000	846.56	838.24

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

NOTE: In the above examples, if you elected to begin receiving annuity payouts within 30 days after the 10th or the 13th contract anniversary, you would not benefit from the rider because the monthly annuity payout in these examples is the same as under the standard provisions of the contract. Because the examples are based on assumed contract values, not actual investment results, you should not conclude from the examples that the riders will provide higher payments more frequently than the standard provisions of the contract.

160    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix L: Example — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider

Example — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider

The following example shows how the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider works based on hypothetical values. It is not intended to depict investment performance of the contract.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract (with the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider) with a payment of $100,000. No purchase payment credit applies.

• You make no additional purchase payments.

• You do not exercise the elective step-up option.

End of Contract Year	Partial Surrender (beginning of year)	MCAV Adjustment for Partial Surrender	MCAV	Initial payment Accumulation Benefit Amount	100,000 Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value
1	$ 0	$ 0	$ 100,000	$ 0	$ 112,000
2	0	0	102,400	0	128,000
3	0	0	108,000	0	135,000
4	0	0	108,000	0	125,000
5	0	0	108,000	0	110,000
6	2,000	1,964	106,036	0	122,000
7	0	0	112,000	0	140,000
8	0	0	112,000	0	121,000
9	5,000	4,628	107,372	0	98,000
10	0	0	107,372	22,372	85,000

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    161

Appendix M:SecureSource Rider Disclosure

SecureSource Rider

There are two optionalSecureSource riders available under your contract:

• SecureSource – Single Life; or

• SecureSource – Joint Life.

The information in this section applies to bothSecureSource riders, unless otherwise noted.

TheSecureSource – Single Life rider covers one person. TheSecureSource – Joint Life Rider covers two spouses jointly who are named at contract issue. You may elect only theSecureSource – Single Life rider or theSecureSource – Joint Life rider, not both, and you may not switch riders later. You must elect the rider when you purchase your contract. The rider effective date will be the contract issue date.

TheSecureSource rider is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge if:

• your contract application was signed on or after May 1, 2007; and

• Single Life:you and the annuitant are 80 or younger on the date the contract is issued; or

• Joint Life: you and your spouse are 80 or younger on the date the contract is issued.

TheSecureSource rider is not available under an inherited qualified annuity.

TheSecureSource rider guarantees (unless the rider is terminated. See “Rider Termination” heading below.) that regardless of the investment performance of your contract you will be able to withdraw up to a certain amount each year from the contract before the annuity payouts begin until:

• Single Life: you have recovered at minimum all of your purchase payments or, if later, until death (see “At Death” heading below) — even if the contract value is zero.

• Joint Life: you have recovered at minimum all of your purchase payments or, if later, until the death of the last surviving covered spouse (see “Joint Life only: Covered Spouses” and “At Death” headings below), even if the contract value is zero.

For the purpose of this rider, the term “withdrawal” has the same meaning as the term “surrender” in the contract or any other riders.

TheSecureSource rider may be appropriate for you if you intend to make periodic withdrawals from your annuity contract and wish to ensure that market performance will not adversely affect your ability to withdraw your principal over time.

Under the terms of theSecureSource rider, the calculation of the amount which can be withdrawn in each contract year varies depending on several factors, including but not limited to the waiting period (see “Waiting period” heading below) and whether or not the lifetime withdrawal benefit has become effective:

(1)	The basic withdrawal benefit gives you the right to take limited withdrawals in each contract year and guarantees that over time the withdrawals will total an amount equal to, at minimum, your purchase payments (unless the rider is terminated. See “Rider Termination” heading below). Key terms associated with the basic withdrawal benefit are “Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP)", “Remaining Benefit Payment (RBP)", “Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA)” and “Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA).” See these headings below for more information.
(2)	The lifetime withdrawal benefit gives you the right, under certain limited circumstances defined in the rider, to take limited withdrawals until the later of:
•	Single Life: death (see “At Death” heading below) or until the RBA (under the basic withdrawal benefit) is reduced to zero (unless the rider is terminated. See “Rider Termination” heading below);
•	Joint Life: death of the last surviving covered spouse (see “At Death” heading below) or until the RBA (under the basic withdrawal benefit) is reduced to zero (unless the rider is terminated. See “Rider Termination” heading below).

Key terms associated with the lifetime withdrawal benefit are “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)”, “Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (RALP)”, “Single Life only: Covered Person”, “Joint Life only: Covered Spouses” and “Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA).” See these headings below for more information.

Only the basic withdrawal benefit will be in effect prior to the date that the lifetime withdrawal benefit becomes effective. The lifetime withdrawal benefit becomes effective automatically on the rider anniversary date after the:

• Single Life: covered person reaches age 65, or the rider effective date if the covered person is age 65 or older on the rider effective date (see “Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA)” heading below);

• Joint Life: younger covered spouse reaches age 65, or the rider effective date if the younger covered spouse is age 65 or older on the rider effective date (see “Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA)” and “Annual Lifetime Payments (ALP)” headings below).

162    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Provided annuity payouts have not begun, theSecureSource rider guarantees that you may take the following withdrawal amounts each contract year:

• Before the establishment of the ALP, the rider guarantees that each year you have the option to cumulatively withdraw an amount equal to the value of the RBP at the beginning of the contract year;

• After the establishment of the ALP, the rider guarantees that each year you have the option to cumulatively withdraw an amount equal to the value of the RALP or the RBP at the beginning of the contract year, but the rider does not guarantee withdrawal of the sum of both the RALP and the RBP in a contract year.

If you withdraw less than the allowed withdrawal amount in a contract year, the unused portion cannot be carried over to the next contract year. As long as your withdrawals in each contract year do not exceed the annual withdrawal amount allowed under the rider:

• Single Life:and there has not been a contract ownership change or spousal continuation of the contract, the guaranteed amounts available for withdrawal will not decrease;

• Joint Life: the guaranteed amounts available for withdrawal will not decrease.

If you withdraw more than the allowed withdrawal amount in a contract year, we call this an “excess withdrawal” under the rider. Excess withdrawals trigger an adjustment of a benefit’s guaranteed amount, which may cause it to be reduced (see “GBA Excess Withdrawal Processing,” “RBA Excess Withdrawal Processing,” and “ALP Excess Withdrawal Processing” headings below).

Please note that basic withdrawal benefit and lifetime withdrawal benefit each has its own definition of the allowed annual withdrawal amount. Therefore a withdrawal may be considered an excess withdrawal for purposes of the lifetime withdrawal benefit only, the basic withdrawal benefit only, or both.

If your withdrawals exceed the greater of the RBP or the RALP, surrender charges under the terms of the contract may apply (see “Charges — Surrender Charges”). The amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable surrender charge. Market value adjustments, if applicable, will also be made (see “Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs) — Market Value Adjustment”). We pay you the amount you request. Any withdrawals you take under the contract will reduce the value of the death benefits (see “Benefits in Case of Death”). Upon full withdrawal of the contract, you will receive the remaining contract value less any applicable charges (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Surrenders”).

The rider’s guaranteed amounts can be increased at the specified intervals if your contract value has increased. An annual step up feature is available at each contract anniversary, subject to certain conditions, and may be applied automatically to your contract or may require you to elect the step up (see “Annual Step Up” heading below). If you exercise the annual step up election, the spousal continuation step up election (see “Spousal Continuation Step Up” heading below) or change your Portfolio Navigator model portfolio, the rider charge may change (see “Charges”).

If you take withdrawals during the waiting period, any prior steps ups applied will be reversed and step ups will not be available until the end of the waiting period. You may take withdrawals after the waiting period without reversal of prior step ups.

You should consider whether aSecureSource rider is appropriate for you because:

You will begin paying the rider charge as of the rider effective date, even if you do not begin taking withdrawals for many years. It is possible that your contract performance, fees and charges, and withdrawal pattern may be such that your contract value will not be depleted in your lifetime and you will not receive any monetary value under the rider.

• Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit Limitations: The lifetime withdrawal benefit is subject to certain limitations, including but not limited to:

(a) Single Life: Once the contract value equals zero, payments are made for as long as the oldest owner or annuitant is living (see “If Contract Value Reduces to Zero” heading below). However, if the contract value is greater than zero, the lifetime withdrawal benefit terminates at the first death of any owner or annuitant except

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    163

as otherwise provided below (see “At Death” heading below). Therefore, if there are multiple contract owners or the annuitant is not an owner, the rider may terminate or the lifetime withdrawal benefit may be reduced. This possibility may present itself when:

(i)	There are multiple contract owners — when one of the contract owners dies the benefit terminates even though other contract owners are still living (except if the contract is continued under the spousal continuation provision of the contact); or
(ii)	The owner and the annuitant are not the same persons — if the annuitant dies before the owner, the benefit terminates even though the owner is still living. This could happen, for example, when the owner is younger than the annuitant. This risk increases as the age difference between owner and annuitant increases.

Joint Life: Once the contract value equals zero, payments are made for as long as either covered spouse is living (see “If Contract Value Reduces to Zero” heading below). However, if the contract value is greater than zero, the lifetime withdrawal benefit terminates at the death of the last surviving covered spouse (see “At Death” heading below).

(b)	Excess withdrawals can reduce the ALP to zero even though the GBA, RBA, GBP and/or RBP values are greater than zero. If the both the ALP and the contract value are zero, the lifetime withdrawal benefit will terminate.
(c)	When the lifetime withdrawal benefit is first established, the initial ALP is based on

(i)	Single Life: the basic withdrawal benefit’s RBA at that time (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below), unless there has been a spousal continuation or ownership change; or
(ii)	Joint Life: the basic withdrawal benefit’s RBA at that time (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below).

Any withdrawal you take before the ALP is established reduces the RBA and therefore may result in a lower amount of lifetime withdrawals you are allowed to take.

(d) Withdrawals can reduce both the contract value and the RBA to zero prior to the establishment of the ALP. If this happens, the contract and the rider will terminate.

•

Investment Allocation Restrictions: You must be invested in one of the approved investment options. These funds are expected to reduce our financial risks and expenses associated with certain living benefits. Although the funds’ investment strategies may help mitigate declines in your contract value due to declining equity markets, the funds’ investment strategies may also curb your contract value gains during periods of positive performance by the equity markets. Additionally, investment in the funds may decrease the number and amount of any benefit base increase opportunities. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds: Volatility and Volatility Management Risk with the Portfolio Stabilizer funds” section.) We reserve the right to add, remove, or substitute approved investment options in the future. This requirement limits your choice of investments. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, GPAs or the one-year fixed account that are available under the contract to contract owners who do not elect the rider. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer funds.”) You may allocate qualifying purchase payments to the DCA fixed account, when available (see “DCA Fixed Account”), and we will make monthly transfers into the investment option you have chosen. You may make two elective investment option changes per contract year; we reserve the right to limit elective investment option changes if required to comply with the written instructions of a fund (see “Market Timing”).

The following provisions apply to contracts invested in a Portfolio Navigator fund:

• You can allocate your contract value to any available Portfolio Navigator fund during the following times: (1) prior to your first withdrawal and (2) following a benefit reset as described below but prior to any subsequent withdrawal. During these accumulation phases, you may request to change your investment option to any available investment option.

• Immediately following a withdrawal your contract value will be reallocated to the target investment option as shown in your contract if your current investment option is more aggressive than the target investment option. If you are in a static model portfolio, this reallocation will be made to the applicable fund of funds investment option. This automatic reallocation is not included in the total number of allowed model changes per contract year and will not cause your rider fee to increase. The target investment option is currently the Moderate investment option. We reserve the right to change the target investment option to an investment option that is more aggressive than the current target investment option after 30 days written notice.

• After you have taken a withdrawal and prior to any benefit reset as described below, you are in a withdrawal phase. During withdrawal phases you may request to change your investment option to the target investment option investment option that is more conservative than the target investment option without a benefit reset as described below. If you are in a withdrawal phase and you choose to allocate your contract value to an investment option that is more aggressive than the target investment option, your rider benefit will be reset as follows:

(a)	the total GBA will be reset to the lesser of its current value or the contract value; and
(b)	the total RBA will be reset to the lesser of its current value or the contract value; and

164    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

(c)	the ALP, if established, will be reset to the lesser of its current value or 6% of the contract value; and
(d)	the GBP will be recalculated as described below, based on the reset GBA and RBA; and
(e)	the RBP will be recalculated as the reset GBP less all prior withdrawals made during the current contract year, but not be less than zero; and
(f)	the RALP will be recalculated as the reset ALP less all prior withdrawals made during the current contract year, but not be less than zero.

You may request to change your investment option by written request on an authorized form or by another method agreed to by us.

•	Limitations on Purchase of Other Riders under your Contract: You may elect only theSecureSource – Single Life rider or theSecureSource – Joint Life rider. If you elect theSecureSource rider, you may not elect the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider.
•	Non-Cancelable: Once elected, theSecureSource rider may not be cancelled (except as provided under “Rider Termination” heading below) and the fee will continue to be deducted until the contract or rider is terminated or the contract value reduces to zero (described below). Dissolution of marriage does not terminate theSecureSource – Joint Life rider and will not reduce the fee we charge for this rider. The benefit under theSecureSource – Joint Life rider continues for the covered spouse who is the owner of the contract (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural ownership). The rider will terminate at the death of the contract owner (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural ownership) because the original spouse will be unable to elect the spousal continuation provision of the contract (see “Joint Life only: Covered Spouses” below).
•	Joint Life:Limitations on Contract Owners, Annuitants and Beneficiaries: Since the joint life benefit will terminate unless the surviving covered spouse continues the contract under the spousal continuation provision of the contract upon the owner’s death, only ownership arrangements that permit such continuation are allowed at rider issue. In general, the covered spouses should be joint owners, or one covered spouse should be the owner and the other covered spouse should be named as the sole primary beneficiary. You are responsible for establishing ownership arrangements that will allow for spousal continuation.
	If you select theSecureSource – Joint Life rider, please consider carefully whether or not you wish to change the beneficiary of your annuity contract. The rider will terminate if the surviving covered spouse can not utilize the spousal continuation provision of the contract when the death benefit is payable.
•	Limitations on Purchase Payments: We reserve the right to limit the cumulative amount of purchase payments (subject to state restrictions), which may limit your ability to make additional purchase payments to increase your contract value as you may have originally intended. For current purchase payment restrictions, please see “Buying Your Contract —Purchase Payments”.
•	Interaction with Total Free Amount (FA) contract provision: The FA is the amount you are allowed to withdraw from the contract in each contract year without incurring a surrender charge (see “Charges — Surrender Charge”). The FA may be greater than the RBP or RALP under this rider. Any amount you withdraw under the contract’s FA provision that exceeds the RBP or RALP is subject to the excess withdrawal processing described below for the GBA, RBA and ALP.

You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of the rider in your tax situation because:

•	Tax Considerations for Nonqualified Annuities: Under current federal income tax law, withdrawals under nonqualified annuities, including withdrawals taken from the contract under the terms of the rider, are treated less favorably than amounts received as annuity payments under the contract (see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities”). Withdrawals are taxable income to the extent of earnings. Withdrawals of earnings before age 59½ may also incur a 10% IRS early withdrawal penalty. You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of the rider in your tax situation.
•	Tax Considerations for Qualified Annuities: Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). If you have a qualified annuity, you may need to take an RMD that exceeds the specified amount of withdrawal available under the rider. Withdrawals in any contract year that exceed the guaranteed amount available for withdrawal may reduce future benefits guaranteed under the rider. While the rider permits certain excess withdrawals to be made for the purpose of satisfying RMD requirements for your contract alone without reducing future benefits guaranteed under the rider, there can be no guarantee that changes in the federal income tax law after the effective date of the rider will not require a larger RMD to be taken, in which case, future guaranteed withdrawals under the rider could be reduced. See Appendix E for additional information.
•	Treatment of non-spousal distributions: Unless you are married your beneficiary will be required to take distributions as a non-spouse which may result in significantly decreasing the value of the rider.
	Please note civil unions and domestic partnerships generally are not recognized as marriages for federal tax purposes. For additional information see “Taxes — Other — Spousal status” section of this prospectus.
•	Limitations on Tax -Sheltered Annuities (TSAs): Your right to take withdrawals is restricted if your contract is a TSA (see “TSA — Special Provisions”).

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    165

Key terms and provisions of theSecureSource rider are described below:

Withdrawal: The amount by which your contract value is reduced as a result of any withdrawal request. It may differ from the amount of your request due to any surrender charge and any market value adjustment.

Waiting period: Any period of time starting on the rider effective date during which the annual step up is not available if you take withdrawals. Currently, there is no waiting period. For contracts purchased prior to June 1, 2008, the waiting period is three years.

Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA): The total cumulative withdrawals guaranteed by the rider under the basic withdrawal benefit. The maximum GBA is $5,000,000. The GBA cannot be withdrawn and is not payable as a death benefit. It is an interim value used to calculate the amount available for withdrawals each year under the basic withdrawal benefit (see “Guaranteed Benefit Payment” below). At any time, the total GBA is the sum of the individual GBAs associated with each purchase payment.

The GBA is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At contract issue — the GBA is equal to the initial purchase payment.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own GBA equal to the amount of the purchase payment.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When an individual RBA is reduced to zero — the GBA that is associated with that RBA will also be set to zero.

• When you make a withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up — Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the GBA associated with each purchase payment will be reset to the amount of that purchase payment. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first withdrawal is made.

• When you make a withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the total RBP — the GBA remains unchanged. If there have been multiple purchase payments, both the total GBA and each payment’s GBA remain unchanged.
(b)	is greater than the total RBP —GBA excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the GBA. If the withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing is applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

GBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The total GBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the total GBA immediately prior to the withdrawal; or (b) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s GBA after the withdrawal will be reset to equal that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal plus (a) times (b), where:

(a)	is the ratio of the total GBA after the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal to the total GBA before the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal; and
(b)	is each payment’s GBA before the withdrawal less that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal.

Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA): Each withdrawal you make reduces the amount that is guaranteed by the rider as future withdrawals. At any point in time, the RBA equals the amount of GBA that remains available for withdrawals for the remainder of the contract’s life, and total RBA is the sum of the individual RBAs associated with each purchase payment. The maximum RBA is $5,000,000.

The RBA is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At contract issue — the RBA is equal to the initial purchase payment.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own RBA initially set equal to that payment’s GBA (the amount of the purchase payment).

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When you make a withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up — Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the RBA associated with each purchase payment will be reset to the amount of that purchase payment. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first withdrawal is made.

• When you make a withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the total RBP — the total RBA is reduced by the amount of the withdrawal. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s RBA is reduced in proportion to its RBP.
(b)	is greater than the total RBP —RBA excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the RBA. If the withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing is applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

166    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

RBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The total RBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal, or (b) the total RBA immediately prior to the withdrawal, less the amount of the withdrawal.

If there have been multiple purchase payments, both the total RBA and each payment’s RBA will be reset. The total RBA will be reset according to the excess withdrawal processing described above. Each payment’s RBA will be reset in the following manner:

1.	The withdrawal amount up to the total RBP is taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its individual RBP at the time of the withdrawal; and
2.	The withdrawal amount above the total RBP and any amount determined by the excess withdrawal processing are taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its RBA at the time of the withdrawal.

Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP): At any time, the amount available for withdrawal in each contract year after the waiting period, until the RBA is reduced to zero, under the basic withdrawal benefit. At any point in time, each purchase payment has its own GBP, which is equal to the lesser of that payment’s RBA or 7% of that payment’s GBA, and the total GBP is the sum of the individual GBPs.

During the waiting period, the guaranteed annual withdrawal amount may be less than the GBP due to the limitations the waiting period imposes on your ability to utilize both annual step-ups and withdrawals (see “Waiting Period” heading above). The guaranteed annual withdrawal amount during the waiting period is equal to the value of the RBP at the beginning of the contract year.

The GBP is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At contract issue — the GBP is established as 7% of the GBA value.

• At each contract anniversary — each payment’s GBP is reset to the lesser of that payment’s RBA or 7% of that payment’s GBA value.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own GBP equal to 7% of the purchase payment amount.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When an individual RBA is reduced to zero — the GBP associated with that RBA will also be reset to zero.

• When you make a withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up — Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the GBA and the RBA associated with each purchase payment will be reset to the amount of that purchase payment. Each payment’s GBP will be reset to 7% of that purchase payment. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first withdrawal is made.

• When you make a withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the total RBP — the GBP remains unchanged.
(b)	is greater than the total RBP — each payment’s GBP is reset to the lesser of that payment’s RBA or 7% of that payment’s GBA value, based on the RBA and GBA after the withdrawal. If the withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing is applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

Remaining Benefit Payment (RBP): The amount available for withdrawal for the remainder of the contract year under the basic withdrawal benefit. At any point in time, the total RBP is the sum of the RBPs for each purchase payment. During the waiting period, when the guaranteed amount may be less than the GBP, the value of the RBP at the beginning of the contract year will be that amount that is actually guaranteed each contract year.

The RBP is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At the beginning of each contract year during the waiting period and prior to any withdrawal — the RBP for each purchase payment is set equal to that purchase payment multiplied by 7%.

• At the beginning of any other contract year — the RBP for each purchase payment is set equal to that purchase payment’s GBP.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own RBP equal to that payment’s GBP.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• At spousal continuation — (see “Spousal Option to Continue the Contract” heading below).

• When an individual RBA is reduced to zero— the RBP associated with that RBA will also be reset to zero.

• When you make any withdrawal — the total RBP is reset to equal the total RBP immediately prior to the withdrawal less the amount of the withdrawal, but not less than zero. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s RBP is reduced proportionately.If you withdraw an amount greater than the RBP, GBA excess

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    167

withdrawal processing and RBA excess withdrawal processing are applied and the amount available for future withdrawals for the remainder of the contract’s life may be reduced by more than the amount of withdrawal. When determining if a withdrawal will result in the excess withdrawal processing, the applicable RBP will not yet reflect the amount of the current withdrawal.

Single Life only: Covered Person: The person whose life is used to determine when the ALP is established, and the duration of the ALP payments (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below). The covered person is the oldest contract owner or annuitant. If the owner is a nonnatural person, i.e., a trust or corporation, the covered person is the oldest annuitant. A spousal continuation or a change of contract ownership may reduce the amount of the lifetime withdrawal benefit and may change the covered person.

Joint Life only: Covered Spouses: The contract owner and his or her legally married spouse as defined under federal law, as named on the application for as long as the marriage is valid and in effect. If the contract owner is a nonnatural person (e.g., a trust), the covered spouses are the annuitant and the legally married spouse of the annuitant. The covered spouses lives are used to determine when the ALP is established, and the duration of the ALP payments (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below). The covered spouses are established on the rider effective date and cannot be changed.

Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA):

• Single Life: The covered person’s age after which time the lifetime benefit can be established. Currently, the lifetime benefit can be established on the later of the contract effective date or the contract anniversary date on/following the date the covered person reaches age 65.

• Joint Life:The age of the younger covered spouse at which time the lifetime benefit is established.

Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP): Once established, the ALP under the lifetime withdrawal benefit is at any time the amount available for withdrawals in each contract year after the waiting period until the later of:

• Single Life: death; or

• Joint Life: death of the last surviving covered spouse; or

• the RBA is reduced to zero.

The maximum ALP is $300,000. Prior to establishment of the ALP, the lifetime withdrawal benefit is not in effect and the ALP is zero.

During the waiting period, the guaranteed annual lifetime withdrawal amount may be less than the ALP due to the limitations the waiting period imposes on your ability to utilize both annual step-ups and withdrawals (see “Waiting Period” heading above). The guaranteed annual lifetime withdrawal amount during the waiting period is equal to the value of the RALP at the beginning of the contract year.

The ALP is determined at the following times:

• Single Life: The later of the contract effective date or the contract anniversary date on/following the date the covered person reaches age 65 — the ALP is established as 6% of the total RBA.

• Joint Life: The ALP is established as 6% of the total RBA on the earliest of the following dates:

(a)	the rider effective date if the younger covered spouse has already reached age 65.
(b)	the rider anniversary on/following the date the younger covered spouse reaches age 65.
(c)	upon the first death of a covered spouse, then

(1)	the date we receive written request when the death benefit is not payable and the surviving covered spouse has already reached age 65; or
(2)	the date spousal continuation is effective when the death benefit is payable and the surviving covered spouse has already reached age 65; or
(3)	the rider anniversary on/following the date the surviving covered spouse reaches age 65.

(d) Following dissolution of marriage of the covered spouses,

(1)	the date we receive written request if the remaining covered spouse who is the owner (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural ownership) has already reached age 65; or
(2)	the rider anniversary on/following the date the remaining covered spouse who is the owner (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural ownership) reaches age 65.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment increases the ALP by 6% of the amount of the purchase payment.

• At step ups — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• Single Life: At spousal continuation or contract ownership change — (see “Spousal Option to Continue the Contract” and “Contract Ownership Change” headings below).

168    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• When you make a withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up — Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the ALP will be reset to equal total purchase payments multiplied by 6%. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first withdrawal is made.

• When you make a withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the RALP — the ALP remains unchanged.
(b)	is greater than the RALP —ALP excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the ALP. If the withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing is applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

20% Rider Credit (for contracts with applications signed on or after June 1, 2008)

If you do not make a withdrawal during the first three rider years, then a 20% rider credit may increase your ALP. This credit is 20% of purchase payments received in the first 180 days that the rider is in effect and is used to establish the enhanced lifetime base. The enhanced lifetime base is an amount that may be used to increase the ALP. The 20% rider credit does not increase the basic withdrawal benefit or the contract value. Because step ups may increase your ALP, they may reduce or eliminate any benefit of the 20% rider credit.

Enhanced Lifetime Base (for contracts with applications signed on or after June 1, 2008)

The enhanced lifetime base will be established initially on the third rider anniversary. If you do not make a withdrawal during the first three rider years, then the enhanced lifetime base will be the sum of all purchase payments received during the first three rider years and the 20% rider credit. If you make a withdrawal during the first three rider years, then the 20% rider credit does not apply and the enhanced lifetime base will be established as zero and will always be zero.

The maximum enhanced lifetime base at any time is $5,000,000.

If the enhanced lifetime base is greater than zero, then it will:

• increase by the amount of any purchase payments received on or after the third rider anniversary.

• be reduced by any withdrawal in the same proportion as the withdrawal reduces the RBA and, if the withdrawal exceeds the RBP, it will then be set to the lesser of this reduced value and the contract value immediately following the withdrawal.

• be set to the lesser of its current value and the contract value, if you choose an asset allocation model that is more aggressive than the target model while you are in the withdrawal phase.

If any of the following events occur, then the enhanced lifetime base will be established as or reset to zero and will always be zero:

• The total RBA is reduced to zero.

• You selected the Single Life rider, and there is a change in the covered person, including changes due to spousal continuations and ownership changes.

The enhanced lifetime base is an amount that may be used to increase the ALP and cannot be withdrawn or annuitized.

Increase in ALP because of the Enhanced Lifetime Base (for contracts with applications signed on or after June 1, 2008)

As of the later of the third rider anniversary and the date the initial ALP is established, the ALP will be increased to equal the enhanced lifetime base multiplied by 6%, if this amount is greater than the current ALP. Thereafter, the enhanced lifetime base will always be zero.

ALP Excess Withdrawal Processing

The ALP is reset to the lesser of the ALP immediately prior to the withdrawal, or 6% of the contract value immediately following the withdrawal.

Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (RALP): The amount available for withdrawal for the remainder of the contract year under the lifetime withdrawal benefit. During the waiting period, when the guaranteed annual withdrawal amount may be less than the ALP, the value of the RALP at the beginning of the contract year will be the amount that is actually guaranteed each contract year. Prior to establishment of the ALP, the lifetime withdrawal benefit is not in effect and the RALP is zero.

The RALP is determined at the following times:

• The RALP is established at the same time as the ALP, and:

(a) During the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals— the RALP is established equal to 6% of purchase payments.

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    169

(b) At any other time — the RALP is established equal to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the contract year but not less than zero.

• At the beginning of each contract year during the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals — the RALP is set equal to the total purchase payments, multiplied by 6%.

• At the beginning of any other contract year — the RALP is set equal to ALP.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment increases the RALP by 6% of the purchase payment amount.

• At step ups — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When you make any withdrawal — the RALP equals the RALP immediately prior to the withdrawal less the amount of the withdrawal but not less than zero.If you withdraw an amount greater than the RALP, ALP excess withdrawal processing is applied and may reduce the amount available for future withdrawals. When determining if a withdrawal will result in excess withdrawal processing, the applicable RALP will not yet reflect the amount of the current withdrawal.

Required Minimum Distributions (RMD): If you are taking RMDs from your contract and your RMD calculated separately for your contract is greater than the RBP or the RALP on the most recent contract anniversary, the portion of your RMD that exceeds the RBP or RALP on the most recent rider anniversary will not be subject to excess withdrawal processing provided that the following conditions are met:

• The RMD is for your contract alone;

• The RMD is based on your recalculated life expectancy taken from the Uniform Lifetime Table under the Code; and

• The RMD amount is otherwise based on the requirements of section 401(a)(9), related Code provisions and regulations thereunder that were in effect on the effective date of the rider.

RMD rules follow the calendar year which most likely does not coincide with your contract year and therefore may limit when you can take your RMD and not be subject to excess withdrawal processing.

Withdrawal amounts greater than the RBP or RALP on the contract anniversary date that do not meet these conditions will result in excess withdrawal processing as described above. See Appendix E for additional information.

Step Up Date: The date any step up becomes effective, and depends on the type of step up being applied (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

Annual Step Up: Beginning with the first contract anniversary, an increase of the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and/or RALP values may be available. A step up does not create contract value, guarantee the performance of any investment option, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn or paid upon death. Rather, a step up determines the current values of the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP, and may extend the payment period or increase the allowable payment.

The annual step up may be available as described below, subject to the following rules:

• The annual step up is effective on the step up date.

• Only one step up is allowed each contract year.

• If you take any withdrawals during the waiting period, any previously applied step ups will be reversed and the Annual step up will not be available until the end of the waiting period.

• On any rider anniversary where the RBA or, if established, the ALP would increase and the application of the step up would not increase the rider charge, the annual step up will be automatically applied to your contract, and the step up date is the contract anniversary date.

• If the application of the step up would increase the rider charge, the annual step up is not automatically applied. Instead, you have the option to step up for 30 days after the contract anniversary as long as either the contract value is greater than the total RBA or 6% of the contract value is greater than the ALP, if established, on the step-up date. If you exercise the elective annual step up option, you will pay the rider charge in effect on the step up date. If you wish to exercise the elective annual step up option, we must receive a request from you or your investment professional. The step up date is the date we receive your request to step up. If your request is received after the close of business, the step up date will be the next valuation day. If you request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up on or after Dec. 18, 2013, the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are invested at that time (see “Optional Living benefit Charges —SecureSource Rider fee”).Before you elect a step up resulting in an increased rider fee, you should carefully consider the benefit of the contract value gains you are locking-in and the increased rider fee compared to your other options including whether it is appropriate to consider moving to a fund with a lower corresponding rider fee.

• The ALP and RALP are not eligible for step ups until they are established. Prior to being established, the ALP and RALP values are both zero.

• Please note it is possible for the ALP to step up even if the RBA or GBA do not step up, and it is also possible for the RBA and GBA to step up even if the ALP does not step up.

170    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The annual step up resets the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP values as follows:

• The total RBA will be reset to the greater of the total RBA immediately prior to the step up date or the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The total GBA will be reset to the greater of the total GBA immediately prior to the step up date or the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The total GBP will be reset using the calculation as described above based on the increased GBA and RBA.

• The total RBP will be reset as follows:

(a)	During the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals, the RBP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	At any other time, the RBP will be reset to the increased GBP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

• The ALP will be reset to the greater of the ALP immediately prior to the step up date or 6% of the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The RALP will be reset as follows:

(a)	During the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals, the RALP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	At any other time, the RALP will be reset to the increased ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

Spousal Option to Continue the Contract upon Owner’s Death (Spousal Continuation):

Single Life: If a surviving spouse elects to continue the contract and continues the contract as the new owner under the spousal continuation provision of the contract, theSecureSource – Single Life rider also continues. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate. When the spouse elects to continue the contract, any remaining waiting period is cancelled and any waiting period limitations on withdrawals and step-ups terminate; if the covered person changes due to spousal continuation the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP values are affected as follows:

• The GBA, RBA and GBP values remain unchanged.

• The RBP is automatically reset to the GBP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

• If the ALP has not yet been established and the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the date of continuation — the ALP will be established on the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65 as the lesser of the RBA or the contract anniversary value, multiplied by 6%. The RALP will be established on the same date equal to the ALP.

• If the ALP has not yet been established but the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the date of continuation — the ALP will be established on the date of continuation as the lesser of the RBA or the contract value, multiplied by 6%. The RALP will be established on the same date in an amount equal to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

• If the ALP has been established but the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the date of continuation — the ALP and RALP will be automatically reset to zero for the period of time beginning with the date of continuation and ending with the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65. At the end of this time period, the ALP will be reset to the lesser of the RBA or the anniversary contract value, multiplied by 6%, and the RALP will be reset to the ALP.

• If the ALP has been established and the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the date of continuation— the ALP will be automatically reset to the lesser of the current ALP or 6% of the contract value on the date of continuation. The RALP will be reset to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

Please note that the lifetime withdrawal benefit amount may be reduced as a result of the spousal continuation.

Joint Life: If a surviving spouse is a covered spouse and elects the spousal continuation provision of the contract as the new owner, theSecureSource – Joint Life rider also continues. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate. When the spouse elects to continue the contract, any remaining waiting period is cancelled and any waiting period limitations on withdrawals and step-ups terminate. The surviving covered spouse can name a new beneficiary, however, a new covered spouse cannot be added to the rider.

Spousal Continuation Step Up: At the time of spousal continuation, a step-up may be available. All annual step-up rules (see “Annual Step-Up” heading above), other than those that apply to the waiting period, also apply to the spousal continuation step-up. If the spousal continuation step-up is processed automatically, the step-up date is the valuation date spousal continuation is effective. If not, the spouse must elect the step up and must do so within 30 days of the

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    171

spousal continuation date. If the spouse elects the spousal continuation step up, the step-up date is the valuation date we receive the spouse’s written request to step-up if we receive the request by the close of business on that day, otherwise the next valuation date.

Rules for Withdrawal Provision of Your Contract: Minimum account values following a withdrawal no longer apply to your contract. For withdrawals, the withdrawal will be made from the variable subaccounts, guarantee period accounts (where available), the one-year fixed account (if applicable) and the DCA fixed account in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to the contract value. You cannot specify from which accounts the withdrawal is to be made.

If Contract Value Reduces to Zero: If the contract value reduces to zero and the total RBA remains greater than zero, you will be paid in the following scenarios:

1) The ALP has not yet been established and the contract value is reduced to zero as a result of fees or charges or a withdrawal that is less than or equal to the RBP. In this scenario, you can choose to:

(a)	receive the remaining schedule of GBPs until the RBA equals zero; or
(b)	Single Life: wait until the rider anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65, and then receive the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the covered person, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero; or
(c)	Joint Life: wait until the rider anniversary following the date the younger covered spouse reaches age 65, and then receive the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the last surviving covered spouse, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero.

We will notify you of this option. If no election is made, the ALP will be paid.

2) The ALP has been established and the contract value reduces to zero as a result of fees or charges, or a withdrawal that is less than or equal to both the RBP and the RALP. In this scenario, you can choose to receive:

(a)	the remaining schedule of GBPs until the RBA equals zero; or
(b)	Single Life: the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the covered person, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero; or
(c)	Joint Life: the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the last surviving covered spouse, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero.

We will notify you of this option. If no election is made, the ALP will be paid.

3)	The ALP has been established and the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RALP but less than or equal to the RBP. In this scenario, the remaining schedule of GBPs will be paid until the RBA equals zero.
4)	The ALP has been established and the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RBP but less than or equal to the RALP. In this scenario, the ALP will be paid annually until the death of the:

• Single Life: covered person;

• Joint Life: last surviving covered spouse.

Under any of these scenarios:

• The annualized amounts will be paid to you in the frequency you elect. You may elect a frequency offered by us at the time payments begin. Available payment frequencies will be no less frequent than annually;

• We will no longer accept additional purchase payments;

• You will no longer be charged for the rider;

• Any attached death benefit riders will terminate; and

• Single Life: The death benefit becomes the remaining payments, if any, until the RBA is reduced to zero.

• Joint Life: If the owner had been receiving the ALP, upon the first death the ALP will continue to be paid annually until the later of: 1) the death of the last surviving covered spouse or 2) the RBA is reduced to zero. In all other situations the death benefit becomes the remaining payments, if any, until the RBA is reduced to zero.

TheSecureSource rider and the contract will terminate under either of the following two scenarios:

• If the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than both the RALP and the RBP. This is full withdrawal of the contract value.

• If the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RALP but less than or equal to the RBP, and the total RBA is reduced to zero.

172    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

At Death:

Single Life: If the contract value is greater than zero when the death benefit becomes payable, the beneficiary may: 1) elect to take the death benefit under the terms of the contract, 2) take the fixed payout option available under this rider, or 3) continue the contract under the spousal continuation provision of the contract above.

If the contract value equals zero and the death benefit becomes payable, the following will occur:

• If the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the GBP each year, the GBP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person dies and the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person is still alive and the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the later of the death of the covered person or the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person is still alive and the RBA equals zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the death of the covered person.

• If the covered person dies and the RBA equals zero, the benefit terminates. No further payments will be made.

Joint Life: If the death benefit becomes payable at the death of a covered spouse, the surviving covered spouse must utilize the spousal continuation provision of the contract and continue the contract as the new owner to continue the joint benefit. If spousal continuation is not available under the terms of the contract, the rider terminates. The lifetime benefit of this rider ends at the death of the last surviving covered spouse.

If the contract value is greater than zero when the death benefit becomes payable, the beneficiary may: 1) elect to take the death benefit under the terms of the contract, 2) take the fixed payout option available under this rider, or 3) continue the contract under the spousal continuation provision of the contract above.

If the contract value equals zero at the first death of a covered spouse, the ALP will continue to be paid annually until the later of: 1) the death of the last surviving covered spouse or 2) the RBA is reduced to zero.

If the contract value equals zero at the death of the last surviving covered spouse, the following will occur:

• If the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the GBP each year, the GBP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the RBA equals zero, the benefit terminates. No further payments will be made.

Contract Ownership Change:

Single Life: If the contract changes ownership (see “Changing Ownership”), the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP values will remain unchanged and the ALP and RALP will be reset as follows. Our current administrative practice is to only reset the ALP and RALP if the covered person changes due to the ownership change.

• If the ALP has not yet been established and the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the ownership change date— the ALP and the RALP will be established on the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65. The ALP will be set equal to the lesser of the RBA or the anniversary contract value, multiplied by 6%. If the anniversary date occurs during the waiting period and prior to a withdrawal, the RALP will be set equal to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments multiplied by 6%. If the anniversary date occurs at any other time, the RALP will be set equal to the ALP.

• If the ALP has not yet been established but the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the ownership change date — the ALP and the RALP will be established on the ownership change date. The ALP will be set equal to the lesser of the RBA or the contract value, multiplied by 6%. If the ownership change date occurs during the waiting period and prior to a withdrawal, the RALP will be set to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments multiplied by 6%. If the ownership change date occurs at any other time, the RALP will be set to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year but not less than zero.

• If the ALP has been established but the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the ownership change date — the ALP and the RALP will be reset to zero for the period of time beginning with the ownership change date and ending with the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65. At the end of this time period, the ALP will be reset to the lesser of the RBA or the anniversary contract value, multiplied by 6%. If the time period ends during the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals, the RALP will be reset to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments multiplied by 6%. If the time period ends at any other time, the RALP will be reset to the ALP.

• If the ALP has been established and the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the ownership change date — the ALP and the RALP will be reset on the ownership change date. The ALP will be reset to the lesser of the current

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    173

ALP or 6% of the contract value. If the ownership change date occurs during the waiting period and prior to a withdrawal, the RALP will be reset to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments multiplied by 6%. If the ownership change date occurs at any other time, the RALP will be reset to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year but not less than zero.

Please note that the lifetime withdrawal benefit amount may be reduced as a result of the ownership change.

Joint Life: Ownership changes are only allowed between the covered spouses or their revocable trust(s). No other ownership changes are allowed as long as the rider is in force.

Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Option: Several annuity payout plans are available under the contract. As an alternative to these annuity payout plans, a fixed annuity payout option is available under theSecureSource rider.

Under this option the amount payable each year will be equal to the remaining schedule of GBPs, but the total amount paid over the life of the annuity will not exceed the current total RBA at the time you begin this fixed annuity payout option. These annualized amounts will be paid in the frequency that you elect. The frequencies will be among those offered by us at that time but will be no less frequent than annually. If, at the death of the owner, total payouts have been made for less than the RBA, the remaining payouts will be paid to the beneficiary (see “The Annuity Payout Period” and “Taxes”).

This option may not be available if the contract is issued to qualify under section 403 or 408 of the Code, as amended. For such contracts, this option will be available only if the guaranteed payment period is less than the life expectancy of the owner at the time the option becomes effective. Such life expectancy will be computed using a life expectancy table published by the IRS.

This annuity payout option may also be elected by the beneficiary of a contract as a settlement option if payments begin no later than one year after your death and the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy. Whenever multiple beneficiaries are designated under the contract, each such beneficiary’s share of the proceeds if they elect this option will be in proportion to their applicable designated beneficiary percentage. Beneficiaries of nonqualified contracts may elect this settlement option subject to the distribution requirements of the contract. We reserve the right to adjust the remaining schedule of GBPs if necessary to comply with the Code.

Rider Termination

TheSecureSource rider cannot be terminated either by you or us except as follows:

1.	Single Life: After the death benefit is payable the rider will terminate if your spouse does not use the spousal continuation provision of the contract to continue the contract.
2.	Joint Life: After the death benefit is payable the rider will terminate if:

(a)	any one other than a covered spouse continues the contract, or
(b)	a covered spouse does not use the spousal continuation provision of the contract to continue the contract.

3.	Annuity payouts under an annuity payout plan will terminate the rider.
4.	Termination of the contract for any reason will terminate the rider.
5.	When a beneficiary elects an alternative payment plan which is an inherited IRA, the rider will terminate.

174    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix N:SecureSource 20 Rider Disclosure

Securesource 20 Rider

This is an optional benefit that you can add to your contract for an additional charge. The benefit is intended to provide to you, after the waiting period, a specified withdrawal amount annually for life, even if your contract value is zero, subject to the terms and provisions described in this section. This benefit offers a credit feature to help in low or poor performing markets and a step up feature to lock in contract anniversary values. TheSecureSource 20 rider may be appropriate for you if you intend to make periodic withdrawals from your annuity contract and wish to ensure that market performance will not adversely affect your ability to withdraw your principal over time. This benefit is intended for assets you plan to hold and let accumulate for at least three years. If you take any withdrawals during the 3-year waiting period, your benefits will be set to zero until the end of the waiting period when they will be re-established based on your contract value at that time and you will not receive 20% credit offered under this rider.

There are two optionalSecureSource 20 riders available under your contract:

• SecureSource 20 — Single Life; or

• SecureSource 20 — Joint Life.

The information in this section applies to both Secure Source 20 riders, unless otherwise noted.

For the purpose of this rider, the term “withdrawal” has the same meaning as the term “surrender” in the contract or any other riders

TheSecureSource 20 — Single Life rider covers one person. TheSecureSource 20 — Joint Life Rider covers two spouses jointly who are named at contract issue. You may elect only theSecureSource 20 — Single Life rider or theSecureSource 20 — Joint Life rider, not both, and you may not switch riders later. You must elect the rider when you purchase your contract. The rider effective date will be the contract issue date.

TheSecureSource 20 rider is an optional benefit that you may select, if approved in your state, for an additional annual charge if:

• your contract application is signed on or after Aug. 10, 2009, but prior to Nov. 30, 2009; and

• Single Life: you and the annuitant are 80 or younger on the date the contract is issued; or

• Joint Life: you and your spouse are 80 or younger on the date the contract is issued.

TheSecureSource 20 riders are not available under an inherited qualified annuity.

TheSecureSource 20 rider guarantees that after the waiting period, regardless of the investment performance of your contract, you will be able to withdraw up to a certain amount each year from the contract before the annuity payouts begin until:

• Single Life: until death (see “At Death” heading below) or until the depletion of the basic benefit.

• Joint Life: until the death of the last surviving covered spouse (see “Joint Life only: Covered Spouses” and “At Death” headings below) or until the depletion of the basic benefit.

Key Terms

The key terms associated with theSecureSource 20 rider are:

Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP): the lifetime benefit amount available each contract year after the waiting period and until your death (Joint Life: the death of both covered spouses). After the waiting period, the annual withdrawal amount guaranteed by the rider can vary each contract year. The maximum ALP is $300,000.

Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA): the age at which the lifetime benefit is established.

Enhanced Lifetime Base (ELB): used in the calculation of the ALP on the later of the ELB date or the establishment of the ALP. The ELB cannot be withdrawn or annuitized and is not payable as a death benefit.

Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA): the total cumulative withdrawals guaranteed by the rider under the basic benefit. The maximum GBA is $5,000,000. The GBA cannot be withdrawn or annuitized and is not payable as a death benefit. It is an interim value used to calculate the amount available for withdrawals each year after the waiting period under the basic benefit (see “Guaranteed Benefit Payment” below). At any time, the total GBA is the sum of the individual GBAs associated with each purchase payment.

Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP):the basic benefit amount available each contract year after the waiting period until the RBA is reduced to zero. After the waiting period the annual withdrawal amount guaranteed by the rider can vary each contract year.

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    175

Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (RALP): as you make withdrawals during a contract year, the remaining amount that the rider guarantees will be available for withdrawal that year is reduced. The RALP is the lifetime benefit amount that can be withdrawn during the remainder of the current contract year.

Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA): each withdrawal you make reduces the amount that is guaranteed by the rider for future withdrawals. At any point in time, the RBA equals the amount of GBA that remains available for withdrawals for the remainder of the contract’s life, and total RBA is the sum of the individual RBAs associated with each purchase payment. The maximum RBA is $5,000,000.

Remaining Benefit Payment (RBP): as you make withdrawals during a contract year, the remaining amount that the rider guarantees will be available for withdrawal that year is reduced. The RBP is the basic benefit amount that can be withdrawn during the remainder of the current contract year.

Waiting period: The period of time before you can take a withdrawal without affecting benefits under the rider. The waiting period starts on the rider effective date and ends on the day prior to the third rider anniversary.

Withdrawal Adjustment Base (WAB): one of the components used to determine the GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage. The WAB cannot be withdrawn or annuitized and is not payable as a death benefit.

Withdrawal: The amount by which your contract value is reduced as a result of any withdrawal request. It may differ from the amount of your request due to any surrender charge and any market value adjustment.

Description of theSecureSource 20 Rider

Before the lifetime benefit is established, the annual withdrawal amount guaranteed by the riders after the waiting period is the basic benefit amount. After the lifetime benefit is established and after the waiting period, the riders guarantee that you have the option each contract year to cumulatively withdraw an amount up to the lifetime benefit amount or the basic benefit amount, but the riders do not guarantee withdrawal of both in a contract year.

The lifetime withdrawal benefit is established automatically:

• Single Life: on the rider anniversary date after the covered person reaches age 65, or on the rider effective date if the covered person is age 65 or older on the rider effective date (see “Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA)” heading below);

• Joint Life: on the rider anniversary date after the younger covered spouse reaches age 65, or on the rider effective date if the younger covered spouse is age 65 or older on the rider effective date (see “Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA)” and “Annual Lifetime Payments (ALP)” headings below).

The basic benefit amount and the lifetime benefit amount can vary based on the relationship of your contract value to the Withdrawal Adjustment Base (WAB). When the first withdrawal is taken each contract year after the waiting period, the percentages used to determine the benefit amounts are set and fixed for the remainder of that year.

If you withdraw less than the allowed withdrawal amount in a contract year, the unused portion cannot be carried over to the next year.

If you withdraw more than the allowed withdrawal amount in a contract year, we call this an “excess withdrawal” under the rider. Excess withdrawals trigger an adjustment of a benefit’s guaranteed amount, which may cause it to be reduced (see “GBA Excess Withdrawal Processing,” “RBA Excess Withdrawal Processing,” and “ALP Excess Withdrawal Processing” headings below).

Please note that basic benefit and lifetime benefit each has its own definition of the allowed annual withdrawal amount. Therefore a withdrawal may be considered an excess withdrawal for purposes of the lifetime benefit only, the basic benefit only, or both.

At any time after the waiting period, as long as your withdrawal does not exceed the greater of the basic benefit amount or the lifetime benefit amount, if established, you will not be assessed a surrender charge or any market value adjustment. If your withdrawals exceed the greater of the RBP or the RALP, surrender charges under the terms of the contract may apply (see “Charges — Surrender Charges”). The amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable surrender charge. Market value adjustments, if applicable, will also be made (see “Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs) — Market Value Adjustment”). We pay you the amount you request. Any withdrawals you take under the contract will reduce the value of the death benefits (see “Benefits in Case of Death”). Upon full withdrawal, you will receive the remaining contract value less any applicable charges (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Withdrawals”).

Subject to conditions and limitations, an annual step-up can increase the basic benefit amount and the lifetime benefit amount, if your contract value has increased on a rider anniversary.

176    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Subject to conditions and limitations, if no withdrawals are taken prior to the third rider anniversary, the 20% rider credit may increase the lifetime benefit (if already established) or the Enhanced Lifetime Base (ELB) may increase the lifetime benefit (when established).

The values associated with the basic benefit are GBA, RBA, GBP and RBP. The values associated with the lifetime benefit are ALP, RALP and ELB. ALP and GBP are similar in that they are the annual withdrawal amount for each benefit after the waiting period. RALP and RBP are similar in that they are the remaining amount that can be withdrawn during the current contract year for each benefit.

ImportantSecureSource 20 Rider Considerations

You should consider whether aSecureSource 20 rider is appropriate for you taking into account the following considerations:

You will begin paying the rider charge as of the rider effective date, even if you do not begin taking withdrawals for many years. It is possible that your contract performance, fees and charges, and withdrawal pattern may be such that your contract value will not be depleted in your lifetime and you will not receive any monetary value under the rider.

• Lifetime Benefit Limitations: The lifetime benefit is subject to certain limitations, including but not limited to:

(a) Single Life: Once the contract value equals zero, payments are made for as long as the covered person is living (see “If Contract Value Reduces to Zero” heading below). However, if the contract value is greater than zero, the lifetime benefit terminates at the first death of any owner or annuitant even if the covered person is still living (see “At Death” heading below). Therefore, the rider will terminate when a death benefit becomes payable. This possibility may present itself when:

(i)	There are multiple contract owners — when one of the contract owners dies the lifetime benefit terminates even though other contract owners are still living; or
(ii)	The owner and the annuitant are not the same persons — if the annuitant dies before the owner, the lifetime benefit terminates even though the owner is still living.

Joint Life: Once the contract value equals zero, payments are made for as long as either covered spouse is living (see “If Contract Value Reduces to Zero” heading below). However, if the contract value is greater than zero, the lifetime benefit terminates at the death of the last surviving covered spouse (see “At Death” heading below).

(b)	Excess withdrawals can reduce the ALP to zero even though the GBA, RBA, GBP and/or RBP values are greater than zero. If both the ALP and the contract value are zero, the lifetime benefit will terminate.
(c)	If the lifetime benefit is first established prior to the third rider anniversary, the initial ALP is based on the basic benefit’s RBA at that time (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below). If the lifetime benefit is first established on/after the third rider anniversary, the initial ALP is based on the greater of the basic benefit’s RBA and the ELB at that time. Any withdrawal you take before the ALP is established reduces the RBA and ELB and therefore may result in a lower amount of lifetime withdrawals you are allowed to take.
(d)	Withdrawals can reduce both the contract value and the RBA to zero prior to the establishment of the ALP. If this happens, the contract and the rider will terminate.

• Withdrawals: Please consider carefully when you start taking withdrawals from this rider. If you take any withdrawals during the 3-year waiting period, your benefits will be set to zero until the end of the waiting period when they will be re-established based on your contract value at that time and you will not receive 20% credit offered under this rider. Any withdrawal request within the 3-year waiting period must be submitted in writing. Also, after the waiting period if you withdraw more than the allowed withdrawal amount in a contract year (“excess withdrawal”), the guaranteed amounts under the rider may be reduced.

• Investment Allocation Restrictions: You must be invested in one of the approved investment options. These funds are expected to reduce our financial risks and expenses associated with certain living benefits. Although the funds’ investment strategies may help mitigate declines in your contract value due to declining equity markets, the funds’ investment strategies may also curb your contract value gains during periods of positive performance by the equity markets. Additionally, investment in the funds may decrease the number and amount of any benefit base increase opportunities. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds: Volatility and Volatility Management Risk with the Portfolio Stabilizer funds” section.) We reserve the right to add, remove, or substitute approved investment options in the future. This requirement limits your choice of subaccounts, one-year fixed account and GPAs (if available) to the investment options you have selected. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, GPAs or the one-year fixed account that are available under the contract to contract owners who do not elect the rider. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds.”) You may allocate purchase payments to the DCA fixed account, when available, and we will make monthly transfers into the investment option you have chosen. You may make two elective investment option changes per contract year; we reserve the right to limit elective investment option changes if required to comply with the written instructions of a fund (see “Market Timing”).

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    177

The following provisions apply to contracts invested in a Portfolio Navigator fund:

• You can allocate your contract value to any available Portfolio Navigator fund during the following times: (1) prior to your first withdrawal and (2) following a benefit reset due to an investment option change as described below but prior to any subsequent withdrawal. During these accumulation phases, you may request to change your investment option to any available investment option.

• Immediately following a withdrawal your contract value will be reallocated to the target investment option as shown in your contract if your current investment option is more aggressive than the target investment option. If you are in a static model portfolio, this reallocation will be made to the applicable fund of funds investment option. This automatic reallocation is not included in the total number of allowed investment option changes per contract year. The target investment option classification is currently the Moderate investment option. We reserve the right to change the target investment option to an investment option that is more aggressive than the current target investment option after 30 days written notice.

• After you have taken a withdrawal and prior to any benefit reset as described below, you are in a withdrawal phase. During withdrawal phases you may request to change your investment option to the target investment option or any investment option that is more conservative than the target investment option without a benefit reset as described below. If you are in a withdrawal phase and you choose to allocate your contract value to an investment option that is more aggressive than the target investment option, you will be in the accumulation phase again. If this is done after the waiting period, your rider benefit will be reset as follows:

(a)	the total GBA will be reset to the contract value, if your contract value is less; and
(b)	the total RBA will be reset to the contract value, if your contract value is less; and
(c)	the ALP, if established, will be reset to your current ALP Percentage (either 6% or 5% as described under “GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage” heading below) times the contract value, if this amount is less than the current ALP; and
(d)	the GBP will be recalculated as described below, based on the reset GBA and RBA; and
(e)	the RBP will be recalculated as the reset GBP less all prior withdrawals taken during the current contract year, but not less than zero; and
(f)	the RALP will be recalculated as the reset ALP less all prior withdrawals taken during the current contract year, but not less than zero; and
(g)	the WAB will be reset as follows:

• if the ALP has not been established, the WAB will be equal to the reset GBA.

• if the ALP has been established, the WAB will be equal to the reset ALP, divided by the current ALP Percentage; and

(h) the ELB, if greater than zero, will be reset to the contract value, if your contract value is less.

You may request to change your investment option by written request on an authorized form or by another method agreed to by us.

•	Non-Cancelable: Once elected, theSecureSource 20 rider may not be cancelled (except as provided under “Rider Termination” heading below) and the fee will continue to be deducted until the contract or rider is terminated or the contract value reduces to zero (described below).
	Dissolution of marriage does not terminate theSecureSource 20 – Joint Life rider and will not reduce the fee we charge for this rider. The benefit under theSecureSource 20 – Joint Life rider continues for the covered spouse who is the owner of the contract (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural ownership). The rider will terminate at the death of the contract owner (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural ownership) because the original covered spouse will be unable to elect the spousal continuation provision of the contract (see “Joint Life only: Covered Spouses” below).
•	Joint Life:Limitations on Contract Owners, Annuitants and Beneficiaries: Since the joint life benefit will terminate unless the surviving covered spouse continues the contract under the spousal option to continue the contract upon the owner’s death provision, only ownership arrangements that permit such continuation are allowed at rider issue. In general, the covered spouses should be joint owners, or one covered spouse should be the owner and the other covered spouse should be named as the sole primary beneficiary. The annuitant must also be an owner. You are responsible for establishing ownership arrangements that will allow for spousal continuation.
	If you select theSecureSource 20 – Joint Life rider, please consider carefully whether or not you wish to change the beneficiary of your annuity contract. The rider will terminate if the surviving covered spouse can not utilize the spousal continuation provision of the contract when the death benefit is payable.
•	Limitations on Purchase Payments: We reserve the right to limit the cumulative amount of purchase payments (subject to state restrictions), which may limit your ability to make additional purchase payments to increase your contract value as you may have originally intended. For current purchase payment restrictions, please see “Buying Your Contract —Purchase Payments”.
•	Interaction with Total Free Amount (FA) contract provision:The FA is the amount you are allowed to withdraw from the contract in each contract year without incurring a surrender charge (see “Charges — Surrender Charge”). The FA may be greater than the RBP or RALP under this rider. Any amount you withdraw under the contract’s FA provision that

178    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

exceeds the RBP or RALP is subject to the excess withdrawal processing described below for the GBA, RBA and ALP. Also, any amount you withdraw during the waiting period will set all benefits under the rider to zero until the end of the waiting period when they will be reestablished based on the contract value at that time.

You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of the rider in your tax situation because:

• Tax Considerations for Nonqualified Annuities: Under current federal income tax law, withdrawals under nonqualified annuities, including withdrawals taken from the contract under the terms of the rider, are treated less favorably than amounts received as annuity payments under the contract (see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities”). Withdrawals are taxable income to the extent of earnings. Withdrawals of earnings before age 59½ may also incur a 10% IRS early withdrawal penalty. You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of the rider in your tax situation.

• Tax Considerations for Qualified Annuities: Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). If you have a qualified annuity, you may need to take an RMD during the waiting period and such withdrawals will set all benefits under the rider to zero until the end of the waiting period when they will be reestablished based on the contract value at that time. While the rider permits certain excess withdrawals to be taken after the waiting period for the purpose of satisfying RMD requirements for your contract alone without reducing future benefits guaranteed under the rider, there can be no guarantee that changes in the federal income tax law after the effective date of the rider will not require a larger RMD to be taken, in which case, future guaranteed withdrawals under the rider could be reduced. See Appendix E for additional information.

• Treatment of non-spousal distributions: Unless you are married your beneficiary will be required to take distributions as a non-spouse which may result in significantly decreasing the value of the rider. Please note civil unions and domestic partnerships generally are not recognized as marriages for federal tax purposes. For additional information see “Taxes — Other — Spousal status” section of this prospectus.

• Limitations on Tax-Sheltered Annuities (TSA)s: Your right to take withdrawals is restricted if your contract is a TSA (see “TSA — Special Provisions”).

Basic Benefit Description

The GBA and RBA are determined at the following times, subject to the maximum amount of $5,000,000, calculated as described:

• At contract issue — the GBA and RBA are equal to the initial purchase payment.

• When you make additional purchase payments — If a withdrawal is taken during the waiting period, the GBA and RBA will not change when a subsequent purchase payment is made during the waiting period. Prior to any withdrawal during the waiting period and after the waiting period, each additional purchase payment will have its own GBA and RBA established equal to the amount of the purchase payment.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” heading below).

• At spousal continuation— (see “Spousal Option to Continue the Contract upon Owner’s Death” heading below).

• When an individual RBA is reduced to zero — the GBA that is associated with that RBA will also be set to zero.

• When you take a withdrawal during the waiting period — the total GBA and total RBA will be set equal to zero until the end of the waiting period.

• When you take a withdrawal after the waiting period and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the total RBP — the total RBA is reduced by the amount of the withdrawal and the GBA remains unchanged. If there have been multiple purchase payments, both the total GBA and each payment’s GBA remain unchanged, and each payment’s RBA is reduced in proportion to its RBP.
(b)	greater than the total RBP —excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the GBA and RBA.

•	On the rider anniversary at the end of the waiting period — If the first withdrawal is taken during the waiting period and you did not decline a rider fee increase, the total GBA and the total RBA will be reset to the contract value.
	If the first withdrawal is taken during the waiting period and you decline a rider fee increase, the total GBA and the total RBA will be reset to the lesser of (1) the GBA at the time of the first withdrawal, plus any additional purchase payments since the time of the first withdrawal, minus all withdrawals, or (2) the contract value.
•	Upon certain changes to your PN program investment options under the PN program as described under “Use of Portfolio Navigator Program Required,” above.

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    179

Gba Excess Withdrawal Processing

The total GBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the total GBA immediately prior to the withdrawal; or (b) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s GBA after the withdrawal will be reset to equal that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal plus (a) times (b), where:

(a)	is the ratio of the total GBA after the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal to the total GBA before the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal; and
(b)	is each payment’s GBA before the withdrawal less that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal.

RBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The total RBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal, or (b) the total RBA immediately prior to the withdrawal, less the amount of the withdrawal.

If there have been multiple purchase payments, both the total RBA and each payment’s RBA will be reset. The total RBA will be reset according to the excess withdrawal processing described above. Each payment’s RBA will be reset in the following manner:

1.	The withdrawal amount up to the total RBP is taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its individual RBP at the time of the withdrawal; and
2.	The withdrawal amount above the total RBP and any amount determined by the excess withdrawal processing are taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its RBA at the time of the withdrawal.

GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage: We use two percentages (6% and 5%) to calculate your GBP and ALP. The percentage used can vary as described below:

During the waiting period, 6% will be used to determine the amount payable to beneficiaries under the RBA Payout Option described below. After the waiting period, a comparison of your contract value and the WAB determines your GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage, unless the percentage is fixed as described below. On each valuation date, if the benefit determining percentage is less than the 20% adjustment threshold, then 6% is used in calculating your GBP and ALP; otherwise, 5% is used. Market volatility and returns, the deduction of fees and the 20% credit could impact your benefit determining percentage. The benefit determining percentage is calculated as follows but will not be less than zero:

1	—	(a/b)
a	=	contract value at the end of the prior valuation period
b	=	WAB at the end of the prior valuation period

When the first withdrawal in a contract year is taken, the GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage will be set and fixed for the remainder of that contract year. Beginning on the next rider anniversary, the GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage can change on each valuation date as described above until a withdrawal is taken in that contract year.

Under certain limited situations, your GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage will not vary each contract year. They will be set at the earliest of (1), (2) or (3) below and remain fixed for as long as the benefit is payable:

(1)	when the RBA Payout Option is elected, or
(2)	if the ALP is established, when your contract value on a rider anniversary is less than two times the ALP (for the purpose of this calculation only, the ALP is determined using 5%; the ALP Percentage used to determine your ALP going forward will be either 6% or 5%), or
(3)	when the contract value reduces to zero.

For certain periods of time at our discretion and on a non-discriminatory basis, your GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage may be set by us to 6% if more favorable to you.

Withdrawal Adjustment Base (WAB): One of the components used to determine GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage. The maximum WAB is $5,000,000. The WAB cannot be withdrawn or annuitized and is not payable as a death benefit,

The WAB is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At Rider Effective Date — the WAB is set equal to the initial purchase payment.

• When a subsequent purchase payment is made — before a withdrawal is taken in the waiting period and at any time after the waiting period, the WAB will be increased by the amount of each additional purchase payment.

• When a withdrawal is taken — if the first withdrawal is taken during the waiting period, the WAB will be set equal to zero until the end of the waiting period.

Whenever a withdrawal is taken after the waiting period, the WAB will be reduced by the amount in (A) unless the withdrawal is an excess withdrawal for the lifetime benefit (or the basic benefit if the ALP is not established) when it will be set equal to the amount in (B).

180    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

(A) The WAB is reduced by an amount as calculated below:

a × b	where:
c

a	=	the amount the contract value is reduced by the withdrawal
b	=	WAB on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal
c	=	the contract value on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal.

(B) If the ALP is not established and the current withdrawal exceeds the RBP, the WAB will be reset to the GBA immediately following excess withdrawal processing.

If the ALP is established and the current withdrawal exceeds the RALP, the WAB will be reset to the ALP divided by the current ALP Percentage (either 5% or 6% as described under “GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage” heading above). In this calculation, we use the ALP immediately following excess withdrawal processing.

• On rider anniversaries — unless you decline a rider fee increase, the WAB will be increased to the contract value on each rider anniversary, if the contract value is greater, except as follows:

(A)	If a withdrawal is taken during the waiting period, the WAB will be increased to the contract value on each rider anniversary beginning at the end of the waiting period, if the contract value is greater.
(B)	If you decline a rider fee increase and a withdrawal is taken during the waiting period, the WAB will be reset to the lesser of (1) the GBA at the time of the first withdrawal, plus any additional purchase payments since the time of the first withdrawal, minus all withdrawals, or (2) the contract value.

• Upon certain changes to your PN program investment option as described under “Use of Portfolio Navigator Program Required,” above.

• On the later of the third rider anniversary or the rider anniversary when the ALP is established — unless you decline a rider fee increase, if the ELB is greater than zero, the WAB will be increased by an amount as calculated below, but not less than zero.

(A)	The ELB, minus
(B)	the greater of:

i)	your contract value, or
ii)	the ALP before the ELB is applied, divided by the ALP Percentage (if the ALP is established) or the total RBA (if the ALP is established on the third rider anniversary).

Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP): At any time, the amount available for withdrawal in each contract year after the waiting period, until the RBA is reduced to zero, under the basic benefit. After the waiting period the annual withdrawal amount guaranteed under the rider can vary each contract year. At any point in time, each payment’s GBP is the lesser of (a) and (b) where (a) is the GBA for that payment multiplied by the current GBP percentage (either 5% or 6% as described under “GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage” heading above) and (b) is the RBA for that payment. The total GBP is the sum of the GBPs for each purchase payment.

Remaining Benefit Payment (RBP): The amount available for withdrawal for the remainder of the contract year under the basic benefit. At any point in time, the total RBP is the sum of the RBPs for each purchase payment.

The RBP is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• During the waiting period — the RBP will be zero.

• At the beginning of any contract year after the waiting period and when the GBP Percentage changes — the RBP for each purchase payment is set equal to that purchase payment’s GBP.

• When you make additional purchase payments after the waiting period — each additional purchase payment has its own RBP equal to the purchase payment, multiplied by the GBP Percentage.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” heading below).

• At spousal continuation — (see “Spousal Option to Continue the Contract upon Owner’s Death” heading below).

• When you make any withdrawal after the waiting period — the total RBP is reset to equal the total RBP immediately prior to the withdrawal less the amount of the withdrawal, but not less than zero. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s RBP is reduced proportionately.If you withdraw an amount greater than the RBP, GBA excess withdrawal processing and RBA excess withdrawal processing are applied and the amount available for future withdrawals for the remainder of the contract’s life may be reduced by more than the amount of withdrawal. When determining if a withdrawal will result in the excess withdrawal processing, the applicable RBP will not yet reflect the amount of the current withdrawal.

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    181

Lifetime Benefit Description

Single Life only:Covered Person: The person whose life is used to determine when the ALP is established, and the duration of the ALP payments (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below). The covered person is the oldest contract owner or annuitant. If the owner is a nonnatural person, i.e., a trust or corporation, the covered person is the oldest annuitant.

Joint Life only: CoveredSpouses: The contract owner and his or her legally married spouse as defined under federal law, as named on the application for as long as the marriage is valid and in effect. If the contract owner is a nonnatural person (e.g., a trust), the covered spouses are the annuitant and the legally married spouse of the annuitant. The covered spouses lives are used to determine when the ALP is established, and the duration of the ALP payments (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below). The covered spouses are established on the rider effective date and cannot be changed.

Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA):

• Single Life: The covered person’s age after which time the lifetime benefit can be established. Currently, the lifetime benefit can be established on the later of the contract effective date or the contract anniversary date on/following the date the covered person reaches age 65.

• Joint Life: The age of the younger covered spouse at which time the lifetime benefit is established.

Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP): The ALP is the lifetime benefit amount available for withdrawals in each contract year after the waiting period until the later of:

• Single Life: death; or

• Joint Life: death of the last surviving covered spouse; or

• the RBA is reduced to zero.

The maximum ALP is $300,000. Prior to establishment of the ALP, the lifetime benefit is not in effect and the ALP is zero.

The ALP is determined at the following times:

• Single Life: Initially the ALP is established on the earliest of the following dates:

(a)	the rider effective date if the covered person has already reached age 65.
(b)	the rider anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65,

– if during the waiting period and no prior withdrawal has been taken; or

– if after the waiting period.

(c) the rider anniversary following the end of the waiting period if the covered person is age 65 before the end of the waiting period and a prior withdrawal had been taken.

If the ALP is established prior to the third rider anniversary, the ALP is set equal to the total RBA multiplied by the ALP Percentage (either 5% or 6% as described under “GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage” heading above). If the ALP is established on or following the third rider anniversary, the ALP is set equal to the ALP Percentage multiplied by the greater of the ELB or the total RBA.

• Joint Life: Initially the ALP is established on the earliest of the following dates:

(a)	the rider effective date if the younger covered spouse has already reached age 65.
(b)	the rider anniversary on/following the date the younger covered spouse reaches age 65.
(c)	upon the first death of a covered spouse, then

(1)	the date we receive written request when the death benefit is not payable and the surviving covered spouse has already reached age 65; or
(2)	the date spousal continuation is effective when the death benefit is payable and the surviving covered spouse has already reached age 65; or
(3)	the rider anniversary on/following the date the surviving covered spouse reaches age 65.

(d) Following dissolution of marriage of the covered spouses,

(1)	the date we receive written request if the remaining covered spouse who is the owner (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural ownership) has already reached age 65; or
(2)	the rider anniversary on/following the date the remaining covered spouse who is the owner (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural ownership) reaches age 65.

For (b), (c) and (d) above, if the date described occurs during the waiting period and a prior withdrawal had been taken, we use the rider anniversary following the end of the waiting period to establish the ALP.

182    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If the ALP is established prior to the third rider anniversary, the ALP is set equal to the total RBA multiplied by the ALP Percentage (either 5% or 6% as described under “GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage” heading above). If the ALP is established on or following the third rider anniversary, the ALP is set equal to the ALP Percentage multiplied by the greater of the ELB or the total RBA.

• Whenever the ALP Percentage changes —

(a)	If the ALP Percentage is changing from 6% to 5%, the ALP is reset to the ALP multiplied by 5%, divided by 6%.
(b)	If the ALP Percentage is changing from 5% to 6%, the ALP is reset to the ALP multiplied by 6%, divided by 5%.

• When you make an additional purchase payment — Before a withdrawal is taken in the waiting period and at any time after the waiting period, each additional purchase payment increases the ALP by the amount of the purchase payment, multiplied by the ALP Percentage.

• When you make a withdrawal:

(a)	During the waiting period, the ALP, if established, will be set equal to zero until the end of the waiting period.
(b)	After the waiting period, if the amount withdrawn is:
	(i) less than or equal to the RALP, the ALP is unchanged.
	(ii) greater than the RALP, ALP excess withdrawal processing will occur.

If you withdraw less than the ALP in a contract year, there is no carry over to the next contract year.

• On the rider anniversary at the end of the waiting period— If you took a withdrawal during the waiting period, the ALP is set equal to the contract value multiplied by the ALP Percentage if the covered person (Joint Life: younger covered spouse) has reached age 65.

• At step ups — (see “Annual Step Up” heading below).

• At spousal continuation — (see “Spousal Option to Continue the Contract upon Owner’s Death” heading below).

• Upon certain changes to your PN program investment option under the PN program as described under “Use of Portfolio Navigator Program Required,” above.

20% Rider Credit

If you do not make a withdrawal during the first three rider years and you don’t decline a rider fee increase, then a 20% rider credit may increase your ALP. This credit is 20% of purchase payments received in the first 180 days that the rider is in effect and is used to establish the enhanced lifetime base. The enhanced lifetime base is an amount that may be used to increase the ALP. The 20% rider credit does not increase the basic benefit or the contract value. Because step ups may increase your ALP, they may reduce or eliminate any benefit of the 20% rider credit.

Enhanced Lifetime Base (ELB)

The enhanced lifetime base will be established initially on the third rider anniversary. If you do not decline a rider fee increase and you do not make a withdrawal during the first three rider years, then the enhanced lifetime base will be the sum of all purchase payments received during the first three rider years plus the 20% rider credit. If you make a withdrawal during the first three rider years or decline a rider fee increase, then the 20% rider credit does not apply and the enhanced lifetime base will be established as zero and will always be zero.

The maximum enhanced lifetime base at any time is $5,000,000.

If the enhanced lifetime base is greater than zero, then it will:

• increase by the amount of any purchase payments received on or after the third rider anniversary.

• be reduced by any withdrawal in the same proportion as the withdrawal reduces the RBA and, if the withdrawal exceeds the RBP, it will then be set to the lesser of this reduced value and the contract value immediately following the withdrawal.

• be set to the contract value (if your contract value is less), if you choose an asset allocation model that is more aggressive than the target model while you are in the withdrawal phase.

If any of the following events occur, then the enhanced lifetime base will be established as or reset to zero and will always be zero:

• The total RBA is reduced to zero.

• You decline a rider fee increase.

The enhanced lifetime base is an amount that may be used to increase the ALP and cannot be withdrawn, annuitized or payable as a death benefit.

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    183

Increase in ALP because of the Enhanced Lifetime Base

If the ALP is already established, on the third rider anniversary, the ALP will be increased to equal the enhanced lifetime base multiplied by the ALP Percentage (either 5% or 6% as described under “GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage” heading above), if this amount is greater than the current ALP. Thereafter, the enhanced lifetime base will always be zero.

ALP Excess Withdrawal Processing

The ALP is reset to the lesser of the ALP immediately prior to the withdrawal, or the ALP Percentage (either 5% or 6% as described under “GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage” heading above) multiplied by the contract value immediately following the withdrawal.

Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (RALP): The amount available for withdrawal for the remainder of the contract year under the lifetime benefit. Prior to establishment of the ALP, the lifetime benefit is not in effect and the RALP is zero.

The RALP is determined at the following times:

• The RALP is established at the same time as the ALP, and:

(a)	During the waiting period — the RALP will be zero.
(b)	At any other time — the RALP is established equal to the ALP less all prior withdrawals taken in the contract year but not less than zero.

• At the beginning of each contract year after the waiting period and when the ALP Percentage changes — the RALP is set equal to the ALP.

• When you make additional purchase payments after the waiting period — each additional purchase payment increases the RALP by the purchase payment, if applicable multiplied by the ALP Percentage (either 5% or 6% as described under “GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage” heading above).

• At step ups — (see “Annual Step Up” headings below).

• At spousal continuation — (see “Spousal Option to Continue the Contract upon Owner’s Death” heading below).

• When you make any withdrawal after the waiting period — the RALP equals the RALP immediately prior to the withdrawal less the amount of the withdrawal but not less than zero.If you withdraw an amount greater than the RALP, ALP excess withdrawal processing is applied and may reduce the amount available for future withdrawals. When determining if a withdrawal will result in excess withdrawal processing, the applicable RALP will not yet reflect the amount of the current withdrawal.

Other Provisions

Required Minimum Distributions (RMD): If you are taking RMDs from your contract and your RMD calculated separately for your contract is greater than the RBP or the RALP on the most recent contract anniversary, the portion of your RMD that exceeds the benefit amount will not be subject to excess withdrawal processing provided that the following conditions are met:

• The withdrawal is after the waiting period;

• The RMD is for your contract alone;

• The RMD is based on your recalculated life expectancy taken from the Uniform Lifetime Table under the Code; and

• The RMD amount is otherwise based on the requirements of section 401(a) (9), related Code provisions and regulations thereunder that were in effect on the effective date of the rider.

RMD rules follow the calendar year which most likely does not coincide with your contract year and therefore may limit when you can take your RMD and not be subject to excess withdrawal processing. Any withdrawal during the waiting period will reset the basic benefit and lifetime benefit at the end of the waiting period. After the waiting period, withdrawal amounts greater than the RALP or RBP that do not meet the conditions above will result in excess withdrawal processing. The amount in excess of the RBP and/or RALP that is not subject to excess withdrawal processing will be recalculated if the RALP and RBP change due to GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage changes. See Appendix E for additional information.

Annual Step Up: Beginning with the first contract anniversary, an increase of the benefit values may be available. A step up does not create contract value, guarantee the performance of any investment option, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn in a lump sum or paid upon death. Rather, a step up determines the current values of the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP, and may extend the payment period or increase the allowable payment. If there have been multiple payments and the GBA increases due to the step up, the individual GBAs, RBAs, GBPs, and RBPs will be combined.

The annual step up may be available as described below, subject to the maximum GBA, RBA and ALP and subject to the following rules:

• You have not declined a rider fee increase.

184    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• If you take any withdrawals during the waiting period the annual step up will not be available until the rider anniversary following the end of the waiting period.

• On any rider anniversary where your contract value is greater than the RBA or, your contract value multiplied by the ALP Percentage (either 5% or 6% as described under “GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage” heading above) is greater than the ALP, if established, the annual step up will be applied to your contract on the rider anniversary.

• The ALP and RALP are not eligible for step ups until they are established. Prior to being established, the ALP and RALP values are both zero.

• Please note it is possible for the ALP to step up even if the RBA or GBA do not step up, and it is also possible for the RBA and GBA to step up even if the ALP does not step up.

The annual step up resets the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP values as follows:

• The total RBA will be increased to the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the rider anniversary, if the contract value is greater.

• The total GBA will be increased to the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the rider anniversary, if the contract value is greater.

• The total GBP will be reset using the calculation as described above based on the increased GBA and RBA.

• The total RBP will be reset as follows:

(a)	During the waiting period, the RBP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	After the waiting period, the RBP will be reset to the increased GBP.

• The ALP will be increased to the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the rider anniversary multiplied by the ALP Percentage (either 5% or 6% as described under “GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage” heading above), if greater than the current ALP.

• The RALP will be reset as follows:

(a)	During the waiting period, the RALP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	After the waiting period, the RALP will be reset to the increased ALP.

Spousal Option to Continue the Contract upon Owner’s Death (Spousal Continuation):

Single Life:If a surviving spouse elects to continue the contract and continues the contract as the new owner under the spousal continuation provision of the contract, theSecureSource 20 — Single Life rider terminates.

Joint Life: If a surviving spouse is a covered spouse and elects the spousal continuation provision of the contract as the new owner, theSecureSource 20 — Joint Life rider also continues. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate. The surviving covered spouse can name a new beneficiary; however, a new covered spouse cannot be added to the rider.

At the time of spousal continuation, a step-up may be available. If you decline a rider fee increase or the spousal continuation occurs during the waiting period and a withdrawal was taken, a step up is not available. All annual step-up rules (see “Annual Step-Up” heading above) also apply to the spousal continuation step-up except that a) the RBP will be calculated as the GBP after the step-up less all prior withdrawals taken during the current contract year, but not less than zero, and b) the RALP will be calculated as the ALP after the step-up less all prior withdrawals taken during the current contract year, but not less than zero. The spousal continuation step-up is processed on the valuation date spousal continuation is effective.

Rules for Withdrawal Provision of Your Contract: Minimum account values following a withdrawal no longer apply to your contract. For withdrawals, the withdrawal will be taken from the variable subaccounts, guarantee period accounts (where available), the one-year fixed account (if applicable) and the DCA fixed account in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to the contract value. You cannot specify from which accounts the withdrawal is to be taken.

If Contract Value Reduces to Zero: If the contract value reduces to zero, you will be paid in the following scenarios:

1) The ALP has not yet been established, the total RBA is greater than zero and the contract value is reduced to zero as a result of fees or charges or a withdrawal that is less than or equal to the RBP. In this scenario, you can choose to:

(a)	receive the remaining schedule of GBPs until the RBA equals zero; or
(b)	Single Life: wait until the rider anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65, and then receive the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the covered person, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero.

Joint Life: wait until the rider anniversary following the date the younger covered spouse reaches age 65, and then receive the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the last surviving covered spouse, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero.

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    185

We will notify you of this option. If no election is made, the ALP will be paid.

2) The ALP has been established, the total RBA is greater than zero and the contract value reduces to zero as a result of fees or charges, or a withdrawal that is less than or equal to both the RBP and the RALP. In this scenario, you can choose to receive:

(a)	the remaining schedule of GBPs until the RBA equals zero; or
(b)	Single Life: the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the covered person, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero.

Joint Life: the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the last surviving covered spouse, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero.

We will notify you of this option. If no election is made, the ALP will be paid.

3)	The ALP has been established and the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RALP but less than or equal to the RBP. In this scenario, the remaining schedule of GBPs will be paid until the RBA equals zero.
4)	The ALP has been established and the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RBP but less than or equal to the RALP. In this scenario, the ALP will be paid annually until the death of the:
•	Single Life: covered person;
•	Joint Life: last surviving covered spouse.

Under any of these scenarios:

• The annualized amounts will be paid to you in monthly installments. If the monthly payment is less than $100, we have the right to change the frequency but no less frequent than annually;

• We will no longer accept additional purchase payments;

• You will no longer be charged for the rider;

• Any attached death benefit riders will terminate;

• In determining the remaining schedule of GBPs, the current GBP is fixed for as long as payments are made.

• Single Life: The death benefit becomes the remaining payments, if any, until the RBA is reduced to zero; and

• Joint Life: If the owner had been receiving the ALP, upon the first death the ALP will continue to be paid annually until the later of: 1) the death of the last surviving covered spouse or 2) the RBA is reduced to zero. In all other situations the death benefit becomes the remaining payments, if any, until the RBA is reduced to zero.

TheSecureSource 20 rider and the contract will terminate under either of the following two scenarios:

• If the ALP is established and the RBA is zero, and if the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RALP. This is full withdrawal of the contract value.

• If the ALP is not established and the RBA is zero, and if the contract value falls to zero as a result of fees, charges or a withdrawal.

At Death:

Single Life: If the contract value is greater than zero when the death benefit becomes payable, the beneficiary may: 1) elect to take the death benefit under the terms of the contract, 2) take the RBA payout option available under this rider, or 3) continue the contract under the spousal continuation provision of the contract which terminates the rider.

If the contract value equals zero and the death benefit becomes payable, the following will occur:

• If the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the GBP each year, the GBP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person dies and the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person is still alive and the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the later of the death of the covered person or the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person is still alive and the RBA equals zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the death of the covered person.

• If the covered person dies and the RBA equals zero, the benefit terminates. No further payments will be made.

Joint Life: If the death benefit becomes payable at the death of a covered spouse, the surviving covered spouse must utilize the spousal continuation provision of the contract and continue the contract as the new owner to continue the joint benefit. If spousal continuation is not available under the terms of the contract, the rider terminates. The lifetime benefit of this rider ends at the death of the last surviving covered spouse.

186    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If the contract value is greater than zero when the death benefit becomes payable, the beneficiary may: 1) elect to take the death benefit under the terms of the contract, 2) take the RBA payout option available under this rider, or 3) continue the contract under the spousal continuation provision of the contract.

If the contract value equals zero at the first death of a covered spouse, the ALP will continue to be paid annually until the later of: 1) the death of the last surviving covered spouse or 2) the RBA is reduced to zero.

If the contract value equals zero at the death of the last surviving covered spouse, the following will occur:

• If the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the GBP each year, the GBP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the RBA equals zero, the benefit terminates. No further payments will be made.

Contract Ownership Change:

Single Life: If allowed by state law, change of ownership is subject to our approval. If there is a change of ownership and the covered person remains the same, the rider continues with no change to any of the rider benefits. Effective May 1, 2016, joint ownership and joint annuitants are not allowed except for contracts issued in California. If there is a change of ownership and the covered person would be different, the rider terminates.

Joint Life: Ownership changes are only allowed between the covered spouses or their revocable trust(s) and are subject to our approval, if allowed by state law. No other ownership changes are allowed as long as the rider is in force.

Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA) Payout Option: Several annuity payout plans are available under the contract. As an alternative to these annuity payout plans, a fixed annuity payout option is available under theSecureSource 20 rider after the waiting period.

Under this option the amount payable each year will be equal to the remaining schedule of GBPs, but the total amount paid will not exceed the current total RBA at the time you begin this fixed annuity payout option. These annualized amounts will be paid in monthly installments. If the monthly payment is less than $100, we have the right to change the frequency, but no less frequently than annually. If, at the death of the owner, total payouts have been made for less than the RBA, the remaining payouts will be paid to the beneficiary (see “The Annuity Payout Period” and “Taxes”).

This option may not be available if the contract is issued to qualify under section 403 or 408 of the Code, as amended. For such contracts, this option will be available only if the guaranteed payment period is less than the life expectancy of the owner at the time the option becomes effective. Such life expectancy will be computed using a life expectancy table published by the IRS.

This annuity payout option may also be elected by the beneficiary when the death benefit is payable if payments begin no later than one year after your death and the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy. Whenever multiple beneficiaries are designated under the contract, each such beneficiary’s share of the proceeds if they elect this option will be in proportion to their applicable designated beneficiary percentage. Beneficiaries of nonqualified contracts may elect this settlement option subject to the distribution requirements of the contract. We reserve the right to adjust the remaining schedule of GBPs if necessary to comply with the Code.

Rider Termination

TheSecureSource 20 rider cannot be terminated either by you or us except as follows:

1.	Single Life: a change of ownership that would result in a different covered person will terminate the rider.
2.	Single Life: After the death benefit is payable, continuation of the contract will terminate the rider.
3.	Joint Life:After the death benefit is payable the rider will terminate if:

(a)	any one other than a covered spouse continues the contract, or
(b)	a covered spouse does not use the spousal continuation provision of the contract to continue the contract.

4.	Annuity payouts under an annuity payout plan will terminate the rider.
5.	You may terminate the rider if your annual rider fee after any fee increase is more than 0.25 percentage points higher than your fee before the increase (See “Charges —SecureSource 20 rider fee”).
6.	When the RBA and contract value is reduced to zero and either the withdrawal is taken when the ALP is not established or an excess withdrawal of the RALP is taken, the rider will terminate.
7.	Termination of the contract for any reason will terminate the rider.
8.	When a beneficiary elects an alternative payment plan which is an inherited IRA, the rider will terminate.

For an example, see Appendix D.

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    187

Appendix O:SecureSource Stages Rider Disclosure

Securesource Stages Riders

This is an optional benefit that you can add to your contract for an additional charge. The benefit is intended to provide to you, after the waiting period, a specified withdrawal amount annually for life, even if your contract value is zero, subject to the terms and provisions described in this section. This benefit offers a credit feature to help in low or poor performing markets and a step up feature to lock in contract anniversary gains. TheSecureSource Stages rider may be appropriate for you if you intend to make periodic withdrawals from your annuity contract and wish to ensure that market performance will not adversely affect your ability to withdraw income over your lifetime.

This benefit is intended for assets you plan to hold and let accumulate for at least three years. Your benefits under the rider can be reduced if any of the following occurs:

• If you take any withdrawals during the 3-year waiting period, your benefits will be set to zero until the end of the waiting period when they will be re-established based on your contract value at that time;

• If you take a withdrawal after the waiting period and if you withdraw more than the allowed withdrawal amount in a contract year, or you take withdrawals before the lifetime benefit is available;

• If you take a withdrawal and later choose to allocate your contract value to an investment option that is more aggressive than the target investment option.

• If the contract value is 20% or more below purchase payments increased by any step ups or rider credits and adjusted for withdrawals (see withdrawal adjustment base described below).

TheSecureSource Stages rider guarantees that, regardless of investment performance, you may take withdrawals up to the lifetime benefit amount each contract year that the lifetime benefit is available. The lifetime benefit amount can vary based on your attained age and based on the relationship of your contract value to the withdrawal adjustment base. Each contract year after the waiting period, the percentage used to determine the benefit amount is set when the first withdrawal is taken and fixed for the remainder of that year.

At any time after the waiting period, as long as your total withdrawals during the current year do not exceed the lifetime benefit amount, you will not be assessed a surrender charge and no market value adjustment will be applied. If you withdraw a larger amount, the excess amount will be assessed any applicable surrender charges and any applicable market value adjustment. At any time, you may withdraw any amount up to your entire surrender value, subject to excess withdrawal processing under the rider.

Subject to conditions and limitations, the rider also guarantees that you or your beneficiary will get back purchase payments you have made, increased by annual step-ups, through withdrawals over time. Any amount we pay in excess of your contract value is subject to our financial strength and claims-paying ability.

Subject to conditions and limitations, the lifetime benefit amount can be increased if a rider credit is available or your contract value has increased on a rider anniversary. The principal back guarantee can also be increased if your contract value has increased on a rider anniversary.

Availability

There are two optionalSecureSource Stages riders available under your contract:

• SecureSource Stages – Single Life

• SecureSource Stages – Joint Life

The information in this section applies to bothSecureSource Stages riders, unless otherwise noted.

For the purpose of this rider, the term “withdrawal” has the same meaning as the term “surrender” in the contract or any other riders

TheSecureSource Stages — Single Life rider covers one person. TheSecureSource Stages — Joint Life Rider covers two spouses jointly who are named at contract issue. You may elect only theSecureSource Stages — Single Life rider or theSecureSource Stages — Joint Life rider, not both, and you may not switch riders later. You must elect the rider when you purchase your contract. The rider effective date will be the contract issue date.

TheSecureSource Stages rider is an optional benefit that you may select, if approved in your state, for an additional annual charge if you purchase your contract on or after Nov. 30, 2009; and

• Single Life: you are 80 or younger on the date the contract is issued; or

• Joint Life: you and your spouse are 80 or younger on the date the contract is issued.

TheSecureSource Stages riders are not available under an inherited qualified annuity.

188    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

TheSecureSource Stages rider guarantees that after the waiting period, regardless of the investment performance of your contract, you will be able to withdraw up to a certain amount each year from the contract before the annuitization start date until:

• Single Life: death (see “At Death” heading below).

• Joint Life: the death of the last surviving covered spouse (see “Joint Life only: Covered Spouses” and “At Death” headings below).

Key Terms

The key terms associated with theSecureSource Stages rider are:

Age Bands: Each age band is associated with a set of lifetime payment percentages. The covered person (Joint Life: the younger covered spouse) must be at least the youngest age shown in the first age band for the annual lifetime payment to be established. After the annual lifetime payment is established, other factors determine when you move to a higher age band.

Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP): the lifetime benefit amount available each contract year after the waiting period and after the covered person (Joint Life: the younger covered spouse) has reached the youngest age in the first age band. When the ALP is available, the annual withdrawal amount guaranteed by the rider can vary each contract year.

Annual Step-Up: an increase in the benefit base or the principal back guarantee and a possible increase in the lifetime payment percentage that is available each rider anniversary if your contract value increases, subject to certain conditions.

Benefit Base (BB): used to calculate the annual lifetime payment and the annual rider charge. The BB cannot be withdrawn in a lump sum or annuitized and is not payable as a death benefit.

Credit Base (CB): used to calculate the rider credit. The CB cannot be withdrawn or annuitized and is not payable as a death benefit.

Excess Withdrawal: (1) a withdrawal taken after the waiting period and before the annual lifetime payment is established, or (2) a withdrawal that is greater than the remaining annual lifetime payment when the annual lifetime payment is available.

Excess Withdrawal Processing: after the waiting period, a reduction in benefits if a withdrawal is taken before the annual lifetime payment is established or if a withdrawal exceeds the remaining annual lifetime payment.

Lifetime Payment Percentage: used to calculate your annual lifetime payment. Two percentages (“percentage A” and “percentage B”) are used for each age band.

Principal Back Guarantee (PBG): a guarantee that total withdrawals will not be less than purchase payments you have made, increased by annual step-ups, as long as there is no excess withdrawal or benefit reset.

Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (RALP): as you make withdrawals during a contract year, the remaining amount that the rider guarantees will be available for withdrawal that year is reduced. Whenever the annual lifetime payment is available, the RALP is the guaranteed amount that can be withdrawn during the remainder of the current contract year.

Rider Credit: an amount that can be added to the benefit base on each of the first ten rider anniversaries, based on a rider credit percentage of 8% in year one and 6% for years two through ten, as long as no withdrawals have been taken since the rider effective date and you do not decline any annual rider fee increase. Investment performance and withdrawals in the waiting period may reduce or eliminate the benefit of any rider credits. Rider credits may result in higher rider charges that may exceed the benefit from the credits.

Waiting Period: the period of time before you can take a withdrawal without affecting benefits under the rider. The waiting period starts on the rider effective date and ends on the day prior to the third rider anniversary.

Withdrawal: the amount by which your contract value is reduced as a result of any withdrawal request. It may differ from the amount of your request due to any surrender charge and any market value adjustment.

Withdrawal Adjustment Base (WAB): one of the components used to determine the lifetime payment percentage. The WAB cannot be withdrawn or annuitized and is not payable as a death benefit.

ImportantSecureSource Stages Rider Considerations

You should consider whether aSecureSource Stages rider is appropriate for you taking into account the following considerations:

You will begin paying the rider charge as of the rider effective date, even if you do not begin taking withdrawals for many years. It is possible that your contract performance, fees and charges, and withdrawal pattern may be such that your contract value will not be depleted in your lifetime and you will not receive any monetary value under the rider.

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    189

•	Lifetime Benefit Limitations: The lifetime benefit is subject to certain limitations, including but not limited to:
	Single Life: Once the contract value equals zero, payments are made for as long as the covered person is living (see “If Contract Value Reduces to Zero” heading below). However, if the contract value is greater than zero, the lifetime benefit terminates at the first death of any owner even if the covered person is still living (see “At Death” heading below). This possibility may present itself when there are multiple contract owners — when one of the contract owners dies the lifetime benefit terminates even though other contract owners are still living.
	Joint Life: Once the contract value equals zero, payments are made for as long as either covered spouse is living (see “If Contract Value Reduces to Zero” heading below). However, if the contract value is greater than zero, the lifetime benefit terminates at the death of the last surviving covered spouse (see “At Death” heading below).
•	Withdrawals: Please consider carefully when you start taking withdrawals from this rider. If you take any withdrawals during the 3-year waiting period, your benefits will be set to zero until the end of the waiting period when they will be reestablished based on your contract value at that time. Although your benefits will be set to zero until the end of waiting period, we will deduct rider fees, based on the anniversary contract value for the remainder of the waiting period. Any withdrawal request within the 3-year waiting period must be submitted in writing. In addition, any withdrawals in the first 10 years will terminate the rider credits. Also, after the waiting period if you withdraw more than the allowed withdrawal amount in a contract year or take withdrawals before the lifetime benefit is available (“excess withdrawal”), the guaranteed amounts under the rider may be reduced.
•	Investment Allocation Restrictions: You must be invested in one of the approved investment options. These funds are expected to reduce our financial risks and expenses associated with certain living benefits. Although the funds’ investment strategies may help mitigate declines in your contract value due to declining equity markets, the funds’ investment strategies may also curb your contract value gains during periods of positive performance by the equity markets. Additionally, investment in the funds may decrease the number and amount of any benefit base increase opportunities. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds: Volatility and Volatility Management Risk with the Portfolio Stabilizer funds” section.) We reserve the right to add, remove or substitute approved investment options in the future. This requirement limits your choice of investments. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, GPAs or the regular fixed account that are available under the contract to contract owners who do not elect the rider. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds.”) You may allocate purchase payments to the Special DCA fixed account, when available, and we will make monthly transfers into the investment option you have chosen. You may make two elective investment option changes per contract year; we reserve the right to limit elective investment option changes if required to comply with the written instructions of a fund (see “Market Timing”).
	The following provisions apply to contracts invested in a Portfolio Navigator fund:

• You can allocate your contract value to any available Portfolio Navigator fund during the following times: (1) prior to your first withdrawal and (2) following a benefit reset due to an investment option change as described below but prior to any subsequent withdrawal. During these accumulation phases, you may request to change your investment option to any available investment option.

• Immediately following a withdrawal your contract value will be reallocated to the target investment option as shown in your contract if your current investment option is more aggressive than the target investment option. If you are in a static model portfolio, this reallocation will be made to the applicable fund of funds investment option. This automatic reallocation is not included in the total number of allowed model portfolio changes per contract year. The target investment option is currently the Moderate investment option. We reserve the right to change the target investment option to an investment option that is more aggressive than the target investment option after 30 days written notice.

• After you have taken a withdrawal and prior to any benefit reset as described below, you are in a withdrawal phase. During withdrawal phases you may request to change your investment option to the target investment option or any investment option that is more conservative than the target investment option without a benefit reset as described below. If you are in a withdrawal phase and you choose to allocate your contract value to an investment option that is more aggressive than the target or investment option, you will be in the accumulation phase again. If this is done after the waiting period, your rider benefit will be reset as follows: the BB, PBG and WAB will be reset to the contract value, if less than their current amount; and the ALP and RALP, if available, will be recalculated.

You may request to change your investment option by written request on an authorized form or by another method agreed to by us.

•

Non-Cancelable: Once elected, theSecureSource Stages rider may not be cancelled (except as provided under “Rider Termination” heading below) and the fee will continue to be deducted until the contract or rider is terminated or the contract value reduces to zero (described below).

Dissolution of marriage does not terminate theSecureSource Stages — Joint Life rider and will not reduce the fee we charge for this rider. The benefit under theSecureSource Stages — Joint Life rider continues for the covered spouse who is the owner of the contract (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural or revocable trust ownership). The rider will terminate at the death of the contract owner because the original covered spouse will be unable to elect the spousal continuation provision of the contract (see “Joint Life only: Covered Spouses” below).

190    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

•	Joint Life: Limitations on Contract Owners, Annuitants and Beneficiaries: Since the joint life benefit will terminate unless the surviving covered spouse continues the contract under the spousal option to continue the contract upon the owner’s death provision, only ownership arrangements that permit such continuation are allowed at rider issue. In general, the covered spouses should be joint owners, or one covered spouse should be the owner and the other covered spouse should be named as the sole primary beneficiary.
	You are responsible for establishing ownership arrangements that will allow for spousal continuation.
	If you select theSecureSource Stages — Joint Life rider, please consider carefully whether or not you wish to change the beneficiary of your annuity contract. The rider will terminate if the surviving covered spouse cannot utilize the spousal continuation provision of the contract when the death benefit is payable.
•	Limitations on Purchase Payments: We reserve the right to limit the cumulative amount of purchase payments (subject to state restrictions), which may limit your ability to make additional purchase payments to increase your contract value as you may have originally intended. For current purchase payment restrictions, please see “Buying Your Contract —Purchase Payments”.
•	Interaction with Total Free Amount (FA) contract provision: The FA is the amount you are allowed to withdraw from the contract in each contract year without incurring a surrender charge (see “Charges — Surrender Charge”). The FA may be greater than the remaining annual lifetime payment under this rider. Any amount you withdraw under the contract’s FA provision that exceeds the remaining annual lifetime payment is subject to the excess withdrawal processing described below. Also, any amount you withdraw during the waiting period will set all benefits under the rider to zero until the end of the waiting period when they will be reestablished based on the contract value at that time.

You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of the rider in your tax situation because:

• Tax Considerations for Nonqualified Annuities:Under current federal income tax law, withdrawals under nonqualified annuities, including withdrawals taken from the contract under the terms of the rider, are treated less favorably than amounts received as annuity payments under the contract (see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities”). Withdrawals are taxable income to the extent of earnings. Withdrawal of earnings before age 59½ may also incur a 10% IRS early withdrawal penalty. You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of the rider in your tax situation.

• Tax Considerations for Qualified Annuities: Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). If you have a qualified annuity, you may need to take an RMD during the waiting period and such withdrawals will set all benefits under the rider to zero until the end of the waiting period when they will be reestablished based on the contract value at that time. While the rider permits certain excess withdrawals to be taken after the waiting period for the purpose of satisfying RMD requirements for your contract alone without reducing future benefits guaranteed under the rider, there can be no guarantee that changes in the federal income tax law after the effective date of the rider will not require a larger RMD to be taken, in which case, future guaranteed withdrawals under the rider could be reduced. See Appendix E for additional information.

• Treatment of non-spousal distributions: Unless you are married your beneficiary will be required to take distributions as a non-spouse which may result in significantly decreasing the value of the rider. Please note civil unions and domestic partnerships generally are not recognized as marriages for federal tax purposes. For additional information see “Taxes — Other — Spousal status” section of this prospectus.

• Limitations on Tax-Sheltered Annuities (TSAs): Your right to take withdrawals is restricted if your contract is a TSA (see “TSA — Special Provisions”).

Lifetime Benefit Description

Single Life only:Covered Person: the person whose life is used to determine when the annual lifetime payment is established, and the duration of the ALP payments (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below). The covered person is the oldest contract owner. If any owner is a nonnatural person (e.g., an irrevocable trust or corporation) or a revocable trust, the covered person is the oldest annuitant.

Joint Life only: CoveredSpouses: the contract owner and his or her legally married spouse as defined under federal law, as named on the application for as long as the marriage is valid and in effect. If any contract owner is a nonnatural person (e.g., an irrevocable trust or corporation) or a revocable trust, the covered spouses are the annuitant and the legally married spouse of the annuitant. The covered spouses lives are used to determine when the annual lifetime payment is established, and the duration of the ALP payments (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below). The covered spouses are established on the rider effective date and cannot be changed.

Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP): the lifetime benefit amount available each contract year after the waiting period and after the covered person (Joint Life: younger covered spouses) has reached age 50. When the ALP is established and at all times thereafter, the ALP is equal to the BB multiplied by the lifetime payment percentage. Anytime the lifetime

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    191

payment percentage or BB changes as described below, the ALP will be recalculated. When the ALP is available, the first withdrawal taken in each contract year will set and fix the lifetime payment percentage for the remainder of the contract year.

If you withdraw less than the ALP in a contract year, the unused portion does not carry over to future contract years.

Single Life: The ALP is established on the later of the rider effective date if the covered person has reached age 50, or the date the covered person’s attained age equals age 50. The ALP will be available on later of the rider anniversary after the waiting period, or the date the covered person’s attained age equals age 50.

Joint Life: The ALP is established on the earliest of the following dates:

• The rider effective date if the younger covered spouse has already reached age 50.

• The date the younger covered spouse’s attained age equals age 50.

• Upon the first death of a covered spouse, then either: (a) the date we receive a written request when the death benefit is not payable and the surviving covered spouse has already reached age 50, (b) the date spousal continuation is effective when the death benefit is payable and the surviving covered spouse has already reached age 50, or (c) the date the surviving covered spouse reaches age 50.

• Following dissolution of marriage of the covered spouses, then either (a) the date we receive a written request if the remaining covered spouse who is the owner (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural or revocable trust ownership) has already reached age 50, or (b) the date the remaining covered spouse who is the owner (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural or revocable trust ownership) reaches age 50.

The ALP will be available on later of the rider anniversary after the waiting period, or the date the ALP is established.

Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (RALP): the remaining annual lifetime payment guaranteed for withdrawal after any withdrawals are made. The RALP is established at the same time as the ALP. The RALP will be zero during the waiting period. After the waiting period, the RALP equals the ALP less all withdrawals in the current contract year, but it will not be less than zero.

Lifetime Payment Percentage: used to calculate the annual lifetime payment. Two percentages are used for a given age band, percentage A or percentage B, depending on the factors described below.

For ages:

• 50-58, percentage A is 4% and percentage B is 3%.

• 59-64, percentage A is 5% and percentage B is 4%.

• 65-79, percentage A is 6% and percentage B is 5%.

• 80 and older, percentage A is 7% and percentage B is 6%.

The age band for the lifetime payment percentage is determined at the following times:

• When the ALP is established: The age band for the lifetime payment percentage used to calculate the initial ALP is the percentage for the covered person’s attained age (Joint Life: younger covered spouses attained age).

• On the covered person’s subsequent birthdays (Joint Life: younger covered spouses subsequent birthdays): Except as noted below, if the covered person’s new attained age (Joint Life: younger covered spouses attained age) is in a higher age band, then the higher age band will be used to determine the appropriate lifetime payment percentage. (However, if you decline any annual rider fee increase or if a withdrawal has been taken since the ALP was made available, then the lifetime payment percentage will not change on subsequent birthdays.)

• Upon annual step-ups (see “Annual step ups” below).

• For the Joint life rider, upon death or change in marital status: In the event of death or dissolution of marriage: (A) If no withdrawal has been taken since the ALP was available and no annual rider fee increase has been declined, the lifetime payment percentage will be reset based on the Age Band for the remaining covered spouse’s attained age. (B) If the ALP is not established but the remaining covered spouse has reached the youngest age in the first Age Band, the remaining covered spouse’s attained age will be used to determine the age band for the lifetime payment percentage. In the event of remarriage of the covered spouses to each other, the lifetime payment percentage used is the percentage for the younger covered spouse’s attained age.

The following determines whether Percentage A or Percentage B is used for each applicable age band:

During the waiting period, percentage A will be used to determine the amount payable to beneficiaries under the principal back guarantee (PBG).

After the waiting period, a comparison of your contract value and the withdrawal adjustment base (WAB) determines whether percentage A or percentage B is used to calculate the ALP unless the percentage is fixed as described below.

192    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

On each valuation date, if the benefit determining percentage is less than the 20% adjustment threshold, then percentage A is used in calculating your ALP, otherwise percentage B is used. The benefit determining percentage is calculated as follows, but it will not be less than zero:

1– (a/b) where:

a	=	Contract value at the end of the prior valuation period
b	=	WAB at the end of the prior valuation period

After the ALP is available, the first withdrawal taken in each contract year will set and fix the lifetime payment percentage for the remainder of the contract year. Beginning on the next rider anniversary, the lifetime payment percentage can change on each valuation day as described above until a withdrawal is taken in that contract year.

Under certain limited situations, your Lifetime Payment Percentage will not vary each contract year. Percentage A or percentage B will be determined at the earliest of (1), (2) or (3) below and remain fixed for as long as the benefit is payable:

• if the ALP is established, when your contract value on a rider anniversary is less than two times the benefit base (BB) multiplied by percentage B for your current age band, or

• when the contract value reduces to zero, or

• on the date of death (Joint Life: remaining covered spouse’s date of death) when a death benefit is payable.

For certain periods of time at our discretion and on a non-discriminatory basis, your lifetime payment percentage may be set by us to percentage A if more favorable to you.

Determination of Adjustments of Benefit Values:Your lifetime benefit values and principal back guarantee (PBG) are determined at the following times and are subject to a maximum benefit base (BB), credit base (CB), withdrawal adjustment base (WAB) and PBG amount of $10 million each:

• On the contract date: The WAB, CB, BB and PBG are set equal to the initial purchase payment.

• When an additional purchase payment is made: Before a withdrawal is taken in the waiting period and at any time after the waiting period, the WAB, CB (unless it has been permanently set to zero), BB and PBG will be increased by the amount of each additional purchase payment.

• When a withdrawal is taken: If the CB is greater than zero, the CB will be permanently reset to zero when the first withdrawal is taken, and there will be no additional rider credits. If the first withdrawal is taken during the waiting period, the WAB, BB and PBG will be set equal to zero until the end of the waiting period.

• Whenever a withdrawal is taken after the waiting period:

(a)	the WAB will be reduced by the “adjustment for withdrawal,” as defined below.
(b)	if the ALP is established and the withdrawal is less than or equal to the RALP, the BB does not change and the PBG is reduced by the amount of the withdrawal, but it will not be less than zero.
(c)	if the ALP is not established, excess withdrawal processing will occur as follows. The BB will be reduced by the “adjustment for withdrawal,” and the PBG will be reduced by the greater of the amount of the withdrawal or the “adjustment for withdrawal,” but it will not be less than zero.
(d)	If the ALP is established and the withdrawal is greater than the RALP, excess withdrawal processing will occur as follows:
	The PBG will be reset to the lesser of:
	(i) the PBG reduced by the amount of the withdrawal, but it will not be less than zero; or

(ii) the PBG minus the RALP on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal and further reduced by an amount calculated as follows, but it will not be less than zero:

a × b	where:
c

a	=	the amount of the withdrawal minus the RALP
b	=	the PBG minus the RALP on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal
c	=	the contract value on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal minus the RALP

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    193

The BB will be reduced by an amount as calculated below:

d × e	where:
f

d	=	the amount of the withdrawal minus the RALP
e	=	the BB on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal
f	=	the contract value on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal minus the RALP.

Adjustment for Withdrawal Definition: When the WAB, PBG or BB is reduced by a withdrawal in the same proportion as the contract value is reduced, the proportional amount deducted is the “adjustment for withdrawal.” The “adjustment for withdrawal” is calculated as follows:

g × h	where:
i

g	=	the amount the contract value is reduced by the withdrawal
h	=	the WAB, BB or PGB (as applicable) on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal
I	=	the contract value on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal.

Rider Anniversary Processing: The following describes how the WAB, BB and PBG are calculated on rider anniversaries, subject to the maximum amount of $10 million for each, and how the lifetime payment percentage can change on rider anniversaries.

• On the rider anniversary following the waiting period: If a withdrawal was taken during the waiting period and you did not decline any annual rider fee increase as described in the rider charges provision, the BB, WAB and PBG are reset to the contract value. If a withdrawal was taken during the waiting period and you declined any annual rider fee increase, the BB and PBG are reset to the lesser of (1) the BB or PBG (as applicable) at the time of the first withdrawal, plus any additional purchase payments since the time of the first withdrawal, minus all withdrawals, or (2) the contract value. The WAB will be reset to the BB.

• The WAB on rider anniversaries: Unless you decline any annual rider fee increase or take a withdrawal during the waiting period, the WAB (after any rider credit is added) will be increased to the contract value, if the contract value is greater. If a withdrawal was taken during the waiting period, the WAB will be increased to the contract value, if the contract value is greater, starting on the rider anniversary following the waiting period.

Rider Credits: If you did not take any withdrawals and you did not decline any annual rider fee increase, a rider credit may be available for the first ten rider anniversaries. On the first rider anniversary, the rider credit equals the credit base (CB) 180 days following the rider effective date multiplied by 8%. On any subsequent rider credit anniversaries, the rider credit equals the CB as of the prior rider anniversary multiplied by 6%. On the first rider anniversary the BB and WAB will be set to the greater of the current BB, or the BB 180 days following the contract date increased by the rider credit and any additional purchase payments since 180 days following the rider effective date. On any subsequent rider credit anniversaries the BB and WAB will be set to the greater of the current BB, or the BB on the prior rider anniversary increased by the rider credit and any additional purchase payments since the prior rider anniversary. If the CB is greater than zero, the CB will be permanently reset to zero on the 10th rider anniversary after any adjustment to the WAB and BB, and there will be no additional rider credits.

Annual step ups: Beginning with the first rider anniversary, an annual step-up may be available. If you take any withdrawals during the waiting period, the annual step-up will not be available until the 3rd rider anniversary. If you decline any annual rider fee increase, future annual step-ups will no longer be available.

The annual step-up will be executed on any rider anniversary where the contract value (after charges are deducted) is greater than the PBG or the BB after any rider credit is added. If an annual step-up is executed, the PBG, BB and lifetime payment percentage will be adjusted as follows: The PBG will be increased to the contract value, if the contract value is greater. The BB (after any rider credit is added) will be increased to the contract value, if the contract value is greater. If the covered person’s attained age (Joint Life: younger covered spouses attained age) on the rider anniversary is in a higher age band and (1) there is an increase to BB due to a step-up or (2) the BB is at the maximum of $10,000,000 so there was no step-up of the BB, then the higher age band will be used to determine the appropriate lifetime payment percentage, regardless of any prior withdrawals.

Other Provisions

Required Minimum Distributions (RMD): If you are taking RMDs from your contract and your RMD calculated separately for your contract is greater than the remaining annual lifetime payment on the most recent contract anniversary, the portion of your RMD that exceeds the benefit amount will not be subject to excess withdrawal processing provided that the following conditions are met:

• The withdrawal is after the waiting period;

194    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• The annual lifetime payment is available;

• The RMD is for your contract alone;

• The RMD is based on your recalculated life expectancy taken from the Uniform Lifetime Table under the Code; and

• The RMD amount is otherwise based on the requirements of section 401(a) (9), related Code provisions and regulations thereunder that were in effect on the contract date.

RMD rules follow the calendar year which most likely does not coincide with your contract year and therefore may limit when you can take your RMD and not be subject to excess withdrawal processing. A withdrawal during the waiting period will reset the benefit base, the withdrawal adjustment base and the principal back guarantee to the contract value at the end of the waiting period. After the waiting period, a withdrawal taken before the annual lifetime payment is established or withdrawing amounts greater than the remaining annual lifetime payment that do not meet these conditions will result in excess withdrawal processing. The amount in excess of the RALP that is not subject to excess withdrawal processing will be recalculated if the ALP changes due to lifetime payment percentage changes. See Appendix E for additional information.

Spousal Option to Continue the Contract upon Owner’s Death (Spousal Continuation):

Single Life: If a surviving spouse elects to continue the contract and continues the contract as the new owner under the spousal continuation provision of the contract, theSecureSource Stages — Single Life rider terminates.

Joint Life: If a surviving spouse is a covered spouse and elects the spousal continuation provision of the contract as the new owner, theSecureSource Stages — Joint Life rider also continues. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate. The surviving covered spouse can name a new beneficiary; however, a new covered spouse cannot be added to the rider.

At the time of spousal continuation, a step-up may be available. If you decline a rider fee increase or the spousal continuation occurs during the waiting period and a withdrawal was taken, a step up is not available. All annual step-up rules (see “Rider Anniversary Processing — Annual Step-Up” heading above) also apply to the spousal continuation step-up. The WAB will be increased to the contract value if the contract value is greater. The spousal continuation step-up is processed on the valuation date spousal continuation is effective.

Rules for Surrender: Minimum account values following surrender no longer apply to your contract. For withdrawals, the withdrawal will be taken from all accounts and the variable subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to the contract value. You cannot specify from which accounts the withdrawal is to be taken.

If your contract value is reduced to zero, the CB, if greater than zero, will be permanently reset to zero, and there will be no additional rider credits. Also, the following will occur:

• If the ALP is not established and if the contract value is reduced to zero as a result of market performance, fees or charges, then the owner must wait until the ALP would be established, and the ALP will be paid annually until the death of the covered person (Joint Life: both covered spouses).

• If the ALP is established and if the contract value is reduced to zero as a result of market performance, fees or charges, or as a result of a withdrawal that is less than or equal to the RALP, then the owner will receive the ALP paid annually until the death of the covered person (Joint Life: both covered spouses).

In either case above:

– These annualized amounts will be paid in monthly installments. If the monthly payment is less than $100, We have the right to change the frequency, but no less frequently than annually.

– We will no longer accept additional purchase payments.

– No more charges will be collected for the rider.

– The current ALP is fixed for as long as payments are made.

– The death benefit becomes the remaining schedule of annual lifetime payments, if any, until total payments to the owner and the beneficiary are equal to the PBG at the time the contract value falls to zero.

– The amount paid in the current contract year will be reduced for any prior withdrawals in that year.

• If the ALP is not established and if the contract value is reduced to zero as a result of a withdrawal taken before the ALP is established, this rider and the contract will terminate.

• If the ALP is established and if the contract value is reduced to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RALP, this rider and the contract will terminate.

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    195

At Death:

Single Life: If the contract is jointly owned and an owner dies when the contract value is greater than zero, the lifetime benefit for the covered person will cease even if the covered person is still living or if the contract is continued under the spousal continuation option.

Joint Life: If the death benefit becomes payable at the death of a covered spouse, the surviving covered spouse must utilize the spousal continuation option to continue the lifetime benefit. If spousal continuation is not available, the rider terminates. The lifetime benefit ends at the death of the surviving covered spouse.

If the contract value is greater than zero when the death benefit becomes payable, the beneficiary may:

• elect to take the death benefit under the terms of the contract, or

• elect to take the principal back guarantee available under this rider, or

• continue the contract and theSecureSource Stages rider under the spousal continuation option.

For single and joint life, the beneficiary may elect the principal back guarantee under this rider if payments begin no later than one year after your death and the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy. If elected, the following will occur:

• If the PBG is greater than zero and the ALP is established, the ALP on the date of death will be paid until total payments to the beneficiary are equal to the PBG on the date of death.

• If the PBG is greater than zero and the ALP is not established, the BB on the date of death multiplied by the lifetime payment percentage used for the youngest age of the covered spouses in the first age band shown on the contract data page will be paid annually until total payments to the beneficiary are equal to the PBG on the date of death.

In either of the above cases:

• After the date of death, there will be no additional rider credits or annual step-ups.

• The lifetime payment percentage used will be set as of the date of death.

• The amount paid in the current contract year will be reduced for any prior withdrawals in that year.

On the date of death (Joint Life: remaining covered spouse’s date of death), if the CB is greater than zero, the CB will be permanently reset to zero, and there will be no additional rider credits.

If the PBG equals zero, the benefit terminates. No further payments are made.

Contract Ownership Change:

Single Life: If allowed by state law, change of ownership is subject to our approval. If there is a change of ownership and the covered person remains the same, the rider continues with no change to any of the rider benefits. Effective May 1, 2016, joint ownership and joint annuitants are not allowed except for contracts issued in California. If there is a change of ownership and the covered person would be different, the rider terminates.

Joint Life: Ownership changes are only allowed between the covered spouses or their revocable trust(s) and are subject to our approval, if allowed by state law. No other ownership changes are allowed as long as the rider is in force.

Assignment: If allowed by state law, an assignment is subject to our approval.

Annuity Provisions: You can choose one of the payout options available under the contract or an alternative fixed annuity payout option available under theSecureSource Stages rider. Under the rider’s payout option, the minimum amount payable shown in Table B, will not apply and you will receive the annual lifetime payment provided by this rider until the later of the death of the covered person (Joint Life: both covered spouses) or depletion of the principal back guarantee. If you choose to receive the ALP, the amount payable each year will be equal to the annual lifetime payment on the annuitization start date. The amount paid in the current contract year will be reduced for any prior withdrawals in that year. These annualized amounts will be paid in monthly installments. If the monthly payment is less than $100, we have the right to change the frequency, but no less frequently than annually.For more information on annuity payout plans, please see “The Annuity Payout Period - Annuity Payout Plans.”

If you choose to receive the ALP rather than a payout option available under the contract, all other contract features, rider features and charges terminate after the annuitization start date except for the PBG.

Rider Termination

TheSecureSource Stages rider cannot be terminated either by you or us except as follows:

• Single Life: a change of ownership that would result in a different covered person will terminate the rider.

• Single Life: after the death benefit is payable, the rider will terminate.

• Single Life: spousal continuation will terminate the rider.

196    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• Joint Life: After the death benefit is payable the rider will terminate if anyone other than a covered spouse continues the contract. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate.

• On the annuitization start date, the rider will terminate.

• You may terminate the rider if your annual rider fee would increase more than 0.25 percentage points (See “Charges —SecureSource Stages rider fee”)

• When the contract value is reduced to zero and either the withdrawal taken when the annual lifetime payment is not established or a withdrawal in excess of the remaining annual lifetime payment is taken, the rider will terminate.

• Termination of the contract for any reason will terminate the rider.

For an example, see Appendix D.

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    197

Appendix P: Withdrawal Benefit Riders: Electing Step Up or Spousal Continuation Step Up

Example — Withdrawal Benefit Riders: Electing Step Up or Spousal Continuation Step Up

Assumptions:

This example assumes that the covered person (for joint life, younger covered spouse) is 65 or older and there are no additional purchase payments or withdrawals.

•	You own a RiverSource variable annuity with a withdrawal benefit rider. You are currently invested in the Variable Portfolio — Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2) (a Portfolio Navigator fund) with a current rider fee of 0.65%.
	Your Contract Value (CV) is $100,000 and your withdrawal benefit rider currently provides the following benefits:

1)	You can withdraw $6,000 a year for the rest of your life. This is your Annual Lifetime Payment. Or
2)	You can withdraw $7,000 a year until you have withdrawn a total of $100,000. This is your Guaranteed Benefit Payment.

Based on your current CV, you will pay a rider fee of approximately $650 on your next annuity contract anniversary.

•	The annual fee for this rider has increased to 0.95% for clients invested in the Variable Portfolio — Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2).
	The following compares certain options available to you. Changes to rider values or fees are presented for two different scenarios where your CV increases to either $110,000 or $101,000 over the contract year:

1) Elect to lock in your contract gains to your benefit values (step up):

	CV of $110,000	CV of $101,000
Increase in Annual Lifetime Payment	$600	$60
Increase in Guaranteed Benefit Payment	$700	$70
Increase in Annual Rider Fee	0.30%	0.30%
Increase in Annual Contract Charge	$330	$303

Automatic step ups will continue on your next anniversary (if available under your rider).

2) Do not elect to lock in your contract gains (no step up):

	CV of $110,000	CV of $101,000
Increase in Annual Lifetime Payment	$0	$0
Increase in Guaranteed Benefit Payment	$0	$0
Increase in Annual Rider Fee	0%	0%
Increase in Annual Contract Charge	$65	$6.50

Your rider fee will not change, although the dollar amount of your annual charge will change as your CV changes. On your next anniversary, you will again have the option to elect the step up (lock in contract gains)

3) Move to one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds and elect the step up:

	CV of $110,000	CV of $101,000
Increase in Annual Lifetime Payment	$600	$60
Increase in Guaranteed Benefit Payment	$700	$70
Increase in Annual Rider Fee	0%	0%
Increase in Annual Contract Charge	$65	$6.50

Your rider fee will not change, although the dollar amount of your annual charge will change as your CV changes. Automatic step ups will continue on your next anniversary (if available under your rider).

The above example is for illustrative purposes only. The assumptions and calculations used are not intended to be consistent with any one rider, but instead are intended to provide an idea of how different scenarios would operate. Your specific rider may use different calculations for fees or have different benefits available. For a full description and rules applicable to step up options under your rider, please see the “Optional Living Benefits” section.

Electing to step up may result in different increases to the annual rider charge relative to the increase in your rider values. You should weigh the resulting increased charge due to the step up versus the increases to your benefits to determine the option that is best for you.

198    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix Q: Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)

The following tables give per-unit information about the financial history of the subaccounts representing the lowest and highest total annual variable account expense combinations. The date in which operations commenced in each subaccount is noted in parentheses. The SAI contains tables that give per-unit information about the financial history of each existing subaccount. We have not provided this information for subaccounts (if any) that were not available under your contract as of December 31, 2019. You may obtain a copy of the SAI without charge by contacting us at the telephone number or address listed on the first page of the prospectus.

Variable account charges of 1.00% of the daily net assets of the variable account.

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
AB VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio (Class B) (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.68	$0.76	$0.57	$0.58	$0.57	$0.55	$0.45	$0.40	$0.53	$0.45
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.88	$0.68	$0.76	$0.57	$0.58	$0.57	$0.55	$0.45	$0.40	$0.53
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	5	5	33	41	40	44	54	64	89	80
AB VPS Growth and Income Portfolio (Class B) (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.21	$2.37	$2.02	$1.84	$1.83	$1.69	$1.27	$1.09	$1.04	$0.93
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.71	$2.21	$2.37	$2.02	$1.84	$1.83	$1.69	$1.27	$1.09	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	38	41	48	70	93	107	169	253	295	416
AB VPS International Value Portfolio (Class B) (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.00	$1.31	$1.05	$1.07	$1.06	$1.14	$0.94	$0.83	$1.04	$1.01
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.15	$1.00	$1.31	$1.05	$1.07	$1.06	$1.14	$0.94	$0.83	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	4	4	4	18
American Century VP Mid Cap Value, Class II (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.33	$2.70	$2.45	$2.02	$2.07	$1.80	$1.40	$1.22	$1.24	$1.05
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.98	$2.33	$2.70	$2.45	$2.02	$2.07	$1.80	$1.40	$1.22	$1.24
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
American Century VP Ultra®, Class II (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.78	$2.79	$2.13	$2.06	$1.97	$1.81	$1.33	$1.18	$1.19	$1.03
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.69	$2.78	$2.79	$2.13	$2.06	$1.97	$1.81	$1.33	$1.18	$1.19
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
American Century VP Value, Class II (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.08	$2.31	$2.15	$1.81	$1.90	$1.70	$1.31	$1.15	$1.15	$1.03
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.61	$2.08	$2.31	$2.15	$1.81	$1.90	$1.70	$1.31	$1.15	$1.15
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Equity Portfolio - Service Shares* (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.24	$1.49	$1.19	$1.27	$1.27	$1.32	$1.14	$0.93	$1.11	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.47	$1.24	$1.49	$1.19	$1.27	$1.27	$1.32	$1.14	$0.93	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
*BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Equity Portfolio - Service Shares is scheduled to liquidate on or about April 30, 2020.
BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Value Portfolio - Service Shares* (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.00	$1.21	$0.96	$0.98	$1.02	$1.14	$0.94	$0.84	$1.05	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.20	$1.00	$1.21	$0.96	$0.98	$1.02	$1.14	$0.94	$0.84	$1.05
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
*BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Value Portfolio - Service Shares is scheduled to liquidate on or about April 30, 2020.
ClearBridge Variable Small Cap Growth Portfolio – Class I (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.96	$2.89	$2.35	$2.24	$2.37	$2.30	$1.58	$1.33	$1.33	$1.07
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.71	$2.96	$2.89	$2.35	$2.24	$2.37	$2.30	$1.58	$1.33	$1.33
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3) (3/17/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.00	$2.10	$1.71	$1.60	$1.60	$1.40	$1.06	$0.94	$0.90	$0.78
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.47	$2.00	$2.10	$1.71	$1.60	$1.60	$1.40	$1.06	$0.94	$0.90
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	36	40	45	51	63	67	83	116	126	203
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3) (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.60	$2.79	$2.46	$2.19	$2.28	$2.09	$1.67	$1.48	$1.57	$1.36
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.19	$2.60	$2.79	$2.46	$2.19	$2.28	$2.09	$1.67	$1.48	$1.57
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	28	33	37	43	53	55	70	87	130	223
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Emerging Markets Fund (Class 3) (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.15	$1.48	$1.02	$0.98	$1.09	$1.12	$1.16	$0.97	$1.24	$1.04
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.50	$1.15	$1.48	$1.02	$0.98	$1.09	$1.12	$1.16	$0.97	$1.24
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	2	2	2	12

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    199

Variable account charges of 1.00% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund (Class 3) (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.07	$1.07	$1.07	$1.08	$1.09	$1.11	$1.12	$1.13	$1.14	$1.15
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.08	$1.07	$1.07	$1.07	$1.08	$1.09	$1.11	$1.12	$1.13	$1.14
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	285	337	352	369	137	161	210	269	341	576
Columbia Variable Portfolio – High Yield Bond Fund (Class 3) (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.62	$1.70	$1.62	$1.46	$1.49	$1.46	$1.39	$1.21	$1.16	$1.03
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.87	$1.62	$1.70	$1.62	$1.46	$1.49	$1.46	$1.39	$1.21	$1.16
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Income Opportunities Fund (Class 3) (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.58	$1.66	$1.57	$1.43	$1.46	$1.42	$1.37	$1.20	$1.14	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.81	$1.58	$1.66	$1.57	$1.43	$1.46	$1.42	$1.37	$1.20	$1.14
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	13	13	14	15	22	23	24	37
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3) (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.62	$1.63	$1.59	$1.54	$1.55	$1.49	$1.54	$1.44	$1.37	$1.27
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.75	$1.62	$1.63	$1.59	$1.54	$1.55	$1.49	$1.54	$1.44	$1.37
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	117	127	134	136	165	203	245	268	317	645
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Growth Fund (Class 3) (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.37	$2.49	$1.97	$1.96	$1.82	$1.61	$1.25	$1.05	$1.10	$0.95
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.18	$2.37	$2.49	$1.97	$1.96	$1.82	$1.61	$1.25	$1.05	$1.10
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	5	5	5	6	6	6
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Index Fund (Class 3) (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.93	$2.05	$1.71	$1.55	$1.55	$1.38	$1.06	$0.93	$0.92	$0.81
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.50	$1.93	$2.05	$1.71	$1.55	$1.55	$1.38	$1.06	$0.93	$0.92
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	104	117	147	153	176	183	228	258	291	404
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Overseas Core Fund (Class 3) (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.28	$1.55	$1.23	$1.32	$1.27	$1.41	$1.16	$1.00	$1.15	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.59	$1.28	$1.55	$1.23	$1.32	$1.27	$1.41	$1.16	$1.00	$1.15
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Select Mid Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.10	$2.45	$2.18	$1.93	$2.05	$1.85	$1.36	$1.16	$1.28	$1.05
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.73	$2.10	$2.45	$2.18	$1.93	$2.05	$1.85	$1.36	$1.16	$1.28
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Small Cap Value Fund (Class 2) (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.06	$2.54	$2.25	$1.71	$1.85	$1.81	$1.36	$1.24	$1.33	$1.06
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.46	$2.06	$2.54	$2.25	$1.71	$1.85	$1.81	$1.36	$1.24	$1.33
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	6	6	6	30
Columbia Variable Portfolio – U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3) (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.39	$1.38	$1.35	$1.33	$1.33	$1.27	$1.31	$1.30	$1.29	$1.27
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.47	$1.39	$1.38	$1.35	$1.33	$1.33	$1.27	$1.31	$1.30	$1.29
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	23	26	27	70	68	74	85	132	158	313
Credit Suisse Trust – Commodity Return Strategy Portfolio (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.53	$0.60	$0.60	$0.54	$0.73	$0.88	$1.00	$1.03	$1.19	$1.03
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.56	$0.53	$0.60	$0.60	$0.54	$0.73	$0.88	$1.00	$1.03	$1.19
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
CTIVP® – BlackRock Global Inflation-Protected Securities Fund (Class 3) (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.22	$1.24	$1.22	$1.13	$1.16	$1.08	$1.16	$1.10	$1.01	$0.98
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.30	$1.22	$1.24	$1.22	$1.13	$1.16	$1.08	$1.16	$1.10	$1.01
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	43	43	45	46	56	56	54	46
CTIVP® – Loomis Sayles Growth Fund (Class 1) (4/29/2016)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.35	$1.39	$1.06	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.75	$1.35	$1.39	$1.06	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
CTIVP® – Victory Sycamore Established Value Fund (Class 3) (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.49	$2.79	$2.44	$2.04	$2.06	$1.86	$1.38	$1.19	$1.29	$1.07
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.15	$2.49	$2.79	$2.44	$2.04	$2.06	$1.86	$1.38	$1.19	$1.29
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Eaton Vance VT Floating-Rate Income Fund – Initial Class (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.31	$1.32	$1.29	$1.20	$1.22	$1.23	$1.19	$1.12	$1.11	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.39	$1.31	$1.32	$1.29	$1.20	$1.22	$1.23	$1.19	$1.12	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	16	16	17	18	20	21	21	19

200    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.00% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Fidelity® VIP ContrafundSM Portfolio Service Class 2 (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.05	$3.30	$2.74	$2.57	$2.58	$2.34	$1.80	$1.57	$1.63	$1.41
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.96	$3.05	$3.30	$2.74	$2.57	$2.58	$2.34	$1.80	$1.57	$1.63
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	127	140	152	228	235	267	279	363	447	873
Fidelity® VIP Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Service Class 2 (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.22	$1.24	$1.21	$1.17	$1.19	$1.14	$1.17	$1.12	$1.06	$0.99
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.32	$1.22	$1.24	$1.21	$1.17	$1.19	$1.14	$1.17	$1.12	$1.06
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	3	3	3	28
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2 (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.44	$4.08	$3.42	$3.09	$3.17	$3.02	$2.24	$1.98	$2.24	$1.76
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.20	$3.44	$4.08	$3.42	$3.09	$3.17	$3.02	$2.24	$1.98	$2.24
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	61	72	76	105	133	156	170	183	212	350
Fidelity® VIP Overseas Portfolio Service Class 2 (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.74	$2.07	$1.61	$1.72	$1.68	$1.85	$1.44	$1.21	$1.47	$1.32
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.20	$1.74	$2.07	$1.61	$1.72	$1.68	$1.85	$1.44	$1.21	$1.47
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	7	7	7	10	10	11	16	16	16	62
Franklin Income VIP Fund – Class 2 (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.64	$1.73	$1.59	$1.41	$1.53	$1.48	$1.31	$1.18	$1.16	$1.04
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.88	$1.64	$1.73	$1.59	$1.41	$1.53	$1.48	$1.31	$1.18	$1.16
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	12	13	14	15	15	17	18	2
Goldman Sachs VIT Mid Cap Value Fund – Institutional Shares (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.07	$2.33	$2.12	$1.89	$2.10	$1.86	$1.42	$1.21	$1.30	$1.05
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.69	$2.07	$2.33	$2.12	$1.89	$2.10	$1.86	$1.42	$1.21	$1.30
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	2	2	2	11
Goldman Sachs VIT U.S. Equity Insights Fund – Institutional Shares (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.58	$2.78	$2.26	$2.06	$2.08	$1.81	$1.33	$1.17	$1.14	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.20	$2.58	$2.78	$2.26	$2.06	$2.08	$1.81	$1.33	$1.17	$1.14
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund, Series II Shares (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.05	$2.20	$1.76	$1.82	$1.78	$1.56	$1.22	$1.08	$1.11	$1.03
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.76	$2.05	$2.20	$1.76	$1.82	$1.78	$1.56	$1.22	$1.08	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	21	23	27	30	34	56	59	53	64	217
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund, Series II Shares (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.66	$3.10	$2.30	$2.32	$2.27	$2.24	$1.78	$1.49	$1.64	$1.44
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.46	$2.66	$3.10	$2.30	$2.32	$2.27	$2.24	$1.78	$1.49	$1.64
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	14	15	19	24	26	38	41	44	57	110
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Strategic Income Fund, Series II Shares (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.91	$2.03	$1.93	$1.83	$1.90	$1.87	$1.90	$1.69	$1.70	$1.50
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.10	$1.91	$2.03	$1.93	$1.83	$1.90	$1.87	$1.90	$1.69	$1.70
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	96	98	118	196	213	247	291	334	365	704
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund, Series II Shares (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.06	$3.46	$3.07	$2.63	$2.83	$2.56	$1.84	$1.58	$1.63	$1.34
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.82	$3.06	$3.46	$3.07	$2.63	$2.83	$2.56	$1.84	$1.58	$1.63
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	24	27	29	43	46	51	68	68	76	117
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series II Shares (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.80	$1.89	$1.50	$1.49	$1.43	$1.34	$0.97	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.43	$1.80	$1.89	$1.50	$1.49	$1.43	$1.34	$0.97	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	8	8	8	8	8	8	8	8	—	—
Invesco V.I. Comstock Fund, Series II Shares (8/30/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.82	$3.25	$2.79	$2.41	$2.59	$2.40	$1.79	$1.52	$1.57	$1.37
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.48	$2.82	$3.25	$2.79	$2.41	$2.59	$2.40	$1.79	$1.52	$1.57
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4	4	4	4	5	16	19	27	29	77
Invesco V.I. Health Care Fund, Series II Shares (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.22	$2.23	$1.94	$2.22	$2.18	$1.85	$1.33	$1.12	$1.09	$1.04
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.90	$2.22	$2.23	$1.94	$2.22	$2.18	$1.85	$1.33	$1.12	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	5	5	5	5	6	8	10	2
Invesco V.I. International Growth Fund, Series II Shares (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.35	$1.61	$1.33	$1.35	$1.40	$1.41	$1.20	$1.05	$1.14	$1.03
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.72	$1.35	$1.61	$1.33	$1.35	$1.40	$1.41	$1.20	$1.05	$1.14
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	7	7	8	36

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    201

Variable account charges of 1.00% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares* (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.58	$1.70	$1.40	$1.41	$1.41	$1.32	$0.98	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.10	$1.58	$1.70	$1.40	$1.41	$1.41	$1.32	$0.98	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4	4	5	5	14	16	15	23	—	—
* Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares is scheduled to merge into Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares sometime during the second quarter of 2020.
Janus Henderson VIT Research Portfolio: Service Shares (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.31	$2.41	$1.90	$1.92	$1.84	$1.65	$1.28	$1.10	$1.17	$1.04
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.10	$2.31	$2.41	$1.90	$1.92	$1.84	$1.65	$1.28	$1.10	$1.17
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	8	8	8	39
MFS® Total Return Series – Service Class (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.24	$2.40	$2.17	$2.01	$2.04	$1.91	$1.62	$1.48	$1.47	$1.35
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.66	$2.24	$2.40	$2.17	$2.01	$2.04	$1.91	$1.62	$1.48	$1.47
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	144	158	166	265	287	342	507	584	662	1,080
MFS® Utilities Series – Service Class (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$4.28	$4.29	$3.78	$3.43	$4.07	$3.65	$3.07	$2.74	$2.60	$2.31
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$5.28	$4.28	$4.29	$3.78	$3.43	$4.07	$3.65	$3.07	$2.74	$2.60
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1	9	10	10	12	13	14	17	18	23
Morgan Stanley VIF Discovery Portfolio, Class II Shares (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.31	$2.11	$1.54	$1.71	$1.83	$1.82	$1.34	$1.24	$1.35	$1.03
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.20	$2.31	$2.11	$1.54	$1.71	$1.83	$1.82	$1.34	$1.24	$1.35
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Morgan Stanley VIF Global Real Estate Portfolio, Class II Shares (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.61	$1.77	$1.63	$1.60	$1.63	$1.45	$1.43	$1.11	$1.25	$1.03
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.88	$1.61	$1.77	$1.63	$1.60	$1.63	$1.45	$1.43	$1.11	$1.25
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	12	13	13	13	16	17	20	7
PIMCO VIT All Asset Portfolio, Advisor Class (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.33	$1.42	$1.26	$1.13	$1.26	$1.26	$1.28	$1.12	$1.11	$0.99
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.47	$1.33	$1.42	$1.26	$1.13	$1.26	$1.26	$1.28	$1.12	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	6	6	6	24
Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund – Class 2 (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.27	$1.26	$1.25	$1.22	$1.29	$1.28	$1.27	$1.12	$1.14	$1.01
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.28	$1.27	$1.26	$1.25	$1.22	$1.29	$1.28	$1.27	$1.12	$1.14
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	17	16	17	17	20	21	22	28
Templeton Growth VIP Fund – Class 2 (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.49	$1.77	$1.51	$1.39	$1.50	$1.56	$1.20	$1.00	$1.09	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.70	$1.49	$1.77	$1.51	$1.39	$1.50	$1.56	$1.20	$1.00	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.66	$1.83	$1.56	$1.49	$1.51	$1.45	$1.21	$1.08	$1.12	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.00	$1.66	$1.83	$1.56	$1.49	$1.51	$1.45	$1.21	$1.08	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	5,742	6,782	7,098	8,425	9,824	10,001	10,780	10,783	12,384	13,419
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.66	$1.84	$1.56	$1.49	$1.51	$1.45	$1.21	$1.08	$1.12	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.00	$1.66	$1.84	$1.56	$1.49	$1.51	$1.45	$1.21	$1.08	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	6,996	7,896	8,908	9,907	11,040	11,223	13,472	14,276	15,343	15,181
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.24	$1.29	$1.21	$1.18	$1.20	$1.16	$1.13	$1.07	$1.04	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.36	$1.24	$1.29	$1.21	$1.18	$1.20	$1.16	$1.13	$1.07	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,912	1,464	1,773	2,140	2,489	2,838	2,795	5,340	5,679	5,530
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.24	$1.29	$1.21	$1.18	$1.20	$1.16	$1.13	$1.07	$1.04	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.36	$1.24	$1.29	$1.21	$1.18	$1.20	$1.16	$1.13	$1.07	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2,864	2,795	2,388	3,035	2,086	2,230	2,460	5,795	5,420	2,526
Variable Portfolio – Managed Risk Fund (Class 2) (9/18/2017)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.97	$1.03	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.12	$0.97	$1.03	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Risk U.S. Fund (Class 2) (9/18/2017)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.00	$1.04	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.17	$1.00	$1.04	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—

202    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.00% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.06	$1.10	$1.03	$1.01	$1.03	$1.00	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.18	$1.06	$1.10	$1.03	$1.01	$1.03	$1.00	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	982	518	1,153	1,806	1,422	268	139	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.08	$1.14	$1.04	$1.02	$1.05	$1.01	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.22	$1.08	$1.14	$1.04	$1.02	$1.05	$1.01	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,980	1,716	1,929	2,357	1,835	1,848	1,103	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.11	$1.22	$1.05	$1.02	$1.07	$1.03	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.30	$1.11	$1.22	$1.05	$1.02	$1.07	$1.03	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	13,749	16,941	17,096	17,840	19,476	18,459	5,412	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.10	$1.18	$1.05	$1.02	$1.06	$1.02	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.27	$1.10	$1.18	$1.05	$1.02	$1.06	$1.02	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	12,038	12,547	13,537	14,245	14,868	16,033	4,884	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.46	$1.56	$1.39	$1.35	$1.37	$1.31	$1.19	$1.09	$1.09	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.68	$1.46	$1.56	$1.39	$1.35	$1.37	$1.31	$1.19	$1.09	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	49,959	53,258	56,898	57,235	56,750	57,106	59,562	58,269	57,387	56,613
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.46	$1.56	$1.40	$1.35	$1.37	$1.32	$1.19	$1.09	$1.09	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.68	$1.46	$1.56	$1.40	$1.35	$1.37	$1.32	$1.19	$1.09	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	41,229	43,182	44,242	44,584	45,547	46,870	53,663	55,694	56,777	57,303
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.56	$1.70	$1.48	$1.42	$1.44	$1.39	$1.21	$1.08	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.84	$1.56	$1.70	$1.48	$1.42	$1.44	$1.39	$1.21	$1.08	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	14,099	15,342	17,302	19,789	23,517	27,918	34,568	37,012	40,955	40,503
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.57	$1.70	$1.48	$1.42	$1.44	$1.39	$1.21	$1.09	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.84	$1.57	$1.70	$1.48	$1.42	$1.44	$1.39	$1.21	$1.09	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	19,600	21,658	25,200	28,755	31,840	33,799	37,933	36,928	40,197	41,590
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.34	$1.42	$1.30	$1.26	$1.28	$1.23	$1.16	$1.08	$1.07	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.51	$1.34	$1.42	$1.30	$1.26	$1.28	$1.23	$1.16	$1.08	$1.07
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4,719	5,084	5,983	6,463	7,003	8,845	11,466	16,343	15,369	12,869
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.35	$1.42	$1.30	$1.26	$1.28	$1.23	$1.16	$1.08	$1.07	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.51	$1.35	$1.42	$1.30	$1.26	$1.28	$1.23	$1.16	$1.08	$1.07
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	6,710	7,076	8,286	8,017	8,602	9,540	12,505	16,620	15,201	16,063
Variable Portfolio – Partners Core Equity Fund (Class 3) (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.95	$2.15	$1.80	$1.66	$1.67	$1.51	$1.19	$1.08	$1.13	$1.03
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.44	$1.95	$2.15	$1.80	$1.66	$1.67	$1.51	$1.19	$1.08	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	9	9	9	48
Variable Portfolio – Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.46	$2.87	$2.71	$2.18	$2.43	$2.40	$1.80	$1.60	$1.69	$1.38
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.91	$2.46	$2.87	$2.71	$2.18	$2.43	$2.40	$1.80	$1.60	$1.69
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	14	16	17	18	22	23	27	33	35	45
Variable Portfolio – U.S. Flexible Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/14/2016)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.07	$1.11	$1.01	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.22	$1.07	$1.11	$1.01	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	224	113	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – U.S. Flexible Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/14/2016)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.15	$1.21	$1.03	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.37	$1.15	$1.21	$1.03	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2,838	2,885	1,443	660	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – U.S. Flexible Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/14/2016)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.11	$1.16	$1.02	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.30	$1.11	$1.16	$1.02	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	470	494	314	61	—	—	—	—	—	—

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    203

Variable account charges of 1.00% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Wanger International (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.54	$1.89	$1.43	$1.47	$1.48	$1.57	$1.29	$1.07	$1.27	$1.03
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.98	$1.54	$1.89	$1.43	$1.47	$1.48	$1.57	$1.29	$1.07	$1.27
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	2	2	2	15
Wanger USA (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.63	$2.69	$2.27	$2.02	$2.05	$1.98	$1.49	$1.26	$1.32	$1.08
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.41	$2.63	$2.69	$2.27	$2.02	$2.05	$1.98	$1.49	$1.26	$1.32
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	2	2	2	10

Variable account charges of 2.00% of the daily net assets of the variable account.

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
AB VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio (Class B) (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.23	$1.39	$1.04	$1.07	$1.06	$1.04	$0.86	$0.78	$1.03	$0.89
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.56	$1.23	$1.39	$1.04	$1.07	$1.06	$1.04	$0.86	$0.78	$1.03
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	10	10	11	11	11	11	11	11	11
AB VPS Growth and Income Portfolio (Class B) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.93	$2.09	$1.80	$1.66	$1.66	$1.55	$1.18	$1.03	$0.99	$0.89
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.34	$1.93	$2.09	$1.80	$1.66	$1.66	$1.55	$1.18	$1.03	$0.99
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
AB VPS International Value Portfolio (Class B) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.01	$1.34	$1.10	$1.13	$1.12	$1.22	$1.02	$0.91	$1.15	$1.13
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.16	$1.01	$1.34	$1.10	$1.13	$1.12	$1.22	$1.02	$0.91	$1.15
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	30	31	27	30	30	39	55	97	119	166
American Century VP Mid Cap Value, Class II (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.71	$2.00	$1.83	$1.52	$1.58	$1.39	$1.09	$0.95	$0.98	$0.84
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.16	$1.71	$2.00	$1.83	$1.52	$1.58	$1.39	$1.09	$0.95	$0.98
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
American Century VP Ultra®, Class II (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.20	$2.23	$1.72	$1.68	$1.62	$1.51	$1.12	$1.01	$1.02	$0.90
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.90	$2.20	$2.23	$1.72	$1.68	$1.62	$1.51	$1.12	$1.01	$1.02
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4	4	5	6	6	7	13	40	47	53
American Century VP Value, Class II (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.87	$2.10	$1.97	$1.67	$1.78	$1.61	$1.25	$1.11	$1.12	$1.01
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.32	$1.87	$2.10	$1.97	$1.67	$1.78	$1.61	$1.25	$1.11	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Equity Portfolio - Service Shares* (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.84	$1.02	$0.82	$0.88	$0.89	$0.94	$0.81	$0.68	$0.81	$0.75
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.98	$0.84	$1.02	$0.82	$0.88	$0.89	$0.94	$0.81	$0.68	$0.81
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
*BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Equity Portfolio - Service Shares is scheduled to liquidate on or about April 30, 2020.
BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Value Portfolio - Service Shares* (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.07	$1.32	$1.05	$1.09	$1.14	$1.29	$1.07	$0.97	$1.22	$1.19
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.28	$1.07	$1.32	$1.05	$1.09	$1.14	$1.29	$1.07	$0.97	$1.22
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
*BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Value Portfolio - Service Shares is scheduled to liquidate on or about April 30, 2020.
ClearBridge Variable Small Cap Growth Portfolio – Class I (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.11	$2.08	$1.70	$1.64	$1.75	$1.72	$1.19	$1.02	$1.03	$0.84
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.62	$2.11	$2.08	$1.70	$1.64	$1.75	$1.72	$1.19	$1.02	$1.03
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.02	$2.14	$1.76	$1.66	$1.68	$1.49	$1.14	$1.02	$0.99	$0.86
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.47	$2.02	$2.14	$1.76	$1.66	$1.68	$1.49	$1.14	$1.02	$0.99
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	10	14	15	17	19	30	72	104	112	256
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.03	$2.20	$1.96	$1.77	$1.85	$1.72	$1.38	$1.24	$1.33	$1.16
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.47	$2.03	$2.20	$1.96	$1.77	$1.85	$1.72	$1.38	$1.24	$1.33
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	20	21	22	23	24	27	30	65	109	138
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Emerging Markets Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.12	$2.76	$1.91	$1.86	$2.08	$2.18	$2.26	$1.91	$2.47	$2.10
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.73	$2.12	$2.76	$1.91	$1.86	$2.08	$2.18	$2.26	$1.91	$2.47
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	7	12	11	13	14	15	21	29	38	50

204    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 2.00% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.88	$0.88	$0.90	$0.92	$0.94	$0.95	$0.97	$0.99	$1.01	$1.03
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.88	$0.88	$0.88	$0.90	$0.92	$0.94	$0.95	$0.97	$0.99	$1.01
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	100	98	102	96	15	16	22	25	27	27
Columbia Variable Portfolio – High Yield Bond Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.91	$2.03	$1.94	$1.77	$1.83	$1.80	$1.73	$1.53	$1.48	$1.32
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.18	$1.91	$2.03	$1.94	$1.77	$1.83	$1.80	$1.73	$1.53	$1.48
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	20	23	23	23	26	30	45	50	68	154
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Income Opportunities Fund (Class 3) (6/1/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.85	$1.96	$1.88	$1.73	$1.78	$1.75	$1.70	$1.51	$1.45	$1.31
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.10	$1.85	$1.96	$1.88	$1.73	$1.78	$1.75	$1.70	$1.51	$1.45
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2	11	12	12	—	—	1	2	9	10
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.30	$1.33	$1.30	$1.27	$1.30	$1.26	$1.31	$1.25	$1.19	$1.12
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.39	$1.30	$1.33	$1.30	$1.27	$1.30	$1.26	$1.31	$1.25	$1.19
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	9	12	30	31
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Growth Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.10	$2.23	$1.78	$1.79	$1.68	$1.50	$1.18	$1.00	$1.05	$0.92
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.79	$2.10	$2.23	$1.78	$1.79	$1.68	$1.50	$1.18	$1.00	$1.05
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Index Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.14	$2.29	$1.93	$1.76	$1.78	$1.61	$1.24	$1.10	$1.10	$0.98
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.74	$2.14	$2.29	$1.93	$1.76	$1.78	$1.61	$1.24	$1.10	$1.10
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	36	36	36	36	36	36	36	20
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Overseas Core Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.43	$1.75	$1.40	$1.52	$1.48	$1.65	$1.38	$1.19	$1.39	$1.25
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.75	$1.43	$1.75	$1.40	$1.52	$1.48	$1.65	$1.38	$1.19	$1.39
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Select Mid Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.35	$1.59	$1.43	$1.28	$1.37	$1.25	$0.92	$0.80	$0.89	$0.74
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.73	$1.35	$1.59	$1.43	$1.28	$1.37	$1.25	$0.92	$0.80	$0.89
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Small Cap Value Fund (Class 2) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.05	$2.56	$2.29	$1.76	$1.92	$1.90	$1.44	$1.32	$1.44	$1.16
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.43	$2.05	$2.56	$2.29	$1.76	$1.92	$1.90	$1.44	$1.32	$1.44
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	2	8	14
Columbia Variable Portfolio – U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.03	$1.03	$1.02	$1.02	$1.02	$0.99	$1.03	$1.03	$1.04	$1.03
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.08	$1.03	$1.03	$1.02	$1.02	$1.02	$0.99	$1.03	$1.03	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	8	8	11	11	11	12	15	17	30	30
Credit Suisse Trust – Commodity Return Strategy Portfolio (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.39	$0.45	$0.45	$0.41	$0.56	$0.69	$0.78	$0.82	$0.95	$0.83
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.41	$0.39	$0.45	$0.45	$0.41	$0.56	$0.69	$0.78	$0.82	$0.95
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
CTIVP® – BlackRock Global Inflation-Protected Securities Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.26	$1.29	$1.28	$1.21	$1.25	$1.17	$1.27	$1.22	$1.14	$1.11
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.33	$1.26	$1.29	$1.28	$1.21	$1.25	$1.17	$1.27	$1.22	$1.14
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	4	6	26	28
CTIVP® – Loomis Sayles Growth Fund (Class 1) (4/29/2016)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.31	$1.37	$1.05	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.69	$1.31	$1.37	$1.05	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
CTIVP® – Victory Sycamore Established Value Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.26	$2.56	$2.26	$1.91	$1.94	$1.77	$1.33	$1.16	$1.26	$1.06
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.83	$2.26	$2.56	$2.26	$1.91	$1.94	$1.77	$1.33	$1.16	$1.26
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Eaton Vance VT Floating-Rate Income Fund – Initial Class (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.16	$1.18	$1.16	$1.09	$1.12	$1.14	$1.12	$1.06	$1.06	$0.99
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.21	$1.16	$1.18	$1.16	$1.09	$1.12	$1.14	$1.12	$1.06	$1.06
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	3	4	9	23

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    205

Variable account charges of 2.00% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Fidelity® VIP ContrafundSM Portfolio Service Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.34	$2.56	$2.15	$2.04	$2.07	$1.89	$1.47	$1.29	$1.36	$1.18
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.02	$2.34	$2.56	$2.15	$2.04	$2.07	$1.89	$1.47	$1.29	$1.36
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	24	27	29	31	34	44	71	130	176	304
Fidelity® VIP Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Service Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.29	$1.32	$1.30	$1.27	$1.31	$1.26	$1.31	$1.27	$1.21	$1.15
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.38	$1.29	$1.32	$1.30	$1.27	$1.31	$1.26	$1.31	$1.27	$1.21
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	10	17	19	18	19	22	36	48	65	78
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.53	$3.03	$2.56	$2.33	$2.42	$2.33	$1.75	$1.56	$1.78	$1.41
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.05	$2.53	$3.03	$2.56	$2.33	$2.42	$2.33	$1.75	$1.56	$1.78
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4	9	13	14	14	15	15	22	29	37
Fidelity® VIP Overseas Portfolio Service Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.39	$1.67	$1.31	$1.41	$1.40	$1.55	$1.22	$1.03	$1.27	$1.15
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.74	$1.39	$1.67	$1.31	$1.41	$1.40	$1.55	$1.22	$1.03	$1.27
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	8	10	9	11	11	15	26	40	47	84
Franklin Income VIP Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.73	$1.85	$1.72	$1.54	$1.69	$1.65	$1.47	$1.33	$1.33	$1.20
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.97	$1.73	$1.85	$1.72	$1.54	$1.69	$1.65	$1.47	$1.33	$1.33
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	3	3	3	3	3	3	9	33
Goldman Sachs VIT Mid Cap Value Fund – Institutional Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.20	$2.50	$2.30	$2.06	$2.32	$2.08	$1.60	$1.38	$1.50	$1.22
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.83	$2.20	$2.50	$2.30	$2.06	$2.32	$2.08	$1.60	$1.38	$1.50
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	7	7	11	11	12	14	22	41	53	87
Goldman Sachs VIT U.S. Equity Insights Fund – Institutional Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.59	$1.73	$1.42	$1.31	$1.33	$1.17	$0.87	$0.77	$0.76	$0.69
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.95	$1.59	$1.73	$1.42	$1.31	$1.33	$1.17	$0.87	$0.77	$0.76
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.76	$1.91	$1.54	$1.61	$1.59	$1.41	$1.11	$1.00	$1.03	$0.96
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.35	$1.76	$1.91	$1.54	$1.61	$1.59	$1.41	$1.11	$1.00	$1.03
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	5	7	7	8	8	11	17	36	44	77
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.08	$2.45	$1.83	$1.87	$1.84	$1.84	$1.48	$1.25	$1.39	$1.23
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.68	$2.08	$2.45	$1.83	$1.87	$1.84	$1.84	$1.48	$1.25	$1.39
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	3	3	3	3	3	3	3	3
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Strategic Income Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.38	$1.47	$1.42	$1.36	$1.42	$1.42	$1.45	$1.31	$1.32	$1.18
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.49	$1.38	$1.47	$1.42	$1.36	$1.42	$1.42	$1.45	$1.31	$1.32
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	40	45	45	45	48	56	93	111	156	263
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.31	$2.64	$2.36	$2.05	$2.23	$2.03	$1.48	$1.28	$1.34	$1.11
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.86	$2.31	$2.64	$2.36	$2.05	$2.23	$2.03	$1.48	$1.28	$1.34
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series II Shares (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.68	$1.78	$1.43	$1.43	$1.39	$1.32	$0.96	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.25	$1.68	$1.78	$1.43	$1.43	$1.39	$1.32	$0.96	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Invesco V.I. Comstock Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.87	$2.18	$1.89	$1.65	$1.79	$1.67	$1.26	$1.08	$1.13	$0.99
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.29	$1.87	$2.18	$1.89	$1.65	$1.79	$1.67	$1.26	$1.08	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	29	31	35	37	41	49	75	141	195	315
Invesco V.I. Health Care Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.74	$1.76	$1.55	$1.79	$1.78	$1.52	$1.11	$0.94	$0.92	$0.89
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.25	$1.74	$1.76	$1.55	$1.79	$1.78	$1.52	$1.11	$0.94	$0.92
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Invesco V.I. International Growth Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.97	$1.16	$0.97	$0.99	$1.04	$1.06	$0.91	$0.81	$0.88	$0.80
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.21	$0.97	$1.16	$0.97	$0.99	$1.04	$1.06	$0.91	$0.81	$0.88
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	2	14	41

206    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 2.00% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares* (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.48	$1.60	$1.34	$1.36	$1.37	$1.30	$0.97	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.94	$1.48	$1.60	$1.34	$1.36	$1.37	$1.30	$0.97	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
*Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares is scheduled to merge into Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares sometime during the second quarter of 2020.
Janus Henderson VIT Research Portfolio: Service Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.69	$1.77	$1.42	$1.44	$1.40	$1.27	$0.99	$0.86	$0.93	$0.83
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.23	$1.69	$1.77	$1.42	$1.44	$1.40	$1.27	$0.99	$0.86	$0.93
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	1	3	16	16
MFS® Total Return Series – Service Class (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.62	$1.75	$1.60	$1.50	$1.54	$1.45	$1.24	$1.14	$1.15	$1.07
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.91	$1.62	$1.75	$1.60	$1.50	$1.54	$1.45	$1.24	$1.14	$1.15
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	8	9	9	9	9	9	9	9	9
MFS® Utilities Series – Service Class (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.05	$3.09	$2.75	$2.52	$3.02	$2.74	$2.32	$2.09	$2.00	$1.80
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.73	$3.05	$3.09	$2.75	$2.52	$3.02	$2.74	$2.32	$2.09	$2.00
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Morgan Stanley VIF Discovery Portfolio, Class II Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.84	$1.70	$1.25	$1.40	$1.52	$1.52	$1.13	$1.06	$1.17	$0.90
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.53	$1.84	$1.70	$1.25	$1.40	$1.52	$1.52	$1.13	$1.06	$1.17
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Morgan Stanley VIF Global Real Estate Portfolio, Class II Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.91	$1.01	$0.94	$0.93	$0.96	$0.86	$0.86	$0.67	$0.77	$0.64
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.05	$0.91	$1.01	$0.94	$0.93	$0.96	$0.86	$0.86	$0.67	$0.77
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	2	6
PIMCO VIT All Asset Portfolio, Advisor Class (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.23	$1.33	$1.20	$1.08	$1.22	$1.24	$1.26	$1.12	$1.12	$1.01
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.35	$1.23	$1.33	$1.20	$1.08	$1.22	$1.24	$1.26	$1.12	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	3	4	12	12
Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.85	$1.85	$1.85	$1.84	$1.96	$1.96	$1.97	$1.75	$1.80	$1.60
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.85	$1.85	$1.85	$1.85	$1.84	$1.96	$1.96	$1.97	$1.75	$1.80
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	19	20	21	21	21	24	39	46	63	115
Templeton Growth VIP Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.38	$1.65	$1.42	$1.32	$1.45	$1.52	$1.18	$1.00	$1.09	$1.04
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.56	$1.38	$1.65	$1.42	$1.32	$1.45	$1.52	$1.18	$1.00	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.52	$1.70	$1.46	$1.40	$1.44	$1.39	$1.18	$1.06	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.81	$1.52	$1.70	$1.46	$1.40	$1.44	$1.39	$1.18	$1.06	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	183	185	187	189	191	192	194	196	167
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.52	$1.70	$1.46	$1.41	$1.44	$1.40	$1.18	$1.06	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.82	$1.52	$1.70	$1.46	$1.41	$1.44	$1.40	$1.18	$1.06	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	12	14	15	17	20	22	24	26	29	132
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.13	$1.19	$1.13	$1.12	$1.14	$1.12	$1.10	$1.05	$1.04	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.23	$1.13	$1.19	$1.13	$1.12	$1.14	$1.12	$1.10	$1.05	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	98	98	272	438	445	497	620	633	559	683
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.13	$1.19	$1.13	$1.12	$1.14	$1.12	$1.10	$1.05	$1.04	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.23	$1.13	$1.19	$1.13	$1.12	$1.14	$1.12	$1.10	$1.05	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	116	226	115	155	161	168	66	66	67	175
Variable Portfolio – Managed Risk Fund (Class 2) (9/18/2017)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.96	$1.03	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.09	$0.96	$1.03	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	���	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Risk U.S. Fund (Class 2) (9/18/2017)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.98	$1.04	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.14	$0.98	$1.04	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    207

Variable account charges of 2.00% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.01	$1.06	$1.00	$0.99	$1.02	$1.00	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.11	$1.01	$1.06	$1.00	$0.99	$1.02	$1.00	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	32	36	41	45	50	54	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.03	$1.10	$1.01	$1.00	$1.03	$1.01	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.15	$1.03	$1.10	$1.01	$1.00	$1.03	$1.01	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.06	$1.17	$1.01	$1.00	$1.06	$1.03	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.22	$1.06	$1.17	$1.01	$1.00	$1.06	$1.03	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.05	$1.14	$1.01	$1.00	$1.05	$1.02	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.19	$1.05	$1.14	$1.01	$1.00	$1.05	$1.02	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	183	201	219	397	417	404	256	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.34	$1.45	$1.30	$1.27	$1.30	$1.27	$1.16	$1.07	$1.09	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.52	$1.34	$1.45	$1.30	$1.27	$1.30	$1.27	$1.16	$1.07	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	301	1,388	1,421	1,905	2,370	2,142	2,214	1,827	1,745	1,181
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.34	$1.45	$1.30	$1.27	$1.31	$1.27	$1.16	$1.07	$1.09	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.53	$1.34	$1.45	$1.30	$1.27	$1.31	$1.27	$1.16	$1.07	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	656	1,674	1,895	2,030	2,052	2,334	2,589	3,343	3,206	3,977
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.43	$1.57	$1.38	$1.34	$1.38	$1.33	$1.17	$1.07	$1.10	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.67	$1.43	$1.57	$1.38	$1.34	$1.38	$1.33	$1.17	$1.07	$1.10
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	138	460	643	1,013	1,623	1,506
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.43	$1.57	$1.38	$1.34	$1.38	$1.34	$1.17	$1.07	$1.10	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.67	$1.43	$1.57	$1.38	$1.34	$1.38	$1.34	$1.17	$1.07	$1.10
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	211	212	279	282	798	940	1,059	1,723	2,462	2,178
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.23	$1.31	$1.21	$1.19	$1.22	$1.19	$1.13	$1.06	$1.06	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.37	$1.23	$1.31	$1.21	$1.19	$1.22	$1.19	$1.13	$1.06	$1.06
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	140	179	184	188	193	290	297	371	394	620
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.23	$1.31	$1.22	$1.19	$1.22	$1.19	$1.13	$1.06	$1.06	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.37	$1.23	$1.31	$1.22	$1.19	$1.22	$1.19	$1.13	$1.06	$1.06
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	315	319	—	—	—	58	61	100
Variable Portfolio – Partners Core Equity Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.33	$1.48	$1.25	$1.16	$1.18	$1.08	$0.86	$0.79	$0.84	$0.76
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.65	$1.33	$1.48	$1.25	$1.16	$1.18	$1.08	$0.86	$0.79	$0.84
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	1	4	21	21
Variable Portfolio – Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.91	$2.26	$2.16	$1.75	$1.97	$1.97	$1.49	$1.34	$1.43	$1.17
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.25	$1.91	$2.26	$2.16	$1.75	$1.97	$1.97	$1.49	$1.34	$1.43
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	13	13	13	14	16	22	37	69	82	136
Variable Portfolio – U.S. Flexible Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/14/2016)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.05	$1.10	$1.00	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.18	$1.05	$1.10	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – U.S. Flexible Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/14/2016)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.13	$1.20	$1.03	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.33	$1.13	$1.20	$1.03	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – U.S. Flexible Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/14/2016)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.09	$1.15	$1.02	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.26	$1.09	$1.15	$1.02	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—

208    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 2.00% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Wanger International (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.34	$2.91	$2.23	$2.31	$2.35	$2.51	$2.09	$1.76	$2.10	$1.71
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.99	$2.34	$2.91	$2.23	$2.31	$2.35	$2.51	$2.09	$1.76	$2.10
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	3	4	4	4	4	5	7	17	23	22
Wanger USA (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.52	$2.61	$2.22	$2.00	$2.05	$1.99	$1.52	$1.29	$1.37	$1.13
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.23	$2.52	$2.61	$2.22	$2.00	$2.05	$1.99	$1.52	$1.29	$1.37
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	6	7	7	8	9	12	19	36	48	83

RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    209

Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information

Calculating Annuity Payouts	p. 3
Rating Agencies	p. 4
Principal Underwriter	p. 4
Service Providers	p. 4
Custodian	p. 5
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	p. 5
Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	p. 6
Financial Statements

210    RiverSource Innovations Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474
1-800-333-3437

45304  CG (5/20)

RiverSource Distributors, Inc. (Distributor), Member FINRA. Issued by RiverSource Life Insurance Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota. ©2008-2020 RiverSource Life Insurance Company. All rights reserved.

Prospectus

May 1, 2020

RiverSource^®

Innovations Variable Annuity

Individual Flexible Premium Deferred Combination Fixed/Variable Annuity

Issued by:	RiverSource Life Insurance Company (RiverSource Life)
	829 Ameriprise Financial Center Minneapolis, MN 55474 Telephone: 1-800-333-3437 (Service Center) RiverSource Variable Annuity Account/RiverSource MVA Account​

New contracts are not currently being offered.

This prospectus contains information that you should know before investing. Investment options available under the contract are listed below:

AB Variable Products Series Fund, Inc. (Class B)

Columbia Funds Variable Series Trust II

Fidelity^® Variable Insurance Products Service Class 2

Franklin^® Templeton^® Variable Insurance Products Trust – Class 2

Invesco Variable Insurance Funds

MFS^® Variable Insurance Trust^SM – Service Class

Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds – Service Shares

Putnam Variable Trust – Class IB Shares

 

Please read the prospectuses carefully and keep them for future reference.

This contract provides for purchase payment credits to eligible contract owners, which we may reverse under certain circumstances. (See “Buying Your Contract — Purchase Payment Credits”). Expense charges for contracts with purchase payment credits may be higher than expenses for contracts without such credits. The amount of the credit may be more than offset by any additional fees and charges associated with the credit.

The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

An investment in this contract is not a deposit of a bank or financial institution and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) or any other government agency. An investment in this contract involves investment risk including the possible loss of principal.

A Statement of Additional Information (SAI), dated the same date as this prospectus, is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. It is filed with the SEC and is available without charge by contacting RiverSource Life at the telephone number and address listed above. The table of contents of the SAI is on the last page of this prospectus. The SEC maintains an Internet site. This prospectus, the SAI and other information about the product are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at (http://www.sec.gov).

Variable annuities are complex products. The fees and charges, as well as the available features and benefits, of the variable annuity contracts described in this prospectus will be different from other variable annuities offered in the marketplace, including other variable annuities or other types of annuities offered by RiverSource Life. The interest credited, guarantees provided, and credits available, as well as the funds serving as underlying investments and their corresponding expenses, may differ among the variable annuities that are available to you. With the aid of an appropriate financial professional, we encourage you to compare and contrast the variable annuity contracts described in this prospectus with other variable annuities available in the marketplace, including other types of annuities we may offer. This will aid in determining whether purchasing a contract is consistent with your investment objectives, risk tolerance, time horizon, marital status, tax situation, and your unique financial situation and needs. If you select an annuity that includes surrender or other liquidation charges, you should also consider any future needs you may have to access your contract value. The optional benefits and features available with the contracts usually come with additional costs. Consider any additional costs carefully when electing these optional benefits and features.

Beginning on January 1, 2021, as permitted by regulations adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission, paper copies of your underlying funds’ shareholder reports will no longer be sent by mail, unless you specifically request paper copies of the reports from RiverSource Life. Instead, the reports will be made available on a website, and you will be notified each time a report is posted and provided with a website link to access the report.

You may elect to receive all future reports in paper free of charge. You can inform RiverSource Life that you wish to continue receiving paper copies of your shareholder reports by calling our Service Center at 1-800-862-7919. Your election to receive reports in paper will apply to all funds available under your variable annuity contract.

RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus    1

Effects of COVID-19 Pandemic

The coronavirus disease 2019 (“COVID-19”) public health crisis presents ongoing significant economic and societal disruption and has driven significant volatility in the equity and interest rate markets. Any periods of continued high market volatility, and your individual circumstances (e.g., your selected allocations and the timing of any purchase payments, transfers, or withdrawals), will affect values under your contract. As part of how we maintain our strong financial strength and claims-paying ability, we continue to reserve amounts for our contractual obligations in accordance with significant state solvency regulations. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic may impact financial markets, investment performance under your contract, and our financial strength and claims-paying ability will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be estimated, including the scope and duration of the pandemic and actions taken by governmental authorities, market participants, and other third parties in response to the pandemic.

We have implemented comprehensive strategies to address the operating environment spurred by the pandemic.  To promote the safety and security of our employees and to assure the continuity of our business operations, we have implemented a work from home protocol for virtually all of our employee population, restricted business travel, and provided resources for complying with the guidance from the World Health Organization, the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and government authorities. We have been satisfying elevated customer service volumes and our operations teams have continued to operate successfully and without disruptions in service. Our pandemic strategy is flexible and scalable and takes into consideration that a pandemic could be widespread and may occur in multiple waves, affecting different communities at different times with varying levels of severity. We cannot, however, predict the impact that natural or man-made disasters and catastrophes, including the COVID-19 pandemic, may have over near- or longer-term periods.

2    RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Table of Contents

Key Terms	4
The Contract in Brief	6
Expense Summary	8
Contract Owner Transaction Expenses	8
Annual Variable Account Expenses	8
Other Annual Expenses	9
Annual Operating Expenses of the Funds	9
Condensed Financial Information	11
Financial Statements	11
The Variable Account and the Funds	11
The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)	16
Market Value Adjustment (MVA)	17
The General Account	19
The One-Year Fixed Account	19
Buying Your Contract	19
The Retirement Date	21
Beneficiary	21
Purchase Payments	21
How to Make Purchase Payments	21
Purchase Payment Credits	22
Limitations on Use of Contract	22
Charges	22
Contract Administrative Charge	22
Variable Account Administrative Charge	22
Mortality and Expense Risk Fee	23
Withdrawal Charge	23
Fund Fees and Expenses	26
Premium Taxes	26
Optional Living Benefits Charges	26
Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB) Fee	26
Performance Credit Rider (PCR) Fee	27
Optional Death Benefit Charges	27
Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider Fee	27
Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider Fee	28
Valuing Your Investment	28
GPAs and One-Year Fixed Account	28
Subaccounts	28
Making the Most of Your Contract	30
Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging	30
Special Dollar-Cost Averaging (Special DCA) Program	30
Asset Rebalancing	31
Transferring Among Accounts	31
How to request a Transfer or Withdrawal	34

Withdrawals	36
Withdrawal Policies	36
Receiving Payment	36
TSA–Special Provisions	37
Participants in Tax-Sheltered Annuities	37
Changing Ownership	38
Benefits in Case of Death	38
If You Die Before Your Retirement Date	41
Optional Benefits	43
Optional Living Benefits	43
Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB)	43
Performance Credit Rider (PCR)	49
Optional Death Benefits	51
Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector)	51
Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus)	53
The Annuity Payout Period	55
Annuity Tables	55
Annuity Payout Plans	55
Taxes	56
Nonqualified Annuities	56
Qualified Annuities	58
Other	60
Voting Rights	61
Substitution of Investments	61
About the Service Providers	61
Principal Underwriter	61
Service Providers	63
Issuer	63
Legal Proceedings	63
Additional Information	63
Incorporation of Certain Documents By Reference	63
Available Information	64
Indemnification	64
Appendix A: Performance Credit Rider Adjusted Partial Withdrawal	65
Appendix B: Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	67
Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information	72

RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus    3

Key Terms

These terms can help you understand details about your contract.

Accumulation unit: A measure of the value of each subaccount before annuity payouts begin.

Annuitant: The person or persons on whose life or life expectancy the annuity payouts are based.

Annuity payouts: An amount paid at regular intervals under one of several plans.

Assumed investment rate: The rate of return we assume your investments will earn when we calculate your initial annuity payout amount using the annuity table in your contract. The standard assumed investment rate we use is 5% but you may request we substitute an assumed investment rate of 3.5%.

Beneficiary: The person you designate to receive benefits in case of the owner’s or annuitant’s death while the contract is in force.

Close of business: The time the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) closes (4 p.m. Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier).

Code: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Contract: A deferred annuity contract that permits you to accumulate money for retirement by making one or more purchase payments. It provides for lifetime or other forms of payouts beginning at a specified time in the future.

Contract value: The total value of your contract before we deduct any applicable charges.

Contract year: A period of 12 months, starting on the effective date of your contract and on each anniversary of the effective date.

Funds: Investment options under your contract. You may allocate your purchase payments into subaccounts investing in shares of the funds.

Good order: We cannot process your transaction request relating to the contract until we have received the request in good order at our Service Center. “Good order” means the actual receipt of the requested transaction in writing, along with all information, forms and supporting legal documentation necessary to effect the transaction. To be in “good order,” your instructions must be sufficiently clear so that we do not need to exercise any discretion to follow such instructions. This information and documentation generally includes your completed request; the contract number; the transaction amount (in dollars); the names of and allocations to and/or from the subaccounts and the fixed account affected by the requested transaction; Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number; and any other information, forms or supporting documentation that we may require. For certain transactions, at our option, we may require the signature of all contract owners for the request to be in good order. With respect to purchase

requests, “good order” also generally includes receipt of sufficient payment by us to effect the purchase. We may, in our sole discretion, determine whether any particular transaction request is in good order, and we reserve the right to change or waive any good order requirements at any time.

Guarantee Period: The number of successive 12-month periods that a guaranteed interest rate is credited.

Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs): A nonunitized separate account to which you may allocate purchase payments and purchase payment credits or transfer contract value of at least $1,000. These accounts have guaranteed interest rates for guarantee periods we declare when you allocate purchase payments and purchase payment credits or transfer contract value to a GPA. These guaranteed rates and periods of time may vary by state. Unless an exception applies, transfers or withdrawals from a GPA done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will receive a market value adjustment, which may result in a gain or loss of principal.

Market Value Adjustment (MVA): A positive or negative adjustment assessed if any portion of a Guarantee Period Account is withdrawn or transferred more than 30 days before the end of its guarantee period.

One-year fixed account: Part of our general account to which you may make allocations. Amounts you allocate to this account earn interest at rates that we declare periodically.

Owner (you, your): The person or persons identified in the contract as owner(s) of the contract, who has or have the right to control the contract (to decide on investment allocations, transfers, payout options, etc.). Usually, but not always, the owner is also the annuitant. During the owner’s life, the owner is responsible for taxes, regardless of whether he or she receives the contract’s benefits. The owner or any joint owner may be a non-natural person (e.g. irrevocable trust or corporation) or a revocable trust. If any owner is a non-natural person or a revocable trust, the annuitant will be deemed to be the owner for contract provisions that are based on the age or life of the owner. When the contract is owned by a revocable trust or irrevocable grantor trust, the annuitant(s) selected must be the grantor(s) of the trust to assure compliance with Section 72(s) of the Code.

Purchase payment credits: An addition we make to your contract value. We base the amount of the credit on net payments (total payments less total withdrawals). We apply the credit to your contract based on your current payment.

Qualified annuity: A contract that you purchase to fund one of the following tax-deferred retirement plans that is subject to applicable federal law and any rules of the plan itself:

• Individual Retirement Annuities (IRAs) including inherited IRAs under Section 408(b) of the Code

 

4    RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• Roth IRAs including inherited Roth IRAs under Section 408A of the Code

• SIMPLE IRAs under Section 408(p) of the Code

• Simplified Employee Pension (SEP) plans under Section 408(k) of the Code

• Tax-Sheltered Annuity (TSA) rollovers under Section 403(b) of the Code

A qualified annuity will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral if it is used to fund a retirement plan that is already tax deferred.

All other contracts are considerednonqualified annuities.

Retirement date: The date when annuity payouts are scheduled to begin.

Rider effective date: The date a rider becomes effective as stated in the rider.

RiverSource Life: In this prospectus, “we,” “us,” “our” and “RiverSource Life” refer to RiverSource Life Insurance Company.

Service Center: Our department that processes all transaction and service requests for the contracts. We consider all transaction and service requests received when they arrive in good order at the Service Center. Any transaction or service requests sent or directed to any location other than our Service Center may end up delayed or not processed. Our Service Center address and telephone number are listed on the first page of the prospectus.

Valuation date: Any normal business day, Monday through Friday, on which the NYSE is open, up to the time it closes. At the NYSE close, the next valuation date

begins. We calculate the accumulation unit value of each subaccount on each valuation date. If we receive your purchase payment or any transaction request (such as a transfer or withdrawal request) in good order at our Service Center before the close of business, we will process your payment or transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your payment or transaction request. On the other hand, if we receive your purchase payment or transaction request in good order at our Service Center at or after the close of business, we will process your payment or transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date. If you make a transaction request by telephone (including by fax), you must have completed your transaction by the close of business in order for us to process it using the accumulation unit value we calculate on that valuation date. If you were not able to complete your transaction before the close of business for any reason, including telephone service interruptions or delays due to high call volume, we will process your transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date.

Variable account: Consists of separate subaccounts to which you may allocate purchase payments; each invests in shares of one fund. The value of your investment in each subaccount changes with the performance of the particular fund.

Withdrawal value: The amount you are entitled to receive if you make a full withdrawal from your contract. It is the contract value minus any applicable charges.

RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus    5

The Contract in Brief

Purpose: The purpose of the contract is to allow you to accumulate money for retirement or similar long term goal. You do this by making one or more purchase payments. You may allocate your purchase payments to the GPAs, one-year fixed account, and/or subaccounts of the variable account under the contract; however you risk losing amounts you invest in the subaccounts of the variable account. These accounts, in turn, may earn returns that increase the value of a contract. If the contract value goes to zero due to underlying fund’s performance or deduction of fees, the contract will no longer be in force and the contract (including any death benefit riders) will terminate. You may be able to purchase an optional benefit to reduce the investment risk you assume. Beginning at a specified time in the future called the retirement date, the contract provides lifetime or other forms of payouts of your contract value (less any applicable premium tax).

It may have not been advantageous for you to purchase this contract in exchange for, or in addition to, an existing annuity or life insurance policy. Generally, you can exchange one annuity for another or for a long-term care policy in a “tax-free” exchange under Section 1035 of the Code. You can also do a partial exchange from one annuity contract to another annuity contract, subject to Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) rules. You also generally can exchange a life insurance policy for an annuity. However, before making an exchange, you should compare both contracts carefully because the features and benefits may be different. Fees and charges may be higher or lower on your old contract than on this contract. You may have to pay a withdrawal charge when you exchange out of your old contract and a new withdrawal period will begin when you exchange into this contract. If the exchange does not qualify for Section 1035 treatment, you also may have to pay federal income tax on the distribution. State income taxes may also apply. You should not exchange your old contract for this contract, or buy this contract in addition to your old contract, unless you determine it is in your best interest. (See “Taxes-1035 Exchanges”.)

Tax-deferred retirement plans: Most annuities have a tax-deferred feature. So do many retirement plans under the Code including 403(b) plans. As a result, when you use a qualified annuity to fund a retirement plan that is tax-deferred, your contract will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral beyond what is provided in that retirement plan. Some employers may permit you to deposit your contributions into other investments such as mutual funds. If such investments are available to you, before enrolling under the contract, you should consider features other than tax deferral that may help you reach your retirement goals. In addition, the Code subjects retirement plans to required withdrawals triggered at age 72 (triggered at age 70 ½ if you turned 70 ½ before Jan. 1, 2020). These mandatory withdrawals are called required minimum distributions (“RMDs”). RMDs may reduce the value of certain death benefits and optional riders (see “Taxes — Qualified

Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). You should consult your tax advisor before you purchase the contract as a qualified annuity for an explanation of the tax implications to you.

Buying a contract: We no longer offer new contracts. However, you have the option of making additional purchase payments in the future, subject to certain limitations. Purchase payment amounts and purchase payment timing may be limited under the terms of your contract and/or pursuant to state requirements. (See “Buying Your Contract”).

Free look period: The contracts in this prospectus are no longer sold. Generally, all available free look periods have now expired.

Accounts: Generally, you may allocate your purchase payments among the:

• subaccounts of the variable account, each of which invests in a fund with a particular investment objective. The value of each subaccount varies with the performance of the particular fund in which it invests. We cannot guarantee that the value at the retirement date will equal or exceed the total purchase payments you allocate to the subaccounts. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds”).

• GPAs which earn interest at rates declared when you make an allocation to that account. The required minimum investment in each GPA is $1,000. These accounts may not be available in all states. (See “The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)”)

• one-year fixed account, which earns interest at rates that we adjust periodically. There are restrictions on the amount you can allocate to this account as well as on transfers from this account (see “The One-Year Fixed Account“).

Transfers: Subject to certain restrictions, you currently may redistribute your contract value among the accounts without charge at any time until annuity payouts begin, and once per contract year among the subaccounts after annuity payouts begin. Transfers out of the GPAs done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will be subject to a MVA, unless an exception applies. You may establish automated transfers among the accounts. We reserve the right to limit transfers to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then currently crediting is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transferring Among Accounts”).

Withdrawals: You may withdraw all or part of your contract value at any time before the retirement date. You also may establish automated partial withdrawals. Withdrawals may be subject to charges and tax penalties (including a 10% IRS penalty that may apply if you make withdrawals prior to your reaching age 59½) and may have other tax consequences. Certain other restrictions may apply. (See “Withdrawals”)

 

6    RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Optional benefits:These contracts offered optional living and death benefits that were available for additional charges if you met certain criteria. Please note, since the contracts in this prospectus are no longer sold, any optional benefits you may have elected were done so at the time of application. You cannot add optional benefits to your contract after it has been issued. Any optional benefits we describe are not available to add to your contract. (See “Optional Benefits”).

Benefits in case of death: If you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin, we will pay the beneficiary an amount based on the death benefit selected. (See “Benefits in Case of Death”).

Annuity payouts: You can apply your contract value, after reflecting any adjustments, to an annuity payout plan that begins on the retirement date. You may choose from a variety of plans that can help meet your retirement or other income needs. The payout schedule must meet IRS requirements. We can make payouts on a fixed or variable basis, or both. During the annuity payout period, your choices for subaccounts may be limited. The GPAs are not available during the payout period. (See “The Annuity Payout Period”).

RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus    7

Expense Summary

The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you paid when buying, owning and making a withdrawal from the contract. The first table describes the fees and expenses that you paid at the time that you bought the contract and will pay when you make a withdrawal from the contract. State premium taxes also may be deducted.

Contract Owner Transaction Expenses

Withdrawal charge

(Contingent deferred sales charge as a percentage of purchase payments withdrawn)

You select either a seven-year or five-year withdrawal charge schedule at the time of application.

Seven-year schedule		Five-year schedule
Years from purchase payment receipt	Withdrawal charge percentage	Years from purchase payment receipt	Withdrawal charge percentage
1	8%	1	8%
2	8	2	7
3	7	3	6
4	7	4	4
5	6	5	2
6	5	Thereafter	0
7	3
Thereafter	0

Liquidation charge under Variable Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:If you are receiving variable annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to withdraw those payments. The amount that you can withdraw is the present value of any remaining variable payouts. The discount rate we use in the calculation will be 5.17% if the assumed investment return is 3.5% and 6.67% if the assumed investment return is 5%. The liquidation charge equals the present value of the remaining payouts using the assumed investment return minus the present value of the remaining payouts using the discount rate. (See “Charges — WithdrawalCharge” and “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Withdrawal charge for Fixed Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:

Number of Completed Years Since Annuitization	Withdrawal charge percentage
0	Not applicable*
1	5%
2	4
3	3
4	2
5	1
6 and thereafter	0

*We do not permit withdrawals in the first year after annuitization.

The next tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay periodically during the time that you own the contract, not including fund fees and expenses.

Annual Variable Account Expenses

(As a percentage of average daily subaccount value.)

You can choose a death benefit guarantee, a qualified or nonqualified contract and the length of your contract’s withdrawal charge schedule. The combination you choose determines the mortality and expense risk fees you pay. The table below shows the combinations available to you and their cost.

Seven-year withdrawal charge schedule	Mortality and expense risk fee	Variable account administrative charge	Total variable account expense
Qualified annuities
ROP death benefit	0.85%	0.15%	1.00%
MAV death benefit(1),(2)	1.05	0.15	1.20
EDB(1)	1.15	0.15	1.30
Nonqualified annuities

8    RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Seven-year withdrawal charge schedule	Mortality and expense risk fee	Variable account administrative charge	Total variable account expense
ROP death benefit	1.10	0.15	1.25
MAV death benefit(1),(2)	1.30	0.15	1.45
EDB(1)	1.40	0.15	1.55

Five-year withdrawal charge schedule	Mortality and expense risk fee	Variable account administrative charge	Total variable account expense
Qualified annuities
ROP death benefit	1.15	0.15	1.30
MAV death benefit(1),(2)	1.35	0.15	1.50
EDB(1)	1.45	0.15	1.60
Nonqualified annuities
ROP Payment death benefit	1.40	0.15	1.55
MAV death benefit(1),(2)	1.60	0.15	1.75
EDB(1)	1.70	0.15	1.85

(1)	Available if both you and the annuitant are 79 or younger at contract issue. If you select a GMIB rider, you must elect either the MAV death benefit or the EDB. EDB is not available with Benefit Protector or Benefit Protector Plus. May not be available in all states.
(2)	For contracts with applications signed before Nov. 6, 2003, or if your state has not approved this fee, the MAV death benefit fee is .10% less.

Other Annual Expenses

Annual contract administrative charge $40

(We will waive this charge when your contract value is $50,000 or more on the current contract anniversary.)

GMIB – MAV	0.55%(1),(2)
GMIB – 6% Rising Floor	0.75%(1),(2)

(As a percentage of the adjusted contract value charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

PCR fee 0.15%⁽¹⁾

(As a percentage of the contract value charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

Benefit Protector fee 0.25%⁽¹⁾

(As a percentage of the contract value charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

Benefit Protector Plus fee 0.40%⁽¹⁾

(As a percentage of the contract value charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

(1)	This fee applies only if you elect this optional feature.
(2)	For applications signed prior to May 1, 2003, the following current annual rider changes apply: GMIB – MAV — 0.30% and GMIB — 6% Rising Floor — 0.45%

Annual Operating Expenses of the Funds

The next table provides the minimum and maximum total operating expenses charged by the underlying funds that you may pay periodically during the time that you own the contract. These operating expenses are for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, unless otherwise noted. More detail concerning each underlying fund’s fees and expenses is contained in each fund’s prospectus.

Minimum and maximum annual operating expenses for the funds

(Including management, distribution (12b-1) and/or service fees and other expenses)⁽¹⁾

	Minimum(%)	Maximum(%)
Total expenses before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements	0.39	1.39

⁽¹⁾ Total annual fund operating expenses are deducted from amounts that are allocated to the fund. They include management fees and other expenses and may include distribution (12b-1) fees. Other expenses may include service fees that may be used to compensate service providers, including us and our affiliates, for administrative and contract owner services provided on behalf of the fund. The amount of these payments will vary by fund and may be significant. See “The Variable Account and the Funds” for additional information, including potential conflicts of interest these payments may create. Distribution (12b-1) fees are used to finance any activity that is primarily intended to result in the sale of fund shares. Because 12b-1 fees are paid out of fund assets on an ongoing basis, you may pay more if you select subaccounts investing in funds that have adopted 12b-1 plans than if you select subaccounts investing in funds that have not adopted 12b-1 plans. For a more complete description of each fund’s fees and expenses and important disclosure regarding payments the fund and/or its affiliates make, please review the fund’s prospectus and SAI.

RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus    9

Examples

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in these contracts with the cost of investing in other variable annuity contracts. These costs include your transaction expenses, contract administrative charges⁽¹⁾, variable account annual expenses and fund fees and expenses.

These examples assume that you invest $10,000 in the contract for the time periods indicated. These examples also assume that your investment has a 5% return each year.

Maximum Expenses. These examples assume the most expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the maximum fees and expenses of any of the funds before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the MAV death benefit, GMIB – 6% Rising Floor and Benefit Protector Plus. Although your actual costs may be lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

	If you withdraw your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not withdraw your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
Nonqualified Annuity	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Seven-year withdrawal charge schedule	$1,173	$1,992	$2,726	$4,582	$449	$1,352	$2,264	$4,582
Five-year withdrawal charge schedule	1,110	1,802	2,404	4,831	479	1,439	2,404	4,831
Qualified Annuity	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Seven-year withdrawal charge schedule	$1,149	$1,924	$2,614	$4,368	$423	$1,278	$2,146	$4,368
Five-year withdrawal charge schedule	1,087	1,732	2,287	4,624	454	1,366	2,287	4,624

Minimum Expenses. These examples assume the least expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the minimum fees and expenses of any of the funds before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the ROP death benefit and do not select any optional benefits. Although your actual costs may be higher, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

	If you withdraw your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not withdraw your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
Nonqualified Annuity	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Seven-year withdrawal charge schedule	$951	$1,328	$1,591	$2,323	$208	$639	$1,091	$2,323
Five-year withdrawal charge schedule	887	1,122	1,248	2,642	239	732	1,248	2,642
Qualified Annuity	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Seven-year withdrawal charge schedule	$928	$1,256	$1,459	$2,049	$182	$561	$959	$2,049
Five-year withdrawal charge schedule	863	1,048	1,117	2,376	213	655	1,117	2,376

⁽¹⁾ In these examples, the contract administrative charge is $40.

THE EXAMPLES ARE ILLUSTRATIVE ONLY. YOU SHOULD NOT CONSIDER THESE EXAMPLES AS A REPRESENTATION OF PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES. ACTUAL EXPENSES WILL BE HIGHER OR LOWER THAN THOSE SHOWN DEPENDING UPON WHICH OPTIONAL BENEFIT YOU ELECT OTHER THAN INDICATED IN THE EXAMPLES OR IF YOU ALLOCATE CONTRACT VALUE TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE SUBACCOUNTS.

10    RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Condensed Financial Information

You can find unaudited condensed financial information for the subaccounts representing the lowest and highest total annual variable account expense combinations in Appendix B.

Financial Statements

You can find our audited financial statements and the audited financial statements of the divisions, which are comprised of subaccounts, in the SAI. The SAI does not include audited financial statements for divisions that are new (if any) and have no activity as of the financial statements date.

The Variable Account and the Funds

Variable Account. The variable account was established under Indiana law on July 15, 1987, and the subaccounts are registered together as a single unit investment trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the 1940 Act). This registration does not involve any supervision of our management or investment practices and policies by the SEC. All obligations arising under the contracts are general obligations of RiverSource Life.

The variable account meets the definition of a separate account under federal securities laws. We credit or charge income, capital gains and capital losses of each subaccount only to that subaccount. State insurance law prohibits us from charging a subaccount with liabilities of any other subaccount or of our general business. The variable account includes other subaccounts that are available under contracts that are not described in this prospectus.

The IRS has issued guidance on investor control but may issue additional guidance in the future. We reserve the right to modify the contract or any investments made under the terms of the contract so that the investor control rules do not apply to treat the contract owner as the owner of the subaccount assets rather than the owner of an annuity contract. If the contract is not treated as an annuity contract for tax purposes, the owner may be subject to current taxation on any current or accumulated income credited to the contract.

We intend to comply with all federal tax laws so that the contract qualifies as an annuity for federal tax purposes. We reserve the right to modify the contract as necessary in order to qualify the contract as an annuity for federal tax purposes.

The Funds. This contract currently offers subaccounts investing in shares of the funds listed in the table below.

• Investment objectives: The investment managers and advisers cannot guarantee that the funds will meet their investment objectives. Please read the funds’ prospectuses for facts you should know before investing. These prospectuses are available by contacting us at the address or telephone number on the first page of this prospectus.

• Fund name and management: A fund underlying your contract in which a subaccount invests may have a name, portfolio manager, objectives, strategies and characteristics that are the same or substantially similar to those of a publicly-traded retail mutual fund. Despite these similarities, an underlying fund is not the same as any publicly-traded retail mutual fund. Each underlying fund will have its own unique portfolio holdings, fees, operating expenses and operating results. The results of each underlying fund may differ significantly from any publicly-traded retail mutual fund.

• Eligible purchasers: All funds are available to serve as the underlying investments for variable annuities and variable life insurance policies. The funds are not available to the public (see “Fund Name and Management” above). Some funds also are available to serve as investment options for tax-deferred retirement plans. It is possible that in the future for tax, regulatory or other reasons, it may be disadvantageous for variable annuity accounts and variable life insurance accounts and/or tax-deferred retirement plans to invest in the available funds simultaneously. Although we and the funds’ providers do not currently foresee any such disadvantages, the boards of directors or trustees of each fund will monitor events in order to identify any material conflicts between annuity owners, policy owners and tax-deferred retirement plans and to determine what action, if any, should be taken in response to a conflict. If a board were to conclude that it should establish separate fund providers for the variable annuity, variable life insurance and tax-deferred retirement plan accounts, you would not bear any expenses associated with establishing separate funds. Please refer to the funds’ prospectuses for risk disclosure regarding simultaneous investments by variable annuity, variable life insurance and tax-deferred retirement plan accounts. Each fund intends to comply with the diversification requirements under Section 817(h) of the Code.

• Asset allocation programs may impact fund performance: Asset allocation programs in general may negatively impact the performance of an underlying fund. Even if you do not participate in an asset allocation program, a fund in which your subaccount invests may be impacted if it is included in an asset allocation program. Rebalancing or reallocation under the terms of the asset allocation program may cause a fund to lose money if it must sell large amounts of securities to meet a redemption request. These losses can be greater if the fund holds securities that are not as liquid as others, for example, various types of bonds, shares of smaller companies and securities of foreign issuers. A fund may also experience higher expenses because it must sell or buy securities more frequently

RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus    11

	than it otherwise might in the absence of asset allocation program rebalancing or reallocations. Because asset allocation programs include periodic rebalancing and may also include reallocation, these effects may occur under the asset allocation program we offer or under asset allocation programs used in conjunction with the contracts and plans of other eligible purchasers of the funds.
•	Funds available under the contract: We seek to provide a broad array of underlying funds taking into account the fees and charges imposed by each fund and the contract charges we impose. We select the underlying funds in which the subaccounts initially invest and when there is substitution (see “Substitution of Investments”). We also make all decisions regarding which funds to retain in a contract, which funds to add to a contract and which funds will no longer be offered in a contract. In making these decisions, we may consider various objective and subjective factors. Objective factors include, but are not limited to fund performance, fund expenses, classes of fund shares available, size of the fund and investment objectives and investing style of the fund. Subjective factors include, but are not limited to, investment sub-styles and process, management skill and history at other funds and portfolio concentration and sector weightings. We also consider the levels and types of revenue a fund, its distributor, investment adviser, subadviser, transfer agent or their affiliates pay us and our affiliates. This revenue includes, but is not limited to compensation for administrative services provided with respect to the fund and support of marketing and distribution expenses incurred with respect to the fund.
•	Money Market fund yield: In low interest rate environments, money market fund yields may decrease to a level where the deduction of fees and charges associated with your contract could result in negative net performance, resulting in a corresponding decrease in your contract value.
•	Revenue we receive from the funds and potential conflicts of interest:

Expenses We May Incur on Behalf of the Funds

When a subaccount invests in a fund, the fund holds a single account in the name of the variable account. As such, the variable account is actually the shareholder of the fund. We, through our variable account, aggregate the transactions of numerous contract owners and submit net purchase and redemption requests to the funds on a daily basis. In addition, we track individual contract owner transactions and provide confirmations, periodic statements, and other required mailings. These costs would normally be borne by the fund, but we incur them instead.

Besides incurring these administrative expenses on behalf of the funds, we also incur distributions expenses in selling our contracts. By extension, the distribution expenses we incur benefit the funds we make available due to contract owner elections to allocate purchase payments to the funds through the subaccounts. In addition, the funds generally incur lower distribution expenses when offered through our variable account in contrast to being sold on a retail basis.

A complete list of why we may receive this revenue, as well as sources of revenue, is described in detail below.

Payments the Funds May Make to Us

We or our affiliates may receive from each of the funds, or their affiliates, compensation including but not limited to expense payments. These payments are designed in part to compensate us for the expenses we may incur on behalf of the funds. In addition to these payments, the funds may compensate us for wholesaling activities or to participate in educational or marketing seminars sponsored by the funds.

We or our affiliates may receive revenue derived from the 12b-1 fees charged by the funds. These fees are deducted from the assets of the funds. This revenue and the amount by which it can vary may create conflicts of interest. The amount, type, and manner in which the revenue from these sources is computed vary by fund.

Conflicts of Interest These Payments May Create

When we determined the charges to impose under the contracts, we took into account anticipated payments from the funds. If we had not taken into account these anticipated payments, the charges under the contract would have been higher. Additionally, the amount of payment we receive from a fund or its affiliate may create an incentive for us to include that fund as an investment option and may influence our decision regarding which funds to include in the variable account as subaccount options for contract owners. Funds that offer lower payments or no payments may also have corresponding expense structures that are lower, resulting in decreased overall fees and expenses to shareholders.

We offer funds managed by our affiliates Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC (Columbia Management) and Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLC (Columbia Wanger). We have additional financial incentive to offer our affiliated funds because additional assets held by them generally results in added revenue to us and our parent company, Ameriprise Financial, Inc. Additionally, employees of Ameriprise Financial, Inc. and its affiliates, including our employees, may be separately incented to include the affiliated funds in the products, as employee compensation and business unit operating goals at all levels are tied to the success of the company. Currently, revenue received from our affiliated funds comprises the greatest amount and percentage of revenue we derive from payments made by the funds.

The Amount of Payments We Receive from the Funds

We or our affiliates receive revenue which ranges up to 0.65% of the average daily net assets invested in the funds through this and other contracts we and our affiliates issue.

12    RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Why revenues are paid to us: In accordance with applicable laws, regulations and the terms of the agreements under which such revenue is paid, we or our affiliates may receive revenue, including, but not limited to expense payments and non-cash compensation, for various purposes:

• Compensating, training and educating investment professionals who sell the contracts.

• Granting access to our employees whose job it is to promote sales of the contracts by authorized selling firms and their investment professionals, and granting access to investment professionals of our affiliated selling firms.

• Activities or services we or our affiliates provide that assist in the promotion and distribution of the contracts including promoting the funds available under the contracts to contract owners, authorized selling firms and investment professionals.

• Providing sub-transfer agency and shareholder servicing to contract owners.

• Promoting, including and/or retaining the fund’s investment portfolios as underlying investment options in the contracts.

• Advertising, printing and mailing sales literature, and printing and distributing prospectuses and reports.

• Furnishing personal services to contract owners, including education of contract owners regarding the funds, answering routine inquiries regarding a fund, maintaining accounts or providing such other services eligible for service fees as defined under the rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA).

• Subaccounting services, transaction processing, recordkeeping and administration.

• Sources of revenue received from affiliated funds: The affiliated funds are managed by Columbia Management or Columbia Wanger. The sources of revenue we receive from these affiliated funds, or the funds’ affiliates, may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Assets of the fund’s adviser, sub-adviser, transfer agent, distributor or an affiliate of these. The revenue resulting from these sources may be based either on a percentage of average daily net assets of the fund or on the actual cost of certain services we provide with respect to the fund. We may receive this revenue either in the form of a cash payment or it may be allocated to us.

• Compensation paid out of 12b-1 fees that are deducted from fund assets.

• Sources of revenue received from unaffiliated funds: The unaffiliated funds are not managed by an affiliate of ours. The sources of revenue we receive from these unaffiliated funds, or the funds’ affiliates, may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Assets of the fund’s adviser, sub-adviser, transfer agent, distributor or an affiliate of these. The revenue resulting from these sources may be based either on a percentage of average daily net assets of the fund or on the actual cost of certain services we provide with respect to the fund. We receive this revenue in the form of a cash payment.

• Compensation paid out of 12b-1 fees that are deducted from fund assets.

You may allocate purchase payments and transfers to any or all of the subaccounts of the variable account that invest in shares of the funds listed in the table below. From time to time, certain fund names are changed. When we are notified of a name change, we will make changes so that the new name is properly shown. However, changes may take some period of time to complete. As a result it is possible you may receive various forms, reports and confirmations that reflect a fund’s prior name.

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
AB VPS Balanced Wealth Strategy Portfolio (Class B)	Seeks to maximize total return consistent with AllianceBernstein's determination of reasonable risk.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
AB VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio (Class B)	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
AB VPS Growth and Income Portfolio (Class B)	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
AB VPS Large Cap Growth Portfolio (Class B)	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC

RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus    13

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high level of current income and, as a secondary objective, steady growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Government Money Market Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with maximum current income consistent with liquidity and stability of principal.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high level of current income while attempting to conserve the value of the investment for the longest period of time.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Large Cap Growth Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Large Cap Index Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with current income as its primary objective and, as its secondary objective, preservation of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Fidelity® VIP Contrafund® Portfolio Service Class 2	Seeks long-term capital appreciation. Normally invests primarily in common stocks. Invests in securities of companies whose value FMR believes is not fully recognized by the public. Invests in either "growth" stocks or "value" stocks or both. The fund invests in domestic and foreign issuers.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Growth Portfolio Service Class 2	Seeks to achieve capital appreciation. Normally invests primarily in common stocks. Invests in companies that FMR believes have above-average growth potential (stocks of these companies are often called "growth" stocks). The Fund invests in domestic and foreign issuers.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2	Seeks long-term growth of capital. Normally invests primarily in common stocks. Normally invests at least 80% of assets in securities of companies with medium market capitalizations. May invest in companies with smaller or larger market capitalizations. Invests in domestic and foreign issuers. The Fund invests in either "growth" or "value" common stocks or both.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Overseas Portfolio Service Class 2	Seeks long-term growth of capital. Normally invests primarily in common stocks allocating investments across different countries and regions. Normally invests at least 80% of assets in non-U.S. securities.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Franklin Global Real Estate VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks high total return. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in investments of companies located anywhere in the world that operate in the real estate sector.	Franklin Templeton Institutional, LLC

14    RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks capital appreciation, with income as a secondary goal. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests primarily in U.S. and foreign equity securities that the investment manager believes are undervalued.	Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC
Franklin Small Cap Value VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term total return. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in investments of small capitalization companies.	Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC
Franklin Small-Mid Cap Growth VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital growth. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in investments of small-capitalization and mid-capitalization companies.	Franklin Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Strategic Income Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks total return	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. Core Equity Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. Value Opportunities Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
MFS® Massachusetts Investors Growth Stock Portfolio - Service Class	Seeks capital appreciation.	MFS® Investment Management
MFS® New Discovery Series - Service Class	Seeks capital appreciation.	MFS® Investment Management
MFS® Total Return Series - Service Class	Seeks total return.	MFS® Investment Management
MFS® Utilities Series - Service Class	Seeks total return.	MFS® Investment Management
Putnam VT Equity Income Fund - Class IB Shares	Seeks capital growth and current income.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of Putnam Investments Limited (PIL), PIL does not currently manage any assets.
Putnam VT International Equity Fund - Class IB Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor; Putnam Investments Limited, sub-adviser. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of The Putnam Advisory Company, LLC (PAC), PAC does not currently manage any assets of the fund.

RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus    15

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Putnam VT Research Fund - Class IB Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of both Putnam Investments Limited (PIL) and The Putnam Advisory Company, LLC (PAC), PIL and PAC do not currently manage any asses of the fund.
Putnam VT Sustainable Leaders Fund - Class IB Shares	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of Putnam Investments Limited (PIL), PIL does not currently manage any assets.
Templeton Foreign VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital growth. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in investments of issuers located outside the U.S., including those in emerging markets.	Templeton Investment Counsel, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; Jacobs Levy Equity Management, Inc., Nuveen Asset Management, LLC and Segall Bryant & Hamill, LLC, subadvisers.

The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)

The GPAs may not be available in some states.

You may allocate purchase payments and purchase payment credits to one or more of the GPAs with guarantee periods declared by us. These periods of time may vary by state. The required minimum investment in each GPA is $1,000.

These accounts are not offered after annuity payouts begin.

Each GPA pays an interest rate that is declared when you make an allocation to that account. Interest is credited daily. That interest rate is then fixed for the guarantee period that you chose. We will periodically change the declared interest rate for any future allocations to these accounts, but we will not change the rate paid on money currently in a GPA. The GPA interests under the contracts are registered with the SEC (File No.333-230959). The SEC staff reviews the disclosures in this prospectus on the GPA interests.

The interest rates that we will declare as guaranteed rates in the future are determined by us at our discretion (future rates). These rates generally will be based on various factors related to future investment earnings.We cannot predict nor can we guarantee what future rates will be.

We hold amounts you allocate to the GPAs in a “nonunitized” separate account. This separate account provides an additional measure of assurance that we will make full payment of amounts due under the GPAs. We own the assets of this separate account as well as any favorable investment performance of those assets. You do not participate in the performance of the assets held in this separate account. We guarantee all benefits relating to your value in the GPAs. This guarantee is based on the continued claims-paying ability of the company’s general account. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of insurance and financial products as well, and we also pay our obligations under these products from assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account.

We intend to construct and manage the investment portfolio relating to the separate account in such a way as to minimize the impact of fluctuations by interest rates. We seek to achieve this by constructing a portfolio of assets with a price sensitivity to interest rate changes (i.e., price duration) that is similar to the price duration of the corresponding portfolio of liabilities.

16    RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus

We must invest this portfolio of assets in accordance with requirements established by applicable state laws regarding the nature and quality of investments that life insurance companies may make and the percentage of their assets that they may commit to any particular type of investment. Our investment strategy will incorporate the use of a variety of debt instruments having price durations tending to match the applicable guarantee periods. These instruments include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities, which issues may or may not be guaranteed by the U.S. government;

• Debt securities that have an investment grade, at the time of purchase, within the four highest grades assigned by any of three nationally recognized rating agencies — Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s Investors Service or Fitch — or are rated in the two highest grades by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners;

• Other debt instruments which are unrated or rated below investment grade, limited to 10% of assets at the time of purchase; and

• Real estate mortgages, limited to 45% of portfolio assets at the time of acquisition.

In addition, options and futures contracts on fixed income securities will be used from time to time to achieve and maintain appropriate investment and liquidity characteristics on the overall asset portfolio.

While this information generally describes our investment strategy, we are not obligated to follow any particular strategy except as may be required by federal law and Indiana and other state insurance laws.

Market Value Adjustment (MVA)

We guarantee the contract value allocated to your GPA, including the interest credited, if you do not make any transfers or withdrawals from that GPA prior to 30 days before the end of the guarantee period. However, we will apply an MVA if a transfer or withdrawal occurs prior to this time, unless the transfer is an automated transfer from the two-year GPA as part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep strategy. The MVA also affects amounts withdrawn from a GPA prior to 30 days before the end of the guarantee period that are used to purchase payouts under an annuity payout plan. We will refer to all of these transactions as “early withdrawals” in the discussion below.

The current interest rate we offer on the GPA will change periodically at our discretion. It is the rate we are then paying on purchase payments, renewals and transfers paid under this class of contracts for Guarantee Period durations equaling the remaining Guarantee Period of the GPA to which the formula is being applied.

We will not apply MVAs to amounts withdrawn for annual contract charges, to amounts we pay as death claims or to automatic transfers from the two-year GPA as part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep Strategy. In some states, the MVA is limited.

When you request an early withdrawal, we adjust the early withdrawal amount by an MVA formula. The early withdrawal amount reflects the relationship between the guaranteed interest rate you are earning in your current GPA and the interest rate we are crediting on new GPAs that end at the same time as your current GPA.

The MVA is sensitive to changes in current interest rates. The magnitude of any applicable MVA will depend on our current schedule of guaranteed interest rates at the time of the withdrawal, the time remaining in your guarantee period and your guaranteed interest rate. The MVA is negative, zero or positive depending on how the guaranteed interest rate on your GPA compares to the interest rate of a new GPA for the same number of years as the guarantee period remaining on your GPA. This is summarized in the following table:

If your GPA rate is:	The MVA is:
Less than the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Negative
Equal to the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Zero
Greater than the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Positive

General Examples

As the examples below demonstrate, the application of an MVA may result in either a gain or a loss of principal. We refer to all of the transactions described below as “early withdrawals.”

Assumptions:

• You purchase a contract and allocate part of your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA; and

• we guarantee an interest rate of 3.0% annually for your ten-year guarantee period; and

• after three years, you decide to make a withdrawal from your GPA. In other words, there are seven years left in your guarantee period.

Remember that the MVA depends partly on the interest rate of a new GPA for the same number of years as the guarantee period remaining on your GPA. In this case, that is seven years.

RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus    17

Example 1: Remember that your GPA is earning 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 3.5%. We add 0.10% to the 3.5% rate to get 3.6%. Your GPA’s 3.0% rate is less than the 3.6% rate, so the MVA will be negative.

Example 2: Remember again that your GPA is earning 3.0%, and assume that new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 2.5%. We add 0.10% to the 2.5% rate to get 2.6%. In this example, since your GPA’s 3.0% rate is greater than the 2.6% rate, the MVA will be positive. To determine that adjustment precisely, you will have to use the formula described below.

Sample MVA Calculations

The precise MVA formula we apply is as follows:

Early withdrawal amount	×	[	(	1 + i	)	n/12	–1	]	=	MVA
				1 + j + .001

Where i	=	rate earned in the GPA from which amounts are being transferred or withdrawn.
j	=	current rate for a new guarantee period equal to the remaining term in the current guarantee period.
n	=	number of months remaining in the current guarantee period (rounded up).

Examples — MVA

Using assumptions similar to those we used in the examples above:

• You purchase a contract and allocate part of your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA;

• we guarantee an interest rate of 3.0% annually for your ten-year guarantee period; and

• after three years, you decide to make a $1,000 withdrawal from your GPA. In other words, there are seven years left in your guarantee period.

Example 1: You request an early withdrawal of $1,000 from your ten-year GPA earning a guaranteed interest rate of 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 3.5%. Using the formula above, we determine the MVA as follows:

$1,000	×	[	(	1.030	)	84/12	–1	]	=	-$39.84
				1 + .035 + .001

In this example, the MVA is a negative $39.84.

Example 2: You request an early withdrawal of $1,000 from your ten-year GPA earning a guaranteed interest rate of 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 2.5%. Using the formula above, we determine the MVA as follows:

$1,000	×	[	(	1.030	)	84/12	–1	]	=	$27.61
				1 + .025 + .001

In this example, the MVA is a positive $27.61.

Please note that when you allocate your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA and your purchase payment is in its fourth year from receipt at the beginning of the guarantee period, your withdrawal charge percentage is 7%. (See “Charges — Withdrawal Charge.”) We do not apply MVAs to the amounts we deduct for withdrawal charges, so we would deduct the withdrawal charge from your early withdrawal after we applied the MVA. Also note that when you request an early withdrawal, we withdraw an amount from your GPA that will give you the net amount you requested after we apply the MVA and any applicable withdrawal charge, unless you request otherwise.

The current interest rate we offer on the GPA will change periodically at our discretion. It is the rate we are then paying on purchase payments, renewals and transfers paid under this class of contracts for guarantee period durations equaling the remaining guarantee period of the GPA to which the formula is being applied.

We will not apply MVAs to amounts withdrawn for annual contract charges, to amounts we pay as death claims or to automatic transfers from the two-year GPA as part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep strategy. In some states, the MVA is limited.

18    RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The General Account

The general account includes all assets owned by RiverSource Life, other than those in the variable account and our other separate accounts. Subject to applicable state law, we have sole discretion to decide how assets of the general account will be invested. The assets held in our general account support the guarantees under your contract including any optional benefits offered under the contract. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to many of the same risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of annuities and financial instruments and products as well, and these obligations are satisfied from the assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account. The fixed account is supported by our general account that we make available under the contract.

The One-Year Fixed Account

You may allocate purchase payments or transfer accumulated value to the one-year fixed account. Some states may restrict the amount you can allocate to this account. We back the principal and interest guarantees relating to the one-year fixed account. These guarantees are subject to the creditworthiness and continued claims-paying ability of the company’s general account. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account. The value of the one-year fixed account increases as we credit interest to the account. Purchase payments and transfers to the one-year fixed account become part of our general account. We credit and compound interest daily based on a 365-day year (366 in a leap year) so as to produce the annual effective rate which we declare. The interest rate we apply to each purchase payment or transfer to the one-year fixed account is guaranteed for one year. Thereafter we will change the rates from time-to-time at our discretion. Interest rates credited in excess of the guaranteed rate generally will be based on various factors related to future investment earnings.

There are restrictions on the amount you can allocate to this account as well as on transfers from this account. (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transfer policies”)

Because of exemptive and exclusionary provisions, we have not registered interests in the one-year fixed account as securities under the Securities Act of 1933 nor have any of these accounts been registered as investment companies under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Accordingly, neither the one-year fixed account nor any interests in the one-year fixed account are subject to the provisions of these Acts.

The one-year fixed account has not been registered with the SEC. Disclosures regarding the one-year fixed account, however, are subject to certain generally applicable provisions of the federal securities laws relating to the accuracy and completeness of statements made in a prospectus.

Buying Your Contract

New contracts are not currently being offered.

We are required by law to obtain personal information from you which we used to verify your identity. If you do not provide this information we reserve the right to refuse to issue your contract or take other steps we deem reasonable. As the owner, you have all rights and may receive all benefits under the contract. You can own a qualified or nonqualified annuity. Generally, you can own a nonqualified annuity in joint tenancy with rights of survivorship only in spousal situations. You cannot own a qualified annuity in joint tenancy. You can become an owner if you are 85 or younger. (The age limit may be younger for qualified annuities in some states.)

When you applied, you selected (if available in your state):

• GPAs, the one-year fixed account and/or subaccounts in which you want to invest⁽¹⁾;

• how you want to make purchase payments;

• the optional MAV Death Benefit⁽²⁾;

• the optional EDB⁽²⁾;

• the optional GMIB – MAV rider⁽³⁾;

• the optional GMIB – 6% Rising Floor rider⁽³⁾;

• the optional PCR⁽³⁾;

• the optional Benefit Protector Death Benefit⁽⁴⁾;

• the optional Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit⁽⁴⁾;

• the length of the withdrawal charge schedule (5 or 7 years)⁽⁵⁾; and

RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus    19

•	a beneficiary.
(1)	GPAs are not available under contracts issued in Maryland, Oregon, Pennsylvania or Washington and may not be available in other states.
(2)	Available if both you and the annuitant are 79 or younger at contract issue. If you select a GMIB rider, you must elect either the MAV death benefit or the EDB. EDB is not available with Benefit Protector or Benefit Protector Plus. May not be available in all states.
(3)	If you select the PCR, you cannot add a GMIB rider. The GMIB is available if the annuitant is 75 or younger at contract issue. The GMIB is not available with ROP death benefit. May not be available in all states.
(4)	Available if you and the annuitant are 75 or younger at contract issue. Not available with EDB. May not be available in all states.
(5)	The five-year withdrawal charge schedule may not be available in all states.

The contract provides for allocation of purchase payments to the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and/or the subaccounts of the variable account in even 1% increments subject to the $1,000 minimum for the GPAs.

The following restrictions on allocation of purchase payments to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account will apply:

For contracts with applications signed prior to June 16, 2003:	No restrictions on the amount of purchase payments allocated to the GPAs or the one-year fixed account (if available).
For contracts with applications signed on or after June 16 through Dec. 4, 2003:	The amount of any purchase payment allocated to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account in total cannot exceed 30% of the purchase payment.This 30% limit will not apply if you establish a dollar cost averaging arrangement with respect to the purchase payment according to procedures currently in effect, or you are participating according to the rules of an asset allocation model portfolio program available under the contract, if any.
For contracts with applications signed on or after Dec. 5, 2003:	In certain states where we offer GPAs that do not require payment of a statutory minimum guaranteed interest rate, the amount of any purchase payment allocated to one-year fixed account cannot exceed 30% of the purchase payment. The amount of any purchase payment allocated to the GPAs is not subject to this 30% limit. Please consult your investment professional to see if these restrictions apply in your state. In all other states, the amount of any purchase payment allocated to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account in total cannot exceed 30% of the purchase payment. We reserve the right to further limit purchase payment allocations to the one-year fixed account and/or GPAs if the interest rate we are then crediting on new purchase payments allocated to the one-year fixed account is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract.In all states, the 30% limit will not apply if you establish an automated dollar cost averaging arrangement with respect to the purchase payment according to procedures currently in effect, or you are participating according to the rules of an asset allocation model portfolio program available under the contract, if any.

There are no restrictions on allocations of purchase payments to the subaccounts.

We applied your initial purchase payment to the GPAs, one-year fixed account and subaccounts you selected within two business days after we received it at our Service Center. We will credit additional eligible purchase payments you make to your accounts on the valuation date we receive them. If we receive your purchase payment at our Service Center before the close of business, we will credit any portion of that payment allocated to the subaccounts using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received the payment. If we receive an additional purchase payment at our Service Center at or after the close of business, we will credit any portion of that payment allocated to the subaccounts using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received the payment.

You may make monthly payments to your contract under a systematic investment plan (SIP). To begin the SIP, you will complete and send a form and your first SIP payment along with your application. There is no charge for SIP. You can stop your SIP payments at any time.

In most states, you may make additional purchase payments to nonqualified and qualified annuities until the retirement date.

Householding and delivery of certain documents

With your prior consent, RiverSource Life and its affiliates may use and combine information concerning accounts owned by members of the same household and provide a single paper copy of certain documents to that household. This householding of documents may include prospectuses, supplements, annual reports, semiannual reports and proxies. Your authorization remains in effect unless we are notified otherwise. If you wish to continue receiving multiple copies of these documents, you can opt out of householding by calling us at 1.866.273.7429. Multiple mailings will resume within 30 days after we receive your opt out request.

20    RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The Retirement Date

Annuity payouts begin on the retirement date. This means that the contract will be annuitized or converted to a stream of monthly payments. If your contract is annuitized, the contract goes into payout and only the annuity payout provisions continue. You will no longer have access to your contract value. This means that the death benefit and any optional benefits you have elected will end. When we processed your application, we established the retirement date to be the maximum age then in effect (or contract anniversary if applicable). Unless otherwise elected by you, all retirement dates are now automatically set to the maximum age of 95 now in effect. You also can change the retirement date, provided you send us written instructions at least 30 days before annuity payouts begin.

The retirement date must be:

• no earlier than the 30th day after the contract’s effective date; and no later than

• the annuitant’s 95th birthday or the tenth contract anniversary, if later,

• or such other date as agreed upon by us.

Six months prior to your retirement start date, we will contact you with your options including the option to postpone your retirement start date to a future date. You can choose to delay the retirement start date of your contract to a date beyond age 95, to the extent allowed by applicable state law and tax laws.

If you do not make an election, annuity payouts using the contract’s default option of annuity payout Plan B – Life with 10 years certain will begin on the retirement start date and your monthly annuity payments will continue for as long as the annuitant lives. If the annuitant does not survive 10 years, we will continue to make payments until 10 years of payments have been made.

Generally, if you own a qualified annuity (for example, an IRA) and tax laws require that you take distributions from your annuity prior to your retirement start date, your contract will not be automatically annuitized (subject to state requirements). However, if you choose, you can elect to request annuitization or take surrenders to meet your required minimum distributions.

Beneficiary

We will pay to your named beneficiary the death benefit if it becomes payable while the contract is in force and before annuity payouts begin. If there is more than one beneficiary, we will pay each beneficiary’s designated share when we receive their completed claim. A beneficiary will bear the investment risk of the variable account until we receive the beneficiary’s completed claim. If there is no named beneficiary, the default provisions of your contract will apply. (See “Benefits in Case of Death” for more about beneficiaries.)

Purchase Payments

Purchase payment amounts and purchase payment timing may vary by state and be limited under the terms of your contract.

Minimum purchase payments

If paying by SIP:

$50 for additional payments.

If paying by any other method:

$100 for additional payments.

Maximum total allowable purchase payments*

$1,000,000

* This limit applies in total to all RiverSource Life annuities you own. We reserve the right to waive or increase the maximum limit. For qualified annuities, the Code’s limits on annual contributions also apply.

How to Make Purchase Payments

11 By letter

Send your check along with your name and contract number to:

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474

RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus    21

22 By SIP

Contact your investment professional to complete the necessary SIP paperwork.

Purchase Payment Credits

You will receive a purchase payment credit with any payment you make to your contract that brings your total net payment (total payments less total withdrawals) to $100,000 or more.⁽¹⁾

⁽¹⁾ For applications signed on or after Nov. 6, 2003, only contracts with a seven-year withdrawal charge schedule are eligible for a credit. If you make any additional payments that cause the contract to be eligible for the credit, we will add credits to your prior purchase payments (less total withdrawals). We apply this credit immediately. We allocate the credit to the GPAs, the one-year fixed account, special DCA account and the subaccounts in the same proportions as your purchase payment.

We fund the credit from our general account. Credits are not considered to be “investments” for income tax purposes. (See “Taxes.”)

We will reverse credits from the contract value for any purchase payment that is not honored (if, for example, your purchase payment check is returned for insufficient funds).

To the extent a death benefit or withdrawal payment includes purchase payment credits applied within twelve months preceding: (1) the date of death that results in a lump sum death benefit under this contract; or (2) a request for withdrawal charge waiver due to “Contingent events” (see “Charges — Contingent events”), we will assess a charge, similar to a withdrawal charge, equal to the amount of the purchase payment credits. The amount we pay to you under these circumstances will always equal or exceed your withdrawal value.

Because of higher charges, there may be circumstances where you may be worse off for having received the credit than in other contracts. All things being equal (such as guarantee availability or fund performance and availability), this may occur if you hold your contract for 15 years or more. This also may occur if you make a full withdrawal in the first seven years. You should consider these higher charges and other relevant factors before you buy this contract or before you exchange a contract you currently own for this contract.

This credit is made available because of lower distribution and other expenses associated with larger sized contracts and through revenue from higher withdrawal charges and contract administrative charges than would otherwise be charged. In general, we do not profit from the higher charges assessed to cover the cost of the purchase payment credit. We use all the revenue from these higher charges to pay for the cost of the credits. However, we could profit from the higher charges if market appreciation is higher than expected or if contract owners hold their contracts for longer than expected.

Limitations on Use of Contract

If mandated by applicable law, including, but not limited to, federal anti-money laundering laws, we may be required to reject a purchase payment. We may also be required to block an owner’s access to contract values or to satisfy other statutory obligations. Under these circumstances, we may refuse to implement requests for transfers, withdrawals or death benefits until instructions are received from the appropriate governmental authority or a court of competent jurisdiction.

Charges

Contract Administrative Charge

We charge this fee for establishing and maintaining your records. We deduct $40 from the contract value on your contract anniversary or, if earlier, when the contract is fully withdrawn. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. Some states also limit any contract charge allocated to the fixed account.

We will waive this charge when your contract value is $50,000 or more on the current contract anniversary.

If you take a full withdrawal from your contract, we will deduct the charge at the time of withdrawal regardless of the contract value. We cannot increase the annual contract administrative charge and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

Variable Account Administrative Charge

We apply this charge daily to the subaccounts. It is reflected in the unit values of your subaccounts and it totals 0.15% of their average daily net assets on an annual basis. It covers certain administrative and operating expenses of the subaccounts such as accounting, legal and data processing fees and expenses involved in the preparation and distribution of reports and prospectuses. We cannot increase the variable account administrative charge.

22    RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Mortality and Expense Risk Fee

We charge these fees daily to the subaccounts. The unit values of your subaccounts reflect these fees. These fees cover the mortality and expense risk that we assume. These fees do not apply to the GPAs or the one-year fixed account. We cannot increase these fees.

The mortality and expense risk fee you pay is based on the death benefit guarantee you select, whether the contract is a qualified annuity or a nonqualified annuity and the withdrawal charge schedule that applies to your contract.

Seven-year withdrawal charge schedule	Qualified annuities	Nonqualified annuities
ROP death benefit	0.85%	1.10%
MAV death benefit(1)	1.05	1.30
EDB	1.15	1.40

Five-year withdrawal charge schedule	Qualified annuities	Nonqualified annuities
ROP death benefit	1.15	1.40
MAV death benefit(1)	1.35	1.60
EDB	1.45	1.70

⁽¹⁾ For contracts with applications signed before Nov. 6, 2003, or if your state has not approved this fee, the MAV death benefit fee is .10% less.

Mortality risk arises because of our guarantee to pay a death benefit and our guarantee to make annuity payouts according to the terms of the contract, no matter how long a specific owner or annuitant lives and no matter how long our entire group of owners or annuitants live. If, as a group, owners or annuitants outlive the life expectancy we assumed in our actuarial tables, then we must take money from our general assets to meet our obligations. If, as a group, owners or annuitants do not live as long as expected, we could profit from the mortality risk fee. We deduct the mortality risk fee from the subaccounts during the annuity payout period even if the annuity payout plan does not involve a life contingency.

Expense risk arises because we cannot increase the contract administrative charge or the variable account administrative charge and these charges may not cover our expenses. We would have to make up any deficit from our general assets. We could profit from the expense risk fee if future expenses are less than expected.

The subaccounts pay us the mortality and expense risk fee they accrued as follows:

• first, to the extent possible, the subaccounts pay this fee from any dividends distributed from the funds in which they invest;

• then, if necessary, the funds redeem shares to cover any remaining fees payable.

We may use any profits we realize from the subaccounts’ payment to us of the mortality and expense risk fee for any proper corporate purpose, including, among others, payment of distribution (selling) expenses. We do not expect that the withdrawal charge will cover sales and distribution expenses.

Withdrawal Charge

If you withdraw all or part of your contract value, a withdrawal charge applies if all or part of the withdrawal amount is from any purchase payment we received less than six or eight years before the date of withdrawal. In addition, amounts withdrawn from a GPA more than 30 days before the end of the applicable guarantee period will be subject to a MVA. (See “The Guarantee Period Accounts — Market Value Adjustment (MVA).”

Each time you make a purchase payment under the contract, a withdrawal charge attaches to that purchase payment. The withdrawal charge percentage for each purchase payment declines according to a schedule shown in the contract. For example, if you select a 7-year withdrawal charge schedule, during the first two years after a purchase payment is made, the withdrawal charge percentage attached to that payment is 8%. The withdrawal charge percentage for that payment during the seventh year after it is made is 3%. At the beginning of the eighth year after that purchase payment is made, and thereafter, there is no withdrawal charge as to that payment.

You may withdraw an amount during any contract year without incurring a withdrawal charge. We call this amount the Total Free Amount (“TFA”). The TFA is the amount of your contract value that you may withdraw without incurring a withdrawal charge. Amounts withdrawn in excess of the Total Free Amount may be subject to a withdrawal charge as described below. The Total Free Amount is defined as the maximum of (a) and (b) where:

(a)	is 10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value; and
(b)	is current contract earnings.

RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus    23

NOTE: We determine current contract earnings (CE) by looking at the entire contract value (CV), not the earnings of any particular subaccount, or the one-year fixed account or GPA. If the contract value is less than purchase payments received and not previously withdrawn (PPNPW) then contract earnings are zero. We consider your initial purchase payment and purchase payment credit to be the prior anniversary’s contract value during the first contract year.

For purposes of calculating any withdrawal charge, we treat amounts withdrawn from your contract value in the following order:

1.	First, in each contract year, we withdraw amounts totaling up to 10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on this amount.
2.	Next, we withdraw contract earnings, if any, that are greater than the amount described in number one above. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on contract earnings.
3.	Next, we withdraw purchase payments received prior to the withdrawal charge period shown in your contract. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on these purchase payments.
4.	Finally, if necessary, we withdraw purchase payments received that are still within the withdrawal charge period you selected and shown in your contract. We withdraw these payments on a “first-in, first-out” (FIFO) basis. We do assess a withdrawal charge on these payments.

NOTE: After withdrawing earnings in numbers one and two above, we next withdraw enough additional contract value (ACV) to meet your requested withdrawal amount. If the amount described in number one above was greater than contract earnings prior to the withdrawal, the excess (XSF) will be excluded from the purchase payments being withdrawn that were received most recently when calculating the withdrawal charge. We determine the amount of purchase payments being withdrawn (PPW) in numbers three and four above as:

PPW = XSF +	(ACV – XSF)	×	(PPNPW – XSF)
	(CV – TFA)

If the additional contract value withdrawn is less than XSF, then PPW will equal ACV.

We determine your withdrawal charge by multiplying each of your payments withdrawn by the applicable withdrawal charge percentage, and then adding the total withdrawal charges.

Seven-year schedule		Five-year schedule(1)
Years from purchase payment receipt	Withdrawal charge percentage	Years from purchase payment receipt	Withdrawal charge percentage
1	8%	1	8%
2	8	2	7
3	7	3	6
4	7	4	4
5	6	5	2
6	5	Thereafter	0
7	3
Thereafter	0

⁽¹⁾ The five-year withdrawal charge schedule may not be available in all states.

For a partial withdrawal that is subject to a withdrawal charge, the amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable withdrawal charge. The withdrawal charge percentage is applied to this total amount. We pay you the amount you requested.

The amount of purchase payments withdrawn is calculated using a prorated formula based on the percentage of contract value being withdrawn. As a result, the amount of purchase payments withdrawn may be greater than the amount of contract value withdrawn.

Withdrawal charge calculation example

The following is an example of the calculation we would make to determine the withdrawal charge on a contract with a 7-year withdrawal charge schedule with this history:

• We receive these payments

– $10,000 initial;

– $8,000 on the seventh contract anniversary; and

– $6,000 on the eighth contract anniversary; and

• You withdraw the contract for its total withdrawal value of $38,101 during the eleventh contract year and make no other withdrawals during that contract year; and

24    RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• The prior anniversary contract value is $38,488.

Withdrawal Charge	Explanation
$0	$3,848.80 is 10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value withdrawn without withdrawal charge; and
0	$10,252.20 is contract earnings in excess of the 10% TFA withdrawal amount withdrawn without withdrawal charge; and
0	$10,000 initial purchase payment was received eight or more years before withdrawal and is withdrawn without withdrawal charge; and
560	$8,000 purchase payment is in its fourth year from receipt, withdrawn with a 7% withdrawal charge; and
420	$6,000 purchase payment is in its third year from receipt withdrawn with a 7% withdrawal charge.
$980

Under the same scenario, the withdrawal charge on a contract with a five-year withdrawal charge schedule would be calculated:

Withdrawal Charge	Explanation
$0	$3,848.80 is 10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value withdrawn without withdrawal charge; and
0	$10,252.20 is contract earnings in excess of the 10% TFA withdrawal amount withdrawn without withdrawal charge; and
0	$10,000 initial purchase payment was received six or more years before withdrawal and is withdrawn without withdrawal charge; and
320	$8,000 purchase payment is in its fourth year from receipt, withdrawn with a 4% withdrawal charge; and
360	$6,000 purchase payment is in its third year from receipt withdrawn with a 6% withdrawal charge.
$680

Waiver of withdrawal charges

We do not assess withdrawal charges for:

•	withdrawals of any contract earnings;
•	withdrawals of amounts totaling up to 10% of your prior contract anniversary’s contract value to the extent it exceeds contract earnings;
•	required minimum distributions from a qualified annuity to the extent that they exceed the free amount. The amount on which withdrawal charges are waived can be no greater than the RMD amount calculated under your specific contract currently in force;
•	contracts settled using an annuity payout plan unless an annuity payout Plan E is later fully withdrawn;
•	withdrawals made as a result of one of the “Contingent events”* described below to the extent permitted by state law; and
•	death benefits.*
*	However, we will reverse certain purchase payment credits. (See “Buying Your Contract — Purchase Payment Credits.”)

Contingent events

• Withdrawals you make if you or the annuitant are confined to a hospital or nursing home and have been for the prior 60 days. Your contract will include this provision when you and the annuitant are under age 76 at contract issue. You must provide proof satisfactory to us of the confinement as of the date you request the withdrawal.

• To the extent permitted by state law, withdrawals you make if you or the annuitant are diagnosed in the second or later contract years as disabled with a medical condition that with reasonable medical certainty will result in death within 12 months or less from the date of the licensed physician’s statement. You must provide us with a licensed physician’s statement containing the terminal illness diagnosis and the date the terminal illness was initially diagnosed.

Liquidation charge under Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:If you are receiving variable annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to withdraw those payments. The amount that you can withdraw is the present value of any remaining variable payouts. The discount rate we use in the calculation will be 5.17% if the assumed investment return is 3.5% and 6.67% if the assumed investment return is 5%. The liquidation charge equals the present value of the remaining payouts using the assumed investment return minus the present value of the remaining payouts using the discount rate.

RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus    25

Fixed Payouts: Withdrawal charge for Fixed Annuity Payout Plan E – Payouts for a specified period: If you are receiving annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to take a withdraw and withdrawal charge may apply.

A withdrawal charge will be assessed against the present value of any remaining guaranteed payouts withdrawn. The discount rate we use in determining present values varies based on: (1) the contract value originally applied to the fixed annuitization; (2) the remaining years of guaranteed payouts; (3) the annual effective interest rate and periodic payment amount for new immediate annuities of the same duration as the remaining years of guaranteed payouts; and (4) the interest spread (currently 1.50%). If we do not currently offer immediate annuities, we will use rates and values applicable to new annuitizations to determine the discount rate.

Once the discount rate is applied and we have determined the present value of the remaining guaranteed payouts you withdrawn, the present value determined will be multiplied by the withdrawal charge percentage in the table below and deducted from the present value to determine the net present value you will receive.

Number of Completed Years Since Annuitization	Withdrawal charge percentage
0	Not applicable*
1	5%
2	4
3	3
4	2
5	1
6 and thereafter	0

*We do not permit withdrawals in the first year after annuitization.

We will provide a quoted present value (which includes the deduction of any withdrawal charge). You must then formally elect, in a form acceptable to us, to receive this value. The remaining guaranteed payouts following withdraw will be reduced to zero.

Possible group reductions: In some cases we may incur lower sales and administrative expenses due to the size of the group, the average contribution and the use of group enrollment procedures. In such cases, we may be able to reduce or eliminate the contract administrative and withdrawal charges. However, we expect this to occur infrequently.

Fund Fees and Expenses

There are deductions from and expenses paid out of the assets of the funds that are described in the prospectuses for those funds.

Premium Taxes

Certain state and local governments impose premium taxes on us (up to 3.5%). These taxes depend upon your state of residence or the state in which the contract was issued. Currently, we deduct any applicable premium tax when annuity payouts begin, but we reserve the right to deduct this tax at other times such as when you make purchase payments or when you make a full withdrawal from your contract.

Optional Living Benefits Charges

Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB) Fee

We charge an annual fee for this optional feature only if you select it. There are two GMIB rider options available under your contract (see “Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider”). The fee for GMIB – MAV is 0.55% of the adjusted contract value⁽¹⁾. The fee for GMIB – 6% Rising Floor is 0.75% of the adjusted contract value. Depending on the GMIB rider option you choose, we deduct the appropriate fee from the contract value on your contract anniversary at the end of each contract year. We prorate this fee among the GPAs, one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value.

⁽¹⁾ For applications signed prior to May 1, 2003, the following current annual rider charges apply: GMIB – MAV — 0.30% and GMIB — 6% Rising Floor — 0.45%.

If the contract is terminated for any reason or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the appropriate GMIB fee from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place. We cannot increase either GMIB fee after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or the GMIB terminates.

26    RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus

We calculate the fee as follows:

GMIB	– MAV	0.55% × (CV + ST – FAV)
GMIB	– 6% Rising Floor	0.75% × (CV + ST – FAV)

CV	=	contract value on the contract anniversary
ST	=	transfers from the subaccounts to the GPAs or the one-year fixed account made during the six months before the contract anniversary.
FAV	=	the value of your GPAs and the one-year fixed account on the contract anniversary.

The result of ST – FAV will never be greater than zero. This allows us to base the GMIB fee largely on the subaccounts and not on the GPAs and the one-year fixed account.

Example

•	You purchase the contract with a payment of $50,000 and allocate all of your payment to the subaccounts.
•	During the first contract year your contract value is $75,000. You transfer $15,000 from the subaccounts to the one-year fixed account.
•	On the first contract anniversary the one-year fixed account value is $15,250 and the subaccount value is $58,000. Your total contract value is $73,250.
•	The GMIB fee for:
	GMIB – MAV is 0.55%; and
	GMIB – 6% Rising Floor is 0.75%.

We calculate the charge as follows:

Contract value on the contract anniversary:	$73,250
plus transfers from the subaccounts to the one-year fixed account in the six months before the contract anniversary:	+15,000
minus the value of the one-year fixed account on the contract anniversary:	–15,250
	$73,000

The GMIB fee charged to you:

GMIB – MAV	(0.55%× $73,000) =	$401.50
GMIB – 6% Rising Floor	(0.75%× $73,000) =	$547.50

Performance Credit Rider (PCR) Fee

We charge a fee of 0.15% of your contract value for this optional feature if you select it. If selected, we deduct the fee from your contract value on your contract anniversary at the end of each contract year. We prorate this fee among the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest bears to your total contract value. If you select the PCR, you cannot add a GMIB rider.

If the contract is terminated for any reason or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the PCR fee from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place. We cannot increase the PCR fee.

Optional Death Benefit Charges

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider Fee

We deduct a charge for the optional feature only if you select it. If selected, we deduct 0.25% of your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

If the contract is terminated for any reason other than death or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the charge. We cannot increase this annual charge after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus    27

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider Fee

We charge a fee for the optional feature only if you select it. If selected, we deduct 0.40% of your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this fee among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

If the contract is terminated for any reason other than death or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the fee from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee. We cannot increase this annual charge after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

Valuing Your Investment

We value your accounts as follows:

GPAs and One-Year Fixed Account

We value the amounts you allocate to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account directly in dollars. The value of the GPAs and the one-year fixed account equals:

• the sum of your purchase payments and transfer amounts allocated to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account (including any positive or negative MVA on amounts transferred from the GPAs to the one-year fixed account);

• plus any purchase payment credits allocated to the GPAs and one-year fixed account;

• plus interest credited;

• minus the sum of amounts withdrawn (including any applicable withdrawal charges) and amounts transferred out;

• minus any prorated portion of the contract administrative charge; and

• minus the prorated portion of the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit rider — MAV;

– Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit rider — 6% Rising Floor;

– Performance Credit rider;

– Benefit Protector rider; and/or

– Benefit Protector Plus rider.

Subaccounts

We convert amounts you allocated to the subaccounts into accumulation units. Each time you make a purchase payment or transfer amounts into one of the subaccounts or we apply any purchase payment credits, we credit a certain number of accumulation units to your contract for that subaccount. Conversely, we subtract a certain number of accumulation units from your contract each time you take a partial withdrawal; transfer amounts out of a subaccount; or we assess a contract administrative charge, a withdrawal charge, or fee for any optional contract riders with annual charges (if applicable).

The accumulation units are the true measure of investment value in each subaccount during the accumulation period. They are related to, but not the same as, the net asset value of the fund in which the subaccount invests. The dollar value of each accumulation unit can rise or fall daily depending on the variable account expenses, performance of the fund and on certain fund expenses.

Here is how we calculate accumulation unit values:

Number of units: To calculate the number of accumulation units for a particular subaccount, we divide your investment by the current accumulation unit value.

Accumulation unit value: The current accumulation unit value for each subaccount equals the last value times the subaccount’s current net investment factor.

We determine the net investment factor by:

• adding the fund’s current net asset value per share, plus the per share amount of any accrued income or capital gain dividends to obtain a current adjusted net asset value per share; then

• dividing that sum by the previous adjusted net asset value per share; and

• subtracting the percentage factor representing the mortality and expense risk fee and the variable account administrative charge from the result.

Because the net asset value of the fund may fluctuate, the accumulation unit value may increase or decrease. You bear all the investment risk in a subaccount.

28    RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Factors that affect subaccount accumulation units: Accumulation units may change in two ways — in number and in value.

The number of accumulation units you own may fluctuate due to:

• additional purchase payments you allocate to the subaccounts;

• any purchase payment credits allocated to the subaccounts;

• transfers into or out of the subaccounts (including any positive or negative MVA on amounts transferred from the GPAs);

• partial withdrawals;

• withdrawal charges;

and the deduction of a prorated portion of:

• the contract administrative charge; and

• the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit rider — MAV;

– Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit rider — 6% Rising Floor;

– Performance Credit rider;

– Benefit Protector rider; and/or

– Benefit Protector Plus rider.

Accumulation unit values will fluctuate due to:

• changes in fund net asset value;

• fund dividends distributed to the subaccounts;

• fund capital gains or losses;

• fund operating expenses; and

• mortality and expense risk fee and the variable account administrative charge.

RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus    29

Making the Most of Your Contract

Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging

Currently, you can use automated transfers to take advantage of dollar-cost averaging (investing a fixed amount at regular intervals). For example, you might transfer a set amount monthly from a relatively conservative subaccount to a more aggressive one, or to several others, or from the one-year fixed account or the two-year GPA (without a MVA) to one or more subaccounts. The three to ten year GPAs are not available for automated transfers. You can also obtain the benefits of dollar-cost averaging by setting up regular automatic SIP payments or by establishing an Interest Sweep strategy. Interest Sweeps are a monthly transfer of the interest earned from either the one-year fixed account or the two-year GPA into the subaccounts of your choice. If you participate in an Interest Sweep strategy the interest you earn will be less than the annual interest rate we apply because there will be no compounding. There is no charge for dollar-cost averaging.

This systematic approach can help you benefit from fluctuations in accumulation unit values caused by fluctuations in the market values of the funds. Since you invest the same amount each period, you automatically acquire more units when the market value falls and fewer units when it rises. The potential effect is to lower your average cost per unit.

How dollar-cost averaging works

By investing an equal number of dollars each month		Month	Amount invested	Accumulation unit value	Number of units purchased
		Jan	$100	$20	5.00
		Feb	100	18	5.56
you automatically buy more units when the per unit market price is low		Mar	100	17	5.88
	→	Apr	100	15	6.67
		May	100	16	6.25
		Jun	100	18	5.56
		Jul	100	17	5.88
and fewer units when the per unit market price is high.		Aug	100	19	5.26
	→	Sept	100	21	4.76
		Oct	100	20	5.00

You paid an average price of $17.91 per unit over the 10 months, while the average market price actually was $18.10.

Dollar-cost averaging does not guarantee that any subaccount will gain in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. Because dollar-cost averaging involves continuous investing, your success will depend upon your willingness to continue to invest regularly through periods of low price levels. Dollar-cost averaging can be an effective way to help meet your long-term goals. For specific features contact your investment professional.

Special Dollar-Cost Averaging (Special DCA) Program

If your net contract value⁽¹⁾ is at least $10,000, you can choose to participate in the Special DCA program. There is no charge for the Special DCA program. Under the Special DCA program, you can allocate a new purchase payment and any applicable purchase payment credit to a six-month or twelve-month Special DCA account.

You may only allocate a new purchase payment of at least $10,000 to a Special DCA account. You cannot transfer existing contract values into a Special DCA account. Each Special DCA account lasts for either six or twelve months (depending on the time period you select) from the time we receive your first purchase payment. We make monthly transfers of your total Special DCA account value into the GPAs, one-year fixed account and/or the subaccounts you select over the time period you select (either six or twelve months). If you elect to transfer into a GPA, you must meet the $1,000 minimum required investment limitation for each transfer.

⁽¹⁾ “Net contract value” equals your current contract value plus any new purchase payment and purchase payment credit. If this is a new contract funded by purchase payments from multiple sources, we determine your net contract value based on the purchase payments, purchase payment credits, withdrawal requests and exchange requests submitted with your application.

We reserve the right to credit a lower interest rate to each Special DCA account if you select the GPAs or one-year fixed account as part of your Special DCA transfers. We will change the interest rate on each Special DCA account from time to time at our discretion. From time to time, we may credit interest to the Special DCA account at promotional rates that are higher than those we credit to the one-year fixed account. We base these rates on competition and on the interest rate we are crediting to the one-year fixed account at the time of the change. Once we credit interest to a particular purchase payment and purchase payment credit, that rate does not change even if we change the rate we credit on new purchase payments or if your net contract value changes.

30    RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus

We credit each Special DCA account with current guaranteed annual rate that is in effect on the date we receive your purchase payment. However, we credit this annual rate over the six or twelve-month period on the balance remaining in your Special DCA account. Therefore, the net effective interest rate you receive is less than the stated annual rate. We do not credit this interest after we transfer the value out of the Special DCA account into the accounts you selected.

If you make additional purchase payments while a Special DCA account term is in progress, the amounts you allocate to an existing Special DCA account will be transferred out of the Special DCA account over the reminder of the term. If you are funding a Special DCA account from multiple sources, we apply each purchase payment and purchase payment credit to the account and credit interest on that purchase payment and purchase payment credit on the date we receive it. This means that all purchase payments and purchase payment credits may not be in the Special DCA account at the beginning of the six or twelve-month period. Therefore, you may receive less total interest than you would have if all your purchase payments and purchase payment credits were in the Special DCA account from the beginning. If we receive any of your multiple payments after the six or twelve-month period ends, you can either allocate those payments to a new Special DCA account (if available) or to any other accounts available under your contract.

You cannot participate in the Special DCA program if you are making payments under a Systematic Investment Plan. You may simultaneously participate in the Special DCA program and the asset-rebalancing program as long as your subaccount allocation is the same under both programs. If you elect to change your subaccount allocation under one program, we automatically will change it under the other program so they match. If you participate in more than one Special DCA account, the asset allocation for each account may be different as long as you are not also participating in the asset-rebalancing program.

You may terminate your participation in the Special DCA program at any time. If you do, we will not credit the current guaranteed annual interest rate on any remaining Special DCA account balance. We will transfer the remaining balance from your Special DCA account to the other accounts you selected for your DCA transfers or we will allocate it in any manner you specify, subject to the 30% limitation rule (see “Transfer policies”). Similarly, if we cannot accept any additional purchase payments into the Special DCA program, we will allocate the purchase payments to the other accounts you selected for your DCA transfers or in any other manner you specify.

We can modify the terms or discontinue the Special DCA program at any time. Any modifications will not affect any purchase payments that are already in a Special DCA account. For more information on the Special DCA program, contact your investment professional.

The Special DCA Program does not guarantee that any subaccount will gain in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. Because dollar-cost averaging involves continuous investing, your success will depend upon you willingness to continue to invest regularly through periods of low price levels. Dollar-cost averaging can be an effective way to help meet your long-term goals.

Asset Rebalancing

You can ask us in writing to automatically rebalance the subaccount portion of your contract value either quarterly, semiannually, or annually. The period you select will start to run on the date we record your request. On the first valuation date of each of these periods, we automatically will rebalance your contract value so that the value in each subaccount matches your current subaccount percentage allocations. These percentage allocations must be in whole numbers. There is no charge for asset rebalancing. The contract value must be at least $2,000.

You can change your percentage allocations or your rebalancing period at any time by contacting us in writing. If you are also participating in the Special DCA program and you change your subaccount asset allocation for the asset rebalancing program, we will change your subaccount asset allocation under the Special DCA program to match. We will restart the rebalancing period you selected as of the date we record your change. You also can ask us in writing to stop rebalancing your contract value. You must allow 30 days for us to change any instructions that currently are in place. For more information on asset rebalancing, contact your investment professional.

Transferring Among Accounts

You may transfer contract value from any one subaccount, GPAs or the one-year fixed account, to another subaccount before annuity payouts begin. Certain restrictions apply to transfers involving the GPAs and the one-year fixed account.

The date your request to transfer will be processed depends on when and how we receive it:

For transfer requests received in writing:

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your transfer request.

RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus    31

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your transfer request.

For transfer requests received by phone:

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your transfer request.

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your transfer request.

There is no charge for transfers. Before making a transfer, you should consider the risks involved in changing investments. Transfers out of the GPAs will be subject to an MVA if done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period.

We may suspend or modify transfer privileges at any time.

For information on transfers after annuity payouts begin, see “Transfer policies” below.

Transfer policies

• Before annuity payouts begin, you may transfer contract values between the subaccounts, or from the subaccounts to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account at any time. However, if you made a transfer from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs, you may not make a transfer from any subaccount or GPA back to the one-year fixed account for six months following that transfer. We reserve the right to further limit purchase payment allocations to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then crediting to the one-year fixed account is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract.

• You may transfer contract value from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs according to the following transfer policies:

For contracts with applications signed prior to June 16, 2003:	It is our general policy to allow you to transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs once a year on or within 30 days before or after the contract anniversary (except for automated transfers, which can be set up at any time for certain transfer periods subject to certain minimums). Currently, we have removed this restriction and you may transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts at any time. We will inform you at least 30 days in advance of the day we intend to reimpose this restriction.
For contracts with applications signed on or after June 16 through Dec. 4, 2003:	You may transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or GPAs once a year on or within 30 days before or after the contract anniversary (except for automated transfers, which can be set up at any time for certain transfer periods subject to certain minimums). The amount of contract value transferred to the GPAs or the one-year fixed account cannot result in the value of the GPAs and the one-year fixed account in total being greater than 30% of the contract value. Total transfers out of the GPAs and one-year fixed account in any contract year are limited to 30% of the total value of the GPAs and one-year fixed account at the beginning of the contract year or $10,000, whichever is greater. Because of this limitation, it may take you several years to transfer all your contract value from the one-year fixed account. You should carefully consider whether the one-year fixed account meets your investment criteria before you invest.
For contracts with applications signed on or after Dec. 5, 2003:	You may transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or GPAs once a year on or within 30 days before or after the contract anniversary (except for automated transfers, which can be set up at any time for certain transfer periods subject to certain minimums). The amount of contract value transferred to the one-year fixed account cannot result in the value of the one-year fixed account in total being greater than 30% of the contract value. We reserve the right to further limit transfers to the one-year fixed account and/or GPAs if the interest rate we are then crediting on new purchase payments allocated to the one-year fixed account is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract. Total transfers out of the one-year fixed account in any contract year are limited to 30% of the one-year fixed account value at the beginning of the contract year or $10,000, whichever is greater. Because of this limitation, it may take you several years to transfer all your contract value from the one-year fixed account. You should carefully consider whether the one-year fixed account meets your investment criteria before you invest.

Transfers from the one-year fixed account are not subject to an MVA.

32    RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus

•	You may transfer contract values from a GPA any time after 60 days of transfer or payment allocation to the account. Transfers made more than 30 days before the end of the Guarantee Period will receive a MVA*, which may result in a gain or loss of contract value.
•	If we receive your request on or within 30 days before or after the contract anniversary date, the transfer from the one-year fixed account to the GPAs will be effective on the valuation date we receive it.
•	If you select a variable annuity payout, once annuity payouts begin, you may make transfers once per contract year among the subaccounts and we reserve the right to limit the number of subaccounts in which you may invest.
•	Once annuity payouts begin, you may not make any transfers to the GPAs.
*	Unless the transfer is an automated transfer from the two-year GPA as part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep strategy.

Market Timing

Market timing can reduce the value of your investment in the contract. If market timing causes the returns of an underlying fund to suffer, contract value you have allocated to a subaccount that invests in that underlying fund will be lower too. Market timing can cause you, any joint owner of the contract and your beneficiary(ies) under the contract a financial loss.

We seek to prevent market timing. Market timing is frequent or short-term trading activity. We do not accommodate short-term trading activities. Do not buy a contract if you wish to use short-term trading strategies to manage your investment. The market timing policies and procedures described below apply to transfers among the subaccounts within the contract. The underlying funds in which the subaccounts invest have their own market timing policies and procedures. The market timing policies of the underlying funds may be more restrictive than the market timing policies and procedures we apply to transfers among the subaccounts of the contract, and may include redemption fees. We reserve the right to modify our market timing policies and procedures at any time without prior notice to you.

Market timing may hurt the performance of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests in several ways, including but not necessarily limited to:

• diluting the value of an investment in an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests;

• increasing the transaction costs and expenses of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests; and,

• preventing the investment adviser(s) of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests from fully investing the assets of the fund in accordance with the fund’s investment objectives.

Funds available as investment options under the contract that invest in securities that trade in overseas securities markets may be at greater risk of loss from market timing, as market timers may seek to take advantage of changes in the values of securities between the close of overseas markets and the close of U.S. markets. Also, the risks of market timing may be greater for underlying funds that invest in securities such as small cap stocks, high yield bonds, or municipal securities, that may be traded infrequently.

In order to help protect you and the underlying funds from the potentially harmful effects of market timing activity, we apply the following market timing policy to discourage frequent transfers of contract value among the subaccounts of the variable account:

We try to distinguish market timing from transfers that we believe are not harmful, such as periodic rebalancing for purposes of an asset allocation, dollar-cost averaging and asset rebalancing program that may be described in this prospectus. There is no set number of transfers that constitutes market timing. Even one transfer in related accounts may be market timing. We seek to restrict the transfer privileges of a contract owner who makes more than three subaccount transfers in any 90 day period. We also reserve the right to refuse any transfer request, if, in our sole judgment, the dollar amount of the transfer request would adversely affect unit values.

If we determine, in our sole judgment, that your transfer activity constitutes market timing, we may modify, restrict or suspend your transfer privileges to the extent permitted by applicable law, which may vary based on the state law that applies to your contract and the terms of your contract. These restrictions or modifications may include, but not be limited to:

• requiring transfer requests to be submitted only by first-class U.S. mail;

• not accepting hand-delivered transfer requests or requests made by overnight mail;

• not accepting telephone or electronic transfer requests;

• requiring a minimum time period between each transfer;

• not accepting transfer requests of an agent acting under power of attorney;

• limiting the dollar amount that you may transfer at any one time;

• suspending the transfer privilege; or

RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus    33

• modifying instructions under an automated transfer program to exclude a restricted fund if you do not provide new instructions.

Subject to applicable state law and the terms of each contract, we will apply the policy described above to all contract owners uniformly in all cases. We will notify you in writing after we impose any modification, restriction or suspension of your transfer rights.

Because we exercise discretion in applying the restrictions described above, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to identify and restrict all market timing activity. In addition, state law and the terms of some contracts may prevent us from stopping certain market timing activity. Market timing activity that we are unable to identify and/or restrict may impact the performance of the underlying funds and may result in lower contract values.

In addition to the market timing policy described above, which applies to transfers among the subaccounts within your contract, you should carefully review the market timing policies and procedures of the underlying funds. The market timing policies and procedures of the underlying funds may be materially different than those we impose on transfers among the subaccounts within your contract and may include mandatory redemption fees as well as other measures to discourage frequent transfers. As an intermediary for the underlying funds, we are required to assist them in applying their market timing policies and procedures to transactions involving the purchase and exchange of fund shares. This assistance may include, but not be limited to, providing the underlying fund upon request with your Social Security Number, Taxpayer Identification Number or other United States government-issued identifier, and the details of your contract transactions involving the underlying fund. An underlying fund, in its sole discretion, may instruct us at any time to prohibit you from making further transfers of contract value to or from the underlying fund, and we must follow this instruction. We reserve the right to administer and collect on behalf of an underlying fund any redemption fee imposed by an underlying fund. Market timing policies and procedures adopted by underlying funds may affect your investment in the contract in several ways, including but not limited to:

• Each fund may restrict or refuse trading activity that the fund determines, in its sole discretion, represents market timing.

• Even if we determine that your transfer activity does not constitute market timing under the market timing policies described above which we apply to transfers you make under the contract, it is possible that the underlying fund’s market timing policies and procedures, including instructions we receive from a fund may require us to reject your transfer request. For example, while we will attempt to execute transfers permitted under any asset allocation, dollar-cost averaging and asset rebalancing programs that may be described in this prospectus, we cannot guarantee that an underlying fund’s market timing policies and procedures will do so. Orders we place to purchase fund shares for the variable account are subject to acceptance by the fund. We reserve the right to reject without prior notice to you any transfer request if the fund does not accept our order.

• Each underlying fund is responsible for its own market timing policies, and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to implement specific market timing policies and procedures that a fund has adopted. As a result, a fund’s returns might be adversely affected, and a fund might terminate our right to offer its shares through the variable account.

• Funds that are available as investment options under the contract may also be offered to other intermediaries who are eligible to purchase and hold shares of the fund, including without limitation, separate accounts of other insurance companies and certain retirement plans. Even if we are able to implement a fund’s market timing policies, we cannot guarantee that other intermediaries purchasing that same fund’s shares will do so, and the returns of that fund could be adversely affected as a result.

For more information about the market timing policies and procedures of an underlying fund, the risks that market timing pose to that fund, and to determine whether an underlying fund has adopted a redemption fee, see that fund’s prospectus.

How to request a Transfer or Withdrawal

11 By letter

Send your name, contract number, Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number* and signed request for a transfer or withdrawal to our Service Center:

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474

Minimum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	$500 or entire account balance

34    RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Maximum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	Contract value or entire account balance

* Failure to provide a Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number may result in mandatory tax withholding on the taxable portion of the distribution.

22 By automated transfers and automated partial withdrawals

Your investment professional can help you set up automated transfers or partial withdrawals among your GPAs, one-year fixed account or the subaccounts.

You can start or stop this service by written request or other method acceptable to us.

You must allow 30 days for us to change any instructions that are currently in place.

•	Automated transfers from the one-year fixed account to any one of the subaccounts may not exceed an amount that, if continued, would deplete the one-year fixed account within 12 months. For contracts issued before June 16, 2003, we have removed this restriction, and you may transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts at any time. We will inform you at least 30 days in advance of the day we intend to reimpose this restriction.
	For contracts with applications signed on or after June 16, 2003, the time limitations on transfers from the one-year fixed account will be enforced, and transfers out of the one-year fixed account are limited to 30% of the one-year fixed account values at the beginning of the contract year or $10,000, whichever is greater.
•	Automated withdrawals may be restricted by applicable law under some contracts.
•	You may not make systematic purchase payments if automated partial withdrawals are in effect.
•	Automated partial withdrawals may result in income taxes and penalties on all or part of the amount withdrawn.

Minimum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	$100 monthly
	$250 quarterly, semiannually or annually

33 By phone

Call:

1-800-333-3437

Minimum amount

Transfers or withdrawals: $500 or entire account balance

Maximum amount

Transfers:	Contract value or entire account balance
Withdrawals:	$100,000

We answer telephone requests promptly, but you may experience delays when the call volume is unusually high. If you are unable to get through, use the mail procedure as an alternative.

We will honor any telephone transfer or withdrawal requests that we believe are authentic and we will use reasonable procedures to confirm that they are. This includes asking identifying questions and recording calls. As long as we follow the procedures, we (and our affiliates) will not be liable for any loss resulting from fraudulent requests.

Telephone transfers and withdrawals are automatically available. You may request that telephone transfers and withdrawals not be authorized from your account by writing to us.

RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus    35

Withdrawals

You may withdraw all or part of your contract at any time before the retirement date by sending us a written request or calling us.

The date your withdrawal request will be processed depends on when and how we receive it:

For withdrawal requests received in writing:

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your withdrawal request.

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your withdrawal request.

For withdrawal requests received by phone:

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your withdrawal request.

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your withdrawal request.

We may ask you to return the contract. You may have to pay a contract administrative charge, withdrawal charges or any applicable optional rider charges (see “Charges”), federal income taxes and penalties. State and local income taxes may also apply (see “Taxes”). In addition, purchase payment credits may be reversed. You cannot make withdrawals after annuity payouts begin except under Annuity Payout Plan E. (See “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Any partial withdrawals you take under the contract will reduce your contract value. As a result, the value of your death benefit or any optional benefits you have elected will also be reduced (see “Optional Benefits”). In addition, withdrawals you are required to take to satisfy RMDs under the Code may reduce the value of certain death benefits and optional benefits (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”).

Withdrawal Policies

If you have a balance in more than one account and you request a partial withdrawal, we will automatically withdraw from all your subaccounts, GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account in the same proportion as your value in each account correlates to your total contract value, unless requested otherwise. After executing a partial withdrawal, the value in each subaccount , one-year fixed account or GPA must be either zero or at least $50.

Receiving Payment

11 By regular or express mail

• payable to you;

• mailed to address of record.

NOTE: We will charge you a fee if you request express mail delivery.

22 By wire or other form of electronic payment

• request that payment be wired to your bank;

• pre-authorization required.

We may choose to permit you to have checks issued and delivered to an alternate payee or to an address other than your address of record. We may also choose to allow you to direct wires or other electronic payments to accounts owned by a third-party. We may have additional good order requirements that must be met prior to processing requests to make any payments to a party other than the owner or to an address other than the address of record. These requirements will be designed to ensure owner instructions are genuine and to prevent fraud.

Normally, we will send the payment within seven days after receiving your request in good order. However, we may postpone the payment if:

– the NYSE is closed, except for normal holiday and weekend closings;

36    RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus

– trading on the NYSE is restricted, according to SEC rules;

– an emergency, as defined by SEC rules, makes it impractical to sell securities or value the net assets of the accounts; or

– the SEC permits us to delay payment for the protection of security holders.

We may also postpone payment of the amount attributable to a purchase payment as part of the total withdrawal amount until cleared from the originating financial institution.

A Special Note on Cybersecurity Risks

Cybersecurity and Systems Integrity

Increasingly, businesses are dependent on the continuity, security, and effective operation of various technology systems. The nature of our business depends on the continued effective operation of our systems and those of our business partners.

This dependence makes us susceptible to operational and information security risks from cyber-attacks. These risks may include the following:

• the corruption or destruction of data;

• theft, misuse or dissemination of data to the public, including your information we hold; and

• denial of service attacks on our website or other forms of attacks on our systems and the software and hardware we use to run them.

These attacks and their consequences can negatively impact your contract, your privacy, your ability to conduct transactions on your contract, or your ability to receive timely service from us. There can be no assurance that we, the underlying funds in your contract, or our other business partners will avoid losses affecting your contract due to any successful cyber-attacks or information security breaches.

TSA–Special Provisions

Participants in Tax-Sheltered Annuities

If the contract is intended to be used in connection with an employer sponsored 403(b) plan, additional rules relating to this contract can be found in the annuity endorsement for tax sheltered 403(b) annuities. Unless we have made special arrangements with your employer, the contract is not intended for use in connection with an employer sponsored 403(b) plan that is subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”). In the event that the employer either by affirmative election or inadvertent action causes contributions under a plan that is subject to ERISA to be made to this contract, we will not be responsible for any obligations and requirements under ERISA and the regulations thereunder, unless we have prior written agreement with the employer. You should consult with your employer to determine whether your 403(b) plan is subject to ERISA.

In the event we have a written agreement with your employer to administer the plan pursuant to ERISA, special rules apply as set forth in the TSA endorsement.

The employer must comply with certain nondiscrimination requirements for certain types of contributions under a TSA contract to be excluded from taxable income. You should consult your employer to determine whether the nondiscrimination rules apply to you.

The Code imposes certain restrictions on your right to receive early distributions from a TSA:

• Distributions attributable to salary reduction contributions (plus earnings) made after Dec. 31, 1988, or to transfers or rollovers from other contracts, may be made from the TSA only if:

– you are at least age 59½;

– you are disabled as defined in the Code;

– you severed employment with the employer who purchased the contract;

– the distribution is because of your death;

– the distribution is due to plan termination; or

– you are a qualifying military reservist.

• If you encounter a financial hardship (as provided by the Code), you may be eligible to receive a distribution of all contract values attributable to salary reduction contributions made after Dec. 31, 1988, but not the earnings on them.

• Even though a distribution may be permitted under the above rules, it may be subject to IRS taxes and penalties (see “Taxes”)

RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus    37

• The above restrictions on distributions do not affect the availability of the amount credited to the contract as of Dec. 31, 1988. The restrictions also do not apply to transfers or exchanges of contract value within the contract, or to another registered variable annuity contract or investment vehicle available through the employer.

Changing Ownership

You may change ownership of your nonqualified annuity at any time by completing a change of ownership form we approve and sending it to our Service Center. The change will become binding on us when we receive and record it. We will honor any change of ownership request received in good order that we believe is authentic and we will use reasonable procedures to confirm authenticity. If we follow these procedures, we will not take any responsibility for the validity of the change.

If you have a nonqualified annuity, you may incur income tax liability by transferring, assigning or pledging any part of it. (See “Taxes.”)

If you have a qualified annuity, you may not sell, assign, transfer, discount or pledge your contract as collateral for a loan, or as security for the performance of an obligation or for any other purpose except as required or permitted by the Code. However, if the owner is a trust or custodian, or an employer acting in a similar capacity, ownership of the contract may be transferred to the annuitant.

Please consider carefully whether or not you wish to change ownership of your annuity contract. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, the new owner and annuitant will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract.

If you have a GMIB and/or Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit rider, the rider will terminate upon transfer of ownership of your annuity contract. Continuance of the Benefit Protector rider is optional. (see “Optional Benefits”).

Benefits in Case of Death

There are three death benefit options under this contract:

• ROP Death Benefit;

• MAV Death Benefit; and

• Enhanced Death Benefit.

If either you or the annuitant are 80 or older at contract issue, the ROP death benefit will apply. If both you and the annuitant are 79 or younger at contract issue, you can elect either the ROP death benefit, the MAV death benefit or EDB death benefit rider (if its available in your state) on your application. If you select GMIB you must select either the MAV death benefit or the EDB death benefit rider. Once you elect an option, you cannot change it. We show the option that applies in your contract. The combination of the contract, withdrawal charge schedule and death benefit option you select determines the mortality and expense risk fee that is assessed against the subaccounts. (See “Charges — Mortality and Expense Risk Fee.”)

Under all options, we will pay the death benefit to your beneficiary upon the earlier of your death or the annuitant’s death if you die before the retirement start date while this contract is in force. We will base the benefit paid on the death benefit coverage you chose when you purchased the contract. If a contract has more than one person as the owner, we will pay benefits upon the first to die of any owner or the annuitant.

Return of Purchase Payments (ROP) Death Benefit

The ROP death benefit is intended to help protect your beneficiaries financially in that they will never receive less than your purchase payments adjusted for withdrawals. If you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary the greater of these two values less any purchase payment credits subject to reversal, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value; or
2.	total purchase payments plus purchase payments credits applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals.

Adjusted partial withdrawals for the ROP or MAV death benefit	=	PW × DB
		CV

PW	=	the amount by which the contract value is reduced as a result of the partial withdrawal.
DB	=	the death benefit on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.
CV	=	contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.

38    RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Example

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $20,000.

• On the first contract anniversary you make an additional purchase payment of $5,000.

• During the second contract year the contract value falls to $22,000 and you take a $1,500 partial withdrawal.

• During the third contract year the contract value grows to $23,000.

We calculate the ROP death benefit as follows:
Contract value at death:			$23,000.00
	Purchase payments and purchase payment credits minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments and purchase payment credits:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,704.55
	$22,000
	for a death benefit of:		$23,295.45
ROP death benefit, calculated as the greatest of these two values:				$23,295.45

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV) Death Benefit

The MAV death benefit is intended to help protect your beneficiaries financially while your investments have the opportunity to grow. The MAV death benefit does not provide any additional benefit before the first contract anniversary and it may not be appropriate for issue ages 75 to 79 because the benefit values may be limited after age 81. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether or not the MAV death benefit is appropriate for your situation.

If both you and the annuitant are age 79 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the MAV death benefit to your contract. Once you select the MAV death benefit you may not cancel it. If you select the Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider you must select either the MAV death benefit or the EDB death benefit rider.

The MAV death benefit provides that if you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary the greatest of these three values less any purchase payment credits subject to reversal, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments plus purchase payment credits applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals; or
3.	the maximum anniversary value immediately preceding the date of death plus any purchase payments and purchase payment credits since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals since that anniversary.

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV): We calculate the MAV on each contract anniversary through age 80. There is no MAV prior to the first contract anniversary. On the first contract anniversary we set the MAV equal to the highest of: (a) your current contract value, or (b) total purchase payments and purchase payment credits minus adjusted partial withdrawals. Every contract anniversary after that, through age 80, we compare the previous anniversary’s MAV (plus any purchase payments and purchase payment credits since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals since that anniversary) to the current contract value and we reset the MAV if the current contract value is higher. We stop resetting the MAV after you or the annuitant reach age 81. However, we continue to add subsequent purchase payments and purchase payment credits and subtract adjusted partial withdrawals from the MAV.

Example

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $20,000.

• On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $24,000.

• During the second contract year the contract value falls to $22,000, at which point you take a $1,500 partial withdrawal, leaving a contract value of $20,500.

We calculate the MAV death benefit as follows:
Contract value at death:			$20,500.00
Purchase payments and purchase payment credits minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments and purchase payment credits:		$20,000.00
	minus the death benefit adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $20,000	=	–1,363.64
	$22,000

RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus    39

	for a death benefit of:		$18,636.36
The MAV immediately preceding the date of death plus any payments made since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Greatest of your contract anniversary contract values:		$24,000.00
	plus purchase payments and purchase payment credits made since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus the death benefit adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $24,000	=	–1,636.36
	$22,000
	for a death benefit of:		$22,363.64
The MAV death benefit, calculated as the greatest of these three values:				$22,363.64

Enhanced Death Benefit (EDB)

The EDB is intended to help protect your beneficiaries financially while your investments have the opportunity to grow.

This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional charge (see “Charges”). The EDB does not provide any additional benefit before the first contract anniversary and it may not be appropriate for issue ages 75 to 79 because the benefit values may be limited at age 81. Benefit Protector and Benefit Protector Plus are not available with EDB. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether or not the EDB is appropriate for your situation.

If the EDB is available in your state and both you and the annuitant are 79 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the EDB rider to your contract at the time of purchase. If you choose to add a GMIB rider to your contract, you must elect either the MAV death benefit or the EDB.

The EDB provides that if you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary the greatest of these four values less any purchase payment credits subject to reversal, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments plus purchase payment credits applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals;
3.	the maximum anniversary value immediately preceding the date of death plus any purchase payments and purchase payment credits applied to the contract since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals since that anniversary; or
4.	the 5% rising floor.

5% rising floor: This is the sum of the value of your GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the variable account floor. There is no variable account floor prior to the first contract anniversary. On the first contract anniversary, we establish the variable account floor as:

• the amounts allocated to the subaccounts at issue increased by 5%,

• plus any subsequent amounts allocated to the subaccounts,

• minus adjusted transfers and partial withdrawals from the subaccounts.

Thereafter, we continue to add subsequent amounts allocated to the subaccounts and subtract adjusted transfers and partial withdrawals from the subaccounts. On each contract anniversary after the first, through age 80, we add an amount to the variable account floor equal to 5% of the prior anniversary’s variable account floor. We stop adding this amount after you or the annuitant reach age 81.

5% rising floor adjusted transfers or partial withdrawals	=	PWT × VAF
		SV

PWT	=	the amount by which the contract is reduced as a result of the partial withdrawal or transfer from the subaccounts.
VAF	=	variable account floor on the date of (but prior to) the transfer or partial withdrawal.
SV	=	value of the subaccounts on the date of (but prior to) the transfer or partial withdrawal.

40    RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Example

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000 with $5,000 allocated to the one-year fixed account and $20,000 allocated to the subaccounts.

• On the first contract anniversary the one-year fixed account value is $5,200 and the subaccount value is $17,000. Total contract value is $22,200.

• During the second contract year, the one-year fixed account value is $5,300 and the subaccount value is $19,000. Total contract value is $24,300. You take a $1,500 partial withdrawal all from the subaccounts, leaving the contract value at $22,800.

The death benefit is calculated as follows:
Contract value at death:			$22,800.00
Purchase payments and purchase payment credits minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments and purchase payment credits:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,543.21
	$24,300
	for a return of purchase payments death benefit of:		$23,456.79
The MAV on the anniversary immediately preceding the date of death plus any purchase payments made since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals made since that anniversary:
The MAV on the immediately preceding anniversary:			$25,000.00
	plus purchase payments and purchase payment credits made since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals made since that anniversary, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,543.21
	$24,300
	for a MAV death benefit of:		$23,456.79
The 5% rising floor:
	The variable account floor on the first contract anniversary, calculated as: 1.05 x $20,000 =		$21,000.00
	plus amounts allocated to the subaccounts since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus the 5% rising floor adjusted partial withdrawal from the subaccounts, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $21,000	=	–1,657.89
	$19,000
	variable account floor benefit:		$19,342.11
	plus the one-year fixed account value:		+5,300.00
	5% rising floor (value of the GPAs, one-year fixed account and the variable account floor):		$24,642.11
EDB, calculated as the greatest of these three values, which is the 5% rising floor:				$24,642.11

If You Die Before Your Retirement Date

When paying the beneficiary, we will process the death claim on the valuation date our death claim requirements are fulfilled. We will determine the contract’s value using the accumulation unit value we calculate on that valuation date. We pay interest, if any, at a rate no less than required by law. We will mail payment to the beneficiary within seven days after our death claim requirements are fulfilled.

Nonqualified annuities

If your spouse is sole beneficiary and you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. To do this your spouse must give us written instructions to continue the contract as owner. There will be no withdrawal charges on the contract from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, your spouse and the new annuitant (if applicable) will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract. The GMIB rider and Benefit Protector Plus rider, if selected, will terminate. Continuance of the Benefit Protector rider is optional. (See “Optional Benefits.”)

RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus    41

If your beneficiary is not your spouse, we will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless you give us other written instructions. Generally, we must fully distribute the death benefit within five years of your death. However, the beneficiary may receive payouts under any annuity payout plan available under this contract if:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin no later than one year after your death, or other date as permitted by the IRS; and

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy.

Qualified annuities

•	Spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if your spouse is the sole beneficiary, your spouse may either elect to treat the contract as his/her own, so long as he or she is eligible to do so, or elect an annuity payout plan or another plan agreed to by us. If your spouse elects a payout option, the payouts must begin no later than the year in which you would have reached age 72 (age 701/2 if the death occurred before Jan. 1, 2020). If you attained age 72 at the time of death, payouts must begin no later than Dec. 31 of the year following the year of your death.
	Your spouse may elect to assume ownership of the contract at any time before annuity payouts begin. If your spouse elects to assume ownership of the contract, the contract value will be equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. There will be no withdrawal charges on the contract from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, your spouse and the new annuitant (if applicable) will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract. The GMIB rider and Benefit Protector Plus rider, if selected, will terminate. Continuance of the Benefit Protector rider is optional. (See “Optional Benefits.”)
•	Non-spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if death occurs on or after Jan. 1, 2020, the beneficiary is required to withdraw his or her entire inherited interest within 10 years of the time of death of the owner unless they qualify as an “eligible designated beneficiary.” Eligible designated beneficiaries may continue to take proceeds out over their life expectancy. Eligible designated beneficiaries include:

• the surviving spouse;

• a lawful child of the owner under the age of majority (remaining amount must be withdrawn within 10 years, once the child reaches the age of majority);

• disabled within the meaning of Code section 72(m)(7);

• chronically ill within the meaning of Code section 7702B(c)(2);

• any other person who is not more than 10 years younger than the owner.

However, non-natural beneficiaries, such as estates and charities, are subject to a five-year rule to distribute the IRA. We will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless the beneficiary elects to receive payouts under a payout plan available under this contract and:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin, no later than one year following the year of your death; and

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy for an eligible designated beneficiary. (Payout plans are limited if the beneficiary is not an eligible designated beneficiary.)

• Spouse and Non-spouse beneficiary: If a beneficiary elects an alternative payment plan which is an inherited IRA, all optional death benefits and living benefits will terminate. In the event of your beneficiary’s death, their beneficiary can elect to take a lump sum payment or annuitize the contract to deplete it within 10 years of your beneficiary’s death

• Annuity payout plan: If you elect an annuity payout plan, the payouts to your beneficiary may continue depending on the annuity payout plan you elect, subject to adjustment to comply with the IRS rules and regulations.

How we handle contracts under unclaimed property laws

Every state has unclaimed property laws which generally declare annuity contracts to be abandoned after a period of inactivity of one to five years from either 1) the contract’s maturity date (the latest day on which income payments may begin under the contract) or 2) the date the death benefit is due and payable. If a contract matures or we determine a death benefit is payable, we will use our best efforts to locate you or designated beneficiaries. If we are unable to locate you or a beneficiary, proceeds will be paid to the abandoned property division or unclaimed property office of the state in which the beneficiary or you last resided, as shown in our books and records, or to our state of domicile. Generally, this surrender of property to the state is commonly referred to as “escheatment”. To avoid escheatment, and ensure an effective process for your beneficiaries, it is important that your personal address and beneficiary designations are up to date, including complete names, date of birth, current addresses and phone numbers, and taxpayer identification numbers for each beneficiary. Updates to your address or beneficiary designations should be sent to our Service Center.

42    RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Escheatment may also be required by law if a known beneficiary fails to demand or present an instrument or document to claim the death benefit in a timely manner, creating a presumption of abandonment. If your beneficiary steps forward (with the proper documentation) to claim escheated annuity proceeds, the state is obligated to pay any such proceeds it is holding.

For nonqualified annuities, non-spousal death benefits are generally required to be distributed and taxed within five years from the date of death of the owner/annuitant or the unclaimed death benefits will be presumed abandoned and subject to escheatment.

Optional Benefits

The assets held in our general account support the guarantees under your contract, including optional death benefits and optional living benefits. To the extent that we are required to pay you amounts in addition to your contract value under these benefits, such amounts will come from our general account assets. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of insurance and financial products as well, and we also pay our obligations under these products from assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account.

Optional Living Benefits

Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB)

There are two GMIB rider options available under your contract. Both GMIB riders are intended to provide you with a guaranteed minimum lifetime income regardless of the volatility inherent in the investments in the subaccounts. If you select either GMIB rider option:

•	you must hold the GMIB for 7 years,
•	the GMIB rider terminates* 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday,
•	you can only exercise the GMIB within 30 days after a contract anniversary, and
•	there are additional costs associated with the rider.
*	The rider and annual fee terminate 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday; however, if you exercise the GMIB rider before this time, your benefits will continue according to the annuity payout plan you have selected.

If you are purchasing the contract as a qualified annuity, such as an IRA, and you are planning to begin annuity payouts after the date on which minimum distributions required by the IRS must begin, you should consider whether the GMIB is appropriate for you. Partial withdrawals you take from the contract, including those taken to satisfy RMDs, will reduce the GMIB benefit base (defined below), which in turn may reduce or eliminate the amount of any annuity payments available under the rider (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Consult a tax advisor before you purchase any GMIB with a qualified annuity, such as an IRA.

If either GMIB rider is available in your state and the annuitant is 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add this optional benefit at the time you purchase your contract for an additional charge. If the annuitant is between age 73 and age 75 at contract issue, you should consider whether a GMIB rider is appropriate for your situation. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether either GMIB rider option is appropriate for your situation.

The amount of the fee is determined by the GMIB rider option you select (see “Charges — GMIB Rider Fee”). If you select a GMIB rider, you must also elect the MAV death benefit or the EDB at the time you purchase your contract. The PCR rider is not available with either GMIB rider. The effective date of the GMIB rider will be the contract issue date.

In some instances, we may allow you to add a GMIB rider to your contract at a later date if it was not available when you initially purchased your contract. In these instances, we would add the GMIB rider on the next contract anniversary and this would become the rider effective date. For purposes of calculating the GMIB benefit base under these circumstances, we consider the contract value on the rider effective date to be the initial purchase payment; we disregard all previous purchase payments, purchase payment credits, transfers and withdrawals in the GMIB calculations.

Investment selection: Under either GMIB rider, you may allocate your purchase payments and purchase payment credits or transfers to any of the subaccounts, the GPAs or the one-year fixed account. However, we reserve the right to limit the amount you allocate to subaccounts investing in Columbia Variable Portfolio — Cash Management Fund to 10% of the total amount in the subaccounts. If we are required to activate this restriction, and you have more than 10% of your subaccount value in this fund, we will send you a notice and ask that you reallocate your contract value so that the 10% limitation is satisfied within 60 days. We will terminate the GMIB rider if you have not satisfied the limitation after 60 days.

RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus    43

You may select one of the following GMIB rider options:

• GMIB – Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV); or

• GMIB – 6% Rising Floor.

GMIB – MAV

GMIB benefit base:

If the GMIB – MAV is elected at contract issue, the GMIB benefit base is the greatest of these three values:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments and purchase payment credits minus adjusted partial withdrawals; or
3.	the MAV.

MAV is a value we calculate on the first contract anniversary as the highest of: (a) your current contract value, or (b) total purchase payments and purchase payment credits minus adjusted partial withdrawals. There is no MAV prior to the first contact anniversary. Every contract anniversary after that through age 80, we compare the previous anniversary’s MAV (plus any purchase payments and purchase payment credits since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals since that anniversary) to the current contract value and we reset the MAV to the highest value. We stop resetting the MAV after you or the annuitant reach age 81. However, we continue to add subsequent purchase payments and purchase payment credits and subtract adjusted partial withdrawals from the MAV.

Keep in mind, the MAV is limited at age 81.

We reserve the right to exclude from the GMIB benefit base any purchase payment and purchase payment credits made in the five years before you exercise the GMIB – MAV. We would do so only if such payments and credit total $50,000 or more or if they are 25% or more of total contract payments and credits. If we exercise this right, we subtract each payment and purchase payment credit adjusted for market value from the contract value and the MAV.

For each payment and purchase payment credit, we calculate the market value adjustment to the contract value and the MAV as:

PMT × CVG

ECV

PMT	=	each purchase payment and purchase payment credit made in the five years before you exercise the GMIB – MAV.
CVG	=	current contract value at the time you exercise the GMIB – MAV.
ECV	=	the estimated contract value on the anniversary prior to the payment in question. We assume that all payments, purchase payment credits and partial withdrawals occur at the beginning of a contract year.

Exercising the GMIB – MAV:

• you may only exercise the GMIB – MAV within 30 days after any contract anniversary following the expiration of a seven-year waiting period from the rider effective date.

• the annuitant must be between 50 and 86 years old on the date the rider is exercised.

• you can only take an annuity payout under one of the following annuity payout plans:

– Plan A — Life Annuity — no refund

– Plan B — Life Annuity with ten years certain

– Plan D — Joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund

• You may change the annuitant for the payouts.

When you exercise your GMIB – MAV, you may select a fixed or variable annuity payout plan. Fixed annuity payouts are calculated using the annuity purchase rates based on the “1983 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” with 100% Projection Scale G and an interest rate of 3%. Your annuity payouts remain fixed for the lifetime of the annuity payout period.

44    RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus

First year variable annuity payouts are calculated in the same manner as fixed annuity payouts. Once calculated, your annuity payouts remain unchanged for the first year. After the first year, subsequent annuity payouts are variable and depend on the performance of the subaccounts you select. Variable annuity payouts after the first year are calculated using the following formula:

Pt-1(1 + i)	= Pt
1.05

Pt–1	=	prior annuity payout
Pt	=	current annuity payout
i	=	annualized subaccount performance

Each subsequent variable annuity payout could be more or less than the previous variable annuity payout if the subaccount investment performance is greater or less than the 5% assumed investment rate. If your subaccount performance equals 5%, your annuity payout will be unchanged from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount performance is in excess of 5%, your variable annuity payout will increase from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount investment performance is less than 5%, your variable annuity payout will decrease from the previous annuity payout.

The GMIB – MAV benchmarks the contract growth at each anniversary against several comparison values and sets the GMIB benefit base equal to the largest value of the MAV, purchase payments and purchase payment credits minus adjusted partial withdrawals or the contract value. The GMIB benefit base, less any applicable premium tax, is the value we apply to the GMIB – MAV annuity purchase described above. If the GMIB benefit base is greater than the contract value, the GMIB – MAV may provide a higher annuity payout level than is otherwise available. However, the GMIB – MAV uses guaranteed annuity purchase rates which may result in annuity payouts that are less than those using the annuity purchase rates that we will apply at annuitization under the standard contract provisions. Therefore, the level of income provided by the GMIB – MAV may be less than the income the contract otherwise provided. If the annuity payouts through the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available through the GMIB – MAV, you will receive the higher standard payout. The GMIB – MAV does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

Terminating the GMIB – MAV:

• You may terminate the GMIB – MAV within 30 days after the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the GMIB – MAV any time after the seventh rider anniversary.

• The GMIB – MAV will terminate on the date:

– you make a full withdrawal from the contract;

– a death benefit is payable; or

– you choose to begin taking annuity payouts under the regular contract provisions.

•	The GMIB – MAV will terminate* 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday.
*	The rider and annual fee terminate 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday, however, if you exercise the GMIB rider before this time, your benefits will continue according to the annuity payout plan you have selected.

Example

• You purchase the contract during the 2004 calendar year with a payment of $100,000 and we add a $1,000 purchase payment credit to your contract. You allocate all your purchase payments and purchase payment credits to the subaccounts.

• There are no additional purchase payments and no partial withdrawals.

• Assume the annuitant is male and age 55 at contract issue. For the joint and last survivor option (annuity payout Plan D), the joint annuitant is female and age 55 at contract issue.

• Taking into account fluctuations in contract value due to market conditions, we calculate the GMIB benefit base as:

Contract anniversary	Contract value	Purchase payments	MAV	GMIB benefit base
1	$107,000	$101,000	$107,000
2	125,000	101,000	125,000
3	132,000	101,000	132,000
4	150,000	101,000	150,000
5	85,000	101,000	150,000
6	120,000	101,000	150,000
7	138,000	101,000	150,000	$150,000
8	152,000	101,000	152,000	152,000

RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus    45

Contract anniversary	Contract value	Purchase payments	MAV	GMIB benefit base
9	139,000	101,000	152,000	152,000
10	126,000	101,000	152,000	152,000
11	138,000	101,000	152,000	152,000
12	147,000	101,000	152,000	152,000
13	163,000	101,000	163,000	163,000
14	159,000	101,000	163,000	163,000
15	215,000	101,000	215,000	215,000

NOTE: The MAV value is limited at age 81, but, the GMIB benefit base may increase if the contract value increases. However, you should keep in mind that you are always entitled to annuitize using the contract value without exercising the GMIB.

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after a contract anniversary, the payout under a fixed annuity option (which is the same as the minimum payout for the first year under a variable annuity option) would be:

Contract anniversary at exercise	GMIB benefit base	Plan A – life annuity — no refund	Minimum Guaranteed Monthly Income
			Plan B –life annuity with ten years certain	Plan D – joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund
10	$152,000 (MAV)	$784.32	$763.04	$627.76
15	215,000 (Contract Value = MAV)	1,268.50	1,210.45	982.55

The payouts above are based on the “1983 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” with 100% Projection Scale G and interest rate of 3%. Payouts under the standard provisions of this contract will be based on our annuity rates in effect at annuitization and are guaranteed to be greater than or equal to the guaranteed annuity rates stated in Table B of the contract. The fixed annuity payout available under the standard provisions of this contract would be at least as great as shown below:

Contract anniversary at exercise	Contract value	Plan A – life annuity — no refund	Plan B –life annuity with ten years certain	Plan D – joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund
10	$126,000	$650.16	$632.52	$520.38
15	215,000	1,268.50	1,210.45	982.55

In the above example, at the 15th contract anniversary you would not experience a benefit from the GMIB as the payout available to you is equal to or less than the payout available under the standard provisions of the contract. When the GMIB – MAV payout is less than the payout available under the standard provisions of the contract, you will receive the higher standard payout.

Remember that after the first year, lifetime income payouts under a variable annuity payout option will depend on the investment performance of the subaccounts you select. If your subaccount performance is 5%, your annuity payout will be unchanged from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount performance is in excess of 5%, your variable annuity payout will increase from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount investment performance is less than 5%, your variable annuity payout will decrease from the previous annuity payout.

GMIB – 6% Rising Floor

GMIB benefit base:

If the GMIB – 6% Rising Floor is elected at contract issue, the GMIB benefit base is the greatest of these three values:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments and purchase payment credits minus adjusted partial withdrawals; or
3.	the 6% rising floor.

6% rising floor: This is the sum of the value of the GPAs, one-year fixed account and the variable account floor. We calculate the variable account floor on each contract anniversary through age 80. There is no variable account floor prior to the first contract anniversary. On the first contract anniversary, we set the variable account floor equal to:

• the initial purchase payments and purchase payment credits allocated to the subaccounts increased by 6%;

• plus any subsequent amounts allocated to the subaccounts; and

• minus adjusted transfers or partial withdrawals from the subaccounts.

Every contract anniversary after that, through age 80, we reset the variable account floor by accumulating the prior anniversary’s variable account floor at 6% then adding any subsequent amounts allocated to the subaccounts and subtracting any adjusted transfers or partial withdrawals from the subaccounts. We stop resetting the variable account

46    RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus

floor after you or the annuitant reach age 81. However, we continue to add subsequent amounts you allocate to the subaccounts and subtract adjusted transfers or partial withdrawals from the subaccounts. We calculate adjusted transfers or partial withdrawals for the 6% rising floor using the same formula as adjusted transfers or partial withdrawals for the 5% rising floor.

Keep in mind that the 6% rising floor is limited at age 81.

We reserve the right to exclude from the GMIB benefit base any purchase payments and purchase payment credits you make in the five years before you exercise the GMIB. We would do so only if such payments total $50,000 or more or if they are 25% or more of total contract payments and credits. If we exercise this right, we:

• subtract each payment adjusted for market value from the contract value.

• subtract each payment from the 6% rising floor. We adjust the payments made to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account for market value. We increase payments allocated to the subaccounts by 6% for the number of full contract years they have been in the contract before we subtract them from the 6% rising floor.

For each payment and purchase payment credit, we calculate the market value adjustment to the contract value, the GPAs and the one-year fixed account value of the 6% rising floor as:

PMT × CVG

ECV

PMT	=	each purchase payment and purchase payment credit made in the five years before you exercise the GMIB.
CVG	=	current contract value at the time you exercise the GMIB.
ECV	=	the estimated contract value on the anniversary prior to the payment in question. We assume that all payments, purchase payment credits and partial withdrawals occur at the beginning of a contract year.

For each payment, we calculate the 6% increase of payments allocated to the subaccounts as:

PMT x (1.06)^CY

CY = the full number of contract years the payment has been in the contract

Exercising the GMIB – 6% Rising Floor:

• you may only exercise the GMIB – 6% Rising Floor within 30 days after any contract anniversary following the expiration of a seven-year waiting period from the rider effective date.

• the annuitant must be between 50 and 86 years old on the date the rider is exercised.

• you can only take an annuity payout under one of the following annuity payout plans:

– Plan A — Life Annuity — no refund

– Plan B — Life Annuity with ten years certain

– Plan D — Joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund

• You may change the annuitant for the payouts.

When you exercise your GMIB – 6% Rising Floor, you may select a fixed or variable annuity payout plan. Fixed annuity payouts are calculated using the annuity purchase rates based on the “1983 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” with 100% Projection Scale G and an interest rate of 2.5%. Your annuity payouts remain fixed for the lifetime of the annuity payout period.

First year variable annuity payouts are calculated in the same manner as fixed annuity payouts. Once calculated, your annuity payouts remain unchanged for the first year. After the first year, subsequent annuity payouts are variable and depend on the performance of the subaccounts you select. Variable annuity payouts are calculated using the following formula:

Pt-1(1 + i)	= Pt
1.05

Pt–1	=	prior annuity payout
Pt	=	current annuity payout
i	=	annualized subaccount performance

Each subsequent variable annuity payout could be more or less than the previous variable annuity payout if the subaccount investment performance is greater or less than the 5% assumed investment rate. If your subaccount performance equals 5%, your annuity payout will be unchanged from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount performance is in excess of 5%, your variable annuity payout will increase from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount investment performance is less than 5%, your variable annuity payout will decrease from the previous annuity payout.

RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus    47

The GMIB – 6% Rising Floor benchmarks the contract growth at each anniversary against several comparison values and sets the GMIB benefit base equal to the largest value of the 6% rising floor, ROP or contract value. The GMIB benefit base, less any applicable premium tax, is the value we apply to the guaranteed annuity purchase rates we use in the 2.5% Table to calculate the minimum annuity payouts you will receive if you exercise the GMIB – 6% Rising Floor. If the GMIB benefit base is greater than the contract value, the GMIB – 6% Rising Floor may provide a higher annuity payout level than is otherwise available. However, the GMIB – 6% Rising Floor uses annuity purchase rates that may be more conservative than the annuity purchase rates than we will apply at annuitization under the standard contract provisions. Therefore, the level of income provided by the GMIB – 6% Rising Floor may be less than the income the contract otherwise provided. If the annuity payouts through the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available through the GMIB – 6% Rising Floor, you will receive the higher standard payout. The GMIB – 6% Rising Floor does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

Terminating the GMIB – 6% Rising Floor:

• You may terminate the GMIB – 6% Rising Floor within 30 days after the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the GMIB – 6% Rising Floor any time after the seventh rider anniversary.

• The GMIB – 6% Rising Floor will terminate on the date:

— you make a full withdrawal from the contract;

— a death benefit is payable; or

•	you choose to begin taking annuity payouts under the regular contract provisions.
•	The GMIB – 6% Rising Floor will terminate* 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday.
*	The rider and annual fee terminate 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday, however, if you exercise the GMIB rider before this time, your benefits will continue according to the annuity payout plan you have selected.

Example

• You purchase the contract during the 2004 calendar year with a payment of $100,000 and you allocate all of your purchase payment to the subaccounts.

• There are no additional purchase payments and no partial withdrawals.

• Assume the annuitant is male and age 55 at contract issue. For the joint and last survivor option (annuity payout Plan D), the joint annuitant is female and age 55 at contract issue.

Taking into account fluctuations in contract value due to market conditions, we calculate the GMIB benefit base as:

Contract anniversary	Contract value	Purchase payments	6% rising floor	GMIB benefit base
1	$107,000	$100,000	$106,000
2	125,000	100,000	112,360
3	132,000	100,000	119,102
4	150,000	100,000	126,248
5	85,000	100,000	133,823
6	120,000	100,000	141,852
7	138,000	100,000	150,363	$150,363
8	152,000	100,000	159,388	159,388
9	139,000	100,000	168,948	168,948
10	126,000	100,000	179,085	179,085
11	138,000	100,000	189,830	189,830
12	147,000	100,000	201,220	201,220
13	215,000	100,000	213,293	215,000
14	234,000	100,000	226,090	234,000
15	240,000	100,000	239,655	240,000

NOTE: The 6% Rising Floor value is limited at age 81, but the GMIB benefit base may increase if the contract value increases. However, you should keep in mind that you are always entitled to annuitize using the contract value without exercising the GMIB – 6% Rising Floor.

48    RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after a contract anniversary, the payout under a fixed annuity option (which is the same as the minimum payout for the first year under a variable annuity option) would be:

Contract anniversary at exercise	GMIB benefit base	Plan A – life annuity — no refund	Minimum Guaranteed Monthly Income
			Plan B – life annuity with ten years certain	Plan D – joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund
10	$179,085 (6% Rising Floor)	$872.14	$850.65	$691.27
15	240,000 (Contract Value)	1,346.40	1,286.40	1,034.40

The payouts above are shown at guaranteed annuity rates we use in the 2.5% Table. Payouts under the standard provisions of this contract will be based on our annuity rates in effect at annuitization and are guaranteed to be greater than or equal to the guaranteed annuity rates stated in Table B of the contract. The fixed annuity payout available under the standard provisions of this contract would be at least as great as shown below:

Contract anniversary at exercise	Contract value	Plan A – life annuity — no refund	Plan B – life annuity with ten years certain	Plan D – joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund
10	$126,000	$650.16	$632.52	$520.38
15	240,000	1,416.00	1,351.20	1,096.80

In this example, at the 15th contract anniversary you would not experience a benefit from the GMIB as the payout available to you is equal to or less than the payout available under the standard provisions of the contract. When the GMIB – 6% Rising Floor payout is less than the payout available under the standard provisions of the contract, you will receive the higher standard payout.

Remember that after the first year, lifetime income payouts under a variable annuity payout option will depend on the investment performance of the subaccounts you select. If your subaccount performance is 5%, your annuity payout will be unchanged from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount performance is in excess of 5%, your variable annuity payout will increase from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount investment performance is less than 5%, your variable annuity payout will decrease from the previous annuity payout.

Performance Credit Rider (PCR)

The PCR is intended to provide you with an additional benefit if your earnings are less than the target value on the tenth rider anniversary (see below). This is an optional benefit you may select for an additional charge (see “Charges”). The PCR does not provide any additional benefit before the tenth rider anniversary and it may not be appropriate for issue ages 75 or older due to this required holding period. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether or not the PCR is appropriate for your situation.

If the PCR is available in your state, you may choose to add this benefit to your contract at issue. You cannot add the PCR if you select the GMIB rider option. In some instances we may allow you to add the PCR to your contract at a later date if it was not available when you initially purchased your contract. In these instances, we would add the PCR on the next contract anniversary and this would become the rider effective date. For purposes of calculating the target value under these circumstances, we consider the contract value on the rider effective date to be the first contract year’s purchase payments and purchase payment credits.

Investment selection under the PCR: You may allocate your purchase payments and purchase payment credits or transfers to any of the subaccounts, the GPAs or the one-year fixed account. However, we reserve the right to limit the aggregate amount in the GPAs and the one-year fixed account and amounts you allocate to subaccounts investing in the Columbia Variable Portfolio – Cash Management Fund to 10% of your total contract value. If we are required to activate this restriction, and you have more than 10% of your contract value in these accounts, we will send you a notice and ask that you reallocate your contract value so that the 10% limitation is satisfied within 60 days. We will terminate the PCR if you have not satisfied the limitation after 60 days.

Target value: We calculate the target value on each rider anniversary. There is no target value prior to the first rider anniversary. On the first rider anniversary we set the target value equal to your first year’s purchase payments and purchase payment credits minus the target value adjusted partial withdrawals accumulated at an annual effective rate of 7.2%. Every rider anniversary after that, we recalculate the target value by accumulating the prior anniversary’s target value and any additional purchase payments and purchase payment credits minus the target value adjusted partial withdrawals at an annual effective rate of 7.2%.

RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus    49

Target value adjusted partial withdrawals	=	PW × TV
		CV

PW	=	the partial withdrawal including any applicable withdrawal charge or MVA.
TV	=	the target value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.
CV	=	contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.

Exercising the PCR: We will inform you if your contract value did not meet or exceed the target value after your tenth rider anniversary. If your contract value is less than the target value on the tenth rider anniversary you can choose either of the following benefits:

Option A)  You may choose to accept a PCR credit to your contract equal to:

5% × (PP – PCRPW – PP5)

PP	=	total purchase payments and purchase payment credits.
PCRPW	=	PCR adjusted partial withdrawals. The PCR adjusted partial withdrawal amount is an adjustment we make to determine the proportionate amount of any partial withdrawal attributable to purchase payments received five or more years before the target value is calculated (on the tenth year rider anniversary). For a more detailed description of the PCR adjusted partial withdrawal please see Appendix A.
PP5	=	purchase payments and purchase payment credits made in the prior five years. We apply the PCR credit to your contract on the tenth rider anniversary and allocate it among the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and subaccounts according to your current asset allocation.

Option B)  You may choose to begin receiving annuity payouts (only with lifetime income plans; you may not choose Annuity Payout Plan E) within 60 days of the tenth rider anniversary and receive an additional 5% PCR credit (for a total PCR credit of 10%) as calculated in (a).

We will assume that you elected PCR Option A unless we receive your request to begin a lifetime annuity payout plan within 60 days after the tenth rider anniversary.

If you select PCR Option A, we will restart the ten-year calculation period for the PCR on the tenth rider anniversary and every ten years after that while you own the contract. We use the contract value (including any credits) on that anniversary as your first contract year’s payments for calculating the target value and any applicable PCR credit. We may then apply additional PCR credits to your contract at the end of each ten-year period as described above.

PCR reset: You can elect to lock in your contract growth by restarting the ten-year PCR calculation period on any contract anniversary. If you elect to restart the calculation period, the contract value on the restart date is used as the first year’s payments and credits for the calculating the target value and any applicable PCR credit. If you select PCR Option A, the next ten-year calculation period for the PCR will restart at the end of this new ten-year period. We must receive your request to restart the PCR calculation period within 30 days after a contract anniversary.

Terminating the PCR

• You may terminate the PCR within 30 days following the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the PCR within 30 days following the later of the tenth rider anniversary or the last rider reset date.

• The PCR will terminate on the date:

– you make a full withdrawal from the contract,

– that a death benefit is payable, or

– you choose to begin taking annuity payouts.

Example

•	You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and we add a $1,000 purchase payment credit to the contract
•	There are no additional purchase payments and no partial withdrawals
•	On the tenth contract anniversary, the contract value is $200,000
•	We determine the target value on the tenth contract anniversary as our purchase payments and credits accumulated at an annual effective rate of 7.2% = $101,000 × (1.072)10 = $101,000 × 2.00423 = $202,427.
	Your contract value ($200,000) is less than the target value ($202,427). Assuming you select PCR Option A, we add a PCR credit to your contract calculated as follows:

5% × (PP – PCRPW – PP5) = 0.05 × ($101,000 – 0 – 0) = $5,050.

50    RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus

After application of the PCR credit, your total contract value would be $205,050.

• During the eleventh contract year, the contract value grows to $210,000 and you choose to begin receiving annuity payouts under a lifetime income plan. We would now add another PCR credit to your contract. Because you have not made any additional purchase payments or partial withdrawals the amount of this new credit is the same as the PCR credit we added to your contract on the tenth contract anniversary ($5,050). After adding this new PCR credit to your contract, your total contract value would be $215,050 and we would use this amount to determine your monthly annuity payout amount.

• If you had elected not to receive annuity payouts, the PCR ten-year calculation period would restart on the tenth contract anniversary with the target values first year’s payments equal to $205,050. We would make the next PCR credit determination on the twentieth contract anniversary.

Optional Death Benefits

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector)

The Benefit Protector is intended to provide an additional benefit to your beneficiary to help offset expenses after your death such as funeral expenses or federal and state taxes. This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge (see “Charges”). The Benefit Protector provides reduced benefits if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older at the rider effective date. The Benefit Protector does not provide any additional benefit before the first rider anniversary.

If this rider is available in your state and both you and the annuitant are age 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the Benefit Protector to your contract. You must elect the Benefit Protector at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date. You may not select this rider if you select the Benefit Protector Plus rider.

Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Since the benefit paid by the rider is determined by the amount of earnings at death, the amount of the benefit paid may be reduced as a result of taking any withdrawals including RMDs. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional and tax advisor whether or not the Benefit Protector is appropriate for your situation.

The Benefit Protector provides that if you or the annuitant die after the first rider anniversary, but before annuity payouts begin, and while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary:

• the applicable death benefit

• 40% of your earnings at death if you and the annuitant were under age 70 on the rider effective date, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old; or

• 15% of your earnings at death if you or the annuitant were age 70 or older on the rider effective date, up to a maximum of 37.5% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old.

Earnings at death: This is determined by taking the current death benefit, and subtracting any purchase payments not previously withdrawn. Partial withdrawals reduce earnings before reducing purchase payments in the contract. This determines how much of the applicable death benefit is made up of contract earnings. We set maximum earnings at death of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old. Earnings at death cannot be less than zero.

Terminating the Benefit Protector

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of any rider anniversary beginning with the seventh rider anniversary.

• The rider will terminate when you make a full withdrawal from the contract or when annuity payouts begin.

Example of the Benefit Protector

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and you and the annuitant are under age 70. We add a $1,000 purchase payment credit to your contract. You select the MAV death benefit.

• During the first contract year the contract value grows to $105,000. The MAV death benefit equals the contract value, less any purchase payment credits added to the contract in the last 12 months, or $104,000. You have not reached the first contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector does not provide any additional benefit at this time.

• On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death

RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus    51

(MAV death benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000

• On the second contract anniversary the contract value falls to $105,000. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (MAV):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000

• During the third contract year the contract value remains at $105,000 and you request a partial withdrawal of $50,000, including the applicable 7% withdrawal charge. We will withdraw $10,500 from your contract value free of charge (10% of your prior anniversary's contract value). The remainder of the withdrawal is subject to a 7% withdrawal charge because your contract is in its third year of the withdrawal charge schedule, so we will withdraw $39,500 ($36,735 + $2,765 in withdrawal charges) from your contract value. Altogether, we will withdraw $50,000 and pay you $47,235. We calculate purchase payments not previously withdrawn as $100,000 - $45,000 = $55,000 (remember that $5,000 of the partial withdrawal is contract earnings). The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (MAV adjusted for partial withdrawals):	$57,619
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death):
0.40 × ($57,619 – $55,000) =	+1,048
Total death benefit of:	$58,667

• On the third contract anniversary the contract value falls to $40,000. The death benefit equals the previous death benefit. The reduction in contract value has no effect.

• On the ninth contract anniversary the contract value grows to a new high of $200,000. Earnings at death reaches its maximum of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old.

The death benefit equals:
MAV death benefit (contract value):	$200,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old)	+55,000
Total death benefit of:	$255,000

• During the tenth contract year you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000 and we add a purchase payment credit of $500. Your new contract value is now $250,000. The new purchase payment is less than one year old and so it has no effect on the Benefit Protector value. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value less any purchase payment credits added in the last 12 months):	$249,500
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old)	+55,000
Total death benefit of:	$304,500

• During the eleventh contract year the contract value remains $250,000 and the "new" purchase payment is one year old and the value of the Benefit Protector changes. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (MAV death benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($250,000 – $105,000) =	+58,000
Total death benefit of:	$308,000

If your spouse is the sole beneficiary and you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner. Your spouse and the new annuitant will be subject to all the limitations and restrictions of the rider just as if they were purchasing a new contract. If your spouse and the new annuitant do not qualify for the rider on the basis of age we will terminate the rider. If they do qualify for the rider on the basis of age we will set the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid and we will substitute this new contract value on the date of death for “purchase payments not previously withdrawn” used in calculating earnings at death. Your spouse also has the option of discontinuing the Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider within 30 days of the date of death.

NOTE: For special tax considerations associated with the Benefit Protector, see “Taxes.”

52    RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus)

The Benefit Protector Plus is intended to provide an additional benefit to your beneficiary to help offset expenses after your death such as funeral expenses or federal and state taxes. This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge (see “Charges”). The Benefit Protector Plus provides reduced benefits if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older at the rider effective date. It does not provide any additional benefit before the first rider anniversary and it does not provide any benefit beyond what is offered under the Benefit Protector rider during the second rider year.

If this rider is available in your state and both you and the annuitant are age 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the Benefit Protector Plus to you contract. You must elect the Benefit Protector Plus at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date. This rider is only available for transfers, exchanges or rollovers from another annuity or life insurance policy. You may not select this rider if you select the Benefit Protector rider. Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Since the benefit paid by the rider is determined by the amount of earnings at death, the amount of the benefit paid may be reduced as a result of taking any withdrawals including RMDs. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional and tax advisor whether or not the Benefit Protector Plus is appropriate for your situation.

The Benefit Protector Plus provides that if you or the annuitant die after the first rider anniversary, but before annuity payouts begin, and while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary:

• the benefits payable under the Benefit Protector described above, plus

• a percentage of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue not previously withdrawn as follows:

Rider Year	Percentage if you and the annuitant are under age 70 on the rider effective date	Percentage if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older on the rider effective date
One and Two	0%	0%
Three and Four	10%	3.75%
Five or more	20%	7.5%

Another way to describe the benefits payable under the Benefit Protector Plus rider is as follows:

• the applicable death benefit (see “Benefits in Case of Death”), plus:

Rider Year	If you and the annuitant are under age 70 on the rider effective date, add…	If you or the annuitant are age 70 or older on the rider effective date, add…
One	Zero	Zero
Two	40% × earnings at death (see above)	15% × earnings at death
Three & Four	40% × (earnings at death + 25% of initial purchase payment*)	15% × (earnings at death + 25% of initial purchase payment*)
Five or more	40% × (earnings at death + 50% of initial purchase payment*)	15% × (earnings at death + 50% of initial purchase payment*)

* Initial purchase payments are payments made within 60 days of rider issue not previously withdrawn.

Terminating the Benefit Protector Plus

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of any rider anniversary beginning with the seventh rider anniversary.

• The rider will terminate when you make a full withdrawal from the contract or when annuity payouts begin.

Example of the Benefit Protector Plus

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and you and the annuitant are under age 70. We add a $1,000 purchase payment credit to your contract. You select the MAV death benefit.

• During the first contract year the contract value grows to $105,000. The death benefit equals MAV death benefit, which is the contract value, less any purchase payment credits added to the contract in the last 12 months, or $104,000. You have not reached the first contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector Plus does not provide any additional benefit at this time.

• On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. You have not reached the second contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector Plus does not provide any additional benefit beyond what is provided by the Benefit Protector at this time. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (MAV rider minus payments not previously withdrawn):

RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus    53

0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000

• On the second contract anniversary the contract value falls to $105,000. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (MAV):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death:
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
plus 10% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:
0.10 × $100,000 =	+10,000
Total death benefit of:	$124,000

• During the third contract year the contract value remains at $105,000 and you request a partial withdrawal of $50,000, including the applicable 7% withdrawal charge. We will withdraw $10,500 from your contract value free of charge (10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value). The remainder of the withdrawal is subject to a 7% withdrawal charge because your payment is in its third year of the withdrawal charge schedule, so we will withdraw $39,500 ($36,735 + $2,765 in withdrawal charges) from your contract value. Altogether, we will withdraw $50,000 and pay you $47,235. We calculate purchase payments not previously withdrawn as $100,000 – $45,000 = $55,000 (remember that $5,000 of the partial withdrawal is contract earnings). The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (MAV adjusted for partial withdrawals):	$57,619
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death:
0.40 × ($57,619 – $55,000) =	+1,048
plus 10% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:
0.10 × $55,000 =	+5,500
Total death benefit of:	$64,167

• On the third contract anniversary the contract value falls to $40,000. The death benefit equals the death benefit paid during the third contract year. The reduction in contract value has no effect.

• On the ninth contract anniversary the contract value grows to a new high of $200,000. Earnings at death reaches its maximum of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old. Because we are beyond the fourth contract anniversary the Benefit Protector Plus also reaches its maximum of 20%. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$200,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old	+55,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:
0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$266,000

• During the tenth contract year you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000 and we add a purchase payment credit of $500. Your new contract value is now $250,000. The new purchase payment is less than one year old and so it has no effect on the Benefit Protector Plus value. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value less any purchase payment credits added in the last 12 months):	$249,500
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old	+55,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:
0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$ 315,500

• During the eleventh contract year the contract value remains $250,000 and the “new” purchase payment is one year old. The value of the Benefit Protector Plus remains constant. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (MAV rider minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($250,000 – $105,000) =	+58,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:
0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000

54    RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Total death benefit of: $319,000

If your spouse is sole beneficiary and you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. We will then terminate the Benefit Protector Plus and substitute the applicable death benefit (see “Benefits in Case of Death”).

NOTE: For special tax considerations associated with the Benefit Protector Plus, see “Taxes.”

The Annuity Payout Period

As owner of the contract, you have the right to decide how and to whom annuity payouts will be made starting at the retirement date. You may select one of the annuity payout plans outlined below, or we may mutually agree on other payout arrangements. We do not deduct any withdrawal charges upon retirement but withdrawal charges may apply when electing to exercise liquidity features we may make available under certain fixed annuity payout options.

You also decide whether we will make annuity payouts on a fixed or variable basis, or a combination of fixed and variable. The amount available to purchase payouts under the plan you select is the contract value on your retirement date after any rider charges have been deducted. Additionally, we currently allow you to use part of the amount available to purchase payouts, leaving any remaining contract value to accumulate on a tax-deferred basis. Special rules apply for partial annuitization of your annuity contract, see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities — Annuity payouts” and “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Annuity payouts.” If you select a variable annuity payout, we reserve the right to limit the number of subaccounts in which you may invest. The GPAs are not available during this payout period.

Amounts of fixed and variable payouts depend on:

• the annuity payout plan you select;

• the annuitant’s age and, in most cases, sex;

• the annuity table in the contract; and

• the amounts you allocated to the accounts at settlement.

In addition, for variable annuity payouts only, amounts depend on the investment performance of the subaccounts you select. These payouts will vary from month to month because the performance of the funds will fluctuate. Fixed payouts generally remain the same from month to month unless you have elected an option providing for increasing payments.

For information with respect to transfers between accounts after annuity payouts begin, see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transfer policies.”

Annuity Tables

The annuity tables in your contract (Table A and Table B) show the amount of the monthly payout for each $1,000 of contract value according to the age and, when applicable, the annuitant’s sex. (Where required by law, we will use a unisex table of settlement rates.)

Table A shows the amount of the first monthly variable annuity payout assuming that the contract value is invested at the beginning of the annuity payout period and earns a 5% rate of return, which is reinvested and helps to support future payouts. If you ask us at least 30 days before the retirement date, we will substitute an annuity table based on an assumed 3.5% investment rate for the 5% Table A in the contract. The assumed investment rate affects both the amount of the first payout and the extent to which subsequent payouts increase or decrease. For example, annuity payouts will increase if the investment return is above the assumed investment rate and payouts will decrease if the return is below the assumed investment rate. Using a 5% assumed interest rate results in a higher initial payout, but later payouts will increase more slowly when annuity unit values rise and decrease more rapidly when they decline.

Table B shows the minimum amount of each fixed annuity payout. We declare current payout rates that we use in determining the actual amount of your fixed annuity payout. The current payout rates will equal or exceed the guaranteed payout rates shown in Table B. We will furnish these rates to you upon request.

Annuity Payout Plans

We make available variable annuity payouts where payout amounts will vary based on the performance of the variable account. We may also make fixed annuity payouts available where payments of a fixed amount are made for the period specified in the plan, subject to any surrender we may permit. You may choose any one of these annuity payout plans by giving us written instructions at least 30 days before the retirement date. Generally, you may select one of the Plans A through E below or another plan agreed to by us.

• Plan A – Life annuity — no refund: We make monthly payouts until the annuitant’s death. Payouts end with the last payout before the annuitant’s death. We will not make any further payouts. This means that if the annuitant dies after we made only one monthly payout, we will not make any more payouts.

RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus    55

• Plan B – Life annuity with five, ten or 15 years certain: We make monthly payouts for a guaranteed payout period of five, ten or 15 years that you elect. This election will determine the length of the payout period in the event the annuitant dies before the elected period expires. We calculate the guaranteed payout period from the retirement date. If the annuitant outlives the elected guaranteed payout period, we will continue to make payouts until the annuitant’s death.

• Plan C – Life annuity — installment refund: We make monthly payouts until the annuitant’s death, with our guarantee that payouts will continue for some period of time. We will make payouts for at least the number of months determined by dividing the amount applied under this option by the first monthly payout, whether or not the annuitant is living.

• Plan D – Joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund: We make monthly payouts while both the annuitant and a joint annuitant are living. If either annuitant dies, we will continue to make monthly payouts at the full amount until the death of the surviving annuitant. Payouts end with the death of the second annuitant.

• Plan E – Payouts for a specified period: We make monthly payouts for a specific payout period of ten to 30 years that you elect. We will make payouts only for the number of years specified whether the annuitant is living or not. Depending on the selected time period, it is foreseeable that an annuitant can outlive the payout period selected. During the payout period, you can elect to have us determine the present value of any remaining payouts and pay it to you in a lump sum.

For Plan A, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, no payments will be made. For Plan B, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue for the guaranteed payout period. For Plan C, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue for the installment refund period. For Plan D, if both annuitants die before the initial payment, no payments will be made; however, if one annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue until the death of the surviving annuitant.

In addition to the annuity payout plans described above, we may offer additional payout plans. Terms and conditions of annuity payout plans will be disclosed at the time of election, including any associated fees or charges. It is important to remember that the election and use of liquidity features will result in payouts ceasing.

Utilizing a liquidity feature to withdraw the underlying value of remaining payouts may result in the assessment of a withdrawal charge (See “Charges — Withdrawal charge”) or a 10% IRS penalty tax. (See “Taxes.”).

Annuity payout plan requirements for qualified annuities: If your contract is a qualified annuity, you must select a payout plan as of the retirement date set forth in your contract. You have the responsibility for electing a payout plan under your contract that complies with applicable law. Your contract describes your payout plan options. The options will meet certain IRS regulations governing RMDs if the payout plan meets the incidental distribution benefit requirements, if any, and the payouts are made:

• in equal or substantially equal payments over a period not longer than your life expectancy, or over the joint life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary; or

• over a period certain not longer than your life expectancy or over the joint life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary.

If we do not receive instructions: You must give us written instructions for the annuity payouts at least 30 days before the annuitant’s retirement date. If you do not, we will make payouts under Plan B, with 120 monthly payouts guaranteed.

If monthly payouts would be less than $20: We will calculate the amount of monthly payouts at the time the contract value is used to purchase a payout plan. If the calculations show that monthly payouts would be less than $20, we have the right to pay the contract value to the owner in a lump sum or to change the frequency of the payouts.

Death after annuity payouts begin: If you or the annuitant die after annuity payouts begin, we will pay any amount payable to the beneficiary as provided in the annuity payout plan in effect. Payments to beneficiaries are subject to adjustment to comply with the IRS rules and regulations.

Taxes

Under current law, your contract has a tax-deferral feature. Generally, this means you do not pay income tax until there is a taxable distribution (or deemed distribution) from the contract. We will send a tax information reporting form for any year in which we made a taxable or reportable distribution according to our records.

Nonqualified Annuities

Generally, only the increase in the value of a non-qualified annuity contract over the investment in the contract is taxable. Certain exceptions apply. Federal tax law requires that all nonqualified deferred annuity contracts issued by the same company (and possibly its affiliates) to the same owner during a calendar year be taxed as a single, unified contract when distributions are taken from any one of those contracts.

56    RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Annuity payouts: Generally, unlike withdrawals described below, the income taxation of annuity payouts is subject to exclusion ratios (for fixed annuity payouts) or annual excludable amounts (for variable annuity payouts). In other words, in most cases, a portion of each payout will be ordinary income and subject to tax, and a portion of each payout will be considered a return of part of your investment in the contract and will not be taxed. All amounts you receive after your investment in the contract is fully recovered will be subject to tax. Under Annuity Payout Plan A: Life annuity — no refund, where the annuitant dies before your investment in the contract is fully recovered, the remaining portion of the unrecovered investment may be available as a federal income tax deduction to the owner for the last taxable year. Under all other annuity payout plans, where the annuity payouts end before your investment in the contract is fully recovered, the remaining portion of the unrecovered investment may be available as a federal income tax deduction to the taxpayer for the tax year in which the payouts end. (See “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Federal tax law permits taxpayers to annuitize a portion of their nonqualified annuity while leaving the remaining balance to continue to grow tax-deferred. Under the partial annuitization rules, the portion annuitized must be received as an annuity for a period of 10 years or more, or for the lives of one or more individuals. If this requirement is met, the annuitized portion and the tax-deferred balance will generally be treated as two separate contracts for income tax purposes only. If a contract is partially annuitized, the investment in the contract is allocated between the deferred and the annuitized portions on a pro rata basis.

Withdrawals: Generally, if you withdrawal all or part of your nonqualified annuity your annuity payouts begin, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, your withdrawal will be taxed to the extent that the contract value immediately before the withdrawal exceeds the investment in the contract. Different rules may apply if you exchange another contract into this contract.

You also may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty for withdrawals of taxable income you make before reaching age 59½ unless certain exceptions apply.

Withholding: If you receive taxable income as a result of an annuity payout or withdrawal, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, we may deduct federal, and in some cases state withholding against the payment. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your income tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. As long as you have provided us with a valid Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number, and you have a valid U.S. address, you may be able to elect not to have federal income tax withholding occur.

If the payment is part of an annuity payout plan, we generally compute the amount of federal income tax withholding using payroll tables. You may provide us with a statement of how many exemptions to use in calculating the withholding. If the distribution is any other type of payment (such as partial or full withdrawal) we compute federal income tax withholding using 10% of the taxable portion.

The federal income tax withholding requirements differ if we deliver payment outside the United States or you are a non-resident alien.

Some states also may impose income tax withholding requirements similar to the federal withholding described above or may allow you to elect withholding. If this should be the case, we may deduct state income tax withholding from the payment.

Death benefits to beneficiaries: The death benefit under a nonqualified contract is not exempt from estate (federal or state) taxes. In addition, for income tax purposes, any amount your beneficiary receives that exceeds the remaining investment in the contract is taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary in the year he or she receives the payments. (See also “Benefits in Case of Death — If You Die Before the Retirement Date”).

Net Investment Income Tax (also known as Medicare contribution tax): Effective for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2013, certain investment income of high-income individuals (as well as estates and trusts) is subject to a 3.8% net investment income tax (as an addition to income taxes). For individuals, the 3.8% tax applies to the lesser of (1) the amount by which the taxpayer’s modified adjusted gross income exceeds $200,000 ($250,000 for married filing jointly and surviving spouses; $125,000 for married filing separately) or (2) the taxpayer’s “net investment income.” Net investment income includes taxable income from nonqualified annuities. Annuity holders are advised to consult their tax advisor regarding the possible implications of this additional tax.

Annuities owned by corporations, partnerships or irrevocable trusts: For nonqualified annuities, any annual increase in the value of annuities held by such entities (non-natural persons) generally will be treated as ordinary income received during that year. However, if the trust was set up for the benefit of a natural person(s) only, the income may remain tax-deferred until withdrawn or paid out.

Penalties: If you receive amounts from your nonqualified annuity before reaching age 59½, you may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty on the amount includable in your ordinary income. However, this penalty will not apply to any amount received:

• because of your death or in the event of non-natural ownership, the death of annuitant;

• because you become disabled (as defined in the Code);

RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus    57

• if the distribution is part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments, made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or joint lives or life expectancies of you and your beneficiary);

• if it is allocable to an investment before Aug. 14, 1982; or

• if annuity payouts are made under immediate annuities as defined by the Code.

Transfer of ownership: Generally, if you transfer ownership of a nonqualified annuity without receiving adequate consideration, the transfer may be taxed as a withdrawal for federal income tax purposes. If the transfer is a currently taxable event for income tax purposes, the original owner will be taxed on the amount of deferred earnings at the time of the transfer and also may be subject to the 10% IRS penalty discussed earlier. In this case, the new owner’s investment in the contract will be equal to the investment in the contract at the time of the transfer plus any earnings included in the original owner’s taxable income as a result of the transfer. In general, this rule does not apply to transfers between spouses or former spouses. Similar rules apply if you transfer ownership for full consideration. Please consult your tax advisor for further details.

1035 Exchanges: Section 1035 of the Code permits nontaxable exchanges of certain insurance policies, endowment contracts, annuity contracts and qualified long-term care insurance contracts while providing for continued tax deferral of earnings. In addition, Section 1035 permits the carryover of the investment in the contract from the old policy or contract to the new policy or contract. In a 1035 exchange one policy or contract is exchanged for another policy or contract. The following can qualify as nontaxable exchanges: (1) the exchange of a life insurance policy for another life insurance policy or for an endowment, annuity or qualified long-term care insurance contract, (2) the exchange of an endowment contract for an annuity or qualified long-term care insurance contract, or for an endowment contract under which payments will begin no later than payments would have begun under the contract exchanged, (3) the exchange of an annuity contract for another annuity or for a qualified long-term care insurance contract, and (4) the exchange of a qualified long-term care insurance contract for a qualified long-term care insurance contract. Additionally, other tax rules apply. However, if the life insurance policy has an outstanding loan, there may be tax consequences. Depending on the issue date of your original policy or contract, there may be tax or other benefits that are given up to gain the benefits of the new policy or contract. Consider whether the features and benefits of the new policy or contract outweigh any tax or other benefits of the old contract.

For a partial exchange of an annuity contract for another annuity contract, the 1035 exchange is generally tax-free. The investment in the original contract and the earnings on the contract will be allocated proportionately between the original and new contracts. However, per IRS Revenue Procedure 2011-38, if withdrawals are taken from either contract within the 180-day period following a partial 1035 exchange, the IRS will apply general tax principles to determine the appropriate tax treatment of the exchange and subsequent withdrawal. As a result, there may be unexpected tax consequences. You should consult your tax advisor before taking any withdrawal from either contract during the 180-day period following a partial exchange.

Assignment: If you assign or pledge your contract as collateral for a loan, earnings on purchase payments you made after Aug. 13, 1982 will be taxed as a deemed distribution and also may be subject to the 10% penalty as discussed above.

Qualified Annuities

Adverse tax consequences may result if you do not ensure that contributions, distributions and other transactions under the contract comply with the law. Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions. You should refer to your retirement plan’s Summary Plan Description, your IRA disclosure statement, or consult a tax advisor for additional information about the distribution rules applicable to your situation.

When you use your contract to fund a retirement plan or IRA that is already tax-deferred under the Code, the contract will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral. If your contract is used to fund an employer sponsored plan, your right to benefits may be subject to the terms and conditions of the plan regardless of the terms of the contract.

Annuity payouts: Under a qualified annuity, except a Roth IRA, Roth 401(k) or Roth 403(b), the entire payout generally is includable as ordinary income and is subject to tax unless: (1) the contract is an IRA to which you made non-deductible contributions; or (2) you rolled after-tax dollars from a retirement plan into your IRA; or 3) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you or your employer have contributed after-tax dollars; or (4) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you direct such payout to be directly rolled over to another eligible retirement plan such as an IRA. We may permit partial annuitizations of qualified annuity contracts. If we accept partial annuitizations, please remember that your contract will still need to comply with other requirements such as required minimum distributions and the payment of taxes. Prior to considering a partial annuitization on a qualified contract, you should discuss your decision and any implications with your tax adviser. Because we cannot accurately track certain after tax funding sources, we will generally report any payments on partial annuitizations as ordinary income except in the case of a qualified distribution from a Roth IRA.

58    RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Annuity payouts from Roth IRAs: In general, the entire payout from a Roth IRA can be free from income and penalty taxes if you have attained age 59½ and meet the five year holding period.

Withdrawals: Under a qualified annuity, except a Roth IRA, Roth 401(k) or Roth 403(b), the entire withdrawal will generally be includable as ordinary income and is subject to tax unless: (1) the contract is an IRA to which you made non-deductible contributions; or (2) you rolled after-tax dollars from a retirement plan into your IRA; or (3) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you or your employer have contributed after-tax dollars; or (4) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you direct such withdrawal to be directly rolled over to another eligible retirement plan such as an IRA.

Withdrawals from Roth IRAs: In general, the entire payout from a Roth IRA can be free from income and penalty taxes if you have attained age 59½ and meet the five year holding period or another qualifying event such as death or disability.

Required Minimum Distributions: Retirement plans (except for Roth IRAs) are subject to required withdrawals called required minimum distributions (“RMDs”) beginning at age 72 (age 70 ½ if you were born on or before June 30, 1949). RMDs are based on the fair market value of your contract at year-end divided by the life expectancy factor. Certain death benefits and optional riders may be considered in determining the fair market value of your contract for RMD purposes. This may cause your RMD to be higher. Inherited IRAs (including inherited Roth IRAs) are subject to special required minimum distribution rules. You should consult your tax advisor prior to making a purchase for an explanation of the potential tax implications to you.

Withholding for IRAs, Roth IRAs, SEPs and SIMPLE IRAs: If you receive taxable income as a result of an annuity payout or a withdrawal, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, we may deduct withholding against the payment. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. As long as you have provided us with a valid Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number, you can elect not to have any withholding occur.

If the payment is part of an annuity payout plan, we generally compute the amount of federal income tax withholding using payroll tables. You may provide us with a statement of how many exemptions to use in calculating the withholding. If the distribution is any other type of payment (such as a partial or full withdrawal) we compute federal income tax withholding using 10% of the taxable portion.

The federal income tax withholding requirements differ if we deliver payment outside the United States or you are a non-resident alien.

Some states also may impose income tax withholding requirements similar to the federal withholding described above. If this should be the case, we may deduct state income tax withholding from the payment.

Withholding for all other qualified annuities: If you receive directly all or part of the contract value from a qualified annuity, mandatory 20% federal income tax withholding (and possibly state income tax withholding) generally will be imposed at the time the payout is made from the plan. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. This mandatory withholding will not be imposed if instead of receiving the distribution check, you elect to have the distribution rolled over directly to an IRA or another eligible plan. Payments made to a surviving spouse instead of being directly rolled over to an IRA are also subject to mandatory 20% income tax withholding.

In the below situations, the distribution is subject to an optional 10% withholding instead of the mandatory 20% withholding. We will withhold 10% of the distribution amount unless you elect otherwise.

• the payout is one in a series of substantially equal periodic payouts, made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or the joint lives or life expectancies of you and your designated beneficiary) or over a specified period of 10 years or more;

• the payout is a RMD as defined under the Code;

• the payout is made on account of an eligible hardship; or

• the payout is a corrective distribution.

State withholding also may be imposed on taxable distributions.

Penalties: If you receive amounts from your qualified contract before reaching age 59½, you may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty on the amount includable in your ordinary income. However, this penalty generally will not apply to any amount received:

• because of your death;

• because you become disabled (as defined in the Code);

• if the distribution is part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or joint lives or life expectancies of you and your beneficiary);

RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus    59

• if the distribution is made following severance from employment during or after the calendar year in which you attain age 55 (TSAs and annuities funding 401(a) plans only);

• to pay certain medical or education expenses (IRAs only); or

• if the distribution is made from an inherited IRA.

Death benefits to beneficiaries: The entire death benefit generally is taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary in the year he/she receives the payments from the qualified annuity. If you made non-deductible contributions to a traditional IRA, the portion of any distribution from the contract that represents after-tax contributions is not taxable as ordinary income to your beneficiary. You are responsible for keeping all records tracking your non-deductible contributions to an IRA. Death benefits under a Roth IRA generally are not taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary if certain distribution requirements are met. (See also “Benefits in Case of Death — If you Die Before the Retirement Date”).

Change of retirement plan type: IRS regulations allow for rollovers of certain retirement plan distributions. In some circumstances, you may be able to have an intra-contract rollover, keeping the same features and conditions. If the annuity contract you have does not support an intra-contract rollover, you are able to request an IRS approved rollover to another annuity contract or other investment product that you choose. If you choose another annuity contract or investment product, you will be subject to new rules, including a new withdrawal charge schedule for an annuity contract, or other product rules as applicable.

Assignment:You may not assign or pledge your qualified contract as collateral for a loan.

Other

Purchase payment credits: These are considered earnings and are taxed accordingly when withdrawn or paid out.

Special considerations if you select any optional rider: As of the date of this prospectus, we believe that charges related to these riders are not subject to current taxation. Therefore, we will not report these charges as partial withdrawals from your contract. However, the IRS may determine that these charges should be treated as partial withdrawals subject to taxation to the extent of any gain as well as the 10% tax penalty for withdrawals before the age of 59½, if applicable, on the taxable portion.

We reserve the right to report charges for these riders as partial withdrawals if we, as a withholding and reporting agent, believe that we are required to report them. In addition, we will report any benefits attributable to these riders on the death of you or the annuitant as an annuity death benefit distribution, not as proceeds from life insurance.

Important: Our discussion of federal tax laws is based upon our understanding of current interpretations of these laws. Federal tax laws or current interpretations of them may change. For this reason and because tax consequences are complex and highly individual and cannot always be anticipated, you should consult a tax advisor if you have any questions about taxation of your contract.

RiverSource Life’s tax status: We are taxed as a life insurance company under the Code. For federal income tax purposes, the subaccounts are considered a part of our company, although their operations are treated separately in accounting and financial statements. Investment income is reinvested in the fund in which each subaccount invests and becomes part of that subaccount’s value. This investment income, including realized capital gains, is not subject to any withholding for federal or state income taxes. We reserve the right to make such a charge in the future if there is a change in the tax treatment of variable annuities or in our tax status as we then understand it.
The company includes in its taxable income the net investment income derived from the investment of assets held in its subaccounts because the company is considered the owner of these assets under federal income tax law.  The company may claim certain tax benefits associated with this investment income.  These benefits, which may include foreign tax credits and the corporate dividend received deduction, are not passed on to you since the company is the owner of the assets under federal tax law and is taxed on the investment income generated by the assets. 

Tax qualification: We intend that the contract qualify as an annuity for federal income tax purposes. To that end, the provisions of the contract are to be interpreted to ensure or maintain such tax qualification, in spite of any other provisions of the contract. We reserve the right to amend the contract to reflect any clarifications that may be needed or are appropriate to maintain such qualification or to conform the contract to any applicable changes in the tax qualification requirements. We will send you a copy of any amendments.

Spousal status: When it comes to your marital status and the identification and naming of any spouse as a beneficiary or party to your contract, we will rely on the representations you make to us. Based on this reliance, we will issue and administer your contract in accordance with these representations. If you represent that you are married and your representation is incorrect or your marriage is deemed invalid for federal or state law purposes, then the benefits and rights under your contract may be different.

If you have any questions as to the status of your relationship as a marriage, then you should consult an appropriate tax or legal advisor.

60    RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Voting Rights

As a contract owner with investments in the subaccounts, you may vote on important fund policies until annuity payouts begin. Once they begin, the person receiving them has voting rights. We will vote fund shares according to the instructions of the person with voting rights.

Before annuity payouts begin, the number of votes you have is determined by applying your percentage interest in each subaccount to the total number of votes allowed to the subaccount.

After annuity payouts begin, the number of votes you have is equal to:

• the reserve held in each subaccount for your contract; divided by

• the net asset value of one share of the applicable fund.

As we make annuity payouts, the reserve for the contract decreases; therefore, the number of votes also will decrease.

We calculate votes separately for each subaccount. We will send notice of shareholders’ meetings, proxy materials and a statement of the number of votes to which the voter is entitled. We are the legal owner of all fund shares and therefore hold all voting rights.  However, to the extent required by law, we will vote the shares of each fund according to instructions we receive from policy owners. We will vote shares for which we have not received instructions and shares that we or our affiliates own in our own names in the same proportion as the votes for which we received instructions. As a result of this proportional voting, in cases when a small number of contract owners vote, their votes will have a greater impact and may even control the outcome.

Substitution of Investments

We may substitute the funds in which the subaccounts invest if:

• laws or regulations change;

• the existing funds become unavailable; or

• in our judgment, the funds no longer are suitable (or are not the most suitable) for the subaccounts.

If any of these situations occur, we have the right to substitute a fund currently listed in this prospectus (existing fund) for another fund (new fund), provided we obtain any required SEC and state insurance law approval. The new fund may have higher fees and/or operating expenses than the existing fund. Also, the new fund may have investment objectives and policies and/or investment advisers which differ from the existing fund.

We may also:

• add new subaccounts;

• combine any two or more subaccounts;

• transfer assets to and from the subaccounts or the variable account; and

• eliminate or close any subaccounts.

We will notify you of any substitution or change.

In the event of any such substitution or change, we may amend the contract and take whatever action is necessary and appropriate without your consent or approval. We will obtain any required prior approval of the SEC or state insurance departments before making any substitution or change.

About the Service Providers

Principal Underwriter

RiverSource Distributors, Inc. (RiverSource Distributors), our affiliate, serves as the principal underwriter and general distributor of the contract. Its offices are located at 70100 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, MN 55474. RiverSource Distributors is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ameriprise Financial, Inc.

Sales of the Contract

New contracts are not currently being offered.

• Only securities broker-dealers (“selling firms”) registered with the SEC and members of the FINRA may sell the contract.

• The contracts are continuously offered to the public through authorized selling firms. We and RiverSource Distributors have a sales agreement with the selling firm. The sales agreement authorizes the selling firm to offer the contracts

RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus    61

to the public. RiverSource Distributors pays the selling firm (or an affiliated insurance agency) for contracts its investment professional sell. The selling firm may be required to return sales commissions under certain circumstances including but not limited to when contracts are returned under the free look period.

Payments We May Make to Selling Firms

• We may use compensation plans which vary by selling firm. For example, some of these plans pay selling firms a commission of up to 7.00% each time a purchase payment is made. We may also pay ongoing trail commissions of up to 1.00% of the contract value. We do not pay or withhold payment of trail commissions based on which investment options you select.

• We may pay selling firms an additional sales commission of up to 1.00% of purchase payments for a period of time we select. For example, we may offer to pay an additional sales commission to get selling firms to market a new or enhanced contract or to increase sales during the period.

• In addition to commissions, we may, in order to promote sales of the contracts, and as permitted by applicable laws and regulation, pay or provide selling firms with other promotional incentives in cash, credit or other compensation. We generally (but may not) offer these promotional incentives to all selling firms. The terms of such arrangements differ between selling firms. These promotional incentives may include but are not limited to:

• sponsorship of marketing, educational, due diligence and compliance meetings and conferences we or the selling firm may conduct for investment professionals, including subsidy of travel, meal, lodging, entertainment and other expenses related to these meetings;

• marketing support related to sales of the contract including for example, the creation of marketing materials, advertising and newsletters;

• providing service to contract owners; and

• funding other events sponsored by a selling firm that may encourage the selling firm’s investment professionals to sell the contract.

These promotional incentives or reimbursements may be calculated as a percentage of the selling firm’s aggregate, net or anticipated sales and/or total assets attributable to sales of the contract, and/or may be a fixed dollar amount. As noted below this additional compensation may cause the selling firm and its investment professionals to favor the contracts.

Sources of Payments to Selling Firms

When we pay the commissions and other compensation described above from our assets. Our assets may include:

• revenues we receive from fees and expenses that you will pay when buying, owning and making a withdrawal from the contract (see “Expense Summary”);

• compensation we or an affiliate receive from the underlying funds in the form of distribution and services fees (see “The Variable Account and the Funds — The Funds”);

• compensation we or an affiliate receive from a fund’s investment adviser, subadviser, distributor or an affiliate of any of these (see “The Variable Account and the Funds — The Funds”); and

• revenues we receive from other contracts we sell that are not securities and other businesses we conduct.

You do not directly pay the commissions and other compensation described above as the result of a specific charge or deduction under the contract. However, you may pay part or all of the commissions and other compensation described above indirectly through:

• fees and expenses we collect from contract owners, including withdrawal charges; and

• fees and expenses charged by the underlying subaccount funds in which you invest, to the extent we or one of our affiliates receive revenue from the funds or an affiliated person.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Compensation payment arrangements made with selling firms can potentially:

• give selling firms a heightened financial incentive to sell the contract offered in this prospectus over another investment with lower compensation to the selling firm.

• cause selling firms to encourage their investment professionals to sell you the contract offered in this prospectus instead of selling you other alternative investments that may result in lower compensation to the selling firm.

• cause selling firms to grant us access to its investment professionals to promote sales of the contract offered in this prospectus, while denying that access to other firms offering similar contracts or other alternative investments which may pay lower compensation to the selling firm.

62    RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Payments to Investment Professionals

• The selling firm pays its investment professionals. The selling firm decides the compensation and benefits it will pay its investment professionals.

• To inform yourself of any potential conflicts of interest, ask the investment professional before you buy, how the selling firm and its investment professionals are being compensated and the amount of the compensation that each will receive if you buy the contract.

Service Providers

Our Service Center performs certain administrative services on the contracts and policies we issue. The address and telephone number of our Service Center are listed on the first page of the prospectus. We also have entered into agreements with certain entities to provide the identified services in connection with the contracts and policies we issue. The entities engaged by RiverSource Life may change over time. Entities that provided services to RiverSource Life in 2019 are listed in the table below.

Name of Service Provider	Services Provided	Address
Ameriprise Financial, Inc.	Business affairs management and administrative support related to new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies	707 Second Avenue South Minneapolis MN 55402 USA
Ameriprise India Private Limited	Administrative support related to new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies annual report filings	Plot No. 14, Sector 18 Udyog Vihar Gurugram, Haryana – 122 015 India
Sykes Enterprise Incorporated	Administrative support related to e new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies	10th Floor, Glorietta BPO 1 Office Tower Makati City 1224 Metro Manila Philippines

Issuer

We issue the contracts. We are a stock life insurance company organized in 1957 under the laws of the state of Minnesota and are located at 829 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, MN 55474. We are a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ameriprise Financial, Inc.

We conduct a conventional life insurance business. We are licensed to do business in 49 states, the District of Columbia and American Samoa. Our primary products currently include fixed and variable annuity contracts and life insurance policies.

Legal Proceedings

Insurance companies have been the subject of increasing regulatory, legislative and judicial scrutiny. Numerous state and federal regulatory agencies have commenced examinations and other inquiries of insurance companies regarding sales and marketing practices (including sales to older consumers and disclosure practices), claims handling, and unclaimed property and escheatment practices and procedures. RiverSource Life has cooperated and will continue to cooperate with the applicable regulators.

RiverSource Life is involved in the normal course of business in a number of other legal and arbitration proceedings concerning matters arising in connection with the conduct of its business activities. RiverSource Life believes that it is not a party to, nor are any of its properties the subject of, any pending legal, arbitration or regulatory investigation, examination or proceeding that is likely to have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is possible that the outcome of any current or future legal, arbitration or regulatory proceeding could have a material impact on results of operations in any particular reporting period as the proceedings are resolved.

Uncertain economic conditions, heightened and sustained volatility in the financial markets and significant financial reform legislation may increase the likelihood that clients and other persons or regulators may present or threaten legal claims or that regulators increase the scope or frequency of examinations of RiverSource Life or the insurance industry generally.

Additional Information

Incorporation of Certain Documents By Reference

The SEC allows us to “incorporate by reference” the information we have filed with the SEC. This means that we can disclose important information to you without actually including the specific information in this prospectus by referring you to other documents filed separately with the SEC. The information incorporated by reference is an important part of

RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus    63

this prospectus. Information that we later provide to the SEC, and which is deemed to be “filed” with the SEC, will automatically update information previously filed with the SEC, and may replace information in this prospectus and information previously filed with the SEC. We incorporate by reference RiverSource Life Insurance Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019 as filed with the SEC on Feb.26, 2020under File No. 033-28976 in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and any filings we make with the SEC under Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act (excluding information deemed to be furnished and not filed with the SEC) after the effective date of this registration statement, until all offerings under the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part are completed or terminated. The annual report contains additional information about RiverSource Life Insurance Company, including audited financial statements for the latest fiscal year.

RiverSource Life will furnish you without charge a copy of any or all of the documents incorporated by reference into this prospectus, including any exhibits to such documents which have been specifically incorporated by reference. We will do so upon receipt of your written or oral request. You can contact RiverSource Life at the telephone number and address listed on the first page of this prospectus.

Available Information

This prospectus is part of a registration statement we file with the SEC. Additional information on RiverSource Life and on this offering is available in the registration statement and other materials we file. You can obtain copies of these materials at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. This prospectus, other information about the contract and other information incorporated by reference are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at (http://www.sec.gov).

Indemnification

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the Act) may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of RiverSource Life pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

64    RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix A: Performance Credit Rider Adjusted Partial Withdrawal

Step one:

Foreach withdrawal made within the current calculation period we calculate the remaining purchase payment amount (RPA):

RPA = Total purchase payments and purchase payment credits made prior to the partial withdrawal in question minus the RPA adjusted partial withdrawals for all previous partial withdrawals.

NOTE: In our calculations for the first partial withdrawal, the RPA will simply be the total purchase payments and purchase payment credits as there are no previous withdrawals to subtract.

RPA adjusted partial withdrawals	=	PW × RPA
		CV

PW	=	the partial withdrawal including any applicable withdrawal charge or MVA.
CV	=	the contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.
RPA	=	the remaining premium amount on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.

Step two:

For each withdrawal made within the current calculation period we calculate the eligible purchase payment amount (EPA):

EPA = Total purchase payments and purchase payment credits made prior to the partial withdrawal in question AND prior to the five year exclusion period minus EPA adjusted partial withdrawals for all previous partial withdrawals.

NOTE: In our calculations for the first partial withdrawal, the EPA will simply be the total purchase payments and purchase payment credits made before the five year exclusion period as there are no previous withdrawals to subtract. Also note that EPA/RPA will always be less than or equal to one.

EPA adjusted partial withdrawals	=	PW × EPA	×	EPA
		CV		RPA

PW	=	the partial withdrawal including any applicable withdrawal charge or MVA.
CV	=	the contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.
EPA	=	the eligible premium amount on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.
RPA	=	the remaining premium amount on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.

Step three:

The total PCRPW (Performance Credit Rider adjusted partial withdrawal) amount is the sum of each EPA adjusted partial withdrawal.

Example: Calculation at the end of the ten-year period assuming the contract is eligible for the PCR credit (i.e., your contract value is less than target value). This example does not include purchase payment credits.

• You purchase the contract with an initial purchase payment of $100,000.

• On the sixth contract anniversary you make an additional purchase payment in the amount of $100,000.

• Contract values before any partial withdrawals are shown below.

• On the third contract anniversary you make a partial withdrawal in the amount of $10,000.

• On the eighth contract anniversary you make another partial withdrawal in the amount of $10,000.

RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus    65

NOTE: The shaded portion of the table indicates the five year exclusion period.

Contract Duration in Years	Total purchase payments	Contract value
At Issue	$100,000	$100,000
1	100,000	110,000
2	100,000	115,000
3	100,000	120,000
4	100,000	115,000
5	100,000	120,000
6	200,000	225,000
7	200,000	230,000
8	200,000	235,000
9	200,000	230,000
10	200,000	235,000

Step one: For each withdrawal made within the current calculation period we calculate the RPA:

For the first partial withdrawal on the third contract anniversary:

RPA before the partial withdrawal = total purchase payments made prior to the partial withdrawal minus the RPA adjusted partial withdrawals for all previous partial withdrawals = $100,000 – 0 = $100,000	RPA adjusted partial withdrawal =
	$10,000 × $100,000	= $8,333
	$120,000

For the second partial withdrawal on the eighth contract anniversary:

RPA before the partial withdrawal = total purchase payments made prior to the partial withdrawal minus the RPA adjusted partial withdrawals for all previous partial withdrawals = $200,000 – $8,333 = $191,667	RPA adjusted partial withdrawal =
	$10,000 × $191,667	= $8,156
	$235,000

Step two: For each withdrawal made within the current calculation period, we calculate the EPA:

For the first partial withdrawal on the third contract anniversary:

EPA before the partial withdrawal = total purchase payments made prior to the partial withdrawal AND the five-year exclusion period minus the EPA adjusted partial withdrawals for all previous partial withdrawals = $100,000 – 0 = $100,000	EPA adjusted partial withdrawal =
	$10,000 × $100,000	×	$100,000	= $8,333
	$120,000		$100,000

For the second partial withdrawal on the eighth contract anniversary:

EPA before the partial withdrawal = total purchase payments made prior to the partial withdrawal AND the five-year exclusion period minus the EPA adjusted partial withdrawals for all previous partial withdrawals = $100,000 – $8,333 = $91,667	EPA adjusted partial withdrawal =
	$10,000 × $91,667	×	$91,667	= $1,866
	$235,000		$191,667

Step three: The total PCRPW amount is the sum of each EPA adjusted partial withdrawal.

PCRPW amount = $8,333 + $1,866 = $10,199

66    RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix B: Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)

The following tables give per-unit information about the financial history of the subaccounts representing the lowest and highest total annual variable account expense combinations. The date in which operations commenced in each subaccount is noted in parentheses. The SAI contains tables that give per-unit information about the financial history of each existing subaccount. We have not provided this information for subaccounts (if any) that were not available under your contract as of December 31, 2019. You may obtain a copy of the SAI without charge by contacting us at the telephone number or address listed on the first page of the prospectus.

Variable account charges of 1.00% of the daily net assets of the variable account.

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
AB VPS Balanced Wealth Strategy Portfolio (Class B) (9/26/2008)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.60	$1.73	$1.51	$1.46	$1.46	$1.37	$1.19	$1.06	$1.11	$1.01
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.87	$1.60	$1.73	$1.51	$1.46	$1.46	$1.37	$1.19	$1.06	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	6	5
AB VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio (Class B) (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.68	$0.76	$0.57	$0.58	$0.57	$0.55	$0.45	$0.40	$0.53	$0.45
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.88	$0.68	$0.76	$0.57	$0.58	$0.57	$0.55	$0.45	$0.40	$0.53
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	5	5	33	41	40	44	54	64	89	80
AB VPS Growth and Income Portfolio (Class B) (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.21	$2.37	$2.02	$1.84	$1.83	$1.69	$1.27	$1.09	$1.04	$0.93
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.71	$2.21	$2.37	$2.02	$1.84	$1.83	$1.69	$1.27	$1.09	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	38	41	48	70	93	107	169	253	295	416
AB VPS Large Cap Growth Portfolio (Class B) (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.61	$1.59	$1.22	$1.20	$1.09	$0.97	$0.72	$0.62	$0.65	$0.60
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.14	$1.61	$1.59	$1.22	$1.20	$1.09	$0.97	$0.72	$0.62	$0.65
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	34	48	49	56	58	62	115	121	128	210
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3) (3/17/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.00	$2.10	$1.71	$1.60	$1.60	$1.40	$1.06	$0.94	$0.90	$0.78
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.47	$2.00	$2.10	$1.71	$1.60	$1.60	$1.40	$1.06	$0.94	$0.90
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	36	40	45	51	63	67	83	116	126	203
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3) (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.60	$2.79	$2.46	$2.19	$2.28	$2.09	$1.67	$1.48	$1.57	$1.36
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.19	$2.60	$2.79	$2.46	$2.19	$2.28	$2.09	$1.67	$1.48	$1.57
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	28	33	37	43	53	55	70	87	130	223
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund (Class 3) (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.07	$1.07	$1.07	$1.08	$1.09	$1.11	$1.12	$1.13	$1.14	$1.15
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.08	$1.07	$1.07	$1.07	$1.08	$1.09	$1.11	$1.12	$1.13	$1.14
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	285	337	352	369	137	161	210	269	341	576
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3) (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.62	$1.63	$1.59	$1.54	$1.55	$1.49	$1.54	$1.44	$1.37	$1.27
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.75	$1.62	$1.63	$1.59	$1.54	$1.55	$1.49	$1.54	$1.44	$1.37
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	117	127	134	136	165	203	245	268	317	645
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Growth Fund (Class 3) (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.37	$2.49	$1.97	$1.96	$1.82	$1.61	$1.25	$1.05	$1.10	$0.95
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.18	$2.37	$2.49	$1.97	$1.96	$1.82	$1.61	$1.25	$1.05	$1.10
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	5	5	5	6	6	6
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Index Fund (Class 3) (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.93	$2.05	$1.71	$1.55	$1.55	$1.38	$1.06	$0.93	$0.92	$0.81
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.50	$1.93	$2.05	$1.71	$1.55	$1.55	$1.38	$1.06	$0.93	$0.92
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	104	117	147	153	176	183	228	258	291	404
Columbia Variable Portfolio – U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3) (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.39	$1.38	$1.35	$1.33	$1.33	$1.27	$1.31	$1.30	$1.29	$1.27
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.47	$1.39	$1.38	$1.35	$1.33	$1.33	$1.27	$1.31	$1.30	$1.29
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	23	26	27	70	68	74	85	132	158	313
Fidelity® VIP ContrafundSM Portfolio Service Class 2 (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.05	$3.30	$2.74	$2.57	$2.58	$2.34	$1.80	$1.57	$1.63	$1.41
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.96	$3.05	$3.30	$2.74	$2.57	$2.58	$2.34	$1.80	$1.57	$1.63
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	127	140	152	228	235	267	279	363	447	873
Fidelity® VIP Growth Portfolio Service Class 2 (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.58	$2.62	$1.96	$1.97	$1.86	$1.69	$1.26	$1.11	$1.12	$0.91
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.42	$2.58	$2.62	$1.96	$1.97	$1.86	$1.69	$1.26	$1.11	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	9	12	14	15	22	26	29	37	37	48

RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus    67

Variable account charges of 1.00% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2 (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.44	$4.08	$3.42	$3.09	$3.17	$3.02	$2.24	$1.98	$2.24	$1.76
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.20	$3.44	$4.08	$3.42	$3.09	$3.17	$3.02	$2.24	$1.98	$2.24
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	61	72	76	105	133	156	170	183	212	350
Fidelity® VIP Overseas Portfolio Service Class 2 (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.74	$2.07	$1.61	$1.72	$1.68	$1.85	$1.44	$1.21	$1.47	$1.32
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.20	$1.74	$2.07	$1.61	$1.72	$1.68	$1.85	$1.44	$1.21	$1.47
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	7	7	7	10	10	11	16	16	16	62
Franklin Global Real Estate VIP Fund ��� Class 2 (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.89	$2.04	$1.87	$1.88	$1.89	$1.66	$1.63	$1.30	$1.39	$1.16
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.29	$1.89	$2.04	$1.87	$1.88	$1.89	$1.66	$1.63	$1.30	$1.39
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	20	22	23	28	31	32	39	41	44	76
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund – Class 2 (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.45	$2.72	$2.54	$2.21	$2.35	$2.21	$1.74	$1.54	$1.57	$1.43
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.97	$2.45	$2.72	$2.54	$2.21	$2.35	$2.21	$1.74	$1.54	$1.57
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	197	206	224	281	349	401	494	606	716	1,184
Franklin Small Cap Value VIP Fund – Class 2 (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.79	$3.23	$2.95	$2.29	$2.49	$2.51	$1.86	$1.58	$1.66	$1.31
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.48	$2.79	$3.23	$2.95	$2.29	$2.49	$2.51	$1.86	$1.58	$1.66
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	37	38	40	43	40	55	56	74	88	114
Franklin Small-Mid Cap Growth VIP Fund – Class 2 (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.69	$1.81	$1.50	$1.46	$1.51	$1.42	$1.04	$0.95	$1.00	$0.79
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.20	$1.69	$1.81	$1.50	$1.46	$1.51	$1.42	$1.04	$0.95	$1.00
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	16	23	24	36	39	45	80	98	124	284
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund, Series II Shares (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.05	$2.20	$1.76	$1.82	$1.78	$1.56	$1.22	$1.08	$1.11	$1.03
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.76	$2.05	$2.20	$1.76	$1.82	$1.78	$1.56	$1.22	$1.08	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	21	23	27	30	34	56	59	53	64	217
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund, Series II Shares (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.66	$3.10	$2.30	$2.32	$2.27	$2.24	$1.78	$1.49	$1.64	$1.44
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.46	$2.66	$3.10	$2.30	$2.32	$2.27	$2.24	$1.78	$1.49	$1.64
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	14	15	19	24	26	38	41	44	57	110
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Strategic Income Fund, Series II Shares (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.91	$2.03	$1.93	$1.83	$1.90	$1.87	$1.90	$1.69	$1.70	$1.50
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.10	$1.91	$2.03	$1.93	$1.83	$1.90	$1.87	$1.90	$1.69	$1.70
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	96	98	118	196	213	247	291	334	365	704
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund, Series II Shares (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.06	$3.46	$3.07	$2.63	$2.83	$2.56	$1.84	$1.58	$1.63	$1.34
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.82	$3.06	$3.46	$3.07	$2.63	$2.83	$2.56	$1.84	$1.58	$1.63
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	24	27	29	43	46	51	68	68	76	117
Invesco V.I. Core Equity Fund, Series II Shares (4/28/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.68	$1.87	$1.68	$1.54	$1.65	$1.55	$1.21	$1.08	$1.09	$1.01
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.14	$1.68	$1.87	$1.68	$1.54	$1.65	$1.55	$1.21	$1.08	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	2	2	2	2	2
Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares* (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.58	$1.70	$1.40	$1.41	$1.41	$1.32	$0.98	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.10	$1.58	$1.70	$1.40	$1.41	$1.41	$1.32	$0.98	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4	4	5	5	14	16	15	23	—	—
* Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares is scheduled to merge into Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares sometime during the second quarter of 2020.
Invesco V.I. Value Opportunities Fund, Series II Shares (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.41	$1.76	$1.52	$1.30	$1.47	$1.39	$1.06	$0.91	$0.95	$0.90
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.81	$1.41	$1.76	$1.52	$1.30	$1.47	$1.39	$1.06	$0.91	$0.95
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	73	87	92	123	145	165	207	240	297	468
MFS® Massachusetts Investors Growth Stock Portfolio – Service Class (3/27/2015)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.29	$1.30	$1.02	$0.98	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.79	$1.29	$1.30	$1.02	$0.98	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	8	9	10	11	12	—	—	—	—	—
MFS® New Discovery Series – Service Class (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.34	$2.41	$1.93	$1.79	$1.85	$2.01	$1.44	$1.20	$1.36	$1.01
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.28	$2.34	$2.41	$1.93	$1.79	$1.85	$2.01	$1.44	$1.20	$1.36
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	7	8	10	21	28	31	32	35	54	137

68    RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.00% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
MFS® Total Return Series – Service Class (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.24	$2.40	$2.17	$2.01	$2.04	$1.91	$1.62	$1.48	$1.47	$1.35
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.66	$2.24	$2.40	$2.17	$2.01	$2.04	$1.91	$1.62	$1.48	$1.47
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	144	158	166	265	287	342	507	584	662	1,080
MFS® Utilities Series – Service Class (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$4.28	$4.29	$3.78	$3.43	$4.07	$3.65	$3.07	$2.74	$2.60	$2.31
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$5.28	$4.28	$4.29	$3.78	$3.43	$4.07	$3.65	$3.07	$2.74	$2.60
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1	9	10	10	12	13	14	17	18	23
Putnam VT Equity Income Fund – Class IB Shares (5/12/2017)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.02	$1.12	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.32	$1.02	$1.12	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	39	39	40	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Putnam VT International Equity Fund – Class IB Shares (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.46	$1.83	$1.46	$1.51	$1.52	$1.65	$1.30	$1.08	$1.31	$1.20
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.81	$1.46	$1.83	$1.46	$1.51	$1.52	$1.65	$1.30	$1.08	$1.31
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	39	43	48	53	62	67	80	105	117	210
Putnam VT Research Fund – Class IB Shares (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.35	$2.49	$2.04	$1.87	$1.92	$1.69	$1.28	$1.09	$1.13	$0.98
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.10	$2.35	$2.49	$2.04	$1.87	$1.92	$1.69	$1.28	$1.09	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2	2	2	2	2	2	3	3	3	3
Putnam VT Sustainable Leaders Fund – Class IB Shares (9/24/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.45	$2.51	$1.96	$1.84	$1.86	$1.66	$1.23	$1.06	$1.13	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.31	$2.45	$2.51	$1.96	$1.84	$1.86	$1.66	$1.23	$1.06	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	10	10	10	10	10	10	15	15	15	21
Templeton Foreign VIP Fund – Class 2 (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.42	$1.70	$1.47	$1.39	$1.50	$1.70	$1.40	$1.20	$1.35	$1.26
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.59	$1.42	$1.70	$1.47	$1.39	$1.50	$1.70	$1.40	$1.20	$1.35
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	23	26	30	39	47	72	83	110	170	251
Variable Portfolio – Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.46	$2.87	$2.71	$2.18	$2.43	$2.40	$1.80	$1.60	$1.69	$1.38
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.91	$2.46	$2.87	$2.71	$2.18	$2.43	$2.40	$1.80	$1.60	$1.69
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	14	16	17	18	22	23	27	33	35	45

Variable account charges of 1.85% of the daily net assets of the variable account.

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
AB VPS Balanced Wealth Strategy Portfolio (Class B) (9/26/2008)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.47	$1.60	$1.41	$1.37	$1.38	$1.31	$1.15	$1.03	$1.09	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.70	$1.47	$1.60	$1.41	$1.37	$1.38	$1.31	$1.15	$1.03	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
AB VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio (Class B) (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.00	$2.27	$1.69	$1.74	$1.73	$1.68	$1.39	$1.25	$1.67	$1.43
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.55	$2.00	$2.27	$1.69	$1.74	$1.73	$1.68	$1.39	$1.25	$1.67
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	3	12
AB VPS Growth and Income Portfolio (Class B) (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.64	$2.86	$2.46	$2.25	$2.26	$2.11	$1.60	$1.39	$1.33	$1.20
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.21	$2.64	$2.86	$2.46	$2.25	$2.26	$2.11	$1.60	$1.39	$1.33
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	5	6	8	9	10	11	14	14	18	24
AB VPS Large Cap Growth Portfolio (Class B) (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.21	$3.19	$2.47	$2.46	$2.26	$2.02	$1.50	$1.32	$1.39	$1.29
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.23	$3.21	$3.19	$2.47	$2.46	$2.26	$2.02	$1.50	$1.32	$1.39
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.07	$2.19	$1.79	$1.69	$1.71	$1.51	$1.15	$1.03	$1.00	$0.87
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.53	$2.07	$2.19	$1.79	$1.69	$1.71	$1.51	$1.15	$1.03	$1.00
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	58	62	69	83	113	138	259	336	589	890
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3) (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.00	$3.25	$2.89	$2.60	$2.72	$2.52	$2.03	$1.81	$1.94	$1.69
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.65	$3.00	$3.25	$2.89	$2.60	$2.72	$2.52	$2.03	$1.81	$1.94
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	75	80	90	117	148	177	303	367	465	559

RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus    69

Variable account charges of 1.85% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund (Class 3) (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.88	$0.89	$0.90	$0.92	$0.93	$0.95	$0.97	$0.99	$1.01	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.88	$0.88	$0.89	$0.90	$0.92	$0.93	$0.95	$0.97	$0.99	$1.01
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	603	634	649	669	297	221	237	237	298	303
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3) (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.35	$1.37	$1.35	$1.31	$1.34	$1.29	$1.35	$1.28	$1.22	$1.15
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.45	$1.35	$1.37	$1.35	$1.31	$1.34	$1.29	$1.35	$1.28	$1.22
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	58	73	79	95	100	109	151	149	167	264
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Growth Fund (Class 3) (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.59	$2.75	$2.19	$2.21	$2.06	$1.84	$1.44	$1.22	$1.29	$1.12
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.46	$2.59	$2.75	$2.19	$2.21	$2.06	$1.84	$1.44	$1.22	$1.29
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1	1	1	17	17	17	17	2	2	4
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Index Fund (Class 3) (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.79	$2.99	$2.51	$2.29	$2.32	$2.09	$1.61	$1.42	$1.43	$1.27
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.59	$2.79	$2.99	$2.51	$2.29	$2.32	$2.09	$1.61	$1.42	$1.43
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	5	6	10	11
Columbia Variable Portfolio – U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3) (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.04	$1.04	$1.03	$1.02	$1.03	$0.99	$1.03	$1.03	$1.04	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.09	$1.04	$1.04	$1.03	$1.02	$1.03	$0.99	$1.03	$1.03	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	131	154	157	159	161	184	255	274	264	356
Fidelity® VIP ContrafundSM Portfolio Service Class 2 (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.17	$3.46	$2.90	$2.74	$2.78	$2.54	$1.97	$1.73	$1.82	$1.58
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.09	$3.17	$3.46	$2.90	$2.74	$2.78	$2.54	$1.97	$1.73	$1.82
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	179	191	201	259	302	348	559	664	909	1,171
Fidelity® VIP Growth Portfolio Service Class 2 (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.10	$3.17	$2.39	$2.42	$2.31	$2.12	$1.59	$1.41	$1.44	$1.18
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.07	$3.10	$3.17	$2.39	$2.42	$2.31	$2.12	$1.59	$1.41	$1.44
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	14	14	16	18
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2 (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.60	$4.31	$3.64	$3.31	$3.43	$3.30	$2.47	$2.20	$2.51	$1.99
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.36	$3.60	$4.31	$3.64	$3.31	$3.43	$3.30	$2.47	$2.20	$2.51
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	67	67	68	79	89	97	124	145	170	239
Fidelity® VIP Overseas Portfolio Service Class 2 (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.10	$2.52	$1.97	$2.12	$2.09	$2.32	$1.82	$1.54	$1.90	$1.71
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.63	$2.10	$2.52	$1.97	$2.12	$2.09	$2.32	$1.82	$1.54	$1.90
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	35	37	35	43	50	64	113	141	222	253
Franklin Global Real Estate VIP Fund – Class 2 (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.79	$1.96	$1.81	$1.83	$1.85	$1.64	$1.63	$1.31	$1.41	$1.19
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.15	$1.79	$1.96	$1.81	$1.83	$1.85	$1.64	$1.63	$1.31	$1.41
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	16	19	19	19	20	24	41	49	74	92
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund – Class 2 (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.15	$2.41	$2.27	$1.99	$2.13	$2.03	$1.61	$1.44	$1.48	$1.36
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.59	$2.15	$2.41	$2.27	$1.99	$2.13	$2.03	$1.61	$1.44	$1.48
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	22	23	23	24	26	26	60	90	131	188
Franklin Small Cap Value VIP Fund – Class 2 (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.20	$3.75	$3.45	$2.70	$2.97	$3.01	$2.25	$1.93	$2.05	$1.63
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.97	$3.20	$3.75	$3.45	$2.70	$2.97	$3.01	$2.25	$1.93	$2.05
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	26	31	64
Franklin Small-Mid Cap Growth VIP Fund – Class 2 (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.82	$3.04	$2.55	$2.50	$2.61	$2.47	$1.82	$1.68	$1.79	$1.43
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.64	$2.82	$3.04	$2.55	$2.50	$2.61	$2.47	$1.82	$1.68	$1.79
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund, Series II Shares (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.32	$2.52	$2.03	$2.12	$2.09	$1.85	$1.45	$1.30	$1.34	$1.25
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.10	$2.32	$2.52	$2.03	$2.12	$2.09	$1.85	$1.45	$1.30	$1.34
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	36	40	46	54	61	72	110	206	232	257
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund, Series II Shares (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.14	$3.69	$2.76	$2.82	$2.77	$2.76	$2.22	$1.87	$2.08	$1.83
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.05	$3.14	$3.69	$2.76	$2.82	$2.77	$2.76	$2.22	$1.87	$2.08
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	2	2	2	9	33

70    RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.85% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Strategic Income Fund, Series II Shares (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.50	$1.60	$1.54	$1.47	$1.54	$1.53	$1.56	$1.41	$1.42	$1.26
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.63	$1.50	$1.60	$1.54	$1.47	$1.54	$1.53	$1.56	$1.41	$1.42
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	117	135	144	166	204	245	461	487	681	912
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund, Series II Shares (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.41	$3.89	$3.48	$3.01	$3.26	$2.98	$2.16	$1.87	$1.95	$1.61
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.23	$3.41	$3.89	$3.48	$3.01	$3.26	$2.98	$2.16	$1.87	$1.95
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	5	5	6	23	23	23	43	26	21	22
Invesco V.I. Core Equity Fund, Series II Shares (4/28/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.51	$1.70	$1.53	$1.42	$1.54	$1.45	$1.15	$1.03	$1.05	$0.98
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.90	$1.51	$1.70	$1.53	$1.42	$1.54	$1.45	$1.15	$1.03	$1.05
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares* (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.49	$1.62	$1.35	$1.36	$1.38	$1.30	$0.97	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.96	$1.49	$1.62	$1.35	$1.36	$1.38	$1.30	$0.97	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	4	4	4	—	—
*Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares is scheduled to merge into Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares sometime during the second quarter of 2020.
Invesco V.I. Value Opportunities Fund, Series II Shares (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.66	$2.10	$1.83	$1.58	$1.80	$1.72	$1.32	$1.14	$1.20	$1.14
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.13	$1.66	$2.10	$1.83	$1.58	$1.80	$1.72	$1.32	$1.14	$1.20
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	20	22	22	26	27	34	38	54	75	113
MFS® Massachusetts Investors Growth Stock Portfolio – Service Class (3/27/2015)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.25	$1.27	$1.01	$0.97	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.71	$1.25	$1.27	$1.01	$0.97	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
MFS® New Discovery Series – Service Class (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.26	$3.38	$2.72	$2.55	$2.65	$2.92	$2.11	$1.78	$2.02	$1.51
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.52	$3.26	$3.38	$2.72	$2.55	$2.65	$2.92	$2.11	$1.78	$2.02
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	2	2	2	2	2	2	2	2	3
MFS® Total Return Series – Service Class (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.93	$2.09	$1.90	$1.78	$1.82	$1.72	$1.47	$1.35	$1.36	$1.26
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.28	$1.93	$2.09	$1.90	$1.78	$1.82	$1.72	$1.47	$1.35	$1.36
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	10	20	20	21	21	21	58	203	192	316
MFS® Utilities Series – Service Class (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$4.17	$4.22	$3.75	$3.43	$4.10	$3.72	$3.15	$2.83	$2.71	$2.43
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$5.11	$4.17	$4.22	$3.75	$3.43	$4.10	$3.72	$3.15	$2.83	$2.71
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	11	11	11	11	5	7	7	7	7	13
Putnam VT Equity Income Fund – Class IB Shares (5/12/2017)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.01	$1.12	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.29	$1.01	$1.12	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	3	3	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Putnam VT International Equity Fund – Class IB Shares (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.71	$2.15	$1.73	$1.81	$1.84	$2.01	$1.60	$1.33	$1.64	$1.52
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.10	$1.71	$2.15	$1.73	$1.81	$1.84	$2.01	$1.60	$1.33	$1.64
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	5	6	6	6	6	7	8	18	20	29
Putnam VT Research Fund – Class IB Shares (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.61	$2.79	$2.30	$2.13	$2.20	$1.95	$1.49	$1.29	$1.34	$1.17
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.41	$2.61	$2.79	$2.30	$2.13	$2.20	$1.95	$1.49	$1.29	$1.34
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Putnam VT Sustainable Leaders Fund – Class IB Shares (9/24/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.28	$2.36	$1.86	$1.76	$1.80	$1.61	$1.20	$1.05	$1.13	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.05	$2.28	$2.36	$1.86	$1.76	$1.80	$1.61	$1.20	$1.05	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	2	2	2	2	2	2	2	2	2
Templeton Foreign VIP Fund – Class 2 (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.87	$2.26	$1.97	$1.87	$2.04	$2.34	$1.94	$1.67	$1.90	$1.79
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.07	$1.87	$2.26	$1.97	$1.87	$2.04	$2.34	$1.94	$1.67	$1.90
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	20	20	20	20	20	20	51	51	54	91
Variable Portfolio – Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.80	$3.30	$3.14	$2.55	$2.87	$2.86	$2.16	$1.94	$2.07	$1.69
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.29	$2.80	$3.30	$3.14	$2.55	$2.87	$2.86	$2.16	$1.94	$2.07
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	54	53	55	64	92	102	168	220	330	415

RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus    71

Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information

Calculating Annuity Payouts	p. 3
Rating Agencies	p. 4
Principal Underwriter	p. 4
Service Providers	p. 4
Custodian	p. 5
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	p. 5
Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	p. 6
Financial Statements

72    RiverSource Innovations Variable Annuity — Prospectus

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474
1-800-333-3437

45273  CG (5/20)

RiverSource Distributors, Inc. (Distributor), Member FINRA. Issued by RiverSource Life Insurance Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota. ©2008-2020 RiverSource Life Insurance Company. All rights reserved.

Prospectus

May 1, 2020

Evergreen

Pathways Variable Annuity

Individual Flexible Premium Deferred Combination Fixed/Variable Annuity

Issued by:	RiverSource Life Insurance Company (RiverSource Life)
	829 Ameriprise Financial Center Minneapolis, MN 55474 Telephone: 1-800-333-3437 (Service Center) RiverSource Variable Annuity Account/RiverSource MVA Account​

New contracts are not currently being offered.

This prospectus contains information that you should know before investing. Investment options available under the contract are listed below:

AB Variable Products Series Fund, Inc. (Class B)

Columbia Funds Variable Series Trust II

Fidelity^® Variable Insurance Products – Service Class 2

Franklin^® Templeton^® Variable Insurance Products Trust – Class 2

Invesco Variable Insurance Funds

MFS^® Variable Insurance Trust^SM – Service Class

Morgan Stanley Variable Insurance Fund, Inc. (VIF)

Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds, Service Shares

Putnam Variable Trust – Class IB Shares

Wells Fargo Variable Trust Funds

 

Please read the prospectuses carefully and keep them for future reference.

The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

An investment in this contract is not a deposit of a bank or financial institution and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) or any other government agency. An investment in this contract involves investment risk including the possible loss of principal.

A Statement of Additional Information (SAI), dated the same date as this prospectus, is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. It is filed with the SEC and is available without charge by contacting RiverSource Life at the telephone number and address listed above. The table of contents of the SAI is on the last page of this prospectus. The SEC maintains an Internet site. This prospectus, the SAI and other information about the product are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at (http://www.sec.gov).

Variable annuities are complex products. The fees and charges, as well as the available features and benefits, of the variable annuity contracts described in this prospectus will be different from other variable annuities offered in the marketplace, including other variable annuities or other types of annuities offered by RiverSource Life. The interest credited, guarantees provided, and credits available, as well as the funds serving as underlying investments and their corresponding expenses, may differ among the variable annuities that are available to you. With the aid of an appropriate financial professional, we encourage you to compare and contrast the variable annuity contracts described in this prospectus with other variable annuities available in the marketplace, including other types of annuities we may offer. This will aid in determining whether purchasing a contract is consistent with your investment objectives, risk tolerance, time horizon, marital status, tax situation, and your unique financial situation and needs. If you select an annuity that includes surrender or other liquidation charges, you should also consider any future needs you may have to access your contract value. The optional benefits and features available with the contracts usually come with additional costs. Consider any additional costs carefully when electing these optional benefits and features.

Beginning on January 1, 2021, as permitted by regulations adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission, paper copies of your underlying funds’ shareholder reports will no longer be sent by mail, unless you specifically request paper copies of the reports from RiverSource Life. Instead, the reports will be made available on a website, and you will be notified each time a report is posted and provided with a website link to access the report.

You may elect to receive all future reports in paper free of charge. You can inform RiverSource Life that you wish to continue receiving paper copies of your shareholder reports by calling our Service Center at 1-800-862-7919. Your election to receive reports in paper will apply to all funds available under your variable annuity contract.

Effects of COVID-19 Pandemic

The coronavirus disease 2019 (“COVID-19”) public health crisis presents ongoing significant economic and societal disruption and has driven significant volatility in the equity and interest rate markets. Any periods of continued high market volatility, and your individual circumstances (e.g., your selected allocations and the timing of any purchase

Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus    1

payments, transfers, or withdrawals), will affect values under your contract. As part of how we maintain our strong financial strength and claims-paying ability, we continue to reserve amounts for our contractual obligations in accordance with significant state solvency regulations. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic may impact financial markets, investment performance under your contract, and our financial strength and claims-paying ability will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be estimated, including the scope and duration of the pandemic and actions taken by governmental authorities, market participants, and other third parties in response to the pandemic.

We have implemented comprehensive strategies to address the operating environment spurred by the pandemic.  To promote the safety and security of our employees and to assure the continuity of our business operations, we have implemented a work from home protocol for virtually all of our employee population, restricted business travel, and provided resources for complying with the guidance from the World Health Organization, the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and government authorities. We have been satisfying elevated customer service volumes and our operations teams have continued to operate successfully and without disruptions in service. Our pandemic strategy is flexible and scalable and takes into consideration that a pandemic could be widespread and may occur in multiple waves, affecting different communities at different times with varying levels of severity. We cannot, however, predict the impact that natural or man-made disasters and catastrophes, including the COVID-19 pandemic, may have over near- or longer-term periods.

2    Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Table of Contents

Key Terms	4
The Contract in Brief	6
Expense Summary	8
Contract Owner Transaction Expenses	8
Annual Variable Account Expenses	8
Other Annual Expenses	9
Annual Operating Expenses of the Funds	9
Condensed Financial Information	11
Financial Statements	11
The Variable Account and the Funds	11
The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)	16
Market Value Adjustment (MVA)	17
The General Account	20
The Fixed Account	20
The One-Year Fixed Account	20
Buying Your Contract	21
The Retirement Date	22
Beneficiary	22
Purchase Payments	22
How to Make Purchase Payments	23
Limitations on Use of Contract	23
Charges	23
Contract Administrative Charge	23
Variable Account Administrative Charge	23
Mortality and Expense Risk Fee	23
Withdrawal Charge	24
Fund Fees and Expenses	25
Premium Taxes	25
Optional Living Benefits Charges	26
Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB) Fee	26
Optional Death Benefit Charges	26
Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider Fee	26
Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider Fee	26
Valuing Your Investment	27
GPAs and One-Year Fixed Account	27
Subaccounts	27
Making the Most of Your Contract	28
Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging	28
Special Dollar-Cost Averaging (Special DCA) Program for Contract Option L Only	28
Asset Rebalancing	29
Transferring Among Accounts	30
How to request a Transfer or Withdrawal	32

Withdrawals	33
Withdrawal Policies	34
Receiving Payment	34
TSA–Special Provisions	35
Participants in Tax-Sheltered Annuities	35
Changing Ownership	35
Benefits in Case of Death	36
If You Die Before Your Retirement Date	40
Optional Benefits	41
Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector)	41
Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus)	43
Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB)	45
The Annuity Payment Period	49
Annuity Tables	49
Annuity Payout Plans	50
Taxes	51
Nonqualified Annuities	51
Qualified Annuities	53
Other	54
Voting Rights	55
Substitution of Investments	55
About the Service Providers	56
Principal Underwriter	56
Service Providers	57
Issuer	57
Legal Proceedings	57
Additional Information	58
Incorporation of Certain Documents By Reference	58
Available Information	58
Indemnification	58
Appendix: Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	59
Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information	64

Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus    3

Key Terms

These terms can help you understand details about your contract.

Accumulation unit: A measure of the value of each subaccount before annuity payouts begin.

Annuitant: The person or persons on whose life or life expectancy the annuity payouts are based.

Annuity payouts: An amount paid at regular intervals under one of several plans.

Assumed investment rate: The rate of return we assume your investments will earn when we calculate your initial annuity payout amount using the annuity table in your contract. The standard assumed investment rate we use is 5% but you may request we substitute an assumed investment rate of 3.5%.

Beneficiary: The person you designate to receive benefits in case of the owner’s or annuitant’s death while the contract is in force.

Close of business: The time the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) closes (4 p.m. Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier).

Code: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Contract: A deferred annuity contract that permits you to accumulate money for retirement by making one or more purchase payments. It provides for lifetime or other forms of payouts beginning at a specified time in the future.

Contract value: The total value of your contract before we deduct any applicable charges.

Contract year: A period of 12 months, starting on the effective date of your contract and on each anniversary of the effective date.

Funds: Investment options under your contract. You may allocate your purchase payments into subaccounts investing in shares of the funds.

Good order: We cannot process your transaction request relating to the contract until we have received the request in good order at our Service Center. “Good order” means the actual receipt of the requested transaction in writing, along with all information, forms and supporting legal documentation necessary to effect the transaction. To be in “good order,” your instructions must be sufficiently clear so that we do not need to exercise any discretion to follow such instructions. This information and documentation generally includes your completed request; the contract number; the transaction amount (in dollars); the names of and allocations to and/or from the subaccounts and the fixed account affected by the requested transaction; Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number; and any other information, forms or supporting documentation that we may require. For certain transactions, at our option, we may require the signature of all contract owners for the request to be in good order. With respect to purchase

requests, “good order” also generally includes receipt of sufficient payment by us to effect the purchase. We may, in our sole discretion, determine whether any particular transaction request is in good order, and we reserve the right to change or waive any good order requirements at any time.

Guarantee Period: The number of successive 12-month periods that a guaranteed interest rate is credited.

Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs): A nonunitized separate account to which you may allocate purchase payments or transfer contract value of at least $1,000. These accounts have guaranteed interest rates for guarantee periods we declare when you allocate purchase payments or transfer contract value to a GPA. These guaranteed rates and periods of time may vary by state. Unless an exception applies, transfers or withdrawals from a GPA done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will receive a market value adjustment, which may result in a gain or loss of principal.

Market Value Adjustment (MVA): A positive or negative adjustment assessed if any portion of a Guarantee Period Account is withdrawn or transferred more than 30 days before the end of its guarantee period.

One-year fixed account: Part of our general account to which you may make allocations. Amounts you allocate to this account earn interest at rates that we declare periodically.

Owner (you, your): The person or persons identified in the contract as owner(s) of the contract, who has or have the right to control the contract (to decide on investment allocations, transfers, payout options, etc.). Usually, but not always, the owner is also the annuitant. During the owner’s life, the owner is responsible for taxes, regardless of whether he or she receives the contract’s benefits. The owner or any joint owner may be a non-natural person (e.g. irrevocable trust or corporation) or a revocable trust. If any owner is a non-natural person or a revocable trust, the annuitant will be deemed to be the owner for contract provisions that are based on the age or life of the owner. When the contract is owned by a revocable trust or irrevocable grantor trust, the annuitant(s) selected must be the grantor(s) of the trust to assure compliance with Section 72(s) of the Code.

Qualified annuity: A contract that you purchase to fund one of the following tax-deferred retirement plans that is subject to applicable federal law and any rules of the plan itself:

• Individual Retirement Annuities (IRAs) including inherited IRAs under Section 408(b) of the Code

• Roth IRAs including inherited Roth IRAs under Section 408A of the Code

• Simplified Employee Pension (SEP) plans under Section 408(k) of the Code

• Tax-Sheltered Annuity (TSA) rollovers under Section 403(b) of the Code

 

4    Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus

A qualified annuity will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral if it is used to fund a retirement plan that is already tax deferred.

All other contracts are considerednonqualified annuities.

Retirement date: The date when annuity payouts are scheduled to begin.

Rider effective date: The date a rider becomes effective as stated in the rider.

RiverSource Life: In this prospectus, “we,” “us,” “our” and “RiverSource Life” refer to RiverSource Life Insurance Company.

Service Center: Our department that processes all transaction and service requests for the contracts. We consider all transaction and service requests received when they arrive in good order at the Service Center. Any transaction or service requests sent or directed to any location other than our Service Center may end up delayed or not processed. Our Service Center address and telephone number are listed on the first page of the prospectus.

Valuation date: Any normal business day, Monday through Friday, on which the NYSE is open, up to the time it closes. At the NYSE close, the next valuation date begins. We calculate the accumulation unit value of each subaccount on each valuation date. If we receive your purchase payment or any transaction request (such as a

transfer or withdrawal request) in good order at our Service Center before the close of business, we will process your payment or transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your payment or transaction request. On the other hand, if we receive your purchase payment or transaction request in good order at our Service Center at or after the close of business, we will process your payment or transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date. If you make a transaction request by telephone (including by fax), you must have completed your transaction by the close of business in order for us to process it using the accumulation unit value we calculate on that valuation date. If you were not able to complete your transaction before the close of business for any reason, including telephone service interruptions or delays due to high call volume, we will process your transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date.

Variable account: Consists of separate subaccounts to which you may allocate purchase payments; each invests in shares of one fund. The value of your investment in each subaccount changes with the performance of the particular fund.

Withdrawal value: The amount you are entitled to receive if you make a full withdrawal from your contract. It is the contract value minus any applicable charges.

Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus    5

The Contract in Brief

This prospectus describes two contracts. Contract Option L offers a four year withdrawal charge schedule and investment options in the GPAs, one-year fixed account and/or the subaccounts. Contract Option C eliminates the withdrawal charge schedule in exchange for a higher mortality and expense risk fee and allows investment in the subaccounts only. The information in this prospectus applies to both contracts unless stated otherwise.

Purpose: The purpose of these contracts is to allow you to accumulate money for retirement or similar long-term goal. You do this by making one or more purchase payments. For contract Option L, you may allocate your purchase payments to the GPAs, one-year fixed account and/or subaccounts. For contract Option C, you may allocate purchase payments to the subaccounts. For both contract Option L and contract Option C, you risk losing amounts you invest in the subaccounts of the variable account. These accounts, in turn, may earn returns that increase the value of a contract. If the contract value goes to zero due to underlying fund’s performance or deduction of fees, the contract will no longer be in force and the contract (including any death benefit riders) will terminate. You may be able to purchase an optional benefit to reduce the investment risk you assume under the contract. Beginning at a specified time in the future called the retirement date, these contracts provide lifetime or other forms of payouts of your contract value (less any applicable premium tax).

It may have not been advantageous for you to purchase this contract in exchange for, or in addition to, an existing annuity or life insurance policy. Generally, you can exchange one annuity for another or for a long-term care policy in a “tax-free” exchange under Section 1035 of the Code. You can also do a partial exchange from one annuity contract to another annuity contract, subject to Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) rules. You also generally can exchange a life insurance policy for an annuity. However, before making an exchange, you should compare both contracts carefully because the features and benefits may be different. Fees and charges may be higher or lower on your old contract than on this contract. You may have to pay a withdrawal charge when you exchange out of your old contract and a new withdrawal period will begin when you exchange into this contract. If the exchange does not qualify for Section 1035 treatment, you also may have to pay federal income tax on the distribution. State income taxes may also apply. You should not exchange your old contract for this contract, or buy this contract in addition to your old contract, unless you determine it is in your best interest. (See “Taxes-1035 Exchanges”.)

Tax-deferred retirement plans: Most annuities have a tax-deferred feature. So do many retirement plans under the Code including 403(b) plans. As a result, when you use a qualified annuity to fund a retirement plan that is tax-deferred, your contract will not provide any necessary

or additional tax deferral beyond what is provided in that retirement plan. Some employers may permit you to deposit your contributions into other investments such as mutual funds. If such investments are available to you, before enrolling under the contract, you should consider features other than tax deferral that may help you reach your retirement goals. In addition, the Code subjects retirement plans to required withdrawals triggered at age 72 (triggered at age 70 ½ if you turned 70 ½ before Jan. 1, 2020). These mandatory withdrawals are called required minimum distributions (“RMDs”). RMDs may reduce the value of certain death benefits and optional riders (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). You should consult your tax advisor before you purchase the contract as a qualified annuity for an explanation of the tax implications to you.

Buying a contract: We no longer offer new contracts. However, you have the option of making additional purchase payments in the future, subject to certain limitations. Purchase payment amounts and purchase payment timing may be limited under the terms of your contract and/or pursuant to state requirements. (See “Buying Your Contract”).

Free look period: The contracts in this prospectus are no longer sold. Generally, all available free look periods have now expired.

Accounts: Generally, you may allocate purchase payments to the GPAs, one-year fixed account and/or the subaccounts, depending on the contract option you select.

If you select contract Option L, you may allocate your purchase payments among any or all of:

• the subaccounts, each of which invests in a fund with a particular investment objective. The value of each subaccount varies with the performance of the particular fund in which it invests. We cannot guarantee that the value at the retirement date will equal or exceed the total purchase payments you allocate to the subaccounts. (see “The Variable Account and the Funds”)

• GPAs which earn interest at rates declared when you make an allocation to that account. The required minimum investment in each GPA is $1,000. These accounts may not be available in all states. (See “The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)”)

• one-year fixed account, which earns interest at rates that we adjust periodically. There are restrictions on the amount you can allocate to this account as well as on transfers from this account. (See “The One-Year Fixed Account”)

If you select contract Option C, you may allocate purchase payments to the subaccounts only.⁽¹⁾

⁽¹⁾ For applications dated May 1, 2003 or after investment in the GPAs and one year fixed account for contract Option C is not allowed in most states. For applications dated prior to May 1, 2003,

 

6    Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Investment in the GPAs and one-year fixed account is not restricted in most states. Please check with your investment professional to determine which applies in your state.

Transfers: Subject to certain restrictions, you currently may redistribute your contract value among the accounts without charge at any time until annuity payouts begin, and once per contract year among the subaccounts after annuity payouts begin. Transfers out of the GPAs done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will be subject to a MVA, unless an exception applies. You may establish automated transfers among the accounts. We reserve the right to limit transfers to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then currently crediting is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transferring Among Accounts”).

Withdrawals: You may withdraw all or part of your contract value at any time before the retirement date. You also may establish automated partial withdrawals. Withdrawals may be subject to charges and tax penalties (including a 10% IRS penalty that may apply if you make withdrawals prior to your reaching age 59½) and may have other tax consequences. Certain other restrictions may apply. (See “Withdrawals”)

Optional benefits:These contracts offered optional living and death benefits that were available for additional charges if you met certain criteria. Please note, since the contracts in this prospectus are no longer sold, any optional benefits you may have elected were done so at the time of application. You cannot add optional benefits to your contract after it has been issued. Any optional benefits we describe are not available to add to your contract. (See “Optional Benefits”).

Benefits in case of death: If you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin, we will pay the beneficiary an amount based on the death benefit selected. (See “Benefits in Case of Death”).

Annuity payouts: You can apply your contract value, after reflecting any adjustments, to an annuity payout plan that begins on the retirement date. You may choose from a variety of plans that can help meet your retirement or other income needs. The payout schedule must meet IRS requirements. We can make payouts on a fixed or variable basis, or both. During the annuity payout period, your choices for subaccounts may be limited. The GPAs are not available during the payout period. (See “The Annuity Payout Period”).

Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus    7

Expense Summary

The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you paid when buying, owning and making a withdrawal from the contract. The first table describes the fees and expenses that you paid at the time that you bought the contract and will pay when you make a withdrawal from the contract. State premium taxes also may be deducted.

Contract Owner Transaction Expenses

Withdrawal charge

(Contingent deferred sales charge as a percentage of purchase payments withdrawn)

You select either contract Option L or Option C at the time of application. Option C contracts have no withdrawal charge schedule but they carry higher mortality and expense risk fees than Option L contracts.

Contract year for Contract Option L	Withdrawal charge percentage
1-2	8%
3	7
4	6
5 and later	0

Liquidation charge under Variable Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:If you are receiving variable annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to withdraw those payments. The amount that you can withdraw is the present value of any remaining variable payouts. The discount rate we use in the calculation will be 5.17% if the assumed investment return is 3.5% and 6.67% if the assumed investment return is 5%. The liquidation charge equals the present value of the remaining payouts using the assumed investment return minus the present value of the remaining payouts using the discount rate. (See “Charges — WithdrawalCharge” and “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Withdrawal charge for Fixed Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:

Number of Completed Years Since Annuitization	Withdrawal charge percentage
0	Not applicable*
1	5%
2	4
3	3
4	2
5	1
6 and thereafter	0

*We do not permit withdrawals in the first year after annuitization.

The next tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay periodically during the time that you own the contract, not including fund fees and expenses.

Annual Variable Account Expenses

(As a percentage of average daily subaccount value.)

You can choose either contract Option L or Option C and the death benefit guarantee provided. The combination you choose determines the fees you pay. The table below shows the combinations available to you and their cost.

If you select contract Option L and:	Variable account administrative charge	Total mortality and expense risk fee	Total variable account expenses
Return of Purchase Payment (ROP) death benefit	0.15%	1.25%	1.40%
Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV) death benefit	0.15	1.35	1.50
Enhanced Death Benefit (EDB)	0.15	1.55	1.70

If you select contract Option C and:	Variable account administrative charge	Total mortality and expense risk fee	Total variable account expenses
ROP death benefit	0.15	1.35	1.50
MAV death benefit	0.15	1.45	1.60
EDB	0.15	1.65	1.80

8    Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Other Annual Expenses

Annual contract administrative charge $40

(We will waive this charge when your contract value is $100,000 or more on the current contract anniversary.)

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector) fee 0.25%⁽¹⁾

(As a percentage of the contract value charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus) fee 0.40%⁽¹⁾

(As a percentage of the contract value charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB) fee 0.70%^(1),(2)

(As a percentage of the GMIB benefit base charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

(1)	This fee applies only if you elect this optional feature.
(2)	For applications signed prior to May 1, 2003, the following annual current rider charges apply: GMIB — .30%.

Annual Operating Expenses of the Funds

The next table provides the minimum and maximum total operating expenses charged by the underlying funds that you may pay periodically during the time that you own the contract. These operating expenses are for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, unless otherwise noted. More detail concerning each underlying fund’s fees and expenses is contained in each fund’s prospectus.

Minimum and maximum annual operating expenses for the funds

(Including management, distribution (12b-1) and/or service fees and other expenses)⁽¹⁾

	Minimum(%)	Maximum(%)
Total expenses before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements	0.58	1.38

⁽¹⁾ Total annual fund operating expenses are deducted from amounts that are allocated to the fund. They include management fees and other expenses and may include distribution (12b-1) fees. Other expenses may include service fees that may be used to compensate service providers, including us and our affiliates, for administrative and contract owner services provided on behalf of the fund. The amount of these payments will vary by fund and may be significant. See “The Variable Account and the Funds” for additional information, including potential conflicts of interest these payments may create. Distribution (12b-1) fees are used to finance any activity that is primarily intended to result in the sale of fund shares. Because 12b-1 fees are paid out of fund assets on an ongoing basis, you may pay more if you select subaccounts investing in funds that have adopted 12b-1 plans than if you select subaccounts investing in funds that have not adopted 12b-1 plans. For a more complete description of each fund’s fees and expenses and important disclosure regarding payments the fund and/or its affiliates make, please review the fund’s prospectus and SAI.

Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus    9

Examples

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in these contracts with the cost of investing in other variable annuity contracts. These costs include your transaction expenses, contract administrative charges⁽¹⁾, variable account annual expenses and fund fees and expenses.

These examples assume that you invest $10,000 in the contract for the time periods indicated. These examples also assume that your investment has a 5% return each year.

Maximum Expenses. These examples assume the most expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the maximum fees and expenses of any of the funds before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the EDB and the GMIB. Although your actual costs may be lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

	If you withdraw your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not withdraw your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Contract Option L	$1,155	$1,857	$2,206	$4,571	$429	$1,305	$2,206	$4,571
Contract Option C	439	1,335	2,255	4,661	439	1,335	2,255	4,661

Minimum Expenses. These examples assume the least expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the minimum fees and expenses of any of the funds before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the ROP Death Benefit and do not select any optional benefits. Although your actual costs may be higher, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

	If you withdraw your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not withdraw your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Contract Option L	$984	$1,329	$1,268	$2,684	$243	$745	$1,268	$2,684
Contract Option C	253	776	1,320	2,788	253	776	1,320	2,788

⁽¹⁾ In these examples, the contract administrative charge is $40.

THE EXAMPLES ARE ILLUSTRATIVE ONLY. YOU SHOULD NOT CONSIDER THESE EXAMPLES AS A REPRESENTATION OF PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES. ACTUAL EXPENSES WILL BE HIGHER OR LOWER THAN THOSE SHOWN DEPENDING UPON WHICH OPTIONAL BENEFIT YOU ELECT OTHER THAN INDICATED IN THE EXAMPLES OR IF YOU ALLOCATE CONTRACT VALUE TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE SUBACCOUNTS.

10    Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Condensed Financial Information

You can find unaudited condensed financial information for the subaccounts representing the lowest and highest total annual variable account expense combinations in Appendix.

Financial Statements

You can find our audited financial statements and the audited financial statements of the divisions, which are comprised of subaccounts, in the SAI. The SAI does not include audited financial statements for divisions that are new (if any) and have no activity as of the financial statements date.

The Variable Account and the Funds

Variable Account. The variable account was established under Indiana law on July 15, 1987, and the subaccounts are registered together as a single unit investment trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the 1940 Act). This registration does not involve any supervision of our management or investment practices and policies by the SEC. All obligations arising under the contracts are general obligations of RiverSource Life.

The variable account meets the definition of a separate account under federal securities laws. We credit or charge income, capital gains and capital losses of each subaccount only to that subaccount. State insurance law prohibits us from charging a subaccount with liabilities of any other subaccount or of our general business. The variable account includes other subaccounts that are available under contracts that are not described in this prospectus.

The IRS has issued guidance on investor control but may issue additional guidance in the future. We reserve the right to modify the contract or any investments made under the terms of the contract so that the investor control rules do not apply to treat the contract owner as the owner of the subaccount assets rather than the owner of an annuity contract. If the contract is not treated as an annuity contract for tax purposes, the owner may be subject to current taxation on any current or accumulated income credited to the contract.

We intend to comply with all federal tax laws so that the contract qualifies as an annuity for federal tax purposes. We reserve the right to modify the contract as necessary in order to qualify the contract as an annuity for federal tax purposes.

The Funds. This contract currently offers subaccounts investing in shares of the funds listed in the table below.

• Investment objectives: The investment managers and advisers cannot guarantee that the funds will meet their investment objectives. Please read the funds’ prospectuses for facts you should know before investing. These prospectuses are available by contacting us at the address or telephone number on the first page of this prospectus.

• Fund name and management: A fund underlying your contract in which a subaccount invests may have a name, portfolio manager, objectives, strategies and characteristics that are the same or substantially similar to those of a publicly-traded retail mutual fund. Despite these similarities, an underlying fund is not the same as any publicly-traded retail mutual fund. Each underlying fund will have its own unique portfolio holdings, fees, operating expenses and operating results. The results of each underlying fund may differ significantly from any publicly-traded retail mutual fund.

• Eligible purchasers: All funds are available to serve as the underlying investments for variable annuities and variable life insurance policies. The funds are not available to the public (see “Fund Name and Management” above). Some funds also are available to serve as investment options for tax-deferred retirement plans. It is possible that in the future for tax, regulatory or other reasons, it may be disadvantageous for variable annuity accounts and variable life insurance accounts and/or tax-deferred retirement plans to invest in the available funds simultaneously. Although we and the funds’ providers do not currently foresee any such disadvantages, the boards of directors or trustees of each fund will monitor events in order to identify any material conflicts between annuity owners, policy owners and tax-deferred retirement plans and to determine what action, if any, should be taken in response to a conflict. If a board were to conclude that it should establish separate fund providers for the variable annuity, variable life insurance and tax-deferred retirement plan accounts, you would not bear any expenses associated with establishing separate funds. Please refer to the funds’ prospectuses for risk disclosure regarding simultaneous investments by variable annuity, variable life insurance and tax-deferred retirement plan accounts. Each fund intends to comply with the diversification requirements under Section 817(h) of the Code.

• Private label: This contract is a “private label” variable annuity. This means the contract includes funds affiliated with the distributor of this contract. Purchase payments and contract values you allocate to subaccounts investing in any of the Wells Fargo Variable Trust Funds available under this contract are generally more profitable for the distributor and its affiliates than allocations you make to other subaccounts. In contrast, purchase payments and contract values you allocate to subaccounts investing in any of the affiliated funds are generally more profitable for us and our

Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus    11

	affiliates (see “Revenue we receive from the funds may create conflicts of interest”). These relationships may influence recommendations your investment professional makes regarding whether you should invest in the contract, and whether you should allocate purchase payments or contract values to a particular subaccount.
•	Asset allocation programs may impact fund performance: Asset allocation programs in general may negatively impact the performance of an underlying fund. Even if you do not participate in an asset allocation program, a fund in which your subaccount invests may be impacted if it is included in an asset allocation program. Rebalancing or reallocation under the terms of the asset allocation program may cause a fund to lose money if it must sell large amounts of securities to meet a redemption request. These losses can be greater if the fund holds securities that are not as liquid as others, for example, various types of bonds, shares of smaller companies and securities of foreign issuers. A fund may also experience higher expenses because it must sell or buy securities more frequently than it otherwise might in the absence of asset allocation program rebalancing or reallocations. Because asset allocation programs include periodic rebalancing and may also include reallocation, these effects may occur under the asset allocation program we offer or under asset allocation programs used in conjunction with the contracts and plans of other eligible purchasers of the funds.
•	Funds available under the contract: We seek to provide a broad array of underlying funds taking into account the fees and charges imposed by each fund and the contract charges we impose. We select the underlying funds in which the subaccounts initially invest and when there is substitution (see “Substitution of Investments”). We also make all decisions regarding which funds to retain in a contract, which funds to add to a contract and which funds will no longer be offered in a contract. In making these decisions, we may consider various objective and subjective factors. Objective factors include, but are not limited to fund performance, fund expenses, classes of fund shares available, size of the fund and investment objectives and investing style of the fund. Subjective factors include, but are not limited to, investment sub-styles and process, management skill and history at other funds and portfolio concentration and sector weightings. We also consider the levels and types of revenue a fund, its distributor, investment adviser, subadviser, transfer agent or their affiliates pay us and our affiliates. This revenue includes, but is not limited to compensation for administrative services provided with respect to the fund and support of marketing and distribution expenses incurred with respect to the fund.
•	Money Market fund yield: In low interest rate environments, money market fund yields may decrease to a level where the deduction of fees and charges associated with your contract could result in negative net performance, resulting in a corresponding decrease in your contract value.
•	Revenue we receive from the funds and potential conflicts of interest:

Expenses We May Incur on Behalf of the Funds

When a subaccount invests in a fund, the fund holds a single account in the name of the variable account. As such, the variable account is actually the shareholder of the fund. We, through our variable account, aggregate the transactions of numerous contract owners and submit net purchase and redemption requests to the funds on a daily basis. In addition, we track individual contract owner transactions and provide confirmations, periodic statements, and other required mailings. These costs would normally be borne by the fund, but we incur them instead.

Besides incurring these administrative expenses on behalf of the funds, we also incur distributions expenses in selling our contracts. By extension, the distribution expenses we incur benefit the funds we make available due to contract owner elections to allocate purchase payments to the funds through the subaccounts. In addition, the funds generally incur lower distribution expenses when offered through our variable account in contrast to being sold on a retail basis.

A complete list of why we may receive this revenue, as well as sources of revenue, is described in detail below.

Payments the Funds May Make to Us

We or our affiliates may receive from each of the funds, or their affiliates, compensation including but not limited to expense payments. These payments are designed in part to compensate us for the expenses we may incur on behalf of the funds. In addition to these payments, the funds may compensate us for wholesaling activities or to participate in educational or marketing seminars sponsored by the funds.

We or our affiliates may receive revenue derived from the 12b-1 fees charged by the funds. These fees are deducted from the assets of the funds. This revenue and the amount by which it can vary may create conflicts of interest. The amount, type, and manner in which the revenue from these sources is computed vary by fund.

Conflicts of Interest These Payments May Create

When we determined the charges to impose under the contracts, we took into account anticipated payments from the funds. If we had not taken into account these anticipated payments, the charges under the contract would have been higher. Additionally, the amount of payment we receive from a fund or its affiliate may create an incentive for us to include that fund as an investment option and may influence our decision regarding which funds to include in the variable account as subaccount options for contract owners. Funds that offer lower payments or no payments may also have corresponding expense structures that are lower, resulting in decreased overall fees and expenses to shareholders.

12    Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus

We offer funds managed by our affiliates Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC (Columbia Management) and Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLC (Columbia Wanger). We have additional financial incentive to offer our affiliated funds because additional assets held by them generally results in added revenue to us and our parent company, Ameriprise Financial, Inc. Additionally, employees of Ameriprise Financial, Inc. and its affiliates, including our employees, may be separately incented to include the affiliated funds in the products, as employee compensation and business unit operating goals at all levels are tied to the success of the company. Currently, revenue received from our affiliated funds comprises the greatest amount and percentage of revenue we derive from payments made by the funds.

The Amount of Payments We Receive from the Funds

We or our affiliates receive revenue which ranges up to 0.65% of the average daily net assets invested in the funds through this and other contracts we and our affiliates issue.

Why revenues are paid to us: In accordance with applicable laws, regulations and the terms of the agreements under which such revenue is paid, we or our affiliates may receive revenue, including, but not limited to expense payments and non-cash compensation, for various purposes:

• Compensating, training and educating investment professionals who sell the contracts.

• Granting access to our employees whose job it is to promote sales of the contracts by authorized selling firms and their investment professionals, and granting access to investment professionals of our affiliated selling firms.

• Activities or services we or our affiliates provide that assist in the promotion and distribution of the contracts including promoting the funds available under the contracts to contract owners, authorized selling firms and investment professionals.

• Providing sub-transfer agency and shareholder servicing to contract owners.

• Promoting, including and/or retaining the fund’s investment portfolios as underlying investment options in the contracts.

• Advertising, printing and mailing sales literature, and printing and distributing prospectuses and reports.

• Furnishing personal services to contract owners, including education of contract owners regarding the funds, answering routine inquiries regarding a fund, maintaining accounts or providing such other services eligible for service fees as defined under the rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA).

• Subaccounting services, transaction processing, recordkeeping and administration.

• Sources of revenue received from affiliated funds: The affiliated funds are managed by Columbia Management or Columbia Wanger. The sources of revenue we receive from these affiliated funds, or the funds’ affiliates, may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Assets of the fund’s adviser, sub-adviser, transfer agent, distributor or an affiliate of these. The revenue resulting from these sources may be based either on a percentage of average daily net assets of the fund or on the actual cost of certain services we provide with respect to the fund. We may receive this revenue either in the form of a cash payment or it may be allocated to us.

• Compensation paid out of 12b-1 fees that are deducted from fund assets.

• Sources of revenue received from unaffiliated funds: The unaffiliated funds are not managed by an affiliate of ours. The sources of revenue we receive from these unaffiliated funds, or the funds’ affiliates, may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Assets of the fund’s adviser, sub-adviser, transfer agent, distributor or an affiliate of these. The revenue resulting from these sources may be based either on a percentage of average daily net assets of the fund or on the actual cost of certain services we provide with respect to the fund. We receive this revenue in the form of a cash payment.

• Compensation paid out of 12b-1 fees that are deducted from fund assets.

Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus    13

You may allocate purchase payments and transfers to any or all of the subaccounts of the variable account that invest in shares of the funds listed in the table below. From time to time, certain fund names are changed. When we are notified of a name change, we will make changes so that the new name is properly shown. However, changes may take some period of time to complete. As a result it is possible you may receive various forms, reports and confirmations that reflect a fund’s prior name.

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
AB VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio (Class B)	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
AB VPS Growth and Income Portfolio (Class B)	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
AB VPS Large Cap Growth Portfolio (Class B)	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high level of current income and, as a secondary objective, steady growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Government Money Market Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with maximum current income consistent with liquidity and stability of principal.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high level of current income while attempting to conserve the value of the investment for the longest period of time.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Mid Cap Growth Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with current income as its primary objective and, as its secondary objective, preservation of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Fidelity® VIP Contrafund® Portfolio Service Class 2	Seeks long-term capital appreciation. Normally invests primarily in common stocks. Invests in securities of companies whose value FMR believes is not fully recognized by the public. Invests in either "growth" stocks or "value" stocks or both. The fund invests in domestic and foreign issuers.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Growth Portfolio Service Class 2	Seeks to achieve capital appreciation. Normally invests primarily in common stocks. Invests in companies that FMR believes have above-average growth potential (stocks of these companies are often called "growth" stocks). The Fund invests in domestic and foreign issuers.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.

14    Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2	Seeks long-term growth of capital. Normally invests primarily in common stocks. Normally invests at least 80% of assets in securities of companies with medium market capitalizations. May invest in companies with smaller or larger market capitalizations. Invests in domestic and foreign issuers. The Fund invests in either "growth" or "value" common stocks or both.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks capital appreciation, with income as a secondary goal. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests primarily in U.S. and foreign equity securities that the investment manager believes are undervalued.	Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC
Franklin Small Cap Value VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term total return. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in investments of small capitalization companies.	Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Strategic Income Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks total return	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks capital growth.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. Comstock Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks capital growth and income through investments in equity securities, including common stocks, preferred stocks and securities convertible into common and preferred stocks.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. Growth and Income Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks long-term growth of capital and income.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. Value Opportunities Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
MFS® New Discovery Series - Service Class	Seeks capital appreciation.	MFS® Investment Management
MFS® Total Return Series - Service Class	Seeks total return.	MFS® Investment Management
MFS® Utilities Series - Service Class	Seeks total return.	MFS® Investment Management

Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus    15

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Morgan Stanley VIF U.S. Real Estate Portfolio, Class I Shares	Seeks to provide above average current income and long-term capital appreciation by investing primarily in equity securities of companies in the U.S. real estate industry, including real estate investment trusts.	Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc.
Putnam VT Equity Income Fund - Class IB Shares	Seeks capital growth and current income.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of Putnam Investments Limited (PIL), PIL does not currently manage any assets.
Putnam VT Global Health Care Fund - Class IB Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of both Putnam Investments Limited (PIL) and The Putnam Advisory Company, LLC (PAC), PIL and PAC do not currently manage any asses of the fund.
Putnam VT International Equity Fund - Class IB Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor; Putnam Investments Limited, sub-adviser. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of The Putnam Advisory Company, LLC (PAC), PAC does not currently manage any assets of the fund.
Templeton Foreign VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital growth. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in investments of issuers located outside the U.S., including those in emerging markets.	Templeton Investment Counsel, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; Jacobs Levy Equity Management, Inc., Nuveen Asset Management, LLC and Segall Bryant & Hamill, LLC, subadvisers.
Wells Fargo VT International Equity Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.
Wells Fargo VT Omega Growth Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.
Wells Fargo VT Opportunity Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.
Wells Fargo VT Small Cap Growth Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.

The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)

The GPAs may not be available in some states.

Investment in the GPAs is not available under contract Option C⁽¹⁾.

⁽¹⁾ For applications dated May 1, 2003 or after, investment in the GPAs for contract Option C is not allowed in most states. For applications dated prior to May 1, 2003, investment in the GPAs is not restricted in most states. Please check with your investment professional to determine which applies in your state.

For Contract Option L, unless you have elected one of the optional living benefit riders, you may allocate purchase payments to one or more of the GPAs with guarantee periods declared by us. These periods of time may vary by state. The required minimum investment in each GPA is $1,000.

These accounts are not offered after annuity payouts begin.

16    Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Each GPA pays an interest rate that is declared when you make an allocation to that account. Interest is credited daily. That interest rate is then fixed for the guarantee period that you chose. We will periodically change the declared interest rate for any future allocations to these accounts, but we will not change the rate paid on money currently in a GPA. The GPA interests under the contracts are registered with the SEC (File No.333-230959). The SEC staff reviews the disclosures in this prospectus on the GPA interests.

The interest rates that we will declare as guaranteed rates in the future are determined by us at our discretion (future rates). These rates generally will be based on various factors related to future investment earnings.We cannot predict nor can we guarantee what future rates will be.

We hold amounts you allocate to the GPAs in a “nonunitized” separate account. This separate account provides an additional measure of assurance that we will make full payment of amounts due under the GPAs. We own the assets of this separate account as well as any favorable investment performance of those assets. You do not participate in the performance of the assets held in this separate account. We guarantee all benefits relating to your value in the GPAs. This guarantee is based on the continued claims-paying ability of the company’s general account. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of insurance and financial products as well, and we also pay our obligations under these products from assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account.

We intend to construct and manage the investment portfolio relating to the separate account in such a way as to minimize the impact of fluctuations by interest rates. We seek to achieve this by constructing a portfolio of assets with a price sensitivity to interest rate changes (i.e., price duration) that is similar to the price duration of the corresponding portfolio of liabilities.

We must invest this portfolio of assets in accordance with requirements established by applicable state laws regarding the nature and quality of investments that life insurance companies may make and the percentage of their assets that they may commit to any particular type of investment. Our investment strategy will incorporate the use of a variety of debt instruments having price durations tending to match the applicable guarantee periods. These instruments include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities, which issues may or may not be guaranteed by the U.S. government;

• Debt securities that have an investment grade, at the time of purchase, within the four highest grades assigned by any of three nationally recognized rating agencies — Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s Investors Service or Fitch — or are rated in the two highest grades by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners;

• Other debt instruments which are unrated or rated below investment grade, limited to 10% of assets at the time of purchase; and

• Real estate mortgages, limited to 45% of portfolio assets at the time of acquisition.

In addition, options and futures contracts on fixed income securities will be used from time to time to achieve and maintain appropriate investment and liquidity characteristics on the overall asset portfolio.

While this information generally describes our investment strategy, we are not obligated to follow any particular strategy except as may be required by federal law and Indiana and other state insurance laws.

Market Value Adjustment (MVA)

We guarantee the contract value allocated to your GPA, including the interest credited, if you do not make any transfers or withdrawals from that GPA prior to 30 days before the end of the guarantee period. However, we will apply an MVA if a transfer or withdrawal occurs prior to this time, unless the transfer is an automated transfer from the two-year GPA as part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep strategy. The MVA also affects amounts withdrawn from a GPA prior to 30 days before the end of the guarantee period that are used to purchase payouts under an annuity payout plan. We will refer to all of these transactions as “early withdrawals” in the discussion below.

When you request an early withdrawal, we adjust the early withdrawal amount by an MVA formula. The early withdrawal amount reflects the relationship between the guaranteed interest rate you are earning in your current GPA and the interest rate we are crediting on new GPAs that end at the same time as your current GPA.

The MVA is sensitive to changes in current interest rates. The magnitude of any applicable MVA will depend on our current schedule of guaranteed interest rates at the time of the withdrawal, the time remaining in your guarantee period and your guaranteed interest rate. The MVA is negative, zero or positive depending on how the guaranteed interest rate

Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus    17

on your GPA compares to the interest rate of a new GPA for the same number of years as the guarantee period remaining on your GPA. This is summarized in the following table:

If your GPA rate is:	The MVA is:
Less than the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Negative
Equal to the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Zero
Greater than the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Positive

General Examples

As the examples below demonstrate, the application of an MVA may result in either a gain or a loss of principal. We refer to all of the transactions described below as “early withdrawals.”

Assumptions:

• You purchase a contract and allocate part of your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA; and

• we guarantee an interest rate of 3.0% annually for your ten-year guarantee period; and

• after three years, you decide to make a withdrawal from your GPA. In other words, there are seven years left in your guarantee period.

Remember that the MVA depends partly on the interest rate of a new GPA for the same number of years as the guarantee period remaining on your GPA. In this case, that is seven years.

Example 1: Remember that your GPA is earning 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 3.5%. We add 0.10% to the 3.5% rate to get 3.6%. Your GPA’s 3.0% rate is less than the 3.6% rate, so the MVA will be negative.

Example 2: Remember again that your GPA is earning 3.0%, and assume that new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 2.5%. We add 0.10% to the 2.5% rate to get 2.6%. In this example, since your GPA’s 3.0% rate is greater than the 2.6% rate, the MVA will be positive. To determine that adjustment precisely, you will have to use the formula described below.

Sample MVA Calculations

The precise MVA formula we apply is as follows:

Early withdrawal amount	×	[	(	1 + i	)	n/12	–1	]	=	MVA
				1 + j + .001

Where i	=	rate earned in the GPA from which amounts are being transferred or withdrawn.
j	=	current rate for a new guarantee period equal to the remaining term in the current guarantee period.
n	=	number of months remaining in the current guarantee period (rounded up).

Examples — MVA

Using assumptions similar to those we used in the examples above:

• You purchase a contract and allocate part of your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA;

• we guarantee an interest rate of 3.0% annually for your ten-year guarantee period; and

• after three years, you decide to make a $1,000 withdrawal from your GPA. In other words, there are seven years left in your guarantee period.

Example 1: You request an early withdrawal of $1,000 from your ten-year GPA earning a guaranteed interest rate of 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 3.5%. Using the formula above, we determine the MVA as follows:

$1,000	×	[	(	1.030	)	84/12	–1	]	=	-$39.84
				1 + .035 + .001

In this example, the MVA is a negative $39.84.

Example 2: You request an early withdrawal of $1,000 from your ten-year GPA earning a guaranteed interest rate of 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 2.5%. Using the formula above, we determine the MVA as follows:

$1,000	×	[	(	1.030	)	84/12	–1	]	=	$27.61
				1 + .025 + .001

In this example, the MVA is a positive $27.61.

18    Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Please note that when you allocate your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA and your purchase payment is in its fourth year from receipt at the beginning of the guarantee period, your withdrawal charge percentage is 6% due to the withdrawal charge schedule under contract Option L. (See “Charges — Withdrawal Charge.”) We do not apply MVAs to the amounts we deduct for withdrawal charges, so we would deduct the withdrawal charge from your early withdrawal after we applied the MVA. Also note that when you request an early withdrawal, we withdraw an amount from your GPA that will give you the net amount you requested after we apply the MVA and any applicable withdrawal charge, unless you request otherwise.

The current interest rate we offer on the GPA will change periodically at our discretion. It is the rate we are then paying on purchase payments, renewals and transfers paid under this class of contracts for guarantee period durations equaling the remaining guarantee period of the GPA to which the formula is being applied.

We will not apply MVAs to amounts withdrawn for annual contract charges, to amounts we pay as death claims or to automatic transfers from the two-year GPA as part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep strategy. In some states, the MVA is limited.

Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus    19

The General Account

The general account includes all assets owned by RiverSource Life, other than those in the variable account and our other separate accounts. Subject to applicable state law, we have sole discretion to decide how assets of the general account will be invested. The assets held in our general account support the guarantees under your contract including any optional benefits offered under the contract. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to many of the same risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of annuities and financial instruments and products as well, and these obligations are satisfied from the assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account. The fixed account is supported by our general account that we make available under the contract.

The Fixed Account

Amounts allocated to the fixed account are part of our general account. The fixed account includes the one-year fixed account. We credit interest on amounts you allocate to the fixed account at rates we determine from time to time at our discretion. Interest rates credited in excess of the guaranteed rate generally will be based on various factors related to future investment earnings. The guaranteed minimum interest rate on amounts invested in the fixed account may vary by state but will not be lower than state law allows. We back the principal and interest guarantees relating to the fixed account. These guarantees are subject to the creditworthiness and continued claims-paying ability of RiverSource Life

Because of exemptive and exclusionary provisions, we have not registered interests in the fixed account as securities under the Securities Act of 1933 nor have any of these accounts been registered as investment companies under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Accordingly, neither the fixed account nor any interests in the fixed account are subject to the provisions of these Acts.

The fixed account has not been registered with the SEC. Disclosures regarding the fixed account, however, are subject to certain generally applicable provisions of the federal securities laws relating to the accuracy and completeness of statements made in a prospectus. 

The One-Year Fixed Account

Investment in the one-year fixed account is not available for contract Option C.⁽¹⁾

For Contract Option L, you may allocate purchase payments or transfer accumulated value to the one-year fixed account. Some states may restrict the amount you can allocate to this account. We back the principal and interest guarantees relating to the one-year fixed account. These guarantees are subject to the creditworthiness and continued claims-paying ability of the company's general account. The value of the one-year fixed account increases as we credit interest to the account. Purchase payments and transfers to the one-year fixed account become part of our general account. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account. We credit and compound interest daily based on a 365-day year (366 in a leap year) so as to produce the annual effective rate which we declare. The interest rate we apply to each purchase payment or transfer to the one-year fixed account is guaranteed for one year. Thereafter we will change the rates from time-to-time at our discretion. Interest rates credited in excess of the guaranteed rate generally will be based on various factors related to future investment earnings. The guaranteed minimum interest rate offered may vary by state but will not be lower than state law allows.

There are restrictions on the amount you can allocate to this account as well as on transfers from this account. (see “Making the Most of Your Contract -- Transfer policies”)

Because of exemptive and exclusionary provisions, we have not registered interests in the one-year fixed account as securities under the Securities Act of 1933 nor have any of these accounts been registered as investment companies under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Accordingly, neither the one-year fixed account nor any interests in the one-year fixed account are subject to the provisions of these Acts.

20    Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The one-year fixed account has not been registered with the SEC. Disclosures regarding the one-year fixed account, however, are subject to certain generally applicable provisions of the federal securities laws relating to the accuracy and completeness of statements made in a prospectus.

⁽¹⁾ For applications dated May 1, 2003 or after, investment in the one-year fixed account for Contract Option C is not allowed in most states. For applications dated prior to May 1, 2003, investment in the one-year fixed account was not restricted in most states. Please check with your investment professional to determine if this restriction applies to your state.

Buying Your Contract

New contracts are not currently being offered.

We are required by law to obtain personal information from you which we used to verify your identity. If you do not provide this information we reserve the right to refuse to issue your contract or take other steps we deem reasonable.

As the owner, you have all rights and may receive all benefits under the contract. You can own a qualified or nonqualified annuity. You can own a nonqualified annuity in joint tenancy with rights of survivorship only in spousal situations. You cannot own a qualified annuity in joint tenancy. You can become an owner if you are 90 or younger. (The age limit may be younger for qualified annuities in some states.)

When you applied, you selected (if available in your state):

•	contract Option L or Option C;
•	a death benefit option(1);
•	the optional Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider(2);
•	the optional Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider(2);
•	the optional Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider(3);
•	the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and/or subaccounts in which you want to invest(4);
•	how you want to make purchase payments; and
•	a beneficiary.
(1)	If you and the annuitant are 79 or younger at contract issue, you may select from either the ROP death benefit, MAV death benefit or EDB. If you or the annuitant are 80 or older at contract issue, the ROP death benefit will apply. EDB may not be available in all states.
(2)	Not available with the EDB. May not be available in all states.
(3)	Available at the time you purchase your contract if the annuitant is 75 or younger at contract issue and you also select the EDB. May not be available in all states.
(4)	For applications dated May 1, 2003 or after, investment in the GPA account and the one-year fixed account for Contract Option C is not allowed in most states. For applications dated prior to May 1, 2003, investment in the GPA account and the one-year fixed account was not restricted in most states. Please check with your investment professional to determine whether this restriction applies to your state. GPAs may not be available in some states.

The contract provides for allocation of purchase payments to the subaccounts of the variable account, to the GPAs and/or to the one-year fixed account in even 1% increments subject to the $1,000 minimum investment for the GPAs. For Contract Option L contracts with applications signed on or after June 16, 2003, the amount of any purchase payment allocated to the one-year fixed account in total cannot exceed 30% of the purchase payment. More than 30% of a purchase payment may be so allocated if you establish a dollar cost averaging arrangement with respect to the purchase payment according to procedures currently in effect, or you are participating according to the rules of an asset allocation model portfolio program available under the contract, if any.

We applied your initial purchase payment to the GPAs, one-year fixed account and subaccounts you selected within two business days after we received it at our Service Center. We will credit additional eligible purchase payments you make to your accounts on the valuation date we receive them. If we receive your purchase payment at our Service Center before the close of business, we will credit any portion of that payment allocated to the subaccounts using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received the payment. If we receive an additional purchase payment at our Service Center at or after the close of business, we will credit any portion of that payment allocated to the subaccounts using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received the payment.

You may make monthly payments to your contract under a SIP. To begin the SIP, you will complete and send a form and your first SIP payment along with your application. There is no charge for SIP. You can stop your SIP payments at any time.

In most states, you may make additional purchase payments to nonqualified and qualified annuities until the retirement date.

Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus    21

Householding and delivery of certain documents

With your prior consent, RiverSource Life and its affiliates may use and combine information concerning accounts owned by members of the same household and provide a single paper copy of certain documents to that household. This householding of documents may include prospectuses, supplements, annual reports, semiannual reports and proxies. Your authorization remains in effect unless we are notified otherwise. If you wish to continue receiving multiple copies of these documents, you can opt out of householding by calling us at 1.866.273.7429. Multiple mailings will resume within 30 days after we receive your opt out request.

The Retirement Date

Annuity payouts begin on the retirement date. This means that the contract will be annuitized or converted to a stream of monthly payments. If your contract is annuitized, the contract goes into payout and only the annuity payout provisions continue. You will no longer have access to your contract value. This means that the death benefit and any optional benefits you have elected will end. When we processed your application, we established the retirement date to be the maximum age then in effect (or contract anniversary if applicable). Unless otherwise elected by you, all retirement dates are now automatically set to the maximum age of 95 now in effect. You also can change the retirement date, provided you send us written instructions at least 30 days before annuity payouts begin.

The retirement date must be:

• no earlier than the 30th day after the contract’s effective date; and no later than

• the annuitant’s 95th birthday or the tenth contract anniversary, if later,

• or such other date as agreed upon by us.

Six months prior to your retirement start date, we will contact you with your options including the option to postpone your retirement start date to a future date. You can choose to delay the retirement start date of your contract to a date beyond age 95, to the extent allowed by applicable state law and tax laws.

If you do not make an election, annuity payouts using the contract’s default option of annuity payout Plan B – Life with 10 years certain will begin on the retirement start date and your monthly annuity payments will continue for as long as the annuitant lives. If the annuitant does not survive 10 years, we will continue to make payments until 10 years of payments have been made.

Generally, if you own a qualified annuity (for example, an IRA) and tax laws require that you take distributions from your annuity prior to your retirement start date, your contract will not be automatically annuitized (subject to state requirements). However, if you choose, you can elect to request annuitization or take surrenders to meet your required minimum distributions.

Beneficiary

We will pay to your named beneficiary the death benefit if it becomes payable while the contract is in force and before annuity payouts begin. If there is more than one beneficiary, we will pay each beneficiary’s designated share when we receive their completed claim. A beneficiary will bear the investment risk of the variable account until we receive the beneficiary’s completed claim. If there is no named beneficiary, the default provisions of your contract will apply. (See “Benefits in Case of Death” for more about beneficiaries.)

Purchase Payments

Purchase payment amounts and purchase payment timing may vary by state and be limited under the terms of your contract.

Minimum purchase payments

If paying by SIP:	$50 for additional payments.
If paying by any other method:	$100 for additional payments.

Maximum total allowable purchase payments*

$1,000,000 for issue ages up to 85

$100,000 for issue ages 86 to 90.

* This limit applies in total to all RiverSource Life annuities you own. We reserve the right to waive or increase the maximum limit. For qualified annuities, the Code’s limits on annual contributions also apply.

22    Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus

How to Make Purchase Payments

11 By letter

Send your check along with your name and contract number to:

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474

22 By SIP

Contact your investment professional to complete the necessary SIP paperwork.

Limitations on Use of Contract

If mandated by applicable law, including, but not limited to, federal anti-money laundering laws, we may be required to reject a purchase payment. We may also be required to block an owner’s access to contract values or to satisfy other statutory obligations. Under these circumstances, we may refuse to implement requests for transfers, withdrawals or death benefits until instructions are received from the appropriate governmental authority or a court of competent jurisdiction.

Charges

Contract Administrative Charge

We charge this fee for establishing and maintaining your records. We deduct $40 from the contract value on your contract anniversary or, if earlier, when the contract is fully withdrawn. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. Some states also limit any contract charge allocated to the fixed account.

We will waive this charge when your contract value is $100,000 or more on the current contract anniversary.

If you take a full withdrawal from your contract, we will deduct the charge at the time of withdrawal regardless of the contract value. We cannot increase the annual contract administrative charge and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

Variable Account Administrative Charge

We apply this charge daily to the subaccounts. It is reflected in the unit values of your subaccounts and it totals 0.15% of their average daily net assets on an annual basis. It covers certain administrative and operating expenses of the subaccounts such as accounting, legal and data processing fees and expenses involved in the preparation and distribution of reports and prospectuses. We cannot increase the variable account administrative charge.

Mortality and Expense Risk Fee

We charge these fees daily to the subaccounts. The unit values of your subaccounts reflect these fees. These fees cover the mortality and expense risk that we assume. These fees do not apply to the GPAs or the one-year fixed account. We cannot increase these fees. These fees are based on the contract you select (either Option L or Option C) and the death benefit that applies to your contract:

	Contract Option L	Contract Option C
ROP death benefit	1.25%	1.35%
MAV death benefit	1.35	1.45
EDB	1.55	1.65

Mortality risk arises because of our guarantee to pay a death benefit and our guarantee to make annuity payouts according to the terms of the contract, no matter how long a specific owner or annuitant lives and no matter how long our entire group of owners or annuitants live. If, as a group, owners or annuitants outlive the life expectancy we assumed in our actuarial tables, then we must take money from our general assets to meet our obligations. If, as a group, owners or annuitants do not live as long as expected, we could profit from the mortality risk fee. We deduct the mortality risk fee from the subaccounts during the annuity payout period even if the annuity payout plan does not involve a life contingency.

Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus    23

Expense risk arises because we cannot increase the contract administrative charge or the variable account administrative charge and these charges may not cover our expenses. We would have to make up any deficit from our general assets. We could profit from the expense risk fee if future expenses are less than expected.

The subaccounts pay us the mortality and expense risk fee they accrued as follows:

• first, to the extent possible, the subaccounts pay this fee from any dividends distributed from the funds in which they invest;

• then, if necessary, the funds redeem shares to cover any remaining fees payable.

We may use any profits we realize from the subaccounts’ payment to us of the mortality and expense risk fee for any proper corporate purpose, including, among others, payment of distribution (selling) expenses. We do not expect that the withdrawal charge will cover sales and distribution expenses.

Withdrawal Charge

You select either contract Option L or Option C at the time of application. Option C contracts have no withdrawal charge schedule but they carry higher mortality and expense risk fees than Option L contracts.

If you select contract Option L and you withdraw all or part of your contract, you may be subject to a withdrawal charge. A withdrawal charge applies if you make a withdrawal in the first four contract years. You may withdraw amounts totaling up to 10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value free of charge during the first four years of your contract. (We consider your initial purchase payment to be the prior anniversary’s contract value during the first contract year.) We do not assess a withdrawal charge on this amount. The withdrawal charge percentages that apply to you are shown below and are stated in your contract. In addition, amounts withdrawn from a GPA more than 30 days before the end of the applicable Guarantee Period are generally subject to a MVA. (See “The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs) — Market Value Adjustment (MVA).”)

Contract year for Contract Option L	Withdrawal charge percentage
1-2	8%
3	7
4	6
5 and later	0

For a partial withdrawal that is subject to a withdrawal charge, the amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable withdrawal charge. The withdrawal charge percentage is applied to this total amount. We pay you the amount you requested.

Example: Assume you requested a withdrawal of $1,000 and there is a withdrawal charge of 7%. The total amount we actually deduct from your contract is $1,075.27. We determine this amount as follows:

Amount requested	or	$1,000	=	$1,075.27
1.00 – withdrawal charge		.93

By applying the 7% withdrawal charge to $1,075.27, the withdrawal charge is $75.27. We pay you the $1,000 you requested. If you make a full withdrawal of your contract, we also will deduct the applicable contract administrative charge.

Waiver of withdrawal charges

We do not assess withdrawal charges for:

• withdrawals of amounts totaling up to 10% of your prior contract anniversary’s contract value;

• required minimum distributions from a qualified annuity to the extent that they exceed the free amount. The amount on which withdrawal charges are waived can be no greater than the RMD amount calculated under your specific contract currently in force;

• contracts settled using an annuity payout plan;

• withdrawals made as a result of one of the “Contingent events” described below to the extent permitted by state law; and

• death benefits.

Contingent events

• Withdrawals you make if you or the annuitant are confined to a hospital or nursing home and have been for the prior 60 days. Your contract will include this provision when you and the annuitant are under age 76 at contract issue. You must provide proof satisfactory to us of the confinement as of the date you request the withdrawal.

24    Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• To the extent permitted by state law, withdrawals you make if you or the annuitant are diagnosed in the second or later contract years as disabled with a medical condition that with reasonable medical certainty will result in death within 12 months or less from the date of the licensed physician’s statement. You must provide us with a licensed physician’s statement containing the terminal illness diagnosis and the date the terminal illness was initially diagnosed.

• Withdrawals you make if you or the annuitant become disabled within the meaning of the Code Section 72(m)(7) after contract issue. The disabled person must also be receiving Social Security disability or state long term disability benefits. The disabled person must be age 70 or younger at the time of withdrawal. You must provide us with a signed letter from the disabled person stating that he or she meets the above criteria, a legible photocopy of Social Security disability or state long term disability benefit payments and the application for such payments.

Liquidation charge under Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:If you are receiving variable annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to withdraw those payments. The amount that you can withdraw is the present value of any remaining variable payouts. The discount rate we use in the calculation will be 5.17% if the assumed investment return is 3.5% and 6.67% if the assumed investment return is 5%. The liquidation charge equals the present value of the remaining payouts using the assumed investment return minus the present value of the remaining payouts using the discount rate.

Fixed Payouts: Withdrawal charge for Fixed Annuity Payout Plan E – Payouts for a specified period: If you are receiving annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to take a withdraw and withdrawal charge may apply.

A withdrawal charge will be assessed against the present value of any remaining guaranteed payouts withdrawn. The discount rate we use in determining present values varies based on: (1) the contract value originally applied to the fixed annuitization; (2) the remaining years of guaranteed payouts; (3) the annual effective interest rate and periodic payment amount for new immediate annuities of the same duration as the remaining years of guaranteed payouts; and (4) the interest spread (currently 1.50%). If we do not currently offer immediate annuities, we will use rates and values applicable to new annuitizations to determine the discount rate.

Once the discount rate is applied and we have determined the present value of the remaining guaranteed payouts you withdrawn, the present value determined will be multiplied by the withdrawal charge percentage in the table below and deducted from the present value to determine the net present value you will receive.

Number of Completed Years Since Annuitization	Withdrawal charge percentage
0	Not applicable*
1	5%
2	4
3	3
4	2
5	1
6 and thereafter	0

*We do not permit withdrawals in the first year after annuitization.

We will provide a quoted present value (which includes the deduction of any withdrawal charge). You must then formally elect, in a form acceptable to us, to receive this value. The remaining guaranteed payouts following withdraw will be reduced to zero.

Possible group reductions: In some cases we may incur lower sales and administrative expenses due to the size of the group, the average contribution and the use of group enrollment procedures. In such cases, we may be able to reduce or eliminate the contract administrative and withdrawal charges. However, we expect this to occur infrequently.

Fund Fees and Expenses

There are deductions from and expenses paid out of the assets of the funds that are described in the prospectuses for those funds.

Premium Taxes

Certain state and local governments impose premium taxes on us (up to 3.5%). These taxes depend upon your state of residence or the state in which the contract was issued. Currently, we deduct any applicable premium tax when annuity payouts begin, but we reserve the right to deduct this tax at other times such as when you make purchase payments or when you make a full withdrawal from your contract.

Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus    25

Optional Living Benefits Charges

Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB) Fee

We deduct a charge (currently 0.70%) based on the GMIB benefit base for this optional feature only if you select it⁽¹⁾. If selected, we deduct the charge from the contract value on your contract anniversary at the end of each contract year. We prorate the GMIB charge among the subaccounts, the GPAs and the one-year fixed account in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value.

If the contract is terminated for any reason or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the appropriate GMIB fee from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place. We cannot increase either GMIB fee after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or the GMIB terminates.

⁽²⁾ For applications signed prior to May 1, 2003, the following current annual rider charges apply: GMIB — .30%.

Optional Death Benefit Charges

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider Fee

We deduct a charge for the optional feature only if you select it. If selected, we deduct 0.25% of your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

If the contract is terminated for any reason other than death or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the charge. We cannot increase this annual charge after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider Fee

We charge a fee for the optional feature only if you select it. If selected, we deduct 0.40% of your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this fee among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

If the contract is terminated for any reason other than death or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the fee from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee. We cannot increase this annual charge after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

26    Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Valuing Your Investment

We value your accounts as follows:

GPAs and One-Year Fixed Account

We value the amounts you allocate to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account directly in dollars. The value of the GPAs and the one-year fixed account equals:

• the sum of your purchase payments and transfer amounts allocated to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account (including any positive or negative MVA on amounts transferred from the GPAs to the one-year fixed account);

• plus interest credited;

• minus the sum of amounts withdrawn (including any applicable withdrawal charges) and amounts transferred out;

• minus any prorated portion of the contract administrative charge; and

• minus the prorated portion of the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Benefit Protector rider;

– Benefit Protector Plus rider; and/or

– Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit rider.

Subaccounts

We convert amounts you allocated to the subaccounts into accumulation units. Each time you make a purchase payment or transfer amounts into one of the subaccounts, we credit a certain number of accumulation units to your contract for that subaccount. Conversely, we subtract a certain number of accumulation units from your contract each time you take a partial withdrawal; transfer amounts out of a subaccount; or we assess a contract administrative charge, a withdrawal charge, or fee for any optional contract riders with annual charges (if applicable).

The accumulation units are the true measure of investment value in each subaccount during the accumulation period. They are related to, but not the same as, the net asset value of the fund in which the subaccount invests. The dollar value of each accumulation unit can rise or fall daily depending on the variable account expenses, performance of the fund and on certain fund expenses.

Here is how we calculate accumulation unit values:

Number of units: To calculate the number of accumulation units for a particular subaccount, we divide your investment by the current accumulation unit value.

Accumulation unit value: The current accumulation unit value for each subaccount equals the last value times the subaccount’s current net investment factor.

We determine the net investment factor by:

• adding the fund’s current net asset value per share, plus the per share amount of any accrued income or capital gain dividends to obtain a current adjusted net asset value per share; then

• dividing that sum by the previous adjusted net asset value per share; and

• subtracting the percentage factor representing the mortality and expense risk fee and the variable account administrative charge from the result.

Because the net asset value of the fund may fluctuate, the accumulation unit value may increase or decrease. You bear all the investment risk in a subaccount.

Factors that affect subaccount accumulation units: Accumulation units may change in two ways — in number and in value.

The number of accumulation units you own may fluctuate due to:

• additional purchase payments you allocate to the subaccounts;

• transfers into or out of the subaccounts (including any positive or negative MVA on amounts transferred from the GPAs);

• partial withdrawals;

• withdrawal charges (for Contract Option L);

and the deduction of a prorated portion of:

• the contract administrative charge; and

• the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Benefit Protector rider;

Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus    27

– Benefit Protector Plus rider; and/or

– Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit rider.

Accumulation unit values will fluctuate due to:

• changes in fund net asset value;

• fund dividends distributed to the subaccounts;

• fund capital gains or losses;

• fund operating expenses; and

• mortality and expense risk fee and the variable account administrative charge.

Making the Most of Your Contract

Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging

Currently, you can use automated transfers to take advantage of dollar-cost averaging (investing a fixed amount at regular intervals). For example, you might transfer a set amount monthly from a relatively conservative subaccount to a more aggressive one, or to several others, or from the one-year fixed account or the two-year GPA (without a MVA) to one or more subaccounts. The three to ten year GPAs are not available for automated transfers. You can also obtain the benefits of dollar-cost averaging by setting up regular automatic SIP payments or by establishing an Interest Sweep strategy. Interest Sweeps are a monthly transfer of the interest earned from either the one-year fixed account or the two-year GPA into the subaccounts of your choice. If you participate in an Interest Sweep strategy the interest you earn will be less than the annual interest rate we apply because there will be no compounding. There is no charge for dollar-cost averaging.

This systematic approach can help you benefit from fluctuations in accumulation unit values caused by fluctuations in the market values of the funds. Since you invest the same amount each period, you automatically acquire more units when the market value falls and fewer units when it rises. The potential effect is to lower your average cost per unit.

How dollar-cost averaging works

By investing an equal number of dollars each month		Month	Amount invested	Accumulation unit value	Number of units purchased
		Jan	$100	$20	5.00
		Feb	100	18	5.56
you automatically buy more units when the per unit market price is low		Mar	100	17	5.88
	→	Apr	100	15	6.67
		May	100	16	6.25
		Jun	100	18	5.56
		Jul	100	17	5.88
and fewer units when the per unit market price is high.		Aug	100	19	5.26
	→	Sept	100	21	4.76
		Oct	100	20	5.00

You paid an average price of $17.91 per unit over the 10 months, while the average market price actually was $18.10.

Dollar-cost averaging does not guarantee that any subaccount will gain in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. Because dollar-cost averaging involves continuous investing, your success will depend upon your willingness to continue to invest regularly through periods of low price levels. Dollar-cost averaging can be an effective way to help meet your long-term goals. For specific features contact your investment professional.

Special Dollar-Cost Averaging (Special DCA) Program for Contract Option L Only

If you select contract Option L and your net contract value⁽¹⁾ is at least $10,000, you can choose to participate in the Special DCA program. There is no charge for the Special DCA program. Under the Special DCA program, you can allocate a new purchase payment to a six-month or twelve-month Special DCA account.

You may only allocate a new purchase payment of at least $10,000 to a Special DCA account. You cannot transfer existing contract values into a Special DCA account. Each Special DCA account lasts for either six or twelve months (depending on the time period you select) from the time we receive your first purchase payment. We make monthly

28    Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus

transfers of your total Special DCA account value into the GPAs, one-year fixed account and/or the subaccounts you select over the time period you select (either six or twelve months). If you elect to transfer into a GPA, you must meet the $1,000 minimum required investment limitation for each transfer.

⁽¹⁾ Net contract value equals your current contract value plus any new purchase payment. If this is a new contract funded by purchase payments from multiple sources, we determine your net contract value based on the purchase payments, withdrawal requests and exchange requests submitted with your application.

We reserve the right to credit a lower interest rate to each Special DCA account if you select the GPAs or one-year fixed account as part of your Special DCA transfers. We will change the interest rate on each Special DCA account from time to time at our discretion. From time to time, we may credit interest to the Special DCA account at promotional rates that are higher than those we credit to the one-year fixed account. We base these rates on competition and on the interest rate we are crediting to the one-year fixed account at the time of the change. Once we credit interest to a particular purchase payment, that rate does not change even if we change the rate we credit on new purchase payments or if your net contract value changes.

We credit each Special DCA account with current guaranteed annual rate that is in effect on the date we receive your purchase payment. However, we credit this annual rate over the six or twelve-month period on the balance remaining in your Special DCA account. Therefore, the net effective interest rate you receive is less than the stated annual rate. We do not credit this interest after we transfer the value out of the Special DCA account into the accounts you selected.

If you make additional purchase payments while a Special DCA account term is in progress, the amounts you allocate to an existing Special DCA account will be transferred out of the Special DCA account over the reminder of the term. If you are funding a Special DCA account from multiple sources, we apply each purchase payment to the account and credit interest on that purchase payment on the date we receive it. This means that all purchase payments may not be in the Special DCA account at the beginning of the six or twelve-month period. Therefore, you may receive less total interest than you would have if all your purchase payments were in the Special DCA account from the beginning. If we receive any of your multiple payments after the six or twelve-month period ends, you can either allocate those payments to a new Special DCA account (if available) or to any other accounts available under your contract.

You cannot participate in the Special DCA program if you are making payments under a Systematic Investment Plan. You may simultaneously participate in the Special DCA program and the asset-rebalancing program as long as your subaccount allocation is the same under both programs. If you elect to change your subaccount allocation under one program, we automatically will change it under the other program so they match. If you participate in more than one Special DCA account, the asset allocation for each account may be different as long as you are not also participating in the asset-rebalancing program.

You may terminate your participation in the Special DCA program at any time. If you do, we will not credit the current guaranteed annual interest rate on any remaining Special DCA account balance. We will transfer the remaining balance from your Special DCA account to the other accounts you selected for your DCA transfers or we will allocate it in any manner you specify, subject to the 30% limitation rule (see “Transfer policies”). Similarly, if we cannot accept any additional purchase payments into the Special DCA program, we will allocate the purchase payments to the other accounts you selected for your DCA transfers or in any other manner you specify.

We can modify the terms or discontinue the Special DCA program at any time. Any modifications will not affect any purchase payments that are already in a Special DCA account. For more information on the Special DCA program, contact your investment professional.

The Special DCA Program does not guarantee that any subaccount will gain in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. Because dollar-cost averaging involves continuous investing, your success will depend upon you willingness to continue to invest regularly through periods of low price levels. Dollar-cost averaging can be an effective way to help meet your long-term goals.

Asset Rebalancing

You can ask us in writing to automatically rebalance the subaccount portion of your contract value either quarterly, semiannually, or annually. The period you select will start to run on the date we record your request. On the first valuation date of each of these periods, we automatically will rebalance your contract value so that the value in each subaccount matches your current subaccount percentage allocations. These percentage allocations must be in whole numbers. There is no charge for asset rebalancing. The contract value must be at least $2,000.

You can change your percentage allocations or your rebalancing period at any time by contacting us in writing. If you are also participating in the Special DCA program and you change your subaccount asset allocation for the asset rebalancing program, we will change your subaccount asset allocation under the Special DCA program to match. We will restart the rebalancing period you selected as of the date we record your change. You also can ask us in writing to stop rebalancing your contract value. You must allow 30 days for us to change any instructions that currently are in place. For more information on asset rebalancing, contact your investment professional.

Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus    29

Transferring Among Accounts

You may transfer contract value from any one subaccount, GPA's or the one-year fixed account, to another subaccount before annuity payouts begin. Certain restrictions apply to transfers involving the GPAs and the one-year fixed account.

The date your request to transfer will be processed depends on when and how we receive it:

For transfer requests received in writing:

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your transfer request.

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your transfer request.

For transfer requests received by phone:

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your transfer request.

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your transfer request.

There is no charge for transfers. Before making a transfer, you should consider the risks involved in changing investments. Transfers out of the GPAs will be subject to an MVA if done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period.

We may suspend or modify transfer privileges at any time.

For information on transfers after annuity payouts begin, see “Transfer policies” below.

Transfer policies

• Before annuity payouts begin, you may transfer contract values between the subaccounts, or from the subaccounts to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account at any time. However, if you made a transfer from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs, you may not make a transfer from any subaccount or GPA back to the one-year fixed account for six months following that transfer. We reserve the right to further limit transfers to the GPAs and one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then currently crediting to the one-year fixed account is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract.

• For Contract Option L, it is our general policy to allow you to transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs once a year on or within 30 days before or after the contract anniversary (except for automated transfers, which can be set up at any time for certain transfer periods subject to certain minimums). Transfers from the one-year fixed account are not subject to a MVA. For contracts issued before June 16, 2003, we have removed this restriction, and you may transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts at any time. We will inform you at least 30 days in advance of the day we intend to reimpose this restriction. For contracts with applications signed on or after June 16, 2003, the amount of contract value transferred to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account cannot result in the value of the GPAs and the one-year fixed account in total being greater than 30% of the contract value. The time limitations on transfers from the GPAs and one-year fixed account will be enforced, and transfers out of the GPAs and one-year fixed account are limited to 30% of the GPA and one-year fixed account values at the beginning of the contract year or $10,000, whichever is greater. Because of this limitation, it may take you several years to transfer all your contract value from the one-year fixed account. You should carefully consider whether the one-year fixed account meets your investment criteria before you invest.

• For Contract Option C applications dated on or after May 1, 2003, one-year fixed account and GPAs are not available in most states.

• For Contract Option C applications dated prior to May 1, 2003, one-year fixed account and GPAs are not restricted in most states and our transfer policies stated above are applicable.

• You may transfer contract values from a GPA any time after 60 days of transfer or payment allocation to the account. Transfers made more than 30 days before the end of the Guarantee Period will receive a MVA*, which may result in a gain or loss of contract value.

• If we receive your request on or within 30 days before or after the contract anniversary date, the transfer from the one-year fixed account to the GPAs will be effective on the valuation date we receive it.

• If you select a variable payout, once annuity payouts begin, you may make transfers once per contract year among the subaccounts and we reserve the right to limit the number of subaccounts in which you may invest.

30    Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus

•	Once annuity payouts begin, you may not make any transfers to the GPAs.
*	Unless the transfer is an automated transfer from the two-year GPA as part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep strategy.

Market Timing

Market timing can reduce the value of your investment in the contract. If market timing causes the returns of an underlying fund to suffer, contract value you have allocated to a subaccount that invests in that underlying fund will be lower too. Market timing can cause you, any joint owner of the contract and your beneficiary(ies) under the contract a financial loss.

We seek to prevent market timing. Market timing is frequent or short-term trading activity. We do not accommodate short-term trading activities. Do not buy a contract if you wish to use short-term trading strategies to manage your investment. The market timing policies and procedures described below apply to transfers among the subaccounts within the contract. The underlying funds in which the subaccounts invest have their own market timing policies and procedures. The market timing policies of the underlying funds may be more restrictive than the market timing policies and procedures we apply to transfers among the subaccounts of the contract, and may include redemption fees. We reserve the right to modify our market timing policies and procedures at any time without prior notice to you.

Market timing may hurt the performance of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests in several ways, including but not necessarily limited to:

• diluting the value of an investment in an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests;

• increasing the transaction costs and expenses of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests; and,

• preventing the investment adviser(s) of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests from fully investing the assets of the fund in accordance with the fund’s investment objectives.

Funds available as investment options under the contract that invest in securities that trade in overseas securities markets may be at greater risk of loss from market timing, as market timers may seek to take advantage of changes in the values of securities between the close of overseas markets and the close of U.S. markets. Also, the risks of market timing may be greater for underlying funds that invest in securities such as small cap stocks, high yield bonds, or municipal securities, that may be traded infrequently.

In order to help protect you and the underlying funds from the potentially harmful effects of market timing activity, we apply the following market timing policy to discourage frequent transfers of contract value among the subaccounts of the variable account:

We try to distinguish market timing from transfers that we believe are not harmful, such as periodic rebalancing for purposes of an asset allocation, dollar-cost averaging and asset rebalancing program that may be described in this prospectus. There is no set number of transfers that constitutes market timing. Even one transfer in related accounts may be market timing. We seek to restrict the transfer privileges of a contract owner who makes more than three subaccount transfers in any 90 day period. We also reserve the right to refuse any transfer request, if, in our sole judgment, the dollar amount of the transfer request would adversely affect unit values.

If we determine, in our sole judgment, that your transfer activity constitutes market timing, we may modify, restrict or suspend your transfer privileges to the extent permitted by applicable law, which may vary based on the state law that applies to your contract and the terms of your contract. These restrictions or modifications may include, but not be limited to:

• requiring transfer requests to be submitted only by first-class U.S. mail;

• not accepting hand-delivered transfer requests or requests made by overnight mail;

• not accepting telephone or electronic transfer requests;

• requiring a minimum time period between each transfer;

• not accepting transfer requests of an agent acting under power of attorney;

• limiting the dollar amount that you may transfer at any one time;

• suspending the transfer privilege; or

• modifying instructions under an automated transfer program to exclude a restricted fund if you do not provide new instructions.

Subject to applicable state law and the terms of each contract, we will apply the policy described above to all contract owners uniformly in all cases. We will notify you in writing after we impose any modification, restriction or suspension of your transfer rights.

Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus    31

Because we exercise discretion in applying the restrictions described above, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to identify and restrict all market timing activity. In addition, state law and the terms of some contracts may prevent us from stopping certain market timing activity. Market timing activity that we are unable to identify and/or restrict may impact the performance of the underlying funds and may result in lower contract values.

In addition to the market timing policy described above, which applies to transfers among the subaccounts within your contract, you should carefully review the market timing policies and procedures of the underlying funds. The market timing policies and procedures of the underlying funds may be materially different than those we impose on transfers among the subaccounts within your contract and may include mandatory redemption fees as well as other measures to discourage frequent transfers. As an intermediary for the underlying funds, we are required to assist them in applying their market timing policies and procedures to transactions involving the purchase and exchange of fund shares. This assistance may include, but not be limited to, providing the underlying fund upon request with your Social Security Number, Taxpayer Identification Number or other United States government-issued identifier, and the details of your contract transactions involving the underlying fund. An underlying fund, in its sole discretion, may instruct us at any time to prohibit you from making further transfers of contract value to or from the underlying fund, and we must follow this instruction. We reserve the right to administer and collect on behalf of an underlying fund any redemption fee imposed by an underlying fund. Market timing policies and procedures adopted by underlying funds may affect your investment in the contract in several ways, including but not limited to:

• Each fund may restrict or refuse trading activity that the fund determines, in its sole discretion, represents market timing.

• Even if we determine that your transfer activity does not constitute market timing under the market timing policies described above which we apply to transfers you make under the contract, it is possible that the underlying fund’s market timing policies and procedures, including instructions we receive from a fund may require us to reject your transfer request. For example, while we will attempt to execute transfers permitted under any asset allocation, dollar-cost averaging and asset rebalancing programs that may be described in this prospectus, we cannot guarantee that an underlying fund’s market timing policies and procedures will do so. Orders we place to purchase fund shares for the variable account are subject to acceptance by the fund. We reserve the right to reject without prior notice to you any transfer request if the fund does not accept our order.

• Each underlying fund is responsible for its own market timing policies, and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to implement specific market timing policies and procedures that a fund has adopted. As a result, a fund’s returns might be adversely affected, and a fund might terminate our right to offer its shares through the variable account.

• Funds that are available as investment options under the contract may also be offered to other intermediaries who are eligible to purchase and hold shares of the fund, including without limitation, separate accounts of other insurance companies and certain retirement plans. Even if we are able to implement a fund’s market timing policies, we cannot guarantee that other intermediaries purchasing that same fund’s shares will do so, and the returns of that fund could be adversely affected as a result.

For more information about the market timing policies and procedures of an underlying fund, the risks that market timing pose to that fund, and to determine whether an underlying fund has adopted a redemption fee, see that fund’s prospectus.

How to request a Transfer or Withdrawal

11 By letter

Send your name, contract number, Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number* and signed request for a transfer or withdrawal to our Service Center:

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474

Minimum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	$500 or entire account balance

Maximum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	Contract value or entire account balance

* Failure to provide a Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number may result in mandatory tax withholding on the taxable portion of the distribution.

32    Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus

22 By automated transfers and automated partial withdrawals

Your investment professional can help you set up automated transfers or partial withdrawals among your GPAs, one-year fixed account or the subaccounts.

You can start or stop this service by written request or other method acceptable to us.

You must allow 30 days for us to change any instructions that are currently in place.

•	Automated transfers from the one-year fixed account to any one of the subaccounts may not exceed an amount that, if continued, would deplete the one-year fixed account within 12 months. For contracts issued before June 16, 2003, we have removed this restriction, and you may transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts at any time. We will inform you at least 30 days in advance of the day we intend to reimpose this restriction.
	For contracts with applications signed on or after June 16, 2003, the time limitations on transfers from the one-year fixed account will be enforced, and transfers out of the one-year fixed account are limited to 30% of the one-year fixed account values at the beginning of the contract year or $10,000, whichever is greater.
•	Automated withdrawals may be restricted by applicable law under some contracts.
•	You may not make systematic purchase payments if automated partial withdrawals are in effect.
•	Automated partial withdrawals may result in income taxes and penalties on all or part of the amount withdrawn.

Minimum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	$100 monthly
	$250 quarterly, semiannually or annually

33 By phone

Call:

1-800-333-3437

Minimum amount

Transfers or withdrawals: $500 or entire account balance

Maximum amount

Transfers:	Contract value or entire account balance
Withdrawals:	$100,000

We answer telephone requests promptly, but you may experience delays when the call volume is unusually high. If you are unable to get through, use the mail procedure as an alternative.

We will honor any telephone transfer or withdrawal requests that we believe are authentic and we will use reasonable procedures to confirm that they are. This includes asking identifying questions and recording calls. As long as we follow the procedures, we (and our affiliates) will not be liable for any loss resulting from fraudulent requests.

Telephone transfers and withdrawals are automatically available. You may request that telephone transfers and withdrawals not be authorized from your account by writing to us.

Withdrawals

You may withdraw all or part of your contract at any time before the retirement date by sending us a written request or calling us.

The date your withdrawal request will be processed depends on when and how we receive it:

For withdrawal requests received in writing:

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your withdrawal request.

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your withdrawal request.

Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus    33

For withdrawal requests received by phone:

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your withdrawal request.

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your withdrawal request.

We may ask you to return the contract. You may have to pay a contract administrative charge, withdrawal charges or any applicable optional rider charges (see “Charges”), federal income taxes and penalties. State and local income taxes may also apply (see “Taxes”). You cannot make withdrawals after annuity payouts begin except under Annuity Payout Plan E. (See “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Any partial withdrawals you take under the contract will reduce your contract value. As a result, the value of your death benefit or any optional benefits you have elected will also be reduced (see “Optional Benefits”). In addition, withdrawals you are required to take to satisfy RMDs under the Code may reduce the value of certain death benefits and optional benefits (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”).

Withdrawal Policies

If you have a balance in more than one account and you request a partial withdrawal, we will automatically withdraw from all your subaccounts, GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account in the same proportion as your value in each account correlates to your total contract value, unless requested otherwise. After executing a partial withdrawal, the value in each subaccount , one-year fixed account or GPA must be either zero or at least $50.

Receiving Payment

11 By regular or express mail

• payable to you;

• mailed to address of record.

NOTE: We will charge you a fee if you request express mail delivery.

22 By wire or other form of electronic payment

• request that payment be wired to your bank;

• pre-authorization required.

We may choose to permit you to have checks issued and delivered to an alternate payee or to an address other than your address of record. We may also choose to allow you to direct wires or other electronic payments to accounts owned by a third-party. We may have additional good order requirements that must be met prior to processing requests to make any payments to a party other than the owner or to an address other than the address of record. These requirements will be designed to ensure owner instructions are genuine and to prevent fraud.

Normally, we will send the payment within seven days after receiving your request in good order. However, we may postpone the payment if:

– the NYSE is closed, except for normal holiday and weekend closings;

– trading on the NYSE is restricted, according to SEC rules;

– an emergency, as defined by SEC rules, makes it impractical to sell securities or value the net assets of the accounts; or

– the SEC permits us to delay payment for the protection of security holders.

We may also postpone payment of the amount attributable to a purchase payment as part of the total withdrawal amount until cleared from the originating financial institution.

A Special Note on Cybersecurity Risks

Cybersecurity and Systems Integrity

Increasingly, businesses are dependent on the continuity, security, and effective operation of various technology systems. The nature of our business depends on the continued effective operation of our systems and those of our business partners.

34    Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus

This dependence makes us susceptible to operational and information security risks from cyber-attacks. These risks may include the following:

• the corruption or destruction of data;

• theft, misuse or dissemination of data to the public, including your information we hold; and

• denial of service attacks on our website or other forms of attacks on our systems and the software and hardware we use to run them.

These attacks and their consequences can negatively impact your contract, your privacy, your ability to conduct transactions on your contract, or your ability to receive timely service from us. There can be no assurance that we, the underlying funds in your contract, or our other business partners will avoid losses affecting your contract due to any successful cyber-attacks or information security breaches.

TSA–Special Provisions

Participants in Tax-Sheltered Annuities

If the contract is intended to be used in connection with an employer sponsored 403(b) plan, additional rules relating to this contract can be found in the annuity endorsement for tax sheltered 403(b) annuities. Unless we have made special arrangements with your employer, the contract is not intended for use in connection with an employer sponsored 403(b) plan that is subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”). In the event that the employer either by affirmative election or inadvertent action causes contributions under a plan that is subject to ERISA to be made to this contract, we will not be responsible for any obligations and requirements under ERISA and the regulations thereunder, unless we have prior written agreement with the employer. You should consult with your employer to determine whether your 403(b) plan is subject to ERISA.

In the event we have a written agreement with your employer to administer the plan pursuant to ERISA, special rules apply as set forth in the TSA endorsement.

The employer must comply with certain nondiscrimination requirements for certain types of contributions under a TSA contract to be excluded from taxable income. You should consult your employer to determine whether the nondiscrimination rules apply to you.

The Code imposes certain restrictions on your right to receive early distributions from a TSA:

• Distributions attributable to salary reduction contributions (plus earnings) made after Dec. 31, 1988, or to transfers or rollovers from other contracts, may be made from the TSA only if:

– you are at least age 59½;

– you are disabled as defined in the Code;

– you severed employment with the employer who purchased the contract;

– the distribution is because of your death;

– the distribution is due to plan termination; or

– you are a qualifying military reservist.

• If you encounter a financial hardship (as provided by the Code), you may be eligible to receive a distribution of all contract values attributable to salary reduction contributions made after Dec. 31, 1988, but not the earnings on them.

• Even though a distribution may be permitted under the above rules, it may be subject to IRS taxes and penalties (see “Taxes”)

• The above restrictions on distributions do not affect the availability of the amount credited to the contract as of Dec. 31, 1988. The restrictions also do not apply to transfers or exchanges of contract value within the contract, or to another registered variable annuity contract or investment vehicle available through the employer.

Changing Ownership

You may change ownership of your nonqualified annuity at any time by completing a change of ownership form we approve and sending it to our Service Center. The change will become binding on us when we receive and record it. We will honor any change of ownership request received in good order that we believe is authentic and we will use reasonable procedures to confirm authenticity. If we follow these procedures, we will not take any responsibility for the validity of the change.

If you have a nonqualified annuity, you may incur income tax liability by transferring, assigning or pledging any part of it. (See “Taxes.”)

Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus    35

If you have a qualified annuity, you may not sell, assign, transfer, discount or pledge your contract as collateral for a loan, or as security for the performance of an obligation or for any other purpose except as required or permitted by the Code. However, if the owner is a trust or custodian, or an employer acting in a similar capacity, ownership of the contract may be transferred to the annuitant.

Please consider carefully whether or not you wish to change ownership of your annuity contract. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, the new owner and annuitant will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract.

If you have a GMIB and/or Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit rider, the rider will terminate upon transfer of ownership of your annuity contract. Continuance of the Benefit Protector rider is optional. (see “Optional Benefits”).

Benefits in Case of Death

There are four death benefit options under your contract if you die before the retirement start date while this contract is in force. You must select one of the following death benefits:

• ROP Death Benefit;

• MAV Death Benefit; or

• Enhanced Death Benefit.

If it is available in your state and if both you and the annuitant are age 79 or younger at contract issue, you can elect any one of the above death benefits. If either you or the annuitant are age 80 or older at contract issue, the ROP Death Benefit will apply. If you select the GMIB you must elect MAV or Enhanced Death Benefit. Once you elect a death benefit, you cannot change it. We show the death benefit that applies in your contract on your contract’s data page. The death benefit you select determines the mortality and expense risk fee that is assessed against the subaccounts. (See “Charges — Mortality and Expense Risk Fee.”)

Under each option, we will pay the death benefit, less any purchase payment credits subject to reversal, to your beneficiary upon the earlier of your death or the annuitant’s death. We will base the benefit paid on the death benefit coverage you chose when you purchased the contract. If a contract has more than one person as the owner, we will pay benefits upon the first to die of any owner or the annuitant.

Here are some terms used to describe the death benefits:

Adjusted partial withdrawals (calculated for ROP and MAV Death Benefits)	=	PW XDB
		CV

PW	=	the amount by which the contract value is reduced as a result of the partial withdrawal.
DB	=	the death benefit on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.
CV	=	contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV): is zero prior to the first contract anniversary after the effective date of the rider. On the first contract anniversary after the effective date of the rider, we set the MAV as the greater of these two values:

(a)	current contract value; or
(b)	total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals.

Thereafter, we increase the MAV by any additional purchase payments and any purchase payment credits and reduce the MAV by adjusted partial withdrawals. Every contract anniversary after that prior to the earlier of your or the annuitant’s 81st birthday, we compare the MAV to the current contract value and we reset the MAV to the higher amount.

5% Variable Account Floor:is the sum of the value of the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the variable account floor. There is no variable account floor prior to the first contract anniversary. On the first contract anniversary, we establish the variable account floor as:

• the amounts allocated to the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account at issue increased by 5%;

• plus any subsequent amounts allocated to the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account;

• minus adjusted transfers and partial withdrawals from the subaccounts or the DCA fixed account.

Thereafter, we continue to add subsequent purchase payments and any purchase payment credits allocated to the subaccounts or the DCA fixed account and subtract adjusted transfers and partial withdrawals from the subaccounts or the DCA fixed account. On each contract anniversary after the first, through age 80, we add an amount to the variable account floor equal to 5% of the prior anniversary’s variable account floor. We stop adding this amount after you or the annuitant reach age 81.

36    Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus

5% variable account floor adjusted transfers or partial withdrawals	=	PWT XVAF
		SV

PWT	=	the amount by which the contract value in the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account is reduced as a result of the partial withdrawal or transfer from the subaccounts or the DCA fixed account.
VAF	=	variable account floor on the date of (but prior to) the transfer or partial withdrawal.
SV	=	value of the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account on the date of (but prior to) the transfer of partial withdrawal.

The amount of purchase payments and any purchase payment credits withdrawn or transferred from any subaccount or fixed account (if applicable) or GPA account is calculated as (a) times (b) where:

(a)	is the amount of purchase payments and any purchase payment credits in the account or subaccount on the date of but prior to the current withdrawal or transfer; and
(b)	is the ratio of the amount of contract value transferred or withdrawn from the account or subaccount to the value in the account or subaccount on the date of (but prior to) the current withdrawal or transfer.

For contracts issued in New Jersey, the cap on the variable account floor is 200% of the sum of the purchase payments and any purchase payment credits allocated to the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account that have not been withdrawn or transferred out of the subaccounts or DCA fixed account.

NOTE: The 5% variable account floor is calculated differently and is not the same value as the Income Assurer Benefit 5% variable account floor.

Return of Purchase Payments (ROP) Death Benefit

The ROP death benefit is intended to help protect your beneficiaries financially in that they will never receive less than your purchase payments adjusted for withdrawals. If you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary the greater of these two values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value; or
2.	total purchase payments applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals.

Adjusted partial withdrawals for the ROP or MAV death benefit	=	PW × DB
		CV

PW	=	the amount by which the contract value is reduced as a result of the partial withdrawal.
DB	=	the death benefit on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.
CV	=	contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.

Example

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $20,000.

• On the first contract anniversary you make an additional purchase payment of $5,000.

• During the second contract year the contract value falls to $22,000 and you take a $1,500 partial withdrawal.

• During the third contract year the contract value grows to $23,000.

We calculate the ROP death benefit as follows:
Contract value at death:			$23,000.00
	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,704.55
	$22,000
	for a death benefit of:		$23,295.45
ROP death benefit, calculated as the greatest of these two values:				$23,295.45

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV) Death Benefit

The MAV death benefit is intended to help protect your beneficiaries financially while your investments have the opportunity to grow. The MAV death benefit does not provide any additional benefit before the first contract anniversary and it may not be appropriate for issue ages 75 to 79 because the benefit values may be limited after age 81. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether or not the MAV death benefit is appropriate for your situation.

Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus    37

If it is available in your state and if both you and the annuitant are age 79 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the MAV death benefit to your contract at the time of purchase. Once you select the MAV death benefit you may not cancel it.

The MAV death benefit provides that if you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary the greatest of these three values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals; or
3.	the maximum anniversary value on the anniversary immediately preceding the date of death plus any payments since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals since that anniversary.

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV): MAV is a value that we calculate on each contract anniversary through age 80. There is no MAV prior to the first contract anniversary. On the first contract anniversary we set the MAV equal to the greater of: (a) your current contract value, or (b) total purchase payments minus adjusted partial withdrawals. Every contract anniversary after that, through age 80, we compare the previous anniversary’s MAV (plus any purchase payments since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals since that anniversary) to the current contract value and we reset the MAV to the higher value. We stop resetting the MAV after you or the annuitant reach age 81. However, we continue to add subsequent purchase payments and subtract adjusted partial withdrawals from the MAV.

Example

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $20,000.

• On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $29,000.

• During the second contract year the contract value falls to $22,000, at which point you take a $1,500 partial withdrawal, leaving a contract value of $20,500.

We calculate the MAV death benefit as follows:
Contract value at death:			$20,500.00
	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments		$20,000.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $20,000	=	–1,363.64
	$22,000
	for a ROP death benefit of:		$18,636.36
The MAV on the anniversary immediately preceding the date of death plus any purchase payments made since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals made since that anniversary:
	The MAV on the immediately preceding anniversary:		$29,000.00
	plus purchase payments made since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals made since that anniversary, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $29,000	=	–1,977.27
	$22,000
	for a MAV death benefit of:		$27,022.73
The MAV death benefit, calculated as the greatest of these three values, which is the MAV:				$27,022.73

Enhanced Death Benefit (EDB)

The EDB is intended to help protect your beneficiaries financially while your investments have the opportunity to grow.

This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional charge (see “Charges”). The EDB does not provide any additional benefit before the first contract anniversary and it may not be appropriate for issue ages 75 to 79 because the benefit values may be limited at age 81. Benefit Protector and Benefit Protector Plus are not available with EDB. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether or not the EDB is appropriate for your situation.

If the EDB is available in your state and both you and the annuitant are 79 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the EDB rider to your contract at the time of purchase. If you choose to add a GMIB rider to your contract, you must elect either the MAV death benefit or the EDB.

38    Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The EDB provides that if you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary the greatest of these four values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals;
3.	the maximum anniversary value immediately preceding the date of death plus any purchase payments applied to the contract since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals since that anniversary; or
4.	the 5% rising floor.

5% rising floor: This is the sum of the value of your GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the variable account floor. There is no variable account floor prior to the first contract anniversary. On the first contract anniversary, we establish the variable account floor as:

• the amounts allocated to the subaccounts at issue increased by 5%,

• plus any subsequent amounts allocated to the subaccounts,

• minus adjusted transfers and partial withdrawals from the subaccounts.

Thereafter, we continue to add subsequent amounts allocated to the subaccounts and subtract adjusted transfers and partial withdrawals from the subaccounts. On each contract anniversary after the first, through age 80, we add an amount to the variable account floor equal to 5% of the prior anniversary’s variable account floor. We stop adding this amount after you or the annuitant reach age 81.

5% rising floor adjusted transfers or partial withdrawals	=	PWT × VAF
		SV

PWT	=	the amount by which the contract is reduced as a result of the partial withdrawal or transfer from the subaccounts.
VAF	=	variable account floor on the date of (but prior to) the transfer or partial withdrawal.
SV	=	value of the subaccounts on the date of (but prior to) the transfer or partial withdrawal.

Example

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000 with $5,000 allocated to the one-year fixed account and $20,000 allocated to the subaccounts.

• On the first contract anniversary the one-year fixed account value is $5,200 and the subaccount value is $17,000. Total contract value is $22,200.

• During the second contract year, the one-year fixed account value is $5,300 and the subaccount value is $19,000. Total contract value is $24,300. You take a $1,500 partial withdrawal all from the subaccounts, leaving the contract value at $22,800.

The death benefit is calculated as follows:
Contract value at death:			$22,800.00
Purchase payments minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,543.21
	$24,300
	for a return of purchase payments death benefit of:		$23,456.79
The MAV on the anniversary immediately preceding the date of death plus any purchase payments made since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals made since that anniversary:
The MAV on the immediately preceding anniversary:			$25,000.00
	plus purchase payments made since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals made since that anniversary, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,543.21
	$24,300
	for a MAV death benefit of:		$23,456.79
The 5% rising floor:
	The variable account floor on the first contract anniversary, calculated as: 1.05 x $20,000 =		$21,000.00

Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus    39

	plus amounts allocated to the subaccounts since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus the 5% rising floor adjusted partial withdrawal from the subaccounts, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $21,000	=	–1,657.89
	$19,000
	variable account floor benefit:		$19,342.11
	plus the one-year fixed account value:		+5,300.00
	5% rising floor (value of the GPAs, one-year fixed account and the variable account floor):		$24,642.11
EDB, calculated as the greatest of these three values, which is the 5% rising floor:				$24,642.11

If You Die Before Your Retirement Date

When paying the beneficiary, we will process the death claim on the valuation date our death claim requirements are fulfilled. We will determine the contract’s value using the accumulation unit value we calculate on that valuation date. We pay interest, if any, at a rate no less than required by law. We will mail payment to the beneficiary within seven days after our death claim requirements are fulfilled.

Nonqualified annuities

If your spouse is sole beneficiary and you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. To do this your spouse must give us written instructions to continue the contract as owner. There will be no withdrawal charges on contract Option L from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, your spouse and the new annuitant (if applicable) will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract. The GMIB rider and Benefit Protector Plus rider, if selected, will terminate. Continuance of the Benefit Protector rider is optional. (See “Optional Benefits.”)

If your beneficiary is not your spouse, we will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless you give us other written instructions. Generally, we must fully distribute the death benefit within five years of your death. However, the beneficiary may receive payouts under any annuity payout plan available under this contract if:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin no later than one year after your death, or other date as permitted by the IRS; and

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy.

Qualified annuities

•	Spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if your spouse is the sole beneficiary, your spouse may either elect to treat the contract as his/her own, so long as he or she is eligible to do so, or elect an annuity payout plan or another plan agreed to by us. If your spouse elects a payout option, the payouts must begin no later than the year in which you would have reached age 72 (age 701/2 if the death occurred before Jan. 1, 2020). If you attained age 72 at the time of death, payouts must begin no later than Dec. 31 of the year following the year of your death.
	Your spouse may elect to assume ownership of the contract at any time before annuity payouts begin. If your spouse elects to assume ownership of the contract, the contract value will be equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. There will be no withdrawal charges on contract Option L from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, your spouse and the new annuitant (if applicable) will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract. The GMIB rider and Benefit Protector Plus rider, if selected, will terminate. Continuance of the Benefit Protector rider is optional. (See “Optional Benefits.”)
•	Non-spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if death occurs on or after Jan. 1, 2020, the beneficiary is required to withdraw his or her entire inherited interest within 10 years of the time of death of the owner unless they qualify as an “eligible designated beneficiary.” Eligible designated beneficiaries may continue to take proceeds out over their life expectancy. Eligible designated beneficiaries include:

• the surviving spouse;

• a lawful child of the owner under the age of majority (remaining amount must be withdrawn within 10 years, once the child reaches the age of majority);

• disabled within the meaning of Code section 72(m)(7);

• chronically ill within the meaning of Code section 7702B(c)(2);

• any other person who is not more than 10 years younger than the owner.

40    Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus

However, non-natural beneficiaries, such as estates and charities, are subject to a five-year rule to distribute the IRA. We will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless the beneficiary elects to receive payouts under a payout plan available under this contract and:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin, no later than one year following the year of your death; and

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy for an eligible designated beneficiary. (Payout plans are limited if the beneficiary is not an eligible designated beneficiary.)

• Spouse and Non-spouse beneficiary: If a beneficiary elects an alternative payment plan which is an inherited IRA, all optional death benefits and living benefits will terminate. In the event of your beneficiary’s death, their beneficiary can elect to take a lump sum payment or annuitize the contract to deplete it within 10 years of your beneficiary’s death

• Annuity payout plan: If you elect an annuity payout plan, the payouts to your beneficiary may continue depending on the annuity payout plan you elect, subject to adjustment to comply with the IRS rules and regulations.

How we handle contracts under unclaimed property laws

Every state has unclaimed property laws which generally declare annuity contracts to be abandoned after a period of inactivity of one to five years from either 1) the contract’s maturity date (the latest day on which income payments may begin under the contract) or 2) the date the death benefit is due and payable. If a contract matures or we determine a death benefit is payable, we will use our best efforts to locate you or designated beneficiaries. If we are unable to locate you or a beneficiary, proceeds will be paid to the abandoned property division or unclaimed property office of the state in which the beneficiary or you last resided, as shown in our books and records, or to our state of domicile. Generally, this surrender of property to the state is commonly referred to as “escheatment”. To avoid escheatment, and ensure an effective process for your beneficiaries, it is important that your personal address and beneficiary designations are up to date, including complete names, date of birth, current addresses and phone numbers, and taxpayer identification numbers for each beneficiary. Updates to your address or beneficiary designations should be sent to our Service Center.

Escheatment may also be required by law if a known beneficiary fails to demand or present an instrument or document to claim the death benefit in a timely manner, creating a presumption of abandonment. If your beneficiary steps forward (with the proper documentation) to claim escheated annuity proceeds, the state is obligated to pay any such proceeds it is holding.

For nonqualified annuities, non-spousal death benefits are generally required to be distributed and taxed within five years from the date of death of the owner/annuitant or the unclaimed death benefits will be presumed abandoned and subject to escheatment.

Optional Benefits

The assets held in our general account support the guarantees under your contract, including optional death benefits and optional living benefits. To the extent that we are required to pay you amounts in addition to your contract value under these benefits, such amounts will come from our general account assets. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of insurance and financial products as well, and we also pay our obligations under these products from assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account.

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector)

The Benefit Protector is intended to provide an additional benefit to your beneficiary to help offset expenses after your death such as funeral expenses or federal and state taxes. This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge (see “Charges”). The Benefit Protector provides reduced benefits if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older at the rider effective date. The Benefit Protector does not provide any additional benefit before the first rider anniversary.

If this rider is available in your state and both you and the annuitant are age 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the Benefit Protector to your contract. You must elect the Benefit Protector at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date. You may not select this rider if you select the Benefit Protector Plus or the EDB.

Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Since the benefit paid by the rider is determined by the amount of earnings at death, the amount of the benefit paid may be reduced as a result of taking any withdrawals including RMDs. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional and tax advisor whether or not the Benefit Protector is appropriate for your situation.

Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus    41

The Benefit Protector provides that if you or the annuitant die after the first rider anniversary, but before annuity payouts begin, and while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary:

• the ROP death benefit

• 40% of your earnings at death if you and the annuitant were under age 70 on the rider effective date, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old; or

• 15% of your earnings at death if you or the annuitant were age 70 or older on the rider effective date, up to a maximum of 37.5% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old.

Earnings at death: This is determined by taking the current death benefit, and subtracting any purchase payments not previously withdrawn. Partial withdrawals reduce earnings before reducing purchase payments in the contract. This determines how much of the applicable death benefit is made up of contract earnings. We set maximum earnings at death of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old. Earnings at death cannot be less than zero.

Terminating the Benefit Protector

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of any rider anniversary beginning with the seventh rider anniversary.

• The rider will terminate when you make a full withdrawal from the contract or when annuity payouts begin.

Example of the Benefit Protector

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and you and the annuitant are under age 70. You select an Option L contract with the MAV death benefit.

• During the first contract year the contract value grows to $105,000. The MAV death benefit equals the contract value. You have not reached the first contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector does not provide any additional benefit at this time.

• On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death
(MAV death benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000

• On the second contract anniversary the contract value falls to $105,000. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (MAV):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000

• During the third contract year the contract value remains at $105,000 and you request a partial withdrawal of $50,000, including the applicable 7% withdrawal charge. We will withdraw $10,500 from your contract value free of charge (10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value). The remainder of the withdrawal is subject to a 7% withdrawal charge because your contract is in its third year of the withdrawal charge schedule, so we will withdraw $39,500 ($36,735 + $2,765 in withdrawal charges) from your contract value. Altogether, we will withdraw $50,000 and pay you $47,235. We calculate purchase payments not previously withdrawn as $100,000 – $45,000 = $55,000 (remember that $5,000 of the partial withdrawal is contract earnings). The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (MAV adjusted for partial withdrawals):	$57,619
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death):
0.40 × ($57,619 – $55,000) =	+1,048
Total death benefit of:	$58,667

• On the third contract anniversary the contract value falls to $40,000. The death benefit equals the previous death benefit. The reduction in contract value has no effect.

• On the ninth contract anniversary the contract value grows to a new high of $200,000. Earnings at death reaches its maximum of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old.

The death benefit equals:
MAV death benefit (contract value):	$200,000

42    Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus

plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old)	+55,000
Total death benefit of:	$255,000

• During the tenth contract year you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000. Your new contract value is now $250,000. The new purchase payment is less than one year old and so it has no effect on the Benefit Protector value. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old)	+55,000
Total death benefit of:	$305,000

• During the eleventh contract year the contract value remains $250,000 and the “new” purchase payment is one year old and the value of the Benefit Protector changes. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (MAV death benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($250,000 – $105,000) =	+58,000
Total death benefit of:	$308,000

If your spouse is the sole beneficiary and you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner. Your spouse and the new annuitant will be subject to all the limitations and restrictions of the rider just as if they were purchasing a new contract. If your spouse and the new annuitant do not qualify for the rider on the basis of age we will terminate the rider. If they do qualify for the rider on the basis of age we will set the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid and we will substitute this new contract value on the date of death for “purchase payments not previously withdrawn” used in calculating earnings at death. Your spouse also has the option of discontinuing the Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider within 30 days of the date of death.

NOTE: For special tax considerations associated with the Benefit Protector, see “Taxes.”

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus)

The Benefit Protector Plus is intended to provide an additional benefit to your beneficiary to help offset expenses after your death such as funeral expenses or federal and state taxes. This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge (see “Charges”). The Benefit Protector Plus provides reduced benefits if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older at the rider effective date. It does not provide any additional benefit before the first rider anniversary and it does not provide any benefit beyond what is offered under the Benefit Protector rider during the second rider year.

If this rider is available in your state and both you and the annuitant are age 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the Benefit Protector Plus to you contract. You must elect the Benefit Protector Plus at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date. This rider is only available for transfers, exchanges or rollovers from another annuity or life insurance policy. You may not select this rider if you select the Benefit Protector or the EDB. Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Since the benefit paid by the rider is determined by the amount of earnings at death, the amount of the benefit paid may be reduced as a result of taking any withdrawals including RMDs. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional and tax advisor whether or not the Benefit Protector Plus is appropriate for your situation.

The Benefit Protector Plus provides that if you or the annuitant die after the first rider anniversary, but before annuity payouts begin, and while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary:

• the benefits payable under the Benefit Protector described above, plus

• a percentage of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue not previously withdrawn as follows:

Rider Year	Percentage if you and the annuitant are under age 70 on the rider effective date	Percentage if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older on the rider effective date
One and Two	0%	0%
Three and Four	10%	3.75%
Five or more	20%	7.5%

Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus    43

Another way to describe the benefits payable under the Benefit Protector Plus rider is as follows:

• the ROP death benefit (see “Benefits in Case of Death”) plus:

Rider Year	If you and the annuitant are under age 70 on the rider effective date, add…	If you or the annuitant are age 70 or older on the rider effective date, add…
One	Zero	Zero
Two	40% × earnings at death (see above)	15% × earnings at death
Three & Four	40% × (earnings at death + 25% of initial purchase payment*)	15% × (earnings at death + 25% of initial purchase payment*)
Five or more	40% × (earnings at death + 50% of initial purchase payment*)	15% × (earnings at death + 50% of initial purchase payment*)

* Initial purchase payments are payments made within 60 days of rider issue not previously withdrawn.

Terminating the Benefit Protector Plus

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of any rider anniversary beginning with the seventh rider anniversary.

• The rider will terminate when you make a full withdrawal from the contract or when annuity payouts begin.

Example of the Benefit Protector Plus

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and you and the annuitant are under age 70. You select an Option L contract with the MAV death benefit.

• During the first contract year the contract value grows to $105,000. The MAV death benefit equals the contract value. You have not reached the first contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector Plus does not provide any additional benefit at this time.

• On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. You have not reached the second contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector Plus does not provide any benefit beyond what is provided by the Benefit Protector at this time. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (MAV death benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000

• On the second contract anniversary the contract value falls to $105,000. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (MAV):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death:
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
plus 10% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:
0.10 × $100,000 =	+10,000
Total death benefit of:	$124,000

• During the third contract year the contract value remains at $105,000 and you request a partial withdrawal of $50,000, including the applicable 7% withdrawal charge. We will withdraw $10,500 from your contract value free of charge (10% of your prior anniversary's contract value). The remainder of the withdrawal is subject to a 7% withdrawal charge because your contract is in its third year of the withdrawal charge schedule, so we will withdraw $39,500 ($36,735 + $2,765 in withdrawal charges) from your contract value. Altogether, we will withdraw $50,000 and pay you $47,235. We calculate purchase payments not previously withdrawn as $100,000 - $45,000 = $55,000 (remember that $5,000 of the partial withdrawal is contract earnings). The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (MAV adjusted for partial withdrawals):	$57,619
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death:
0.40 × ($57,619 – $55,000) =	+1,048
plus 10% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:
0.10 × $55,000 =	+5,500
Total death benefit of:	$64,167

• On the third contract anniversary the contract value falls to $40,000. The death benefit equals the previous death benefit. The reduction in contract value has no effect.

44    Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• On the ninth contract anniversary the contract value grows to a new high of $200,000. Earnings at death reaches its maximum of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old. Because we are beyond the fourth contract anniversary the Benefit Protector Plus also reaches its maximum of 20%. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$200,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old	+55,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:
0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$266,000

• During the tenth contract year you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000. Your new contract value is now $250,000. The new purchase payment is less than one year old and so it has no effect on the Benefit Protector Plus value. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old	+55,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:
0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$ 316,000

• During the eleventh contract year the contract value remains $250,000 and the “new” purchase payment is one year old. The value of the Benefit Protector Plus remains constant. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (MAV death benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):	+58,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:
0.40 × ($250,000 – $105,000) =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$ 319,000

If your spouse is sole beneficiaryand you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. We will then terminate the Benefit Protector Plus and substitute the applicable death benefit (see “Benefits in Case of Death”).

NOTE:For special tax considerations associated with the Benefit Protector Plus, see “Taxes.”

Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB)

The GMIB is intended to provide you with a guaranteed minimum lifetime income regardless of the volatility inherent in the investments in the subaccounts. If the annuitant is between age 70 and age 75 at contract issue, you should consider whether the GMIB is appropriate for your situation because:

• you must hold the GMIB for 10 years*,

• the GMIB terminates** on the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday,

• you can only exercise the GMIB within 30 days after a contract anniversary*,

• the MAV and the 5% rising floor values we use in the GMIB benefit base to calculate annuity payouts under the GMIB are limited after age 81, and

• there are additional costs associated with the rider.

Be sure to discuss whether or not the GMIB is appropriate for your situation with your investment professional.

*	Unless the annuitant qualifies for a contingent event (see “Charges — Contingent events”).
**	The rider and annual fee terminate on the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday; however, if you exercise the GMIB rider before this time, your benefits will continue according to the annuity payout plan you have selected.

If you are purchasing the contract as a qualified annuity, such as an IRA, and you are planning to begin annuity payouts after the date on which minimum distributions required by the IRS must begin, you should consider whether the GMIB is appropriate for you. Partial withdrawals you take from the contract, including those taken to satisfy RMDs, will reduce the GMIB benefit base (defined below), which in turn may reduce or eliminate the amount of any annuity payments available under the rider (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Consult a tax advisor before you purchase any GMIB with a qualified annuity, such as an IRA.

Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus    45

If this rider is available in your state and the annuitant is 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add this optional benefit to your contract for an additional annual charge (see “Charges”). If you select the GMIB, you must elect the EDB at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date.

In some instances, we may allow you to add the GMIB to your contract at a later date if it was not available when you initially purchased your contract. In these instances, we would add the GMIB on the next contract anniversary and this would become the rider effective date. For purposes of calculating the GMIB benefit base under these circumstances, we consider the contract value on the rider effective date to be the initial purchase payment; we disregard all previous purchase payments, transfers and withdrawals in the GMIB calculations.

Investment selection under the GMIB: For contract Option L, you may allocate your purchase payments or transfers to any of the subaccounts, GPAs or the one-year fixed account. For contract Option C, you may allocate payments to the subaccounts. We reserve the right to limit the amount you allocate to subaccounts investing in the Columbia Variable Portfolio — Cash Management Fund to 10% of the total amount in the subaccounts. If we are required to activate this restriction, and you have more than 10% of your subaccount value in this fund, we will send you a notice and ask that you reallocate your contract value so that the 10% limitation is satisfied within 60 days. We will terminate the GMIB if you have not satisfied the limitation after 60 days.

GMIB benefit base: If the GMIB is effective at contract issue, the GMIB benefit base is the greatest of these four values:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments minus adjusted partial withdrawals; or
3.	the maximum anniversary value at the last contract anniversary plus any payments made since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals since that anniversary; or
4.	the 5% rising floor.

Keep in mind that the MAV and the 5% rising floor values are limited after age 81.

We reserve the right to exclude from the GMIB benefit base any purchase payments you make in the five years before you exercise the GMIB. We would do so only if such payments total $50,000 or more or if they are 25% or more of total contract payments. If we exercise this right, we:

• subtract each payment adjusted for market value from the contract value and the MAV.

• subtract each payment from the 5% rising floor. We adjust the payments made to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account for market value. We increase payments allocated to the subaccounts by 5% for the number of full contract years they have been in the contract before we subtract them from the 5% rising floor.

For each payment, we calculate the market value adjustment to the contract value, MAV, the GPAs and the one-year fixed account value of the 5% rising floor as:

PMT × CVG

ECV

PMT	=	each purchase payment made in the five years before you exercise the GMIB.
CVG	=	current contract value at the time you exercise the GMIB.
ECV	=	the estimated contract value on the anniversary prior to the payment in question. We assume that all payments and partial withdrawals occur at the beginning of a contract year.

For each payment, we calculate the 5% increase of payments allocated to the subaccounts as:

PMT x (1.05)^CY

CY = the full number of contract years the payment has been in the contract.

Exercising the GMIB

• you may only exercise the GMIB within 30 days after any contract anniversary following the expiration of a ten-year waiting period from the rider effective date. However, there is an exception if at any time the annuitant experiences a “contingent event” (disability, terminal illness or confinement to a nursing home or hospital, see “Charges — Contingent events” for more details.)

• the annuitant on the retirement date must be between 50 and 86 years old.

• you can only take an annuity payout under one of the following annuity payout plans:

– Plan A — Life Annuity – no refund

– Plan B — Life Annuity with ten years certain

– Plan D — Joint and last survivor life annuity – no refund

• you may change the annuitant for the payouts.

46    Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus

When you exercise your GMIB, you may select a fixed or variable annuity payout plan. Fixed annuity payouts are calculated using the annuity purchase rates based on the “1983 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” with 100% Projection Scale G. Your annuity payouts remain fixed for the lifetime of the annuity payout period.

First year variable annuity payouts are calculated in the same manner as fixed annuity payouts. Once calculated, your annuity payouts remain unchanged for the first year. After the first year, subsequent annuity payouts are variable and depend on the performance of the subaccounts you select. Variable annuity payouts after the first year are calculated using the following formula:

Pt-1(1 + i)	=	Pt
1.05

Pt–1	=	prior annuity payout
Pt	=	current annuity payout
i	=	annualized subaccount performance

Each subsequent variable annuity payout could be more or less than the previous variable annuity payout if the subaccount investment performance is greater or less than the 5% assumed investment rate. If your subaccount performance equals 5%, your annuity payout will be unchanged from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount performance is in excess of 5%, your variable annuity payout will increase from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount investment performance is less than 5%, your variable annuity payout will decrease from the previous annuity payout.

If you exercise the GMIB under a contingent event, you can take up to 50% of the benefit base in cash. You can use the balance of the GMIB benefit base for annuity payouts calculated using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates under any one of the payout plans listed above as long as the annuitant is between 50 and 86 years old on the retirement date.

The GMIB benchmarks the contract growth at each anniversary against several comparison values and sets the GMIB benefit base equal to the largest value. The GMIB benefit base, less any applicable premium tax, is the value we apply to the guaranteed annuity purchase rates stated in Table B of the contract to calculate the minimum annuity payouts you will receive if you exercise the GMIB. If the GMIB benefit base is greater than the contract value, the GMIB may provide a higher annuity payout level than is otherwise available. However, the GMIB uses guaranteed annuity purchase rates which may result in annuity payouts that are less than those using the annuity purchase rates that we will apply at annuitization under the standard contract provisions. Therefore, the level of income provided by the GMIB may be less than the income the contract otherwise provides. If the annuity payouts through the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available through the GMIB, you will receive the higher standard payout option. The GMIB does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

Terminating the GMIB

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days after the first and fifth rider anniversaries.

• You may terminate the rider any time after the tenth rider anniversary.

• The rider will terminate on the date:

– you make a full withdrawal from the contract;

– a death benefit is payable; or

– you choose to begin taking annuity payouts under the regular contract provisions.

•	The rider will terminate* 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday.
*	The rider and annual fee terminate 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday; however, if you exercise the GMIB rider before this time, your benefits will continue according to the annuity payout plan you have selected.

Example

• You purchase the contract during the 2004 calendar year with a payment of $100,000 and you allocate all your purchase payments to the subaccounts.

• There are no additional purchase payments and no partial withdrawals.

• Assume the annuitant is male and age 55 at contract issue. For the joint and last survivor option (annuity payout Plan D), the joint annuitant is female and age 55 at contract issue.

Taking into account fluctuations in contract value due to market conditions, we calculate the GMIB benefit base as:

Contract anniversary	Contract value	MAV	5% rising floor	GMIB benefit base
1	$107,000	$107,000	$105,000
2	125,000	125,000	110,250
3	132,000	132,000	115,763

Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus    47

Contract anniversary	Contract value	MAV	5% rising floor	GMIB benefit base
4	150,000	150,000	121,551
5	85,000	150,000	127,628
6	120,000	150,000	134,010
7	138,000	150,000	140,710
8	152,000	152,000	147,746
9	139,000	152,000	155,133
10	126,000	152,000	162,889	$162,889
11	138,000	152,000	171,034	171,034
12	147,000	152,000	179,586	179,586
13	163,000	163,000	188,565	188,565
14	159,000	163,000	197,993	197,993
15	212,000	212,000	207,893	212,000

NOTE: The MAV and 5% rising floor values are limited after age 81. Additionally, the GMIB benefit base may increase if the contract value increases. However, you should keep in mind that you are always entitled to annuitize using the contract value without exercising the GMIB.

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after a contract anniversary, the payout under a fixed annuity option (which is the same as the minimum payout for the first year under a variable annuity option) would be:

Contract anniversary at exercise	GMIB benefit base	Plan A – life annuity — no refund	Minimum Guaranteed Monthly Income
			Plan B – life annuity with ten years certain	Plan D – joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund
10	$162,889 (5% rising floor)	$840.51	$817.70	$672.73
15	212,000 (MAV)	1,250.80	1,193.56	968.84

The payouts above are shown at guaranteed annuity rates of 3% stated in Table B of the contract. Payouts under the standard provisions of this contract will be based on our annuity rates in effect at annuitization and are guaranteed to be greater than or equal to the guaranteed annuity rates stated in Table B of the contract. The fixed annuity payout available under the standard provisions of this contract would be at least as great as shown below:

Contract anniversary at exercise	Contract value	Plan A – life annuity — no refund	Plan B – life annuity with ten years certain	Plan D – joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund
10	$126,000	$650.16	$ 632.52	$520.38
15	212,000	1,250.80	1,193.56	968.84

At the 15th contract anniversary you would not experience a benefit from the GMIB as the payout available to you is equal to or less than the payout available under the standard provisions of the contract. When the GMIB payout is less than the payout available under the standard provisions of the contract, you will receive the higher standard payout.

Remember that after the first year, lifetime income payouts under a variable annuity payout option will depend on the investment performance of the subaccounts you select. If your subaccount performance is 5%, your annuity payout will be unchanged from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount performance is in excess of 5%, your variable annuity payout will increase from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount investment performance is less than 5%, your variable annuity payout will decrease from the previous annuity payout.

This fee currently costs 0.70% of the GMIB benefit base annually and it is taken in a lump sum from the contract value on each contract anniversary at the end of each contract year. If the contract is terminated or if annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the fee at that time adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place. We cannot increase the GMIB fee after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin. We calculate the fee as follows:

BB + AT – FAV

BB	=	the GMIB benefit base.
AT	=	adjusted transfers from the subaccounts to the GPAs or the one-year fixed account made in the six months before the contract anniversary calculated as:

48    Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus

PT × VAT

SVT

PT	=	the amount transferred from the subaccounts to the GPAs or the one-year fixed account within six months of the contract anniversary.
VAT	=	variable account floor on the date of (but prior to) the transfer.
SVT	=	value of the subaccounts on the date of (but prior to) the transfer.
FAV	=	the value of the GPAs and the one-year fixed accounts.

The result of AT – FAV will never be greater than zero. This allows us to base the GMIB fee largely on the subaccounts.

Example

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and allocate all of your payment to the subaccounts.

• You make no transfers or partial withdrawals.

Contract anniversary	Contract value	GMIB fee percentage	Value on which we base the GMIB fee	GMIB fee charged to you
1	$80,000	0.70%	5% rising floor = $100,000 × 1.05	$735
2	150,000	0.70%	Contract value = $150,000	1,050
3	102,000	0.70%	MAV = $150,000	1,050

The Annuity Payment Period

As owner of the contract, you have the right to decide how and to whom annuity payouts will be made starting at the retirement date. You may select one of the annuity payout plans outlined below, or we may mutually agree on other payout arrangements. We do not deduct any withdrawal charges upon retirement but withdrawal charges may apply when electing to exercise liquidity features we may make available under certain fixed annuity payout options.

You also decide whether we will make annuity payouts on a fixed or variable basis, or a combination of fixed and variable. The amount available to purchase payouts under the plan you select is the contract value on your retirement date after any rider charges have been deducted. Additionally, we currently allow you to use part of the amount available to purchase payouts, leaving any remaining contract value to accumulate on a tax-deferred basis. Special rules apply for partial annuitization of your annuity contract, see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities — Annuity payouts” and “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Annuity payouts.” If you select a variable annuity payout, we reserve the right to limit the number of subaccounts in which you may invest. The GPAs are not available during this payout period.

Amounts of fixed and variable payouts depend on:

• the annuity payout plan you select;

• the annuitant’s age and, in most cases, sex;

• the annuity table in the contract; and

• the amounts you allocated to the accounts at settlement.

In addition, for variable annuity payouts only, amounts depend on the investment performance of the subaccounts you select. These payouts will vary from month to month because the performance of the funds will fluctuate. Fixed payouts generally remain the same from month to month unless you have elected an option providing for increasing payments.

For information with respect to transfers between accounts after annuity payouts begin, see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transfer policies.”

Annuity Tables

The annuity tables in your contract (Table A and Table B) show the amount of the monthly payout for each $1,000 of contract value according to the age and, when applicable, the annuitant’s sex. (Where required by law, we will use a unisex table of settlement rates.)

Table A shows the amount of the first monthly variable annuity payout assuming that the contract value is invested at the beginning of the annuity payout period and earns a 5% rate of return, which is reinvested and helps to support future payouts. If you ask us at least 30 days before the retirement date, we will substitute an annuity table based on an assumed 3.5% investment rate for the 5% Table A in the contract. The assumed investment rate affects both the amount of the first payout and the extent to which subsequent payouts increase or decrease. For example, annuity payouts will increase if the investment return is above the assumed investment rate and payouts will decrease if the return is below the assumed investment rate. Using a 5% assumed interest rate results in a higher initial payout, but later payouts will increase more slowly when annuity unit values rise and decrease more rapidly when they decline.

Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus    49

Table B shows the minimum amount of each fixed annuity payout. We declare current payout rates that we use in determining the actual amount of your fixed annuity payout. The current payout rates will equal or exceed the guaranteed payout rates shown in Table B. We will furnish these rates to you upon request.

Annuity Payout Plans

We make available variable annuity payouts where payout amounts will vary based on the performance of the variable account. We may also make fixed annuity payouts available where payments of a fixed amount are made for the period specified in the plan, subject to any surrender we may permit. You may choose any one of these annuity payout plans by giving us written instructions at least 30 days before the retirement date. Generally, you may select one of the Plans A through E below or another plan agreed to by us.

• Plan A – Life annuity — no refund: We make monthly payouts until the annuitant’s death. Payouts end with the last payout before the annuitant’s death. We will not make any further payouts. This means that if the annuitant dies after we made only one monthly payout, we will not make any more payouts.

• Plan B – Life annuity with five, ten or 15 years certain: We make monthly payouts for a guaranteed payout period of five, ten or 15 years that you elect. This election will determine the length of the payout period in the event the annuitant dies before the elected period expires. We calculate the guaranteed payout period from the retirement date. If the annuitant outlives the elected guaranteed payout period, we will continue to make payouts until the annuitant’s death.

• Plan C – Life annuity — installment refund: We make monthly payouts until the annuitant’s death, with our guarantee that payouts will continue for some period of time. We will make payouts for at least the number of months determined by dividing the amount applied under this option by the first monthly payout, whether or not the annuitant is living.

• Plan D – Joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund: We make monthly payouts while both the annuitant and a joint annuitant are living. If either annuitant dies, we will continue to make monthly payouts at the full amount until the death of the surviving annuitant. Payouts end with the death of the second annuitant.

• Plan E – Payouts for a specified period: We make monthly payouts for a specific payout period of ten to 30 years that you elect. We will make payouts only for the number of years specified whether the annuitant is living or not. Depending on the selected time period, it is foreseeable that an annuitant can outlive the payout period selected. During the annuity payout period, you may make full and partial withdrawals. If you make a full withdrawal, you can elect to have us determine the present value of any remaining variable payouts and pay it to you in a lump sum.

For Plan A, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, no payments will be made. For Plan B, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue for the guaranteed payout period. For Plan C, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue for the installment refund period. For Plan D, if both annuitants die before the initial payment, no payments will be made; however, if one annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue until the death of the surviving annuitant.

In addition to the annuity payout plans described above, we may offer additional payout plans. Terms and conditions of annuity payout plans will be disclosed at the time of election, including any associated fees or charges. It is important to remember that the election and use of liquidity features will result in payouts ceasing.

Utilizing a liquidity feature to withdraw the underlying value of remaining payouts may result in the assessment of a withdrawal charge (See “Charges — Withdrawal charge”) or a 10% IRS penalty tax. (See “Taxes.”).

Annuity payout plan requirements for qualified annuities: If your contract is a qualified annuity, you must select a payout plan as of the retirement date set forth in your contract. You have the responsibility for electing a payout plan under your contract that complies with applicable law. Your contract describes your payout plan options. The options will meet certain IRS regulations governing RMDs if the payout plan meets the incidental distribution benefit requirements, if any, and the payouts are made:

• in equal or substantially equal payments over a period not longer than your life expectancy, or over the joint life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary; or

• over a period certain not longer than your life expectancy or over the joint life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary.

If we do not receive instructions: You must give us written instructions for the annuity payouts at least 30 days before the annuitant’s retirement date. If you do not, we will make payouts under Plan B, with 120 monthly payouts guaranteed.

If monthly payouts would be less than $20: We will calculate the amount of monthly payouts at the time the contract value is used to purchase a payout plan. If the calculations show that monthly payouts would be less than $20, we have the right to pay the contract value to the owner in a lump sum or to change the frequency of the payouts.

50    Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Death after annuity payouts begin: If you or the annuitant die after annuity payouts begin, we will pay any amount payable to the beneficiary as provided in the annuity payout plan in effect. Payments to beneficiaries are subject to adjustment to comply with the IRS rules and regulations.

Taxes

Under current law, your contract has a tax-deferral feature. Generally, this means you do not pay income tax until there is a taxable distribution (or deemed distribution) from the contract. We will send a tax information reporting form for any year in which we made a taxable or reportable distribution according to our records.

Nonqualified Annuities

Generally, only the increase in the value of a non-qualified annuity contract over the investment in the contract is taxable. Certain exceptions apply. Federal tax law requires that all nonqualified deferred annuity contracts issued by the same company (and possibly its affiliates) to the same owner during a calendar year be taxed as a single, unified contract when distributions are taken from any one of those contracts.

Annuity payouts: Generally, unlike withdrawals described below, the income taxation of annuity payouts is subject to exclusion ratios (for fixed annuity payouts) or annual excludable amounts (for variable annuity payouts). In other words, in most cases, a portion of each payout will be ordinary income and subject to tax, and a portion of each payout will be considered a return of part of your investment in the contract and will not be taxed. All amounts you receive after your investment in the contract is fully recovered will be subject to tax. Under Annuity Payout Plan A: Life annuity — no refund, where the annuitant dies before your investment in the contract is fully recovered, the remaining portion of the unrecovered investment may be available as a federal income tax deduction to the owner for the last taxable year. Under all other annuity payout plans, where the annuity payouts end before your investment in the contract is fully recovered, the remaining portion of the unrecovered investment may be available as a federal income tax deduction to the taxpayer for the tax year in which the payouts end. (See “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Federal tax law permits taxpayers to annuitize a portion of their nonqualified annuity while leaving the remaining balance to continue to grow tax-deferred. Under the partial annuitization rules, the portion annuitized must be received as an annuity for a period of 10 years or more, or for the lives of one or more individuals. If this requirement is met, the annuitized portion and the tax-deferred balance will generally be treated as two separate contracts for income tax purposes only. If a contract is partially annuitized, the investment in the contract is allocated between the deferred and the annuitized portions on a pro rata basis.

Withdrawals: Generally, if you withdrawal all or part of your nonqualified annuity your annuity payouts begin, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, your withdrawal will be taxed to the extent that the contract value immediately before the withdrawal exceeds the investment in the contract. Different rules may apply if you exchange another contract into this contract.

You also may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty for withdrawals of taxable income you make before reaching age 59½ unless certain exceptions apply.

Withholding: If you receive taxable income as a result of an annuity payout or withdrawal, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, we may deduct federal, and in some cases state withholding against the payment. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your income tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. As long as you have provided us with a valid Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number, and you have a valid U.S. address, you may be able to elect not to have federal income tax withholding occur.

If the payment is part of an annuity payout plan, we generally compute the amount of federal income tax withholding using payroll tables. You may provide us with a statement of how many exemptions to use in calculating the withholding. If the distribution is any other type of payment (such as partial or full withdrawal) we compute federal income tax withholding using 10% of the taxable portion.

The federal income tax withholding requirements differ if we deliver payment outside the United States or you are a non-resident alien.

Some states also may impose income tax withholding requirements similar to the federal withholding described above or may allow you to elect withholding. If this should be the case, we may deduct state income tax withholding from the payment.

Death benefits to beneficiaries: The death benefit under a nonqualified contract is not exempt from estate (federal or state) taxes. In addition, for income tax purposes, any amount your beneficiary receives that exceeds the remaining investment in the contract is taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary in the year he or she receives the payments. (See also “Benefits in Case of Death — If You Die Before the Retirement Date”).

Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus    51

Net Investment Income Tax (also known as Medicare contribution tax): Effective for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2013, certain investment income of high-income individuals (as well as estates and trusts) is subject to a 3.8% net investment income tax (as an addition to income taxes). For individuals, the 3.8% tax applies to the lesser of (1) the amount by which the taxpayer’s modified adjusted gross income exceeds $200,000 ($250,000 for married filing jointly and surviving spouses; $125,000 for married filing separately) or (2) the taxpayer’s “net investment income.” Net investment income includes taxable income from nonqualified annuities. Annuity holders are advised to consult their tax advisor regarding the possible implications of this additional tax.

Annuities owned by corporations, partnerships or irrevocable trusts: For nonqualified annuities, any annual increase in the value of annuities held by such entities (non-natural persons) generally will be treated as ordinary income received during that year. However, if the trust was set up for the benefit of a natural person(s) only, the income may remain tax-deferred until withdrawn or paid out.

Penalties: If you receive amounts from your nonqualified annuity before reaching age 59½, you may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty on the amount includable in your ordinary income. However, this penalty will not apply to any amount received:

• because of your death or in the event of non-natural ownership, the death of annuitant;

• because you become disabled (as defined in the Code);

• if the distribution is part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments, made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or joint lives or life expectancies of you and your beneficiary);

• if it is allocable to an investment before Aug. 14, 1982; or

• if annuity payouts are made under immediate annuities as defined by the Code.

Transfer of ownership: Generally, if you transfer ownership of a nonqualified annuity without receiving adequate consideration, the transfer may be taxed as a withdrawal for federal income tax purposes. If the transfer is a currently taxable event for income tax purposes, the original owner will be taxed on the amount of deferred earnings at the time of the transfer and also may be subject to the 10% IRS penalty discussed earlier. In this case, the new owner’s investment in the contract will be equal to the investment in the contract at the time of the transfer plus any earnings included in the original owner’s taxable income as a result of the transfer. In general, this rule does not apply to transfers between spouses or former spouses. Similar rules apply if you transfer ownership for full consideration. Please consult your tax advisor for further details.

1035 Exchanges: Section 1035 of the Code permits nontaxable exchanges of certain insurance policies, endowment contracts, annuity contracts and qualified long-term care insurance contracts while providing for continued tax deferral of earnings. In addition, Section 1035 permits the carryover of the investment in the contract from the old policy or contract to the new policy or contract. In a 1035 exchange one policy or contract is exchanged for another policy or contract. The following can qualify as nontaxable exchanges: (1) the exchange of a life insurance policy for another life insurance policy or for an endowment, annuity or qualified long-term care insurance contract, (2) the exchange of an endowment contract for an annuity or qualified long-term care insurance contract, or for an endowment contract under which payments will begin no later than payments would have begun under the contract exchanged, (3) the exchange of an annuity contract for another annuity or for a qualified long-term care insurance contract, and (4) the exchange of a qualified long-term care insurance contract for a qualified long-term care insurance contract. Additionally, other tax rules apply. However, if the life insurance policy has an outstanding loan, there may be tax consequences. Depending on the issue date of your original policy or contract, there may be tax or other benefits that are given up to gain the benefits of the new policy or contract. Consider whether the features and benefits of the new policy or contract outweigh any tax or other benefits of the old contract.

For a partial exchange of an annuity contract for another annuity contract, the 1035 exchange is generally tax-free. The investment in the original contract and the earnings on the contract will be allocated proportionately between the original and new contracts. However, per IRS Revenue Procedure 2011-38, if withdrawals are taken from either contract within the 180-day period following a partial 1035 exchange, the IRS will apply general tax principles to determine the appropriate tax treatment of the exchange and subsequent withdrawal. As a result, there may be unexpected tax consequences. You should consult your tax advisor before taking any withdrawal from either contract during the 180-day period following a partial exchange.

Assignment: If you assign or pledge your contract as collateral for a loan, earnings on purchase payments you made after Aug. 13, 1982 will be taxed as a deemed distribution and also may be subject to the 10% penalty as discussed above.

52    Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Qualified Annuities

Adverse tax consequences may result if you do not ensure that contributions, distributions and other transactions under the contract comply with the law. Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions. You should refer to your retirement plan’s Summary Plan Description, your IRA disclosure statement, or consult a tax advisor for additional information about the distribution rules applicable to your situation.

When you use your contract to fund a retirement plan or IRA that is already tax-deferred under the Code, the contract will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral. If your contract is used to fund an employer sponsored plan, your right to benefits may be subject to the terms and conditions of the plan regardless of the terms of the contract.

Annuity payouts: Under a qualified annuity, except a Roth IRA, Roth 401(k) or Roth 403(b), the entire payout generally is includable as ordinary income and is subject to tax unless: (1) the contract is an IRA to which you made non-deductible contributions; or (2) you rolled after-tax dollars from a retirement plan into your IRA; or 3) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you or your employer have contributed after-tax dollars; or (4) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you direct such payout to be directly rolled over to another eligible retirement plan such as an IRA. We may permit partial annuitizations of qualified annuity contracts. If we accept partial annuitizations, please remember that your contract will still need to comply with other requirements such as required minimum distributions and the payment of taxes. Prior to considering a partial annuitization on a qualified contract, you should discuss your decision and any implications with your tax adviser. Because we cannot accurately track certain after tax funding sources, we will generally report any payments on partial annuitizations as ordinary income except in the case of a qualified distribution from a Roth IRA.

Annuity payouts from Roth IRAs: In general, the entire payout from a Roth IRA can be free from income and penalty taxes if you have attained age 59½ and meet the five year holding period.

Withdrawals: Under a qualified annuity, except a Roth IRA, Roth 401(k) or Roth 403(b), the entire withdrawal will generally be includable as ordinary income and is subject to tax unless: (1) the contract is an IRA to which you made non-deductible contributions; or (2) you rolled after-tax dollars from a retirement plan into your IRA; or (3) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you or your employer have contributed after-tax dollars; or (4) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you direct such withdrawal to be directly rolled over to another eligible retirement plan such as an IRA.

Withdrawals from Roth IRAs: In general, the entire payout from a Roth IRA can be free from income and penalty taxes if you have attained age 59½ and meet the five year holding period or another qualifying event such as death or disability.

Required Minimum Distributions: Retirement plans (except for Roth IRAs) are subject to required withdrawals called required minimum distributions (“RMDs”) beginning at age 72 (age 70 ½ if you were born on or before June 30, 1949). RMDs are based on the fair market value of your contract at year-end divided by the life expectancy factor. Certain death benefits and optional riders may be considered in determining the fair market value of your contract for RMD purposes. This may cause your RMD to be higher. Inherited IRAs (including inherited Roth IRAs) are subject to special required minimum distribution rules. You should consult your tax advisor prior to making a purchase for an explanation of the potential tax implications to you.

Withholding for IRAs, Roth IRAs, SEPs and SIMPLE IRAs: If you receive taxable income as a result of an annuity payout or a withdrawal, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, we may deduct withholding against the payment. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. As long as you have provided us with a valid Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number, you can elect not to have any withholding occur.

If the payment is part of an annuity payout plan, we generally compute the amount of federal income tax withholding using payroll tables. You may provide us with a statement of how many exemptions to use in calculating the withholding. If the distribution is any other type of payment (such as a partial or full withdrawal) we compute federal income tax withholding using 10% of the taxable portion.

The federal income tax withholding requirements differ if we deliver payment outside the United States or you are a non-resident alien.

Some states also may impose income tax withholding requirements similar to the federal withholding described above. If this should be the case, we may deduct state income tax withholding from the payment.

Withholding for all other qualified annuities: If you receive directly all or part of the contract value from a qualified annuity, mandatory 20% federal income tax withholding (and possibly state income tax withholding) generally will be imposed at the time the payout is made from the plan. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. This mandatory withholding will not be imposed if instead of receiving the distribution check, you elect to have the distribution rolled over directly to an IRA or another eligible plan. Payments made to a surviving spouse instead of being directly rolled over to an IRA are also subject to mandatory 20% income tax withholding.

Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus    53

In the below situations, the distribution is subject to an optional 10% withholding instead of the mandatory 20% withholding. We will withhold 10% of the distribution amount unless you elect otherwise.

• the payout is one in a series of substantially equal periodic payouts, made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or the joint lives or life expectancies of you and your designated beneficiary) or over a specified period of 10 years or more;

• the payout is a RMD as defined under the Code;

• the payout is made on account of an eligible hardship; or

• the payout is a corrective distribution.

State withholding also may be imposed on taxable distributions.

Penalties: If you receive amounts from your qualified contract before reaching age 59½, you may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty on the amount includable in your ordinary income. However, this penalty generally will not apply to any amount received:

• because of your death;

• because you become disabled (as defined in the Code);

• if the distribution is part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or joint lives or life expectancies of you and your beneficiary);

• if the distribution is made following severance from employment during or after the calendar year in which you attain age 55 (TSAs and annuities funding 401(a) plans only);

• to pay certain medical or education expenses (IRAs only); or

• if the distribution is made from an inherited IRA.

Death benefits to beneficiaries: The entire death benefit generally is taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary in the year he/she receives the payments from the qualified annuity. If you made non-deductible contributions to a traditional IRA, the portion of any distribution from the contract that represents after-tax contributions is not taxable as ordinary income to your beneficiary. You are responsible for keeping all records tracking your non-deductible contributions to an IRA. Death benefits under a Roth IRA generally are not taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary if certain distribution requirements are met. (See also “Benefits in Case of Death — If you Die Before the Retirement Date”).

Change of retirement plan type: IRS regulations allow for rollovers of certain retirement plan distributions. In some circumstances, you may be able to have an intra-contract rollover, keeping the same features and conditions. If the annuity contract you have does not support an intra-contract rollover, you are able to request an IRS approved rollover to another annuity contract or other investment product that you choose. If you choose another annuity contract or investment product, you will be subject to new rules, including a new withdrawal charge schedule for an annuity contract, or other product rules as applicable.

Assignment:You may not assign or pledge your qualified contract as collateral for a loan.

Other

Special considerations if you select any optional rider: As of the date of this prospectus, we believe that charges related to these riders are not subject to current taxation. Therefore, we will not report these charges as partial withdrawals from your contract. However, the IRS may determine that these charges should be treated as partial withdrawals subject to taxation to the extent of any gain as well as the 10% tax penalty for withdrawals before the age of 59½, if applicable, on the taxable portion.

We reserve the right to report charges for these riders as partial withdrawals if we, as a withholding and reporting agent, believe that we are required to report them. In addition, we will report any benefits attributable to these riders on the death of you or the annuitant as an annuity death benefit distribution, not as proceeds from life insurance.

Important: Our discussion of federal tax laws is based upon our understanding of current interpretations of these laws. Federal tax laws or current interpretations of them may change. For this reason and because tax consequences are complex and highly individual and cannot always be anticipated, you should consult a tax advisor if you have any questions about taxation of your contract.

RiverSource Life’s tax status: We are taxed as a life insurance company under the Code. For federal income tax purposes, the subaccounts are considered a part of our company, although their operations are treated separately in accounting and financial statements. Investment income is reinvested in the fund in which each subaccount invests and becomes part of that subaccount’s value. This investment income, including realized capital gains, is not subject to any withholding for federal or state income taxes. We reserve the right to make such a charge in the future if there is a change in the tax treatment of variable annuities or in our tax status as we then understand it.
The company includes in its taxable income the net investment income derived from the investment of assets held in its

54    Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus

subaccounts because the company is considered the owner of these assets under federal income tax law.  The company may claim certain tax benefits associated with this investment income.  These benefits, which may include foreign tax credits and the corporate dividend received deduction, are not passed on to you since the company is the owner of the assets under federal tax law and is taxed on the investment income generated by the assets. 

Tax qualification: We intend that the contract qualify as an annuity for federal income tax purposes. To that end, the provisions of the contract are to be interpreted to ensure or maintain such tax qualification, in spite of any other provisions of the contract. We reserve the right to amend the contract to reflect any clarifications that may be needed or are appropriate to maintain such qualification or to conform the contract to any applicable changes in the tax qualification requirements. We will send you a copy of any amendments.

Spousal status: When it comes to your marital status and the identification and naming of any spouse as a beneficiary or party to your contract, we will rely on the representations you make to us. Based on this reliance, we will issue and administer your contract in accordance with these representations. If you represent that you are married and your representation is incorrect or your marriage is deemed invalid for federal or state law purposes, then the benefits and rights under your contract may be different.

If you have any questions as to the status of your relationship as a marriage, then you should consult an appropriate tax or legal advisor.

Voting Rights

As a contract owner with investments in the subaccounts, you may vote on important fund policies until annuity payouts begin. Once they begin, the person receiving them has voting rights. We will vote fund shares according to the instructions of the person with voting rights.

Before annuity payouts begin, the number of votes you have is determined by applying your percentage interest in each subaccount to the total number of votes allowed to the subaccount.

After annuity payouts begin, the number of votes you have is equal to:

• the reserve held in each subaccount for your contract; divided by

• the net asset value of one share of the applicable fund.

As we make annuity payouts, the reserve for the contract decreases; therefore, the number of votes also will decrease.

We calculate votes separately for each subaccount. We will send notice of shareholders’ meetings, proxy materials and a statement of the number of votes to which the voter is entitled. We are the legal owner of all fund shares and therefore hold all voting rights.  However, to the extent required by law, we will vote the shares of each fund according to instructions we receive from policy owners. We will vote shares for which we have not received instructions and shares that we or our affiliates own in our own names in the same proportion as the votes for which we received instructions. As a result of this proportional voting, in cases when a small number of contract owners vote, their votes will have a greater impact and may even control the outcome.

Substitution of Investments

We may substitute the funds in which the subaccounts invest if:

• laws or regulations change;

• the existing funds become unavailable; or

• in our judgment, the funds no longer are suitable (or are not the most suitable) for the subaccounts.

If any of these situations occur, we have the right to substitute a fund currently listed in this prospectus (existing fund) for another fund (new fund), provided we obtain any required SEC and state insurance law approval. The new fund may have higher fees and/or operating expenses than the existing fund. Also, the new fund may have investment objectives and policies and/or investment advisers which differ from the existing fund.

We may also:

• add new subaccounts;

• combine any two or more subaccounts;

• transfer assets to and from the subaccounts or the variable account; and

• eliminate or close any subaccounts.

We will notify you of any substitution or change.

Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus    55

In the event of any such substitution or change, we may amend the contract and take whatever action is necessary and appropriate without your consent or approval. We will obtain any required prior approval of the SEC or state insurance departments before making any substitution or change.

About the Service Providers

Principal Underwriter

RiverSource Distributors, Inc. (RiverSource Distributors), our affiliate, serves as the principal underwriter and general distributor of the contract. Its offices are located at 70100 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, MN 55474. RiverSource Distributors is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ameriprise Financial, Inc.

Sales of the Contract

New contracts are not currently being offered.

• Only securities broker-dealers (“selling firms”) registered with the SEC and members of the FINRA may sell the contract.

• The contracts are continuously offered to the public through authorized selling firms. We and RiverSource Distributors have a sales agreement with the selling firm. The sales agreement authorizes the selling firm to offer the contracts to the public. RiverSource Distributors pays the selling firm (or an affiliated insurance agency) for contracts its investment professional sell. The selling firm may be required to return sales commissions under certain circumstances including but not limited to when contracts are returned under the free look period.

Payments We May Make to Selling Firms

• We may use compensation plans which vary by selling firm. For example, some of these plans pay selling firms a commission of up to 4.25% each time a purchase payment is made for contract Option L and 1.00% for Contract Option C. We may also pay ongoing trail commissions of up to 1.00% of the contract value. We do not pay or withhold payment of trail commissions based on which investment options you select.

• We may pay selling firms an additional sales commission of up to 1.00% of purchase payments for a period of time we select. For example, we may offer to pay an additional sales commission to get selling firms to market a new or enhanced contract or to increase sales during the period.

• In addition to commissions, we may, in order to promote sales of the contracts, and as permitted by applicable laws and regulation, pay or provide selling firms with other promotional incentives in cash, credit or other compensation. We generally (but may not) offer these promotional incentives to all selling firms. The terms of such arrangements differ between selling firms. These promotional incentives may include but are not limited to:

• sponsorship of marketing, educational, due diligence and compliance meetings and conferences we or the selling firm may conduct for investment professionals, including subsidy of travel, meal, lodging, entertainment and other expenses related to these meetings;

• marketing support related to sales of the contract including for example, the creation of marketing materials, advertising and newsletters;

• providing service to contract owners; and

• funding other events sponsored by a selling firm that may encourage the selling firm’s investment professionals to sell the contract.

These promotional incentives or reimbursements may be calculated as a percentage of the selling firm’s aggregate, net or anticipated sales and/or total assets attributable to sales of the contract, and/or may be a fixed dollar amount. As noted below this additional compensation may cause the selling firm and its investment professionals to favor the contracts.

Sources of Payments to Selling Firms

When we pay the commissions and other compensation described above from our assets. Our assets may include:

• revenues we receive from fees and expenses that you will pay when buying, owning and making a withdrawal from the contract (see “Expense Summary”);

• compensation we or an affiliate receive from the underlying funds in the form of distribution and services fees (see “The Variable Account and the Funds — The Funds”);

• compensation we or an affiliate receive from a fund’s investment adviser, subadviser, distributor or an affiliate of any of these (see “The Variable Account and the Funds — The Funds”); and

• revenues we receive from other contracts we sell that are not securities and other businesses we conduct.

56    Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus

You do not directly pay the commissions and other compensation described above as the result of a specific charge or deduction under the contract. However, you may pay part or all of the commissions and other compensation described above indirectly through:

• fees and expenses we collect from contract owners, including withdrawal charges; and

• fees and expenses charged by the underlying subaccount funds in which you invest, to the extent we or one of our affiliates receive revenue from the funds or an affiliated person.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Compensation payment arrangements made with selling firms can potentially:

• give selling firms a heightened financial incentive to sell the contract offered in this prospectus over another investment with lower compensation to the selling firm.

• cause selling firms to encourage their investment professionals to sell you the contract offered in this prospectus instead of selling you other alternative investments that may result in lower compensation to the selling firm.

• cause selling firms to grant us access to its investment professionals to promote sales of the contract offered in this prospectus, while denying that access to other firms offering similar contracts or other alternative investments which may pay lower compensation to the selling firm.

Payments to Investment Professionals

• The selling firm pays its investment professionals. The selling firm decides the compensation and benefits it will pay its investment professionals.

• To inform yourself of any potential conflicts of interest, ask the investment professional before you buy, how the selling firm and its investment professionals are being compensated and the amount of the compensation that each will receive if you buy the contract.

Service Providers

Our Service Center performs certain administrative services on the contracts and policies we issue. The address and telephone number of our Service Center are listed on the first page of the prospectus. We also have entered into agreements with certain entities to provide the identified services in connection with the contracts and policies we issue. The entities engaged by RiverSource Life may change over time. Entities that provided services to RiverSource Life in 2019 are listed in the table below.

Name of Service Provider	Services Provided	Address
Ameriprise Financial, Inc.	Business affairs management and administrative support related to new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies	707 Second Avenue South Minneapolis MN 55402 USA
Ameriprise India Private Limited	Administrative support related to new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies annual report filings	Plot No. 14, Sector 18 Udyog Vihar Gurugram, Haryana – 122 015 India
Sykes Enterprise Incorporated	Administrative support related to e new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies	10th Floor, Glorietta BPO 1 Office Tower Makati City 1224 Metro Manila Philippines

Issuer

We issue the contracts. We are a stock life insurance company organized in 1957 under the laws of the state of Minnesota and are located at 829 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, MN 55474. We are a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ameriprise Financial, Inc.

We conduct a conventional life insurance business. We are licensed to do business in 49 states, the District of Columbia and American Samoa. Our primary products currently include fixed and variable annuity contracts and life insurance policies.

Legal Proceedings

Insurance companies have been the subject of increasing regulatory, legislative and judicial scrutiny. Numerous state and federal regulatory agencies have commenced examinations and other inquiries of insurance companies regarding sales and marketing practices (including sales to older consumers and disclosure practices), claims handling, and unclaimed property and escheatment practices and procedures. RiverSource Life has cooperated and will continue to cooperate with the applicable regulators.

Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus    57

RiverSource Life is involved in the normal course of business in a number of other legal and arbitration proceedings concerning matters arising in connection with the conduct of its business activities. RiverSource Life believes that it is not a party to, nor are any of its properties the subject of, any pending legal, arbitration or regulatory investigation, examination or proceeding that is likely to have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is possible that the outcome of any current or future legal, arbitration or regulatory proceeding could have a material impact on results of operations in any particular reporting period as the proceedings are resolved.

Uncertain economic conditions, heightened and sustained volatility in the financial markets and significant financial reform legislation may increase the likelihood that clients and other persons or regulators may present or threaten legal claims or that regulators increase the scope or frequency of examinations of RiverSource Life or the insurance industry generally.

Additional Information

Incorporation of Certain Documents By Reference

The SEC allows us to “incorporate by reference” the information we have filed with the SEC. This means that we can disclose important information to you without actually including the specific information in this prospectus by referring you to other documents filed separately with the SEC. The information incorporated by reference is an important part of this prospectus. Information that we later provide to the SEC, and which is deemed to be “filed” with the SEC, will automatically update information previously filed with the SEC, and may replace information in this prospectus and information previously filed with the SEC. We incorporate by reference RiverSource Life Insurance Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019 as filed with the SEC on Feb.26, 2020under File No. 033-28976 in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and any filings we make with the SEC under Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act (excluding information deemed to be furnished and not filed with the SEC) after the effective date of this registration statement, until all offerings under the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part are completed or terminated. The annual report contains additional information about RiverSource Life Insurance Company, including audited financial statements for the latest fiscal year.

RiverSource Life will furnish you without charge a copy of any or all of the documents incorporated by reference into this prospectus, including any exhibits to such documents which have been specifically incorporated by reference. We will do so upon receipt of your written or oral request. You can contact RiverSource Life at the telephone number and address listed on the first page of this prospectus.

Available Information

This prospectus is part of a registration statement we file with the SEC. Additional information on RiverSource Life and on this offering is available in the registration statement and other materials we file. You can obtain copies of these materials at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. This prospectus, other information about the contract and other information incorporated by reference are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at (http://www.sec.gov).

Indemnification

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the Act) may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of RiverSource Life pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

58    Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix: Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)

The following tables give per-unit information about the financial history of the subaccounts representing the lowest and highest total annual variable account expense combinations. The date in which operations commenced in each subaccount is noted in parentheses. The SAI contains tables that give per-unit information about the financial history of each existing subaccount. We have not provided this information for subaccounts (if any) that were not available under your contract as of December 31, 2019. You may obtain a copy of the SAI without charge by contacting us at the telephone number or address listed on the first page of the prospectus.

Variable account charges of 1.40% of the daily net assets of the variable account.

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
AB VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio (Class B) (9/22/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.99	$1.11	$0.83	$0.85	$0.84	$0.81	$0.67	$0.60	$0.79	$0.68
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.26	$0.99	$1.11	$0.83	$0.85	$0.84	$0.81	$0.67	$0.60	$0.79
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	115	117	120	136	153	157	170	235	350	428
AB VPS Growth and Income Portfolio (Class B) (8/30/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.66	$2.87	$2.45	$2.24	$2.24	$2.08	$1.57	$1.35	$1.29	$1.16
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.25	$2.66	$2.87	$2.45	$2.24	$2.24	$2.08	$1.57	$1.35	$1.29
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	32	34	35	38	38	40	47	85	118	138
AB VPS Large Cap Growth Portfolio (Class B) (9/22/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.80	$1.78	$1.37	$1.36	$1.25	$1.11	$0.82	$0.72	$0.75	$0.69
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.38	$1.80	$1.78	$1.37	$1.36	$1.25	$1.11	$0.82	$0.72	$0.75
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	204	234	253	283	275	305	318	380	710	877
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3) (2/21/1995)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.27	$3.45	$2.82	$2.65	$2.66	$2.34	$1.78	$1.58	$1.53	$1.32
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.02	$3.27	$3.45	$2.82	$2.65	$2.66	$2.34	$1.78	$1.58	$1.53
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	691	751	812	971	1,161	1,313	1,652	2,086	2,533	3,074
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.70	$2.91	$2.58	$2.31	$2.41	$2.22	$1.78	$1.58	$1.69	$1.46
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.30	$2.70	$2.91	$2.58	$2.31	$2.41	$2.22	$1.78	$1.58	$1.69
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	266	319	381	449	507	613	1,067	1,539	1,827	2,123
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund (Class 3) (2/21/1995)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.20	$1.20	$1.21	$1.23	$1.24	$1.26	$1.28	$1.30	$1.31	$1.33
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.20	$1.20	$1.20	$1.21	$1.23	$1.24	$1.26	$1.28	$1.30	$1.31
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2,284	2,512	3,009	3,452	2,179	2,496	2,750	2,860	3,784	4,615
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3) (2/21/1995)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.23	$2.26	$2.21	$2.14	$2.17	$2.09	$2.17	$2.04	$1.94	$1.82
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.40	$2.23	$2.26	$2.21	$2.14	$2.17	$2.09	$2.17	$2.04	$1.94
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	706	755	840	961	1,077	1,216	1,527	2,043	2,171	2,609
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Mid Cap Growth Fund (Class 3) (8/30/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.59	$2.76	$2.28	$2.26	$2.18	$2.06	$1.59	$1.45	$1.73	$1.39
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.45	$2.59	$2.76	$2.28	$2.26	$2.18	$2.06	$1.59	$1.45	$1.73
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	332	362	391	466	537	578	666	810	906	1,009
Columbia Variable Portfolio – U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.30	$1.29	$1.27	$1.26	$1.26	$1.21	$1.25	$1.25	$1.25	$1.23
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.36	$1.30	$1.29	$1.27	$1.26	$1.26	$1.21	$1.25	$1.25	$1.25
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	273	257	388	467	459	562	619	688	803	893
Fidelity® VIP ContrafundSM Portfolio Service Class 2 (8/30/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.21	$3.49	$2.91	$2.74	$2.76	$2.51	$1.94	$1.70	$1.77	$1.54
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.15	$3.21	$3.49	$2.91	$2.74	$2.76	$2.51	$1.94	$1.70	$1.77
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	533	581	727	823	882	1,062	1,652	2,342	2,842	3,363
Fidelity® VIP Growth Portfolio Service Class 2 (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.35	$2.40	$1.80	$1.82	$1.73	$1.58	$1.18	$1.04	$1.06	$0.87
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.11	$2.35	$2.40	$1.80	$1.82	$1.73	$1.58	$1.18	$1.04	$1.06
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	15	16	46	47	37	61	111	144	158	187
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2 (5/1/2001)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.59	$4.27	$3.59	$3.26	$3.36	$3.21	$2.40	$2.12	$2.41	$1.90
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.36	$3.59	$4.27	$3.59	$3.26	$3.36	$3.21	$2.40	$2.12	$2.41
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	152	157	178	202	238	292	449	629	812	1,103
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund – Class 2 (9/22/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.44	$2.72	$2.54	$2.22	$2.37	$2.24	$1.77	$1.57	$1.61	$1.47
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.94	$2.44	$2.72	$2.54	$2.22	$2.37	$2.24	$1.77	$1.57	$1.61
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	711	804	950	1,180	1,259	1,538	1,777	2,135	2,449	3,186

Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus    59

Variable account charges of 1.40% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Franklin Small Cap Value VIP Fund – Class 2 (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.87	$3.34	$3.06	$2.38	$2.61	$2.63	$1.96	$1.68	$1.77	$1.40
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.58	$2.87	$3.34	$3.06	$2.38	$2.61	$2.63	$1.96	$1.68	$1.77
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	34	43	51	56	58	65	90	113	131	165
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund, Series II Shares (8/30/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.37	$2.56	$2.05	$2.13	$2.09	$1.84	$1.44	$1.29	$1.32	$1.23
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.18	$2.37	$2.56	$2.05	$2.13	$2.09	$1.84	$1.44	$1.29	$1.32
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	15	16	24	34	34	39	44	45	56	78
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.51	$2.94	$2.19	$2.22	$2.17	$2.16	$1.72	$1.45	$1.60	$1.40
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.25	$2.51	$2.94	$2.19	$2.22	$2.17	$2.16	$1.72	$1.45	$1.60
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	45	56	58	73	77	102	196	233	296	371
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Strategic Income Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.79	$1.90	$1.81	$1.73	$1.80	$1.78	$1.81	$1.63	$1.64	$1.45
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.95	$1.79	$1.90	$1.81	$1.73	$1.80	$1.78	$1.81	$1.63	$1.64
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	476	486	563	720	818	1,010	1,478	1,875	2,158	2,738
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund, Series II Shares (7/31/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.44	$3.90	$3.47	$2.99	$3.23	$2.94	$2.12	$1.82	$1.90	$1.56
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.28	$3.44	$3.90	$3.47	$2.99	$3.23	$2.94	$2.12	$1.82	$1.90
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	24	26	34	36	38	58	71	63	91	140
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series II Shares (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.75	$1.85	$1.47	$1.46	$1.42	$1.33	$0.96	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.35	$1.75	$1.85	$1.47	$1.46	$1.42	$1.33	$0.96	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	9	31	48	49	49	52	62	88	—	—
Invesco V.I. Comstock Fund, Series II Shares (8/30/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.64	$3.05	$2.63	$2.28	$2.47	$2.29	$1.71	$1.46	$1.51	$1.33
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.25	$2.64	$3.05	$2.63	$2.28	$2.47	$2.29	$1.71	$1.46	$1.51
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	317	334	398	473	555	641	1,078	1,794	2,208	2,626
Invesco V.I. Growth and Income Fund, Series II Shares (8/30/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.58	$3.03	$2.69	$2.29	$2.40	$2.21	$1.68	$1.49	$1.54	$1.39
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.18	$2.58	$3.03	$2.69	$2.29	$2.40	$2.21	$1.68	$1.49	$1.54
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	20	21	33	34	34	38	62	74	118	154
Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares* (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.54	$1.66	$1.38	$1.39	$1.39	$1.31	$0.97	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.03	$1.54	$1.66	$1.38	$1.39	$1.39	$1.31	$0.97	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	6	7	20	21	21	22	23	58	—	—
*Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares is scheduled to merge into Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares sometime during the second quarter of 2020.
Invesco V.I. Value Opportunities Fund, Series II Shares (7/31/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.65	$2.08	$1.80	$1.55	$1.76	$1.67	$1.27	$1.10	$1.15	$1.09
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.12	$1.65	$2.08	$1.80	$1.55	$1.76	$1.67	$1.27	$1.10	$1.15
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	21	29	32	40	45	93	144	166	211	315
MFS® New Discovery Series – Service Class (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.52	$2.60	$2.09	$1.95	$2.02	$2.21	$1.59	$1.33	$1.51	$1.13
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.52	$2.52	$2.60	$2.09	$1.95	$2.02	$2.21	$1.59	$1.33	$1.51
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	7	7	7	7	7	7	7	27	36	72
MFS® Total Return Series – Service Class (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.88	$2.03	$1.84	$1.71	$1.74	$1.63	$1.40	$1.28	$1.27	$1.18
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.23	$1.88	$2.03	$1.84	$1.71	$1.74	$1.63	$1.40	$1.28	$1.27
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	244	270	290	336	365	500	604	700	881	1,125
MFS® Utilities Series – Service Class (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.90	$3.93	$3.48	$3.17	$3.77	$3.40	$2.87	$2.57	$2.45	$2.19
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.80	$3.90	$3.93	$3.48	$3.17	$3.77	$3.40	$2.87	$2.57	$2.45
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	32	33	33	34	33	36	36	42	74	96
Morgan Stanley VIF U.S. Real Estate Portfolio, Class I Shares (8/30/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.37	$3.70	$3.64	$3.46	$3.43	$2.68	$2.67	$2.33	$2.24	$1.74
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.95	$3.37	$3.70	$3.64	$3.46	$3.43	$2.68	$2.67	$2.33	$2.24
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	7	7	7	7	7	13	29	30	41	47
Putnam VT Equity Income Fund – Class IB Shares (5/12/2017)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.01	$1.12	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.30	$1.01	$1.12	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	524	617	717	—	—	—	—	—	—	—

60    Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.40% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Putnam VT Global Health Care Fund – Class IB Shares (5/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.51	$2.57	$2.26	$2.58	$2.43	$1.93	$1.38	$1.15	$1.18	$1.16
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.23	$2.51	$2.57	$2.26	$2.58	$2.43	$1.93	$1.38	$1.15	$1.18
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	26	24	36	59	67	47	49	48	71	94
Putnam VT International Equity Fund – Class IB Shares (9/22/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.30	$1.63	$1.31	$1.36	$1.38	$1.50	$1.19	$0.99	$1.20	$1.11
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.61	$1.30	$1.63	$1.31	$1.36	$1.38	$1.50	$1.19	$0.99	$1.20
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	242	248	282	297	527	565	636	714	947	1,199
Templeton Foreign VIP Fund – Class 2 (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.64	$1.97	$1.71	$1.62	$1.75	$2.00	$1.65	$1.42	$1.61	$1.50
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.82	$1.64	$1.97	$1.71	$1.62	$1.75	$2.00	$1.65	$1.42	$1.61
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	138	150	172	200	209	230	286	330	396	517
Variable Portfolio – Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.31	$2.71	$2.57	$2.07	$2.32	$2.30	$1.73	$1.55	$1.64	$1.34
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.72	$2.31	$2.71	$2.57	$2.07	$2.32	$2.30	$1.73	$1.55	$1.64
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	201	206	240	259	312	366	577	973	1,139	1,364
Wells Fargo VT International Equity Fund – Class 2 (7/31/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.79	$2.20	$1.79	$1.76	$1.75	$1.88	$1.59	$1.43	$1.66	$1.44
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.04	$1.79	$2.20	$1.79	$1.76	$1.75	$1.88	$1.59	$1.43	$1.66
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	69	85	95	114	115	131	178	197	277	324
Wells Fargo VT Omega Growth Fund – Class 2 (7/31/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.98	$4.02	$3.03	$3.06	$3.06	$2.99	$2.17	$1.82	$1.96	$1.66
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$5.38	$3.98	$4.02	$3.03	$3.06	$3.06	$2.99	$2.17	$1.82	$1.96
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	310	349	418	511	551	659	971	1,453	1,779	2,121
Wells Fargo VT Opportunity Fund – Class 2 (8/26/2011)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.92	$2.10	$1.77	$1.60	$1.67	$1.54	$1.19	$1.05	$1.00	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.50	$1.92	$2.10	$1.77	$1.60	$1.67	$1.54	$1.19	$1.05	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	115	165	175	185	200	236	317	356	501	—
Wells Fargo VT Small Cap Growth Fund – Class 2 (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.11	$1.12	$0.90	$0.85	$0.88	$0.91	$0.62	$0.58	$0.62	$0.49
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.37	$1.11	$1.12	$0.90	$0.85	$0.88	$0.91	$0.62	$0.58	$0.62
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	200	219	231	278	311	388	459	490	627	785

Variable account charges of 1.80% of the daily net assets of the variable account.

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
AB VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio (Class B) (8/30/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.91	$2.17	$1.62	$1.66	$1.65	$1.60	$1.33	$1.19	$1.59	$1.36
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.44	$1.91	$2.17	$1.62	$1.66	$1.65	$1.60	$1.33	$1.19	$1.59
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	3	3	3	3	3	3	3	7	8	11
AB VPS Growth and Income Portfolio (Class B) (8/30/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.48	$2.68	$2.30	$2.11	$2.11	$1.97	$1.49	$1.29	$1.24	$1.12
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.01	$2.48	$2.68	$2.30	$2.11	$2.11	$1.97	$1.49	$1.29	$1.24
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1	1	1	2	2	35	69	72	72	74
AB VPS Large Cap Growth Portfolio (Class B) (8/30/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.90	$2.88	$2.23	$2.22	$2.04	$1.82	$1.35	$1.19	$1.25	$1.16
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.83	$2.90	$2.88	$2.23	$2.22	$2.04	$1.82	$1.35	$1.19	$1.25
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.69	$2.85	$2.33	$2.20	$2.22	$1.96	$1.50	$1.34	$1.29	$1.12
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.29	$2.69	$2.85	$2.33	$2.20	$2.22	$1.96	$1.50	$1.34	$1.29
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	116	119	160	180	196	223	339	445	540	619
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3) (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.30	$2.49	$2.22	$1.99	$2.09	$1.93	$1.55	$1.39	$1.49	$1.29
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.80	$2.30	$2.49	$2.22	$1.99	$2.09	$1.93	$1.55	$1.39	$1.49
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	164	208	240	253	308	348	414	545	634	679
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund (Class 3) (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.88	$0.88	$0.89	$0.91	$0.93	$0.94	$0.96	$0.98	$0.99	$1.01
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.88	$0.88	$0.88	$0.89	$0.91	$0.93	$0.94	$0.96	$0.98	$0.99
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	593	766	901	882	733	260	272	410	653	834

Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus    61

Variable account charges of 1.80% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3) (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.35	$1.37	$1.35	$1.31	$1.33	$1.29	$1.34	$1.27	$1.21	$1.14
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.45	$1.35	$1.37	$1.35	$1.31	$1.33	$1.29	$1.34	$1.27	$1.21
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	100	108	116	115	121	127	130	167	149	178
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Mid Cap Growth Fund (Class 3) (8/30/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.43	$2.60	$2.15	$2.15	$2.07	$1.97	$1.53	$1.40	$1.67	$1.35
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.22	$2.43	$2.60	$2.15	$2.15	$2.07	$1.97	$1.53	$1.40	$1.67
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	22	25	32	36	38	45	62	81	93	91
Columbia Variable Portfolio – U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3) (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.07	$1.07	$1.05	$1.05	$1.05	$1.01	$1.05	$1.05	$1.06	$1.05
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.12	$1.07	$1.07	$1.05	$1.05	$1.05	$1.01	$1.05	$1.05	$1.06
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	51	54	76	78	83	268	98	1,195	135	188
Fidelity® VIP ContrafundSM Portfolio Service Class 2 (8/30/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.00	$3.27	$2.74	$2.59	$2.62	$2.39	$1.86	$1.63	$1.71	$1.49
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.86	$3.00	$3.27	$2.74	$2.59	$2.62	$2.39	$1.86	$1.63	$1.71
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	283	334	388	439	498	582	750	951	1,114	1,216
Fidelity® VIP Growth Portfolio Service Class 2 (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.20	$2.25	$1.70	$1.72	$1.64	$1.50	$1.12	$1.00	$1.02	$0.84
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.89	$2.20	$2.25	$1.70	$1.72	$1.64	$1.50	$1.12	$1.00	$1.02
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2 (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.18	$3.80	$3.21	$2.92	$3.02	$2.90	$2.17	$1.93	$2.21	$1.75
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.85	$3.18	$3.80	$3.21	$2.92	$3.02	$2.90	$2.17	$1.93	$2.21
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	30	35	37	42	53	82	107	137	159	168
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund – Class 2 (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.86	$2.08	$1.95	$1.71	$1.84	$1.75	$1.39	$1.23	$1.27	$1.16
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.24	$1.86	$2.08	$1.95	$1.71	$1.84	$1.75	$1.39	$1.23	$1.27
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	34	34	34	34	9	9	9	9	8	31
Franklin Small Cap Value VIP Fund – Class 2 (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.68	$3.13	$2.88	$2.26	$2.48	$2.51	$1.88	$1.61	$1.71	$1.36
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.33	$2.68	$3.13	$2.88	$2.26	$2.48	$2.51	$1.88	$1.61	$1.71
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	2	14	14	15	15	16
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund, Series II Shares (8/30/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.21	$2.39	$1.93	$2.01	$1.98	$1.75	$1.38	$1.23	$1.27	$1.19
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.95	$2.21	$2.39	$1.93	$2.01	$1.98	$1.75	$1.38	$1.23	$1.27
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	30	38	51	60	91	110	132	156	170	183
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund, Series II Shares (8/30/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.82	$3.31	$2.48	$2.52	$2.48	$2.47	$1.98	$1.67	$1.86	$1.63
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.64	$2.82	$3.31	$2.48	$2.52	$2.48	$2.47	$1.98	$1.67	$1.86
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	3	4	4	4	14	62	64	65	70	72
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Strategic Income Fund, Series II Shares (8/30/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.58	$1.68	$1.62	$1.55	$1.62	$1.61	$1.64	$1.48	$1.50	$1.33
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.72	$1.58	$1.68	$1.62	$1.55	$1.62	$1.61	$1.64	$1.48	$1.50
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	265	306	375	363	405	444	536	583	673	772
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund, Series II Shares (7/31/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.22	$3.67	$3.28	$2.84	$3.08	$2.80	$2.03	$1.76	$1.83	$1.52
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.99	$3.22	$3.67	$3.28	$2.84	$3.08	$2.80	$2.03	$1.76	$1.83
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	23	—	—	—	—	—	—
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series II Shares (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.70	$1.80	$1.45	$1.44	$1.40	$1.32	$0.96	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.28	$1.70	$1.80	$1.45	$1.44	$1.40	$1.32	$0.96	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	2	2	—	—
Invesco V.I. Comstock Fund, Series II Shares (8/30/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.47	$2.87	$2.49	$2.16	$2.35	$2.19	$1.64	$1.41	$1.46	$1.29
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.03	$2.47	$2.87	$2.49	$2.16	$2.35	$2.19	$1.64	$1.41	$1.46
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	277	313	359	399	471	546	712	945	1,129	1,222
Invesco V.I. Growth and Income Fund, Series II Shares (8/30/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.40	$2.82	$2.52	$2.15	$2.26	$2.10	$1.60	$1.42	$1.48	$1.34
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.94	$2.40	$2.82	$2.52	$2.15	$2.26	$2.10	$1.60	$1.42	$1.48
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—

62    Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.80% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares* (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.50	$1.62	$1.35	$1.37	$1.38	$1.30	$0.97	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.97	$1.50	$1.62	$1.35	$1.37	$1.38	$1.30	$0.97	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	1	2	6	—	—
*Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares is scheduled to merge into Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares sometime during the second quarter of 2020.
Invesco V.I. Value Opportunities Fund, Series II Shares (7/31/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.55	$1.96	$1.70	$1.47	$1.67	$1.60	$1.22	$1.06	$1.11	$1.06
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.98	$1.55	$1.96	$1.70	$1.47	$1.67	$1.60	$1.22	$1.06	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	12	12	14	15	17	16	26	32	37	37
MFS® New Discovery Series – Service Class (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.36	$2.44	$1.97	$1.84	$1.92	$2.11	$1.52	$1.28	$1.46	$1.09
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.27	$2.36	$2.44	$1.97	$1.84	$1.92	$2.11	$1.52	$1.28	$1.46
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
MFS® Total Return Series – Service Class (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.73	$1.87	$1.70	$1.59	$1.63	$1.53	$1.31	$1.21	$1.21	$1.12
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.04	$1.73	$1.87	$1.70	$1.59	$1.63	$1.53	$1.31	$1.21	$1.21
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	5	5	5	42	41	39	67	65
MFS® Utilities Series – Service Class (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.56	$3.60	$3.20	$2.93	$3.50	$3.17	$2.68	$2.41	$2.31	$2.07
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.37	$3.56	$3.60	$3.20	$2.93	$3.50	$3.17	$2.68	$2.41	$2.31
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	3	3	4	5	5	5	5	6	13	13
Morgan Stanley VIF U.S. Real Estate Portfolio, Class I Shares (8/30/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.16	$3.48	$3.44	$3.28	$3.27	$2.57	$2.56	$2.25	$2.16	$1.69
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.69	$3.16	$3.48	$3.44	$3.28	$3.27	$2.57	$2.56	$2.25	$2.16
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Putnam VT Equity Income Fund – Class IB Shares (5/12/2017)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.01	$1.12	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.29	$1.01	$1.12	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Putnam VT Global Health Care Fund – Class IB Shares (8/30/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.73	$2.79	$2.47	$2.83	$2.67	$2.13	$1.53	$1.28	$1.32	$1.31
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.49	$2.73	$2.79	$2.47	$2.83	$2.67	$2.13	$1.53	$1.28	$1.32
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Putnam VT International Equity Fund – Class IB Shares (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.35	$1.70	$1.37	$1.43	$1.45	$1.59	$1.26	$1.05	$1.29	$1.19
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.66	$1.35	$1.70	$1.37	$1.43	$1.45	$1.59	$1.26	$1.05	$1.29
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	6	12	12	12	12	12
Templeton Foreign VIP Fund – Class 2 (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.51	$1.81	$1.58	$1.50	$1.64	$1.87	$1.55	$1.34	$1.52	$1.43
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.66	$1.51	$1.81	$1.58	$1.50	$1.64	$1.87	$1.55	$1.34	$1.52
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (7/31/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.62	$3.08	$2.93	$2.38	$2.67	$2.67	$2.01	$1.81	$1.92	$1.57
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.08	$2.62	$3.08	$2.93	$2.38	$2.67	$2.67	$2.01	$1.81	$1.92
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	166	173	194	206	247	270	322	436	509	542
Wells Fargo VT International Equity Fund – Class 2 (7/31/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.68	$2.07	$1.69	$1.67	$1.67	$1.79	$1.53	$1.37	$1.60	$1.40
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.90	$1.68	$2.07	$1.69	$1.67	$1.67	$1.79	$1.53	$1.37	$1.60
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	7	7	6	7	7	7	6	8	8	8
Wells Fargo VT Omega Growth Fund – Class 2 (7/31/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.72	$3.78	$2.86	$2.90	$2.91	$2.85	$2.08	$1.76	$1.89	$1.61
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$5.01	$3.72	$3.78	$2.86	$2.90	$2.91	$2.85	$2.08	$1.76	$1.89
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	117	149	180	217	226	248	303	426	503	552
Wells Fargo VT Opportunity Fund – Class 2 (8/26/2011)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.87	$2.05	$1.73	$1.57	$1.65	$1.52	$1.19	$1.05	$1.00	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.41	$1.87	$2.05	$1.73	$1.57	$1.65	$1.52	$1.19	$1.05	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	4	8	10	11	—
Wells Fargo VT Small Cap Growth Fund – Class 2 (3/3/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$4.41	$4.43	$3.58	$3.39	$3.55	$3.68	$2.50	$2.36	$2.52	$2.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$5.40	$4.41	$4.43	$3.58	$3.39	$3.55	$3.68	$2.50	$2.36	$2.52
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1	1	1	1	1	2	3	4	4	5

Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus    63

Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information

Calculating Annuity Payouts	p. 3
Rating Agencies	p. 4
Principal Underwriter	p. 4
Service Providers	p. 4
Custodian	p. 5
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	p. 5
Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	p. 6
Financial Statements

64    Evergreen Pathways Variable Annuity — Prospectus

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474
1-800-333-3437

45275  CG (5/20)

RiverSource Distributors, Inc. (Distributor), Member FINRA. Issued by RiverSource Life Insurance Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota. ©2008-2020 RiverSource Life Insurance Company. All rights reserved.

Prospectus

May 1, 2020

Evergreen

New Solutions Variable Annuity

Individual Flexible Premium Deferred Combination Fixed/Variable Annuity

Issued by:	RiverSource Life Insurance Company (RiverSource Life) 829 Ameriprise Financial Center Minneapolis, MN 55474 Telephone: 1-800-333-3437 (Service Center)
	RiverSource Variable Annuity Account/RiverSource MVA Account

New contracts are not currently being offered.

This prospectus contains information that you should know before investing. Investment options available under the contract are listed below:

AB Variable Products Series Fund, Inc. (Class B)

Columbia Funds Variable Series Trust II

Fidelity^® Variable Insurance Products – Service Class 2

Franklin^® Templeton^® Variable Insurance Products Trust – Class 2

Invesco Variable Insurance Funds

MFS^® Variable Insurance Trust^SM – Service Class

Morgan Stanley Variable Insurance Fund, Inc. (VIF)

Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds, Service Shares

Putnam Variable Trust – Class IB Shares

Wells Fargo Variable Trust Funds

 

Please read the prospectuses carefully and keep them for future reference.

This contract provides for purchase payment credits to eligible contract owners, which we may reverse under certain circumstances. (See “Buying Your Contract — Purchase Payment Credits”). Expense charges for contracts with purchase payment credits may be higher than expenses for contracts without such credits. The amount of the credit may be more than offset by any additional fees and charges associated with the credit.

The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

An investment in this contract is not a deposit of a bank or financial institution and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) or any other government agency. An investment in this contract involves investment risk including the possible loss of principal.

A Statement of Additional Information (SAI), dated the same date as this prospectus, is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. It is filed with the SEC and is available without charge by contacting RiverSource Life at the telephone number and address listed above. The table of contents of the SAI is on the last page of this prospectus. The SEC maintains an Internet site. This prospectus, the SAI and other information about the product are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at (http://www.sec.gov).

Variable annuities are complex products. The fees and charges, as well as the available features and benefits, of the variable annuity contracts described in this prospectus will be different from other variable annuities offered in the marketplace, including other variable annuities or other types of annuities offered by RiverSource Life. The interest credited, guarantees provided, and credits available, as well as the funds serving as underlying investments and their corresponding expenses, may differ among the variable annuities that are available to you. With the aid of an appropriate financial professional, we encourage you to compare and contrast the variable annuity contracts described in this prospectus with other variable annuities available in the marketplace, including other types of annuities we may offer. This will aid in determining whether purchasing a contract is consistent with your investment objectives, risk tolerance, time horizon, marital status, tax situation, and your unique financial situation and needs. If you select an annuity that includes surrender or other liquidation charges, you should also consider any future needs you may have to access your contract value. The optional benefits and features available with the contracts usually come with additional costs. Consider any additional costs carefully when electing these optional benefits and features.

Beginning on January 1, 2021, as permitted by regulations adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission, paper copies of your underlying funds’ shareholder reports will no longer be sent by mail, unless you specifically

Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    1

request paper copies of the reports from RiverSource Life. Instead, the reports will be made available on a website, and you will be notified each time a report is posted and provided with a website link to access the report.

You may elect to receive all future reports in paper free of charge. You can inform RiverSource Life that you wish to continue receiving paper copies of your shareholder reports by calling our Service Center at 1-800-862-7919. Your election to receive reports in paper will apply to all funds available under your variable annuity contract.

Effects of COVID-19 Pandemic

The coronavirus disease 2019 (“COVID-19”) public health crisis presents ongoing significant economic and societal disruption and has driven significant volatility in the equity and interest rate markets. Any periods of continued high market volatility, and your individual circumstances (e.g., your selected allocations and the timing of any purchase payments, transfers, or withdrawals), will affect values under your contract. As part of how we maintain our strong financial strength and claims-paying ability, we continue to reserve amounts for our contractual obligations in accordance with significant state solvency regulations. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic may impact financial markets, investment performance under your contract, and our financial strength and claims-paying ability will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be estimated, including the scope and duration of the pandemic and actions taken by governmental authorities, market participants, and other third parties in response to the pandemic.

We have implemented comprehensive strategies to address the operating environment spurred by the pandemic.  To promote the safety and security of our employees and to assure the continuity of our business operations, we have implemented a work from home protocol for virtually all of our employee population, restricted business travel, and provided resources for complying with the guidance from the World Health Organization, the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and government authorities. We have been satisfying elevated customer service volumes and our operations teams have continued to operate successfully and without disruptions in service. Our pandemic strategy is flexible and scalable and takes into consideration that a pandemic could be widespread and may occur in multiple waves, affecting different communities at different times with varying levels of severity. We cannot, however, predict the impact that natural or man-made disasters and catastrophes, including the COVID-19 pandemic, may have over near- or longer-term periods.

2    Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Table of Contents

Key Terms	4
The Contract in Brief	6
Expense Summary	8
Contract Owner Transaction Expenses	8
Annual Variable Account Expenses	9
Other Annual Expenses	9
Annual Operating Expenses of the Funds	10
Condensed Financial Information	12
Financial Statements	12
The Variable Account and the Funds	12
The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)	18
Market Value Adjustment (MVA)	18
The General Account	21
The One-Year Fixed Account	21
Buying Your Contract	21
Purchase Payments	23
How to Make Purchase Payments	23
Purchase Payment Credits	23
Limitations on Use of Contract	24
The Retirement Date	24
Beneficiary	24
Charges	24
Contract Administrative Charge	24
Variable Account Administrative Charge	24
Mortality and Expense Risk Fee	25
Withdrawal Charge	25
Fund Fees and Expenses	28
Premium Taxes	28
Optional Living Benefits Charges	28
Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB) Fee	28
Performance Credit Rider (PCR) Fee	29
Optional Death Benefit Charges	29
Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider Fee	29
Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider Fee	30
Valuing Your Investment	31
GPAs and One-Year Fixed Account	31
Subaccounts	31
Making the Most of Your Contract	33
Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging	33
Special Dollar-Cost Averaging (Special DCA) Program	33
Asset Rebalancing	34
Transferring Among Accounts	34
How to request a Transfer or Withdrawal	37

Withdrawals	39
Withdrawal Policies	39
Receiving Payment	39
TSA–Special Provisions	40
Participants in Tax-Sheltered Annuities	40
Changing Ownership	41
Benefits in Case of Death	41
If You Die Before Your Retirement Date	45
Optional Benefits	47
Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB)	47
Performance Credit Rider (PCR)	53
Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector)	55
Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus)	57
The Annuity Payout Period	59
Annuity Tables	59
Annuity Payout Plans	59
Taxes	60
Nonqualified Annuities	60
Qualified Annuities	62
Other	64
Voting Rights	65
Substitution of Investments	65
About the Service Providers	65
Principal Underwriter	65
Service Providers	67
Issuer	67
Legal Proceedings	67
Additional Information	67
Incorporation of Certain Documents By Reference	67
Available Information	68
Indemnification	68
Appendix A: Performance Credit Rider Adjusted Partial Withdrawal	69
Appendix B: Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	71
Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information	76

Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    3

Key Terms

These terms can help you understand details about your contract.

Accumulation unit: A measure of the value of each subaccount before annuity payouts begin.

Annuitant: The person or persons on whose life or life expectancy the annuity payouts are based.

Annuity payouts: An amount paid at regular intervals under one of several plans.

Assumed investment rate: The rate of return we assume your investments will earn when we calculate your initial annuity payout amount using the annuity table in your contract. The standard assumed investment rate we use is 5% but you may request we substitute an assumed investment rate of 3.5%.

Beneficiary: The person you designate to receive benefits in case of the owner’s or annuitant’s death while the contract is in force.

Close of business: The time the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) closes (4 p.m. Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier).

Code: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Contract: A deferred annuity contract that permits you to accumulate money for retirement by making one or more purchase payments. It provides for lifetime or other forms of payouts beginning at a specified time in the future.

Contract value: The total value of your contract before we deduct any applicable charges.

Contract year: A period of 12 months, starting on the effective date of your contract and on each anniversary of the effective date.

Funds: Investment options under your contract. You may allocate your purchase payments into subaccounts investing in shares of the funds.

Good order: We cannot process your transaction request relating to the contract until we have received the request in good order at our Service Center. “Good order” means the actual receipt of the requested transaction in writing, along with all information, forms and supporting legal documentation necessary to effect the transaction. To be in “good order,” your instructions must be sufficiently clear so that we do not need to exercise any discretion to follow such instructions. This information and documentation generally includes your completed request; the contract number; the transaction amount (in dollars); the names of and allocations to and/or from the subaccounts and the fixed account affected by the requested transaction; Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number; and any other information, forms or supporting documentation that we may require. For certain transactions, at our option, we may require the signature of all contract owners for the request to be in good order. With respect to purchase

requests, “good order” also generally includes receipt of sufficient payment by us to effect the purchase. We may, in our sole discretion, determine whether any particular transaction request is in good order, and we reserve the right to change or waive any good order requirements at any time.

Guarantee Period: The number of successive 12-month periods that a guaranteed interest rate is credited.

Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs): A nonunitized separate account to which you may allocate purchase payments and purchase payment credits or transfer contract value of at least $1,000. These accounts have guaranteed interest rates for guarantee periods we declare when you allocate purchase payments and purchase payment credits or transfer contract value to a GPA. These guaranteed rates and periods of time may vary by state. Unless an exception applies, transfers or withdrawals from a GPA done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will receive a market value adjustment, which may result in a gain or loss of principal.

Market Value Adjustment (MVA): A positive or negative adjustment assessed if any portion of a Guarantee Period Account is withdrawn or transferred more than 30 days before the end of its guarantee period.

One-year fixed account: Part of our general account to which you may make allocations. Amounts you allocate to this account earn interest at rates that we declare periodically.

Owner (you, your): The person or persons identified in the contract as owner(s) of the contract, who has or have the right to control the contract (to decide on investment allocations, transfers, payout options, etc.). Usually, but not always, the owner is also the annuitant. During the owner’s life, the owner is responsible for taxes, regardless of whether he or she receives the contract’s benefits. The owner or any joint owner may be a non-natural person (e.g. irrevocable trust or corporation) or a revocable trust. If any owner is a non-natural person or a revocable trust, the annuitant will be deemed to be the owner for contract provisions that are based on the age or life of the owner. When the contract is owned by a revocable trust or irrevocable grantor trust, the annuitant(s) selected must be the grantor(s) of the trust to assure compliance with Section 72(s) of the Code.

Purchase payment credits: An addition we make to your contract value. We base the amount of the credit on net payments (total payments less total withdrawals). We apply the credit to your contract based on your current payment.

Qualified annuity: A contract that you purchase to fund one of the following tax-deferred retirement plans that is subject to applicable federal law and any rules of the plan itself:

• Individual Retirement Annuities (IRAs) including inherited IRAs under Section 408(b) of the Code

 

4    Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• Roth IRAs including inherited Roth IRAs under Section 408A of the Code

• SIMPLE IRAs under Section 408(p) of the Code

• Simplified Employee Pension (SEP) plans under Section 408(k) of the Code

• Tax-Sheltered Annuity (TSA) rollovers under Section 403(b) of the Code

A qualified annuity will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral if it is used to fund a retirement plan that is already tax deferred.

All other contracts are considerednonqualified annuities.

Retirement date: The date when annuity payouts are scheduled to begin.

Rider effective date: The date a rider becomes effective as stated in the rider.

RiverSource Life: In this prospectus, “we,” “us,” “our” and “RiverSource Life” refer to RiverSource Life Insurance Company.

Service Center: Our department that processes all transaction and service requests for the contracts. We consider all transaction and service requests received when they arrive in good order at the Service Center. Any transaction or service requests sent or directed to any location other than our Service Center may end up delayed or not processed. Our Service Center address and telephone number are listed on the first page of the prospectus.

Valuation date: Any normal business day, Monday through Friday, on which the NYSE is open, up to the time it closes. At the NYSE close, the next valuation date

begins. We calculate the accumulation unit value of each subaccount on each valuation date. If we receive your purchase payment or any transaction request (such as a transfer or withdrawal request) in good order at our Service Center before the close of business, we will process your payment or transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your payment or transaction request. On the other hand, if we receive your purchase payment or transaction request in good order at our Service Center at or after the close of business, we will process your payment or transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date. If you make a transaction request by telephone (including by fax), you must have completed your transaction by the close of business in order for us to process it using the accumulation unit value we calculate on that valuation date. If you were not able to complete your transaction before the close of business for any reason, including telephone service interruptions or delays due to high call volume, we will process your transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date.

Variable account: Consists of separate subaccounts to which you may allocate purchase payments; each invests in shares of one fund. The value of your investment in each subaccount changes with the performance of the particular fund.

Withdrawal value: The amount you are entitled to receive if you make a full withdrawal from your contract. It is the contract value minus any applicable charges.

Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    5

The Contract in Brief

Purpose: The purpose of the contract is to allow you to accumulate money for retirement or similar long term goal. You do this by making one or more purchase payments. You may allocate your purchase payments to the GPAs, one-year fixed account, and/or subaccounts of the variable account under the contract; however you risk losing amounts you invest in the subaccounts of the variable account. These accounts, in turn, may earn returns that increase the value of a contract. If the contract value goes to zero due to underlying fund’s performance or deduction of fees, the contract will no longer be in force and the contract (including any death benefit riders) will terminate. You may be able to purchase an optional benefit to reduce the investment risk you assume. Beginning at a specified time in the future called the retirement date, the contract provides lifetime or other forms of payouts of your contract value (less any applicable premium tax).

It may have not been advantageous for you to purchase this contract in exchange for, or in addition to, an existing annuity or life insurance policy. Generally, you can exchange one annuity for another or for a long-term care policy in a “tax-free” exchange under Section 1035 of the Code. You can also do a partial exchange from one annuity contract to another annuity contract, subject to Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) rules. You also generally can exchange a life insurance policy for an annuity. However, before making an exchange, you should compare both contracts carefully because the features and benefits may be different. Fees and charges may be higher or lower on your old contract than on this contract. You may have to pay a withdrawal charge when you exchange out of your old contract and a new withdrawal period will begin when you exchange into this contract. If the exchange does not qualify for Section 1035 treatment, you also may have to pay federal income tax on the distribution. State income taxes may also apply. You should not exchange your old contract for this contract, or buy this contract in addition to your old contract, unless you determine it is in your best interest. (See “Taxes-1035 Exchanges”.)

Tax-deferred retirement plans: Most annuities have a tax-deferred feature. So do many retirement plans under the Code including 403(b) plans. As a result, when you use a qualified annuity to fund a retirement plan that is tax-deferred, your contract will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral beyond what is provided in that retirement plan. Some employers may permit you to deposit your contributions into other investments such as mutual funds. If such investments are available to you, before enrolling under the contract, you should consider features other than tax deferral that may help you reach your retirement goals. In addition, the Code subjects retirement plans to required withdrawals triggered at age 72 (triggered at age 70 ½ if you turned 70 ½ before Jan. 1, 2020). These mandatory withdrawals are called required minimum distributions (“RMDs”). RMDs may reduce the value of certain death benefits and optional riders (see “Taxes — Qualified

Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). You should consult your tax advisor before you purchase the contract as a qualified annuity for an explanation of the tax implications to you.

Buying a contract: We no longer offer new contracts. However, you have the option of making additional purchase payments in the future, subject to certain limitations. Purchase payment amounts and purchase payment timing may be limited under the terms of your contract and/or pursuant to state requirements. (See “Buying Your Contract”).

Free look period: The contracts in this prospectus are no longer sold. Generally, all available free look periods have now expired.

Accounts: Generally, you may allocate your purchase payments among the:

• subaccounts of the variable account, each of which invests in a fund with a particular investment objective. The value of each subaccount varies with the performance of the particular fund in which it invests. We cannot guarantee that the value at the retirement date will equal or exceed the total purchase payments you allocate to the subaccounts. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds”).

• GPAs which earn interest at rates declared when you make an allocation to that account. The required minimum investment in each GPA is $1,000. These accounts may not be available in all states. (See “The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)”)

• one-year fixed account, which earns interest at rates that we adjust periodically. There are restrictions on the amount you can allocate to this account as well as on transfers from this account (see “The Fixed Account – One-Year Fixed Account“ )

Transfers: Subject to certain restrictions, you currently may redistribute your contract value among the accounts without charge at any time until annuity payouts begin, and once per contract year among the subaccounts after annuity payouts begin. Transfers out of the GPAs done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will be subject to a MVA, unless an exception applies. You may establish automated transfers among the accounts. We reserve the right to limit transfers to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then currently crediting is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transferring Among Accounts”).

Withdrawals: You may withdraw all or part of your contract value at any time before the retirement date. You also may establish automated partial withdrawals. Withdrawals may be subject to charges and tax penalties (including a 10% IRS penalty that may apply if you make withdrawals prior to your reaching age 59½) and may have other tax consequences. Certain other restrictions may apply. (See “Withdrawals”)

 

6    Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Optional benefits:This contract offered optional benefits that were available for additional charges if you met certain criteria. Please note, since the contract in this prospectus is no longer sold, any optional benefits you may have elected were done so at the time of application. You cannot add optional benefits to your contract after it has been issued. Any optional benefits we describe are not available to add to your contract. (See “Optional Benefits”).

Benefits in case of death: If you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin, we will pay the beneficiary an amount based on the death benefit selected. (See “Benefits in Case of Death”).

Annuity payouts: You can apply your contract value, after reflecting any adjustments, to an annuity payout plan that begins on the retirement date. You may choose from a variety of plans that can help meet your retirement or other income needs. The payout schedule must meet IRS requirements. We can make payouts on a fixed or variable basis, or both. During the annuity payout period, your choices for subaccounts may be limited. The GPAs are not available during the payout period. (See “The Annuity Payout Period”).

Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    7

Expense Summary

The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you paid when buying, owning and making a withdrawal from the contract. The first table describes the fees and expenses that you paid at the time that you bought the contract and will pay when you make a withdrawal from the contract. State premium taxes also may be deducted.

Contract Owner Transaction Expenses

Withdrawal charge

(Contingent deferred sales charge as a percentage of purchase payments withdrawn)

You select either a seven-year or five-year withdrawal charge schedule at the time of application.

Seven-year schedule		Five-year schedule
Years from purchase payment receipt	Withdrawal charge percentage	Years from purchase payment receipt	Withdrawal charge percentage
1	8%	1	8%
2	8	2	7
3	7	3	6
4	7	4	4
5	6	5	2
6	5	Thereafter	0
7	3
Thereafter	0

Liquidation charge under Variable Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:If you are receiving variable annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to withdraw those payments. The amount that you can withdraw is the present value of any remaining variable payouts. The discount rate we use in the calculation will be 5.17% if the assumed investment return is 3.5% and 6.67% if the assumed investment return is 5%. The liquidation charge equals the present value of the remaining payouts using the assumed investment return minus the present value of the remaining payouts using the discount rate. (See “Charges — WithdrawalCharge” and “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Withdrawal charge for Fixed Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:

Number of Completed Years Since Annuitization	Withdrawal charge percentage
0	Not applicable*
1	5%
2	4
3	3
4	2
5	1
6 and thereafter	0

*We do not permit withdrawals in the first year after annuitization.

	Assumed investment rate
Seven-year schedule	3.50%	5.00%
Qualified discount rate	4.86%	6.36%
Nonqualified discount rate	5.11%	6.61%

	Assumed investment rate
Five-year schedule	3.50%	5.00%
Qualified discount rate	5.16%	6.66%
Nonqualified discount rate	5.41%	6.91%

The next tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay periodically during the time that you own the contract, not including fund fees and expenses.

8    Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Annual Variable Account Expenses

(As a percentage of average daily subaccount value.)

You can choose a death benefit guarantee, a qualified or nonqualified contract and the length of your contract’s withdrawal charge schedule. The combination you choose determines the mortality and expense risk fees you pay. The table below shows the combinations available to you and their cost.

Seven-year withdrawal charge schedule	Mortality and expense risk fee	Variable account administrative charge	Total variable account expense
Qualified annuities
ROP death benefit	0.85%	0.15%	1.00%
MAV death benefit(1),(2)	1.05	0.15	1.20
EDB(1)	1.15	0.15	1.30
Nonqualified annuities
ROP death benefit	1.10	0.15	1.25
MAV death benefit(1),(2)	1.30	0.15	1.45
EDB(1)	1.40	0.15	1.55

Five-year withdrawal charge schedule	Mortality and expense risk fee	Variable account administrative charge	Total variable account expense
Qualified annuities
ROP death benefit	1.15	0.15	1.30
MAV death benefit(1),(2)	1.35	0.15	1.50
EDB(1)	1.45	0.15	1.60
Nonqualified annuities
ROP Payment death benefit	1.40	0.15	1.55
MAV death benefit(1),(2)	1.60	0.15	1.75
EDB(1)	1.70	0.15	1.85

(1)	Available if both you and the annuitant are 79 or younger at contract issue. If you select a GMIB rider, you must elect either the MAV death benefit or the EDB. EDB is not available with Benefit Protector or Benefit Protector Plus. May not be available in all states.
(2)	For contracts with applications signed before Nov. 6, 2003, or if your state has not approved this fee, the MAV death benefit fee is .10% less.

Other Annual Expenses

Annual contract administrative charge $40

(We will waive this charge when your contract value is $50,000 or more on the current contract anniversary.)

GMIB – MAV	0.55%(1),(2)
GMIB – 6% Rising Floor	0.75%(1),(2)

(As a percentage of the adjusted contract value charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

PCR fee 0.15%⁽¹⁾

(As a percentage of the contract value charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector) fee 0.25%⁽¹⁾

(As a percentage of the contract value charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus) fee 0.40%⁽¹⁾

(As a percentage of the contract value charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

⁽¹⁾ This fee applies only if you elect this optional feature.

⁽²⁾For applications signed prior to May 1, 2003, the following current annual rider charges apply: GMIB – MAV — 0.30% and GMIB — 6% Rising Floor — 0.45%.

Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    9

Annual Operating Expenses of the Funds

The next table provides the minimum and maximum total operating expenses charged by the underlying funds that you may pay periodically during the time that you own the contract. These operating expenses are for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, unless otherwise noted. More detail concerning each underlying fund’s fees and expenses is contained in each fund’s prospectus.

Minimum and maximum annual operating expenses for the funds

(Including management, distribution (12b-1) and/or service fees and other expenses)⁽¹⁾

	Minimum(%)	Maximum(%)
Total expenses before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements	0.58	1.38

⁽¹⁾ Total annual fund operating expenses are deducted from amounts that are allocated to the fund. They include management fees and other expenses and may include distribution (12b-1) fees. Other expenses may include service fees that may be used to compensate service providers, including us and our affiliates, for administrative and contract owner services provided on behalf of the fund. The amount of these payments will vary by fund and may be significant. See “The Variable Account and the Funds” for additional information, including potential conflicts of interest these payments may create. Distribution (12b-1) fees are used to finance any activity that is primarily intended to result in the sale of fund shares. Because 12b-1 fees are paid out of fund assets on an ongoing basis, you may pay more if you select subaccounts investing in funds that have adopted 12b-1 plans than if you select subaccounts investing in funds that have not adopted 12b-1 plans. For a more complete description of each fund’s fees and expenses and important disclosure regarding payments the fund and/or its affiliates make, please review the fund’s prospectus and SAI.

Examples

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in these contracts with the cost of investing in other variable annuity contracts. These costs include your transaction expenses, contract administrative charges⁽¹⁾, variable account annual expenses and fund fees and expenses.

These examples assume that you invest $10,000 in the contract for the time periods indicated. These examples also assume that your investment has a 5% return each year.

Maximum Expenses. These examples assume the most expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the maximum fees and expenses of any of the funds before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the MAV death benefit, GMIB – 6% Rising Floor and Benefit Protector Plus. Although your actual costs may be lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

	If you withdraw your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not withdraw your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
Non-qualified Annuity	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Seven-year withdrawal charge schedule	$1,172	$1,989	$2,721	$4,574	$447	$1,349	$2,259	$4,574
Five-year withdrawal charge schedule	1,109	1,799	2,399	4,823	478	1,437	2,399	4,823

	If you withdraw your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not withdraw your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
Qualified Annuity	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Seven-year withdrawal charge schedule	$1,148	$1,921	$2,609	$4,360	$422	$1,275	$2,141	$4,360
Five-year withdrawal charge schedule	1,086	1,729	2,283	4,616	453	1,364	2,283	4,616

Minimum Expenses. These examples assume the least expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the minimum fees and expenses of any of the funds before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the ROP death benefit and do not select any optional benefits. Although your actual costs may be higher, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

	If you withdraw your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not withdraw your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
Non-qualified Annuity	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Seven-year withdrawal charge schedule	$969	$1,383	$1,691	$2,526	$228	$698	$1,191	$2,526
Five-year withdrawal charge schedule	905	1,179	1,346	2,839	258	791	1,346	2,839

	If you withdraw your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not withdraw your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
Qualified Annuity	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Seven-year withdrawal charge schedule	$946	$1,311	$1,560	$2,257	$202	$620	$1,060	$2,257
Five-year withdrawal charge schedule	881	1,105	1,217	2,579	233	714	1,217	2,579

⁽¹⁾ In these examples, the contract administrative charge is $40.

10    Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

THE EXAMPLES ARE ILLUSTRATIVE ONLY. YOU SHOULD NOT CONSIDER THESE EXAMPLES AS A REPRESENTATION OF PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES. ACTUAL EXPENSES WILL BE HIGHER OR LOWER THAN THOSE SHOWN DEPENDING UPON WHICH OPTIONAL BENEFIT YOU ELECT OTHER THAN INDICATED IN THE EXAMPLES OR IF YOU ALLOCATE CONTRACT VALUE TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE SUBACCOUNTS.

Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    11

Condensed Financial Information

You can find unaudited condensed financial information for the subaccounts representing the lowest and highest total annual variable account expense combinations in Appendix B.

Financial Statements

You can find our audited financial statements and the audited financial statements of the divisions, which are comprised of subaccounts, in the SAI. The SAI does not include audited financial statements for divisions that are new (if any) and have no activity as of the financial statements date.

The Variable Account and the Funds

Variable Account. The variable account was established under Indiana law on July 15, 1987, and the subaccounts are registered together as a single unit investment trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the 1940 Act). This registration does not involve any supervision of our management or investment practices and policies by the SEC. All obligations arising under the contracts are general obligations of RiverSource Life.

The variable account meets the definition of a separate account under federal securities laws. We credit or charge income, capital gains and capital losses of each subaccount only to that subaccount. State insurance law prohibits us from charging a subaccount with liabilities of any other subaccount or of our general business. The variable account includes other subaccounts that are available under contracts that are not described in this prospectus.

The IRS has issued guidance on investor control but may issue additional guidance in the future. We reserve the right to modify the contract or any investments made under the terms of the contract so that the investor control rules do not apply to treat the contract owner as the owner of the subaccount assets rather than the owner of an annuity contract. If the contract is not treated as an annuity contract for tax purposes, the owner may be subject to current taxation on any current or accumulated income credited to the contract.

We intend to comply with all federal tax laws so that the contract qualifies as an annuity for federal tax purposes. We reserve the right to modify the contract as necessary in order to qualify the contract as an annuity for federal tax purposes.

The Funds. This contract currently offers subaccounts investing in shares of the funds listed in the table below.

• Investment objectives: The investment managers and advisers cannot guarantee that the funds will meet their investment objectives. Please read the funds’ prospectuses for facts you should know before investing. These prospectuses are available by contacting us at the address or telephone number on the first page of this prospectus.

• Fund name and management: A fund underlying your contract in which a subaccount invests may have a name, portfolio manager, objectives, strategies and characteristics that are the same or substantially similar to those of a publicly-traded retail mutual fund. Despite these similarities, an underlying fund is not the same as any publicly-traded retail mutual fund. Each underlying fund will have its own unique portfolio holdings, fees, operating expenses and operating results. The results of each underlying fund may differ significantly from any publicly-traded retail mutual fund.

• Eligible purchasers: All funds are available to serve as the underlying investments for variable annuities and variable life insurance policies. The funds are not available to the public (see “Fund Name and Management” above). Some funds also are available to serve as investment options for tax-deferred retirement plans. It is possible that in the future for tax, regulatory or other reasons, it may be disadvantageous for variable annuity accounts and variable life insurance accounts and/or tax-deferred retirement plans to invest in the available funds simultaneously. Although we and the funds’ providers do not currently foresee any such disadvantages, the boards of directors or trustees of each fund will monitor events in order to identify any material conflicts between annuity owners, policy owners and tax-deferred retirement plans and to determine what action, if any, should be taken in response to a conflict. If a board were to conclude that it should establish separate fund providers for the variable annuity, variable life insurance and tax-deferred retirement plan accounts, you would not bear any expenses associated with establishing separate funds. Please refer to the funds’ prospectuses for risk disclosure regarding simultaneous investments by variable annuity, variable life insurance and tax-deferred retirement plan accounts. Each fund intends to comply with the diversification requirements under Section 817(h) of the Code.

• Private label: This contract is a “private label” variable annuity. This means the contract includes funds affiliated with the distributor of this contract. Purchase payments and contract values you allocate to subaccounts investing in any of the Wells Fargo Variable Trust Funds available under this contract are generally more profitable for the distributor and its affiliates than allocations you make to other subaccounts. In contrast, purchase payments and contract values you allocate to subaccounts investing in any of the affiliated funds are generally more profitable for us and our

12    Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

	affiliates (see “Revenue we receive from the funds may create conflicts of interest”). These relationships may influence recommendations your investment professional makes regarding whether you should invest in the contract, and whether you should allocate purchase payments or contract values to a particular subaccount.
•	Asset allocation programs may impact fund performance: Asset allocation programs in general may negatively impact the performance of an underlying fund. Even if you do not participate in an asset allocation program, a fund in which your subaccount invests may be impacted if it is included in an asset allocation program. Rebalancing or reallocation under the terms of the asset allocation program may cause a fund to lose money if it must sell large amounts of securities to meet a redemption request. These losses can be greater if the fund holds securities that are not as liquid as others, for example, various types of bonds, shares of smaller companies and securities of foreign issuers. A fund may also experience higher expenses because it must sell or buy securities more frequently than it otherwise might in the absence of asset allocation program rebalancing or reallocations. Because asset allocation programs include periodic rebalancing and may also include reallocation, these effects may occur under the asset allocation program we offer or under asset allocation programs used in conjunction with the contracts and plans of other eligible purchasers of the funds.
•	Funds available under the contract: We seek to provide a broad array of underlying funds taking into account the fees and charges imposed by each fund and the contract charges we impose. We select the underlying funds in which the subaccounts initially invest and when there is substitution (see “Substitution of Investments”). We also make all decisions regarding which funds to retain in a contract, which funds to add to a contract and which funds will no longer be offered in a contract. In making these decisions, we may consider various objective and subjective factors. Objective factors include, but are not limited to fund performance, fund expenses, classes of fund shares available, size of the fund and investment objectives and investing style of the fund. Subjective factors include, but are not limited to, investment sub-styles and process, management skill and history at other funds and portfolio concentration and sector weightings. We also consider the levels and types of revenue a fund, its distributor, investment adviser, subadviser, transfer agent or their affiliates pay us and our affiliates. This revenue includes, but is not limited to compensation for administrative services provided with respect to the fund and support of marketing and distribution expenses incurred with respect to the fund.
•	Money Market fund yield: In low interest rate environments, money market fund yields may decrease to a level where the deduction of fees and charges associated with your contract could result in negative net performance, resulting in a corresponding decrease in your contract value.
•	Revenue we receive from the funds and potential conflicts of interest:

Expenses We May Incur on Behalf of the Funds

When a subaccount invests in a fund, the fund holds a single account in the name of the variable account. As such, the variable account is actually the shareholder of the fund. We, through our variable account, aggregate the transactions of numerous contract owners and submit net purchase and redemption requests to the funds on a daily basis. In addition, we track individual contract owner transactions and provide confirmations, periodic statements, and other required mailings. These costs would normally be borne by the fund, but we incur them instead.

Besides incurring these administrative expenses on behalf of the funds, we also incur distributions expenses in selling our contracts. By extension, the distribution expenses we incur benefit the funds we make available due to contract owner elections to allocate purchase payments to the funds through the subaccounts. In addition, the funds generally incur lower distribution expenses when offered through our variable account in contrast to being sold on a retail basis.

A complete list of why we may receive this revenue, as well as sources of revenue, is described in detail below.

Payments the Funds May Make to Us

We or our affiliates may receive from each of the funds, or their affiliates, compensation including but not limited to expense payments. These payments are designed in part to compensate us for the expenses we may incur on behalf of the funds. In addition to these payments, the funds may compensate us for wholesaling activities or to participate in educational or marketing seminars sponsored by the funds.

We or our affiliates may receive revenue derived from the 12b-1 fees charged by the funds. These fees are deducted from the assets of the funds. This revenue and the amount by which it can vary may create conflicts of interest. The amount, type, and manner in which the revenue from these sources is computed vary by fund.

Conflicts of Interest These Payments May Create

When we determined the charges to impose under the contracts, we took into account anticipated payments from the funds. If we had not taken into account these anticipated payments, the charges under the contract would have been higher. Additionally, the amount of payment we receive from a fund or its affiliate may create an incentive for us to include that fund as an investment option and may influence our decision regarding which funds to include in the variable account as subaccount options for contract owners. Funds that offer lower payments or no payments may also have corresponding expense structures that are lower, resulting in decreased overall fees and expenses to shareholders.

Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    13

We offer funds managed by our affiliates Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC (Columbia Management) and Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLC (Columbia Wanger). We have additional financial incentive to offer our affiliated funds because additional assets held by them generally results in added revenue to us and our parent company, Ameriprise Financial, Inc. Additionally, employees of Ameriprise Financial, Inc. and its affiliates, including our employees, may be separately incented to include the affiliated funds in the products, as employee compensation and business unit operating goals at all levels are tied to the success of the company. Currently, revenue received from our affiliated funds comprises the greatest amount and percentage of revenue we derive from payments made by the funds.

The Amount of Payments We Receive from the Funds

We or our affiliates receive revenue which ranges up to 0.65% of the average daily net assets invested in the funds through this and other contracts we and our affiliates issue.

Why revenues are paid to us: In accordance with applicable laws, regulations and the terms of the agreements under which such revenue is paid, we or our affiliates may receive revenue, including, but not limited to expense payments and non-cash compensation, for various purposes:

• Compensating, training and educating investment professionals who sell the contracts.

• Granting access to our employees whose job it is to promote sales of the contracts by authorized selling firms and their investment professionals, and granting access to investment professionals of our affiliated selling firms.

• Activities or services we or our affiliates provide that assist in the promotion and distribution of the contracts including promoting the funds available under the contracts to contract owners, authorized selling firms and investment professionals.

• Providing sub-transfer agency and shareholder servicing to contract owners.

• Promoting, including and/or retaining the fund’s investment portfolios as underlying investment options in the contracts.

• Advertising, printing and mailing sales literature, and printing and distributing prospectuses and reports.

• Furnishing personal services to contract owners, including education of contract owners regarding the funds, answering routine inquiries regarding a fund, maintaining accounts or providing such other services eligible for service fees as defined under the rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA).

• Subaccounting services, transaction processing, recordkeeping and administration.

• Sources of revenue received from affiliated funds: The affiliated funds are managed by Columbia Management or Columbia Wanger. The sources of revenue we receive from these affiliated funds, or the funds’ affiliates, may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Assets of the fund’s adviser, sub-adviser, transfer agent, distributor or an affiliate of these. The revenue resulting from these sources may be based either on a percentage of average daily net assets of the fund or on the actual cost of certain services we provide with respect to the fund. We may receive this revenue either in the form of a cash payment or it may be allocated to us.

• Compensation paid out of 12b-1 fees that are deducted from fund assets.

• Sources of revenue received from unaffiliated funds: The unaffiliated funds are not managed by an affiliate of ours. The sources of revenue we receive from these unaffiliated funds, or the funds’ affiliates, may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Assets of the fund’s adviser, sub-adviser, transfer agent, distributor or an affiliate of these. The revenue resulting from these sources may be based either on a percentage of average daily net assets of the fund or on the actual cost of certain services we provide with respect to the fund. We receive this revenue in the form of a cash payment.

• Compensation paid out of 12b-1 fees that are deducted from fund assets.

You may allocate purchase payments and transfers to any or all of the subaccounts of the variable account that invest in shares of the funds listed in the table below. From time to time, certain fund names are changed. When we are notified of a name change, we will make changes so that the new name is properly shown. However, changes may take some period of time to complete. As a result it is possible you may receive various forms, reports and confirmations that reflect a fund’s prior name.

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
AB VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio (Class B)	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	AllianceBernstein L.P.

14    Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
AB VPS Growth and Income Portfolio (Class B)	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
AB VPS Large Cap Growth Portfolio (Class B)	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high level of current income and, as a secondary objective, steady growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Government Money Market Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with maximum current income consistent with liquidity and stability of principal.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high level of current income while attempting to conserve the value of the investment for the longest period of time.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Mid Cap Growth Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with current income as its primary objective and, as its secondary objective, preservation of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Fidelity® VIP Contrafund® Portfolio Service Class 2	Seeks long-term capital appreciation. Normally invests primarily in common stocks. Invests in securities of companies whose value FMR believes is not fully recognized by the public. Invests in either "growth" stocks or "value" stocks or both. The fund invests in domestic and foreign issuers.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Growth Portfolio Service Class 2	Seeks to achieve capital appreciation. Normally invests primarily in common stocks. Invests in companies that FMR believes have above-average growth potential (stocks of these companies are often called "growth" stocks). The Fund invests in domestic and foreign issuers.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2	Seeks long-term growth of capital. Normally invests primarily in common stocks. Normally invests at least 80% of assets in securities of companies with medium market capitalizations. May invest in companies with smaller or larger market capitalizations. Invests in domestic and foreign issuers. The Fund invests in either "growth" or "value" common stocks or both.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks capital appreciation, with income as a secondary goal. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests primarily in U.S. and foreign equity securities that the investment manager believes are undervalued.	Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC

Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    15

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Franklin Small Cap Value VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term total return. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in investments of small capitalization companies.	Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Strategic Income Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks total return	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks capital growth.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. Comstock Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks capital growth and income through investments in equity securities, including common stocks, preferred stocks and securities convertible into common and preferred stocks.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. Growth and Income Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks long-term growth of capital and income.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. Value Opportunities Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
MFS® New Discovery Series - Service Class	Seeks capital appreciation.	MFS® Investment Management
MFS® Total Return Series - Service Class	Seeks total return.	MFS® Investment Management
MFS® Utilities Series - Service Class	Seeks total return.	MFS® Investment Management
Morgan Stanley VIF U.S. Real Estate Portfolio, Class I Shares	Seeks to provide above average current income and long-term capital appreciation by investing primarily in equity securities of companies in the U.S. real estate industry, including real estate investment trusts.	Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc.
Putnam VT Equity Income Fund - Class IB Shares	Seeks capital growth and current income.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of Putnam Investments Limited (PIL), PIL does not currently manage any assets.
Putnam VT Global Health Care Fund - Class IB Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of both Putnam Investments Limited (PIL) and The Putnam Advisory Company, LLC (PAC), PIL and PAC do not currently manage any asses of the fund.

16    Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Putnam VT International Equity Fund - Class IB Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor; Putnam Investments Limited, sub-adviser. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of The Putnam Advisory Company, LLC (PAC), PAC does not currently manage any assets of the fund.
Templeton Foreign VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital growth. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in investments of issuers located outside the U.S., including those in emerging markets.	Templeton Investment Counsel, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; Jacobs Levy Equity Management, Inc., Nuveen Asset Management, LLC and Segall Bryant & Hamill, LLC, subadvisers.
Wells Fargo VT International Equity Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.
Wells Fargo VT Omega Growth Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.
Wells Fargo VT Opportunity Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.
Wells Fargo VT Small Cap Growth Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.

Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    17

The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)

The GPAs may not be available in some states.

You may allocate purchase payments and purchase payment credits to one or more of the GPAs with guarantee periods declared by us. These periods of time may vary by state. The minimum required investment in each GPA is $1,000. There are restrictions on the amount you can allocate to these accounts as well as on transfers from these accounts (see “Buying Your Contract” and “Transfer policies”).

These accounts are not offered after annuity payouts begin.

Each GPA pays an interest rate that is declared when you make an allocation to that account. Interest is credited daily. That interest rate is then fixed for the guarantee period that you chose. We will periodically change the declared interest rate for any future allocations to these accounts, but we will not change the rate paid on money currently in a GPA. The GPA interests under the contracts are registered with the SEC (File No.333-230959). The SEC staff reviews the disclosures in this prospectus on the GPA interests.

The interest rates that we will declare as guaranteed rates in the future are determined by us at our discretion (future rates). These rates generally will be based on various factors related to future investment earnings.We cannot predict nor can we guarantee what future rates will be.

We hold amounts you allocate to the GPAs in a “nonunitized” separate account. This separate account provides an additional measure of assurance that we will make full payment of amounts due under the GPAs. We own the assets of this separate account as well as any favorable investment performance of those assets. You do not participate in the performance of the assets held in this separate account. We guarantee all benefits relating to your value in the GPAs. This guarantee is based on the continued claims-paying ability of the company’s general account. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of insurance and financial products as well, and we also pay our obligations under these products from assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account.

We intend to construct and manage the investment portfolio relating to the separate account in such a way as to minimize the impact of fluctuations by interest rates. We seek to achieve this by constructing a portfolio of assets with a price sensitivity to interest rate changes (i.e., price duration) that is similar to the price duration of the corresponding portfolio of liabilities.

We must invest this portfolio of assets in accordance with requirements established by applicable state laws regarding the nature and quality of investments that life insurance companies may make and the percentage of their assets that they may commit to any particular type of investment. Our investment strategy will incorporate the use of a variety of debt instruments having price durations tending to match the applicable guarantee periods. These instruments include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities, which issues may or may not be guaranteed by the U.S. government;

• Debt securities that have an investment grade, at the time of purchase, within the four highest grades assigned by any of three nationally recognized rating agencies — Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s Investors Service or Fitch — or are rated in the two highest grades by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners;

• Other debt instruments which are unrated or rated below investment grade, limited to 10% of assets at the time of purchase; and

• Real estate mortgages, limited to 45% of portfolio assets at the time of acquisition.

In addition, options and futures contracts on fixed income securities will be used from time to time to achieve and maintain appropriate investment and liquidity characteristics on the overall asset portfolio.

While this information generally describes our investment strategy, we are not obligated to follow any particular strategy except as may be required by federal law and Indiana and other state insurance laws.

Market Value Adjustment (MVA)

We guarantee the contract value allocated to your GPA, including the interest credited, if you do not make any transfers or withdrawals from that GPA prior to 30 days before the end of the guarantee period. However, we will apply an MVA if a transfer or withdrawal occurs prior to this time, unless the transfer is an automated transfer from the two-year GPA as part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep strategy. The MVA also affects amounts withdrawn from a GPA prior to 30 days before the end of the guarantee period that are used to purchase payouts under an annuity payout plan. We will refer to all of these transactions as “early withdrawals” in the discussion below.

18    Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

When you request an early withdrawal, we adjust the early withdrawal amount by an MVA formula. The early withdrawal amount reflects the relationship between the guaranteed interest rate you are earning in your current GPA and the interest rate we are crediting on new GPAs that end at the same time as your current GPA.

The MVA is sensitive to changes in current interest rates. The magnitude of any applicable MVA will depend on our current schedule of guaranteed interest rates at the time of the withdrawal, the time remaining in your guarantee period and your guaranteed interest rate. The MVA is negative, zero or positive depending on how the guaranteed interest rate on your GPA compares to the interest rate of a new GPA for the same number of years as the guarantee period remaining on your GPA. This is summarized in the following table:

If your GPA rate is:	The MVA is:
Less than the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Negative
Equal to the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Zero
Greater than the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Positive

General Examples

As the examples below demonstrate, the application of an MVA may result in either a gain or a loss of principal. We refer to all of the transactions described below as “early withdrawals.”

Assumptions:

• You purchase a contract and allocate part of your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA; and

• we guarantee an interest rate of 3.0% annually for your ten-year guarantee period; and

• after three years, you decide to make a withdrawal from your GPA. In other words, there are seven years left in your guarantee period.

Remember that the MVA depends partly on the interest rate of a new GPA for the same number of years as the guarantee period remaining on your GPA. In this case, that is seven years.

Example 1: Remember that your GPA is earning 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 3.5%. We add 0.10% to the 3.5% rate to get 3.6%. Your GPA’s 3.0% rate is less than the 3.6% rate, so the MVA will be negative.

Example 2: Remember again that your GPA is earning 3.0%, and assume that new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 2.5%. We add 0.10% to the 2.5% rate to get 2.6%. In this example, since your GPA’s 3.0% rate is greater than the 2.6% rate, the MVA will be positive. To determine that adjustment precisely, you will have to use the formula described below.

Sample MVA Calculations

The precise MVA formula we apply is as follows:

Early withdrawal amount	×	[	(	1 + i	)	n/12	–1	]	=	MVA
				1 + j + .001

Where i	=	rate earned in the GPA from which amounts are being transferred or withdrawn.
j	=	current rate for a new guarantee period equal to the remaining term in the current guarantee period.
n	=	number of months remaining in the current guarantee period (rounded up).

Examples — MVA

Using assumptions similar to those we used in the examples above:

• You purchase a contract and allocate part of your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA;

• we guarantee an interest rate of 3.0% annually for your ten-year guarantee period; and

• after three years, you decide to make a $1,000 withdrawal from your GPA. In other words, there are seven years left in your guarantee period.

Example 1: You request an early withdrawal of $1,000 from your ten-year GPA earning a guaranteed interest rate of 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 3.5%. Using the formula above, we determine the MVA as follows:

$1,000	×	[	(	1.030	)	84/12	–1	]	=	-$39.84
				1 + .035 + .001

In this example, the MVA is a negative $39.84.

Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    19

Example 2: You request an early withdrawal of $1,000 from your ten-year GPA earning a guaranteed interest rate of 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 2.5%. Using the formula above, we determine the MVA as follows:

$1,000	×	[	(	1.030	)	84/12	–1	]	=	$27.61
				1 + .025 + .001

In this example, the MVA is a positive $27.61.

Please note that when you allocate your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA and your purchase payment is in its fourth year from receipt at the beginning of the guarantee period, your withdrawal charge percentage is 7%. (See “Charges — Withdrawal Charge.”) We do not apply MVAs to the amounts we deduct for withdrawal charges, so we would deduct the withdrawal charge from your early withdrawal after we applied the MVA. Also note that when you request an early withdrawal, we withdraw an amount from your GPA that will give you the net amount you requested after we apply the MVA and any applicable withdrawal charge, unless you request otherwise.

The current interest rate we offer on the GPA will change periodically at our discretion. It is the rate we are then paying on purchase payments, renewals and transfers paid under this class of contracts for guarantee period durations equaling the remaining guarantee period of the GPA to which the formula is being applied.

We will not apply MVAs to amounts withdrawn for annual contract charges, to amounts we pay as death claims or to automatic transfers from the two-year GPA as part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep strategy. In some states, the MVA is limited.

20    Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The General Account

The general account includes all assets owned by RiverSource Life, other than those in the variable account and our other separate accounts. Subject to applicable state law, we have sole discretion to decide how assets of the general account will be invested. The assets held in our general account support the guarantees under your contract including any optional benefits offered under the contract. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to many of the same risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of annuities and financial instruments and products as well, and these obligations are satisfied from the assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account. The fixed account is supported by our general account that we make available under the contract.

The One-Year Fixed Account

You may allocate purchase payments or transfer accumulated value to the one-year fixed account. Amounts allocated to the one-year fixed account are part of our general account. Some states may restrict the amount you can allocate to this account. We back the principal and interest guarantees relating to the one-year fixed account. The value of the one-year fixed account increases as we credit interest to the account. Purchase payments and transfers to the one-year fixed account become part of our general account. We credit and compound interest daily based on a 365-day year (366 in a leap year) so as to produce the annual effective rate which we declare. The interest rate we apply to each purchase payment or transfer to the one-year fixed account is guaranteed for one year. Thereafter we will change the rates from time-to-time at our discretion. Interest rates credited in excess of the guaranteed rate generally will be based on various factors related to future investment earnings. The guaranteed minimum interest rate offered may vary by state but will not be lower than state law allows.

There are restrictions on the amount you can allocate to this account as well as on transfers from this account (see “Buying Your Contract” and “Transfer policies”).

Because of exemptive and exclusionary provisions, we have not registered interests in the one-year fixed account as securities under the Securities Act of 1933 nor have any of these accounts been registered as investment companies under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Accordingly, neither the fixed account nor any interests in the fixed account are subject to the provisions of these Acts.

The one-year fixed account has not been registered with the SEC. Disclosures regarding the one-year fixed account, however, are subject to certain generally applicable provisions of the federal securities laws relating to the accuracy and completeness of statements made in a prospectus.

Buying Your Contract

New contracts are not currently being offered.

We are required by law to obtain personal information from you which we used to verify your identity. If you do not provide this information we reserve the right to refuse to issue your contract or take other steps we deem reasonable. As the owner, you have all rights and may receive all benefits under the contract. You can own a qualified or nonqualified annuity. Generally, you can own a nonqualified annuity in joint tenancy with rights of survivorship only in spousal situations. You cannot own a qualified annuity in joint tenancy. You can become an owner if you are 85 or younger. (The age limit may be younger for qualified annuities in some states.)

When you applied, you selected (if available in your state):

• GPAs, the one-year fixed account and/or subaccounts in which you want to invest⁽¹⁾;

• how you want to make purchase payments;

• the optional MAV Death Benefit⁽²⁾;

• the optional EDB⁽²⁾;

• the optional GMIB – MAV rider⁽³⁾;

• the optional GMIB – 6% Rising Floor rider⁽³⁾;

• the optional PCR⁽³⁾;

• the optional Benefit Protector Death Benefit⁽⁴⁾;

• the optional Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit⁽⁴⁾;

• the length of the withdrawal charge schedule (5 or 7 years)⁽⁵⁾; and

• a beneficiary.

Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    21

(1)	GPAs are not available under contracts issued in Maryland, Oregon, Pennsylvania or Washington and may not be available in other states.
(2)	Available if both you and the annuitant are 79 or younger at contract issue. If you select a GMIB rider, you must elect either the MAV death benefit or the EDB. EDB is not available with Benefit Protector or Benefit Protector Plus. May not be available in all states.
(3)	If you select the PCR, you cannot add a GMIB rider. The GMIB is available if the annuitant is 75 or younger at contract issue. The GMIB is not available with ROP death benefit. May not be available in all states.
(4)	Available if you and the annuitant are 75 or younger at contract issue. Not available with EDB. May not be available in all states.
(5)	The five-year withdrawal charge schedule may not be available in all states.

The contract provides for allocation of purchase payments to the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and/or the subaccounts of the variable account in even 1% increments subject to the $1,000 minimum for the GPAs.

The following restrictions on allocation of purchase payments to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account will apply:

For contracts with applications signed prior to June 16, 2003:	No restrictions on the amount of purchase payments allocated to the GPAs or the one-year fixed account (if available).
For contracts with applications signed on or after June 16 through Dec. 4, 2003:	The amount of any purchase payment allocated to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account in total cannot exceed 30% of the purchase payment.This 30% limit will not apply if you establish a dollar cost averaging arrangement with respect to the purchase payment according to procedures currently in effect, or you are participating according to the rules of an asset allocation model portfolio program available under the contract, if any.
For contracts with applications signed on or after Dec. 5, 2003:	In certain states where we offer GPAs that do not require payment of a statutory minimum guaranteed interest rate, the amount of any purchase payment allocated to one-year fixed account cannot exceed 30% of the purchase payment. The amount of any purchase payment allocated to the GPAs is not subject to this 30% limit. Please consult your investment professional to see if these restrictions apply in your state. In all other states, the amount of any purchase payment allocated to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account in total cannot exceed 30% of the purchase payment. We reserve the right to further limit purchase payment allocations to the one-year fixed account and/or GPAs if the interest rate we are then crediting on new purchase payments allocated to the one-year fixed account is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract.In all states, the 30% limit will not apply if you establish an automated dollar cost averaging arrangement with respect to the purchase payment according to procedures currently in effect, or you are participating according to the rules of an asset allocation model portfolio program available under the contract, if any.

There are no restrictions on allocations of purchase payments to the subaccounts.

We applied your initial purchase payment to the GPAs, one-year fixed account and subaccounts you selected within two business days after we received it at our Service Center. We will credit additional eligible purchase payments you make to your accounts on the valuation date we receive them. If we receive your purchase payment at our Service Center before the close of business, we will credit any portion of that payment allocated to the subaccounts using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received the payment. If we receive an additional purchase payment at our Service Center at or after the close of business, we will credit any portion of that payment allocated to the subaccounts using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received the payment.

You may make monthly payments to your contract under a systematic investment plan (SIP). To begin the SIP, you will complete and send a form and your first SIP payment along with your application. There is no charge for SIP. You can stop your SIP payments at any time.

In most states, you may make additional purchase payments to nonqualified and qualified annuities until the retirement date.

Householding and delivery of certain documents

With your prior consent, RiverSource Life and its affiliates may use and combine information concerning accounts owned by members of the same household and provide a single paper copy of certain documents to that household. This householding of documents may include prospectuses, supplements, annual reports, semiannual reports and proxies. Your authorization remains in effect unless we are notified otherwise. If you wish to continue receiving multiple copies of these documents, you can opt out of householding by calling us at 1.866.273.7429. Multiple mailings will resume within 30 days after we receive your opt out request.

22    Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Purchase Payments

Purchase payment amounts and purchase payment timing may vary by state and be limited under the terms of your contract.

Minimum purchase payments

If paying by SIP:	$50 for additional payments.
If paying by any other method:	$100 for additional payments.

Maximum total allowable purchase payments*

$1,000,000

* This limit applies in total to all RiverSource Life annuities you own. We reserve the right to waive or increase the maximum limit. For qualified annuities, the Code’s limits on annual contributions also apply.

How to Make Purchase Payments

11 By letter

Send your check along with your name and contract number to:

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474

22 By SIP

Contact your investment professional to complete the necessary SIP paperwork.

Purchase Payment Credits

You will receive a purchase payment credit with any payment you make to your contract that brings your total net payment (total payments less total withdrawals) to $100,000 or more.⁽¹⁾

⁽¹⁾ For applications signed on or after Nov. 6, 2003, only contracts with a seven-year withdrawal charge schedule are eligible for a credit. If you make any additional payments that cause the contract to be eligible for the credit, we will add credits to your prior purchase payments (less total withdrawals). We apply this credit immediately. We allocate the credit to the GPAs, the one-year fixed account, special DCA account and the subaccounts in the same proportions as your purchase payment.

We fund the credit from our general account. Credits are not considered to be “investments” for income tax purposes. (See “Taxes.”)

We will reverse credits from the contract value for any purchase payment that is not honored (if, for example, your purchase payment check is returned for insufficient funds).

To the extent a death benefit or withdrawal payment includes purchase payment credits applied within twelve months preceding: (1) the date of death that results in a lump sum death benefit under this contract; or (2) a request for withdrawal charge waiver due to “Contingent events” (see “Charges — Contingent events”), we will assess a charge, similar to a withdrawal charge, equal to the amount of the purchase payment credits. The amount we pay to you under these circumstances will always equal or exceed your withdrawal value.

Because of higher charges, there may be circumstances where you may be worse off for having received the credit than in other contracts. All things being equal (such as guarantee availability or fund performance and availability), this may occur if you hold your contract for 15 years or more. This also may occur if you make a full withdrawal in the first seven years. You should consider these higher charges and other relevant factors before you buy this contract or before you exchange a contract you currently own for this contract.

This credit is made available because of lower distribution and other expenses associated with larger sized contracts and through revenue from higher withdrawal charges and contract administrative charges than would otherwise be charged. In general, we do not profit from the higher charges assessed to cover the cost of the purchase payment credit. We use all the revenue from these higher charges to pay for the cost of the credits. However, we could profit from the higher charges if market appreciation is higher than expected or if contract owners hold their contracts for longer than expected.

Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    23

Limitations on Use of Contract

If mandated by applicable law, including, but not limited to, federal anti-money laundering laws, we may be required to reject a purchase payment. We may also be required to block an owner’s access to contract values or to satisfy other statutory obligations. Under these circumstances, we may refuse to implement requests for transfers, withdrawals or death benefits until instructions are received from the appropriate governmental authority or a court of competent jurisdiction.

The Retirement Date

Annuity payouts begin on the retirement date. This means that the contract will be annuitized or converted to a stream of monthly payments. If your contract is annuitized, the contract goes into payout and only the annuity payout provisions continue. You will no longer have access to your contract value. This means that the death benefit and any optional benefits you have elected will end. When we processed your application, we established the retirement date to be the maximum age then in effect (or contract anniversary if applicable). Unless otherwise elected by you, all retirement dates are now automatically set to the maximum age of 95 now in effect. You also can change the retirement date, provided you send us written instructions at least 30 days before annuity payouts begin.

The retirement date must be:

• no earlier than the 30th day after the contract’s effective date; and no later than

• the annuitant’s 95th birthday or the tenth contract anniversary, if later,

• or such other date as agreed upon by us.

Six months prior to your retirement start date, we will contact you with your options including the option to postpone your retirement start date to a future date. You can choose to delay the retirement start date of your contract to a date beyond age 95, to the extent allowed by applicable state law and tax laws.

If you do not make an election, annuity payouts using the contract’s default option of annuity payout Plan B – Life with 10 years certain will begin on the retirement start date and your monthly annuity payments will continue for as long as the annuitant lives. If the annuitant does not survive 10 years, we will continue to make payments until 10 years of payments have been made.

Generally, if you own a qualified annuity (for example, an IRA) and tax laws require that you take distributions from your annuity prior to your retirement start date, your contract will not be automatically annuitized (subject to state requirements). However, if you choose, you can elect to request annuitization or take surrenders to meet your required minimum distributions.

Beneficiary

We will pay to your named beneficiary the death benefit if it becomes payable while the contract is in force and before annuity payouts begin. If there is more than one beneficiary, we will pay each beneficiary’s designated share when we receive their completed claim. A beneficiary will bear the investment risk of the variable account until we receive the beneficiary’s completed claim. If there is no named beneficiary, the default provisions of your contract will apply. (See “Benefits in Case of Death” for more about beneficiaries.)

Charges

Contract Administrative Charge

We charge this fee for establishing and maintaining your records. We deduct $40 from the contract value on your contract anniversary or, if earlier, when the contract is fully withdrawn. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. Some states also limit any contract charge allocated to the fixed account.

We will waive this charge when your contract value is $50,000 or more on the current contract anniversary.

If you take a full withdrawal from your contract, we will deduct the charge at the time of withdrawal regardless of the contract value. We cannot increase the annual contract administrative charge and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

Variable Account Administrative Charge

We apply this charge daily to the subaccounts. It is reflected in the unit values of your subaccounts and it totals 0.15% of their average daily net assets on an annual basis. It covers certain administrative and operating expenses of the subaccounts such as accounting, legal and data processing fees and expenses involved in the preparation and distribution of reports and prospectuses. We cannot increase the variable account administrative charge.

24    Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Mortality and Expense Risk Fee

We charge these fees daily to the subaccounts. The unit values of your subaccounts reflect these fees. These fees cover the mortality and expense risk that we assume. These fees do not apply to the GPAs or the one-year fixed account. We cannot increase these fees.

These fees are based on the death benefit guarantee, whether the contract is a qualified annuity or a nonqualified annuity and the withdrawal charge schedule that applies to your contract.

Seven-year withdrawal charge schedule	Qualified annuities	Nonqualified annuities
ROP death benefit	0.85%	1.10%
MAV death benefit(1)(2)	1.05	1.30
EDB	1.15	1.40

Five-year withdrawal charge schedule
ROP death benefit	1.15	1.40
MAV death benefit(1)(2)	1.35	1.60
EDB	1.45	1.70

(1)	Available if both you and the annuitant are 79 or younger at contract issue. If you select a GMIB rider, you must elect either the MAV death benefit or the EDB. May not be available in all states.
(2)	For contracts with applications signed before Nov. 6, 2003, or if your state has not approved this fee, the MAV death benefit fee is .10% less.

Mortality risk arises because of our guarantee to pay a death benefit and our guarantee to make annuity payouts according to the terms of the contract, no matter how long a specific owner or annuitant lives and no matter how long our entire group of owners or annuitants live. If, as a group, owners or annuitants outlive the life expectancy we assumed in our actuarial tables, then we must take money from our general assets to meet our obligations. If, as a group, owners or annuitants do not live as long as expected, we could profit from the mortality risk fee. We deduct the mortality risk fee from the subaccounts during the annuity payout period even if the annuity payout plan does not involve a life contingency.

Expense risk arises because we cannot increase the contract administrative charge or the variable account administrative charge and these charges may not cover our expenses. We would have to make up any deficit from our general assets. We could profit from the expense risk fee if future expenses are less than expected.

The subaccounts pay us the mortality and expense risk fee they accrued as follows:

• first, to the extent possible, the subaccounts pay this fee from any dividends distributed from the funds in which they invest;

• then, if necessary, the funds redeem shares to cover any remaining fees payable.

We may use any profits we realize from the subaccounts’ payment to us of the mortality and expense risk fee for any proper corporate purpose, including, among others, payment of distribution (selling) expenses. We do not expect that the withdrawal charge will cover sales and distribution expenses.

Withdrawal Charge

If you withdraw all or part of your contract value, a withdrawal charge applies if all or part of the withdrawal amount is from any purchase payment we received less than six or eight years before the date of withdrawal. In addition, amounts withdrawn from a GPA more than 30 days before the end of the applicable guarantee period will be subject to a MVA. (See “The Guarantee Period Accounts — Market Value Adjustment (MVA).”

Each time you make a purchase payment under the contract, a withdrawal charge attaches to that purchase payment. The withdrawal charge percentage for each purchase payment declines according to a schedule shown in the contract. For example, if you select a 7-year withdrawal charge schedule, during the first two years after a purchase payment is made, the withdrawal charge percentage attached to that payment is 8%. The withdrawal charge percentage for that payment during the seventh year after it is made is 3%. At the beginning of the eighth year after that purchase payment is made, and thereafter, there is no withdrawal charge as to that payment.

You may withdraw an amount during any contract year without incurring a withdrawal charge. We call this amount the Total Free Amount (“TFA”). The TFA is the amount of your contract value that you may withdraw without incurring a withdrawal charge. Amounts withdrawn in excess of the Total Free Amount may be subject to a withdrawal charge as described below. The Total Free Amount is defined as the maximum of (a) and (b) where:

(a)	is 10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value; and
(b)	is current contract earnings.

Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    25

NOTE: We determine current contract earnings (CE) by looking at the entire contract value (CV), not the earnings of any particular subaccount, or the one-year fixed account or GPA. If the contract value is less than purchase payments received and not previously withdrawn (PPNPW) then contract earnings are zero. We consider your initial purchase payment and purchase payment credit to be the prior anniversary’s contract value during the first contract year.

For purposes of calculating any withdrawal charge, we treat amounts withdrawn from your contract value in the following order:

1.	First, in each contract year, we withdraw amounts totaling up to 10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on this amount.
2.	Next, we withdraw contract earnings, if any, that are greater than the amount described in number one above. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on contract earnings.
3.	Next, we withdraw purchase payments received prior to the withdrawal charge period shown in your contract. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on these purchase payments.
4.	Finally, if necessary, we withdraw purchase payments received that are still within the withdrawal charge period you selected and shown in your contract. We withdraw these payments on a “first-in, first-out” (FIFO) basis. We do assess a withdrawal charge on these payments.

NOTE: After withdrawing earnings in numbers one and two above, we next withdraw enough additional contract value (ACV) to meet your requested withdrawal amount. If the amount described in number one above was greater than contract earnings prior to the withdrawal, the excess (XSF) will be excluded from the purchase payments being withdrawn that were received most recently when calculating the withdrawal charge. We determine the amount of purchase payments being withdrawn (PPW) in numbers three and four above as:

PPW = XSF +	(ACV – XSF)	×	(PPNPW – XSF)
	(CV – TFA)

If the additional contract value withdrawn is less than XSF, then PPW will equal ACV.

We determine your withdrawal charge by multiplying each of your payments withdrawn by the applicable withdrawal charge percentage, and then adding the total withdrawal charges.

The withdrawal charge percentage depends on the number of years since you made the payments that are withdrawn, depending on the withdrawal charge schedule you selected:

Seven-year schedule		Five-year schedule(1)
Years from purchase payment receipt	Withdrawal charge percentage	Years from purchase payment receipt	Withdrawal charge percentage
1	8%	1	8%
2	8	2	7
3	7	3	6
4	7	4	4
5	6	5	2
6	5	Thereafter	0
7	3
Thereafter	0

⁽¹⁾ The five-year withdrawal charge schedule may not be available in all states.

For a partial withdrawal that is subject to a withdrawal charge, the amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable withdrawal charge. The withdrawal charge percentage is applied to this total amount. We pay you the amount you requested.

The amount of purchase payments withdrawn is calculated using a prorated formula based on the percentage of contract value being withdrawn. As a result, the amount of purchase payments withdrawn may be greater than the amount of contract value withdrawn.

Withdrawal charge calculation example

The following is an example of the calculation we would make to determine the withdrawal charge on a contract with a 7-year withdrawal charge schedule with this history:

• We receive these payments

– $10,000 initial;

– $8,000 on the seventh contract anniversary; and

– $6,000 on the eighth contract anniversary; and

26    Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity �� Prospectus

• You withdraw the contract for its total withdrawal value of $38,101 during the eleventh contract year and make no other withdrawals during that contract year; and

• The prior anniversary contract value is $38,488.

Withdrawal Charge	Explanation
$0	$3,848.80 is 10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value withdrawn without withdrawal charge; and
0	$10,252.20 is contract earnings in excess of the 10% TFA withdrawal amount withdrawn without withdrawal charge; and
0	$10,000 initial purchase payment was received eight or more years before withdrawal and is withdrawn without withdrawal charge; and
560	$8,000 purchase payment is in its fourth year from receipt, withdrawn with a 7% withdrawal charge; and
420	$6,000 purchase payment is in its third year from receipt withdrawn with a 7% withdrawal charge.
$980

Under the same scenario, the withdrawal charge on a contract with a five-year withdrawal charge schedule would be calculated:

Withdrawal Charge	Explanation
$0	$3,848.80 is 10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value withdrawn without withdrawal charge; and
0	$10,252.20 is contract earnings in excess of the 10% TFA withdrawal amount withdrawn without withdrawal charge; and
0	$10,000 initial purchase payment was received six or more years before withdrawal and is withdrawn without withdrawal charge; and
320	$8,000 purchase payment is in its fourth year from receipt, withdrawn with a 4% withdrawal charge; and
360	$6,000 purchase payment is in its third year from receipt withdrawn with a 6% withdrawal charge.
$680

Waiver of withdrawal charges

We do not assess withdrawal charges for:

•	withdrawals of any contract earnings;
•	withdrawals of amounts totaling up to 10% of your prior contract anniversary’s contract value to the extent it exceeds contract earnings;
•	required minimum distributions from a qualified annuity to the extent that they exceed the free amount. The amount on which withdrawal charges are waived can be no greater than the RMD amount calculated under your specific contract currently in force;
•	contracts settled using an annuity payout plan unless an annuity payout Plan E is later fully withdrawn;
•	withdrawals made as a result of one of the “Contingent events”* described below to the extent permitted by state law; and
•	death benefits.*
*	However, we will reverse certain purchase payment credits. (See “Buying Your Contract — Purchase Payment Credits.”)

Contingent events

• Withdrawals you make if you or the annuitant are confined to a hospital or nursing home and have been for the prior 60 days. Your contract will include this provision when you and the annuitant are under age 76 at contract issue. You must provide proof satisfactory to us of the confinement as of the date you request the withdrawal.

• To the extent permitted by state law, withdrawals you make if you or the annuitant are diagnosed in the second or later contract years as disabled with a medical condition that with reasonable medical certainty will result in death within 12 months or less from the date of the licensed physician’s statement. You must provide us with a licensed physician’s statement containing the terminal illness diagnosis and the date the terminal illness was initially diagnosed.

Liquidation charge under Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:If you are receiving variable annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to withdraw those payments. The amount that you can withdraw is the present value of any remaining variable payouts. The discount rate we use in the calculation will be 5.17% if the assumed investment return is 3.5% and 6.67% if the assumed investment return is 5%. The liquidation charge equals the present value of the remaining payouts using the assumed investment return minus the present value of the remaining payouts using the discount rate.

Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    27

Fixed Payouts: Withdrawal charge for Fixed Annuity Payout Plan E – Payouts for a specified period: If you are receiving annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to take a withdraw and withdrawal charge may apply.

A withdrawal charge will be assessed against the present value of any remaining guaranteed payouts withdrawn. The discount rate we use in determining present values varies based on: (1) the contract value originally applied to the fixed annuitization; (2) the remaining years of guaranteed payouts; (3) the annual effective interest rate and periodic payment amount for new immediate annuities of the same duration as the remaining years of guaranteed payouts; and (4) the interest spread (currently 1.50%). If we do not currently offer immediate annuities, we will use rates and values applicable to new annuitizations to determine the discount rate.

Once the discount rate is applied and we have determined the present value of the remaining guaranteed payouts you withdrawn, the present value determined will be multiplied by the withdrawal charge percentage in the table below and deducted from the present value to determine the net present value you will receive.

Number of Completed Years Since Annuitization	Withdrawal charge percentage
0	Not applicable*
1	5%
2	4
3	3
4	2
5	1
6 and thereafter	0

*We do not permit withdrawals in the first year after annuitization.

We will provide a quoted present value (which includes the deduction of any withdrawal charge). You must then formally elect, in a form acceptable to us, to receive this value. The remaining guaranteed payouts following withdraw will be reduced to zero.

Possible group reductions: In some cases we may incur lower sales and administrative expenses due to the size of the group, the average contribution and the use of group enrollment procedures. In such cases, we may be able to reduce or eliminate the contract administrative and withdrawal charges. However, we expect this to occur infrequently.

Fund Fees and Expenses

There are deductions from and expenses paid out of the assets of the funds that are described in the prospectuses for those funds.

Premium Taxes

Certain state and local governments impose premium taxes on us (up to 3.5%). These taxes depend upon your state of residence or the state in which the contract was issued. Currently, we deduct any applicable premium tax when annuity payouts begin, but we reserve the right to deduct this tax at other times such as when you make purchase payments or when you make a full withdrawal from your contract.

Optional Living Benefits Charges

Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB) Fee

We charge an annual fee for this optional feature only if you select it. There are two GMIB rider options available under your contract (see “Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider”). The fee for GMIB – MAV is 0.55% of the adjusted contract value⁽¹⁾. The fee for GMIB – 6% Rising Floor is 0.75% of the adjusted contract value. Depending on the GMIB rider option you choose, we deduct the appropriate fee from the contract value on your contract anniversary at the end of each contract year. We prorate this fee among the GPAs, one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value.

⁽¹⁾ For applications signed prior to May 1, 2003, the following current annual rider charges apply: GMIB – MAV — 0.30% and GMIB — 6% Rising Floor — 0.45%.

If the contract is terminated for any reason or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the appropriate GMIB fee from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place. We cannot increase either GMIB fee after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or the GMIB terminates.

28    Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

We calculate the fee as follows:

GMIB	– MAV	0.55% × (CV + ST – FAV)
GMIB	– 6% Rising Floor	0.75% × (CV + ST – FAV)

CV	=	contract value on the contract anniversary
ST	=	transfers from the subaccounts to the GPAs or the one-year fixed account made during the six months before the contract anniversary.
FAV	=	the value of your GPAs and the one-year fixed account on the contract anniversary.

The result of ST – FAV will never be greater than zero. This allows us to base the GMIB fee largely on the subaccounts and not on the GPAs and the one-year fixed account.

Example

•	You purchase the contract with a payment of $50,000 and allocate all of your payment to the subaccounts.
•	During the first contract year your contract value is $75,000. You transfer $15,000 from the subaccounts to the one-year fixed account.
•	On the first contract anniversary the one-year fixed account value is $15,250 and the subaccount value is $58,000. Your total contract value is $73,250.
•	The GMIB fee for:
	GMIB – MAV is 0.55%; and
	GMIB – 6% Rising Floor is 0.75%.

We calculate the charge as follows:

Contract value on the contract anniversary:	$73,250
plus transfers from the subaccounts to the one-year fixed account in the six months before the contract anniversary:	+15,000
minus the value of the one-year fixed account on the contract anniversary:	–15,250
	$73,000

The GMIB fee charged to you:

GMIB – MAV	(0.55%× $73,000) =	$401.50
GMIB – 6% Rising Floor	(0.75%× $73,000) =	$547.50

Performance Credit Rider (PCR) Fee

We charge a fee of 0.15% of your contract value for this optional feature if you select it. If selected, we deduct the fee from your contract value on your contract anniversary at the end of each contract year. We prorate this fee among the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest bears to your total contract value. If you select the PCR, you cannot add a GMIB rider.

If the contract is terminated for any reason or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the PCR fee from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place. We cannot increase the PCR fee.

Optional Death Benefit Charges

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider Fee

We deduct a charge for the optional feature only if you select it. If selected, we deduct 0.25% of your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

If the contract is terminated for any reason other than death or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the charge. We cannot increase this annual charge after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    29

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider Fee

We charge a fee for the optional feature only if you select it. If selected, we deduct 0.40% of your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this fee among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

If the contract is terminated for any reason other than death or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the fee from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee. We cannot increase this annual charge after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

30    Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Valuing Your Investment

We value your accounts as follows:

GPAs and One-Year Fixed Account

We value the amounts you allocate to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account directly in dollars. The value of the GPAs and the one-year fixed account equals:

• the sum of your purchase payments and transfer amounts allocated to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account (including any positive or negative MVA on amounts transferred from the GPAs to the one-year fixed account);

• plus any purchase payment credits allocated to the GPAs and one-year fixed account;

• plus interest credited;

• minus the sum of amounts withdrawn (including any applicable withdrawal charges) and amounts transferred out;

• minus any prorated portion of the contract administrative charge; and

• minus the prorated portion of the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit rider — MAV;

– Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit rider — 6% Rising Floor;

– Performance Credit rider;

– Benefit Protector rider; and/or

– Benefit Protector Plus rider.

Subaccounts

We convert amounts you allocated to the subaccounts into accumulation units. Each time you make a purchase payment or transfer amounts into one of the subaccounts or we apply any purchase payment credits, we credit a certain number of accumulation units to your contract for that subaccount. Conversely, we subtract a certain number of accumulation units from your contract each time you take a partial withdrawal; transfer amounts out of a subaccount; or we assess a contract administrative charge, a withdrawal charge, or fee for any optional contract riders with annual charges (if applicable).

The accumulation units are the true measure of investment value in each subaccount during the accumulation period. They are related to, but not the same as, the net asset value of the fund in which the subaccount invests. The dollar value of each accumulation unit can rise or fall daily depending on the variable account expenses, performance of the fund and on certain fund expenses.

Here is how we calculate accumulation unit values:

Number of units: To calculate the number of accumulation units for a particular subaccount, we divide your investment by the current accumulation unit value.

Accumulation unit value: The current accumulation unit value for each subaccount equals the last value times the subaccount’s current net investment factor.

We determine the net investment factor by:

• adding the fund’s current net asset value per share, plus the per share amount of any accrued income or capital gain dividends to obtain a current adjusted net asset value per share; then

• dividing that sum by the previous adjusted net asset value per share; and

• subtracting the percentage factor representing the mortality and expense risk fee and the variable account administrative charge from the result.

Because the net asset value of the fund may fluctuate, the accumulation unit value may increase or decrease. You bear all the investment risk in a subaccount.

Factors that affect subaccount accumulation units: Accumulation units may change in two ways — in number and in value.

The number of accumulation units you own may fluctuate due to:

• additional purchase payments and any purchase payment credits you allocate to the subaccounts;

• any purchase payment credits allocated to the subaccount;

• transfers into or out of the subaccounts (including any positive or negative MVA on amounts transferred from the GPAs);

• partial withdrawals;

Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    31

• withdrawal charges;

and the deduction of a prorated portion of:

• the contract administrative charge; and

• the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit rider — MAV;

– Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit rider — 6% Rising Floor;

– Performance Credit rider;

– Benefit Protector rider; and/or

– Benefit Protector Plus rider.

Accumulation unit values will fluctuate due to:

• changes in fund net asset value;

• fund dividends distributed to the subaccounts;

• fund capital gains or losses;

• fund operating expenses; and

• mortality and expense risk fee and the variable account administrative charge.

32    Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Making the Most of Your Contract

Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging

Currently, you can use automated transfers to take advantage of dollar-cost averaging (investing a fixed amount at regular intervals). For example, you might transfer a set amount monthly from a relatively conservative subaccount to a more aggressive one, or to several others, or from the one-year fixed account or the two-year GPA (without a MVA) to one or more subaccounts. The three to ten year GPAs are not available for automated transfers. You can also obtain the benefits of dollar-cost averaging by setting up regular automatic SIP payments or by establishing an Interest Sweep strategy. Interest Sweeps are a monthly transfer of the interest earned from either the one-year fixed account or the two-year GPA into the subaccounts of your choice. If you participate in an Interest Sweep strategy the interest you earn will be less than the annual interest rate we apply because there will be no compounding. There is no charge for dollar-cost averaging.

This systematic approach can help you benefit from fluctuations in accumulation unit values caused by fluctuations in the market values of the funds. Since you invest the same amount each period, you automatically acquire more units when the market value falls and fewer units when it rises. The potential effect is to lower your average cost per unit.

How dollar-cost averaging works

By investing an equal number of dollars each month		Month	Amount invested	Accumulation unit value	Number of units purchased
		Jan	$100	$20	5.00
		Feb	100	18	5.56
you automatically buy more units when the per unit market price is low		Mar	100	17	5.88
	→	Apr	100	15	6.67
		May	100	16	6.25
		Jun	100	18	5.56
		Jul	100	17	5.88
and fewer units when the per unit market price is high.		Aug	100	19	5.26
	→	Sept	100	21	4.76
		Oct	100	20	5.00

You paid an average price of $17.91 per unit over the 10 months, while the average market price actually was $18.10.

Dollar-cost averaging does not guarantee that any subaccount will gain in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. Because dollar-cost averaging involves continuous investing, your success will depend upon your willingness to continue to invest regularly through periods of low price levels. Dollar-cost averaging can be an effective way to help meet your long-term goals. For specific features contact your investment professional.

Special Dollar-Cost Averaging (Special DCA) Program

If your net contract value⁽¹⁾ is at least $10,000, you can choose to participate in the Special DCA program. There is no charge for the Special DCA program. Under the Special DCA program, you can allocate a new purchase payment and any applicable purchase payment credit to a six-month or twelve-month Special DCA account.

You may only allocate a new purchase payment of at least $10,000 to a Special DCA account. You cannot transfer existing contract values into a Special DCA account. Each Special DCA account lasts for either six or twelve months (depending on the time period you select) from the time we receive your first purchase payment. We make monthly transfers of your total Special DCA account value into the GPAs, one-year fixed account and/or the subaccounts you select over the time period you select (either six or twelve months). If you elect to transfer into a GPA, you must meet the $1,000 minimum required investment limitation for each transfer.

⁽¹⁾ “Net contract value” equals your current contract value plus any new purchase payment and purchase payment credit. If this is a new contract funded by purchase payments from multiple sources, we determine your net contract value based on the purchase payments, purchase payment credits, withdrawal requests and exchange requests submitted with your application.

We reserve the right to credit a lower interest rate to each Special DCA account if you select the GPAs or one-year fixed account as part of your Special DCA transfers. We will change the interest rate on each Special DCA account from time to time at our discretion. From time to time, we may credit interest to the Special DCA account at promotional rates that are higher than those we credit to the one-year fixed account. We base these rates on competition and on the interest rate we are crediting to the one-year fixed account at the time of the change. Once we credit interest to a particular purchase payment and purchase payment credit, that rate does not change even if we change the rate we credit on new purchase payments or if your net contract value changes.

Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    33

We credit each Special DCA account with current guaranteed annual rate that is in effect on the date we receive your purchase payment. However, we credit this annual rate over the six or twelve-month period on the balance remaining in your Special DCA account. Therefore, the net effective interest rate you receive is less than the stated annual rate. We do not credit this interest after we transfer the value out of the Special DCA account into the accounts you selected.

If you make additional purchase payments while a Special DCA account term is in progress, the amounts you allocate to an existing Special DCA account will be transferred out of the Special DCA account over the reminder of the term. If you are funding a Special DCA account from multiple sources, we apply each purchase payment and purchase payment credit to the account and credit interest on that purchase payment and purchase payment credit on the date we receive it. This means that all purchase payments and purchase payment credits may not be in the Special DCA account at the beginning of the six or twelve-month period. Therefore, you may receive less total interest than you would have if all your purchase payments and purchase payment credits were in the Special DCA account from the beginning. If we receive any of your multiple payments after the six or twelve-month period ends, you can either allocate those payments to a new Special DCA account (if available) or to any other accounts available under your contract.

You cannot participate in the Special DCA program if you are making payments under a Systematic Investment Plan. You may simultaneously participate in the Special DCA program and the asset-rebalancing program as long as your subaccount allocation is the same under both programs. If you elect to change your subaccount allocation under one program, we automatically will change it under the other program so they match. If you participate in more than one Special DCA account, the asset allocation for each account may be different as long as you are not also participating in the asset-rebalancing program.

You may terminate your participation in the Special DCA program at any time. If you do, we will not credit the current guaranteed annual interest rate on any remaining Special DCA account balance. We will transfer the remaining balance from your Special DCA account to the other accounts you selected for your DCA transfers or we will allocate it in any manner you specify, subject to the 30% limitation rule (see “Transfer policies”). Similarly, if we cannot accept any additional purchase payments into the Special DCA program, we will allocate the purchase payments to the other accounts you selected for your DCA transfers or in any other manner you specify.

We can modify the terms or discontinue the Special DCA program at any time. Any modifications will not affect any purchase payments that are already in a Special DCA account. For more information on the Special DCA program, contact your investment professional.

The Special DCA Program does not guarantee that any subaccount will gain in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. Because dollar-cost averaging involves continuous investing, your success will depend upon you willingness to continue to invest regularly through periods of low price levels. Dollar-cost averaging can be an effective way to help meet your long-term goals.

Asset Rebalancing

You can ask us in writing to automatically rebalance the subaccount portion of your contract value either quarterly, semiannually, or annually. The period you select will start to run on the date we record your request. On the first valuation date of each of these periods, we automatically will rebalance your contract value so that the value in each subaccount matches your current subaccount percentage allocations. These percentage allocations must be in whole numbers. There is no charge for asset rebalancing. The contract value must be at least $2,000.

You can change your percentage allocations or your rebalancing period at any time by contacting us in writing. If you are also participating in the Special DCA program and you change your subaccount asset allocation for the asset rebalancing program, we will change your subaccount asset allocation under the Special DCA program to match. We will restart the rebalancing period you selected as of the date we record your change. You also can ask us in writing to stop rebalancing your contract value. You must allow 30 days for us to change any instructions that currently are in place. For more information on asset rebalancing, contact your investment professional.

Transferring Among Accounts

You may transfer contract value from any one subaccount, GPAs or the one-year fixed account, to another subaccount before annuity payouts begin. Certain restrictions apply to transfers involving the GPAs and the one-year fixed account.

The date your request to transfer will be processed depends on when and how we receive it:

For transfer requests received in writing:

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your transfer request.

34    Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your transfer request.

For transfer requests received by phone:

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your transfer request.

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your transfer request.

There is no charge for transfers. Before making a transfer, you should consider the risks involved in changing investments. Transfers out of the GPAs will be subject to an MVA if done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period.

We may suspend or modify transfer privileges at any time.

For information on transfers after annuity payouts begin, see “Transfer policies” below.

Transfer policies

• Before annuity payouts begin, you may transfer contract values between the subaccounts, or from the subaccounts to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account at any time. However, if you made a transfer from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs, you may not make a transfer from any subaccount or GPA back to the one-year fixed account for six months following that transfer. We reserve the right to further limit purchase payment allocations to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then crediting to the one-year fixed account is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract.

• You may transfer contract value from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs according to the following transfer policies:

For contracts with applications signed prior to June 16, 2003:	It is our general policy to allow you to transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs once a year on or within 30 days before or after the contract anniversary (except for automated transfers, which can be set up at any time for certain transfer periods subject to certain minimums). Currently, we have removed this restriction and you may transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts at any time. We will inform you at least 30 days in advance of the day we intend to reimpose this restriction.
For contracts with applications signed on or after June 16 through Dec. 4, 2003:	You may transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or GPAs once a year on or within 30 days before or after the contract anniversary (except for automated transfers, which can be set up at any time for certain transfer periods subject to certain minimums). The amount of contract value transferred to the GPAs or the one-year fixed account cannot result in the value of the GPAs and the one-year fixed account in total being greater than 30% of the contract value. Total transfers out of the GPAs and one-year fixed account in any contract year are limited to 30% of the total value of the GPAs and one-year fixed account at the beginning of the contract year or $10,000, whichever is greater. Because of this limitation, it may take you several years to transfer all your contract value from the one-year fixed account. You should carefully consider whether the one-year fixed account meets your investment criteria before you invest.
For contracts with applications signed on or after Dec. 5, 2003:	You may transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or GPAs once a year on or within 30 days before or after the contract anniversary (except for automated transfers, which can be set up at any time for certain transfer periods subject to certain minimums). The amount of contract value transferred to the one-year fixed account cannot result in the value of the one-year fixed account in total being greater than 30% of the contract value. We reserve the right to further limit transfers to the one-year fixed account and/or GPAs if the interest rate we are then crediting on new purchase payments allocated to the one-year fixed account is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract. Total transfers out of the one-year fixed account in any contract year are limited to 30% of the one-year fixed account value at the beginning of the contract year or $10,000, whichever is greater. Because of this limitation, it may take you several years to transfer all your contract value from the one-year fixed account. You should carefully consider whether the one-year fixed account meets your investment criteria before you invest.

Transfers from the one-year fixed account are not subject to an MVA.

Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    35

•	You may transfer contract values from a GPA any time after 60 days of transfer or payment allocation to the account. Transfers made more than 30 days before the end of the Guarantee Period will receive a MVA*, which may result in a gain or loss of contract value.
•	If we receive your request on or within 30 days before or after the contract anniversary date, the transfer from the one-year fixed account to the GPAs will be effective on the valuation date we receive it.
•	If you select a variable annuity payout, once annuity payouts begin, you may make transfers once per contract year among the subaccounts and we reserve the right to limit the number of subaccounts in which you may invest.
•	Once annuity payouts begin, you may not make any transfers to the GPAs.
*	Unless the transfer is an automated transfer from the two-year GPA as part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep strategy.

Market Timing

Market timing can reduce the value of your investment in the contract. If market timing causes the returns of an underlying fund to suffer, contract value you have allocated to a subaccount that invests in that underlying fund will be lower too. Market timing can cause you, any joint owner of the contract and your beneficiary(ies) under the contract a financial loss.

We seek to prevent market timing. Market timing is frequent or short-term trading activity. We do not accommodate short-term trading activities. Do not buy a contract if you wish to use short-term trading strategies to manage your investment. The market timing policies and procedures described below apply to transfers among the subaccounts within the contract. The underlying funds in which the subaccounts invest have their own market timing policies and procedures. The market timing policies of the underlying funds may be more restrictive than the market timing policies and procedures we apply to transfers among the subaccounts of the contract, and may include redemption fees. We reserve the right to modify our market timing policies and procedures at any time without prior notice to you.

Market timing may hurt the performance of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests in several ways, including but not necessarily limited to:

• diluting the value of an investment in an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests;

• increasing the transaction costs and expenses of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests; and,

• preventing the investment adviser(s) of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests from fully investing the assets of the fund in accordance with the fund’s investment objectives.

Funds available as investment options under the contract that invest in securities that trade in overseas securities markets may be at greater risk of loss from market timing, as market timers may seek to take advantage of changes in the values of securities between the close of overseas markets and the close of U.S. markets. Also, the risks of market timing may be greater for underlying funds that invest in securities such as small cap stocks, high yield bonds, or municipal securities, that may be traded infrequently.

In order to help protect you and the underlying funds from the potentially harmful effects of market timing activity, we apply the following market timing policy to discourage frequent transfers of contract value among the subaccounts of the variable account:

We try to distinguish market timing from transfers that we believe are not harmful, such as periodic rebalancing for purposes of an asset allocation, dollar-cost averaging and asset rebalancing program that may be described in this prospectus. There is no set number of transfers that constitutes market timing. Even one transfer in related accounts may be market timing. We seek to restrict the transfer privileges of a contract owner who makes more than three subaccount transfers in any 90 day period. We also reserve the right to refuse any transfer request, if, in our sole judgment, the dollar amount of the transfer request would adversely affect unit values.

If we determine, in our sole judgment, that your transfer activity constitutes market timing, we may modify, restrict or suspend your transfer privileges to the extent permitted by applicable law, which may vary based on the state law that applies to your contract and the terms of your contract. These restrictions or modifications may include, but not be limited to:

• requiring transfer requests to be submitted only by first-class U.S. mail;

• not accepting hand-delivered transfer requests or requests made by overnight mail;

• not accepting telephone or electronic transfer requests;

• requiring a minimum time period between each transfer;

• not accepting transfer requests of an agent acting under power of attorney;

• limiting the dollar amount that you may transfer at any one time;

• suspending the transfer privilege; or

36    Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• modifying instructions under an automated transfer program to exclude a restricted fund if you do not provide new instructions.

Subject to applicable state law and the terms of each contract, we will apply the policy described above to all contract owners uniformly in all cases. We will notify you in writing after we impose any modification, restriction or suspension of your transfer rights.

Because we exercise discretion in applying the restrictions described above, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to identify and restrict all market timing activity. In addition, state law and the terms of some contracts may prevent us from stopping certain market timing activity. Market timing activity that we are unable to identify and/or restrict may impact the performance of the underlying funds and may result in lower contract values.

In addition to the market timing policy described above, which applies to transfers among the subaccounts within your contract, you should carefully review the market timing policies and procedures of the underlying funds. The market timing policies and procedures of the underlying funds may be materially different than those we impose on transfers among the subaccounts within your contract and may include mandatory redemption fees as well as other measures to discourage frequent transfers. As an intermediary for the underlying funds, we are required to assist them in applying their market timing policies and procedures to transactions involving the purchase and exchange of fund shares. This assistance may include, but not be limited to, providing the underlying fund upon request with your Social Security Number, Taxpayer Identification Number or other United States government-issued identifier, and the details of your contract transactions involving the underlying fund. An underlying fund, in its sole discretion, may instruct us at any time to prohibit you from making further transfers of contract value to or from the underlying fund, and we must follow this instruction. We reserve the right to administer and collect on behalf of an underlying fund any redemption fee imposed by an underlying fund. Market timing policies and procedures adopted by underlying funds may affect your investment in the contract in several ways, including but not limited to:

• Each fund may restrict or refuse trading activity that the fund determines, in its sole discretion, represents market timing.

• Even if we determine that your transfer activity does not constitute market timing under the market timing policies described above which we apply to transfers you make under the contract, it is possible that the underlying fund’s market timing policies and procedures, including instructions we receive from a fund may require us to reject your transfer request. For example, while we will attempt to execute transfers permitted under any asset allocation, dollar-cost averaging and asset rebalancing programs that may be described in this prospectus, we cannot guarantee that an underlying fund’s market timing policies and procedures will do so. Orders we place to purchase fund shares for the variable account are subject to acceptance by the fund. We reserve the right to reject without prior notice to you any transfer request if the fund does not accept our order.

• Each underlying fund is responsible for its own market timing policies, and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to implement specific market timing policies and procedures that a fund has adopted. As a result, a fund’s returns might be adversely affected, and a fund might terminate our right to offer its shares through the variable account.

• Funds that are available as investment options under the contract may also be offered to other intermediaries who are eligible to purchase and hold shares of the fund, including without limitation, separate accounts of other insurance companies and certain retirement plans. Even if we are able to implement a fund’s market timing policies, we cannot guarantee that other intermediaries purchasing that same fund’s shares will do so, and the returns of that fund could be adversely affected as a result.

For more information about the market timing policies and procedures of an underlying fund, the risks that market timing pose to that fund, and to determine whether an underlying fund has adopted a redemption fee, see that fund’s prospectus.

How to request a Transfer or Withdrawal

11 By letter

Send your name, contract number, Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number* and signed request for a transfer or withdrawal to our Service Center:

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474

Minimum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	$500 or entire account balance

Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    37

Maximum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	Contract value or entire account balance

* Failure to provide a Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number may result in mandatory tax withholding on the taxable portion of the distribution.

22 By automated transfers and automated partial withdrawals

Your investment professional can help you set up automated transfers or partial withdrawals among your GPAs, one-year fixed account or the subaccounts.

You can start or stop this service by written request or other method acceptable to us.

You must allow 30 days for us to change any instructions that are currently in place.

•	Automated transfers from the one-year fixed account to any one of the subaccounts may not exceed an amount that, if continued, would deplete the one-year fixed account within 12 months. For contracts issued before June 16, 2003, we have removed this restriction, and you may transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts at any time. We will inform you at least 30 days in advance of the day we intend to reimpose this restriction.
	For contracts with applications signed on or after June 16, 2003, the time limitations on transfers from the one-year fixed account will be enforced, and transfers out of the one-year fixed account are limited to 30% of the one-year fixed account values at the beginning of the contract year or $10,000, whichever is greater.
•	Automated withdrawals may be restricted by applicable law under some contracts.
•	You may not make systematic purchase payments if automated partial withdrawals are in effect.
•	Automated partial withdrawals may result in income taxes and penalties on all or part of the amount withdrawn.

Minimum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	$100 monthly
	$250 quarterly, semiannually or annually

33 By phone

Call:

1-800-333-3437

Minimum amount

Transfers or withdrawals: $500 or entire account balance

Maximum amount

Transfers:	Contract value or entire account balance
Withdrawals:	$100,000

We answer telephone requests promptly, but you may experience delays when the call volume is unusually high. If you are unable to get through, use the mail procedure as an alternative.

We will honor any telephone transfer or withdrawal requests that we believe are authentic and we will use reasonable procedures to confirm that they are. This includes asking identifying questions and recording calls. As long as we follow the procedures, we (and our affiliates) will not be liable for any loss resulting from fraudulent requests.

Telephone transfers and withdrawals are automatically available. You may request that telephone transfers and withdrawals not be authorized from your account by writing to us.

38    Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Withdrawals

You may withdraw all or part of your contract at any time before the retirement date by sending us a written request or calling us.

The date your withdrawal request will be processed depends on when and how we receive it:

For withdrawal requests received in writing:

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your withdrawal request.

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your withdrawal request.

For withdrawal requests received by phone:

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your withdrawal request.

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your withdrawal request.

We may ask you to return the contract. You may have to pay a contract administrative charge, withdrawal charges or any applicable optional rider charges (see “Charges”), federal income taxes and penalties. State and local income taxes may also apply (see “Taxes”). In addition, purchase payment credits may be reversed. You cannot make withdrawals after annuity payouts begin except under Annuity Payout Plan E. (See “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Any partial withdrawals you take under the contract will reduce your contract value. As a result, the value of your death benefit or any optional benefits you have elected will also be reduced (see “Optional Benefits”). In addition, withdrawals you are required to take to satisfy RMDs under the Code may reduce the value of certain death benefits and optional benefits (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”).

Withdrawal Policies

If you have a balance in more than one account and you request a partial withdrawal, we will automatically withdraw from all your subaccounts, GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account in the same proportion as your value in each account correlates to your total contract value, unless requested otherwise. After executing a partial withdrawal, the value in each subaccount , one-year fixed account or GPA must be either zero or at least $50.

Receiving Payment

11 By regular or express mail

• payable to you;

• mailed to address of record.

NOTE: We will charge you a fee if you request express mail delivery.

22 By wire or other form of electronic payment

• request that payment be wired to your bank;

• pre-authorization required.

We may choose to permit you to have checks issued and delivered to an alternate payee or to an address other than your address of record. We may also choose to allow you to direct wires or other electronic payments to accounts owned by a third-party. We may have additional good order requirements that must be met prior to processing requests to make any payments to a party other than the owner or to an address other than the address of record. These requirements will be designed to ensure owner instructions are genuine and to prevent fraud.

Normally, we will send the payment within seven days after receiving your request in good order. However, we may postpone the payment if:

– the NYSE is closed, except for normal holiday and weekend closings;

Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    39

– trading on the NYSE is restricted, according to SEC rules;

– an emergency, as defined by SEC rules, makes it impractical to sell securities or value the net assets of the accounts; or

– the SEC permits us to delay payment for the protection of security holders.

We may also postpone payment of the amount attributable to a purchase payment as part of the total withdrawal amount until cleared from the originating financial institution.

A Special Note on Cybersecurity Risks

Cybersecurity and Systems Integrity

Increasingly, businesses are dependent on the continuity, security, and effective operation of various technology systems. The nature of our business depends on the continued effective operation of our systems and those of our business partners.

This dependence makes us susceptible to operational and information security risks from cyber-attacks. These risks may include the following:

• the corruption or destruction of data;

• theft, misuse or dissemination of data to the public, including your information we hold; and

• denial of service attacks on our website or other forms of attacks on our systems and the software and hardware we use to run them.

These attacks and their consequences can negatively impact your contract, your privacy, your ability to conduct transactions on your contract, or your ability to receive timely service from us. There can be no assurance that we, the underlying funds in your contract, or our other business partners will avoid losses affecting your contract due to any successful cyber-attacks or information security breaches.

TSA–Special Provisions

Participants in Tax-Sheltered Annuities

If the contract is intended to be used in connection with an employer sponsored 403(b) plan, additional rules relating to this contract can be found in the annuity endorsement for tax sheltered 403(b) annuities. Unless we have made special arrangements with your employer, the contract is not intended for use in connection with an employer sponsored 403(b) plan that is subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”). In the event that the employer either by affirmative election or inadvertent action causes contributions under a plan that is subject to ERISA to be made to this contract, we will not be responsible for any obligations and requirements under ERISA and the regulations thereunder, unless we have prior written agreement with the employer. You should consult with your employer to determine whether your 403(b) plan is subject to ERISA.

In the event we have a written agreement with your employer to administer the plan pursuant to ERISA, special rules apply as set forth in the TSA endorsement.

The employer must comply with certain nondiscrimination requirements for certain types of contributions under a TSA contract to be excluded from taxable income. You should consult your employer to determine whether the nondiscrimination rules apply to you.

The Code imposes certain restrictions on your right to receive early distributions from a TSA:

• Distributions attributable to salary reduction contributions (plus earnings) made after Dec. 31, 1988, or to transfers or rollovers from other contracts, may be made from the TSA only if:

– you are at least age 59½;

– you are disabled as defined in the Code;

– you severed employment with the employer who purchased the contract;

– the distribution is because of your death;

– the distribution is due to plan termination; or

– you are a qualifying military reservist.

• If you encounter a financial hardship (as provided by the Code), you may be eligible to receive a distribution of all contract values attributable to salary reduction contributions made after Dec. 31, 1988, but not the earnings on them.

• Even though a distribution may be permitted under the above rules, it may be subject to IRS taxes and penalties (see “Taxes”)

40    Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• The above restrictions on distributions do not affect the availability of the amount credited to the contract as of Dec. 31, 1988. The restrictions also do not apply to transfers or exchanges of contract value within the contract, or to another registered variable annuity contract or investment vehicle available through the employer.

Changing Ownership

You may change ownership of your nonqualified annuity at any time by completing a change of ownership form we approve and sending it to our Service Center. The change will become binding on us when we receive and record it. We will honor any change of ownership request received in good order that we believe is authentic and we will use reasonable procedures to confirm authenticity. If we follow these procedures, we will not take any responsibility for the validity of the change.

If you have a nonqualified annuity, you may incur income tax liability by transferring, assigning or pledging any part of it. (See “Taxes.”)

If you have a qualified annuity, you may not sell, assign, transfer, discount or pledge your contract as collateral for a loan, or as security for the performance of an obligation or for any other purpose except as required or permitted by the Code. However, if the owner is a trust or custodian, or an employer acting in a similar capacity, ownership of the contract may be transferred to the annuitant.

Please consider carefully whether or not you wish to change ownership of your annuity contract. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, the new owner and annuitant will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract.

If you have a GMIB and/or Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit rider, the rider will terminate upon transfer of ownership of your annuity contract. Continuance of the Benefit Protector rider is optional. (see “Optional Benefits”).

Benefits in Case of Death

There are four death benefit options under your contract if you die before the retirement start date while this contract is in force. You must select one of the following death benefits:

• ROP Death Benefit;

• MAV Death Benefit; or

• Enhanced Death Benefit.

If it is available in your state and if both you and the annuitant are age 79 or younger at contract issue, you can elect any one of the above death benefits. If either you or the annuitant are age 80 or older at contract issue, the ROP Death Benefit will apply. If you select the GMIB you must elect MAV or Enhanced Death Benefit. Once you elect a death benefit, you cannot change it. We show the death benefit that applies in your contract on your contract’s data page. The death benefit you select determines the mortality and expense risk fee that is assessed against the subaccounts. (See “Charges — Mortality and Expense Risk Fee.”)

Under each option, we will pay the death benefit, less any purchase payment credits subject to reversal, to your beneficiary upon the earlier of your death or the annuitant’s death. We will base the benefit paid on the death benefit coverage you chose when you purchased the contract. If a contract has more than one person as the owner, we will pay benefits upon the first to die of any owner or the annuitant.

Here are some terms used to describe the death benefits:

Adjusted partial withdrawals (calculated for ROP and MAV Death Benefits)	=	PW XDB
		CV

PW	=	the amount by which the contract value is reduced as a result of the partial withdrawal.
DB	=	the death benefit on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.
CV	=	contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV): is zero prior to the first contract anniversary after the effective date of the rider. On the first contract anniversary after the effective date of the rider, we set the MAV as the greater of these two values:

(a)	current contract value; or
(b)	total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals.

Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    41

Thereafter, we increase the MAV by any additional purchase payments and any purchase payment credits and reduce the MAV by adjusted partial withdrawals. Every contract anniversary after that prior to the earlier of your or the annuitant’s 81st birthday, we compare the MAV to the current contract value and we reset the MAV to the higher amount.

5% Variable Account Floor:is the sum of the value of the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the variable account floor. There is no variable account floor prior to the first contract anniversary. On the first contract anniversary, we establish the variable account floor as:

• the amounts allocated to the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account at issue increased by 5%;

• plus any subsequent amounts allocated to the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account;

• minus adjusted transfers and partial withdrawals from the subaccounts or the DCA fixed account.

Thereafter, we continue to add subsequent purchase payments and any purchase payment credits allocated to the subaccounts or the DCA fixed account and subtract adjusted transfers and partial withdrawals from the subaccounts or the DCA fixed account. On each contract anniversary after the first, through age 80, we add an amount to the variable account floor equal to 5% of the prior anniversary’s variable account floor. We stop adding this amount after you or the annuitant reach age 81.

5% variable account floor adjusted transfers or partial withdrawals	=	PWT XVAF
		SV

PWT	=	the amount by which the contract value in the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account is reduced as a result of the partial withdrawal or transfer from the subaccounts or the DCA fixed account.
VAF	=	variable account floor on the date of (but prior to) the transfer or partial withdrawal.
SV	=	value of the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account on the date of (but prior to) the transfer of partial withdrawal.

The amount of purchase payments and any purchase payment credits withdrawn or transferred from any subaccount or fixed account (if applicable) or GPA account is calculated as (a) times (b) where:

(a)	is the amount of purchase payments and any purchase payment credits in the account or subaccount on the date of but prior to the current withdrawal or transfer; and
(b)	is the ratio of the amount of contract value transferred or withdrawn from the account or subaccount to the value in the account or subaccount on the date of (but prior to) the current withdrawal or transfer.

For contracts issued in New Jersey, the cap on the variable account floor is 200% of the sum of the purchase payments and any purchase payment credits allocated to the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account that have not been withdrawn or transferred out of the subaccounts or DCA fixed account.

NOTE: The 5% variable account floor is calculated differently and is not the same value as the Income Assurer Benefit 5% variable account floor.

Return of Purchase Payments (ROP) Death Benefit

The ROP death benefit is intended to help protect your beneficiaries financially in that they will never receive less than your purchase payments adjusted for withdrawals. If you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary the greater of these two values less any purchase payment credits subject to reversal, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value; or
2.	total purchase payments plus purchase payments credits applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals.

Adjusted partial withdrawals for the ROP or MAV death benefit	=	PW × DB
		CV

PW	=	the amount by which the contract value is reduced as a result of the partial withdrawal.
DB	=	the death benefit on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.
CV	=	contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.

42    Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Example

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $20,000.

• On the first contract anniversary you make an additional purchase payment of $5,000.

• During the second contract year the contract value falls to $22,000 and you take a $1,500 partial withdrawal.

• During the third contract year the contract value grows to $23,000.

We calculate the ROP death benefit as follows:
Contract value at death:			$23,000.00
	Purchase payments and purchase payment credits minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments and purchase payment credits:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,704.55
	$22,000
	for a death benefit of:		$23,295.45
ROP death benefit, calculated as the greatest of these two values:				$23,295.45

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV) Death Benefit

The MAV death benefit is intended to help protect your beneficiaries financially while your investments have the opportunity to grow. The MAV death benefit does not provide any additional benefit before the first contract anniversary and it may not be appropriate for issue ages 75 to 79 because the benefit values may be limited after age 81. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether or not the MAV death benefit is appropriate for your situation.

If both you and the annuitant are age 79 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the MAV death benefit to your contract. Once you select the MAV death benefit you may not cancel it. If you select the Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider you must select either the MAV death benefit or the EDB death benefit rider.

The MAV death benefit provides that if you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary the greatest of these three values less any purchase payment credits subject to reversal, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments plus purchase payment credits applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals; or
3.	the maximum anniversary value immediately preceding the date of death plus any purchase payments and purchase payment credits since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals since that anniversary.

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV): We calculate the MAV on each contract anniversary through age 80. There is no MAV prior to the first contract anniversary. On the first contract anniversary we set the MAV equal to the highest of: (a) your current contract value, or (b) total purchase payments and purchase payment credits minus adjusted partial withdrawals. Every contract anniversary after that, through age 80, we compare the previous anniversary’s MAV (plus any purchase payments and purchase payment credits since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals since that anniversary) to the current contract value and we reset the MAV if the current contract value is higher. We stop resetting the MAV after you or the annuitant reach age 81. However, we continue to add subsequent purchase payments and purchase payment credits and subtract adjusted partial withdrawals from the MAV.

Example

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $20,000.

• On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $24,000.

• During the second contract year the contract value falls to $22,000, at which point you take a $1,500 partial withdrawal, leaving a contract value of $20,500.

We calculate the MAV death benefit as follows:
Contract value at death:			$20,500.00
Purchase payments and purchase payment credits minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments and purchase payment credits:		$20,000.00
	minus the death benefit adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $20,000	=	–1,363.64
	$22,000

Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    43

	for a death benefit of:		$18,636.36
The MAV immediately preceding the date of death plus any payments made since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Greatest of your contract anniversary contract values:		$24,000.00
	plus purchase payments and purchase payment credits made since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus the death benefit adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $24,000	=	–1,636.36
	$22,000
	for a death benefit of:		$22,363.64
The MAV death benefit, calculated as the greatest of these three values:				$22,363.64

Enhanced Death Benefit (EDB)

The EDB is intended to help protect your beneficiaries financially while your investments have the opportunity to grow.

This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional charge (see “Charges”). The EDB does not provide any additional benefit before the first contract anniversary and it may not be appropriate for issue ages 75 to 79 because the benefit values may be limited at age 81. Benefit Protector and Benefit Protector Plus are not available with EDB. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether or not the EDB is appropriate for your situation.

If the EDB is available in your state and both you and the annuitant are 79 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the EDB rider to your contract at the time of purchase. If you choose to add a GMIB rider to your contract, you must elect either the MAV death benefit or the EDB.

The EDB provides that if you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary the greatest of these four values less any purchase payment credits subject to reversal, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments plus purchase payment credits applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals;
3.	the maximum anniversary value immediately preceding the date of death plus any purchase payments and purchase payment credits applied to the contract since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals since that anniversary; or
4.	the 5% rising floor.

5% rising floor: This is the sum of the value of your GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the variable account floor. There is no variable account floor prior to the first contract anniversary. On the first contract anniversary, we establish the variable account floor as:

• the amounts allocated to the subaccounts at issue increased by 5%,

• plus any subsequent amounts allocated to the subaccounts,

• minus adjusted transfers and partial withdrawals from the subaccounts.

Thereafter, we continue to add subsequent amounts allocated to the subaccounts and subtract adjusted transfers and partial withdrawals from the subaccounts. On each contract anniversary after the first, through age 80, we add an amount to the variable account floor equal to 5% of the prior anniversary’s variable account floor. We stop adding this amount after you or the annuitant reach age 81.

5% rising floor adjusted transfers or partial withdrawals	=	PWT × VAF
		SV

PWT	=	the amount by which the contract is reduced as a result of the partial withdrawal or transfer from the subaccounts.
VAF	=	variable account floor on the date of (but prior to) the transfer or partial withdrawal.
SV	=	value of the subaccounts on the date of (but prior to) the transfer or partial withdrawal.

44    Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Example

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000 with $5,000 allocated to the one-year fixed account and $20,000 allocated to the subaccounts.

• On the first contract anniversary the one-year fixed account value is $5,200 and the subaccount value is $17,000. Total contract value is $22,200.

• During the second contract year, the one-year fixed account value is $5,300 and the subaccount value is $19,000. Total contract value is $24,300. You take a $1,500 partial withdrawal all from the subaccounts, leaving the contract value at $22,800.

The death benefit is calculated as follows:
Contract value at death:			$22,800.00
Purchase payments and purchase payment credits minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments and purchase payment credits:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,543.21
	$24,300
	for a return of purchase payments death benefit of:		$23,456.79
The MAV on the anniversary immediately preceding the date of death plus any purchase payments made since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals made since that anniversary:
The MAV on the immediately preceding anniversary:			$25,000.00
	plus purchase payments and purchase payment credits made since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals made since that anniversary, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,543.21
	$24,300
	for a MAV death benefit of:		$23,456.79
The 5% rising floor:
	The variable account floor on the first contract anniversary, calculated as: 1.05 x $20,000 =		$21,000.00
	plus amounts allocated to the subaccounts since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus the 5% rising floor adjusted partial withdrawal from the subaccounts, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $21,000	=	–1,657.89
	$19,000
	variable account floor benefit:		$19,342.11
	plus the one-year fixed account value:		+5,300.00
	5% rising floor (value of the GPAs, one-year fixed account and the variable account floor):		$24,642.11
EDB, calculated as the greatest of these three values, which is the 5% rising floor:				$24,642.11

If You Die Before Your Retirement Date

When paying the beneficiary, we will process the death claim on the valuation date our death claim requirements are fulfilled. We will determine the contract’s value using the accumulation unit value we calculate on that valuation date. We pay interest, if any, at a rate no less than required by law. We will mail payment to the beneficiary within seven days after our death claim requirements are fulfilled.

Nonqualified annuities

If your spouse is sole beneficiary and you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. To do this your spouse must give us written instructions to continue the contract as owner. There will be no withdrawal charges on the contract from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, your spouse and the new annuitant (if applicable) will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract. The GMIB rider and Benefit Protector Plus rider, if selected, will terminate. Continuance of the Benefit Protector rider is optional. (See “Optional Benefits.”)

Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    45

If your beneficiary is not your spouse, we will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless you give us other written instructions. Generally, we must fully distribute the death benefit within five years of your death. However, the beneficiary may receive payouts under any annuity payout plan available under this contract if:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin no later than one year after your death, or other date as permitted by the IRS; and

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy.

Qualified annuities

•	Spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if your spouse is the sole beneficiary, your spouse may either elect to treat the contract as his/her own, so long as he or she is eligible to do so, or elect an annuity payout plan or another plan agreed to by us. If your spouse elects a payout option, the payouts must begin no later than the year in which you would have reached age 72 (age 701/2 if the death occurred before Jan. 1, 2020). If you attained age 72 at the time of death, payouts must begin no later than Dec. 31 of the year following the year of your death.
	Your spouse may elect to assume ownership of the contract at any time before annuity payouts begin. If your spouse elects to assume ownership of the contract, the contract value will be equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. There will be no withdrawal charges on the contract from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, your spouse and the new annuitant (if applicable) will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract. The GMIB rider and Benefit Protector Plus rider, if selected, will terminate. Continuance of the Benefit Protector rider is optional. (See “Optional Benefits.”)
•	Non-spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if death occurs on or after Jan. 1, 2020, the beneficiary is required to withdraw his or her entire inherited interest within 10 years of the time of death of the owner unless they qualify as an “eligible designated beneficiary.” Eligible designated beneficiaries may continue to take proceeds out over their life expectancy. Eligible designated beneficiaries include:

• the surviving spouse;

• a lawful child of the owner under the age of majority (remaining amount must be withdrawn within 10 years, once the child reaches the age of majority);

• disabled within the meaning of Code section 72(m)(7);

• chronically ill within the meaning of Code section 7702B(c)(2);

• any other person who is not more than 10 years younger than the owner.

However, non-natural beneficiaries, such as estates and charities, are subject to a five-year rule to distribute the IRA. We will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless the beneficiary elects to receive payouts under a payout plan available under this contract and:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin, no later than one year following the year of your death; and

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy for an eligible designated beneficiary. (Payout plans are limited if the beneficiary is not an eligible designated beneficiary.)

• Spouse and Non-spouse beneficiary: If a beneficiary elects an alternative payment plan which is an inherited IRA, all optional death benefits and living benefits will terminate. In the event of your beneficiary’s death, their beneficiary can elect to take a lump sum payment or annuitize the contract to deplete it within 10 years of your beneficiary’s death

• Annuity payout plan: If you elect an annuity payout plan, the payouts to your beneficiary may continue depending on the annuity payout plan you elect, subject to adjustment to comply with the IRS rules and regulations.

How we handle contracts under unclaimed property laws

Every state has unclaimed property laws which generally declare annuity contracts to be abandoned after a period of inactivity of one to five years from either 1) the contract’s maturity date (the latest day on which income payments may begin under the contract) or 2) the date the death benefit is due and payable. If a contract matures or we determine a death benefit is payable, we will use our best efforts to locate you or designated beneficiaries. If we are unable to locate you or a beneficiary, proceeds will be paid to the abandoned property division or unclaimed property office of the state in which the beneficiary or you last resided, as shown in our books and records, or to our state of domicile. Generally, this surrender of property to the state is commonly referred to as “escheatment”. To avoid escheatment, and ensure an effective process for your beneficiaries, it is important that your personal address and beneficiary designations are up to date, including complete names, date of birth, current addresses and phone numbers, and taxpayer identification numbers for each beneficiary. Updates to your address or beneficiary designations should be sent to our Service Center.

46    Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Escheatment may also be required by law if a known beneficiary fails to demand or present an instrument or document to claim the death benefit in a timely manner, creating a presumption of abandonment. If your beneficiary steps forward (with the proper documentation) to claim escheated annuity proceeds, the state is obligated to pay any such proceeds it is holding.

For nonqualified annuities, non-spousal death benefits are generally required to be distributed and taxed within five years from the date of death of the owner/annuitant or the unclaimed death benefits will be presumed abandoned and subject to escheatment.

Optional Benefits

The assets held in our general account support the guarantees under your contract, including optional death benefits and optional living benefits. To the extent that we are required to pay you amounts in addition to your contract value under these benefits, such amounts will come from our general account assets. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of insurance and financial products as well, and we also pay our obligations under these products from assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account.

Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB)

There are two GMIB rider options available under your contract. Both GMIB riders are intended to provide you with a guaranteed minimum lifetime income regardless of the volatility inherent in the investments in the subaccounts. If you select either GMIB rider option:

•	you must hold the GMIB for 7 years,
•	the GMIB rider terminates* 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday,
•	you can only exercise the GMIB within 30 days after a contract anniversary, and
•	there are additional costs associated with the rider.
*	The rider and annual fee terminate 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday; however, if you exercise the GMIB rider before this time, your benefits will continue according to the annuity payout plan you have selected.

If you are purchasing the contract as a qualified annuity, such as an IRA, and you are planning to begin annuity payouts after the date on which minimum distributions required by the IRS must begin, you should consider whether the GMIB is appropriate for you. Partial withdrawals you take from the contract, including those taken to satisfy RMDs, will reduce the GMIB benefit base (defined below), which in turn may reduce or eliminate the amount of any annuity payments available under the rider (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Consult a tax advisor before you purchase any GMIB with a qualified annuity, such as an IRA.

If either GMIB rider is available in your state and the annuitant is 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add this optional benefit at the time you purchase your contract for an additional charge. If the annuitant is between age 73 and age 75 at contract issue, you should consider whether a GMIB rider is appropriate for your situation. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether either GMIB rider option is appropriate for your situation.

The amount of the fee is determined by the GMIB rider option you select (see “Charges — GMIB Rider Fee”). If you select a GMIB rider, you must also elect the MAV death benefit or the EDB at the time you purchase your contract. The PCR rider is not available with either GMIB rider. The effective date of the GMIB rider will be the contract issue date.

In some instances, we may allow you to add a GMIB rider to your contract at a later date if it was not available when you initially purchased your contract. In these instances, we would add the GMIB rider on the next contract anniversary and this would become the rider effective date. For purposes of calculating the GMIB benefit base under these circumstances, we consider the contract value on the rider effective date to be the initial purchase payment; we disregard all previous purchase payments, purchase payment credits, transfers and withdrawals in the GMIB calculations.

Investment selection: Under either GMIB rider, you may allocate your purchase payments and purchase payment credits or transfers to any of the subaccounts, the GPAs or the one-year fixed account. However, we reserve the right to limit the amount you allocate to subaccounts investing in Columbia Variable Portfolio — Cash Management Fund to 10% of the total amount in the subaccounts. If we are required to activate this restriction, and you have more than 10% of your subaccount value in this fund, we will send you a notice and ask that you reallocate your contract value so that the 10% limitation is satisfied within 60 days. We will terminate the GMIB rider if you have not satisfied the limitation after 60 days.

Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    47

You may select one of the following GMIB rider options:

• GMIB – Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV); or

• GMIB – 6% Rising Floor.

GMIB – MAV

GMIB benefit base:

If the GMIB – MAV is elected at contract issue, the GMIB benefit base is the greatest of these three values:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments and purchase payment credits minus adjusted partial withdrawals; or
3.	the MAV.

MAV is a value we calculate on the first contract anniversary as the highest of: (a) your current contract value, or (b) total purchase payments and purchase payment credits minus adjusted partial withdrawals. There is no MAV prior to the first contact anniversary. Every contract anniversary after that through age 80, we compare the previous anniversary’s MAV (plus any purchase payments and purchase payment credits since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals since that anniversary) to the current contract value and we reset the MAV to the highest value. We stop resetting the MAV after you or the annuitant reach age 81. However, we continue to add subsequent purchase payments and purchase payment credits and subtract adjusted partial withdrawals from the MAV.

Keep in mind, the MAV is limited at age 81.

We reserve the right to exclude from the GMIB benefit base any purchase payment and purchase payment credits made in the five years before you exercise the GMIB – MAV. We would do so only if such payments and credit total $50,000 or more or if they are 25% or more of total contract payments and credits. If we exercise this right, we subtract each payment and purchase payment credit adjusted for market value from the contract value and the MAV.

For each payment and purchase payment credit, we calculate the market value adjustment to the contract value and the MAV as:

PMT × CVG

ECV

PMT	=	each purchase payment and purchase payment credit made in the five years before you exercise the GMIB – MAV.
CVG	=	current contract value at the time you exercise the GMIB – MAV.
ECV	=	the estimated contract value on the anniversary prior to the payment in question. We assume that all payments, purchase payment credits and partial withdrawals occur at the beginning of a contract year.

Exercising the GMIB – MAV:

• you may only exercise the GMIB – MAV within 30 days after any contract anniversary following the expiration of a seven-year waiting period from the rider effective date.

• the annuitant must be between 50 and 86 years old on the date the rider is exercised.

• you can only take an annuity payout under one of the following annuity payout plans:

– Plan A — Life Annuity — no refund

– Plan B — Life Annuity with ten years certain

– Plan D — Joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund

• You may change the annuitant for the payouts.

When you exercise your GMIB – MAV, you may select a fixed or variable annuity payout plan. Fixed annuity payouts are calculated using the annuity purchase rates based on the “1983 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” with 100% Projection Scale G and an interest rate of 3%. Your annuity payouts remain fixed for the lifetime of the annuity payout period.

48    Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

First year variable annuity payouts are calculated in the same manner as fixed annuity payouts. Once calculated, your annuity payouts remain unchanged for the first year. After the first year, subsequent annuity payouts are variable and depend on the performance of the subaccounts you select. Variable annuity payouts after the first year are calculated using the following formula:

Pt-1(1 + i)	= Pt
1.05

Pt–1	=	prior annuity payout
Pt	=	current annuity payout
i	=	annualized subaccount performance

Each subsequent variable annuity payout could be more or less than the previous variable annuity payout if the subaccount investment performance is greater or less than the 5% assumed investment rate. If your subaccount performance equals 5%, your annuity payout will be unchanged from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount performance is in excess of 5%, your variable annuity payout will increase from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount investment performance is less than 5%, your variable annuity payout will decrease from the previous annuity payout.

The GMIB – MAV benchmarks the contract growth at each anniversary against several comparison values and sets the GMIB benefit base equal to the largest value of the MAV, purchase payments and purchase payment credits minus adjusted partial withdrawals or the contract value. The GMIB benefit base, less any applicable premium tax, is the value we apply to the GMIB – MAV annuity purchase described above. If the GMIB benefit base is greater than the contract value, the GMIB – MAV may provide a higher annuity payout level than is otherwise available. However, the GMIB – MAV uses guaranteed annuity purchase rates which may result in annuity payouts that are less than those using the annuity purchase rates that we will apply at annuitization under the standard contract provisions. Therefore, the level of income provided by the GMIB – MAV may be less than the income the contract otherwise provided. If the annuity payouts through the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available through the GMIB – MAV, you will receive the higher standard payout. The GMIB – MAV does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

Terminating the GMIB – MAV:

• You may terminate the GMIB – MAV within 30 days after the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the GMIB – MAV any time after the seventh rider anniversary.

• The GMIB – MAV will terminate on the date:

– you make a full withdrawal from the contract;

– a death benefit is payable; or

– you choose to begin taking annuity payouts under the regular contract provisions.

•	The GMIB – MAV will terminate* 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday.
*	The rider and annual fee terminate 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday, however, if you exercise the GMIB rider before this time, your benefits will continue according to the annuity payout plan you have selected.

Example

• You purchase the contract during the 2004 calendar year with a payment of $100,000 and we add a $1,000 purchase payment credit to your contract. You allocate all your purchase payments and purchase payment credits to the subaccounts.

• There are no additional purchase payments and no partial withdrawals.

• Assume the annuitant is male and age 55 at contract issue. For the joint and last survivor option (annuity payout Plan D), the joint annuitant is female and age 55 at contract issue.

• Taking into account fluctuations in contract value due to market conditions, we calculate the GMIB benefit base as:

Contract anniversary	Contract value	Purchase payments	MAV	GMIB benefit base
1	$107,000	$101,000	$107,000
2	125,000	101,000	125,000
3	132,000	101,000	132,000
4	150,000	101,000	150,000
5	85,000	101,000	150,000
6	120,000	101,000	150,000
7	138,000	101,000	150,000	$150,000
8	152,000	101,000	152,000	152,000

Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    49

Contract anniversary	Contract value	Purchase payments	MAV	GMIB benefit base
9	139,000	101,000	152,000	152,000
10	126,000	101,000	152,000	152,000
11	138,000	101,000	152,000	152,000
12	147,000	101,000	152,000	152,000
13	163,000	101,000	163,000	163,000
14	159,000	101,000	163,000	163,000
15	215,000	101,000	215,000	215,000

NOTE: The MAV value is limited at age 81, but, the GMIB benefit base may increase if the contract value increases. However, you should keep in mind that you are always entitled to annuitize using the contract value without exercising the GMIB.

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after a contract anniversary, the payout under a fixed annuity option (which is the same as the minimum payout for the first year under a variable annuity option) would be:

Contract anniversary at exercise	GMIB benefit base	Plan A – life annuity — no refund	Minimum Guaranteed Monthly Income
			Plan B –life annuity with ten years certain	Plan D – joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund
10	$152,000 (MAV)	$784.32	$763.04	$627.76
15	215,000 (Contract Value = MAV)	1,268.50	1,210.45	982.55

The payouts above are based on the “1983 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” with 100% Projection Scale G and interest rate of 3%. Payouts under the standard provisions of this contract will be based on our annuity rates in effect at annuitization and are guaranteed to be greater than or equal to the guaranteed annuity rates stated in Table B of the contract. The fixed annuity payout available under the standard provisions of this contract would be at least as great as shown below:

Contract anniversary at exercise	Contract value	Plan A – life annuity — no refund	Plan B –life annuity with ten years certain	Plan D – joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund
10	$126,000	$650.16	$632.52	$520.38
15	215,000	1,268.50	1,210.45	982.55

In the above example, at the 15th contract anniversary you would not experience a benefit from the GMIB as the payout available to you is equal to or less than the payout available under the standard provisions of the contract. When the GMIB – MAV payout is less than the payout available under the standard provisions of the contract, you will receive the higher standard payout.

Remember that after the first year, lifetime income payouts under a variable annuity payout option will depend on the investment performance of the subaccounts you select. If your subaccount performance is 5%, your annuity payout will be unchanged from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount performance is in excess of 5%, your variable annuity payout will increase from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount investment performance is less than 5%, your variable annuity payout will decrease from the previous annuity payout.

GMIB – 6% Rising Floor

GMIB benefit base:

If the GMIB – 6% Rising Floor is elected at contract issue, the GMIB benefit base is the greatest of these three values:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments and purchase payment credits minus adjusted partial withdrawals; or
3.	the 6% rising floor.

6% rising floor: This is the sum of the value of the GPAs, one-year fixed account and the variable account floor. We calculate the variable account floor on each contract anniversary through age 80. There is no variable account floor prior to the first contract anniversary. On the first contract anniversary, we set the variable account floor equal to:

• the initial purchase payments and purchase payment credits allocated to the subaccounts increased by 6%;

• plus any subsequent amounts allocated to the subaccounts; and

• minus adjusted transfers or partial withdrawals from the subaccounts.

Every contract anniversary after that, through age 80, we reset the variable account floor by accumulating the prior anniversary’s variable account floor at 6% then adding any subsequent amounts allocated to the subaccounts and subtracting any adjusted transfers or partial withdrawals from the subaccounts. We stop resetting the variable account

50    Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

floor after you or the annuitant reach age 81. However, we continue to add subsequent amounts you allocate to the subaccounts and subtract adjusted transfers or partial withdrawals from the subaccounts. We calculate adjusted transfers or partial withdrawals for the 6% rising floor using the same formula as adjusted transfers or partial withdrawals for the 5% rising floor.

Keep in mind that the 6% rising floor is limited at age 81.

We reserve the right to exclude from the GMIB benefit base any purchase payments and purchase payment credits you make in the five years before you exercise the GMIB. We would do so only if such payments total $50,000 or more or if they are 25% or more of total contract payments and credits. If we exercise this right, we:

• subtract each payment adjusted for market value from the contract value.

• subtract each payment from the 6% rising floor. We adjust the payments made to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account for market value. We increase payments allocated to the subaccounts by 6% for the number of full contract years they have been in the contract before we subtract them from the 6% rising floor.

For each payment and purchase payment credit, we calculate the market value adjustment to the contract value, the GPAs and the one-year fixed account value of the 6% rising floor as:

PMT × CVG

ECV

PMT	=	each purchase payment and purchase payment credit made in the five years before you exercise the GMIB.
CVG	=	current contract value at the time you exercise the GMIB.
ECV	=	the estimated contract value on the anniversary prior to the payment in question. We assume that all payments, purchase payment credits and partial withdrawals occur at the beginning of a contract year.

For each payment, we calculate the 6% increase of payments allocated to the subaccounts as:

PMT x (1.06)^CY

CY = the full number of contract years the payment has been in the contract

Exercising the GMIB – 6% Rising Floor:

• you may only exercise the GMIB – 6% Rising Floor within 30 days after any contract anniversary following the expiration of a seven-year waiting period from the rider effective date.

• the annuitant must be between 50 and 86 years old on the date the rider is exercised.

• you can only take an annuity payout under one of the following annuity payout plans:

– Plan A — Life Annuity — no refund

– Plan B — Life Annuity with ten years certain

– Plan D — Joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund

• You may change the annuitant for the payouts.

When you exercise your GMIB – 6% Rising Floor, you may select a fixed or variable annuity payout plan. Fixed annuity payouts are calculated using the annuity purchase rates based on the “1983 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” with 100% Projection Scale G and an interest rate of 2.5%. Your annuity payouts remain fixed for the lifetime of the annuity payout period.

First year variable annuity payouts are calculated in the same manner as fixed annuity payouts. Once calculated, your annuity payouts remain unchanged for the first year. After the first year, subsequent annuity payouts are variable and depend on the performance of the subaccounts you select. Variable annuity payouts are calculated using the following formula:

Pt-1(1 + i)	= Pt
1.05

Pt–1	=	prior annuity payout
Pt	=	current annuity payout
i	=	annualized subaccount performance

Each subsequent variable annuity payout could be more or less than the previous variable annuity payout if the subaccount investment performance is greater or less than the 5% assumed investment rate. If your subaccount performance equals 5%, your annuity payout will be unchanged from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount performance is in excess of 5%, your variable annuity payout will increase from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount investment performance is less than 5%, your variable annuity payout will decrease from the previous annuity payout.

Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    51

The GMIB – 6% Rising Floor benchmarks the contract growth at each anniversary against several comparison values and sets the GMIB benefit base equal to the largest value of the 6% rising floor, ROP or contract value. The GMIB benefit base, less any applicable premium tax, is the value we apply to the guaranteed annuity purchase rates we use in the 2.5% Table to calculate the minimum annuity payouts you will receive if you exercise the GMIB – 6% Rising Floor. If the GMIB benefit base is greater than the contract value, the GMIB – 6% Rising Floor may provide a higher annuity payout level than is otherwise available. However, the GMIB – 6% Rising Floor uses annuity purchase rates that may be more conservative than the annuity purchase rates than we will apply at annuitization under the standard contract provisions. Therefore, the level of income provided by the GMIB – 6% Rising Floor may be less than the income the contract otherwise provided. If the annuity payouts through the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available through the GMIB – 6% Rising Floor, you will receive the higher standard payout. The GMIB – 6% Rising Floor does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

Terminating the GMIB – 6% Rising Floor:

• You may terminate the GMIB – 6% Rising Floor within 30 days after the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the GMIB – 6% Rising Floor any time after the seventh rider anniversary.

• The GMIB – 6% Rising Floor will terminate on the date:

— you make a full withdrawal from the contract;

— a death benefit is payable; or

•	you choose to begin taking annuity payouts under the regular contract provisions.
•	The GMIB – 6% Rising Floor will terminate* 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday.
*	The rider and annual fee terminate 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday, however, if you exercise the GMIB rider before this time, your benefits will continue according to the annuity payout plan you have selected.

Example

• You purchase the contract during the 2004 calendar year with a payment of $100,000 and you allocate all of your purchase payment to the subaccounts.

• There are no additional purchase payments and no partial withdrawals.

• Assume the annuitant is male and age 55 at contract issue. For the joint and last survivor option (annuity payout Plan D), the joint annuitant is female and age 55 at contract issue.

Taking into account fluctuations in contract value due to market conditions, we calculate the GMIB benefit base as:

Contract anniversary	Contract value	Purchase payments	6% rising floor	GMIB benefit base
1	$107,000	$100,000	$106,000
2	125,000	100,000	112,360
3	132,000	100,000	119,102
4	150,000	100,000	126,248
5	85,000	100,000	133,823
6	120,000	100,000	141,852
7	138,000	100,000	150,363	$150,363
8	152,000	100,000	159,388	159,388
9	139,000	100,000	168,948	168,948
10	126,000	100,000	179,085	179,085
11	138,000	100,000	189,830	189,830
12	147,000	100,000	201,220	201,220
13	215,000	100,000	213,293	215,000
14	234,000	100,000	226,090	234,000
15	240,000	100,000	239,655	240,000

NOTE: The 6% Rising Floor value is limited at age 81, but the GMIB benefit base may increase if the contract value increases. However, you should keep in mind that you are always entitled to annuitize using the contract value without exercising the GMIB – 6% Rising Floor.

52    Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after a contract anniversary, the payout under a fixed annuity option (which is the same as the minimum payout for the first year under a variable annuity option) would be:

Contract anniversary at exercise	GMIB benefit base	Plan A – life annuity — no refund	Minimum Guaranteed Monthly Income
			Plan B – life annuity with ten years certain	Plan D – joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund
10	$179,085 (6% Rising Floor)	$872.14	$850.65	$691.27
15	240,000 (Contract Value)	1,346.40	1,286.40	1,034.40

The payouts above are shown at guaranteed annuity rates we use in the 2.5% Table. Payouts under the standard provisions of this contract will be based on our annuity rates in effect at annuitization and are guaranteed to be greater than or equal to the guaranteed annuity rates stated in Table B of the contract. The fixed annuity payout available under the standard provisions of this contract would be at least as great as shown below:

Contract anniversary at exercise	Contract value	Plan A – life annuity — no refund	Plan B – life annuity with ten years certain	Plan D – joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund
10	$126,000	$650.16	$632.52	$520.38
15	240,000	1,416.00	1,351.20	1,096.80

In this example, at the 15th contract anniversary you would not experience a benefit from the GMIB as the payout available to you is equal to or less than the payout available under the standard provisions of the contract. When the GMIB – 6% Rising Floor payout is less than the payout available under the standard provisions of the contract, you will receive the higher standard payout.

Remember that after the first year, lifetime income payouts under a variable annuity payout option will depend on the investment performance of the subaccounts you select. If your subaccount performance is 5%, your annuity payout will be unchanged from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount performance is in excess of 5%, your variable annuity payout will increase from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount investment performance is less than 5%, your variable annuity payout will decrease from the previous annuity payout.

Performance Credit Rider (PCR)

The PCR is intended to provide you with an additional benefit if your earnings are less than the target value on the tenth rider anniversary (see below). This is an optional benefit you may select for an additional charge (see “Charges”). The PCR does not provide any additional benefit before the tenth rider anniversary and it may not be appropriate for issue ages 75 or older due to this required holding period. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether or not the PCR is appropriate for your situation.

If the PCR is available in your state, you may choose to add this benefit to your contract at issue. You cannot add the PCR if you select the GMIB rider option. In some instances we may allow you to add the PCR to your contract at a later date if it was not available when you initially purchased your contract. In these instances, we would add the PCR on the next contract anniversary and this would become the rider effective date. For purposes of calculating the target value under these circumstances, we consider the contract value on the rider effective date to be the first contract year’s purchase payments and purchase payment credits.

Investment selection under the PCR: You may allocate your purchase payments and purchase payment credits or transfers to any of the subaccounts, the GPAs or the one-year fixed account. However, we reserve the right to limit the aggregate amount in the GPAs and the one-year fixed account and amounts you allocate to subaccounts investing in the Columbia Variable Portfolio – Cash Management Fund to 10% of your total contract value. If we are required to activate this restriction, and you have more than 10% of your contract value in these accounts, we will send you a notice and ask that you reallocate your contract value so that the 10% limitation is satisfied within 60 days. We will terminate the PCR if you have not satisfied the limitation after 60 days.

Target value: We calculate the target value on each rider anniversary. There is no target value prior to the first rider anniversary. On the first rider anniversary we set the target value equal to your first year’s purchase payments and purchase payment credits minus the target value adjusted partial withdrawals accumulated at an annual effective rate of 7.2%. Every rider anniversary after that, we recalculate the target value by accumulating the prior anniversary’s target value and any additional purchase payments and purchase payment credits minus the target value adjusted partial withdrawals at an annual effective rate of 7.2%.

Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    53

Target value adjusted partial withdrawals	=	PW × TV
		CV

PW	=	the partial withdrawal including any applicable withdrawal charge or MVA.
TV	=	the target value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.
CV	=	contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.

Exercising the PCR: We will inform you if your contract value did not meet or exceed the target value after your tenth rider anniversary. If your contract value is less than the target value on the tenth rider anniversary you can choose either of the following benefits:

Option A)  You may choose to accept a PCR credit to your contract equal to:

5% × (PP – PCRPW – PP5)

PP	=	total purchase payments and purchase payment credits.
PCRPW	=	PCR adjusted partial withdrawals. The PCR adjusted partial withdrawal amount is an adjustment we make to determine the proportionate amount of any partial withdrawal attributable to purchase payments received five or more years before the target value is calculated (on the tenth year rider anniversary). For a more detailed description of the PCR adjusted partial withdrawal please see Appendix A.
PP5	=	purchase payments and purchase payment credits made in the prior five years. We apply the PCR credit to your contract on the tenth rider anniversary and allocate it among the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and subaccounts according to your current asset allocation.

Option B)  You may choose to begin receiving annuity payouts (only with lifetime income plans; you may not choose Annuity Payout Plan E) within 60 days of the tenth rider anniversary and receive an additional 5% PCR credit (for a total PCR credit of 10%) as calculated in (a).

We will assume that you elected PCR Option A unless we receive your request to begin a lifetime annuity payout plan within 60 days after the tenth rider anniversary.

If you select PCR Option A, we will restart the ten-year calculation period for the PCR on the tenth rider anniversary and every ten years after that while you own the contract. We use the contract value (including any credits) on that anniversary as your first contract year’s payments for calculating the target value and any applicable PCR credit. We may then apply additional PCR credits to your contract at the end of each ten-year period as described above.

PCR reset: You can elect to lock in your contract growth by restarting the ten-year PCR calculation period on any contract anniversary. If you elect to restart the calculation period, the contract value on the restart date is used as the first year’s payments and credits for the calculating the target value and any applicable PCR credit. If you select PCR Option A, the next ten-year calculation period for the PCR will restart at the end of this new ten-year period. We must receive your request to restart the PCR calculation period within 30 days after a contract anniversary.

Terminating the PCR

• You may terminate the PCR within 30 days following the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the PCR within 30 days following the later of the tenth rider anniversary or the last rider reset date.

• The PCR will terminate on the date:

– you make a full withdrawal from the contract,

– that a death benefit is payable, or

– you choose to begin taking annuity payouts.

Example

•	You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and we add a $1,000 purchase payment credit to the contract
•	There are no additional purchase payments and no partial withdrawals
•	On the tenth contract anniversary, the contract value is $200,000
•	We determine the target value on the tenth contract anniversary as our purchase payments and credits accumulated at an annual effective rate of 7.2% = $101,000 × (1.072)10 = $101,000 × 2.00423 = $202,427.
	Your contract value ($200,000) is less than the target value ($202,427). Assuming you select PCR Option A, we add a PCR credit to your contract calculated as follows:

5% × (PP – PCRPW – PP5) = 0.05 × ($101,000 – 0 – 0) = $5,050.

54    Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

After application of the PCR credit, your total contract value would be $205,050.

• During the eleventh contract year, the contract value grows to $210,000 and you choose to begin receiving annuity payouts under a lifetime income plan. We would now add another PCR credit to your contract. Because you have not made any additional purchase payments or partial withdrawals the amount of this new credit is the same as the PCR credit we added to your contract on the tenth contract anniversary ($5,050). After adding this new PCR credit to your contract, your total contract value would be $215,050 and we would use this amount to determine your monthly annuity payout amount.

• If you had elected not to receive annuity payouts, the PCR ten-year calculation period would restart on the tenth contract anniversary with the target values first year’s payments equal to $205,050. We would make the next PCR credit determination on the twentieth contract anniversary.

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector)

The Benefit Protector is intended to provide an additional benefit to your beneficiary to help offset expenses after your death such as funeral expenses or federal and state taxes. This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge (see “Charges”). The Benefit Protector provides reduced benefits if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older at the rider effective date. The Benefit Protector does not provide any additional benefit before the first rider anniversary.

If this rider is available in your state and both you and the annuitant are age 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the Benefit Protector to your contract. You must elect the Benefit Protector at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date. You may not select this rider if you select the Benefit Protector Plus rider.

Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Since the benefit paid by the rider is determined by the amount of earnings at death, the amount of the benefit paid may be reduced as a result of taking any withdrawals including RMDs. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional and tax advisor whether or not the Benefit Protector is appropriate for your situation.

The Benefit Protector provides that if you or the annuitant die after the first rider anniversary, but before annuity payouts begin, and while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary:

• the applicable death benefit

• 40% of your earnings at death if you and the annuitant were under age 70 on the rider effective date, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old; or

• 15% of your earnings at death if you or the annuitant were age 70 or older on the rider effective date, up to a maximum of 37.5% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old.

Earnings at death: This is determined by taking the current death benefit, and subtracting any purchase payments not previously withdrawn. Partial withdrawals reduce earnings before reducing purchase payments in the contract. This determines how much of the applicable death benefit is made up of contract earnings. We set maximum earnings at death of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old. Earnings at death cannot be less than zero.

Terminating the Benefit Protector

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of any rider anniversary beginning with the seventh rider anniversary.

• The rider will terminate when you make a full withdrawal from the contract or when annuity payouts begin.

Example of the Benefit Protector

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and you and the annuitant are under age 70. We add a $1,000 purchase payment credit to your contract. You select the MAV death benefit rider.

• During the first contract year the contract value grows to $105,000. The death benefit under the MAV death benefit rider equals the contract value, less any purchase payment credits added to the contract in the last 12 months, or $104,000. You have not reached the first contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector does not provide any additional benefit at this time.

• On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. The death benefit equals:

MAV rider (contract value):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (MAV death benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000

Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    55

Total death benefit of: $114,000

• On the second contract anniversary the contract value falls to $105,000. The death benefit equals:

MAV rider (MAV):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000

• During the third contract year the contract value remains at $105,000 and you request a partial withdrawal, including the applicable 7% withdrawal charges of $50,000. We will withdraw $10,500 from your contract value free of charge (10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value). The remainder of the withdrawal is subject to a 7% withdrawal charge because your payment is two years old, so we will withdraw $39,500 ($36,735 + $2,765 in withdrawal charges) from your contract value. Altogether, we will withdraw $50,000 and pay you $47,235. We calculate purchase payments not previously withdrawn as $100,000–$45,000= $55,000 (remember that $5,000 of the partial withdrawal is contract earnings). The death benefit equals:

MAV rider (MAV adjusted for partial withdrawals):	$57,619
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death):
0.40 × ($57,619 – $55,000) =	+1,048
Total death benefit of:	$58,667

• On the third contract anniversary the contract value falls to $40,000. The death benefit equals the death benefit during the third contract year. The reduction in contract value has no effect.

• On the ninth contract anniversary the contract value grows to a new high of $200,000. Earnings at death reaches its maximum of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old. The death benefit equals:

MAV rider (contract value):	$200,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old)	+55,000
Total death benefit of:	$255,000

• During the tenth contract year you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000 and we add a purchase payment credit of $500. Your new contract value is now $250,000. The new purchase payment is less than one year old and so it has no effect on the Benefit Protector value. The death benefit equals:

MAV rider (contract value less any purchase payment credits added in the last 12 months):	$249,500
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old)	+55,000
Total death benefit of:	$304,500

• During the eleventh contract year the contract value remains $250,000 and the “new” purchase payment is one year old and the value of the Benefit Protector changes. The death benefit equals:

MAV rider (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old)
0.40 × ($250,000 – $105,000) =	+58,000
Total death benefit of:	$308,000

If your spouse is the sole beneficiary and you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner. Your spouse and the new annuitant will be subject to all the limitations and restrictions of the rider just as if they were purchasing a new contract. If your spouse and the new annuitant do not qualify for the rider on the basis of age we will terminate the rider. If they do qualify for the rider on the basis of age we will set the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid and we will substitute this new contract value on the date of death for “purchase payments not previously withdrawn” used in calculating earnings at death. Your spouse also has the option of discontinuing the Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider within 30 days of the date of death.

NOTE: For special tax considerations associated with the Benefit Protector, see “Taxes.”

56    Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus)

The Benefit Protector Plus is intended to provide an additional benefit to your beneficiary to help offset expenses after your death such as funeral expenses or federal and state taxes. This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge (see “Charges”). The Benefit Protector Plus provides reduced benefits if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older at the rider effective date. It does not provide any additional benefit before the first rider anniversary and it does not provide any benefit beyond what is offered under the Benefit Protector rider during the second rider year.

If this rider is available in your state and both you and the annuitant are age 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the Benefit Protector Plus to you contract. You must elect the Benefit Protector Plus at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date. This rider is only available for transfers, exchanges or rollovers from another annuity or life insurance policy. You may not select this rider if you select the Benefit Protector rider. Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Since the benefit paid by the rider is determined by the amount of earnings at death, the amount of the benefit paid may be reduced as a result of taking any withdrawals including RMDs. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional and tax advisor whether or not the Benefit Protector Plus is appropriate for your situation.

The Benefit Protector Plus provides that if you or the annuitant die after the first rider anniversary, but before annuity payouts begin, and while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary:

• the benefits payable under the Benefit Protector described above, plus

• a percentage of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue not previously withdrawn as follows:

Rider Year	Percentage if you and the annuitant are under age 70 on the rider effective date	Percentage if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older on the rider effective date
One and Two	0%	0%
Three and Four	10%	3.75%
Five or more	20%	7.5%

Another way to describe the benefits payable under the Benefit Protector Plus rider is as follows:

• the applicable death benefit (see “Benefits in Case of Death”), plus:

Rider Year	If you and the annuitant are under age 70 on the rider effective date, add…	If you or the annuitant are age 70 or older on the rider effective date, add…
One	Zero	Zero
Two	40% × earnings at death (see above)	15% × earnings at death
Three & Four	40% × (earnings at death + 25% of initial purchase payment*)	15% × (earnings at death + 25% of initial purchase payment*)
Five or more	40% × (earnings at death + 50% of initial purchase payment*)	15% × (earnings at death + 50% of initial purchase payment*)

* Initial purchase payments are payments made within 60 days of rider issue not previously withdrawn.

Terminating the Benefit Protector Plus

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of any rider anniversary beginning with the seventh rider anniversary.

• The rider will terminate when you make a full withdrawal from the contract or when annuity payouts begin.

Example of the Benefit Protector Plus

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and you and the annuitant are under age 70. We add a $1,000 purchase payment credit to your contract. You select the MAV death benefit.

• During the first contract year the contract value grows to $105,000. The death benefit equals MAV death benefit, which is the contract value, less any purchase payment credits added to the contract in the last 12 months, or $104,000. You have not reached the first contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector Plus does not provide any additional benefit at this time.

• On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. You have not reached the second contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector Plus does not provide any additional benefit beyond what is provided by the Benefit Protector at this time. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (MAV rider minus payments not previously withdrawn):

Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    57

0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000

• On the second contract anniversary the contract value falls to $105,000. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (MAV):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death:
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
plus 10% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:
0.10 × $100,000 =	+10,000
Total death benefit of:	$124,000

• During the third contract year the contract value remains at $105,000 and you request a partial withdrawal of $50,000, including the applicable 7% withdrawal charge. We will withdraw $10,500 from your contract value free of charge (10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value). The remainder of the withdrawal is subject to a 7% withdrawal charge because your payment is in its third year of the withdrawal charge schedule, so we will withdraw $39,500 ($36,735 + $2,765 in withdrawal charges) from your contract value. Altogether, we will withdraw $50,000 and pay you $47,235. We calculate purchase payments not previously withdrawn as $100,000 – $45,000 = $55,000 (remember that $5,000 of the partial withdrawal is contract earnings). The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (MAV adjusted for partial withdrawals):	$57,619
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death:
0.40 × ($57,619 – $55,000) =	+1,048
plus 10% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:
0.10 × $55,000 =	+5,500
Total death benefit of:	$64,167

• On the third contract anniversary the contract value falls to $40,000. The death benefit equals the death benefit paid during the third contract year. The reduction in contract value has no effect.

• On the ninth contract anniversary the contract value grows to a new high of $200,000. Earnings at death reaches its maximum of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old. Because we are beyond the fourth contract anniversary the Benefit Protector Plus also reaches its maximum of 20%. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$200,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old	+55,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:
0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$266,000

• During the tenth contract year you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000 and we add a purchase payment credit of $500. Your new contract value is now $250,000. The new purchase payment is less than one year old and so it has no effect on the Benefit Protector Plus value. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value less any purchase payment credits added in the last 12 months):	$249,500
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old	+55,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:
0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$ 315,500

• During the eleventh contract year the contract value remains $250,000 and the “new” purchase payment is one year old. The value of the Benefit Protector Plus remains constant. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (MAV rider minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($250,000 – $105,000) =	+58,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:
0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000

58    Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Total death benefit of: $319,000

If your spouse is sole beneficiary and you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. We will then terminate the Benefit Protector Plus and substitute the applicable death benefit (see “Benefits in Case of Death”).

NOTE: For special tax considerations associated with the Benefit Protector Plus, see “Taxes.”

The Annuity Payout Period

As owner of the contract, you have the right to decide how and to whom annuity payouts will be made starting at the retirement date. You may select one of the annuity payout plans outlined below, or we may mutually agree on other payout arrangements. We do not deduct any withdrawal charges upon retirement but withdrawal charges may apply when electing to exercise liquidity features we may make available under certain fixed annuity payout options.

You also decide whether we will make annuity payouts on a fixed or variable basis, or a combination of fixed and variable. The amount available to purchase payouts under the plan you select is the contract value on your retirement date after any rider charges have been deducted. Additionally, we currently allow you to use part of the amount available to purchase payouts, leaving any remaining contract value to accumulate on a tax-deferred basis. Special rules apply for partial annuitization of your annuity contract, see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities — Annuity payouts” and “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Annuity payouts.” If you select a variable annuity payout, we reserve the right to limit the number of subaccounts in which you may invest. The GPAs are not available during this payout period.

Amounts of fixed and variable payouts depend on:

• the annuity payout plan you select;

• the annuitant’s age and, in most cases, sex;

• the annuity table in the contract; and

• the amounts you allocated to the accounts at settlement.

In addition, for variable annuity payouts only, amounts depend on the investment performance of the subaccounts you select. These payouts will vary from month to month because the performance of the funds will fluctuate. Fixed payouts generally remain the same from month to month unless you have elected an option providing for increasing payments.

For information with respect to transfers between accounts after annuity payouts begin, see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transfer policies.”

Annuity Tables

The annuity tables in your contract (Table A and Table B) show the amount of the monthly payout for each $1,000 of contract value according to the age and, when applicable, the annuitant’s sex. (Where required by law, we will use a unisex table of settlement rates.)

Table A shows the amount of the first monthly variable annuity payout assuming that the contract value is invested at the beginning of the annuity payout period and earns a 5% rate of return, which is reinvested and helps to support future payouts. If you ask us at least 30 days before the retirement date, we will substitute an annuity table based on an assumed 3.5% investment rate for the 5% Table A in the contract. The assumed investment rate affects both the amount of the first payout and the extent to which subsequent payouts increase or decrease. For example, annuity payouts will increase if the investment return is above the assumed investment rate and payouts will decrease if the return is below the assumed investment rate. Using a 5% assumed interest rate results in a higher initial payout, but later payouts will increase more slowly when annuity unit values rise and decrease more rapidly when they decline.

Table B shows the minimum amount of each fixed annuity payout. We declare current payout rates that we use in determining the actual amount of your fixed annuity payout. The current payout rates will equal or exceed the guaranteed payout rates shown in Table B. We will furnish these rates to you upon request.

Annuity Payout Plans

We make available variable annuity payouts where payout amounts will vary based on the performance of the variable account. We may also make fixed annuity payouts available where payments of a fixed amount are made for the period specified in the plan, subject to any surrender we may permit. You may choose any one of these annuity payout plans by giving us written instructions at least 30 days before the retirement date. Generally, you may select one of the Plans A through E below or another plan agreed to by us.

• Plan A – Life annuity — no refund: We make monthly payouts until the annuitant’s death. Payouts end with the last payout before the annuitant’s death. We will not make any further payouts. This means that if the annuitant dies after we made only one monthly payout, we will not make any more payouts.

Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    59

• Plan B – Life annuity with five, ten or 15 years certain: We make monthly payouts for a guaranteed payout period of five, ten or 15 years that you elect. This election will determine the length of the payout period in the event the annuitant dies before the elected period expires. We calculate the guaranteed payout period from the retirement date. If the annuitant outlives the elected guaranteed payout period, we will continue to make payouts until the annuitant’s death.

• Plan C – Life annuity — installment refund: We make monthly payouts until the annuitant’s death, with our guarantee that payouts will continue for some period of time. We will make payouts for at least the number of months determined by dividing the amount applied under this option by the first monthly payout, whether or not the annuitant is living.

• Plan D – Joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund: We make monthly payouts while both the annuitant and a joint annuitant are living. If either annuitant dies, we will continue to make monthly payouts at the full amount until the death of the surviving annuitant. Payouts end with the death of the second annuitant.

• Plan E – Payouts for a specified period: We make monthly payouts for a specific payout period of ten to 30 years that you elect. We will make payouts only for the number of years specified whether the annuitant is living or not. Depending on the selected time period, it is foreseeable that an annuitant can outlive the payout period selected. During the payout period, you can elect to have us determine the present value of any remaining payouts and pay it to you in a lump sum.

For Plan A, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, no payments will be made. For Plan B, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue for the guaranteed payout period. For Plan C, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue for the installment refund period. For Plan D, if both annuitants die before the initial payment, no payments will be made; however, if one annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue until the death of the surviving annuitant.

In addition to the annuity payout plans described above, we may offer additional payout plans. Terms and conditions of annuity payout plans will be disclosed at the time of election, including any associated fees or charges. It is important to remember that the election and use of liquidity features will result in payouts ceasing.

Utilizing a liquidity feature to withdraw the underlying value of remaining payouts may result in the assessment of a withdrawal charge (See “Charges — Withdrawal charge”) or a 10% IRS penalty tax. (See “Taxes.”).

Annuity payout plan requirements for qualified annuities: If your contract is a qualified annuity, you must select a payout plan as of the retirement date set forth in your contract. You have the responsibility for electing a payout plan under your contract that complies with applicable law. Your contract describes your payout plan options. The options will meet certain IRS regulations governing RMDs if the payout plan meets the incidental distribution benefit requirements, if any, and the payouts are made:

• in equal or substantially equal payments over a period not longer than your life expectancy, or over the joint life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary; or

• over a period certain not longer than your life expectancy or over the joint life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary.

If we do not receive instructions: You must give us written instructions for the annuity payouts at least 30 days before the annuitant’s retirement date. If you do not, we will make payouts under Plan B, with 120 monthly payouts guaranteed.

If monthly payouts would be less than $20: We will calculate the amount of monthly payouts at the time the contract value is used to purchase a payout plan. If the calculations show that monthly payouts would be less than $20, we have the right to pay the contract value to the owner in a lump sum or to change the frequency of the payouts.

Death after annuity payouts begin: If you or the annuitant die after annuity payouts begin, we will pay any amount payable to the beneficiary as provided in the annuity payout plan in effect. Payments to beneficiaries are subject to adjustment to comply with the IRS rules and regulations.

Taxes

Under current law, your contract has a tax-deferral feature. Generally, this means you do not pay income tax until there is a taxable distribution (or deemed distribution) from the contract. We will send a tax information reporting form for any year in which we made a taxable or reportable distribution according to our records.

Nonqualified Annuities

Generally, only the increase in the value of a non-qualified annuity contract over the investment in the contract is taxable. Certain exceptions apply. Federal tax law requires that all nonqualified deferred annuity contracts issued by the same company (and possibly its affiliates) to the same owner during a calendar year be taxed as a single, unified contract when distributions are taken from any one of those contracts.

60    Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Annuity payouts: Generally, unlike withdrawals described below, the income taxation of annuity payouts is subject to exclusion ratios (for fixed annuity payouts) or annual excludable amounts (for variable annuity payouts). In other words, in most cases, a portion of each payout will be ordinary income and subject to tax, and a portion of each payout will be considered a return of part of your investment in the contract and will not be taxed. All amounts you receive after your investment in the contract is fully recovered will be subject to tax. Under Annuity Payout Plan A: Life annuity — no refund, where the annuitant dies before your investment in the contract is fully recovered, the remaining portion of the unrecovered investment may be available as a federal income tax deduction to the owner for the last taxable year. Under all other annuity payout plans, where the annuity payouts end before your investment in the contract is fully recovered, the remaining portion of the unrecovered investment may be available as a federal income tax deduction to the taxpayer for the tax year in which the payouts end. (See “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Federal tax law permits taxpayers to annuitize a portion of their nonqualified annuity while leaving the remaining balance to continue to grow tax-deferred. Under the partial annuitization rules, the portion annuitized must be received as an annuity for a period of 10 years or more, or for the lives of one or more individuals. If this requirement is met, the annuitized portion and the tax-deferred balance will generally be treated as two separate contracts for income tax purposes only. If a contract is partially annuitized, the investment in the contract is allocated between the deferred and the annuitized portions on a pro rata basis.

Withdrawals: Generally, if you withdrawal all or part of your nonqualified annuity your annuity payouts begin, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, your withdrawal will be taxed to the extent that the contract value immediately before the withdrawal exceeds the investment in the contract. Different rules may apply if you exchange another contract into this contract.

You also may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty for withdrawals of taxable income you make before reaching age 59½ unless certain exceptions apply.

Withholding: If you receive taxable income as a result of an annuity payout or withdrawal, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, we may deduct federal, and in some cases state withholding against the payment. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your income tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. As long as you have provided us with a valid Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number, and you have a valid U.S. address, you may be able to elect not to have federal income tax withholding occur.

If the payment is part of an annuity payout plan, we generally compute the amount of federal income tax withholding using payroll tables. You may provide us with a statement of how many exemptions to use in calculating the withholding. If the distribution is any other type of payment (such as partial or full withdrawal) we compute federal income tax withholding using 10% of the taxable portion.

The federal income tax withholding requirements differ if we deliver payment outside the United States or you are a non-resident alien.

Some states also may impose income tax withholding requirements similar to the federal withholding described above or may allow you to elect withholding. If this should be the case, we may deduct state income tax withholding from the payment.

Death benefits to beneficiaries: The death benefit under a nonqualified contract is not exempt from estate (federal or state) taxes. In addition, for income tax purposes, any amount your beneficiary receives that exceeds the remaining investment in the contract is taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary in the year he or she receives the payments. (See also “Benefits in Case of Death — If You Die Before the Retirement Date”).

Net Investment Income Tax (also known as Medicare contribution tax): Effective for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2013, certain investment income of high-income individuals (as well as estates and trusts) is subject to a 3.8% net investment income tax (as an addition to income taxes). For individuals, the 3.8% tax applies to the lesser of (1) the amount by which the taxpayer’s modified adjusted gross income exceeds $200,000 ($250,000 for married filing jointly and surviving spouses; $125,000 for married filing separately) or (2) the taxpayer’s “net investment income.” Net investment income includes taxable income from nonqualified annuities. Annuity holders are advised to consult their tax advisor regarding the possible implications of this additional tax.

Annuities owned by corporations, partnerships or irrevocable trusts: For nonqualified annuities, any annual increase in the value of annuities held by such entities (non-natural persons) generally will be treated as ordinary income received during that year. However, if the trust was set up for the benefit of a natural person(s) only, the income may remain tax-deferred until withdrawn or paid out.

Penalties: If you receive amounts from your nonqualified annuity before reaching age 59½, you may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty on the amount includable in your ordinary income. However, this penalty will not apply to any amount received:

• because of your death or in the event of non-natural ownership, the death of annuitant;

• because you become disabled (as defined in the Code);

Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    61

• if the distribution is part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments, made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or joint lives or life expectancies of you and your beneficiary);

• if it is allocable to an investment before Aug. 14, 1982; or

• if annuity payouts are made under immediate annuities as defined by the Code.

Transfer of ownership: Generally, if you transfer ownership of a nonqualified annuity without receiving adequate consideration, the transfer may be taxed as a withdrawal for federal income tax purposes. If the transfer is a currently taxable event for income tax purposes, the original owner will be taxed on the amount of deferred earnings at the time of the transfer and also may be subject to the 10% IRS penalty discussed earlier. In this case, the new owner’s investment in the contract will be equal to the investment in the contract at the time of the transfer plus any earnings included in the original owner’s taxable income as a result of the transfer. In general, this rule does not apply to transfers between spouses or former spouses. Similar rules apply if you transfer ownership for full consideration. Please consult your tax advisor for further details.

1035 Exchanges: Section 1035 of the Code permits nontaxable exchanges of certain insurance policies, endowment contracts, annuity contracts and qualified long-term care insurance contracts while providing for continued tax deferral of earnings. In addition, Section 1035 permits the carryover of the investment in the contract from the old policy or contract to the new policy or contract. In a 1035 exchange one policy or contract is exchanged for another policy or contract. The following can qualify as nontaxable exchanges: (1) the exchange of a life insurance policy for another life insurance policy or for an endowment, annuity or qualified long-term care insurance contract, (2) the exchange of an endowment contract for an annuity or qualified long-term care insurance contract, or for an endowment contract under which payments will begin no later than payments would have begun under the contract exchanged, (3) the exchange of an annuity contract for another annuity or for a qualified long-term care insurance contract, and (4) the exchange of a qualified long-term care insurance contract for a qualified long-term care insurance contract. Additionally, other tax rules apply. However, if the life insurance policy has an outstanding loan, there may be tax consequences. Depending on the issue date of your original policy or contract, there may be tax or other benefits that are given up to gain the benefits of the new policy or contract. Consider whether the features and benefits of the new policy or contract outweigh any tax or other benefits of the old contract.

For a partial exchange of an annuity contract for another annuity contract, the 1035 exchange is generally tax-free. The investment in the original contract and the earnings on the contract will be allocated proportionately between the original and new contracts. However, per IRS Revenue Procedure 2011-38, if withdrawals are taken from either contract within the 180-day period following a partial 1035 exchange, the IRS will apply general tax principles to determine the appropriate tax treatment of the exchange and subsequent withdrawal. As a result, there may be unexpected tax consequences. You should consult your tax advisor before taking any withdrawal from either contract during the 180-day period following a partial exchange.

Assignment: If you assign or pledge your contract as collateral for a loan, earnings on purchase payments you made after Aug. 13, 1982 will be taxed as a deemed distribution and also may be subject to the 10% penalty as discussed above.

Qualified Annuities

Adverse tax consequences may result if you do not ensure that contributions, distributions and other transactions under the contract comply with the law. Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions. You should refer to your retirement plan’s Summary Plan Description, your IRA disclosure statement, or consult a tax advisor for additional information about the distribution rules applicable to your situation.

When you use your contract to fund a retirement plan or IRA that is already tax-deferred under the Code, the contract will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral. If your contract is used to fund an employer sponsored plan, your right to benefits may be subject to the terms and conditions of the plan regardless of the terms of the contract.

Annuity payouts: Under a qualified annuity, except a Roth IRA, Roth 401(k) or Roth 403(b), the entire payout generally is includable as ordinary income and is subject to tax unless: (1) the contract is an IRA to which you made non-deductible contributions; or (2) you rolled after-tax dollars from a retirement plan into your IRA; or 3) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you or your employer have contributed after-tax dollars; or (4) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you direct such payout to be directly rolled over to another eligible retirement plan such as an IRA. We may permit partial annuitizations of qualified annuity contracts. If we accept partial annuitizations, please remember that your contract will still need to comply with other requirements such as required minimum distributions and the payment of taxes. Prior to considering a partial annuitization on a qualified contract, you should discuss your decision and any implications with your tax adviser. Because we cannot accurately track certain after tax funding sources, we will generally report any payments on partial annuitizations as ordinary income except in the case of a qualified distribution from a Roth IRA.

62    Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Annuity payouts from Roth IRAs: In general, the entire payout from a Roth IRA can be free from income and penalty taxes if you have attained age 59½ and meet the five year holding period.

Withdrawals: Under a qualified annuity, except a Roth IRA, Roth 401(k) or Roth 403(b), the entire withdrawal will generally be includable as ordinary income and is subject to tax unless: (1) the contract is an IRA to which you made non-deductible contributions; or (2) you rolled after-tax dollars from a retirement plan into your IRA; or (3) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you or your employer have contributed after-tax dollars; or (4) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you direct such withdrawal to be directly rolled over to another eligible retirement plan such as an IRA.

Withdrawals from Roth IRAs: In general, the entire payout from a Roth IRA can be free from income and penalty taxes if you have attained age 59½ and meet the five year holding period or another qualifying event such as death or disability.

Required Minimum Distributions: Retirement plans (except for Roth IRAs) are subject to required withdrawals called required minimum distributions (“RMDs”) beginning at age 72 (age 70 ½ if you were born on or before June 30, 1949). RMDs are based on the fair market value of your contract at year-end divided by the life expectancy factor. Certain death benefits and optional riders may be considered in determining the fair market value of your contract for RMD purposes. This may cause your RMD to be higher. Inherited IRAs (including inherited Roth IRAs) are subject to special required minimum distribution rules. You should consult your tax advisor prior to making a purchase for an explanation of the potential tax implications to you.

Withholding for IRAs, Roth IRAs, SEPs and SIMPLE IRAs: If you receive taxable income as a result of an annuity payout or a withdrawal, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, we may deduct withholding against the payment. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. As long as you have provided us with a valid Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number, you can elect not to have any withholding occur.

If the payment is part of an annuity payout plan, we generally compute the amount of federal income tax withholding using payroll tables. You may provide us with a statement of how many exemptions to use in calculating the withholding. If the distribution is any other type of payment (such as a partial or full withdrawal) we compute federal income tax withholding using 10% of the taxable portion.

The federal income tax withholding requirements differ if we deliver payment outside the United States or you are a non-resident alien.

Some states also may impose income tax withholding requirements similar to the federal withholding described above. If this should be the case, we may deduct state income tax withholding from the payment.

Withholding for all other qualified annuities: If you receive directly all or part of the contract value from a qualified annuity, mandatory 20% federal income tax withholding (and possibly state income tax withholding) generally will be imposed at the time the payout is made from the plan. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. This mandatory withholding will not be imposed if instead of receiving the distribution check, you elect to have the distribution rolled over directly to an IRA or another eligible plan. Payments made to a surviving spouse instead of being directly rolled over to an IRA are also subject to mandatory 20% income tax withholding.

In the below situations, the distribution is subject to an optional 10% withholding instead of the mandatory 20% withholding. We will withhold 10% of the distribution amount unless you elect otherwise.

• the payout is one in a series of substantially equal periodic payouts, made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or the joint lives or life expectancies of you and your designated beneficiary) or over a specified period of 10 years or more;

• the payout is a RMD as defined under the Code;

• the payout is made on account of an eligible hardship; or

• the payout is a corrective distribution.

State withholding also may be imposed on taxable distributions.

Penalties: If you receive amounts from your qualified contract before reaching age 59½, you may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty on the amount includable in your ordinary income. However, this penalty generally will not apply to any amount received:

• because of your death;

• because you become disabled (as defined in the Code);

• if the distribution is part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or joint lives or life expectancies of you and your beneficiary);

Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    63

• if the distribution is made following severance from employment during or after the calendar year in which you attain age 55 (TSAs and annuities funding 401(a) plans only);

• to pay certain medical or education expenses (IRAs only); or

• if the distribution is made from an inherited IRA.

Death benefits to beneficiaries: The entire death benefit generally is taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary in the year he/she receives the payments from the qualified annuity. If you made non-deductible contributions to a traditional IRA, the portion of any distribution from the contract that represents after-tax contributions is not taxable as ordinary income to your beneficiary. You are responsible for keeping all records tracking your non-deductible contributions to an IRA. Death benefits under a Roth IRA generally are not taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary if certain distribution requirements are met. (See also “Benefits in Case of Death — If you Die Before the Retirement Date”).

Change of retirement plan type: IRS regulations allow for rollovers of certain retirement plan distributions. In some circumstances, you may be able to have an intra-contract rollover, keeping the same features and conditions. If the annuity contract you have does not support an intra-contract rollover, you are able to request an IRS approved rollover to another annuity contract or other investment product that you choose. If you choose another annuity contract or investment product, you will be subject to new rules, including a new withdrawal charge schedule for an annuity contract, or other product rules as applicable.

Assignment:You may not assign or pledge your qualified contract as collateral for a loan.

Other

Purchase payment credits: These are considered earnings and are taxed accordingly when withdrawn or paid out.

Special considerations if you select any optional rider: As of the date of this prospectus, we believe that charges related to these riders are not subject to current taxation. Therefore, we will not report these charges as partial withdrawals from your contract. However, the IRS may determine that these charges should be treated as partial withdrawals subject to taxation to the extent of any gain as well as the 10% tax penalty for withdrawals before the age of 59½, if applicable, on the taxable portion.

We reserve the right to report charges for these riders as partial withdrawals if we, as a withholding and reporting agent, believe that we are required to report them. In addition, we will report any benefits attributable to these riders on the death of you or the annuitant as an annuity death benefit distribution, not as proceeds from life insurance.

Important: Our discussion of federal tax laws is based upon our understanding of current interpretations of these laws. Federal tax laws or current interpretations of them may change. For this reason and because tax consequences are complex and highly individual and cannot always be anticipated, you should consult a tax advisor if you have any questions about taxation of your contract.

RiverSource Life’s tax status: We are taxed as a life insurance company under the Code. For federal income tax purposes, the subaccounts are considered a part of our company, although their operations are treated separately in accounting and financial statements. Investment income is reinvested in the fund in which each subaccount invests and becomes part of that subaccount’s value. This investment income, including realized capital gains, is not subject to any withholding for federal or state income taxes. We reserve the right to make such a charge in the future if there is a change in the tax treatment of variable annuities or in our tax status as we then understand it.
The company includes in its taxable income the net investment income derived from the investment of assets held in its subaccounts because the company is considered the owner of these assets under federal income tax law.  The company may claim certain tax benefits associated with this investment income.  These benefits, which may include foreign tax credits and the corporate dividend received deduction, are not passed on to you since the company is the owner of the assets under federal tax law and is taxed on the investment income generated by the assets. 

Tax qualification: We intend that the contract qualify as an annuity for federal income tax purposes. To that end, the provisions of the contract are to be interpreted to ensure or maintain such tax qualification, in spite of any other provisions of the contract. We reserve the right to amend the contract to reflect any clarifications that may be needed or are appropriate to maintain such qualification or to conform the contract to any applicable changes in the tax qualification requirements. We will send you a copy of any amendments.

Spousal status: When it comes to your marital status and the identification and naming of any spouse as a beneficiary or party to your contract, we will rely on the representations you make to us. Based on this reliance, we will issue and administer your contract in accordance with these representations. If you represent that you are married and your representation is incorrect or your marriage is deemed invalid for federal or state law purposes, then the benefits and rights under your contract may be different.

If you have any questions as to the status of your relationship as a marriage, then you should consult an appropriate tax or legal advisor.

64    Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Voting Rights

As a contract owner with investments in the subaccounts, you may vote on important fund policies until annuity payouts begin. Once they begin, the person receiving them has voting rights. We will vote fund shares according to the instructions of the person with voting rights.

Before annuity payouts begin, the number of votes you have is determined by applying your percentage interest in each subaccount to the total number of votes allowed to the subaccount.

After annuity payouts begin, the number of votes you have is equal to:

• the reserve held in each subaccount for your contract; divided by

• the net asset value of one share of the applicable fund.

As we make annuity payouts, the reserve for the contract decreases; therefore, the number of votes also will decrease.

We calculate votes separately for each subaccount. We will send notice of shareholders’ meetings, proxy materials and a statement of the number of votes to which the voter is entitled. We are the legal owner of all fund shares and therefore hold all voting rights.  However, to the extent required by law, we will vote the shares of each fund according to instructions we receive from policy owners. We will vote shares for which we have not received instructions and shares that we or our affiliates own in our own names in the same proportion as the votes for which we received instructions. As a result of this proportional voting, in cases when a small number of contract owners vote, their votes will have a greater impact and may even control the outcome.

Substitution of Investments

We may substitute the funds in which the subaccounts invest if:

• laws or regulations change;

• the existing funds become unavailable; or

• in our judgment, the funds no longer are suitable (or are not the most suitable) for the subaccounts.

If any of these situations occur, we have the right to substitute a fund currently listed in this prospectus (existing fund) for another fund (new fund), provided we obtain any required SEC and state insurance law approval. The new fund may have higher fees and/or operating expenses than the existing fund. Also, the new fund may have investment objectives and policies and/or investment advisers which differ from the existing fund.

We may also:

• add new subaccounts;

• combine any two or more subaccounts;

• transfer assets to and from the subaccounts or the variable account; and

• eliminate or close any subaccounts.

We will notify you of any substitution or change.

In the event of any such substitution or change, we may amend the contract and take whatever action is necessary and appropriate without your consent or approval. We will obtain any required prior approval of the SEC or state insurance departments before making any substitution or change.

About the Service Providers

Principal Underwriter

RiverSource Distributors, Inc. (RiverSource Distributors), our affiliate, serves as the principal underwriter and general distributor of the contract. Its offices are located at 70100 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, MN 55474. RiverSource Distributors is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ameriprise Financial, Inc.

Sales of the Contract

New contracts are not currently being offered.

• Only securities broker-dealers (“selling firms”) registered with the SEC and members of the FINRA may sell the contract.

• The contracts are continuously offered to the public through authorized selling firms. We and RiverSource Distributors have a sales agreement with the selling firm. The sales agreement authorizes the selling firm to offer the contracts

Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    65

to the public. RiverSource Distributors pays the selling firm (or an affiliated insurance agency) for contracts its investment professional sell. The selling firm may be required to return sales commissions under certain circumstances including but not limited to when contracts are returned under the free look period.

Payments We May Make to Selling Firms

• We may use compensation plans which vary by selling firm. For example, some of these plans pay selling firms a commission of up to 7.00% each time a purchase payment is made. We may also pay ongoing trail commissions of up to 1.00% of the contract value. We do not pay or withhold payment of trail commissions based on which investment options you select.

• We may pay selling firms an additional sales commission of up to 1.00% of purchase payments for a period of time we select. For example, we may offer to pay an additional sales commission to get selling firms to market a new or enhanced contract or to increase sales during the period.

• In addition to commissions, we may, in order to promote sales of the contracts, and as permitted by applicable laws and regulation, pay or provide selling firms with other promotional incentives in cash, credit or other compensation. We generally (but may not) offer these promotional incentives to all selling firms. The terms of such arrangements differ between selling firms. These promotional incentives may include but are not limited to:

• sponsorship of marketing, educational, due diligence and compliance meetings and conferences we or the selling firm may conduct for investment professionals, including subsidy of travel, meal, lodging, entertainment and other expenses related to these meetings;

• marketing support related to sales of the contract including for example, the creation of marketing materials, advertising and newsletters;

• providing service to contract owners; and

• funding other events sponsored by a selling firm that may encourage the selling firm’s investment professionals to sell the contract.

These promotional incentives or reimbursements may be calculated as a percentage of the selling firm’s aggregate, net or anticipated sales and/or total assets attributable to sales of the contract, and/or may be a fixed dollar amount. As noted below this additional compensation may cause the selling firm and its investment professionals to favor the contracts.

Sources of Payments to Selling Firms

When we pay the commissions and other compensation described above from our assets. Our assets may include:

• revenues we receive from fees and expenses that you will pay when buying, owning and making a withdrawal from the contract (see “Expense Summary”);

• compensation we or an affiliate receive from the underlying funds in the form of distribution and services fees (see “The Variable Account and the Funds — The Funds”);

• compensation we or an affiliate receive from a fund’s investment adviser, subadviser, distributor or an affiliate of any of these (see “The Variable Account and the Funds — The Funds”); and

• revenues we receive from other contracts we sell that are not securities and other businesses we conduct.

You do not directly pay the commissions and other compensation described above as the result of a specific charge or deduction under the contract. However, you may pay part or all of the commissions and other compensation described above indirectly through:

• fees and expenses we collect from contract owners, including withdrawal charges; and

• fees and expenses charged by the underlying subaccount funds in which you invest, to the extent we or one of our affiliates receive revenue from the funds or an affiliated person.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Compensation payment arrangements made with selling firms can potentially:

• give selling firms a heightened financial incentive to sell the contract offered in this prospectus over another investment with lower compensation to the selling firm.

• cause selling firms to encourage their investment professionals to sell you the contract offered in this prospectus instead of selling you other alternative investments that may result in lower compensation to the selling firm.

• cause selling firms to grant us access to its investment professionals to promote sales of the contract offered in this prospectus, while denying that access to other firms offering similar contracts or other alternative investments which may pay lower compensation to the selling firm.

66    Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Payments to Investment Professionals

• The selling firm pays its investment professionals. The selling firm decides the compensation and benefits it will pay its investment professionals.

• To inform yourself of any potential conflicts of interest, ask the investment professional before you buy, how the selling firm and its investment professionals are being compensated and the amount of the compensation that each will receive if you buy the contract.

Service Providers

Our Service Center performs certain administrative services on the contracts and policies we issue. The address and telephone number of our Service Center are listed on the first page of the prospectus. We also have entered into agreements with certain entities to provide the identified services in connection with the contracts and policies we issue. The entities engaged by RiverSource Life may change over time. Entities that provided services to RiverSource Life in 2019 are listed in the table below.

Name of Service Provider	Services Provided	Address
Ameriprise Financial, Inc.	Business affairs management and administrative support related to new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies	707 Second Avenue South Minneapolis MN 55402 USA
Ameriprise India Private Limited	Administrative support related to new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies annual report filings	Plot No. 14, Sector 18 Udyog Vihar Gurugram, Haryana – 122 015 India
Sykes Enterprise Incorporated	Administrative support related to e new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies	10th Floor, Glorietta BPO 1 Office Tower Makati City 1224 Metro Manila Philippines

Issuer

We issue the contracts. We are a stock life insurance company organized in 1957 under the laws of the state of Minnesota and are located at 829 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, MN 55474. We are a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ameriprise Financial, Inc.

We conduct a conventional life insurance business. We are licensed to do business in 49 states, the District of Columbia and American Samoa. Our primary products currently include fixed and variable annuity contracts and life insurance policies.

Legal Proceedings

Insurance companies have been the subject of increasing regulatory, legislative and judicial scrutiny. Numerous state and federal regulatory agencies have commenced examinations and other inquiries of insurance companies regarding sales and marketing practices (including sales to older consumers and disclosure practices), claims handling, and unclaimed property and escheatment practices and procedures. RiverSource Life has cooperated and will continue to cooperate with the applicable regulators.

RiverSource Life is involved in the normal course of business in a number of other legal and arbitration proceedings concerning matters arising in connection with the conduct of its business activities. RiverSource Life believes that it is not a party to, nor are any of its properties the subject of, any pending legal, arbitration or regulatory investigation, examination or proceeding that is likely to have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is possible that the outcome of any current or future legal, arbitration or regulatory proceeding could have a material impact on results of operations in any particular reporting period as the proceedings are resolved.

Uncertain economic conditions, heightened and sustained volatility in the financial markets and significant financial reform legislation may increase the likelihood that clients and other persons or regulators may present or threaten legal claims or that regulators increase the scope or frequency of examinations of RiverSource Life or the insurance industry generally.

Additional Information

Incorporation of Certain Documents By Reference

The SEC allows us to “incorporate by reference” the information we have filed with the SEC. This means that we can disclose important information to you without actually including the specific information in this prospectus by referring you to other documents filed separately with the SEC. The information incorporated by reference is an important part of

Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    67

this prospectus. Information that we later provide to the SEC, and which is deemed to be “filed” with the SEC, will automatically update information previously filed with the SEC, and may replace information in this prospectus and information previously filed with the SEC. We incorporate by reference RiverSource Life Insurance Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019 as filed with the SEC on Feb.26, 2020under File No. 033-28976 in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and any filings we make with the SEC under Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act (excluding information deemed to be furnished and not filed with the SEC) after the effective date of this registration statement, until all offerings under the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part are completed or terminated. The annual report contains additional information about RiverSource Life Insurance Company, including audited financial statements for the latest fiscal year.

RiverSource Life will furnish you without charge a copy of any or all of the documents incorporated by reference into this prospectus, including any exhibits to such documents which have been specifically incorporated by reference. We will do so upon receipt of your written or oral request. You can contact RiverSource Life at the telephone number and address listed on the first page of this prospectus.

Available Information

This prospectus is part of a registration statement we file with the SEC. Additional information on RiverSource Life and on this offering is available in the registration statement and other materials we file. You can obtain copies of these materials at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. This prospectus, other information about the contract and other information incorporated by reference are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at (http://www.sec.gov).

Indemnification

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the Act) may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of RiverSource Life pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

68    Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix A: Performance Credit Rider Adjusted Partial Withdrawal

Step one:

Foreach withdrawal made within the current calculation period we calculate the remaining purchase payment amount (RPA):

RPA = Total purchase payments and purchase payment credits made prior to the partial withdrawal in question minus the RPA adjusted partial withdrawals for all previous partial withdrawals.

NOTE: In our calculations for the first partial withdrawal, the RPA will simply be the total purchase payments and purchase payment credits as there are no previous withdrawals to subtract.

RPA adjusted partial withdrawals	=	PW × RPA
		CV

PW	=	the partial withdrawal including any applicable withdrawal charge or MVA.
CV	=	the contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.
RPA	=	the remaining premium amount on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.

Step two:

For each withdrawal made within the current calculation period we calculate the eligible purchase payment amount (EPA):

EPA = Total purchase payments and purchase payment credits made prior to the partial withdrawal in question AND prior to the five year exclusion period minus EPA adjusted partial withdrawals for all previous partial withdrawals.

NOTE: In our calculations for the first partial withdrawal, the EPA will simply be the total purchase payments and purchase payment credits made before the five year exclusion period as there are no previous withdrawals to subtract. Also note that EPA/RPA will always be less than or equal to one.

EPA adjusted partial withdrawals	=	PW × EPA	×	EPA
		CV		RPA

PW	=	the partial withdrawal including any applicable withdrawal charge or MVA.
CV	=	the contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.
EPA	=	the eligible premium amount on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.
RPA	=	the remaining premium amount on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.

Step three:

The total PCRPW (Performance Credit Rider adjusted partial withdrawal) amount is the sum of each EPA adjusted partial withdrawal.

Example: Calculation at the end of the ten-year period assuming the contract is eligible for the PCR credit (i.e., your contract value is less than target value). This example does not include purchase payment credits.

• You purchase the contract with an initial purchase payment of $100,000.

• On the sixth contract anniversary you make an additional purchase payment in the amount of $100,000.

• Contract values before any partial withdrawals are shown below.

• On the third contract anniversary you make a partial withdrawal in the amount of $10,000.

• On the eighth contract anniversary you make another partial withdrawal in the amount of $10,000.

Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    69

NOTE: The shaded portion of the table indicates the five year exclusion period.

Contract Duration in Years	Total purchase payments	Contract value
At Issue	$100,000	$100,000
1	100,000	110,000
2	100,000	115,000
3	100,000	120,000
4	100,000	115,000
5	100,000	120,000
6	200,000	225,000
7	200,000	230,000
8	200,000	235,000
9	200,000	230,000
10	200,000	235,000

Step one: For each withdrawal made within the current calculation period we calculate the RPA:

For the first partial withdrawal on the third contract anniversary:

RPA before the partial withdrawal = total purchase payments made prior to the partial withdrawal minus the RPA adjusted partial withdrawals for all previous partial withdrawals = $100,000 – 0 = $100,000	RPA adjusted partial withdrawal =
	$10,000 × $100,000	= $8,333
	$120,000

For the second partial withdrawal on the eighth contract anniversary:

RPA before the partial withdrawal = total purchase payments made prior to the partial withdrawal minus the RPA adjusted partial withdrawals for all previous partial withdrawals = $200,000 – $8,333 = $191,667	RPA adjusted partial withdrawal =
	$10,000 × $191,667	= $8,156
	$235,000

Step two: For each withdrawal made within the current calculation period, we calculate the EPA:

For the first partial withdrawal on the third contract anniversary:

EPA before the partial withdrawal = total purchase payments made prior to the partial withdrawal AND the five-year exclusion period minus the EPA adjusted partial withdrawals for all previous partial withdrawals = $100,000 – 0 = $100,000	EPA adjusted partial withdrawal =
	$10,000 × $100,000	×	$100,000	= $8,333
	$120,000		$100,000

For the second partial withdrawal on the eighth contract anniversary:

EPA before the partial withdrawal = total purchase payments made prior to the partial withdrawal AND the five-year exclusion period minus the EPA adjusted partial withdrawals for all previous partial withdrawals = $100,000 – $8,333 = $91,667	EPA adjusted partial withdrawal =
	$10,000 × $91,667	×	$91,667	= $1,866
	$235,000		$191,667

Step three: The total PCRPW amount is the sum of each EPA adjusted partial withdrawal.

PCRPW amount = $8,333 + $1,866 = $10,199

70    Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix B: Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)

The following tables give per-unit information about the financial history of the subaccounts representing the lowest and highest total annual variable account expense combinations. The date in which operations commenced in each subaccount is noted in parentheses. The SAI contains tables that give per-unit information about the financial history of each existing subaccount. We have not provided this information for subaccounts (if any) that were not available under your contract as of December 31, 2019. You may obtain a copy of the SAI without charge by contacting us at the telephone number or address listed on the first page of the prospectus.

Variable account charges of 1.00% of the daily net assets of the variable account.

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
AB VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio (Class B) (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.68	$0.76	$0.57	$0.58	$0.57	$0.55	$0.45	$0.40	$0.53	$0.45
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.88	$0.68	$0.76	$0.57	$0.58	$0.57	$0.55	$0.45	$0.40	$0.53
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	5	5	33	41	40	44	54	64	89	80
AB VPS Growth and Income Portfolio (Class B) (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.21	$2.37	$2.02	$1.84	$1.83	$1.69	$1.27	$1.09	$1.04	$0.93
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.71	$2.21	$2.37	$2.02	$1.84	$1.83	$1.69	$1.27	$1.09	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	38	41	48	70	93	107	169	253	295	416
AB VPS Large Cap Growth Portfolio (Class B) (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.61	$1.59	$1.22	$1.20	$1.09	$0.97	$0.72	$0.62	$0.65	$0.60
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.14	$1.61	$1.59	$1.22	$1.20	$1.09	$0.97	$0.72	$0.62	$0.65
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	34	48	49	56	58	62	115	121	128	210
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3) (3/17/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.00	$2.10	$1.71	$1.60	$1.60	$1.40	$1.06	$0.94	$0.90	$0.78
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.47	$2.00	$2.10	$1.71	$1.60	$1.60	$1.40	$1.06	$0.94	$0.90
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	36	40	45	51	63	67	83	116	126	203
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3) (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.60	$2.79	$2.46	$2.19	$2.28	$2.09	$1.67	$1.48	$1.57	$1.36
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.19	$2.60	$2.79	$2.46	$2.19	$2.28	$2.09	$1.67	$1.48	$1.57
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	28	33	37	43	53	55	70	87	130	223
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund (Class 3) (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.07	$1.07	$1.07	$1.08	$1.09	$1.11	$1.12	$1.13	$1.14	$1.15
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.08	$1.07	$1.07	$1.07	$1.08	$1.09	$1.11	$1.12	$1.13	$1.14
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	285	337	352	369	137	161	210	269	341	576
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3) (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.62	$1.63	$1.59	$1.54	$1.55	$1.49	$1.54	$1.44	$1.37	$1.27
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.75	$1.62	$1.63	$1.59	$1.54	$1.55	$1.49	$1.54	$1.44	$1.37
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	117	127	134	136	165	203	245	268	317	645
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Mid Cap Growth Fund (Class 3) (8/30/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.77	$2.94	$2.41	$2.39	$2.29	$2.15	$1.66	$1.51	$1.79	$1.43
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.70	$2.77	$2.94	$2.41	$2.39	$2.29	$2.15	$1.66	$1.51	$1.79
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	1	1	1	1	1
Columbia Variable Portfolio – U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3) (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.39	$1.38	$1.35	$1.33	$1.33	$1.27	$1.31	$1.30	$1.29	$1.27
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.47	$1.39	$1.38	$1.35	$1.33	$1.33	$1.27	$1.31	$1.30	$1.29
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	23	26	27	70	68	74	85	132	158	313
Fidelity® VIP ContrafundSM Portfolio Service Class 2 (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.05	$3.30	$2.74	$2.57	$2.58	$2.34	$1.80	$1.57	$1.63	$1.41
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.96	$3.05	$3.30	$2.74	$2.57	$2.58	$2.34	$1.80	$1.57	$1.63
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	127	140	152	228	235	267	279	363	447	873
Fidelity® VIP Growth Portfolio Service Class 2 (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.58	$2.62	$1.96	$1.97	$1.86	$1.69	$1.26	$1.11	$1.12	$0.91
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.42	$2.58	$2.62	$1.96	$1.97	$1.86	$1.69	$1.26	$1.11	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	9	12	14	15	22	26	29	37	37	48
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2 (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.44	$4.08	$3.42	$3.09	$3.17	$3.02	$2.24	$1.98	$2.24	$1.76
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.20	$3.44	$4.08	$3.42	$3.09	$3.17	$3.02	$2.24	$1.98	$2.24
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	61	72	76	105	133	156	170	183	212	350
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund – Class 2 (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.45	$2.72	$2.54	$2.21	$2.35	$2.21	$1.74	$1.54	$1.57	$1.43
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.97	$2.45	$2.72	$2.54	$2.21	$2.35	$2.21	$1.74	$1.54	$1.57
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	197	206	224	281	349	401	494	606	716	1,184

Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    71

Variable account charges of 1.00% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Franklin Small Cap Value VIP Fund – Class 2 (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.79	$3.23	$2.95	$2.29	$2.49	$2.51	$1.86	$1.58	$1.66	$1.31
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.48	$2.79	$3.23	$2.95	$2.29	$2.49	$2.51	$1.86	$1.58	$1.66
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	37	38	40	43	40	55	56	74	88	114
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund, Series II Shares (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.05	$2.20	$1.76	$1.82	$1.78	$1.56	$1.22	$1.08	$1.11	$1.03
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.76	$2.05	$2.20	$1.76	$1.82	$1.78	$1.56	$1.22	$1.08	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	21	23	27	30	34	56	59	53	64	217
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund, Series II Shares (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.66	$3.10	$2.30	$2.32	$2.27	$2.24	$1.78	$1.49	$1.64	$1.44
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.46	$2.66	$3.10	$2.30	$2.32	$2.27	$2.24	$1.78	$1.49	$1.64
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	14	15	19	24	26	38	41	44	57	110
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Strategic Income Fund, Series II Shares (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.91	$2.03	$1.93	$1.83	$1.90	$1.87	$1.90	$1.69	$1.70	$1.50
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.10	$1.91	$2.03	$1.93	$1.83	$1.90	$1.87	$1.90	$1.69	$1.70
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	96	98	118	196	213	247	291	334	365	704
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund, Series II Shares (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.06	$3.46	$3.07	$2.63	$2.83	$2.56	$1.84	$1.58	$1.63	$1.34
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.82	$3.06	$3.46	$3.07	$2.63	$2.83	$2.56	$1.84	$1.58	$1.63
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	24	27	29	43	46	51	68	68	76	117
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series II Shares (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.80	$1.89	$1.50	$1.49	$1.43	$1.34	$0.97	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.43	$1.80	$1.89	$1.50	$1.49	$1.43	$1.34	$0.97	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	8	8	8	8	8	8	8	8	—	—
Invesco V.I. Comstock Fund, Series II Shares (8/30/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.82	$3.25	$2.79	$2.41	$2.59	$2.40	$1.79	$1.52	$1.57	$1.37
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.48	$2.82	$3.25	$2.79	$2.41	$2.59	$2.40	$1.79	$1.52	$1.57
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4	4	4	4	5	16	19	27	29	77
Invesco V.I. Growth and Income Fund, Series II Shares (8/30/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.75	$3.22	$2.85	$2.41	$2.52	$2.31	$1.75	$1.54	$1.59	$1.44
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.40	$2.75	$3.22	$2.85	$2.41	$2.52	$2.31	$1.75	$1.54	$1.59
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	1	1	2	5	10	12	12	13	216
Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares* (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.58	$1.70	$1.40	$1.41	$1.41	$1.32	$0.98	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.10	$1.58	$1.70	$1.40	$1.41	$1.41	$1.32	$0.98	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4	4	5	5	14	16	15	23	—	—
* Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares is scheduled to merge into Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares sometime during the second quarter of 2020.
Invesco V.I. Value Opportunities Fund, Series II Shares (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.41	$1.76	$1.52	$1.30	$1.47	$1.39	$1.06	$0.91	$0.95	$0.90
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.81	$1.41	$1.76	$1.52	$1.30	$1.47	$1.39	$1.06	$0.91	$0.95
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	73	87	92	123	145	165	207	240	297	468
MFS® New Discovery Series – Service Class (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.34	$2.41	$1.93	$1.79	$1.85	$2.01	$1.44	$1.20	$1.36	$1.01
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.28	$2.34	$2.41	$1.93	$1.79	$1.85	$2.01	$1.44	$1.20	$1.36
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	7	8	10	21	28	31	32	35	54	137
MFS® Total Return Series – Service Class (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.24	$2.40	$2.17	$2.01	$2.04	$1.91	$1.62	$1.48	$1.47	$1.35
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.66	$2.24	$2.40	$2.17	$2.01	$2.04	$1.91	$1.62	$1.48	$1.47
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	144	158	166	265	287	342	507	584	662	1,080
MFS® Utilities Series – Service Class (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$4.28	$4.29	$3.78	$3.43	$4.07	$3.65	$3.07	$2.74	$2.60	$2.31
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$5.28	$4.28	$4.29	$3.78	$3.43	$4.07	$3.65	$3.07	$2.74	$2.60
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1	9	10	10	12	13	14	17	18	23
Morgan Stanley VIF U.S. Real Estate Portfolio, Class I Shares (8/30/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.60	$3.94	$3.86	$3.65	$3.61	$2.81	$2.78	$2.42	$2.31	$1.80
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.24	$3.60	$3.94	$3.86	$3.65	$3.61	$2.81	$2.78	$2.42	$2.31
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	1	1	2	2	6	7	3	3	4
Putnam VT Equity Income Fund – Class IB Shares (5/12/2017)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.02	$1.12	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.32	$1.02	$1.12	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	39	39	40	—	—	—	—	—	—	—

72    Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.00% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Putnam VT Global Health Care Fund – Class IB Shares (8/30/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.12	$3.18	$2.78	$3.17	$2.97	$2.35	$1.68	$1.38	$1.41	$1.39
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.03	$3.12	$3.18	$2.78	$3.17	$2.97	$2.35	$1.68	$1.38	$1.41
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	3	3	3
Putnam VT International Equity Fund – Class IB Shares (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.46	$1.83	$1.46	$1.51	$1.52	$1.65	$1.30	$1.08	$1.31	$1.20
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.81	$1.46	$1.83	$1.46	$1.51	$1.52	$1.65	$1.30	$1.08	$1.31
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	39	43	48	53	62	67	80	105	117	210
Templeton Foreign VIP Fund – Class 2 (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.42	$1.70	$1.47	$1.39	$1.50	$1.70	$1.40	$1.20	$1.35	$1.26
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.59	$1.42	$1.70	$1.47	$1.39	$1.50	$1.70	$1.40	$1.20	$1.35
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	23	26	30	39	47	72	83	110	170	251
Variable Portfolio – Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.46	$2.87	$2.71	$2.18	$2.43	$2.40	$1.80	$1.60	$1.69	$1.38
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.91	$2.46	$2.87	$2.71	$2.18	$2.43	$2.40	$1.80	$1.60	$1.69
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	14	16	17	18	22	23	27	33	35	45
Wells Fargo VT International Equity Fund – Class 2 (7/31/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.92	$2.34	$1.90	$1.86	$1.84	$1.97	$1.66	$1.48	$1.72	$1.49
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.19	$1.92	$2.34	$1.90	$1.86	$1.84	$1.97	$1.66	$1.48	$1.72
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	37	43	47	54	63	72	96	122	140	192
Wells Fargo VT Omega Growth Fund – Class 2 (7/31/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$4.25	$4.28	$3.21	$3.23	$3.22	$3.13	$2.26	$1.89	$2.03	$1.71
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$5.76	$4.25	$4.28	$3.21	$3.23	$3.22	$3.13	$2.26	$1.89	$2.03
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	42	151	154	161	174	191	204	227	241	292
Wells Fargo VT Opportunity Fund – Class 2 (8/26/2011)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.98	$2.16	$1.81	$1.63	$1.70	$1.55	$1.20	$1.05	$1.00	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.58	$1.98	$2.16	$1.81	$1.63	$1.70	$1.55	$1.20	$1.05	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	119	133	144	178	240	277	356	442	504	—
Wells Fargo VT Small Cap Growth Fund – Class 2 (7/16/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.39	$2.38	$1.91	$1.79	$1.86	$1.92	$1.29	$1.21	$1.28	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.95	$2.39	$2.38	$1.91	$1.79	$1.86	$1.92	$1.29	$1.21	$1.28
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	18	20	22	26	29	32	39	50	51	65

Variable account charges of 1.85% of the daily net assets of the variable account.

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
AB VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio (Class B) (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.00	$2.27	$1.69	$1.74	$1.73	$1.68	$1.39	$1.25	$1.67	$1.43
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.55	$2.00	$2.27	$1.69	$1.74	$1.73	$1.68	$1.39	$1.25	$1.67
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	3	12
AB VPS Growth and Income Portfolio (Class B) (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.64	$2.86	$2.46	$2.25	$2.26	$2.11	$1.60	$1.39	$1.33	$1.20
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.21	$2.64	$2.86	$2.46	$2.25	$2.26	$2.11	$1.60	$1.39	$1.33
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	5	6	8	9	10	11	14	14	18	24
AB VPS Large Cap Growth Portfolio (Class B) (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.21	$3.19	$2.47	$2.46	$2.26	$2.02	$1.50	$1.32	$1.39	$1.29
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.23	$3.21	$3.19	$2.47	$2.46	$2.26	$2.02	$1.50	$1.32	$1.39
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.07	$2.19	$1.79	$1.69	$1.71	$1.51	$1.15	$1.03	$1.00	$0.87
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.53	$2.07	$2.19	$1.79	$1.69	$1.71	$1.51	$1.15	$1.03	$1.00
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	58	62	69	83	113	138	259	336	589	890
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3) (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.00	$3.25	$2.89	$2.60	$2.72	$2.52	$2.03	$1.81	$1.94	$1.69
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.65	$3.00	$3.25	$2.89	$2.60	$2.72	$2.52	$2.03	$1.81	$1.94
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	75	80	90	117	148	177	303	367	465	559
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund (Class 3) (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.88	$0.89	$0.90	$0.92	$0.93	$0.95	$0.97	$0.99	$1.01	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.88	$0.88	$0.89	$0.90	$0.92	$0.93	$0.95	$0.97	$0.99	$1.01
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	603	634	649	669	297	221	237	237	298	303

Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    73

Variable account charges of 1.85% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3) (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.35	$1.37	$1.35	$1.31	$1.34	$1.29	$1.35	$1.28	$1.22	$1.15
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.45	$1.35	$1.37	$1.35	$1.31	$1.34	$1.29	$1.35	$1.28	$1.22
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	58	73	79	95	100	109	151	149	167	264
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Mid Cap Growth Fund (Class 3) (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.47	$2.65	$2.20	$2.19	$2.12	$2.01	$1.56	$1.43	$1.72	$1.38
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.28	$2.47	$2.65	$2.20	$2.19	$2.12	$2.01	$1.56	$1.43	$1.72
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	5	5	6	7	11	13	27	33	66	82
Columbia Variable Portfolio – U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3) (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.04	$1.04	$1.03	$1.02	$1.03	$0.99	$1.03	$1.03	$1.04	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.09	$1.04	$1.04	$1.03	$1.02	$1.03	$0.99	$1.03	$1.03	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	131	154	157	159	161	184	255	274	264	356
Fidelity® VIP ContrafundSM Portfolio Service Class 2 (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.17	$3.46	$2.90	$2.74	$2.78	$2.54	$1.97	$1.73	$1.82	$1.58
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.09	$3.17	$3.46	$2.90	$2.74	$2.78	$2.54	$1.97	$1.73	$1.82
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	179	191	201	259	302	348	559	664	909	1,171
Fidelity® VIP Growth Portfolio Service Class 2 (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.10	$3.17	$2.39	$2.42	$2.31	$2.12	$1.59	$1.41	$1.44	$1.18
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.07	$3.10	$3.17	$2.39	$2.42	$2.31	$2.12	$1.59	$1.41	$1.44
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	14	14	16	18
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2 (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.60	$4.31	$3.64	$3.31	$3.43	$3.30	$2.47	$2.20	$2.51	$1.99
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.36	$3.60	$4.31	$3.64	$3.31	$3.43	$3.30	$2.47	$2.20	$2.51
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	67	67	68	79	89	97	124	145	170	239
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund – Class 2 (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.15	$2.41	$2.27	$1.99	$2.13	$2.03	$1.61	$1.44	$1.48	$1.36
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.59	$2.15	$2.41	$2.27	$1.99	$2.13	$2.03	$1.61	$1.44	$1.48
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	22	23	23	24	26	26	60	90	131	188
Franklin Small Cap Value VIP Fund – Class 2 (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.20	$3.75	$3.45	$2.70	$2.97	$3.01	$2.25	$1.93	$2.05	$1.63
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.97	$3.20	$3.75	$3.45	$2.70	$2.97	$3.01	$2.25	$1.93	$2.05
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	26	31	64
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund, Series II Shares (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.32	$2.52	$2.03	$2.12	$2.09	$1.85	$1.45	$1.30	$1.34	$1.25
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.10	$2.32	$2.52	$2.03	$2.12	$2.09	$1.85	$1.45	$1.30	$1.34
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	36	40	46	54	61	72	110	206	232	257
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund, Series II Shares (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.14	$3.69	$2.76	$2.82	$2.77	$2.76	$2.22	$1.87	$2.08	$1.83
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.05	$3.14	$3.69	$2.76	$2.82	$2.77	$2.76	$2.22	$1.87	$2.08
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	2	2	2	9	33
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Strategic Income Fund, Series II Shares (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.50	$1.60	$1.54	$1.47	$1.54	$1.53	$1.56	$1.41	$1.42	$1.26
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.63	$1.50	$1.60	$1.54	$1.47	$1.54	$1.53	$1.56	$1.41	$1.42
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	117	135	144	166	204	245	461	487	681	912
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund, Series II Shares (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.41	$3.89	$3.48	$3.01	$3.26	$2.98	$2.16	$1.87	$1.95	$1.61
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.23	$3.41	$3.89	$3.48	$3.01	$3.26	$2.98	$2.16	$1.87	$1.95
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	5	5	6	23	23	23	43	26	21	22
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series II Shares (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.70	$1.80	$1.44	$1.44	$1.40	$1.32	$0.96	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.27	$1.70	$1.80	$1.44	$1.44	$1.40	$1.32	$0.96	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	13	13	13	13	—	6	6	6	—	—
Invesco V.I. Comstock Fund, Series II Shares (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.54	$2.95	$2.56	$2.23	$2.42	$2.26	$1.70	$1.45	$1.51	$1.33
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.12	$2.54	$2.95	$2.56	$2.23	$2.42	$2.26	$1.70	$1.45	$1.51
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	139	141	151	186	240	269	497	639	916	1,142
Invesco V.I. Growth and Income Fund, Series II Shares (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.56	$3.02	$2.70	$2.30	$2.42	$2.25	$1.71	$1.52	$1.59	$1.44
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.14	$2.56	$3.02	$2.70	$2.30	$2.42	$2.25	$1.71	$1.52	$1.59
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	8	8	8	8	8	8	20	20	20	21

74    Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.85% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares* (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.49	$1.62	$1.35	$1.36	$1.38	$1.30	$0.97	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.96	$1.49	$1.62	$1.35	$1.36	$1.38	$1.30	$0.97	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	4	4	4	—	—
*Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares is scheduled to merge into Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares sometime during the second quarter of 2020.
Invesco V.I. Value Opportunities Fund, Series II Shares (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.66	$2.10	$1.83	$1.58	$1.80	$1.72	$1.32	$1.14	$1.20	$1.14
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.13	$1.66	$2.10	$1.83	$1.58	$1.80	$1.72	$1.32	$1.14	$1.20
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	20	22	22	26	27	34	38	54	75	113
MFS® New Discovery Series – Service Class (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.26	$3.38	$2.72	$2.55	$2.65	$2.92	$2.11	$1.78	$2.02	$1.51
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.52	$3.26	$3.38	$2.72	$2.55	$2.65	$2.92	$2.11	$1.78	$2.02
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	2	2	2	2	2	2	2	2	3
MFS® Total Return Series – Service Class (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.93	$2.09	$1.90	$1.78	$1.82	$1.72	$1.47	$1.35	$1.36	$1.26
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.28	$1.93	$2.09	$1.90	$1.78	$1.82	$1.72	$1.47	$1.35	$1.36
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	10	20	20	21	21	21	58	203	192	316
MFS® Utilities Series – Service Class (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$4.17	$4.22	$3.75	$3.43	$4.10	$3.72	$3.15	$2.83	$2.71	$2.43
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$5.11	$4.17	$4.22	$3.75	$3.43	$4.10	$3.72	$3.15	$2.83	$2.71
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	11	11	11	11	5	7	7	7	7	13
Morgan Stanley VIF U.S. Real Estate Portfolio, Class I Shares (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.43	$3.79	$3.74	$3.57	$3.56	$2.79	$2.79	$2.45	$2.36	$1.85
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.00	$3.43	$3.79	$3.74	$3.57	$3.56	$2.79	$2.79	$2.45	$2.36
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	4	4	4	4
Putnam VT Equity Income Fund – Class IB Shares (5/12/2017)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.01	$1.12	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.29	$1.01	$1.12	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	3	3	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Putnam VT Global Health Care Fund – Class IB Shares (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.85	$2.92	$2.58	$2.97	$2.80	$2.24	$1.61	$1.34	$1.38	$1.37
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.65	$2.85	$2.92	$2.58	$2.97	$2.80	$2.24	$1.61	$1.34	$1.38
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	13	13	13	13	13	13	14	15	24	55
Putnam VT International Equity Fund – Class IB Shares (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.71	$2.15	$1.73	$1.81	$1.84	$2.01	$1.60	$1.33	$1.64	$1.52
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.10	$1.71	$2.15	$1.73	$1.81	$1.84	$2.01	$1.60	$1.33	$1.64
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	5	6	6	6	6	7	8	18	20	29
Templeton Foreign VIP Fund – Class 2 (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.87	$2.26	$1.97	$1.87	$2.04	$2.34	$1.94	$1.67	$1.90	$1.79
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.07	$1.87	$2.26	$1.97	$1.87	$2.04	$2.34	$1.94	$1.67	$1.90
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	20	20	20	20	20	20	51	51	54	91
Variable Portfolio – Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.80	$3.30	$3.14	$2.55	$2.87	$2.86	$2.16	$1.94	$2.07	$1.69
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.29	$2.80	$3.30	$3.14	$2.55	$2.87	$2.86	$2.16	$1.94	$2.07
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	54	53	55	64	92	102	168	220	330	415
Wells Fargo VT International Equity Fund – Class 2 (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.87	$2.31	$1.89	$1.86	$1.86	$2.01	$1.71	$1.53	$1.80	$1.57
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.12	$1.87	$2.31	$1.89	$1.86	$1.86	$2.01	$1.71	$1.53	$1.80
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	34	33	31	33	33	36	47	49	52	61
Wells Fargo VT Omega Growth Fund – Class 2 (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.93	$3.99	$3.02	$3.06	$3.07	$3.02	$2.20	$1.86	$2.00	$1.71
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$5.28	$3.93	$3.99	$3.02	$3.06	$3.07	$3.02	$2.20	$1.86	$2.00
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	48	53	57	70	77	96	196	256	388	514
Wells Fargo VT Opportunity Fund – Class 2 (8/26/2011)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.86	$2.04	$1.73	$1.57	$1.65	$1.52	$1.19	$1.05	$1.00	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.40	$1.86	$2.04	$1.73	$1.57	$1.65	$1.52	$1.19	$1.05	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	3	3	4	28	31	46	54	56	69	—
Wells Fargo VT Small Cap Growth Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.78	$2.80	$2.27	$2.14	$2.25	$2.33	$1.58	$1.49	$1.59	$1.28
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.41	$2.78	$2.80	$2.27	$2.14	$2.25	$2.33	$1.58	$1.49	$1.59
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	13	12	13	14	14	16	22	25	31	35

Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    75

Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information

Calculating Annuity Payouts	p. 3
Rating Agencies	p. 4
Principal Underwriter	p. 4
Service Providers	p. 4
Custodian	p. 5
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	p. 5
Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	p. 6
Financial Statements

76    Evergreen New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474
1-800-333-3437

45272  CG (5/20)

RiverSource Distributors, Inc. (Distributor), Member FINRA. Issued by RiverSource Life Insurance Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota. ©2008-2020 RiverSource Life Insurance Company. All rights reserved.

Prospectus

May 1, 2020

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select
Variable Annuity

CONTRACT OPTION L: INDIVIDUAL FLEXIBLE PREMIUM DEFERRED COMBINATION FIXED/VARIABLE ANNUITY
CONTRACT OPTION C: INDIVIDUAL FLEXIBLE PREMIUM DEFERRED COMBINATION FIXED/VARIABLE ANNUITY

Issued by:	RiverSource Life Insurance Company (RiverSource Life) 829 Ameriprise Financial Center Minneapolis, MN 55474 Telephone: 1-800-333-3437 (Service Center)
	RiverSource Variable Annuity Account/RiverSource MVA Account

New contracts are not currently being offered.

This prospectus describes Contract Option L and Contract Option C. The information in this prospectus applies to both contracts unless stated otherwise.

This prospectus contains information that you should know before investing. Investment options available under the contract are listed below:

AB Variable Products Series Fund, Inc. (Class B)

American Century^® Variable Portfolios, Inc., Class II

BNY Mellon Investment Portfolios

Columbia Funds Variable Series Trust II

Fidelity^® Variable Insurance Products Service Class 2

Franklin^® Templeton^® Variable Insurance Products Trust – Class 2

Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust (VIT)

Invesco Variable Insurance Funds

Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds, Service Shares

Putnam Variable Trust – Class IB Shares

Wanger Advisors Trust

Wells Fargo Variable Trust

 

Please read the prospectuses carefully and keep them for future reference.

The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

An investment in this contract is not a deposit of a bank or financial institution and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) or any other government agency. An investment in this contract involves investment risk including the possible loss of principal.

A Statement of Additional Information (SAI), dated the same date as this prospectus, is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. It is filed with the SEC and is available without charge by contacting RiverSource Life at the telephone number and address listed above. The table of contents of the SAI is on the last page of this prospectus. The SEC maintains an Internet site. This prospectus, the SAI and other information about the product are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at (http://www.sec.gov).

Variable annuities are complex products. The fees and charges, as well as the available features and benefits, of the variable annuity contracts described in this prospectus will be different from other variable annuities offered in the marketplace, including other variable annuities or other types of annuities offered by RiverSource Life. The interest credited, guarantees provided, and credits available, as well as the funds serving as underlying investments and their corresponding expenses, may differ among the variable annuities that are available to you. With the aid of an appropriate financial professional, we encourage you to compare and contrast the variable annuity contracts described in this prospectus with other variable annuities available in the marketplace, including other types of annuities we may offer. This will aid in determining whether purchasing a contract is consistent with your investment objectives, risk tolerance, time horizon, marital status, tax situation, and your unique financial situation and needs. If you select an annuity that includes surrender or other liquidation charges, you should also consider any future needs you may have to access your contract value. The optional benefits and features available with the contracts usually come with additional costs. Consider any additional costs carefully when electing these optional benefits and features.

Beginning on January 1, 2021, as permitted by regulations adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission, paper copies of your underlying funds’ shareholder reports will no longer be sent by mail, unless you specifically

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    1

request paper copies of the reports from RiverSource Life. Instead, the reports will be made available on a website, and you will be notified each time a report is posted and provided with a website link to access the report.

You may elect to receive all future reports in paper free of charge. You can inform RiverSource Life that you wish to continue receiving paper copies of your shareholder reports by calling our Service Center at 1-800-862-7919. Your election to receive reports in paper will apply to all funds available under your variable annuity contract.

Effects of COVID-19 Pandemic

The coronavirus disease 2019 (“COVID-19”) public health crisis presents ongoing significant economic and societal disruption and has driven significant volatility in the equity and interest rate markets. Any periods of continued high market volatility, and your individual circumstances (e.g., your selected allocations and the timing of any purchase payments, transfers, or withdrawals), will affect values under your contract. As part of how we maintain our strong financial strength and claims-paying ability, we continue to reserve amounts for our contractual obligations in accordance with significant state solvency regulations. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic may impact financial markets, investment performance under your contract, and our financial strength and claims-paying ability will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be estimated, including the scope and duration of the pandemic and actions taken by governmental authorities, market participants, and other third parties in response to the pandemic.

We have implemented comprehensive strategies to address the operating environment spurred by the pandemic.  To promote the safety and security of our employees and to assure the continuity of our business operations, we have implemented a work from home protocol for virtually all of our employee population, restricted business travel, and provided resources for complying with the guidance from the World Health Organization, the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and government authorities. We have been satisfying elevated customer service volumes and our operations teams have continued to operate successfully and without disruptions in service. Our pandemic strategy is flexible and scalable and takes into consideration that a pandemic could be widespread and may occur in multiple waves, affecting different communities at different times with varying levels of severity. We cannot, however, predict the impact that natural or man-made disasters and catastrophes, including the COVID-19 pandemic, may have over near- or longer-term periods.

2    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Table of Contents

Key Terms	5
The Contract in Brief	7
Expense Summary	9
Contract Owner Transaction Expenses	9
Annual Variable Account Expenses	9
Other Annual Expenses	10
Optional Death Benefits	10
Optional Living Benefits	10
Annual Operating Expenses of the Funds	11
Condensed Financial Information	13
Financial Statements	13
The Variable Account and the Funds	13
The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)	20
Market Value Adjustment (MVA)	21
The General Account	22
The Fixed Account	22
The One-Year Fixed Account	22
DCA Fixed Account	22
Buying Your Contract	23
The Retirement Date	25
Beneficiary	25
Purchase Payments	25
How to Make Purchase Payments	26
Limitations on Use of Contract	26
Charges	26
Contract Administrative Charge	26
Variable Account Administrative Charge	26
Mortality and Expense Risk Fee	27
Withdrawal Charge	27
Fund Fees and Expenses	29
Premium Taxes	29
Optional Living Benefits Charges	30
Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider Fee	30
Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider Fee	31
Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider Fee	32
Income Assurer Benefit Rider Fee	34
Optional Death Benefit Charges	35
Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider Fee	35
Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider Fee	35
Valuing Your Investment	35
GPAs	35
The Fixed Account	35
Subaccounts	36

Making the Most of Your Contract	37
Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging	37
Asset Rebalancing	37
Asset Allocation Program	38
Portfolio Navigator Program (PN program) and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds	39
Transferring Among Accounts	42
How to request a Transfer or Withdrawal	45
Withdrawals	46
Withdrawal Policies	46
Receiving Payment	46
TSA–Special Provisions	47
Participants in Tax-Sheltered Annuities	47
Changing Ownership	48
Benefits in Case of Death	48
If You Die Before Your Retirement Date	50
Optional Benefits	51
Optional Living Benefits	52
Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider	52
Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider	54
Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider	63
Income Assurer Benefit Riders	69
Optional Death Benefits	73
Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector)	73
Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus)	74
The Annuity Payout Period	75
Annuity Tables	75
Annuity Payout Plans	75
Taxes	77
Nonqualified Annuities	77
Qualified Annuities	79
Other	80
Voting Rights	81
Substitution of Investments	81
About the Service Providers	82
Principal Underwriter	82
Service Providers	83
Issuer	83
Legal Proceedings	83
Additional Information	84
Incorporation of Certain Documents By Reference	84
Available Information	84
Indemnification	84

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    3

Table of Contents

Appendices	85
Appendix A: Example — Market Value Adjustment (MVA)	86
Appendix B: Example — Income Assurer Benefit Rider Fee	88
Appendix C: Example — Withdrawal Charges for Contract Option L	89
Appendix D: Example — Death Benefits	92
Appendix E: Example — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider	95
Appendix F: Example - Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider	97
Appendix G: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider —Additional Required Minimum Distribution (RMD) Disclosure	99
Appendix H: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit — Rider B Disclosure	101
Appendix I: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider — Additional Required Minimum Distribution (RMD) Disclosure	107
Appendix J: Example — Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider	108
Appendix K: Example — Income Assurer Benefit Riders	110
Appendix L: Example — Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider	115
Appendix M: Example — Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider	117
Appendix N: Withdrawal Benefit Riders: Electing Step Up or Spousal Continuation Step Up	119
Appendix O: Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	120
Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information	128

4    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Key Terms

These terms can help you understand details about your contract.

Accumulation unit: A measure of the value of each subaccount before annuity payouts begin.

Annuitant: The person or persons on whose life or life expectancy the annuity payouts are based.

Annuity payouts: An amount paid at regular intervals under one of several plans.

Assumed investment rate: The rate of return we assume your investments will earn when we calculate your initial annuity payout amount using the annuity table in your contract. The standard assumed investment rate we use is 5% but you may request we substitute an assumed investment rate of 3.5%.

Beneficiary: The person you designate to receive benefits in case of the owner’s or annuitant’s death while the contract is in force.

Close of business: The time the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) closes (4 p.m. Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier).

Code: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Contract: A deferred annuity contract that permits you to accumulate money for retirement by making one or more purchase payments. It provides for lifetime or other forms of payouts beginning at a specified time in the future.

Contract value: The total value of your contract before we deduct any applicable charges.

Contract year: A period of 12 months, starting on the effective date of your contract and on each anniversary of the effective date.

Fixed account: Part of our general account which includes the one-year fixed account and the DCA fixed account. Amounts you allocate to the fixed account earn interest rates we declare periodically. For Contract Option C, the one-year fixed account may not be available or may be significantly limited in some states.

Funds: Investment options under your contract. You may allocate your purchase payments into subaccounts investing in shares of the funds.

Good order: We cannot process your transaction request relating to the contract until we have received the request in good order at our Service Center. “Good order” means the actual receipt of the requested transaction in writing, along with all information, forms and supporting legal documentation necessary to effect the transaction. To be in “good order,” your instructions must be sufficiently clear so that we do not need to exercise any discretion to follow such instructions. This information and documentation generally includes your completed request; the contract number; the transaction amount (in dollars); the names of and allocations to and/or from the subaccounts and the fixed account

affected by the requested transaction; Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number; and any other information, forms or supporting documentation that we may require. For certain transactions, at our option, we may require the signature of all contract owners for the request to be in good order. With respect to purchase requests, “good order” also generally includes receipt of sufficient payment by us to effect the purchase. We may, in our sole discretion, determine whether any particular transaction request is in good order, and we reserve the right to change or waive any good order requirements at any time.

Guarantee Period: The number of successive 12-month periods that a guaranteed interest rate is credited.

Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs): A nonunitized separate account to which you may allocate purchase payments or transfer contract value of at least $1,000. These accounts have guaranteed interest rates for guarantee periods we declare when you allocate purchase payments or transfer contract value to a GPA. These guaranteed rates and periods of time may vary by state. Unless an exception applies, transfers or withdrawals from a GPA done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will receive a market value adjustment, which may result in a gain or loss of principal.

Market Value Adjustment (MVA): A positive or negative adjustment assessed if any portion of a Guarantee Period Account is withdrawn or transferred more than 30 days before the end of its guarantee period.

Owner (you, your): The person or persons identified in the contract as owner(s) of the contract, who has or have the right to control the contract (to decide on investment allocations, transfers, payout options, etc.). Usually, but not always, the owner is also the annuitant. During the owner’s life, the owner is responsible for taxes, regardless of whether he or she receives the contract’s benefits. The owner or any joint owner may be a non-natural person (e.g. irrevocable trust or corporation) or a revocable trust. If any owner is a non-natural person or a revocable trust, the annuitant will be deemed to be the owner for contract provisions that are based on the age or life of the owner. When the contract is owned by a revocable trust or irrevocable grantor trust, the annuitant(s) selected must be the grantor(s) of the trust to assure compliance with Section 72(s) of the Code.

Qualified annuity: A contract that you purchase to fund one of the following tax-deferred retirement plans that is subject to applicable federal law and any rules of the plan itself:

• Individual Retirement Annuities (IRAs) including inherited IRAs under Section 408(b) of the Code

• Roth IRAs including inherited Roth IRAs under Section 408A of the Code

• Simplified Employee Pension (SEP) plans under Section 408(k) of the Code

 

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    5

• Tax-Sheltered Annuity (TSA) rollovers under Section 403(b) of the Code

A qualified annuity will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral if it is used to fund a retirement plan that is already tax deferred.

All other contracts are considerednonqualified annuities.

Retirement date: The date when annuity payouts are scheduled to begin.

Rider effective date: The date a rider becomes effective as stated in the rider.

RiverSource Life: In this prospectus, “we,” “us,” “our” and “RiverSource Life” refer to RiverSource Life Insurance Company.

Service Center: Our department that processes all transaction and service requests for the contracts. We consider all transaction and service requests received when they arrive in good order at the Service Center. Any transaction or service requests sent or directed to any location other than our Service Center may end up delayed or not processed. Our Service Center address and telephone number are listed on the first page of the prospectus.

Valuation date: Any normal business day, Monday through Friday, on which the NYSE is open, up to the time it closes. At the NYSE close, the next valuation date begins. We calculate the accumulation unit value of each subaccount on each valuation date. If we receive your

purchase payment or any transaction request (such as a transfer or withdrawal request) in good order at our Service Center before the close of business, we will process your payment or transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your payment or transaction request. On the other hand, if we receive your purchase payment or transaction request in good order at our Service Center at or after the close of business, we will process your payment or transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date. If you make a transaction request by telephone (including by fax), you must have completed your transaction by the close of business in order for us to process it using the accumulation unit value we calculate on that valuation date. If you were not able to complete your transaction before the close of business for any reason, including telephone service interruptions or delays due to high call volume, we will process your transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date.

Variable account: Consists of separate subaccounts to which you may allocate purchase payments; each invests in shares of one fund. The value of your investment in each subaccount changes with the performance of the particular fund.

Withdrawal value: The amount you are entitled to receive if you make a full withdrawal from your contract. It is the contract value minus any applicable charges.

6    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The Contract in Brief

This prospectus describes two contracts. Each contract has different expenses. Contract Option L has lower expenses than Contract Option C. Contract Option L has a four-year withdrawal charge schedule that applies to each purchase payment you make. Contract Option C eliminates the purchase payment withdrawal charge schedule, but has a higher mortality and expense risk fee than Contract Option L. The information in this prospectus applies to both contracts unless stated otherwise.

Purpose: The purpose of the contract is to allow you to accumulate money for retirement or similar long term goal. You do this by making one or more purchase payments. You may allocate your purchase payments to the one-year fixed account (if part of your contract), the DCA fixed account, GPAs and/or subaccounts of the variable account under the contract; however you risk losing amounts you invest in the subaccounts of the variable account; however you risk losing amounts you invest in the subaccounts of the variable account. These accounts, in turn, may earn returns that increase the value of a contract. If the contract value goes to zero due to underlying fund’s performance or deduction of fees, the contract will no longer be in force and the contract (including any death benefit riders) will terminate. You may be able to purchase an optional benefit to reduce the investment risk you assume. Beginning at a specified time in the future called the retirement date, the contract provides lifetime or other forms of payouts of your contract value (less any applicable premium tax).

It may have not been advantageous for you to purchase this contract in exchange for, or in addition to, an existing annuity or life insurance policy. Generally, you can exchange one annuity for another or for a long-term care policy in a “tax-free” exchange under Section 1035 of the Code. You can also do a partial exchange from one annuity contract to another annuity contract, subject to Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) rules. You also generally can exchange a life insurance policy for an annuity. However, before making an exchange, you should compare both contracts carefully because the features and benefits may be different. Fees and charges may be higher or lower on your old contract than on this contract. You may have to pay a withdrawal charge when you exchange out of your old contract and a new withdrawal period will begin when you exchange into this contract. If the exchange does not qualify for Section 1035 treatment, you also may have to pay federal income tax on the distribution. State income taxes may also apply. You should not exchange your old contract for this contract, or buy this contract in addition to your old contract, unless you determine it is in your best interest. (See “Taxes-1035 Exchanges”.)

Tax-deferred retirement plans: Most annuities have a tax-deferred feature. So do many retirement plans under the Code including 403(b) plans. As a result, when you use a qualified annuity to fund a retirement plan that is tax-deferred, your contract will not provide any necessary

or additional tax deferral beyond what is provided in that retirement plan. Some employers may permit you to deposit your contributions into other investments such as mutual funds. If such investments are available to you, before enrolling under the contract, you should consider features other than tax deferral that may help you reach your retirement goals. In addition, the Code subjects retirement plans to required withdrawals triggered at age 72 (triggered at age 70 ½ if you turned 70 ½ before Jan. 1, 2020). These mandatory withdrawals are called required minimum distributions (“RMDs”). RMDs may reduce the value of certain death benefits and optional riders (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). You should consult your tax advisor before you purchase the contract as a qualified annuity for an explanation of the tax implications to you.

Buying a contract: We no longer offer new contracts. However, you have the option of making additional purchase payments in the future, subject to certain limitations. Purchase payment amounts and purchase payment timing may be limited under the terms of your contract and/or pursuant to state requirements. (See “Buying Your Contract”).

Free look period: The contracts in this prospectus are no longer sold. Generally, all available free look periods have now expired.

Accounts: Generally, you may allocate your purchase payments among the:

• subaccounts of the variable account, each of which invests in a fund with a particular investment objective. The value of each subaccount varies with the performance of the particular fund in which it invests. We cannot guarantee that the value at the retirement date will equal or exceed the total purchase payments you allocate to the subaccounts. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds”).

• GPAs which earn interest at rates declared when you make an allocation to that account. The required minimum investment in each GPA is $1,000. These accounts may not be available in all states. (See “The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)”)

• one-year fixed account (if part of your contract), which earns interest at rates that we adjust periodically. There are restrictions on the amount you can allocate to this account as well as on transfers from this account (see “The Fixed Account – One-Year Fixed Account“ )

• DCA fixed account, if part of your contract, which earns interest at rates that we adjust periodically. There are restrictions on how long contract value can remain in this account. (See “The Fixed Account — DCA Fixed Account”).

Transfers: Subject to certain restrictions, you currently may redistribute your contract value among the accounts without charge at any time until annuity payouts begin, and once per contract year among the subaccounts after

 

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    7

annuity payouts begin. Transfers out of the GPAs done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will be subject to a MVA, unless an exception applies. You may establish automated transfers among the accounts. We reserve the right to limit transfers to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then currently crediting is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transferring Among Accounts”).

Withdrawals: You may withdraw all or part of your contract value at any time before the retirement date. You also may establish automated partial withdrawals. Withdrawals may be subject to charges and tax penalties (including a 10% IRS penalty that may apply if you make withdrawals prior to your reaching age 59½) and may have other tax consequences. Certain other restrictions may apply. (See “Withdrawals”)

Optional benefits:These contracts offered optional living and death benefits that were available for additional charges if you met certain criteria. Please note, since the

contracts in this prospectus are no longer sold, any optional benefits you may have elected were done so at the time of application. You cannot add optional benefits to your contract after it has been issued. Any optional benefits we describe are not available to add to your contract. (See “Optional Benefits”).

Benefits in case of death: If you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin, we will pay the beneficiary an amount based on the death benefit selected. (See “Benefits in Case of Death”).

Annuity payouts: You can apply your contract value, after reflecting any adjustments, to an annuity payout plan that begins on the retirement date. You may choose from a variety of plans that can help meet your retirement or other income needs. The payout schedule must meet IRS requirements. We can make payouts on a fixed or variable basis, or both. During the annuity payout period, your choices for subaccounts may be limited. The GPAs and the DCA fixed account are not available during the payout period. (See “The Annuity Payout Period”).

8    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Expense Summary

The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you paid when buying, owning and making a withdrawal from the contract. The first table describes the fees and expenses that you paid at the time that you bought the contract and will pay when you make a withdrawal from the contract. State premium taxes also may be deducted.

Contract Owner Transaction Expenses

Withdrawal charge

(Contingent deferred sales charge as a percentage of purchase payments withdrawn)You select either contract Option L or Option C at the time of application. Option C has no withdrawal charge schedule but carries a higher mortality and expense risk fee than Option L.

Contract Option L years from purchase payment receipt*	Withdrawal charge percentage
1-2	8%
3	7
4	6
Thereafter	0

* According to our current administrative practice, for the purpose of withdrawal charge calculation, we consider that the year is completed one day prior to the contract anniversary.

Liquidation charge under Variable Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:If you are receiving variable annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to withdraw those payments. The amount that you can withdraw is the present value of any remaining variable payouts. The discount rate we use in the calculation will be 5.17% if the assumed investment return is 3.5% and 6.67% if the assumed investment return is 5%. The liquidation charge equals the present value of the remaining payouts using the assumed investment return minus the present value of the remaining payouts using the discount rate. (See “Charges — WithdrawalCharge” and “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Withdrawal charge for Fixed Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:

Number of Completed Years Since Annuitization	Withdrawal charge percentage
0	Not applicable*
1	5%
2	4
3	3
4	2
5	1
6 and thereafter	0

*We do not permit withdrawals in the first year after annuitization.

The next tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay periodically during the time that you own the contract, not including fund fees and expenses.

Annual Variable Account Expenses

(As a percentage of average daily subaccount value.)

You must choose either contract Option L or Option C and one of the death benefit guarantees. The combination you choose determines the mortality and expense risk fee you pay. The table below shows the combinations available to you and their cost. The variable account administrative charge is in addition to the mortality and expense risk fee.

If you select contract Option L and:	Total mortality and expense risk fee	Variable account administrative charge	Total variable account expense
Return of Purchase Payment (ROP) Death Benefit	1.55%	0.15%	1.70%
Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV) Death Benefit	1.75	0.15	1.90
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.90	0.15	2.05
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.95	0.15	2.10

If you select contract Option C and:	Total mortality and expense risk fee	Variable account administrative charge	Total variable account expense
ROP Death Benefit	1.65%	0.15%	1.80%
MAV Death Benefit	1.85	0.15	2.00
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	2.00	0.15	2.15

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    9

If you select contract Option C and:	Total mortality and expense risk fee	Variable account administrative charge	Total variable account expense
Enhanced Death Benefit	2.05	0.15	2.20

Other Annual Expenses

Annual contract administrative charge $40

(We will waive this charge when your contract value is $50,000 or more on the current contract anniversary.)

Optional Death Benefits

If eligible, you may have selected an optional death benefit in addition to the ROP and MAV Death Benefits. The fees apply only if you have selected one of these benefits.

Benefit Protector® Death Benefit rider fee	0.25%
Benefit Protector® Plus Death Benefit rider fee	0.40%

(As a percentage of the contract value charge annually on the contract anniversary.)

Optional Living Benefits

If eligible, you may have selected one of the following optional living benefits if available in your state. The fees apply only if you have selected one of these benefits. Investment allocation restrictions apply.

Accumulation Protector Benefit® rider fee	Maximum annual rider fee	Initial annual rider fee and annual rider fee for elective step-ups before 04/29/2013
	1.75%	0.55%(1)

(Charged annually on the contract anniversary as a percentage of the contract value or the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value, whichever is greater.)

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life^® rider fee Maximum: 1.50% Initial: 0.65%⁽²⁾

(Charged annually on the contract anniversary as a percentage of the contract value or the total Remaining Benefit Amount, whichever is greater.)

Guarantor^® Withdrawal Benefit rider fee Maximum: 1.50% Initial: 0.55%⁽³⁾

(As a percentage of contract value charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

Income Assurer Benefit® – MAV rider fee	Maximum: 1.50%	Current: 0.30%(4)
Income Assurer Benefit® – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base rider fee	Maximum: 1.75%	Current: 0.60%(4)
Income Assurer Benefit® – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base rider fee	Maximum: 2.00%	Current: 0.65%(4)

(As a percentage of the guaranteed income benefit base charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

⁽¹⁾ Current annual rider fees for elective step up (including elective spousal continuation step up) requests on/after 04/29/2013 are shown in the table below.

Elective step up date:	If invested in Portfolio Navigator fund at the time of step-up:	If invested in Portfolio Stabilizer fund at the time of step-up:
04/29/2013 – 11/17/2013	1.75%	n/a
11/18/2013 – 10/17/2014	1.75%	1.30%
10/18/2014 – 06/30/2016	1.60%	1.00%
07/01/2016 – 10/15/2018	1.75%	1.30%
10/16/2018 – 12/29/2019	1.40%	1.00%
12/30/2019 – 07/20/2020	1.55%	1.15%
07/21/2020 and later	1.75%	1.75%

⁽²⁾ Effective Dec. 18, 2013 if you request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up or move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is more aggressive than your current Portfolio Navigator fund allocation, the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are invested following the change as shown in the table below.

Fund Name	Maximum annual rider fee	Current annual fee as of 12/18/13
Portfolio Stabilizer funds	1.50%	0.65%
Portfolio Navigator funds:
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.80%

10    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Fund Name	Maximum annual rider fee	Current annual fee as of 12/18/13
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.80%
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.80%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.95%
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	1.10%

⁽³⁾ Effective Dec. 18, 2013 if you request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up or move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is more aggressive than your current Portfolio Navigator fund allocation, the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are invested following the change as shown in the table below.

Fund Name	Maximum annual rider fee	Current annual fee as of 12/18/13
Portfolio Stabilizer funds	1.50%	0.55%
Portfolio Navigator funds:
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.85%
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	1.00%

⁽⁴⁾ For applications signed prior to Oct. 7, 2004, the following current annual rider charges apply: Income Assurer Benefit – MAV — 0.55%, Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base — 0.70%; and Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base — 0.75%.

Annual Operating Expenses of the Funds

The next table provides the minimum and maximum total operating expenses charged by the underlying funds that you may pay periodically during the time that you own the contract. These operating expenses are for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, unless otherwise noted. More detail concerning each underlying fund’s fees and expenses is contained in each fund’s prospectus.

Minimum and maximum annual operating expenses for the funds

(Including management, distribution (12b-1) and/or service fees and other expenses)⁽¹⁾

	Minimum(%)	Maximum(%)
Total expenses before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements	0.39	1.39

⁽¹⁾ Total annual fund operating expenses are deducted from amounts that are allocated to the fund. They include management fees and other expenses and may include distribution (12b-1) fees. Other expenses may include service fees that may be used to compensate service providers, including us and our affiliates, for administrative and contract owner services provided on behalf of the fund. The amount of these payments will vary by fund and may be significant. See “The Variable Account and the Funds” for additional information, including potential conflicts of interest these payments may create. Distribution (12b-1) fees are used to finance any activity that is primarily intended to result in the sale of fund shares. Because 12b-1 fees are paid out of fund assets on an ongoing basis, you may pay more if you select subaccounts investing in funds that have adopted 12b-1 plans than if you select subaccounts investing in funds that have not adopted 12b-1 plans. For a more complete description of each fund’s fees and expenses and important disclosure regarding payments the fund and/or its affiliates make, please review the fund’s prospectus and SAI.

Examples

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in these contracts with the cost of investing in other variable annuity contracts. These costs include your transaction expenses, contract administrative charges⁽¹⁾, variable account annual expenses and fund fees and expenses.

These examples assume that you invest $10,000 in the contract for the time periods indicated. These examples also assume that your investment has a 5% return each year.

Maximum Expenses. These examples assume the most expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the maximum fees and expenses of the funds* available with a living benefit rider and before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the MAV Death Benefit, the Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base and the Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit⁽²⁾. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

* Note: Certain funds are not available for contracts with living benefit riders and may have higher fund expenses than the associated fund expenses shown here.

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    11

	If you withdraw your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not withdraw your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Contract Option L	$1,348	$2,442	$3,197	$6,542	$628	$1,901	$3,197	$6,542
Contract Option C	638	1,930	3,242	6,619	638	1,930	3,242	6,619

Minimum Expenses. These examples assume the least expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the minimum fees and expenses of any of the funds before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the ROP Death Benefit and do not select any optional benefits. Although your actual costs may be higher, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

	If you withdraw your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not withdraw your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Contract Option L	$994	$1,361	$1,325	$2,798	$254	$779	$1,325	$2,798
Contract Option C	264	809	1,377	2,901	264	809	1,377	2,901

(1)	In these examples, the contract administrative charge is $40.
(2)	Because these examples are intended to illustrate the most expensive combination of contract features, the maximum annual fee for each optional rider is reflected rather than the fee that is currently being charged.

THE EXAMPLES ARE ILLUSTRATIVE ONLY. YOU SHOULD NOT CONSIDER THESE EXAMPLES AS A REPRESENTATION OF PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES. ACTUAL EXPENSES WILL BE HIGHER OR LOWER THAN THOSE SHOWN DEPENDING UPON WHICH OPTIONAL BENEFIT YOU ELECT OTHER THAN INDICATED IN THE EXAMPLES OR IF YOU ALLOCATE CONTRACT VALUE TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE SUBACCOUNTS.

12    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Condensed Financial Information

You can find unaudited condensed financial information for the subaccounts representing the lowest and highest total annual variable account expense combinations in Appendix O.

Financial Statements

You can find our audited financial statements and the audited financial statements of the divisions, which are comprised of subaccounts, in the SAI. The SAI does not include audited financial statements for divisions that are new (if any) and have no activity as of the financial statements date.

The Variable Account and the Funds

Variable Account. The variable account was established under Indiana law on July 15, 1987, and the subaccounts are registered together as a single unit investment trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the 1940 Act). This registration does not involve any supervision of our management or investment practices and policies by the SEC. All obligations arising under the contracts are general obligations of RiverSource Life.

The variable account meets the definition of a separate account under federal securities laws. We credit or charge income, capital gains and capital losses of each subaccount only to that subaccount. State insurance law prohibits us from charging a subaccount with liabilities of any other subaccount or of our general business. The variable account includes other subaccounts that are available under contracts that are not described in this prospectus.

The IRS has issued guidance on investor control but may issue additional guidance in the future. We reserve the right to modify the contract or any investments made under the terms of the contract so that the investor control rules do not apply to treat the contract owner as the owner of the subaccount assets rather than the owner of an annuity contract. If the contract is not treated as an annuity contract for tax purposes, the owner may be subject to current taxation on any current or accumulated income credited to the contract.

We intend to comply with all federal tax laws so that the contract qualifies as an annuity for federal tax purposes. We reserve the right to modify the contract as necessary in order to qualify the contract as an annuity for federal tax purposes.

The Funds. This contract currently offers subaccounts investing in shares of the funds listed in the table below.

• Investment objectives: The investment managers and advisers cannot guarantee that the funds will meet their investment objectives. Please read the funds’ prospectuses for facts you should know before investing. These prospectuses are available by contacting us at the address or telephone number on the first page of this prospectus.

• Fund name and management: A fund underlying your contract in which a subaccount invests may have a name, portfolio manager, objectives, strategies and characteristics that are the same or substantially similar to those of a publicly-traded retail mutual fund. Despite these similarities, an underlying fund is not the same as any publicly-traded retail mutual fund. Each underlying fund will have its own unique portfolio holdings, fees, operating expenses and operating results. The results of each underlying fund may differ significantly from any publicly-traded retail mutual fund.

• Eligible purchasers: All funds are available to serve as the underlying investments for variable annuities and variable life insurance policies. The funds are not available to the public (see “Fund Name and Management” above). Some funds also are available to serve as investment options for tax-deferred retirement plans. It is possible that in the future for tax, regulatory or other reasons, it may be disadvantageous for variable annuity accounts and variable life insurance accounts and/or tax-deferred retirement plans to invest in the available funds simultaneously. Although we and the funds’ providers do not currently foresee any such disadvantages, the boards of directors or trustees of each fund will monitor events in order to identify any material conflicts between annuity owners, policy owners and tax-deferred retirement plans and to determine what action, if any, should be taken in response to a conflict. If a board were to conclude that it should establish separate fund providers for the variable annuity, variable life insurance and tax-deferred retirement plan accounts, you would not bear any expenses associated with establishing separate funds. Please refer to the funds’ prospectuses for risk disclosure regarding simultaneous investments by variable annuity, variable life insurance and tax-deferred retirement plan accounts. Each fund intends to comply with the diversification requirements under Section 817(h) of the Code.

• Private label: This contract is a “private label” variable annuity. This means the contract includes funds affiliated with the distributor of this contract. Purchase payments and contract values you allocate to subaccounts investing in any of the Wells Fargo Variable Trust Funds available under this contract are generally more profitable for the distributor and its affiliates than allocations you make to other subaccounts. In contrast, purchase payments and contract values you allocate to subaccounts investing in any of the affiliated funds are generally more profitable for us and our

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    13

	affiliates (see “Revenue we receive from the funds may create conflicts of interest”). These relationships may influence recommendations your investment professional makes regarding whether you should invest in the contract, and whether you should allocate purchase payments or contract values to a particular subaccount.
•	Asset allocation programs may impact fund performance: Asset allocation programs in general may negatively impact the performance of an underlying fund. Even if you do not participate in an asset allocation program, a fund in which your subaccount invests may be impacted if it is included in an asset allocation program. Rebalancing or reallocation under the terms of the asset allocation program may cause a fund to lose money if it must sell large amounts of securities to meet a redemption request. These losses can be greater if the fund holds securities that are not as liquid as others, for example, various types of bonds, shares of smaller companies and securities of foreign issuers. A fund may also experience higher expenses because it must sell or buy securities more frequently than it otherwise might in the absence of asset allocation program rebalancing or reallocations. Because asset allocation programs include periodic rebalancing and may also include reallocation, these effects may occur under the asset allocation program we offer or under asset allocation programs used in conjunction with the contracts and plans of other eligible purchasers of the funds.
•	Funds available under the contract: We seek to provide a broad array of underlying funds taking into account the fees and charges imposed by each fund and the contract charges we impose. We select the underlying funds in which the subaccounts initially invest and when there is substitution (see “Substitution of Investments”). We also make all decisions regarding which funds to retain in a contract, which funds to add to a contract and which funds will no longer be offered in a contract. In making these decisions, we may consider various objective and subjective factors. Objective factors include, but are not limited to fund performance, fund expenses, classes of fund shares available, size of the fund and investment objectives and investing style of the fund. Subjective factors include, but are not limited to, investment sub-styles and process, management skill and history at other funds and portfolio concentration and sector weightings. We also consider the levels and types of revenue a fund, its distributor, investment adviser, subadviser, transfer agent or their affiliates pay us and our affiliates. This revenue includes, but is not limited to compensation for administrative services provided with respect to the fund and support of marketing and distribution expenses incurred with respect to the fund.
•	Money Market fund yield: In low interest rate environments, money market fund yields may decrease to a level where the deduction of fees and charges associated with your contract could result in negative net performance, resulting in a corresponding decrease in your contract value.
•	Risks and Conflicts of Interest with Certain Funds Advised by Columbia Management. We are an affiliate of Ameriprise Financial, Inc., which is the parent company of Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC (Columbia Management). Columbia Management acts as investment adviser to several funds of funds, including Portfolio Navigator and Portfolio Stabilizer funds. As such, it retains full discretion over the investment activities and investment decisions of the funds. These funds invest in other registered mutual funds. In providing investment advisory services for the funds and the underlying funds in which those funds respectively invest, Columbia Management is, together with its affiliates, including us, subject to competing interests that may influence its decisions. These competing interests typically arise because Columbia Management or one of its affiliates serves as the investment adviser to the underlying funds and may provide other services in connection with such underlying funds, and because the compensation we and our affiliates receive for providing these investment advisory and other services varies depending on the underlying fund.
•	Volatility and Volatility Management Risk with the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. Portfolio Stabilizer funds are managed volatility funds that employ a strategy designed to reduce overall volatility and downside risk. These types of funds are available under the contracts and one or more of these funds may be offered in other variable annuity and variable life insurance products offered by us. These funds may also be used in conjunction with guaranteed living benefit riders we offer with various annuity contracts.
	Conflicts may arise because the manner in which these funds and their strategies are executed by Columbia Management are expected to benefit us by reducing our financial risk and expense in offering guaranteed living benefit riders. Managed volatility funds employ a strategy to reduce overall volatility and downside risk. A successful strategy may result in smaller losses to your contract value when markets are declining and market volatility is high. In turn, a successful strategy may also result in less gain in your contract value during rising markets with higher volatility when compared to funds not employing a managed volatility strategy. Accordingly, although an investment in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds may mitigate declines in your contract value due to declining equity markets, the Funds’ investment strategies may also curb or decrease your contract value during periods of positive performance by the equity markets. There is no guarantee any of the funds’ strategies will be successful. When offered with a guaranteed living benefit, managed volatility funds may decrease the number and amount of any periodic benefit base increase opportunities. Costs associated with running a managed volatility strategy may also adversely impact the performance of managed volatility funds.

14    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

While Columbia Management is the investment adviser to the Portfolio Navigator and Portfolio Stabilizer funds, it provides no investment advice to you as to whether an allocation to the funds is appropriate for you. You must decide whether an investment in these funds is right for you. Additional information on the funds, including risks and conflicts of interest, is included in their respective prospectuses. Columbia Management advised fund of funds and managed volatility funds and their investment objectives are listed in the table below.

•

Revenue we receive from the funds and potential conflicts of interest:

Expenses We May Incur on Behalf of the Funds

When a subaccount invests in a fund, the fund holds a single account in the name of the variable account. As such, the variable account is actually the shareholder of the fund. We, through our variable account, aggregate the transactions of numerous contract owners and submit net purchase and redemption requests to the funds on a daily basis. In addition, we track individual contract owner transactions and provide confirmations, periodic statements, and other required mailings. These costs would normally be borne by the fund, but we incur them instead.

Besides incurring these administrative expenses on behalf of the funds, we also incur distributions expenses in selling our contracts. By extension, the distribution expenses we incur benefit the funds we make available due to contract owner elections to allocate purchase payments to the funds through the subaccounts. In addition, the funds generally incur lower distribution expenses when offered through our variable account in contrast to being sold on a retail basis.

A complete list of why we may receive this revenue, as well as sources of revenue, is described in detail below.

Payments the Funds May Make to Us

We or our affiliates may receive from each of the funds, or their affiliates, compensation including but not limited to expense payments. These payments are designed in part to compensate us for the expenses we may incur on behalf of the funds. In addition to these payments, the funds may compensate us for wholesaling activities or to participate in educational or marketing seminars sponsored by the funds.

We or our affiliates may receive revenue derived from the 12b-1 fees charged by the funds. These fees are deducted from the assets of the funds. This revenue and the amount by which it can vary may create conflicts of interest. The amount, type, and manner in which the revenue from these sources is computed vary by fund.

Conflicts of Interest These Payments May Create

When we determined the charges to impose under the contracts, we took into account anticipated payments from the funds. If we had not taken into account these anticipated payments, the charges under the contract would have been higher. Additionally, the amount of payment we receive from a fund or its affiliate may create an incentive for us to include that fund as an investment option and may influence our decision regarding which funds to include in the variable account as subaccount options for contract owners. Funds that offer lower payments or no payments may also have corresponding expense structures that are lower, resulting in decreased overall fees and expenses to shareholders.

We offer funds managed by our affiliates Columbia Management and Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLC (Columbia Wanger). We have additional financial incentive to offer our affiliated funds because additional assets held by them generally results in added revenue to us and our parent company, Ameriprise Financial, Inc. Additionally, employees of Ameriprise Financial, Inc. and its affiliates, including our employees, may be separately incented to include the affiliated funds in the products, as employee compensation and business unit operating goals at all levels are tied to the success of the company. Currently, revenue received from our affiliated funds comprises the greatest amount and percentage of revenue we derive from payments made by the funds.

The Amount of Payments We Receive from the Funds

We or our affiliates receive revenue which ranges up to 0.65% of the average daily net assets invested in the funds through this and other contracts we and our affiliates issue.

Why revenues are paid to us: In accordance with applicable laws, regulations and the terms of the agreements under which such revenue is paid, we or our affiliates may receive revenue, including, but not limited to expense payments and non-cash compensation, for various purposes:

• Compensating, training and educating investment professionals who sell the contracts.

• Granting access to our employees whose job it is to promote sales of the contracts by authorized selling firms and their investment professionals, and granting access to investment professionals of our affiliated selling firms.

• Activities or services we or our affiliates provide that assist in the promotion and distribution of the contracts including promoting the funds available under the contracts to contract owners, authorized selling firms and investment professionals.

• Providing sub-transfer agency and shareholder servicing to contract owners.

• Promoting, including and/or retaining the fund’s investment portfolios as underlying investment options in the contracts.

• Advertising, printing and mailing sales literature, and printing and distributing prospectuses and reports.

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    15

• Furnishing personal services to contract owners, including education of contract owners regarding the funds, answering routine inquiries regarding a fund, maintaining accounts or providing such other services eligible for service fees as defined under the rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA).

• Subaccounting services, transaction processing, recordkeeping and administration.

• Sources of revenue received from affiliated funds: The affiliated funds are managed by Columbia Management or Columbia Wanger. The sources of revenue we receive from these affiliated funds, or from the funds’ affiliates, may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Assets of the fund’s adviser, sub-adviser, transfer agent, distributor or an affiliate of these. The revenue resulting from these sources may be based either on a percentage of average daily net assets of the fund or on the actual cost of certain services we provide with respect to the fund. We may receive this revenue either in the form of a cash payment or it may be allocated to us.

• Compensation paid out of 12b-1 fees that are deducted from fund assets.

• Sources of revenue received from unaffiliated funds: The unaffiliated funds are not managed by an affiliate of ours. The sources of revenue we receive from these unaffiliated funds, or the funds’ affiliates, may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Assets of the fund’s adviser, sub-adviser, transfer agent, distributor or an affiliate of these. The revenue resulting from these sources may be based on a percentage of average daily net assets of the fund or on the actual cost of certain services we provide with respect to the fund. We receive this revenue in the form of a cash payment.

• Compensation paid out of 12b-1 fees that are deducted from fund assets.

Unless the PN program is in effect or you have selected one of the optional living benefit riders, you may allocate purchase payments and transfers to any or all of the subaccounts of the variable account that invest in shares of the funds listed in the table below. From time to time, certain fund names are changed. When we are notified of a name change, we will make changes so that the new name is properly shown. However, changes may take some period of time to complete. As a result it is possible you may receive various forms, reports and confirmations that reflect a fund’s prior name.

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
AB VPS Growth and Income Portfolio (Class B)	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
AB VPS International Value Portfolio (Class B)	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
American Century VP Inflation Protection, Class II	Seeks long-term total return using a strategy that seeks to protect against U.S. inflation.	American Century Investment Management, Inc.
American Century VP Value, Class II	Seeks long-term capital growth. Income is a secondary objective.	American Century Investment Management, Inc.
BNY Mellon Investment Portfolios, Technology Growth Portfolio - Service Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	BNY Mellon Investment Adviser, Inc.
BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, Appreciation Portfolio - Service Shares	Seeks long-term capital growth consistent with the preservation of capital. Its secondary goal is current income.	BNY Mellon Investment Adviser, Inc., adviser; Fayez Sarofim & Co., sub-investment adviser.
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high level of current income and, as a secondary objective, steady growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Emerging Markets Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC

16    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Government Money Market Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with maximum current income consistent with liquidity and stability of principal.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - High Yield Bond Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with high current income as its primary objective and, as its secondary objective, capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high level of current income while attempting to conserve the value of the investment for the longest period of time.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Large Cap Growth Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Large Cap Index Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Mid Cap Growth Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with current income as its primary objective and, as its secondary objective, preservation of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
CTIVP® - BlackRock Global Inflation-Protected Securities Fund (Class 3)	Non-diversified fund that seeks to provide shareholders with total return that exceeds the rate of inflation over the long term.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., subadviser; BlackRock International Limited, sub-subadviser.
CTIVP® - Victory Sycamore Established Value Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; Victory Capital Management Inc., subadviser.
Fidelity® VIP Contrafund® Portfolio Service Class 2	Seeks long-term capital appreciation. Normally invests primarily in common stocks. Invests in securities of companies whose value FMR believes is not fully recognized by the public. Invests in either "growth" stocks or "value" stocks or both. The fund invests in domestic and foreign issuers.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2	Seeks long-term growth of capital. Normally invests primarily in common stocks. Normally invests at least 80% of assets in securities of companies with medium market capitalizations. May invest in companies with smaller or larger market capitalizations. Invests in domestic and foreign issuers. The Fund invests in either "growth" or "value" common stocks or both.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Overseas Portfolio Service Class 2	Seeks long-term growth of capital. Normally invests primarily in common stocks allocating investments across different countries and regions. Normally invests at least 80% of assets in non-U.S. securities.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Franklin Global Real Estate VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks high total return. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in investments of companies located anywhere in the world that operate in the real estate sector.	Franklin Templeton Institutional, LLC

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    17

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Franklin Income VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks to maximize income while maintaining prospects for capital appreciation. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests in both equity and debt securities.	Franklin Advisers, Inc.
Goldman Sachs VIT Mid Cap Value Fund - Institutional Shares	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Strategic Income Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks total return	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks capital growth.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. Comstock Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks capital growth and income through investments in equity securities, including common stocks, preferred stocks and securities convertible into common and preferred stocks.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Putnam VT Global Health Care Fund - Class IB Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of both Putnam Investments Limited (PIL) and The Putnam Advisory Company, LLC (PAC), PIL and PAC do not currently manage any asses of the fund.
Putnam VT Small Cap Value Fund - Class IB Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of Putnam Investments Limited (PIL), PIL does not currently manage any assets.
Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks high current income, consistent with preservation of capital, with capital appreciation as a secondary consideration. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in debt securities of any maturity.	Franklin Advisers, Inc.
Variable Portfolio - Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2)	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with an aggressive level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4)	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with an aggressive level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Conservative Portfolio (Class 2)	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a conservative level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC

18    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Variable Portfolio - Conservative Portfolio (Class 4)	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a conservative level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Managed Volatility Conservative Fund (Class 2)	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund's exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Managed Volatility Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2)	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund's exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Managed Volatility Growth Fund (Class 2)	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund's exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Managed Volatility Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2)	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund’s exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderate Portfolio (Class 2)	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderate level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderate Portfolio (Class 4)	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderate level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2)	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderately aggressive level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4)	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderately aggressive level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2)	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderately conservative level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 4)	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderately conservative level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; Jacobs Levy Equity Management, Inc., Nuveen Asset Management, LLC and Segall Bryant & Hamill, LLC, subadvisers.
Wanger USA	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLC
Wells Fargo VT Index Asset Allocation Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term total return, consisting of capital appreciation and current income.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.
Wells Fargo VT International Equity Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.
Wells Fargo VT Omega Growth Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.
Wells Fargo VT Opportunity Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    19

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Wells Fargo VT Small Cap Growth Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.

The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)

The GPAs may not be available in some states.

Currently, unless you have elected one of the optional living benefit riders, you may allocate purchase payments to one or more of the GPAs with guarantee periods declared by us. These periods of time may vary by state. The required minimum investment in each GPA is $1,000.

These accounts are not offered after annuity payouts begin.

Each GPA pays an interest rate that is declared when you make an allocation to that account. Interest is credited daily. That interest rate is then fixed for the guarantee period that you chose. We will periodically change the declared interest rate for any future allocations to these accounts, but we will not change the rate paid on money currently in a GPA. The GPA interests under the contracts are registered with the SEC (File No.333-230959). The SEC staff reviews the disclosures in this prospectus on the GPA interests.

The interest rates that we will declare as guaranteed rates in the future are determined by us at our discretion (future rates). These rates generally will be based on various factors related to future investment earnings.We cannot predict nor can we guarantee what future rates will be.

We hold amounts you allocate to the GPAs in a “nonunitized” separate account. This separate account provides an additional measure of assurance that we will make full payment of amounts due under the GPAs. We own the assets of this separate account as well as any favorable investment performance of those assets. You do not participate in the performance of the assets held in this separate account. We guarantee all benefits relating to your value in the GPAs. This guarantee is based on the continued claims-paying ability of the company’s general account. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of insurance and financial products as well, and we also pay our obligations under these products from assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account.

We intend to construct and manage the investment portfolio relating to the separate account in such a way as to minimize the impact of fluctuations by interest rates. We seek to achieve this by constructing a portfolio of assets with a price sensitivity to interest rate changes (i.e., price duration) that is similar to the price duration of the corresponding portfolio of liabilities.

We must invest this portfolio of assets in accordance with requirements established by applicable state laws regarding the nature and quality of investments that life insurance companies may make and the percentage of their assets that they may commit to any particular type of investment. Our investment strategy will incorporate the use of a variety of debt instruments having price durations tending to match the applicable guarantee periods. These instruments include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities, which issues may or may not be guaranteed by the U.S. government;

• Debt securities that have an investment grade, at the time of purchase, within the four highest grades assigned by any of three nationally recognized rating agencies — Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s Investors Service or Fitch — or are rated in the two highest grades by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners;

• Other debt instruments which are unrated or rated below investment grade, limited to 10% of assets at the time of purchase; and

• Real estate mortgages, limited to 45% of portfolio assets at the time of acquisition.

In addition, options and futures contracts on fixed income securities will be used from time to time to achieve and maintain appropriate investment and liquidity characteristics on the overall asset portfolio.

While this information generally describes our investment strategy, we are not obligated to follow any particular strategy except as may be required by federal law and Indiana and other state insurance laws.

20    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Market Value Adjustment (MVA)

We will not apply an MVA to contract value you transfer or withdraw out of the GPAs within 30 days before the end of the guarantee period. During this 30 day window you may choose to start a new guarantee period of the same length, transfer the contract value to a GPA of another length, transfer the contract value to any of the subaccountsor the one-year fixed account, if available
or withdraw the contract value (subject to applicable withdrawal provisions). If we do not receive any instructions at the end of your guarantee period, our current practice is to automatically transfer the contract value into the shortest GPA term offered in your state.

We guarantee the contract value allocated to the GPAs, including interest credited, if you do not make any transfers or withdrawals from the GPAs prior to 30 days before the end of the guarantee period (30 day rule). At all other times, and unless one of the exceptions to the 30 day rule described below applies, we will apply an MVA if you withdraw or transfer contract value from a GPA including withdrawals under the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider or you elect an annuity payout plan while you have contract value invested in a GPA. We will refer to these transactions as “early withdrawals.” The application of an MVA may result in either a gain or loss of principal.

The 30-day rule does not apply and no MVA will apply to:

• transfers from a one-year GPA occurring under an automated dollar-cost averaging program or interest sweep strategy;

• automatic rebalancing under any PN program model portfolio we offer which contains one or more GPAs. However, an MVA will apply if you transfer to a new PN program investment option;

• amounts applied to an annuity payout plan while a PN program model portfolio containing one or more GPAs is in effect;

• amounts withdrawn for fees and charges; and

• amounts we pay as death claims.

When you request an early withdrawal, we adjust the early withdrawal amount by an MVA formula. The early withdrawal amount reflects the relationship between the guaranteed interest rate you are earning in your current GPA and the interest rate we are crediting on new GPAs that end at the same time as your current GPA.

The MVA is sensitive to changes in current interest rates. The magnitude of any applicable MVA will depend on our current schedule of guaranteed interest rates at the time of the withdrawal, the time remaining in your guarantee period and your guaranteed interest rate. The MVA is negative, zero or positive depending on how the guaranteed interest rate on your GPA compares to the interest rate of a new GPA for the same number of years as the guarantee period remaining on your GPA. This is summarized in the following table:

If your GPA rate is:	The MVA is:
Less than the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Negative
Equal to the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Zero
Greater than the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Positive

For examples, see Appendix A.

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    21

The General Account

The general account includes all assets owned by RiverSource Life, other than those in the variable account and our other separate accounts. Subject to applicable state law, we have sole discretion to decide how assets of the general account will be invested. The assets held in our general account support the guarantees under your contract including any optional benefits offered under the contract. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to many of the same risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of annuities and financial instruments and products as well, and these obligations are satisfied from the assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account. The fixed account is supported by our general account that we make available under the contract.

The Fixed Account

Amounts allocated to the fixed account are part of our general account. The fixed account includes the one-year fixed account and the DCA fixed account. We credit interest on amounts you allocate to the fixed account at rates we determine from time to time at our discretion. Interest rates credited in excess of the guaranteed rate generally will be based on various factors related to future investment earnings. The guaranteed minimum interest rate on amounts invested in the fixed account may vary by state but will not be lower than state law allows. We back the principal and interest guarantees relating to the fixed account. These guarantees are subject to the creditworthiness and continued claims-paying ability of RiverSource Life

Because of exemptive and exclusionary provisions, we have not registered interests in the fixed account as securities under the Securities Act of 1933 nor have any of these accounts been registered as investment companies under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Accordingly, neither the fixed account nor any interests in the fixed account are subject to the provisions of these Acts.

The fixed account has not been registered with the SEC. Disclosures regarding the fixed account, however, are subject to certain generally applicable provisions of the federal securities laws relating to the accuracy and completeness of statements made in a prospectus. 

The One-Year Fixed Account

Unless the PN program we offer is in effect, you may allocate purchase payments or transfer contract value to the one-year fixed account. The value of the one-year fixed account increases as we credit interest to the one-year fixed account. We credit and compound interest daily based on a 365-day year (366 in a leap year) so as to produce the annual effective rate which we declare. We credit the one-year fixed account with the current guaranteed annual rate that is in effect on the date we receive your purchase payment or you transfer contract value to the one-year fixed account. The interest rate we apply to each purchase payment or transfer to the one-year fixed account is guaranteed for one year. There are restrictions on the amount you can allocate to the one-year fixed account as well as on transfers from this account (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transfer policies”).

DCA Fixed Account

You may allocate purchase payments to the DCA fixed account. You may not transfer contract value to the DCA fixed account.

You may allocate your entire purchase payment to the DCA fixed account for a term of six or twelve months. We reserve the right to offer shorter or longer terms for the DCA fixed account.

In accordance with your investment instructions, we transfer a pro rata amount from the DCA fixed account to your investment allocations monthly so that, at the end of the DCA fixed account term, the balance of the DCA fixed account is zero. The first DCA monthly transfer occurs one day after we receive your payment.

The value of the DCA fixed account increases when we credit interest to the DCA fixed account, and decreases when we make monthly transfers from the DCA fixed account. When you allocate a purchase payment to the DCA fixed account, the interest rates applicable to that purchase payment will be the rates in effect for the DCA fixed account term you choose on the date we receive your purchase payment. The applicable interest rate is guaranteed for the length of the term for the DCA fixed account term you choose. We credit and compound interest daily based on a 365-day year (366 in a leap year) so as to produce the annual effective rate which we declare. We credit interest only on the declining balance of the DCA fixed account; we do not credit interest on amounts that have been transferred from the DCA fixed account. As a result, the net effective interest rates we credit will be less than the declared annual effective rates. Generally, we will credit the DCA fixed account with interest at the same annual effective rate we apply to the one-year

22    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

fixed account on the date we receive your purchase payment, regardless of the length of the term you select. From time to time, we may credit interest to the DCA fixed account at promotional rates that are higher than those we credit to the one-year fixed account. We reserve the right to declare different annual effective rates:

• for the DCA fixed account and the one-year fixed account;

• for the DCA fixed accounts with terms of differing length;

• for amounts in the DCA fixed account that are transferred to the one-year fixed account;

• for amounts in the DCA fixed account that are transferred to the GPAs;

• for amounts in the DCA fixed account that are transferred to the subaccounts.

Alternatively, you may allocate your purchase payment to any combination of the following which equals one hundred percent of the amount you invest:

• the DCA fixed account for a six month term;

• the DCA fixed account for a twelve month term;

• the Portfolio Stabilizer or Portfolio Navigator fund, if you have one of the optional living benefit riders;

• unless you have elected one of the optional living benefit riders, to the one-year fixed account, the GPAs and/or the subaccounts, subject to investment minimums and other restrictions we may impose on investments in the one-year fixed account and the GPAs.

If you make a purchase payment while a DCA fixed account term is in progress, you may allocate your purchase payment among the following:

• to the DCA fixed account term(s) then in effect. Amounts you allocate to an existing DCA fixed account term will be transferred out of the DCA fixed account over the remainder of the term. For example, if you allocate a new purchase payment to an existing DCA fixed account term of six months when only two months remains in the six month term, the amount you allocate will be transferred out of the DCA fixed account over the remaining two months of the term;

• to the Portfolio Stabilizer or Portfolio Navigator fund, if you have one of the optional living benefit riders;

• unless you have elected one of the optional living benefit riders, then to the one-year fixed account, the GPAs and/or the subaccounts, subject to investment minimums and other restrictions we may impose on investments in the one-year fixed account and the GPAs.

If no DCA fixed account term is in progress when you make an additional purchase payment, you may allocate it according to the rules above for the allocation of your initial purchase payment.

If you participate in a PN program, and you change to a different PN program investment option while a DCA fixed account term is in progress, we will allocate transfers from the DCA fixed account to your newly-elected PN program investment option.

If your contract permits, and you discontinue your participation in a PN program investment option while a DCA fixed account term is in progress, we will allocate transfers from the DCA fixed account for the remainder of the term in accordance with your investment instructions to us to the one-year fixed account, the GPAs and the subaccounts, subject to investment minimums and other restrictions we may impose on investments in the one-year fixed account and the GPAs, including but not limited to, any limitations described in this prospectus on transfers (see “Transfer policies”).

You may discontinue any DCA fixed account before the end of its term by giving us notice. If you do so, we will transfer the remaining balance of the DCA fixed account whose term you are ending to the PN program investment option in effect, or if no PN program investment option is in effect, in accordance with your investment instructions to us to the one-year fixed account, the GPAs and/or the subaccounts, subject to investment minimums and other restrictions we may impose on investments in the one-year fixed account and the GPAs, including but not limited to, any limitations described in this prospectus on transfers (see “Transfer policies”).

Dollar-cost averaging from the DCA fixed account does not guarantee that any subaccount will gain in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. For a discussion of how dollar-cost averaging works, see “Making the Most of your Contract — Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging.”

Buying Your Contract

New contracts are not currently being offered.

We are required by law to obtain personal information from you which we used to verify your identity. If you do not provide this information we reserve the right to refuse to issue your contract or take other steps we deem reasonable. You may buy Contract Option L or Contract Option C. Contract Option L has a four-year withdrawal charge schedule.

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    23

Contract Option C eliminates the withdrawal charge schedule in exchange for a higher mortality and expense risk fee. Both contracts have the same underlying funds. As the owner, you have all rights and may receive all benefits under the contract.

You may select a qualified or nonqualified annuity. You can own a nonqualified annuity in joint tenancy with rights of survivorship only in spousal situations. You cannot own a qualified annuity in joint tenancy. You can become an owner if you are 85 or younger. (The age limit may be younger for qualified annuities in some states.)

When you applied you could have selected (if available in your state):

• contract Option L or Option C;

• GPAs, the one-year fixed account (if part of your contract), the DCA fixed account (if part of your contract), and/or subaccounts in which you want to invest;

• how you want to make purchase payments;

• a beneficiary;

• the optional PN program⁽¹⁾; and

• one of the following Death Benefits:

– ROP Death Benefit

– MAV Death Benefit

– 5% Accumulation Death Benefit⁽²⁾

– Enhanced Death Benefit⁽²⁾

In addition, you could have also selected (if available in your state):

•	Either one of the following Optional Living Benefits:
•	Accumulation Protector Benefit rider
•	Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider
•	Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider
•	Income Assurer Benefit – MAV rider
•	Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base rider
•	Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base rider
•	Either of the following Optional Death Benefits:
•	Benefit Protector Death Benefit rider(3)
•	Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit rider(3)
(1)	There is no additional charge for this feature
(2)	The 5% Accumulation Death Benefit and Enhanced Death Benefit are not available with Benefit Protector and Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit riders.
(3)	Available if you and the annuitant are age 75 or younger at contract issue. Not available with the 5% Accumulation Death Benefit or Enhanced Death Benefit riders.

This contract provides for allocations of purchase payments to the GPAs, the one-year fixed account (if part of your contract), the DCA fixed account (if part of your contract), and/or to the subaccounts in even 1% increments subject to the required $1,000 required minimum investment for the GPAs. For Contract Option L, the amount of any purchase payment allocated to the one-year fixed account in total cannot exceed 30% of the purchase payment. More than 30% of a purchase payment may be so allocated if you establish an automated dollar-cost averaging arrangement with respect to the purchase payment according to procedures currently in effect. We reserve the right to further limit purchase payment allocations to the one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then crediting on new purchase payments allocated to the one-year fixed account is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract. For Contract Option C, the one-year fixed account may not be available or may be significantly limited in some states. See your contract for the actual terms of the one-year fixed account you purchased.

We will credit additional eligible purchase payments you make to your accounts on the valuation date we receive them. If we receive an additional purchase payment at our Service Center before the close of business, we will credit any portion of that payment allocated to the subaccounts using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received the payment. If we receive an additional purchase payment at our Service Center at or after the close of business, we will credit any portion of that payment allocated to the subaccounts using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received the payment.

You may make monthly payments to your contract under a Systematic Investment Plan (SIP). You must make an initial purchase payment of $10,000. Then, to begin the SIP, you will complete and send a form and your first SIP payment along with your application. There is no charge for SIP. You can stop your SIP payments at any time.

24    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

In most states, you may make additional purchase payments to nonqualified and qualified annuities until the retirement date.

Householding and delivery of certain documents

With your prior consent, RiverSource Life and its affiliates may use and combine information concerning accounts owned by members of the same household and provide a single paper copy of certain documents to that household. This householding of documents may include prospectuses, supplements, annual reports, semiannual reports and proxies. Your authorization remains in effect unless we are notified otherwise. If you wish to continue receiving multiple copies of these documents, you can opt out of householding by calling us at 1.866.273.7429. Multiple mailings will resume within 30 days after we receive your opt out request.

The Retirement Date

Annuity payouts begin on the retirement date. This means that the contract will be annuitized or converted to a stream of monthly payments. If your contract is annuitized, the contract goes into payout and only the annuity payout provisions continue. You will no longer have access to your contract value. This means that the death benefit and any optional benefits you have elected will end. When we processed your application, we established the retirement date to be the maximum age then in effect (or contract anniversary if applicable). Unless otherwise elected by you, all retirement dates are now automatically set to the maximum age of 95 now in effect. You also can change the retirement date, provided you send us written instructions at least 30 days before annuity payouts begin.

The retirement date must be:

• no earlier than the 30th day after the contract’s effective date; and no later than

• the annuitant’s 95th birthday or the tenth contract anniversary, if later,

• or such other date as agreed upon by us.

Six months prior to your retirement start date, we will contact you with your options including the option to postpone your retirement start date to a future date. You can choose to delay the retirement start date of your contract to a date beyond age 95, to the extent allowed by applicable state law and tax laws.

If you do not make an election, annuity payouts using the contract’s default option of annuity payout Plan B – Life with 10 years certain will begin on the retirement start date and your monthly annuity payments will continue for as long as the annuitant lives. If the annuitant does not survive 10 years, we will continue to make payments until 10 years of payments have been made.

Generally, if you own a qualified annuity (for example, an IRA) and tax laws require that you take distributions from your annuity prior to your retirement start date, your contract will not be automatically annuitized (subject to state requirements). However, if you choose, you can elect to request annuitization or take surrenders to meet your required minimum distributions.

Beneficiary

We will pay to your named beneficiary the death benefit if it becomes payable while the contract is in force and before annuity payouts begin. If there is more than one beneficiary, we will pay each beneficiary’s designated share when we receive their completed claim. A beneficiary will bear the investment risk of the variable account until we receive the beneficiary’s completed claim. If there is no named beneficiary, the default provisions of your contract will apply. (See “Benefits in Case of Death” for more about beneficiaries.)

Purchase Payments

Purchase payment amounts and purchase payment timing may vary by state and be limited under the terms of your contract.

Minimum initial purchase payment

$10,000

Minimum additional purchase payments

$50 for SIPs

$100 for all other payment types

Maximum total purchase payments*

$1,000,000

* This limit applies in total to all RiverSource Life annuities you own. We reserve the right to waive or increase the maximum limit. For qualified annuities, the Code’s limits on annual contributions also apply. Additional purchase payments are restricted during the waiting period after the first 180 days immediately following the effective date of the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider.

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    25

Effective Jan. 26, 2009, no additional purchase payments are allowed for contracts with the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, Enhanced Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, or Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, subject to state restrictions.

For contracts issued in all states except those listed below certain exceptions apply and the following additional purchase payments will be allowed on/after Jan. 26, 2009:

a.	Tax Free Exchanges, rollovers, and transfers listed on the annuity application and received within 180 days from the contract issue date.
b.	Prior and current tax year contributions up to the annual limit set up by the IRS for any Qualified Accounts except TSAs and 401(a)s. This annual limit applies to IRAs, Roth IRAs, and SEP plans.

For contracts issued in Florida, New Jersey, and Oregon, additional purchase payments to your variable annuity contract will be limited to $100,000 for the life of your contract. The limit does not apply to Tax Free Exchanges, rollovers, and transfers listed on the annuity application and received within 180 days from the contract issue date.

We reserve the right to change these current rules at any time, subject to state restrictions.

How to Make Purchase Payments

11 By letter

Send your check along with your name and contract number to:

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474

22 By SIP

Contact your investment professional to complete the necessary SIP paperwork.

Limitations on Use of Contract

If mandated by applicable law, including, but not limited to, federal anti-money laundering laws, we may be required to reject a purchase payment. We may also be required to block an owner’s access to contract values or to satisfy other statutory obligations. Under these circumstances, we may refuse to implement requests for transfers, withdrawals or death benefits until instructions are received from the appropriate governmental authority or a court of competent jurisdiction.

Charges

Contract Administrative Charge

We charge this fee for establishing and maintaining your records. We deduct $40 from the contract value on your contract anniversary or, if earlier, when the contract is fully withdrawn. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. Some states also limit any contract charge allocated to the fixed account.

We will waive this charge when your contract value is $50,000 or more on the current contract anniversary.

If you take a full withdrawal from your contract, we will deduct the charge at the time of withdrawal regardless of the contract value. We cannot increase the annual contract administrative charge and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

Variable Account Administrative Charge

We apply this charge daily to the subaccounts. It is reflected in the unit values of your subaccounts and it totals 0.15% of their average daily net assets on an annual basis. It covers certain administrative and operating expenses of the subaccounts such as accounting, legal and data processing fees and expenses involved in the preparation and distribution of reports and prospectuses. We cannot increase the variable account administrative charge.

26    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Mortality and Expense Risk Fee

We charge these fees daily to the subaccounts. The unit values of your subaccounts reflect these fees. These fees cover the mortality and expense risk that we assume. These fees do not apply to the GPAs or the fixed account. We cannot increase these fees.

The contract (either Option L or Option C) and the death benefit guarantee you select determines the mortality and expense risk fee you pay:

	Contract Option L	Contract Option C
ROP Death Benefit	1.55%	1.65%
MAV Death Benefit	1.75	1.85
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.90	2.00
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.95	2.05

Mortality risk arises because of our guarantee to pay a death benefit and our guarantee to make annuity payouts according to the terms of the contract, no matter how long a specific owner or annuitant lives and no matter how long our entire group of owners or annuitants live. If, as a group, owners or annuitants outlive the life expectancy we assumed in our actuarial tables, then we must take money from our general assets to meet our obligations. If, as a group, owners or annuitants do not live as long as expected, we could profit from the mortality risk fee. We deduct the mortality risk fee from the subaccounts during the annuity payout period even if the annuity payout plan does not involve a life contingency.

Expense risk arises because we cannot increase the contract administrative charge or the variable account administrative charge and these charges may not cover our expenses. We would have to make up any deficit from our general assets. We could profit from the expense risk fee if future expenses are less than expected.

The subaccounts pay us the mortality and expense risk fee they accrued as follows:

• first, to the extent possible, the subaccounts pay this fee from any dividends distributed from the funds in which they invest;

• then, if necessary, the funds redeem shares to cover any remaining fees payable.

We may use any profits we realize from the subaccounts’ payment to us of the mortality and expense risk fee for any proper corporate purpose, including, among others, payment of distribution (selling) expenses. We do not expect that the withdrawal charge for contract Option L will cover sales and distribution expenses.

Withdrawal Charge

You select either contract Option L or Option C at the time of application. Contract Option C has no purchase payment withdrawal charge schedule but carries a higher mortality and expense risk fee than contract Option L.

If you select contract Option L and you withdraw all or part of your contract value before annuity payouts begin, we may deduct a withdrawal charge. As described below, a withdrawal charge schedule applies to each purchase payment you make. The withdrawal charge lasts for four years from the receipt of each purchase payment (see “Expense Summary”).

You may withdraw an amount during any contract year without a withdrawal charge. We call this amount the Total Free Amount (TFA). The TFA varies depending on whether your contract includes the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider:

Contracts without Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider or Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider

The TFA is the greater of:

• 10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary⁽¹⁾; or

• current contract earnings.

Contracts with Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider

The TFA is the greatest of:

• 10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary^(1);

• current contract earnings; or

• the greater of the Remaining Benefit Payment or the Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment.

Contracts with Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider

The TFA is the greatest of:

• 10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary⁽¹⁾;

• current contract earnings; or

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    27

•	the Remaining Benefit Payment.
(1)	We consider your initial purchase payment to be the prior contract anniversary’s contract value during the first contract year.

Amounts withdrawn in excess of the TFA may be subject to a withdrawal charge as described below.

A withdrawal charge will apply if the amount you withdraw includes any of your prior purchase payments that are still within their withdrawal charge schedule. To determine whether your withdrawal includes any of your prior purchase payments that are still within their withdrawal charge schedule, we withdraw amounts from your contract in the following order:

1.

We withdraw the TFA first. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on the TFA.

2.

We withdraw purchase payments not previously withdrawn, in the order you made them: the oldest purchase payment first, the next purchase payment second, etc. until all purchase payments have been withdrawn. By applying this “first-in, first-out” rule, we do not assess a withdrawal charge on purchase payments that we received prior to the number of years stated in the withdrawal charge schedule you select when you purchase the contract. We only assess a withdrawal charge on purchase payments that are still within the withdrawal charge schedule you selected.

Example: Each time you make a purchase payment under the contract Option L, a withdrawal charge schedule attaches to that purchase payment. The withdrawal charge percentage for each purchase payment declines according to the withdrawal charge schedule shown in your contract.(The withdrawal charge percentages for the 4-Year withdrawal charge schedule are shown in a table in the “Expense Summary” above.) For example, if you select contract Option L, during the first two years after a purchase payment is made, the withdrawal charge percentage attached to that payment is 8%. The withdrawal charge percentage for that payment during the fourth year after it is made is 6%. At the beginning of the fifth year after that purchase payment is made, and thereafter, there is no longer a withdrawal charge as to that payment.

We determine your withdrawal charge by multiplying each of your payments withdrawn by the applicable withdrawal charge percentage (see “Expense Summary”), and then adding the total withdrawal charges.

For a partial withdrawal that is subject to a withdrawal charge, the amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable withdrawal charge. A partial withdrawal that includes contract value taken from the guarantee period accounts may also be subject to a market value adjustment (see “Guarantee Period Accounts — Market Value Adjustment”). We pay you the amount you request.

The amount of purchase payments withdrawn is calculated using a prorated formula based on the percentage of contract value being withdrawn. As a result, the amount of purchase payments withdrawn may be greater than the amount of contract value withdrawn.

For an example, see Appendix C.

Waiver of withdrawal charges for contract Option L

We do not assess withdrawal charges for:

• withdrawals of any contract earnings;

• withdrawals of amounts totaling up to 10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary to the extent it exceeds contract earnings;

• if you elected the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, the greater of your contract’s Remaining Benefit Payment or Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment to the extent it exceeds the greater of contract earnings or 10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary;

• if you elected the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, your contract’s Remaining Benefit Payment to the extent it exceeds the greater of contract earnings or 10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary;

• required minimum distributions from a qualified annuity to the extent that they exceed the free amount. The amount on which withdrawal charges are waived can be no greater than the RMD amount calculated under your specific contract currently in force;

• contracts settled using an annuity payout plan (Exception: As described below, if you select annuity payout Plan E, and choose later to withdraw the value of your remaining annuity payments, we will assess a withdrawal charge. This exception also applies to contract Option C.)

• withdrawals made as a result of one of the “Contingent events”* described below to the extent permitted by state law; and

• death benefits.

28    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Contingent events

• Withdrawals you make if you or the annuitant are confined to a hospital or nursing home and have been for the prior 60 days. Your contract will include this provision when you and the annuitant are under age 76 at contract issue. You must provide proof satisfactory to us of the confinement as of the date you request the withdrawal.

• To the extent permitted by state law, withdrawals you make if you or the annuitant are diagnosed in the second or later contract years as disabled with a medical condition that with reasonable medical certainty will result in death within 12 months or less from the date of the licensed physician’s statement. You must provide us with a licensed physician’s statement containing the terminal illness diagnosis and the date the terminal illness was initially diagnosed.

Liquidation charge under Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:If you are receiving variable annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to withdraw those payments. The amount that you can withdraw is the present value of any remaining variable payouts. The discount rate we use in the calculation will be 5.17% if the assumed investment return is 3.5% and 6.67% if the assumed investment return is 5%. The liquidation charge equals the present value of the remaining payouts using the assumed investment return minus the present value of the remaining payouts using the discount rate.

Fixed Payouts: Withdrawal charge for Fixed Annuity Payout Plan E – Payouts for a specified period: If you are receiving annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to take a withdraw and withdrawal charge may apply.

A withdrawal charge will be assessed against the present value of any remaining guaranteed payouts withdrawn. The discount rate we use in determining present values varies based on: (1) the contract value originally applied to the fixed annuitization; (2) the remaining years of guaranteed payouts; (3) the annual effective interest rate and periodic payment amount for new immediate annuities of the same duration as the remaining years of guaranteed payouts; and (4) the interest spread (currently 1.50%). If we do not currently offer immediate annuities, we will use rates and values applicable to new annuitizations to determine the discount rate.

Once the discount rate is applied and we have determined the present value of the remaining guaranteed payouts you withdrawn, the present value determined will be multiplied by the withdrawal charge percentage in the table below and deducted from the present value to determine the net present value you will receive.

Number of Completed Years Since Annuitization	Withdrawal charge percentage
0	Not applicable*
1	5%
2	4
3	3
4	2
5	1
6 and thereafter	0

*We do not permit withdrawals in the first year after annuitization.

We will provide a quoted present value (which includes the deduction of any withdrawal charge). You must then formally elect, in a form acceptable to us, to receive this value. The remaining guaranteed payouts following withdraw will be reduced to zero.

Possible group reductions: In some cases we may incur lower sales and administrative expenses due to the size of the group, the average contribution and the use of group enrollment procedures. In such cases, we may be able to reduce or eliminate the contract administrative and withdrawal charges. However, we expect this to occur infrequently.

Fund Fees and Expenses

There are deductions from and expenses paid out of the assets of the funds that are described in the prospectuses for those funds.

Premium Taxes

Certain state and local governments impose premium taxes on us (up to 3.5%). These taxes depend upon your state of residence or the state in which the contract was issued. Currently, we deduct any applicable premium tax when annuity payouts begin, but we reserve the right to deduct this tax at other times such as when you make purchase payments or when you make a full withdrawal from your contract.

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    29

Optional Living Benefits Charges

Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider Fee

We deduct an annual charge from your contract value on your contract anniversary for this optional benefit only if you select it. The charge is percentage of the greater of your contract value or the minimum contract accumulation value. See table below for the applicable percentage. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

Once you elect the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, you may not cancel it and the charge will continue to be deducted until the end of the waiting period. If the contract is terminated for any reason or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the charge.

The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider fee will not exceed a maximum of 1.75%.

We may increase the rider fee at our discretion and on a nondiscriminatory basis.

We will not change the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider fee in effect on your contract after the rider effective date unless:

(a)	you choose the annual elective step up or elective spousal continuation step up after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee; or
(b)	you change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee or vary the rider fee.

We exercised our right to increase the rider fee upon elective step up or elective spousal continuation step up and vary the fee depending on whether your contract value is invested in one of the Portfolio Navigator or Portfolio Stabilizer funds at the time of the elective step up or spousal continuation step up. You will pay the fee that is in effect on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up. Currently, we waive our right to increase the fee for investment option changes. There is no assurance that we will not exercise our right in the future.

If you request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up, the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are invested at that time, as shown in the table below.

Accumulation Protector Benefit® rider fee	Maximum annual rider fee	Initial annual rider fee and annual rider fee for elective step-ups before 04/29/2013
	1.75%	0.55%

(Charged annually on the contract anniversary as a percentage of the contract value or the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value, whichever is greater.)

Current annual rider fees for elective step-up (including elective spousal continuation step-up) requests on/after 04/29/2013 are shown in the table below.

Elective step up date:	If invested in Portfolio Navigator fund at the time of step-up:	If invested in Portfolio Stabilizer fund at the time of step-up:
04/29/2013 – 11/17/2013	1.75%	n/a
11/18/2013 – 10/17/2014	1.75%	1.30%
10/18/2014 – 06/30/2016	1.60%	1.00%
07/01/2016 – 10/15/2018	1.75%	1.30%
10/16/2018 – 12/29/2019	1.40%	1.00%
12/30/2019 – 07/20/2020	1.55%	1.15%
07/21/2020 and later	1.75%	1.75%

If your annual rider fee changes during the contract year, on the next contract anniversary we will calculate an average rider fee that reflects the various fees that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

Subject to the terms of your contract, we reserve the right to further increase the rider fees to the maximum limit provided by your rider and to vary the rider fees based on the fund you select.

The automatic step up option available under your rider will not impact your rider fee.

Please see the “Optional Living Benefits — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider” section for a full description and rules applicable to elective and automatic step up options under your rider.

30    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The charge does not apply after annuity payouts begin.

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider Fee

We deduct an annual charge based on the greater of the contract anniversary value or the total Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA) for this optional feature only if you select it. The initial fee is 0.65%. We deduct the charge from your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

Once you elect the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, you may not cancel it and the charge will continue to be deducted until the contract is terminated, the contract value reduces to zero. If the contract is terminated for any reason or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee. If the RBA goes to zero but the contract value has not been depleted, you will continue to be charged.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider charge will not exceed a maximum fee of 1.50%.

We may increase the rider fee at our discretion and on a nondiscriminatory basis.

We will not change the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider fee in effect on your contract after the rider effective date unless:

(a)	you choose the annual elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee; or
(b)	you elect to change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee or vary the rider fee for each PN program investment option.

Effective Dec. 18, 2013, we exercised our right to increase the rider fee and vary the fee depending on the fund to which your contract value is invested. Beginning Dec. 18, 2013, if you:

• request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up, or

• move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is more aggressive than the Portfolio Navigator fund you are currently allocated to,

the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are currently invested as shown in the table below.

If you move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is less aggressive than the Portfolio Navigator fund you are currently allocated to, your fee will not increase and may decrease according to the table below.

Fund name	Maximum annual rider fee	Current annual rider fee as of 12/18/13
Portfolio Stabilizer funds	1.50%	0.65%
Portfolio Navigator funds:
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.80%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.80%
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.80%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.95%
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	1.10%

On your next contract anniversary, if your contract value is allocated to a fund subject to a fee increase, you will have 30 days following the anniversary to choose from the following:

1.	Remain invested in your current Portfolio Navigator fund and elect to step up (when available) and lock in your contract gains. If you make this decision, your rider fee will increase.
2.	Move to one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. If you do this, your rider fee will not increase, but remember that you will lose your access to invest in the Portfolio Navigator funds.
3.	Do not elect a step up, if eligible. You will not lock in contract gains, but your rider fee will stay the same.

During the 30 days following your contract anniversary, if your contract value is allocated to a fund subject to a fee increase, we will automatically process any available step up and lock in any contract gains, as well as reactivate automatic step ups, when contract value is transferred:

1.	to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund;
2.	to a less aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund that is not subject to a fee increase, if applicable; or
3.	to a more aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund.

The step up and lock in of any contract gains will occur as of the date of the transfer described above.

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    31

Rider fees may increase or decrease as you move to various funds. Your fee will increase if you transfer your contract value to a more aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund with a higher fee. If you transfer to a less aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund or transfer to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund, your fee may decrease. Certain rider fees may not change depending on the fund in which your contract value is allocated.

We will notify you in writing about your opportunity to elect to step up (if eligible) and incur the higher rider fee or maintain your guaranteed amount at its current level and keep your rider fee the same. If you are subject to a fee increase, you will receive a letter from us approximately 30 days before your next annuity contract anniversary. This letter will describe the potential opportunity to elect a step up to increase your guaranteed income and how to make the election if eligible. You will have a 30 day period beginning on your next contract anniversary to choose whether to step up and accept the fee increase. The step up and new fee will be effective on the date we receive your request for the step up (Step up date).

For purposes of determining the duration of the “30 day window” following your contract anniversary to elect to step up or to transfer funds to lock in any available contract gains, the following will apply:

1.	the duration of your window is determined on a calendar day basis;
2.	under our current administrative process we will accept your request on the 31st calendar day if we receive it prior to the close of the NYSE; and
3.	if your window ends on a day the NYSE is closed, we must receive your request no later than the close of the NYSE on the preceding Valuation Date.

Each year, we will continue to provide you written notice of your options with respect to elective step ups and the fee increase until you are no longer subject to a fee increase. Once you have taken action that results in a higher fee, you will become eligible for automatic step ups under the rider.

Before you elect a step up resulting in an increased rider fee, you should carefully consider the benefit of the contract value gains you are locking-in and the increased rider fee compared to your other options including whether it is appropriate to consider moving to a fund with a lower corresponding rider fee.

Subject to the terms of your contract, we reserve the right to further increase the rider fee up to the maximum limit provided by your rider. Currently, the rider fee does not vary among the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, but we reserve the right to vary the fees among the Portfolio Stabilizer funds in the future.

If you choose the elective step up, the elective spousal continuation step up, or change your investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee as described above, you will pay the fee that is in effect on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up or change your investment option. On the next contract anniversary, we will calculate an average fee, for the preceding contract year only, that reflects the various different charges that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

The charge does not apply after annuity payouts begin.

For an example of how your fee will vary upon elective step up or spousal continuation step up, please see Appendix N.

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider Fee

This fee information applies to both Rider A and Rider B unless otherwise noted.

We deduct an annual charge based on contract value for this optional feature only if you select it. The initial fee is 0.55%. We deduct the charge from your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

Once you elect the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, you may not cancel it and the charge will continue to be deducted until the contract is terminated, the contract value reduces to zero. If the contract is terminated for any reason or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee. If the Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA) goes to zero but the contract value has not been depleted, you will continue to be charged.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider fee will not exceed a maximum charge of 1.50%.

We may increase the rider fee at our discretion and on a nondiscriminatory basis.

We will not change the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider fee in effect on your contract after the rider effective date unless:

(a) you choose the annual elective step up or elective spousal continuation step up after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee; or

32    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

(b) you elect to change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee or vary the rider fee for each PN program investment option.

Effective Dec. 18, 2013, we exercised our right to increase the rider fee and vary the fee depending on the fund to which your contract value is invested.

Beginning Dec. 18, 2013, if you:

• request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up, or

• move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is more aggressive than the Portfolio Navigator fund you are currently allocated to,

the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are currently invested as shown in the table below.

If you move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is less aggressive than the Portfolio Navigator fund you are currently allocated to, your fee will not increase and may decrease according to the table below.

Fund name	Maximum annual rider fee	Current annual rider fee as of 12/18/13
Portfolio Stabilizer funds	1.50%	0.55%
Portfolio Navigator funds:
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.85%
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	1.00%

On your next contract anniversary after, if your contract value is allocated to a fund subject to a fee increase, you will have 30 days following the anniversary to choose from the following:

1.	Remain invested in your current Portfolio Navigator fund and elect to step up (when available) and lock in your contract gains. If you make this decision, your rider fee will increase.
2.	Move to one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. If you do this, your rider fee will not increase, but remember that you will lose your access to invest in the Portfolio Navigator funds.
3.	Do not elect a step up, if eligible. You will not lock in contract gains, but your rider fee will stay the same.

For the enhanced rider, if during the 30 days following your contract anniversary, your contract value is allocated to a fund subject to a fee increase, we will automatically process any available step up and lock in any contract gains, as well as reactivate automatic step ups, when contract value is transferred:

1.	to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund;
2.	to a less aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund that is not subject to a fee increase, if applicable; or
3.	to a more aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund.

For original riders, you must always elect to step up your rider values. The step up and lock in of any contract gains will occur as of the date of the transfer described above.

Rider fees may increase or decrease as you move to various funds. Your fee will increase if you transfer your contract value to a more aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund with a higher fee. If you transfer to a less aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund or transfer to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund, your fee may decrease. Certain rider fees may not change depending on the fund in which your contract value is allocated.

We will notify you in writing about your opportunity to elect to step up (if eligible) and incur the higher rider fee or maintain your guaranteed amount at its current level and keep your rider fee the same. For original riders or enhanced riders subject to a fee increase, you will receive a letter from us approximately 30 days before your next annuity contract anniversary. This letter will describe the potential opportunity to elect a step up to increase your guaranteed income and how to make the election if eligible. You will have a 30 day period beginning on your next contract anniversary to choose whether to step up and accept the fee increase. For enhanced riders and original riders with an application signed date on or after 4/29/2005, if approved in your state, the step up and new fee will be effective on the date we receive your request for the step up (Step up date). For original riders with an application signed date before 4/29/2005, the step up will be effective as of your contract anniversary and the fee for your rider will be the fee that was in effect for your current fund on the anniversary.

For purposes of determining the duration of the “30 day window” following your contract anniversary to elect to step up or to transfer funds to lock in any available contract gains, the following will apply:

1. the duration of your window is determined on a calendar day basis;

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    33

2.	under our current administrative process we will accept your request on the 31st calendar day if we receive it prior to the close of the NYSE; and
3.	if your window ends on a day the NYSE is closed, we must receive your request no later than the close of the NYSE on the preceding Valuation Date.

Under the enhanced rider, each year, we will continue to provide you written notice of your options with respect to elective step ups and the fee increase until you are no longer subject to a fee increase. Once you have taken action that results in a higher fee, you will become eligible for automatic step ups under the rider.

Before you elect a step up resulting in an increased rider fee, you should carefully consider the benefit of the contract value gains you are locking-in and the increased rider fee compared to your other options including whether it is appropriate to consider moving to a fund with a lower corresponding rider fee.

Subject to the terms of your contract, we reserve the right to further increase the rider fee up to the maximum limit provided by your rider. Currently, the rider fee does not vary among the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, but we reserve the right to vary the fees among the Portfolio Stabilizer funds in the future.

If you choose the annual or spousal continuation elective step up or change your investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee as described above, you will pay the fee that is in effect on the effective date of your step up or investment option change. On the next contract anniversary, we will calculate an average rider fee, for the preceding contract year only, that reflects the various different charges that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

The charge does not apply after annuity payouts begin.

For an example of how your fee will vary upon elective step up or spousal continuation step up, please see Appendix H.

Income Assurer Benefit Rider Fee

We deduct a charge for this optional feature only if you selected it. We determine the charge by multiplying the guaranteed income benefit base by the charge for the Income Assurer Benefit rider you select. There are three Income Assurer Benefit rider options available under your contract (see “Optional Benefits — Income Assurer Benefit Riders”) and each has a different guaranteed income benefit base calculation. The charge for each Income Assurer Benefit rider is as follows:

	Maximum	Current
Income Assurer Benefit – MAV	1.50%	0.30%(1)
Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base	1.75	0.60(1)
Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base	2.00	0.65(1)

⁽¹⁾ For applications signed prior to Oct. 7, 2004, the following current annual rider charges apply: Income Assurer Benefit – MAV — 0.55%, Income Assurer Benefit — 5% Accumulation Benefit Base — 0.70%; and Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base — 0.75%.

We deduct the charge from the contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among the GPAs , the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary. If the contract is terminated for any reason or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the fee from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee.

Currently the Income Assurer Benefit rider fee does not vary with the PN program investment option selected; however, we reserve the right to increase this fee and/or vary the rider fee for each PN program investment option but not to exceed the maximum charges shown above. We cannot change the Income Assurer Benefit charge after the rider effective date, unless you change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the fee and/or charge a separate fee for each PN program investment option. If you choose to change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee, you will pay the fee that is in effect on the valuation date we receive your written request to change your PN program investment option. On the next contract anniversary, we will calculate an average rider fee, for the preceding contract year only, that reflects the various different charges that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

For an example of how each Income Assurer Benefit rider fee is calculated, see Appendix K.

34    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Optional Death Benefit Charges

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider Fee

We deduct a charge for the optional feature only if you select it. If selected, we deduct 0.25% of your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

If the contract is terminated for any reason other than death or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the charge. We cannot increase this annual charge after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider Fee

We charge a fee for the optional feature only if you select it. If selected, we deduct 0.40% of your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this fee among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

If the contract is terminated for any reason other than death or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the fee from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee. We cannot increase this annual charge after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

Valuing Your Investment

We value your accounts as follows:

GPAs

We value the amounts you allocate to the GPAs directly in dollars. The value of the GPAs equals:

• the sum of your purchase payments and transfer amounts allocated to the GPAs;

• plus interest credited;

• minus the sum of amounts withdrawn (including any applicable withdrawal charges for contract Option L) and amounts transferred out;

• minus any prorated portion of the contract administrative charge; and

• minus the prorated portion of the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Accumulation Protector Benefit rider;

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider;

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider;

– Income Assurer Benefit rider;

– Benefit Protector rider; or

– Benefit Protector Plus rider.

The Fixed Account

The fixed account includes the one-year fixed account if available under your contract, and the DCA fixed account.

We value the amounts you allocate to the fixed account directly in dollars. The value of the fixed account equals:

• the sum of your purchase payments allocated to the one-year fixed account (if included) and the DCA fixed account (if included), and transfer amounts to the one-year fixed account (including any positive or negative MVA on amounts transferred from the GPAs to the one-year fixed account);

• plus interest credited;

• minus the sum of amounts withdrawn (including any applicable withdrawal charges for Contract Option L) and amounts transferred out;

• minus any prorated portion of the contract administrative charge; and

• minus the prorated portion of the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Accumulation Protector Benefit rider;

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider;

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    35

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider;

– Income Assurer Benefit rider;

– Benefit Protector rider; or

– Benefit Protector Plus rider.

Subaccounts

We convert amounts you allocated to the subaccounts into accumulation units. Each time you make a purchase payment or transfer amounts into one of the subaccounts, we credit a certain number of accumulation units to your contract for that subaccount. Conversely, we subtract a certain number of accumulation units from your contract each time you take a partial withdrawal; transfer amounts out of a subaccount; or we assess a contract administrative charge, a withdrawal charge, or fee for any optional contract riders with annual charges (if applicable).

The accumulation units are the true measure of investment value in each subaccount during the accumulation period. They are related to, but not the same as, the net asset value of the fund in which the subaccount invests. The dollar value of each accumulation unit can rise or fall daily depending on the variable account expenses, performance of the fund and on certain fund expenses.

Here is how we calculate accumulation unit values:

Number of units: To calculate the number of accumulation units for a particular subaccount, we divide your investment by the current accumulation unit value.

Accumulation unit value: The current accumulation unit value for each subaccount equals the last value times the subaccount’s current net investment factor.

We determine the net investment factor by:

• adding the fund’s current net asset value per share, plus the per share amount of any accrued income or capital gain dividends to obtain a current adjusted net asset value per share; then

• dividing that sum by the previous adjusted net asset value per share; and

• subtracting the percentage factor representing the mortality and expense risk fee and the variable account administrative charge from the result.

Because the net asset value of the fund may fluctuate, the accumulation unit value may increase or decrease. You bear all the investment risk in a subaccount.

Factors that affect subaccount accumulation units: Accumulation units may change in two ways — in number and in value.

The number of accumulation units you own may fluctuate due to:

• additional purchase payments you allocate to the subaccounts;

• transfers into or out of the subaccounts (including any positive or negative MVA on amounts transferred from the GPAs);

• partial withdrawals;

• withdrawal charges (for contract Option L);

and the deduction of a prorated portion of:

• the contract administrative charge; and

• the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Accumulation Protector Benefit rider;

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider;

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider;

– Income Assurer Benefit rider;

– Benefit Protector rider; or

– Benefit Protector Plus rider.

Accumulation unit values will fluctuate due to:

• changes in fund net asset value;

• fund dividends distributed to the subaccounts;

• fund capital gains or losses;

• fund operating expenses; and

36    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• mortality and expense risk fee and the variable account administrative charge.

Making the Most of Your Contract

Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging

Currently, you can use automated transfers to take advantage of dollar-cost averaging (investing a fixed amount at regular intervals). For example, you might transfer a set amount monthly from a relatively conservative subaccount to a more aggressive one, or to several others, or from the one-year GPA or one-year fixed account to one or more subaccounts. Automated transfers are not available for GPA terms of two or more years. You can also obtain the benefits of dollar-cost averaging by setting up regular automatic SIP payments or by establishing an interest sweep strategy. Interest sweeps are a monthly transfer of the interest earned from the one-year GPA or one-year fixed account into the subaccounts of your choice. If you participate in an interest sweep strategy the interest you earn on the one-year GPA or one-year fixed account will be less than the annual interest rate we apply because there will be no compounding. There is no charge for dollar-cost averaging.

This systematic approach can help you benefit from fluctuations in accumulation unit values caused by fluctuations in the market values of the funds. Since you invest the same amount each period, you automatically acquire more units when the market value falls and fewer units when it rises. The potential effect is to lower your average cost per unit.

How dollar-cost averaging works

By investing an equal number of dollars each month		Month	Amount invested	Accumulation unit value	Number of units purchased
		Jan	$100	$20	5.00
		Feb	100	18	5.56
you automatically buy more units when the per unit market price is low		Mar	100	17	5.88
	→	Apr	100	15	6.67
		May	100	16	6.25
		Jun	100	18	5.56
		Jul	100	17	5.88
and fewer units when the per unit market price is high.		Aug	100	19	5.26
	→	Sept	100	21	4.76
		Oct	100	20	5.00

You paid an average price of $17.91 per unit over the 10 months, while the average market price actually was $18.10.

Dollar-cost averaging does not guarantee that any subaccount will gain in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. Because dollar-cost averaging involves continuous investing, your success will depend upon your willingness to continue to invest regularly through periods of low price levels. Dollar-cost averaging can be an effective way to help meet your long-term goals. For specific features contact your investment professional.

Dollar-cost averaging as described in this section is not available when the PN program is in effect.

However, subject to certain restrictions, dollar-cost averaging is available through the DCA fixed account. See the “DCA Fixed Account” and “Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds” sections in this prospectus for details.

Asset Rebalancing

You can ask us in writing to automatically rebalance the subaccount portion of your contract value either quarterly, semiannually, or annually. The period you select will start to run on the date we record your request. On the first valuation date of each of these periods, we automatically will rebalance your contract value so that the value in each subaccount matches your current subaccount percentage allocations. These percentage allocations must be in whole numbers. There is no charge for asset rebalancing. The contract value must be at least $2,000.

You can change your percentage allocations or your rebalancing period at any time by contacting us in writing. We will restart the rebalancing period you selected as of the date we record your change. You also can ask us in writing to stop rebalancing your contract value. You must allow 30 days for us to change any instructions that currently are in place. For more information on asset rebalancing, contact your investment professional.

Different rules apply to asset rebalancing under the PN program (see “Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds” below).

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    37

As long as you are not participating in the PN program, asset rebalancing is available for use with the DCA fixed account (see “DCA Fixed Account”) only if your subaccount allocation for asset rebalancing is exactly the same as your subaccount allocation for transfers from the DCA fixed account. If you change your subaccount allocations under the asset rebalancing program or the DCA fixed account, we will automatically change the subaccount allocations so they match. If you do not wish to have the subaccount allocation be the same for the asset rebalancing program and the DCA fixed account, you must terminate the asset rebalancing program or the DCA fixed account, as you may choose.

Asset Allocation Program

For contracts with applications signed before May 1, 2006, we offered an asset allocation program called Portfolio Navigator. You could elect to participate in the asset allocation program, and there is no additional charge. If you purchased an optional Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider or Income Assurer Benefit rider, you are required to participate in the PN program under the terms of the rider.

This asset allocation program allows you to allocate your contract value to a model portfolio that consists of subaccounts and may include certain GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account (if available under the asset allocation program), which represent various asset classes. By spreading your contract value among these various asset classes, you may be able to reduce the volatility in your contract value, but there is no guarantee that this will occur.

Asset allocation does not guarantee that your contract will increase in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. If you choose or are required to participate in the asset allocation program, you are responsible for determining which model portfolio is best for you. Your investment professional can help you make this determination. In addition, your investment professional may provide you with an investor questionnaire, a tool that can help you determine which model portfolio is suited to your needs based on factors such as your investment goals, your tolerance for risk, and how long you intend to invest.

Currently, there are five model portfolios ranging from conservative to aggressive. You may not use more than one model portfolio at a time. You are allowed to request a change to another model portfolio twice per contract year. Each model portfolio specifies allocation percentages to each of the subaccounts and any GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account that make up that model portfolio. By participating in the asset allocation program, you authorize us to invest your contract value in the subaccounts and any GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account (if included) according to the allocation percentages stated for the specific model portfolio you have selected. You also authorize us to automatically rebalance your contract value quarterly beginning three months after the effective date of your contract in order to maintain alignment with the allocation percentages specified in the model portfolio.

Special rules will apply to the GPAs if they are included in a model portfolio. Under these rules:

• no MVA will apply when rebalancing occurs within a specific model portfolio (but an MVA may apply if you elect to transfer to a new model portfolio); and

• no MVA will apply when you elect an annuity payout plan while your contract value is invested in a model portfolio (see “Guarantee Period Accounts — Market Value Adjustment”).

Under the asset allocation program, the subaccounts, any GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account (if included) that make up the model portfolio you selected and the allocation percentages to those subaccounts, any GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account (if included) will not change unless we adjust the composition of the model portfolio to reflect the liquidation, substitution or merger of an underlying fund, a change of investment objective by an underlying fund or when an underlying fund stops selling its shares to the variable account. We reserve the right to change the terms and conditions of the asset allocation program upon written notice to you.

If permitted under applicable securities law, we reserve the right to:

• reallocate your current model portfolio to an updated version of your current model portfolio; or

• substitute a fund of funds for your current model portfolio.

We also reserve the right to discontinue the asset allocation program. We will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change.

If you elected to participate in the asset allocation program, you may discontinue your participation in the program at any time by giving us written notice. Upon cancellation, automated rebalancing associated with the asset allocation program will end. You can elect to participate in the asset allocation program again at any time.

38    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Required Use of Asset Allocation Program with Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider or Income Assurer Benefit rider

If you are required to participate in the asset allocation program because you purchased an optional Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider or Income Assurer Benefit rider, you may not discontinue your participation in the asset allocation program unless permitted by the terms of the rider as summarized below:

• Accumulation Protector Benefit rider: You cannot terminate the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. As long as the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider is in effect, your contract value must be invested in one of the model portfolios. The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider automatically ends at the end of the waiting period as does the requirement that you participate in the asset allocation program. At all other times, if you do not want to participate in any of the model portfolios, you must terminate your contract by requesting a full withdrawal. Withdrawal charges and tax penalties may apply.Therefore, you should not select the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider if you do not intend to continue participating in one of the model portfolios until the end of the waiting period.

• Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider: Because the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider requires that your contract value be invested in one of the model portfolios for the life of the contract, and you cannot terminate the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider once you have selected it, you must terminate your contract by requesting a full withdrawal if you do not want to participate in any of the model portfolios. Withdrawal charges and tax penalties may apply.Therefore, you should not select the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider if you do not intend to continue participating in one of the model portfolios for the life of the contract.

• Income Assurer Benefit rider: You can terminate the Income Assurer Benefit rider during a 30-day period after the first rider anniversary and at any time after the expiration of the waiting period. At all other times, if you do not want to participate in any of the model portfolios, you must terminate your contract by requesting a full withdrawal. Withdrawal charges and tax penalties may apply. As long as the Income Assurer Benefit rider is in effect, your contract value must be invested in one of the model portfolios.Therefore, you should not select the Income Assurer Benefit rider if you do not intend to continue participating in one of the model portfolios during the period of time the Income Assurer Benefit rider is in effect.

Portfolio Navigator Program (PN program) and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds

PN Program. You are required to participate in the PN program if your contract includes optional living benefit riders. Under the PN program, your contract value is allocated to a PN program investment. The PN program investment options are currently five funds of funds, each of which invests in underlying funds in proportions that vary among the funds of funds in light of each fund of funds’ investment objective (“Portfolio Navigator funds”). The PN program is available for both nonqualified and qualified annuities.

The Portfolio Navigator funds. We offer the following Portfolio Navigator funds:

1.	Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio
2.	Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio
3.	Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio
4.	Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio
5.	Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio

Each Portfolio Navigator fund is a fund of funds with the investment objective of seeking a high level of total return consistent with a certain level of risk, which it seeks to achieve by investing in various underlying funds.

For additional information about the Portfolio Navigator funds’ investment strategies, see the Funds’ prospectus.

If your contract does not include one of the living benefit riders, you may not participate in the PN program, but you may choose to allocate your contract value to one or more of the Portfolio Navigator funds.

Beginning November 18, 2013, if you have selected Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life riders, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider or Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, as an alternative to the Portfolio Navigator funds in the PN program, we have made available to you four new funds, known as Portfolio Stabilizer funds.

The Portfolio Stabilizer funds. The following Portfolio Stabilizer funds currently available are:

1.	Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Fund (Class 2)
2.	Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2)
3.	Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2)
4.	Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Growth Fund (Class 2)

Each Portfolio Stabilizer fund has an investment objective of pursuing total return while seeking to manage the Fund’s exposure to equity market volatility.

For additional information about the Portfolio Stabilizer funds’ investment strategies, see the Funds’ prospectuses.

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    39

You may choose to remain invested in your current Portfolio Navigator fund, move to a different Portfolio Navigator fund, or move to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund. Your decision should be made based on your own individual investment objectives and financial situation and in consultation with your investment professional.

Please note that if you are currently invested in a Portfolio Navigator fund as part of the PN program and choose to reallocate your contract value to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund, you will no longer have access to any of the Portfolio Navigator funds, but you may change to any one of the other Portfolio Stabilizer funds, subject to the transfer limits applicable to your rider.

If your contract does not include the living benefit riders, you may not participate in the PN program; but you may choose to allocate your contract value to one or more of the Portfolio Navigator funds. You should review any PN program, Portfolio Navigator funds and Portfolio Stabilizer funds information, including the funds’ prospectus, carefully. Your investment professional can provide you with additional information and can answer questions you may have on the PN program, Portfolio Navigator funds and Portfolio Stabilizer funds.

The PN program static model portfolios. If you have chosen to remain invested in a “static” PN program model portfolio investment option, your assets will remain invested in accordance with your current model portfolio, and you will not be provided with any updates to the model portfolio or reallocation recommendations. (The last such reallocation recommendation was provided in 2009.) Each model portfolio consists of underlying funds and/or any GPAs (if included) according to the allocation percentages stated for the model portfolio. If you are participating in the PN program through a model portfolio, you instruct us to automatically rebalance your contract value quarterly in order to maintain alignment with these allocation percentages.

Special rules apply to the GPAs if they are included in a model portfolio. Under these rules:

• no MVA will apply when rebalancing occurs within a specific model portfolio (but an MVA may apply if you elect to transfer to a fund of funds);

• no MVA will apply when you elect an annuity payout plan while your contract value is invested in a model portfolio. (See “Guarantee Period Accounts — Market Value Adjustment.”)

If you choose to remain in a static model portfolio, the investments and investment styles and policies of the underlying funds in which your contract value is invested may change. Accordingly, your model portfolio may change so that it is no longer appropriate for your needs, even though your allocations to underlying funds do not change. Furthermore, the absence of periodic updating means that existing underlying funds will not be replaced as may be appropriate due to poor performance, changes in management personnel, liquidation, merger or other factors. Your investment professional can help you determine whether your continued investment in a static model portfolio is appropriate for you.

Investing in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, the Portfolio Navigator funds and PN static model portfolios (the Funds). You are responsible for determining which investment option is best for you. Currently, the PN program includes five Portfolio Navigator funds (and under the previous PN program, five static model portfolios investment options), with risk profiles ranging from conservative to aggressive in relation to one another. There are four Portfolio Stabilizer funds currently available. If your contract includes a living benefit rider you may only invest in one Portfolio Stabilizer or Portfolio Navigator fund at a time.
Your investment professional can help you determine which investment option most closely matches your investing style, based on factors such as your investment goals, your tolerance for risk and how long you intend to invest. There is no guarantee that the investment option you select is appropriate for you based on your investment objectives and/or risk profile. We and Columbia Management are not responsible for your decision to select a certain investment option or your decision to transfer to a different investment option.

If you initially allocate qualifying purchase payments to the DCA fixed account , when available (see “DCA Fixed Account”), and you are invested in one of the Portfolio Stabilizer or Portfolio Navigator funds, we will make monthly transfers in accordance with your instructions from the DCA fixed account into the investment option or model portfolio you have chosen.

Before you decide to transfer contract value to the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, you and your investment professional should carefully consider the following:

• Whether the Portfolio Stabilizer funds meet your personal investment objectives and/or risk tolerance.

• Whether you would like to continue to invest in a Portfolio Navigator fund. If you decide to transfer your contract value to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund, you permanently lose your ability to invest in any of the Portfolio Navigator funds if you have a living benefit rider. If you decide to no longer invest your contract value in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, your only option will be to terminate your contract by requesting a full surrender.Withdrawal charges and tax penalties may apply.

• Whether the total expenses associated with an investment in a Portfolio Stabilizer fund is appropriate for you. For total expenses associated with the rider, you should consider not only the variation of the rider fee, but also the

40    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

variation in fees among the various funds. You should also consider your overall investment objective, as well as how total fees and your selected fund’s investment objective may impact the amount of any step up opportunities in the future.

You may request a change to your Fund selection (or a transfer from your PN program static model portfolio to either a Portfolio Navigator fund or a Portfolio Stabilizer fund) up to two times per contract year by written request on an authorized form or by another method agreed to by us. If you make such a change, we may charge you a higher fee for your rider. However, an initial transfer from a Portfolio Navigator fund to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund will not count toward the limit of two transfers per year. If your contract includes the GWB for Life rider, we reserve the right to limit the number of investment options from which you can select, subject to state restrictions. If you decide to annuitize your contract, your rider will terminate and you will no longer have access to the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. If your living benefit rider is terminated, you may remain invested in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, but you will not be allowed to allocate future purchase payments or make transfers to these funds.

Substitution and modification. We reserve the right to add, remove or substitute Funds. We also reserve the right, upon notification to you, to close or restrict any Fund. Any change will apply to current allocations and/or to future payments and transfers. Any substitution of Funds may be subject to SEC or state insurance departments approval.

We reserve the right to change the terms and conditions of the PN program or to change the availability of the investment options upon written notice to you. This includes but is not limited to the right to:

• limit your choice of investment options based on the amount of your initial purchase payment;

• cancel required participation in the program after 30 days written notice;

• substitute a fund of funds for your model portfolio, if applicable, if permitted under applicable securities law; and

• discontinue the PN program after 30 days written notice.

Risks associated with the Funds. An investment in a Fund involves risk. Principal risks associated with an investment in a Fund may be found in the relevant Fund’s prospectus. There is no assurance that the Funds will achieve their respective investment objectives. In addition, there is no guarantee that the Fund’s strategy will have its intended effect or that it will work as effectively as is intended.

Investing in a Portfolio Navigator fund, Portfolio Stabilizer fund or PN program static model portfolio does not guarantee that your contract will increase in value nor will it protect in a decline in value if market prices fall. Depending on future market conditions and considering only the potential return on your investment in the Fund, you might benefit (or benefit more) from selecting alternative investment options.

For more information and a list of the risks associated with investing in the Funds, including volatility and volatility management risk associated with Portfolio Stabilizer funds, please consult the applicable Funds’ prospectuses and “The Variable Account and the Funds – Risks and Conflicts of Interest with Certain Funds Advised by Columbia Management” section in this prospectus.

Conflicts of interest. In providing investment advisory services for the Funds and the underlying funds in which those Funds respectively invest, Columbia Management is, together with its affiliates, including us, subject to competing interests that may influence its decisions.

For additional information regarding the conflicts of interest to which Columbia Management may be subject, see the Funds’ prospectuses and “The Variable Account and the Funds – Risks and Conflicts of Interest with Certain Funds Advised by Columbia Management” section in this prospectus.

Living benefits requiring participation in the PN program or investing in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds:

• Accumulation Protector Benefit rider: You cannot terminate the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. As long as the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider is in effect, your contract value must be invested in one of the PN program investment options or in one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. For contracts with applications signed on or after Jan. 26, 2009, you cannot select the Portfolio Navigator Aggressive investment option, or transfer to the Portfolio Navigator Aggressive investment option while the rider is in effect. The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider automatically ends at the end of the waiting period and you then have the option to cancel your participation in the PN program. At all other times, if you do not want to invest in any of the PN program investment options or the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, you must terminate your contract by requesting a full withdrawal. Withdrawal charges and tax penalties may apply.

• Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider: The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider requires that your contract value be invested in one of the PN program investment options or in one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, for the life of the contract. Subject to state restrictions, we reserve the right to limit the number of investment options from which you can select based on the dollar amount of purchase payments you make. Because you cannot

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    41

terminate the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider once you have selected it, you must terminate your contract by requesting a full withdrawal if you do not want to invest in any of the PN program investment options or the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. Withdrawal charges and tax penalties may apply.

•

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider: The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider requires that your contract value be invested in one of the PN program investment options or in one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, for the life of the contract and because you cannot terminate the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider once you have selected it, you must terminate your contract by requesting a full withdrawal if you do not want to invest in any of the PN program investment options or the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. Withdrawal charges and tax penalties may apply.

Living benefit requiring participation in the PN program:

• Income Assurer Benefit rider: The Income Assurer Benefit rider requires that your contract value be invested in one of the PN program investment options for the life of the contract. You can terminate the Income Assurer Benefit rider during the 30-day period after the first rider anniversary and at any time after the expiration of the waiting period. At all other times you cannot terminate the Income Assurer Benefit rider once you have selected it and you must terminate your contract by requesting a full withdrawal if you do not want to invest in any of the PN program investment options. Withdrawal charges and tax penalties may apply.

Transferring Among Accounts

The transfer rights discussed in this section do not apply if you have selected one of the optional living benefit riders.

You may transfer contract value from any one subaccount, GPA, the one-year fixed account or the DCA fixed account to another subaccount before annuity payouts begin. Certain restrictions apply to transfers involving the GPAs and the one-year fixed account. You may not transfer contract value to the DCA fixed account.

The date your request to transfer will be processed depends on when and how we receive it:

For transfer requests received in writing:

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your transfer request.

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your transfer request.

For transfer requests received by phone:

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your transfer request.

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your transfer request.

There is no charge for transfers. Before making a transfer, you should consider the risks involved in changing investments. Transfers out of the GPAs will be subject to an MVA if done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period.

We may suspend or modify transfer privileges at any time.

For information on transfers after annuity payouts begin, see “Transfer policies” below.

Transfer policies

• Before annuity payouts begin, you may transfer contract values between the subaccounts, or from the subaccounts to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account (if included) at any time. However, if you made a transfer from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs, you may not make a transfer from any subaccount or GPA back to the one-year fixed account for six months following that transfer. We reserve the right to further limit transfers to the one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then currently crediting to the one-year fixed account is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract.

• You may transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account (if included) to the subaccounts or the GPAs once a year on or within 30 days before or after the contract anniversary (except for automated transfers, which can be set up at any time for certain transfer periods subject to certain minimums). Transfers from the one-year fixed account are not subject to an MVA. For Contract Option L, the amount of contract value transferred to the one-year fixed account cannot result in the value of the one-year fixed account being greater than 30% of the contract value; transfers out of the one-year fixed account are limited to 30% of one-year fixed account values at the beginning of the

42    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

	contract year or $10,000, whichever is greater. For Contract Option C, transfers to the one-year fixed account and transfers out of the one-year fixed account may not be available or may be significantly limited. See your contract for the actual terms of the one-year fixed account you purchased. For both Contract Option L and Contract Option C, we reserve the right to further limit transfers to or from the one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then crediting on new purchase payments allocated to the one-year fixed account is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract.
•	You may transfer contract values from a GPA any time after 60 days of transfer or payment allocation to the account. Because of these limitations, it may take several years to transfer all your contract value from the one-year fixed account. You should carefully consider whether the one-year fixed account meets your investment criteria before you invest. Transfers made more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will receive an MVA, which may result in a gain or loss of contract value, unless an exception applies (see “The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs) — Market Value Adjustment (MVA)”).
•	If we receive your request on or within 30 days before or after the contract anniversary date, the transfer from the one-year fixed account to the GPAs will be effective on the valuation date we receive it.
•	You may not transfer contract values from the subaccounts, the GPAs, or the one-year fixed account into the DCA fixed account. However, you may transfer contract values from the DCA fixed account to any of the investment options available under your contract, subject to investment minimums and other restrictions we may impose on investments in the one-year fixed account and the GPA, as described above. (See “DCA Fixed Account.”)
•	Once annuity payouts begin, you may not make transfers to or from the GPAs or the fixed account, but you may make transfers once per contract year among the subaccounts. During the annuity payout period, we reserve the right to limit the number of subaccounts in which you may invest. When annuity payments begin, you must transfer all contract value out of your GPAs and the DCA fixed account.

Market Timing

Market timing can reduce the value of your investment in the contract. If market timing causes the returns of an underlying fund to suffer, contract value you have allocated to a subaccount that invests in that underlying fund will be lower too. Market timing can cause you, any joint owner of the contract and your beneficiary(ies) under the contract a financial loss.

We seek to prevent market timing. Market timing is frequent or short-term trading activity. We do not accommodate short-term trading activities. Do not buy a contract if you wish to use short-term trading strategies to manage your investment. The market timing policies and procedures described below apply to transfers among the subaccounts within the contract. The underlying funds in which the subaccounts invest have their own market timing policies and procedures. The market timing policies of the underlying funds may be more restrictive than the market timing policies and procedures we apply to transfers among the subaccounts of the contract, and may include redemption fees. We reserve the right to modify our market timing policies and procedures at any time without prior notice to you.

Market timing may hurt the performance of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests in several ways, including but not necessarily limited to:

• diluting the value of an investment in an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests;

• increasing the transaction costs and expenses of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests; and,

• preventing the investment adviser(s) of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests from fully investing the assets of the fund in accordance with the fund’s investment objectives.

Funds available as investment options under the contract that invest in securities that trade in overseas securities markets may be at greater risk of loss from market timing, as market timers may seek to take advantage of changes in the values of securities between the close of overseas markets and the close of U.S. markets. Also, the risks of market timing may be greater for underlying funds that invest in securities such as small cap stocks, high yield bonds, or municipal securities, that may be traded infrequently.

In order to help protect you and the underlying funds from the potentially harmful effects of market timing activity, we apply the following market timing policy to discourage frequent transfers of contract value among the subaccounts of the variable account:

We try to distinguish market timing from transfers that we believe are not harmful, such as periodic rebalancing for purposes of an asset allocation, dollar-cost averaging and asset rebalancing program that may be described in this prospectus. There is no set number of transfers that constitutes market timing. Even one transfer in related accounts may be market timing. We seek to restrict the transfer privileges of a contract owner who makes more than three subaccount transfers in any 90 day period. We also reserve the right to refuse any transfer request, if, in our sole judgment, the dollar amount of the transfer request would adversely affect unit values.

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    43

If we determine, in our sole judgment, that your transfer activity constitutes market timing, we may modify, restrict or suspend your transfer privileges to the extent permitted by applicable law, which may vary based on the state law that applies to your contract and the terms of your contract. These restrictions or modifications may include, but not be limited to:

• requiring transfer requests to be submitted only by first-class U.S. mail;

• not accepting hand-delivered transfer requests or requests made by overnight mail;

• not accepting telephone or electronic transfer requests;

• requiring a minimum time period between each transfer;

• not accepting transfer requests of an agent acting under power of attorney;

• limiting the dollar amount that you may transfer at any one time;

• suspending the transfer privilege; or

• modifying instructions under an automated transfer program to exclude a restricted fund if you do not provide new instructions.

Subject to applicable state law and the terms of each contract, we will apply the policy described above to all contract owners uniformly in all cases. We will notify you in writing after we impose any modification, restriction or suspension of your transfer rights.

Because we exercise discretion in applying the restrictions described above, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to identify and restrict all market timing activity. In addition, state law and the terms of some contracts may prevent us from stopping certain market timing activity. Market timing activity that we are unable to identify and/or restrict may impact the performance of the underlying funds and may result in lower contract values.

In addition to the market timing policy described above, which applies to transfers among the subaccounts within your contract, you should carefully review the market timing policies and procedures of the underlying funds. The market timing policies and procedures of the underlying funds may be materially different than those we impose on transfers among the subaccounts within your contract and may include mandatory redemption fees as well as other measures to discourage frequent transfers. As an intermediary for the underlying funds, we are required to assist them in applying their market timing policies and procedures to transactions involving the purchase and exchange of fund shares. This assistance may include, but not be limited to, providing the underlying fund upon request with your Social Security Number, Taxpayer Identification Number or other United States government-issued identifier, and the details of your contract transactions involving the underlying fund. An underlying fund, in its sole discretion, may instruct us at any time to prohibit you from making further transfers of contract value to or from the underlying fund, and we must follow this instruction. We reserve the right to administer and collect on behalf of an underlying fund any redemption fee imposed by an underlying fund. Market timing policies and procedures adopted by underlying funds may affect your investment in the contract in several ways, including but not limited to:

• Each fund may restrict or refuse trading activity that the fund determines, in its sole discretion, represents market timing.

• Even if we determine that your transfer activity does not constitute market timing under the market timing policies described above which we apply to transfers you make under the contract, it is possible that the underlying fund’s market timing policies and procedures, including instructions we receive from a fund may require us to reject your transfer request. For example, while we will attempt to execute transfers permitted under any asset allocation, dollar-cost averaging and asset rebalancing programs that may be described in this prospectus, we cannot guarantee that an underlying fund’s market timing policies and procedures will do so. Orders we place to purchase fund shares for the variable account are subject to acceptance by the fund. We reserve the right to reject without prior notice to you any transfer request if the fund does not accept our order.

• Each underlying fund is responsible for its own market timing policies, and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to implement specific market timing policies and procedures that a fund has adopted. As a result, a fund’s returns might be adversely affected, and a fund might terminate our right to offer its shares through the variable account.

• Funds that are available as investment options under the contract may also be offered to other intermediaries who are eligible to purchase and hold shares of the fund, including without limitation, separate accounts of other insurance companies and certain retirement plans. Even if we are able to implement a fund’s market timing policies, we cannot guarantee that other intermediaries purchasing that same fund’s shares will do so, and the returns of that fund could be adversely affected as a result.

For more information about the market timing policies and procedures of an underlying fund, the risks that market timing pose to that fund, and to determine whether an underlying fund has adopted a redemption fee, see that fund’s prospectus.

44    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

How to request a Transfer or Withdrawal

11 By letter

Send your name, contract number, Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number* and signed request for a transfer or withdrawal to our Service Center:

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474

Minimum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	$500 or entire account balance

Maximum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	Contract value or entire account balance

* Failure to provide a Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number may result in mandatory tax withholding on the taxable portion of the distribution.

22 By automated transfers and automated partial withdrawals

Your investment professional can help you set up automated transfers among your subaccounts, the one-year fixed account or GPAs or automated partial withdrawals from the GPAs, one-year fixed account, DCA fixed account or the subaccounts.

You can start or stop this service by written request or other method acceptable to us.

You must allow 30 days for us to change any instructions that are currently in place.

• Automated withdrawals may be restricted by applicable law under some contracts.

• You may not make systematic purchase payments if automated partial withdrawals are in effect.

• If the PN program is in effect, you are not allowed to set up automated transfers except in connection with a DCA fixed account (see “The Fixed Account — DCA Fixed Account” and “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds”).

• Automated partial withdrawals may result in income taxes and penalties on all or part of the amount withdrawn.

Minimum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	$100 monthly
	$250 quarterly, semiannually or annually

33 By phone

Call:

1-800-333-3437

Minimum amount

Transfers or withdrawals: $500 or entire account balance

Maximum amount

Transfers:	Contract value or entire account balance
Withdrawals:	$100,000

We answer telephone requests promptly, but you may experience delays when the call volume is unusually high. If you are unable to get through, use the mail procedure as an alternative.

We will honor any telephone transfer or withdrawal requests that we believe are authentic and we will use reasonable procedures to confirm that they are. This includes asking identifying questions and recording calls. As long as we follow the procedures, we (and our affiliates) will not be liable for any loss resulting from fraudulent requests.

Telephone transfers and withdrawals are automatically available. You may request that telephone transfers and withdrawals not be authorized from your account by writing to us.

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    45

Withdrawals

You may withdraw all or part of your contract at any time before the retirement date by sending us a written request or calling us.

The date your withdrawal request will be processed depends on when and how we receive it:

For withdrawal requests received in writing:

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your withdrawal request.

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your withdrawal request.

For withdrawal requests received by phone:

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your withdrawal request.

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your withdrawal request.

We may ask you to return the contract. You may have to pay a contract administrative charge, withdrawal charges or any applicable optional rider charges (see “Charges”), federal income taxes and penalties. State and local income taxes may also apply (see “Taxes”). You cannot make withdrawals after annuity payouts begin except under Annuity Payout Plan E. (See “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Any partial withdrawals you take under the contract will reduce your contract value. As a result, the value of your death benefit or any optional benefits you have elected will also be reduced. If you have elected the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider and your partial withdrawals in any contract year exceed the permitted withdrawal amount under the terms of the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, your benefits under the rider may be reduced (see “Optional Benefits”). Any partial withdrawal request that exceeds the amount allowed under the riders and impacts the guarantees provided, will not be considered in good order until we receive a signed Benefit Impact Acknowledgement form showing the projected effect of the withdrawal on the rider benefits or a verbal acknowledgement that you understand and accept the impacts that have been explained to you.

In addition, withdrawals you are required to take to satisfy RMDs under the Code may reduce the value of certain death benefits and optional benefits (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”).

Withdrawal Policies

If you have a balance in more than one account and you request a partial withdrawal, we will automatically withdraw from all your subaccounts, GPAs, the DCA fixed account, and/or the one-year fixed account in the same proportion as your value in each account correlates to your total contract value, unless requested otherwise. After executing a partial withdrawal, the value in each subaccount , one-year fixed account or GPA must be either zero or at least $50.

Receiving Payment

11 By regular or express mail

• payable to you;

• mailed to address of record.

NOTE: We will charge you a fee if you request express mail delivery.

22 By wire or other form of electronic payment

• request that payment be wired to your bank;

• pre-authorization required.

46    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

We may choose to permit you to have checks issued and delivered to an alternate payee or to an address other than your address of record. We may also choose to allow you to direct wires or other electronic payments to accounts owned by a third-party. We may have additional good order requirements that must be met prior to processing requests to make any payments to a party other than the owner or to an address other than the address of record. These requirements will be designed to ensure owner instructions are genuine and to prevent fraud.

Normally, we will send the payment within seven days after receiving your request in good order. However, we may postpone the payment if:

– the NYSE is closed, except for normal holiday and weekend closings;

– trading on the NYSE is restricted, according to SEC rules;

– an emergency, as defined by SEC rules, makes it impractical to sell securities or value the net assets of the accounts; or

– the SEC permits us to delay payment for the protection of security holders.

We may also postpone payment of the amount attributable to a purchase payment as part of the total withdrawal amount until cleared from the originating financial institution.

A Special Note on Cybersecurity Risks

Cybersecurity and Systems Integrity

Increasingly, businesses are dependent on the continuity, security, and effective operation of various technology systems. The nature of our business depends on the continued effective operation of our systems and those of our business partners.

This dependence makes us susceptible to operational and information security risks from cyber-attacks. These risks may include the following:

• the corruption or destruction of data;

• theft, misuse or dissemination of data to the public, including your information we hold; and

• denial of service attacks on our website or other forms of attacks on our systems and the software and hardware we use to run them.

These attacks and their consequences can negatively impact your contract, your privacy, your ability to conduct transactions on your contract, or your ability to receive timely service from us. There can be no assurance that we, the underlying funds in your contract, or our other business partners will avoid losses affecting your contract due to any successful cyber-attacks or information security breaches.

TSA–Special Provisions

Participants in Tax-Sheltered Annuities

If the contract is intended to be used in connection with an employer sponsored 403(b) plan, additional rules relating to this contract can be found in the annuity endorsement for tax sheltered 403(b) annuities. Unless we have made special arrangements with your employer, the contract is not intended for use in connection with an employer sponsored 403(b) plan that is subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”). In the event that the employer either by affirmative election or inadvertent action causes contributions under a plan that is subject to ERISA to be made to this contract, we will not be responsible for any obligations and requirements under ERISA and the regulations thereunder, unless we have prior written agreement with the employer. You should consult with your employer to determine whether your 403(b) plan is subject to ERISA.

In the event we have a written agreement with your employer to administer the plan pursuant to ERISA, special rules apply as set forth in the TSA endorsement.

The employer must comply with certain nondiscrimination requirements for certain types of contributions under a TSA contract to be excluded from taxable income. You should consult your employer to determine whether the nondiscrimination rules apply to you.

The Code imposes certain restrictions on your right to receive early distributions from a TSA:

• Distributions attributable to salary reduction contributions (plus earnings) made after Dec. 31, 1988, or to transfers or rollovers from other contracts, may be made from the TSA only if:

– you are at least age 59½;

– you are disabled as defined in the Code;

– you severed employment with the employer who purchased the contract;

– the distribution is because of your death;

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    47

– the distribution is due to plan termination; or

– you are a qualifying military reservist.

• If you encounter a financial hardship (as provided by the Code), you may be eligible to receive a distribution of all contract values attributable to salary reduction contributions made after Dec. 31, 1988, but not the earnings on them.

• Even though a distribution may be permitted under the above rules, it may be subject to IRS taxes and penalties (see “Taxes”)

• The above restrictions on distributions do not affect the availability of the amount credited to the contract as of Dec. 31, 1988. The restrictions also do not apply to transfers or exchanges of contract value within the contract, or to another registered variable annuity contract or investment vehicle available through the employer.

Changing Ownership

You may change ownership of your nonqualified annuity at any time by completing a change of ownership form we approve and sending it to our Service Center. The change will become binding on us when we receive and record it. We will honor any change of ownership request received in good order that we believe is authentic and we will use reasonable procedures to confirm authenticity. If we follow these procedures, we will not take any responsibility for the validity of the change.

If you have a nonqualified annuity, you may incur income tax liability by transferring, assigning or pledging any part of it. (See “Taxes.”)

If you have a qualified annuity, you may not sell, assign, transfer, discount or pledge your contract as collateral for a loan, or as security for the performance of an obligation or for any other purpose except as required or permitted by the Code. However, if the owner is a trust or custodian, or an employer acting in a similar capacity, ownership of the contract may be transferred to the annuitant.

Please consider carefully whether or not you wish to change ownership of your annuity contract. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, the new owner and annuitant will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract.

If you have an Income Assurer Benefit rider and/or Benefit Protector Plus rider, the rider will terminate upon transfer of ownership of the annuity contract. The Accumulation Protector Benefit, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life and the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit riders will continue upon transfer of ownership of your annuity contract. For the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life riders, any ownership change that impacts the guarantees provided will not be considered in good order until we receive a signed Benefit Impact Acknowledgement form showing the projected effect of the ownership change on the rider benefits or a verbal acknowledgement that you understand and accept the impacts that have been explained to you. Continuance of the Benefit Protector is optional. (See “Optional Benefits.”)

Benefits in Case of Death

There are four death benefit options under your contract if you die before the retirement start date while this contract is in force. You must select one of the following death benefits:

• ROP Death Benefit;

• MAV Death Benefit;

• 5% Accumulation Death Benefit;

• Enhanced Death Benefit

If it is available in your state and if both you and the annuitant are 79 or younger at contract issue, you can elect any one of the above death benefits. If either you or the annuitant are 80 or older at contract issue, the ROP Death Benefit will apply. Once you elect a death benefit, you cannot change it. We show the death benefit that applies in your contract on your contract’s data page. The death benefit you select determines the mortality and expense risk fee that is assessed against the subaccounts. (See “Charges — Mortality and Expense Risk Fee.”)

Under each option, we will pay the death benefit to your beneficiary upon the earlier of your death or the annuitant’s death. We will base the benefit paid on the death benefit coverage you chose when you purchased the contract. If a contract has more than one person as the owner, we will pay benefits upon the first to die of any owner or the annuitant.

48    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Here are some terms used to describe the death benefits:

Adjusted partial withdrawals (calculated for ROP and MAV Death Benefits)	=	PW XDB
		CV

PW	=	the amount by which the contract value is reduced as a result of the partial withdrawal.
DB	=	the death benefit on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.
CV	=	contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV): is zero prior to the first contract anniversary after the effective date of the rider. On the first contract anniversary after the effective date of the rider, we set the MAV as the greater of these two values:

(a)	current contract value; or
(b)	total purchase payments applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals.

Thereafter, we increase the MAV by any additional purchase payments and reduce the MAV by adjusted partial withdrawals. Every contract anniversary after that prior to the earlier of your or the annuitant’s 81st birthday, we compare the MAV to the current contract value and we reset the MAV to the higher amount.

5% Variable Account Floor: is the sum of the value of the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the variable account floor. There is no variable account floor prior to the first contract anniversary. On the first contract anniversary, we establish the variable account floor as:

• the amounts allocated to the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account at issue increased by 5%;

• plus any subsequent amounts allocated to the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account;

• minus adjusted transfers and partial withdrawals from the subaccounts or the DCA fixed account.

Thereafter, we continue to add subsequent purchase payments allocated to the subaccounts or the DCA fixed account and subtract adjusted transfers and partial withdrawals from the subaccounts or the DCA fixed account. On each contract anniversary after the first, through age 80, we add an amount to the variable account floor equal to 5% of the prior anniversary’s variable account floor. We stop adding this amount after you or the annuitant reach age 81.

5% variable account floor adjusted transfers or partial withdrawals	=	PWT XVAF
		SV

PWT	=	the amount by which the contract value in the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account is reduced as a result of the partial withdrawal or transfer from the subaccounts or the DCA fixed account.
VAF	=	variable account floor on the date of (but prior to) the transfer or partial withdrawal.
SV	=	value of the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account on the date of (but prior to) the transfer of partial withdrawal.

The amount of purchase payments and any purchase payment credits withdrawn or transferred from any subaccount or fixed account (if applicable) or GPA account is calculated as (a) times (b) where:

(a)	is the amount of purchase payments and any purchase payment credits in the account or subaccount on the date of but prior to the current withdrawal or transfer; and
(b)	is the ratio of the amount of contract value transferred or withdrawn from the account or subaccount to the value in the account or subaccount on the date of (but prior to) the current withdrawal or transfer.

For contracts issued in New Jersey, the cap on the variable account floor is 200% of the sum of the purchase payments allocated to the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account that have not been withdrawn or transferred out of the subaccounts or the DCA fixed account.

NOTE: The 5% variable account floor is calculated differently and is not the same value as the Income Assurer Benefit^® 5% variable account floor.

Return of Purchase Payments (ROP) Death Benefit

The ROP Death Benefit is the basic death benefit on the contract that will pay your beneficiaries no less than your purchase payments, adjusted for withdrawals. If you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin and while this contract is in force, the death benefit will be the greater of these two values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value; or
2.	total purchase payments applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals.

The ROP Death Benefit will apply unless you select one of the alternative death benefits described immediately below.

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    49

If available in your state and both you and the annuitant are age 79 or younger at contract issue, you may select one of the death benefits described below at the time you purchase your contract. The death benefits do not provide any additional benefit before the first contract anniversary and may not be appropriate for issue ages 75 to 79 because the benefit values may be limited after age 81. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether or not these death benefits are appropriate for your situation.

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV) Death Benefit

The MAV Death Benefit provides that if you or the annuitant die while the contract is in force and before annuity payouts begin, the death benefit will be the greatest of these three values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals; or
3.	the MAV on the date of death.

5% Accumulation Death Benefit

The 5% Accumulation Death Benefit provides that if you or the annuitant die while the contract is in force and before annuity payouts begin, the death benefit will be the greatest of these three values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals; or
3.	the 5% variable account floor.

Enhanced Death Benefit (EDB)

The Enhanced Death Benefit provides that if you or the annuitant die while the contract is in force and before annuity payouts begin, the death benefit will be the greatest of these four values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals;
3.	the MAV on the date of death; or
4.	the 5% variable account floor.

For an example of how each death benefit is calculated, see Appendix D.

If You Die Before Your Retirement Date

When paying the beneficiary, we will process the death claim on the valuation date our death claim requirements are fulfilled. We will determine the contract’s value using the accumulation unit value we calculate on that valuation date. We pay interest, if any, at a rate no less than required by law. We will mail payment to the beneficiary within seven days after our death claim requirements are fulfilled.

Nonqualified annuities

If your spouse is sole beneficiary and you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. To do this your spouse must give us written instructions to continue the contract as owner. There will be no withdrawal charges on contract Option L from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, your spouse and the new annuitant (if applicable) will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract. The Accumulation Protector Benefit, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life and the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit riders, if selected, will continue. Continuance of the Benefit Protector is optional. (See “Optional Benefits.”)

If your beneficiary is not your spouse, we will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless you give us other written instructions. Generally, we must fully distribute the death benefit within five years of your death. However, the beneficiary may receive payouts under any annuity payout plan available under this contract if:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin no later than one year after your death, or other date as permitted by the IRS; and

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy.

Qualified annuities

• Spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if your spouse is the sole beneficiary, your spouse may either elect to treat the contract as his/her own, so long as he or she is eligible to do so, or elect an annuity payout plan or another plan agreed to by us. If your spouse elects a payout option, the payouts must begin no later than the year in which you would have reached age 72 (age 701/2 if the death occurred before Jan. 1, 2020). If you attained age 72 at the time of death, payouts must begin no later than Dec. 31 of the year following the year of your death.

50    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Your spouse may elect to assume ownership of the contract at any time before annuity payouts begin. If your spouse elects to assume ownership of the contract, the contract value will be equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. There will be no withdrawal charges on contract Option L from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, your spouse and the new annuitant (if applicable) will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract. The Accumulation Protector Benefit, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life and the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit riders, if selected, will continue. Continuance of the Benefit Protector is optional. (See “Optional Benefits.”)

•

Non-spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if death occurs on or after Jan. 1, 2020, the beneficiary is required to withdraw his or her entire inherited interest within 10 years of the time of death of the owner unless they qualify as an “eligible designated beneficiary.” Eligible designated beneficiaries may continue to take proceeds out over their life expectancy. Eligible designated beneficiaries include:

• the surviving spouse;

• a lawful child of the owner under the age of majority (remaining amount must be withdrawn within 10 years, once the child reaches the age of majority);

• disabled within the meaning of Code section 72(m)(7);

• chronically ill within the meaning of Code section 7702B(c)(2);

• any other person who is not more than 10 years younger than the owner.

However, non-natural beneficiaries, such as estates and charities, are subject to a five-year rule to distribute the IRA. We will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless the beneficiary elects to receive payouts under a payout plan available under this contract and:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin, no later than one year following the year of your death; and

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy for an eligible designated beneficiary. (Payout plans are limited if the beneficiary is not an eligible designated beneficiary.)

• Spouse and Non-spouse beneficiary: If a beneficiary elects an alternative payment plan which is an inherited IRA, all optional death benefits and living benefits will terminate. In the event of your beneficiary’s death, their beneficiary can elect to take a lump sum payment or annuitize the contract to deplete it within 10 years of your beneficiary’s death

• Annuity payout plan: If you elect an annuity payout plan, the payouts to your beneficiary may continue depending on the annuity payout plan you elect, subject to adjustment to comply with the IRS rules and regulations.

How we handle contracts under unclaimed property laws

Every state has unclaimed property laws which generally declare annuity contracts to be abandoned after a period of inactivity of one to five years from either 1) the contract’s maturity date (the latest day on which income payments may begin under the contract) or 2) the date the death benefit is due and payable. If a contract matures or we determine a death benefit is payable, we will use our best efforts to locate you or designated beneficiaries. If we are unable to locate you or a beneficiary, proceeds will be paid to the abandoned property division or unclaimed property office of the state in which the beneficiary or you last resided, as shown in our books and records, or to our state of domicile. Generally, this surrender of property to the state is commonly referred to as “escheatment”. To avoid escheatment, and ensure an effective process for your beneficiaries, it is important that your personal address and beneficiary designations are up to date, including complete names, date of birth, current addresses and phone numbers, and taxpayer identification numbers for each beneficiary. Updates to your address or beneficiary designations should be sent to our Service Center.

Escheatment may also be required by law if a known beneficiary fails to demand or present an instrument or document to claim the death benefit in a timely manner, creating a presumption of abandonment. If your beneficiary steps forward (with the proper documentation) to claim escheated annuity proceeds, the state is obligated to pay any such proceeds it is holding.

For nonqualified annuities, non-spousal death benefits are generally required to be distributed and taxed within five years from the date of death of the owner/annuitant or the unclaimed death benefits will be presumed abandoned and subject to escheatment.

Optional Benefits

The assets held in our general account support the guarantees under your contract, including optional death benefits and optional living benefits. To the extent that we are required to pay you amounts in addition to your contract value under these benefits, such amounts will come from our general account assets. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of insurance and financial products

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    51

as well, and we also pay our obligations under these products from assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account.

Optional Living Benefits

Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider

The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional charge. The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may provide a guaranteed contract value at the end of the specified waiting period on the benefit date, but not until then, under the following circumstances:

On the benefit date, if:	Then your Accumulation Protector Benefit rider benefit is:
The Minimum Contract Accumulation Value (defined below) as determined under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider is greater than your contract value,	The contract value is increased on the benefit date to equal the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value as determined under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider on the benefit date.
The contract value is equal to or greater than the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value as determined under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider,	Zero; in this case, the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider ends without value and no benefit is payable.

If the contract value falls to zero as the result of adverse market performance or the deduction of fees and/or charges at any time during the waiting period and before the benefit date, the contract and all riders, including the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider will terminate without value and no benefits will be paid. Exception: If you are still living on the benefit date, we will pay you an amount equal to the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value as determined under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider on the valuation date your contract value reached zero.

If this rider is available in your state, you may elect the Accumulation Protector Benefit at the time you purchase your contract and the rider effective date will be the contract issue date. The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may not be terminated once you have elected it, except as described in the “Terminating the Rider” section below. An additional charge for the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider will be assessed annually during the waiting period. The rider ends when the waiting period expires and no further benefit will be payable and no further fees for the rider will be deducted. After the waiting period, you have the following options:

• Continue your contract;

• Take partial withdrawals or make a full withdrawal; or

• Annuitize your contract to create a guaranteed income stream.

The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may not be purchased with the optional Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit riders or any Income Assurer Benefit rider.

The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may not be available in all states.

You should consider whether an Accumulation Protector Benefit rider is appropriate for you because:

• you must be invested in one of the approved investment options. This requirement limits your choice of investments. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, one-year fixed account (if included)
and GPAs that are available under the contract to contract owners who do not elect this rider (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds”);

• you may not make additional purchase payments to your contract during the waiting period after the first 180 days immediately following the effective date of the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider;

• if you purchase this annuity as a qualified annuity, for example, an IRA, you may need to take partial withdrawals from your contract to satisfy the minimum distribution requirements of the Code (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Partial withdrawals, including those you take to satisfy RMDs, will reduce any potential benefit that the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider provides. You should consult your tax advisor if you have any questions about the use of this rider in your tax situation;

• if you think you may withdraw all of your contract value before you have held your contract with this benefit rider attached for 10 years, or you are considering selecting an annuity payout option within 10 years of the effective date of your contract, you should consider whether this optional benefit is right for you. You must hold the contract a minimum of 10 years from the effective date of the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, which is the length of the waiting period under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, in order to receive the benefit, if any, provided by the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. In some cases, as described below, you may need to hold the contract longer than 10 years in order to qualify for any benefit the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may provide;

52    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• the 10 year waiting period under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider will restart if you exercise the elective step up option (described below) or your surviving spouse exercises the spousal continuation elective step up (described below); and

• the 10 year waiting period under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may be restarted if you elect to change your investment option to one that causes the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider charge to increase (see “Charges”).

Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether an Accumulation Protector Benefit rider is appropriate for your situation.

Here are some general terms that are used to describe the operation of the Accumulation Protector Benefit:

Benefit Date: This is the first valuation date immediately following the expiration of the waiting period.

Minimum Contract Accumulation Value (MCAV): An amount calculated under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. The contract value will be increased to equal the MCAV on the benefit date if the contract value on the benefit date is less than the MCAV on the benefit date.

Adjustments for Partial Withdrawals: The adjustment made for each partial withdrawal from the contract is equal to the amount derived from multiplying (a) and (b) where:

(a)	is 1 minus the ratio of the contract value on the date of (but immediately after) the partial withdrawal to the contract value on the date of (but immediately prior to) the partial withdrawal; and
(b)	is the MCAV on the date of (but immediately prior to) the partial withdrawal.

Waiting Period: The waiting period for the rider is 10 years.

We reserve the right to restart the waiting period on the latest contract anniversary if you change your investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider charge for new contract owners, or if you change your asset allocation investment option after we have exercised our rights to charge a separate charge for each investment option.

Your initial MCAV is equal to your initial purchase payment. It is increased by the amount of any subsequent purchase payments received within the first 180 days that the rider is effective. It is reduced by adjustments for any partial withdrawals made during the waiting period.

Automatic Step Up

On each contract anniversary after the effective date of the rider, the MCAV will be set to the greater of:

1.	80% of the contract value on the contract anniversary (after charges are deducted); or
2.	the MCAV immediately prior to the automatic step-up.

The automatic step up does not create contract value, guarantee the performance of any investment option, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn or paid upon death. Rather, the automatic step-up is an interim calculation used to arrive at the final MCAV, which is used to determine whether a benefit will be paid under the rider on the benefit date.

The automatic step up of the MCAV does not restart the waiting period or increase the charge (although the total fee for the rider may increase).

Elective Step Up Option

Within thirty days following each contract anniversary after the rider effective date, but prior to the benefit date, you may notify us in writing that you wish to exercise the annual elective step-up option. You may exercise this elective step-up option only once per contract year during this 30 day period. If your contract value (after charges are deducted) on the valuation date we receive your written request to step-up is greater than the MCAV on that date, your MCAV will increase to 100% of that contract value.

We may increase the fee for your rider (see “Charges — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider Charge”). The revised fee would apply to your rider if you exercise the annual elective step up, your MCAV is increased as a result, and the revised fee is higher than your annual rider fee before the elective step-up. Elective step-ups will also result in a restart of the waiting period as of the most recent contract anniversary.

The elective step up does not create contract value, guarantee the performance of any investment option, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn or paid upon death. Rather, the elective step-up is an interim calculation used to arrive at the final MCAV, which is used to determine whether a benefit will be paid under the rider on the benefit date.

The elective step-up option is not available to non-spouse beneficiaries that continue the contract during the waiting period.

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    53

We have the right to restrict the elective step up option on inherited IRAs, but we currently allow them. Please consider carefully if an elective step up is appropriate if you own an inherited IRA because the elective step up will restart the waiting period and the required minimum distributions for an inherited IRA may significantly decrease the future benefit payable under this rider. We reserve the right to restrict the elective step-up option on inherited IRAs in the future.

The elective step-up option is not available if the benefit date would be after the retirement date. (see “The Retirement Date” section for retirement date options)

Spousal Continuation

If a spouse chooses to continue the contract under the spousal continuation provision, the rider will continue as part of the contract. Once, within the thirty days following the date of spousal continuation, the spouse may choose to exercise an elective step-up. The spousal continuation elective step-up is in addition to the annual elective step-up. If the contract value on the valuation date we receive the written request to exercise this option is greater than the MCAV on that date, we will increase the MCAV to that contract value. If the MCAV is increased as a result of the elective step-up and we have increased the charge for the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, the spouse will pay the charge that is in effect on the valuation date we receive their written request to step-up. In addition, the waiting period will restart as of the most recent contract anniversary.

Terminating the Rider

The rider will terminate under the following conditions:

The rider will terminate before the benefit date without paying a benefit on the date:

• you take a full withdrawal; or

• annuitization begins; or

• the contract terminates as a result of the death benefit being paid.

The rider will terminate on the benefit date.

For an example, see Appendix E.

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge if⁽¹⁾:

•	your contract application is signed on or after May 1, 2006;
•	the rider is available in your state; and
•	you and the annuitant are 80 or younger on the date the contract is issued.
(1)	The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider is not available under an inherited qualified annuity.

You must elect the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider when you purchase your contract. The rider effective date will be the contract issue date.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider guarantees that you will be able to withdraw up to a certain amount each year from the contract, regardless of the investment performance of your contract before the annuity payments begin, until you have recovered at minimum all of your purchase payments. And, under certain limited circumstances defined in the rider, you have the right to take a specified amount of partial withdrawals in each contract year until death (see “At Death” heading below) — even if the contract value is zero.

Your contract provides for annuity payouts to begin on the retirement date (see “Buying Your Contract — The Retirement Date”). Before the retirement date, you have the right to withdraw some or all of your contract value, less applicable administrative, withdrawal and rider charges imposed under the contract at the time of the withdrawal (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Withdrawals”). Because your contract value will fluctuate depending on the performance of the underlying funds in which the subaccounts invest, the contract itself does not guarantee that you will be able to take a certain withdrawal amount each year before annuity payouts begin, nor does it guarantee the length of time over which such withdrawals can be made before annuity payouts begin.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider may be appropriate for you if you intend to make periodic withdrawals from your annuity contract and wish to ensure that market performance will not adversely affect your ability to withdraw your principal over time.

Under the terms of the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, the calculation of the amount which can be withdrawn in each contract year varies depending on several factors, including but not limited to the waiting period (see “Waiting period” heading below) and whether or not the lifetime withdrawal benefit has become effective:

(1) The basic withdrawal benefit gives you the right to take limited partial withdrawals in each contract year and guarantees that over time the withdrawals will total an amount equal to, at minimum, your purchase payments. Key

54    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

terms associated with the basic withdrawal benefit are “Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP),” “Remaining Benefit Payment (RBP),” “Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA),” and “Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA).” See these headings below for more information.

(2)

The lifetime withdrawal benefit gives you the right, under certain limited circumstances defined in the rider, to take limited partial withdrawals until the later of death (see “At Death” heading below) or until the RBA (under the basic withdrawal benefit) is reduced to zero. Key terms associated with the lifetime withdrawal benefit are “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP),” “Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (RALP),” “Covered Person,” and “Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA).” See these headings below for more information.

Only the basic withdrawal benefit will be in effect prior to the date that the lifetime withdrawal benefit becomes effective. The lifetime withdrawal benefit becomes effective automatically on the rider anniversary date after the covered person reaches age 65, or the rider effective date if the covered person is age 65 or older on the rider effective date (see “Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA)” heading below).

Provided annuity payouts have not begun, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider guarantees that you may take the following partial withdrawal amounts each contract year:

• After the waiting period and before the establishment of the ALP, the rider guarantees that each year you can cumulatively withdraw an amount equal to the GBP;

• During the waiting period and before the establishment of the ALP, the rider guarantees that each year you can cumulatively withdraw an amount equal to the value of the RBP at the beginning of the contract year;

• After the waiting period and after the establishment of the ALP, the rider guarantees that each year you have the option to cumulatively withdraw an amount equal the ALP or the GBP, but the rider does not guarantee withdrawals of the sum of both the ALP and the GBP in a contract year;

• During the waiting period and after the establishment of the ALP, the rider guarantees that each year you have the option to cumulatively withdraw an amount equal to the value of the RALP or the RBP at the beginning of the contract year, but the rider does not guarantee withdrawals of the sum of both the RALP and the RBP in a contract year.

If you withdraw less than the allowed partial withdrawal amount in a contract year, the unused portion cannot be carried over to the next contract year. As long as your partial withdrawals in each contract year do not exceed the annual partial withdrawal amount allowed under the rider, and there has not been a contract ownership change or spousal continuation of the contract, the guaranteed amounts available for partial withdrawals are protected (i.e., will not decrease).

If you withdraw more than the allowed partial withdrawal amount in a contract year, we call this an “excess withdrawal” under the rider. Excess withdrawals trigger an adjustment of a benefit’s guaranteed amount, which may cause it to be reduced (see “GBA Excess Withdrawal Processing,” “RBA Excess Withdrawal Processing,” and “ALP Excess Withdrawal Processing” headings below).

Please note that each of the two benefits has its own definition of the allowed annual withdrawal amount. Therefore a partial withdrawal may be considered an excess withdrawal for purposes of the lifetime withdrawal benefit only, the basic withdrawal benefit only, or both.

If your withdrawals exceed the greater of the RBP or the RALP, withdrawal charges under the terms of the contract may apply (see “Charges — Withdrawal Charges”). The amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable withdrawal charge. Market value adjustments, if applicable, will also be made (see “Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs) — Market Value Adjustment”). We pay you the amount you request. Any partial withdrawals you take under the contract will reduce the value of the death benefits (see “Benefits in Case of Death”). Upon full withdrawal of the contract, you will receive the remaining contract value less any applicable charges (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Withdrawal”).

The rider’s guaranteed amounts can be increased at the specified intervals if your contract value has increased. An annual step up feature is available at each contract anniversary, subject to certain conditions, and may be applied automatically to your contract or may require you to elect the step up (see “Annual Step Up” heading below). If you exercise the annual step up election, the spousal continuation step up election (see “Spousal Continuation Step Up” heading below) or change your PN investment option, the rider charge may change (see “Charges”).

If you take withdrawals during the waiting period, any prior steps ups applied will be reversed and step ups will not be available until the third rider anniversary. You may take withdrawals after the waiting period without reversal of prior step ups.

You should consider whether the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider is appropriate for you because:

You will begin paying the rider charge as of the rider effective date, even if you do not begin taking withdrawals for many years. It is possible that your contract performance, fees and charges, and withdrawal pattern may be such that your contract value will not be depleted in your lifetime and you will not receive any monetary value under the rider.

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    55

• Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit Limitations: The lifetime withdrawal benefit is subject to certain limitations, including but not limited to:

(a) Once the contract value equals zero, payments are made for as long as the oldest owner or annuitant is living (see “If Contract Value Reduces to Zero” heading below). However, if the contract value is greater than zero, the lifetime withdrawal benefit terminates at the first death of any owner or annuitant (see “At Death” heading below). Therefore, if there are multiple contract owners or the annuitant is not an owner, the rider may terminate or the lifetime withdrawal benefit may be reduced. This possibility may present itself when:

(i)	There are multiple contract owners — when one of the contract owners dies the benefit terminates even though other contract owners are still living (except if the contract is continued under the spousal continuation provision of the contract); or
(ii)	The owner and the annuitant are not the same persons — if the annuitant dies before the owner, the benefit terminates even though the owner is still living. This is could happen, for example, when the owner is younger than the annuitant. This risk increases as the age difference between owner and annuitant increases.

(b)	Excess withdrawals can reduce the ALP to zero even though the GBA, RBA, GBP and/or RBP values are greater than zero. If the both the ALP and the contract value are zero, the lifetime withdrawal benefit will terminate.
(c)	When the lifetime withdrawal benefit is first established, the initial ALP is based on the basic withdrawal benefit’s RBA at that time (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below), unless there has been a spousal continuation or ownership change. Any withdrawal you take before the ALP is established reduces the RBA and therefore may result in a lower amount of lifetime withdrawals you are allowed to take.
(d)	Withdrawals can reduce both the contract value and the RBA to zero prior to the establishment of the ALP. If this happens, the contract and the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider will terminate.

• Investment Allocation Restrictions: You must be invested in one of the approved investment options. These funds are expected to reduce our financial risks and expenses associated with certain living benefits. Although the funds’ investment strategies may help mitigate declines in your contract value due to declining equity markets, the funds’ investment strategies may also curb your contract value gains during periods of positive performance by the equity markets. Additionally, investment in the funds may decrease the number and amount of any benefit base increase opportunities. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds: Volatility and Volatility Management Risk with the Portfolio Stabilizer funds” section.) We reserve the right to add, remove or substitute approved investment options at any time and in our sole discretion in the future. This requirement limits your choice of investments. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, GPAs or the one-year fixed account that are available under the contract to contract owners who do not elect this rider. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds.”) You may allocate purchase payments to the DCA fixed account, when available, and we will make monthly transfers into the investment option you have chosen. Subject to state restrictions, we reserve the right to limit the number of investment options from which you can select based on the dollar amount of purchase payments you make.

• Limitations on Purchase of Other Riders under this Contract: If you select the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, you may not elect an Income Assurer Benefit rider or the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider.

• Non-Cancelable: Once elected, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider may not be cancelled and the fee will continue to be deducted until the contract is terminated, the contract value reduces to zero (described below) or after the retirement date.

• Limitations on Purchase Payments: We reserve the right to limit the cumulative amount of purchase payments, subject to state restrictions, which may limit your ability to make additional purchase payments to increase your contract value as you may have originally intended. For current purchase payment restrictions, please see “Buying Your Contract — Purchase Payments”.

• Interaction with Total Free Amount (TFA) contract provision:The TFA is the amount you are allowed to withdraw from the contract in each contract year without incurring a withdrawal charge (see “Charges — Withdrawal Charge”). The TFA may be greater than the RBP or RALP under this rider. Any amount you withdraw under the contract’s TFA provision that exceeds the RBP or RALP is subject to the excess withdrawal processing described below for the GBA, RBA and ALP.

You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of this rider in your tax situation:

• Tax Considerations for Nonqualified Annuities: Under current federal income tax law, withdrawals under nonqualified annuities, including partial withdrawals taken from the contract under the terms of this rider, are treated less favorably than amounts received as annuity payments under the contract (see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities”). Withdrawals before age 59 ½ may incur a 10% IRS early withdrawal penalty and may be considered taxable income.

• Tax Considerations for Qualified Annuities:Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum

56    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

	Distributions”). If you have a qualified annuity, you may need to take an RMD that exceeds the specified amount of withdrawal available under the rider. Partial withdrawals in any contract year that exceed the guaranteed amount available for withdrawal may reduce future benefits guaranteed under the rider. While the rider permits certain excess withdrawals to be made for the purpose of satisfying RMD requirements for this contract alone without reducing future benefits guaranteed under the rider, there can be no guarantee that changes in the federal income tax law after the effective date of the rider will not require a larger RMD to be taken, in which case, future guaranteed withdrawals under the rider could be reduced. See Appendix G for additional information. Additionally, RMD rules follow the calendar year which most likely does not coincide with your contract year and therefore may limit when you can take your RMD and not be subject to excess withdrawal processing.
•	Treatment of non-spousal distributions: Unless you are married your beneficiary will be required to take distributions as a non-spouse which may result in significantly decreasing the value of the rider. Please note civil unions and domestic partnerships generally are not recognized as marriages for federal tax purposes. For additional information see “Taxes — Other — Spousal status” section of this prospectus.
•	Limitations on Tax-Sheltered Annuities (TSAs): Your right to take withdrawals is restricted if your contract is a TSA (see “TSA — Special Provisions”).

For an example, see Appendix F.

Key terms and provisions of the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider are described below:

Partial Withdrawals: A withdrawal of an amount that does not result in a full withdrawal of the contract. The partial withdrawal amount is a gross amount and will include any withdrawal charge and any market value adjustment.

Waiting period: The period of time starting on the rider effective date during which the annual step up is not available if you take withdrawals. The current waiting period is three years.

Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA): The total cumulative amount available for partial withdrawals over the life of the rider under the basic withdrawal benefit. The maximum GBA is $5,000,000. The GBA cannot be withdrawn and is not payable as a death benefit. Rather, the GBA is an interim value used to calculate the amount available for withdrawals each year under the basic withdrawal benefit (see “Guaranteed Benefit Payment” below). At any time, the total GBA is the sum of the individual GBAs associated with each purchase payment.

The GBA is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At contract issue — the GBA is equal to the initial purchase payment.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own GBA equal to the amount of the purchase payment.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When an individual RBA is reduced to zero — the GBA that is associated with that RBA will also be set to zero.

• When you make a partial withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up — Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the GBA associated with each purchase payment will be reset to the amount of that purchase payment. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first partial withdrawal is made.

• When you make a partial withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the total RBP — the GBA remains unchanged. If there have been multiple purchase payments, both the total GBA and each payment’s GBA remain unchanged.
(b)	is greater than the total RBP— GBA excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the GBA. If the partial withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing is applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

GBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The total GBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the total GBA immediately prior to the withdrawal; or (b) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s GBA after the withdrawal will be reset to equal that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal plus (a) times (b), where:

(a)	is the ratio of the total GBA after the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal to the total GBA before the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal; and
(b)	is each payment’s GBA before the withdrawal less that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal.

Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA): Each withdrawal you make reduces the amount that is guaranteed by this rider as future withdrawals. At any point in time, the RBA equals the amount of GBA that remains available for withdrawals for the remainder of the contract’s life, and total RBA is the sum of the individual RBAs associated with each purchase payment. The maximum RBA is $5,000,000.

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    57

The RBA is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At contract issue — the RBA is equal to the initial purchase payment.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own RBA initially set equal to that payment’s GBA (the amount of the purchase payment).

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When you make a partial withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up — Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the RBA associated with each purchase payment will be reset to the amount of that purchase payment. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first partial withdrawal is made.

• When you make a partial withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the total RBP — the total RBA is reduced by the amount of the withdrawal. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s RBA is reduced in proportion to its RBP.
(b)	is greater than the total RBP— RBA excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the RBA. If the partial withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing is applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

RBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The total RBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal, or (b) the total RBA immediately prior to the withdrawal, less the amount of the withdrawal.

If there have been multiple purchase payments, both the total RBA and each payment’s RBA will be reset. The total RBA will be reset according to the excess withdrawal processing described above. Each payment’s RBA will be reset in the following manner:

1.	The withdrawal amount up to the total RBP is taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its individual RBP at the time of the withdrawal; and
2.	The withdrawal amount above the total RBP and any amount determined by the excess withdrawal processing are taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its RBA at the time of the withdrawal.

Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP): At any time, the amount available for partial withdrawals in each contract year after the waiting period, until the RBA is reduced to zero, under the basic withdrawal benefit. At any point in time, each purchase payment has its own GBP, which is equal to the lesser of that payment’s RBA or 7% of that payment’s GBA, and the total GBP is the sum of the individual GBPs.

During the waiting period, the guaranteed annual withdrawal amount may be less than the GBP due to the limitations the waiting period imposes on your ability to utilize both annual step-ups and withdrawals (see “Waiting Period” heading above). The guaranteed annual withdrawal amount during the waiting period is equal to the value of the RBP at the beginning of the contract year.

The GBP is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At contract issue — the GBP is established as 7% of the GBA value.

• At each contract anniversary — each payment’s GBP is reset to the lesser of that payment’s RBA or 7% of that payment’s GBA value.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own GBP equal to 7% of the purchase payment amount.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When an individual RBA is reduced to zero — the GBP associated with that RBA will also be reset to zero.

• When you make a partial withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up— Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the GBA and the RBA associated with each purchase payment will be reset to the amount of that purchase payment. Each payment’s GBP will be reset to 7% of that purchase payment. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first partial withdrawal is made.

• When you make a partial withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the total RBP — the GBP remains unchanged.
(b)	is greater than the total RBP — each payment’s GBP is reset to the lesser of that payment’s RBA or 7% of that payment’s GBA value, based on the RBA and GBA after the withdrawal. If the partial withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing is applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

58    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Remaining Benefit Payment (RBP): The amount available for partial withdrawals for the remainder of the contract year under the basic withdrawal benefit. At any point in time, the total RBP is the sum of the RBPs for each purchase payment. During the waiting period, when the guaranteed amount maybe less than the GBP, the value of the RBP at the beginning of the contract year will be that amount that is actually guaranteed each contract year.

The RBP is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At the beginning of each contract year during the waiting period and prior to any withdrawal — the RBP for each purchase payment is set equal to that purchase payment multiplied by 7%.

• At the beginning of any other contract year — the RBP for each purchase payment is set equal to that purchase payment’s GBP.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own RBP equal to that payment’s GBP.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• At spousal continuation — (see “Spousal Option to Continue the Contract” heading below).

• When an individual RBA is reduced to zero — the RBP associated with that RBA will also be reset to zero.

• When you make any partial withdrawal — the total RBP is reset to equal the total RBP immediately prior to the partial withdrawal less the amount of the partial withdrawal, but not less than zero. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s RBP is reduced proportionately.If you withdraw an amount greater than the RBP, GBA excess withdrawal processing and RBA excess withdrawal processing are applied and the amount available for future partial withdrawals for the remainder of the contract’s life may be reduced by more than the amount of withdrawal. When determining if a withdrawal will result in the excess withdrawal processing, the applicable RBP will not yet reflect the amount of the current withdrawal.

Covered Person: The person whose life is used to determine when the ALP is established, and the duration of the ALP payments. The covered person is the oldest contract owner or annuitant. The covered person may change during the contract’s life if there is a spousal continuation or a change of contract ownership. If the covered person changes, we recompute the benefits guaranteed by the rider, based on the life of the new covered person, which may reduce the amount of the lifetime withdrawal benefit.

Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA): The covered person’s age after which time the lifetime benefit can be established. Currently, the lifetime benefit can be established on the later of the contract effective date or the contract anniversary date on/following the date the covered person reaches age 65.

Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP): Once established, the ALP at any time is the amount available for withdrawals in each contract year after the waiting period until the later of death (see “At Death” heading below), or the RBA is reduced to zero, under the lifetime withdrawal benefit. The maximum ALP is $300,000. Prior to establishment of the ALP, the lifetime withdrawal benefit is not in effect and the ALP is zero.

During the waiting period, the guaranteed annual lifetime withdrawal amount may be less than the ALP due to the limitations the waiting period imposes on your ability to utilize both annual step-ups and withdrawals (see “Waiting Period” heading above). The guaranteed annual lifetime withdrawal amount during the waiting period is equal to the value of the RALP at the beginning of the contract year.

The ALP is determined at the following times:

• The later of the contract effective date or the contract anniversary date on/following the date the covered person reaches age 65— the ALP is established as 6% of the total RBA.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment increases the ALP by 6% of the amount of the purchase payment.

• At step ups — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• At contract ownership change — (see “Spousal Option to Continue the Contract” and “Contract Ownership Change” headings below).

• When you make a partial withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up — Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the ALP will be reset to equal total purchase payments multiplied by 6%. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first partial withdrawal is made.

• When you make a partial withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the RALP — the ALP remains unchanged.
(b)	is greater than the RALP —ALP excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the ALP. Please note that if the partial withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing are applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    59

ALP Excess Withdrawal Processing

The ALP is reset to the lesser of the ALP immediately prior to the withdrawal, or 6% of the contract value immediately following the withdrawal.

Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (RALP): The amount available for partial withdrawals for the remainder of the contract year under the lifetime withdrawal benefit. During the waiting period, when the guaranteed annual withdrawal amount may be less than the ALP, the value of the RALP at the beginning of the contract year will be the amount that is actually guaranteed each contract year. Prior to establishment of the ALP, the lifetime withdrawal benefit is not in effect and the RALP is zero.

The RALP is determined at the following times:

• The later of the contract effective date or the contract anniversary date following the date the covered person reaches age 65, and:

(a)	During the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals — the RALP is established equal to 6% of purchase payments.
(b)	At any other time — the RALP is established equal to the ALP.

• At the beginning of each contract year during the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals — the RALP is set equal to the total purchase payments, multiplied by 6%.

• At the beginning of any other contract year — the RALP is set equal to ALP.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment increases the RALP by 6% of the amount of the purchase payment.

• At step ups — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When you make any partial withdrawal — the RALP equals the RALP immediately prior to the partial withdrawal less the amount of the partial withdrawal, but not less than zero.If you withdraw an amount greater than the RALP, ALP excess withdrawal processing is applied and the amount available for future partial withdrawals for the remainder of the contract’s life may be reduced by more than the amount of withdrawal. When determining if a withdrawal will result in excess withdrawal processing, the applicable RALP will not yet reflect the amount of the current withdrawal.

Step Up Date: The date any step up becomes effective, and depends on the type of step up being applied (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

Annual Step Up: Beginning with the first contract anniversary, an increase of the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP, and/or RALP values may be available. A step up does not create contract value, guarantee the performance of any investment option, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn or paid upon death. Rather, a step up determines the current values of the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP, and RALP, and may extend the payment period or increase the allowable payment.

The annual step up is subject to the following rules:

• The annual step up is available when the RBA or, if established, the ALP, would increase on the step up date.

• Only one step up is allowed each contract year.

• If you take any withdrawals during the waiting period, any previously applied step ups will be reversed and the Annual step up will not be available until the end of the waiting period.

• If the application of the step up does not increase the rider charge, the annual step up will be automatically applied to your contract, and the step up date is the contract anniversary date.

• If the application of the step up would increase the rider charge, the annual step up is not automatically applied. Instead, you have the option to step up for 30 days after the contract anniversary. If you exercise the elective annual step up option, you will pay the rider charge in effect on the step up date. If you wish to exercise the elective annual step up option, we must receive a request from you or your investment professional. The step up date is the date we receive your request to step up. If your request is received after the close of business, the step up date will be the next valuation day.

• The ALP and RALP are not eligible for step ups until they are established. Prior to being established, the ALP and RALP values are both zero.

• Please note it is possible for the ALP and RALP to step up even if the RBA or GBA do not step up, and it is also possible for the RBA and GBA to step up even if the ALP or RALP do not step up.

The annual step up resets the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP values as follows:

• The total RBA will be reset to the greater of the total RBA immediately prior to the step up date or the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The total GBA will be reset to the greater of the total GBA immediately prior to the step up date or the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

60    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• The total GBP will be reset using the calculation as described above based on the increased GBA and RBA.

• The total RBP will be reset as follows:

(a)	During the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals, the RBP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	At any other time, the RBP will be reset as the increased GBP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but never less than zero.

• The ALP will be reset to the greater of the ALP immediately prior to the step up date or 6% of the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The RALP will be reset as follows:

(a)	During the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals, the RALP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	At any other time, the RALP will be reset as the increased ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

Spousal Option to Continue the Contract: If a surviving spouse elects to continue the contract, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider also continues. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate. When the spouse elects to continue the contract, any remaining waiting period is cancelled; the covered person will be re-determined and is the covered person referred to below; and the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP values are affected as follows:

• The GBA, RBA, and GBP values remain unchanged.

• The RBP is automatically reset to the GBP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

• If the ALP has not yet been established and the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the date of continuation — the ALP will be established on the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65 as the lesser of the RBA or the contract anniversary value, multiplied by 6%. The RALP will be established on the same date equal to the ALP.

• If the ALP has not yet been established but the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the date of continuation — the ALP will be established on the date of continuation as the lesser of the RBA or the contract value, multiplied by 6%. The RALP will be established on the same date in an amount equal to the ALP less all prior partial withdrawals made in the current contract year, but will never be less than zero.

• If the ALP has been established but the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the date of continuation — the ALP and RALP will be automatically reset to zero for the period of time beginning with the date of continuation and ending with the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65. At the end of this time period, the ALP will be reset to the lesser of the RBA or the anniversary contract value, multiplied by 6%, and the RALP will be reset to equal the ALP.

• If the ALP has been established and the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the date of continuation — the ALP will be automatically reset to the lesser of the current ALP or 6% of the contract value on the date of continuation. The RALP will be reset to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

Please note that the lifetime withdrawal benefit amount may be reduced as a result of the spousal continuation.

Spousal Continuation Step Up: If a surviving spouse elects to continue the contract, another elective step up option becomes available. To exercise the step up, the spouse or the spouse’s investment professional must submit a request within 30 days of the date of continuation. The step up date is the date we receive the spouse’s request to step up. If the request is received after the close of business, the step up date will be the next valuation day. The GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP will be reset in the same fashion as the annual step up.

The spousal continuation step up is subject to the following rules:

• If the spousal continuation step up option is exercised and we have increased the charge for the rider, the spouse will pay the charge that is in effect on the step up date.

It is our current administrative practice to process the spousal continuation step up as described in the next paragraph; however, we reserve the right to discontinue our administrative practice and will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change.

At the time of spousal continuation, a step-up may be available. All annual step-up rules (see “Annual Step-Up” heading above), other than those that apply to the waiting period, also apply to the spousal continuation step-up. If the spousal continuation step-up is processed automatically, the step-up date is the valuation date spousal continuation is effective. If not, the spouse must elect the step up and must do so within 30 days of the spousal continuation date. If the spouse elects the spousal continuation step up, the step-up date is the valuation date we receive the spouse’s written request to step-up if we receive the request by the close of business on that day, otherwise the next valuation date.

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    61

If Contract Value Reduces to Zero: If the contract value reduces to zero and the total RBA remains greater than zero, you will be paid in the following scenarios:

1) The ALP has not yet been established and the contract value is reduced to zero for any reason other than full withdrawal of the contract. In this scenario, you can choose to:

(a)	receive the remaining schedule of GBPs until the RBA equals zero; or
(b)	wait until the rider anniversary on/following the date the covered person reaches age 65, and then receive the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the covered person, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero.

We will notify you of this option. If no election is made, the ALP will be paid.

2) The ALP has been established and the contract value reduces to zero as a result of fees or charges, or a withdrawal that is less than or equal to both the RBP and the RALP. In this scenario, you can choose to receive:

(a)	the remaining schedule of GBPs until the RBA equals zero; or
(b)	the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the covered person, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero. We will notify you of this option. If no election is made, the ALP will be paid.

3)	The ALP has been established and the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RALP but less than or equal to the RBP. In this scenario, the remaining schedule of GBPs will be paid until the RBA equals zero.
4)	The ALP has been established and the contract value falls to zero as a result of a partial withdrawal that is greater than the RBP but less than or equal to the RALP. In this scenario, the ALP will be paid annually until the death of the covered person.

Under any of these scenarios:

• The annualized amounts will be paid to you in the frequency you elect. You may elect a frequency offered by us at the time payments begin. Available payment frequencies will be no less frequent than annually;

• We will no longer accept additional purchase payments;

• You will no longer be charged for the rider;

• Any attached death benefit riders will terminate; and

• The death benefit becomes the remaining payments, if any, until the RBA is reduced to zero.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider and the contract will terminate under either of the following two scenarios:

• If the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than both the RALP and the RBP. This is full withdrawal of the contract.

• If the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RALP but less than or equal to the RBP, and the total RBA is reduced to zero.

At Death: If the contract value is greater than zero when the death benefit becomes payable, the beneficiary may elect to take the death benefit as a lump sum under the terms of the contract (see “Benefits in Case of Death”) or the annuity payout option (see “Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Payout Option” heading below).

If the contract value equals zero and the death benefit becomes payable, the following will occur:

• If the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the GBP each year, the GBP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person dies and the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person is still alive and the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the later of the death of the covered person or the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person is still alive and the RBA equals zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the death of the covered person.

• If the covered person dies and the RBA equals zero, the benefit terminates. No further payments will be made.

Contract Ownership Change: If the contract changes ownership (see “Changing Ownership”), the covered person will be redetermined and is the covered person referred to below. The GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP values will remain unchanged. The ALP and RALP will be reset as follows. Our current administrative practice is to only reset the ALP and RALP if the covered person changes due to the ownership change.

• If the ALP has not yet been established and the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the ownership change date— the ALP and the RALP will be established on the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65. The ALP will be set equal to the lesser of the RBA or the anniversary contract value,

62    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

	multiplied by 6%. If the anniversary date occurs during the waiting period and prior to a withdrawal, the RALP will be set to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments multiplied by 6%. If the anniversary date occurs at any other time, the RALP will be set to the ALP.
•	If the ALP has not yet been established but the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the ownership change date — the ALP and the RALP will be established on the ownership change date. The ALP will be set equal to the lesser of the RBA or the contract value, multiplied by 6%. If the ownership change date occurs during the waiting period and prior to a withdrawal, the RALP will be set equal to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments multiplied by 6%. If the ownership change date occurs at any other time, the RALP will be set equal to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year but not less than zero.
•	If the ALP has been established but the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the ownership change date— the ALP and the RALP will be reset to zero for the period of time beginning with the ownership change date and ending with the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65. At the end of this time period, the ALP will be reset to the lesser of the RBA or the anniversary contract value, multiplied by 6%. If the time period ends during the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals, the RALP will be reset to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments multiplied by 6%. If the time period ends at any other time, the RALP will be reset to the ALP.
•	If the ALP has been established and the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the ownership change date — the ALP and the RALP will be reset on the ownership change date. The ALP will be reset to the lesser of the current ALP or 6% of the contract value. If the ownership change date occurs during the waiting period and prior to a withdrawal, the RALP will be reset to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments multiplied by 6%. If the ownership change date occurs at any other time, the RALP will be reset to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year but not less than zero.

Please note that the lifetime withdrawal benefit amount may be reduced as a result of the ownership change.

Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Payout Option: Several annuity payout plans are available under the contract. As an alternative to these annuity payout plans, a fixed annuity payout option is available under the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider.

Under this option the amount payable each year will be equal to the remaining schedule of GBPs, but the total amount paid over the life of the annuity will not exceed the current total RBA at the time you begin this fixed annuity payout option. These annualized amounts will be paid in the frequency that you elect. The frequencies will be among those offered by us at that time but will be no less frequent than annually. If, at the death of the owner, total payouts have been made for less than the RBA, the remaining payouts will be paid to the beneficiary (see “The Annuity Payout Period” and “Taxes”).

This option may not be available if the contract is issued to qualify under Section 403 or 408 of the Code, as amended. For such contracts, this option will be available only if the guaranteed payment period is less than the life expectancy of the owner at the time the option becomes effective. Such life expectancy will be computed under the mortality table we then use to determine current life annuity purchase rates under the contract to which this rider is attached.

This annuity payout option may also be elected by the beneficiary of a contract as a settlement option if payments begin no later than one year after your death and the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy.

Whenever multiple beneficiaries are designated under the contract, each such beneficiary’s share of the proceeds if they elect this option will be in proportion to their applicable designated beneficiary percentage. Beneficiaries of nonqualified contracts may elect this settlement option subject to the distribution requirements of the contract. We reserve the right to adjust the future schedule of GBPs if necessary to comply with the Code.

Rider Termination

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider cannot be terminated either by you or us except as follows:

1.	Annuity payouts under an annuity payout plan will terminate the rider.
2.	Termination of the contract for any reason will terminate the rider.

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge if⁽¹⁾:

•	your contract application was signed on or after May 1, 2006(2) in those states where the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider was not available(3);
•	you and the annuitant are 79 or younger on the date the contract is issued.
(1)	The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider is not available under an inherited qualified annuity.

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    63

⁽²⁾ The disclosures in this section also apply to contract owners with applications signed on or after April 29, 2005. In previous disclosures, we have referred to this rider as Rider A. We also offered an earlier version of this rider, previously referred to as Rider B. See Appendix H for information regarding Rider B which is no longer offered. See the rider attached to your contract for the actual terms of the benefit you purchased.

You must elect the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider when you purchase your contract (original rider). The original rider you receive at contract issue offers an elective annual step-up and any withdrawal after a step up during the first three years is considered an excess withdrawal, as described below. The rider effective date of the original rider is the contract issue date.

We will offer you the option of replacing the original rider with a new Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit (enhanced rider), if available in your state. The enhanced rider offers an automatic annual step-up and a withdrawal after a step up during the first three years is not necessarily an excess withdrawal, as described below. The effective date of the enhanced rider will be the contract issue date except for the automatic step-up which will apply to contract anniversaries that occur after you accept the enhanced rider. The descriptions below apply to both the original and enhanced riders unless otherwise noted.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit initially provides a guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit that gives you the right to take limited partial withdrawals in each contract year that over time will total an amount equal to your purchase payments. Certain withdrawals and step ups, as described below, can cause the initial guaranteed withdrawal benefit to change. The guarantee remains in effect if your partial withdrawals in a contract year do not exceed the allowed amount. As long as your withdrawals in each contract year do not exceed the allowed amount, you will not be assessed a withdrawal charge. Under the original rider, the allowed amount is the Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP — the amount you may withdraw under the terms of the rider in each contract year, subject to certain restrictions prior to the third contract anniversary, as described below). Under the enhanced rider, the allowed amount is equal to 7% of purchase payments for the first three years, and the GBP in all other years.

If you withdraw an amount greater than the allowed amount in a contract year, we call this an “excess withdrawal” under the rider. If you make an excess withdrawal under the rider:

• withdrawal charges, if applicable, will apply only to the amount of the withdrawal that exceeds the allowed amount;

• the guaranteed benefit amount will be adjusted as described below; and

• the remaining benefit amount will be adjusted as described below.

For a partial withdrawal that is subject to a withdrawal charge, the amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable withdrawal charge (see “Charges — Withdrawal Charge”). Market value adjustments, if applicable, will also be made (see “Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs) — Market Value Adjustment”). We pay you the amount you request. Any partial withdrawals you take under the contract will reduce the value of the death benefit (see “Benefits in Case of Death”). Upon full withdrawal of the contract, you will receive the remaining contract value less any applicable charges (see “Withdrawals”).

Once elected, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider may not be cancelled and the fee will continue to be deducted until the contract is terminated, the contract value reduces to zero (described below) or annuity payouts begin. If you select the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, you may not select an Income Assurer Benefit rider or the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. If you exercise the annual step up election (see “Elective Step Up” and “Annual Step Up” below), the special spousal continuation step up election (see “Spousal Continuation and Special Spousal Continuation Step Up” below) or change your investment option, the rider charge may change (see “Charges”).

You should consider whether the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit is appropriate for you because:

You will begin paying the rider charge as of the rider effective date, even if you do not begin taking withdrawals for many years. It is possible that your contract performance, fees and charges, and withdrawal pattern may be such that your contract value will not be depleted in your lifetime and you will not receive any monetary value under the rider.

• Investment Allocation Restriction: You must participate in the PN program if you purchase a contract on or after May 1, 2006 with this rider (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program”). If you selected this Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider before May 1, 2006, you must participate in the asset allocation program (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Asset Allocation Program”), however, you may elect to participate in the Portfolio Navigator program after May 1, 2006. These funds are expected to reduce our financial risks and expenses associated with certain living benefits. Although the funds’ investment strategies may help mitigate declines in your contract value due to declining equity markets, the funds’ investment strategies may also curb your contract value gains during periods of positive performance by the equity markets. Additionally, investment in the funds may decrease the number and amount of any benefit base increase opportunities. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds: Volatility and Volatility Management Risk with the Portfolio Stabilizer funds” section.) We reserve the right to add, remove or substitute approved investment options at any time and in our sole discretion in the future. This requirement limits your choice of investments. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, GPAs or the one-year fixed account that are available under the contract to contract owners who do not

64    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

	elect this rider. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Asset Allocation Program and Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds.”). You may make qualifying purchase payments to the DCA fixed account, when available, and we will make monthly transfers into the investment option you have chosen;
•	Tax Considerations for Non-Qualified Annuities: Withdrawals are taxable income to the extent of earnings. Withdrawals of earnings before age 59½ may also incur a 10% IRS early withdrawal penalty and may be considered taxable income;
•	Tax Considerations for Qualified Annuities: Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). If you have a qualified annuity, you may need to take an RMD. If you make a withdrawal in any contract year to satisfy an RMD, this may constitute an excess withdrawal, as defined below, and the excess withdrawal procedures described below will apply. Under the terms of the enhanced rider, we allow you to satisfy the RMD based on the life expectancy RMD for your contract and the requirements of the Code and regulations in effect when you purchase your contract, without the withdrawal being treated as an excess withdrawal. It is our current administrative practice to make the same accommodation under the original rider, however, we reserve the right to modify our administrative practice and will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change. See Appendix I for additional information. RMD rules follow the calendar year which most likely does not coincide with your contract year and therefore may limit when you can take your RMD and not be subject to excess withdrawal processing. You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of this rider in your tax situation;
•	Treatment of non-spousal distributions: Unless you are married your beneficiary will be required to take distributions as a non-spouse which may result in significantly decreasing the value of the rider. Please note civil unions and domestic partnerships generally are not recognized as marriages for federal tax purposes. For additional information see “Taxes — Other — Spousal status” section of this prospectus.
•	Limitations on Tax-Sheltered Annuities (TSAs): Your right to take withdrawals is restricted if your contract is a TSA (see “TSA — Special Provisions”). Therefore, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider may be of limited value to you. You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of this rider in your tax situation;
•	Limitations on Purchase Payments: We reserve the right to limit the cumulative amount of purchase payments, subject to state restrictions, which may limit your ability to make additional purchase payments to increase your contract value as you may have originally intended. For current purchase payment restrictions, please see “Buying Your Contract — Purchase Payments”.
•	Interaction with the Total Free Amount (TFA) contract provision: The TFA is the amount you are allowed to withdraw in each contract year without incurring a withdrawal charge (see “Charges — Withdrawal Charge”). The TFA may be greater than GBP under this rider. Any amount you withdraw under the contract’s TFA provision that exceeds the GBP is subject to the excess withdrawal procedures for the GBA and RBA described below.

The terms “Guaranteed Benefit Amount” and “Remaining Benefit Amount” are described below. Each is used in the operation of the GBP, the RBP, the elective step up, the annual step up, the special spousal continuation step up and the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit annuity payout option.

Guaranteed Benefit Amount

The Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA) is equal to the initial purchase payment, adjusted for subsequent purchase payments, partial withdrawals in excess of the GBP, and step ups. The maximum GBA is $5,000,000.

The GBA is determined at the following times:

• At contract issue — the GBA is equal to the initial purchase payment,

• When you make additional purchase payments— each additional purchase payment plus any purchase payment credit has its own GBA equal to the amount of the purchase payment. The total GBA when an additional purchase payment is added is the sum of the individual GBAs immediately prior to the receipt of the additional purchase payment, plus the GBA associated with the additional purchase payment;

• At step up — (see “Elective Step Up” and “Annual Step Up” headings below).

• When you make a partial withdrawal:

(a)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are less than or equal to the GBP — the GBA remains unchanged. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the GBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;
(b)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are greater than the GBP—the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the GBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the GBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    65

(c) under the original rider in a contract year after a step up but before the third contract anniversary —the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the GBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the GBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;

GBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The total GBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the total GBA immediately prior to the withdrawal; or (b) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s GBA after the withdrawal will be reset to equal that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal plus (a) times (b), where:

(a)	is the ratio of the total GBA after the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal to the total GBA before the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal; and
(b)	is each payment’s GBA before the withdrawal less that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal.

Remaining Benefit Amount

The remaining benefit amount (RBA) at any point is the total guaranteed amount available for future partial withdrawals. The maximum RBA is $5,000,000.

The RBA is determined at the following times:

• At contract issue — the RBA is equal to the initial purchase payment;

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own RBA equal to the amount of the purchase payment. The total RBA when an additional purchase payment are added is the sum of the individual RBAs immediately prior to the receipt of the additional purchase payment, plus the RBA associated with the additional payment;

• At step up — (see “Elective Step Up” and “Annual Step Up” headings below).

• When you make a partial withdrawal:

(a)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are less than or equal to the GBP — the RBA becomes the RBA immediately prior to the partial withdrawal, less the partial withdrawal. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the RBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;
(b)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are greater than the GBP— the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the RBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the RBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;
(c)	under the original rider after a step up but before the third contract anniversary —the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the RBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the RBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups.

RBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The RBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal, or (b) the RBA immediately prior to the withdrawal, less the amount of the withdrawal.

If there have been multiple purchase payments, any reduction of the RBA will be taken out of each payment’s RBA in the following manner:

The withdrawal amount up to the remaining benefit payment (defined below) is taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its remaining benefit payment at the time of the withdrawal; and the withdrawal amount above the remaining benefit payment and any amount determined by the excess withdrawal processing are taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its RBA at the time of the withdrawal.

Guaranteed Benefit Payment

Under the original rider, the GBP is the amount you may withdraw under the terms of the rider in each contract year, subject to certain restrictions prior to the third anniversary (see “Elective Step Up” above). The GBP is equal to 7% of the GBA.

Under the enhanced rider, the GBP is the withdrawal amount that you are entitled to take each contract year after the third anniversary until the RBA is depleted. The GBP is the lesser of (a) 7% of the GBA; or (b) the RBA.

Under both the original and enhanced riders, if you withdraw less than the GBP in a contract year, there is no carry over to the next contract year.

Remaining Benefit Payment

Under the original rider, at the beginning of each contract year, the remaining benefit payment (RBP) is set as the lesser of (a) the GBP, or (b) the RBA.

66    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Under the enhanced rider, at the beginning of each contract year, during the first three years and prior to any withdrawal, the RBP for each purchase payment is set equal to that purchase payment, multiplied by 7%. At the beginning of any other contract year, each individual RBP is set equal to each individual GBP.

Each additional purchase payment has its own RBP established equal to that payment’s GBP. The total RBP is equal to the sum of the individual RBPs.

Whenever a partial withdrawal is made, the RBP equals the RBP immediately prior to the partial withdrawal less the amount of the partial withdrawal, but not less than zero.

Elective Step Up (under the original rider only)

You have the option to increase the RBA, the GBA, the GBP and the RBP beginning with the first contract anniversary. An annual elective step up option is available for 30 days after the contract anniversary. The elective step up option allows you to step up the remaining benefit amount and guaranteed benefit amount to the contract value on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

The elective step up is subject to the following rules:

• If you do not take any withdrawals during the first three years, you may step up annually beginning with the first contract anniversary;

• If you take any withdrawals during the first three years, the annual elective step up will not be available until the third contract anniversary;

• If you step up but then take a withdrawal prior to the third contract anniversary, you will lose any prior step ups and the withdrawal will be considered an excess withdrawal subject to the GBA and RBA excess withdrawal procedures discussed under the “Guaranteed Benefit Amount” and “Remaining Benefit Amount” headings above; and

• You may take withdrawals on or after the third contract anniversary without reversal of previous step ups.

You may only step up if your contract value on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up is greater than the RBA. The elective step up will be determined as follows:

• The effective date of the elective step up is the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

• The RBA will be increased to an amount equal to the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

• The GBA will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBA immediately prior to the elective step up; or (b) the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

• The GBP will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBP immediately prior to the elective step up; or (b) 7% of the GBA after the elective step up.

• The RBP will be increased to the lesser of (a) the RBA after the elective step up; or (b) the GBP after the elective step up less any withdrawals made during that contract year.

You may elect a step up only once each contract year within 30 days after the contract anniversary. Once a step up has been elected, another step up may not be elected until the next contract anniversary.

Annual Step Up (under the enhanced rider only)

Beginning with the first contract anniversary after you accept the enhanced rider, an increase of the RBA, the GBA, the GBP and the RBP may be available. A step up does not create contract value, guarantee performance of any investment options, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn or paid upon death. Rather, a step up determines the current values of the GBA, RBA, GBP, and RBP, and may extend the payment period or increase allowable payment.

The annual step up is subject to the following rules:

• The annual step up is available when the RBA would increase on the step up date. The applicable step up date depends on whether the annual step up is applied on an automatic or elective basis.

• If the application of the step does not increase the rider charge, the annual step up will be automatically applied to your contract and the step up date is the contract anniversary date.

• If the application of the step up would increase the rider charge, the annual step up is not automatically applied. Instead, you have the option to step up for 30 days after the contract anniversary. If you exercise the elective annual step up option, you will pay the rider charge in effect on the step up date. If you wish to exercise the elective annual step up option, we must receive a request from you or your investment professional. The step up date is the date we receive your request to step up. If your request is received after the close of business, the step up date will be the next valuation day.

• Only one step up is allowed each contract year.

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    67

• If you take any withdrawals during the first three years, any previously applied step ups will be reversed and the annual step up will not be available until the third contract anniversary;

• You may take withdrawals on or after the third contract anniversary without reversal of previous step ups.

The annual step up will be determined as follows:

• The RBA will be increased to an amount equal to the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The GBA will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBA immediately prior to the annual step up; or (b) the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The GBP will be calculated as described earlier, but based on the increased GBA and RBA.

• The RBP will be reset as follows:

(a)	Prior to any withdrawals during the first three years, the RBP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	At any other time, the RBP will be reset as the increased GBP less all prior withdrawals made during the current contract year, but never less than zero.

Spousal Continuation and Special Spousal Continuation Step Up

If a surviving spouse elects to continue the contract, this rider also continues. The spousal continuation step up is in addition to the elective step up or the annual step up. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate. When a spouse elects to continue the contract, any rider feature processing particular to the first three years of the contract as described in this prospectus no longer applies. The GBA, RBA and GBP values remain unchanged. The RBP is automatically reset to the GBP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

A surviving spouse may elect a spousal continuation step up by written request within 30 days following the spouse’s election to continue the contract. This step up may be made even if withdrawals have been taken under the contract during the first three years. Under this step up, the RBA will be reset to the greater of the RBA or the contract value on the valuation date we receive the spouse’s written request to step up; the GBA will be reset to the greater of the GBA or the contract value on the same valuation date. If a spousal continuation step up is elected and we have increased the charge for the rider for new contract owners, the spouse will pay the charge that is in effect on the valuation date we receive the written request to step up.

It is our current administrative practice to process the spousal continuation step up as described in the next paragraph; however, we reserve the right to discontinue our administrative practice and will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change.

At the time of spousal continuation, a step-up may be available. All annual step-up rules (see “Annual Step-Up” heading above), other than those that apply to the waiting period, also apply to the spousal continuation step-up. If the spousal continuation step-up is processed automatically, the step-up date is the valuation date spousal continuation is effective. If not, the spouse must elect the step up and must do so within 30 days of the spousal continuation date. If the spouse elects the spousal continuation step up, the step-up date is the valuation date we receive the spouse’s written request to step-up if we receive the request by the close of business on that day, otherwise the next valuation date.

Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Payout Option

Several annuity payout plans are available under the contract. As an alternative to these annuity payout plans, a fixed annuity payout option is available under the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit.

Under this option the amount payable each year will be equal to the remaining schedule of GBPs, but the total amount paid over the life of the annuity will not exceed the current total RBA at the time you begin this fixed annuity option. These annualized amounts will be paid in the frequency that you elect. The frequencies will be among those offered by us at that time but will be no less frequent than annually. If, at the death of the owner, total payments have been made for less than the RBA, the remaining payments will be paid to the beneficiary (see “The Annuity Payout Period” and “Taxes”).

This annuity payout option may also be elected by the beneficiary of a contract as a settlement option if payments begin no later than one year after your death and the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy. Whenever multiple beneficiaries are designated under the contract, each such beneficiary’s share of the proceeds if they elect this option will be in proportion to their applicable designated beneficiary percentage. Beneficiaries of nonqualified contracts may elect this settlement option subject to the distribution requirements of the contract. We reserve the right to adjust the remaining schedule of GBPs if necessary to comply with the Code.

If Contract Value Reduces to Zero

If the contract value reduces to zero and the RBA remains greater than zero, the following will occur:

• you will be paid according to the annuity payout option described above;

• we will no longer accept additional purchase payments;

68    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• you will no longer be charged for the rider;

• any attached death benefit riders will terminate; and

• the death benefit becomes the remaining payments under the annuity payout option described above.

If the contract value falls to zero and the RBA is depleted, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider and the contract will terminate.

For an example, see Appendix J.

Income Assurer Benefit Riders

The following three optional Income Assurer Benefit riders were available under your contract if you your contract application was signed prior to May 1, 2007. These riders are no longer available for purchase.

• Income Assurer Benefit – MAV;

• Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base; or

• Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base.

The Income Assurer Benefit riders are intended to provide you with a guaranteed minimum income regardless of the volatility inherent in the investments in the subaccounts. The riders benchmark the contract growth at each anniversary against several comparison values and set the guaranteed income benefit base (described below) equal to the largest value. The guaranteed income benefit base, less any applicable premium tax, is the value we apply to the guaranteed annuity purchase rates stated in Table B of the contract to calculate the minimum annuity payouts you will receive if you exercise the rider. If the guaranteed income benefit base is greater than the contract value, the guaranteed income benefit base may provide a higher annuity payout level than is otherwise available. However, the riders use guaranteed annuity purchase rates which may result in annuity payouts that are less than those using the annuity purchase rates that we may apply at annuitization under the standard contract provisions. Therefore, the level of income provided by the riders may be less than the contract otherwise provides. If the annuity payouts through the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available through the riders, you will receive the higher standard payout option. The guaranteed income benefit base does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

The general information in this section applies to each Income Assurer Benefit rider. This section is followed by a description of each specific Income Assurer Benefit rider and how it is calculated.

You should consider whether an Income Assurer Benefit rider is appropriate for you because:

•	you must participate in the PN program if you purchase a contract on or after May 1, 2006 with this rider (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program”). If you selected this rider before May 1, 2006, you must participate in the asset allocation program (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Asset Allocation Program”), however, you may elect to participate in the Portfolio Navigator program after May 1, 2006. The PN program and the asset allocation program limit your choice of investments. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, GPAs or the one-year fixed account that are available under the contract to other contract owners who do not elect this rider.
•	if you are purchasing the contract as a qualified annuity, such as an IRA, and you are planning to begin annuity payouts after the date on which minimum distributions required by the Code must begin, you should consider whether an Income Assurer Benefit is appropriate for you (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Partial withdrawals you take from the contract, including those used to satisfy RMDs, will reduce the guaranteed income benefit base (defined below), which in turn may reduce or eliminate the amount of any annuity payouts available under the rider. Consult a tax advisor before you purchase any Income Assurer Benefit rider with a qualified annuity;
•	you must hold the Income Assurer Benefit for 10 years unless you elect to terminate the rider within 30 days following the first anniversary after the effective date of the rider;
•	the 10-year waiting period may be restarted if you elect to change the PN program investment option to one that causes the rider charge to increase (see “Charges — Income Assurer Benefit”);
•	the Income Assurer Benefit rider terminates* 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday; and
•	you can only exercise the Income Assurer Benefit within 30 days after a contract anniversary following the expiration of the 10-year waiting period.
*	The rider and annual fee terminate 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday, however, if you exercise the Income Assurer Benefit rider before this time, your benefits will continue according to the annuity payout plan you have selected.

If the Income Assurer Benefit rider is available in your state and the annuitant is 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose this optional benefit at the time you purchase your contract for an additional charge. The amount of the charge is determined by the Income Assurer Benefit you select (see “Charges — Income Assurer Benefit Rider Fee”).

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    69

The effective date of the rider will be the contract issue date. The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit and the Accumulation Protector Benefit riders are not available with any Income Assurer Benefit rider. If the annuitant is between age 73 and age 75 at contract issue, you should consider whether an Income Assurer Benefit rider is appropriate for your situation because of the 10-year waiting period requirement. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether an Income Assurer Benefit rider is appropriate for your situation.

Here are some general terms that are used to describe the Income Assurer Benefit riders in the sections below:

Guaranteed Income Benefit Base: The guaranteed income benefit base is the value that will be used to determine minimum annuity payouts when the rider is exercised. It is an amount we calculate, depending on the Income Assurer Benefit rider you choose, that establishes a benefit floor. When the benefit floor amount is greater than the contract value, there may be a higher annuitization payout than if you annuitized your contract without the Income Assurer Benefit. Your annuitization payout will never be less than that provided by your contract value.

Excluded Investment Options: These investment options are listed in your contract under contract data and will include the Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund and, if available under your contract, the GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account. Excluded investment options are not used in the calculation of this riders’ variable account floor for the Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base and the Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base.

Excluded Payments: These are purchase payments paid in the last five years before exercise of the benefit which we reserve the right to exclude from the calculation of the guaranteed income benefit base.

Proportionate Adjustments for Partial Withdrawals: These are calculated as the product of (a) times (b) where:

(a)	is the ratio of the amount of the partial withdrawal (including any withdrawal charges or MVA) to the contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal, and
(b)	is the benefit on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.

Protected Investment Options: All investment options available under this contract that are not defined as excluded investment options under contract data are known as protected investment options for purposes of this rider and are used in the calculation of the variable account floor for the Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base and the Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base.

Waiting Period: This rider can only be exercised after the expiration of a 10-year waiting period. We reserve the right to restart the waiting period if you elect to change your PN program investment option to one that causes the rider charge to increase.

The following are general provisions that apply to each Income Assurer Benefit:

Exercising the Rider

Rider exercise conditions are:

• you may only exercise the Income Assurer Benefit rider within 30 days after any contract anniversary following the expiration of the waiting period;

• the annuitant on the retirement date must be between 50 to 86 years old; and

• you can only take an annuity payment in one of the following annuity payout plans:

Plan A	—	Life Annuity – No Refund;
Plan B	—	Life Annuity with Ten or Twenty Years Certain;
Plan D	—	Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund;
	—	Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity with Twenty Years Certain; or
Plan E	—	Twenty Years Certain.

After the expiration of the waiting period, the Income Assurer Benefit rider guarantees a minimum amount of fixed annuity lifetime income during annuitization or the option of variable annuity payouts with a guaranteed minimum initial payout or a combination of the two options.

If your contract value falls to zero as the result of adverse market performance or the deduction of fees and/or charges at any time, the contract and all its riders, including this rider, will terminate without value and no benefits will be paid on account of such termination.Exception: if you are still living, and the annuitant is between 50 and 86 years old, an amount equal to the guaranteed income benefit base will be paid to you under the annuity payout plan and frequency that you select, based upon the fixed or variable annuity payouts described above. The guaranteed income benefit base will be calculated and annuitization will occur at the following times.

• If the contract value falls to zero during the waiting period, the guaranteed income benefit base will be calculated and annuitization will occur on the valuation date after the expiration of the waiting period, or when the annuitant attains age 50 if later.

70    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• If the contract value falls to zero after the waiting period, the guaranteed income benefit base will be calculated and annuitization will occur immediately, or when the annuitant attains age 50 if later.

Fixed annuity payouts under this rider will occur at the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” with 100% Projection Scale G and a 2.0% interest rate for contracts purchased on or after May 1, 2006 and if available in your state.⁽¹⁾ These are the same rates used in Table B of the contract (see “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Tables.”) Your annuity payouts remain fixed for the lifetime of the annuity payout period.

First year variable annuity payouts are calculated in the same manner as fixed annuity payouts. Once calculated, your variable annuity payouts remain unchanged for the first year. After the first year, subsequent annuity payouts are variable and depend on the performance of the subaccounts you select. Variable annuity payouts after the first year are calculated using the following formula:

Pt-1(1 + i)	=	Pt
1.05

Pt-1	=	prior annuity payout
Pt	=	current annuity payout
i	=	annualized subaccount performance

Each subsequent variable annuity payout could be more or less than the previous variable annuity payout if the subaccount investment performance is greater or less than the 5% assumed investment rate. If your subaccount performance equals 5%, your variable annuity payout will be unchanged from the previous variable annuity payout. If your subaccount performance is in excess of 5%, your variable annuity payout will increase from the previous variable annuity payout. If your subaccount investment performance is less than 5%, your variable annuity payout will decrease from the previous variable annuity payout.

⁽¹⁾ For all other contracts, the guaranteed annuity purchase rates are based on the “1983 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” with 100% Projection Scale G and a 2.0% interest rate.

Terminating the Rider

Rider termination conditions are:

•	you may terminate the rider within 30 days following the first anniversary after the effective date of the rider;
•	you may terminate the rider any time after the expiration of the waiting period;
•	the rider will terminate on the date you make a full withdrawal from the contract, or annuitization begins, or on the date that a death benefit is payable; and
•	the rider will terminate* 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday.
*	The rider and annual fee terminate 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday, however, if you exercise the Income Assurer Benefit rider before this time, your benefits will continue according to the annuity payout plan you have selected.

You may select one of the Income Assurer Benefit riders described below:

Income Assurer Benefit – MAV

The guaranteed income benefit base for the Income Assurer Benefit – MAV is the greater of these three values:

1.	contract value; or
2.	the total purchase payments made to the contract minus proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals; or
3.	the maximum anniversary value.

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV) — is zero prior to the first contract anniversary after the effective date of the rider. On the first contract anniversary after the effective date of the rider, we set the MAV as the greater of these two values:

(a)	current contract value; or
(b)	total payments made to the contract minus proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals.

Thereafter, we increase the MAV by any additional purchase payments and reduce the MAV by proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals. Every contract anniversary after that prior to the earlier of your or the annuitant’s 81st birthday, we compare the MAV to the current contract value and we reset the MAV to the higher amount.

If we exercise our right to not reflect excluded payments in the calculation of the guaranteed income benefit base, we will calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as the greatest of these three values:

1.	contract value less the market value adjusted excluded payments; or
2.	total purchase payments, less excluded payments, less proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals; or
3.	the MAV, less market value adjusted excluded payments.

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    71

Market Value Adjusted Excluded Payments are calculated as the sum of each excluded purchase payment multiplied by the ratio of the current contract value over the estimated contract value on the anniversary prior to such purchase payment. The estimated contract value at such anniversary is calculated by assuming that payments, and partial withdrawals occurring in a contract year take place at the beginning of the year for that anniversary and every year after that to the current contract year.

Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base

The guaranteed income benefit base for the Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base is the greater of these three values:

1.	contract value; or
2.	the total purchase payments made to the contract minus proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals; or
3.	the 5% variable account floor.

5% Variable Account Floor – is equal to the contract value in the excluded investment options plus the variable account floor. The Income Assurer Benefit 5% variable account floor is calculated differently and is not the same value as the death benefit 5% variable account floor.

The variable account floor is zero from the effective date of this rider and until the first contract anniversary after the effective date of this rider. On the first contract anniversary after the effective date of this rider the variable account floor is:

• the total purchase payments made to the protected investment options minus adjusted partial withdrawals and transfers from the protected investment options; plus

• an amount equal to 5% of your initial purchase payment allocated to the protected investment options.

On any day after the first contract anniversary following the effective date of this rider, when you allocate additional purchase payments to or withdraw or transfer amounts from the protected investment options, we adjust the variable account floor by adding the additional purchase payment and subtracting adjusted withdrawals and adjusted transfers. On each subsequent contract anniversary after the first anniversary of the effective date of this rider, prior to the earlier of your or the annuitant’s 81st birthday, we increase the variable account floor by adding the amount (“roll-up amount”) equal to 5% of the prior contract anniversary’s variable account floor.

The amount of purchase payment withdrawn from or transferred between the excluded investment options and the protected investment options is calculated as (a) times (b) where:

(a)	is the amount of purchase payment in the investment options being withdrawn or transferred on the date of but prior to the current withdrawal or transfer; and
(b)	is the ratio of the amount of the transfer or withdrawal to the value in the investment options being withdrawn or transferred on the date of (but prior to) the current withdrawal or transfer.

The roll-up amount prior to the first anniversary is zero. Also, the roll-up amount on every anniversary after the earlier of your or the annuitant’s 81st birthday is zero.

Adjusted withdrawals and adjusted transfers for the variable account floor are equal to the amount of the withdrawal or transfer from the protected investment options as long as the sum of the withdrawals and transfers from the protected investment options in a contract year do not exceed the roll-up amount from the prior contract anniversary.

If the current withdrawal or transfer from the protected investment options plus the sum of all prior withdrawals and transfers made from the protected investment options in the current policy year exceeds the roll-up amount from the prior contract anniversary we will calculate the adjusted withdrawal or adjusted transfer for the variable account floor as the result of (a) plus [(b) times (c)] where:

(a)	is the roll-up amount from the prior contract anniversary less the sum of any withdrawals and transfers made from the protected investment options in the current policy year but prior to the current withdrawal or transfer. However, (a) can not be less than zero; and
(b)	is the variable account floor on the date of (but prior to) the current withdrawal or transfer from the protected investment options less the value from (a); and
(c)	is the ratio of [the amount of the current withdrawal (including any withdrawal charges or MVA) or transfer from the protected investment options less the value from (a)] to [the total in the protected investment options on the date of (but prior to) the current withdrawal or transfer from the protected investment options less the value from (a)].

If we exercise our right to not reflect excluded payments in the calculation of the guaranteed income benefit base, we will calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as the greatest of these three values:

1. contract value less the market value adjusted excluded payments (described above); or

72    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

2.	total purchase payments, less excluded payments, less proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals; or
3.	the 5% variable account floor, less 5% adjusted excluded payments.

5% Adjusted Excluded Payments are calculated as the sum of each excluded payment accumulated at 5% for the number of full contract years they have been in the contract.

Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base

The guaranteed income benefit base for the Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base is the greater of these four values:

1.	the contract value;
2.	the total purchase payments made to the contract minus proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals;
3.	the MAV (described above); or
4.	the 5% variable account floor (described above).

If we exercise our right to not reflect excluded payments in the calculation of the guaranteed income benefit base, we will calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as the greatest of:

1.	contract value less the market value adjusted excluded payments (described above);
2.	total purchase payments, less excluded payments, less proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals;
3.	the MAV, less market value adjusted excluded payments (described above); or
4.	the 5% variable account floor, less 5% adjusted excluded payments (described above).

For an example of how benefits under each Income Assurer Benefit rider are calculated, see Appendix K.

Optional Death Benefits

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector)

The Benefit Protector is intended to provide an additional benefit to your beneficiary to help offset expenses after your death such as funeral expenses or federal and state taxes. This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge (see “Charges”). The Benefit Protector provides reduced benefits if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older at the rider effective date. The Benefit Protector does not provide any additional benefit before the first rider anniversary.

If this rider is available in your state and both you and the annuitant are age 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the Benefit Protector to your contract. You must elect the Benefit Protector at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date. You may not select this rider if you select the Benefit Protector Plus Rider, 5% Accumulation Death Benefit or the Enhanced Death Benefit.

Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Since the benefit paid by the rider is determined by the amount of earnings at death, the amount of the benefit paid may be reduced as a result of taking any withdrawals including RMDs. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional and tax advisor whether or not the Benefit Protector is appropriate for your situation.

The Benefit Protector provides that if you or the annuitant die after the first rider anniversary, but before annuity payouts begin, and while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary:

• the ROP death benefit

• 40% of your earnings at death if you and the annuitant were under age 70 on the rider effective date, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old; or

• 15% of your earnings at death if you or the annuitant were age 70 or older on the rider effective date, up to a maximum of 37.5% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old.

Earnings at death: This is determined by taking the current death benefit, and subtracting any purchase payments not previously withdrawn. Partial withdrawals reduce earnings before reducing purchase payments in the contract. This determines how much of the applicable death benefit is made up of contract earnings. We set maximum earnings at death of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old. Earnings at death cannot be less than zero.

Terminating the Benefit Protector

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of any rider anniversary beginning with the seventh rider anniversary.

• The rider will terminate when you make a full withdrawal from the contract or when annuity payouts begin.

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    73

If your spouse is the sole beneficiary and you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner. Your spouse and the new annuitant will be subject to all the limitations and restrictions of the rider just as if they were purchasing a new contract. If your spouse and the new annuitant do not qualify for the rider on the basis of age we will terminate the rider. If they do qualify for the rider on the basis of age we will set the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid and we will substitute this new contract value on the date of death for “purchase payments not previously withdrawn” used in calculating earnings at death. Your spouse also has the option of discontinuing the Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider within 30 days of the date of death.

NOTE: For special tax considerations associated with the Benefit Protector, see “Taxes.”

For an example, see Appendix L.

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus)

The Benefit Protector Plus is intended to provide an additional benefit to your beneficiary to help offset expenses after your death such as funeral expenses or federal and state taxes. This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge (see “Charges”). The Benefit Protector Plus provides reduced benefits if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older at the rider effective date. It does not provide any additional benefit before the first rider anniversary and it does not provide any benefit beyond what is offered under the Benefit Protector rider during the second rider year.

If this rider is available in your state and both you and the annuitant are age 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the Benefit Protector Plus to you contract. You must elect the Benefit Protector Plus at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date. This rider is only available for transfers, exchanges or rollovers from another annuity or life insurance policy. You may not select this rider if you select the Benefit Protector Rider, 5% Accumulation Death Benefit or the Enhanced Death Benefit. Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Since the benefit paid by the rider is determined by the amount of earnings at death, the amount of the benefit paid may be reduced as a result of taking any withdrawals including RMDs. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional and tax advisor whether or not the Benefit Protector Plus is appropriate for your situation.

The Benefit Protector Plus provides that if you or the annuitant die after the first rider anniversary, but before annuity payouts begin, and while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary:

• the benefits payable under the Benefit Protector described above, plus

• a percentage of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue not previously withdrawn as follows:

Rider Year	Percentage if you and the annuitant are under age 70 on the rider effective date	Percentage if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older on the rider effective date
One and Two	0%	0%
Three and Four	10%	3.75%
Five or more	20%	7.5%

Another way to describe the benefits payable under the Benefit Protector Plus rider is as follows:

• the ROP death benefit (see “Benefits in Case of Death”) plus:

Rider Year	If you and the annuitant are under age 70 on the rider effective date, add…	If you or the annuitant are age 70 or older on the rider effective date, add…
One	Zero	Zero
Two	40% × earnings at death (see above)	15% × earnings at death
Three & Four	40% × (earnings at death + 25% of initial purchase payment*)	15% × (earnings at death + 25% of initial purchase payment*)
Five or more	40% × (earnings at death + 50% of initial purchase payment*)	15% × (earnings at death + 50% of initial purchase payment*)

* Initial purchase payments are payments made within 60 days of rider issue not previously withdrawn.

Terminating the Benefit Protector Plus

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of any rider anniversary beginning with the seventh rider anniversary.

• The rider will terminate when you make a full withdrawal from the contract or when annuity payouts begin.

If your spouse is sole beneficiaryand you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. We will then terminate the Benefit Protector Plus and substitute the applicable death benefit (see “Benefits in Case of Death”).

74    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

For an example, see Appendix M.

The Annuity Payout Period

As owner of the contract, you have the right to decide how and to whom annuity payouts will be made starting at the retirement date. You may select one of the annuity payout plans outlined below, or we may mutually agree on other payout arrangements. We do not deduct any withdrawal charges upon retirement but withdrawal charges may apply when electing to exercise liquidity features we may make available under certain fixed annuity payout options.

You also decide whether we will make annuity payouts on a fixed or variable basis, or a combination of fixed and variable. The amount available to purchase payouts under the plan you select is the contract value on your retirement date after any rider charges have been deducted. Additionally, we currently allow you to use part of the amount available to purchase payouts, leaving any remaining contract value to accumulate on a tax-deferred basis. Special rules apply for partial annuitization of your annuity contract, see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities — Annuity payouts” and “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Annuity payouts.” If you select a variable annuity payout, we reserve the right to limit the number of subaccounts in which you may invest. The GPAs, the DCA fixed account and Portfolio Stabilizer funds are not available during this payout period.

Amounts of fixed and variable payouts depend on:

• the annuity payout plan you select;

• the annuitant’s age and, in most cases, sex;

• the annuity table in the contract; and

• the amounts you allocated to the accounts at settlement.

In addition, for variable annuity payouts only, amounts depend on the investment performance of the subaccounts you select. These payouts will vary from month to month because the performance of the funds will fluctuate. Fixed payouts generally remain the same from month to month unless you have elected an option providing for increasing payments.

For information with respect to transfers between accounts after annuity payouts begin, see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transfer policies.”

Annuity Tables

The annuity tables in your contract (Table A and Table B) show the amount of the monthly payout for each $1,000 of contract value according to the age and, when applicable, the annuitant’s sex. (Where required by law, we will use a unisex table of settlement rates.)

Table A shows the amount of the first monthly variable annuity payout assuming that the contract value is invested at the beginning of the annuity payout period and earns a 5% rate of return, which is reinvested and helps to support future payouts. If you ask us at least 30 days before the retirement date, we will substitute an annuity table based on an assumed 3.5% investment rate for the 5% Table A in the contract. The assumed investment rate affects both the amount of the first payout and the extent to which subsequent payouts increase or decrease. For example, annuity payouts will increase if the investment return is above the assumed investment rate and payouts will decrease if the return is below the assumed investment rate. Using a 5% assumed interest rate results in a higher initial payout, but later payouts will increase more slowly when annuity unit values rise and decrease more rapidly when they decline.

Table B shows the minimum amount of each fixed annuity payout. We declare current payout rates that we use in determining the actual amount of your fixed annuity payout. The current payout rates will equal or exceed the guaranteed payout rates shown in Table B. We will furnish these rates to you upon request.

Annuity Payout Plans

We make available variable annuity payouts where payout amounts will vary based on the performance of the variable account. We may also make fixed annuity payouts available where payments of a fixed amount are made for the period specified in the plan, subject to any surrender we may permit. You may choose an annuity payout plan by giving us written instructions at least 30 days before the retirement date. Generally, you may select one of the Plans A through E below or another plan agreed to by us. Some of the annuity payout plans may not be available if you have selected the Income Assurer Benefit rider.

• Plan A – Life annuity — no refund:We make monthly payouts until the annuitant’s death. Payouts end with the last payout before the annuitant’s death. We will not make any further payouts. This means that if the annuitant dies after we made only one monthly payout, we will not make any more payouts.

• Plan B – Life annuity with five, ten, 15 or 20 years certain: (under the Income Assurer Benefit rider: you may select life annuity with ten or 20 years certain): We make monthly payouts for a guaranteed payout period of five, ten, 15 or 20 years that you elect. This election will determine the length of the payout period in the event if the annuitant dies

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    75

	before the elected period expires. We calculate the guaranteed payout period from the retirement date. If the annuitant outlives the elected guaranteed payout period, we will continue to make payouts until the annuitant’s death.
•	Plan C – Life annuity — installment refund:(not available under the Income Assurer Benefit rider): We make monthly payouts until the annuitant’s death, with our guarantee that payouts will continue for some period of time. We will make payouts for at least the number of months determined by dividing the amount applied under this option by the first monthly payout, whether or not the annuitant is living.
•	Plan D

– Joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund:We make monthly payouts while both the annuitant and a joint annuitant are living. If either annuitant dies, we will continue to make monthly payouts at the full amount until the death of the surviving annuitant. Payouts end with the death of the second annuitant.

– Joint and last survivor life annuity with 20 years certain: We make monthly annuity payouts during the lifetime of the annuitant and joint annuitant. When either the annuitant or joint annuitant dies, we will continue to make monthly payouts during the lifetime of the survivor. If the survivor dies before we have made payouts for 20 years, we continue to make payouts for the remainder of the 20-year period which begins when the first annuity payout is made.

• Plan E – Payouts for a specified period: We make monthly payouts for a specific payout period of ten to 30 years that you elect (under the Income Assurer Benefit rider, you may elect a payout period of 20 years only). We will make payouts only for the number of years specified whether the annuitant is living or not. Depending on the selected time period, it is foreseeable that an annuitant can outlive the payout period selected. During the payout period, you can elect to have us determine the present value of any remaining payouts and pay it to you in a lump sum. (Exception: If you have an Income Assurer Benefit rider and elect this annuity payout plan based on the Guaranteed Income Benefit Base, a lump sum payout is unavailable.)

• Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Payout Option (available only under contracts with the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life or Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider):This fixed annuity payout option is an alternative to the above annuity payout plans. This option may not be available if the contract is a qualified annuity. For such contracts, this option will be available only if the guaranteed payment period is less than the life expectancy of the owner at the time the option becomes effective. Such life expectancy will be computed using a life expectancy table published by the IRS. Under this option, the amount payable each year will be equal to the remaining schedule of GBPs, but the total amount paid over the life of the annuity will not exceed the total RBA at the time you begin this fixed payout option (see “Optional Benefits — Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider” or “Optional Benefits — Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider”). The amount paid in the current contract year will be reduced for any prior withdrawals in that year. These annualized amounts will be paid in the frequency that you elect. The frequencies will be among those offered by us at the time but will be no less frequent than annually. If, at the death of the owner, total payouts have been made for less than the RBA, the remaining payouts will be paid to the beneficiary.

For Plan A, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, no payments will be made. For Plan B, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue for the guaranteed payout period. For Plan C, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue for the installment refund period. For Plan D, if both annuitants die before the initial payment, no payments will be made; however, if one annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue until the death of the surviving annuitant.

In addition to the annuity payout plans described above, we may offer additional payout plans. Terms and conditions of annuity payout plans will be disclosed at the time of election, including any associated fees or charges. It is important to remember that the election and use of liquidity features will result in payouts ceasing.

Utilizing a liquidity feature to withdraw the underlying value of remaining payouts may result in the assessment of a withdrawal charge (See “Charges — Withdrawal charge”) or a 10% IRS penalty tax. (See “Taxes.”).

Annuity payout plan requirements for qualified annuities: If your contract is a qualified annuity, you must select a payout plan as of the retirement date set forth in your contract. You have the responsibility for electing a payout plan under your contract that complies with applicable law. Your contract describes your payout plan options. The options will meet certain IRS regulations governing RMDs if the payout plan meets the incidental distribution benefit requirements, if any, and the payouts are made:

• in equal or substantially equal payments over a period not longer than your life expectancy, or over the joint life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary; or

• over a period certain not longer than your life expectancy or over the joint life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary.

If we do not receive instructions: You must give us written instructions for the annuity payouts at least 30 days before the annuitant’s retirement date. If you do not, we will make payouts under Plan B, with 120 monthly payouts guaranteed.

76    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If monthly payouts would be less than $20: We will calculate the amount of monthly payouts at the time the contract value is used to purchase a payout plan. If the calculations show that monthly payouts would be less than $20, we have the right to pay the contract value to the owner in a lump sum or to change the frequency of the payouts.

Death after annuity payouts begin: If you or the annuitant die after annuity payouts begin, we will pay any amount payable to the beneficiary as provided in the annuity payout plan in effect. Payments to beneficiaries are subject to adjustment to comply with the IRS rules and regulations.

Taxes

Under current law, your contract has a tax-deferral feature. Generally, this means you do not pay income tax until there is a taxable distribution (or deemed distribution) from the contract. We will send a tax information reporting form for any year in which we made a taxable or reportable distribution according to our records.

Nonqualified Annuities

Generally, only the increase in the value of a non-qualified annuity contract over the investment in the contract is taxable. Certain exceptions apply. Federal tax law requires that all nonqualified deferred annuity contracts issued by the same company (and possibly its affiliates) to the same owner during a calendar year be taxed as a single, unified contract when distributions are taken from any one of those contracts.

Annuity payouts: Generally, unlike withdrawals described below, the income taxation of annuity payouts is subject to exclusion ratios (for fixed annuity payouts) or annual excludable amounts (for variable annuity payouts). In other words, in most cases, a portion of each payout will be ordinary income and subject to tax, and a portion of each payout will be considered a return of part of your investment in the contract and will not be taxed. All amounts you receive after your investment in the contract is fully recovered will be subject to tax. Under Annuity Payout Plan A: Life annuity — no refund, where the annuitant dies before your investment in the contract is fully recovered, the remaining portion of the unrecovered investment may be available as a federal income tax deduction to the owner for the last taxable year. Under all other annuity payout plans, where the annuity payouts end before your investment in the contract is fully recovered, the remaining portion of the unrecovered investment may be available as a federal income tax deduction to the taxpayer for the tax year in which the payouts end. (See “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Federal tax law permits taxpayers to annuitize a portion of their nonqualified annuity while leaving the remaining balance to continue to grow tax-deferred. Under the partial annuitization rules, the portion annuitized must be received as an annuity for a period of 10 years or more, or for the lives of one or more individuals. If this requirement is met, the annuitized portion and the tax-deferred balance will generally be treated as two separate contracts for income tax purposes only. If a contract is partially annuitized, the investment in the contract is allocated between the deferred and the annuitized portions on a pro rata basis.

Withdrawals: Generally, if you withdrawal all or part of your nonqualified annuity your annuity payouts begin, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, your withdrawal will be taxed to the extent that the contract value immediately before the withdrawal exceeds the investment in the contract. Different rules may apply if you exchange another contract into this contract.

You also may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty for withdrawals of taxable income you make before reaching age 59½ unless certain exceptions apply.

Withholding: If you receive taxable income as a result of an annuity payout or withdrawal, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, we may deduct federal, and in some cases state withholding against the payment. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your income tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. As long as you have provided us with a valid Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number, and you have a valid U.S. address, you may be able to elect not to have federal income tax withholding occur.

If the payment is part of an annuity payout plan, we generally compute the amount of federal income tax withholding using payroll tables. You may provide us with a statement of how many exemptions to use in calculating the withholding. If the distribution is any other type of payment (such as partial or full withdrawal) we compute federal income tax withholding using 10% of the taxable portion.

The federal income tax withholding requirements differ if we deliver payment outside the United States or you are a non-resident alien.

Some states also may impose income tax withholding requirements similar to the federal withholding described above or may allow you to elect withholding. If this should be the case, we may deduct state income tax withholding from the payment.

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    77

Death benefits to beneficiaries: The death benefit under a nonqualified contract is not exempt from estate (federal or state) taxes. In addition, for income tax purposes, any amount your beneficiary receives that exceeds the remaining investment in the contract is taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary in the year he or she receives the payments. (See also “Benefits in Case of Death — If You Die Before the Retirement Date”).

Net Investment Income Tax (also known as Medicare contribution tax): Effective for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2013, certain investment income of high-income individuals (as well as estates and trusts) is subject to a 3.8% net investment income tax (as an addition to income taxes). For individuals, the 3.8% tax applies to the lesser of (1) the amount by which the taxpayer’s modified adjusted gross income exceeds $200,000 ($250,000 for married filing jointly and surviving spouses; $125,000 for married filing separately) or (2) the taxpayer’s “net investment income.” Net investment income includes taxable income from nonqualified annuities. Annuity holders are advised to consult their tax advisor regarding the possible implications of this additional tax.

Annuities owned by corporations, partnerships or irrevocable trusts: For nonqualified annuities, any annual increase in the value of annuities held by such entities (non-natural persons) generally will be treated as ordinary income received during that year. However, if the trust was set up for the benefit of a natural person(s) only, the income may remain tax-deferred until withdrawn or paid out.

Penalties: If you receive amounts from your nonqualified annuity before reaching age 59½, you may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty on the amount includable in your ordinary income. However, this penalty will not apply to any amount received:

• because of your death or in the event of non-natural ownership, the death of annuitant;

• because you become disabled (as defined in the Code);

• if the distribution is part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments, made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or joint lives or life expectancies of you and your beneficiary);

• if it is allocable to an investment before Aug. 14, 1982; or

• if annuity payouts are made under immediate annuities as defined by the Code.

Transfer of ownership: Generally, if you transfer ownership of a nonqualified annuity without receiving adequate consideration, the transfer may be taxed as a withdrawal for federal income tax purposes. If the transfer is a currently taxable event for income tax purposes, the original owner will be taxed on the amount of deferred earnings at the time of the transfer and also may be subject to the 10% IRS penalty discussed earlier. In this case, the new owner’s investment in the contract will be equal to the investment in the contract at the time of the transfer plus any earnings included in the original owner’s taxable income as a result of the transfer. In general, this rule does not apply to transfers between spouses or former spouses. Similar rules apply if you transfer ownership for full consideration. Please consult your tax advisor for further details.

1035 Exchanges: Section 1035 of the Code permits nontaxable exchanges of certain insurance policies, endowment contracts, annuity contracts and qualified long-term care insurance contracts while providing for continued tax deferral of earnings. In addition, Section 1035 permits the carryover of the investment in the contract from the old policy or contract to the new policy or contract. In a 1035 exchange one policy or contract is exchanged for another policy or contract. The following can qualify as nontaxable exchanges: (1) the exchange of a life insurance policy for another life insurance policy or for an endowment, annuity or qualified long-term care insurance contract, (2) the exchange of an endowment contract for an annuity or qualified long-term care insurance contract, or for an endowment contract under which payments will begin no later than payments would have begun under the contract exchanged, (3) the exchange of an annuity contract for another annuity or for a qualified long-term care insurance contract, and (4) the exchange of a qualified long-term care insurance contract for a qualified long-term care insurance contract. Additionally, other tax rules apply. However, if the life insurance policy has an outstanding loan, there may be tax consequences. Depending on the issue date of your original policy or contract, there may be tax or other benefits that are given up to gain the benefits of the new policy or contract. Consider whether the features and benefits of the new policy or contract outweigh any tax or other benefits of the old contract.

For a partial exchange of an annuity contract for another annuity contract, the 1035 exchange is generally tax-free. The investment in the original contract and the earnings on the contract will be allocated proportionately between the original and new contracts. However, per IRS Revenue Procedure 2011-38, if withdrawals are taken from either contract within the 180-day period following a partial 1035 exchange, the IRS will apply general tax principles to determine the appropriate tax treatment of the exchange and subsequent withdrawal. As a result, there may be unexpected tax consequences. You should consult your tax advisor before taking any withdrawal from either contract during the 180-day period following a partial exchange.

Assignment: If you assign or pledge your contract as collateral for a loan, earnings on purchase payments you made after Aug. 13, 1982 will be taxed as a deemed distribution and also may be subject to the 10% penalty as discussed above.

78    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Qualified Annuities

Adverse tax consequences may result if you do not ensure that contributions, distributions and other transactions under the contract comply with the law. Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions. You should refer to your retirement plan’s Summary Plan Description, your IRA disclosure statement, or consult a tax advisor for additional information about the distribution rules applicable to your situation.

When you use your contract to fund a retirement plan or IRA that is already tax-deferred under the Code, the contract will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral. If your contract is used to fund an employer sponsored plan, your right to benefits may be subject to the terms and conditions of the plan regardless of the terms of the contract.

Annuity payouts: Under a qualified annuity, except a Roth IRA, Roth 401(k) or Roth 403(b), the entire payout generally is includable as ordinary income and is subject to tax unless: (1) the contract is an IRA to which you made non-deductible contributions; or (2) you rolled after-tax dollars from a retirement plan into your IRA; or 3) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you or your employer have contributed after-tax dollars; or (4) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you direct such payout to be directly rolled over to another eligible retirement plan such as an IRA. We may permit partial annuitizations of qualified annuity contracts. If we accept partial annuitizations, please remember that your contract will still need to comply with other requirements such as required minimum distributions and the payment of taxes. Prior to considering a partial annuitization on a qualified contract, you should discuss your decision and any implications with your tax adviser. Because we cannot accurately track certain after tax funding sources, we will generally report any payments on partial annuitizations as ordinary income except in the case of a qualified distribution from a Roth IRA.

Annuity payouts from Roth IRAs: In general, the entire payout from a Roth IRA can be free from income and penalty taxes if you have attained age 59½ and meet the five year holding period.

Withdrawals: Under a qualified annuity, except a Roth IRA, Roth 401(k) or Roth 403(b), the entire withdrawal will generally be includable as ordinary income and is subject to tax unless: (1) the contract is an IRA to which you made non-deductible contributions; or (2) you rolled after-tax dollars from a retirement plan into your IRA; or (3) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you or your employer have contributed after-tax dollars; or (4) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you direct such withdrawal to be directly rolled over to another eligible retirement plan such as an IRA.

Withdrawals from Roth IRAs: In general, the entire payout from a Roth IRA can be free from income and penalty taxes if you have attained age 59½ and meet the five year holding period or another qualifying event such as death or disability.

Required Minimum Distributions: Retirement plans (except for Roth IRAs) are subject to required withdrawals called required minimum distributions (“RMDs”) beginning at age 72 (age 70 ½ if you were born on or before June 30, 1949). RMDs are based on the fair market value of your contract at year-end divided by the life expectancy factor. Certain death benefits and optional riders may be considered in determining the fair market value of your contract for RMD purposes. This may cause your RMD to be higher. Inherited IRAs (including inherited Roth IRAs) are subject to special required minimum distribution rules. You should consult your tax advisor prior to making a purchase for an explanation of the potential tax implications to you.

Withholding for IRAs, Roth IRAs, SEPs and SIMPLE IRAs: If you receive taxable income as a result of an annuity payout or a withdrawal, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, we may deduct withholding against the payment. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. As long as you have provided us with a valid Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number, you can elect not to have any withholding occur.

If the payment is part of an annuity payout plan, we generally compute the amount of federal income tax withholding using payroll tables. You may provide us with a statement of how many exemptions to use in calculating the withholding. If the distribution is any other type of payment (such as a partial or full withdrawal) we compute federal income tax withholding using 10% of the taxable portion.

The federal income tax withholding requirements differ if we deliver payment outside the United States or you are a non-resident alien.

Some states also may impose income tax withholding requirements similar to the federal withholding described above. If this should be the case, we may deduct state income tax withholding from the payment.

Withholding for all other qualified annuities: If you receive directly all or part of the contract value from a qualified annuity, mandatory 20% federal income tax withholding (and possibly state income tax withholding) generally will be imposed at the time the payout is made from the plan. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. This mandatory withholding will not be imposed if instead of receiving the distribution check, you elect to have the distribution rolled over directly to an IRA or another eligible plan. Payments made to a surviving spouse instead of being directly rolled over to an IRA are also subject to mandatory 20% income tax withholding.

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    79

In the below situations, the distribution is subject to an optional 10% withholding instead of the mandatory 20% withholding. We will withhold 10% of the distribution amount unless you elect otherwise.

• the payout is one in a series of substantially equal periodic payouts, made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or the joint lives or life expectancies of you and your designated beneficiary) or over a specified period of 10 years or more;

• the payout is a RMD as defined under the Code;

• the payout is made on account of an eligible hardship; or

• the payout is a corrective distribution.

State withholding also may be imposed on taxable distributions.

Penalties: If you receive amounts from your qualified contract before reaching age 59½, you may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty on the amount includable in your ordinary income. However, this penalty generally will not apply to any amount received:

• because of your death;

• because you become disabled (as defined in the Code);

• if the distribution is part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or joint lives or life expectancies of you and your beneficiary);

• if the distribution is made following severance from employment during or after the calendar year in which you attain age 55 (TSAs and annuities funding 401(a) plans only);

• to pay certain medical or education expenses (IRAs only); or

• if the distribution is made from an inherited IRA.

Death benefits to beneficiaries: The entire death benefit generally is taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary in the year he/she receives the payments from the qualified annuity. If you made non-deductible contributions to a traditional IRA, the portion of any distribution from the contract that represents after-tax contributions is not taxable as ordinary income to your beneficiary. You are responsible for keeping all records tracking your non-deductible contributions to an IRA. Death benefits under a Roth IRA generally are not taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary if certain distribution requirements are met. (See also “Benefits in Case of Death — If you Die Before the Retirement Date”).

Change of retirement plan type: IRS regulations allow for rollovers of certain retirement plan distributions. In some circumstances, you may be able to have an intra-contract rollover, keeping the same features and conditions. If the annuity contract you have does not support an intra-contract rollover, you are able to request an IRS approved rollover to another annuity contract or other investment product that you choose. If you choose another annuity contract or investment product, you will be subject to new rules, including a new withdrawal charge schedule for an annuity contract, or other product rules as applicable.

Assignment:You may not assign or pledge your qualified contract as collateral for a loan.

Other

Special considerations if you select any optional rider: As of the date of this prospectus, we believe that charges related to these riders are not subject to current taxation. Therefore, we will not report these charges as partial withdrawals from your contract. However, the IRS may determine that these charges should be treated as partial withdrawals subject to taxation to the extent of any gain as well as the 10% tax penalty for withdrawals before the age of 59½, if applicable, on the taxable portion.

We reserve the right to report charges for these riders as partial withdrawals if we, as a withholding and reporting agent, believe that we are required to report them. In addition, we will report any benefits attributable to these riders on the death of you or the annuitant as an annuity death benefit distribution, not as proceeds from life insurance.

Important: Our discussion of federal tax laws is based upon our understanding of current interpretations of these laws. Federal tax laws or current interpretations of them may change. For this reason and because tax consequences are complex and highly individual and cannot always be anticipated, you should consult a tax advisor if you have any questions about taxation of your contract.

RiverSource Life’s tax status: We are taxed as a life insurance company under the Code. For federal income tax purposes, the subaccounts are considered a part of our company, although their operations are treated separately in accounting and financial statements. Investment income is reinvested in the fund in which each subaccount invests and becomes part of that subaccount’s value. This investment income, including realized capital gains, is not subject to any withholding for federal or state income taxes. We reserve the right to make such a charge in the future if there is a change in the tax treatment of variable annuities or in our tax status as we then understand it.
The company includes in its taxable income the net investment income derived from the investment of assets held in its

80    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

subaccounts because the company is considered the owner of these assets under federal income tax law.  The company may claim certain tax benefits associated with this investment income.  These benefits, which may include foreign tax credits and the corporate dividend received deduction, are not passed on to you since the company is the owner of the assets under federal tax law and is taxed on the investment income generated by the assets. 

Tax qualification: We intend that the contract qualify as an annuity for federal income tax purposes. To that end, the provisions of the contract are to be interpreted to ensure or maintain such tax qualification, in spite of any other provisions of the contract. We reserve the right to amend the contract to reflect any clarifications that may be needed or are appropriate to maintain such qualification or to conform the contract to any applicable changes in the tax qualification requirements. We will send you a copy of any amendments.

Spousal status: When it comes to your marital status and the identification and naming of any spouse as a beneficiary or party to your contract, we will rely on the representations you make to us. Based on this reliance, we will issue and administer your contract in accordance with these representations. If you represent that you are married and your representation is incorrect or your marriage is deemed invalid for federal or state law purposes, then the benefits and rights under your contract may be different.

If you have any questions as to the status of your relationship as a marriage, then you should consult an appropriate tax or legal advisor.

Voting Rights

As a contract owner with investments in the subaccounts, you may vote on important fund policies until annuity payouts begin. Once they begin, the person receiving them has voting rights. We will vote fund shares according to the instructions of the person with voting rights.

Before annuity payouts begin, the number of votes you have is determined by applying your percentage interest in each subaccount to the total number of votes allowed to the subaccount.

After annuity payouts begin, the number of votes you have is equal to:

• the reserve held in each subaccount for your contract; divided by

• the net asset value of one share of the applicable fund.

As we make annuity payouts, the reserve for the contract decreases; therefore, the number of votes also will decrease.

We calculate votes separately for each subaccount. We will send notice of shareholders’ meetings, proxy materials and a statement of the number of votes to which the voter is entitled. We are the legal owner of all fund shares and therefore hold all voting rights.  However, to the extent required by law, we will vote the shares of each fund according to instructions we receive from policy owners. We will vote shares for which we have not received instructions and shares that we or our affiliates own in our own names in the same proportion as the votes for which we received instructions. As a result of this proportional voting, in cases when a small number of contract owners vote, their votes will have a greater impact and may even control the outcome.

Substitution of Investments

We may substitute the funds in which the subaccounts invest if:

• laws or regulations change;

• the existing funds become unavailable; or

• in our judgment, the funds no longer are suitable (or are not the most suitable) for the subaccounts.

If any of these situations occur, we have the right to substitute a fund currently listed in this prospectus (existing fund) for another fund (new fund), provided we obtain any required SEC and state insurance law approval. The new fund may have higher fees and/or operating expenses than the existing fund. Also, the new fund may have investment objectives and policies and/or investment advisers which differ from the existing fund.

We may also:

• add new subaccounts;

• combine any two or more subaccounts;

• transfer assets to and from the subaccounts or the variable account; and

• eliminate or close any subaccounts.

We will notify you of any substitution or change.

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    81

In the event of any such substitution or change, we may amend the contract and take whatever action is necessary and appropriate without your consent or approval. We will obtain any required prior approval of the SEC or state insurance departments before making any substitution or change.

About the Service Providers

Principal Underwriter

RiverSource Distributors, Inc. (RiverSource Distributors), our affiliate, serves as the principal underwriter and general distributor of the contract. Its offices are located at 70100 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, MN 55474. RiverSource Distributors is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ameriprise Financial, Inc.

Sales of the Contract

New contracts are not currently being offered.

• Only securities broker-dealers (“selling firms”) registered with the SEC and members of the FINRA may sell the contract.

• The contracts are continuously offered to the public through authorized selling firms. We and RiverSource Distributors have a sales agreement with the selling firm. The sales agreement authorizes the selling firm to offer the contracts to the public. RiverSource Distributors pays the selling firm (or an affiliated insurance agency) for contracts its investment professional sell. The selling firm may be required to return sales commissions under certain circumstances including but not limited to when contracts are returned under the free look period.

Payments We May Make to Selling Firms

• We may use compensation plans which vary by selling firm. For example, some of these plans pay selling firms a commission of up to 5.50% each time a purchase payment is made for contract Option L and 1.00% for Contract Option C. We may also pay ongoing trail commissions of up to 1.00% of the contract value. We do not pay or withhold payment of trail commissions based on which investment options you select.

• We may pay selling firms an additional sales commission of up to 1.00% of purchase payments for a period of time we select. For example, we may offer to pay an additional sales commission to get selling firms to market a new or enhanced contract or to increase sales during the period.

• In addition to commissions, we may, in order to promote sales of the contracts, and as permitted by applicable laws and regulation, pay or provide selling firms with other promotional incentives in cash, credit or other compensation. We generally (but may not) offer these promotional incentives to all selling firms. The terms of such arrangements differ between selling firms. These promotional incentives may include but are not limited to:

• sponsorship of marketing, educational, due diligence and compliance meetings and conferences we or the selling firm may conduct for investment professionals, including subsidy of travel, meal, lodging, entertainment and other expenses related to these meetings;

• marketing support related to sales of the contract including for example, the creation of marketing materials, advertising and newsletters;

• providing service to contract owners; and

• funding other events sponsored by a selling firm that may encourage the selling firm’s investment professionals to sell the contract.

These promotional incentives or reimbursements may be calculated as a percentage of the selling firm’s aggregate, net or anticipated sales and/or total assets attributable to sales of the contract, and/or may be a fixed dollar amount. As noted below this additional compensation may cause the selling firm and its investment professionals to favor the contracts.

Sources of Payments to Selling Firms

When we pay the commissions and other compensation described above from our assets. Our assets may include:

• revenues we receive from fees and expenses that you will pay when buying, owning and making a withdrawal from the contract (see “Expense Summary”);

• compensation we or an affiliate receive from the underlying funds in the form of distribution and services fees (see “The Variable Account and the Funds — The Funds”);

• compensation we or an affiliate receive from a fund’s investment adviser, subadviser, distributor or an affiliate of any of these (see “The Variable Account and the Funds — The Funds”); and

• revenues we receive from other contracts we sell that are not securities and other businesses we conduct.

82    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

You do not directly pay the commissions and other compensation described above as the result of a specific charge or deduction under the contract. However, you may pay part or all of the commissions and other compensation described above indirectly through:

• fees and expenses we collect from contract owners, including withdrawal charges; and

• fees and expenses charged by the underlying subaccount funds in which you invest, to the extent we or one of our affiliates receive revenue from the funds or an affiliated person.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Compensation payment arrangements made with selling firms can potentially:

• give selling firms a heightened financial incentive to sell the contract offered in this prospectus over another investment with lower compensation to the selling firm.

• cause selling firms to encourage their investment professionals to sell you the contract offered in this prospectus instead of selling you other alternative investments that may result in lower compensation to the selling firm.

• cause selling firms to grant us access to its investment professionals to promote sales of the contract offered in this prospectus, while denying that access to other firms offering similar contracts or other alternative investments which may pay lower compensation to the selling firm.

Payments to Investment Professionals

• The selling firm pays its investment professionals. The selling firm decides the compensation and benefits it will pay its investment professionals.

• To inform yourself of any potential conflicts of interest, ask the investment professional before you buy, how the selling firm and its investment professionals are being compensated and the amount of the compensation that each will receive if you buy the contract.

Service Providers

Our Service Center performs certain administrative services on the contracts and policies we issue. The address and telephone number of our Service Center are listed on the first page of the prospectus. We also have entered into agreements with certain entities to provide the identified services in connection with the contracts and policies we issue. The entities engaged by RiverSource Life may change over time. Entities that provided services to RiverSource Life in 2019 are listed in the table below.

Name of Service Provider	Services Provided	Address
Ameriprise Financial, Inc.	Business affairs management and administrative support related to new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies	707 Second Avenue South Minneapolis MN 55402 USA
Ameriprise India Private Limited	Administrative support related to new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies annual report filings	Plot No. 14, Sector 18 Udyog Vihar Gurugram, Haryana – 122 015 India
Sykes Enterprise Incorporated	Administrative support related to e new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies	10th Floor, Glorietta BPO 1 Office Tower Makati City 1224 Metro Manila Philippines

Issuer

We issue the contracts. We are a stock life insurance company organized in 1957 under the laws of the state of Minnesota and are located at 829 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, MN 55474. We are a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ameriprise Financial, Inc.

We conduct a conventional life insurance business. We are licensed to do business in 49 states, the District of Columbia and American Samoa. Our primary products currently include fixed and variable annuity contracts and life insurance policies.

Legal Proceedings

Insurance companies have been the subject of increasing regulatory, legislative and judicial scrutiny. Numerous state and federal regulatory agencies have commenced examinations and other inquiries of insurance companies regarding sales and marketing practices (including sales to older consumers and disclosure practices), claims handling, and unclaimed property and escheatment practices and procedures. RiverSource Life has cooperated and will continue to cooperate with the applicable regulators.

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    83

RiverSource Life is involved in the normal course of business in a number of other legal and arbitration proceedings concerning matters arising in connection with the conduct of its business activities. RiverSource Life believes that it is not a party to, nor are any of its properties the subject of, any pending legal, arbitration or regulatory investigation, examination or proceeding that is likely to have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is possible that the outcome of any current or future legal, arbitration or regulatory proceeding could have a material impact on results of operations in any particular reporting period as the proceedings are resolved.

Uncertain economic conditions, heightened and sustained volatility in the financial markets and significant financial reform legislation may increase the likelihood that clients and other persons or regulators may present or threaten legal claims or that regulators increase the scope or frequency of examinations of RiverSource Life or the insurance industry generally.

Additional Information

Incorporation of Certain Documents By Reference

The SEC allows us to “incorporate by reference” the information we have filed with the SEC. This means that we can disclose important information to you without actually including the specific information in this prospectus by referring you to other documents filed separately with the SEC. The information incorporated by reference is an important part of this prospectus. Information that we later provide to the SEC, and which is deemed to be “filed” with the SEC, will automatically update information previously filed with the SEC, and may replace information in this prospectus and information previously filed with the SEC. We incorporate by reference RiverSource Life Insurance Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019 as filed with the SEC on Feb.26, 2020under File No. 033-28976 in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and any filings we make with the SEC under Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act (excluding information deemed to be furnished and not filed with the SEC) after the effective date of this registration statement, until all offerings under the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part are completed or terminated. The annual report contains additional information about RiverSource Life Insurance Company, including audited financial statements for the latest fiscal year.

RiverSource Life will furnish you without charge a copy of any or all of the documents incorporated by reference into this prospectus, including any exhibits to such documents which have been specifically incorporated by reference. We will do so upon receipt of your written or oral request. You can contact RiverSource Life at the telephone number and address listed on the first page of this prospectus.

Available Information

This prospectus is part of a registration statement we file with the SEC. Additional information on RiverSource Life and on this offering is available in the registration statement and other materials we file. You can obtain copies of these materials at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. This prospectus, other information about the contract and other information incorporated by reference are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at (http://www.sec.gov).

Indemnification

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the Act) may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of RiverSource Life pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

84    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendices

APPENDIX NAME	PAGE #	CROSS-REFERENCE	PAGE #
Appendix A: Example — Market Value Adjustment (MVA)	p. 86	Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)	p. 20
Appendix B: Example — Income Assurer Benefit Rider Fee	p. 88	Charges — Income Assurer Benefit Rider Fee	p. 34
Appendix C: Example — Withdrawal Charges for Contract Option L	p. 89	Charges — Withdrawal Charge	p. 27
Appendix D: Example — Death Benefits	p. 92	Benefits in Case of Death	p. 48
Appendix E: Example — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider	p. 95	Optional Benefits — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider	p. 52
Appendix F: Example — Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider	p. 97	Optional Benefits — Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider	p. 54
Appendix G: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider — Additional RMD Disclosure	p. 99	Optional Benefits — Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider	p. 54
Appendix H: Example — Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit — Rider B Disclosure	p. 101	Optional Benefits — Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider	p. 63
Appendix I: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider — Additional RMD Disclosure	p. 107	Optional Benefits — Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider	p. 63
Appendix J: Example — Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider	p. 108	Optional Benefits — Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider	p. 63
Appendix K: Example — Income Assurer Benefit Riders	p. 110	Optional Benefits — Income Assurer Benefit Riders	p. 69
Appendix L: Example — Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider	p. 115	Optional Benefits — Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider	p. 73
Appendix M: Example — Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider	p. 117	Optional Benefits — Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider	p. 74
Appendix N: Example — Withdrawal Benefit Riders: Elective Step Up or Elective Spousal Continuation Step Up	p. 119	Optional Benefits — Optional Living Benefits	p. 52
Appendix O: Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	p. 120	Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	p. 13

The purpose of these appendices is first to illustrate the operation of various contract features and riders; second, to provide additional disclosure regarding various contract features and riders; and lastly, to provide condensed financial history (unaudited) of the subaccounts.

In order to demonstrate the contract features and riders, an example may show hypothetical contract values. These contract values do not represent past or future performance. Actual contract values may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a number of factors, including but not limited to the investment experience of the subaccounts, GPAs, DCA fixed account, and one-year fixed account and the fees and charges that apply to your contract.

The examples of death benefits and optional riders in appendices D through F and J through M include a partial withdrawal to illustrate the effect of a partial withdrawal on the particular benefit. These examples are intended to show how the optional riders operate, and do not take into account whether the rider is part of a qualified contract. Qualified contracts are subject to required minimum distributions at certain ages which may require you to take partial withdrawals from the contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). If you are considering the addition of certain death benefits and/or optional riders to a qualified contract, you should consult your tax advisor prior to making a purchase for an explanation of the potential tax implications to you.

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    85

Appendix A: Example — Market Value Adjustment (MVA)

As the examples below demonstrate, the application of an MVA may result in either a gain or a loss of principal. We refer to all of the transactions described below as “early withdrawals.”

Assumptions:

• You purchase a contract and allocate part of your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA; and

• we guarantee an interest rate of 3.0% annually for your ten-year guarantee period; and

• after three years, you decide to make a withdrawal from your GPA. In other words, there are seven years left in your guarantee period.

Remember that the MVA depends partly on the interest rate of a new GPA for the same number of years as the guarantee period remaining on your GPA. In this case, that is seven years.

Example 1: Remember that your GPA is earning 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 3.5%. We add 0.10% to the 3.5% rate to get 3.6%. Your GPA’s 3.0% rate is less than the 3.6% rate, so the MVA will be negative.

Example 2: Remember again that your GPA is earning 3.0%, and assume that new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 2.5%. We add 0.10% to the 2.5% rate to get 2.6%. In this example, since your GPA’s 3.0% rate is greater than the 2.6% rate, the MVA will be positive. To determine that adjustment precisely, you will have to use the formula described below.

Sample MVA Calculations

The precise MVA formula we apply is as follows:

Early withdrawal amount	×	[	(	1 + i	)	n/12	–1	]	=	MVA
				1 + j + .001

Where i	=	rate earned in the GPA from which amounts are being transferred or withdrawn.
j	=	current rate for a new guarantee period equal to the remaining term in the current guarantee period.
n	=	number of months remaining in the current guarantee period (rounded up).

Examples — MVA

Using assumptions similar to those we used in the examples above:

• You purchase a contract and allocate part of your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA;

• we guarantee an interest rate of 3.0% annually for your ten-year guarantee period; and

• after three years, you decide to make a $1,000 withdrawal from your GPA. In other words, there are seven years left in your guarantee period.

Example 1: You request an early withdrawal of $1,000 from your ten-year GPA earning a guaranteed interest rate of 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 3.5%. Using the formula above, we determine the MVA as follows:

$1,000	×	[	(	1.030	)	84/12	–1	]	=	-$39.84
				1 + .035 + .001

In this example, the MVA is a negative $39.84.

Example 2: You request an early withdrawal of $1,000 from your ten-year GPA earning a guaranteed interest rate of 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 2.5%. Using the formula above, we determine the MVA as follows:

$1,000	×	[	(	1.030	)	84/12	–1	]	=	$27.61
				1 + .025 + .001

In this example, the MVA is a positive $27.61.

Please note that when you allocate your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA and your purchase payment is in its fourth year from receipt at the beginning of the guarantee period, your withdrawal charge percentage is 6% due to the withdrawal charge schedule under contract Option L. (See “Charges — Withdrawal Charge.”) We do not apply MVAs to the amounts we deduct for withdrawal charges, so we would deduct the withdrawal charge from your early withdrawal after we applied the MVA. Also note that when you request an early withdrawal, we withdraw an amount from your GPA that will give you the net amount you requested after we apply the MVA and any applicable withdrawal charge, unless you request otherwise.

86    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The current interest rate we offer on the GPA will change periodically at our discretion. It is the rate we are then paying on purchase payments, renewals and transfers paid under this class of contracts for guarantee period durations equaling the remaining guarantee period of the GPA to which the formula is being applied.

We will not apply MVAs to amounts withdrawn for annual contract charges, to amounts we pay as death claims or to automatic transfers from the two-year GPA as part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep strategy. In some states, the MVA is limited.

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    87

Appendix B: Example — Income Assurer Benefit Rider Fee

Assumptions:

You purchase the contract with a payment of $50,000 and allocate all of your payment to the protected investment options and make no transfers, add-ons or withdrawals; and

• on the first contract anniversary your total contract value is $55,545; and

• on the second contract anniversary your total contract value is $53,270.

• We would calculate the Guaranteed Income Benefit Base for each Income Assurer Benefit on the second anniversary as follows:

The Income Assurer Benefit – MAV Guaranteed Income Benefit Base is the greatest of the following values:

Purchase Payments less adjusted partial withdrawals:	$50,000
Contract value on the second anniversary:	$53,270
Maximum Anniversary Value:	$55,545
Income Assurer Benefit – MAV Guaranteed Income Benefit Base	$55,545

The Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Guaranteed Income Benefit Base is the greatest of the following values:

Purchase Payments less adjusted partial withdrawals:	$50,000
Contract value on the second anniversary:	$53,270
5% Variable Account Floor = 1.05 × 1.05 × $50,000	$55,125
Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Guaranteed Income Benefit Base	$ 55,125

The Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Guaranteed Income Benefit Base is the greatest of the following values:

Purchase Payments less adjusted partial withdrawals:	$50,000
Contract value on the second anniversary:	$53,270
Maximum Anniversary Value:	$55,545
5% Variable Account Floor = 1.05 × 1.05 × $50,000	$55,125
Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Guaranteed Income Benefit Base	$55,545

The Income Assurer Benefit fee deducted from your contract value would be:

Income Assurer Benefit – MAV fee =	0.30% × $55,545 = $166.64
Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base fee =	0.60% × $55,125 = $330.75
Income Assurer Benefit – MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base fee =	0.65% × $55,545 = $361.04

88    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix C: Example — Withdrawal Charges for Contract Option L

For purposes of calculating any withdrawal charge, including the examples illustrated below, we treat amounts withdrawn from your contract value in the following order:

1. First, in each contract year, we withdraw amounts totaling:

• up to 10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value or your contract’s remaining benefit payment if you elected the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider and your remaining benefit payment is greater than 10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on this amount.

• up to 10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value or the greater of your contract’s remaining benefit payment or remaining annual lifetime payment if you elected the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, and the greater of your RALP and your remaining benefit payment is greater than 10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on this amount.

2.	Next, we withdraw contract earnings, if any, that are greater than the amount described in number one above. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on contract earnings.
3.	Next we withdraw purchase payments received prior to the withdrawal charge period shown in your contract. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on these purchase payments.
4.	Finally, if necessary, we withdraw purchase payments received that are still within the withdrawal charge period you selected and shown in your contract. We withdraw these payments on a “first-in, first-out” (FIFO) basis. We do assess a withdrawal charge on these payments.

After withdrawing earnings in numbers one and two above, we next withdraw enough additional contract value (ACV) to meet your requested withdrawal amount. If the amount described in number one above was greater than contract earnings prior to the withdrawal, the excess (XSF) will be excluded from the purchase payments being withdrawn that were received most recently when calculating the withdrawal charge. We determine the amount of purchase payments being withdrawn (PPW) in numbers three and four above as:

PPW = XSF + (ACV – XSF) / (CV – TFA) × (PPNPW – XSF)

If the additional contract value withdrawn is less than XSF, then PPW will equal ACV.

We determine current contract earnings (CE) by looking at the entire contract value (CV), not the earnings of any particular subaccount GPA, the one-year fixed account or the DCA fixed account. If the contract value is less than purchase payments received and not previously withdrawn (PPNPW) then contract earnings are zero.

The examples below show how the withdrawal charge for a full and partial withdrawal is calculated for Contract Option L with a four-year withdrawal charge schedule. Each example illustrates the amount of the withdrawal charge for both a contract that experiences gains and a contract that experiences losses, given the same set of assumptions.

Full withdrawal charge calculation — four-year withdrawal charge schedule:

This is an example of how we calculate the withdrawal charge on a contract with a four-year (from the date of each purchase payment) withdrawal charge schedule with the following history:

Assumptions:

• We receive a single $50,000 purchase payment; and

• You withdraw the contract for its total value during the fourth contract year after you made the single purchase payment. The withdrawal charge percentage in the fourth year after a purchase payment is 6.0%; and

• You have made no prior withdrawals.

We will look at two situations, one where the contract has a gain and another where there is a loss:

		Contract with Gain	Contract with Loss
We calculate the withdrawal charge as follows:
	Contract value just prior to withdrawal:	$60,000.00	$40,000.00
	Contract value on prior anniversary:	58,000.00	42,000.00
Step 1.	First, we determine the amount of earnings available in the contract at the time of withdrawal as:
	Contract value just prior to withdrawal (CV):	60,000.00	40,000.00
	Less purchase payments received and not previously withdrawn (PPNPW):	50,000.00	50,000.00
	Earnings in the contact (but not less than zero):	10,000.00	0.00

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    89

			Contract with Gain	Contract with Loss
Step 2.	Next, we determine the Total Free Amount (TFA) available in the contract as the greatest of the following values:
	Earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value:		5,800.00	4,200.00
	TFA (but not less than zero):		10,000.00	4,200.00
Step 3.	Now we can determine ACV, the amount by which the contract value withdrawn exceeds earnings.
	Contract value withdrawn:		60,000.00	40,000.00
	Less earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	ACV (but not less than zero):		50,000.00	40,000.00
Step 4.	Next we determine XSF, the amount by which 10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value exceeds earnings.
	10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value:		5,800.00	4,200.00
	Less earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	XSF (but not less than zero):		0.00	4,200.00
Step 5.	Now we can determine how much of the PPNPW is being withdrawn (PPW) as follows:
	PPW	= XSF + (ACV – XSF) / (CV – TFA) × (PPNPW – XSF)
	XSF from Step 4		0.00	4,200.00
	ACV from Step 3		50,000.00	40,000.00
	CV from Step 1		60,000.00	40,000.00
	TFA from Step 2		10,000.00	4,200.00
	PPNPW from Step 1		50,000.00	50,000.00
	PPW		50,000.00	50,000.00
Step 6.	We then calculate the withdrawal charge as a percentage of PPW. Note that for a contract with a loss, PPW may be greater than the amount you request to withdraw:
	PPW:		$50,000.00	$50,000.00
	less XSF:		0.00	4,200.00
	amount of PPW subject to a withdrawal charge:		50,000.00	45,800.00
	multiplied by the withdrawal charge rate:		× 6.0%	× 6.0%
	withdrawal charge:		3,000.00	2,748.00
Step 7.	The dollar amount you will receive as a result of your full withdrawal is determined as:
	Contract value withdrawn:		60,000.00	40,000.00
	Withdrawal charge:		(3,000.00)	(2,748.00)
	Contract charge (assessed upon full withdrawal):		(40.00)	(40.00)
	Net full withdrawal proceeds:		$56,960.00	$37,212.00

Partial withdrawal charge calculation — four-year withdrawal charge schedule:

This is an example of how we calculate the withdrawal charge on a contract with a four-year (from the date of each purchase payment) withdrawal charge schedule with the following history:

Assumptions:

• We receive a single $50,000 purchase payment; and

• You request a net partial withdrawal of $15,000.00 during the fourth contract year after you made the single purchase payment. The withdrawal charge percentage in the fourth year after a purchase payment is 6.0%; and

• You have made no prior withdrawals.

We will look at two situations, one where the contract has a gain and another where there is a loss:

	Contract with Gain	Contract with Loss
Contract value just prior to withdrawal:	$60,000.00	$40,000.00

90    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

			Contract with Gain	Contract with Loss
	Contract value on prior anniversary:		58,000.00	42,000.00
We determine the amount of contract value that must be withdrawn in order for the net partial withdrawal proceeds to match the amount requested. We start with an estimate of the amount of contract value to withdraw and calculate the resulting withdrawal charge and net partial withdrawal proceeds as illustrated below. We then adjust our estimate and repeat until we determine the amount of contract value to withdraw that generates the desired net partial withdrawal proceeds.
We calculate the withdrawal charge for each estimate as follows:
Step 1.	First, we determine the amount of earnings available in the contract at the time of withdrawal as:
	Contract value just prior to withdrawal (CV):		$60,000.00	$40,000.00
	Less purchase payments received and not previously withdrawn (PPNPW):		50,000.00	50,000.00
	Earnings in the contact (but not less than zero):		10,000.00	0.00
Step 2.	Next, we determine the Total Free Amount (TFA) available in the contract as the greatest of the following values:
	Earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value:		5,800.00	4,200.00
	TFA (but not less than zero):		10,000.00	4,200.00
Step 3.	Next we determine ACV, the amount by which the contract value withdrawn exceeds earnings.
	Contract value withdrawn:		15,319.15	15,897.93
	Less earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	ACV (but not less than zero):		5,319.15	15,897.93
Step 4.	Next we determine XSF, the amount by which 10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value exceeds earnings.
	10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value:		5,800.00	4,200.00
	Less earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	XSF (but not less than zero):		0.00	4,200.00
Step 5.	Now we can determine how much of the PPNPW is being withdrawn (PPW) as follows:
	PPW	= XSF + (ACV – XSF) / (CV – TFA) × (PPNPW – XSF)
	XSF from Step 4 =		0.00	4,200.00
	ACV from Step 3 =		5,319.15	15,897.93
	CV from Step 1 =		60,000.00	40,000.00
	TFA from Step 2 =		10,000.00	4,200.00
	PPNPW from Step 1 =		50,000.00	50,000.00
	PPW =		5,319.15	19,165.51
Step 6.	We then calculate the withdrawal charge as a percentage of PPW. Note that for a contract with a loss, PPW may be greater than the amount you request to withdraw:
	PPW:		$5,319.15	$19,165.51
	less XSF:		0.00	4,200.00
	amount of PPW subject to a withdrawal charge:		5,319.15	14,965.51
	multiplied by the withdrawal charge rate:		× 6.0%	× 6.0%
	withdrawal charge:		319.15	897.93
Step 7.	The dollar amount you will receive as a result of your partial withdrawal is determined as:
	Contract value withdrawn:		15,319.15	15,897.93
	Withdrawal charge:		(319.15)	(897.93)
	Net partial withdrawal proceeds:		$15,000.00	$15,000.00

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    91

Appendix D: Example — Death Benefits

Example — ROP Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $20,000;

• You select contract Option L;

• On the first contract anniversary you make an additional purchase payment of $5,000;

• During the second contract year the contract value falls to $22,000 and you take a $1,500 partial withdrawal, including withdrawal charge; and

• During the third contract year the contract value grows to $23,000.

We calculate the ROP Death Benefit as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:		$23,000.00
2.	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,704.55
	$22,000
	for a death benefit of:		$23,295.45
ROP Death Benefit, calculated as the greatest of these two values:				$23,295.45

Example — MAV Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000;

• On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $26,000; and

• During the second contract year the contract value falls to $22,000, at which point you take a $1,500 (including withdrawal charge) partial withdrawal, leaving a contract value of $20,500.

We calculate the MAV Death Benefit, which is based on the greater of three values, as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:		$20,500.00
2.	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,704.55
	$22,000
	for a death benefit of:		$23,295.45
3.	The MAV immediately preceding the date of death:
	Greatest of your contract anniversary values:		$26,000.00
	plus purchase payments made since the prior anniversary:		+0.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $26,000	=	–1,772.73
	$22,000
	for a death benefit of:		$24,227.27
The MAV Death Benefit, calculated as the greatest of these three values, which is the MAV:				$24,227.27

Example — 5% Accumulation Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000 with $5,000 allocated to the GPAs and $20,000 allocated to the subaccounts. You select Contract Option L; and

• On the first contract anniversary, the GPA value is $5,200 and the subaccount value is $17,000. Total contract value is $23,200; and

92    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• During the second contract year the GPA value is $5,300 and the subaccount value is $19,000. Total contract value is $24,300. You take a $1,500 partial withdrawal (including withdrawal charges) all from the subaccounts, leaving the contract value at $22,800.

The death benefit, which is based on the greater of three values, is calculated as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:		$22,800.00
2.	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,543.21
	$24,300
	for a death benefit of:		$23,456.79
3.	The 5% variable account floor:
	The variable account floor on the first contract anniversary, calculated as: 1.05 × $20,000 =		$21,000.00
	plus amounts allocated to the subaccounts since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus the 5% variable account floor adjusted partial withdrawal from the subaccounts, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $21,000	=	–1,657.89
	$19,000
	variable account floor benefit:		$19,342.11
	plus the GPA value:		+5,300.00
	5% variable account floor (value of the GPAs, one-year fixed account and the variable account floor):		$24,642.11
The 5% Accumulation Death Benefit, calculated as the greatest of these three values, which is the 5% variable account floor:				$24,642.11

Example — Enhanced Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000 with $5,000 allocated to the GPAs and $20,000 allocated to the subaccounts. You select Contract Option L; and

• On the first contract anniversary, the GPAs value is $5,200 and the subaccount value is $17,000. Total contract value is $23,200; and

• During the second contract year, the GPA value is $5,300 and the subaccount value is $19,000. Total contract value is $24,300. You take a $1,500 partial withdrawal (including withdrawal charges) all from the subaccounts, leaving the contract value at $22,800.

The death benefit, which the greatest of four values, is calculated as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:		$22,800.00
2.	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,543.21
	$24,300
	for a ROP Death Benefit of:		$23,456.79
3.	The MAV on the anniversary immediately preceding the date of death:
	The MAV on the immediately preceding anniversary:		$25,000.00
	plus purchase payments made since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals made since that anniversary, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,543.21
	$24,300
	for a MAV Death Benefit of:		$23,456.79

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    93

4.	The 5% variable account floor:
	The variable account floor on the first contract anniversary, calculated as: 1.05 × $20,000 =		$21,000.00
	plus amounts allocated to the subaccounts since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus the 5% variable account floor adjusted partial withdrawal from the subaccounts, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $21,000	=	–1,657.89
	$19,000
	variable account floor benefit:		$19,342.11
	plus the GPA value:		+5,300.00
	5% variable account floor (value of the GPAs and the variable account floor):		$24,642.11
EDB, calculated as the greatest of these four values, which is the 5% variable account floor:				$24,642.11

94    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix E: Example — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider

Example — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider

Automatic Step Up

This example shows increases in the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value (MCAV) in the second, third and seventh contract anniversaries. These increases occur because of the automatic step up feature of the rider. The automatic step up does not create contract value, guarantee the performance of any underlying fund in which a subaccount invests, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn or paid upon death. Rather, the automatic step up is an interim calculation used to arrive at the final MCAV which determines whether a benefit will be paid under the rider on the benefit date.

Assumptions:

• You purchase a contract with a four-year withdrawal schedule with a payment of $125,000; and

• you make no additional purchase payments to the contract; and

• you take partial withdrawals from the contract on the fifth and eighth contract anniversaries in the amounts of $2,000 and $5,000, respectively; and

• contract values increase or decrease according to the hypothetical assumed net rate of return; and

• you do not exercise the elective step up option available under the rider; and

• you do not change PN program investment options.

Based on these assumptions, the waiting period expires at the end of the 10th contract year. The rider then ends. On the benefit date the hypothetical assumed contract value is $108,118 and the MCAV is $136,513, so the contract value would be reset to equal the MCAV, or $136,513.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	MCAV Adjusted Partial Withdrawal	Hypothetical Assumed Net Rate of Return	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	MCAV
At Issue	$125,000	N/A	N/A	N/A	$125,000	$125,000
1	0	0	0	12.0%	140,000	125,000
2	0	0	0	15.0%	161,000	128,800(2)
3	0	0	0	3.0%	165,830	132,664(2)
4	0	0	0	-8.0%	152,564	132,664
5	0	2,000	2,046	-15.0%	127,679	130,618
6	0	0	0	20.0%	153,215	130,618
7	0	0	0	15.0%	176,197	140,958(2)
8	0	5,000	4,444	-10.0%	153,577	136,513
9	0	0	0	-20.0%	122,862	136,513
10(1)	0	0	0	-12.0%	108,118	136,513

(1)	The APB benefit date.
(2)	These values indicate where the automatic step up feature increased the MCAV.

Important Information About This Example:

If the actual rate of return during the waiting period causes the contract value to equal or exceed the MCAV on the benefit date, no benefit is paid under this rider.

Even if a benefit is paid under the rider on the benefit date, contract value allocated to the variable account after the benefit date continues to vary with the market and may go up or go down.

Elective Step Up

This example shows increases in the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value (MCAV) on the first, second, third and seventh contract anniversaries. These increases occur only if you exercise the elective step up Option within 30 days following the contract anniversary. The contract value on the date we receive your written request to step up must be greater than the MCAV on that date. The elective step up does not create contract value, guarantee the performance of any underlying fund in which a subaccount invests, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn or paid upon death. Rather, the elective step up is an interim calculation used to arrive at the final MCAV which determines whether a benefit will be paid under the rider on the benefit date.

Assumptions:

• You purchase a contract with a four-year withdrawal schedule with a payment of $125,000; and

• you make no additional purchase payments to the contract; and

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    95

• you take partial withdrawals from the contract on the fifth, eighth and thirteenth contract anniversaries in the amounts of $2,000, $5,000 and $7,500, respectively; and

• contract values increase or decrease according to the hypothetical assumed net rate of return; and

• the elective step up is exercised on the first, second, third and seventh contract anniversaries; and

• you do not change PN program investment options.

Based on these assumptions, the 10 year waiting period restarts each time you exercise the elective step up option (on the first, second, third and seventh contract anniversaries in this example). The waiting period expires at the end of the 10th contract year following the last exercise of the elective step up option. When the waiting period expires, the rider ends. On the benefit date the hypothetical assumed contract values is $99,198 and the MCAV is $160,117, so the contract value would be reset to equal the MCAV, or $160,117.

Contract Duration in Years	Years Remaining in the Waiting Period	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	MCAV Adjusted Partial Withdrawal	Hypothetical Assumed Net Rate of Return	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	MCAV
At Issue	10	$125,000	$ N/A	$ N/A	N/A	$125,000	$125,000
1	10(2)	0	0	0	12.0%	140,000	140,000(3)
2	10(2)	0	0	0	15.0%	161,000	161,000(3)
3	10(2)	0	0	0	3.0%	165,830	165,830(3)
4	9	0	0	0	-8.0%	152,564	165,830
5	8	0	2,000	2,558	-15.0%	127,679	163,272
6	7	0	0	0	20.0%	153,215	163,272
7	10(2)	0	0	0	15.0%	176,197	176,197(3)
8	9	0	5,000	5,556	-10.0%	153,577	170,642
9	8	0	0	0	-20.0%	122,862	170,642
10	7	0	0	0	-12.0%	108,118	170,642
11	6	0	0	0	3.0%	111,362	170,642
12	5	0	0	0	4.0%	115,817	170,642
13	4	0	7,500	10,524	5.0%	114,107	160,117
14	3	0	0	0	6.0%	120,954	160,117
15	2	0	0	0	-5.0%	114,906	160,117
16	1	0	0	0	-11.0%	102,266	160,117
17(1)	0	0	0	0	-3.0%	99,198	160,117

(1)	The APB Benefit Date.
(2)	The Waiting Period restarts when the Elective Step Up is exercised.
(3)	These values indicate when the elective step up feature increased the MCAV.

Important Information About This Example:

• If the actual rate of return during the waiting period causes the contract value to equal or exceed the MCAV on the benefit date, no benefit is paid under this rider.

• Exercising the elective step up provision may result in an increase in the charge that you pay for this rider.

• Even if a benefit is paid under the rider on the benefit date, contract value allocated to the variable account after the benefit date continues to vary with the market and may go up or go down.

96    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix F: Example - Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider

Example #1: Covered person has not reached age 65 at the time the contract and rider are purchased.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000.

• You are the sole owner and also the annuitant. You are age 60.

• You make no additional payments to the contract.

• Automatic annual step-ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the RBA and/or 6% of the contract value is greater than the ALP. Applied annual step-ups are indicated inbold.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	Basic Withdrawal Benefit				Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit
				GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
At Issue	$100,000	$N/A	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	$7,000	$7,000	$N/A	$N/A
0.5	0	7,000	92,000	100,000	93,000	7,000	0	N/A	N/A
1	0	0	91,000	100,000	93,000	7,000	7,000	N/A	N/A
1.5	0	7,000	83,000	100,000	86,000	7,000	0	N/A	N/A
2	0	0	81,000	100,000	86,000	7,000	7,000	N/A	N/A
5	0	0	75,000	100,000	86,000	7,000	7,000	5,160(1)	5,160(1)
5.5	0	5,160	70,000	100,000	80,840	7,000	1,840	5,160	0
6	0	0	69,000	100,000	80,840	7,000	7,000	5,160	5,160
6.5	0	7,000	62,000	100,000	73,840	7,000	0	3,720(2)	0
7	0	0	70,000	100,000	73,840	7,000	7,000	4,200	4,200
7.5	0	10,000	51,000	51,000(3)	51,000(3)	3,570	0	3,060(3)	0
8	0	0	55,000	55,000	55,000	3,850	3,850	3,300	3,300

At this point, assuming no additional activity (step ups, excess withdrawals, purchase payments, spousal continuation or contract ownership change), you can continue to withdraw up to either the GBP of $3,850 each year until the RBA is reduced to zero, or the ALP of $3,300 each year until the later of your death or the RBA is reduced to zero.

(1)	The ALP and RALP are established on the contract anniversary date following the date the covered person reaches age 65.
(2)	The $7,000 withdrawal is greater than the $5,160 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the ALP, resetting the ALP to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.
(3)	The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than both the $7,000 RBP allowed under the basic withdrawal benefit and the $4,200 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the GBA, RBA, and ALP. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.

Example #2: Covered person has reached 65 at the time the contract and rider are purchased.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000.

• You are the sole owner and also the annuitant. You are age 65.

• You make no additional payments to the contract.

• Automatic annual step-ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the RBA and/or 6% of the contract value is greater than the ALP. Applied annual step-ups are indicated in bold.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	Basic Withdrawal Benefit				Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit
				GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
At Issue	$100,000	$N/A	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	$7,000	$7,000	$6,000	$6,000
1	0	0	105,000	105,000	105,000	7,350	7,000(1)	6,300	6,000(1)
2	0	0	110,000	110,000	110,000	7,700	7,000(1)	6,600	6,000(1)
3	0	0	110,000	110,000	110,000	7,700	7,700(2)	6,600	6,600(2)
3.5	0	6,600	110,000	110,000	103,400	7,700	1,100	6,600	0
4	0	0	115,000	115,000	115,000	8,050	8,050	6,900	6,900
4.5	0	8,050	116,000	115,000	106,950	8,050	0	6,900(3)	0
5	0	0	120,000	120,000	120,000	8,400	8,400	7,200	7,200
5.5	0	10,000	122,000	120,000(4)	110,000(4)	8,400	0	7,200(4)	0

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    97

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	Basic Withdrawal Benefit				Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit
				GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
6	0	0	125,000	125,000	125,000	8,750	8,750	7,500	7,500

At this point, assuming no additional activity (step ups, excess withdrawals, purchase payments, spousal continuation or contract ownership change), you can continue to withdraw up to either the GBP of $8,750 each year until the RBA is reduced to zero, or the ALP of $7,500 each year until the later of your death or the RBA is reduced to zero.

(1)	The annual step-up has not been applied to the RBP or RALP because any withdrawal after step up during the waiting period would reverse any prior step ups prior to determining if the withdrawal is excess. Therefore, during the waiting period, the RBP is the amount you can withdraw without incurring the GBA and RBA excess withdrawal processing, and the RALP is the amount you can withdraw without incurring the ALP excess withdrawal processing.
(2)	On the third anniversary (after the end of the waiting period), the RBP and RALP are set equal to the GBP and ALP, respectively.
(3)	The $8,050 withdrawal is greater than the $6,900 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the ALP, resetting the ALP to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.
(4)	The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than both the $8,400 RBP allowed under the basic withdrawal benefit and the $7,200 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the GBA, RBA, and ALP. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.

98    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix G: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider —Additional Required Minimum Distribution (RMD) Disclosure

This appendix describes our current administrative practice for determining the amount of withdrawals in any contract year which an owner may take under the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider to satisfy the RMD rules under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code without application of the excess withdrawal processing described in the rider. We reserve the right to modify this administrative practice at any time upon 30 days’ written notice to you.

For owners subject to annual RMD rules under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, the amounts you withdraw each year from this contract to satisfy these rules are not subject to excess withdrawal processing under the terms of the rider subject to the following rules and our current administrative practice:

(1)	If on the date we calculated your Annual Life Expectancy Required Minimum Distribution Amount (ALERMDA), it is greater than the RBP from the beginning of the current contract year,
•	Basic Additional Benefit Amount (BABA) will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the RBP from the beginning of the current contract year.
•	Any withdrawals taken in a contract year will count first against and reduce the RBP for that contract year.
•	Once the RBP for the current contract year has been depleted, any additional amounts withdrawn will count against and reduce the BABA. These withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the GBA and RBA as long as they do not exceed the remaining BABA.
•	Once the BABA has been depleted, any additional withdrawal amounts will be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the GBA and RBA and will subject them all to the excess withdrawal processing described in the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider.

(2)	If on the date we calculated your ALERMDA, it is greater than the RALP from the beginning of the current Contract Year,
•	A Lifetime Additional Benefit Amount (LABA) will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the RALP from the beginning of the current contract year.
•	Any withdrawals taken in a contract year will count first against and reduce the RALP for that contract year.
•	Once the RALP for the current contract year has been depleted, any additional amounts withdrawn will count against and reduce the LABA. These withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the ALP as long as they do not exceed the remaining LABA.
•	Once the LABA has been depleted, any additional withdrawal amounts will be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the ALP and will subject the ALP to the excess withdrawal processing described by the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider.

(3)	If the ALP is established on a policy anniversary where your current ALERMDA is greater than the new RALP,
•	An initial LABA will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the new RALP.
•	This new LABA will be immediately reduced by the amount that total withdrawals in the current calendar year exceed the new RALP, but shall not be reduced to less than zero.

The Annual Life Expectancy Required Minimum Distribution Amount (ALERMDA) is:

(1)	determined by us each calendar year;
(2)	based solely on the value of the contract to which the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider is attached as of the date we make the determination; and
(3)	based on the company’s understanding and interpretation of the requirements for life expectancy distributions intended to satisfy the required minimum distribution rules under Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, as applicable on the effective date of this prospectus, to:

1.	an individual retirement annuity (Section 408(b));
2.	a Roth individual retirement account (Section 408A);
3.	a Simplified Employee Pension plan (Section 408(k));
4.	a tax-sheltered annuity rollover (Section 403(b)).

In the future, the requirements under the Code for such distributions may change and the life expectancy amount calculation provided under your Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider may not be sufficient to satisfy the requirements under the Code for these types of distributions. In such a situation, amounts withdrawn to satisfy such distribution requirements will exceed your available RBP or RALP amount and may result in the reduction of your GBA, RBA, and/or ALP as described under the excess withdrawal provision of the rider.

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    99

In cases where the Code does not allow the life expectancy of a natural person to be used to calculate the required minimum distribution amount (e.g., ownership by a trust or a charity), we will calculate the life expectancy RMD amount calculated by us as zero in all years. The life expectancy required minimum distribution amount calculated by us will also equal zero in all years.

100    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix H: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit — Rider B Disclosure

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider is an optional benefit that was offered for an additional annual charge if⁽¹⁾:

•	your contract application was signed prior to April 29, 2005(2);
•	the rider was available in your state; and
•	you and the annuitant were 79 or younger on the date the contract was issued.
(1)	The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit is not available under an inherited qualified annuity.
(2)	In previous disclosure, we have referred to this rider as Rider B. This rider is no longer available for purchase. See the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life and Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit sections in this prospectus for information about currently offered versions of this benefit. See the rider attached to your contract for the actual terms of the benefit you purchased.

You must elect the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider when you purchase your contract (original rider). The original rider you receive at contract issue offers an elective annual step-up and any withdrawal after a step up during the first three years is considered an excess withdrawal, as described below. The rider effective date of the original rider is the contract issue date.

We will offer you the option of replacing the original rider with a new Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit (enhanced rider), if available in your state. The enhanced rider offers an automatic annual step-up and a withdrawal after a step up during the first three years is not necessarily an excess withdrawal, as described below. The effective date of the enhanced rider will be the contract issue date except for the automatic step-up which will apply to contract anniversaries that occur after you accept the enhanced rider. The descriptions below apply to both the original and enhanced riders unless otherwise noted.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit initially provides a guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit that gives you the right to take limited partial withdrawals in each contract year that over time will total an amount equal to your purchase payments. Certain withdrawals and step ups, as described below, can cause the initial guaranteed withdrawal benefit to change. The guarantee remains in effect if your partial withdrawals in a contract year do not exceed the allowed amount. As long as your withdrawals in each contract year do not exceed the allowed amount, you will not be assessed a withdrawal charge. Under the original rider, the allowed amount is the Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP — the amount you may withdraw under the terms of the rider in each contract year, subject to certain restrictions prior to the third contract anniversary, as described below). Under the enhanced rider, the allowed amount is equal to 7% of purchase payments for the first three years, and the GBP in all other years.

If you withdraw an amount greater than the allowed amount in a contract year, we call this an “excess withdrawal” under the rider. If you make an excess withdrawal under the rider:

• withdrawal charges, if applicable, will apply only to the amount of the withdrawal that exceeds the allowed amount;

• the guaranteed benefit amount will be adjusted as described below; and

• the remaining benefit amount will be adjusted as described below.

For a partial withdrawal that is subject to a withdrawal charge, the amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable withdrawal charge (see “Charges — Withdrawal Charge”). Market value adjustments, if applicable, will also be made (see “Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs) — Market Value Adjustment”). We pay you the amount you request. Any partial withdrawals you take under the contract will reduce the value of the death benefit (see “Benefits in Case of Death”). Upon full withdrawal of the contract, you will receive the remaining contract value less any applicable charges (see “Withdrawals”).

Once elected, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider may not be cancelled and the fee will continue to be deducted until the contract is terminated, the contract value reduces to zero (described below) or annuity payouts begin. If you select the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, you may not select an Income Assurer Benefit rider or the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. If you exercise the annual step up election (see “Elective Step Up” and “Annual Step Up” below), the special spousal continuation step up election (see “Spousal Continuation and Special Spousal Continuation Step Up” below) or change your investment option, the rider charge may change (see “Charges”).

You should consider whether the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit is appropriate for you because:

You will begin paying the rider charge as of the rider effective date, even if you do not begin taking withdrawals for many years. It is possible that your contract performance, fees and charges, and withdrawal pattern may be such that your contract value will not be depleted in your lifetime and you will not receive any monetary value under the rider.

• Investment Allocation Restriction: You must participate in the PN program if you purchase a contract on or after May 1, 2006 with this rider (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program”). If you selected this Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider before May 1, 2006, you must participate in the asset allocation program (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Asset Allocation Program”), however, you may elect to participate in the Portfolio Navigator program after May 1, 2006. These funds are expected to reduce our financial risks and expenses associated with certain living benefits. Although the funds’ investment strategies may help mitigate declines in your

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    101

	contract value due to declining equity markets, the funds’ investment strategies may also curb your contract value gains during periods of positive performance by the equity markets. Additionally, investment in the funds may decrease the number and amount of any benefit base increase opportunities. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds: Volatility and Volatility Management Risk with the Portfolio Stabilizer funds” section.) We reserve the right to add, remove or substitute approved investment options at any time and in our sole discretion in the future. This requirement limits your choice of investments. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, GPAs or the one-year fixed account that are available under the contract to contract owners who do not elect this rider. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Asset Allocation Program and Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds.”). You may make qualifying purchase payments to the DCA fixed account, when available, and we will make monthly transfers into the investment option you have chosen;
•	Tax Considerations for Non-Qualified Annuities: Withdrawals are taxable income to the extent of earnings. Withdrawals of earnings before age 59½ may also incur a 10% IRS early withdrawal penalty and may be considered taxable income;
•	Tax Considerations for Qualified Annuities: Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). If you have a qualified annuity, you may need to take an RMD. If you make a withdrawal in any contract year to satisfy an RMD, this may constitute an excess withdrawal, as defined below, and the excess withdrawal procedures described below will apply. Under the terms of the enhanced rider, we allow you to satisfy the RMD based on the life expectancy RMD for your contract and the requirements of the Code and regulations in effect when you purchase your contract, without the withdrawal being treated as an excess withdrawal. It is our current administrative practice to make the same accommodation under the original rider, however, we reserve the right to modify our administrative practice and will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change. See Appendix I for additional information. RMD rules follow the calendar year which most likely does not coincide with your contract year and therefore may limit when you can take your RMD and not be subject to excess withdrawal processing. You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of this rider in your tax situation;
•	Treatment of non-spousal distributions: Unless you are married your beneficiary will be required to take distributions as a non-spouse which may result in significantly decreasing the value of the rider. Please note civil unions and domestic partnerships generally are not recognized as marriages for federal tax purposes. For additional information see “Taxes — Other — Spousal status” section of this prospectus.
•	Limitations on Tax-Sheltered Annuities (TSAs): Your right to take withdrawals is restricted if your contract is a TSA (see “TSA — Special Provisions”). Therefore, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider may be of limited value to you. You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of this rider in your tax situation;
•	Limitations on Purchase Payments: We reserve the right to limit the cumulative amount of purchase payments, subject to state restrictions, which may limit your ability to make additional purchase payments to increase your contract value as you may have originally intended. For current purchase payment restrictions, please see “Buying Your Contract — Purchase Payments”.
•	Interaction with the Total Free Amount (TFA) contract provision: The TFA is the amount you are allowed to withdraw in each contract year without incurring a withdrawal charge (see “Charges — Withdrawal Charge”). The TFA may be greater than GBP under this rider. Any amount you withdraw under the contract’s TFA provision that exceeds the GBP is subject to the excess withdrawal procedures for the GBA and RBA described below.

The terms “Guaranteed Benefit Amount” and “Remaining Benefit Amount” are described below. Each is used in the operation of the GBP, the RBP, the elective step up, the annual step up, the special spousal continuation step up and the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit annuity payout option.

Guaranteed Benefit Amount

The Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA) is equal to the initial purchase payment, adjusted for subsequent purchase payments, partial withdrawals in excess of the GBP, and step ups. The maximum GBA is $5,000,000.

The GBA is determined at the following times:

• At contract issue — the GBA is equal to the initial purchase payment,

• When you make additional purchase payments— each additional purchase payment plus any purchase payment credit has its own GBA equal to the amount of the purchase payment. The total GBA when an additional purchase payment is added is the sum of the individual GBAs immediately prior to the receipt of the additional purchase payment, plus the GBA associated with the additional purchase payment;

• At step up — (see “Elective Step Up” and “Annual Step Up” headings below).

102    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• When you make a partial withdrawal:

(a)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are less than or equal to the GBP — the GBA remains unchanged. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the GBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;
(b)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are greater than the GBP—the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the GBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the GBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;
(c)	under the original rider in a contract year after a step up but before the third contract anniversary —the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the GBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the GBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;

GBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The total GBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the total GBA immediately prior to the withdrawal; or (b) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s GBA after the withdrawal will be reset to equal that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal plus (a) times (b), where:

(a)	is the ratio of the total GBA after the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal to the total GBA before the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal; and
(b)	is each payment’s GBA before the withdrawal less that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal.

Remaining Benefit Amount

The remaining benefit amount (RBA) at any point is the total guaranteed amount available for future partial withdrawals. The maximum RBA is $5,000,000.

The RBA is determined at the following times:

• At contract issue — the RBA is equal to the initial purchase payment;

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own RBA equal to the amount of the purchase payment. The total RBA when an additional purchase payment are added is the sum of the individual RBAs immediately prior to the receipt of the additional purchase payment, plus the RBA associated with the additional payment;

• At step up — (see “Elective Step Up” and “Annual Step Up” headings below).

• When you make a partial withdrawal:

(a)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are less than or equal to the GBP — the RBA becomes the RBA immediately prior to the partial withdrawal, less the partial withdrawal. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the RBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;
(b)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are greater than the GBP— the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the RBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the RBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;
(c)	under the original rider after a step up but before the third contract anniversary —the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the RBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the RBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups.

RBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The RBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal, or (b) the RBA immediately prior to the withdrawal, less the amount of the withdrawal.

If there have been multiple purchase payments, any reduction of the RBA will be taken out of each payment’s RBA in the following manner:

The withdrawal amount up to the remaining benefit payment (defined below) is taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its remaining benefit payment at the time of the withdrawal; and the withdrawal amount above the remaining benefit payment and any amount determined by the excess withdrawal processing are taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its RBA at the time of the withdrawal.

Guaranteed Benefit Payment

Under the original rider, the GBP is the amount you may withdraw under the terms of the rider in each contract year, subject to certain restrictions prior to the third anniversary (see “Elective Step Up” above). The GBP is equal to 7% of the GBA.

Under the enhanced rider, the GBP is the withdrawal amount that you are entitled to take each contract year after the third anniversary until the RBA is depleted. The GBP is the lesser of (a) 7% of the GBA; or (b) the RBA.

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    103

Under both the original and enhanced riders, if you withdraw less than the GBP in a contract year, there is no carry over to the next contract year.

Remaining Benefit Payment

Under the original rider, at the beginning of each contract year, the remaining benefit payment (RBP) is set as the lesser of (a) the GBP, or (b) the RBA.

Under the enhanced rider, at the beginning of each contract year, during the first three years and prior to any withdrawal, the RBP for each purchase payment is set equal to that purchase payment, multiplied by 7%. At the beginning of any other contract year, each individual RBP is set equal to each individual GBP.

Each additional purchase payment has its own RBP established equal to that payment’s GBP. The total RBP is equal to the sum of the individual RBPs.

Whenever a partial withdrawal is made, the RBP equals the RBP immediately prior to the partial withdrawal less the amount of the partial withdrawal, but not less than zero.

Elective Step Up (under the original rider only)

You have the option to increase the RBA, the GBA, the GBP and the RBP beginning with the first contract anniversary. An annual elective step up option is available for 30 days after the contract anniversary. The elective step up option allows you to step up the remaining benefit amount and guaranteed benefit amount to the contract value on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

The elective step up is subject to the following rules:

• If you do not take any withdrawals during the first three years, you may step up annually beginning with the first contract anniversary;

• If you take any withdrawals during the first three years, the annual elective step up will not be available until the third contract anniversary;

• If you step up but then take a withdrawal prior to the third contract anniversary, you will lose any prior step ups and the withdrawal will be considered an excess withdrawal subject to the GBA and RBA excess withdrawal procedures discussed under the “Guaranteed Benefit Amount” and “Remaining Benefit Amount” headings above; and

• You may take withdrawals on or after the third contract anniversary without reversal of previous step ups.

You may only step up if your contract value on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up is greater than the RBA. The elective step up will be determined as follows:

• The effective date of the elective step up is the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

• The RBA will be increased to an amount equal to the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

• The GBA will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBA immediately prior to the elective step up; or (b) the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

• The GBP will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBP immediately prior to the elective step up; or (b) 7% of the GBA after the elective step up.

• The RBP will be increased to the lesser of (a) the RBA after the elective step up; or (b) the GBP after the elective step up less any withdrawals made during that contract year.

You may elect a step up only once each contract year within 30 days after the contract anniversary. Once a step up has been elected, another step up may not be elected until the next contract anniversary.

Annual Step Up (under the enhanced rider only)

Beginning with the first contract anniversary after you accept the enhanced rider, an increase of the RBA, the GBA, the GBP and the RBP may be available. A step up does not create contract value, guarantee performance of any investment options, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn or paid upon death. Rather, a step up determines the current values of the GBA, RBA, GBP, and RBP, and may extend the payment period or increase allowable payment.

The annual step up is subject to the following rules:

• The annual step up is available when the RBA would increase on the step up date. The applicable step up date depends on whether the annual step up is applied on an automatic or elective basis.

• If the application of the step does not increase the rider charge, the annual step up will be automatically applied to your contract and the step up date is the contract anniversary date.

• If the application of the step up would increase the rider charge, the annual step up is not automatically applied. Instead, you have the option to step up for 30 days after the contract anniversary. If you exercise the elective annual

104    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

	step up option, you will pay the rider charge in effect on the step up date. If you wish to exercise the elective annual step up option, we must receive a request from you or your investment professional. The step up date is the date we receive your request to step up. If your request is received after the close of business, the step up date will be the next valuation day.
•	Only one step up is allowed each contract year.
•	If you take any withdrawals during the first three years, any previously applied step ups will be reversed and the annual step up will not be available until the third contract anniversary;
•	You may take withdrawals on or after the third contract anniversary without reversal of previous step ups.

The annual step up will be determined as follows:

• The RBA will be increased to an amount equal to the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The GBA will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBA immediately prior to the annual step up; or (b) the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The GBP will be calculated as described earlier, but based on the increased GBA and RBA.

• The RBP will be reset as follows:

(a)	Prior to any withdrawals during the first three years, the RBP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	At any other time, the RBP will be reset as the increased GBP less all prior withdrawals made during the current contract year, but never less than zero.

Spousal Continuation and Special Spousal Continuation Step Up

If a surviving spouse elects to continue the contract, this rider also continues. The spousal continuation step up is in addition to the elective step up or the annual step up. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate. When a spouse elects to continue the contract, any rider feature processing particular to the first three years of the contract as described in this prospectus no longer applies. The GBA, RBA and GBP values remain unchanged. The RBP is automatically reset to the GBP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

A surviving spouse may elect a spousal continuation step up by written request within 30 days following the spouse’s election to continue the contract. This step up may be made even if withdrawals have been taken under the contract during the first three years. Under this step up, the RBA will be reset to the greater of the RBA or the contract value on the valuation date we receive the spouse’s written request to step up; the GBA will be reset to the greater of the GBA or the contract value on the same valuation date. If a spousal continuation step up is elected and we have increased the charge for the rider for new contract owners, the spouse will pay the charge that is in effect on the valuation date we receive the written request to step up.

It is our current administrative practice to process the spousal continuation step up as described in the next paragraph; however, we reserve the right to discontinue our administrative practice and will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change.

At the time of spousal continuation, a step-up may be available. All annual step-up rules (see “Annual Step-Up” heading above), other than those that apply to the waiting period, also apply to the spousal continuation step-up. If the spousal continuation step-up is processed automatically, the step-up date is the valuation date spousal continuation is effective. If not, the spouse must elect the step up and must do so within 30 days of the spousal continuation date. If the spouse elects the spousal continuation step up, the step-up date is the valuation date we receive the spouse’s written request to step-up if we receive the request by the close of business on that day, otherwise the next valuation date.

Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Payout Option

Several annuity payout plans are available under the contract. As an alternative to these annuity payout plans, a fixed annuity payout option is available under the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit.

Under this option the amount payable each year will be equal to the remaining schedule of GBPs, but the total amount paid over the life of the annuity will not exceed the current total RBA at the time you begin this fixed annuity option. These annualized amounts will be paid in the frequency that you elect. The frequencies will be among those offered by us at that time but will be no less frequent than annually. If, at the death of the owner, total payments have been made for less than the RBA, the remaining payments will be paid to the beneficiary (see “The Annuity Payout Period” and “Taxes”).

This annuity payout option may also be elected by the beneficiary of a contract as a settlement option if payments begin no later than one year after your death and the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy. Whenever multiple beneficiaries are designated under the contract, each such beneficiary’s share of the proceeds if they elect this option will be in proportion to their applicable designated beneficiary percentage. Beneficiaries of nonqualified contracts may elect this settlement option subject to the distribution requirements of the contract. We reserve the right to adjust the remaining schedule of GBPs if necessary to comply with the Code.

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    105

If Contract Value Reduces to Zero

If the contract value reduces to zero and the RBA remains greater than zero, the following will occur:

• you will be paid according to the annuity payout option described above;

• we will no longer accept additional purchase payments;

• you will no longer be charged for the rider;

• any attached death benefit riders will terminate; and

• the death benefit becomes the remaining payments under the annuity payout option described above.

If the contract value falls to zero and the RBA is depleted, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider and the contract will terminate.

For an example, see Appendix J.

106    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix I: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider — Additional Required Minimum Distribution (RMD) Disclosure

This appendix describes our current administrative practice for determining the amount of withdrawals in any contract year which an owner may take under the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider (including Riders A and B) to satisfy the RMD rules under 401(a)(9) of the Code without application of the excess withdrawal procedures described in the rider. We reserve the right to modify this administrative practice at any time upon 30 days’ written notice to you.

For owners subject to RMD rules under Section 401(a)(9), our current administrative practice under both the original and the enhanced riders is to allow amounts you withdraw to satisfy these rules will not prompt excess withdrawal processing, subject to the following rules:

(1)	If your Annual Life Expectancy Required Minimum Distribution Amount (ALERMDA) is greater than the RBP from the beginning of the current contract year, an Additional Benefit Amount (ABA) will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the RBP.
(2)	Any withdrawals taken in a contract year will count first against and reduce the RBP for that contract year.
(3)	Once the RBP for the current contract year has been depleted, any additional amounts withdrawn will count against and reduce any ABA. These withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals as long as they do not exceed the remaining ABA.
(4)	Once the ABA has been depleted, any additional withdrawal amounts will be considered excess withdrawals and will initiate the excess withdrawal processing described in the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider.

The ALERMDA is:

(1)	determined by us each calendar year;
(2)	based solely on the value of the contract to which the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider is attached as of the date we make the determination; and
(3)	based on the company’s understanding and interpretation of the requirements for life expectancy distributions intended to satisfy the required minimum distribution rules under Section 401(a)(9) and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, as applicable, on the effective date of this prospectus to:

1.	an individual retirement annuity (Section 408(b));
2.	a Roth individual retirement account (Section 408A);
3.	a Simplified Employee Pension plan (Section 408(k));
4.	a tax-sheltered annuity rollover (Section 403(b)).

In the future, the requirements under the Code for such distributions may change and the life expectancy amount calculation provided under your Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider may not be sufficient to satisfy the requirements under the Code for these types of distributions. In such a situation, amounts withdrawn to satisfy such distribution requirements will exceed your RBP amount and may result in the reduction of your GBA and RBA as described under the excess withdrawal provision of the rider.

In cases where the Code does not allow the life expectancy of a natural person to be used to calculate the required minimum distribution amount (e.g. ownership by a trust or a charity), we will calculate the life expectancy RMD amount calculated by us as zero in all years. The life expectancy required minimum distribution amount calculated by us will also equal zero in all years.

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    107

Appendix J: Example — Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider

Example of the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit — This example illustrates both Rider A and Rider B.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000.

• You select contract Option L;

The Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA) equals your purchase payment:			$100,000
The Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP) equals 7% of your GBA:
	0.07 × $100,000 =		$7,000
The Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA) equals your purchase payment:			$100,000
On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. You decide to step up your benefit.
The RBA equals 100% of your contract value:			$110,000
The GBA equals 100% of your contract value:			$110,000
The GBP equals 7% of your stepped-up GBA:
	0.07 × $110,000 =		$7,700
During the fourth contract year you decide to take a partial withdrawal of $7,700.
You took a partial withdrawal equal to your GBP, so your RBA equals the prior RBA less the amount of the partial withdrawal:
	$110,000 – $7,700 =		$102,300
The GBA equals the GBA immediately prior to the partial withdrawal:			$110,000
The GBP equals 7% of your GBA:
	0.07 × $110,000 =		$7,700
On the fourth contract anniversary you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000.
The new RBA for the contract is equal to your prior RBA plus 100% of the additional purchase payment:
	$102,300 + $50,000 =		$152,300
The new GBA for the contract is equal to your prior GBA plus 100% of the additional purchase payment:
	$110,000 + $50,000 =		$160,000
The new GBP for the contract is equal to your prior GBP plus 7% of the additional purchase payment:
	$7,700 + $3,500 =		$11,200
On the fifth contract anniversary your contract value grows to $200,000. You decide to step up your benefit.
The RBA equals 100% of your contract value:			$200,000
The GBA equals 100% of your contract value:			$200,000
The GBP equals 7% of your stepped-up GBA:
	0.07 × $200,000 =		$14,000
During the seventh contract year your contract value grows to $230,000. You decide to take a partial withdrawal of $20,000. You took more than your GBP of $14,000 so your RBA gets reset to the lesser of:
	(1)	your contract value immediately following the partial withdrawal;
		$230,000 – $20,000 =	$210,000
	(2)	your prior RBA less the amount of the partial withdrawal.
		$200,000 – $20,000 =	$180,000
	Reset RBA = lesser of (1) or (2) =		$180,000
	The GBA gets reset to the lesser of:
	(1)	your prior GBA	$200,000
	(2)	your contract value immediately following the partial withdrawal;
		$230,000 – $20,000 =	$210,000
Reset GBA = lesser of (1) or (2) =			$200,000
The Reset GBP is equal to 7% of your Reset GBA:
	0.07 × $200,000 =		$14,000
During the eight contract year your contract value falls to $175,000. You decide to take a partial withdrawal of $25,000. You took more than your GBP of $14,000 so your RBA gets reset to the lesser of:
	(1)	your contract value immediately following the partial withdrawal;
		$175,000 – $25,000 =	$150,000
	(2)	your prior RBA less the amount of the partial withdrawal.

108    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

		$180,000 – $25,000 =	$155,000
	Reset RBA = lesser of (1) or (2) =		$150,000
	The GBA gets reset to the lesser of:
	(1)	your prior GBA;	$200,000
	(2)	your contract value immediately following the partial withdrawal;
		$175,000 – $25,000 =	$150,000
Reset GBA = lesser of (1) or (2) =			$150,000
The Reset GBP is equal to 7% of your Reset GBA:
	0.07 × $150,000 =		$10,500

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    109

Appendix K: Example — Income Assurer Benefit Riders

The purpose of these examples is to illustrate the operation of the Income Assurer Benefit Riders. The examples compare payouts available under the contract’s standard annuity payout provisions with annuity payouts available under the riders based on the same set of assumptions.The contract values shown are hypothetical and do not represent past or future performance. Actual contract values may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a number of factors, including but not limited to the investment experience of the subaccounts (referred to in the riders as “protected investment options”) and the fees and charges that apply to your contract.

For each of the riders, we provide two annuity payout plan comparisons based on the hypothetical contract values we have assumed. The first comparison assumes that you select annuity payout Plan B, Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain. The second comparison assumes that you select annuity payout Plan D, Joint and Last Survivor Annuity – No Refund.

Remember that the riders require you to participate in the PN program. The riders are intended to offer protection against market volatility in the subaccounts (protected investment options). Some PN program investment options include protected investment options and excluded investment options (Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund, and if available under the contract, GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account).
Excluded Investment Options are not included in calculating the 5% variable account floor under the Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base rider and the Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base riders. Because the examples which follow are based on hypothetical contract values, they do not factor in differences in PN program investment options.

Assumptions:

You purchase the contract during the 2006 calendar year with a payment of $100,000; and

• you invest all contract value in the subaccounts (protected investment options); and

• you make no additional purchase payments, partial withdrawals or changes in PN program investment option; and

• the annuitant is male and age 55 at contract issue; and

• the joint annuitant is female and age 55 at contract issue.

Example — Income Assurer Benefit – MAV

Based on the above assumptions and taking into account fluctuations in contract value due to market conditions, we calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as:

Contract Anniversary	Assumed Contract Value	Purchase Payments	Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV)(1)	Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – MAV(2)
1	$ 108,000	$100,000	$ 108,000	$ 108,000
2	125,000	none	125,000	125,000
3	132,000	none	132,000	132,000
4	150,000	none	150,000	150,000
5	85,000	none	150,000	150,000
6	121,000	none	150,000	150,000
7	139,000	none	150,000	150,000
8	153,000	none	153,000	153,000
9	140,000	none	153,000	153,000
10	174,000	none	174,000	174,000
11	141,000	none	174,000	174,000
12	148,000	none	174,000	174,000
13	208,000	none	208,000	208,000
14	198,000	none	208,000	208,000
15	203,000	none	208,000	208,000

(1)	The MAV is limited after age 81, but the guaranteed income benefit base may increase if the contract value increases.
(2)	The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – MAV is a calculated number, not an amount that can be withdrawn. The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – MAV does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

110    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions			IAB – MAV Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	IAB – MAV Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)
10	$ 174,000	$ 772.56	$ 774.30	$ 174,000	$ 772.56	$ 774.30
11	141,000	641.55	642.96	174,000	791.70	793.44
12	148,000	691.16	692.64	174,000	812.58	814.32
13	208,000	996.32	998.40	208,000	996.32	998.40
14	198,000	974.16	976.14	208,000	1,023.36	1,025.44
15	203,000	1,025.15	1,027.18	208,000	1,050.40	1,052.48

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions			IAB – MAV Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	IAB – MAV Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)
10	$ 174,000	$ 629.88	$ 622.92	$ 174,000	$ 629.88	$ 622.92
11	141,000	521.70	516.06	174,000	643.80	636.84
12	148,000	559.44	553.52	174,000	657.72	650.76
13	208,000	807.04	796.64	208,000	807.04	796.64
14	198,000	786.06	778.14	208,000	825.76	817.44
15	203,000	826.21	818.09	208,000	846.56	838.24

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

NOTE: In the above examples, if you elected to begin receiving annuity payouts within 30 days after the 10th or the 13th contract anniversary, you would not benefit from the rider because the monthly annuity payout in these examples is the same as under the standard provisions of the contract. Because the examples are based on assumed contract values, not actual investment results, you should not conclude from the examples that the riders will provide higher payments more frequently than the standard provisions of the contract.

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    111

Example — Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base

Based on the above assumptions and taking into account fluctuations in contract value due to market conditions, we calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as:

Contract Anniversary	Assumed Contract Value	Purchase Payments	5% Accumulation Benefit Base(1)	Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base(2)
1	$ 108,000	$100,000	$ 105,000	$ 108,000
2	125,000	none	110,250	125,000
3	132,000	none	115,763	132,000
4	150,000	none	121,551	150,000
5	85,000	none	127,628	127,628
6	121,000	none	134,010	134,010
7	139,000	none	140,710	140,710
8	153,000	none	147,746	153,000
9	140,000	none	155,133	155,133
10	174,000	none	162,889	174,000
11	141,000	none	171,034	171,034
12	148,000	none	179,586	179,586
13	208,000	none	188,565	208,000
14	198,000	none	197,993	198,000
15	203,000	none	207,893	207,893

(1)	The 5% Accumulation Benefit Base value is limited after age 81, but the guaranteed income benefit base may increase if the contract value increases.
(2)	The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base is a calculated number, not an amount that can be withdrawn. The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions			IAB – 5% RF Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	IAB – 5% RF Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)
10	$ 174,000	$ 772.56	$ 774.30	$ 174,000	$ 772.56	$ 774.30
11	141,000	641.55	642.96	171,034	778.20	779.91
12	148,000	691.16	692.64	179,586	838.66	840.46
13	208,000	996.32	998.40	208,000	996.32	998.40
14	198,000	974.16	976.14	198,000	974.16	976.14
15	203,000	1,025.15	1,027.18	207,893	1,049.86	1,051.94

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

112    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the sale for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions				IAB – 5% RF Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	IAB – 5% RF Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)
10	$ 174,000	$ 629.88	$ 622.92	$ 174,000	$ 629.88	$ 622.92
11	141,000	521.70	516.06	171,034	632.83	625.98
12	148,000	559.44	553.52	179,586	678.83	671.65
13	208,000	807.04	796.64	208,000	807.04	796.64
14	198,000	786.06	778.14	198,000	786.06	778.14
15	203,000	826.21	818.09	207,893	846.12	837.81

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

NOTE: In the above examples, if you elected to begin receiving annuity payouts within 30 days after the 10th, 13th or the 14th contract anniversary, you would not benefit from the rider because the monthly annuity payout in these examples is the same as under the standard provisions of the contract. Because the examples are based on assumed contract values, not actual investment results, you should not conclude from the examples that the riders will provide higher payments more frequently than the standard provisions of the contract.

Example — Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base

Based on the above assumptions and taking into account fluctuations in contract value due to market conditions, we calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as:

Contract Anniversary	Assumed Contract Value	Purchase Payments	Maximum Anniversary Value(1)	5% Accumulation Benefit Base(1)	Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base(2)
1	$ 108,000	$100,000	$ 108,000	$ 105,000	$ 108,000
2	125,000	none	125,000	110,250	125,000
3	132,000	none	132,000	115,763	132,000
4	150,000	none	150,000	121,551	150,000
5	85,000	none	150,000	127,628	150,000
6	121,000	none	150,000	134,010	150,000
7	139,000	none	150,000	140,710	150,000
8	153,000	none	153,000	147,746	153,000
9	140,000	none	153,000	155,133	155,133
10	174,000	none	174,000	162,889	174,000
11	141,000	none	174,000	171,034	174,000
12	148,000	none	174,000	179,586	179,586
13	208,000	none	208,000	188,565	208,000
14	198,000	none	208,000	197,993	208,000
15	203,000	none	208,000	207,893	208,000

(1)	The MAV and 5% Accumulation Benefit Base are limited after age 81, but the guaranteed income benefit base may increase if the contract value increases.
(2)	The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base is a calculated number, not an amount that can be withdrawn. The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    113

Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions			IAB – Max Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	IAB – Max Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)
10	$ 174,000	$ 772.56	$ 774.30	$ 174,000	$ 772.56	$ 774.30
11	141,000	641.55	642.96	174,000	791.70	793.44
12	148,000	691.16	692.64	179,586	838.66	840.46
13	208,000	996.32	998.40	208,000	996.32	998.40
14	198,000	974.16	976.14	208,000	1,023.36	1,025.44
15	203,000	1,025.15	1,027.18	208,000	1,050.40	1,052.48

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions			IAB – Max Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	IAB – Max Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)
10	$ 174,000	$ 629.88	$ 622.92	$ 174,000	$ 629.88	$ 622.92
11	141,000	521.70	516.06	174,000	643.80	636.84
12	148,000	559.44	553.52	179,586	678.83	671.65
13	208,000	807.04	796.64	208,000	807.04	796.64
14	198,000	786.06	778.14	208,000	825.76	817.44
15	203,000	826.21	818.09	208,000	846.56	838.24

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

NOTE: In the above examples, if you elected to begin receiving annuity payouts within 30 days after the 10th or the 13th contract anniversary, you would not benefit from the rider because the monthly annuity payout in these examples is the same as under the standard provisions of the contract. Because the examples are based on assumed contract values, not actual investment results, you should not conclude from the examples that the riders will provide higher payments more frequently than the standard provisions of the contract.

114    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix L: Example — Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider

Example of the Benefit Protector

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and you and the annuitant are under age 70; and

• You select contract Option L with the MAV Death Benefit and the seven year withdrawal charge schedule.

During the first contract year the contract value grows to $105,000. The MAV Death Benefit equals the contract value. You have not reached the first contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector does not provide any additional benefit at this time.
On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. The death benefit equals:
MAV death benefit (contract value):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death
(MAV death benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000
On the second contract anniversary the contract value falls to $105,000. The death benefit equals:
MAV death benefit (MAV):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000
During the third contract year the contract value remains at $105,000 and you request a partial withdrawal of $50,000, including the applicable 7% withdrawal charge. We will withdraw $10,500 from your contract value free of charge (10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value). The remainder of the withdrawal is subject to a 7% withdrawal charge because your payment is in the third year of the withdrawal charge schedule, so we will withdraw $39,500 ($36,735 + $2,765 in withdrawal charges) from your contract value. Altogether, we will withdraw $50,000 and pay you $47,235. We calculate purchase payments not previously withdrawn as $100,000 – $45,000 = $55,000 (remember that $5,000 of the partial withdrawal is contract earnings). The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (MAV adjusted for partial withdrawals):	$57,619
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death):
0.40 × ($57,619 – $55,000) =	+1,048
Total death benefit of:	$ 58,667
On the third contract anniversary the contract value falls to $40,000. The death benefit equals the previous death benefit. The reduction in contract value has no effect.
On the eight contract anniversary the contract value grows to a new high of $200,000. Earnings at death reaches its maximum of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old.
The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$200,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old)	+55,000
Total death benefit of:	$255,000
During the tenth contract year you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000. Your new contract value is now $250,000. The new purchase payment is less than one year old and so it has no effect on the Benefit Protector value. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old)	+55,000
Total death benefit of:	$305,000
During the eleventh contract year the contract value remains $250,000 and the “new” purchase payment is one year old and the value of the Benefit Protector changes. The death benefit equals:

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    115

MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death
(MAV death benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($250,000 – $105,000) =	+58,000
Total death benefit of:	$308,000

116    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix M: Example — Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider

Example of the Benefit Protector Plus

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and you and the annuitant are under age 70; and

• You select contract Option L with the MAV Death Benefit and the seven year withdrawal charge schedule.

During the first contract year the contract value grows to $105,000. The MAV Death Benefit equals the contract value. You have not reached the first contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector Plus does not provide any additional benefit at this time.
On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. You have not reached the second contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector Plus does not provide any benefit beyond what is provided by the Benefit Protector at this time. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death
(MAV Death Benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000
On the second contract anniversary the contract value falls to $105,000. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (MAV):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death:
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
plus 10% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn: 0.10 × $100,000 =	+10,000
Total death benefit of:	$124,000
During the third contract year the contract value remains at $105,000 and you request a partial withdrawal of $50,000, including the applicable 7% withdrawal charge for contract Option L. We will withdraw $10,500 from your contract value free of charge (10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value). The remainder of the withdrawal is subject to a 7% withdrawal charge because your payment is in the third year of the withdrawal charge schedule, so we will withdraw $39,500 ($36,735 + $2,765 in withdrawal charges) from your contract value. Altogether, we will withdraw $50,000 and pay you $47,235. We calculate purchase payments not previously withdrawn as $100,000 – $45,000 = $55,000 (remember that $5,000 of the partial withdrawal is contract earnings). The death benefit on equals:
MAV Death Benefit (MAV adjusted for partial withdrawals):	$57,619
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death:
0.40 × ($57,619 – $55,000) =	+1,048
plus 10% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn: 0.10 x $55,000 =	+5,500
Total death benefit of:	$64,167
On the third contract anniversary the contract value falls to $40,000. The death benefit equals the previous death benefit calculated. The reduction in contract value has no effect.
On the ninth contract anniversary the contract value grows to a new high of $200,000. Earnings at death reaches its maximum of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old. Because we are beyond the fourth contract anniversary the Benefit Protector Plus also reaches its maximum of 20%. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$200,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old	+55,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn: 0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$266,000

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    117

During the tenth contract year you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000. Your new contract value is now $250,000. The new purchase payment is less than one year old and so it has no effect on the Benefit Protector Plus value. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old	+55,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn: 0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$316,000
During the eleventh contract year the contract value remains $250,000 and the “new” purchase payment is one year old. The value of the Benefit Protector Plus remains constant. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (MAV Death Benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($250,000 – $105,000) =	+58,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn: 0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$319,000

118    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix N: Withdrawal Benefit Riders: Electing Step Up or Spousal Continuation Step Up

Example — Withdrawal Benefit Riders: Electing Step Up or Spousal Continuation Step Up

Assumptions:

This example assumes that the covered person (for joint life, younger covered spouse) is 65 or older and there are no additional purchase payments or withdrawals.

•	You own a RiverSource variable annuity with a withdrawal benefit rider. You are currently invested in the Variable Portfolio — Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2) (a Portfolio Navigator fund) with a current rider fee of 0.65%.
	Your Contract Value (CV) is $100,000 and your withdrawal benefit rider currently provides the following benefits:

1)	You can withdraw $6,000 a year for the rest of your life. This is your Annual Lifetime Payment. Or
2)	You can withdraw $7,000 a year until you have withdrawn a total of $100,000. This is your Guaranteed Benefit Payment.

Based on your current CV, you will pay a rider fee of approximately $650 on your next annuity contract anniversary.

•	The annual fee for this rider has increased to 0.95% for clients invested in the Variable Portfolio — Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2).
	The following compares certain options available to you. Changes to rider values or fees are presented for two different scenarios where your CV increases to either $110,000 or $101,000 over the contract year:

1) Elect to lock in your contract gains to your benefit values (step up):

	CV of $110,000	CV of $101,000
Increase in Annual Lifetime Payment	$600	$60
Increase in Guaranteed Benefit Payment	$700	$70
Increase in Annual Rider Fee	0.30%	0.30%
Increase in Annual Contract Charge	$330	$303

Automatic step ups will continue on your next anniversary (if available under your rider).

2) Do not elect to lock in your contract gains (no step up):

	CV of $110,000	CV of $101,000
Increase in Annual Lifetime Payment	$0	$0
Increase in Guaranteed Benefit Payment	$0	$0
Increase in Annual Rider Fee	0%	0%
Increase in Annual Contract Charge	$65	$6.50

Your rider fee will not change, although the dollar amount of your annual charge will change as your CV changes. On your next anniversary, you will again have the option to elect the step up (lock in contract gains)

3) Move to one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds and elect the step up:

	CV of $110,000	CV of $101,000
Increase in Annual Lifetime Payment	$600	$60
Increase in Guaranteed Benefit Payment	$700	$70
Increase in Annual Rider Fee	0%	0%
Increase in Annual Contract Charge	$65	$6.50

Your rider fee will not change, although the dollar amount of your annual charge will change as your CV changes. Automatic step ups will continue on your next anniversary (if available under your rider).

The above example is for illustrative purposes only. The assumptions and calculations used are not intended to be consistent with any one rider, but instead are intended to provide an idea of how different scenarios would operate. Your specific rider may use different calculations for fees or have different benefits available. For a full description and rules applicable to step up options under your rider, please see the “Optional Living Benefits” section.

Electing to step up may result in different increases to the annual rider charge relative to the increase in your rider values. You should weigh the resulting increased charge due to the step up versus the increases to your benefits to determine the option that is best for you.

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    119

Appendix O: Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)

The following tables give per-unit information about the financial history of the subaccounts representing the lowest and highest total annual variable account expense combinations. The date in which operations commenced in each subaccount is noted in parentheses. The SAI contains tables that give per-unit information about the financial history of each existing subaccount. We have not provided this information for subaccounts (if any) that were not available under your contract as of December 31, 2019. You may obtain a copy of the SAI without charge by contacting us at the telephone number or address listed on the first page of the prospectus.

Variable account charges of 1.70% of the daily net assets of the variable account.

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
AB VPS Growth and Income Portfolio (Class B) (8/30/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.54	$2.74	$2.35	$2.15	$2.16	$2.01	$1.52	$1.32	$1.26	$1.14
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.08	$2.54	$2.74	$2.35	$2.15	$2.16	$2.01	$1.52	$1.32	$1.26
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	9	9	9	9	12	43	45	52	40	56
AB VPS International Value Portfolio (Class B) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.06	$1.40	$1.14	$1.17	$1.16	$1.26	$1.04	$0.93	$1.17	$1.15
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.22	$1.06	$1.40	$1.14	$1.17	$1.16	$1.26	$1.04	$0.93	$1.17
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,825	2,051	2,019	2,586	2,835	3,703	4,800	6,162	7,923	8,703
American Century VP Inflation Protection, Class II (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.24	$1.30	$1.28	$1.24	$1.30	$1.28	$1.42	$1.34	$1.22	$1.18
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.33	$1.24	$1.30	$1.28	$1.24	$1.30	$1.28	$1.42	$1.34	$1.22
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2,753	3,232	3,677	4,004	4,625	5,632	7,394	7,159	8,705	12,467
American Century VP Value, Class II (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.95	$2.19	$2.05	$1.73	$1.84	$1.66	$1.28	$1.14	$1.15	$1.03
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.44	$1.95	$2.19	$2.05	$1.73	$1.84	$1.66	$1.28	$1.14	$1.15
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	11	11	11	11	12	35	39	50	57	76
BNY Mellon Investment Portfolios, Technology Growth Portfolio - Service Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.78	$2.87	$2.05	$2.00	$1.92	$1.83	$1.40	$1.24	$1.37	$1.07
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.43	$2.78	$2.87	$2.05	$2.00	$1.92	$1.83	$1.40	$1.24	$1.37
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	160	185	229	340	401	539	785	1,007	1,280	1,660
BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, Appreciation Portfolio - Service Share (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.99	$2.18	$1.75	$1.65	$1.73	$1.63	$1.37	$1.27	$1.18	$1.05
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.66	$1.99	$2.18	$1.75	$1.65	$1.73	$1.63	$1.37	$1.27	$1.18
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	1	1	1	1
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.35	$1.43	$1.17	$1.10	$1.11	$0.98	$0.75	$0.67	$0.64	$0.56
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.65	$1.35	$1.43	$1.17	$1.10	$1.11	$0.98	$0.75	$0.67	$0.64
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	925	1,042	1,336	1,630	2,017	2,624	3,912	5,248	7,129	9,784
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.55	$2.76	$2.45	$2.20	$2.30	$2.13	$1.71	$1.52	$1.63	$1.42
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.11	$2.55	$2.76	$2.45	$2.20	$2.30	$2.13	$1.71	$1.52	$1.63
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,273	1,572	1,838	2,174	2,650	3,289	4,934	6,228	8,456	10,953
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Emerging Markets Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.21	$2.87	$1.99	$1.92	$2.15	$2.24	$2.32	$1.96	$2.52	$2.14
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.86	$2.21	$2.87	$1.99	$1.92	$2.15	$2.24	$2.32	$1.96	$2.52
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	542	697	667	963	1,138	1,287	1,745	1,827	2,530	2,741
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund (Class 3) (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.89	$0.89	$0.90	$0.92	$0.93	$0.95	$0.97	$0.98	$1.00	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.89	$0.89	$0.89	$0.90	$0.92	$0.93	$0.95	$0.97	$0.98	$1.00
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	3,487	3,870	4,473	4,576	1,094	1,323	1,861	2,444	4,164	3,587
Columbia Variable Portfolio – High Yield Bond Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.06	$2.18	$2.08	$1.90	$1.95	$1.92	$1.84	$1.61	$1.55	$1.39
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.36	$2.06	$2.18	$2.08	$1.90	$1.95	$1.92	$1.84	$1.61	$1.55
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	266	334	379	441	531	773	1,064	1,210	1,679	2,244
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3) (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.41	$1.43	$1.40	$1.36	$1.38	$1.34	$1.39	$1.32	$1.26	$1.18
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.51	$1.41	$1.43	$1.40	$1.36	$1.38	$1.34	$1.39	$1.32	$1.26
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	832	811	898	954	1,106	1,712	2,253	2,688	3,083	4,009
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Growth Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.19	$2.32	$1.85	$1.86	$1.73	$1.55	$1.21	$1.02	$1.07	$0.93
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.92	$2.19	$2.32	$1.85	$1.86	$1.73	$1.55	$1.21	$1.02	$1.07
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	91	92	93	95	106	116	215	274	231	331

120    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.70% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Index Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.23	$2.39	$2.00	$1.83	$1.84	$1.65	$1.28	$1.12	$1.13	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.88	$2.23	$2.39	$2.00	$1.83	$1.84	$1.65	$1.28	$1.12	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	17	185	186	196	199	207	210	242	255	408
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Mid Cap Growth Fund (Class 3) (8/30/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.47	$2.64	$2.18	$2.17	$2.10	$1.99	$1.54	$1.41	$1.69	$1.36
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.27	$2.47	$2.64	$2.18	$2.17	$2.10	$1.99	$1.54	$1.41	$1.69
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	33	43	54	67	75	112	154	202	258	314
Columbia Variable Portfolio – U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.22	$1.22	$1.20	$1.19	$1.20	$1.15	$1.20	$1.20	$1.20	$1.19
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.28	$1.22	$1.22	$1.20	$1.19	$1.20	$1.15	$1.20	$1.20	$1.20
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	600	764	835	855	938	1,338	1,814	1,981	2,096	2,681
CTIVP® – BlackRock Global Inflation-Protected Securities Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.31	$1.34	$1.32	$1.24	$1.28	$1.20	$1.29	$1.25	$1.15	$1.12
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.38	$1.31	$1.34	$1.32	$1.24	$1.28	$1.20	$1.29	$1.25	$1.15
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	399	441	500	515	641	919	1,344	1,621	2,043	2,737
CTIVP® – Victory Sycamore Established Value Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.36	$2.67	$2.35	$1.98	$2.01	$1.82	$1.36	$1.19	$1.29	$1.08
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.97	$2.36	$2.67	$2.35	$1.98	$2.01	$1.82	$1.36	$1.19	$1.29
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	7	7
Fidelity® VIP ContrafundSM Portfolio Service Class 2 (8/30/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.06	$3.33	$2.79	$2.63	$2.66	$2.43	$1.88	$1.65	$1.73	$1.50
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.94	$3.06	$3.33	$2.79	$2.63	$2.66	$2.43	$1.88	$1.65	$1.73
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,530	2,039	2,344	2,928	3,401	4,419	6,274	7,907	10,705	13,957
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2 (5/1/2001)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.40	$4.06	$3.43	$3.11	$3.22	$3.09	$2.31	$2.05	$2.34	$1.85
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.12	$3.40	$4.06	$3.43	$3.11	$3.22	$3.09	$2.31	$2.05	$2.34
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	304	356	387	461	547	674	949	1,289	1,684	2,096
Fidelity® VIP Overseas Portfolio Service Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.45	$1.74	$1.36	$1.46	$1.44	$1.60	$1.25	$1.05	$1.30	$1.17
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.82	$1.45	$1.74	$1.36	$1.46	$1.44	$1.60	$1.25	$1.05	$1.30
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	331	402	448	573	633	875	1,100	1,467	1,997	2,249
Franklin Global Real Estate VIP Fund – Class 2 (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.27	$2.47	$2.28	$2.30	$2.33	$2.06	$2.05	$1.63	$1.76	$1.48
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.73	$2.27	$2.47	$2.28	$2.30	$2.33	$2.06	$2.05	$1.63	$1.76
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	44	50	52	56	72	91	124	141	212	258
Franklin Income VIP Fund – Class 2 (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.24	$2.39	$2.21	$1.97	$2.16	$2.10	$1.87	$1.69	$1.68	$1.52
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.56	$2.24	$2.39	$2.21	$1.97	$2.16	$2.10	$1.87	$1.69	$1.68
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	276	298	317	323	360	556	705	817	1,164	1,832
Goldman Sachs VIT Mid Cap Value Fund – Institutional Shares (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$4.37	$4.96	$4.55	$4.07	$4.56	$4.08	$3.12	$2.68	$2.91	$2.37
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$5.65	$4.37	$4.96	$4.55	$4.07	$4.56	$4.08	$3.12	$2.68	$2.91
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	395	473	535	630	741	894	1,263	1,657	2,277	2,833
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.39	$2.80	$2.09	$2.13	$2.09	$2.08	$1.67	$1.40	$1.56	$1.37
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.09	$2.39	$2.80	$2.09	$2.13	$2.09	$2.08	$1.67	$1.40	$1.56
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	39	51	57	68	78	130	219	279	320	469
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Strategic Income Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.70	$1.81	$1.74	$1.66	$1.73	$1.72	$1.76	$1.58	$1.60	$1.41
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.85	$1.70	$1.81	$1.74	$1.66	$1.73	$1.72	$1.76	$1.58	$1.60
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,213	1,365	1,520	1,657	1,989	2,720	3,753	4,137	5,377	6,880
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund, Series II Shares (7/31/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.28	$3.73	$3.33	$2.88	$3.11	$2.84	$2.05	$1.77	$1.85	$1.53
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.06	$3.28	$3.73	$3.33	$2.88	$3.11	$2.84	$2.05	$1.77	$1.85
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	8	41	43	44	47	51	113	120	160	185
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series II Shares (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.71	$1.81	$1.45	$1.45	$1.41	$1.32	$0.96	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.30	$1.71	$1.81	$1.45	$1.45	$1.41	$1.32	$0.96	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	152	155	159	161	167	176	285	302	—	—

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    121

Variable account charges of 1.70% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Invesco V.I. Comstock Fund, Series II Shares (8/30/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.51	$2.92	$2.52	$2.19	$2.38	$2.22	$1.66	$1.42	$1.48	$1.30
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.08	$2.51	$2.92	$2.52	$2.19	$2.38	$2.22	$1.66	$1.42	$1.48
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,846	2,181	2,509	3,160	3,827	4,651	6,708	8,817	12,380	16,064
Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares* (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.51	$1.63	$1.36	$1.37	$1.38	$1.30	$0.97	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.99	$1.51	$1.63	$1.36	$1.37	$1.38	$1.30	$0.97	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	28	30	34	34	43	45	46	47	—	—
*Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares is scheduled to merge into Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares sometime during the second quarter of 2020.
Putnam VT Global Health Care Fund – Class IB Shares (5/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.39	$2.45	$2.16	$2.48	$2.34	$1.86	$1.34	$1.11	$1.15	$1.14
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.06	$2.39	$2.45	$2.16	$2.48	$2.34	$1.86	$1.34	$1.11	$1.15
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	5	7	23
Putnam VT Small Cap Value Fund – Class IB Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.75	$2.22	$2.10	$1.67	$1.78	$1.75	$1.27	$1.10	$1.18	$0.95
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.14	$1.75	$2.22	$2.10	$1.67	$1.78	$1.75	$1.27	$1.10	$1.18
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	138	138	146	157	170	198	213	269	285	299
Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.93	$1.93	$1.93	$1.90	$2.02	$2.02	$2.02	$1.79	$1.83	$1.63
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.94	$1.93	$1.93	$1.93	$1.90	$2.02	$2.02	$2.02	$1.79	$1.83
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,020	1,125	1,286	1,409	1,568	2,061	2,699	3,010	3,899	4,938
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.56	$1.74	$1.49	$1.43	$1.46	$1.41	$1.19	$1.06	$1.12	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.87	$1.56	$1.74	$1.49	$1.43	$1.46	$1.41	$1.19	$1.06	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,137	1,005	1,377	2,150	1,604	2,328	2,783	2,584	3,578	3,678
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.56	$1.74	$1.49	$1.43	$1.46	$1.41	$1.19	$1.06	$1.12	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.87	$1.56	$1.74	$1.49	$1.43	$1.46	$1.41	$1.19	$1.06	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	8,281	9,398	11,358	14,424	16,858	21,358	28,242	44,183	57,497	68,262
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.16	$1.22	$1.15	$1.14	$1.16	$1.13	$1.11	$1.05	$1.04	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.27	$1.16	$1.22	$1.15	$1.14	$1.16	$1.13	$1.11	$1.05	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,796	1,966	1,931	3,181	4,060	4,614	6,444	7,169	4,700	2,476
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.16	$1.22	$1.15	$1.14	$1.16	$1.13	$1.11	$1.05	$1.04	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.27	$1.16	$1.22	$1.15	$1.14	$1.16	$1.13	$1.11	$1.05	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	9,551	12,356	13,446	17,357	21,685	27,873	36,993	46,958	53,602	58,932
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.03	$1.07	$1.01	$1.00	$1.03	$1.00	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.13	$1.03	$1.07	$1.01	$1.00	$1.03	$1.00	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2,264	1,953	2,632	3,611	2,271	2,542	547	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.05	$1.11	$1.02	$1.00	$1.04	$1.01	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.17	$1.05	$1.11	$1.02	$1.00	$1.04	$1.01	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	8,558	9,804	10,322	11,851	12,656	9,072	1,286	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.07	$1.18	$1.02	$1.01	$1.06	$1.03	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.25	$1.07	$1.18	$1.02	$1.01	$1.06	$1.03	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	17,546	19,707	20,930	22,999	25,632	23,477	2,636	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.07	$1.15	$1.02	$1.01	$1.05	$1.02	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.22	$1.07	$1.15	$1.02	$1.01	$1.05	$1.02	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	43,660	48,909	54,060	57,445	58,366	48,327	6,986	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.37	$1.48	$1.33	$1.29	$1.32	$1.28	$1.17	$1.07	$1.09	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.57	$1.37	$1.48	$1.33	$1.29	$1.32	$1.28	$1.17	$1.07	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	20,223	21,355	24,149	26,314	29,932	32,858	39,551	39,235	36,336	32,170
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.38	$1.48	$1.33	$1.29	$1.32	$1.28	$1.17	$1.07	$1.09	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.57	$1.38	$1.48	$1.33	$1.29	$1.32	$1.28	$1.17	$1.07	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	116,526	133,639	154,594	180,473	206,712	250,198	339,717	399,382	458,939	516,525

122    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.70% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.47	$1.61	$1.41	$1.36	$1.39	$1.35	$1.18	$1.07	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.72	$1.47	$1.61	$1.41	$1.36	$1.39	$1.35	$1.18	$1.07	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	6,204	8,201	9,474	12,146	16,785	20,996	26,387	25,607	28,278	25,057
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.47	$1.61	$1.41	$1.36	$1.40	$1.35	$1.18	$1.07	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.72	$1.47	$1.61	$1.41	$1.36	$1.40	$1.35	$1.18	$1.07	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	22,593	27,930	34,161	44,562	55,856	73,875	113,017	154,016	213,018	254,807
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.26	$1.34	$1.24	$1.21	$1.24	$1.20	$1.14	$1.07	$1.06	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.41	$1.26	$1.34	$1.24	$1.21	$1.24	$1.20	$1.14	$1.07	$1.06
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	3,275	3,775	4,088	4,664	4,907	5,877	8,358	11,168	9,842	6,739
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.27	$1.34	$1.24	$1.21	$1.24	$1.20	$1.14	$1.07	$1.07	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.41	$1.27	$1.34	$1.24	$1.21	$1.24	$1.20	$1.14	$1.07	$1.07
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	13,146	15,581	18,539	22,091	27,630	34,603	48,291	60,919	69,228	81,004
Variable Portfolio – Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.19	$2.58	$2.46	$1.99	$2.23	$2.22	$1.68	$1.50	$1.60	$1.31
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.58	$2.19	$2.58	$2.46	$1.99	$2.23	$2.22	$1.68	$1.50	$1.60
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	800	893	1,006	1,184	1,523	1,863	2,498	3,372	4,522	5,828
Wanger USA (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.63	$2.72	$2.31	$2.07	$2.11	$2.05	$1.56	$1.32	$1.39	$1.15
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.39	$2.63	$2.72	$2.31	$2.07	$2.11	$2.05	$1.56	$1.32	$1.39
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	368	455	568	729	882	1,183	1,651	2,250	3,139	4,208
Wells Fargo VT Index Asset Allocation Fund – Class 2 (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.86	$1.95	$1.76	$1.67	$1.67	$1.44	$1.23	$1.10	$1.05	$0.95
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.20	$1.86	$1.95	$1.76	$1.67	$1.67	$1.44	$1.23	$1.10	$1.05
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	145	159	165	185	183	257	282	484	566	822
Wells Fargo VT International Equity Fund – Class 2 (7/31/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.71	$2.10	$1.72	$1.69	$1.69	$1.82	$1.55	$1.39	$1.62	$1.41
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.94	$1.71	$2.10	$1.72	$1.69	$1.69	$1.82	$1.55	$1.39	$1.62
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	301	347	367	487	528	621	772	947	1,129	1,408
Wells Fargo VT Omega Growth Fund – Class 2 (7/31/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.79	$3.84	$2.90	$2.94	$2.95	$2.89	$2.10	$1.77	$1.91	$1.63
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$5.10	$3.79	$3.84	$2.90	$2.94	$2.95	$2.89	$2.10	$1.77	$1.91
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	351	439	545	747	839	1,131	1,627	2,232	3,097	4,103
Wells Fargo VT Opportunity Fund – Class 2 (8/26/2011)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.88	$2.06	$1.74	$1.58	$1.66	$1.53	$1.19	$1.05	$1.00	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.43	$1.88	$2.06	$1.74	$1.58	$1.66	$1.53	$1.19	$1.05	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	89	113	128	132	163	195	210	315	395	—
Wells Fargo VT Small Cap Growth Fund – Class 2 (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.05	$1.06	$0.85	$0.81	$0.84	$0.88	$0.59	$0.56	$0.60	$0.48
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.29	$1.05	$1.06	$0.85	$0.81	$0.84	$0.88	$0.59	$0.56	$0.60
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	434	494	602	747	859	1,002	1,177	1,633	1,928	2,412

Variable account charges of 2.20% of the daily net assets of the variable account.

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
AB VPS Growth and Income Portfolio (Class B) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.88	$2.04	$1.76	$1.62	$1.63	$1.52	$1.16	$1.01	$0.97	$0.88
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.27	$1.88	$2.04	$1.76	$1.62	$1.63	$1.52	$1.16	$1.01	$0.97
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
AB VPS International Value Portfolio (Class B) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.98	$1.31	$1.07	$1.10	$1.10	$1.20	$1.00	$0.90	$1.14	$1.11
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.13	$0.98	$1.31	$1.07	$1.10	$1.10	$1.20	$1.00	$0.90	$1.14
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	8	7	7	8	8	10	15	14	15
American Century VP Inflation Protection, Class II (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.15	$1.21	$1.20	$1.17	$1.23	$1.22	$1.36	$1.29	$1.18	$1.15
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.23	$1.15	$1.21	$1.20	$1.17	$1.23	$1.22	$1.36	$1.29	$1.18
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	3	3	7	8	7	8

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    123

Variable account charges of 2.20% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
American Century VP Value, Class II (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.81	$2.04	$1.92	$1.64	$1.74	$1.58	$1.23	$1.09	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.25	$1.81	$2.04	$1.92	$1.64	$1.74	$1.58	$1.23	$1.09	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
BNY Mellon Investment Portfolios, Technology Growth Portfolio - Service Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.59	$2.68	$1.92	$1.88	$1.82	$1.74	$1.35	$1.19	$1.33	$1.04
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.18	$2.59	$2.68	$1.92	$1.88	$1.82	$1.74	$1.35	$1.19	$1.33
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	1	1	1	2	2	2	3	3	3
BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, Appreciation Portfolio - Service Share (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.85	$2.04	$1.64	$1.56	$1.64	$1.55	$1.31	$1.22	$1.15	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.46	$1.85	$2.04	$1.64	$1.56	$1.64	$1.55	$1.31	$1.22	$1.15
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.96	$2.09	$1.72	$1.63	$1.65	$1.46	$1.12	$1.00	$0.98	$0.85
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.39	$1.96	$2.09	$1.72	$1.63	$1.65	$1.46	$1.12	$1.00	$0.98
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.97	$2.14	$1.92	$1.73	$1.81	$1.69	$1.36	$1.22	$1.31	$1.15
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.39	$1.97	$2.14	$1.92	$1.73	$1.81	$1.69	$1.36	$1.22	$1.31
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	9	10	9	12	12	15	22	23	28
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Emerging Markets Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.06	$2.68	$1.87	$1.82	$2.04	$2.13	$2.22	$1.88	$2.44	$2.08
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.65	$2.06	$2.68	$1.87	$1.82	$2.04	$2.13	$2.22	$1.88	$2.44
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	4	3	3	4	4	4	5	5	7
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.85	$0.86	$0.88	$0.90	$0.92	$0.94	$0.96	$0.98	$1.00	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.85	$0.85	$0.86	$0.88	$0.90	$0.92	$0.94	$0.96	$0.98	$1.00
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	12	12	12	12	—	—	6	6	5	61
Columbia Variable Portfolio – High Yield Bond Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.85	$1.97	$1.90	$1.73	$1.79	$1.77	$1.70	$1.51	$1.46	$1.31
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.12	$1.85	$1.97	$1.90	$1.73	$1.79	$1.77	$1.70	$1.51	$1.46
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	1	1	1	1	1	1
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.27	$1.29	$1.27	$1.24	$1.27	$1.23	$1.29	$1.23	$1.17	$1.11
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.35	$1.27	$1.29	$1.27	$1.24	$1.27	$1.23	$1.29	$1.23	$1.17
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	5	5	5	11
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Growth Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.04	$2.17	$1.73	$1.75	$1.64	$1.47	$1.16	$0.98	$1.04	$0.91
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.70	$2.04	$2.17	$1.73	$1.75	$1.64	$1.47	$1.16	$0.98	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	1	1	1
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Index Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.08	$2.23	$1.88	$1.72	$1.75	$1.58	$1.22	$1.08	$1.09	$0.97
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.66	$2.08	$2.23	$1.88	$1.72	$1.75	$1.58	$1.22	$1.08	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Mid Cap Growth Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.86	$2.00	$1.67	$1.67	$1.62	$1.54	$1.20	$1.10	$1.33	$1.07
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.46	$1.86	$2.00	$1.67	$1.67	$1.62	$1.54	$1.20	$1.10	$1.33
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.00	$1.01	$1.00	$0.99	$1.00	$0.97	$1.01	$1.02	$1.02	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.04	$1.00	$1.01	$1.00	$0.99	$1.00	$0.97	$1.01	$1.02	$1.02
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	3	3	3	3
CTIVP® – BlackRock Global Inflation-Protected Securities Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.23	$1.26	$1.26	$1.18	$1.23	$1.16	$1.25	$1.21	$1.12	$1.10
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.29	$1.23	$1.26	$1.26	$1.18	$1.23	$1.16	$1.25	$1.21	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	3	3	3	6
CTIVP® – Victory Sycamore Established Value Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.19	$2.49	$2.20	$1.87	$1.90	$1.74	$1.31	$1.14	$1.25	$1.05
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.74	$2.19	$2.49	$2.20	$1.87	$1.90	$1.74	$1.31	$1.14	$1.25
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—

124    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 2.20% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Fidelity® VIP ContrafundSM Portfolio Service Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.28	$2.49	$2.10	$1.99	$2.02	$1.85	$1.45	$1.27	$1.34	$1.17
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.92	$2.28	$2.49	$2.10	$1.99	$2.02	$1.85	$1.45	$1.27	$1.34
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	10	10	10	12	13	17	25	26	31
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.45	$2.94	$2.50	$2.28	$2.37	$2.28	$1.72	$1.53	$1.76	$1.40
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.96	$2.45	$2.94	$2.50	$2.28	$2.37	$2.28	$1.72	$1.53	$1.76
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	2	2	2	3	3	3	5	5	6
Fidelity® VIP Overseas Portfolio Service Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.35	$1.63	$1.28	$1.38	$1.37	$1.52	$1.20	$1.02	$1.26	$1.14
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.68	$1.35	$1.63	$1.28	$1.38	$1.37	$1.52	$1.20	$1.02	$1.26
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Franklin Global Real Estate VIP Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.30	$1.43	$1.32	$1.35	$1.37	$1.22	$1.21	$0.97	$1.06	$0.89
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.56	$1.30	$1.43	$1.32	$1.35	$1.37	$1.22	$1.21	$0.97	$1.06
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Franklin Income VIP Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.68	$1.80	$1.68	$1.50	$1.65	$1.61	$1.45	$1.31	$1.31	$1.19
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.91	$1.68	$1.80	$1.68	$1.50	$1.65	$1.61	$1.45	$1.31	$1.31
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Goldman Sachs VIT Mid Cap Value Fund – Institutional Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.13	$2.43	$2.24	$2.02	$2.27	$2.04	$1.57	$1.36	$1.48	$1.21
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.74	$2.13	$2.43	$2.24	$2.02	$2.27	$2.04	$1.57	$1.36	$1.48
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	3	3	3	4	4	5	7	7	12
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.02	$2.38	$1.79	$1.83	$1.80	$1.81	$1.46	$1.23	$1.37	$1.21
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.60	$2.02	$2.38	$1.79	$1.83	$1.80	$1.81	$1.46	$1.23	$1.37
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Strategic Income Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.34	$1.43	$1.38	$1.33	$1.39	$1.39	$1.42	$1.29	$1.31	$1.16
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.45	$1.34	$1.43	$1.38	$1.33	$1.39	$1.39	$1.42	$1.29	$1.31
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	2	2	4	5	6	10
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.25	$2.57	$2.31	$2.00	$2.18	$2.00	$1.45	$1.26	$1.32	$1.10
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.77	$2.25	$2.57	$2.31	$2.00	$2.18	$2.00	$1.45	$1.26	$1.32
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series II Shares (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.66	$1.76	$1.42	$1.42	$1.39	$1.31	$0.96	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.21	$1.66	$1.76	$1.42	$1.42	$1.39	$1.31	$0.96	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Invesco V.I. Comstock Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.81	$2.12	$1.84	$1.61	$1.75	$1.64	$1.24	$1.06	$1.11	$0.98
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.22	$1.81	$2.12	$1.84	$1.61	$1.75	$1.64	$1.24	$1.06	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	12	12	12	15	15	18	29	31	34
Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares* (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.46	$1.58	$1.33	$1.35	$1.36	$1.29	$0.97	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.91	$1.46	$1.58	$1.33	$1.35	$1.36	$1.29	$0.97	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
*Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares is scheduled to merge into Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares sometime during the second quarter of 2020.
Putnam VT Global Health Care Fund – Class IB Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.23	$2.30	$2.04	$2.35	$2.23	$1.78	$1.29	$1.08	$1.11	$1.11
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.85	$2.23	$2.30	$2.04	$2.35	$2.23	$1.78	$1.29	$1.08	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Putnam VT Small Cap Value Fund – Class IB Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.63	$2.08	$1.97	$1.58	$1.68	$1.66	$1.22	$1.06	$1.14	$0.92
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.98	$1.63	$2.08	$1.97	$1.58	$1.68	$1.66	$1.22	$1.06	$1.14
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.80	$1.80	$1.81	$1.79	$1.92	$1.92	$1.94	$1.72	$1.77	$1.58
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.79	$1.80	$1.80	$1.81	$1.79	$1.92	$1.92	$1.94	$1.72	$1.77
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	1	1	2	3	3	5

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    125

Variable account charges of 2.20% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.50	$1.67	$1.44	$1.39	$1.43	$1.38	$1.17	$1.05	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.78	$1.50	$1.67	$1.44	$1.39	$1.43	$1.38	$1.17	$1.05	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.50	$1.68	$1.44	$1.39	$1.43	$1.39	$1.17	$1.06	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.78	$1.50	$1.68	$1.44	$1.39	$1.43	$1.39	$1.17	$1.06	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	85	213	214	214	215	217	219	221	223	266
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.11	$1.17	$1.12	$1.10	$1.13	$1.11	$1.10	$1.05	$1.04	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.21	$1.11	$1.17	$1.12	$1.10	$1.13	$1.11	$1.10	$1.05	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.11	$1.17	$1.12	$1.10	$1.13	$1.11	$1.10	$1.05	$1.04	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.21	$1.11	$1.17	$1.12	$1.10	$1.13	$1.11	$1.10	$1.05	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.00	$1.05	$0.99	$0.99	$1.02	$1.00	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.10	$1.00	$1.05	$0.99	$0.99	$1.02	$1.00	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.02	$1.09	$1.00	$0.99	$1.03	$1.01	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.14	$1.02	$1.09	$1.00	$0.99	$1.03	$1.01	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.05	$1.16	$1.01	$1.00	$1.05	$1.03	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.21	$1.05	$1.16	$1.01	$1.00	$1.05	$1.03	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.04	$1.13	$1.01	$1.00	$1.04	$1.02	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.18	$1.04	$1.13	$1.01	$1.00	$1.04	$1.02	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.32	$1.42	$1.29	$1.26	$1.29	$1.26	$1.15	$1.06	$1.08	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.49	$1.32	$1.42	$1.29	$1.26	$1.29	$1.26	$1.15	$1.06	$1.08
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	47	47	47
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.32	$1.43	$1.29	$1.26	$1.29	$1.26	$1.15	$1.06	$1.08	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.50	$1.32	$1.43	$1.29	$1.26	$1.29	$1.26	$1.15	$1.06	$1.08
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	146	147	158	160	164	220	227	239	257
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.41	$1.55	$1.36	$1.32	$1.36	$1.32	$1.17	$1.06	$1.10	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.64	$1.41	$1.55	$1.36	$1.32	$1.36	$1.32	$1.17	$1.06	$1.10
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.41	$1.55	$1.36	$1.33	$1.37	$1.33	$1.17	$1.06	$1.10	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.64	$1.41	$1.55	$1.36	$1.33	$1.37	$1.33	$1.17	$1.06	$1.10
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	69
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.21	$1.29	$1.20	$1.18	$1.21	$1.18	$1.12	$1.06	$1.06	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.34	$1.21	$1.29	$1.20	$1.18	$1.21	$1.18	$1.12	$1.06	$1.06
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.21	$1.29	$1.20	$1.18	$1.21	$1.18	$1.13	$1.06	$1.06	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.35	$1.21	$1.29	$1.20	$1.18	$1.21	$1.18	$1.13	$1.06	$1.06
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	61	61	61	61	61	61	61	61	61	61
Variable Portfolio – Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.86	$2.20	$2.10	$1.71	$1.93	$1.93	$1.47	$1.32	$1.41	$1.16
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.18	$1.86	$2.20	$2.10	$1.71	$1.93	$1.93	$1.47	$1.32	$1.41
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	5	5	5	6	6	7	10	10	10

126    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 2.20% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Wanger USA (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.44	$2.54	$2.17	$1.95	$2.01	$1.96	$1.49	$1.27	$1.35	$1.12
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.14	$2.44	$2.54	$2.17	$1.95	$2.01	$1.96	$1.49	$1.27	$1.35
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	2	2	3	3	3	4	6	6	8
Wells Fargo VT Index Asset Allocation Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.88	$1.98	$1.80	$1.71	$1.72	$1.49	$1.28	$1.15	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.21	$1.88	$1.98	$1.80	$1.71	$1.72	$1.49	$1.28	$1.15	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Wells Fargo VT International Equity Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.30	$1.61	$1.32	$1.31	$1.31	$1.42	$1.21	$1.09	$1.28	$1.13
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.47	$1.30	$1.61	$1.32	$1.31	$1.31	$1.42	$1.21	$1.09	$1.28
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	1	1	—
Wells Fargo VT Omega Growth Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.65	$2.70	$2.05	$2.09	$2.11	$2.07	$1.51	$1.29	$1.39	$1.19
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.55	$2.65	$2.70	$2.05	$2.09	$2.11	$2.07	$1.51	$1.29	$1.39
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Wells Fargo VT Opportunity Fund – Class 2 (8/26/2011)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.81	$2.00	$1.70	$1.54	$1.63	$1.51	$1.18	$1.04	$1.00	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.33	$1.81	$2.00	$1.70	$1.54	$1.63	$1.51	$1.18	$1.04	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Wells Fargo VT Small Cap Growth Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.64	$2.67	$2.17	$2.06	$2.16	$2.25	$1.53	$1.45	$1.56	$1.26
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.23	$2.64	$2.67	$2.17	$2.06	$2.16	$2.25	$1.53	$1.45	$1.56
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    127

Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information

Calculating Annuity Payouts	p. 3
Rating Agencies	p. 4
Principal Underwriter	p. 4
Service Providers	p. 4
Custodian	p. 5
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	p. 5
Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	p. 6
Financial Statements

128    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474
1-800-333-3437

45305  CG (5/20)

RiverSource Distributors, Inc. (Distributor), Member FINRA. Issued by RiverSource Life Insurance Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota. ©2008-2020 RiverSource Life Insurance Company. All rights reserved.

Prospectus

May 1, 2020

RiverSource^®

Signature One Variable Annuity

Individual Flexible Premium Deferred Combination Fixed/Variable Annuity

Issued by:	RiverSource Life Insurance Company (RiverSource Life)
	829 Ameriprise Financial Center Minneapolis, MN 55474 Telephone: 1-800-333-3437 (Service Center) RiverSource Variable Annuity Account/RiverSource MVA Account​

New contracts are not currently being offered.

This prospectus contains information that you should know before investing. Investment options available under the contract are listed below:

AB Variable Products Series Fund, Inc.

Columbia Funds Variable Series Trust II

Credit Suisse Trust

Fidelity^® Variable Insurance Products – Service Class

Franklin^® Templeton^® Variable Insurance Products Trust – Class 2

Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust (VIT)

Invesco Variable Insurance Funds

Janus Aspen Series: Service Shares

J.P. Morgan Series Trust II

Lazard Retirement Series, Inc.

Lincoln Variable Insurance Product Trust (LVIP)

MFS^® Variable Insurance Trust^SM

Royce Capital Fund

Third Avenue Variable Series Trust

Wanger Advisors Trust

Wells Fargo Variable Trust Funds

 

Please read the prospectuses carefully and keep them for future reference.

This contract provides for purchase payment credits to eligible contract owners, which we may reverse under certain circumstances. (See “Buying Your Contract — Purchase Payment Credits”). Expense charges for contracts with purchase payment credits may be higher than expenses for contracts without such credits. The amount of the credit may be more than offset by any additional fees and charges associated with the credit.

The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

An investment in this contract is not a deposit of a bank or financial institution and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) or any other government agency. An investment in this contract involves investment risk including the possible loss of principal.

A Statement of Additional Information (SAI), dated the same date as this prospectus, is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. It is filed with the SEC and is available without charge by contacting RiverSource Life at the telephone number and address listed above. The table of contents of the SAI is on the last page of this prospectus. The SEC maintains an Internet site. This prospectus, the SAI and other information about the product are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at (http://www.sec.gov).

Variable annuities are complex products. The fees and charges, as well as the available features and benefits, of the variable annuity contracts described in this prospectus will be different from other variable annuities offered in the marketplace, including other variable annuities or other types of annuities offered by RiverSource Life. The interest credited, guarantees provided, and credits available, as well as the funds serving as underlying investments and their corresponding expenses, may differ among the variable annuities that are available to you. With the aid of an appropriate financial professional, we encourage you to compare and contrast the variable annuity contracts described in this prospectus with other variable annuities available in the marketplace, including other types of annuities we may offer. This will aid in determining whether purchasing a contract is consistent with your investment objectives, risk tolerance, time horizon, marital status, tax situation, and your unique financial situation and needs. If you select an annuity that includes surrender or other liquidation charges, you should also consider any future needs you may have to

RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus    1

access your contract value. The optional benefits and features available with the contracts usually come with additional costs. Consider any additional costs carefully when electing these optional benefits and features.

Beginning on January 1, 2021, as permitted by regulations adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission, paper copies of your underlying funds’ shareholder reports will no longer be sent by mail, unless you specifically request paper copies of the reports from RiverSource Life. Instead, the reports will be made available on a website, and you will be notified each time a report is posted and provided with a website link to access the report.

You may elect to receive all future reports in paper free of charge. You can inform RiverSource Life that you wish to continue receiving paper copies of your shareholder reports by calling our Service Center at 1-800-862-7919. Your election to receive reports in paper will apply to all funds available under your variable annuity contract.

Effects of COVID-19 Pandemic

The coronavirus disease 2019 (“COVID-19”) public health crisis presents ongoing significant economic and societal disruption and has driven significant volatility in the equity and interest rate markets. Any periods of continued high market volatility, and your individual circumstances (e.g., your selected allocations and the timing of any purchase payments, transfers, or withdrawals), will affect values under your contract. As part of how we maintain our strong financial strength and claims-paying ability, we continue to reserve amounts for our contractual obligations in accordance with significant state solvency regulations. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic may impact financial markets, investment performance under your contract, and our financial strength and claims-paying ability will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be estimated, including the scope and duration of the pandemic and actions taken by governmental authorities, market participants, and other third parties in response to the pandemic.

We have implemented comprehensive strategies to address the operating environment spurred by the pandemic.  To promote the safety and security of our employees and to assure the continuity of our business operations, we have implemented a work from home protocol for virtually all of our employee population, restricted business travel, and provided resources for complying with the guidance from the World Health Organization, the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and government authorities. We have been satisfying elevated customer service volumes and our operations teams have continued to operate successfully and without disruptions in service. Our pandemic strategy is flexible and scalable and takes into consideration that a pandemic could be widespread and may occur in multiple waves, affecting different communities at different times with varying levels of severity. We cannot, however, predict the impact that natural or man-made disasters and catastrophes, including the COVID-19 pandemic, may have over near- or longer-term periods.

2    RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Table of Contents

Key Terms	4
The Contract in Brief	6
Expense Summary	8
Contract Owner Transaction Expenses	8
Annual Variable Account Expenses	8
Other Annual Expenses	9
Annual Operating Expenses of the Funds	9
Condensed Financial Information	11
Financial Statements	11
The Variable Account and the Funds	11
The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)	16
Market Value Adjustment (MVA)	17
The General Account	19
The One-Year Fixed Account	19
Buying Your Contract	19
The Retirement Date	20
Beneficiary	21
Purchase Payments	21
How to Make Purchase Payments	21
Purchase Payment Credits	21
Limitations on Use of Contract	22
Charges	22
Contract Administrative Charge	22
Variable Account Administrative Charge	22
Mortality and Expense Risk Fee	22
Withdrawal Charge	23
Fund Fees and Expenses	26
Premium Taxes	26
Optional Living Benefits Charges	26
Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB) Fee	26
8% Performance Credit Rider (PCR) Fee	26
Optional Death Benefit Charges	27
Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider Fee	27
Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider Fee	27
Valuing Your Investment	27
GPAs and One-Year Fixed Account	27
Subaccounts	27
Making the Most of Your Contract	28
Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging	28
Asset Rebalancing	29
Transferring Among Accounts	29
How to request a Transfer or Withdrawal	32
Withdrawals	33
Withdrawal Policies	33

Receiving Payment	33
TSA–Special Provisions	34
Participants in Tax-Sheltered Annuities	34
Changing Ownership	35
Benefits in Case of Death	35
If You Die Before Your Retirement Date	38
Optional Benefits	40
Optional Death Benefits	40
Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector)	40
Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus)	42
Optional Living Benefits	44
Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB)	44
8% Performance Credit Rider (PCR)	47
The Annuity Payout Period	49
Annuity Tables	49
Annuity Payout Plans	50
Taxes	51
Nonqualified Annuities	51
Qualified Annuities	53
Other	54
Voting Rights	55
Substitution of Investments	55
About the Service Providers	56
Principal Underwriter	56
Service Providers	57
Issuer	57
Legal Proceedings	57
Additional Information	58
Incorporation of Certain Documents By Reference	58
Available Information	58
Indemnification	58
Appendix A: 8% Performance Credit Rider Adjusted Partial Withdrawal	59
Appendix B: Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	61
Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information	67

RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus    3

Key Terms

These terms can help you understand details about your contract.

Accumulation unit: A measure of the value of each subaccount before annuity payouts begin.

Annuitant: The person or persons on whose life or life expectancy the annuity payouts are based.

Annuity payouts: An amount paid at regular intervals under one of several plans.

Assumed investment rate: The rate of return we assume your investments will earn when we calculate your initial annuity payout amount using the annuity table in your contract. The standard assumed investment rate we use is 5% but you may request we substitute an assumed investment rate of 3.5%.

Beneficiary: The person you designate to receive benefits in case of the owner’s or annuitant’s death while the contract is in force.

Close of business: The time the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) closes (4 p.m. Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier).

Code: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Contract: A deferred annuity contract that permits you to accumulate money for retirement by making one or more purchase payments. It provides for lifetime or other forms of payouts beginning at a specified time in the future.

Contract value: The total value of your contract before we deduct any applicable charges.

Contract year: A period of 12 months, starting on the effective date of your contract and on each anniversary of the effective date.

Funds: Investment options under your contract. You may allocate your purchase payments into subaccounts investing in shares of the funds.

Good order: We cannot process your transaction request relating to the contract until we have received the request in good order at our Service Center. “Good order” means the actual receipt of the requested transaction in writing, along with all information, forms and supporting legal documentation necessary to effect the transaction. To be in “good order,” your instructions must be sufficiently clear so that we do not need to exercise any discretion to follow such instructions. This information and documentation generally includes your completed request; the contract number; the transaction amount (in dollars); the names of and allocations to and/or from the subaccounts and the fixed account affected by the requested transaction; Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number; and any other information, forms or supporting documentation that we may require. For certain transactions, at our option, we may require the signature of all contract owners for the request to be in good order. With respect to purchase

requests, “good order” also generally includes receipt of sufficient payment by us to effect the purchase. We may, in our sole discretion, determine whether any particular transaction request is in good order, and we reserve the right to change or waive any good order requirements at any time.

Guarantee Period: The number of successive 12-month periods that a guaranteed interest rate is credited.

Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs): A nonunitized separate account to which you may allocate purchase payments and purchase payment credits or transfer contract value of at least $1,000. These accounts have guaranteed interest rates for guarantee periods we declare when you allocate purchase payments and purchase payment credits or transfer contract value to a GPA. These guaranteed rates and periods of time may vary by state. Unless an exception applies, transfers or withdrawals from a GPA done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will receive a market value adjustment, which may result in a gain or loss of principal.

Market Value Adjustment (MVA): A positive or negative adjustment assessed if any portion of a Guarantee Period Account is withdrawn or transferred more than 30 days before the end of its guarantee period.

One-year fixed account: Part of our general account to which you may make allocations. Amounts you allocate to this account earn interest at rates that we declare periodically.

Owner (you, your): The person or persons identified in the contract as owner(s) of the contract, who has or have the right to control the contract (to decide on investment allocations, transfers, payout options, etc.). Usually, but not always, the owner is also the annuitant. During the owner’s life, the owner is responsible for taxes, regardless of whether he or she receives the contract’s benefits. The owner or any joint owner may be a non-natural person (e.g. irrevocable trust or corporation) or a revocable trust. If any owner is a non-natural person or a revocable trust, the annuitant will be deemed to be the owner for contract provisions that are based on the age or life of the owner. When the contract is owned by a revocable trust or irrevocable grantor trust, the annuitant(s) selected must be the grantor(s) of the trust to assure compliance with Section 72(s) of the Code.

Purchase payment credits: An addition we make to your contract value. We base the amount of the credit on net payments (total payments less total withdrawals). We apply the credit to your contract based on your current payment.

Qualified annuity: A contract that you purchase to fund one of the following tax-deferred retirement plans that is subject to applicable federal law and any rules of the plan itself:

• Individual Retirement Annuities (IRAs) including inherited IRAs under Section 408(b) of the Code

 

4    RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• Roth IRAs including inherited Roth IRAs under Section 408A of the Code

• SIMPLE IRAs under Section 408(p) of the Code

• Simplified Employee Pension (SEP) plans under Section 408(k) of the Code

• Tax-Sheltered Annuity (TSA) rollovers under Section 403(b) of the Code

A qualified annuity will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral if it is used to fund a retirement plan that is already tax deferred.

All other contracts are considerednonqualified annuities.

Retirement date: The date when annuity payouts are scheduled to begin.

Rider effective date: The date a rider becomes effective as stated in the rider.

RiverSource Life: In this prospectus, “we,” “us,” “our” and “RiverSource Life” refer to RiverSource Life Insurance Company.

Service Center: Our department that processes all transaction and service requests for the contracts. We consider all transaction and service requests received when they arrive in good order at the Service Center. Any transaction or service requests sent or directed to any location other than our Service Center may end up delayed or not processed. Our Service Center address and telephone number are listed on the first page of the prospectus.

Valuation date: Any normal business day, Monday through Friday, on which the NYSE is open, up to the time it closes. At the NYSE close, the next valuation date

begins. We calculate the accumulation unit value of each subaccount on each valuation date. If we receive your purchase payment or any transaction request (such as a transfer or withdrawal request) in good order at our Service Center before the close of business, we will process your payment or transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your payment or transaction request. On the other hand, if we receive your purchase payment or transaction request in good order at our Service Center at or after the close of business, we will process your payment or transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date. If you make a transaction request by telephone (including by fax), you must have completed your transaction by the close of business in order for us to process it using the accumulation unit value we calculate on that valuation date. If you were not able to complete your transaction before the close of business for any reason, including telephone service interruptions or delays due to high call volume, we will process your transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date.

Variable account: Consists of separate subaccounts to which you may allocate purchase payments; each invests in shares of one fund. The value of your investment in each subaccount changes with the performance of the particular fund.

Withdrawal value: The amount you are entitled to receive if you make a full withdrawal from your contract. It is the contract value minus any applicable charges.

RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus    5

The Contract in Brief

Purpose: The purpose of the contract is to allow you to accumulate money for retirement or similar long term goal. You do this by making one or more purchase payments. You may allocate your purchase payments to the GPAs, one-year fixed account, and/or subaccounts of the variable account under the contract; however you risk losing amounts you invest in the subaccounts of the variable account. These accounts, in turn, may earn returns that increase the value of a contract. If the contract value goes to zero due to underlying fund’s performance or deduction of fees, the contract will no longer be in force and the contract (including any death benefit riders) will terminate. You may be able to purchase an optional benefit to reduce the investment risk you assume. Beginning at a specified time in the future called the retirement date, the contract provides lifetime or other forms of payouts of your contract value (less any applicable premium tax).

It may have not been advantageous for you to purchase this contract in exchange for, or in addition to, an existing annuity or life insurance policy. Generally, you can exchange one annuity for another or for a long-term care policy in a “tax-free” exchange under Section 1035 of the Code. You can also do a partial exchange from one annuity contract to another annuity contract, subject to Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) rules. You also generally can exchange a life insurance policy for an annuity. However, before making an exchange, you should compare both contracts carefully because the features and benefits may be different. Fees and charges may be higher or lower on your old contract than on this contract. You may have to pay a withdrawal charge when you exchange out of your old contract and a new withdrawal period will begin when you exchange into this contract. If the exchange does not qualify for Section 1035 treatment, you also may have to pay federal income tax on the distribution. State income taxes may also apply. You should not exchange your old contract for this contract, or buy this contract in addition to your old contract, unless you determine it is in your best interest. (See “Taxes-1035 Exchanges”.)

Tax-deferred retirement plans: Most annuities have a tax-deferred feature. So do many retirement plans under the Code including 403(b) plans. As a result, when you use a qualified annuity to fund a retirement plan that is tax-deferred, your contract will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral beyond what is provided in that retirement plan. Some employers may permit you to deposit your contributions into other investments such as mutual funds. If such investments are available to you, before enrolling under the contract, you should consider features other than tax deferral that may help you reach your retirement goals. In addition, the Code subjects retirement plans to required withdrawals triggered at age 72 (triggered at age 70 ½ if you turned 70 ½ before Jan. 1, 2020). These mandatory withdrawals are called required minimum distributions (“RMDs”). RMDs may reduce the value of certain death benefits and optional riders (see “Taxes — Qualified

Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). You should consult your tax advisor before you purchase the contract as a qualified annuity for an explanation of the tax implications to you.

Buying a contract: We no longer offer new contracts. However, you have the option of making additional purchase payments in the future, subject to certain limitations. Purchase payment amounts and purchase payment timing may be limited under the terms of your contract and/or pursuant to state requirements. (See “Buying Your Contract”).

Free look period: The contracts in this prospectus are no longer sold. Generally, all available free look periods have now expired.

Accounts: Generally, you may allocate your purchase payments among the:

• subaccounts of the variable account, each of which invests in a fund with a particular investment objective. The value of each subaccount varies with the performance of the particular fund in which it invests. We cannot guarantee that the value at the retirement date will equal or exceed the total purchase payments you allocate to the subaccounts. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds”).

• GPAs which earn interest at rates declared when you make an allocation to that account. The required minimum investment in each GPA is $1,000. These accounts may not be available in all states. (See “The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)”)

• one-year fixed account, which earns interest at rates that we adjust periodically. There are restrictions on the amount you can allocate to this account as well as on transfers from this account (see “The One-Year Fixed Account“).

Transfers: Subject to certain restrictions, you currently may redistribute your contract value among the accounts without charge at any time until annuity payouts begin, and once per contract year among the subaccounts after annuity payouts begin. Transfers out of the GPAs done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will be subject to a MVA, unless an exception applies. You may establish automated transfers among the accounts. We reserve the right to limit transfers to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then currently crediting is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transferring Among Accounts”).

Withdrawals: You may withdraw all or part of your contract value at any time before the retirement date. You also may establish automated partial withdrawals. Withdrawals may be subject to charges and tax penalties (including a 10% IRS penalty that may apply if you make withdrawals prior to your reaching age 59½) and may have other tax consequences. Certain other restrictions may apply. (See “Withdrawals”)

 

6    RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Optional benefits:These contracts offered optional living and death benefits that were available for additional charges if you met certain criteria. Please note, since the contracts in this prospectus are no longer sold, any optional benefits you may have elected were done so at the time of application. You cannot add optional benefits to your contract after it has been issued. Any optional benefits we describe are not available to add to your contract. (See “Optional Benefits”).

Benefits in case of death: If you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin, we will pay the beneficiary an amount based on the death benefit selected. (See “Benefits in Case of Death”).

Annuity payouts: You can apply your contract value, after reflecting any adjustments, to an annuity payout plan that begins on the retirement date. You may choose from a variety of plans that can help meet your retirement or other income needs. The payout schedule must meet IRS requirements. We can make payouts on a fixed or variable basis, or both. During the annuity payout period, your choices for subaccounts may be limited. The GPAs are not available during the payout period. (See “The Annuity Payout Period”).

RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus    7

Expense Summary

The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you paid when buying, owning and making a withdrawal from the contract. The first table describes the fees and expenses that you paid at the time that you bought the contract and will pay when you make a withdrawal from the contract. State premium taxes also may be deducted.

Contract Owner Transaction Expenses

Withdrawal charge

(Contingent deferred sales charge as a percentage of purchase payments withdrawn)

Years from purchase payment receipt	Withdrawal charge percentage
1	8%
2	8
3	8
4	8
5	7
6	6
7	6
8	4
9	2
Thereafter	0

Liquidation charge under Variable Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:If you are receiving variable annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to withdraw those payments. The amount that you can withdraw is the present value of any remaining variable payouts. The discount rate we use in the calculation will be 5.17% if the assumed investment return is 3.5% and 6.67% if the assumed investment return is 5%. The liquidation charge equals the present value of the remaining payouts using the assumed investment return minus the present value of the remaining payouts using the discount rate. (See “Charges — WithdrawalCharge” and “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Withdrawal charge for Fixed Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:

Number of Completed Years Since Annuitization	Withdrawal charge percentage
0	Not applicable*
1	5%
2	4
3	3
4	2
5	1
6 and thereafter	0

*We do not permit withdrawals in the first year after annuitization.

The next tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay periodically during the time that you own the contract, not including fund fees and expenses.

Annual Variable Account Expenses

(As a percentage of average daily subaccount value.)

You can choose the death benefit guarantee provided. The combination you choose determines the fees you pay. The table below shows the combinations available to you and their cost.

	Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV) or Enhanced Death Benefit (EDB)	Return of Purchase Payments (ROP) Death Benefit
Variable account administrative charge	0.15%	0.15%
Mortality and expense risk fee	1.45	1.35
Total annual variable account expenses	1.60%	1.50%

8    RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Other Annual Expenses

Annual contract administrative charge $40

(We will waive this charge when your contract value is $100,000 or more on the current contract anniversary.)

Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB) fee 0.35%⁽¹⁾

(As a percentage of the adjusted contract value charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

8% Performance Credit Rider (PCR) fee 0.25%⁽¹⁾

(As a percentage of the contract value charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector) fee 0.25%⁽¹⁾

(As a percentage of the contract value charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus) fee 0.40%⁽¹⁾

(As a percentage of the contract value charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

⁽¹⁾ This fee apples only if you elect this optional feature.

Annual Operating Expenses of the Funds

The next table provides the minimum and maximum total operating expenses charged by the underlying funds that you may pay periodically during the time that you own the contract. These operating expenses are for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, unless otherwise noted. More detail concerning each underlying fund’s fees and expenses is contained in each fund’s prospectus.

Minimum and maximum annual operating expenses for the funds

(Including management, distribution (12b-1) and/or service fees and other expenses)⁽¹⁾

	Minimum(%)	Maximum(%)
Total expenses before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements	0.58	1.64

⁽¹⁾ Total annual fund operating expenses are deducted from amounts that are allocated to the fund. They include management fees and other expenses and may include distribution (12b-1) fees. Other expenses may include service fees that may be used to compensate service providers, including us and our affiliates, for administrative and contract owner services provided on behalf of the fund. The amount of these payments will vary by fund and may be significant. See “The Variable Account and the Funds” for additional information, including potential conflicts of interest these payments may create. Distribution (12b-1) fees are used to finance any activity that is primarily intended to result in the sale of fund shares. Because 12b-1 fees are paid out of fund assets on an ongoing basis, you may pay more if you select subaccounts investing in funds that have adopted 12b-1 plans than if you select subaccounts investing in funds that have not adopted 12b-1 plans. For a more complete description of each fund’s fees and expenses and important disclosure regarding payments the fund and/or its affiliates make, please review the fund’s prospectus and SAI.

RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus    9

Examples

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in these contracts with the cost of investing in other variable annuity contracts. These costs include your transaction expenses, contract administrative charges⁽¹⁾, variable account annual expenses and fund fees and expenses.

These examples assume that you invest $10,000 in the contract for the time periods indicated. These examples also assume that your investment has a 5% return each year.

Maximum Expenses. These examples assume the most expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the maximum fees and expenses of any of the funds before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the MAV Death Benefit and optional GMIB and Benefit Protector Plus. Although your actual costs may be lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

If you withdraw your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not withdraw your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
$1,172	$2,083	$2,818	$4,581	$448	$1,351	$2,263	$4,581

Minimum Expenses. These examples assume the least expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the minimum fees and expenses of any of the funds before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the ROP Death Benefit and do not select any optional benefits. Although your actual costs may be higher, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

If you withdraw your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not withdraw your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
$993	$1,552	$1,920	$2,788	$253	$776	$1,320	$2,788

⁽¹⁾ In these examples, the contract administrative charge is $40.

THE EXAMPLES ARE ILLUSTRATIVE ONLY. YOU SHOULD NOT CONSIDER THESE EXAMPLES AS A REPRESENTATION OF PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES. ACTUAL EXPENSES WILL BE HIGHER OR LOWER THAN THOSE SHOWN DEPENDING UPON WHICH OPTIONAL BENEFIT YOU ELECT OTHER THAN INDICATED IN THE EXAMPLES OR IF YOU ALLOCATE CONTRACT VALUE TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE SUBACCOUNTS.

10    RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Condensed Financial Information

You can find unaudited condensed financial information for the subaccounts in Appendix B.

Financial Statements

You can find our audited financial statements and the audited financial statements of the divisions, which are comprised of subaccounts, in the SAI. The SAI does not include audited financial statements for divisions that are new (if any) and have no activity as of the financial statements date.

The Variable Account and the Funds

Variable Account. The variable account was established under Indiana law on July 15, 1987, and the subaccounts are registered together as a single unit investment trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the 1940 Act). This registration does not involve any supervision of our management or investment practices and policies by the SEC. All obligations arising under the contracts are general obligations of RiverSource Life.

The variable account meets the definition of a separate account under federal securities laws. We credit or charge income, capital gains and capital losses of each subaccount only to that subaccount. State insurance law prohibits us from charging a subaccount with liabilities of any other subaccount or of our general business. The variable account includes other subaccounts that are available under contracts that are not described in this prospectus.

The IRS has issued guidance on investor control but may issue additional guidance in the future. We reserve the right to modify the contract or any investments made under the terms of the contract so that the investor control rules do not apply to treat the contract owner as the owner of the subaccount assets rather than the owner of an annuity contract. If the contract is not treated as an annuity contract for tax purposes, the owner may be subject to current taxation on any current or accumulated income credited to the contract.

We intend to comply with all federal tax laws so that the contract qualifies as an annuity for federal tax purposes. We reserve the right to modify the contract as necessary in order to qualify the contract as an annuity for federal tax purposes.

The Funds. This contract currently offers subaccounts investing in shares of the funds listed in the table below.

• Investment objectives: The investment managers and advisers cannot guarantee that the funds will meet their investment objectives. Please read the funds’ prospectuses for facts you should know before investing. These prospectuses are available by contacting us at the address or telephone number on the first page of this prospectus.

• Fund name and management: A fund underlying your contract in which a subaccount invests may have a name, portfolio manager, objectives, strategies and characteristics that are the same or substantially similar to those of a publicly-traded retail mutual fund. Despite these similarities, an underlying fund is not the same as any publicly-traded retail mutual fund. Each underlying fund will have its own unique portfolio holdings, fees, operating expenses and operating results. The results of each underlying fund may differ significantly from any publicly-traded retail mutual fund.

• Eligible purchasers: All funds are available to serve as the underlying investments for variable annuities and variable life insurance policies. The funds are not available to the public (see “Fund Name and Management” above). Some funds also are available to serve as investment options for tax-deferred retirement plans. It is possible that in the future for tax, regulatory or other reasons, it may be disadvantageous for variable annuity accounts and variable life insurance accounts and/or tax-deferred retirement plans to invest in the available funds simultaneously. Although we and the funds’ providers do not currently foresee any such disadvantages, the boards of directors or trustees of each fund will monitor events in order to identify any material conflicts between annuity owners, policy owners and tax-deferred retirement plans and to determine what action, if any, should be taken in response to a conflict. If a board were to conclude that it should establish separate fund providers for the variable annuity, variable life insurance and tax-deferred retirement plan accounts, you would not bear any expenses associated with establishing separate funds. Please refer to the funds’ prospectuses for risk disclosure regarding simultaneous investments by variable annuity, variable life insurance and tax-deferred retirement plan accounts. Each fund intends to comply with the diversification requirements under Section 817(h) of the Code.

• Asset allocation programs may impact fund performance: Asset allocation programs in general may negatively impact the performance of an underlying fund. Even if you do not participate in an asset allocation program, a fund in which your subaccount invests may be impacted if it is included in an asset allocation program. Rebalancing or reallocation under the terms of the asset allocation program may cause a fund to lose money if it must sell large amounts of securities to meet a redemption request. These losses can be greater if the fund holds securities that are not as liquid as others, for example, various types of bonds, shares of smaller companies and securities of foreign issuers. A fund may also experience higher expenses because it must sell or buy securities more frequently than it otherwise might in the absence of asset allocation program rebalancing or reallocations. Because asset

RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus    11

	allocation programs include periodic rebalancing and may also include reallocation, these effects may occur under the asset allocation program we offer or under asset allocation programs used in conjunction with the contracts and plans of other eligible purchasers of the funds.
•	Funds available under the contract: We seek to provide a broad array of underlying funds taking into account the fees and charges imposed by each fund and the contract charges we impose. We select the underlying funds in which the subaccounts initially invest and when there is substitution (see “Substitution of Investments”). We also make all decisions regarding which funds to retain in a contract, which funds to add to a contract and which funds will no longer be offered in a contract. In making these decisions, we may consider various objective and subjective factors. Objective factors include, but are not limited to fund performance, fund expenses, classes of fund shares available, size of the fund and investment objectives and investing style of the fund. Subjective factors include, but are not limited to, investment sub-styles and process, management skill and history at other funds and portfolio concentration and sector weightings. We also consider the levels and types of revenue a fund, its distributor, investment adviser, subadviser, transfer agent or their affiliates pay us and our affiliates. This revenue includes, but is not limited to compensation for administrative services provided with respect to the fund and support of marketing and distribution expenses incurred with respect to the fund.
•	Money Market fund yield: In low interest rate environments, money market fund yields may decrease to a level where the deduction of fees and charges associated with your contract could result in negative net performance, resulting in a corresponding decrease in your contract value.
•	Revenue we receive from the funds and potential conflicts of interest:

Expenses We May Incur on Behalf of the Funds

When a subaccount invests in a fund, the fund holds a single account in the name of the variable account. As such, the variable account is actually the shareholder of the fund. We, through our variable account, aggregate the transactions of numerous contract owners and submit net purchase and redemption requests to the funds on a daily basis. In addition, we track individual contract owner transactions and provide confirmations, periodic statements, and other required mailings. These costs would normally be borne by the fund, but we incur them instead.

Besides incurring these administrative expenses on behalf of the funds, we also incur distributions expenses in selling our contracts. By extension, the distribution expenses we incur benefit the funds we make available due to contract owner elections to allocate purchase payments to the funds through the subaccounts. In addition, the funds generally incur lower distribution expenses when offered through our variable account in contrast to being sold on a retail basis.

A complete list of why we may receive this revenue, as well as sources of revenue, is described in detail below.

Payments the Funds May Make to Us

We or our affiliates may receive from each of the funds, or their affiliates, compensation including but not limited to expense payments. These payments are designed in part to compensate us for the expenses we may incur on behalf of the funds. In addition to these payments, the funds may compensate us for wholesaling activities or to participate in educational or marketing seminars sponsored by the funds.

We or our affiliates may receive revenue derived from the 12b-1 fees charged by the funds. These fees are deducted from the assets of the funds. This revenue and the amount by which it can vary may create conflicts of interest. The amount, type, and manner in which the revenue from these sources is computed vary by fund.

Conflicts of Interest These Payments May Create

When we determined the charges to impose under the contracts, we took into account anticipated payments from the funds. If we had not taken into account these anticipated payments, the charges under the contract would have been higher. Additionally, the amount of payment we receive from a fund or its affiliate may create an incentive for us to include that fund as an investment option and may influence our decision regarding which funds to include in the variable account as subaccount options for contract owners. Funds that offer lower payments or no payments may also have corresponding expense structures that are lower, resulting in decreased overall fees and expenses to shareholders.

We offer funds managed by our affiliates Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC (Columbia Management) and Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLC (Columbia Wanger). We have additional financial incentive to offer our affiliated funds because additional assets held by them generally results in added revenue to us and our parent company, Ameriprise Financial, Inc. Additionally, employees of Ameriprise Financial, Inc. and its affiliates, including our employees, may be separately incented to include the affiliated funds in the products, as employee compensation and business unit operating goals at all levels are tied to the success of the company. Currently, revenue received from our affiliated funds comprises the greatest amount and percentage of revenue we derive from payments made by the funds.

The Amount of Payments We Receive from the Funds

We or our affiliates receive revenue which ranges up to 0.65% of the average daily net assets invested in the funds through this and other contracts we and our affiliates issue.

12    RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Why revenues are paid to us: In accordance with applicable laws, regulations and the terms of the agreements under which such revenue is paid, we or our affiliates may receive revenue, including, but not limited to expense payments and non-cash compensation, for various purposes:

• Compensating, training and educating investment professionals who sell the contracts.

• Granting access to our employees whose job it is to promote sales of the contracts by authorized selling firms and their investment professionals, and granting access to investment professionals of our affiliated selling firms.

• Activities or services we or our affiliates provide that assist in the promotion and distribution of the contracts including promoting the funds available under the contracts to contract owners, authorized selling firms and investment professionals.

• Providing sub-transfer agency and shareholder servicing to contract owners.

• Promoting, including and/or retaining the fund’s investment portfolios as underlying investment options in the contracts.

• Advertising, printing and mailing sales literature, and printing and distributing prospectuses and reports.

• Furnishing personal services to contract owners, including education of contract owners regarding the funds, answering routine inquiries regarding a fund, maintaining accounts or providing such other services eligible for service fees as defined under the rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA).

• Subaccounting services, transaction processing, recordkeeping and administration.

• Sources of revenue received from affiliated funds: The affiliated funds are managed by Columbia Management or Columbia Wanger. The sources of revenue we receive from these affiliated funds, or the funds’ affiliates, may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Assets of the fund’s adviser, sub-adviser, transfer agent, distributor or an affiliate of these. The revenue resulting from these sources may be based either on a percentage of average daily net assets of the fund or on the actual cost of certain services we provide with respect to the fund. We may receive this revenue either in the form of a cash payment or it may be allocated to us.

• Compensation paid out of 12b-1 fees that are deducted from fund assets.

• Sources of revenue received from unaffiliated funds: The unaffiliated funds are not managed by an affiliate of ours. The sources of revenue we receive from these unaffiliated funds, or the funds’ affiliates, may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Assets of the fund’s adviser, sub-adviser, transfer agent, distributor or an affiliate of these. The revenue resulting from these sources may be based either on a percentage of average daily net assets of the fund or on the actual cost of certain services we provide with respect to the fund. We receive this revenue in the form of a cash payment.

• Compensation paid out of 12b-1 fees that are deducted from fund assets.

You may allocate purchase payments and transfers to any or all of the subaccounts of the variable account that invest in shares of the funds listed in the table below. From time to time, certain fund names are changed. When we are notified of a name change, we will make changes so that the new name is properly shown. However, changes may take some period of time to complete. As a result it is possible you may receive various forms, reports and confirmations that reflect a fund’s prior name.

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
AB VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio (Class B)	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
AB VPS Intermediate Bond Portfolio (Class B)	Seeks to generate income and price appreciation without assuming what AllianceBernstein considers to be undue risk.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
AB VPS Large Cap Growth Portfolio (Class B)	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Balanced Fund (Class 3)	Seeks maximum total investment return through a combination of capital growth and current income.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC

RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus    13

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high level of current income and, as a secondary objective, steady growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Government Money Market Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with maximum current income consistent with liquidity and stability of principal.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - High Yield Bond Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with high current income as its primary objective and, as its secondary objective, capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high level of current income while attempting to conserve the value of the investment for the longest period of time.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Large Cap Growth Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Select Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with current income as its primary objective and, as its secondary objective, preservation of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Fidelity® VIP Growth & Income Portfolio Service Class	Seeks high total return through a combination of current income and capital appreciation. Normally invests a majority of assets in common stocks with a focus on those that pay current dividends and show potential for capital appreciation. Invests in domestic and foreign issuers. The Fund invests in either "growth" stocks or "value" stocks or both.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class	Seeks long-term growth of capital. Normally invests primarily in common stocks. Normally invests at least 80% of assets in securities of companies with medium market capitalizations. May invest in companies with smaller or larger market capitalizations. Invests in domestic and foreign issuers. The Fund invests in either "growth" or "value" common stocks or both.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Overseas Portfolio Service Class	Seeks long-term growth of capital. Normally invests primarily in common stocks allocating investments across different countries and regions. Normally invests at least 80% of assets in non-U.S. securities.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Franklin Global Real Estate VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks high total return. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in investments of companies located anywhere in the world that operate in the real estate sector.	Franklin Templeton Institutional, LLC
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks capital appreciation, with income as a secondary goal. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests primarily in U.S. and foreign equity securities that the investment manager believes are undervalued.	Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC

14    RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Goldman Sachs VIT International Equity Insights Fund - Institutional Shares	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P.
Goldman Sachs VIT Strategic Growth Fund - Institutional Shares	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P.
Goldman Sachs VIT U.S. Equity Insights Fund - Institutional Shares	Seeks long-term growth of capital and dividend income.	Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series I Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series I Shares	Seeks capital growth.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. Core Equity Fund, Series I Shares	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Janus Henderson Enterprise Portfolio: Service Shares	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Janus Capital Management LLC
Janus Henderson Global Technology and Innovation Portfolio: Service Shares (previously Janus Henderson VIT Global Technology Portfolio: Service Shares)	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Janus Capital Management LLC
Janus Henderson Overseas Portfolio: Service Shares	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Janus Capital Management LLC
Janus Henderson Research Portfolio: Service Shares	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Janus Capital Management LLC
JPMorgan Insurance Trust U.S. Equity Portfolio - Class 1 Shares	The Portfolio seeks to provide high total return from a portfolio of selected equity securities. Under normal circumstances, the Portfolio invests at least 80% of its Assets in equity securities of U.S. companies. "Assets" means net assets, plus the amount of borrowings for investment purposes. In implementing its strategy, the Portfolio primarily invests in common stocks of large - and mid-capitalization U.S. companies but it may also invest up to 20% of its Assets in common stocks of foreign companies, including depositary receipts.	J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc.
Lazard Retirement International Equity Portfolio - Service Shares	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Lazard Asset Management, LLC
LVIP Baron Growth Opportunities Fund - Service Class	The investment objective of he LVIP Baron Growth Opportunities Fund (the "Fund") is to seek capital appreciation through long-term investments in securities of small companies with undervalued assets or favorable growth prospects.	Lincoln Investment Advisors Corporation, adviser; BAMCO, Inc., sub-adviser.

RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus    15

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
MFS® New Discovery Series - Initial Class	Seeks capital appreciation.	MFS® Investment Management
MFS® Research Series - Initial Class	Seeks capital appreciation.	MFS® Investment Management
MFS® Utilities Series - Initial Class	Seeks total return.	MFS® Investment Management
Royce Capital Fund - Micro-Cap Portfolio, Investment Class	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Royce & Associates, LP
Royce Capital Fund - Small-Cap Portfolio, Investment Class	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Royce & Associates, LP
Templeton Foreign VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital growth. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in investments of issuers located outside the U.S., including those in emerging markets.	Templeton Investment Counsel, LLC
Third Avenue VST FFI Strategies Portfolio (previously Third Avenue VST Value Portfolio)	Seeks long-term capital appreciation by acquiring common stocks of well-financed companies (meaning companies with high quality assets and conservative levels of liabilities) at a discount to what the Adviser believes is their intrinsic value.	Third Avenue Management LLC, adviser; Cadence Capital Management LLC, subadviser.
Wanger International	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLC
Wanger USA	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLC

The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)

The GPAs may not be available in some states.

You may allocate purchase payments and purchase payment credits to one or more of the GPAs with guarantee periods declared by us. These periods of time may vary by state. The required minimum investment in each GPA is $1,000.

These accounts are not offered after annuity payouts begin.

Each GPA pays an interest rate that is declared when you make an allocation to that account. Interest is credited daily. That interest rate is then fixed for the guarantee period that you chose. We will periodically change the declared interest rate for any future allocations to these accounts, but we will not change the rate paid on money currently in a GPA. The GPA interests under the contracts are registered with the SEC (File No.333-230959). The SEC staff reviews the disclosures in this prospectus on the GPA interests.

The interest rates that we will declare as guaranteed rates in the future are determined by us at our discretion (future rates). These rates generally will be based on various factors related to future investment earnings.We cannot predict nor can we guarantee what future rates will be.

We hold amounts you allocate to the GPAs in a “nonunitized” separate account. This separate account provides an additional measure of assurance that we will make full payment of amounts due under the GPAs. We own the assets of this separate account as well as any favorable investment performance of those assets. You do not participate in the performance of the assets held in this separate account. We guarantee all benefits relating to your value in the GPAs. This guarantee is based on the continued claims-paying ability of the company’s general account. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of insurance and financial products as well, and we also pay our obligations under these products from assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account.

We intend to construct and manage the investment portfolio relating to the separate account in such a way as to minimize the impact of fluctuations by interest rates. We seek to achieve this by constructing a portfolio of assets with a price sensitivity to interest rate changes (i.e., price duration) that is similar to the price duration of the corresponding portfolio of liabilities.

16    RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus

We must invest this portfolio of assets in accordance with requirements established by applicable state laws regarding the nature and quality of investments that life insurance companies may make and the percentage of their assets that they may commit to any particular type of investment. Our investment strategy will incorporate the use of a variety of debt instruments having price durations tending to match the applicable guarantee periods. These instruments include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities, which issues may or may not be guaranteed by the U.S. government;

• Debt securities that have an investment grade, at the time of purchase, within the four highest grades assigned by any of three nationally recognized rating agencies — Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s Investors Service or Fitch — or are rated in the two highest grades by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners;

• Other debt instruments which are unrated or rated below investment grade, limited to 10% of assets at the time of purchase; and

• Real estate mortgages, limited to 45% of portfolio assets at the time of acquisition.

In addition, options and futures contracts on fixed income securities will be used from time to time to achieve and maintain appropriate investment and liquidity characteristics on the overall asset portfolio.

While this information generally describes our investment strategy, we are not obligated to follow any particular strategy except as may be required by federal law and Indiana and other state insurance laws.

Market Value Adjustment (MVA)

We guarantee the contract value allocated to your GPA, including the interest credited, if you do not make any transfers or withdrawals from that GPA prior to 30 days before the end of the guarantee period. However, we will apply an MVA if a transfer or withdrawal occurs prior to this time, unless the transfer is an automated transfer from the two-year GPA as part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep strategy. The MVA also affects amounts withdrawn from a GPA prior to 30 days before the end of the guarantee period that are used to purchase payouts under an annuity payout plan. We will refer to all of these transactions as “early withdrawals” in the discussion below.

When you request an early withdrawal, we adjust the early withdrawal amount by an MVA formula. The early withdrawal amount reflects the relationship between the guaranteed interest rate you are earning in your current GPA and the interest rate we are crediting on new GPAs that end at the same time as your current GPA.

The MVA is sensitive to changes in current interest rates. The magnitude of any applicable MVA will depend on our current schedule of guaranteed interest rates at the time of the withdrawal, the time remaining in your guarantee period and your guaranteed interest rate. The MVA is negative, zero or positive depending on how the guaranteed interest rate on your GPA compares to the interest rate of a new GPA for the same number of years as the guarantee period remaining on your GPA. This is summarized in the following table:

If your GPA rate is:	The MVA is:
Less than the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Negative
Equal to the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Zero
Greater than the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Positive

General Examples

As the examples below demonstrate, the application of an MVA may result in either a gain or a loss of principal. We refer to all of the transactions described below as “early withdrawals.”

Assumptions:

• You purchase a contract and allocate part of your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA; and

• we guarantee an interest rate of 3.0% annually for your ten-year guarantee period; and

• after three years, you decide to make a withdrawal from your GPA. In other words, there are seven years left in your guarantee period.

Remember that the MVA depends partly on the interest rate of a new GPA for the same number of years as the guarantee period remaining on your GPA. In this case, that is seven years.

Example 1: Remember that your GPA is earning 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 3.5%. We add 0.10% to the 3.5% rate to get 3.6%. Your GPA’s 3.0% rate is less than the 3.6% rate, so the MVA will be negative.

RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus    17

Example 2: Remember again that your GPA is earning 3.0%, and assume that new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 2.5%. We add 0.10% to the 2.5% rate to get 2.6%. In this example, since your GPA’s 3.0% rate is greater than the 2.6% rate, the MVA will be positive. To determine that adjustment precisely, you will have to use the formula described below.

Sample MVA Calculations

The precise MVA formula we apply is as follows:

Early withdrawal amount	×	[	(	1 + i	)	n/12	–1	]	=	MVA
				1 + j + .001

Where i	=	rate earned in the GPA from which amounts are being transferred or withdrawn.
j	=	current rate for a new guarantee period equal to the remaining term in the current guarantee period.
n	=	number of months remaining in the current guarantee period (rounded up).

Examples — MVA

Using assumptions similar to those we used in the examples above:

• You purchase a contract and allocate part of your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA;

• we guarantee an interest rate of 3.0% annually for your ten-year guarantee period; and

• after three years, you decide to make a $1,000 withdrawal from your GPA. In other words, there are seven years left in your guarantee period.

Example 1: You request an early withdrawal of $1,000 from your ten-year GPA earning a guaranteed interest rate of 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 3.5%. Using the formula above, we determine the MVA as follows:

$1,000	×	[	(	1.030	)	84/12	–1	]	=	-$39.84
				1 + .035 + .001

In this example, the MVA is a negative $39.84.

Example 2: You request an early withdrawal of $1,000 from your ten-year GPA earning a guaranteed interest rate of 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 2.5%. Using the formula above, we determine the MVA as follows:

$1,000	×	[	(	1.030	)	84/12	–1	]	=	$27.61
				1 + .025 + .001

In this example, the MVA is a positive $27.61.

Please note that when you allocate your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA and your purchase payment is in its fourth year from receipt at the beginning of the guarantee period, your withdrawal charge percentage is 6%. (See “Charges — Withdrawal Charge.”) We do not apply MVAs to the amounts we deduct for withdrawal charges, so we would deduct the withdrawal charge from your early withdrawal after we applied the MVA. Also note that when you request an early withdrawal, we withdraw an amount from your GPA that will give you the net amount you requested after we apply the MVA and any applicable withdrawal charge, unless you request otherwise.

The current interest rate we offer on the GPA will change periodically at our discretion. It is the rate we are then paying on purchase payments, renewals and transfers paid under this class of contracts for guarantee period durations equaling the remaining guarantee period of the GPA to which the formula is being applied.

We will not apply MVAs to amounts withdrawn for annual contract charges, to amounts we pay as death claims or to automatic transfers from the two-year GPA as part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep strategy. In some states, the MVA is limited.

18    RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The General Account

The general account includes all assets owned by RiverSource Life, other than those in the variable account and our other separate accounts. Subject to applicable state law, we have sole discretion to decide how assets of the general account will be invested. The assets held in our general account support the guarantees under your contract including any optional benefits offered under the contract. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to many of the same risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of annuities and financial instruments and products as well, and these obligations are satisfied from the assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account. The fixed account is supported by our general account that we make available under the contract.

The One-Year Fixed Account

You may allocate purchase payments or transfer accumulated value to the one-year fixed account. Some states may restrict the amount you can allocate to this account. We back the principal and interest guarantees relating to the one-year fixed account. These guarantees are subject to the creditworthiness and continued claims-paying ability of the company’s general account. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account. The value of the one-year fixed account increases as we credit interest to the account. Purchase payments and transfers to the one-year fixed account become part of our general account. We credit and compound interest daily based on a 365-day year (366 in a leap year) so as to produce the annual effective rate which we declare. The interest rate we apply to each purchase payment or transfer to the one-year fixed account is guaranteed for one year. Thereafter we will change the rates from time-to-time at our discretion. Interest rates credited in excess of the guaranteed rate generally will be based on various factors related to future investment earnings.

There are restrictions on the amount you can allocate to this account as well as on transfers from this account. (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transfer policies”)

Because of exemptive and exclusionary provisions, we have not registered interests in the one-year fixed account as securities under the Securities Act of 1933 nor have any of these accounts been registered as investment companies under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Accordingly, neither the one-year fixed account nor any interests in the one-year fixed account are subject to the provisions of these Acts.

The one-year fixed account has not been registered with the SEC. Disclosures regarding the one-year fixed account, however, are subject to certain generally applicable provisions of the federal securities laws relating to the accuracy and completeness of statements made in a prospectus.

Buying Your Contract

New contracts are not currently being offered.

We are required by law to obtain personal information from you which we used to verify your identity. If you do not provide this information we reserve the right to refuse to issue your contract or take other steps we deem reasonable.

As the owner, you have all rights and may receive all benefits under the contract. You can own a qualified or nonqualified annuity. You can own a nonqualified annuity in joint tenancy with rights of survivorship only in spousal situations. You cannot own a qualified annuity in joint tenancy. You can become an owner if you are 90 or younger. (The age limit may be younger for qualified annuities in some states.)

When you applied, you selected (if available in your state):

• the one-year fixed account, GPAs and/or subaccounts in which you want to invest⁽¹⁾;

• how you want to make purchase payments;

• one of three death benefit options if you and the annuitant are 79 or younger⁽²⁾:

– ROP Death Benefit,

– MAV Death Benefit, or

– EDB rider⁽³⁾;

• the optional Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider⁽⁴⁾;

• the optional 8% Performance Credit Rider⁽⁴⁾;

• the optional Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider⁽⁵⁾;

RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus    19

•	the optional Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider(5); and
•	a beneficiary.
(1)	Some states restrict the amount you can allocate to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account. GPAs may not be available in some states.
(2)	If either you or the annuitant are 80 or older at contract issue, the ROP death benefit will apply.
(3)	May not be available in all states.
(4)	You may select either the GMIB or the PCR, but not both. Riders may not be available in all states. The GMIB is only available to annuitants 75 or younger at contract issue. If you select the GMIB you must select either the MAV death benefit or the EDB death benefit rider.
(5)	You may select one of the following: the EDB death benefit, the Benefit Protector or the Benefit Protector Plus. These benefits may not be available in all states. The Benefit Protector and the Benefit Protector Plus are only available if both you and the annuitant are 75 or younger at contract issue. The EDB death benefit is only available if both you and the annuitant are 79 or younger at contract issue.

The contract provides for allocation of purchase payments to the subaccounts of the variable account, to the GPAs, and/or to the one-year fixed account in even 1% increments subject to the $1,000 minimum required investment for the GPAs. For contracts with applications signed on or after June 16, 2003, the amount of any purchase payment allocated to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account in total cannot exceed 30% of the purchase payment. More than 30% of a purchase payment may be so allocated if you establish a dollar cost averaging arrangement with respect to the purchase payment according to procedures currently in effect, or you are participating according to the rules of an asset allocation model portfolio program available under the contract, if any.

We applied your initial purchase payment to the GPAs, one-year fixed account and subaccounts you selected within two business days after we received it at our administrative office. We will credit additional purchase payments you make to your accounts on the valuation date we receive them. If we receive an additional purchase payment at our Service Center before the close of business, we will credit any portion of that payment allocated to the subaccounts using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received the payment. If we receive an additional purchase payment at our Service Center at or after the close of business, we will credit any portion of that payment allocated to the subaccounts using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received the payment.

You may make monthly payments to your contract under a SIP. You must make an initial purchase payment of $25,000. Then, to begin the SIP, you will complete and send a form and your first SIP payment along with your application. There is no charge for SIP. You can stop your SIP payments at any time.

In most states, you may make additional purchase payments to nonqualified and qualified annuities until the retirement date.

Householding and delivery of certain documents

With your prior consent, RiverSource Life and its affiliates may use and combine information concerning accounts owned by members of the same household and provide a single paper copy of certain documents to that household. This householding of documents may include prospectuses, supplements, annual reports, semiannual reports and proxies. Your authorization remains in effect unless we are notified otherwise. If you wish to continue receiving multiple copies of these documents, you can opt out of householding by calling us at 1.866.273.7429. Multiple mailings will resume within 30 days after we receive your opt out request.

The Retirement Date

Annuity payouts begin on the retirement date. This means that the contract will be annuitized or converted to a stream of monthly payments. If your contract is annuitized, the contract goes into payout and only the annuity payout provisions continue. You will no longer have access to your contract value. This means that the death benefit and any optional benefits you have elected will end. When we processed your application, we established the retirement date to be the maximum age then in effect (or contract anniversary if applicable). Unless otherwise elected by you, all retirement dates are now automatically set to the maximum age of 95 now in effect. You also can change the retirement date, provided you send us written instructions at least 30 days before annuity payouts begin.

The retirement date must be:

• no earlier than the 30th day after the contract’s effective date; and no later than

• the annuitant’s 95th birthday or the tenth contract anniversary, if later,

• or such other date as agreed upon by us.

Six months prior to your retirement start date, we will contact you with your options including the option to postpone your retirement start date to a future date. You can choose to delay the retirement start date of your contract to a date beyond age 95, to the extent allowed by applicable state law and tax laws.

20    RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If you do not make an election, annuity payouts using the contract’s default option of annuity payout Plan B – Life with 10 years certain will begin on the retirement start date and your monthly annuity payments will continue for as long as the annuitant lives. If the annuitant does not survive 10 years, we will continue to make payments until 10 years of payments have been made.

Generally, if you own a qualified annuity (for example, an IRA) and tax laws require that you take distributions from your annuity prior to your retirement start date, your contract will not be automatically annuitized (subject to state requirements). However, if you choose, you can elect to request annuitization or take surrenders to meet your required minimum distributions.

Beneficiary

We will pay to your named beneficiary the death benefit if it becomes payable while the contract is in force and before annuity payouts begin. If there is more than one beneficiary, we will pay each beneficiary’s designated share when we receive their completed claim. A beneficiary will bear the investment risk of the variable account until we receive the beneficiary’s completed claim. If there is no named beneficiary, the default provisions of your contract will apply. (See “Benefits in Case of Death” for more about beneficiaries.)

Purchase Payments

Purchase payment amounts and purchase payment timing may vary by state and be limited under the terms of your contract.

Minimum purchase payments

$50 for SIPs

$100 for all other payments

Maximum total allowable purchase payments*

$1,000,000 for issue ages up to 85

$100,000 for issue ages 86 to 90

* These limits apply in total to all RiverSource Life annuities you own. We reserve the right to waive or increase maximum limits. For qualified annuities, the tax-deferred retirement plan’s or the Code’s limits on annual contributions also apply.

How to Make Purchase Payments

11 By letter

Send your check along with your name and contract number to:

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474

22 By SIP

Contact your investment professional to complete the necessary SIP paperwork.

Purchase Payment Credits

You will generally receive a purchase payment credit with every payment you make to your contract. We apply this credit immediately. We allocate the credit to your investment allocations in the same proportions as your purchase payment. We apply the credit as a percentage of your current payment based on the following schedule:

If total net payments* made during the life of the contract equals…	Then the purchase payment credit percentage equals…
$25,000 to less than $100,000	3%
$100,000 to less than $1 million	4
$1 million and over	5

* Net payments equal total payments less total withdrawals.

RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus    21

If you make any additional payments that cause the contract to become eligible for a higher percentage credit, we will add credits to your prior payments (less total withdrawals). We allocate credits according to the purchase payment allocation on the date we add the credits to the contract. We fund the credit from our general account. We do not consider credits to be “investments” for income tax purposes. (See “Taxes.”)

We will reverse credits from the contract value for any purchase payment that is not honored (if, for example, your purchase payment check is returned for insufficient funds).

To the extent a death benefit or withdrawal payment includes purchase payment credits applied within twelve months preceding: (1) the date of death that results in a lump sum death benefit under this contract; or (2) a request for withdrawal charge waiver due to “Contingent events” (see “Charges — Contingent events”), we will assess a charge, similar to a withdrawal charge, equal to the amount of the purchase payment credits. The amount we pay to you under these circumstances will always equal or exceed your withdrawal value.

Because of these higher charges, there may be circumstances where you may be worse off for having received the credit than in other contracts. All things being equal (such as guarantee availability or fund performance and availability), this may occur if you hold your contract for 15 years or more. For contracts less than $100,000, this may also occur if you make a full withdrawal in the fifth to ninth contract years. You should consider these higher charges and other relevant factors before you buy this contract or before you exchange a contract you currently own for this contract.

This credit is available because of lower costs associated with larger sized contracts and through revenue from a higher and longer withdrawal charge schedule, a higher contract administrative charge and a higher mortality and expense risk fee. In general, we do not profit from the higher charges assessed to cover the cost of the purchase payment credit. We use all the revenue from these higher charges to pay for the cost of the credits. However, we could profit from the higher charges if market appreciation is higher than expected or if contract owners hold their contracts for longer than expected.

We reserve the right to increase the amount of the credit for certain groups of contract owners. The increase will not be greater than 8% of total net payments. Increases in credit amounts are funded by reduced expenses expected from such groups.

Limitations on Use of Contract

If mandated by applicable law, including, but not limited to, federal anti-money laundering laws, we may be required to reject a purchase payment. We may also be required to block an owner’s access to contract values or to satisfy other statutory obligations. Under these circumstances, we may refuse to implement requests for transfers, withdrawals or death benefits until instructions are received from the appropriate governmental authority or a court of competent jurisdiction.

Charges

Contract Administrative Charge

We charge this fee for establishing and maintaining your records. We deduct $40 from the contract value on your contract anniversary or, if earlier, when the contract is fully withdrawn. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. Some states also limit any contract charge allocated to the fixed account.

We will waive this charge when your contract value is $100,000 or more on the current contract anniversary.

If you take a full withdrawal from your contract, we will deduct the charge at the time of withdrawal regardless of the contract value. We cannot increase the annual contract administrative charge and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

Variable Account Administrative Charge

We apply this charge daily to the subaccounts. It is reflected in the unit values of your subaccounts and it totals 0.15% of their average daily net assets on an annual basis. It covers certain administrative and operating expenses of the subaccounts such as accounting, legal and data processing fees and expenses involved in the preparation and distribution of reports and prospectuses. We cannot increase the variable account administrative charge.

Mortality and Expense Risk Fee

We charge these fees daily to the subaccounts. The unit values of your subaccounts reflect these fees. These fees cover the mortality and expense risk that we assume. These fees do not apply to the GPAs or the one-year fixed account. We cannot increase these fees.

22    RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus

These fees are based on the death benefit that applies to your contract.

The ROP death benefit:	1.35%
The MAV or EDB death benefit:	1.45

Mortality risk arises because of our guarantee to pay a death benefit and our guarantee to make annuity payouts according to the terms of the contract, no matter how long a specific owner or annuitant lives and no matter how long our entire group of owners or annuitants live. If, as a group, owners or annuitants outlive the life expectancy we assumed in our actuarial tables, then we must take money from our general assets to meet our obligations. If, as a group, owners or annuitants do not live as long as expected, we could profit from the mortality risk fee. We deduct the mortality risk fee from the subaccounts during the annuity payout period even if the annuity payout plan does not involve a life contingency.

Expense risk arises because we cannot increase the contract administrative charge or the variable account administrative charge and these charges may not cover our expenses. We would have to make up any deficit from our general assets. We could profit from the expense risk fee if future expenses are less than expected.

The subaccounts pay us the mortality and expense risk fee they accrued as follows:

• first, to the extent possible, the subaccounts pay this fee from any dividends distributed from the funds in which they invest;

• then, if necessary, the funds redeem shares to cover any remaining fees payable.

We may use any profits we realize from the subaccounts’ payment to us of the mortality and expense risk fee for any proper corporate purpose, including, among others, payment of distribution (selling) expenses. We do not expect that the withdrawal charge will cover sales and distribution expenses.

Withdrawal Charge

If you withdraw all or part of your contract value, a withdrawal charge applies if all or part of the withdrawal amount is from any purchase payment we received less than ten years before the date of withdrawal. In addition, amounts withdrawn from a GPA more than 30 days before the end of the applicable guarantee period will be subject to a MVA. (See “The Guarantee Period Accounts — Market Value Adjustment (MVA)).”

Each time you make a purchase payment under the contract, a withdrawal charge attaches to that purchase payment. The withdrawal charge percentage for each purchase payment declines according to a schedule shown in the contract. For example, during the first two years after a purchase payment is made, the withdrawal charge percentage attached to that payment is 8%.The withdrawal charge percentage for that payment during the seventh year after it is made is 6%. At the beginning of the tenth year after that purchase payment is made, and thereafter, there is no withdrawal charge as to that payment.

You may withdraw an amount during any contract year without incurring a withdrawal charge. We call this amount the Total Free Amount (“TFA”). The TFA is the amount of your contract value that you may withdraw without incurring a withdrawal charge. Amounts withdrawn in excess of the Total Free Amount may be subject to a withdrawal charge as described below. The Total Free Amount is defined as the maximum of (a) and (b) where:

(a)	is 10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value; and
(b)	is current contract earnings.

NOTE: We determine current contract earnings (CE) by looking at the entire contract value (CV), not the earnings of any particular subaccount, or the one-year fixed account or GPA. If the contract value is less than purchase payments received and not previously withdrawn (PPNPW) then contract earnings are zero. We consider your initial purchase payment and purchase payment credit to be the prior anniversary’s contract value during the first contract year.

For purposes of calculating any withdrawal charge, we treat amounts withdrawn from your contract value in the following order:

1.	First, in each contract year, we withdraw amounts totaling up to 10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on this amount.
2.	Next, we withdraw contract earnings, if any, that are greater than the amount described in number one above. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on contract earnings.
3.	Next, we withdraw purchase payments received prior to the withdrawal charge period shown in your contract. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on these purchase payments.
4.	Finally, if necessary, we withdraw purchase payments received that are still within the withdrawal charge period you selected and shown in your contract. We withdraw these payments on a “first-in, first-out” (FIFO) basis. We do assess a withdrawal charge on these payments.

RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus    23

NOTE: After withdrawing earnings in numbers one and two above, we next withdraw enough additional contract value (ACV) to meet your requested withdrawal amount. If the amount described in number one above was greater than contract earnings prior to the withdrawal, the excess (XSF) will be excluded from the purchase payments being withdrawn that were received most recently when calculating the withdrawal charge. We determine the amount of purchase payments being withdrawn (PPW) in numbers three and four above as:

PPW = XSF +	(ACV – XSF)	×	(PPNPW – XSF)
	(CV – TFA)

If the additional contract value withdrawn is less than XSF, then PPW will equal ACV.

We determine your withdrawal charge by multiplying each of your payments withdrawn by the applicable withdrawal charge percentage, and then adding the total withdrawal charges.

The withdrawal charge percentage depends on the number of years since you made the payments that are withdrawn:

Years from purchase payment receipt	Withdrawal charge percentage
1	8%
2	8
3	8
4	8
5	7
6	6
7	6
8	4
9	2
Thereafter	0

For a partial withdrawal that is subject to a withdrawal charge, the amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable withdrawal charge. The withdrawal charge percentage is applied to this total amount. We pay you the amount you requested.

The amount of purchase payments withdrawn is calculated using a prorated formula based on the percentage of contract value being withdrawn. As a result, the amount of purchase payments withdrawn may be greater than the amount of contract value withdrawn.

Withdrawal charge calculation example

The following is an example of the calculation we would make to determine the withdrawal charge on a contract with this history:

The following is an example of the calculation we would make to determine the withdrawal charge on a contract with this history:

• We receive these payments

– $10,000 initial;

– $8,000 on the sixth contract anniversary;

– $6,000 on the eighth contract anniversary; and

• You withdraw the contract for its total withdrawal value of $38,101 during the eleventh contract year and make no other withdrawals during that contract year; and

• The prior anniversary contract value was $38,488.

Withdrawal Charge	Explanation
$0	$3,848.80 is 10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value withdrawn without withdrawal charge; and
0	$10,252.20 is contract earnings in excess of the 10% TFA withdrawal amount withdrawn without withdrawal charge; and
0	$10,000 initial purchase payment was received more than nine years before withdrawal and is withdrawn without withdrawal charge; and
640	$8,000 purchase payment is in its fourth year from receipt, withdrawn with an 8% withdrawal charge; and
480	$6,000 purchase payment is in its third year from receipt withdrawn with an 8% withdrawal charge.
$1,120

24    RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Waiver of withdrawal charges

We do not assess withdrawal charges for:

•	withdrawals of any contract earnings;
•	withdrawals of amounts totaling up to 10% of your prior contract anniversary’s contract value to the extent it exceeds contract earnings;
•	required minimum distributions from a qualified annuity to the extent that they exceed the free amount. The amount on which withdrawal charges are waived can be no greater than the RMD amount calculated under your specific contract currently in force;
•	contracts settled using an annuity payout plan unless an annuity payout Plan E is later fully withdrawn;
•	withdrawals made as a result of one of the “Contingent events”* described below to the extent permitted by state law; and
•	death benefits.*
*	However, we will reverse certain purchase payment credits. (See “Buying Your Contract — Purchase Payment Credits.”)

Contingent events

• Withdrawals you make if you or the annuitant are confined to a hospital or nursing home and have been for the prior 60 days. Your contract will include this provision when you and the annuitant are under age 76 at contract issue. You must provide proof satisfactory to us of the confinement as of the date you request the withdrawal.

• To the extent permitted by state law, withdrawals you make if you or the annuitant are diagnosed in the second or later contract years as disabled with a medical condition that with reasonable medical certainty will result in death within 12 months or less from the date of the licensed physician’s statement. You must provide us with a licensed physician’s statement containing the terminal illness diagnosis and the date the terminal illness was initially diagnosed.

Liquidation charge under Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:If you are receiving variable annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to withdraw those payments. The amount that you can withdraw is the present value of any remaining variable payouts. The discount rate we use in the calculation will be 5.17% if the assumed investment return is 3.5% and 6.67% if the assumed investment return is 5%. The liquidation charge equals the present value of the remaining payouts using the assumed investment return minus the present value of the remaining payouts using the discount rate.

Fixed Payouts: Withdrawal charge for Fixed Annuity Payout Plan E – Payouts for a specified period: If you are receiving annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to take a withdraw and withdrawal charge may apply.

A withdrawal charge will be assessed against the present value of any remaining guaranteed payouts withdrawn. The discount rate we use in determining present values varies based on: (1) the contract value originally applied to the fixed annuitization; (2) the remaining years of guaranteed payouts; (3) the annual effective interest rate and periodic payment amount for new immediate annuities of the same duration as the remaining years of guaranteed payouts; and (4) the interest spread (currently 1.50%). If we do not currently offer immediate annuities, we will use rates and values applicable to new annuitizations to determine the discount rate.

Once the discount rate is applied and we have determined the present value of the remaining guaranteed payouts you withdrawn, the present value determined will be multiplied by the withdrawal charge percentage in the table below and deducted from the present value to determine the net present value you will receive.

Number of Completed Years Since Annuitization	Withdrawal charge percentage
0	Not applicable*
1	5%
2	4
3	3
4	2
5	1
6 and thereafter	0

*We do not permit withdrawals in the first year after annuitization.

We will provide a quoted present value (which includes the deduction of any withdrawal charge). You must then formally elect, in a form acceptable to us, to receive this value. The remaining guaranteed payouts following withdraw will be reduced to zero.

RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus    25

Possible group reductions: In some cases we may incur lower sales and administrative expenses due to the size of the group, the average contribution and the use of group enrollment procedures. In such cases, we may be able to reduce or eliminate the contract administrative and withdrawal charges. However, we expect this to occur infrequently.

Fund Fees and Expenses

There are deductions from and expenses paid out of the assets of the funds that are described in the prospectuses for those funds.

Premium Taxes

Certain state and local governments impose premium taxes on us (up to 3.5%). These taxes depend upon your state of residence or the state in which the contract was issued. Currently, we deduct any applicable premium tax when annuity payouts begin, but we reserve the right to deduct this tax at other times such as when you make purchase payments or when you make a full withdrawal from your contract.

Optional Living Benefits Charges

Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB) Fee

We deduct a charge (currently 0.35%) based on the GMIB benefit base for this optional feature only if you select it⁽¹⁾. If selected, we deduct the charge from the contract value on your contract anniversary at the end of each contract year. We prorate the GMIB charge among the subaccounts, the GPAs and the one-year fixed account in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value.

If the contract is terminated for any reason or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the appropriate GMIB fee from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place. We cannot increase either GMIB fee after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or the GMIB terminates.

We calculate the fee as follows:

0.35% × (CV + ST – FAV)

CV	=	contract value on the contract anniversary
ST	=	transfers from the subaccounts to the GPAs or the one-year fixed account made six months before the contract anniversary.
FAV	=	the value of your GPAs and the one-year fixed account.

The result of ST – FAV will never be greater than zero. This allows us to base the GMIB fee largely on the subaccounts, and not on the GPAs or the one-year fixed account.

Example

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $50,000 and we add a $1,500 purchase payment credit to your contract. You allocate all of your payment and purchase payment credit to the subaccounts.

• During the first contract year your contract value is $75,000. You transfer $15,000 from the subaccounts to the one-year fixed account.

• On the first contract anniversary the one-year fixed account value is $15,250 and the subaccount value is $58,000. Your total contract value is $73,250.

• The GMIB fee percentage is 0.35%.

We calculate the charge for the GMIB as follows:
Contract value on the contract anniversary:	$73,250
plus transfers from the subaccounts to the one-year fixed account in the six months before the contract anniversary:	+15,000
minus the value of the one-year fixed account on the contract anniversary:	–15,250
	$73,000
The GMIB fee charged to you: 0.35% × $73,000 =	$255.50

8% Performance Credit Rider (PCR) Fee

We charge a fee of 0.25% of your contract value for this optional feature only if you select it. If selected, we deduct the PCR fee from your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this fee among the subaccounts, the GPAs and the one-year fixed account in the same proportion as your interest in each account bears to your total contract value.

26    RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If the contract is terminated for any reason or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the PCR fee from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place. We cannot increase the PCR fee.

Optional Death Benefit Charges

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider Fee

We deduct a charge for the optional feature only if you select it. If selected, we deduct 0.25% of your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

If the contract is terminated for any reason other than death or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the charge. We cannot increase this annual charge after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider Fee

We charge a fee for the optional feature only if you select it. If selected, we deduct 0.40% of your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this fee among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

If the contract is terminated for any reason other than death or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the fee from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee. We cannot increase this annual charge after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

Valuing Your Investment

We value your accounts as follows:

GPAs and One-Year Fixed Account

We value the amounts you allocate to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account directly in dollars. The value of the GPAs and the one-year fixed account equals:

• the sum of your purchase payments and transfer amounts allocated to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account (including any positive or negative MVA on amounts transferred from the GPAs to the one-year fixed account);

• plus any purchase payment credits allocated to the GPAs and one-year fixed account;

• plus interest credited;

• minus the sum of amounts withdrawn (including any applicable withdrawal charges) and amounts transferred out;

• minus any prorated portion of the contract administrative charge; and

• minus the prorated portion of the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit rider

– Performance Credit rider

– Benefit Protector rider

– Benefit Protector Plus rider

Subaccounts

We convert amounts you allocated to the subaccounts into accumulation units. Each time you make a purchase payment or transfer amounts into one of the subaccounts or we apply any purchase payment credits, we credit a certain number of accumulation units to your contract for that subaccount. Conversely, we subtract a certain number of accumulation units from your contract each time you take a partial withdrawal; transfer amounts out of a subaccount; or we assess a contract administrative charge, a withdrawal charge, or fee for any optional contract riders with annual charges (if applicable).

The accumulation units are the true measure of investment value in each subaccount during the accumulation period. They are related to, but not the same as, the net asset value of the fund in which the subaccount invests. The dollar value of each accumulation unit can rise or fall daily depending on the variable account expenses, performance of the fund and on certain fund expenses.

RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus    27

Here is how we calculate accumulation unit values:

Number of units: To calculate the number of accumulation units for a particular subaccount, we divide your investment by the current accumulation unit value.

Accumulation unit value:The current accumulation unit value for each subaccount equals the last value times the subaccount’s current net investment factor.

We determine the net investment factor by:

• adding the fund’s current net asset value per share, plus the per share amount of any accrued income or capital gain dividends to obtain a current adjusted net asset value per share; then

• dividing that sum by the previous adjusted net asset value per share; and

• subtracting the percentage factor representing the mortality and expense risk fee and the variable account administrative charge from the result.

Because the net asset value of the fund may fluctuate, the accumulation unit value may increase or decrease. You bear all the investment risk in a subaccount.

Factors that affect subaccount accumulation units: Accumulation units may change in two ways — in number and in value.

The number of accumulation units you own may fluctuate due to:

• additional purchase payments you allocate to the subaccounts;

• any purchase payment credits allocated to the subaccounts;

• transfers into or out of the subaccounts (including any positive or negative MVA on amounts transferred from the GPAs);

• partial withdrawals;

• withdrawal charges;

and the deduction of a prorated portion of:

• the contract administrative charge; and

• the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit rider

– Performance Credit rider;

– Benefit Protector rider; and or

– Benefit Protector Plus rider.

Accumulation unit values will fluctuate due to:

• changes in fund net asset value;

• fund dividends distributed to the subaccounts;

• fund capital gains or losses;

• fund operating expenses; and

• mortality and expense risk fee and the variable account administrative charge.

Making the Most of Your Contract

Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging

Currently, you can use automated transfers to take advantage of dollar-cost averaging (investing a fixed amount at regular intervals). For example, you might transfer a set amount monthly from a relatively conservative subaccount to a more aggressive one, or to several others, or from the one-year fixed account or the two-year GPA (without a MVA) to one or more subaccounts. The three to ten year GPAs are not available for automated transfers. You can also obtain the benefits of dollar-cost averaging by setting up regular automatic SIP payments or by establishing an Interest Sweep strategy. Interest Sweeps are a monthly transfer of the interest earned from either the one-year fixed account or the two-year GPA into the subaccounts of your choice. If you participate in an Interest Sweep strategy the interest you earn will be less than the annual interest rate we apply because there will be no compounding. There is no charge for dollar-cost averaging.

This systematic approach can help you benefit from fluctuations in accumulation unit values caused by fluctuations in the market values of the funds. Since you invest the same amount each period, you automatically acquire more units when the market value falls and fewer units when it rises. The potential effect is to lower your average cost per unit.

28    RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus

How dollar-cost averaging works

By investing an equal number of dollars each month		Month	Amount invested	Accumulation unit value	Number of units purchased
		Jan	$100	$20	5.00
		Feb	100	18	5.56
you automatically buy more units when the per unit market price is low		Mar	100	17	5.88
	→	Apr	100	15	6.67
		May	100	16	6.25
		Jun	100	18	5.56
		Jul	100	17	5.88
and fewer units when the per unit market price is high.		Aug	100	19	5.26
	→	Sept	100	21	4.76
		Oct	100	20	5.00

You paid an average price of $17.91 per unit over the 10 months, while the average market price actually was $18.10.

Dollar-cost averaging does not guarantee that any subaccount will gain in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. Because dollar-cost averaging involves continuous investing, your success will depend upon your willingness to continue to invest regularly through periods of low price levels. Dollar-cost averaging can be an effective way to help meet your long-term goals. For specific features contact your investment professional.

Asset Rebalancing

You can ask us in writing to automatically rebalance the subaccount portion of your contract value either quarterly, semiannually, or annually. The period you select will start to run on the date we record your request. On the first valuation date of each of these periods, we automatically will rebalance your contract value so that the value in each subaccount matches your current subaccount percentage allocations. These percentage allocations must be in whole numbers. There is no charge for asset rebalancing. The contract value must be at least $2,000.

You can change your percentage allocations or your rebalancing period at any time by contacting us in writing. We will restart the rebalancing period you selected as of the date we record your change. You also can ask us in writing to stop rebalancing your contract value. You must allow 30 days for us to change any instructions that currently are in place. For more information on asset rebalancing, contact your investment professional.

Transferring Among Accounts

You may transfer contract value from any one subaccount, GPAs or the one-year fixed account, to another subaccount before annuity payouts begin. Certain restrictions apply to transfers involving the GPAs and the one-year fixed account.

The date your request to transfer will be processed depends on when and how we receive it:

For transfer requests received in writing:

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your transfer request.

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your transfer request.

For transfer requests received by phone:

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your transfer request.

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your transfer request.

There is no charge for transfers. Before making a transfer, you should consider the risks involved in changing investments. Transfers out of the GPAs will be subject to an MVA if done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period.

We may suspend or modify transfer privileges at any time.

RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus    29

For information on transfers after annuity payouts begin, see “Transfer policies” below.

Transfer policies

•	Before annuity payouts begin, you may transfer contract values between the subaccounts, or from the subaccounts to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account at any time. However, if you made a transfer from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs, you may not make a transfer from any subaccount or GPA back to the one-year fixed account for six months following that transfer. We reserve the right to further limit transfers to the GPAs and one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then currently crediting to the one-year fixed account is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract.
•	It is our general policy to allow you to transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs once a year on or within 30 days before or after the contract anniversary (except for automated transfers, which can be set up at any time for certain transfer periods subject to certain minimums). Transfers from the one-year fixed account are not subject to a MVA. For contracts issued before June 16, 2003, we have removed this restriction, and you may transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts at any time. We will inform you at least 30 days in advance of the day we intend to reimpose this restriction. For contracts with applications signed on or after June 16, 2003, the amount of contract value transferred to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account cannot result in the value of the GPAs and the one-year fixed account in total being greater than 30% of the contract value. The time limitations on transfers from the GPAs and one-year fixed account will be enforced, and transfers out of the GPAs and one-year fixed account are limited to 30% of the GPA and one-year fixed account values at the beginning of the contract year or $10,000, whichever is greater. Because of this limitation, it may take you several years to transfer all your contract value from the one-year fixed account. You should carefully consider whether the one-year fixed account meets your investment criteria before you invest.
•	You may transfer contract values from a GPA any time after 60 days of transfer or payment allocation to the account. Transfers made more than 30 days before the end of the Guarantee Period will receive a MVA*, which may result in a gain or loss of contract value.
•	If we receive your request on or within 30 days before or after the contract anniversary date, the transfer from the one-year fixed account to the GPAs will be effective on the valuation date we receive it.
•	If you select a variable payout, once annuity payouts begin, you may make transfers once per contract year among the subaccounts and we reserve the right to limit the number of subaccounts in which you may invest.
•	Once annuity payouts begin, you may not make any transfers to the GPAs.
*	Unless the transfer is an automated transfer from the two-year GPA as part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep strategy.

Market Timing

Market timing can reduce the value of your investment in the contract. If market timing causes the returns of an underlying fund to suffer, contract value you have allocated to a subaccount that invests in that underlying fund will be lower too. Market timing can cause you, any joint owner of the contract and your beneficiary(ies) under the contract a financial loss.

We seek to prevent market timing. Market timing is frequent or short-term trading activity. We do not accommodate short-term trading activities. Do not buy a contract if you wish to use short-term trading strategies to manage your investment. The market timing policies and procedures described below apply to transfers among the subaccounts within the contract. The underlying funds in which the subaccounts invest have their own market timing policies and procedures. The market timing policies of the underlying funds may be more restrictive than the market timing policies and procedures we apply to transfers among the subaccounts of the contract, and may include redemption fees. We reserve the right to modify our market timing policies and procedures at any time without prior notice to you.

Market timing may hurt the performance of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests in several ways, including but not necessarily limited to:

• diluting the value of an investment in an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests;

• increasing the transaction costs and expenses of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests; and,

• preventing the investment adviser(s) of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests from fully investing the assets of the fund in accordance with the fund’s investment objectives.

Funds available as investment options under the contract that invest in securities that trade in overseas securities markets may be at greater risk of loss from market timing, as market timers may seek to take advantage of changes in the values of securities between the close of overseas markets and the close of U.S. markets. Also, the risks of market timing may be greater for underlying funds that invest in securities such as small cap stocks, high yield bonds, or municipal securities, that may be traded infrequently.

30    RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus

In order to help protect you and the underlying funds from the potentially harmful effects of market timing activity, we apply the following market timing policy to discourage frequent transfers of contract value among the subaccounts of the variable account:

We try to distinguish market timing from transfers that we believe are not harmful, such as periodic rebalancing for purposes of an asset allocation, dollar-cost averaging and asset rebalancing program that may be described in this prospectus. There is no set number of transfers that constitutes market timing. Even one transfer in related accounts may be market timing. We seek to restrict the transfer privileges of a contract owner who makes more than three subaccount transfers in any 90 day period. We also reserve the right to refuse any transfer request, if, in our sole judgment, the dollar amount of the transfer request would adversely affect unit values.

If we determine, in our sole judgment, that your transfer activity constitutes market timing, we may modify, restrict or suspend your transfer privileges to the extent permitted by applicable law, which may vary based on the state law that applies to your contract and the terms of your contract. These restrictions or modifications may include, but not be limited to:

• requiring transfer requests to be submitted only by first-class U.S. mail;

• not accepting hand-delivered transfer requests or requests made by overnight mail;

• not accepting telephone or electronic transfer requests;

• requiring a minimum time period between each transfer;

• not accepting transfer requests of an agent acting under power of attorney;

• limiting the dollar amount that you may transfer at any one time;

• suspending the transfer privilege; or

• modifying instructions under an automated transfer program to exclude a restricted fund if you do not provide new instructions.

Subject to applicable state law and the terms of each contract, we will apply the policy described above to all contract owners uniformly in all cases. We will notify you in writing after we impose any modification, restriction or suspension of your transfer rights.

Because we exercise discretion in applying the restrictions described above, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to identify and restrict all market timing activity. In addition, state law and the terms of some contracts may prevent us from stopping certain market timing activity. Market timing activity that we are unable to identify and/or restrict may impact the performance of the underlying funds and may result in lower contract values.

In addition to the market timing policy described above, which applies to transfers among the subaccounts within your contract, you should carefully review the market timing policies and procedures of the underlying funds. The market timing policies and procedures of the underlying funds may be materially different than those we impose on transfers among the subaccounts within your contract and may include mandatory redemption fees as well as other measures to discourage frequent transfers. As an intermediary for the underlying funds, we are required to assist them in applying their market timing policies and procedures to transactions involving the purchase and exchange of fund shares. This assistance may include, but not be limited to, providing the underlying fund upon request with your Social Security Number, Taxpayer Identification Number or other United States government-issued identifier, and the details of your contract transactions involving the underlying fund. An underlying fund, in its sole discretion, may instruct us at any time to prohibit you from making further transfers of contract value to or from the underlying fund, and we must follow this instruction. We reserve the right to administer and collect on behalf of an underlying fund any redemption fee imposed by an underlying fund. Market timing policies and procedures adopted by underlying funds may affect your investment in the contract in several ways, including but not limited to:

• Each fund may restrict or refuse trading activity that the fund determines, in its sole discretion, represents market timing.

• Even if we determine that your transfer activity does not constitute market timing under the market timing policies described above which we apply to transfers you make under the contract, it is possible that the underlying fund’s market timing policies and procedures, including instructions we receive from a fund may require us to reject your transfer request. For example, while we will attempt to execute transfers permitted under any asset allocation, dollar-cost averaging and asset rebalancing programs that may be described in this prospectus, we cannot guarantee that an underlying fund’s market timing policies and procedures will do so. Orders we place to purchase fund shares for the variable account are subject to acceptance by the fund. We reserve the right to reject without prior notice to you any transfer request if the fund does not accept our order.

• Each underlying fund is responsible for its own market timing policies, and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to implement specific market timing policies and procedures that a fund has adopted. As a result, a fund’s returns might be adversely affected, and a fund might terminate our right to offer its shares through the variable account.

RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus    31

• Funds that are available as investment options under the contract may also be offered to other intermediaries who are eligible to purchase and hold shares of the fund, including without limitation, separate accounts of other insurance companies and certain retirement plans. Even if we are able to implement a fund’s market timing policies, we cannot guarantee that other intermediaries purchasing that same fund’s shares will do so, and the returns of that fund could be adversely affected as a result.

For more information about the market timing policies and procedures of an underlying fund, the risks that market timing pose to that fund, and to determine whether an underlying fund has adopted a redemption fee, see that fund’s prospectus.

How to request a Transfer or Withdrawal

11 By letter

Send your name, contract number, Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number* and signed request for a transfer or withdrawal to our Service Center:

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474

Minimum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	$500 or entire account balance

Maximum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	Contract value or entire account balance

* Failure to provide a Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number may result in mandatory tax withholding on the taxable portion of the distribution.

22 By automated transfers and automated partial withdrawals

Your investment professional can help you set up automated transfers or partial withdrawals among your GPAs, one-year fixed account or the subaccounts.

You can start or stop this service by written request or other method acceptable to us.

You must allow 30 days for us to change any instructions that are currently in place.

•	Automated transfers from the one-year fixed account to any one of the subaccounts may not exceed an amount that, if continued, would deplete the one-year fixed account within 12 months. For contracts issued before June 16, 2003, we have removed this restriction, and you may transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts at any time. We will inform you at least 30 days in advance of the day we intend to reimpose this restriction.
	For contracts with applications signed on or after June 16, 2003, the time limitations on transfers from the one-year fixed account will be enforced, and transfers out of the one-year fixed account are limited to 30% of the one-year fixed account values at the beginning of the contract year or $10,000, whichever is greater.
•	Automated withdrawals may be restricted by applicable law under some contracts.
•	You may not make systematic purchase payments if automated partial withdrawals are in effect.
•	Automated partial withdrawals may result in income taxes and penalties on all or part of the amount withdrawn.

Minimum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	$100 monthly
	$250 quarterly, semiannually or annually

33 By phone

Call:

1-800-333-3437

Minimum amount

Transfers or withdrawals: $500 or entire account balance

32    RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Maximum amount

Transfers:	Contract value or entire account balance
Withdrawals:	$100,000

We answer telephone requests promptly, but you may experience delays when the call volume is unusually high. If you are unable to get through, use the mail procedure as an alternative.

We will honor any telephone transfer or withdrawal requests that we believe are authentic and we will use reasonable procedures to confirm that they are. This includes asking identifying questions and recording calls. As long as we follow the procedures, we (and our affiliates) will not be liable for any loss resulting from fraudulent requests.

Telephone transfers and withdrawals are automatically available. You may request that telephone transfers and withdrawals not be authorized from your account by writing to us.

Withdrawals

You may withdraw all or part of your contract at any time before the retirement date by sending us a written request or calling us.

The date your withdrawal request will be processed depends on when and how we receive it:

For withdrawal requests received in writing:

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your withdrawal request.

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your withdrawal request.

For withdrawal requests received by phone:

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your withdrawal request.

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your withdrawal request.

We may ask you to return the contract. You may have to pay a contract administrative charge, withdrawal charges or any applicable optional rider charges (see “Charges”), federal income taxes and penalties. State and local income taxes may also apply (see “Taxes”). In addition, purchase payment credits may be reversed. You cannot make withdrawals after annuity payouts begin except under Annuity Payout Plan E. (See “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Any partial withdrawals you take under the contract will reduce your contract value. As a result, the value of your death benefit or any optional benefits you have elected will also be reduced (see “Optional Benefits”). In addition, withdrawals you are required to take to satisfy RMDs under the Code may reduce the value of certain death benefits and optional benefits (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”).

Withdrawal Policies

If you have a balance in more than one account and you request a partial withdrawal, we will automatically withdraw from all your subaccounts, GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account in the same proportion as your value in each account correlates to your total contract value, unless requested otherwise. After executing a partial withdrawal, the value in each subaccount , one-year fixed account or GPA must be either zero or at least $50.

Receiving Payment

11 By regular or express mail

• payable to you;

• mailed to address of record.

NOTE: We will charge you a fee if you request express mail delivery.

RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus    33

22 By wire or other form of electronic payment

• request that payment be wired to your bank;

• pre-authorization required.

We may choose to permit you to have checks issued and delivered to an alternate payee or to an address other than your address of record. We may also choose to allow you to direct wires or other electronic payments to accounts owned by a third-party. We may have additional good order requirements that must be met prior to processing requests to make any payments to a party other than the owner or to an address other than the address of record. These requirements will be designed to ensure owner instructions are genuine and to prevent fraud.

Normally, we will send the payment within seven days after receiving your request in good order. However, we may postpone the payment if:

– the NYSE is closed, except for normal holiday and weekend closings;

– trading on the NYSE is restricted, according to SEC rules;

– an emergency, as defined by SEC rules, makes it impractical to sell securities or value the net assets of the accounts; or

– the SEC permits us to delay payment for the protection of security holders.

We may also postpone payment of the amount attributable to a purchase payment as part of the total withdrawal amount until cleared from the originating financial institution.

A Special Note on Cybersecurity Risks

Cybersecurity and Systems Integrity

Increasingly, businesses are dependent on the continuity, security, and effective operation of various technology systems. The nature of our business depends on the continued effective operation of our systems and those of our business partners.

This dependence makes us susceptible to operational and information security risks from cyber-attacks. These risks may include the following:

• the corruption or destruction of data;

• theft, misuse or dissemination of data to the public, including your information we hold; and

• denial of service attacks on our website or other forms of attacks on our systems and the software and hardware we use to run them.

These attacks and their consequences can negatively impact your contract, your privacy, your ability to conduct transactions on your contract, or your ability to receive timely service from us. There can be no assurance that we, the underlying funds in your contract, or our other business partners will avoid losses affecting your contract due to any successful cyber-attacks or information security breaches.

TSA–Special Provisions

Participants in Tax-Sheltered Annuities

If the contract is intended to be used in connection with an employer sponsored 403(b) plan, additional rules relating to this contract can be found in the annuity endorsement for tax sheltered 403(b) annuities. Unless we have made special arrangements with your employer, the contract is not intended for use in connection with an employer sponsored 403(b) plan that is subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”). In the event that the employer either by affirmative election or inadvertent action causes contributions under a plan that is subject to ERISA to be made to this contract, we will not be responsible for any obligations and requirements under ERISA and the regulations thereunder, unless we have prior written agreement with the employer. You should consult with your employer to determine whether your 403(b) plan is subject to ERISA.

In the event we have a written agreement with your employer to administer the plan pursuant to ERISA, special rules apply as set forth in the TSA endorsement.

The employer must comply with certain nondiscrimination requirements for certain types of contributions under a TSA contract to be excluded from taxable income. You should consult your employer to determine whether the nondiscrimination rules apply to you.

34    RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The Code imposes certain restrictions on your right to receive early distributions from a TSA:

• Distributions attributable to salary reduction contributions (plus earnings) made after Dec. 31, 1988, or to transfers or rollovers from other contracts, may be made from the TSA only if:

– you are at least age 59½;

– you are disabled as defined in the Code;

– you severed employment with the employer who purchased the contract;

– the distribution is because of your death;

– the distribution is due to plan termination; or

– you are a qualifying military reservist.

• If you encounter a financial hardship (as provided by the Code), you may be eligible to receive a distribution of all contract values attributable to salary reduction contributions made after Dec. 31, 1988, but not the earnings on them.

• Even though a distribution may be permitted under the above rules, it may be subject to IRS taxes and penalties (see “Taxes”)

• The above restrictions on distributions do not affect the availability of the amount credited to the contract as of Dec. 31, 1988. The restrictions also do not apply to transfers or exchanges of contract value within the contract, or to another registered variable annuity contract or investment vehicle available through the employer.

Changing Ownership

You may change ownership of your nonqualified annuity at any time by completing a change of ownership form we approve and sending it to our Service Center. The change will become binding on us when we receive and record it. We will honor any change of ownership request received in good order that we believe is authentic and we will use reasonable procedures to confirm authenticity. If we follow these procedures, we will not take any responsibility for the validity of the change.

If you have a nonqualified annuity, you may incur income tax liability by transferring, assigning or pledging any part of it. (See “Taxes.”)

If you have a qualified annuity, you may not sell, assign, transfer, discount or pledge your contract as collateral for a loan, or as security for the performance of an obligation or for any other purpose except as required or permitted by the Code. However, if the owner is a trust or custodian, or an employer acting in a similar capacity, ownership of the contract may be transferred to the annuitant.

Please consider carefully whether or not you wish to change ownership of your annuity contract. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, the new owner and annuitant will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract.

Benefits in Case of Death

There are three death benefit options under this contract:

• ROP Death Benefit;

• MAV Death Benefit; and

• Enhanced Death Benefit.

If either you or the annuitant are 80 or older at contract issue, the ROP death benefit will apply. If both you and the annuitant are 79 or younger at contract issue, you can elect either the ROP death benefit, the MAV death benefit or EDB death benefit rider (if its available in your state) on your application. If you select GMIB you must select either the MAV death benefit or the EDB death benefit rider. Once you elect an option, you cannot change it. We show the option that applies in your contract. The death benefit option that applies determines the mortality and expense risk fee that is assessed against the subaccounts. (See “Charges — Mortality and Expense Risk Fee.”)

Under all options, we will pay the death benefit to your beneficiary upon the earlier of your death or the annuitant’s death if you die before the retirement start date while this contract is in force. We will base the benefit paid on the death benefit coverage you chose when you purchased the contract. If a contract has more than one person as the owner, we will pay benefits upon the first to die of any owner or the annuitant.

RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus    35

Return of Purchase Payments (ROP) Death Benefit

The ROP death benefit is intended to help protect your beneficiaries financially in that they will never receive less than your purchase payments adjusted for withdrawals. If you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary the greater of these two values less any purchase payment credits subject to reversal, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value; or
2.	total purchase payments plus purchase payments credits applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals.

Adjusted partial withdrawals for the ROP or MAV death benefit	=	PW × DB
		CV

PW	=	the amount by which the contract value is reduced as a result of the partial withdrawal.
DB	=	the death benefit on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.
CV	=	contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.

Example

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000. We add a purchase payment credit of $4,000 to the contract.

• On the first contract anniversary you make an additional payment of $20,000. We add a purchase payment credit of $800.

• During the second contract year the contract value is $110,000 and you take a $10,000 withdrawal.

• During the third contract year the contract value is $105,000.

We calculate the ROP death benefit as follows:
Contract value at death:			$105,000.00
	Purchase payments plus credits minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments:		$120,000.00
	plus purchase payment credits:		+4,800.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals calculated as:
	$10,000 × $124,800	=	–11,345.45
	$110,000
	for a death benefit of:		$113,454.55
The ROP death benefit, calculated as the greatest of these two values:				$113,454.55

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV) Death Benefit

The MAV death benefit is intended to help protect your beneficiaries financially while your investments have the opportunity to grow. The MAV death benefit does not provide any additional benefit before the first contract anniversary and it may not be appropriate for issue ages 75 to 79 because the benefit values may be limited after age 81. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether or not the MAV death benefit is appropriate for your situation.

If both you and the annuitant are age 79 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the MAV death benefit to your contract. Once you select the MAV death benefit you may not cancel it. If you select the Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider you must select either the MAV death benefit or the EDB death benefit rider.

The MAV death benefit provides that if you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary the greatest of these three values less any purchase payment credits subject to reversal, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals; or
3.	the maximum anniversary value immediately preceding the date of death plus any purchase payments and purchase payment credits since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals since that anniversary.

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV): We calculate the MAV on each contract anniversary through age 80. There is no MAV prior to the first contract anniversary. On the first contract anniversary we set the MAV equal to the highest of: (a) your current contract value, or (b) total purchase payments and purchase payment credits minus adjusted partial withdrawals. Every contract anniversary after that, through age 80, we compare the previous anniversary’s MAV (plus any purchase payments and purchase payment credits since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals since

36    RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus

that anniversary) to the current contract value and we reset the MAV if the current contract value is higher. We stop resetting the MAV after you or the annuitant reach age 81. However, we continue to add subsequent purchase payments and purchase payment credits and subtract adjusted partial withdrawals from the MAV.

Example

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000. We add a purchase payment credit of $750 to your contract.

• On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $29,000.

• During the second contract year the contract value falls to $27,000, at which point you take a $1,500 partial withdrawal, leaving a contract value of $25,500.

We calculate the MAV death benefit as follows:
Contract value at death:			$25,500.00
Purchase payments plus purchase payment credits minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments and purchase payment credits:		$25,750.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,750	=	–1,430.56
	$27,000
	for a death benefit of:		$24,319.44
The MAV immediately preceding the date of death plus any payments made since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	MAV on the prior anniversary:		$29,000.00
	plus purchase payments and purchase payment credits made since the prior anniversary:		+0.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $29,000	=	–1,611.11
	$27,000
	for a death benefit of:		$27,388.89
The MAV death benefit, calculated as the greatest of these three values:				$27,388.89

Enhanced Death Benefit (EDB)

The EDB is intended to help protect your beneficiaries financially while your investments have the opportunity to grow. The EDB does not provide any additional benefit before the first contract anniversary and it may not be appropriate for issue ages 75 to 79 because the benefit values may be limited after age 81. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether or not the EDB is appropriate for your situation.

If this rider is available in your state and both you and the annuitant are 79 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the EDB death benefit rider to your contract. You may not select the EDB if you add either the Benefit Protector or the Benefit Protector Plus riders to your contract. If you select the Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider you must select either the MAV death benefit or the EDB rider.

The EDB provides that if you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary the greatest of these three values less any purchase payment credits subject to reversal, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments plus purchase payment credits minus adjusted partial withdrawals; or
3.	the 5% rising floor.

5% rising floor: This is the sum of the value of your GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the variable account floor. There is no variable account floor prior to the first contract anniversary. On the first contract anniversary, we establish the variable account floor as:

• the amounts allocated to the subaccounts at issue increased by 5%,

• plus any subsequent amounts allocated to the subaccounts,

• minus adjusted transfers and partial withdrawals from the subaccounts.

Thereafter, we continue to add subsequent purchase payments allocated to the subaccounts and subtract adjusted transfers and partial withdrawals from the subaccounts. On each contract anniversary after the first, through age 80, we add an amount to the variable account floor equal to 5% of the prior anniversary’s variable account floor. We stop adding this amount after you or the annuitant reach age 81.

RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus    37

5% rising floor adjusted transfers or partial withdrawals	=	PWT × VAF
		SV

PWT	=	the amount by which the contract value in the subaccounts is reduced as a result of the partial withdrawal transfer from the subaccounts.
VAF	=	variable account floor on the date of (but prior to) the transfer or partial withdrawal.
SV	=	value of the subaccounts on the date of (but prior to) the transfer or partial withdrawal.

Example

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000 and we add a purchase payment credit of $750 to your contract. You allocate $5,100 to the one-year fixed account and $20,650 to the subaccounts.

• On the first contract anniversary, the one-year fixed account value is $5,200 and the subaccount value is $17,000. Total contract value is $23,200.

• During the second contract year the one-year fixed account value is $5,300 and the subaccount value is $19,000. Total contract value is $24,300. You take a $1,500 partial withdrawal all from the subaccounts, leaving the contract value at $22,800.

The death benefit is calculated as follows:
Contract value at death:			$22,800.00
Purchase payments plus purchase payment credits minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments and purchase payment credits:		$25,750.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,750	=	–1,589.51
	$24,300
	for a death benefit of:		$24,160.49
	The 5% rising floor:
	The variable account floor on the first contract anniversary, calculated as:
	1.05 × $20,650	=	$21,682.50
	plus amounts allocated to the subaccounts since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus the 5% rising floor adjusted partial withdrawal from the subaccounts, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $21,682.50	=	–$1,711.78
	$19,000
	variable account floor benefit:		$19,970.72
	plus the one-year fixed account value:		+5,300.00
	5% rising floor (value of the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the variable account floor):		$25,270.72
The EDB death benefit, calculated as the greatest of these three values, which is the 5% rising floor:				$25,270.72

If You Die Before Your Retirement Date

When paying the beneficiary, we will process the death claim on the valuation date our death claim requirements are fulfilled. We will determine the contract’s value using the accumulation unit value we calculate on that valuation date. We pay interest, if any, at a rate no less than required by law. We will mail payment to the beneficiary within seven days after our death claim requirements are fulfilled.

Nonqualified annuities

If your spouse is sole beneficiary and you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. To do this your spouse must give us written instructions to continue the contract as owner. There will be no withdrawal charges on the contract from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, your spouse and the new annuitant (if applicable) will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract. The GMIB and Benefit Protector Plus riders, if selected, will terminate. Continuance of the Benefit Protector rider is optional. (See “Optional Benefits.”)

38    RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If your beneficiary is not your spouse, we will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless you give us other written instructions. Generally, we must fully distribute the death benefit within five years of your death. However, the beneficiary may receive payouts under any annuity payout plan available under this contract if:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin no later than one year after your death, or other date as permitted by the IRS; and

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy.

Qualified annuities

•	Spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if your spouse is the sole beneficiary, your spouse may either elect to treat the contract as his/her own, so long as he or she is eligible to do so, or elect an annuity payout plan or another plan agreed to by us. If your spouse elects a payout option, the payouts must begin no later than the year in which you would have reached age 72 (age 701/2 if the death occurred before Jan. 1, 2020). If you attained age 72 at the time of death, payouts must begin no later than Dec. 31 of the year following the year of your death.
	Your spouse may elect to assume ownership of the contract at any time before annuity payouts begin. If your spouse elects to assume ownership of the contract, the contract value will be equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. There will be no withdrawal charges on the contract from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, your spouse and the new annuitant (if applicable) will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract. The GMIB and Benefit Protector Plus riders, if selected, will terminate. Continuance of the Benefit Protector rider is optional. (See “Optional Benefits.”)
•	Non-spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if death occurs on or after Jan. 1, 2020, the beneficiary is required to withdraw his or her entire inherited interest within 10 years of the time of death of the owner unless they qualify as an “eligible designated beneficiary.” Eligible designated beneficiaries may continue to take proceeds out over their life expectancy. Eligible designated beneficiaries include:

• the surviving spouse;

• a lawful child of the owner under the age of majority (remaining amount must be withdrawn within 10 years, once the child reaches the age of majority);

• disabled within the meaning of Code section 72(m)(7);

• chronically ill within the meaning of Code section 7702B(c)(2);

• any other person who is not more than 10 years younger than the owner.

However, non-natural beneficiaries, such as estates and charities, are subject to a five-year rule to distribute the IRA. We will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless the beneficiary elects to receive payouts under a payout plan available under this contract and:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin, no later than one year following the year of your death; and

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy for an eligible designated beneficiary. (Payout plans are limited if the beneficiary is not an eligible designated beneficiary.)

• Spouse and Non-spouse beneficiary: If a beneficiary elects an alternative payment plan which is an inherited IRA, all optional death benefits and living benefits will terminate. In the event of your beneficiary’s death, their beneficiary can elect to take a lump sum payment or annuitize the contract to deplete it within 10 years of your beneficiary’s death

• Annuity payout plan: If you elect an annuity payout plan, the payouts to your beneficiary may continue depending on the annuity payout plan you elect, subject to adjustment to comply with the IRS rules and regulations.

How we handle contracts under unclaimed property laws

Every state has unclaimed property laws which generally declare annuity contracts to be abandoned after a period of inactivity of one to five years from either 1) the contract’s maturity date (the latest day on which income payments may begin under the contract) or 2) the date the death benefit is due and payable. If a contract matures or we determine a death benefit is payable, we will use our best efforts to locate you or designated beneficiaries. If we are unable to locate you or a beneficiary, proceeds will be paid to the abandoned property division or unclaimed property office of the state in which the beneficiary or you last resided, as shown in our books and records, or to our state of domicile. Generally, this surrender of property to the state is commonly referred to as “escheatment”. To avoid escheatment, and ensure an effective process for your beneficiaries, it is important that your personal address and beneficiary designations are up to date, including complete names, date of birth, current addresses and phone numbers, and taxpayer identification numbers for each beneficiary. Updates to your address or beneficiary designations should be sent to our Service Center.

RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus    39

Escheatment may also be required by law if a known beneficiary fails to demand or present an instrument or document to claim the death benefit in a timely manner, creating a presumption of abandonment. If your beneficiary steps forward (with the proper documentation) to claim escheated annuity proceeds, the state is obligated to pay any such proceeds it is holding.

For nonqualified annuities, non-spousal death benefits are generally required to be distributed and taxed within five years from the date of death of the owner/annuitant or the unclaimed death benefits will be presumed abandoned and subject to escheatment.

Optional Benefits

The assets held in our general account support the guarantees under your contract, including optional death benefits and optional living benefits. To the extent that we are required to pay you amounts in addition to your contract value under these benefits, such amounts will come from our general account assets. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of insurance and financial products as well, and we also pay our obligations under these products from assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account.

Optional Death Benefits

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector)

The Benefit Protector is intended to provide an additional benefit to your beneficiary to help offset expenses after your death such as funeral expenses or federal and state taxes. This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge (see “Charges”). The Benefit Protector provides reduced benefits if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older at the rider effective date and it does not provide any additional benefit before the first rider anniversary.

If this rider is available in your state and both you and the annuitant are age 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the Benefit Protector to your contract. You must elect the Benefit Protector at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date. You may not select this rider if you select the EDB death benefit rider or the Benefit Protector Plus rider. We reserve the right to discontinue offering the Benefit Protector for new contracts.

Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract. Since the benefit paid by the rider is determined by the amount of earnings at death, the amount of the benefit paid may be reduced as a result of taking required minimum distributions (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Be sure to discuss with your investment professional and tax advisor whether or not the Benefit Protector is appropriate for your situation.

In some instances the rider effective date for the Benefit Protector may be after we issue the contract according to terms determined by us and at our sole discretion.

The Benefit Protector provides that if you or the annuitant die after the first contract anniversary, but before annuity payouts begin, and while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary:

• the applicable death benefit, plus:

• 40% of your earnings at death if you and the annuitant were under age 70 on the rider effective date, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old; or

• 15% of your earnings at death if you or the annuitant were age 70 or older on the rider effective date, up to a maximum of 37.5% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old.

Earnings at death: for purposes of the Benefit Protector and Benefit Protector Plus riders, this is an amount equal to the applicable death benefit minus purchase payments not previously withdrawn. The earnings at death may not be less than zero and may not be more than 250% of the purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old.

Terminating the Benefit Protector

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of any rider anniversary beginning with the seventh rider anniversary.

• The rider will terminate when you make a full withdrawal from the contract or when annuity payouts begin.

40    RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Example of the Benefit Protector

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and you and the annuitant are under age 70. We add a $4,000 purchase payment credit to your contract. You select the MAV death benefit.

• During the first contract year the contract value grows to $105,000. The MAV death benefit equals the contract value less any purchase payment credits added in the last 12 months, or $101,000. You have not reached the first contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector does not provide any additional benefit at this time.

• On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death
(MAV death benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000

• On the second contract anniversary the contract value falls to $105,000. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (MAV):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000

• During the third contract year the contract value remains at $105,000 and you request a partial withdrawal of $50,000, including the applicable 8% withdrawal charge. We will withdraw $10,500 from your contract value free of charge (10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value). The remainder of the withdrawal is subject to an 8% withdrawal charge because your payment is in its third year of the withdrawal charge schedule, so we will withdraw $39,500 ($36,340 + $3,160 in withdrawal charges) from your contract value. Altogether, we will withdraw $50,000 and pay you $46,840. We calculate purchase payments not previously withdrawn as $100,000 – $45,000 = $55,000 (remember that $5,000 of the partial withdrawal is contract earnings). The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (MAV adjusted for partial withdrawals):	$57,619
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death):
0.40 × ($57,619 – $55,000) =	+1,048
Total death benefit of:	$58,667

• On the third contract anniversary the contract value falls to $40,000. The death benefit equals the death benefit during the third contract year. The reduction in contract value has no effect.

• On the ninth contract anniversary the contract value grows to a new high of $200,000. Earnings at death reaches its maximum of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$200,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old)	+55,000
Total death benefit of:	$255,000

• During the tenth contract year you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000 and we add a purchase payment credit of $2,000. Your new contract value is now $252,000. The new purchase payment is less than one year old and so it has no effect on the Benefit Protector value. The death benefit equals:

The MAV death benefit (contract value less any purchase payment credits added in the last 12 months):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old)	+55,000
Total death benefit of:	$305,000

• During the eleventh contract year the contract value remains $252,000 and the “new” purchase payment is one year old and the value of the Benefit Protector changes. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$252,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (MAV death benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($252,000 – $105,000) =	+58,800

RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus    41

Total death benefit of: $310,800

If your spouse is the sole beneficiary and you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner. Your spouse and the new annuitant will be subject to all the limitations and restrictions of the rider just as if they were purchasing a new contract. If your spouse and the new annuitant do not qualify for the rider on the basis of age we will terminate the rider. If they do qualify for the rider on the basis of age we will set the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid and we will substitute this new contract value on the date of death for “purchase payments not previously withdrawn” used in calculating earnings at death. Your spouse also has the option of discontinuing the Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider within 30 days of the date they elect to continue the contract.

NOTE: For special tax considerations associated with the Benefit Protector, see “Taxes.”

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus)

The Benefit Protector Plus is intended to provide an additional benefit to your beneficiary to help offset expenses after your death such as funeral expenses or federal and state taxes. This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge (see “Charges”). The Benefit Protector Plus provides reduced benefits if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older at the rider effective date. It does not provide any additional benefit before the first rider anniversary and it does not provide any benefit beyond what is offered under the Benefit Protector rider during the second rider year.

If this rider is available in your state and both you and the annuitant are age 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the Benefit Protector Plus to you contract. You must elect the Benefit Protector Plus at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date. This rider is only available for transfers, exchanges or rollovers from another annuity or life insurance policy. You may not select this rider if you select the Benefit Protector or the EDB. Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Since the benefit paid by the rider is determined by the amount of earnings at death, the amount of the benefit paid may be reduced as a result of taking any withdrawals including RMDs. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional and tax advisor whether or not the Benefit Protector Plus is appropriate for your situation.

The Benefit Protector Plus provides that if you or the annuitant die after the first rider anniversary, but before annuity payouts begin, and while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary:

• the benefits payable under the Benefit Protector described above, plus

• a percentage of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue not previously withdrawn as follows:

Rider Year	Percentage if you and the annuitant are under age 70 on the rider effective date	Percentage if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older on the rider effective date
One and Two	0%	0%
Three and Four	10%	3.75%
Five or more	20%	7.5%

Another way to describe the benefits payable under the Benefit Protector Plus rider is as follows:

• the applicable death benefit plus:

Rider Year	If you and the annuitant are under age 70 on the rider effective date, add…	If you or the annuitant are age 70 or older on the rider effective date, add…
One	Zero	Zero
Two	40% × earnings at death (see above)	15% × earnings at death
Three & Four	40% × (earnings at death + 25% of initial purchase payment*)	15% × (earnings at death + 25% of initial purchase payment*)
Five or more	40% × (earnings at death + 50% of initial purchase payment*)	15% × (earnings at death + 50% of initial purchase payment*)

* Initial purchase payments are payments made within 60 days of rider issue not previously withdrawn.

Terminating the Benefit Protector Plus

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of any rider anniversary beginning with the seventh rider anniversary.

• The rider will terminate when you make a full withdrawal from the contract or when annuity payouts begin.

Example of the Benefit Protector Plus

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and you and the annuitant are under age 70. We add a $4,000 purchase payment credit to your contract. You select the MAV death benefit.

42    RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• During the first contract year the contract value grows to $105,000. The MAV death benefit equals the contract value, less any purchase payment credits added to the contract in the last 12 months, or $101,000. You have not reached the first contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector Plus does not provide any additional benefit at this time.

• On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. You have not reached the second contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector Plus does not provide any additional benefit beyond what is provided by the Benefit Protector at this time. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death
(MAV death benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000

• On the second contract anniversary the contract value falls to $105,000. The death benefit equals:

The MAV death benefit:	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death:
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
plus 10% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:
0.10 × $100,000 =	+10,000
Total death benefit of:	$124,000

• During the third contract year the contract value remains at $105,000 and you request a partial withdrawal of $50,000, including the applicable 8% withdrawal charge. We will withdraw $10,500 from your contract value free of charge (10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value). The remainder of the withdrawal is subject to an 8% withdrawal charge because your payment is in its third year of the withdrawal charge schedule, so we will withdraw $39,500 ($36,340 + $3,160 in withdrawal charges) from your contract value. Altogether, we will withdraw $50,000 and pay you $46,840. We calculate purchase payments not previously withdrawn as $100,000 – $45,000 = $55,000 (remember that $5,000 of the partial withdrawal is contract earnings). The death benefit equals:

The MAV death benefit (MAV adjusted for partial withdrawals):	$57,619
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death:
0.40 × ($57,619 – $55,000) =	+1,048
plus 10% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:
0.10 × $55,000 =	+5,500
Total death benefit of:	$64,167

• On the third contract anniversary the contract value falls $40,000. The death benefit equals the death benefit paid during the third contract year. The reduction in contract value has no effect.

• On the ninth contract anniversary the contract value grows to a new high of $200,000. Earnings at death reaches its maximum of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old. Because we are beyond the fourth contract anniversary the Benefit Protector Plus also reaches its maximum of 20%. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$200,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old	+55,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:
0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$266,000

• During the tenth contract year you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000 and we add a purchase payment credit of $2,000. Your new contract value is now $252,000. The new purchase payment is less than one year old and so it has no effect on the Benefit Protector Plus value. The death benefit equals:

The MAV death benefit (contract value less any purchase payment credits added in the last 12 months):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old)	+55,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:

RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus    43

0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$316,000

• During the eleventh contract year the contract value remains $252,000 and the “new” purchase payment is one year old. The value of the Benefit Protector Plus remains constant. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$252,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (MAV Death Benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($250,000 – $105,000) =	+58,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:
0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$321,000

If your spouse is sole beneficiary and you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. We will then terminate the Benefit Protector Plus and substitute the applicable death benefit (see “Benefits in Case of Death”).

NOTE: For special tax considerations associated with the Benefit Protector Plus, see “Taxes.”

Optional Living Benefits

Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB)

The GMIB is intended to provide you with a guaranteed minimum lifetime income regardless of the volatility inherent in the investments in the subaccounts. If the annuitant is between age 73 and age 75 at contract issue, you should consider whether a GMIB rider is appropriate for your situation because:

• you must hold the GMIB for seven years;

• the GMIB rider terminates* 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday;

• you can only exercise the GMIB within 30 days after a contract anniversary;

• the 6% rising floor value we use in the GMIB benefit base to calculate annuity payouts under the GMIB is limited after age 81; and

• there are additional costs associated with the rider.

* The rider and annual fee terminate 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday, however, if you exercise the GMIB rider before this time, your benefits will continue according to the annuity payout plan you have selected.

Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether either GMIB rider option is appropriate for your situation.

If you are purchasing the contract as a qualified annuity, such as an IRA, and you are planning to begin annuity payouts after the date on which minimum distributions required by the IRS must begin, you should consider whether the GMIB is appropriate for you. Partial withdrawals you take from the contract, including those taken to satisfy required minimum distributions, will reduce the GMIB benefit base (defined below), which in turn may reduce or eliminate the amount of any annuity payments available under the rider (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Consult a tax advisor before you purchase any GMIB with a qualified annuity, such as an IRA.

If this rider is available in your state and the annuitant is 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add this optional benefit at the time you purchase your contract for an additional annual charge (see “Charges”). You cannot select this rider if you select the 8% Performance Credit Rider. You must elect the GMIB along with either the MAV death benefit or the EDB death benefit rider at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date.

In some instances we may allow you to add the GMIB to your contract at a later date if it was not available when you initially purchased your contract. In these instances, we would add the GMIB on the next contract anniversary and this would become the rider effective date. For purposes of calculating the GMIB benefit base under these circumstances, we consider the contract value on the rider effective date to be the initial purchase payment and purchase payment credits; we disregard all previous purchase payments and purchase payment credits, transfers and withdrawals in the GMIB calculations.

Investment selection under the GMIB:You may allocate your purchase payments or transfers to any of the subaccounts, the GPAs or the one-year fixed account. However, we reserve the right to limit the amount you allocate to subaccounts investing in the Columbia Variable Portfolio — Cash Management Fund to 10% of the total amount in the subaccounts. If we are required to activate this restriction, and you have more than 10% of your subaccount value in this fund, we will send you a notice and ask that you reallocate your contract value so that the 10% limitation is satisfied within 60 days. We will terminate the GMIB if you have not satisfied the limitation after 60 days.

44    RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Exercising the GMIB:

• you may only exercise the GMIB within 30 days after any contract anniversary following the expiration of a seven-year waiting period from the rider effective date.

• the annuitant on the retirement date must be between 50 and 86 years old.

• you can only take an annuity payout under one of the following annuity payout plans:

– Plan A – Life Annuity — no refund

– Plan B – Life Annuity with ten years certain

– Plan D – Joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund

• you may change the annuitant for the payouts.

When you exercise your GMIB, you may select a fixed or variable annuity payout plan. Fixed annuity payouts are calculated using the annuity purchase rates based on the “1983 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” with 100% Projection Scale G and an interest rate of 2.5%. Your annuity payouts remain fixed for the lifetime of the annuity payout period.

First year variable annuity payouts are calculated in the same manner as fixed annuity payouts. Once calculated, your annuity payouts remain unchanged for the first year. After the first year, subsequent annuity payouts are variable and depend on the performance of the subaccounts you select. Variable annuity payouts after the first year are calculated using the following formula:

Pt-1(1 + i)	= Pt
1.05

Pt–1	=	prior annuity payout
Pt	=	current annuity payout
i	=	annualized subaccount performance

Each subsequent variable annuity payout could be more or less than the previous variable annuity payout if the subaccount investment performance is greater or less than the 5% assumed investment rate. If your subaccount performance equals 5%, your annuity payout will be unchanged from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount performance is in excess of 5%, your variable annuity payout will increase from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount investment performance is less than 5%, your variable annuity payout will decrease from the previous annuity payout.

The GMIB benchmarks the contract growth at each anniversary against several comparison values and sets the GMIB benefit base (described below) equal to the largest value. The GMIB benefit base, less any applicable premium tax, is the value we apply to the guaranteed annuity purchase rates we use in the 2.5% Table to calculate the minimum annuity payouts you will receive if you exercise the GMIB. If the GMIB benefit base is greater than the contract value, the GMIB may provide a higher annuity payout level than is otherwise available. However, the GMIB uses guaranteed annuity purchase rates which may result in annuity payouts that are less than the annuity purchase rates that we will apply at annuitization under the standard contract provisions. Therefore, the level of income provided by the GMIB may be less than the income the contract otherwise provides. If the annuity payouts through the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available through the GMIB, you will receive the higher standard payout option. The GMIB does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

GMIB benefit base: If the GMIB is effective at contract issue, the GMIB benefit base is the greatest of:

• contract value;

• total purchase payments and purchase payment credits minus adjusted partial withdrawals; or

• the 6% rising floor.

• 6% rising floor: This is the sum of the value of the GPAs, one-year fixed account and the variable account floor. We calculate the variable account floor on each contract anniversary through age 80. There is no variable account floor prior to the first contract anniversary. On the first contract anniversary, we set the variable account floor equal to:

• the initial purchase payments and purchase payment credits allocated to the subaccounts increased by 6%;

• plus any subsequent amounts allocated to the subaccounts; and

• minus adjusted transfers or partial withdrawals from the subaccounts.

Every contract anniversary after that, through age 80, we reset the variable account floor by accumulating the prior anniversary’s variable account floor at 6% plus any subsequent amounts allocated to the subaccounts minus adjusted transfers or partial withdrawals from the subaccounts. We stop resetting the variable account floor after you or the annuitant reach age 81. However, we continue to add subsequent amounts you allocate to the subaccounts and subtract adjusted transfers or partial withdrawals from the subaccounts.

RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus    45

Keep in mind that the 6% rising floor is limited after age 81.

We reserve the right to exclude from the GMIB benefit base any purchase payments and purchase payment credits you make in the five years before you exercise the GMIB. We would do so only if such payments total $50,000 or more or if they are 25% or more of total contract payments. If we exercise this right, we:

• subtract each payment and purchase payment credits adjusted for market value from the contract value.

• subtract each payment and purchase payment credits from the 6% rising floor. We adjust the payments and purchase payment credits made to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account for market value. We increase payments and purchase payment credits allocated to the subaccounts by 6% for the number of full contract years they have been in the contract before we subtract them from the 6% rising floor.

For each payment and purchase payment credits, we calculate the market value adjustment to the contract value, the GPAs and the one-year fixed account value of the 6% rising floor as:

PMT × CVG

ECV

PMT	=	each purchase payment and purchase payment credits made in the five years before you exercise the GMIB.
CVG	=	current contract value at the time you exercise the GMIB.
ECV	=	the estimated contract value on the anniversary prior to the payment in question. We assume that all payments and purchase payment credits and partial withdrawals occur at the beginning of a contract year.

For each payment and purchase payment credits, we calculate the 6% increase of payments allocated to the subaccounts as:

PMT × (1.06)^CY

CY = the full number of contract years the payment and purchase payment credits have been in the contract.

Terminating the GMIB

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days after the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the rider any time after the seventh rider anniversary.

• The rider will terminate on the date:

– you make a full withdrawal from the contract;

– a death benefit is payable; or

– you choose to begin taking annuity payouts under the regular contract provisions.

• The GMIB rider will terminate* 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday.

* The rider and annual fee terminate 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday, however, if you exercise the GMIB rider before this time, your benefits will continue according to the annuity payout plan you have selected.

Example

• You purchase the contract during the 2004 calendar year with a payment of $100,000 and we add a $4,000 purchase payment credit to your contract. You allocate all of your purchase payment and purchase payment credit to the subaccounts.

• There are no additional purchase payments and no partial withdrawals.

• Assume the annuitant is male and age 55 at contract issue. For the joint and last survivor option (annuity payout Plan D), the joint annuitant is female and age 55 at contract issue.

• Taking into account fluctuations in contract value due to market conditions, we calculate the GMIB benefit base as:

Contract anniversary	Contract value	Purchase payments and purchase payment credit	6% rising floor	GMIB benefit base
1	$112,000	$104,000	$110,240
2	130,000	104,000	116,854
3	137,000	104,000	123,866
4	156,000	104,000	131,298
5	88,000	104,000	139,175
6	125,000	104,000	147,526
7	144,000	104,000	156,378	$156,378
8	158,000	104,000	165,760	165,760
9	145,000	104,000	175,706	175,706

46    RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Contract anniversary	Contract value	Purchase payments and purchase payment credit	6% rising floor	GMIB benefit base
10	133,000	104,000	186,248	186,248
11	146,000	104,000	197,423	197,423
12	153,000	104,000	209,268	209,268
13	225,000	104,000	221,825	225,000
14	245,000	104,000	235,134	245,000
15	250,000	104,000	249,242	250,000

NOTE: The 6% rising floor value is limited after age 81, but the GMIB benefit base may increase if the contract value increases. However, you should keep in mind that you are always entitled to annuitize using the contract value without exercising the GMIB.

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after a contract anniversary, the payout under a fixed annuity option (which is the same as the minimum payout for the first year under a variable annuity option) would be:

Contract anniversary at exercise	GMIB benefit base	Minimum Guaranteed Monthly Income
		Plan A – life annuity — no refund	Plan B – life annuity with ten years certain	Plan D – joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund
10	$186,248 (6% Rising Floor)	$907.03	$884.68	$718.92
15	250,000 (Contract Value)	1,402.50	1,340.00	1,077.50

The payouts above are shown at guaranteed annuity rates we use in the 2.5% Table. Payouts under the standard provisions of this contract will be based on our annuity rates in effect at annuitization and are guaranteed to be greater than or equal to the guaranteed annuity rates stated in Table B of the contract. The fixed annuity payout available under the standard provisions of this contract would be at least as great as shown below:

Contract anniversary at exercise	Contract value	Plan A – life annuity — no refund	Plan B – life annuity with ten years certain	Plan D – joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund
10	$133,000	$686.28	$667.66	$549.29
15	250,000	1,475.00	1,407.50	1,142.50

In this example, at the 15th contract anniversary you would not experience a benefit from the GMIB as the payout available to you is equal to or less than the payout available under the standard provisions of the contract.

8% Performance Credit Rider (PCR)

The PCR is intended to provide you with an additional benefit if your earnings are less than the target value on the seventh and tenth rider anniversaries (see below). This is an optional benefit you may select for an additional charge (see “Charges”). The PCR does not provide any additional benefit before the seventh rider anniversary and it may not be appropriate for issue ages 83 or older due to this required holding period. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether or not the PCR is appropriate for your situation.

If the PCR is available in your state, you may choose to add this benefit to your contract at issue. You cannot select the PCR if you select the GMIB.

In some instances we may allow you to add the PCR to your contract at a later date if it was not available when you initially purchased your contract. In these instances, we would add the PCR on the next contract anniversary and this would become the rider effective date. For purposes of calculating the target value under these circumstances, we consider the contract value on the rider effective date to be the first contract year’s purchase payments.

Investment selection under the PCR: You may allocate your purchase payments and purchase payment credits or transfers to any of the subaccounts, the GPAs or the one-year fixed account. However, we reserve the right to limit the aggregate amount in the GPAs and the one-year fixed account and amounts you allocate to subaccounts investing in the Columbia Variable Portfolio — Government Money Market Fund (Class 3) to 10% of your total contract value. If we are required to activate this restriction, and you have more than 10% of your contract value in these accounts, we will send you a notice and ask that you reallocate your contract value so that the 10% limitation is satisfied within 60 days. We will terminate the PCR if you have not satisfied the limitation after 60 days.

Target value: We calculate the target value on each rider anniversary. There is no target value prior to the first rider anniversary. On the first rider anniversary we set the target value equal to your first year’s purchase payments plus purchase payment credits minus the target value adjusted partial withdrawals accumulated at an annual effective rate of 8%. Every rider anniversary after that, we recalculate the target value by accumulating the prior anniversary’s target

RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus    47

value and any additional purchase payments and purchase payment credits minus the target value adjusted partial withdrawals at an annual effective rate of 8%.

Target value adjusted partial withdrawals	=	PW × TV
		CV

PW	=	the partial withdrawal including any applicable withdrawal charge or MVA.
TV	=	the target value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.
CV	=	contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.

Your benefits under the PCR are as follows:

(a) If on the seventh rider anniversary your contract value is less than the target value, we will add a PCR credit to your contract equal to:

3% × (PP – PCRPW – PP5)

PP	=	total purchase payments and purchase payment credits.
PCRPW	=	PCR adjusted partial withdrawals. The PCR adjusted partial withdrawal amount is an adjustment we make to determine the proportionate amount of any partial withdrawal attributable to purchase payments received five or more years before the target value is calculated (on the tenth year rider anniversary). For a more detailed description of the PCR adjusted partial withdrawal please see Appendix A.
PP5	=	purchase payments and purchase payment credits made in the prior five years.

We apply the PCR credit to your contract on the seventh rider anniversary and allocate it among the fixed accounts and subaccounts according to your current asset allocation.

(b) If on the tenth rider anniversary your contract value is less than the target value, we will add a PCR credit to your contract equal to:

5% x (PP – PCRPW – PP5)

We restart the calculation period for the PCR on the tenth rider anniversary and every ten years after that while you own the contract. We use the contract value (including any credits) on that anniversary as your first contract year’s payments for calculating the target value and any applicable PCR credit. We may then apply additional PCR credits to your contract at the end of each seven and ten-year period as described above.

PCR reset: You can elect to lock in your contract growth by restarting the ten-year PCR calculation period on any contract anniversary. If you elect to restart the calculation period, the contract value on the restart date is used as the first year’s payments for the calculating the target value and any applicable PCR credit. The next calculation period for the PCR will restart at the end of this new ten-year period. We must receive your request to restart the PCR calculation period within 30 days after a contract anniversary.

Terminating the PCR

• You may terminate the PCR within 30 days following the first contract anniversary after the PCR rider effective date.

• You may terminate the PCR within 30 days following the later of the tenth contract anniversary after the PCR rider effective date or the last rider reset date.

• The PCR will terminate on the date:

– you make a full withdrawal from the contract;

– that a death benefit is payable; or

– you choose to begin taking annuity payouts.

Example

•	You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and we add a $4,000 purchase payment credit to your contract.
•	There are no additional purchase payments and no partial withdrawals.
•	On the seventh contract anniversary, the contract value is $150,000.
•	We determine the target value on the seventh contract anniversary as your purchase payments plus purchase payment credits (there are no partial withdrawals to subtract) accumulated at an annual effective rate of 8% or:
	$104,000 × (1.08)7 = $104,000 × 1.71382 = $178,237.72.

48    RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus

	Your contract value ($150,000) is less than the target value ($178,237.72) so we will add a PCR credit to your contract equal to 3% of your purchase payments and purchase payment credits (there are no partial withdrawals or purchase payments made in the last five years to subtract), which is:
	0.03 × $104,000 = $3,120.
	After application of the PCR credit, your total contract value would be $153,120.
•	On the tenth contract anniversary, the contract value is $220,000.
•	We determine the target value on the tenth contract anniversary as your purchase payments plus purchase payment credits (there are no partial withdrawals to subtract) accumulated at an annual effective rate of 8% or:
	$104,000 × (1.08)10 = $104,000 × 2.158924 = $224,528.20.
	Your contract value ($220,000) is less than the target value ($224,528.20) so we will add a PCR credit to your contract equal to 5% of your purchase payments and purchase payment credits (there are no partial withdrawals or purchase payments made in the last five years to subtract), which is:
	0.05 × $104,000 = $5,200.
	After application of the PCR credit, your total contract value would be $225,200.
•	The PCR calculation period automatically restarts on the tenth contract anniversary with the target values first year’s payments equal to $225,200. We would make the next PCR credit determination on the twentieth contract anniversary.

The Annuity Payout Period

As owner of the contract, you have the right to decide how and to whom annuity payouts will be made starting at the retirement date. You may select one of the annuity payout plans outlined below, or we may mutually agree on other payout arrangements. We do not deduct any withdrawal charges upon retirement but withdrawal charges may apply when electing to exercise liquidity features we may make available under certain fixed annuity payout options.

You also decide whether we will make annuity payouts on a fixed or variable basis, or a combination of fixed and variable. The amount available to purchase payouts under the plan you select is the contract value on your retirement date after any rider charges have been deducted. Additionally, we currently allow you to use part of the amount available to purchase payouts, leaving any remaining contract value to accumulate on a tax-deferred basis. Special rules apply for partial annuitization of your annuity contract, see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities — Annuity payouts” and “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Annuity payouts.” If you select a variable annuity payout, we reserve the right to limit the number of subaccounts in which you may invest. The GPAs are not available during this payout period.

Amounts of fixed and variable payouts depend on:

• the annuity payout plan you select;

• the annuitant’s age and, in most cases, sex;

• the annuity table in the contract; and

• the amounts you allocated to the accounts at settlement.

In addition, for variable annuity payouts only, amounts depend on the investment performance of the subaccounts you select. These payouts will vary from month to month because the performance of the funds will fluctuate. Fixed payouts generally remain the same from month to month unless you have elected an option providing for increasing payments.

For information with respect to transfers between accounts after annuity payouts begin, see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transfer policies.”

Annuity Tables

The annuity tables in your contract (Table A and Table B) show the amount of the monthly payout for each $1,000 of contract value according to the age and, when applicable, the annuitant’s sex. (Where required by law, we will use a unisex table of settlement rates.)

Table A shows the amount of the first monthly variable annuity payout assuming that the contract value is invested at the beginning of the annuity payout period and earns a 5% rate of return, which is reinvested and helps to support future payouts. If you ask us at least 30 days before the retirement date, we will substitute an annuity table based on an assumed 3.5% investment rate for the 5% Table A in the contract. The assumed investment rate affects both the amount of the first payout and the extent to which subsequent payouts increase or decrease. For example, annuity payouts will increase if the investment return is above the assumed investment rate and payouts will decrease if the return is below the assumed investment rate. Using a 5% assumed interest rate results in a higher initial payout, but later payouts will increase more slowly when annuity unit values rise and decrease more rapidly when they decline.

RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus    49

Table B shows the minimum amount of each fixed annuity payout. We declare current payout rates that we use in determining the actual amount of your fixed annuity payout. The current payout rates will equal or exceed the guaranteed payout rates shown in Table B. We will furnish these rates to you upon request.

Annuity Payout Plans

We make available variable annuity payouts where payout amounts will vary based on the performance of the variable account. We may also make fixed annuity payouts available where payments of a fixed amount are made for the period specified in the plan, subject to any surrender we may permit. You may choose any one of these annuity payout plans by giving us written instructions at least 30 days before the retirement date. Generally, you may select one of the Plans A through E below or another plan agreed to by us.

• Plan A – Life annuity — no refund: We make monthly payouts until the annuitant’s death. Payouts end with the last payout before the annuitant’s death. We will not make any further payouts. This means that if the annuitant dies after we made only one monthly payout, we will not make any more payouts.

• Plan B – Life annuity with five, ten or 15 years certain: We make monthly payouts for a guaranteed payout period of five, ten or 15 years that you elect. This election will determine the length of the payout period in the event the annuitant dies before the elected period expires. We calculate the guaranteed payout period from the retirement date. If the annuitant outlives the elected guaranteed payout period, we will continue to make payouts until the annuitant’s death.

• Plan C – Life annuity — installment refund: We make monthly payouts until the annuitant’s death, with our guarantee that payouts will continue for some period of time. We will make payouts for at least the number of months determined by dividing the amount applied under this option by the first monthly payout, whether or not the annuitant is living.

• Plan D – Joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund: We make monthly payouts while both the annuitant and a joint annuitant are living. If either annuitant dies, we will continue to make monthly payouts at the full amount until the death of the surviving annuitant. Payouts end with the death of the second annuitant.

• Plan E – Payouts for a specified period: We make monthly payouts for a specific payout period of ten to 30 years that you elect. We will make payouts only for the number of years specified whether the annuitant is living or not. Depending on the selected time period, it is foreseeable that an annuitant can outlive the payout period selected. During the payout period, you can elect to have us determine the present value of any remaining payouts and pay it to you in a lump sum.

For Plan A, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, no payments will be made. For Plan B, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue for the guaranteed payout period. For Plan C, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue for the installment refund period. For Plan D, if both annuitants die before the initial payment, no payments will be made; however, if one annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue until the death of the surviving annuitant.

In addition to the annuity payout plans described above, we may offer additional payout plans. Terms and conditions of annuity payout plans will be disclosed at the time of election, including any associated fees or charges. It is important to remember that the election and use of liquidity features will result in payouts ceasing.

Utilizing a liquidity feature to withdraw the underlying value of remaining payouts may result in the assessment of a withdrawal charge (See “Charges — Withdrawal charge”) or a 10% IRS penalty tax. (See “Taxes.”).

Annuity payout plan requirements for qualified annuities: If your contract is a qualified annuity, you must select a payout plan as of the retirement date set forth in your contract. You have the responsibility for electing a payout plan under your contract that complies with applicable law. Your contract describes your payout plan options. The options will meet certain IRS regulations governing RMDs if the payout plan meets the incidental distribution benefit requirements, if any, and the payouts are made:

• in equal or substantially equal payments over a period not longer than your life expectancy, or over the joint life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary; or

• over a period certain not longer than your life expectancy or over the joint life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary.

If we do not receive instructions: You must give us written instructions for the annuity payouts at least 30 days before the annuitant’s retirement date. If you do not, we will make payouts under Plan B, with 120 monthly payouts guaranteed.

If monthly payouts would be less than $20: We will calculate the amount of monthly payouts at the time the contract value is used to purchase a payout plan. If the calculations show that monthly payouts would be less than $20, we have the right to pay the contract value to the owner in a lump sum or to change the frequency of the payouts.

50    RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Death after annuity payouts begin: If you or the annuitant die after annuity payouts begin, we will pay any amount payable to the beneficiary as provided in the annuity payout plan in effect. Payments to beneficiaries are subject to adjustment to comply with the IRS rules and regulations.

Taxes

Under current law, your contract has a tax-deferral feature. Generally, this means you do not pay income tax until there is a taxable distribution (or deemed distribution) from the contract. We will send a tax information reporting form for any year in which we made a taxable or reportable distribution according to our records.

Nonqualified Annuities

Generally, only the increase in the value of a non-qualified annuity contract over the investment in the contract is taxable. Certain exceptions apply. Federal tax law requires that all nonqualified deferred annuity contracts issued by the same company (and possibly its affiliates) to the same owner during a calendar year be taxed as a single, unified contract when distributions are taken from any one of those contracts.

Annuity payouts: Generally, unlike withdrawals described below, the income taxation of annuity payouts is subject to exclusion ratios (for fixed annuity payouts) or annual excludable amounts (for variable annuity payouts). In other words, in most cases, a portion of each payout will be ordinary income and subject to tax, and a portion of each payout will be considered a return of part of your investment in the contract and will not be taxed. All amounts you receive after your investment in the contract is fully recovered will be subject to tax. Under Annuity Payout Plan A: Life annuity — no refund, where the annuitant dies before your investment in the contract is fully recovered, the remaining portion of the unrecovered investment may be available as a federal income tax deduction to the owner for the last taxable year. Under all other annuity payout plans, where the annuity payouts end before your investment in the contract is fully recovered, the remaining portion of the unrecovered investment may be available as a federal income tax deduction to the taxpayer for the tax year in which the payouts end. (See “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Federal tax law permits taxpayers to annuitize a portion of their nonqualified annuity while leaving the remaining balance to continue to grow tax-deferred. Under the partial annuitization rules, the portion annuitized must be received as an annuity for a period of 10 years or more, or for the lives of one or more individuals. If this requirement is met, the annuitized portion and the tax-deferred balance will generally be treated as two separate contracts for income tax purposes only. If a contract is partially annuitized, the investment in the contract is allocated between the deferred and the annuitized portions on a pro rata basis.

Withdrawals: Generally, if you withdrawal all or part of your nonqualified annuity your annuity payouts begin, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, your withdrawal will be taxed to the extent that the contract value immediately before the withdrawal exceeds the investment in the contract. Different rules may apply if you exchange another contract into this contract.

You also may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty for withdrawals of taxable income you make before reaching age 59½ unless certain exceptions apply.

Withholding: If you receive taxable income as a result of an annuity payout or withdrawal, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, we may deduct federal, and in some cases state withholding against the payment. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your income tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. As long as you have provided us with a valid Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number, and you have a valid U.S. address, you may be able to elect not to have federal income tax withholding occur.

If the payment is part of an annuity payout plan, we generally compute the amount of federal income tax withholding using payroll tables. You may provide us with a statement of how many exemptions to use in calculating the withholding. If the distribution is any other type of payment (such as partial or full withdrawal) we compute federal income tax withholding using 10% of the taxable portion.

The federal income tax withholding requirements differ if we deliver payment outside the United States or you are a non-resident alien.

Some states also may impose income tax withholding requirements similar to the federal withholding described above or may allow you to elect withholding. If this should be the case, we may deduct state income tax withholding from the payment.

Death benefits to beneficiaries: The death benefit under a nonqualified contract is not exempt from estate (federal or state) taxes. In addition, for income tax purposes, any amount your beneficiary receives that exceeds the remaining investment in the contract is taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary in the year he or she receives the payments. (See also “Benefits in Case of Death — If You Die Before the Retirement Date”).

RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus    51

Net Investment Income Tax (also known as Medicare contribution tax): Effective for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2013, certain investment income of high-income individuals (as well as estates and trusts) is subject to a 3.8% net investment income tax (as an addition to income taxes). For individuals, the 3.8% tax applies to the lesser of (1) the amount by which the taxpayer’s modified adjusted gross income exceeds $200,000 ($250,000 for married filing jointly and surviving spouses; $125,000 for married filing separately) or (2) the taxpayer’s “net investment income.” Net investment income includes taxable income from nonqualified annuities. Annuity holders are advised to consult their tax advisor regarding the possible implications of this additional tax.

Annuities owned by corporations, partnerships or irrevocable trusts: For nonqualified annuities, any annual increase in the value of annuities held by such entities (non-natural persons) generally will be treated as ordinary income received during that year. However, if the trust was set up for the benefit of a natural person(s) only, the income may remain tax-deferred until withdrawn or paid out.

Penalties: If you receive amounts from your nonqualified annuity before reaching age 59½, you may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty on the amount includable in your ordinary income. However, this penalty will not apply to any amount received:

• because of your death or in the event of non-natural ownership, the death of annuitant;

• because you become disabled (as defined in the Code);

• if the distribution is part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments, made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or joint lives or life expectancies of you and your beneficiary);

• if it is allocable to an investment before Aug. 14, 1982; or

• if annuity payouts are made under immediate annuities as defined by the Code.

Transfer of ownership: Generally, if you transfer ownership of a nonqualified annuity without receiving adequate consideration, the transfer may be taxed as a withdrawal for federal income tax purposes. If the transfer is a currently taxable event for income tax purposes, the original owner will be taxed on the amount of deferred earnings at the time of the transfer and also may be subject to the 10% IRS penalty discussed earlier. In this case, the new owner’s investment in the contract will be equal to the investment in the contract at the time of the transfer plus any earnings included in the original owner’s taxable income as a result of the transfer. In general, this rule does not apply to transfers between spouses or former spouses. Similar rules apply if you transfer ownership for full consideration. Please consult your tax advisor for further details.

1035 Exchanges: Section 1035 of the Code permits nontaxable exchanges of certain insurance policies, endowment contracts, annuity contracts and qualified long-term care insurance contracts while providing for continued tax deferral of earnings. In addition, Section 1035 permits the carryover of the investment in the contract from the old policy or contract to the new policy or contract. In a 1035 exchange one policy or contract is exchanged for another policy or contract. The following can qualify as nontaxable exchanges: (1) the exchange of a life insurance policy for another life insurance policy or for an endowment, annuity or qualified long-term care insurance contract, (2) the exchange of an endowment contract for an annuity or qualified long-term care insurance contract, or for an endowment contract under which payments will begin no later than payments would have begun under the contract exchanged, (3) the exchange of an annuity contract for another annuity or for a qualified long-term care insurance contract, and (4) the exchange of a qualified long-term care insurance contract for a qualified long-term care insurance contract. Additionally, other tax rules apply. However, if the life insurance policy has an outstanding loan, there may be tax consequences. Depending on the issue date of your original policy or contract, there may be tax or other benefits that are given up to gain the benefits of the new policy or contract. Consider whether the features and benefits of the new policy or contract outweigh any tax or other benefits of the old contract.

For a partial exchange of an annuity contract for another annuity contract, the 1035 exchange is generally tax-free. The investment in the original contract and the earnings on the contract will be allocated proportionately between the original and new contracts. However, per IRS Revenue Procedure 2011-38, if withdrawals are taken from either contract within the 180-day period following a partial 1035 exchange, the IRS will apply general tax principles to determine the appropriate tax treatment of the exchange and subsequent withdrawal. As a result, there may be unexpected tax consequences. You should consult your tax advisor before taking any withdrawal from either contract during the 180-day period following a partial exchange.

Assignment: If you assign or pledge your contract as collateral for a loan, earnings on purchase payments you made after Aug. 13, 1982 will be taxed as a deemed distribution and also may be subject to the 10% penalty as discussed above.

52    RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Qualified Annuities

Adverse tax consequences may result if you do not ensure that contributions, distributions and other transactions under the contract comply with the law. Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions. You should refer to your retirement plan’s Summary Plan Description, your IRA disclosure statement, or consult a tax advisor for additional information about the distribution rules applicable to your situation.

When you use your contract to fund a retirement plan or IRA that is already tax-deferred under the Code, the contract will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral. If your contract is used to fund an employer sponsored plan, your right to benefits may be subject to the terms and conditions of the plan regardless of the terms of the contract.

Annuity payouts: Under a qualified annuity, except a Roth IRA, Roth 401(k) or Roth 403(b), the entire payout generally is includable as ordinary income and is subject to tax unless: (1) the contract is an IRA to which you made non-deductible contributions; or (2) you rolled after-tax dollars from a retirement plan into your IRA; or 3) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you or your employer have contributed after-tax dollars; or (4) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you direct such payout to be directly rolled over to another eligible retirement plan such as an IRA. We may permit partial annuitizations of qualified annuity contracts. If we accept partial annuitizations, please remember that your contract will still need to comply with other requirements such as required minimum distributions and the payment of taxes. Prior to considering a partial annuitization on a qualified contract, you should discuss your decision and any implications with your tax adviser. Because we cannot accurately track certain after tax funding sources, we will generally report any payments on partial annuitizations as ordinary income except in the case of a qualified distribution from a Roth IRA.

Annuity payouts from Roth IRAs: In general, the entire payout from a Roth IRA can be free from income and penalty taxes if you have attained age 59½ and meet the five year holding period.

Withdrawals: Under a qualified annuity, except a Roth IRA, Roth 401(k) or Roth 403(b), the entire withdrawal will generally be includable as ordinary income and is subject to tax unless: (1) the contract is an IRA to which you made non-deductible contributions; or (2) you rolled after-tax dollars from a retirement plan into your IRA; or (3) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you or your employer have contributed after-tax dollars; or (4) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you direct such withdrawal to be directly rolled over to another eligible retirement plan such as an IRA.

Withdrawals from Roth IRAs: In general, the entire payout from a Roth IRA can be free from income and penalty taxes if you have attained age 59½ and meet the five year holding period or another qualifying event such as death or disability.

Required Minimum Distributions: Retirement plans (except for Roth IRAs) are subject to required withdrawals called required minimum distributions (“RMDs”) beginning at age 72 (age 70 ½ if you were born on or before June 30, 1949). RMDs are based on the fair market value of your contract at year-end divided by the life expectancy factor. Certain death benefits and optional riders may be considered in determining the fair market value of your contract for RMD purposes. This may cause your RMD to be higher. Inherited IRAs (including inherited Roth IRAs) are subject to special required minimum distribution rules. You should consult your tax advisor prior to making a purchase for an explanation of the potential tax implications to you.

Withholding for IRAs, Roth IRAs, SEPs and SIMPLE IRAs: If you receive taxable income as a result of an annuity payout or a withdrawal, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, we may deduct withholding against the payment. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. As long as you have provided us with a valid Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number, you can elect not to have any withholding occur.

If the payment is part of an annuity payout plan, we generally compute the amount of federal income tax withholding using payroll tables. You may provide us with a statement of how many exemptions to use in calculating the withholding. If the distribution is any other type of payment (such as a partial or full withdrawal) we compute federal income tax withholding using 10% of the taxable portion.

The federal income tax withholding requirements differ if we deliver payment outside the United States or you are a non-resident alien.

Some states also may impose income tax withholding requirements similar to the federal withholding described above. If this should be the case, we may deduct state income tax withholding from the payment.

Withholding for all other qualified annuities: If you receive directly all or part of the contract value from a qualified annuity, mandatory 20% federal income tax withholding (and possibly state income tax withholding) generally will be imposed at the time the payout is made from the plan. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. This mandatory withholding will not be imposed if instead of receiving the distribution check, you elect to have the distribution rolled over directly to an IRA or another eligible plan. Payments made to a surviving spouse instead of being directly rolled over to an IRA are also subject to mandatory 20% income tax withholding.

RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus    53

In the below situations, the distribution is subject to an optional 10% withholding instead of the mandatory 20% withholding. We will withhold 10% of the distribution amount unless you elect otherwise.

• the payout is one in a series of substantially equal periodic payouts, made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or the joint lives or life expectancies of you and your designated beneficiary) or over a specified period of 10 years or more;

• the payout is a RMD as defined under the Code;

• the payout is made on account of an eligible hardship; or

• the payout is a corrective distribution.

State withholding also may be imposed on taxable distributions.

Penalties: If you receive amounts from your qualified contract before reaching age 59½, you may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty on the amount includable in your ordinary income. However, this penalty generally will not apply to any amount received:

• because of your death;

• because you become disabled (as defined in the Code);

• if the distribution is part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or joint lives or life expectancies of you and your beneficiary);

• if the distribution is made following severance from employment during or after the calendar year in which you attain age 55 (TSAs and annuities funding 401(a) plans only);

• to pay certain medical or education expenses (IRAs only); or

• if the distribution is made from an inherited IRA.

Death benefits to beneficiaries: The entire death benefit generally is taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary in the year he/she receives the payments from the qualified annuity. If you made non-deductible contributions to a traditional IRA, the portion of any distribution from the contract that represents after-tax contributions is not taxable as ordinary income to your beneficiary. You are responsible for keeping all records tracking your non-deductible contributions to an IRA. Death benefits under a Roth IRA generally are not taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary if certain distribution requirements are met. (See also “Benefits in Case of Death — If you Die Before the Retirement Date”).

Change of retirement plan type: IRS regulations allow for rollovers of certain retirement plan distributions. In some circumstances, you may be able to have an intra-contract rollover, keeping the same features and conditions. If the annuity contract you have does not support an intra-contract rollover, you are able to request an IRS approved rollover to another annuity contract or other investment product that you choose. If you choose another annuity contract or investment product, you will be subject to new rules, including a new withdrawal charge schedule for an annuity contract, or other product rules as applicable.

Assignment:You may not assign or pledge your qualified contract as collateral for a loan.

Other

Purchase payment credits: These are considered earnings and are taxed accordingly when withdrawn or paid out.

Special considerations if you select any optional rider: As of the date of this prospectus, we believe that charges related to these riders are not subject to current taxation. Therefore, we will not report these charges as partial withdrawals from your contract. However, the IRS may determine that these charges should be treated as partial withdrawals subject to taxation to the extent of any gain as well as the 10% tax penalty for withdrawals before the age of 59½, if applicable, on the taxable portion.

We reserve the right to report charges for these riders as partial withdrawals if we, as a withholding and reporting agent, believe that we are required to report them. In addition, we will report any benefits attributable to these riders on the death of you or the annuitant as an annuity death benefit distribution, not as proceeds from life insurance.

Important: Our discussion of federal tax laws is based upon our understanding of current interpretations of these laws. Federal tax laws or current interpretations of them may change. For this reason and because tax consequences are complex and highly individual and cannot always be anticipated, you should consult a tax advisor if you have any questions about taxation of your contract.

RiverSource Life’s tax status: We are taxed as a life insurance company under the Code. For federal income tax purposes, the subaccounts are considered a part of our company, although their operations are treated separately in accounting and financial statements. Investment income is reinvested in the fund in which each subaccount invests and becomes part of that subaccount’s value. This investment income, including realized capital gains, is not subject to any withholding for federal or state income taxes. We reserve the right to make such a charge in the future if there is a

54    RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus

change in the tax treatment of variable annuities or in our tax status as we then understand it.
The company includes in its taxable income the net investment income derived from the investment of assets held in its subaccounts because the company is considered the owner of these assets under federal income tax law.  The company may claim certain tax benefits associated with this investment income.  These benefits, which may include foreign tax credits and the corporate dividend received deduction, are not passed on to you since the company is the owner of the assets under federal tax law and is taxed on the investment income generated by the assets. 

Tax qualification: We intend that the contract qualify as an annuity for federal income tax purposes. To that end, the provisions of the contract are to be interpreted to ensure or maintain such tax qualification, in spite of any other provisions of the contract. We reserve the right to amend the contract to reflect any clarifications that may be needed or are appropriate to maintain such qualification or to conform the contract to any applicable changes in the tax qualification requirements. We will send you a copy of any amendments.

Spousal status: When it comes to your marital status and the identification and naming of any spouse as a beneficiary or party to your contract, we will rely on the representations you make to us. Based on this reliance, we will issue and administer your contract in accordance with these representations. If you represent that you are married and your representation is incorrect or your marriage is deemed invalid for federal or state law purposes, then the benefits and rights under your contract may be different.

If you have any questions as to the status of your relationship as a marriage, then you should consult an appropriate tax or legal advisor.

Voting Rights

As a contract owner with investments in the subaccounts, you may vote on important fund policies until annuity payouts begin. Once they begin, the person receiving them has voting rights. We will vote fund shares according to the instructions of the person with voting rights.

Before annuity payouts begin, the number of votes you have is determined by applying your percentage interest in each subaccount to the total number of votes allowed to the subaccount.

After annuity payouts begin, the number of votes you have is equal to:

• the reserve held in each subaccount for your contract; divided by

• the net asset value of one share of the applicable fund.

As we make annuity payouts, the reserve for the contract decreases; therefore, the number of votes also will decrease.

We calculate votes separately for each subaccount. We will send notice of shareholders’ meetings, proxy materials and a statement of the number of votes to which the voter is entitled. We are the legal owner of all fund shares and therefore hold all voting rights.  However, to the extent required by law, we will vote the shares of each fund according to instructions we receive from policy owners. We will vote shares for which we have not received instructions and shares that we or our affiliates own in our own names in the same proportion as the votes for which we received instructions. As a result of this proportional voting, in cases when a small number of contract owners vote, their votes will have a greater impact and may even control the outcome.

Substitution of Investments

We may substitute the funds in which the subaccounts invest if:

• laws or regulations change;

• the existing funds become unavailable; or

• in our judgment, the funds no longer are suitable (or are not the most suitable) for the subaccounts.

If any of these situations occur, we have the right to substitute a fund currently listed in this prospectus (existing fund) for another fund (new fund), provided we obtain any required SEC and state insurance law approval. The new fund may have higher fees and/or operating expenses than the existing fund. Also, the new fund may have investment objectives and policies and/or investment advisers which differ from the existing fund.

We may also:

• add new subaccounts;

• combine any two or more subaccounts;

• transfer assets to and from the subaccounts or the variable account; and

• eliminate or close any subaccounts.

We will notify you of any substitution or change.

RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus    55

In the event of any such substitution or change, we may amend the contract and take whatever action is necessary and appropriate without your consent or approval. We will obtain any required prior approval of the SEC or state insurance departments before making any substitution or change.

About the Service Providers

Principal Underwriter

RiverSource Distributors, Inc. (RiverSource Distributors), our affiliate, serves as the principal underwriter and general distributor of the contract. Its offices are located at 70100 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, MN 55474. RiverSource Distributors is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ameriprise Financial, Inc.

Sales of the Contract

New contracts are not currently being offered.

• Only securities broker-dealers (“selling firms”) registered with the SEC and members of the FINRA may sell the contract.

• The contracts are continuously offered to the public through authorized selling firms. We and RiverSource Distributors have a sales agreement with the selling firm. The sales agreement authorizes the selling firm to offer the contracts to the public. RiverSource Distributors pays the selling firm (or an affiliated insurance agency) for contracts its investment professional sell. The selling firm may be required to return sales commissions under certain circumstances including but not limited to when contracts are returned under the free look period.

Payments We May Make to Selling Firms

• We may use compensation plans which vary by selling firm. For example, some of these plans pay selling firms a commission of up to 6.25% each time a purchase payment is made. We may also pay ongoing trail commissions of up to 0.75% of the contract value. We do not pay or withhold payment of trail commissions based on which investment options you select.

• We may pay selling firms an additional sales commission of up to 1.00% of purchase payments for a period of time we select. For example, we may offer to pay an additional sales commission to get selling firms to market a new or enhanced contract or to increase sales during the period.

• In addition to commissions, we may, in order to promote sales of the contracts, and as permitted by applicable laws and regulation, pay or provide selling firms with other promotional incentives in cash, credit or other compensation. We generally (but may not) offer these promotional incentives to all selling firms. The terms of such arrangements differ between selling firms. These promotional incentives may include but are not limited to:

• sponsorship of marketing, educational, due diligence and compliance meetings and conferences we or the selling firm may conduct for investment professionals, including subsidy of travel, meal, lodging, entertainment and other expenses related to these meetings;

• marketing support related to sales of the contract including for example, the creation of marketing materials, advertising and newsletters;

• providing service to contract owners; and

• funding other events sponsored by a selling firm that may encourage the selling firm’s investment professionals to sell the contract.

These promotional incentives or reimbursements may be calculated as a percentage of the selling firm’s aggregate, net or anticipated sales and/or total assets attributable to sales of the contract, and/or may be a fixed dollar amount. As noted below this additional compensation may cause the selling firm and its investment professionals to favor the contracts.

Sources of Payments to Selling Firms

When we pay the commissions and other compensation described above from our assets. Our assets may include:

• revenues we receive from fees and expenses that you will pay when buying, owning and making a withdrawal from the contract (see “Expense Summary”);

• compensation we or an affiliate receive from the underlying funds in the form of distribution and services fees (see “The Variable Account and the Funds — The Funds”);

• compensation we or an affiliate receive from a fund’s investment adviser, subadviser, distributor or an affiliate of any of these (see “The Variable Account and the Funds — The Funds”); and

• revenues we receive from other contracts we sell that are not securities and other businesses we conduct.

56    RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus

You do not directly pay the commissions and other compensation described above as the result of a specific charge or deduction under the contract. However, you may pay part or all of the commissions and other compensation described above indirectly through:

• fees and expenses we collect from contract owners, including withdrawal charges; and

• fees and expenses charged by the underlying subaccount funds in which you invest, to the extent we or one of our affiliates receive revenue from the funds or an affiliated person.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Compensation payment arrangements made with selling firms can potentially:

• give selling firms a heightened financial incentive to sell the contract offered in this prospectus over another investment with lower compensation to the selling firm.

• cause selling firms to encourage their investment professionals to sell you the contract offered in this prospectus instead of selling you other alternative investments that may result in lower compensation to the selling firm.

• cause selling firms to grant us access to its investment professionals to promote sales of the contract offered in this prospectus, while denying that access to other firms offering similar contracts or other alternative investments which may pay lower compensation to the selling firm.

Payments to Investment Professionals

• The selling firm pays its investment professionals. The selling firm decides the compensation and benefits it will pay its investment professionals.

• To inform yourself of any potential conflicts of interest, ask the investment professional before you buy, how the selling firm and its investment professionals are being compensated and the amount of the compensation that each will receive if you buy the contract.

Service Providers

Our Service Center performs certain administrative services on the contracts and policies we issue. The address and telephone number of our Service Center are listed on the first page of the prospectus. We also have entered into agreements with certain entities to provide the identified services in connection with the contracts and policies we issue. The entities engaged by RiverSource Life may change over time. Entities that provided services to RiverSource Life in 2019 are listed in the table below.

Name of Service Provider	Services Provided	Address
Ameriprise Financial, Inc.	Business affairs management and administrative support related to new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies	707 Second Avenue South Minneapolis MN 55402 USA
Ameriprise India Private Limited	Administrative support related to new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies annual report filings	Plot No. 14, Sector 18 Udyog Vihar Gurugram, Haryana – 122 015 India
Sykes Enterprise Incorporated	Administrative support related to e new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies	10th Floor, Glorietta BPO 1 Office Tower Makati City 1224 Metro Manila Philippines

Issuer

We issue the contracts. We are a stock life insurance company organized in 1957 under the laws of the state of Minnesota and are located at 829 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, MN 55474. We are a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ameriprise Financial, Inc.

We conduct a conventional life insurance business. We are licensed to do business in 49 states, the District of Columbia and American Samoa. Our primary products currently include fixed and variable annuity contracts and life insurance policies.

Legal Proceedings

Insurance companies have been the subject of increasing regulatory, legislative and judicial scrutiny. Numerous state and federal regulatory agencies have commenced examinations and other inquiries of insurance companies regarding sales and marketing practices (including sales to older consumers and disclosure practices), claims handling, and unclaimed property and escheatment practices and procedures. RiverSource Life has cooperated and will continue to cooperate with the applicable regulators.

RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus    57

RiverSource Life is involved in the normal course of business in a number of other legal and arbitration proceedings concerning matters arising in connection with the conduct of its business activities. RiverSource Life believes that it is not a party to, nor are any of its properties the subject of, any pending legal, arbitration or regulatory investigation, examination or proceeding that is likely to have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is possible that the outcome of any current or future legal, arbitration or regulatory proceeding could have a material impact on results of operations in any particular reporting period as the proceedings are resolved.

Uncertain economic conditions, heightened and sustained volatility in the financial markets and significant financial reform legislation may increase the likelihood that clients and other persons or regulators may present or threaten legal claims or that regulators increase the scope or frequency of examinations of RiverSource Life or the insurance industry generally.

Additional Information

Incorporation of Certain Documents By Reference

The SEC allows us to “incorporate by reference” the information we have filed with the SEC. This means that we can disclose important information to you without actually including the specific information in this prospectus by referring you to other documents filed separately with the SEC. The information incorporated by reference is an important part of this prospectus. Information that we later provide to the SEC, and which is deemed to be “filed” with the SEC, will automatically update information previously filed with the SEC, and may replace information in this prospectus and information previously filed with the SEC. We incorporate by reference RiverSource Life Insurance Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019 as filed with the SEC on Feb.26, 2020under File No. 033-28976 in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and any filings we make with the SEC under Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act (excluding information deemed to be furnished and not filed with the SEC) after the effective date of this registration statement, until all offerings under the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part are completed or terminated. The annual report contains additional information about RiverSource Life Insurance Company, including audited financial statements for the latest fiscal year.

RiverSource Life will furnish you without charge a copy of any or all of the documents incorporated by reference into this prospectus, including any exhibits to such documents which have been specifically incorporated by reference. We will do so upon receipt of your written or oral request. You can contact RiverSource Life at the telephone number and address listed on the first page of this prospectus.

Available Information

This prospectus is part of a registration statement we file with the SEC. Additional information on RiverSource Life and on this offering is available in the registration statement and other materials we file. You can obtain copies of these materials at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. This prospectus, other information about the contract and other information incorporated by reference are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at (http://www.sec.gov).

Indemnification

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the Act) may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of RiverSource Life pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

58    RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix A: 8% Performance Credit Rider Adjusted Partial Withdrawal

Step one:

Foreach withdrawal made within the current calculation period we calculate the remaining purchase payment amount (RPA):

RPA = Total purchase payments and purchase payment credits made prior to the partial withdrawal in question minus the RPA adjusted partial withdrawals for all previous partial withdrawals.

NOTE: In our calculations for the first partial withdrawal, the RPA will simply be the total purchase payments and purchase payment credits as there are no previous withdrawals to subtract.

RPA adjusted partial withdrawals	=	PW × RPA
		CV

PW	=	the partial withdrawal including any applicable withdrawal charge or MVA.
CV	=	the contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.
RPA	=	the remaining premium amount on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.

Step two:

For each withdrawal made within the current calculation period we calculate the eligible purchase payment amount (EPA):

EPA = Total purchase payments and purchase payment credits made prior to the partial withdrawal in question AND prior to the five year exclusion period minus EPA adjusted partial withdrawals for all previous partial withdrawals.

NOTE: In our calculations for the first partial withdrawal, the EPA will simply be the total purchase payments and purchase payment credits made before the five year exclusion period as there are no previous withdrawals to subtract. Also note that EPA/RPA will always be less than or equal to one.

EPA adjusted partial withdrawals	=	PW × EPA	×	EPA
		CV		RPA

PW	=	the partial withdrawal including any applicable withdrawal charge or MVA.
CV	=	the contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.
EPA	=	the eligible premium amount on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.
RPA	=	the remaining premium amount on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.

Step three:

The total PCRPW (Performance Credit Rider adjusted partial withdrawal) amount is the sum of each EPA adjusted partial withdrawal.

Example: Calculation at the end of the ten-year period assuming the contract is eligible for the PCR credit (i.e., your contract value is less than target value). This example does not include purchase payment credits.

• You purchase the contract with an initial purchase payment of $100,000.

• On the sixth contract anniversary you make an additional purchase payment in the amount of $100,000.

• Contract values before any partial withdrawals are shown below.

• On the third contract anniversary you make a partial withdrawal in the amount of $10,000.

• On the eighth contract anniversary you make another partial withdrawal in the amount of $10,000.

RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus    59

NOTE: The shaded portion of the table indicates the five year exclusion period.

Contract Duration in Years	Total purchase payments	Contract value
At Issue	$100,000	$100,000
1	100,000	110,000
2	100,000	115,000
3	100,000	120,000
4	100,000	115,000
5	100,000	120,000
6	200,000	225,000
7	200,000	230,000
8	200,000	235,000
9	200,000	230,000
10	200,000	235,000

Step one: For each withdrawal made within the current calculation period we calculate the RPA:

For the first partial withdrawal on the third contract anniversary:

RPA before the partial withdrawal = total purchase payments made prior to the partial withdrawal minus the RPA adjusted partial withdrawals for all previous partial withdrawals = $100,000 – 0 = $100,000	RPA adjusted partial withdrawal =
	$10,000 × $100,000	= $8,333
	$120,000

For the second partial withdrawal on the eighth contract anniversary:

RPA before the partial withdrawal = total purchase payments made prior to the partial withdrawal minus the RPA adjusted partial withdrawals for all previous partial withdrawals = $200,000 – $8,333 = $191,667	RPA adjusted partial withdrawal =
	$10,000 × $191,667	= $8,156
	$235,000

Step two: For each withdrawal made within the current calculation period, we calculate the EPA:

For the first partial withdrawal on the third contract anniversary:

EPA before the partial withdrawal = total purchase payments made prior to the partial withdrawal AND the five-year exclusion period minus the EPA adjusted partial withdrawals for all previous partial withdrawals = $100,000 – 0 = $100,000	EPA adjusted partial withdrawal =
	$10,000 × $100,000	×	$100,000	= $8,333
	$120,000		$100,000

For the second partial withdrawal on the eighth contract anniversary:

EPA before the partial withdrawal = total purchase payments made prior to the partial withdrawal AND the five-year exclusion period minus the EPA adjusted partial withdrawals for all previous partial withdrawals = $100,000 – $8,333 = $91,667	EPA adjusted partial withdrawal =
	$10,000 × $91,667	×	$91,667	= $1,866
	$235,000		$191,667

Step three: The total PCRPW amount is the sum of each EPA adjusted partial withdrawal.

PCRPW amount = $8,333 + $1,866 = $10,199

60    RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix B: Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)

The following tables give per-unit information about the financial history of each subaccount. The date in which operations commenced in each subaccount is noted in parentheses. We have not provided this information for subaccounts that were not available under your contract as of December 31, 2019.

Variable account charges of 1.50% of the daily net assets of the variable account.

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
AB VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio (Class B) (5/1/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.58	$0.66	$0.49	$0.50	$0.49	$0.48	$0.40	$0.35	$0.47	$0.40
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.74	$0.58	$0.66	$0.49	$0.50	$0.49	$0.48	$0.40	$0.35	$0.47
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	5	4	4	4	4	7	23	184	191	289
AB VPS Intermediate Bond Portfolio (Class B) (5/1/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.58	$1.62	$1.59	$1.55	$1.58	$1.51	$1.57	$1.50	$1.43	$1.34
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.68	$1.58	$1.62	$1.59	$1.55	$1.58	$1.51	$1.57	$1.50	$1.43
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	8	18	20	22	101	141	153	173	196	189
AB VPS Large Cap Growth Portfolio (Class B) (5/1/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.46	$1.45	$1.12	$1.11	$1.02	$0.91	$0.67	$0.59	$0.62	$0.57
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.94	$1.46	$1.45	$1.12	$1.11	$1.02	$0.91	$0.67	$0.59	$0.62
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	7	4	11	20	21	22	24	176	177	301
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Balanced Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.59	$1.72	$1.52	$1.45	$1.45	$1.33	$1.12	$0.99	$0.98	$0.89
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.92	$1.59	$1.72	$1.52	$1.45	$1.45	$1.33	$1.12	$0.99	$0.98
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	7	8	10	11	13	9	45	50	63	83
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.41	$1.48	$1.21	$1.14	$1.15	$1.01	$0.77	$0.69	$0.66	$0.57
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.73	$1.41	$1.48	$1.21	$1.14	$1.15	$1.01	$0.77	$0.69	$0.66
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	661	812	999	1,557	1,816	2,229	3,248	4,179	5,573	6,904
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.65	$2.86	$2.54	$2.27	$2.37	$2.19	$1.75	$1.56	$1.67	$1.45
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.23	$2.65	$2.86	$2.54	$2.27	$2.37	$2.19	$1.75	$1.56	$1.67
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	309	348	468	561	700	823	1,137	1,813	2,190	2,635
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.97	$0.98	$0.99	$1.00	$1.02	$1.03	$1.05	$1.06	$1.08	$1.10
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.98	$0.97	$0.98	$0.99	$1.00	$1.02	$1.03	$1.05	$1.06	$1.08
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,708	1,867	2,375	2,569	924	1,495	1,635	1,955	2,784	2,902
Columbia Variable Portfolio – High Yield Bond Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.12	$2.24	$2.14	$1.94	$1.99	$1.95	$1.87	$1.64	$1.58	$1.40
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.44	$2.12	$2.24	$2.14	$1.94	$1.99	$1.95	$1.87	$1.64	$1.58
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	66	68	86	109	132	199	323	419	491	558
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.64	$1.66	$1.62	$1.57	$1.59	$1.54	$1.60	$1.51	$1.43	$1.34
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.76	$1.64	$1.66	$1.62	$1.57	$1.59	$1.54	$1.60	$1.51	$1.43
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	500	627	674	706	797	827	1,036	1,652	1,907	2,260
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Growth Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.98	$1.04	$0.82	$0.83	$0.77	$0.68	$0.53	$0.45	$0.47	$0.41
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.31	$0.98	$1.04	$0.82	$0.83	$0.77	$0.68	$0.53	$0.45	$0.47
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	24	26	27	29	29	43	63	112	161	186
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Select Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.08	$2.41	$2.18	$1.95	$2.04	$1.96	$1.34	$1.15	$1.28	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.40	$2.08	$2.41	$2.18	$1.95	$2.04	$1.96	$1.34	$1.15	$1.28
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	17	17	20	22	26	27	42	75	93	147
Columbia Variable Portfolio – U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.27	$1.26	$1.24	$1.23	$1.23	$1.18	$1.22	$1.22	$1.22	$1.21
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.33	$1.27	$1.26	$1.24	$1.23	$1.23	$1.18	$1.22	$1.22	$1.22
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	330	381	432	501	633	614	836	940	1,093	1,343
Fidelity® VIP Growth & Income Portfolio Service Class (5/1/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.84	$2.06	$1.79	$1.57	$1.63	$1.50	$1.14	$0.98	$0.98	$0.86
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.36	$1.84	$2.06	$1.79	$1.57	$1.63	$1.50	$1.14	$0.98	$0.98
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	10	21	32	41	42	58	76	123	199
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class (5/1/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.70	$4.40	$3.70	$3.35	$3.45	$3.30	$2.46	$2.18	$2.48	$1.95
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.50	$3.70	$4.40	$3.70	$3.35	$3.45	$3.30	$2.46	$2.18	$2.48
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	8	15	13	16	18	21	48	215	257	288

RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus    61

Variable account charges of 1.50% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Fidelity® VIP Overseas Portfolio Service Class (5/1/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.13	$1.35	$1.05	$1.13	$1.11	$1.22	$0.95	$0.80	$0.98	$0.88
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.42	$1.13	$1.35	$1.05	$1.13	$1.11	$1.22	$0.95	$0.80	$0.98
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2	9	9	11	35	35	55	56	58	76
Franklin Global Real Estate VIP Fund – Class 2 (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.35	$2.56	$2.35	$2.38	$2.40	$2.12	$2.10	$1.67	$1.80	$1.51
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.84	$2.35	$2.56	$2.35	$2.38	$2.40	$2.12	$2.10	$1.67	$1.80
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	33	34	46	56	96	103	111	137	168	188
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund – Class 2 (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.28	$2.54	$2.38	$2.08	$2.23	$2.11	$1.67	$1.48	$1.52	$1.39
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.75	$2.28	$2.54	$2.38	$2.08	$2.23	$2.11	$1.67	$1.48	$1.52
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	635	702	776	839	959	1,144	1,368	1,767	2,261	2,741
Goldman Sachs VIT International Equity Insights Fund – Institutional Shares (5/1/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.93	$1.13	$0.90	$0.94	$0.95	$1.04	$0.85	$0.71	$0.85	$0.78
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.08	$0.93	$1.13	$0.90	$0.94	$0.95	$1.04	$0.85	$0.71	$0.85
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	5	5	8
Goldman Sachs VIT Strategic Growth Fund – Institutional Shares (5/1/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.71	$1.76	$1.37	$1.36	$1.33	$1.19	$0.91	$0.77	$0.81	$0.74
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.29	$1.71	$1.76	$1.37	$1.36	$1.33	$1.19	$0.91	$0.77	$0.81
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	33	33	35	42	44	48
Goldman Sachs VIT U.S. Equity Insights Fund – Institutional Shares (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.79	$1.94	$1.58	$1.45	$1.47	$1.29	$0.95	$0.84	$0.82	$0.74
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.21	$1.79	$1.94	$1.58	$1.45	$1.47	$1.29	$0.95	$0.84	$0.82
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	28	34	37	418	431	476	493	572	632	756
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series I Shares (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.77	$1.86	$1.48	$1.47	$1.42	$1.33	$0.97	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.38	$1.77	$1.86	$1.48	$1.47	$1.42	$1.33	$0.97	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	79	87	108	438	481	500	567	672	—	—
Invesco V.I. Core Equity Fund, Series I Shares (4/28/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.62	$1.82	$1.63	$1.50	$1.62	$1.52	$1.19	$1.06	$1.08	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.06	$1.62	$1.82	$1.63	$1.50	$1.62	$1.52	$1.19	$1.06	$1.08
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	185	329	358	392	447	527	629	812	1,276	1,417
Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series I Shares* (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.55	$1.67	$1.38	$1.39	$1.40	$1.31	$0.97	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.05	$1.55	$1.67	$1.38	$1.39	$1.40	$1.31	$0.97	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	4	9	9	9	9	26	—	—
*Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series I Shares is scheduled to merge into Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series I Shares sometime during the second quarter of 2020.
Janus Henderson VIT Enterprise Portfolio: Service Shares (5/1/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.48	$1.52	$1.21	$1.10	$1.07	$0.97	$0.75	$0.65	$0.67	$0.54
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.98	$1.48	$1.52	$1.21	$1.10	$1.07	$0.97	$0.75	$0.65	$0.67
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	14	13	13	13	13	13	61	64	64	142
Janus Henderson VIT Global Technology Portfolio: Service Shares (5/1/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.27	$1.28	$0.90	$0.80	$0.78	$0.72	$0.54	$0.46	$0.51	$0.42
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.82	$1.27	$1.28	$0.90	$0.80	$0.78	$0.72	$0.54	$0.46	$0.51
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	12	13	13	14	14	15	16	17	18	46
Janus Henderson VIT Overseas Portfolio: Service Shares (5/1/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.06	$1.27	$0.99	$1.07	$1.19	$1.38	$1.22	$1.10	$1.65	$1.34
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.32	$1.06	$1.27	$0.99	$1.07	$1.19	$1.38	$1.22	$1.10	$1.65
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	26	33	34	37	38	38	65	111	144	182
Janus Henderson VIT Research Portfolio: Service Shares (5/1/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.25	$1.30	$1.04	$1.05	$1.01	$0.91	$0.71	$0.61	$0.66	$0.58
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.66	$1.25	$1.30	$1.04	$1.05	$1.01	$0.91	$0.71	$0.61	$0.66
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	73	129	139	138	139	166	212	429	614	735
JPMorgan Insurance Trust U.S. Equity Portfolio – Class 1 Shares (4/24/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.02	$3.27	$2.71	$2.48	$2.50	$2.23	$1.66	$1.43	$1.48	$1.32
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.92	$3.02	$3.27	$2.71	$2.48	$2.50	$2.23	$1.66	$1.43	$1.48
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	32	37	56	64	67	75	97	85	95	98
Lazard Retirement International Equity Portfolio – Service Shares (5/1/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.18	$1.39	$1.16	$1.23	$1.22	$1.30	$1.09	$0.91	$1.00	$0.95
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.41	$1.18	$1.39	$1.16	$1.23	$1.22	$1.30	$1.09	$0.91	$1.00
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	15	16	20	27	30	30

62    RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.50% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
LVIP Baron Growth Opportunities Fund – Service Class (5/1/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.34	$3.53	$2.82	$2.71	$2.89	$2.80	$2.03	$1.74	$1.70	$1.36
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.49	$3.34	$3.53	$2.82	$2.71	$2.89	$2.80	$2.03	$1.74	$1.70
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	5	6	6	7	8	9	10	17	26	35
MFS® New Discovery Series – Initial Class (5/1/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.12	$2.18	$1.75	$1.63	$1.68	$1.84	$1.32	$1.11	$1.25	$0.93
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.95	$2.12	$2.18	$1.75	$1.63	$1.68	$1.84	$1.32	$1.11	$1.25
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	7	8	9	11	13	13	16	19	34	58
MFS® Research Series – Initial Class (5/1/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.69	$1.80	$1.48	$1.38	$1.39	$1.28	$0.98	$0.85	$0.87	$0.76
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.22	$1.69	$1.80	$1.48	$1.38	$1.39	$1.28	$0.98	$0.85	$0.87
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	6	34	56	57	95
MFS® Utilities Series – Initial Class (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.26	$2.27	$2.01	$1.83	$2.17	$1.95	$1.65	$1.47	$1.40	$1.25
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.78	$2.26	$2.27	$2.01	$1.83	$2.17	$1.95	$1.65	$1.47	$1.40
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	95	97	109	144	206	320	361	356	462	601
Royce Capital Fund – Micro-Cap Portfolio, Investment Class (5/1/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.00	$3.34	$3.23	$2.74	$3.17	$3.34	$2.80	$2.64	$3.05	$2.39
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.53	$3.00	$3.34	$3.23	$2.74	$3.17	$3.34	$2.80	$2.64	$3.05
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	15	16	17	17	17	18	28	30	64	90
Royce Capital Fund – Small-Cap Portfolio, Investment Class (5/1/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.68	$4.08	$3.93	$3.30	$3.79	$3.73	$2.81	$2.54	$2.66	$2.24
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.30	$3.68	$4.08	$3.93	$3.30	$3.79	$3.73	$2.81	$2.54	$2.66
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	4	4	4	12	13	24	45	75	99
Templeton Foreign VIP Fund – Class 2 (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.61	$1.94	$1.68	$1.59	$1.73	$1.98	$1.63	$1.40	$1.59	$1.49
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.79	$1.61	$1.94	$1.68	$1.59	$1.73	$1.98	$1.63	$1.40	$1.59
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	45	50	61	69	76	92	124	187	227	259
Third Avenue Value Portfolio (5/1/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.31	$2.95	$2.64	$2.38	$2.66	$2.58	$2.20	$1.76	$2.27	$2.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.56	$2.31	$2.95	$2.64	$2.38	$2.66	$2.58	$2.20	$1.76	$2.27
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	1	12	12	22	34	48	58
Wanger International (5/1/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.84	$2.27	$1.73	$1.78	$1.81	$1.92	$1.59	$1.33	$1.58	$1.29
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.36	$1.84	$2.27	$1.73	$1.78	$1.81	$1.92	$1.59	$1.33	$1.58
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	151	187	190	228	294	377	547	778	1,032	1,138
Wanger USA (5/1/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.60	$3.71	$3.15	$2.81	$2.87	$2.78	$2.11	$1.79	$1.88	$1.55
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.66	$3.60	$3.71	$3.15	$2.81	$2.87	$2.78	$2.11	$1.79	$1.88
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	71	83	115	139	175	243	345	574	757	924

Variable account charges of 1.60% of the daily net assets of the variable account.

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
AB VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio (Class B) (2/11/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.61	$0.69	$0.52	$0.53	$0.52	$0.51	$0.42	$0.38	$0.50	$0.43
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.78	$0.61	$0.69	$0.52	$0.53	$0.52	$0.51	$0.42	$0.38	$0.50
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	192	221	229	296	315	383	446	705	994	1,156
AB VPS Intermediate Bond Portfolio (Class B) (2/11/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.68	$1.72	$1.70	$1.65	$1.68	$1.61	$1.67	$1.61	$1.54	$1.43
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.78	$1.68	$1.72	$1.70	$1.65	$1.68	$1.61	$1.67	$1.61	$1.54
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	33	36	97	98	101	105	166	358	381	762
AB VPS Large Cap Growth Portfolio (Class B) (2/11/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.55	$1.54	$1.19	$1.18	$1.08	$0.97	$0.72	$0.63	$0.66	$0.61
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.05	$1.55	$1.54	$1.19	$1.18	$1.08	$0.97	$0.72	$0.63	$0.66
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	263	333	348	416	425	476	798	835	1,033	1,121
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Balanced Fund (Class 3) (2/11/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.63	$1.76	$1.56	$1.49	$1.49	$1.38	$1.15	$1.02	$1.02	$0.92
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.97	$1.63	$1.76	$1.56	$1.49	$1.49	$1.38	$1.15	$1.02	$1.02
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	422	415	436	454	476	604	645	779	789	915

RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus    63

Variable account charges of 1.60% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3) (2/11/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.41	$1.49	$1.22	$1.15	$1.16	$1.02	$0.78	$0.69	$0.67	$0.58
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.73	$1.41	$1.49	$1.22	$1.15	$1.16	$1.02	$0.78	$0.69	$0.67
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	407	434	509	705	829	1,084	1,468	2,174	2,569	3,124
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3) (2/11/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.59	$2.79	$2.48	$2.22	$2.32	$2.15	$1.72	$1.54	$1.64	$1.43
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.16	$2.59	$2.79	$2.48	$2.22	$2.32	$2.15	$1.72	$1.54	$1.64
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	345	402	406	459	558	703	1,183	1,507	1,619	1,778
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund (Class 3) (2/11/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.96	$0.96	$0.97	$0.99	$1.01	$1.02	$1.04	$1.05	$1.07	$1.09
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.96	$0.96	$0.96	$0.97	$0.99	$1.01	$1.02	$1.04	$1.05	$1.07
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,090	1,085	1,737	1,660	536	528	605	1,130	1,085	1,373
Columbia Variable Portfolio – High Yield Bond Fund (Class 3) (2/11/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.10	$2.23	$2.13	$1.93	$1.99	$1.95	$1.87	$1.64	$1.58	$1.41
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.42	$2.10	$2.23	$2.13	$1.93	$1.99	$1.95	$1.87	$1.64	$1.58
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	241	262	350	441	578	666	916	1,066	1,230	1,699
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3) (2/11/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.61	$1.63	$1.59	$1.55	$1.57	$1.52	$1.58	$1.49	$1.42	$1.33
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.72	$1.61	$1.63	$1.59	$1.55	$1.57	$1.52	$1.58	$1.49	$1.42
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	151	182	256	347	479	534	582	679	670	833
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Growth Fund (Class 3) (2/11/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.01	$1.07	$0.85	$0.85	$0.79	$0.71	$0.55	$0.47	$0.49	$0.43
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.35	$1.01	$1.07	$0.85	$0.85	$0.79	$0.71	$0.55	$0.47	$0.49
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	7	11	12	41	50	59	76	221	178	194
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Select Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (2/11/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.28	$2.65	$2.40	$2.14	$2.25	$2.16	$1.48	$1.28	$1.42	$1.14
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.64	$2.28	$2.65	$2.40	$2.14	$2.25	$2.16	$1.48	$1.28	$1.42
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1	45	54	70	74	90	107	190	202	209
Columbia Variable Portfolio – U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3) (2/11/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.25	$1.25	$1.23	$1.22	$1.23	$1.18	$1.22	$1.22	$1.23	$1.21
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.32	$1.25	$1.25	$1.23	$1.22	$1.23	$1.18	$1.22	$1.22	$1.23
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	130	155	253	257	286	298	493	526	627	537
Fidelity® VIP Growth & Income Portfolio Service Class (2/11/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.85	$2.07	$1.80	$1.58	$1.64	$1.51	$1.15	$0.99	$0.99	$0.88
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.37	$1.85	$2.07	$1.80	$1.58	$1.64	$1.51	$1.15	$0.99	$0.99
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	284	313	464	508	544	700	864	1,191	1,378	1,500
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class (2/11/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.64	$4.33	$3.65	$3.31	$3.41	$3.26	$2.44	$2.16	$2.46	$1.94
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.42	$3.64	$4.33	$3.65	$3.31	$3.41	$3.26	$2.44	$2.16	$2.46
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	152	187	266	298	314	376	468	625	886	1,212
Fidelity® VIP Overseas Portfolio Service Class (2/11/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.04	$1.25	$0.97	$1.04	$1.02	$1.13	$0.88	$0.74	$0.91	$0.82
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.31	$1.04	$1.25	$0.97	$1.04	$1.02	$1.13	$0.88	$0.74	$0.91
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	63	69	146	181	183	246	251	408	428	470
Franklin Global Real Estate VIP Fund – Class 2 (2/11/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.58	$2.81	$2.59	$2.61	$2.64	$2.33	$2.32	$1.85	$1.99	$1.67
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.11	$2.58	$2.81	$2.59	$2.61	$2.64	$2.33	$2.32	$1.85	$1.99
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	50	84	99	108	118	138	179	294	353	344
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund – Class 2 (2/11/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.39	$2.67	$2.51	$2.19	$2.35	$2.22	$1.76	$1.57	$1.61	$1.47
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.88	$2.39	$2.67	$2.51	$2.19	$2.35	$2.22	$1.76	$1.57	$1.61
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	398	412	465	621	651	748	814	954	1,086	1,205
Goldman Sachs VIT International Equity Insights Fund – Institutional Shares (2/11/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.88	$1.07	$0.86	$0.89	$0.90	$0.99	$0.81	$0.68	$0.81	$0.75
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.02	$0.88	$1.07	$0.86	$0.89	$0.90	$0.99	$0.81	$0.68	$0.81
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	33	36	54	58	60	77	86	122	158	202
Goldman Sachs VIT Strategic Growth Fund – Institutional Shares (2/11/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.74	$1.79	$1.39	$1.39	$1.36	$1.22	$0.93	$0.79	$0.83	$0.76
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.32	$1.74	$1.79	$1.39	$1.39	$1.36	$1.22	$0.93	$0.79	$0.83
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	33	33	38	61	62	67	70	200	275	314

64    RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.60% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Goldman Sachs VIT U.S. Equity Insights Fund – Institutional Shares (2/11/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.80	$1.95	$1.59	$1.46	$1.49	$1.30	$0.96	$0.85	$0.83	$0.75
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.21	$1.80	$1.95	$1.59	$1.46	$1.49	$1.30	$0.96	$0.85	$0.83
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	76	88	110	293	300	274	298	363	426	501
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series I Shares (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.75	$1.85	$1.48	$1.47	$1.42	$1.33	$0.96	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.36	$1.75	$1.85	$1.48	$1.47	$1.42	$1.33	$0.96	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	104	144	221	231	240	278	352	350	—	—
Invesco V.I. Core Equity Fund, Series I Shares (4/28/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.60	$1.80	$1.61	$1.49	$1.60	$1.51	$1.19	$1.06	$1.08	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.04	$1.60	$1.80	$1.61	$1.49	$1.60	$1.51	$1.19	$1.06	$1.08
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	298	333	352	369	375	412	582	611	812	1,217
Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series I Shares* (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.54	$1.66	$1.38	$1.39	$1.39	$1.31	$0.97	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.04	$1.54	$1.66	$1.38	$1.39	$1.39	$1.31	$0.97	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	13	15	18	20	34	68	88	260	—	—
*Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series I Shares is scheduled to merge into Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series I Shares sometime during the second quarter of 2020.
Janus Henderson VIT Enterprise Portfolio: Service Shares (2/11/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.22	$1.24	$0.99	$0.90	$0.88	$0.80	$0.62	$0.53	$0.55	$0.45
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.62	$1.22	$1.24	$0.99	$0.90	$0.88	$0.80	$0.62	$0.53	$0.55
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	163	207	240	296	306	351	460	510	604	919
Janus Henderson VIT Global Technology Portfolio: Service Shares (5/1/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.25	$1.26	$0.88	$0.79	$0.76	$0.71	$0.53	$0.45	$0.51	$0.41
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.78	$1.25	$1.26	$0.88	$0.79	$0.76	$0.71	$0.53	$0.45	$0.51
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	57	60	63	54	53	61	87	104	170	236
Janus Henderson VIT Overseas Portfolio: Service Shares (2/11/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.95	$1.14	$0.89	$0.96	$1.07	$1.24	$1.10	$0.99	$1.49	$1.21
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.19	$0.95	$1.14	$0.89	$0.96	$1.07	$1.24	$1.10	$0.99	$1.49
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	724	769	821	854	869	968	1,102	1,155	1,338	1,754
Janus Henderson VIT Research Portfolio: Service Shares (2/11/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.21	$1.26	$1.01	$1.02	$0.99	$0.89	$0.69	$0.60	$0.64	$0.57
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.61	$1.21	$1.26	$1.01	$1.02	$0.99	$0.89	$0.69	$0.60	$0.64
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	202	284	314	376	397	522	684	756	1,021	1,621
JPMorgan Insurance Trust U.S. Equity Portfolio – Class 1 Shares (4/24/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.99	$3.24	$2.69	$2.47	$2.49	$2.22	$1.65	$1.43	$1.48	$1.32
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.88	$2.99	$3.24	$2.69	$2.47	$2.49	$2.22	$1.65	$1.43	$1.48
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	4	4	33	33	48	60	59	59
Lazard Retirement International Equity Portfolio – Service Shares (2/11/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.16	$1.37	$1.14	$1.21	$1.21	$1.28	$1.08	$0.90	$0.99	$0.94
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.38	$1.16	$1.37	$1.14	$1.21	$1.21	$1.28	$1.08	$0.90	$0.99
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	13	15	18	21	38	43	45	54	48	43
LVIP Baron Growth Opportunities Fund – Service Class (2/11/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.30	$3.49	$2.79	$2.68	$2.86	$2.78	$2.01	$1.73	$1.69	$1.36
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.43	$3.30	$3.49	$2.79	$2.68	$2.86	$2.78	$2.01	$1.73	$1.69
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4	41	48	61	65	76	125	164	195	216
MFS® New Discovery Series – Initial Class (2/11/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.92	$1.98	$1.58	$1.48	$1.53	$1.68	$1.20	$1.01	$1.14	$0.85
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.67	$1.92	$1.98	$1.58	$1.48	$1.53	$1.68	$1.20	$1.01	$1.14
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	81	100	127	149	162	210	249	277	439	540
MFS® Research Series – Initial Class (2/11/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.75	$1.86	$1.53	$1.43	$1.44	$1.33	$1.02	$0.88	$0.90	$0.79
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.29	$1.75	$1.86	$1.53	$1.43	$1.44	$1.33	$1.02	$0.88	$0.90
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	349	388	478	504	518	559	766	861	942	1,055
MFS® Utilities Series – Initial Class (2/11/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.58	$2.60	$2.30	$2.09	$2.49	$2.24	$1.89	$1.69	$1.61	$1.44
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.18	$2.58	$2.60	$2.30	$2.09	$2.49	$2.24	$1.89	$1.69	$1.61
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	171	232	155	228	233	286	329	391	506	569
Royce Capital Fund – Micro-Cap Portfolio, Investment Class (2/11/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.08	$3.44	$3.33	$2.82	$3.28	$3.45	$2.90	$2.74	$3.17	$2.47
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.62	$3.08	$3.44	$3.33	$2.82	$3.28	$3.45	$2.90	$2.74	$3.17
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	54	86	101	149	155	273	301	316	334	365

RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus    65

Variable account charges of 1.60% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Royce Capital Fund – Small-Cap Portfolio, Investment Class (2/11/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$4.16	$4.62	$4.45	$3.74	$4.31	$4.24	$3.20	$2.89	$3.03	$2.56
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.86	$4.16	$4.62	$4.45	$3.74	$4.31	$4.24	$3.20	$2.89	$3.03
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	20	43	50	61	63	73	96	126	174	196
Templeton Foreign VIP Fund – Class 2 (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.58	$1.90	$1.66	$1.57	$1.71	$1.95	$1.61	$1.39	$1.58	$1.48
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.76	$1.58	$1.90	$1.66	$1.57	$1.71	$1.95	$1.61	$1.39	$1.58
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	70	73	103	169	168	195	229	337	348	443
Third Avenue Value Portfolio (2/11/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.46	$3.14	$2.81	$2.54	$2.84	$2.76	$2.36	$1.88	$2.43	$2.16
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.72	$2.46	$3.14	$2.81	$2.54	$2.84	$2.76	$2.36	$1.88	$2.43
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	26	52	67	106	116	138	170	245	277	355
Wanger International (2/11/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.37	$1.69	$1.29	$1.33	$1.35	$1.44	$1.19	$1.00	$1.19	$0.97
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.75	$1.37	$1.69	$1.29	$1.33	$1.35	$1.44	$1.19	$1.00	$1.19
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	37	134	159	180	208	245	310	375	471	488
Wanger USA (2/11/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.73	$2.82	$2.39	$2.14	$2.19	$2.12	$1.61	$1.36	$1.44	$1.18
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.52	$2.73	$2.82	$2.39	$2.14	$2.19	$2.12	$1.61	$1.36	$1.44
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	339	396	436	488	545	631	839	1,098	1,184	1,298

66    RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information

Calculating Annuity Payouts	p. 3
Rating Agencies	p. 4
Principal Underwriter	p. 4
Service Providers	p. 4
Custodian	p. 5
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	p. 5
Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	p. 6
Financial Statements

RiverSource Signature One Variable Annuity — Prospectus    67

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474
1-800-333-3437

240192 CG (5/20)

RiverSource Distributors, Inc. (Distributor), Member FINRA. Issued by RiverSource Life Insurance Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota. ©2008-2020 RiverSource Life Insurance Company. All rights reserved.

Prospectus

May 1, 2020

RiverSource^®

Galaxy Premier Variable Annuity

Individual Flexible Premium Deferred Combination Fixed/Variable Annuity

Issued by:	RiverSource Life Insurance Company (RiverSource Life)
	829 Ameriprise Financial Center Minneapolis, MN 55474 Telephone: 1-800-333-3437 (Service Center) RiverSource Variable Annuity Account/RiverSource MVA Account​

New contracts are not currently being offered.

This prospectus contains information that you should know before investing. Investment options available under the contract are listed below:

Columbia Funds Variable Insurance Trust

Columbia Funds Variable Series Trust II

Fidelity^® Variable Insurance Products – Service Class

Franklin^® Templeton^® Variable Insurance Products Trust – Class 2

Invesco Variable Insurance Funds

Janus Aspen Series: Service Shares

MFS^® Variable Insurance Trust^SM

Putnam Variable Trust – Class IB Shares

 

Please read the prospectuses carefully and keep them for future reference.

The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

An investment in this contract is not a deposit of a bank or financial institution and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) or any other government agency. An investment in this contract involves investment risk including the possible loss of principal.

A Statement of Additional Information (SAI), dated the same date as this prospectus, is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. It is filed with the SEC and is available without charge by contacting RiverSource Life at the telephone number and address listed above. The table of contents of the SAI is on the last page of this prospectus. The SEC maintains an Internet site. This prospectus, the SAI and other information about the product are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at (http://www.sec.gov).

Variable annuities are complex products. The fees and charges, as well as the available features and benefits, of the variable annuity contracts described in this prospectus will be different from other variable annuities offered in the marketplace, including other variable annuities or other types of annuities offered by RiverSource Life. The interest credited, guarantees provided, and credits available, as well as the funds serving as underlying investments and their corresponding expenses, may differ among the variable annuities that are available to you. With the aid of an appropriate financial professional, we encourage you to compare and contrast the variable annuity contracts described in this prospectus with other variable annuities available in the marketplace, including other types of annuities we may offer. This will aid in determining whether purchasing a contract is consistent with your investment objectives, risk tolerance, time horizon, marital status, tax situation, and your unique financial situation and needs. If you select an annuity that includes surrender or other liquidation charges, you should also consider any future needs you may have to access your contract value. The optional benefits and features available with the contracts usually come with additional costs. Consider any additional costs carefully when electing these optional benefits and features.

Beginning on January 1, 2021, as permitted by regulations adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission, paper copies of your underlying funds’ shareholder reports will no longer be sent by mail, unless you specifically request paper copies of the reports from RiverSource Life. Instead, the reports will be made available on a website, and you will be notified each time a report is posted and provided with a website link to access the report.

You may elect to receive all future reports in paper free of charge. You can inform RiverSource Life that you wish to continue receiving paper copies of your shareholder reports by calling our Service Center at 1-800-862-7919. Your election to receive reports in paper will apply to all funds available under your variable annuity contract.

Effects of COVID-19 Pandemic

The coronavirus disease 2019 (“COVID-19”) public health crisis presents ongoing significant economic and societal disruption and has driven significant volatility in the equity and interest rate markets. Any periods of continued high market volatility, and your individual circumstances (e.g., your selected allocations and the timing of any purchase payments, transfers, or withdrawals), will affect values under your contract. As part of how we maintain our strong

RiverSource Galaxy Premier Variable Annuity — Prospectus    1

financial strength and claims-paying ability, we continue to reserve amounts for our contractual obligations in accordance with significant state solvency regulations. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic may impact financial markets, investment performance under your contract, and our financial strength and claims-paying ability will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be estimated, including the scope and duration of the pandemic and actions taken by governmental authorities, market participants, and other third parties in response to the pandemic.

We have implemented comprehensive strategies to address the operating environment spurred by the pandemic.  To promote the safety and security of our employees and to assure the continuity of our business operations, we have implemented a work from home protocol for virtually all of our employee population, restricted business travel, and provided resources for complying with the guidance from the World Health Organization, the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and government authorities. We have been satisfying elevated customer service volumes and our operations teams have continued to operate successfully and without disruptions in service. Our pandemic strategy is flexible and scalable and takes into consideration that a pandemic could be widespread and may occur in multiple waves, affecting different communities at different times with varying levels of severity. We cannot, however, predict the impact that natural or man-made disasters and catastrophes, including the COVID-19 pandemic, may have over near- or longer-term periods.

2    RiverSource Galaxy Premier Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Table of Contents

Key Terms	4
The Contract in Brief	6
Expense Summary	8
Contract Owner Transaction Expenses	8
Annual Variable Account Expenses	8
Other Annual Expenses	8
Annual Operating Expenses of the Funds	9
Condensed Financial Information	10
Financial Statements	10
The Variable Account and the Funds	10
The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)	15
Market Value Adjustment (MVA)	16
The General Account	18
The One-Year Fixed Account	18
Buying Your Contract	18
The Retirement Date	19
Beneficiary	19
Purchase Payments	20
How to Make Purchase Payments	20
Limitations on Use of Contract	20
Charges	20
Contract Administrative Charge	20
Variable Account Administrative Charge	20
Mortality and Expense Risk Fee	21
Withdrawal Charge	21
Fund Fees and Expenses	24
Premium Taxes	24
Optional Death Benefit Charges	24
Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider Fee	24
Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider Fee	24
Valuing Your Investment	24
GPAs and One-Year Fixed Account	24
Subaccounts	24
Making the Most of Your Contract	25
Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging	25
Tiered Dollar-Cost Averaging (Tiered DCA) Program	26
Asset Rebalancing	27
Transferring Among Accounts	27
How to request a Transfer or Withdrawal	30
Withdrawals	31
Withdrawal Policies	31
Receiving Payment	31
TSA–Special Provisions	32
Participants in Tax-Sheltered Annuities	32

Changing Ownership	33
Benefits in Case of Death	33
If You Die Before Your Retirement Date	34
Optional Benefits	36
Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector)	36
Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus)	38
The Annuity Payout Period	40
Annuity Tables	40
Annuity Payout Plans	41
Taxes	42
Nonqualified Annuities	42
Qualified Annuities	43
Other	45
Voting Rights	46
Substitution of Investments	46
About the Service Providers	46
Principal Underwriter	46
Service Providers	48
Issuer	48
Legal Proceedings	48
Additional Information	49
Incorporation of Certain Documents By Reference	49
Available Information	49
Indemnification	49
Appendix : Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	50
Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information	55

RiverSource Galaxy Premier Variable Annuity — Prospectus    3

Key Terms

These terms can help you understand details about your contract.

Accumulation unit: A measure of the value of each subaccount before annuity payouts begin.

Annuitant: The person or persons on whose life or life expectancy the annuity payouts are based.

Annuity payouts: An amount paid at regular intervals under one of several plans.

Assumed investment rate: The rate of return we assume your investments will earn when we calculate your initial annuity payout amount using the annuity table in your contract. The standard assumed investment rate we use is 5% but you may request we substitute an assumed investment rate of 3.5%.

Beneficiary: The person you designate to receive benefits in case of the owner’s or annuitant’s death while the contract is in force.

Close of business: The time the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) closes (4 p.m. Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier).

Code: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Contract: A deferred annuity contract that permits you to accumulate money for retirement by making one or more purchase payments. It provides for lifetime or other forms of payouts beginning at a specified time in the future.

Contract value: The total value of your contract before we deduct any applicable charges.

Contract year: A period of 12 months, starting on the effective date of your contract and on each anniversary of the effective date.

Funds: Investment options under your contract. You may allocate your purchase payments into subaccounts investing in shares of the funds.

Good order: We cannot process your transaction request relating to the contract until we have received the request in good order at our Service Center. “Good order” means the actual receipt of the requested transaction in writing, along with all information, forms and supporting legal documentation necessary to effect the transaction. To be in “good order,” your instructions must be sufficiently clear so that we do not need to exercise any discretion to follow such instructions. This information and documentation generally includes your completed request; the contract number; the transaction amount (in dollars); the names of and allocations to and/or from the subaccounts and the fixed account affected by the requested transaction; Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number; and any other information, forms or supporting documentation that we may require. For certain transactions, at our option, we may require the signature of all contract owners for the request to be in good order. With respect to purchase

requests, “good order” also generally includes receipt of sufficient payment by us to effect the purchase. We may, in our sole discretion, determine whether any particular transaction request is in good order, and we reserve the right to change or waive any good order requirements at any time.

Guarantee Period: The number of successive 12-month periods that a guaranteed interest rate is credited.

Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs): A nonunitized separate account to which you may allocate purchase payments or transfer contract value of at least $1,000. These accounts have guaranteed interest rates for guarantee periods we declare when you allocate purchase payments or transfer contract value to a GPA. These guaranteed rates and periods of time may vary by state. Unless an exception applies, transfers or withdrawals from a GPA done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will receive a market value adjustment, which may result in a gain or loss of principal.

Market Value Adjustment (MVA): A positive or negative adjustment assessed if any portion of a Guarantee Period Account is withdrawn or transferred more than 30 days before the end of its guarantee period.

One-year fixed account: Part of our general account to which you may make allocations. Amounts you allocate to this account earn interest at rates that we declare periodically.

Owner (you, your): The person or persons identified in the contract as owner(s) of the contract, who has or have the right to control the contract (to decide on investment allocations, transfers, payout options, etc.). Usually, but not always, the owner is also the annuitant. During the owner’s life, the owner is responsible for taxes, regardless of whether he or she receives the contract’s benefits. The owner or any joint owner may be a non-natural person (e.g. irrevocable trust or corporation) or a revocable trust. If any owner is a non-natural person or a revocable trust, the annuitant will be deemed to be the owner for contract provisions that are based on the age or life of the owner. When the contract is owned by a revocable trust or irrevocable grantor trust, the annuitant(s) selected must be the grantor(s) of the trust to assure compliance with Section 72(s) of the Code.

Qualified annuity: A contract that you purchase to fund one of the following tax-deferred retirement plans that is subject to applicable federal law and any rules of the plan itself:

• Individual Retirement Annuities (IRAs) including inherited IRAs under Section 408(b) of the Code

• Roth IRAs including inherited Roth IRAs under Section 408A of the Code

• SIMPLE IRAs under Section 408(p) of the Code

• Simplified Employee Pension (SEP) plans under Section 408(k) of the Code

 

4    RiverSource Galaxy Premier Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• Tax-Sheltered Annuity (TSA) rollovers under Section 403(b) of the Code

A qualified annuity will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral if it is used to fund a retirement plan that is already tax deferred.

All other contracts are considerednonqualified annuities.

Retirement date: The date when annuity payouts are scheduled to begin.

Rider effective date: The date a rider becomes effective as stated in the rider.

RiverSource Life: In this prospectus, “we,” “us,” “our” and “RiverSource Life” refer to RiverSource Life Insurance Company.

Service Center: Our department that processes all transaction and service requests for the contracts. We consider all transaction and service requests received when they arrive in good order at the Service Center. Any transaction or service requests sent or directed to any location other than our Service Center may end up delayed or not processed. Our Service Center address and telephone number are listed on the first page of the prospectus.

Valuation date: Any normal business day, Monday through Friday, on which the NYSE is open, up to the time it closes. At the NYSE close, the next valuation date begins. We calculate the accumulation unit value of each subaccount on each valuation date. If we receive your

purchase payment or any transaction request (such as a transfer or withdrawal request) in good order at our Service Center before the close of business, we will process your payment or transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your payment or transaction request. On the other hand, if we receive your purchase payment or transaction request in good order at our Service Center at or after the close of business, we will process your payment or transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date. If you make a transaction request by telephone (including by fax), you must have completed your transaction by the close of business in order for us to process it using the accumulation unit value we calculate on that valuation date. If you were not able to complete your transaction before the close of business for any reason, including telephone service interruptions or delays due to high call volume, we will process your transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date.

Variable account: Consists of separate subaccounts to which you may allocate purchase payments; each invests in shares of one fund. The value of your investment in each subaccount changes with the performance of the particular fund.

Withdrawal value: The amount you are entitled to receive if you make a full withdrawal from your contract. It is the contract value minus any applicable charges.

RiverSource Galaxy Premier Variable Annuity — Prospectus    5

The Contract in Brief

Purpose: The purpose of the contract is to allow you to accumulate money for retirement or similar long term goal. You do this by making one or more purchase payments. You may allocate your purchase payments to the GPAs, one-year fixed account, and/or subaccounts of the variable account under the contract; however you risk losing amounts you invest in the subaccounts of the variable account. These accounts, in turn, may earn returns that increase the value of a contract. If the contract value goes to zero due to underlying fund’s performance or deduction of fees, the contract will no longer be in force and the contract (including any death benefit riders) will terminate. You may be able to purchase an optional benefit to reduce the investment risk you assume. Beginning at a specified time in the future called the retirement date, the contract provides lifetime or other forms of payouts of your contract value (less any applicable premium tax).

It may have not been advantageous for you to purchase this contract in exchange for, or in addition to, an existing annuity or life insurance policy. Generally, you can exchange one annuity for another or for a long-term care policy in a “tax-free” exchange under Section 1035 of the Code. You can also do a partial exchange from one annuity contract to another annuity contract, subject to Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) rules. You also generally can exchange a life insurance policy for an annuity. However, before making an exchange, you should compare both contracts carefully because the features and benefits may be different. Fees and charges may be higher or lower on your old contract than on this contract. You may have to pay a withdrawal charge when you exchange out of your old contract and a new withdrawal period will begin when you exchange into this contract. If the exchange does not qualify for Section 1035 treatment, you also may have to pay federal income tax on the distribution. State income taxes may also apply. You should not exchange your old contract for this contract, or buy this contract in addition to your old contract, unless you determine it is in your best interest. (See “Taxes-1035 Exchanges”.)

Tax-deferred retirement plans: Most annuities have a tax-deferred feature. So do many retirement plans under the Code including 403(b) plans. As a result, when you use a qualified annuity to fund a retirement plan that is tax-deferred, your contract will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral beyond what is provided in that retirement plan. Some employers may permit you to deposit your contributions into other investments such as mutual funds. If such investments are available to you, before enrolling under the contract, you should consider features other than tax deferral that may help you reach your retirement goals. In addition, the Code subjects retirement plans to required withdrawals triggered at age 72 (triggered at age 70 ½ if you turned 70 ½ before Jan. 1, 2020). These mandatory withdrawals are called required minimum distributions (“RMDs”). RMDs may reduce the value of certain death benefits and optional riders (see “Taxes — Qualified

Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). You should consult your tax advisor before you purchase the contract as a qualified annuity for an explanation of the tax implications to you.

Buying a contract: We no longer offer new contracts. However, you have the option of making additional purchase payments in the future, subject to certain limitations. Purchase payment amounts and purchase payment timing may be limited under the terms of your contract and/or pursuant to state requirements. (See “Buying Your Contract”).

Free look period: The contracts in this prospectus are no longer sold. Generally, all available free look periods have now expired.

Accounts: Generally, you may allocate your purchase payments among the:

• subaccounts of the variable account, each of which invests in a fund with a particular investment objective. The value of each subaccount varies with the performance of the particular fund in which it invests. We cannot guarantee that the value at the retirement date will equal or exceed the total purchase payments you allocate to the subaccounts. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds”).

• GPAs which earn interest at rates declared when you make an allocation to that account. The required minimum investment in each GPA is $1,000. These accounts may not be available in all states. (See “The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)”)

• one-year fixed account, which earns interest at rates that we adjust periodically. There are restrictions on the amount you can allocate to this account as well as on transfers from this account (see “The Fixed Account – One-Year Fixed Account“ )

Transfers: Subject to certain restrictions, you currently may redistribute your contract value among the accounts without charge at any time until annuity payouts begin, and once per contract year among the subaccounts after annuity payouts begin. Transfers out of the GPAs done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will be subject to a MVA, unless an exception applies. You may establish automated transfers among the accounts. We reserve the right to limit transfers to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then currently crediting is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transferring Among Accounts”).

Withdrawals: You may withdraw all or part of your contract value at any time before the retirement date. You also may establish automated partial withdrawals. Withdrawals may be subject to charges and tax penalties (including a 10% IRS penalty that may apply if you make withdrawals prior to your reaching age 59½) and may have other tax consequences. Certain other restrictions may apply. (See “Withdrawals”)

 

6    RiverSource Galaxy Premier Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Optional benefits:These contracts offered optional living and death benefits that were available for additional charges if you met certain criteria. Please note, since the contracts in this prospectus are no longer sold, any optional benefits you may have elected were done so at the time of application. You cannot add optional benefits to your contract after it has been issued. Any optional benefits we describe are not available to add to your contract. (See “Optional Benefits”).

Benefits in case of death: If you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin, we will pay the beneficiary an amount at least equal to the contract value. (See “Benefits in Case of Death”)

Annuity payouts: You can apply your contract value, after reflecting any adjustments, to an annuity payout plan that begins on the retirement date. You may choose from a variety of plans that can help meet your retirement or other income needs. The payout schedule must meet IRS requirements. We can make payouts on a fixed or variable basis, or both. During the annuity payout period, your choices for subaccounts may be limited. The GPAs are not available during the payout period. (See “The Annuity Payout Period”).

RiverSource Galaxy Premier Variable Annuity — Prospectus    7

Expense Summary

The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you paid when buying, owning and making a withdrawal from the contract. The first table describes the fees and expenses that you paid at the time that you bought the contract and will pay when you make a withdrawal from the contract. State premium taxes also may be deducted.

Contract Owner Transaction Expenses

Withdrawal charge

(Contingent deferred sales charge as a percentage of purchase payments withdrawn)

Years from purchase payment receipt	Withdrawal charge percentage
1	8%
2	8
3	7
4	6
5	5
6	4
7	2
Thereafter	0

Liquidation charge under Variable Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:If you are receiving variable annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to withdraw those payments. The amount that you can withdraw is the present value of any remaining variable payouts. The discount rate we use in the calculation will be 5.17% if the assumed investment return is 3.5% and 6.67% if the assumed investment return is 5%. The liquidation charge equals the present value of the remaining payouts using the assumed investment return minus the present value of the remaining payouts using the discount rate. (See “Charges — WithdrawalCharge” and “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Withdrawal charge for Fixed Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:

Number of Completed Years Since Annuitization	Withdrawal charge percentage
0	Not applicable*
1	5%
2	4
3	3
4	2
5	1
6 and thereafter	0

*We do not permit withdrawals in the first year after annuitization.

The next tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay periodically during the time that you own the contract, not including fund fees and expenses.

Annual Variable Account Expenses

(As a percentage of average daily subaccount value.)

The death benefit you select determines the fees you pay.

	Variable account administrative charge	Mortality and expense risk fee	Total annual variable account expenses
Return of Purchase Payment (ROP) death benefit	0.15%	1.00	1.15%
Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV) death benefit	0.15	1.10	1.25

Other Annual Expenses

Annual contract administrative charge $30

(We will waive this charge when your contract value is $50,000 or more on the current contract anniversary.)

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector) fee 0.25%⁽¹⁾

(As a percentage of the contract value charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

8    RiverSource Galaxy Premier Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus) fee 0.40%⁽¹⁾

(As a percentage of the contract value charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

⁽¹⁾ This fee applies only if you elect this optional feature.

Annual Operating Expenses of the Funds

The next table provides the minimum and maximum total operating expenses charged by the underlying funds that you may pay periodically during the time that you own the contract. These operating expenses are for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, unless otherwise noted. More detail concerning each underlying fund’s fees and expenses is contained in each fund’s prospectus.

Minimum and maximum annual operating expenses for the funds

(Including management, distribution (12b-1) and/or service fees and other expenses)⁽¹⁾

	Minimum(%)	Maximum(%)
Total expenses before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements	0.39	1.34

⁽¹⁾ Total annual fund operating expenses are deducted from amounts that are allocated to the fund. They include management fees and other expenses and may include distribution (12b-1) fees. Other expenses may include service fees that may be used to compensate service providers, including us and our affiliates, for administrative and contract owner services provided on behalf of the fund. The amount of these payments will vary by fund and may be significant. See “The Variable Account and the Funds” for additional information, including potential conflicts of interest these payments may create. Distribution (12b-1) fees are used to finance any activity that is primarily intended to result in the sale of fund shares. Because 12b-1 fees are paid out of fund assets on an ongoing basis, you may pay more if you select subaccounts investing in funds that have adopted 12b-1 plans than if you select subaccounts investing in funds that have not adopted 12b-1 plans. For a more complete description of each fund’s fees and expenses and important disclosure regarding payments the fund and/or its affiliates make, please review the fund’s prospectus and SAI.

Examples

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in these contracts with the cost of investing in other variable annuity contracts. These costs include your transaction expenses, contract administrative charges⁽¹⁾, variable account annual expenses and fund fees and expenses.

These examples assume that you invest $10,000 in the contract for the time periods indicated. These examples also assume that your investment has a 5% return each year.

Maximum Expenses. These examples assume the most expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the maximum fees and expenses of any of the funds before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the MAV Death Benefit and the optional Benefit Protector Plus. Although your actual costs may be lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

If you withdraw your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not withdraw your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
$1,070	$1,592	$2,124	$3,602	$336	$1,024	$1,733	$3,602

Minimum Expenses. These examples assume the least expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the minimum fees and expenses of any of the funds before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the ROP Death Benefit and do not select any optional benefits. Although your actual costs may be higher, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

If you withdraw your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not withdraw your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
$933	$1,173	$1,390	$2,122	$188	$579	$990	$2,122

⁽¹⁾ In these examples, the contract administrative charge is $30.

THE EXAMPLES ARE ILLUSTRATIVE ONLY. YOU SHOULD NOT CONSIDER THESE EXAMPLES AS A REPRESENTATION OF PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES. ACTUAL EXPENSES WILL BE HIGHER OR LOWER THAN THOSE SHOWN DEPENDING UPON WHICH OPTIONAL BENEFIT YOU ELECT OTHER THAN INDICATED IN THE EXAMPLES OR IF YOU ALLOCATE CONTRACT VALUE TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE SUBACCOUNTS.

RiverSource Galaxy Premier Variable Annuity — Prospectus    9

Condensed Financial Information

You can find unaudited condensed financial information for the subaccounts representing the lowest and highest total annual variable account expense combinations in Appendix.

Financial Statements

You can find our audited financial statements and the audited financial statements of the divisions, which are comprised of subaccounts, in the SAI. The SAI does not include audited financial statements for divisions that are new (if any) and have no activity as of the financial statements date.

The Variable Account and the Funds

Variable Account. The variable account was established under Indiana law on July 15, 1987, and the subaccounts are registered together as a single unit investment trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the 1940 Act). This registration does not involve any supervision of our management or investment practices and policies by the SEC. All obligations arising under the contracts are general obligations of RiverSource Life.

The variable account meets the definition of a separate account under federal securities laws. We credit or charge income, capital gains and capital losses of each subaccount only to that subaccount. State insurance law prohibits us from charging a subaccount with liabilities of any other subaccount or of our general business. The variable account includes other subaccounts that are available under contracts that are not described in this prospectus.

The IRS has issued guidance on investor control but may issue additional guidance in the future. We reserve the right to modify the contract or any investments made under the terms of the contract so that the investor control rules do not apply to treat the contract owner as the owner of the subaccount assets rather than the owner of an annuity contract. If the contract is not treated as an annuity contract for tax purposes, the owner may be subject to current taxation on any current or accumulated income credited to the contract.

We intend to comply with all federal tax laws so that the contract qualifies as an annuity for federal tax purposes. We reserve the right to modify the contract as necessary in order to qualify the contract as an annuity for federal tax purposes.

The Funds. This contract currently offers subaccounts investing in shares of the funds listed in the table below.

• Investment objectives: The investment managers and advisers cannot guarantee that the funds will meet their investment objectives. Please read the funds’ prospectuses for facts you should know before investing. These prospectuses are available by contacting us at the address or telephone number on the first page of this prospectus.

• Fund name and management: A fund underlying your contract in which a subaccount invests may have a name, portfolio manager, objectives, strategies and characteristics that are the same or substantially similar to those of a publicly-traded retail mutual fund. Despite these similarities, an underlying fund is not the same as any publicly-traded retail mutual fund. Each underlying fund will have its own unique portfolio holdings, fees, operating expenses and operating results. The results of each underlying fund may differ significantly from any publicly-traded retail mutual fund.

• Eligible purchasers: All funds are available to serve as the underlying investments for variable annuities and variable life insurance policies. The funds are not available to the public (see “Fund Name and Management” above). Some funds also are available to serve as investment options for tax-deferred retirement plans. It is possible that in the future for tax, regulatory or other reasons, it may be disadvantageous for variable annuity accounts and variable life insurance accounts and/or tax-deferred retirement plans to invest in the available funds simultaneously. Although we and the funds’ providers do not currently foresee any such disadvantages, the boards of directors or trustees of each fund will monitor events in order to identify any material conflicts between annuity owners, policy owners and tax-deferred retirement plans and to determine what action, if any, should be taken in response to a conflict. If a board were to conclude that it should establish separate fund providers for the variable annuity, variable life insurance and tax-deferred retirement plan accounts, you would not bear any expenses associated with establishing separate funds. Please refer to the funds’ prospectuses for risk disclosure regarding simultaneous investments by variable annuity, variable life insurance and tax-deferred retirement plan accounts. Each fund intends to comply with the diversification requirements under Section 817(h) of the Code.

• Asset allocation programs may impact fund performance: Asset allocation programs in general may negatively impact the performance of an underlying fund. Even if you do not participate in an asset allocation program, a fund in which your subaccount invests may be impacted if it is included in an asset allocation program. Rebalancing or reallocation under the terms of the asset allocation program may cause a fund to lose money if it must sell large amounts of securities to meet a redemption request. These losses can be greater if the fund holds securities that are not as liquid as others, for example, various types of bonds, shares of smaller companies and securities of foreign issuers. A fund may also experience higher expenses because it must sell or buy securities more frequently

10    RiverSource Galaxy Premier Variable Annuity — Prospectus

	than it otherwise might in the absence of asset allocation program rebalancing or reallocations. Because asset allocation programs include periodic rebalancing and may also include reallocation, these effects may occur under the asset allocation program we offer or under asset allocation programs used in conjunction with the contracts and plans of other eligible purchasers of the funds.
•	Funds available under the contract: We seek to provide a broad array of underlying funds taking into account the fees and charges imposed by each fund and the contract charges we impose. We select the underlying funds in which the subaccounts initially invest and when there is substitution (see “Substitution of Investments”). We also make all decisions regarding which funds to retain in a contract, which funds to add to a contract and which funds will no longer be offered in a contract. In making these decisions, we may consider various objective and subjective factors. Objective factors include, but are not limited to fund performance, fund expenses, classes of fund shares available, size of the fund and investment objectives and investing style of the fund. Subjective factors include, but are not limited to, investment sub-styles and process, management skill and history at other funds and portfolio concentration and sector weightings. We also consider the levels and types of revenue a fund, its distributor, investment adviser, subadviser, transfer agent or their affiliates pay us and our affiliates. This revenue includes, but is not limited to compensation for administrative services provided with respect to the fund and support of marketing and distribution expenses incurred with respect to the fund.
•	Money Market fund yield: In low interest rate environments, money market fund yields may decrease to a level where the deduction of fees and charges associated with your contract could result in negative net performance, resulting in a corresponding decrease in your contract value.
•	Revenue we receive from the funds and potential conflicts of interest:

Expenses We May Incur on Behalf of the Funds

When a subaccount invests in a fund, the fund holds a single account in the name of the variable account. As such, the variable account is actually the shareholder of the fund. We, through our variable account, aggregate the transactions of numerous contract owners and submit net purchase and redemption requests to the funds on a daily basis. In addition, we track individual contract owner transactions and provide confirmations, periodic statements, and other required mailings. These costs would normally be borne by the fund, but we incur them instead.

Besides incurring these administrative expenses on behalf of the funds, we also incur distributions expenses in selling our contracts. By extension, the distribution expenses we incur benefit the funds we make available due to contract owner elections to allocate purchase payments to the funds through the subaccounts. In addition, the funds generally incur lower distribution expenses when offered through our variable account in contrast to being sold on a retail basis.

A complete list of why we may receive this revenue, as well as sources of revenue, is described in detail below.

Payments the Funds May Make to Us

We or our affiliates may receive from each of the funds, or their affiliates, compensation including but not limited to expense payments. These payments are designed in part to compensate us for the expenses we may incur on behalf of the funds. In addition to these payments, the funds may compensate us for wholesaling activities or to participate in educational or marketing seminars sponsored by the funds.

We or our affiliates may receive revenue derived from the 12b-1 fees charged by the funds. These fees are deducted from the assets of the funds. This revenue and the amount by which it can vary may create conflicts of interest. The amount, type, and manner in which the revenue from these sources is computed vary by fund.

Conflicts of Interest These Payments May Create

When we determined the charges to impose under the contracts, we took into account anticipated payments from the funds. If we had not taken into account these anticipated payments, the charges under the contract would have been higher. Additionally, the amount of payment we receive from a fund or its affiliate may create an incentive for us to include that fund as an investment option and may influence our decision regarding which funds to include in the variable account as subaccount options for contract owners. Funds that offer lower payments or no payments may also have corresponding expense structures that are lower, resulting in decreased overall fees and expenses to shareholders.

We offer funds managed by our affiliates Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC (Columbia Management) and Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLC (Columbia Wanger). We have additional financial incentive to offer our affiliated funds because additional assets held by them generally results in added revenue to us and our parent company, Ameriprise Financial, Inc. Additionally, employees of Ameriprise Financial, Inc. and its affiliates, including our employees, may be separately incented to include the affiliated funds in the products, as employee compensation and business unit operating goals at all levels are tied to the success of the company. Currently, revenue received from our affiliated funds comprises the greatest amount and percentage of revenue we derive from payments made by the funds.

The Amount of Payments We Receive from the Funds

We or our affiliates receive revenue which ranges up to 0.65% of the average daily net assets invested in the funds through this and other contracts we and our affiliates issue.

RiverSource Galaxy Premier Variable Annuity — Prospectus    11

Why revenues are paid to us: In accordance with applicable laws, regulations and the terms of the agreements under which such revenue is paid, we or our affiliates may receive revenue, including, but not limited to expense payments and non-cash compensation, for various purposes:

• Compensating, training and educating investment professionals who sell the contracts.

• Granting access to our employees whose job it is to promote sales of the contracts by authorized selling firms and their investment professionals, and granting access to investment professionals of our affiliated selling firms.

• Activities or services we or our affiliates provide that assist in the promotion and distribution of the contracts including promoting the funds available under the contracts to contract owners, authorized selling firms and investment professionals.

• Providing sub-transfer agency and shareholder servicing to contract owners.

• Promoting, including and/or retaining the fund’s investment portfolios as underlying investment options in the contracts.

• Advertising, printing and mailing sales literature, and printing and distributing prospectuses and reports.

• Furnishing personal services to contract owners, including education of contract owners regarding the funds, answering routine inquiries regarding a fund, maintaining accounts or providing such other services eligible for service fees as defined under the rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA).

• Subaccounting services, transaction processing, recordkeeping and administration.

• Sources of revenue received from affiliated funds: The affiliated funds are managed by Columbia Management or Columbia Wanger. The sources of revenue we receive from these affiliated funds, or the funds’ affiliates, may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Assets of the fund’s adviser, sub-adviser, transfer agent, distributor or an affiliate of these. The revenue resulting from these sources may be based either on a percentage of average daily net assets of the fund or on the actual cost of certain services we provide with respect to the fund. We may receive this revenue either in the form of a cash payment or it may be allocated to us.

• Compensation paid out of 12b-1 fees that are deducted from fund assets.

• Sources of revenue received from unaffiliated funds: The unaffiliated funds are not managed by an affiliate of ours. The sources of revenue we receive from these unaffiliated funds, or the funds’ affiliates, may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Assets of the fund’s adviser, sub-adviser, transfer agent, distributor or an affiliate of these. The revenue resulting from these sources may be based either on a percentage of average daily net assets of the fund or on the actual cost of certain services we provide with respect to the fund. We receive this revenue in the form of a cash payment.

• Compensation paid out of 12b-1 fees that are deducted from fund assets.

You may allocate purchase payments and transfers to any or all of the subaccounts of the variable account that invest in shares of the funds listed in the table below. From time to time, certain fund names are changed. When we are notified of a name change, we will make changes so that the new name is properly shown. However, changes may take some period of time to complete. As a result it is possible you may receive various forms, reports and confirmations that reflect a fund’s prior name.

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Balanced Fund (Class 3)	Seeks maximum total investment return through a combination of capital growth and current income.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high level of current income and, as a secondary objective, steady growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Emerging Markets Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC

12    RiverSource Galaxy Premier Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Government Money Market Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with maximum current income consistent with liquidity and stability of principal.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - High Yield Bond Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with high current income as its primary objective and, as its secondary objective, capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Income Opportunities Fund (Class 1)	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high total return through current income and capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Large Cap Growth Fund (Class 1)	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Large Cap Index Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Select Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Small Company Growth Fund (Class 1)	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 1)	Seeks to provide shareholders with current income as its primary objective and, as its secondary objective, preservation of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Fidelity® VIP Balanced Portfolio Service Class	Seeks income and capital growth consistent with reasonable risk. Invests approximately 60% of assets in stocks and other equity securities and the remainder in bonds and other debt securities, including lower-quality debt securities, when its outlook is neutral. Invests at least 25% of total assets in fixed-income senior securities (including debt securities and preferred stock). The fund invests in domestic and foreign issuers.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. Fidelity Investments Money Management, Inc. (FIMM), FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC), and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Growth & Income Portfolio Service Class	Seeks high total return through a combination of current income and capital appreciation. Normally invests a majority of assets in common stocks with a focus on those that pay current dividends and show potential for capital appreciation. Invests in domestic and foreign issuers. The Fund invests in either "growth" stocks or "value" stocks or both.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class	Seeks long-term growth of capital. Normally invests primarily in common stocks. Normally invests at least 80% of assets in securities of companies with medium market capitalizations. May invest in companies with smaller or larger market capitalizations. Invests in domestic and foreign issuers. The Fund invests in either "growth" or "value" common stocks or both.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.

RiverSource Galaxy Premier Variable Annuity — Prospectus    13

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks capital appreciation, with income as a secondary goal. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests primarily in U.S. and foreign equity securities that the investment manager believes are undervalued.	Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC
Franklin Small-Mid Cap Growth VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital growth. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in investments of small-capitalization and mid-capitalization companies.	Franklin Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series I Shares	Seeks capital growth.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. Core Equity Fund, Series I Shares	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Janus Henderson Enterprise Portfolio: Service Shares	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Janus Capital Management LLC
Janus Henderson Global Technology and Innovation Portfolio: Service Shares (previously Janus Henderson VIT Global Technology Portfolio: Service Shares)	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Janus Capital Management LLC
Janus Henderson Research Portfolio: Service Shares	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Janus Capital Management LLC
MFS® Investors Trust Series - Service Class	Seeks capital appreciation.	MFS® Investment Management
MFS® New Discovery Series - Service Class	Seeks capital appreciation.	MFS® Investment Management
MFS® Total Return Series - Service Class	Seeks total return.	MFS® Investment Management
MFS® Utilities Series - Service Class	Seeks total return.	MFS® Investment Management
Putnam VT Equity Income Fund - Class IB Shares	Seeks capital growth and current income.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of Putnam Investments Limited (PIL), PIL does not currently manage any assets.
Putnam VT International Equity Fund - Class IB Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor; Putnam Investments Limited, sub-adviser. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of The Putnam Advisory Company, LLC (PAC), PAC does not currently manage any assets of the fund.
Putnam VT Sustainable Leaders Fund - Class IB Shares	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of Putnam Investments Limited (PIL), PIL does not currently manage any assets.

14    RiverSource Galaxy Premier Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Templeton Foreign VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital growth. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in investments of issuers located outside the U.S., including those in emerging markets.	Templeton Investment Counsel, LLC

The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)

The GPAs may not be available in some states.

You may allocate purchase payments to one or more of the GPAs with guarantee periods declared by us. These periods of time may vary by state. The required minimum investment in each GPA is $1,000.

These accounts are not offered after annuity payouts begin.

Each GPA pays an interest rate that is declared when you make an allocation to that account. Interest is credited daily. That interest rate is then fixed for the guarantee period that you chose. We will periodically change the declared interest rate for any future allocations to these accounts, but we will not change the rate paid on money currently in a GPA. The GPA interests under the contracts are registered with the SEC (File No.333-230959). The SEC staff reviews the disclosures in this prospectus on the GPA interests.

The interest rates that we will declare as guaranteed rates in the future are determined by us at our discretion (future rates). These rates generally will be based on various factors related to future investment earnings.We cannot predict nor can we guarantee what future rates will be.

We hold amounts you allocate to the GPAs in a “nonunitized” separate account. This separate account provides an additional measure of assurance that we will make full payment of amounts due under the GPAs. We own the assets of this separate account as well as any favorable investment performance of those assets. You do not participate in the performance of the assets held in this separate account. We guarantee all benefits relating to your value in the GPAs. This guarantee is based on the continued claims-paying ability of the company’s general account. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of insurance and financial products as well, and we also pay our obligations under these products from assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account.

We intend to construct and manage the investment portfolio relating to the separate account in such a way as to minimize the impact of fluctuations by interest rates. We seek to achieve this by constructing a portfolio of assets with a price sensitivity to interest rate changes (i.e., price duration) that is similar to the price duration of the corresponding portfolio of liabilities.

We must invest this portfolio of assets in accordance with requirements established by applicable state laws regarding the nature and quality of investments that life insurance companies may make and the percentage of their assets that they may commit to any particular type of investment. Our investment strategy will incorporate the use of a variety of debt instruments having price durations tending to match the applicable guarantee periods. These instruments include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities, which issues may or may not be guaranteed by the U.S. government;

• Debt securities that have an investment grade, at the time of purchase, within the four highest grades assigned by any of three nationally recognized rating agencies — Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s Investors Service or Fitch — or are rated in the two highest grades by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners;

• Other debt instruments which are unrated or rated below investment grade, limited to 10% of assets at the time of purchase; and

• Real estate mortgages, limited to 45% of portfolio assets at the time of acquisition.

In addition, options and futures contracts on fixed income securities will be used from time to time to achieve and maintain appropriate investment and liquidity characteristics on the overall asset portfolio.

While this information generally describes our investment strategy, we are not obligated to follow any particular strategy except as may be required by federal law and Indiana and other state insurance laws.

RiverSource Galaxy Premier Variable Annuity — Prospectus    15

Market Value Adjustment (MVA)

We guarantee the contract value allocated to your GPA, including the interest credited, if you do not make any transfers or withdrawals from that GPA prior to 30 days before the end of the guarantee period. However, we will apply an MVA if a transfer or withdrawal occurs prior to this time, unless the transfer is an automated transfer from the two-year GPA as part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep strategy. The MVA also affects amounts withdrawn from a GPA prior to 30 days before the end of the guarantee period that are used to purchase payouts under an annuity payout plan. We will refer to all of these transactions as “early withdrawals” in the discussion below.

The current interest rate we offer on the GPA will change periodically at our discretion. It is the rate we are then paying on purchase payments, renewals and transfers paid under this class of contracts for Guarantee Period durations equaling the remaining Guarantee Period of the GPA to which the formula is being applied.

We will not apply MVAs to amounts withdrawn for annual contract charges, to amounts we pay as death claims or to automatic transfers from the two-year GPA as part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep Strategy. In some states, the MVA is limited.

When you request an early withdrawal, we adjust the early withdrawal amount by an MVA formula. The early withdrawal amount reflects the relationship between the guaranteed interest rate you are earning in your current GPA and the interest rate we are crediting on new GPAs that end at the same time as your current GPA.

The MVA is sensitive to changes in current interest rates. The magnitude of any applicable MVA will depend on our current schedule of guaranteed interest rates at the time of the withdrawal, the time remaining in your guarantee period and your guaranteed interest rate. The MVA is negative, zero or positive depending on how the guaranteed interest rate on your GPA compares to the interest rate of a new GPA for the same number of years as the guarantee period remaining on your GPA. This is summarized in the following table:

If your GPA rate is:	The MVA is:
Less than the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Negative
Equal to the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Zero
Greater than the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Positive

General Examples

As the examples below demonstrate, the application of an MVA may result in either a gain or a loss of principal. We refer to all of the transactions described below as “early withdrawals.”

Assumptions:

• You purchase a contract and allocate part of your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA; and

• we guarantee an interest rate of 3.0% annually for your ten-year guarantee period; and

• after three years, you decide to make a withdrawal from your GPA. In other words, there are seven years left in your guarantee period.

Remember that the MVA depends partly on the interest rate of a new GPA for the same number of years as the guarantee period remaining on your GPA. In this case, that is seven years.

Example 1: Remember that your GPA is earning 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 3.5%. We add 0.10% to the 3.5% rate to get 3.6%. Your GPA’s 3.0% rate is less than the 3.6% rate, so the MVA will be negative.

Example 2: Remember again that your GPA is earning 3.0%, and assume that new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 2.5%. We add 0.10% to the 2.5% rate to get 2.6%. In this example, since your GPA’s 3.0% rate is greater than the 2.6% rate, the MVA will be positive. To determine that adjustment precisely, you will have to use the formula described below.

Sample MVA Calculations

The precise MVA formula we apply is as follows:

Early withdrawal amount	×	[	(	1 + i	)	n/12	–1	]	=	MVA
				1 + j + .001

Where i	=	rate earned in the GPA from which amounts are being transferred or withdrawn.
j	=	current rate for a new guarantee period equal to the remaining term in the current guarantee period.
n	=	number of months remaining in the current guarantee period (rounded up).

16    RiverSource Galaxy Premier Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Examples — MVA

Using assumptions similar to those we used in the examples above:

• You purchase a contract and allocate part of your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA;

• we guarantee an interest rate of 3.0% annually for your ten-year guarantee period; and

• after three years, you decide to make a $1,000 withdrawal from your GPA. In other words, there are seven years left in your guarantee period.

Example 1: You request an early withdrawal of $1,000 from your ten-year GPA earning a guaranteed interest rate of 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 3.5%. Using the formula above, we determine the MVA as follows:

$1,000	×	[	(	1.030	)	84/12	–1	]	=	-$39.84
				1 + .035 + .001

In this example, the MVA is a negative $39.84.

Example 2: You request an early withdrawal of $1,000 from your ten-year GPA earning a guaranteed interest rate of 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 2.5%. Using the formula above, we determine the MVA as follows:

$1,000	×	[	(	1.030	)	84/12	–1	]	=	$27.61
				1 + .025 + .001

In this example, the MVA is a positive $27.61.

Please note that when you allocate your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA and your purchase payment is in its fourth year from receipt at the beginning of the guarantee period, your withdrawal charge percentage is 6%. (See “Charges — Withdrawal Charge.”) We do not apply MVAs to the amounts we deduct for withdrawal charges, so we would deduct the withdrawal charge from your early withdrawal after we applied the MVA. Also note that when you request an early withdrawal, we withdraw an amount from your GPA that will give you the net amount you requested after we apply the MVA and any applicable withdrawal charge, unless you request otherwise.

The current interest rate we offer on the GPA will change periodically at our discretion. It is the rate we are then paying on purchase payments, renewals and transfers paid under this class of contracts for guarantee period durations equaling the remaining guarantee period of the GPA to which the formula is being applied.

We will not apply MVAs to amounts withdrawn for annual contract charges, to amounts we pay as death claims or to automatic transfers from the two-year GPA as part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep strategy. In some states, the MVA is limited.

RiverSource Galaxy Premier Variable Annuity — Prospectus    17

The General Account

The general account includes all assets owned by RiverSource Life, other than those in the variable account and our other separate accounts. Subject to applicable state law, we have sole discretion to decide how assets of the general account will be invested. The assets held in our general account support the guarantees under your contract including any optional benefits offered under the contract. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to many of the same risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of annuities and financial instruments and products as well, and these obligations are satisfied from the assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account. The fixed account is supported by our general account that we make available under the contract.

The One-Year Fixed Account

You may allocate purchase payments or transfer accumulated value to the one-year fixed account. Some states may restrict the amount you can allocate to this account. We back the principal and interest guarantees relating to the one-year fixed account. These guarantees are subject to the creditworthiness and continued claims-paying ability of the company’s general account. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account. The value of the one-year fixed account increases as we credit interest to the account. Purchase payments and transfers to the one-year fixed account become part of our general account. We credit and compound interest daily based on a 365-day year (366 in a leap year) so as to produce the annual effective rate which we declare. The interest rate we apply to each purchase payment or transfer to the one-year fixed account is guaranteed for one year. Thereafter we will change the rates from time-to-time at our discretion. Interest rates credited in excess of the guaranteed rate generally will be based on various factors related to future investment earnings.

There are restrictions on the amount you can allocate to this account as well as on transfers from this account. (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transfer policies”)

Because of exemptive and exclusionary provisions, we have not registered interests in the one-year fixed account as securities under the Securities Act of 1933 nor have any of these accounts been registered as investment companies under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Accordingly, neither the one-year fixed account nor any interests in the one-year fixed account are subject to the provisions of these Acts.

The one-year fixed account has not been registered with the SEC. Disclosures regarding the one-year fixed account, however, are subject to certain generally applicable provisions of the federal securities laws relating to the accuracy and completeness of statements made in a prospectus.

Buying Your Contract

New contracts are not currently being offered.

We are required by law to obtain personal information from you which we used to verify your identity. If you do not provide this information we reserve the right to refuse to issue your contract or take other steps we deem reasonable. As the owner, you have all rights and may receive all benefits under the contract. You can own a qualified annuity or a nonqualified annuity. You can own a nonqualified annuity in joint tenancy with rights of survivorship only in spousal situations. You cannot own a qualified annuity in joint tenancy. You can become an owner if you are 90 or younger. (The age limit may be younger for qualified annuities in some states.)

When you applied, you selected (if available in your state):

•	the one-year fixed account, GPAs and/or subaccounts in which you wanted to invest(1);
•	how you wanted to make purchase payments;
•	the date you wanted to start receiving annuity payouts (the retirement date);
•	a death benefit option(2);
•	the optional Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider(3);
•	the optional Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider(3); and
•	a beneficiary.
(1)	Some states restrict the amount you can allocate to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account. GPAs may not be available in some states.
(2)	The MAV death benefit is available if you and the annuitant are 78 or younger at contract issue. If either you or the annuitant are 79 or older at contract issue the ROP death benefit will apply.
(3)	Available if you and the annuitant are 75 or younger at contract issue. Riders may not be available in all states.

18    RiverSource Galaxy Premier Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The contract provides for allocation of purchase payments to the subaccounts to the GPAs and/or to the one-year fixed account in even 1% increments subject to the $1,000 minimum required investment for the GPAs.

We applied your purchase payments to the GPAs, one-year fixed account and subaccounts you select. If we receive your purchase payment at our Service Center before the close of business, we will credit any portion of that payment allocated to the subaccounts using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received the payment. If we receive an additional purchase payment at our Service Center at or after the close of business, we will credit any portion of that payment allocated to the subaccounts using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received the payment.

You may make monthly payments to your contract under a Systematic Investment Plan (SIP). To begin the SIP, you will complete and send a form and your first SIP payment along with your application. There is no charge for SIP. You can stop your SIP payments at any time.

In most states, you may make additional purchase payments to nonqualified and qualified annuities until the retirement date.

Householding and delivery of certain documents

With your prior consent, RiverSource Life and its affiliates may use and combine information concerning accounts owned by members of the same household and provide a single paper copy of certain documents to that household. This householding of documents may include prospectuses, supplements, annual reports, semiannual reports and proxies. Your authorization remains in effect unless we are notified otherwise. If you wish to continue receiving multiple copies of these documents, you can opt out of householding by calling us at 1.866.273.7429. Multiple mailings will resume within 30 days after we receive your opt out request.

The Retirement Date

Annuity payouts begin on the retirement date. This means that the contract will be annuitized or converted to a stream of monthly payments. If your contract is annuitized, the contract goes into payout and only the annuity payout provisions continue. You will no longer have access to your contract value. This means that the death benefit and any optional benefits you have elected will end. When we processed your application, we established the retirement date to be the maximum age then in effect (or contract anniversary if applicable). Unless otherwise elected by you, all retirement dates are now automatically set to the maximum age of 95 now in effect. You also can change the retirement date, provided you send us written instructions at least 30 days before annuity payouts begin.

The retirement date must be:

• no earlier than the 30th day after the contract’s effective date; and no later than

• the annuitant’s 95th birthday or the tenth contract anniversary, if later,

• or such other date as agreed upon by us.

Six months prior to your retirement start date, we will contact you with your options including the option to postpone your retirement start date to a future date. You can choose to delay the retirement start date of your contract to a date beyond age 95, to the extent allowed by applicable state law and tax laws.

If you do not make an election, annuity payouts using the contract’s default option of annuity payout Plan B – Life with 10 years certain will begin on the retirement start date and your monthly annuity payments will continue for as long as the annuitant lives. If the annuitant does not survive 10 years, we will continue to make payments until 10 years of payments have been made.

Generally, if you own a qualified annuity (for example, an IRA) and tax laws require that you take distributions from your annuity prior to your retirement start date, your contract will not be automatically annuitized (subject to state requirements). However, if you choose, you can elect to request annuitization or take surrenders to meet your required minimum distributions.

Beneficiary

We will pay to your named beneficiary the death benefit if it becomes payable while the contract is in force and before annuity payouts begin. If there is more than one beneficiary, we will pay each beneficiary’s designated share when we receive their completed claim. A beneficiary will bear the investment risk of the variable account until we receive the beneficiary’s completed claim. If there is no named beneficiary, the default provisions of your contract will apply. (See “Benefits in Case of Death” for more about beneficiaries.)

RiverSource Galaxy Premier Variable Annuity — Prospectus    19

Purchase Payments

Purchase payment amounts and purchase payment timing may vary by state and be limited under the terms of your contract.

Minimum purchase payments

$50 for SIPs

$100 for all other payments

Maximum total allowable purchase payments*

$1,000,000 for issue ages up to 85

$100,000 for issue ages 86 to 90

* These limits apply in total to all RiverSource Life annuities you own. We reserve the right to waive or increase maximum limits. For qualified annuities, the tax-deferred retirement plan’s or the Code’s limits on annual contributions also apply.

How to Make Purchase Payments

11 By letter

Send your check along with your name and contract number to:

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474

22 By SIP

Contact your investment professional to complete the necessary SIP paperwork.

Limitations on Use of Contract

If mandated by applicable law, including, but not limited to, federal anti-money laundering laws, we may be required to reject a purchase payment. We may also be required to block an owner’s access to contract values or to satisfy other statutory obligations. Under these circumstances, we may refuse to implement requests for transfers, withdrawals or death benefits until instructions are received from the appropriate governmental authority or a court of competent jurisdiction.

Charges

Contract Administrative Charge

We charge this fee for establishing and maintaining your records. We deduct $30 from the contract value on your contract anniversary or, if earlier, when the contract is fully withdrawn. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. Some states also limit any contract charge allocated to the fixed account.

We will waive this charge when your contract value is $50,000 or more on the current contract anniversary.

If you take a full withdrawal from your contract, we will deduct the charge at the time of withdrawal regardless of the contract value. We cannot increase the annual contract administrative charge and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

Variable Account Administrative Charge

We apply this charge daily to the subaccounts. It is reflected in the unit values of your subaccounts and it totals 0.15% of their average daily net assets on an annual basis. It covers certain administrative and operating expenses of the subaccounts such as accounting, legal and data processing fees and expenses involved in the preparation and distribution of reports and prospectuses. We cannot increase the variable account administrative charge.

20    RiverSource Galaxy Premier Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Mortality and Expense Risk Fee

We charge these fees daily to the subaccounts. The unit values of your subaccounts reflect these fees and they total either 1.00% or 1.10% of their average daily net assets on an annual basis depending on the death benefit option that applies to your contract. If you select the ROP death benefit, the mortality and expense risk fee is 1.00%. If you select the MAV death benefit, the mortality and expense risk fee is 1.10%. These fees cover the mortality and expense risk that we assume. These fees do not apply to the GPAs or the one-year fixed account.

Mortality risk arises because of our guarantee to pay a death benefit and our guarantee to make annuity payouts according to the terms of the contract, no matter how long a specific owner or annuitant lives and no matter how long our entire group of owners or annuitants live. If, as a group, owners or annuitants outlive the life expectancy we assumed in our actuarial tables, then we must take money from our general assets to meet our obligations. If, as a group, owners or annuitants do not live as long as expected, we could profit from the mortality risk fee. We deduct the mortality risk fee from the subaccounts during the annuity payout period even if the annuity payout plan does not involve a life contingency.

Expense risk arises because we cannot increase the contract administrative charge or the variable account administrative charge and these charges may not cover our expenses. We would have to make up any deficit from our general assets. We could profit from the expense risk fee if future expenses are less than expected.

The subaccounts pay us the mortality and expense risk fee they accrued as follows:

• first, to the extent possible, the subaccounts pay this fee from any dividends distributed from the funds in which they invest;

• then, if necessary, the funds redeem shares to cover any remaining fees payable.

We may use any profits we realize from the subaccounts’ payment to us of the mortality and expense risk fee for any proper corporate purpose, including, among others, payment of distribution (selling) expenses. We do not expect that the withdrawal charge will cover sales and distribution expenses.

Withdrawal Charge

If you withdraw all or part of your contract value, a withdrawal charge applies if all or part of the withdrawal amount is from any purchase payment we received less than eight years before the date of withdrawal. In addition, amounts withdrawn from a GPA more than 30 days before the end of the applicable guarantee period will be subject to a MVA. (See “The Guarantee Period Accounts — Market Value Adjustment (MVA).”

Each time you make a purchase payment under the contract, a withdrawal charge attaches to that purchase payment. The withdrawal charge percentage for each purchase payment declines according to a schedule shown in the contract. For example, during the first two years after a purchase payment is made, the withdrawal charge percentage attached to that payment is 8%. The withdrawal charge percentage for that payment during the seventh year after it is made is 2%. At the beginning of the eighth year after that purchase payment is made, and thereafter, there is no withdrawal charge as to that payment.

You may withdraw an amount during any contract year without incurring a withdrawal charge. We call this amount the Total Free Amount (“TFA”). The TFA is the amount of your contract value that you may withdraw without incurring a withdrawal charge. Amounts withdrawn in excess of the Total Free Amount may be subject to a withdrawal charge as described below. The Total Free Amount is defined as the maximum of (a) and (b) where:

(a)	is 10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value; and
(b)	is current contract earnings.

NOTE: We determine current contract earnings (CE) by looking at the entire contract value (CV), not the earnings of any particular subaccount, or the one-year fixed account or GPA. If the contract value is less than purchase payments received and not previously withdrawn (PPNPW) then contract earnings are zero. We consider your initial purchase payment to be the prior anniversary’s contract value during the first contract year.

For purposes of calculating any withdrawal charge, we treat amounts withdrawn from your contract value in the following order:

1.	First, in each contract year, we withdraw amounts totaling up to 10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on this amount.
2.	Next, we withdraw contract earnings, if any, that are greater than the amount described in number one above. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on contract earnings.
3.	Next, we withdraw purchase payments received prior to the withdrawal charge period shown in your contract. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on these purchase payments.

RiverSource Galaxy Premier Variable Annuity — Prospectus    21

4. Finally, if necessary, we withdraw purchase payments received that are still within the withdrawal charge period you selected and shown in your contract. We withdraw these payments on a “first-in, first-out” (FIFO) basis. We do assess a withdrawal charge on these payments.

NOTE: After withdrawing earnings in numbers one and two above, we next withdraw enough additional contract value (ACV) to meet your requested withdrawal amount. If the amount described in number one above was greater than contract earnings prior to the withdrawal, the excess (XSF) will be excluded from the purchase payments being withdrawn that were received most recently when calculating the withdrawal charge. We determine the amount of purchase payments being withdrawn (PPW) in numbers three and four above as:

PPW = XSF +	(ACV – XSF)	×	(PPNPW – XSF)
	(CV – TFA)

If the additional contract value withdrawn is less than XSF, then PPW will equal ACV.

We determine your withdrawal charge by multiplying each of your payments withdrawn by the applicable withdrawal charge percentage, and then adding the total withdrawal charges.

The withdrawal charge percentage depends on the number of years since you made the payments that are withdrawn.

Years from purchase payment receipt	Withdrawal charge percentage
1	8%
2	8
3	7
4	6
5	5
6	4
7	2
Thereafter	0

For a partial withdrawal that is subject to a withdrawal charge, the amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable withdrawal charge. The withdrawal charge percentage is applied to this total amount. We pay you the amount you requested.

The amount of purchase payments withdrawn is calculated using a prorated formula based on the percentage of contract value being withdrawn. As a result, the amount of purchase payments withdrawn may be greater than the amount of contract value withdrawn.

Withdrawal charge calculation example

The following is an example of the calculation we would make to determine the withdrawal charge on a contract with this history:

• We receive these payments:

– $10,000 initial;

– $8,000 on the sixth contract anniversary;

– $6,000 on the eighth contract anniversary; and

• The owner withdraws the contract for its total withdrawal value of $38,101 during the eleventh contract year and does not make any other withdrawals during that contract year; and

• The prior anniversary contract value is $38,488.

Withdrawal charge	Explanation
0	$3,848.80 is 10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value withdrawn without withdrawal charge; and
0	$10,252.20 is contract earnings in excess of the 10% TFA withdrawal amount withdrawn without withdrawal charge; and
0	$10,000 initial purchase payment was received eight or more years before withdrawal and is withdrawn without withdrawal charge; and
400	$8,000 purchase payment is in its fifth year from receipt, withdrawn with a 5% withdrawal charge; and
420	$6,000 purchase payment is in its third year from receipt, withdrawn with a 7% withdrawal charge.
$820

22    RiverSource Galaxy Premier Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Waiver of withdrawal charges

We do not assess a withdrawal charge for:

• withdrawals of any contract earnings;

• withdrawals of amounts totaling up to 10% of your prior contract anniversary’s contract value to the extent they exceed contract earnings;

• required minimum distributions from a qualified annuity to the extent that they exceed the free amount. The amount on which withdrawal charges are waived can be no greater than the RMD amount calculated under your specific contract currently in force;

• contracts settled using an annuity payout plan;

• death benefits;

• withdrawals you make under your contract’s “Waiver of Withdrawal Charges” provision. To the extent permitted by state law, your contract will include this provision when you and the annuitant are under age 76 at contract issue. We will waive withdrawal charges that we normally assess upon full or partial withdrawal if you provide proof satisfactory to us that, as of the date you request the withdrawal, you or the annuitant are confined to a hospital or nursing home and have been for the prior 60 days; and

• to the extent permitted by state law, withdrawals you make if you or the annuitant are diagnosed in the second or later contract years as disabled with a medical condition that with reasonable medical certainty will result in death within 12 months or less from the date of the licensed physician’s statement. You must provide us with a licensed physician’s statement containing the terminal illness diagnosis and the date the terminal illness was initially diagnosed.

Liquidation charge under Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:If you are receiving variable annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to withdraw those payments. The amount that you can withdraw is the present value of any remaining variable payouts. The discount rate we use in the calculation will be 5.17% if the assumed investment return is 3.5% and 6.67% if the assumed investment return is 5%. The liquidation charge equals the present value of the remaining payouts using the assumed investment return minus the present value of the remaining payouts using the discount rate.

Fixed Payouts: Withdrawal charge for Fixed Annuity Payout Plan E – Payouts for a specified period: If you are receiving annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to take a withdraw and withdrawal charge may apply.

A withdrawal charge will be assessed against the present value of any remaining guaranteed payouts withdrawn. The discount rate we use in determining present values varies based on: (1) the contract value originally applied to the fixed annuitization; (2) the remaining years of guaranteed payouts; (3) the annual effective interest rate and periodic payment amount for new immediate annuities of the same duration as the remaining years of guaranteed payouts; and (4) the interest spread (currently 1.50%). If we do not currently offer immediate annuities, we will use rates and values applicable to new annuitizations to determine the discount rate.

Once the discount rate is applied and we have determined the present value of the remaining guaranteed payouts you withdrawn, the present value determined will be multiplied by the withdrawal charge percentage in the table below and deducted from the present value to determine the net present value you will receive.

Number of Completed Years Since Annuitization	Withdrawal charge percentage
0	Not applicable*
1	5%
2	4
3	3
4	2
5	1
6 and thereafter	0

*We do not permit withdrawals in the first year after annuitization.

We will provide a quoted present value (which includes the deduction of any withdrawal charge). You must then formally elect, in a form acceptable to us, to receive this value. The remaining guaranteed payouts following withdraw will be reduced to zero.

Possible group reductions: In some cases we may incur lower sales and administrative expenses due to the size of the group, the average contribution and the use of group enrollment procedures. In such cases, we may be able to reduce or eliminate the contract administrative and withdrawal charges. However, we expect this to occur infrequently.

RiverSource Galaxy Premier Variable Annuity — Prospectus    23

Fund Fees and Expenses

There are deductions from and expenses paid out of the assets of the funds that are described in the prospectuses for those funds.

Premium Taxes

Certain state and local governments impose premium taxes on us (up to 3.5%). These taxes depend upon your state of residence or the state in which the contract was issued. Currently, we deduct any applicable premium tax when annuity payouts begin, but we reserve the right to deduct this tax at other times such as when you make purchase payments or when you make a full withdrawal from your contract.

Optional Death Benefit Charges

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider Fee

We deduct a charge for the optional feature only if you select it. If selected, we deduct 0.25% of your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

If the contract is terminated for any reason other than death or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the charge. We cannot increase this annual charge after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider Fee

We charge a fee for the optional feature only if you select it. If selected, we deduct 0.40% of your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this fee among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

If the contract is terminated for any reason other than death or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the fee from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee. We cannot increase this annual charge after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

Valuing Your Investment

We value your accounts as follows:

GPAs and One-Year Fixed Account

We value the amounts you allocate to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account directly in dollars. The value of the GPAs and the one-year fixed account equals:

• the sum of your purchase payments and transfer amounts allocated to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account (including any positive or negative MVA on amounts transferred from the GPAs to the one-year fixed account);

• plus interest credited;

• minus the sum of amounts withdrawn (including any applicable withdrawal charges) and amounts transferred out;

• minus any prorated portion of the contract administrative charge; and

• minus the prorated portion of the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Benefit Protector rider

– Benefit Protector Plus rider

Subaccounts

We convert amounts you allocated to the subaccounts into accumulation units. Each time you make a purchase payment or transfer amounts into one of the subaccounts, we credit a certain number of accumulation units to your contract for that subaccount. Conversely, we subtract a certain number of accumulation units from your contract each time you take a partial withdrawal; transfer amounts out of a subaccount; or we assess a contract administrative charge, a withdrawal charge, or fee for any optional contract riders with annual charges (if applicable).

24    RiverSource Galaxy Premier Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The accumulation units are the true measure of investment value in each subaccount during the accumulation period. They are related to, but not the same as, the net asset value of the fund in which the subaccount invests. The dollar value of each accumulation unit can rise or fall daily depending on the variable account expenses, performance of the fund and on certain fund expenses.

Here is how we calculate accumulation unit values:

Number of units: To calculate the number of accumulation units for a particular subaccount, we divide your investment by the current accumulation unit value.

Accumulation unit value: The current accumulation unit value for each subaccount equals the last value times the subaccount’s current net investment factor.

We determine the net investment factor by:

• adding the fund’s current net asset value per share, plus the per share amount of any accrued income or capital gain dividends to obtain a current adjusted net asset value per share; then

• dividing that sum by the previous adjusted net asset value per share; and

• subtracting the percentage factor representing the mortality and expense risk fee and the variable account administrative charge from the result.

Because the net asset value of the fund may fluctuate, the accumulation unit value may increase or decrease. You bear all the investment risk in a subaccount.

Factors that affect subaccount accumulation units: Accumulation units may change in two ways — in number and in value.

The number of accumulation units you own may fluctuate due to:

• additional purchase payments you allocate to the subaccounts;

• transfers into or out of the subaccounts (including any positive or negative MVA on amounts transferred from the GPAs);

• partial withdrawals;

• withdrawal charges;

and the deduction of a prorated portion of:

• the contract administrative charge; and

• the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Benefit Protector rider; and/or

– Benefit Protector Plus rider.

Accumulation unit values will fluctuate due to:

• changes in fund net asset value;

• fund dividends distributed to the subaccounts;

• fund capital gains or losses;

• fund operating expenses; and

• mortality and expense risk fee and the variable account administrative charge.

Making the Most of Your Contract

Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging

Currently, you can use automated transfers to take advantage of dollar-cost averaging (investing a fixed amount at regular intervals). For example, you might transfer a set amount monthly from a relatively conservative subaccount to a more aggressive one, or to several others, or from the one-year fixed account or the two-year GPA (without a MVA) to one or more subaccounts. The three to ten year GPAs are not available for automated transfers. You can also obtain the benefits of dollar-cost averaging by setting up regular automatic SIP payments or by establishing an Interest Sweep strategy. Interest Sweeps are a monthly transfer of the interest earned from either the one-year fixed account or the two-year GPA into the subaccounts of your choice. If you participate in an Interest Sweep strategy the interest you earn will be less than the annual interest rate we apply because there will be no compounding. There is no charge for dollar-cost averaging.

This systematic approach can help you benefit from fluctuations in accumulation unit values caused by fluctuations in the market values of the funds. Since you invest the same amount each period, you automatically acquire more units when the market value falls and fewer units when it rises. The potential effect is to lower your average cost per unit.

RiverSource Galaxy Premier Variable Annuity — Prospectus    25

How dollar-cost averaging works

By investing an equal number of dollars each month		Month	Amount invested	Accumulation unit value	Number of units purchased
		Jan	$100	$20	5.00
		Feb	100	18	5.56
you automatically buy more units when the per unit market price is low		Mar	100	17	5.88
	→	Apr	100	15	6.67
		May	100	16	6.25
		Jun	100	18	5.56
		Jul	100	17	5.88
and fewer units when the per unit market price is high.		Aug	100	19	5.26
	→	Sept	100	21	4.76
		Oct	100	20	5.00

You paid an average price of $17.91 per unit over the 10 months, while the average market price actually was $18.10.

Dollar-cost averaging does not guarantee that any subaccount will gain in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. Because dollar-cost averaging involves continuous investing, your success will depend upon your willingness to continue to invest regularly through periods of low price levels. Dollar-cost averaging can be an effective way to help meet your long-term goals. For specific features contact your investment professional.

Tiered Dollar-Cost Averaging (Tiered DCA) Program

If your net contract value⁽¹⁾ is at least $10,000, you can choose to participate in the Tiered DCA program. There is no charge for Tiered DCA. Under the Tiered DCA program, you can allocate a new purchase payment to one of two special Tiered DCA accounts. We determine which Tiered DCA account you are eligible for as follows:

If your net contract value(1) is…	we allocate your new purchase payment to:
$10,000–$49,999	Tier 1 DCA account
$50,000 or more	Tier 2 DCA account(2)

(1)

“Net contract value” equals your current contract value plus any new purchase payment. If this is a new contract funded by purchase payments from multiple sources, we determine your net contract value based on the purchase payments, withdrawal requests and exchange requests submitted with your application.

(2)

You cannot allocate your new purchase payments to a Tier 1 DCA account if you are eligible to participate in a Tier 2 DCA account. You may only allocate a new purchase payment of at least $1,000 to the Tiered DCA account for which you are eligible. You cannot transfer existing contract values into the Tiered DCA account. Each Tiered DCA account lasts for either six months or twelve months from the time we receive your first purchase payment. We make monthly transfers of your total Tiered DCA account value into the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and/or subaccount you select over the six-month or twelve-month period. If you elect to transfer into a GPA, you must meet the $1,000 minimum required investment limitation for each transfer.

We reserve the right to credit a lower interest rate to each Tiered DCA account if you select the GPAs or the one-year fixed account as part of your Tiered DCA transfers. We will change the interest rate on each Tiered DCA account from time to time at our discretion. From time to time, we may credit interest to the Tiered DCA account at promotional rates that are higher than those we credit to the one-year fixed account. We base these rates on competition and on the interest rate we are crediting to the one-year fixed account at the time of the change. Once we credit interest to a particular purchase payment, that rate does not change even if we change the rate we credit on new purchase payments or if your net contract value changes.

We credit each Tiered DCA account with the current guaranteed annual rate that is in effect on the date we receive your purchase payment. However, we credit this annual rate over the six-month or twelve-month period on the balance remaining in your Tiered DCA account. Therefore, the net effective interest rate you receive is less than the stated annual rate. We do not credit this interest after we transfer the value out of the Tiered DCA account into the accounts you selected.

If you make additional purchase payments while a Tiered DCA account term is in progress, the amounts you allocate to an existing Tiered DCA account will be transferred out of the Tiered DCA account over the reminder of the term. If you are funding a Tiered DCA account from multiple sources, we apply each purchase payment to the account and credit interest on that purchase payment on the date we receive it. This means that all purchase payments may not be in the Tiered DCA account at the beginning of the six-month or twelve-month period. Therefore, you may receive less total interest than you would have if all your purchase payments were in the Tiered DCA account from the beginning. If we receive any of your multiple-source payments after the six-month or twelve-month period ends, you can either allocate those payments to a new Tiered DCA account (if available) or to any other accounts available under your contract.

26    RiverSource Galaxy Premier Variable Annuity — Prospectus

You cannot participate in the Tiered DCA program if you are making payments under a Systematic Investment Plan. You may simultaneously participate in the Tiered DCA program and the asset-rebalancing program as long as your subaccount allocation is the same under both programs. If you elect to change your subaccount allocation under one program, we automatically will change it under the other program so they match. If you participate in more than one Tiered DCA account, the asset allocation for each account may be different as long as you are not also participating in the asset-rebalancing program.

You may terminate your participation in the Tiered DCA program at any time. If you do, we will not credit the current guaranteed annual interest rate on any remaining Tiered DCA account balance. We will transfer the remaining balance from your Tiered DCA account to the other accounts you selected for your DCA transfers or we will allocate it in any manner you specify. Similarly, if we cannot accept any additional purchase payments into the Tiered DCA program, we will allocate the purchase payments to the other accounts you selected for your DCA transfers or in any other manner you specify.

We can modify the terms or discontinue the Tiered DCA program at any time. Any modifications will not affect any purchase payments that are already in a Tiered DCA account.

The Tiered DCA program does not guarantee that any subaccount will gain in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. Because dollar-cost averaging involves continuous investing, your success will depend upon your willingness to continue to invest regularly through periods of low price levels. Dollar-cost averaging can be an effective way to help meet your long-term goals.

Asset Rebalancing

You can ask us in writing to automatically rebalance the subaccount portion of your contract value either quarterly, semiannually, or annually. The period you select will start to run on the date we record your request. On the first valuation date of each of these periods, we automatically will rebalance your contract value so that the value in each subaccount matches your current subaccount percentage allocations. These percentage allocations must be in whole numbers. There is no charge for asset rebalancing. The contract value must be at least $2,000.

You can change your percentage allocations or your rebalancing period at any time by contacting us in writing. If you are also participating in the Tiered DCA program and you change your subaccount asset allocation for the asset rebalancing program, we will change your subaccount asset allocation under the Tiered DCA program to match. We will restart the rebalancing period you selected as of the date we record your change. You also can ask us in writing to stop rebalancing your contract value. You must allow 30 days for us to change any instructions that currently are in place. For more information on asset rebalancing, contact your investment professional.

Transferring Among Accounts

You may transfer contract value from any one subaccount, GPAs or the one-year fixed account, to another subaccount before annuity payouts begin. Certain restrictions apply to transfers involving the GPAs and the one-year fixed account.

The date your request to transfer will be processed depends on when and how we receive it:

For transfer requests received in writing:

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your transfer request.

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your transfer request.

For transfer requests received by phone:

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your transfer request.

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your transfer request.

There is no charge for transfers. Before making a transfer, you should consider the risks involved in changing investments. Transfers out of the GPAs will be subject to an MVA if done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period.

We may suspend or modify transfer privileges at any time.

For information on transfers after annuity payouts begin, see “Transfer policies” below.

RiverSource Galaxy Premier Variable Annuity — Prospectus    27

Transfer policies

•	Before annuity payouts begin, you may transfer contract values between the subaccounts, or from the subaccounts to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account at any time. However, if you made a transfer from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs, you may not make a transfer from any subaccount or GPA back to the one-year fixed account for six months following that transfer.
•	It is our general policy to allow you to transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs once a year on or within 30 days before or after the contract anniversary (except for automated transfers, which can be set up at any time for certain transfer periods subject to certain minimums). Transfers from the one-year fixed account are not subject to a MVA. Until further notice, however, we have removed this restriction, and you may transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts at any time. We will inform you at least 30 days in advance of the day we intend to reimpose this restriction.
•	You may transfer contract values from a GPA any time after 60 days of transfer or payment allocation to the account. Transfers made more than 30 days before the end of the Guarantee Period will receive a MVA*, which may result in a gain or loss of contract value.
•	If we receive your request on or within 30 days before or after the contract anniversary date, the transfer from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs will be effective on the valuation date we receive it.
•	Once annuity payouts begin, you may not make transfers to or from the one-year fixed account, but you may make transfers once per contract year among the subaccounts. During the annuity payout period, we reserve the right to limit the number of subaccounts in which you may invest.
•	Once annuity payouts begin, you may not make any transfers to the GPAs.
*	Unless the transfer is an automated transfer from the two-year GPA as part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep strategy.

Market Timing

Market timing can reduce the value of your investment in the contract. If market timing causes the returns of an underlying fund to suffer, contract value you have allocated to a subaccount that invests in that underlying fund will be lower too. Market timing can cause you, any joint owner of the contract and your beneficiary(ies) under the contract a financial loss.

We seek to prevent market timing. Market timing is frequent or short-term trading activity. We do not accommodate short-term trading activities. Do not buy a contract if you wish to use short-term trading strategies to manage your investment. The market timing policies and procedures described below apply to transfers among the subaccounts within the contract. The underlying funds in which the subaccounts invest have their own market timing policies and procedures. The market timing policies of the underlying funds may be more restrictive than the market timing policies and procedures we apply to transfers among the subaccounts of the contract, and may include redemption fees. We reserve the right to modify our market timing policies and procedures at any time without prior notice to you.

Market timing may hurt the performance of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests in several ways, including but not necessarily limited to:

• diluting the value of an investment in an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests;

• increasing the transaction costs and expenses of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests; and,

• preventing the investment adviser(s) of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests from fully investing the assets of the fund in accordance with the fund’s investment objectives.

Funds available as investment options under the contract that invest in securities that trade in overseas securities markets may be at greater risk of loss from market timing, as market timers may seek to take advantage of changes in the values of securities between the close of overseas markets and the close of U.S. markets. Also, the risks of market timing may be greater for underlying funds that invest in securities such as small cap stocks, high yield bonds, or municipal securities, that may be traded infrequently.

In order to help protect you and the underlying funds from the potentially harmful effects of market timing activity, we apply the following market timing policy to discourage frequent transfers of contract value among the subaccounts of the variable account:

We try to distinguish market timing from transfers that we believe are not harmful, such as periodic rebalancing for purposes of an asset allocation, dollar-cost averaging and asset rebalancing program that may be described in this prospectus. There is no set number of transfers that constitutes market timing. Even one transfer in related accounts may be market timing. We seek to restrict the transfer privileges of a contract owner who makes more than three subaccount transfers in any 90 day period. We also reserve the right to refuse any transfer request, if, in our sole judgment, the dollar amount of the transfer request would adversely affect unit values.

28    RiverSource Galaxy Premier Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If we determine, in our sole judgment, that your transfer activity constitutes market timing, we may modify, restrict or suspend your transfer privileges to the extent permitted by applicable law, which may vary based on the state law that applies to your contract and the terms of your contract. These restrictions or modifications may include, but not be limited to:

• requiring transfer requests to be submitted only by first-class U.S. mail;

• not accepting hand-delivered transfer requests or requests made by overnight mail;

• not accepting telephone or electronic transfer requests;

• requiring a minimum time period between each transfer;

• not accepting transfer requests of an agent acting under power of attorney;

• limiting the dollar amount that you may transfer at any one time;

• suspending the transfer privilege; or

• modifying instructions under an automated transfer program to exclude a restricted fund if you do not provide new instructions.

Subject to applicable state law and the terms of each contract, we will apply the policy described above to all contract owners uniformly in all cases. We will notify you in writing after we impose any modification, restriction or suspension of your transfer rights.

Because we exercise discretion in applying the restrictions described above, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to identify and restrict all market timing activity. In addition, state law and the terms of some contracts may prevent us from stopping certain market timing activity. Market timing activity that we are unable to identify and/or restrict may impact the performance of the underlying funds and may result in lower contract values.

In addition to the market timing policy described above, which applies to transfers among the subaccounts within your contract, you should carefully review the market timing policies and procedures of the underlying funds. The market timing policies and procedures of the underlying funds may be materially different than those we impose on transfers among the subaccounts within your contract and may include mandatory redemption fees as well as other measures to discourage frequent transfers. As an intermediary for the underlying funds, we are required to assist them in applying their market timing policies and procedures to transactions involving the purchase and exchange of fund shares. This assistance may include, but not be limited to, providing the underlying fund upon request with your Social Security Number, Taxpayer Identification Number or other United States government-issued identifier, and the details of your contract transactions involving the underlying fund. An underlying fund, in its sole discretion, may instruct us at any time to prohibit you from making further transfers of contract value to or from the underlying fund, and we must follow this instruction. We reserve the right to administer and collect on behalf of an underlying fund any redemption fee imposed by an underlying fund. Market timing policies and procedures adopted by underlying funds may affect your investment in the contract in several ways, including but not limited to:

• Each fund may restrict or refuse trading activity that the fund determines, in its sole discretion, represents market timing.

• Even if we determine that your transfer activity does not constitute market timing under the market timing policies described above which we apply to transfers you make under the contract, it is possible that the underlying fund’s market timing policies and procedures, including instructions we receive from a fund may require us to reject your transfer request. For example, while we will attempt to execute transfers permitted under any asset allocation, dollar-cost averaging and asset rebalancing programs that may be described in this prospectus, we cannot guarantee that an underlying fund’s market timing policies and procedures will do so. Orders we place to purchase fund shares for the variable account are subject to acceptance by the fund. We reserve the right to reject without prior notice to you any transfer request if the fund does not accept our order.

• Each underlying fund is responsible for its own market timing policies, and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to implement specific market timing policies and procedures that a fund has adopted. As a result, a fund’s returns might be adversely affected, and a fund might terminate our right to offer its shares through the variable account.

• Funds that are available as investment options under the contract may also be offered to other intermediaries who are eligible to purchase and hold shares of the fund, including without limitation, separate accounts of other insurance companies and certain retirement plans. Even if we are able to implement a fund’s market timing policies, we cannot guarantee that other intermediaries purchasing that same fund’s shares will do so, and the returns of that fund could be adversely affected as a result.

For more information about the market timing policies and procedures of an underlying fund, the risks that market timing pose to that fund, and to determine whether an underlying fund has adopted a redemption fee, see that fund’s prospectus.

RiverSource Galaxy Premier Variable Annuity — Prospectus    29

How to request a Transfer or Withdrawal

11 By letter

Send your name, contract number, Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number* and signed request for a transfer or withdrawal to our Service Center:

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474

Minimum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	$500 or entire account balance

Maximum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	Contract value or entire account balance

* Failure to provide a Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number may result in mandatory tax withholding on the taxable portion of the distribution.

22 By automated transfers and automated partial withdrawals

Your investment professional can help you set up automated transfers or partial withdrawals among your subaccounts, GPAs or the one-year fixed accounts.

You can start or stop this service by written request or other method acceptable to us.

You must allow 30 days for us to change any instructions that are currently in place.

• Automated transfers from the one-year fixed account to any one of the subaccounts may not exceed an amount that, if continued, would deplete the one-year fixed account within 12 months. Until further notice, however, we have removed this restriction, and you may transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts at any time. We will inform you at least 30 days in advance of the day we intend to reimpose this restriction.

• Automated withdrawals may be restricted by applicable law under some contracts.

• You may not make systematic purchase payments if automated partial withdrawals are in effect.

• Automated partial withdrawals may result in income taxes and penalties on all or part of the amount withdrawn.

Minimum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	$100 monthly
	$250 quarterly, semiannually or annually

33 By phone

Call:

1-800-333-3437

Minimum amount

Transfers or withdrawals: $500 or entire account balance

Maximum amount

Transfers:	Contract value or entire account balance
Withdrawals:	$100,000

We answer telephone requests promptly, but you may experience delays when the call volume is unusually high. If you are unable to get through, use the mail procedure as an alternative.

We will honor any telephone transfer or withdrawal requests that we believe are authentic and we will use reasonable procedures to confirm that they are. This includes asking identifying questions and recording calls. As long as we follow the procedures, we (and our affiliates) will not be liable for any loss resulting from fraudulent requests.

Telephone transfers and withdrawals are automatically available. You may request that telephone transfers and withdrawals not be authorized from your account by writing to us.

30    RiverSource Galaxy Premier Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Withdrawals

You may withdraw all or part of your contract at any time before the retirement date by sending us a written request or calling us.

The date your withdrawal request will be processed depends on when and how we receive it:

For withdrawal requests received in writing:

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your withdrawal request.

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your withdrawal request.

For withdrawal requests received by phone:

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your withdrawal request.

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your withdrawal request.

We may ask you to return the contract. You may have to pay a contract administrative charge, withdrawal charges or any applicable optional rider charges (see “Charges”), federal income taxes and penalties. State and local income taxes may also apply (see “Taxes”). You cannot make withdrawals after annuity payouts begin except under Annuity Payout Plan E. (See “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Any partial withdrawals you take under the contract will reduce your contract value. As a result, the value of your death benefit or any optional benefits you have elected will also be reduced (see “Optional Benefits”). In addition, withdrawals you are required to take to satisfy RMDs under the Code may reduce the value of certain death benefits and optional benefits (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”).

Withdrawal Policies

If you have a balance in more than one account and you request a partial withdrawal, we will automatically withdraw from all your subaccounts, GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account in the same proportion as your value in each account correlates to your total contract value, unless requested otherwise. After executing a partial withdrawal, the value in each subaccount , one-year fixed account or GPA must be either zero or at least $50.

Receiving Payment

11 By regular or express mail

• payable to you;

• mailed to address of record.

NOTE: We will charge you a fee if you request express mail delivery.

22 By wire or other form of electronic payment

• request that payment be wired to your bank;

• pre-authorization required.

We may choose to permit you to have checks issued and delivered to an alternate payee or to an address other than your address of record. We may also choose to allow you to direct wires or other electronic payments to accounts owned by a third-party. We may have additional good order requirements that must be met prior to processing requests to make any payments to a party other than the owner or to an address other than the address of record. These requirements will be designed to ensure owner instructions are genuine and to prevent fraud.

Normally, we will send the payment within seven days after receiving your request in good order. However, we may postpone the payment if:

– the NYSE is closed, except for normal holiday and weekend closings;

RiverSource Galaxy Premier Variable Annuity — Prospectus    31

– trading on the NYSE is restricted, according to SEC rules;

– an emergency, as defined by SEC rules, makes it impractical to sell securities or value the net assets of the accounts; or

– the SEC permits us to delay payment for the protection of security holders.

We may also postpone payment of the amount attributable to a purchase payment as part of the total withdrawal amount until cleared from the originating financial institution.

A Special Note on Cybersecurity Risks

Cybersecurity and Systems Integrity

Increasingly, businesses are dependent on the continuity, security, and effective operation of various technology systems. The nature of our business depends on the continued effective operation of our systems and those of our business partners.

This dependence makes us susceptible to operational and information security risks from cyber-attacks. These risks may include the following:

• the corruption or destruction of data;

• theft, misuse or dissemination of data to the public, including your information we hold; and

• denial of service attacks on our website or other forms of attacks on our systems and the software and hardware we use to run them.

These attacks and their consequences can negatively impact your contract, your privacy, your ability to conduct transactions on your contract, or your ability to receive timely service from us. There can be no assurance that we, the underlying funds in your contract, or our other business partners will avoid losses affecting your contract due to any successful cyber-attacks or information security breaches.

TSA–Special Provisions

Participants in Tax-Sheltered Annuities

If the contract is intended to be used in connection with an employer sponsored 403(b) plan, additional rules relating to this contract can be found in the annuity endorsement for tax sheltered 403(b) annuities. Unless we have made special arrangements with your employer, the contract is not intended for use in connection with an employer sponsored 403(b) plan that is subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”). In the event that the employer either by affirmative election or inadvertent action causes contributions under a plan that is subject to ERISA to be made to this contract, we will not be responsible for any obligations and requirements under ERISA and the regulations thereunder, unless we have prior written agreement with the employer. You should consult with your employer to determine whether your 403(b) plan is subject to ERISA.

In the event we have a written agreement with your employer to administer the plan pursuant to ERISA, special rules apply as set forth in the TSA endorsement.

The employer must comply with certain nondiscrimination requirements for certain types of contributions under a TSA contract to be excluded from taxable income. You should consult your employer to determine whether the nondiscrimination rules apply to you.

The Code imposes certain restrictions on your right to receive early distributions from a TSA:

• Distributions attributable to salary reduction contributions (plus earnings) made after Dec. 31, 1988, or to transfers or rollovers from other contracts, may be made from the TSA only if:

– you are at least age 59½;

– you are disabled as defined in the Code;

– you severed employment with the employer who purchased the contract;

– the distribution is because of your death;

– the distribution is due to plan termination; or

– you are a qualifying military reservist.

• If you encounter a financial hardship (as provided by the Code), you may be eligible to receive a distribution of all contract values attributable to salary reduction contributions made after Dec. 31, 1988, but not the earnings on them.

• Even though a distribution may be permitted under the above rules, it may be subject to IRS taxes and penalties (see “Taxes”)

32    RiverSource Galaxy Premier Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• The above restrictions on distributions do not affect the availability of the amount credited to the contract as of Dec. 31, 1988. The restrictions also do not apply to transfers or exchanges of contract value within the contract, or to another registered variable annuity contract or investment vehicle available through the employer.

Changing Ownership

You may change ownership of your nonqualified annuity at any time by completing a change of ownership form we approve and sending it to our Service Center. The change will become binding on us when we receive and record it. We will honor any change of ownership request received in good order that we believe is authentic and we will use reasonable procedures to confirm authenticity. If we follow these procedures, we will not take any responsibility for the validity of the change.

If you have a nonqualified annuity, you may incur income tax liability by transferring, assigning or pledging any part of it. (See “Taxes.”)

If you have a qualified annuity, you may not sell, assign, transfer, discount or pledge your contract as collateral for a loan, or as security for the performance of an obligation or for any other purpose except as required or permitted by the Code. However, if the owner is a trust or custodian, or an employer acting in a similar capacity, ownership of the contract may be transferred to the annuitant.

Please consider carefully whether or not you wish to change ownership of your annuity contract. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, the new owner and annuitant will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract.

Benefits in Case of Death

There are two death benefit options under this contract: Return of Purchase Payments (ROP) death benefit and Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV) death benefit. If either you or the annuitant are 79 or older at contract issue, ROP death benefit will apply. If both you and the annuitant are 78 or younger at contract issue, you can elect either ROP death benefit or MAV death benefit on your application. Once you elect an option, you cannot change it. We show the option that applies in your contract. The death benefit option that applies determines the mortality and expense risk fee that is assessed against the subaccounts. (See “Charges—Mortality and Expense Risk Fee.”)

Under either option, we will pay the death benefit to your beneficiary upon the earlier of your death or the annuitant’s death if you die before the retirement start date while this contract is in force. We will base the benefit paid on the death benefit coverage you selected when you purchased the contract. If a contract has more than one person as the owner, we will pay benefits upon the first to die of any owner or the annuitant.

Return of Purchase Payments (ROP) Death Benefit

The ROP death benefit is intended to help protect your beneficiaries financially in that they will never receive less than your purchase payments adjusted for withdrawals. If you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary the greater of these two values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value; or
2.	total purchase payments minus adjusted partial withdrawals.

Adjusted partial withdrawals for the ROP or MAV death benefit	=	PW × DB
		CV

PW	=	the amount by which the contract value is reduced as a result of the partial withdrawal.
DB	=	the death benefit on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.
CV	=	contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.

Example

• You purchase the contract for $25,000.

• On the first contract anniversary, the contract value grows to $29,000.

• During the second contract year, the contract value falls to $22,000, at which point you take a $1,500 partial withdrawal, leaving a contract value of $20,500.

We calculate the ROP death benefit as follows:
Contract Value at death:		$20,500.00
	Purchase payment minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments:	$25,000.00
	minus the adjusted partial withdrawal calculated as:

RiverSource Galaxy Premier Variable Annuity — Prospectus    33

	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,704.55
	$22,000
	for a death benefit of:		$23,295.45
The ROP death benefit, calculated as the greater of these two values:				$23,295.45

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV) Death Benefit

The MAV death benefit is intended to help protect your beneficiaries financially while your investments have the opportunity to grow. The MAV death benefit does not provide any additional benefit before the first contract anniversary and it may not be appropriate for issue ages 75 to 78 because the benefit values may be limited after age 81. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether or not the MAV death benefit is appropriate for your situation. If you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary the greatest of these three values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value; or
2.	total purchase payments applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals; or
3.	the maximum anniversary value immediately preceding the date of death plus any purchase payments applied to the contract since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals since that anniversary.

Maximum anniversary value (MAV): We calculate the MAV on each contract anniversary through age 80. There is no MAV prior to the first contract anniversary. On the first contract anniversary we set the MAV equal to the highest of: (a) your current contract value, or (b) total purchase payments minus adjusted partial withdrawals. Every contract anniversary after that, through age 80, we compare the previous anniversary’s MAV (plus any purchase payments since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals since that anniversary) to the current contract value and we reset the MAV to the higher value. We stop resetting the MAV after you or the annuitant reach 81. However, we continue to add subsequent purchase payments and subtract adjusted partial withdrawals from the MAV.

Example

• You purchase the contract for $25,000.

• On the first contract anniversary, the contract value grows to $29,000.

• During the second contract year, the contract value falls to $22,000, at which point you take a $1,500 partial withdrawal, leaving a contract value of $20,500.

We calculate the MAV death benefit as follows:
Contract Value at death:			$20,500.00
	Purchase payment minus adjusted partial withdrawals:		$23,295.45
The MAV immediately preceding the date of death plus any payments applied to the contract since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	MAV on the prior anniversary:		$29,000.00
	plus purchase payments applied to the contract the prior anniversary:		+0.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals taken since that anniversary, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $29,000	=
	$22,000		–1,977.27
	for a death benefit of:		$27,022.73
The MAV death benefit, calculated as the greatest of these three values:				$27,022.73

If You Die Before Your Retirement Date

When paying the beneficiary, we will process the death claim on the valuation date our death claim requirements are fulfilled. We will determine the contract’s value using the accumulation unit value we calculate on that valuation date. We pay interest, if any, at a rate no less than required by law. We will mail payment to the beneficiary within seven days after our death claim requirements are fulfilled.

Nonqualified annuities

If your spouse is sole beneficiary and you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. To do this your spouse must give us written instructions to continue the contract as owner. There will be no withdrawal charges on the contract from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, your spouse and the new annuitant (if applicable) will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract. The Benefit Protector Plus rider, if selected, will terminate. Continuance of the Benefit Protector rider is optional. (See “Optional Benefits.”)

34    RiverSource Galaxy Premier Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If your beneficiary is not your spouse, we will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless you give us other written instructions. Generally, we must fully distribute the death benefit within five years of your death. However, the beneficiary may receive payouts under any annuity payout plan available under this contract if:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin no later than one year after your death, or other date as permitted by the IRS; and

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy.

Qualified annuities

•	Spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if your spouse is the sole beneficiary, your spouse may either elect to treat the contract as his/her own, so long as he or she is eligible to do so, or elect an annuity payout plan or another plan agreed to by us. If your spouse elects a payout option, the payouts must begin no later than the year in which you would have reached age 72 (age 701/2 if the death occurred before Jan. 1, 2020). If you attained age 72 at the time of death, payouts must begin no later than Dec. 31 of the year following the year of your death.
	Your spouse may elect to assume ownership of the contract at any time before annuity payouts begin. If your spouse elects to assume ownership of the contract, the contract value will be equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. There will be no withdrawal charges on the contract from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, your spouse and the new annuitant (if applicable) will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract. The Benefit Protector Plus rider, if selected, will terminate. Continuance of the Benefit Protector rider is optional. (See “Optional Benefits.”)
•	Non-spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if death occurs on or after Jan. 1, 2020, the beneficiary is required to withdraw his or her entire inherited interest within 10 years of the time of death of the owner unless they qualify as an “eligible designated beneficiary.” Eligible designated beneficiaries may continue to take proceeds out over their life expectancy. Eligible designated beneficiaries include:

• the surviving spouse;

• a lawful child of the owner under the age of majority (remaining amount must be withdrawn within 10 years, once the child reaches the age of majority);

• disabled within the meaning of Code section 72(m)(7);

• chronically ill within the meaning of Code section 7702B(c)(2);

• any other person who is not more than 10 years younger than the owner.

However, non-natural beneficiaries, such as estates and charities, are subject to a five-year rule to distribute the IRA. We will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless the beneficiary elects to receive payouts under a payout plan available under this contract and:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin, no later than one year following the year of your death; and

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy for an eligible designated beneficiary. (Payout plans are limited if the beneficiary is not an eligible designated beneficiary.)

• Spouse and Non-spouse beneficiary: If a beneficiary elects an alternative payment plan which is an inherited IRA, all optional death benefits and living benefits will terminate. In the event of your beneficiary’s death, their beneficiary can elect to take a lump sum payment or annuitize the contract to deplete it within 10 years of your beneficiary’s death

• Annuity payout plan: If you elect an annuity payout plan, the payouts to your beneficiary may continue depending on the annuity payout plan you elect, subject to adjustment to comply with the IRS rules and regulations.

How we handle contracts under unclaimed property laws

Every state has unclaimed property laws which generally declare annuity contracts to be abandoned after a period of inactivity of one to five years from either 1) the contract’s maturity date (the latest day on which income payments may begin under the contract) or 2) the date the death benefit is due and payable. If a contract matures or we determine a death benefit is payable, we will use our best efforts to locate you or designated beneficiaries. If we are unable to locate you or a beneficiary, proceeds will be paid to the abandoned property division or unclaimed property office of the state in which the beneficiary or you last resided, as shown in our books and records, or to our state of domicile. Generally, this surrender of property to the state is commonly referred to as “escheatment”. To avoid escheatment, and ensure an effective process for your beneficiaries, it is important that your personal address and beneficiary designations are up to date, including complete names, date of birth, current addresses and phone numbers, and taxpayer identification numbers for each beneficiary. Updates to your address or beneficiary designations should be sent to our Service Center.

RiverSource Galaxy Premier Variable Annuity — Prospectus    35

Escheatment may also be required by law if a known beneficiary fails to demand or present an instrument or document to claim the death benefit in a timely manner, creating a presumption of abandonment. If your beneficiary steps forward (with the proper documentation) to claim escheated annuity proceeds, the state is obligated to pay any such proceeds it is holding.

For nonqualified annuities, non-spousal death benefits are generally required to be distributed and taxed within five years from the date of death of the owner/annuitant or the unclaimed death benefits will be presumed abandoned and subject to escheatment.

Optional Benefits

The assets held in our general account support the guarantees under your contract, including optional death benefits and optional living benefits. To the extent that we are required to pay you amounts in addition to your contract value under these benefits, such amounts will come from our general account assets. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of insurance and financial products as well, and we also pay our obligations under these products from assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account.

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector)

The Benefit Protector is intended to provide an additional benefit to your beneficiary to help offset expenses after your death such as funeral expenses or federal and state taxes. This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge (see “Charges”). The Benefit Protector provides reduced benefits if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older at the rider effective date. The Benefit Protector does not provide any additional benefit before the first rider anniversary.

If this rider is available in your state and both you and the annuitant are age 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the Benefit Protector to your contract. You must elect the Benefit Protector at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date. You may not select this rider if you select the Benefit Protector Plus rider.

Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Since the benefit paid by the rider is determined by the amount of earnings at death, the amount of the benefit paid may be reduced as a result of taking any withdrawals including RMDs. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional and tax advisor whether or not the Benefit Protector is appropriate for your situation.

The Benefit Protector provides that if you or the annuitant die after the first rider anniversary, but before annuity payouts begin, and while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary:

• the applicable death benefit

• 40% of your earnings at death if you and the annuitant were under age 70 on the rider effective date, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old; or

• 15% of your earnings at death if you or the annuitant were age 70 or older on the rider effective date, up to a maximum of 37.5% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old.

Earnings at death: This is determined by taking the current death benefit, and subtracting any purchase payments not previously withdrawn. Partial withdrawals reduce earnings before reducing purchase payments in the contract. This determines how much of the applicable death benefit is made up of contract earnings. We set maximum earnings at death of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old. Earnings at death cannot be less than zero.

Terminating the Benefit Protector

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of any rider anniversary beginning with the seventh rider anniversary.

• The rider will terminate when you make a full withdrawal from the contract or when annuity payouts begin.

Example of the Benefit Protector

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and you and the annuitant are under age 70. You select the MAV death benefit.

36    RiverSource Galaxy Premier Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• During the first contract year the contract value grows to $105,000. The MAV death benefit equals the contract value. You have not reached the first contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector does not provide any additional benefit at this time.

• On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death
(MAV death benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000

• On the second contract anniversary the contract value falls to $105,000. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (MAV):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000

• During the third contract year the contract value remains at $105,000 and you request a partial withdrawal of $50,000, including the applicable 7% withdrawal charge. We will withdraw $10,500 from your contract value free of charge (10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value). The remainder of the withdrawal is subject to a 7% withdrawal charge because your contract is in its third year of the withdrawal charge schedule, so we will withdraw $39,500 ($36,735 + $2,765 in withdrawal charges) from your contract value. Altogether, we will withdraw $50,000 and pay you $47,235. We calculate purchase payments not previously withdrawn as $100,000 – $45,000 = $55,000 (remember that $5,000 of the partial withdrawal is contract earnings). The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (MAV adjusted for partial withdrawals):	$57,619
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death):
0.40 × ($57,619 – $55,000) =	+1,048
Total death benefit of:	$58,667

• On the third contract anniversary the contract value falls to $40,000. The death benefit equals the previous death benefit. The reduction in contract value has no effect.

• On the ninth contract anniversary the contract value grows to a new high of $200,000. Earnings at death reaches its maximum of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old.

The death benefit equals:
MAV death benefit (contract value):	$200,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old)	+55,000
Total death benefit of:	$255,000

• During the tenth contract year you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000. Your new contract value is now $250,000. The new purchase payment is less than one year old and so it has no effect on the Benefit Protector value. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old)	+55,000
Total death benefit of:	$305,000

• During the eleventh contract year the contract value remains $250,000 and the “new” purchase payment is one year old and the value of the Benefit Protector changes. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (MAV death benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($250,000 – $105,000) =	+58,000
Total death benefit of:	$308,000

If your spouse is the sole beneficiary and you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner. Your spouse and the new annuitant will be subject to all the limitations and restrictions of the rider just as if they were purchasing a new contract. If your spouse and the new annuitant do not qualify for the rider on the basis of age we

RiverSource Galaxy Premier Variable Annuity — Prospectus    37

will terminate the rider. If they do qualify for the rider on the basis of age we will set the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid and we will substitute this new contract value on the date of death for “purchase payments not previously withdrawn” used in calculating earnings at death. Your spouse also has the option of discontinuing the Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider within 30 days of the date of death.

NOTE: For special tax considerations associated with the Benefit Protector, see “Taxes.”

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus)

The Benefit Protector Plus is intended to provide an additional benefit to your beneficiary to help offset expenses after your death such as funeral expenses or federal and state taxes. This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge (see “Charges”). The Benefit Protector Plus provides reduced benefits if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older at the rider effective date. It does not provide any additional benefit before the first rider anniversary and it does not provide any benefit beyond what is offered under the Benefit Protector rider during the second rider year.

If this rider is available in your state and both you and the annuitant are age 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the Benefit Protector Plus to you contract. You must elect the Benefit Protector Plus at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date. This rider is only available for transfers, exchanges or rollovers from another annuity or life insurance policy. You may not select this rider if you select the Benefit Protector rider. Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Since the benefit paid by the rider is determined by the amount of earnings at death, the amount of the benefit paid may be reduced as a result of taking any withdrawals including RMDs. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional and tax advisor whether or not the Benefit Protector Plus is appropriate for your situation.

The Benefit Protector Plus provides that if you or the annuitant die after the first rider anniversary, but before annuity payouts begin, and while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary:

• the benefits payable under the Benefit Protector described above, plus

• a percentage of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue not previously withdrawn as follows:

Rider Year	Percentage if you and the annuitant are under age 70 on the rider effective date	Percentage if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older on the rider effective date
One and Two	0%	0%
Three and Four	10%	3.75%
Five or more	20%	7.5%

Another way to describe the benefits payable under the Benefit Protector Plus rider is as follows:

• the applicable death benefit (see “Benefits in Case of Death”) plus:

Rider Year	If you and the annuitant are under age 70 on the rider effective date, add…	If you or the annuitant are age 70 or older on the rider effective date, add…
One	Zero	Zero
Two	40% × earnings at death (see above)	15% × earnings at death
Three & Four	40% × (earnings at death + 25% of initial purchase payment*)	15% × (earnings at death + 25% of initial purchase payment*)
Five or more	40% × (earnings at death + 50% of initial purchase payment*)	15% × (earnings at death + 50% of initial purchase payment*)

* Initial purchase payments are payments made within 60 days of rider issue not previously withdrawn.

Terminating the Benefit Protector Plus

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of any rider anniversary beginning with the seventh rider anniversary.

• The rider will terminate when you make a full withdrawal from the contract or when annuity payouts begin.

Example of the Benefit Protector Plus

You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and you and the annuitant are under age 70. You select the MAV death benefit.

• During the first contract year the contract value grows to $105,000. The death benefit equals MAV death benefit, which is the contract value, or $105,000. You have not reached the first contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector Plus does not provide any additional benefit at this time.

38    RiverSource Galaxy Premier Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. You have not reached the second contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector Plus does not provide any additional benefit beyond what is provided by the Benefit Protector at this time. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (MAV death benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000

• On the second contract anniversary the contract value falls to $105,000. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (MAV):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death:
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
plus 10% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:
0.10 × $100,000 =	+10,000
Total death benefit of:	$124,000

• During the third contract year the contract value remains at $105,000 and you request a partial withdrawal, including the applicable 7% withdrawal charge, of $50,000. We will withdraw $10,500 from your contract value free of charge (10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value). The remainder of the withdrawal is subject to an 7% withdrawal charge because your payment is two years old, so we will withdraw $39,500 ($36,735 + $2,765 in withdrawal charges) from your contract value. Altogether, we will withdraw $50,000 and pay you $47,235. We calculate purchase payments not previously withdrawn as $100,000 – $45,000 = $55,000 (remember that $5,000 of the partial withdrawal is contract earnings). The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (MAV adjusted for partial withdrawals):	$57,619
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death:
0.40 × ($57,619 – $55,000) =	+1,048
plus 10% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:
0.10 × $55,000 =	+5,500
Total death benefit of:	$64,167

• On the third contract anniversary the contract value falls $40,000. The death benefit equals the death benefit paid during the third contract year. The reduction in contract value has no effect.

• On the ninth contract anniversary the contract value grows to a new high of $200,000. Earnings at death reaches its maximum of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old. Because we are beyond the fourth contract anniversary the Benefit Protector Plus also reaches its maximum of 20%. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$200,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old	+55,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:
0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$266,000

• During the tenth contract year you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000. Your new contract value is now $250,000. The new purchase payment is less than one year old and so it has no effect on the Benefit Protector Plus value. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value:	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old	+55,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:
0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$ 316,000

RiverSource Galaxy Premier Variable Annuity — Prospectus    39

• During the eleventh contract year the contract value remains $250,000 and the “new” purchase payment is one year old. The value of the Benefit Protector Plus remains constant. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (MAV rider minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($250,000 – $105,000) =	+58,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:
0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$319,000

If your spouse is sole beneficiary and you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. We will then terminate the Benefit Protector Plus and substitute the applicable death benefit (see “Benefits in Case of Death”).

NOTE: For special tax considerations associated with the Benefit Protector Plus, see “Taxes.”

The Annuity Payout Period

As owner of the contract, you have the right to decide how and to whom annuity payouts will be made starting at the retirement date. You may select one of the annuity payout plans outlined below, or we may mutually agree on other payout arrangements. We do not deduct any withdrawal charges upon retirement but withdrawal charges may apply when electing to exercise liquidity features we may make available under certain fixed annuity payout options.

You also decide whether we will make annuity payouts on a fixed or variable basis, or a combination of fixed and variable. The amount available to purchase payouts under the plan you select is the contract value on your retirement date after any rider charges have been deducted. Additionally, we currently allow you to use part of the amount available to purchase payouts, leaving any remaining contract value to accumulate on a tax-deferred basis. Special rules apply for partial annuitization of your annuity contract, see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities — Annuity payouts” and “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Annuity payouts.” If you select a variable annuity payout, we reserve the right to limit the number of subaccounts in which you may invest. The GPAs are not available during this payout period.

Amounts of fixed and variable payouts depend on:

• the annuity payout plan you select;

• the annuitant’s age and, in most cases, sex;

• the annuity table in the contract; and

• the amounts you allocated to the accounts at settlement.

In addition, for variable annuity payouts only, amounts depend on the investment performance of the subaccounts you select. These payouts will vary from month to month because the performance of the funds will fluctuate. Fixed payouts generally remain the same from month to month unless you have elected an option providing for increasing payments.

For information with respect to transfers between accounts after annuity payouts begin, see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transfer policies.”

Annuity Tables

The annuity tables in your contract (Table A and Table B) show the amount of the monthly payout for each $1,000 of contract value according to the age and, when applicable, the annuitant’s sex. (Where required by law, we will use a unisex table of settlement rates.)

Table A shows the amount of the first monthly variable annuity payout assuming that the contract value is invested at the beginning of the annuity payout period and earns a 5% rate of return, which is reinvested and helps to support future payouts. If you ask us at least 30 days before the retirement date, we will substitute an annuity table based on an assumed 3.5% investment rate for the 5% Table A in the contract. The assumed investment rate affects both the amount of the first payout and the extent to which subsequent payouts increase or decrease. For example, annuity payouts will increase if the investment return is above the assumed investment rate and payouts will decrease if the return is below the assumed investment rate. Using a 5% assumed interest rate results in a higher initial payout, but later payouts will increase more slowly when annuity unit values rise and decrease more rapidly when they decline.

Table B shows the minimum amount of each fixed annuity payout. We declare current payout rates that we use in determining the actual amount of your fixed annuity payout. The current payout rates will equal or exceed the guaranteed payout rates shown in Table B. We will furnish these rates to you upon request.

40    RiverSource Galaxy Premier Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Annuity Payout Plans

We make available variable annuity payouts where payout amounts will vary based on the performance of the variable account. We may also make fixed annuity payouts available where payments of a fixed amount are made for the period specified in the plan, subject to any surrender we may permit. You may choose any one of these annuity payout plans by giving us written instructions at least 30 days before the retirement date. Generally, you may select one of the Plans A through E below or another plan agreed to by us.

• Plan A – Life annuity — no refund: We make monthly payouts until the annuitant’s death. Payouts end with the last payout before the annuitant’s death. We will not make any further payouts. This means that if the annuitant dies after we made only one monthly payout, we will not make any more payouts.

• Plan B – Life annuity with five, ten or 15 years certain: We make monthly payouts for a guaranteed payout period of five, ten or 15 years that you elect. This election will determine the length of the payout period in the event the annuitant dies before the elected period expires. We calculate the guaranteed payout period from the retirement date. If the annuitant outlives the elected guaranteed payout period, we will continue to make payouts until the annuitant’s death.

• Plan C – Life annuity — installment refund: We make monthly payouts until the annuitant’s death, with our guarantee that payouts will continue for some period of time. We will make payouts for at least the number of months determined by dividing the amount applied under this option by the first monthly payout, whether or not the annuitant is living.

• Plan D – Joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund: We make monthly payouts while both the annuitant and a joint annuitant are living. If either annuitant dies, we will continue to make monthly payouts at the full amount until the death of the surviving annuitant. Payouts end with the death of the second annuitant.

• Plan E – Payouts for a specified period: We make monthly payouts for a specific payout period of ten to 30 years that you elect. We will make payouts only for the number of years specified whether the annuitant is living or not. Depending on the selected time period, it is foreseeable that an annuitant can outlive the payout period selected. During the payout period, you can elect to have us determine the present value of any remaining payouts and pay it to you in a lump sum.

For Plan A, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, no payments will be made. For Plan B, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue for the guaranteed payout period. For Plan C, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue for the installment refund period. For Plan D, if both annuitants die before the initial payment, no payments will be made; however, if one annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue until the death of the surviving annuitant.

In addition to the annuity payout plans described above, we may offer additional payout plans. Terms and conditions of annuity payout plans will be disclosed at the time of election, including any associated fees or charges. It is important to remember that the election and use of liquidity features will result in payouts ceasing.

Utilizing a liquidity feature to withdraw the underlying value of remaining payouts may result in the assessment of a withdrawal charge (See “Charges — Withdrawal charge”) or a 10% IRS penalty tax. (See “Taxes.”).

Annuity payout plan requirements for qualified annuities: If your contract is a qualified annuity, you must select a payout plan as of the retirement date set forth in your contract. You have the responsibility for electing a payout plan under your contract that complies with applicable law. Your contract describes your payout plan options. The options will meet certain IRS regulations governing RMDs if the payout plan meets the incidental distribution benefit requirements, if any, and the payouts are made:

• in equal or substantially equal payments over a period not longer than your life expectancy, or over the joint life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary; or

• over a period certain not longer than your life expectancy or over the joint life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary.

If we do not receive instructions: You must give us written instructions for the annuity payouts at least 30 days before the annuitant’s retirement date. If you do not, we will make payouts under Plan B, with 120 monthly payouts guaranteed.

If monthly payouts would be less than $20: We will calculate the amount of monthly payouts at the time the contract value is used to purchase a payout plan. If the calculations show that monthly payouts would be less than $20, we have the right to pay the contract value to the owner in a lump sum or to change the frequency of the payouts.

Death after annuity payouts begin: If you or the annuitant die after annuity payouts begin, we will pay any amount payable to the beneficiary as provided in the annuity payout plan in effect. Payments to beneficiaries are subject to adjustment to comply with the IRS rules and regulations.

RiverSource Galaxy Premier Variable Annuity — Prospectus    41

Taxes

Under current law, your contract has a tax-deferral feature. Generally, this means you do not pay income tax until there is a taxable distribution (or deemed distribution) from the contract. We will send a tax information reporting form for any year in which we made a taxable or reportable distribution according to our records.

Nonqualified Annuities

Generally, only the increase in the value of a non-qualified annuity contract over the investment in the contract is taxable. Certain exceptions apply. Federal tax law requires that all nonqualified deferred annuity contracts issued by the same company (and possibly its affiliates) to the same owner during a calendar year be taxed as a single, unified contract when distributions are taken from any one of those contracts.

Annuity payouts: Generally, unlike withdrawals described below, the income taxation of annuity payouts is subject to exclusion ratios (for fixed annuity payouts) or annual excludable amounts (for variable annuity payouts). In other words, in most cases, a portion of each payout will be ordinary income and subject to tax, and a portion of each payout will be considered a return of part of your investment in the contract and will not be taxed. All amounts you receive after your investment in the contract is fully recovered will be subject to tax. Under Annuity Payout Plan A: Life annuity — no refund, where the annuitant dies before your investment in the contract is fully recovered, the remaining portion of the unrecovered investment may be available as a federal income tax deduction to the owner for the last taxable year. Under all other annuity payout plans, where the annuity payouts end before your investment in the contract is fully recovered, the remaining portion of the unrecovered investment may be available as a federal income tax deduction to the taxpayer for the tax year in which the payouts end. (See “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Federal tax law permits taxpayers to annuitize a portion of their nonqualified annuity while leaving the remaining balance to continue to grow tax-deferred. Under the partial annuitization rules, the portion annuitized must be received as an annuity for a period of 10 years or more, or for the lives of one or more individuals. If this requirement is met, the annuitized portion and the tax-deferred balance will generally be treated as two separate contracts for income tax purposes only. If a contract is partially annuitized, the investment in the contract is allocated between the deferred and the annuitized portions on a pro rata basis.

Withdrawals: Generally, if you withdrawal all or part of your nonqualified annuity your annuity payouts begin, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, your withdrawal will be taxed to the extent that the contract value immediately before the withdrawal exceeds the investment in the contract. Different rules may apply if you exchange another contract into this contract.

You also may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty for withdrawals of taxable income you make before reaching age 59½ unless certain exceptions apply.

Withholding: If you receive taxable income as a result of an annuity payout or withdrawal, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, we may deduct federal, and in some cases state withholding against the payment. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your income tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. As long as you have provided us with a valid Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number, and you have a valid U.S. address, you may be able to elect not to have federal income tax withholding occur.

If the payment is part of an annuity payout plan, we generally compute the amount of federal income tax withholding using payroll tables. You may provide us with a statement of how many exemptions to use in calculating the withholding. If the distribution is any other type of payment (such as partial or full withdrawal) we compute federal income tax withholding using 10% of the taxable portion.

The federal income tax withholding requirements differ if we deliver payment outside the United States or you are a non-resident alien.

Some states also may impose income tax withholding requirements similar to the federal withholding described above or may allow you to elect withholding. If this should be the case, we may deduct state income tax withholding from the payment.

Death benefits to beneficiaries: The death benefit under a nonqualified contract is not exempt from estate (federal or state) taxes. In addition, for income tax purposes, any amount your beneficiary receives that exceeds the remaining investment in the contract is taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary in the year he or she receives the payments. (See also “Benefits in Case of Death — If You Die Before the Retirement Date”).

Net Investment Income Tax (also known as Medicare contribution tax): Effective for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2013, certain investment income of high-income individuals (as well as estates and trusts) is subject to a 3.8% net investment income tax (as an addition to income taxes). For individuals, the 3.8% tax applies to the lesser of (1) the amount by which the taxpayer’s modified adjusted gross income exceeds $200,000 ($250,000 for married filing

42    RiverSource Galaxy Premier Variable Annuity — Prospectus

jointly and surviving spouses; $125,000 for married filing separately) or (2) the taxpayer’s “net investment income.” Net investment income includes taxable income from nonqualified annuities. Annuity holders are advised to consult their tax advisor regarding the possible implications of this additional tax.

Annuities owned by corporations, partnerships or irrevocable trusts: For nonqualified annuities, any annual increase in the value of annuities held by such entities (non-natural persons) generally will be treated as ordinary income received during that year. However, if the trust was set up for the benefit of a natural person(s) only, the income may remain tax-deferred until withdrawn or paid out.

Penalties: If you receive amounts from your nonqualified annuity before reaching age 59½, you may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty on the amount includable in your ordinary income. However, this penalty will not apply to any amount received:

• because of your death or in the event of non-natural ownership, the death of annuitant;

• because you become disabled (as defined in the Code);

• if the distribution is part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments, made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or joint lives or life expectancies of you and your beneficiary);

• if it is allocable to an investment before Aug. 14, 1982; or

• if annuity payouts are made under immediate annuities as defined by the Code.

Transfer of ownership: Generally, if you transfer ownership of a nonqualified annuity without receiving adequate consideration, the transfer may be taxed as a withdrawal for federal income tax purposes. If the transfer is a currently taxable event for income tax purposes, the original owner will be taxed on the amount of deferred earnings at the time of the transfer and also may be subject to the 10% IRS penalty discussed earlier. In this case, the new owner’s investment in the contract will be equal to the investment in the contract at the time of the transfer plus any earnings included in the original owner’s taxable income as a result of the transfer. In general, this rule does not apply to transfers between spouses or former spouses. Similar rules apply if you transfer ownership for full consideration. Please consult your tax advisor for further details.

1035 Exchanges: Section 1035 of the Code permits nontaxable exchanges of certain insurance policies, endowment contracts, annuity contracts and qualified long-term care insurance contracts while providing for continued tax deferral of earnings. In addition, Section 1035 permits the carryover of the investment in the contract from the old policy or contract to the new policy or contract. In a 1035 exchange one policy or contract is exchanged for another policy or contract. The following can qualify as nontaxable exchanges: (1) the exchange of a life insurance policy for another life insurance policy or for an endowment, annuity or qualified long-term care insurance contract, (2) the exchange of an endowment contract for an annuity or qualified long-term care insurance contract, or for an endowment contract under which payments will begin no later than payments would have begun under the contract exchanged, (3) the exchange of an annuity contract for another annuity or for a qualified long-term care insurance contract, and (4) the exchange of a qualified long-term care insurance contract for a qualified long-term care insurance contract. Additionally, other tax rules apply. However, if the life insurance policy has an outstanding loan, there may be tax consequences. Depending on the issue date of your original policy or contract, there may be tax or other benefits that are given up to gain the benefits of the new policy or contract. Consider whether the features and benefits of the new policy or contract outweigh any tax or other benefits of the old contract.

For a partial exchange of an annuity contract for another annuity contract, the 1035 exchange is generally tax-free. The investment in the original contract and the earnings on the contract will be allocated proportionately between the original and new contracts. However, per IRS Revenue Procedure 2011-38, if withdrawals are taken from either contract within the 180-day period following a partial 1035 exchange, the IRS will apply general tax principles to determine the appropriate tax treatment of the exchange and subsequent withdrawal. As a result, there may be unexpected tax consequences. You should consult your tax advisor before taking any withdrawal from either contract during the 180-day period following a partial exchange.

Assignment: If you assign or pledge your contract as collateral for a loan, earnings on purchase payments you made after Aug. 13, 1982 will be taxed as a deemed distribution and also may be subject to the 10% penalty as discussed above.

Qualified Annuities

Adverse tax consequences may result if you do not ensure that contributions, distributions and other transactions under the contract comply with the law. Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions. You should refer to your retirement plan’s Summary Plan Description, your IRA disclosure statement, or consult a tax advisor for additional information about the distribution rules applicable to your situation.

When you use your contract to fund a retirement plan or IRA that is already tax-deferred under the Code, the contract will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral. If your contract is used to fund an employer sponsored plan, your right to benefits may be subject to the terms and conditions of the plan regardless of the terms of the contract.

RiverSource Galaxy Premier Variable Annuity — Prospectus    43

Annuity payouts: Under a qualified annuity, except a Roth IRA, Roth 401(k) or Roth 403(b), the entire payout generally is includable as ordinary income and is subject to tax unless: (1) the contract is an IRA to which you made non-deductible contributions; or (2) you rolled after-tax dollars from a retirement plan into your IRA; or 3) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you or your employer have contributed after-tax dollars; or (4) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you direct such payout to be directly rolled over to another eligible retirement plan such as an IRA. We may permit partial annuitizations of qualified annuity contracts. If we accept partial annuitizations, please remember that your contract will still need to comply with other requirements such as required minimum distributions and the payment of taxes. Prior to considering a partial annuitization on a qualified contract, you should discuss your decision and any implications with your tax adviser. Because we cannot accurately track certain after tax funding sources, we will generally report any payments on partial annuitizations as ordinary income except in the case of a qualified distribution from a Roth IRA.

Annuity payouts from Roth IRAs: In general, the entire payout from a Roth IRA can be free from income and penalty taxes if you have attained age 59½ and meet the five year holding period.

Withdrawals: Under a qualified annuity, except a Roth IRA, Roth 401(k) or Roth 403(b), the entire withdrawal will generally be includable as ordinary income and is subject to tax unless: (1) the contract is an IRA to which you made non-deductible contributions; or (2) you rolled after-tax dollars from a retirement plan into your IRA; or (3) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you or your employer have contributed after-tax dollars; or (4) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you direct such withdrawal to be directly rolled over to another eligible retirement plan such as an IRA.

Withdrawals from Roth IRAs: In general, the entire payout from a Roth IRA can be free from income and penalty taxes if you have attained age 59½ and meet the five year holding period or another qualifying event such as death or disability.

Required Minimum Distributions: Retirement plans (except for Roth IRAs) are subject to required withdrawals called required minimum distributions (“RMDs”) beginning at age 72 (age 70 ½ if you were born on or before June 30, 1949). RMDs are based on the fair market value of your contract at year-end divided by the life expectancy factor. Certain death benefits and optional riders may be considered in determining the fair market value of your contract for RMD purposes. This may cause your RMD to be higher. Inherited IRAs (including inherited Roth IRAs) are subject to special required minimum distribution rules. You should consult your tax advisor prior to making a purchase for an explanation of the potential tax implications to you.

Withholding for IRAs, Roth IRAs, SEPs and SIMPLE IRAs: If you receive taxable income as a result of an annuity payout or a withdrawal, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, we may deduct withholding against the payment. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. As long as you have provided us with a valid Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number, you can elect not to have any withholding occur.

If the payment is part of an annuity payout plan, we generally compute the amount of federal income tax withholding using payroll tables. You may provide us with a statement of how many exemptions to use in calculating the withholding. If the distribution is any other type of payment (such as a partial or full withdrawal) we compute federal income tax withholding using 10% of the taxable portion.

The federal income tax withholding requirements differ if we deliver payment outside the United States or you are a non-resident alien.

Some states also may impose income tax withholding requirements similar to the federal withholding described above. If this should be the case, we may deduct state income tax withholding from the payment.

Withholding for all other qualified annuities: If you receive directly all or part of the contract value from a qualified annuity, mandatory 20% federal income tax withholding (and possibly state income tax withholding) generally will be imposed at the time the payout is made from the plan. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. This mandatory withholding will not be imposed if instead of receiving the distribution check, you elect to have the distribution rolled over directly to an IRA or another eligible plan. Payments made to a surviving spouse instead of being directly rolled over to an IRA are also subject to mandatory 20% income tax withholding.

In the below situations, the distribution is subject to an optional 10% withholding instead of the mandatory 20% withholding. We will withhold 10% of the distribution amount unless you elect otherwise.

• the payout is one in a series of substantially equal periodic payouts, made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or the joint lives or life expectancies of you and your designated beneficiary) or over a specified period of 10 years or more;

• the payout is a RMD as defined under the Code;

• the payout is made on account of an eligible hardship; or

• the payout is a corrective distribution.

44    RiverSource Galaxy Premier Variable Annuity — Prospectus

State withholding also may be imposed on taxable distributions.

Penalties: If you receive amounts from your qualified contract before reaching age 59½, you may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty on the amount includable in your ordinary income. However, this penalty generally will not apply to any amount received:

• because of your death;

• because you become disabled (as defined in the Code);

• if the distribution is part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or joint lives or life expectancies of you and your beneficiary);

• if the distribution is made following severance from employment during or after the calendar year in which you attain age 55 (TSAs and annuities funding 401(a) plans only);

• to pay certain medical or education expenses (IRAs only); or

• if the distribution is made from an inherited IRA.

Death benefits to beneficiaries: The entire death benefit generally is taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary in the year he/she receives the payments from the qualified annuity. If you made non-deductible contributions to a traditional IRA, the portion of any distribution from the contract that represents after-tax contributions is not taxable as ordinary income to your beneficiary. You are responsible for keeping all records tracking your non-deductible contributions to an IRA. Death benefits under a Roth IRA generally are not taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary if certain distribution requirements are met. (See also “Benefits in Case of Death — If you Die Before the Retirement Date”).

Change of retirement plan type: IRS regulations allow for rollovers of certain retirement plan distributions. In some circumstances, you may be able to have an intra-contract rollover, keeping the same features and conditions. If the annuity contract you have does not support an intra-contract rollover, you are able to request an IRS approved rollover to another annuity contract or other investment product that you choose. If you choose another annuity contract or investment product, you will be subject to new rules, including a new withdrawal charge schedule for an annuity contract, or other product rules as applicable.

Assignment:You may not assign or pledge your qualified contract as collateral for a loan.

Other

Special considerations if you select any optional rider: As of the date of this prospectus, we believe that charges related to these riders are not subject to current taxation. Therefore, we will not report these charges as partial withdrawals from your contract. However, the IRS may determine that these charges should be treated as partial withdrawals subject to taxation to the extent of any gain as well as the 10% tax penalty for withdrawals before the age of 59½, if applicable, on the taxable portion.

We reserve the right to report charges for these riders as partial withdrawals if we, as a withholding and reporting agent, believe that we are required to report them. In addition, we will report any benefits attributable to these riders on the death of you or the annuitant as an annuity death benefit distribution, not as proceeds from life insurance.

Important: Our discussion of federal tax laws is based upon our understanding of current interpretations of these laws. Federal tax laws or current interpretations of them may change. For this reason and because tax consequences are complex and highly individual and cannot always be anticipated, you should consult a tax advisor if you have any questions about taxation of your contract.

RiverSource Life’s tax status: We are taxed as a life insurance company under the Code. For federal income tax purposes, the subaccounts are considered a part of our company, although their operations are treated separately in accounting and financial statements. Investment income is reinvested in the fund in which each subaccount invests and becomes part of that subaccount’s value. This investment income, including realized capital gains, is not subject to any withholding for federal or state income taxes. We reserve the right to make such a charge in the future if there is a change in the tax treatment of variable annuities or in our tax status as we then understand it.
The company includes in its taxable income the net investment income derived from the investment of assets held in its subaccounts because the company is considered the owner of these assets under federal income tax law.  The company may claim certain tax benefits associated with this investment income.  These benefits, which may include foreign tax credits and the corporate dividend received deduction, are not passed on to you since the company is the owner of the assets under federal tax law and is taxed on the investment income generated by the assets. 

Tax qualification: We intend that the contract qualify as an annuity for federal income tax purposes. To that end, the provisions of the contract are to be interpreted to ensure or maintain such tax qualification, in spite of any other provisions of the contract. We reserve the right to amend the contract to reflect any clarifications that may be needed or are appropriate to maintain such qualification or to conform the contract to any applicable changes in the tax qualification requirements. We will send you a copy of any amendments.

RiverSource Galaxy Premier Variable Annuity — Prospectus    45

Spousal status: When it comes to your marital status and the identification and naming of any spouse as a beneficiary or party to your contract, we will rely on the representations you make to us. Based on this reliance, we will issue and administer your contract in accordance with these representations. If you represent that you are married and your representation is incorrect or your marriage is deemed invalid for federal or state law purposes, then the benefits and rights under your contract may be different.

If you have any questions as to the status of your relationship as a marriage, then you should consult an appropriate tax or legal advisor.

Voting Rights

As a contract owner with investments in the subaccounts, you may vote on important fund policies until annuity payouts begin. Once they begin, the person receiving them has voting rights. We will vote fund shares according to the instructions of the person with voting rights.

Before annuity payouts begin, the number of votes you have is determined by applying your percentage interest in each subaccount to the total number of votes allowed to the subaccount.

After annuity payouts begin, the number of votes you have is equal to:

• the reserve held in each subaccount for your contract; divided by

• the net asset value of one share of the applicable fund.

As we make annuity payouts, the reserve for the contract decreases; therefore, the number of votes also will decrease.

We calculate votes separately for each subaccount. We will send notice of shareholders’ meetings, proxy materials and a statement of the number of votes to which the voter is entitled. We are the legal owner of all fund shares and therefore hold all voting rights.  However, to the extent required by law, we will vote the shares of each fund according to instructions we receive from policy owners. We will vote shares for which we have not received instructions and shares that we or our affiliates own in our own names in the same proportion as the votes for which we received instructions. As a result of this proportional voting, in cases when a small number of contract owners vote, their votes will have a greater impact and may even control the outcome.

Substitution of Investments

We may substitute the funds in which the subaccounts invest if:

• laws or regulations change;

• the existing funds become unavailable; or

• in our judgment, the funds no longer are suitable (or are not the most suitable) for the subaccounts.

If any of these situations occur, we have the right to substitute a fund currently listed in this prospectus (existing fund) for another fund (new fund), provided we obtain any required SEC and state insurance law approval. The new fund may have higher fees and/or operating expenses than the existing fund. Also, the new fund may have investment objectives and policies and/or investment advisers which differ from the existing fund.

We may also:

• add new subaccounts;

• combine any two or more subaccounts;

• transfer assets to and from the subaccounts or the variable account; and

• eliminate or close any subaccounts.

We will notify you of any substitution or change.

In the event of any such substitution or change, we may amend the contract and take whatever action is necessary and appropriate without your consent or approval. We will obtain any required prior approval of the SEC or state insurance departments before making any substitution or change.

About the Service Providers

Principal Underwriter

RiverSource Distributors, Inc. (RiverSource Distributors), our affiliate, serves as the principal underwriter and general distributor of the contract. Its offices are located at 70100 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, MN 55474. RiverSource Distributors is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ameriprise Financial, Inc.

46    RiverSource Galaxy Premier Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Sales of the Contract

New contracts are not currently being offered.

• Only securities broker-dealers (“selling firms”) registered with the SEC and members of the FINRA may sell the contract.

• The contracts are continuously offered to the public through authorized selling firms. We and RiverSource Distributors have a sales agreement with the selling firm. The sales agreement authorizes the selling firm to offer the contracts to the public. RiverSource Distributors pays the selling firm (or an affiliated insurance agency) for contracts its investment professional sell. The selling firm may be required to return sales commissions under certain circumstances including but not limited to when contracts are returned under the free look period.

Payments We May Make to Selling Firms

• We may use compensation plans which vary by selling firm. For example, some of these plans pay selling firms a commission of up to 6.00% each time a purchase payment is made. We may also pay ongoing trail commissions of up to 0.75% of the contract value. We do not pay or withhold payment of trail commissions based on which investment options you select.

• We may pay selling firms an additional sales commission of up to 1.00% of purchase payments for a period of time we select. For example, we may offer to pay an additional sales commission to get selling firms to market a new or enhanced contract or to increase sales during the period.

• In addition to commissions, we may, in order to promote sales of the contracts, and as permitted by applicable laws and regulation, pay or provide selling firms with other promotional incentives in cash, credit or other compensation. We generally (but may not) offer these promotional incentives to all selling firms. The terms of such arrangements differ between selling firms. These promotional incentives may include but are not limited to:

• sponsorship of marketing, educational, due diligence and compliance meetings and conferences we or the selling firm may conduct for investment professionals, including subsidy of travel, meal, lodging, entertainment and other expenses related to these meetings;

• marketing support related to sales of the contract including for example, the creation of marketing materials, advertising and newsletters;

• providing service to contract owners; and

• funding other events sponsored by a selling firm that may encourage the selling firm’s investment professionals to sell the contract.

These promotional incentives or reimbursements may be calculated as a percentage of the selling firm’s aggregate, net or anticipated sales and/or total assets attributable to sales of the contract, and/or may be a fixed dollar amount. As noted below this additional compensation may cause the selling firm and its investment professionals to favor the contracts.

Sources of Payments to Selling Firms

When we pay the commissions and other compensation described above from our assets. Our assets may include:

• revenues we receive from fees and expenses that you will pay when buying, owning and making a withdrawal from the contract (see “Expense Summary”);

• compensation we or an affiliate receive from the underlying funds in the form of distribution and services fees (see “The Variable Account and the Funds — The Funds”);

• compensation we or an affiliate receive from a fund’s investment adviser, subadviser, distributor or an affiliate of any of these (see “The Variable Account and the Funds — The Funds”); and

• revenues we receive from other contracts we sell that are not securities and other businesses we conduct.

You do not directly pay the commissions and other compensation described above as the result of a specific charge or deduction under the contract. However, you may pay part or all of the commissions and other compensation described above indirectly through:

• fees and expenses we collect from contract owners, including withdrawal charges; and

• fees and expenses charged by the underlying subaccount funds in which you invest, to the extent we or one of our affiliates receive revenue from the funds or an affiliated person.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Compensation payment arrangements made with selling firms can potentially:

• give selling firms a heightened financial incentive to sell the contract offered in this prospectus over another investment with lower compensation to the selling firm.

RiverSource Galaxy Premier Variable Annuity — Prospectus    47

• cause selling firms to encourage their investment professionals to sell you the contract offered in this prospectus instead of selling you other alternative investments that may result in lower compensation to the selling firm.

• cause selling firms to grant us access to its investment professionals to promote sales of the contract offered in this prospectus, while denying that access to other firms offering similar contracts or other alternative investments which may pay lower compensation to the selling firm.

Payments to Investment Professionals

• The selling firm pays its investment professionals. The selling firm decides the compensation and benefits it will pay its investment professionals.

• To inform yourself of any potential conflicts of interest, ask the investment professional before you buy, how the selling firm and its investment professionals are being compensated and the amount of the compensation that each will receive if you buy the contract.

Service Providers

Our Service Center performs certain administrative services on the contracts and policies we issue. The address and telephone number of our Service Center are listed on the first page of the prospectus. We also have entered into agreements with certain entities to provide the identified services in connection with the contracts and policies we issue. The entities engaged by RiverSource Life may change over time. Entities that provided services to RiverSource Life in 2019 are listed in the table below.

Name of Service Provider	Services Provided	Address
Ameriprise Financial, Inc.	Business affairs management and administrative support related to new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies	707 Second Avenue South Minneapolis MN 55402 USA
Ameriprise India Private Limited	Administrative support related to new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies annual report filings	Plot No. 14, Sector 18 Udyog Vihar Gurugram, Haryana – 122 015 India
Sykes Enterprise Incorporated	Administrative support related to e new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies	10th Floor, Glorietta BPO 1 Office Tower Makati City 1224 Metro Manila Philippines

Issuer

We issue the contracts. We are a stock life insurance company organized in 1957 under the laws of the state of Minnesota and are located at 829 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, MN 55474. We are a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ameriprise Financial, Inc.

We conduct a conventional life insurance business. We are licensed to do business in 49 states, the District of Columbia and American Samoa. Our primary products currently include fixed and variable annuity contracts and life insurance policies.

Legal Proceedings

Insurance companies have been the subject of increasing regulatory, legislative and judicial scrutiny. Numerous state and federal regulatory agencies have commenced examinations and other inquiries of insurance companies regarding sales and marketing practices (including sales to older consumers and disclosure practices), claims handling, and unclaimed property and escheatment practices and procedures. RiverSource Life has cooperated and will continue to cooperate with the applicable regulators.

RiverSource Life is involved in the normal course of business in a number of other legal and arbitration proceedings concerning matters arising in connection with the conduct of its business activities. RiverSource Life believes that it is not a party to, nor are any of its properties the subject of, any pending legal, arbitration or regulatory investigation, examination or proceeding that is likely to have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is possible that the outcome of any current or future legal, arbitration or regulatory proceeding could have a material impact on results of operations in any particular reporting period as the proceedings are resolved.

Uncertain economic conditions, heightened and sustained volatility in the financial markets and significant financial reform legislation may increase the likelihood that clients and other persons or regulators may present or threaten legal claims or that regulators increase the scope or frequency of examinations of RiverSource Life or the insurance industry generally.

48    RiverSource Galaxy Premier Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Additional Information

Incorporation of Certain Documents By Reference

The SEC allows us to “incorporate by reference” the information we have filed with the SEC. This means that we can disclose important information to you without actually including the specific information in this prospectus by referring you to other documents filed separately with the SEC. The information incorporated by reference is an important part of this prospectus. Information that we later provide to the SEC, and which is deemed to be “filed” with the SEC, will automatically update information previously filed with the SEC, and may replace information in this prospectus and information previously filed with the SEC. We incorporate by reference RiverSource Life Insurance Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019 as filed with the SEC on Feb.26, 2020under File No. 033-28976 in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and any filings we make with the SEC under Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act (excluding information deemed to be furnished and not filed with the SEC) after the effective date of this registration statement, until all offerings under the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part are completed or terminated. The annual report contains additional information about RiverSource Life Insurance Company, including audited financial statements for the latest fiscal year.

RiverSource Life will furnish you without charge a copy of any or all of the documents incorporated by reference into this prospectus, including any exhibits to such documents which have been specifically incorporated by reference. We will do so upon receipt of your written or oral request. You can contact RiverSource Life at the telephone number and address listed on the first page of this prospectus.

Available Information

This prospectus is part of a registration statement we file with the SEC. Additional information on RiverSource Life and on this offering is available in the registration statement and other materials we file. You can obtain copies of these materials at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. This prospectus, other information about the contract and other information incorporated by reference are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at (http://www.sec.gov).

Indemnification

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the Act) may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of RiverSource Life pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

RiverSource Galaxy Premier Variable Annuity — Prospectus    49

Appendix : Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)

The following tables give per-unit information about the financial history of each subaccount. The date in which operations commenced in each subaccount is noted in parentheses. We have not provided this information for subaccounts that were not available under your contract as of December 31, 2019.

Variable account charges of 1.15% of the daily net assets of the variable account.

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Asset Allocation Fund (Class 1)* (4/7/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.50	$2.64	$2.31	$2.22	$2.22	$2.04	$1.75	$1.57	$1.60	$1.42
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.99	$2.50	$2.64	$2.31	$2.22	$2.22	$2.04	$1.75	$1.57	$1.60
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1	1	1	1	1	1	1	6	6	26
*Columbia Variable Portfolio – Asset Allocation Fund (Class 1) is scheduled to liquidate on or about April 24, 2020.
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Balanced Fund (Class 3) (11/11/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.87	$2.01	$1.78	$1.69	$1.68	$1.55	$1.29	$1.14	$1.13	$1.01
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.27	$1.87	$2.01	$1.78	$1.69	$1.68	$1.55	$1.29	$1.14	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	26	26	26	26	26	26	26	26	26	26
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.29	$2.41	$1.96	$1.84	$1.84	$1.62	$1.23	$1.09	$1.05	$0.90
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.82	$2.29	$2.41	$1.96	$1.84	$1.84	$1.62	$1.23	$1.09	$1.05
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	191	214	291	332	380	579	843	1,217	1,775	2,312
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3) (11/11/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.61	$2.81	$2.49	$2.22	$2.31	$2.12	$1.69	$1.50	$1.60	$1.39
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.20	$2.61	$2.81	$2.49	$2.22	$2.31	$2.12	$1.69	$1.50	$1.60
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	333	420	550	627	855	1,123	1,707	2,629	3,304	3,550
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Emerging Markets Fund (Class 3) (10/23/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.94	$3.79	$2.61	$2.51	$2.79	$2.89	$2.98	$2.50	$3.20	$2.70
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.81	$2.94	$3.79	$2.61	$2.51	$2.79	$2.89	$2.98	$2.50	$3.20
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	105	141	152	206	259	320	443	542	704	659
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund (Class 3) (11/11/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.06	$1.06	$1.07	$1.08	$1.09	$1.11	$1.12	$1.13	$1.15	$1.16
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.07	$1.06	$1.06	$1.07	$1.08	$1.09	$1.11	$1.12	$1.13	$1.15
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	486	567	651	708	282	349	417	477	734	815
Columbia Variable Portfolio – High Yield Bond Fund (Class 3) (11/11/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.40	$2.53	$2.41	$2.18	$2.23	$2.18	$2.08	$1.81	$1.74	$1.54
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.77	$2.40	$2.53	$2.41	$2.18	$2.23	$2.18	$2.08	$1.81	$1.74
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	68	82	103	104	131	167	229	339	422	479
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Income Opportunities Fund (Class 1) (4/26/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.99	$1.04	$0.99	$0.90	$0.92	$0.90	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.14	$0.99	$1.04	$0.99	$0.90	$0.92	$0.90	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2	6	6	6	6	17	17	—	—	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Growth Fund (Class 1) (4/29/2011)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.99	$2.09	$1.65	$1.65	$1.53	$1.35	$1.05	$0.88	$1.00	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.67	$1.99	$2.09	$1.65	$1.65	$1.53	$1.35	$1.05	$0.88	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	47	52	63	108	120	129	144	162	189	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Index Fund (Class 3) (10/23/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.92	$2.04	$1.70	$1.55	$1.55	$1.39	$1.06	$0.93	$0.93	$0.82
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.49	$1.92	$2.04	$1.70	$1.55	$1.55	$1.39	$1.06	$0.93	$0.93
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	133	131	130	145	148	152	154	151	177	175
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Select Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (11/11/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.82	$3.27	$2.95	$2.62	$2.74	$2.62	$1.78	$1.53	$1.69	$1.35
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.28	$2.82	$3.27	$2.95	$2.62	$2.74	$2.62	$1.78	$1.53	$1.69
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	3	14	14	14	14	14	14	15	15	15
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Small Company Growth Fund (Class 1) (4/14/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.71	$3.82	$2.99	$2.68	$2.61	$2.77	$2.00	$1.80	$1.93	$1.52
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$5.16	$3.71	$3.82	$2.99	$2.68	$2.61	$2.77	$2.00	$1.80	$1.93
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	2	2	2	2	2	2	2	2	4
Columbia Variable Portfolio – U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 1) (4/29/2011)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.06	$1.05	$1.03	$1.02	$1.01	$0.97	$1.00	$0.99	$1.00	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.12	$1.06	$1.05	$1.03	$1.02	$1.01	$0.97	$1.00	$0.99	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	15	16	16	17	67	69	71	79	84	—

50    RiverSource Galaxy Premier Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.15% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Fidelity® VIP Balanced Portfolio Service Class (11/11/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.09	$2.21	$1.93	$1.82	$1.83	$1.68	$1.42	$1.25	$1.32	$1.13
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.57	$2.09	$2.21	$1.93	$1.82	$1.83	$1.68	$1.42	$1.25	$1.32
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	3	3	2	2	2	2	2	2	4	4
Fidelity® VIP Growth & Income Portfolio Service Class (11/11/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.94	$2.16	$1.87	$1.63	$1.69	$1.55	$1.17	$1.00	$1.00	$0.88
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.49	$1.94	$2.16	$1.87	$1.63	$1.69	$1.55	$1.17	$1.00	$1.00
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	9	29	47	48	49	80	82	83	86	92
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class (11/11/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$5.64	$6.69	$5.60	$5.06	$5.19	$4.95	$3.68	$3.24	$3.67	$2.89
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$6.88	$5.64	$6.69	$5.60	$5.06	$5.19	$4.95	$3.68	$3.24	$3.67
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	37	44	44	45	50	69	70	70	73	90
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund – Class 2 (11/11/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.52	$2.81	$2.62	$2.28	$2.43	$2.30	$1.81	$1.60	$1.64	$1.49
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.06	$2.52	$2.81	$2.62	$2.28	$2.43	$2.30	$1.81	$1.60	$1.64
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	41	43	70	79	97	194	212	313	334	421
Franklin Small-Mid Cap Growth VIP Fund – Class 2 (11/11/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.21	$2.37	$1.97	$1.91	$1.99	$1.87	$1.37	$1.25	$1.33	$1.05
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.88	$2.21	$2.37	$1.97	$1.91	$1.99	$1.87	$1.37	$1.25	$1.33
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	32	33	47	60	62	91	102	105	126	137
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series I Shares (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.81	$1.90	$1.51	$1.49	$1.44	$1.34	$0.97	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.44	$1.81	$1.90	$1.51	$1.49	$1.44	$1.34	$0.97	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	9	15	30	31	33	62	64	70	—	—
Invesco V.I. Core Equity Fund, Series I Shares (4/28/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.70	$1.90	$1.69	$1.55	$1.67	$1.56	$1.22	$1.08	$1.10	$1.01
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.16	$1.70	$1.90	$1.69	$1.55	$1.67	$1.56	$1.22	$1.08	$1.10
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	50	51	51	61	68	68	71	71	75	108
Janus Henderson VIT Enterprise Portfolio: Service Shares (10/23/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.72	$1.75	$1.39	$1.26	$1.23	$1.11	$0.85	$0.73	$0.75	$0.61
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.30	$1.72	$1.75	$1.39	$1.26	$1.23	$1.11	$0.85	$0.73	$0.75
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	18	18	17	37	37	37	37	37	37	37
Janus Henderson VIT Global Technology Portfolio: Service Shares (10/23/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.44	$1.44	$1.01	$0.90	$0.87	$0.80	$0.60	$0.51	$0.56	$0.46
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.06	$1.44	$1.44	$1.01	$0.90	$0.87	$0.80	$0.60	$0.51	$0.56
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2	2	2	2	2	2	2	32	32	32
Janus Henderson VIT Research Portfolio: Service Shares (10/23/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.41	$1.47	$1.16	$1.17	$1.13	$1.01	$0.79	$0.67	$0.72	$0.64
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.88	$1.41	$1.47	$1.16	$1.17	$1.13	$1.01	$0.79	$0.67	$0.72
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	15	18	20	22	28	35	58	98	124	173
MFS® Investors Trust Series – Service Class (10/23/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.90	$2.04	$1.68	$1.57	$1.58	$1.45	$1.11	$0.95	$0.98	$0.90
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.47	$1.90	$2.04	$1.68	$1.57	$1.58	$1.45	$1.11	$0.95	$0.98
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	3	10	12	13	20	53	54	54	55	70
MFS® New Discovery Series – Service Class (10/23/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.10	$2.16	$1.73	$1.61	$1.66	$1.82	$1.30	$1.09	$1.23	$0.92
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.93	$2.10	$2.16	$1.73	$1.61	$1.66	$1.82	$1.30	$1.09	$1.23
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1	1	1	5	5	12	11	18	18	28
MFS® Total Return Series – Service Class (10/23/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.08	$2.23	$2.02	$1.87	$1.91	$1.78	$1.52	$1.38	$1.38	$1.27
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.47	$2.08	$2.23	$2.02	$1.87	$1.91	$1.78	$1.52	$1.38	$1.38
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	40	44	48	49	57	95	95	100	112	135
MFS® Utilities Series – Service Class (10/23/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.73	$2.74	$2.42	$2.20	$2.61	$2.35	$1.98	$1.77	$1.68	$1.50
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.37	$2.73	$2.74	$2.42	$2.20	$2.61	$2.35	$1.98	$1.77	$1.68
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1	3	3	12	12	20	20	20	34	36
Putnam VT Equity Income Fund – Class IB Shares (5/12/2017)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.02	$1.12	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.31	$1.02	$1.12	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	37	37	37	—	—	—	—	—	—	—

RiverSource Galaxy Premier Variable Annuity — Prospectus    51

Variable account charges of 1.15% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Putnam VT International Equity Fund – Class IB Shares (11/11/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.32	$1.65	$1.32	$1.36	$1.38	$1.49	$1.18	$0.98	$1.19	$1.10
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.63	$1.32	$1.65	$1.32	$1.36	$1.38	$1.49	$1.18	$0.98	$1.19
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	24	24	25	44	46	52	53	56	55	56
Putnam VT Sustainable Leaders Fund – Class IB Shares (9/24/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.42	$2.48	$1.94	$1.82	$1.85	$1.65	$1.22	$1.06	$1.13	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.26	$2.42	$2.48	$1.94	$1.82	$1.85	$1.65	$1.22	$1.06	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	10	11	11	29	41	42	43	79	78	91
Templeton Foreign VIP Fund – Class 2 (11/11/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.48	$1.77	$1.54	$1.45	$1.57	$1.79	$1.47	$1.26	$1.42	$1.33
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.65	$1.48	$1.77	$1.54	$1.45	$1.57	$1.79	$1.47	$1.26	$1.42
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	6	12	17	18	22	30	34	38	38	39

Variable account charges of 1.25% of the daily net assets of the variable account.

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Asset Allocation Fund (Class 1)* (4/7/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.46	$2.61	$2.28	$2.19	$2.20	$2.02	$1.73	$1.55	$1.59	$1.42
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.94	$2.46	$2.61	$2.28	$2.19	$2.20	$2.02	$1.73	$1.55	$1.59
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	23	23	23	24	30	31	32	32	36	45
*Columbia Variable Portfolio – Asset Allocation Fund (Class 1) is scheduled to liquidate on or about April 24, 2020.
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Balanced Fund (Class 3) (11/9/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.84	$1.98	$1.75	$1.66	$1.66	$1.52	$1.27	$1.13	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.23	$1.84	$1.98	$1.75	$1.66	$1.66	$1.52	$1.27	$1.13	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	27	50	54	73	75	91	92	94	84	85
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.48	$1.55	$1.26	$1.19	$1.19	$1.05	$0.79	$0.71	$0.68	$0.59
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.82	$1.48	$1.55	$1.26	$1.19	$1.19	$1.05	$0.79	$0.71	$0.68
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	796	827	918	1,025	1,104	1,203	1,278	1,511	1,928	2,512
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3) (11/9/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.57	$2.76	$2.45	$2.18	$2.27	$2.09	$1.67	$1.49	$1.58	$1.37
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.14	$2.57	$2.76	$2.45	$2.18	$2.27	$2.09	$1.67	$1.49	$1.58
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	91	91	102	119	134	203	447	527	653	957
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Emerging Markets Fund (Class 3) (10/23/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.88	$3.72	$2.56	$2.47	$2.75	$2.85	$2.94	$2.47	$3.17	$2.68
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.74	$2.88	$3.72	$2.56	$2.47	$2.75	$2.85	$2.94	$2.47	$3.17
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	5	5	4	5	8	13	15	43	64	65
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund (Class 3) (11/9/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.05	$1.04	$1.05	$1.07	$1.08	$1.09	$1.11	$1.12	$1.13	$1.15
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.05	$1.05	$1.04	$1.05	$1.07	$1.08	$1.09	$1.11	$1.12	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	999	1,223	1,522	1,600	551	914	1,357	1,745	2,256	2,075
Columbia Variable Portfolio – High Yield Bond Fund (Class 3) (11/9/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.36	$2.49	$2.37	$2.14	$2.20	$2.15	$2.05	$1.79	$1.72	$1.53
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.72	$2.36	$2.49	$2.37	$2.14	$2.20	$2.15	$2.05	$1.79	$1.72
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	68	71	74	87	86	85	119	171	174	280
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Income Opportunities Fund (Class 1) (4/26/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.99	$1.04	$0.98	$0.90	$0.92	$0.89	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.13	$0.99	$1.04	$0.98	$0.90	$0.92	$0.89	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	233	234	234	247	262	290	290	—	—	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Growth Fund (Class 1) (4/29/2011)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.97	$2.08	$1.64	$1.64	$1.52	$1.35	$1.05	$0.88	$1.00	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.65	$1.97	$2.08	$1.64	$1.64	$1.52	$1.35	$1.05	$0.88	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	81	81	81	81	81	95	96	103	104	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Index Fund (Class 3) (10/23/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.89	$2.01	$1.68	$1.52	$1.53	$1.37	$1.05	$0.92	$0.92	$0.81
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.44	$1.89	$2.01	$1.68	$1.52	$1.53	$1.37	$1.05	$0.92	$0.92
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	37	37	37	48	64	65	55	66	119	123
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Select Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (11/9/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.77	$3.21	$2.90	$2.58	$2.70	$2.58	$1.76	$1.51	$1.68	$1.34
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.22	$2.77	$3.21	$2.90	$2.58	$2.70	$2.58	$1.76	$1.51	$1.68
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	61	62	64	64	77	80	98	120	141	164

52    RiverSource Galaxy Premier Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.25% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Small Company Growth Fund (Class 1) (4/14/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.65	$3.76	$2.95	$2.65	$2.58	$2.74	$1.98	$1.79	$1.92	$1.51
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$5.07	$3.65	$3.76	$2.95	$2.65	$2.58	$2.74	$1.98	$1.79	$1.92
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	3	3	3	23	24	28	30	38	40	57
Columbia Variable Portfolio – U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 1) (4/29/2011)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.05	$1.05	$1.03	$1.01	$1.01	$0.97	$1.00	$0.99	$1.00	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.11	$1.05	$1.05	$1.03	$1.01	$1.01	$0.97	$1.00	$0.99	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	140	172	189	259	314	341	352	459	574	—
Fidelity® VIP Balanced Portfolio Service Class (11/9/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.05	$2.17	$1.89	$1.79	$1.80	$1.66	$1.40	$1.24	$1.30	$1.12
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.52	$2.05	$2.17	$1.89	$1.79	$1.80	$1.66	$1.40	$1.24	$1.30
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	73	91	92	120	122	137	154	160	172	183
Fidelity® VIP Growth & Income Portfolio Service Class (11/9/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.90	$2.12	$1.84	$1.60	$1.66	$1.53	$1.16	$0.99	$0.99	$0.87
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.44	$1.90	$2.12	$1.84	$1.60	$1.66	$1.53	$1.16	$0.99	$0.99
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	52	57	57	60	60	65	67	69	117	145
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class (11/9/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$5.54	$6.57	$5.51	$4.97	$5.11	$4.88	$3.63	$3.20	$3.63	$2.86
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$6.74	$5.54	$6.57	$5.51	$4.97	$5.11	$4.88	$3.63	$3.20	$3.63
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	122	156	168	167	195	214	220	298	438	578
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund – Class 2 (11/9/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.48	$2.76	$2.58	$2.25	$2.39	$2.26	$1.79	$1.58	$1.62	$1.48
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.00	$2.48	$2.76	$2.58	$2.25	$2.39	$2.26	$1.79	$1.58	$1.62
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	630	657	696	803	875	1,101	1,254	1,413	1,695	2,272
Franklin Small-Mid Cap Growth VIP Fund – Class 2 (11/9/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.17	$2.32	$1.94	$1.88	$1.96	$1.85	$1.35	$1.24	$1.32	$1.04
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.82	$2.17	$2.32	$1.94	$1.88	$1.96	$1.85	$1.35	$1.24	$1.32
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	610	643	687	723	756	820	936	1,065	1,373	1,842
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series I Shares (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.80	$1.89	$1.50	$1.49	$1.43	$1.34	$0.97	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.43	$1.80	$1.89	$1.50	$1.49	$1.43	$1.34	$0.97	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	287	446	379	304	365	463	539	607	—	—
Invesco V.I. Core Equity Fund, Series I Shares (4/28/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.68	$1.87	$1.68	$1.54	$1.65	$1.55	$1.21	$1.08	$1.09	$1.01
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.13	$1.68	$1.87	$1.68	$1.54	$1.65	$1.55	$1.21	$1.08	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	395	432	502	607	768	844	959	1,192	1,437	1,983
Janus Henderson VIT Enterprise Portfolio: Service Shares (10/23/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.69	$1.72	$1.37	$1.24	$1.21	$1.09	$0.84	$0.72	$0.75	$0.60
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.25	$1.69	$1.72	$1.37	$1.24	$1.21	$1.09	$0.84	$0.72	$0.75
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	84	84	87	87	87	89	91	94	112	110
Janus Henderson VIT Global Technology Portfolio: Service Shares (10/23/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.42	$1.42	$0.99	$0.88	$0.85	$0.79	$0.59	$0.50	$0.56	$0.45
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.02	$1.42	$1.42	$0.99	$0.88	$0.85	$0.79	$0.59	$0.50	$0.56
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	22	23	25	26	29	32	40	76	76	77
Janus Henderson VIT Research Portfolio: Service Shares (10/23/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.38	$1.44	$1.14	$1.16	$1.11	$1.00	$0.78	$0.67	$0.71	$0.63
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.85	$1.38	$1.44	$1.14	$1.16	$1.11	$1.00	$0.78	$0.67	$0.71
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	92	92	93	94	123	160	202	210	319	360
MFS® Investors Trust Series – Service Class (10/23/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.87	$2.00	$1.65	$1.54	$1.56	$1.43	$1.10	$0.94	$0.97	$0.89
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.42	$1.87	$2.00	$1.65	$1.54	$1.56	$1.43	$1.10	$0.94	$0.97
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	176	175	175	175	180	181	191	217	230	230
MFS® New Discovery Series – Service Class (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.06	$2.12	$1.70	$1.58	$1.64	$1.79	$1.29	$1.08	$1.22	$0.91
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.87	$2.06	$2.12	$1.70	$1.58	$1.64	$1.79	$1.29	$1.08	$1.22
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	263	91	93	100	123	136	133	165	212	277
MFS® Total Return Series – Service Class (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.04	$2.19	$1.98	$1.85	$1.88	$1.76	$1.50	$1.37	$1.36	$1.26
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.42	$2.04	$2.19	$1.98	$1.85	$1.88	$1.76	$1.50	$1.37	$1.36
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	329	392	422	471	540	719	936	1,245	1,555	2,358

RiverSource Galaxy Premier Variable Annuity — Prospectus    53

Variable account charges of 1.25% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
MFS® Utilities Series – Service Class (10/23/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.68	$2.70	$2.38	$2.17	$2.58	$2.32	$1.95	$1.75	$1.66	$1.48
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.31	$2.68	$2.70	$2.38	$2.17	$2.58	$2.32	$1.95	$1.75	$1.66
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	25	26	28	29	62	90	101	112	145	195
Putnam VT Equity Income Fund – Class IB Shares (5/12/2017)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.01	$1.12	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.31	$1.01	$1.12	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	104	154	172	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Putnam VT International Equity Fund – Class IB Shares (11/9/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.29	$1.62	$1.29	$1.34	$1.36	$1.47	$1.17	$0.97	$1.18	$1.09
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.60	$1.29	$1.62	$1.29	$1.34	$1.36	$1.47	$1.17	$0.97	$1.18
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	609	617	717	786	860	892	972	1,172	1,597	2,315
Putnam VT Sustainable Leaders Fund – Class IB Shares (9/24/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.40	$2.47	$1.93	$1.82	$1.84	$1.64	$1.22	$1.06	$1.13	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.23	$2.40	$2.47	$1.93	$1.82	$1.84	$1.64	$1.22	$1.06	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	179	193	257	282	369	401	421	494	543	652
Templeton Foreign VIP Fund – Class 2 (11/9/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.45	$1.74	$1.51	$1.43	$1.55	$1.76	$1.45	$1.24	$1.41	$1.31
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.62	$1.45	$1.74	$1.51	$1.43	$1.55	$1.76	$1.45	$1.24	$1.41
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	76	77	82	83	82	87	87	125	147	172

54    RiverSource Galaxy Premier Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information

Calculating Annuity Payouts	p. 3
Rating Agencies	p. 4
Principal Underwriter	p. 4
Service Providers	p. 4
Custodian	p. 5
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	p. 5
Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	p. 6
Financial Statements

RiverSource Galaxy Premier Variable Annuity — Prospectus    55

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474
1-800-333-3437

45211  CG (5/20)

RiverSource Distributors, Inc. (Distributor), Member FINRA. Issued by RiverSource Life Insurance Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota. ©2008-2020 RiverSource Life Insurance Company. All rights reserved.

Prospectus

May 1, 2020

Wells Fargo Advantage Builder
Variable Annuity

For contracts purchased in the state of Oregon the name of the product is changed to: Advantage Builder Variable Annuity.

INDIVIDUAL FLEXIBLE PREMIUM DEFERRED COMBINATION FIXED/VARIABLE ANNUITY

Issued by:	RiverSource Life Insurance Company (RiverSource Life)
	829 Ameriprise Financial Center Minneapolis, MN 55474 Telephone: 1-800-333-3437 (Service Center) RiverSource Variable Annuity Account/RiverSource MVA Account​

New contracts are not currently being offered.

This prospectus contains information that you should know before investing. Investment options available under the contract are listed below:

BNY Mellon Investment Portfolios

Columbia Funds Variable Series Trust II

Fidelity^® Variable Insurance Products – Service Class 2

Franklin^® Templeton^® Variable Insurance Products Trust – Class 2

Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust (VIT)

Invesco Variable Insurance Funds

MFS^® Variable Insurance Trust^SM

Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds

Putnam Variable Trust – Class IB Shares

Wells Fargo Variable Trust Funds

 

Please read the prospectuses carefully and keep them for future reference.

This contract provides for purchase payment credits to eligible contract owners, which we may reverse under certain circumstances. (See “Buying Your Contract — Purchase Payment Credits”). Expense charges for contracts with purchase payment credits may be higher than expenses for contracts without such credits. The amount of the credit may be more than offset by any additional fees and charges associated with the credit.

The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

An investment in this contract is not a deposit of a bank or financial institution and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) or any other government agency. An investment in this contract involves investment risk including the possible loss of principal.

A Statement of Additional Information (SAI), dated the same date as this prospectus, is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. It is filed with the SEC and is available without charge by contacting RiverSource Life at the telephone number and address listed above. The table of contents of the SAI is on the last page of this prospectus. The SEC maintains an Internet site. This prospectus, the SAI and other information about the product are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at (http://www.sec.gov).

Variable annuities are complex products. The fees and charges, as well as the available features and benefits, of the variable annuity contracts described in this prospectus will be different from other variable annuities offered in the marketplace, including other variable annuities or other types of annuities offered by RiverSource Life. The interest credited, guarantees provided, and credits available, as well as the funds serving as underlying investments and their corresponding expenses, may differ among the variable annuities that are available to you. With the aid of an appropriate financial professional, we encourage you to compare and contrast the variable annuity contracts described in this prospectus with other variable annuities available in the marketplace, including other types of annuities we may offer. This will aid in determining whether purchasing a contract is consistent with your investment objectives, risk tolerance, time horizon, marital status, tax situation, and your unique financial situation and needs. If you select an annuity that includes surrender or other liquidation charges, you should also consider any future needs you may have to

Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus    1

access your contract value. The optional benefits and features available with the contracts usually come with additional costs. Consider any additional costs carefully when electing these optional benefits and features.

Beginning on January 1, 2021, as permitted by regulations adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission, paper copies of your underlying funds’ shareholder reports will no longer be sent by mail, unless you specifically request paper copies of the reports from RiverSource Life. Instead, the reports will be made available on a website, and you will be notified each time a report is posted and provided with a website link to access the report.

You may elect to receive all future reports in paper free of charge. You can inform RiverSource Life that you wish to continue receiving paper copies of your shareholder reports by calling our Service Center at 1-800-862-7919. Your election to receive reports in paper will apply to all funds available under your variable annuity contract.

Effects of COVID-19 Pandemic

The coronavirus disease 2019 (“COVID-19”) public health crisis presents ongoing significant economic and societal disruption and has driven significant volatility in the equity and interest rate markets. Any periods of continued high market volatility, and your individual circumstances (e.g., your selected allocations and the timing of any purchase payments, transfers, or withdrawals), will affect values under your contract. As part of how we maintain our strong financial strength and claims-paying ability, we continue to reserve amounts for our contractual obligations in accordance with significant state solvency regulations. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic may impact financial markets, investment performance under your contract, and our financial strength and claims-paying ability will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be estimated, including the scope and duration of the pandemic and actions taken by governmental authorities, market participants, and other third parties in response to the pandemic.

We have implemented comprehensive strategies to address the operating environment spurred by the pandemic.  To promote the safety and security of our employees and to assure the continuity of our business operations, we have implemented a work from home protocol for virtually all of our employee population, restricted business travel, and provided resources for complying with the guidance from the World Health Organization, the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and government authorities. We have been satisfying elevated customer service volumes and our operations teams have continued to operate successfully and without disruptions in service. Our pandemic strategy is flexible and scalable and takes into consideration that a pandemic could be widespread and may occur in multiple waves, affecting different communities at different times with varying levels of severity. We cannot, however, predict the impact that natural or man-made disasters and catastrophes, including the COVID-19 pandemic, may have over near- or longer-term periods.

2    Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Table of Contents

Key Terms	4
The Contract in Brief	6
Expense Summary	8
Contract Owner Transaction Expenses	8
Annual Variable Account Expenses	8
Other Annual Expenses	9
Annual Operating Expenses of the Funds	9
Condensed Financial Information	11
Financial Statements	11
The Variable Account and the Funds	11
The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)	16
Market Value Adjustment (MVA)	17
The General Account	19
The One-Year Fixed Account	19
Buying Your Contract	19
The Retirement Date	20
Beneficiary	21
Purchase Payments	21
How to Make Purchase Payments	21
Purchase Payment Credits	21
Limitations on Use of Contract	22
Charges	22
Contract Administrative Charge	22
Variable Account Administrative Charge	22
Mortality and Expense Risk Fee	22
Withdrawal Charge	23
Fund Fees and Expenses	26
Premium Taxes	26
Optional Living Benefits Charges	26
Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB) Fee*	26
Optional Death Benefit Charges	26
Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider Fee	26
Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider Fee	26
Valuing Your Investment	26
GPAs and One-Year Fixed Account	27
Subaccounts	27
Making the Most of Your Contract	28
Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging	28
Tiered Dollar-Cost Averaging (Tiered DCA) Program	28
Asset Rebalancing	30
Transferring Among Accounts	30
How to request a Transfer or Withdrawal	32
Withdrawals	34
Withdrawal Policies	34

Receiving Payment	34
TSA–Special Provisions	35
Participants in Tax-Sheltered Annuities	35
Changing Ownership	36
Benefits in Case of Death	36
If You Die Before Your Retirement Date	38
Optional Benefits	40
Optional Death Benefits	40
Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector)	40
Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus)	42
Optional Living Benefits	44
Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB)	44
The Annuity Payout Period	48
Annuity Tables	48
Annuity Payout Plans	49
Taxes	50
Nonqualified Annuities	50
Qualified Annuities	52
Other	53
Voting Rights	54
Substitution of Investments	54
About the Service Providers	55
Principal Underwriter	55
Service Providers	56
Issuer	56
Legal Proceedings	56
Additional Information	57
Incorporation of Certain Documents By Reference	57
Available Information	57
Indemnification	57
Appendix : Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	58
Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information	63

Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus    3

Key Terms

These terms can help you understand details about your contract.

Accumulation unit: A measure of the value of each subaccount before annuity payouts begin.

Annuitant: The person or persons on whose life or life expectancy the annuity payouts are based.

Annuity payouts: An amount paid at regular intervals under one of several plans.

Assumed investment rate: The rate of return we assume your investments will earn when we calculate your initial annuity payout amount using the annuity table in your contract. The standard assumed investment rate we use is 5% but you may request we substitute an assumed investment rate of 3.5%.

Beneficiary: The person you designate to receive benefits in case of the owner’s or annuitant’s death while the contract is in force.

Close of business: The time the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) closes (4 p.m. Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier).

Code: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Contract: A deferred annuity contract that permits you to accumulate money for retirement by making one or more purchase payments. It provides for lifetime or other forms of payouts beginning at a specified time in the future.

Contract value: The total value of your contract before we deduct any applicable charges.

Contract year: A period of 12 months, starting on the effective date of your contract and on each anniversary of the effective date.

Funds: Investment options under your contract. You may allocate your purchase payments into subaccounts investing in shares of the funds.

Good order: We cannot process your transaction request relating to the contract until we have received the request in good order at our Service Center. “Good order” means the actual receipt of the requested transaction in writing, along with all information, forms and supporting legal documentation necessary to effect the transaction. To be in “good order,” your instructions must be sufficiently clear so that we do not need to exercise any discretion to follow such instructions. This information and documentation generally includes your completed request; the contract number; the transaction amount (in dollars); the names of and allocations to and/or from the subaccounts and the fixed account affected by the requested transaction; Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number; and any other information, forms or supporting documentation that we may require. For certain transactions, at our option, we may require the signature of all contract owners for the request to be in good order. With respect to purchase

requests, “good order” also generally includes receipt of sufficient payment by us to effect the purchase. We may, in our sole discretion, determine whether any particular transaction request is in good order, and we reserve the right to change or waive any good order requirements at any time.

Guarantee Period: The number of successive 12-month periods that a guaranteed interest rate is credited.

Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs): A nonunitized separate account to which you may allocate purchase payments and purchase payment credits or transfer contract value of at least $1,000. These accounts have guaranteed interest rates for guarantee periods we declare when you allocate purchase payments and purchase payment credits or transfer contract value to a GPA. These guaranteed rates and periods of time may vary by state. Unless an exception applies, transfers or withdrawals from a GPA done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will receive a market value adjustment, which may result in a gain or loss of principal.

Market Value Adjustment (MVA): A positive or negative adjustment assessed if any portion of a Guarantee Period Account is withdrawn or transferred more than 30 days before the end of its guarantee period.

One-year fixed account: Part of our general account to which you may make allocations. Amounts you allocate to this account earn interest at rates that we declare periodically.

Owner (you, your): The person or persons identified in the contract as owner(s) of the contract, who has or have the right to control the contract (to decide on investment allocations, transfers, payout options, etc.). Usually, but not always, the owner is also the annuitant. During the owner’s life, the owner is responsible for taxes, regardless of whether he or she receives the contract’s benefits. The owner or any joint owner may be a non-natural person (e.g. irrevocable trust or corporation) or a revocable trust. If any owner is a non-natural person or a revocable trust, the annuitant will be deemed to be the owner for contract provisions that are based on the age or life of the owner. When the contract is owned by a revocable trust or irrevocable grantor trust, the annuitant(s) selected must be the grantor(s) of the trust to assure compliance with Section 72(s) of the Code.

Purchase payment credits: An addition we make to your contract value. We base the amount of the credit on net payments (total payments less total withdrawals). We apply the credit to your contract based on your current payment.

• Individual Retirement Annuities (IRAs) including inherited IRAs under Section 408(b) of the Code

• Roth IRAs including inherited Roth IRAs under Section 408A of the Code

• SIMPLE IRAs under Section 408(p) of the Code

 

4    Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• Simplified Employee Pension (SEP) plans under Section 408(k) of the Code

• Tax-Sheltered Annuity (TSA) rollovers under Section 403(b) of the Code

A qualified annuity will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral if it is used to fund a retirement plan that is already tax deferred.

All other contracts are considerednonqualified annuities.

Retirement date: The date when annuity payouts are scheduled to begin.

Rider effective date: The date a rider becomes effective as stated in the rider.

RiverSource Life: In this prospectus, “we,” “us,” “our” and “RiverSource Life” refer to RiverSource Life Insurance Company.

Service Center: Our department that processes all transaction and service requests for the contracts. We consider all transaction and service requests received when they arrive in good order at the Service Center. Any transaction or service requests sent or directed to any location other than our Service Center may end up delayed or not processed. Our Service Center address and telephone number are listed on the first page of the prospectus.

Valuation date: Any normal business day, Monday through Friday, on which the NYSE is open, up to the time it closes. At the NYSE close, the next valuation date begins. We calculate the accumulation unit value of each

subaccount on each valuation date. If we receive your purchase payment or any transaction request (such as a transfer or withdrawal request) in good order at our Service Center before the close of business, we will process your payment or transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your payment or transaction request. On the other hand, if we receive your purchase payment or transaction request in good order at our Service Center at or after the close of business, we will process your payment or transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date. If you make a transaction request by telephone (including by fax), you must have completed your transaction by the close of business in order for us to process it using the accumulation unit value we calculate on that valuation date. If you were not able to complete your transaction before the close of business for any reason, including telephone service interruptions or delays due to high call volume, we will process your transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date.

Variable account: Consists of separate subaccounts to which you may allocate purchase payments; each invests in shares of one fund. The value of your investment in each subaccount changes with the performance of the particular fund.

Withdrawal value: The amount you are entitled to receive if you make a full withdrawal from your contract. It is the contract value minus any applicable charges.

Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus    5

The Contract in Brief

Purpose: The purpose of the contract is to allow you to accumulate money for retirement or similar long term goal. You do this by making one or more purchase payments. You may allocate your purchase payments to the GPAs, one-year fixed account, and/or subaccounts of the variable account under the contract; however you risk losing amounts you invest in the subaccounts of the variable account. These accounts, in turn, may earn returns that increase the value of a contract. If the contract value goes to zero due to underlying fund’s performance or deduction of fees, the contract will no longer be in force and the contract (including any death benefit riders) will terminate. You may be able to purchase an optional benefit to reduce the investment risk you assume. Beginning at a specified time in the future called the retirement date, the contract provides lifetime or other forms of payouts of your contract value (less any applicable premium tax).

It may have not been advantageous for you to purchase this contract in exchange for, or in addition to, an existing annuity or life insurance policy. Generally, you can exchange one annuity for another or for a long-term care policy in a “tax-free” exchange under Section 1035 of the Code. You can also do a partial exchange from one annuity contract to another annuity contract, subject to Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) rules. You also generally can exchange a life insurance policy for an annuity. However, before making an exchange, you should compare both contracts carefully because the features and benefits may be different. Fees and charges may be higher or lower on your old contract than on this contract. You may have to pay a withdrawal charge when you exchange out of your old contract and a new withdrawal period will begin when you exchange into this contract. If the exchange does not qualify for Section 1035 treatment, you also may have to pay federal income tax on the distribution. State income taxes may also apply. You should not exchange your old contract for this contract, or buy this contract in addition to your old contract, unless you determine it is in your best interest. (See “Taxes-1035 Exchanges”.)

Tax-deferred retirement plans: Most annuities have a tax-deferred feature. So do many retirement plans under the Code including 403(b) plans. As a result, when you use a qualified annuity to fund a retirement plan that is tax-deferred, your contract will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral beyond what is provided in that retirement plan. Some employers may permit you to deposit your contributions into other investments such as mutual funds. If such investments are available to you, before enrolling under the contract, you should consider features other than tax deferral that may help you reach your retirement goals. In addition, the Code subjects retirement plans to required withdrawals triggered at age 72 (triggered at age 70 ½ if you turned 70 ½ before Jan. 1, 2020). These mandatory withdrawals are called required minimum distributions (“RMDs”). RMDs may reduce the value of certain death benefits and optional riders (see “Taxes — Qualified

Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). You should consult your tax advisor before you purchase the contract as a qualified annuity for an explanation of the tax implications to you.

Buying a contract: We no longer offer new contracts. However, you have the option of making additional purchase payments in the future, subject to certain limitations. Purchase payment amounts and purchase payment timing may be limited under the terms of your contract and/or pursuant to state requirements. (See “Buying Your Contract”).

Free look period: The contracts in this prospectus are no longer sold. Generally, all available free look periods have now expired.

Accounts: Generally, you may allocate your purchase payments among the:

• subaccounts of the variable account, each of which invests in a fund with a particular investment objective. The value of each subaccount varies with the performance of the particular fund in which it invests. We cannot guarantee that the value at the retirement date will equal or exceed the total purchase payments you allocate to the subaccounts. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds”).

• GPAs which earn interest at rates declared when you make an allocation to that account. The required minimum investment in each GPA is $1,000. These accounts may not be available in all states. (See “The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)”)

• one-year fixed account, which earns interest at rates that we adjust periodically. There are restrictions on the amount you can allocate to this account as well as on transfers from this account (see “The Fixed Account – One-Year Fixed Account“ )

Transfers: Subject to certain restrictions, you currently may redistribute your contract value among the accounts without charge at any time until annuity payouts begin, and once per contract year among the subaccounts after annuity payouts begin. Transfers out of the GPAs done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will be subject to a MVA, unless an exception applies. You may establish automated transfers among the accounts. We reserve the right to limit transfers to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then currently crediting is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transferring Among Accounts”).

Withdrawals: You may withdraw all or part of your contract value at any time before the retirement date. You also may establish automated partial withdrawals. Withdrawals may be subject to charges and tax penalties (including a 10% IRS penalty that may apply if you make withdrawals prior to your reaching age 59½) and may have other tax consequences. Certain other restrictions may apply. (See “Withdrawals”)

 

6    Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Optional benefits:These contracts offered optional living and death benefits that were available for additional charges if you met certain criteria. Please note, since the contracts in this prospectus are no longer sold, any optional benefits you may have elected were done so at the time of application. You cannot add optional benefits to your contract after it has been issued. Any optional benefits we describe are not available to add to your contract. (See “Optional Benefits”).

Benefits in case of death: If you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin, we will pay the beneficiary an amount at least equal to the contract value. (See “Benefits in Case of Death”)

Annuity payouts: You can apply your contract value, after reflecting any adjustments, to an annuity payout plan that begins on the retirement date. You may choose from a variety of plans that can help meet your retirement or other income needs. The payout schedule must meet IRS requirements. We can make payouts on a fixed or variable basis, or both. During the annuity payout period, your choices for subaccounts may be limited. The GPAs are not available during the payout period. (See “The Annuity Payout Period”).

Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus    7

Expense Summary

The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you paid when buying, owning and making a withdrawal from the contract. The first table describes the fees and expenses that you paid at the time that you bought the contract and will pay when you make a withdrawal from the contract. State premium taxes also may be deducted.

Contract Owner Transaction Expenses

Withdrawal charge

(Contingent deferred sales charge as a percentage of purchase payments withdrawn)

You select either a six-year or eight-year withdrawal charge schedule at the time of application.

Six-year schedule		Eight-year schedule
Years from purchase payment receipt	Withdrawal charge Percentage	Years from purchase payment receipt	Withdrawal charge percentage
1	8%	1	8%
2	8	2	8
3	8	3	8
4	6	4	8
5	4	5	8
6	2	6	6
Thereafter	0	7	4
		8	2
		Thereafter	0

Liquidation charge under Variable Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:If you are receiving variable annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to withdraw those payments. The amount that you can withdraw is the present value of any remaining variable payouts. The discount rate we use in the calculation will be 5.17% if the assumed investment return is 3.5% and 6.67% if the assumed investment return is 5%. The liquidation charge equals the present value of the remaining payouts using the assumed investment return minus the present value of the remaining payouts using the discount rate. (See “Charges — WithdrawalCharge” and “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Withdrawal charge for Fixed Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:

Number of Completed Years Since Annuitization	Withdrawal charge percentage
0	Not applicable*
1	5%
2	4
3	3
4	2
5	1
6 and thereafter	0

*We do not permit withdrawals in the first year after annuitization.

The next tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay periodically during the time that you own the contract, not including fund fees and expenses.

Annual Variable Account Expenses

(As a percentage of average daily subaccount value.)

You can choose the length of your contract’s withdrawal charge schedule and the death benefit guarantee provided. The combination you choose determines the fees you pay. The table below shows the combinations available to you and their cost.

Eight-year withdrawal charge schedule:	Variable account administrative charge	Total mortality and expense risk fee	Total variable account expense
Standard Death Benefit	0.15%	1.10%	1.25%
Enhanced Death Benefit (EDB)	0.15	1.30	1.45

8    Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Six-year withdrawal charge schedule:	Variable account administrative charge	Total mortality and expense risk fee	Total variable account expense
Standard Death Benefit	0.15	1.35	1.50
Enhanced Death Benefit (EDB)	0.15	1.55	1.70

Other Annual Expenses

Annual contract administrative charge $30

(We will waive this charge when your contract value is $50,000 or more on the current contract anniversary.)

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector) fee 0.25%⁽¹⁾

(As a percentage of the contract value charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus) fee 0.40%⁽¹⁾

(As a percentage of the contract value charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB) fee 0.70%^(1),(2)

(As a percentage of the GMIB benefit base charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

(1)	This fee applies only if you elect this optional feature.
(2)	For applications signed prior to May 1, 2003, the following annual current rider charges apply: GMIB — .30%.

Annual Operating Expenses of the Funds

The next table provides the minimum and maximum total operating expenses charged by the underlying funds that you may pay periodically during the time that you own the contract. These operating expenses are for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, unless otherwise noted. More detail concerning each underlying fund’s fees and expenses is contained in each fund’s prospectus.

Minimum and maximum annual operating expenses for the funds

(Including management, distribution (12b-1) and/or service fees and other expenses)⁽¹⁾

	Minimum(%)	Maximum(%)
Total expenses before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements	0.58	1.39

⁽¹⁾ Total annual fund operating expenses are deducted from amounts that are allocated to the fund. They include management fees and other expenses and may include distribution (12b-1) fees. Other expenses may include service fees that may be used to compensate service providers, including us and our affiliates, for administrative and contract owner services provided on behalf of the fund. The amount of these payments will vary by fund and may be significant. See “The Variable Account and the Funds” for additional information, including potential conflicts of interest these payments may create. Distribution (12b-1) fees are used to finance any activity that is primarily intended to result in the sale of fund shares. Because 12b-1 fees are paid out of fund assets on an ongoing basis, you may pay more if you select subaccounts investing in funds that have adopted 12b-1 plans than if you select subaccounts investing in funds that have not adopted 12b-1 plans. For a more complete description of each fund’s fees and expenses and important disclosure regarding payments the fund and/or its affiliates make, please review the fund’s prospectus and SAI.

Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus    9

Examples

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in these contracts with the cost of investing in other variable annuity contracts. These costs include your transaction expenses, contract administrative charges⁽¹⁾, variable account annual expenses and fund fees and expenses.

These examples assume that you invest $10,000 in the contract for the time periods indicated. These examples also assume that your investment has a 5% return each year.

Maximum Expenses. These examples assume the most expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the maximum fees and expenses of any of the funds before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the EDB and the GMIB. Although your actual costs may be lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

	If you withdraw your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not withdraw your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
With an eight-year withdrawal charge schedule	$1,145	$1,985	$2,660	$4,347	$402	$1,227	$2,080	$4,347
With a six-year withdrawal charge schedule	1,169	1,867	2,395	4,580	428	1,303	2,205	4,580

Minimum Expenses. These examples assume the least expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the minimum fees and expenses of any of the funds before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the Standard Death Benefit and do not select any optional benefits. Although your actual costs may be higher, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

	If you withdraw your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not withdraw your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
With an eight-year withdrawal charge schedule	$979	$1,482	$1,774	$2,478	$221	$680	$1,162	$2,478
With a six-year withdrawal charge schedule	1,003	1,356	1,499	2,747	247	759	1,295	2,747

⁽¹⁾ In these examples, the contract administrative charge is $30.

THE EXAMPLES ARE ILLUSTRATIVE ONLY. YOU SHOULD NOT CONSIDER THESE EXAMPLES AS A REPRESENTATION OF PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES. ACTUAL EXPENSES WILL BE HIGHER OR LOWER THAN THOSE SHOWN DEPENDING UPON WHICH OPTIONAL BENEFIT YOU ELECT OTHER THAN INDICATED IN THE EXAMPLES OR IF YOU ALLOCATE CONTRACT VALUE TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE SUBACCOUNTS.

10    Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Condensed Financial Information

You can find unaudited condensed financial information for the subaccounts representing the lowest and highest total annual variable account expense combinations in Appendix.

Financial Statements

You can find our audited financial statements and the audited financial statements of the divisions, which are comprised of subaccounts, in the SAI. The SAI does not include audited financial statements for divisions that are new (if any) and have no activity as of the financial statements date.

The Variable Account and the Funds

Variable Account. The variable account was established under Indiana law on July 15, 1987, and the subaccounts are registered together as a single unit investment trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the 1940 Act). This registration does not involve any supervision of our management or investment practices and policies by the SEC. All obligations arising under the contracts are general obligations of RiverSource Life.

The variable account meets the definition of a separate account under federal securities laws. We credit or charge income, capital gains and capital losses of each subaccount only to that subaccount. State insurance law prohibits us from charging a subaccount with liabilities of any other subaccount or of our general business. The variable account includes other subaccounts that are available under contracts that are not described in this prospectus.

The IRS has issued guidance on investor control but may issue additional guidance in the future. We reserve the right to modify the contract or any investments made under the terms of the contract so that the investor control rules do not apply to treat the contract owner as the owner of the subaccount assets rather than the owner of an annuity contract. If the contract is not treated as an annuity contract for tax purposes, the owner may be subject to current taxation on any current or accumulated income credited to the contract.

We intend to comply with all federal tax laws so that the contract qualifies as an annuity for federal tax purposes. We reserve the right to modify the contract as necessary in order to qualify the contract as an annuity for federal tax purposes.

The Funds. This contract currently offers subaccounts investing in shares of the funds listed in the table below.

• Investment objectives: The investment managers and advisers cannot guarantee that the funds will meet their investment objectives. Please read the funds’ prospectuses for facts you should know before investing. These prospectuses are available by contacting us at the address or telephone number on the first page of this prospectus.

• Fund name and management: A fund underlying your contract in which a subaccount invests may have a name, portfolio manager, objectives, strategies and characteristics that are the same or substantially similar to those of a publicly-traded retail mutual fund. Despite these similarities, an underlying fund is not the same as any publicly-traded retail mutual fund. Each underlying fund will have its own unique portfolio holdings, fees, operating expenses and operating results. The results of each underlying fund may differ significantly from any publicly-traded retail mutual fund.

• Eligible purchasers: All funds are available to serve as the underlying investments for variable annuities and variable life insurance policies. The funds are not available to the public (see “Fund Name and Management” above). Some funds also are available to serve as investment options for tax-deferred retirement plans. It is possible that in the future for tax, regulatory or other reasons, it may be disadvantageous for variable annuity accounts and variable life insurance accounts and/or tax-deferred retirement plans to invest in the available funds simultaneously. Although we and the funds’ providers do not currently foresee any such disadvantages, the boards of directors or trustees of each fund will monitor events in order to identify any material conflicts between annuity owners, policy owners and tax-deferred retirement plans and to determine what action, if any, should be taken in response to a conflict. If a board were to conclude that it should establish separate fund providers for the variable annuity, variable life insurance and tax-deferred retirement plan accounts, you would not bear any expenses associated with establishing separate funds. Please refer to the funds’ prospectuses for risk disclosure regarding simultaneous investments by variable annuity, variable life insurance and tax-deferred retirement plan accounts. Each fund intends to comply with the diversification requirements under Section 817(h) of the Code.

• Private label: This contract is a “private label” variable annuity. This means the contract includes funds affiliated with the distributor of this contract. Purchase payments and contract values you allocate to subaccounts investing in any of the Wells Fargo Variable Trust Funds available under this contract are generally more profitable for the distributor and its affiliates than allocations you make to other subaccounts. In contrast, purchase payments and contract values you allocate to subaccounts investing in any of the affiliated funds are generally more profitable for us and our

Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus    11

	affiliates (see “Revenue we receive from the funds may create conflicts of interest”). These relationships may influence recommendations your investment professional makes regarding whether you should invest in the contract, and whether you should allocate purchase payments or contract values to a particular subaccount.
•	Asset allocation programs may impact fund performance: Asset allocation programs in general may negatively impact the performance of an underlying fund. Even if you do not participate in an asset allocation program, a fund in which your subaccount invests may be impacted if it is included in an asset allocation program. Rebalancing or reallocation under the terms of the asset allocation program may cause a fund to lose money if it must sell large amounts of securities to meet a redemption request. These losses can be greater if the fund holds securities that are not as liquid as others, for example, various types of bonds, shares of smaller companies and securities of foreign issuers. A fund may also experience higher expenses because it must sell or buy securities more frequently than it otherwise might in the absence of asset allocation program rebalancing or reallocations. Because asset allocation programs include periodic rebalancing and may also include reallocation, these effects may occur under the asset allocation program we offer or under asset allocation programs used in conjunction with the contracts and plans of other eligible purchasers of the funds.
•	Funds available under the contract: We seek to provide a broad array of underlying funds taking into account the fees and charges imposed by each fund and the contract charges we impose. We select the underlying funds in which the subaccounts initially invest and when there is substitution (see “Substitution of Investments”). We also make all decisions regarding which funds to retain in a contract, which funds to add to a contract and which funds will no longer be offered in a contract. In making these decisions, we may consider various objective and subjective factors. Objective factors include, but are not limited to fund performance, fund expenses, classes of fund shares available, size of the fund and investment objectives and investing style of the fund. Subjective factors include, but are not limited to, investment sub-styles and process, management skill and history at other funds and portfolio concentration and sector weightings. We also consider the levels and types of revenue a fund, its distributor, investment adviser, subadviser, transfer agent or their affiliates pay us and our affiliates. This revenue includes, but is not limited to compensation for administrative services provided with respect to the fund and support of marketing and distribution expenses incurred with respect to the fund.
•	Money Market fund yield: In low interest rate environments, money market fund yields may decrease to a level where the deduction of fees and charges associated with your contract could result in negative net performance, resulting in a corresponding decrease in your contract value.
•	Revenue we receive from the funds and potential conflicts of interest:

Expenses We May Incur on Behalf of the Funds

When a subaccount invests in a fund, the fund holds a single account in the name of the variable account. As such, the variable account is actually the shareholder of the fund. We, through our variable account, aggregate the transactions of numerous contract owners and submit net purchase and redemption requests to the funds on a daily basis. In addition, we track individual contract owner transactions and provide confirmations, periodic statements, and other required mailings. These costs would normally be borne by the fund, but we incur them instead.

Besides incurring these administrative expenses on behalf of the funds, we also incur distributions expenses in selling our contracts. By extension, the distribution expenses we incur benefit the funds we make available due to contract owner elections to allocate purchase payments to the funds through the subaccounts. In addition, the funds generally incur lower distribution expenses when offered through our variable account in contrast to being sold on a retail basis.

A complete list of why we may receive this revenue, as well as sources of revenue, is described in detail below.

Payments the Funds May Make to Us

We or our affiliates may receive from each of the funds, or their affiliates, compensation including but not limited to expense payments. These payments are designed in part to compensate us for the expenses we may incur on behalf of the funds. In addition to these payments, the funds may compensate us for wholesaling activities or to participate in educational or marketing seminars sponsored by the funds.

We or our affiliates may receive revenue derived from the 12b-1 fees charged by the funds. These fees are deducted from the assets of the funds. This revenue and the amount by which it can vary may create conflicts of interest. The amount, type, and manner in which the revenue from these sources is computed vary by fund.

Conflicts of Interest These Payments May Create

When we determined the charges to impose under the contracts, we took into account anticipated payments from the funds. If we had not taken into account these anticipated payments, the charges under the contract would have been higher. Additionally, the amount of payment we receive from a fund or its affiliate may create an incentive for us to include that fund as an investment option and may influence our decision regarding which funds to include in the variable account as subaccount options for contract owners. Funds that offer lower payments or no payments may also have corresponding expense structures that are lower, resulting in decreased overall fees and expenses to shareholders.

12    Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus

We offer funds managed by our affiliates Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC (Columbia Management) and Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLC (Columbia Wanger). We have additional financial incentive to offer our affiliated funds because additional assets held by them generally results in added revenue to us and our parent company, Ameriprise Financial, Inc. Additionally, employees of Ameriprise Financial, Inc. and its affiliates, including our employees, may be separately incented to include the affiliated funds in the products, as employee compensation and business unit operating goals at all levels are tied to the success of the company. Currently, revenue received from our affiliated funds comprises the greatest amount and percentage of revenue we derive from payments made by the funds.

The Amount of Payments We Receive from the Funds

We or our affiliates receive revenue which ranges up to 0.65% of the average daily net assets invested in the funds through this and other contracts we and our affiliates issue.

Why revenues are paid to us: In accordance with applicable laws, regulations and the terms of the agreements under which such revenue is paid, we or our affiliates may receive revenue, including, but not limited to expense payments and non-cash compensation, for various purposes:

• Compensating, training and educating investment professionals who sell the contracts.

• Granting access to our employees whose job it is to promote sales of the contracts by authorized selling firms and their investment professionals, and granting access to investment professionals of our affiliated selling firms.

• Activities or services we or our affiliates provide that assist in the promotion and distribution of the contracts including promoting the funds available under the contracts to contract owners, authorized selling firms and investment professionals.

• Providing sub-transfer agency and shareholder servicing to contract owners.

• Promoting, including and/or retaining the fund’s investment portfolios as underlying investment options in the contracts.

• Advertising, printing and mailing sales literature, and printing and distributing prospectuses and reports.

• Furnishing personal services to contract owners, including education of contract owners regarding the funds, answering routine inquiries regarding a fund, maintaining accounts or providing such other services eligible for service fees as defined under the rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA).

• Subaccounting services, transaction processing, recordkeeping and administration.

• Sources of revenue received from affiliated funds: The affiliated funds are managed by Columbia Management or Columbia Wanger. The sources of revenue we receive from these affiliated funds, or the funds’ affiliates, may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Assets of the fund’s adviser, sub-adviser, transfer agent, distributor or an affiliate of these. The revenue resulting from these sources may be based either on a percentage of average daily net assets of the fund or on the actual cost of certain services we provide with respect to the fund. We may receive this revenue either in the form of a cash payment or it may be allocated to us.

• Compensation paid out of 12b-1 fees that are deducted from fund assets.

• Sources of revenue received from unaffiliated funds: The unaffiliated funds are not managed by an affiliate of ours. The sources of revenue we receive from these unaffiliated funds, or the funds’ affiliates, may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Assets of the fund’s adviser, sub-adviser, transfer agent, distributor or an affiliate of these. The revenue resulting from these sources may be based either on a percentage of average daily net assets of the fund or on the actual cost of certain services we provide with respect to the fund. We receive this revenue in the form of a cash payment.

• Compensation paid out of 12b-1 fees that are deducted from fund assets.

You may allocate purchase payments and transfers to any or all of the subaccounts of the variable account that invest in shares of the funds listed in the table below. From time to time, certain fund names are changed. When we are notified of a name change, we will make changes so that the new name is properly shown. However, changes may take some period of time to complete. As a result it is possible you may receive various forms, reports and confirmations that reflect a fund’s prior name.

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
BNY Mellon Sustainable U.S. Equity Portfolio, Inc. - Initial Shares	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	BNY Mellon Investment Adviser, Inc., adviser; Newton Investment Management Limited, sub-adviser.

Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus    13

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high level of current income and, as a secondary objective, steady growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Government Money Market Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with maximum current income consistent with liquidity and stability of principal.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - High Yield Bond Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with high current income as its primary objective and, as its secondary objective, capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Select Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with current income as its primary objective and, as its secondary objective, preservation of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Fidelity® VIP Dynamic Capital Appreciation Portfolio Service Class 2	Seeks capital appreciation. Normally invests primarily in common stocks of domestic and foreign issuers. The Fund invests in either "growth" or "value" stocks or both.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP High Income Portfolio Service Class 2	Seeks a high level of current income, while also considering growth of capital. Normally invests primarily in income-producing debt securities, preferred stocks and convertible securities, with an emphasis on lower-quality debt securities. May invest in non-income producing securities, including defaulted securities and common stocks. Invests in companies in troubled or uncertain financial condition. The Fund invests in domestic and foreign issuers.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2	Seeks long-term growth of capital. Normally invests primarily in common stocks. Normally invests at least 80% of assets in securities of companies with medium market capitalizations. May invest in companies with smaller or larger market capitalizations. Invests in domestic and foreign issuers. The Fund invests in either "growth" or "value" common stocks or both.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Franklin Global Real Estate VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks high total return. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in investments of companies located anywhere in the world that operate in the real estate sector.	Franklin Templeton Institutional, LLC
Franklin Income VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks to maximize income while maintaining prospects for capital appreciation. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests in both equity and debt securities.	Franklin Advisers, Inc.

14    Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks capital appreciation, with income as a secondary goal. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests primarily in U.S. and foreign equity securities that the investment manager believes are undervalued.	Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC
Franklin Small Cap Value VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term total return. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in investments of small capitalization companies.	Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC
Franklin Small-Mid Cap Growth VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital growth. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in investments of small-capitalization and mid-capitalization companies.	Franklin Advisers, Inc.
Goldman Sachs VIT Mid Cap Value Fund - Institutional Shares	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P.
Goldman Sachs VIT U.S. Equity Insights Fund - Institutional Shares	Seeks long-term growth of capital and dividend income.	Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Strategic Income Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks total return	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series I Shares	Seeks capital growth.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. Core Equity Fund, Series I Shares	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
MFS® Investors Trust Series - Initial Class	Seeks capital appreciation.	MFS® Investment Management
MFS® Utilities Series - Initial Class	Seeks total return.	MFS® Investment Management
Putnam VT Global Health Care Fund - Class IB Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of both Putnam Investments Limited (PIL) and The Putnam Advisory Company, LLC (PAC), PIL and PAC do not currently manage any assets of the fund.
Putnam VT International Equity Fund - Class IB Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor; Putnam Investments Limited, sub-adviser. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of The Putnam Advisory Company, LLC (PAC), PAC does not currently manage any assets of the fund.
Putnam VT Sustainable Leaders Fund - Class IB Shares	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of Putnam Investments Limited (PIL), PIL does not currently manage any assets.

Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus    15

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Variable Portfolio - Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; Jacobs Levy Equity Management, Inc., Nuveen Asset Management, LLC and Segall Bryant & Hamill, LLC, subadvisers.
Wells Fargo VT Index Asset Allocation Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term total return, consisting of capital appreciation and current income.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.
Wells Fargo VT International Equity Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.
Wells Fargo VT Omega Growth Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.
Wells Fargo VT Opportunity Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.
Wells Fargo VT Small Cap Growth Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.

The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)

The GPAs may not be available in some states.

You may allocate purchase payments and purchase payment credits to one or more of the GPAs with guarantee periods declared by us. These periods of time may vary by state. The required minimum investment in each GPA is $1,000.

These accounts are not offered after annuity payouts begin.

Each GPA pays an interest rate that is declared when you make an allocation to that account. Interest is credited daily. That interest rate is then fixed for the guarantee period that you chose. We will periodically change the declared interest rate for any future allocations to these accounts, but we will not change the rate paid on money currently in a GPA. The GPA interests under the contracts are registered with the SEC (File No.333-230959). The SEC staff reviews the disclosures in this prospectus on the GPA interests.

The interest rates that we will declare as guaranteed rates in the future are determined by us at our discretion (future rates). These rates generally will be based on various factors related to future investment earnings.We cannot predict nor can we guarantee what future rates will be.

We hold amounts you allocate to the GPAs in a “nonunitized” separate account. This separate account provides an additional measure of assurance that we will make full payment of amounts due under the GPAs. We own the assets of this separate account as well as any favorable investment performance of those assets. You do not participate in the performance of the assets held in this separate account. We guarantee all benefits relating to your value in the GPAs. This guarantee is based on the continued claims-paying ability of the company’s general account. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of insurance and financial products as well, and we also pay our obligations under these products from assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account.

We intend to construct and manage the investment portfolio relating to the separate account in such a way as to minimize the impact of fluctuations by interest rates. We seek to achieve this by constructing a portfolio of assets with a price sensitivity to interest rate changes (i.e., price duration) that is similar to the price duration of the corresponding portfolio of liabilities.

We must invest this portfolio of assets in accordance with requirements established by applicable state laws regarding the nature and quality of investments that life insurance companies may make and the percentage of their assets that they may commit to any particular type of investment. Our investment strategy will incorporate the use of a variety of debt instruments having price durations tending to match the applicable guarantee periods. These instruments include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities, which issues may or may not be guaranteed by the U.S. government;

16    Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• Debt securities that have an investment grade, at the time of purchase, within the four highest grades assigned by any of three nationally recognized rating agencies — Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s Investors Service or Fitch — or are rated in the two highest grades by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners;

• Other debt instruments which are unrated or rated below investment grade, limited to 10% of assets at the time of purchase; and

• Real estate mortgages, limited to 45% of portfolio assets at the time of acquisition.

In addition, options and futures contracts on fixed income securities will be used from time to time to achieve and maintain appropriate investment and liquidity characteristics on the overall asset portfolio.

While this information generally describes our investment strategy, we are not obligated to follow any particular strategy except as may be required by federal law and Indiana and other state insurance laws.

Market Value Adjustment (MVA)

We guarantee the contract value allocated to your GPA, including the interest credited, if you do not make any transfers or withdrawals from that GPA prior to 30 days before the end of the guarantee period. However, we will apply an MVA if a transfer or withdrawal occurs prior to this time, unless the transfer is an automated transfer from the two-year GPA as part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep strategy. The MVA also affects amounts withdrawn from a GPA prior to 30 days before the end of the guarantee period that are used to purchase payouts under an annuity payout plan. We will refer to all of these transactions as “early withdrawals” in the discussion below.

The current interest rate we offer on the GPA will change periodically at our discretion. It is the rate we are then paying on purchase payments, renewals and transfers paid under this class of contracts for Guarantee Period durations equaling the remaining Guarantee Period of the GPA to which the formula is being applied.

We will not apply MVAs to amounts withdrawn for annual contract charges, to amounts we pay as death claims or to automatic transfers from the two-year GPA as part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep Strategy. In some states, the MVA is limited.

When you request an early withdrawal, we adjust the early withdrawal amount by an MVA formula. The early withdrawal amount reflects the relationship between the guaranteed interest rate you are earning in your current GPA and the interest rate we are crediting on new GPAs that end at the same time as your current GPA.

The MVA is sensitive to changes in current interest rates. The magnitude of any applicable MVA will depend on our current schedule of guaranteed interest rates at the time of the withdrawal, the time remaining in your guarantee period and your guaranteed interest rate. The MVA is negative, zero or positive depending on how the guaranteed interest rate on your GPA compares to the interest rate of a new GPA for the same number of years as the guarantee period remaining on your GPA. This is summarized in the following table:

If your GPA rate is:	The MVA is:
Less than the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Negative
Equal to the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Zero
Greater than the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Positive

General Examples

As the examples below demonstrate, the application of an MVA may result in either a gain or a loss of principal. We refer to all of the transactions described below as “early withdrawals.”

Assumptions:

• You purchase a contract and allocate part of your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA; and

• we guarantee an interest rate of 3.0% annually for your ten-year guarantee period; and

• after three years, you decide to make a withdrawal from your GPA. In other words, there are seven years left in your guarantee period.

Remember that the MVA depends partly on the interest rate of a new GPA for the same number of years as the guarantee period remaining on your GPA. In this case, that is seven years.

Example 1: Remember that your GPA is earning 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 3.5%. We add 0.10% to the 3.5% rate to get 3.6%. Your GPA’s 3.0% rate is less than the 3.6% rate, so the MVA will be negative.

Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus    17

Example 2: Remember again that your GPA is earning 3.0%, and assume that new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 2.5%. We add 0.10% to the 2.5% rate to get 2.6%. In this example, since your GPA’s 3.0% rate is greater than the 2.6% rate, the MVA will be positive. To determine that adjustment precisely, you will have to use the formula described below.

Sample MVA Calculations

The precise MVA formula we apply is as follows:

Early withdrawal amount	×	[	(	1 + i	)	n/12	–1	]	=	MVA
				1 + j + .001

Where i	=	rate earned in the GPA from which amounts are being transferred or withdrawn.
j	=	current rate for a new guarantee period equal to the remaining term in the current guarantee period.
n	=	number of months remaining in the current guarantee period (rounded up).

Examples — MVA

Using assumptions similar to those we used in the examples above:

• You purchase a contract and allocate part of your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA;

• we guarantee an interest rate of 3.0% annually for your ten-year guarantee period; and

• after three years, you decide to make a $1,000 withdrawal from your GPA. In other words, there are seven years left in your guarantee period.

Example 1: You request an early withdrawal of $1,000 from your ten-year GPA earning a guaranteed interest rate of 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 3.5%. Using the formula above, we determine the MVA as follows:

$1,000	×	[	(	1.030	)	84/12	–1	]	=	-$39.84
				1 + .035 + .001

In this example, the MVA is a negative $39.84.

Example 2: You request an early withdrawal of $1,000 from your ten-year GPA earning a guaranteed interest rate of 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 2.5%. Using the formula above, we determine the MVA as follows:

$1,000	×	[	(	1.030	)	84/12	–1	]	=	$27.61
				1 + .025 + .001

In this example, the MVA is a positive $27.61.

Please note that when you allocate your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA and your purchase payment is in its fourth year from receipt at the beginning of the guarantee period, your withdrawal charge percentage is 6% if the six-year withdrawal charge schedule applies and 8% if the eight-year withdrawal charge schedule applies. (See “Charges — Withdrawal Charge.”) We do not apply MVAs to the amounts we deduct for withdrawal charges, so we would deduct the withdrawal charge from your early withdrawal after we applied the MVA. Also note that when you request an early withdrawal, we withdraw an amount from your GPA that will give you the net amount you requested after we apply the MVA and any applicable withdrawal charge, unless you request otherwise.

The current interest rate we offer on the GPA will change periodically at our discretion. It is the rate we are then paying on purchase payments, renewals and transfers paid under this class of contracts for guarantee period durations equaling the remaining guarantee period of the GPA to which the formula is being applied.

We will not apply MVAs to amounts withdrawn for annual contract charges, to amounts we pay as death claims or to automatic transfers from the two-year GPA as part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep strategy. In some states, the MVA is limited.

18    Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The General Account

The general account includes all assets owned by RiverSource Life, other than those in the variable account and our other separate accounts. Subject to applicable state law, we have sole discretion to decide how assets of the general account will be invested. The assets held in our general account support the guarantees under your contract including any optional benefits offered under the contract. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to many of the same risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of annuities and financial instruments and products as well, and these obligations are satisfied from the assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account. The fixed account is supported by our general account that we make available under the contract.

The One-Year Fixed Account

You may allocate purchase payments or transfer accumulated value to the one-year fixed account. Some states may restrict the amount you can allocate to this account. We back the principal and interest guarantees relating to the one-year fixed account. These guarantees are subject to the creditworthiness and continued claims-paying ability of the company’s general account. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account. The value of the one-year fixed account increases as we credit interest to the account. Purchase payments and transfers to the one-year fixed account become part of our general account. We credit and compound interest daily based on a 365-day year (366 in a leap year) so as to produce the annual effective rate which we declare. The interest rate we apply to each purchase payment or transfer to the one-year fixed account is guaranteed for one year. Thereafter we will change the rates from time-to-time at our discretion. Interest rates credited in excess of the guaranteed rate generally will be based on various factors related to future investment earnings.

There are restrictions on the amount you can allocate to this account as well as on transfers from this account. (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transfer policies”)

Because of exemptive and exclusionary provisions, we have not registered interests in the one-year fixed account as securities under the Securities Act of 1933 nor have any of these accounts been registered as investment companies under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Accordingly, neither the one-year fixed account nor any interests in the one-year fixed account are subject to the provisions of these Acts.

The one-year fixed account has not been registered with the SEC. Disclosures regarding the one-year fixed account, however, are subject to certain generally applicable provisions of the federal securities laws relating to the accuracy and completeness of statements made in a prospectus.

Buying Your Contract

New contracts are not currently being offered.

We are required by law to obtain personal information from you which we used to verify your identity. If you do not provide this information we reserve the right to refuse to issue your contract or take other steps we deem reasonable.

As the owner, you have all rights and may receive all benefits under the contract. You can own a qualified annuity or a nonqualified annuity. You can own a nonqualified annuity in joint tenancy with rights of survivorship only in spousal situations. You cannot own a qualified annuity in joint tenancy. You can become an owner if you are 85 or younger. (The age limit may be younger for qualified annuities in some states.)

When you applied, you selected (if available in your state):

•	the length of the withdrawal charge period (six or eight years)(1);
•	the optional Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider(2);
•	the optional Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider(2);
•	the optional Enhanced Death Benefit Rider(2);
•	the optional Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider(3);
•	the one-year fixed account, GPAs and/or subaccounts in which you want to invest(4);
•	how you want to make purchase payments; and
•	a beneficiary.
(1)	The six-year withdrawal charge schedule is not available under contracts issued in Oregon and contracts issued through Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc.

Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus    19

(2)	You may select one of the following: the EDB, the Benefit Protector or the Benefit Protector Plus. Riders may not be available in all states. The Benefit Protector and the Benefit Protector Plus are only available if you and the annuitant are 75 or younger at contract issue. The EDB is only available if both you and the annuitant are 79 or younger at contract issue.
(3)	The GMIB is only available at the time you purchase your contract if the annuitant is 75 or younger at contract issue and you also select the EDB. Riders may not be available in all states.
(4)	Some states restrict the amount you can allocate to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account. GPAs are not available in Maryland, Oregon, Pennsylvania or Washington and may not be available in other states.

The contract provides for allocation of purchase payments to the subaccounts of the variable account, to the GPAs and/or to the one-year fixed account in even 1% increments subject to the $1,000 minimum required investment for the GPAs. For contracts with applications signed on or after June 16, 2003, the amount of any purchase payment allocated to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account in total cannot exceed 30% of the purchase payment. More than 30% of a purchase payment may be so allocated if you establish a dollar cost averaging arrangement with respect to the purchase payment according to procedures currently in effect, or you are participating according to the rules of an asset allocation model portfolio program available under the contract, if any.

We apply your purchase payments to the GPAs, one-year fixed account and subaccounts you select. If we receive your purchase payment at our Service Center before the close of business, we will credit any portion of that payment allocated to the subaccounts using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received the payment. If we receive an additional purchase payment at our Service Center at or after the close of business, we will credit any portion of that payment allocated to the subaccounts using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received the payment.

You may make monthly payments to your contract under a SIP. To begin the SIP, you will complete and send a form and your first SIP payment along with your application. There is no charge for SIP. You can stop your SIP payments at any time.

In most states, you may make additional purchase payments to nonqualified and qualified annuities until the retirement date. For contracts issued in Oregon, purchase payments may not be made after the first contract anniversary.

Householding and delivery of certain documents

With your prior consent, RiverSource Life and its affiliates may use and combine information concerning accounts owned by members of the same household and provide a single paper copy of certain documents to that household. This householding of documents may include prospectuses, supplements, annual reports, semiannual reports and proxies. Your authorization remains in effect unless we are notified otherwise. If you wish to continue receiving multiple copies of these documents, you can opt out of householding by calling us at 1.866.273.7429. Multiple mailings will resume within 30 days after we receive your opt out request.

The Retirement Date

Annuity payouts begin on the retirement date. This means that the contract will be annuitized or converted to a stream of monthly payments. If your contract is annuitized, the contract goes into payout and only the annuity payout provisions continue. You will no longer have access to your contract value. This means that the death benefit and any optional benefits you have elected will end. When we processed your application, we established the retirement date to be the maximum age then in effect (or contract anniversary if applicable). Unless otherwise elected by you, all retirement dates are now automatically set to the maximum age of 95 now in effect. You also can change the retirement date, provided you send us written instructions at least 30 days before annuity payouts begin.

The retirement date must be:

• no earlier than the 30th day after the contract’s effective date; and no later than

• the annuitant’s 95th birthday or the tenth contract anniversary, if later,

• or such other date as agreed upon by us.

Six months prior to your retirement start date, we will contact you with your options including the option to postpone your retirement start date to a future date. You can choose to delay the retirement start date of your contract to a date beyond age 95, to the extent allowed by applicable state law and tax laws.

If you do not make an election, annuity payouts using the contract’s default option of annuity payout Plan B – Life with 10 years certain will begin on the retirement start date and your monthly annuity payments will continue for as long as the annuitant lives. If the annuitant does not survive 10 years, we will continue to make payments until 10 years of payments have been made.

Generally, if you own a qualified annuity (for example, an IRA) and tax laws require that you take distributions from your annuity prior to your retirement start date, your contract will not be automatically annuitized (subject to state requirements). However, if you choose, you can elect to request annuitization or take surrenders to meet your required minimum distributions.

20    Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Beneficiary

We will pay to your named beneficiary the death benefit if it becomes payable while the contract is in force and before annuity payouts begin. If there is more than one beneficiary, we will pay each beneficiary’s designated share when we receive their completed claim. A beneficiary will bear the investment risk of the variable account until we receive the beneficiary’s completed claim. If there is no named beneficiary, the default provisions of your contract will apply. (See “Benefits in Case of Death” for more about beneficiaries.)

Purchase Payments

Purchase payment amounts and purchase payment timing may vary by state and be limited under the terms of your contract.

Minimum purchase payments

If paying by SIP:

$50 for additional payments.

If paying by any other method:

$100 for additional payments.

Maximum total allowable purchase payments*

$1,000,000

* This limit applies in total to all RiverSource Life annuities you own. We reserve the right to waive or increase the maximum limit. For qualified annuities, the Code’s limits on annual contributions also apply.

How to Make Purchase Payments

11 By letter

Send your check along with your name and contract number to:

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474

22 By SIP

Contact your investment professional to complete the necessary SIP paperwork.

Purchase Payment Credits

You will generally receive a purchase payment credit with every payment you make to your contract. We apply this credit immediately. We allocate the credit to the GPAs, one-year fixed account and subaccounts in the same proportions as your purchase payment. We apply the credit as a percentage of your net current payment based on the following schedule:

If total net payments* made during the life of the contract equals	Then the purchase payment credit percentage equals
Less than $10,000	1%
$10,000 to less than 1 million	2
$1 million to less than 5 million	3
$5 million and over	4

* Net payments equal total payments less total withdrawals.

If you make any additional payments that cause the contract to become eligible for a higher percentage credit, we will add credits to your prior payments (less total withdrawals). We allocate credits according to the purchase payment allocation on the date we add the credits to the contract. We fund the credit from our general account. We do not consider credits to be “investments” for income tax purposes. (See “Taxes.”)

We will reverse credits from the contract value for any purchase payment that is not honored (if, for example your purchase payment check is returned for insufficient funds).

Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus    21

To the extent a death benefit or withdrawal payment includes purchase payment credits applied within twelve months preceding: (1) the date of death that results in a lump sum death benefit under this contract; or (2) a request for withdrawal charge waiver due to “Contingent events” (see “Charges — Contingent events”), we will assess a charge, similar to a withdrawal charge, equal to the amount of the purchase payment credits. The amount we pay to you under these circumstances will always equal or exceed your withdrawal value.

Limitations on Use of Contract

If mandated by applicable law, including, but not limited to, federal anti-money laundering laws, we may be required to reject a purchase payment. We may also be required to block an owner’s access to contract values or to satisfy other statutory obligations. Under these circumstances, we may refuse to implement requests for transfers, withdrawals or death benefits until instructions are received from the appropriate governmental authority or a court of competent jurisdiction.

Charges

Contract Administrative Charge

We charge this fee for establishing and maintaining your records. We deduct $30 from the contract value on your contract anniversary or, if earlier, when the contract is fully withdrawn. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. Some states also limit any contract charge allocated to the fixed account.

We will waive this charge when your contract value is $50,000 or more on the current contract anniversary.

If you take a full withdrawal from your contract, we will deduct the charge at the time of withdrawal regardless of the contract value. We cannot increase the annual contract administrative charge and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

Variable Account Administrative Charge

We apply this charge daily to the subaccounts. It is reflected in the unit values of your subaccounts and it totals 0.15% of their average daily net assets on an annual basis. It covers certain administrative and operating expenses of the subaccounts such as accounting, legal and data processing fees and expenses involved in the preparation and distribution of reports and prospectuses. We cannot increase the variable account administrative charge.

Mortality and Expense Risk Fee

We charge these fees daily to the subaccounts. The unit values of your subaccounts reflect these fees. These fees cover the mortality and expense risk that we assume. These fees do not apply to the GPAs or the one-year fixed account. We cannot increase these fees.

These fees are based on the withdrawal charge schedule and death benefits that apply to your contract.

	Eight-year withdrawal charge schedule	Six-year withdrawal charge schedule
Standard death benefit	1.10%	1.35%
Enhanced death benefit rider	1.30	1.55

Mortality risk arises because of our guarantee to pay a death benefit and our guarantee to make annuity payouts according to the terms of the contract, no matter how long a specific owner or annuitant lives and no matter how long our entire group of owners or annuitants live. If, as a group, owners or annuitants outlive the life expectancy we assumed in our actuarial tables, then we must take money from our general assets to meet our obligations. If, as a group, owners or annuitants do not live as long as expected, we could profit from the mortality risk fee. We deduct the mortality risk fee from the subaccounts during the annuity payout period even if the annuity payout plan does not involve a life contingency.

Expense risk arises because we cannot increase the contract administrative charge or the variable account administrative charge and these charges may not cover our expenses. We would have to make up any deficit from our general assets. We could profit from the expense risk fee if future expenses are less than expected.

The subaccounts pay us the mortality and expense risk fee they accrued as follows:

• first, to the extent possible, the subaccounts pay this fee from any dividends distributed from the funds in which they invest;

• then, if necessary, the funds redeem shares to cover any remaining fees payable.

22    Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus

We may use any profits we realize from the subaccounts’ payment to us of the mortality and expense risk fee for any proper corporate purpose, including, among others, payment of distribution (selling) expenses. We do not expect that the withdrawal charge will cover sales and distribution expenses.

Withdrawal Charge

If you withdraw all or part of your contract value, a withdrawal charge applies if all or part of the withdrawal amount is from any purchase payment we received less than six or eight years before the date of withdrawal. In addition, amounts withdrawn from a GPA more than 30 days before the end of the applicable guarantee period will be subject to a MVA. (See “The Guarantee Period Accounts — Market Value Adjustment (MVA).”

Each time you make a purchase payment under the contract, a withdrawal charge attaches to that purchase payment. The withdrawal charge percentage for each purchase payment declines according to a schedule shown in the contract. For example, if you select a 8-year withdrawal charge schedule, during the first two years after a purchase payment is made, the withdrawal charge percentage attached to that payment is 8%. The withdrawal charge percentage for that payment during the seventh year after it is made is 4%. At the beginning of the eighth year after that purchase payment is made, and thereafter, there is no withdrawal charge as to that payment.

You may withdraw an amount during any contract year without incurring a withdrawal charge. We call this amount the Total Free Amount (“TFA”). The TFA is the amount of your contract value that you may withdraw without incurring a withdrawal charge. Amounts withdrawn in excess of the Total Free Amount may be subject to a withdrawal charge as described below. The Total Free Amount is defined as the maximum of (a) and (b) where:

(a)	is 10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value; and
(b)	is current contract earnings.

NOTE: We determine current contract earnings (CE) by looking at the entire contract value (CV), not the earnings of any particular subaccount, or the one-year fixed account or GPA. If the contract value is less than purchase payments received and not previously withdrawn (PPNPW) then contract earnings are zero. We consider your initial purchase payment and purchase payment credit to be the prior anniversary’s contract value during the first contract year.

For purposes of calculating any withdrawal charge, we treat amounts withdrawn from your contract value in the following order:

1.	First, in each contract year, we withdraw amounts totaling up to 10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on this amount.
2.	Next, we withdraw contract earnings, if any, that are greater than the amount described in number one above. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on contract earnings.
3.	Next, we withdraw purchase payments received prior to the withdrawal charge period shown in your contract. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on these purchase payments.
4.	Finally, if necessary, we withdraw purchase payments received that are still within the withdrawal charge period you selected and shown in your contract. We withdraw these payments on a “first-in, first-out” (FIFO) basis. We do assess a withdrawal charge on these payments.

NOTE: After withdrawing earnings in numbers one and two above, we next withdraw enough additional contract value (ACV) to meet your requested withdrawal amount. If the amount described in number one above was greater than contract earnings prior to the withdrawal, the excess (XSF) will be excluded from the purchase payments being withdrawn that were received most recently when calculating the withdrawal charge. We determine the amount of purchase payments being withdrawn (PPW) in numbers three and four above as:

PPW = XSF +	(ACV – XSF)	×	(PPNPW – XSF)
	(CV – TFA)

If the additional contract value withdrawn is less than XSF, then PPW will equal ACV.

We determine your withdrawal charge by multiplying each of your payments withdrawn by the applicable withdrawal charge percentage, and then adding the total withdrawal charges.

Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus    23

The withdrawal charge percentage depends on the number of years since you made the payments that are withdrawn, depending on the schedule you selected*:

Six-year schedule*		Eight-year schedule
Years from purchase payment receipt	Withdrawal charge percentage	Years from purchase payment receipt	Withdrawal charge percentage
1	8%	1	8%
2	8	2	8
3	8	3	8
4	6	4	8
5	4	5	8
6	2	6	6
Thereafter	0	7	4
		8	2
		Thereafter	0

* The six-year withdrawal charge schedule is not available under contracts issued in Oregon and contracts issued through Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc.

For a partial withdrawal that is subject to a withdrawal charge, the amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable withdrawal charge. The withdrawal charge percentage is applied to this total amount. We pay you the amount you requested.

The amount of purchase payments withdrawn is calculated using a prorated formula based on the percentage of contract value being withdrawn. As a result, the amount of purchase payments withdrawn may be greater than the amount of contract value withdrawn.

Withdrawal charge calculation example

The following is an example of the calculation we would make to determine the withdrawal charge on a contract with a 8-year withdrawal charge schedule with this history:

• We receive these payments

– $10,000 initial;

– $8,000 on the sixth contract anniversary;

– $6,000 on the eighth contract anniversary; and

• You withdraw the contract for its total withdrawal value of $38,101 during the eleventh contract year and make no other withdrawals during that contract year; and

• The prior anniversary contract value was $38,488.

Withdrawal Charge	Explanation
$0	$3,848.80 is 10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value withdrawn without withdrawal charge; and
0	$10,252.20 is contract earnings in excess of the 10% TFA withdrawal amount withdrawn without withdrawal charge; and
0	$10,000 initial purchase payment was received more than nine years before withdrawal and is withdrawn without withdrawal charge; and
640	$8,000 purchase payment is in its fourth year from receipt, withdrawn with an 8% withdrawal charge; and
480	$6,000 purchase payment is in its third year from receipt withdrawn with an 8% withdrawal charge.
$1,120

Waiver of withdrawal charges

We do not assess withdrawal charges for:

• withdrawals of any contract earnings;

• withdrawals of amounts totaling up to 10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary to the extent it exceeds contract earnings;

• required minimum distributions from a qualified annuity to the extent that they exceed the free amount. The amount on which withdrawal charges are waived can be no greater than the RMD amount calculated under your specific contract currently in force;

• contracts settled using an annuity payout plan (Exception: As described below, if you select annuity payout Plan E, and choose later to withdraw the value of your remaining annuity payments, we will assess a withdrawal charge. )

24    Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus

•	withdrawals made as a result of one of the “Contingent events”* described below to the extent permitted by state law; and
•	death benefits*.
*	However, we will reverse certain purchase payment credits. (See “Buying Your Contract — Purchase Payment Credits.”)

Contingent events

• Withdrawals you make if you or the annuitant are confined to a hospital or nursing home and have been for the prior 60 days. Your contract will include this provision when you and the annuitant are under age 76 at contract issue. You must provide proof satisfactory to us of the confinement as of the date you request the withdrawal.

• To the extent permitted by state law, withdrawals you make if you or the annuitant are diagnosed in the second or later contract years as disabled with a medical condition that with reasonable medical certainty will result in death within 12 months or less from the date of the licensed physician’s statement. You must provide us with a licensed physician’s statement containing the terminal illness diagnosis and the date the terminal illness was initially diagnosed.

• Withdrawals you make if you or the annuitant become disabled within the meaning of the Code Section 72(m)(7) after contract issue. The disabled person must also be receiving Social Security disability or state long term disability benefits. The disabled person must be age 70 or younger at the time of withdrawal. You must provide us with a signed letter from the disabled person stating that he or she meets the above criteria, a legible photocopy of Social Security disability or state long term disability benefit payments and the application for such payments.

• Withdrawals you make once a year if you or the annuitant become unemployed at least one year after contract issue, up to the following amounts each year:

(a)	25% of your prior anniversary’s contract value (or $10,000 if greater) if the unemployment condition is met for at least 30 straight days; or
(b)	50% of your prior anniversary’s contract value (or $10,000 if greater) if the unemployment condition is met for at least 180 straight days.

The unemployment condition is met if the unemployed person is currently receiving unemployment compensation from a government unit of the United States, whether federal or state. You must provide us with a signed letter from the unemployed person stating that he or she meets the above criteria with a legible photocopy of the unemployment benefit payments meeting the above criteria with regard to dates.

Liquidation charge under Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:If you are receiving variable annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to withdraw those payments. The amount that you can withdraw is the present value of any remaining variable payouts. The discount rate we use in the calculation will be 5.17% if the assumed investment return is 3.5% and 6.67% if the assumed investment return is 5%. The liquidation charge equals the present value of the remaining payouts using the assumed investment return minus the present value of the remaining payouts using the discount rate.

Fixed Payouts: Withdrawal charge for Fixed Annuity Payout Plan E – Payouts for a specified period: If you are receiving annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to take a withdraw and withdrawal charge may apply.

A withdrawal charge will be assessed against the present value of any remaining guaranteed payouts withdrawn. The discount rate we use in determining present values varies based on: (1) the contract value originally applied to the fixed annuitization; (2) the remaining years of guaranteed payouts; (3) the annual effective interest rate and periodic payment amount for new immediate annuities of the same duration as the remaining years of guaranteed payouts; and (4) the interest spread (currently 1.50%). If we do not currently offer immediate annuities, we will use rates and values applicable to new annuitizations to determine the discount rate.

Once the discount rate is applied and we have determined the present value of the remaining guaranteed payouts you withdrawn, the present value determined will be multiplied by the withdrawal charge percentage in the table below and deducted from the present value to determine the net present value you will receive.

Number of Completed Years Since Annuitization	Withdrawal charge percentage
0	Not applicable*
1	5%
2	4
3	3
4	2
5	1
6 and thereafter	0

Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus    25

*We do not permit withdrawals in the first year after annuitization.

We will provide a quoted present value (which includes the deduction of any withdrawal charge). You must then formally elect, in a form acceptable to us, to receive this value. The remaining guaranteed payouts following withdraw will be reduced to zero.

Possible group reductions: In some cases we may incur lower sales and administrative expenses due to the size of the group, the average contribution and the use of group enrollment procedures. In such cases, we may be able to reduce or eliminate the contract administrative and withdrawal charges. However, we expect this to occur infrequently.

Fund Fees and Expenses

There are deductions from and expenses paid out of the assets of the funds that are described in the prospectuses for those funds.

Premium Taxes

Certain state and local governments impose premium taxes on us (up to 3.5%). These taxes depend upon your state of residence or the state in which the contract was issued. Currently, we deduct any applicable premium tax when annuity payouts begin, but we reserve the right to deduct this tax at other times such as when you make purchase payments or when you make a full withdrawal from your contract.

Optional Living Benefits Charges

Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB) Fee*

We deduct a charge based on the GMIB benefit base for this optional feature only if you select it⁽¹⁾. If selected, we deduct the charge from the contract value on your contract anniversary at the end of each contract year. We prorate the GMIB charge among the subaccounts, the GPAs and the one-year fixed account in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value.

* For applications signed prior to May 1, 2003, the following current annual rider charges apply: GMIB – 0.30%.

If the contract is terminated for any reason or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the appropriate GMIB fee from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place. We cannot increase either GMIB fee after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or the GMIB terminates.

Optional Death Benefit Charges

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider Fee

We deduct a charge for the optional feature only if you select it. If selected, we deduct 0.25% of your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

If the contract is terminated for any reason other than death or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the charge. We cannot increase this annual charge after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider Fee

We charge a fee for the optional feature only if you select it. If selected, we deduct 0.40% of your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this fee among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

If the contract is terminated for any reason other than death or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the fee from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee. We cannot increase this annual charge after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

Valuing Your Investment

We value your accounts as follows:

26    Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus

GPAs and One-Year Fixed Account

We value the amounts you allocate to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account directly in dollars. The value of the GPAs and the one-year fixed account equals:

• the sum of your purchase payments and transfer amounts allocated to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account (including any positive or negative MVA on amounts transferred from the GPAs to the one-year fixed account);

• plus any purchase payment credits allocated to the GPAs and one-year fixed account;

• plus interest credited;

• minus the sum of amounts withdrawn (including any applicable withdrawal charges) and amounts transferred out;

• minus any prorated portion of the contract administrative charge; and

• minus the prorated portion of the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Benefit Protector rider

– Benefit Protector Plus rider

– Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit rider

Subaccounts

We convert amounts you allocated to the subaccounts into accumulation units. Each time you make a purchase payment or transfer amounts into one of the subaccounts or we apply any purchase payment credits, we credit a certain number of accumulation units to your contract for that subaccount. Conversely, we subtract a certain number of accumulation units from your contract each time you take a partial withdrawal; transfer amounts out of a subaccount; or we assess a contract administrative charge, a withdrawal charge, or fee for any optional contract riders with annual charges (if applicable).

The accumulation units are the true measure of investment value in each subaccount during the accumulation period. They are related to, but not the same as, the net asset value of the fund in which the subaccount invests. The dollar value of each accumulation unit can rise or fall daily depending on the variable account expenses, performance of the fund and on certain fund expenses.

Here is how we calculate accumulation unit values:

Number of units: To calculate the number of accumulation units for a particular subaccount, we divide your investment by the current accumulation unit value.

Accumulation unit value: The current accumulation unit value for each subaccount equals the last value times the subaccount’s current net investment factor.

We determine the net investment factor by:

• adding the fund’s current net asset value per share, plus the per share amount of any accrued income or capital gain dividends to obtain a current adjusted net asset value per share; then

• dividing that sum by the previous adjusted net asset value per share; and

• subtracting the percentage factor representing the mortality and expense risk fee and the variable account administrative charge from the result.

Because the net asset value of the fund may fluctuate, the accumulation unit value may increase or decrease. You bear all the investment risk in a subaccount.

Factors that affect subaccount accumulation units: Accumulation units may change in two ways — in number and in value.

The number of accumulation units you own may fluctuate due to:

• additional purchase payments you allocate to the subaccounts;

• any purchase payment credits allocated to the subaccounts;

• transfers into or out of the subaccounts (including any positive or negative MVA on amounts transferred from the GPAs);

• partial withdrawals;

• withdrawal charges;

and the deduction of a prorated portion of:

• the contract administrative charge; and

• the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Benefit Protector rider;

Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus    27

– Benefit Protector Plus rider; and/or

– Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit rider.

Accumulation unit values will fluctuate due to:

• changes in fund net asset value;

• fund dividends distributed to the subaccounts;

• fund capital gains or losses;

• fund operating expenses; and

• mortality and expense risk fee and the variable account administrative charge.

Making the Most of Your Contract

Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging

Currently, you can use automated transfers to take advantage of dollar-cost averaging (investing a fixed amount at regular intervals). For example, you might transfer a set amount monthly from a relatively conservative subaccount to a more aggressive one, or to several others, or from the one-year fixed account or the two-year GPA (without a MVA) to one or more subaccounts. The three to ten year GPAs are not available for automated transfers. You can also obtain the benefits of dollar-cost averaging by setting up regular automatic SIP payments or by establishing an Interest Sweep strategy. Interest Sweeps are a monthly transfer of the interest earned from either the one-year fixed account or the two-year GPA into the subaccounts of your choice. If you participate in an Interest Sweep strategy the interest you earn will be less than the annual interest rate we apply because there will be no compounding. There is no charge for dollar-cost averaging.

This systematic approach can help you benefit from fluctuations in accumulation unit values caused by fluctuations in the market values of the funds. Since you invest the same amount each period, you automatically acquire more units when the market value falls and fewer units when it rises. The potential effect is to lower your average cost per unit.

How dollar-cost averaging works

By investing an equal number of dollars each month		Month	Amount invested	Accumulation unit value	Number of units purchased
		Jan	$100	$20	5.00
		Feb	100	18	5.56
you automatically buy more units when the per unit market price is low		Mar	100	17	5.88
	→	Apr	100	15	6.67
		May	100	16	6.25
		Jun	100	18	5.56
		Jul	100	17	5.88
and fewer units when the per unit market price is high.		Aug	100	19	5.26
	→	Sept	100	21	4.76
		Oct	100	20	5.00

You paid an average price of $17.91 per unit over the 10 months, while the average market price actually was $18.10.

Dollar-cost averaging does not guarantee that any subaccount will gain in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. Because dollar-cost averaging involves continuous investing, your success will depend upon your willingness to continue to invest regularly through periods of low price levels. Dollar-cost averaging can be an effective way to help meet your long-term goals. For specific features contact your investment professional.

Tiered Dollar-Cost Averaging (Tiered DCA) Program

If your net contract value⁽¹⁾ is at least $10,000, you can choose to participate in the Tiered DCA program. There is no charge for the Tiered DCA program. Under the Tiered DCA program, you can allocate a new purchase payment and any applicable purchase payment credits to one of two special Tiered DCA accounts. We determine which Tiered DCA account you are eligible for as follows:

If your net contract value(1) is…	we allocate your new purchase payment to:
$10,000–$49,999	Tier 1 DCA account

28    Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If your net contract value(1) is…	we allocate your new purchase payment to:
$50,000 or more	Tier 2 DCA account(2)

(1)	Net contract value” equals your current contract value plus any new purchase payment and purchase payment credit. If this is a new contract funded by purchase payments from multiple sources, we determine your net contract value based on the purchase payments, and purchase payment credit withdrawal requests and exchange requests submitted with your application.
(2)	You cannot allocate your new purchase payments and purchase payment credit to a Tier 1 DCA account if you are eligible to participate in a Tier 2 DCA account.

You may only allocate a new purchase payment of at least $1,000 to the Tiered DCA account for which you are eligible. You cannot transfer existing contract values into the Tiered DCA account. Each Tiered DCA account lasts for only six months from the time we receive your first purchase payment. We make monthly transfers of your total Tiered DCA account value into the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and/or subaccount you select over the six-month period. If you elect to transfer into a GPA, you must meet the $1,000 minimum required investment limitation for each transfer.

We reserve the right to credit a lower interest rate to each Tiered DCA account if you select the GPAs or the one-year fixed account as part of your Tiered DCA transfers. We credit higher rates on the Tier 2 DCA account than on the Tier 1 DCA account. We will change the interest rate on each Tiered DCA account from time to time at our discretion. From time to time, we may credit interest to the Tiered DCA account at promotional rates that are higher than those we credit to the one-year fixed account. We base these rates on competition and on the interest rate we are crediting to the one-year fixed account at the time of the change. Once we credit interest to a particular purchase payment and purchase payment credit, that rate does not change even if we change the rate we credit on new purchase payments or if your net contract value changes.

We credit each Tiered DCA account with current guaranteed annual rate that is in effect on the date we receive your purchase payment. However, we credit this annual rate over the six-month period on the balance remaining in your Tiered DCA account. Therefore, the net effective interest rate you receive is less than the stated annual rate. We do not credit this interest after we transfer the value out of the Tiered DCA account into the accounts you selected.

If you make additional purchase payments while a Tiered DCA account term is in progress, the amounts you allocate to an existing Tiered DCA account will be transferred out of the Tiered DCA account over the remainder of the term. If you are funding a Tiered DCA account from multiple sources, we apply each purchase payment and purchase payment credit to the account and credit interest on that purchase payment and purchase payment credit on the date we receive it. This means that all purchase payments may not be in the Tiered DCA account at the beginning of the six-month period. Therefore, you may receive less total interest than you would have if all your purchase payments and purchase payment credit were in the Tiered DCA account from the beginning. If we receive any of your multiple payments after the six-month period ends, you can either allocate those payments to a new Tiered DCA account (if available) or to any other accounts available under your contract.

You cannot participate in the Tiered DCA program if you are making payments under a Systematic Investment Plan. You may simultaneously participate in the Tiered DCA program and the asset-rebalancing program as long as your subaccount allocation is the same under both programs. If you elect to change your subaccount allocation under one program, we automatically will change it under the other program so they match. If you participate in more than one Tiered DCA account, the asset allocation for each account may be different as long as you are not also participating in the asset-rebalancing program.

You may terminate your participation in the Tiered DCA program at any time. If you do, we will not credit the current guaranteed annual interest rate on any remaining Tiered DCA account balance. We will transfer the remaining balance from your Tiered DCA account to the other accounts you selected for your DCA transfers or we will allocate it in any manner you specify. Similarly, if we cannot accept any additional purchase payments into the Tiered DCA program, we will allocate the purchase payments to the other accounts you selected for your DCA transfers or in any other manner you specify.

We can modify the terms or discontinue the Tiered DCA program at any time. Any modifications will not affect any purchase payments that are already in a Tiered DCA account. For more information on the Tiered DCA program, contact your investment professional.

The Tiered DCA program does not guarantee that any subaccount will gain in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. Because dollar-cost averaging involves continuous investing, your success will depend upon your willingness to continue to invest regularly through the periods of low levels. Dollar-cost averaging can be an effective way to help meet your long-term goals.

Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus    29

Asset Rebalancing

You can ask us in writing to automatically rebalance the subaccount portion of your contract value either quarterly, semiannually, or annually. The period you select will start to run on the date we record your request. On the first valuation date of each of these periods, we automatically will rebalance your contract value so that the value in each subaccount matches your current subaccount percentage allocations. These percentage allocations must be in whole numbers. There is no charge for asset rebalancing. The contract value must be at least $2,000.

You can change your percentage allocations or your rebalancing period at any time by contacting us in writing. If you are also participating in the Tiered DCA program and you change your subaccount asset allocation for the asset rebalancing program, we will change your subaccount asset allocation under the Tiered DCA program to match. We will restart the rebalancing period you selected as of the date we record your change. You also can ask us in writing to stop rebalancing your contract value. You must allow 30 days for us to change any instructions that currently are in place. For more information on asset rebalancing, contact your investment professional.

Transferring Among Accounts

You may transfer contract value from any one subaccount, GPAs or the one-year fixed account, to another subaccount before annuity payouts begin. Certain restrictions apply to transfers involving the GPAs and the one-year fixed account.

The date your request to transfer will be processed depends on when and how we receive it:

For transfer requests received in writing:

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your transfer request.

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your transfer request.

For transfer requests received by phone:

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your transfer request.

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your transfer request.

There is no charge for transfers. Before making a transfer, you should consider the risks involved in changing investments. Transfers out of the GPAs will be subject to an MVA if done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period.

We may suspend or modify transfer privileges at any time.

For information on transfers after annuity payouts begin, see “Transfer policies” below.

Transfer policies

• Before annuity payouts begin, you may transfer contract values between the subaccounts, or from the subaccounts to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account at any time. However, if you made a transfer from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs, you may not make a transfer from any subaccount or GPA back to the one-year fixed account for six months following that transfer. We reserve the right to further limit transfers to the GPAs and one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then currently crediting to the one-year fixed account is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract.

• It is our general policy to allow you to transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs once a year on or within 30 days before or after the contract anniversary (except for automated transfers, which can be set up at any time for certain transfer periods subject to certain minimums). Transfers from the one-year fixed account are not subject to a MVA. For contracts issued before June 16, 2003, we have removed this restriction, and you may transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts at any time. We will inform you at least 30 days in advance of the day we intend to reimpose this restriction. For contracts with applications signed on or after June 16, 2003, the amount of contract value transferred to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account cannot result in the value of the GPAs and the one-year fixed account in total being greater than 30% of the contract value. The time limitations on transfers from the GPAs and one-year fixed account will be enforced, and transfers out of the GPAs and one-year fixed account are limited to 30% of the GPA and one-year fixed account values

30    Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus

	at the beginning of the contract year or $10,000, whichever is greater. Because of this limitation, it may take you several years to transfer all your contract value from the one-year fixed account. You should carefully consider whether the one-year fixed account meets your investment criteria before you invest.
•	You may transfer contract values from a GPA any time after 60 days of transfer or payment allocation to the account. Transfers made more than 30 days before the end of the Guarantee Period will receive a MVA*, which may result in a gain or loss of contract value.
•	If we receive your request on or within 30 days before or after the contract anniversary date, the transfer from the one-year fixed account to the GPAs will be effective on the valuation date we receive it.
•	If you select a variable payout, once annuity payouts begin, you may make transfers once per contract year among the subaccounts and we reserve the right to limit the number of subaccounts in which you may invest.
•	Once annuity payouts begin, you may not make any transfers to the GPAs.
*	Unless the transfer is an automated transfer from the two-year GPA as part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep strategy.

Market Timing

Market timing can reduce the value of your investment in the contract. If market timing causes the returns of an underlying fund to suffer, contract value you have allocated to a subaccount that invests in that underlying fund will be lower too. Market timing can cause you, any joint owner of the contract and your beneficiary(ies) under the contract a financial loss.

We seek to prevent market timing. Market timing is frequent or short-term trading activity. We do not accommodate short-term trading activities. Do not buy a contract if you wish to use short-term trading strategies to manage your investment. The market timing policies and procedures described below apply to transfers among the subaccounts within the contract. The underlying funds in which the subaccounts invest have their own market timing policies and procedures. The market timing policies of the underlying funds may be more restrictive than the market timing policies and procedures we apply to transfers among the subaccounts of the contract, and may include redemption fees. We reserve the right to modify our market timing policies and procedures at any time without prior notice to you.

Market timing may hurt the performance of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests in several ways, including but not necessarily limited to:

• diluting the value of an investment in an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests;

• increasing the transaction costs and expenses of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests; and,

• preventing the investment adviser(s) of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests from fully investing the assets of the fund in accordance with the fund’s investment objectives.

Funds available as investment options under the contract that invest in securities that trade in overseas securities markets may be at greater risk of loss from market timing, as market timers may seek to take advantage of changes in the values of securities between the close of overseas markets and the close of U.S. markets. Also, the risks of market timing may be greater for underlying funds that invest in securities such as small cap stocks, high yield bonds, or municipal securities, that may be traded infrequently.

In order to help protect you and the underlying funds from the potentially harmful effects of market timing activity, we apply the following market timing policy to discourage frequent transfers of contract value among the subaccounts of the variable account:

We try to distinguish market timing from transfers that we believe are not harmful, such as periodic rebalancing for purposes of an asset allocation, dollar-cost averaging and asset rebalancing program that may be described in this prospectus. There is no set number of transfers that constitutes market timing. Even one transfer in related accounts may be market timing. We seek to restrict the transfer privileges of a contract owner who makes more than three subaccount transfers in any 90 day period. We also reserve the right to refuse any transfer request, if, in our sole judgment, the dollar amount of the transfer request would adversely affect unit values.

If we determine, in our sole judgment, that your transfer activity constitutes market timing, we may modify, restrict or suspend your transfer privileges to the extent permitted by applicable law, which may vary based on the state law that applies to your contract and the terms of your contract. These restrictions or modifications may include, but not be limited to:

• requiring transfer requests to be submitted only by first-class U.S. mail;

• not accepting hand-delivered transfer requests or requests made by overnight mail;

• not accepting telephone or electronic transfer requests;

• requiring a minimum time period between each transfer;

• not accepting transfer requests of an agent acting under power of attorney;

Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus    31

• limiting the dollar amount that you may transfer at any one time;

• suspending the transfer privilege; or

• modifying instructions under an automated transfer program to exclude a restricted fund if you do not provide new instructions.

Subject to applicable state law and the terms of each contract, we will apply the policy described above to all contract owners uniformly in all cases. We will notify you in writing after we impose any modification, restriction or suspension of your transfer rights.

Because we exercise discretion in applying the restrictions described above, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to identify and restrict all market timing activity. In addition, state law and the terms of some contracts may prevent us from stopping certain market timing activity. Market timing activity that we are unable to identify and/or restrict may impact the performance of the underlying funds and may result in lower contract values.

In addition to the market timing policy described above, which applies to transfers among the subaccounts within your contract, you should carefully review the market timing policies and procedures of the underlying funds. The market timing policies and procedures of the underlying funds may be materially different than those we impose on transfers among the subaccounts within your contract and may include mandatory redemption fees as well as other measures to discourage frequent transfers. As an intermediary for the underlying funds, we are required to assist them in applying their market timing policies and procedures to transactions involving the purchase and exchange of fund shares. This assistance may include, but not be limited to, providing the underlying fund upon request with your Social Security Number, Taxpayer Identification Number or other United States government-issued identifier, and the details of your contract transactions involving the underlying fund. An underlying fund, in its sole discretion, may instruct us at any time to prohibit you from making further transfers of contract value to or from the underlying fund, and we must follow this instruction. We reserve the right to administer and collect on behalf of an underlying fund any redemption fee imposed by an underlying fund. Market timing policies and procedures adopted by underlying funds may affect your investment in the contract in several ways, including but not limited to:

• Each fund may restrict or refuse trading activity that the fund determines, in its sole discretion, represents market timing.

• Even if we determine that your transfer activity does not constitute market timing under the market timing policies described above which we apply to transfers you make under the contract, it is possible that the underlying fund’s market timing policies and procedures, including instructions we receive from a fund may require us to reject your transfer request. For example, while we will attempt to execute transfers permitted under any asset allocation, dollar-cost averaging and asset rebalancing programs that may be described in this prospectus, we cannot guarantee that an underlying fund’s market timing policies and procedures will do so. Orders we place to purchase fund shares for the variable account are subject to acceptance by the fund. We reserve the right to reject without prior notice to you any transfer request if the fund does not accept our order.

• Each underlying fund is responsible for its own market timing policies, and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to implement specific market timing policies and procedures that a fund has adopted. As a result, a fund’s returns might be adversely affected, and a fund might terminate our right to offer its shares through the variable account.

• Funds that are available as investment options under the contract may also be offered to other intermediaries who are eligible to purchase and hold shares of the fund, including without limitation, separate accounts of other insurance companies and certain retirement plans. Even if we are able to implement a fund’s market timing policies, we cannot guarantee that other intermediaries purchasing that same fund’s shares will do so, and the returns of that fund could be adversely affected as a result.

For more information about the market timing policies and procedures of an underlying fund, the risks that market timing pose to that fund, and to determine whether an underlying fund has adopted a redemption fee, see that fund’s prospectus.

How to request a Transfer or Withdrawal

11 By letter

Send your name, contract number, Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number* and signed request for a transfer or withdrawal to our Service Center:

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474

32    Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Minimum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	$500 or entire account balance

Maximum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	Contract value or entire account balance

* Failure to provide a Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number may result in mandatory tax withholding on the taxable portion of the distribution.

22 By automated transfers and automated partial withdrawals

Your investment professional can help you set up automated transfers or partial withdrawals among your GPAs, one-year fixed account or the subaccounts.

You can start or stop this service by written request or other method acceptable to us.

You must allow 30 days for us to change any instructions that are currently in place.

•	Automated transfers from the one-year fixed account to any one of the subaccounts may not exceed an amount that, if continued, would deplete the one-year fixed account within 12 months. For contracts issued before June 16, 2003, we have removed this restriction, and you may transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts at any time. We will inform you at least 30 days in advance of the day we intend to reimpose this restriction.
	For contracts with applications signed on or after June 16, 2003, the time limitations on transfers from the one-year fixed account will be enforced, and transfers out of the one-year fixed account are limited to 30% of the one-year fixed account values at the beginning of the contract year or $10,000, whichever is greater.
•	Automated withdrawals may be restricted by applicable law under some contracts.
•	You may not make systematic purchase payments if automated partial withdrawals are in effect.
•	Automated partial withdrawals may result in income taxes and penalties on all or part of the amount withdrawn.

Minimum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	$100 monthly
	$250 quarterly, semiannually or annually

33 By phone

Call:

1-800-333-3437

Minimum amount

Transfers or withdrawals: $500 or entire account balance

Maximum amount

Transfers:	Contract value or entire account balance
Withdrawals:	$100,000

We answer telephone requests promptly, but you may experience delays when the call volume is unusually high. If you are unable to get through, use the mail procedure as an alternative.

We will honor any telephone transfer or withdrawal requests that we believe are authentic and we will use reasonable procedures to confirm that they are. This includes asking identifying questions and recording calls. As long as we follow the procedures, we (and our affiliates) will not be liable for any loss resulting from fraudulent requests.

Telephone transfers and withdrawals are automatically available. You may request that telephone transfers and withdrawals not be authorized from your account by writing to us.

Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus    33

Withdrawals

You may withdraw all or part of your contract at any time before the retirement date by sending us a written request or calling us.

The date your withdrawal request will be processed depends on when and how we receive it:

For withdrawal requests received in writing:

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your withdrawal request.

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your withdrawal request.

For withdrawal requests received by phone:

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your withdrawal request.

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your withdrawal request.

We may ask you to return the contract. You may have to pay a contract administrative charge, withdrawal charges or any applicable optional rider charges (see “Charges”), federal income taxes and penalties. State and local income taxes may also apply (see “Taxes”). In addition, purchase payment credits may be reversed. You cannot make withdrawals after annuity payouts begin except under Annuity Payout Plan E. (See “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Any partial withdrawals you take under the contract will reduce your contract value. As a result, the value of your death benefit or any optional benefits you have elected will also be reduced (see “Optional Benefits”). In addition, withdrawals you are required to take to satisfy RMDs under the Code may reduce the value of certain death benefits and optional benefits (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”).

Withdrawal Policies

If you have a balance in more than one account and you request a partial withdrawal, we will automatically withdraw from all your subaccounts, GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account in the same proportion as your value in each account correlates to your total contract value, unless requested otherwise. After executing a partial withdrawal, the value in each subaccount , one-year fixed account or GPA must be either zero or at least $50.

Receiving Payment

11 By regular or express mail

• payable to you;

• mailed to address of record.

NOTE: We will charge you a fee if you request express mail delivery.

22 By wire or other form of electronic payment

• request that payment be wired to your bank;

• pre-authorization required.

We may choose to permit you to have checks issued and delivered to an alternate payee or to an address other than your address of record. We may also choose to allow you to direct wires or other electronic payments to accounts owned by a third-party. We may have additional good order requirements that must be met prior to processing requests to make any payments to a party other than the owner or to an address other than the address of record. These requirements will be designed to ensure owner instructions are genuine and to prevent fraud.

Normally, we will send the payment within seven days after receiving your request in good order. However, we may postpone the payment if:

– the NYSE is closed, except for normal holiday and weekend closings;

34    Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus

– trading on the NYSE is restricted, according to SEC rules;

– an emergency, as defined by SEC rules, makes it impractical to sell securities or value the net assets of the accounts; or

– the SEC permits us to delay payment for the protection of security holders.

We may also postpone payment of the amount attributable to a purchase payment as part of the total withdrawal amount until cleared from the originating financial institution.

A Special Note on Cybersecurity Risks

Cybersecurity and Systems Integrity

Increasingly, businesses are dependent on the continuity, security, and effective operation of various technology systems. The nature of our business depends on the continued effective operation of our systems and those of our business partners.

This dependence makes us susceptible to operational and information security risks from cyber-attacks. These risks may include the following:

• the corruption or destruction of data;

• theft, misuse or dissemination of data to the public, including your information we hold; and

• denial of service attacks on our website or other forms of attacks on our systems and the software and hardware we use to run them.

These attacks and their consequences can negatively impact your contract, your privacy, your ability to conduct transactions on your contract, or your ability to receive timely service from us. There can be no assurance that we, the underlying funds in your contract, or our other business partners will avoid losses affecting your contract due to any successful cyber-attacks or information security breaches.

TSA–Special Provisions

Participants in Tax-Sheltered Annuities

If the contract is intended to be used in connection with an employer sponsored 403(b) plan, additional rules relating to this contract can be found in the annuity endorsement for tax sheltered 403(b) annuities. Unless we have made special arrangements with your employer, the contract is not intended for use in connection with an employer sponsored 403(b) plan that is subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”). In the event that the employer either by affirmative election or inadvertent action causes contributions under a plan that is subject to ERISA to be made to this contract, we will not be responsible for any obligations and requirements under ERISA and the regulations thereunder, unless we have prior written agreement with the employer. You should consult with your employer to determine whether your 403(b) plan is subject to ERISA.

In the event we have a written agreement with your employer to administer the plan pursuant to ERISA, special rules apply as set forth in the TSA endorsement.

The employer must comply with certain nondiscrimination requirements for certain types of contributions under a TSA contract to be excluded from taxable income. You should consult your employer to determine whether the nondiscrimination rules apply to you.

The Code imposes certain restrictions on your right to receive early distributions from a TSA:

• Distributions attributable to salary reduction contributions (plus earnings) made after Dec. 31, 1988, or to transfers or rollovers from other contracts, may be made from the TSA only if:

– you are at least age 59½;

– you are disabled as defined in the Code;

– you severed employment with the employer who purchased the contract;

– the distribution is because of your death;

– the distribution is due to plan termination; or

– you are a qualifying military reservist.

• If you encounter a financial hardship (as provided by the Code), you may be eligible to receive a distribution of all contract values attributable to salary reduction contributions made after Dec. 31, 1988, but not the earnings on them.

• Even though a distribution may be permitted under the above rules, it may be subject to IRS taxes and penalties (see “Taxes”)

Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus    35

• The above restrictions on distributions do not affect the availability of the amount credited to the contract as of Dec. 31, 1988. The restrictions also do not apply to transfers or exchanges of contract value within the contract, or to another registered variable annuity contract or investment vehicle available through the employer.

Changing Ownership

You may change ownership of your nonqualified annuity at any time by completing a change of ownership form we approve and sending it to our Service Center. The change will become binding on us when we receive and record it. We will honor any change of ownership request received in good order that we believe is authentic and we will use reasonable procedures to confirm authenticity. If we follow these procedures, we will not take any responsibility for the validity of the change.

If you have a nonqualified annuity, you may incur income tax liability by transferring, assigning or pledging any part of it. (See “Taxes.”)

If you have a qualified annuity, you may not sell, assign, transfer, discount or pledge your contract as collateral for a loan, or as security for the performance of an obligation or for any other purpose except as required or permitted by the Code. However, if the owner is a trust or custodian, or an employer acting in a similar capacity, ownership of the contract may be transferred to the annuitant.

Please consider carefully whether or not you wish to change ownership of your annuity contract. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, the new owner and annuitant will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract.

If you have a GMIB and/or Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit rider, the rider will terminate upon transfer of ownership of your annuity contract. Continuance of the Benefit Protector rider is optional. (see “Optional Benefits”).

Benefits in Case of Death

There are two death benefit options under this contract: the standard death benefit and the Enhanced Death Benefit (EDB) Rider. If either you or the annuitant are 80 or older at contract issue, the standard death benefit will apply. If both you and the annuitant are 79 or younger at contract issue, you can elect either the standard death benefit or the EDB Rider (if it is available in your state) on your application. If you select the GMIB, you must elect the EDB Rider. Once you elect a death benefit option, you cannot change it. We show the option that applies in your contract. The death benefit option that applies determines the mortality and expense risk fee that is assessed against the subaccounts. (See “Charges — Mortality and Expense Risk Fee.”)

Under either death benefit, we will pay the death benefit to your beneficiary upon the earlier of your death or the annuitant’s death. We will base the benefit paid on the death benefit coverage you have selected when you purchased the contract. If a contract has more than one person as the owner, we will pay benefits upon the first to die of any owner or the annuitant.

Standard Death Benefit

The standard death benefit is intended to help protect your beneficiaries financially while your investments have the opportunity to grow. If you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary as follows less any purchase payment credits added to the contract in the last 12 months:

If you or the annuitant were age 80 or older at contract issue, we will pay the beneficiary the greater of these two values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	total purchase payments and purchase payment credits applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals; or
2.	contract value.

If you and the annuitant were age 79 or younger at contract issue, we will pay the beneficiary the greatest of these three values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	total purchase payments and purchase payment credits applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals;
2.	contract value; or
3.	the maximum anniversary value immediately preceding the date of death plus any purchase payments and purchase payment credits applied to the contract since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals since that anniversary.

36    Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Standard death benefit adjusted partial withdrawals	=	PW XDB
		CV

PW	=	the amount by which the contract value is reduced as a result of the partial withdrawal.
DB	=	the death benefit on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.
CV	=	contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.

Example assuming you and the annuitant were age 79 or younger at contract issue:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $20,000. We add a purchase payment credit of $400 to your contract.

• On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $24,000.

• During the second contract year the contract value falls to $22,000, at which point you take a $1,500 partial withdrawal, leaving a contract value of $20,500.

We calculate the standard death benefit as follows:
	Purchase payments and purchase payment credits minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments and purchase payment credits:		$20,400.00
	minus the standard death benefit adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $20,400	=
	$22,000		–1,390.91
	for a death benefit of:		$19,009.09
	Contract value at death:		$20,500.00
	The MAV immediately preceding the date of death plus any payments made since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	MAV immediately preceding the date of death:		$24,000.00
	plus purchase payments and purchase payment credits since the prior anniversary:		+0.00
	minus the standard death benefit adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $24,000	=
	$22,000		–1,636.36
	for a death benefit of:		$22,363.64
The standard death benefit, calculated as the greatest of these three values is the MAV:				$22,363.64

Enhanced Death Benefit (EDB) Rider

The EDB Rider is intended to help protect your beneficiaries financially while your investments have the opportunity to grow. This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional charge (see “Charges”). The EDB Rider does not provide any additional benefit before the first contract anniversary and it may not be appropriate for issue ages 75 to 79 because the benefit values may be limited after age 81. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether or not the EDB Rider is appropriate for your situation.

If this rider is available in your state and both you and the annuitant are 79 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the EDB Rider to your contract at the time of purchase. Once you select the EDB Rider you may not cancel it. You may not add the EDB Rider if you add either the Benefit Protector or the Benefit Protector Plus to your contract. You must select the EDB Rider if you choose to add the Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider to your contract.

The EDB Rider provides that if you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary the greatest of these two values, less any purchase payment credits added in the last 12 months, minus any applicable rider charges:

• the standard death benefit; or

• the 5% rising floor.

5% rising floor: This is the sum of the value of your GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the variable account floor. There is no variable account floor prior to the first contract anniversary. On the first contract anniversary, we establish the variable account floor as:

• the amounts allocated to the subaccounts at issue increased by 5%;

• plus any subsequent amounts allocated to the subaccounts;

• minus adjusted transfers and partial withdrawals from the subaccounts.

Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus    37

Thereafter, we continue to add subsequent amounts allocated to the subaccounts and subtract adjusted transfers and partial withdrawals from the subaccounts. On each contract anniversary after the first, through age 80, we add an amount to the variable account floor equal to 5% of the prior anniversary’s variable account floor. We stop adding this amount after you or the annuitant reach age 81.

5% rising floor adjusted transfers or partial withdrawals	=	PWT XVAF
		SV

PWT	=	the amount by which the contract value in the subaccounts is reduced as a result of the partial withdrawal or transfer from the subaccounts.
VAF	=	variable account floor on the date of (but prior to) the transfer or partial withdrawal.
SV	=	value of the subaccounts on the date of (but prior to) the transfer or partial withdrawal.

Example

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $20,000 and we add a $400 purchase payment credit to your contract. You allocate $5,100 to the one-year fixed account and $15,300 to the subaccounts.

• On the first contract anniversary the one-year fixed account value is $5,200 and the subaccount value is $12,000. Total contract value is $17,200.

• During the second contract year, the one-year fixed account value is $5,300 and the subaccount value is $14,000. Total contract value is $19,300. You take a $1,500 partial withdrawal all from the subaccounts, leaving the contract value at $17,800.

The death benefit is calculated as follows:
The standard death benefit (which in this case is the MAV)
	MAV on the prior anniversary:		$20,400.00
	plus purchase payments and purchase payment credits made since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus the standard death benefit adjusted partial withdrawal taken since that anniversary, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $20,400	=	–1,585.49
	$19,300
	standard death benefit, which is the MAV:		$18,814.51
The 5% rising floor:
	The variable account floor the first contract anniversary, calculated as:
	1.05 × 15,300	=	$16,065.00
	plus amounts allocated to the subaccounts since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus the 5% rising floor adjusted partial withdrawal from the subaccounts, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $16,065	=	–1,721.25
	$14,000
	variable account floor benefit:		$14,343.75
	plus the one-year fixed account value:		+5,300.00
	5% rising floor (value of the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the variable account floor):		$19,643.75
EDB Rider, calculated as the greater of the standard death benefit or the 5% rising floor:				$19,643.75

If You Die Before Your Retirement Date

When paying the beneficiary, we will process the death claim on the valuation date our death claim requirements are fulfilled. We will determine the contract’s value using the accumulation unit value we calculate on that valuation date. We pay interest, if any, at a rate no less than required by law. We will mail payment to the beneficiary within seven days after our death claim requirements are fulfilled.

Nonqualified annuities

If your spouse is sole beneficiary and you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. To do this your spouse must give us written instructions to continue the contract as owner. There will be no withdrawal charges on the contract from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features or

38    Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus

riders, your spouse and the new annuitant (if applicable) will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract. The GMIB rider and Benefit Protector Plus rider, if selected, will terminate. Continuance of the Benefit Protector rider is optional. (See “Optional Benefits.”)

If your beneficiary is not your spouse, we will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless you give us other written instructions. Generally, we must fully distribute the death benefit within five years of your death. However, the beneficiary may receive payouts under any annuity payout plan available under this contract if:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin no later than one year after your death, or other date as permitted by the IRS; and

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy.

Qualified annuities

•	Spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if your spouse is the sole beneficiary, your spouse may either elect to treat the contract as his/her own, so long as he or she is eligible to do so, or elect an annuity payout plan or another plan agreed to by us. If your spouse elects a payout option, the payouts must begin no later than the year in which you would have reached age 72 (age 701/2 if the death occurred before Jan. 1, 2020). If you attained age 72 at the time of death, payouts must begin no later than Dec. 31 of the year following the year of your death.
	Your spouse may elect to assume ownership of the contract at any time before annuity payouts begin. If your spouse elects to assume ownership of the contract, the contract value will be equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. There will be no withdrawal charges on the contract from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, your spouse and the new annuitant (if applicable) will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract. The GMIB rider and Benefit Protector Plus rider, if selected, will terminate. Continuance of the Benefit Protector rider is optional. (See “Optional Benefits.”)
•	Non-spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if death occurs on or after Jan. 1, 2020, the beneficiary is required to withdraw his or her entire inherited interest within 10 years of the time of death of the owner unless they qualify as an “eligible designated beneficiary.” Eligible designated beneficiaries may continue to take proceeds out over their life expectancy. Eligible designated beneficiaries include:

• the surviving spouse;

• a lawful child of the owner under the age of majority (remaining amount must be withdrawn within 10 years, once the child reaches the age of majority);

• disabled within the meaning of Code section 72(m)(7);

• chronically ill within the meaning of Code section 7702B(c)(2);

• any other person who is not more than 10 years younger than the owner.

However, non-natural beneficiaries, such as estates and charities, are subject to a five-year rule to distribute the IRA. We will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless the beneficiary elects to receive payouts under a payout plan available under this contract and:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin, no later than one year following the year of your death; and

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy for an eligible designated beneficiary. (Payout plans are limited if the beneficiary is not an eligible designated beneficiary.)

• Spouse and Non-spouse beneficiary: If a beneficiary elects an alternative payment plan which is an inherited IRA, all optional death benefits and living benefits will terminate. In the event of your beneficiary’s death, their beneficiary can elect to take a lump sum payment or annuitize the contract to deplete it within 10 years of your beneficiary’s death

• Annuity payout plan: If you elect an annuity payout plan, the payouts to your beneficiary may continue depending on the annuity payout plan you elect, subject to adjustment to comply with the IRS rules and regulations.

How we handle contracts under unclaimed property laws

Every state has unclaimed property laws which generally declare annuity contracts to be abandoned after a period of inactivity of one to five years from either 1) the contract’s maturity date (the latest day on which income payments may begin under the contract) or 2) the date the death benefit is due and payable. If a contract matures or we determine a death benefit is payable, we will use our best efforts to locate you or designated beneficiaries. If we are unable to locate you or a beneficiary, proceeds will be paid to the abandoned property division or unclaimed property office of the state in which the beneficiary or you last resided, as shown in our books and records, or to our state of domicile. Generally, this surrender of property to the state is commonly referred to as “escheatment”. To avoid escheatment, and ensure an effective process for your beneficiaries, it is important that your personal address and beneficiary

Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus    39

designations are up to date, including complete names, date of birth, current addresses and phone numbers, and taxpayer identification numbers for each beneficiary. Updates to your address or beneficiary designations should be sent to our Service Center.

Escheatment may also be required by law if a known beneficiary fails to demand or present an instrument or document to claim the death benefit in a timely manner, creating a presumption of abandonment. If your beneficiary steps forward (with the proper documentation) to claim escheated annuity proceeds, the state is obligated to pay any such proceeds it is holding.

For nonqualified annuities, non-spousal death benefits are generally required to be distributed and taxed within five years from the date of death of the owner/annuitant or the unclaimed death benefits will be presumed abandoned and subject to escheatment.

Optional Benefits

The assets held in our general account support the guarantees under your contract, including optional death benefits and optional living benefits. To the extent that we are required to pay you amounts in addition to your contract value under these benefits, such amounts will come from our general account assets. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of insurance and financial products as well, and we also pay our obligations under these products from assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account.

Optional Death Benefits

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector)

The Benefit Protector is not available under contracts issued through Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc. The Benefit Protector is intended to provide an additional benefit to your beneficiary to help offset expenses after your death such as funeral expenses or federal and state taxes. This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge (see “Charges”). The Benefit Protector provides reduced benefits if you or the annuitant are 70 or older at the rider effective date and it does not provide any additional benefit before the first rider anniversary. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether or not the Benefit Protector is appropriate for your situation.

If this rider is available in your state and both you and the annuitant are 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the Benefit Protector to your contract. You must elect the Benefit Protector at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date. You may not select this rider if you select the Benefit Protector Plus or the Enhanced Death Benefit Riders. We reserve the right to discontinue offering the Benefit Protector for new contracts.

Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract. Since the benefit paid by the rider is determined by the amount of earnings at death, the amount of the benefit paid may be reduced as a result of taking required minimum distributions (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Be sure to discuss with your investment professional and tax advisor whether or not the Benefit Protector is appropriate for your situation.

The Benefit Protector provides that if you or the annuitant die after the first contract anniversary, but before annuity payouts begin, and while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary the following less any purchase payment credits added to the contract in the last 12 months:

• the standard death benefit (see “Benefits in Case of Death”), plus:

• 40% of your earnings at death if you and the annuitant were under age 70 on the rider effective date, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old; or

• 15% of your earnings at death if you or the annuitant were 70 or older on the rider effective date, up to a maximum of 37.5% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old.

Earnings at death:for purposes of the Benefit Protector and Benefit Protector Plus riders, this is an amount equal to the standard death benefit minus purchase payments not previously withdrawn. The earnings at death may not be less than zero and may not be more than 250% of the purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old.

Terminating the Benefit Protector

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of any rider anniversary beginning with the seventh rider anniversary.

40    Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• The rider will terminate when you make a full withdrawal from the contract or when annuity payouts begin.

Example of the Benefit Protector

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and you and the annuitant are under age 70. We add a $2,000 purchase payment credit to your contract.

• During the first contract year the contract value grows to $105,000. The death benefit under the standard death benefit equals the contract value less any purchase payment credits added to the contract in the last 12 months, or $103,000. You have not reached the first contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector does not provide any additional benefit at this time.

• On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. The death benefit equals:

the standard death benefit (contract value):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (the standard death benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000

• On the second contract anniversary the contract value falls to $105,000. The death benefit equals:

the standard death benefit (MAV):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000

• During the third contract year the contract value remains at $105,000 and you request a partial withdrawal of $50,000, including the applicable 8% withdrawal charge. We will withdraw $10,500 from your contract value free of charge (10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value). The remainder of the withdrawal is subject to an 8% withdrawal charge because your contract is in its third year of the withdrawal charge schedule, so we will withdraw $39,500 ($36,340 + $3,160 in withdrawal charges) from your contract value. Altogether, we will withdraw $50,000 and pay you $46,840. We calculate purchase payments not previously withdrawn as $100,000 – $45,000 = $55,000 (remember that $5,000 of the partial withdrawal is contract earnings). The death benefit equals:

the standard death benefit (MAV adjusted for partial withdrawals):	$57,619
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death):
0.40 × ($57,619 – $55,000) =	+1,048
Total death benefit of:	$58,667

• On the third contract anniversary the contract value falls to $40,000. The death benefit equals the death benefit during the third contract year. The reduction in contract value has no effect.

• On the ninth contract anniversary the contract value grows to a new high of $200,000. Earnings at death reaches its maximum of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old. The death benefit equals:

the standard death benefit (contract value):	$200,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old	+55,000
Total death benefit of:	$255,000

• During the tenth contract year you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000 and we add a purchase payment credit of $1,000. Your new contract value is now $251,000. The new purchase payment is less than one year old and so it has no effect on the Benefit Protector value. The death benefit equals:

the standard death benefit (contract value less any purchase payment credits added in the last 12 months):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old	+55,000
Total death benefit of:	$305,000

• During the eleventh contract year the contract value remains $251,000 and the “new” purchase payment is one year old and the value of the Benefit Protector changes. The death benefit equals:

the standard death benefit (contract value): $251,000

Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus    41

plus the Benefit Protector benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (the standard death benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 x ($251,000 – $105,000) =	+58,400
Total death benefit of:	$309,400

If your spouse is the sole beneficiary and you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner. Your spouse and the new annuitant will be subject to all the limitations and restrictions of the rider just as if they were purchasing a new contract. If your spouse and the new annuitant do not qualify for the rider on the basis of age we will terminate the rider. If they do qualify for the rider on the basis of age we will set the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid and we will substitute this new contract value on the date of death for “purchase payments not previously withdrawn” used in calculating earnings at death. Your spouse also has the option of discontinuing the Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider within 30 days of the date they elect to continue the contract.

NOTE: For special tax considerations associated with the Benefit Protector, see “Taxes.”

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus)

The Benefit Protector Plus is not available under contracts issued through Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc. The Benefit Protector Plus is intended to provide an additional benefit to your beneficiary to help offset expenses after your death such as funeral expenses or federal and state taxes. This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge (see “Charges”). The Benefit Protector Plus provides reduced benefits if you or the annuitant are 70 or older at the rider effective date and it does not provide any additional benefit before the first rider anniversary and it does not provide any benefit beyond what is offered under the Benefit Protector rider during the second rider year. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether or not the Benefit Protector Plus is appropriate for your situation.

If this rider is available in your state and both you and the annuitant are 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the Benefit Protector Plus to you contract. You must elect the Benefit Protector Plus at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date. This rider is available only for purchase through a transfer, exchange or rollover from another annuity or life insurance policy. You may not select this rider if you select the Benefit Protector or the Enhanced Death Benefit Riders. We reserve the right to discontinue offering the Benefit Protector Plus for new contracts.

Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract. Since the benefit paid by the rider is determined by the amount of earnings at death, the amount of the benefit paid may be reduced as a result of taking required minimum distributions (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Be sure to discuss with your investment professional and tax advisor whether or not the Benefit Protector Plus is appropriate for your situation.

The Benefit Protector Plus provides that if you or the annuitant die after the first contract anniversary, but before annuity payouts begin, and while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary the following less any purchase payment credits added to the contract in the last 12 months:

• the benefits payable under the Benefit Protector described above, plus:

• a percentage of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue not previously withdrawn as follows:

Contract year	Percentage if you and the annuitant are under age 70 on the rider effective date	Percentage if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older on the rider effective date
One and Two	0%	0%
Three and Four	10%	3.75%
Five or more	20%	7.5%

Another way to describe the benefits payable under the Benefit Protector Plus rider is as follows (less any purchase payment credits added to the contract in the last 12 months):

• the standard death benefit (see “Benefits in Case of Death”)PLUS

Contract year	If you and the annuitant are under age 70 on the rider effective date, add…	If you or the annuitant are age 70 or older on the rider effective date, add…
One	Zero	Zero
Two	40% × earnings at death (see above)	15% × earnings at death
Three & Four	40% × (earnings at death + 25% of initial purchase payment*)	15% × (earnings at death + 25% of initial purchase payment*)

42    Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Contract year	If you and the annuitant are under age 70 on the rider effective date, add…	If you or the annuitant are age 70 or older on the rider effective date, add…
Five or more	40% × (earnings at death + 50% of initial purchase payment*)	15% × (earnings at death + 50% of initial purchase payment*)

* Initial purchase payments are payments made within 60 days of contract issue not previously withdrawn.

Terminating the Benefit Protector Plus

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of any rider anniversary beginning with the seventh rider anniversary.

• The rider will terminate when you make a full withdrawal from the contract or when annuity payouts begin.

Example of the Benefit Protector Plus:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and you and the annuitant are under age 70. We add a $2,000 purchase payment credit to your contract.

• During the first contract year the contract value grows to $105,000. The death benefit under the standard death benefit equals the contract value less any purchase payment credits added to the contract in the last 12 months, or $103,000. You have not reached the first contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector Plus does not provide any additional benefit at this time.

• On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. You have not reached the second contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector Plus does not provide any additional benefit beyond what is provided by the Benefit Protector at this time. The death benefit equals:

the standard death benefit (contract value):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (the standard death benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000

• On the second contract anniversary the contract value falls to $105,000. The death benefit equals:

the standard death benefit (MAV):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death:
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
plus 10% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:
0.10 x $100,000 =	+10,000
Total death benefit of:	$124,000

• During the third contract year the contract value remains at $105,000 and you request a partial withdrawal, of $50,000 including the applicable 8% withdrawal charge. We will withdraw $10,500 from your contract value free of charge (10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value). The remainder of the withdrawal is subject to an 8% withdrawal charge because your payment is in its third year of the withdrawal charge schedule, so we will withdraw $39,500 ($36,340 + $3,160 in withdrawal charges) from your contract value. Altogether, we will withdraw $50,000 and pay you $46,840. We calculate purchase payments not previously withdrawn as $100,000 – $45,000 = $55,000 (remember that $5,000 of the partial withdrawal is contract earnings). The death benefit equals:

the standard death benefit (MAV adjusted for partial withdrawals):	$57,619
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death:
0.40 x ($57,619 – $55,000) =	+1,048
plus 10% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:
0.10 x $55,000 =	+5,500
Total death benefit of:	$64,167

• On the third contract anniversary the contract value falls $40,000. The death benefit equals the death benefit paid during the third contract year. The reduction in contract value has no effect

• On the ninth contract anniversary the contract value grows to a new high of $200,000. Earnings at death reaches its maximum of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old. Because we are beyond the fourth contract anniversary the Benefit Protector Plus also reaches its maximum of 20%. The death benefit equals:

the standard death benefit (contract value): $200,000

Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus    43

plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old	+55,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:
0.20 x $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$266,000

• During the tenth contract year you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000 and we add a purchase payment credit of $1,000. Your new contract value is now $251,000. The new purchase payment is less than one year old and so it has no effect on the Benefit Protector Plus value. The death benefit equals:

the standard death benefit (contract value less any purchase payment credits added in the last 12 months):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old	+55,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:
0.20 x $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$316,000

• During the eleventh contract year the contract value remains $251,000 and the “new” purchase payment is one year old. The value of the Benefit Protector Plus remains constant. The death benefit equals:

the standard death benefit (contract value):	$251,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (the standard death benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 x ($251,000 – $105,000) =	+58,400
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:
0.20 x $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$320,400

If your spouse is sole beneficiary and you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. We will then terminate the Benefit Protector Plus and substitute the standard death benefit (see “Benefits in Case of Death”).

NOTE:For special tax considerations associated with the Benefit Protector Plus, see “Taxes.”

Optional Living Benefits

Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB)

The GMIB is intended to provide you with a guaranteed minimum lifetime income regardless of the volatility inherent in the investments in the subaccounts. If the annuitant is between age 70 and age 75 at contract issue, you should consider whether the GMIB is appropriate for your situation because:

• you must hold the GMIB for 10 years⁽¹⁾;

• the GMIB rider terminates⁽²⁾ 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday;

• you can only exercise the GMIB within 30 days after a contract anniversary⁽¹⁾;

• the MAV and the 5% rising floor values we use in the GMIB benefit base to calculate annuity payouts under the GMIB are limited after age 81; and

• there are additional costs associated with the rider.

Be sure to discuss whether or not the GMIB is appropriate for your situation with your investment professional.

(1)	Unless the annuitant qualifies for a contingent event (see “Charges — Contingent events”).
(2)	The rider and annual fee terminate 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday, however, if you exercise the GMIB rider before this time, your benefits will continue according to the annuity payout plan you have selected.

If you are purchasing the contract as a qualified annuity, such as an IRA, and you are planning to begin annuity payouts after the date on which minimum distributions required by the IRS must begin, you should consider whether the GMIB is appropriate for you. Partial withdrawals you take from the contract, including those taken to satisfy minimum required distributions, will reduce the GMIB benefit base (defined below), which in turn may reduce or eliminate the amount of any annuity payments available under the rider (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Consult a tax advisor before you purchase any GMIB with a qualified annuity, such as an IRA.

44    Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If this rider is available in your state and the annuitant is 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add this optional benefit at the time you purchase your contract for an additional annual charge. You must elect the GMIB along with the EDB at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date.

In some instances we may allow you to add the GMIB to your contract at a later date if it was not available when you initially purchased your contract. In these instances, we would add the GMIB on the next contract anniversary and this would become the rider effective date. For purposes of calculating the GMIB benefit base under these circumstances, we consider the contract value on the rider effective date to be the initial purchase payment; we disregard all previous purchase payments, purchase payment credits, transfers and withdrawals in the GMIB calculations.

Investment selection under the GMIB: You may allocate your purchase payments and purchase payment credits or transfers to any of the subaccounts, the GPAs or the one-year fixed account. However, we reserve the right to limit the amount you allocate to subaccounts investing in the Wells Fargo Advantage VT Money Market Fund to 10% of the total amount in the subaccounts. If we are required to activate this restriction, and you have more than 10% of your subaccount value in this fund, we will send you a notice and ask that you reallocate your contract value so that the 10% limitation is satisfied within 60 days. We will terminate the GMIB if you have not satisfied the limitation after 60 days.

Exercising the GMIB:

• you may only exercise the GMIB within 30 days after any contract anniversary following the expiration of a ten-year waiting period from the rider effective date. However, there is an exception if at any time the annuitant experiences a “contingent event” (disability, terminal illness, confinement to a nursing home or hospital, or unemployment, see “Charges — Contingent events” for more details.)

• the annuitant on the date the option is exercised must be between 50 and 86 years old.

• you can only take an annuity payout under one of the following annuity payout plans:

– Plan A — Life Annuity – no refund

– Plan B — Life Annuity with ten years certain

– Plan D — Joint and last survivor life annuity – no refund

• you may change the annuitant for the payouts.

If you exercise the GMIB under a contingent event, you can take up to 50% of the benefit base in cash. You can use the balance of the benefit base (described below) for annuity payouts calculated using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates under any one of the payout plans listed above as long as the annuitant is between 50 and 86 years old on the retirement date.

When you exercise your GMIB, you may select a fixed or variable annuity payout plan. Fixed annuity payouts are calculated using the annuity purchase rates based on the “1983 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” with 100% Projection Scale G and the guaranteed annuity rates as stated in Table B of the contract. Your annuity payouts remain fixed for the lifetime of the annuity payout period.

First year variable annuity payouts are calculated in the same manner as fixed annuity payouts. Once calculated, your annuity payouts remain unchanged for the first year. After the first year, subsequent annuity payouts are variable and depend on the performance of the subaccounts you select. Variable annuity payouts after the first year are calculated using the following formula:

Pt-1(1 + i)	= Pt
1.05

Pt–1	=	prior annuity payout
Pt	=	current annuity payout
i	=	annualized subaccount performance

Each subsequent variable annuity payout could be more or less than the previous variable annuity payout if the subaccount investment performance is greater or less than the 5% assumed investment rate. If your subaccount performance equals 5%, your annuity payout will be unchanged from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount performance is in excess of 5%, your variable annuity payout will increase from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount investment performance is less than 5%, your variable annuity payout will decrease from the previous annuity payout.

The GMIB benchmarks the contract growth at each anniversary against several comparison values and sets the GMIB benefit base (described below) equal to the largest value. The GMIB benefit base, less any applicable premium tax, is the value we apply to the guaranteed annuity purchase rates stated in Table B of the contract to calculate the minimum annuity payouts you will receive if you exercise the GMIB. If the GMIB benefit base is greater than the contract value, the GMIB may provide a higher annuity payout level than is otherwise available. However, the GMIB uses guaranteed annuity purchase rates which may result in annuity payouts that are less than those using the annuity purchase rates that we

Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus    45

will apply at annuitization under the standard contract provisions. Therefore, the level of income provided by the GMIB may be less than the income the contract otherwise provides. If the annuity payouts through the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available through the GMIB, you will receive the higher standard payout option. The GMIB does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

GMIB benefit base:

If the GMIB is effective at contract issue, the GMIB benefit base is the greatest of:

1.	total purchase payments and purchase payment credits minus adjusted partial withdrawals;
2.	contract value;
3.	the MAV at the last contract anniversary plus any payments and purchase payment credits since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals since that anniversary; or
4.	the 5% rising floor.

Keep in mind that the MAV and the 5% rising floor values are limited after age 81.

We reserve the right to exclude from the GMIB benefit base any purchase payments and purchase payment credits you make in the five years before you exercise the GMIB. We would do so only if such payments and credits total $50,000 or more or if they are 25% or more of total contract payments and credits. If we exercise this right, we:

• subtract each payment and purchase payment credit adjusted for market value from the contract value and the MAV.

• subtract each payment and purchase payment credit from the 5% rising floor. We adjust the payments and purchase payment credits allocated to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account for market value. We increase payments and purchase payment credits allocated to the subaccounts by 5% for the number of full contract years they have been in the contract before we subtract them from the 5% rising floor.

For each payment and purchase payment credit, we calculate the market value adjustment to the contract value, MAV, the GPAs and the one-year fixed account value of the 5% rising floor as:

PMT x CVG

ECV

PMT	=	each purchase payment made in the five years before you exercise the GMIB.
CVG	=	current contract value at the time you exercise the GMIB.
ECV	=	the estimated contract value on the anniversary prior to the payment in question. We assume that all payments, purchase payment credits and partial withdrawals occur at the beginning of a contract year.

For each payment and purchase payment credit, we calculate the 5% increase of payments and purchase payment credits allocated to the subaccounts as:

PMT x (1.05)^CY

CY = the full number of contract years the payment and purchase payment credit have been in the contract.

Terminating the GMIB

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days after the first and fifth rider anniversaries.

• You may terminate the rider any time after the tenth rider anniversary.

• The rider will terminate on the date:

– you make a full withdrawal from the contract;

– a death benefit is payable; or

– you choose to begin taking annuity payouts under the regular contract provisions.

•	The GMIB rider will terminate* 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday.
*	The rider and annual fee terminate 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday, however, if you exercise the GMIB rider before this time, your benefits will continue according to the annuity payout plan you have selected.

Example

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and we add a $2,000 purchase payment credit to your contract. You allocate all your purchase payments and purchase payment credits to the subaccounts.

• There are no additional purchase payments and no partial withdrawals.

• Assume the annuitant is male and age 55 at contract issue. For the joint and last survivor option (annuity payout Plan D), the joint annuitant is female and age 55 at contract issue.

46    Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Taking into account fluctuations in contract value due to market conditions, we calculate the GMIB benefit base as:

Contract anniversary	Contract value	MAV	5% rising floor	GMIB benefit base
1	$ 107,000	$ 107,000	$107,100
2	125,000	125,000	112,455
3	132,000	132,000	118,078
4	150,000	150,000	123,982
5	85,000	150,000	130,181
6	120,000	150,000	136,690
7	138,000	150,000	143,524
8	152,000	152,000	150,700
9	139,000	152,000	158,235
10	126,000	152,000	166,147	$ 166,147
11	138,000	152,000	174,455	174,455
12	147,000	152,000	183,177	183,177
13	163,000	163,000	192,336	192,336
14	159,000	163,000	201,953	201,953
15	215,000	215,000	212,051	215,000

NOTE: The MAV and 5% rising floor values are limited after age 81. Additionally, the GMIB benefit base may increase if the contract value increases. However, you should keep in mind that you are always entitled to annuitize using the contract value without exercising the GMIB.

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after a contract anniversary, the payout under a fixed annuity option (which is the same as the minimum payout for the first year under a variable annuity option) would be:

Contract anniversary at exercise	GMIB benefit base	Plan A – life annuity — no refund	Minimum Guaranteed Monthly Income
			Plan B – life annuity with ten years certain	Plan D – joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund
10	$166,147 (5% rising floor)	$857.32	$834.06	$686.19
15	215,000 (MAV)	1,268.50	1,210.45	982.55

The payouts above are shown at guaranteed annuity rates of 3% as stated in Table B of the contract. Payouts under the standard provisions of this contract will be based on our annuity rates in effect at annuitization and are guaranteed to be greater than or equal to the guaranteed annuity rates stated in Table B of the contract. The fixed annuity payout available under the standard provisions of this contract would be at least as great as shown below:

Contract anniversary at exercise	Contract value	Plan A – life annuity — no refund	Plan B – life annuity with ten years certain	Plan D – joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund
10	$126,000	$650.16	$632.52	$520.38
15	215,000	1,268.50	1,210.45	982.55

In the above example, at the 15th contract anniversary you would not experience a benefit from the GMIB as the payout available to you is equal to or less than the payout available under the standard provisions of the contract. Remember that after the first year, lifetime income payouts under a variable annuity payout option will depend on the investment performance of the subaccounts you select. If your subaccount performance is 5%, your annuity payout will be unchanged from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount performance is in excess of 5%, your variable annuity payout will increase from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount investment performance is less than 5%, your variable annuity payout will decrease from the previous annuity payout.

The GMIB fee: This fee currently costs 0.70% of the GMIB benefit base annually and it is taken in a lump sum from the contract value on each contract anniversary at the end of each contract year. If the contract is terminated or if annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the fee at that time adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place. We cannot increase the GMIB fee after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin. We can increase the GMIB fee on new contracts up to a maximum of 0.75%. We calculate the fee as follows:

BB + AT – FAV

Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus    47

BB	=	the GMIB benefit base.
AT	=	adjusted transfers from the subaccounts to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account made in the six months before the contract anniversary calculated as:

PT × VAT

SVT

PT	=	the amount transferred from the subaccounts to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account within six months of the contract anniversary
VAT	=	variable account floor on the date of (but prior to) the transfer
SVT	=	value of the subaccounts on the date of (but prior to) the transfer
FAV	=	the value of the GPAs and the one-year fixed accounts.

The result of AT – FAV will never be greater than zero. This allows us to base the GMIB fee largely on the subaccounts.

Example

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and we add a purchase payment credit of $2,000 to your contract. You allocate all of your payment and the purchase payment credit to the subaccounts.

• You make no transfers or partial withdrawals.

Contract anniversary	Contract value	GMIB fee percentage	Value on which we base the GMIB fee	GMIB fee charged to you
	$80,000	0.70%	5% rising floor = $102,000 × 1.05	$749.70
2	150,000	0.70	Contract value = $150,000	1,050
3	102,000	0.70	MAV = $150,000	1,050

The Annuity Payout Period

As owner of the contract, you have the right to decide how and to whom annuity payouts will be made starting at the retirement date. You may select one of the annuity payout plans outlined below, or we may mutually agree on other payout arrangements. We do not deduct any withdrawal charges upon retirement but withdrawal charges may apply when electing to exercise liquidity features we may make available under certain fixed annuity payout options.

You also decide whether we will make annuity payouts on a fixed or variable basis, or a combination of fixed and variable. The amount available to purchase payouts under the plan you select is the contract value on your retirement date after any rider charges have been deducted. Additionally, we currently allow you to use part of the amount available to purchase payouts, leaving any remaining contract value to accumulate on a tax-deferred basis. Special rules apply for partial annuitization of your annuity contract, see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities — Annuity payouts” and “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Annuity payouts.” If you select a variable annuity payout, we reserve the right to limit the number of subaccounts in which you may invest. The GPAs are not available during this payout period.

Amounts of fixed and variable payouts depend on:

• the annuity payout plan you select;

• the annuitant’s age and, in most cases, sex;

• the annuity table in the contract; and

• the amounts you allocated to the accounts at settlement.

In addition, for variable annuity payouts only, amounts depend on the investment performance of the subaccounts you select. These payouts will vary from month to month because the performance of the funds will fluctuate. Fixed payouts generally remain the same from month to month unless you have elected an option providing for increasing payments.

For information with respect to transfers between accounts after annuity payouts begin, see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transfer policies.”

Annuity Tables

The annuity tables in your contract (Table A and Table B) show the amount of the monthly payout for each $1,000 of contract value according to the age and, when applicable, the annuitant’s sex. (Where required by law, we will use a unisex table of settlement rates.)

Table A shows the amount of the first monthly variable annuity payout assuming that the contract value is invested at the beginning of the annuity payout period and earns a 5% rate of return, which is reinvested and helps to support future payouts. If you ask us at least 30 days before the retirement date, we will substitute an annuity table based on an assumed 3.5% investment rate for the 5% Table A in the contract. The assumed investment rate affects both the

48    Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus

amount of the first payout and the extent to which subsequent payouts increase or decrease. For example, annuity payouts will increase if the investment return is above the assumed investment rate and payouts will decrease if the return is below the assumed investment rate. Using a 5% assumed interest rate results in a higher initial payout, but later payouts will increase more slowly when annuity unit values rise and decrease more rapidly when they decline.

Table B shows the minimum amount of each fixed annuity payout. We declare current payout rates that we use in determining the actual amount of your fixed annuity payout. The current payout rates will equal or exceed the guaranteed payout rates shown in Table B. We will furnish these rates to you upon request.

Annuity Payout Plans

We make available variable annuity payouts where payout amounts will vary based on the performance of the variable account. We may also make fixed annuity payouts available where payments of a fixed amount are made for the period specified in the plan, subject to any surrender we may permit. You may choose any one of these annuity payout plans by giving us written instructions at least 30 days before the retirement date. Generally, you may select one of the Plans A through E below or another plan agreed to by us.

• Plan A – Life annuity — no refund: We make monthly payouts until the annuitant’s death. Payouts end with the last payout before the annuitant’s death. We will not make any further payouts. This means that if the annuitant dies after we made only one monthly payout, we will not make any more payouts.

• Plan B – Life annuity with five, ten or 15 years certain: We make monthly payouts for a guaranteed payout period of five, ten or 15 years that you elect. This election will determine the length of the payout period in the event the annuitant dies before the elected period expires. We calculate the guaranteed payout period from the retirement date. If the annuitant outlives the elected guaranteed payout period, we will continue to make payouts until the annuitant’s death.

• Plan C – Life annuity — installment refund: We make monthly payouts until the annuitant’s death, with our guarantee that payouts will continue for some period of time. We will make payouts for at least the number of months determined by dividing the amount applied under this option by the first monthly payout, whether or not the annuitant is living.

• Plan D – Joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund: We make monthly payouts while both the annuitant and a joint annuitant are living. If either annuitant dies, we will continue to make monthly payouts at the full amount until the death of the surviving annuitant. Payouts end with the death of the second annuitant.

• Plan E – Payouts for a specified period: We make monthly payouts for a specific payout period of ten to 30 years that you elect. We will make payouts only for the number of years specified whether the annuitant is living or not. Depending on the selected time period, it is foreseeable that an annuitant can outlive the payout period selected. During the payout period, you can elect to have us determine the present value of any remaining payouts and pay it to you in a lump sum.

For Plan A, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, no payments will be made. For Plan B, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue for the guaranteed payout period. For Plan C, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue for the installment refund period. For Plan D, if both annuitants die before the initial payment, no payments will be made; however, if one annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue until the death of the surviving annuitant.

In addition to the annuity payout plans described above, we may offer additional payout plans. Terms and conditions of annuity payout plans will be disclosed at the time of election, including any associated fees or charges. It is important to remember that the election and use of liquidity features will result in payouts ceasing.

Utilizing a liquidity feature to withdraw the underlying value of remaining payouts may result in the assessment of a withdrawal charge (See “Charges — Withdrawal charge”) or a 10% IRS penalty tax. (See “Taxes.”).

Annuity payout plan requirements for qualified annuities: If your contract is a qualified annuity, you must select a payout plan as of the retirement date set forth in your contract. You have the responsibility for electing a payout plan under your contract that complies with applicable law. Your contract describes your payout plan options. The options will meet certain IRS regulations governing RMDs if the payout plan meets the incidental distribution benefit requirements, if any, and the payouts are made:

• in equal or substantially equal payments over a period not longer than your life expectancy, or over the joint life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary; or

• over a period certain not longer than your life expectancy or over the joint life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary.

If we do not receive instructions: You must give us written instructions for the annuity payouts at least 30 days before the annuitant’s retirement date. If you do not, we will make payouts under Plan B, with 120 monthly payouts guaranteed.

Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus    49

If monthly payouts would be less than $20: We will calculate the amount of monthly payouts at the time the contract value is used to purchase a payout plan. If the calculations show that monthly payouts would be less than $20, we have the right to pay the contract value to the owner in a lump sum or to change the frequency of the payouts.

Death after annuity payouts begin: If you or the annuitant die after annuity payouts begin, we will pay any amount payable to the beneficiary as provided in the annuity payout plan in effect. Payments to beneficiaries are subject to adjustment to comply with the IRS rules and regulations.

Taxes

Under current law, your contract has a tax-deferral feature. Generally, this means you do not pay income tax until there is a taxable distribution (or deemed distribution) from the contract. We will send a tax information reporting form for any year in which we made a taxable or reportable distribution according to our records.

Nonqualified Annuities

Generally, only the increase in the value of a non-qualified annuity contract over the investment in the contract is taxable. Certain exceptions apply. Federal tax law requires that all nonqualified deferred annuity contracts issued by the same company (and possibly its affiliates) to the same owner during a calendar year be taxed as a single, unified contract when distributions are taken from any one of those contracts.

Annuity payouts: Generally, unlike withdrawals described below, the income taxation of annuity payouts is subject to exclusion ratios (for fixed annuity payouts) or annual excludable amounts (for variable annuity payouts). In other words, in most cases, a portion of each payout will be ordinary income and subject to tax, and a portion of each payout will be considered a return of part of your investment in the contract and will not be taxed. All amounts you receive after your investment in the contract is fully recovered will be subject to tax. Under Annuity Payout Plan A: Life annuity — no refund, where the annuitant dies before your investment in the contract is fully recovered, the remaining portion of the unrecovered investment may be available as a federal income tax deduction to the owner for the last taxable year. Under all other annuity payout plans, where the annuity payouts end before your investment in the contract is fully recovered, the remaining portion of the unrecovered investment may be available as a federal income tax deduction to the taxpayer for the tax year in which the payouts end. (See “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Federal tax law permits taxpayers to annuitize a portion of their nonqualified annuity while leaving the remaining balance to continue to grow tax-deferred. Under the partial annuitization rules, the portion annuitized must be received as an annuity for a period of 10 years or more, or for the lives of one or more individuals. If this requirement is met, the annuitized portion and the tax-deferred balance will generally be treated as two separate contracts for income tax purposes only. If a contract is partially annuitized, the investment in the contract is allocated between the deferred and the annuitized portions on a pro rata basis.

Withdrawals: Generally, if you withdrawal all or part of your nonqualified annuity your annuity payouts begin, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, your withdrawal will be taxed to the extent that the contract value immediately before the withdrawal exceeds the investment in the contract. Different rules may apply if you exchange another contract into this contract.

You also may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty for withdrawals of taxable income you make before reaching age 59½ unless certain exceptions apply.

Withholding: If you receive taxable income as a result of an annuity payout or withdrawal, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, we may deduct federal, and in some cases state withholding against the payment. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your income tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. As long as you have provided us with a valid Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number, and you have a valid U.S. address, you may be able to elect not to have federal income tax withholding occur.

If the payment is part of an annuity payout plan, we generally compute the amount of federal income tax withholding using payroll tables. You may provide us with a statement of how many exemptions to use in calculating the withholding. If the distribution is any other type of payment (such as partial or full withdrawal) we compute federal income tax withholding using 10% of the taxable portion.

The federal income tax withholding requirements differ if we deliver payment outside the United States or you are a non-resident alien.

Some states also may impose income tax withholding requirements similar to the federal withholding described above or may allow you to elect withholding. If this should be the case, we may deduct state income tax withholding from the payment.

50    Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Death benefits to beneficiaries: The death benefit under a nonqualified contract is not exempt from estate (federal or state) taxes. In addition, for income tax purposes, any amount your beneficiary receives that exceeds the remaining investment in the contract is taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary in the year he or she receives the payments. (See also “Benefits in Case of Death — If You Die Before the Retirement Date”).

Net Investment Income Tax (also known as Medicare contribution tax): Effective for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2013, certain investment income of high-income individuals (as well as estates and trusts) is subject to a 3.8% net investment income tax (as an addition to income taxes). For individuals, the 3.8% tax applies to the lesser of (1) the amount by which the taxpayer’s modified adjusted gross income exceeds $200,000 ($250,000 for married filing jointly and surviving spouses; $125,000 for married filing separately) or (2) the taxpayer’s “net investment income.” Net investment income includes taxable income from nonqualified annuities. Annuity holders are advised to consult their tax advisor regarding the possible implications of this additional tax.

Annuities owned by corporations, partnerships or irrevocable trusts: For nonqualified annuities, any annual increase in the value of annuities held by such entities (non-natural persons) generally will be treated as ordinary income received during that year. However, if the trust was set up for the benefit of a natural person(s) only, the income may remain tax-deferred until withdrawn or paid out.

Penalties: If you receive amounts from your nonqualified annuity before reaching age 59½, you may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty on the amount includable in your ordinary income. However, this penalty will not apply to any amount received:

• because of your death or in the event of non-natural ownership, the death of annuitant;

• because you become disabled (as defined in the Code);

• if the distribution is part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments, made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or joint lives or life expectancies of you and your beneficiary);

• if it is allocable to an investment before Aug. 14, 1982; or

• if annuity payouts are made under immediate annuities as defined by the Code.

Transfer of ownership: Generally, if you transfer ownership of a nonqualified annuity without receiving adequate consideration, the transfer may be taxed as a withdrawal for federal income tax purposes. If the transfer is a currently taxable event for income tax purposes, the original owner will be taxed on the amount of deferred earnings at the time of the transfer and also may be subject to the 10% IRS penalty discussed earlier. In this case, the new owner’s investment in the contract will be equal to the investment in the contract at the time of the transfer plus any earnings included in the original owner’s taxable income as a result of the transfer. In general, this rule does not apply to transfers between spouses or former spouses. Similar rules apply if you transfer ownership for full consideration. Please consult your tax advisor for further details.

1035 Exchanges: Section 1035 of the Code permits nontaxable exchanges of certain insurance policies, endowment contracts, annuity contracts and qualified long-term care insurance contracts while providing for continued tax deferral of earnings. In addition, Section 1035 permits the carryover of the investment in the contract from the old policy or contract to the new policy or contract. In a 1035 exchange one policy or contract is exchanged for another policy or contract. The following can qualify as nontaxable exchanges: (1) the exchange of a life insurance policy for another life insurance policy or for an endowment, annuity or qualified long-term care insurance contract, (2) the exchange of an endowment contract for an annuity or qualified long-term care insurance contract, or for an endowment contract under which payments will begin no later than payments would have begun under the contract exchanged, (3) the exchange of an annuity contract for another annuity or for a qualified long-term care insurance contract, and (4) the exchange of a qualified long-term care insurance contract for a qualified long-term care insurance contract. Additionally, other tax rules apply. However, if the life insurance policy has an outstanding loan, there may be tax consequences. Depending on the issue date of your original policy or contract, there may be tax or other benefits that are given up to gain the benefits of the new policy or contract. Consider whether the features and benefits of the new policy or contract outweigh any tax or other benefits of the old contract.

For a partial exchange of an annuity contract for another annuity contract, the 1035 exchange is generally tax-free. The investment in the original contract and the earnings on the contract will be allocated proportionately between the original and new contracts. However, per IRS Revenue Procedure 2011-38, if withdrawals are taken from either contract within the 180-day period following a partial 1035 exchange, the IRS will apply general tax principles to determine the appropriate tax treatment of the exchange and subsequent withdrawal. As a result, there may be unexpected tax consequences. You should consult your tax advisor before taking any withdrawal from either contract during the 180-day period following a partial exchange.

Assignment: If you assign or pledge your contract as collateral for a loan, earnings on purchase payments you made after Aug. 13, 1982 will be taxed as a deemed distribution and also may be subject to the 10% penalty as discussed above.

Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus    51

Qualified Annuities

Adverse tax consequences may result if you do not ensure that contributions, distributions and other transactions under the contract comply with the law. Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions. You should refer to your retirement plan’s Summary Plan Description, your IRA disclosure statement, or consult a tax advisor for additional information about the distribution rules applicable to your situation.

When you use your contract to fund a retirement plan or IRA that is already tax-deferred under the Code, the contract will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral. If your contract is used to fund an employer sponsored plan, your right to benefits may be subject to the terms and conditions of the plan regardless of the terms of the contract.

Annuity payouts: Under a qualified annuity, except a Roth IRA, Roth 401(k) or Roth 403(b), the entire payout generally is includable as ordinary income and is subject to tax unless: (1) the contract is an IRA to which you made non-deductible contributions; or (2) you rolled after-tax dollars from a retirement plan into your IRA; or 3) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you or your employer have contributed after-tax dollars; or (4) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you direct such payout to be directly rolled over to another eligible retirement plan such as an IRA. We may permit partial annuitizations of qualified annuity contracts. If we accept partial annuitizations, please remember that your contract will still need to comply with other requirements such as required minimum distributions and the payment of taxes. Prior to considering a partial annuitization on a qualified contract, you should discuss your decision and any implications with your tax adviser. Because we cannot accurately track certain after tax funding sources, we will generally report any payments on partial annuitizations as ordinary income except in the case of a qualified distribution from a Roth IRA.

Annuity payouts from Roth IRAs: In general, the entire payout from a Roth IRA can be free from income and penalty taxes if you have attained age 59½ and meet the five year holding period.

Withdrawals: Under a qualified annuity, except a Roth IRA, Roth 401(k) or Roth 403(b), the entire withdrawal will generally be includable as ordinary income and is subject to tax unless: (1) the contract is an IRA to which you made non-deductible contributions; or (2) you rolled after-tax dollars from a retirement plan into your IRA; or (3) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you or your employer have contributed after-tax dollars; or (4) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you direct such withdrawal to be directly rolled over to another eligible retirement plan such as an IRA.

Withdrawals from Roth IRAs: In general, the entire payout from a Roth IRA can be free from income and penalty taxes if you have attained age 59½ and meet the five year holding period or another qualifying event such as death or disability.

Required Minimum Distributions: Retirement plans (except for Roth IRAs) are subject to required withdrawals called required minimum distributions (“RMDs”) beginning at age 72 (age 70 ½ if you were born on or before June 30, 1949). RMDs are based on the fair market value of your contract at year-end divided by the life expectancy factor. Certain death benefits and optional riders may be considered in determining the fair market value of your contract for RMD purposes. This may cause your RMD to be higher. Inherited IRAs (including inherited Roth IRAs) are subject to special required minimum distribution rules. You should consult your tax advisor prior to making a purchase for an explanation of the potential tax implications to you.

Withholding for IRAs, Roth IRAs, SEPs and SIMPLE IRAs: If you receive taxable income as a result of an annuity payout or a withdrawal, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, we may deduct withholding against the payment. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. As long as you have provided us with a valid Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number, you can elect not to have any withholding occur.

If the payment is part of an annuity payout plan, we generally compute the amount of federal income tax withholding using payroll tables. You may provide us with a statement of how many exemptions to use in calculating the withholding. If the distribution is any other type of payment (such as a partial or full withdrawal) we compute federal income tax withholding using 10% of the taxable portion.

The federal income tax withholding requirements differ if we deliver payment outside the United States or you are a non-resident alien.

Some states also may impose income tax withholding requirements similar to the federal withholding described above. If this should be the case, we may deduct state income tax withholding from the payment.

Withholding for all other qualified annuities: If you receive directly all or part of the contract value from a qualified annuity, mandatory 20% federal income tax withholding (and possibly state income tax withholding) generally will be imposed at the time the payout is made from the plan. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. This mandatory withholding will not be imposed if instead of receiving the distribution check, you elect to have the distribution rolled over directly to an IRA or another eligible plan. Payments made to a surviving spouse instead of being directly rolled over to an IRA are also subject to mandatory 20% income tax withholding.

52    Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus

In the below situations, the distribution is subject to an optional 10% withholding instead of the mandatory 20% withholding. We will withhold 10% of the distribution amount unless you elect otherwise.

• the payout is one in a series of substantially equal periodic payouts, made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or the joint lives or life expectancies of you and your designated beneficiary) or over a specified period of 10 years or more;

• the payout is a RMD as defined under the Code;

• the payout is made on account of an eligible hardship; or

• the payout is a corrective distribution.

State withholding also may be imposed on taxable distributions.

Penalties: If you receive amounts from your qualified contract before reaching age 59½, you may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty on the amount includable in your ordinary income. However, this penalty generally will not apply to any amount received:

• because of your death;

• because you become disabled (as defined in the Code);

• if the distribution is part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or joint lives or life expectancies of you and your beneficiary);

• if the distribution is made following severance from employment during or after the calendar year in which you attain age 55 (TSAs and annuities funding 401(a) plans only);

• to pay certain medical or education expenses (IRAs only); or

• if the distribution is made from an inherited IRA.

Death benefits to beneficiaries: The entire death benefit generally is taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary in the year he/she receives the payments from the qualified annuity. If you made non-deductible contributions to a traditional IRA, the portion of any distribution from the contract that represents after-tax contributions is not taxable as ordinary income to your beneficiary. You are responsible for keeping all records tracking your non-deductible contributions to an IRA. Death benefits under a Roth IRA generally are not taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary if certain distribution requirements are met. (See also “Benefits in Case of Death — If you Die Before the Retirement Date”).

Change of retirement plan type: IRS regulations allow for rollovers of certain retirement plan distributions. In some circumstances, you may be able to have an intra-contract rollover, keeping the same features and conditions. If the annuity contract you have does not support an intra-contract rollover, you are able to request an IRS approved rollover to another annuity contract or other investment product that you choose. If you choose another annuity contract or investment product, you will be subject to new rules, including a new withdrawal charge schedule for an annuity contract, or other product rules as applicable.

Assignment:You may not assign or pledge your qualified contract as collateral for a loan.

Other

Purchase payment credits: These are considered earnings and are taxed accordingly when withdrawn or paid out.

Special considerations if you select any optional rider: As of the date of this prospectus, we believe that charges related to these riders are not subject to current taxation. Therefore, we will not report these charges as partial withdrawals from your contract. However, the IRS may determine that these charges should be treated as partial withdrawals subject to taxation to the extent of any gain as well as the 10% tax penalty for withdrawals before the age of 59½, if applicable, on the taxable portion.

We reserve the right to report charges for these riders as partial withdrawals if we, as a withholding and reporting agent, believe that we are required to report them. In addition, we will report any benefits attributable to these riders on the death of you or the annuitant as an annuity death benefit distribution, not as proceeds from life insurance.

Important: Our discussion of federal tax laws is based upon our understanding of current interpretations of these laws. Federal tax laws or current interpretations of them may change. For this reason and because tax consequences are complex and highly individual and cannot always be anticipated, you should consult a tax advisor if you have any questions about taxation of your contract.

RiverSource Life’s tax status: We are taxed as a life insurance company under the Code. For federal income tax purposes, the subaccounts are considered a part of our company, although their operations are treated separately in accounting and financial statements. Investment income is reinvested in the fund in which each subaccount invests and becomes part of that subaccount’s value. This investment income, including realized capital gains, is not subject to any withholding for federal or state income taxes. We reserve the right to make such a charge in the future if there is a

Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus    53

change in the tax treatment of variable annuities or in our tax status as we then understand it.
The company includes in its taxable income the net investment income derived from the investment of assets held in its subaccounts because the company is considered the owner of these assets under federal income tax law.  The company may claim certain tax benefits associated with this investment income.  These benefits, which may include foreign tax credits and the corporate dividend received deduction, are not passed on to you since the company is the owner of the assets under federal tax law and is taxed on the investment income generated by the assets. 

Tax qualification: We intend that the contract qualify as an annuity for federal income tax purposes. To that end, the provisions of the contract are to be interpreted to ensure or maintain such tax qualification, in spite of any other provisions of the contract. We reserve the right to amend the contract to reflect any clarifications that may be needed or are appropriate to maintain such qualification or to conform the contract to any applicable changes in the tax qualification requirements. We will send you a copy of any amendments.

Spousal status: When it comes to your marital status and the identification and naming of any spouse as a beneficiary or party to your contract, we will rely on the representations you make to us. Based on this reliance, we will issue and administer your contract in accordance with these representations. If you represent that you are married and your representation is incorrect or your marriage is deemed invalid for federal or state law purposes, then the benefits and rights under your contract may be different.

If you have any questions as to the status of your relationship as a marriage, then you should consult an appropriate tax or legal advisor.

Voting Rights

As a contract owner with investments in the subaccounts, you may vote on important fund policies until annuity payouts begin. Once they begin, the person receiving them has voting rights. We will vote fund shares according to the instructions of the person with voting rights.

Before annuity payouts begin, the number of votes you have is determined by applying your percentage interest in each subaccount to the total number of votes allowed to the subaccount.

After annuity payouts begin, the number of votes you have is equal to:

• the reserve held in each subaccount for your contract; divided by

• the net asset value of one share of the applicable fund.

As we make annuity payouts, the reserve for the contract decreases; therefore, the number of votes also will decrease.

We calculate votes separately for each subaccount. We will send notice of shareholders’ meetings, proxy materials and a statement of the number of votes to which the voter is entitled. We are the legal owner of all fund shares and therefore hold all voting rights.  However, to the extent required by law, we will vote the shares of each fund according to instructions we receive from policy owners. We will vote shares for which we have not received instructions and shares that we or our affiliates own in our own names in the same proportion as the votes for which we received instructions. As a result of this proportional voting, in cases when a small number of contract owners vote, their votes will have a greater impact and may even control the outcome.

Substitution of Investments

We may substitute the funds in which the subaccounts invest if:

• laws or regulations change;

• the existing funds become unavailable; or

• in our judgment, the funds no longer are suitable (or are not the most suitable) for the subaccounts.

If any of these situations occur, we have the right to substitute a fund currently listed in this prospectus (existing fund) for another fund (new fund), provided we obtain any required SEC and state insurance law approval. The new fund may have higher fees and/or operating expenses than the existing fund. Also, the new fund may have investment objectives and policies and/or investment advisers which differ from the existing fund.

We may also:

• add new subaccounts;

• combine any two or more subaccounts;

• transfer assets to and from the subaccounts or the variable account; and

• eliminate or close any subaccounts.

We will notify you of any substitution or change.

54    Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus

In the event of any such substitution or change, we may amend the contract and take whatever action is necessary and appropriate without your consent or approval. We will obtain any required prior approval of the SEC or state insurance departments before making any substitution or change.

About the Service Providers

Principal Underwriter

RiverSource Distributors, Inc. (RiverSource Distributors), our affiliate, serves as the principal underwriter and general distributor of the contract. Its offices are located at 70100 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, MN 55474. RiverSource Distributors is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ameriprise Financial, Inc.

Sales of the Contract

New contracts are not currently being offered.

• Only securities broker-dealers (“selling firms”) registered with the SEC and members of the FINRA may sell the contract.

• The contracts are continuously offered to the public through authorized selling firms. We and RiverSource Distributors have a sales agreement with the selling firm. The sales agreement authorizes the selling firm to offer the contracts to the public. RiverSource Distributors pays the selling firm (or an affiliated insurance agency) for contracts its investment professional sell. The selling firm may be required to return sales commissions under certain circumstances including but not limited to when contracts are returned under the free look period.

Payments We May Make to Selling Firms

• We may use compensation plans which vary by selling firm. For example, some of these plans pay selling firms a commission of up to 4.00% each time a purchase payment is made. We may also pay ongoing trail commissions of up to 0.25% of the contract value. We do not pay or withhold payment of trail commissions based on which investment options you select.

• We may pay selling firms an additional sales commission of up to 1.00% of purchase payments for a period of time we select. For example, we may offer to pay an additional sales commission to get selling firms to market a new or enhanced contract or to increase sales during the period.

• In addition to commissions, we may, in order to promote sales of the contracts, and as permitted by applicable laws and regulation, pay or provide selling firms with other promotional incentives in cash, credit or other compensation. We generally (but may not) offer these promotional incentives to all selling firms. The terms of such arrangements differ between selling firms. These promotional incentives may include but are not limited to:

• sponsorship of marketing, educational, due diligence and compliance meetings and conferences we or the selling firm may conduct for investment professionals, including subsidy of travel, meal, lodging, entertainment and other expenses related to these meetings;

• marketing support related to sales of the contract including for example, the creation of marketing materials, advertising and newsletters;

• providing service to contract owners; and

• funding other events sponsored by a selling firm that may encourage the selling firm’s investment professionals to sell the contract.

These promotional incentives or reimbursements may be calculated as a percentage of the selling firm’s aggregate, net or anticipated sales and/or total assets attributable to sales of the contract, and/or may be a fixed dollar amount. As noted below this additional compensation may cause the selling firm and its investment professionals to favor the contracts.

Sources of Payments to Selling Firms

When we pay the commissions and other compensation described above from our assets. Our assets may include:

• revenues we receive from fees and expenses that you will pay when buying, owning and making a withdrawal from the contract (see “Expense Summary”);

• compensation we or an affiliate receive from the underlying funds in the form of distribution and services fees (see “The Variable Account and the Funds — The Funds”);

• compensation we or an affiliate receive from a fund’s investment adviser, subadviser, distributor or an affiliate of any of these (see “The Variable Account and the Funds — The Funds”); and

• revenues we receive from other contracts we sell that are not securities and other businesses we conduct.

Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus    55

You do not directly pay the commissions and other compensation described above as the result of a specific charge or deduction under the contract. However, you may pay part or all of the commissions and other compensation described above indirectly through:

• fees and expenses we collect from contract owners, including withdrawal charges; and

• fees and expenses charged by the underlying subaccount funds in which you invest, to the extent we or one of our affiliates receive revenue from the funds or an affiliated person.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Compensation payment arrangements made with selling firms can potentially:

• give selling firms a heightened financial incentive to sell the contract offered in this prospectus over another investment with lower compensation to the selling firm.

• cause selling firms to encourage their investment professionals to sell you the contract offered in this prospectus instead of selling you other alternative investments that may result in lower compensation to the selling firm.

• cause selling firms to grant us access to its investment professionals to promote sales of the contract offered in this prospectus, while denying that access to other firms offering similar contracts or other alternative investments which may pay lower compensation to the selling firm.

Payments to Investment Professionals

• The selling firm pays its investment professionals. The selling firm decides the compensation and benefits it will pay its investment professionals.

• To inform yourself of any potential conflicts of interest, ask the investment professional before you buy, how the selling firm and its investment professionals are being compensated and the amount of the compensation that each will receive if you buy the contract.

Service Providers

Our Service Center performs certain administrative services on the contracts and policies we issue. The address and telephone number of our Service Center are listed on the first page of the prospectus. We also have entered into agreements with certain entities to provide the identified services in connection with the contracts and policies we issue. The entities engaged by RiverSource Life may change over time. Entities that provided services to RiverSource Life in 2019 are listed in the table below.

Name of Service Provider	Services Provided	Address
Ameriprise Financial, Inc.	Business affairs management and administrative support related to new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies	707 Second Avenue South Minneapolis MN 55402 USA
Ameriprise India Private Limited	Administrative support related to new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies annual report filings	Plot No. 14, Sector 18 Udyog Vihar Gurugram, Haryana – 122 015 India
Sykes Enterprise Incorporated	Administrative support related to e new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies	10th Floor, Glorietta BPO 1 Office Tower Makati City 1224 Metro Manila Philippines

Issuer

We issue the contracts. We are a stock life insurance company organized in 1957 under the laws of the state of Minnesota and are located at 829 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, MN 55474. We are a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ameriprise Financial, Inc.

We conduct a conventional life insurance business. We are licensed to do business in 49 states, the District of Columbia and American Samoa. Our primary products currently include fixed and variable annuity contracts and life insurance policies.

Legal Proceedings

Insurance companies have been the subject of increasing regulatory, legislative and judicial scrutiny. Numerous state and federal regulatory agencies have commenced examinations and other inquiries of insurance companies regarding sales and marketing practices (including sales to older consumers and disclosure practices), claims handling, and unclaimed property and escheatment practices and procedures. RiverSource Life has cooperated and will continue to cooperate with the applicable regulators.

56    Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus

RiverSource Life is involved in the normal course of business in a number of other legal and arbitration proceedings concerning matters arising in connection with the conduct of its business activities. RiverSource Life believes that it is not a party to, nor are any of its properties the subject of, any pending legal, arbitration or regulatory investigation, examination or proceeding that is likely to have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is possible that the outcome of any current or future legal, arbitration or regulatory proceeding could have a material impact on results of operations in any particular reporting period as the proceedings are resolved.

Uncertain economic conditions, heightened and sustained volatility in the financial markets and significant financial reform legislation may increase the likelihood that clients and other persons or regulators may present or threaten legal claims or that regulators increase the scope or frequency of examinations of RiverSource Life or the insurance industry generally.

Additional Information

Incorporation of Certain Documents By Reference

The SEC allows us to “incorporate by reference” the information we have filed with the SEC. This means that we can disclose important information to you without actually including the specific information in this prospectus by referring you to other documents filed separately with the SEC. The information incorporated by reference is an important part of this prospectus. Information that we later provide to the SEC, and which is deemed to be “filed” with the SEC, will automatically update information previously filed with the SEC, and may replace information in this prospectus and information previously filed with the SEC. We incorporate by reference RiverSource Life Insurance Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019 as filed with the SEC on Feb.26, 2020under File No. 033-28976 in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and any filings we make with the SEC under Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act (excluding information deemed to be furnished and not filed with the SEC) after the effective date of this registration statement, until all offerings under the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part are completed or terminated. The annual report contains additional information about RiverSource Life Insurance Company, including audited financial statements for the latest fiscal year.

RiverSource Life will furnish you without charge a copy of any or all of the documents incorporated by reference into this prospectus, including any exhibits to such documents which have been specifically incorporated by reference. We will do so upon receipt of your written or oral request. You can contact RiverSource Life at the telephone number and address listed on the first page of this prospectus.

Available Information

This prospectus is part of a registration statement we file with the SEC. Additional information on RiverSource Life and on this offering is available in the registration statement and other materials we file. You can obtain copies of these materials at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. This prospectus, other information about the contract and other information incorporated by reference are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at (http://www.sec.gov).

Indemnification

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the Act) may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of RiverSource Life pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus    57

Appendix : Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)

The following tables give per-unit information about the financial history of the subaccounts representing the lowest and highest total annual variable account expense combinations. The date in which operations commenced in each subaccount is noted in parentheses. The SAI contains tables that give per-unit information about the financial history of each existing subaccount. We have not provided this information for subaccounts (if any) that were not available under your contract as of December 31, 2019. You may obtain a copy of the SAI without charge by contacting us at the telephone number or address listed on the first page of the prospectus.

Variable account charges of 1.25% of the daily net assets of the variable account.

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
BNY Mellon Sustainable U.S. Equity Portfolio, Inc. - Initial Shares (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.32	$1.40	$1.23	$1.13	$1.18	$1.05	$0.79	$0.72	$0.72	$0.63
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.75	$1.32	$1.40	$1.23	$1.13	$1.18	$1.05	$0.79	$0.72	$0.72
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	78	80	83	84	136	141	196	224	233	379
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.48	$1.55	$1.26	$1.19	$1.19	$1.05	$0.79	$0.71	$0.68	$0.59
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.82	$1.48	$1.55	$1.26	$1.19	$1.19	$1.05	$0.79	$0.71	$0.68
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	796	827	918	1,025	1,104	1,203	1,278	1,511	1,928	2,512
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3) (11/9/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.57	$2.76	$2.45	$2.18	$2.27	$2.09	$1.67	$1.49	$1.58	$1.37
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.14	$2.57	$2.76	$2.45	$2.18	$2.27	$2.09	$1.67	$1.49	$1.58
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	91	91	102	119	134	203	447	527	653	957
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund (Class 3) (11/9/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.05	$1.04	$1.05	$1.07	$1.08	$1.09	$1.11	$1.12	$1.13	$1.15
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.05	$1.05	$1.04	$1.05	$1.07	$1.08	$1.09	$1.11	$1.12	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	999	1,223	1,522	1,600	551	914	1,357	1,745	2,256	2,075
Columbia Variable Portfolio – High Yield Bond Fund (Class 3) (11/9/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.36	$2.49	$2.37	$2.14	$2.20	$2.15	$2.05	$1.79	$1.72	$1.53
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.72	$2.36	$2.49	$2.37	$2.14	$2.20	$2.15	$2.05	$1.79	$1.72
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	68	71	74	87	86	85	119	171	174	280
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Select Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (11/9/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.77	$3.21	$2.90	$2.58	$2.70	$2.58	$1.76	$1.51	$1.68	$1.34
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.22	$2.77	$3.21	$2.90	$2.58	$2.70	$2.58	$1.76	$1.51	$1.68
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	61	62	64	64	77	80	98	120	141	164
Columbia Variable Portfolio – U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.34	$1.34	$1.31	$1.29	$1.29	$1.24	$1.28	$1.27	$1.27	$1.25
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.41	$1.34	$1.34	$1.31	$1.29	$1.29	$1.24	$1.28	$1.27	$1.27
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	174	183	198	221	243	261	341	380	561	747
Fidelity® VIP Dynamic Capital Appreciation Portfolio Service Class 2 (5/1/2001)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.74	$2.93	$2.40	$2.37	$2.37	$2.17	$1.59	$1.32	$1.37	$1.18
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.52	$2.74	$2.93	$2.40	$2.37	$2.37	$2.17	$1.59	$1.32	$1.37
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	50	50	50	91	91	91	107	114	76	138
Fidelity® VIP High Income Portfolio Service Class 2 (5/1/2001)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.14	$2.25	$2.13	$1.89	$1.99	$2.00	$1.91	$1.70	$1.66	$1.48
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.43	$2.14	$2.25	$2.13	$1.89	$1.99	$2.00	$1.91	$1.70	$1.66
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	34	36	37	43	44	52	66	80	154	191
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2 (5/1/2001)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.68	$4.38	$3.68	$3.33	$3.43	$3.27	$2.44	$2.15	$2.45	$1.93
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.48	$3.68	$4.38	$3.68	$3.33	$3.43	$3.27	$2.44	$2.15	$2.45
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	316	323	335	360	384	428	521	681	821	1,216
Franklin Global Real Estate VIP Fund – Class 2 (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.78	$3.02	$2.77	$2.79	$2.81	$2.47	$2.45	$1.94	$2.09	$1.75
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.36	$2.78	$3.02	$2.77	$2.79	$2.81	$2.47	$2.45	$1.94	$2.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	240	237	248	252	245	258	279	280	338	361
Franklin Income VIP Fund – Class 2 (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.85	$3.02	$2.78	$2.47	$2.69	$2.61	$2.32	$2.08	$2.06	$1.85
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.27	$2.85	$3.02	$2.78	$2.47	$2.69	$2.61	$2.32	$2.08	$2.06
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	191	205	220	264	394	445	569	803	879	1,130
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund – Class 2 (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.52	$2.81	$2.62	$2.29	$2.44	$2.30	$1.82	$1.61	$1.65	$1.50
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.05	$2.52	$2.81	$2.62	$2.29	$2.44	$2.30	$1.82	$1.61	$1.65
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	139	149	174	187	211	222	380	428	887	1,143

58    Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.25% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Franklin Small Cap Value VIP Fund – Class 2 (11/9/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$4.34	$5.04	$4.61	$3.59	$3.92	$3.95	$2.94	$2.51	$2.64	$2.09
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$5.41	$4.34	$5.04	$4.61	$3.59	$3.92	$3.95	$2.94	$2.51	$2.64
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	144	150	160	162	179	183	195	254	295	375
Franklin Small-Mid Cap Growth VIP Fund – Class 2 (11/9/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.17	$2.32	$1.94	$1.88	$1.96	$1.85	$1.35	$1.24	$1.32	$1.04
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.82	$2.17	$2.32	$1.94	$1.88	$1.96	$1.85	$1.35	$1.24	$1.32
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	610	643	687	723	756	820	936	1,065	1,373	1,842
Goldman Sachs VIT Mid Cap Value Fund – Institutional Shares (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$4.76	$5.38	$4.90	$4.37	$4.87	$4.34	$3.31	$2.83	$3.06	$2.48
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$6.18	$4.76	$5.38	$4.90	$4.37	$4.87	$4.34	$3.31	$2.83	$3.06
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	102	104	104	113	147	169	202	266	332	409
Goldman Sachs VIT U.S. Equity Insights Fund – Institutional Shares (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.88	$2.03	$1.65	$1.51	$1.53	$1.33	$0.98	$0.87	$0.84	$0.76
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.32	$1.88	$2.03	$1.65	$1.51	$1.53	$1.33	$0.98	$0.87	$0.84
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	203	207	215	235	225	291	312	387	474	695
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.57	$3.01	$2.23	$2.27	$2.21	$2.20	$1.75	$1.47	$1.62	$1.42
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.34	$2.57	$3.01	$2.23	$2.27	$2.21	$2.20	$1.75	$1.47	$1.62
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	74	76	83	98	131	183	250	418	570	906
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Strategic Income Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.83	$1.94	$1.85	$1.77	$1.84	$1.81	$1.84	$1.65	$1.66	$1.46
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.00	$1.83	$1.94	$1.85	$1.77	$1.84	$1.81	$1.84	$1.65	$1.66
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	372	388	398	439	456	489	719	827	1,054	1,427
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series I Shares (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.80	$1.89	$1.50	$1.49	$1.43	$1.34	$0.97	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.43	$1.80	$1.89	$1.50	$1.49	$1.43	$1.34	$0.97	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	287	446	379	304	365	463	539	607	—	—
Invesco V.I. Core Equity Fund, Series I Shares (4/28/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.68	$1.87	$1.68	$1.54	$1.65	$1.55	$1.21	$1.08	$1.09	$1.01
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.13	$1.68	$1.87	$1.68	$1.54	$1.65	$1.55	$1.21	$1.08	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	395	432	502	607	768	844	959	1,192	1,437	1,983
MFS® Investors Trust Series – Initial Class (11/9/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.05	$2.19	$1.80	$1.68	$1.69	$1.55	$1.19	$1.01	$1.04	$0.95
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.66	$2.05	$2.19	$1.80	$1.68	$1.69	$1.55	$1.19	$1.01	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	87	88	94	110	121	193	260	334	447	541
MFS® Utilities Series – Initial Class (11/9/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.36	$3.37	$2.97	$2.70	$3.20	$2.87	$2.41	$2.15	$2.04	$1.82
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.15	$3.36	$3.37	$2.97	$2.70	$3.20	$2.87	$2.41	$2.15	$2.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	103	112	125	135	186	227	279	323	399	496
Putnam VT Global Health Care Fund – Class IB Shares (5/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.58	$2.63	$2.31	$2.63	$2.47	$1.96	$1.40	$1.16	$1.19	$1.18
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.32	$2.58	$2.63	$2.31	$2.63	$2.47	$1.96	$1.40	$1.16	$1.19
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	53	54	62	63	63	63	52	38	52	55
Putnam VT International Equity Fund – Class IB Shares (11/9/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.29	$1.62	$1.29	$1.34	$1.36	$1.47	$1.17	$0.97	$1.18	$1.09
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.60	$1.29	$1.62	$1.29	$1.34	$1.36	$1.47	$1.17	$0.97	$1.18
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	609	617	717	786	860	892	972	1,172	1,597	2,315
Putnam VT Sustainable Leaders Fund – Class IB Shares (9/24/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.40	$2.47	$1.93	$1.82	$1.84	$1.64	$1.22	$1.06	$1.13	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.23	$2.40	$2.47	$1.93	$1.82	$1.84	$1.64	$1.22	$1.06	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	179	193	257	282	369	401	421	494	543	652
Variable Portfolio – Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.37	$2.77	$2.62	$2.12	$2.36	$2.34	$1.76	$1.57	$1.67	$1.35
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.80	$2.37	$2.77	$2.62	$2.12	$2.36	$2.34	$1.76	$1.57	$1.67
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	12	12	15	24	38	49	69	79	193	227
Wells Fargo VT Index Asset Allocation Fund – Class 2 (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.04	$2.12	$1.92	$1.80	$1.80	$1.55	$1.31	$1.17	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.42	$2.04	$2.12	$1.92	$1.80	$1.80	$1.55	$1.31	$1.17	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	484	502	541	597	728	802	1,114	1,454	1,786	2,080

Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus    59

Variable account charges of 1.25% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Wells Fargo VT International Equity Fund – Class 2 (7/31/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.84	$2.25	$1.83	$1.80	$1.79	$1.91	$1.62	$1.45	$1.68	$1.46
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.10	$1.84	$2.25	$1.83	$1.80	$1.79	$1.91	$1.62	$1.45	$1.68
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	145	144	154	172	169	183	216	300	303	354
Wells Fargo VT Omega Growth Fund – Class 2 (7/31/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$4.08	$4.12	$3.10	$3.12	$3.12	$3.04	$2.20	$1.85	$1.98	$1.68
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$5.52	$4.08	$4.12	$3.10	$3.12	$3.12	$3.04	$2.20	$1.85	$1.98
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	295	303	340	379	524	629	766	945	1,095	1,378
Wells Fargo VT Opportunity Fund – Class 2 (8/26/2011)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.95	$2.12	$1.78	$1.61	$1.68	$1.54	$1.19	$1.05	$1.00	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.53	$1.95	$2.12	$1.78	$1.61	$1.68	$1.54	$1.19	$1.05	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	185	186	224	259	290	300	313	404	466	—
Wells Fargo VT Small Cap Growth Fund – Class 2 (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.15	$1.15	$0.92	$0.87	$0.90	$0.93	$0.63	$0.59	$0.63	$0.50
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.41	$1.15	$1.15	$0.92	$0.87	$0.90	$0.93	$0.63	$0.59	$0.63
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	174	178	312	357	494	589	642	941	969	1,163

Variable account charges of 1.70% of the daily net assets of the variable account.

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
BNY Mellon Sustainable U.S. Equity Portfolio, Inc. - Initial Shares (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.21	$1.29	$1.14	$1.05	$1.10	$0.99	$0.75	$0.68	$0.69	$0.61
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.60	$1.21	$1.29	$1.14	$1.05	$1.10	$0.99	$0.75	$0.68	$0.69
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	27	34	35	36	39	48	55	145	155	226
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.35	$1.43	$1.17	$1.10	$1.11	$0.98	$0.75	$0.67	$0.64	$0.56
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.65	$1.35	$1.43	$1.17	$1.10	$1.11	$0.98	$0.75	$0.67	$0.64
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	925	1,042	1,336	1,630	2,017	2,624	3,912	5,248	7,129	9,784
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.55	$2.76	$2.45	$2.20	$2.30	$2.13	$1.71	$1.52	$1.63	$1.42
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.11	$2.55	$2.76	$2.45	$2.20	$2.30	$2.13	$1.71	$1.52	$1.63
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,273	1,572	1,838	2,174	2,650	3,289	4,934	6,228	8,456	10,953
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund (Class 3) (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.89	$0.89	$0.90	$0.92	$0.93	$0.95	$0.97	$0.98	$1.00	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.89	$0.89	$0.89	$0.90	$0.92	$0.93	$0.95	$0.97	$0.98	$1.00
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	3,487	3,870	4,473	4,576	1,094	1,323	1,861	2,444	4,164	3,587
Columbia Variable Portfolio – High Yield Bond Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.06	$2.18	$2.08	$1.90	$1.95	$1.92	$1.84	$1.61	$1.55	$1.39
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.36	$2.06	$2.18	$2.08	$1.90	$1.95	$1.92	$1.84	$1.61	$1.55
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	266	334	379	441	531	773	1,064	1,210	1,679	2,244
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Select Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.00	$2.33	$2.11	$1.89	$1.98	$1.90	$1.30	$1.13	$1.25	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.31	$2.00	$2.33	$2.11	$1.89	$1.98	$1.90	$1.30	$1.13	$1.25
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	24	17	17	18	17	28	28	34	33	37
Columbia Variable Portfolio – U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.22	$1.22	$1.20	$1.19	$1.20	$1.15	$1.20	$1.20	$1.20	$1.19
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.28	$1.22	$1.22	$1.20	$1.19	$1.20	$1.15	$1.20	$1.20	$1.20
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	600	764	835	855	938	1,338	1,814	1,981	2,096	2,681
Fidelity® VIP Dynamic Capital Appreciation Portfolio Service Class 2 (5/1/2001)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.53	$2.71	$2.23	$2.21	$2.23	$2.05	$1.51	$1.25	$1.31	$1.13
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.23	$2.53	$2.71	$2.23	$2.21	$2.23	$2.05	$1.51	$1.25	$1.31
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	13	13	13	14	11	18	24	28	30	61
Fidelity® VIP High Income Portfolio Service Class 2 (5/1/2001)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.98	$2.09	$1.99	$1.77	$1.87	$1.89	$1.82	$1.62	$1.59	$1.42
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.23	$1.98	$2.09	$1.99	$1.77	$1.87	$1.89	$1.82	$1.62	$1.59
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1	1	2	2	2	8	9	54	55	90
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2 (5/1/2001)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.40	$4.06	$3.43	$3.11	$3.22	$3.09	$2.31	$2.05	$2.34	$1.85
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.12	$3.40	$4.06	$3.43	$3.11	$3.22	$3.09	$2.31	$2.05	$2.34
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	304	356	387	461	547	674	949	1,289	1,684	2,096

60    Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.70% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Franklin Global Real Estate VIP Fund – Class 2 (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.27	$2.47	$2.28	$2.30	$2.33	$2.06	$2.05	$1.63	$1.76	$1.48
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.73	$2.27	$2.47	$2.28	$2.30	$2.33	$2.06	$2.05	$1.63	$1.76
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	44	50	52	56	72	91	124	141	212	258
Franklin Income VIP Fund – Class 2 (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.24	$2.39	$2.21	$1.97	$2.16	$2.10	$1.87	$1.69	$1.68	$1.52
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.56	$2.24	$2.39	$2.21	$1.97	$2.16	$2.10	$1.87	$1.69	$1.68
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	276	298	317	323	360	556	705	817	1,164	1,832
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund – Class 2 (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.19	$2.45	$2.30	$2.02	$2.16	$2.05	$1.63	$1.45	$1.49	$1.36
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.64	$2.19	$2.45	$2.30	$2.02	$2.16	$2.05	$1.63	$1.45	$1.49
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	253	314	378	427	464	620	780	940	1,054	1,353
Franklin Small Cap Value VIP Fund – Class 2 (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.73	$3.18	$2.93	$2.29	$2.51	$2.54	$1.90	$1.63	$1.72	$1.37
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.39	$2.73	$3.18	$2.93	$2.29	$2.51	$2.54	$1.90	$1.63	$1.72
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	20	25	28	28	55	57	92	96	116	166
Franklin Small-Mid Cap Growth VIP Fund – Class 2 (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.00	$1.08	$0.90	$0.88	$0.92	$0.87	$0.64	$0.59	$0.63	$0.50
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.29	$1.00	$1.08	$0.90	$0.88	$0.92	$0.87	$0.64	$0.59	$0.63
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	46	48	56	70	78	132	232	401	487	738
Goldman Sachs VIT Mid Cap Value Fund – Institutional Shares (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$4.37	$4.96	$4.55	$4.07	$4.56	$4.08	$3.12	$2.68	$2.91	$2.37
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$5.65	$4.37	$4.96	$4.55	$4.07	$4.56	$4.08	$3.12	$2.68	$2.91
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	395	473	535	630	741	894	1,263	1,657	2,277	2,833
Goldman Sachs VIT U.S. Equity Insights Fund – Institutional Shares (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.72	$1.87	$1.53	$1.41	$1.43	$1.25	$0.93	$0.82	$0.80	$0.72
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.12	$1.72	$1.87	$1.53	$1.41	$1.43	$1.25	$0.93	$0.82	$0.80
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	40	48	112	115	118	136	248	262	266	322
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.39	$2.80	$2.09	$2.13	$2.09	$2.08	$1.67	$1.40	$1.56	$1.37
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.09	$2.39	$2.80	$2.09	$2.13	$2.09	$2.08	$1.67	$1.40	$1.56
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	39	51	57	68	78	130	219	279	320	469
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Strategic Income Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.70	$1.81	$1.74	$1.66	$1.73	$1.72	$1.76	$1.58	$1.60	$1.41
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.85	$1.70	$1.81	$1.74	$1.66	$1.73	$1.72	$1.76	$1.58	$1.60
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,213	1,365	1,520	1,657	1,989	2,720	3,753	4,137	5,377	6,880
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series I Shares (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.74	$1.84	$1.47	$1.46	$1.42	$1.33	$0.96	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.34	$1.74	$1.84	$1.47	$1.46	$1.42	$1.33	$0.96	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	36	43	46	48	49	59	73	81	—	—
Invesco V.I. Core Equity Fund, Series I Shares (4/28/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.58	$1.78	$1.60	$1.47	$1.59	$1.50	$1.18	$1.05	$1.07	$0.99
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.01	$1.58	$1.78	$1.60	$1.47	$1.59	$1.50	$1.18	$1.05	$1.07
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	71	74	82	84	95	106	108	122	169	269
MFS® Investors Trust Series – Initial Class (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.85	$1.99	$1.64	$1.54	$1.56	$1.43	$1.10	$0.94	$0.98	$0.90
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.39	$1.85	$1.99	$1.64	$1.54	$1.56	$1.43	$1.10	$0.94	$0.98
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	53	70	72	85	105	133	180	184	199	294
MFS® Utilities Series – Initial Class (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.18	$2.19	$1.94	$1.77	$2.11	$1.90	$1.60	$1.44	$1.37	$1.22
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.68	$2.18	$2.19	$1.94	$1.77	$2.11	$1.90	$1.60	$1.44	$1.37
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	84	87	88	89	98	104	151	160	161	181
Putnam VT Global Health Care Fund – Class IB Shares (5/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.39	$2.45	$2.16	$2.48	$2.34	$1.86	$1.34	$1.11	$1.15	$1.14
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.06	$2.39	$2.45	$2.16	$2.48	$2.34	$1.86	$1.34	$1.11	$1.15
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	5	7	23
Putnam VT International Equity Fund – Class IB Shares (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.78	$0.98	$0.79	$0.82	$0.83	$0.91	$0.72	$0.60	$0.74	$0.68
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.96	$0.78	$0.98	$0.79	$0.82	$0.83	$0.91	$0.72	$0.60	$0.74
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	130	149	212	215	223	256	327	412	526	877

Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus    61

Variable account charges of 1.70% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Putnam VT Sustainable Leaders Fund – Class IB Shares (9/24/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.31	$2.39	$1.88	$1.77	$1.81	$1.62	$1.21	$1.05	$1.13	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.10	$2.31	$2.39	$1.88	$1.77	$1.81	$1.62	$1.21	$1.05	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	13	14	15	19	22	31	57	59	84	125
Variable Portfolio – Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.19	$2.58	$2.46	$1.99	$2.23	$2.22	$1.68	$1.50	$1.60	$1.31
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.58	$2.19	$2.58	$2.46	$1.99	$2.23	$2.22	$1.68	$1.50	$1.60
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	800	893	1,006	1,184	1,523	1,863	2,498	3,372	4,522	5,828
Wells Fargo VT Index Asset Allocation Fund – Class 2 (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.86	$1.95	$1.76	$1.67	$1.67	$1.44	$1.23	$1.10	$1.05	$0.95
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.20	$1.86	$1.95	$1.76	$1.67	$1.67	$1.44	$1.23	$1.10	$1.05
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	145	159	165	185	183	257	282	484	566	822
Wells Fargo VT International Equity Fund – Class 2 (7/31/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.71	$2.10	$1.72	$1.69	$1.69	$1.82	$1.55	$1.39	$1.62	$1.41
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.94	$1.71	$2.10	$1.72	$1.69	$1.69	$1.82	$1.55	$1.39	$1.62
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	301	347	367	487	528	621	772	947	1,129	1,408
Wells Fargo VT Omega Growth Fund – Class 2 (7/31/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.79	$3.84	$2.90	$2.94	$2.95	$2.89	$2.10	$1.77	$1.91	$1.63
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$5.10	$3.79	$3.84	$2.90	$2.94	$2.95	$2.89	$2.10	$1.77	$1.91
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	351	439	545	747	839	1,131	1,627	2,232	3,097	4,103
Wells Fargo VT Opportunity Fund – Class 2 (8/26/2011)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.88	$2.06	$1.74	$1.58	$1.66	$1.53	$1.19	$1.05	$1.00	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.43	$1.88	$2.06	$1.74	$1.58	$1.66	$1.53	$1.19	$1.05	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	89	113	128	132	163	195	210	315	395	—
Wells Fargo VT Small Cap Growth Fund – Class 2 (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.05	$1.06	$0.85	$0.81	$0.84	$0.88	$0.59	$0.56	$0.60	$0.48
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.29	$1.05	$1.06	$0.85	$0.81	$0.84	$0.88	$0.59	$0.56	$0.60
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	434	494	602	747	859	1,002	1,177	1,633	1,928	2,412

62    Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information

Calculating Annuity Payouts	p. 3
Rating Agencies	p. 4
Principal Underwriter	p. 4
Service Providers	p. 4
Custodian	p. 5
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	p. 5
Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	p. 6
Financial Statements

Wells Fargo Advantage Builder Variable Annuity — Prospectus    63

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474
1-800-333-3437

44224  CG (5/20)

RiverSource Distributors, Inc. (Distributor), Member FINRA. Issued by RiverSource Life Insurance Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota. ©2008-2020 RiverSource Life Insurance Company. All rights reserved.

Prospectus

May 1, 2020

Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity

Individual Flexible Premium Deferred Combination Fixed/Variable Annuity

Issued by:	RiverSource Life Insurance Company (RiverSource Life)
	829 Ameriprise Financial Center Minneapolis, MN 55474 Telephone: 1-800-333-3437 (Service Center) RiverSource Variable Annuity Account/RiverSource MVA Account​

New contracts are not currently being offered.

This prospectus contains information that you should know before investing. Investment options available under the contract are listed below:

BNY Mellon Investment Portfolios

Columbia Funds Variable Series Trust II

Fidelity^® Variable Insurance Products – Service Class 2

Franklin^® Templeton^® Variable Insurance Products Trust – Class 2

Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust (VIT)

Invesco Variable Insurance Funds

MFS^® Variable Insurance Trust^SM

Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds

Putnam Variable Trust – Class IB Shares

Wells Fargo Variable Trust Funds

 

Please read the prospectuses carefully and keep them for future reference.

The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

An investment in this contract is not a deposit of a bank or financial institution and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) or any other government agency. An investment in this contract involves investment risk including the possible loss of principal.

A Statement of Additional Information (SAI), dated the same date as this prospectus, is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. It is filed with the SEC and is available without charge by contacting RiverSource Life at the telephone number and address listed above. The table of contents of the SAI is on the last page of this prospectus. The SEC maintains an Internet site. This prospectus, the SAI and other information about the product are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at (http://www.sec.gov).

Variable annuities are complex products. The fees and charges, as well as the available features and benefits, of the variable annuity contracts described in this prospectus will be different from other variable annuities offered in the marketplace, including other variable annuities or other types of annuities offered by RiverSource Life. The interest credited, guarantees provided, and credits available, as well as the funds serving as underlying investments and their corresponding expenses, may differ among the variable annuities that are available to you. With the aid of an appropriate financial professional, we encourage you to compare and contrast the variable annuity contracts described in this prospectus with other variable annuities available in the marketplace, including other types of annuities we may offer. This will aid in determining whether purchasing a contract is consistent with your investment objectives, risk tolerance, time horizon, marital status, tax situation, and your unique financial situation and needs. If you select an annuity that includes surrender or other liquidation charges, you should also consider any future needs you may have to access your contract value. The optional benefits and features available with the contracts usually come with additional costs. Consider any additional costs carefully when electing these optional benefits and features.

Beginning on January 1, 2021, as permitted by regulations adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission, paper copies of your underlying funds’ shareholder reports will no longer be sent by mail, unless you specifically request paper copies of the reports from RiverSource Life. Instead, the reports will be made available on a website, and you will be notified each time a report is posted and provided with a website link to access the report.

You may elect to receive all future reports in paper free of charge. You can inform RiverSource Life that you wish to continue receiving paper copies of your shareholder reports by calling our Service Center at 1-800-862-7919. Your election to receive reports in paper will apply to all funds available under your variable annuity contract.

Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus    1

Effects of COVID-19 Pandemic

The coronavirus disease 2019 (“COVID-19”) public health crisis presents ongoing significant economic and societal disruption and has driven significant volatility in the equity and interest rate markets. Any periods of continued high market volatility, and your individual circumstances (e.g., your selected allocations and the timing of any purchase payments, transfers, or withdrawals), will affect values under your contract. As part of how we maintain our strong financial strength and claims-paying ability, we continue to reserve amounts for our contractual obligations in accordance with significant state solvency regulations. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic may impact financial markets, investment performance under your contract, and our financial strength and claims-paying ability will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be estimated, including the scope and duration of the pandemic and actions taken by governmental authorities, market participants, and other third parties in response to the pandemic.

We have implemented comprehensive strategies to address the operating environment spurred by the pandemic.  To promote the safety and security of our employees and to assure the continuity of our business operations, we have implemented a work from home protocol for virtually all of our employee population, restricted business travel, and provided resources for complying with the guidance from the World Health Organization, the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and government authorities. We have been satisfying elevated customer service volumes and our operations teams have continued to operate successfully and without disruptions in service. Our pandemic strategy is flexible and scalable and takes into consideration that a pandemic could be widespread and may occur in multiple waves, affecting different communities at different times with varying levels of severity. We cannot, however, predict the impact that natural or man-made disasters and catastrophes, including the COVID-19 pandemic, may have over near- or longer-term periods.

2    Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Table of Contents

Key Terms	4
The Contract in Brief	6
Expense Summary	8
Contract Owner Transaction Expenses	8
Annual Variable Account Expenses	8
Other Annual Expenses	9
Annual Operating Expenses of the Funds	9
Condensed Financial Information	11
Financial Statements	11
The Variable Account and the Funds	11
The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)	16
Market Value Adjustment (MVA)	17
The General Account	19
The One-Year Fixed Account	19
Buying Your Contract	19
The Retirement Date	20
Beneficiary	21
Purchase Payments	21
How to Make Purchase Payments	21
Limitations on Use of Contract	21
Charges	21
Contract Administrative Charge	21
Variable Account Administrative Charge	22
Mortality and Expense Risk Fee	22
Withdrawal Charge	22
Fund Fees and Expenses	25
Premium Taxes	25
Optional Living Benefits Charges	25
Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB) Fee*	25
Optional Death Benefit Charges	26
Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider Fee	26
Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider Fee	26
Valuing Your Investment	26
GPAs and One-Year Fixed Account	26
Subaccounts	26
Making the Most of Your Contract	27
Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging	27
Tiered Dollar-Cost Averaging (Tiered DCA) Program	28
Asset Rebalancing	29
Transferring Among Accounts	29
How to request a Transfer or Withdrawal	32
Withdrawals	33
Withdrawal Policies	33
Receiving Payment	33

TSA–Special Provisions	34
Participants in Tax-Sheltered Annuities	34
Changing Ownership	35
Benefits in Case of Death	35
If You Die Before Your Retirement Date	38
Optional Benefits	39
Optional Death Benefits	39
Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector)	39
Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus)	41
Optional Living Benefits	43
Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB)	43
The Annuity Payout Period	47
Annuity Tables	47
Annuity Payout Plans	48
Taxes	49
Nonqualified Annuities	49
Qualified Annuities	51
Other	52
Voting Rights	53
Substitution of Investments	53
About the Service Providers	54
Principal Underwriter	54
Service Providers	55
Issuer	55
Legal Proceedings	55
Additional Information	56
Incorporation of Certain Documents By Reference	56
Available Information	56
Indemnification	56
Appendix : Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	57
Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information	62

Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus    3

Key Terms

These terms can help you understand details about your contract.

Accumulation unit: A measure of the value of each subaccount before annuity payouts begin.

Annuitant: The person or persons on whose life or life expectancy the annuity payouts are based.

Annuity payouts: An amount paid at regular intervals under one of several plans.

Assumed investment rate: The rate of return we assume your investments will earn when we calculate your initial annuity payout amount using the annuity table in your contract. The standard assumed investment rate we use is 5% but you may request we substitute an assumed investment rate of 3.5%.

Beneficiary: The person you designate to receive benefits in case of the owner’s or annuitant’s death while the contract is in force.

Close of business: The time the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) closes (4 p.m. Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier).

Code: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Contract: A deferred annuity contract that permits you to accumulate money for retirement by making one or more purchase payments. It provides for lifetime or other forms of payouts beginning at a specified time in the future.

Contract value: The total value of your contract before we deduct any applicable charges.

Contract year: A period of 12 months, starting on the effective date of your contract and on each anniversary of the effective date.

Funds: Investment options under your contract. You may allocate your purchase payments into subaccounts investing in shares of the funds.

Good order: We cannot process your transaction request relating to the contract until we have received the request in good order at our Service Center. “Good order” means the actual receipt of the requested transaction in writing, along with all information, forms and supporting legal documentation necessary to effect the transaction. To be in “good order,” your instructions must be sufficiently clear so that we do not need to exercise any discretion to follow such instructions. This information and documentation generally includes your completed request; the contract number; the transaction amount (in dollars); the names of and allocations to and/or from the subaccounts and the fixed account affected by the requested transaction; Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number; and any other information, forms or supporting documentation that we may require. For certain transactions, at our option, we may require the signature of all contract owners for the request to be in good order. With respect to purchase

requests, “good order” also generally includes receipt of sufficient payment by us to effect the purchase. We may, in our sole discretion, determine whether any particular transaction request is in good order, and we reserve the right to change or waive any good order requirements at any time.

Guarantee Period: The number of successive 12-month periods that a guaranteed interest rate is credited.

Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs): A nonunitized separate account to which you may allocate purchase payments or transfer contract value of at least $1,000. These accounts have guaranteed interest rates for guarantee periods we declare when you allocate purchase payments or transfer contract value to a GPA. These guaranteed rates and periods of time may vary by state. Unless an exception applies, transfers or withdrawals from a GPA done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will receive a market value adjustment, which may result in a gain or loss of principal.

Market Value Adjustment (MVA): A positive or negative adjustment assessed if any portion of a Guarantee Period Account is withdrawn or transferred more than 30 days before the end of its guarantee period.

One-year fixed account: Part of our general account to which you may make allocations. Amounts you allocate to this account earn interest at rates that we declare periodically.

Owner (you, your): The person or persons identified in the contract as owner(s) of the contract, who has or have the right to control the contract (to decide on investment allocations, transfers, payout options, etc.). Usually, but not always, the owner is also the annuitant. During the owner’s life, the owner is responsible for taxes, regardless of whether he or she receives the contract’s benefits. The owner or any joint owner may be a non-natural person (e.g. irrevocable trust or corporation) or a revocable trust. If any owner is a non-natural person or a revocable trust, the annuitant will be deemed to be the owner for contract provisions that are based on the age or life of the owner. When the contract is owned by a revocable trust or irrevocable grantor trust, the annuitant(s) selected must be the grantor(s) of the trust to assure compliance with Section 72(s) of the Code.

Qualified annuity: A contract that you purchase to fund one of the following tax-deferred retirement plans that is subject to applicable federal law and any rules of the plan itself:

• Individual Retirement Annuities (IRAs) including inherited IRAs under Section 408(b) of the Code

• Roth IRAs including inherited Roth IRAs under Section 408A of the Code

• SIMPLE IRAs under Section 408(p) of the Code

• Simplified Employee Pension (SEP) plans under Section 408(k) of the Code

 

4    Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• Tax-Sheltered Annuity (TSA) rollovers under Section 403(b) of the Code

A qualified annuity will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral if it is used to fund a retirement plan that is already tax deferred.

All other contracts are considerednonqualified annuities.

Retirement date: The date when annuity payouts are scheduled to begin.

Rider effective date: The date a rider becomes effective as stated in the rider.

RiverSource Life: In this prospectus, “we,” “us,” “our” and “RiverSource Life” refer to RiverSource Life Insurance Company.

Service Center: Our department that processes all transaction and service requests for the contracts. We consider all transaction and service requests received when they arrive in good order at the Service Center. Any transaction or service requests sent or directed to any location other than our Service Center may end up delayed or not processed. Our Service Center address and telephone number are listed on the first page of the prospectus.

Valuation date: Any normal business day, Monday through Friday, on which the NYSE is open, up to the time it closes. At the NYSE close, the next valuation date begins. We calculate the accumulation unit value of each subaccount on each valuation date. If we receive your

purchase payment or any transaction request (such as a transfer or withdrawal request) in good order at our Service Center before the close of business, we will process your payment or transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your payment or transaction request. On the other hand, if we receive your purchase payment or transaction request in good order at our Service Center at or after the close of business, we will process your payment or transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date. If you make a transaction request by telephone (including by fax), you must have completed your transaction by the close of business in order for us to process it using the accumulation unit value we calculate on that valuation date. If you were not able to complete your transaction before the close of business for any reason, including telephone service interruptions or delays due to high call volume, we will process your transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date.

Variable account: Consists of separate subaccounts to which you may allocate purchase payments; each invests in shares of one fund. The value of your investment in each subaccount changes with the performance of the particular fund.

Withdrawal value: The amount you are entitled to receive if you make a full withdrawal from your contract. It is the contract value minus any applicable charges.

Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus    5

The Contract in Brief

Purpose: The purpose of the contract is to allow you to accumulate money for retirement or similar long term goal. You do this by making one or more purchase payments. You may allocate your purchase payments to the GPAs, one-year fixed account, and/or subaccounts of the variable account under the contract; however you risk losing amounts you invest in the subaccounts of the variable account. These accounts, in turn, may earn returns that increase the value of a contract. If the contract value goes to zero due to underlying fund’s performance or deduction of fees, the contract will no longer be in force and the contract (including any death benefit riders) will terminate. You may be able to purchase an optional benefit to reduce the investment risk you assume. Beginning at a specified time in the future called the retirement date, the contract provides lifetime or other forms of payouts of your contract value (less any applicable premium tax).

It may have not been advantageous for you to purchase this contract in exchange for, or in addition to, an existing annuity or life insurance policy. Generally, you can exchange one annuity for another or for a long-term care policy in a “tax-free” exchange under Section 1035 of the Code. You can also do a partial exchange from one annuity contract to another annuity contract, subject to Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) rules. You also generally can exchange a life insurance policy for an annuity. However, before making an exchange, you should compare both contracts carefully because the features and benefits may be different. Fees and charges may be higher or lower on your old contract than on this contract. You may have to pay a withdrawal charge when you exchange out of your old contract and a new withdrawal period will begin when you exchange into this contract. If the exchange does not qualify for Section 1035 treatment, you also may have to pay federal income tax on the distribution. State income taxes may also apply. You should not exchange your old contract for this contract, or buy this contract in addition to your old contract, unless you determine it is in your best interest. (See “Taxes-1035 Exchanges”.)

Tax-deferred retirement plans: Most annuities have a tax-deferred feature. So do many retirement plans under the Code including 403(b) plans. As a result, when you use a qualified annuity to fund a retirement plan that is tax-deferred, your contract will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral beyond what is provided in that retirement plan. Some employers may permit you to deposit your contributions into other investments such as mutual funds. If such investments are available to you, before enrolling under the contract, you should consider features other than tax deferral that may help you reach your retirement goals. In addition, the Code subjects retirement plans to required withdrawals triggered at age 72 (triggered at age 70 ½ if you turned 70 ½ before Jan. 1, 2020). These mandatory withdrawals are called required minimum distributions (“RMDs”). RMDs may reduce the value of certain death benefits and optional riders (see “Taxes — Qualified

Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). You should consult your tax advisor before you purchase the contract as a qualified annuity for an explanation of the tax implications to you.

Buying a contract: We no longer offer new contracts. However, you have the option of making additional purchase payments in the future, subject to certain limitations. Purchase payment amounts and purchase payment timing may be limited under the terms of your contract and/or pursuant to state requirements. (See “Buying Your Contract”).

Free look period: The contracts in this prospectus are no longer sold. Generally, all available free look periods have now expired.

Accounts: Generally, you may allocate your purchase payments among the:

• subaccounts of the variable account, each of which invests in a fund with a particular investment objective. The value of each subaccount varies with the performance of the particular fund in which it invests. We cannot guarantee that the value at the retirement date will equal or exceed the total purchase payments you allocate to the subaccounts. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds”).

• GPAs which earn interest at rates declared when you make an allocation to that account. The required minimum investment in each GPA is $1,000. These accounts may not be available in all states. (See “The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)”)

• one-year fixed account, which earns interest at rates that we adjust periodically. There are restrictions on the amount you can allocate to this account as well as on transfers from this account (see “The One-Year Fixed Account“).

Transfers: Subject to certain restrictions, you currently may redistribute your contract value among the accounts without charge at any time until annuity payouts begin, and once per contract year among the subaccounts after annuity payouts begin. Transfers out of the GPAs done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will be subject to a MVA, unless an exception applies. You may establish automated transfers among the accounts. We reserve the right to limit transfers to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then currently crediting is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transferring Among Accounts”).

Withdrawals: You may withdraw all or part of your contract value at any time before the retirement date. You also may establish automated partial withdrawals. Withdrawals may be subject to charges and tax penalties (including a 10% IRS penalty that may apply if you make withdrawals prior to your reaching age 59½) and may have other tax consequences. Certain other restrictions may apply. (See “Withdrawals”)

 

6    Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Optional benefits:These contracts offered optional living and death benefits that were available for additional charges if you met certain criteria. Please note, since the contracts in this prospectus are no longer sold, any optional benefits you may have elected were done so at the time of application. You cannot add optional benefits to your contract after it has been issued. Any optional benefits we describe are not available to add to your contract. (See “Optional Benefits”).

Benefits in case of death: If you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin, we will pay the beneficiary an amount at least equal to the contract value. (See “Benefits in Case of Death”)

Annuity payouts: You can apply your contract value, after reflecting any adjustments, to an annuity payout plan that begins on the retirement date. You may choose from a variety of plans that can help meet your retirement or other income needs. The payout schedule must meet IRS requirements. We can make payouts on a fixed or variable basis, or both. During the annuity payout period, your choices for subaccounts may be limited. The GPAs are not available during the payout period. (See “The Annuity Payout Period”).

Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus    7

Expense Summary

The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you paid when buying, owning and making a withdrawal from the contract. The first table describes the fees and expenses that you paid at the time that you bought the contract and will pay when you make a withdrawal from the contract. State premium taxes also may be deducted.

Contract Owner Transaction Expenses

Withdrawal charge

(Contingent deferred sales charge as a percentage of purchase payments withdrawn)

You selected either a five-year or seven-year withdrawal charge schedule at the time of application.

Five-year schedule		Seven-year schedule
Years from purchase payment receipt	Withdrawal charge percentage	Years from purchase payment receipt	Withdrawal charge percentage
1	8%	1	8%
2	8	2	8
3	6	3	7
4	4	4	6
5	2	5	5
Thereafter	0	6	4
		7	2
		Thereafter	1

Liquidation charge under Variable Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:If you are receiving variable annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to withdraw those payments. The amount that you can withdraw is the present value of any remaining variable payouts. The discount rate we use in the calculation will be 5.17% if the assumed investment return is 3.5% and 6.67% if the assumed investment return is 5%. The liquidation charge equals the present value of the remaining payouts using the assumed investment return minus the present value of the remaining payouts using the discount rate. (See “Charges — WithdrawalCharge” and “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Withdrawal charge for Fixed Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:

Number of Completed Years Since Annuitization	Withdrawal charge percentage
0	Not applicable*
1	5%
2	4
3	3
4	2
5	1
6 and thereafter	0

*We do not permit withdrawals in the first year after annuitization.

The next tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay periodically during the time that you own the contract, not including fund fees and expenses.

Annual Variable Account Expenses

(As a percentage of average daily subaccount value.)

You can choose the length of your contract’s withdrawal charge schedule and the death benefit guarantee provided. The combination you choose determines the fees you pay. The table below shows the combinations available to you and their cost.

Seven-year withdrawal charge schedule:	Variable account administrative charge	Total mortality and expense risk fee	Total variable account expense
Standard Death Benefit	0.15%	1.05%	1.20%
Enhanced Death Benefit (EDB)	0.15	1.25	1.40

Five-year withdrawal charge schedule:	Variable account administrative charge	Total mortality and expense risk fee	Total variable account expense
Standard Death Benefit	0.15	1.30	1.45

8    Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Five-year withdrawal charge schedule:	Variable account administrative charge	Total mortality and expense risk fee	Total variable account expense
Enhanced Death Benefit (EDB)	0.15	1.50	1.65

Other Annual Expenses

Annual contract administrative charge $30

(We will waive this charge when your contract value is $50,000 or more on the current contract anniversary.)

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector) fee 0.25%⁽¹⁾

(As a percentage of the contract value charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus) fee 0.40%⁽¹⁾

(As a percentage of the contract value charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB) fee 0.70%^(1),(2)

(As a percentage of the GMIB benefit base charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

(1)	This fee applies only if you elect this optional feature.
(2)	For applications signed prior to May 1, 2003, the following annual current rider charges apply: GMIB — .30%.

Annual Operating Expenses of the Funds

The next table provides the minimum and maximum total operating expenses charged by the underlying funds that you may pay periodically during the time that you own the contract. These operating expenses are for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, unless otherwise noted. More detail concerning each underlying fund’s fees and expenses is contained in each fund’s prospectus.

Minimum and maximum annual operating expenses for the funds

(Including management, distribution (12b-1) and/or service fees and other expenses)⁽¹⁾

	Minimum(%)	Maximum(%)
Total expenses before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements	0.58	1.39

⁽¹⁾ Total annual fund operating expenses are deducted from amounts that are allocated to the fund. They include management fees and other expenses and may include distribution (12b-1) fees. Other expenses may include service fees that may be used to compensate service providers, including us and our affiliates, for administrative and contract owner services provided on behalf of the fund. The amount of these payments will vary by fund and may be significant. See “The Variable Account and the Funds” for additional information, including potential conflicts of interest these payments may create. Distribution (12b-1) fees are used to finance any activity that is primarily intended to result in the sale of fund shares. Because 12b-1 fees are paid out of fund assets on an ongoing basis, you may pay more if you select subaccounts investing in funds that have adopted 12b-1 plans than if you select subaccounts investing in funds that have not adopted 12b-1 plans. For a more complete description of each fund’s fees and expenses and important disclosure regarding payments the fund and/or its affiliates make, please review the fund’s prospectus and SAI.

Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus    9

Examples

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in these contracts with the cost of investing in other variable annuity contracts. These costs include your transaction expenses, contract administrative charges⁽¹⁾, variable account annual expenses and fund fees and expenses.

These examples assume that you invest $10,000 in the contract for the time periods indicated. These examples also assume that your investment has a 5% return each year.

Maximum Expenses. These examples assume the most expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the maximum fees and expenses of any of the funds before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the EDB and the GMIB. Although your actual costs may be lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

	If you withdraw your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not withdraw your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
With a seven-year withdrawal charge schedule	$1,078	$1,756	$2,419	$4,221	$389	$1,189	$2,017	$4,221
With a five-year withdrawal charge schedule	1,102	1,633	2,140	4,450	415	1,264	2,140	4,450

Minimum Expenses. These examples assume the least expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the minimum fees and expenses of any of the funds before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the Standard Death Benefit and do not select any optional benefits. Although your actual costs may be higher, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

	If you withdraw your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not withdraw your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
With a seven-year withdrawal charge schedule	$915	$1,307	$1,578	$2,382	$212	$653	$1,116	$2,382
With a five-year withdrawal charge schedule	939	1,163	1,246	2,646	238	731	1,246	2,646

⁽¹⁾ In these examples, the contract administrative charge is $30.

THE EXAMPLES ARE ILLUSTRATIVE ONLY. YOU SHOULD NOT CONSIDER THESE EXAMPLES AS A REPRESENTATION OF PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES. ACTUAL EXPENSES WILL BE HIGHER OR LOWER THAN THOSE SHOWN DEPENDING UPON WHICH OPTIONAL BENEFIT YOU ELECT OTHER THAN INDICATED IN THE EXAMPLES OR IF YOU ALLOCATE CONTRACT VALUE TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE SUBACCOUNTS.

10    Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Condensed Financial Information

You can find unaudited condensed financial information for the subaccounts representing the lowest and highest total annual variable account expense combinations in Appendix.

Financial Statements

You can find our audited financial statements and the audited financial statements of the divisions, which are comprised of subaccounts, in the SAI. The SAI does not include audited financial statements for divisions that are new (if any) and have no activity as of the financial statements date.

The Variable Account and the Funds

Variable Account. The variable account was established under Indiana law on July 15, 1987, and the subaccounts are registered together as a single unit investment trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the 1940 Act). This registration does not involve any supervision of our management or investment practices and policies by the SEC. All obligations arising under the contracts are general obligations of RiverSource Life.

The variable account meets the definition of a separate account under federal securities laws. We credit or charge income, capital gains and capital losses of each subaccount only to that subaccount. State insurance law prohibits us from charging a subaccount with liabilities of any other subaccount or of our general business. The variable account includes other subaccounts that are available under contracts that are not described in this prospectus.

The IRS has issued guidance on investor control but may issue additional guidance in the future. We reserve the right to modify the contract or any investments made under the terms of the contract so that the investor control rules do not apply to treat the contract owner as the owner of the subaccount assets rather than the owner of an annuity contract. If the contract is not treated as an annuity contract for tax purposes, the owner may be subject to current taxation on any current or accumulated income credited to the contract.

We intend to comply with all federal tax laws so that the contract qualifies as an annuity for federal tax purposes. We reserve the right to modify the contract as necessary in order to qualify the contract as an annuity for federal tax purposes.

The Funds. This contract currently offers subaccounts investing in shares of the funds listed in the table below.

• Investment objectives: The investment managers and advisers cannot guarantee that the funds will meet their investment objectives. Please read the funds’ prospectuses for facts you should know before investing. These prospectuses are available by contacting us at the address or telephone number on the first page of this prospectus.

• Fund name and management: A fund underlying your contract in which a subaccount invests may have a name, portfolio manager, objectives, strategies and characteristics that are the same or substantially similar to those of a publicly-traded retail mutual fund. Despite these similarities, an underlying fund is not the same as any publicly-traded retail mutual fund. Each underlying fund will have its own unique portfolio holdings, fees, operating expenses and operating results. The results of each underlying fund may differ significantly from any publicly-traded retail mutual fund.

• Eligible purchasers: All funds are available to serve as the underlying investments for variable annuities and variable life insurance policies. The funds are not available to the public (see “Fund Name and Management” above). Some funds also are available to serve as investment options for tax-deferred retirement plans. It is possible that in the future for tax, regulatory or other reasons, it may be disadvantageous for variable annuity accounts and variable life insurance accounts and/or tax-deferred retirement plans to invest in the available funds simultaneously. Although we and the funds’ providers do not currently foresee any such disadvantages, the boards of directors or trustees of each fund will monitor events in order to identify any material conflicts between annuity owners, policy owners and tax-deferred retirement plans and to determine what action, if any, should be taken in response to a conflict. If a board were to conclude that it should establish separate fund providers for the variable annuity, variable life insurance and tax-deferred retirement plan accounts, you would not bear any expenses associated with establishing separate funds. Please refer to the funds’ prospectuses for risk disclosure regarding simultaneous investments by variable annuity, variable life insurance and tax-deferred retirement plan accounts. Each fund intends to comply with the diversification requirements under Section 817(h) of the Code.

• Private label: This contract is a “private label” variable annuity. This means the contract includes funds affiliated with the distributor of this contract. Purchase payments and contract values you allocate to subaccounts investing in any of the Wells Fargo Variable Trust Funds available under this contract are generally more profitable for the distributor and its affiliates than allocations you make to other subaccounts. In contrast, purchase payments and contract values you allocate to subaccounts investing in any of the affiliated funds are generally more profitable for us and our

Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus    11

	affiliates (see “Revenue we receive from the funds may create conflicts of interest”). These relationships may influence recommendations your investment professional makes regarding whether you should invest in the contract, and whether you should allocate purchase payments or contract values to a particular subaccount.
•	Asset allocation programs may impact fund performance: Asset allocation programs in general may negatively impact the performance of an underlying fund. Even if you do not participate in an asset allocation program, a fund in which your subaccount invests may be impacted if it is included in an asset allocation program. Rebalancing or reallocation under the terms of the asset allocation program may cause a fund to lose money if it must sell large amounts of securities to meet a redemption request. These losses can be greater if the fund holds securities that are not as liquid as others, for example, various types of bonds, shares of smaller companies and securities of foreign issuers. A fund may also experience higher expenses because it must sell or buy securities more frequently than it otherwise might in the absence of asset allocation program rebalancing or reallocations. Because asset allocation programs include periodic rebalancing and may also include reallocation, these effects may occur under the asset allocation program we offer or under asset allocation programs used in conjunction with the contracts and plans of other eligible purchasers of the funds.
•	Funds available under the contract: We seek to provide a broad array of underlying funds taking into account the fees and charges imposed by each fund and the contract charges we impose. We select the underlying funds in which the subaccounts initially invest and when there is substitution (see “Substitution of Investments”). We also make all decisions regarding which funds to retain in a contract, which funds to add to a contract and which funds will no longer be offered in a contract. In making these decisions, we may consider various objective and subjective factors. Objective factors include, but are not limited to fund performance, fund expenses, classes of fund shares available, size of the fund and investment objectives and investing style of the fund. Subjective factors include, but are not limited to, investment sub-styles and process, management skill and history at other funds and portfolio concentration and sector weightings. We also consider the levels and types of revenue a fund, its distributor, investment adviser, subadviser, transfer agent or their affiliates pay us and our affiliates. This revenue includes, but is not limited to compensation for administrative services provided with respect to the fund and support of marketing and distribution expenses incurred with respect to the fund.
•	Money Market fund yield: In low interest rate environments, money market fund yields may decrease to a level where the deduction of fees and charges associated with your contract could result in negative net performance, resulting in a corresponding decrease in your contract value.
•	Revenue we receive from the funds and potential conflicts of interest:

Expenses We May Incur on Behalf of the Funds

When a subaccount invests in a fund, the fund holds a single account in the name of the variable account. As such, the variable account is actually the shareholder of the fund. We, through our variable account, aggregate the transactions of numerous contract owners and submit net purchase and redemption requests to the funds on a daily basis. In addition, we track individual contract owner transactions and provide confirmations, periodic statements, and other required mailings. These costs would normally be borne by the fund, but we incur them instead.

Besides incurring these administrative expenses on behalf of the funds, we also incur distributions expenses in selling our contracts. By extension, the distribution expenses we incur benefit the funds we make available due to contract owner elections to allocate purchase payments to the funds through the subaccounts. In addition, the funds generally incur lower distribution expenses when offered through our variable account in contrast to being sold on a retail basis.

A complete list of why we may receive this revenue, as well as sources of revenue, is described in detail below.

Payments the Funds May Make to Us

We or our affiliates may receive from each of the funds, or their affiliates, compensation including but not limited to expense payments. These payments are designed in part to compensate us for the expenses we may incur on behalf of the funds. In addition to these payments, the funds may compensate us for wholesaling activities or to participate in educational or marketing seminars sponsored by the funds.

We or our affiliates may receive revenue derived from the 12b-1 fees charged by the funds. These fees are deducted from the assets of the funds. This revenue and the amount by which it can vary may create conflicts of interest. The amount, type, and manner in which the revenue from these sources is computed vary by fund.

Conflicts of Interest These Payments May Create

When we determined the charges to impose under the contracts, we took into account anticipated payments from the funds. If we had not taken into account these anticipated payments, the charges under the contract would have been higher. Additionally, the amount of payment we receive from a fund or its affiliate may create an incentive for us to include that fund as an investment option and may influence our decision regarding which funds to include in the variable account as subaccount options for contract owners. Funds that offer lower payments or no payments may also have corresponding expense structures that are lower, resulting in decreased overall fees and expenses to shareholders.

12    Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus

We offer funds managed by our affiliates Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC (Columbia Management) and Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLC (Columbia Wanger). We have additional financial incentive to offer our affiliated funds because additional assets held by them generally results in added revenue to us and our parent company, Ameriprise Financial, Inc. Additionally, employees of Ameriprise Financial, Inc. and its affiliates, including our employees, may be separately incented to include the affiliated funds in the products, as employee compensation and business unit operating goals at all levels are tied to the success of the company. Currently, revenue received from our affiliated funds comprises the greatest amount and percentage of revenue we derive from payments made by the funds.

The Amount of Payments We Receive from the Funds

We or our affiliates receive revenue which ranges up to 0.65% of the average daily net assets invested in the funds through this and other contracts we and our affiliates issue.

Why revenues are paid to us: In accordance with applicable laws, regulations and the terms of the agreements under which such revenue is paid, we or our affiliates may receive revenue, including, but not limited to expense payments and non-cash compensation, for various purposes:

• Compensating, training and educating investment professionals who sell the contracts.

• Granting access to our employees whose job it is to promote sales of the contracts by authorized selling firms and their investment professionals, and granting access to investment professionals of our affiliated selling firms.

• Activities or services we or our affiliates provide that assist in the promotion and distribution of the contracts including promoting the funds available under the contracts to contract owners, authorized selling firms and investment professionals.

• Providing sub-transfer agency and shareholder servicing to contract owners.

• Promoting, including and/or retaining the fund’s investment portfolios as underlying investment options in the contracts.

• Advertising, printing and mailing sales literature, and printing and distributing prospectuses and reports.

• Furnishing personal services to contract owners, including education of contract owners regarding the funds, answering routine inquiries regarding a fund, maintaining accounts or providing such other services eligible for service fees as defined under the rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA).

• Subaccounting services, transaction processing, recordkeeping and administration.

• Sources of revenue received from affiliated funds: The affiliated funds are managed by Columbia Management or Columbia Wanger. The sources of revenue we receive from these affiliated funds, or the funds’ affiliates, may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Assets of the fund’s adviser, sub-adviser, transfer agent, distributor or an affiliate of these. The revenue resulting from these sources may be based either on a percentage of average daily net assets of the fund or on the actual cost of certain services we provide with respect to the fund. We may receive this revenue either in the form of a cash payment or it may be allocated to us.

• Compensation paid out of 12b-1 fees that are deducted from fund assets.

• Sources of revenue received from unaffiliated funds: The unaffiliated funds are not managed by an affiliate of ours. The sources of revenue we receive from these unaffiliated funds, or the funds’ affiliates, may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Assets of the fund’s adviser, sub-adviser, transfer agent, distributor or an affiliate of these. The revenue resulting from these sources may be based either on a percentage of average daily net assets of the fund or on the actual cost of certain services we provide with respect to the fund. We receive this revenue in the form of a cash payment.

• Compensation paid out of 12b-1 fees that are deducted from fund assets.

You may allocate purchase payments and transfers to any or all of the subaccounts of the variable account that invest in shares of the funds listed in the table below. From time to time, certain fund names are changed. When we are notified of a name change, we will make changes so that the new name is properly shown. However, changes may take some period of time to complete. As a result it is possible you may receive various forms, reports and confirmations that reflect a fund’s prior name.

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
BNY Mellon Sustainable U.S. Equity Portfolio, Inc. - Initial Shares	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	BNY Mellon Investment Adviser, Inc., adviser; Newton Investment Management Limited, sub-adviser.

Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus    13

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high level of current income and, as a secondary objective, steady growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Government Money Market Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with maximum current income consistent with liquidity and stability of principal.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - High Yield Bond Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with high current income as its primary objective and, as its secondary objective, capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Select Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with current income as its primary objective and, as its secondary objective, preservation of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Fidelity® VIP Dynamic Capital Appreciation Portfolio Service Class 2	Seeks capital appreciation. Normally invests primarily in common stocks of domestic and foreign issuers. The Fund invests in either "growth" or "value" stocks or both.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP High Income Portfolio Service Class 2	Seeks a high level of current income, while also considering growth of capital. Normally invests primarily in income-producing debt securities, preferred stocks and convertible securities, with an emphasis on lower-quality debt securities. May invest in non-income producing securities, including defaulted securities and common stocks. Invests in companies in troubled or uncertain financial condition. The Fund invests in domestic and foreign issuers.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2	Seeks long-term growth of capital. Normally invests primarily in common stocks. Normally invests at least 80% of assets in securities of companies with medium market capitalizations. May invest in companies with smaller or larger market capitalizations. Invests in domestic and foreign issuers. The Fund invests in either "growth" or "value" common stocks or both.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Franklin Global Real Estate VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks high total return. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in investments of companies located anywhere in the world that operate in the real estate sector.	Franklin Templeton Institutional, LLC
Franklin Income VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks to maximize income while maintaining prospects for capital appreciation. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests in both equity and debt securities.	Franklin Advisers, Inc.

14    Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks capital appreciation, with income as a secondary goal. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests primarily in U.S. and foreign equity securities that the investment manager believes are undervalued.	Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC
Franklin Small Cap Value VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term total return. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in investments of small capitalization companies.	Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC
Franklin Small-Mid Cap Growth VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital growth. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in investments of small-capitalization and mid-capitalization companies.	Franklin Advisers, Inc.
Goldman Sachs VIT Mid Cap Value Fund - Institutional Shares	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P.
Goldman Sachs VIT U.S. Equity Insights Fund - Institutional Shares	Seeks long-term growth of capital and dividend income.	Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Strategic Income Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks total return	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series I Shares	Seeks capital growth.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. Core Equity Fund, Series I Shares	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
MFS® Investors Trust Series - Initial Class	Seeks capital appreciation.	MFS® Investment Management
MFS® Utilities Series - Initial Class	Seeks total return.	MFS�� Investment Management
Putnam VT Global Health Care Fund - Class IB Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of both Putnam Investments Limited (PIL) and The Putnam Advisory Company, LLC (PAC), PIL and PAC do not currently manage any assets of the fund.
Putnam VT International Equity Fund - Class IB Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor; Putnam Investments Limited, sub-adviser. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of The Putnam Advisory Company, LLC (PAC), PAC does not currently manage any assets of the fund.
Putnam VT Sustainable Leaders Fund - Class IB Shares	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of Putnam Investments Limited (PIL), PIL does not currently manage any assets.

Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus    15

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Variable Portfolio - Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; Jacobs Levy Equity Management, Inc., Nuveen Asset Management, LLC and Segall Bryant & Hamill, LLC, subadvisers.
Wells Fargo VT Index Asset Allocation Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term total return, consisting of capital appreciation and current income.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.
Wells Fargo VT International Equity Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.
Wells Fargo VT Omega Growth Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.
Wells Fargo VT Opportunity Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.
Wells Fargo VT Small Cap Growth Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.

The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)

The GPAs may not be available in some states.

You may allocate purchase payments to one or more of the GPAs with guarantee periods declared by us. These periods of time may vary by state. The required minimum investment in each GPA is $1,000.

These accounts are not offered after annuity payouts begin.

Each GPA pays an interest rate that is declared when you make an allocation to that account. Interest is credited daily. That interest rate is then fixed for the guarantee period that you chose. We will periodically change the declared interest rate for any future allocations to these accounts, but we will not change the rate paid on money currently in a GPA. The GPA interests under the contracts are registered with the SEC (File No.333-230959). The SEC staff reviews the disclosures in this prospectus on the GPA interests.

The interest rates that we will declare as guaranteed rates in the future are determined by us at our discretion (future rates). These rates generally will be based on various factors related to future investment earnings.We cannot predict nor can we guarantee what future rates will be.

We hold amounts you allocate to the GPAs in a “nonunitized” separate account. This separate account provides an additional measure of assurance that we will make full payment of amounts due under the GPAs. We own the assets of this separate account as well as any favorable investment performance of those assets. You do not participate in the performance of the assets held in this separate account. We guarantee all benefits relating to your value in the GPAs. This guarantee is based on the continued claims-paying ability of the company’s general account. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of insurance and financial products as well, and we also pay our obligations under these products from assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account.

We intend to construct and manage the investment portfolio relating to the separate account in such a way as to minimize the impact of fluctuations by interest rates. We seek to achieve this by constructing a portfolio of assets with a price sensitivity to interest rate changes (i.e., price duration) that is similar to the price duration of the corresponding portfolio of liabilities.

We must invest this portfolio of assets in accordance with requirements established by applicable state laws regarding the nature and quality of investments that life insurance companies may make and the percentage of their assets that they may commit to any particular type of investment. Our investment strategy will incorporate the use of a variety of debt instruments having price durations tending to match the applicable guarantee periods. These instruments include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities, which issues may or may not be guaranteed by the U.S. government;

16    Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• Debt securities that have an investment grade, at the time of purchase, within the four highest grades assigned by any of three nationally recognized rating agencies — Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s Investors Service or Fitch — or are rated in the two highest grades by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners;

• Other debt instruments which are unrated or rated below investment grade, limited to 10% of assets at the time of purchase; and

• Real estate mortgages, limited to 45% of portfolio assets at the time of acquisition.

In addition, options and futures contracts on fixed income securities will be used from time to time to achieve and maintain appropriate investment and liquidity characteristics on the overall asset portfolio.

While this information generally describes our investment strategy, we are not obligated to follow any particular strategy except as may be required by federal law and Indiana and other state insurance laws.

Market Value Adjustment (MVA)

We guarantee the contract value allocated to your GPA, including the interest credited, if you do not make any transfers or withdrawals from that GPA prior to 30 days before the end of the guarantee period. However, we will apply an MVA if a transfer or withdrawal occurs prior to this time, unless the transfer is an automated transfer from the two-year GPA as part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep strategy. The MVA also affects amounts withdrawn from a GPA prior to 30 days before the end of the guarantee period that are used to purchase payouts under an annuity payout plan. We will refer to all of these transactions as “early withdrawals” in the discussion below.

The current interest rate we offer on the GPA will change periodically at our discretion. It is the rate we are then paying on purchase payments, renewals and transfers paid under this class of contracts for Guarantee Period durations equaling the remaining Guarantee Period of the GPA to which the formula is being applied.

We will not apply MVAs to amounts withdrawn for annual contract charges, to amounts we pay as death claims or to automatic transfers from the two-year GPA as part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep Strategy. In some states, the MVA is limited.

When you request an early withdrawal, we adjust the early withdrawal amount by an MVA formula. The early withdrawal amount reflects the relationship between the guaranteed interest rate you are earning in your current GPA and the interest rate we are crediting on new GPAs that end at the same time as your current GPA.

The MVA is sensitive to changes in current interest rates. The magnitude of any applicable MVA will depend on our current schedule of guaranteed interest rates at the time of the withdrawal, the time remaining in your guarantee period and your guaranteed interest rate. The MVA is negative, zero or positive depending on how the guaranteed interest rate on your GPA compares to the interest rate of a new GPA for the same number of years as the guarantee period remaining on your GPA. This is summarized in the following table:

If your GPA rate is:	The MVA is:
Less than the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Negative
Equal to the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Zero
Greater than the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Positive

General Examples

As the examples below demonstrate, the application of an MVA may result in either a gain or a loss of principal. We refer to all of the transactions described below as “early withdrawals.”

Assumptions:

• You purchase a contract and allocate part of your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA; and

• we guarantee an interest rate of 3.0% annually for your ten-year guarantee period; and

• after three years, you decide to make a withdrawal from your GPA. In other words, there are seven years left in your guarantee period.

Remember that the MVA depends partly on the interest rate of a new GPA for the same number of years as the guarantee period remaining on your GPA. In this case, that is seven years.

Example 1: Remember that your GPA is earning 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 3.5%. We add 0.10% to the 3.5% rate to get 3.6%. Your GPA’s 3.0% rate is less than the 3.6% rate, so the MVA will be negative.

Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus    17

Example 2: Remember again that your GPA is earning 3.0%, and assume that new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 2.5%. We add 0.10% to the 2.5% rate to get 2.6%. In this example, since your GPA’s 3.0% rate is greater than the 2.6% rate, the MVA will be positive. To determine that adjustment precisely, you will have to use the formula described below.

Sample MVA Calculations

The precise MVA formula we apply is as follows:

Early withdrawal amount	×	[	(	1 + i	)	n/12	–1	]	=	MVA
				1 + j + .001

Where i	=	rate earned in the GPA from which amounts are being transferred or withdrawn.
j	=	current rate for a new guarantee period equal to the remaining term in the current guarantee period.
n	=	number of months remaining in the current guarantee period (rounded up).

Examples — MVA

Using assumptions similar to those we used in the examples above:

• You purchase a contract and allocate part of your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA;

• we guarantee an interest rate of 3.0% annually for your ten-year guarantee period; and

• after three years, you decide to make a $1,000 withdrawal from your GPA. In other words, there are seven years left in your guarantee period.

Example 1: You request an early withdrawal of $1,000 from your ten-year GPA earning a guaranteed interest rate of 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 3.5%. Using the formula above, we determine the MVA as follows:

$1,000	×	[	(	1.030	)	84/12	–1	]	=	-$39.84
				1 + .035 + .001

In this example, the MVA is a negative $39.84.

Example 2: You request an early withdrawal of $1,000 from your ten-year GPA earning a guaranteed interest rate of 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 2.5%. Using the formula above, we determine the MVA as follows:

$1,000	×	[	(	1.030	)	84/12	–1	]	=	$27.61
				1 + .025 + .001

In this example, the MVA is a positive $27.61.

Please note that when you allocate your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA and your purchase payment is in its fourth year from receipt at the beginning of the guarantee period, your withdrawal charge percentage is 4% if the five-year withdrawal charge schedule applies and 6% if the seven-year withdrawal charge schedule applies. (See “Charges — Withdrawal Charge.”) We do not apply MVAs to the amounts we deduct for withdrawal charges, so we would deduct the withdrawal charge from your early withdrawal after we applied the MVA. Also note that when you request an early withdrawal, we withdraw an amount from your GPA that will give you the net amount you requested after we apply the MVA and any applicable withdrawal charge, unless you request otherwise.

The current interest rate we offer on the GPA will change periodically at our discretion. It is the rate we are then paying on purchase payments, renewals and transfers paid under this class of contracts for guarantee period durations equaling the remaining guarantee period of the GPA to which the formula is being applied.

We will not apply MVAs to amounts withdrawn for annual contract charges, to amounts we pay as death claims or to automatic transfers from the two-year GPA as part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep strategy. In some states, the MVA is limited.

18    Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The General Account

The general account includes all assets owned by RiverSource Life, other than those in the variable account and our other separate accounts. Subject to applicable state law, we have sole discretion to decide how assets of the general account will be invested. The assets held in our general account support the guarantees under your contract including any optional benefits offered under the contract. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to many of the same risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of annuities and financial instruments and products as well, and these obligations are satisfied from the assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account. The fixed account is supported by our general account that we make available under the contract.

The One-Year Fixed Account

You may allocate purchase payments or transfer accumulated value to the one-year fixed account. Some states may restrict the amount you can allocate to this account. We back the principal and interest guarantees relating to the one-year fixed account. These guarantees are subject to the creditworthiness and continued claims-paying ability of the company’s general account. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account. The value of the one-year fixed account increases as we credit interest to the account. Purchase payments and transfers to the one-year fixed account become part of our general account. We credit and compound interest daily based on a 365-day year (366 in a leap year) so as to produce the annual effective rate which we declare. The interest rate we apply to each purchase payment or transfer to the one-year fixed account is guaranteed for one year. Thereafter we will change the rates from time-to-time at our discretion. Interest rates credited in excess of the guaranteed rate generally will be based on various factors related to future investment earnings.

There are restrictions on the amount you can allocate to this account as well as on transfers from this account. (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transfer policies”)

Because of exemptive and exclusionary provisions, we have not registered interests in the one-year fixed account as securities under the Securities Act of 1933 nor have any of these accounts been registered as investment companies under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Accordingly, neither the one-year fixed account nor any interests in the one-year fixed account are subject to the provisions of these Acts.

The one-year fixed account has not been registered with the SEC. Disclosures regarding the one-year fixed account, however, are subject to certain generally applicable provisions of the federal securities laws relating to the accuracy and completeness of statements made in a prospectus.

Buying Your Contract

New contracts are not currently being offered.

We are required by law to obtain personal information from you which we used to verify your identity. If you do not provide this information we reserve the right to refuse to issue your contract or take other steps we deem reasonable.

As the owner, you have all rights and may receive all benefits under the contract. You can own a qualified annuity or a nonqualified annuity. You can own a nonqualified annuity in joint tenancy with rights of survivorship only in spousal situations. You cannot own a qualified annuity in joint tenancy. You can become an owner if you are 85 or younger. (The age limit may be younger for qualified annuities in some states.)

When you applied, you selected (if available in your state):

• the length of the withdrawal charge period (five or seven years)⁽¹⁾;

• the optional Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider⁽²⁾;

• the optional Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider⁽²⁾;

• the optional Enhanced Death Benefit Rider⁽²⁾;

• the optional Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider⁽³⁾;

• the one-year fixed account, GPAs and/or subaccounts in which you want to invest⁽⁴⁾;

• how you want to make purchase payments; and

Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus    19

•	a beneficiary.
(1)	Contracts issued through Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc. are only available with a seven-year withdrawal charge schedule.
(2)	You may select one of the following: the EDB, the Benefit Protector or the Benefit Protector Plus. Riders may not be available in all states. The Benefit Protector and the Benefit Protector Plus are only available if you and the annuitant are 75 or younger at contract issue. The EDB is only available if both you and the annuitant are 79 or younger at contract issue.
(3)	The GMIB is only available at the time you purchase your contract if the annuitant is 75 or younger at contract issue and you also select the EDB. Riders may not be available in all states.
(4)	Some states restrict the amount you can allocate to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account. GPAs are not available in Maryland, Oregon, Pennsylvania or Washington and may not be available in other states.

The contract provides for allocation of purchase payments to the subaccounts of the variable account, to the GPAs and/or to the one-year fixed account in even 1% increments subject to the $1,000 minimum required investment for the GPAs. For contracts with applications signed on or after June 16, 2003, the amount of any purchase payment allocated to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account in total cannot exceed 30% of the purchase payment. More than 30% of a purchase payment may be so allocated if you establish a dollar cost averaging arrangement with respect to the purchase payment according to procedures currently in effect, or you are participating according to the rules of an asset allocation model portfolio program available under the contract, if any.

We apply your purchase payments to the GPAs, one-year fixed account and subaccounts you select. If we receive your purchase payment at our Service Center before the close of business, we will credit any portion of that payment allocated to the subaccounts using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received the payment. If we receive an additional purchase payment at our Service Center at or after the close of business, we will credit any portion of that payment allocated to the subaccounts using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received the payment.

You may make monthly payments to your contract under a SIP. To begin the SIP, you will complete and send a form and your first SIP payment along with your application. There is no charge for SIP. You can stop your SIP payments at any time.

In most states, you may make additional purchase payments to nonqualified and qualified annuities until the retirement date.

Householding and delivery of certain documents

With your prior consent, RiverSource Life and its affiliates may use and combine information concerning accounts owned by members of the same household and provide a single paper copy of certain documents to that household. This householding of documents may include prospectuses, supplements, annual reports, semiannual reports and proxies. Your authorization remains in effect unless we are notified otherwise. If you wish to continue receiving multiple copies of these documents, you can opt out of householding by calling us at 1.866.273.7429. Multiple mailings will resume within 30 days after we receive your opt out request.

The Retirement Date

Annuity payouts begin on the retirement date. This means that the contract will be annuitized or converted to a stream of monthly payments. If your contract is annuitized, the contract goes into payout and only the annuity payout provisions continue. You will no longer have access to your contract value. This means that the death benefit and any optional benefits you have elected will end. When we processed your application, we established the retirement date to be the maximum age then in effect (or contract anniversary if applicable). Unless otherwise elected by you, all retirement dates are now automatically set to the maximum age of 95 now in effect. You also can change the retirement date, provided you send us written instructions at least 30 days before annuity payouts begin.

The retirement date must be:

• no earlier than the 30th day after the contract’s effective date; and no later than

• the annuitant’s 95th birthday or the tenth contract anniversary, if later,

• or such other date as agreed upon by us.

Six months prior to your retirement start date, we will contact you with your options including the option to postpone your retirement start date to a future date. You can choose to delay the retirement start date of your contract to a date beyond age 95, to the extent allowed by applicable state law and tax laws.

If you do not make an election, annuity payouts using the contract’s default option of annuity payout Plan B – Life with 10 years certain will begin on the retirement start date and your monthly annuity payments will continue for as long as the annuitant lives. If the annuitant does not survive 10 years, we will continue to make payments until 10 years of payments have been made.

20    Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Generally, if you own a qualified annuity (for example, an IRA) and tax laws require that you take distributions from your annuity prior to your retirement start date, your contract will not be automatically annuitized (subject to state requirements). However, if you choose, you can elect to request annuitization or take surrenders to meet your required minimum distributions.

Beneficiary

We will pay to your named beneficiary the death benefit if it becomes payable while the contract is in force and before annuity payouts begin. If there is more than one beneficiary, we will pay each beneficiary’s designated share when we receive their completed claim. A beneficiary will bear the investment risk of the variable account until we receive the beneficiary’s completed claim. If there is no named beneficiary, the default provisions of your contract will apply. (See “Benefits in Case of Death” for more about beneficiaries.)

Purchase Payments

Purchase payment amounts and purchase payment timing may vary by state and be limited under the terms of your contract.

Minimum purchase payments

If paying by SIP:

$50 for additional payments.

If paying by any other method:

$100 for additional payments.

Maximum total allowable purchase payments*

$99,999 for contracts issued through Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc.

$1,000,000 for all other contracts.

* This limit applies in total to all RiverSource Life annuities you own. We reserve the right to waive or increase the maximum limit. For qualified annuities, the tax-deferred retirement plan’s or the Code’s limits on annual contributions also apply.

How to Make Purchase Payments

11 By letter

Send your check along with your name and contract number to:

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474

22 By SIP

Contact your investment professional to complete the necessary SIP paperwork.

Limitations on Use of Contract

If mandated by applicable law, including, but not limited to, federal anti-money laundering laws, we may be required to reject a purchase payment. We may also be required to block an owner’s access to contract values or to satisfy other statutory obligations. Under these circumstances, we may refuse to implement requests for transfers, withdrawals or death benefits until instructions are received from the appropriate governmental authority or a court of competent jurisdiction.

Charges

Contract Administrative Charge

We charge this fee for establishing and maintaining your records. We deduct $30 from the contract value on your contract anniversary or, if earlier, when the contract is fully withdrawn. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. Some states also limit any contract charge allocated to the fixed account.

We will waive this charge when your contract value is $50,000 or more on the current contract anniversary.

Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus    21

If you take a full withdrawal from your contract, we will deduct the charge at the time of withdrawal regardless of the contract value. We cannot increase the annual contract administrative charge and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

Variable Account Administrative Charge

We apply this charge daily to the subaccounts. It is reflected in the unit values of your subaccounts and it totals 0.15% of their average daily net assets on an annual basis. It covers certain administrative and operating expenses of the subaccounts such as accounting, legal and data processing fees and expenses involved in the preparation and distribution of reports and prospectuses. We cannot increase the variable account administrative charge.

Mortality and Expense Risk Fee

We charge these fees daily to the subaccounts. The unit values of your subaccounts reflect these fees. These fees cover the mortality and expense risk that we assume. These fees do not apply to the GPAs or the fixed account. We cannot increase these fees.

These fees are based on the withdrawal charge schedule and death benefits that apply to your contract.

	Seven-year withdrawal charge schedule	Five-year withdrawal charge schedule
Standard Death Benefit	1.05%	1.30%
Enhanced Death Benefit Rider	1.25	1.50

Mortality risk arises because of our guarantee to pay a death benefit and our guarantee to make annuity payouts according to the terms of the contract, no matter how long a specific owner or annuitant lives and no matter how long our entire group of owners or annuitants live. If, as a group, owners or annuitants outlive the life expectancy we assumed in our actuarial tables, then we must take money from our general assets to meet our obligations. If, as a group, owners or annuitants do not live as long as expected, we could profit from the mortality risk fee. We deduct the mortality risk fee from the subaccounts during the annuity payout period even if the annuity payout plan does not involve a life contingency.

Expense risk arises because we cannot increase the contract administrative charge or the variable account administrative charge and these charges may not cover our expenses. We would have to make up any deficit from our general assets. We could profit from the expense risk fee if future expenses are less than expected.

The subaccounts pay us the mortality and expense risk fee they accrued as follows:

• first, to the extent possible, the subaccounts pay this fee from any dividends distributed from the funds in which they invest;

• then, if necessary, the funds redeem shares to cover any remaining fees payable.

We may use any profits we realize from the subaccounts’ payment to us of the mortality and expense risk fee for any proper corporate purpose, including, among others, payment of distribution (selling) expenses. We do not expect that the withdrawal charge will cover sales and distribution expenses.

Withdrawal Charge

You select the withdrawal charge period at the time of your application for the contract. Contracts issued through Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc. are available only with a seven-year withdrawal charge schedule. The withdrawal charge percentages that apply to you are shown in your contract. In addition, amounts withdrawn from a GPA more than 30 days before the end of the applicable Guarantee Period will be subject to a MVA. (See “The Fixed Accounts — Market Value Adjustment (MVA).”)

If you withdraw all or part of your contract value, a withdrawal charge applies if all or part of the withdrawal amount is from any purchase payment we received less than six or eight years before the date of withdrawal.

Each time you make a purchase payment under the contract, a withdrawal charge attaches to that purchase payment. The withdrawal charge percentage for each purchase payment declines according to a schedule shown in the contract. For example, if you selected the seven-year schedule, during the first two years after a purchase payment is made, the withdrawal charge percentage attached to that payment is 8%. The withdrawal charge percentage for that payment during the seventh year after it is made is 2%. At the beginning of the eighth year after that purchase payment is made, and thereafter, there is no withdrawal charge as to that payment.

You may withdraw an amount during any contract year without incurring a withdrawal charge. We call this amount the Total Free Amount (“TFA”). The TFA is the amount of your contract value that you may withdraw without incurring a withdrawal charge. Amounts withdrawn in excess of the Total Free Amount may be subject to a withdrawal charge as described below. The Total Free Amount is defined as the maximum of (a) and (b) where:

(a) is 15% of your prior anniversary’s contract value; and

22    Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus

(b) is current contract earnings.

NOTE:We determine current contract earnings (CE) by looking at the entire contract value (CV), not the earnings of any particular subaccount, GPA or the one-year fixed account. If the contract value is less than purchase payments received and not previously withdrawn (PPNPW) then contract earnings are zero. We consider your initial purchase payment to be the prior anniversary’s contract value during the first contract year.For purposes of calculating any withdrawal charge, we treat amounts withdrawn from your contract value in the following order:

1.	First, in each contract year, we withdraw amounts totaling up to 15% of your prior anniversary’s contract value.
2.	Next, we withdraw contract earnings, if any, that are greater than the amount described in number one above. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on contract earnings.
3.	Next we withdraw purchase payments received prior to the withdrawal charge period shown in your contract. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on these purchase payments.
4.	Finally, if necessary, we withdraw purchase payments received that are still within the withdrawal charge period you selected and shown in your contract. We withdraw these payments on a “first-in, first-out” (FIFO) basis. We do assess a withdrawal charge on these payments.

NOTE:After withdrawing earnings in numbers one and two above, we next withdraw enough additional contract value (ACV) to meet your requested withdrawal amount. If the amount described in number one above was greater than contract earnings prior to the withdrawal, the excess (XSF) will be excluded from the purchase payments being withdrawn that were received most recently when calculating the withdrawal charge. We determine the amount of purchase payments being withdrawn (PPW) in numbers three and four above as:

PPW = XSF +	(ACV – XSF)	×	(PPNPW – XSF)
	(CV – TFA)

If the additional contract value withdrawn is less than XSF, then PPW will equal ACV.

We determine your withdrawal charge by multiplying each of your payments withdrawn by the applicable withdrawal charge percentage, and then adding the total withdrawal charges.

The withdrawal charge percentage depends on the number of years since you made the payments that are withdrawn, depending on the schedule you selected*:

Five-year schedule		Seven-year schedule
Years from purchase payment receipt	Withdrawal charge percentage	Years from purchase payment receipt	Withdrawal charge percentage
1	8%	1	8%
2	8	2	8
3	6	3	7
4	4	4	6
5	2	5	5
Thereafter	0	6	4
		7	2
		Thereafter	0

* Contracts issued through Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc. are only available with a seven-year withdrawal charge schedule.

For a partial withdrawal that is subject to a withdrawal charge, the amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable withdrawal charge. The withdrawal charge percentage is applied to this total amount. We pay you the amount you requested.

The amount of purchase payments withdrawn is calculated using a prorated formula based on the percentage of contract value being withdrawn. As a result, the amount of purchase payments withdrawn may be greater than the amount of contract value withdrawn.

Withdrawal charge calculation example

The following is an example of the calculation we would make to determine the withdrawal charge on a contract with a 7-year withdrawal charge schedule with this history:

• We receive these payments

– $10,000 initial;

– $8,000 on the sixth contract anniversary; and

– $6,000 on the eighth contract anniversary; and

Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus    23

• You withdraw the contract for its total withdrawal value of $38,101 during the tenth contract year and make no other withdrawals during that contract year; and

• The prior anniversary contract value is $38,488.

Withdrawal Charge	Explanation
$0	$5,773.20 is 15% of the prior anniversary’s contract value withdrawn without withdrawal charge; and
0	$8,327.80 is contract earnings in excess of the 15% TFA withdrawal amount withdrawn without withdrawal charge; and
0	$10,000 initial purchase payment was received eight or more years before withdrawal and is withdrawn without withdrawal charge; and
480	$8,000 purchase payment is in its fourth year from receipt, withdrawn with a 6% withdrawal charge; and
420	$6,000 purchase payment is in its third year from receipt withdrawn with a 7% withdrawal charge
$900

Waiver of withdrawal charges

We do not assess withdrawal charges for:

• withdrawals of any contract earnings;

• withdrawals of amounts totaling up to 15% of your prior contract anniversary’s contract value;

• required minimum distributions from a qualified annuity to the extent that they exceed the free amount. The amount on which withdrawal charges are waived can be no greater than the RMD amount calculated under your specific contract currently in force;

• contracts settled using an annuity payout plan;

• withdrawals made as a result of one of the “Contingent events” described below to the extent permitted by state law (see your contract for additional conditions and restrictions); and

• death benefits.

Contingent events

• Withdrawals you make if you or the annuitant are confined to a hospital or nursing home and have been for the prior 60 days. Your contract will include this provision when you and the annuitant are under age 76 at contract issue. You must provide proof satisfactory to us of the confinement as of the date you request the withdrawal.

• To the extent permitted by state law, withdrawals you make if you or the annuitant are diagnosed in the second or later contract years as disabled with a medical condition that with reasonable medical certainty will result in death within 12 months or less from the date of the licensed physician’s statement. You must provide us with a licensed physician’s statement containing the terminal illness diagnosis and the date the terminal illness was initially diagnosed.

• Withdrawals you make if you or the annuitant become disabled within the meaning of the Code Section 72(m)(7) after contract issue. The disabled person must also be receiving Social Security disability or state long term disability benefits. The disabled person must be age 70 or younger at the time of withdrawal. You must provide us with a signed letter from the disabled person stating that he or she meets the above criteria, a legible photocopy of Social Security disability or state long term disability benefit payments and the application for such payments.

• Withdrawals you make once a year if you or the annuitant become unemployed at least one year after contract issue, up to the following amounts each year:

(a)	25% of your prior anniversary’s contract value (or $10,000 if greater) if the unemployment condition is met for at least 30 straight days; or
(b)	50% of your prior anniversary’s contract value (or $10,000 if greater) if the unemployment condition is met for at least 180 straight days.

The unemployment condition is met if the unemployed person is currently receiving unemployment compensation from a government unit of the United States, whether federal or state. You must provide us with a signed letter from the unemployed person stating that he or she meets the above criteria with a legible photocopy of the unemployment benefit payments meeting the above criteria with regard to dates.

Liquidation charge under Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:If you are receiving variable annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to withdraw those payments. The amount that you can withdraw is the present value of any remaining variable payouts. The discount rate we use in the calculation will be 5.17% if the assumed investment return is 3.5% and 6.67% if the assumed investment return is 5%. The liquidation charge equals the present value of the remaining payouts using the assumed investment return minus the present value of the remaining payouts using the discount rate.

24    Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Fixed Payouts: Withdrawal charge for Fixed Annuity Payout Plan E – Payouts for a specified period: If you are receiving annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to take a withdraw and withdrawal charge may apply.

A withdrawal charge will be assessed against the present value of any remaining guaranteed payouts withdrawn. The discount rate we use in determining present values varies based on: (1) the contract value originally applied to the fixed annuitization; (2) the remaining years of guaranteed payouts; (3) the annual effective interest rate and periodic payment amount for new immediate annuities of the same duration as the remaining years of guaranteed payouts; and (4) the interest spread (currently 1.50%). If we do not currently offer immediate annuities, we will use rates and values applicable to new annuitizations to determine the discount rate.

Once the discount rate is applied and we have determined the present value of the remaining guaranteed payouts you withdrawn, the present value determined will be multiplied by the withdrawal charge percentage in the table below and deducted from the present value to determine the net present value you will receive.

Number of Completed Years Since Annuitization	Withdrawal charge percentage
0	Not applicable*
1	5%
2	4
3	3
4	2
5	1
6 and thereafter	0

*We do not permit withdrawals in the first year after annuitization.

We will provide a quoted present value (which includes the deduction of any withdrawal charge). You must then formally elect, in a form acceptable to us, to receive this value. The remaining guaranteed payouts following withdraw will be reduced to zero.

Possible group reductions: In some cases we may incur lower sales and administrative expenses due to the size of the group, the average contribution and the use of group enrollment procedures. In such cases, we may be able to reduce or eliminate the contract administrative and withdrawal charges. However, we expect this to occur infrequently.

Fund Fees and Expenses

There are deductions from and expenses paid out of the assets of the funds that are described in the prospectuses for those funds.

Premium Taxes

Certain state and local governments impose premium taxes on us (up to 3.5%). These taxes depend upon your state of residence or the state in which the contract was issued. Currently, we deduct any applicable premium tax when annuity payouts begin, but we reserve the right to deduct this tax at other times such as when you make purchase payments or when you make a full withdrawal from your contract.

Optional Living Benefits Charges

Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB) Fee*

We deduct a charge (currently 0.70%) based on the GMIB benefit base for this optional feature only if you select it⁽¹⁾. If selected, we deduct the charge from the contract value on your contract anniversary at the end of each contract year. We prorate the GMIB charge among the subaccounts, the GPAs and the one-year fixed account in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value.

* For applications signed prior to May 1, 2003, the following current annual rider charges apply: GMIB – 0.30%.

If the contract is terminated for any reason or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the appropriate GMIB fee from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place. We cannot increase either GMIB fee after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or the GMIB terminates.

Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus    25

Optional Death Benefit Charges

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider Fee

We deduct a charge for the optional feature only if you select it. If selected, we deduct 0.25% of your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

If the contract is terminated for any reason other than death or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the charge. We cannot increase this annual charge after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider Fee

We charge a fee for the optional feature only if you select it. If selected, we deduct 0.40% of your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this fee among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

If the contract is terminated for any reason other than death or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the fee from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee. We cannot increase this annual charge after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

Valuing Your Investment

We value your accounts as follows:

GPAs and One-Year Fixed Account

We value the amounts you allocate to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account directly in dollars. The value of the GPAs and the one-year fixed account equals:

• the sum of your purchase payments and transfer amounts allocated to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account (including any positive or negative MVA on amounts transferred from the GPAs to the one-year fixed account);

• plus interest credited;

• minus the sum of amounts withdrawn (including any applicable withdrawal charges) and amounts transferred out;

• minus any prorated portion of the contract administrative charge; and

• minus the prorated portion of the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Benefit Protector rider

– Benefit Protector Plus rider

– Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit rider

Subaccounts

We convert amounts you allocated to the subaccounts into accumulation units. Each time you make a purchase payment or transfer amounts into one of the subaccounts, we credit a certain number of accumulation units to your contract for that subaccount. Conversely, we subtract a certain number of accumulation units from your contract each time you take a partial withdrawal; transfer amounts out of a subaccount; or we assess a contract administrative charge, a withdrawal charge, or fee for any optional contract riders with annual charges (if applicable).

The accumulation units are the true measure of investment value in each subaccount during the accumulation period. They are related to, but not the same as, the net asset value of the fund in which the subaccount invests. The dollar value of each accumulation unit can rise or fall daily depending on the variable account expenses, performance of the fund and on certain fund expenses.

Here is how we calculate accumulation unit values:

Number of units: To calculate the number of accumulation units for a particular subaccount, we divide your investment by the current accumulation unit value.

Accumulation unit value: The current accumulation unit value for each subaccount equals the last value times the subaccount’s current net investment factor.

26    Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus

We determine the net investment factor by:

• adding the fund’s current net asset value per share, plus the per share amount of any accrued income or capital gain dividends to obtain a current adjusted net asset value per share; then

• dividing that sum by the previous adjusted net asset value per share; and

• subtracting the percentage factor representing the mortality and expense risk fee and the variable account administrative charge from the result.

Because the net asset value of the fund may fluctuate, the accumulation unit value may increase or decrease. You bear all the investment risk in a subaccount.

Factors that affect subaccount accumulation units: Accumulation units may change in two ways — in number and in value.

The number of accumulation units you own may fluctuate due to:

• additional purchase payments you allocate to the subaccounts;

• transfers into or out of the subaccounts (including any positive or negative MVA on amounts transferred from the GPAs);

• partial withdrawals;

• withdrawal charges;

and the deduction of a prorated portion of:

• the contract administrative charge; and

• the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Benefit Protector rider;

– Benefit Protector Plus rider; and/or

– Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit rider.

Accumulation unit values will fluctuate due to:

• changes in fund net asset value;

• fund dividends distributed to the subaccounts;

• fund capital gains or losses;

• fund operating expenses; and

• mortality and expense risk fee and the variable account administrative charge.

Making the Most of Your Contract

Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging

Currently, you can use automated transfers to take advantage of dollar-cost averaging (investing a fixed amount at regular intervals). For example, you might transfer a set amount monthly from a relatively conservative subaccount to a more aggressive one, or to several others, or from the one-year fixed account or the two-year GPA (without a MVA) to one or more subaccounts. The three to ten year GPAs are not available for automated transfers. You can also obtain the benefits of dollar-cost averaging by setting up regular automatic SIP payments or by establishing an Interest Sweep strategy. Interest Sweeps are a monthly transfer of the interest earned from either the one-year fixed account or the two-year GPA into the subaccounts of your choice. If you participate in an Interest Sweep strategy the interest you earn will be less than the annual interest rate we apply because there will be no compounding. There is no charge for dollar-cost averaging.

This systematic approach can help you benefit from fluctuations in accumulation unit values caused by fluctuations in the market values of the funds. Since you invest the same amount each period, you automatically acquire more units when the market value falls and fewer units when it rises. The potential effect is to lower your average cost per unit.

Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus    27

How dollar-cost averaging works

By investing an equal number of dollars each month		Month	Amount invested	Accumulation unit value	Number of units purchased
		Jan	$100	$20	5.00
		Feb	100	18	5.56
you automatically buy more units when the per unit market price is low		Mar	100	17	5.88
	→	Apr	100	15	6.67
		May	100	16	6.25
		Jun	100	18	5.56
		Jul	100	17	5.88
and fewer units when the per unit market price is high.		Aug	100	19	5.26
	→	Sept	100	21	4.76
		Oct	100	20	5.00

You paid an average price of $17.91 per unit over the 10 months, while the average market price actually was $18.10.

Dollar-cost averaging does not guarantee that any subaccount will gain in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. Because dollar-cost averaging involves continuous investing, your success will depend upon your willingness to continue to invest regularly through periods of low price levels. Dollar-cost averaging can be an effective way to help meet your long-term goals. For specific features contact your investment professional.

Tiered Dollar-Cost Averaging (Tiered DCA) Program

If your net contract value⁽¹⁾ is at least $10,000, you can choose to participate in the Tiered DCA program. There is no charge for the Tiered DCA program. Under the Tiered DCA program, you can allocate a new purchase payment to one of two special Tiered DCA accounts. We determine which Tiered DCA account you are eligible for as follows:

If your net contract value(1) is…	we allocate your new purchase payment to:
$10,000–$49,999	Tier 1 DCA account
$50,000 or more	Tier 2 DCA account(2)

(1)	“Net contract value” equals your current contract value plus any new purchase payment you make. If this is a new contract funded by purchase payments from multiple sources, we determine your net contract value based on the purchase payments, withdrawal requests and exchange requests submitted with your application.
(2)	You cannot allocate your new purchase payments to a Tier 1 DCA account if you are eligible to participate in a Tier 2 DCA account.

You may only allocate a new purchase payment of at least $1,000 to the Tiered DCA account for which you are eligible. You cannot transfer existing contract values into the Tiered DCA account. Each Tiered DCA account lasts for only six months from the time we receive your first purchase payment. We make monthly transfers of your total Tiered DCA account value into the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and/or subaccounts you select over the six-month period. If you elect to transfer into a GPA, you must meet the $1,000 minimum required investment limitation for each transfer.

We reserve the right to credit a lower interest rate to each Tiered DCA account if you select the GPAs or the one-year fixed account as part of your Tiered DCA transfers. We credit higher rates on the Tier 2 DCA account than on the Tier 1 DCA account. We will change the interest rate on each Tiered DCA account from time to time at our discretion. From time to time, we may credit interest to the Tiered DCA account at promotional rates that are higher than those we credit to the one-year fixed account. We base these rates on competition and on the interest rate we are crediting to the one-year fixed account at the time of the change. Once we credit interest to a particular purchase payment, that rate does not change even if we change the rate we credit on new purchase payments or if your net contract value changes. We credit each Tiered DCA account with current guaranteed annual rate that is in effect on the date we receive your purchase payment. However, we credit this annual rate over the six-month period on the balance remaining in your Tiered DCA account. Therefore, the net effective interest rate you receive is less than the stated annual rate. We do not credit this interest after we transfer the value out of the Tiered DCA account into the accounts you selected.

If you make additional purchase payments while a Tiered DCA account term is in progress, the amounts you allocate to an existing Tiered DCA account will be transferred out of the Tiered DCA account over the remainder of the term. If you are funding a Tiered DCA account from multiple sources, we apply each purchase payment to the account and credit interest on that purchase payment on the date we receive it. This means that all purchase payments may not be in the Tiered DCA account at the beginning of the six-month period. Therefore, you may receive less total interest than you would have if all your purchase payments were in the Tiered DCA account from the beginning. If we receive any of your multiple payments after the six-month period ends, you can either allocate those payments to a new Tiered DCA account (if available) or to any other accounts available under your contract.

28    Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus

You cannot participate in the Tiered DCA program if you are making payments under a Systematic Investment Plan. You may simultaneously participate in the Tiered DCA program and the asset-rebalancing program as long as your subaccount allocation is the same under both programs. If you elect to change your subaccount allocation under one program, we automatically will change it under the other program so they match. If you participate in more than one Tiered DCA account, the asset allocation for each account may be different as long as you are not also participating in the asset-rebalancing program.

You may terminate your participation in the Tiered DCA program at any time. If you do, we will not credit the current guaranteed annual interest rate on any remaining Tiered DCA account balance. We will transfer the remaining balance from your Tiered DCA account to the other accounts you selected for your DCA transfers or we will allocate it in any manner you specify. Similarly, if we cannot accept any additional purchase payments into the Tiered DCA program, we will allocate the purchase payments to the other accounts you selected for your DCA transfers or in any other manner you specify.

We can modify the terms or discontinue the Tiered DCA program at any time. Any modifications will not affect any purchase payments that are already in a Tiered DCA account. For more information on the Tiered DCA program, contact your investment professional.

The Tiered DCA program does not guarantee that any subaccount will gain in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. Because dollar-cost averaging involves continuous investing, your success will depend upon your willingness to continue to invest regularly through periods of low price levels. Dollar-cost averaging can be an effective way to help meet your long-term goals.

Asset Rebalancing

You can ask us in writing to automatically rebalance the subaccount portion of your contract value either quarterly, semiannually, or annually. The period you select will start to run on the date we record your request. On the first valuation date of each of these periods, we automatically will rebalance your contract value so that the value in each subaccount matches your current subaccount percentage allocations. These percentage allocations must be in whole numbers. There is no charge for asset rebalancing. The contract value must be at least $2,000.

You can change your percentage allocations or your rebalancing period at any time by contacting us in writing. If you are also participating in the Tiered DCA program and you change your subaccount asset allocation for the asset rebalancing program, we will change your subaccount asset allocation under the Tiered DCA program to match. We will restart the rebalancing period you selected as of the date we record your change. You also can ask us in writing to stop rebalancing your contract value. You must allow 30 days for us to change any instructions that currently are in place. For more information on asset rebalancing, contact your investment professional.

Transferring Among Accounts

You may transfer contract value from any one subaccount, GPAs or the one-year fixed account, to another subaccount before annuity payouts begin. Certain restrictions apply to transfers involving the GPAs and the one-year fixed account.

The date your request to transfer will be processed depends on when and how we receive it:

For transfer requests received in writing:

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your transfer request.

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your transfer request.

For transfer requests received by phone:

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your transfer request.

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your transfer request.

There is no charge for transfers. Before making a transfer, you should consider the risks involved in changing investments. Transfers out of the GPAs will be subject to an MVA if done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period.

We may suspend or modify transfer privileges at any time.

Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus    29

For information on transfers after annuity payouts begin, see “Transfer policies” below.

Transfer policies

•	Before annuity payouts begin, you may transfer contract values between the subaccounts, or from the subaccounts to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account at any time. However, if you made a transfer from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs, you may not make a transfer from any subaccount or GPA back to the one-year fixed account for six months following that transfer. We reserve the right to further limit transfers to the GPAs and one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then currently crediting to the one-year fixed account is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract.
•	It is our general policy to allow you to transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs once a year on or within 30 days before or after the contract anniversary (except for automated transfers, which can be set up at any time for certain transfer periods subject to certain minimums). Transfers from the one-year fixed account are not subject to a MVA. For contracts issued before June 16, 2003, we have removed this restriction, and you may transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts at any time. We will inform you at least 30 days in advance of the day we intend to reimpose this restriction. For contracts with applications signed on or after June 16, 2003, the amount of contract value transferred to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account cannot result in the value of the GPAs and the one-year fixed account in total being greater than 30% of the contract value. The time limitations on transfers from the GPAs and one-year fixed account will be enforced, and transfers out of the GPAs and one-year fixed account are limited to 30% of the GPA and one-year fixed account values at the beginning of the contract year or $10,000, whichever is greater. Because of this limitation, it may take you several years to transfer all your contract value from the one-year fixed account. You should carefully consider whether the one-year fixed account meets your investment criteria before you invest.
•	You may transfer contract values from a GPA any time after 60 days of transfer or payment allocation to the account. Transfers made more than 30 days before the end of the Guarantee Period will receive a MVA*, which may result in a gain or loss of contract value.
•	If we receive your request on or within 30 days before or after the contract anniversary date, the transfer from the one-year fixed account to the GPAs will be effective on the valuation date we receive it.
•	If you select a variable payout, once annuity payouts begin, you may make transfers once per contract year among the subaccounts and we reserve the right to limit the number of subaccounts in which you may invest.
•	Once annuity payouts begin, you may not make any transfers to the GPAs.
*	Unless the transfer is an automated transfer from the two-year GPA as part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep strategy.

Market Timing

Market timing can reduce the value of your investment in the contract. If market timing causes the returns of an underlying fund to suffer, contract value you have allocated to a subaccount that invests in that underlying fund will be lower too. Market timing can cause you, any joint owner of the contract and your beneficiary(ies) under the contract a financial loss.

We seek to prevent market timing. Market timing is frequent or short-term trading activity. We do not accommodate short-term trading activities. Do not buy a contract if you wish to use short-term trading strategies to manage your investment. The market timing policies and procedures described below apply to transfers among the subaccounts within the contract. The underlying funds in which the subaccounts invest have their own market timing policies and procedures. The market timing policies of the underlying funds may be more restrictive than the market timing policies and procedures we apply to transfers among the subaccounts of the contract, and may include redemption fees. We reserve the right to modify our market timing policies and procedures at any time without prior notice to you.

Market timing may hurt the performance of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests in several ways, including but not necessarily limited to:

• diluting the value of an investment in an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests;

• increasing the transaction costs and expenses of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests; and,

• preventing the investment adviser(s) of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests from fully investing the assets of the fund in accordance with the fund’s investment objectives.

Funds available as investment options under the contract that invest in securities that trade in overseas securities markets may be at greater risk of loss from market timing, as market timers may seek to take advantage of changes in the values of securities between the close of overseas markets and the close of U.S. markets. Also, the risks of market timing may be greater for underlying funds that invest in securities such as small cap stocks, high yield bonds, or municipal securities, that may be traded infrequently.

30    Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus

In order to help protect you and the underlying funds from the potentially harmful effects of market timing activity, we apply the following market timing policy to discourage frequent transfers of contract value among the subaccounts of the variable account:

We try to distinguish market timing from transfers that we believe are not harmful, such as periodic rebalancing for purposes of an asset allocation, dollar-cost averaging and asset rebalancing program that may be described in this prospectus. There is no set number of transfers that constitutes market timing. Even one transfer in related accounts may be market timing. We seek to restrict the transfer privileges of a contract owner who makes more than three subaccount transfers in any 90 day period. We also reserve the right to refuse any transfer request, if, in our sole judgment, the dollar amount of the transfer request would adversely affect unit values.

If we determine, in our sole judgment, that your transfer activity constitutes market timing, we may modify, restrict or suspend your transfer privileges to the extent permitted by applicable law, which may vary based on the state law that applies to your contract and the terms of your contract. These restrictions or modifications may include, but not be limited to:

• requiring transfer requests to be submitted only by first-class U.S. mail;

• not accepting hand-delivered transfer requests or requests made by overnight mail;

• not accepting telephone or electronic transfer requests;

• requiring a minimum time period between each transfer;

• not accepting transfer requests of an agent acting under power of attorney;

• limiting the dollar amount that you may transfer at any one time;

• suspending the transfer privilege; or

• modifying instructions under an automated transfer program to exclude a restricted fund if you do not provide new instructions.

Subject to applicable state law and the terms of each contract, we will apply the policy described above to all contract owners uniformly in all cases. We will notify you in writing after we impose any modification, restriction or suspension of your transfer rights.

Because we exercise discretion in applying the restrictions described above, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to identify and restrict all market timing activity. In addition, state law and the terms of some contracts may prevent us from stopping certain market timing activity. Market timing activity that we are unable to identify and/or restrict may impact the performance of the underlying funds and may result in lower contract values.

In addition to the market timing policy described above, which applies to transfers among the subaccounts within your contract, you should carefully review the market timing policies and procedures of the underlying funds. The market timing policies and procedures of the underlying funds may be materially different than those we impose on transfers among the subaccounts within your contract and may include mandatory redemption fees as well as other measures to discourage frequent transfers. As an intermediary for the underlying funds, we are required to assist them in applying their market timing policies and procedures to transactions involving the purchase and exchange of fund shares. This assistance may include, but not be limited to, providing the underlying fund upon request with your Social Security Number, Taxpayer Identification Number or other United States government-issued identifier, and the details of your contract transactions involving the underlying fund. An underlying fund, in its sole discretion, may instruct us at any time to prohibit you from making further transfers of contract value to or from the underlying fund, and we must follow this instruction. We reserve the right to administer and collect on behalf of an underlying fund any redemption fee imposed by an underlying fund. Market timing policies and procedures adopted by underlying funds may affect your investment in the contract in several ways, including but not limited to:

• Each fund may restrict or refuse trading activity that the fund determines, in its sole discretion, represents market timing.

• Even if we determine that your transfer activity does not constitute market timing under the market timing policies described above which we apply to transfers you make under the contract, it is possible that the underlying fund’s market timing policies and procedures, including instructions we receive from a fund may require us to reject your transfer request. For example, while we will attempt to execute transfers permitted under any asset allocation, dollar-cost averaging and asset rebalancing programs that may be described in this prospectus, we cannot guarantee that an underlying fund’s market timing policies and procedures will do so. Orders we place to purchase fund shares for the variable account are subject to acceptance by the fund. We reserve the right to reject without prior notice to you any transfer request if the fund does not accept our order.

• Each underlying fund is responsible for its own market timing policies, and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to implement specific market timing policies and procedures that a fund has adopted. As a result, a fund’s returns might be adversely affected, and a fund might terminate our right to offer its shares through the variable account.

Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus    31

• Funds that are available as investment options under the contract may also be offered to other intermediaries who are eligible to purchase and hold shares of the fund, including without limitation, separate accounts of other insurance companies and certain retirement plans. Even if we are able to implement a fund’s market timing policies, we cannot guarantee that other intermediaries purchasing that same fund’s shares will do so, and the returns of that fund could be adversely affected as a result.

For more information about the market timing policies and procedures of an underlying fund, the risks that market timing pose to that fund, and to determine whether an underlying fund has adopted a redemption fee, see that fund’s prospectus.

How to request a Transfer or Withdrawal

11 By letter

Send your name, contract number, Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number* and signed request for a transfer or withdrawal to our Service Center:

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474

Minimum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	$500 or entire account balance

Maximum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	Contract value or entire account balance

* Failure to provide a Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number may result in mandatory tax withholding on the taxable portion of the distribution.

22 By automated transfers and automated partial withdrawals

Your investment professional can help you set up automated transfers or partial withdrawals among your GPAs, one-year fixed account or the subaccounts.

You can start or stop this service by written request or other method acceptable to us.

You must allow 30 days for us to change any instructions that are currently in place.

•	Automated transfers from the one-year fixed account to any one of the subaccounts may not exceed an amount that, if continued, would deplete the one-year fixed account within 12 months. For contracts issued before June 16, 2003, we have removed this restriction, and you may transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts at any time. We will inform you at least 30 days in advance of the day we intend to reimpose this restriction.
	For contracts with applications signed on or after June 16, 2003, the time limitations on transfers from the one-year fixed account will be enforced, and transfers out of the one-year fixed account are limited to 30% of the one-year fixed account values at the beginning of the contract year or $10,000, whichever is greater.
•	Automated withdrawals may be restricted by applicable law under some contracts.
•	You may not make systematic purchase payments if automated partial withdrawals are in effect.
•	Automated partial withdrawals may result in income taxes and penalties on all or part of the amount withdrawn.

Minimum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	$100 monthly
	$250 quarterly, semiannually or annually

33 By phone

Call:

1-800-333-3437

Minimum amount

Transfers or withdrawals: $500 or entire account balance

32    Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Maximum amount

Transfers:	Contract value or entire account balance
Withdrawals:	$100,000

We answer telephone requests promptly, but you may experience delays when the call volume is unusually high. If you are unable to get through, use the mail procedure as an alternative.

We will honor any telephone transfer or withdrawal requests that we believe are authentic and we will use reasonable procedures to confirm that they are. This includes asking identifying questions and recording calls. As long as we follow the procedures, we (and our affiliates) will not be liable for any loss resulting from fraudulent requests.

Telephone transfers and withdrawals are automatically available. You may request that telephone transfers and withdrawals not be authorized from your account by writing to us.

Withdrawals

You may withdraw all or part of your contract at any time before the retirement date by sending us a written request or calling us.

The date your withdrawal request will be processed depends on when and how we receive it:

For withdrawal requests received in writing:

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your withdrawal request.

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your withdrawal request.

For withdrawal requests received by phone:

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your withdrawal request.

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your withdrawal request.

We may ask you to return the contract. You may have to pay a contract administrative charge, withdrawal charges or any applicable optional rider charges (see “Charges”), federal income taxes and penalties. State and local income taxes may also apply (see “Taxes”). You cannot make withdrawals after annuity payouts begin except under Annuity Payout Plan E. (See “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Any partial withdrawals you take under the contract will reduce your contract value. As a result, the value of your death benefit or any optional benefits you have elected will also be reduced (see “Optional Benefits”). In addition, withdrawals you are required to take to satisfy RMDs under the Code may reduce the value of certain death benefits and optional benefits (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”).

Withdrawal Policies

If you have a balance in more than one account and you request a partial withdrawal, we will automatically withdraw from all your subaccounts, GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account in the same proportion as your value in each account correlates to your total contract value, unless requested otherwise. After executing a partial withdrawal, the value in each subaccount , one-year fixed account or GPA must be either zero or at least $50.

Receiving Payment

11 By regular or express mail

• payable to you;

• mailed to address of record.

NOTE: We will charge you a fee if you request express mail delivery.

Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus    33

22 By wire or other form of electronic payment

• request that payment be wired to your bank;

• pre-authorization required.

We may choose to permit you to have checks issued and delivered to an alternate payee or to an address other than your address of record. We may also choose to allow you to direct wires or other electronic payments to accounts owned by a third-party. We may have additional good order requirements that must be met prior to processing requests to make any payments to a party other than the owner or to an address other than the address of record. These requirements will be designed to ensure owner instructions are genuine and to prevent fraud.

Normally, we will send the payment within seven days after receiving your request in good order. However, we may postpone the payment if:

– the NYSE is closed, except for normal holiday and weekend closings;

– trading on the NYSE is restricted, according to SEC rules;

– an emergency, as defined by SEC rules, makes it impractical to sell securities or value the net assets of the accounts; or

– the SEC permits us to delay payment for the protection of security holders.

We may also postpone payment of the amount attributable to a purchase payment as part of the total withdrawal amount until cleared from the originating financial institution.

A Special Note on Cybersecurity Risks

Cybersecurity and Systems Integrity

Increasingly, businesses are dependent on the continuity, security, and effective operation of various technology systems. The nature of our business depends on the continued effective operation of our systems and those of our business partners.

This dependence makes us susceptible to operational and information security risks from cyber-attacks. These risks may include the following:

• the corruption or destruction of data;

• theft, misuse or dissemination of data to the public, including your information we hold; and

• denial of service attacks on our website or other forms of attacks on our systems and the software and hardware we use to run them.

These attacks and their consequences can negatively impact your contract, your privacy, your ability to conduct transactions on your contract, or your ability to receive timely service from us. There can be no assurance that we, the underlying funds in your contract, or our other business partners will avoid losses affecting your contract due to any successful cyber-attacks or information security breaches.

TSA–Special Provisions

Participants in Tax-Sheltered Annuities

If the contract is intended to be used in connection with an employer sponsored 403(b) plan, additional rules relating to this contract can be found in the annuity endorsement for tax sheltered 403(b) annuities. Unless we have made special arrangements with your employer, the contract is not intended for use in connection with an employer sponsored 403(b) plan that is subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”). In the event that the employer either by affirmative election or inadvertent action causes contributions under a plan that is subject to ERISA to be made to this contract, we will not be responsible for any obligations and requirements under ERISA and the regulations thereunder, unless we have prior written agreement with the employer. You should consult with your employer to determine whether your 403(b) plan is subject to ERISA.

In the event we have a written agreement with your employer to administer the plan pursuant to ERISA, special rules apply as set forth in the TSA endorsement.

The employer must comply with certain nondiscrimination requirements for certain types of contributions under a TSA contract to be excluded from taxable income. You should consult your employer to determine whether the nondiscrimination rules apply to you.

34    Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The Code imposes certain restrictions on your right to receive early distributions from a TSA:

• Distributions attributable to salary reduction contributions (plus earnings) made after Dec. 31, 1988, or to transfers or rollovers from other contracts, may be made from the TSA only if:

– you are at least age 59½;

– you are disabled as defined in the Code;

– you severed employment with the employer who purchased the contract;

– the distribution is because of your death;

– the distribution is due to plan termination; or

– you are a qualifying military reservist.

• If you encounter a financial hardship (as provided by the Code), you may be eligible to receive a distribution of all contract values attributable to salary reduction contributions made after Dec. 31, 1988, but not the earnings on them.

• Even though a distribution may be permitted under the above rules, it may be subject to IRS taxes and penalties (see “Taxes”)

• The above restrictions on distributions do not affect the availability of the amount credited to the contract as of Dec. 31, 1988. The restrictions also do not apply to transfers or exchanges of contract value within the contract, or to another registered variable annuity contract or investment vehicle available through the employer.

Changing Ownership

You may change ownership of your nonqualified annuity at any time by completing a change of ownership form we approve and sending it to our Service Center. The change will become binding on us when we receive and record it. We will honor any change of ownership request received in good order that we believe is authentic and we will use reasonable procedures to confirm authenticity. If we follow these procedures, we will not take any responsibility for the validity of the change.

If you have a nonqualified annuity, you may incur income tax liability by transferring, assigning or pledging any part of it. (See “Taxes.”)

If you have a qualified annuity, you may not sell, assign, transfer, discount or pledge your contract as collateral for a loan, or as security for the performance of an obligation or for any other purpose except as required or permitted by the Code. However, if the owner is a trust or custodian, or an employer acting in a similar capacity, ownership of the contract may be transferred to the annuitant.

Please consider carefully whether or not you wish to change ownership of your annuity contract. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, the new owner and annuitant will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract.

If you have a GMIB and/or Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit rider, the rider will terminate upon transfer of ownership of your annuity contract. Continuance of the Benefit Protector rider is optional. (see “Optional Benefits”).

Benefits in Case of Death

There are two death benefit options under this contract: the standard death benefit and the Enhanced Death Benefit (EDB) Rider. If either you or the annuitant are 80 or older at contract issue, the standard death benefit will apply. If both you and the annuitant are 79 or younger at contract issue, you can elect either the standard death benefit or the EDB Rider (if it is available in your state) on your application. If you select the GMIB, you must elect the EDB Rider. Once you elect a death benefit option, you cannot change it. We show the option that applies in your contract. The death benefit option that applies determines the mortality and expense risk fee that is assessed against the subaccounts. (See “Charges — Mortality and Expense Risk Fee.”)

Under either death benefit, we will pay the death benefit to your beneficiary upon the earlier of your death or the annuitant’s death. We will base the benefit paid on the death benefit coverage you have selected when you purchased the contract. If a contract has more than one person as the owner, we will pay benefits upon the first to die of any owner or the annuitant.

Standard Death Benefit

If you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary as follows: If you or the annuitant were age 80 or older at contract issue, we will pay the beneficiary the greater of these two values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1. total purchase payments applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals; or

Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus    35

2. contract value.

If you and the annuitant were age 79 or younger at contract issue, we will pay the beneficiary the greatest of these three values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	total purchase payments applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals;
2.	contract value; or
3.	the maximum anniversary value immediately preceding the date of death plus any purchase payments applied to the contract since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals since that anniversary.

Standard death benefit adjusted partial withdrawals	=	PW XDB
		CV

PW	=	the amount by which the contract value is reduced as a result of the partial withdrawal.
DB	=	the death benefit on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.
CV	=	contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.

Maximum anniversary value (MAV):We calculate the MAV on each contract anniversary through age 80. There is no MAV prior to the first contract anniversary. On the first contract anniversary we set the MAV equal to the highest of your (a) current contract value, or (b) total purchase payments minus adjusted partial withdrawals. Every contract anniversary after that, through age 80, we compare the previous anniversary’s MAV (plus any purchase payments since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals since that anniversary) to the current contract value and we reset the MAV to the higher value. We stop resetting the MAV after you or the annuitant reach age 81. However, we continue to add subsequent purchase payments and subtract adjusted partial withdrawals from the MAV.

Example assuming you and the annuitant were age 79 or younger at contract issue:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $20,000.

• On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $24,000.

• During the second contract year the contract value falls to $22,000, at which point you take a $1,500 partial withdrawal, leaving a contract value of $20,500.

We calculate the standard death benefit as follows:
	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments and purchase payment credits:		$20,000.00
	minus the standard death benefit adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $20,400	=
	$22,000		–1,363.36
	for a death benefit of:		$18,636.36
	Contract value at death:		$20,500.00
	The MAV immediately preceding the date of death plus any payments made since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	MAV on the prior anniversary:		$24,000.00
	plus purchase payments made since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus the standard death benefit adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $24,000	=
	$22,000		–1,636.36
	for a death benefit of:		$22,363.64
The standard death benefit, calculated as the greatest of these three values is the MAV:				$22,363.64

Enhanced Death Benefit (EDB) Rider

The EDB Rider is intended to help protect your beneficiaries financially while your investments have the opportunity to grow. This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional charge (see “Charges”). The EDB Rider does not provide any additional benefit before the first contract anniversary and it may not be appropriate for issue ages 75 to 79 because the benefit values may be limited after age 81. Be sure to discuss with your sales representative whether or not the EDB Rider is appropriate for your situation.

36    Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If this rider is available in your state and both you and the annuitant are 79 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the EDB Rider to your contract at the time of purchase. Once you select the EDB Rider you may not cancel it. You may not add the EDB Rider if you add either the Benefit Protector or the Benefit Protector Plus to your contract. You must select the EDB Rider if you choose to add the Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider to your contract.

The EDB Rider provides that if you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary the greatest of these two values, minus any applicable rider charges:

• the standard death benefit; or

• the 5% rising floor.

5% rising floor:This is the sum of the value of your GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the variable account floor. There is no variable account floor prior to the first contract anniversary. On the first contract anniversary, we establish the variable account floor as:

• the amounts allocated to the subaccounts at issue increased by 5%,

• plus any subsequent amounts allocated to the subaccounts,

• minus adjusted transfers and partial withdrawals from the subaccounts.

Thereafter, we continue to add subsequent amounts allocated to the subaccounts and subtract adjusted transfers and partial withdrawals from the subaccounts. On each contract anniversary after the first, through age 80, we add an amount to the variable account floor equal to 5% of the prior anniversary’s variable account floor. We stop adding this amount after you or the annuitant reach age 81.

5% rising floor adjusted transfers or partial withdrawals	=	PWT XVAF
		SV

PWT	=	the amount by which the contract value in the subaccounts is reduced as a result of the partial withdrawal or transfer from the subaccounts.
VAF	=	variable account floor on the date of (but prior to) the transfer or partial withdrawal.
SV	=	value of the subaccounts on the date of (but prior to) the transfer or partial withdrawal.

Example

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $20,000 with $5,000 allocated to the one-year fixed account and $15,000 allocated to the subaccounts.

• On the first contract anniversary, the one-year fixed account value is $5,200 and the subaccount value is $12,000. Total contract value is $17,200.

• During the second contract year, the one-year fixed account value is $5,300 and the subaccount value is $14,000. Total contract value is $19,300. You take a $1,500 partial withdrawal all from the subaccounts, leaving the contract value at $17,800.

The death benefit is calculated as follows:
	The standard death benefit (which in this case is the MAV):
	MAV on the prior anniversary:		$20,000.00
	plus purchase payments made since the prior anniversary:		+0.00
	minus the standard death benefit adjusted partial withdrawal taken since that anniversary, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $20,000	=
	$19,300		-1,554.40
	Standard death benefit, which is the MAV:		$18,445.60
The 5% rising floor:
	The variable account floor on the first contract anniversary, calculated as:
	1.05 × 15,000 =		$15,750.00
	plus amounts allocated to the subaccounts since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus the 5% rising floor adjusted partial withdrawal from the subaccounts, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $15,750	=
	$14,000		-1,687.50
	variable account floor benefit:		$14,062.50

Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus    37

	plus the one-year fixed account value:	+5,300.00
	5% rising floor (value of the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the variable account floor):	$19,362.50
EDB Rider, calculated as the greater of the standard death benefit or the 5% rising floor:			$19,362.50

If You Die Before Your Retirement Date

When paying the beneficiary, we will process the death claim on the valuation date our death claim requirements are fulfilled. We will determine the contract’s value using the accumulation unit value we calculate on that valuation date. We pay interest, if any, at a rate no less than required by law. We will mail payment to the beneficiary within seven days after our death claim requirements are fulfilled.

Nonqualified annuities

If your spouse is sole beneficiary and you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. To do this your spouse must give us written instructions to continue the contract as owner. There will be no withdrawal charges on the contract from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, your spouse and the new annuitant (if applicable) will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract. The GMIB rider and Benefit Protector Plus rider, if selected, will terminate. Continuance of the Benefit Protector rider is optional. (See “Optional Benefits.”)

If your beneficiary is not your spouse, we will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless you give us other written instructions. Generally, we must fully distribute the death benefit within five years of your death. However, the beneficiary may receive payouts under any annuity payout plan available under this contract if:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin no later than one year after your death, or other date as permitted by the IRS; and

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy.

Qualified annuities

•	Spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if your spouse is the sole beneficiary, your spouse may either elect to treat the contract as his/her own, so long as he or she is eligible to do so, or elect an annuity payout plan or another plan agreed to by us. If your spouse elects a payout option, the payouts must begin no later than the year in which you would have reached age 72 (age 701/2 if the death occurred before Jan. 1, 2020). If you attained age 72 at the time of death, payouts must begin no later than Dec. 31 of the year following the year of your death.
	Your spouse may elect to assume ownership of the contract at any time before annuity payouts begin. If your spouse elects to assume ownership of the contract, the contract value will be equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. There will be no withdrawal charges on the contract from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, your spouse and the new annuitant (if applicable) will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract. The GMIB rider and Benefit Protector Plus rider, if selected, will terminate. Continuance of the Benefit Protector rider is optional. (See “Optional Benefits.”)
•	Non-spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if death occurs on or after Jan. 1, 2020, the beneficiary is required to withdraw his or her entire inherited interest within 10 years of the time of death of the owner unless they qualify as an “eligible designated beneficiary.” Eligible designated beneficiaries may continue to take proceeds out over their life expectancy. Eligible designated beneficiaries include:

• the surviving spouse;

• a lawful child of the owner under the age of majority (remaining amount must be withdrawn within 10 years, once the child reaches the age of majority);

• disabled within the meaning of Code section 72(m)(7);

• chronically ill within the meaning of Code section 7702B(c)(2);

• any other person who is not more than 10 years younger than the owner.

However, non-natural beneficiaries, such as estates and charities, are subject to a five-year rule to distribute the IRA. We will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless the beneficiary elects to receive payouts under a payout plan available under this contract and:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin, no later than one year following the year of your death; and

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy for an eligible designated beneficiary. (Payout plans are limited if the beneficiary is not an eligible designated beneficiary.)

38    Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• Spouse and Non-spouse beneficiary: If a beneficiary elects an alternative payment plan which is an inherited IRA, all optional death benefits and living benefits will terminate. In the event of your beneficiary’s death, their beneficiary can elect to take a lump sum payment or annuitize the contract to deplete it within 10 years of your beneficiary’s death

• Annuity payout plan: If you elect an annuity payout plan, the payouts to your beneficiary may continue depending on the annuity payout plan you elect, subject to adjustment to comply with the IRS rules and regulations.

How we handle contracts under unclaimed property laws

Every state has unclaimed property laws which generally declare annuity contracts to be abandoned after a period of inactivity of one to five years from either 1) the contract’s maturity date (the latest day on which income payments may begin under the contract) or 2) the date the death benefit is due and payable. If a contract matures or we determine a death benefit is payable, we will use our best efforts to locate you or designated beneficiaries. If we are unable to locate you or a beneficiary, proceeds will be paid to the abandoned property division or unclaimed property office of the state in which the beneficiary or you last resided, as shown in our books and records, or to our state of domicile. Generally, this surrender of property to the state is commonly referred to as “escheatment”. To avoid escheatment, and ensure an effective process for your beneficiaries, it is important that your personal address and beneficiary designations are up to date, including complete names, date of birth, current addresses and phone numbers, and taxpayer identification numbers for each beneficiary. Updates to your address or beneficiary designations should be sent to our Service Center.

Escheatment may also be required by law if a known beneficiary fails to demand or present an instrument or document to claim the death benefit in a timely manner, creating a presumption of abandonment. If your beneficiary steps forward (with the proper documentation) to claim escheated annuity proceeds, the state is obligated to pay any such proceeds it is holding.

For nonqualified annuities, non-spousal death benefits are generally required to be distributed and taxed within five years from the date of death of the owner/annuitant or the unclaimed death benefits will be presumed abandoned and subject to escheatment.

Optional Benefits

The assets held in our general account support the guarantees under your contract, including optional death benefits and optional living benefits. To the extent that we are required to pay you amounts in addition to your contract value under these benefits, such amounts will come from our general account assets. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of insurance and financial products as well, and we also pay our obligations under these products from assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account.

Optional Death Benefits

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector)

The Benefit Protector is not available under contracts issued through Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc. The Benefit Protector is intended to provide an additional benefit to your beneficiary to help offset expenses after your death such as funeral expenses or federal and state taxes. This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge (see “Charges”). The Benefit Protector provides reduced benefits if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older at the rider effective date. The Benefit Protector does not provide any additional benefit before the first rider anniversary.

If this rider is available in your state and both you and the annuitant are age 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the Benefit Protector to your contract. You must elect the Benefit Protector at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date. You may not select this rider if you select the Benefit Protector Plus or the EDB.

Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Since the benefit paid by the rider is determined by the amount of earnings at death, the amount of the benefit paid may be reduced as a result of taking any withdrawals including RMDs. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional and tax advisor whether or not the Benefit Protector is appropriate for your situation.

The Benefit Protector provides that if you or the annuitant die after the first rider anniversary, but before annuity payouts begin, and while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary:

• the standard death benefit

Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus    39

• 40% of your earnings at death if you and the annuitant were under age 70 on the rider effective date, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old; or

• 15% of your earnings at death if you or the annuitant were age 70 or older on the rider effective date, up to a maximum of 37.5% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old.

Earnings at death: This is determined by taking the current death benefit, and subtracting any purchase payments not previously withdrawn. Partial withdrawals reduce earnings before reducing purchase payments in the contract. This determines how much of the applicable death benefit is made up of contract earnings. We set maximum earnings at death of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old. Earnings at death cannot be less than zero.

Terminating the Benefit Protector

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of any rider anniversary beginning with the seventh rider anniversary.

• The rider will terminate when you make a full withdrawal from the contract or when annuity payouts begin.

Example of the Benefit Protector

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and you and the annuitant are under age 70. You select the seven-year withdrawal schedule.

• During the first contract year the contract value grows to $105,000. The death benefit under the standard death benefit equals the contract value. You have not reached the first contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector does not provide any additional benefit at this time.

• On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. The death benefit equals:

the standard death benefit (contract value):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (the standard death benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000

• On the second contract anniversary the contract value falls to $105,000. The death benefit equals:

the standard death benefit (MAV):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000

• During the third contract year the contract value remains at $105,000 and you request a partial withdrawal of $50,000, including the applicable 7% withdrawal charge. We will withdraw $15,750 from your contract value free of charge (15% of your prior anniversary’s contract value). The remainder of the withdrawal is subject to a 7% withdrawal charge because your payment is in its third year of the withdrawal charge schedule, so we will withdraw $34,250 ($31,852 + $2,398 in withdrawal charges) from your contract value. Altogether, we will withdraw $50,000 and pay you $47,602. We calculate purchase payments not previously withdrawn as $100,000 – $45,000 = $55,000 (remember that $5,000 of the partial withdrawal is contract earnings). The death benefit equals:

the standard death benefit (MAV adjusted for partial withdrawals):	$57,619
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death):
0.40 × ($57,619 – $55,000) =	+1,048
Total death benefit of:	$58,667

• On the third contract anniversary the contract value falls to $40,000. The death benefit equals the prior death benefit. The reduction in contract value has no effect.

• On the sixth contract anniversary the contract value grows to a new high of $200,000. Earnings at death reaches its maximum of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old. The death benefit equals:

the standard death benefit (contract value):	$200,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old)	+55,000
Total death benefit of:	$255,000

40    Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• During the ninth contract year you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000. Your new contract value is now $250,000. The new purchase payment is less than one year old and so it has no effect on the Benefit Protector value. The death benefit equals:

the standard death benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old)	+55,000
Total death benefit of:	$305,000

• During the tenth contract year the contract value remains $250,000 and the “new” purchase payment is one year old and the value of the Benefit Protector changes. The death benefit equals:

the standard death benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old):
0.40 x ($250,000 – $105,000) =	+58,000
Total death benefit of:	$308,000

If your spouse is the sole beneficiary and you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner. Your spouse and the new annuitant will be subject to all the limitations and restrictions of the rider just as if they were purchasing a new contract. If your spouse and the new annuitant do not qualify for the rider on the basis of age we will terminate the rider. If they do qualify for the rider on the basis of age we will set the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid and we will substitute this new contract value on the date of death for “purchase payments not previously withdrawn” used in calculating earnings at death. Your spouse also has the option of discontinuing the Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider within 30 days of the date of death.

NOTE: For special tax considerations associated with the Benefit Protector, see “Taxes.”

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus)

The Benefit Protector Plus is not available under contracts issued through Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc. The Benefit Protector Plus is intended to provide an additional benefit to your beneficiary to help offset expenses after your death such as funeral expenses or federal and state taxes. This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge (see “Charges”). The Benefit Protector Plus provides reduced benefits if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older at the rider effective date. It does not provide any additional benefit before the first rider anniversary and it does not provide any benefit beyond what is offered under the Benefit Protector rider during the second rider year.

If this rider is available in your state and both you and the annuitant are age 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the Benefit Protector Plus to you contract. You must elect the Benefit Protector Plus at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date. This rider is only available for transfers, exchanges or rollovers from another annuity or life insurance policy. You may not select this rider if you select the Benefit Protector or the EDB. Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Since the benefit paid by the rider is determined by the amount of earnings at death, the amount of the benefit paid may be reduced as a result of taking any withdrawals including RMDs. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional and tax advisor whether or not the Benefit Protector Plus is appropriate for your situation.

The Benefit Protector Plus provides that if you or the annuitant die after the first rider anniversary, but before annuity payouts begin, and while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary:

• the benefits payable under the Benefit Protector described above, plus

• a percentage of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue not previously withdrawn as follows:

Rider Year	Percentage if you and the annuitant are under age 70 on the rider effective date	Percentage if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older on the rider effective date
One and Two	0%	0%
Three and Four	10%	3.75%
Five or more	20%	7.5%

Another way to describe the benefits payable under the Benefit Protector Plus rider is as follows:

• the standard death benefit (see “Benefits in Case of Death”) plus:

Rider Year	If you and the annuitant are under age 70 on the rider effective date, add…	If you or the annuitant are age 70 or older on the rider effective date, add…
One	Zero	Zero

Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus    41

Rider Year	If you and the annuitant are under age 70 on the rider effective date, add…	If you or the annuitant are age 70 or older on the rider effective date, add…
Two	40% × earnings at death (see above)	15% × earnings at death
Three & Four	40% × (earnings at death + 25% of initial purchase payment*)	15% × (earnings at death + 25% of initial purchase payment*)
Five or more	40% × (earnings at death + 50% of initial purchase payment*)	15% × (earnings at death + 50% of initial purchase payment*)

* Initial purchase payments are payments made within 60 days of rider issue not previously withdrawn.

Terminating the Benefit Protector Plus

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of any rider anniversary beginning with the seventh rider anniversary.

• The rider will terminate when you make a full withdrawal from the contract or when annuity payouts begin.

Example of the Benefit Protector Plus

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and you and the annuitant are under age 70. You select the seven-year withdrawal charge schedule.

• During the first contract year the contract value grows to $105,000. The death benefit under the standard death benefit equals the contract value. You have not reached the first contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector Plus does not provide any additional benefit at this time.

• On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. You have not reached the second contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector Plus does not provide any additional benefit beyond what is provided by the Benefit Protector at this time. The death benefit equals:

the standard death benefit (contract value):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death
(the standard death benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000

• On the second contract anniversary the contract value falls to $105,000. The death benefit equals:

the standard death benefit (MAV):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death:
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
plus 10% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously
withdrawn: 0.10 x $100,000 =	+10,000
Total death benefit of:	$124,000

• During the third contract year the contract value remains at $105,000 and you request a partial withdrawal of $50,000, including the applicable 7% withdrawal charge. We will withdraw $15,750 from your contract value free of charge (15% of your prior anniversary’s contract value). The remainder of the withdrawal is subject to a 7% withdrawal charge because your payment is in its third year of the withdrawal charge schedule, so we will withdraw $34,250 ($31,852 + $2,398 in withdrawal charges) from your contract value. Altogether, we will withdraw $50,000 and pay you $47,602. We calculate purchase payments not previously withdrawn as $100,000 – $45,000 = $55,000 (remember that $5,000 of the partial withdrawal is contract earnings). The death benefit equals:

the standard death benefit (MAV adjusted for partial withdrawals):	$57,619
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death:
0.40 x ($57,619 – $55,000) =	+1,048
plus 10% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously
withdrawn: 0.10 x $55,000 =	+5,500
Total death benefit of:	$64,167

• On the third contract anniversary the contract value falls $40,000. The death benefit equals the prior death benefit. The reduction in contract value has no effect.

• On the ninth contract anniversary the contract value grows to a new high of $200,000. Earnings at death reaches its maximum of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old. Because we are

42    Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus

beyond the fourth contract anniversary the Benefit Protector Plus also reaches its maximum of 20%. The death benefit equals:

the standard death benefit (contract value):	$200,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old	+55,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously
withdrawn: 0.20 x $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$266,000

• During the tenth contract year you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000. Your new contract value is now $250,000. The new purchase payment is less than one year old and so it has no effect on the Benefit Protector Plus value. The death benefit equals:

the standard death benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old	+55,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously
withdrawn: 0.20 x $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$316,000

• On the tenth contract anniversary the contract value remains $250,000 and the “new” purchase payment is one year old. The value of the Benefit Protector Plus remains constant. The death benefit equals:

the standard death benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old:
0.40 x ($250,000 – $105,000) =	+58,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously
withdrawn: 0.20 x $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$319,000

If your spouse is sole beneficiaryand you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. We will then terminate the Benefit Protector Plus and substitute the applicable standard death benefit (see “Benefits in Case of Death”).

NOTE: For special tax considerations associated with the Benefit Protector Plus, see “Taxes.”

Optional Living Benefits

Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB)

The GMIB is intended to provide you with a guaranteed minimum lifetime income regardless of the volatility inherent in the investments in the subaccounts. If the annuitant is between age 70 and age 75 at contract issue, you should consider whether the GMIB is appropriate for your situation because:

• you must hold the GMIB for 10 years⁽¹⁾;

• the GMIB rider terminates⁽²⁾ 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday;

• you can only exercise the GMIB within 30 days after a contract anniversary⁽¹⁾;

• the MAV and the 5% rising floor values we use in the GMIB benefit base to calculate annuity payouts under the GMIB are limited after age 81; and

• there are additional costs associated with the rider.

Be sure to discuss whether or not the GMIB is appropriate for your situation with your sales representative.

(1)	Unless the annuitant qualifies for a contingent event (see “Charges — Contingent events”).
(2)	The rider and annual fee terminate 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday, however, if you exercise the GMIB rider before this time, your benefits will continue according to the annuity payout plan you have selected.

If you are purchasing the contract as a qualified annuity, such as an IRA, and you are planning to begin annuity payouts after the date on which minimum distributions required by the IRS must begin, you should consider whether the GMIB is appropriate for you. Partial withdrawals you take from the contract, including those taken to satisfy required minimum

Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus    43

distributions, will reduce the GMIB benefit base (defined below), which in turn may reduce or eliminate the amount of any annuity payments available under the rider (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Consult a tax advisor before you purchase any GMIB with a qualified annuity, such as an IRA.

If this rider is available in your state and the annuitant is 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add this optional benefit at the time you purchase your contract for an additional annual charge. You must elect the GMIB along with the EDB at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date.

In some instances we may allow you to add the GMIB to your contract at a later date if it was not available when you initially purchased your contract. In these instances, we would add the GMIB on the next contract anniversary and this would become the rider effective date. For purposes of calculating the GMIB benefit base under these circumstances, we consider the contract value on the rider effective date to be the initial purchase payment; we disregard all previous purchase payments, transfers and withdrawals in the GMIB calculations.

Investment selection under the GMIB:You may allocate your purchase payments or transfers to any of the subaccounts, the GPAs or the one-year fixed account. However, we reserve the right to limit the amount you allocate to subaccounts investing in the Columbia Variable Portfolio – Cash Management Fund to 10% of the total amount in the subaccounts. If we are required to activate this restriction, and you have more than 10% of your subaccount value in this fund, we will send you a notice and ask that you reallocate your contract value so that the 10% limitation is satisfied within 60 days. We will terminate the GMIB if you have not satisfied the limitation after 60 days.

Exercising the GMIB

• you may only exercise the GMIB within 30 days after any contract anniversary following the expiration of a ten-year waiting period from the rider effective date. However, there is an exception if at any time the annuitant experiences a “contingent event” (disability, terminal illness, confinement to a nursing home or hospital, or unemployment, see “Charges — Contingent events” for more details.)

• the annuitant on the date the option is exercised must be between 50 and 86 years old.

• you can only take an annuity payout under one of the following annuity payout plans:

– Plan A — Life Annuity – no refund;

– Plan B — Life Annuity with ten years certain;

– Plan D — Joint and last survivor life annuity – no refund;

• you may change the annuitant for the payouts.

If you exercise the GMIB under a contingent event, you can take up to 50% of the benefit base in cash. You can use the balance of the GMIB benefit base (described below) for annuity payouts calculated using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates under any one of the payout plans listed above as long as the annuitant is between 50 and 86 years old on the retirement date.

When you exercise your GMIB, you may select a fixed or variable annuity payout plan. Fixed annuity payouts are calculated using the annuity purchase rates based on the “1983 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” with 100% Projection Scale G and an interest rate of 3%. Your annuity payouts remain fixed for the lifetime of the annuity payout period.

First year variable annuity payouts are calculated in the same manner as fixed annuity payouts. Once calculated, your annuity payouts remain unchanged for the first year. After the first year, subsequent annuity payouts are variable and depend on the performance of the subaccounts you select. Variable annuity payouts after the first year are calculated using the following formula:

Pt-1(1 + i)	= Pt
1.05

Pt–1	=	prior annuity payout
Pt	=	current annuity payout
i	=	annualized subaccount performance

Each subsequent variable annuity payout could be more or less than the previous variable annuity payout if the subaccount investment performance is greater or less than the 5% assumed investment rate. If your subaccount performance equals 5%, your annuity payout will be unchanged from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount performance is in excess of 5%, your variable annuity payout will increase from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount investment performance is less than 5%, your variable annuity payout will decrease from the previous annuity payout.

The GMIB benchmarks the contract growth at each anniversary against several comparison values and sets the GMIB benefit base (described below) equal to the largest value. The GMIB benefit base, less any applicable premium tax, is the value we apply to the guaranteed annuity purchase rates stated in Table B of the contract to calculate the minimum

44    Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus

annuity payouts you will receive if you exercise the GMIB. If the GMIB benefit base is greater than the contract value, the GMIB may provide a higher annuity payout level than is otherwise available. However, the GMIB uses guaranteed annuity purchase rates which may result in annuity payouts that are less than those using the annuity purchase rates that we will apply at annuitization under the standard contract provisions. Therefore, the level of income provided by the GMIB may be less than the income the contract otherwise provides. If the annuity payouts through the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available through the GMIB, you will receive the higher standard payout option. The GMIB does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

GMIB benefit base:If the GMIB is effective at contract issue, the GMIB benefit base is the greatest of:

1.	total purchase payments minus adjusted partial withdrawals;
2.	contract value;
3.	the MAV at the last contract anniversary plus any payments made since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals since that anniversary; or
4.	the 5% rising floor.

Keep in mind that the MAV and the 5% rising floor values are limited after age 81.

We reserve the right to exclude from the GMIB benefit base any purchase payments you make in the five years before you exercise the GMIB. We would do so only if such payments total $50,000 or more or if they are 25% or more of total contract payments. If we exercise this right, we:

• subtract each payment adjusted for market value from the contract value and the MAV.

• subtract each payment from the 5% rising floor. We adjust the payments made to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account for market value. We increase payments allocated to the subaccounts by 5% for the number of full contract years they have been in the contract before we subtract them from the 5% rising floor.

For each payment, we calculate the market value adjustment to the contract value, MAV, GPAs and the one-year fixed account value of the 5% rising floor as:

PMT × CVG

ECV

PMT	=	each purchase payment made in the five years before you exercise the GMIB.
CVG	=	current contract value at the time you exercise the GMIB.
ECV	=	the estimated contract value on the anniversary prior to the payment in question. We assume that all payments and partial withdrawals occur at the beginning of a contract year.

For each payment, we calculate the 5% increase of payments allocated to the subaccounts as:

PMT x (1.05)^CY

CY = the full number of contract years the payment has been in the contract.

Terminating the GMIB

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days after the first and fifth rider anniversaries.

• You may terminate the rider any time after the tenth rider anniversary.

• The rider will terminate on the date:

– you make a full withdrawal from the contract;

– a death benefit is payable; or

– you choose to begin taking annuity payouts under the regular contract provisions.

•	The GMIB rider will terminate* 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday.
*	The rider and annual fee terminate 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday, however, if you exercise the GMIB rider before this time, your benefits will continue according to the annuity payout plan you have selected.

Example

• You purchase the contract during the 2004 calendar year with a payment of $100,000 and you allocate all your purchase payments to the subaccounts.

• There are no additional purchase payments and no partial withdrawals.

• Assume the annuitant is male and age 55 at contract issue. For the joint and last survivor option (annuity payout Plan D), the joint annuitant is female and age 55 at contract issue.

Taking into account fluctuations in contract value due to market conditions, we calculate the GMIB benefit base as:

Contract anniversary	Contract value	MAV	5% rising floor	GMIB benefit base
1	$107,000	$107,000	$105,000

Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus    45

Contract anniversary	Contract value	MAV	5% rising floor	GMIB benefit base
2	125,000	125,000	110,250
3	132,000	132,000	115,763
4	150,000	150,000	121,551
5	85,000	150,000	127,628
6	120,000	150,000	134,010
7	138,000	150,000	140,710
8	152,000	152,000	147,746
9	139,000	152,000	155,133
10	126,000	152,000	162,889	$162,889
11	138,000	152,000	171,034	171,034
12	147,000	152,000	179,586	179,586
13	163,000	163,000	188,565	188,565
14	159,000	163,000	197,993	197,993
15	212,000	212,000	207,893	212,000

NOTE: The MAV and 5% rising floor values are limited after age 81. Additionally, the GMIB benefit base may increase if the contract value increases. However, you should keep in mind that you are always entitled to annuitize using the contract value without exercising the GMIB.

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after a contract anniversary, the payout under a fixed annuity option (which is the same as the minimum payout for the first year under a variable annuity option) would be:

Contract anniversary at exercise	GMIB benefit base	Plan A – life annuity — no refund	Minimum Guaranteed Monthly Income
			Plan B – life annuity with ten years certain	Plan D – joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund
10	$162,889 (5% rising floor)	$840.51	$817.70	$672.73
15	212,000 (MAV)	1,250.80	1,193.56	968.84

The payouts above are shown at guaranteed annuity rates of 3% stated in Table B of the contract. Payouts under the standard provisions of this contract will be based on our annuity rates in effect at annuitization and are guaranteed to be greater than or equal to the guaranteed annuity rates stated in Table B of the contract. The fixed annuity payout available under the standard provisions of this contract would be at least as great as shown below:

Contract anniversary at exercise	Contract value	Plan A – life annuity — no refund	Plan B – life annuity with ten years certain	Plan D – joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund
10	$126,000	$650.16	$ 632.52	$520.38
15	212,000	1,250.80	1,193.56	968.84

At the 15th contract anniversary you would not experience a benefit from the GMIB as the payout available to you is equal to or less than the payout available under the standard provisions of the contract. When the GMIB payout is less than the payout available under the standard provisions of the contract, you will receive the higher standard payout.

Remember that after the first year, lifetime income payouts under a variable annuity payout option will depend on the investment performance of the subaccounts you select. If your subaccount performance is 5%, your annuity payout will be unchanged from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount performance is in excess of 5%, your variable annuity payout will increase from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount investment performance is less than 5%, your variable annuity payout will decrease from the previous annuity payout.

This fee currently costs 0.70% of the GMIB benefit base annually and it is taken in a lump sum from the contract value on each contract anniversary at the end of each contract year. If the contract is terminated or if annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the fee at that time adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place. We cannot increase the GMIB fee after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin. We calculate the fee as follows:

BB + AT – FAV

BB	=	the GMIB benefit base.
AT	=	adjusted transfers from the subaccounts to the GPAs or the one-year fixed account made in the six months before the contract anniversary calculated as:

46    Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus

PT × VAT

SVT

PT	=	the amount transferred from the subaccounts to the GPAs or the one-year fixed account within six months of the contract anniversary.
VAT	=	variable account floor on the date of (but prior to) the transfer.
SVT	=	value of the subaccounts on the date of (but prior to) the transfer.
FAV	=	the value of the GPAs and the one-year fixed accounts.

The result of AT – FAV will never be greater than zero. This allows us to base the GMIB fee largely on the subaccounts.

Example

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and allocate all of your payment to the subaccounts.

• You make no transfers or partial withdrawals.

Contract anniversary	Contract value	GMIB fee percentage	Value on which we base the GMIB fee	GMIB fee charged to you
1	$80,000	0.70%	5% rising floor = $100,000 × 1.05	$735
2	150,000	0.70%	Contract value = $150,000	1,050
3	102,000	0.70%	MAV = $150,000	1,050

The Annuity Payout Period

As owner of the contract, you have the right to decide how and to whom annuity payouts will be made starting at the retirement date. You may select one of the annuity payout plans outlined below, or we may mutually agree on other payout arrangements. We do not deduct any withdrawal charges upon retirement but withdrawal charges may apply when electing to exercise liquidity features we may make available under certain fixed annuity payout options.

You also decide whether we will make annuity payouts on a fixed or variable basis, or a combination of fixed and variable. The amount available to purchase payouts under the plan you select is the contract value on your retirement date after any rider charges have been deducted. Additionally, we currently allow you to use part of the amount available to purchase payouts, leaving any remaining contract value to accumulate on a tax-deferred basis. Special rules apply for partial annuitization of your annuity contract, see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities — Annuity payouts” and “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Annuity payouts.” If you select a variable annuity payout, we reserve the right to limit the number of subaccounts in which you may invest. The GPAs are not available during this payout period.

Amounts of fixed and variable payouts depend on:

• the annuity payout plan you select;

• the annuitant’s age and, in most cases, sex;

• the annuity table in the contract; and

• the amounts you allocated to the accounts at settlement.

In addition, for variable annuity payouts only, amounts depend on the investment performance of the subaccounts you select. These payouts will vary from month to month because the performance of the funds will fluctuate. Fixed payouts generally remain the same from month to month unless you have elected an option providing for increasing payments.

For information with respect to transfers between accounts after annuity payouts begin, see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transfer policies.”

Annuity Tables

The annuity tables in your contract (Table A and Table B) show the amount of the monthly payout for each $1,000 of contract value according to the age and, when applicable, the annuitant’s sex. (Where required by law, we will use a unisex table of settlement rates.)

Table A shows the amount of the first monthly variable annuity payout assuming that the contract value is invested at the beginning of the annuity payout period and earns a 5% rate of return, which is reinvested and helps to support future payouts. If you ask us at least 30 days before the retirement date, we will substitute an annuity table based on an assumed 3.5% investment rate for the 5% Table A in the contract. The assumed investment rate affects both the amount of the first payout and the extent to which subsequent payouts increase or decrease. For example, annuity payouts will increase if the investment return is above the assumed investment rate and payouts will decrease if the return is below the assumed investment rate. Using a 5% assumed interest rate results in a higher initial payout, but later payouts will increase more slowly when annuity unit values rise and decrease more rapidly when they decline.

Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus    47

Table B shows the minimum amount of each fixed annuity payout. We declare current payout rates that we use in determining the actual amount of your fixed annuity payout. The current payout rates will equal or exceed the guaranteed payout rates shown in Table B. We will furnish these rates to you upon request.

Annuity Payout Plans

We make available variable annuity payouts where payout amounts will vary based on the performance of the variable account. We may also make fixed annuity payouts available where payments of a fixed amount are made for the period specified in the plan, subject to any surrender we may permit. You may choose any one of these annuity payout plans by giving us written instructions at least 30 days before the retirement date. Generally, you may select one of the Plans A through E below or another plan agreed to by us.

• Plan A – Life annuity — no refund: We make monthly payouts until the annuitant’s death. Payouts end with the last payout before the annuitant’s death. We will not make any further payouts. This means that if the annuitant dies after we made only one monthly payout, we will not make any more payouts.

• Plan B – Life annuity with five, ten or 15 years certain: We make monthly payouts for a guaranteed payout period of five, ten or 15 years that you elect. This election will determine the length of the payout period in the event the annuitant dies before the elected period expires. We calculate the guaranteed payout period from the retirement date. If the annuitant outlives the elected guaranteed payout period, we will continue to make payouts until the annuitant’s death.

• Plan C – Life annuity — installment refund: We make monthly payouts until the annuitant’s death, with our guarantee that payouts will continue for some period of time. We will make payouts for at least the number of months determined by dividing the amount applied under this option by the first monthly payout, whether or not the annuitant is living.

• Plan D – Joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund: We make monthly payouts while both the annuitant and a joint annuitant are living. If either annuitant dies, we will continue to make monthly payouts at the full amount until the death of the surviving annuitant. Payouts end with the death of the second annuitant.

• Plan E – Payouts for a specified period: We make monthly payouts for a specific payout period of ten to 30 years that you elect. We will make payouts only for the number of years specified whether the annuitant is living or not. Depending on the selected time period, it is foreseeable that an annuitant can outlive the payout period selected. During the payout period, you can elect to have us determine the present value of any remaining variable payouts and pay it to you in a lump sum.

For Plan A, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, no payments will be made. For Plan B, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue for the guaranteed payout period. For Plan C, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue for the installment refund period. For Plan D, if both annuitants die before the initial payment, no payments will be made; however, if one annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue until the death of the surviving annuitant.

In addition to the annuity payout plans described above, we may offer additional payout plans. Terms and conditions of annuity payout plans will be disclosed at the time of election, including any associated fees or charges. It is important to remember that the election and use of liquidity features will result in payouts ceasing.

Utilizing a liquidity feature to withdraw the underlying value of remaining payouts may result in the assessment of a withdrawal charge (See “Charges — Withdrawal charge”) or a 10% IRS penalty tax. (See “Taxes.”).

Annuity payout plan requirements for qualified annuities: If your contract is a qualified annuity, you must select a payout plan as of the retirement date set forth in your contract. You have the responsibility for electing a payout plan under your contract that complies with applicable law. Your contract describes your payout plan options. The options will meet certain IRS regulations governing RMDs if the payout plan meets the incidental distribution benefit requirements, if any, and the payouts are made:

• in equal or substantially equal payments over a period not longer than your life expectancy, or over the joint life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary; or

• over a period certain not longer than your life expectancy or over the joint life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary.

If we do not receive instructions: You must give us written instructions for the annuity payouts at least 30 days before the annuitant’s retirement date. If you do not, we will make payouts under Plan B, with 120 monthly payouts guaranteed.

If monthly payouts would be less than $20: We will calculate the amount of monthly payouts at the time the contract value is used to purchase a payout plan. If the calculations show that monthly payouts would be less than $20, we have the right to pay the contract value to the owner in a lump sum or to change the frequency of the payouts.

48    Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Death after annuity payouts begin: If you or the annuitant die after annuity payouts begin, we will pay any amount payable to the beneficiary as provided in the annuity payout plan in effect. Payments to beneficiaries are subject to adjustment to comply with the IRS rules and regulations.

Taxes

Under current law, your contract has a tax-deferral feature. Generally, this means you do not pay income tax until there is a taxable distribution (or deemed distribution) from the contract. We will send a tax information reporting form for any year in which we made a taxable or reportable distribution according to our records.

Nonqualified Annuities

Generally, only the increase in the value of a non-qualified annuity contract over the investment in the contract is taxable. Certain exceptions apply. Federal tax law requires that all nonqualified deferred annuity contracts issued by the same company (and possibly its affiliates) to the same owner during a calendar year be taxed as a single, unified contract when distributions are taken from any one of those contracts.

Annuity payouts: Generally, unlike withdrawals described below, the income taxation of annuity payouts is subject to exclusion ratios (for fixed annuity payouts) or annual excludable amounts (for variable annuity payouts). In other words, in most cases, a portion of each payout will be ordinary income and subject to tax, and a portion of each payout will be considered a return of part of your investment in the contract and will not be taxed. All amounts you receive after your investment in the contract is fully recovered will be subject to tax. Under Annuity Payout Plan A: Life annuity — no refund, where the annuitant dies before your investment in the contract is fully recovered, the remaining portion of the unrecovered investment may be available as a federal income tax deduction to the owner for the last taxable year. Under all other annuity payout plans, where the annuity payouts end before your investment in the contract is fully recovered, the remaining portion of the unrecovered investment may be available as a federal income tax deduction to the taxpayer for the tax year in which the payouts end. (See “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Federal tax law permits taxpayers to annuitize a portion of their nonqualified annuity while leaving the remaining balance to continue to grow tax-deferred. Under the partial annuitization rules, the portion annuitized must be received as an annuity for a period of 10 years or more, or for the lives of one or more individuals. If this requirement is met, the annuitized portion and the tax-deferred balance will generally be treated as two separate contracts for income tax purposes only. If a contract is partially annuitized, the investment in the contract is allocated between the deferred and the annuitized portions on a pro rata basis.

Withdrawals: Generally, if you withdrawal all or part of your nonqualified annuity your annuity payouts begin, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, your withdrawal will be taxed to the extent that the contract value immediately before the withdrawal exceeds the investment in the contract. Different rules may apply if you exchange another contract into this contract.

You also may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty for withdrawals of taxable income you make before reaching age 59½ unless certain exceptions apply.

Withholding: If you receive taxable income as a result of an annuity payout or withdrawal, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, we may deduct federal, and in some cases state withholding against the payment. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your income tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. As long as you have provided us with a valid Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number, and you have a valid U.S. address, you may be able to elect not to have federal income tax withholding occur.

If the payment is part of an annuity payout plan, we generally compute the amount of federal income tax withholding using payroll tables. You may provide us with a statement of how many exemptions to use in calculating the withholding. If the distribution is any other type of payment (such as partial or full withdrawal) we compute federal income tax withholding using 10% of the taxable portion.

The federal income tax withholding requirements differ if we deliver payment outside the United States or you are a non-resident alien.

Some states also may impose income tax withholding requirements similar to the federal withholding described above or may allow you to elect withholding. If this should be the case, we may deduct state income tax withholding from the payment.

Death benefits to beneficiaries: The death benefit under a nonqualified contract is not exempt from estate (federal or state) taxes. In addition, for income tax purposes, any amount your beneficiary receives that exceeds the remaining investment in the contract is taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary in the year he or she receives the payments. (See also “Benefits in Case of Death — If You Die Before the Retirement Date”).

Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus    49

Net Investment Income Tax (also known as Medicare contribution tax): Effective for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2013, certain investment income of high-income individuals (as well as estates and trusts) is subject to a 3.8% net investment income tax (as an addition to income taxes). For individuals, the 3.8% tax applies to the lesser of (1) the amount by which the taxpayer’s modified adjusted gross income exceeds $200,000 ($250,000 for married filing jointly and surviving spouses; $125,000 for married filing separately) or (2) the taxpayer’s “net investment income.” Net investment income includes taxable income from nonqualified annuities. Annuity holders are advised to consult their tax advisor regarding the possible implications of this additional tax.

Annuities owned by corporations, partnerships or irrevocable trusts: For nonqualified annuities, any annual increase in the value of annuities held by such entities (non-natural persons) generally will be treated as ordinary income received during that year. However, if the trust was set up for the benefit of a natural person(s) only, the income may remain tax-deferred until withdrawn or paid out.

Penalties: If you receive amounts from your nonqualified annuity before reaching age 59½, you may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty on the amount includable in your ordinary income. However, this penalty will not apply to any amount received:

• because of your death or in the event of non-natural ownership, the death of annuitant;

• because you become disabled (as defined in the Code);

• if the distribution is part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments, made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or joint lives or life expectancies of you and your beneficiary);

• if it is allocable to an investment before Aug. 14, 1982; or

• if annuity payouts are made under immediate annuities as defined by the Code.

Transfer of ownership: Generally, if you transfer ownership of a nonqualified annuity without receiving adequate consideration, the transfer may be taxed as a withdrawal for federal income tax purposes. If the transfer is a currently taxable event for income tax purposes, the original owner will be taxed on the amount of deferred earnings at the time of the transfer and also may be subject to the 10% IRS penalty discussed earlier. In this case, the new owner’s investment in the contract will be equal to the investment in the contract at the time of the transfer plus any earnings included in the original owner’s taxable income as a result of the transfer. In general, this rule does not apply to transfers between spouses or former spouses. Similar rules apply if you transfer ownership for full consideration. Please consult your tax advisor for further details.

1035 Exchanges: Section 1035 of the Code permits nontaxable exchanges of certain insurance policies, endowment contracts, annuity contracts and qualified long-term care insurance contracts while providing for continued tax deferral of earnings. In addition, Section 1035 permits the carryover of the investment in the contract from the old policy or contract to the new policy or contract. In a 1035 exchange one policy or contract is exchanged for another policy or contract. The following can qualify as nontaxable exchanges: (1) the exchange of a life insurance policy for another life insurance policy or for an endowment, annuity or qualified long-term care insurance contract, (2) the exchange of an endowment contract for an annuity or qualified long-term care insurance contract, or for an endowment contract under which payments will begin no later than payments would have begun under the contract exchanged, (3) the exchange of an annuity contract for another annuity or for a qualified long-term care insurance contract, and (4) the exchange of a qualified long-term care insurance contract for a qualified long-term care insurance contract. Additionally, other tax rules apply. However, if the life insurance policy has an outstanding loan, there may be tax consequences. Depending on the issue date of your original policy or contract, there may be tax or other benefits that are given up to gain the benefits of the new policy or contract. Consider whether the features and benefits of the new policy or contract outweigh any tax or other benefits of the old contract.

For a partial exchange of an annuity contract for another annuity contract, the 1035 exchange is generally tax-free. The investment in the original contract and the earnings on the contract will be allocated proportionately between the original and new contracts. However, per IRS Revenue Procedure 2011-38, if withdrawals are taken from either contract within the 180-day period following a partial 1035 exchange, the IRS will apply general tax principles to determine the appropriate tax treatment of the exchange and subsequent withdrawal. As a result, there may be unexpected tax consequences. You should consult your tax advisor before taking any withdrawal from either contract during the 180-day period following a partial exchange.

Assignment: If you assign or pledge your contract as collateral for a loan, earnings on purchase payments you made after Aug. 13, 1982 will be taxed as a deemed distribution and also may be subject to the 10% penalty as discussed above.

50    Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Qualified Annuities

Adverse tax consequences may result if you do not ensure that contributions, distributions and other transactions under the contract comply with the law. Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions. You should refer to your retirement plan’s Summary Plan Description, your IRA disclosure statement, or consult a tax advisor for additional information about the distribution rules applicable to your situation.

When you use your contract to fund a retirement plan or IRA that is already tax-deferred under the Code, the contract will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral. If your contract is used to fund an employer sponsored plan, your right to benefits may be subject to the terms and conditions of the plan regardless of the terms of the contract.

Annuity payouts: Under a qualified annuity, except a Roth IRA, Roth 401(k) or Roth 403(b), the entire payout generally is includable as ordinary income and is subject to tax unless: (1) the contract is an IRA to which you made non-deductible contributions; or (2) you rolled after-tax dollars from a retirement plan into your IRA; or 3) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you or your employer have contributed after-tax dollars; or (4) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you direct such payout to be directly rolled over to another eligible retirement plan such as an IRA. We may permit partial annuitizations of qualified annuity contracts. If we accept partial annuitizations, please remember that your contract will still need to comply with other requirements such as required minimum distributions and the payment of taxes. Prior to considering a partial annuitization on a qualified contract, you should discuss your decision and any implications with your tax adviser. Because we cannot accurately track certain after tax funding sources, we will generally report any payments on partial annuitizations as ordinary income except in the case of a qualified distribution from a Roth IRA.

Annuity payouts from Roth IRAs: In general, the entire payout from a Roth IRA can be free from income and penalty taxes if you have attained age 59½ and meet the five year holding period.

Withdrawals: Under a qualified annuity, except a Roth IRA, Roth 401(k) or Roth 403(b), the entire withdrawal will generally be includable as ordinary income and is subject to tax unless: (1) the contract is an IRA to which you made non-deductible contributions; or (2) you rolled after-tax dollars from a retirement plan into your IRA; or (3) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you or your employer have contributed after-tax dollars; or (4) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you direct such withdrawal to be directly rolled over to another eligible retirement plan such as an IRA.

Withdrawals from Roth IRAs: In general, the entire payout from a Roth IRA can be free from income and penalty taxes if you have attained age 59½ and meet the five year holding period or another qualifying event such as death or disability.

Required Minimum Distributions: Retirement plans (except for Roth IRAs) are subject to required withdrawals called required minimum distributions (“RMDs”) beginning at age 72 (age 70 ½ if you were born on or before June 30, 1949). RMDs are based on the fair market value of your contract at year-end divided by the life expectancy factor. Certain death benefits and optional riders may be considered in determining the fair market value of your contract for RMD purposes. This may cause your RMD to be higher. Inherited IRAs (including inherited Roth IRAs) are subject to special required minimum distribution rules. You should consult your tax advisor prior to making a purchase for an explanation of the potential tax implications to you.

Withholding for IRAs, Roth IRAs, SEPs and SIMPLE IRAs: If you receive taxable income as a result of an annuity payout or a withdrawal, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, we may deduct withholding against the payment. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. As long as you have provided us with a valid Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number, you can elect not to have any withholding occur.

If the payment is part of an annuity payout plan, we generally compute the amount of federal income tax withholding using payroll tables. You may provide us with a statement of how many exemptions to use in calculating the withholding. If the distribution is any other type of payment (such as a partial or full withdrawal) we compute federal income tax withholding using 10% of the taxable portion.

The federal income tax withholding requirements differ if we deliver payment outside the United States or you are a non-resident alien.

Some states also may impose income tax withholding requirements similar to the federal withholding described above. If this should be the case, we may deduct state income tax withholding from the payment.

Withholding for all other qualified annuities: If you receive directly all or part of the contract value from a qualified annuity, mandatory 20% federal income tax withholding (and possibly state income tax withholding) generally will be imposed at the time the payout is made from the plan. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. This mandatory withholding will not be imposed if instead of receiving the distribution check, you elect to have the distribution rolled over directly to an IRA or another eligible plan. Payments made to a surviving spouse instead of being directly rolled over to an IRA are also subject to mandatory 20% income tax withholding.

Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus    51

In the below situations, the distribution is subject to an optional 10% withholding instead of the mandatory 20% withholding. We will withhold 10% of the distribution amount unless you elect otherwise.

• the payout is one in a series of substantially equal periodic payouts, made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or the joint lives or life expectancies of you and your designated beneficiary) or over a specified period of 10 years or more;

• the payout is a RMD as defined under the Code;

• the payout is made on account of an eligible hardship; or

• the payout is a corrective distribution.

State withholding also may be imposed on taxable distributions.

Penalties: If you receive amounts from your qualified contract before reaching age 59½, you may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty on the amount includable in your ordinary income. However, this penalty generally will not apply to any amount received:

• because of your death;

• because you become disabled (as defined in the Code);

• if the distribution is part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or joint lives or life expectancies of you and your beneficiary);

• if the distribution is made following severance from employment during or after the calendar year in which you attain age 55 (TSAs and annuities funding 401(a) plans only);

• to pay certain medical or education expenses (IRAs only); or

• if the distribution is made from an inherited IRA.

Death benefits to beneficiaries: The entire death benefit generally is taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary in the year he/she receives the payments from the qualified annuity. If you made non-deductible contributions to a traditional IRA, the portion of any distribution from the contract that represents after-tax contributions is not taxable as ordinary income to your beneficiary. You are responsible for keeping all records tracking your non-deductible contributions to an IRA. Death benefits under a Roth IRA generally are not taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary if certain distribution requirements are met. (See also “Benefits in Case of Death — If you Die Before the Retirement Date”).

Change of retirement plan type: IRS regulations allow for rollovers of certain retirement plan distributions. In some circumstances, you may be able to have an intra-contract rollover, keeping the same features and conditions. If the annuity contract you have does not support an intra-contract rollover, you are able to request an IRS approved rollover to another annuity contract or other investment product that you choose. If you choose another annuity contract or investment product, you will be subject to new rules, including a new withdrawal charge schedule for an annuity contract, or other product rules as applicable.

Assignment:You may not assign or pledge your qualified contract as collateral for a loan.

Other

Special considerations if you select any optional rider: As of the date of this prospectus, we believe that charges related to these riders are not subject to current taxation. Therefore, we will not report these charges as partial withdrawals from your contract. However, the IRS may determine that these charges should be treated as partial withdrawals subject to taxation to the extent of any gain as well as the 10% tax penalty for withdrawals before the age of 59½, if applicable, on the taxable portion.

We reserve the right to report charges for these riders as partial withdrawals if we, as a withholding and reporting agent, believe that we are required to report them. In addition, we will report any benefits attributable to these riders on the death of you or the annuitant as an annuity death benefit distribution, not as proceeds from life insurance.

Important: Our discussion of federal tax laws is based upon our understanding of current interpretations of these laws. Federal tax laws or current interpretations of them may change. For this reason and because tax consequences are complex and highly individual and cannot always be anticipated, you should consult a tax advisor if you have any questions about taxation of your contract.

RiverSource Life’s tax status: We are taxed as a life insurance company under the Code. For federal income tax purposes, the subaccounts are considered a part of our company, although their operations are treated separately in accounting and financial statements. Investment income is reinvested in the fund in which each subaccount invests and becomes part of that subaccount’s value. This investment income, including realized capital gains, is not subject to any withholding for federal or state income taxes. We reserve the right to make such a charge in the future if there is a change in the tax treatment of variable annuities or in our tax status as we then understand it.
The company includes in its taxable income the net investment income derived from the investment of assets held in its

52    Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus

subaccounts because the company is considered the owner of these assets under federal income tax law.  The company may claim certain tax benefits associated with this investment income.  These benefits, which may include foreign tax credits and the corporate dividend received deduction, are not passed on to you since the company is the owner of the assets under federal tax law and is taxed on the investment income generated by the assets. 

Tax qualification: We intend that the contract qualify as an annuity for federal income tax purposes. To that end, the provisions of the contract are to be interpreted to ensure or maintain such tax qualification, in spite of any other provisions of the contract. We reserve the right to amend the contract to reflect any clarifications that may be needed or are appropriate to maintain such qualification or to conform the contract to any applicable changes in the tax qualification requirements. We will send you a copy of any amendments.

Spousal status: When it comes to your marital status and the identification and naming of any spouse as a beneficiary or party to your contract, we will rely on the representations you make to us. Based on this reliance, we will issue and administer your contract in accordance with these representations. If you represent that you are married and your representation is incorrect or your marriage is deemed invalid for federal or state law purposes, then the benefits and rights under your contract may be different.

If you have any questions as to the status of your relationship as a marriage, then you should consult an appropriate tax or legal advisor.

Voting Rights

As a contract owner with investments in the subaccounts, you may vote on important fund policies until annuity payouts begin. Once they begin, the person receiving them has voting rights. We will vote fund shares according to the instructions of the person with voting rights.

Before annuity payouts begin, the number of votes you have is determined by applying your percentage interest in each subaccount to the total number of votes allowed to the subaccount.

After annuity payouts begin, the number of votes you have is equal to:

• the reserve held in each subaccount for your contract; divided by

• the net asset value of one share of the applicable fund.

As we make annuity payouts, the reserve for the contract decreases; therefore, the number of votes also will decrease.

We calculate votes separately for each subaccount. We will send notice of shareholders’ meetings, proxy materials and a statement of the number of votes to which the voter is entitled. We are the legal owner of all fund shares and therefore hold all voting rights.  However, to the extent required by law, we will vote the shares of each fund according to instructions we receive from policy owners. We will vote shares for which we have not received instructions and shares that we or our affiliates own in our own names in the same proportion as the votes for which we received instructions. As a result of this proportional voting, in cases when a small number of contract owners vote, their votes will have a greater impact and may even control the outcome.

Substitution of Investments

We may substitute the funds in which the subaccounts invest if:

• laws or regulations change;

• the existing funds become unavailable; or

• in our judgment, the funds no longer are suitable (or are not the most suitable) for the subaccounts.

If any of these situations occur, we have the right to substitute a fund currently listed in this prospectus (existing fund) for another fund (new fund), provided we obtain any required SEC and state insurance law approval. The new fund may have higher fees and/or operating expenses than the existing fund. Also, the new fund may have investment objectives and policies and/or investment advisers which differ from the existing fund.

We may also:

• add new subaccounts;

• combine any two or more subaccounts;

• transfer assets to and from the subaccounts or the variable account; and

• eliminate or close any subaccounts.

We will notify you of any substitution or change.

Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus    53

In the event of any such substitution or change, we may amend the contract and take whatever action is necessary and appropriate without your consent or approval. We will obtain any required prior approval of the SEC or state insurance departments before making any substitution or change.

About the Service Providers

Principal Underwriter

RiverSource Distributors, Inc. (RiverSource Distributors), our affiliate, serves as the principal underwriter and general distributor of the contract. Its offices are located at 70100 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, MN 55474. RiverSource Distributors is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ameriprise Financial, Inc.

Sales of the Contract

New contracts are not currently being offered.

• Only securities broker-dealers (“selling firms”) registered with the SEC and members of the FINRA may sell the contract.

• The contracts are continuously offered to the public through authorized selling firms. We and RiverSource Distributors have a sales agreement with the selling firm. The sales agreement authorizes the selling firm to offer the contracts to the public. RiverSource Distributors pays the selling firm (or an affiliated insurance agency) for contracts its investment professional sell. The selling firm may be required to return sales commissions under certain circumstances including but not limited to when contracts are returned under the free look period.

Payments We May Make to Selling Firms

• We may use compensation plans which vary by selling firm. For example, some of these plans pay selling firms a commission of up to 5.00% each time a purchase payment is made. We may also pay ongoing trail commissions of up to 0.75% of the contract value. We do not pay or withhold payment of trail commissions based on which investment options you select.

• We may pay selling firms an additional sales commission of up to 1.00% of purchase payments for a period of time we select. For example, we may offer to pay an additional sales commission to get selling firms to market a new or enhanced contract or to increase sales during the period.

• In addition to commissions, we may, in order to promote sales of the contracts, and as permitted by applicable laws and regulation, pay or provide selling firms with other promotional incentives in cash, credit or other compensation. We generally (but may not) offer these promotional incentives to all selling firms. The terms of such arrangements differ between selling firms. These promotional incentives may include but are not limited to:

• sponsorship of marketing, educational, due diligence and compliance meetings and conferences we or the selling firm may conduct for investment professionals, including subsidy of travel, meal, lodging, entertainment and other expenses related to these meetings;

• marketing support related to sales of the contract including for example, the creation of marketing materials, advertising and newsletters;

• providing service to contract owners; and

• funding other events sponsored by a selling firm that may encourage the selling firm’s investment professionals to sell the contract.

These promotional incentives or reimbursements may be calculated as a percentage of the selling firm’s aggregate, net or anticipated sales and/or total assets attributable to sales of the contract, and/or may be a fixed dollar amount. As noted below this additional compensation may cause the selling firm and its investment professionals to favor the contracts.

Sources of Payments to Selling Firms

When we pay the commissions and other compensation described above from our assets. Our assets may include:

• revenues we receive from fees and expenses that you will pay when buying, owning and making a withdrawal from the contract (see “Expense Summary”);

• compensation we or an affiliate receive from the underlying funds in the form of distribution and services fees (see “The Variable Account and the Funds — The Funds”);

• compensation we or an affiliate receive from a fund’s investment adviser, subadviser, distributor or an affiliate of any of these (see “The Variable Account and the Funds — The Funds”); and

• revenues we receive from other contracts we sell that are not securities and other businesses we conduct.

54    Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus

You do not directly pay the commissions and other compensation described above as the result of a specific charge or deduction under the contract. However, you may pay part or all of the commissions and other compensation described above indirectly through:

• fees and expenses we collect from contract owners, including withdrawal charges; and

• fees and expenses charged by the underlying subaccount funds in which you invest, to the extent we or one of our affiliates receive revenue from the funds or an affiliated person.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Compensation payment arrangements made with selling firms can potentially:

• give selling firms a heightened financial incentive to sell the contract offered in this prospectus over another investment with lower compensation to the selling firm.

• cause selling firms to encourage their investment professionals to sell you the contract offered in this prospectus instead of selling you other alternative investments that may result in lower compensation to the selling firm.

• cause selling firms to grant us access to its investment professionals to promote sales of the contract offered in this prospectus, while denying that access to other firms offering similar contracts or other alternative investments which may pay lower compensation to the selling firm.

Payments to Investment Professionals

• The selling firm pays its investment professionals. The selling firm decides the compensation and benefits it will pay its investment professionals.

• To inform yourself of any potential conflicts of interest, ask the investment professional before you buy, how the selling firm and its investment professionals are being compensated and the amount of the compensation that each will receive if you buy the contract.

Service Providers

Our Service Center performs certain administrative services on the contracts and policies we issue. The address and telephone number of our Service Center are listed on the first page of the prospectus. We also have entered into agreements with certain entities to provide the identified services in connection with the contracts and policies we issue. The entities engaged by RiverSource Life may change over time. Entities that provided services to RiverSource Life in 2019 are listed in the table below.

Name of Service Provider	Services Provided	Address
Ameriprise Financial, Inc.	Business affairs management and administrative support related to new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies	707 Second Avenue South Minneapolis MN 55402 USA
Ameriprise India Private Limited	Administrative support related to new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies annual report filings	Plot No. 14, Sector 18 Udyog Vihar Gurugram, Haryana – 122 015 India
Sykes Enterprise Incorporated	Administrative support related to e new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies	10th Floor, Glorietta BPO 1 Office Tower Makati City 1224 Metro Manila Philippines

Issuer

We issue the contracts. We are a stock life insurance company organized in 1957 under the laws of the state of Minnesota and are located at 829 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, MN 55474. We are a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ameriprise Financial, Inc.

We conduct a conventional life insurance business. We are licensed to do business in 49 states, the District of Columbia and American Samoa. Our primary products currently include fixed and variable annuity contracts and life insurance policies.

Legal Proceedings

Insurance companies have been the subject of increasing regulatory, legislative and judicial scrutiny. Numerous state and federal regulatory agencies have commenced examinations and other inquiries of insurance companies regarding sales and marketing practices (including sales to older consumers and disclosure practices), claims handling, and unclaimed property and escheatment practices and procedures. RiverSource Life has cooperated and will continue to cooperate with the applicable regulators.

Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus    55

RiverSource Life is involved in the normal course of business in a number of other legal and arbitration proceedings concerning matters arising in connection with the conduct of its business activities. RiverSource Life believes that it is not a party to, nor are any of its properties the subject of, any pending legal, arbitration or regulatory investigation, examination or proceeding that is likely to have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is possible that the outcome of any current or future legal, arbitration or regulatory proceeding could have a material impact on results of operations in any particular reporting period as the proceedings are resolved.

Uncertain economic conditions, heightened and sustained volatility in the financial markets and significant financial reform legislation may increase the likelihood that clients and other persons or regulators may present or threaten legal claims or that regulators increase the scope or frequency of examinations of RiverSource Life or the insurance industry generally.

Additional Information

Incorporation of Certain Documents By Reference

The SEC allows us to “incorporate by reference” the information we have filed with the SEC. This means that we can disclose important information to you without actually including the specific information in this prospectus by referring you to other documents filed separately with the SEC. The information incorporated by reference is an important part of this prospectus. Information that we later provide to the SEC, and which is deemed to be “filed” with the SEC, will automatically update information previously filed with the SEC, and may replace information in this prospectus and information previously filed with the SEC. We incorporate by reference RiverSource Life Insurance Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019 as filed with the SEC on Feb.26, 2020under File No. 033-28976 in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and any filings we make with the SEC under Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act (excluding information deemed to be furnished and not filed with the SEC) after the effective date of this registration statement, until all offerings under the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part are completed or terminated. The annual report contains additional information about RiverSource Life Insurance Company, including audited financial statements for the latest fiscal year.

RiverSource Life will furnish you without charge a copy of any or all of the documents incorporated by reference into this prospectus, including any exhibits to such documents which have been specifically incorporated by reference. We will do so upon receipt of your written or oral request. You can contact RiverSource Life at the telephone number and address listed on the first page of this prospectus.

Available Information

This prospectus is part of a registration statement we file with the SEC. Additional information on RiverSource Life and on this offering is available in the registration statement and other materials we file. You can obtain copies of these materials at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. This prospectus, other information about the contract and other information incorporated by reference are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at (http://www.sec.gov).

Indemnification

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the Act) may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of RiverSource Life pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

56    Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix : Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)

The following tables give per-unit information about the financial history of the subaccounts representing the lowest and highest total annual variable account expense combinations. The date in which operations commenced in each subaccount is noted in parentheses. The SAI contains tables that give per-unit information about the financial history of each existing subaccount. We have not provided this information for subaccounts (if any) that were not available under your contract as of December 31, 2019. You may obtain a copy of the SAI without charge by contacting us at the telephone number or address listed on the first page of the prospectus.

Variable account charges of 1.20% of the daily net assets of the variable account.

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
BNY Mellon Sustainable U.S. Equity Portfolio, Inc. - Initial Shares (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.33	$1.41	$1.24	$1.14	$1.19	$1.06	$0.80	$0.72	$0.72	$0.64
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.77	$1.33	$1.41	$1.24	$1.14	$1.19	$1.06	$0.80	$0.72	$0.72
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	26	38	44	44	47	56	56	82	112	194
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.49	$1.57	$1.28	$1.20	$1.20	$1.05	$0.80	$0.71	$0.68	$0.59
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.83	$1.49	$1.57	$1.28	$1.20	$1.20	$1.05	$0.80	$0.71	$0.68
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	311	422	448	471	428	595	658	713	880	1,242
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.80	$3.01	$2.67	$2.38	$2.48	$2.28	$1.82	$1.62	$1.72	$1.49
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.43	$2.80	$3.01	$2.67	$2.38	$2.48	$2.28	$1.82	$1.62	$1.72
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	170	189	200	261	417	502	579	572	713	984
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund (Class 3) (11/6/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.98	$0.98	$0.99	$1.00	$1.02	$1.03	$1.04	$1.05	$1.07	$1.08
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.99	$0.98	$0.98	$0.99	$1.00	$1.02	$1.03	$1.04	$1.05	$1.07
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,066	1,162	1,288	1,431	597	642	838	1,249	1,477	1,772
Columbia Variable Portfolio – High Yield Bond Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.31	$2.43	$2.31	$2.10	$2.15	$2.10	$2.00	$1.75	$1.67	$1.49
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.66	$2.31	$2.43	$2.31	$2.10	$2.15	$2.10	$2.00	$1.75	$1.67
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	60	80	82	88	134	140	143	165	192	290
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Select Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.20	$2.55	$2.30	$2.04	$2.14	$2.04	$1.39	$1.20	$1.32	$1.06
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.55	$2.20	$2.55	$2.30	$2.04	$2.14	$2.04	$1.39	$1.20	$1.32
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	16	27	33	34	18	18	18	19	32	42
Columbia Variable Portfolio – U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.35	$1.35	$1.32	$1.30	$1.30	$1.25	$1.29	$1.28	$1.28	$1.26
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.43	$1.35	$1.35	$1.32	$1.30	$1.30	$1.25	$1.29	$1.28	$1.28
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	431	460	491	455	537	581	603	592	697	1,388
Fidelity® VIP Dynamic Capital Appreciation Portfolio Service Class 2 (5/1/2001)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.77	$2.95	$2.42	$2.39	$2.39	$2.19	$1.60	$1.33	$1.38	$1.18
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.55	$2.77	$2.95	$2.42	$2.39	$2.39	$2.19	$1.60	$1.33	$1.38
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	27	67	71	76	9	12	16	16	24	28
Fidelity® VIP High Income Portfolio Service Class 2 (5/1/2001)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.16	$2.27	$2.15	$1.90	$2.00	$2.01	$1.93	$1.71	$1.67	$1.49
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.45	$2.16	$2.27	$2.15	$1.90	$2.00	$2.01	$1.93	$1.71	$1.67
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	6	6	9	9	6	8	9	10	23	25
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2 (5/1/2001)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.72	$4.42	$3.71	$3.35	$3.45	$3.29	$2.45	$2.17	$2.46	$1.94
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.52	$3.72	$4.42	$3.71	$3.35	$3.45	$3.29	$2.45	$2.17	$2.46
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	213	235	277	296	316	410	512	567	701	1,184
Franklin Global Real Estate VIP Fund – Class 2 (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.81	$3.05	$2.79	$2.81	$2.83	$2.49	$2.46	$1.96	$2.10	$1.76
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.39	$2.81	$3.05	$2.79	$2.81	$2.83	$2.49	$2.46	$1.96	$2.10
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	28	42	46	47	37	40	44	52	108	158
Franklin Income VIP Fund – Class 2 (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.88	$3.04	$2.81	$2.49	$2.71	$2.62	$2.33	$2.09	$2.07	$1.86
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.30	$2.88	$3.04	$2.81	$2.49	$2.71	$2.62	$2.33	$2.09	$2.07
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	148	161	180	199	250	355	515	590	665	767
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund – Class 2 (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.54	$2.83	$2.64	$2.31	$2.46	$2.32	$1.83	$1.62	$1.66	$1.51
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.08	$2.54	$2.83	$2.64	$2.31	$2.46	$2.32	$1.83	$1.62	$1.66
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	387	424	492	564	632	809	1,277	1,453	1,701	2,487

Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus    57

Variable account charges of 1.20% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Franklin Small Cap Value VIP Fund – Class 2 (5/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.68	$3.11	$2.85	$2.21	$2.42	$2.43	$1.81	$1.55	$1.63	$1.28
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.35	$2.68	$3.11	$2.85	$2.21	$2.42	$2.43	$1.81	$1.55	$1.63
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	59	60	64	68	62	72	125	149	180	256
Franklin Small-Mid Cap Growth VIP Fund – Class 2 (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.19	$1.27	$1.06	$1.03	$1.07	$1.01	$0.74	$0.67	$0.72	$0.57
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.54	$1.19	$1.27	$1.06	$1.03	$1.07	$1.01	$0.74	$0.67	$0.72
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	200	229	255	301	330	505	580	680	934	1,281
Goldman Sachs VIT Mid Cap Value Fund – Institutional Shares (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$4.80	$5.43	$4.94	$4.41	$4.91	$4.37	$3.33	$2.84	$3.08	$2.49
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$6.24	$4.80	$5.43	$4.94	$4.41	$4.91	$4.37	$3.33	$2.84	$3.08
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	98	109	117	115	116	164	183	217	312	373
Goldman Sachs VIT U.S. Equity Insights Fund – Institutional Shares (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.89	$2.04	$1.67	$1.52	$1.54	$1.34	$0.99	$0.87	$0.85	$0.76
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.34	$1.89	$2.04	$1.67	$1.52	$1.54	$1.34	$0.99	$0.87	$0.85
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	236	340	365	381	259	232	241	268	345	373
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.59	$3.03	$2.25	$2.28	$2.23	$2.21	$1.76	$1.47	$1.63	$1.43
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.37	$2.59	$3.03	$2.25	$2.28	$2.23	$2.21	$1.76	$1.47	$1.63
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	126	147	172	183	211	207	266	274	327	424
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Strategic Income Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.85	$1.96	$1.87	$1.78	$1.85	$1.82	$1.85	$1.66	$1.67	$1.47
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.02	$1.85	$1.96	$1.87	$1.78	$1.85	$1.82	$1.85	$1.66	$1.67
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	256	395	417	463	397	429	504	588	685	1,026
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series I Shares (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.80	$1.89	$1.50	$1.49	$1.43	$1.34	$0.97	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.44	$1.80	$1.89	$1.50	$1.49	$1.43	$1.34	$0.97	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	106	123	128	128	146	162	203	242	—	—
Invesco V.I. Core Equity Fund, Series I Shares (4/28/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.69	$1.88	$1.69	$1.55	$1.66	$1.55	$1.22	$1.08	$1.10	$1.01
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.15	$1.69	$1.88	$1.69	$1.55	$1.66	$1.55	$1.22	$1.08	$1.10
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	271	285	293	306	319	366	430	569	736	871
MFS® Investors Trust Series – Initial Class (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.06	$2.21	$1.81	$1.69	$1.70	$1.55	$1.19	$1.01	$1.05	$0.95
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.68	$2.06	$2.21	$1.81	$1.69	$1.70	$1.55	$1.19	$1.01	$1.05
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	87	92	118	125	129	145	150	151	248	266
MFS® Utilities Series – Initial Class (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.62	$2.63	$2.32	$2.10	$2.49	$2.24	$1.88	$1.67	$1.59	$1.41
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.24	$2.62	$2.63	$2.32	$2.10	$2.49	$2.24	$1.88	$1.67	$1.59
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	139	152	177	193	255	269	276	295	324	374
Putnam VT Global Health Care Fund – Class IB Shares (5/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.60	$2.65	$2.32	$2.65	$2.49	$1.97	$1.41	$1.17	$1.20	$1.18
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.35	$2.60	$2.65	$2.32	$2.65	$2.49	$1.97	$1.41	$1.17	$1.20
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	8	8	8	8	13	19	22	33	28	60
Putnam VT International Equity Fund – Class IB Shares (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.94	$1.18	$0.95	$0.98	$0.99	$1.08	$0.85	$0.71	$0.86	$0.79
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.17	$0.94	$1.18	$0.95	$0.98	$0.99	$1.08	$0.85	$0.71	$0.86
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	456	585	628	657	681	813	921	1,022	1,321	1,666
Putnam VT Sustainable Leaders Fund – Class IB Shares (9/24/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.41	$2.48	$1.94	$1.82	$1.85	$1.65	$1.22	$1.06	$1.13	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.24	$2.41	$2.48	$1.94	$1.82	$1.85	$1.65	$1.22	$1.06	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	152	156	168	177	201	221	234	295	347	424
Variable Portfolio – Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.38	$2.79	$2.64	$2.13	$2.38	$2.36	$1.77	$1.58	$1.67	$1.36
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.82	$2.38	$2.79	$2.64	$2.13	$2.38	$2.36	$1.77	$1.58	$1.67
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	18	21	25	27	30	40	62	54	63	108
Wells Fargo VT Index Asset Allocation Fund – Class 2 (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.06	$2.14	$1.93	$1.82	$1.81	$1.56	$1.32	$1.18	$1.12	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.44	$2.06	$2.14	$1.93	$1.82	$1.81	$1.56	$1.32	$1.18	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	505	511	409	459	453	500	590	626	732	838

58    Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.20% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Wells Fargo VT International Equity Fund – Class 2 (11/6/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.65	$2.02	$1.65	$1.61	$1.61	$1.72	$1.45	$1.30	$1.51	$1.31
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.89	$1.65	$2.02	$1.65	$1.61	$1.61	$1.72	$1.45	$1.30	$1.51
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	123	143	164	201	268	333	391	408	445	740
Wells Fargo VT Omega Growth Fund – Class 2 (11/6/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.15	$3.18	$2.39	$2.41	$2.40	$2.34	$1.70	$1.43	$1.53	$1.29
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.27	$3.15	$3.18	$2.39	$2.41	$2.40	$2.34	$1.70	$1.43	$1.53
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	422	450	499	558	762	890	973	1,104	1,317	1,629
Wells Fargo VT Opportunity Fund – Class 2 (8/26/2011)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.95	$2.13	$1.79	$1.61	$1.68	$1.54	$1.20	$1.05	$1.00	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.54	$1.95	$2.13	$1.79	$1.61	$1.68	$1.54	$1.20	$1.05	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	170	202	229	274	366	439	517	554	644	—
Wells Fargo VT Small Cap Growth Fund – Class 2 (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.16	$1.16	$0.93	$0.87	$0.91	$0.94	$0.63	$0.59	$0.63	$0.50
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.43	$1.16	$1.16	$0.93	$0.87	$0.91	$0.94	$0.63	$0.59	$0.63
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	369	422	449	459	571	618	672	728	942	1,389

Variable account charges of 1.65% of the daily net assets of the variable account.

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
BNY Mellon Sustainable U.S. Equity Portfolio, Inc. - Initial Shares (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.22	$1.30	$1.15	$1.06	$1.11	$1.00	$0.75	$0.68	$0.69	$0.61
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.62	$1.22	$1.30	$1.15	$1.06	$1.11	$1.00	$0.75	$0.68	$0.69
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	17	17	18	18	18	18	18	18	18	21
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.37	$1.44	$1.18	$1.11	$1.12	$0.99	$0.75	$0.67	$0.65	$0.56
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.68	$1.37	$1.44	$1.18	$1.11	$1.12	$0.99	$0.75	$0.67	$0.65
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	228	313	378	549	705	979	1,402	1,936	2,409	3,157
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.58	$2.78	$2.48	$2.22	$2.32	$2.14	$1.72	$1.53	$1.64	$1.43
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.14	$2.58	$2.78	$2.48	$2.22	$2.32	$2.14	$1.72	$1.53	$1.64
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	250	286	357	430	495	581	859	1,769	2,320	2,716
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund (Class 3) (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.91	$0.91	$0.93	$0.94	$0.96	$0.97	$0.99	$1.01	$1.02	$1.04
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.91	$0.91	$0.91	$0.93	$0.94	$0.96	$0.97	$0.99	$1.01	$1.02
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	439	605	838	1,043	550	656	741	903	1,702	2,115
Columbia Variable Portfolio – High Yield Bond Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.08	$2.20	$2.10	$1.91	$1.97	$1.93	$1.85	$1.63	$1.56	$1.40
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.39	$2.08	$2.20	$2.10	$1.91	$1.97	$1.93	$1.85	$1.63	$1.56
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	43	47	73	118	167	203	286	466	702	858
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Select Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.02	$2.35	$2.13	$1.90	$2.00	$1.92	$1.31	$1.13	$1.26	$1.01
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.33	$2.02	$2.35	$2.13	$1.90	$2.00	$1.92	$1.31	$1.13	$1.26
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	1	1	22	22	23	23	23
Columbia Variable Portfolio – U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.23	$1.23	$1.21	$1.20	$1.21	$1.16	$1.20	$1.20	$1.21	$1.19
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.29	$1.23	$1.23	$1.21	$1.20	$1.21	$1.16	$1.20	$1.20	$1.21
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	383	424	445	462	496	524	676	762	920	995
Fidelity® VIP Dynamic Capital Appreciation Portfolio Service Class 2 (5/1/2001)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.56	$2.74	$2.26	$2.23	$2.25	$2.07	$1.52	$1.26	$1.32	$1.14
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.26	$2.56	$2.74	$2.26	$2.23	$2.25	$2.07	$1.52	$1.26	$1.32
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	1
Fidelity® VIP High Income Portfolio Service Class 2 (5/1/2001)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.00	$2.11	$2.00	$1.78	$1.89	$1.90	$1.83	$1.63	$1.60	$1.43
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.25	$2.00	$2.11	$2.00	$1.78	$1.89	$1.90	$1.83	$1.63	$1.60
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	12	12	18	18	25	25	25	25	25	19
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2 (5/1/2001)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.43	$4.10	$3.45	$3.14	$3.24	$3.11	$2.33	$2.06	$2.35	$1.86
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.16	$3.43	$4.10	$3.45	$3.14	$3.24	$3.11	$2.33	$2.06	$2.35
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	107	116	135	175	201	259	395	569	740	844

Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus    59

Variable account charges of 1.65% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Franklin Global Real Estate VIP Fund – Class 2 (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.29	$2.49	$2.30	$2.32	$2.35	$2.07	$2.06	$1.64	$1.77	$1.49
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.75	$2.29	$2.49	$2.30	$2.32	$2.35	$2.07	$2.06	$1.64	$1.77
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	9	10	12	13	14	16	23	24	61	79
Franklin Income VIP Fund – Class 2 (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.27	$2.41	$2.23	$1.99	$2.18	$2.11	$1.89	$1.70	$1.69	$1.53
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.59	$2.27	$2.41	$2.23	$1.99	$2.18	$2.11	$1.89	$1.70	$1.69
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	83	139	141	125	220	223	247	249	422	433
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund – Class 2 (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.22	$2.48	$2.32	$2.04	$2.18	$2.07	$1.64	$1.46	$1.50	$1.37
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.67	$2.22	$2.48	$2.32	$2.04	$2.18	$2.07	$1.64	$1.46	$1.50
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	307	356	407	490	577	658	831	1,178	1,501	1,886
Franklin Small Cap Value VIP Fund – Class 2 (5/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.49	$2.90	$2.67	$2.08	$2.28	$2.31	$1.72	$1.48	$1.56	$1.24
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.09	$2.49	$2.90	$2.67	$2.08	$2.28	$2.31	$1.72	$1.48	$1.56
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	42	46	46	69	76	91	92	84	106	114
Franklin Small-Mid Cap Growth VIP Fund – Class 2 (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.01	$1.09	$0.91	$0.89	$0.93	$0.88	$0.65	$0.59	$0.63	$0.50
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.31	$1.01	$1.09	$0.91	$0.89	$0.93	$0.88	$0.65	$0.59	$0.63
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	23	25	27	72	112	181	192	274	378	425
Goldman Sachs VIT Mid Cap Value Fund – Institutional Shares (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$4.41	$5.01	$4.58	$4.10	$4.59	$4.11	$3.14	$2.70	$2.93	$2.38
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$5.71	$4.41	$5.01	$4.58	$4.10	$4.59	$4.11	$3.14	$2.70	$2.93
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	58	70	90	115	143	172	244	444	575	685
Goldman Sachs VIT U.S. Equity Insights Fund – Institutional Shares (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.74	$1.89	$1.55	$1.42	$1.44	$1.26	$0.93	$0.83	$0.81	$0.73
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.14	$1.74	$1.89	$1.55	$1.42	$1.44	$1.26	$0.93	$0.83	$0.81
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	11	11	11	11	11	24	20	20	20	33
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.39	$2.80	$2.09	$2.13	$2.09	$2.08	$1.66	$1.40	$1.56	$1.37
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.09	$2.39	$2.80	$2.09	$2.13	$2.09	$2.08	$1.66	$1.40	$1.56
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	10	11	23	24	24	77	171	172	309	313
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Strategic Income Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.71	$1.82	$1.75	$1.67	$1.74	$1.73	$1.77	$1.59	$1.60	$1.42
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.86	$1.71	$1.82	$1.75	$1.67	$1.74	$1.73	$1.77	$1.59	$1.60
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	465	539	625	718	846	1,035	1,325	1,918	2,542	3,022
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series I Shares (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.75	$1.85	$1.47	$1.46	$1.42	$1.33	$0.96	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.35	$1.75	$1.85	$1.47	$1.46	$1.42	$1.33	$0.96	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4	4	4	4	15	15	11	11	—	—
Invesco V.I. Core Equity Fund, Series I Shares (4/28/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.59	$1.79	$1.61	$1.48	$1.60	$1.50	$1.18	$1.05	$1.07	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.02	$1.59	$1.79	$1.61	$1.48	$1.60	$1.50	$1.18	$1.05	$1.07
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	37	37	40	66	64	66	63	69	76	161
MFS® Investors Trust Series – Initial Class (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.87	$2.01	$1.66	$1.55	$1.57	$1.44	$1.11	$0.95	$0.98	$0.90
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.42	$1.87	$2.01	$1.66	$1.55	$1.57	$1.44	$1.11	$0.95	$0.98
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
MFS® Utilities Series – Initial Class (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.20	$2.21	$1.96	$1.78	$2.12	$1.91	$1.61	$1.45	$1.38	$1.23
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.70	$2.20	$2.21	$1.96	$1.78	$2.12	$1.91	$1.61	$1.45	$1.38
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	6	33	33	33	52	53	55	58	62	71
Putnam VT Global Health Care Fund – Class IB Shares (5/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.41	$2.47	$2.17	$2.49	$2.35	$1.87	$1.34	$1.12	$1.15	$1.14
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.09	$2.41	$2.47	$2.17	$2.49	$2.35	$1.87	$1.34	$1.12	$1.15
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	7	8	8	9	8	8	9	11	12	44
Putnam VT International Equity Fund – Class IB Shares (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.78	$0.99	$0.79	$0.83	$0.84	$0.91	$0.73	$0.60	$0.74	$0.68
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.97	$0.78	$0.99	$0.79	$0.83	$0.84	$0.91	$0.73	$0.60	$0.74
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	85	107	111	205	229	255	433	521	575	682

60    Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.65% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Putnam VT Sustainable Leaders Fund – Class IB Shares (9/24/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.32	$2.40	$1.88	$1.78	$1.81	$1.62	$1.21	$1.05	$1.13	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.11	$2.32	$2.40	$1.88	$1.78	$1.81	$1.62	$1.21	$1.05	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	22	22	22	22	16	16	17	16	26	33
Variable Portfolio – Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.21	$2.60	$2.47	$2.00	$2.25	$2.24	$1.69	$1.51	$1.61	$1.31
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.61	$2.21	$2.60	$2.47	$2.00	$2.25	$2.24	$1.69	$1.51	$1.61
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	174	189	214	261	347	465	606	1,139	1,403	1,665
Wells Fargo VT Index Asset Allocation Fund – Class 2 (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.88	$1.97	$1.78	$1.68	$1.69	$1.45	$1.23	$1.11	$1.06	$0.95
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.22	$1.88	$1.97	$1.78	$1.68	$1.69	$1.45	$1.23	$1.11	$1.06
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	145	165	173	178	166	60	67	70	102	132
Wells Fargo VT International Equity Fund – Class 2 (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.93	$2.38	$1.94	$1.91	$1.91	$2.05	$1.74	$1.56	$1.82	$1.59
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.20	$1.93	$2.38	$1.94	$1.91	$1.91	$2.05	$1.74	$1.56	$1.82
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	70	79	81	97	108	118	145	166	183	211
Wells Fargo VT Omega Growth Fund – Class 2 (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$4.05	$4.11	$3.10	$3.14	$3.15	$3.08	$2.24	$1.89	$2.04	$1.73
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$5.46	$4.05	$4.11	$3.10	$3.14	$3.15	$3.08	$2.24	$1.89	$2.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	96	127	147	193	222	262	365	574	857	1,082
Wells Fargo VT Opportunity Fund – Class 2 (8/26/2011)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.89	$2.07	$1.75	$1.58	$1.66	$1.53	$1.19	$1.05	$1.00	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.44	$1.89	$2.07	$1.75	$1.58	$1.66	$1.53	$1.19	$1.05	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	62	83	98	106	127	178	240	289	359	—
Wells Fargo VT Small Cap Growth Fund – Class 2 (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.06	$1.07	$0.86	$0.81	$0.85	$0.88	$0.60	$0.56	$0.60	$0.48
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.31	$1.06	$1.07	$0.86	$0.81	$0.85	$0.88	$0.60	$0.56	$0.60
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	72	98	134	177	183	243	270	292	338	441

Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus    61

Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information

Calculating Annuity Payouts	p. 3
Rating Agencies	p. 4
Principal Underwriter	p. 4
Service Providers	p. 4
Custodian	p. 5
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	p. 5
Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	p. 6
Financial Statements

62    Wells Fargo Advantage Variable Annuity — Prospectus

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474
1-800-333-3437

44223  CG (5/20)

RiverSource Distributors, Inc. (Distributor), Member FINRA. Issued by RiverSource Life Insurance Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota. ©2008-2020 RiverSource Life Insurance Company. All rights reserved.

Prospectus

May 1, 2020

RiverSource^®

Innovations Classic Variable Annuity

Individual Flexible Premium Deferred Combination Fixed/Variable Annuity

Issued by:	RiverSource Life Insurance Company (RiverSource Life)
	829 Ameriprise Financial Center Minneapolis, MN 55474 Telephone: 1-800-333-3437 (Service Center) RiverSource Variable Annuity Account/RiverSource MVA Account​

New contracts are not currently being offered.

This prospectus contains information that you should know before investing. Investment options available under the contract are listed below:

AB Variable Products Series Fund, Inc. (Class B)

Columbia Funds Variable Series Trust II

Fidelity^® Variable Insurance Products Service Class 2

Franklin^® Templeton^® Variable Insurance Products Trust – Class 2

Invesco Variable Insurance Funds

MFS^® Variable Insurance Trust^SM – Service Class

Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds – Service Shares

Putnam Variable Trust – Class IB Shares

 

Please read the prospectuses carefully and keep them for future reference.

This contract provides for purchase payment credits to eligible contract owners, which we may reverse under certain circumstances. (See “Buying Your Contract — Purchase Payment Credits”). Expense charges for contracts with purchase payment credits may be higher than expenses for contracts without such credits. The amount of the credit may be more than offset by any additional fees and charges associated with the credit.

The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

An investment in this contract is not a deposit of a bank or financial institution and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) or any other government agency. An investment in this contract involves investment risk including the possible loss of principal.

A Statement of Additional Information (SAI), dated the same date as this prospectus, is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. It is filed with the SEC and is available without charge by contacting RiverSource Life at the telephone number and address listed above. The table of contents of the SAI is on the last page of this prospectus. The SEC maintains an Internet site. This prospectus, the SAI and other information about the product are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at (http://www.sec.gov).

Variable annuities are complex products. The fees and charges, as well as the available features and benefits, of the variable annuity contracts described in this prospectus will be different from other variable annuities offered in the marketplace, including other variable annuities or other types of annuities offered by RiverSource Life. The interest credited, guarantees provided, and credits available, as well as the funds serving as underlying investments and their corresponding expenses, may differ among the variable annuities that are available to you. With the aid of an appropriate financial professional, we encourage you to compare and contrast the variable annuity contracts described in this prospectus with other variable annuities available in the marketplace, including other types of annuities we may offer. This will aid in determining whether purchasing a contract is consistent with your investment objectives, risk tolerance, time horizon, marital status, tax situation, and your unique financial situation and needs. If you select an annuity that includes surrender or other liquidation charges, you should also consider any future needs you may have to access your contract value. The optional benefits and features available with the contracts usually come with additional costs. Consider any additional costs carefully when electing these optional benefits and features.

Beginning on January 1, 2021, as permitted by regulations adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission, paper copies of your underlying funds’ shareholder reports will no longer be sent by mail, unless you specifically request paper copies of the reports from RiverSource Life. Instead, the reports will be made available on a website, and you will be notified each time a report is posted and provided with a website link to access the report.

You may elect to receive all future reports in paper free of charge. You can inform RiverSource Life that you wish to continue receiving paper copies of your shareholder reports by calling our Service Center at 1-800-862-7919. Your election to receive reports in paper will apply to all funds available under your variable annuity contract.

RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus    1

Effects of COVID-19 Pandemic

The coronavirus disease 2019 (“COVID-19”) public health crisis presents ongoing significant economic and societal disruption and has driven significant volatility in the equity and interest rate markets. Any periods of continued high market volatility, and your individual circumstances (e.g., your selected allocations and the timing of any purchase payments, transfers, or withdrawals), will affect values under your contract. As part of how we maintain our strong financial strength and claims-paying ability, we continue to reserve amounts for our contractual obligations in accordance with significant state solvency regulations. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic may impact financial markets, investment performance under your contract, and our financial strength and claims-paying ability will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be estimated, including the scope and duration of the pandemic and actions taken by governmental authorities, market participants, and other third parties in response to the pandemic.

We have implemented comprehensive strategies to address the operating environment spurred by the pandemic.  To promote the safety and security of our employees and to assure the continuity of our business operations, we have implemented a work from home protocol for virtually all of our employee population, restricted business travel, and provided resources for complying with the guidance from the World Health Organization, the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and government authorities. We have been satisfying elevated customer service volumes and our operations teams have continued to operate successfully and without disruptions in service. Our pandemic strategy is flexible and scalable and takes into consideration that a pandemic could be widespread and may occur in multiple waves, affecting different communities at different times with varying levels of severity. We cannot, however, predict the impact that natural or man-made disasters and catastrophes, including the COVID-19 pandemic, may have over near- or longer-term periods.

2    RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Table of Contents

Key Terms	4
The Contract in Brief	6
Expense Summary	8
Contract Owner Transaction Expenses	8
Annual Variable Account Expenses	8
Other Annual Expenses	9
Annual Operating Expenses of the Funds	9
Condensed Financial Information	11
Financial Statements	11
The Variable Account and the Funds	11
The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)	16
Market Value Adjustment (MVA)	17
The General Account	19
The One-Year Fixed Account	19
Buying Your Contract	19
The Retirement Date	21
Beneficiary	21
Purchase Payments	21
How to Make Purchase Payments	21
Purchase Payment Credits	22
Limitations on Use of Contract	22
Charges	22
Contract Administrative Charge	22
Variable Account Administrative Charge	22
Mortality and Expense Risk Fee	23
Withdrawal Charge	23
Fund Fees and Expenses	26
Premium Taxes	26
Optional Living Benefits Charges	26
Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB) Fee	26
Performance Credit Rider (PCR) Fee	27
Optional Death Benefit Charges	27
Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider Fee	27
Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider Fee	28
Valuing Your Investment	29
GPAs and One-Year Fixed Account	29
Subaccounts	29
Making the Most of Your Contract	30
Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging	30
Special Dollar-Cost Averaging (Special DCA) Program	31
Asset Rebalancing	32
Transferring Among Accounts	32
How to request a Transfer or Withdrawal	35

Withdrawals	36
Withdrawal Policies	36
Receiving Payment	37
TSA–Special Provisions	37
Participants in Tax-Sheltered Annuities	37
Changing Ownership	38
Benefits in Case of Death	38
If You Die Before Your Retirement Date	41
Optional Benefits	43
Optional Living Benefits	43
Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB)	43
Performance Credit Rider (PCR)	49
Optional Death Benefits	51
Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector)	51
Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus)	53
The Annuity Payout Period	55
Annuity Tables	55
Annuity Payout Plans	55
Taxes	56
Nonqualified Annuities	56
Qualified Annuities	58
Other	60
Voting Rights	61
Substitution of Investments	61
About the Service Providers	61
Principal Underwriter	61
Service Providers	63
Issuer	63
Legal Proceedings	63
Additional Information	63
Incorporation of Certain Documents By Reference	63
Available Information	64
Indemnification	64
Appendix A: Performance Credit Rider Adjusted Partial Withdrawal	65
Appendix B: Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	67
Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information	72

RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus    3

Key Terms

These terms can help you understand details about your contract.

Accumulation unit: A measure of the value of each subaccount before annuity payouts begin.

Annuitant: The person or persons on whose life or life expectancy the annuity payouts are based.

Annuity payouts: An amount paid at regular intervals under one of several plans.

Assumed investment rate: The rate of return we assume your investments will earn when we calculate your initial annuity payout amount using the annuity table in your contract. The standard assumed investment rate we use is 5% but you may request we substitute an assumed investment rate of 3.5%.

Beneficiary: The person you designate to receive benefits in case of the owner’s or annuitant’s death while the contract is in force.

Close of business: The time the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) closes (4 p.m. Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier).

Code: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Contract: A deferred annuity contract that permits you to accumulate money for retirement by making one or more purchase payments. It provides for lifetime or other forms of payouts beginning at a specified time in the future.

Contract value: The total value of your contract before we deduct any applicable charges.

Contract year: A period of 12 months, starting on the effective date of your contract and on each anniversary of the effective date.

Funds: Investment options under your contract. You may allocate your purchase payments into subaccounts investing in shares of the funds.

Good order: We cannot process your transaction request relating to the contract until we have received the request in good order at our Service Center. “Good order” means the actual receipt of the requested transaction in writing, along with all information, forms and supporting legal documentation necessary to effect the transaction. To be in “good order,” your instructions must be sufficiently clear so that we do not need to exercise any discretion to follow such instructions. This information and documentation generally includes your completed request; the contract number; the transaction amount (in dollars); the names of and allocations to and/or from the subaccounts and the fixed account affected by the requested transaction; Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number; and any other information, forms or supporting documentation that we may require. For certain transactions, at our option, we may require the signature of all contract owners for the request to be in good order. With respect to purchase

requests, “good order” also generally includes receipt of sufficient payment by us to effect the purchase. We may, in our sole discretion, determine whether any particular transaction request is in good order, and we reserve the right to change or waive any good order requirements at any time.

Guarantee Period: The number of successive 12-month periods that a guaranteed interest rate is credited.

Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs): A nonunitized separate account to which you may allocate purchase payments or transfer contract value of at least $1,000. These accounts have guaranteed interest rates for guarantee periods we declare when you allocate purchase payments or transfer contract value to a GPA. These guaranteed rates and periods of time may vary by state. Unless an exception applies, transfers or withdrawals from a GPA done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will receive a market value adjustment, which may result in a gain or loss of principal.

Market Value Adjustment (MVA): A positive or negative adjustment assessed if any portion of a Guarantee Period Account is withdrawn or transferred more than 30 days before the end of its guarantee period.

Owner (you, your): The person or persons identified in the contract as owner(s) of the contract, who has or have the right to control the contract (to decide on investment allocations, transfers, payout options, etc.). Usually, but not always, the owner is also the annuitant. During the owner’s life, the owner is responsible for taxes, regardless of whether he or she receives the contract’s benefits. The owner or any joint owner may be a non-natural person (e.g. irrevocable trust or corporation) or a revocable trust. If any owner is a non-natural person or a revocable trust, the annuitant will be deemed to be the owner for contract provisions that are based on the age or life of the owner. When the contract is owned by a revocable trust or irrevocable grantor trust, the annuitant(s) selected must be the grantor(s) of the trust to assure compliance with Section 72(s) of the Code.

Purchase payment credits: An addition we make to your contract value. We base the amount of the credit on net payments (total payments less total withdrawals). We apply the credit to your contract based on your current payment.

Qualified annuity: A contract that you purchase to fund one of the following tax-deferred retirement plans that is subject to applicable federal law and any rules of the plan itself:

• Individual Retirement Annuities (IRAs) including inherited IRAs under Section 408(b) of the Code

• Roth IRAs including inherited Roth IRAs under Section 408A of the Code

• SIMPLE IRAs under Section 408(p) of the Code

• Simplified Employee Pension (SEP) plans under Section 408(k) of the Code

 

4    RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• Tax-Sheltered Annuity (TSA) rollovers under Section 403(b) of the Code

A qualified annuity will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral if it is used to fund a retirement plan that is already tax deferred.

All other contracts are considerednonqualified annuities.

Retirement date: The date when annuity payouts are scheduled to begin.

Rider effective date: The date a rider becomes effective as stated in the rider.

RiverSource Life: In this prospectus, “we,” “us,” “our” and “RiverSource Life” refer to RiverSource Life Insurance Company.

Service Center: Our department that processes all transaction and service requests for the contracts. We consider all transaction and service requests received when they arrive in good order at the Service Center. Any transaction or service requests sent or directed to any location other than our Service Center may end up delayed or not processed. Our Service Center address and telephone number are listed on the first page of the prospectus.

Valuation date: Any normal business day, Monday through Friday, on which the NYSE is open, up to the time it closes. At the NYSE close, the next valuation date begins. We calculate the accumulation unit value of each subaccount on each valuation date. If we receive your

purchase payment or any transaction request (such as a transfer or withdrawal request) in good order at our Service Center before the close of business, we will process your payment or transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your payment or transaction request. On the other hand, if we receive your purchase payment or transaction request in good order at our Service Center at or after the close of business, we will process your payment or transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date. If you make a transaction request by telephone (including by fax), you must have completed your transaction by the close of business in order for us to process it using the accumulation unit value we calculate on that valuation date. If you were not able to complete your transaction before the close of business for any reason, including telephone service interruptions or delays due to high call volume, we will process your transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date.

Variable account: Consists of separate subaccounts to which you may allocate purchase payments; each invests in shares of one fund. The value of your investment in each subaccount changes with the performance of the particular fund.

Withdrawal value: The amount you are entitled to receive if you make a full withdrawal from your contract. It is the contract value minus any applicable charges.

RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus    5

The Contract in Brief

Purpose: The purpose of the contract is to allow you to accumulate money for retirement or similar long term goal. You do this by making one or more purchase payments. You may allocate your purchase payments to the GPAs, one-year fixed account, and/or subaccounts of the variable account under the contract; however you risk losing amounts you invest in the subaccounts of the variable account. These accounts, in turn, may earn returns that increase the value of a contract. If the contract value goes to zero due to underlying fund’s performance or deduction of fees, the contract will no longer be in force and the contract (including any death benefit riders) will terminate. You may be able to purchase an optional benefit to reduce the investment risk you assume. Beginning at a specified time in the future called the retirement date, the contract provides lifetime or other forms of payouts of your contract value (less any applicable premium tax).

It may have not been advantageous for you to purchase this contract in exchange for, or in addition to, an existing annuity or life insurance policy. Generally, you can exchange one annuity for another or for a long-term care policy in a “tax-free” exchange under Section 1035 of the Code. You can also do a partial exchange from one annuity contract to another annuity contract, subject to Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) rules. You also generally can exchange a life insurance policy for an annuity. However, before making an exchange, you should compare both contracts carefully because the features and benefits may be different. Fees and charges may be higher or lower on your old contract than on this contract. You may have to pay a withdrawal charge when you exchange out of your old contract and a new withdrawal period will begin when you exchange into this contract. If the exchange does not qualify for Section 1035 treatment, you also may have to pay federal income tax on the distribution. State income taxes may also apply. You should not exchange your old contract for this contract, or buy this contract in addition to your old contract, unless you determine it is in your best interest. (See “Taxes-1035 Exchanges”.)

Tax-deferred retirement plans: Most annuities have a tax-deferred feature. So do many retirement plans under the Code including 403(b) plans. As a result, when you use a qualified annuity to fund a retirement plan that is tax-deferred, your contract will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral beyond what is provided in that retirement plan. Some employers may permit you to deposit your contributions into other investments such as mutual funds. If such investments are available to you, before enrolling under the contract, you should consider features other than tax deferral that may help you reach your retirement goals. In addition, the Code subjects retirement plans to required withdrawals triggered at age 72 (triggered at age 70 ½ if you turned 70 ½ before Jan. 1, 2020). These mandatory withdrawals are called required minimum distributions (“RMDs”). RMDs may reduce the value of certain death benefits and optional riders (see “Taxes — Qualified

Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). You should consult your tax advisor before you purchase the contract as a qualified annuity for an explanation of the tax implications to you.

Buying a contract: We no longer offer new contracts. However, you have the option of making additional purchase payments in the future, subject to certain limitations. Purchase payment amounts and purchase payment timing may be limited under the terms of your contract and/or pursuant to state requirements. (See “Buying Your Contract”).

Free look period: The contracts in this prospectus are no longer sold. Generally, all available free look periods have now expired.

Accounts: Generally, you may allocate your purchase payments among the:

• subaccounts of the variable account, each of which invests in a fund with a particular investment objective. The value of each subaccount varies with the performance of the particular fund in which it invests. We cannot guarantee that the value at the retirement date will equal or exceed the total purchase payments you allocate to the subaccounts. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds”).

• GPAs which earn interest at rates declared when you make an allocation to that account. The required minimum investment in each GPA is $1,000. These accounts may not be available in all states. (See “The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)”)

• one-year fixed account, which earns interest at rates that we adjust periodically. There are restrictions on the amount you can allocate to this account as well as on transfers from this account (see “The Fixed Account – One-Year Fixed Account“ )

Transfers: Subject to certain restrictions, you currently may redistribute your contract value among the accounts without charge at any time until annuity payouts begin, and once per contract year among the subaccounts after annuity payouts begin. Transfers out of the GPAs done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will be subject to a MVA, unless an exception applies. You may establish automated transfers among the accounts. We reserve the right to limit transfers to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then currently crediting is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transferring Among Accounts”).

Withdrawals: You may withdraw all or part of your contract value at any time before the retirement date. You also may establish automated partial withdrawals. Withdrawals may be subject to charges and tax penalties (including a 10% IRS penalty that may apply if you make withdrawals prior to your reaching age 59½) and may have other tax consequences. Certain other restrictions may apply. (See “Withdrawals”)

 

6    RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Optional benefits:These contracts offered optional living and death benefits that were available for additional charges if you met certain criteria. Please note, since the contracts in this prospectus are no longer sold, any optional benefits you may have elected were done so at the time of application. You cannot add optional benefits to your contract after it has been issued. Any optional benefits we describe are not available to add to your contract. (See “Optional Benefits”).

Benefits in case of death: If you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin, we will pay the beneficiary an amount based on the death benefit selected. (See “Benefits in Case of Death”).

Annuity payouts: You can apply your contract value, after reflecting any adjustments, to an annuity payout plan that begins on the retirement date. You may choose from a variety of plans that can help meet your retirement or other income needs. The payout schedule must meet IRS requirements. We can make payouts on a fixed or variable basis, or both. During the annuity payout period, your choices for subaccounts may be limited. The GPAs are not available during the payout period. (See “The Annuity Payout Period”).

RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus    7

Expense Summary

The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you paid when buying, owning and making a withdrawal from the contract. The first table describes the fees and expenses that you paid at the time that you bought the contract and will pay when you make a withdrawal from the contract. State premium taxes also may be deducted.

Contract Owner Transaction Expenses

Withdrawal charge

(Contingent deferred sales charge as a percentage of purchase payments withdrawn)

You select either a seven-year or five-year withdrawal charge schedule at the time of application.

Seven-year schedule		Five-year schedule
Years from purchase payment receipt	Withdrawal charge percentage	Years from purchase payment receipt	Withdrawal charge percentage
1	8%	1	8%
2	8	2	7
3	7	3	6
4	7	4	4
5	6	5	2
6	5	Thereafter	0
7	3
Thereafter	0

Liquidation charge under Variable Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:If you are receiving variable annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to withdraw those payments. The amount that you can withdraw is the present value of any remaining variable payouts. The discount rate we use in the calculation will be 5.17% if the assumed investment return is 3.5% and 6.67% if the assumed investment return is 5%. The liquidation charge equals the present value of the remaining payouts using the assumed investment return minus the present value of the remaining payouts using the discount rate. (See “Charges — WithdrawalCharge” and “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Withdrawal charge for Fixed Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:

Number of Completed Years Since Annuitization	Withdrawal charge percentage
0	Not applicable*
1	5%
2	4
3	3
4	2
5	1
6 and thereafter	0

*We do not permit withdrawals in the first year after annuitization.

The next tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay periodically during the time that you own the contract, not including fund fees and expenses.

Annual Variable Account Expenses

(As a percentage of average daily subaccount value.)

You can choose a death benefit guarantee, a qualified or nonqualified contract and the length of your contract’s withdrawal charge schedule. The combination you choose determines the mortality and expense risk fees you pay. The table below shows the combinations available to you and their cost.

Seven-year withdrawal charge schedule	Mortality and expense risk fee	Variable account administrative charge	Total variable account expense
Qualified annuities
ROP death benefit	0.85%	0.15%	1.00%
MAV death benefit(1),(2)	1.05	0.15	1.20
EDB(1)	1.15	0.15	1.30
Nonqualified annuities

8    RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Seven-year withdrawal charge schedule	Mortality and expense risk fee	Variable account administrative charge	Total variable account expense
ROP death benefit	1.10	0.15	1.25
MAV death benefit(1),(2)	1.30	0.15	1.45
EDB(1)	1.40	0.15	1.55

Five-year withdrawal charge schedule	Mortality and expense risk fee	Variable account administrative charge	Total variable account expense
Qualified annuities
ROP death benefit	1.15	0.15	1.30
MAV death benefit(1),(2)	1.35	0.15	1.50
EDB(1)	1.45	0.15	1.60
Nonqualified annuities
ROP Payment death benefit	1.40	0.15	1.55
MAV death benefit(1),(2)	1.60	0.15	1.75
EDB(1)	1.70	0.15	1.85

(1)	Available if both you and the annuitant are 79 or younger at contract issue. If you select a GMIB rider, you must elect either the MAV death benefit or the EDB. EDB is not available with Benefit Protector or Benefit Protector Plus. May not be available in all states.
(2)	For contracts with applications signed before Nov. 6, 2003, or if your state has not approved this fee, the MAV death benefit fee is .10% less.

Other Annual Expenses

Annual contract administrative charge $40

(We will waive this charge when your contract value is $50,000 or more on the current contract anniversary.)

GMIB – MAV	0.55%(1),(2)
GMIB – 6% Rising Floor	0.75%(1),(2)

(As a percentage of the adjusted contract value charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

PCR fee 0.15%⁽¹⁾

(As a percentage of the contract value charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector) fee 0.25%⁽¹⁾

(As a percentage of the contract value charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus) fee 0.40%⁽¹⁾

(As a percentage of the contract value charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

(1)	This fee applies only if you elect this optional feature.
(2)	For applications signed prior to May 1, 2003, the following current annual rider charges apply: GMIB – MAV — 0.30% and GMIB — 6% Rising Floor — 0.45%.

Annual Operating Expenses of the Funds

The next table provides the minimum and maximum total operating expenses charged by the underlying funds that you may pay periodically during the time that you own the contract. These operating expenses are for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, unless otherwise noted. More detail concerning each underlying fund’s fees and expenses is contained in each fund’s prospectus.

Minimum and maximum annual operating expenses for the funds

(Including management, distribution (12b-1) and/or service fees and other expenses)⁽¹⁾

	Minimum(%)	Maximum(%)
Total expenses before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements	0.39	1.39

⁽¹⁾ Total annual fund operating expenses are deducted from amounts that are allocated to the fund. They include management fees and other expenses and may include distribution (12b-1) fees. Other expenses may include service fees that may be used to compensate service providers, including us and our affiliates, for administrative and contract owner services provided on behalf of the fund. The amount of these payments will vary by fund and may be significant. See “The Variable Account and the Funds” for additional information, including potential conflicts of interest these payments may create. Distribution (12b-1) fees are used to finance any activity that is primarily intended to result in the sale of fund shares. Because 12b-1 fees are paid out of fund assets on an ongoing basis, you may pay more if you select subaccounts investing in funds that have adopted 12b-1 plans than if you select subaccounts investing in funds that have not adopted 12b-1 plans. For a more complete description of each fund’s fees and expenses and important disclosure regarding payments the fund and/or its affiliates make, please review the fund’s prospectus and SAI.

RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus    9

Examples

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in these contracts with the cost of investing in other variable annuity contracts. These costs include your transaction expenses, contract administrative charges⁽¹⁾, variable account annual expenses and fund fees and expenses.

These examples assume that you invest $10,000 in the contract for the time periods indicated. These examples also assume that your investment has a 5% return each year.

Maximum Expenses. These examples assume the most expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the maximum fees and expenses of any of the funds before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the MAV Death Benefit, GMIB – 6% Rising Floor and Benefit Protector Plus. Although your actual costs may be lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

	If you withdraw your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not withdraw your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
Nonqualified Annuity	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Seven-year withdrawal charge schedule	$1,173	$1,992	$2,726	$4,582	$449	$1,352	$2,264	$4,582
Five-year withdrawal charge schedule	1,110	1,802	2,404	4,831	479	1,439	2,404	4,831
Qualified Annuity	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Seven-year withdrawal charge schedule	$1,149	$1,924	$2,614	$4,368	$423	$1,278	$2,146	$4,368
Five-year withdrawal charge schedule	1,087	1,732	2,287	4,624	454	1,366	2,287	4,624

Minimum Expenses. These examples assume the least expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the minimum fees and expenses of any of the funds before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the ROP Death Benefit and do not select any optional benefits. Although your actual costs may be higher, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

	If you withdraw your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not withdraw your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
Nonqualified Annuity	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Seven-year withdrawal charge schedule	$951	$1,328	$1,591	$2,323	$208	$639	$1,091	$2,323
Five-year withdrawal charge schedule	887	1,122	1,248	2,642	239	732	1,248	2,642
Qualified Annuity	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Seven-year withdrawal charge schedule	$928	$1,256	$1,459	$2,049	$182	$561	$959	$2,049
Five-year withdrawal charge schedule	863	1,048	1,117	2,376	213	655	1,117	2,376

⁽¹⁾ In these examples, the contract administrative charge is $40.

THE EXAMPLES ARE ILLUSTRATIVE ONLY. YOU SHOULD NOT CONSIDER THESE EXAMPLES AS A REPRESENTATION OF PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES. ACTUAL EXPENSES WILL BE HIGHER OR LOWER THAN THOSE SHOWN DEPENDING UPON WHICH OPTIONAL BENEFIT YOU ELECT OTHER THAN INDICATED IN THE EXAMPLES OR IF YOU ALLOCATE CONTRACT VALUE TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE SUBACCOUNTS.

10    RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Condensed Financial Information

You can find unaudited condensed financial information for the subaccounts representing the lowest and highest total annual variable account expense combinations in Appendix B.

Financial Statements

You can find our audited financial statements and the audited financial statements of the divisions, which are comprised of subaccounts, in the SAI. The SAI does not include audited financial statements for divisions that are new (if any) and have no activity as of the financial statements date.

The Variable Account and the Funds

Variable Account. The variable account was established under Indiana law on July 15, 1987, and the subaccounts are registered together as a single unit investment trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the 1940 Act). This registration does not involve any supervision of our management or investment practices and policies by the SEC. All obligations arising under the contracts are general obligations of RiverSource Life.

The variable account meets the definition of a separate account under federal securities laws. We credit or charge income, capital gains and capital losses of each subaccount only to that subaccount. State insurance law prohibits us from charging a subaccount with liabilities of any other subaccount or of our general business. The variable account includes other subaccounts that are available under contracts that are not described in this prospectus.

The IRS has issued guidance on investor control but may issue additional guidance in the future. We reserve the right to modify the contract or any investments made under the terms of the contract so that the investor control rules do not apply to treat the contract owner as the owner of the subaccount assets rather than the owner of an annuity contract. If the contract is not treated as an annuity contract for tax purposes, the owner may be subject to current taxation on any current or accumulated income credited to the contract.

We intend to comply with all federal tax laws so that the contract qualifies as an annuity for federal tax purposes. We reserve the right to modify the contract as necessary in order to qualify the contract as an annuity for federal tax purposes.

The Funds. This contract currently offers subaccounts investing in shares of the funds listed in the table below.

• Investment objectives: The investment managers and advisers cannot guarantee that the funds will meet their investment objectives. Please read the funds’ prospectuses for facts you should know before investing. These prospectuses are available by contacting us at the address or telephone number on the first page of this prospectus.

• Fund name and management: A fund underlying your contract in which a subaccount invests may have a name, portfolio manager, objectives, strategies and characteristics that are the same or substantially similar to those of a publicly-traded retail mutual fund. Despite these similarities, an underlying fund is not the same as any publicly-traded retail mutual fund. Each underlying fund will have its own unique portfolio holdings, fees, operating expenses and operating results. The results of each underlying fund may differ significantly from any publicly-traded retail mutual fund.

• Eligible purchasers: All funds are available to serve as the underlying investments for variable annuities and variable life insurance policies. The funds are not available to the public (see “Fund Name and Management” above). Some funds also are available to serve as investment options for tax-deferred retirement plans. It is possible that in the future for tax, regulatory or other reasons, it may be disadvantageous for variable annuity accounts and variable life insurance accounts and/or tax-deferred retirement plans to invest in the available funds simultaneously. Although we and the funds’ providers do not currently foresee any such disadvantages, the boards of directors or trustees of each fund will monitor events in order to identify any material conflicts between annuity owners, policy owners and tax-deferred retirement plans and to determine what action, if any, should be taken in response to a conflict. If a board were to conclude that it should establish separate fund providers for the variable annuity, variable life insurance and tax-deferred retirement plan accounts, you would not bear any expenses associated with establishing separate funds. Please refer to the funds’ prospectuses for risk disclosure regarding simultaneous investments by variable annuity, variable life insurance and tax-deferred retirement plan accounts. Each fund intends to comply with the diversification requirements under Section 817(h) of the Code.

• Asset allocation programs may impact fund performance: Asset allocation programs in general may negatively impact the performance of an underlying fund. Even if you do not participate in an asset allocation program, a fund in which your subaccount invests may be impacted if it is included in an asset allocation program. Rebalancing or reallocation under the terms of the asset allocation program may cause a fund to lose money if it must sell large amounts of securities to meet a redemption request. These losses can be greater if the fund holds securities that are not as liquid as others, for example, various types of bonds, shares of smaller companies and securities of foreign issuers. A fund may also experience higher expenses because it must sell or buy securities more frequently

RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus    11

	than it otherwise might in the absence of asset allocation program rebalancing or reallocations. Because asset allocation programs include periodic rebalancing and may also include reallocation, these effects may occur under the asset allocation program we offer or under asset allocation programs used in conjunction with the contracts and plans of other eligible purchasers of the funds.
•	Funds available under the contract: We seek to provide a broad array of underlying funds taking into account the fees and charges imposed by each fund and the contract charges we impose. We select the underlying funds in which the subaccounts initially invest and when there is substitution (see “Substitution of Investments”). We also make all decisions regarding which funds to retain in a contract, which funds to add to a contract and which funds will no longer be offered in a contract. In making these decisions, we may consider various objective and subjective factors. Objective factors include, but are not limited to fund performance, fund expenses, classes of fund shares available, size of the fund and investment objectives and investing style of the fund. Subjective factors include, but are not limited to, investment sub-styles and process, management skill and history at other funds and portfolio concentration and sector weightings. We also consider the levels and types of revenue a fund, its distributor, investment adviser, subadviser, transfer agent or their affiliates pay us and our affiliates. This revenue includes, but is not limited to compensation for administrative services provided with respect to the fund and support of marketing and distribution expenses incurred with respect to the fund.
•	Money Market fund yield: In low interest rate environments, money market fund yields may decrease to a level where the deduction of fees and charges associated with your contract could result in negative net performance, resulting in a corresponding decrease in your contract value.
•	Revenue we receive from the funds and potential conflicts of interest:

Expenses We May Incur on Behalf of the Funds

When a subaccount invests in a fund, the fund holds a single account in the name of the variable account. As such, the variable account is actually the shareholder of the fund. We, through our variable account, aggregate the transactions of numerous contract owners and submit net purchase and redemption requests to the funds on a daily basis. In addition, we track individual contract owner transactions and provide confirmations, periodic statements, and other required mailings. These costs would normally be borne by the fund, but we incur them instead.

Besides incurring these administrative expenses on behalf of the funds, we also incur distributions expenses in selling our contracts. By extension, the distribution expenses we incur benefit the funds we make available due to contract owner elections to allocate purchase payments to the funds through the subaccounts. In addition, the funds generally incur lower distribution expenses when offered through our variable account in contrast to being sold on a retail basis.

A complete list of why we may receive this revenue, as well as sources of revenue, is described in detail below.

Payments the Funds May Make to Us

We or our affiliates may receive from each of the funds, or their affiliates, compensation including but not limited to expense payments. These payments are designed in part to compensate us for the expenses we may incur on behalf of the funds. In addition to these payments, the funds may compensate us for wholesaling activities or to participate in educational or marketing seminars sponsored by the funds.

We or our affiliates may receive revenue derived from the 12b-1 fees charged by the funds. These fees are deducted from the assets of the funds. This revenue and the amount by which it can vary may create conflicts of interest. The amount, type, and manner in which the revenue from these sources is computed vary by fund.

Conflicts of Interest These Payments May Create

When we determined the charges to impose under the contracts, we took into account anticipated payments from the funds. If we had not taken into account these anticipated payments, the charges under the contract would have been higher. Additionally, the amount of payment we receive from a fund or its affiliate may create an incentive for us to include that fund as an investment option and may influence our decision regarding which funds to include in the variable account as subaccount options for contract owners. Funds that offer lower payments or no payments may also have corresponding expense structures that are lower, resulting in decreased overall fees and expenses to shareholders.

We offer funds managed by our affiliates Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC (Columbia Management) and Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLC (Columbia Wanger). We have additional financial incentive to offer our affiliated funds because additional assets held by them generally results in added revenue to us and our parent company, Ameriprise Financial, Inc. Additionally, employees of Ameriprise Financial, Inc. and its affiliates, including our employees, may be separately incented to include the affiliated funds in the products, as employee compensation and business unit operating goals at all levels are tied to the success of the company. Currently, revenue received from our affiliated funds comprises the greatest amount and percentage of revenue we derive from payments made by the funds.

The Amount of Payments We Receive from the Funds

We or our affiliates receive revenue which ranges up to 0.65% of the average daily net assets invested in the funds through this and other contracts we and our affiliates issue.

12    RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Why revenues are paid to us: In accordance with applicable laws, regulations and the terms of the agreements under which such revenue is paid, we or our affiliates may receive revenue, including, but not limited to expense payments and non-cash compensation, for various purposes:

• Compensating, training and educating investment professionals who sell the contracts.

• Granting access to our employees whose job it is to promote sales of the contracts by authorized selling firms and their investment professionals, and granting access to investment professionals of our affiliated selling firms.

• Activities or services we or our affiliates provide that assist in the promotion and distribution of the contracts including promoting the funds available under the contracts to contract owners, authorized selling firms and investment professionals.

• Providing sub-transfer agency and shareholder servicing to contract owners.

• Promoting, including and/or retaining the fund’s investment portfolios as underlying investment options in the contracts.

• Advertising, printing and mailing sales literature, and printing and distributing prospectuses and reports.

• Furnishing personal services to contract owners, including education of contract owners regarding the funds, answering routine inquiries regarding a fund, maintaining accounts or providing such other services eligible for service fees as defined under the rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA).

• Subaccounting services, transaction processing, recordkeeping and administration.

• Sources of revenue received from affiliated funds: The affiliated funds are managed by Columbia Management or Columbia Wanger. The sources of revenue we receive from these affiliated funds, or the funds’ affiliates, may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Assets of the fund’s adviser, sub-adviser, transfer agent, distributor or an affiliate of these. The revenue resulting from these sources may be based either on a percentage of average daily net assets of the fund or on the actual cost of certain services we provide with respect to the fund. We may receive this revenue either in the form of a cash payment or it may be allocated to us.

• Compensation paid out of 12b-1 fees that are deducted from fund assets.

• Sources of revenue received from unaffiliated funds: The unaffiliated funds are not managed by an affiliate of ours. The sources of revenue we receive from these unaffiliated funds, or the funds’ affiliates, may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Assets of the fund’s adviser, sub-adviser, transfer agent, distributor or an affiliate of these. The revenue resulting from these sources may be based either on a percentage of average daily net assets of the fund or on the actual cost of certain services we provide with respect to the fund. We receive this revenue in the form of a cash payment.

• Compensation paid out of 12b-1 fees that are deducted from fund assets.

You may allocate purchase payments and transfers to any or all of the subaccounts of the variable account that invest in shares of the funds listed in the table below. From time to time, certain fund names are changed. When we are notified of a name change, we will make changes so that the new name is properly shown. However, changes may take some period of time to complete. As a result it is possible you may receive various forms, reports and confirmations that reflect a fund’s prior name.

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
AB VPS Balanced Wealth Strategy Portfolio (Class B)	Seeks to maximize total return consistent with AllianceBernstein's determination of reasonable risk.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
AB VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio (Class B)	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
AB VPS Growth and Income Portfolio (Class B)	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
AB VPS Large Cap Growth Portfolio (Class B)	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC

RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus    13

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high level of current income and, as a secondary objective, steady growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Government Money Market Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with maximum current income consistent with liquidity and stability of principal.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high level of current income while attempting to conserve the value of the investment for the longest period of time.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Large Cap Growth Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Large Cap Index Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with current income as its primary objective and, as its secondary objective, preservation of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Fidelity® VIP Contrafund® Portfolio Service Class 2	Seeks long-term capital appreciation. Normally invests primarily in common stocks. Invests in securities of companies whose value FMR believes is not fully recognized by the public. Invests in either "growth" stocks or "value" stocks or both. The fund invests in domestic and foreign issuers.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Growth Portfolio Service Class 2	Seeks to achieve capital appreciation. Normally invests primarily in common stocks. Invests in companies that FMR believes have above-average growth potential (stocks of these companies are often called "growth" stocks). The Fund invests in domestic and foreign issuers.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2	Seeks long-term growth of capital. Normally invests primarily in common stocks. Normally invests at least 80% of assets in securities of companies with medium market capitalizations. May invest in companies with smaller or larger market capitalizations. Invests in domestic and foreign issuers. The Fund invests in either "growth" or "value" common stocks or both.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Overseas Portfolio Service Class 2	Seeks long-term growth of capital. Normally invests primarily in common stocks allocating investments across different countries and regions. Normally invests at least 80% of assets in non-U.S. securities.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Franklin Global Real Estate VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks high total return. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in investments of companies located anywhere in the world that operate in the real estate sector.	Franklin Templeton Institutional, LLC

14    RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks capital appreciation, with income as a secondary goal. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests primarily in U.S. and foreign equity securities that the investment manager believes are undervalued.	Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC
Franklin Small Cap Value VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term total return. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in investments of small capitalization companies.	Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC
Franklin Small-Mid Cap Growth VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital growth. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in investments of small-capitalization and mid-capitalization companies.	Franklin Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Strategic Income Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks total return	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. Core Equity Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. Value Opportunities Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
MFS® Massachusetts Investors Growth Stock Portfolio - Service Class	Seeks capital appreciation.	MFS® Investment Management
MFS® New Discovery Series - Service Class	Seeks capital appreciation.	MFS® Investment Management
MFS® Total Return Series - Service Class	Seeks total return.	MFS® Investment Management
MFS® Utilities Series - Service Class	Seeks total return.	MFS® Investment Management
Putnam VT Equity Income Fund - Class IB Shares	Seeks capital growth and current income.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of Putnam Investments Limited (PIL), PIL does not currently manage any assets.
Putnam VT International Equity Fund - Class IB Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor; Putnam Investments Limited, sub-adviser. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of The Putnam Advisory Company, LLC (PAC), PAC does not currently manage any assets of the fund.

RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus    15

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Putnam VT Research Fund - Class IB Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of both Putnam Investments Limited (PIL) and The Putnam Advisory Company, LLC (PAC), PIL and PAC do not currently manage any asses of the fund.
Putnam VT Sustainable Leaders Fund - Class IB Shares	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of Putnam Investments Limited (PIL), PIL does not currently manage any assets.
Templeton Foreign VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital growth. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in investments of issuers located outside the U.S., including those in emerging markets.	Templeton Investment Counsel, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; Jacobs Levy Equity Management, Inc., Nuveen Asset Management, LLC and Segall Bryant & Hamill, LLC, subadvisers.

The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)

You may allocate purchase payments and purchase payment credits to one or more of the GPAs with guarantee periods declared by us. These periods of time may vary by state. The minimum required investment in each GPA is $1,000. There are restrictions on the amount you can allocate to these accounts as well as on transfers from these accounts (see “Buying Your Contract” and “Transfer policies”).

These accounts are not offered after annuity payouts begin.

Each GPA pays an interest rate that is declared when you make an allocation to that account. Interest is credited daily. That interest rate is then fixed for the guarantee period that you chose. We will periodically change the declared interest rate for any future allocations to these accounts, but we will not change the rate paid on money currently in a GPA. The GPA interests under the contracts are registered with the SEC (File No.333-230959). The SEC staff reviews the disclosures in this prospectus on the GPA interests.

The interest rates that we will declare as guaranteed rates in the future are determined by us at our discretion (future rates). These rates generally will be based on various factors related to future investment earnings.We cannot predict nor can we guarantee what future rates will be.

We hold amounts you allocate to the GPAs in a “nonunitized” separate account. This separate account provides an additional measure of assurance that we will make full payment of amounts due under the GPAs. We own the assets of this separate account as well as any favorable investment performance of those assets. You do not participate in the performance of the assets held in this separate account. We guarantee all benefits relating to your value in the GPAs. This guarantee is based on the continued claims-paying ability of the company’s general account. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of insurance and financial products as well, and we also pay our obligations under these products from assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account.

We intend to construct and manage the investment portfolio relating to the separate account in such a way as to minimize the impact of fluctuations by interest rates. We seek to achieve this by constructing a portfolio of assets with a price sensitivity to interest rate changes (i.e., price duration) that is similar to the price duration of the corresponding portfolio of liabilities.

16    RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus

We must invest this portfolio of assets in accordance with requirements established by applicable state laws regarding the nature and quality of investments that life insurance companies may make and the percentage of their assets that they may commit to any particular type of investment. Our investment strategy will incorporate the use of a variety of debt instruments having price durations tending to match the applicable guarantee periods. These instruments include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities, which issues may or may not be guaranteed by the U.S. government;

• Debt securities that have an investment grade, at the time of purchase, within the four highest grades assigned by any of three nationally recognized rating agencies — Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s Investors Service or Fitch — or are rated in the two highest grades by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners;

• Other debt instruments which are unrated or rated below investment grade, limited to 10% of assets at the time of purchase; and

• Real estate mortgages, limited to 45% of portfolio assets at the time of acquisition.

In addition, options and futures contracts on fixed income securities will be used from time to time to achieve and maintain appropriate investment and liquidity characteristics on the overall asset portfolio.

While this information generally describes our investment strategy, we are not obligated to follow any particular strategy except as may be required by federal law and Indiana and other state insurance laws.

Market Value Adjustment (MVA)

We guarantee the contract value allocated to your GPA, including the interest credited, if you do not make any transfers or withdrawals from that GPA prior to 30 days before the end of the guarantee period. However, we will apply an MVA if a transfer or withdrawal occurs prior to this time, unless the transfer is an automated transfer from the two-year GPA as part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep strategy. The MVA also affects amounts withdrawn from a GPA prior to 30 days before the end of the guarantee period that are used to purchase payouts under an annuity payout plan. We will refer to all of these transactions as “early withdrawals” in the discussion below.

The current interest rate we offer on the GPA will change periodically at our discretion. It is the rate we are then paying on purchase payments, renewals and transfers paid under this class of contracts for Guarantee Period durations equaling the remaining Guarantee Period of the GPA to which the formula is being applied.

We will not apply MVAs to amounts withdrawn for annual contract charges, to amounts we pay as death claims or to automatic transfers from the two-year GPA as part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep Strategy. In some states, the MVA is limited.

When you request an early withdrawal, we adjust the early withdrawal amount by an MVA formula. The early withdrawal amount reflects the relationship between the guaranteed interest rate you are earning in your current GPA and the interest rate we are crediting on new GPAs that end at the same time as your current GPA.

The MVA is sensitive to changes in current interest rates. The magnitude of any applicable MVA will depend on our current schedule of guaranteed interest rates at the time of the withdrawal, the time remaining in your guarantee period and your guaranteed interest rate. The MVA is negative, zero or positive depending on how the guaranteed interest rate on your GPA compares to the interest rate of a new GPA for the same number of years as the guarantee period remaining on your GPA. This is summarized in the following table:

If your GPA rate is:	The MVA is:
Less than the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Negative
Equal to the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Zero
Greater than the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Positive

General Examples

As the examples below demonstrate, the application of an MVA may result in either a gain or a loss of principal. We refer to all of the transactions described below as “early withdrawals.”

Assumptions:

• You purchase a contract and allocate part of your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA; and

• we guarantee an interest rate of 3.0% annually for your ten-year guarantee period; and

• after three years, you decide to make a withdrawal from your GPA. In other words, there are seven years left in your guarantee period.

Remember that the MVA depends partly on the interest rate of a new GPA for the same number of years as the guarantee period remaining on your GPA. In this case, that is seven years.

RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus    17

Example 1: Remember that your GPA is earning 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 3.5%. We add 0.10% to the 3.5% rate to get 3.6%. Your GPA’s 3.0% rate is less than the 3.6% rate, so the MVA will be negative.

Example 2: Remember again that your GPA is earning 3.0%, and assume that new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 2.5%. We add 0.10% to the 2.5% rate to get 2.6%. In this example, since your GPA’s 3.0% rate is greater than the 2.6% rate, the MVA will be positive. To determine that adjustment precisely, you will have to use the formula described below.

Sample MVA Calculations

The precise MVA formula we apply is as follows:

Early withdrawal amount	×	[	(	1 + i	)	n/12	–1	]	=	MVA
				1 + j + .001

Where i	=	rate earned in the GPA from which amounts are being transferred or withdrawn.
j	=	current rate for a new guarantee period equal to the remaining term in the current guarantee period.
n	=	number of months remaining in the current guarantee period (rounded up).

Examples — MVA

Using assumptions similar to those we used in the examples above:

• You purchase a contract and allocate part of your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA;

• we guarantee an interest rate of 3.0% annually for your ten-year guarantee period; and

• after three years, you decide to make a $1,000 withdrawal from your GPA. In other words, there are seven years left in your guarantee period.

Example 1: You request an early withdrawal of $1,000 from your ten-year GPA earning a guaranteed interest rate of 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 3.5%. Using the formula above, we determine the MVA as follows:

$1,000	×	[	(	1.030	)	84/12	–1	]	=	-$39.84
				1 + .035 + .001

In this example, the MVA is a negative $39.84.

Example 2: You request an early withdrawal of $1,000 from your ten-year GPA earning a guaranteed interest rate of 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 2.5%. Using the formula above, we determine the MVA as follows:

$1,000	×	[	(	1.030	)	84/12	–1	]	=	$27.61
				1 + .025 + .001

In this example, the MVA is a positive $27.61.

Please note that when you allocate your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA and your purchase payment is in its fourth year from receipt at the beginning of the guarantee period, your withdrawal charge percentage is 7%. (See “Charges — Withdrawal Charge.”) We do not apply MVAs to the amounts we deduct for withdrawal charges, so we would deduct the withdrawal charge from your early withdrawal after we applied the MVA. Also note that when you request an early withdrawal, we withdraw an amount from your GPA that will give you the net amount you requested after we apply the MVA and any applicable withdrawal charge, unless you request otherwise.

The current interest rate we offer on the GPA will change periodically at our discretion. It is the rate we are then paying on purchase payments, renewals and transfers paid under this class of contracts for guarantee period durations equaling the remaining guarantee period of the GPA to which the formula is being applied.

We will not apply MVAs to amounts withdrawn for annual contract charges, to amounts we pay as death claims or to automatic transfers from the two-year GPA as part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep strategy. In some states, the MVA is limited.

18    RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The General Account

The general account includes all assets owned by RiverSource Life, other than those in the variable account and our other separate accounts. Subject to applicable state law, we have sole discretion to decide how assets of the general account will be invested. The assets held in our general account support the guarantees under your contract including any optional benefits offered under the contract. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to many of the same risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of annuities and financial instruments and products as well, and these obligations are satisfied from the assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account. The fixed account is supported by our general account that we make available under the contract.

The One-Year Fixed Account

You may allocate purchase payments or transfer accumulated value to the one-year fixed account. Some states may restrict the amount you can allocate to this account. We back the principal and interest guarantees relating to the one-year fixed account. These guarantees are subject to the creditworthiness and continued claims-paying ability of the company’s general account. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account. The value of the one-year fixed account increases as we credit interest to the account. Purchase payments and transfers to the one-year fixed account become part of our general account. We credit and compound interest daily based on a 365-day year (366 in a leap year) so as to produce the annual effective rate which we declare. The interest rate we apply to each purchase payment or transfer to the one-year fixed account is guaranteed for one year. Thereafter we will change the rates from time-to-time at our discretion. Interest rates credited in excess of the guaranteed rate generally will be based on various factors related to future investment earnings.

There are restrictions on the amount you can allocate to this account as well as on transfers from this account. (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transfer policies”)

Because of exemptive and exclusionary provisions, we have not registered interests in the one-year fixed account as securities under the Securities Act of 1933 nor have any of these accounts been registered as investment companies under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Accordingly, neither the one-year fixed account nor any interests in the one-year fixed account are subject to the provisions of these Acts.

The one-year fixed account has not been registered with the SEC. Disclosures regarding the one-year fixed account, however, are subject to certain generally applicable provisions of the federal securities laws relating to the accuracy and completeness of statements made in a prospectus.

Buying Your Contract

New contracts are not currently being offered.

We are required by law to obtain personal information from you which we used to verify your identity. If you do not provide this information we reserve the right to refuse to issue your contract or take other steps we deem reasonable. As the owner, you have all rights and may receive all benefits under the contract. You can own a qualified or nonqualified annuity. Generally, you can own a nonqualified annuity in joint tenancy with rights of survivorship only in spousal situations. You cannot own a qualified annuity in joint tenancy. You can become an owner if you are 85 or younger. (The age limit may be younger for qualified annuities in some states.)

When you applied, you selected (if available in your state):

• GPAs, the one-year fixed account and/or subaccounts in which you want to invest⁽¹⁾;

• how you want to make purchase payments;

• the optional MAV Death Benefit⁽²⁾;

• the optional EDB⁽²⁾;

• the optional GMIB – MAV rider⁽³⁾;

• the optional GMIB – 6% Rising Floor rider⁽³⁾;

• the optional PCR⁽³⁾;

• the optional Benefit Protector Death Benefit⁽⁴⁾;

• the optional Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit⁽⁴⁾;

• the length of the withdrawal charge schedule (5 or 7 years)⁽⁵⁾; and

RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus    19

•	a beneficiary.
(1)	GPAs are not available under contracts issued in Maryland, Oregon, Pennsylvania or Washington and may not be available in other states.
(2)	Available if both you and the annuitant are 79 or younger at contract issue. If you select a GMIB rider, you must elect either the MAV death benefit or the EDB. EDB is not available with Benefit Protector or Benefit Protector Plus. May not be available in all states.
(3)	If you select the PCR, you cannot add a GMIB rider. The GMIB is available if the annuitant is 75 or younger at contract issue. The GMIB is not available with ROP death benefit. May not be available in all states.
(4)	Available if you and the annuitant are 75 or younger at contract issue. Not available with EDB. May not be available in all states.
(5)	The five-year withdrawal charge schedule may not be available in all states.

The contract provides for allocation of purchase payments to the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and/or the subaccounts of the variable account in even 1% increments subject to the $1,000 minimum for the GPAs.

The following restrictions on allocation of purchase payments to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account will apply:

For contracts with applications signed prior to June 16, 2003:	No restrictions on the amount of purchase payments allocated to the GPAs or the one-year fixed account (if available).
For contracts with applications signed on or after June 16 through Dec. 4, 2003:	The amount of any purchase payment allocated to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account in total cannot exceed 30% of the purchase payment.This 30% limit will not apply if you establish a dollar cost averaging arrangement with respect to the purchase payment according to procedures currently in effect, or you are participating according to the rules of an asset allocation model portfolio program available under the contract, if any.
For contracts with applications signed on or after Dec. 5, 2003:	In certain states where we offer GPAs that do not require payment of a statutory minimum guaranteed interest rate, the amount of any purchase payment allocated to one-year fixed account cannot exceed 30% of the purchase payment. The amount of any purchase payment allocated to the GPAs is not subject to this 30% limit. Please consult your investment professional to see if these restrictions apply in your state. In all other states, the amount of any purchase payment allocated to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account in total cannot exceed 30% of the purchase payment. We reserve the right to further limit purchase payment allocations to the one-year fixed account and/or GPAs if the interest rate we are then crediting on new purchase payments allocated to the one-year fixed account is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract.In all states, the 30% limit will not apply if you establish an automated dollar cost averaging arrangement with respect to the purchase payment according to procedures currently in effect, or you are participating according to the rules of an asset allocation model portfolio program available under the contract, if any.

There are no restrictions on allocations of purchase payments to the subaccounts.

We applied your initial purchase payment to the GPAs, one-year fixed account and subaccounts you selected within two business days after we received it at our Service Center. We will credit additional eligible purchase payments you make to your accounts on the valuation date we receive them. If we receive your purchase payment at our Service Center before the close of business, we will credit any portion of that payment allocated to the subaccounts using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received the payment. If we receive an additional purchase payment at our Service Center at or after the close of business, we will credit any portion of that payment allocated to the subaccounts using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received the payment.

You may make monthly payments to your contract under a systematic investment plan (SIP). To begin the SIP, you will complete and send a form and your first SIP payment along with your application. There is no charge for SIP. You can stop your SIP payments at any time.

In most states, you may make additional purchase payments to nonqualified and qualified annuities until the retirement date.

Householding and delivery of certain documents

With your prior consent, RiverSource Life and its affiliates may use and combine information concerning accounts owned by members of the same household and provide a single paper copy of certain documents to that household. This householding of documents may include prospectuses, supplements, annual reports, semiannual reports and proxies. Your authorization remains in effect unless we are notified otherwise. If you wish to continue receiving multiple copies of these documents, you can opt out of householding by calling us at 1.866.273.7429. Multiple mailings will resume within 30 days after we receive your opt out request.

20    RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The Retirement Date

Annuity payouts begin on the retirement date. This means that the contract will be annuitized or converted to a stream of monthly payments. If your contract is annuitized, the contract goes into payout and only the annuity payout provisions continue. You will no longer have access to your contract value. This means that the death benefit and any optional benefits you have elected will end. When we processed your application, we established the retirement date to be the maximum age then in effect (or contract anniversary if applicable). Unless otherwise elected by you, all retirement dates are now automatically set to the maximum age of 95 now in effect. You also can change the retirement date, provided you send us written instructions at least 30 days before annuity payouts begin.

The retirement date must be:

• no earlier than the 30th day after the contract’s effective date; and no later than

• the annuitant’s 95th birthday or the tenth contract anniversary, if later,

• or such other date as agreed upon by us.

Six months prior to your retirement start date, we will contact you with your options including the option to postpone your retirement start date to a future date. You can choose to delay the retirement start date of your contract to a date beyond age 95, to the extent allowed by applicable state law and tax laws.

If you do not make an election, annuity payouts using the contract’s default option of annuity payout Plan B – Life with 10 years certain will begin on the retirement start date and your monthly annuity payments will continue for as long as the annuitant lives. If the annuitant does not survive 10 years, we will continue to make payments until 10 years of payments have been made.

Generally, if you own a qualified annuity (for example, an IRA) and tax laws require that you take distributions from your annuity prior to your retirement start date, your contract will not be automatically annuitized (subject to state requirements). However, if you choose, you can elect to request annuitization or take surrenders to meet your required minimum distributions.

Beneficiary

We will pay to your named beneficiary the death benefit if it becomes payable while the contract is in force and before annuity payouts begin. If there is more than one beneficiary, we will pay each beneficiary’s designated share when we receive their completed claim. A beneficiary will bear the investment risk of the variable account until we receive the beneficiary’s completed claim. If there is no named beneficiary, the default provisions of your contract will apply. (See “Benefits in Case of Death” for more about beneficiaries.)

Purchase Payments

Purchase payment amounts and purchase payment timing may vary by state and be limited under the terms of your contract.

Minimum purchase payments

If paying by SIP:

$50 for additional payments.

If paying by any other method:

$100 for additional payments.

Maximum total allowable purchase payments*

$1,000,000

* This limit applies in total to all RiverSource Life annuities you own. We reserve the right to waive or increase the maximum limit. For qualified annuities, the Code’s limits on annual contributions also apply.

How to Make Purchase Payments

11 By letter

Send your check along with your name and contract number to:

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474

RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus    21

22 By SIP

Contact your investment professional to complete the necessary SIP paperwork.

Purchase Payment Credits

You will receive a purchase payment credit with any payment you make to your contract that brings your total net payment (total payments less total withdrawals) to $100,000 or more.⁽¹⁾

⁽¹⁾ For applications signed on or after Nov. 6, 2003, only contracts with a seven-year withdrawal charge schedule are eligible for a credit. If you make any additional payments that cause the contract to be eligible for the credit, we will add credits to your prior purchase payments (less total withdrawals). We apply this credit immediately. We allocate the credit to the GPAs, the one-year fixed account, special DCA account and the subaccounts in the same proportions as your purchase payment.

We fund the credit from our general account. Credits are not considered to be “investments” for income tax purposes. (See “Taxes.”)

We will reverse credits from the contract value for any purchase payment that is not honored (if, for example, your purchase payment check is returned for insufficient funds).

To the extent a death benefit or withdrawal payment includes purchase payment credits applied within twelve months preceding: (1) the date of death that results in a lump sum death benefit under this contract; or (2) a request for withdrawal charge waiver due to “Contingent events” (see “Charges — Contingent events”), we will assess a charge, similar to a withdrawal charge, equal to the amount of the purchase payment credits. The amount we pay to you under these circumstances will always equal or exceed your withdrawal value.

Because of higher charges, there may be circumstances where you may be worse off for having received the credit than in other contracts. All things being equal (such as guarantee availability or fund performance and availability), this may occur if you hold your contract for 15 years or more. This also may occur if you make a full withdrawal in the first seven years. You should consider these higher charges and other relevant factors before you buy this contract or before you exchange a contract you currently own for this contract.

This credit is made available because of lower distribution and other expenses associated with larger sized contracts and through revenue from higher withdrawal charges and contract administrative charges than would otherwise be charged. In general, we do not profit from the higher charges assessed to cover the cost of the purchase payment credit. We use all the revenue from these higher charges to pay for the cost of the credits. However, we could profit from the higher charges if market appreciation is higher than expected or if contract owners hold their contracts for longer than expected.

Limitations on Use of Contract

If mandated by applicable law, including, but not limited to, federal anti-money laundering laws, we may be required to reject a purchase payment. We may also be required to block an owner’s access to contract values or to satisfy other statutory obligations. Under these circumstances, we may refuse to implement requests for transfers, withdrawals or death benefits until instructions are received from the appropriate governmental authority or a court of competent jurisdiction.

Charges

Contract Administrative Charge

We charge this fee for establishing and maintaining your records. We deduct $40 from the contract value on your contract anniversary or, if earlier, when the contract is fully withdrawn. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. Some states also limit any contract charge allocated to the one year fixed account.

We will waive this charge when your contract value is $50,000 or more on the current contract anniversary.

If you take a full withdrawal from your contract, we will deduct the charge at the time of withdrawal regardless of the contract value. We cannot increase the annual contract administrative charge and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

Variable Account Administrative Charge

We apply this charge daily to the subaccounts. It is reflected in the unit values of your subaccounts and it totals 0.15% of their average daily net assets on an annual basis. It covers certain administrative and operating expenses of the subaccounts such as accounting, legal and data processing fees and expenses involved in the preparation and distribution of reports and prospectuses. We cannot increase the variable account administrative charge.

22    RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Mortality and Expense Risk Fee

We charge these fees daily to the subaccounts. The unit values of your subaccounts reflect these fees. These fees cover the mortality and expense risk that we assume. These fees do not apply to the GPAs or the one-year fixed account. We cannot increase these fees.

These fees are based on the death benefit guarantee, whether the contract is a qualified annuity or a nonqualified annuity and the withdrawal charge schedule that applies to your contract.

Seven-year withdrawal charge schedule	Qualified annuities	Nonqualified annuities
ROP death benefit	0.85%	1.10%
MAV death benefit(1)	1.05	1.30
EDB	1.15	1.40
Five-year withdrawal charge schedule
ROP death benefit	1.15	1.40
MAV death benefit(1)	1.35	1.60
EDB	1.45	1.70

For contracts with applications signed before Nov. 6, 2003, or if your state has not approved this fee, the MAV death benefit fee is .10% less.

Mortality risk arises because of our guarantee to pay a death benefit and our guarantee to make annuity payouts according to the terms of the contract, no matter how long a specific owner or annuitant lives and no matter how long our entire group of owners or annuitants live. If, as a group, owners or annuitants outlive the life expectancy we assumed in our actuarial tables, then we must take money from our general assets to meet our obligations. If, as a group, owners or annuitants do not live as long as expected, we could profit from the mortality risk fee. We deduct the mortality risk fee from the subaccounts during the annuity payout period even if the annuity payout plan does not involve a life contingency.

Expense risk arises because we cannot increase the contract administrative charge or the variable account administrative charge and these charges may not cover our expenses. We would have to make up any deficit from our general assets. We could profit from the expense risk fee if future expenses are less than expected.

The subaccounts pay us the mortality and expense risk fee they accrued as follows:

• first, to the extent possible, the subaccounts pay this fee from any dividends distributed from the funds in which they invest;

• then, if necessary, the funds redeem shares to cover any remaining fees payable.

We may use any profits we realize from the subaccounts’ payment to us of the mortality and expense risk fee for any proper corporate purpose, including, among others, payment of distribution (selling) expenses. We do not expect that the withdrawal charge will cover sales and distribution expenses.

Withdrawal Charge

If you withdraw all or part of your contract value, a withdrawal charge applies if all or part of the withdrawal amount is from any purchase payment we received less than six or eight years before the date of withdrawal. In addition, amounts withdrawn from a GPA more than 30 days before the end of the applicable guarantee period will be subject to a MVA. (See “The Guarantee Period Accounts — Market Value Adjustment (MVA).”

Each time you make a purchase payment under the contract, a withdrawal charge attaches to that purchase payment. The withdrawal charge percentage for each purchase payment declines according to a schedule shown in the contract. For example, if you select a 7-year withdrawal charge schedule, during the first two years after a purchase payment is made, the withdrawal charge percentage attached to that payment is 8%. The withdrawal charge percentage for that payment during the seventh year after it is made is 3%. At the beginning of the eighth year after that purchase payment is made, and thereafter, there is no withdrawal charge as to that payment.

You may withdraw an amount during any contract year without incurring a withdrawal charge. We call this amount the Total Free Amount (“TFA”). The TFA is the amount of your contract value that you may withdraw without incurring a withdrawal charge. Amounts withdrawn in excess of the Total Free Amount may be subject to a withdrawal charge as described below. The Total Free Amount is defined as the maximum of (a) and (b) where:

(a)	is 10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value; and
(b)	is current contract earnings.

RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus    23

NOTE: We determine current contract earnings (CE) by looking at the entire contract value (CV), not the earnings of any particular subaccount, or the one-year fixed account or GPA. If the contract value is less than purchase payments received and not previously withdrawn (PPNPW) then contract earnings are zero. We consider your initial purchase payment and purchase payment credit to be the prior anniversary’s contract value during the first contract year.

For purposes of calculating any withdrawal charge, we treat amounts withdrawn from your contract value in the following order:

1.	First, in each contract year, we withdraw amounts totaling up to 10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on this amount.
2.	Next, we withdraw contract earnings, if any, that are greater than the amount described in number one above. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on contract earnings.
3.	Next, we withdraw purchase payments received prior to the withdrawal charge period shown in your contract. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on these purchase payments.
4.	Finally, if necessary, we withdraw purchase payments received that are still within the withdrawal charge period you selected and shown in your contract. We withdraw these payments on a “first-in, first-out” (FIFO) basis. We do assess a withdrawal charge on these payments.

NOTE: After withdrawing earnings in numbers one and two above, we next withdraw enough additional contract value (ACV) to meet your requested withdrawal amount. If the amount described in number one above was greater than contract earnings prior to the withdrawal, the excess (XSF) will be excluded from the purchase payments being withdrawn that were received most recently when calculating the withdrawal charge. We determine the amount of purchase payments being withdrawn (PPW) in numbers three and four above as:

PPW = XSF +	(ACV – XSF)	×	(PPNPW – XSF)
	(CV – TFA)

If the additional contract value withdrawn is less than XSF, then PPW will equal ACV.

We determine your withdrawal charge by multiplying each of your payments withdrawn by the applicable withdrawal charge percentage, and then adding the total withdrawal charges.

The withdrawal charge percentage depends on the number of years since you made the payments that are withdrawn, depending on the withdrawal charge schedule you selected:

Seven-year withdrawal charge schedule		Five-year withdrawal charge schedule
Years from purchase payment receipt	Withdrawal charge percentage	Years from purchase payment receipt	Withdrawal charge percentage
1	8%	1	8%
2	8	2	7
3	7	3	6
4	7	4	4
5	6	5	2
6	5	Thereafter	0
7	3
Thereafter	0

For a partial withdrawal that is subject to a withdrawal charge, the amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable withdrawal charge. The withdrawal charge percentage is applied to this total amount. We pay you the amount you requested.

The amount of purchase payments withdrawn is calculated using a prorated formula based on the percentage of contract value being withdrawn. As a result, the amount of purchase payments withdrawn may be greater than the amount of contract value withdrawn.

Withdrawal charge calculation example

The following is an example of the calculation we would make to determine the withdrawal charge on a contract with a 7-year withdrawal charge schedule with this history:

• We receive these payments

– $10,000 initial;

– $8,000 on the seventh contract anniversary; and

– $6,000 on the eighth contract anniversary; and

24    RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• You withdraw the contract for its total withdrawal value of $38,101 during the eleventh contract year and make no other withdrawals during that contract year; and

• The prior anniversary contract value is $38,488.

Withdrawal Charge	Explanation
$0	$3,848.80 is 10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value withdrawn without withdrawal charge; and
0	$10,252.20 is contract earnings in excess of the 10% TFA withdrawal amount withdrawn without withdrawal charge; and
0	$10,000 initial purchase payment was received eight or more years before withdrawal and is withdrawn without withdrawal charge; and
560	$8,000 purchase payment is in its fourth year from receipt, withdrawn with a 7% withdrawal charge; and
420	$6,000 purchase payment is in its third year from receipt withdrawn with a 7% withdrawal charge.
$980

Under the same scenario, the withdrawal charge on a contract with a five-year withdrawal charge schedule would be calculated:

Withdrawal Charge	Explanation
$0	$3,848.80 is 10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value withdrawn without withdrawal charge; and
0	$10,252.20 is contract earnings in excess of the 10% TFA withdrawal amount withdrawn without withdrawal charge; and
0	$10,000 initial purchase payment was received six or more years before withdrawal and is withdrawn without withdrawal charge; and
320	$8,000 purchase payment is in its fourth year from receipt, withdrawn with a 4% withdrawal charge; and
360	$6,000 purchase payment is in its third year from receipt withdrawn with a 6% withdrawal charge.
$680

Waiver of withdrawal charges

We do not assess withdrawal charges for:

•	withdrawals of any contract earnings;
•	withdrawals of amounts totaling up to 10% of your prior contract anniversary’s contract value to the extent it exceeds contract earnings;
•	required minimum distributions from a qualified annuity to the extent that they exceed the free amount. The amount on which withdrawal charges are waived can be no greater than the RMD amount calculated under your specific contract currently in force;
•	contracts settled using an annuity payout plan unless an annuity payout Plan E is later fully withdrawn;
•	withdrawals made as a result of one of the “Contingent events”* described below to the extent permitted by state law; and
•	death benefits.*
*	However, we will reverse certain purchase payment credits. (See “Buying Your Contract — Purchase Payment Credits.”)

Contingent events

• Withdrawals you make if you or the annuitant are confined to a hospital or nursing home and have been for the prior 60 days. Your contract will include this provision when you and the annuitant are under age 76 at contract issue. You must provide proof satisfactory to us of the confinement as of the date you request the withdrawal.

• To the extent permitted by state law, withdrawals you make if you or the annuitant are diagnosed in the second or later contract years as disabled with a medical condition that with reasonable medical certainty will result in death within 12 months or less from the date of the licensed physician’s statement. You must provide us with a licensed physician’s statement containing the terminal illness diagnosis and the date the terminal illness was initially diagnosed.

Liquidation charge under Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:If you are receiving variable annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to withdraw those payments. The amount that you can withdraw is the present value of any remaining variable payouts. The discount rate we use in the calculation will be 5.17% if the assumed investment return is 3.5% and 6.67% if the assumed investment return is 5%. The liquidation charge equals the present value of the remaining payouts using the assumed investment return minus the present value of the remaining payouts using the discount rate.

RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus    25

Fixed Payouts: Withdrawal charge for Fixed Annuity Payout Plan E – Payouts for a specified period: If you are receiving annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to take a withdraw and withdrawal charge may apply.

A withdrawal charge will be assessed against the present value of any remaining guaranteed payouts withdrawn. The discount rate we use in determining present values varies based on: (1) the contract value originally applied to the fixed annuitization; (2) the remaining years of guaranteed payouts; (3) the annual effective interest rate and periodic payment amount for new immediate annuities of the same duration as the remaining years of guaranteed payouts; and (4) the interest spread (currently 1.50%). If we do not currently offer immediate annuities, we will use rates and values applicable to new annuitizations to determine the discount rate.

Once the discount rate is applied and we have determined the present value of the remaining guaranteed payouts you withdrawn, the present value determined will be multiplied by the withdrawal charge percentage in the table below and deducted from the present value to determine the net present value you will receive.

Number of Completed Years Since Annuitization	Withdrawal charge percentage
0	Not applicable*
1	5%
2	4
3	3
4	2
5	1
6 and thereafter	0

*We do not permit withdrawals in the first year after annuitization.

We will provide a quoted present value (which includes the deduction of any withdrawal charge). You must then formally elect, in a form acceptable to us, to receive this value. The remaining guaranteed payouts following withdraw will be reduced to zero.

Possible group reductions: In some cases we may incur lower sales and administrative expenses due to the size of the group, the average contribution and the use of group enrollment procedures. In such cases, we may be able to reduce or eliminate the contract administrative and withdrawal charges. However, we expect this to occur infrequently.

Fund Fees and Expenses

There are deductions from and expenses paid out of the assets of the funds that are described in the prospectuses for those funds.

Premium Taxes

Certain state and local governments impose premium taxes on us (up to 3.5%). These taxes depend upon your state of residence or the state in which the contract was issued. Currently, we deduct any applicable premium tax when annuity payouts begin, but we reserve the right to deduct this tax at other times such as when you make purchase payments or when you make a full withdrawal from your contract.

Optional Living Benefits Charges

Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB) Fee

We charge an annual fee for this optional feature only if you select it. There are two GMIB rider options available under your contract (see “Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider”). The fee for GMIB – MAV is 0.55% of the adjusted contract value⁽¹⁾. The fee for GMIB – 6% Rising Floor is 0.75% of the adjusted contract value. Depending on the GMIB rider option you choose, we deduct the appropriate fee from the contract value on your contract anniversary at the end of each contract year. We prorate this fee among the GPAs, one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value.

⁽¹⁾ For applications signed prior to May 1, 2003, the following current annual rider charges apply: GMIB – MAV — 0.30% and GMIB — 6% Rising Floor — 0.45%.

If the contract is terminated for any reason or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the appropriate GMIB fee from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place. We cannot increase either GMIB fee after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or the GMIB terminates.

26    RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus

We calculate the fee as follows:

GMIB	– MAV	0.55% × (CV + ST – FAV)
GMIB	– 6% Rising Floor	0.75% × (CV + ST – FAV)

CV	=	contract value on the contract anniversary
ST	=	transfers from the subaccounts to the GPAs or the one-year fixed account made during the six months before the contract anniversary.
FAV	=	the value of your GPAs and the one-year fixed account on the contract anniversary.

The result of ST – FAV will never be greater than zero. This allows us to base the GMIB fee largely on the subaccounts and not on the GPAs and the one-year fixed account.

Example

•	You purchase the contract with a payment of $50,000 and allocate all of your payment to the subaccounts.
•	During the first contract year your contract value is $75,000. You transfer $15,000 from the subaccounts to the one-year fixed account.
•	On the first contract anniversary the one-year fixed account value is $15,250 and the subaccount value is $58,000. Your total contract value is $73,250.
•	The GMIB fee for:
	GMIB – MAV is 0.55%; and
	GMIB – 6% Rising Floor is 0.75%.

We calculate the charge as follows:

Contract value on the contract anniversary:	$73,250
plus transfers from the subaccounts to the one-year fixed account in the six months before the contract anniversary:	+15,000
minus the value of the one-year fixed account on the contract anniversary:	–15,250
	$73,000

The GMIB fee charged to you:

GMIB – MAV	(0.55%× $73,000) =	$401.50
GMIB – 6% Rising Floor	(0.75%× $73,000) =	$547.50

Performance Credit Rider (PCR) Fee

We charge a fee of 0.15% of your contract value for this optional feature if you select it. If selected, we deduct the fee from your contract value on your contract anniversary at the end of each contract year. We prorate this fee among the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest bears to your total contract value. If you select the PCR, you cannot add a GMIB rider.

If the contract is terminated for any reason or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the PCR fee from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place. We cannot increase the PCR fee.

Optional Death Benefit Charges

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider Fee

We deduct a charge for the optional feature only if you select it. If selected, we deduct 0.25% of your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

If the contract is terminated for any reason other than death or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the charge. We cannot increase this annual charge after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus    27

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider Fee

We charge a fee for the optional feature only if you select it. If selected, we deduct 0.40% of your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this fee among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

If the contract is terminated for any reason other than death or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the fee from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee. We cannot increase this annual charge after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

28    RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Valuing Your Investment

We value your accounts as follows:

GPAs and One-Year Fixed Account

We value the amounts you allocate to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account directly in dollars. The value of the GPAs and the one-year fixed account equals:

• the sum of your purchase payments and transfer amounts allocated to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account (including any positive or negative MVA on amounts transferred from the GPAs to the one-year fixed account);

• plus any purchase payment credits allocated to the GPAs and one-year fixed account;

• plus interest credited;

• minus the sum of amounts withdrawn (including any applicable withdrawal charges) and amounts transferred out;

• minus any prorated portion of the contract administrative charge; and

• minus the prorated portion of the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit rider — MAV;

– Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit rider — 6% Rising Floor;

– Performance Credit rider;

– Benefit Protector rider; and/or

– Benefit Protector Plus rider.

Subaccounts

We convert amounts you allocated to the subaccounts into accumulation units. Each time you make a purchase payment or transfer amounts into one of the subaccounts or we apply any purchase payment credits, we credit a certain number of accumulation units to your contract for that subaccount. Conversely, we subtract a certain number of accumulation units from your contract each time you take a partial withdrawal; transfer amounts out of a subaccount; or we assess a contract administrative charge, a withdrawal charge, or fee for any optional contract riders with annual charges (if applicable).

The accumulation units are the true measure of investment value in each subaccount during the accumulation period. They are related to, but not the same as, the net asset value of the fund in which the subaccount invests. The dollar value of each accumulation unit can rise or fall daily depending on the variable account expenses, performance of the fund and on certain fund expenses.

Here is how we calculate accumulation unit values:

Number of units: To calculate the number of accumulation units for a particular subaccount, we divide your investment by the current accumulation unit value.

Accumulation unit value: The current accumulation unit value for each subaccount equals the last value times the subaccount’s current net investment factor.

We determine the net investment factor by:

• adding the fund’s current net asset value per share, plus the per share amount of any accrued income or capital gain dividends to obtain a current adjusted net asset value per share; then

• dividing that sum by the previous adjusted net asset value per share; and

• subtracting the percentage factor representing the mortality and expense risk fee and the variable account administrative charge from the result.

Because the net asset value of the fund may fluctuate, the accumulation unit value may increase or decrease. You bear all the investment risk in a subaccount.

Factors that affect subaccount accumulation units: Accumulation units may change in two ways — in number and in value.

The number of accumulation units you own may fluctuate due to:

• additional purchase payments you allocate to the subaccounts;

• transfers into or out of the subaccounts (including any positive or negative MVA on amounts transferred from the GPAs);

• partial withdrawals;

• withdrawal charges;

RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus    29

and the deduction of a prorated portion of:

• the contract administrative charge; and

• the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit rider — MAV;

– Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit rider — 6% Rising Floor;

– Performance Credit rider;

– Benefit Protector rider; and/or

– Benefit Protector Plus rider.

Accumulation unit values will fluctuate due to:

• changes in fund net asset value;

• fund dividends distributed to the subaccounts;

• fund capital gains or losses;

• fund operating expenses; and

• mortality and expense risk fee and the variable account administrative charge.

Making the Most of Your Contract

Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging

Currently, you can use automated transfers to take advantage of dollar-cost averaging (investing a fixed amount at regular intervals). For example, you might transfer a set amount monthly from a relatively conservative subaccount to a more aggressive one, or to several others, or from the one-year fixed account or the two-year GPA (without a MVA) to one or more subaccounts. The three to ten year GPAs are not available for automated transfers. You can also obtain the benefits of dollar-cost averaging by setting up regular automatic SIP payments or by establishing an Interest Sweep strategy. Interest Sweeps are a monthly transfer of the interest earned from either the one-year fixed account or the two-year GPA into the subaccounts of your choice. If you participate in an Interest Sweep strategy the interest you earn will be less than the annual interest rate we apply because there will be no compounding. There is no charge for dollar-cost averaging.

This systematic approach can help you benefit from fluctuations in accumulation unit values caused by fluctuations in the market values of the funds. Since you invest the same amount each period, you automatically acquire more units when the market value falls and fewer units when it rises. The potential effect is to lower your average cost per unit.

How dollar-cost averaging works

By investing an equal number of dollars each month		Month	Amount invested	Accumulation unit value	Number of units purchased
		Jan	$100	$20	5.00
		Feb	100	18	5.56
you automatically buy more units when the per unit market price is low		Mar	100	17	5.88
	→	Apr	100	15	6.67
		May	100	16	6.25
		Jun	100	18	5.56
		Jul	100	17	5.88
and fewer units when the per unit market price is high.		Aug	100	19	5.26
	→	Sept	100	21	4.76
		Oct	100	20	5.00

You paid an average price of $17.91 per unit over the 10 months, while the average market price actually was $18.10.

Dollar-cost averaging does not guarantee that any subaccount will gain in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. Because dollar-cost averaging involves continuous investing, your success will depend upon your willingness to continue to invest regularly through periods of low price levels. Dollar-cost averaging can be an effective way to help meet your long-term goals. For specific features contact your investment professional.

30    RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Special Dollar-Cost Averaging (Special DCA) Program

If your net contract value⁽¹⁾ is at least $10,000, you can choose to participate in the Special DCA program. There is no charge for the Special DCA program. Under the Special DCA program, you can allocate a new purchase payment and any applicable purchase payment credit to a six-month or twelve-month Special DCA account.

You may only allocate a new purchase payment of at least $10,000 to a Special DCA account. You cannot transfer existing contract values into a Special DCA account. Each Special DCA account lasts for either six or twelve months (depending on the time period you select) from the time we receive your first purchase payment. We make monthly transfers of your total Special DCA account value into the GPAs, one-year fixed account and/or the subaccounts you select over the time period you select (either six or twelve months). If you elect to transfer into a GPA, you must meet the $1,000 minimum required investment limitation for each transfer.

⁽¹⁾ Net contract value equals your current contract value plus any new purchase payment and purchase payment credit. If this is a new contract funded by purchase payments from multiple sources, we determine your net contract value based on the purchase payments, purchase payment credits, withdrawal requests and exchange requests submitted with your application.

We reserve the right to credit a lower interest rate to each Special DCA account if you select the GPAs or one-year fixed account as part of your Special DCA transfers. We will change the interest rate on each Special DCA account from time to time at our discretion. From time to time, we may credit interest to the Special DCA account at promotional rates that are higher than those we credit to the one-year fixed account. We base these rates on competition and on the interest rate we are crediting to the one-year fixed account at the time of the change. Once we credit interest to a particular purchase payment and purchase payment credit, that rate does not change even if we change the rate we credit on new purchase payments or if your net contract value changes.

We credit each Special DCA account with current guaranteed annual rate that is in effect on the date we receive your purchase payment. However, we credit this annual rate over the six or twelve-month period on the balance remaining in your Special DCA account. Therefore, the net effective interest rate you receive is less than the stated annual rate. We do not credit this interest after we transfer the value out of the Special DCA account into the accounts you selected.

If you make additional purchase payments while a Special DCA account term is in progress, the amounts you allocate to an existing Special DCA account will be transferred out of the Special DCA account over the reminder of the term. If you are funding a Special DCA account from multiple sources, we apply each purchase payment and purchase payment credit to the account and credit interest on that purchase payment and purchase payment credit on the date we receive it. This means that all purchase payments and purchase payment credits may not be in the Special DCA account at the beginning of the six or twelve-month period. Therefore, you may receive less total interest than you would have if all your purchase payments and purchase payment credits were in the Special DCA account from the beginning. If we receive any of your multiple payments after the six or twelve-month period ends, you can either allocate those payments to a new Special DCA account (if available) or to any other accounts available under your contract.

You cannot participate in the Special DCA program if you are making payments under a Systematic Investment Plan. You may simultaneously participate in the Special DCA program and the asset-rebalancing program as long as your subaccount allocation is the same under both programs. If you elect to change your subaccount allocation under one program, we automatically will change it under the other program so they match. If you participate in more than one Special DCA account, the asset allocation for each account may be different as long as you are not also participating in the asset-rebalancing program.

You may terminate your participation in the Special DCA program at any time. If you do, we will not credit the current guaranteed annual interest rate on any remaining Special DCA account balance. We will transfer the remaining balance from your Special DCA account to the other accounts you selected for your DCA transfers or we will allocate it in any manner you specify, subject to the 30% limitation rule (see “Transfer policies”). Similarly, if we cannot accept any additional purchase payments into the Special DCA program, we will allocate the purchase payments to the other accounts you selected for your DCA transfers or in any other manner you specify.

We can modify the terms or discontinue the Special DCA program at any time. Any modifications will not affect any purchase payments that are already in a Special DCA account. For more information on the Special DCA program, contact your investment professional.

The Special DCA Program does not guarantee that any subaccount will gain in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. Because dollar-cost averaging involves continuous investing, your success will depend upon you willingness to continue to invest regularly through periods of low price levels. Dollar-cost averaging can be an effective way to help meet your long-term goals.

RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus    31

Asset Rebalancing

You can ask us in writing to automatically rebalance the subaccount portion of your contract value either quarterly, semiannually, or annually. The period you select will start to run on the date we record your request. On the first valuation date of each of these periods, we automatically will rebalance your contract value so that the value in each subaccount matches your current subaccount percentage allocations. These percentage allocations must be in whole numbers. There is no charge for asset rebalancing. The contract value must be at least $2,000.

You can change your percentage allocations or your rebalancing period at any time by contacting us in writing. If you are also participating in the Special DCA program and you change your subaccount asset allocation for the asset rebalancing program, we will change your subaccount asset allocation under the Special DCA program to match. We will restart the rebalancing period you selected as of the date we record your change. You also can ask us in writing to stop rebalancing your contract value. You must allow 30 days for us to change any instructions that currently are in place. For more information on asset rebalancing, contact your investment professional.

Transferring Among Accounts

You may transfer contract value from any one subaccount, GPAs or the one-year fixed account, to another subaccount before annuity payouts begin. Certain restrictions apply to transfers involving the GPAs and the one-year fixed account.

The date your request to transfer will be processed depends on when and how we receive it:

For transfer requests received in writing:

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your transfer request.

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your transfer request.

For transfer requests received by phone:

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your transfer request.

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your transfer request.

There is no charge for transfers. Before making a transfer, you should consider the risks involved in changing investments. Transfers out of the GPAs will be subject to an MVA if done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period.

We may suspend or modify transfer privileges at any time.

For information on transfers after annuity payouts begin, see “Transfer policies” below.

Transfer policies

• Before annuity payouts begin, you may transfer contract values between the subaccounts, or from the subaccounts to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account at any time. However, if you made a transfer from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs, you may not make a transfer from any subaccount or GPA back to the one-year fixed account for six months following that transfer. We reserve the right to further limit purchase payment allocations to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then crediting to the one-year fixed account is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract.

• You may transfer contract value from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs according to the following transfer policies:

For contracts with applications signed prior to June 16, 2003: It is our general policy to allow you to transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs once a year on or within 30 days before or after the contract anniversary (except for automated transfers, which can be set up at any time for certain transfer periods subject to certain minimums). Currently, we have removed this restriction and you may transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts at any time. We will inform you at least 30 days in advance of the day we intend to reimpose this restriction.

32    RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus

For contracts with applications signed on or after June 16 through Dec. 4, 2003:

You may transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or GPAs once a year on or within 30 days before or after the contract anniversary (except for automated transfers, which can be set up at any time for certain transfer periods subject to certain minimums). The amount of contract value transferred to the GPAs or the one-year fixed account cannot result in the value of the GPAs and the one-year fixed account in total being greater than 30% of the contract value. Total transfers out of the GPAs and one-year fixed account in any contract year are limited to 30% of the total value of the GPAs and one-year fixed account at the beginning of the contract year or $10,000, whichever is greater. Because of this limitation, it may take you several years to transfer all your contract value from the one-year fixed account. You should carefully consider whether the one-year fixed account meets your investment criteria before you invest.

For contracts with applications signed on or after Dec. 5, 2003:

You may transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or GPAs once a year on or within 30 days before or after the contract anniversary (except for automated transfers, which can be set up at any time for certain transfer periods subject to certain minimums). The amount of contract value transferred to the one-year fixed account cannot result in the value of the one-year fixed account in total being greater than 30% of the contract value. We reserve the right to further limit transfers to the one-year fixed account and/or GPAs if the interest rate we are then crediting on new purchase payments allocated to the one-year fixed account is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract. Total transfers out of the one-year fixed account in any contract year are limited to 30% of the one-year fixed account value at the beginning of the contract year or $10,000, whichever is greater. Because of this limitation, it may take you several years to transfer all your contract value from the one-year fixed account. You should carefully consider whether the one-year fixed account meets your investment criteria before you invest.

Transfers from the one-year fixed account are not subject to an MVA.

•	You may transfer contract values from a GPA any time after 60 days of transfer or payment allocation to the account. Transfers made more than 30 days before the end of the Guarantee Period will receive a MVA*, which may result in a gain or loss of contract value.
•	If we receive your request on or within 30 days before or after the contract anniversary date, the transfer from the one-year fixed account to the GPAs will be effective on the valuation date we receive it.
•	If you select a variable annuity payout, once annuity payouts begin, you may make transfers once per contract year among the subaccounts and we reserve the right to limit the number of subaccounts in which you may invest.
•	Once annuity payouts begin, you may not make any transfers to the GPAs.
*	Unless the transfer is an automated transfer from the two-year GPA as part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep strategy.

Market Timing

Market timing can reduce the value of your investment in the contract. If market timing causes the returns of an underlying fund to suffer, contract value you have allocated to a subaccount that invests in that underlying fund will be lower too. Market timing can cause you, any joint owner of the contract and your beneficiary(ies) under the contract a financial loss.

We seek to prevent market timing. Market timing is frequent or short-term trading activity. We do not accommodate short-term trading activities. Do not buy a contract if you wish to use short-term trading strategies to manage your investment. The market timing policies and procedures described below apply to transfers among the subaccounts within the contract. The underlying funds in which the subaccounts invest have their own market timing policies and procedures. The market timing policies of the underlying funds may be more restrictive than the market timing policies and procedures we apply to transfers among the subaccounts of the contract, and may include redemption fees. We reserve the right to modify our market timing policies and procedures at any time without prior notice to you.

Market timing may hurt the performance of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests in several ways, including but not necessarily limited to:

• diluting the value of an investment in an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests;

• increasing the transaction costs and expenses of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests; and,

• preventing the investment adviser(s) of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests from fully investing the assets of the fund in accordance with the fund’s investment objectives.

RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus    33

Funds available as investment options under the contract that invest in securities that trade in overseas securities markets may be at greater risk of loss from market timing, as market timers may seek to take advantage of changes in the values of securities between the close of overseas markets and the close of U.S. markets. Also, the risks of market timing may be greater for underlying funds that invest in securities such as small cap stocks, high yield bonds, or municipal securities, that may be traded infrequently.

In order to help protect you and the underlying funds from the potentially harmful effects of market timing activity, we apply the following market timing policy to discourage frequent transfers of contract value among the subaccounts of the variable account:

We try to distinguish market timing from transfers that we believe are not harmful, such as periodic rebalancing for purposes of an asset allocation, dollar-cost averaging and asset rebalancing program that may be described in this prospectus. There is no set number of transfers that constitutes market timing. Even one transfer in related accounts may be market timing. We seek to restrict the transfer privileges of a contract owner who makes more than three subaccount transfers in any 90 day period. We also reserve the right to refuse any transfer request, if, in our sole judgment, the dollar amount of the transfer request would adversely affect unit values.

If we determine, in our sole judgment, that your transfer activity constitutes market timing, we may modify, restrict or suspend your transfer privileges to the extent permitted by applicable law, which may vary based on the state law that applies to your contract and the terms of your contract. These restrictions or modifications may include, but not be limited to:

• requiring transfer requests to be submitted only by first-class U.S. mail;

• not accepting hand-delivered transfer requests or requests made by overnight mail;

• not accepting telephone or electronic transfer requests;

• requiring a minimum time period between each transfer;

• not accepting transfer requests of an agent acting under power of attorney;

• limiting the dollar amount that you may transfer at any one time;

• suspending the transfer privilege; or

• modifying instructions under an automated transfer program to exclude a restricted fund if you do not provide new instructions.

Subject to applicable state law and the terms of each contract, we will apply the policy described above to all contract owners uniformly in all cases. We will notify you in writing after we impose any modification, restriction or suspension of your transfer rights.

Because we exercise discretion in applying the restrictions described above, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to identify and restrict all market timing activity. In addition, state law and the terms of some contracts may prevent us from stopping certain market timing activity. Market timing activity that we are unable to identify and/or restrict may impact the performance of the underlying funds and may result in lower contract values.

In addition to the market timing policy described above, which applies to transfers among the subaccounts within your contract, you should carefully review the market timing policies and procedures of the underlying funds. The market timing policies and procedures of the underlying funds may be materially different than those we impose on transfers among the subaccounts within your contract and may include mandatory redemption fees as well as other measures to discourage frequent transfers. As an intermediary for the underlying funds, we are required to assist them in applying their market timing policies and procedures to transactions involving the purchase and exchange of fund shares. This assistance may include, but not be limited to, providing the underlying fund upon request with your Social Security Number, Taxpayer Identification Number or other United States government-issued identifier, and the details of your contract transactions involving the underlying fund. An underlying fund, in its sole discretion, may instruct us at any time to prohibit you from making further transfers of contract value to or from the underlying fund, and we must follow this instruction. We reserve the right to administer and collect on behalf of an underlying fund any redemption fee imposed by an underlying fund. Market timing policies and procedures adopted by underlying funds may affect your investment in the contract in several ways, including but not limited to:

• Each fund may restrict or refuse trading activity that the fund determines, in its sole discretion, represents market timing.

• Even if we determine that your transfer activity does not constitute market timing under the market timing policies described above which we apply to transfers you make under the contract, it is possible that the underlying fund’s market timing policies and procedures, including instructions we receive from a fund may require us to reject your transfer request. For example, while we will attempt to execute transfers permitted under any asset allocation, dollar-cost averaging and asset rebalancing programs that may be described in this prospectus, we cannot guarantee

34    RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus

	that an underlying fund’s market timing policies and procedures will do so. Orders we place to purchase fund shares for the variable account are subject to acceptance by the fund. We reserve the right to reject without prior notice to you any transfer request if the fund does not accept our order.
•	Each underlying fund is responsible for its own market timing policies, and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to implement specific market timing policies and procedures that a fund has adopted. As a result, a fund’s returns might be adversely affected, and a fund might terminate our right to offer its shares through the variable account.
•	Funds that are available as investment options under the contract may also be offered to other intermediaries who are eligible to purchase and hold shares of the fund, including without limitation, separate accounts of other insurance companies and certain retirement plans. Even if we are able to implement a fund’s market timing policies, we cannot guarantee that other intermediaries purchasing that same fund’s shares will do so, and the returns of that fund could be adversely affected as a result.

For more information about the market timing policies and procedures of an underlying fund, the risks that market timing pose to that fund, and to determine whether an underlying fund has adopted a redemption fee, see that fund’s prospectus.

How to request a Transfer or Withdrawal

11 By letter

Send your name, contract number, Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number* and signed request for a transfer or withdrawal to our Service Center:

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474

Minimum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	$500 or entire account balance

Maximum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	Contract value or entire account balance

* Failure to provide a Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number may result in mandatory tax withholding on the taxable portion of the distribution.

22 By automated transfers and automated partial withdrawals

Your investment professional can help you set up automated transfers or partial withdrawals among your GPAs, one-year fixed account or the subaccounts.

You can start or stop this service by written request or other method acceptable to us.

You must allow 30 days for us to change any instructions that are currently in place.

•	Automated transfers from the one-year fixed account to any one of the subaccounts may not exceed an amount that, if continued, would deplete the one-year fixed account within 12 months. For contracts issued before June 16, 2003, we have removed this restriction, and you may transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts at any time. We will inform you at least 30 days in advance of the day we intend to reimpose this restriction.
	For contracts with applications signed on or after June 16, 2003, the time limitations on transfers from the one-year fixed account will be enforced, and transfers out of the one-year fixed account are limited to 30% of the one-year fixed account values at the beginning of the contract year or $10,000, whichever is greater.
•	Automated withdrawals may be restricted by applicable law under some contracts.
•	You may not make systematic purchase payments if automated partial withdrawals are in effect.
•	Automated partial withdrawals may result in income taxes and penalties on all or part of the amount withdrawn.

Minimum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	$100 monthly
	$250 quarterly, semiannually or annually

RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus    35

33 By phone

Call:

1-800-333-3437

Minimum amount

Transfers or withdrawals: $500 or entire account balance

Maximum amount

Transfers:	Contract value or entire account balance
Withdrawals:	$100,000

We answer telephone requests promptly, but you may experience delays when the call volume is unusually high. If you are unable to get through, use the mail procedure as an alternative.

We will honor any telephone transfer or withdrawal requests that we believe are authentic and we will use reasonable procedures to confirm that they are. This includes asking identifying questions and recording calls. As long as we follow the procedures, we (and our affiliates) will not be liable for any loss resulting from fraudulent requests.

Telephone transfers and withdrawals are automatically available. You may request that telephone transfers and withdrawals not be authorized from your account by writing to us.

Withdrawals

You may withdraw all or part of your contract at any time before the retirement date by sending us a written request or calling us.

The date your withdrawal request will be processed depends on when and how we receive it:

For withdrawal requests received in writing:

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your withdrawal request.

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your withdrawal request.

For withdrawal requests received by phone:

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your withdrawal request.

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your withdrawal request.

We may ask you to return the contract. You may have to pay a contract administrative charge, withdrawal charges or any applicable optional rider charges (see “Charges”), federal income taxes and penalties. State and local income taxes may also apply (see “Taxes”). In addition, purchase payment credits may be reversed. You cannot make withdrawals after annuity payouts begin except under Annuity Payout Plan E. (See “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Any partial withdrawals you take under the contract will reduce your contract value. As a result, the value of your death benefit or any optional benefits you have elected will also be reduced (see “Optional Benefits”). In addition, withdrawals you are required to take to satisfy RMDs under the Code may reduce the value of certain death benefits and optional benefits (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”).

Withdrawal Policies

If you have a balance in more than one account and you request a partial withdrawal, we will automatically withdraw from all your subaccounts, GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account in the same proportion as your value in each account correlates to your total contract value, unless requested otherwise. After executing a partial withdrawal, the value in each subaccount , one-year fixed account or GPA must be either zero or at least $50.

36    RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Receiving Payment

11 By regular or express mail

• payable to you;

• mailed to address of record.

NOTE: We will charge you a fee if you request express mail delivery.

22 By wire or other form of electronic payment

• request that payment be wired to your bank;

• pre-authorization required.

We may choose to permit you to have checks issued and delivered to an alternate payee or to an address other than your address of record. We may also choose to allow you to direct wires or other electronic payments to accounts owned by a third-party. We may have additional good order requirements that must be met prior to processing requests to make any payments to a party other than the owner or to an address other than the address of record. These requirements will be designed to ensure owner instructions are genuine and to prevent fraud.

Normally, we will send the payment within seven days after receiving your request in good order. However, we may postpone the payment if:

– the NYSE is closed, except for normal holiday and weekend closings;

– trading on the NYSE is restricted, according to SEC rules;

– an emergency, as defined by SEC rules, makes it impractical to sell securities or value the net assets of the accounts; or

– the SEC permits us to delay payment for the protection of security holders.

We may also postpone payment of the amount attributable to a purchase payment as part of the total withdrawal amount until cleared from the originating financial institution.

A Special Note on Cybersecurity Risks

Cybersecurity and Systems Integrity

Increasingly, businesses are dependent on the continuity, security, and effective operation of various technology systems. The nature of our business depends on the continued effective operation of our systems and those of our business partners.

This dependence makes us susceptible to operational and information security risks from cyber-attacks. These risks may include the following:

• the corruption or destruction of data;

• theft, misuse or dissemination of data to the public, including your information we hold; and

• denial of service attacks on our website or other forms of attacks on our systems and the software and hardware we use to run them.

These attacks and their consequences can negatively impact your contract, your privacy, your ability to conduct transactions on your contract, or your ability to receive timely service from us. There can be no assurance that we, the underlying funds in your contract, or our other business partners will avoid losses affecting your contract due to any successful cyber-attacks or information security breaches.

TSA–Special Provisions

Participants in Tax-Sheltered Annuities

If the contract is intended to be used in connection with an employer sponsored 403(b) plan, additional rules relating to this contract can be found in the annuity endorsement for tax sheltered 403(b) annuities. Unless we have made special arrangements with your employer, the contract is not intended for use in connection with an employer sponsored 403(b) plan that is subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”). In the event that the employer either by affirmative election or inadvertent action causes contributions under a plan that is subject to ERISA to be made to this contract, we will not be responsible for any obligations and requirements under ERISA and the regulations thereunder, unless we have prior written agreement with the employer. You should consult with your employer to determine whether your 403(b) plan is subject to ERISA.

RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus    37

In the event we have a written agreement with your employer to administer the plan pursuant to ERISA, special rules apply as set forth in the TSA endorsement.

The employer must comply with certain nondiscrimination requirements for certain types of contributions under a TSA contract to be excluded from taxable income. You should consult your employer to determine whether the nondiscrimination rules apply to you.

The Code imposes certain restrictions on your right to receive early distributions from a TSA:

• Distributions attributable to salary reduction contributions (plus earnings) made after Dec. 31, 1988, or to transfers or rollovers from other contracts, may be made from the TSA only if:

– you are at least age 59½;

– you are disabled as defined in the Code;

– you severed employment with the employer who purchased the contract;

– the distribution is because of your death;

– the distribution is due to plan termination; or

– you are a qualifying military reservist.

• If you encounter a financial hardship (as provided by the Code), you may be eligible to receive a distribution of all contract values attributable to salary reduction contributions made after Dec. 31, 1988, but not the earnings on them.

• Even though a distribution may be permitted under the above rules, it may be subject to IRS taxes and penalties (see “Taxes”)

• The above restrictions on distributions do not affect the availability of the amount credited to the contract as of Dec. 31, 1988. The restrictions also do not apply to transfers or exchanges of contract value within the contract, or to another registered variable annuity contract or investment vehicle available through the employer.

Changing Ownership

You may change ownership of your nonqualified annuity at any time by completing a change of ownership form we approve and sending it to our Service Center. The change will become binding on us when we receive and record it. We will honor any change of ownership request received in good order that we believe is authentic and we will use reasonable procedures to confirm authenticity. If we follow these procedures, we will not take any responsibility for the validity of the change.

If you have a nonqualified annuity, you may incur income tax liability by transferring, assigning or pledging any part of it. (See “Taxes.”)

If you have a qualified annuity, you may not sell, assign, transfer, discount or pledge your contract as collateral for a loan, or as security for the performance of an obligation or for any other purpose except as required or permitted by the Code. However, if the owner is a trust or custodian, or an employer acting in a similar capacity, ownership of the contract may be transferred to the annuitant.

Please consider carefully whether or not you wish to change ownership of your annuity contract. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, the new owner and annuitant will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract.

If you have a GMIB and/or Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit rider, the rider will terminate upon transfer of ownership of your annuity contract. Continuance of the Benefit Protector rider is optional. (see “Optional Benefits”).

Benefits in Case of Death

There are three death benefit options under this contract:

• ROP Death Benefit;

• MAV Death Benefit; and

• Enhanced Death Benefit.

If either you or the annuitant are 80 or older at contract issue, the ROP death benefit will apply. If both you and the annuitant are 79 or younger at contract issue, you can elect either the ROP death benefit, the MAV death benefit or EDB death benefit rider (if its available in your state) on your application. If you select GMIB you must select either the MAV death benefit or the EDB death benefit rider. Once you elect an option, you cannot change it. We show the option that applies in your contract. The combination of the contract, withdrawal charge schedule and death benefit option you select determines the mortality and expense risk fee that is assessed against the subaccounts. (See “Charges — Mortality and Expense Risk Fee.”)

38    RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Under all options, we will pay the death benefit to your beneficiary upon the earlier of your death or the annuitant’s death if you die before the retirement start date while this contract is in force. We will base the benefit paid on the death benefit coverage you chose when you purchased the contract. If a contract has more than one person as the owner, we will pay benefits upon the first to die of any owner or the annuitant.

Return of Purchase Payments (ROP) Death Benefit

The ROP death benefit is intended to help protect your beneficiaries financially in that they will never receive less than your purchase payments adjusted for withdrawals. If you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary the greater of these two values less any purchase payment credits subject to reversal, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value; or
2.	total purchase payments plus purchase payments credits applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals.

Adjusted partial withdrawals for the ROP or MAV death benefit	=	PW × DB
		CV

PW	=	the amount by which the contract value is reduced as a result of the partial withdrawal.
DB	=	the death benefit on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.
CV	=	contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.

Example

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $20,000.

• On the first contract anniversary you make an additional purchase payment of $5,000.

• During the second contract year the contract value falls to $22,000 and you take a $1,500 partial withdrawal.

• During the third contract year the contract value grows to $23,000.

We calculate the ROP death benefit as follows:
Contract value at death:			$23,000.00
	Purchase payments and purchase payment credits minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments and purchase payment credits:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,704.55
	$22,000
	for a death benefit of:		$23,295.45
ROP death benefit, calculated as the greatest of these two values:				$23,295.45

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV) Death Benefit

The MAV death benefit is intended to help protect your beneficiaries financially while your investments have the opportunity to grow. The MAV death benefit does not provide any additional benefit before the first contract anniversary and it may not be appropriate for issue ages 75 to 79 because the benefit values may be limited after age 81. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether or not the MAV death benefit is appropriate for your situation.

If both you and the annuitant are age 79 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the MAV death benefit to your contract. Once you select the MAV death benefit you may not cancel it. If you select the Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider you must select either the MAV death benefit or the EDB death benefit rider.

The MAV death benefit provides that if you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary the greatest of these three values less any purchase payment credits subject to reversal, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals; or
3.	the MAV on the date of death.

Maximum anniversary value (MAV): MAV is a value we calculate on each contract anniversary through age 80. There is no MAV prior to the first contract anniversary. On the first contract anniversary we set the MAV equal to the highest of: (a) your current contract value, or (b) total purchase payments and purchase payment credits minus adjusted partial withdrawals. Every contract anniversary after that, through age 80, we compare the previous anniversary’s MAV (plus any purchase payments and purchase payment credits since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals since

RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus    39

that anniversary) to the current contract value and we reset the MAV to the highest value. We stop resetting the MAV when you or the annuitant reach age 81. However, we continue to add subsequent purchase payments and purchase payment credits and subtract adjusted partial withdrawals from the MAV.

Example

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $20,000.

• On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $24,000.

• During the second contract year the contract value falls to $22,000, at which point you take a $1,500 partial withdrawal, leaving a contract value of $20,500.

We calculate the MAV death benefit as follows:
Contract value at death:				$20,500.00
	Purchase payments and purchase payment credits minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments and purchase payment credits:			$20,000.00
	minus the death benefit adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $20,000		=	–1,363.64
	$22,000
	for a death benefit of:			$18,636.36
	The MAV immediately preceding the date of death:
	Greatest of your contract anniversary contract values:			$24,000.00
	plus purchase payments and purchase payment credits made since that anniversary:			+0.00
	minus the death benefit adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $24,000	=		–1,636.36
	$22,000
	for a death benefit of:			$22,363.64
The MAV death benefit, calculated as the greatest of these three values:					$22,363.64

Enhanced Death Benefit (EDB)

The EDB is intended to help protect your beneficiaries financially while your investments have the opportunity to grow.

This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional charge (see “Charges”). The EDB does not provide any additional benefit before the first contract anniversary and it may not be appropriate for issue ages 75 to 79 because the benefit values may be limited at age 81. Benefit Protector and Benefit Protector Plus are not available with EDB. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether or not the EDB is appropriate for your situation.

If the EDB is available in your state and both you and the annuitant are 79 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the EDB rider to your contract at the time of purchase. If you choose to add a GMIB rider to your contract, you must elect either the MAV death benefit or the EDB.

The EDB provides that if you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary the greatest of these four values less any purchase payment credits subject to reversal, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments plus purchase payment credits applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals;
3.	the MAV on the date of death; or
4.	the 5% rising floor.

5% rising floor: This is the sum of the value of your GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the variable account floor. There is no variable account floor prior to the first contract anniversary. On the first contract anniversary, we establish the variable account floor as:

• the amounts allocated to the subaccounts at issue increased by 5%,

• plus any subsequent amounts allocated to the subaccounts,

• minus adjusted transfers and partial withdrawals from the subaccounts.

Thereafter, we continue to add subsequent amounts allocated to the subaccounts and subtract adjusted transfers and partial withdrawals from the subaccounts. On each contract anniversary after the first, through age 80, we add an amount to the variable account floor equal to 5% of the prior anniversary’s variable account floor. We stop adding this amount after you or the annuitant reach age 81.

40    RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus

5% rising floor adjusted transfers or partial withdrawals	=	PWT × VAF
		SV

PWT	=	the amount by which the contract is reduced as a result of the partial withdrawal or transfer from the subaccounts.
VAF	=	variable account floor on the date of (but prior to) the transfer or partial withdrawal.
SV	=	value of the subaccounts on the date of (but prior to) the transfer or partial withdrawal.

Example

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000 with $5,000 allocated to the one-year fixed account and $20,000 allocated to the subaccounts.

• On the first contract anniversary the one-year fixed account value is $5,200 and the subaccount value is $17,000. Total contract value is $22,200.

• During the second contract year, the one-year fixed account value is $5,300 and the subaccount value is $19,000. Total contract value is $24,300. You take a $1,500 partial withdrawal all from the subaccounts, leaving the contract value at $22,800.

The death benefit is calculated as follows:
Contract value at death:			$22,800.00
	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,543.21
	$24,300
	for a return of purchase payments death benefit of:		$23,456.79
The MAV on the anniversary immediately preceding the date of death plus any purchase payments made since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals made since that anniversary:
	The MAV on the immediately preceding anniversary:		$25,000.00
	plus purchase payments made since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals made since that anniversary, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,543.21
	$24,300
	for a MAV death benefit of:		$23,456.79
The 5% rising floor:
	The variable account floor on the first contract anniversary, calculated as: 1.05 x $20,000 =		$21,000.00
	plus amounts allocated to the subaccounts since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus the 5% rising floor adjusted partial withdrawal from the subaccounts, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $21,000	=	–1,657.89
	$19,000
	variable account floor benefit:		$19,342.11
	plus the one-year fixed account value:		+5,300.00
	5% rising floor (value of the GPAs, one-year fixed account and the variable account floor):		$24,642.11
EDB, calculated as the greatest of these three values, which is the 5% rising floor:				$24,642.11

If You Die Before Your Retirement Date

When paying the beneficiary, we will process the death claim on the valuation date our death claim requirements are fulfilled. We will determine the contract’s value using the accumulation unit value we calculate on that valuation date. We pay interest, if any, at a rate no less than required by law. We will mail payment to the beneficiary within seven days after our death claim requirements are fulfilled.

RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus    41

Nonqualified annuities

If your spouse is sole beneficiary and you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. To do this your spouse must give us written instructions to continue the contract as owner. There will be no withdrawal charges on the contract from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, your spouse and the new annuitant (if applicable) will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract. The GMIB rider and Benefit Protector Plus rider, if selected, will terminate. Continuance of the Benefit Protector rider is optional. (See “Optional Benefits.”)

If your beneficiary is not your spouse, we will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless you give us other written instructions. Generally, we must fully distribute the death benefit within five years of your death. However, the beneficiary may receive payouts under any annuity payout plan available under this contract if:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin no later than one year after your death, or other date as permitted by the IRS; and

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy.

Qualified annuities

•	Spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if your spouse is the sole beneficiary, your spouse may either elect to treat the contract as his/her own, so long as he or she is eligible to do so, or elect an annuity payout plan or another plan agreed to by us. If your spouse elects a payout option, the payouts must begin no later than the year in which you would have reached age 72 (age 701/2 if the death occurred before Jan. 1, 2020). If you attained age 72 at the time of death, payouts must begin no later than Dec. 31 of the year following the year of your death.
	Your spouse may elect to assume ownership of the contract at any time before annuity payouts begin. If your spouse elects to assume ownership of the contract, the contract value will be equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. There will be no withdrawal charges on the contract from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, your spouse and the new annuitant (if applicable) will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract. The GMIB rider and Benefit Protector Plus rider, if selected, will terminate. Continuance of the Benefit Protector rider is optional. (See “Optional Benefits.”)
•	Non-spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if death occurs on or after Jan. 1, 2020, the beneficiary is required to withdraw his or her entire inherited interest within 10 years of the time of death of the owner unless they qualify as an “eligible designated beneficiary.” Eligible designated beneficiaries may continue to take proceeds out over their life expectancy. Eligible designated beneficiaries include:

• the surviving spouse;

• a lawful child of the owner under the age of majority (remaining amount must be withdrawn within 10 years, once the child reaches the age of majority);

• disabled within the meaning of Code section 72(m)(7);

• chronically ill within the meaning of Code section 7702B(c)(2);

• any other person who is not more than 10 years younger than the owner.

However, non-natural beneficiaries, such as estates and charities, are subject to a five-year rule to distribute the IRA. We will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless the beneficiary elects to receive payouts under a payout plan available under this contract and:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin, no later than one year following the year of your death; and

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy for an eligible designated beneficiary. (Payout plans are limited if the beneficiary is not an eligible designated beneficiary.)

• Spouse and Non-spouse beneficiary: If a beneficiary elects an alternative payment plan which is an inherited IRA, all optional death benefits and living benefits will terminate. In the event of your beneficiary’s death, their beneficiary can elect to take a lump sum payment or annuitize the contract to deplete it within 10 years of your beneficiary’s death

• Annuity payout plan: If you elect an annuity payout plan, the payouts to your beneficiary may continue depending on the annuity payout plan you elect, subject to adjustment to comply with the IRS rules and regulations.

How we handle contracts under unclaimed property laws

Every state has unclaimed property laws which generally declare annuity contracts to be abandoned after a period of inactivity of one to five years from either 1) the contract’s maturity date (the latest day on which income payments may begin under the contract) or 2) the date the death benefit is due and payable. If a contract matures or we determine a death benefit is payable, we will use our best efforts to locate you or designated beneficiaries. If we are unable to locate you or a beneficiary, proceeds will be paid to the abandoned property division or unclaimed property office of the

42    RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus

state in which the beneficiary or you last resided, as shown in our books and records, or to our state of domicile. Generally, this surrender of property to the state is commonly referred to as “escheatment”. To avoid escheatment, and ensure an effective process for your beneficiaries, it is important that your personal address and beneficiary designations are up to date, including complete names, date of birth, current addresses and phone numbers, and taxpayer identification numbers for each beneficiary. Updates to your address or beneficiary designations should be sent to our Service Center.

Escheatment may also be required by law if a known beneficiary fails to demand or present an instrument or document to claim the death benefit in a timely manner, creating a presumption of abandonment. If your beneficiary steps forward (with the proper documentation) to claim escheated annuity proceeds, the state is obligated to pay any such proceeds it is holding.

For nonqualified annuities, non-spousal death benefits are generally required to be distributed and taxed within five years from the date of death of the owner/annuitant or the unclaimed death benefits will be presumed abandoned and subject to escheatment.

Optional Benefits

The assets held in our general account support the guarantees under your contract, including optional death benefits and optional living benefits. To the extent that we are required to pay you amounts in addition to your contract value under these benefits, such amounts will come from our general account assets. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of insurance and financial products as well, and we also pay our obligations under these products from assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account.

Optional Living Benefits

Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB)

There are two GMIB rider options available under your contract. Both GMIB riders are intended to provide you with a guaranteed minimum lifetime income regardless of the volatility inherent in the investments in the subaccounts. If you select either GMIB rider option:

•	you must hold the GMIB for 7 years,
•	the GMIB rider terminates* 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday,
•	you can only exercise the GMIB within 30 days after a contract anniversary, and
•	there are additional costs associated with the rider.
*	The rider and annual fee terminate 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday; however, if you exercise the GMIB rider before this time, your benefits will continue according to the annuity payout plan you have selected.

If you are purchasing the contract as a qualified annuity, such as an IRA, and you are planning to begin annuity payouts after the date on which minimum distributions required by the IRS must begin, you should consider whether the GMIB is appropriate for you. Partial withdrawals you take from the contract, including those taken to satisfy RMDs, will reduce the GMIB benefit base (defined below), which in turn may reduce or eliminate the amount of any annuity payments available under the rider (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Consult a tax advisor before you purchase any GMIB with a qualified annuity, such as an IRA.

If either GMIB rider is available in your state and the annuitant is 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add this optional benefit at the time you purchase your contract for an additional charge. If the annuitant is between age 73 and age 75 at contract issue, you should consider whether a GMIB rider is appropriate for your situation. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether either GMIB rider option is appropriate for your situation.

The amount of the fee is determined by the GMIB rider option you select (see “Charges — GMIB Rider Fee”). If you select a GMIB rider, you must also elect the MAV death benefit or the EDB at the time you purchase your contract. The PCR rider is not available with either GMIB rider. The effective date of the GMIB rider will be the contract issue date.

In some instances, we may allow you to add a GMIB rider to your contract at a later date if it was not available when you initially purchased your contract. In these instances, we would add the GMIB rider on the next contract anniversary and this would become the rider effective date. For purposes of calculating the GMIB benefit base under these circumstances, we consider the contract value on the rider effective date to be the initial purchase payment; we disregard all previous purchase payments, purchase payment credits, transfers and withdrawals in the GMIB calculations.

RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus    43

Investment selection: Under either GMIB rider, you may allocate your purchase payments and purchase payment credits or transfers to any of the subaccounts, the GPAs or the one-year fixed account. However, we reserve the right to limit the amount you allocate to subaccounts investing in Columbia Variable Portfolio — Cash Management Fund to 10% of the total amount in the subaccounts. If we are required to activate this restriction, and you have more than 10% of your subaccount value in this fund, we will send you a notice and ask that you reallocate your contract value so that the 10% limitation is satisfied within 60 days. We will terminate the GMIB rider if you have not satisfied the limitation after 60 days.

You may select one of the following GMIB rider options:

• GMIB – Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV); or

• GMIB – 6% Rising Floor.

GMIB – MAV

GMIB benefit base:

If the GMIB – MAV is elected at contract issue, the GMIB benefit base is the greatest of these three values:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments and purchase payment credits minus adjusted partial withdrawals; or
3.	the MAV.

MAV is a value we calculate on the first contract anniversary as the highest of: (a) your current contract value, or (b) total purchase payments and purchase payment credits minus adjusted partial withdrawals. There is no MAV prior to the first contact anniversary. Every contract anniversary after that through age 80, we compare the previous anniversary’s MAV (plus any purchase payments and purchase payment credits since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals since that anniversary) to the current contract value and we reset the MAV to the highest value. We stop resetting the MAV after you or the annuitant reach age 81. However, we continue to add subsequent purchase payments and purchase payment credits and subtract adjusted partial withdrawals from the MAV.

Keep in mind, the MAV is limited at age 81.

We reserve the right to exclude from the GMIB benefit base any purchase payment and purchase payment credits made in the five years before you exercise the GMIB – MAV. We would do so only if such payments and credit total $50,000 or more or if they are 25% or more of total contract payments and credits. If we exercise this right, we subtract each payment and purchase payment credit adjusted for market value from the contract value and the MAV.

For each payment and purchase payment credit, we calculate the market value adjustment to the contract value and the MAV as:

PMT × CVG

ECV

PMT	=	each purchase payment and purchase payment credit made in the five years before you exercise the GMIB – MAV.
CVG	=	current contract value at the time you exercise the GMIB – MAV.
ECV	=	the estimated contract value on the anniversary prior to the payment in question. We assume that all payments, purchase payment credits and partial withdrawals occur at the beginning of a contract year.

Exercising the GMIB – MAV:

• you may only exercise the GMIB – MAV within 30 days after any contract anniversary following the expiration of a seven-year waiting period from the rider effective date.

• the annuitant must be between 50 and 86 years old on the date the rider is exercised.

• you can only take an annuity payout under one of the following annuity payout plans:

– Plan A — Life Annuity — no refund

– Plan B — Life Annuity with ten years certain

– Plan D — Joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund

• You may change the annuitant for the payouts.

When you exercise your GMIB – MAV, you may select a fixed or variable annuity payout plan. Fixed annuity payouts are calculated using the annuity purchase rates based on the “1983 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” with 100% Projection Scale G and an interest rate of 3%. Your annuity payouts remain fixed for the lifetime of the annuity payout period.

44    RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus

First year variable annuity payouts are calculated in the same manner as fixed annuity payouts. Once calculated, your annuity payouts remain unchanged for the first year. After the first year, subsequent annuity payouts are variable and depend on the performance of the subaccounts you select. Variable annuity payouts after the first year are calculated using the following formula:

Pt-1(1 + i)	= Pt
1.05

Pt–1	=	prior annuity payout
Pt	=	current annuity payout
i	=	annualized subaccount performance

Each subsequent variable annuity payout could be more or less than the previous variable annuity payout if the subaccount investment performance is greater or less than the 5% assumed investment rate. If your subaccount performance equals 5%, your annuity payout will be unchanged from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount performance is in excess of 5%, your variable annuity payout will increase from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount investment performance is less than 5%, your variable annuity payout will decrease from the previous annuity payout.

The GMIB – MAV benchmarks the contract growth at each anniversary against several comparison values and sets the GMIB benefit base equal to the largest value of the MAV, purchase payments and purchase payment credits minus adjusted partial withdrawals or the contract value. The GMIB benefit base, less any applicable premium tax, is the value we apply to the GMIB – MAV annuity purchase described above. If the GMIB benefit base is greater than the contract value, the GMIB – MAV may provide a higher annuity payout level than is otherwise available. However, the GMIB – MAV uses guaranteed annuity purchase rates which may result in annuity payouts that are less than those using the annuity purchase rates that we will apply at annuitization under the standard contract provisions. Therefore, the level of income provided by the GMIB – MAV may be less than the income the contract otherwise provided. If the annuity payouts through the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available through the GMIB – MAV, you will receive the higher standard payout. The GMIB – MAV does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

Terminating the GMIB – MAV:

• You may terminate the GMIB – MAV within 30 days after the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the GMIB – MAV any time after the seventh rider anniversary.

• The GMIB – MAV will terminate on the date:

– you make a full withdrawal from the contract;

– a death benefit is payable; or

– you choose to begin taking annuity payouts under the regular contract provisions.

•	The GMIB – MAV will terminate* 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday.
*	The rider and annual fee terminate 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday, however, if you exercise the GMIB rider before this time, your benefits will continue according to the annuity payout plan you have selected.

Example

• You purchase the contract during the 2004 calendar year with a payment of $100,000 and we add a $1,000 purchase payment credit to your contract. You allocate all your purchase payments and purchase payment credits to the subaccounts.

• There are no additional purchase payments and no partial withdrawals.

• Assume the annuitant is male and age 55 at contract issue. For the joint and last survivor option (annuity payout Plan D), the joint annuitant is female and age 55 at contract issue.

• Taking into account fluctuations in contract value due to market conditions, we calculate the GMIB benefit base as:

Contract anniversary	Contract value	Purchase payments	MAV	GMIB benefit base
1	$107,000	$101,000	$107,000
2	125,000	101,000	125,000
3	132,000	101,000	132,000
4	150,000	101,000	150,000
5	85,000	101,000	150,000
6	120,000	101,000	150,000
7	138,000	101,000	150,000	$150,000
8	152,000	101,000	152,000	152,000

RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus    45

Contract anniversary	Contract value	Purchase payments	MAV	GMIB benefit base
9	139,000	101,000	152,000	152,000
10	126,000	101,000	152,000	152,000
11	138,000	101,000	152,000	152,000
12	147,000	101,000	152,000	152,000
13	163,000	101,000	163,000	163,000
14	159,000	101,000	163,000	163,000
15	215,000	101,000	215,000	215,000

NOTE: The MAV value is limited at age 81, but, the GMIB benefit base may increase if the contract value increases. However, you should keep in mind that you are always entitled to annuitize using the contract value without exercising the GMIB.

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after a contract anniversary, the payout under a fixed annuity option (which is the same as the minimum payout for the first year under a variable annuity option) would be:

Contract anniversary at exercise	GMIB benefit base	Plan A – life annuity — no refund	Minimum Guaranteed Monthly Income
			Plan B –life annuity with ten years certain	Plan D – joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund
10	$152,000 (MAV)	$784.32	$763.04	$627.76
15	215,000 (Contract Value = MAV)	1,268.50	1,210.45	982.55

The payouts above are based on the “1983 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” with 100% Projection Scale G and interest rate of 3%. Payouts under the standard provisions of this contract will be based on our annuity rates in effect at annuitization and are guaranteed to be greater than or equal to the guaranteed annuity rates stated in Table B of the contract. The fixed annuity payout available under the standard provisions of this contract would be at least as great as shown below:

Contract anniversary at exercise	Contract value	Plan A – life annuity — no refund	Plan B –life annuity with ten years certain	Plan D – joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund
10	$126,000	$650.16	$632.52	$520.38
15	215,000	1,268.50	1,210.45	982.55

In the above example, at the 15th contract anniversary you would not experience a benefit from the GMIB as the payout available to you is equal to or less than the payout available under the standard provisions of the contract. When the GMIB – MAV payout is less than the payout available under the standard provisions of the contract, you will receive the higher standard payout.

Remember that after the first year, lifetime income payouts under a variable annuity payout option will depend on the investment performance of the subaccounts you select. If your subaccount performance is 5%, your annuity payout will be unchanged from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount performance is in excess of 5%, your variable annuity payout will increase from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount investment performance is less than 5%, your variable annuity payout will decrease from the previous annuity payout.

GMIB – 6% Rising Floor

GMIB benefit base:

If the GMIB – 6% Rising Floor is elected at contract issue, the GMIB benefit base is the greatest of these three values:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments and purchase payment credits minus adjusted partial withdrawals; or
3.	the 6% rising floor.

6% rising floor: This is the sum of the value of the GPAs, one-year fixed account and the variable account floor. We calculate the variable account floor on each contract anniversary through age 80. There is no variable account floor prior to the first contract anniversary. On the first contract anniversary, we set the variable account floor equal to:

• the initial purchase payments and purchase payment credits allocated to the subaccounts increased by 6%;

• plus any subsequent amounts allocated to the subaccounts; and

• minus adjusted transfers or partial withdrawals from the subaccounts.

Every contract anniversary after that, through age 80, we reset the variable account floor by accumulating the prior anniversary’s variable account floor at 6% then adding any subsequent amounts allocated to the subaccounts and subtracting any adjusted transfers or partial withdrawals from the subaccounts. We stop resetting the variable account

46    RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus

floor after you or the annuitant reach age 81. However, we continue to add subsequent amounts you allocate to the subaccounts and subtract adjusted transfers or partial withdrawals from the subaccounts. We calculate adjusted transfers or partial withdrawals for the 6% rising floor using the same formula as adjusted transfers or partial withdrawals for the 5% rising floor.

Keep in mind that the 6% rising floor is limited at age 81.

We reserve the right to exclude from the GMIB benefit base any purchase payments and purchase payment credits you make in the five years before you exercise the GMIB. We would do so only if such payments total $50,000 or more or if they are 25% or more of total contract payments and credits. If we exercise this right, we:

• subtract each payment adjusted for market value from the contract value.

• subtract each payment from the 6% rising floor. We adjust the payments made to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account for market value. We increase payments allocated to the subaccounts by 6% for the number of full contract years they have been in the contract before we subtract them from the 6% rising floor.

For each payment and purchase payment credit, we calculate the market value adjustment to the contract value, the GPAs and the one-year fixed account value of the 6% rising floor as:

PMT × CVG

ECV

PMT	=	each purchase payment and purchase payment credit made in the five years before you exercise the GMIB.
CVG	=	current contract value at the time you exercise the GMIB.
ECV	=	the estimated contract value on the anniversary prior to the payment in question. We assume that all payments, purchase payment credits and partial withdrawals occur at the beginning of a contract year.

For each payment, we calculate the 6% increase of payments allocated to the subaccounts as:

PMT x (1.06)^CY

CY = the full number of contract years the payment has been in the contract

Exercising the GMIB – 6% Rising Floor:

• you may only exercise the GMIB – 6% Rising Floor within 30 days after any contract anniversary following the expiration of a seven-year waiting period from the rider effective date.

• the annuitant must be between 50 and 86 years old on the date the rider is exercised.

• you can only take an annuity payout under one of the following annuity payout plans:

– Plan A — Life Annuity — no refund

– Plan B — Life Annuity with ten years certain

– Plan D — Joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund

• You may change the annuitant for the payouts.

When you exercise your GMIB – 6% Rising Floor, you may select a fixed or variable annuity payout plan. Fixed annuity payouts are calculated using the annuity purchase rates based on the “1983 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” with 100% Projection Scale G and an interest rate of 2.5%. Your annuity payouts remain fixed for the lifetime of the annuity payout period.

First year variable annuity payouts are calculated in the same manner as fixed annuity payouts. Once calculated, your annuity payouts remain unchanged for the first year. After the first year, subsequent annuity payouts are variable and depend on the performance of the subaccounts you select. Variable annuity payouts are calculated using the following formula:

Pt-1(1 + i)	= Pt
1.05

Pt–1	=	prior annuity payout
Pt	=	current annuity payout
i	=	annualized subaccount performance

Each subsequent variable annuity payout could be more or less than the previous variable annuity payout if the subaccount investment performance is greater or less than the 5% assumed investment rate. If your subaccount performance equals 5%, your annuity payout will be unchanged from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount performance is in excess of 5%, your variable annuity payout will increase from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount investment performance is less than 5%, your variable annuity payout will decrease from the previous annuity payout.

RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus    47

The GMIB – 6% Rising Floor benchmarks the contract growth at each anniversary against several comparison values and sets the GMIB benefit base equal to the largest value of the 6% rising floor, ROP or contract value. The GMIB benefit base, less any applicable premium tax, is the value we apply to the guaranteed annuity purchase rates we use in the 2.5% Table to calculate the minimum annuity payouts you will receive if you exercise the GMIB – 6% Rising Floor. If the GMIB benefit base is greater than the contract value, the GMIB – 6% Rising Floor may provide a higher annuity payout level than is otherwise available. However, the GMIB – 6% Rising Floor uses annuity purchase rates that may be more conservative than the annuity purchase rates than we will apply at annuitization under the standard contract provisions. Therefore, the level of income provided by the GMIB – 6% Rising Floor may be less than the income the contract otherwise provided. If the annuity payouts through the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available through the GMIB – 6% Rising Floor, you will receive the higher standard payout. The GMIB – 6% Rising Floor does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

Terminating the GMIB – 6% Rising Floor:

• You may terminate the GMIB – 6% Rising Floor within 30 days after the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the GMIB – 6% Rising Floor any time after the seventh rider anniversary.

• The GMIB – 6% Rising Floor will terminate on the date:

— you make a full withdrawal from the contract;

— a death benefit is payable; or

•	you choose to begin taking annuity payouts under the regular contract provisions.
•	The GMIB – 6% Rising Floor will terminate* 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday.
*	The rider and annual fee terminate 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday, however, if you exercise the GMIB rider before this time, your benefits will continue according to the annuity payout plan you have selected.

Example

• You purchase the contract during the 2004 calendar year with a payment of $100,000 and you allocate all of your purchase payment to the subaccounts.

• There are no additional purchase payments and no partial withdrawals.

• Assume the annuitant is male and age 55 at contract issue. For the joint and last survivor option (annuity payout Plan D), the joint annuitant is female and age 55 at contract issue.

Taking into account fluctuations in contract value due to market conditions, we calculate the GMIB benefit base as:

Contract anniversary	Contract value	Purchase payments	6% rising floor	GMIB benefit base
1	$107,000	$100,000	$106,000
2	125,000	100,000	112,360
3	132,000	100,000	119,102
4	150,000	100,000	126,248
5	85,000	100,000	133,823
6	120,000	100,000	141,852
7	138,000	100,000	150,363	$150,363
8	152,000	100,000	159,388	159,388
9	139,000	100,000	168,948	168,948
10	126,000	100,000	179,085	179,085
11	138,000	100,000	189,830	189,830
12	147,000	100,000	201,220	201,220
13	215,000	100,000	213,293	215,000
14	234,000	100,000	226,090	234,000
15	240,000	100,000	239,655	240,000

NOTE: The 6% Rising Floor value is limited at age 81, but the GMIB benefit base may increase if the contract value increases. However, you should keep in mind that you are always entitled to annuitize using the contract value without exercising the GMIB – 6% Rising Floor.

48    RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after a contract anniversary, the payout under a fixed annuity option (which is the same as the minimum payout for the first year under a variable annuity option) would be:

Contract anniversary at exercise	GMIB benefit base	Plan A – life annuity — no refund	Minimum Guaranteed Monthly Income
			Plan B – life annuity with ten years certain	Plan D – joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund
10	$179,085 (6% Rising Floor)	$872.14	$850.65	$691.27
15	240,000 (Contract Value)	1,346.40	1,286.40	1,034.40

The payouts above are shown at guaranteed annuity rates we use in the 2.5% Table. Payouts under the standard provisions of this contract will be based on our annuity rates in effect at annuitization and are guaranteed to be greater than or equal to the guaranteed annuity rates stated in Table B of the contract. The fixed annuity payout available under the standard provisions of this contract would be at least as great as shown below:

Contract anniversary at exercise	Contract value	Plan A – life annuity — no refund	Plan B – life annuity with ten years certain	Plan D – joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund
10	$126,000	$650.16	$632.52	$520.38
15	240,000	1,416.00	1,351.20	1,096.80

In this example, at the 15th contract anniversary you would not experience a benefit from the GMIB as the payout available to you is equal to or less than the payout available under the standard provisions of the contract. When the GMIB – 6% Rising Floor payout is less than the payout available under the standard provisions of the contract, you will receive the higher standard payout.

Remember that after the first year, lifetime income payouts under a variable annuity payout option will depend on the investment performance of the subaccounts you select. If your subaccount performance is 5%, your annuity payout will be unchanged from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount performance is in excess of 5%, your variable annuity payout will increase from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount investment performance is less than 5%, your variable annuity payout will decrease from the previous annuity payout.

Performance Credit Rider (PCR)

The PCR is intended to provide you with an additional benefit if your earnings are less than the target value on the tenth rider anniversary (see below). This is an optional benefit you may select for an additional charge (see “Charges”). The PCR does not provide any additional benefit before the tenth rider anniversary and it may not be appropriate for issue ages 75 or older due to this required holding period. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether or not the PCR is appropriate for your situation.

If the PCR is available in your state, you may choose to add this benefit to your contract at issue. You cannot add the PCR if you select the GMIB rider option. In some instances we may allow you to add the PCR to your contract at a later date if it was not available when you initially purchased your contract. In these instances, we would add the PCR on the next contract anniversary and this would become the rider effective date. For purposes of calculating the target value under these circumstances, we consider the contract value on the rider effective date to be the first contract year’s purchase payments and purchase payment credits.

Investment selection under the PCR: You may allocate your purchase payments and purchase payment credits or transfers to any of the subaccounts, the GPAs or the one-year fixed account. However, we reserve the right to limit the aggregate amount in the GPAs and the one-year fixed account and amounts you allocate to subaccounts investing in the Columbia Variable Portfolio – Cash Management Fund to 10% of your total contract value. If we are required to activate this restriction, and you have more than 10% of your contract value in these accounts, we will send you a notice and ask that you reallocate your contract value so that the 10% limitation is satisfied within 60 days. We will terminate the PCR if you have not satisfied the limitation after 60 days.

Target value: We calculate the target value on each rider anniversary. There is no target value prior to the first rider anniversary. On the first rider anniversary we set the target value equal to your first year’s purchase payments and purchase payment credits minus the target value adjusted partial withdrawals accumulated at an annual effective rate of 7.2%. Every rider anniversary after that, we recalculate the target value by accumulating the prior anniversary’s target value and any additional purchase payments and purchase payment credits minus the target value adjusted partial withdrawals at an annual effective rate of 7.2%.

RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus    49

Target value adjusted partial withdrawals	=	PW × TV
		CV

PW	=	the partial withdrawal including any applicable withdrawal charge or MVA.
TV	=	the target value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.
CV	=	contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.

Exercising the PCR: We will inform you if your contract value did not meet or exceed the target value after your tenth rider anniversary. If your contract value is less than the target value on the tenth rider anniversary you can choose either of the following benefits:

Option A)  You may choose to accept a PCR credit to your contract equal to:

5% × (PP – PCRPW – PP5)

PP	=	total purchase payments and purchase payment credits.
PCRPW	=	PCR adjusted partial withdrawals. The PCR adjusted partial withdrawal amount is an adjustment we make to determine the proportionate amount of any partial withdrawal attributable to purchase payments received five or more years before the target value is calculated (on the tenth year rider anniversary). For a more detailed description of the PCR adjusted partial withdrawal please see Appendix A.
PP5	=	purchase payments and purchase payment credits made in the prior five years. We apply the PCR credit to your contract on the tenth rider anniversary and allocate it among the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and subaccounts according to your current asset allocation.

Option B)  You may choose to begin receiving annuity payouts (only with lifetime income plans; you may not choose Annuity Payout Plan E) within 60 days of the tenth rider anniversary and receive an additional 5% PCR credit (for a total PCR credit of 10%) as calculated in (a).

We will assume that you elected PCR Option A unless we receive your request to begin a lifetime annuity payout plan within 60 days after the tenth rider anniversary.

If you select PCR Option A, we will restart the ten-year calculation period for the PCR on the tenth rider anniversary and every ten years after that while you own the contract. We use the contract value (including any credits) on that anniversary as your first contract year’s payments for calculating the target value and any applicable PCR credit. We may then apply additional PCR credits to your contract at the end of each ten-year period as described above.

PCR reset: You can elect to lock in your contract growth by restarting the ten-year PCR calculation period on any contract anniversary. If you elect to restart the calculation period, the contract value on the restart date is used as the first year’s payments and credits for the calculating the target value and any applicable PCR credit. If you select PCR Option A, the next ten-year calculation period for the PCR will restart at the end of this new ten-year period. We must receive your request to restart the PCR calculation period within 30 days after a contract anniversary.

Terminating the PCR

• You may terminate the PCR within 30 days following the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the PCR within 30 days following the later of the tenth rider anniversary or the last rider reset date.

• The PCR will terminate on the date:

– you make a full withdrawal from the contract,

– that a death benefit is payable, or

– you choose to begin taking annuity payouts.

Example

•	You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and we add a $1,000 purchase payment credit to the contract
•	There are no additional purchase payments and no partial withdrawals
•	On the tenth contract anniversary, the contract value is $200,000
•	We determine the target value on the tenth contract anniversary as our purchase payments and credits accumulated at an annual effective rate of 7.2% = $101,000 × (1.072)10 = $101,000 × 2.00423 = $202,427.
	Your contract value ($200,000) is less than the target value ($202,427). Assuming you select PCR Option A, we add a PCR credit to your contract calculated as follows:

5% × (PP – PCRPW – PP5) = 0.05 × ($101,000 – 0 – 0) = $5,050.

50    RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus

After application of the PCR credit, your total contract value would be $205,050.

• During the eleventh contract year, the contract value grows to $210,000 and you choose to begin receiving annuity payouts under a lifetime income plan. We would now add another PCR credit to your contract. Because you have not made any additional purchase payments or partial withdrawals the amount of this new credit is the same as the PCR credit we added to your contract on the tenth contract anniversary ($5,050). After adding this new PCR credit to your contract, your total contract value would be $215,050 and we would use this amount to determine your monthly annuity payout amount.

• If you had elected not to receive annuity payouts, the PCR ten-year calculation period would restart on the tenth contract anniversary with the target values first year’s payments equal to $205,050. We would make the next PCR credit determination on the twentieth contract anniversary.

Optional Death Benefits

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector)

The Benefit Protector is intended to provide an additional benefit to your beneficiary to help offset expenses after your death such as funeral expenses or federal and state taxes. This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge (see “Charges”). The Benefit Protector provides reduced benefits if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older at the rider effective date. The Benefit Protector does not provide any additional benefit before the first rider anniversary.

If this rider is available in your state and both you and the annuitant are age 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the Benefit Protector to your contract. You must elect the Benefit Protector at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date. You may not select this rider if you select the Benefit Protector Plus rider.

Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Since the benefit paid by the rider is determined by the amount of earnings at death, the amount of the benefit paid may be reduced as a result of taking any withdrawals including RMDs. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional and tax advisor whether or not the Benefit Protector is appropriate for your situation.

The Benefit Protector provides that if you or the annuitant die after the first rider anniversary, but before annuity payouts begin, and while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary:

• the applicable death benefit

• 40% of your earnings at death if you and the annuitant were under age 70 on the rider effective date, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old; or

• 15% of your earnings at death if you or the annuitant were age 70 or older on the rider effective date, up to a maximum of 37.5% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old.

Earnings at death: This is determined by taking the current death benefit, and subtracting any purchase payments not previously withdrawn. Partial withdrawals reduce earnings before reducing purchase payments in the contract. This determines how much of the applicable death benefit is made up of contract earnings. We set maximum earnings at death of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old. Earnings at death cannot be less than zero.

Terminating the Benefit Protector

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of any rider anniversary beginning with the seventh rider anniversary.

• The rider will terminate when you make a full withdrawal from the contract or when annuity payouts begin.

Example of the Benefit Protector

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and you and the annuitant are under age 70. We add a $1,000 purchase payment credit to your contract. You select the MAV death benefit.

• During the first contract year the contract value grows to $105,000. The death benefit under the MAV death benefit equals the contract value, less any purchase payment credits added to the contract in the last 12 months, or $104,000. You have not reached the first contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector does not provide any additional benefit at this time.

• On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value): $110,000

RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus    51

plus the Benefit Protector benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (MAV death benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000

• On the second contract anniversary the contract value falls to $105,000. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (MAV):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000

• During the third contract year the contract value remains at $105,000 and you request a partial withdrawal of $50,000, including the applicable 7% withdrawal charges. We will withdraw $10,500 from your contract value free of charge (10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value). The remainder of the withdrawal is subject to a 7% withdrawal charge because your payment is in its third year of the withdrawal charge, so we will withdraw $39,500 ($36,735 + $2,765 in withdrawal charges) from your contract value. Altogether, we will withdraw $50,000 and pay you $47,235. We calculate purchase payments not previously withdrawn as $100,000 – $45,000 = $55,000 (remember that $5,000 of the partial withdrawal is contract earnings). The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (MAV adjusted for partial withdrawals):	$57,619
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death):
0.40 × ($57,619 – $55,000) =	+1,048
Total death benefit of:	$58,667

• On the third contract anniversary the contract value falls to $40,000. The death benefit equals the death benefit during the third contract year. The reduction in contract value has no effect.

• On the ninth contract anniversary the contract value grows to a new high of $200,000. Earnings at death reaches its maximum of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$200,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old)	+55,000
Total death benefit of:	$255,000

• During the tenth contract year you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000 and we add a purchase payment credit of $500. Your new contract value is now $250,000. The new purchase payment is less than one year old and so it has no effect on the Benefit Protector value. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value less any purchase payment credits added in the last 12 months):	$249,500
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old)	+55,000
Total death benefit of:	$304,500

• During the eleventh contract year the contract value remains $250,000 and the “new” purchase payment is one year old and the value of the Benefit Protector changes. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old)
0.40 × ($250,000 – $105,000) =	+58,000
Total death benefit of:	$308,000

If your spouse is the sole beneficiary and you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner. Your spouse and the new annuitant will be subject to all the limitations and restrictions of the rider just as if they were purchasing a new contract. If your spouse and the new annuitant do not qualify for the rider on the basis of age we will terminate the rider. If they do qualify for the rider on the basis of age we will set the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid and we will substitute this new contract value on the date of death for “purchase payments not previously withdrawn” used in calculating earnings at death. Your spouse also has the option of discontinuing the Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider within 30 days of the date of death.

NOTE: For special tax considerations associated with the Benefit Protector, see “Taxes.”

52    RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus)

The Benefit Protector Plus is intended to provide an additional benefit to your beneficiary to help offset expenses after your death such as funeral expenses or federal and state taxes. This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge (see “Charges”). The Benefit Protector Plus provides reduced benefits if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older at the rider effective date. It does not provide any additional benefit before the first rider anniversary and it does not provide any benefit beyond what is offered under the Benefit Protector rider during the second rider year.

If this rider is available in your state and both you and the annuitant are age 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the Benefit Protector Plus to you contract. You must elect the Benefit Protector Plus at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date. This rider is only available for transfers, exchanges or rollovers from another annuity or life insurance policy. You may not select this rider if you select the Benefit Protector rider. Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Since the benefit paid by the rider is determined by the amount of earnings at death, the amount of the benefit paid may be reduced as a result of taking any withdrawals including RMDs. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional and tax advisor whether or not the Benefit Protector Plus is appropriate for your situation.

The Benefit Protector Plus provides that if you or the annuitant die after the first rider anniversary, but before annuity payouts begin, and while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary:

• the benefits payable under the Benefit Protector described above, plus

• a percentage of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue not previously withdrawn as follows:

Rider Year	Percentage if you and the annuitant are under age 70 on the rider effective date	Percentage if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older on the rider effective date
One and Two	0%	0%
Three and Four	10%	3.75%
Five or more	20%	7.5%

Another way to describe the benefits payable under the Benefit Protector Plus rider is as follows:

• the applicable death benefit (see “Benefits in Case of Death”), plus:

Rider Year	If you and the annuitant are under age 70 on the rider effective date, add…	If you or the annuitant are age 70 or older on the rider effective date, add…
One	Zero	Zero
Two	40% × earnings at death (see above)	15% × earnings at death
Three & Four	40% × (earnings at death + 25% of initial purchase payment*)	15% × (earnings at death + 25% of initial purchase payment*)
Five or more	40% × (earnings at death + 50% of initial purchase payment*)	15% × (earnings at death + 50% of initial purchase payment*)

* Initial purchase payments are payments made within 60 days of rider issue not previously withdrawn.

Terminating the Benefit Protector Plus

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of any rider anniversary beginning with the seventh rider anniversary.

• The rider will terminate when you make a full withdrawal from the contract or when annuity payouts begin.

Example of the Benefit Protector Plus

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and you and the annuitant are under age 70. We add a $1,000 purchase payment credit to your contract. You select the MAV death benefit.

• During the first contract year the contract value grows to $105,000. The death benefit equals MAV death benefit, which is the contract value, less any purchase payment credits added to the contract in the last 12 months, or $104,000. You have not reached the first contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector Plus does not provide any additional benefit at this time.

• On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. You have not reached the second contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector Plus does not provide any additional benefit beyond what is provided by the Benefit Protector at this time. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (MAV rider minus payments not previously withdrawn):

RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus    53

0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000

• On the second contract anniversary the contract value falls to $105,000. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (MAV):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death:
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
plus 10% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:
0.10 × $100,000 =	+10,000
Total death benefit of:	$124,000

• During the third contract year the contract value remains at $105,000 and you request a partial withdrawal of $50,000, including the applicable 7% withdrawal charge. We will withdraw $10,500 from your contract value free of charge (10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value). The remainder of the withdrawal is subject to a 7% withdrawal charge because your payment is in its third year of the withdrawal charge schedule, so we will withdraw $39,500 ($36,735 + $2,765 in withdrawal charges) from your contract value. Altogether, we will withdraw $50,000 and pay you $47,235. We calculate purchase payments not previously withdrawn as $100,000 – $45,000 = $55,000 (remember that $5,000 of the partial withdrawal is contract earnings). The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (MAV adjusted for partial withdrawals):	$57,619
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death:
0.40 × ($57,619 – $55,000) =	+1,048
plus 10% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:
0.10 × $55,000 =	+5,500
Total death benefit of:	$64,167

• On the third contract anniversary the contract value falls to $40,000. The death benefit equals the death benefit paid during the third contract year. The reduction in contract value has no effect.

• On the ninth contract anniversary the contract value grows to a new high of $200,000. Earnings at death reaches its maximum of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old. Because we are beyond the fourth contract anniversary the Benefit Protector Plus also reaches its maximum of 20%. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$200,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old	+55,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:
0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$266,000

• During the tenth contract year you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000 and we add a purchase payment credit of $500. Your new contract value is now $250,000. The new purchase payment is less than one year old and so it has no effect on the Benefit Protector Plus value. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value less any purchase payment credits added in the last 12 months):	$249,500
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old	+55,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:
0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$ 315,500

• During the eleventh contract year the contract value remains $250,000 and the “new” purchase payment is one year old. The value of the Benefit Protector Plus remains constant. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (MAV rider minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($250,000 – $105,000) =	+58,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:
0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000

54    RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Total death benefit of: $319,000

If your spouse is sole beneficiary and you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. We will then terminate the Benefit Protector Plus and substitute the applicable death benefit (see “Benefits in Case of Death”).

NOTE: For special tax considerations associated with the Benefit Protector Plus, see “Taxes.”

The Annuity Payout Period

As owner of the contract, you have the right to decide how and to whom annuity payouts will be made starting at the retirement date. You may select one of the annuity payout plans outlined below, or we may mutually agree on other payout arrangements. We do not deduct any withdrawal charges upon retirement but withdrawal charges may apply when electing to exercise liquidity features we may make available under certain fixed annuity payout options.

You also decide whether we will make annuity payouts on a fixed or variable basis, or a combination of fixed and variable. The amount available to purchase payouts under the plan you select is the contract value on your retirement date after any rider charges have been deducted. Additionally, we currently allow you to use part of the amount available to purchase payouts, leaving any remaining contract value to accumulate on a tax-deferred basis. Special rules apply for partial annuitization of your annuity contract, see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities — Annuity payouts” and “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Annuity payouts.” If you select a variable annuity payout, we reserve the right to limit the number of subaccounts in which you may invest. The GPAs are not available during this payout period.

Amounts of fixed and variable payouts depend on:

• the annuity payout plan you select;

• the annuitant’s age and, in most cases, sex;

• the annuity table in the contract; and

• the amounts you allocated to the accounts at settlement.

In addition, for variable annuity payouts only, amounts depend on the investment performance of the subaccounts you select. These payouts will vary from month to month because the performance of the funds will fluctuate. Fixed payouts generally remain the same from month to month unless you have elected an option providing for increasing payments.

For information with respect to transfers between accounts after annuity payouts begin, see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transfer policies.”

Annuity Tables

The annuity tables in your contract (Table A and Table B) show the amount of the monthly payout for each $1,000 of contract value according to the age and, when applicable, the annuitant’s sex. (Where required by law, we will use a unisex table of settlement rates.)

Table A shows the amount of the first monthly variable annuity payout assuming that the contract value is invested at the beginning of the annuity payout period and earns a 5% rate of return, which is reinvested and helps to support future payouts. If you ask us at least 30 days before the retirement date, we will substitute an annuity table based on an assumed 3.5% investment rate for the 5% Table A in the contract. The assumed investment rate affects both the amount of the first payout and the extent to which subsequent payouts increase or decrease. For example, annuity payouts will increase if the investment return is above the assumed investment rate and payouts will decrease if the return is below the assumed investment rate. Using a 5% assumed interest rate results in a higher initial payout, but later payouts will increase more slowly when annuity unit values rise and decrease more rapidly when they decline.

Table B shows the minimum amount of each fixed annuity payout. We declare current payout rates that we use in determining the actual amount of your fixed annuity payout. The current payout rates will equal or exceed the guaranteed payout rates shown in Table B. We will furnish these rates to you upon request.

Annuity Payout Plans

We make available variable annuity payouts where payout amounts will vary based on the performance of the variable account. We may also make fixed annuity payouts available where payments of a fixed amount are made for the period specified in the plan, subject to any surrender we may permit. You may choose any one of these annuity payout plans by giving us written instructions at least 30 days before the retirement date. Generally, you may select one of the Plans A through E below or another plan agreed to by us.

• Plan A – Life annuity — no refund: We make monthly payouts until the annuitant’s death. Payouts end with the last payout before the annuitant’s death. We will not make any further payouts. This means that if the annuitant dies after we made only one monthly payout, we will not make any more payouts.

RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus    55

• Plan B – Life annuity with five, ten or 15 years certain: We make monthly payouts for a guaranteed payout period of five, ten or 15 years that you elect. This election will determine the length of the payout period in the event the annuitant dies before the elected period expires. We calculate the guaranteed payout period from the retirement date. If the annuitant outlives the elected guaranteed payout period, we will continue to make payouts until the annuitant’s death.

• Plan C – Life annuity — installment refund: We make monthly payouts until the annuitant’s death, with our guarantee that payouts will continue for some period of time. We will make payouts for at least the number of months determined by dividing the amount applied under this option by the first monthly payout, whether or not the annuitant is living.

• Plan D – Joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund: We make monthly payouts while both the annuitant and a joint annuitant are living. If either annuitant dies, we will continue to make monthly payouts at the full amount until the death of the surviving annuitant. Payouts end with the death of the second annuitant.

• Plan E – Payouts for a specified period: We make monthly payouts for a specific payout period of ten to 30 years that you elect. We will make payouts only for the number of years specified whether the annuitant is living or not. Depending on the selected time period, it is foreseeable that an annuitant can outlive the payout period selected. During the payout period, you can elect to have us determine the present value of any remaining payouts and pay it to you in a lump sum.

For Plan A, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, no payments will be made. For Plan B, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue for the guaranteed payout period. For Plan C, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue for the installment refund period. For Plan D, if both annuitants die before the initial payment, no payments will be made; however, if one annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue until the death of the surviving annuitant.

In addition to the annuity payout plans described above, we may offer additional payout plans. Terms and conditions of annuity payout plans will be disclosed at the time of election, including any associated fees or charges. It is important to remember that the election and use of liquidity features will result in payouts ceasing.

Utilizing a liquidity feature to withdraw the underlying value of remaining payouts may result in the assessment of a withdrawal charge (See “Charges — Withdrawal charge”) or a 10% IRS penalty tax. (See “Taxes.”).

Annuity payout plan requirements for qualified annuities: If your contract is a qualified annuity, you must select a payout plan as of the retirement date set forth in your contract. You have the responsibility for electing a payout plan under your contract that complies with applicable law. Your contract describes your payout plan options. The options will meet certain IRS regulations governing RMDs if the payout plan meets the incidental distribution benefit requirements, if any, and the payouts are made:

• in equal or substantially equal payments over a period not longer than your life expectancy, or over the joint life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary; or

• over a period certain not longer than your life expectancy or over the joint life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary.

If we do not receive instructions: You must give us written instructions for the annuity payouts at least 30 days before the annuitant’s retirement date. If you do not, we will make payouts under Plan B, with 120 monthly payouts guaranteed.

If monthly payouts would be less than $20: We will calculate the amount of monthly payouts at the time the contract value is used to purchase a payout plan. If the calculations show that monthly payouts would be less than $20, we have the right to pay the contract value to the owner in a lump sum or to change the frequency of the payouts.

Death after annuity payouts begin: If you or the annuitant die after annuity payouts begin, we will pay any amount payable to the beneficiary as provided in the annuity payout plan in effect. Payments to beneficiaries are subject to adjustment to comply with the IRS rules and regulations.

Taxes

Under current law, your contract has a tax-deferral feature. Generally, this means you do not pay income tax until there is a taxable distribution (or deemed distribution) from the contract. We will send a tax information reporting form for any year in which we made a taxable or reportable distribution according to our records.

Nonqualified Annuities

Generally, only the increase in the value of a non-qualified annuity contract over the investment in the contract is taxable. Certain exceptions apply. Federal tax law requires that all nonqualified deferred annuity contracts issued by the same company (and possibly its affiliates) to the same owner during a calendar year be taxed as a single, unified contract when distributions are taken from any one of those contracts.

56    RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Annuity payouts: Generally, unlike withdrawals described below, the income taxation of annuity payouts is subject to exclusion ratios (for fixed annuity payouts) or annual excludable amounts (for variable annuity payouts). In other words, in most cases, a portion of each payout will be ordinary income and subject to tax, and a portion of each payout will be considered a return of part of your investment in the contract and will not be taxed. All amounts you receive after your investment in the contract is fully recovered will be subject to tax. Under Annuity Payout Plan A: Life annuity — no refund, where the annuitant dies before your investment in the contract is fully recovered, the remaining portion of the unrecovered investment may be available as a federal income tax deduction to the owner for the last taxable year. Under all other annuity payout plans, where the annuity payouts end before your investment in the contract is fully recovered, the remaining portion of the unrecovered investment may be available as a federal income tax deduction to the taxpayer for the tax year in which the payouts end. (See “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Federal tax law permits taxpayers to annuitize a portion of their nonqualified annuity while leaving the remaining balance to continue to grow tax-deferred. Under the partial annuitization rules, the portion annuitized must be received as an annuity for a period of 10 years or more, or for the lives of one or more individuals. If this requirement is met, the annuitized portion and the tax-deferred balance will generally be treated as two separate contracts for income tax purposes only. If a contract is partially annuitized, the investment in the contract is allocated between the deferred and the annuitized portions on a pro rata basis.

Withdrawals: Generally, if you withdrawal all or part of your nonqualified annuity your annuity payouts begin, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, your withdrawal will be taxed to the extent that the contract value immediately before the withdrawal exceeds the investment in the contract. Different rules may apply if you exchange another contract into this contract.

You also may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty for withdrawals of taxable income you make before reaching age 59½ unless certain exceptions apply.

Withholding: If you receive taxable income as a result of an annuity payout or withdrawal, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, we may deduct federal, and in some cases state withholding against the payment. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your income tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. As long as you have provided us with a valid Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number, and you have a valid U.S. address, you may be able to elect not to have federal income tax withholding occur.

If the payment is part of an annuity payout plan, we generally compute the amount of federal income tax withholding using payroll tables. You may provide us with a statement of how many exemptions to use in calculating the withholding. If the distribution is any other type of payment (such as partial or full withdrawal) we compute federal income tax withholding using 10% of the taxable portion.

The federal income tax withholding requirements differ if we deliver payment outside the United States or you are a non-resident alien.

Some states also may impose income tax withholding requirements similar to the federal withholding described above or may allow you to elect withholding. If this should be the case, we may deduct state income tax withholding from the payment.

Death benefits to beneficiaries: The death benefit under a nonqualified contract is not exempt from estate (federal or state) taxes. In addition, for income tax purposes, any amount your beneficiary receives that exceeds the remaining investment in the contract is taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary in the year he or she receives the payments. (See also “Benefits in Case of Death — If You Die Before the Retirement Date”).

Net Investment Income Tax (also known as Medicare contribution tax): Effective for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2013, certain investment income of high-income individuals (as well as estates and trusts) is subject to a 3.8% net investment income tax (as an addition to income taxes). For individuals, the 3.8% tax applies to the lesser of (1) the amount by which the taxpayer’s modified adjusted gross income exceeds $200,000 ($250,000 for married filing jointly and surviving spouses; $125,000 for married filing separately) or (2) the taxpayer’s “net investment income.” Net investment income includes taxable income from nonqualified annuities. Annuity holders are advised to consult their tax advisor regarding the possible implications of this additional tax.

Annuities owned by corporations, partnerships or irrevocable trusts: For nonqualified annuities, any annual increase in the value of annuities held by such entities (non-natural persons) generally will be treated as ordinary income received during that year. However, if the trust was set up for the benefit of a natural person(s) only, the income may remain tax-deferred until withdrawn or paid out.

Penalties: If you receive amounts from your nonqualified annuity before reaching age 59½, you may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty on the amount includable in your ordinary income. However, this penalty will not apply to any amount received:

• because of your death or in the event of non-natural ownership, the death of annuitant;

• because you become disabled (as defined in the Code);

RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus    57

• if the distribution is part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments, made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or joint lives or life expectancies of you and your beneficiary);

• if it is allocable to an investment before Aug. 14, 1982; or

• if annuity payouts are made under immediate annuities as defined by the Code.

Transfer of ownership: Generally, if you transfer ownership of a nonqualified annuity without receiving adequate consideration, the transfer may be taxed as a withdrawal for federal income tax purposes. If the transfer is a currently taxable event for income tax purposes, the original owner will be taxed on the amount of deferred earnings at the time of the transfer and also may be subject to the 10% IRS penalty discussed earlier. In this case, the new owner’s investment in the contract will be equal to the investment in the contract at the time of the transfer plus any earnings included in the original owner’s taxable income as a result of the transfer. In general, this rule does not apply to transfers between spouses or former spouses. Similar rules apply if you transfer ownership for full consideration. Please consult your tax advisor for further details.

1035 Exchanges: Section 1035 of the Code permits nontaxable exchanges of certain insurance policies, endowment contracts, annuity contracts and qualified long-term care insurance contracts while providing for continued tax deferral of earnings. In addition, Section 1035 permits the carryover of the investment in the contract from the old policy or contract to the new policy or contract. In a 1035 exchange one policy or contract is exchanged for another policy or contract. The following can qualify as nontaxable exchanges: (1) the exchange of a life insurance policy for another life insurance policy or for an endowment, annuity or qualified long-term care insurance contract, (2) the exchange of an endowment contract for an annuity or qualified long-term care insurance contract, or for an endowment contract under which payments will begin no later than payments would have begun under the contract exchanged, (3) the exchange of an annuity contract for another annuity or for a qualified long-term care insurance contract, and (4) the exchange of a qualified long-term care insurance contract for a qualified long-term care insurance contract. Additionally, other tax rules apply. However, if the life insurance policy has an outstanding loan, there may be tax consequences. Depending on the issue date of your original policy or contract, there may be tax or other benefits that are given up to gain the benefits of the new policy or contract. Consider whether the features and benefits of the new policy or contract outweigh any tax or other benefits of the old contract.

For a partial exchange of an annuity contract for another annuity contract, the 1035 exchange is generally tax-free. The investment in the original contract and the earnings on the contract will be allocated proportionately between the original and new contracts. However, per IRS Revenue Procedure 2011-38, if withdrawals are taken from either contract within the 180-day period following a partial 1035 exchange, the IRS will apply general tax principles to determine the appropriate tax treatment of the exchange and subsequent withdrawal. As a result, there may be unexpected tax consequences. You should consult your tax advisor before taking any withdrawal from either contract during the 180-day period following a partial exchange.

Assignment: If you assign or pledge your contract as collateral for a loan, earnings on purchase payments you made after Aug. 13, 1982 will be taxed as a deemed distribution and also may be subject to the 10% penalty as discussed above.

Qualified Annuities

Adverse tax consequences may result if you do not ensure that contributions, distributions and other transactions under the contract comply with the law. Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions. You should refer to your retirement plan’s Summary Plan Description, your IRA disclosure statement, or consult a tax advisor for additional information about the distribution rules applicable to your situation.

When you use your contract to fund a retirement plan or IRA that is already tax-deferred under the Code, the contract will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral. If your contract is used to fund an employer sponsored plan, your right to benefits may be subject to the terms and conditions of the plan regardless of the terms of the contract.

Annuity payouts: Under a qualified annuity, except a Roth IRA, Roth 401(k) or Roth 403(b), the entire payout generally is includable as ordinary income and is subject to tax unless: (1) the contract is an IRA to which you made non-deductible contributions; or (2) you rolled after-tax dollars from a retirement plan into your IRA; or 3) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you or your employer have contributed after-tax dollars; or (4) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you direct such payout to be directly rolled over to another eligible retirement plan such as an IRA. We may permit partial annuitizations of qualified annuity contracts. If we accept partial annuitizations, please remember that your contract will still need to comply with other requirements such as required minimum distributions and the payment of taxes. Prior to considering a partial annuitization on a qualified contract, you should discuss your decision and any implications with your tax adviser. Because we cannot accurately track certain after tax funding sources, we will generally report any payments on partial annuitizations as ordinary income except in the case of a qualified distribution from a Roth IRA.

58    RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Annuity payouts from Roth IRAs: In general, the entire payout from a Roth IRA can be free from income and penalty taxes if you have attained age 59½ and meet the five year holding period.

Withdrawals: Under a qualified annuity, except a Roth IRA, Roth 401(k) or Roth 403(b), the entire withdrawal will generally be includable as ordinary income and is subject to tax unless: (1) the contract is an IRA to which you made non-deductible contributions; or (2) you rolled after-tax dollars from a retirement plan into your IRA; or (3) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you or your employer have contributed after-tax dollars; or (4) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you direct such withdrawal to be directly rolled over to another eligible retirement plan such as an IRA.

Withdrawals from Roth IRAs: In general, the entire payout from a Roth IRA can be free from income and penalty taxes if you have attained age 59½ and meet the five year holding period or another qualifying event such as death or disability.

Required Minimum Distributions: Retirement plans (except for Roth IRAs) are subject to required withdrawals called required minimum distributions (“RMDs”) beginning at age 72 (age 70 ½ if you were born on or before June 30, 1949). RMDs are based on the fair market value of your contract at year-end divided by the life expectancy factor. Certain death benefits and optional riders may be considered in determining the fair market value of your contract for RMD purposes. This may cause your RMD to be higher. Inherited IRAs (including inherited Roth IRAs) are subject to special required minimum distribution rules. You should consult your tax advisor prior to making a purchase for an explanation of the potential tax implications to you.

Withholding for IRAs, Roth IRAs, SEPs and SIMPLE IRAs: If you receive taxable income as a result of an annuity payout or a withdrawal, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, we may deduct withholding against the payment. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. As long as you have provided us with a valid Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number, you can elect not to have any withholding occur.

If the payment is part of an annuity payout plan, we generally compute the amount of federal income tax withholding using payroll tables. You may provide us with a statement of how many exemptions to use in calculating the withholding. If the distribution is any other type of payment (such as a partial or full withdrawal) we compute federal income tax withholding using 10% of the taxable portion.

The federal income tax withholding requirements differ if we deliver payment outside the United States or you are a non-resident alien.

Some states also may impose income tax withholding requirements similar to the federal withholding described above. If this should be the case, we may deduct state income tax withholding from the payment.

Withholding for all other qualified annuities: If you receive directly all or part of the contract value from a qualified annuity, mandatory 20% federal income tax withholding (and possibly state income tax withholding) generally will be imposed at the time the payout is made from the plan. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. This mandatory withholding will not be imposed if instead of receiving the distribution check, you elect to have the distribution rolled over directly to an IRA or another eligible plan. Payments made to a surviving spouse instead of being directly rolled over to an IRA are also subject to mandatory 20% income tax withholding.

In the below situations, the distribution is subject to an optional 10% withholding instead of the mandatory 20% withholding. We will withhold 10% of the distribution amount unless you elect otherwise.

• the payout is one in a series of substantially equal periodic payouts, made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or the joint lives or life expectancies of you and your designated beneficiary) or over a specified period of 10 years or more;

• the payout is a RMD as defined under the Code;

• the payout is made on account of an eligible hardship; or

• the payout is a corrective distribution.

State withholding also may be imposed on taxable distributions.

Penalties: If you receive amounts from your qualified contract before reaching age 59½, you may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty on the amount includable in your ordinary income. However, this penalty generally will not apply to any amount received:

• because of your death;

• because you become disabled (as defined in the Code);

• if the distribution is part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or joint lives or life expectancies of you and your beneficiary);

RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus    59

• if the distribution is made following severance from employment during or after the calendar year in which you attain age 55 (TSAs and annuities funding 401(a) plans only);

• to pay certain medical or education expenses (IRAs only); or

• if the distribution is made from an inherited IRA.

Death benefits to beneficiaries: The entire death benefit generally is taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary in the year he/she receives the payments from the qualified annuity. If you made non-deductible contributions to a traditional IRA, the portion of any distribution from the contract that represents after-tax contributions is not taxable as ordinary income to your beneficiary. You are responsible for keeping all records tracking your non-deductible contributions to an IRA. Death benefits under a Roth IRA generally are not taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary if certain distribution requirements are met. (See also “Benefits in Case of Death — If you Die Before the Retirement Date”).

Change of retirement plan type: IRS regulations allow for rollovers of certain retirement plan distributions. In some circumstances, you may be able to have an intra-contract rollover, keeping the same features and conditions. If the annuity contract you have does not support an intra-contract rollover, you are able to request an IRS approved rollover to another annuity contract or other investment product that you choose. If you choose another annuity contract or investment product, you will be subject to new rules, including a new withdrawal charge schedule for an annuity contract, or other product rules as applicable.

Assignment:You may not assign or pledge your qualified contract as collateral for a loan.

Other

Purchase payment credits: These are considered earnings and are taxed accordingly when withdrawn or paid out.

Special considerations if you select any optional rider: As of the date of this prospectus, we believe that charges related to these riders are not subject to current taxation. Therefore, we will not report these charges as partial withdrawals from your contract. However, the IRS may determine that these charges should be treated as partial withdrawals subject to taxation to the extent of any gain as well as the 10% tax penalty for withdrawals before the age of 59½, if applicable, on the taxable portion.

We reserve the right to report charges for these riders as partial withdrawals if we, as a withholding and reporting agent, believe that we are required to report them. In addition, we will report any benefits attributable to these riders on the death of you or the annuitant as an annuity death benefit distribution, not as proceeds from life insurance.

Important: Our discussion of federal tax laws is based upon our understanding of current interpretations of these laws. Federal tax laws or current interpretations of them may change. For this reason and because tax consequences are complex and highly individual and cannot always be anticipated, you should consult a tax advisor if you have any questions about taxation of your contract.

RiverSource Life’s tax status: We are taxed as a life insurance company under the Code. For federal income tax purposes, the subaccounts are considered a part of our company, although their operations are treated separately in accounting and financial statements. Investment income is reinvested in the fund in which each subaccount invests and becomes part of that subaccount’s value. This investment income, including realized capital gains, is not subject to any withholding for federal or state income taxes. We reserve the right to make such a charge in the future if there is a change in the tax treatment of variable annuities or in our tax status as we then understand it.
The company includes in its taxable income the net investment income derived from the investment of assets held in its subaccounts because the company is considered the owner of these assets under federal income tax law.  The company may claim certain tax benefits associated with this investment income.  These benefits, which may include foreign tax credits and the corporate dividend received deduction, are not passed on to you since the company is the owner of the assets under federal tax law and is taxed on the investment income generated by the assets. 

Tax qualification: We intend that the contract qualify as an annuity for federal income tax purposes. To that end, the provisions of the contract are to be interpreted to ensure or maintain such tax qualification, in spite of any other provisions of the contract. We reserve the right to amend the contract to reflect any clarifications that may be needed or are appropriate to maintain such qualification or to conform the contract to any applicable changes in the tax qualification requirements. We will send you a copy of any amendments.

Spousal status: When it comes to your marital status and the identification and naming of any spouse as a beneficiary or party to your contract, we will rely on the representations you make to us. Based on this reliance, we will issue and administer your contract in accordance with these representations. If you represent that you are married and your representation is incorrect or your marriage is deemed invalid for federal or state law purposes, then the benefits and rights under your contract may be different.

If you have any questions as to the status of your relationship as a marriage, then you should consult an appropriate tax or legal advisor.

60    RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Voting Rights

As a contract owner with investments in the subaccounts, you may vote on important fund policies until annuity payouts begin. Once they begin, the person receiving them has voting rights. We will vote fund shares according to the instructions of the person with voting rights.

Before annuity payouts begin, the number of votes you have is determined by applying your percentage interest in each subaccount to the total number of votes allowed to the subaccount.

After annuity payouts begin, the number of votes you have is equal to:

• the reserve held in each subaccount for your contract; divided by

• the net asset value of one share of the applicable fund.

As we make annuity payouts, the reserve for the contract decreases; therefore, the number of votes also will decrease.

We calculate votes separately for each subaccount. We will send notice of shareholders’ meetings, proxy materials and a statement of the number of votes to which the voter is entitled. We are the legal owner of all fund shares and therefore hold all voting rights.  However, to the extent required by law, we will vote the shares of each fund according to instructions we receive from policy owners. We will vote shares for which we have not received instructions and shares that we or our affiliates own in our own names in the same proportion as the votes for which we received instructions. As a result of this proportional voting, in cases when a small number of contract owners vote, their votes will have a greater impact and may even control the outcome.

Substitution of Investments

We may substitute the funds in which the subaccounts invest if:

• laws or regulations change;

• the existing funds become unavailable; or

• in our judgment, the funds no longer are suitable (or are not the most suitable) for the subaccounts.

If any of these situations occur, we have the right to substitute a fund currently listed in this prospectus (existing fund) for another fund (new fund), provided we obtain any required SEC and state insurance law approval. The new fund may have higher fees and/or operating expenses than the existing fund. Also, the new fund may have investment objectives and policies and/or investment advisers which differ from the existing fund.

We may also:

• add new subaccounts;

• combine any two or more subaccounts;

• transfer assets to and from the subaccounts or the variable account; and

• eliminate or close any subaccounts.

We will notify you of any substitution or change.

In the event of any such substitution or change, we may amend the contract and take whatever action is necessary and appropriate without your consent or approval. We will obtain any required prior approval of the SEC or state insurance departments before making any substitution or change.

About the Service Providers

Principal Underwriter

RiverSource Distributors, Inc. (RiverSource Distributors), our affiliate, serves as the principal underwriter and general distributor of the contract. Its offices are located at 70100 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, MN 55474. RiverSource Distributors is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ameriprise Financial, Inc.

Sales of the Contract

New contracts are not currently being offered.

• Only securities broker-dealers (“selling firms”) registered with the SEC and members of the FINRA may sell the contract.

• The contracts are continuously offered to the public through authorized selling firms. We and RiverSource Distributors have a sales agreement with the selling firm. The sales agreement authorizes the selling firm to offer the contracts

RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus    61

to the public. RiverSource Distributors pays the selling firm (or an affiliated insurance agency) for contracts its investment professional sell. The selling firm may be required to return sales commissions under certain circumstances including but not limited to when contracts are returned under the free look period.

Payments We May Make to Selling Firms

• We may use compensation plans which vary by selling firm. For example, some of these plans pay selling firms a commission of up to 7.00% each time a purchase payment is made. We may also pay ongoing trail commissions of up to 1.00% of the contract value. We do not pay or withhold payment of trail commissions based on which investment options you select.

• We may pay selling firms an additional sales commission of up to 1.00% of purchase payments for a period of time we select. For example, we may offer to pay an additional sales commission to get selling firms to market a new or enhanced contract or to increase sales during the period.

• In addition to commissions, we may, in order to promote sales of the contracts, and as permitted by applicable laws and regulation, pay or provide selling firms with other promotional incentives in cash, credit or other compensation. We generally (but may not) offer these promotional incentives to all selling firms. The terms of such arrangements differ between selling firms. These promotional incentives may include but are not limited to:

• sponsorship of marketing, educational, due diligence and compliance meetings and conferences we or the selling firm may conduct for investment professionals, including subsidy of travel, meal, lodging, entertainment and other expenses related to these meetings;

• marketing support related to sales of the contract including for example, the creation of marketing materials, advertising and newsletters;

• providing service to contract owners; and

• funding other events sponsored by a selling firm that may encourage the selling firm’s investment professionals to sell the contract.

These promotional incentives or reimbursements may be calculated as a percentage of the selling firm’s aggregate, net or anticipated sales and/or total assets attributable to sales of the contract, and/or may be a fixed dollar amount. As noted below this additional compensation may cause the selling firm and its investment professionals to favor the contracts.

Sources of Payments to Selling Firms

When we pay the commissions and other compensation described above from our assets. Our assets may include:

• revenues we receive from fees and expenses that you will pay when buying, owning and making a withdrawal from the contract (see “Expense Summary”);

• compensation we or an affiliate receive from the underlying funds in the form of distribution and services fees (see “The Variable Account and the Funds — The Funds”);

• compensation we or an affiliate receive from a fund’s investment adviser, subadviser, distributor or an affiliate of any of these (see “The Variable Account and the Funds — The Funds”); and

• revenues we receive from other contracts we sell that are not securities and other businesses we conduct.

You do not directly pay the commissions and other compensation described above as the result of a specific charge or deduction under the contract. However, you may pay part or all of the commissions and other compensation described above indirectly through:

• fees and expenses we collect from contract owners, including withdrawal charges; and

• fees and expenses charged by the underlying subaccount funds in which you invest, to the extent we or one of our affiliates receive revenue from the funds or an affiliated person.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Compensation payment arrangements made with selling firms can potentially:

• give selling firms a heightened financial incentive to sell the contract offered in this prospectus over another investment with lower compensation to the selling firm.

• cause selling firms to encourage their investment professionals to sell you the contract offered in this prospectus instead of selling you other alternative investments that may result in lower compensation to the selling firm.

• cause selling firms to grant us access to its investment professionals to promote sales of the contract offered in this prospectus, while denying that access to other firms offering similar contracts or other alternative investments which may pay lower compensation to the selling firm.

62    RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Payments to Investment Professionals

• The selling firm pays its investment professionals. The selling firm decides the compensation and benefits it will pay its investment professionals.

• To inform yourself of any potential conflicts of interest, ask the investment professional before you buy, how the selling firm and its investment professionals are being compensated and the amount of the compensation that each will receive if you buy the contract.

Service Providers

Our Service Center performs certain administrative services on the contracts and policies we issue. The address and telephone number of our Service Center are listed on the first page of the prospectus. We also have entered into agreements with certain entities to provide the identified services in connection with the contracts and policies we issue. The entities engaged by RiverSource Life may change over time. Entities that provided services to RiverSource Life in 2019 are listed in the table below.

Name of Service Provider	Services Provided	Address
Ameriprise Financial, Inc.	Business affairs management and administrative support related to new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies	707 Second Avenue South Minneapolis MN 55402 USA
Ameriprise India Private Limited	Administrative support related to new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies annual report filings	Plot No. 14, Sector 18 Udyog Vihar Gurugram, Haryana – 122 015 India
Sykes Enterprise Incorporated	Administrative support related to e new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies	10th Floor, Glorietta BPO 1 Office Tower Makati City 1224 Metro Manila Philippines

Issuer

We issue the contracts. We are a stock life insurance company organized in 1957 under the laws of the state of Minnesota and are located at 829 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, MN 55474. We are a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ameriprise Financial, Inc.

We conduct a conventional life insurance business. We are licensed to do business in 49 states, the District of Columbia and American Samoa. Our primary products currently include fixed and variable annuity contracts and life insurance policies.

Legal Proceedings

Insurance companies have been the subject of increasing regulatory, legislative and judicial scrutiny. Numerous state and federal regulatory agencies have commenced examinations and other inquiries of insurance companies regarding sales and marketing practices (including sales to older consumers and disclosure practices), claims handling, and unclaimed property and escheatment practices and procedures. RiverSource Life has cooperated and will continue to cooperate with the applicable regulators.

RiverSource Life is involved in the normal course of business in a number of other legal and arbitration proceedings concerning matters arising in connection with the conduct of its business activities. RiverSource Life believes that it is not a party to, nor are any of its properties the subject of, any pending legal, arbitration or regulatory investigation, examination or proceeding that is likely to have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is possible that the outcome of any current or future legal, arbitration or regulatory proceeding could have a material impact on results of operations in any particular reporting period as the proceedings are resolved.

Uncertain economic conditions, heightened and sustained volatility in the financial markets and significant financial reform legislation may increase the likelihood that clients and other persons or regulators may present or threaten legal claims or that regulators increase the scope or frequency of examinations of RiverSource Life or the insurance industry generally.

Additional Information

Incorporation of Certain Documents By Reference

The SEC allows us to “incorporate by reference” the information we have filed with the SEC. This means that we can disclose important information to you without actually including the specific information in this prospectus by referring you to other documents filed separately with the SEC. The information incorporated by reference is an important part of

RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus    63

this prospectus. Information that we later provide to the SEC, and which is deemed to be “filed” with the SEC, will automatically update information previously filed with the SEC, and may replace information in this prospectus and information previously filed with the SEC. We incorporate by reference RiverSource Life Insurance Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019 as filed with the SEC on Feb.26, 2020under File No. 033-28976 in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and any filings we make with the SEC under Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act (excluding information deemed to be furnished and not filed with the SEC) after the effective date of this registration statement, until all offerings under the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part are completed or terminated. The annual report contains additional information about RiverSource Life Insurance Company, including audited financial statements for the latest fiscal year.

RiverSource Life will furnish you without charge a copy of any or all of the documents incorporated by reference into this prospectus, including any exhibits to such documents which have been specifically incorporated by reference. We will do so upon receipt of your written or oral request. You can contact RiverSource Life at the telephone number and address listed on the first page of this prospectus.

Available Information

This prospectus is part of a registration statement we file with the SEC. Additional information on RiverSource Life and on this offering is available in the registration statement and other materials we file. You can obtain copies of these materials at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. This prospectus, other information about the contract and other information incorporated by reference are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at (http://www.sec.gov).

Indemnification

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the Act) may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of RiverSource Life pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

64    RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix A: Performance Credit Rider Adjusted Partial Withdrawal

Step one:

Foreach withdrawal made within the current calculation period we calculate the remaining purchase payment amount (RPA):

RPA = Total purchase payments and purchase payment credits made prior to the partial withdrawal in question minus the RPA adjusted partial withdrawals for all previous partial withdrawals.

NOTE: In our calculations for the first partial withdrawal, the RPA will simply be the total purchase payments and purchase payment credits as there are no previous withdrawals to subtract.

RPA adjusted partial withdrawals	=	PW × RPA
		CV

PW	=	the partial withdrawal including any applicable withdrawal charge or MVA.
CV	=	the contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.
RPA	=	the remaining premium amount on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.

Step two:

For each withdrawal made within the current calculation period we calculate the eligible purchase payment amount (EPA):

EPA = Total purchase payments and purchase payment credits made prior to the partial withdrawal in question AND prior to the five year exclusion period minus EPA adjusted partial withdrawals for all previous partial withdrawals.

NOTE: In our calculations for the first partial withdrawal, the EPA will simply be the total purchase payments and purchase payment credits made before the five year exclusion period as there are no previous withdrawals to subtract. Also note that EPA/RPA will always be less than or equal to one.

EPA adjusted partial withdrawals	=	PW × EPA	×	EPA
		CV		RPA

PW	=	the partial withdrawal including any applicable withdrawal charge or MVA.
CV	=	the contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.
EPA	=	the eligible premium amount on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.
RPA	=	the remaining premium amount on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.

Step three:

The total PCRPW (Performance Credit Rider adjusted partial withdrawal) amount is the sum of each EPA adjusted partial withdrawal.

Example: Calculation at the end of the ten-year period assuming the contract is eligible for the PCR credit (i.e., your contract value is less than target value). This example does not include purchase payment credits.

• You purchase the contract with an initial purchase payment of $100,000.

• On the sixth contract anniversary you make an additional purchase payment in the amount of $100,000.

• Contract values before any partial withdrawals are shown below.

• On the third contract anniversary you make a partial withdrawal in the amount of $10,000.

• On the eighth contract anniversary you make another partial withdrawal in the amount of $10,000.

RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus    65

NOTE: The shaded portion of the table indicates the five year exclusion period.

Contract Duration in Years	Total purchase payments	Contract value
At Issue	$100,000	$100,000
1	100,000	110,000
2	100,000	115,000
3	100,000	120,000
4	100,000	115,000
5	100,000	120,000
6	200,000	225,000
7	200,000	230,000
8	200,000	235,000
9	200,000	230,000
10	200,000	235,000

Step one: For each withdrawal made within the current calculation period we calculate the RPA:

For the first partial withdrawal on the third contract anniversary:

RPA before the partial withdrawal = total purchase payments made prior to the partial withdrawal minus the RPA adjusted partial withdrawals for all previous partial withdrawals = $100,000 – 0 = $100,000	RPA adjusted partial withdrawal =
	$10,000 × $100,000	= $8,333
	$120,000

For the second partial withdrawal on the eighth contract anniversary:

RPA before the partial withdrawal = total purchase payments made prior to the partial withdrawal minus the RPA adjusted partial withdrawals for all previous partial withdrawals = $200,000 – $8,333 = $191,667	RPA adjusted partial withdrawal =
	$10,000 × $191,667	= $8,156
	$235,000

Step two: For each withdrawal made within the current calculation period, we calculate the EPA:

For the first partial withdrawal on the third contract anniversary:

EPA before the partial withdrawal = total purchase payments made prior to the partial withdrawal AND the five-year exclusion period minus the EPA adjusted partial withdrawals for all previous partial withdrawals = $100,000 – 0 = $100,000	EPA adjusted partial withdrawal =
	$10,000 × $100,000	×	$100,000	= $8,333
	$120,000		$100,000

For the second partial withdrawal on the eighth contract anniversary:

EPA before the partial withdrawal = total purchase payments made prior to the partial withdrawal AND the five-year exclusion period minus the EPA adjusted partial withdrawals for all previous partial withdrawals = $100,000 – $8,333 = $91,667	EPA adjusted partial withdrawal =
	$10,000 × $91,667	×	$91,667	= $1,866
	$235,000		$191,667

Step three: The total PCRPW amount is the sum of each EPA adjusted partial withdrawal.

PCRPW amount = $8,333 + $1,866 = $10,199

66    RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix B: Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)

The following tables give per-unit information about the financial history of the subaccounts representing the lowest and highest total annual variable account expense combinations. The date in which operations commenced in each subaccount is noted in parentheses. The SAI contains tables that give per-unit information about the financial history of each existing subaccount. We have not provided this information for subaccounts (if any) that were not available under your contract as of December 31, 2019. You may obtain a copy of the SAI without charge by contacting us at the telephone number or address listed on the first page of the prospectus.

Variable account charges of 1.00% of the daily net assets of the variable account.

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
AB VPS Balanced Wealth Strategy Portfolio (Class B) (9/26/2008)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.60	$1.73	$1.51	$1.46	$1.46	$1.37	$1.19	$1.06	$1.11	$1.01
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.87	$1.60	$1.73	$1.51	$1.46	$1.46	$1.37	$1.19	$1.06	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	6	5
AB VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio (Class B) (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.68	$0.76	$0.57	$0.58	$0.57	$0.55	$0.45	$0.40	$0.53	$0.45
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.88	$0.68	$0.76	$0.57	$0.58	$0.57	$0.55	$0.45	$0.40	$0.53
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	5	5	33	41	40	44	54	64	89	80
AB VPS Growth and Income Portfolio (Class B) (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.21	$2.37	$2.02	$1.84	$1.83	$1.69	$1.27	$1.09	$1.04	$0.93
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.71	$2.21	$2.37	$2.02	$1.84	$1.83	$1.69	$1.27	$1.09	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	38	41	48	70	93	107	169	253	295	416
AB VPS Large Cap Growth Portfolio (Class B) (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.61	$1.59	$1.22	$1.20	$1.09	$0.97	$0.72	$0.62	$0.65	$0.60
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.14	$1.61	$1.59	$1.22	$1.20	$1.09	$0.97	$0.72	$0.62	$0.65
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	34	48	49	56	58	62	115	121	128	210
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3) (3/17/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.00	$2.10	$1.71	$1.60	$1.60	$1.40	$1.06	$0.94	$0.90	$0.78
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.47	$2.00	$2.10	$1.71	$1.60	$1.60	$1.40	$1.06	$0.94	$0.90
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	36	40	45	51	63	67	83	116	126	203
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3) (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.60	$2.79	$2.46	$2.19	$2.28	$2.09	$1.67	$1.48	$1.57	$1.36
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.19	$2.60	$2.79	$2.46	$2.19	$2.28	$2.09	$1.67	$1.48	$1.57
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	28	33	37	43	53	55	70	87	130	223
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund (Class 3) (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.07	$1.07	$1.07	$1.08	$1.09	$1.11	$1.12	$1.13	$1.14	$1.15
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.08	$1.07	$1.07	$1.07	$1.08	$1.09	$1.11	$1.12	$1.13	$1.14
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	285	337	352	369	137	161	210	269	341	576
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3) (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.62	$1.63	$1.59	$1.54	$1.55	$1.49	$1.54	$1.44	$1.37	$1.27
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.75	$1.62	$1.63	$1.59	$1.54	$1.55	$1.49	$1.54	$1.44	$1.37
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	117	127	134	136	165	203	245	268	317	645
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Growth Fund (Class 3) (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.37	$2.49	$1.97	$1.96	$1.82	$1.61	$1.25	$1.05	$1.10	$0.95
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.18	$2.37	$2.49	$1.97	$1.96	$1.82	$1.61	$1.25	$1.05	$1.10
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	5	5	5	6	6	6
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Index Fund (Class 3) (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.93	$2.05	$1.71	$1.55	$1.55	$1.38	$1.06	$0.93	$0.92	$0.81
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.50	$1.93	$2.05	$1.71	$1.55	$1.55	$1.38	$1.06	$0.93	$0.92
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	104	117	147	153	176	183	228	258	291	404
Columbia Variable Portfolio – U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3) (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.39	$1.38	$1.35	$1.33	$1.33	$1.27	$1.31	$1.30	$1.29	$1.27
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.47	$1.39	$1.38	$1.35	$1.33	$1.33	$1.27	$1.31	$1.30	$1.29
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	23	26	27	70	68	74	85	132	158	313
Fidelity® VIP ContrafundSM Portfolio Service Class 2 (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.05	$3.30	$2.74	$2.57	$2.58	$2.34	$1.80	$1.57	$1.63	$1.41
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.96	$3.05	$3.30	$2.74	$2.57	$2.58	$2.34	$1.80	$1.57	$1.63
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	127	140	152	228	235	267	279	363	447	873
Fidelity® VIP Growth Portfolio Service Class 2 (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.58	$2.62	$1.96	$1.97	$1.86	$1.69	$1.26	$1.11	$1.12	$0.91
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.42	$2.58	$2.62	$1.96	$1.97	$1.86	$1.69	$1.26	$1.11	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	9	12	14	15	22	26	29	37	37	48

RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus    67

Variable account charges of 1.00% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2 (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.44	$4.08	$3.42	$3.09	$3.17	$3.02	$2.24	$1.98	$2.24	$1.76
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.20	$3.44	$4.08	$3.42	$3.09	$3.17	$3.02	$2.24	$1.98	$2.24
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	61	72	76	105	133	156	170	183	212	350
Fidelity® VIP Overseas Portfolio Service Class 2 (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.74	$2.07	$1.61	$1.72	$1.68	$1.85	$1.44	$1.21	$1.47	$1.32
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.20	$1.74	$2.07	$1.61	$1.72	$1.68	$1.85	$1.44	$1.21	$1.47
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	7	7	7	10	10	11	16	16	16	62
Franklin Global Real Estate VIP Fund – Class 2 (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.89	$2.04	$1.87	$1.88	$1.89	$1.66	$1.63	$1.30	$1.39	$1.16
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.29	$1.89	$2.04	$1.87	$1.88	$1.89	$1.66	$1.63	$1.30	$1.39
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	20	22	23	28	31	32	39	41	44	76
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund – Class 2 (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.45	$2.72	$2.54	$2.21	$2.35	$2.21	$1.74	$1.54	$1.57	$1.43
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.97	$2.45	$2.72	$2.54	$2.21	$2.35	$2.21	$1.74	$1.54	$1.57
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	197	206	224	281	349	401	494	606	716	1,184
Franklin Small Cap Value VIP Fund – Class 2 (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.79	$3.23	$2.95	$2.29	$2.49	$2.51	$1.86	$1.58	$1.66	$1.31
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.48	$2.79	$3.23	$2.95	$2.29	$2.49	$2.51	$1.86	$1.58	$1.66
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	37	38	40	43	40	55	56	74	88	114
Franklin Small-Mid Cap Growth VIP Fund – Class 2 (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.69	$1.81	$1.50	$1.46	$1.51	$1.42	$1.04	$0.95	$1.00	$0.79
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.20	$1.69	$1.81	$1.50	$1.46	$1.51	$1.42	$1.04	$0.95	$1.00
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	16	23	24	36	39	45	80	98	124	284
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund, Series II Shares (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.05	$2.20	$1.76	$1.82	$1.78	$1.56	$1.22	$1.08	$1.11	$1.03
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.76	$2.05	$2.20	$1.76	$1.82	$1.78	$1.56	$1.22	$1.08	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	21	23	27	30	34	56	59	53	64	217
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund, Series II Shares (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.66	$3.10	$2.30	$2.32	$2.27	$2.24	$1.78	$1.49	$1.64	$1.44
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.46	$2.66	$3.10	$2.30	$2.32	$2.27	$2.24	$1.78	$1.49	$1.64
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	14	15	19	24	26	38	41	44	57	110
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Strategic Income Fund, Series II Shares (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.91	$2.03	$1.93	$1.83	$1.90	$1.87	$1.90	$1.69	$1.70	$1.50
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.10	$1.91	$2.03	$1.93	$1.83	$1.90	$1.87	$1.90	$1.69	$1.70
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	96	98	118	196	213	247	291	334	365	704
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund, Series II Shares (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.06	$3.46	$3.07	$2.63	$2.83	$2.56	$1.84	$1.58	$1.63	$1.34
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.82	$3.06	$3.46	$3.07	$2.63	$2.83	$2.56	$1.84	$1.58	$1.63
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	24	27	29	43	46	51	68	68	76	117
Invesco V.I. Core Equity Fund, Series II Shares (4/28/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.68	$1.87	$1.68	$1.54	$1.65	$1.55	$1.21	$1.08	$1.09	$1.01
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.14	$1.68	$1.87	$1.68	$1.54	$1.65	$1.55	$1.21	$1.08	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	2	2	2	2	2
Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares* (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.58	$1.70	$1.40	$1.41	$1.41	$1.32	$0.98	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.10	$1.58	$1.70	$1.40	$1.41	$1.41	$1.32	$0.98	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4	4	5	5	14	16	15	23	—	—
* Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares is scheduled to merge into Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares sometime during the second quarter of 2020.
Invesco V.I. Value Opportunities Fund, Series II Shares (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.41	$1.76	$1.52	$1.30	$1.47	$1.39	$1.06	$0.91	$0.95	$0.90
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.81	$1.41	$1.76	$1.52	$1.30	$1.47	$1.39	$1.06	$0.91	$0.95
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	73	87	92	123	145	165	207	240	297	468
MFS® Massachusetts Investors Growth Stock Portfolio – Service Class (3/27/2015)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.29	$1.30	$1.02	$0.98	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.79	$1.29	$1.30	$1.02	$0.98	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	8	9	10	11	12	—	—	—	—	—
MFS® New Discovery Series – Service Class (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.34	$2.41	$1.93	$1.79	$1.85	$2.01	$1.44	$1.20	$1.36	$1.01
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.28	$2.34	$2.41	$1.93	$1.79	$1.85	$2.01	$1.44	$1.20	$1.36
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	7	8	10	21	28	31	32	35	54	137

68    RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.00% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
MFS® Total Return Series – Service Class (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.24	$2.40	$2.17	$2.01	$2.04	$1.91	$1.62	$1.48	$1.47	$1.35
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.66	$2.24	$2.40	$2.17	$2.01	$2.04	$1.91	$1.62	$1.48	$1.47
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	144	158	166	265	287	342	507	584	662	1,080
MFS® Utilities Series – Service Class (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$4.28	$4.29	$3.78	$3.43	$4.07	$3.65	$3.07	$2.74	$2.60	$2.31
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$5.28	$4.28	$4.29	$3.78	$3.43	$4.07	$3.65	$3.07	$2.74	$2.60
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1	9	10	10	12	13	14	17	18	23
Putnam VT Equity Income Fund – Class IB Shares (5/12/2017)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.02	$1.12	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.32	$1.02	$1.12	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	39	39	40	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Putnam VT International Equity Fund – Class IB Shares (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.46	$1.83	$1.46	$1.51	$1.52	$1.65	$1.30	$1.08	$1.31	$1.20
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.81	$1.46	$1.83	$1.46	$1.51	$1.52	$1.65	$1.30	$1.08	$1.31
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	39	43	48	53	62	67	80	105	117	210
Putnam VT Research Fund – Class IB Shares (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.35	$2.49	$2.04	$1.87	$1.92	$1.69	$1.28	$1.09	$1.13	$0.98
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.10	$2.35	$2.49	$2.04	$1.87	$1.92	$1.69	$1.28	$1.09	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2	2	2	2	2	2	3	3	3	3
Putnam VT Sustainable Leaders Fund – Class IB Shares (9/24/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.45	$2.51	$1.96	$1.84	$1.86	$1.66	$1.23	$1.06	$1.13	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.31	$2.45	$2.51	$1.96	$1.84	$1.86	$1.66	$1.23	$1.06	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	10	10	10	10	10	10	15	15	15	21
Templeton Foreign VIP Fund – Class 2 (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.42	$1.70	$1.47	$1.39	$1.50	$1.70	$1.40	$1.20	$1.35	$1.26
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.59	$1.42	$1.70	$1.47	$1.39	$1.50	$1.70	$1.40	$1.20	$1.35
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	23	26	30	39	47	72	83	110	170	251
Variable Portfolio – Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.46	$2.87	$2.71	$2.18	$2.43	$2.40	$1.80	$1.60	$1.69	$1.38
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.91	$2.46	$2.87	$2.71	$2.18	$2.43	$2.40	$1.80	$1.60	$1.69
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	14	16	17	18	22	23	27	33	35	45

Variable account charges of 1.85% of the daily net assets of the variable account.

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
AB VPS Balanced Wealth Strategy Portfolio (Class B) (9/26/2008)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.47	$1.60	$1.41	$1.37	$1.38	$1.31	$1.15	$1.03	$1.09	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.70	$1.47	$1.60	$1.41	$1.37	$1.38	$1.31	$1.15	$1.03	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
AB VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio (Class B) (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.00	$2.27	$1.69	$1.74	$1.73	$1.68	$1.39	$1.25	$1.67	$1.43
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.55	$2.00	$2.27	$1.69	$1.74	$1.73	$1.68	$1.39	$1.25	$1.67
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	3	12
AB VPS Growth and Income Portfolio (Class B) (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.64	$2.86	$2.46	$2.25	$2.26	$2.11	$1.60	$1.39	$1.33	$1.20
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.21	$2.64	$2.86	$2.46	$2.25	$2.26	$2.11	$1.60	$1.39	$1.33
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	5	6	8	9	10	11	14	14	18	24
AB VPS Large Cap Growth Portfolio (Class B) (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.21	$3.19	$2.47	$2.46	$2.26	$2.02	$1.50	$1.32	$1.39	$1.29
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.23	$3.21	$3.19	$2.47	$2.46	$2.26	$2.02	$1.50	$1.32	$1.39
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.07	$2.19	$1.79	$1.69	$1.71	$1.51	$1.15	$1.03	$1.00	$0.87
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.53	$2.07	$2.19	$1.79	$1.69	$1.71	$1.51	$1.15	$1.03	$1.00
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	58	62	69	83	113	138	259	336	589	890
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3) (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.00	$3.25	$2.89	$2.60	$2.72	$2.52	$2.03	$1.81	$1.94	$1.69
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.65	$3.00	$3.25	$2.89	$2.60	$2.72	$2.52	$2.03	$1.81	$1.94
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	75	80	90	117	148	177	303	367	465	559

RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus    69

Variable account charges of 1.85% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund (Class 3) (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.88	$0.89	$0.90	$0.92	$0.93	$0.95	$0.97	$0.99	$1.01	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.88	$0.88	$0.89	$0.90	$0.92	$0.93	$0.95	$0.97	$0.99	$1.01
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	603	634	649	669	297	221	237	237	298	303
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3) (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.35	$1.37	$1.35	$1.31	$1.34	$1.29	$1.35	$1.28	$1.22	$1.15
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.45	$1.35	$1.37	$1.35	$1.31	$1.34	$1.29	$1.35	$1.28	$1.22
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	58	73	79	95	100	109	151	149	167	264
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Growth Fund (Class 3) (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.59	$2.75	$2.19	$2.21	$2.06	$1.84	$1.44	$1.22	$1.29	$1.12
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.46	$2.59	$2.75	$2.19	$2.21	$2.06	$1.84	$1.44	$1.22	$1.29
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1	1	1	17	17	17	17	2	2	4
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Index Fund (Class 3) (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.79	$2.99	$2.51	$2.29	$2.32	$2.09	$1.61	$1.42	$1.43	$1.27
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.59	$2.79	$2.99	$2.51	$2.29	$2.32	$2.09	$1.61	$1.42	$1.43
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	5	6	10	11
Columbia Variable Portfolio – U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3) (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.04	$1.04	$1.03	$1.02	$1.03	$0.99	$1.03	$1.03	$1.04	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.09	$1.04	$1.04	$1.03	$1.02	$1.03	$0.99	$1.03	$1.03	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	131	154	157	159	161	184	255	274	264	356
Fidelity® VIP ContrafundSM Portfolio Service Class 2 (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.17	$3.46	$2.90	$2.74	$2.78	$2.54	$1.97	$1.73	$1.82	$1.58
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.09	$3.17	$3.46	$2.90	$2.74	$2.78	$2.54	$1.97	$1.73	$1.82
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	179	191	201	259	302	348	559	664	909	1,171
Fidelity® VIP Growth Portfolio Service Class 2 (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.10	$3.17	$2.39	$2.42	$2.31	$2.12	$1.59	$1.41	$1.44	$1.18
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.07	$3.10	$3.17	$2.39	$2.42	$2.31	$2.12	$1.59	$1.41	$1.44
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	14	14	16	18
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2 (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.60	$4.31	$3.64	$3.31	$3.43	$3.30	$2.47	$2.20	$2.51	$1.99
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.36	$3.60	$4.31	$3.64	$3.31	$3.43	$3.30	$2.47	$2.20	$2.51
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	67	67	68	79	89	97	124	145	170	239
Fidelity® VIP Overseas Portfolio Service Class 2 (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.10	$2.52	$1.97	$2.12	$2.09	$2.32	$1.82	$1.54	$1.90	$1.71
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.63	$2.10	$2.52	$1.97	$2.12	$2.09	$2.32	$1.82	$1.54	$1.90
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	35	37	35	43	50	64	113	141	222	253
Franklin Global Real Estate VIP Fund – Class 2 (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.79	$1.96	$1.81	$1.83	$1.85	$1.64	$1.63	$1.31	$1.41	$1.19
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.15	$1.79	$1.96	$1.81	$1.83	$1.85	$1.64	$1.63	$1.31	$1.41
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	16	19	19	19	20	24	41	49	74	92
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund – Class 2 (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.15	$2.41	$2.27	$1.99	$2.13	$2.03	$1.61	$1.44	$1.48	$1.36
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.59	$2.15	$2.41	$2.27	$1.99	$2.13	$2.03	$1.61	$1.44	$1.48
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	22	23	23	24	26	26	60	90	131	188
Franklin Small Cap Value VIP Fund – Class 2 (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.20	$3.75	$3.45	$2.70	$2.97	$3.01	$2.25	$1.93	$2.05	$1.63
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.97	$3.20	$3.75	$3.45	$2.70	$2.97	$3.01	$2.25	$1.93	$2.05
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	26	31	64
Franklin Small-Mid Cap Growth VIP Fund – Class 2 (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.82	$3.04	$2.55	$2.50	$2.61	$2.47	$1.82	$1.68	$1.79	$1.43
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.64	$2.82	$3.04	$2.55	$2.50	$2.61	$2.47	$1.82	$1.68	$1.79
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund, Series II Shares (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.32	$2.52	$2.03	$2.12	$2.09	$1.85	$1.45	$1.30	$1.34	$1.25
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.10	$2.32	$2.52	$2.03	$2.12	$2.09	$1.85	$1.45	$1.30	$1.34
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	36	40	46	54	61	72	110	206	232	257
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund, Series II Shares (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.14	$3.69	$2.76	$2.82	$2.77	$2.76	$2.22	$1.87	$2.08	$1.83
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.05	$3.14	$3.69	$2.76	$2.82	$2.77	$2.76	$2.22	$1.87	$2.08
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	2	2	2	9	33

70    RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.85% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Strategic Income Fund, Series II Shares (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.50	$1.60	$1.54	$1.47	$1.54	$1.53	$1.56	$1.41	$1.42	$1.26
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.63	$1.50	$1.60	$1.54	$1.47	$1.54	$1.53	$1.56	$1.41	$1.42
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	117	135	144	166	204	245	461	487	681	912
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund, Series II Shares (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.41	$3.89	$3.48	$3.01	$3.26	$2.98	$2.16	$1.87	$1.95	$1.61
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.23	$3.41	$3.89	$3.48	$3.01	$3.26	$2.98	$2.16	$1.87	$1.95
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	5	5	6	23	23	23	43	26	21	22
Invesco V.I. Core Equity Fund, Series II Shares (4/28/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.51	$1.70	$1.53	$1.42	$1.54	$1.45	$1.15	$1.03	$1.05	$0.98
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.90	$1.51	$1.70	$1.53	$1.42	$1.54	$1.45	$1.15	$1.03	$1.05
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares* (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.49	$1.62	$1.35	$1.36	$1.38	$1.30	$0.97	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.96	$1.49	$1.62	$1.35	$1.36	$1.38	$1.30	$0.97	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	4	4	4	—	—
*Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares is scheduled to merge into Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares sometime during the second quarter of 2020.
Invesco V.I. Value Opportunities Fund, Series II Shares (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.66	$2.10	$1.83	$1.58	$1.80	$1.72	$1.32	$1.14	$1.20	$1.14
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.13	$1.66	$2.10	$1.83	$1.58	$1.80	$1.72	$1.32	$1.14	$1.20
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	20	22	22	26	27	34	38	54	75	113
MFS® Massachusetts Investors Growth Stock Portfolio – Service Class (3/27/2015)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.25	$1.27	$1.01	$0.97	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.71	$1.25	$1.27	$1.01	$0.97	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
MFS® New Discovery Series – Service Class (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.26	$3.38	$2.72	$2.55	$2.65	$2.92	$2.11	$1.78	$2.02	$1.51
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.52	$3.26	$3.38	$2.72	$2.55	$2.65	$2.92	$2.11	$1.78	$2.02
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	2	2	2	2	2	2	2	2	3
MFS® Total Return Series – Service Class (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.93	$2.09	$1.90	$1.78	$1.82	$1.72	$1.47	$1.35	$1.36	$1.26
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.28	$1.93	$2.09	$1.90	$1.78	$1.82	$1.72	$1.47	$1.35	$1.36
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	10	20	20	21	21	21	58	203	192	316
MFS® Utilities Series – Service Class (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$4.17	$4.22	$3.75	$3.43	$4.10	$3.72	$3.15	$2.83	$2.71	$2.43
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$5.11	$4.17	$4.22	$3.75	$3.43	$4.10	$3.72	$3.15	$2.83	$2.71
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	11	11	11	11	5	7	7	7	7	13
Putnam VT Equity Income Fund – Class IB Shares (5/12/2017)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.01	$1.12	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.29	$1.01	$1.12	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	3	3	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Putnam VT International Equity Fund – Class IB Shares (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.71	$2.15	$1.73	$1.81	$1.84	$2.01	$1.60	$1.33	$1.64	$1.52
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.10	$1.71	$2.15	$1.73	$1.81	$1.84	$2.01	$1.60	$1.33	$1.64
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	5	6	6	6	6	7	8	18	20	29
Putnam VT Research Fund – Class IB Shares (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.61	$2.79	$2.30	$2.13	$2.20	$1.95	$1.49	$1.29	$1.34	$1.17
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.41	$2.61	$2.79	$2.30	$2.13	$2.20	$1.95	$1.49	$1.29	$1.34
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Putnam VT Sustainable Leaders Fund – Class IB Shares (9/24/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.28	$2.36	$1.86	$1.76	$1.80	$1.61	$1.20	$1.05	$1.13	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.05	$2.28	$2.36	$1.86	$1.76	$1.80	$1.61	$1.20	$1.05	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	2	2	2	2	2	2	2	2	2
Templeton Foreign VIP Fund – Class 2 (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.87	$2.26	$1.97	$1.87	$2.04	$2.34	$1.94	$1.67	$1.90	$1.79
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.07	$1.87	$2.26	$1.97	$1.87	$2.04	$2.34	$1.94	$1.67	$1.90
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	20	20	20	20	20	20	51	51	54	91
Variable Portfolio – Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.80	$3.30	$3.14	$2.55	$2.87	$2.86	$2.16	$1.94	$2.07	$1.69
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.29	$2.80	$3.30	$3.14	$2.55	$2.87	$2.86	$2.16	$1.94	$2.07
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	54	53	55	64	92	102	168	220	330	415

RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus    71

Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information

Calculating Annuity Payouts	p. 3
Rating Agencies	p. 4
Principal Underwriter	p. 4
Service Providers	p. 4
Custodian	p. 5
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	p. 5
Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	p. 6
Financial Statements

72    RiverSource Innovations Classic Variable Annuity — Prospectus

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474
1-800-333-3437

45281  CG (5/20)

RiverSource Distributors, Inc. (Distributor), Member FINRA. Issued by RiverSource Life Insurance Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota. ©2008-2020 RiverSource Life Insurance Company. All rights reserved.

Prospectus

May 1, 2020

RiverSource^®

New Solutions Variable Annuity

Individual Flexible Premium Deferred Combination Fixed/Variable Annuity

Issued by:	RiverSource Life Insurance Company (RiverSource Life)
	829 Ameriprise Financial Center Minneapolis, MN 55474 Telephone: 1-800-333-3437 (Service Center) RiverSource Variable Annuity Account/RiverSource MVA Account​

New contracts are not currently being offered.

This prospectus contains information that you should know before investing. Investment options available under the contract are listed below:

AB Variable Products Series Fund, Inc.

Columbia Funds Variable Series Trust II

Fidelity^® Variable Insurance Products – Service Class

Franklin^® Templeton^® Variable Insurance Products Trust – Class 2

Invesco Variable Insurance Funds

MFS^® Variable Insurance Trust^SM

Putnam Variable Trust – Class IB Shares

Wells Fargo Variable Trust Funds

 

Please read the prospectuses carefully and keep them for future reference.

This contract provides for purchase payment credits to eligible contract owners, which we may reverse under certain circumstances. (See “Buying Your Contract — Purchase Payment Credits”). Expense charges for contracts with purchase payment credits may be higher than expenses for contracts without such credits. The amount of the credit may be more than offset by any additional fees and charges associated with the credit.

The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

An investment in this contract is not a deposit of a bank or financial institution and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) or any other government agency. An investment in this contract involves investment risk including the possible loss of principal.

A Statement of Additional Information (SAI), dated the same date as this prospectus, is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. It is filed with the SEC and is available without charge by contacting RiverSource Life at the telephone number and address listed above. The table of contents of the SAI is on the last page of this prospectus. The SEC maintains an Internet site. This prospectus, the SAI and other information about the product are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at (http://www.sec.gov).

Variable annuities are complex products. The fees and charges, as well as the available features and benefits, of the variable annuity contracts described in this prospectus will be different from other variable annuities offered in the marketplace, including other variable annuities or other types of annuities offered by RiverSource Life. The interest credited, guarantees provided, and credits available, as well as the funds serving as underlying investments and their corresponding expenses, may differ among the variable annuities that are available to you. With the aid of an appropriate financial professional, we encourage you to compare and contrast the variable annuity contracts described in this prospectus with other variable annuities available in the marketplace, including other types of annuities we may offer. This will aid in determining whether purchasing a contract is consistent with your investment objectives, risk tolerance, time horizon, marital status, tax situation, and your unique financial situation and needs. If you select an annuity that includes surrender or other liquidation charges, you should also consider any future needs you may have to access your contract value. The optional benefits and features available with the contracts usually come with additional costs. Consider any additional costs carefully when electing these optional benefits and features.

Beginning on January 1, 2021, as permitted by regulations adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission, paper copies of your underlying funds’ shareholder reports will no longer be sent by mail, unless you specifically request paper copies of the reports from RiverSource Life. Instead, the reports will be made available on a website, and you will be notified each time a report is posted and provided with a website link to access the report.

You may elect to receive all future reports in paper free of charge. You can inform RiverSource Life that you wish to continue receiving paper copies of your shareholder reports by calling our Service Center at 1-800-862-7919. Your election to receive reports in paper will apply to all funds available under your variable annuity contract.

RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    1

Effects of COVID-19 Pandemic

The coronavirus disease 2019 (“COVID-19”) public health crisis presents ongoing significant economic and societal disruption and has driven significant volatility in the equity and interest rate markets. Any periods of continued high market volatility, and your individual circumstances (e.g., your selected allocations and the timing of any purchase payments, transfers, or withdrawals), will affect values under your contract. As part of how we maintain our strong financial strength and claims-paying ability, we continue to reserve amounts for our contractual obligations in accordance with significant state solvency regulations. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic may impact financial markets, investment performance under your contract, and our financial strength and claims-paying ability will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be estimated, including the scope and duration of the pandemic and actions taken by governmental authorities, market participants, and other third parties in response to the pandemic.

We have implemented comprehensive strategies to address the operating environment spurred by the pandemic.  To promote the safety and security of our employees and to assure the continuity of our business operations, we have implemented a work from home protocol for virtually all of our employee population, restricted business travel, and provided resources for complying with the guidance from the World Health Organization, the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and government authorities. We have been satisfying elevated customer service volumes and our operations teams have continued to operate successfully and without disruptions in service. Our pandemic strategy is flexible and scalable and takes into consideration that a pandemic could be widespread and may occur in multiple waves, affecting different communities at different times with varying levels of severity. We cannot, however, predict the impact that natural or man-made disasters and catastrophes, including the COVID-19 pandemic, may have over near- or longer-term periods.

2    RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Table of Contents

Key Terms	4
The Contract in Brief	6
Expense Summary	8
Contract Owner Transaction Expenses	8
Annual Variable Account Expenses	8
Other Annual Expenses	9
Annual Operating Expenses of the Funds	9
Condensed Financial Information	11
Financial Statements	11
The Variable Account and the Funds	11
The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)	15
Market Value Adjustment (MVA)	16
The General Account	19
The One-Year Fixed Account	19
Buying Your Contract	19
The Retirement Date	20
Beneficiary	21
Purchase Payments	21
How to Make Purchase Payments	21
Purchase Payment Credits	21
Limitations on Use of Contract	22
Charges	22
Contract Administrative Charge	22
Variable Account Administrative Charge	22
Mortality and Expense Risk Fee	22
Withdrawal Charge	23
Fund Fees and Expenses	25
Premium Taxes	25
Optional Living Benefits Charges	25
Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB) Fee	25
Performance Credit Rider (PCR) Fee	26
Optional Death Benefit Charges	26
Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider Fee	26
Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider Fee	26
Valuing Your Investment	27
GPAs and One-Year Fixed Account	27
Subaccounts	27
Making the Most of Your Contract	28
Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging	28
Special Dollar-Cost Averaging (Special DCA) Program	29
Asset Rebalancing	30
Transferring Among Accounts	30
How to request a Transfer or Withdrawal	32

Withdrawals	33
Withdrawal Policies	34
Receiving Payment	34
TSA–Special Provisions	35
Participants in Tax-Sheltered Annuities	35
Changing Ownership	35
Benefits in Case of Death	36
If You Die Before Your Retirement Date	37
Optional Benefits	39
Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector)	39
Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus)	41
Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB)	43
Performance Credit Rider (PCR)	46
The Annuity Payout Period	48
Annuity Tables	48
Annuity Payout Plans	48
Taxes	49
Nonqualified Annuities	49
Qualified Annuities	51
Other	53
Voting Rights	54
Substitution of Investments	54
About the Service Providers	54
Principal Underwriter	54
Service Providers	56
Issuer	56
Legal Proceedings	56
Additional Information	56
Incorporation of Certain Documents By Reference	56
Available Information	57
Indemnification	57
Appendix A: Performance Credit Rider Adjusted Partial Withdrawal	58
Appendix B: Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	60
Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information	64

RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    3

Key Terms

These terms can help you understand details about your contract.

Accumulation unit: A measure of the value of each subaccount before annuity payouts begin.

Annuitant: The person or persons on whose life or life expectancy the annuity payouts are based.

Annuity payouts: An amount paid at regular intervals under one of several plans.

Assumed investment rate: The rate of return we assume your investments will earn when we calculate your initial annuity payout amount using the annuity table in your contract. The standard assumed investment rate we use is 5% but you may request we substitute an assumed investment rate of 3.5%.

Beneficiary: The person you designate to receive benefits in case of the owner’s or annuitant’s death while the contract is in force.

Close of business: The time the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) closes (4 p.m. Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier).

Code: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Contract: A deferred annuity contract that permits you to accumulate money for retirement by making one or more purchase payments. It provides for lifetime or other forms of payouts beginning at a specified time in the future.

Contract value: The total value of your contract before we deduct any applicable charges.

Contract year: A period of 12 months, starting on the effective date of your contract and on each anniversary of the effective date.

Funds: Investment options under your contract. You may allocate your purchase payments into subaccounts investing in shares of the funds.

Good order: We cannot process your transaction request relating to the contract until we have received the request in good order at our Service Center. “Good order” means the actual receipt of the requested transaction in writing, along with all information, forms and supporting legal documentation necessary to effect the transaction. To be in “good order,” your instructions must be sufficiently clear so that we do not need to exercise any discretion to follow such instructions. This information and documentation generally includes your completed request; the contract number; the transaction amount (in dollars); the names of and allocations to and/or from the subaccounts and the fixed account affected by the requested transaction; Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number; and any other information, forms or supporting documentation that we may require. For certain transactions, at our option, we may require the signature of all contract owners for the request to be in good order. With respect to purchase

requests, “good order” also generally includes receipt of sufficient payment by us to effect the purchase. We may, in our sole discretion, determine whether any particular transaction request is in good order, and we reserve the right to change or waive any good order requirements at any time.

Guarantee Period: The number of successive 12-month periods that a guaranteed interest rate is credited.

Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs): A nonunitized separate account to which you may allocate purchase payments and purchase payment credits or transfer contract value of at least $1,000. These accounts have guaranteed interest rates for guarantee periods we declare when you allocate purchase payments and purchase payment credits or transfer contract value to a GPA. These guaranteed rates and periods of time may vary by state. Unless an exception applies, transfers or withdrawals from a GPA done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will receive a market value adjustment, which may result in a gain or loss of principal.

Market Value Adjustment (MVA): A positive or negative adjustment assessed if any portion of a Guarantee Period Account is withdrawn or transferred more than 30 days before the end of its guarantee period.

One-year fixed account: Part of our general account to which you may make allocations. Amounts you allocate to this account earn interest at rates that we declare periodically.

Owner (you, your): The person or persons identified in the contract as owner(s) of the contract, who has or have the right to control the contract (to decide on investment allocations, transfers, payout options, etc.). Usually, but not always, the owner is also the annuitant. During the owner’s life, the owner is responsible for taxes, regardless of whether he or she receives the contract’s benefits. The owner or any joint owner may be a non-natural person (e.g. irrevocable trust or corporation) or a revocable trust. If any owner is a non-natural person or a revocable trust, the annuitant will be deemed to be the owner for contract provisions that are based on the age or life of the owner. When the contract is owned by a revocable trust or irrevocable grantor trust, the annuitant(s) selected must be the grantor(s) of the trust to assure compliance with Section 72(s) of the Code.

Purchase payment credits: An addition we make to your contract value. We base the amount of the credit on net payments (total payments less total withdrawals). We apply the credit to your contract based on your current payment.

Qualified annuity: A contract that you purchase to fund one of the following tax-deferred retirement plans that is subject to applicable federal law and any rules of the plan itself:

• Individual Retirement Annuities (IRAs) including inherited IRAs under Section 408(b) of the Code

 

4    RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• Roth IRAs including inherited Roth IRAs under Section 408A of the Code

• SIMPLE IRAs under Section 408(p) of the Code

• Simplified Employee Pension (SEP) plans under Section 408(k) of the Code

• Tax-Sheltered Annuity (TSA) rollovers under Section 403(b) of the Code

A qualified annuity will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral if it is used to fund a retirement plan that is already tax deferred.

All other contracts are considerednonqualified annuities.

Retirement date: The date when annuity payouts are scheduled to begin.

Rider effective date: The date a rider becomes effective as stated in the rider.

RiverSource Life: In this prospectus, “we,” “us,” “our” and “RiverSource Life” refer to RiverSource Life Insurance Company.

Service Center: Our department that processes all transaction and service requests for the contracts. We consider all transaction and service requests received when they arrive in good order at the Service Center. Any transaction or service requests sent or directed to any location other than our Service Center may end up delayed or not processed. Our Service Center address and telephone number are listed on the first page of the prospectus.

Valuation date: Any normal business day, Monday through Friday, on which the NYSE is open, up to the time it closes. At the NYSE close, the next valuation date

begins. We calculate the accumulation unit value of each subaccount on each valuation date. If we receive your purchase payment or any transaction request (such as a transfer or withdrawal request) in good order at our Service Center before the close of business, we will process your payment or transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your payment or transaction request. On the other hand, if we receive your purchase payment or transaction request in good order at our Service Center at or after the close of business, we will process your payment or transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date. If you make a transaction request by telephone (including by fax), you must have completed your transaction by the close of business in order for us to process it using the accumulation unit value we calculate on that valuation date. If you were not able to complete your transaction before the close of business for any reason, including telephone service interruptions or delays due to high call volume, we will process your transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date.

Variable account: Consists of separate subaccounts to which you may allocate purchase payments; each invests in shares of one fund. The value of your investment in each subaccount changes with the performance of the particular fund.

Withdrawal value: The amount you are entitled to receive if you make a full withdrawal from your contract. It is the contract value minus any applicable charges.

RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    5

The Contract in Brief

Purpose: The purpose of the contract is to allow you to accumulate money for retirement or similar long term goal. You do this by making one or more purchase payments. You may allocate your purchase payments to the GPAs, one-year fixed account, and/or subaccounts of the variable account under the contract; however you risk losing amounts you invest in the subaccounts of the variable account. These accounts, in turn, may earn returns that increase the value of a contract. If the contract value goes to zero due to underlying fund’s performance or deduction of fees, the contract will no longer be in force and the contract (including any death benefit riders) will terminate. You may be able to purchase an optional benefit to reduce the investment risk you assume. Beginning at a specified time in the future called the retirement date, the contract provides lifetime or other forms of payouts of your contract value (less any applicable premium tax).

It may have not been advantageous for you to purchase this contract in exchange for, or in addition to, an existing annuity or life insurance policy. Generally, you can exchange one annuity for another or for a long-term care policy in a “tax-free” exchange under Section 1035 of the Code. You can also do a partial exchange from one annuity contract to another annuity contract, subject to Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) rules. You also generally can exchange a life insurance policy for an annuity. However, before making an exchange, you should compare both contracts carefully because the features and benefits may be different. Fees and charges may be higher or lower on your old contract than on this contract. You may have to pay a withdrawal charge when you exchange out of your old contract and a new withdrawal period will begin when you exchange into this contract. If the exchange does not qualify for Section 1035 treatment, you also may have to pay federal income tax on the distribution. State income taxes may also apply. You should not exchange your old contract for this contract, or buy this contract in addition to your old contract, unless you determine it is in your best interest. (See “Taxes-1035 Exchanges”.)

Tax-deferred retirement plans: Most annuities have a tax-deferred feature. So do many retirement plans under the Code including 403(b) plans. As a result, when you use a qualified annuity to fund a retirement plan that is tax-deferred, your contract will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral beyond what is provided in that retirement plan. Some employers may permit you to deposit your contributions into other investments such as mutual funds. If such investments are available to you, before enrolling under the contract, you should consider features other than tax deferral that may help you reach your retirement goals. In addition, the Code subjects retirement plans to required withdrawals triggered at age 72 (triggered at age 70 ½ if you turned 70 ½ before Jan. 1, 2020). These mandatory withdrawals are called required minimum distributions (“RMDs”). RMDs may reduce the value of certain death benefits and optional riders (see “Taxes — Qualified

Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). You should consult your tax advisor before you purchase the contract as a qualified annuity for an explanation of the tax implications to you.

Buying a contract: We no longer offer new contracts. However, you have the option of making additional purchase payments in the future, subject to certain limitations. Purchase payment amounts and purchase payment timing may be limited under the terms of your contract and/or pursuant to state requirements. (See “Buying Your Contract”).

Free look period: The contracts in this prospectus are no longer sold. Generally, all available free look periods have now expired.

Accounts: Generally, you may allocate your purchase payments among the:

• subaccounts of the variable account, each of which invests in a fund with a particular investment objective. The value of each subaccount varies with the performance of the particular fund in which it invests. We cannot guarantee that the value at the retirement date will equal or exceed the total purchase payments you allocate to the subaccounts. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds”).

• GPAs which earn interest at rates declared when you make an allocation to that account. The required minimum investment in each GPA is $1,000. These accounts may not be available in all states. (See “The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)”)

• one-year fixed account, which earns interest at rates that we adjust periodically. There are restrictions on the amount you can allocate to this account as well as on transfers from this account (see “The Fixed Account – One-Year Fixed Account“ )

Transfers: Subject to certain restrictions, you currently may redistribute your contract value among the accounts without charge at any time until annuity payouts begin, and once per contract year among the subaccounts after annuity payouts begin. Transfers out of the GPAs done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will be subject to a MVA, unless an exception applies. You may establish automated transfers among the accounts. We reserve the right to limit transfers to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then currently crediting is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transferring Among Accounts”).

Withdrawals: You may withdraw all or part of your contract value at any time before the retirement date. You also may establish automated partial withdrawals. Withdrawals may be subject to charges and tax penalties (including a 10% IRS penalty that may apply if you make withdrawals prior to your reaching age 59½) and may have other tax consequences. Certain other restrictions may apply. (See “Withdrawals”)

 

6    RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Optional benefits:These contracts offered optional living and death benefits that were available for additional charges if you met certain criteria. Please note, since the contracts in this prospectus are no longer sold, any optional benefits you may have elected were done so at the time of application. You cannot add optional benefits to your contract after it has been issued. Any optional benefits we describe are not available to add to your contract. (See “Optional Benefits”).

Benefits in case of death: If you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin, we will pay the beneficiary an amount based on the death benefit selected. (See “Benefits in Case of Death”).

Annuity payouts: You can apply your contract value, after reflecting any adjustments, to an annuity payout plan that begins on the retirement date. You may choose from a variety of plans that can help meet your retirement or other income needs. The payout schedule must meet IRS requirements. We can make payouts on a fixed or variable basis, or both. During the annuity payout period, your choices for subaccounts may be limited. The GPAs are not available during the payout period. (See “The Annuity Payout Period”).

RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    7

Expense Summary

The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you paid when buying, owning and making a withdrawal from the contract. The first table describes the fees and expenses that you paid at the time that you bought the contract and will pay when you make a withdrawal from the contract. State premium taxes also may be deducted.

Contract Owner Transaction Expenses

Withdrawal charge

(Contingent deferred sales charge as a percentage of purchase payments withdrawn)

Years from purchase payment receipt	Withdrawal charge payment receipt
1	8%
2	8
3	7
4	7
5	6
6	5
7	3
Thereafter	0

Liquidation charge under Variable Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:If you are receiving variable annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to withdraw those payments. The amount that you can withdraw is the present value of any remaining variable payouts. The discount rate we use in the calculation will be 5.17% if the assumed investment return is 3.5% and 6.67% if the assumed investment return is 5%. The liquidation charge equals the present value of the remaining payouts using the assumed investment return minus the present value of the remaining payouts using the discount rate. (See “Charges — WithdrawalCharge” and “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Withdrawal charge for Fixed Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:

Number of Completed Years Since Annuitization	Withdrawal charge percentage
0	Not applicable*
1	5%
2	4
3	3
4	2
5	1
6 and thereafter	0

*We do not permit withdrawals in the first year after annuitization.

The next tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay periodically during the time that you own the contract, not including fund fees and expenses.

Annual Variable Account Expenses

(As a percentage of average daily subaccount value.)

You can choose a death benefit guarantee and whether you want a qualified or nonqualified plan. The combination you choose determines the mortality and expense risk fees you pay. The table below shows the combinations available to you and their cost.

	Variable account administrative charge	Total mortality and expense risk fee	Total variable account expense
Qualified annuities:
Return of Purchase Payment (ROP) death benefit	0.15%	0.85%	1.00%
Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV) death benefit	0.15	0.95	1.10
Nonqualified annuities:
ROP death benefit	0.15	1.10	1.25
MAV death benefit	0.15	1.20	1.35

8    RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Other Annual Expenses

Annual contract administrative charge $40

(We will waive this charge when your contract value is $50,000 or more on the current contract anniversary.)

Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB) fee 0.30%⁽¹⁾

(As a percentage of the adjusted contract value charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

Performance Credit Rider (PCR) fee 0.15%⁽¹⁾

(As a percentage of the contract value charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector) fee 0.25%⁽¹⁾

(As a percentage of the contract value charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus) fee 0.40%⁽¹⁾

(As a percentage of the contract value charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

⁽¹⁾ This fee applies only if you elect this optional feature.

Annual Operating Expenses of the Funds

The next table provides the minimum and maximum total operating expenses charged by the underlying funds that you may pay periodically during the time that you own the contract. These operating expenses are for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, unless otherwise noted. More detail concerning each underlying fund’s fees and expenses is contained in each fund’s prospectus.

Minimum and maximum annual operating expenses for the funds

(Including management, distribution (12b-1) and/or service fees and other expenses)⁽¹⁾

	Minimum(%)	Maximum(%)
Total expenses before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements	0.39	1.55

⁽¹⁾ Total annual fund operating expenses are deducted from amounts that are allocated to the fund. They include management fees and other expenses and may include distribution (12b-1) fees. Other expenses may include service fees that may be used to compensate service providers, including us and our affiliates, for administrative and contract owner services provided on behalf of the fund. The amount of these payments will vary by fund and may be significant. See “The Variable Account and the Funds” for additional information, including potential conflicts of interest these payments may create. Distribution (12b-1) fees are used to finance any activity that is primarily intended to result in the sale of fund shares. Because 12b-1 fees are paid out of fund assets on an ongoing basis, you may pay more if you select subaccounts investing in funds that have adopted 12b-1 plans than if you select subaccounts investing in funds that have not adopted 12b-1 plans. For a more complete description of each fund’s fees and expenses and important disclosure regarding payments the fund and/or its affiliates make, please review the fund’s prospectus and SAI.

Examples

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in these contracts with the cost of investing in other variable annuity contracts. These costs include your transaction expenses, contract administrative charges⁽¹⁾, variable account annual expenses and fund fees and expenses.

These examples assume that you invest $10,000 in the contract for the time periods indicated. These examples also assume that your investment has a 5% return each year.

Maximum Expenses. These examples assume the most expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the maximum fees and expenses of any of the funds before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the MAV Death Benefit and optional GMIB and Benefit Protector Plus. Although your actual costs may be lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

	If you withdraw your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not withdraw your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Nonqualified Annuity	$1,136	$1,884	$2,549	$4,244	$409	$1,236	$2,077	$4,244
Qualified Annuity	1,113	1,815	2,435	4,020	383	1,162	1,957	4,020

Minimum Expenses. These examples assume the least expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the minimum fees and expenses of any of the funds before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the ROP Death Benefit and do not select any optional benefits. Although your actual costs may be higher, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    9

	If you withdraw your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not withdraw your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Nonqualified Annuity	$951	$1,328	$1,591	$2,323	$208	$639	$1,091	$2,323
Qualified Annuity	928	1,256	1,459	2,049	182	561	959	2,049

⁽¹⁾ In these examples, the contract administrative charge is $40.

THE EXAMPLES ARE ILLUSTRATIVE ONLY. YOU SHOULD NOT CONSIDER THESE EXAMPLES AS A REPRESENTATION OF PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES. ACTUAL EXPENSES WILL BE HIGHER OR LOWER THAN THOSE SHOWN DEPENDING UPON WHICH OPTIONAL BENEFIT YOU ELECT OTHER THAN INDICATED IN THE EXAMPLES OR IF YOU ALLOCATE CONTRACT VALUE TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE SUBACCOUNTS.

10    RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Condensed Financial Information

You can find unaudited condensed financial information for the subaccounts representing the lowest and highest total annual variable account expense combinations in Appendix B.

Financial Statements

You can find our audited financial statements and the audited financial statements of the divisions, which are comprised of subaccounts, in the SAI. The SAI does not include audited financial statements for divisions that are new (if any) and have no activity as of the financial statements date.

The Variable Account and the Funds

Variable Account. The variable account was established under Indiana law on July 15, 1987, and the subaccounts are registered together as a single unit investment trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the 1940 Act). This registration does not involve any supervision of our management or investment practices and policies by the SEC. All obligations arising under the contracts are general obligations of RiverSource Life.

The variable account meets the definition of a separate account under federal securities laws. We credit or charge income, capital gains and capital losses of each subaccount only to that subaccount. State insurance law prohibits us from charging a subaccount with liabilities of any other subaccount or of our general business. The variable account includes other subaccounts that are available under contracts that are not described in this prospectus.

The IRS has issued guidance on investor control but may issue additional guidance in the future. We reserve the right to modify the contract or any investments made under the terms of the contract so that the investor control rules do not apply to treat the contract owner as the owner of the subaccount assets rather than the owner of an annuity contract. If the contract is not treated as an annuity contract for tax purposes, the owner may be subject to current taxation on any current or accumulated income credited to the contract.

We intend to comply with all federal tax laws so that the contract qualifies as an annuity for federal tax purposes. We reserve the right to modify the contract as necessary in order to qualify the contract as an annuity for federal tax purposes.

The Funds. This contract currently offers subaccounts investing in shares of the funds listed in the table below.

• Investment objectives: The investment managers and advisers cannot guarantee that the funds will meet their investment objectives. Please read the funds’ prospectuses for facts you should know before investing. These prospectuses are available by contacting us at the address or telephone number on the first page of this prospectus.

• Fund name and management: A fund underlying your contract in which a subaccount invests may have a name, portfolio manager, objectives, strategies and characteristics that are the same or substantially similar to those of a publicly-traded retail mutual fund. Despite these similarities, an underlying fund is not the same as any publicly-traded retail mutual fund. Each underlying fund will have its own unique portfolio holdings, fees, operating expenses and operating results. The results of each underlying fund may differ significantly from any publicly-traded retail mutual fund.

• Eligible purchasers: All funds are available to serve as the underlying investments for variable annuities and variable life insurance policies. The funds are not available to the public (see “Fund Name and Management” above). Some funds also are available to serve as investment options for tax-deferred retirement plans. It is possible that in the future for tax, regulatory or other reasons, it may be disadvantageous for variable annuity accounts and variable life insurance accounts and/or tax-deferred retirement plans to invest in the available funds simultaneously. Although we and the funds’ providers do not currently foresee any such disadvantages, the boards of directors or trustees of each fund will monitor events in order to identify any material conflicts between annuity owners, policy owners and tax-deferred retirement plans and to determine what action, if any, should be taken in response to a conflict. If a board were to conclude that it should establish separate fund providers for the variable annuity, variable life insurance and tax-deferred retirement plan accounts, you would not bear any expenses associated with establishing separate funds. Please refer to the funds’ prospectuses for risk disclosure regarding simultaneous investments by variable annuity, variable life insurance and tax-deferred retirement plan accounts. Each fund intends to comply with the diversification requirements under Section 817(h) of the Code.

• Asset allocation programs may impact fund performance: Asset allocation programs in general may negatively impact the performance of an underlying fund. Even if you do not participate in an asset allocation program, a fund in which your subaccount invests may be impacted if it is included in an asset allocation program. Rebalancing or reallocation under the terms of the asset allocation program may cause a fund to lose money if it must sell large amounts of securities to meet a redemption request. These losses can be greater if the fund holds securities that are not as liquid as others, for example, various types of bonds, shares of smaller companies and securities of foreign issuers. A fund may also experience higher expenses because it must sell or buy securities more frequently

RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    11

	than it otherwise might in the absence of asset allocation program rebalancing or reallocations. Because asset allocation programs include periodic rebalancing and may also include reallocation, these effects may occur under the asset allocation program we offer or under asset allocation programs used in conjunction with the contracts and plans of other eligible purchasers of the funds.
•	Funds available under the contract: We seek to provide a broad array of underlying funds taking into account the fees and charges imposed by each fund and the contract charges we impose. We select the underlying funds in which the subaccounts initially invest and when there is substitution (see “Substitution of Investments”). We also make all decisions regarding which funds to retain in a contract, which funds to add to a contract and which funds will no longer be offered in a contract. In making these decisions, we may consider various objective and subjective factors. Objective factors include, but are not limited to fund performance, fund expenses, classes of fund shares available, size of the fund and investment objectives and investing style of the fund. Subjective factors include, but are not limited to, investment sub-styles and process, management skill and history at other funds and portfolio concentration and sector weightings. We also consider the levels and types of revenue a fund, its distributor, investment adviser, subadviser, transfer agent or their affiliates pay us and our affiliates. This revenue includes, but is not limited to compensation for administrative services provided with respect to the fund and support of marketing and distribution expenses incurred with respect to the fund.
•	Money Market fund yield: In low interest rate environments, money market fund yields may decrease to a level where the deduction of fees and charges associated with your contract could result in negative net performance, resulting in a corresponding decrease in your contract value.
•	Revenue we receive from the funds and potential conflicts of interest:

Expenses We May Incur on Behalf of the Funds

When a subaccount invests in a fund, the fund holds a single account in the name of the variable account. As such, the variable account is actually the shareholder of the fund. We, through our variable account, aggregate the transactions of numerous contract owners and submit net purchase and redemption requests to the funds on a daily basis. In addition, we track individual contract owner transactions and provide confirmations, periodic statements, and other required mailings. These costs would normally be borne by the fund, but we incur them instead.

Besides incurring these administrative expenses on behalf of the funds, we also incur distributions expenses in selling our contracts. By extension, the distribution expenses we incur benefit the funds we make available due to contract owner elections to allocate purchase payments to the funds through the subaccounts. In addition, the funds generally incur lower distribution expenses when offered through our variable account in contrast to being sold on a retail basis.

A complete list of why we may receive this revenue, as well as sources of revenue, is described in detail below.

Payments the Funds May Make to Us

We or our affiliates may receive from each of the funds, or their affiliates, compensation including but not limited to expense payments. These payments are designed in part to compensate us for the expenses we may incur on behalf of the funds. In addition to these payments, the funds may compensate us for wholesaling activities or to participate in educational or marketing seminars sponsored by the funds.

We or our affiliates may receive revenue derived from the 12b-1 fees charged by the funds. These fees are deducted from the assets of the funds. This revenue and the amount by which it can vary may create conflicts of interest. The amount, type, and manner in which the revenue from these sources is computed vary by fund.

Conflicts of Interest These Payments May Create

When we determined the charges to impose under the contracts, we took into account anticipated payments from the funds. If we had not taken into account these anticipated payments, the charges under the contract would have been higher. Additionally, the amount of payment we receive from a fund or its affiliate may create an incentive for us to include that fund as an investment option and may influence our decision regarding which funds to include in the variable account as subaccount options for contract owners. Funds that offer lower payments or no payments may also have corresponding expense structures that are lower, resulting in decreased overall fees and expenses to shareholders.

We offer funds managed by our affiliates Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC (Columbia Management) and Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLC (Columbia Wanger). We have additional financial incentive to offer our affiliated funds because additional assets held by them generally results in added revenue to us and our parent company, Ameriprise Financial, Inc. Additionally, employees of Ameriprise Financial, Inc. and its affiliates, including our employees, may be separately incented to include the affiliated funds in the products, as employee compensation and business unit operating goals at all levels are tied to the success of the company. Currently, revenue received from our affiliated funds comprises the greatest amount and percentage of revenue we derive from payments made by the funds.

The Amount of Payments We Receive from the Funds

We or our affiliates receive revenue which ranges up to 0.65% of the average daily net assets invested in the funds through this and other contracts we and our affiliates issue.

12    RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Why revenues are paid to us: In accordance with applicable laws, regulations and the terms of the agreements under which such revenue is paid, we or our affiliates may receive revenue, including, but not limited to expense payments and non-cash compensation, for various purposes:

• Compensating, training and educating investment professionals who sell the contracts.

• Granting access to our employees whose job it is to promote sales of the contracts by authorized selling firms and their investment professionals, and granting access to investment professionals of our affiliated selling firms.

• Activities or services we or our affiliates provide that assist in the promotion and distribution of the contracts including promoting the funds available under the contracts to contract owners, authorized selling firms and investment professionals.

• Providing sub-transfer agency and shareholder servicing to contract owners.

• Promoting, including and/or retaining the fund’s investment portfolios as underlying investment options in the contracts.

• Advertising, printing and mailing sales literature, and printing and distributing prospectuses and reports.

• Furnishing personal services to contract owners, including education of contract owners regarding the funds, answering routine inquiries regarding a fund, maintaining accounts or providing such other services eligible for service fees as defined under the rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA).

• Subaccounting services, transaction processing, recordkeeping and administration.

• Sources of revenue received from affiliated funds: The affiliated funds are managed by Columbia Management or Columbia Wanger. The sources of revenue we receive from these affiliated funds, or the funds’ affiliates, may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Assets of the fund’s adviser, sub-adviser, transfer agent, distributor or an affiliate of these. The revenue resulting from these sources may be based either on a percentage of average daily net assets of the fund or on the actual cost of certain services we provide with respect to the fund. We may receive this revenue either in the form of a cash payment or it may be allocated to us.

• Compensation paid out of 12b-1 fees that are deducted from fund assets.

• Sources of revenue received from unaffiliated funds: The unaffiliated funds are not managed by an affiliate of ours. The sources of revenue we receive from these unaffiliated funds, or the funds’ affiliates, may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Assets of the fund’s adviser, sub-adviser, transfer agent, distributor or an affiliate of these. The revenue resulting from these sources may be based either on a percentage of average daily net assets of the fund or on the actual cost of certain services we provide with respect to the fund. We receive this revenue in the form of a cash payment.

• Compensation paid out of 12b-1 fees that are deducted from fund assets.

You may allocate purchase payments and transfers to any or all of the subaccounts of the variable account that invest in shares of the funds listed in the table below. From time to time, certain fund names are changed. When we are notified of a name change, we will make changes so that the new name is properly shown. However, changes may take some period of time to complete. As a result it is possible you may receive various forms, reports and confirmations that reflect a fund’s prior name.

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
AB VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio (Class B)	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
AB VPS Growth and Income Portfolio (Class B)	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
AB VPS Large Cap Growth Portfolio (Class B)	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Balanced Fund (Class 3)	Seeks maximum total investment return through a combination of capital growth and current income.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC

RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    13

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Government Money Market Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with maximum current income consistent with liquidity and stability of principal.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Large Cap Index Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Select Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with current income as its primary objective and, as its secondary objective, preservation of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Fidelity® VIP Contrafund® Portfolio Service Class	Seeks long-term capital appreciation. Normally invests primarily in common stocks. Invests in securities of companies whose value FMR believes is not fully recognized by the public. Invests in either "growth" stocks or "value" stocks or both. The fund invests in domestic and foreign issuers.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP High Income Portfolio Service Class	Seeks a high level of current income, while also considering growth of capital. Normally invests primarily in income-producing debt securities, preferred stocks and convertible securities, with an emphasis on lower-quality debt securities. May invest in non-income producing securities, including defaulted securities and common stocks. Invests in companies in troubled or uncertain financial condition. The Fund invests in domestic and foreign issuers.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class	Seeks long-term growth of capital. Normally invests primarily in common stocks. Normally invests at least 80% of assets in securities of companies with medium market capitalizations. May invest in companies with smaller or larger market capitalizations. Invests in domestic and foreign issuers. The Fund invests in either "growth" or "value" common stocks or both.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks capital appreciation, with income as a secondary goal. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests primarily in U.S. and foreign equity securities that the investment manager believes are undervalued.	Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC
Franklin Small-Mid Cap Growth VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital growth. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in investments of small-capitalization and mid-capitalization companies.	Franklin Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series I Shares	Seeks capital growth.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. Core Equity Fund, Series I Shares	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.

14    RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
MFS® Massachusetts Investors Growth Stock Portfolio - Service Class	Seeks capital appreciation.	MFS® Investment Management
MFS® New Discovery Series - Service Class	Seeks capital appreciation.	MFS® Investment Management
MFS® Total Return Series - Service Class	Seeks total return.	MFS® Investment Management
Putnam VT Emerging Markets Equity Fund - Class IB Shares (previously Putnam VT International Growth Fund - Class IB Shares)	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of both Putnam Investments Limited (PIL) and The Putnam Advisory Company, LLC (PAC), PIL and PAC do not currently manage any assets of the fund.
Putnam VT Equity Income Fund - Class IB Shares	Seeks capital growth and current income.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of Putnam Investments Limited (PIL), PIL does not currently manage any assets.
Putnam VT Sustainable Leaders Fund - Class IB Shares	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of Putnam Investments Limited (PIL), PIL does not currently manage any assets.
Templeton Developing Markets VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital appreciation. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in emerging markets investments.	Templeton Asset Management Ltd.
Templeton Foreign VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital growth. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in investments of issuers located outside the U.S., including those in emerging markets.	Templeton Investment Counsel, LLC
Wells Fargo VT International Equity Fund - Class 1	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.
Wells Fargo VT Omega Growth Fund - Class 1	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.
Wells Fargo VT Opportunity Fund - Class 1	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.

The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)

The GPAs may not be available in some states.

You may allocate purchase payments and purchase payment credits to one or more of the GPAs with guarantee periods declared by us. These periods of time may vary by state. The required minimum investment in each GPA is $1,000.

These accounts are not offered after annuity payouts begin.

Each GPA pays an interest rate that is declared when you make an allocation to that account. Interest is credited daily. That interest rate is then fixed for the guarantee period that you chose. We will periodically change the declared interest rate for any future allocations to these accounts, but we will not change the rate paid on money currently in a GPA. The GPA interests under the contracts are registered with the SEC (File No.333-230959). The SEC staff reviews the disclosures in this prospectus on the GPA interests.

The interest rates that we will declare as guaranteed rates in the future are determined by us at our discretion (future rates). These rates generally will be based on various factors related to future investment earnings.We cannot predict nor can we guarantee what future rates will be.

RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    15

We hold amounts you allocate to the GPAs in a “nonunitized” separate account. This separate account provides an additional measure of assurance that we will make full payment of amounts due under the GPAs. We own the assets of this separate account as well as any favorable investment performance of those assets. You do not participate in the performance of the assets held in this separate account. We guarantee all benefits relating to your value in the GPAs. This guarantee is based on the continued claims-paying ability of the company’s general account. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of insurance and financial products as well, and we also pay our obligations under these products from assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account.

We intend to construct and manage the investment portfolio relating to the separate account in such a way as to minimize the impact of fluctuations by interest rates. We seek to achieve this by constructing a portfolio of assets with a price sensitivity to interest rate changes (i.e., price duration) that is similar to the price duration of the corresponding portfolio of liabilities.

We must invest this portfolio of assets in accordance with requirements established by applicable state laws regarding the nature and quality of investments that life insurance companies may make and the percentage of their assets that they may commit to any particular type of investment. Our investment strategy will incorporate the use of a variety of debt instruments having price durations tending to match the applicable guarantee periods. These instruments include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities, which issues may or may not be guaranteed by the U.S. government;

• Debt securities that have an investment grade, at the time of purchase, within the four highest grades assigned by any of three nationally recognized rating agencies — Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s Investors Service or Fitch — or are rated in the two highest grades by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners;

• Other debt instruments which are unrated or rated below investment grade, limited to 10% of assets at the time of purchase; and

• Real estate mortgages, limited to 45% of portfolio assets at the time of acquisition.

In addition, options and futures contracts on fixed income securities will be used from time to time to achieve and maintain appropriate investment and liquidity characteristics on the overall asset portfolio.

While this information generally describes our investment strategy, we are not obligated to follow any particular strategy except as may be required by federal law and Indiana and other state insurance laws.

Market Value Adjustment (MVA)

We guarantee the contract value allocated to your GPA, including the interest credited, if you do not make any transfers or withdrawals from that GPA prior to 30 days before the end of the guarantee period. However, we will apply an MVA if a transfer or withdrawal occurs prior to this time, unless the transfer is an automated transfer from the two-year GPA as part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep strategy. The MVA also affects amounts withdrawn from a GPA prior to 30 days before the end of the guarantee period that are used to purchase payouts under an annuity payout plan. We will refer to all of these transactions as “early withdrawals” in the discussion below.

When you request an early withdrawal, we adjust the early withdrawal amount by an MVA formula. The early withdrawal amount reflects the relationship between the guaranteed interest rate you are earning in your current GPA and the interest rate we are crediting on new GPAs that end at the same time as your current GPA.

The MVA is sensitive to changes in current interest rates. The magnitude of any applicable MVA will depend on our current schedule of guaranteed interest rates at the time of the withdrawal, the time remaining in your guarantee period and your guaranteed interest rate. The MVA is negative, zero or positive depending on how the guaranteed interest rate on your GPA compares to the interest rate of a new GPA for the same number of years as the guarantee period remaining on your GPA. This is summarized in the following table:

If your GPA rate is:	The MVA is:
Less than the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Negative
Equal to the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Zero
Greater than the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Positive

General Examples

As the examples below demonstrate, the application of an MVA may result in either a gain or a loss of principal. We refer to all of the transactions described below as “early withdrawals.”

16    RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Assumptions:

• You purchase a contract and allocate part of your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA; and

• we guarantee an interest rate of 3.0% annually for your ten-year guarantee period; and

• after three years, you decide to make a withdrawal from your GPA. In other words, there are seven years left in your guarantee period.

Remember that the MVA depends partly on the interest rate of a new GPA for the same number of years as the guarantee period remaining on your GPA. In this case, that is seven years.

Example 1: Remember that your GPA is earning 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 3.5%. We add 0.10% to the 3.5% rate to get 3.6%. Your GPA’s 3.0% rate is less than the 3.6% rate, so the MVA will be negative.

Example 2: Remember again that your GPA is earning 3.0%, and assume that new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 2.5%. We add 0.10% to the 2.5% rate to get 2.6%. In this example, since your GPA’s 3.0% rate is greater than the 2.6% rate, the MVA will be positive. To determine that adjustment precisely, you will have to use the formula described below.

Sample MVA Calculations

The precise MVA formula we apply is as follows:

Early withdrawal amount	×	[	(	1 + i	)	n/12	–1	]	=	MVA
				1 + j + .001

Where i	=	rate earned in the GPA from which amounts are being transferred or withdrawn.
j	=	current rate for a new guarantee period equal to the remaining term in the current guarantee period.
n	=	number of months remaining in the current guarantee period (rounded up).

Examples — MVA

Using assumptions similar to those we used in the examples above:

• You purchase a contract and allocate part of your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA;

• we guarantee an interest rate of 3.0% annually for your ten-year guarantee period; and

• after three years, you decide to make a $1,000 withdrawal from your GPA. In other words, there are seven years left in your guarantee period.

Example 1: You request an early withdrawal of $1,000 from your ten-year GPA earning a guaranteed interest rate of 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 3.5%. Using the formula above, we determine the MVA as follows:

$1,000	×	[	(	1.030	)	84/12	–1	]	=	-$39.84
				1 + .035 + .001

In this example, the MVA is a negative $39.84.

Example 2: You request an early withdrawal of $1,000 from your ten-year GPA earning a guaranteed interest rate of 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 2.5%. Using the formula above, we determine the MVA as follows:

$1,000	×	[	(	1.030	)	84/12	–1	]	=	$27.61
				1 + .025 + .001

In this example, the MVA is a positive $27.61.

Please note that when you allocate your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA and your purchase payment is in its fourth year from receipt at the beginning of the guarantee period, your withdrawal charge percentage is 7%. (See “Charges — Withdrawal Charge.”) We do not apply MVAs to the amounts we deduct for withdrawal charges, so we would deduct the withdrawal charge from your early withdrawal after we applied the MVA. Also note that when you request an early withdrawal, we withdraw an amount from your GPA that will give you the net amount you requested after we apply the MVA and any applicable withdrawal charge, unless you request otherwise.

The current interest rate we offer on the GPA will change periodically at our discretion. It is the rate we are then paying on purchase payments, renewals and transfers paid under this class of contracts for guarantee period durations equaling the remaining guarantee period of the GPA to which the formula is being applied.

RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    17

We will not apply MVAs to amounts withdrawn for annual contract charges, to amounts we pay as death claims or to automatic transfers from the two-year GPA as part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep strategy. In some states, the MVA is limited.

18    RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The General Account

The general account includes all assets owned by RiverSource Life, other than those in the variable account and our other separate accounts. Subject to applicable state law, we have sole discretion to decide how assets of the general account will be invested. The assets held in our general account support the guarantees under your contract including any optional benefits offered under the contract. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to many of the same risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of annuities and financial instruments and products as well, and these obligations are satisfied from the assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account. The fixed account is supported by our general account that we make available under the contract.

The One-Year Fixed Account

You may allocate purchase payments or transfer accumulated value to the one-year fixed account. Some states may restrict the amount you can allocate to this account. We back the principal and interest guarantees relating to the one-year fixed account. These guarantees are subject to the creditworthiness and continued claims-paying ability of the company’s general account. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account. The value of the one-year fixed account increases as we credit interest to the account. Purchase payments and transfers to the one-year fixed account become part of our general account. We credit and compound interest daily based on a 365-day year (366 in a leap year) so as to produce the annual effective rate which we declare. The interest rate we apply to each purchase payment or transfer to the one-year fixed account is guaranteed for one year. Thereafter we will change the rates from time-to-time at our discretion. Interest rates credited in excess of the guaranteed rate generally will be based on various factors related to future investment earnings.

There are restrictions on the amount you can allocate to this account as well as on transfers from this account. (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transfer policies”)

Because of exemptive and exclusionary provisions, we have not registered interests in the one-year fixed account as securities under the Securities Act of 1933 nor have any of these accounts been registered as investment companies under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Accordingly, neither the one-year fixed account nor any interests in the one-year fixed account are subject to the provisions of these Acts.

The one-year fixed account has not been registered with the SEC. Disclosures regarding the one-year fixed account, however, are subject to certain generally applicable provisions of the federal securities laws relating to the accuracy and completeness of statements made in a prospectus.

Buying Your Contract

New contracts are not currently being offered.

We are required by law to obtain personal information from you which we used to verify your identity. If you do not provide this information we reserve the right to refuse to issue your contract or take other steps we deem reasonable

As the owner, you have all rights and may receive all benefits under the contract. You can own a qualified or nonqualified annuity. You can own a nonqualified annuity in joint tenancy with rights of survivorship only in spousal situations. You cannot own a qualified annuity in joint tenancy. You can become an owner if you are 90 or younger. (The age limit may be younger for qualified annuities in some states.)

When you applied, you selected (if available in your state):

• the one-year fixed account, GPAs and/or subaccounts in which you wanted to invest⁽¹⁾;

• how you wanted to make purchase payments;

• the optional MAV Death Benefit⁽²⁾;

• the optional GMIB⁽³⁾;

• the optional Performance Credit Rider⁽³⁾;

• the optional Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider⁽⁴⁾;

• the optional Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider⁽⁴⁾; and

RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    19

•	a beneficiary.
(1)	GPAs may not be available in some states.
(2)	Available if both you and the annuitant are 79 or younger at contract issue. May not be available in all states.
(3)	You may select either the GMIB or the PCR, but not both. Riders may not be available in all states. The GMIB is available if the annuitant is 75 or younger at contact issue. If you select the GMIB you must select the MAV rider.
(4)	Available if you and the annuitant are 75 or younger at contract issue. These riders may not be available in all states.

The contract provides for allocation of purchase payments to the subaccounts of the variable account to the GPAs and/or to the one-year fixed account in even 1% increments subject to the $1,000 minimum for the GPAs.

We applied your initial purchase payment to the GPAs, one-year fixed account and subaccounts you selected within two business days after we received it at our Service Center. We will credit additional eligible purchase payments you make to your accounts on the valuation date we receive them. If we receive your purchase payment at our Service Center before the close of business, we will credit any portion of that payment allocated to the subaccounts using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received the payment. If we receive an additional purchase payment at our Service Center at or after the close of business, we will credit any portion of that payment allocated to the subaccounts using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received the payment.

You may make monthly payments to your contract under a Systematic Investment Plan (SIP). To begin the SIP, you will complete and send a form and your first SIP payment along with your application. There is no charge for SIP. You can stop your SIP payments at any time.

In most states, you may make additional purchase payments to nonqualified and qualified annuities until the retirement date.

Householding and delivery of certain documents

With your prior consent, RiverSource Life and its affiliates may use and combine information concerning accounts owned by members of the same household and provide a single paper copy of certain documents to that household. This householding of documents may include prospectuses, supplements, annual reports, semiannual reports and proxies. Your authorization remains in effect unless we are notified otherwise. If you wish to continue receiving multiple copies of these documents, you can opt out of householding by calling us at 1.866.273.7429. Multiple mailings will resume within 30 days after we receive your opt out request.

The Retirement Date

Annuity payouts begin on the retirement date. This means that the contract will be annuitized or converted to a stream of monthly payments. If your contract is annuitized, the contract goes into payout and only the annuity payout provisions continue. You will no longer have access to your contract value. This means that the death benefit and any optional benefits you have elected will end. When we processed your application, we established the retirement date to be the maximum age then in effect (or contract anniversary if applicable). Unless otherwise elected by you, all retirement dates are now automatically set to the maximum age of 95 now in effect. You also can change the retirement date, provided you send us written instructions at least 30 days before annuity payouts begin.

The retirement date must be:

• no earlier than the 30th day after the contract’s effective date; and no later than

• the annuitant’s 95th birthday or the tenth contract anniversary, if later,

• or such other date as agreed upon by us.

Six months prior to your retirement start date, we will contact you with your options including the option to postpone your retirement start date to a future date. You can choose to delay the retirement start date of your contract to a date beyond age 95, to the extent allowed by applicable state law and tax laws.

If you do not make an election, annuity payouts using the contract’s default option of annuity payout Plan B – Life with 10 years certain will begin on the retirement start date and your monthly annuity payments will continue for as long as the annuitant lives. If the annuitant does not survive 10 years, we will continue to make payments until 10 years of payments have been made.

Generally, if you own a qualified annuity (for example, an IRA) and tax laws require that you take distributions from your annuity prior to your retirement start date, your contract will not be automatically annuitized (subject to state requirements). However, if you choose, you can elect to request annuitization or take surrenders to meet your required minimum distributions.

20    RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Beneficiary

We will pay to your named beneficiary the death benefit if it becomes payable while the contract is in force and before annuity payouts begin. If there is more than one beneficiary, we will pay each beneficiary’s designated share when we receive their completed claim. A beneficiary will bear the investment risk of the variable account until we receive the beneficiary’s completed claim. If there is no named beneficiary, the default provisions of your contract will apply. (See “Benefits in Case of Death” for more about beneficiaries.)

Purchase Payments

Purchase payment amounts and purchase payment timing may vary by state and be limited under the terms of your contract.

Minimum purchase payments

If paying by SIP:

$50 for additional payments.

If paying by any other method:

$100 for additional payments.

Maximum total allowable purchase payments*

$1,000,000

* This limit applies in total to all RiverSource Life annuities you own. We reserve the right to waive or increase the maximum limit. For qualified annuities, the Code’s limits on annual contributions also apply.

How to Make Purchase Payments

11 By letter

Send your check along with your name and contract number to:

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474

22 By SIP

Contact your investment professional to complete the necessary SIP paperwork.

Purchase Payment Credits

You will generally receive a purchase payment credit with any payment you make to your contract that brings your total net payment (total payments less total withdrawals) to $100,000 or more.

We apply a credit to your contract of 1% of your current payment. If you make any additional payments that cause the contract to be eligible for the credit, we will add credits to your prior purchase payments (less total withdrawals). We apply this credit immediately. We allocate the credit to the GPAs, one-year fixed account and subaccounts in the same proportions as your purchase payment.

We fund the credit from our general account. We do not consider credits to be “investments” for income tax purposes. (See “Taxes.”)

We will reverse credits from the contract value for any purchase payment that is not honored (if, for example, your purchase payment check is returned for insufficient funds).

To the extent a death benefit or withdrawal payment includes purchase payment credits applied within twelve months preceding: (1) the date of death that results in a lump sum death benefit under this contract; or (2) a request for withdrawal charge waiver due to “Contingent events” (see “Charges — Contingent events”), we will assess a charge, similar to a withdrawal charge, equal to the amount of the purchase payment credits. The amount we pay to you under these circumstances will always equal or exceed your withdrawal value.

Because of higher charges, there may be circumstances where you may be worse off for having received the credit than in other contracts. All things being equal (such as guarantee availability or fund performance and availability), this may occur if you hold your contract for 15 years or more. This also may occur if you make a full withdrawal in the first seven years. You should consider these higher charges and other relevant factors before you buy this contract or before you exchange a contract you currently own for this contract.

RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    21

This credit is made available because of lower distribution and other expenses associated with larger sized contracts and through revenue from higher withdrawal charges and contract administrative charges than would otherwise be charged. In general, we do not profit from the higher charges assessed to cover the cost of the purchase payment credit. We use all the revenue from these higher charges to pay for the cost of the credits. However, we could profit from the higher charges if market appreciation is higher than expected or if contract owners hold their contracts for longer than expected.

Limitations on Use of Contract

If mandated by applicable law, including, but not limited to, federal anti-money laundering laws, we may be required to reject a purchase payment. We may also be required to block an owner’s access to contract values or to satisfy other statutory obligations. Under these circumstances, we may refuse to implement requests for transfers, withdrawals or death benefits until instructions are received from the appropriate governmental authority or a court of competent jurisdiction.

Charges

Contract Administrative Charge

We charge this fee for establishing and maintaining your records. We deduct $40 from the contract value on your contract anniversary or, if earlier, when the contract is fully withdrawn. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. Some states also limit any contract charge allocated to the fixed account.

We will waive this charge when your contract value is $50,000 or more on the current contract anniversary.

If you take a full withdrawal from your contract, we will deduct the charge at the time of withdrawal regardless of the contract value. We cannot increase the annual contract administrative charge and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

Variable Account Administrative Charge

We apply this charge daily to the subaccounts. It is reflected in the unit values of your subaccounts and it totals 0.15% of their average daily net assets on an annual basis. It covers certain administrative and operating expenses of the subaccounts such as accounting, legal and data processing fees and expenses involved in the preparation and distribution of reports and prospectuses. We cannot increase the variable account administrative charge.

Mortality and Expense Risk Fee

We charge these fees daily to the subaccounts. The unit values of your subaccounts reflect these fees. These fees cover the mortality and expense risk that we assume. These fees do not apply to the GPAs or the one-year fixed account. We cannot increase these fees.

The mortality and expense risk fee you pay is based on the death benefit guarantee you select and whether the contract is a qualified annuity or a nonqualified annuity.

	Qualified annuities	Nonqualified annuities
ROP death benefit	0.85%	1.10%
MAV death benefit	0.95	1.20

Mortality risk arises because of our guarantee to pay a death benefit and our guarantee to make annuity payouts according to the terms of the contract, no matter how long a specific owner or annuitant lives and no matter how long our entire group of owners or annuitants live. If, as a group, owners or annuitants outlive the life expectancy we assumed in our actuarial tables, then we must take money from our general assets to meet our obligations. If, as a group, owners or annuitants do not live as long as expected, we could profit from the mortality risk fee. We deduct the mortality risk fee from the subaccounts during the annuity payout period even if the annuity payout plan does not involve a life contingency.

Expense risk arises because we cannot increase the contract administrative charge or the variable account administrative charge and these charges may not cover our expenses. We would have to make up any deficit from our general assets. We could profit from the expense risk fee if future expenses are less than expected.

The subaccounts pay us the mortality and expense risk fee they accrued as follows:

• first, to the extent possible, the subaccounts pay this fee from any dividends distributed from the funds in which they invest;

• then, if necessary, the funds redeem shares to cover any remaining fees payable.

22    RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

We may use any profits we realize from the subaccounts’ payment to us of the mortality and expense risk fee for any proper corporate purpose, including, among others, payment of distribution (selling) expenses. We do not expect that the withdrawal charge will cover sales and distribution expenses.

Withdrawal Charge

If you withdraw all or part of your contract value, a withdrawal charge applies if all or part of the withdrawal amount is from any purchase payment we received less than eight years before the date of withdrawal. In addition, amounts withdrawn from a GPA more than 30 days before the end of the applicable guarantee period will be subject to a MVA. (See “The Guarantee Period Accounts — Market Value Adjustment (MVA).”

Each time you make a purchase payment under the contract, a withdrawal charge attaches to that purchase payment. The withdrawal charge percentage for each purchase payment declines according to a schedule shown in the contract. For example, during the first two years after a purchase payment is made, the withdrawal charge percentage attached to that payment is 8%. The withdrawal charge percentage for that payment during the seventh year after it is made is 3%. At the beginning of the eighth year after that purchase payment is made, and thereafter, there is no withdrawal charge as to that payment.

You may withdraw an amount during any contract year without incurring a withdrawal charge. We call this amount the Total Free Amount (“TFA”). The TFA is the amount of your contract value that you may withdraw without incurring a withdrawal charge. Amounts withdrawn in excess of the Total Free Amount may be subject to a withdrawal charge as described below. The Total Free Amount is defined as the maximum of (a) and (b) where:

(a)	is 10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value; and
(b)	is current contract earnings.

NOTE: We determine current contract earnings (CE) by looking at the entire contract value (CV), not the earnings of any particular subaccount, or the one-year fixed account or GPA. If the contract value is less than purchase payments received and not previously withdrawn (PPNPW) then contract earnings are zero. We consider your initial purchase payment and purchase payment credit to be the prior anniversary’s contract value during the first contract year.

For purposes of calculating any withdrawal charge, we treat amounts withdrawn from your contract value in the following order:

1.	First, in each contract year, we withdraw amounts totaling up to 10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on this amount.
2.	Next, we withdraw contract earnings, if any, that are greater than the amount described in number one above. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on contract earnings.
3.	Next, we withdraw purchase payments received prior to the withdrawal charge period shown in your contract. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on these purchase payments.
4.	Finally, if necessary, we withdraw purchase payments received that are still within the withdrawal charge period you selected and shown in your contract. We withdraw these payments on a “first-in, first-out” (FIFO) basis. We do assess a withdrawal charge on these payments.

NOTE: After withdrawing earnings in numbers one and two above, we next withdraw enough additional contract value (ACV) to meet your requested withdrawal amount. If the amount described in number one above was greater than contract earnings prior to the withdrawal, the excess (XSF) will be excluded from the purchase payments being withdrawn that were received most recently when calculating the withdrawal charge. We determine the amount of purchase payments being withdrawn (PPW) in numbers three and four above as:

PPW = XSF +	(ACV – XSF)	×	(PPNPW – XSF)
	(CV – TFA)

If the additional contract value withdrawn is less than XSF, then PPW will equal ACV.

We determine your withdrawal charge by multiplying each of your payments withdrawn by the applicable withdrawal charge percentage, and then adding the total withdrawal charges.

The withdrawal charge percentage depends on the number of years since you made the payments that are withdrawn:

Years from purchase payment receipt	Withdrawal charge payment receipt
1	8%
2	8
3	7
4	7

RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    23

Years from purchase payment receipt	Withdrawal charge payment receipt
5	6
6	5
7	3
Thereafter	0

For a partial withdrawal that is subject to a withdrawal charge, the amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable withdrawal charge. The withdrawal charge percentage is applied to this total amount. We pay you the amount you requested.

The amount of purchase payments withdrawn is calculated using a prorated formula based on the percentage of contract value being withdrawn. As a result, the amount of purchase payments withdrawn may be greater than the amount of contract value withdrawn.

Withdrawal charge calculation example

The following is an example of the calculation we would make to determine the withdrawal charge on a contract with this history:

• We receive these payments

– $10,000 initial;

– $8,000 on the seventh contract anniversary; and

– $6,000 on the eighth contract anniversary; and

• You withdraw the contract for its total withdrawal value of $38,101 during the eleventh contract year and make no other withdrawals during that contract year; and

• The prior anniversary contract value is $38,488.

Withdrawal Charge	Explanation
$0	$3,848.80 is 10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value withdrawn without withdrawal charge; and
0	$10,252.20 is contract earnings in excess of the 10% TFA withdrawal amount withdrawn without withdrawal charge; and
0	$10,000 initial purchase payment was received eight or more years before withdrawal and is withdrawn without withdrawal charge; and
560	$8,000 purchase payment is in its fourth year from receipt, withdrawn with a 7% withdrawal charge; and
420	$6,000 purchase payment is in its third year from receipt withdrawn with a 7% withdrawal charge.
$980

Waiver of withdrawal charges

We do not assess withdrawal charges for:

•	withdrawals of any contract earnings;
•	withdrawals of amounts totaling up to 10% of your prior contract anniversary’s contract value to the extent it exceeds contract earnings;
•	required minimum distributions from a qualified annuity to the extent that they exceed the free amount. The amount on which withdrawal charges are waived can be no greater than the RMD amount calculated under your specific contract currently in force;
•	contracts settled using an annuity payout plan unless an annuity payout Plan E is later fully withdrawn;
•	withdrawals made as a result of one of the “Contingent events”* described below to the extent permitted by state law; and
•	death benefits.*
*	However, we will reverse certain purchase payment credits. (See “Buying Your Contract — Purchase Payment Credits.”)

Contingent events

• Withdrawals you make if you or the annuitant are confined to a hospital or nursing home and have been for the prior 60 days. Your contract will include this provision when you and the annuitant are under age 76 at contract issue. You must provide proof satisfactory to us of the confinement as of the date you request the withdrawal.

• To the extent permitted by state law, withdrawals you make if you or the annuitant are diagnosed in the second or later contract years as disabled with a medical condition that with reasonable medical certainty will result in death

24    RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

within 12 months or less from the date of the licensed physician’s statement. You must provide us with a licensed physician’s statement containing the terminal illness diagnosis and the date the terminal illness was initially diagnosed.

Liquidation charge under Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:If you are receiving variable annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to withdraw those payments. The amount that you can withdraw is the present value of any remaining variable payouts. The discount rate we use in the calculation will be 5.17% if the assumed investment return is 3.5% and 6.67% if the assumed investment return is 5%. The liquidation charge equals the present value of the remaining payouts using the assumed investment return minus the present value of the remaining payouts using the discount rate.

Fixed Payouts: Withdrawal charge for Fixed Annuity Payout Plan E – Payouts for a specified period: If you are receiving annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to take a withdraw and withdrawal charge may apply.

A withdrawal charge will be assessed against the present value of any remaining guaranteed payouts withdrawn. The discount rate we use in determining present values varies based on: (1) the contract value originally applied to the fixed annuitization; (2) the remaining years of guaranteed payouts; (3) the annual effective interest rate and periodic payment amount for new immediate annuities of the same duration as the remaining years of guaranteed payouts; and (4) the interest spread (currently 1.50%). If we do not currently offer immediate annuities, we will use rates and values applicable to new annuitizations to determine the discount rate.

Once the discount rate is applied and we have determined the present value of the remaining guaranteed payouts you withdrawn, the present value determined will be multiplied by the withdrawal charge percentage in the table below and deducted from the present value to determine the net present value you will receive.

Number of Completed Years Since Annuitization	Withdrawal charge percentage
0	Not applicable*
1	5%
2	4
3	3
4	2
5	1
6 and thereafter	0

*We do not permit withdrawals in the first year after annuitization.

We will provide a quoted present value (which includes the deduction of any withdrawal charge). You must then formally elect, in a form acceptable to us, to receive this value. The remaining guaranteed payouts following withdraw will be reduced to zero.

Possible group reductions: In some cases we may incur lower sales and administrative expenses due to the size of the group, the average contribution and the use of group enrollment procedures. In such cases, we may be able to reduce or eliminate the contract administrative and withdrawal charges. However, we expect this to occur infrequently.

Fund Fees and Expenses

There are deductions from and expenses paid out of the assets of the funds that are described in the prospectuses for those funds.

Premium Taxes

Certain state and local governments impose premium taxes on us (up to 3.5%). These taxes depend upon your state of residence or the state in which the contract was issued. Currently, we deduct any applicable premium tax when annuity payouts begin, but we reserve the right to deduct this tax at other times such as when you make purchase payments or when you make a full withdrawal from your contract.

Optional Living Benefits Charges

Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB) Fee

We deduct a charge (currently 0.30%) based on the GMIB benefit base for this optional feature only if you select it⁽¹⁾. If selected, we deduct the charge from the contract value on your contract anniversary at the end of each contract year. We prorate the GMIB charge among the subaccounts, the GPAs and the one-year fixed account in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value.

RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    25

If the contract is terminated for any reason or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the appropriate GMIB fee from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place. We cannot increase either GMIB fee after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or the GMIB terminates.

We calculate the fee as follows:

0.30% × (CV + ST – FAV)

CV	=	contract value on the contract anniversary
ST	=	transfers from the subaccounts to the GPAs or the one-year fixed account made six months before the contract anniversary.
FAV	=	the value of your GPAs and the one-year fixed account on the contract anniversary.

The result of ST – FAV will never be greater than zero. This allows us to base the GMIB fee largely on the subaccounts and not on the GPAs or the one-year fixed account.

Example

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $50,000 and allocate all of your payment to the subaccounts.

• During the first contract year your contract value is $75,000. You transfer $15,000 from the subaccounts to the one-year fixed account.

• On the first contract anniversary the one-year fixed account value is $15,250 and the subaccount value is $58,000. Your total contract value is $73,250.

• The GMIB fee percentage is 0.30%.

We calculate the charge for the GMIB as follows:
Contract value on the contract anniversary:	$73,250
plus transfers from the subaccounts to the one-year fixed account in the six months before the contract anniversary:	+15,000
minus the value of the one-year fixed account on the contract anniversary:	–15,250
	$73,000
The GMIB fee charged to you: 0.30% × $73,000 =	$219

Performance Credit Rider (PCR) Fee

We charge a fee of 0.15% of your contract value for this optional feature if you select it. If selected, we deduct the fee from your contract value on your contract anniversary at the end of each contract year. We prorate this fee among the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest bears to your total contract value. If you select the PCR, you cannot add a GMIB rider.

If the contract is terminated for any reason or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the PCR fee from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place. We cannot increase the PCR fee.

Optional Death Benefit Charges

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider Fee

We deduct a charge for the optional feature only if you select it. If selected, we deduct 0.25% of your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

If the contract is terminated for any reason other than death or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the charge. We cannot increase this annual charge after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider Fee

We charge a fee for the optional feature only if you select it. If selected, we deduct 0.40% of your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this fee among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

26    RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If the contract is terminated for any reason other than death or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the fee from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee. We cannot increase this annual charge after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

Valuing Your Investment

We value your accounts as follows:

GPAs and One-Year Fixed Account

We value the amounts you allocate to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account directly in dollars. The value of the GPAs and the one-year fixed account equals:

• the sum of your purchase payments and transfer amounts allocated to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account (including any positive or negative MVA on amounts transferred from the GPAs to the one-year fixed account);

• plus any purchase payment credits allocated to the GPAs and one-year fixed account;

• plus interest credited;

• minus the sum of amounts withdrawn (including any applicable withdrawal charges) and amounts transferred out;

• minus any prorated portion of the contract administrative charge; and

• minus the prorated portion of the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit rider

– Performance Credit rider

– Benefit Protector rider

– Benefit Protector Plus rider

Subaccounts

We convert amounts you allocated to the subaccounts into accumulation units. Each time you make a purchase payment or transfer amounts into one of the subaccounts or we apply any purchase payment credits, we credit a certain number of accumulation units to your contract for that subaccount. Conversely, we subtract a certain number of accumulation units from your contract each time you take a partial withdrawal; transfer amounts out of a subaccount; or we assess a contract administrative charge, a withdrawal charge, or fee for any optional contract riders with annual charges (if applicable).

The accumulation units are the true measure of investment value in each subaccount during the accumulation period. They are related to, but not the same as, the net asset value of the fund in which the subaccount invests. The dollar value of each accumulation unit can rise or fall daily depending on the variable account expenses, performance of the fund and on certain fund expenses.

Here is how we calculate accumulation unit values:

Number of units: To calculate the number of accumulation units for a particular subaccount, we divide your investment by the current accumulation unit value.

Accumulation unit value:The current accumulation unit value for each subaccount equals the last value times the subaccount’s current net investment factor.

We determine the net investment factor by:

• adding the fund’s current net asset value per share, plus the per share amount of any accrued income or capital gain dividends to obtain a current adjusted net asset value per share; then

• dividing that sum by the previous adjusted net asset value per share; and

• subtracting the percentage factor representing the mortality and expense risk fee and the variable account administrative charge from the result.

Because the net asset value of the fund may fluctuate, the accumulation unit value may increase or decrease. You bear all the investment risk in a subaccount.

Factors that affect subaccount accumulation units: Accumulation units may change in two ways — in number and in value.

The number of accumulation units you own may fluctuate due to:

• additional purchase payments you allocate to the subaccounts;

RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    27

• transfers into or out of the subaccounts (including any positive or negative MVA on amounts transferred from the GPAs);

• partial withdrawals;

• withdrawal charges;

and the deduction of a prorated portion of:

• the contract administrative charge; and

• the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit rider

– Performance Credit rider;

– Benefit Protector rider; and or

– Benefit Protector Plus rider.

Accumulation unit values will fluctuate due to:

• changes in fund net asset value;

• fund dividends distributed to the subaccounts;

• fund capital gains or losses;

• fund operating expenses; and

• mortality and expense risk fee and the variable account administrative charge.

Making the Most of Your Contract

Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging

Currently, you can use automated transfers to take advantage of dollar-cost averaging (investing a fixed amount at regular intervals). For example, you might transfer a set amount monthly from a relatively conservative subaccount to a more aggressive one, or to several others, or from the one-year fixed account or the two-year GPA (without a MVA) to one or more subaccounts. The three to ten year GPAs are not available for automated transfers. You can also obtain the benefits of dollar-cost averaging by setting up regular automatic SIP payments or by establishing an Interest Sweep strategy. Interest Sweeps are a monthly transfer of the interest earned from either the one-year fixed account or the two-year GPA into the subaccounts of your choice. If you participate in an Interest Sweep strategy the interest you earn will be less than the annual interest rate we apply because there will be no compounding. There is no charge for dollar-cost averaging.

This systematic approach can help you benefit from fluctuations in accumulation unit values caused by fluctuations in the market values of the funds. Since you invest the same amount each period, you automatically acquire more units when the market value falls and fewer units when it rises. The potential effect is to lower your average cost per unit.

How dollar-cost averaging works

By investing an equal number of dollars each month		Month	Amount invested	Accumulation unit value	Number of units purchased
		Jan	$100	$20	5.00
		Feb	100	18	5.56
you automatically buy more units when the per unit market price is low		Mar	100	17	5.88
	→	Apr	100	15	6.67
		May	100	16	6.25
		Jun	100	18	5.56
		Jul	100	17	5.88
and fewer units when the per unit market price is high.		Aug	100	19	5.26
	→	Sept	100	21	4.76
		Oct	100	20	5.00

You paid an average price of $17.91 per unit over the 10 months, while the average market price actually was $18.10.

Dollar-cost averaging does not guarantee that any subaccount will gain in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. Because dollar-cost averaging involves continuous investing, your success will depend upon your willingness to continue to invest regularly through periods of low price levels. Dollar-cost averaging can be an effective way to help meet your long-term goals. For specific features contact your investment professional.

28    RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Special Dollar-Cost Averaging (Special DCA) Program

If your net contract value⁽¹⁾ is at least $10,000, you can choose to participate in the Special DCA program. There is no charge for the Special DCA program. Under the Special DCA program, you can allocate a new purchase payment and any applicable purchase payment credit to a six-month or twelve-month Special DCA account.

You may only allocate a new purchase payment of at least $10,000 to a Special DCA account. You cannot transfer existing contract values into a Special DCA account. Each Special DCA account lasts for either six or twelve months (depending on the time period you select) from the time we receive your first purchase payment. We make monthly transfers of your total Special DCA account value into GPAs, the one-year fixed account and/or subaccounts you select over the time period you select (either six or twelve months). If you elect to transfer into a GPA, you must meet the $1,000 minimum required investment limitation for each transfer.

⁽¹⁾ “Net contract value” equals your current contract value plus any new purchase payment and purchase payment credit. If this is a new contract funded by purchase payments from multiple sources, we determine your net contract value based on the purchase payments, purchase payment credits, withdrawal requests and exchange requests submitted with your application.

We reserve the right to credit a lower interest rate to each Special DCA account if you select the GPAs or the one-year fixed account as part of your Special DCA transfers. We will change the interest rate on each Special DCA account from time to time at our discretion. From time to time, we may credit interest to the Special DCA account at promotional rates that are higher than those we credit to the one-year fixed account. We base these rates on competition and on the interest rate we are crediting to the one-year fixed account at the time of the change. Once we credit interest to a particular purchase payment and purchase payment credit, that rate does not change even if we change the rate we credit on new purchase payments or if your net contract value changes.

We credit each Special DCA account with current guaranteed annual rate that is in effect on the date we receive your purchase payment. However, we credit this annual rate over the six or twelve-month period on the balance remaining in your Special DCA account. Therefore, the net effective interest rate you receive is less than the stated annual rate. We do not credit this interest after we transfer the value out of the Special DCA account into the accounts you selected.

If you make additional purchase payments while a Special DCA account term is in progress, the amounts you allocate to an existing Special DCA account will be transferred out of the Special DCA account over the reminder of the term. If you are funding a Special DCA account from multiple sources, we apply each purchase payment and purchase payment credit to the account and credit interest on that purchase payment and purchase payment credit on the date we receive it. This means that all purchase payments and purchase payment credits may not be in the Special DCA account at the beginning of the six or twelve-month period. Therefore, you may receive less total interest than you would have if all your purchase payments and purchase payment credits were in the Special DCA account from the beginning. If we receive any of your multiple payments after the six or twelve-month period ends, you can either allocate those payments to a new Special DCA account (if available) or to any other accounts available under your contract.

You cannot participate in the Special DCA program if you are making payments under a Systematic Investment Plan. You may simultaneously participate in the Special DCA program and the asset-rebalancing program as long as your subaccount allocation is the same under both programs. If you elect to change your subaccount allocation under one program, we automatically will change it under the other program so they match. If you participate in more than one Special DCA account, the asset allocation for each account may be different as long as you are not also participating in the asset-rebalancing program.

You may terminate your participation in the Special DCA program at any time. If you do, we will not credit the current guaranteed annual interest rate on any remaining Special DCA account balance. We will transfer the remaining balance from your Special DCA account to the other accounts you selected for your DCA transfers or we will allocate it in any manner you specify. Similarly, if we cannot accept any additional purchase payments into the Special DCA program, we will allocate the purchase payments to the other accounts you selected for your DCA transfers or in any other manner you specify.

We can modify the terms or discontinue the Special DCA program at any time. Any modifications will not affect any purchase payments that are already in a Special DCA account. For more information on the Special DCA program, contact your investment professional.

The Special DCA program does not guarantee that any subaccount will gain in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. Because dollar-cost averaging involves continuous investing, your success will depend upon you willingness to continue to invest regularly through periods of low price levels. Dollar-cost averaging can be an effective way to help meet your long-term goals.

RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    29

Asset Rebalancing

You can ask us in writing to automatically rebalance the subaccount portion of your contract value either quarterly, semiannually, or annually. The period you select will start to run on the date we record your request. On the first valuation date of each of these periods, we automatically will rebalance your contract value so that the value in each subaccount matches your current subaccount percentage allocations. These percentage allocations must be in whole numbers. There is no charge for asset rebalancing. The contract value must be at least $2,000.

You can change your percentage allocations or your rebalancing period at any time by contacting us in writing. If you are also participating in the Special DCA program and you change your subaccount asset allocation for the asset rebalancing program, we will change your subaccount asset allocation under the Special DCA program to match. We will restart the rebalancing period you selected as of the date we record your change. You also can ask us in writing to stop rebalancing your contract value. You must allow 30 days for us to change any instructions that currently are in place. For more information on asset rebalancing, contact your investment professional.

Transferring Among Accounts

You may transfer contract value from any one subaccount, GPAs or the one-year fixed account, to another subaccount before annuity payouts begin. Certain restrictions apply to transfers involving the GPAs and the one-year fixed account.

The date your request to transfer will be processed depends on when and how we receive it:

For transfer requests received in writing:

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your transfer request.

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your transfer request.

For transfer requests received by phone:

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your transfer request.

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your transfer request.

There is no charge for transfers. Before making a transfer, you should consider the risks involved in changing investments. Transfers out of the GPAs will be subject to an MVA if done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period.

We may suspend or modify transfer privileges at any time.

For information on transfers after annuity payouts begin, see “Transfer policies” below.

Transfer policies

• Before annuity payouts begin, you may transfer contract values between the subaccounts, or from the subaccounts to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account at any time. However, if you made a transfer from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs, you may not make a transfer from any subaccount or GPA back to the one-year fixed account for six months following that transfer.

• It is our general policy to allow you to transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs once a year on or within 30 days before or after the contract anniversary (except for automated transfers, which can be set up at any time for certain transfer periods subject to certain minimums). Transfers from the one-year fixed account are not subject to a MVA. Until further notice, however, we have removed this restriction, and you may transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts at any time. We will inform you at least 30 days in advance of the day we intend to reimpose this restriction.

• You may transfer contract values from a GPA any time after 60 days of transfer or payment allocation to the account. Transfers made more than 30 days before the end of the Guarantee Period will receive a MVA*, which may result in a gain or loss of contract value.

• If we receive your request on or within 30 days before or after the contract anniversary date, the transfer from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs will be effective on the valuation date we receive it.

30    RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

•	Once annuity payouts begin, you may not make transfers to or from the one-year fixed account, but you may make transfers once per contract year among the subaccounts. During the annuity payout period, we reserve the right to limit the number of subaccounts in which you may invest.
•	Once annuity payouts begin, you may not make any transfers to the GPAs.
*	Unless the transfer is an automated transfer from the two-year GPA as part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep strategy.

Market Timing

Market timing can reduce the value of your investment in the contract. If market timing causes the returns of an underlying fund to suffer, contract value you have allocated to a subaccount that invests in that underlying fund will be lower too. Market timing can cause you, any joint owner of the contract and your beneficiary(ies) under the contract a financial loss.

We seek to prevent market timing. Market timing is frequent or short-term trading activity. We do not accommodate short-term trading activities. Do not buy a contract if you wish to use short-term trading strategies to manage your investment. The market timing policies and procedures described below apply to transfers among the subaccounts within the contract. The underlying funds in which the subaccounts invest have their own market timing policies and procedures. The market timing policies of the underlying funds may be more restrictive than the market timing policies and procedures we apply to transfers among the subaccounts of the contract, and may include redemption fees. We reserve the right to modify our market timing policies and procedures at any time without prior notice to you.

Market timing may hurt the performance of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests in several ways, including but not necessarily limited to:

• diluting the value of an investment in an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests;

• increasing the transaction costs and expenses of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests; and,

• preventing the investment adviser(s) of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests from fully investing the assets of the fund in accordance with the fund’s investment objectives.

Funds available as investment options under the contract that invest in securities that trade in overseas securities markets may be at greater risk of loss from market timing, as market timers may seek to take advantage of changes in the values of securities between the close of overseas markets and the close of U.S. markets. Also, the risks of market timing may be greater for underlying funds that invest in securities such as small cap stocks, high yield bonds, or municipal securities, that may be traded infrequently.

In order to help protect you and the underlying funds from the potentially harmful effects of market timing activity, we apply the following market timing policy to discourage frequent transfers of contract value among the subaccounts of the variable account:

We try to distinguish market timing from transfers that we believe are not harmful, such as periodic rebalancing for purposes of an asset allocation, dollar-cost averaging and asset rebalancing program that may be described in this prospectus. There is no set number of transfers that constitutes market timing. Even one transfer in related accounts may be market timing. We seek to restrict the transfer privileges of a contract owner who makes more than three subaccount transfers in any 90 day period. We also reserve the right to refuse any transfer request, if, in our sole judgment, the dollar amount of the transfer request would adversely affect unit values.

If we determine, in our sole judgment, that your transfer activity constitutes market timing, we may modify, restrict or suspend your transfer privileges to the extent permitted by applicable law, which may vary based on the state law that applies to your contract and the terms of your contract. These restrictions or modifications may include, but not be limited to:

• requiring transfer requests to be submitted only by first-class U.S. mail;

• not accepting hand-delivered transfer requests or requests made by overnight mail;

• not accepting telephone or electronic transfer requests;

• requiring a minimum time period between each transfer;

• not accepting transfer requests of an agent acting under power of attorney;

• limiting the dollar amount that you may transfer at any one time;

• suspending the transfer privilege; or

• modifying instructions under an automated transfer program to exclude a restricted fund if you do not provide new instructions.

Subject to applicable state law and the terms of each contract, we will apply the policy described above to all contract owners uniformly in all cases. We will notify you in writing after we impose any modification, restriction or suspension of your transfer rights.

RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    31

Because we exercise discretion in applying the restrictions described above, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to identify and restrict all market timing activity. In addition, state law and the terms of some contracts may prevent us from stopping certain market timing activity. Market timing activity that we are unable to identify and/or restrict may impact the performance of the underlying funds and may result in lower contract values.

In addition to the market timing policy described above, which applies to transfers among the subaccounts within your contract, you should carefully review the market timing policies and procedures of the underlying funds. The market timing policies and procedures of the underlying funds may be materially different than those we impose on transfers among the subaccounts within your contract and may include mandatory redemption fees as well as other measures to discourage frequent transfers. As an intermediary for the underlying funds, we are required to assist them in applying their market timing policies and procedures to transactions involving the purchase and exchange of fund shares. This assistance may include, but not be limited to, providing the underlying fund upon request with your Social Security Number, Taxpayer Identification Number or other United States government-issued identifier, and the details of your contract transactions involving the underlying fund. An underlying fund, in its sole discretion, may instruct us at any time to prohibit you from making further transfers of contract value to or from the underlying fund, and we must follow this instruction. We reserve the right to administer and collect on behalf of an underlying fund any redemption fee imposed by an underlying fund. Market timing policies and procedures adopted by underlying funds may affect your investment in the contract in several ways, including but not limited to:

• Each fund may restrict or refuse trading activity that the fund determines, in its sole discretion, represents market timing.

• Even if we determine that your transfer activity does not constitute market timing under the market timing policies described above which we apply to transfers you make under the contract, it is possible that the underlying fund’s market timing policies and procedures, including instructions we receive from a fund may require us to reject your transfer request. For example, while we will attempt to execute transfers permitted under any asset allocation, dollar-cost averaging and asset rebalancing programs that may be described in this prospectus, we cannot guarantee that an underlying fund’s market timing policies and procedures will do so. Orders we place to purchase fund shares for the variable account are subject to acceptance by the fund. We reserve the right to reject without prior notice to you any transfer request if the fund does not accept our order.

• Each underlying fund is responsible for its own market timing policies, and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to implement specific market timing policies and procedures that a fund has adopted. As a result, a fund’s returns might be adversely affected, and a fund might terminate our right to offer its shares through the variable account.

• Funds that are available as investment options under the contract may also be offered to other intermediaries who are eligible to purchase and hold shares of the fund, including without limitation, separate accounts of other insurance companies and certain retirement plans. Even if we are able to implement a fund’s market timing policies, we cannot guarantee that other intermediaries purchasing that same fund’s shares will do so, and the returns of that fund could be adversely affected as a result.

For more information about the market timing policies and procedures of an underlying fund, the risks that market timing pose to that fund, and to determine whether an underlying fund has adopted a redemption fee, see that fund’s prospectus.

How to request a Transfer or Withdrawal

11 By letter

Send your name, contract number, Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number* and signed request for a transfer or withdrawal to our Service Center:

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474

Minimum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	$500 or entire account balance

Maximum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	Contract value or entire account balance

* Failure to provide a Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number may result in mandatory tax withholding on the taxable portion of the distribution.

32    RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

22 By automated transfers and automated partial withdrawals

Your investment professional can help you set up automated transfers or partial withdrawals among your subaccounts, GPAs or the one-year fixed accounts.

You can start or stop this service by written request or other method acceptable to us.

You must allow 30 days for us to change any instructions that are currently in place.

• Automated transfers from the one-year fixed account to any one of the subaccounts may not exceed an amount that, if continued, would deplete the one-year fixed account within 12 months. Until further notice, however, we have removed this restriction, and you may transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts at any time. We will inform you at least 30 days in advance of the day we intend to reimpose this restriction.

• Automated withdrawals may be restricted by applicable law under some contracts.

• You may not make systematic purchase payments if automated partial withdrawals are in effect.

• Automated partial withdrawals may result in income taxes and penalties on all or part of the amount withdrawn.

Minimum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	$100 monthly
	$250 quarterly, semiannually or annually

33 By phone

Minimum amount

Call:

1-800-333-3437

Transfers or withdrawals: $500 or entire account balance

Maximum amount

Transfers:	Contract value or entire account balance
Withdrawals:	$100,000

We answer telephone requests promptly, but you may experience delays when the call volume is unusually high. If you are unable to get through, use the mail procedure as an alternative.

We will honor any telephone transfer or withdrawal requests that we believe are authentic and we will use reasonable procedures to confirm that they are. This includes asking identifying questions and recording calls. As long as we follow the procedures, we (and our affiliates) will not be liable for any loss resulting from fraudulent requests.

Telephone transfers and withdrawals are automatically available. You may request that telephone transfers and withdrawals not be authorized from your account by writing to us.

Withdrawals

You may withdraw all or part of your contract at any time before the retirement date by sending us a written request or calling us.

The date your withdrawal request will be processed depends on when and how we receive it:

For withdrawal requests received in writing:

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your withdrawal request.

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your withdrawal request.

For withdrawal requests received by phone:

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your withdrawal request.

RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    33

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your withdrawal request.

We may ask you to return the contract. You may have to pay a contract administrative charge, withdrawal charges or any applicable optional rider charges (see “Charges”), federal income taxes and penalties. State and local income taxes may also apply (see “Taxes”). In addition, purchase payment credits may be reversed. You cannot make withdrawals after annuity payouts begin except under Annuity Payout Plan E. (See “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Any partial withdrawals you take under the contract will reduce your contract value. As a result, the value of your death benefit or any optional benefits you have elected will also be reduced (see “Optional Benefits”). In addition, withdrawals you are required to take to satisfy RMDs under the Code may reduce the value of certain death benefits and optional benefits (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”).

Withdrawal Policies

If you have a balance in more than one account and you request a partial withdrawal, we will automatically withdraw from all your subaccounts, GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account in the same proportion as your value in each account correlates to your total contract value, unless requested otherwise. After executing a partial withdrawal, the value in each subaccount , one-year fixed account or GPA must be either zero or at least $50.

Receiving Payment

11 By regular or express mail

• payable to you;

• mailed to address of record.

NOTE: We will charge you a fee if you request express mail delivery.

22 By wire or other form of electronic payment

• request that payment be wired to your bank;

• pre-authorization required.

We may choose to permit you to have checks issued and delivered to an alternate payee or to an address other than your address of record. We may also choose to allow you to direct wires or other electronic payments to accounts owned by a third-party. We may have additional good order requirements that must be met prior to processing requests to make any payments to a party other than the owner or to an address other than the address of record. These requirements will be designed to ensure owner instructions are genuine and to prevent fraud.

Normally, we will send the payment within seven days after receiving your request in good order. However, we may postpone the payment if:

– the NYSE is closed, except for normal holiday and weekend closings;

– trading on the NYSE is restricted, according to SEC rules;

– an emergency, as defined by SEC rules, makes it impractical to sell securities or value the net assets of the accounts; or

– the SEC permits us to delay payment for the protection of security holders.

We may also postpone payment of the amount attributable to a purchase payment as part of the total withdrawal amount until cleared from the originating financial institution.

A Special Note on Cybersecurity Risks

Cybersecurity and Systems Integrity

Increasingly, businesses are dependent on the continuity, security, and effective operation of various technology systems. The nature of our business depends on the continued effective operation of our systems and those of our business partners.

This dependence makes us susceptible to operational and information security risks from cyber-attacks. These risks may include the following:

• the corruption or destruction of data;

34    RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• theft, misuse or dissemination of data to the public, including your information we hold; and

• denial of service attacks on our website or other forms of attacks on our systems and the software and hardware we use to run them.

These attacks and their consequences can negatively impact your contract, your privacy, your ability to conduct transactions on your contract, or your ability to receive timely service from us. There can be no assurance that we, the underlying funds in your contract, or our other business partners will avoid losses affecting your contract due to any successful cyber-attacks or information security breaches.

TSA–Special Provisions

Participants in Tax-Sheltered Annuities

If the contract is intended to be used in connection with an employer sponsored 403(b) plan, additional rules relating to this contract can be found in the annuity endorsement for tax sheltered 403(b) annuities. Unless we have made special arrangements with your employer, the contract is not intended for use in connection with an employer sponsored 403(b) plan that is subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”). In the event that the employer either by affirmative election or inadvertent action causes contributions under a plan that is subject to ERISA to be made to this contract, we will not be responsible for any obligations and requirements under ERISA and the regulations thereunder, unless we have prior written agreement with the employer. You should consult with your employer to determine whether your 403(b) plan is subject to ERISA.

In the event we have a written agreement with your employer to administer the plan pursuant to ERISA, special rules apply as set forth in the TSA endorsement.

The employer must comply with certain nondiscrimination requirements for certain types of contributions under a TSA contract to be excluded from taxable income. You should consult your employer to determine whether the nondiscrimination rules apply to you.

The Code imposes certain restrictions on your right to receive early distributions from a TSA:

• Distributions attributable to salary reduction contributions (plus earnings) made after Dec. 31, 1988, or to transfers or rollovers from other contracts, may be made from the TSA only if:

– you are at least age 59½;

– you are disabled as defined in the Code;

– you severed employment with the employer who purchased the contract;

– the distribution is because of your death;

– the distribution is due to plan termination; or

– you are a qualifying military reservist.

• If you encounter a financial hardship (as provided by the Code), you may be eligible to receive a distribution of all contract values attributable to salary reduction contributions made after Dec. 31, 1988, but not the earnings on them.

• Even though a distribution may be permitted under the above rules, it may be subject to IRS taxes and penalties (see “Taxes”)

• The above restrictions on distributions do not affect the availability of the amount credited to the contract as of Dec. 31, 1988. The restrictions also do not apply to transfers or exchanges of contract value within the contract, or to another registered variable annuity contract or investment vehicle available through the employer.

Changing Ownership

You may change ownership of your nonqualified annuity at any time by completing a change of ownership form we approve and sending it to our Service Center. The change will become binding on us when we receive and record it. We will honor any change of ownership request received in good order that we believe is authentic and we will use reasonable procedures to confirm authenticity. If we follow these procedures, we will not take any responsibility for the validity of the change.

If you have a nonqualified annuity, you may incur income tax liability by transferring, assigning or pledging any part of it. (See “Taxes.”)

If you have a qualified annuity, you may not sell, assign, transfer, discount or pledge your contract as collateral for a loan, or as security for the performance of an obligation or for any other purpose except as required or permitted by the Code. However, if the owner is a trust or custodian, or an employer acting in a similar capacity, ownership of the contract may be transferred to the annuitant.

RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    35

Please consider carefully whether or not you wish to change ownership of your annuity contract. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, the new owner and annuitant will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract.

Benefits in Case of Death

There are two death benefit options under this contract: the Return of Purchase Payment Death Benefit (ROP) and the Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV) Death Benefit Rider. If either you or the annuitant are 80 or older at contract issue, we require the ROP death benefit. If both you and the annuitant are 79 or younger at contract issue, you can elect either the ROP death benefit or the MAV death benefit rider (if it is available in your state) on your application. Once you elect a death benefit option, you cannot change it. We show the option that applies in your contract. The death benefit option that applies determines the mortality and expense risk fee that is assessed against the subaccounts. (See “Charges — Mortality and Expense Risk Fee.”)

Under either death benefit, we will pay the death benefit to your beneficiary upon the earlier of your death or the annuitant’s death if you die before the retirement start date while this contract is in force. We will base the benefit paid on the death benefit coverage you selected when you purchased the contract. If a contract has more than one person as the owner, we will pay benefits upon the first to die of any owner or the annuitant.

Return of Purchase Payments (ROP) Death Benefit

The ROP death benefit is intended to help protect your beneficiaries financially in that they will never receive less than your purchase payments adjusted for withdrawals. If you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary the greater of these two values less any purchase payment credits subject to reversal,, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value; or
2.	total purchase payments plus purchase payments credits applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals.

Adjusted partial withdrawals for the ROP or MAV death benefit	=	PW × DB
		CV

PW	=	the amount by which the contract value is reduced as a result of the partial withdrawal.
DB	=	the death benefit on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.
CV	=	contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.

Example

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000.

• On the first contract anniversary you make an additional purchase payment of $5,000.

• During the second contract year the contract value falls to $28,000. You take a $1,500 partial withdrawal leaving a contract value of $26,500.

• During the third contract year the contract value falls to $25,000.

We calculate the ROP death benefit as follows:
Contract value at death:			$25,000.00
Purchase payments and purchase payment credits minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments and purchase payment credits:		$30,000.00
	minus ROP adjusted partial withdrawals calculated as:
	$1,500 × $30,000	=	–1,607.14
	$28,000
	for a death benefit of:		$28,392.86
The ROP death benefit calculated as the greatest of these two values:				$28,392.86

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV) Death Benefit

The MAV death benefit is intended to help protect your beneficiaries financially while your investments have the opportunity to grow. The MAV death benefit does not provide any additional benefit before the first contract anniversary and it may not be appropriate for issue ages 75 to 79 because the benefit values may be limited after age 81. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether or not the MAV death benefit is appropriate for your situation.

36    RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The MAV death benefit provides that if you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary the greatest of these three values less any purchase payment credits subject to reversal,, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments plus purchase payment credits applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals; or
3.	the maximum anniversary value immediately preceding the date of death plus any purchase payments and purchase payment credits since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals since that anniversary.

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV): We calculate the MAV on each contract anniversary through age 80. There is no MAV prior to the first contract anniversary. On the first contract anniversary we set the MAV equal to the highest of: (a) your current contract value, or (b) total purchase payments and purchase payment credits minus adjusted partial withdrawals. Every contract anniversary after that, through age 80, we compare the previous anniversary’s MAV (plus any purchase payments and purchase payment credits since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals since that anniversary) to the current contract value and we reset the MAV if the current contract value is higher. We stop resetting the MAV after you or the annuitant reach age 81. However, we continue to add subsequent purchase payments and purchase payment credits and subtract adjusted partial withdrawals from the MAV.

Example

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $20,000.

• On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $24,000.

• During the second contract year the contract value falls to $22,000, at which point you take a $1,500 partial withdrawal, leaving a contract value of $20,500.

We calculate the MAV death benefit as follows:
Contract value at death:			$20,500.00
Purchase payments and purchase payment credits minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments and purchase payment credits:		$20,000.00
	minus the death benefit adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $20,000	=	–1,363.64
	$22,000
	for a death benefit of:		$18,636.36
The MAV immediately preceding the date of death plus any payments made since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Greatest of your contract anniversary contract values:		$24,000.00
	plus purchase payments and purchase payment credits made since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus the death benefit adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $24,000	=	–1,636.36
	$22,000
	for a death benefit of:		$22,363.64
The MAV death benefit, calculated as the greatest of these three values:				$22,363.64

If You Die Before Your Retirement Date

When paying the beneficiary, we will process the death claim on the valuation date our death claim requirements are fulfilled. We will determine the contract’s value using the accumulation unit value we calculate on that valuation date. We pay interest, if any, at a rate no less than required by law. We will mail payment to the beneficiary within seven days after our death claim requirements are fulfilled.

Nonqualified annuities

If your spouse is sole beneficiary and you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. To do this your spouse must give us written instructions to continue the contract as owner. There will be no withdrawal charges on the contract from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, your spouse and the new annuitant (if applicable) will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract. The GMIB rider and Benefit Protector Plus rider, if selected, will terminate. Continuance of the Benefit Protector rider is optional. (See “Optional Benefits.”)

RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    37

If your beneficiary is not your spouse, we will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless you give us other written instructions. Generally, we must fully distribute the death benefit within five years of your death. However, the beneficiary may receive payouts under any annuity payout plan available under this contract if:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin no later than one year after your death, or other date as permitted by the IRS; and

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy.

Qualified annuities

•	Spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if your spouse is the sole beneficiary, your spouse may either elect to treat the contract as his/her own, so long as he or she is eligible to do so, or elect an annuity payout plan or another plan agreed to by us. If your spouse elects a payout option, the payouts must begin no later than the year in which you would have reached age 72 (age 701/2 if the death occurred before Jan. 1, 2020). If you attained age 72 at the time of death, payouts must begin no later than Dec. 31 of the year following the year of your death.
	Your spouse may elect to assume ownership of the contract at any time before annuity payouts begin. If your spouse elects to assume ownership of the contract, the contract value will be equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. There will be no withdrawal charges on the contract from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, your spouse and the new annuitant (if applicable) will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract. The GMIB rider and Benefit Protector Plus rider, if selected, will terminate. Continuance of the Benefit Protector rider is optional. (See “Optional Benefits.”)
•	Non-spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if death occurs on or after Jan. 1, 2020, the beneficiary is required to withdraw his or her entire inherited interest within 10 years of the time of death of the owner unless they qualify as an “eligible designated beneficiary.” Eligible designated beneficiaries may continue to take proceeds out over their life expectancy. Eligible designated beneficiaries include:

• the surviving spouse;

• a lawful child of the owner under the age of majority (remaining amount must be withdrawn within 10 years, once the child reaches the age of majority);

• disabled within the meaning of Code section 72(m)(7);

• chronically ill within the meaning of Code section 7702B(c)(2);

• any other person who is not more than 10 years younger than the owner.

However, non-natural beneficiaries, such as estates and charities, are subject to a five-year rule to distribute the IRA. We will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless the beneficiary elects to receive payouts under a payout plan available under this contract and:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin, no later than one year following the year of your death; and

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy for an eligible designated beneficiary. (Payout plans are limited if the beneficiary is not an eligible designated beneficiary.)

• Spouse and Non-spouse beneficiary: If a beneficiary elects an alternative payment plan which is an inherited IRA, all optional death benefits and living benefits will terminate. In the event of your beneficiary’s death, their beneficiary can elect to take a lump sum payment or annuitize the contract to deplete it within 10 years of your beneficiary’s death

• Annuity payout plan: If you elect an annuity payout plan, the payouts to your beneficiary may continue depending on the annuity payout plan you elect, subject to adjustment to comply with the IRS rules and regulations.

How we handle contracts under unclaimed property laws

Every state has unclaimed property laws which generally declare annuity contracts to be abandoned after a period of inactivity of one to five years from either 1) the contract’s maturity date (the latest day on which income payments may begin under the contract) or 2) the date the death benefit is due and payable. If a contract matures or we determine a death benefit is payable, we will use our best efforts to locate you or designated beneficiaries. If we are unable to locate you or a beneficiary, proceeds will be paid to the abandoned property division or unclaimed property office of the state in which the beneficiary or you last resided, as shown in our books and records, or to our state of domicile. Generally, this surrender of property to the state is commonly referred to as “escheatment”. To avoid escheatment, and ensure an effective process for your beneficiaries, it is important that your personal address and beneficiary designations are up to date, including complete names, date of birth, current addresses and phone numbers, and taxpayer identification numbers for each beneficiary. Updates to your address or beneficiary designations should be sent to our Service Center.

38    RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Escheatment may also be required by law if a known beneficiary fails to demand or present an instrument or document to claim the death benefit in a timely manner, creating a presumption of abandonment. If your beneficiary steps forward (with the proper documentation) to claim escheated annuity proceeds, the state is obligated to pay any such proceeds it is holding.

For nonqualified annuities, non-spousal death benefits are generally required to be distributed and taxed within five years from the date of death of the owner/annuitant or the unclaimed death benefits will be presumed abandoned and subject to escheatment.

Optional Benefits

The assets held in our general account support the guarantees under your contract, including optional death benefits and optional living benefits. To the extent that we are required to pay you amounts in addition to your contract value under these benefits, such amounts will come from our general account assets. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of insurance and financial products as well, and we also pay our obligations under these products from assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account.

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector)

The Benefit Protector is intended to provide an additional benefit to your beneficiary to help offset expenses after your death such as funeral expenses or federal and state taxes. This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge (see “Charges”). The Benefit Protector provides reduced benefits if you or the annuitant are 70 or older at the rider effective date and it does not provide any additional benefit before the first rider anniversary.

If this rider is available in your state and both you and the annuitant are 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the Benefit Protector to your contract. You must elect the Benefit Protector at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date. You may not select this rider if you select the Benefit Protector Plus Rider. We reserve the right to discontinue offering the Benefit Protector for new contracts.

Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract. Since the benefit paid by the rider is determined by the amount of earnings at death, the amount of the benefit paid may be reduced as a result of taking required minimum distributions (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Be sure to discuss with your investment professional and tax advisor whether or not the Benefit Protector is appropriate for your situation.

The Benefit Protector provides that if you or the annuitant die after the first contract anniversary, but before annuity payouts begin, and while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary:

• the applicable death benefit, plus:

• 40% of your earnings at death if you and the annuitant were under age 70 on the rider effective date, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old; or

• 15% of your earnings at death if you or the annuitant were 70 or older on the rider effective date, up to a maximum of 37.5% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old.

Earnings at death:for purposes of the Benefit Protector and Benefit Protector Plus riders, this is an amount equal to the applicable death benefit minus purchase payments not previously withdrawn. The earnings at death may not be less than zero and may not be more than 250% of the purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old.

Terminating the Benefit Protector

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of any rider anniversary beginning with the seventh rider anniversary.

• The rider will terminate when you make a full withdrawal from the contract or when annuity payouts begin.

Example of the Benefit Protector

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and you and the annuitant are under age 70. We add a $1,000 purchase payment credit to your contract. You select the MAV death benefit rider.

• During the first contract year the contract value grows to $105,000. The death benefit under the MAV death benefit rider equals the contract value, less any purchase payment credits added to the contract in the last 12 months, or $104,000. You have not reached the first contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector does not provide any additional benefit at this time.

RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    39

• On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death
(MAV death benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000

• On the second contract anniversary the contract value falls to $105,000. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (MAV):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000

• During the third contract year the contract value remains at $105,000 and you request a partial withdrawal of $50,000, including the applicable 7% withdrawal charge. We will withdraw $10,500 from your contract value free of charge (10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value). The remainder of the withdrawal is subject to a 7% withdrawal charge because your contract is in its third year of the withdrawal charge schedule, so we will withdraw $39,500 ($36,735 + $2,765 in withdrawal charges) from your contract value. Altogether, we will withdraw $50,000 and pay you $47,235. We calculate purchase payments not previously withdrawn as $100,000 – $45,000 = $55,000 (remember that $5,000 of the partial withdrawal is contract earnings). The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (MAV adjusted for partial withdrawals):	$57,619
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death):
0.40 × ($57,619 – $55,000) =	+1,048
Total death benefit of:	$58,667

• On the third contract anniversary the contract value falls to $40,000. The death benefit equals the previous death benefit. The reduction in contract value has no effect.

• On the ninth contract anniversary the contract value grows to a new high of $200,000. Earnings at death reaches its maximum of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old.

The death benefit equals:
MAV death benefit (contract value):	$200,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old)	+55,000
Total death benefit of:	$255,000

• During the tenth contract year you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000. Your new contract value is now $250,000. The new purchase payment is less than one year old and so it has no effect on the Benefit Protector value. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old)	+55,000
Total death benefit of:	$305,000

• During the eleventh contract year the contract value remains $250,000 and the “new” purchase payment is one year old and the value of the Benefit Protector changes. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (MAV death benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($250,000 – $105,000) =	+58,000
Total death benefit of:	$308,000

If your spouse is the sole beneficiary and you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner. Your spouse and the new annuitant will be subject to all the limitations and restrictions of the rider just as if they were purchasing a new contract. If your spouse and the new annuitant do not qualify for the rider on the basis of age we will terminate the rider. If they do qualify for the rider on the basis of age we will set the contract value equal to the

40    RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

death benefit that would otherwise have been paid and we will substitute this new contract value on the date of death for “purchase payments not previously withdrawn” used in calculating earnings at death. Your spouse also has the option of discontinuing the Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider within 30 days of the date of death.

NOTE: For special tax considerations associated with the Benefit Protector, see “Taxes.”

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus)

The Benefit Protector Plus is intended to provide an additional benefit to your beneficiary to help offset expenses after your death such as funeral expenses or federal and state taxes. This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge (see “Charges”). The Benefit Protector Plus provides reduced benefits if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older at the rider effective date. It does not provide any additional benefit before the first rider anniversary and it does not provide any benefit beyond what is offered under the Benefit Protector rider during the second rider year.

If this rider is available in your state and both you and the annuitant are age 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the Benefit Protector Plus to you contract. You must elect the Benefit Protector Plus at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date. This rider is only available for transfers, exchanges or rollovers from another annuity or life insurance policy. You may not select this rider if you select the Benefit Protector rider. Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Since the benefit paid by the rider is determined by the amount of earnings at death, the amount of the benefit paid may be reduced as a result of taking any withdrawals including RMDs. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional and tax advisor whether or not the Benefit Protector Plus is appropriate for your situation.

The Benefit Protector Plus provides that if you or the annuitant die after the first rider anniversary, but before annuity payouts begin, and while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary:

• the benefits payable under the Benefit Protector described above, plus

• a percentage of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue not previously withdrawn as follows:

Rider Year	Percentage if you and the annuitant are under age 70 on the rider effective date	Percentage if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older on the rider effective date
One and Two	0%	0%
Three and Four	10%	3.75%
Five or more	20%	7.5%

Another way to describe the benefits payable under the Benefit Protector Plus rider is as follows:

• the applicable death benefit plus:

Rider Year	If you and the annuitant are under age 70 on the rider effective date, add…	If you or the annuitant are age 70 or older on the rider effective date, add…
One	Zero	Zero
Two	40% × earnings at death (see above)	15% × earnings at death
Three & Four	40% × (earnings at death + 25% of initial purchase payment*)	15% × (earnings at death + 25% of initial purchase payment*)
Five or more	40% × (earnings at death + 50% of initial purchase payment*)	15% × (earnings at death + 50% of initial purchase payment*)

* Initial purchase payments are payments made within 60 days of rider issue not previously withdrawn.

Terminating the Benefit Protector Plus

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of any rider anniversary beginning with the seventh rider anniversary.

• The rider will terminate when you make a full withdrawal from the contract or when annuity payouts begin.

Example of the Benefit Protector Plus

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and you and the annuitant are under age 70. We add a $1,000 purchase payment credit to your contract. You select the MAV death benefit.

• During the first contract year the contract value grows to $105,000. The death benefit equals MAV death benefit, which is the contract value, less any purchase payment credits added to the contract in the last 12 months, or $104,000. You have not reached the first contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector Plus does not provide any additional benefit at this time.

RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    41

• On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. You have not reached the second contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector Plus does not provide any additional benefit beyond what is provided by the Benefit Protector at this time. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (MAV rider minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000

• On the second contract anniversary the contract value falls to $105,000. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (MAV):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death:
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
plus 10% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:
0.10 × $100,000 =	+10,000
Total death benefit of:	$124,000

• During the third contract year the contract value remains at $105,000 and you request a partial withdrawal of $50,000, including the applicable 7% withdrawal charge. We will withdraw $10,500 from your contract value free of charge (10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value). The remainder of the withdrawal is subject to a 7% withdrawal charge because your payment is in its third year of the withdrawal charge schedule, so we will withdraw $39,500 ($36,735 + $2,765 in withdrawal charges) from your contract value. Altogether, we will withdraw $50,000 and pay you $47,235. We calculate purchase payments not previously withdrawn as $100,000 – $45,000 = $55,000 (remember that $5,000 of the partial withdrawal is contract earnings). The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (MAV adjusted for partial withdrawals):	$57,619
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death:
0.40 × ($57,619 – $55,000) =	+1,048
plus 10% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:
0.10 × $55,000 =	+5,500
Total death benefit of:	$64,167

• On the third contract anniversary the contract value falls to $40,000. The death benefit equals the death benefit paid during the third contract year. The reduction in contract value has no effect.

• On the ninth contract anniversary the contract value grows to a new high of $200,000. Earnings at death reaches its maximum of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old. Because we are beyond the fourth contract anniversary the Benefit Protector Plus also reaches its maximum of 20%. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$200,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old	+55,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:
0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$266,000

• During the tenth contract year you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000 and we add a purchase payment credit of $500. Your new contract value is now $250,000. The new purchase payment is less than one year old and so it has no effect on the Benefit Protector Plus value. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value less any purchase payment credits added in the last 12 months):	$249,500
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old	+55,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:
0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$ 315,500

42    RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• During the eleventh contract year the contract value remains $250,000 and the “new” purchase payment is one year old. The value of the Benefit Protector Plus remains constant. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (MAV rider minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($250,000 – $105,000) =	+58,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:
0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$319,000

If your spouse is sole beneficiary and you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. We will then terminate the Benefit Protector Plus and substitute the applicable death benefit (see “Benefits in Case of Death”).

NOTE: For special tax considerations associated with the Benefit Protector Plus, see “Taxes.”

Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB)

The GMIB is intended to provide you with a guaranteed minimum lifetime income regardless of the volatility inherent in the investments in the subaccounts. If the annuitant is between age 73 and age 75 at contract issue, you should consider whether the GMIB is appropriate for your situation because:

•	you must hold the GMIB for 7 years;
•	the GMIB rider terminates* 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday;
•	you can only exercise the GMIB within 30 days after a contract anniversary;
•	the MAV we use in the GMIB benefit base to calculate annuity payouts under the GMIB is limited after age 81; and
•	there are additional costs associated with the rider.
*	The rider and annual fee terminate 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday, however, if you exercise the GMIB rider before this time, your benefits will continue according to the annuity payout plan you have selected.

Be sure to discuss whether or not the GMIB is appropriate for your situation with your investment professional.

If you are purchasing the contract as a qualified annuity, such as an IRA, and you are planning to begin annuity payouts after the date on which minimum distributions required by the IRS must begin, you should consider whether the GMIB is appropriate for you. Partial withdrawals you take from the contract, including those taken to satisfy required minimum distributions, will reduce the GMIB benefit base (defined below), which in turn may reduce or eliminate the amount of any annuity payments available under the rider (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Consult a tax advisor before you purchase any GMIB with a qualified annuity, such as an IRA.

If this rider is available in your state and the annuitant is 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add this optional benefit at the time you purchase your contract for an additional annual charge (see “Charges”). You cannot select the GMIB if you add the Performance Credit Rider to your contract. You must elect the GMIB along with the MAV rider at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date.

In some instances we may allow you to add the GMIB to your contract at a later date if it was not available when you initially purchased your contract. In these instances, we would add the GMIB on the next contract anniversary and this would become the rider effective date. For purposes of calculating the GMIB benefit base under these circumstances, we consider the contract value on the rider effective date to be the initial purchase payment; we disregard all previous purchase payments, purchase payment credits, transfers and withdrawals in the GMIB calculations.

Investment selection under the GMIB: You may allocate your purchase payments and purchase payment credits or transfers to any of the subaccounts, the GPAs or the one-year fixed account. However, we reserve the right to limit the amount you allocate to subaccounts investing in the Columbia Variable Portfolio – Cash Management Fund to 10% of the total amount in the subaccounts. If we are required to activate this restriction, and you have more than 10% of your subaccount value in this fund, we will send you a notice and ask that you reallocate your contract value so that the 10% limitation is satisfied within 60 days. We will terminate the GMIB if you have not satisfied the limitation after 60 days.

Exercising the GMIB

• you may only exercise the GMIB within 30 days after any contract anniversary following the expiration of a seven-year waiting period from the rider effective date.

• the annuitant on the retirement date must be between 50 and 86 years old.

• you can only take an annuity payout under one of the following annuity payout plans:

– Plan A — Life Annuity – no refund

RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    43

– Plan B — Life Annuity with ten years certain

– Plan D — Joint and last survivor life annuity – no refund

• you may change the annuitant for the payouts.

When you exercise your GMIB, you may select a fixed or variable annuity payout plan. Fixed annuity payouts are calculated using the annuity purchase rates based on the “1983 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” with 100% Projection Scale G and an interest rate of 3%. Your annuity payouts remain fixed for the lifetime of the annuity payout period.

First year variable annuity payouts are calculated in the same manner as fixed annuity payouts. Once calculated, your annuity payouts remain unchanged for the first year. After the first year, subsequent annuity payouts are variable and depend on the performance of the subaccounts you select. Variable annuity payouts after the first year are calculated using the following formula:

Pt-1(1 + i)	= Pt
1.05

Pt–1	=	prior annuity payout
Pt	=	current annuity payout
i	=	annualized subaccount performance

Each subsequent variable annuity payout could be more or less than the previous variable annuity payout if the subaccount investment performance is greater or less than the 5% assumed investment rate. If your subaccount performance equals 5%, your annuity payout will be unchanged from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount performance is in excess of 5%, your variable annuity payout will increase from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount investment performance is less than 5%, your variable annuity payout will decrease from the previous annuity payout.

The GMIB benchmarks the contract growth at each anniversary against several comparison values and sets the GMIB benefit base (described below) equal to the largest value. The GMIB benefit base, less any applicable premium tax, is the value we apply to the guaranteed annuity purchase rates stated in Table B of the contract to calculate the minimum annuity payouts you will receive if you exercise the GMIB. If the GMIB benefit base is greater than the contract value, the GMIB may provide a higher annuity payout level than is otherwise available. However, the GMIB uses guaranteed annuity purchase rates which may result in annuity payouts that are less than those using the annuity purchase rates that we will apply at annuitization under the standard contract provisions. Therefore, the level of income provided by the GMIB may be less than the income the contract otherwise provides. If the annuity payouts through the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available through the GMIB, you will receive the higher standard payout option. The GMIB does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

GMIB benefit base: If the GMIB is effective at contract issue, the GMIB benefit base is the greatest of:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments and purchase payment credits minus adjusted partial withdrawals; or
3.	the MAV at the last contract anniversary plus any payments and purchase payment credits since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals since that anniversary.

Keep in mind that the MAV is limited after age 81.

We reserve the right to exclude from the GMIB benefit base any purchase payments and purchase payment credits you make in the five years before you exercise the GMIB. We would do so only if such payments and credits total $50,000 or more or if they are 25% or more of total contract payments and credits. If we exercise this right, we subtract each payment and purchase payment credit adjusted for market value from the contract value and the MAV.

For each payment and purchase payment credit, we calculate the market value adjustment to the contract value and the MAV as:

PMT × CVG

ECV

PMT	=	each purchase payment and purchase payment credit made in the five years before you exercise the GMIB.
CVG	=	current contract value at the time you exercise the GMIB.
ECV	=	the estimated contract value on the anniversary prior to the payment in question. We assume that all payments, purchase payment credits and partial withdrawals occur at the beginning of a contract year.

Terminating the GMIB

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days after the first rider anniversary.

44    RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• You may terminate the rider any time after the seventh rider anniversary.

• The rider will terminate on the date:

– you make a full withdrawal from the contract;

– a death benefit is payable; or

– you choose to begin taking annuity payouts under the regular contract provisions.

•	The GMIB rider will terminate* 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday.
*	The rider and annual fee terminate 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday, however, if you exercise the GMIB rider before this time, your benefits will continue according to the annuity payout plan you have selected.

Example

You purchase the contract during the 2003 calendar year with a payment of $100,000 and we add a $1,000 purchase payment credit to your contract. You allocate all your purchase payments and purchase payment credits to the subaccounts.

There are no additional purchase payments and no partial withdrawals.

Assume the annuitant is male and age 55 at contract issue. For the joint and last survivor option (annuity payout Plan D), the joint annuitant is female and age 55 at contract issue. Taking into account fluctuations in contract value due to market conditions, we calculate the GMIB benefit base as:

Contract anniversary	Contract value	Purchase payments	MAV	GMIB benefit base
1	$107,000	$101,000	$107,000
2	125,000	101,000	125,000
3	132,000	101,000	132,000
4	150,000	101,000	150,000
5	85,000	101,000	150,000
6	120,000	101,000	150,000
7	138,000	101,000	150,000	$150,000
8	152,000	101,000	152,000	152,000
9	139,000	101,000	152,000	152,000
10	126,000	101,000	152,000	152,000
11	138,000	101,000	152,000	152,000
12	147,000	101,000	152,000	152,000
13	163,000	101,000	163,000	163,000
14	159,000	101,000	163,000	163,000
15	215,000	101,000	215,000	215,000

NOTE: The MAV is limited after age 81, but, the GMIB benefit base may increase if the contract value increases. However, you should keep in mind that you are always entitled to annuitize using the contract value without exercising the GMIB.

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after a contract anniversary, the payout under a fixed annuity option (which is the same as the minimum payout for the first year under a variable annuity option) would be:

Contract anniversary at exercise	GMIB benefit base	Plan A – life annuity — no refund	Minimum Guaranteed Monthly Income
			Plan B – life annuity with ten years certain	Plan D – joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund
10	$152,000 (MAV)	$ 785.84	$ 766.08	$ 627.76
15	215,000 (Contract Value = MAV)	1,272.80	1,212.60	984.70

The payouts above are shown at guaranteed annuity rates of 3% as stated in Table B of the contract. Payouts under the standard provisions of this contract will be based on our annuity rates in effect at annuitization and are guaranteed to be greater than or equal to the guaranteed annuity rates stated in Table B of the contract. The fixed annuity payout available under the standard provisions of this contract would be at least as great as shown below:

Contract anniversary at exercise	Contract value	Plan A – life annuity — no refund	Plan B – life annuity with ten years certain	Plan D – joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund
10	$126,000	$651.42	$635.04	$520.38

RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    45

Contract anniversary at exercise	Contract value	Plan A – life annuity — no refund	Plan B – life annuity with ten years certain	Plan D – joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund
15	215,000	1,272.80	1,212.60	984.70

In this example, at the 15th contract anniversary you would not experience a benefit from the GMIB as the payout available to you is equal to or less than the payout available under the standard provisions of the contract.

Remember that after the first year, lifetime income payouts under a variable annuity payout option will depend on the investment performance of the subaccounts you select. If your subaccount performance is 5%, your annuity payout will be unchanged from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount performance is in excess of 5%, your variable annuity payout will increase from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount investment performance is less than 5%, your variable annuity payout will decrease from the previous annuity payout.

Performance Credit Rider (PCR)

The PCR is intended to provide you with an additional benefit if your earnings are less than the target value on the tenth rider anniversary (see below). This is an optional benefit you may select for an additional charge (see “Charges”). The PCR does not provide any additional benefit before the tenth rider anniversary and it may not be appropriate for issue ages 75 or older due to this required holding period. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether or not the PCR is appropriate for your situation.

If the PCR is available in your state, you may choose to add this benefit to your contract at issue. You cannot add the PCR if you select the GMIB rider option. In some instances we may allow you to add the PCR to your contract at a later date if it was not available when you initially purchased your contract. In these instances, we would add the PCR on the next contract anniversary and this would become the rider effective date. For purposes of calculating the target value under these circumstances, we consider the contract value on the rider effective date to be the first contract year’s purchase payments and purchase payment credits.

Investment selection under the PCR: You may allocate your purchase payments and purchase payment credits or transfers to any of the subaccounts, the GPAs or the one-year fixed account. However, we reserve the right to limit the aggregate amount in the GPAs and the one-year fixed account and amounts you allocate to subaccounts investing in the Columbia Variable Portfolio – Cash Management Fund to 10% of your total contract value. If we are required to activate this restriction, and you have more than 10% of your contract value in these accounts, we will send you a notice and ask that you reallocate your contract value so that the 10% limitation is satisfied within 60 days. We will terminate the PCR if you have not satisfied the limitation after 60 days.

Target value: We calculate the target value on each rider anniversary. There is no target value prior to the first rider anniversary. On the first rider anniversary we set the target value equal to your first year’s purchase payments and purchase payment credits minus the target value adjusted partial withdrawals accumulated at an annual effective rate of 7.2%. Every rider anniversary after that, we recalculate the target value by accumulating the prior anniversary’s target value and any additional purchase payments and purchase payment credits minus the target value adjusted partial withdrawals at an annual effective rate of 7.2%.

Target value adjusted partial withdrawals	=	PW × TV
		CV

PW	=	the partial withdrawal including any applicable withdrawal charge or MVA.
TV	=	the target value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.
CV	=	contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.

46    RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Exercising the PCR: We will inform you if your contract value did not meet or exceed the target value after your tenth rider anniversary. If your contract value is less than the target value on the tenth rider anniversary you can choose either of the following benefits:

Option A)  You may choose to accept a PCR credit to your contract equal to:

5% × (PP – PCRPW – PP5)

PP	=	total purchase payments and purchase payment credits.
PCRPW	=	PCR adjusted partial withdrawals. The PCR adjusted partial withdrawal amount is an adjustment we make to determine the proportionate amount of any partial withdrawal attributable to purchase payments received five or more years before the target value is calculated (on the tenth year rider anniversary). For a more detailed description of the PCR adjusted partial withdrawal please see Appendix A.
PP5	=	purchase payments and purchase payment credits made in the prior five years. We apply the PCR credit to your contract on the tenth rider anniversary and allocate it among the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and subaccounts according to your current asset allocation.

Option B)  You may choose to begin receiving annuity payouts (only with lifetime income plans; you may not choose Annuity Payout Plan E) within 60 days of the tenth rider anniversary and receive an additional 5% PCR credit (for a total PCR credit of 10%) as calculated in (a).

We will assume that you elected PCR Option A unless we receive your request to begin a lifetime annuity payout plan within 60 days after the tenth rider anniversary.

If you select PCR Option A, we will restart the ten-year calculation period for the PCR on the tenth rider anniversary and every ten years after that while you own the contract. We use the contract value (including any credits) on that anniversary as your first contract year’s payments for calculating the target value and any applicable PCR credit. We may then apply additional PCR credits to your contract at the end of each ten-year period as described above.

PCR reset: You can elect to lock in your contract growth by restarting the ten-year PCR calculation period on any contract anniversary. If you elect to restart the calculation period, the contract value on the restart date is used as the first year’s payments and credits for the calculating the target value and any applicable PCR credit. If you select PCR Option A, the next ten-year calculation period for the PCR will restart at the end of this new ten-year period. We must receive your request to restart the PCR calculation period within 30 days after a contract anniversary.

Terminating the PCR

• You may terminate the PCR within 30 days following the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the PCR within 30 days following the later of the tenth rider anniversary or the last rider reset date.

• The PCR will terminate on the date:

– you make a full withdrawal from the contract,

– that a death benefit is payable, or

– you choose to begin taking annuity payouts.

Example

•	You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and we add a $1,000 purchase payment credit to the contract
•	There are no additional purchase payments and no partial withdrawals
•	On the tenth contract anniversary, the contract value is $200,000
•	We determine the target value on the tenth contract anniversary as our purchase payments and credits accumulated at an annual effective rate of 7.2% = $101,000 × (1.072)10 = $101,000 × 2.00423 = $202,427.
	Your contract value ($200,000) is less than the target value ($202,427). Assuming you select PCR Option A, we add a PCR credit to your contract calculated as follows:

5% × (PP – PCRPW – PP5) = 0.05 × ($101,000 – 0 – 0) = $5,050.

After application of the PCR credit, your total contract value would be $205,050.

• During the eleventh contract year, the contract value grows to $210,000 and you choose to begin receiving annuity payouts under a lifetime income plan. We would now add another PCR credit to your contract. Because you have not made any additional purchase payments or partial withdrawals the amount of this new credit is the same as the PCR

RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    47

	credit we added to your contract on the tenth contract anniversary ($5,050). After adding this new PCR credit to your contract, your total contract value would be $215,050 and we would use this amount to determine your monthly annuity payout amount.
•	If you had elected not to receive annuity payouts, the PCR ten-year calculation period would restart on the tenth contract anniversary with the target values first year’s payments equal to $205,050. We would make the next PCR credit determination on the twentieth contract anniversary.

The Annuity Payout Period

As owner of the contract, you have the right to decide how and to whom annuity payouts will be made starting at the retirement date. You may select one of the annuity payout plans outlined below, or we may mutually agree on other payout arrangements. We do not deduct any withdrawal charges upon retirement but withdrawal charges may apply when electing to exercise liquidity features we may make available under certain fixed annuity payout options.

You also decide whether we will make annuity payouts on a fixed or variable basis, or a combination of fixed and variable. The amount available to purchase payouts under the plan you select is the contract value on your retirement date after any rider charges have been deducted. Additionally, we currently allow you to use part of the amount available to purchase payouts, leaving any remaining contract value to accumulate on a tax-deferred basis. Special rules apply for partial annuitization of your annuity contract, see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities — Annuity payouts” and “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Annuity payouts.” If you select a variable annuity payout, we reserve the right to limit the number of subaccounts in which you may invest. The GPAs are not available during this payout period.

Amounts of fixed and variable payouts depend on:

• the annuity payout plan you select;

• the annuitant’s age and, in most cases, sex;

• the annuity table in the contract; and

• the amounts you allocated to the accounts at settlement.

In addition, for variable annuity payouts only, amounts depend on the investment performance of the subaccounts you select. These payouts will vary from month to month because the performance of the funds will fluctuate. Fixed payouts generally remain the same from month to month unless you have elected an option providing for increasing payments.

For information with respect to transfers between accounts after annuity payouts begin, see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transfer policies.”

Annuity Tables

The annuity tables in your contract (Table A and Table B) show the amount of the monthly payout for each $1,000 of contract value according to the age and, when applicable, the annuitant’s sex. (Where required by law, we will use a unisex table of settlement rates.)

Table A shows the amount of the first monthly variable annuity payout assuming that the contract value is invested at the beginning of the annuity payout period and earns a 5% rate of return, which is reinvested and helps to support future payouts. If you ask us at least 30 days before the retirement date, we will substitute an annuity table based on an assumed 3.5% investment rate for the 5% Table A in the contract. The assumed investment rate affects both the amount of the first payout and the extent to which subsequent payouts increase or decrease. For example, annuity payouts will increase if the investment return is above the assumed investment rate and payouts will decrease if the return is below the assumed investment rate. Using a 5% assumed interest rate results in a higher initial payout, but later payouts will increase more slowly when annuity unit values rise and decrease more rapidly when they decline.

Table B shows the minimum amount of each fixed annuity payout. We declare current payout rates that we use in determining the actual amount of your fixed annuity payout. The current payout rates will equal or exceed the guaranteed payout rates shown in Table B. We will furnish these rates to you upon request.

Annuity Payout Plans

We make available variable annuity payouts where payout amounts will vary based on the performance of the variable account. We may also make fixed annuity payouts available where payments of a fixed amount are made for the period specified in the plan, subject to any surrender we may permit. You may choose any one of these annuity payout plans by giving us written instructions at least 30 days before the retirement date. Generally, you may select one of the Plans A through E below or another plan agreed to by us.

• Plan A – Life annuity — no refund: We make monthly payouts until the annuitant’s death. Payouts end with the last payout before the annuitant’s death. We will not make any further payouts. This means that if the annuitant dies after we made only one monthly payout, we will not make any more payouts.

48    RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• Plan B – Life annuity with five, ten or 15 years certain: We make monthly payouts for a guaranteed payout period of five, ten or 15 years that you elect. This election will determine the length of the payout period in the event the annuitant dies before the elected period expires. We calculate the guaranteed payout period from the retirement date. If the annuitant outlives the elected guaranteed payout period, we will continue to make payouts until the annuitant’s death.

• Plan C – Life annuity — installment refund: We make monthly payouts until the annuitant’s death, with our guarantee that payouts will continue for some period of time. We will make payouts for at least the number of months determined by dividing the amount applied under this option by the first monthly payout, whether or not the annuitant is living.

• Plan D – Joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund: We make monthly payouts while both the annuitant and a joint annuitant are living. If either annuitant dies, we will continue to make monthly payouts at the full amount until the death of the surviving annuitant. Payouts end with the death of the second annuitant.

• Plan E – Payouts for a specified period: We make monthly payouts for a specific payout period of ten to 30 years that you elect. We will make payouts only for the number of years specified whether the annuitant is living or not. Depending on the selected time period, it is foreseeable that an annuitant can outlive the payout period selected. During the payout period, you can elect to have us determine the present value of any remaining payouts and pay it to you in a lump sum.

For Plan A, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, no payments will be made. For Plan B, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue for the guaranteed payout period. For Plan C, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue for the installment refund period. For Plan D, if both annuitants die before the initial payment, no payments will be made; however, if one annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue until the death of the surviving annuitant.

In addition to the annuity payout plans described above, we may offer additional payout plans. Terms and conditions of annuity payout plans will be disclosed at the time of election, including any associated fees or charges. It is important to remember that the election and use of liquidity features will result in payouts ceasing.

Utilizing a liquidity feature to withdraw the underlying value of remaining payouts may result in the assessment of a withdrawal charge (See “Charges — Withdrawal charge”) or a 10% IRS penalty tax. (See “Taxes.”).

Annuity payout plan requirements for qualified annuities: If your contract is a qualified annuity, you must select a payout plan as of the retirement date set forth in your contract. You have the responsibility for electing a payout plan under your contract that complies with applicable law. Your contract describes your payout plan options. The options will meet certain IRS regulations governing RMDs if the payout plan meets the incidental distribution benefit requirements, if any, and the payouts are made:

• in equal or substantially equal payments over a period not longer than your life expectancy, or over the joint life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary; or

• over a period certain not longer than your life expectancy or over the joint life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary.

If we do not receive instructions: You must give us written instructions for the annuity payouts at least 30 days before the annuitant’s retirement date. If you do not, we will make payouts under Plan B, with 120 monthly payouts guaranteed.

If monthly payouts would be less than $20: We will calculate the amount of monthly payouts at the time the contract value is used to purchase a payout plan. If the calculations show that monthly payouts would be less than $20, we have the right to pay the contract value to the owner in a lump sum or to change the frequency of the payouts.

Death after annuity payouts begin: If you or the annuitant die after annuity payouts begin, we will pay any amount payable to the beneficiary as provided in the annuity payout plan in effect. Payments to beneficiaries are subject to adjustment to comply with the IRS rules and regulations.

Taxes

Under current law, your contract has a tax-deferral feature. Generally, this means you do not pay income tax until there is a taxable distribution (or deemed distribution) from the contract. We will send a tax information reporting form for any year in which we made a taxable or reportable distribution according to our records.

Nonqualified Annuities

Generally, only the increase in the value of a non-qualified annuity contract over the investment in the contract is taxable. Certain exceptions apply. Federal tax law requires that all nonqualified deferred annuity contracts issued by the same company (and possibly its affiliates) to the same owner during a calendar year be taxed as a single, unified contract when distributions are taken from any one of those contracts.

RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    49

Annuity payouts: Generally, unlike withdrawals described below, the income taxation of annuity payouts is subject to exclusion ratios (for fixed annuity payouts) or annual excludable amounts (for variable annuity payouts). In other words, in most cases, a portion of each payout will be ordinary income and subject to tax, and a portion of each payout will be considered a return of part of your investment in the contract and will not be taxed. All amounts you receive after your investment in the contract is fully recovered will be subject to tax. Under Annuity Payout Plan A: Life annuity — no refund, where the annuitant dies before your investment in the contract is fully recovered, the remaining portion of the unrecovered investment may be available as a federal income tax deduction to the owner for the last taxable year. Under all other annuity payout plans, where the annuity payouts end before your investment in the contract is fully recovered, the remaining portion of the unrecovered investment may be available as a federal income tax deduction to the taxpayer for the tax year in which the payouts end. (See “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Federal tax law permits taxpayers to annuitize a portion of their nonqualified annuity while leaving the remaining balance to continue to grow tax-deferred. Under the partial annuitization rules, the portion annuitized must be received as an annuity for a period of 10 years or more, or for the lives of one or more individuals. If this requirement is met, the annuitized portion and the tax-deferred balance will generally be treated as two separate contracts for income tax purposes only. If a contract is partially annuitized, the investment in the contract is allocated between the deferred and the annuitized portions on a pro rata basis.

Withdrawals: Generally, if you withdrawal all or part of your nonqualified annuity your annuity payouts begin, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, your withdrawal will be taxed to the extent that the contract value immediately before the withdrawal exceeds the investment in the contract. Different rules may apply if you exchange another contract into this contract.

You also may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty for withdrawals of taxable income you make before reaching age 59½ unless certain exceptions apply.

Withholding: If you receive taxable income as a result of an annuity payout or withdrawal, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, we may deduct federal, and in some cases state withholding against the payment. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your income tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. As long as you have provided us with a valid Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number, and you have a valid U.S. address, you may be able to elect not to have federal income tax withholding occur.

If the payment is part of an annuity payout plan, we generally compute the amount of federal income tax withholding using payroll tables. You may provide us with a statement of how many exemptions to use in calculating the withholding. If the distribution is any other type of payment (such as partial or full withdrawal) we compute federal income tax withholding using 10% of the taxable portion.

The federal income tax withholding requirements differ if we deliver payment outside the United States or you are a non-resident alien.

Some states also may impose income tax withholding requirements similar to the federal withholding described above or may allow you to elect withholding. If this should be the case, we may deduct state income tax withholding from the payment.

Death benefits to beneficiaries: The death benefit under a nonqualified contract is not exempt from estate (federal or state) taxes. In addition, for income tax purposes, any amount your beneficiary receives that exceeds the remaining investment in the contract is taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary in the year he or she receives the payments. (See also “Benefits in Case of Death — If You Die Before the Retirement Date”).

Net Investment Income Tax (also known as Medicare contribution tax): Effective for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2013, certain investment income of high-income individuals (as well as estates and trusts) is subject to a 3.8% net investment income tax (as an addition to income taxes). For individuals, the 3.8% tax applies to the lesser of (1) the amount by which the taxpayer’s modified adjusted gross income exceeds $200,000 ($250,000 for married filing jointly and surviving spouses; $125,000 for married filing separately) or (2) the taxpayer’s “net investment income.” Net investment income includes taxable income from nonqualified annuities. Annuity holders are advised to consult their tax advisor regarding the possible implications of this additional tax.

Annuities owned by corporations, partnerships or irrevocable trusts: For nonqualified annuities, any annual increase in the value of annuities held by such entities (non-natural persons) generally will be treated as ordinary income received during that year. However, if the trust was set up for the benefit of a natural person(s) only, the income may remain tax-deferred until withdrawn or paid out.

Penalties: If you receive amounts from your nonqualified annuity before reaching age 59½, you may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty on the amount includable in your ordinary income. However, this penalty will not apply to any amount received:

• because of your death or in the event of non-natural ownership, the death of annuitant;

• because you become disabled (as defined in the Code);

50    RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• if the distribution is part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments, made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or joint lives or life expectancies of you and your beneficiary);

• if it is allocable to an investment before Aug. 14, 1982; or

• if annuity payouts are made under immediate annuities as defined by the Code.

Transfer of ownership: Generally, if you transfer ownership of a nonqualified annuity without receiving adequate consideration, the transfer may be taxed as a withdrawal for federal income tax purposes. If the transfer is a currently taxable event for income tax purposes, the original owner will be taxed on the amount of deferred earnings at the time of the transfer and also may be subject to the 10% IRS penalty discussed earlier. In this case, the new owner’s investment in the contract will be equal to the investment in the contract at the time of the transfer plus any earnings included in the original owner’s taxable income as a result of the transfer. In general, this rule does not apply to transfers between spouses or former spouses. Similar rules apply if you transfer ownership for full consideration. Please consult your tax advisor for further details.

1035 Exchanges: Section 1035 of the Code permits nontaxable exchanges of certain insurance policies, endowment contracts, annuity contracts and qualified long-term care insurance contracts while providing for continued tax deferral of earnings. In addition, Section 1035 permits the carryover of the investment in the contract from the old policy or contract to the new policy or contract. In a 1035 exchange one policy or contract is exchanged for another policy or contract. The following can qualify as nontaxable exchanges: (1) the exchange of a life insurance policy for another life insurance policy or for an endowment, annuity or qualified long-term care insurance contract, (2) the exchange of an endowment contract for an annuity or qualified long-term care insurance contract, or for an endowment contract under which payments will begin no later than payments would have begun under the contract exchanged, (3) the exchange of an annuity contract for another annuity or for a qualified long-term care insurance contract, and (4) the exchange of a qualified long-term care insurance contract for a qualified long-term care insurance contract. Additionally, other tax rules apply. However, if the life insurance policy has an outstanding loan, there may be tax consequences. Depending on the issue date of your original policy or contract, there may be tax or other benefits that are given up to gain the benefits of the new policy or contract. Consider whether the features and benefits of the new policy or contract outweigh any tax or other benefits of the old contract.

For a partial exchange of an annuity contract for another annuity contract, the 1035 exchange is generally tax-free. The investment in the original contract and the earnings on the contract will be allocated proportionately between the original and new contracts. However, per IRS Revenue Procedure 2011-38, if withdrawals are taken from either contract within the 180-day period following a partial 1035 exchange, the IRS will apply general tax principles to determine the appropriate tax treatment of the exchange and subsequent withdrawal. As a result, there may be unexpected tax consequences. You should consult your tax advisor before taking any withdrawal from either contract during the 180-day period following a partial exchange.

Assignment: If you assign or pledge your contract as collateral for a loan, earnings on purchase payments you made after Aug. 13, 1982 will be taxed as a deemed distribution and also may be subject to the 10% penalty as discussed above.

Qualified Annuities

Adverse tax consequences may result if you do not ensure that contributions, distributions and other transactions under the contract comply with the law. Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions. You should refer to your retirement plan’s Summary Plan Description, your IRA disclosure statement, or consult a tax advisor for additional information about the distribution rules applicable to your situation.

When you use your contract to fund a retirement plan or IRA that is already tax-deferred under the Code, the contract will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral. If your contract is used to fund an employer sponsored plan, your right to benefits may be subject to the terms and conditions of the plan regardless of the terms of the contract.

Annuity payouts: Under a qualified annuity, except a Roth IRA, Roth 401(k) or Roth 403(b), the entire payout generally is includable as ordinary income and is subject to tax unless: (1) the contract is an IRA to which you made non-deductible contributions; or (2) you rolled after-tax dollars from a retirement plan into your IRA; or 3) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you or your employer have contributed after-tax dollars; or (4) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you direct such payout to be directly rolled over to another eligible retirement plan such as an IRA. We may permit partial annuitizations of qualified annuity contracts. If we accept partial annuitizations, please remember that your contract will still need to comply with other requirements such as required minimum distributions and the payment of taxes. Prior to considering a partial annuitization on a qualified contract, you should discuss your decision and any implications with your tax adviser. Because we cannot accurately track certain after tax funding sources, we will generally report any payments on partial annuitizations as ordinary income except in the case of a qualified distribution from a Roth IRA.

RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    51

Annuity payouts from Roth IRAs: In general, the entire payout from a Roth IRA can be free from income and penalty taxes if you have attained age 59½ and meet the five year holding period.

Withdrawals: Under a qualified annuity, except a Roth IRA, Roth 401(k) or Roth 403(b), the entire withdrawal will generally be includable as ordinary income and is subject to tax unless: (1) the contract is an IRA to which you made non-deductible contributions; or (2) you rolled after-tax dollars from a retirement plan into your IRA; or (3) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you or your employer have contributed after-tax dollars; or (4) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you direct such withdrawal to be directly rolled over to another eligible retirement plan such as an IRA.

Withdrawals from Roth IRAs: In general, the entire payout from a Roth IRA can be free from income and penalty taxes if you have attained age 59½ and meet the five year holding period or another qualifying event such as death or disability.

Required Minimum Distributions: Retirement plans (except for Roth IRAs) are subject to required withdrawals called required minimum distributions (“RMDs”) beginning at age 72 (age 70 ½ if you were born on or before June 30, 1949). RMDs are based on the fair market value of your contract at year-end divided by the life expectancy factor. Certain death benefits and optional riders may be considered in determining the fair market value of your contract for RMD purposes. This may cause your RMD to be higher. Inherited IRAs (including inherited Roth IRAs) are subject to special required minimum distribution rules. You should consult your tax advisor prior to making a purchase for an explanation of the potential tax implications to you.

Withholding for IRAs, Roth IRAs, SEPs and SIMPLE IRAs: If you receive taxable income as a result of an annuity payout or a withdrawal, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, we may deduct withholding against the payment. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. As long as you have provided us with a valid Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number, you can elect not to have any withholding occur.

If the payment is part of an annuity payout plan, we generally compute the amount of federal income tax withholding using payroll tables. You may provide us with a statement of how many exemptions to use in calculating the withholding. If the distribution is any other type of payment (such as a partial or full withdrawal) we compute federal income tax withholding using 10% of the taxable portion.

The federal income tax withholding requirements differ if we deliver payment outside the United States or you are a non-resident alien.

Some states also may impose income tax withholding requirements similar to the federal withholding described above. If this should be the case, we may deduct state income tax withholding from the payment.

Withholding for all other qualified annuities: If you receive directly all or part of the contract value from a qualified annuity, mandatory 20% federal income tax withholding (and possibly state income tax withholding) generally will be imposed at the time the payout is made from the plan. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. This mandatory withholding will not be imposed if instead of receiving the distribution check, you elect to have the distribution rolled over directly to an IRA or another eligible plan. Payments made to a surviving spouse instead of being directly rolled over to an IRA are also subject to mandatory 20% income tax withholding.

In the below situations, the distribution is subject to an optional 10% withholding instead of the mandatory 20% withholding. We will withhold 10% of the distribution amount unless you elect otherwise.

• the payout is one in a series of substantially equal periodic payouts, made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or the joint lives or life expectancies of you and your designated beneficiary) or over a specified period of 10 years or more;

• the payout is a RMD as defined under the Code;

• the payout is made on account of an eligible hardship; or

• the payout is a corrective distribution.

State withholding also may be imposed on taxable distributions.

Penalties: If you receive amounts from your qualified contract before reaching age 59½, you may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty on the amount includable in your ordinary income. However, this penalty generally will not apply to any amount received:

• because of your death;

• because you become disabled (as defined in the Code);

• if the distribution is part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or joint lives or life expectancies of you and your beneficiary);

52    RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• if the distribution is made following severance from employment during or after the calendar year in which you attain age 55 (TSAs and annuities funding 401(a) plans only);

• to pay certain medical or education expenses (IRAs only); or

• if the distribution is made from an inherited IRA.

Death benefits to beneficiaries: The entire death benefit generally is taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary in the year he/she receives the payments from the qualified annuity. If you made non-deductible contributions to a traditional IRA, the portion of any distribution from the contract that represents after-tax contributions is not taxable as ordinary income to your beneficiary. You are responsible for keeping all records tracking your non-deductible contributions to an IRA. Death benefits under a Roth IRA generally are not taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary if certain distribution requirements are met. (See also “Benefits in Case of Death — If you Die Before the Retirement Date”).

Change of retirement plan type: IRS regulations allow for rollovers of certain retirement plan distributions. In some circumstances, you may be able to have an intra-contract rollover, keeping the same features and conditions. If the annuity contract you have does not support an intra-contract rollover, you are able to request an IRS approved rollover to another annuity contract or other investment product that you choose. If you choose another annuity contract or investment product, you will be subject to new rules, including a new withdrawal charge schedule for an annuity contract, or other product rules as applicable.

Assignment:You may not assign or pledge your qualified contract as collateral for a loan.

Other

Special considerations if you select any optional rider: As of the date of this prospectus, we believe that charges related to these riders are not subject to current taxation. Therefore, we will not report these charges as partial withdrawals from your contract. However, the IRS may determine that these charges should be treated as partial withdrawals subject to taxation to the extent of any gain as well as the 10% tax penalty for withdrawals before the age of 59½, if applicable, on the taxable portion.

We reserve the right to report charges for these riders as partial withdrawals if we, as a withholding and reporting agent, believe that we are required to report them. In addition, we will report any benefits attributable to these riders on the death of you or the annuitant as an annuity death benefit distribution, not as proceeds from life insurance.

Important: Our discussion of federal tax laws is based upon our understanding of current interpretations of these laws. Federal tax laws or current interpretations of them may change. For this reason and because tax consequences are complex and highly individual and cannot always be anticipated, you should consult a tax advisor if you have any questions about taxation of your contract.

RiverSource Life’s tax status: We are taxed as a life insurance company under the Code. For federal income tax purposes, the subaccounts are considered a part of our company, although their operations are treated separately in accounting and financial statements. Investment income is reinvested in the fund in which each subaccount invests and becomes part of that subaccount’s value. This investment income, including realized capital gains, is not subject to any withholding for federal or state income taxes. We reserve the right to make such a charge in the future if there is a change in the tax treatment of variable annuities or in our tax status as we then understand it.
The company includes in its taxable income the net investment income derived from the investment of assets held in its subaccounts because the company is considered the owner of these assets under federal income tax law.  The company may claim certain tax benefits associated with this investment income.  These benefits, which may include foreign tax credits and the corporate dividend received deduction, are not passed on to you since the company is the owner of the assets under federal tax law and is taxed on the investment income generated by the assets. 

Tax qualification: We intend that the contract qualify as an annuity for federal income tax purposes. To that end, the provisions of the contract are to be interpreted to ensure or maintain such tax qualification, in spite of any other provisions of the contract. We reserve the right to amend the contract to reflect any clarifications that may be needed or are appropriate to maintain such qualification or to conform the contract to any applicable changes in the tax qualification requirements. We will send you a copy of any amendments.

Spousal status: When it comes to your marital status and the identification and naming of any spouse as a beneficiary or party to your contract, we will rely on the representations you make to us. Based on this reliance, we will issue and administer your contract in accordance with these representations. If you represent that you are married and your representation is incorrect or your marriage is deemed invalid for federal or state law purposes, then the benefits and rights under your contract may be different.

If you have any questions as to the status of your relationship as a marriage, then you should consult an appropriate tax or legal advisor.

RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    53

Voting Rights

As a contract owner with investments in the subaccounts, you may vote on important fund policies until annuity payouts begin. Once they begin, the person receiving them has voting rights. We will vote fund shares according to the instructions of the person with voting rights.

Before annuity payouts begin, the number of votes you have is determined by applying your percentage interest in each subaccount to the total number of votes allowed to the subaccount.

After annuity payouts begin, the number of votes you have is equal to:

• the reserve held in each subaccount for your contract; divided by

• the net asset value of one share of the applicable fund.

As we make annuity payouts, the reserve for the contract decreases; therefore, the number of votes also will decrease.

We calculate votes separately for each subaccount. We will send notice of shareholders’ meetings, proxy materials and a statement of the number of votes to which the voter is entitled. We are the legal owner of all fund shares and therefore hold all voting rights.  However, to the extent required by law, we will vote the shares of each fund according to instructions we receive from policy owners. We will vote shares for which we have not received instructions and shares that we or our affiliates own in our own names in the same proportion as the votes for which we received instructions. As a result of this proportional voting, in cases when a small number of contract owners vote, their votes will have a greater impact and may even control the outcome.

Substitution of Investments

We may substitute the funds in which the subaccounts invest if:

• laws or regulations change;

• the existing funds become unavailable; or

• in our judgment, the funds no longer are suitable (or are not the most suitable) for the subaccounts.

If any of these situations occur, we have the right to substitute a fund currently listed in this prospectus (existing fund) for another fund (new fund), provided we obtain any required SEC and state insurance law approval. The new fund may have higher fees and/or operating expenses than the existing fund. Also, the new fund may have investment objectives and policies and/or investment advisers which differ from the existing fund.

We may also:

• add new subaccounts;

• combine any two or more subaccounts;

• transfer assets to and from the subaccounts or the variable account; and

• eliminate or close any subaccounts.

We will notify you of any substitution or change.

In the event of any such substitution or change, we may amend the contract and take whatever action is necessary and appropriate without your consent or approval. We will obtain any required prior approval of the SEC or state insurance departments before making any substitution or change.

About the Service Providers

Principal Underwriter

RiverSource Distributors, Inc. (RiverSource Distributors), our affiliate, serves as the principal underwriter and general distributor of the contract. Its offices are located at 70100 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, MN 55474. RiverSource Distributors is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ameriprise Financial, Inc.

Sales of the Contract

New contracts are not currently being offered.

• Only securities broker-dealers (“selling firms”) registered with the SEC and members of the FINRA may sell the contract.

• The contracts are continuously offered to the public through authorized selling firms. We and RiverSource Distributors have a sales agreement with the selling firm. The sales agreement authorizes the selling firm to offer the contracts

54    RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

to the public. RiverSource Distributors pays the selling firm (or an affiliated insurance agency) for contracts its investment professional sell. The selling firm may be required to return sales commissions under certain circumstances including but not limited to when contracts are returned under the free look period.

Payments We May Make to Selling Firms

• We may use compensation plans which vary by selling firm. For example, some of these plans pay selling firms a commission of up to 7.75% each time a purchase payment is made. We may also pay ongoing trail commissions of up to 1.00% of the contract value. We do not pay or withhold payment of trail commissions based on which investment options you select.

• We may pay selling firms an additional sales commission of up to 1.00% of purchase payments for a period of time we select. For example, we may offer to pay an additional sales commission to get selling firms to market a new or enhanced contract or to increase sales during the period.

• In addition to commissions, we may, in order to promote sales of the contracts, and as permitted by applicable laws and regulation, pay or provide selling firms with other promotional incentives in cash, credit or other compensation. We generally (but may not) offer these promotional incentives to all selling firms. The terms of such arrangements differ between selling firms. These promotional incentives may include but are not limited to:

• sponsorship of marketing, educational, due diligence and compliance meetings and conferences we or the selling firm may conduct for investment professionals, including subsidy of travel, meal, lodging, entertainment and other expenses related to these meetings;

• marketing support related to sales of the contract including for example, the creation of marketing materials, advertising and newsletters;

• providing service to contract owners; and

• funding other events sponsored by a selling firm that may encourage the selling firm’s investment professionals to sell the contract.

These promotional incentives or reimbursements may be calculated as a percentage of the selling firm’s aggregate, net or anticipated sales and/or total assets attributable to sales of the contract, and/or may be a fixed dollar amount. As noted below this additional compensation may cause the selling firm and its investment professionals to favor the contracts.

Sources of Payments to Selling Firms

When we pay the commissions and other compensation described above from our assets. Our assets may include:

• revenues we receive from fees and expenses that you will pay when buying, owning and making a withdrawal from the contract (see “Expense Summary”);

• compensation we or an affiliate receive from the underlying funds in the form of distribution and services fees (see “The Variable Account and the Funds — The Funds”);

• compensation we or an affiliate receive from a fund’s investment adviser, subadviser, distributor or an affiliate of any of these (see “The Variable Account and the Funds — The Funds”); and

• revenues we receive from other contracts we sell that are not securities and other businesses we conduct.

You do not directly pay the commissions and other compensation described above as the result of a specific charge or deduction under the contract. However, you may pay part or all of the commissions and other compensation described above indirectly through:

• fees and expenses we collect from contract owners, including withdrawal charges; and

• fees and expenses charged by the underlying subaccount funds in which you invest, to the extent we or one of our affiliates receive revenue from the funds or an affiliated person.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Compensation payment arrangements made with selling firms can potentially:

• give selling firms a heightened financial incentive to sell the contract offered in this prospectus over another investment with lower compensation to the selling firm.

• cause selling firms to encourage their investment professionals to sell you the contract offered in this prospectus instead of selling you other alternative investments that may result in lower compensation to the selling firm.

• cause selling firms to grant us access to its investment professionals to promote sales of the contract offered in this prospectus, while denying that access to other firms offering similar contracts or other alternative investments which may pay lower compensation to the selling firm.

RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    55

Payments to Investment Professionals

• The selling firm pays its investment professionals. The selling firm decides the compensation and benefits it will pay its investment professionals.

• To inform yourself of any potential conflicts of interest, ask the investment professional before you buy, how the selling firm and its investment professionals are being compensated and the amount of the compensation that each will receive if you buy the contract.

Service Providers

Our Service Center performs certain administrative services on the contracts and policies we issue. The address and telephone number of our Service Center are listed on the first page of the prospectus. We also have entered into agreements with certain entities to provide the identified services in connection with the contracts and policies we issue. The entities engaged by RiverSource Life may change over time. Entities that provided services to RiverSource Life in 2019 are listed in the table below.

Name of Service Provider	Services Provided	Address
Ameriprise Financial, Inc.	Business affairs management and administrative support related to new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies	707 Second Avenue South Minneapolis MN 55402 USA
Ameriprise India Private Limited	Administrative support related to new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies annual report filings	Plot No. 14, Sector 18 Udyog Vihar Gurugram, Haryana – 122 015 India
Sykes Enterprise Incorporated	Administrative support related to e new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies	10th Floor, Glorietta BPO 1 Office Tower Makati City 1224 Metro Manila Philippines

Issuer

We issue the contracts. We are a stock life insurance company organized in 1957 under the laws of the state of Minnesota and are located at 829 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, MN 55474. We are a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ameriprise Financial, Inc.

We conduct a conventional life insurance business. We are licensed to do business in 49 states, the District of Columbia and American Samoa. Our primary products currently include fixed and variable annuity contracts and life insurance policies.

Legal Proceedings

Insurance companies have been the subject of increasing regulatory, legislative and judicial scrutiny. Numerous state and federal regulatory agencies have commenced examinations and other inquiries of insurance companies regarding sales and marketing practices (including sales to older consumers and disclosure practices), claims handling, and unclaimed property and escheatment practices and procedures. RiverSource Life has cooperated and will continue to cooperate with the applicable regulators.

RiverSource Life is involved in the normal course of business in a number of other legal and arbitration proceedings concerning matters arising in connection with the conduct of its business activities. RiverSource Life believes that it is not a party to, nor are any of its properties the subject of, any pending legal, arbitration or regulatory investigation, examination or proceeding that is likely to have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is possible that the outcome of any current or future legal, arbitration or regulatory proceeding could have a material impact on results of operations in any particular reporting period as the proceedings are resolved.

Uncertain economic conditions, heightened and sustained volatility in the financial markets and significant financial reform legislation may increase the likelihood that clients and other persons or regulators may present or threaten legal claims or that regulators increase the scope or frequency of examinations of RiverSource Life or the insurance industry generally.

Additional Information

Incorporation of Certain Documents By Reference

The SEC allows us to “incorporate by reference” the information we have filed with the SEC. This means that we can disclose important information to you without actually including the specific information in this prospectus by referring you to other documents filed separately with the SEC. The information incorporated by reference is an important part of

56    RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

this prospectus. Information that we later provide to the SEC, and which is deemed to be “filed” with the SEC, will automatically update information previously filed with the SEC, and may replace information in this prospectus and information previously filed with the SEC. We incorporate by reference RiverSource Life Insurance Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019 as filed with the SEC on Feb.26, 2020under File No. 033-28976 in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and any filings we make with the SEC under Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act (excluding information deemed to be furnished and not filed with the SEC) after the effective date of this registration statement, until all offerings under the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part are completed or terminated. The annual report contains additional information about RiverSource Life Insurance Company, including audited financial statements for the latest fiscal year.

RiverSource Life will furnish you without charge a copy of any or all of the documents incorporated by reference into this prospectus, including any exhibits to such documents which have been specifically incorporated by reference. We will do so upon receipt of your written or oral request. You can contact RiverSource Life at the telephone number and address listed on the first page of this prospectus.

Available Information

This prospectus is part of a registration statement we file with the SEC. Additional information on RiverSource Life and on this offering is available in the registration statement and other materials we file. You can obtain copies of these materials at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. This prospectus, other information about the contract and other information incorporated by reference are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at (http://www.sec.gov).

Indemnification

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the Act) may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of RiverSource Life pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    57

Appendix A: Performance Credit Rider Adjusted Partial Withdrawal

Step one:

Foreach withdrawal made within the current calculation period we calculate the remaining purchase payment amount (RPA):

RPA = Total purchase payments and purchase payment credits made prior to the partial withdrawal in question minus the RPA adjusted partial withdrawals for all previous partial withdrawals.

NOTE: In our calculations for the first partial withdrawal, the RPA will simply be the total purchase payments and purchase payment credits as there are no previous withdrawals to subtract.

RPA adjusted partial withdrawals	=	PW × RPA
		CV

PW	=	the partial withdrawal including any applicable withdrawal charge or MVA.
CV	=	the contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.
RPA	=	the remaining premium amount on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.

Step two:

For each withdrawal made within the current calculation period we calculate the eligible purchase payment amount (EPA):

EPA = Total purchase payments and purchase payment credits made prior to the partial withdrawal in question AND prior to the five year exclusion period minus EPA adjusted partial withdrawals for all previous partial withdrawals.

NOTE: In our calculations for the first partial withdrawal, the EPA will simply be the total purchase payments and purchase payment credits made before the five year exclusion period as there are no previous withdrawals to subtract. Also note that EPA/RPA will always be less than or equal to one.

EPA adjusted partial withdrawals	=	PW × EPA	×	EPA
		CV		RPA

PW	=	the partial withdrawal including any applicable withdrawal charge or MVA.
CV	=	the contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.
EPA	=	the eligible premium amount on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.
RPA	=	the remaining premium amount on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.

Step three:

The total PCRPW (Performance Credit Rider adjusted partial withdrawal) amount is the sum of each EPA adjusted partial withdrawal.

Example: Calculation at the end of the ten-year period assuming the contract is eligible for the PCR credit (i.e., your contract value is less than target value). This example does not include purchase payment credits.

• You purchase the contract with an initial purchase payment of $100,000.

• On the sixth contract anniversary you make an additional purchase payment in the amount of $100,000.

• Contract values before any partial withdrawals are shown below.

• On the third contract anniversary you make a partial withdrawal in the amount of $10,000.

• On the eighth contract anniversary you make another partial withdrawal in the amount of $10,000.

58    RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

NOTE: The shaded portion of the table indicates the five year exclusion period.

Contract Duration in Years	Total purchase payments	Contract value
At Issue	$100,000	$100,000
1	100,000	110,000
2	100,000	115,000
3	100,000	120,000
4	100,000	115,000
5	100,000	120,000
6	200,000	225,000
7	200,000	230,000
8	200,000	235,000
9	200,000	230,000
10	200,000	235,000

Step one: For each withdrawal made within the current calculation period we calculate the RPA:

For the first partial withdrawal on the third contract anniversary:

RPA before the partial withdrawal = total purchase payments made prior to the partial withdrawal minus the RPA adjusted partial withdrawals for all previous partial withdrawals = $100,000 – 0 = $100,000	RPA adjusted partial withdrawal =
	$10,000 × $100,000	= $8,333
	$120,000

For the second partial withdrawal on the eighth contract anniversary:

RPA before the partial withdrawal = total purchase payments made prior to the partial withdrawal minus the RPA adjusted partial withdrawals for all previous partial withdrawals = $200,000 – $8,333 = $191,667	RPA adjusted partial withdrawal =
	$10,000 × $191,667	= $8,156
	$235,000

Step two: For each withdrawal made within the current calculation period, we calculate the EPA:

For the first partial withdrawal on the third contract anniversary:

EPA before the partial withdrawal = total purchase payments made prior to the partial withdrawal AND the five-year exclusion period minus the EPA adjusted partial withdrawals for all previous partial withdrawals = $100,000 – 0 = $100,000	EPA adjusted partial withdrawal =
	$10,000 × $100,000	×	$100,000	= $8,333
	$120,000		$100,000

For the second partial withdrawal on the eighth contract anniversary:

EPA before the partial withdrawal = total purchase payments made prior to the partial withdrawal AND the five-year exclusion period minus the EPA adjusted partial withdrawals for all previous partial withdrawals = $100,000 – $8,333 = $91,667	EPA adjusted partial withdrawal =
	$10,000 × $91,667	×	$91,667	= $1,866
	$235,000		$191,667

Step three: The total PCRPW amount is the sum of each EPA adjusted partial withdrawal.

PCRPW amount = $8,333 + $1,866 = $10,199

RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    59

Appendix B: Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)

The following tables give per-unit information about the financial history of the subaccounts representing the lowest and highest total annual variable account expense combinations. The date in which operations commenced in each subaccount is noted in parentheses. The SAI contains tables that give per-unit information about the financial history of each existing subaccount. We have not provided this information for subaccounts (if any) that were not available under your contract as of December 31, 2019. You may obtain a copy of the SAI without charge by contacting us at the telephone number or address listed on the first page of the prospectus.

Variable account charges of 1.00% of the daily net assets of the variable account.

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
AB VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio (Class B) (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.68	$0.76	$0.57	$0.58	$0.57	$0.55	$0.45	$0.40	$0.53	$0.45
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.88	$0.68	$0.76	$0.57	$0.58	$0.57	$0.55	$0.45	$0.40	$0.53
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	5	5	33	41	40	44	54	64	89	80
AB VPS Growth and Income Portfolio (Class B) (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.21	$2.37	$2.02	$1.84	$1.83	$1.69	$1.27	$1.09	$1.04	$0.93
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.71	$2.21	$2.37	$2.02	$1.84	$1.83	$1.69	$1.27	$1.09	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	38	41	48	70	93	107	169	253	295	416
AB VPS Large Cap Growth Portfolio (Class B) (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.61	$1.59	$1.22	$1.20	$1.09	$0.97	$0.72	$0.62	$0.65	$0.60
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.14	$1.61	$1.59	$1.22	$1.20	$1.09	$0.97	$0.72	$0.62	$0.65
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	34	48	49	56	58	62	115	121	128	210
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Balanced Fund (Class 3) (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.82	$1.95	$1.72	$1.63	$1.62	$1.49	$1.24	$1.09	$1.08	$0.97
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.21	$1.82	$1.95	$1.72	$1.63	$1.62	$1.49	$1.24	$1.09	$1.08
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	14	16	17	20	22	24	30	51	55	74
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3) (3/17/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.00	$2.10	$1.71	$1.60	$1.60	$1.40	$1.06	$0.94	$0.90	$0.78
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.47	$2.00	$2.10	$1.71	$1.60	$1.60	$1.40	$1.06	$0.94	$0.90
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	36	40	45	51	63	67	83	116	126	203
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund (Class 3) (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.07	$1.07	$1.07	$1.08	$1.09	$1.11	$1.12	$1.13	$1.14	$1.15
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.08	$1.07	$1.07	$1.07	$1.08	$1.09	$1.11	$1.12	$1.13	$1.14
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	285	337	352	369	137	161	210	269	341	576
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Index Fund (Class 3) (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.93	$2.05	$1.71	$1.55	$1.55	$1.38	$1.06	$0.93	$0.92	$0.81
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.50	$1.93	$2.05	$1.71	$1.55	$1.55	$1.38	$1.06	$0.93	$0.92
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	104	117	147	153	176	183	228	258	291	404
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Select Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.63	$3.05	$2.74	$2.43	$2.54	$2.42	$1.65	$1.41	$1.56	$1.24
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.07	$2.63	$3.05	$2.74	$2.43	$2.54	$2.42	$1.65	$1.41	$1.56
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3) (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.39	$1.38	$1.35	$1.33	$1.33	$1.27	$1.31	$1.30	$1.29	$1.27
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.47	$1.39	$1.38	$1.35	$1.33	$1.33	$1.27	$1.31	$1.30	$1.29
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	23	26	27	70	68	74	85	132	158	313
Fidelity® VIP ContrafundSM Portfolio Service Class (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.74	$2.96	$2.46	$2.30	$2.31	$2.09	$1.61	$1.40	$1.45	$1.25
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.57	$2.74	$2.96	$2.46	$2.30	$2.31	$2.09	$1.61	$1.40	$1.45
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	17	18	20	29	31	34	80	115	127	126
Fidelity® VIP High Income Portfolio Service Class (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.81	$1.90	$1.79	$1.58	$1.66	$1.66	$1.58	$1.40	$1.36	$1.21
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.06	$1.81	$1.90	$1.79	$1.58	$1.66	$1.66	$1.58	$1.40	$1.36
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	21	23	26	29	37	42	54	61	68	80
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$4.28	$5.07	$4.24	$3.82	$3.92	$3.73	$2.77	$2.44	$2.76	$2.16
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$5.23	$4.28	$5.07	$4.24	$3.82	$3.92	$3.73	$2.77	$2.44	$2.76
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	5	5	5	6	12	12	20	25	44	71
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund – Class 2 (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.45	$2.72	$2.54	$2.21	$2.35	$2.21	$1.74	$1.54	$1.57	$1.43
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.97	$2.45	$2.72	$2.54	$2.21	$2.35	$2.21	$1.74	$1.54	$1.57
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	197	206	224	281	349	401	494	606	716	1,184

60    RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.00% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Franklin Small-Mid Cap Growth VIP Fund – Class 2 (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.69	$1.81	$1.50	$1.46	$1.51	$1.42	$1.04	$0.95	$1.00	$0.79
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.20	$1.69	$1.81	$1.50	$1.46	$1.51	$1.42	$1.04	$0.95	$1.00
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	16	23	24	36	39	45	80	98	124	284
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series I Shares (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.83	$1.91	$1.52	$1.50	$1.44	$1.34	$0.97	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.47	$1.83	$1.91	$1.52	$1.50	$1.44	$1.34	$0.97	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	3	3	4	4	5	6	6	17	—	—
Invesco V.I. Core Equity Fund, Series I Shares (4/28/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.73	$1.93	$1.72	$1.58	$1.69	$1.58	$1.23	$1.09	$1.11	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.21	$1.73	$1.93	$1.72	$1.58	$1.69	$1.58	$1.23	$1.09	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	15	17	18	20	22	24	36	39	52	33
MFS® Massachusetts Investors Growth Stock Portfolio – Service Class (3/27/2015)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.29	$1.30	$1.02	$0.98	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.79	$1.29	$1.30	$1.02	$0.98	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	8	9	10	11	12	—	—	—	—	—
MFS® New Discovery Series – Service Class (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.34	$2.41	$1.93	$1.79	$1.85	$2.01	$1.44	$1.20	$1.36	$1.01
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.28	$2.34	$2.41	$1.93	$1.79	$1.85	$2.01	$1.44	$1.20	$1.36
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	7	8	10	21	28	31	32	35	54	137
MFS® Total Return Series – Service Class (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.24	$2.40	$2.17	$2.01	$2.04	$1.91	$1.62	$1.48	$1.47	$1.35
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.66	$2.24	$2.40	$2.17	$2.01	$2.04	$1.91	$1.62	$1.48	$1.47
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	144	158	166	265	287	342	507	584	662	1,080
Putnam VT Equity Income Fund – Class IB Shares (5/12/2017)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.02	$1.12	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.32	$1.02	$1.12	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	39	39	40	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Putnam VT International Growth Fund – Class IB Shares (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.05	$1.30	$0.98	$1.06	$1.05	$1.14	$0.94	$0.78	$0.96	$0.87
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.30	$1.05	$1.30	$0.98	$1.06	$1.05	$1.14	$0.94	$0.78	$0.96
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Putnam VT Sustainable Leaders Fund – Class IB Shares (9/24/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.45	$2.51	$1.96	$1.84	$1.86	$1.66	$1.23	$1.06	$1.13	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.31	$2.45	$2.51	$1.96	$1.84	$1.86	$1.66	$1.23	$1.06	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	10	10	10	10	10	10	15	15	15	21
Templeton Developing Markets VIP Fund – Class 2 (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.48	$2.98	$2.14	$1.84	$2.32	$2.55	$2.60	$2.32	$2.79	$2.40
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.12	$2.48	$2.98	$2.14	$1.84	$2.32	$2.55	$2.60	$2.32	$2.79
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Templeton Foreign VIP Fund – Class 2 (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.42	$1.70	$1.47	$1.39	$1.50	$1.70	$1.40	$1.20	$1.35	$1.26
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.59	$1.42	$1.70	$1.47	$1.39	$1.50	$1.70	$1.40	$1.20	$1.35
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	23	26	30	39	47	72	83	110	170	251
Wells Fargo VT International Equity Fund – Class 1 (12/8/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.72	$2.10	$1.69	$1.66	$1.64	$1.75	$1.47	$1.31	$1.51	$1.31
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.97	$1.72	$2.10	$1.69	$1.66	$1.64	$1.75	$1.47	$1.31	$1.51
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	3	3	4	4	5	7	13	14	18	20
Wells Fargo VT Omega Growth Fund – Class 1 (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.34	$2.35	$1.76	$1.76	$1.75	$1.70	$1.22	$1.02	$1.09	$0.92
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.18	$2.34	$2.35	$1.76	$1.76	$1.75	$1.70	$1.22	$1.02	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	8	9	9	10	11	12	27	28	48	71
Wells Fargo VT Opportunity Fund – Class 1 (8/26/2011)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.02	$2.19	$1.83	$1.65	$1.71	$1.56	$1.20	$1.05	$1.00	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.63	$2.02	$2.19	$1.83	$1.65	$1.71	$1.56	$1.20	$1.05	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4	5	5	6	8	11	14	18	22	—

RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    61

Variable account charges of 1.35% of the daily net assets of the variable account.

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
AB VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio (Class B) (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.64	$0.72	$0.53	$0.55	$0.54	$0.52	$0.43	$0.39	$0.51	$0.44
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.82	$0.64	$0.72	$0.53	$0.55	$0.54	$0.52	$0.43	$0.39	$0.51
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	200	223	243	372	382	589	654	1,044	1,151	1,540
AB VPS Growth and Income Portfolio (Class B) (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.07	$2.23	$1.91	$1.74	$1.74	$1.61	$1.21	$1.05	$1.00	$0.90
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.53	$2.07	$2.23	$1.91	$1.74	$1.74	$1.61	$1.21	$1.05	$1.00
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	903	1,012	1,256	1,465	1,639	1,760	1,998	2,466	3,532	4,404
AB VPS Large Cap Growth Portfolio (Class B) (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.51	$1.49	$1.15	$1.14	$1.04	$0.93	$0.68	$0.60	$0.63	$0.58
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.00	$1.51	$1.49	$1.15	$1.14	$1.04	$0.93	$0.68	$0.60	$0.63
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	461	659	756	1,008	1,002	1,109	1,342	1,657	2,336	2,898
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Balanced Fund (Class 3) (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.70	$1.83	$1.62	$1.55	$1.54	$1.42	$1.18	$1.05	$1.04	$0.94
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.06	$1.70	$1.83	$1.62	$1.55	$1.54	$1.42	$1.18	$1.05	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	101	101	148	151	155	156	196	210	456	438
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.22	$2.34	$1.91	$1.79	$1.80	$1.59	$1.20	$1.07	$1.03	$0.89
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.73	$2.22	$2.34	$1.91	$1.79	$1.80	$1.59	$1.20	$1.07	$1.03
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	474	537	635	770	963	1,261	1,828	2,609	3,688	5,033
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund (Class 3) (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.00	$1.00	$1.01	$1.03	$1.04	$1.05	$1.07	$1.08	$1.10	$1.11
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.01	$1.00	$1.00	$1.01	$1.03	$1.04	$1.05	$1.07	$1.08	$1.10
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2,316	2,462	2,957	3,321	1,208	1,416	2,203	2,655	3,142	4,962
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Index Fund (Class 3) (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.81	$1.93	$1.61	$1.46	$1.47	$1.32	$1.01	$0.89	$0.89	$0.78
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.34	$1.81	$1.93	$1.61	$1.46	$1.47	$1.32	$1.01	$0.89	$0.89
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	673	838	1,005	1,319	1,420	1,548	1,670	1,846	2,318	3,025
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Select Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.47	$2.87	$2.59	$2.30	$2.41	$2.31	$1.58	$1.36	$1.50	$1.20
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.86	$2.47	$2.87	$2.59	$2.30	$2.41	$2.31	$1.58	$1.36	$1.50
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	74	76	78	87	71	71	79	80	92	88
Columbia Variable Portfolio – U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3) (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.31	$1.31	$1.28	$1.27	$1.27	$1.22	$1.26	$1.26	$1.26	$1.24
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.38	$1.31	$1.31	$1.28	$1.27	$1.27	$1.22	$1.26	$1.26	$1.26
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	772	645	799	961	1,031	1,311	1,385	1,528	2,031	2,386
Fidelity® VIP ContrafundSM Portfolio Service Class (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.57	$2.78	$2.32	$2.18	$2.19	$1.99	$1.54	$1.34	$1.39	$1.21
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.33	$2.57	$2.78	$2.32	$2.18	$2.19	$1.99	$1.54	$1.34	$1.39
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	553	639	674	732	817	907	1,063	1,242	1,674	2,523
Fidelity® VIP High Income Portfolio Service Class (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.70	$1.78	$1.69	$1.50	$1.58	$1.58	$1.51	$1.34	$1.31	$1.17
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.92	$1.70	$1.78	$1.69	$1.50	$1.58	$1.58	$1.51	$1.34	$1.31
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	270	272	391	465	473	477	506	543	679	1,283
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$4.01	$4.77	$4.00	$3.62	$3.72	$3.55	$2.65	$2.34	$2.66	$2.09
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.89	$4.01	$4.77	$4.00	$3.62	$3.72	$3.55	$2.65	$2.34	$2.66
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	338	380	474	533	595	615	711	865	1,057	1,554
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund – Class 2 (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.30	$2.56	$2.39	$2.09	$2.23	$2.11	$1.67	$1.48	$1.52	$1.38
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.78	$2.30	$2.56	$2.39	$2.09	$2.23	$2.11	$1.67	$1.48	$1.52
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,678	1,910	2,241	2,440	2,744	3,052	3,788	4,563	6,038	8,194
Franklin Small-Mid Cap Growth VIP Fund – Class 2 (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.59	$1.70	$1.42	$1.38	$1.44	$1.35	$0.99	$0.91	$0.97	$0.77
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.06	$1.59	$1.70	$1.42	$1.38	$1.44	$1.35	$0.99	$0.91	$0.97
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	756	834	847	900	1,049	1,216	1,475	1,843	2,222	3,025
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series I Shares (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.78	$1.88	$1.49	$1.48	$1.43	$1.34	$0.97	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.41	$1.78	$1.88	$1.49	$1.48	$1.43	$1.34	$0.97	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	166	189	348	373	412	426	512	607	—	—

62    RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.35% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Invesco V.I. Core Equity Fund, Series I Shares (4/28/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.66	$1.85	$1.66	$1.52	$1.64	$1.54	$1.21	$1.07	$1.09	$1.01
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.11	$1.66	$1.85	$1.66	$1.52	$1.64	$1.54	$1.21	$1.07	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	218	248	411	490	531	549	586	676	894	1,168
MFS® Massachusetts Investors Growth Stock Portfolio – Service Class (3/27/2015)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.27	$1.28	$1.02	$0.97	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.76	$1.27	$1.28	$1.02	$0.97	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	367	479	534	605	622	—	—	—	—	—
MFS® New Discovery Series – Service Class (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.20	$2.26	$1.82	$1.69	$1.75	$1.92	$1.38	$1.16	$1.31	$0.98
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.06	$2.20	$2.26	$1.82	$1.69	$1.75	$1.92	$1.38	$1.16	$1.31
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	91	92	229	248	255	281	298	351	439	719
MFS® Total Return Series – Service Class (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.10	$2.26	$2.05	$1.91	$1.94	$1.82	$1.55	$1.42	$1.42	$1.31
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.49	$2.10	$2.26	$2.05	$1.91	$1.94	$1.82	$1.55	$1.42	$1.42
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,938	2,211	2,485	2,812	3,107	3,456	4,108	4,720	6,866	8,367
Putnam VT Equity Income Fund – Class IB Shares (5/12/2017)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.01	$1.12	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.30	$1.01	$1.12	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	460	467	456	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Putnam VT International Growth Fund – Class IB Shares (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.98	$1.23	$0.92	$1.00	$1.00	$1.08	$0.90	$0.75	$0.93	$0.84
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.21	$0.98	$1.23	$0.92	$1.00	$1.00	$1.08	$0.90	$0.75	$0.93
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	145	146	165	207	208	195	205	212	263	449
Putnam VT Sustainable Leaders Fund – Class IB Shares (9/24/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.38	$2.45	$1.92	$1.81	$1.84	$1.64	$1.22	$1.06	$1.13	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.20	$2.38	$2.45	$1.92	$1.81	$1.84	$1.64	$1.22	$1.06	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	58	66	80	99	112	114	175	206	299	409
Templeton Developing Markets VIP Fund – Class 2 (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.33	$2.81	$2.03	$1.75	$2.20	$2.44	$2.49	$2.23	$2.69	$2.32
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.91	$2.33	$2.81	$2.03	$1.75	$2.20	$2.44	$2.49	$2.23	$2.69
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	74	74	74	92	93	95	96	101	109	209
Templeton Foreign VIP Fund – Class 2 (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.33	$1.60	$1.39	$1.31	$1.42	$1.62	$1.34	$1.15	$1.30	$1.22
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.48	$1.33	$1.60	$1.39	$1.31	$1.42	$1.62	$1.34	$1.15	$1.30
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	643	761	892	973	1,021	1,195	1,360	1,548	2,233	3,134
Wells Fargo VT International Equity Fund – Class 1 (12/8/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.64	$1.99	$1.62	$1.59	$1.57	$1.69	$1.42	$1.27	$1.48	$1.28
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.86	$1.64	$1.99	$1.62	$1.59	$1.57	$1.69	$1.42	$1.27	$1.48
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	30	35	39	51	58	67	101	128	179	344
Wells Fargo VT Omega Growth Fund – Class 1 (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.19	$2.21	$1.66	$1.67	$1.66	$1.62	$1.17	$0.98	$1.05	$0.89
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.97	$2.19	$2.21	$1.66	$1.67	$1.66	$1.62	$1.17	$0.98	$1.05
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	124	151	300	369	379	382	438	497	547	971
Wells Fargo VT Opportunity Fund – Class 1 (8/26/2011)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.97	$2.14	$1.80	$1.62	$1.69	$1.55	$1.20	$1.05	$1.00	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.56	$1.97	$2.14	$1.80	$1.62	$1.69	$1.55	$1.20	$1.05	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	140	165	206	213	215	225	240	319	345	—

RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus    63

Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information

Calculating Annuity Payouts	p. 3
Rating Agencies	p. 4
Principal Underwriter	p. 4
Service Providers	p. 4
Custodian	p. 5
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	p. 5
Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	p. 6
Financial Statements

64    RiverSource New Solutions Variable Annuity — Prospectus

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474
1-800-333-3437

240355  CG (5/20)

RiverSource Distributors, Inc. (Distributor), Member FINRA. Issued by RiverSource Life Insurance Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota. ©2008-2020 RiverSource Life Insurance Company. All rights reserved.

Prospectus

May 1, 2020

Evergreen

Privilege Variable Annuity

Contract Option L: Individual Flexible Premium Deferred Combination Fixed/Variable Annuity
Contract Option C: Individual Flexible Premium Deferred Variable Annuity

Issued by:	RiverSource Life Insurance Company (RiverSource Life) 829 Ameriprise Financial Center Minneapolis, MN 55474 Telephone: 1-800-333-3437 (Service Center)
	RiverSource Variable Annuity Account/RiverSource MVA Account

New contracts are not currently being offered.

This prospectus describes Contract Option L and Contract Option C. The information in this prospectus applies to both contracts unless stated otherwise.

This prospectus contains information that you should know before investing. Investment options available under the contract are listed below:

Columbia Funds Variable Series Trust II

Fidelity^® Variable Insurance Products – Service Class 2

Franklin^® Templeton^® Variable Insurance Products Trust – Class 2

Invesco Variable Insurance Funds

Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds – Service Shares

Putnam Variable Trust – Class IB Shares

Wells Fargo Variable Trust Funds

 

Please read the prospectuses carefully and keep them for future reference.

The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

An investment in this contract is not a deposit of a bank or financial institution and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) or any other government agency. An investment in this contract involves investment risk including the possible loss of principal.

A Statement of Additional Information (SAI), dated the same date as this prospectus, is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. It is filed with the SEC and is available without charge by contacting RiverSource Life at the telephone number and address listed above. The table of contents of the SAI is on the last page of this prospectus. The SEC maintains an Internet site. This prospectus, the SAI and other information about the product are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at (http://www.sec.gov).

Variable annuities are complex products. The fees and charges, as well as the available features and benefits, of the variable annuity contracts described in this prospectus will be different from other variable annuities offered in the marketplace, including other variable annuities or other types of annuities offered by RiverSource Life. The interest credited, guarantees provided, and credits available, as well as the funds serving as underlying investments and their corresponding expenses, may differ among the variable annuities that are available to you. With the aid of an appropriate financial professional, we encourage you to compare and contrast the variable annuity contracts described in this prospectus with other variable annuities available in the marketplace, including other types of annuities we may offer. This will aid in determining whether purchasing a contract is consistent with your investment objectives, risk tolerance, time horizon, marital status, tax situation, and your unique financial situation and needs. If you select an annuity that includes surrender or other liquidation charges, you should also consider any future needs you may have to access your contract value. The optional benefits and features available with the contracts usually come with additional costs. Consider any additional costs carefully when electing these optional benefits and features.

Beginning on January 1, 2021, as permitted by regulations adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission, paper copies of your underlying funds’ shareholder reports will no longer be sent by mail, unless you specifically request paper copies of the reports from RiverSource Life. Instead, the reports will be made available on a website, and you will be notified each time a report is posted and provided with a website link to access the report.

You may elect to receive all future reports in paper free of charge. You can inform RiverSource Life that you wish to continue receiving paper copies of your shareholder reports by calling our Service Center at 1-800-862-7919. Your election to receive reports in paper will apply to all funds available under your variable annuity contract.

Evergreen Privilege Variable Annuity — Prospectus    1

Effects of COVID-19 Pandemic

The coronavirus disease 2019 (“COVID-19”) public health crisis presents ongoing significant economic and societal disruption and has driven significant volatility in the equity and interest rate markets. Any periods of continued high market volatility, and your individual circumstances (e.g., your selected allocations and the timing of any purchase payments, transfers, or withdrawals), will affect values under your contract. As part of how we maintain our strong financial strength and claims-paying ability, we continue to reserve amounts for our contractual obligations in accordance with significant state solvency regulations. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic may impact financial markets, investment performance under your contract, and our financial strength and claims-paying ability will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be estimated, including the scope and duration of the pandemic and actions taken by governmental authorities, market participants, and other third parties in response to the pandemic.

We have implemented comprehensive strategies to address the operating environment spurred by the pandemic.  To promote the safety and security of our employees and to assure the continuity of our business operations, we have implemented a work from home protocol for virtually all of our employee population, restricted business travel, and provided resources for complying with the guidance from the World Health Organization, the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and government authorities. We have been satisfying elevated customer service volumes and our operations teams have continued to operate successfully and without disruptions in service. Our pandemic strategy is flexible and scalable and takes into consideration that a pandemic could be widespread and may occur in multiple waves, affecting different communities at different times with varying levels of severity. We cannot, however, predict the impact that natural or man-made disasters and catastrophes, including the COVID-19 pandemic, may have over near- or longer-term periods.

2    Evergreen Privilege Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Table of Contents

Key Terms	4
The Contract in Brief	6
Expense Summary	8
Contract Owner Transaction Expenses	8
Annual Variable Account Expenses	8
Other Annual Expenses	9
Annual Operating Expenses of the Funds	9
Condensed Financial Information	11
Financial Statements	11
The Variable Account and the Funds	11
The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)	15
Market Value Adjustment (MVA)	15
The General Account	18
The Fixed Account	18
The One-Year Fixed Account	18
Buying Your Contract	19
The Retirement Date	20
Beneficiary	20
Purchase Payments	20
How to Make Purchase Payments	21
Limitations on Use of Contract	21
Charges	21
Contract Administrative Charge	21
Variable Account Administrative Charge	21
Mortality and Expense Risk Fee	21
Withdrawal Charge	22
Fund Fees and Expenses	23
Premium Taxes	23
Optional Living Benefits Charges	24
Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB) Fee	24
Optional Death Benefit Charges	24
Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider Fee	24
Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider Fee	24
Valuing Your Investment	24
GPAs and One-Year Fixed Account	24
Subaccounts	25
Making the Most of Your Contract	25
Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging	25
Special Dollar-Cost Averaging (Special DCA) Program for Contract Option L Only	26
Asset Rebalancing	27
Transferring Among Accounts	27
How to request a Transfer or Withdrawal	30

Withdrawals	31
Withdrawal Policies	31
Receiving Payment	32
TSA–Special Provisions	32
Participants in Tax-Sheltered Annuities	32
Changing Ownership	33
Benefits in Case of Death	33
If You Die Before Your Retirement Date	37
Optional Benefits	39
Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector)	39
Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus)	41
Optional Living Benefits	43
Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB)	43
The Annuity Payout Period	47
Annuity Tables	47
Annuity Payout Plans	47
Taxes	48
Nonqualified Annuities	48
Qualified Annuities	50
Other	52
Voting Rights	53
Substitution of Investments	53
About the Service Providers	53
Principal Underwriter	53
Service Providers	55
Issuer	55
Legal Proceedings	55
Additional Information	55
Incorporation of Certain Documents By Reference	55
Available Information	56
Indemnification	56
Appendix: Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	57
Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information	60

Evergreen Privilege Variable Annuity — Prospectus    3

Key Terms

These terms can help you understand details about your contract.

Accumulation unit: A measure of the value of each subaccount before annuity payouts begin.

Annuitant: The person or persons on whose life or life expectancy the annuity payouts are based.

Annuity payouts: An amount paid at regular intervals under one of several plans.

Assumed investment rate: The rate of return we assume your investments will earn when we calculate your initial annuity payout amount using the annuity table in your contract. The standard assumed investment rate we use is 5% but you may request we substitute an assumed investment rate of 3.5%.

Beneficiary: The person you designate to receive benefits in case of the owner’s or annuitant’s death while the contract is in force.

Close of business: The time the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) closes (4 p.m. Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier).

Code: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Contract: A deferred annuity contract that permits you to accumulate money for retirement by making one or more purchase payments. It provides for lifetime or other forms of payouts beginning at a specified time in the future.

Contract value: The total value of your contract before we deduct any applicable charges.

Contract year: A period of 12 months, starting on the effective date of your contract and on each anniversary of the effective date.

Funds: Investment options under your contract. You may allocate your purchase payments into subaccounts investing in shares of the funds.

Good order: We cannot process your transaction request relating to the contract until we have received the request in good order at our Service Center. “Good order” means the actual receipt of the requested transaction in writing, along with all information, forms and supporting legal documentation necessary to effect the transaction. To be in “good order,” your instructions must be sufficiently clear so that we do not need to exercise any discretion to follow such instructions. This information and documentation generally includes your completed request; the contract number; the transaction amount (in dollars); the names of and allocations to and/or from the subaccounts and the fixed account affected by the requested transaction; Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number; and any other information, forms or supporting documentation that we may require. For certain transactions, at our option, we may require the signature of all contract owners for the request to be in good order. With respect to purchase

requests, “good order” also generally includes receipt of sufficient payment by us to effect the purchase. We may, in our sole discretion, determine whether any particular transaction request is in good order, and we reserve the right to change or waive any good order requirements at any time.

Guarantee Period: The number of successive 12-month periods that a guaranteed interest rate is credited.

Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs): A nonunitized separate account to which you may allocate purchase payments or transfer contract value of at least $1,000. These accounts have guaranteed interest rates for guarantee periods we declare when you allocate purchase payments or transfer contract value to a GPA. These guaranteed rates and periods of time may vary by state. Unless an exception applies, transfers or withdrawals from a GPA done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will receive a market value adjustment, which may result in a gain or loss of principal.

Market Value Adjustment (MVA): A positive or negative adjustment assessed if any portion of a Guarantee Period Account is withdrawn or transferred more than 30 days before the end of its guarantee period.

One-year fixed account: Part of our general account to which you may make allocations. Amounts you allocate to this account earn interest at rates that we declare periodically.

Owner (you, your): The person or persons identified in the contract as owner(s) of the contract, who has or have the right to control the contract (to decide on investment allocations, transfers, payout options, etc.). Usually, but not always, the owner is also the annuitant. During the owner’s life, the owner is responsible for taxes, regardless of whether he or she receives the contract’s benefits. The owner or any joint owner may be a non-natural person (e.g. irrevocable trust or corporation) or a revocable trust. If any owner is a non-natural person or a revocable trust, the annuitant will be deemed to be the owner for contract provisions that are based on the age or life of the owner. When the contract is owned by a revocable trust or irrevocable grantor trust, the annuitant(s) selected must be the grantor(s) of the trust to assure compliance with Section 72(s) of the Code.

Qualified annuity: A contract that you purchase to fund one of the following tax-deferred retirement plans that is subject to applicable federal law and any rules of the plan itself:

• Individual Retirement Annuities (IRAs) including inherited IRAs under Section 408(b) of the Code

• Roth IRAs including inherited Roth IRAs under Section 408A of the Code

• Simplified Employee Pension (SEP) plans under Section 408(k) of the Code

• Tax-Sheltered Annuity (TSA) rollovers under Section 403(b) of the Code

 

4    Evergreen Privilege Variable Annuity — Prospectus

A qualified annuity will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral if it is used to fund a retirement plan that is already tax deferred.

All other contracts are considerednonqualified annuities.

Retirement date: The date when annuity payouts are scheduled to begin.

Rider effective date: The date a rider becomes effective as stated in the rider.

RiverSource Life: In this prospectus, “we,” “us,” “our” and “RiverSource Life” refer to RiverSource Life Insurance Company.

Service Center: Our department that processes all transaction and service requests for the contracts. We consider all transaction and service requests received when they arrive in good order at the Service Center. Any transaction or service requests sent or directed to any location other than our Service Center may end up delayed or not processed. Our Service Center address and telephone number are listed on the first page of the prospectus.

Valuation date: Any normal business day, Monday through Friday, on which the NYSE is open, up to the time it closes. At the NYSE close, the next valuation date begins. We calculate the accumulation unit value of each subaccount on each valuation date. If we receive your purchase payment or any transaction request (such as a

transfer or withdrawal request) in good order at our Service Center before the close of business, we will process your payment or transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your payment or transaction request. On the other hand, if we receive your purchase payment or transaction request in good order at our Service Center at or after the close of business, we will process your payment or transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date. If you make a transaction request by telephone (including by fax), you must have completed your transaction by the close of business in order for us to process it using the accumulation unit value we calculate on that valuation date. If you were not able to complete your transaction before the close of business for any reason, including telephone service interruptions or delays due to high call volume, we will process your transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date.

Variable account: Consists of separate subaccounts to which you may allocate purchase payments; each invests in shares of one fund. The value of your investment in each subaccount changes with the performance of the particular fund.

Withdrawal value: The amount you are entitled to receive if you make a full withdrawal from your contract. It is the contract value minus any applicable charges.

Evergreen Privilege Variable Annuity — Prospectus    5

The Contract in Brief

This prospectus describes two contracts. Contract Option L offers a four year withdrawal charge schedule and investment options in the GPAs, one-year fixed account and/or the subaccounts. Contract Option C eliminates the withdrawal charge schedule in exchange for a higher mortality and expense risk fee and allows investment in the subaccounts only. The information in this prospectus applies to both contracts unless stated otherwise.

Purpose: The purpose of these contracts is to allow you to accumulate money for retirement or similar long-term goal. You do this by making one or more purchase payments. For contract Option L, you may allocate your purchase payments to the GPAs, one-year fixed account and/or subaccounts. For contract Option C, you may allocate purchase payments to the subaccounts. For both contract Option L and contract Option C, you risk losing amounts you invest in the subaccounts of the variable account. These accounts, in turn, may earn returns that increase the value of a contract. If the contract value goes to zero due to underlying fund’s performance or deduction of fees, the contract will no longer be in force and the contract (including any death benefit riders) will terminate. You may be able to purchase an optional benefit to reduce the investment risk you assume under the contract. Beginning at a specified time in the future called the retirement date, these contracts provide lifetime or other forms of payouts of your contract value (less any applicable premium tax).

It may have not been advantageous for you to purchase this contract in exchange for, or in addition to, an existing annuity or life insurance policy. Generally, you can exchange one annuity for another or for a long-term care policy in a “tax-free” exchange under Section 1035 of the Code. You can also do a partial exchange from one annuity contract to another annuity contract, subject to Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) rules. You also generally can exchange a life insurance policy for an annuity. However, before making an exchange, you should compare both contracts carefully because the features and benefits may be different. Fees and charges may be higher or lower on your old contract than on this contract. You may have to pay a withdrawal charge when you exchange out of your old contract and a new withdrawal period will begin when you exchange into this contract. If the exchange does not qualify for Section 1035 treatment, you also may have to pay federal income tax on the distribution. State income taxes may also apply. You should not exchange your old contract for this contract, or buy this contract in addition to your old contract, unless you determine it is in your best interest. (See “Taxes-1035 Exchanges”.)

Tax-deferred retirement plans: Most annuities have a tax-deferred feature. So do many retirement plans under the Code including 403(b) plans. As a result, when you use a qualified annuity to fund a retirement plan that is tax-deferred, your contract will not provide any necessary

or additional tax deferral beyond what is provided in that retirement plan. Some employers may permit you to deposit your contributions into other investments such as mutual funds. If such investments are available to you, before enrolling under the contract, you should consider features other than tax deferral that may help you reach your retirement goals. In addition, the Code subjects retirement plans to required withdrawals triggered at age 72 (triggered at age 70 ½ if you turned 70 ½ before Jan. 1, 2020). These mandatory withdrawals are called required minimum distributions (“RMDs”). RMDs may reduce the value of certain death benefits and optional riders (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). You should consult your tax advisor before you purchase the contract as a qualified annuity for an explanation of the tax implications to you.

Buying a contract: We no longer offer new contracts. However, you have the option of making additional purchase payments in the future, subject to certain limitations. Purchase payment amounts and purchase payment timing may be limited under the terms of your contract and/or pursuant to state requirements. (See “Buying Your Contract”).

Free look period: The contracts in this prospectus are no longer sold. Generally, all available free look periods have now expired.

Accounts: Generally, you may allocate purchase payments to the GPAs, one-year fixed account and/or the subaccounts, depending on the contract option you select.

If you select contract Option L, you may allocate your purchase payments among any or all of:

• subaccounts of the variable account, each of which invests in a fund with a particular investment objective. The value of each subaccount varies with the performance of the particular fund in which it invests. We cannot guarantee that the value at the retirement date will equal or exceed the total purchase payments you allocate to the subaccounts. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds”).

• GPAs which earn interest at rates declared when you make an allocation to that account. The required minimum investment in each GPA is $1,000. These accounts may not be available in all states. (See “The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)”)

• one-year fixed account, which earns interest at rates that we adjust periodically. There are restrictions on the amount you can allocate to this account as well as on transfers from this account (see “The Fixed Account – One-Year Fixed Account“ )

If you select contract Option C, you may allocate purchase payments to the subaccounts only⁽¹⁾

⁽¹⁾ For applications dated May 1, 2003 or after, investment in the GPAs and one-year fixed account for contract Option C is not allowed in most states. For applications dated prior to May 1, 2003,

 

6    Evergreen Privilege Variable Annuity — Prospectus

investment in the GPAs and one-year fixed account is not restricted in most states. Please check with your investment professional to determine which applies in your state.

Transfers: Subject to certain restrictions, you currently may redistribute your contract value among the accounts without charge at any time until annuity payouts begin, and once per contract year among the subaccounts after annuity payouts begin. Transfers out of the GPAs done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will be subject to a MVA, unless an exception applies. You may establish automated transfers among the accounts. We reserve the right to limit transfers to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then currently crediting is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transferring Among Accounts”).

Withdrawals: You may withdraw all or part of your contract value at any time before the retirement date. You also may establish automated partial withdrawals. Withdrawals may be subject to charges and tax penalties (including a 10% IRS penalty that may apply if you make withdrawals prior to your reaching age 59½) and may have other tax consequences. Certain other restrictions may apply. (See “Withdrawals”)

Optional benefits:These contracts offered optional living and death benefits that were available for additional charges if you met certain criteria. Please note, since the contracts in this prospectus are no longer sold, any optional benefits you may have elected were done so at the time of application. You cannot add optional benefits to your contract after it has been issued. Any optional benefits we describe are not available to add to your contract. (See “Optional Benefits”).

Benefits in case of death: If you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin, we will pay the beneficiary an amount based on the death benefit selected. (See “Benefits in Case of Death”).

Annuity payouts: You can apply your contract value, after reflecting any adjustments, to an annuity payout plan that begins on the retirement date. You may choose from a variety of plans that can help meet your retirement or other income needs. The payout schedule must meet IRS requirements. We can make payouts on a fixed or variable basis, or both. During the annuity payout period, your choices for subaccounts may be limited. The GPAs are not available during the payout period. (See “The Annuity Payout Period”).

Evergreen Privilege Variable Annuity — Prospectus    7

Expense Summary

The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you paid when buying, owning and making a withdrawal from the contract. The first table describes the fees and expenses that you paid at the time that you bought the contract and will pay when you make a withdrawal from the contract. State premium taxes also may be deducted.

Contract Owner Transaction Expenses

Withdrawal charge

(Contingent deferred sales charge as a percentage of purchase payments withdrawn)

You select either contract Option L or Option C at the time of application. Option C contracts have no withdrawal charge schedule but they carry higher mortality and expense risk fees than Option L contracts.

Contract year for Contract Option L	Withdrawal charge percentage
1-2	8%
3	7
4	6
5 and later	0

Liquidation charge under Variable Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:If you are receiving variable annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to withdraw those payments. The amount that you can withdraw is the present value of any remaining variable payouts. The discount rate we use in the calculation will be 5.17% if the assumed investment return is 3.5% and 6.67% if the assumed investment return is 5%. The liquidation charge equals the present value of the remaining payouts using the assumed investment return minus the present value of the remaining payouts using the discount rate. (See “Charges — WithdrawalCharge” and “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Withdrawal charge for Fixed Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:

Number of Completed Years Since Annuitization	Withdrawal charge percentage
0	Not applicable*
1	5%
2	4
3	3
4	2
5	1
6 and thereafter	0

*We do not permit withdrawals in the first year after annuitization.

The next tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay periodically during the time that you own the contract, not including fund fees and expenses.

Annual Variable Account Expenses

(As a percentage of average daily subaccount value.)

You can choose either contract Option L or Option C and the death benefit guarantee provided. The combination you choose determines the fees you pay. The table below shows the combinations available to you and their cost.

If you select contract Option L and:	Variable account administrative charge	Total mortality and expense risk fee	Total variable account expenses
Return of Purchase Payment (ROP) death benefit	0.15%	1.25%	1.40%
Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV) death benefit	0.15	1.35	1.50
Enhanced Death Benefit (EDB)	0.15	1.55	1.70

If you select contract Option C and:	Variable account administrative charge	Total mortality and expense risk fee	Total variable account expenses
ROP death benefit	0.15	1.35	1.50
MAV death benefit	0.15	1.45	1.60
EDB	0.15	1.65	1.80

8    Evergreen Privilege Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Other Annual Expenses

Annual contract administrative charge $40

(We will waive this charge when your contract value is $100,000 or more on the current contract anniversary.)

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector) fee 0.25%⁽¹⁾

(As a percentage of the contract value charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus) fee 0.40%⁽¹⁾

(As a percentage of the contract value charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB) fee 0.70%^(1),(2)

(As a percentage of the GMIB benefit base charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

(1)	This fee applies only if you elect this optional feature.
(2)	For applications signed prior to May 1, 2003, the following annual current rider charges apply: GMIB — .30%.

Annual Operating Expenses of the Funds

The next table provides the minimum and maximum total operating expenses charged by the underlying funds that you may pay periodically during the time that you own the contract. These operating expenses are for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, unless otherwise noted. More detail concerning each underlying fund’s fees and expenses is contained in each fund’s prospectus.

Minimum and maximum annual operating expenses for the funds

(Including management, distribution (12b-1) and/or service fees and other expenses)⁽¹⁾

	Minimum(%)	Maximum(%)
Total expenses before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements	0.60	1.38

⁽¹⁾ Total annual fund operating expenses are deducted from amounts that are allocated to the fund. They include management fees and other expenses and may include distribution (12b-1) fees. Other expenses may include service fees that may be used to compensate service providers, including us and our affiliates, for administrative and contract owner services provided on behalf of the fund. The amount of these payments will vary by fund and may be significant. See “The Variable Account and the Funds” for additional information, including potential conflicts of interest these payments may create. Distribution (12b-1) fees are used to finance any activity that is primarily intended to result in the sale of fund shares. Because 12b-1 fees are paid out of fund assets on an ongoing basis, you may pay more if you select subaccounts investing in funds that have adopted 12b-1 plans than if you select subaccounts investing in funds that have not adopted 12b-1 plans. For a more complete description of each fund’s fees and expenses and important disclosure regarding payments the fund and/or its affiliates make, please review the fund’s prospectus and SAI.

Evergreen Privilege Variable Annuity — Prospectus    9

Examples

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in these contracts with the cost of investing in other variable annuity contracts. These costs include your transaction expenses, contract administrative charges⁽¹⁾, variable account annual expenses and fund fees and expenses.

These examples assume that you invest $10,000 in the contract for the time periods indicated. These examples also assume that your investment has a 5% return each year.

Maximum Expenses. These examples assume the most expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the maximum fees and expenses of any of the funds before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the EDB and the GMIB. Although your actual costs may be lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

	If you withdraw your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not withdraw your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Contract Option L	$1,155	$1,857	$2,206	$4,571	$429	$1,305	$2,206	$4,571
Contract Option C	439	1,335	2,255	4,661	439	1,335	2,255	4,661

Minimum Expenses. These examples assume the least expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the minimum fees and expenses of any of the funds before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the ROP Death Benefit and do not select any optional benefits. Although your actual costs may be higher, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

	If you withdraw your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not withdraw your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Contract Option L	$985	$1,335	$1,279	$2,705	$245	$751	$1,279	$2,705
Contract Option C	255	782	1,330	2,809	255	782	1,330	2,809

⁽¹⁾ In these examples, the contract administrative charge is $40.

THE EXAMPLES ARE ILLUSTRATIVE ONLY. YOU SHOULD NOT CONSIDER THESE EXAMPLES AS A REPRESENTATION OF PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES. ACTUAL EXPENSES WILL BE HIGHER OR LOWER THAN THOSE SHOWN DEPENDING UPON WHICH OPTIONAL BENEFIT YOU ELECT OTHER THAN INDICATED IN THE EXAMPLES OR IF YOU ALLOCATE CONTRACT VALUE TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE SUBACCOUNTS.

10    Evergreen Privilege Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Condensed Financial Information

You can find unaudited condensed financial information for the subaccounts representing the lowest and highest total annual variable account expense combinations in Appendix.

Financial Statements

You can find our audited financial statements and the audited financial statements of the divisions, which are comprised of subaccounts, in the SAI. The SAI does not include audited financial statements for divisions that are new (if any) and have no activity as of the financial statements date.

The Variable Account and the Funds

Variable Account. The variable account was established under Indiana law on July 15, 1987, and the subaccounts are registered together as a single unit investment trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the 1940 Act). This registration does not involve any supervision of our management or investment practices and policies by the SEC. All obligations arising under the contracts are general obligations of RiverSource Life.

The variable account meets the definition of a separate account under federal securities laws. We credit or charge income, capital gains and capital losses of each subaccount only to that subaccount. State insurance law prohibits us from charging a subaccount with liabilities of any other subaccount or of our general business. The variable account includes other subaccounts that are available under contracts that are not described in this prospectus.

The IRS has issued guidance on investor control but may issue additional guidance in the future. We reserve the right to modify the contract or any investments made under the terms of the contract so that the investor control rules do not apply to treat the contract owner as the owner of the subaccount assets rather than the owner of an annuity contract. If the contract is not treated as an annuity contract for tax purposes, the owner may be subject to current taxation on any current or accumulated income credited to the contract.

We intend to comply with all federal tax laws so that the contract qualifies as an annuity for federal tax purposes. We reserve the right to modify the contract as necessary in order to qualify the contract as an annuity for federal tax purposes.

The Funds. This contract currently offers subaccounts investing in shares of the funds listed in the table below.

• Investment objectives: The investment managers and advisers cannot guarantee that the funds will meet their investment objectives. Please read the funds’ prospectuses for facts you should know before investing. These prospectuses are available by contacting us at the address or telephone number on the first page of this prospectus.

• Fund name and management: A fund underlying your contract in which a subaccount invests may have a name, portfolio manager, objectives, strategies and characteristics that are the same or substantially similar to those of a publicly-traded retail mutual fund. Despite these similarities, an underlying fund is not the same as any publicly-traded retail mutual fund. Each underlying fund will have its own unique portfolio holdings, fees, operating expenses and operating results. The results of each underlying fund may differ significantly from any publicly-traded retail mutual fund.

• Eligible purchasers: All funds are available to serve as the underlying investments for variable annuities and variable life insurance policies. The funds are not available to the public (see “Fund Name and Management” above). Some funds also are available to serve as investment options for tax-deferred retirement plans. It is possible that in the future for tax, regulatory or other reasons, it may be disadvantageous for variable annuity accounts and variable life insurance accounts and/or tax-deferred retirement plans to invest in the available funds simultaneously. Although we and the funds’ providers do not currently foresee any such disadvantages, the boards of directors or trustees of each fund will monitor events in order to identify any material conflicts between annuity owners, policy owners and tax-deferred retirement plans and to determine what action, if any, should be taken in response to a conflict. If a board were to conclude that it should establish separate fund providers for the variable annuity, variable life insurance and tax-deferred retirement plan accounts, you would not bear any expenses associated with establishing separate funds. Please refer to the funds’ prospectuses for risk disclosure regarding simultaneous investments by variable annuity, variable life insurance and tax-deferred retirement plan accounts. Each fund intends to comply with the diversification requirements under Section 817(h) of the Code.

• Private label: This contract is a “private label” variable annuity. This means the contract includes funds affiliated with the distributor of this contract. Purchase payments and contract values you allocate to subaccounts investing in any of the Wells Fargo Variable Trust Funds available under this contract are generally more profitable for the distributor and its affiliates than allocations you make to other subaccounts. In contrast, purchase payments and contract values you allocate to subaccounts investing in any of the affiliated funds are generally more profitable for us and our

Evergreen Privilege Variable Annuity — Prospectus    11

	affiliates (see “Revenue we receive from the funds may create conflicts of interest”). These relationships may influence recommendations your investment professional makes regarding whether you should invest in the contract, and whether you should allocate purchase payments or contract values to a particular subaccount.
•	Asset allocation programs may impact fund performance: Asset allocation programs in general may negatively impact the performance of an underlying fund. Even if you do not participate in an asset allocation program, a fund in which your subaccount invests may be impacted if it is included in an asset allocation program. Rebalancing or reallocation under the terms of the asset allocation program may cause a fund to lose money if it must sell large amounts of securities to meet a redemption request. These losses can be greater if the fund holds securities that are not as liquid as others, for example, various types of bonds, shares of smaller companies and securities of foreign issuers. A fund may also experience higher expenses because it must sell or buy securities more frequently than it otherwise might in the absence of asset allocation program rebalancing or reallocations. Because asset allocation programs include periodic rebalancing and may also include reallocation, these effects may occur under the asset allocation program we offer or under asset allocation programs used in conjunction with the contracts and plans of other eligible purchasers of the funds.
•	Funds available under the contract: We seek to provide a broad array of underlying funds taking into account the fees and charges imposed by each fund and the contract charges we impose. We select the underlying funds in which the subaccounts initially invest and when there is substitution (see “Substitution of Investments”). We also make all decisions regarding which funds to retain in a contract, which funds to add to a contract and which funds will no longer be offered in a contract. In making these decisions, we may consider various objective and subjective factors. Objective factors include, but are not limited to fund performance, fund expenses, classes of fund shares available, size of the fund and investment objectives and investing style of the fund. Subjective factors include, but are not limited to, investment sub-styles and process, management skill and history at other funds and portfolio concentration and sector weightings. We also consider the levels and types of revenue a fund, its distributor, investment adviser, subadviser, transfer agent or their affiliates pay us and our affiliates. This revenue includes, but is not limited to compensation for administrative services provided with respect to the fund and support of marketing and distribution expenses incurred with respect to the fund.
•	Money Market fund yield: In low interest rate environments, money market fund yields may decrease to a level where the deduction of fees and charges associated with your contract could result in negative net performance, resulting in a corresponding decrease in your contract value.
•	Revenue we receive from the funds and potential conflicts of interest:

Expenses We May Incur on Behalf of the Funds

When a subaccount invests in a fund, the fund holds a single account in the name of the variable account. As such, the variable account is actually the shareholder of the fund. We, through our variable account, aggregate the transactions of numerous contract owners and submit net purchase and redemption requests to the funds on a daily basis. In addition, we track individual contract owner transactions and provide confirmations, periodic statements, and other required mailings. These costs would normally be borne by the fund, but we incur them instead.

Besides incurring these administrative expenses on behalf of the funds, we also incur distributions expenses in selling our contracts. By extension, the distribution expenses we incur benefit the funds we make available due to contract owner elections to allocate purchase payments to the funds through the subaccounts. In addition, the funds generally incur lower distribution expenses when offered through our variable account in contrast to being sold on a retail basis.

A complete list of why we may receive this revenue, as well as sources of revenue, is described in detail below.

Payments the Funds May Make to Us

We or our affiliates may receive from each of the funds, or their affiliates, compensation including but not limited to expense payments. These payments are designed in part to compensate us for the expenses we may incur on behalf of the funds. In addition to these payments, the funds may compensate us for wholesaling activities or to participate in educational or marketing seminars sponsored by the funds.

We or our affiliates may receive revenue derived from the 12b-1 fees charged by the funds. These fees are deducted from the assets of the funds. This revenue and the amount by which it can vary may create conflicts of interest. The amount, type, and manner in which the revenue from these sources is computed vary by fund.

Conflicts of Interest These Payments May Create

When we determined the charges to impose under the contracts, we took into account anticipated payments from the funds. If we had not taken into account these anticipated payments, the charges under the contract would have been higher. Additionally, the amount of payment we receive from a fund or its affiliate may create an incentive for us to include that fund as an investment option and may influence our decision regarding which funds to include in the variable account as subaccount options for contract owners. Funds that offer lower payments or no payments may also have corresponding expense structures that are lower, resulting in decreased overall fees and expenses to shareholders.

12    Evergreen Privilege Variable Annuity — Prospectus

We offer funds managed by our affiliates Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC (Columbia Management) and Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLC (Columbia Wanger). We have additional financial incentive to offer our affiliated funds because additional assets held by them generally results in added revenue to us and our parent company, Ameriprise Financial, Inc. Additionally, employees of Ameriprise Financial, Inc. and its affiliates, including our employees, may be separately incented to include the affiliated funds in the products, as employee compensation and business unit operating goals at all levels are tied to the success of the company. Currently, revenue received from our affiliated funds comprises the greatest amount and percentage of revenue we derive from payments made by the funds.

The Amount of Payments We Receive from the Funds

We or our affiliates receive revenue which ranges up to 0.65% of the average daily net assets invested in the funds through this and other contracts we and our affiliates issue.

Why revenues are paid to us: In accordance with applicable laws, regulations and the terms of the agreements under which such revenue is paid, we or our affiliates may receive revenue, including, but not limited to expense payments and non-cash compensation, for various purposes:

• Compensating, training and educating investment professionals who sell the contracts.

• Granting access to our employees whose job it is to promote sales of the contracts by authorized selling firms and their investment professionals, and granting access to investment professionals of our affiliated selling firms.

• Activities or services we or our affiliates provide that assist in the promotion and distribution of the contracts including promoting the funds available under the contracts to contract owners, authorized selling firms and investment professionals.

• Providing sub-transfer agency and shareholder servicing to contract owners.

• Promoting, including and/or retaining the fund’s investment portfolios as underlying investment options in the contracts.

• Advertising, printing and mailing sales literature, and printing and distributing prospectuses and reports.

• Furnishing personal services to contract owners, including education of contract owners regarding the funds, answering routine inquiries regarding a fund, maintaining accounts or providing such other services eligible for service fees as defined under the rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA).

• Subaccounting services, transaction processing, recordkeeping and administration.

• Sources of revenue received from affiliated funds: The affiliated funds are managed by Columbia Management or Columbia Wanger. The sources of revenue we receive from these affiliated funds, or the funds’ affiliates, may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Assets of the fund’s adviser, sub-adviser, transfer agent, distributor or an affiliate of these. The revenue resulting from these sources may be based either on a percentage of average daily net assets of the fund or on the actual cost of certain services we provide with respect to the fund. We may receive this revenue either in the form of a cash payment or it may be allocated to us.

• Compensation paid out of 12b-1 fees that are deducted from fund assets.

• Sources of revenue received from unaffiliated funds: The unaffiliated funds are not managed by an affiliate of ours. The sources of revenue we receive from these unaffiliated funds, or the funds’ affiliates, may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Assets of the fund’s adviser, sub-adviser, transfer agent, distributor or an affiliate of these. The revenue resulting from these sources may be based either on a percentage of average daily net assets of the fund or on the actual cost of certain services we provide with respect to the fund. We receive this revenue in the form of a cash payment.

• Compensation paid out of 12b-1 fees that are deducted from fund assets.

You may allocate purchase payments and transfers to any or all of the subaccounts of the variable account that invest in shares of the funds listed in the table below. From time to time, certain fund names are changed. When we are notified of a name change, we will make changes so that the new name is properly shown. However, changes may take some period of time to complete. As a result it is possible you may receive various forms, reports and confirmations that reflect a fund’s prior name.

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC

Evergreen Privilege Variable Annuity — Prospectus    13

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high level of current income and, as a secondary objective, steady growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Government Money Market Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with maximum current income consistent with liquidity and stability of principal.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high level of current income while attempting to conserve the value of the investment for the longest period of time.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2	Seeks long-term growth of capital. Normally invests primarily in common stocks. Normally invests at least 80% of assets in securities of companies with medium market capitalizations. May invest in companies with smaller or larger market capitalizations. Invests in domestic and foreign issuers. The Fund invests in either "growth" or "value" common stocks or both.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks capital appreciation, with income as a secondary goal. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests primarily in U.S. and foreign equity securities that the investment manager believes are undervalued.	Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. Value Opportunities Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Putnam VT International Equity Fund - Class IB Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor; Putnam Investments Limited, sub-adviser. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of The Putnam Advisory Company, LLC (PAC), PAC does not currently manage any assets of the fund.
Variable Portfolio - Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; Jacobs Levy Equity Management, Inc., Nuveen Asset Management, LLC and Segall Bryant & Hamill, LLC, subadvisers.
Wells Fargo VT International Equity Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.
Wells Fargo VT Omega Growth Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.
Wells Fargo VT Opportunity Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.
Wells Fargo VT Small Cap Growth Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.

14    Evergreen Privilege Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)

The GPAs may not be available in some states.

Investment in the GPAs is not available under contract Option C⁽¹⁾.

The GPAs may not be available in some states.

⁽¹⁾ For applications dated May 1, 2003 or after, investment in the GPAs for contract Option C is not allowed in most states. For applications dated prior to May 1, 2003, investment in the GPAs is not restricted in most states. Please check with your investment professional to determine which applies in your state.

For contract Option L, you may allocate purchase payments to one or more of the GPAs with guarantee periods declared by us. These periods of time may vary by state. The required minimum investment in each GPA is $1,000.

These accounts are not offered after annuity payouts begin.

Each GPA pays an interest rate that is declared when you make an allocation to that account. Interest is credited daily. That interest rate is then fixed for the guarantee period that you chose. We will periodically change the declared interest rate for any future allocations to these accounts, but we will not change the rate paid on money currently in a GPA. The GPA interests under the contracts are registered with the SEC (File No.333-230959). The SEC staff reviews the disclosures in this prospectus on the GPA interests.

The interest rates that we will declare as guaranteed rates in the future are determined by us at our discretion (future rates). These rates generally will be based on various factors related to future investment earnings.We cannot predict nor can we guarantee what future rates will be.

We hold amounts you allocate to the GPAs in a “nonunitized” separate account. This separate account provides an additional measure of assurance that we will make full payment of amounts due under the GPAs. We own the assets of this separate account as well as any favorable investment performance of those assets. You do not participate in the performance of the assets held in this separate account. We guarantee all benefits relating to your value in the GPAs. This guarantee is based on the continued claims-paying ability of the company’s general account. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of insurance and financial products as well, and we also pay our obligations under these products from assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account.

We intend to construct and manage the investment portfolio relating to the separate account in such a way as to minimize the impact of fluctuations by interest rates. We seek to achieve this by constructing a portfolio of assets with a price sensitivity to interest rate changes (i.e., price duration) that is similar to the price duration of the corresponding portfolio of liabilities.

We must invest this portfolio of assets in accordance with requirements established by applicable state laws regarding the nature and quality of investments that life insurance companies may make and the percentage of their assets that they may commit to any particular type of investment. Our investment strategy will incorporate the use of a variety of debt instruments having price durations tending to match the applicable guarantee periods. These instruments include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities, which issues may or may not be guaranteed by the U.S. government;

• Debt securities that have an investment grade, at the time of purchase, within the four highest grades assigned by any of three nationally recognized rating agencies — Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s Investors Service or Fitch — or are rated in the two highest grades by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners;

• Other debt instruments which are unrated or rated below investment grade, limited to 10% of assets at the time of purchase; and

• Real estate mortgages, limited to 45% of portfolio assets at the time of acquisition.

In addition, options and futures contracts on fixed income securities will be used from time to time to achieve and maintain appropriate investment and liquidity characteristics on the overall asset portfolio.

While this information generally describes our investment strategy, we are not obligated to follow any particular strategy except as may be required by federal law and Indiana and other state insurance laws.

Market Value Adjustment (MVA)

We guarantee the contract value allocated to your GPA, including the interest credited, if you do not make any transfers or withdrawals from that GPA prior to 30 days before the end of the guarantee period. However, we will apply an MVA if a transfer or withdrawal occurs prior to this time, unless the transfer is an automated transfer from the two-year GPA as

Evergreen Privilege Variable Annuity — Prospectus    15

part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep strategy. The MVA also affects amounts withdrawn from a GPA prior to 30 days before the end of the guarantee period that are used to purchase payouts under an annuity payout plan. We will refer to all of these transactions as “early withdrawals” in the discussion below.

When you request an early withdrawal, we adjust the early withdrawal amount by an MVA formula. The early withdrawal amount reflects the relationship between the guaranteed interest rate you are earning in your current GPA and the interest rate we are crediting on new GPAs that end at the same time as your current GPA.

The MVA is sensitive to changes in current interest rates. The magnitude of any applicable MVA will depend on our current schedule of guaranteed interest rates at the time of the withdrawal, the time remaining in your guarantee period and your guaranteed interest rate. The MVA is negative, zero or positive depending on how the guaranteed interest rate on your GPA compares to the interest rate of a new GPA for the same number of years as the guarantee period remaining on your GPA. This is summarized in the following table:

If your GPA rate is:	The MVA is:
Less than the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Negative
Equal to the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Zero
Greater than the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Positive

For examples, see Appendix A.

When you request an early withdrawal, we adjust the early withdrawal amount by an MVA formula. The early withdrawal amount reflects the relationship between the guaranteed interest rate you are earning in your current GPA and the interest rate we are crediting on new GPAs that end at the same time as your current GPA.

The MVA is sensitive to changes in current interest rates. The magnitude of any applicable MVA will depend on our current schedule of guaranteed interest rates at the time of the withdrawal, the time remaining in your guarantee period and your guaranteed interest rate. The MVA is negative, zero or positive depending on how the guaranteed interest rate on your GPA compares to the interest rate of a new GPA for the same number of years as the guarantee period remaining on your GPA. This is summarized in the following table:

If your GPA rate is:	The MVA is:
Less than the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Negative
Equal to the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Zero
Greater than the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Positive

General Examples

As the examples below demonstrate, the application of an MVA may result in either a gain or a loss of principal. We refer to all of the transactions described below as “early withdrawals.”

Assumptions:

• You purchase a contract and allocate part of your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA; and

• we guarantee an interest rate of 3.0% annually for your ten-year guarantee period; and

• after three years, you decide to make a withdrawal from your GPA. In other words, there are seven years left in your guarantee period.

Remember that the MVA depends partly on the interest rate of a new GPA for the same number of years as the guarantee period remaining on your GPA. In this case, that is seven years.

Example 1: Remember that your GPA is earning 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 3.5%. We add 0.10% to the 3.5% rate to get 3.6%. Your GPA’s 3.0% rate is less than the 3.6% rate, so the MVA will be negative.

Example 2: Remember again that your GPA is earning 3.0%, and assume that new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 2.5%. We add 0.10% to the 2.5% rate to get 2.6%. In this example, since your GPA’s 3.0% rate is greater than the 2.6% rate, the MVA will be positive. To determine that adjustment precisely, you will have to use the formula described below.

16    Evergreen Privilege Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Sample MVA Calculations

The precise MVA formula we apply is as follows:

Early withdrawal amount	×	[	(	1 + i	)	n/12	–1	]	=	MVA
				1 + j + .001

Where i	=	rate earned in the GPA from which amounts are being transferred or withdrawn.
j	=	current rate for a new guarantee period equal to the remaining term in the current guarantee period.
n	=	number of months remaining in the current guarantee period (rounded up).

Examples — MVA

Using assumptions similar to those we used in the examples above:

• You purchase a contract and allocate part of your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA;

• we guarantee an interest rate of 3.0% annually for your ten-year guarantee period; and

• after three years, you decide to make a $1,000 withdrawal from your GPA. In other words, there are seven years left in your guarantee period.

Example 1: You request an early withdrawal of $1,000 from your ten-year GPA earning a guaranteed interest rate of 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 3.5%. Using the formula above, we determine the MVA as follows:

$1,000	×	[	(	1.030	)	84/12	–1	]	=	-$39.84
				1 + .035 + .001

In this example, the MVA is a negative $39.84.

Example 2: You request an early withdrawal of $1,000 from your ten-year GPA earning a guaranteed interest rate of 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 2.5%. Using the formula above, we determine the MVA as follows:

$1,000	×	[	(	1.030	)	84/12	–1	]	=	$27.61
				1 + .025 + .001

In this example, the MVA is a positive $27.61.

Please note that when you allocate your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA and your purchase payment is in its fourth year from receipt at the beginning of the guarantee period, your withdrawal charge percentage is 6% due to the withdrawal charge schedule under contract Option L. (See “Charges — Withdrawal Charge.”) We do not apply MVAs to the amounts we deduct for withdrawal charges, so we would deduct the withdrawal charge from your early withdrawal after we applied the MVA. Also note that when you request an early withdrawal, we withdraw an amount from your GPA that will give you the net amount you requested after we apply the MVA and any applicable withdrawal charge, unless you request otherwise.

The current interest rate we offer on the GPA will change periodically at our discretion. It is the rate we are then paying on purchase payments, renewals and transfers paid under this class of contracts for guarantee period durations equaling the remaining guarantee period of the GPA to which the formula is being applied.

We will not apply MVAs to amounts withdrawn for annual contract charges, to amounts we pay as death claims or to automatic transfers from the two-year GPA as part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep strategy. In some states, the MVA is limited.

Evergreen Privilege Variable Annuity — Prospectus    17

The General Account

The general account includes all assets owned by RiverSource Life, other than those in the variable account and our other separate accounts. Subject to applicable state law, we have sole discretion to decide how assets of the general account will be invested. The assets held in our general account support the guarantees under your contract including any optional benefits offered under the contract. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to many of the same risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of annuities and financial instruments and products as well, and these obligations are satisfied from the assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account. The fixed account is supported by our general account that we make available under the contract.

The Fixed Account

Amounts allocated to the fixed account are part of our general account. The fixed account includes the one-year fixed account. We credit interest on amounts you allocate to the fixed account at rates we determine from time to time at our discretion. Interest rates credited in excess of the guaranteed rate generally will be based on various factors related to future investment earnings. The guaranteed minimum interest rate on amounts invested in the fixed account may vary by state but will not be lower than state law allows. We back the principal and interest guarantees relating to the fixed account. These guarantees are subject to the creditworthiness and continued claims-paying ability of RiverSource Life

Because of exemptive and exclusionary provisions, we have not registered interests in the fixed account as securities under the Securities Act of 1933 nor have any of these accounts been registered as investment companies under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Accordingly, neither the fixed account nor any interests in the fixed account are subject to the provisions of these Acts.

The fixed account has not been registered with the SEC. Disclosures regarding the fixed account, however, are subject to certain generally applicable provisions of the federal securities laws relating to the accuracy and completeness of statements made in a prospectus. 

The One-Year Fixed Account

Investment in the one-year fixed account is not available for contract Option C.⁽¹⁾

For Contract Option L, you may allocate purchase payments or transfer accumulated value to the one-year fixed account. Some states may restrict the amount you can allocate to this account. We back the principal and interest guarantees relating to the one-year fixed account. These guarantees are subject to the creditworthiness and continued claims-paying ability of the company's general account. The value of the one-year fixed account increases as we credit interest to the account. Purchase payments and transfers to the one-year fixed account become part of our general account. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account. We credit and compound interest daily based on a 365-day year (366 in a leap year) so as to produce the annual effective rate which we declare. The interest rate we apply to each purchase payment or transfer to the one-year fixed account is guaranteed for one year. Thereafter we will change the rates from time-to-time at our discretion. Interest rates credited in excess of the guaranteed rate generally will be based on various factors related to future investment earnings. The guaranteed minimum interest rate offered may vary by state but will not be lower than state law allows.

There are restrictions on the amount you can allocate to this account as well as on transfers from this account. (see “Making the Most of Your Contract -- Transfer policies”)

Because of exemptive and exclusionary provisions, we have not registered interests in the one-year fixed account as securities under the Securities Act of 1933 nor have any of these accounts been registered as investment companies under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Accordingly, neither the one-year fixed account nor any interests in the one-year fixed account are subject to the provisions of these Acts.

18    Evergreen Privilege Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The one-year fixed account has not been registered with the SEC. Disclosures regarding the one-year fixed account, however, are subject to certain generally applicable provisions of the federal securities laws relating to the accuracy and completeness of statements made in a prospectus.

⁽¹⁾ For applications dated May 1, 2003 or after, investment in the one-year fixed account for Contract Option C is not allowed in most states. For applications dated prior to May 1, 2003, investment in the one-year fixed account was not restricted in most states. Please check with your investment professional to determine if this restriction applies to your state.

Buying Your Contract

New contracts are not currently being offered.

We are required by law to obtain personal information from you which we used to verify your identity. If you do not provide this information we reserve the right to refuse to issue your contract or take other steps we deem reasonable.

As the owner, you have all rights and may receive all benefits under the contract. You can own a qualified or nonqualified annuity. You can own a nonqualified annuity in joint tenancy with rights of survivorship only in spousal situations. You cannot own a qualified annuity in joint tenancy. You can become an owner if you are 90 or younger. (The age limit may be younger for qualified annuities in some states.)

When you applied, you selected (if available in your state):

•	contract Option L or Option C;
•	a death benefit option(1);
•	the optional Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider(2);
•	the optional Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider(2);
•	the optional Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider(3);
•	the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and/or subaccounts in which you want to invest(4);
•	how you want to make purchase payments; and
•	a beneficiary.
(1)	If you and the annuitant are 79 or younger at contract issue, you may select from either the ROP death benefit, MAV death benefit or EDB. If you or the annuitant are 80 or older at contract issue, the ROP death benefit will apply. EDB may not be available in all states.
(2)	Not available with the EDB. May not be available in all states.
(3)	Available at the time you purchase your contract if the annuitant is 75 or younger at contract issue and you also select the EDB. May not be available in all states.
(4)	For applications dated May 1, 2003 or after, investment in the GPA account and the one-year fixed account for Contract Option C is not allowed in most states. For applications dated prior to May 1, 2003, investment in the GPA account and the one-year fixed account was not restricted in most states. Please check with your investment professional to determine whether this restriction applies to your state. GPAs may not be available in some states.

The contract provides for allocation of purchase payments to the subaccounts of the variable account, to the GPAs and/or to the one-year fixed account in even 1% increments subject to the $1,000 minimum investment for the GPAs. For Contract Option L contracts with applications signed on or after June 16, 2003, the amount of any purchase payment allocated to the one-year fixed account in total cannot exceed 30% of the purchase payment. More than 30% of a purchase payment may be so allocated if you establish a dollar cost averaging arrangement with respect to the purchase payment according to procedures currently in effect, or you are participating according to the rules of an asset allocation model portfolio program available under the contract, if any.

We applied your initial purchase payment to the GPAs, one-year fixed account and subaccounts you selected within two business days after we received it at our Service Center. We will credit additional eligible purchase payments you make to your accounts on the valuation date we receive them. If we receive your purchase payment at our Service Center before the close of business, we will credit any portion of that payment allocated to the subaccounts using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received the payment. If we receive an additional purchase payment at our Service Center at or after the close of business, we will credit any portion of that payment allocated to the subaccounts using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received the payment.

You may make monthly payments to your contract under a SIP. To begin the SIP, you will complete and send a form and your first SIP payment along with your application. There is no charge for SIP. You can stop your SIP payments at any time.

In most states, you may make additional purchase payments to nonqualified and qualified annuities until the retirement date.

Evergreen Privilege Variable Annuity — Prospectus    19

Householding and delivery of certain documents

With your prior consent, RiverSource Life and its affiliates may use and combine information concerning accounts owned by members of the same household and provide a single paper copy of certain documents to that household. This householding of documents may include prospectuses, supplements, annual reports, semiannual reports and proxies. Your authorization remains in effect unless we are notified otherwise. If you wish to continue receiving multiple copies of these documents, you can opt out of householding by calling us at 1.866.273.7429. Multiple mailings will resume within 30 days after we receive your opt out request.

The Retirement Date

Annuity payouts begin on the retirement date. This means that the contract will be annuitized or converted to a stream of monthly payments. If your contract is annuitized, the contract goes into payout and only the annuity payout provisions continue. You will no longer have access to your contract value. This means that the death benefit and any optional benefits you have elected will end. When we processed your application, we established the retirement date to be the maximum age then in effect (or contract anniversary if applicable). Unless otherwise elected by you, all retirement dates are now automatically set to the maximum age of 95 now in effect. You also can change the retirement date, provided you send us written instructions at least 30 days before annuity payouts begin.

The retirement date must be:

• no earlier than the 30th day after the contract’s effective date; and no later than

• the annuitant’s 95th birthday or the tenth contract anniversary, if later,

• or such other date as agreed upon by us.

Six months prior to your retirement start date, we will contact you with your options including the option to postpone your retirement start date to a future date. You can choose to delay the retirement start date of your contract to a date beyond age 95, to the extent allowed by applicable state law and tax laws.

If you do not make an election, annuity payouts using the contract’s default option of annuity payout Plan B – Life with 10 years certain will begin on the retirement start date and your monthly annuity payments will continue for as long as the annuitant lives. If the annuitant does not survive 10 years, we will continue to make payments until 10 years of payments have been made.

Generally, if you own a qualified annuity (for example, an IRA) and tax laws require that you take distributions from your annuity prior to your retirement start date, your contract will not be automatically annuitized (subject to state requirements). However, if you choose, you can elect to request annuitization or take surrenders to meet your required minimum distributions.

Beneficiary

We will pay to your named beneficiary the death benefit if it becomes payable while the contract is in force and before annuity payouts begin. If there is more than one beneficiary, we will pay each beneficiary’s designated share when we receive their completed claim. A beneficiary will bear the investment risk of the variable account until we receive the beneficiary’s completed claim. If there is no named beneficiary, the default provisions of your contract will apply. (See “Benefits in Case of Death” for more about beneficiaries.)

Purchase Payments

Purchase payment amounts and purchase payment timing may vary by state and be limited under the terms of your contract.

Minimum purchase payments

If paying by SIP:	$50 for additional payments.
If paying by any other method:	$100 for additional payments.

Maximum total allowable purchase payments*

$1,000,000 for issue ages up to 85

$100,000 for issue ages 86 to 90.

* This limit applies in total to all RiverSource Life annuities you own. We reserve the right to waive or increase the maximum limit. For qualified annuities, the Code’s limits on annual contributions also apply.

20    Evergreen Privilege Variable Annuity — Prospectus

How to Make Purchase Payments

11 By letter

Send your check along with your name and contract number to:

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474

22 By SIP

Contact your investment professional to complete the necessary SIP paperwork.

Limitations on Use of Contract

If mandated by applicable law, including, but not limited to, federal anti-money laundering laws, we may be required to reject a purchase payment. We may also be required to block an owner’s access to contract values or to satisfy other statutory obligations. Under these circumstances, we may refuse to implement requests for transfers, withdrawals or death benefits until instructions are received from the appropriate governmental authority or a court of competent jurisdiction.

Charges

Contract Administrative Charge

We charge this fee for establishing and maintaining your records. We deduct $40 from the contract value on your contract anniversary or, if earlier, when the contract is fully withdrawn. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. Some states also limit any contract charge allocated to the fixed account.

We will waive this charge when your contract value is $100,000 or more on the current contract anniversary.

If you take a full withdrawal from your contract, we will deduct the charge at the time of withdrawal regardless of the contract value. We cannot increase the annual contract administrative charge and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

Variable Account Administrative Charge

We apply this charge daily to the subaccounts. It is reflected in the unit values of your subaccounts and it totals 0.15% of their average daily net assets on an annual basis. It covers certain administrative and operating expenses of the subaccounts such as accounting, legal and data processing fees and expenses involved in the preparation and distribution of reports and prospectuses. We cannot increase the variable account administrative charge.

Mortality and Expense Risk Fee

We charge these fees daily to the subaccounts. The unit values of your subaccounts reflect these fees. These fees cover the mortality and expense risk that we assume. These fees do not apply to the GPAs or the one-year fixed account. We cannot increase these fees. These fees are based on the contract you select (either Option L or Option C) and the death benefit that applies to your contract:

	Contract Option L	Contract Option C
ROP death benefit	1.25%	1.35%
MAV death benefit	1.35	1.45
EDB	1.55	1.65

Mortality risk arises because of our guarantee to pay a death benefit and our guarantee to make annuity payouts according to the terms of the contract, no matter how long a specific owner or annuitant lives and no matter how long our entire group of owners or annuitants live. If, as a group, owners or annuitants outlive the life expectancy we assumed in our actuarial tables, then we must take money from our general assets to meet our obligations. If, as a group, owners or annuitants do not live as long as expected, we could profit from the mortality risk fee. We deduct the mortality risk fee from the subaccounts during the annuity payout period even if the annuity payout plan does not involve a life contingency.

Evergreen Privilege Variable Annuity — Prospectus    21

Expense risk arises because we cannot increase the contract administrative charge or the variable account administrative charge and these charges may not cover our expenses. We would have to make up any deficit from our general assets. We could profit from the expense risk fee if future expenses are less than expected.

The subaccounts pay us the mortality and expense risk fee they accrued as follows:

• first, to the extent possible, the subaccounts pay this fee from any dividends distributed from the funds in which they invest;

• then, if necessary, the funds redeem shares to cover any remaining fees payable.

We may use any profits we realize from the subaccounts’ payment to us of the mortality and expense risk fee for any proper corporate purpose, including, among others, payment of distribution (selling) expenses. We do not expect that the withdrawal charge will cover sales and distribution expenses.

Withdrawal Charge

You select either contract Option L or Option C at the time of application. Option C contracts have no withdrawal charge schedule but they carry higher mortality and expense risk fees than Option L contracts.

If you select contract Option L and you withdraw all or part of your contract, you may be subject to a withdrawal charge. A withdrawal charge applies if you make a withdrawal in the first four contract years. You may withdraw amounts totaling up to 10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value free of charge during the first four years of your contract. (We consider your initial purchase payment to be the prior anniversary’s contract value during the first contract year.) We do not assess a withdrawal charge on this amount. The withdrawal charge percentages that apply to you are shown below and are stated in your contract. In addition, amounts withdrawn from a GPA more than 30 days before the end of the applicable Guarantee Period are generally subject to a MVA. (See “The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs) — Market Value Adjustment (MVA).”)

Contract year for Contract Option L	Withdrawal charge percentage
1-2	8%
3	7
4	6
5 and later	0

For a partial withdrawal that is subject to a withdrawal charge, the amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable withdrawal charge. The withdrawal charge percentage is applied to this total amount. We pay you the amount you requested.

Example: Assume you requested a withdrawal of $1,000 and there is a withdrawal charge of 7%. The total amount we actually deduct from your contract is $1,075.27. We determine this amount as follows:

Amount requested	or	$1,000	=	$1,075.27
1.00 – withdrawal charge		.93

By applying the 7% withdrawal charge to $1,075.27, the withdrawal charge is $75.27. We pay you the $1,000 you requested. If you make a full withdrawal of your contract, we also will deduct the applicable contract administrative charge.

Waiver of withdrawal charges

We do not assess withdrawal charges for:

• withdrawals of amounts totaling up to 10% of your prior contract anniversary’s contract value;

• required minimum distributions from a qualified annuity to the extent that they exceed the free amount. The amount on which withdrawal charges are waived can be no greater than the RMD amount calculated under your specific contract currently in force;

• contracts settled using an annuity payout plan;

• withdrawals made as a result of one of the “Contingent events” described below to the extent permitted by state law; and

• death benefits.

Contingent events

• Withdrawals you make if you or the annuitant are confined to a hospital or nursing home and have been for the prior 60 days. Your contract will include this provision when you and the annuitant are under age 76 at contract issue. You must provide proof satisfactory to us of the confinement as of the date you request the withdrawal.

22    Evergreen Privilege Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• To the extent permitted by state law, withdrawals you make if you or the annuitant are diagnosed in the second or later contract years as disabled with a medical condition that with reasonable medical certainty will result in death within 12 months or less from the date of the licensed physician’s statement. You must provide us with a licensed physician’s statement containing the terminal illness diagnosis and the date the terminal illness was initially diagnosed.

• Withdrawals you make if you or the annuitant become disabled within the meaning of the Code Section 72(m)(7) after contract issue. The disabled person must also be receiving Social Security disability or state long term disability benefits. The disabled person must be age 70 or younger at the time of withdrawal. You must provide us with a signed letter from the disabled person stating that he or she meets the above criteria, a legible photocopy of Social Security disability or state long term disability benefit payments and the application for such payments.

Liquidation charge under Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:If you are receiving variable annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to withdraw those payments. The amount that you can withdraw is the present value of any remaining variable payouts. The discount rate we use in the calculation will be 5.17% if the assumed investment return is 3.5% and 6.67% if the assumed investment return is 5%. The liquidation charge equals the present value of the remaining payouts using the assumed investment return minus the present value of the remaining payouts using the discount rate.

Fixed Payouts: Withdrawal charge for Fixed Annuity Payout Plan E – Payouts for a specified period: If you are receiving annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to take a withdraw and withdrawal charge may apply.

A withdrawal charge will be assessed against the present value of any remaining guaranteed payouts withdrawn. The discount rate we use in determining present values varies based on: (1) the contract value originally applied to the fixed annuitization; (2) the remaining years of guaranteed payouts; (3) the annual effective interest rate and periodic payment amount for new immediate annuities of the same duration as the remaining years of guaranteed payouts; and (4) the interest spread (currently 1.50%). If we do not currently offer immediate annuities, we will use rates and values applicable to new annuitizations to determine the discount rate.

Once the discount rate is applied and we have determined the present value of the remaining guaranteed payouts you withdrawn, the present value determined will be multiplied by the withdrawal charge percentage in the table below and deducted from the present value to determine the net present value you will receive.

Number of Completed Years Since Annuitization	Withdrawal charge percentage
0	Not applicable*
1	5%
2	4
3	3
4	2
5	1
6 and thereafter	0

*We do not permit withdrawals in the first year after annuitization.

We will provide a quoted present value (which includes the deduction of any withdrawal charge). You must then formally elect, in a form acceptable to us, to receive this value. The remaining guaranteed payouts following withdraw will be reduced to zero.

Possible group reductions: In some cases we may incur lower sales and administrative expenses due to the size of the group, the average contribution and the use of group enrollment procedures. In such cases, we may be able to reduce or eliminate the contract administrative and withdrawal charges. However, we expect this to occur infrequently.

Fund Fees and Expenses

There are deductions from and expenses paid out of the assets of the funds that are described in the prospectuses for those funds.

Premium Taxes

Certain state and local governments impose premium taxes on us (up to 3.5%). These taxes depend upon your state of residence or the state in which the contract was issued. Currently, we deduct any applicable premium tax when annuity payouts begin, but we reserve the right to deduct this tax at other times such as when you make purchase payments or when you make a full withdrawal from your contract.

Evergreen Privilege Variable Annuity — Prospectus    23

Optional Living Benefits Charges

Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB) Fee

We deduct a charge (currently 0.70%) based on the GMIB benefit base for this optional feature only if you select it⁽¹⁾. If selected, we deduct the charge from the contract value on your contract anniversary at the end of each contract year. We prorate the GMIB charge among the subaccounts, the GPAs and the one-year fixed account in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value.

If the contract is terminated for any reason or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the appropriate GMIB fee from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place. We cannot increase either GMIB fee after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or the GMIB terminates.

⁽¹⁾ For applications signed prior to May 1, 2003, the following current annual rider charges apply: GMIB — .30%.

Optional Death Benefit Charges

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider Fee

We deduct a charge for the optional feature only if you select it. If selected, we deduct 0.25% of your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

If the contract is terminated for any reason other than death or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the charge. We cannot increase this annual charge after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider Fee

We charge a fee for the optional feature only if you select it. If selected, we deduct 0.40% of your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this fee among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

If the contract is terminated for any reason other than death or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the fee from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee. We cannot increase this annual charge after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

Valuing Your Investment

We value your accounts as follows:

GPAs and One-Year Fixed Account

We value the amounts you allocate to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account directly in dollars. The value of the GPAs and the one-year fixed account equals:

• the sum of your purchase payments and transfer amounts allocated to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account (including any positive or negative MVA on amounts transferred from the GPAs to the one-year fixed account);

• plus interest credited;

• minus the sum of amounts withdrawn (including any applicable withdrawal charges) and amounts transferred out;

• minus any prorated portion of the contract administrative charge; and

• minus the prorated portion of the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Benefit Protector rider;

– Benefit Protector Plus rider; and/or

– Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit rider.

24    Evergreen Privilege Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Subaccounts

We convert amounts you allocated to the subaccounts into accumulation units. Each time you make a purchase payment or transfer amounts into one of the subaccounts, we credit a certain number of accumulation units to your contract for that subaccount. Conversely, we subtract a certain number of accumulation units from your contract each time you take a partial withdrawal; transfer amounts out of a subaccount; or we assess a contract administrative charge, a withdrawal charge, or fee for any optional contract riders with annual charges (if applicable).

The accumulation units are the true measure of investment value in each subaccount during the accumulation period. They are related to, but not the same as, the net asset value of the fund in which the subaccount invests. The dollar value of each accumulation unit can rise or fall daily depending on the variable account expenses, performance of the fund and on certain fund expenses.

Here is how we calculate accumulation unit values:

Number of units: To calculate the number of accumulation units for a particular subaccount, we divide your investment by the current accumulation unit value.

Accumulation unit value: The current accumulation unit value for each subaccount equals the last value times the subaccount’s current net investment factor.

We determine the net investment factor by:

• adding the fund’s current net asset value per share, plus the per share amount of any accrued income or capital gain dividends to obtain a current adjusted net asset value per share; then

• dividing that sum by the previous adjusted net asset value per share; and

• subtracting the percentage factor representing the mortality and expense risk fee and the variable account administrative charge from the result.

Because the net asset value of the fund may fluctuate, the accumulation unit value may increase or decrease. You bear all the investment risk in a subaccount.

Factors that affect subaccount accumulation units: Accumulation units may change in two ways — in number and in value.

The number of accumulation units you own may fluctuate due to:

• additional purchase payments you allocate to the subaccounts;

• transfers into or out of the subaccounts (including any positive or negative MVA on amounts transferred from the GPAs);

• partial withdrawals;

• withdrawal charges (for contract Option L);

and the deduction of a prorated portion of:

• the contract administrative charge; and

• the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Benefit Protector rider;

– Benefit Protector Plus rider; and/or

– Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit rider.

Accumulation unit values will fluctuate due to:

• changes in fund net asset value;

• fund dividends distributed to the subaccounts;

• fund capital gains or losses;

• fund operating expenses; and

• mortality and expense risk fee and the variable account administrative charge.

Making the Most of Your Contract

Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging

Currently, you can use automated transfers to take advantage of dollar-cost averaging (investing a fixed amount at regular intervals). For example, you might transfer a set amount monthly from a relatively conservative subaccount to a more aggressive one, or to several others, or from the one-year fixed account or the two-year GPA (without a MVA) to one or more subaccounts. The three to ten year GPAs are not available for automated transfers. You can also obtain the

Evergreen Privilege Variable Annuity — Prospectus    25

benefits of dollar-cost averaging by setting up regular automatic SIP payments or by establishing an Interest Sweep strategy. Interest Sweeps are a monthly transfer of the interest earned from either the one-year fixed account or the two-year GPA into the subaccounts of your choice. If you participate in an Interest Sweep strategy the interest you earn will be less than the annual interest rate we apply because there will be no compounding. There is no charge for dollar-cost averaging.

This systematic approach can help you benefit from fluctuations in accumulation unit values caused by fluctuations in the market values of the funds. Since you invest the same amount each period, you automatically acquire more units when the market value falls and fewer units when it rises. The potential effect is to lower your average cost per unit.

How dollar-cost averaging works

By investing an equal number of dollars each month		Month	Amount invested	Accumulation unit value	Number of units purchased
		Jan	$100	$20	5.00
		Feb	100	18	5.56
you automatically buy more units when the per unit market price is low		Mar	100	17	5.88
	→	Apr	100	15	6.67
		May	100	16	6.25
		Jun	100	18	5.56
		Jul	100	17	5.88
and fewer units when the per unit market price is high.		Aug	100	19	5.26
	→	Sept	100	21	4.76
		Oct	100	20	5.00

You paid an average price of $17.91 per unit over the 10 months, while the average market price actually was $18.10.

Dollar-cost averaging does not guarantee that any subaccount will gain in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. Because dollar-cost averaging involves continuous investing, your success will depend upon your willingness to continue to invest regularly through periods of low price levels. Dollar-cost averaging can be an effective way to help meet your long-term goals. For specific features contact your investment professional.

Special Dollar-Cost Averaging (Special DCA) Program for Contract Option L Only

If you select contract Option L and your net contract value⁽¹⁾ is at least $10,000, you can choose to participate in the Special DCA program. There is no charge for the Special DCA program. Under the Special DCA program, you can allocate a new purchase payment to a six-month or twelve-month Special DCA account.

You may only allocate a new purchase payment of at least $10,000 to a Special DCA account. You cannot transfer existing contract values into a Special DCA account. Each Special DCA account lasts for either six or twelve months (depending on the time period you select) from the time we receive your first purchase payment. We make monthly transfers of your total Special DCA account value into the GPAs, one-year fixed account and/or the subaccounts you select over the time period you select (either six or twelve months). If you elect to transfer into a GPA, you must meet the $1,000 minimum required investment limitation for each transfer.

⁽¹⁾ Net contract value equals your current contract value plus any new purchase payment. If this is a new contract funded by purchase payments from multiple sources, we determine your net contract value based on the purchase payments, withdrawal requests and exchange requests submitted with your application.

We reserve the right to credit a lower interest rate to each Special DCA account if you select the GPAs or one-year fixed account as part of your Special DCA transfers. We will change the interest rate on each Special DCA account from time to time at our discretion. From time to time, we may credit interest to the Special DCA account at promotional rates that are higher than those we credit to the one-year fixed account. We base these rates on competition and on the interest rate we are crediting to the one-year fixed account at the time of the change. Once we credit interest to a particular purchase payment, that rate does not change even if we change the rate we credit on new purchase payments or if your net contract value changes.

We credit each Special DCA account with current guaranteed annual rate that is in effect on the date we receive your purchase payment. However, we credit this annual rate over the six or twelve-month period on the balance remaining in your Special DCA account. Therefore, the net effective interest rate you receive is less than the stated annual rate. We do not credit this interest after we transfer the value out of the Special DCA account into the accounts you selected.

26    Evergreen Privilege Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If you make additional purchase payments while a Special DCA account term is in progress, the amounts you allocate to an existing Special DCA account will be transferred out of the Special DCA account over the reminder of the term. If you are funding a Special DCA account from multiple sources, we apply each purchase payment to the account and credit interest on that purchase payment on the date we receive it. This means that all purchase payments may not be in the Special DCA account at the beginning of the six or twelve-month period. Therefore, you may receive less total interest than you would have if all your purchase payments were in the Special DCA account from the beginning. If we receive any of your multiple payments after the six or twelve-month period ends, you can either allocate those payments to a new Special DCA account (if available) or to any other accounts available under your contract.

You cannot participate in the Special DCA program if you are making payments under a Systematic Investment Plan. You may simultaneously participate in the Special DCA program and the asset-rebalancing program as long as your subaccount allocation is the same under both programs. If you elect to change your subaccount allocation under one program, we automatically will change it under the other program so they match. If you participate in more than one Special DCA account, the asset allocation for each account may be different as long as you are not also participating in the asset-rebalancing program.

You may terminate your participation in the Special DCA program at any time. If you do, we will not credit the current guaranteed annual interest rate on any remaining Special DCA account balance. We will transfer the remaining balance from your Special DCA account to the other accounts you selected for your DCA transfers or we will allocate it in any manner you specify, subject to the 30% limitation rule (see “Transfer policies”). Similarly, if we cannot accept any additional purchase payments into the Special DCA program, we will allocate the purchase payments to the other accounts you selected for your DCA transfers or in any other manner you specify.

We can modify the terms or discontinue the Special DCA program at any time. Any modifications will not affect any purchase payments that are already in a Special DCA account. For more information on the Special DCA program, contact your investment professional.

The Special DCA Program does not guarantee that any subaccount will gain in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. Because dollar-cost averaging involves continuous investing, your success will depend upon you willingness to continue to invest regularly through periods of low price levels. Dollar-cost averaging can be an effective way to help meet your long-term goals.

Asset Rebalancing

You can ask us in writing to automatically rebalance the subaccount portion of your contract value either quarterly, semiannually, or annually. The period you select will start to run on the date we record your request. On the first valuation date of each of these periods, we automatically will rebalance your contract value so that the value in each subaccount matches your current subaccount percentage allocations. These percentage allocations must be in whole numbers. There is no charge for asset rebalancing. The contract value must be at least $2,000.

You can change your percentage allocations or your rebalancing period at any time by contacting us in writing. If you are also participating in the Special DCA program and you change your subaccount asset allocation for the asset rebalancing program, we will change your subaccount asset allocation under the Special DCA program to match. We will restart the rebalancing period you selected as of the date we record your change. You also can ask us in writing to stop rebalancing your contract value. You must allow 30 days for us to change any instructions that currently are in place. For more information on asset rebalancing, contact your investment professional.

Transferring Among Accounts

You may transfer contract value from any one subaccount, GPA's or the one year fixed account, to another subaccount before annuity payouts begin. Certain restrictions apply to transfers involving the GPAs and the one-year fixed account.

The date your request to transfer will be processed depends on when and how we receive it:

For transfer requests received in writing:

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your transfer request.

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your transfer request.

For transfer requests received by phone:

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your transfer request.

Evergreen Privilege Variable Annuity — Prospectus    27

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your transfer request.

There is no charge for transfers. Before making a transfer, you should consider the risks involved in changing investments. Transfers out of the GPAs will be subject to an MVA if done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period.

We may suspend or modify transfer privileges at any time.

For information on transfers after annuity payouts begin, see “Transfer policies” below.

Transfer policies

•	Before annuity payouts begin, you may transfer contract values between the subaccounts, or from the subaccounts to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account at any time. However, if you made a transfer from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs, you may not make a transfer from any subaccount or GPA back to the one-year fixed account for six months following that transfer. We reserve the right to further limit transfers to the GPAs and one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then currently crediting to the one-year fixed account is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract.
•	For Contract Option L, it is our general policy to allow you to transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs once a year on or within 30 days before or after the contract anniversary (except for automated transfers, which can be set up at any time for certain transfer periods subject to certain minimums). Transfers from the one-year fixed account are not subject to a MVA. For contracts issued before June 16, 2003, we have removed this restriction, and you may transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts at any time. We will inform you at least 30 days in advance of the day we intend to reimpose this restriction. For contracts with applications signed on or after June 16, 2003, the amount of contract value transferred to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account cannot result in the value of the GPAs and the one-year fixed account in total being greater than 30% of the contract value. The time limitations on transfers from the GPAs and one-year fixed account will be enforced, and transfers out of the GPAs and one-year fixed account are limited to 30% of the GPA and one-year fixed account values at the beginning of the contract year or $10,000, whichever is greater. Because of this limitation, it may take you several years to transfer all your contract value from the one-year fixed account. You should carefully consider whether the one-year fixed account meets your investment criteria before you invest.
•	For Contract Option C applications dated on or after May 1, 2003, one-year fixed account and GPAs are not available in most states.
•	For Contract Option C applications dated prior to May 1, 2003, one-year fixed account and GPAs are not restricted in most states and our transfer policies stated above are applicable.
•	You may transfer contract values from a GPA any time after 60 days of transfer or payment allocation to the account. Transfers made more than 30 days before the end of the Guarantee Period will receive a MVA*, which may result in a gain or loss of contract value.
•	If we receive your request on or within 30 days before or after the contract anniversary date, the transfer from the one-year fixed account to the GPAs will be effective on the valuation date we receive it.
•	If you select a variable payout, once annuity payouts begin, you may make transfers once per contract year among the subaccounts and we reserve the right to limit the number of subaccounts in which you may invest.
•	Once annuity payouts begin, you may not make any transfers to the GPAs.
*	Unless the transfer is an automated transfer from the two-year GPA as part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep strategy.

Market Timing

Market timing can reduce the value of your investment in the contract. If market timing causes the returns of an underlying fund to suffer, contract value you have allocated to a subaccount that invests in that underlying fund will be lower too. Market timing can cause you, any joint owner of the contract and your beneficiary(ies) under the contract a financial loss.

We seek to prevent market timing. Market timing is frequent or short-term trading activity. We do not accommodate short-term trading activities. Do not buy a contract if you wish to use short-term trading strategies to manage your investment. The market timing policies and procedures described below apply to transfers among the subaccounts within the contract. The underlying funds in which the subaccounts invest have their own market timing policies and procedures. The market timing policies of the underlying funds may be more restrictive than the market timing policies and procedures we apply to transfers among the subaccounts of the contract, and may include redemption fees. We reserve the right to modify our market timing policies and procedures at any time without prior notice to you.

28    Evergreen Privilege Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Market timing may hurt the performance of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests in several ways, including but not necessarily limited to:

• diluting the value of an investment in an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests;

• increasing the transaction costs and expenses of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests; and,

• preventing the investment adviser(s) of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests from fully investing the assets of the fund in accordance with the fund’s investment objectives.

Funds available as investment options under the contract that invest in securities that trade in overseas securities markets may be at greater risk of loss from market timing, as market timers may seek to take advantage of changes in the values of securities between the close of overseas markets and the close of U.S. markets. Also, the risks of market timing may be greater for underlying funds that invest in securities such as small cap stocks, high yield bonds, or municipal securities, that may be traded infrequently.

In order to help protect you and the underlying funds from the potentially harmful effects of market timing activity, we apply the following market timing policy to discourage frequent transfers of contract value among the subaccounts of the variable account:

We try to distinguish market timing from transfers that we believe are not harmful, such as periodic rebalancing for purposes of an asset allocation, dollar-cost averaging and asset rebalancing program that may be described in this prospectus. There is no set number of transfers that constitutes market timing. Even one transfer in related accounts may be market timing. We seek to restrict the transfer privileges of a contract owner who makes more than three subaccount transfers in any 90 day period. We also reserve the right to refuse any transfer request, if, in our sole judgment, the dollar amount of the transfer request would adversely affect unit values.

If we determine, in our sole judgment, that your transfer activity constitutes market timing, we may modify, restrict or suspend your transfer privileges to the extent permitted by applicable law, which may vary based on the state law that applies to your contract and the terms of your contract. These restrictions or modifications may include, but not be limited to:

• requiring transfer requests to be submitted only by first-class U.S. mail;

• not accepting hand-delivered transfer requests or requests made by overnight mail;

• not accepting telephone or electronic transfer requests;

• requiring a minimum time period between each transfer;

• not accepting transfer requests of an agent acting under power of attorney;

• limiting the dollar amount that you may transfer at any one time;

• suspending the transfer privilege; or

• modifying instructions under an automated transfer program to exclude a restricted fund if you do not provide new instructions.

Subject to applicable state law and the terms of each contract, we will apply the policy described above to all contract owners uniformly in all cases. We will notify you in writing after we impose any modification, restriction or suspension of your transfer rights.

Because we exercise discretion in applying the restrictions described above, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to identify and restrict all market timing activity. In addition, state law and the terms of some contracts may prevent us from stopping certain market timing activity. Market timing activity that we are unable to identify and/or restrict may impact the performance of the underlying funds and may result in lower contract values.

In addition to the market timing policy described above, which applies to transfers among the subaccounts within your contract, you should carefully review the market timing policies and procedures of the underlying funds. The market timing policies and procedures of the underlying funds may be materially different than those we impose on transfers among the subaccounts within your contract and may include mandatory redemption fees as well as other measures to discourage frequent transfers. As an intermediary for the underlying funds, we are required to assist them in applying their market timing policies and procedures to transactions involving the purchase and exchange of fund shares. This assistance may include, but not be limited to, providing the underlying fund upon request with your Social Security Number, Taxpayer Identification Number or other United States government-issued identifier, and the details of your contract transactions involving the underlying fund. An underlying fund, in its sole discretion, may instruct us at any time to prohibit you from making further transfers of contract value to or from the underlying fund, and we must follow this instruction. We reserve the right to administer and collect on behalf of an underlying fund any redemption fee imposed by an underlying fund. Market timing policies and procedures adopted by underlying funds may affect your investment in the contract in several ways, including but not limited to:

• Each fund may restrict or refuse trading activity that the fund determines, in its sole discretion, represents market timing.

Evergreen Privilege Variable Annuity — Prospectus    29

• Even if we determine that your transfer activity does not constitute market timing under the market timing policies described above which we apply to transfers you make under the contract, it is possible that the underlying fund’s market timing policies and procedures, including instructions we receive from a fund may require us to reject your transfer request. For example, while we will attempt to execute transfers permitted under any asset allocation, dollar-cost averaging and asset rebalancing programs that may be described in this prospectus, we cannot guarantee that an underlying fund’s market timing policies and procedures will do so. Orders we place to purchase fund shares for the variable account are subject to acceptance by the fund. We reserve the right to reject without prior notice to you any transfer request if the fund does not accept our order.

• Each underlying fund is responsible for its own market timing policies, and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to implement specific market timing policies and procedures that a fund has adopted. As a result, a fund’s returns might be adversely affected, and a fund might terminate our right to offer its shares through the variable account.

• Funds that are available as investment options under the contract may also be offered to other intermediaries who are eligible to purchase and hold shares of the fund, including without limitation, separate accounts of other insurance companies and certain retirement plans. Even if we are able to implement a fund’s market timing policies, we cannot guarantee that other intermediaries purchasing that same fund’s shares will do so, and the returns of that fund could be adversely affected as a result.

For more information about the market timing policies and procedures of an underlying fund, the risks that market timing pose to that fund, and to determine whether an underlying fund has adopted a redemption fee, see that fund’s prospectus.

How to request a Transfer or Withdrawal

11 By letter

Send your name, contract number, Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number* and signed request for a transfer or withdrawal to our Service Center:

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474

Minimum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	$500 or entire account balance

Maximum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	Contract value or entire account balance

* Failure to provide a Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number may result in mandatory tax withholding on the taxable portion of the distribution.

22 By automated transfers and automated partial withdrawals

Your investment professional can help you set up automated transfers or partial withdrawals among your GPAs, one-year fixed account or the subaccounts.

You can start or stop this service by written request or other method acceptable to us.

You must allow 30 days for us to change any instructions that are currently in place.

•	Automated transfers from the one-year fixed account to any one of the subaccounts may not exceed an amount that, if continued, would deplete the one-year fixed account within 12 months. For contracts issued before June 16, 2003, we have removed this restriction, and you may transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts at any time. We will inform you at least 30 days in advance of the day we intend to reimpose this restriction.
	For contracts with applications signed on or after June 16, 2003, the time limitations on transfers from the one-year fixed account will be enforced, and transfers out of the one-year fixed account are limited to 30% of the one-year fixed account values at the beginning of the contract year or $10,000, whichever is greater.
•	Automated withdrawals may be restricted by applicable law under some contracts.
•	You may not make systematic purchase payments if automated partial withdrawals are in effect.
•	Automated partial withdrawals may result in income taxes and penalties on all or part of the amount withdrawn.

30    Evergreen Privilege Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Minimum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	$100 monthly
	$250 quarterly, semiannually or annually

33 By phone

Call:

1-800-333-3437

Minimum amount

Transfers or withdrawals: $500 or entire account balance

Maximum amount

Transfers:	Contract value or entire account balance
Withdrawals:	$100,000

We answer telephone requests promptly, but you may experience delays when the call volume is unusually high. If you are unable to get through, use the mail procedure as an alternative.

We will honor any telephone transfer or withdrawal requests that we believe are authentic and we will use reasonable procedures to confirm that they are. This includes asking identifying questions and recording calls. As long as we follow the procedures, we (and our affiliates) will not be liable for any loss resulting from fraudulent requests.

Telephone transfers and withdrawals are automatically available. You may request that telephone transfers and withdrawals not be authorized from your account by writing to us.

Withdrawals

You may withdraw all or part of your contract at any time before the retirement date by sending us a written request or calling us.

The date your withdrawal request will be processed depends on when and how we receive it:

For withdrawal requests received in writing:

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your withdrawal request.

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your withdrawal request.

For withdrawal requests received by phone:

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your withdrawal request.

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your withdrawal request.

We may ask you to return the contract. You may have to pay a contract administrative charge, withdrawal charges or any applicable optional rider charges (see “Charges”), federal income taxes and penalties. State and local income taxes may also apply (see “Taxes”). You cannot make withdrawals after annuity payouts begin except under Annuity Payout Plan E. (See “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Withdrawal Policies

If you have a balance in more than one account and you request a partial withdrawal, we will automatically withdraw from all your subaccounts, GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account in the same proportion as your value in each account correlates to your total contract value, unless requested otherwise. After executing a partial withdrawal, the value in each subaccount , one-year fixed account or GPA must be either zero or at least $50.

Evergreen Privilege Variable Annuity — Prospectus    31

Receiving Payment

11 By regular or express mail

• payable to you;

• mailed to address of record.

NOTE: We will charge you a fee if you request express mail delivery.

22 By wire or other form of electronic payment

• request that payment be wired to your bank;

• pre-authorization required.

We may choose to permit you to have checks issued and delivered to an alternate payee or to an address other than your address of record. We may also choose to allow you to direct wires or other electronic payments to accounts owned by a third-party. We may have additional good order requirements that must be met prior to processing requests to make any payments to a party other than the owner or to an address other than the address of record. These requirements will be designed to ensure owner instructions are genuine and to prevent fraud.

Normally, we will send the payment within seven days after receiving your request in good order. However, we may postpone the payment if:

– the NYSE is closed, except for normal holiday and weekend closings;

– trading on the NYSE is restricted, according to SEC rules;

– an emergency, as defined by SEC rules, makes it impractical to sell securities or value the net assets of the accounts; or

– the SEC permits us to delay payment for the protection of security holders.

We may also postpone payment of the amount attributable to a purchase payment as part of the total withdrawal amount until cleared from the originating financial institution.

A Special Note on Cybersecurity Risks

Cybersecurity and Systems Integrity

Increasingly, businesses are dependent on the continuity, security, and effective operation of various technology systems. The nature of our business depends on the continued effective operation of our systems and those of our business partners.

This dependence makes us susceptible to operational and information security risks from cyber-attacks. These risks may include the following:

• the corruption or destruction of data;

• theft, misuse or dissemination of data to the public, including your information we hold; and

• denial of service attacks on our website or other forms of attacks on our systems and the software and hardware we use to run them.

These attacks and their consequences can negatively impact your contract, your privacy, your ability to conduct transactions on your contract, or your ability to receive timely service from us. There can be no assurance that we, the underlying funds in your contract, or our other business partners will avoid losses affecting your contract due to any successful cyber-attacks or information security breaches.

TSA–Special Provisions

Participants in Tax-Sheltered Annuities

If the contract is intended to be used in connection with an employer sponsored 403(b) plan, additional rules relating to this contract can be found in the annuity endorsement for tax sheltered 403(b) annuities. Unless we have made special arrangements with your employer, the contract is not intended for use in connection with an employer sponsored 403(b) plan that is subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”). In the event that the employer either by affirmative election or inadvertent action causes contributions under a plan that is subject to ERISA to be made to this contract, we will not be responsible for any obligations and requirements under ERISA and the regulations thereunder, unless we have prior written agreement with the employer. You should consult with your employer to determine whether your 403(b) plan is subject to ERISA.

32    Evergreen Privilege Variable Annuity — Prospectus

In the event we have a written agreement with your employer to administer the plan pursuant to ERISA, special rules apply as set forth in the TSA endorsement.

The employer must comply with certain nondiscrimination requirements for certain types of contributions under a TSA contract to be excluded from taxable income. You should consult your employer to determine whether the nondiscrimination rules apply to you.

The Code imposes certain restrictions on your right to receive early distributions from a TSA:

• Distributions attributable to salary reduction contributions (plus earnings) made after Dec. 31, 1988, or to transfers or rollovers from other contracts, may be made from the TSA only if:

– you are at least age 59½;

– you are disabled as defined in the Code;

– you severed employment with the employer who purchased the contract;

– the distribution is because of your death;

– the distribution is due to plan termination; or

– you are a qualifying military reservist.

• If you encounter a financial hardship (as provided by the Code), you may be eligible to receive a distribution of all contract values attributable to salary reduction contributions made after Dec. 31, 1988, but not the earnings on them.

• Even though a distribution may be permitted under the above rules, it may be subject to IRS taxes and penalties (see “Taxes”)

• The above restrictions on distributions do not affect the availability of the amount credited to the contract as of Dec. 31, 1988. The restrictions also do not apply to transfers or exchanges of contract value within the contract, or to another registered variable annuity contract or investment vehicle available through the employer.

Changing Ownership

You may change ownership of your nonqualified annuity at any time by completing a change of ownership form we approve and sending it to our Service Center. The change will become binding on us when we receive and record it. We will honor any change of ownership request received in good order that we believe is authentic and we will use reasonable procedures to confirm authenticity. If we follow these procedures, we will not take any responsibility for the validity of the change.

If you have a nonqualified annuity, you may incur income tax liability by transferring, assigning or pledging any part of it. (See “Taxes.”)

If you have a qualified annuity, you may not sell, assign, transfer, discount or pledge your contract as collateral for a loan, or as security for the performance of an obligation or for any other purpose except as required or permitted by the Code. However, if the owner is a trust or custodian, or an employer acting in a similar capacity, ownership of the contract may be transferred to the annuitant.

Please consider carefully whether or not you wish to change ownership of your annuity contract. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, the new owner and annuitant will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract.

If you have a GMIB and/or Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit rider, the rider will terminate upon transfer of ownership of your annuity contract. Continuance of the Benefit Protector rider is optional. (see “Optional Benefits”).

Benefits in Case of Death

There are four death benefit options under your contract if you die before the retirement start date while this contract is in force. You must select one of the following death benefits:

• ROP Death Benefit;

• MAV Death Benefit; or

• Enhanced Death Benefit.

If it is available in your state and if both you and the annuitant are age 79 or younger at contract issue, you can elect any one of the above death benefits. If either you or the annuitant are age 80 or older at contract issue, the ROP Death Benefit will apply. If you select the GMIB you must elect MAV or Enhanced Death Benefit. Once you elect a death benefit, you cannot change it. We show the death benefit that applies in your contract on your contract’s data page. The death benefit you select determines the mortality and expense risk fee that is assessed against the subaccounts. (See “Charges — Mortality and Expense Risk Fee.”)

Evergreen Privilege Variable Annuity — Prospectus    33

Under each option, we will pay the death benefit, less any purchase payment credits subject to reversal, to your beneficiary upon the earlier of your death or the annuitant’s death. We will base the benefit paid on the death benefit coverage you chose when you purchased the contract. If a contract has more than one person as the owner, we will pay benefits upon the first to die of any owner or the annuitant.

Here are some terms used to describe the death benefits:

Adjusted partial withdrawals (calculated for ROP and MAV Death Benefits)	=	PW XDB
		CV

PW	=	the amount by which the contract value is reduced as a result of the partial withdrawal.
DB	=	the death benefit on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.
CV	=	contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV): is zero prior to the first contract anniversary after the effective date of the rider. On the first contract anniversary after the effective date of the rider, we set the MAV as the greater of these two values:

(a)	current contract value; or
(b)	total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals.

Thereafter, we increase the MAV by any additional purchase payments and any purchase payment credits and reduce the MAV by adjusted partial withdrawals. Every contract anniversary after that prior to the earlier of your or the annuitant’s 81st birthday, we compare the MAV to the current contract value and we reset the MAV to the higher amount.

5% Variable Account Floor:is the sum of the value of the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the variable account floor. There is no variable account floor prior to the first contract anniversary. On the first contract anniversary, we establish the variable account floor as:

• the amounts allocated to the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account at issue increased by 5%;

• plus any subsequent amounts allocated to the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account;

• minus adjusted transfers and partial withdrawals from the subaccounts or the DCA fixed account.

Thereafter, we continue to add subsequent purchase payments and any purchase payment credits allocated to the subaccounts or the DCA fixed account and subtract adjusted transfers and partial withdrawals from the subaccounts or the DCA fixed account. On each contract anniversary after the first, through age 80, we add an amount to the variable account floor equal to 5% of the prior anniversary’s variable account floor. We stop adding this amount after you or the annuitant reach age 81.

5% variable account floor adjusted transfers or partial withdrawals	=	PWT XVAF
		SV

PWT	=	the amount by which the contract value in the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account is reduced as a result of the partial withdrawal or transfer from the subaccounts or the DCA fixed account.
VAF	=	variable account floor on the date of (but prior to) the transfer or partial withdrawal.
SV	=	value of the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account on the date of (but prior to) the transfer of partial withdrawal.

The amount of purchase payments and any purchase payment credits withdrawn or transferred from any subaccount or fixed account (if applicable) or GPA account is calculated as (a) times (b) where:

(a)	is the amount of purchase payments and any purchase payment credits in the account or subaccount on the date of but prior to the current withdrawal or transfer; and
(b)	is the ratio of the amount of contract value transferred or withdrawn from the account or subaccount to the value in the account or subaccount on the date of (but prior to) the current withdrawal or transfer.

For contracts issued in New Jersey, the cap on the variable account floor is 200% of the sum of the purchase payments and any purchase payment credits allocated to the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account that have not been withdrawn or transferred out of the subaccounts or DCA fixed account.

NOTE: The 5% variable account floor is calculated differently and is not the same value as the Income Assurer Benefit 5% variable account floor.

34    Evergreen Privilege Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Return of Purchase Payments (ROP) Death Benefit

The ROP death benefit is intended to help protect your beneficiaries financially in that they will never receive less than your purchase payments adjusted for withdrawals. If you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary the greater of these two values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value; or
2.	total purchase payments applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals.

Adjusted partial withdrawals for the ROP or MAV death benefit	=	PW × DB
		CV

PW	=	the amount by which the contract value is reduced as a result of the partial withdrawal.
DB	=	the death benefit on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.
CV	=	contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.

Example

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $20,000.

• On the first contract anniversary you make an additional purchase payment of $5,000.

• During the second contract year the contract value falls to $22,000 and you take a $1,500 partial withdrawal.

• During the third contract year the contract value grows to $23,000.

We calculate the ROP death benefit as follows:
Contract value at death:			$23,000.00
	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,704.55
	$22,000
	for a death benefit of:		$23,295.45
ROP death benefit, calculated as the greatest of these two values:				$23,295.45

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV) Death Benefit

The MAV death benefit is intended to help protect your beneficiaries financially while your investments have the opportunity to grow. The MAV death benefit does not provide any additional benefit before the first contract anniversary and it may not be appropriate for issue ages 75 to 79 because the benefit values may be limited after age 81. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether or not the MAV death benefit is appropriate for your situation.

If it is available in your state and if both you and the annuitant are age 79 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the MAV death benefit to your contract at the time of purchase. Once you select the MAV death benefit you may not cancel it.

The MAV death benefit provides that if you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary the greatest of these three values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals; or
3.	the maximum anniversary value on the anniversary immediately preceding the date of death plus any payments since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals since that anniversary.

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV): MAV is a value that we calculate on each contract anniversary through age 80. There is no MAV prior to the first contract anniversary. On the first contract anniversary we set the MAV equal to the greater of: (a) your current contract value, or (b) total purchase payments minus adjusted partial withdrawals. Every contract anniversary after that, through age 80, we compare the previous anniversary’s MAV (plus any purchase payments since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals since that anniversary) to the current contract value and we reset the MAV to the higher value. We stop resetting the MAV after you or the annuitant reach age 81. However, we continue to add subsequent purchase payments and subtract adjusted partial withdrawals from the MAV.

If both you and the annuitant are age 79 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the MAV death benefit to your contract. Once you select the MAV death benefit you may not cancel it.

Evergreen Privilege Variable Annuity — Prospectus    35

Example

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $20,000.

• On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $29,000.

• During the second contract year the contract value falls to $22,000, at which point you take a $1,500 partial withdrawal, leaving a contract value of $20,500.

We calculate the MAV death benefit as follows:
Contract value at death:			$20,500.00
	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments		$20,000.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $20,000	=	–1,363.64
	$22,000
	for a ROP death benefit of:		$18,636.36
The MAV on the anniversary immediately preceding the date of death plus any purchase payments made since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals made since that anniversary:
	The MAV on the immediately preceding anniversary:		$29,000.00
	plus purchase payments made since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals made since that anniversary, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $29,000	=	–1,977.27
	$22,000
	for a MAV death benefit of:		$27,022.73
The MAV death benefit, calculated as the greatest of these three values, which is the MAV:				$27,022.73

Enhanced Death Benefit (EDB)

The EDB is intended to help protect your beneficiaries financially while your investments have the opportunity to grow.

This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional charge (see “Charges”). The EDB does not provide any additional benefit before the first contract anniversary and it may not be appropriate for issue ages 75 to 79 because the benefit values may be limited at age 81. Benefit Protector and Benefit Protector Plus are not available with EDB. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether or not the EDB is appropriate for your situation.

If the EDB is available in your state and both you and the annuitant are 79 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the EDB rider to your contract at the time of purchase. If you choose to add a GMIB rider to your contract, you must elect either the MAV death benefit or the EDB.

The EDB provides that if you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary the greatest of these four values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals;
3.	the maximum anniversary value immediately preceding the date of death plus any purchase payments applied to the contract since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals since that anniversary; or
4.	the 5% rising floor.

5% rising floor: This is the sum of the value of your GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the variable account floor. There is no variable account floor prior to the first contract anniversary. On the first contract anniversary, we establish the variable account floor as:

• the amounts allocated to the subaccounts at issue increased by 5%,

• plus any subsequent amounts allocated to the subaccounts,

• minus adjusted transfers and partial withdrawals from the subaccounts.

Thereafter, we continue to add subsequent amounts allocated to the subaccounts and subtract adjusted transfers and partial withdrawals from the subaccounts. On each contract anniversary after the first, through age 80, we add an amount to the variable account floor equal to 5% of the prior anniversary’s variable account floor. We stop adding this amount after you or the annuitant reach age 81.

36    Evergreen Privilege Variable Annuity — Prospectus

5% rising floor adjusted transfers or partial withdrawals	=	PWT × VAF
		SV

PWT	=	the amount by which the contract is reduced as a result of the partial withdrawal or transfer from the subaccounts.
VAF	=	variable account floor on the date of (but prior to) the transfer or partial withdrawal.
SV	=	value of the subaccounts on the date of (but prior to) the transfer or partial withdrawal.

Example

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000 with $5,000 allocated to the one-year fixed account and $20,000 allocated to the subaccounts.

• On the first contract anniversary the one-year fixed account value is $5,200 and the subaccount value is $17,000. Total contract value is $22,200.

• During the second contract year, the one-year fixed account value is $5,300 and the subaccount value is $19,000. Total contract value is $24,300. You take a $1,500 partial withdrawal all from the subaccounts, leaving the contract value at $22,800.

The death benefit is calculated as follows:
Contract value at death:			$22,800.00
Purchase payments minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,543.21
	$24,300
	for a return of purchase payments death benefit of:		$23,456.79
The MAV on the anniversary immediately preceding the date of death plus any purchase payments made since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals made since that anniversary:
The MAV on the immediately preceding anniversary:			$25,000.00
	plus purchase payments made since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals made since that anniversary, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,543.21
	$24,300
	for a MAV death benefit of:		$23,456.79
The 5% rising floor:
	The variable account floor on the first contract anniversary, calculated as: 1.05 x $20,000 =		$21,000.00
	plus amounts allocated to the subaccounts since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus the 5% rising floor adjusted partial withdrawal from the subaccounts, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $21,000	=	–1,657.89
	$19,000
	variable account floor benefit:		$19,342.11
	plus the one-year fixed account value:		+5,300.00
	5% rising floor (value of the GPAs, one-year fixed account and the variable account floor):		$24,642.11
EDB, calculated as the greatest of these three values, which is the 5% rising floor:				$24,642.11

If You Die Before Your Retirement Date

When paying the beneficiary, we will process the death claim on the valuation date our death claim requirements are fulfilled. We will determine the contract’s value using the accumulation unit value we calculate on that valuation date. We pay interest, if any, at a rate no less than required by law. We will mail payment to the beneficiary within seven days after our death claim requirements are fulfilled.

Evergreen Privilege Variable Annuity — Prospectus    37

Nonqualified annuities

If your spouse is sole beneficiary and you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. To do this your spouse must give us written instructions to continue the contract as owner. There will be no withdrawal charges on contract Option L from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, your spouse and the new annuitant (if applicable) will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract. The GMIB rider and Benefit Protector Plus rider, if selected, will terminate. Continuance of the Benefit Protector rider is optional. (See “Optional Benefits.”)

If your beneficiary is not your spouse, we will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless you give us other written instructions. Generally, we must fully distribute the death benefit within five years of your death. However, the beneficiary may receive payouts under any annuity payout plan available under this contract if:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin no later than one year after your death, or other date as permitted by the IRS; and

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy.

Qualified annuities

•	Spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if your spouse is the sole beneficiary, your spouse may either elect to treat the contract as his/her own, so long as he or she is eligible to do so, or elect an annuity payout plan or another plan agreed to by us. If your spouse elects a payout option, the payouts must begin no later than the year in which you would have reached age 72 (age 701/2 if the death occurred before Jan. 1, 2020). If you attained age 72 at the time of death, payouts must begin no later than Dec. 31 of the year following the year of your death.
	Your spouse may elect to assume ownership of the contract at any time before annuity payouts begin. If your spouse elects to assume ownership of the contract, the contract value will be equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. There will be no withdrawal charges on contract Option L from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, your spouse and the new annuitant (if applicable) will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract. The GMIB rider and Benefit Protector Plus rider, if selected, will terminate. Continuance of the Benefit Protector rider is optional. (See “Optional Benefits.”)
•	Non-spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if death occurs on or after Jan. 1, 2020, the beneficiary is required to withdraw his or her entire inherited interest within 10 years of the time of death of the owner unless they qualify as an “eligible designated beneficiary.” Eligible designated beneficiaries may continue to take proceeds out over their life expectancy. Eligible designated beneficiaries include:

• the surviving spouse;

• a lawful child of the owner under the age of majority (remaining amount must be withdrawn within 10 years, once the child reaches the age of majority);

• disabled within the meaning of Code section 72(m)(7);

• chronically ill within the meaning of Code section 7702B(c)(2);

• any other person who is not more than 10 years younger than the owner.

However, non-natural beneficiaries, such as estates and charities, are subject to a five-year rule to distribute the IRA. We will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless the beneficiary elects to receive payouts under a payout plan available under this contract and:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin, no later than one year following the year of your death; and

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy for an eligible designated beneficiary. (Payout plans are limited if the beneficiary is not an eligible designated beneficiary.)

• Spouse and Non-spouse beneficiary: If a beneficiary elects an alternative payment plan which is an inherited IRA, all optional death benefits and living benefits will terminate. In the event of your beneficiary’s death, their beneficiary can elect to take a lump sum payment or annuitize the contract to deplete it within 10 years of your beneficiary’s death

• Annuity payout plan: If you elect an annuity payout plan, the payouts to your beneficiary may continue depending on the annuity payout plan you elect, subject to adjustment to comply with the IRS rules and regulations.

How we handle contracts under unclaimed property laws

Every state has unclaimed property laws which generally declare annuity contracts to be abandoned after a period of inactivity of one to five years from either 1) the contract’s maturity date (the latest day on which income payments may begin under the contract) or 2) the date the death benefit is due and payable. If a contract matures or we determine a death benefit is payable, we will use our best efforts to locate you or designated beneficiaries. If we are unable to locate you or a beneficiary, proceeds will be paid to the abandoned property division or unclaimed property office of the

38    Evergreen Privilege Variable Annuity — Prospectus

state in which the beneficiary or you last resided, as shown in our books and records, or to our state of domicile. Generally, this surrender of property to the state is commonly referred to as “escheatment”. To avoid escheatment, and ensure an effective process for your beneficiaries, it is important that your personal address and beneficiary designations are up to date, including complete names, date of birth, current addresses and phone numbers, and taxpayer identification numbers for each beneficiary. Updates to your address or beneficiary designations should be sent to our Service Center.

Escheatment may also be required by law if a known beneficiary fails to demand or present an instrument or document to claim the death benefit in a timely manner, creating a presumption of abandonment. If your beneficiary steps forward (with the proper documentation) to claim escheated annuity proceeds, the state is obligated to pay any such proceeds it is holding.

For nonqualified annuities, non-spousal death benefits are generally required to be distributed and taxed within five years from the date of death of the owner/annuitant or the unclaimed death benefits will be presumed abandoned and subject to escheatment.

Optional Benefits

The assets held in our general account support the guarantees under your contract, including optional death benefits and optional living benefits. To the extent that we are required to pay you amounts in addition to your contract value under these benefits, such amounts will come from our general account assets. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of insurance and financial products as well, and we also pay our obligations under these products from assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account.

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector)

The Benefit Protector is intended to provide an additional benefit to your beneficiary to help offset expenses after your death such as funeral expenses or federal and state taxes. This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge (see “Charges”). The Benefit Protector provides reduced benefits if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older at the rider effective date. The Benefit Protector does not provide any additional benefit before the first rider anniversary.

If this rider is available in your state and both you and the annuitant are age 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the Benefit Protector to your contract. You must elect the Benefit Protector at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date. You may not select this rider if you select the Benefit Protector Plus or the EDB.

Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Since the benefit paid by the rider is determined by the amount of earnings at death, the amount of the benefit paid may be reduced as a result of taking any withdrawals including RMDs. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional and tax advisor whether or not the Benefit Protector is appropriate for your situation.

The Benefit Protector provides that if you or the annuitant die after the first rider anniversary, but before annuity payouts begin, and while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary:

• the ROP death benefit

• 40% of your earnings at death if you and the annuitant were under age 70 on the rider effective date, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old; or

• 15% of your earnings at death if you or the annuitant were age 70 or older on the rider effective date, up to a maximum of 37.5% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old.

Earnings at death: This is determined by taking the current death benefit, and subtracting any purchase payments not previously withdrawn. Partial withdrawals reduce earnings before reducing purchase payments in the contract. This determines how much of the applicable death benefit is made up of contract earnings. We set maximum earnings at death of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old. Earnings at death cannot be less than zero.

Terminating the Benefit Protector

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of any rider anniversary beginning with the seventh rider anniversary.

• The rider will terminate when you make a full withdrawal from the contract or when annuity payouts begin.

Evergreen Privilege Variable Annuity — Prospectus    39

Example of the Benefit Protector

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and you and the annuitant are under age 70. You select an Option L contract with the MAV death benefit.

• During the first contract year the contract value grows to $105,000. The MAV death benefit equals the contract value. You have not reached the first contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector does not provide any additional benefit at this time.

• On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death
(MAV death benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000

• On the second contract anniversary the contract value falls to $105,000. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (MAV):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000

• During the third contract year the contract value remains at $105,000 and you request a partial withdrawal of $50,000, including the applicable 7% withdrawal charge. We will withdraw $10,500 from your contract value free of charge (10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value). The remainder of the withdrawal is subject to a 7% withdrawal charge because your contract is in its third year of the withdrawal charge schedule, so we will withdraw $39,500 ($36,735 + $2,765 in withdrawal charges) from your contract value. Altogether, we will withdraw $50,000 and pay you $47,235. We calculate purchase payments not previously withdrawn as $100,000 – $45,000 = $55,000 (remember that $5,000 of the partial withdrawal is contract earnings). The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (MAV adjusted for partial withdrawals):	$57,619
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death):
0.40 × ($57,619 – $55,000) =	+1,048
Total death benefit of:	$58,667

• On the third contract anniversary the contract value falls to $40,000. The death benefit equals the previous death benefit. The reduction in contract value has no effect.

• On the ninth contract anniversary the contract value grows to a new high of $200,000. Earnings at death reaches its maximum of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old.

The death benefit equals:
MAV death benefit (contract value):	$200,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old)	+55,000
Total death benefit of:	$255,000

• During the tenth contract year you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000. Your new contract value is now $250,000. The new purchase payment is less than one year old and so it has no effect on the Benefit Protector value. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old)	+55,000
Total death benefit of:	$305,000

• During the eleventh contract year the contract value remains $250,000 and the “new” purchase payment is one year old and the value of the Benefit Protector changes. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (MAV death benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($250,000 – $105,000) =	+58,000
Total death benefit of:	$308,000

40    Evergreen Privilege Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If your spouse is the sole beneficiary and you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner. Your spouse and the new annuitant will be subject to all the limitations and restrictions of the rider just as if they were purchasing a new contract. If your spouse and the new annuitant do not qualify for the rider on the basis of age we will terminate the rider. If they do qualify for the rider on the basis of age we will set the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid and we will substitute this new contract value on the date of death for “purchase payments not previously withdrawn” used in calculating earnings at death. Your spouse also has the option of discontinuing the Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider within 30 days of the date of death.

NOTE: For special tax considerations associated with the Benefit Protector, see “Taxes.”

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus)

The Benefit Protector Plus is intended to provide an additional benefit to your beneficiary to help offset expenses after your death such as funeral expenses or federal and state taxes. This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge (see “Charges”). The Benefit Protector Plus provides reduced benefits if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older at the rider effective date. It does not provide any additional benefit before the first rider anniversary and it does not provide any benefit beyond what is offered under the Benefit Protector rider during the second rider year.

If this rider is available in your state and both you and the annuitant are age 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the Benefit Protector Plus to you contract. You must elect the Benefit Protector Plus at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date. This rider is only available for transfers, exchanges or rollovers from another annuity or life insurance policy. You may not select this rider if you select the Benefit Protector or the EDB. Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Since the benefit paid by the rider is determined by the amount of earnings at death, the amount of the benefit paid may be reduced as a result of taking any withdrawals including RMDs. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional and tax advisor whether or not the Benefit Protector Plus is appropriate for your situation.

The Benefit Protector Plus provides that if you or the annuitant die after the first rider anniversary, but before annuity payouts begin, and while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary:

• the benefits payable under the Benefit Protector described above, plus

• a percentage of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue not previously withdrawn as follows:

Rider Year	Percentage if you and the annuitant are under age 70 on the rider effective date	Percentage if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older on the rider effective date
One and Two	0%	0%
Three and Four	10%	3.75%
Five or more	20%	7.5%

Another way to describe the benefits payable under the Benefit Protector Plus rider is as follows:

• the ROP death benefit (see “Benefits in Case of Death”) plus:

Rider Year	If you and the annuitant are under age 70 on the rider effective date, add…	If you or the annuitant are age 70 or older on the rider effective date, add…
One	Zero	Zero
Two	40% × earnings at death (see above)	15% × earnings at death
Three & Four	40% × (earnings at death + 25% of initial purchase payment*)	15% × (earnings at death + 25% of initial purchase payment*)
Five or more	40% × (earnings at death + 50% of initial purchase payment*)	15% × (earnings at death + 50% of initial purchase payment*)

* Initial purchase payments are payments made within 60 days of rider issue not previously withdrawn.

Terminating the Benefit Protector Plus

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of any rider anniversary beginning with the seventh rider anniversary.

• The rider will terminate when you make a full withdrawal from the contract or when annuity payouts begin.

Example of the Benefit Protector Plus

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and you and the annuitant are under age 70. You select an Option L contract with the MAV death benefit.

• During the first contract year the contract value grows to $105,000. The MAV death benefit equals the contract value. You have not reached the first contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector Plus does not provide any additional benefit at this time.

Evergreen Privilege Variable Annuity — Prospectus    41

• On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. You have not reached the second contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector Plus does not provide any benefit beyond what is provided by the Benefit Protector at this time. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (MAV death benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000

• On the second contract anniversary the contract value falls to $105,000. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (MAV):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death:
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
plus 10% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:
0.10 × $100,000 =	+10,000
Total death benefit of:	$124,000

• During the third contract year the contract value remains at $105,000 and you request a partial withdrawal of $50,000, including the applicable 7% withdrawal charge. We will withdraw $10,500 from your contract value free of charge (10% of your prior anniversary's contract value). The remainder of the withdrawal is subject to a 7% withdrawal charge because your contract is in its third year of the withdrawal charge schedule, so we will withdraw $39,500 ($36,735 + $2,765 in withdrawal charges) from your contract value. Altogether, we will withdraw $50,000 and pay you $47,235. We calculate purchase payments not previously withdrawn as $100,000 - $45,000 = $55,000 (remember that $5,000 of the partial withdrawal is contract earnings). The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (MAV adjusted for partial withdrawals):	$57,619
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death:
0.40 × ($57,619 – $55,000) =	+1,048
plus 10% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:
0.10 × $55,000 =	+5,500
Total death benefit of:	$64,167

• On the third contract anniversary the contract value falls to $40,000. The death benefit equals the previous death benefit. The reduction in contract value has no effect.

• On the ninth contract anniversary the contract value grows to a new high of $200,000. Earnings at death reaches its maximum of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old. Because we are beyond the fourth contract anniversary the Benefit Protector Plus also reaches its maximum of 20%. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$200,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:	+55,000
0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$266,000

• During the tenth contract year you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000. Your new contract value is now $250,000. The new purchase payment is less than one year old and so it has no effect on the Benefit Protector Plus value. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$ 250,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old	+55,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:
0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$ 316,000

42    Evergreen Privilege Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• During the eleventh contract year the contract value remains $250,000 and the "new" purchase payment is one year old. The value of the Benefit Protector Plus remains constant. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (MAV death benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($250,000 – $105,000) =	+58,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:
0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$319,000

If your spouse is sole beneficiary and you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. We will then terminate the Benefit Protector Plus and substitute the applicable death benefit (see “Benefits in Case of Death”).

NOTE: For special tax considerations associated with the Benefit Protector Plus, see “Taxes.”

Optional Living Benefits

Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB)

The GMIB is intended to provide you with a guaranteed minimum lifetime income regardless of the volatility inherent in the investments in the subaccounts. If the annuitant is between age 70 and age 75 at contract issue, you should consider whether the GMIB is appropriate for your situation because:

• you must hold the GMIB for 10 years*,

• the GMIB terminates** on the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday,

• you can only exercise the GMIB within 30 days after a contract anniversary*,

• the MAV and the 5% rising floor values we use in the GMIB benefit base to calculate annuity payouts under the GMIB are limited after age 81, and

• there are additional costs associated with the rider.

Be sure to discuss whether or not the GMIB is appropriate for your situation with your investment professional.

*	Unless the annuitant qualifies for a contingent event (see “Charges — Contingent events”).
**	The rider and annual fee terminate on the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday; however, if you exercise the GMIB rider before this time, your benefits will continue according to the annuity payout plan you have selected.

If you are purchasing the contract as a qualified annuity, such as an IRA, and you are planning to begin annuity payouts after the date on which minimum distributions required by the IRS must begin, you should consider whether the GMIB is appropriate for you. Partial withdrawals you take from the contract, including those taken to satisfy RMDs, will reduce the GMIB benefit base (defined below), which in turn may reduce or eliminate the amount of any annuity payments available under the rider (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Consult a tax advisor before you purchase any GMIB with a qualified annuity, such as an IRA.

If this rider is available in your state and the annuitant is 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add this optional benefit to your contract for an additional annual charge (see “Charges”). If you select the GMIB, you must elect the EDB at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date.

In some instances, we may allow you to add the GMIB to your contract at a later date if it was not available when you initially purchased your contract. In these instances, we would add the GMIB on the next contract anniversary and this would become the rider effective date. For purposes of calculating the GMIB benefit base under these circumstances, we consider the contract value on the rider effective date to be the initial purchase payment; we disregard all previous purchase payments, transfers and withdrawals in the GMIB calculations.

Investment selection under the GMIB: For contract Option L, you may allocate your purchase payments or transfers to any of the subaccounts, GPAs or the one-year fixed account. For contract Option C, you may allocate payments to the subaccounts. We reserve the right to limit the amount you allocate to subaccounts investing in the Columbia Variable Portfolio — Cash Management Fund to 10% of the total amount in the subaccounts. If we are required to activate this restriction, and you have more than 10% of your subaccount value in this fund, we will send you a notice and ask that you reallocate your contract value so that the 10% limitation is satisfied within 60 days. We will terminate the GMIB if you have not satisfied the limitation after 60 days.

Evergreen Privilege Variable Annuity — Prospectus    43

GMIB benefit base: If the GMIB is effective at contract issue, the GMIB benefit base is the greatest of these four values:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments minus adjusted partial withdrawals; or
3.	the maximum anniversary value at the last contract anniversary plus any payments made since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals since that anniversary; or
4.	the 5% rising floor.

Keep in mind that the MAV and the 5% rising floor values are limited after age 81.

We reserve the right to exclude from the GMIB benefit base any purchase payments you make in the five years before you exercise the GMIB. We would do so only if such payments total $50,000 or more or if they are 25% or more of total contract payments. If we exercise this right, we:

• subtract each payment adjusted for market value from the contract value and the MAV.

• subtract each payment from the 5% rising floor. We adjust the payments made to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account for market value. We increase payments allocated to the subaccounts by 5% for the number of full contract years they have been in the contract before we subtract them from the 5% rising floor.

For each payment, we calculate the market value adjustment to the contract value, MAV, the GPAs and the one-year fixed account value of the 5% rising floor as:

PMT × CVG

ECV

PMT	=	each purchase payment made in the five years before you exercise the GMIB.
CVG	=	current contract value at the time you exercise the GMIB.
ECV	=	the estimated contract value on the anniversary prior to the payment in question. We assume that all payments and partial withdrawals occur at the beginning of a contract year.

For each payment, we calculate the 5% increase of payments allocated to the subaccounts as:

PMT x (1.05)^CY

CY = the full number of contract years the payment has been in the contract.

Exercising the GMIB

• you may only exercise the GMIB within 30 days after any contract anniversary following the expiration of a ten-year waiting period from the rider effective date. However, there is an exception if at any time the annuitant experiences a “contingent event” (disability, terminal illness or confinement to a nursing home or hospital, see “Charges — Contingent events” for more details.)

• the annuitant on the retirement date must be between 50 and 86 years old.

• you can only take an annuity payout under one of the following annuity payout plans:

– Plan A — Life Annuity – no refund

– Plan B — Life Annuity with ten years certain

– Plan D — Joint and last survivor life annuity – no refund

• you may change the annuitant for the payouts.

When you exercise your GMIB, you may select a fixed or variable annuity payout plan. Fixed annuity payouts are calculated using the annuity purchase rates based on the “1983 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” with 100% Projection Scale G. Your annuity payouts remain fixed for the lifetime of the annuity payout period.

First year variable annuity payouts are calculated in the same manner as fixed annuity payouts. Once calculated, your annuity payouts remain unchanged for the first year. After the first year, subsequent annuity payouts are variable and depend on the performance of the subaccounts you select. Variable annuity payouts after the first year are calculated using the following formula:

Pt-1(1 + i)	=	Pt
1.05

Pt–1	=	prior annuity payout
Pt	=	current annuity payout
i	=	annualized subaccount performance

44    Evergreen Privilege Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Each subsequent variable annuity payout could be more or less than the previous variable annuity payout if the subaccount investment performance is greater or less than the 5% assumed investment rate. If your subaccount performance equals 5%, your annuity payout will be unchanged from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount performance is in excess of 5%, your variable annuity payout will increase from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount investment performance is less than 5%, your variable annuity payout will decrease from the previous annuity payout.

If you exercise the GMIB under a contingent event, you can take up to 50% of the benefit base in cash. You can use the balance of the GMIB benefit base for annuity payouts calculated using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates under any one of the payout plans listed above as long as the annuitant is between 50 and 86 years old on the retirement date.

The GMIB benchmarks the contract growth at each anniversary against several comparison values and sets the GMIB benefit base equal to the largest value. The GMIB benefit base, less any applicable premium tax, is the value we apply to the guaranteed annuity purchase rates stated in Table B of the contract to calculate the minimum annuity payouts you will receive if you exercise the GMIB. If the GMIB benefit base is greater than the contract value, the GMIB may provide a higher annuity payout level than is otherwise available. However, the GMIB uses guaranteed annuity purchase rates which may result in annuity payouts that are less than those using the annuity purchase rates that we will apply at annuitization under the standard contract provisions. Therefore, the level of income provided by the GMIB may be less than the income the contract otherwise provides. If the annuity payouts through the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available through the GMIB, you will receive the higher standard payout option. The GMIB does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

Terminating the GMIB

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days after the first and fifth rider anniversaries.

• You may terminate the rider any time after the tenth rider anniversary.

• The rider will terminate on the date:

– you make a full withdrawal from the contract;

– a death benefit is payable; or

– you choose to begin taking annuity payouts under the regular contract provisions.

•	The rider will terminate* 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday.
*	The rider and annual fee terminate 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday; however, if you exercise the GMIB rider before this time, your benefits will continue according to the annuity payout plan you have selected.

Example

• You purchase the contract during the 2004 calendar year with a payment of $100,000 and you allocate all your purchase payments to the subaccounts.

• There are no additional purchase payments and no partial withdrawals.

• Assume the annuitant is male and age 55 at contract issue. For the joint and last survivor option (annuity payout Plan D), the joint annuitant is female and age 55 at contract issue.

Taking into account fluctuations in contract value due to market conditions, we calculate the GMIB benefit base as:

Contract anniversary	Contract value	MAV	5% rising floor	GMIB benefit base
1	$107,000	$107,000	$105,000
2	125,000	125,000	110,250
3	132,000	132,000	115,763
4	150,000	150,000	121,551
5	85,000	150,000	127,628
6	120,000	150,000	134,010
7	138,000	150,000	140,710
8	152,000	152,000	147,746
9	139,000	152,000	155,133
10	126,000	152,000	162,889	$162,889
11	138,000	152,000	171,034	171,034
12	147,000	152,000	179,586	179,586
13	163,000	163,000	188,565	188,565
14	159,000	163,000	197,993	197,993
15	212,000	212,000	207,893	212,000

Evergreen Privilege Variable Annuity — Prospectus    45

NOTE: The MAV and 5% rising floor values are limited after age 81. Additionally, the GMIB benefit base may increase if the contract value increases. However, you should keep in mind that you are always entitled to annuitize using the contract value without exercising the GMIB.

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after a contract anniversary, the payout under a fixed annuity option (which is the same as the minimum payout for the first year under a variable annuity option) would be:

Contract anniversary at exercise	GMIB benefit base	Plan A – life annuity — no refund	Minimum Guaranteed Monthly Income
			Plan B – life annuity with ten years certain	Plan D – joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund
10	$162,889 (5% rising floor)	$840.51	$817.70	$672.73
15	212,000 (MAV)	1,250.80	1,193.56	968.84

The payouts above are shown at guaranteed annuity rates of 3% stated in Table B of the contract. Payouts under the standard provisions of this contract will be based on our annuity rates in effect at annuitization and are guaranteed to be greater than or equal to the guaranteed annuity rates stated in Table B of the contract. The fixed annuity payout available under the standard provisions of this contract would be at least as great as shown below:

Contract anniversary at exercise	Contract value	Plan A – life annuity — no refund	Plan B – life annuity with ten years certain	Plan D – joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund
10	$126,000	$650.16	$ 632.52	$520.38
15	212,000	1,250.80	1,193.56	968.84

At the 15th contract anniversary you would not experience a benefit from the GMIB as the payout available to you is equal to or less than the payout available under the standard provisions of the contract. When the GMIB payout is less than the payout available under the standard provisions of the contract, you will receive the higher standard payout.

Remember that after the first year, lifetime income payouts under a variable annuity payout option will depend on the investment performance of the subaccounts you select. If your subaccount performance is 5%, your annuity payout will be unchanged from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount performance is in excess of 5%, your variable annuity payout will increase from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount investment performance is less than 5%, your variable annuity payout will decrease from the previous annuity payout.

This fee currently costs 0.70% of the GMIB benefit base annually and it is taken in a lump sum from the contract value on each contract anniversary at the end of each contract year. If the contract is terminated or if annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the fee at that time adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place. We cannot increase the GMIB fee after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin. We calculate the fee as follows:

BB + AT – FAV

BB	=	the GMIB benefit base.
AT	=	adjusted transfers from the subaccounts to the GPAs or the one-year fixed account made in the six months before the contract anniversary calculated as:

PT × VAT

SVT

PT	=	the amount transferred from the subaccounts to the GPAs or the one-year fixed account within six months of the contract anniversary.
VAT	=	variable account floor on the date of (but prior to) the transfer.
SVT	=	value of the subaccounts on the date of (but prior to) the transfer.
FAV	=	the value of the GPAs and the one-year fixed accounts.

The result of AT – FAV will never be greater than zero. This allows us to base the GMIB fee largely on the subaccounts.

Example

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and allocate all of your payment to the subaccounts.

• You make no transfers or partial withdrawals.

Contract anniversary	Contract value	GMIB fee percentage	Value on which we base the GMIB fee	GMIB fee charged to you
1	$80,000	0.70%	5% rising floor = $100,000 × 1.05	$735
2	150,000	0.70%	Contract value = $150,000	1,050

46    Evergreen Privilege Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Contract anniversary	Contract value	GMIB fee percentage	Value on which we base the GMIB fee	GMIB fee charged to you
3	102,000	0.70%	MAV = $150,000	1,050

The Annuity Payout Period

As owner of the contract, you have the right to decide how and to whom annuity payouts will be made starting at the retirement date. You may select one of the annuity payout plans outlined below, or we may mutually agree on other payout arrangements. We do not deduct any withdrawal charges upon retirement but withdrawal charges may apply when electing to exercise liquidity features we may make available under certain fixed annuity payout options.

You also decide whether we will make annuity payouts on a fixed or variable basis, or a combination of fixed and variable. The amount available to purchase payouts under the plan you select is the contract value on your retirement date after any rider charges have been deducted. Additionally, we currently allow you to use part of the amount available to purchase payouts, leaving any remaining contract value to accumulate on a tax-deferred basis. Special rules apply for partial annuitization of your annuity contract, see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities — Annuity payouts” and “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Annuity payouts.” If you select a variable annuity payout, we reserve the right to limit the number of subaccounts in which you may invest. The GPAs are not available during this payout period.

Amounts of fixed and variable payouts depend on:

• the annuity payout plan you select;

• the annuitant’s age and, in most cases, sex;

• the annuity table in the contract; and

• the amounts you allocated to the accounts at settlement.

In addition, for variable annuity payouts only, amounts depend on the investment performance of the subaccounts you select. These payouts will vary from month to month because the performance of the funds will fluctuate. Fixed payouts generally remain the same from month to month unless you have elected an option providing for increasing payments.

For information with respect to transfers between accounts after annuity payouts begin, see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transfer policies.”

Annuity Tables

The annuity tables in your contract (Table A and Table B) show the amount of the monthly payout for each $1,000 of contract value according to the age and, when applicable, the annuitant’s sex. (Where required by law, we will use a unisex table of settlement rates.)

Table A shows the amount of the first monthly variable annuity payout assuming that the contract value is invested at the beginning of the annuity payout period and earns a 5% rate of return, which is reinvested and helps to support future payouts. If you ask us at least 30 days before the retirement date, we will substitute an annuity table based on an assumed 3.5% investment rate for the 5% Table A in the contract. The assumed investment rate affects both the amount of the first payout and the extent to which subsequent payouts increase or decrease. For example, annuity payouts will increase if the investment return is above the assumed investment rate and payouts will decrease if the return is below the assumed investment rate. Using a 5% assumed interest rate results in a higher initial payout, but later payouts will increase more slowly when annuity unit values rise and decrease more rapidly when they decline.

Table B shows the minimum amount of each fixed annuity payout. We declare current payout rates that we use in determining the actual amount of your fixed annuity payout. The current payout rates will equal or exceed the guaranteed payout rates shown in Table B. We will furnish these rates to you upon request.

Annuity Payout Plans

We make available variable annuity payouts where payout amounts will vary based on the performance of the variable account. We may also make fixed annuity payouts available where payments of a fixed amount are made for the period specified in the plan, subject to any surrender we may permit. You may choose any one of these annuity payout plans by giving us written instructions at least 30 days before the retirement date. Generally, you may select one of the Plans A through E below or another plan agreed to by us.

• Plan A – Life annuity — no refund: We make monthly payouts until the annuitant’s death. Payouts end with the last payout before the annuitant’s death. We will not make any further payouts. This means that if the annuitant dies after we made only one monthly payout, we will not make any more payouts.

• Plan B – Life annuity with five, ten or 15 years certain: We make monthly payouts for a guaranteed payout period of five, ten or 15 years that you elect. This election will determine the length of the payout period in the event the

Evergreen Privilege Variable Annuity — Prospectus    47

	annuitant dies before the elected period expires. We calculate the guaranteed payout period from the retirement date. If the annuitant outlives the elected guaranteed payout period, we will continue to make payouts until the annuitant’s death.
•	Plan C – Life annuity — installment refund: We make monthly payouts until the annuitant’s death, with our guarantee that payouts will continue for some period of time. We will make payouts for at least the number of months determined by dividing the amount applied under this option by the first monthly payout, whether or not the annuitant is living.
•	Plan D – Joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund: We make monthly payouts while both the annuitant and a joint annuitant are living. If either annuitant dies, we will continue to make monthly payouts at the full amount until the death of the surviving annuitant. Payouts end with the death of the second annuitant.
•	Plan E – Payouts for a specified period: We make monthly payouts for a specific payout period of ten to 30 years that you elect. We will make payouts only for the number of years specified whether the annuitant is living or not. Depending on the selected time period, it is foreseeable that an annuitant can outlive the payout period selected. During the annuity payout period, you may make full and partial withdrawals. If you make a full withdrawal, you can elect to have us determine the present value of any remaining variable payouts and pay it to you in a lump sum.

For Plan A, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, no payments will be made. For Plan B, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue for the guaranteed payout period. For Plan C, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue for the installment refund period. For Plan D, if both annuitants die before the initial payment, no payments will be made; however, if one annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue until the death of the surviving annuitant.

In addition to the annuity payout plans described above, we may offer additional payout plans. Terms and conditions of annuity payout plans will be disclosed at the time of election, including any associated fees or charges. It is important to remember that the election and use of liquidity features will result in payouts ceasing.

Utilizing a liquidity feature to withdraw the underlying value of remaining payouts may result in the assessment of a withdrawal charge (See “Charges — Withdrawal charge”) or a 10% IRS penalty tax. (See “Taxes.”).

Annuity payout plan requirements for qualified annuities: If your contract is a qualified annuity, you must select a payout plan as of the retirement date set forth in your contract. You have the responsibility for electing a payout plan under your contract that complies with applicable law. Your contract describes your payout plan options. The options will meet certain IRS regulations governing RMDs if the payout plan meets the incidental distribution benefit requirements, if any, and the payouts are made:

• in equal or substantially equal payments over a period not longer than your life expectancy, or over the joint life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary; or

• over a period certain not longer than your life expectancy or over the joint life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary.

If we do not receive instructions: You must give us written instructions for the annuity payouts at least 30 days before the annuitant’s retirement date. If you do not, we will make payouts under Plan B, with 120 monthly payouts guaranteed.

If monthly payouts would be less than $20: We will calculate the amount of monthly payouts at the time the contract value is used to purchase a payout plan. If the calculations show that monthly payouts would be less than $20, we have the right to pay the contract value to the owner in a lump sum or to change the frequency of the payouts.

Death after annuity payouts begin: If you or the annuitant die after annuity payouts begin, we will pay any amount payable to the beneficiary as provided in the annuity payout plan in effect. Payments to beneficiaries are subject to adjustment to comply with the IRS rules and regulations.

Taxes

Under current law, your contract has a tax-deferral feature. Generally, this means you do not pay income tax until there is a taxable distribution (or deemed distribution) from the contract. We will send a tax information reporting form for any year in which we made a taxable or reportable distribution according to our records.

Nonqualified Annuities

Generally, only the increase in the value of a non-qualified annuity contract over the investment in the contract is taxable. Certain exceptions apply. Federal tax law requires that all nonqualified deferred annuity contracts issued by the same company (and possibly its affiliates) to the same owner during a calendar year be taxed as a single, unified contract when distributions are taken from any one of those contracts.

48    Evergreen Privilege Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Annuity payouts: Generally, unlike withdrawals described below, the income taxation of annuity payouts is subject to exclusion ratios (for fixed annuity payouts) or annual excludable amounts (for variable annuity payouts). In other words, in most cases, a portion of each payout will be ordinary income and subject to tax, and a portion of each payout will be considered a return of part of your investment in the contract and will not be taxed. All amounts you receive after your investment in the contract is fully recovered will be subject to tax. Under Annuity Payout Plan A: Life annuity — no refund, where the annuitant dies before your investment in the contract is fully recovered, the remaining portion of the unrecovered investment may be available as a federal income tax deduction to the owner for the last taxable year. Under all other annuity payout plans, where the annuity payouts end before your investment in the contract is fully recovered, the remaining portion of the unrecovered investment may be available as a federal income tax deduction to the taxpayer for the tax year in which the payouts end. (See “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Federal tax law permits taxpayers to annuitize a portion of their nonqualified annuity while leaving the remaining balance to continue to grow tax-deferred. Under the partial annuitization rules, the portion annuitized must be received as an annuity for a period of 10 years or more, or for the lives of one or more individuals. If this requirement is met, the annuitized portion and the tax-deferred balance will generally be treated as two separate contracts for income tax purposes only. If a contract is partially annuitized, the investment in the contract is allocated between the deferred and the annuitized portions on a pro rata basis.

Withdrawals: Generally, if you withdrawal all or part of your nonqualified annuity your annuity payouts begin, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, your withdrawal will be taxed to the extent that the contract value immediately before the withdrawal exceeds the investment in the contract. Different rules may apply if you exchange another contract into this contract.

You also may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty for withdrawals of taxable income you make before reaching age 59½ unless certain exceptions apply.

Withholding: If you receive taxable income as a result of an annuity payout or withdrawal, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, we may deduct federal, and in some cases state withholding against the payment. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your income tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. As long as you have provided us with a valid Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number, and you have a valid U.S. address, you may be able to elect not to have federal income tax withholding occur.

If the payment is part of an annuity payout plan, we generally compute the amount of federal income tax withholding using payroll tables. You may provide us with a statement of how many exemptions to use in calculating the withholding. If the distribution is any other type of payment (such as partial or full withdrawal) we compute federal income tax withholding using 10% of the taxable portion.

The federal income tax withholding requirements differ if we deliver payment outside the United States or you are a non-resident alien.

Some states also may impose income tax withholding requirements similar to the federal withholding described above or may allow you to elect withholding. If this should be the case, we may deduct state income tax withholding from the payment.

Death benefits to beneficiaries: The death benefit under a nonqualified contract is not exempt from estate (federal or state) taxes. In addition, for income tax purposes, any amount your beneficiary receives that exceeds the remaining investment in the contract is taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary in the year he or she receives the payments. (See also “Benefits in Case of Death — If You Die Before the Retirement Date”).

Net Investment Income Tax (also known as Medicare contribution tax): Effective for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2013, certain investment income of high-income individuals (as well as estates and trusts) is subject to a 3.8% net investment income tax (as an addition to income taxes). For individuals, the 3.8% tax applies to the lesser of (1) the amount by which the taxpayer’s modified adjusted gross income exceeds $200,000 ($250,000 for married filing jointly and surviving spouses; $125,000 for married filing separately) or (2) the taxpayer’s “net investment income.” Net investment income includes taxable income from nonqualified annuities. Annuity holders are advised to consult their tax advisor regarding the possible implications of this additional tax.

Annuities owned by corporations, partnerships or irrevocable trusts: For nonqualified annuities, any annual increase in the value of annuities held by such entities (non-natural persons) generally will be treated as ordinary income received during that year. However, if the trust was set up for the benefit of a natural person(s) only, the income may remain tax-deferred until withdrawn or paid out.

Penalties: If you receive amounts from your nonqualified annuity before reaching age 59½, you may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty on the amount includable in your ordinary income. However, this penalty will not apply to any amount received:

• because of your death or in the event of non-natural ownership, the death of annuitant;

• because you become disabled (as defined in the Code);

Evergreen Privilege Variable Annuity — Prospectus    49

• if the distribution is part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments, made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or joint lives or life expectancies of you and your beneficiary);

• if it is allocable to an investment before Aug. 14, 1982; or

• if annuity payouts are made under immediate annuities as defined by the Code.

Transfer of ownership: Generally, if you transfer ownership of a nonqualified annuity without receiving adequate consideration, the transfer may be taxed as a withdrawal for federal income tax purposes. If the transfer is a currently taxable event for income tax purposes, the original owner will be taxed on the amount of deferred earnings at the time of the transfer and also may be subject to the 10% IRS penalty discussed earlier. In this case, the new owner’s investment in the contract will be equal to the investment in the contract at the time of the transfer plus any earnings included in the original owner’s taxable income as a result of the transfer. In general, this rule does not apply to transfers between spouses or former spouses. Similar rules apply if you transfer ownership for full consideration. Please consult your tax advisor for further details.

1035 Exchanges: Section 1035 of the Code permits nontaxable exchanges of certain insurance policies, endowment contracts, annuity contracts and qualified long-term care insurance contracts while providing for continued tax deferral of earnings. In addition, Section 1035 permits the carryover of the investment in the contract from the old policy or contract to the new policy or contract. In a 1035 exchange one policy or contract is exchanged for another policy or contract. The following can qualify as nontaxable exchanges: (1) the exchange of a life insurance policy for another life insurance policy or for an endowment, annuity or qualified long-term care insurance contract, (2) the exchange of an endowment contract for an annuity or qualified long-term care insurance contract, or for an endowment contract under which payments will begin no later than payments would have begun under the contract exchanged, (3) the exchange of an annuity contract for another annuity or for a qualified long-term care insurance contract, and (4) the exchange of a qualified long-term care insurance contract for a qualified long-term care insurance contract. Additionally, other tax rules apply. However, if the life insurance policy has an outstanding loan, there may be tax consequences. Depending on the issue date of your original policy or contract, there may be tax or other benefits that are given up to gain the benefits of the new policy or contract. Consider whether the features and benefits of the new policy or contract outweigh any tax or other benefits of the old contract.

For a partial exchange of an annuity contract for another annuity contract, the 1035 exchange is generally tax-free. The investment in the original contract and the earnings on the contract will be allocated proportionately between the original and new contracts. However, per IRS Revenue Procedure 2011-38, if withdrawals are taken from either contract within the 180-day period following a partial 1035 exchange, the IRS will apply general tax principles to determine the appropriate tax treatment of the exchange and subsequent withdrawal. As a result, there may be unexpected tax consequences. You should consult your tax advisor before taking any withdrawal from either contract during the 180-day period following a partial exchange.

Assignment: If you assign or pledge your contract as collateral for a loan, earnings on purchase payments you made after Aug. 13, 1982 will be taxed as a deemed distribution and also may be subject to the 10% penalty as discussed above.

Qualified Annuities

Adverse tax consequences may result if you do not ensure that contributions, distributions and other transactions under the contract comply with the law. Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions. You should refer to your retirement plan’s Summary Plan Description, your IRA disclosure statement, or consult a tax advisor for additional information about the distribution rules applicable to your situation.

When you use your contract to fund a retirement plan or IRA that is already tax-deferred under the Code, the contract will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral. If your contract is used to fund an employer sponsored plan, your right to benefits may be subject to the terms and conditions of the plan regardless of the terms of the contract.

Annuity payouts: Under a qualified annuity, except a Roth IRA, Roth 401(k) or Roth 403(b), the entire payout generally is includable as ordinary income and is subject to tax unless: (1) the contract is an IRA to which you made non-deductible contributions; or (2) you rolled after-tax dollars from a retirement plan into your IRA; or 3) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you or your employer have contributed after-tax dollars; or (4) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you direct such payout to be directly rolled over to another eligible retirement plan such as an IRA. We may permit partial annuitizations of qualified annuity contracts. If we accept partial annuitizations, please remember that your contract will still need to comply with other requirements such as required minimum distributions and the payment of taxes. Prior to considering a partial annuitization on a qualified contract, you should discuss your decision and any implications with your tax adviser. Because we cannot accurately track certain after tax funding sources, we will generally report any payments on partial annuitizations as ordinary income except in the case of a qualified distribution from a Roth IRA.

50    Evergreen Privilege Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Annuity payouts from Roth IRAs: In general, the entire payout from a Roth IRA can be free from income and penalty taxes if you have attained age 59½ and meet the five year holding period.

Withdrawals: Under a qualified annuity, except a Roth IRA, Roth 401(k) or Roth 403(b), the entire withdrawal will generally be includable as ordinary income and is subject to tax unless: (1) the contract is an IRA to which you made non-deductible contributions; or (2) you rolled after-tax dollars from a retirement plan into your IRA; or (3) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you or your employer have contributed after-tax dollars; or (4) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you direct such withdrawal to be directly rolled over to another eligible retirement plan such as an IRA.

Withdrawals from Roth IRAs: In general, the entire payout from a Roth IRA can be free from income and penalty taxes if you have attained age 59½ and meet the five year holding period or another qualifying event such as death or disability.

Required Minimum Distributions: Retirement plans (except for Roth IRAs) are subject to required withdrawals called required minimum distributions (“RMDs”) beginning at age 72 (age 70 ½ if you were born on or before June 30, 1949). RMDs are based on the fair market value of your contract at year-end divided by the life expectancy factor. Certain death benefits and optional riders may be considered in determining the fair market value of your contract for RMD purposes. This may cause your RMD to be higher. Inherited IRAs (including inherited Roth IRAs) are subject to special required minimum distribution rules. You should consult your tax advisor prior to making a purchase for an explanation of the potential tax implications to you.

Withholding for IRAs, Roth IRAs, SEPs and SIMPLE IRAs: If you receive taxable income as a result of an annuity payout or a withdrawal, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, we may deduct withholding against the payment. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. As long as you have provided us with a valid Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number, you can elect not to have any withholding occur.

If the payment is part of an annuity payout plan, we generally compute the amount of federal income tax withholding using payroll tables. You may provide us with a statement of how many exemptions to use in calculating the withholding. If the distribution is any other type of payment (such as a partial or full withdrawal) we compute federal income tax withholding using 10% of the taxable portion.

The federal income tax withholding requirements differ if we deliver payment outside the United States or you are a non-resident alien.

Some states also may impose income tax withholding requirements similar to the federal withholding described above. If this should be the case, we may deduct state income tax withholding from the payment.

Withholding for all other qualified annuities: If you receive directly all or part of the contract value from a qualified annuity, mandatory 20% federal income tax withholding (and possibly state income tax withholding) generally will be imposed at the time the payout is made from the plan. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. This mandatory withholding will not be imposed if instead of receiving the distribution check, you elect to have the distribution rolled over directly to an IRA or another eligible plan. Payments made to a surviving spouse instead of being directly rolled over to an IRA are also subject to mandatory 20% income tax withholding.

In the below situations, the distribution is subject to an optional 10% withholding instead of the mandatory 20% withholding. We will withhold 10% of the distribution amount unless you elect otherwise.

• the payout is one in a series of substantially equal periodic payouts, made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or the joint lives or life expectancies of you and your designated beneficiary) or over a specified period of 10 years or more;

• the payout is a RMD as defined under the Code;

• the payout is made on account of an eligible hardship; or

• the payout is a corrective distribution.

State withholding also may be imposed on taxable distributions.

Penalties: If you receive amounts from your qualified contract before reaching age 59½, you may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty on the amount includable in your ordinary income. However, this penalty generally will not apply to any amount received:

• because of your death;

• because you become disabled (as defined in the Code);

• if the distribution is part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or joint lives or life expectancies of you and your beneficiary);

Evergreen Privilege Variable Annuity — Prospectus    51

• if the distribution is made following severance from employment during or after the calendar year in which you attain age 55 (TSAs and annuities funding 401(a) plans only);

• to pay certain medical or education expenses (IRAs only); or

• if the distribution is made from an inherited IRA.

Death benefits to beneficiaries: The entire death benefit generally is taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary in the year he/she receives the payments from the qualified annuity. If you made non-deductible contributions to a traditional IRA, the portion of any distribution from the contract that represents after-tax contributions is not taxable as ordinary income to your beneficiary. You are responsible for keeping all records tracking your non-deductible contributions to an IRA. Death benefits under a Roth IRA generally are not taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary if certain distribution requirements are met. (See also “Benefits in Case of Death — If you Die Before the Retirement Date”).

Change of retirement plan type: IRS regulations allow for rollovers of certain retirement plan distributions. In some circumstances, you may be able to have an intra-contract rollover, keeping the same features and conditions. If the annuity contract you have does not support an intra-contract rollover, you are able to request an IRS approved rollover to another annuity contract or other investment product that you choose. If you choose another annuity contract or investment product, you will be subject to new rules, including a new withdrawal charge schedule for an annuity contract, or other product rules as applicable.

Assignment:You may not assign or pledge your qualified contract as collateral for a loan.

Other

Special considerations if you select any optional rider: As of the date of this prospectus, we believe that charges related to these riders are not subject to current taxation. Therefore, we will not report these charges as partial withdrawals from your contract. However, the IRS may determine that these charges should be treated as partial withdrawals subject to taxation to the extent of any gain as well as the 10% tax penalty for withdrawals before the age of 59½, if applicable, on the taxable portion.

We reserve the right to report charges for these riders as partial withdrawals if we, as a withholding and reporting agent, believe that we are required to report them. In addition, we will report any benefits attributable to these riders on the death of you or the annuitant as an annuity death benefit distribution, not as proceeds from life insurance.

Important: Our discussion of federal tax laws is based upon our understanding of current interpretations of these laws. Federal tax laws or current interpretations of them may change. For this reason and because tax consequences are complex and highly individual and cannot always be anticipated, you should consult a tax advisor if you have any questions about taxation of your contract.

RiverSource Life’s tax status: We are taxed as a life insurance company under the Code. For federal income tax purposes, the subaccounts are considered a part of our company, although their operations are treated separately in accounting and financial statements. Investment income is reinvested in the fund in which each subaccount invests and becomes part of that subaccount’s value. This investment income, including realized capital gains, is not subject to any withholding for federal or state income taxes. We reserve the right to make such a charge in the future if there is a change in the tax treatment of variable annuities or in our tax status as we then understand it.
The company includes in its taxable income the net investment income derived from the investment of assets held in its subaccounts because the company is considered the owner of these assets under federal income tax law.  The company may claim certain tax benefits associated with this investment income.  These benefits, which may include foreign tax credits and the corporate dividend received deduction, are not passed on to you since the company is the owner of the assets under federal tax law and is taxed on the investment income generated by the assets. 

Tax qualification: We intend that the contract qualify as an annuity for federal income tax purposes. To that end, the provisions of the contract are to be interpreted to ensure or maintain such tax qualification, in spite of any other provisions of the contract. We reserve the right to amend the contract to reflect any clarifications that may be needed or are appropriate to maintain such qualification or to conform the contract to any applicable changes in the tax qualification requirements. We will send you a copy of any amendments.

Spousal status: When it comes to your marital status and the identification and naming of any spouse as a beneficiary or party to your contract, we will rely on the representations you make to us. Based on this reliance, we will issue and administer your contract in accordance with these representations. If you represent that you are married and your representation is incorrect or your marriage is deemed invalid for federal or state law purposes, then the benefits and rights under your contract may be different.

If you have any questions as to the status of your relationship as a marriage, then you should consult an appropriate tax or legal advisor.

52    Evergreen Privilege Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Voting Rights

As a contract owner with investments in the subaccounts, you may vote on important fund policies until annuity payouts begin. Once they begin, the person receiving them has voting rights. We will vote fund shares according to the instructions of the person with voting rights.

Before annuity payouts begin, the number of votes you have is determined by applying your percentage interest in each subaccount to the total number of votes allowed to the subaccount.

After annuity payouts begin, the number of votes you have is equal to:

• the reserve held in each subaccount for your contract; divided by

• the net asset value of one share of the applicable fund.

As we make annuity payouts, the reserve for the contract decreases; therefore, the number of votes also will decrease.

We calculate votes separately for each subaccount. We will send notice of shareholders’ meetings, proxy materials and a statement of the number of votes to which the voter is entitled. We are the legal owner of all fund shares and therefore hold all voting rights.  However, to the extent required by law, we will vote the shares of each fund according to instructions we receive from policy owners. We will vote shares for which we have not received instructions and shares that we or our affiliates own in our own names in the same proportion as the votes for which we received instructions. As a result of this proportional voting, in cases when a small number of contract owners vote, their votes will have a greater impact and may even control the outcome.

Substitution of Investments

We may substitute the funds in which the subaccounts invest if:

• laws or regulations change;

• the existing funds become unavailable; or

• in our judgment, the funds no longer are suitable (or are not the most suitable) for the subaccounts.

If any of these situations occur, we have the right to substitute a fund currently listed in this prospectus (existing fund) for another fund (new fund), provided we obtain any required SEC and state insurance law approval. The new fund may have higher fees and/or operating expenses than the existing fund. Also, the new fund may have investment objectives and policies and/or investment advisers which differ from the existing fund.

We may also:

• add new subaccounts;

• combine any two or more subaccounts;

• transfer assets to and from the subaccounts or the variable account; and

• eliminate or close any subaccounts.

We will notify you of any substitution or change.

In the event of any such substitution or change, we may amend the contract and take whatever action is necessary and appropriate without your consent or approval. We will obtain any required prior approval of the SEC or state insurance departments before making any substitution or change.

About the Service Providers

Principal Underwriter

RiverSource Distributors, Inc. (RiverSource Distributors), our affiliate, serves as the principal underwriter and general distributor of the contract. Its offices are located at 70100 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, MN 55474. RiverSource Distributors is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ameriprise Financial, Inc.

Sales of the Contract

New contracts are not currently being offered.

• Only securities broker-dealers (“selling firms”) registered with the SEC and members of the FINRA may sell the contract.

• The contracts are continuously offered to the public through authorized selling firms. We and RiverSource Distributors have a sales agreement with the selling firm. The sales agreement authorizes the selling firm to offer the contracts

Evergreen Privilege Variable Annuity — Prospectus    53

to the public. RiverSource Distributors pays the selling firm (or an affiliated insurance agency) for contracts its investment professional sell. The selling firm may be required to return sales commissions under certain circumstances including but not limited to when contracts are returned under the free look period.

Payments We May Make to Selling Firms

• We may use compensation plans which vary by selling firm. For example, some of these plans pay selling firms a commission of up to 4.25% each time a purchase payment is made for contract Option L and 1.00% for Contract Option C. We may also pay ongoing trail commissions of up to 1.00% of the contract value. We do not pay or withhold payment of trail commissions based on which investment options you select.

• We may pay selling firms an additional sales commission of up to 1.00% of purchase payments for a period of time we select. For example, we may offer to pay an additional sales commission to get selling firms to market a new or enhanced contract or to increase sales during the period.

• In addition to commissions, we may, in order to promote sales of the contracts, and as permitted by applicable laws and regulation, pay or provide selling firms with other promotional incentives in cash, credit or other compensation. We generally (but may not) offer these promotional incentives to all selling firms. The terms of such arrangements differ between selling firms. These promotional incentives may include but are not limited to:

• sponsorship of marketing, educational, due diligence and compliance meetings and conferences we or the selling firm may conduct for investment professionals, including subsidy of travel, meal, lodging, entertainment and other expenses related to these meetings;

• marketing support related to sales of the contract including for example, the creation of marketing materials, advertising and newsletters;

• providing service to contract owners; and

• funding other events sponsored by a selling firm that may encourage the selling firm’s investment professionals to sell the contract.

These promotional incentives or reimbursements may be calculated as a percentage of the selling firm’s aggregate, net or anticipated sales and/or total assets attributable to sales of the contract, and/or may be a fixed dollar amount. As noted below this additional compensation may cause the selling firm and its investment professionals to favor the contracts.

Sources of Payments to Selling Firms

When we pay the commissions and other compensation described above from our assets. Our assets may include:

• revenues we receive from fees and expenses that you will pay when buying, owning and making a withdrawal from the contract (see “Expense Summary”);

• compensation we or an affiliate receive from the underlying funds in the form of distribution and services fees (see “The Variable Account and the Funds — The Funds”);

• compensation we or an affiliate receive from a fund’s investment adviser, subadviser, distributor or an affiliate of any of these (see “The Variable Account and the Funds — The Funds”); and

• revenues we receive from other contracts we sell that are not securities and other businesses we conduct.

You do not directly pay the commissions and other compensation described above as the result of a specific charge or deduction under the contract. However, you may pay part or all of the commissions and other compensation described above indirectly through:

• fees and expenses we collect from contract owners, including withdrawal charges; and

• fees and expenses charged by the underlying subaccount funds in which you invest, to the extent we or one of our affiliates receive revenue from the funds or an affiliated person.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Compensation payment arrangements made with selling firms can potentially:

• give selling firms a heightened financial incentive to sell the contract offered in this prospectus over another investment with lower compensation to the selling firm.

• cause selling firms to encourage their investment professionals to sell you the contract offered in this prospectus instead of selling you other alternative investments that may result in lower compensation to the selling firm.

• cause selling firms to grant us access to its investment professionals to promote sales of the contract offered in this prospectus, while denying that access to other firms offering similar contracts or other alternative investments which may pay lower compensation to the selling firm.

54    Evergreen Privilege Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Payments to Investment Professionals

• The selling firm pays its investment professionals. The selling firm decides the compensation and benefits it will pay its investment professionals.

• To inform yourself of any potential conflicts of interest, ask the investment professional before you buy, how the selling firm and its investment professionals are being compensated and the amount of the compensation that each will receive if you buy the contract.

Service Providers

Our Service Center performs certain administrative services on the contracts and policies we issue. The address and telephone number of our Service Center are listed on the first page of the prospectus. We also have entered into agreements with certain entities to provide the identified services in connection with the contracts and policies we issue. The entities engaged by RiverSource Life may change over time. Entities that provided services to RiverSource Life in 2019 are listed in the table below.

Name of Service Provider	Services Provided	Address
Ameriprise Financial, Inc.	Business affairs management and administrative support related to new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies	707 Second Avenue South Minneapolis MN 55402 USA
Ameriprise India Private Limited	Administrative support related to new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies annual report filings	Plot No. 14, Sector 18 Udyog Vihar Gurugram, Haryana – 122 015 India
Sykes Enterprise Incorporated	Administrative support related to e new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies	10th Floor, Glorietta BPO 1 Office Tower Makati City 1224 Metro Manila Philippines

Issuer

We issue the contracts. We are a stock life insurance company organized in 1957 under the laws of the state of Minnesota and are located at 829 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, MN 55474. We are a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ameriprise Financial, Inc.

We conduct a conventional life insurance business. We are licensed to do business in 49 states, the District of Columbia and American Samoa. Our primary products currently include fixed and variable annuity contracts and life insurance policies.

Legal Proceedings

Insurance companies have been the subject of increasing regulatory, legislative and judicial scrutiny. Numerous state and federal regulatory agencies have commenced examinations and other inquiries of insurance companies regarding sales and marketing practices (including sales to older consumers and disclosure practices), claims handling, and unclaimed property and escheatment practices and procedures. RiverSource Life has cooperated and will continue to cooperate with the applicable regulators.

RiverSource Life is involved in the normal course of business in a number of other legal and arbitration proceedings concerning matters arising in connection with the conduct of its business activities. RiverSource Life believes that it is not a party to, nor are any of its properties the subject of, any pending legal, arbitration or regulatory investigation, examination or proceeding that is likely to have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is possible that the outcome of any current or future legal, arbitration or regulatory proceeding could have a material impact on results of operations in any particular reporting period as the proceedings are resolved.

Uncertain economic conditions, heightened and sustained volatility in the financial markets and significant financial reform legislation may increase the likelihood that clients and other persons or regulators may present or threaten legal claims or that regulators increase the scope or frequency of examinations of RiverSource Life or the insurance industry generally.

Additional Information

Incorporation of Certain Documents By Reference

The SEC allows us to “incorporate by reference” the information we have filed with the SEC. This means that we can disclose important information to you without actually including the specific information in this prospectus by referring you to other documents filed separately with the SEC. The information incorporated by reference is an important part of

Evergreen Privilege Variable Annuity — Prospectus    55

this prospectus. Information that we later provide to the SEC, and which is deemed to be “filed” with the SEC, will automatically update information previously filed with the SEC, and may replace information in this prospectus and information previously filed with the SEC. We incorporate by reference RiverSource Life Insurance Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019 as filed with the SEC on Feb.26, 2020under File No. 033-28976 in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and any filings we make with the SEC under Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act (excluding information deemed to be furnished and not filed with the SEC) after the effective date of this registration statement, until all offerings under the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part are completed or terminated. The annual report contains additional information about RiverSource Life Insurance Company, including audited financial statements for the latest fiscal year.

RiverSource Life will furnish you without charge a copy of any or all of the documents incorporated by reference into this prospectus, including any exhibits to such documents which have been specifically incorporated by reference. We will do so upon receipt of your written or oral request. You can contact RiverSource Life at the telephone number and address listed on the first page of this prospectus.

Available Information

This prospectus is part of a registration statement we file with the SEC. Additional information on RiverSource Life and on this offering is available in the registration statement and other materials we file. You can obtain copies of these materials at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. This prospectus, other information about the contract and other information incorporated by reference are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at (http://www.sec.gov).

Indemnification

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the Act) may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of RiverSource Life pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

56    Evergreen Privilege Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix: Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)

The following tables give per-unit information about the financial history of the subaccounts representing the lowest and highest total annual variable account expense combinations. The date in which operations commenced in each subaccount is noted in parentheses. The SAI contains tables that give per-unit information about the financial history of each existing subaccount. We have not provided this information for subaccounts (if any) that were not available under your contract as of December 31, 2019. You may obtain a copy of the SAI without charge by contacting us at the telephone number or address listed on the first page of the prospectus.

Variable account charges of 1.40% of the daily net assets of the variable account.

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3) (2/21/1995)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.27	$3.45	$2.82	$2.65	$2.66	$2.34	$1.78	$1.58	$1.53	$1.32
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.02	$3.27	$3.45	$2.82	$2.65	$2.66	$2.34	$1.78	$1.58	$1.53
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	691	751	812	971	1,161	1,313	1,652	2,086	2,533	3,074
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.70	$2.91	$2.58	$2.31	$2.41	$2.22	$1.78	$1.58	$1.69	$1.46
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.30	$2.70	$2.91	$2.58	$2.31	$2.41	$2.22	$1.78	$1.58	$1.69
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	266	319	381	449	507	613	1,067	1,539	1,827	2,123
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund (Class 3) (2/21/1995)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.20	$1.20	$1.21	$1.23	$1.24	$1.26	$1.28	$1.30	$1.31	$1.33
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.20	$1.20	$1.20	$1.21	$1.23	$1.24	$1.26	$1.28	$1.30	$1.31
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2,284	2,512	3,009	3,452	2,179	2,496	2,750	2,860	3,784	4,615
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3) (2/21/1995)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.23	$2.26	$2.21	$2.14	$2.17	$2.09	$2.17	$2.04	$1.94	$1.82
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.40	$2.23	$2.26	$2.21	$2.14	$2.17	$2.09	$2.17	$2.04	$1.94
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	706	755	840	961	1,077	1,216	1,527	2,043	2,171	2,609
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2 (5/1/2001)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.59	$4.27	$3.59	$3.26	$3.36	$3.21	$2.40	$2.12	$2.41	$1.90
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.36	$3.59	$4.27	$3.59	$3.26	$3.36	$3.21	$2.40	$2.12	$2.41
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	152	157	178	202	238	292	449	629	812	1,103
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund – Class 2 (9/22/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.44	$2.72	$2.54	$2.22	$2.37	$2.24	$1.77	$1.57	$1.61	$1.47
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.94	$2.44	$2.72	$2.54	$2.22	$2.37	$2.24	$1.77	$1.57	$1.61
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	711	804	950	1,180	1,259	1,538	1,777	2,135	2,449	3,186
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund, Series II Shares (7/31/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.44	$3.90	$3.47	$2.99	$3.23	$2.94	$2.12	$1.82	$1.90	$1.56
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.28	$3.44	$3.90	$3.47	$2.99	$3.23	$2.94	$2.12	$1.82	$1.90
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	24	26	34	36	38	58	71	63	91	140
Invesco V.I. Value Opportunities Fund, Series II Shares (7/31/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.65	$2.08	$1.80	$1.55	$1.76	$1.67	$1.27	$1.10	$1.15	$1.09
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.12	$1.65	$2.08	$1.80	$1.55	$1.76	$1.67	$1.27	$1.10	$1.15
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	21	29	32	40	45	93	144	166	211	315
Putnam VT International Equity Fund – Class IB Shares (9/22/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.30	$1.63	$1.31	$1.36	$1.38	$1.50	$1.19	$0.99	$1.20	$1.11
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.61	$1.30	$1.63	$1.31	$1.36	$1.38	$1.50	$1.19	$0.99	$1.20
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	242	248	282	297	527	565	636	714	947	1,199
Variable Portfolio – Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.31	$2.71	$2.57	$2.07	$2.32	$2.30	$1.73	$1.55	$1.64	$1.34
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.72	$2.31	$2.71	$2.57	$2.07	$2.32	$2.30	$1.73	$1.55	$1.64
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	201	206	240	259	312	366	577	973	1,139	1,364
Wells Fargo VT International Equity Fund – Class 2 (7/31/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.79	$2.20	$1.79	$1.76	$1.75	$1.88	$1.59	$1.43	$1.66	$1.44
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.04	$1.79	$2.20	$1.79	$1.76	$1.75	$1.88	$1.59	$1.43	$1.66
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	69	85	95	114	115	131	178	197	277	324
Wells Fargo VT Omega Growth Fund – Class 2 (7/31/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.98	$4.02	$3.03	$3.06	$3.06	$2.99	$2.17	$1.82	$1.96	$1.66
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$5.38	$3.98	$4.02	$3.03	$3.06	$3.06	$2.99	$2.17	$1.82	$1.96
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	310	349	418	511	551	659	971	1,453	1,779	2,121
Wells Fargo VT Opportunity Fund – Class 2 (8/26/2011)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.92	$2.10	$1.77	$1.60	$1.67	$1.54	$1.19	$1.05	$1.00	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.50	$1.92	$2.10	$1.77	$1.60	$1.67	$1.54	$1.19	$1.05	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	115	165	175	185	200	236	317	356	501	—

Evergreen Privilege Variable Annuity — Prospectus    57

Variable account charges of 1.40% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Wells Fargo VT Small Cap Growth Fund – Class 2 (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.11	$1.12	$0.90	$0.85	$0.88	$0.91	$0.62	$0.58	$0.62	$0.49
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.37	$1.11	$1.12	$0.90	$0.85	$0.88	$0.91	$0.62	$0.58	$0.62
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	200	219	231	278	311	388	459	490	627	785

Variable account charges of 1.80% of the daily net assets of the variable account.

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.69	$2.85	$2.33	$2.20	$2.22	$1.96	$1.50	$1.34	$1.29	$1.12
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.29	$2.69	$2.85	$2.33	$2.20	$2.22	$1.96	$1.50	$1.34	$1.29
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	116	119	160	180	196	223	339	445	540	619
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3) (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.30	$2.49	$2.22	$1.99	$2.09	$1.93	$1.55	$1.39	$1.49	$1.29
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.80	$2.30	$2.49	$2.22	$1.99	$2.09	$1.93	$1.55	$1.39	$1.49
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	164	208	240	253	308	348	414	545	634	679
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund (Class 3) (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.88	$0.88	$0.89	$0.91	$0.93	$0.94	$0.96	$0.98	$0.99	$1.01
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.88	$0.88	$0.88	$0.89	$0.91	$0.93	$0.94	$0.96	$0.98	$0.99
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	593	766	901	882	733	260	272	410	653	834
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3) (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.35	$1.37	$1.35	$1.31	$1.33	$1.29	$1.34	$1.27	$1.21	$1.14
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.45	$1.35	$1.37	$1.35	$1.31	$1.33	$1.29	$1.34	$1.27	$1.21
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	100	108	116	115	121	127	130	167	149	178
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2 (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.18	$3.80	$3.21	$2.92	$3.02	$2.90	$2.17	$1.93	$2.21	$1.75
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.85	$3.18	$3.80	$3.21	$2.92	$3.02	$2.90	$2.17	$1.93	$2.21
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	30	35	37	42	53	82	107	137	159	168
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund – Class 2 (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.86	$2.08	$1.95	$1.71	$1.84	$1.75	$1.39	$1.23	$1.27	$1.16
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.24	$1.86	$2.08	$1.95	$1.71	$1.84	$1.75	$1.39	$1.23	$1.27
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	34	34	34	34	9	9	9	9	8	31
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund, Series II Shares (7/31/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.22	$3.67	$3.28	$2.84	$3.08	$2.80	$2.03	$1.76	$1.83	$1.52
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.99	$3.22	$3.67	$3.28	$2.84	$3.08	$2.80	$2.03	$1.76	$1.83
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	23	—	—	—	—	—	—
Invesco V.I. Value Opportunities Fund, Series II Shares (7/31/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.55	$1.96	$1.70	$1.47	$1.67	$1.60	$1.22	$1.06	$1.11	$1.06
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.98	$1.55	$1.96	$1.70	$1.47	$1.67	$1.60	$1.22	$1.06	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	12	12	14	15	17	16	26	32	37	37
Putnam VT International Equity Fund – Class IB Shares (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.35	$1.70	$1.37	$1.43	$1.45	$1.59	$1.26	$1.05	$1.29	$1.19
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.66	$1.35	$1.70	$1.37	$1.43	$1.45	$1.59	$1.26	$1.05	$1.29
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	6	12	12	12	12	12
Variable Portfolio – Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (7/31/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.62	$3.08	$2.93	$2.38	$2.67	$2.67	$2.01	$1.81	$1.92	$1.57
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.08	$2.62	$3.08	$2.93	$2.38	$2.67	$2.67	$2.01	$1.81	$1.92
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	166	173	194	206	247	270	322	436	509	542
Wells Fargo VT International Equity Fund – Class 2 (7/31/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.68	$2.07	$1.69	$1.67	$1.67	$1.79	$1.53	$1.37	$1.60	$1.40
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.90	$1.68	$2.07	$1.69	$1.67	$1.67	$1.79	$1.53	$1.37	$1.60
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	7	7	6	7	7	7	6	8	8	8
Wells Fargo VT Omega Growth Fund – Class 2 (7/31/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.72	$3.78	$2.86	$2.90	$2.91	$2.85	$2.08	$1.76	$1.89	$1.61
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$5.01	$3.72	$3.78	$2.86	$2.90	$2.91	$2.85	$2.08	$1.76	$1.89
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	117	149	180	217	226	248	303	426	503	552
Wells Fargo VT Opportunity Fund – Class 2 (8/26/2011)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.87	$2.05	$1.73	$1.57	$1.65	$1.52	$1.19	$1.05	$1.00	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.41	$1.87	$2.05	$1.73	$1.57	$1.65	$1.52	$1.19	$1.05	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	4	8	10	11	—

58    Evergreen Privilege Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.80% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Wells Fargo VT Small Cap Growth Fund – Class 2 (3/3/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$4.41	$4.43	$3.58	$3.39	$3.55	$3.68	$2.50	$2.36	$2.52	$2.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$5.40	$4.41	$4.43	$3.58	$3.39	$3.55	$3.68	$2.50	$2.36	$2.52
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1	1	1	1	1	2	3	4	4	5

Evergreen Privilege Variable Annuity — Prospectus    59

Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information

Calculating Annuity Payouts	p. 3
Rating Agencies	p. 4
Principal Underwriter	p. 4
Service Providers	p. 4
Custodian	p. 5
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	p. 5
Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	p. 6
Financial Statements

60    Evergreen Privilege Variable Annuity — Prospectus

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474
1-800-333-3437

45277  CG (5/20)

RiverSource Distributors, Inc. (Distributor), Member FINRA. Issued by RiverSource Life Insurance Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota. ©2008-2020 RiverSource Life Insurance Company. All rights reserved.

Prospectus

May 1, 2020

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice
Variable Annuity

Individual Flexible Premium Deferred Combination Fixed/Variable Annuity

Issued by:	RiverSource Life Insurance Company (RiverSource Life) 829 Ameriprise Financial Center Minneapolis, MN 55474 Telephone: 1-800-333-3437 (Service Center)
	RiverSource Variable Annuity Account/RiverSource MVA Account

New contracts are not currently being offered.

This prospectus contains information that you should know before investing. Investment options available under the contract are listed below:

BNY Mellon Investment Portfolios

Columbia Funds Variable Series Trust II

Fidelity^® Variable Insurance Products Service Class 2

Franklin^® Templeton^® Variable Insurance Products Trust – Class 2

Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust (VIT)

Invesco Variable Insurance Funds

MFS^® Variable Insurance Trust^SM – Initial Class

Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds – Service Shares

Putnam Variable Trust – Class IB Shares

Wells Fargo Variable Trust Funds

 

Please read the prospectuses carefully and keep them for future reference.

The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

An investment in this contract is not a deposit of a bank or financial institution and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) or any other government agency. An investment in this contract involves investment risk including the possible loss of principal.

A Statement of Additional Information (SAI), dated the same date as this prospectus, is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. It is filed with the SEC and is available without charge by contacting RiverSource Life at the telephone number and address listed above. The table of contents of the SAI is on the last page of this prospectus. The SEC maintains an Internet site. This prospectus, the SAI and other information about the product are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at (http://www.sec.gov).

Variable annuities are complex products. The fees and charges, as well as the available features and benefits, of the variable annuity contracts described in this prospectus will be different from other variable annuities offered in the marketplace, including other variable annuities or other types of annuities offered by RiverSource Life. The interest credited, guarantees provided, and credits available, as well as the funds serving as underlying investments and their corresponding expenses, may differ among the variable annuities that are available to you. With the aid of an appropriate financial professional, we encourage you to compare and contrast the variable annuity contracts described in this prospectus with other variable annuities available in the marketplace, including other types of annuities we may offer. This will aid in determining whether purchasing a contract is consistent with your investment objectives, risk tolerance, time horizon, marital status, tax situation, and your unique financial situation and needs. If you select an annuity that includes surrender or other liquidation charges, you should also consider any future needs you may have to access your contract value. The optional benefits and features available with the contracts usually come with additional costs. Consider any additional costs carefully when electing these optional benefits and features.

Beginning on January 1, 2021, as permitted by regulations adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission, paper copies of your underlying funds’ shareholder reports will no longer be sent by mail, unless you specifically request paper copies of the reports from RiverSource Life. Instead, the reports will be made available on a website, and you will be notified each time a report is posted and provided with a website link to access the report.

You may elect to receive all future reports in paper free of charge. You can inform RiverSource Life that you wish to continue receiving paper copies of your shareholder reports by calling our Service Center at 1-800-862-7919. Your election to receive reports in paper will apply to all funds available under your variable annuity contract.

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    1

Effects of COVID-19 Pandemic

The coronavirus disease 2019 (“COVID-19”) public health crisis presents ongoing significant economic and societal disruption and has driven significant volatility in the equity and interest rate markets. Any periods of continued high market volatility, and your individual circumstances (e.g., your selected allocations and the timing of any purchase payments, transfers, or withdrawals), will affect values under your contract. As part of how we maintain our strong financial strength and claims-paying ability, we continue to reserve amounts for our contractual obligations in accordance with significant state solvency regulations. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic may impact financial markets, investment performance under your contract, and our financial strength and claims-paying ability will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be estimated, including the scope and duration of the pandemic and actions taken by governmental authorities, market participants, and other third parties in response to the pandemic.

We have implemented comprehensive strategies to address the operating environment spurred by the pandemic.  To promote the safety and security of our employees and to assure the continuity of our business operations, we have implemented a work from home protocol for virtually all of our employee population, restricted business travel, and provided resources for complying with the guidance from the World Health Organization, the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and government authorities. We have been satisfying elevated customer service volumes and our operations teams have continued to operate successfully and without disruptions in service. Our pandemic strategy is flexible and scalable and takes into consideration that a pandemic could be widespread and may occur in multiple waves, affecting different communities at different times with varying levels of severity. We cannot, however, predict the impact that natural or man-made disasters and catastrophes, including the COVID-19 pandemic, may have over near- or longer-term periods.

2    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Table of Contents

Key Terms	4
The Contract in Brief	6
Expense Summary	8
Contract Owner Transaction Expenses	8
Annual Variable Account Expenses	8
Other Annual Expenses	9
Annual Operating Expenses of the Funds	9
Condensed Financial Information	11
Financial Statements	11
The Variable Account and the Funds	11
The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)	16
Market Value Adjustment (MVA)	17
The General Account	19
The One-Year Fixed Account	19
Buying Your Contract	19
The Retirement Date	20
Beneficiary	21
Purchase Payments	21
How to Make Purchase Payments	21
Limitations on Use of Contract	21
Charges	21
Contract Administrative Charge	21
Variable Account Administrative Charge	22
Mortality and Expense Risk Fee	22
Withdrawal Charge	22
Fund Fees and Expenses	24
Premium Taxes	24
Optional Living Benefits Charges	24
Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB) Fee*	24
Optional Death Benefit Charges	24
Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider Fee	24
Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider Fee	25
Valuing Your Investment	25
GPAs and One-Year Fixed Account	25
Subaccounts	25
Making the Most of Your Contract	26
Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging	26
Special Dollar-Cost Averaging (Special DCA) Program for Contract Option L Only	27
Asset Rebalancing	28
Transferring Among Accounts	28
How to request a Transfer or Withdrawal	31
Withdrawals	32
Withdrawal Policies	32

Receiving Payment	32
TSA–Special Provisions	33
Participants in Tax-Sheltered Annuities	33
Changing Ownership	34
Benefits in Case of Death	34
If You Die Before Your Retirement Date	37
Optional Benefits	38
Optional Death Benefits	39
Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector)	39
Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus)	40
Optional Living Benefits	43
Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB)	43
The Annuity Payout Period	46
Annuity Tables	47
Annuity Payout Plans	47
Taxes	48
Nonqualified Annuities	48
Qualified Annuities	50
Other	52
Voting Rights	52
Substitution of Investments	53
About the Service Providers	53
Principal Underwriter	53
Service Providers	54
Issuer	55
Legal Proceedings	55
Additional Information	55
Incorporation of Certain Documents By Reference	55
Available Information	56
Indemnification	56
Appendix : Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	57
Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information	62

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    3

Key Terms

These terms can help you understand details about your contract.

Accumulation unit: A measure of the value of each subaccount before annuity payouts begin.

Annuitant: The person or persons on whose life or life expectancy the annuity payouts are based.

Annuity payouts: An amount paid at regular intervals under one of several plans.

Assumed investment rate: The rate of return we assume your investments will earn when we calculate your initial annuity payout amount using the annuity table in your contract. The standard assumed investment rate we use is 5% but you may request we substitute an assumed investment rate of 3.5%.

Beneficiary: The person you designate to receive benefits in case of the owner’s or annuitant’s death while the contract is in force.

Close of business: The time the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) closes (4 p.m. Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier).

Code: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Contract: A deferred annuity contract that permits you to accumulate money for retirement by making one or more purchase payments. It provides for lifetime or other forms of payouts beginning at a specified time in the future.

Contract value: The total value of your contract before we deduct any applicable charges.

Contract year: A period of 12 months, starting on the effective date of your contract and on each anniversary of the effective date.

Funds: Investment options under your contract. You may allocate your purchase payments into subaccounts investing in shares of the funds.

Good order: We cannot process your transaction request relating to the contract until we have received the request in good order at our Service Center. “Good order” means the actual receipt of the requested transaction in writing, along with all information, forms and supporting legal documentation necessary to effect the transaction. To be in “good order,” your instructions must be sufficiently clear so that we do not need to exercise any discretion to follow such instructions. This information and documentation generally includes your completed request; the contract number; the transaction amount (in dollars); the names of and allocations to and/or from the subaccounts and the fixed account affected by the requested transaction; Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number; and any other information, forms or supporting documentation that we may require. For certain transactions, at our option, we may require the signature of all contract owners for the request to be in good order. With respect to purchase

requests, “good order” also generally includes receipt of sufficient payment by us to effect the purchase. We may, in our sole discretion, determine whether any particular transaction request is in good order, and we reserve the right to change or waive any good order requirements at any time.

Guarantee Period: The number of successive 12-month periods that a guaranteed interest rate is credited.

Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs): A nonunitized separate account to which you may allocate purchase payments or transfer contract value of at least $1,000. These accounts have guaranteed interest rates for guarantee periods we declare when you allocate purchase payments or transfer contract value to a GPA. These guaranteed rates and periods of time may vary by state. Unless an exception applies, transfers or withdrawals from a GPA done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will receive a market value adjustment, which may result in a gain or loss of principal.

Market Value Adjustment (MVA): A positive or negative adjustment assessed if any portion of a Guarantee Period Account is withdrawn or transferred more than 30 days before the end of its guarantee period.

One-year fixed account: Part of our general account to which you may make allocations. Amounts you allocate to this account earn interest at rates that we declare periodically.

Owner (you, your): The person or persons identified in the contract as owner(s) of the contract, who has or have the right to control the contract (to decide on investment allocations, transfers, payout options, etc.). Usually, but not always, the owner is also the annuitant. During the owner’s life, the owner is responsible for taxes, regardless of whether he or she receives the contract’s benefits. The owner or any joint owner may be a non-natural person (e.g. irrevocable trust or corporation) or a revocable trust. If any owner is a non-natural person or a revocable trust, the annuitant will be deemed to be the owner for contract provisions that are based on the age or life of the owner. When the contract is owned by a revocable trust or irrevocable grantor trust, the annuitant(s) selected must be the grantor(s) of the trust to assure compliance with Section 72(s) of the Code.

Qualified annuity: A contract that you purchase to fund one of the following tax-deferred retirement plans that is subject to applicable federal law and any rules of the plan itself:

• Individual Retirement Annuities (IRAs) including inherited IRAs under Section 408(b) of the Code

• Roth IRAs including inherited Roth IRAs under Section 408A of the Code

• Simplified Employee Pension (SEP) plans under Section 408(k) of the Code

• Tax-Sheltered Annuity (TSA) rollovers under Section 403(b) of the Code

 

4    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

A qualified annuity will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral if it is used to fund a retirement plan that is already tax deferred.

All other contracts are considerednonqualified annuities.

Retirement date: The date when annuity payouts are scheduled to begin.

Rider effective date: The date a rider becomes effective as stated in the rider.

RiverSource Life: In this prospectus, “we,” “us,” “our” and “RiverSource Life” refer to RiverSource Life Insurance Company.

Service Center: Our department that processes all transaction and service requests for the contracts. We consider all transaction and service requests received when they arrive in good order at the Service Center. Any transaction or service requests sent or directed to any location other than our Service Center may end up delayed or not processed. Our Service Center address and telephone number are listed on the first page of the prospectus.

Valuation date: Any normal business day, Monday through Friday, on which the NYSE is open, up to the time it closes. At the NYSE close, the next valuation date begins. We calculate the accumulation unit value of each subaccount on each valuation date. If we receive your purchase payment or any transaction request (such as a

transfer or withdrawal request) in good order at our Service Center before the close of business, we will process your payment or transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your payment or transaction request. On the other hand, if we receive your purchase payment or transaction request in good order at our Service Center at or after the close of business, we will process your payment or transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date. If you make a transaction request by telephone (including by fax), you must have completed your transaction by the close of business in order for us to process it using the accumulation unit value we calculate on that valuation date. If you were not able to complete your transaction before the close of business for any reason, including telephone service interruptions or delays due to high call volume, we will process your transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date.

Variable account: Consists of separate subaccounts to which you may allocate purchase payments; each invests in shares of one fund. The value of your investment in each subaccount changes with the performance of the particular fund.

Withdrawal value: The amount you are entitled to receive if you make a full withdrawal from your contract. It is the contract value minus any applicable charges.

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    5

The Contract in Brief

This prospectus describes two contracts. Contract Option L offers a four year withdrawal charge schedule and investment options in the GPAs, one-year fixed account and/or the subaccounts. Contract Option C eliminates the withdrawal charge schedule in exchange for a higher mortality and expense risk fee and allows investment in the subaccounts only. The information in this prospectus applies to both contracts unless stated otherwise.

Purpose: The purpose of these contracts is to allow you to accumulate money for retirement or similar long-term goal. You do this by making one or more purchase payments. For contract Option L, you may allocate your purchase payments to the GPAs, one-year fixed account and/or subaccounts. For contract Option C, you may allocate purchase payments to the subaccounts. For both contract Option L and contract Option C, you risk losing amounts you invest in the subaccounts of the variable account. These accounts, in turn, may earn returns that increase the value of a contract. If the contract value goes to zero due to underlying fund’s performance or deduction of fees, the contract will no longer be in force and the contract (including any death benefit riders) will terminate. You may be able to purchase an optional benefit to reduce the investment risk you assume under the contract. Beginning at a specified time in the future called the retirement date, these contracts provide lifetime or other forms of payouts of your contract value (less any applicable premium tax).

It may have not been advantageous for you to purchase this contract in exchange for, or in addition to, an existing annuity or life insurance policy. Generally, you can exchange one annuity for another or for a long-term care policy in a “tax-free” exchange under Section 1035 of the Code. You can also do a partial exchange from one annuity contract to another annuity contract, subject to Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) rules. You also generally can exchange a life insurance policy for an annuity. However, before making an exchange, you should compare both contracts carefully because the features and benefits may be different. Fees and charges may be higher or lower on your old contract than on this contract. You may have to pay a withdrawal charge when you exchange out of your old contract and a new withdrawal period will begin when you exchange into this contract. If the exchange does not qualify for Section 1035 treatment, you also may have to pay federal income tax on the distribution. State income taxes may also apply. You should not exchange your old contract for this contract, or buy this contract in addition to your old contract, unless you determine it is in your best interest. (See “Taxes-1035 Exchanges”.)

Tax-deferred retirement plans: Most annuities have a tax-deferred feature. So do many retirement plans under the Code including 403(b) plans. As a result, when you use a qualified annuity to fund a retirement plan that is tax-deferred, your contract will not provide any necessary

or additional tax deferral beyond what is provided in that retirement plan. Some employers may permit you to deposit your contributions into other investments such as mutual funds. If such investments are available to you, before enrolling under the contract, you should consider features other than tax deferral that may help you reach your retirement goals. In addition, the Code subjects retirement plans to required withdrawals triggered at age 72 (triggered at age 70 ½ if you turned 70 ½ before Jan. 1, 2020). These mandatory withdrawals are called required minimum distributions (“RMDs”). RMDs may reduce the value of certain death benefits and optional riders (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). You should consult your tax advisor before you purchase the contract as a qualified annuity for an explanation of the tax implications to you.

Buying a contract: We no longer offer new contracts. However, you have the option of making additional purchase payments in the future, subject to certain limitations. Purchase payment amounts and purchase payment timing may be limited under the terms of your contract and/or pursuant to state requirements. (See “Buying Your Contract”).

Free look period: The contracts in this prospectus are no longer sold. Generally, all available free look periods have now expired.

Accounts: Generally, you may allocate purchase payments to the GPAs, one-year fixed account and/or the subaccounts, depending on the contract option you select.
If you select contract Option L, you may allocate your purchase payments among any or all of:

• subaccounts of the variable account, each of which invests in a fund with a particular investment objective. The value of each subaccount varies with the performance of the particular fund in which it invests. We cannot guarantee that the value at the retirement date will equal or exceed the total purchase payments you allocate to the subaccounts. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds”).

• GPAs which earn interest at rates declared when you make an allocation to that account. The required minimum investment in each GPA is $1,000. These accounts may not be available in all states. (See “The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)”)

• the one-year fixed account (if part of your contract), which earns interest at rates that we adjust periodically. There are restrictions on the amount you can allocate to this account as well as on transfers from this account (see “Buying Your Contract” and “Transfer policies”).

If you select contract Option C, you may allocate purchase payments to the subaccounts only.⁽¹⁾

⁽¹⁾ For applications dated May 1, 2003 or after, investment in the GPAs and one-year fixed account for contract Option C is not allowed in most states. For applications dated prior to May 1, 2003,

 

6    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

investment in the GPAs and one-year fixed account is not restricted in most states. Please check with your investment professional to determine which applies in your state.

Transfers: Subject to certain restrictions, you currently may redistribute your contract value among the accounts without charge at any time until annuity payouts begin, and once per contract year among the subaccounts after annuity payouts begin. Transfers out of the GPAs done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will be subject to a MVA, unless an exception applies. You may establish automated transfers among the accounts. We reserve the right to limit transfers to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then currently crediting is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transferring Among Accounts”).

Withdrawals: You may withdraw all or part of your contract value at any time before the retirement date. You also may establish automated partial withdrawals. Withdrawals may be subject to charges and tax penalties (including a 10% IRS penalty that may apply if you make withdrawals prior to your reaching age 59½) and may have other tax consequences. Certain other restrictions may apply. (See “Withdrawals”)

Optional benefits:These contracts offered optional living and death benefits that were available for additional charges if you met certain criteria. Please note, since the contracts in this prospectus are no longer sold, any optional benefits you may have elected were done so at the time of application. You cannot add optional benefits to your contract after it has been issued. Any optional benefits we describe are not available to add to your contract. (See “Optional Benefits”).

Benefits in case of death: If you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin, we will pay the beneficiary an amount at least equal to the contract value. (See “Benefits in Case of Death”)

Annuity payouts: You can apply your contract value, after reflecting any adjustments, to an annuity payout plan that begins on the retirement date. You may choose from a variety of plans that can help meet your retirement or other income needs. The payout schedule must meet IRS requirements. We can make payouts on a fixed or variable basis, or both. During the annuity payout period, your choices for subaccounts may be limited. The GPAs are not available during the payout period. (See “The Annuity Payout Period”).

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    7

Expense Summary

The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you paid when buying, owning and making a withdrawal from the contract. The first table describes the fees and expenses that you paid at the time that you bought the contract and will pay when you make a withdrawal from the contract. State premium taxes also may be deducted.

Contract Owner Transaction Expenses

Withdrawal charge

(Contingent deferred sales charge as a percentage of purchase payments withdrawn)

You select either contract Option L or Option C at the time of application. Option C contracts have no withdrawal charge schedule but they carry higher mortality and expense risk fees than Option L contracts.

Contract year for Contract Option L	Withdrawal charge percentage
1-2	8%
3	7
4	6
5 and later	0

Liquidation charge under Variable Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:If you are receiving variable annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to withdraw those payments. The amount that you can withdraw is the present value of any remaining variable payouts. The discount rate we use in the calculation will be 5.17% if the assumed investment return is 3.5% and 6.67% if the assumed investment return is 5%. The liquidation charge equals the present value of the remaining payouts using the assumed investment return minus the present value of the remaining payouts using the discount rate. (See “Charges — WithdrawalCharge” and “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Withdrawal charge for Fixed Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:

Number of Completed Years Since Annuitization	Withdrawal charge percentage
0	Not applicable*
1	5%
2	4
3	3
4	2
5	1
6 and thereafter	0

*We do not permit withdrawals in the first year after annuitization.

The next tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay periodically during the time that you own the contract, not including fund fees and expenses.

Annual Variable Account Expenses

(As a percentage of average daily subaccount value.)

You can choose either contract Option L or Option C and the death benefit guarantee provided. The combination you choose determines the fees you pay. The table below shows the combinations available to you and their cost.

If you select contract Option L and:	Variable account administrative charge	Total mortality and expense risk fee	Total variable account expense
Return of Purchase Payment (ROP) death benefit	0.15%	1.25%	1.40%
Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV) death benefit	0.15	1.35	1.50
Enhanced Death Benefit (EDB)	0.15	1.55	1.70

If you select contract Option C and:	Variable account administrative charge	Total mortality and expense risk fee	Total variable account expense
ROP death benefit	0.15	1.35	1.50
MAV death benefit	0.15	1.45	1.60
EDB	0.15	1.65	1.80

8    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Other Annual Expenses

Annual contract administrative charge $40

(We will waive this charge when your contract value is $50,000 or more on the current contract anniversary.)

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector) fee 0.25%⁽¹⁾

(As a percentage of the contract value charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus) fee 0.40%⁽¹⁾

(As a percentage of the contract value charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB) fee 0.70%^(1),(2)

(As a percentage of the GMIB benefit base charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

(1)	This fee applies only if you elect this optional feature.
(2)	For applications signed prior to May 1, 2003, the following annual current rider charges apply: GMIB — .30%.

Annual Operating Expenses of the Funds

The next table provides the minimum and maximum total operating expenses charged by the underlying funds that you may pay periodically during the time that you own the contract. These operating expenses are for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, unless otherwise noted. More detail concerning each underlying fund’s fees and expenses is contained in each fund’s prospectus.

Minimum and maximum annual operating expenses for the funds

(Including management, distribution (12b-1) and/or service fees and other expenses)⁽¹⁾

	Minimum(%)	Maximum(%)
Total expenses before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements	0.58	1.39

⁽¹⁾ Total annual fund operating expenses are deducted from amounts that are allocated to the fund. They include management fees and other expenses and may include distribution (12b-1) fees. Other expenses may include service fees that may be used to compensate service providers, including us and our affiliates, for administrative and contract owner services provided on behalf of the fund. The amount of these payments will vary by fund and may be significant. See “The Variable Account and the Funds” for additional information, including potential conflicts of interest these payments may create. Distribution (12b-1) fees are used to finance any activity that is primarily intended to result in the sale of fund shares. Because 12b-1 fees are paid out of fund assets on an ongoing basis, you may pay more if you select subaccounts investing in funds that have adopted 12b-1 plans than if you select subaccounts investing in funds that have not adopted 12b-1 plans. For a more complete description of each fund’s fees and expenses and important disclosure regarding payments the fund and/or its affiliates make, please review the fund’s prospectus and SAI.

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    9

Examples

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in these contracts with the cost of investing in other variable annuity contracts. These costs include your transaction expenses, contract administrative charges⁽¹⁾, variable account annual expenses and fund fees and expenses.

These examples assume that you invest $10,000 in the contract for the time periods indicated. These examples also assume that your investment has a 5% return each year.

Maximum Expenses. These examples assume the most expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the maximum fees and expenses of any of the funds before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the EDB and the GMIB. Although your actual costs may be lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

	If you withdraw your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not withdraw your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Contract Option L	$1,156	$1,860	$2,211	$4,580	$430	$1,308	$2,211	$4,580
Contract Option C	440	1,338	2,260	4,670	440	1,338	2,260	4,670

Minimum Expenses. These examples assume the least expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the minimum fees and expenses of any of the funds before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the ROP Death Benefit and do not select any optional benefits. Although your actual costs may be higher, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

	If you withdraw your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not withdraw your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Contract Option L	$984	$1,329	$1,268	$2,684	$243	$745	$1,268	$2,684
Contract Option C	253	776	1,320	2,788	253	776	1,320	2,788

⁽¹⁾ In these examples, the contract administrative charge is $40.

THE EXAMPLES ARE ILLUSTRATIVE ONLY. YOU SHOULD NOT CONSIDER THESE EXAMPLES AS A REPRESENTATION OF PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES. ACTUAL EXPENSES WILL BE HIGHER OR LOWER THAN THOSE SHOWN DEPENDING UPON WHICH OPTIONAL BENEFIT YOU ELECT OTHER THAN INDICATED IN THE EXAMPLES OR IF YOU ALLOCATE CONTRACT VALUE TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE SUBACCOUNTS.

10    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Condensed Financial Information

You can find unaudited condensed financial information for the subaccounts representing the lowest and highest total annual variable account expense combinations in Appendix.

Financial Statements

You can find our audited financial statements and the audited financial statements of the divisions, which are comprised of subaccounts, in the SAI. The SAI does not include audited financial statements for divisions that are new (if any) and have no activity as of the financial statements date.

The Variable Account and the Funds

Variable Account. The variable account was established under Indiana law on July 15, 1987, and the subaccounts are registered together as a single unit investment trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the 1940 Act). This registration does not involve any supervision of our management or investment practices and policies by the SEC. All obligations arising under the contracts are general obligations of RiverSource Life.

The variable account meets the definition of a separate account under federal securities laws. We credit or charge income, capital gains and capital losses of each subaccount only to that subaccount. State insurance law prohibits us from charging a subaccount with liabilities of any other subaccount or of our general business. The variable account includes other subaccounts that are available under contracts that are not described in this prospectus.

The IRS has issued guidance on investor control but may issue additional guidance in the future. We reserve the right to modify the contract or any investments made under the terms of the contract so that the investor control rules do not apply to treat the contract owner as the owner of the subaccount assets rather than the owner of an annuity contract. If the contract is not treated as an annuity contract for tax purposes, the owner may be subject to current taxation on any current or accumulated income credited to the contract.

We intend to comply with all federal tax laws so that the contract qualifies as an annuity for federal tax purposes. We reserve the right to modify the contract as necessary in order to qualify the contract as an annuity for federal tax purposes.

The Funds. This contract currently offers subaccounts investing in shares of the funds listed in the table below.

• Investment objectives: The investment managers and advisers cannot guarantee that the funds will meet their investment objectives. Please read the funds’ prospectuses for facts you should know before investing. These prospectuses are available by contacting us at the address or telephone number on the first page of this prospectus.

• Fund name and management: A fund underlying your contract in which a subaccount invests may have a name, portfolio manager, objectives, strategies and characteristics that are the same or substantially similar to those of a publicly-traded retail mutual fund. Despite these similarities, an underlying fund is not the same as any publicly-traded retail mutual fund. Each underlying fund will have its own unique portfolio holdings, fees, operating expenses and operating results. The results of each underlying fund may differ significantly from any publicly-traded retail mutual fund.

• Eligible purchasers: All funds are available to serve as the underlying investments for variable annuities and variable life insurance policies. The funds are not available to the public (see “Fund Name and Management” above). Some funds also are available to serve as investment options for tax-deferred retirement plans. It is possible that in the future for tax, regulatory or other reasons, it may be disadvantageous for variable annuity accounts and variable life insurance accounts and/or tax-deferred retirement plans to invest in the available funds simultaneously. Although we and the funds’ providers do not currently foresee any such disadvantages, the boards of directors or trustees of each fund will monitor events in order to identify any material conflicts between annuity owners, policy owners and tax-deferred retirement plans and to determine what action, if any, should be taken in response to a conflict. If a board were to conclude that it should establish separate fund providers for the variable annuity, variable life insurance and tax-deferred retirement plan accounts, you would not bear any expenses associated with establishing separate funds. Please refer to the funds’ prospectuses for risk disclosure regarding simultaneous investments by variable annuity, variable life insurance and tax-deferred retirement plan accounts. Each fund intends to comply with the diversification requirements under Section 817(h) of the Code.

• Private label: This contract is a “private label” variable annuity. This means the contract includes funds affiliated with the distributor of this contract. Purchase payments and contract values you allocate to subaccounts investing in any of the Wells Fargo Variable Trust Funds available under this contract are generally more profitable for the distributor and its affiliates than allocations you make to other subaccounts. In contrast, purchase payments and contract values you allocate to subaccounts investing in any of the affiliated funds are generally more profitable for us and our

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    11

	affiliates (see “Revenue we receive from the funds may create conflicts of interest”). These relationships may influence recommendations your investment professional makes regarding whether you should invest in the contract, and whether you should allocate purchase payments or contract values to a particular subaccount.
•	Asset allocation programs may impact fund performance: Asset allocation programs in general may negatively impact the performance of an underlying fund. Even if you do not participate in an asset allocation program, a fund in which your subaccount invests may be impacted if it is included in an asset allocation program. Rebalancing or reallocation under the terms of the asset allocation program may cause a fund to lose money if it must sell large amounts of securities to meet a redemption request. These losses can be greater if the fund holds securities that are not as liquid as others, for example, various types of bonds, shares of smaller companies and securities of foreign issuers. A fund may also experience higher expenses because it must sell or buy securities more frequently than it otherwise might in the absence of asset allocation program rebalancing or reallocations. Because asset allocation programs include periodic rebalancing and may also include reallocation, these effects may occur under the asset allocation program we offer or under asset allocation programs used in conjunction with the contracts and plans of other eligible purchasers of the funds.
•	Funds available under the contract: We seek to provide a broad array of underlying funds taking into account the fees and charges imposed by each fund and the contract charges we impose. We select the underlying funds in which the subaccounts initially invest and when there is substitution (see “Substitution of Investments”). We also make all decisions regarding which funds to retain in a contract, which funds to add to a contract and which funds will no longer be offered in a contract. In making these decisions, we may consider various objective and subjective factors. Objective factors include, but are not limited to fund performance, fund expenses, classes of fund shares available, size of the fund and investment objectives and investing style of the fund. Subjective factors include, but are not limited to, investment sub-styles and process, management skill and history at other funds and portfolio concentration and sector weightings. We also consider the levels and types of revenue a fund, its distributor, investment adviser, subadviser, transfer agent or their affiliates pay us and our affiliates. This revenue includes, but is not limited to compensation for administrative services provided with respect to the fund and support of marketing and distribution expenses incurred with respect to the fund.
•	Money Market fund yield: In low interest rate environments, money market fund yields may decrease to a level where the deduction of fees and charges associated with your contract could result in negative net performance, resulting in a corresponding decrease in your contract value.
•	Revenue we receive from the funds and potential conflicts of interest:

Expenses We May Incur on Behalf of the Funds

When a subaccount invests in a fund, the fund holds a single account in the name of the variable account. As such, the variable account is actually the shareholder of the fund. We, through our variable account, aggregate the transactions of numerous contract owners and submit net purchase and redemption requests to the funds on a daily basis. In addition, we track individual contract owner transactions and provide confirmations, periodic statements, and other required mailings. These costs would normally be borne by the fund, but we incur them instead.

Besides incurring these administrative expenses on behalf of the funds, we also incur distributions expenses in selling our contracts. By extension, the distribution expenses we incur benefit the funds we make available due to contract owner elections to allocate purchase payments to the funds through the subaccounts. In addition, the funds generally incur lower distribution expenses when offered through our variable account in contrast to being sold on a retail basis.

A complete list of why we may receive this revenue, as well as sources of revenue, is described in detail below.

Payments the Funds May Make to Us

We or our affiliates may receive from each of the funds, or their affiliates, compensation including but not limited to expense payments. These payments are designed in part to compensate us for the expenses we may incur on behalf of the funds. In addition to these payments, the funds may compensate us for wholesaling activities or to participate in educational or marketing seminars sponsored by the funds.

We or our affiliates may receive revenue derived from the 12b-1 fees charged by the funds. These fees are deducted from the assets of the funds. This revenue and the amount by which it can vary may create conflicts of interest. The amount, type, and manner in which the revenue from these sources is computed vary by fund.

Conflicts of Interest These Payments May Create

When we determined the charges to impose under the contracts, we took into account anticipated payments from the funds. If we had not taken into account these anticipated payments, the charges under the contract would have been higher. Additionally, the amount of payment we receive from a fund or its affiliate may create an incentive for us to include that fund as an investment option and may influence our decision regarding which funds to include in the variable account as subaccount options for contract owners. Funds that offer lower payments or no payments may also have corresponding expense structures that are lower, resulting in decreased overall fees and expenses to shareholders.

12    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

We offer funds managed by our affiliates Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC (Columbia Management) and Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLC (Columbia Wanger). We have additional financial incentive to offer our affiliated funds because additional assets held by them generally results in added revenue to us and our parent company, Ameriprise Financial, Inc. Additionally, employees of Ameriprise Financial, Inc. and its affiliates, including our employees, may be separately incented to include the affiliated funds in the products, as employee compensation and business unit operating goals at all levels are tied to the success of the company. Currently, revenue received from our affiliated funds comprises the greatest amount and percentage of revenue we derive from payments made by the funds.

The Amount of Payments We Receive from the Funds

We or our affiliates receive revenue which ranges up to 0.65% of the average daily net assets invested in the funds through this and other contracts we and our affiliates issue.

Why revenues are paid to us: In accordance with applicable laws, regulations and the terms of the agreements under which such revenue is paid, we or our affiliates may receive revenue, including, but not limited to expense payments and non-cash compensation, for various purposes:

• Compensating, training and educating investment professionals who sell the contracts.

• Granting access to our employees whose job it is to promote sales of the contracts by authorized selling firms and their investment professionals, and granting access to investment professionals of our affiliated selling firms.

• Activities or services we or our affiliates provide that assist in the promotion and distribution of the contracts including promoting the funds available under the contracts to contract owners, authorized selling firms and investment professionals.

• Providing sub-transfer agency and shareholder servicing to contract owners.

• Promoting, including and/or retaining the fund’s investment portfolios as underlying investment options in the contracts.

• Advertising, printing and mailing sales literature, and printing and distributing prospectuses and reports.

• Furnishing personal services to contract owners, including education of contract owners regarding the funds, answering routine inquiries regarding a fund, maintaining accounts or providing such other services eligible for service fees as defined under the rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA).

• Subaccounting services, transaction processing, recordkeeping and administration.

• Sources of revenue received from affiliated funds: The affiliated funds are managed by Columbia Management or Columbia Wanger. The sources of revenue we receive from these affiliated funds, or the funds’ affiliates, may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Assets of the fund’s adviser, sub-adviser, transfer agent, distributor or an affiliate of these. The revenue resulting from these sources may be based either on a percentage of average daily net assets of the fund or on the actual cost of certain services we provide with respect to the fund. We may receive this revenue either in the form of a cash payment or it may be allocated to us.

• Compensation paid out of 12b-1 fees that are deducted from fund assets.

• Sources of revenue received from unaffiliated funds: The unaffiliated funds are not managed by an affiliate of ours. The sources of revenue we receive from these unaffiliated funds, or the funds’ affiliates, may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Assets of the fund’s adviser, sub-adviser, transfer agent, distributor or an affiliate of these. The revenue resulting from these sources may be based either on a percentage of average daily net assets of the fund or on the actual cost of certain services we provide with respect to the fund. We receive this revenue in the form of a cash payment.

• Compensation paid out of 12b-1 fees that are deducted from fund assets.

You may allocate purchase payments and transfers to any or all of the subaccounts of the variable account that invest in shares of the funds listed in the table below. From time to time, certain fund names are changed. When we are notified of a name change, we will make changes so that the new name is properly shown. However, changes may take some period of time to complete. As a result it is possible you may receive various forms, reports and confirmations that reflect a fund’s prior name.

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
BNY Mellon Sustainable U.S. Equity Portfolio, Inc. - Initial Shares	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	BNY Mellon Investment Adviser, Inc., adviser; Newton Investment Management Limited, sub-adviser.

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    13

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high level of current income and, as a secondary objective, steady growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Government Money Market Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with maximum current income consistent with liquidity and stability of principal.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - High Yield Bond Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with high current income as its primary objective and, as its secondary objective, capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Select Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with current income as its primary objective and, as its secondary objective, preservation of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Fidelity® VIP Dynamic Capital Appreciation Portfolio Service Class 2	Seeks capital appreciation. Normally invests primarily in common stocks of domestic and foreign issuers. The Fund invests in either "growth" or "value" stocks or both.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP High Income Portfolio Service Class 2	Seeks a high level of current income, while also considering growth of capital. Normally invests primarily in income-producing debt securities, preferred stocks and convertible securities, with an emphasis on lower-quality debt securities. May invest in non-income producing securities, including defaulted securities and common stocks. Invests in companies in troubled or uncertain financial condition. The Fund invests in domestic and foreign issuers.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2	Seeks long-term growth of capital. Normally invests primarily in common stocks. Normally invests at least 80% of assets in securities of companies with medium market capitalizations. May invest in companies with smaller or larger market capitalizations. Invests in domestic and foreign issuers. The Fund invests in either "growth" or "value" common stocks or both.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Franklin Global Real Estate VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks high total return. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in investments of companies located anywhere in the world that operate in the real estate sector.	Franklin Templeton Institutional, LLC
Franklin Income VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks to maximize income while maintaining prospects for capital appreciation. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests in both equity and debt securities.	Franklin Advisers, Inc.

14    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks capital appreciation, with income as a secondary goal. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests primarily in U.S. and foreign equity securities that the investment manager believes are undervalued.	Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC
Franklin Small Cap Value VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term total return. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in investments of small capitalization companies.	Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC
Franklin Small-Mid Cap Growth VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital growth. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in investments of small-capitalization and mid-capitalization companies.	Franklin Advisers, Inc.
Goldman Sachs VIT Mid Cap Value Fund - Institutional Shares	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P.
Goldman Sachs VIT U.S. Equity Insights Fund - Institutional Shares	Seeks long-term growth of capital and dividend income.	Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Strategic Income Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks total return	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series I Shares	Seeks capital growth.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. Core Equity Fund, Series I Shares	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
MFS® Investors Trust Series - Initial Class	Seeks capital appreciation.	MFS® Investment Management
MFS® Utilities Series - Initial Class	Seeks total return.	MFS® Investment Management
Putnam VT Global Health Care Fund - Class IB Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of both Putnam Investments Limited (PIL) and The Putnam Advisory Company, LLC (PAC), PIL and PAC do not currently manage any asses of the fund.
Putnam VT International Equity Fund - Class IB Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor; Putnam Investments Limited, sub-adviser. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of The Putnam Advisory Company, LLC (PAC), PAC does not currently manage any assets of the fund.
Putnam VT Sustainable Leaders Fund - Class IB Shares	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of Putnam Investments Limited (PIL), PIL does not currently manage any assets.

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    15

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Variable Portfolio - Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; Jacobs Levy Equity Management, Inc., Nuveen Asset Management, LLC and Segall Bryant & Hamill, LLC, subadvisers.
Wells Fargo VT Index Asset Allocation Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term total return, consisting of capital appreciation and current income.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.
Wells Fargo VT International Equity Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.
Wells Fargo VT Omega Growth Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.
Wells Fargo VT Opportunity Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.
Wells Fargo VT Small Cap Growth Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.

The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)

The GPAs may not be available in some states.

Investment in the GPAs is not available under contract Option C⁽¹⁾.

⁽¹⁾ For applications dated May 1, 2003 or after, investment in the GPAs for contract Option C is not allowed in most states. For applications dated prior to May 1, 2003, investment in the GPAs is not restricted in most states. Please check with your investment professional to determine which applies in your state.

For Contract Option L, you may allocate purchase payments to one or more of the GPAs with guarantee periods declared by us. These periods of time may vary by state. The required minimum investment in each GPA is $1,000.

These accounts are not offered after annuity payouts begin.

Each GPA pays an interest rate that is declared when you make an allocation to that account. Interest is credited daily. That interest rate is then fixed for the guarantee period that you chose. We will periodically change the declared interest rate for any future allocations to these accounts, but we will not change the rate paid on money currently in a GPA. The GPA interests under the contracts are registered with the SEC (File No.333-230959). The SEC staff reviews the disclosures in this prospectus on the GPA interests.

The interest rates that we will declare as guaranteed rates in the future are determined by us at our discretion (future rates). These rates generally will be based on various factors related to future investment earnings.We cannot predict nor can we guarantee what future rates will be.

We hold amounts you allocate to the GPAs in a “nonunitized” separate account. This separate account provides an additional measure of assurance that we will make full payment of amounts due under the GPAs. We own the assets of this separate account as well as any favorable investment performance of those assets. You do not participate in the performance of the assets held in this separate account. We guarantee all benefits relating to your value in the GPAs. This guarantee is based on the continued claims-paying ability of the company’s general account. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of insurance and financial products as well, and we also pay our obligations under these products from assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account.

We intend to construct and manage the investment portfolio relating to the separate account in such a way as to minimize the impact of fluctuations by interest rates. We seek to achieve this by constructing a portfolio of assets with a price sensitivity to interest rate changes (i.e., price duration) that is similar to the price duration of the corresponding portfolio of liabilities.

16    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

We must invest this portfolio of assets in accordance with requirements established by applicable state laws regarding the nature and quality of investments that life insurance companies may make and the percentage of their assets that they may commit to any particular type of investment. Our investment strategy will incorporate the use of a variety of debt instruments having price durations tending to match the applicable guarantee periods. These instruments include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities, which issues may or may not be guaranteed by the U.S. government;

• Debt securities that have an investment grade, at the time of purchase, within the four highest grades assigned by any of three nationally recognized rating agencies — Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s Investors Service or Fitch — or are rated in the two highest grades by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners;

• Other debt instruments which are unrated or rated below investment grade, limited to 10% of assets at the time of purchase; and

• Real estate mortgages, limited to 45% of portfolio assets at the time of acquisition.

In addition, options and futures contracts on fixed income securities will be used from time to time to achieve and maintain appropriate investment and liquidity characteristics on the overall asset portfolio.

While this information generally describes our investment strategy, we are not obligated to follow any particular strategy except as may be required by federal law and Indiana and other state insurance laws.

Market Value Adjustment (MVA)

We guarantee the contract value allocated to your GPA, including the interest credited, if you do not make any transfers or withdrawals from that GPA prior to 30 days before the end of the guarantee period. However, we will apply an MVA if a transfer or withdrawal occurs prior to this time, unless the transfer is an automated transfer from the two-year GPA as part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep strategy. The MVA also affects amounts withdrawn from a GPA prior to 30 days before the end of the guarantee period that are used to purchase payouts under an annuity payout plan. We will refer to all of these transactions as “early withdrawals” in the discussion below.

The current interest rate we offer on the GPA will change periodically at our discretion. It is the rate we are then paying on purchase payments, renewals and transfers paid under this class of contracts for Guarantee Period durations equaling the remaining Guarantee Period of the GPA to which the formula is being applied.

We will not apply MVAs to amounts withdrawn for annual contract charges, to amounts we pay as death claims or to automatic transfers from the two-year GPA as part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep Strategy. In some states, the MVA is limited.

When you request an early withdrawal, we adjust the early withdrawal amount by an MVA formula. The early withdrawal amount reflects the relationship between the guaranteed interest rate you are earning in your current GPA and the interest rate we are crediting on new GPAs that end at the same time as your current GPA.

The MVA is sensitive to changes in current interest rates. The magnitude of any applicable MVA will depend on our current schedule of guaranteed interest rates at the time of the withdrawal, the time remaining in your guarantee period and your guaranteed interest rate. The MVA is negative, zero or positive depending on how the guaranteed interest rate on your GPA compares to the interest rate of a new GPA for the same number of years as the guarantee period remaining on your GPA. This is summarized in the following table:

If your GPA rate is:	The MVA is:
Less than the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Negative
Equal to the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Zero
Greater than the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Positive

General Examples

As the examples below demonstrate, the application of an MVA may result in either a gain or a loss of principal. We refer to all of the transactions described below as “early withdrawals.”

Assumptions:

• You purchase a contract and allocate part of your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA; and

• we guarantee an interest rate of 3.0% annually for your ten-year guarantee period; and

• after three years, you decide to make a withdrawal from your GPA. In other words, there are seven years left in your guarantee period.

Remember that the MVA depends partly on the interest rate of a new GPA for the same number of years as the guarantee period remaining on your GPA. In this case, that is seven years.

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    17

Example 1: Remember that your GPA is earning 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 3.5%. We add 0.10% to the 3.5% rate to get 3.6%. Your GPA’s 3.0% rate is less than the 3.6% rate, so the MVA will be negative.

Example 2: Remember again that your GPA is earning 3.0%, and assume that new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 2.5%. We add 0.10% to the 2.5% rate to get 2.6%. In this example, since your GPA’s 3.0% rate is greater than the 2.6% rate, the MVA will be positive. To determine that adjustment precisely, you will have to use the formula described below.

Sample MVA Calculations

The precise MVA formula we apply is as follows:

Early withdrawal amount	×	[	(	1 + i	)	n/12	–1	]	=	MVA
				1 + j + .001

Where i	=	rate earned in the GPA from which amounts are being transferred or withdrawn.
j	=	current rate for a new guarantee period equal to the remaining term in the current guarantee period.
n	=	number of months remaining in the current guarantee period (rounded up).

Examples — MVA

Using assumptions similar to those we used in the examples above:

• You purchase a contract and allocate part of your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA;

• we guarantee an interest rate of 3.0% annually for your ten-year guarantee period; and

• after three years, you decide to make a $1,000 withdrawal from your GPA. In other words, there are seven years left in your guarantee period.

Example 1: You request an early withdrawal of $1,000 from your ten-year GPA earning a guaranteed interest rate of 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 3.5%. Using the formula above, we determine the MVA as follows:

$1,000	×	[	(	1.030	)	84/12	–1	]	=	-$39.84
				1 + .035 + .001

In this example, the MVA is a negative $39.84.

Example 2: You request an early withdrawal of $1,000 from your ten-year GPA earning a guaranteed interest rate of 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 2.5%. Using the formula above, we determine the MVA as follows:

$1,000	×	[	(	1.030	)	84/12	–1	]	=	$27.61
				1 + .025 + .001

In this example, the MVA is a positive $27.61.

Please note that when you allocate your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA and your purchase payment is in its fourth year from receipt at the beginning of the guarantee period, your withdrawal charge percentage is 6% due to the withdrawal charge schedule under contract Option L. (See “Charges — Withdrawal Charge.”) We do not apply MVAs to the amounts we deduct for withdrawal charges, so we would deduct the withdrawal charge from your early withdrawal after we applied the MVA. Also note that when you request an early withdrawal, we withdraw an amount from your GPA that will give you the net amount you requested after we apply the MVA and any applicable withdrawal charge, unless you request otherwise.

The current interest rate we offer on the GPA will change periodically at our discretion. It is the rate we are then paying on purchase payments, renewals and transfers paid under this class of contracts for guarantee period durations equaling the remaining guarantee period of the GPA to which the formula is being applied.

We will not apply MVAs to amounts withdrawn for annual contract charges, to amounts we pay as death claims or to automatic transfers from the two-year GPA as part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep strategy. In some states, the MVA is limited.

18    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The General Account

The general account includes all assets owned by RiverSource Life, other than those in the variable account and our other separate accounts. Subject to applicable state law, we have sole discretion to decide how assets of the general account will be invested. The assets held in our general account support the guarantees under your contract including any optional benefits offered under the contract. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to many of the same risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of annuities and financial instruments and products as well, and these obligations are satisfied from the assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account. The fixed account is supported by our general account that we make available under the contract.

The One-Year Fixed Account

Investment in the one-year fixed account is not available for contract Option C.⁽¹⁾

For Contract Option L, you may allocate purchase payments or transfer accumulated value to the one-year fixed account. Some states may restrict the amount you can allocate to this account. We back the principal and interest guarantees relating to the one-year fixed account. These guarantees are subject to the creditworthiness and continued claims-paying ability of the company's general account. The value of the one-year fixed account increases as we credit interest to the account. Purchase payments and transfers to the one-year fixed account become part of our general account. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account. We credit and compound interest daily based on a 365-day year (366 in a leap year) so as to produce the annual effective rate which we declare. The interest rate we apply to each purchase payment or transfer to the one-year fixed account is guaranteed for one year. Thereafter we will change the rates from time-to-time at our discretion. Interest rates credited in excess of the guaranteed rate generally will be based on various factors related to future investment earnings. The guaranteed minimum interest rate offered may vary by state but will not be lower than state law allows.

There are restrictions on the amount you can allocate to this account as well as on transfers from this account. (see “Making the Most of Your Contract -- Transfer policies”)

Because of exemptive and exclusionary provisions, we have not registered interests in the one-year fixed account as securities under the Securities Act of 1933 nor have any of these accounts been registered as investment companies under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Accordingly, neither the one-year fixed account nor any interests in the one-year fixed account are subject to the provisions of these Acts.

The one-year fixed account has not been registered with the SEC. Disclosures regarding the one-year fixed account, however, are subject to certain generally applicable provisions of the federal securities laws relating to the accuracy and completeness of statements made in a prospectus.

⁽¹⁾ For applications dated May 1, 2003 or after, investment in the one-year fixed account for Contract Option C is not allowed in most states. For applications dated prior to May 1, 2003, investment in the one-year fixed account was not restricted in most states. Please check with your investment professional to determine if this restriction applies to your state.

Buying Your Contract

New contracts are not currently being offered.

We are required by law to obtain personal information from you which we used to verify your identity. If you do not provide this information we reserve the right to refuse to issue your contract or take other steps we deem reasonable.

As the owner, you have all rights and may receive all benefits under the contract. You can own a qualified or nonqualified annuity. You can own a nonqualified annuity in joint tenancy with rights of survivorship only in spousal situations. You cannot own a qualified annuity in joint tenancy. You can become an owner if you are 90 or younger. (The age limit may be younger for qualified annuities in some states.)

When you applied, you selected (if available in your state):

• contract Option L or Option C;

• a death benefit option⁽¹⁾;

• the optional Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider⁽²⁾;

• the optional Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider⁽²⁾;

• the optional Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider⁽³⁾;

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    19

•	the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and/or subaccounts in which you want to invest(4);
•	how you want to make purchase payments; and
•	a beneficiary.
(1)	If you and the annuitant are 79 or younger at contract issue, you may select from either the ROP death benefit, MAV death benefit or EDB. If you or the annuitant are 80 or older at contract issue, the ROP death benefit will apply. EDB may not be available in all states.
(2)	Not available with the EDB. May not be available in all states.
(3)	Available at the time you purchase your contract if the annuitant is 75 or younger at contract issue and you also select the EDB. May not be available in all states.
(4)	For applications dated May 1, 2003 or after, investment in the GPA account and the one-year fixed account for Contract Option C is not allowed in most states. For applications dated prior to May 1, 2003, investment in the GPA account and the one-year fixed account was not restricted in most states. Please check with your investment professional to determine whether this restriction applies to your state. GPAs may not be available in some states.

The contract provides for allocation of purchase payments to the subaccounts of the variable account, to the GPAs and/or to the one-year fixed account in even 1% increments subject to the $1,000 minimum investment for the GPAs. For Contract Option L contracts with applications signed on or after June 16, 2003, the amount of any purchase payment allocated to the one-year fixed account in total cannot exceed 30% of the purchase payment. More than 30% of a purchase payment may be so allocated if you establish a dollar cost averaging arrangement with respect to the purchase payment according to procedures currently in effect, or you are participating according to the rules of an asset allocation model portfolio program available under the contract, if any.

We applied your initial purchase payment to the GPAs, one-year fixed account and subaccounts you selected within two business days after we received it at our Service Center. We will credit additional eligible purchase payments you make to your accounts on the valuation date we receive them. If we receive your purchase payment at our Service Center before the close of business, we will credit any portion of that payment allocated to the subaccounts using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received the payment. If we receive an additional purchase payment at our Service Center at or after the close of business, we will credit any portion of that payment allocated to the subaccounts using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received the payment.

You may make monthly payments to your contract under a SIP. To begin the SIP, you will complete and send a form and your first SIP payment along with your application. There is no charge for SIP. You can stop your SIP payments at any time.

In most states, you may make additional purchase payments to nonqualified and qualified annuities until the retirement date.

Householding and delivery of certain documents

With your prior consent, RiverSource Life and its affiliates may use and combine information concerning accounts owned by members of the same household and provide a single paper copy of certain documents to that household. This householding of documents may include prospectuses, supplements, annual reports, semiannual reports and proxies. Your authorization remains in effect unless we are notified otherwise. If you wish to continue receiving multiple copies of these documents, you can opt out of householding by calling us at 1.866.273.7429. Multiple mailings will resume within 30 days after we receive your opt out request.

The Retirement Date

Annuity payouts begin on the retirement date. This means that the contract will be annuitized or converted to a stream of monthly payments. If your contract is annuitized, the contract goes into payout and only the annuity payout provisions continue. You will no longer have access to your contract value. This means that the death benefit and any optional benefits you have elected will end. When we processed your application, we established the retirement date to be the maximum age then in effect (or contract anniversary if applicable). Unless otherwise elected by you, all retirement dates are now automatically set to the maximum age of 95 now in effect. You also can change the retirement date, provided you send us written instructions at least 30 days before annuity payouts begin.

The retirement date must be:

• no earlier than the 30th day after the contract’s effective date; and no later than

• the annuitant’s 95th birthday or the tenth contract anniversary, if later,

• or such other date as agreed upon by us.

Six months prior to your retirement start date, we will contact you with your options including the option to postpone your retirement start date to a future date. You can choose to delay the retirement start date of your contract to a date beyond age 95, to the extent allowed by applicable state law and tax laws.

20    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If you do not make an election, annuity payouts using the contract’s default option of annuity payout Plan B – Life with 10 years certain will begin on the retirement start date and your monthly annuity payments will continue for as long as the annuitant lives. If the annuitant does not survive 10 years, we will continue to make payments until 10 years of payments have been made.

Generally, if you own a qualified annuity (for example, an IRA) and tax laws require that you take distributions from your annuity prior to your retirement start date, your contract will not be automatically annuitized (subject to state requirements). However, if you choose, you can elect to request annuitization or take surrenders to meet your required minimum distributions.

Beneficiary

We will pay to your named beneficiary the death benefit if it becomes payable while the contract is in force and before annuity payouts begin. If there is more than one beneficiary, we will pay each beneficiary’s designated share when we receive their completed claim. A beneficiary will bear the investment risk of the variable account until we receive the beneficiary’s completed claim. If there is no named beneficiary, the default provisions of your contract will apply. (See “Benefits in Case of Death” for more about beneficiaries.)

Purchase Payments

Purchase payment amounts and purchase payment timing may vary by state and be limited under the terms of your contract.

Minimum purchase payments

If paying by SIP:	$50 for additional payments.
If paying by any other method:	$100 for additional payments.

Maximum total allowable purchase payments*

$100,000 for issue ages 86 to 90.

* This limit applies in total to all RiverSource Life annuities you own. We reserve the right to waive or increase the maximum limit. For qualified annuities, the Code’s limits on annual contributions also apply.

How to Make Purchase Payments

11 By letter

Send your check along with your name and contract number to:

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474

22 By SIP

Contact your investment professional to complete the necessary SIP paperwork.

Limitations on Use of Contract

If mandated by applicable law, including, but not limited to, federal anti-money laundering laws, we may be required to reject a purchase payment. We may also be required to block an owner’s access to contract values or to satisfy other statutory obligations. Under these circumstances, we may refuse to implement requests for transfers, withdrawals or death benefits until instructions are received from the appropriate governmental authority or a court of competent jurisdiction.

Charges

Contract Administrative Charge

We charge this fee for establishing and maintaining your records. We deduct $40 from the contract value on your contract anniversary or, if earlier, when the contract is fully withdrawn. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. Some states also limit any contract charge allocated to the fixed account.

We will waive this charge when your contract value is $100,000 or more on the current contract anniversary.

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    21

If you take a full withdrawal from your contract, we will deduct the charge at the time of withdrawal regardless of the contract value. We cannot increase the annual contract administrative charge and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

Variable Account Administrative Charge

We apply this charge daily to the subaccounts. It is reflected in the unit values of your subaccounts and it totals 0.15% of their average daily net assets on an annual basis. It covers certain administrative and operating expenses of the subaccounts such as accounting, legal and data processing fees and expenses involved in the preparation and distribution of reports and prospectuses. We cannot increase the variable account administrative charge.

Mortality and Expense Risk Fee

We charge these fees daily to the subaccounts. The unit values of your subaccounts reflect these fees. These fees cover the mortality and expense risk that we assume. These fees do not apply to the GPAs or the one-year fixed account. We cannot increase these fees. These fees are based on the contract you select (either Option L or Option C) and the death benefit that applies to your contract:

	Contract Option L	Contract Option C
ROP death benefit	1.25%	1.35%
MAV death benefit	1.35	1.45
EDB	1.55	1.65

Mortality risk arises because of our guarantee to pay a death benefit and our guarantee to make annuity payouts according to the terms of the contract, no matter how long a specific owner or annuitant lives and no matter how long our entire group of owners or annuitants live. If, as a group, owners or annuitants outlive the life expectancy we assumed in our actuarial tables, then we must take money from our general assets to meet our obligations. If, as a group, owners or annuitants do not live as long as expected, we could profit from the mortality risk fee. We deduct the mortality risk fee from the subaccounts during the annuity payout period even if the annuity payout plan does not involve a life contingency.

Expense risk arises because we cannot increase the contract administrative charge or the variable account administrative charge and these charges may not cover our expenses. We would have to make up any deficit from our general assets. We could profit from the expense risk fee if future expenses are less than expected.

The subaccounts pay us the mortality and expense risk fee they accrued as follows:

• first, to the extent possible, the subaccounts pay this fee from any dividends distributed from the funds in which they invest;

• then, if necessary, the funds redeem shares to cover any remaining fees payable.

We may use any profits we realize from the subaccounts’ payment to us of the mortality and expense risk fee for any proper corporate purpose, including, among others, payment of distribution (selling) expenses. We do not expect that the withdrawal charge will cover sales and distribution expenses.

Withdrawal Charge

You select either contract Option L or Option C at the time of application. Option C contracts have no withdrawal charge schedule but they carry higher mortality and expense risk fees than Option L contracts.

If you select contract Option L and you withdraw all or part of your contract, you may be subject to a withdrawal charge. A withdrawal charge applies if you make a withdrawal in the first four contract years. You may withdraw amounts totaling up to 10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value free of charge during the first four years of your contract. (We consider your initial purchase payment to be the prior anniversary’s contract value during the first contract year.) We do not assess a withdrawal charge on this amount. The withdrawal charge percentages that apply to you are shown below and are stated in your contract. In addition, amounts withdrawn from a GPA more than 30 days before the end of the applicable Guarantee Period are generally subject to a MVA. (See “The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs) — Market Value Adjustment (MVA).”)

You select either contract Option L or Option C at the time of application. Option C contracts have no withdrawal charge schedule but they carry higher mortality and expense risk fees than Option L contracts.

Contract year for Contract Option L	Withdrawal charge percentage
1-2	8%
3	7
4	6

22    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Contract year for Contract Option L	Withdrawal charge percentage
5 and later	0

For a partial withdrawal that is subject to a withdrawal charge, the amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable withdrawal charge. The withdrawal charge percentage is applied to this total amount. We pay you the amount you requested.

Example: Assume you requested a withdrawal of $1,000 and there is a withdrawal charge of 7%. The total amount we actually deduct from your contract is $1,075.27. We determine this amount as follows:

Amount requested	or	$1,000	=	$1,075.27
1.00 – withdrawal charge		.93

By applying the 7% withdrawal charge to $1,075.27, the withdrawal charge is $75.27. We pay you the $1,000 you requested. If you make a full withdrawal of your contract, we also will deduct the applicable contract administrative charge.

Waiver of withdrawal charges

We do not assess withdrawal charges for:

• withdrawals of amounts totaling up to 10% of your prior contract anniversary’s contract value;

• required minimum distributions from a qualified annuity to the extent that they exceed the free amount. The amount on which withdrawal charges are waived can be no greater than the RMD amount calculated under your specific contract currently in force;

• contracts settled using an annuity payout plan;

• withdrawals made as a result of one of the “Contingent events” described below to the extent permitted by state law; and

• death benefits.

Contingent events

• Withdrawals you make if you or the annuitant are confined to a hospital or nursing home and have been for the prior 60 days. Your contract will include this provision when you and the annuitant are under age 76 at contract issue. You must provide proof satisfactory to us of the confinement as of the date you request the withdrawal.

• To the extent permitted by state law, withdrawals you make if you or the annuitant are diagnosed in the second or later contract years as disabled with a medical condition that with reasonable medical certainty will result in death within 12 months or less from the date of the licensed physician’s statement. You must provide us with a licensed physician’s statement containing the terminal illness diagnosis and the date the terminal illness was initially diagnosed.

• Withdrawals you make if you or the annuitant become disabled within the meaning of the Code Section 72(m)(7) after contract issue. The disabled person must also be receiving Social Security disability or state long term disability benefits. The disabled person must be age 70 or younger at the time of withdrawal. You must provide us with a signed letter from the disabled person stating that he or she meets the above criteria, a legible photocopy of Social Security disability or state long term disability benefit payments and the application for such payments.

Liquidation charge under Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:If you are receiving variable annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to withdraw those payments. The amount that you can withdraw is the present value of any remaining variable payouts. The discount rate we use in the calculation will be 5.17% if the assumed investment return is 3.5% and 6.67% if the assumed investment return is 5%. The liquidation charge equals the present value of the remaining payouts using the assumed investment return minus the present value of the remaining payouts using the discount rate.

Fixed Payouts: Withdrawal charge for Fixed Annuity Payout Plan E – Payouts for a specified period: If you are receiving annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to take a withdraw and withdrawal charge may apply.

A withdrawal charge will be assessed against the present value of any remaining guaranteed payouts withdrawn. The discount rate we use in determining present values varies based on: (1) the contract value originally applied to the fixed annuitization; (2) the remaining years of guaranteed payouts; (3) the annual effective interest rate and periodic payment amount for new immediate annuities of the same duration as the remaining years of guaranteed payouts; and (4) the interest spread (currently 1.50%). If we do not currently offer immediate annuities, we will use rates and values applicable to new annuitizations to determine the discount rate.

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    23

Once the discount rate is applied and we have determined the present value of the remaining guaranteed payouts you withdrawn, the present value determined will be multiplied by the withdrawal charge percentage in the table below and deducted from the present value to determine the net present value you will receive.

Number of Completed Years Since Annuitization	Withdrawal charge percentage
0	Not applicable*
1	5%
2	4
3	3
4	2
5	1
6 and thereafter	0

*We do not permit withdrawals in the first year after annuitization.

We will provide a quoted present value (which includes the deduction of any withdrawal charge). You must then formally elect, in a form acceptable to us, to receive this value. The remaining guaranteed payouts following withdraw will be reduced to zero.

Possible group reductions: In some cases we may incur lower sales and administrative expenses due to the size of the group, the average contribution and the use of group enrollment procedures. In such cases, we may be able to reduce or eliminate the contract administrative and withdrawal charges. However, we expect this to occur infrequently.

Fund Fees and Expenses

There are deductions from and expenses paid out of the assets of the funds that are described in the prospectuses for those funds.

Premium Taxes

Certain state and local governments impose premium taxes on us (up to 3.5%). These taxes depend upon your state of residence or the state in which the contract was issued. Currently, we deduct any applicable premium tax when annuity payouts begin, but we reserve the right to deduct this tax at other times such as when you make purchase payments or when you make a full withdrawal from your contract.

Optional Living Benefits Charges

Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB) Fee*

We deduct a charge (currently 0.70%) based on the GMIB benefit base for this optional feature only if you select it⁽¹⁾. If selected, we deduct the charge from the contract value on your contract anniversary at the end of each contract year. We prorate the GMIB charge among the subaccounts, the GPAs and the one-year fixed account in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value.

* For applications signed prior to May 1, 2003, the following current annual rider charges apply: GMIB – 0.30%.

If the contract is terminated for any reason or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the appropriate GMIB fee from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place. We cannot increase either GMIB fee after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or the GMIB terminates.

Optional Death Benefit Charges

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider Fee

We deduct a charge for the optional feature only if you select it. If selected, we deduct 0.25% of your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

If the contract is terminated for any reason other than death or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the charge. We cannot increase this annual charge after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

24    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider Fee

We charge a fee for the optional feature only if you select it. If selected, we deduct 0.40% of your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this fee among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

If the contract is terminated for any reason other than death or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the fee from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee. We cannot increase this annual charge after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

Valuing Your Investment

We value your accounts as follows:

GPAs and One-Year Fixed Account

We value the amounts you allocate to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account directly in dollars. The value of the GPAs and the one-year fixed account equals:

• the sum of your purchase payments and transfer amounts allocated to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account (including any positive or negative MVA on amounts transferred from the GPAs to the one-year fixed account);

• plus interest credited;

• minus the sum of amounts withdrawn (including any applicable withdrawal charges) and amounts transferred out;

• minus any prorated portion of the contract administrative charge; and

• minus the prorated portion of the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Benefit Protector rider;

– Benefit Protector Plus rider; and/or

– Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit rider.

Subaccounts

We convert amounts you allocated to the subaccounts into accumulation units. Each time you make a purchase payment or transfer amounts into one of the subaccounts, we credit a certain number of accumulation units to your contract for that subaccount. Conversely, we subtract a certain number of accumulation units from your contract each time you take a partial withdrawal; transfer amounts out of a subaccount; or we assess a contract administrative charge, a withdrawal charge, or fee for any optional contract riders with annual charges (if applicable).

The accumulation units are the true measure of investment value in each subaccount during the accumulation period. They are related to, but not the same as, the net asset value of the fund in which the subaccount invests. The dollar value of each accumulation unit can rise or fall daily depending on the variable account expenses, performance of the fund and on certain fund expenses.

Here is how we calculate accumulation unit values:

Number of units: To calculate the number of accumulation units for a particular subaccount, we divide your investment by the current accumulation unit value.

Accumulation unit value: The current accumulation unit value for each subaccount equals the last value times the subaccount’s current net investment factor.

We determine the net investment factor by:

• adding the fund’s current net asset value per share, plus the per share amount of any accrued income or capital gain dividends to obtain a current adjusted net asset value per share; then

• dividing that sum by the previous adjusted net asset value per share; and

• subtracting the percentage factor representing the mortality and expense risk fee and the variable account administrative charge from the result.

Because the net asset value of the fund may fluctuate, the accumulation unit value may increase or decrease. You bear all the investment risk in a subaccount.

Factors that affect subaccount accumulation units: Accumulation units may change in two ways — in number and in value.

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    25

The number of accumulation units you own may fluctuate due to:

• additional purchase payments you allocate to the subaccounts;

• transfers into or out of the subaccounts (including any positive or negative MVA on amounts transferred from the GPAs);

• partial withdrawals;

• withdrawal charges (for contract Option L);

and the deduction of a prorated portion of:

• the contract administrative charge; and

• the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Benefit Protector rider;

– Benefit Protector Plus rider; and/or

– Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit rider.

Accumulation unit values will fluctuate due to:

• changes in fund net asset value;

• fund dividends distributed to the subaccounts;

• fund capital gains or losses;

• fund operating expenses; and

• mortality and expense risk fee and the variable account administrative charge.

Making the Most of Your Contract

Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging

Currently, you can use automated transfers to take advantage of dollar-cost averaging (investing a fixed amount at regular intervals). For example, you might transfer a set amount monthly from a relatively conservative subaccount to a more aggressive one, or to several others, or from the one-year fixed account or the two-year GPA (without a MVA) to one or more subaccounts. The three to ten year GPAs are not available for automated transfers. You can also obtain the benefits of dollar-cost averaging by setting up regular automatic SIP payments or by establishing an Interest Sweep strategy. Interest Sweeps are a monthly transfer of the interest earned from either the one-year fixed account or the two-year GPA into the subaccounts of your choice. If you participate in an Interest Sweep strategy the interest you earn will be less than the annual interest rate we apply because there will be no compounding. There is no charge for dollar-cost averaging.

This systematic approach can help you benefit from fluctuations in accumulation unit values caused by fluctuations in the market values of the funds. Since you invest the same amount each period, you automatically acquire more units when the market value falls and fewer units when it rises. The potential effect is to lower your average cost per unit.

How dollar-cost averaging works

By investing an equal number of dollars each month		Month	Amount invested	Accumulation unit value	Number of units purchased
		Jan	$100	$20	5.00
		Feb	100	18	5.56
you automatically buy more units when the per unit market price is low		Mar	100	17	5.88
	→	Apr	100	15	6.67
		May	100	16	6.25
		Jun	100	18	5.56
		Jul	100	17	5.88
and fewer units when the per unit market price is high.		Aug	100	19	5.26
	→	Sept	100	21	4.76
		Oct	100	20	5.00

You paid an average price of $17.91 per unit over the 10 months, while the average market price actually was $18.10.

26    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Dollar-cost averaging does not guarantee that any subaccount will gain in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. Because dollar-cost averaging involves continuous investing, your success will depend upon your willingness to continue to invest regularly through periods of low price levels. Dollar-cost averaging can be an effective way to help meet your long-term goals. For specific features contact your investment professional.

Special Dollar-Cost Averaging (Special DCA) Program for Contract Option L Only

If you select contract Option L and your net contract value⁽¹⁾ is at least $10,000, you can choose to participate in the Special DCA program. There is no charge for the Special DCA program. Under the Special DCA program, you can allocate a new purchase payment to a six-month or twelve-month Special DCA account.

You may only allocate a new purchase payment of at least $10,000 to a Special DCA account. You cannot transfer existing contract values into a Special DCA account. Each Special DCA account lasts for either six or twelve months (depending on the time period you select) from the time we receive your first purchase payment. We make monthly transfers of your total Special DCA account value into the GPAs, one-year fixed account and/or the subaccounts you select over the time period you select (either six or twelve months). If you elect to transfer into a GPA, you must meet the $1,000 minimum required investment limitation for each transfer.

⁽¹⁾ Net contract value equals your current contract value plus any new purchase payment. If this is a new contract funded by purchase payments from multiple sources, we determine your net contract value based on the purchase payments, withdrawal requests and exchange requests submitted with your application.

We reserve the right to credit a lower interest rate to each Special DCA account if you select the GPAs or one-year fixed account as part of your Special DCA transfers. We will change the interest rate on each Special DCA account from time to time at our discretion. From time to time, we may credit interest to the Special DCA account at promotional rates that are higher than those we credit to the one-year fixed account. We base these rates on competition and on the interest rate we are crediting to the one-year fixed account at the time of the change. Once we credit interest to a particular purchase payment, that rate does not change even if we change the rate we credit on new purchase payments or if your net contract value changes.

We credit each Special DCA account with current guaranteed annual rate that is in effect on the date we receive your purchase payment. However, we credit this annual rate over the six or twelve-month period on the balance remaining in your Special DCA account. Therefore, the net effective interest rate you receive is less than the stated annual rate. We do not credit this interest after we transfer the value out of the Special DCA account into the accounts you selected.

If you make additional purchase payments while a Special DCA account term is in progress, the amounts you allocate to an existing Special DCA account will be transferred out of the Special DCA account over the reminder of the term. If you are funding a Special DCA account from multiple sources, we apply each purchase payment to the account and credit interest on that purchase payment on the date we receive it. This means that all purchase payments may not be in the Special DCA account at the beginning of the six or twelve-month period. Therefore, you may receive less total interest than you would have if all your purchase payments were in the Special DCA account from the beginning. If we receive any of your multiple payments after the six or twelve-month period ends, you can either allocate those payments to a new Special DCA account (if available) or to any other accounts available under your contract.

You cannot participate in the Special DCA program if you are making payments under a Systematic Investment Plan. You may simultaneously participate in the Special DCA program and the asset-rebalancing program as long as your subaccount allocation is the same under both programs. If you elect to change your subaccount allocation under one program, we automatically will change it under the other program so they match. If you participate in more than one Special DCA account, the asset allocation for each account may be different as long as you are not also participating in the asset-rebalancing program.

You may terminate your participation in the Special DCA program at any time. If you do, we will not credit the current guaranteed annual interest rate on any remaining Special DCA account balance. We will transfer the remaining balance from your Special DCA account to the other accounts you selected for your DCA transfers or we will allocate it in any manner you specify, subject to the 30% limitation rule (see “Transfer policies”). Similarly, if we cannot accept any additional purchase payments into the Special DCA program, we will allocate the purchase payments to the other accounts you selected for your DCA transfers or in any other manner you specify.

We can modify the terms or discontinue the Special DCA program at any time. Any modifications will not affect any purchase payments that are already in a Special DCA account. For more information on the Special DCA program, contact your investment professional.

The Special DCA Program does not guarantee that any subaccount will gain in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. Because dollar-cost averaging involves continuous investing, your success will depend upon you willingness to continue to invest regularly through periods of low price levels. Dollar-cost averaging can be an effective way to help meet your long-term goals.

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    27

Asset Rebalancing

You can ask us in writing to automatically rebalance the subaccount portion of your contract value either quarterly, semiannually, or annually. The period you select will start to run on the date we record your request. On the first valuation date of each of these periods, we automatically will rebalance your contract value so that the value in each subaccount matches your current subaccount percentage allocations. These percentage allocations must be in whole numbers. There is no charge for asset rebalancing. The contract value must be at least $2,000.

You can change your percentage allocations or your rebalancing period at any time by contacting us in writing. If you are also participating in the Special DCA program and you change your subaccount asset allocation for the asset rebalancing program, we will change your subaccount asset allocation under the Special DCA program to match. We will restart the rebalancing period you selected as of the date we record your change. You also can ask us in writing to stop rebalancing your contract value. You must allow 30 days for us to change any instructions that currently are in place. For more information on asset rebalancing, contact your investment professional.

Transferring Among Accounts

You may transfer contract value from any one subaccount, GPAs or the one-year fixed account, to another subaccount before annuity payouts begin. Certain restrictions apply to transfers involving the GPAs and the one-year fixed account.

The date your request to transfer will be processed depends on when and how we receive it:

For transfer requests received in writing:

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your transfer request.

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your transfer request.

For transfer requests received by phone:

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your transfer request.

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your transfer request.

There is no charge for transfers. Before making a transfer, you should consider the risks involved in changing investments. Transfers out of the GPAs will be subject to an MVA if done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period.

We may suspend or modify transfer privileges at any time.

For information on transfers after annuity payouts begin, see “Transfer policies” below.

Transfer policies

• Before annuity payouts begin, you may transfer contract values between the subaccounts, or from the subaccounts to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account at any time. However, if you made a transfer from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs, you may not make a transfer from any subaccount or GPA back to the one-year fixed account for six months following that transfer. We reserve the right to further limit transfers to the GPAs and one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then currently crediting to the one-year fixed account is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract.

• For Contract Option L, it is our general policy to allow you to transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs once a year on or within 30 days before or after the contract anniversary (except for automated transfers, which can be set up at any time for certain transfer periods subject to certain minimums). Transfers from the one-year fixed account are not subject to a MVA. For contracts issued before June 16, 2003, we have removed this restriction, and you may transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts at any time. We will inform you at least 30 days in advance of the day we intend to reimpose this restriction. For contracts with applications signed on or after June 16, 2003, the amount of contract value transferred to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account cannot result in the value of the GPAs and the one-year fixed account in total being greater than 30% of the contract value. The time limitations on transfers from the GPAs and one-year fixed account will be enforced, and transfers out of the GPAs and one-year fixed account are limited to 30% of the GPA and

28    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

	one-year fixed account values at the beginning of the contract year or $10,000, whichever is greater. Because of this limitation, it may take you several years to transfer all your contract value from the one-year fixed account. You should carefully consider whether the one-year fixed account meets your investment criteria before you invest.
•	For Contract Option C applications dated on or after May 1, 2003, one-year fixed account and GPAs are not available in most states.
•	For Contract Option C applications dated prior to May 1, 2003, one-year fixed account and GPAs are not restricted in most states and our transfer policies stated above are applicable.
•	You may transfer contract values from a GPA any time after 60 days of transfer or payment allocation to the account. Transfers made more than 30 days before the end of the Guarantee Period will receive a MVA*, which may result in a gain or loss of contract value.
•	If we receive your request on or within 30 days before or after the contract anniversary date, the transfer from the one-year fixed account to the GPAs will be effective on the valuation date we receive it.
•	If you select a variable payout, once annuity payouts begin, you may make transfers once per contract year among the subaccounts and we reserve the right to limit the number of subaccounts in which you may invest.
•	Once annuity payouts begin, you may not make any transfers to the GPAs.
*	Unless the transfer is an automated transfer from the two-year GPA as part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep strategy.

Market Timing

Market timing can reduce the value of your investment in the contract. If market timing causes the returns of an underlying fund to suffer, contract value you have allocated to a subaccount that invests in that underlying fund will be lower too. Market timing can cause you, any joint owner of the contract and your beneficiary(ies) under the contract a financial loss.

We seek to prevent market timing. Market timing is frequent or short-term trading activity. We do not accommodate short-term trading activities. Do not buy a contract if you wish to use short-term trading strategies to manage your investment. The market timing policies and procedures described below apply to transfers among the subaccounts within the contract. The underlying funds in which the subaccounts invest have their own market timing policies and procedures. The market timing policies of the underlying funds may be more restrictive than the market timing policies and procedures we apply to transfers among the subaccounts of the contract, and may include redemption fees. We reserve the right to modify our market timing policies and procedures at any time without prior notice to you.

Market timing may hurt the performance of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests in several ways, including but not necessarily limited to:

• diluting the value of an investment in an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests;

• increasing the transaction costs and expenses of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests; and,

• preventing the investment adviser(s) of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests from fully investing the assets of the fund in accordance with the fund’s investment objectives.

Funds available as investment options under the contract that invest in securities that trade in overseas securities markets may be at greater risk of loss from market timing, as market timers may seek to take advantage of changes in the values of securities between the close of overseas markets and the close of U.S. markets. Also, the risks of market timing may be greater for underlying funds that invest in securities such as small cap stocks, high yield bonds, or municipal securities, that may be traded infrequently.

In order to help protect you and the underlying funds from the potentially harmful effects of market timing activity, we apply the following market timing policy to discourage frequent transfers of contract value among the subaccounts of the variable account:

We try to distinguish market timing from transfers that we believe are not harmful, such as periodic rebalancing for purposes of an asset allocation, dollar-cost averaging and asset rebalancing program that may be described in this prospectus. There is no set number of transfers that constitutes market timing. Even one transfer in related accounts may be market timing. We seek to restrict the transfer privileges of a contract owner who makes more than three subaccount transfers in any 90 day period. We also reserve the right to refuse any transfer request, if, in our sole judgment, the dollar amount of the transfer request would adversely affect unit values.

If we determine, in our sole judgment, that your transfer activity constitutes market timing, we may modify, restrict or suspend your transfer privileges to the extent permitted by applicable law, which may vary based on the state law that applies to your contract and the terms of your contract. These restrictions or modifications may include, but not be limited to:

• requiring transfer requests to be submitted only by first-class U.S. mail;

• not accepting hand-delivered transfer requests or requests made by overnight mail;

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    29

• not accepting telephone or electronic transfer requests;

• requiring a minimum time period between each transfer;

• not accepting transfer requests of an agent acting under power of attorney;

• limiting the dollar amount that you may transfer at any one time;

• suspending the transfer privilege; or

• modifying instructions under an automated transfer program to exclude a restricted fund if you do not provide new instructions.

Subject to applicable state law and the terms of each contract, we will apply the policy described above to all contract owners uniformly in all cases. We will notify you in writing after we impose any modification, restriction or suspension of your transfer rights.

Because we exercise discretion in applying the restrictions described above, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to identify and restrict all market timing activity. In addition, state law and the terms of some contracts may prevent us from stopping certain market timing activity. Market timing activity that we are unable to identify and/or restrict may impact the performance of the underlying funds and may result in lower contract values.

In addition to the market timing policy described above, which applies to transfers among the subaccounts within your contract, you should carefully review the market timing policies and procedures of the underlying funds. The market timing policies and procedures of the underlying funds may be materially different than those we impose on transfers among the subaccounts within your contract and may include mandatory redemption fees as well as other measures to discourage frequent transfers. As an intermediary for the underlying funds, we are required to assist them in applying their market timing policies and procedures to transactions involving the purchase and exchange of fund shares. This assistance may include, but not be limited to, providing the underlying fund upon request with your Social Security Number, Taxpayer Identification Number or other United States government-issued identifier, and the details of your contract transactions involving the underlying fund. An underlying fund, in its sole discretion, may instruct us at any time to prohibit you from making further transfers of contract value to or from the underlying fund, and we must follow this instruction. We reserve the right to administer and collect on behalf of an underlying fund any redemption fee imposed by an underlying fund. Market timing policies and procedures adopted by underlying funds may affect your investment in the contract in several ways, including but not limited to:

• Each fund may restrict or refuse trading activity that the fund determines, in its sole discretion, represents market timing.

• Even if we determine that your transfer activity does not constitute market timing under the market timing policies described above which we apply to transfers you make under the contract, it is possible that the underlying fund’s market timing policies and procedures, including instructions we receive from a fund may require us to reject your transfer request. For example, while we will attempt to execute transfers permitted under any asset allocation, dollar-cost averaging and asset rebalancing programs that may be described in this prospectus, we cannot guarantee that an underlying fund’s market timing policies and procedures will do so. Orders we place to purchase fund shares for the variable account are subject to acceptance by the fund. We reserve the right to reject without prior notice to you any transfer request if the fund does not accept our order.

• Each underlying fund is responsible for its own market timing policies, and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to implement specific market timing policies and procedures that a fund has adopted. As a result, a fund’s returns might be adversely affected, and a fund might terminate our right to offer its shares through the variable account.

• Funds that are available as investment options under the contract may also be offered to other intermediaries who are eligible to purchase and hold shares of the fund, including without limitation, separate accounts of other insurance companies and certain retirement plans. Even if we are able to implement a fund’s market timing policies, we cannot guarantee that other intermediaries purchasing that same fund’s shares will do so, and the returns of that fund could be adversely affected as a result.

For more information about the market timing policies and procedures of an underlying fund, the risks that market timing pose to that fund, and to determine whether an underlying fund has adopted a redemption fee, see that fund’s prospectus.

30    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

How to request a Transfer or Withdrawal

11 By letter

Send your name, contract number, Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number* and signed request for a transfer or withdrawal to our Service Center:

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474

Minimum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	$500 or entire account balance

Maximum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	Contract value or entire account balance

* Failure to provide a Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number may result in mandatory tax withholding on the taxable portion of the distribution.

22 By automated transfers and automated partial withdrawals

Your investment professional can help you set up automated transfers or partial withdrawals among your GPAs, one-year fixed account or the subaccounts.

You can start or stop this service by written request or other method acceptable to us.

You must allow 30 days for us to change any instructions that are currently in place.

•	Automated transfers from the one-year fixed account to any one of the subaccounts may not exceed an amount that, if continued, would deplete the one-year fixed account within 12 months. For contracts issued before June 16, 2003, we have removed this restriction, and you may transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts at any time. We will inform you at least 30 days in advance of the day we intend to reimpose this restriction.
	For contracts with applications signed on or after June 16, 2003, the time limitations on transfers from the one-year fixed account will be enforced, and transfers out of the one-year fixed account are limited to 30% of the one-year fixed account values at the beginning of the contract year or $10,000, whichever is greater.
•	Automated withdrawals may be restricted by applicable law under some contracts.
•	You may not make systematic purchase payments if automated partial withdrawals are in effect.
•	Automated partial withdrawals may result in income taxes and penalties on all or part of the amount withdrawn.

Minimum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	$100 monthly
	$250 quarterly, semiannually or annually

33 By phone

Call:

1-800-333-3437

Minimum amount

Transfers or withdrawals: $500 or entire account balance

Maximum amount

Transfers:	Contract value or entire account balance
Withdrawals:	$100,000

We answer telephone requests promptly, but you may experience delays when the call volume is unusually high. If you are unable to get through, use the mail procedure as an alternative.

We will honor any telephone transfer or withdrawal requests that we believe are authentic and we will use reasonable procedures to confirm that they are. This includes asking identifying questions and recording calls. As long as we follow the procedures, we (and our affiliates) will not be liable for any loss resulting from fraudulent requests.

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    31

Telephone transfers and withdrawals are automatically available. You may request that telephone transfers and withdrawals not be authorized from your account by writing to us.

Withdrawals

You may withdraw all or part of your contract at any time before the retirement date by sending us a written request or calling us.

The date your withdrawal request will be processed depends on when and how we receive it:

For withdrawal requests received in writing:

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your withdrawal request.

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your withdrawal request.

For withdrawal requests received by phone:

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your withdrawal request.

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your withdrawal request.

We may ask you to return the contract. You may have to pay a contract administrative charge, withdrawal charges or any applicable optional rider charges (see “Charges”), federal income taxes and penalties. State and local income taxes may also apply (see “Taxes”). You cannot make withdrawals after annuity payouts begin except under Annuity Payout Plan E. (See “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Any partial withdrawals you take under the contract will reduce your contract value. As a result, the value of your death benefit or any optional benefits you have elected will also be reduced (see “Optional Benefits”). In addition, withdrawals you are required to take to satisfy RMDs under the Code may reduce the value of certain death benefits and optional benefits (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”).

Withdrawal Policies

If you have a balance in more than one account and you request a partial withdrawal, we will automatically withdraw from all your subaccounts, GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account in the same proportion as your value in each account correlates to your total contract value, unless requested otherwise. After executing a partial withdrawal, the value in each subaccount , one-year fixed account or GPA must be either zero or at least $50.

Receiving Payment

11 By regular or express mail

• payable to you;

• mailed to address of record.

NOTE: We will charge you a fee if you request express mail delivery.

22 By wire or other form of electronic payment

• request that payment be wired to your bank;

• pre-authorization required.

We may choose to permit you to have checks issued and delivered to an alternate payee or to an address other than your address of record. We may also choose to allow you to direct wires or other electronic payments to accounts owned by a third-party. We may have additional good order requirements that must be met prior to processing requests to make any payments to a party other than the owner or to an address other than the address of record. These requirements will be designed to ensure owner instructions are genuine and to prevent fraud.

32    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Normally, we will send the payment within seven days after receiving your request in good order. However, we may postpone the payment if:

– the NYSE is closed, except for normal holiday and weekend closings;

– trading on the NYSE is restricted, according to SEC rules;

– an emergency, as defined by SEC rules, makes it impractical to sell securities or value the net assets of the accounts; or

– the SEC permits us to delay payment for the protection of security holders.

We may also postpone payment of the amount attributable to a purchase payment as part of the total withdrawal amount until cleared from the originating financial institution.

A Special Note on Cybersecurity Risks

Cybersecurity and Systems Integrity

Increasingly, businesses are dependent on the continuity, security, and effective operation of various technology systems. The nature of our business depends on the continued effective operation of our systems and those of our business partners.

This dependence makes us susceptible to operational and information security risks from cyber-attacks. These risks may include the following:

• the corruption or destruction of data;

• theft, misuse or dissemination of data to the public, including your information we hold; and

• denial of service attacks on our website or other forms of attacks on our systems and the software and hardware we use to run them.

These attacks and their consequences can negatively impact your contract, your privacy, your ability to conduct transactions on your contract, or your ability to receive timely service from us. There can be no assurance that we, the underlying funds in your contract, or our other business partners will avoid losses affecting your contract due to any successful cyber-attacks or information security breaches.

TSA–Special Provisions

Participants in Tax-Sheltered Annuities

If the contract is intended to be used in connection with an employer sponsored 403(b) plan, additional rules relating to this contract can be found in the annuity endorsement for tax sheltered 403(b) annuities. Unless we have made special arrangements with your employer, the contract is not intended for use in connection with an employer sponsored 403(b) plan that is subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”). In the event that the employer either by affirmative election or inadvertent action causes contributions under a plan that is subject to ERISA to be made to this contract, we will not be responsible for any obligations and requirements under ERISA and the regulations thereunder, unless we have prior written agreement with the employer. You should consult with your employer to determine whether your 403(b) plan is subject to ERISA.

In the event we have a written agreement with your employer to administer the plan pursuant to ERISA, special rules apply as set forth in the TSA endorsement.

The employer must comply with certain nondiscrimination requirements for certain types of contributions under a TSA contract to be excluded from taxable income. You should consult your employer to determine whether the nondiscrimination rules apply to you.

The Code imposes certain restrictions on your right to receive early distributions from a TSA:

• Distributions attributable to salary reduction contributions (plus earnings) made after Dec. 31, 1988, or to transfers or rollovers from other contracts, may be made from the TSA only if:

– you are at least age 59½;

– you are disabled as defined in the Code;

– you severed employment with the employer who purchased the contract;

– the distribution is because of your death;

– the distribution is due to plan termination; or

– you are a qualifying military reservist.

• If you encounter a financial hardship (as provided by the Code), you may be eligible to receive a distribution of all contract values attributable to salary reduction contributions made after Dec. 31, 1988, but not the earnings on them.

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    33

• Even though a distribution may be permitted under the above rules, it may be subject to IRS taxes and penalties (see “Taxes”)

• The above restrictions on distributions do not affect the availability of the amount credited to the contract as of Dec. 31, 1988. The restrictions also do not apply to transfers or exchanges of contract value within the contract, or to another registered variable annuity contract or investment vehicle available through the employer.

Changing Ownership

You may change ownership of your nonqualified annuity at any time by completing a change of ownership form we approve and sending it to our Service Center. The change will become binding on us when we receive and record it. We will honor any change of ownership request received in good order that we believe is authentic and we will use reasonable procedures to confirm authenticity. If we follow these procedures, we will not take any responsibility for the validity of the change.

If you have a nonqualified annuity, you may incur income tax liability by transferring, assigning or pledging any part of it. (See “Taxes.”)

If you have a qualified annuity, you may not sell, assign, transfer, discount or pledge your contract as collateral for a loan, or as security for the performance of an obligation or for any other purpose except as required or permitted by the Code. However, if the owner is a trust or custodian, or an employer acting in a similar capacity, ownership of the contract may be transferred to the annuitant.

Please consider carefully whether or not you wish to change ownership of your annuity contract. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, the new owner and annuitant will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract.

If you have a GMIB and/or Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit rider, the rider will terminate upon transfer of ownership of your annuity contract. Continuance of the Benefit Protector rider is optional. (see “Optional Benefits”).

Benefits in Case of Death

There are three death benefit options under this contract:

• ROP Death Benefit;

• MAV Death Benefit; and

• Enhanced Death Benefit.

If either you or the annuitant are 80 or older at contract issue, the ROP death benefit will apply. If both you and the annuitant are 79 or younger at contract issue, you can elect either the ROP death benefit, the MAV death benefit or EDB death benefit rider (if its available in your state) on your application. If you select GMIB you must select either the MAV death benefit or the EDB death benefit rider. Once you elect an option, you cannot change it. We show the option that applies in your contract. The death benefit option that applies determines the mortality and expense risk fee that is assessed against the subaccounts. (See “Charges — Mortality and Expense Risk Fee.”)

Under all options, we will pay the death benefit to your beneficiary upon the earlier of your death or the annuitant’s death if you die before the retirement start date while this contract is in force. We will base the benefit paid on the death benefit coverage you chose when you purchased the contract. If a contract has more than one person as the owner, we will pay benefits upon the first to die of any owner or the annuitant.

Return of Purchase Payments (ROP) Death Benefit

The ROP death benefit is intended to help protect your beneficiaries financially in that they will never receive less than your purchase payments adjusted for withdrawals. If you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary the greater of these two values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value; or
2.	total purchase payments applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals.

Adjusted partial withdrawals for the ROP or MAV death benefit	=	PW × DB
		CV

PW	=	the amount by which the contract value is reduced as a result of the partial withdrawal.
DB	=	the death benefit on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.
CV	=	contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.

34    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Example

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $20,000.

• On the first contract anniversary you make an additional purchase payment of $5,000.

• During the second contract year the contract value falls to $22,000 and you take a $1,500 partial withdrawal.

• During the third contract year the contract value grows to $23,000.

We calculate the ROP death benefit as follows:
Contract value at death:			$23,000.00
	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,704.55
	$22,000
	for a death benefit of:		$23,295.45
ROP death benefit, calculated as the greatest of these two values:				$23,295.45

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV) Death Benefit

The MAV death benefit is intended to help protect your beneficiaries financially while your investments have the opportunity to grow. The MAV death benefit does not provide any additional benefit before the first contract anniversary and it may not be appropriate for issue ages 75 to 79 because the benefit values may be limited after age 81. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether or not the MAV death benefit is appropriate for your situation.

The MAV death benefit provides that if you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary the greatest of these three values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals; or
3.	the maximum anniversary value immediately preceding the date of death plus any purchase payments since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals since that anniversary.

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV): We calculate the MAV on each contract anniversary through age 80. There is no MAV prior to the first contract anniversary. On the first contract anniversary we set the MAV equal to the highest of: (a) your current contract value, or (b) total purchase payments minus adjusted partial withdrawals. Every contract anniversary after that, through age 80, we compare the previous anniversary’s MAV (plus any purchase payments since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals since that anniversary) to the current contract value and we reset the MAV if the current contract value is higher. We stop resetting the MAV after you or the annuitant reach age 81. However, we continue to add subsequent purchase payments and subtract adjusted partial withdrawals from the MAV.

Example

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $20,000.

• On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $29,000.

• During the second contract year the contract value falls to $22,000, at which point you take a $1,500 partial withdrawal, leaving a contract value of $20,500.

We calculate the MAV death benefit as follows:
Contract value at death:			$20,500.00
	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments		$20,000.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $20,000	=	–1,363.64
	$22,000
	for a ROP death benefit of:		$18,636.36
The MAV on the anniversary immediately preceding the date of death plus any purchase payments made since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals made since that anniversary:
	The MAV on the immediately preceding anniversary:		$29,000.00
	plus purchase payments made since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals made since that anniversary, calculated as:

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    35

	$1,500 × $29,000	=	–1,977.27
	$22,000
	for a MAV death benefit of:		$27,022.73
The MAV death benefit, calculated as the greatest of these three values, which is the MAV:				$27,022.73

Enhanced Death Benefit (EDB)

The EDB is intended to help protect your beneficiaries financially while your investments have the opportunity to grow.

This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional charge (see “Charges”). The EDB does not provide any additional benefit before the first contract anniversary and it may not be appropriate for issue ages 75 to 79 because the benefit values may be limited at age 81. Benefit Protector and Benefit Protector Plus are not available with EDB. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether or not the EDB is appropriate for your situation.

If the EDB is available in your state and both you and the annuitant are 79 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the EDB rider to your contract at the time of purchase. If you choose to add a GMIB rider to your contract, you must elect either the MAV death benefit or the EDB.

The EDB provides that if you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary the greatest of these four values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals;
3.	the maximum anniversary value immediately preceding the date of death plus any purchase payments applied to the contract since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals since that anniversary; or
4.	the 5% rising floor.

5% rising floor: This is the sum of the value of your GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the variable account floor. There is no variable account floor prior to the first contract anniversary. On the first contract anniversary, we establish the variable account floor as:

• the amounts allocated to the subaccounts at issue increased by 5%,

• plus any subsequent amounts allocated to the subaccounts,

• minus adjusted transfers and partial withdrawals from the subaccounts.

Thereafter, we continue to add subsequent amounts allocated to the subaccounts and subtract adjusted transfers and partial withdrawals from the subaccounts. On each contract anniversary after the first, through age 80, we add an amount to the variable account floor equal to 5% of the prior anniversary’s variable account floor. We stop adding this amount after you or the annuitant reach age 81.

5% rising floor adjusted transfers or partial withdrawals	=	PWT × VAF
		SV

PWT	=	the amount by which the contract is reduced as a result of the partial withdrawal or transfer from the subaccounts.
VAF	=	variable account floor on the date of (but prior to) the transfer or partial withdrawal.
SV	=	value of the subaccounts on the date of (but prior to) the transfer or partial withdrawal.

Example

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000 with $5,000 allocated to the one-year fixed account and $20,000 allocated to the subaccounts.

• On the first contract anniversary the one-year fixed account value is $5,200 and the subaccount value is $17,000. Total contract value is $22,200.

• During the second contract year, the one-year fixed account value is $5,300 and the subaccount value is $19,000. Total contract value is $24,300. You take a $1,500 partial withdrawal all from the subaccounts, leaving the contract value at $22,800.

The death benefit is calculated as follows:
Contract value at death:		$22,800.00
Purchase payments minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments:	$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:

36    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,543.21
	$24,300
	for a return of purchase payments death benefit of:		$23,456.79
The MAV on the anniversary immediately preceding the date of death plus any purchase payments made since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals made since that anniversary:
The MAV on the immediately preceding anniversary:			$25,000.00
	plus purchase payments made since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals made since that anniversary, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,543.21
	$24,300
	for a MAV death benefit of:		$23,456.79
The 5% rising floor:
	The variable account floor on the first contract anniversary, calculated as: 1.05 x $20,000 =		$21,000.00
	plus amounts allocated to the subaccounts since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus the 5% rising floor adjusted partial withdrawal from the subaccounts, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $21,000	=	–1,657.89
	$19,000
	variable account floor benefit:		$19,342.11
	plus the one-year fixed account value:		+5,300.00
	5% rising floor (value of the GPAs, one-year fixed account and the variable account floor):		$24,642.11
EDB, calculated as the greatest of these three values, which is the 5% rising floor:				$24,642.11

If You Die Before Your Retirement Date

When paying the beneficiary, we will process the death claim on the valuation date our death claim requirements are fulfilled. We will determine the contract’s value using the accumulation unit value we calculate on that valuation date. We pay interest, if any, at a rate no less than required by law. We will mail payment to the beneficiary within seven days after our death claim requirements are fulfilled.

Nonqualified annuities

If your spouse is sole beneficiary and you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. To do this your spouse must give us written instructions to continue the contract as owner. There will be no withdrawal charges on contract Option L from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, your spouse and the new annuitant (if applicable) will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract. The GMIB rider and Benefit Protector Plus rider, if selected, will terminate. Continuance of the Benefit Protector rider is optional. (See “Optional Benefits.”)

If your beneficiary is not your spouse, we will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless you give us other written instructions. Generally, we must fully distribute the death benefit within five years of your death. However, the beneficiary may receive payouts under any annuity payout plan available under this contract if:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin no later than one year after your death, or other date as permitted by the IRS; and

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy.

Qualified annuities

• Spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if your spouse is the sole beneficiary, your spouse may either elect to treat the contract as his/her own, so long as he or she is eligible to do so, or elect an annuity payout plan or another plan agreed to by us. If your spouse elects a payout option, the payouts must begin no later than the year in which you would have reached age 72 (age 701/2 if the death occurred before Jan. 1, 2020). If you attained age 72 at the time of death, payouts must begin no later than Dec. 31 of the year following the year of your death.

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    37

Your spouse may elect to assume ownership of the contract at any time before annuity payouts begin. If your spouse elects to assume ownership of the contract, the contract value will be equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. There will be no withdrawal charges on contract Option L from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, your spouse and the new annuitant (if applicable) will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract. The GMIB rider and Benefit Protector Plus rider, if selected, will terminate. Continuance of the Benefit Protector rider is optional. (See “Optional Benefits.”)

•

Non-spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if death occurs on or after Jan. 1, 2020, the beneficiary is required to withdraw his or her entire inherited interest within 10 years of the time of death of the owner unless they qualify as an “eligible designated beneficiary.” Eligible designated beneficiaries may continue to take proceeds out over their life expectancy. Eligible designated beneficiaries include:

• the surviving spouse;

• a lawful child of the owner under the age of majority (remaining amount must be withdrawn within 10 years, once the child reaches the age of majority);

• disabled within the meaning of Code section 72(m)(7);

• chronically ill within the meaning of Code section 7702B(c)(2);

• any other person who is not more than 10 years younger than the owner.

However, non-natural beneficiaries, such as estates and charities, are subject to a five-year rule to distribute the IRA. We will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless the beneficiary elects to receive payouts under a payout plan available under this contract and:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin, no later than one year following the year of your death; and

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy for an eligible designated beneficiary. (Payout plans are limited if the beneficiary is not an eligible designated beneficiary.)

• Spouse and Non-spouse beneficiary: If a beneficiary elects an alternative payment plan which is an inherited IRA, all optional death benefits and living benefits will terminate. In the event of your beneficiary’s death, their beneficiary can elect to take a lump sum payment or annuitize the contract to deplete it within 10 years of your beneficiary’s death

• Annuity payout plan: If you elect an annuity payout plan, the payouts to your beneficiary may continue depending on the annuity payout plan you elect, subject to adjustment to comply with the IRS rules and regulations.

How we handle contracts under unclaimed property laws

Every state has unclaimed property laws which generally declare annuity contracts to be abandoned after a period of inactivity of one to five years from either 1) the contract’s maturity date (the latest day on which income payments may begin under the contract) or 2) the date the death benefit is due and payable. If a contract matures or we determine a death benefit is payable, we will use our best efforts to locate you or designated beneficiaries. If we are unable to locate you or a beneficiary, proceeds will be paid to the abandoned property division or unclaimed property office of the state in which the beneficiary or you last resided, as shown in our books and records, or to our state of domicile. Generally, this surrender of property to the state is commonly referred to as “escheatment”. To avoid escheatment, and ensure an effective process for your beneficiaries, it is important that your personal address and beneficiary designations are up to date, including complete names, date of birth, current addresses and phone numbers, and taxpayer identification numbers for each beneficiary. Updates to your address or beneficiary designations should be sent to our Service Center.

Escheatment may also be required by law if a known beneficiary fails to demand or present an instrument or document to claim the death benefit in a timely manner, creating a presumption of abandonment. If your beneficiary steps forward (with the proper documentation) to claim escheated annuity proceeds, the state is obligated to pay any such proceeds it is holding.

For nonqualified annuities, non-spousal death benefits are generally required to be distributed and taxed within five years from the date of death of the owner/annuitant or the unclaimed death benefits will be presumed abandoned and subject to escheatment.

Optional Benefits

The assets held in our general account support the guarantees under your contract, including optional death benefits and optional living benefits. To the extent that we are required to pay you amounts in addition to your contract value under these benefits, such amounts will come from our general account assets. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of insurance and financial products

38    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

as well, and we also pay our obligations under these products from assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account.

Optional Death Benefits

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector)

The Benefit Protector is intended to provide an additional benefit to your beneficiary to help offset expenses after your death such as funeral expenses or federal and state taxes. This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge (see “Charges”). The Benefit Protector provides reduced benefits if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older at the rider effective date. The Benefit Protector does not provide any additional benefit before the first rider anniversary.

If this rider is available in your state and both you and the annuitant are age 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the Benefit Protector to your contract. You must elect the Benefit Protector at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date. You may not select this rider if you select the Benefit Protector Plus or the EDB.

Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Since the benefit paid by the rider is determined by the amount of earnings at death, the amount of the benefit paid may be reduced as a result of taking any withdrawals including RMDs. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional and tax advisor whether or not the Benefit Protector is appropriate for your situation.

The Benefit Protector provides that if you or the annuitant die after the first rider anniversary, but before annuity payouts begin, and while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary:

• the ROP death benefit

• 40% of your earnings at death if you and the annuitant were under age 70 on the rider effective date, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old; or

• 15% of your earnings at death if you or the annuitant were age 70 or older on the rider effective date, up to a maximum of 37.5% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old.

Earnings at death: This is determined by taking the current death benefit, and subtracting any purchase payments not previously withdrawn. Partial withdrawals reduce earnings before reducing purchase payments in the contract. This determines how much of the applicable death benefit is made up of contract earnings. We set maximum earnings at death of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old. Earnings at death cannot be less than zero.

Terminating the Benefit Protector

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of any rider anniversary beginning with the seventh rider anniversary.

• The rider will terminate when you make a full withdrawal from the contract or when annuity payouts begin.

Example of the Benefit Protector

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and you and the annuitant are under age 70. You select an Option L contract with the MAV death benefit.

• During the first contract year the contract value grows to $105,000. The MAV death benefit equals the contract value. You have not reached the first contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector does not provide any additional benefit at this time.

• On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death
(MAV death benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000

• On the second contract anniversary the contract value falls to $105,000. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (MAV):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death):

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    39

0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000

• During the third contract year the contract value remains at $105,000 and you request a partial withdrawal of $50,000, including the applicable 7% withdrawal charge. We will withdraw $10,500 from your contract value free of charge (10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value). The remainder of the withdrawal is subject to a 7% withdrawal charge because your contract is in its third year of the withdrawal charge schedule, so we will withdraw $39,500 ($36,735 + $2,765 in withdrawal charges) from your contract value. Altogether, we will withdraw $50,000 and pay you $47,235. We calculate purchase payments not previously withdrawn as $100,000 – $45,000 = $55,000 (remember that $5,000 of the partial withdrawal is contract earnings). The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (MAV adjusted for partial withdrawals):	$57,619
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death):
0.40 × ($57,619 – $55,000) =	+1,048
Total death benefit of:	$58,667

• On the third contract anniversary the contract value falls to $40,000. The death benefit equals the previous death benefit. The reduction in contract value has no effect.

• On the ninth contract anniversary the contract value grows to a new high of $200,000. Earnings at death reaches its maximum of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old.

The death benefit equals:
MAV death benefit (contract value):	$200,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old)	+55,000
Total death benefit of:	$255,000

• During the tenth contract year you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000. Your new contract value is now $250,000. The new purchase payment is less than one year old and so it has no effect on the Benefit Protector value. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old)	+55,000
Total death benefit of:	$305,000

• During the eleventh contract year the contract value remains $250,000 and the “new” purchase payment is one year old and the value of the Benefit Protector changes. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (MAV death benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($250,000 – $105,000) =	+58,000
Total death benefit of:	$308,000

If your spouse is the sole beneficiary and you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner. Your spouse and the new annuitant will be subject to all the limitations and restrictions of the rider just as if they were purchasing a new contract. If your spouse and the new annuitant do not qualify for the rider on the basis of age we will terminate the rider. If they do qualify for the rider on the basis of age we will set the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid and we will substitute this new contract value on the date of death for “purchase payments not previously withdrawn” used in calculating earnings at death. Your spouse also has the option of discontinuing the Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider within 30 days of the date of death.

NOTE: For special tax considerations associated with the Benefit Protector, see “Taxes.”

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus)

The Benefit Protector Plus is intended to provide an additional benefit to your beneficiary to help offset expenses after your death such as funeral expenses or federal and state taxes. This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge (see “Charges”). The Benefit Protector Plus provides reduced benefits if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older at the rider effective date. It does not provide any additional benefit before the first rider anniversary and it does not provide any benefit beyond what is offered under the Benefit Protector rider during the second rider year.

40    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If this rider is available in your state and both you and the annuitant are age 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the Benefit Protector Plus to you contract. You must elect the Benefit Protector Plus at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date. This rider is only available for transfers, exchanges or rollovers from another annuity or life insurance policy. You may not select this rider if you select the Benefit Protector or the EDB. Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Since the benefit paid by the rider is determined by the amount of earnings at death, the amount of the benefit paid may be reduced as a result of taking any withdrawals including RMDs. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional and tax advisor whether or not the Benefit Protector Plus is appropriate for your situation.

The Benefit Protector Plus provides that if you or the annuitant die after the first rider anniversary, but before annuity payouts begin, and while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary:

• the benefits payable under the Benefit Protector described above, plus

• a percentage of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue not previously withdrawn as follows:

Rider Year	Percentage if you and the annuitant are under age 70 on the rider effective date	Percentage if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older on the rider effective date
One and Two	0%	0%
Three and Four	10%	3.75%
Five or more	20%	7.5%

Another way to describe the benefits payable under the Benefit Protector Plus rider is as follows:

• the ROP death benefit (see “Benefits in Case of Death”) plus:

Rider Year	If you and the annuitant are under age 70 on the rider effective date, add…	If you or the annuitant are age 70 or older on the rider effective date, add…
One	Zero	Zero
Two	40% × earnings at death (see above)	15% × earnings at death
Three & Four	40% × (earnings at death + 25% of initial purchase payment*)	15% × (earnings at death + 25% of initial purchase payment*)
Five or more	40% × (earnings at death + 50% of initial purchase payment*)	15% × (earnings at death + 50% of initial purchase payment*)

* Initial purchase payments are payments made within 60 days of rider issue not previously withdrawn.

Terminating the Benefit Protector Plus

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of any rider anniversary beginning with the seventh rider anniversary.

• The rider will terminate when you make a full withdrawal from the contract or when annuity payouts begin.

Example of the Benefit Protector Plus

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and you and the annuitant are under age 70. You select an Option L contract with the MAV death benefit.

• During the first contract year the contract value grows to $105,000. The MAV death benefit equals the contract value. You have not reached the first contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector Plus does not provide any additional benefit at this time.

• On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. You have not reached the second contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector Plus does not provide any benefit beyond what is provided by the Benefit Protector at this time. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (MAV rider minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000

• On the second contract anniversary the contract value falls to $105,000. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (MAV):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death:
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
plus 10% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    41

0.10 × $100,000 =	+10,000
Total death benefit of:	$124,000

• During the third contract year the contract value remains at $105,000 and you request a partial withdrawal of $50,000, including the applicable 7% withdrawal charge. We will withdraw $10,500 from your contract value free of charge (10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value). The remainder of the withdrawal is subject to a 7% withdrawal charge because your contract is in its third year of the withdrawal charge schedule, so we will withdraw $39,500 ($36,735 + $2,765 in withdrawal charges) from your contract value. Altogether, we will withdraw $50,000 and pay you $47,235. We calculate purchase payments not previously withdrawn as $100,000 – $45,000 = $55,000 (remember that $5,000 of the partial withdrawal is contract earnings). The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (MAV adjusted for partial withdrawals):	$57,619
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death:
0.40 × ($57,619 – $55,000) =	+1,048
plus 10% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:
0.10 × $55,000 =	+5,500
Total death benefit of:	$64,167

• On the third contract anniversary the contract value falls to $40,000. The death benefit equals the previous death benefit. The reduction in contract value has no effect.

• On the ninth contract anniversary the contract value grows to a new high of $200,000. Earnings at death reaches its maximum of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old. Because we are beyond the fourth contract anniversary the Benefit Protector Plus also reaches its maximum of 20%. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$200,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:	+55,000
0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$266,000

• During the tenth contract year you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000. Your new contract value is now $250,000. The new purchase payment is less than one year old and so it has no effect on the Benefit Protector Plus value. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:	+55,000
0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$ 316,000

• During the eleventh contract year the contract value remains $250,000 and the “new” purchase payment is one year old. The value of the Benefit Protector Plus remains constant. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (MAV death benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($250,000 – $105,000) =	+58,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:
0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$319,000

If your spouse is sole beneficiary and you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. We will then terminate the Benefit Protector Plus and substitute the applicable death benefit (see “Benefits in Case of Death”).

NOTE: For special tax considerations associated with the Benefit Protector Plus, see “Taxes.”

42    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Optional Living Benefits

Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB)

The GMIB is intended to provide you with a guaranteed minimum lifetime income regardless of the volatility inherent in the investments in the subaccounts. If the annuitant is between age 70 and age 75 at contract issue, you should consider whether the GMIB is appropriate for your situation because:

• you must hold the GMIB for 10 years*,

• the GMIB terminates** on the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday,

• you can only exercise the GMIB within 30 days after a contract anniversary*,

• the MAV and the 5% rising floor values we use in the GMIB benefit base to calculate annuity payouts under the GMIB are limited after age 81, and

• there are additional costs associated with the rider.

Be sure to discuss whether or not the GMIB is appropriate for your situation with your investment professional.

*	Unless the annuitant qualifies for a contingent event (see “Charges — Contingent events”).
**	The rider and annual fee terminate on the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday; however, if you exercise the GMIB rider before this time, your benefits will continue according to the annuity payout plan you have selected.

If you are purchasing the contract as a qualified annuity, such as an IRA, and you are planning to begin annuity payouts after the date on which minimum distributions required by the IRS must begin, you should consider whether the GMIB is appropriate for you. Partial withdrawals you take from the contract, including those taken to satisfy RMDs, will reduce the GMIB benefit base (defined below), which in turn may reduce or eliminate the amount of any annuity payments available under the rider (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Consult a tax advisor before you purchase any GMIB with a qualified annuity, such as an IRA.

If this rider is available in your state and the annuitant is 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add this optional benefit to your contract for an additional annual charge (see “Charges”). If you select the GMIB, you must elect the EDB at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date.

In some instances, we may allow you to add the GMIB to your contract at a later date if it was not available when you initially purchased your contract. In these instances, we would add the GMIB on the next contract anniversary and this would become the rider effective date. For purposes of calculating the GMIB benefit base under these circumstances, we consider the contract value on the rider effective date to be the initial purchase payment; we disregard all previous purchase payments, transfers and withdrawals in the GMIB calculations.

Investment selection under the GMIB: For contract Option L, you may allocate your purchase payments or transfers to any of the subaccounts, GPAs or the one-year fixed account. For contract Option C, you may allocate payments to the subaccounts. We reserve the right to limit the amount you allocate to subaccounts investing in the Columbia Variable Portfolio — Cash Management Fund to 10% of the total amount in the subaccounts. If we are required to activate this restriction, and you have more than 10% of your subaccount value in this fund, we will send you a notice and ask that you reallocate your contract value so that the 10% limitation is satisfied within 60 days. We will terminate the GMIB if you have not satisfied the limitation after 60 days.

GMIB benefit base: If the GMIB is effective at contract issue, the GMIB benefit base is the greatest of these four values:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments minus adjusted partial withdrawals; or
3.	the maximum anniversary value at the last contract anniversary plus any payments made since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals since that anniversary; or
4.	the 5% rising floor.

Keep in mind that the MAV and the 5% rising floor values are limited after age 81.

We reserve the right to exclude from the GMIB benefit base any purchase payments you make in the five years before you exercise the GMIB. We would do so only if such payments total $50,000 or more or if they are 25% or more of total contract payments. If we exercise this right, we:

• subtract each payment adjusted for market value from the contract value and the MAV.

• subtract each payment from the 5% rising floor. We adjust the payments made to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account for market value. We increase payments allocated to the subaccounts by 5% for the number of full contract years they have been in the contract before we subtract them from the 5% rising floor.

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    43

For each payment, we calculate the market value adjustment to the contract value, MAV, the GPAs and the one-year fixed account value of the 5% rising floor as:

PMT × CVG

ECV

PMT	=	each purchase payment made in the five years before you exercise the GMIB.
CVG	=	current contract value at the time you exercise the GMIB.
ECV	=	the estimated contract value on the anniversary prior to the payment in question. We assume that all payments and partial withdrawals occur at the beginning of a contract year.

For each payment, we calculate the 5% increase of payments allocated to the subaccounts as:

PMT x (1.05)^CY

CY = the full number of contract years the payment has been in the contract.

Exercising the GMIB

• you may only exercise the GMIB within 30 days after any contract anniversary following the expiration of a ten-year waiting period from the rider effective date. However, there is an exception if at any time the annuitant experiences a “contingent event” (disability, terminal illness or confinement to a nursing home or hospital, see “Charges — Contingent events” for more details.)

• the annuitant on the retirement date must be between 50 and 86 years old.

• you can only take an annuity payout under one of the following annuity payout plans:

– Plan A — Life Annuity – no refund

– Plan B — Life Annuity with ten years certain

– Plan D — Joint and last survivor life annuity – no refund

• you may change the annuitant for the payouts.

When you exercise your GMIB, you may select a fixed or variable annuity payout plan. Fixed annuity payouts are calculated using the annuity purchase rates based on the “1983 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” with 100% Projection Scale G. Your annuity payouts remain fixed for the lifetime of the annuity payout period.

First year variable annuity payouts are calculated in the same manner as fixed annuity payouts. Once calculated, your annuity payouts remain unchanged for the first year. After the first year, subsequent annuity payouts are variable and depend on the performance of the subaccounts you select. Variable annuity payouts after the first year are calculated using the following formula:

Pt-1(1 + i)	=	Pt
1.05

Pt–1	=	prior annuity payout
Pt	=	current annuity payout
i	=	annualized subaccount performance

Each subsequent variable annuity payout could be more or less than the previous variable annuity payout if the subaccount investment performance is greater or less than the 5% assumed investment rate. If your subaccount performance equals 5%, your annuity payout will be unchanged from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount performance is in excess of 5%, your variable annuity payout will increase from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount investment performance is less than 5%, your variable annuity payout will decrease from the previous annuity payout.

If you exercise the GMIB under a contingent event, you can take up to 50% of the benefit base in cash. You can use the balance of the GMIB benefit base for annuity payouts calculated using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates under any one of the payout plans listed above as long as the annuitant is between 50 and 86 years old on the retirement date.

The GMIB benchmarks the contract growth at each anniversary against several comparison values and sets the GMIB benefit base equal to the largest value. The GMIB benefit base, less any applicable premium tax, is the value we apply to the guaranteed annuity purchase rates stated in Table B of the contract to calculate the minimum annuity payouts you will receive if you exercise the GMIB. If the GMIB benefit base is greater than the contract value, the GMIB may provide a higher annuity payout level than is otherwise available. However, the GMIB uses guaranteed annuity purchase rates which may result in annuity payouts that are less than those using the annuity purchase rates that we will apply at annuitization under the standard contract provisions. Therefore, the level of income provided by the GMIB may be less

44    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

than the income the contract otherwise provides. If the annuity payouts through the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available through the GMIB, you will receive the higher standard payout option. The GMIB does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

Terminating the GMIB

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days after the first and fifth rider anniversaries.

• You may terminate the rider any time after the tenth rider anniversary.

• The rider will terminate on the date:

– you make a full withdrawal from the contract;

– a death benefit is payable; or

– you choose to begin taking annuity payouts under the regular contract provisions.

•	The rider will terminate* 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday.
*	The rider and annual fee terminate 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday; however, if you exercise the GMIB rider before this time, your benefits will continue according to the annuity payout plan you have selected.

Example

• You purchase the contract during the 2004 calendar year with a payment of $100,000 and you allocate all your purchase payments to the subaccounts.

• There are no additional purchase payments and no partial withdrawals.

• Assume the annuitant is male and age 55 at contract issue. For the joint and last survivor option (annuity payout Plan D), the joint annuitant is female and age 55 at contract issue.

Taking into account fluctuations in contract value due to market conditions, we calculate the GMIB benefit base as:

Contract anniversary	Contract value	MAV	5% rising floor	GMIB benefit base
1	$107,000	$107,000	$105,000
2	125,000	125,000	110,250
3	132,000	132,000	115,763
4	150,000	150,000	121,551
5	85,000	150,000	127,628
6	120,000	150,000	134,010
7	138,000	150,000	140,710
8	152,000	152,000	147,746
9	139,000	152,000	155,133
10	126,000	152,000	162,889	$162,889
11	138,000	152,000	171,034	171,034
12	147,000	152,000	179,586	179,586
13	163,000	163,000	188,565	188,565
14	159,000	163,000	197,993	197,993
15	212,000	212,000	207,893	212,000

NOTE: The MAV and 5% rising floor values are limited after age 81. Additionally, the GMIB benefit base may increase if the contract value increases. However, you should keep in mind that you are always entitled to annuitize using the contract value without exercising the GMIB.

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after a contract anniversary, the payout under a fixed annuity option (which is the same as the minimum payout for the first year under a variable annuity option) would be:

Contract anniversary at exercise	GMIB benefit base	Plan A – life annuity — no refund	Minimum Guaranteed Monthly Income
			Plan B – life annuity with ten years certain	Plan D – joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund
10	$162,889 (5% rising floor)	$840.51	$817.70	$672.73
15	212,000 (MAV)	1,250.80	1,193.56	968.84

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    45

The payouts above are shown at guaranteed annuity rates of 3% stated in Table B of the contract. Payouts under the standard provisions of this contract will be based on our annuity rates in effect at annuitization and are guaranteed to be greater than or equal to the guaranteed annuity rates stated in Table B of the contract. The fixed annuity payout available under the standard provisions of this contract would be at least as great as shown below:

Contract anniversary at exercise	Contract value	Plan A – life annuity — no refund	Plan B – life annuity with ten years certain	Plan D – joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund
10	$126,000	$650.16	$ 632.52	$520.38
15	212,000	1,250.80	1,193.56	968.84

At the 15th contract anniversary you would not experience a benefit from the GMIB as the payout available to you is equal to or less than the payout available under the standard provisions of the contract. When the GMIB payout is less than the payout available under the standard provisions of the contract, you will receive the higher standard payout.

Remember that after the first year, lifetime income payouts under a variable annuity payout option will depend on the investment performance of the subaccounts you select. If your subaccount performance is 5%, your annuity payout will be unchanged from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount performance is in excess of 5%, your variable annuity payout will increase from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount investment performance is less than 5%, your variable annuity payout will decrease from the previous annuity payout.

This fee currently costs 0.70% of the GMIB benefit base annually and it is taken in a lump sum from the contract value on each contract anniversary at the end of each contract year. If the contract is terminated or if annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the fee at that time adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place. We cannot increase the GMIB fee after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin. We calculate the fee as follows:

BB + AT – FAV

BB	=	the GMIB benefit base.
AT	=	adjusted transfers from the subaccounts to the GPAs or the one-year fixed account made in the six months before the contract anniversary calculated as:

PT × VAT

SVT

PT	=	the amount transferred from the subaccounts to the GPAs or the one-year fixed account within six months of the contract anniversary.
VAT	=	variable account floor on the date of (but prior to) the transfer.
SVT	=	value of the subaccounts on the date of (but prior to) the transfer.
FAV	=	the value of the GPAs and the one-year fixed accounts.

The result of AT – FAV will never be greater than zero. This allows us to base the GMIB fee largely on the subaccounts.

Example

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and allocate all of your payment to the subaccounts.

• You make no transfers or partial withdrawals.

Contract anniversary	Contract value	GMIB fee percentage	Value on which we base the GMIB fee	GMIB fee charged to you
1	$80,000	0.70%	5% rising floor = $100,000 × 1.05	$735
2	150,000	0.70%	Contract value = $150,000	1,050
3	102,000	0.70%	MAV = $150,000	1,050

The Annuity Payout Period

As owner of the contract, you have the right to decide how and to whom annuity payouts will be made starting at the retirement date. You may select one of the annuity payout plans outlined below, or we may mutually agree on other payout arrangements. We do not deduct any withdrawal charges upon retirement but withdrawal charges may apply when electing to exercise liquidity features we may make available under certain fixed annuity payout options.

You also decide whether we will make annuity payouts on a fixed or variable basis, or a combination of fixed and variable. The amount available to purchase payouts under the plan you select is the contract value on your retirement date after any rider charges have been deducted. Additionally, we currently allow you to use part of the amount available to purchase payouts, leaving any remaining contract value to accumulate on a tax-deferred basis. Special rules apply for

46    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

partial annuitization of your annuity contract, see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities — Annuity payouts” and “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Annuity payouts.” If you select a variable annuity payout, we reserve the right to limit the number of subaccounts in which you may invest. The GPAs are not available during this payout period.

Amounts of fixed and variable payouts depend on:

• the annuity payout plan you select;

• the annuitant’s age and, in most cases, sex;

• the annuity table in the contract; and

• the amounts you allocated to the accounts at settlement.

In addition, for variable annuity payouts only, amounts depend on the investment performance of the subaccounts you select. These payouts will vary from month to month because the performance of the funds will fluctuate. Fixed payouts generally remain the same from month to month unless you have elected an option providing for increasing payments.

For information with respect to transfers between accounts after annuity payouts begin, see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transfer policies.”

Annuity Tables

The annuity tables in your contract (Table A and Table B) show the amount of the monthly payout for each $1,000 of contract value according to the age and, when applicable, the annuitant’s sex. (Where required by law, we will use a unisex table of settlement rates.)

Table A shows the amount of the first monthly variable annuity payout assuming that the contract value is invested at the beginning of the annuity payout period and earns a 5% rate of return, which is reinvested and helps to support future payouts. If you ask us at least 30 days before the retirement date, we will substitute an annuity table based on an assumed 3.5% investment rate for the 5% Table A in the contract. The assumed investment rate affects both the amount of the first payout and the extent to which subsequent payouts increase or decrease. For example, annuity payouts will increase if the investment return is above the assumed investment rate and payouts will decrease if the return is below the assumed investment rate. Using a 5% assumed interest rate results in a higher initial payout, but later payouts will increase more slowly when annuity unit values rise and decrease more rapidly when they decline.

Table B shows the minimum amount of each fixed annuity payout. We declare current payout rates that we use in determining the actual amount of your fixed annuity payout. The current payout rates will equal or exceed the guaranteed payout rates shown in Table B. We will furnish these rates to you upon request.

Annuity Payout Plans

We make available variable annuity payouts where payout amounts will vary based on the performance of the variable account. We may also make fixed annuity payouts available where payments of a fixed amount are made for the period specified in the plan, subject to any surrender we may permit. You may choose any one of these annuity payout plans by giving us written instructions at least 30 days before the retirement date. Generally, you may select one of the Plans A through E below or another plan agreed to by us.

• Plan A – Life annuity — no refund: We make monthly payouts until the annuitant’s death. Payouts end with the last payout before the annuitant’s death. We will not make any further payouts. This means that if the annuitant dies after we made only one monthly payout, we will not make any more payouts.

• Plan B – Life annuity with five, ten or 15 years certain: We make monthly payouts for a guaranteed payout period of five, ten or 15 years that you elect. This election will determine the length of the payout period in the event the annuitant dies before the elected period expires. We calculate the guaranteed payout period from the retirement date. If the annuitant outlives the elected guaranteed payout period, we will continue to make payouts until the annuitant’s death.

• Plan C – Life annuity — installment refund: We make monthly payouts until the annuitant’s death, with our guarantee that payouts will continue for some period of time. We will make payouts for at least the number of months determined by dividing the amount applied under this option by the first monthly payout, whether or not the annuitant is living.

• Plan D – Joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund: We make monthly payouts while both the annuitant and a joint annuitant are living. If either annuitant dies, we will continue to make monthly payouts at the full amount until the death of the surviving annuitant. Payouts end with the death of the second annuitant.

• Plan E – Payouts for a specified period: We make monthly payouts for a specific payout period of ten to 30 years that you elect. We will make payouts only for the number of years specified whether the annuitant is living or not. Depending on the selected time period, it is foreseeable that an annuitant can outlive the payout period selected. During the annuity payout period, you may make full and partial withdrawals. If you make a full withdrawal, you can elect to have us determine the present value of any remaining variable payouts and pay it to you in a lump sum.

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    47

For Plan A, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, no payments will be made. For Plan B, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue for the guaranteed payout period. For Plan C, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue for the installment refund period. For Plan D, if both annuitants die before the initial payment, no payments will be made; however, if one annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue until the death of the surviving annuitant.

In addition to the annuity payout plans described above, we may offer additional payout plans. Terms and conditions of annuity payout plans will be disclosed at the time of election, including any associated fees or charges. It is important to remember that the election and use of liquidity features will result in payouts ceasing.

Utilizing a liquidity feature to withdraw the underlying value of remaining payouts may result in the assessment of a withdrawal charge (See “Charges — Withdrawal charge”) or a 10% IRS penalty tax. (See “Taxes.”).

Annuity payout plan requirements for qualified annuities: If your contract is a qualified annuity, you must select a payout plan as of the retirement date set forth in your contract. You have the responsibility for electing a payout plan under your contract that complies with applicable law. Your contract describes your payout plan options. The options will meet certain IRS regulations governing RMDs if the payout plan meets the incidental distribution benefit requirements, if any, and the payouts are made:

• in equal or substantially equal payments over a period not longer than your life expectancy, or over the joint life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary; or

• over a period certain not longer than your life expectancy or over the joint life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary.

If we do not receive instructions: You must give us written instructions for the annuity payouts at least 30 days before the annuitant’s retirement date. If you do not, we will make payouts under Plan B, with 120 monthly payouts guaranteed.

If monthly payouts would be less than $20: We will calculate the amount of monthly payouts at the time the contract value is used to purchase a payout plan. If the calculations show that monthly payouts would be less than $20, we have the right to pay the contract value to the owner in a lump sum or to change the frequency of the payouts.

Death after annuity payouts begin: If you or the annuitant die after annuity payouts begin, we will pay any amount payable to the beneficiary as provided in the annuity payout plan in effect. Payments to beneficiaries are subject to adjustment to comply with the IRS rules and regulations.

Taxes

Under current law, your contract has a tax-deferral feature. Generally, this means you do not pay income tax until there is a taxable distribution (or deemed distribution) from the contract. We will send a tax information reporting form for any year in which we made a taxable or reportable distribution according to our records.

Nonqualified Annuities

Generally, only the increase in the value of a non-qualified annuity contract over the investment in the contract is taxable. Certain exceptions apply. Federal tax law requires that all nonqualified deferred annuity contracts issued by the same company (and possibly its affiliates) to the same owner during a calendar year be taxed as a single, unified contract when distributions are taken from any one of those contracts.

Annuity payouts: Generally, unlike withdrawals described below, the income taxation of annuity payouts is subject to exclusion ratios (for fixed annuity payouts) or annual excludable amounts (for variable annuity payouts). In other words, in most cases, a portion of each payout will be ordinary income and subject to tax, and a portion of each payout will be considered a return of part of your investment in the contract and will not be taxed. All amounts you receive after your investment in the contract is fully recovered will be subject to tax. Under Annuity Payout Plan A: Life annuity — no refund, where the annuitant dies before your investment in the contract is fully recovered, the remaining portion of the unrecovered investment may be available as a federal income tax deduction to the owner for the last taxable year. Under all other annuity payout plans, where the annuity payouts end before your investment in the contract is fully recovered, the remaining portion of the unrecovered investment may be available as a federal income tax deduction to the taxpayer for the tax year in which the payouts end. (See “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Federal tax law permits taxpayers to annuitize a portion of their nonqualified annuity while leaving the remaining balance to continue to grow tax-deferred. Under the partial annuitization rules, the portion annuitized must be received as an annuity for a period of 10 years or more, or for the lives of one or more individuals. If this requirement is met, the annuitized portion and the tax-deferred balance will generally be treated as two separate contracts for income tax purposes only. If a contract is partially annuitized, the investment in the contract is allocated between the deferred and the annuitized portions on a pro rata basis.

48    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Withdrawals: Generally, if you withdrawal all or part of your nonqualified annuity your annuity payouts begin, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, your withdrawal will be taxed to the extent that the contract value immediately before the withdrawal exceeds the investment in the contract. Different rules may apply if you exchange another contract into this contract.

You also may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty for withdrawals of taxable income you make before reaching age 59½ unless certain exceptions apply.

Withholding: If you receive taxable income as a result of an annuity payout or withdrawal, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, we may deduct federal, and in some cases state withholding against the payment. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your income tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. As long as you have provided us with a valid Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number, and you have a valid U.S. address, you may be able to elect not to have federal income tax withholding occur.

If the payment is part of an annuity payout plan, we generally compute the amount of federal income tax withholding using payroll tables. You may provide us with a statement of how many exemptions to use in calculating the withholding. If the distribution is any other type of payment (such as partial or full withdrawal) we compute federal income tax withholding using 10% of the taxable portion.

The federal income tax withholding requirements differ if we deliver payment outside the United States or you are a non-resident alien.

Some states also may impose income tax withholding requirements similar to the federal withholding described above or may allow you to elect withholding. If this should be the case, we may deduct state income tax withholding from the payment.

Death benefits to beneficiaries: The death benefit under a nonqualified contract is not exempt from estate (federal or state) taxes. In addition, for income tax purposes, any amount your beneficiary receives that exceeds the remaining investment in the contract is taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary in the year he or she receives the payments. (See also “Benefits in Case of Death — If You Die Before the Retirement Date”).

Net Investment Income Tax (also known as Medicare contribution tax): Effective for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2013, certain investment income of high-income individuals (as well as estates and trusts) is subject to a 3.8% net investment income tax (as an addition to income taxes). For individuals, the 3.8% tax applies to the lesser of (1) the amount by which the taxpayer’s modified adjusted gross income exceeds $200,000 ($250,000 for married filing jointly and surviving spouses; $125,000 for married filing separately) or (2) the taxpayer’s “net investment income.” Net investment income includes taxable income from nonqualified annuities. Annuity holders are advised to consult their tax advisor regarding the possible implications of this additional tax.

Annuities owned by corporations, partnerships or irrevocable trusts: For nonqualified annuities, any annual increase in the value of annuities held by such entities (non-natural persons) generally will be treated as ordinary income received during that year. However, if the trust was set up for the benefit of a natural person(s) only, the income may remain tax-deferred until withdrawn or paid out.

Penalties: If you receive amounts from your nonqualified annuity before reaching age 59½, you may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty on the amount includable in your ordinary income. However, this penalty will not apply to any amount received:

• because of your death or in the event of non-natural ownership, the death of annuitant;

• because you become disabled (as defined in the Code);

• if the distribution is part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments, made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or joint lives or life expectancies of you and your beneficiary);

• if it is allocable to an investment before Aug. 14, 1982; or

• if annuity payouts are made under immediate annuities as defined by the Code.

Transfer of ownership: Generally, if you transfer ownership of a nonqualified annuity without receiving adequate consideration, the transfer may be taxed as a withdrawal for federal income tax purposes. If the transfer is a currently taxable event for income tax purposes, the original owner will be taxed on the amount of deferred earnings at the time of the transfer and also may be subject to the 10% IRS penalty discussed earlier. In this case, the new owner’s investment in the contract will be equal to the investment in the contract at the time of the transfer plus any earnings included in the original owner’s taxable income as a result of the transfer. In general, this rule does not apply to transfers between spouses or former spouses. Similar rules apply if you transfer ownership for full consideration. Please consult your tax advisor for further details.

1035 Exchanges: Section 1035 of the Code permits nontaxable exchanges of certain insurance policies, endowment contracts, annuity contracts and qualified long-term care insurance contracts while providing for continued tax deferral of earnings. In addition, Section 1035 permits the carryover of the investment in the contract from the old policy or

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    49

contract to the new policy or contract. In a 1035 exchange one policy or contract is exchanged for another policy or contract. The following can qualify as nontaxable exchanges: (1) the exchange of a life insurance policy for another life insurance policy or for an endowment, annuity or qualified long-term care insurance contract, (2) the exchange of an endowment contract for an annuity or qualified long-term care insurance contract, or for an endowment contract under which payments will begin no later than payments would have begun under the contract exchanged, (3) the exchange of an annuity contract for another annuity or for a qualified long-term care insurance contract, and (4) the exchange of a qualified long-term care insurance contract for a qualified long-term care insurance contract. Additionally, other tax rules apply. However, if the life insurance policy has an outstanding loan, there may be tax consequences. Depending on the issue date of your original policy or contract, there may be tax or other benefits that are given up to gain the benefits of the new policy or contract. Consider whether the features and benefits of the new policy or contract outweigh any tax or other benefits of the old contract.

For a partial exchange of an annuity contract for another annuity contract, the 1035 exchange is generally tax-free. The investment in the original contract and the earnings on the contract will be allocated proportionately between the original and new contracts. However, per IRS Revenue Procedure 2011-38, if withdrawals are taken from either contract within the 180-day period following a partial 1035 exchange, the IRS will apply general tax principles to determine the appropriate tax treatment of the exchange and subsequent withdrawal. As a result, there may be unexpected tax consequences. You should consult your tax advisor before taking any withdrawal from either contract during the 180-day period following a partial exchange.

Assignment: If you assign or pledge your contract as collateral for a loan, earnings on purchase payments you made after Aug. 13, 1982 will be taxed as a deemed distribution and also may be subject to the 10% penalty as discussed above.

Qualified Annuities

Adverse tax consequences may result if you do not ensure that contributions, distributions and other transactions under the contract comply with the law. Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions. You should refer to your retirement plan’s Summary Plan Description, your IRA disclosure statement, or consult a tax advisor for additional information about the distribution rules applicable to your situation.

When you use your contract to fund a retirement plan or IRA that is already tax-deferred under the Code, the contract will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral. If your contract is used to fund an employer sponsored plan, your right to benefits may be subject to the terms and conditions of the plan regardless of the terms of the contract.

Annuity payouts: Under a qualified annuity, except a Roth IRA, Roth 401(k) or Roth 403(b), the entire payout generally is includable as ordinary income and is subject to tax unless: (1) the contract is an IRA to which you made non-deductible contributions; or (2) you rolled after-tax dollars from a retirement plan into your IRA; or 3) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you or your employer have contributed after-tax dollars; or (4) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you direct such payout to be directly rolled over to another eligible retirement plan such as an IRA. We may permit partial annuitizations of qualified annuity contracts. If we accept partial annuitizations, please remember that your contract will still need to comply with other requirements such as required minimum distributions and the payment of taxes. Prior to considering a partial annuitization on a qualified contract, you should discuss your decision and any implications with your tax adviser. Because we cannot accurately track certain after tax funding sources, we will generally report any payments on partial annuitizations as ordinary income except in the case of a qualified distribution from a Roth IRA.

Annuity payouts from Roth IRAs: In general, the entire payout from a Roth IRA can be free from income and penalty taxes if you have attained age 59½ and meet the five year holding period.

Withdrawals: Under a qualified annuity, except a Roth IRA, Roth 401(k) or Roth 403(b), the entire withdrawal will generally be includable as ordinary income and is subject to tax unless: (1) the contract is an IRA to which you made non-deductible contributions; or (2) you rolled after-tax dollars from a retirement plan into your IRA; or (3) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you or your employer have contributed after-tax dollars; or (4) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you direct such withdrawal to be directly rolled over to another eligible retirement plan such as an IRA.

Withdrawals from Roth IRAs: In general, the entire payout from a Roth IRA can be free from income and penalty taxes if you have attained age 59½ and meet the five year holding period or another qualifying event such as death or disability.

Required Minimum Distributions: Retirement plans (except for Roth IRAs) are subject to required withdrawals called required minimum distributions (“RMDs”) beginning at age 72 (age 70 ½ if you were born on or before June 30, 1949). RMDs are based on the fair market value of your contract at year-end divided by the life expectancy factor. Certain death benefits and optional riders may be considered in determining the fair market value of your contract for RMD purposes.

50    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

This may cause your RMD to be higher. Inherited IRAs (including inherited Roth IRAs) are subject to special required minimum distribution rules. You should consult your tax advisor prior to making a purchase for an explanation of the potential tax implications to you.

Withholding for IRAs, Roth IRAs, SEPs and SIMPLE IRAs: If you receive taxable income as a result of an annuity payout or a withdrawal, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, we may deduct withholding against the payment. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. As long as you have provided us with a valid Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number, you can elect not to have any withholding occur.

If the payment is part of an annuity payout plan, we generally compute the amount of federal income tax withholding using payroll tables. You may provide us with a statement of how many exemptions to use in calculating the withholding. If the distribution is any other type of payment (such as a partial or full withdrawal) we compute federal income tax withholding using 10% of the taxable portion.

The federal income tax withholding requirements differ if we deliver payment outside the United States or you are a non-resident alien.

Some states also may impose income tax withholding requirements similar to the federal withholding described above. If this should be the case, we may deduct state income tax withholding from the payment.

Withholding for all other qualified annuities: If you receive directly all or part of the contract value from a qualified annuity, mandatory 20% federal income tax withholding (and possibly state income tax withholding) generally will be imposed at the time the payout is made from the plan. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. This mandatory withholding will not be imposed if instead of receiving the distribution check, you elect to have the distribution rolled over directly to an IRA or another eligible plan. Payments made to a surviving spouse instead of being directly rolled over to an IRA are also subject to mandatory 20% income tax withholding.

In the below situations, the distribution is subject to an optional 10% withholding instead of the mandatory 20% withholding. We will withhold 10% of the distribution amount unless you elect otherwise.

• the payout is one in a series of substantially equal periodic payouts, made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or the joint lives or life expectancies of you and your designated beneficiary) or over a specified period of 10 years or more;

• the payout is a RMD as defined under the Code;

• the payout is made on account of an eligible hardship; or

• the payout is a corrective distribution.

State withholding also may be imposed on taxable distributions.

Penalties: If you receive amounts from your qualified contract before reaching age 59½, you may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty on the amount includable in your ordinary income. However, this penalty generally will not apply to any amount received:

• because of your death;

• because you become disabled (as defined in the Code);

• if the distribution is part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or joint lives or life expectancies of you and your beneficiary);

• if the distribution is made following severance from employment during or after the calendar year in which you attain age 55 (TSAs and annuities funding 401(a) plans only);

• to pay certain medical or education expenses (IRAs only); or

• if the distribution is made from an inherited IRA.

Death benefits to beneficiaries: The entire death benefit generally is taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary in the year he/she receives the payments from the qualified annuity. If you made non-deductible contributions to a traditional IRA, the portion of any distribution from the contract that represents after-tax contributions is not taxable as ordinary income to your beneficiary. You are responsible for keeping all records tracking your non-deductible contributions to an IRA. Death benefits under a Roth IRA generally are not taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary if certain distribution requirements are met. (See also “Benefits in Case of Death — If you Die Before the Retirement Date”).

Change of retirement plan type: IRS regulations allow for rollovers of certain retirement plan distributions. In some circumstances, you may be able to have an intra-contract rollover, keeping the same features and conditions. If the annuity contract you have does not support an intra-contract rollover, you are able to request an IRS approved rollover to

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    51

another annuity contract or other investment product that you choose. If you choose another annuity contract or investment product, you will be subject to new rules, including a new withdrawal charge schedule for an annuity contract, or other product rules as applicable.

Assignment:You may not assign or pledge your qualified contract as collateral for a loan.

Other

Special considerations if you select any optional rider: As of the date of this prospectus, we believe that charges related to these riders are not subject to current taxation. Therefore, we will not report these charges as partial withdrawals from your contract. However, the IRS may determine that these charges should be treated as partial withdrawals subject to taxation to the extent of any gain as well as the 10% tax penalty for withdrawals before the age of 59½, if applicable, on the taxable portion.

We reserve the right to report charges for these riders as partial withdrawals if we, as a withholding and reporting agent, believe that we are required to report them. In addition, we will report any benefits attributable to these riders on the death of you or the annuitant as an annuity death benefit distribution, not as proceeds from life insurance.

Important: Our discussion of federal tax laws is based upon our understanding of current interpretations of these laws. Federal tax laws or current interpretations of them may change. For this reason and because tax consequences are complex and highly individual and cannot always be anticipated, you should consult a tax advisor if you have any questions about taxation of your contract.

RiverSource Life’s tax status: We are taxed as a life insurance company under the Code. For federal income tax purposes, the subaccounts are considered a part of our company, although their operations are treated separately in accounting and financial statements. Investment income is reinvested in the fund in which each subaccount invests and becomes part of that subaccount’s value. This investment income, including realized capital gains, is not subject to any withholding for federal or state income taxes. We reserve the right to make such a charge in the future if there is a change in the tax treatment of variable annuities or in our tax status as we then understand it.
The company includes in its taxable income the net investment income derived from the investment of assets held in its subaccounts because the company is considered the owner of these assets under federal income tax law.  The company may claim certain tax benefits associated with this investment income.  These benefits, which may include foreign tax credits and the corporate dividend received deduction, are not passed on to you since the company is the owner of the assets under federal tax law and is taxed on the investment income generated by the assets. 

Tax qualification: We intend that the contract qualify as an annuity for federal income tax purposes. To that end, the provisions of the contract are to be interpreted to ensure or maintain such tax qualification, in spite of any other provisions of the contract. We reserve the right to amend the contract to reflect any clarifications that may be needed or are appropriate to maintain such qualification or to conform the contract to any applicable changes in the tax qualification requirements. We will send you a copy of any amendments.

Spousal status: When it comes to your marital status and the identification and naming of any spouse as a beneficiary or party to your contract, we will rely on the representations you make to us. Based on this reliance, we will issue and administer your contract in accordance with these representations. If you represent that you are married and your representation is incorrect or your marriage is deemed invalid for federal or state law purposes, then the benefits and rights under your contract may be different.

If you have any questions as to the status of your relationship as a marriage, then you should consult an appropriate tax or legal advisor.

Voting Rights

As a contract owner with investments in the subaccounts, you may vote on important fund policies until annuity payouts begin. Once they begin, the person receiving them has voting rights. We will vote fund shares according to the instructions of the person with voting rights.

Before annuity payouts begin, the number of votes you have is determined by applying your percentage interest in each subaccount to the total number of votes allowed to the subaccount.

After annuity payouts begin, the number of votes you have is equal to:

• the reserve held in each subaccount for your contract; divided by

• the net asset value of one share of the applicable fund.

As we make annuity payouts, the reserve for the contract decreases; therefore, the number of votes also will decrease.

52    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

We calculate votes separately for each subaccount. We will send notice of shareholders’ meetings, proxy materials and a statement of the number of votes to which the voter is entitled. We are the legal owner of all fund shares and therefore hold all voting rights.  However, to the extent required by law, we will vote the shares of each fund according to instructions we receive from policy owners. We will vote shares for which we have not received instructions and shares that we or our affiliates own in our own names in the same proportion as the votes for which we received instructions. As a result of this proportional voting, in cases when a small number of contract owners vote, their votes will have a greater impact and may even control the outcome.

Substitution of Investments

We may substitute the funds in which the subaccounts invest if:

• laws or regulations change;

• the existing funds become unavailable; or

• in our judgment, the funds no longer are suitable (or are not the most suitable) for the subaccounts.

If any of these situations occur, we have the right to substitute a fund currently listed in this prospectus (existing fund) for another fund (new fund), provided we obtain any required SEC and state insurance law approval. The new fund may have higher fees and/or operating expenses than the existing fund. Also, the new fund may have investment objectives and policies and/or investment advisers which differ from the existing fund.

We may also:

• add new subaccounts;

• combine any two or more subaccounts;

• transfer assets to and from the subaccounts or the variable account; and

• eliminate or close any subaccounts.

We will notify you of any substitution or change.

In the event of any such substitution or change, we may amend the contract and take whatever action is necessary and appropriate without your consent or approval. We will obtain any required prior approval of the SEC or state insurance departments before making any substitution or change.

About the Service Providers

Principal Underwriter

RiverSource Distributors, Inc. (RiverSource Distributors), our affiliate, serves as the principal underwriter and general distributor of the contract. Its offices are located at 70100 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, MN 55474. RiverSource Distributors is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ameriprise Financial, Inc.

Sales of the Contract

New contracts are not currently being offered.

• Only securities broker-dealers (“selling firms”) registered with the SEC and members of the FINRA may sell the contract.

• The contracts are continuously offered to the public through authorized selling firms. We and RiverSource Distributors have a sales agreement with the selling firm. The sales agreement authorizes the selling firm to offer the contracts to the public. RiverSource Distributors pays the selling firm (or an affiliated insurance agency) for contracts its investment professional sell. The selling firm may be required to return sales commissions under certain circumstances including but not limited to when contracts are returned under the free look period.

Payments We May Make to Selling Firms

• We may use compensation plans which vary by selling firm. For example, some of these plans pay selling firms a commission of up to 4.25% each time a purchase payment is made for contract Option L and 1.00% for Contract Option C. We may also pay ongoing trail commissions of up to 1.00% of the contract value. We do not pay or withhold payment of trail commissions based on which investment options you select.

• We may pay selling firms an additional sales commission of up to 1.00% of purchase payments for a period of time we select. For example, we may offer to pay an additional sales commission to get selling firms to market a new or enhanced contract or to increase sales during the period.

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    53

• In addition to commissions, we may, in order to promote sales of the contracts, and as permitted by applicable laws and regulation, pay or provide selling firms with other promotional incentives in cash, credit or other compensation. We generally (but may not) offer these promotional incentives to all selling firms. The terms of such arrangements differ between selling firms. These promotional incentives may include but are not limited to:

• sponsorship of marketing, educational, due diligence and compliance meetings and conferences we or the selling firm may conduct for investment professionals, including subsidy of travel, meal, lodging, entertainment and other expenses related to these meetings;

• marketing support related to sales of the contract including for example, the creation of marketing materials, advertising and newsletters;

• providing service to contract owners; and

• funding other events sponsored by a selling firm that may encourage the selling firm’s investment professionals to sell the contract.

These promotional incentives or reimbursements may be calculated as a percentage of the selling firm’s aggregate, net or anticipated sales and/or total assets attributable to sales of the contract, and/or may be a fixed dollar amount. As noted below this additional compensation may cause the selling firm and its investment professionals to favor the contracts.

Sources of Payments to Selling Firms

When we pay the commissions and other compensation described above from our assets. Our assets may include:

• revenues we receive from fees and expenses that you will pay when buying, owning and making a withdrawal from the contract (see “Expense Summary”);

• compensation we or an affiliate receive from the underlying funds in the form of distribution and services fees (see “The Variable Account and the Funds — The Funds”);

• compensation we or an affiliate receive from a fund’s investment adviser, subadviser, distributor or an affiliate of any of these (see “The Variable Account and the Funds — The Funds”); and

• revenues we receive from other contracts we sell that are not securities and other businesses we conduct.

You do not directly pay the commissions and other compensation described above as the result of a specific charge or deduction under the contract. However, you may pay part or all of the commissions and other compensation described above indirectly through:

• fees and expenses we collect from contract owners, including withdrawal charges; and

• fees and expenses charged by the underlying subaccount funds in which you invest, to the extent we or one of our affiliates receive revenue from the funds or an affiliated person.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Compensation payment arrangements made with selling firms can potentially:

• give selling firms a heightened financial incentive to sell the contract offered in this prospectus over another investment with lower compensation to the selling firm.

• cause selling firms to encourage their investment professionals to sell you the contract offered in this prospectus instead of selling you other alternative investments that may result in lower compensation to the selling firm.

• cause selling firms to grant us access to its investment professionals to promote sales of the contract offered in this prospectus, while denying that access to other firms offering similar contracts or other alternative investments which may pay lower compensation to the selling firm.

Payments to Investment Professionals

• The selling firm pays its investment professionals. The selling firm decides the compensation and benefits it will pay its investment professionals.

• To inform yourself of any potential conflicts of interest, ask the investment professional before you buy, how the selling firm and its investment professionals are being compensated and the amount of the compensation that each will receive if you buy the contract.

Service Providers

Our Service Center performs certain administrative services on the contracts and policies we issue. The address and telephone number of our Service Center are listed on the first page of the prospectus. We also have entered into agreements with certain entities to provide the identified services in connection with the contracts and policies we issue. The entities engaged by RiverSource Life may change over time. Entities that provided services to RiverSource Life in 2019 are listed in the table below.

54    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Name of Service Provider	Services Provided	Address
Ameriprise Financial, Inc.	Business affairs management and administrative support related to new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies	707 Second Avenue South Minneapolis MN 55402 USA
Ameriprise India Private Limited	Administrative support related to new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies annual report filings	Plot No. 14, Sector 18 Udyog Vihar Gurugram, Haryana – 122 015 India
Sykes Enterprise Incorporated	Administrative support related to e new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies	10th Floor, Glorietta BPO 1 Office Tower Makati City 1224 Metro Manila Philippines

Issuer

We issue the contracts. We are a stock life insurance company organized in 1957 under the laws of the state of Minnesota and are located at 829 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, MN 55474. We are a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ameriprise Financial, Inc.

We conduct a conventional life insurance business. We are licensed to do business in 49 states, the District of Columbia and American Samoa. Our primary products currently include fixed and variable annuity contracts and life insurance policies.

Legal Proceedings

Insurance companies have been the subject of increasing regulatory, legislative and judicial scrutiny. Numerous state and federal regulatory agencies have commenced examinations and other inquiries of insurance companies regarding sales and marketing practices (including sales to older consumers and disclosure practices), claims handling, and unclaimed property and escheatment practices and procedures. RiverSource Life has cooperated and will continue to cooperate with the applicable regulators.

RiverSource Life is involved in the normal course of business in a number of other legal and arbitration proceedings concerning matters arising in connection with the conduct of its business activities. RiverSource Life believes that it is not a party to, nor are any of its properties the subject of, any pending legal, arbitration or regulatory investigation, examination or proceeding that is likely to have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is possible that the outcome of any current or future legal, arbitration or regulatory proceeding could have a material impact on results of operations in any particular reporting period as the proceedings are resolved.

Uncertain economic conditions, heightened and sustained volatility in the financial markets and significant financial reform legislation may increase the likelihood that clients and other persons or regulators may present or threaten legal claims or that regulators increase the scope or frequency of examinations of RiverSource Life or the insurance industry generally.

Additional Information

Incorporation of Certain Documents By Reference

The SEC allows us to “incorporate by reference” the information we have filed with the SEC. This means that we can disclose important information to you without actually including the specific information in this prospectus by referring you to other documents filed separately with the SEC. The information incorporated by reference is an important part of this prospectus. Information that we later provide to the SEC, and which is deemed to be “filed” with the SEC, will automatically update information previously filed with the SEC, and may replace information in this prospectus and information previously filed with the SEC. We incorporate by reference RiverSource Life Insurance Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019 as filed with the SEC on Feb.26, 2020under File No. 033-28976 in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and any filings we make with the SEC under Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act (excluding information deemed to be furnished and not filed with the SEC) after the effective date of this registration statement, until all offerings under the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part are completed or terminated. The annual report contains additional information about RiverSource Life Insurance Company, including audited financial statements for the latest fiscal year.

RiverSource Life will furnish you without charge a copy of any or all of the documents incorporated by reference into this prospectus, including any exhibits to such documents which have been specifically incorporated by reference. We will do so upon receipt of your written or oral request. You can contact RiverSource Life at the telephone number and address listed on the first page of this prospectus.

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    55

Available Information

This prospectus is part of a registration statement we file with the SEC. Additional information on RiverSource Life and on this offering is available in the registration statement and other materials we file. You can obtain copies of these materials at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. This prospectus, other information about the contract and other information incorporated by reference are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at (http://www.sec.gov).

Indemnification

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the Act) may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of RiverSource Life pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

56    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix : Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)

The following tables give per-unit information about the financial history of the subaccounts representing the lowest and highest total annual variable account expense combinations. The date in which operations commenced in each subaccount is noted in parentheses. The SAI contains tables that give per-unit information about the financial history of each existing subaccount. We have not provided this information for subaccounts (if any) that were not available under your contract as of December 31, 2019. You may obtain a copy of the SAI without charge by contacting us at the telephone number or address listed on the first page of the prospectus.

Variable account charges of 1.40% of the daily net assets of the variable account.

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
BNY Mellon Sustainable U.S. Equity Portfolio, Inc. - Initial Shares (8/26/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.54	$1.63	$1.43	$1.32	$1.38	$1.23	$0.93	$0.84	$0.85	$0.75
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.04	$1.54	$1.63	$1.43	$1.32	$1.38	$1.23	$0.93	$0.84	$0.85
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	25	25	26	26	52	52	87	91	139	139
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3) (2/21/1995)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.27	$3.45	$2.82	$2.65	$2.66	$2.34	$1.78	$1.58	$1.53	$1.32
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.02	$3.27	$3.45	$2.82	$2.65	$2.66	$2.34	$1.78	$1.58	$1.53
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	691	751	812	971	1,161	1,313	1,652	2,086	2,533	3,074
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.70	$2.91	$2.58	$2.31	$2.41	$2.22	$1.78	$1.58	$1.69	$1.46
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.30	$2.70	$2.91	$2.58	$2.31	$2.41	$2.22	$1.78	$1.58	$1.69
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	266	319	381	449	507	613	1,067	1,539	1,827	2,123
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund (Class 3) (2/21/1995)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.20	$1.20	$1.21	$1.23	$1.24	$1.26	$1.28	$1.30	$1.31	$1.33
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.20	$1.20	$1.20	$1.21	$1.23	$1.24	$1.26	$1.28	$1.30	$1.31
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2,284	2,512	3,009	3,452	2,179	2,496	2,750	2,860	3,784	4,615
Columbia Variable Portfolio – High Yield Bond Fund (Class 3) (8/26/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.23	$2.35	$2.24	$2.03	$2.09	$2.04	$1.95	$1.71	$1.64	$1.46
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.56	$2.23	$2.35	$2.24	$2.03	$2.09	$2.04	$1.95	$1.71	$1.64
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	282	271	329	407	490	560	773	971	1,146	1,400
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Select Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.12	$2.46	$2.22	$1.98	$2.07	$1.98	$1.36	$1.17	$1.29	$1.03
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.45	$2.12	$2.46	$2.22	$1.98	$2.07	$1.98	$1.36	$1.17	$1.29
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	22	24	26	25	38	53	57	67	75	105
Columbia Variable Portfolio – U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.30	$1.29	$1.27	$1.26	$1.26	$1.21	$1.25	$1.25	$1.25	$1.23
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.36	$1.30	$1.29	$1.27	$1.26	$1.26	$1.21	$1.25	$1.25	$1.25
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	273	257	388	467	459	562	619	688	803	893
Fidelity® VIP Dynamic Capital Appreciation Portfolio Service Class 2 (5/1/2001)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.67	$2.86	$2.35	$2.32	$2.33	$2.13	$1.56	$1.30	$1.35	$1.16
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.42	$2.67	$2.86	$2.35	$2.32	$2.33	$2.13	$1.56	$1.30	$1.35
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4	4	4	4	8	11	24	27	75	50
Fidelity® VIP High Income Portfolio Service Class 2 (5/1/2001)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.09	$2.20	$2.08	$1.85	$1.95	$1.96	$1.88	$1.67	$1.64	$1.46
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.36	$2.09	$2.20	$2.08	$1.85	$1.95	$1.96	$1.88	$1.67	$1.64
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	18	18	19	19	40	42	47	52	73	89
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2 (5/1/2001)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.59	$4.27	$3.59	$3.26	$3.36	$3.21	$2.40	$2.12	$2.41	$1.90
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.36	$3.59	$4.27	$3.59	$3.26	$3.36	$3.21	$2.40	$2.12	$2.41
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	152	157	178	202	238	292	449	629	812	1,103
Franklin Global Real Estate VIP Fund – Class 2 (9/22/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.54	$2.77	$2.54	$2.56	$2.58	$2.28	$2.26	$1.80	$1.93	$1.62
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.07	$2.54	$2.77	$2.54	$2.56	$2.58	$2.28	$2.26	$1.80	$1.93
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	72	76	79	97	123	138	187	211	253	310
Franklin Income VIP Fund – Class 2 (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.37	$2.52	$2.33	$2.07	$2.26	$2.19	$1.95	$1.75	$1.74	$1.56
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.72	$2.37	$2.52	$2.33	$2.07	$2.26	$2.19	$1.95	$1.75	$1.74
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	180	181	195	241	265	351	354	439	520	611
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund – Class 2 (9/22/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.44	$2.72	$2.54	$2.22	$2.37	$2.24	$1.77	$1.57	$1.61	$1.47
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.94	$2.44	$2.72	$2.54	$2.22	$2.37	$2.24	$1.77	$1.57	$1.61
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	711	804	950	1,180	1,259	1,538	1,777	2,135	2,449	3,186

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    57

Variable account charges of 1.40% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Franklin Small Cap Value VIP Fund – Class 2 (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.87	$3.34	$3.06	$2.38	$2.61	$2.63	$1.96	$1.68	$1.77	$1.40
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.58	$2.87	$3.34	$3.06	$2.38	$2.61	$2.63	$1.96	$1.68	$1.77
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	34	43	51	56	58	65	90	113	131	165
Franklin Small-Mid Cap Growth VIP Fund – Class 2 (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.06	$1.14	$0.95	$0.92	$0.96	$0.91	$0.67	$0.61	$0.65	$0.52
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.37	$1.06	$1.14	$0.95	$0.92	$0.96	$0.91	$0.67	$0.61	$0.65
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	164	165	186	221	243	265	396	477	750	957
Goldman Sachs VIT Mid Cap Value Fund – Institutional Shares (10/4/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$4.13	$4.68	$4.27	$3.82	$4.26	$3.80	$2.90	$2.48	$2.69	$2.18
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$5.36	$4.13	$4.68	$4.27	$3.82	$4.26	$3.80	$2.90	$2.48	$2.69
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	120	166	189	205	251	271	408	579	677	832
Goldman Sachs VIT U.S. Equity Insights Fund – Institutional Shares (9/22/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.99	$2.15	$1.76	$1.61	$1.64	$1.43	$1.05	$0.93	$0.91	$0.82
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.46	$1.99	$2.15	$1.76	$1.61	$1.64	$1.43	$1.05	$0.93	$0.91
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	78	111	117	77	111	128	138	160	244	348
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.51	$2.94	$2.19	$2.22	$2.17	$2.16	$1.72	$1.45	$1.60	$1.40
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.25	$2.51	$2.94	$2.19	$2.22	$2.17	$2.16	$1.72	$1.45	$1.60
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	45	56	58	73	77	102	196	233	296	371
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Strategic Income Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.79	$1.90	$1.81	$1.73	$1.80	$1.78	$1.81	$1.63	$1.64	$1.45
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.95	$1.79	$1.90	$1.81	$1.73	$1.80	$1.78	$1.81	$1.63	$1.64
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	476	486	563	720	818	1,010	1,478	1,875	2,158	2,738
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series I Shares (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.78	$1.87	$1.49	$1.48	$1.43	$1.33	$0.97	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.40	$1.78	$1.87	$1.49	$1.48	$1.43	$1.33	$0.97	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	210	292	318	239	309	341	415	457	—	—
Invesco V.I. Core Equity Fund, Series I Shares (10/30/1997)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.20	$2.46	$2.21	$2.03	$2.18	$2.05	$1.61	$1.43	$1.45	$1.34
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.80	$2.20	$2.46	$2.21	$2.03	$2.18	$2.05	$1.61	$1.43	$1.45
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	804	983	1,101	1,232	1,472	1,645	1,856	2,171	2,494	2,967
MFS® Investors Trust Series – Initial Class (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.96	$2.10	$1.73	$1.61	$1.63	$1.49	$1.15	$0.97	$1.01	$0.92
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.54	$1.96	$2.10	$1.73	$1.61	$1.63	$1.49	$1.15	$0.97	$1.01
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	37	44	57	77	65	67	84	94	108	173
MFS® Utilities Series – Initial Class (9/22/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.45	$3.46	$3.06	$2.78	$3.30	$2.97	$2.50	$2.23	$2.12	$1.89
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.25	$3.45	$3.46	$3.06	$2.78	$3.30	$2.97	$2.50	$2.23	$2.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	180	282	347	392	438	517	577	652	680	798
Putnam VT Global Health Care Fund – Class IB Shares (5/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.51	$2.57	$2.26	$2.58	$2.43	$1.93	$1.38	$1.15	$1.18	$1.16
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.23	$2.51	$2.57	$2.26	$2.58	$2.43	$1.93	$1.38	$1.15	$1.18
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	26	24	36	59	67	47	49	48	71	94
Putnam VT International Equity Fund – Class IB Shares (9/22/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.30	$1.63	$1.31	$1.36	$1.38	$1.50	$1.19	$0.99	$1.20	$1.11
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.61	$1.30	$1.63	$1.31	$1.36	$1.38	$1.50	$1.19	$0.99	$1.20
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	242	248	282	297	527	565	636	714	947	1,199
Putnam VT Sustainable Leaders Fund – Class IB Shares (9/24/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.37	$2.44	$1.91	$1.80	$1.83	$1.64	$1.22	$1.06	$1.13	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.19	$2.37	$2.44	$1.91	$1.80	$1.83	$1.64	$1.22	$1.06	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	74	78	80	97	117	136	148	210	256	347
Variable Portfolio – Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.31	$2.71	$2.57	$2.07	$2.32	$2.30	$1.73	$1.55	$1.64	$1.34
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.72	$2.31	$2.71	$2.57	$2.07	$2.32	$2.30	$1.73	$1.55	$1.64
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	201	206	240	259	312	366	577	973	1,139	1,364
Wells Fargo VT Index Asset Allocation Fund – Class 2 (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.97	$2.05	$1.86	$1.75	$1.75	$1.50	$1.27	$1.14	$1.09	$0.98
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.33	$1.97	$2.05	$1.86	$1.75	$1.75	$1.50	$1.27	$1.14	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	276	328	342	490	556	536	614	669	648	844

58    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.40% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Wells Fargo VT International Equity Fund – Class 2 (7/31/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.79	$2.20	$1.79	$1.76	$1.75	$1.88	$1.59	$1.43	$1.66	$1.44
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.04	$1.79	$2.20	$1.79	$1.76	$1.75	$1.88	$1.59	$1.43	$1.66
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	69	85	95	114	115	131	178	197	277	324
Wells Fargo VT Omega Growth Fund – Class 2 (7/31/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.98	$4.02	$3.03	$3.06	$3.06	$2.99	$2.17	$1.82	$1.96	$1.66
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$5.38	$3.98	$4.02	$3.03	$3.06	$3.06	$2.99	$2.17	$1.82	$1.96
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	310	349	418	511	551	659	971	1,453	1,779	2,121
Wells Fargo VT Opportunity Fund – Class 2 (8/26/2011)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.92	$2.10	$1.77	$1.60	$1.67	$1.54	$1.19	$1.05	$1.00	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.50	$1.92	$2.10	$1.77	$1.60	$1.67	$1.54	$1.19	$1.05	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	115	165	175	185	200	236	317	356	501	—
Wells Fargo VT Small Cap Growth Fund – Class 2 (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.11	$1.12	$0.90	$0.85	$0.88	$0.91	$0.62	$0.58	$0.62	$0.49
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.37	$1.11	$1.12	$0.90	$0.85	$0.88	$0.91	$0.62	$0.58	$0.62
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	200	219	231	278	311	388	459	490	627	785

Variable account charges of 1.80% of the daily net assets of the variable account.

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
BNY Mellon Sustainable U.S. Equity Portfolio, Inc. - Initial Shares (3/3/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.59	$2.76	$2.44	$2.25	$2.37	$2.12	$1.61	$1.46	$1.48	$1.31
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.43	$2.59	$2.76	$2.44	$2.25	$2.37	$2.12	$1.61	$1.46	$1.48
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.69	$2.85	$2.33	$2.20	$2.22	$1.96	$1.50	$1.34	$1.29	$1.12
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.29	$2.69	$2.85	$2.33	$2.20	$2.22	$1.96	$1.50	$1.34	$1.29
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	116	119	160	180	196	223	339	445	540	619
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3) (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.30	$2.49	$2.22	$1.99	$2.09	$1.93	$1.55	$1.39	$1.49	$1.29
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.80	$2.30	$2.49	$2.22	$1.99	$2.09	$1.93	$1.55	$1.39	$1.49
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	164	208	240	253	308	348	414	545	634	679
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund (Class 3) (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.88	$0.88	$0.89	$0.91	$0.93	$0.94	$0.96	$0.98	$0.99	$1.01
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.88	$0.88	$0.88	$0.89	$0.91	$0.93	$0.94	$0.96	$0.98	$0.99
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	593	766	901	882	733	260	272	410	653	834
Columbia Variable Portfolio – High Yield Bond Fund (Class 3) (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.15	$2.29	$2.19	$1.99	$2.05	$2.02	$1.93	$1.70	$1.64	$1.47
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.47	$2.15	$2.29	$2.19	$1.99	$2.05	$2.02	$1.93	$1.70	$1.64
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	70	92	119	126	152	403	1,217	855	1,573	1,532
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Select Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.47	$2.88	$2.62	$2.34	$2.46	$2.37	$1.62	$1.40	$1.56	$1.25
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.85	$2.47	$2.88	$2.62	$2.34	$2.46	$2.37	$1.62	$1.40	$1.56
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3) (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.07	$1.07	$1.05	$1.05	$1.05	$1.01	$1.05	$1.05	$1.06	$1.05
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.12	$1.07	$1.07	$1.05	$1.05	$1.05	$1.01	$1.05	$1.05	$1.06
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	51	54	76	78	83	268	98	1,195	135	188
Fidelity® VIP Dynamic Capital Appreciation Portfolio Service Class 2 (3/3/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.99	$3.21	$2.65	$2.62	$2.65	$2.43	$1.79	$1.49	$1.56	$1.35
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.81	$2.99	$3.21	$2.65	$2.62	$2.65	$2.43	$1.79	$1.49	$1.56
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Fidelity® VIP High Income Portfolio Service Class 2 (3/3/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.04	$2.15	$2.05	$1.83	$1.94	$1.96	$1.88	$1.68	$1.65	$1.48
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.30	$2.04	$2.15	$2.05	$1.83	$1.94	$1.96	$1.88	$1.68	$1.65
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2 (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.18	$3.80	$3.21	$2.92	$3.02	$2.90	$2.17	$1.93	$2.21	$1.75
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.85	$3.18	$3.80	$3.21	$2.92	$3.02	$2.90	$2.17	$1.93	$2.21
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	30	35	37	42	53	82	107	137	159	168

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    59

Variable account charges of 1.80% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Franklin Global Real Estate VIP Fund – Class 2 (3/3/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.75	$1.92	$1.77	$1.79	$1.81	$1.60	$1.59	$1.27	$1.38	$1.16
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.11	$1.75	$1.92	$1.77	$1.79	$1.81	$1.60	$1.59	$1.27	$1.38
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4	5	6	6	6	32	44	50	57	58
Franklin Income VIP Fund – Class 2 (3/3/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.32	$2.47	$2.29	$2.04	$2.24	$2.18	$1.95	$1.76	$1.75	$1.58
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.64	$2.32	$2.47	$2.29	$2.04	$2.24	$2.18	$1.95	$1.76	$1.75
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	6	28	36	40	63	85	122	102	116	141
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund – Class 2 (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.86	$2.08	$1.95	$1.71	$1.84	$1.75	$1.39	$1.23	$1.27	$1.16
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.24	$1.86	$2.08	$1.95	$1.71	$1.84	$1.75	$1.39	$1.23	$1.27
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	34	34	34	34	9	9	9	9	8	31
Franklin Small Cap Value VIP Fund – Class 2 (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.68	$3.13	$2.88	$2.26	$2.48	$2.51	$1.88	$1.61	$1.71	$1.36
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.33	$2.68	$3.13	$2.88	$2.26	$2.48	$2.51	$1.88	$1.61	$1.71
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	2	14	14	15	15	16
Franklin Small-Mid Cap Growth VIP Fund – Class 2 (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.10	$2.26	$1.89	$1.85	$1.94	$1.84	$1.35	$1.24	$1.33	$1.06
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.71	$2.10	$2.26	$1.89	$1.85	$1.94	$1.84	$1.35	$1.24	$1.33
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	7	7	7	7	7	7	7	7	8	8
Goldman Sachs VIT Mid Cap Value Fund – Institutional Shares (3/3/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.10	$3.53	$3.23	$2.90	$3.25	$2.91	$2.23	$1.92	$2.09	$1.70
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.01	$3.10	$3.53	$3.23	$2.90	$3.25	$2.91	$2.23	$1.92	$2.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	90	106	120	126	143	154	199	268	328	351
Goldman Sachs VIT U.S. Equity Insights Fund – Institutional Shares (3/3/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.93	$3.18	$2.61	$2.40	$2.44	$2.14	$1.58	$1.41	$1.38	$1.24
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.60	$2.93	$3.18	$2.61	$2.40	$2.44	$2.14	$1.58	$1.41	$1.38
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund, Series II Shares (8/30/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.82	$3.31	$2.48	$2.52	$2.48	$2.47	$1.98	$1.67	$1.86	$1.63
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.64	$2.82	$3.31	$2.48	$2.52	$2.48	$2.47	$1.98	$1.67	$1.86
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	3	4	4	4	14	62	64	65	70	72
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Strategic Income Fund, Series II Shares (8/30/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.58	$1.68	$1.62	$1.55	$1.62	$1.61	$1.64	$1.48	$1.50	$1.33
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.72	$1.58	$1.68	$1.62	$1.55	$1.62	$1.61	$1.64	$1.48	$1.50
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	265	306	375	363	405	444	536	583	673	772
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series I Shares (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.73	$1.83	$1.46	$1.46	$1.41	$1.33	$0.96	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.33	$1.73	$1.83	$1.46	$1.46	$1.41	$1.33	$0.96	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Invesco V.I. Core Equity Fund, Series I Shares (4/28/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.56	$1.76	$1.58	$1.46	$1.58	$1.48	$1.17	$1.05	$1.07	$0.99
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.98	$1.56	$1.76	$1.58	$1.46	$1.58	$1.48	$1.17	$1.05	$1.07
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	6	12	12	12	12	12
MFS® Investors Trust Series – Initial Class (3/3/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.91	$3.13	$2.59	$2.43	$2.46	$2.26	$1.74	$1.49	$1.55	$1.42
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.76	$2.91	$3.13	$2.59	$2.43	$2.46	$2.26	$1.74	$1.49	$1.55
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
MFS® Utilities Series – Initial Class (3/3/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$4.45	$4.49	$3.98	$3.63	$4.33	$3.91	$3.30	$2.96	$2.83	$2.53
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$5.47	$4.45	$4.49	$3.98	$3.63	$4.33	$3.91	$3.30	$2.96	$2.83
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Putnam VT Global Health Care Fund – Class IB Shares (8/30/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.73	$2.79	$2.47	$2.83	$2.67	$2.13	$1.53	$1.28	$1.32	$1.31
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.49	$2.73	$2.79	$2.47	$2.83	$2.67	$2.13	$1.53	$1.28	$1.32
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Putnam VT International Equity Fund – Class IB Shares (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.35	$1.70	$1.37	$1.43	$1.45	$1.59	$1.26	$1.05	$1.29	$1.19
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.66	$1.35	$1.70	$1.37	$1.43	$1.45	$1.59	$1.26	$1.05	$1.29
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	6	12	12	12	12	12

60    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.80% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Putnam VT Sustainable Leaders Fund – Class IB Shares (9/24/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.29	$2.37	$1.87	$1.76	$1.80	$1.62	$1.21	$1.05	$1.13	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.07	$2.29	$2.37	$1.87	$1.76	$1.80	$1.62	$1.21	$1.05	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (7/31/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.62	$3.08	$2.93	$2.38	$2.67	$2.67	$2.01	$1.81	$1.92	$1.57
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.08	$2.62	$3.08	$2.93	$2.38	$2.67	$2.67	$2.01	$1.81	$1.92
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	166	173	194	206	247	270	322	436	509	542
Wells Fargo VT Index Asset Allocation Fund – Class 2 (3/3/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.45	$2.57	$2.33	$2.21	$2.22	$1.91	$1.63	$1.47	$1.40	$1.26
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.89	$2.45	$2.57	$2.33	$2.21	$2.22	$1.91	$1.63	$1.47	$1.40
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Wells Fargo VT International Equity Fund – Class 2 (7/31/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.68	$2.07	$1.69	$1.67	$1.67	$1.79	$1.53	$1.37	$1.60	$1.40
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.90	$1.68	$2.07	$1.69	$1.67	$1.67	$1.79	$1.53	$1.37	$1.60
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	7	7	6	7	7	7	6	8	8	8
Wells Fargo VT Omega Growth Fund – Class 2 (7/31/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.72	$3.78	$2.86	$2.90	$2.91	$2.85	$2.08	$1.76	$1.89	$1.61
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$5.01	$3.72	$3.78	$2.86	$2.90	$2.91	$2.85	$2.08	$1.76	$1.89
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	117	149	180	217	226	248	303	426	503	552
Wells Fargo VT Opportunity Fund – Class 2 (8/26/2011)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.87	$2.05	$1.73	$1.57	$1.65	$1.52	$1.19	$1.05	$1.00	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.41	$1.87	$2.05	$1.73	$1.57	$1.65	$1.52	$1.19	$1.05	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	4	8	10	11	—
Wells Fargo VT Small Cap Growth Fund – Class 2 (3/3/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$4.41	$4.43	$3.58	$3.39	$3.55	$3.68	$2.50	$2.36	$2.52	$2.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$5.40	$4.41	$4.43	$3.58	$3.39	$3.55	$3.68	$2.50	$2.36	$2.52
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1	1	1	1	1	2	3	4	4	5

Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus    61

Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information

Calculating Annuity Payouts	p. 3
Rating Agencies	p. 4
Principal Underwriter	p. 4
Service Providers	p. 4
Custodian	p. 5
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	p. 5
Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	p. 6
Financial Statements

62    Wells Fargo Advantage Choice Variable Annuity — Prospectus

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474
1-800-333-3437

45270  CG (5/20)

RiverSource Distributors, Inc. (Distributor), Member FINRA. Issued by RiverSource Life Insurance Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota. ©2008-2020 RiverSource Life Insurance Company. All rights reserved.

Prospectus

May 1, 2020

Evergreen

New Solutions Select Variable Annuity

Individual Flexible Premium Deferred Combination Fixed/Variable Annuity

Issued by:	RiverSource Life Insurance Company (RiverSource Life)
	829 Ameriprise Financial Center Minneapolis, MN 55474 Telephone: 1-800-333-3437 (Service Center) RiverSource Variable Annuity Account/RiverSource MVA Account​

New contracts are not currently being offered.

This prospectus contains information that you should know before investing. Investment options available under the contract are listed below:

AB Variable Products Series Fund, Inc. (Class B)

American Century^® Variable Portfolios, Inc., Class II

BNY Mellon Investment Portfolios

Columbia Funds Variable Series Trust II

Fidelity^® Variable Insurance Products Service Class 2

Franklin^® Templeton^® Variable Insurance Products Trust – Class 2

Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust (VIT)

Invesco Variable Insurance Funds

Morgan Stanley Variable Insurance Fund, Inc. (VIF)

Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds, Service Shares

Putnam Variable Trust – Class IB Shares

Wanger Advisors Trust

Wells Fargo Variable Trust Funds

 

Please read the prospectuses carefully and keep them for future reference.

Contracts with a seven-year withdrawal charge schedule receive a purchase payment credit for each payment made to the contract. Expense charges for contracts with purchase payment credits may be higher than expenses for contracts without such credits. The amount of the credit may be more than offset by any additional fees and charges associated with the credit. The credits may be reversed. Purchase payment credits are not available for contracts with a five-year withdrawal charge schedule. (See “Buying Your Contract — Purchase Payment Credits”).

The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

An investment in this contract is not a deposit of a bank or financial institution and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) or any other government agency. An investment in this contract involves investment risk including the possible loss of principal.

A Statement of Additional Information (SAI), dated the same date as this prospectus, is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. It is filed with the SEC and is available without charge by contacting RiverSource Life at the telephone number and address listed above. The table of contents of the SAI is on the last page of this prospectus. The SEC maintains an Internet site. This prospectus, the SAI and other information about the product are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at (http://www.sec.gov).

Variable annuities are complex products. The fees and charges, as well as the available features and benefits, of the variable annuity contracts described in this prospectus will be different from other variable annuities offered in the marketplace, including other variable annuities or other types of annuities offered by RiverSource Life. The interest credited, guarantees provided, and credits available, as well as the funds serving as underlying investments and their corresponding expenses, may differ among the variable annuities that are available to you. With the aid of an appropriate financial professional, we encourage you to compare and contrast the variable annuity contracts described in this prospectus with other variable annuities available in the marketplace, including other types of annuities we may offer. This will aid in determining whether purchasing a contract is consistent with your investment objectives, risk tolerance, time horizon, marital status, tax situation, and your unique financial situation and needs. If you select an annuity that includes surrender or other liquidation charges, you should also consider any future needs you may have to access your contract value. The optional benefits and features available with the contracts usually come with additional costs. Consider any additional costs carefully when electing these optional benefits and features.

Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    1

Beginning on January 1, 2021, as permitted by regulations adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission, paper copies of your underlying funds’ shareholder reports will no longer be sent by mail, unless you specifically request paper copies of the reports from RiverSource Life. Instead, the reports will be made available on a website, and you will be notified each time a report is posted and provided with a website link to access the report.

You may elect to receive all future reports in paper free of charge. You can inform RiverSource Life that you wish to continue receiving paper copies of your shareholder reports by calling our Service Center at 1-800-862-7919. Your election to receive reports in paper will apply to all funds available under your variable annuity contract.

Effects of COVID-19 Pandemic

The coronavirus disease 2019 (“COVID-19”) public health crisis presents ongoing significant economic and societal disruption and has driven significant volatility in the equity and interest rate markets. Any periods of continued high market volatility, and your individual circumstances (e.g., your selected allocations and the timing of any purchase payments, transfers, or withdrawals), will affect values under your contract. As part of how we maintain our strong financial strength and claims-paying ability, we continue to reserve amounts for our contractual obligations in accordance with significant state solvency regulations. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic may impact financial markets, investment performance under your contract, and our financial strength and claims-paying ability will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be estimated, including the scope and duration of the pandemic and actions taken by governmental authorities, market participants, and other third parties in response to the pandemic.

We have implemented comprehensive strategies to address the operating environment spurred by the pandemic.  To promote the safety and security of our employees and to assure the continuity of our business operations, we have implemented a work from home protocol for virtually all of our employee population, restricted business travel, and provided resources for complying with the guidance from the World Health Organization, the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and government authorities. We have been satisfying elevated customer service volumes and our operations teams have continued to operate successfully and without disruptions in service. Our pandemic strategy is flexible and scalable and takes into consideration that a pandemic could be widespread and may occur in multiple waves, affecting different communities at different times with varying levels of severity. We cannot, however, predict the impact that natural or man-made disasters and catastrophes, including the COVID-19 pandemic, may have over near- or longer-term periods.

2    Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Table of Contents

Key Terms	5
The Contract in Brief	7
Expense Summary	9
Contract Owner Transaction Expenses	9
Annual Variable Account Expenses	9
Other Annual Expenses	10
Optional Death Benefits	10
Optional Living Benefits	10
Annual Operating Expenses of the Funds	11
Condensed Financial Information	13
Financial Statements	13
The Variable Account and the Funds	13
The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)	21
Market Value Adjustment (MVA)	21
The General Account	23
The One-Year Fixed Account	23
Buying Your Contract	23
The Retirement Date	24
Beneficiary	25
Purchase Payments	25
How to Make Purchase Payments	25
Purchase Payment Credits	26
Limitations on Use of Contract	26
Charges	26
Contract Administrative Charge	26
Variable Account Administrative Charge	26
Mortality and Expense Risk Fee	27
Withdrawal Charge	27
Fund Fees and Expenses	29
Premium Taxes	29
Optional Living Benefits Charges	29
Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider Fee	29
Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider Fee	30
Income Assurer Benefit Rider Fee	32
Optional Death Benefit Charges	33
Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider Fee	33
Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider Fee	33
Valuing Your Investment	33
GPAs and One-Year Fixed Account	33
Subaccounts	33
Making the Most of Your Contract	35
Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging	35
Asset Rebalancing	35
Asset Allocation Program	36

Portfolio Navigator Program (PN program) and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds	37
Transferring Among Accounts	39
How to request a Transfer or Withdrawal	42
Withdrawals	43
Withdrawal Policies	44
Receiving Payment	44
TSA–Special Provisions	45
Participants in Tax-Sheltered Annuities	45
Changing Ownership	45
Benefits in Case of Death	46
If You Die Before Your Retirement Date	48
Optional Benefits	49
Optional Living Benefits	49
Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider	49
Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider	51
Income Assurer Benefit Riders	57
Optional Death Benefits	61
Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector)	61
Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus)	62
The Annuity Payout Period	63
Annuity Tables	63
Annuity Payout Plans	64
Taxes	65
Nonqualified Annuities	65
Qualified Annuities	67
Other	69
Voting Rights	69
Substitution of Investments	70
About the Service Providers	70
Principal Underwriter	70
Service Providers	71
Issuer	72
Legal Proceedings	72
Additional Information	72
Incorporation of Certain Documents By Reference	72
Available Information	73
Indemnification	73
Appendices	74
Appendix A: Example — Market Value Adjustment (MVA)	75
Appendix B: Example — Income Assurer Benefit Rider Fee	77
Appendix C: Example — Withdrawal Charges	78

Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    3

Table of Contents

Appendix D: Example — Death Benefits	81
Appendix E: Example — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider	84
Appendix F: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit — Rider B Disclosure	86
Appendix G: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider — Additional Required Minimum Distribution (RMD) Disclosure	92
Appendix H: Example — Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider	93
Appendix I: Examples of the Income Assurer Benefit Riders	95
Appendix J: Example — Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider	100
Appendix K: Example — Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider	102
Appendix L: Withdrawal Benefit Riders: Electing Step Up or Spousal Continuation Step Up	104
Appendix M: Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	105
Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information	113

4    Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Key Terms

These terms can help you understand details about your contract.

Accumulation unit: A measure of the value of each subaccount before annuity payouts begin.

Annuitant: The person or persons on whose life or life expectancy the annuity payouts are based.

Annuity payouts: An amount paid at regular intervals under one of several plans.

Assumed investment rate: The rate of return we assume your investments will earn when we calculate your initial annuity payout amount using the annuity table in your contract. The standard assumed investment rate we use is 5% but you may request we substitute an assumed investment rate of 3.5%.

Beneficiary: The person you designate to receive benefits in case of the owner’s or annuitant’s death while the contract is in force.

Close of business: The time the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) closes (4 p.m. Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier).

Code: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Contract: A deferred annuity contract that permits you to accumulate money for retirement by making one or more purchase payments. It provides for lifetime or other forms of payouts beginning at a specified time in the future.

Contract value: The total value of your contract before we deduct any applicable charges.

Contract year: A period of 12 months, starting on the effective date of your contract and on each anniversary of the effective date.

Funds: Investment options under your contract. You may allocate your purchase payments into subaccounts investing in shares of the funds.

Good order: We cannot process your transaction request relating to the contract until we have received the request in good order at our Service Center. “Good order” means the actual receipt of the requested transaction in writing, along with all information, forms and supporting legal documentation necessary to effect the transaction. To be in “good order,” your instructions must be sufficiently clear so that we do not need to exercise any discretion to follow such instructions. This information and documentation generally includes your completed request; the contract number; the transaction amount (in dollars); the names of and allocations to and/or from the subaccounts and the fixed account affected by the requested transaction; Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number; and any other information, forms or supporting documentation that we may require. For certain transactions, at our option, we may require the signature of all contract owners for the request to be in good order. With respect to purchase

requests, “good order” also generally includes receipt of sufficient payment by us to effect the purchase. We may, in our sole discretion, determine whether any particular transaction request is in good order, and we reserve the right to change or waive any good order requirements at any time.

Guarantee Period: The number of successive 12-month periods that a guaranteed interest rate is credited.

Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs): A nonunitized separate account to which you may allocate purchase payments and purchase payment credits or transfer contract value of at least $1,000. These accounts have guaranteed interest rates for guarantee periods we declare when you allocate purchase payments and purchase payment credits or transfer contract value to a GPA. These guaranteed rates and periods of time may vary by state. Unless an exception applies, transfers or withdrawals from a GPA done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will receive a market value adjustment, which may result in a gain or loss of principal.

Market Value Adjustment (MVA): A positive or negative adjustment assessed if any portion of a Guarantee Period Account is withdrawn or transferred more than 30 days before the end of its guarantee period.

One-year fixed account: Part of our general account to which you may make allocations. Amounts you allocate to this account earn interest at rates that we declare periodically.

Owner (you, your): The person or persons identified in the contract as owner(s) of the contract, who has or have the right to control the contract (to decide on investment allocations, transfers, payout options, etc.). Usually, but not always, the owner is also the annuitant. During the owner’s life, the owner is responsible for taxes, regardless of whether he or she receives the contract’s benefits. The owner or any joint owner may be a non-natural person (e.g. irrevocable trust or corporation) or a revocable trust. If any owner is a non-natural person or a revocable trust, the annuitant will be deemed to be the owner for contract provisions that are based on the age or life of the owner. When the contract is owned by a revocable trust or irrevocable grantor trust, the annuitant(s) selected must be the grantor(s) of the trust to assure compliance with Section 72(s) of the Code.

Purchase payment credits: An addition we make to your contract value. We base the amount of the credit on net payments (total payments less total withdrawals). We apply the credit to your contract based on your current payment.

Qualified annuity: A contract that you purchase to fund one of the following tax-deferred retirement plans that is subject to applicable federal law and any rules of the plan itself:

• Individual Retirement Annuities (IRAs) including inherited IRAs under Section 408(b) of the Code

 

Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    5

• Roth IRAs including inherited Roth IRAs under Section 408A of the Code

• Simplified Employee Pension (SEP) plans under Section 408(k) of the Code

• Tax-Sheltered Annuity (TSA) rollovers under Section 403(b) of the Code

A qualified annuity will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral if it is used to fund a retirement plan that is already tax deferred.

All other contracts are considerednonqualified annuities.

Retirement date: The date when annuity payouts are scheduled to begin.

Rider effective date: The date a rider becomes effective as stated in the rider.

RiverSource Life: In this prospectus, “we,” “us,” “our” and “RiverSource Life” refer to RiverSource Life Insurance Company.

Service Center: Our department that processes all transaction and service requests for the contracts. We consider all transaction and service requests received when they arrive in good order at the Service Center. Any transaction or service requests sent or directed to any location other than our Service Center may end up delayed or not processed. Our Service Center address and telephone number are listed on the first page of the prospectus.

Valuation date: Any normal business day, Monday through Friday, on which the NYSE is open, up to the time it closes. At the NYSE close, the next valuation date

begins. We calculate the accumulation unit value of each subaccount on each valuation date. If we receive your purchase payment or any transaction request (such as a transfer or withdrawal request) in good order at our Service Center before the close of business, we will process your payment or transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your payment or transaction request. On the other hand, if we receive your purchase payment or transaction request in good order at our Service Center at or after the close of business, we will process your payment or transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date. If you make a transaction request by telephone (including by fax), you must have completed your transaction by the close of business in order for us to process it using the accumulation unit value we calculate on that valuation date. If you were not able to complete your transaction before the close of business for any reason, including telephone service interruptions or delays due to high call volume, we will process your transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date.

Variable account: Consists of separate subaccounts to which you may allocate purchase payments; each invests in shares of one fund. The value of your investment in each subaccount changes with the performance of the particular fund.

Withdrawal value: The amount you are entitled to receive if you make a full withdrawal from your contract. It is the contract value minus any applicable charges.

6    Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The Contract in Brief

Purpose: The purpose of the contract is to allow you to accumulate money for retirement or similar long term goal. You do this by making one or more purchase payments. You may allocate your purchase payments to the one-year fixed account, GPAs and/or subaccounts of the variable account under the contract; however you risk losing amounts you invest in the subaccounts of the variable account. These accounts, in turn, may earn returns that increase the value of a contract. If the contract value goes to zero due to underlying fund’s performance or deduction of fees, the contract will no longer be in force and the contract (including any death benefit riders) will terminate. You may be able to purchase an optional benefit to reduce the investment risk you assume. Beginning at a specified time in the future called the retirement date, the contract provides lifetime or other forms of payouts of your contract value (less any applicable premium tax).

It may have not been advantageous for you to purchase this contract in exchange for, or in addition to, an existing annuity or life insurance policy. Generally, you can exchange one annuity for another or for a long-term care policy in a “tax-free” exchange under Section 1035 of the Code. You can also do a partial exchange from one annuity contract to another annuity contract, subject to Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) rules. You also generally can exchange a life insurance policy for an annuity. However, before making an exchange, you should compare both contracts carefully because the features and benefits may be different. Fees and charges may be higher or lower on your old contract than on this contract. You may have to pay a withdrawal charge when you exchange out of your old contract and a new withdrawal period will begin when you exchange into this contract. If the exchange does not qualify for Section 1035 treatment, you also may have to pay federal income tax on the distribution. State income taxes may also apply. You should not exchange your old contract for this contract, or buy this contract in addition to your old contract, unless you determine it is in your best interest. (See “Taxes-1035 Exchanges”.)

Tax-deferred retirement plans: Most annuities have a tax-deferred feature. So do many retirement plans under the Code including 403(b) plans. As a result, when you use a qualified annuity to fund a retirement plan that is tax-deferred, your contract will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral beyond what is provided in that retirement plan. Some employers may permit you to deposit your contributions into other investments such as mutual funds. If such investments are available to you, before enrolling under the contract, you should consider features other than tax deferral that may help you reach your retirement goals. In addition, the Code subjects retirement plans to required withdrawals triggered at age 72 (triggered at age 70 ½ if you turned 70 ½ before Jan. 1, 2020). These mandatory withdrawals are called required minimum distributions (“RMDs”). RMDs may reduce the value of certain death benefits and optional riders (see “Taxes — Qualified

Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). You should consult your tax advisor before you purchase the contract as a qualified annuity for an explanation of the tax implications to you.

Buying a contract: We no longer offer new contracts. However, you have the option of making additional purchase payments in the future, subject to certain limitations. Purchase payment amounts and purchase payment timing may be limited under the terms of your contract and/or pursuant to state requirements. (See “Buying Your Contract”).

Free look period: The contracts in this prospectus are no longer sold. Generally, all available free look periods have now expired.

Accounts: Generally, you may allocate your purchase payments among the:

• subaccounts, each of which invests in a fund with a particular investment objective. The value of each subaccount varies with the performance of the particular fund in which it invests. We cannot guarantee that the value at the retirement date will equal or exceed the total purchase payments you allocate to the subaccounts. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds”).

• GPAs which earn interest at rates declared when you make an allocation to that account. The required minimum investment in each GPA is $1,000. These accounts may not be available in all states. (See “The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)”)

• one-year fixed account, which earns interest at rates that we adjust periodically. There are restrictions on the amount you can allocate to this account as well as on transfers from this account. (See “The One-Year Fixed Account”)

Transfers: Subject to certain restrictions, you currently may redistribute your contract value among the accounts without charge at any time until annuity payouts begin, and once per contract year among the subaccounts after annuity payouts begin. Transfers out of the GPAs done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will be subject to a MVA, unless an exception applies. You may establish automated transfers among the accounts. We reserve the right to limit transfers to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then currently crediting is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transferring Among Accounts”).

Withdrawals: You may withdraw all or part of your contract value at any time before the retirement date. You also may establish automated partial withdrawals. Withdrawals may be subject to charges and tax penalties (including a 10% IRS penalty that may apply if you make withdrawals prior to your reaching age 59½) and may have other tax consequences. Certain other restrictions may apply. (See “Withdrawals”)

 

Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    7

Optional benefits:This contract offered optional living and death benefits that were available for additional charges if you met certain criteria. Please note, since the contract in this prospectus is no longer sold, any optional benefits you may have elected were done so at the time of application. You cannot add optional benefits to your contract after it has been issued. Any optional benefits we describe are not available to add to your contract. (See “Optional Benefits”).

Benefits in case of death: If you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin, we will pay the beneficiary an amount based on the death benefit selected. (See “Benefits in Case of Death”).

Annuity payouts: You can apply your contract value, after reflecting any adjustments, to an annuity payout plan that begins on the retirement date. You may choose from a variety of plans that can help meet your retirement or other income needs. The payout schedule must meet IRS requirements. We can make payouts on a fixed or variable basis, or both. During the annuity payout period, your choices for subaccounts may be limited. The GPAs are not available during the payout period. (See “The Annuity Payout Period”).

8    Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Expense Summary

The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you paid when buying, owning and making a withdrawal from the contract. The first table describes the fees and expenses that you paid at the time that you bought the contract and will pay when you make a withdrawal from the contract. State premium taxes also may be deducted.

Contract Owner Transaction Expenses

Withdrawal charge

(Contingent deferred sales charge as a percentage of purchase payments withdrawn)

You select either a seven-year or five-year withdrawal charge schedule at the time of application.

Seven-year schedule		Five-year schedule*
Years from purchase payment receipt**	Withdrawal charge percentage	Years from purchase payment receipt**	Withdrawal charge percentage
1	8%	1	8%
2	8	2	7
3	7	3	6
4	7	4	4
5	6	5	2
6	5	Thereafter	0
7	3
Thereafter	0

* The five-year withdrawal charge schedule may not be available in all states.

** According to our current administrative practice, for the purpose of withdrawal charge calculation, we consider that the year is completed one day prior to the day each purchase payment was received.

Liquidation charge under Variable Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:If you are receiving variable annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to withdraw those payments. The amount that you can withdraw is the present value of any remaining variable payouts. The discount rate we use in the calculation will be 5.17% if the assumed investment return is 3.5% and 6.67% if the assumed investment return is 5%. The liquidation charge equals the present value of the remaining payouts using the assumed investment return minus the present value of the remaining payouts using the discount rate. (See “Charges — WithdrawalCharge” and “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Withdrawal charge for Fixed Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:

Number of Completed Years Since Annuitization	Withdrawal charge percentage
0	Not applicable*
1	5%
2	4
3	3
4	2
5	1
6 and thereafter	0

*We do not permit withdrawals in the first year after annuitization.

The next tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay periodically during the time that you own the contract, not including fund fees and expenses.

Annual Variable Account Expenses

(As a percentage of average daily subaccount value.)

You must choose a death benefit guarantee, a qualified or nonqualified contract and the length of your contract’s withdrawal charge schedule. The combination you choose determines the mortality and expense risk fees you pay. The table below shows the combinations available to you and their cost. The variable account administrative charge is in addition to the mortality and expense risk fee.

Seven-year withdrawal charge schedule Qualified annuities	Mortality and expense risk fee	Variable account administrative charge	Total variable account expense
Return of Purchase Payment (ROP) Death Benefit	1.00%	0.15%	1.15%
Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV) Death Benefit	1.20	0.15	1.35

Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    9

Seven-year withdrawal charge schedule Qualified annuities	Mortality and expense risk fee	Variable account administrative charge	Total variable account expense
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.35	0.15	1.50
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.40	0.15	1.55

Nonqualified annuities	Mortality and expense risk fee	Variable account administrative charge	Total variable account expense
ROP Death Benefit	1.15%	0.15%	1.30%
MAV Death Benefit	1.35	0.15	1.50
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.50	0.15	1.65
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.55	0.15	1.70

Five-year withdrawal charge schedule Qualified annuities	Mortality and expense risk fee	Variable account administrative charge	Total variable account expense
ROP Death Benefit	1.20%	0.15%	1.35%
MAV Death Benefit	1.40	0.15	1.55
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.55	0.15	1.70
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.60	0.15	1.75

Nonqualified annuities	Mortality and expense risk fee	Variable account administrative charge	Total variable account expense
ROP Death Benefit	1.35	0.15	1.50
MAV Death Benefit	1.55	0.15	1.70
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.70	0.15	1.85
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.75	0.15	1.90

Other Annual Expenses

Annual contract administrative charge $40

(We will waive this charge when your contract value is $50,000 or more on the current contract anniversary.)

Optional Death Benefits

If eligible, you may have selected an optional death benefit in addition to the ROP and MAV Death Benefits. The fees apply only if you have selected one of these benefits.

Benefit Protector® Death Benefit rider fee	0.25%
Benefit Protector® Plus Death Benefit rider fee	0.40%

(As a percentage of the contract value charge annually on the contract anniversary.)

Optional Living Benefits

If eligible, you may have selected one of the following optional living benefits if available in your state. The fees apply only if you have selected one of these benefits. Investment allocation restrictions apply.

Accumulation Protector Benefit® rider fee	Maximum annual rider fee	Initial annual rider fee and annual rider fee for elective step-ups before 04/29/2013
	1.75%	0.55%(1)

(Charged annually on the contract anniversary as a percentage of the contract value or the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value, whichever is greater.)

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider fee Maximum: 1.50% Initial: 0.55%⁽²⁾

(As a percentage of contract value charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

Income Assurer Benefit® – MAV rider fee	Maximum: 1.50%	Current: 0.30%(3)
Income Assurer Benefit® – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base rider fee	Maximum: 1.75%	Current: 0.60%(3)
Income Assurer Benefit® – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base rider fee	Maximum: 2.00%	Current: 0.65%(3)

10    Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

(As a percentage of the guaranteed income benefit base charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

⁽¹⁾ Current annual rider fees for elective step up (including elective spousal continuation step up) requests on/after 04/29/2013 are shown in the table below.

Elective step up date:	If invested in Portfolio Navigator fund at the time of step-up:	If invested in Portfolio Stabilizer fund at the time of step-up:
04/29/2013 – 11/17/2013	1.75%	n/a
11/18/2013 – 10/17/2014	1.75%	1.30%
10/18/2014 – 06/30/2016	1.60%	1.00%
07/01/2016 – 10/15/2018	1.75%	1.30%
10/16/2018 – 12/29/2019	1.40%	1.00%
12/30/2019 – 07/20/2020	1.55%	1.15%
07/21/2020 and later	1.75%	1.75%

⁽²⁾ Effective Dec. 18, 2013 if you request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up or move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is more aggressive than your current Portfolio Navigator fund allocation, the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are invested following the change as shown in the table below.

Fund Name	Maximum annual rider fee	Current annual fee as of 12/18/13
Portfolio Stabilizer funds	1.50%	0.55%
Portfolio Navigator funds:
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.85%
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	1.00%

⁽³⁾ For applications signed prior to Oct. 7, 2004, the following current annual rider charges apply: Income Assurer Benefit – MAV — 0.55%, Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base — 0.70%; and Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base — 0.75%.

Annual Operating Expenses of the Funds

The next table provides the minimum and maximum total operating expenses charged by the underlying funds that you may pay periodically during the time that you own the contract. These operating expenses are for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, unless otherwise noted. More detail concerning each underlying fund’s fees and expenses is contained in each fund’s prospectus.

Minimum and maximum annual operating expenses for the funds

(Including management, distribution (12b-1) and/or service fees and other expenses)⁽¹⁾

	Minimum(%)	Maximum(%)
Total expenses before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements	0.39	1.38

⁽¹⁾ Total annual fund operating expenses are deducted from amounts that are allocated to the fund. They include management fees and other expenses and may include distribution (12b-1) fees. Other expenses may include service fees that may be used to compensate service providers, including us and our affiliates, for administrative and contract owner services provided on behalf of the fund. The amount of these payments will vary by fund and may be significant. See “The Variable Account and the Funds” for additional information, including potential conflicts of interest these payments may create. Distribution (12b-1) fees are used to finance any activity that is primarily intended to result in the sale of fund shares. Because 12b-1 fees are paid out of fund assets on an ongoing basis, you may pay more if you select subaccounts investing in funds that have adopted 12b-1 plans than if you select subaccounts investing in funds that have not adopted 12b-1 plans. For a more complete description of each fund’s fees and expenses and important disclosure regarding payments the fund and/or its affiliates make, please review the fund’s prospectus and SAI.

Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    11

Examples

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in these contracts with the cost of investing in other variable annuity contracts. These costs include your transaction expenses, contract administrative charges⁽¹⁾, variable account annual expenses and fund fees and expenses.

These examples assume that you invest $10,000 in the contract for the time periods indicated. These examples also assume that your investment has a 5% return each year.

Maximum Expenses. These examples assume the most expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the maximum fees and expenses of the funds* available with a living benefit rider and before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the MAV Death Benefit, the Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base and the Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit⁽²⁾. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

* Note: Certain funds are not available for contracts with living benefit riders and may have higher fund expenses than the associated fund expenses shown here.

	If you withdraw your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not withdraw your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
Nonqualified Annuity	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Seven-year withdrawal charge schedule	$1,319	$2,435	$3,492	$6,277	$591	$1,798	$3,036	$6,277
Five-year withdrawal charge schedule	1,236	2,200	3,100	6,378	606	1,840	3,100	6,378
Qualified Annuity	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Seven-year withdrawal charge schedule	$1,303	$2,391	$3,421	$6,153	$576	$1,753	$2,965	$6,153
Five-year withdrawal charge schedule	1,221	2,156	3,031	6,258	591	1,796	3,031	6,258

Minimum Expenses. These examples assume the least expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the minimum fees and expenses of any of the funds before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the ROP Death Benefit and do not select any optional benefits. Although your actual costs may be higher, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

	If you withdraw your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not withdraw your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
Nonqualified Annuity	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Seven-year withdrawal charge schedule	$965	$1,355	$1,632	$2,397	$215	$660	$1,127	$2,397
Five-year withdrawal charge schedule	882	1,108	1,222	2,589	234	717	1,222	2,589
Qualified Annuity	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Seven-year withdrawal charge schedule	$951	$1,311	$1,552	$2,232	$199	$613	$1,047	$2,232
Five-year withdrawal charge schedule	868	1,063	1,144	2,430	218	670	1,144	2,430

(1)	In these examples, the contract administrative charge is $40.
(2)	Because these examples are intended to illustrate the most expensive combination of contract features, the maximum annual fee for each optional rider is reflected rather than the fee that is currently being charged.

THE EXAMPLES ARE ILLUSTRATIVE ONLY. YOU SHOULD NOT CONSIDER THESE EXAMPLES AS A REPRESENTATION OF PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES. ACTUAL EXPENSES WILL BE HIGHER OR LOWER THAN THOSE SHOWN DEPENDING UPON WHICH OPTIONAL BENEFIT YOU ELECT OTHER THAN INDICATED IN THE EXAMPLES OR IF YOU ALLOCATE CONTRACT VALUE TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE SUBACCOUNTS.

12    Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Condensed Financial Information

You can find unaudited condensed financial information for the subaccounts representing the lowest and highest total annual variable account expense combinations in Appendix M.

Financial Statements

You can find our audited financial statements and the audited financial statements of the divisions, which are comprised of subaccounts, in the SAI. The SAI does not include audited financial statements for divisions that are new (if any) and have no activity as of the financial statements date.

The Variable Account and the Funds

Variable Account. The variable account was established under Indiana law on July 15, 1987, and the subaccounts are registered together as a single unit investment trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the 1940 Act). This registration does not involve any supervision of our management or investment practices and policies by the SEC. All obligations arising under the contracts are general obligations of RiverSource Life.

The variable account meets the definition of a separate account under federal securities laws. We credit or charge income, capital gains and capital losses of each subaccount only to that subaccount. State insurance law prohibits us from charging a subaccount with liabilities of any other subaccount or of our general business. The variable account includes other subaccounts that are available under contracts that are not described in this prospectus.

The IRS has issued guidance on investor control but may issue additional guidance in the future. We reserve the right to modify the contract or any investments made under the terms of the contract so that the investor control rules do not apply to treat the contract owner as the owner of the subaccount assets rather than the owner of an annuity contract. If the contract is not treated as an annuity contract for tax purposes, the owner may be subject to current taxation on any current or accumulated income credited to the contract.

We intend to comply with all federal tax laws so that the contract qualifies as an annuity for federal tax purposes. We reserve the right to modify the contract as necessary in order to qualify the contract as an annuity for federal tax purposes.

The Funds. This contract currently offers subaccounts investing in shares of the funds listed in the table below.

• Investment objectives: The investment managers and advisers cannot guarantee that the funds will meet their investment objectives. Please read the funds’ prospectuses for facts you should know before investing. These prospectuses are available by contacting us at the address or telephone number on the first page of this prospectus.

• Fund name and management: A fund underlying your contract in which a subaccount invests may have a name, portfolio manager, objectives, strategies and characteristics that are the same or substantially similar to those of a publicly-traded retail mutual fund. Despite these similarities, an underlying fund is not the same as any publicly-traded retail mutual fund. Each underlying fund will have its own unique portfolio holdings, fees, operating expenses and operating results. The results of each underlying fund may differ significantly from any publicly-traded retail mutual fund.

• Eligible purchasers: All funds are available to serve as the underlying investments for variable annuities and variable life insurance policies. The funds are not available to the public (see “Fund Name and Management” above). Some funds also are available to serve as investment options for tax-deferred retirement plans. It is possible that in the future for tax, regulatory or other reasons, it may be disadvantageous for variable annuity accounts and variable life insurance accounts and/or tax-deferred retirement plans to invest in the available funds simultaneously. Although we and the funds’ providers do not currently foresee any such disadvantages, the boards of directors or trustees of each fund will monitor events in order to identify any material conflicts between annuity owners, policy owners and tax-deferred retirement plans and to determine what action, if any, should be taken in response to a conflict. If a board were to conclude that it should establish separate fund providers for the variable annuity, variable life insurance and tax-deferred retirement plan accounts, you would not bear any expenses associated with establishing separate funds. Please refer to the funds’ prospectuses for risk disclosure regarding simultaneous investments by variable annuity, variable life insurance and tax-deferred retirement plan accounts. Each fund intends to comply with the diversification requirements under Section 817(h) of the Code.

• Private label: This contract is a “private label” variable annuity. This means the contract includes funds affiliated with the distributor of this contract. Purchase payments and contract values you allocate to subaccounts investing in any of the Wells Fargo Variable Trust Funds available under this contract are generally more profitable for the distributor and its affiliates than allocations you make to other subaccounts. In contrast, purchase payments and contract values you allocate to subaccounts investing in any of the affiliated funds are generally more profitable for us and our

Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    13

	affiliates (see “Revenue we receive from the funds may create conflicts of interest”). These relationships may influence recommendations your investment professional makes regarding whether you should invest in the contract, and whether you should allocate purchase payments or contract values to a particular subaccount.
•	Asset allocation programs may impact fund performance: Asset allocation programs in general may negatively impact the performance of an underlying fund. Even if you do not participate in an asset allocation program, a fund in which your subaccount invests may be impacted if it is included in an asset allocation program. Rebalancing or reallocation under the terms of the asset allocation program may cause a fund to lose money if it must sell large amounts of securities to meet a redemption request. These losses can be greater if the fund holds securities that are not as liquid as others, for example, various types of bonds, shares of smaller companies and securities of foreign issuers. A fund may also experience higher expenses because it must sell or buy securities more frequently than it otherwise might in the absence of asset allocation program rebalancing or reallocations. Because asset allocation programs include periodic rebalancing and may also include reallocation, these effects may occur under the asset allocation program we offer or under asset allocation programs used in conjunction with the contracts and plans of other eligible purchasers of the funds.
•	Funds available under the contract: We seek to provide a broad array of underlying funds taking into account the fees and charges imposed by each fund and the contract charges we impose. We select the underlying funds in which the subaccounts initially invest and when there is substitution (see “Substitution of Investments”). We also make all decisions regarding which funds to retain in a contract, which funds to add to a contract and which funds will no longer be offered in a contract. In making these decisions, we may consider various objective and subjective factors. Objective factors include, but are not limited to fund performance, fund expenses, classes of fund shares available, size of the fund and investment objectives and investing style of the fund. Subjective factors include, but are not limited to, investment sub-styles and process, management skill and history at other funds and portfolio concentration and sector weightings. We also consider the levels and types of revenue a fund, its distributor, investment adviser, subadviser, transfer agent or their affiliates pay us and our affiliates. This revenue includes, but is not limited to compensation for administrative services provided with respect to the fund and support of marketing and distribution expenses incurred with respect to the fund.
•	Money Market fund yield: In low interest rate environments, money market fund yields may decrease to a level where the deduction of fees and charges associated with your contract could result in negative net performance, resulting in a corresponding decrease in your contract value.
•	Risks and Conflicts of Interest with Certain Funds Advised by Columbia Management. We are an affiliate of Ameriprise Financial, Inc., which is the parent company of Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC (Columbia Management). Columbia Management acts as investment adviser to several funds of funds, including Portfolio Navigator and Portfolio Stabilizer funds. As such, it retains full discretion over the investment activities and investment decisions of the funds. These funds invest in other registered mutual funds. In providing investment advisory services for the funds and the underlying funds in which those funds respectively invest, Columbia Management is, together with its affiliates, including us, subject to competing interests that may influence its decisions. These competing interests typically arise because Columbia Management or one of its affiliates serves as the investment adviser to the underlying funds and may provide other services in connection with such underlying funds, and because the compensation we and our affiliates receive for providing these investment advisory and other services varies depending on the underlying fund.
•	Volatility and Volatility Management Risk with the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. Portfolio Stabilizer funds are managed volatility funds that employ a strategy designed to reduce overall volatility and downside risk. These types of funds are available under the contracts and one or more of these funds may be offered in other variable annuity and variable life insurance products offered by us. These funds may also be used in conjunction with guaranteed living benefit riders we offer with various annuity contracts.
	Conflicts may arise because the manner in which these funds and their strategies are executed by Columbia Management are expected to benefit us by reducing our financial risk and expense in offering guaranteed living benefit riders. Managed volatility funds employ a strategy to reduce overall volatility and downside risk. A successful strategy may result in smaller losses to your contract value when markets are declining and market volatility is high. In turn, a successful strategy may also result in less gain in your contract value during rising markets with higher volatility when compared to funds not employing a managed volatility strategy. Accordingly, although an investment in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds may mitigate declines in your contract value due to declining equity markets, the Funds’ investment strategies may also curb or decrease your contract value during periods of positive performance by the equity markets. There is no guarantee any of the funds’ strategies will be successful. When offered with a guaranteed living benefit, managed volatility funds may decrease the number and amount of any periodic benefit base increase opportunities. Costs associated with running a managed volatility strategy may also adversely impact the performance of managed volatility funds.

14    Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

While Columbia Management is the investment adviser to the Portfolio Navigator and Portfolio Stabilizer funds, it provides no investment advice to you as to whether an allocation to the funds is appropriate for you. You must decide whether an investment in these funds is right for you. Additional information on the funds, including risks and conflicts of interest, is included in their respective prospectuses. Columbia Management advised fund of funds and managed volatility funds and their investment objectives are listed in the table below.

•

Revenue we receive from the funds and potential conflicts of interest:

Expenses We May Incur on Behalf of the Funds

When a subaccount invests in a fund, the fund holds a single account in the name of the variable account. As such, the variable account is actually the shareholder of the fund. We, through our variable account, aggregate the transactions of numerous contract owners and submit net purchase and redemption requests to the funds on a daily basis. In addition, we track individual contract owner transactions and provide confirmations, periodic statements, and other required mailings. These costs would normally be borne by the fund, but we incur them instead.

Besides incurring these administrative expenses on behalf of the funds, we also incur distributions expenses in selling our contracts. By extension, the distribution expenses we incur benefit the funds we make available due to contract owner elections to allocate purchase payments to the funds through the subaccounts. In addition, the funds generally incur lower distribution expenses when offered through our variable account in contrast to being sold on a retail basis.

A complete list of why we may receive this revenue, as well as sources of revenue, is described in detail below.

Payments the Funds May Make to Us

We or our affiliates may receive from each of the funds, or their affiliates, compensation including but not limited to expense payments. These payments are designed in part to compensate us for the expenses we may incur on behalf of the funds. In addition to these payments, the funds may compensate us for wholesaling activities or to participate in educational or marketing seminars sponsored by the funds.

We or our affiliates may receive revenue derived from the 12b-1 fees charged by the funds. These fees are deducted from the assets of the funds. This revenue and the amount by which it can vary may create conflicts of interest. The amount, type, and manner in which the revenue from these sources is computed vary by fund.

Conflicts of Interest These Payments May Create

When we determined the charges to impose under the contracts, we took into account anticipated payments from the funds. If we had not taken into account these anticipated payments, the charges under the contract would have been higher. Additionally, the amount of payment we receive from a fund or its affiliate may create an incentive for us to include that fund as an investment option and may influence our decision regarding which funds to include in the variable account as subaccount options for contract owners. Funds that offer lower payments or no payments may also have corresponding expense structures that are lower, resulting in decreased overall fees and expenses to shareholders.

We offer funds managed by our affiliates Columbia Management and Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLC (Columbia Wanger). We have additional financial incentive to offer our affiliated funds because additional assets held by them generally results in added revenue to us and our parent company, Ameriprise Financial, Inc. Additionally, employees of Ameriprise Financial, Inc. and its affiliates, including our employees, may be separately incented to include the affiliated funds in the products, as employee compensation and business unit operating goals at all levels are tied to the success of the company. Currently, revenue received from our affiliated funds comprises the greatest amount and percentage of revenue we derive from payments made by the funds.

The Amount of Payments We Receive from the Funds

We or our affiliates receive revenue which ranges up to 0.65% of the average daily net assets invested in the funds through this and other contracts we and our affiliates issue.

Why revenues are paid to us: In accordance with applicable laws, regulations and the terms of the agreements under which such revenue is paid, we or our affiliates may receive revenue, including, but not limited to expense payments and non-cash compensation, for various purposes:

• Compensating, training and educating investment professionals who sell the contracts.

• Granting access to our employees whose job it is to promote sales of the contracts by authorized selling firms and their investment professionals, and granting access to investment professionals of our affiliated selling firms.

• Activities or services we or our affiliates provide that assist in the promotion and distribution of the contracts including promoting the funds available under the contracts to contract owners, authorized selling firms and investment professionals.

• Providing sub-transfer agency and shareholder servicing to contract owners.

• Promoting, including and/or retaining the fund’s investment portfolios as underlying investment options in the contracts.

• Advertising, printing and mailing sales literature, and printing and distributing prospectuses and reports.

Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    15

• Furnishing personal services to contract owners, including education of contract owners regarding the funds, answering routine inquiries regarding a fund, maintaining accounts or providing such other services eligible for service fees as defined under the rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA).

• Subaccounting services, transaction processing, recordkeeping and administration.

• Sources of revenue received from affiliated funds: The affiliated funds are managed by Columbia Management or Columbia Wanger. The sources of revenue we receive from these affiliated funds, or from the funds’ affiliates, may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Assets of the fund’s adviser, sub-adviser, transfer agent, distributor or an affiliate of these. The revenue resulting from these sources may be based either on a percentage of average daily net assets of the fund or on the actual cost of certain services we provide with respect to the fund. We may receive this revenue either in the form of a cash payment or it may be allocated to us.

• Compensation paid out of 12b-1 fees that are deducted from fund assets.

• Sources of revenue received from unaffiliated funds: The unaffiliated funds are not managed by an affiliate of ours. The sources of revenue we receive from these unaffiliated funds, or the funds’ affiliates, may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Assets of the fund’s adviser, sub-adviser, transfer agent, distributor or an affiliate of these. The revenue resulting from these sources may be based on a percentage of average daily net assets of the fund or on the actual cost of certain services we provide with respect to the fund. We receive this revenue in the form of a cash payment.

• Compensation paid out of 12b-1 fees that are deducted from fund assets.

Unless the PN program is in effect or you have selected one of the optional living benefit riders, you may allocate purchase payments and transfers to any or all of the subaccounts of the variable account that invest in shares of the funds listed in the table below. From time to time, certain fund names are changed. When we are notified of a name change, we will make changes so that the new name is properly shown. However, changes may take some period of time to complete. As a result it is possible you may receive various forms, reports and confirmations that reflect a fund’s prior name.

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
AB VPS Growth and Income Portfolio (Class B)	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
AB VPS International Value Portfolio (Class B)	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
American Century VP Inflation Protection, Class II	Seeks long-term total return using a strategy that seeks to protect against U.S. inflation.	American Century Investment Management, Inc.
American Century VP Ultra®, Class II	Seeks capital growth.	American Century Investment Management, Inc.
American Century VP Value, Class II	Seeks long-term capital growth. Income is a secondary objective.	American Century Investment Management, Inc.
BNY Mellon Investment Portfolios, Technology Growth Portfolio - Service Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	BNY Mellon Investment Adviser, Inc.
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high level of current income and, as a secondary objective, steady growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Emerging Markets Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Government Money Market Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with maximum current income consistent with liquidity and stability of principal.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC

16    Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Income Opportunities Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high total return through current income and capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high level of current income while attempting to conserve the value of the investment for the longest period of time.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Large Cap Growth Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Large Cap Index Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Mid Cap Growth Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Select Large Cap Value Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with current income as its primary objective and, as its secondary objective, preservation of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
CTIVP® - BlackRock Global Inflation-Protected Securities Fund (Class 3)	Non-diversified fund that seeks to provide shareholders with total return that exceeds the rate of inflation over the long term.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., subadviser; BlackRock International Limited, sub-subadviser.
CTIVP® - Victory Sycamore Established Value Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; Victory Capital Management Inc., subadviser.
Fidelity® VIP Contrafund® Portfolio Service Class 2	Seeks long-term capital appreciation. Normally invests primarily in common stocks. Invests in securities of companies whose value FMR believes is not fully recognized by the public. Invests in either "growth" stocks or "value" stocks or both. The fund invests in domestic and foreign issuers.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Service Class 2	Seeks as high level of current income as is consistent with the preservation of capital. Normally invests at least 80% of assets in investment-grade debt securities (those of medium and high quality) of all types and repurchase agreements for those securities. The Fund invests in domestic and foreign issuers.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. Fidelity Investments Money Management, Inc. (FIMM) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2	Seeks long-term growth of capital. Normally invests primarily in common stocks. Normally invests at least 80% of assets in securities of companies with medium market capitalizations. May invest in companies with smaller or larger market capitalizations. Invests in domestic and foreign issuers. The Fund invests in either "growth" or "value" common stocks or both.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.

Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    17

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Fidelity® VIP Overseas Portfolio Service Class 2	Seeks long-term growth of capital. Normally invests primarily in common stocks allocating investments across different countries and regions. Normally invests at least 80% of assets in non-U.S. securities.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Franklin Income VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks to maximize income while maintaining prospects for capital appreciation. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests in both equity and debt securities.	Franklin Advisers, Inc.
Goldman Sachs VIT Mid Cap Value Fund - Institutional Shares	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. Comstock Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks capital growth and income through investments in equity securities, including common stocks, preferred stocks and securities convertible into common and preferred stocks.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Morgan Stanley VIF U.S. Real Estate Portfolio, Class II Shares	Seeks to provide above average current income and long-term capital appreciation by investing primarily in equity securities of companies in the U.S. real estate industry, including real estate investment trusts.	Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc.
Putnam VT Global Health Care Fund - Class IB Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of both Putnam Investments Limited (PIL) and The Putnam Advisory Company, LLC (PAC), PIL and PAC do not currently manage any asses of the fund.
Putnam VT Small Cap Value Fund - Class IB Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of Putnam Investments Limited (PIL), PIL does not currently manage any assets.
Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks high current income, consistent with preservation of capital, with capital appreciation as a secondary consideration. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in debt securities of any maturity.	Franklin Advisers, Inc.
Variable Portfolio - Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2)	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with an aggressive level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC

18    Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Variable Portfolio - Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4)	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with an aggressive level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Conservative Portfolio (Class 2)	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a conservative level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Conservative Portfolio (Class 4)	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a conservative level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Managed Volatility Conservative Fund (Class 2)	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund's exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Managed Volatility Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2)	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund's exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Managed Volatility Growth Fund (Class 2)	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund's exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Managed Volatility Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2)	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund’s exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderate Portfolio (Class 2)	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderate level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderate Portfolio (Class 4)	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderate level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2)	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderately aggressive level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4)	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderately aggressive level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2)	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderately conservative level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 4)	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderately conservative level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; Jacobs Levy Equity Management, Inc., Nuveen Asset Management, LLC and Segall Bryant & Hamill, LLC, subadvisers.
Wanger USA	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLC
Wells Fargo VT International Equity Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.
Wells Fargo VT Omega Growth Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.

Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    19

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Wells Fargo VT Opportunity Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.
Wells Fargo VT Small Cap Growth Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.

20    Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)

The GPAs may not be available in some states.

Currently, unless you have elected one of the optional living benefit riders, you may allocate purchase payments and purchase payment credits to one or more of the GPAs with guarantee periods declared by us. These periods of time may vary by state. The required minimum investment in each GPA is $1,000.

These accounts are not offered after annuity payouts begin.

Each GPA pays an interest rate that is declared when you make an allocation to that account. Interest is credited daily. That interest rate is then fixed for the guarantee period that you chose. We will periodically change the declared interest rate for any future allocations to these accounts, but we will not change the rate paid on money currently in a GPA. The GPA interests under the contracts are registered with the SEC (File No.333-230959). The SEC staff reviews the disclosures in this prospectus on the GPA interests.

The interest rates that we will declare as guaranteed rates in the future are determined by us at our discretion (future rates). These rates generally will be based on various factors related to future investment earnings.We cannot predict nor can we guarantee what future rates will be.

We hold amounts you allocate to the GPAs in a “nonunitized” separate account. This separate account provides an additional measure of assurance that we will make full payment of amounts due under the GPAs. We own the assets of this separate account as well as any favorable investment performance of those assets. You do not participate in the performance of the assets held in this separate account. We guarantee all benefits relating to your value in the GPAs. This guarantee is based on the continued claims-paying ability of the company’s general account. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of insurance and financial products as well, and we also pay our obligations under these products from assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account.

We intend to construct and manage the investment portfolio relating to the separate account in such a way as to minimize the impact of fluctuations by interest rates. We seek to achieve this by constructing a portfolio of assets with a price sensitivity to interest rate changes (i.e., price duration) that is similar to the price duration of the corresponding portfolio of liabilities.

We must invest this portfolio of assets in accordance with requirements established by applicable state laws regarding the nature and quality of investments that life insurance companies may make and the percentage of their assets that they may commit to any particular type of investment. Our investment strategy will incorporate the use of a variety of debt instruments having price durations tending to match the applicable guarantee periods. These instruments include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities, which issues may or may not be guaranteed by the U.S. government;

• Debt securities that have an investment grade, at the time of purchase, within the four highest grades assigned by any of three nationally recognized rating agencies — Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s Investors Service or Fitch — or are rated in the two highest grades by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners;

• Other debt instruments which are unrated or rated below investment grade, limited to 10% of assets at the time of purchase; and

• Real estate mortgages, limited to 45% of portfolio assets at the time of acquisition.

In addition, options and futures contracts on fixed income securities will be used from time to time to achieve and maintain appropriate investment and liquidity characteristics on the overall asset portfolio.

While this information generally describes our investment strategy, we are not obligated to follow any particular strategy except as may be required by federal law and Indiana and other state insurance laws.

Market Value Adjustment (MVA)

We will not apply an MVA to contract value you transfer or withdraw out of the GPAs within 30 days before the end of the guarantee period. During this 30 day window you may choose to start a new guarantee period of the same length, transfer the contract value to a GPA of another length, transfer the contract value to any of the subaccountsor the one-year fixed account, if available
or withdraw the contract value (subject to applicable withdrawal provisions). If we do not receive any instructions at the end of your guarantee period, our current practice is to automatically transfer the contract value into the shortest GPA term offered in your state.

Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    21

We guarantee the contract value allocated to the GPAs, including interest credited, if you do not make any transfers or withdrawals from the GPAs prior to 30 days before the end of the guarantee period (30 day rule). At all other times, and unless one of the exceptions to the 30 day rule described below applies, we will apply an MVA if you withdraw or transfer contract value from a GPA including withdrawals under the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, or you elect an annuity payout plan while you have contract value invested in a GPA. We will refer to these transactions as “early withdrawals.” The application of an MVA may result in either a gain or loss of principal.

The 30-day rule does not apply and no MVA will apply to:

• transfers from a one-year GPA occurring under an automated dollar-cost averaging program or interest sweep strategy;

• automatic rebalancing under any PN program model portfolio we offer which contains one or more GPAs. However, an MVA will apply if you transfer to a new PN program investment option;

• amounts applied to an annuity payout plan while a PN program model portfolio containing one or more GPAs is in effect;

• amounts withdrawn for fees and charges; and

• amounts we pay as death claims.

When you request an early withdrawal, we adjust the early withdrawal amount by an MVA formula. The early withdrawal amount reflects the relationship between the guaranteed interest rate you are earning in your current GPA and the interest rate we are crediting on new GPAs that end at the same time as your current GPA.

The MVA is sensitive to changes in current interest rates. The magnitude of any applicable MVA will depend on our current schedule of guaranteed interest rates at the time of the withdrawal, the time remaining in your guarantee period and your guaranteed interest rate. The MVA is negative, zero or positive depending on how the guaranteed interest rate on your GPA compares to the interest rate of a new GPA for the same number of years as the guarantee period remaining on your GPA. This is summarized in the following table:

If your GPA rate is:	The MVA is:
Less than the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Negative
Equal to the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Zero
Greater than the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Positive

For examples, see Appendix A.

22    Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The General Account

The general account includes all assets owned by RiverSource Life, other than those in the variable account and our other separate accounts. Subject to applicable state law, we have sole discretion to decide how assets of the general account will be invested. The assets held in our general account support the guarantees under your contract including any optional benefits offered under the contract. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to many of the same risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of annuities and financial instruments and products as well, and these obligations are satisfied from the assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account. The fixed account is supported by our general account that we make available under the contract.

The One-Year Fixed Account

Unless the PN program is in effect, you may allocate purchase payments or transfer accumulated value to the one-year fixed account. We back the principal and interest guarantees relating to the one-year fixed account. The value of the one-year fixed account increases as we credit interest to the account. Purchase payments and transfers to the one-year fixed account become part of our general account. We credit and compound interest daily based on a 365-day year (366 in a leap year) so as to produce the annual effective rate which we declare. The interest rate we apply to each purchase payment or transfer to the one-year fixed account is guaranteed for one year. Thereafter we will change the rates from time-to-time at our discretion. Interest rates credited in excess of the guaranteed rate generally will be based on various factors related to future investment earnings. The guaranteed minimum interest rate offered may vary by state but will not be lower than state law allows.

There are restrictions on the amount you can allocate to this account as well as on transfers from this account (see “Buying Your Contract” and “Transfer policies”).

Because of exemptive and exclusionary provisions, we have not registered interests in the one-year fixed account as securities under the Securities Act of 1933 nor have any of these accounts been registered as investment companies under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Accordingly, neither the fixed account nor any interests in the fixed account are subject to the provisions of these Acts.

The one-year fixed account has not been registered with the SEC. Disclosures regarding the one-year fixed account, however, are subject to certain generally applicable provisions of the federal securities laws relating to the accuracy and completeness of statements made in a prospectus. 

Buying Your Contract

New contracts are not currently being offered.

We are required by law to obtain personal information from you which we used to verify your identity. If you do not provide this information we reserve the right to refuse to issue your contract or take other steps we deem reasonable. As the owner, you have all rights and may receive all benefits under the contract.

You can own a qualified or nonqualified annuity. Generally, you can own a nonqualified annuity in joint tenancy with rights of survivorship only in spousal situations. You cannot own a qualified annuity in joint tenancy. You can become an owner if you are 85 or younger. (The age limit may be younger for qualified annuities in some states.)

When you applied, you could have selected (if available in your state):

• GPAs, the one-year fixed account and/or subaccounts in which you want to invest;

• how you want to make purchase payments;

• the length of the withdrawal charge schedule (5 or 7 years);

• a beneficiary;

• the optional PN program⁽¹⁾; and

• one of the following Death Benefits:

– ROP Death Benefit;

– MAV Death Benefit;

– 5% Accumulation Death Benefit⁽²⁾; or

– Enhanced Death Benefit⁽²⁾.

Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    23

In addition, you also could have selected (if available in your state):

Any one of the following Optional Living Benefits:

• Accumulation Protector Benefit rider

• Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider

• Income Assurer Benefit – MAV rider

• Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base rider

• Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base rider

Either of the following Optional Death Benefits:

•	Benefit Protector Death Benefit rider(3)
•	Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit rider(3)
(1)	There is no additional charge for this feature.
(2)	The 5% Accumulation Death Benefit and Enhanced Death Benefit are not available with Benefit Protector and Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit riders.
(3)	Not available with the 5% Accumulation Death Benefit or Enhanced Death Benefit.

The contract provides for allocation of purchase payments to the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and/or the subaccounts of the variable account in even 1% increments subject to the $1,000 required minimum investment for the GPAs. The amount of any purchase payment allocated to the one-year fixed account in total cannot exceed 30% of the purchase payment. More than 30% of a purchase payment may be so allocated if you establish a dollar-cost averaging arrangement with respect to the purchase payment according to procedures currently in effect. We reserve the right to further limit purchase payment allocations to the one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then crediting on new purchase payments allocated to the one-year fixed account is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract.

We will credit additional eligible purchase payments you make to your accounts on the valuation date we receive them. If we receive an additional purchase payment at our Service Center before the close of business, we will credit any portion of that payment allocated to the subaccounts using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received the payment. If we receive an additional purchase payment at our Service Center at or after the close of business, we will credit any portion of that payment allocated to the subaccounts using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received the payment.

You may make monthly payments to your contract under a Systematic Investment Plan (SIP). You must make an initial purchase payment of $10,000. Then, to begin the SIP, you will complete and send a form and your first SIP payment along with your application. There is no charge for SIP. You can stop your SIP payments at any time.

In most states, you may make additional purchase payments to nonqualified and qualified annuities until the retirement date.

Householding and delivery of certain documents

With your prior consent, RiverSource Life and its affiliates may use and combine information concerning accounts owned by members of the same household and provide a single paper copy of certain documents to that household. This householding of documents may include prospectuses, supplements, annual reports, semiannual reports and proxies. Your authorization remains in effect unless we are notified otherwise. If you wish to continue receiving multiple copies of these documents, you can opt out of householding by calling us at 1.866.273.7429. Multiple mailings will resume within 30 days after we receive your opt out request.

The Retirement Date

Annuity payouts begin on the retirement date. This means that the contract will be annuitized or converted to a stream of monthly payments. If your contract is annuitized, the contract goes into payout and only the annuity payout provisions continue. You will no longer have access to your contract value. This means that the death benefit and any optional benefits you have elected will end. When we processed your application, we established the retirement date to be the maximum age then in effect (or contract anniversary if applicable). Unless otherwise elected by you, all retirement dates are now automatically set to the maximum age of 95 now in effect. You also can change the retirement date, provided you send us written instructions at least 30 days before annuity payouts begin.

The retirement date must be:

• no earlier than the 30th day after the contract’s effective date; and no later than

• the annuitant’s 95th birthday or the tenth contract anniversary, if later,

• or such other date as agreed upon by us.

24    Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Six months prior to your retirement start date, we will contact you with your options including the option to postpone your retirement start date to a future date. You can choose to delay the retirement start date of your contract to a date beyond age 95, to the extent allowed by applicable state law and tax laws.

If you do not make an election, annuity payouts using the contract’s default option of annuity payout Plan B – Life with 10 years certain will begin on the retirement start date and your monthly annuity payments will continue for as long as the annuitant lives. If the annuitant does not survive 10 years, we will continue to make payments until 10 years of payments have been made.

Generally, if you own a qualified annuity (for example, an IRA) and tax laws require that you take distributions from your annuity prior to your retirement start date, your contract will not be automatically annuitized (subject to state requirements). However, if you choose, you can elect to request annuitization or take surrenders to meet your required minimum distributions.

Beneficiary

We will pay to your named beneficiary the death benefit if it becomes payable while the contract is in force and before annuity payouts begin. If there is more than one beneficiary, we will pay each beneficiary’s designated share when we receive their completed claim. A beneficiary will bear the investment risk of the variable account until we receive the beneficiary’s completed claim. If there is no named beneficiary, the default provisions of your contract will apply. (See “Benefits in Case of Death” for more about beneficiaries.)

Purchase Payments

Purchase payment amounts and purchase payment timing may vary by state and be limited under the terms of your contract.

Minimum initial purchase payment

$10,000

Minimum additional purchase payments

$50 for SIPs

$100 for all other payment types

Maximum total purchase payments*

$1,000,000

* This limit applies in total to all RiverSource Life annuities you own. We reserve the right to waive or increase the maximum limit. For qualified annuities, the Code’s limits on annual contributions also apply. Additional purchase payments are restricted during the waiting period after the first 180 days immediately following the effective date of the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider.

Effective Jan. 26, 2009, no additional purchase payments are allowed for contracts with the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, Enhanced Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, or Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, subject to state restrictions.

For contracts issued in all states except those listed below certain exceptions apply and the following additional purchase payments will be allowed on/after Jan. 26, 2009:

a.	Tax Free Exchanges, rollovers, and transfers listed on the annuity application and received within 180 days from the contract issue date.
b.	Prior and current tax year contributions up to the annual limit set up by the IRS for any Qualified Accounts except TSAs and 401(a)s. This annual limit applies to IRAs, Roth IRAs, and SEP plans.

For contracts issued in Florida, New Jersey, and Oregon, additional purchase payments to your variable annuity contract will be limited to $100,000 for the life of your contract. The limit does not apply to Tax Free Exchanges, rollovers, and transfers listed on the annuity application and received within 180 days from the contract issue date.

We reserve the right to change these current rules at any time, subject to state restrictions.

How to Make Purchase Payments

11 By letter

Send your check along with your name and contract number to:

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474

Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    25

22 By SIP

Contact your investment professional to complete the necessary SIP paperwork.

Purchase Payment Credits

As of May 1, 2006, we no longer offer purchase payment credits in most states.

Purchase payment credits were available if you:

• purchased a contract with the seven-year surrender charge schedule with an application signed date before May 1, 2006; or

• purchased a contract with the seven-year surrender charge schedule with an application signed date on or after May 1, 2006 in a state where purchase payment credits are/were still available at the time you purchased your contract.

We applied a credit to your contract of 1% of your current purchase payment. We applied this credit immediately. We allocated the credit to the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportions as your purchase payment.

We reversed credits from the contract value for any purchase payment that was not honored (if, for example, your purchase payment check was returned for insufficient funds).

To the extent a death benefit or withdrawal payment includes purchase payment credits applied within twelve months preceding: (1) the date of death that results in a lump sum death benefit payment under this contract; or (2) a request for withdrawal charge waiver due to “Contingent events” (see “Charges — Contingent events”), we will assess a charge, similar to a withdrawal charge, equal to the amount of the purchase payment credits. The amount we pay to you under these circumstances will always equal or exceed your withdrawal value.

Because of higher charges, there may be circumstances where you may be worse off for having received the credit than in other contracts. All things being equal (such as guarantee availability or fund performance and availability), this may occur if you hold your contract for 15 years or more. This also may occur if you make a full withdrawal in the first seven years. You should consider these higher charges and other relevant factors before you buy this contract or before you exchange a contract you currently own for this contract.

Limitations on Use of Contract

If mandated by applicable law, including, but not limited to, federal anti-money laundering laws, we may be required to reject a purchase payment. We may also be required to block an owner’s access to contract values or to satisfy other statutory obligations. Under these circumstances, we may refuse to implement requests for transfers, withdrawals or death benefits until instructions are received from the appropriate governmental authority or a court of competent jurisdiction.

Charges

Contract Administrative Charge

We charge this fee for establishing and maintaining your records. We deduct $40 from the contract value on your contract anniversary or, if earlier, when the contract is fully withdrawn. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. Some states also limit any contract charge allocated to the fixed account.

We will waive this charge when your contract value is $50,000 or more on the current contract anniversary.

If you take a full withdrawal from your contract, we will deduct the charge at the time of withdrawal regardless of the contract value. We cannot increase the annual contract administrative charge and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

Variable Account Administrative Charge

We apply this charge daily to the subaccounts. It is reflected in the unit values of your subaccounts and it totals 0.15% of their average daily net assets on an annual basis. It covers certain administrative and operating expenses of the subaccounts such as accounting, legal and data processing fees and expenses involved in the preparation and distribution of reports and prospectuses. We cannot increase the variable account administrative charge.

26    Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Mortality and Expense Risk Fee

We charge these fees daily to the subaccounts. The unit values of your subaccounts reflect these fees. These fees cover the mortality and expense risk that we assume. These fees do not apply to the GPAs or the one-year fixed account. We cannot increase these fees.

The mortality and expense risk fee you pay is based on the death benefit guarantee you select, whether the contract is a qualified annuity or a nonqualified annuity and the withdrawal charge schedule that applies to your contract.

Seven-year withdrawal charge schedule	Qualified annuities	Nonqualified annuities
ROP Death Benefit	1.00%	1.15%
MAV Death Benefit	1.20	1.35
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.35	1.50
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.40	1.55

Five-year withdrawal schedule	Qualified annuities	Nonqualified annuities
ROP Death Benefit	1.20	1.35
MAV Death Benefit	1.40	1.55
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.55	1.70
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.60	1.75

Mortality risk arises because of our guarantee to pay a death benefit and our guarantee to make annuity payouts according to the terms of the contract, no matter how long a specific owner or annuitant lives and no matter how long our entire group of owners or annuitants live. If, as a group, owners or annuitants outlive the life expectancy we assumed in our actuarial tables, then we must take money from our general assets to meet our obligations. If, as a group, owners or annuitants do not live as long as expected, we could profit from the mortality risk fee. We deduct the mortality risk fee from the subaccounts during the annuity payout period even if the annuity payout plan does not involve a life contingency.

Expense risk arises because we cannot increase the contract administrative charge or the variable account administrative charge and these charges may not cover our expenses. We would have to make up any deficit from our general assets. We could profit from the expense risk fee if future expenses are less than expected.

The subaccounts pay us the mortality and expense risk fee they accrued as follows:

• first, to the extent possible, the subaccounts pay this fee from any dividends distributed from the funds in which they invest;

• then, if necessary, the funds redeem shares to cover any remaining fees payable.

We may use any profits we realize from the subaccounts’ payment to us of the mortality and expense risk fee for any proper corporate purpose, including, among others, payment of distribution (selling) expenses. We do not expect that the withdrawal charge will cover sales and distribution expenses.

Withdrawal Charge

If you withdraw all or part of your contract value before annuity payouts begin, we may deduct a withdrawal charge. As described below, a withdrawal charge applies to each purchase payment you make. The withdrawal charge lasts for 7 years or 5 years from the receipt of each purchase payment, depending on which withdrawal charge schedule you select when you purchase the contract (See “Expense Summary”).

You may withdraw an amount during any contract year without a withdrawal charge. We call this amount the Total Free Amount (TFA). The TFA varies depending on whether your contract includes the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider:

Contracts without the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider

The TFA is the greater of:

• 10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary⁽¹⁾; or

• current contract earnings.

Contracts with Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider

The TFA is the greatest of:

•	10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary(1);
•	current contract earnings; or
•	the Remaining Benefit Payment.
(1)	We consider your initial purchase payment to be the prior contract anniversary’s contract value during the first contract year.

Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    27

Amounts withdrawn in excess of the TFA may be subject to a withdrawal charge as described below.

A withdrawal charge will apply if the amount you withdraw includes any of your prior purchase payments that are still within their withdrawal charge schedule. To determine whether your withdrawal includes any of your prior purchase payments that are still within their withdrawal charge schedule, we withdraw amounts from your contract in the following order:

1.

We withdraw the TFA first. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on the TFA.

2.

We withdraw purchase payments not previously withdrawn, in the order you made them: the oldest purchase payment first, the next purchase payment second, etc. until all purchase payments have been withdrawn. By applying this “first-in, first-out” rule, we do not assess a withdrawal charge on purchase payments that we received prior to the number of years stated in the withdrawal charge schedule you select when you purchase the contract. We only assess a withdrawal charge on purchase payments that are still within the withdrawal charge schedule you selected.

Example: Each time you make a purchase payment under the contract, a withdrawal charge schedule attaches to that purchase payment. The withdrawal charge percentage for each purchase payment declines according to the withdrawal charge schedule shown in your contract.(The withdrawal charge percentages for the 5-Year and 7-Year withdrawal charge schedule are shown in a table in the “Expense Summary” above.) For example, if you select the 7-Year withdrawal charge schedule, during the first two years after a purchase payment is made, the withdrawal charge percentage attached to that payment is 8%. The withdrawal charge percentage for that payment during the seventh year after it is made is 3%. At the beginning of the eighth year after that purchase payment is made, and thereafter, there is no longer a withdrawal charge as to that payment.

We determine your withdrawal charge by multiplying each of your payments withdrawn by the applicable withdrawal charge percentage (see “Expense Summary”), and then adding the total withdrawal charges.

For a partial withdrawal that is subject to a withdrawal charge, the amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable withdrawal charge. A partial withdrawal that includes contract value taken from the guarantee period accounts may also be subject to a market value adjustment (see “Guarantee Period Accounts — Market Value Adjustment”). We pay you the amount you request.

The amount of purchase payments withdrawn is calculated using a prorated formula based on the percentage of contract value being withdrawn. As a result, the amount of purchase payments withdrawn may be greater than the amount of contract value withdrawn.

For an example, see Appendix C.

Waiver of withdrawal charges

We do not assess withdrawal charges for:

•	withdrawals of any contract earnings;
•	withdrawals of amounts totaling up to 10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary to the extent it exceeds contract earnings;
•	if you elected the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, your contract’s Remaining Benefit Payment to the extent it exceeds the greater of contract earnings or 10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary;
•	required minimum distributions from a qualified annuity to the extent that they exceed the free amount. The amount on which withdrawal charges are waived can be no greater than the RMD amount calculated under your specific contract currently in force;
•	contracts settled using an annuity payout plan (Exception: As described below, if you select annuity payout Plan E, and choose later to withdraw the value of your remaining annuity payments, we will assess a withdrawal charge. )
•	withdrawals made as a result of one of the “Contingent events”* described below to the extent permitted by state law; and
•	death benefits*.
*	However, we will reverse certain purchase payment credits. (See “Buying Your Contract — Purchase Payment Credits.”)

Contingent events

• Withdrawals you make if you or the annuitant are confined to a hospital or nursing home and have been for the prior 60 days. Your contract will include this provision when you and the annuitant are under age 76 at contract issue. You must provide proof satisfactory to us of the confinement as of the date you request the withdrawal.

• To the extent permitted by state law, withdrawals you make if you or the annuitant are diagnosed in the second or later contract years as disabled with a medical condition that with reasonable medical certainty will result in death

28    Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

within 12 months or less from the date of the licensed physician’s statement. You must provide us with a licensed physician’s statement containing the terminal illness diagnosis and the date the terminal illness was initially diagnosed.

Liquidation charge under Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:If you are receiving variable annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to withdraw those payments. The amount that you can withdraw is the present value of any remaining variable payouts. The discount rate we use in the calculation will be 5.17% if the assumed investment return is 3.5% and 6.67% if the assumed investment return is 5%. The liquidation charge equals the present value of the remaining payouts using the assumed investment return minus the present value of the remaining payouts using the discount rate.

Fixed Payouts: Withdrawal charge for Fixed Annuity Payout Plan E – Payouts for a specified period: If you are receiving annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to take a withdraw and withdrawal charge may apply.

A withdrawal charge will be assessed against the present value of any remaining guaranteed payouts withdrawn. The discount rate we use in determining present values varies based on: (1) the contract value originally applied to the fixed annuitization; (2) the remaining years of guaranteed payouts; (3) the annual effective interest rate and periodic payment amount for new immediate annuities of the same duration as the remaining years of guaranteed payouts; and (4) the interest spread (currently 1.50%). If we do not currently offer immediate annuities, we will use rates and values applicable to new annuitizations to determine the discount rate.

Once the discount rate is applied and we have determined the present value of the remaining guaranteed payouts you withdrawn, the present value determined will be multiplied by the withdrawal charge percentage in the table below and deducted from the present value to determine the net present value you will receive.

Number of Completed Years Since Annuitization	Withdrawal charge percentage
0	Not applicable*
1	5%
2	4
3	3
4	2
5	1
6 and thereafter	0

*We do not permit withdrawals in the first year after annuitization.

We will provide a quoted present value (which includes the deduction of any withdrawal charge). You must then formally elect, in a form acceptable to us, to receive this value. The remaining guaranteed payouts following withdraw will be reduced to zero.

Possible group reductions: In some cases we may incur lower sales and administrative expenses due to the size of the group, the average contribution and the use of group enrollment procedures. In such cases, we may be able to reduce or eliminate the contract administrative and withdrawal charges. However, we expect this to occur infrequently.

Fund Fees and Expenses

There are deductions from and expenses paid out of the assets of the funds that are described in the prospectuses for those funds.

Premium Taxes

Certain state and local governments impose premium taxes on us (up to 3.5%). These taxes depend upon your state of residence or the state in which the contract was issued. Currently, we deduct any applicable premium tax when annuity payouts begin, but we reserve the right to deduct this tax at other times such as when you make purchase payments or when you make a full withdrawal from your contract.

Optional Living Benefits Charges

Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider Fee

We deduct an annual charge from your contract value on your contract anniversary for this optional benefit only if you select it. The charge is percentage of the greater of your contract value or the minimum contract accumulation value. See table below for the applicable percentage. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    29

Once you elect the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, you may not cancel it and the charge will continue to be deducted until the end of the waiting period. If the contract is terminated for any reason or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the charge.

The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider fee will not exceed a maximum of 1.75%.

We may increase the rider fee at our discretion and on a nondiscriminatory basis.

We will not change the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider fee in effect on your contract after the rider effective date unless:

(a)	you choose the annual elective step up or elective spousal continuation step up after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee; or
(b)	you change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee or vary the rider fee.

We exercised our right to increase the rider fee upon elective step up or elective spousal continuation step up and vary the fee depending on whether your contract value is invested in one of the Portfolio Navigator or Portfolio Stabilizer funds at the time of the elective step up or spousal continuation step up. You will pay the fee that is in effect on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up. Currently, we waive our right to increase the fee for investment option changes. There is no assurance that we will not exercise our right in the future.

If you request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up, the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are invested at that time, as shown in the table below.

Accumulation Protector Benefit® rider fee	Maximum annual rider fee	Initial annual rider fee and annual rider fee for elective step-ups before 04/29/2013
	1.75%	0.55%

(Charged annually on the contract anniversary as a percentage of the contract value or the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value, whichever is greater.)

Current annual rider fees for elective step-up (including elective spousal continuation step-up) requests on/after 04/29/2013 are shown in the table below.

Elective step up date:	If invested in Portfolio Navigator fund at the time of step-up:	If invested in Portfolio Stabilizer fund at the time of step-up:
04/29/2013 – 11/17/2013	1.75%	n/a
11/18/2013 – 10/17/2014	1.75%	1.30%
10/18/2014 – 06/30/2016	1.60%	1.00%
07/01/2016 – 10/15/2018	1.75%	1.30%
10/16/2018 – 12/29/2019	1.40%	1.00%
12/30/2019 – 07/20/2020	1.55%	1.15%
07/21/2020 and later	1.75%	1.75%

If your annual rider fee changes during the contract year, on the next contract anniversary we will calculate an average rider fee that reflects the various fees that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

Subject to the terms of your contract, we reserve the right to further increase the rider fees to the maximum limit provided by your rider and to vary the rider fees based on the fund you select.

The automatic step up option available under your rider will not impact your rider fee.

Please see the “Optional Living Benefits — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider” section for a full description and rules applicable to elective and automatic step up options under your rider.

The charge does not apply after annuity payouts begin.

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider Fee

This fee information applies to both Rider A and Rider B unless otherwise noted.

We deduct an annual charge based on contract value for this optional feature only if you select it. The initial fee is 0.55%. We deduct the charge from your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

30    Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Once you elect the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, you may not cancel it and the charge will continue to be deducted until the contract is terminated, the contract value reduces to zero. If the contract is terminated for any reason or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee. If the Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA) goes to zero but the contract value has not been depleted, you will continue to be charged.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider fee will not exceed a maximum charge of 1.50%.

We may increase the rider fee at our discretion and on a nondiscriminatory basis.

We will not change the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider fee in effect on your contract after the rider effective date unless:

(a)	you choose the annual elective step up or elective spousal continuation step up after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee; or
(b)	you elect to change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee or vary the rider fee for each PN program investment option.

Effective Dec. 18, 2013, we exercised our right to increase the rider fee and vary the fee depending on the fund to which your contract value is invested.

Beginning Dec. 18, 2013, if you:

• request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up, or

• move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is more aggressive than the Portfolio Navigator fund you are currently allocated to,

the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are currently invested as shown in the table below.

If you move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is less aggressive than the Portfolio Navigator fund you are currently allocated to, your fee will not increase and may decrease according to the table below.

Fund name	Maximum annual rider fee	Current annual rider fee as of 12/18/13
Portfolio Stabilizer funds	1.50%	0.55%
Portfolio Navigator funds:
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.85%
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	1.00%

On your next contract anniversary after, if your contract value is allocated to a fund subject to a fee increase, you will have 30 days following the anniversary to choose from the following:

1.	Remain invested in your current Portfolio Navigator fund and elect to step up (when available) and lock in your contract gains. If you make this decision, your rider fee will increase.
2.	Move to one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. If you do this, your rider fee will not increase, but remember that you will lose your access to invest in the Portfolio Navigator funds.
3.	Do not elect a step up, if eligible. You will not lock in contract gains, but your rider fee will stay the same.

For the enhanced rider, if during the 30 days following your contract anniversary, your contract value is allocated to a fund subject to a fee increase, we will automatically process any available step up and lock in any contract gains, as well as reactivate automatic step ups, when contract value is transferred:

1.	to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund;
2.	to a less aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund that is not subject to a fee increase, if applicable; or
3.	to a more aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund.

For original riders, you must always elect to step up your rider values. The step up and lock in of any contract gains will occur as of the date of the transfer described above.

Rider fees may increase or decrease as you move to various funds. Your fee will increase if you transfer your contract value to a more aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund with a higher fee. If you transfer to a less aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund or transfer to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund, your fee may decrease. Certain rider fees may not change depending on the fund in which your contract value is allocated.

Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    31

We will notify you in writing about your opportunity to elect to step up (if eligible) and incur the higher rider fee or maintain your guaranteed amount at its current level and keep your rider fee the same. For original riders or enhanced riders subject to a fee increase, you will receive a letter from us approximately 30 days before your next annuity contract anniversary. This letter will describe the potential opportunity to elect a step up to increase your guaranteed income and how to make the election if eligible. You will have a 30 day period beginning on your next contract anniversary to choose whether to step up and accept the fee increase. For enhanced riders and original riders with an application signed date on or after 4/29/2005, if approved in your state, the step up and new fee will be effective on the date we receive your request for the step up (Step up date). For original riders with an application signed date before 4/29/2005, the step up will be effective as of your contract anniversary and the fee for your rider will be the fee that was in effect for your current fund on the anniversary.

For purposes of determining the duration of the “30 day window” following your contract anniversary to elect to step up or to transfer funds to lock in any available contract gains, the following will apply:

1.	the duration of your window is determined on a calendar day basis;
2.	under our current administrative process we will accept your request on the 31st calendar day if we receive it prior to the close of the NYSE; and
3.	if your window ends on a day the NYSE is closed, we must receive your request no later than the close of the NYSE on the preceding Valuation Date.

Under the enhanced rider, each year, we will continue to provide you written notice of your options with respect to elective step ups and the fee increase until you are no longer subject to a fee increase. Once you have taken action that results in a higher fee, you will become eligible for automatic step ups under the rider.

Before you elect a step up resulting in an increased rider fee, you should carefully consider the benefit of the contract value gains you are locking-in and the increased rider fee compared to your other options including whether it is appropriate to consider moving to a fund with a lower corresponding rider fee.

Subject to the terms of your contract, we reserve the right to further increase the rider fee up to the maximum limit provided by your rider. Currently, the rider fee does not vary among the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, but we reserve the right to vary the fees among the Portfolio Stabilizer funds in the future.

If you choose the annual or spousal continuation elective step up or change your investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee as described above, you will pay the fee that is in effect on the effective date of your step up or investment option change. On the next contract anniversary, we will calculate an average rider fee, for the preceding contract year only, that reflects the various different charges that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

The charge does not apply after annuity payouts begin.

For an example of how your fee will vary upon elective step up or spousal continuation step up, please see Appendix F.

Income Assurer Benefit Rider Fee

We deduct a charge for this optional feature only if you selected it. We determine the charge by multiplying the guaranteed income benefit base by the charge for the Income Assurer Benefit rider you select. There are three Income Assurer Benefit rider options available under your contract (see “Optional Benefits — Income Assurer Benefit Riders”) and each has a different guaranteed income benefit base calculation. The charge for each Income Assurer Benefit rider is as follows:

	Maximum	Current
Income Assurer Benefit – MAV	1.50%	0.30%(1)
Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base	1.75	0.60(1)
Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base	2.00	0.65(1)

⁽¹⁾ For applications signed prior to Oct. 7, 2004, the following current annual rider charges apply: Income Assurer Benefit – MAV — 0.55%, Income Assurer Benefit — 5% Accumulation Benefit Base — 0.70%; and Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base — 0.75%.

We deduct the charge from the contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among the GPAs , the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary. If the contract is terminated for any reason or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the fee from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee.

Currently the Income Assurer Benefit rider fee does not vary with the PN program investment option selected; however, we reserve the right to increase this fee and/or vary the rider fee for each PN program investment option but not to exceed the maximum charges shown above. We cannot change the Income Assurer Benefit charge after the rider

32    Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

effective date, unless you change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the fee and/or charge a separate fee for each PN program investment option. If you choose to change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee, you will pay the fee that is in effect on the valuation date we receive your written request to change your PN program investment option. On the next contract anniversary, we will calculate an average rider fee, for the preceding contract year only, that reflects the various different charges that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

For an example of how each Income Assurer Benefit rider fee is calculated, see Appendix I.

Optional Death Benefit Charges

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider Fee

We deduct a charge for the optional feature only if you select it. If selected, we deduct 0.25% of your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

If the contract is terminated for any reason other than death or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the charge. We cannot increase this annual charge after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider Fee

We charge a fee for the optional feature only if you select it. If selected, we deduct 0.40% of your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this fee among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

If the contract is terminated for any reason other than death or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the fee from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee. We cannot increase this annual charge after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

Valuing Your Investment

We value your accounts as follows:

GPAs and One-Year Fixed Account

We value the amounts you allocate to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account directly in dollars. The value of the GPAs and the one-year fixed account equals:

• the sum of your purchase payments and transfer amounts allocated to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account (including any positive or negative MVA on amounts transferred from the GPAs to the one-year fixed account);

• plus any purchase payment credits allocated to the GPAs and one-year fixed account;

• plus interest credited;

• minus the sum of amounts withdrawn (including any applicable withdrawal charges) and amounts transferred out;

• minus any prorated portion of the contract administrative charge; and

• minus the prorated portion of the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Accumulation Protector Benefit rider;

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider;

– Income Assurer Benefit rider;

– Benefit Protector rider; or

– Benefit Protector Plus rider.

Subaccounts

We convert amounts you allocated to the subaccounts into accumulation units. Each time you make a purchase payment or transfer amounts into one of the subaccounts or we apply any purchase payment credits, we credit a certain number of accumulation units to your contract for that subaccount. Conversely, we subtract a certain number of

Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    33

accumulation units from your contract each time you take a partial withdrawal; transfer amounts out of a subaccount; or we assess a contract administrative charge, a withdrawal charge, or fee for any optional contract riders with annual charges (if applicable).

The accumulation units are the true measure of investment value in each subaccount during the accumulation period. They are related to, but not the same as, the net asset value of the fund in which the subaccount invests. The dollar value of each accumulation unit can rise or fall daily depending on the variable account expenses, performance of the fund and on certain fund expenses.

Here is how we calculate accumulation unit values:

Number of units: To calculate the number of accumulation units for a particular subaccount, we divide your investment by the current accumulation unit value.

Accumulation unit value: The current accumulation unit value for each subaccount equals the last value times the subaccount’s current net investment factor.

We determine the net investment factor by:

• adding the fund’s current net asset value per share, plus the per share amount of any accrued income or capital gain dividends to obtain a current adjusted net asset value per share; then

• dividing that sum by the previous adjusted net asset value per share; and

• subtracting the percentage factor representing the mortality and expense risk fee and the variable account administrative charge from the result.

Because the net asset value of the fund may fluctuate, the accumulation unit value may increase or decrease. You bear all the investment risk in a subaccount.

Factors that affect subaccount accumulation units: Accumulation units may change in two ways — in number and in value.

The number of accumulation units you own may fluctuate due to:

• additional purchase payments you allocate to the subaccounts;

• transfers into or out of the subaccounts (including any positive or negative MVA on amounts transferred from the GPAs);

• partial withdrawals;

• withdrawal charges;

and the deduction of a prorated portion of:

• the contract administrative charge; and

• the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Accumulation Protector Benefit rider;

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider;

– Income Assurer Benefit rider;

– Benefit Protector rider; or

– Benefit Protector Plus rider.

Accumulation unit values will fluctuate due to:

• changes in fund net asset value;

• fund dividends distributed to the subaccounts;

• fund capital gains or losses;

• fund operating expenses; and

• mortality and expense risk fee and the variable account administrative charge.

34    Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Making the Most of Your Contract

Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging

Currently, you can use automated transfers to take advantage of dollar-cost averaging (investing a fixed amount at regular intervals). For example, you might transfer a set amount monthly from a relatively conservative subaccount to a more aggressive one, or to several others, or from the one-year GPA or one-year fixed account to one or more subaccounts. Automated transfers are not available for GPA terms of two or more years. You can also obtain the benefits of dollar-cost averaging by setting up regular automatic SIP payments or by establishing an interest sweep strategy. Interest sweeps are a monthly transfer of the interest earned from the one-year GPA or one-year fixed account into the subaccounts of your choice. If you participate in an interest sweep strategy the interest you earn on the one-year GPA or one-year fixed account will be less than the annual interest rate we apply because there will be no compounding. There is no charge for dollar-cost averaging.

This systematic approach can help you benefit from fluctuations in accumulation unit values caused by fluctuations in the market values of the funds. Since you invest the same amount each period, you automatically acquire more units when the market value falls and fewer units when it rises. The potential effect is to lower your average cost per unit.

How dollar-cost averaging works

By investing an equal number of dollars each month		Month	Amount invested	Accumulation unit value	Number of units purchased
		Jan	$100	$20	5.00
		Feb	100	18	5.56
you automatically buy more units when the per unit market price is low		Mar	100	17	5.88
	→	Apr	100	15	6.67
		May	100	16	6.25
		Jun	100	18	5.56
		Jul	100	17	5.88
and fewer units when the per unit market price is high.		Aug	100	19	5.26
	→	Sept	100	21	4.76
		Oct	100	20	5.00

You paid an average price of $17.91 per unit over the 10 months, while the average market price actually was $18.10.

Dollar-cost averaging does not guarantee that any subaccount will gain in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. Because dollar-cost averaging involves continuous investing, your success will depend upon your willingness to continue to invest regularly through periods of low price levels. Dollar-cost averaging can be an effective way to help meet your long-term goals. For specific features contact your investment professional.

Dollar-cost averaging as described in this section is not available when the PN program is in effect.

Dollar-cost averaging as described in this section is not available when the PN program is in effect. (see “Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds” below).

Asset Rebalancing

You can ask us in writing to automatically rebalance the subaccount portion of your contract value either quarterly, semiannually, or annually. The period you select will start to run on the date we record your request. On the first valuation date of each of these periods, we automatically will rebalance your contract value so that the value in each subaccount matches your current subaccount percentage allocations. These percentage allocations must be in whole numbers. There is no charge for asset rebalancing. The contract value must be at least $2,000.

You can change your percentage allocations or your rebalancing period at any time by contacting us in writing. We will restart the rebalancing period you selected as of the date we record your change. You also can ask us in writing to stop rebalancing your contract value. You must allow 30 days for us to change any instructions that currently are in place. For more information on asset rebalancing, contact your investment professional.

Different rules apply to asset rebalancing under the PN program (see “Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds” below).

Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    35

Asset Allocation Program

For contracts with applications signed before May 1, 2006, we offered an asset allocation program called Portfolio Navigator. You could elect to participate in the asset allocation program, and there is no additional charge. If you purchased an optional Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider or Income Assurer Benefit rider, you are required to participate in the PN program under the terms of the rider.

This asset allocation program allows you to allocate your contract value to a model portfolio that consists of subaccounts and may include certain GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account (if available under the asset allocation program), which represent various asset classes. By spreading your contract value among these various asset classes, you may be able to reduce the volatility in your contract value, but there is no guarantee that this will occur.

Asset allocation does not guarantee that your contract will increase in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. If you choose or are required to participate in the asset allocation program, you are responsible for determining which model portfolio is best for you. Your investment professional can help you make this determination. In addition, your investment professional may provide you with an investor questionnaire, a tool that can help you determine which model portfolio is suited to your needs based on factors such as your investment goals, your tolerance for risk, and how long you intend to invest.

Currently, there are five model portfolios ranging from conservative to aggressive. You may not use more than one model portfolio at a time. You are allowed to request a change to another model portfolio twice per contract year. Each model portfolio specifies allocation percentages to each of the subaccounts and any GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account that make up that model portfolio. By participating in the asset allocation program, you authorize us to invest your contract value in the subaccounts and any GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account (if included) according to the allocation percentages stated for the specific model portfolio you have selected. You also authorize us to automatically rebalance your contract value quarterly beginning three months after the effective date of your contract in order to maintain alignment with the allocation percentages specified in the model portfolio.

Special rules will apply to the GPAs if they are included in a model portfolio. Under these rules:

• no MVA will apply when rebalancing occurs within a specific model portfolio (but an MVA may apply if you elect to transfer to a new model portfolio); and

• no MVA will apply when you elect an annuity payout plan while your contract value is invested in a model portfolio (see “Guarantee Period Accounts — Market Value Adjustment”).

Under the asset allocation program, the subaccounts, any GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account (if included) that make up the model portfolio you selected and the allocation percentages to those subaccounts, any GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account (if included) will not change unless we adjust the composition of the model portfolio to reflect the liquidation, substitution or merger of an underlying fund, a change of investment objective by an underlying fund or when an underlying fund stops selling its shares to the variable account. We reserve the right to change the terms and conditions of the asset allocation program upon written notice to you.

If permitted under applicable securities law, we reserve the right to:

• reallocate your current model portfolio to an updated version of your current model portfolio; or

• substitute a fund of funds for your current model portfolio.

We also reserve the right to discontinue the asset allocation program. We will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change.

If you elected to participate in the asset allocation program, you may discontinue your participation in the program at any time by giving us written notice. Upon cancellation, automated rebalancing associated with the asset allocation program will end. You can elect to participate in the asset allocation program again at any time.

Required Use of Asset Allocation Program with Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider or Income Assurer Benefit rider

If you are required to participate in the asset allocation program because you purchased an optional Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider or Income Assurer Benefit rider, you may not discontinue your participation in the asset allocation program unless permitted by the terms of the rider as summarized below:

• Accumulation Protector Benefit rider: You cannot terminate the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. As long as the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider is in effect, your contract value must be invested in one of the model portfolios. The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider automatically ends at the end of the waiting period as does the requirement that you participate in the asset allocation program. At all other times, if you do not want to participate in any of the model portfolios, you must terminate your contract by requesting a full withdrawal. Withdrawal charges and tax penalties may apply.Therefore, you should not select the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider if you do not intend to continue participating in one of the model portfolios until the end of the waiting period.

36    Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider: Because the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider requires that your contract value be invested in one of the model portfolios for the life of the contract, and you cannot terminate the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider once you have selected it, you must terminate your contract by requesting a full withdrawal if you do not want to participate in any of the model portfolios. Withdrawal charges and tax penalties may apply.Therefore, you should not select the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider if you do not intend to continue participating in one of the model portfolios for the life of the contract.

• Income Assurer Benefit rider: You can terminate the Income Assurer Benefit rider during a 30-day period after the first rider anniversary and at any time after the expiration of the waiting period. At all other times, if you do not want to participate in any of the model portfolios, you must terminate your contract by requesting a full withdrawal. Withdrawal charges and tax penalties may apply. As long as the Income Assurer Benefit rider is in effect, your contract value must be invested in one of the model portfolios.Therefore, you should not select the Income Assurer Benefit rider if you do not intend to continue participating in one of the model portfolios during the period of time the Income Assurer Benefit rider is in effect.

Portfolio Navigator Program (PN program) and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds

PN Program. You are required to participate in the PN program if your contract includes optional living benefit riders. Under the PN program, your contract value is allocated to a PN program investment. The PN program investment options are currently five funds of funds, each of which invests in underlying funds in proportions that vary among the funds of funds in light of each fund of funds’ investment objective (“Portfolio Navigator funds”). The PN program is available for both nonqualified and qualified annuities.

The Portfolio Navigator funds. We offer the following Portfolio Navigator funds:

1.	Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio
2.	Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio
3.	Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio
4.	Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio
5.	Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio

Each Portfolio Navigator fund is a fund of funds with the investment objective of seeking a high level of total return consistent with a certain level of risk, which it seeks to achieve by investing in various underlying funds.

For additional information about the Portfolio Navigator funds’ investment strategies, see the Funds’ prospectus.

If your contract does not include one of the living benefit riders, you may not participate in the PN program, but you may choose to allocate your contract value to one or more of the Portfolio Navigator funds.

Beginning November 18, 2013, if you have selected Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider or Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, as an alternative to the Portfolio Navigator funds in the PN program, we have made available to you four new funds, known as Portfolio Stabilizer funds.

The Portfolio Stabilizer funds. The following Portfolio Stabilizer funds currently available are:

1.	Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Fund (Class 2)
2.	Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2)
3.	Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2)
4.	Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Growth Fund (Class 2)

Each Portfolio Stabilizer fund has an investment objective of pursuing total return while seeking to manage the Fund’s exposure to equity market volatility.

For additional information about the Portfolio Stabilizer funds’ investment strategies, see the Funds’ prospectuses.

You may choose to remain invested in your current Portfolio Navigator fund, move to a different Portfolio Navigator fund, or move to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund. Your decision should be made based on your own individual investment objectives and financial situation and in consultation with your investment professional.

Please note that if you are currently invested in a Portfolio Navigator fund as part of the PN program and choose to reallocate your contract value to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund, you will no longer have access to any of the Portfolio Navigator funds, but you may change to any one of the other Portfolio Stabilizer funds, subject to the transfer limits applicable to your rider.

Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    37

If your contract does not include the living benefit riders, you may not participate in the PN program; but you may choose to allocate your contract value to one or more of the Portfolio Navigator funds. You should review any PN program, Portfolio Navigator funds and Portfolio Stabilizer funds information, including the funds’ prospectus, carefully. Your investment professional can provide you with additional information and can answer questions you may have on the PN program, Portfolio Navigator funds and Portfolio Stabilizer funds.

The PN program static model portfolios. If you have chosen to remain invested in a “static” PN program model portfolio investment option, your assets will remain invested in accordance with your current model portfolio, and you will not be provided with any updates to the model portfolio or reallocation recommendations. (The last such reallocation recommendation was provided in 2009.) Each model portfolio consists of underlying funds and/or any GPAs (if included) according to the allocation percentages stated for the model portfolio. If you are participating in the PN program through a model portfolio, you instruct us to automatically rebalance your contract value quarterly in order to maintain alignment with these allocation percentages.

Special rules apply to the GPAs if they are included in a model portfolio. Under these rules:

• no MVA will apply when rebalancing occurs within a specific model portfolio (but an MVA may apply if you elect to transfer to a fund of funds);

• no MVA will apply when you elect an annuity payout plan while your contract value is invested in a model portfolio. (See “Guarantee Period Accounts — Market Value Adjustment.”)

If you choose to remain in a static model portfolio, the investments and investment styles and policies of the underlying funds in which your contract value is invested may change. Accordingly, your model portfolio may change so that it is no longer appropriate for your needs, even though your allocations to underlying funds do not change. Furthermore, the absence of periodic updating means that existing underlying funds will not be replaced as may be appropriate due to poor performance, changes in management personnel, liquidation, merger or other factors. Your investment professional can help you determine whether your continued investment in a static model portfolio is appropriate for you.

Investing in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, the Portfolio Navigator funds and PN program static model portfolios (the Funds). You are responsible for determining which investment option is best for you. Currently, the PN program includes five Portfolio Navigator funds (and under the previous PN program, five static model portfolios investment options), with risk profiles ranging from conservative to aggressive in relation to one another. There are four Portfolio Stabilizer funds currently available. If your contract includes a living benefit rider you may not use more than one Portfolio Stabilizer or Portfolio Navigator fund at a time. Your investment professional can help you determine which investment option most closely matches your investing style, based on factors such as your investment goals, your tolerance for risk and how long you intend to invest. There is no guarantee that the investment option you select is appropriate for you based on your investment objectives and/or risk profile. We and Columbia Management are not responsible for your decision to select a certain investment option or your decision to transfer to a different investment option.

If you initially allocate qualifying purchase payments to the one-year fixed account when available (see “One-Year Fixed Account”), and you are invested in one of the Portfolio Stabilizer or Portfolio Navigator funds, we will make monthly transfers in accordance with your instructions from the One-year fixed account into the investment option or model portfolio you have chosen.

Before you decide to transfer contract value to one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, you and your investment professional should carefully consider the following:

• Whether the Portfolio Stabilizer fund meets your personal investment objectives and/or risk tolerance.

• Whether you would like to continue to invest in a Portfolio Navigator fund. If you decide to transfer your contract value to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund, you permanently lose your ability to invest in any of the Portfolio Navigator funds if you have a living benefit rider. If you decide to no longer invest your contract value in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, your only option will be to terminate your contract by requesting a full surrender.Withdrawal charges and tax penalties may apply.

• Whether the total expenses associated with an investment in a Portfolio Stabilizer fund is appropriate for you. For total expenses associated with the rider, you should consider not only the variation of the rider fee, but also the variation in fees among the various funds. You should also consider your overall investment objective, as well as how total fees and your selected fund’s investment objective may impact the amount of any step up opportunities in the future.

You may request a change to your Fund selection (or a transfer from your PN program static model portfolio to either a Portfolio Navigator fund or a Portfolio Stabilizer fund) up to two times per contract year by written request on an authorized form or by another method agreed to by us. If you make such a change, we may charge you a higher fee for your rider. However, an initial transfer from a Portfolio Navigator fund to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund will not count toward the limit of two transfers per year.

38    Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Substitution and modification. We reserve the right to add, remove or substitute Funds. We also reserve the right, upon notification to you, to close or restrict any Fund. Any change will apply to current allocations and/or to future payments and transfers. If your living benefit rider is terminated, you may remain invested in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, but you will not be allowed to allocate future purchase payments or make transfers to these funds. Any substitution of Funds may be subject to SEC or state insurance departments approval.

We reserve the right to change the terms and conditions of the PN program or to change the availability of the investment options upon written notice to you. This includes but is not limited to the right to:

• limit your choice of investment options based on the amount of your initial purchase payment;

• cancel required participation in the program after 30 days written notice;

• substitute a fund of funds for your model portfolio, if applicable, if permitted under applicable securities law; and

• discontinue the PN program after 30 days written notice.

Risks and conflicts of interests associated with the Funds. An investment in a Fund involves risk. Principal risks associated with an investment in a Fund may be found in the relevant Fund’s prospectus. There is no assurance that the Funds will achieve their respective investment objectives. In addition, there is no guarantee that the Fund’s strategy will have its intended effect or that it will work as effectively as is intended.

Investing in a Portfolio Navigator fund, Portfolio Stabilizer fund or PN program static model portfolio does not guarantee that your contract will increase in value nor will it protect in a decline in value if market prices fall. Depending on future market conditions and considering only the potential return on your investment in the Fund, you might benefit (or benefit more) from selecting alternative investment options.

For more information and a list of the risks associated with investing in the Funds, including volatility and volatility management risk associated with Portfolio Stabilizer funds, please consult the applicable Funds’ prospectuses and “The Variable Account and the Funds – Risks and Conflicts of Interest with Certain Funds Advised by Columbia Management” section in this prospectus.

Conflicts of interest. In providing investment advisory services for the Funds and the underlying funds in which those Funds respectively invest, Columbia Management is, together with its affiliates, including us, subject to competing interests that may influence its decisions.

For additional information regarding the conflicts of interest to which Columbia Management may be subject, see the Funds’ prospectuses and “The Variable Account and the Funds – Risks and Conflicts of Interest with Certain Funds Advised by Columbia Management” section in this prospectus.

Living benefits requiring participation in the PN program or investing in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds:

• Accumulation Protector Benefit rider: You cannot terminate the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. As long as the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider is in effect, your contract value must be invested in one of the PN program investment options or in one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. For contracts with applications signed on or after Jan. 26, 2009, you cannot select the Portfolio Navigator Aggressive investment option, or transfer to the Portfolio Navigator Aggressive investment option while the rider is in effect. The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider automatically ends at the end of the waiting period and you then have the option to cancel your participation in the PN program. At all other times, if you do not want to invest in any of the PN program investment options or the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, you must terminate your contract by requesting a full withdrawal. Withdrawal charges and tax penalties may apply.

• Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider: The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider requires that your contract value be invested in one of the PN program investment options or in one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, for the life of the contract and because you cannot terminate the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider once you have selected it, you must terminate your contract by requesting a full withdrawal if you do not want to invest in any of the PN program investment options or the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. Withdrawal charges and tax penalties may apply.

Living benefit requiring participation in the PN program:

• Income Assurer Benefit rider: The Income Assurer Benefit rider requires that your contract value be invested in one of the PN program investment options for the life of the contract. You can terminate the Income Assurer Benefit rider during the 30-day period after the first rider anniversary and at any time after the expiration of the waiting period. At all other times you cannot terminate the Income Assurer Benefit rider once you have selected it and you must terminate your contract by requesting a full withdrawal if you do not want to invest in any of the PN program investment options. Withdrawal charges and tax penalties may apply.

Transferring Among Accounts

The transfer rights discussed in this section do not apply if you have selected one of the optional living benefit riders.

Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    39

You may transfer contract value from any one subaccount, GPAs, the one-year fixed account, to another subaccount before annuity payouts begin. Certain restrictions apply to transfers involving the GPAs and the one-year fixed account.

The date your request to transfer will be processed depends on when and how we receive it:

For transfer requests received in writing:

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your transfer request.

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your transfer request.

For transfer requests received by phone:

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your transfer request.

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your transfer request.

There is no charge for transfers. Before making a transfer, you should consider the risks involved in changing investments. Transfers out of the GPAs will be subject to an MVA if done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period.

We may suspend or modify transfer privileges at any time.

For information on transfers after annuity payouts begin, see “Transfer policies” below.

Transfer policies

• Before annuity payouts begin, you may transfer contract values between the subaccounts, or from the subaccounts to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account at any time. However, if you made a transfer from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs, you may not make a transfer from any subaccount or GPA back to the one-year fixed account for six months following that transfer. We reserve the right to further limit transfers to the one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then currently crediting to the one-year fixed account is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract.

• You may transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs once a year on or within 30 days before or after the contract anniversary (except for automated transfers, which can be set up at any time for certain transfer periods subject to certain minimums). Transfers from the one-year fixed account are not subject to an MVA. The amount of contract value transferred to the one-year fixed account cannot result in the value of the one-year fixed account being greater than 30% of the contract value. Transfers out of the one-year fixed account are limited to 30% of one-year fixed account values at the beginning of the contract year or $10,000, whichever is greater. Because of this limitation, it may take you several years to transfer all your contract value from the one-year fixed account. You should carefully consider whether the one-year fixed account meets your investment criteria before you invest. We reserve the right to further limit transfers to or from the one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then crediting on new purchase payments allocated to the one-year fixed account is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract.

• You may transfer contract values from a GPA any time after 60 days of transfer or payment allocation to the account. Transfers made more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will receive an MVA, which may result in a gain or loss of contract value, unless an exception applies (see “The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs) — Market Value Adjustment (MVA)”).

• If we receive your request on or within 30 days before or after the contract anniversary date, the transfer from the one-year fixed account to the GPAs will be effective on the valuation date we receive it.

• If you select a variable annuity payout, once annuity payouts begin, you may make transfers once per contract year among the subaccounts and we reserve the right to limit the number of subaccounts in which you may invest.

• Once annuity payouts begin, you may not make any transfers to the GPAs or the one-year fixed account.

Market Timing

Market timing can reduce the value of your investment in the contract. If market timing causes the returns of an underlying fund to suffer, contract value you have allocated to a subaccount that invests in that underlying fund will be lower too. Market timing can cause you, any joint owner of the contract and your beneficiary(ies) under the contract a financial loss.

40    Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

We seek to prevent market timing. Market timing is frequent or short-term trading activity. We do not accommodate short-term trading activities. Do not buy a contract if you wish to use short-term trading strategies to manage your investment. The market timing policies and procedures described below apply to transfers among the subaccounts within the contract. The underlying funds in which the subaccounts invest have their own market timing policies and procedures. The market timing policies of the underlying funds may be more restrictive than the market timing policies and procedures we apply to transfers among the subaccounts of the contract, and may include redemption fees. We reserve the right to modify our market timing policies and procedures at any time without prior notice to you.

Market timing may hurt the performance of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests in several ways, including but not necessarily limited to:

• diluting the value of an investment in an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests;

• increasing the transaction costs and expenses of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests; and,

• preventing the investment adviser(s) of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests from fully investing the assets of the fund in accordance with the fund’s investment objectives.

Funds available as investment options under the contract that invest in securities that trade in overseas securities markets may be at greater risk of loss from market timing, as market timers may seek to take advantage of changes in the values of securities between the close of overseas markets and the close of U.S. markets. Also, the risks of market timing may be greater for underlying funds that invest in securities such as small cap stocks, high yield bonds, or municipal securities, that may be traded infrequently.

In order to help protect you and the underlying funds from the potentially harmful effects of market timing activity, we apply the following market timing policy to discourage frequent transfers of contract value among the subaccounts of the variable account:

We try to distinguish market timing from transfers that we believe are not harmful, such as periodic rebalancing for purposes of an asset allocation, dollar-cost averaging and asset rebalancing program that may be described in this prospectus. There is no set number of transfers that constitutes market timing. Even one transfer in related accounts may be market timing. We seek to restrict the transfer privileges of a contract owner who makes more than three subaccount transfers in any 90 day period. We also reserve the right to refuse any transfer request, if, in our sole judgment, the dollar amount of the transfer request would adversely affect unit values.

If we determine, in our sole judgment, that your transfer activity constitutes market timing, we may modify, restrict or suspend your transfer privileges to the extent permitted by applicable law, which may vary based on the state law that applies to your contract and the terms of your contract. These restrictions or modifications may include, but not be limited to:

• requiring transfer requests to be submitted only by first-class U.S. mail;

• not accepting hand-delivered transfer requests or requests made by overnight mail;

• not accepting telephone or electronic transfer requests;

• requiring a minimum time period between each transfer;

• not accepting transfer requests of an agent acting under power of attorney;

• limiting the dollar amount that you may transfer at any one time;

• suspending the transfer privilege; or

• modifying instructions under an automated transfer program to exclude a restricted fund if you do not provide new instructions.

Subject to applicable state law and the terms of each contract, we will apply the policy described above to all contract owners uniformly in all cases. We will notify you in writing after we impose any modification, restriction or suspension of your transfer rights.

Because we exercise discretion in applying the restrictions described above, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to identify and restrict all market timing activity. In addition, state law and the terms of some contracts may prevent us from stopping certain market timing activity. Market timing activity that we are unable to identify and/or restrict may impact the performance of the underlying funds and may result in lower contract values.

In addition to the market timing policy described above, which applies to transfers among the subaccounts within your contract, you should carefully review the market timing policies and procedures of the underlying funds. The market timing policies and procedures of the underlying funds may be materially different than those we impose on transfers among the subaccounts within your contract and may include mandatory redemption fees as well as other measures to discourage frequent transfers. As an intermediary for the underlying funds, we are required to assist them in applying their market timing policies and procedures to transactions involving the purchase and exchange of fund shares. This assistance may include, but not be limited to, providing the underlying fund upon request with your

Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    41

Social Security Number, Taxpayer Identification Number or other United States government-issued identifier, and the details of your contract transactions involving the underlying fund. An underlying fund, in its sole discretion, may instruct us at any time to prohibit you from making further transfers of contract value to or from the underlying fund, and we must follow this instruction. We reserve the right to administer and collect on behalf of an underlying fund any redemption fee imposed by an underlying fund. Market timing policies and procedures adopted by underlying funds may affect your investment in the contract in several ways, including but not limited to:

• Each fund may restrict or refuse trading activity that the fund determines, in its sole discretion, represents market timing.

• Even if we determine that your transfer activity does not constitute market timing under the market timing policies described above which we apply to transfers you make under the contract, it is possible that the underlying fund’s market timing policies and procedures, including instructions we receive from a fund may require us to reject your transfer request. For example, while we will attempt to execute transfers permitted under any asset allocation, dollar-cost averaging and asset rebalancing programs that may be described in this prospectus, we cannot guarantee that an underlying fund’s market timing policies and procedures will do so. Orders we place to purchase fund shares for the variable account are subject to acceptance by the fund. We reserve the right to reject without prior notice to you any transfer request if the fund does not accept our order.

• Each underlying fund is responsible for its own market timing policies, and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to implement specific market timing policies and procedures that a fund has adopted. As a result, a fund’s returns might be adversely affected, and a fund might terminate our right to offer its shares through the variable account.

• Funds that are available as investment options under the contract may also be offered to other intermediaries who are eligible to purchase and hold shares of the fund, including without limitation, separate accounts of other insurance companies and certain retirement plans. Even if we are able to implement a fund’s market timing policies, we cannot guarantee that other intermediaries purchasing that same fund’s shares will do so, and the returns of that fund could be adversely affected as a result.

For more information about the market timing policies and procedures of an underlying fund, the risks that market timing pose to that fund, and to determine whether an underlying fund has adopted a redemption fee, see that fund’s prospectus.

How to request a Transfer or Withdrawal

11 By letter

Send your name, contract number, Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number* and signed request for a transfer or withdrawal to our Service Center:

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474

Minimum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	$500 or entire account balance

Maximum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	Contract value or entire account balance

* Failure to provide a Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number may result in mandatory tax withholding on the taxable portion of the distribution.

22 By automated transfers and automated partial withdrawals

Your investment professional can help you set up automated transfers or partial withdrawals among your GPAs, one-year fixed account or the subaccounts.

You can start or stop this service by written request or other method acceptable to us.

You must allow 30 days for us to change any instructions that are currently in place.

• Automated transfers from the one-year fixed account to any one of the subaccounts may not exceed an amount that, if continued, would deplete the one-year fixed account within 12 months.

• Transfers out of the one-year fixed account are limited to 30% of the one-year fixed account values at the beginning of the contract year or $10,000, whichever is greater.

• Automated withdrawals may be restricted by applicable law under some contracts.

42    Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• You may not make systematic purchase payments if automated partial withdrawals are in effect.

• If the PN program is in effect, you are not allowed to set up automated transfers (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging” and “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds”).

• Automated partial withdrawals may result in income taxes and penalties on all or part of the amount withdrawn.

Minimum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	$100 monthly
	$250 quarterly, semiannually or annually

33 By phone

Call:

1-800-333-3437

Minimum amount

Transfers or withdrawals: $500 or entire account balance

Maximum amount

Transfers:	Contract value or entire account balance
Withdrawals:	$100,000

We answer telephone requests promptly, but you may experience delays when the call volume is unusually high. If you are unable to get through, use the mail procedure as an alternative.

We will honor any telephone transfer or withdrawal requests that we believe are authentic and we will use reasonable procedures to confirm that they are. This includes asking identifying questions and recording calls. As long as we follow the procedures, we (and our affiliates) will not be liable for any loss resulting from fraudulent requests.

Telephone transfers and withdrawals are automatically available. You may request that telephone transfers and withdrawals not be authorized from your account by writing to us.

Withdrawals

You may withdraw all or part of your contract at any time before the retirement date by sending us a written request or calling us.

The date your withdrawal request will be processed depends on when and how we receive it:

For withdrawal requests received in writing:

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your withdrawal request.

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your withdrawal request.

For withdrawal requests received by phone:

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your withdrawal request.

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your withdrawal request.

We may ask you to return the contract. You may have to pay a contract administrative charge, withdrawal charges or any applicable optional rider charges (see “Charges”), federal income taxes and penalties. State and local income taxes may also apply (see “Taxes”). In addition, purchase payment credits may be reversed. You cannot make withdrawals after annuity payouts begin except under Annuity Payout Plan E. (See “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    43

Any partial withdrawals you take under the contract will reduce your contract value. As a result, the value of your death benefit or any optional benefits you have elected will also be reduced. If you have elected the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider and your partial withdrawals in any contract year exceed the permitted withdrawal amount under the terms of the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, your benefits under the rider may be reduced (see “Optional Benefits”). Any partial withdrawal request that exceeds the amount allowed under the riders and impacts the guarantees provided, will not be considered in good order until we receive a signed Benefit Impact Acknowledgement form showing the projected effect of the withdrawal on the rider benefits or a verbal acknowledgement that you understand and accept the impacts that have been explained to you.

In addition, withdrawals you are required to take to satisfy RMDs under the Code may reduce the value of certain death benefits and optional benefits (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”).

Withdrawal Policies

If you have a balance in more than one account and you request a partial withdrawal, we will automatically withdraw from all your subaccounts, GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account in the same proportion as your value in each account correlates to your total contract value, unless requested otherwise. After executing a partial withdrawal, the value in each subaccount , one-year fixed account or GPA must be either zero or at least $50.

Receiving Payment

11 By regular or express mail

• payable to you;

• mailed to address of record.

NOTE: We will charge you a fee if you request express mail delivery.

22 By wire or other form of electronic payment

• request that payment be wired to your bank;

• pre-authorization required.

We may choose to permit you to have checks issued and delivered to an alternate payee or to an address other than your address of record. We may also choose to allow you to direct wires or other electronic payments to accounts owned by a third-party. We may have additional good order requirements that must be met prior to processing requests to make any payments to a party other than the owner or to an address other than the address of record. These requirements will be designed to ensure owner instructions are genuine and to prevent fraud.

Normally, we will send the payment within seven days after receiving your request in good order. However, we may postpone the payment if:

– the NYSE is closed, except for normal holiday and weekend closings;

– trading on the NYSE is restricted, according to SEC rules;

– an emergency, as defined by SEC rules, makes it impractical to sell securities or value the net assets of the accounts; or

– the SEC permits us to delay payment for the protection of security holders.

We may also postpone payment of the amount attributable to a purchase payment as part of the total withdrawal amount until cleared from the originating financial institution.

A Special Note on Cybersecurity Risks

Cybersecurity and Systems Integrity

Increasingly, businesses are dependent on the continuity, security, and effective operation of various technology systems. The nature of our business depends on the continued effective operation of our systems and those of our business partners.

This dependence makes us susceptible to operational and information security risks from cyber-attacks. These risks may include the following:

• the corruption or destruction of data;

• theft, misuse or dissemination of data to the public, including your information we hold; and

• denial of service attacks on our website or other forms of attacks on our systems and the software and hardware we use to run them.

44    Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

These attacks and their consequences can negatively impact your contract, your privacy, your ability to conduct transactions on your contract, or your ability to receive timely service from us. There can be no assurance that we, the underlying funds in your contract, or our other business partners will avoid losses affecting your contract due to any successful cyber-attacks or information security breaches.

TSA–Special Provisions

Participants in Tax-Sheltered Annuities

If the contract is intended to be used in connection with an employer sponsored 403(b) plan, additional rules relating to this contract can be found in the annuity endorsement for tax sheltered 403(b) annuities. Unless we have made special arrangements with your employer, the contract is not intended for use in connection with an employer sponsored 403(b) plan that is subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”). In the event that the employer either by affirmative election or inadvertent action causes contributions under a plan that is subject to ERISA to be made to this contract, we will not be responsible for any obligations and requirements under ERISA and the regulations thereunder, unless we have prior written agreement with the employer. You should consult with your employer to determine whether your 403(b) plan is subject to ERISA.

In the event we have a written agreement with your employer to administer the plan pursuant to ERISA, special rules apply as set forth in the TSA endorsement.

The employer must comply with certain nondiscrimination requirements for certain types of contributions under a TSA contract to be excluded from taxable income. You should consult your employer to determine whether the nondiscrimination rules apply to you.

The Code imposes certain restrictions on your right to receive early distributions from a TSA:

• Distributions attributable to salary reduction contributions (plus earnings) made after Dec. 31, 1988, or to transfers or rollovers from other contracts, may be made from the TSA only if:

– you are at least age 59½;

– you are disabled as defined in the Code;

– you severed employment with the employer who purchased the contract;

– the distribution is because of your death;

– the distribution is due to plan termination; or

– you are a qualifying military reservist.

• If you encounter a financial hardship (as provided by the Code), you may be eligible to receive a distribution of all contract values attributable to salary reduction contributions made after Dec. 31, 1988, but not the earnings on them.

• Even though a distribution may be permitted under the above rules, it may be subject to IRS taxes and penalties (see “Taxes”)

• The above restrictions on distributions do not affect the availability of the amount credited to the contract as of Dec. 31, 1988. The restrictions also do not apply to transfers or exchanges of contract value within the contract, or to another registered variable annuity contract or investment vehicle available through the employer.

Changing Ownership

You may change ownership of your nonqualified annuity at any time by completing a change of ownership form we approve and sending it to our Service Center. The change will become binding on us when we receive and record it. We will honor any change of ownership request received in good order that we believe is authentic and we will use reasonable procedures to confirm authenticity. If we follow these procedures, we will not take any responsibility for the validity of the change.

If you have a nonqualified annuity, you may incur income tax liability by transferring, assigning or pledging any part of it. (See “Taxes.”)

If you have a qualified annuity, you may not sell, assign, transfer, discount or pledge your contract as collateral for a loan, or as security for the performance of an obligation or for any other purpose except as required or permitted by the Code. However, if the owner is a trust or custodian, or an employer acting in a similar capacity, ownership of the contract may be transferred to the annuitant.

Please consider carefully whether or not you wish to change ownership of your annuity contract. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, the new owner and annuitant will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract.

Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    45

If you have an Income Assurer Benefit and/or Benefit Protector Plus rider, the rider will terminate upon transfer of ownership of the annuity contract. The Accumulation Protector Benefit and the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit riders will continue upon transfer of ownership of your annuity contract. Continuance of the Benefit Protector is optional. (See “Optional Benefits.”)

Benefits in Case of Death

There are four death benefit options under your contract if you die before the retirement start date while this contract is in force. You must select one of the following death benefits:

• ROP Death Benefit;

• MAV Death Benefit;

• 5% Accumulation Death Benefit;

• Enhanced Death Benefit.

If it is available in your state and if both you and the annuitant are 79 or younger at contract issue, you can elect any one of the above death benefits. If either you or the annuitant are 80 or older at contract issue, the ROP Death Benefit will apply. Once you elect a death benefit, you cannot change it. We show the death benefit that applies in your contract on your contract’s data page. The death benefit you select determines the mortality and expense risk fee that is assessed against the subaccounts. (See “Charges — Mortality and Expense Risk Fee.”)

Under each option, we will pay the death benefit, less any purchase payment credits subject to reversal, to your beneficiary upon the earlier of your death or the annuitant’s death. We will base the benefit paid on the death benefit coverage you chose when you purchased the contract. If a contract has more than one person as the owner, we will pay benefits upon the first to die of any owner or the annuitant.

Here are some terms that are used to describe the death benefits:

Adjusted partial withdrawals (calculated for ROP and MAV Death Benefits)	=	PW×DB
		CV

PW	=	the amount by which the contract value is reduced as a result of the partial withdrawal.
DB	=	the death benefit on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.
CV	=	contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV): is zero prior to the first contract anniversary after the effective date of the rider. On the first contract anniversary after the effective date of the rider, we set the MAV as the greater of these two values:

(a)	current contract value; or
(b)	total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals.

Thereafter, we increase the MAV by any additional purchase payments and any purchase payment credits and reduce the MAV by adjusted partial withdrawals. Every contract anniversary after that prior to the earlier of your or the annuitant’s 81st birthday, we compare the MAV to the current contract value and we reset the MAV to the higher amount.

5% Variable Account Floor: is the sum of the value of the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the variable account floor. There is no variable account floor prior to the first contract anniversary. On the first contract anniversary, we establish the variable account floor as:

• the amounts allocated to the subaccounts at issue increased by 5%;

• plus any subsequent amounts allocated to the subaccounts;

• minus adjusted transfers and partial withdrawals from the subaccounts.

Thereafter, we continue to add subsequent purchase payments and any purchase payment credits allocated to the subaccounts and subtract adjusted transfers and partial withdrawals from the subaccounts. On each contract anniversary after the first, through age 80, we add an amount to the variable account floor equal to 5% of the prior anniversary’s variable account floor. We stop adding this amount after you or the annuitant reach age 81.

5% rising floor adjusted transfers or partial withdrawals	=	PWT×VAF
		SV

PWT	=	the amount by which the contract value in the subaccounts is reduced as a result of the partial withdrawal or transfer from the subaccounts.
VAF	=	variable account floor on the date of (but prior to) the transfer or partial withdrawal.
SV	=	value of the subaccounts on the date of (but prior to) the transfer of partial withdrawal.

46    Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The amount of purchase payments and any purchase payment credits withdrawn or transferred from any subaccount or fixed account (if applicable) or GPA account is calculated as (a) times (b) where:

(a)	is the amount of purchase payments and any purchase payment credits in the account or subaccount on the date of but prior to the current withdrawal or transfer; and
(b)	is the ratio of the amount of contract value transferred or withdrawn from the account or subaccount to the value in the account or subaccount on the date of (but prior to) the current withdrawal or transfer.

For contracts issued in New Jersey, the cap on the variable account floor is 200% of the sum of the purchase payments and any purchase payment credits allocated to the subaccounts that have not been withdrawn or transferred out of the subaccounts.

NOTE: The 5% variable account floor is calculated differently and is not the same value as the Income Assurer Benefit^® 5% variable account floor.

Return of Purchase Payments (ROP) Death Benefit

The ROP Death Benefit is the basic death benefit on the contract that will pay your beneficiaries no less than your purchase payments and any purchase payment credits, adjusted for withdrawals. If you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin and while this contract is in force, the death benefit will be the greater of these two values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value; or
2.	total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals.

The ROP Death Benefit will apply unless you select one of the alternative death benefits described immediately below.

If available in your state and both you and the annuitant are age 79 or younger at contract issue, you may select one of the death benefits described below at the time you purchase your contract. The death benefits do not provide any additional benefit before the first contract anniversary and may not be appropriate for issue ages 75 to 79 because the benefit values may be limited after age 81. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether or not these death benefits are appropriate for your situation.

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV) Death Benefit

The MAV Death Benefit provides that if you or the annuitant die while the contract is in force and before annuity payouts begin, the death benefit will be the greatest of these three values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals; or
3.	the MAV on the date of death.

5% Accumulation Death Benefit

The 5% Accumulation Death Benefit provides that if you or the annuitant die while the contract is in force and before annuity payouts begin, the death benefit will be the greatest of these three values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals; or
3.	the 5% variable account floor.

Enhanced Death Benefit

The Enhanced Death Benefit provides that if you or the annuitant die while the contract is in force and before annuity payouts begin, the death benefit will be the greatest of these four values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals;
3.	the MAV on the date of death; or
4.	the 5% variable account floor.

For an example of how each death benefit is calculated, see Appendix D.

Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    47

If You Die Before Your Retirement Date

When paying the beneficiary, we will process the death claim on the valuation date our death claim requirements are fulfilled. We will determine the contract’s value using the accumulation unit value we calculate on that valuation date. We pay interest, if any, at a rate no less than required by law. We will mail payment to the beneficiary within seven days after our death claim requirements are fulfilled.

Nonqualified annuities

If your spouse is sole beneficiary and you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. To do this your spouse must give us written instructions to continue the contract as owner. There will be no withdrawal charges on the contract from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, your spouse and the new annuitant (if applicable) will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract. The Income Assurer Benefit and Benefit Protector Plus riders, if selected, will terminate. The Accumulation Protector Benefit and Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit riders, if selected, will continue. Continuance of the Benefit Protector rider is optional. (See “Optional Benefits.”)

If your beneficiary is not your spouse, we will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless you give us other written instructions. Generally, we must fully distribute the death benefit within five years of your death. However, the beneficiary may receive payouts under any annuity payout plan available under this contract if:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin no later than one year after your death, or other date as permitted by the IRS; and

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy.

Qualified annuities

•	Spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if your spouse is the sole beneficiary, your spouse may either elect to treat the contract as his/her own, so long as he or she is eligible to do so, or elect an annuity payout plan or another plan agreed to by us. If your spouse elects a payout option, the payouts must begin no later than the year in which you would have reached age 72 (age 701/2 if the death occurred before Jan. 1, 2020). If you attained age 72 at the time of death, payouts must begin no later than Dec. 31 of the year following the year of your death.
	Your spouse may elect to assume ownership of the contract at any time before annuity payouts begin. If your spouse elects to assume ownership of the contract, the contract value will be equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. There will be no withdrawal charges on the contract from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, your spouse and the new annuitant (if applicable) will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract. The Income Assurer Benefit and Benefit Protector Plus riders, if selected, will terminate. The Accumulation Protector Benefit and Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit riders, if selected, will continue. Continuance of the Benefit Protector rider is optional. (See “Optional Benefits.”)
•	Non-spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if death occurs on or after Jan. 1, 2020, the beneficiary is required to withdraw his or her entire inherited interest within 10 years of the time of death of the owner unless they qualify as an “eligible designated beneficiary.” Eligible designated beneficiaries may continue to take proceeds out over their life expectancy. Eligible designated beneficiaries include:

• the surviving spouse;

• a lawful child of the owner under the age of majority (remaining amount must be withdrawn within 10 years, once the child reaches the age of majority);

• disabled within the meaning of Code section 72(m)(7);

• chronically ill within the meaning of Code section 7702B(c)(2);

• any other person who is not more than 10 years younger than the owner.

However, non-natural beneficiaries, such as estates and charities, are subject to a five-year rule to distribute the IRA. We will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless the beneficiary elects to receive payouts under a payout plan available under this contract and:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin, no later than one year following the year of your death; and

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy for an eligible designated beneficiary. (Payout plans are limited if the beneficiary is not an eligible designated beneficiary.)

• Spouse and Non-spouse beneficiary: If a beneficiary elects an alternative payment plan which is an inherited IRA, all optional death benefits and living benefits will terminate. In the event of your beneficiary’s death, their beneficiary can elect to take a lump sum payment or annuitize the contract to deplete it within 10 years of your beneficiary’s death

48    Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• Annuity payout plan: If you elect an annuity payout plan, the payouts to your beneficiary may continue depending on the annuity payout plan you elect, subject to adjustment to comply with the IRS rules and regulations.

How we handle contracts under unclaimed property laws

Every state has unclaimed property laws which generally declare annuity contracts to be abandoned after a period of inactivity of one to five years from either 1) the contract’s maturity date (the latest day on which income payments may begin under the contract) or 2) the date the death benefit is due and payable. If a contract matures or we determine a death benefit is payable, we will use our best efforts to locate you or designated beneficiaries. If we are unable to locate you or a beneficiary, proceeds will be paid to the abandoned property division or unclaimed property office of the state in which the beneficiary or you last resided, as shown in our books and records, or to our state of domicile. Generally, this surrender of property to the state is commonly referred to as “escheatment”. To avoid escheatment, and ensure an effective process for your beneficiaries, it is important that your personal address and beneficiary designations are up to date, including complete names, date of birth, current addresses and phone numbers, and taxpayer identification numbers for each beneficiary. Updates to your address or beneficiary designations should be sent to our Service Center.

Escheatment may also be required by law if a known beneficiary fails to demand or present an instrument or document to claim the death benefit in a timely manner, creating a presumption of abandonment. If your beneficiary steps forward (with the proper documentation) to claim escheated annuity proceeds, the state is obligated to pay any such proceeds it is holding.

For nonqualified annuities, non-spousal death benefits are generally required to be distributed and taxed within five years from the date of death of the owner/annuitant or the unclaimed death benefits will be presumed abandoned and subject to escheatment.

Optional Benefits

The assets held in our general account support the guarantees under your contract, including optional death benefits and optional living benefits. To the extent that we are required to pay you amounts in addition to your contract value under these benefits, such amounts will come from our general account assets. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of insurance and financial products as well, and we also pay our obligations under these products from assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account.

Optional Living Benefits

Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider

The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional charge. The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may provide a guaranteed contract value at the end of the specified waiting period on the benefit date, but not until then, under the following circumstances:

On the benefit date, if:	Then your Accumulation Protector Benefit rider benefit is:
The Minimum Contract Accumulation Value (defined below) as determined under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider is greater than your contract value,	The contract value is increased on the benefit date to equal the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value as determined under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider on the benefit date.
The contract value is equal to or greater than the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value as determined under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider,	Zero; in this case, the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider ends without value and no benefit is payable.

If the contract value falls to zero as the result of adverse market performance or the deduction of fees and/or charges at any time during the waiting period and before the benefit date, the contract and all riders, including the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider will terminate without value and no benefits will be paid. Exception: If you are still living on the benefit date, we will pay you an amount equal to the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value as determined under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider on the valuation date your contract value reached zero.

If this rider is available in your state, you may elect the Accumulation Protector Benefit at the time you purchase your contract and the rider effective date will be the contract issue date. The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may not be terminated once you have elected it, except as described in the “Terminating the Rider” section below. An additional charge for the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider will be assessed annually during the waiting period. The rider ends when the waiting period expires and no further benefit will be payable and no further fees for the rider will be deducted. After the waiting period, you have the following options:

• Continue your contract;

Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    49

• Take partial withdrawals or make a full withdrawal; or

• Annuitize your contract to create a guaranteed income stream.

The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may not be purchased with the optional Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit or any Income Assurer Benefit rider.

The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may not be available in all states.

You should consider whether an Accumulation Protector Benefit rider is appropriate for you because:

• you must be invested in one of the approved investment options. This requirement limits your choice of investments. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, one-year fixed account (if included)
and GPAs that are available under the contract to contract owners who do not elect this rider (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds”);

• you may not make additional purchase payments to your contract during the waiting period after the first 180 days immediately following the effective date of the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider;

• if you purchase this annuity as a qualified annuity, for example, an IRA, you may need to take partial withdrawals from your contract to satisfy the minimum distribution requirements of the Code (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Partial withdrawals, including those you take to satisfy RMDs, will reduce any potential benefit that the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider provides. You should consult your tax advisor if you have any questions about the use of this rider in your tax situation;

• if you think you may withdraw all of your contract value before you have held your contract with this benefit rider attached for 10 years, or you are considering selecting an annuity payout option within 10 years of the effective date of your contract, you should consider whether this optional benefit is right for you. You must hold the contract a minimum of 10 years from the effective date of the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, which is the length of the waiting period under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, in order to receive the benefit, if any, provided by the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. In some cases, as described below, you may need to hold the contract longer than 10 years in order to qualify for any benefit the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may provide;

• the 10 year waiting period under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider will restart if you exercise the elective step up option (described below) or your surviving spouse exercises the spousal continuation elective step up (described below); and

• the 10 year waiting period under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may be restarted if you elect to change your investment option to one that causes the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider charge to increase (see “Charges”).

Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether an Accumulation Protector Benefit rider is appropriate for your situation.

Here are some general terms that are used to describe the operation of the Accumulation Protector Benefit:

Benefit Date: This is the first valuation date immediately following the expiration of the waiting period.

Minimum Contract Accumulation Value (MCAV): An amount calculated under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. The contract value will be increased to equal the MCAV on the benefit date if the contract value on the benefit date is less than the MCAV on the benefit date.

Adjustments for Partial Withdrawals: The adjustment made for each partial withdrawal from the contract is equal to the amount derived from multiplying (a) and (b) where:

(a)	is 1 minus the ratio of the contract value on the date of (but immediately after) the partial withdrawal to the contract value on the date of (but immediately prior to) the partial withdrawal; and
(b)	is the MCAV on the date of (but immediately prior to) the partial withdrawal.

Waiting Period: The waiting period for the rider is 10 years.

We reserve the right to restart the waiting period on the latest contract anniversary if you change your investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider charge for new contract owners, or if you change your asset allocation investment option after we have exercised our rights to charge a separate charge for each investment option.

Your initial MCAV is equal to your initial purchase payment and any purchase payment credit. It is increased by the amount of any subsequent purchase payments and any purchase payment credits received within the first 180 days that the rider is effective. It is reduced by adjustments for any partial withdrawals made during the waiting period.

50    Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Automatic Step Up

On each contract anniversary after the effective date of the rider, the MCAV will be set to the greater of:

1.	80% of the contract value on the contract anniversary (after charges are deducted); or
2.	the MCAV immediately prior to the automatic step-up.

The automatic step up does not create contract value, guarantee the performance of any investment option, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn or paid upon death. Rather, the automatic step-up is an interim calculation used to arrive at the final MCAV, which is used to determine whether a benefit will be paid under the rider on the benefit date.

The automatic step up of the MCAV does not restart the waiting period or increase the charge (although the total fee for the rider may increase).

Elective Step Up Option

Within thirty days following each contract anniversary after the rider effective date, but prior to the benefit date, you may notify us in writing that you wish to exercise the annual elective step-up option. You may exercise this elective step-up option only once per contract year during this 30 day period. If your contract value (after charges are deducted) on the valuation date we receive your written request to step-up is greater than the MCAV on that date, your MCAV will increase to 100% of that contract value.

We may increase the fee for your rider (see “Charges — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider Charge”). The revised fee would apply to your rider if you exercise the annual elective step up, your MCAV is increased as a result, and the revised fee is higher than your annual rider fee before the elective step-up. Elective step-ups will also result in a restart of the waiting period as of the most recent contract anniversary.

The elective step up does not create contract value, guarantee the performance of any investment option, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn or paid upon death. Rather, the elective step-up is an interim calculation used to arrive at the final MCAV, which is used to determine whether a benefit will be paid under the rider on the benefit date.

The elective step-up option is not available to non-spouse beneficiaries that continue the contract during the waiting period.

We have the right to restrict the elective step up option on inherited IRAs, but we currently allow them. Please consider carefully if an elective step up is appropriate if you own an inherited IRA because the elective step up will restart the waiting period and the required minimum distributions for an inherited IRA may significantly decrease the future benefit payable under this rider. We reserve the right to restrict the elective step-up option on inherited IRAs in the future.

The elective step-up option is not available if the benefit date would be after the retirement date. (see “The Retirement Date” section for retirement date options)

Spousal Continuation

If a spouse chooses to continue the contract under the spousal continuation provision, the rider will continue as part of the contract. Once, within the thirty days following the date of spousal continuation, the spouse may choose to exercise an elective step-up. The spousal continuation elective step-up is in addition to the annual elective step-up. If the contract value on the valuation date we receive the written request to exercise this option is greater than the MCAV on that date, we will increase the MCAV to that contract value. If the MCAV is increased as a result of the elective step-up and we have increased the charge for the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, the spouse will pay the charge that is in effect on the valuation date we receive their written request to step-up. In addition, the waiting period will restart as of the most recent contract anniversary.

Terminating the Rider

The rider will terminate under the following conditions:

The rider will terminate before the benefit date without paying a benefit on the date:

• you take a full withdrawal; or

• annuitization begins; or

• the contract terminates as a result of the death benefit being paid.

The rider will terminate on the benefit date.

For an example, see Appendix E.

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge if:

• your contract application was signed on or after April 29, 2005^(1),(2);

• you and the annuitant are 79 or younger on the date the contract is issued.

Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    51

(1)	The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider is not available under an inherited qualified annuity.
(2)	In previous disclosures, we have referred to this rider as Rider A. We also offered an earlier version of this rider, previously referred to as Rider B. See Appendix F for information regarding Rider B which is no longer offered. See the rider attached to your contract for the actual terms of the benefit you purchased.

You must elect the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider when you purchase your contract (original rider). The original rider you receive at contract issue offers an elective annual step-up and any withdrawal after a step up during the first three years is considered an excess withdrawal, as described below. The rider effective date of the original rider is the contract issue date.

We will offer you the option of replacing the original rider with a new Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit (enhanced rider), if available in your state. The enhanced rider offers an automatic annual step-up and a withdrawal after a step up during the first three years is not necessarily an excess withdrawal, as described below. The effective date of the enhanced rider will be the contract issue date except for the automatic step-up which will apply to contract anniversaries that occur after you accept the enhanced rider. The descriptions below apply to both the original and enhanced riders unless otherwise noted.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit initially provides a guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit that gives you the right to take limited partial withdrawals in each contract year that over time will total an amount equal to your purchase payments plus any purchase payment credits. Certain withdrawals and step ups, as described below, can cause the initial guaranteed withdrawal benefit to change. The guarantee remains in effect if your partial withdrawals in a contract year do not exceed the allowed amount. As long as your withdrawals in each contract year do not exceed the allowed amount, you will not be assessed a withdrawal charge. Under the original rider, the allowed amount is the Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP — the amount you may withdraw under the terms of the rider in each contract year, subject to certain restrictions prior to the third contract anniversary, as described below). Under the enhanced rider, the allowed amount is equal to 7% of purchase payments and purchase payment credits for the first three years, and the GBP in all other years.

If you withdraw an amount greater than the allowed amount in a contract year, we call this an “excess withdrawal” under the rider. If you make an excess withdrawal under the rider:

• withdrawal charges, if applicable, will apply only to the amount of the withdrawal that exceeds the allowed amount;

• the guaranteed benefit amount will be adjusted as described below; and

• the remaining benefit amount will be adjusted as described below.

For a partial withdrawal that is subject to a withdrawal charge, the amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable withdrawal charge (see “Charges — Withdrawal Charge”). Market value adjustments, if applicable, will also be made (see “Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs) — Market Value Adjustment”). We pay you the amount you request. Any partial withdrawals you take under the contract will reduce the value of the death benefit (see “Benefits in Case of Death”). Upon full withdrawal of the contract, you will receive the remaining contract value less any applicable charges (see “Withdrawals”).

Once elected, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider may not be cancelled and the fee will continue to be deducted until the contract is terminated, the contract value reduces to zero (described below) or annuity payouts begin. If you select the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, you may not select an Income Assurer Benefit rider or the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. If you exercise the annual step up election (see “Elective Step Up” and “Annual Step Up” below), the special spousal continuation step up election (see “Spousal Continuation and Special Spousal Continuation Step Up” below) or change your investment option, the rider charge may change (see “Charges”).

You should consider whether the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit is appropriate for you because:

You will begin paying the rider charge as of the rider effective date, even if you do not begin taking withdrawals for many years. It is possible that your contract performance, fees and charges, and withdrawal pattern may be such that your contract value will not be depleted in your lifetime and you will not receive any monetary value under the rider.

• Investment Allocation Restriction: You must participate in the PN program if you purchase a contract on or after May 1, 2006 with this rider (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program”). If you selected this Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider before May 1, 2006, you must participate in the asset allocation program (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Asset Allocation Program”), however, you may elect to participate in the Portfolio Navigator program after May 1, 2006. These funds are expected to reduce our financial risks and expenses associated with certain living benefits. Although the funds’ investment strategies may help mitigate declines in your contract value due to declining equity markets, the funds’ investment strategies may also curb your contract value gains during periods of positive performance by the equity markets. Additionally, investment in the funds may decrease the number and amount of any benefit base increase opportunities. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds: Volatility and Volatility Management Risk with the Portfolio Stabilizer funds” section.) We reserve the right to add, remove or substitute approved investment options at any time and in our sole discretion in the future. This requirement limits your choice of investments. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the

52    Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

	subaccounts, GPAs or the one-year fixed account that are available under the contract to contract owners who do not elect this rider. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Asset Allocation Program and Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds.”). You may make qualifying purchase payments and purchase payment credits to the DCA fixed account, when available, and we will make monthly transfers into the investment option you have chosen;
•	Tax Considerations for Non-Qualified Annuities: Withdrawals are taxable income to the extent of earnings. Withdrawals of earnings before age 59½ may also incur a 10% IRS early withdrawal penalty and may be considered taxable income;
•	Tax Considerations for Qualified Annuities: Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). If you have a qualified annuity, you may need to take an RMD. If you make a withdrawal in any contract year to satisfy an RMD, this may constitute an excess withdrawal, as defined below, and the excess withdrawal procedures described below will apply. Under the terms of the enhanced rider, we allow you to satisfy the RMD based on the life expectancy RMD for your contract and the requirements of the Code and regulations in effect when you purchase your contract, without the withdrawal being treated as an excess withdrawal. It is our current administrative practice to make the same accommodation under the original rider, however, we reserve the right to modify our administrative practice and will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change. See Appendix I for additional information. RMD rules follow the calendar year which most likely does not coincide with your contract year and therefore may limit when you can take your RMD and not be subject to excess withdrawal processing. You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of this rider in your tax situation;
•	Treatment of non-spousal distributions: Unless you are married your beneficiary will be required to take distributions as a non-spouse which may result in significantly decreasing the value of the rider. Please note civil unions and domestic partnerships generally are not recognized as marriages for federal tax purposes. For additional information see “Taxes — Other — Spousal status” section of this prospectus.
•	Limitations on Tax-Sheltered Annuities (TSAs): Your right to take withdrawals is restricted if your contract is a TSA (see “TSA — Special Provisions”). Therefore, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider may be of limited value to you. You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of this rider in your tax situation;
•	Limitations on Purchase Payments: We reserve the right to limit the cumulative amount of purchase payments, subject to state restrictions, which may limit your ability to make additional purchase payments to increase your contract value as you may have originally intended. For current purchase payment restrictions, please see “Buying Your Contract — Purchase Payments”.
•	Interaction with the Total Free Amount (TFA) contract provision: The TFA is the amount you are allowed to withdraw in each contract year without incurring a withdrawal charge (see “Charges — Withdrawal Charge”). The TFA may be greater than GBP under this rider. Any amount you withdraw under the contract’s TFA provision that exceeds the GBP is subject to the excess withdrawal procedures for the GBA and RBA described below.

The terms “Guaranteed Benefit Amount” and “Remaining Benefit Amount” are described below. Each is used in the operation of the GBP, the RBP, the elective step up, the annual step up, the special spousal continuation step up and the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit annuity payout option.

Guaranteed Benefit Amount

The Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA) is equal to the initial purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits, adjusted for subsequent purchase payments, any purchase payment credits,, partial withdrawals in excess of the GBP, and step ups. The maximum GBA is $5,000,000.

The GBA is determined at the following times:

• At contract issue — the GBA is equal to the initial purchase payment, and purchase payment credits

• When you make additional purchase payments— each additional purchase payment plus any purchase payment credit has its own GBA equal to the amount of the purchase payment and purchase payment credits. The total GBA when an additional purchase payment and purchase payment credit are added is the sum of the individual GBAs immediately prior to the receipt of the additional purchase payment, plus the GBA associated with the additional purchase payment;

• At step up — (see “Elective Step Up” and “Annual Step Up” headings below).

• When you make a partial withdrawal:

(a) and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are less than or equal to the GBP — the GBA remains unchanged. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the GBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;

Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    53

(b)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are greater than the GBP—the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the GBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the GBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;
(c)	under the original rider in a contract year after a step up but before the third contract anniversary —the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the GBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the GBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;

GBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The total GBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the total GBA immediately prior to the withdrawal; or (b) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s GBA after the withdrawal will be reset to equal that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal plus (a) times (b), where:

(a)	is the ratio of the total GBA after the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal to the total GBA before the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal; and
(b)	is each payment’s GBA before the withdrawal less that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal.

Remaining Benefit Amount

The remaining benefit amount (RBA) at any point is the total guaranteed amount available for future partial withdrawals. The maximum RBA is $5,000,000.

The RBA is determined at the following times:

• At contract issue — the RBA is equal to the initial purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits;

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment and purchase payment credits has its own RBA equal to the amount of the purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits. The total RBA when an additional purchase payment and purchase payment credits are added is the sum of the individual RBAs immediately prior to the receipt of the additional purchase payment, plus the RBA associated with the additional payment;

• At step up — (see “Elective Step Up” and “Annual Step Up” headings below).

• When you make a partial withdrawal:

(a)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are less than or equal to the GBP — the RBA becomes the RBA immediately prior to the partial withdrawal, less the partial withdrawal. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the RBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;
(b)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are greater than the GBP— the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the RBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the RBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;
(c)	under the original rider after a step up but before the third contract anniversary —the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the RBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the RBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups.

RBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The RBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal, or (b) the RBA immediately prior to the withdrawal, less the amount of the withdrawal.

If there have been multiple purchase payments, any reduction of the RBA will be taken out of each payment’s RBA in the following manner:

The withdrawal amount up to the remaining benefit payment (defined below) is taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its remaining benefit payment at the time of the withdrawal; and the withdrawal amount above the remaining benefit payment and any amount determined by the excess withdrawal processing are taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its RBA at the time of the withdrawal.

Guaranteed Benefit Payment

Under the original rider, the GBP is the amount you may withdraw under the terms of the rider in each contract year, subject to certain restrictions prior to the third anniversary (see “Elective Step Up” above). The GBP is equal to 7% of the GBA.

Under the enhanced rider, the GBP is the withdrawal amount that you are entitled to take each contract year after the third anniversary until the RBA is depleted. The GBP is the lesser of (a) 7% of the GBA; or (b) the RBA.

Under both the original and enhanced riders, if you withdraw less than the GBP in a contract year, there is no carry over to the next contract year.

54    Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Remaining Benefit Payment

Under the original rider, at the beginning of each contract year, the remaining benefit payment (RBP) is set as the lesser of (a) the GBP, or (b) the RBA.

Under the enhanced rider, at the beginning of each contract year, during the first three years and prior to any withdrawal, the RBP for each purchase payment is set equal to that purchase payment and purchase payment credits, multiplied by 7%. At the beginning of any other contract year, each individual RBP is set equal to each individual GBP.

Each additional purchase payment has its own RBP established equal to that payment’s GBP. The total RBP is equal to the sum of the individual RBPs.

Whenever a partial withdrawal is made, the RBP equals the RBP immediately prior to the partial withdrawal less the amount of the partial withdrawal, but not less than zero.

Elective Step Up (under the original rider only)

You have the option to increase the RBA, the GBA, the GBP and the RBP beginning with the first contract anniversary. An annual elective step up option is available for 30 days after the contract anniversary. The elective step up option allows you to step up the remaining benefit amount and guaranteed benefit amount to the contract value on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

The elective step up is subject to the following rules:

• If you do not take any withdrawals during the first three years, you may step up annually beginning with the first contract anniversary;

• If you take any withdrawals during the first three years, the annual elective step up will not be available until the third contract anniversary;

• If you step up but then take a withdrawal prior to the third contract anniversary, you will lose any prior step ups and the withdrawal will be considered an excess withdrawal subject to the GBA and RBA excess withdrawal procedures discussed under the “Guaranteed Benefit Amount” and “Remaining Benefit Amount” headings above; and

• You may take withdrawals on or after the third contract anniversary without reversal of previous step ups.

You may only step up if your contract value on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up is greater than the RBA. The elective step up will be determined as follows:

• The effective date of the elective step up is the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

• The RBA will be increased to an amount equal to the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

• The GBA will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBA immediately prior to the elective step up; or (b) the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

• The GBP will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBP immediately prior to the elective step up; or (b) 7% of the GBA after the elective step up.

• The RBP will be increased to the lesser of (a) the RBA after the elective step up; or (b) the GBP after the elective step up less any withdrawals made during that contract year.

You may elect a step up only once each contract year within 30 days after the contract anniversary. Once a step up has been elected, another step up may not be elected until the next contract anniversary.

Annual Step Up (under the enhanced rider only)

Beginning with the first contract anniversary after you accept the enhanced rider, an increase of the RBA, the GBA, the GBP and the RBP may be available. A step up does not create contract value, guarantee performance of any investment options, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn or paid upon death. Rather, a step up determines the current values of the GBA, RBA, GBP, and RBP, and may extend the payment period or increase allowable payment.

The annual step up is subject to the following rules:

• The annual step up is available when the RBA would increase on the step up date. The applicable step up date depends on whether the annual step up is applied on an automatic or elective basis.

• If the application of the step does not increase the rider charge, the annual step up will be automatically applied to your contract and the step up date is the contract anniversary date.

• If the application of the step up would increase the rider charge, the annual step up is not automatically applied. Instead, you have the option to step up for 30 days after the contract anniversary. If you exercise the elective annual step up option, you will pay the rider charge in effect on the step up date. If you wish to exercise the elective annual

Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    55

	step up option, we must receive a request from you or your investment professional. The step up date is the date we receive your request to step up. If your request is received after the close of business, the step up date will be the next valuation day.
•	Only one step up is allowed each contract year.
•	If you take any withdrawals during the first three years, any previously applied step ups will be reversed and the annual step up will not be available until the third contract anniversary;
•	You may take withdrawals on or after the third contract anniversary without reversal of previous step ups.

The annual step up will be determined as follows:

• The RBA will be increased to an amount equal to the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The GBA will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBA immediately prior to the annual step up; or (b) the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The GBP will be calculated as described earlier, but based on the increased GBA and RBA.

• The RBP will be reset as follows:

(a)	Prior to any withdrawals during the first three years, the RBP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	At any other time, the RBP will be reset as the increased GBP less all prior withdrawals made during the current contract year, but never less than zero.

Spousal Continuation and Special Spousal Continuation Step Up

If a surviving spouse elects to continue the contract, this rider also continues. The spousal continuation step up is in addition to the elective step up or the annual step up. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate. When a spouse elects to continue the contract, any rider feature processing particular to the first three years of the contract as described in this prospectus no longer applies. The GBA, RBA and GBP values remain unchanged. The RBP is automatically reset to the GBP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

A surviving spouse may elect a spousal continuation step up by written request within 30 days following the spouse’s election to continue the contract. This step up may be made even if withdrawals have been taken under the contract during the first three years. Under this step up, the RBA will be reset to the greater of the RBA or the contract value on the valuation date we receive the spouse’s written request to step up; the GBA will be reset to the greater of the GBA or the contract value on the same valuation date. If a spousal continuation step up is elected and we have increased the charge for the rider for new contract owners, the spouse will pay the charge that is in effect on the valuation date we receive the written request to step up.

It is our current administrative practice to process the spousal continuation step up as described in the next paragraph; however, we reserve the right to discontinue our administrative practice and will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change.

At the time of spousal continuation, a step-up may be available. All annual step-up rules (see “Annual Step-Up” heading above), other than those that apply to the waiting period, also apply to the spousal continuation step-up. If the spousal continuation step-up is processed automatically, the step-up date is the valuation date spousal continuation is effective. If not, the spouse must elect the step up and must do so within 30 days of the spousal continuation date. If the spouse elects the spousal continuation step up, the step-up date is the valuation date we receive the spouse’s written request to step-up if we receive the request by the close of business on that day, otherwise the next valuation date.

Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Payout Option

Several annuity payout plans are available under the contract. As an alternative to these annuity payout plans, a fixed annuity payout option is available under the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit.

Under this option the amount payable each year will be equal to the remaining schedule of GBPs, but the total amount paid over the life of the annuity will not exceed the current total RBA at the time you begin this fixed annuity option. These annualized amounts will be paid in the frequency that you elect. The frequencies will be among those offered by us at that time but will be no less frequent than annually. If, at the death of the owner, total payments have been made for less than the RBA, the remaining payments will be paid to the beneficiary (see “The Annuity Payout Period” and “Taxes”).

This annuity payout option may also be elected by the beneficiary of a contract as a settlement option if payments begin no later than one year after your death and the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy. Whenever multiple beneficiaries are designated under the contract, each such beneficiary’s share of the proceeds if they elect this option will be in proportion to their applicable designated beneficiary percentage. Beneficiaries of nonqualified contracts may elect this settlement option subject to the distribution requirements of the contract. We reserve the right to adjust the remaining schedule of GBPs if necessary to comply with the Code.

56    Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If Contract Value Reduces to Zero

If the contract value reduces to zero and the RBA remains greater than zero, the following will occur:

• you will be paid according to the annuity payout option described above;

• we will no longer accept additional purchase payments;

• you will no longer be charged for the rider;

• any attached death benefit riders will terminate; and

• the death benefit becomes the remaining payments under the annuity payout option described above.

If the contract value falls to zero and the RBA is depleted, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider and the contract will terminate.

For an example, see Appendix J.

Income Assurer Benefit Riders

The following three optional Income Assurer Benefit riders were available under your contract if you your contract application was signed prior to May 1, 2007. These riders are no longer available for purchase.

• Income Assurer Benefit – MAV;

• Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base; or

• Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base.

The Income Assurer Benefit riders are intended to provide you with a guaranteed minimum income regardless of the volatility inherent in the investments in the subaccounts. The riders benchmark the contract growth at each anniversary against several comparison values and set the guaranteed income benefit base (described below) equal to the largest value. The guaranteed income benefit base, less any applicable premium tax, is the value we apply to the guaranteed annuity purchase rates stated in Table B of the contract to calculate the minimum annuity payouts you will receive if you exercise the rider. If the guaranteed income benefit base is greater than the contract value, the guaranteed income benefit base may provide a higher annuity payout level than is otherwise available. However, the riders use guaranteed annuity purchase rates which may result in annuity payouts that are less than those using the annuity purchase rates that we may apply at annuitization under the standard contract provisions. Therefore, the level of income provided by the riders may be less than the contract otherwise provides. If the annuity payouts through the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available through the riders, you will receive the higher standard payout option. The guaranteed income benefit base does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

The general information in this section applies to each Income Assurer Benefit rider. This section is followed by a description of each specific Income Assurer Benefit rider and how it is calculated.

You should consider whether an Income Assurer Benefit rider is appropriate for you because:

• you must participate in the PN program if you purchase a contract on or after May 1, 2006 with this rider (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program”). If you selected this rider before May 1, 2006, you must participate in the asset allocation program (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Asset Allocation Program”), however, you may elect to participate in the Portfolio Navigator program after May 1, 2006. The PN program and the asset allocation program limit your choice of investments. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, GPAs or the one-year fixed account that are available under the contract to other contract owners who do not elect this rider.

• if you are purchasing the contract as a qualified annuity, such as an IRA, and you are planning to begin annuity payouts after the date on which minimum distributions required by the Code must begin, you should consider whether an Income Assurer Benefit is appropriate for you (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Partial withdrawals you take from the contract, including those used to satisfy RMDs, will reduce the guaranteed income benefit base (defined below), which in turn may reduce or eliminate the amount of any annuity payouts available under the rider. Consult a tax advisor before you purchase any Income Assurer Benefit rider with a qualified annuity;

• you must hold the Income Assurer Benefit for 10 years unless you elect to terminate the rider within 30 days following the first anniversary after the effective date of the rider;

• the 10-year waiting period may be restarted if you elect to change the PN program investment option to one that causes the rider charge to increase (see “Charges — Income Assurer Benefit”);

• the Income Assurer Benefit rider terminates* 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday; and

Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    57

•	you can only exercise the Income Assurer Benefit within 30 days after a contract anniversary following the expiration of the 10-year waiting period.
*	The rider and annual fee terminate 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday, however, if you exercise the Income Assurer Benefit rider before this time, your benefits will continue according to the annuity payout plan you have selected.

If the Income Assurer Benefit rider is available in your state and the annuitant is 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose this optional benefit at the time you purchase your contract for an additional charge. The amount of the charge is determined by the Income Assurer Benefit you select (see “Charges — Income Assurer Benefit Rider Fee”). The effective date of the rider will be the contract issue date. The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit and the Accumulation Protector Benefit riders are not available with any Income Assurer Benefit rider. If the annuitant is between age 73 and age 75 at contract issue, you should consider whether an Income Assurer Benefit rider is appropriate for your situation because of the 10-year waiting period requirement. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether an Income Assurer Benefit rider is appropriate for your situation.

Here are some general terms that are used to describe the Income Assurer Benefit riders in the sections below:

Guaranteed Income Benefit Base: The guaranteed income benefit base is the value that will be used to determine minimum annuity payouts when the rider is exercised. It is an amount we calculate, depending on the Income Assurer Benefit rider you choose, that establishes a benefit floor. When the benefit floor amount is greater than the contract value, there may be a higher annuitization payout than if you annuitized your contract without the Income Assurer Benefit. Your annuitization payout will never be less than that provided by your contract value.

Excluded Investment Options: These investment options are listed in your contract under contract data and will include the Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund and, if available under your contract, the GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account. Excluded investment options are not used in the calculation of this riders’ variable account floor for the Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base and the Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base.

Excluded Payments: These are purchase payments and any purchase payment credits paid in the last five years before exercise of the benefit which we reserve the right to exclude from the calculation of the guaranteed income benefit base.

Proportionate Adjustments for Partial Withdrawals: These are calculated as the product of (a) times (b) where:

(a)	is the ratio of the amount of the partial withdrawal (including any withdrawal charges or MVA) to the contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal, and
(b)	is the benefit on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.

Protected Investment Options: All investment options available under this contract that are not defined as excluded investment options under contract data are known as protected investment options for purposes of this rider and are used in the calculation of the variable account floor for the Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base and the Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base.

Waiting Period: This rider can only be exercised after the expiration of a 10-year waiting period. We reserve the right to restart the waiting period if you elect to change your PN program investment option to one that causes the rider charge to increase.

The following are general provisions that apply to each Income Assurer Benefit:

Exercising the Rider

Rider exercise conditions are:

• you may only exercise the Income Assurer Benefit rider within 30 days after any contract anniversary following the expiration of the waiting period;

• the annuitant on the retirement date must be between 50 to 86 years old; and

• you can only take an annuity payment in one of the following annuity payout plans:

Plan A	—	Life Annuity – No Refund;
Plan B	—	Life Annuity with Ten or Twenty Years Certain;
Plan D	—	Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund;
	—	Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity with Twenty Years Certain; or
Plan E	—	Twenty Years Certain.

After the expiration of the waiting period, the Income Assurer Benefit rider guarantees a minimum amount of fixed annuity lifetime income during annuitization or the option of variable annuity payouts with a guaranteed minimum initial payout or a combination of the two options.

58    Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If your contract value falls to zero as the result of adverse market performance or the deduction of fees and/or charges at any time, the contract and all its riders, including this rider, will terminate without value and no benefits will be paid on account of such termination.Exception: if you are still living, and the annuitant is between 50 and 86 years old, an amount equal to the guaranteed income benefit base will be paid to you under the annuity payout plan and frequency that you select, based upon the fixed or variable annuity payouts described above. The guaranteed income benefit base will be calculated and annuitization will occur at the following times.

• If the contract value falls to zero during the waiting period, the guaranteed income benefit base will be calculated and annuitization will occur on the valuation date after the expiration of the waiting period, or when the annuitant attains age 50 if later.

• If the contract value falls to zero after the waiting period, the guaranteed income benefit base will be calculated and annuitization will occur immediately, or when the annuitant attains age 50 if later.

Fixed annuity payouts under this rider will occur at the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” with 100% Projection Scale G and a 2.0% interest rate for contracts purchased on or after May 1, 2006 and if available in your state.⁽¹⁾ These are the same rates used in Table B of the contract (see “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Tables.”) Your annuity payouts remain fixed for the lifetime of the annuity payout period.

First year variable annuity payouts are calculated in the same manner as fixed annuity payouts. Once calculated, your variable annuity payouts remain unchanged for the first year. After the first year, subsequent annuity payouts are variable and depend on the performance of the subaccounts you select. Variable annuity payouts after the first year are calculated using the following formula:

Pt-1(1 + i)	=	Pt
1.05

Pt-1	=	prior annuity payout
Pt	=	current annuity payout
i	=	annualized subaccount performance

Each subsequent variable annuity payout could be more or less than the previous variable annuity payout if the subaccount investment performance is greater or less than the 5% assumed investment rate. If your subaccount performance equals 5%, your variable annuity payout will be unchanged from the previous variable annuity payout. If your subaccount performance is in excess of 5%, your variable annuity payout will increase from the previous variable annuity payout. If your subaccount investment performance is less than 5%, your variable annuity payout will decrease from the previous variable annuity payout.

⁽¹⁾ For all other contracts, the guaranteed annuity purchase rates are based on the “1983 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” with 100% Projection Scale G and a 2.0% interest rate.

Terminating the Rider

Rider termination conditions are:

•	you may terminate the rider within 30 days following the first anniversary after the effective date of the rider;
•	you may terminate the rider any time after the expiration of the waiting period;
•	the rider will terminate on the date you make a full withdrawal from the contract, or annuitization begins, or on the date that a death benefit is payable; and
•	the rider will terminate* 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday.
*	The rider and annual fee terminate 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday, however, if you exercise the Income Assurer Benefit rider before this time, your benefits will continue according to the annuity payout plan you have selected.

You may select one of the Income Assurer Benefit riders described below:

Income Assurer Benefit – MAV

The guaranteed income benefit base for the Income Assurer Benefit – MAV is the greater of these three values:

1.	contract value; or
2.	the total purchase payments and purchase payment credits made to the contract minus proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals; or
3.	the maximum anniversary value.

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV) — is zero prior to the first contract anniversary after the effective date of the rider. On the first contract anniversary after the effective date of the rider, we set the MAV as the greater of these two values:

(a) current contract value; or

Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    59

(b) total payments and purchase payment credits made to the contract minus proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals.

Thereafter, we increase the MAV by any additional purchase payments and purchase payment credits and reduce the MAV by proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals. Every contract anniversary after that prior to the earlier of your or the annuitant’s 81st birthday, we compare the MAV to the current contract value and we reset the MAV to the higher amount.

If we exercise our right to not reflect excluded payments in the calculation of the guaranteed income benefit base, we will calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as the greatest of these three values:

1.	contract value less the market value adjusted excluded payments; or
2.	total purchase payments plus any purchase payment credits, less excluded payments, less proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals; or
3.	the MAV, less market value adjusted excluded payments.

Market Value Adjusted Excluded Payments are calculated as the sum of each excluded purchase payment and purchase payment credit multiplied by the ratio of the current contract value over the estimated contract value on the anniversary prior to such purchase payment. The estimated contract value at such anniversary is calculated by assuming that payments, credits, and partial withdrawals occurring in a contract year take place at the beginning of the year for that anniversary and every year after that to the current contract year.

Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base

The guaranteed income benefit base for the Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base is the greater of these three values:

1.	contract value; or
2.	the total purchase payments and purchase payment credits made to the contract minus proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals; or
3.	the 5% variable account floor.

5% Variable Account Floor – is equal to the contract value in the excluded investment options plus the variable account floor. The Income Assurer Benefit 5% variable account floor is calculated differently and is not the same value as the death benefit 5% variable account floor.

The variable account floor is zero from the effective date of this rider and until the first contract anniversary after the effective date of this rider. On the first contract anniversary after the effective date of this rider the variable account floor is:

• the total purchase payments and purchase payment credits made to the protected investment options minus adjusted partial withdrawals and transfers from the protected investment options; plus

• an amount equal to 5% of your initial purchase payment and purchase payment credit allocated to the protected investment options.

On any day after the first contract anniversary following the effective date of this rider, when you allocate additional purchase payments and purchase payment credits to or withdraw or transfer amounts from the protected investment options, we adjust the variable account floor by adding the additional purchase payment and purchase payment credit and subtracting adjusted withdrawals and adjusted transfers. On each subsequent contract anniversary after the first anniversary of the effective date of this rider, prior to the earlier of your or the annuitant’s 81st birthday, we increase the variable account floor by adding the amount (“roll-up amount”) equal to 5% of the prior contract anniversary’s variable account floor.

The amount of purchase payment and purchase payment credits withdrawn from or transferred between the excluded investment options and the protected investment options is calculated as (a) times (b) where:

(a)	is the amount of purchase payment and purchase payment credits in the investment options being withdrawn or transferred on the date of but prior to the current withdrawal or transfer; and
(b)	is the ratio of the amount of the transfer or withdrawal to the value in the investment options being withdrawn or transferred on the date of (but prior to) the current withdrawal or transfer.

The roll-up amount prior to the first anniversary is zero. Also, the roll-up amount on every anniversary after the earlier of your or the annuitant’s 81st birthday is zero.

Adjusted withdrawals and adjusted transfers for the variable account floor are equal to the amount of the withdrawal or transfer from the protected investment options as long as the sum of the withdrawals and transfers from the protected investment options in a contract year do not exceed the roll-up amount from the prior contract anniversary.

60    Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If the current withdrawal or transfer from the protected investment options plus the sum of all prior withdrawals and transfers made from the protected investment options in the current policy year exceeds the roll-up amount from the prior contract anniversary we will calculate the adjusted withdrawal or adjusted transfer for the variable account floor as the result of (a) plus [(b) times (c)] where:

(a)	is the roll-up amount from the prior contract anniversary less the sum of any withdrawals and transfers made from the protected investment options in the current policy year but prior to the current withdrawal or transfer. However, (a) can not be less than zero; and
(b)	is the variable account floor on the date of (but prior to) the current withdrawal or transfer from the protected investment options less the value from (a); and
(c)	is the ratio of [the amount of the current withdrawal (including any withdrawal charges or MVA) or transfer from the protected investment options less the value from (a)] to [the total in the protected investment options on the date of (but prior to) the current withdrawal or transfer from the protected investment options less the value from (a)].

If we exercise our right to not reflect excluded payments in the calculation of the guaranteed income benefit base, we will calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as the greatest of these three values:

1.	contract value less the market value adjusted excluded payments (described above); or
2.	total purchase payments and purchase payment credits, less excluded payments, less proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals; or
3.	the 5% variable account floor, less 5% adjusted excluded payments.

5% Adjusted Excluded Payments are calculated as the sum of each excluded payment and credit accumulated at 5% for the number of full contract years they have been in the contract.

Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base

The guaranteed income benefit base for the Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base is the greater of these four values:

1.	the contract value;
2.	the total purchase payments and purchase payment credits made to the contract minus proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals;
3.	the MAV (described above); or
4.	the 5% variable account floor (described above).

If we exercise our right to not reflect excluded payments in the calculation of the guaranteed income benefit base, we will calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as the greatest of:

1.	contract value less the market value adjusted excluded payments (described above);
2.	total purchase payments and purchase payment credits, less excluded payments, less proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals;
3.	the MAV, less market value adjusted excluded payments (described above); or
4.	the 5% variable account floor, less 5% adjusted excluded payments (described above).

For an example of how each Income Assurer Benefit is calculated, see Appendix I.

Optional Death Benefits

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector)

The Benefit Protector is intended to provide an additional benefit to your beneficiary to help offset expenses after your death such as funeral expenses or federal and state taxes. This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge (see “Charges”). The Benefit Protector provides reduced benefits if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older at the rider effective date. The Benefit Protector does not provide any additional benefit before the first rider anniversary.

If this rider is available in your state and both you and the annuitant are age 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the Benefit Protector to your contract. You must elect the Benefit Protector at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date. You may not select this rider if you select the Benefit Protector Plus Rider, 5% Accumulation Death Benefit or the Enhanced Death Benefit.

Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    61

Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Since the benefit paid by the rider is determined by the amount of earnings at death, the amount of the benefit paid may be reduced as a result of taking any withdrawals including RMDs. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional and tax advisor whether or not the Benefit Protector is appropriate for your situation.

The Benefit Protector provides that if you or the annuitant die after the first rider anniversary, but before annuity payouts begin, and while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary:

• the applicable death benefit, plus:

• 40% of your earnings at death if you and the annuitant were under age 70 on the rider effective date, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old; or

• 15% of your earnings at death if you or the annuitant were age 70 or older on the rider effective date, up to a maximum of 37.5% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old.

Earnings at death: This is determined by taking the current death benefit, and subtracting any purchase payments not previously withdrawn. Partial withdrawals reduce earnings before reducing purchase payments in the contract. This determines how much of the applicable death benefit is made up of contract earnings. We set maximum earnings at death of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old. Earnings at death cannot be less than zero.

Terminating the Benefit Protector

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of any rider anniversary beginning with the seventh rider anniversary.

• The rider will terminate when you make a full withdrawal from the contract or when annuity payouts begin.

If your spouse is the sole beneficiary and you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner. Your spouse and the new annuitant will be subject to all the limitations and restrictions of the rider just as if they were purchasing a new contract. If your spouse and the new annuitant do not qualify for the rider on the basis of age we will terminate the rider. If they do qualify for the rider on the basis of age we will set the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid and we will substitute this new contract value on the date of death for “purchase payments not previously withdrawn” used in calculating earnings at death. Your spouse also has the option of discontinuing the Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider within 30 days of the date of death.

NOTE: For special tax considerations associated with the Benefit Protector, see “Taxes.”

For an example, see Appendix J.

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus)

The Benefit Protector Plus is intended to provide an additional benefit to your beneficiary to help offset expenses after your death such as funeral expenses or federal and state taxes. This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge (see “Charges”). The Benefit Protector Plus provides reduced benefits if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older at the rider effective date. It does not provide any additional benefit before the first rider anniversary and it does not provide any benefit beyond what is offered under the Benefit Protector rider during the second rider year.

If this rider is available in your state and both you and the annuitant are age 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the Benefit Protector Plus to you contract. You must elect the Benefit Protector Plus at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date. This rider is only available for transfers, exchanges or rollovers from another annuity or life insurance policy. You may not select this rider if you select the Benefit Protector Rider, 5% Accumulation Death Benefit or the Enhanced Death Benefit. Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Since the benefit paid by the rider is determined by the amount of earnings at death, the amount of the benefit paid may be reduced as a result of taking any withdrawals including RMDs. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional and tax advisor whether or not the Benefit Protector Plus is appropriate for your situation.

The Benefit Protector Plus provides that if you or the annuitant die after the first rider anniversary, but before annuity payouts begin, and while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary:

• the benefits payable under the Benefit Protector described above, plus

• a percentage of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue not previously withdrawn as follows:

Rider Year	Percentage if you and the annuitant are under age 70 on the rider effective date	Percentage if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older on the rider effective date
One and Two	0%	0%

62    Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Rider Year	Percentage if you and the annuitant are under age 70 on the rider effective date	Percentage if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older on the rider effective date
Three and Four	10%	3.75%
Five or more	20%	7.5%

Another way to describe the benefits payable under the Benefit Protector Plus rider is as follows:

• the ROP death benefit (see “Benefits in Case of Death”) plus:

Rider Year	If you and the annuitant are under age 70 on the rider effective date, add…	If you or the annuitant are age 70 or older on the rider effective date, add…
One	Zero	Zero
Two	40% × earnings at death (see above)	15% × earnings at death
Three & Four	40% × (earnings at death + 25% of initial purchase payment*)	15% × (earnings at death + 25% of initial purchase payment*)
Five or more	40% × (earnings at death + 50% of initial purchase payment*)	15% × (earnings at death + 50% of initial purchase payment*)

* Initial purchase payments are payments made within 60 days of rider issue not previously withdrawn.

Terminating the Benefit Protector Plus

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of any rider anniversary beginning with the seventh rider anniversary.

• The rider will terminate when you make a full withdrawal from the contract or when annuity payouts begin.

If your spouse is sole beneficiaryand you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. We will then terminate the Benefit Protector Plus and substitute the applicable death benefit (see “Benefits in Case of Death”).

For an example, see Appendix K.

The Annuity Payout Period

As owner of the contract, you have the right to decide how and to whom annuity payouts will be made starting at the retirement date. You may select one of the annuity payout plans outlined below, or we may mutually agree on other payout arrangements. We do not deduct any withdrawal charges upon retirement but withdrawal charges may apply when electing to exercise liquidity features we may make available under certain fixed annuity payout options.

You also decide whether we will make annuity payouts on a fixed or variable basis, or a combination of fixed and variable. The amount available to purchase payouts under the plan you select is the contract value on your retirement date after any rider charges have been deducted. Additionally, we currently allow you to use part of the amount available to purchase payouts, leaving any remaining contract value to accumulate on a tax-deferred basis. Special rules apply for partial annuitization of your annuity contract, see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities — Annuity payouts” and “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Annuity payouts.” If you select a variable annuity payout, we reserve the right to limit the number of subaccounts in which you may invest. The GPAs and Portfolio Stabilizer funds are not available during this payout period.

Amounts of fixed and variable payouts depend on:

• the annuity payout plan you select;

• the annuitant’s age and, in most cases, sex;

• the annuity table in the contract; and

• the amounts you allocated to the accounts at settlement.

In addition, for variable annuity payouts only, amounts depend on the investment performance of the subaccounts you select. These payouts will vary from month to month because the performance of the funds will fluctuate. Fixed payouts generally remain the same from month to month unless you have elected an option providing for increasing payments.

For information with respect to transfers between accounts after annuity payouts begin, see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transfer policies.”

Annuity Tables

The annuity tables in your contract (Table A and Table B) show the amount of the monthly payout for each $1,000 of contract value according to the age and, when applicable, the annuitant’s sex. (Where required by law, we will use a unisex table of settlement rates.)

Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    63

Table A shows the amount of the first monthly variable annuity payout assuming that the contract value is invested at the beginning of the annuity payout period and earns a 5% rate of return, which is reinvested and helps to support future payouts. If you ask us at least 30 days before the retirement date, we will substitute an annuity table based on an assumed 3.5% investment rate for the 5% Table A in the contract. The assumed investment rate affects both the amount of the first payout and the extent to which subsequent payouts increase or decrease. For example, annuity payouts will increase if the investment return is above the assumed investment rate and payouts will decrease if the return is below the assumed investment rate. Using a 5% assumed interest rate results in a higher initial payout, but later payouts will increase more slowly when annuity unit values rise and decrease more rapidly when they decline.

Table B shows the minimum amount of each fixed annuity payout. We declare current payout rates that we use in determining the actual amount of your fixed annuity payout. The current payout rates will equal or exceed the guaranteed payout rates shown in Table B. We will furnish these rates to you upon request.

Annuity Payout Plans

We make available variable annuity payouts where payout amounts will vary based on the performance of the variable account. We may also make fixed annuity payouts available where payments of a fixed amount are made for the period specified in the plan, subject to any surrender we may permit. You may choose an annuity payout plan by giving us written instructions at least 30 days before the retirement date. Generally, you may select one of the Plans A through E below or another plan agreed to by us. Some of the annuity payout plans may not be available if you have selected the Income Assurer Benefit rider.

• Plan A – Life annuity — no refund:We make monthly payouts until the annuitant’s death. Payouts end with the last payout before the annuitant’s death. We will not make any further payouts. This means that if the annuitant dies after we made only one monthly payout, we will not make any more payouts.

• Plan B – Life annuity with five, ten, 15 or 20 years certain: (under the Income Assurer Benefit rider: you may select life annuity with ten or 20 years certain): We make monthly payouts for a guaranteed payout period of five, ten, 15 or 20 years that you elect. This election will determine the length of the payout period in the event if the annuitant dies before the elected period expires. We calculate the guaranteed payout period from the retirement date. If the annuitant outlives the elected guaranteed payout period, we will continue to make payouts until the annuitant’s death.

• Plan C – Life annuity — installment refund:(not available under the Income Assurer Benefit rider): We make monthly payouts until the annuitant’s death, with our guarantee that payouts will continue for some period of time. We will make payouts for at least the number of months determined by dividing the amount applied under this option by the first monthly payout, whether or not the annuitant is living.

• Plan D

– Joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund:We make monthly payouts while both the annuitant and a joint annuitant are living. If either annuitant dies, we will continue to make monthly payouts at the full amount until the death of the surviving annuitant. Payouts end with the death of the second annuitant.

– Joint and last survivor life annuity with 20 years certain: We make monthly annuity payouts during the lifetime of the annuitant and joint annuitant. When either the annuitant or joint annuitant dies, we will continue to make monthly payouts during the lifetime of the survivor. If the survivor dies before we have made payouts for 20 years, we continue to make payouts for the remainder of the 20-year period which begins when the first annuity payout is made.

• Plan E – Payouts for a specified period: We make monthly payouts for a specific payout period of ten to 30 years that you elect (under the Income Assurer Benefit rider, you may elect a payout period of 20 years only). We will make payouts only for the number of years specified whether the annuitant is living or not. Depending on the selected time period, it is foreseeable that an annuitant can outlive the payout period selected. During the payout period, you can elect to have us determine the present value of any remaining payouts and pay it to you in a lump sum. (Exception: If you have an Income Assurer Benefit rider and elect this annuity payout plan based on the Guaranteed Income Benefit Base, a lump sum payout is unavailable.)

• Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Payout Option (available only under contracts with the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider):This fixed annuity payout option is an alternative to the above annuity payout plans. This option may not be available if the contract is a qualified annuity. For such contracts, this option will be available only if the guaranteed payment period is less than the life expectancy of the owner at the time the option becomes effective. Such life expectancy will be computed using a life expectancy table published by the IRS. Under this option, the amount payable each year will be equal to the remaining schedule of GBPs, but the total amount paid over the life of the annuity will not exceed the total RBA at the time you begin this fixed payout option (see “Optional Benefits — Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider”). The amount paid in the current contract year will be reduced for any prior withdrawals in that year. These annualized amounts will be paid in the frequency that you elect. The frequencies will be among those offered by us at the time but will be no less frequent than annually. If, at the death of the owner, total payouts have been made for less than the RBA, the remaining payouts will be paid to the beneficiary.

64    Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

For Plan A, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, no payments will be made. For Plan B, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue for the guaranteed payout period. For Plan C, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue for the installment refund period. For Plan D, if both annuitants die before the initial payment, no payments will be made; however, if one annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue until the death of the surviving annuitant.

In addition to the annuity payout plans described above, we may offer additional payout plans. Terms and conditions of annuity payout plans will be disclosed at the time of election, including any associated fees or charges. It is important to remember that the election and use of liquidity features will result in payouts ceasing.

Utilizing a liquidity feature to withdraw the underlying value of remaining payouts may result in the assessment of a withdrawal charge (See “Charges — Withdrawal charge”) or a 10% IRS penalty tax. (See “Taxes.”).

Annuity payout plan requirements for qualified annuities: If your contract is a qualified annuity, you must select a payout plan as of the retirement date set forth in your contract. You have the responsibility for electing a payout plan under your contract that complies with applicable law. Your contract describes your payout plan options. The options will meet certain IRS regulations governing RMDs if the payout plan meets the incidental distribution benefit requirements, if any, and the payouts are made:

• in equal or substantially equal payments over a period not longer than your life expectancy, or over the joint life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary; or

• over a period certain not longer than your life expectancy or over the joint life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary.

If we do not receive instructions: You must give us written instructions for the annuity payouts at least 30 days before the annuitant’s retirement date. If you do not, we will make payouts under Plan B, with 120 monthly payouts guaranteed.

If monthly payouts would be less than $20: We will calculate the amount of monthly payouts at the time the contract value is used to purchase a payout plan. If the calculations show that monthly payouts would be less than $20, we have the right to pay the contract value to the owner in a lump sum or to change the frequency of the payouts.

Death after annuity payouts begin: If you or the annuitant die after annuity payouts begin, we will pay any amount payable to the beneficiary as provided in the annuity payout plan in effect. Payments to beneficiaries are subject to adjustment to comply with the IRS rules and regulations.

Taxes

Under current law, your contract has a tax-deferral feature. Generally, this means you do not pay income tax until there is a taxable distribution (or deemed distribution) from the contract. We will send a tax information reporting form for any year in which we made a taxable or reportable distribution according to our records.

Nonqualified Annuities

Generally, only the increase in the value of a non-qualified annuity contract over the investment in the contract is taxable. Certain exceptions apply. Federal tax law requires that all nonqualified deferred annuity contracts issued by the same company (and possibly its affiliates) to the same owner during a calendar year be taxed as a single, unified contract when distributions are taken from any one of those contracts.

Annuity payouts: Generally, unlike withdrawals described below, the income taxation of annuity payouts is subject to exclusion ratios (for fixed annuity payouts) or annual excludable amounts (for variable annuity payouts). In other words, in most cases, a portion of each payout will be ordinary income and subject to tax, and a portion of each payout will be considered a return of part of your investment in the contract and will not be taxed. All amounts you receive after your investment in the contract is fully recovered will be subject to tax. Under Annuity Payout Plan A: Life annuity — no refund, where the annuitant dies before your investment in the contract is fully recovered, the remaining portion of the unrecovered investment may be available as a federal income tax deduction to the owner for the last taxable year. Under all other annuity payout plans, where the annuity payouts end before your investment in the contract is fully recovered, the remaining portion of the unrecovered investment may be available as a federal income tax deduction to the taxpayer for the tax year in which the payouts end. (See “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Federal tax law permits taxpayers to annuitize a portion of their nonqualified annuity while leaving the remaining balance to continue to grow tax-deferred. Under the partial annuitization rules, the portion annuitized must be received as an annuity for a period of 10 years or more, or for the lives of one or more individuals. If this requirement is met, the annuitized portion and the tax-deferred balance will generally be treated as two separate contracts for income tax purposes only. If a contract is partially annuitized, the investment in the contract is allocated between the deferred and the annuitized portions on a pro rata basis.

Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    65

Withdrawals: Generally, if you withdrawal all or part of your nonqualified annuity your annuity payouts begin, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, your withdrawal will be taxed to the extent that the contract value immediately before the withdrawal exceeds the investment in the contract. Different rules may apply if you exchange another contract into this contract.

You also may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty for withdrawals of taxable income you make before reaching age 59½ unless certain exceptions apply.

Withholding: If you receive taxable income as a result of an annuity payout or withdrawal, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, we may deduct federal, and in some cases state withholding against the payment. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your income tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. As long as you have provided us with a valid Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number, and you have a valid U.S. address, you may be able to elect not to have federal income tax withholding occur.

If the payment is part of an annuity payout plan, we generally compute the amount of federal income tax withholding using payroll tables. You may provide us with a statement of how many exemptions to use in calculating the withholding. If the distribution is any other type of payment (such as partial or full withdrawal) we compute federal income tax withholding using 10% of the taxable portion.

The federal income tax withholding requirements differ if we deliver payment outside the United States or you are a non-resident alien.

Some states also may impose income tax withholding requirements similar to the federal withholding described above or may allow you to elect withholding. If this should be the case, we may deduct state income tax withholding from the payment.

Death benefits to beneficiaries: The death benefit under a nonqualified contract is not exempt from estate (federal or state) taxes. In addition, for income tax purposes, any amount your beneficiary receives that exceeds the remaining investment in the contract is taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary in the year he or she receives the payments. (See also “Benefits in Case of Death — If You Die Before the Retirement Date”).

Net Investment Income Tax (also known as Medicare contribution tax): Effective for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2013, certain investment income of high-income individuals (as well as estates and trusts) is subject to a 3.8% net investment income tax (as an addition to income taxes). For individuals, the 3.8% tax applies to the lesser of (1) the amount by which the taxpayer’s modified adjusted gross income exceeds $200,000 ($250,000 for married filing jointly and surviving spouses; $125,000 for married filing separately) or (2) the taxpayer’s “net investment income.” Net investment income includes taxable income from nonqualified annuities. Annuity holders are advised to consult their tax advisor regarding the possible implications of this additional tax.

Annuities owned by corporations, partnerships or irrevocable trusts: For nonqualified annuities, any annual increase in the value of annuities held by such entities (non-natural persons) generally will be treated as ordinary income received during that year. However, if the trust was set up for the benefit of a natural person(s) only, the income may remain tax-deferred until withdrawn or paid out.

Penalties: If you receive amounts from your nonqualified annuity before reaching age 59½, you may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty on the amount includable in your ordinary income. However, this penalty will not apply to any amount received:

• because of your death or in the event of non-natural ownership, the death of annuitant;

• because you become disabled (as defined in the Code);

• if the distribution is part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments, made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or joint lives or life expectancies of you and your beneficiary);

• if it is allocable to an investment before Aug. 14, 1982; or

• if annuity payouts are made under immediate annuities as defined by the Code.

Transfer of ownership: Generally, if you transfer ownership of a nonqualified annuity without receiving adequate consideration, the transfer may be taxed as a withdrawal for federal income tax purposes. If the transfer is a currently taxable event for income tax purposes, the original owner will be taxed on the amount of deferred earnings at the time of the transfer and also may be subject to the 10% IRS penalty discussed earlier. In this case, the new owner’s investment in the contract will be equal to the investment in the contract at the time of the transfer plus any earnings included in the original owner’s taxable income as a result of the transfer. In general, this rule does not apply to transfers between spouses or former spouses. Similar rules apply if you transfer ownership for full consideration. Please consult your tax advisor for further details.

1035 Exchanges: Section 1035 of the Code permits nontaxable exchanges of certain insurance policies, endowment contracts, annuity contracts and qualified long-term care insurance contracts while providing for continued tax deferral of earnings. In addition, Section 1035 permits the carryover of the investment in the contract from the old policy or

66    Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

contract to the new policy or contract. In a 1035 exchange one policy or contract is exchanged for another policy or contract. The following can qualify as nontaxable exchanges: (1) the exchange of a life insurance policy for another life insurance policy or for an endowment, annuity or qualified long-term care insurance contract, (2) the exchange of an endowment contract for an annuity or qualified long-term care insurance contract, or for an endowment contract under which payments will begin no later than payments would have begun under the contract exchanged, (3) the exchange of an annuity contract for another annuity or for a qualified long-term care insurance contract, and (4) the exchange of a qualified long-term care insurance contract for a qualified long-term care insurance contract. Additionally, other tax rules apply. However, if the life insurance policy has an outstanding loan, there may be tax consequences. Depending on the issue date of your original policy or contract, there may be tax or other benefits that are given up to gain the benefits of the new policy or contract. Consider whether the features and benefits of the new policy or contract outweigh any tax or other benefits of the old contract.

For a partial exchange of an annuity contract for another annuity contract, the 1035 exchange is generally tax-free. The investment in the original contract and the earnings on the contract will be allocated proportionately between the original and new contracts. However, per IRS Revenue Procedure 2011-38, if withdrawals are taken from either contract within the 180-day period following a partial 1035 exchange, the IRS will apply general tax principles to determine the appropriate tax treatment of the exchange and subsequent withdrawal. As a result, there may be unexpected tax consequences. You should consult your tax advisor before taking any withdrawal from either contract during the 180-day period following a partial exchange.

Assignment: If you assign or pledge your contract as collateral for a loan, earnings on purchase payments you made after Aug. 13, 1982 will be taxed as a deemed distribution and also may be subject to the 10% penalty as discussed above.

Qualified Annuities

Adverse tax consequences may result if you do not ensure that contributions, distributions and other transactions under the contract comply with the law. Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions. You should refer to your retirement plan’s Summary Plan Description, your IRA disclosure statement, or consult a tax advisor for additional information about the distribution rules applicable to your situation.

When you use your contract to fund a retirement plan or IRA that is already tax-deferred under the Code, the contract will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral. If your contract is used to fund an employer sponsored plan, your right to benefits may be subject to the terms and conditions of the plan regardless of the terms of the contract.

Annuity payouts: Under a qualified annuity, except a Roth IRA, Roth 401(k) or Roth 403(b), the entire payout generally is includable as ordinary income and is subject to tax unless: (1) the contract is an IRA to which you made non-deductible contributions; or (2) you rolled after-tax dollars from a retirement plan into your IRA; or 3) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you or your employer have contributed after-tax dollars; or (4) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you direct such payout to be directly rolled over to another eligible retirement plan such as an IRA. We may permit partial annuitizations of qualified annuity contracts. If we accept partial annuitizations, please remember that your contract will still need to comply with other requirements such as required minimum distributions and the payment of taxes. Prior to considering a partial annuitization on a qualified contract, you should discuss your decision and any implications with your tax adviser. Because we cannot accurately track certain after tax funding sources, we will generally report any payments on partial annuitizations as ordinary income except in the case of a qualified distribution from a Roth IRA.

Annuity payouts from Roth IRAs: In general, the entire payout from a Roth IRA can be free from income and penalty taxes if you have attained age 59½ and meet the five year holding period.

Withdrawals: Under a qualified annuity, except a Roth IRA, Roth 401(k) or Roth 403(b), the entire withdrawal will generally be includable as ordinary income and is subject to tax unless: (1) the contract is an IRA to which you made non-deductible contributions; or (2) you rolled after-tax dollars from a retirement plan into your IRA; or (3) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you or your employer have contributed after-tax dollars; or (4) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you direct such withdrawal to be directly rolled over to another eligible retirement plan such as an IRA.

Withdrawals from Roth IRAs: In general, the entire payout from a Roth IRA can be free from income and penalty taxes if you have attained age 59½ and meet the five year holding period or another qualifying event such as death or disability.

Required Minimum Distributions: Retirement plans (except for Roth IRAs) are subject to required withdrawals called required minimum distributions (“RMDs”) beginning at age 72 (age 70 ½ if you were born on or before June 30, 1949). RMDs are based on the fair market value of your contract at year-end divided by the life expectancy factor. Certain death benefits and optional riders may be considered in determining the fair market value of your contract for RMD purposes.

Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    67

This may cause your RMD to be higher. Inherited IRAs (including inherited Roth IRAs) are subject to special required minimum distribution rules. You should consult your tax advisor prior to making a purchase for an explanation of the potential tax implications to you.

Withholding for IRAs, Roth IRAs, SEPs and SIMPLE IRAs: If you receive taxable income as a result of an annuity payout or a withdrawal, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, we may deduct withholding against the payment. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. As long as you have provided us with a valid Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number, you can elect not to have any withholding occur.

If the payment is part of an annuity payout plan, we generally compute the amount of federal income tax withholding using payroll tables. You may provide us with a statement of how many exemptions to use in calculating the withholding. If the distribution is any other type of payment (such as a partial or full withdrawal) we compute federal income tax withholding using 10% of the taxable portion.

The federal income tax withholding requirements differ if we deliver payment outside the United States or you are a non-resident alien.

Some states also may impose income tax withholding requirements similar to the federal withholding described above. If this should be the case, we may deduct state income tax withholding from the payment.

Withholding for all other qualified annuities: If you receive directly all or part of the contract value from a qualified annuity, mandatory 20% federal income tax withholding (and possibly state income tax withholding) generally will be imposed at the time the payout is made from the plan. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. This mandatory withholding will not be imposed if instead of receiving the distribution check, you elect to have the distribution rolled over directly to an IRA or another eligible plan. Payments made to a surviving spouse instead of being directly rolled over to an IRA are also subject to mandatory 20% income tax withholding.

In the below situations, the distribution is subject to an optional 10% withholding instead of the mandatory 20% withholding. We will withhold 10% of the distribution amount unless you elect otherwise.

• the payout is one in a series of substantially equal periodic payouts, made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or the joint lives or life expectancies of you and your designated beneficiary) or over a specified period of 10 years or more;

• the payout is a RMD as defined under the Code;

• the payout is made on account of an eligible hardship; or

• the payout is a corrective distribution.

State withholding also may be imposed on taxable distributions.

Penalties: If you receive amounts from your qualified contract before reaching age 59½, you may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty on the amount includable in your ordinary income. However, this penalty generally will not apply to any amount received:

• because of your death;

• because you become disabled (as defined in the Code);

• if the distribution is part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or joint lives or life expectancies of you and your beneficiary);

• if the distribution is made following severance from employment during or after the calendar year in which you attain age 55 (TSAs and annuities funding 401(a) plans only);

• to pay certain medical or education expenses (IRAs only); or

• if the distribution is made from an inherited IRA.

Death benefits to beneficiaries: The entire death benefit generally is taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary in the year he/she receives the payments from the qualified annuity. If you made non-deductible contributions to a traditional IRA, the portion of any distribution from the contract that represents after-tax contributions is not taxable as ordinary income to your beneficiary. You are responsible for keeping all records tracking your non-deductible contributions to an IRA. Death benefits under a Roth IRA generally are not taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary if certain distribution requirements are met. (See also “Benefits in Case of Death — If you Die Before the Retirement Date”).

Change of retirement plan type: IRS regulations allow for rollovers of certain retirement plan distributions. In some circumstances, you may be able to have an intra-contract rollover, keeping the same features and conditions. If the annuity contract you have does not support an intra-contract rollover, you are able to request an IRS approved rollover to

68    Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

another annuity contract or other investment product that you choose. If you choose another annuity contract or investment product, you will be subject to new rules, including a new withdrawal charge schedule for an annuity contract, or other product rules as applicable.

Assignment:You may not assign or pledge your qualified contract as collateral for a loan.

Other

Purchase payment credits: These are considered earnings and are taxed accordingly when withdrawn or paid out.

Special considerations if you select any optional rider: As of the date of this prospectus, we believe that charges related to these riders are not subject to current taxation. Therefore, we will not report these charges as partial withdrawals from your contract. However, the IRS may determine that these charges should be treated as partial withdrawals subject to taxation to the extent of any gain as well as the 10% tax penalty for withdrawals before the age of 59½, if applicable, on the taxable portion.

We reserve the right to report charges for these riders as partial withdrawals if we, as a withholding and reporting agent, believe that we are required to report them. In addition, we will report any benefits attributable to these riders on the death of you or the annuitant as an annuity death benefit distribution, not as proceeds from life insurance.

Important: Our discussion of federal tax laws is based upon our understanding of current interpretations of these laws. Federal tax laws or current interpretations of them may change. For this reason and because tax consequences are complex and highly individual and cannot always be anticipated, you should consult a tax advisor if you have any questions about taxation of your contract.

RiverSource Life’s tax status: We are taxed as a life insurance company under the Code. For federal income tax purposes, the subaccounts are considered a part of our company, although their operations are treated separately in accounting and financial statements. Investment income is reinvested in the fund in which each subaccount invests and becomes part of that subaccount’s value. This investment income, including realized capital gains, is not subject to any withholding for federal or state income taxes. We reserve the right to make such a charge in the future if there is a change in the tax treatment of variable annuities or in our tax status as we then understand it.
The company includes in its taxable income the net investment income derived from the investment of assets held in its subaccounts because the company is considered the owner of these assets under federal income tax law.  The company may claim certain tax benefits associated with this investment income.  These benefits, which may include foreign tax credits and the corporate dividend received deduction, are not passed on to you since the company is the owner of the assets under federal tax law and is taxed on the investment income generated by the assets. 

Tax qualification: We intend that the contract qualify as an annuity for federal income tax purposes. To that end, the provisions of the contract are to be interpreted to ensure or maintain such tax qualification, in spite of any other provisions of the contract. We reserve the right to amend the contract to reflect any clarifications that may be needed or are appropriate to maintain such qualification or to conform the contract to any applicable changes in the tax qualification requirements. We will send you a copy of any amendments.

Spousal status: When it comes to your marital status and the identification and naming of any spouse as a beneficiary or party to your contract, we will rely on the representations you make to us. Based on this reliance, we will issue and administer your contract in accordance with these representations. If you represent that you are married and your representation is incorrect or your marriage is deemed invalid for federal or state law purposes, then the benefits and rights under your contract may be different.

If you have any questions as to the status of your relationship as a marriage, then you should consult an appropriate tax or legal advisor.

Voting Rights

As a contract owner with investments in the subaccounts, you may vote on important fund policies until annuity payouts begin. Once they begin, the person receiving them has voting rights. We will vote fund shares according to the instructions of the person with voting rights.

Before annuity payouts begin, the number of votes you have is determined by applying your percentage interest in each subaccount to the total number of votes allowed to the subaccount.

After annuity payouts begin, the number of votes you have is equal to:

• the reserve held in each subaccount for your contract; divided by

• the net asset value of one share of the applicable fund.

As we make annuity payouts, the reserve for the contract decreases; therefore, the number of votes also will decrease.

Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    69

We calculate votes separately for each subaccount. We will send notice of shareholders’ meetings, proxy materials and a statement of the number of votes to which the voter is entitled. We are the legal owner of all fund shares and therefore hold all voting rights.  However, to the extent required by law, we will vote the shares of each fund according to instructions we receive from policy owners. We will vote shares for which we have not received instructions and shares that we or our affiliates own in our own names in the same proportion as the votes for which we received instructions. As a result of this proportional voting, in cases when a small number of contract owners vote, their votes will have a greater impact and may even control the outcome.

Substitution of Investments

We may substitute the funds in which the subaccounts invest if:

• laws or regulations change;

• the existing funds become unavailable; or

• in our judgment, the funds no longer are suitable (or are not the most suitable) for the subaccounts.

If any of these situations occur, we have the right to substitute a fund currently listed in this prospectus (existing fund) for another fund (new fund), provided we obtain any required SEC and state insurance law approval. The new fund may have higher fees and/or operating expenses than the existing fund. Also, the new fund may have investment objectives and policies and/or investment advisers which differ from the existing fund.

We may also:

• add new subaccounts;

• combine any two or more subaccounts;

• transfer assets to and from the subaccounts or the variable account; and

• eliminate or close any subaccounts.

We will notify you of any substitution or change.

In the event of any such substitution or change, we may amend the contract and take whatever action is necessary and appropriate without your consent or approval. We will obtain any required prior approval of the SEC or state insurance departments before making any substitution or change.

About the Service Providers

Principal Underwriter

RiverSource Distributors, Inc. (RiverSource Distributors), our affiliate, serves as the principal underwriter and general distributor of the contract. Its offices are located at 70100 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, MN 55474. RiverSource Distributors is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ameriprise Financial, Inc.

Sales of the Contract

New contracts are not currently being offered.

• Only securities broker-dealers (“selling firms”) registered with the SEC and members of the FINRA may sell the contract.

• The contracts are continuously offered to the public through authorized selling firms. We and RiverSource Distributors have a sales agreement with the selling firm. The sales agreement authorizes the selling firm to offer the contracts to the public. RiverSource Distributors pays the selling firm (or an affiliated insurance agency) for contracts its investment professional sell. The selling firm may be required to return sales commissions under certain circumstances including but not limited to when contracts are returned under the free look period.

Payments We May Make to Selling Firms

• We may use compensation plans which vary by selling firm. For example, some of these plans pay selling firms a commission of up to 7.00% each time a purchase payment is made. We may also pay ongoing trail commissions of up to 1.00% of the contract value. We do not pay or withhold payment of trail commissions based on which investment options you select.

• We may pay selling firms an additional sales commission of up to 1.00% of purchase payments for a period of time we select. For example, we may offer to pay an additional sales commission to get selling firms to market a new or enhanced contract or to increase sales during the period.

70    Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• In addition to commissions, we may, in order to promote sales of the contracts, and as permitted by applicable laws and regulation, pay or provide selling firms with other promotional incentives in cash, credit or other compensation. We generally (but may not) offer these promotional incentives to all selling firms. The terms of such arrangements differ between selling firms. These promotional incentives may include but are not limited to:

• sponsorship of marketing, educational, due diligence and compliance meetings and conferences we or the selling firm may conduct for investment professionals, including subsidy of travel, meal, lodging, entertainment and other expenses related to these meetings;

• marketing support related to sales of the contract including for example, the creation of marketing materials, advertising and newsletters;

• providing service to contract owners; and

• funding other events sponsored by a selling firm that may encourage the selling firm’s investment professionals to sell the contract.

These promotional incentives or reimbursements may be calculated as a percentage of the selling firm’s aggregate, net or anticipated sales and/or total assets attributable to sales of the contract, and/or may be a fixed dollar amount. As noted below this additional compensation may cause the selling firm and its investment professionals to favor the contracts.

Sources of Payments to Selling Firms

When we pay the commissions and other compensation described above from our assets. Our assets may include:

• revenues we receive from fees and expenses that you will pay when buying, owning and making a withdrawal from the contract (see “Expense Summary”);

• compensation we or an affiliate receive from the underlying funds in the form of distribution and services fees (see “The Variable Account and the Funds — The Funds”);

• compensation we or an affiliate receive from a fund’s investment adviser, subadviser, distributor or an affiliate of any of these (see “The Variable Account and the Funds — The Funds”); and

• revenues we receive from other contracts we sell that are not securities and other businesses we conduct.

You do not directly pay the commissions and other compensation described above as the result of a specific charge or deduction under the contract. However, you may pay part or all of the commissions and other compensation described above indirectly through:

• fees and expenses we collect from contract owners, including withdrawal charges; and

• fees and expenses charged by the underlying subaccount funds in which you invest, to the extent we or one of our affiliates receive revenue from the funds or an affiliated person.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Compensation payment arrangements made with selling firms can potentially:

• give selling firms a heightened financial incentive to sell the contract offered in this prospectus over another investment with lower compensation to the selling firm.

• cause selling firms to encourage their investment professionals to sell you the contract offered in this prospectus instead of selling you other alternative investments that may result in lower compensation to the selling firm.

• cause selling firms to grant us access to its investment professionals to promote sales of the contract offered in this prospectus, while denying that access to other firms offering similar contracts or other alternative investments which may pay lower compensation to the selling firm.

Payments to Investment Professionals

• The selling firm pays its investment professionals. The selling firm decides the compensation and benefits it will pay its investment professionals.

• To inform yourself of any potential conflicts of interest, ask the investment professional before you buy, how the selling firm and its investment professionals are being compensated and the amount of the compensation that each will receive if you buy the contract.

Service Providers

Our Service Center performs certain administrative services on the contracts and policies we issue. The address and telephone number of our Service Center are listed on the first page of the prospectus. We also have entered into agreements with certain entities to provide the identified services in connection with the contracts and policies we issue. The entities engaged by RiverSource Life may change over time. Entities that provided services to RiverSource Life in 2019 are listed in the table below.

Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    71

Name of Service Provider	Services Provided	Address
Ameriprise Financial, Inc.	Business affairs management and administrative support related to new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies	707 Second Avenue South Minneapolis MN 55402 USA
Ameriprise India Private Limited	Administrative support related to new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies annual report filings	Plot No. 14, Sector 18 Udyog Vihar Gurugram, Haryana – 122 015 India
Sykes Enterprise Incorporated	Administrative support related to e new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies	10th Floor, Glorietta BPO 1 Office Tower Makati City 1224 Metro Manila Philippines

Issuer

We issue the contracts. We are a stock life insurance company organized in 1957 under the laws of the state of Minnesota and are located at 829 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, MN 55474. We are a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ameriprise Financial, Inc.

We conduct a conventional life insurance business. We are licensed to do business in 49 states, the District of Columbia and American Samoa. Our primary products currently include fixed and variable annuity contracts and life insurance policies.

Legal Proceedings

Insurance companies have been the subject of increasing regulatory, legislative and judicial scrutiny. Numerous state and federal regulatory agencies have commenced examinations and other inquiries of insurance companies regarding sales and marketing practices (including sales to older consumers and disclosure practices), claims handling, and unclaimed property and escheatment practices and procedures. RiverSource Life has cooperated and will continue to cooperate with the applicable regulators.

RiverSource Life is involved in the normal course of business in a number of other legal and arbitration proceedings concerning matters arising in connection with the conduct of its business activities. RiverSource Life believes that it is not a party to, nor are any of its properties the subject of, any pending legal, arbitration or regulatory investigation, examination or proceeding that is likely to have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is possible that the outcome of any current or future legal, arbitration or regulatory proceeding could have a material impact on results of operations in any particular reporting period as the proceedings are resolved.

Uncertain economic conditions, heightened and sustained volatility in the financial markets and significant financial reform legislation may increase the likelihood that clients and other persons or regulators may present or threaten legal claims or that regulators increase the scope or frequency of examinations of RiverSource Life or the insurance industry generally.

Additional Information

Incorporation of Certain Documents By Reference

The SEC allows us to “incorporate by reference” the information we have filed with the SEC. This means that we can disclose important information to you without actually including the specific information in this prospectus by referring you to other documents filed separately with the SEC. The information incorporated by reference is an important part of this prospectus. Information that we later provide to the SEC, and which is deemed to be “filed” with the SEC, will automatically update information previously filed with the SEC, and may replace information in this prospectus and information previously filed with the SEC. We incorporate by reference RiverSource Life Insurance Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019 as filed with the SEC on Feb.26, 2020under File No. 033-28976 in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and any filings we make with the SEC under Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act (excluding information deemed to be furnished and not filed with the SEC) after the effective date of this registration statement, until all offerings under the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part are completed or terminated. The annual report contains additional information about RiverSource Life Insurance Company, including audited financial statements for the latest fiscal year.

RiverSource Life will furnish you without charge a copy of any or all of the documents incorporated by reference into this prospectus, including any exhibits to such documents which have been specifically incorporated by reference. We will do so upon receipt of your written or oral request. You can contact RiverSource Life at the telephone number and address listed on the first page of this prospectus.

72    Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Available Information

This prospectus is part of a registration statement we file with the SEC. Additional information on RiverSource Life and on this offering is available in the registration statement and other materials we file. You can obtain copies of these materials at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. This prospectus, other information about the contract and other information incorporated by reference are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at (http://www.sec.gov).

Indemnification

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the Act) may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of RiverSource Life pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    73

Appendices

APPENDIX NAME	PAGE #	CROSS-REFERENCE	PAGE #
Appendix A: Example — Market Value Adjustment (MVA)	p. 75	Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)	p. 21
Appendix B: Example — Income Assurer Benefit Rider Fee	p. 77	Charges — Income Assurer Benefit Rider Fee	p. 32
Appendix C: Example — Withdrawal Charges	p. 78	Charges — Withdrawal Charges	p. 27
Appendix D: Example — Death Benefits	p. 81	Benefits in Case of Death	p. 46
Appendix E: Example — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider	p. 84	Optional Benefits — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider	p. 49
Appendix F: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider — Rider B Disclosure	p. 86	Optional Benefits — Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider	p. 51
Appendix G: Example — Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider	p. 92	Optional Benefits — Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider and Appendix F	p. 86
Appendix H: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider — Additional RMD Disclosure	p. 93	Optional Benefits — Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider and Appendix F	p. 86
Appendix I: Example — Income Assurer Benefit Riders	p. 95	Optional Benefits — Income Assurer Benefit Riders	p. 57
Appendix J: Example — Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider	p. 100	Optional Benefits — Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider	p. 61
Appendix K: Example — Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider	p. 102	Optional Benefits — Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider	p. 62
Appendix L: Example — Withdrawal Benefit Riders: Elective Step Up or Elective Spousal Continuation Step Up	p. 104	Optional Benefits — Optional Living Benefits	p. 49
Appendix M: Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	p. 105	Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	p. 13

The purpose of these appendices is first to illustrate the operation of various contract features and riders; second, to provide additional disclosure regarding various contract features and riders; and lastly, to provide condensed financial history (unaudited) of the subaccounts.

In order to demonstrate the contract features and riders, an example may show hypothetical contract values. These contract values do not represent past or future performance. Actual contract values may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a number of factors, including but not limited to the investment experience of the subaccounts and GPAs, and the fees and charges that apply to your contract.

The examples of death benefits and optional riders in appendices D, E, G and I through K include a partial withdrawal to illustrate the effect of a partial withdrawal on the particular benefit. These examples are intended to show how the optional riders operate, and do not take into account whether the rider is part of a qualified contract. Qualified contracts are subject to required minimum distributions at certain ages which may require you to take partial withdrawals from the contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). If you are considering the addition of certain death benefits and/or optional riders to a qualified contract, you should consult your tax advisor prior to making a purchase for an explanation of the potential tax implications to you.

74    Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix A: Example — Market Value Adjustment (MVA)

As the examples below demonstrate, the application of an MVA may result in either a gain or a loss of principal. We refer to all of the transactions described below as “early withdrawals.”

Assumptions:

• You purchase a contract and allocate part of your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA; and

• we guarantee an interest rate of 3.0% annually for your ten-year guarantee period; and

• after three years, you decide to make a withdrawal from your GPA. In other words, there are seven years left in your guarantee period.

Remember that the MVA depends partly on the interest rate of a new GPA for the same number of years as the guarantee period remaining on your GPA. In this case, that is seven years.

Example 1: Remember that your GPA is earning 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 3.5%. We add 0.10% to the 3.5% rate to get 3.6%. Your GPA’s 3.0% rate is less than the 3.6% rate, so the MVA will be negative.

Example 2: Remember again that your GPA is earning 3.0%, and assume that new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 2.5%. We add 0.10% to the 2.5% rate to get 2.6%. In this example, since your GPA’s 3.0% rate is greater than the 2.6% rate, the MVA will be positive. To determine that adjustment precisely, you will have to use the formula described below.

Sample MVA Calculations

The precise MVA formula we apply is as follows:

Early withdrawal amount	×	[	(	1 + i	)	n/12	–1	]	=	MVA
				1 + j + .001

Where i	=	rate earned in the GPA from which amounts are being transferred or withdrawn.
j	=	current rate for a new guarantee period equal to the remaining term in the current guarantee period.
n	=	number of months remaining in the current guarantee period (rounded up).

Examples — MVA

Using assumptions similar to those we used in the examples above:

• You purchase a contract and allocate part of your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA;

• we guarantee an interest rate of 3.0% annually for your ten-year guarantee period; and

• after three years, you decide to make a $1,000 withdrawal from your GPA. In other words, there are seven years left in your guarantee period.

Example 1: You request an early withdrawal of $1,000 from your ten-year GPA earning a guaranteed interest rate of 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 3.5%. Using the formula above, we determine the MVA as follows:

$1,000	×	[	(	1.030	)	84/12	–1	]	=	-$39.84
				1 + .035 + .001

In this example, the MVA is a negative $39.84.

Example 2: You request an early withdrawal of $1,000 from your ten-year GPA earning a guaranteed interest rate of 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 2.5%. Using the formula above, we determine the MVA as follows:

$1,000	×	[	(	1.030	)	84/12	–1	]	=	$27.61
				1 + .025 + .001

In this example, the MVA is a positive $27.61.

Please note that when you allocate your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA and your purchase payment is in its fourth year from receipt at the beginning of the guarantee period, your withdrawal charge percentage is 7%, if you elected the seven-year withdrawal charge schedule and 4% if you elected a five-year withdrawal charge schedule. (See “Charges — Withdrawal Charge.”) We do not apply MVAs to the amounts we deduct for withdrawal charges, so we would deduct the withdrawal charge from your early withdrawal after we applied the MVA. Also note that when you request an early withdrawal, we withdraw an amount from your GPA that will give you the net amount you requested after we apply the MVA and any applicable withdrawal charge, unless you request otherwise.

Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    75

The current interest rate we offer on the GPA will change periodically at our discretion. It is the rate we are then paying on purchase payments, renewals and transfers paid under this class of contracts for guarantee period durations equaling the remaining guarantee period of the GPA to which the formula is being applied.

We will not apply MVAs to amounts withdrawn for annual contract charges, to amounts we pay as death claims or to automatic transfers from the two-year GPA as part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep strategy. In some states, the MVA is limited.

76    Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix B: Example — Income Assurer Benefit Rider Fee

Example — Income Assurer Benefit Rider Fee

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $50,000 and we add a $500 purchase payment credit. You allocate all of your payment to the Protected Investment Options and make no transfers, add-ons or withdrawals. You select a seven-year withdrawal charge schedule; and

• On the first contract anniversary your total contract value is $55,545; and

• On the second contract anniversary your total contract value is $53,270.

We would calculate the Guaranteed Income Benefit Base for each Income Assurer Benefit on the second anniversary as follows:

The Income Assurer Benefit – MAV Guaranteed Income Benefit Base is the greatest of the following values:

Purchase Payments and purchase payment credits less adjusted partial withdrawals:	$50,500
Contract value on the second anniversary:	$53,270
Maximum Anniversary Value:	$55,545
Income Assurer Benefit – MAV Guaranteed Income Benefit Base	$55,545

The Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Guaranteed Income Benefit Base is the greatest of the following values:

Purchase Payments and purchase payment credits less adjusted partial withdrawals:	$50,500
Contract value on the second anniversary:	$53,270
5% Variable Account Floor = 1.05 × 1.05 × $50,000	$55,676
Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Guaranteed Income Benefit Base	$55,676

The Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Guaranteed Income Benefit Base is the greatest of the following values:

Purchase Payments and purchase payment credits less adjusted partial withdrawals:	$50,500
Contract value on the second anniversary:	$53,270
Maximum Anniversary Value:	$55,545
5% Variable Account Floor = 1.05 × 1.05 × $50,000	$55,676
Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Guaranteed Income Benefit Base	$55,676

The Income Assurer Benefit fee deducted from your contract value would be:

Income Assurer Benefit – MAV fee =	0.30% × $55,545 = $166.64
Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base fee =	0.60% × $55,676 = $334.06
Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base fee =	0.65% × $55,676 = $361.89

Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    77

Appendix C: Example — Withdrawal Charges

The examples below show how the withdrawal charge for a full and partial withdrawal is calculated for a contract with a four-year withdrawal charge schedule. Each example illustrates the amount of the withdrawal charge for both a contract that experiences gains and a contract that experiences losses, given the same set of assumptions.

For purposes of calculating any withdrawal charge, including the examples illustrated below, we treat amounts withdrawn from your contract value in the following order:

1.	First, in each contract year, we withdraw amounts totaling up to 10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value or your contract’s remaining benefit payment if you elected the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider and your remaining benefit payment is greater than 10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on this amount.
2.	Next, we withdraw contract earnings, if any, that are greater than the amount described in number one above. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on contract earnings.
3.	Next we withdraw purchase payments received prior to the withdrawal charge period shown in your contract. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on these purchase payments.
4.	Finally, if necessary, we withdraw purchase payments received that are still within the withdrawal charge period you selected and shown in your contract. We withdraw these payments on a “first-in, first-out” (FIFO) basis. We do assess a withdrawal charge on these payments.

After withdrawing earnings in numbers one and two above, we next withdraw enough additional contract value (ACV) to meet your requested withdrawal amount. If the amount described in number one above was greater than contract earnings prior to the withdrawal, the excess (XSF) will be excluded from the purchase payments being withdrawn that were received most recently when calculating the withdrawal charge. We determine the amount of purchase payments being withdrawn (PPW) in numbers three and four above as:

PPW = XSF + (ACV – XSF) / (CV – TFA) × (PPNPW – XSF)

If the additional contract value withdrawn is less than XSF, then PPW will equal ACV.

We determine current contract earnings (CE) by looking at the entire contract value (CV), not the earnings of any particular subaccount GPA or the one-year fixed account. If the contract value is less than purchase payments received and not previously withdrawn (PPNPW) then contract earnings are zero.

Full withdrawal charge calculation — seven-year withdrawal charge schedule:

This is an example of how we calculate the withdrawal charge on a contract with a seven-year (from the date of each purchase payment) withdrawal charge schedule and the following history:

Assumptions:

• We receive a single $50,000 purchase payment; and we add a purchase payment credit of $500

• During the fourth contract year you withdraw the contract for its total value. The withdrawal charge percentage in the fourth year after a purchase payment is 7.0%; and

• You have made no prior withdrawals.

We will look at two situations, one where the contract has a gain and another where there is a loss:

		Contract with Gain	Contract with Loss
	Contract value just prior to withdrawal:	$60,000.00	$40,000.00
	Contract value on prior anniversary:	58,000.00	42,000.00
We calculate the withdrawal charge as follows:
Step 1.	First, we determine the amount of earnings available in the contract at the time of withdrawal as:
	Contract value just prior to withdrawal (CV):	60,000.00	40,000.00
	Less purchase payments received and not previously withdrawn (PPNPW):	50,000.00	50,000.00
	Earnings in the contract (but not less than zero):	10,000.00	0.00
Step 2.	Next, we determine the Total Free Amount (TFA) available in the contract as the greatest of the following values:
	Earnings in the contract:	10,000.00	0.00
	10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value:	5,800.00	4,200.00
	TFA (but not less than zero):	10,000.00	4,200.00

78    Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

			Contract with Gain	Contract with Loss
Step 3.	Next we determine ACV, the amount by which the contract value withdrawn exceeds earnings.
	Contract value withdrawn:		60,000.00	40,000.00
	Less earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	ACV (but not less than zero):		50,000.00	40,000.00
Step 4.	Next we determine XSF, the amount by which 10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value exceeds earnings.
	10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value:		5,800.00	4,200.00
	Less earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	XSF (but not less than zero):		0.00	4,200.00
Step 5.	Now we can determine how much of the PPNPW is being withdrawn (PPW) as follows:
	PPW	= XSF + (ACV – XSF) / (CV – TFA) × (PPNPW – XSF)
	XSF from Step 4 =
	ACV from Step 3 =		0.00	4,200.00
	CV from Step 1 =		50,000.00	40,000.00
	TFA from Step 2=		60,000.00	40,000.00
	PPNPW from Step 1 =		10,000.00	4,200.00
	PPW =		50,000.00	50,000.00
Step 6.	We then calculate the withdrawal charge as a percentage of PPW. Note that for a contract with a loss, PPW may be greater than the amount you request to withdraw:
	PPW:		50,000.00	50,000.00
	less XSF:		0.00	4,200.00
	amount of PPW subject to a withdrawal charge:		50,000.00	45,800.00
	multiplied by the withdrawal charge rate:		× 7.0%	× 7.0%
	withdrawal charge:		3,500.00	3,206.00
Step 7.	The dollar amount you will receive as a result of your full withdrawal is determined as:
	Contract value withdrawn:		60,000.00	40,000.00
	Withdrawal charge:		(3,500.00)	(3,206.00)
	Contract charge (assessed upon full withdrawal):		(40.00)	(40.00)
	Net full withdrawal proceeds:		$56,460.00	$36,754.00

Partial withdrawal charge calculation — seven-year withdrawal charge schedule:

This is an example of how we calculate the withdrawal charge on a contract with a seven-year (from the date of each purchase payment) withdrawal charge schedule and the following history:

Assumptions:

• We receive a single $50,000 purchase payment and we add a purchase payment credit of $500;

• During the fourth contract year you request a net partial withdrawal of $15,000.00. The withdrawal charge percentage in the fourth year after a purchase payment is 7.0%; and

• You have made no prior withdrawals.

We will look at two situations, one where the contract has a gain and another where there is a loss:

	Contract with Gain	Contract with Loss
Contract value just prior to withdrawal:	$60,000.00	$40,000.00
Contract value on prior anniversary:	58,000.00	42,000.00

Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    79

			Contract with Gain	Contract with Loss
We determine the amount of contract value that must be withdrawn in order for the net partial withdrawal proceeds to match the amount requested. We start with an estimate of the amount of contract value to withdraw and calculate the resulting withdrawal charge and net partial withdrawal proceeds as illustrated below. We then adjust our estimate and repeat until we determine the amount of contract value to withdraw that generates the desired net partial withdrawal proceeds.
We calculate the withdrawal charge for each estimate as follows:
Step 1.	First, we determine the amount of earnings available in the contract at the time of withdrawal as:
	Contract value just prior to withdrawal (CV):		60,000.00	40,000.00
	Less purchase payments received and not previously withdrawn (PPNPW):		50,000.00	50,000.00
	Earnings in the contract (but not less than zero):		10,000.00	0.00
Step 2.	Next, we determine the Total Free Amount (TFA) available in the contract as the greatest of the following values:
	Earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value:		5,800.00	4,200.00
	TFA (but not less than zero):		10,000.00	4,200.00
Step 3.	Next we determine ACV, the amount by which the contract value withdrawn exceeds earnings.
	Contract value withdrawn:		15,376.34	16,062.31
	Less earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	ACV (but not less than zero):		5,376.34	16,062.31
Step 4.	Next we determine XSF, the amount by which 10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value exceeds earnings.
	10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value:		5,800.00	4,200.00
	Less earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	XSF (but not less than zero):		0.00	4,200.00
Step 5.	Now we can determine how much of the PPNPW is being withdrawn (PPW) as follows:
	PPW	= XSF + (ACV – XSF) / (CV – TFA) × (PPNPW – XSF)
	XSF from Step 4 =		0.00	4,200.00
	ACV from Step 3 =		5,376.34	16,062.31
	CV from Step 1 =		60,000.00	40,000.00
	TFA from Step 2 =		10,000.00	4,200.00
	PPNPW from Step 1 =		50,000.00	50,000.00
	PPW =		5,376.34	19,375.80
Step 6.	We then calculate the withdrawal charge as a percentage of PPW. Note that for a contract with a loss, PPW may be greater than the amount you request to withdraw:
	PPW:		5,376.34	19,375.80
	less XSF:		0.00	4,200.00
	amount of PPW subject to a withdrawal charge:		5,376.34	15,175.80
	multiplied by the withdrawal charge rate:		× 7.0%	× 7.0%
	withdrawal charge:		376.34	1,062.31
Step 7.	The dollar amount you will receive as a result of your partial withdrawal is determined as:
	Contract value withdrawn:		15,376.34	16,062.31
	Withdrawal charge:		(376.34)	(1,062.31)
	Net partial withdrawal proceeds:		$15,000.00	$15,000.00

80    Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix D: Example — Death Benefits

Example — ROP Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $20,000 and select a seven-year withdrawal charge schedule. We add a $200 purchase payment credit; and

• On the first contract anniversary you make an additional purchase payment of $5,000 and we add a purchase payment credit of $50; and

• During the second contract year the contract value falls to $22,000 and you take a $1,500 partial withdrawal (including withdrawal charges); and

• On the third contract anniversary the contract value grows to $23,000.

We calculate the ROP Death Benefit as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:		$23,000.00
2.	Purchase payments plus purchase payment credits, minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments and purchase payment credits:		$25,250.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,250	=	–1,721.59
	$22,000
	for a death benefit of:		$23,528.41
ROP Death Benefit, calculated as the greatest of these two values:				$23,528.41

Example — MAV Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $20,000 and select a seven-year withdrawal charge schedule. We add a purchase payment credit of $200; and

• On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $24,000; and

• During the second contract year the contract value falls to $22,000, at which point you take a $1,500 partial withdrawal (including withdrawal charges), leaving a contract value of $20,500.

We calculate the MAV Death Benefit, which is based on the greater of three values, as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:		$20,500.00
2.	Purchase payments plus purchase payment credits minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments and purchase payment credits:		$20,200.00
	minus the death benefit adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $20,200	=	–1,377.27
	$22,000
	for a death benefit of:		$18,822.73
3.	The MAV immediately preceding the date of death:
	Greatest of your contract anniversary contract values:		$24,000.00
	plus purchase payments and credits made since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus the death benefit adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $24,000	=	–1,636.36
	$22,000
	for a death benefit of:		$22,363.64
The MAV Death Benefit, calculated as the greatest of these three values, which is the MAV:				$22,363.64

Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    81

Example — 5% Accumulation Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000 and select a seven-year withdrawal charge schedule. We add a purchase payment credit of $250 to your contract. You allocate $5,100 to the one-year fixed account and $20,150 to the subaccounts; and

• On the first contract anniversary, the one-year fixed account value is $5,200 and the subaccount value is $17,000. Total contract value is $22,200; and

• During the second contract year the one-year fixed account value is $5,300 and the subaccount value is $19,000. Total contract value is $24,300. You take a $1,500 partial withdrawal (including withdrawal charges) all from the subaccounts, leaving the contract value at $22,800.

The death benefit, which is based on the greatest of three values, is calculated as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:		$22,800.00
2.	Purchase payments plus purchase payment credits minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments and purchase payment credits:		$25,250.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,250	=	–1,558.64
	$24,300
	for a death benefit of:		$23,691.36
3.	The 5% variable account floor:
	The variable account floor on the first contract anniversary, calculated as: 1.05 × $20,150 =		$21,157.50
	plus purchase payments and purchase payment credits allocated to the subaccounts since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus the 5% variable account floor adjusted partial withdrawal from the subaccounts, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $21,157.50	=	–$1,670.33
	$19,000
	variable account floor benefit:		$19,487.17
	plus the one-year fixed account value:		+$5,300.00
	5% variable account floor (value of the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the variable account floor):		$24,787.17
The 5% Accumulation Death Benefit, calculated as the greatest of these three values, which is the 5% variable account floor:				$24,787.17

Example — Enhanced Death Benefit

Example – Enhanced Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000 and selected a seven-year withdrawal charge schedule. We add a $250 purchase payment credit. You allocate $5,000 to the one-year fixed account and $20,250 to the subaccounts; and

• On the first contract anniversary, the one-year fixed account value is $5,200 and the subaccount value is $17,000. Total contract value is $22,200; and

• During the second contract year, the one-year fixed account value is $5,300 and the subaccount value is $19,000. Total contract value is $24,300. You take a $1,500 partial withdrawal (including withdrawal charges) all from the subaccounts, leaving the contract value at $22,800.

The death benefit, which is the greatest of four values, is calculated as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:	$22,800.00
2.	Purchase payments plus purchase payment credits minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments and purchase payment credits:	$25,250.00

82    Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

	minus adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,250	=	–1,558.64
	$24,300
	for a death benefit of::		$23,691.36
3.	The MAV on the anniversary immediately preceding the date of death:
	The MAV on the immediately preceding anniversary:		$25,250.00
	plus purchase payments and purchase payment credits made since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals made since that anniversary, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25250	=	–1,558.64
	$24,300
	for a MAV Death Benefit of:		$23,691.36
4.	The 5% variable account floor:
	The variable account floor on the first contract anniversary, calculated as:
	1.05 × $20,250 =		$21,262.050
	plus purchase payments and purchase payment credits allocated to the subaccounts since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus the 5% variable account floor adjusted partial withdrawal from the subaccounts, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $21,262.50	=	–1,678.62
	$19,000
	variable account floor benefit:		$19,583.88
	plus the one-year fixed account value:		+5,300.00
	5% variable account floor (value of the GPAs, one-year fixed account and the variable account floor):		$24,883.88
EDB, calculated as the greatest of these four values, which is the 5% variable account floor:				$24,883.88

Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    83

Appendix E: Example — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider

Automatic Step Up

This example shows increases in the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value (MCAV) in the second, third and seventh contract anniversaries. These increases occur because of the automatic step up feature of the rider. The automatic step up does not create contract value, guarantee the performance of any underlying fund in which a subaccount invests, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn or paid upon death. Rather, the automatic step up is an interim calculation used to arrive at the final MCAV which determines whether a benefit will be paid under the rider on the Benefit Date.

Assumptions:

• You purchase a contract with a seven-year withdrawal schedule with a payment of $123,762 and receive a purchase payment credit of $1,238; and

• you make no additional purchase payments to the contract; and

• you take partial withdrawals from the contract on the fifth and eighth contract anniversaries in the amounts of $2,000 and $5,000, respectively; and

• contract values increase or decrease according to the hypothetical assumed net rate of return; and

• you do not exercise the elective step up option available under the rider; and

• you do not change PN program investment options.

Based on these assumptions, the waiting period expires at the end of the 10th contract year. The rider then ends. On the benefit date, the hypothetical assumed contract value is $108,118 and the MCAV is $136,513, so the contract value would be reset to equal the MCAV, or $136,513.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	MCAV Adjusted Partial Withdrawal	Hypothetical Assumed Net Rate of Return	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	MCAV
At Issue	$125,000	N/A	N/A	N/A	$125,000	$125,000
1	0	0	0	12.0%	140,000	125,000
2	0	0	0	15.0%	161,000	128,800(2)
3	0	0	0	3.0%	165,830	132,664(2)
4	0	0	0	-8.0%	152,564	132,664
5	0	2,000	2,046	-15.0%	127,679	130,618
6	0	0	0	20.0%	153,215	130,618
7	0	0	0	15.0%	176,197	140,958(2)
8	0	5,000	4,444	-10.0%	153,577	136,513
9	0	0	0	-20.0%	122,862	136,513
10(1)	0	0	0	-12.0%	108,118	136,513

(1)	The APB benefit date.
(2)	These values indicate where the automatic step up feature increased the MCAV.

Important Information About This Example:

If the actual rate of return during the waiting period causes the contract value to equal or exceed the MCAV on the benefit date, no benefit is paid under this rider.

Even if a benefit is paid under the rider on the benefit date, contract value allocated to the variable account after the benefit date continues to vary with the market and may go up or go down.

Elective Step Up

This example shows increases in the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value (MCAV) on the first, second, third and seventh contract anniversaries. These increases occur only if you exercise the elective step up option within 30 days following the contract anniversary. The contract value on the date we receive your written request to step up must be greater than the MCAV on that date. The elective step up does not create contract value, guarantee the performance of any underlying fund in which a subaccount invests, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn or paid upon death. Rather, the Elective Step Up is an interim calculation used to arrive at the final MCAV which determines whether a benefit will be paid under the rider on the Benefit Date.

Assumptions:

You purchase a contract with a seven-year withdrawal schedule with a payment of $123,762 and receive a purchase payment credit of $1,238; and

84    Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• you make no additional purchase payments to the contract; and

• you take partial withdrawals from the contract on the fifth, eighth and thirteenth contract anniversaries in the amounts of $2,000, $5,000 and $7,500, respectively; and

• contract values increase or decrease according to the hypothetical assumed net rate of return; and,

• the Elective Step up is exercised on the first, second, third and seventh contract anniversaries; and

• you do not change asset allocation models.

Based on these assumptions, the 10 year waiting period restarts each time you exercise the elective step up option (on the first, second, third and seventh contract anniversaries in this example). The waiting period expires at the end of the 10th contract year following the last exercise of the elective step up option. When the waiting period expires, the rider ends. On the benefit date the hypothetical assumed contract values is $99,198 and the MCAV is $160,117, so the contract value would be reset to equal the MCAV, or $160,117.

Contract Duration in Years	Years Remaining in the Waiting Period	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	MCAV Adjusted Partial Withdrawal	Hypothetical Assumed Net Rate of Return	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	MCAV
At Issue	10	$125,000	$ N/A	$ N/A	N/A	$125,000	$125,000
1	10(2)	0	0	0	12.0%	140,000	140,000(3)
2	10(2)	0	0	0	15.0%	161,000	161,000(3)
3	10(2)	0	0	0	3.0%	165,830	165,830(3)
4	9	0	0	0	-8.0%	152,564	165,830
5	8	0	2,000	2,558	-15.0%	127,679	163,272
6	7	0	0	0	20.0%	153,215	163,272
7	10(2)	0	0	0	15.0%	176,197	176,197(3)
8	9	0	5,000	5,556	-10.0%	153,577	170,642
9	8	0	0	0	-20.0%	122,862	170,642
10	7	0	0	0	-12.0%	108,118	170,642
11	6	0	0	0	3.0%	111,362	170,642
12	5	0	0	0	4.0%	115,817	170,642
13	4	0	7,500	10,524	5.0%	114,107	160,117
14	3	0	0	0	6.0%	120,954	160,117
15	2	0	0	0	-5.0%	114,906	160,117
16	1	0	0	0	-11.0%	102,266	160,117
17(1)	0	0	0	0	-3.0%	99,198	160,117

(1)	The APB Benefit Date.
(2)	The Waiting Period restarts when the Elective Step Up is exercised.
(3)	These values indicate when the Elective Step Up feature increased the MCAV.

Important Information About This Example:

If the actual rate of return during the Waiting Period causes the contract value to equal or exceed the MCAV on the Benefit Date, no benefit is paid under this rider.

Exercising the Elective Step up provision may result in an increase in the charge that you pay for this rider.

Even if a benefit is paid under the rider on the Benefit Date, contract value allocated to the variable account after the Benefit Date continues to vary with the market and may go up or go down.

Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    85

Appendix F: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit — Rider B Disclosure

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge if:

•	your contract application was signed on or after April 29, 2005(1),(2);
•	you and the annuitant are 79 or younger on the date the contract is issued.
(1)	The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider is not available under an inherited qualified annuity.
(2)	In previous disclosure, we have referred to this rider as Rider B. This rider is no longer available for purchase. See the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit sections in this prospectus for information about currently offered versions of this benefit. See the rider attached to your contract for the actual terms of the benefit you purchased.

You must elect the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider when you purchase your contract (original rider). The original rider you receive at contract issue offers an elective annual step-up and any withdrawal after a step up during the first three years is considered an excess withdrawal, as described below. The rider effective date of the original rider is the contract issue date.

We will offer you the option of replacing the original rider with a new Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit (enhanced rider), if available in your state. The enhanced rider offers an automatic annual step-up and a withdrawal after a step up during the first three years is not necessarily an excess withdrawal, as described below. The effective date of the enhanced rider will be the contract issue date except for the automatic step-up which will apply to contract anniversaries that occur after you accept the enhanced rider. The descriptions below apply to both the original and enhanced riders unless otherwise noted.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit initially provides a guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit that gives you the right to take limited partial withdrawals in each contract year that over time will total an amount equal to your purchase payments plus any purchase payment credits. Certain withdrawals and step ups, as described below, can cause the initial guaranteed withdrawal benefit to change. The guarantee remains in effect if your partial withdrawals in a contract year do not exceed the allowed amount. As long as your withdrawals in each contract year do not exceed the allowed amount, you will not be assessed a withdrawal charge. Under the original rider, the allowed amount is the Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP — the amount you may withdraw under the terms of the rider in each contract year, subject to certain restrictions prior to the third contract anniversary, as described below). Under the enhanced rider, the allowed amount is equal to 7% of purchase payments and purchase payment credits for the first three years, and the GBP in all other years.

If you withdraw an amount greater than the allowed amount in a contract year, we call this an “excess withdrawal” under the rider. If you make an excess withdrawal under the rider:

• withdrawal charges, if applicable, will apply only to the amount of the withdrawal that exceeds the allowed amount;

• the guaranteed benefit amount will be adjusted as described below; and

• the remaining benefit amount will be adjusted as described below.

For a partial withdrawal that is subject to a withdrawal charge, the amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable withdrawal charge (see “Charges — Withdrawal Charge”). Market value adjustments, if applicable, will also be made (see “Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs) — Market Value Adjustment”). We pay you the amount you request. Any partial withdrawals you take under the contract will reduce the value of the death benefit (see “Benefits in Case of Death”). Upon full withdrawal of the contract, you will receive the remaining contract value less any applicable charges (see “Withdrawals”).

Once elected, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider may not be cancelled and the fee will continue to be deducted until the contract is terminated, the contract value reduces to zero (described below) or annuity payouts begin. If you select the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, you may not select an Income Assurer Benefit rider or the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. If you exercise the annual step up election (see “Elective Step Up” and “Annual Step Up” below), the special spousal continuation step up election (see “Spousal Continuation and Special Spousal Continuation Step Up” below) or change your investment option, the rider charge may change (see “Charges”).

You should consider whether the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit is appropriate for you because:

You will begin paying the rider charge as of the rider effective date, even if you do not begin taking withdrawals for many years. It is possible that your contract performance, fees and charges, and withdrawal pattern may be such that your contract value will not be depleted in your lifetime and you will not receive any monetary value under the rider.

• Investment Allocation Restriction: You must participate in the PN program if you purchase a contract on or after May 1, 2006 with this rider (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program”). If you selected this Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider before May 1, 2006, you must participate in the asset allocation program (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Asset Allocation Program”), however, you may elect to participate in the

86    Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

	Portfolio Navigator program after May 1, 2006. These funds are expected to reduce our financial risks and expenses associated with certain living benefits. Although the funds’ investment strategies may help mitigate declines in your contract value due to declining equity markets, the funds’ investment strategies may also curb your contract value gains during periods of positive performance by the equity markets. Additionally, investment in the funds may decrease the number and amount of any benefit base increase opportunities. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds: Volatility and Volatility Management Risk with the Portfolio Stabilizer funds” section.) We reserve the right to add, remove or substitute approved investment options at any time and in our sole discretion in the future. This requirement limits your choice of investments. This limits your choice of investments. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, GPAs or the one-year fixed account that are available under the contract to contract owners who do not elect this rider. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Asset Allocation Program and Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds.”);
•	Tax Considerations for Non-Qualified Annuities: Withdrawals are taxable income to the extent of earnings. Withdrawals of earnings before age 59½ may also incur a 10% IRS early withdrawal penalty and may be considered taxable income;
•	Tax Considerations for Qualified Annuities: Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). If you have a qualified annuity, you may need to take an RMD. If you make a withdrawal in any contract year to satisfy an RMD, this may constitute an excess withdrawal, as defined below, and the excess withdrawal procedures described below will apply. Under the terms of the enhanced rider, we allow you to satisfy the RMD based on the life expectancy RMD for your contract and the requirements of the Code and regulations in effect when you purchase your contract, without the withdrawal being treated as an excess withdrawal. It is our current administrative practice to make the same accommodation under the original rider, however, we reserve the right to modify our administrative practice and will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change. See Appendix I for additional information. RMD rules follow the calendar year which most likely does not coincide with your contract year and therefore may limit when you can take your RMD and not be subject to excess withdrawal processing. You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of this rider in your tax situation;
•	Treatment of non-spousal distributions: Unless you are married your beneficiary will be required to take distributions as a non-spouse which may result in significantly decreasing the value of the rider. Please note civil unions and domestic partnerships are not recognized as marriages for federal tax purposes. For additional information see “Taxes — Other — Spousal status” section of this prospectus.
•	Limitations on Tax-Sheltered Annuities (TSAs): Your right to take withdrawals is restricted if your contract is a TSA (see “TSA — Special Provisions”). Therefore, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider may be of limited value to you. You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of this rider in your tax situation;
•	Limitations on Purchase Payments: We reserve the right to limit the cumulative amount of purchase payments, subject to state restrictions, which may limit your ability to make additional purchase payments to increase your contract value as you may have originally intended. For current purchase payment restrictions, please see “Buying Your Contract — Purchase Payments”.
•	Interaction with the Total Free Amount (TFA) contract provision: The TFA is the amount you are allowed to withdraw in each contract year without incurring a withdrawal charge (see “Charges — Withdrawal Charge”). The TFA may be greater than GBP under this rider. Any amount you withdraw under the contract’s TFA provision that exceeds the GBP is subject to the excess withdrawal procedures for the GBA and RBA described below.

The terms “Guaranteed Benefit Amount” and “Remaining Benefit Amount” are described below. Each is used in the operation of the GBP, the RBP, the elective step up, the annual step up, the special spousal continuation step up and the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit annuity payout option.

Guaranteed Benefit Amount

The Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA) is equal to the initial purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits, adjusted for subsequent purchase payments, any purchase payment credits,, partial withdrawals in excess of the GBP, and step ups. The maximum GBA is $5,000,000.

The GBA is determined at the following times:

• At contract issue — the GBA is equal to the initial purchase payment, and purchase payment credits

• When you make additional purchase payments— each additional purchase payment plus any purchase payment credit has its own GBA equal to the amount of the purchase payment and purchase payment credits. The total GBA when an additional purchase payment and purchase payment credit are added is the sum of the individual GBAs immediately prior to the receipt of the additional purchase payment, plus the GBA associated with the additional purchase payment;

Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    87

• At step up — (see “Elective Step Up” and “Annual Step Up” headings below).

• When you make a partial withdrawal:

(a)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are less than or equal to the GBP — the GBA remains unchanged. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the GBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;
(b)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are greater than the GBP—the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the GBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the GBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;
(c)	under the original rider in a contract year after a step up but before the third contract anniversary —the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the GBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the GBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;

GBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The total GBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the total GBA immediately prior to the withdrawal; or (b) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s GBA after the withdrawal will be reset to equal that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal plus (a) times (b), where:

(a)	is the ratio of the total GBA after the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal to the total GBA before the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal; and
(b)	is each payment’s GBA before the withdrawal less that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal.

Remaining Benefit Amount

The remaining benefit amount (RBA) at any point is the total guaranteed amount available for future partial withdrawals. The maximum RBA is $5,000,000.

The RBA is determined at the following times:

• At contract issue — the RBA is equal to the initial purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits;

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment and purchase payment credits has its own RBA equal to the amount of the purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits. The total RBA when an additional purchase payment and purchase payment credits are added is the sum of the individual RBAs immediately prior to the receipt of the additional purchase payment, plus the RBA associated with the additional payment;

• At step up — (see “Elective Step Up” and “Annual Step Up” headings below).

• When you make a partial withdrawal:

(a)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are less than or equal to the GBP — the RBA becomes the RBA immediately prior to the partial withdrawal, less the partial withdrawal. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the RBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;
(b)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are greater than the GBP— the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the RBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the RBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;
(c)	under the original rider after a step up but before the third contract anniversary —the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the RBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the RBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups.

RBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The RBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal, or (b) the RBA immediately prior to the withdrawal, less the amount of the withdrawal.

If there have been multiple purchase payments, any reduction of the RBA will be taken out of each payment’s RBA in the following manner:

The withdrawal amount up to the remaining benefit payment (defined below) is taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its remaining benefit payment at the time of the withdrawal; and the withdrawal amount above the remaining benefit payment and any amount determined by the excess withdrawal processing are taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its RBA at the time of the withdrawal.

Guaranteed Benefit Payment

Under the original rider, the GBP is the amount you may withdraw under the terms of the rider in each contract year, subject to certain restrictions prior to the third anniversary (see “Elective Step Up” above). The GBP is equal to 7% of the GBA.

88    Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Under the enhanced rider, the GBP is the withdrawal amount that you are entitled to take each contract year after the third anniversary until the RBA is depleted. The GBP is the lesser of (a) 7% of the GBA; or (b) the RBA.

Under both the original and enhanced riders, if you withdraw less than the GBP in a contract year, there is no carry over to the next contract year.

Remaining Benefit Payment

Under the original rider, at the beginning of each contract year, the remaining benefit payment (RBP) is set as the lesser of (a) the GBP, or (b) the RBA.

Under the enhanced rider, at the beginning of each contract year, during the first three years and prior to any withdrawal, the RBP for each purchase payment is set equal to that purchase payment and purchase payment credits, multiplied by 7%. At the beginning of any other contract year, each individual RBP is set equal to each individual GBP.

Each additional purchase payment has its own RBP established equal to that payment’s GBP. The total RBP is equal to the sum of the individual RBPs.

Whenever a partial withdrawal is made, the RBP equals the RBP immediately prior to the partial withdrawal less the amount of the partial withdrawal, but not less than zero.

Elective Step Up (under the original rider only)

You have the option to increase the RBA, the GBA, the GBP and the RBP beginning with the first contract anniversary. An annual elective step up option is available for 30 days after the contract anniversary. The elective step up option allows you to step up the remaining benefit amount and guaranteed benefit amount to the contract value on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

The elective step up is subject to the following rules:

• If you do not take any withdrawals during the first three years, you may step up annually beginning with the first contract anniversary;

• If you take any withdrawals during the first three years, the annual elective step up will not be available until the third contract anniversary;

• If you step up but then take a withdrawal prior to the third contract anniversary, you will lose any prior step ups and the withdrawal will be considered an excess withdrawal subject to the GBA and RBA excess withdrawal procedures discussed under the “Guaranteed Benefit Amount” and “Remaining Benefit Amount” headings above; and

• You may take withdrawals on or after the third contract anniversary without reversal of previous step ups.

You may only step up if your contract value on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up is greater than the RBA. The elective step up will be determined as follows:

• The effective date of the elective step up is the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

• The RBA will be increased to an amount equal to the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

• The GBA will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBA immediately prior to the elective step up; or (b) the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

• The GBP will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBP immediately prior to the elective step up; or (b) 7% of the GBA after the elective step up.

• The RBP will be increased to the lesser of (a) the RBA after the elective step up; or (b) the GBP after the elective step up less any withdrawals made during that contract year.

You may elect a step up only once each contract year within 30 days after the contract anniversary. Once a step up has been elected, another step up may not be elected until the next contract anniversary.

Annual Step Up (under the enhanced rider only)

Beginning with the first contract anniversary after you accept the enhanced rider, an increase of the RBA, the GBA, the GBP and the RBP may be available. A step up does not create contract value, guarantee performance of any investment options, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn or paid upon death. Rather, a step up determines the current values of the GBA, RBA, GBP, and RBP, and may extend the payment period or increase allowable payment.

The annual step up is subject to the following rules:

• The annual step up is available when the RBA would increase on the step up date. The applicable step up date depends on whether the annual step up is applied on an automatic or elective basis.

• If the application of the step does not increase the rider charge, the annual step up will be automatically applied to your contract and the step up date is the contract anniversary date.

Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    89

• If the application of the step up would increase the rider charge, the annual step up is not automatically applied. Instead, you have the option to step up for 30 days after the contract anniversary. If you exercise the elective annual step up option, you will pay the rider charge in effect on the step up date. If you wish to exercise the elective annual step up option, we must receive a request from you or your investment professional. The step up date is the date we receive your request to step up. If your request is received after the close of business, the step up date will be the next valuation day.

• Only one step up is allowed each contract year.

• If you take any withdrawals during the first three years, any previously applied step ups will be reversed and the annual step up will not be available until the third contract anniversary;

• You may take withdrawals on or after the third contract anniversary without reversal of previous step ups.

The annual step up will be determined as follows:

• The RBA will be increased to an amount equal to the contract value on the step up date.

• The GBA will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBA immediately prior to the annual step up; or (b) the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The GBP will be calculated as described earlier, but based on the increased GBA and RBA.

• The RBP will be reset as follows:

(a)	Prior to any withdrawals during the first three years, the RBP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	At any other time, the RBP will be reset as the increased GBP less all prior withdrawals made during the current contract year, but never less than zero.

Spousal Continuation and Special Spousal Continuation Step Up

If a surviving spouse elects to continue the contract, this rider also continues. The spousal continuation step up is in addition to the elective step up or the annual step up. When a spouse elects to continue the contract, any rider feature processing particular to the first three years of the contract as described in this prospectus no longer applies. The GBA, RBA and GBP values remain unchanged. The RBP is automatically reset to the GBP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

Under this step up, the RBA will be reset to the greater of the RBA or the contract value on the valuation date we receive the spouse’s written request to step up; the GBA will be reset to the greater of the GBA or the contract value on the same valuation date. If a spousal continuation step up is elected and we have increased the charge for the rider for new contract owners, the spouse will pay the charge that is in effect on the valuation date we receive the written request to step up.

Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Payout Option

Several annuity payout plans are available under the contract. As an alternative to these annuity payout plans, a fixed annuity payout option is available under the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit.

Under this option the amount payable each year will be equal to the remaining schedule of GBPs, but the total amount paid over the life of the annuity will not exceed the current total RBA at the time you begin this fixed annuity option. These annualized amounts will be paid in the frequency that you elect. The frequencies will be among those offered by us at that time but will be no less frequent than annually. If, at the death of the owner, total payments have been made for less than the RBA, the remaining payments will be paid to the beneficiary (see “The Annuity Payout Period” and “Taxes”).

This annuity payout option may also be elected by the beneficiary of a contract as a settlement option if payments begin no later than one year after your death and the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy. Whenever multiple beneficiaries are designated under the contract, each such beneficiary’s share of the proceeds if they elect this option will be in proportion to their applicable designated beneficiary percentage. Beneficiaries of nonqualified contracts may elect this settlement option subject to the distribution requirements of the contract. We reserve the right to adjust the remaining schedule of GBPs if necessary to comply with the Code.

If Contract Value Reduces to Zero

If the contract value reduces to zero and the RBA remains greater than zero, the following will occur:

• you will be paid according to the annuity payout option described above;

• we will no longer accept additional purchase payments;

• you will no longer be charged for the rider;

• any attached death benefit riders will terminate; and

• the death benefit becomes the remaining payments under the annuity payout option described above.

90    Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If the contract value falls to zero and the RBA is depleted, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider and the contract will terminate.

For an example, see Appendix J.

Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    91

Appendix G: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider —
Additional Required Minimum Distribution (RMD) Disclosure

This appendix describes our current administrative practice for determining the amount of withdrawals in any contract year which an owner may take under the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider (including Riders A and B) to satisfy the RMD rules under 401(a)(9) of the Code without application of the excess withdrawal procedures described in the rider. We reserve the right to modify this administrative practice at any time upon 30 days’ written notice to you.

For owners subject to RMD rules under Section 401(a)(9), our current administrative practice under both the original and the enhanced riders is to allow amounts you withdraw to satisfy these rules will not prompt excess withdrawal processing, subject to the following rules:

(1)	If your Annual Life Expectancy Required Minimum Distribution Amount (ALERMDA) is greater than the RBP from the beginning of the current contract year, an Additional Benefit Amount (ABA) will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the RBP.
(2)	Any withdrawals taken in a contract year will count first against and reduce the RBP for that contract year.
(3)	Once the RBP for the current contract year has been depleted, any additional amounts withdrawn will count against and reduce any ABA. These withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals as long as they do not exceed the remaining ABA.
(4)	Once the ABA has been depleted, any additional withdrawal amounts will be considered excess withdrawals and will initiate the excess withdrawal processing described in the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider.

The ALERMDA is:

(1)	determined by us each calendar year;
(2)	based solely on the value of the contract to which the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider is attached as of the date we make the determination; and
(3)	based on the company’s understanding and interpretation of the requirements for life expectancy distributions intended to satisfy the required minimum distribution rules under Section 401(a)(9) and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, as applicable, on the effective date of this prospectus to:

1.	an individual retirement annuity (Section 408(b));
2.	a Roth individual retirement account (Section 408A);
3.	a Simplified Employee Pension plan (Section 408(k));
4.	a tax-sheltered annuity rollover (Section 403(b)).

In the future, the requirements under the Code for such distributions may change and the life expectancy amount calculation provided under your Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider may not be sufficient to satisfy the requirements under the Code for these types of distributions. In such a situation, amounts withdrawn to satisfy such distribution requirements will exceed your RBP amount and may result in the reduction of your GBA and RBA as described under the excess withdrawal provision of the rider.

In cases where the Code does not allow the life expectancy of a natural person to be used to calculate the required minimum distribution amount (e.g. ownership by a trust or a charity), we will calculate the life expectancy RMD amount calculated by us as zero in all years. The life expectancy required minimum distribution amount calculated by us will also equal zero in all years.

92    Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix H: Example — Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider

Example of the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit — This example illustrates both Rider A and Rider B.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000, and you select a 7-year withdrawal charge schedule.

• We add a purchase payment credit of $1,000 to your contract.

The Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA) equals your purchase payment plus the purchase payment credit:			$101,000
The Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP) equals 7% of your GBA:
	0.07 × $101,000 =		$7,070
The Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA) equals your purchase payment plus the purchase payment credit:			$101,000
On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. You decide to step up your benefit.
The RBA equals 100% of your contract value:			$110,000
The GBA equals 100% of your contract value:			$110,000
The GBP equals 7% of your stepped-up GBA:
	0.07 × $110,000 =		$7,700
During the fourth contract year you decide to take a partial withdrawal of $7,700.
You took a partial withdrawal equal to your GBP, so your RBA equals the prior RBA less the amount of the partial withdrawal:
	$110,000 – $7,700 =		$102,300
The GBA equals the GBA immediately prior to the partial withdrawal:			$110,000
The GBP equals 7% of your GBA:
	0.07 × $110,000 =		$7,700
On the fourth contract anniversary you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000.
We add a purchase payment credit of $500 to your contract.
The new RBA for the contract is equal to your prior RBA plus 100% of the additional purchase payment and purchase payment credit:
	$102,300 + $50,500 =		$152,800
The new GBA for the contract is equal to your prior GBA plus 100% of the additional purchase payment and purchase payment credit:
	$110,000 + $50,500 =		$160,500
The new GBP for the contract is equal to your prior GBP plus 7% of the additional purchase payment and purchase payment credit:
	$7,700 + $3,535 =		$11,235
On the fifth contract anniversary your contract value grows to $200,000. You decide to step up your benefit.
The RBA equals 100% of your contract value:			$200,000
The GBA equals 100% of your contract value:			$200,000
The GBP equals 7% of your stepped-up GBA:
	0.07 × $200,000 =		$14,000
During the seventh contract year your contract value grows to $230,000. You decide to take a partial withdrawal of $20,000. You took more than your GBP of $14,000 so your RBA gets reset to the lesser of:
	(1)	your contract value immediately following the partial withdrawal;
		$230,000 – $20,000 =	$210,000
	(2)	your prior RBA less the amount of the partial withdrawal.
		$200,000 – $20,000 =	$180,000
Reset RBA = lesser of (1) or (2) =			$180,000
The GBA gets reset to the lesser of:
	(1)	your prior GBA	$200,000
	(2)	your contract value immediately following the partial withdrawal;
		$230,000 – $20,000 =	$210,000
Reset GBA = lesser of (1) or (2) =			$200,000
The Reset GBP is equal to 7% of your Reset GBA:
	0.07 × $200,000 =		$14,000

Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    93

During the eighth contract year your contract value falls to $175,000. You decide to take a partial withdrawal of $25,000. You took more than your GBP of $14,000 so your RBA gets reset to the lesser of:
	(1)	your contract value immediately following the partial withdrawal;
		$175,000 – $25,000 =	$150,000
	(2)	your prior RBA less the amount of the partial withdrawal.
		$180,000 – $25,000 =	$155,000
Reset RBA = lesser of (1) or (2) =			$150,000
The GBA gets reset to the lesser of:
	(1)	your prior GBA;	$200,000
	(2)	your contract value immediately following the partial withdrawal;
		$175,000 – $25,000 =	$150,000
Reset GBA = lesser of (1) or (2) =			$150,000
The Reset GBP is equal to 7% of your Reset GBA:
	0.07 × $150,000 =		$10,500

94    Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix I: Examples of the Income Assurer Benefit Riders

The purpose of these examples is to illustrate the operation of the Income Assurer Benefit Riders. The examples compare payouts available under the contract’s standard annuity payout provisions with annuity payouts available under the riders based on the same set of assumptions.The contract values shown are hypothetical and do not represent past or future performance. Actual contract values may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a number of factors, including but not limited to the investment experience of the subaccounts (referred to in the riders as “protected investment options”) and the fees and charges that apply to your contract.

For each of the riders, we provide two annuity payout plan comparisons based on the hypothetical contract values we have assumed. The first comparison assumes that you select annuity payout Plan B, Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain. The second comparison assumes that you select annuity payout Plan D, Joint and Last Survivor Annuity – No Refund.

Remember that the riders require you to participate in the PN program. The riders are intended to offer protection against market volatility in the subaccounts (protected investment options). Some PN program investment options include protected investment options and excluded investment options (Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund, and if available under the contract, GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account).
Excluded Investment Options are not included in calculating the 5% variable account floor under the Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base rider and the Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base riders. Because the examples which follow are based on hypothetical contract values, they do not factor in differences in PN program investment options.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract during the 2005 calendar year with a payment of $100,000 and elect the seven-year withdrawal charge schedule; and

• we immediately add a $1,000 purchase payment credit; and

• you invest all contract value in the subaccounts (Protected Investment Options); and

• you make no additional purchase payments, partial withdrawals or changes in the PN program investment options; and

• the annuitant is male and age 55 at contract issue; and

• the joint annuitant is female and age 55 at contract issue.

Example — Income Assurer Benefit – MAV

Based on the above assumptions and taking into account fluctuations in contract value due to market conditions, we calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as:

Contract Anniversary	Assumed Contract Value	Purchase Payments and Credits	Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV)(1)	Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – MAV(2)
1	$109,000	$101,000	$109,000	$109,000
2	127,000	none	127,000	127,000
3	134,000	none	134,000	134,000
4	153,000	none	153,000	153,000
5	86,000	none	153,000	153,000
6	122,000	none	153,000	153,000
7	141,000	none	153,000	153,000
8	155,000	none	155,000	155,000
9	142,000	none	155,000	155,000
10	176,000	none	176,000	176,000
11	143,000	none	176,000	176,000
12	150,000	none	176,000	176,000
13	211,000	none	211,000	211,000
14	201,000	none	211,000	211,000
15	206,000	none	211,000	211,000

(1)	The MAV is limited after age 81, but the guaranteed income benefit base may increase if the contract value increases.
(2)	The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – MAV is a calculated number, not an amount that can be withdrawn. The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – MAV does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    95

Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions		Income Assurer Benefit® – MAV
	Assumed Contract Value	Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain*	Guaranteed Income Benefit Base	Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain*
10	$176,000	$784.96	$176,000	$784.96
11	143,000	654.94	176,000	806.08
12	150,000	703.50	176,000	825.44
13	211,000	1,017.02	211,000	1,017.02
14	201,000	992.94	211,000	1,042.34
15	206,000	1,046.48	211,000	1,071.88

* The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions		Income Assurer Benefit® – MAV Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund*	Guaranteed Income Benefit Base	Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund*
10	$176,000	$631.84	$176,000	$631.84
11	143,000	524.81	176,000	645.92
12	150,000	562.50	176,000	660.00
13	211,000	810.24	211,000	810.24
14	201,000	791.94	211,000	831.34
15	206,000	832.24	211,000	852.44

* The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

NOTE: In the above examples, if you elected to begin receiving annuity payouts within 30 days after the 10th or the 13th contract anniversary, you would not benefit from the rider because the monthly annuity payout in these examples is the same as under the standard provisions of the contract. Because the examples are based on assumed contract values, not actual investment results, you should not conclude from the examples that the riders will provide higher payments more frequently than the standard provisions of the contract.

96    Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Example — Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base

Based on the above assumptions and taking into account fluctuations in contract value due to market conditions, we calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as:

Contract Anniversary	Assumed Contract Value	Purchase Payments and Credits	5% Accumulation Benefit Base(1)	Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base(2)
1	$109,000	$101,000	$106,050	$109,000
2	127,000	none	111,353	127,000
3	134,000	none	116,920	134,000
4	153,000	none	122,766	153,000
5	86,000	none	128,904	128,904
6	122,000	none	135,350	135,350
7	141,000	none	142,117	142,117
8	155,000	none	149,223	155,000
9	142,000	none	156,684	156,684
10	176,000	none	164,518	176,000
11	143,000	none	172,744	172,744
12	150,000	none	181,381	181,381
13	211,000	none	190,451	211,000
14	201,000	none	199,973	201,000
15	206,000	none	209,972	209,972

(1)	The 5% Accumulation Benefit Base value is limited after age 81, but the guaranteed income benefit base may increase if the contract value increases.
(2)	The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base is a calculated number, not an amount that can be withdrawn. The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions		Income Assurer Benefit® 5% Accumulation Benefit Base
	Assumed Contract Value	Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain*	Guaranteed Income Benefit Base	Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain*
10	$176,000	$784.96	$176,000	$784.96
11	143,000	654.94	172,744	791.17
12	150,000	703.50	181,381	850.68
13	211,000	1,017.02	211,000	1,017.02
14	201,000	992.94	201,000	992.94
15	206,000	1,046.48	209,972	1,066.66

* The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    97

Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions		Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base
	Assumed Contract Value	Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund*	Guaranteed Income Benefit Base	Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund*
10	$176,000	$631.84	$176,000	$631.84
11	143,000	524.81	172,744	633.97
12	150,000	562.50	181,381	680.18
13	211,000	810.24	211,000	810.24
14	201,000	791.94	201,000	791.94
15	206,000	832.24	209,972	848.29

* The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

NOTE: In the above examples, if you elected to begin receiving annuity payouts within 30 days after the 10th, 13th or the 14th contract anniversary, you would not benefit from the rider because the monthly annuity payout in these examples is the same as under the standard provisions of the contract. Because the examples are based on assumed contract values, not actual investment results, you should not conclude from the examples that the riders will provide higher payments more frequently than the standard provisions of the contract.

Example — Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base

Based on the above assumptions and taking into account fluctuations in contract value due to market conditions, we calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as:

Contract Anniversary	Assumed Contract Value	Purchase Payments and Credits	Maximum Anniversary Value(1)	5% Accumulation Benefit Base(1)	Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base(2)
1	$109,000	$101,000	$109,000	$106,050	$109,000
2	127,000	none	127,000	111,353	127,000
3	134,000	none	134,000	116,920	134,000
4	153,000	none	153,000	122,766	153,000
5	86,000	none	153,000	128,904	153,000
6	122,000	none	153,000	135,350	153,000
7	$109,000	$101,000	$109,000	$106,050	$109,000
8	127,000	none	127,000	111,353	127,000
9	134,000	none	134,000	116,920	134,000
10	153,000	none	153,000	122,766	153,000
11	86,000	none	153,000	128,904	153,000
12	122,000	none	153,000	135,350	153,000
13	$109,000	$101,000	$109,000	$106,050	$109,000
14	127,000	none	127,000	111,353	127,000
15	134,000	none	134,000	116,920	134,000

(1)	The MAV and 5% Accumulation Benefit Base are limited after age 81, but the guaranteed income benefit base may increase if the contract value increases.
(2)	The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base is a calculated number, not an amount that can be withdrawn. The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

98    Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions		Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base
	Assumed Contract Value	Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain*	Guaranteed Income Benefit Base	Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain*
10	$176,000	$784.96	$176,000	$784.96
11	143,000	654.94	176,000	806.08
12	150,000	703.50	181,381	850.68
13	211,000	1,017.02	211,000	1,017.02
14	201,000	992.94	211,000	1,042.34
15	206,000	1,046.48	211,000	1,071.88

* The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions		Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base
	Assumed Contract Value	Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund*	Guaranteed Income Benefit Base	Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund*
10	$176,000	$631.84	$176,000	$631.84
11	143,000	524.81	176,000	645.92
12	150,000	562.50	181,381	680.18
13	211,000	810.24	211,000	810.24
14	201,000	791.94	211,000	831.34
15	206,000	832.24	211,000	852.44

* The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

NOTE: In the above examples, if you elected to begin receiving annuity payouts within 30 days after the 10th or the 13th contract anniversary, you would not benefit from the rider because the monthly annuity payout in these examples is the same as under the standard provisions of the contract. Because the examples are based on assumed contract values, not actual investment results, you should not conclude from the examples that the riders will provide higher payments more frequently than the standard provisions of the contract.

Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    99

Appendix J: Example — Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider

Example of the Benefit Protector

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and you and the annuitant are under age 70; and

• You have selected the seven-year withdrawal charge schedule; and

• We add a $1,000 purchase payment credit to your contract. You select the MAV Death Benefit.

During the first contract year the contract value grows to $105,000. The death benefit under the MAV Death Benefit equals the contract value, less any purchase payment credits added to the contract in the last 12 months, or $104,000. You have not reached the first contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector does not provide any additional benefit at this time
On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (MAV Death Benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000
On the second contract anniversary the contract value falls to $105,000. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (MAV):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000
During the third contract year the contract value remains at $105,000 and you request a partial withdrawal of $50,000, including the applicable 7% withdrawal charges. We will withdraw $10,500 from your contract value free of charge (10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value). The remainder of the withdrawal is subject to a 7% withdrawal charge because your payment is in the third year of the withdrawal charge schedule, so we will withdraw $39,500 ($36,735 + $2,765 in withdrawal charges) from your contract value. Altogether, we will withdraw $50,000 and pay you $47,235. We calculate purchase payments not previously withdrawn as $100,000 – $45,000 = $55,000 (remember that $5,000 of the partial withdrawal is contract earnings). The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (MAV adjusted for partial withdrawals):	$57,619
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death):
0.40 × ($57,619 – $55,000) =	+1,048
Total death benefit of:	$58,667
On the third contract anniversary the contract value falls to $40,000. The death benefit equals the previous death benefit. The reduction in contract value has no effect.
On the ninth contract anniversary the contract value grows to a new high of $200,000. Earnings at death reaches its maximum of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$200,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old)	+55,000
Total death benefit of:	$255,000
During the tenth contract year you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000 and we add a purchase payment credit of $500. Your new contract value is now $250,000. The new purchase payment is less than one year old and so it has no effect on the Benefit Protector value. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (contract value less any purchase payment credits added in the last 12 months):	$249,500
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old)	+55,000
Total death benefit of:	$304,500
During the eleventh contract year the contract value remains $250,000 and the “new” purchase payment is one year old and the value of the Benefit Protector changes. The death benefit equals:

100    Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old)0.40 × ($250,000 – $105,000) =	+58,000
Total death benefit of:	$308,000

Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    101

Appendix K: Example — Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider

Example of the Benefit Protector Plus

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and you and the annuitant are under age 70; and

• You have selected the seven-year withdrawal charge schedule; and

• We add a $1,000 purchase payment credit to your contract. You select the MAV Death Benefit.

During the first contract year the contract value grows to $105,000. The death benefit equals MAV Death Benefit, which is the contract value, less any purchase payment credits added to the contract in the last 12 months, or $104,000. You have not reached the first contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector Plus does not provide any additional benefit at this time.
On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. You have not reached the second contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector Plus does not provide any additional benefit beyond what is provided by the Benefit Protector at this time. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death
(MAV rider minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000
On the second contract anniversary the contract value falls to $105,000. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (MAV):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death:
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
plus 10% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn: 0.10 × $100,000 =	+10,000
Total death benefit of:	$124,000
During the third contract year the contract value remains at $105,000 and you request a partial withdrawal of $50,000, including the applicable 7% withdrawal charge. We will withdraw $10,500 from your contract value free of charge (10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value). The remainder of the withdrawal is subject to a 7% withdrawal charge because your payment is in the third year of the withdrawal charge schedule, so we will withdraw $39,500 ($36,735 + $2,765 in withdrawal charges) from your contract value. Altogether, we will withdraw $50,000 and pay you $47,235. We calculate purchase payments not previously withdrawn as $100,000 – $45,000 = $55,000 (remember that $5,000 of the partial withdrawal is contract earnings). The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (MAV adjusted for partial withdrawals):	$57,619
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death:
0.40 × ($57,619 – $55,000) =	+1,048
plus 10% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn: 0.10 × $55,000 =	+5,500
Total death benefit of:	$64,167
On the third contract anniversary the contract value falls $40,000. The death benefit equals the previous death benefit. The reduction in contract value has no effect.
On the ninth contract anniversary the contract value grows to a new high of $200,000. Earnings at death reaches its maximum of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old. Because we are beyond the fourth contract anniversary the Benefit Protector Plus also reaches its maximum of 20%. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$200,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old	+55,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn: 0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$266,000

102    Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

During the tenth contract year you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000 and we add a purchase payment credit of $500. Your new contract value is now $250,000. The new purchase payment is less than one year old and so it has no effect on the Benefit Protector Plus value. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (contract value less any purchase payment credits added in the last 12 months):	$249,500
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old	+55,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn: 0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$315,500
During the eleventh contract year the contract value remains $250,000 and the “new” purchase payment is one year old. The value of the Benefit Protector Plus remains constant. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death
(MAV rider minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($250,000 – $105,000) =	+58,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn: 0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$319,000

Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    103

Appendix L: Withdrawal Benefit Riders: Electing Step Up or Spousal Continuation Step Up

Example — Withdrawal Benefit Riders: Electing Step Up or Spousal Continuation Step Up

Assumptions:

This example assumes that the covered person (for joint life, younger covered spouse) is 65 or older and there are no additional purchase payments or withdrawals.

•	You own a RiverSource variable annuity with a withdrawal benefit rider. You are currently invested in the Variable Portfolio — Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2) (a Portfolio Navigator fund) with a current rider fee of 0.65%.
	Your Contract Value (CV) is $100,000 and your withdrawal benefit rider currently provides the following benefits:

1)	You can withdraw $6,000 a year for the rest of your life. This is your Annual Lifetime Payment. Or
2)	You can withdraw $7,000 a year until you have withdrawn a total of $100,000. This is your Guaranteed Benefit Payment.

Based on your current CV, you will pay a rider fee of approximately $650 on your next annuity contract anniversary.

•	The annual fee for this rider has increased to 0.95% for clients invested in the Variable Portfolio — Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2).
	The following compares certain options available to you. Changes to rider values or fees are presented for two different scenarios where your CV increases to either $110,000 or $101,000 over the contract year:

1) Elect to lock in your contract gains to your benefit values (step up):

	CV of $110,000	CV of $101,000
Increase in Annual Lifetime Payment	$600	$60
Increase in Guaranteed Benefit Payment	$700	$70
Increase in Annual Rider Fee	0.30%	0.30%
Increase in Annual Contract Charge	$330	$303

Automatic step ups will continue on your next anniversary (if available under your rider).

2) Do not elect to lock in your contract gains (no step up):

	CV of $110,000	CV of $101,000
Increase in Annual Lifetime Payment	$0	$0
Increase in Guaranteed Benefit Payment	$0	$0
Increase in Annual Rider Fee	0%	0%
Increase in Annual Contract Charge	$65	$6.50

Your rider fee will not change, although the dollar amount of your annual charge will change as your CV changes. On your next anniversary, you will again have the option to elect the step up (lock in contract gains)

3) Move to one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds and elect the step up:

	CV of $110,000	CV of $101,000
Increase in Annual Lifetime Payment	$600	$60
Increase in Guaranteed Benefit Payment	$700	$70
Increase in Annual Rider Fee	0%	0%
Increase in Annual Contract Charge	$65	$6.50

Your rider fee will not change, although the dollar amount of your annual charge will change as your CV changes. Automatic step ups will continue on your next anniversary (if available under your rider).

The above example is for illustrative purposes only. The assumptions and calculations used are not intended to be consistent with any one rider, but instead are intended to provide an idea of how different scenarios would operate. Your specific rider may use different calculations for fees or have different benefits available. For a full description and rules applicable to step up options under your rider, please see the “Optional Living Benefits” section.

Electing to step up may result in different increases to the annual rider charge relative to the increase in your rider values. You should weigh the resulting increased charge due to the step up versus the increases to your benefits to determine the option that is best for you.

104    Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix M: Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)

The following tables give per-unit information about the financial history of the subaccounts representing the lowest and highest total annual variable account expense combinations. The date in which operations commenced in each subaccount is noted in parentheses. The SAI contains tables that give per-unit information about the financial history of each existing subaccount. We have not provided this information for subaccounts (if any) that were not available under your contract as of December 31, 2019. You may obtain a copy of the SAI without charge by contacting us at the telephone number or address listed on the first page of the prospectus.

Variable account charges of 1.15% of the daily net assets of the variable account.

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
AB VPS Growth and Income Portfolio (Class B) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.19	$2.35	$2.01	$1.83	$1.82	$1.69	$1.27	$1.09	$1.04	$0.94
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.68	$2.19	$2.35	$2.01	$1.83	$1.82	$1.69	$1.27	$1.09	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2	2	2	2	4	4	4	4	7	81
AB VPS International Value Portfolio (Class B) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.15	$1.51	$1.22	$1.24	$1.23	$1.33	$1.10	$0.97	$1.22	$1.18
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.33	$1.15	$1.51	$1.22	$1.24	$1.23	$1.33	$1.10	$0.97	$1.22
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	519	589	644	790	909	1,245	1,639	2,520	3,034	2,872
American Century VP Inflation Protection, Class II (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.35	$1.40	$1.37	$1.33	$1.37	$1.35	$1.49	$1.40	$1.27	$1.22
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.45	$1.35	$1.40	$1.37	$1.33	$1.37	$1.35	$1.49	$1.40	$1.27
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	712	821	1,055	1,072	1,313	1,742	2,407	2,710	3,410	4,240
American Century VP Ultra®, Class II (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.49	$2.50	$1.92	$1.86	$1.77	$1.63	$1.21	$1.07	$1.08	$0.94
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.31	$2.49	$2.50	$1.92	$1.86	$1.77	$1.63	$1.21	$1.07	$1.08
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	143	191	271	342	408	602	860	1,343	1,731	1,994
American Century VP Value, Class II (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.12	$2.36	$2.20	$1.85	$1.95	$1.75	$1.34	$1.19	$1.19	$1.06
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.65	$2.12	$2.36	$2.20	$1.85	$1.95	$1.75	$1.34	$1.19	$1.19
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2	2	2	2	2	3	20	30	40	51
BNY Mellon Investment Portfolios, Technology Growth Portfolio - Service Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.02	$3.09	$2.20	$2.13	$2.03	$1.93	$1.47	$1.29	$1.42	$1.11
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.74	$3.02	$3.09	$2.20	$2.13	$2.03	$1.93	$1.47	$1.29	$1.42
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	44	55	76	103	127	185	280	421	523	582
BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Value Portfolio - Service Shares* (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.21	$1.48	$1.17	$1.20	$1.25	$1.40	$1.15	$1.04	$1.29	$1.25
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.46	$1.21	$1.48	$1.17	$1.20	$1.25	$1.40	$1.15	$1.04	$1.29
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
*BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Value Portfolio - Service Shares is scheduled to liquidate on or about April 30, 2020.
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.29	$2.41	$1.96	$1.84	$1.84	$1.62	$1.23	$1.09	$1.05	$0.90
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.82	$2.29	$2.41	$1.96	$1.84	$1.84	$1.62	$1.23	$1.09	$1.05
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	191	214	291	332	380	579	843	1,217	1,775	2,312
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3) (11/11/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.61	$2.81	$2.49	$2.22	$2.31	$2.12	$1.69	$1.50	$1.60	$1.39
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.20	$2.61	$2.81	$2.49	$2.22	$2.31	$2.12	$1.69	$1.50	$1.60
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	333	420	550	627	855	1,123	1,707	2,629	3,304	3,550
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Emerging Markets Fund (Class 3) (10/23/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.94	$3.79	$2.61	$2.51	$2.79	$2.89	$2.98	$2.50	$3.20	$2.70
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.81	$2.94	$3.79	$2.61	$2.51	$2.79	$2.89	$2.98	$2.50	$3.20
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	105	141	152	206	259	320	443	542	704	659
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund (Class 3) (11/11/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.06	$1.06	$1.07	$1.08	$1.09	$1.11	$1.12	$1.13	$1.15	$1.16
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.07	$1.06	$1.06	$1.07	$1.08	$1.09	$1.11	$1.12	$1.13	$1.15
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	486	567	651	708	282	349	417	477	734	815
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Income Opportunities Fund (Class 3) (6/1/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.07	$2.17	$2.07	$1.89	$1.93	$1.88	$1.81	$1.59	$1.52	$1.36
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.37	$2.07	$2.17	$2.07	$1.89	$1.93	$1.88	$1.81	$1.59	$1.52
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	89	98	137	146	9	38	57	75	93	131
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3) (11/11/1999)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.77	$1.79	$1.74	$1.69	$1.70	$1.64	$1.69	$1.59	$1.51	$1.41
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.91	$1.77	$1.79	$1.74	$1.69	$1.70	$1.64	$1.69	$1.59	$1.51
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	37	49	68	76	93	241	334	439	507	618

Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    105

Variable account charges of 1.15% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Growth Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.37	$2.50	$1.98	$1.98	$1.84	$1.63	$1.27	$1.07	$1.11	$0.96
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.19	$2.37	$2.50	$1.98	$1.98	$1.84	$1.63	$1.27	$1.07	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	1	1	20	35	43	66	74
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Index Fund (Class 3) (10/23/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.92	$2.04	$1.70	$1.55	$1.55	$1.39	$1.06	$0.93	$0.93	$0.82
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.49	$1.92	$2.04	$1.70	$1.55	$1.55	$1.39	$1.06	$0.93	$0.93
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	133	131	130	145	148	152	154	151	177	175
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Mid Cap Growth Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.17	$2.31	$1.90	$1.88	$1.81	$1.70	$1.31	$1.20	$1.42	$1.14
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.90	$2.17	$2.31	$1.90	$1.88	$1.81	$1.70	$1.31	$1.20	$1.42
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	13	16	19	21	24	34	54	81	116	139
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Select Large Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.31	$2.66	$2.23	$1.88	$2.00	$1.82	$1.34	$1.14	$1.17	$0.99
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.89	$2.31	$2.66	$2.23	$1.88	$2.00	$1.82	$1.34	$1.14	$1.17
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4	4	4	4	4	4	4	4	4	4
Columbia Variable Portfolio – U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.17	$1.16	$1.14	$1.12	$1.12	$1.07	$1.11	$1.10	$1.10	$1.08
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.23	$1.17	$1.16	$1.14	$1.12	$1.12	$1.07	$1.11	$1.10	$1.10
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	27	48	63	74	153	283	335	389	494	553
CTIVP® – BlackRock Global Inflation-Protected Securities Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.40	$1.42	$1.40	$1.31	$1.35	$1.25	$1.34	$1.28	$1.18	$1.15
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.49	$1.40	$1.42	$1.40	$1.31	$1.35	$1.25	$1.34	$1.28	$1.18
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	6	9	10	14	22	123	193	242	277	352
CTIVP® – Victory Sycamore Established Value Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.56	$2.88	$2.51	$2.11	$2.13	$1.92	$1.43	$1.24	$1.34	$1.11
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.24	$2.56	$2.88	$2.51	$2.11	$2.13	$1.92	$1.43	$1.24	$1.34
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	1	1	1	1	1
Fidelity® VIP ContrafundSM Portfolio Service Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.66	$2.88	$2.39	$2.25	$2.26	$2.05	$1.58	$1.38	$1.44	$1.24
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.45	$2.66	$2.88	$2.39	$2.25	$2.26	$2.05	$1.58	$1.38	$1.44
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	478	605	782	941	1,173	1,610	2,486	3,858	5,112	5,777
Fidelity® VIP Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Service Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.46	$1.49	$1.45	$1.40	$1.43	$1.37	$1.41	$1.35	$1.28	$1.20
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.58	$1.46	$1.49	$1.45	$1.40	$1.43	$1.37	$1.41	$1.35	$1.28
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	333	390	542	551	673	990	1,286	1,587	1,888	2,223
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.86	$3.40	$2.85	$2.58	$2.65	$2.53	$1.88	$1.66	$1.89	$1.48
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.49	$2.86	$3.40	$2.85	$2.58	$2.65	$2.53	$1.88	$1.66	$1.89
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	80	94	115	136	172	236	345	561	667	687
Fidelity® VIP Overseas Portfolio Service Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.58	$1.88	$1.46	$1.56	$1.53	$1.68	$1.31	$1.10	$1.35	$1.21
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.99	$1.58	$1.88	$1.46	$1.56	$1.53	$1.68	$1.31	$1.10	$1.35
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	104	132	152	183	194	274	360	535	721	762
Franklin Income VIP Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.96	$2.08	$1.91	$1.70	$1.85	$1.79	$1.59	$1.42	$1.41	$1.26
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.25	$1.96	$2.08	$1.91	$1.70	$1.85	$1.79	$1.59	$1.42	$1.41
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	24	41	75	78	84	161	168	235	252	320
Goldman Sachs VIT Mid Cap Value Fund – Institutional Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.49	$2.81	$2.56	$2.28	$2.54	$2.26	$1.72	$1.47	$1.59	$1.28
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.23	$2.49	$2.81	$2.56	$2.28	$2.54	$2.26	$1.72	$1.47	$1.59
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	159	202	257	282	361	466	720	1,152	1,512	1,698
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.00	$2.15	$1.72	$1.78	$1.74	$1.53	$1.20	$1.06	$1.09	$1.01
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.68	$2.00	$2.15	$1.72	$1.78	$1.74	$1.53	$1.20	$1.06	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	172	251	331	390	461	631	940	1,413	1,842	2,133
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.36	$2.75	$2.04	$2.07	$2.02	$2.00	$1.59	$1.33	$1.47	$1.29
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.06	$2.36	$2.75	$2.04	$2.07	$2.02	$2.00	$1.59	$1.33	$1.47
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	3	5	5	5	6	6	7	8	41

106    Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.15% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.62	$2.96	$2.63	$2.26	$2.44	$2.21	$1.59	$1.37	$1.42	$1.16
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.27	$2.62	$2.96	$2.63	$2.26	$2.44	$2.21	$1.59	$1.37	$1.42
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	3	13	16	16	16	17	17	18	18	19
Invesco V.I. Comstock Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.12	$2.44	$2.10	$1.82	$1.96	$1.82	$1.36	$1.15	$1.19	$1.04
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.61	$2.12	$2.44	$2.10	$1.82	$1.96	$1.82	$1.36	$1.15	$1.19
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	681	808	1,028	1,200	1,539	1,996	2,966	4,732	6,409	7,214
Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares* (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.56	$1.68	$1.39	$1.40	$1.40	$1.32	$0.98	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.07	$1.56	$1.68	$1.39	$1.40	$1.40	$1.32	$0.98	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
*Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares is scheduled to merge into Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares sometime during the second quarter of 2020.
Morgan Stanley VIF U.S. Real Estate Portfolio, Class II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.66	$2.93	$2.88	$2.73	$2.71	$2.12	$2.11	$1.84	$1.77	$1.38
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.12	$2.66	$2.93	$2.88	$2.73	$2.71	$2.12	$2.11	$1.84	$1.77
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	7	8	15	16	17	28	51	62	102	122
Putnam VT Global Health Care Fund – Class IB Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.61	$2.65	$2.33	$2.65	$2.49	$1.97	$1.41	$1.17	$1.19	$1.18
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.36	$2.61	$2.65	$2.33	$2.65	$2.49	$1.97	$1.41	$1.17	$1.19
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Putnam VT Small Cap Value Fund – Class IB Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.90	$2.40	$2.25	$1.78	$1.88	$1.84	$1.34	$1.15	$1.22	$0.98
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.33	$1.90	$2.40	$2.25	$1.78	$1.88	$1.84	$1.34	$1.15	$1.22
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	1	1	2	2	9	11	11
Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.10	$2.08	$2.06	$2.03	$2.14	$2.13	$2.12	$1.86	$1.90	$1.68
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.11	$2.10	$2.08	$2.06	$2.03	$2.14	$2.13	$2.12	$1.86	$1.90
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	191	212	281	298	344	487	672	828	1,103	1,323
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.64	$1.81	$1.54	$1.47	$1.50	$1.44	$1.21	$1.07	$1.12	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.97	$1.64	$1.81	$1.54	$1.47	$1.50	$1.44	$1.21	$1.07	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	29	30	—	—	—	—	—	145	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.64	$1.82	$1.55	$1.47	$1.50	$1.44	$1.21	$1.07	$1.12	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.97	$1.64	$1.82	$1.55	$1.47	$1.50	$1.44	$1.21	$1.07	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	43	51	178	274	436	470	865	1,303	1,997	3,063
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.22	$1.27	$1.20	$1.17	$1.19	$1.15	$1.13	$1.06	$1.04	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.34	$1.22	$1.27	$1.20	$1.17	$1.19	$1.15	$1.13	$1.06	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	125	77	121	121	216	266	306	708	353	168
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.22	$1.27	$1.20	$1.17	$1.19	$1.15	$1.13	$1.06	$1.04	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.34	$1.22	$1.27	$1.20	$1.17	$1.19	$1.15	$1.13	$1.06	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	200	44	50	56	62	69	356	471	597	614
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.06	$1.10	$1.03	$1.01	$1.03	$1.00	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.17	$1.06	$1.10	$1.03	$1.01	$1.03	$1.00	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	37	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.08	$1.14	$1.03	$1.01	$1.04	$1.01	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.21	$1.08	$1.14	$1.03	$1.01	$1.04	$1.01	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	206	224	250	289	302	347	136	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.10	$1.21	$1.04	$1.02	$1.07	$1.03	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.29	$1.10	$1.21	$1.04	$1.02	$1.07	$1.03	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	757	959	997	1,203	962	1,202	184	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.10	$1.18	$1.04	$1.02	$1.06	$1.02	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.26	$1.10	$1.18	$1.04	$1.02	$1.06	$1.02	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,998	2,187	2,350	2,468	2,931	2,330	354	—	—	—

Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    107

Variable account charges of 1.15% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.44	$1.54	$1.38	$1.33	$1.36	$1.31	$1.19	$1.08	$1.09	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.65	$1.44	$1.54	$1.38	$1.33	$1.36	$1.31	$1.19	$1.08	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	32	32	32	32	32	423	436	323	101	86
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.44	$1.55	$1.38	$1.34	$1.36	$1.31	$1.19	$1.08	$1.09	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.66	$1.44	$1.55	$1.38	$1.34	$1.36	$1.31	$1.19	$1.08	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	518	805	1,044	1,363	1,944	2,865	4,704	6,561	8,468	8,331
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.54	$1.68	$1.46	$1.40	$1.43	$1.38	$1.20	$1.08	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.81	$1.54	$1.68	$1.46	$1.40	$1.43	$1.38	$1.20	$1.08	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	90	153	125	37	41	155	147	68	568	410
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.54	$1.68	$1.46	$1.41	$1.43	$1.38	$1.20	$1.08	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.81	$1.54	$1.68	$1.46	$1.41	$1.43	$1.38	$1.20	$1.08	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	251	276	339	394	784	1,022	1,828	2,714	3,986	4,256
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.33	$1.40	$1.29	$1.25	$1.27	$1.22	$1.16	$1.08	$1.07	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.49	$1.33	$1.40	$1.29	$1.25	$1.27	$1.22	$1.16	$1.08	$1.07
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	70	141	385	—
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.33	$1.40	$1.29	$1.25	$1.27	$1.23	$1.16	$1.08	$1.07	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.49	$1.33	$1.40	$1.29	$1.25	$1.27	$1.23	$1.16	$1.08	$1.07
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	33	37	42	258	613	1,237	1,915
Variable Portfolio – Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.17	$2.54	$2.40	$1.93	$2.16	$2.14	$1.61	$1.43	$1.51	$1.23
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.57	$2.17	$2.54	$2.40	$1.93	$2.16	$2.14	$1.61	$1.43	$1.51
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	209	241	303	332	444	595	825	1,336	1,723	1,908
Wanger USA (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.85	$2.93	$2.48	$2.20	$2.24	$2.16	$1.64	$1.38	$1.45	$1.19
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.70	$2.85	$2.93	$2.48	$2.20	$2.24	$2.16	$1.64	$1.38	$1.45
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	101	126	173	211	268	376	526	870	1,131	1,309
Wells Fargo VT International Equity Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.52	$1.85	$1.51	$1.48	$1.47	$1.57	$1.33	$1.18	$1.38	$1.19
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.73	$1.52	$1.85	$1.51	$1.48	$1.47	$1.57	$1.33	$1.18	$1.38
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	79	95	111	138	175	261	373	511	645	637
Wells Fargo VT Omega Growth Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.09	$3.12	$2.34	$2.36	$2.35	$2.29	$1.66	$1.39	$1.49	$1.26
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.19	$3.09	$3.12	$2.34	$2.36	$2.35	$2.29	$1.66	$1.39	$1.49
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	97	127	177	230	285	405	623	1,038	1,312	1,504
Wells Fargo VT Opportunity Fund – Class 2 (8/26/2011)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.96	$2.14	$1.79	$1.62	$1.69	$1.55	$1.20	$1.05	$1.00	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.55	$1.96	$2.14	$1.79	$1.62	$1.69	$1.55	$1.20	$1.05	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	7	8	8	9	11	45	54	66	83	—
Wells Fargo VT Small Cap Growth Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.08	$3.08	$2.48	$2.32	$2.42	$2.50	$1.68	$1.58	$1.67	$1.33
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.81	$3.08	$3.08	$2.48	$2.32	$2.42	$2.50	$1.68	$1.58	$1.67
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	18	22	32	39	53	72	101	173	222	267

Variable account charges of 1.90% of the daily net assets of the variable account.

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
AB VPS Growth and Income Portfolio (Class B) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.96	$2.12	$1.82	$1.67	$1.68	$1.57	$1.19	$1.03	$0.99	$0.90
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.38	$1.96	$2.12	$1.82	$1.67	$1.68	$1.57	$1.19	$1.03	$0.99
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	84	84	84	84	115	80	96	91	130	124
AB VPS International Value Portfolio (Class B) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.03	$1.36	$1.11	$1.14	$1.13	$1.24	$1.03	$0.92	$1.16	$1.13
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.18	$1.03	$1.36	$1.11	$1.14	$1.13	$1.24	$1.03	$0.92	$1.16
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,641	1,857	1,874	2,347	2,598	3,459	4,367	5,828	6,871	7,882

108    Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.90% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
American Century VP Inflation Protection, Class II (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.21	$1.27	$1.24	$1.21	$1.27	$1.25	$1.39	$1.32	$1.21	$1.17
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.29	$1.21	$1.27	$1.24	$1.21	$1.27	$1.25	$1.39	$1.32	$1.21
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2,386	2,800	3,294	3,474	4,097	5,117	6,889	6,691	7,945	11,844
American Century VP Ultra®, Class II (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.23	$2.26	$1.75	$1.70	$1.64	$1.52	$1.13	$1.01	$1.02	$0.90
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.94	$2.23	$2.26	$1.75	$1.70	$1.64	$1.52	$1.13	$1.01	$1.02
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	337	412	531	657	786	1,028	1,510	2,194	2,936	4,147
American Century VP Value, Class II (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.90	$2.13	$2.00	$1.69	$1.80	$1.62	$1.26	$1.12	$1.13	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.36	$1.90	$2.13	$2.00	$1.69	$1.80	$1.62	$1.26	$1.12	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4	4	4	4	4	4	12	12	87	16
BNY Mellon Investment Portfolios, Technology Growth Portfolio - Service Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.70	$2.79	$2.00	$1.95	$1.88	$1.79	$1.38	$1.22	$1.35	$1.06
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.33	$2.70	$2.79	$2.00	$1.95	$1.88	$1.79	$1.38	$1.22	$1.35
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	150	173	218	302	363	507	730	988	1,184	1,653
BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Value Portfolio - Service Shares* (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.09	$1.33	$1.06	$1.10	$1.15	$1.30	$1.08	$0.98	$1.23	$1.20
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.30	$1.09	$1.33	$1.06	$1.10	$1.15	$1.30	$1.08	$0.98	$1.23
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	4	27	24	21
*BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Value Portfolio - Service Shares is scheduled to liquidate on or about April 30, 2020.
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.05	$2.17	$1.78	$1.68	$1.70	$1.51	$1.15	$1.03	$1.00	$0.86
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.51	$2.05	$2.17	$1.78	$1.68	$1.70	$1.51	$1.15	$1.03	$1.00
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	637	715	914	1,144	1,344	1,817	2,998	3,922	5,131	7,801
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.06	$2.23	$1.99	$1.79	$1.87	$1.74	$1.40	$1.25	$1.34	$1.17
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.51	$2.06	$2.23	$1.99	$1.79	$1.87	$1.74	$1.40	$1.25	$1.34
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,252	1,528	1,833	2,100	2,597	3,315	4,568	6,023	7,706	10,251
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Emerging Markets Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.15	$2.80	$1.94	$1.88	$2.11	$2.20	$2.28	$1.93	$2.49	$2.12
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.77	$2.15	$2.80	$1.94	$1.88	$2.11	$2.20	$2.28	$1.93	$2.49
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	461	582	575	802	961	1,160	1,490	1,624	2,042	2,330
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.89	$0.90	$0.91	$0.93	$0.95	$0.96	$0.98	$1.00	$1.02	$1.04
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.89	$0.89	$0.90	$0.91	$0.93	$0.95	$0.96	$0.98	$1.00	$1.02
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2,770	3,389	3,756	4,033	763	1,089	1,541	1,683	2,045	2,910
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Income Opportunities Fund (Class 3) (6/1/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.87	$1.99	$1.90	$1.75	$1.80	$1.77	$1.72	$1.52	$1.46	$1.32
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.14	$1.87	$1.99	$1.90	$1.75	$1.80	$1.77	$1.72	$1.52	$1.46
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	338	392	438	468	201	315	445	540	724	967
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.32	$1.34	$1.32	$1.29	$1.31	$1.27	$1.32	$1.25	$1.20	$1.13
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.42	$1.32	$1.34	$1.32	$1.29	$1.31	$1.27	$1.32	$1.25	$1.20
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	593	691	758	827	895	1,248	1,772	2,131	2,517	3,451
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Growth Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.13	$2.26	$1.80	$1.81	$1.70	$1.52	$1.19	$1.01	$1.06	$0.92
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.83	$2.13	$2.26	$1.80	$1.81	$1.70	$1.52	$1.19	$1.01	$1.06
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	20	24	26	33	58	112	135	195	258	361
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Index Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.17	$2.32	$1.95	$1.78	$1.80	$1.62	$1.26	$1.11	$1.11	$0.99
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.79	$2.17	$2.32	$1.95	$1.78	$1.80	$1.62	$1.26	$1.11	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1	7	46	8	20	178	185	188	198	211
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Mid Cap Growth Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.95	$2.08	$1.73	$1.73	$1.67	$1.58	$1.23	$1.13	$1.35	$1.09
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.58	$1.95	$2.08	$1.73	$1.73	$1.67	$1.58	$1.23	$1.13	$1.35
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	55	65	97	132	147	206	299	393	430	548
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Select Large Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.07	$2.40	$2.03	$1.73	$1.85	$1.69	$1.25	$1.08	$1.12	$0.94
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.57	$2.07	$2.40	$2.03	$1.73	$1.85	$1.69	$1.25	$1.08	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	37	41	57	49	50	51	41	41	—	—

Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    109

Variable account charges of 1.90% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Columbia Variable Portfolio – U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.05	$1.05	$1.03	$1.03	$1.03	$1.00	$1.04	$1.04	$1.04	$1.03
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.09	$1.05	$1.05	$1.03	$1.03	$1.03	$1.00	$1.04	$1.04	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	453	517	576	773	810	918	1,292	1,516	1,924	2,722
CTIVP® – BlackRock Global Inflation-Protected Securities Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.27	$1.31	$1.30	$1.22	$1.26	$1.18	$1.28	$1.23	$1.14	$1.12
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.35	$1.27	$1.31	$1.30	$1.22	$1.26	$1.18	$1.28	$1.23	$1.14
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	314	373	417	442	512	723	1,059	1,156	1,527	2,123
CTIVP® – Victory Sycamore Established Value Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.29	$2.60	$2.29	$1.93	$1.97	$1.79	$1.34	$1.17	$1.27	$1.06
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.88	$2.29	$2.60	$2.29	$1.93	$1.97	$1.79	$1.34	$1.17	$1.27
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	11	21	21	—	—	—	8	8
Fidelity® VIP ContrafundSM Portfolio Service Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.38	$2.60	$2.18	$2.06	$2.09	$1.91	$1.48	$1.30	$1.37	$1.19
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.06	$2.38	$2.60	$2.18	$2.06	$2.09	$1.91	$1.48	$1.30	$1.37
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,550	1,935	2,293	2,769	3,260	4,329	6,278	8,416	10,938	14,844
Fidelity® VIP Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Service Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.31	$1.34	$1.32	$1.28	$1.32	$1.27	$1.32	$1.28	$1.22	$1.15
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.40	$1.31	$1.34	$1.32	$1.28	$1.32	$1.27	$1.32	$1.28	$1.22
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	946	1,117	1,271	1,307	1,417	1,853	2,828	3,225	3,767	5,353
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.56	$3.07	$2.59	$2.36	$2.45	$2.35	$1.76	$1.57	$1.79	$1.42
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.10	$2.56	$3.07	$2.59	$2.36	$2.45	$2.35	$1.76	$1.57	$1.79
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	343	399	453	487	564	749	940	1,346	1,681	2,112
Fidelity® VIP Overseas Portfolio Service Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.41	$1.69	$1.33	$1.43	$1.41	$1.57	$1.23	$1.04	$1.28	$1.16
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.77	$1.41	$1.69	$1.33	$1.43	$1.41	$1.57	$1.23	$1.04	$1.28
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	430	513	567	739	800	1,094	1,435	1,894	2,343	2,808
Franklin Income VIP Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.76	$1.87	$1.74	$1.56	$1.71	$1.66	$1.49	$1.35	$1.34	$1.21
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.00	$1.76	$1.87	$1.74	$1.56	$1.71	$1.66	$1.49	$1.35	$1.34
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	232	277	366	375	414	465	497	598	1,057	1,140
Goldman Sachs VIT Mid Cap Value Fund – Institutional Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.23	$2.54	$2.33	$2.09	$2.34	$2.10	$1.61	$1.39	$1.51	$1.23
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.88	$2.23	$2.54	$2.33	$2.09	$2.34	$2.10	$1.61	$1.39	$1.51
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	554	705	811	889	1,067	1,326	1,959	2,740	3,562	4,764
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.79	$1.94	$1.56	$1.63	$1.61	$1.42	$1.12	$1.00	$1.04	$0.97
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.38	$1.79	$1.94	$1.56	$1.63	$1.61	$1.42	$1.12	$1.00	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	690	846	1,035	1,292	1,419	1,837	2,809	3,669	4,615	6,424
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.11	$2.48	$1.86	$1.90	$1.86	$1.86	$1.49	$1.26	$1.40	$1.24
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.72	$2.11	$2.48	$1.86	$1.90	$1.86	$1.86	$1.49	$1.26	$1.40
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	27	48	61	76	81	82	86	89	113	127
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.35	$2.68	$2.39	$2.07	$2.25	$2.05	$1.49	$1.29	$1.35	$1.11
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.91	$2.35	$2.68	$2.39	$2.07	$2.25	$2.05	$1.49	$1.29	$1.35
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	10	—	20	35	41	41	89	24
Invesco V.I. Comstock Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.90	$2.21	$1.91	$1.67	$1.81	$1.69	$1.27	$1.09	$1.13	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.32	$1.90	$2.21	$1.91	$1.67	$1.81	$1.69	$1.27	$1.09	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2,160	2,494	2,913	3,499	4,262	5,321	7,600	10,444	13,815	18,929
Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares* (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.49	$1.61	$1.34	$1.36	$1.37	$1.30	$0.97	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.96	$1.49	$1.61	$1.34	$1.36	$1.37	$1.30	$0.97	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	11	11	11	11	11	11	11	11	—	—
*Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares is scheduled to merge into Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares sometime during the second quarter of 2020.
Morgan Stanley VIF U.S. Real Estate Portfolio, Class II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.39	$2.64	$2.62	$2.50	$2.50	$1.97	$1.97	$1.74	$1.68	$1.32
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.78	$2.39	$2.64	$2.62	$2.50	$2.50	$1.97	$1.97	$1.74	$1.68
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	71	79	90	97	107	122	180	196	257	328

110    Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.90% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Putnam VT Global Health Care Fund – Class IB Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.33	$2.39	$2.12	$2.43	$2.30	$1.84	$1.32	$1.10	$1.14	$1.13
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.98	$2.33	$2.39	$2.12	$2.43	$2.30	$1.84	$1.32	$1.10	$1.14
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1	6	6	6	14	14	15	19	23	44
Putnam VT Small Cap Value Fund – Class IB Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.70	$2.16	$2.04	$1.63	$1.74	$1.71	$1.25	$1.09	$1.16	$0.94
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.07	$1.70	$2.16	$2.04	$1.63	$1.74	$1.71	$1.25	$1.09	$1.16
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	25	26	39	28	28	29	30	61	69	84
Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.88	$1.88	$1.88	$1.86	$1.98	$1.98	$1.99	$1.76	$1.81	$1.61
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.88	$1.88	$1.88	$1.88	$1.86	$1.98	$1.98	$1.99	$1.76	$1.81
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	850	924	1,101	1,230	1,376	1,692	2,275	2,493	3,114	4,186
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.54	$1.71	$1.47	$1.41	$1.45	$1.40	$1.18	$1.06	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.83	$1.54	$1.71	$1.47	$1.41	$1.45	$1.40	$1.18	$1.06	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	186	208	197	217	276	642	692	500	242	2,128
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.54	$1.71	$1.47	$1.41	$1.45	$1.40	$1.18	$1.06	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.83	$1.54	$1.71	$1.47	$1.41	$1.45	$1.40	$1.18	$1.06	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4,805	5,670	7,175	9,851	13,650	15,891	21,576	27,031	37,081	45,459
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.14	$1.20	$1.14	$1.12	$1.15	$1.12	$1.11	$1.05	$1.04	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.24	$1.14	$1.20	$1.14	$1.12	$1.15	$1.12	$1.11	$1.05	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	584	470	224	545	1,636	1,585	2,427	2,883	3,605	2,840
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.14	$1.20	$1.14	$1.12	$1.15	$1.12	$1.11	$1.05	$1.04	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.24	$1.14	$1.20	$1.14	$1.12	$1.15	$1.12	$1.11	$1.05	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2,908	3,625	4,256	6,802	8,845	11,189	22,543	33,878	37,774	34,075
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.02	$1.06	$1.00	$0.99	$1.02	$1.00	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.12	$1.02	$1.06	$1.00	$0.99	$1.02	$1.00	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,095	1,309	1,571	3,153	1,759	1,710	256	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.03	$1.10	$1.01	$1.00	$1.04	$1.01	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.16	$1.03	$1.10	$1.01	$1.00	$1.04	$1.01	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4,127	5,461	5,915	7,358	8,743	6,866	1,870	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.06	$1.17	$1.02	$1.00	$1.06	$1.03	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.23	$1.06	$1.17	$1.02	$1.00	$1.06	$1.03	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	10,952	11,274	11,841	13,171	14,007	13,017	1,196	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.05	$1.14	$1.02	$1.00	$1.05	$1.02	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.20	$1.05	$1.14	$1.02	$1.00	$1.05	$1.02	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	25,371	30,115	34,129	41,727	42,802	33,518	2,310	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.35	$1.46	$1.31	$1.28	$1.31	$1.27	$1.16	$1.07	$1.09	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.54	$1.35	$1.46	$1.31	$1.28	$1.31	$1.27	$1.16	$1.07	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2,009	2,307	2,642	2,809	3,357	3,717	4,104	4,950	4,056	2,407
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.35	$1.46	$1.31	$1.28	$1.31	$1.27	$1.16	$1.07	$1.09	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.54	$1.35	$1.46	$1.31	$1.28	$1.31	$1.27	$1.16	$1.07	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	50,342	59,199	66,911	75,428	85,354	105,569	144,525	168,701	206,439	248,214
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.45	$1.58	$1.39	$1.35	$1.38	$1.34	$1.18	$1.07	$1.10	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.68	$1.45	$1.58	$1.39	$1.35	$1.38	$1.34	$1.18	$1.07	$1.10
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,155	1,458	2,098	2,279	2,289	2,467	3,113	2,106	1,555	774
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.45	$1.59	$1.39	$1.35	$1.38	$1.34	$1.18	$1.07	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.69	$1.45	$1.59	$1.39	$1.35	$1.38	$1.34	$1.18	$1.07	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	19,179	22,217	27,353	33,432	41,095	50,925	66,694	86,581	118,725	154,365

Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    111

Variable account charges of 1.90% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.24	$1.32	$1.22	$1.20	$1.22	$1.19	$1.13	$1.06	$1.06	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.38	$1.24	$1.32	$1.22	$1.20	$1.22	$1.19	$1.13	$1.06	$1.06
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	768	807	761	861	833	1,314	2,457	3,949	2,095	1,480
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.24	$1.32	$1.23	$1.20	$1.23	$1.19	$1.14	$1.06	$1.06	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.39	$1.24	$1.32	$1.23	$1.20	$1.23	$1.19	$1.14	$1.06	$1.06
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	7,102	8,175	9,412	11,720	13,127	16,596	22,248	28,639	34,697	43,744
Variable Portfolio – Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.94	$2.29	$2.18	$1.77	$1.99	$1.99	$1.50	$1.35	$1.44	$1.18
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.28	$1.94	$2.29	$2.18	$1.77	$1.99	$1.99	$1.50	$1.35	$1.44
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	784	871	1,000	1,162	1,489	1,881	2,573	3,627	4,585	6,248
Wanger USA (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.55	$2.64	$2.25	$2.02	$2.07	$2.01	$1.53	$1.30	$1.38	$1.14
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.29	$2.55	$2.64	$2.25	$2.02	$2.07	$2.01	$1.53	$1.30	$1.38
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	314	385	488	604	738	1,023	1,416	2,019	2,605	3,655
Wells Fargo VT International Equity Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.36	$1.67	$1.37	$1.35	$1.36	$1.46	$1.24	$1.12	$1.31	$1.14
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.54	$1.36	$1.67	$1.37	$1.35	$1.36	$1.46	$1.24	$1.12	$1.31
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	420	453	480	619	691	895	1,077	1,295	1,513	1,967
Wells Fargo VT Omega Growth Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.77	$2.82	$2.13	$2.16	$2.17	$2.13	$1.55	$1.32	$1.42	$1.21
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.72	$2.77	$2.82	$2.13	$2.16	$2.17	$2.13	$1.55	$1.32	$1.42
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	420	562	731	991	1,100	1,534	2,111	2,885	3,649	5,238
Wells Fargo VT Opportunity Fund – Class 2 (8/26/2011)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.86	$2.04	$1.72	$1.56	$1.65	$1.52	$1.18	$1.05	$1.00	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.39	$1.86	$2.04	$1.72	$1.56	$1.65	$1.52	$1.18	$1.05	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	46	54	60	68	71	97	153	244	281	—
Wells Fargo VT Small Cap Growth Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.76	$2.78	$2.25	$2.13	$2.23	$2.32	$1.57	$1.49	$1.59	$1.28
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.38	$2.76	$2.78	$2.25	$2.13	$2.23	$2.32	$1.57	$1.49	$1.59
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	105	114	163	216	249	307	378	522	593	844

112    Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information

Calculating Annuity Payouts	p. 3
Rating Agencies	p. 4
Principal Underwriter	p. 4
Service Providers	p. 4
Custodian	p. 5
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	p. 5
Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	p. 6
Financial Statements

Evergreen New Solutions Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    113

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474
1-800-333-3437

45308  CG (5/20)

RiverSource Distributors, Inc. (Distributor), Member FINRA. Issued by RiverSource Life Insurance Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota. ©2008-2020 RiverSource Life Insurance Company. All rights reserved.

Prospectus

May 1, 2020

RiverSource^®

Innovations Classic Select
Variable Annuity

Individual Flexible Premium Deferred Combination Fixed/Variable Annuity

Issued by:	RiverSource Life Insurance Company (RiverSource Life)
	829 Ameriprise Financial Center Minneapolis, MN 55474 Telephone: 1-800-333-3437 (Service Center) RiverSource Variable Annuity Account/RiverSource MVA Account​

New contracts are not currently being offered.

This prospectus contains information that you should know before investing. Investment options available under the contract are listed below:

AB Variable Products Series Fund, Inc. (Class B)

American Century^® Variable Portfolios, Inc., Class II

BNY Mellon Investment Portfolios

Columbia Funds Variable Insurance Trust

Columbia Funds Variable Series Trust II

Credit Suisse Trust

Eaton Vance Variable Trust (VT)

Fidelity^® Variable Insurance Products Service Class 2

Franklin^® Templeton^® Variable Insurance Products Trust – Class 2

Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust (VIT)

Invesco Variable Insurance Funds

Janus Aspen Series: Service Shares

Legg Mason Partners Variable Equity Trust

MFS^® Variable Insurance Trust^SM – Service Class

Morgan Stanley Variable Insurance Fund, Inc. (VIF)

Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds, Service Shares

PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust (VIT)

Putnam Variable Trust – Class IB Shares

Wanger Advisors Trust

 

Some funds may not be available under your contract. Please read the prospectuses carefully and keep them for future reference.

The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

An investment in this contract is not a deposit of a bank or financial institution and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) or any other government agency. An investment in this contract involves investment risk including the possible loss of principal.

A Statement of Additional Information (SAI), dated the same date as this prospectus, is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. It is filed with the SEC and is available without charge by contacting RiverSource Life at the telephone number and address listed above. The table of contents of the SAI is on the last page of this prospectus. The SEC maintains an Internet site. This prospectus, the SAI and other information about the product are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at (http://www.sec.gov).

Variable annuities are complex products. The fees and charges, as well as the available features and benefits, of the variable annuity contracts described in this prospectus will be different from other variable annuities offered in the marketplace, including other variable annuities or other types of annuities offered by RiverSource Life. The interest credited, guarantees provided, and credits available, as well as the funds serving as underlying investments and their corresponding expenses, may differ among the variable annuities that are available to you. With the aid of an appropriate financial professional, we encourage you to compare and contrast the variable annuity contracts described in this prospectus with other variable annuities available in the marketplace, including other types of annuities we may offer. This will aid in determining whether purchasing a contract is consistent with your investment objectives, risk tolerance, time horizon, marital status, tax situation, and your unique financial situation and needs. If you select an annuity that includes surrender or other liquidation charges, you should also consider any future needs you may have to

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    1

access your contract value. The optional benefits and features available with the contracts usually come with additional costs. Consider any additional costs carefully when electing these optional benefits and features.

Beginning on January 1, 2021, as permitted by regulations adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission, paper copies of your underlying funds’ shareholder reports will no longer be sent by mail, unless you specifically request paper copies of the reports from RiverSource Life. Instead, the reports will be made available on a website, and you will be notified each time a report is posted and provided with a website link to access the report.

You may elect to receive all future reports in paper free of charge. You can inform RiverSource Life that you wish to continue receiving paper copies of your shareholder reports by calling our Service Center at 1-800-862-7919. Your election to receive reports in paper will apply to all funds available under your variable annuity contract.

Effects of COVID-19 Pandemic

The coronavirus disease 2019 (“COVID-19”) public health crisis presents ongoing significant economic and societal disruption and has driven significant volatility in the equity and interest rate markets. Any periods of continued high market volatility, and your individual circumstances (e.g., your selected allocations and the timing of any purchase payments, transfers, or withdrawals), will affect values under your contract. As part of how we maintain our strong financial strength and claims-paying ability, we continue to reserve amounts for our contractual obligations in accordance with significant state solvency regulations. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic may impact financial markets, investment performance under your contract, and our financial strength and claims-paying ability will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be estimated, including the scope and duration of the pandemic and actions taken by governmental authorities, market participants, and other third parties in response to the pandemic.

We have implemented comprehensive strategies to address the operating environment spurred by the pandemic.  To promote the safety and security of our employees and to assure the continuity of our business operations, we have implemented a work from home protocol for virtually all of our employee population, restricted business travel, and provided resources for complying with the guidance from the World Health Organization, the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and government authorities. We have been satisfying elevated customer service volumes and our operations teams have continued to operate successfully and without disruptions in service. Our pandemic strategy is flexible and scalable and takes into consideration that a pandemic could be widespread and may occur in multiple waves, affecting different communities at different times with varying levels of severity. We cannot, however, predict the impact that natural or man-made disasters and catastrophes, including the COVID-19 pandemic, may have over near- or longer-term periods.

2    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Table of Contents

Key Terms	5
The Contract in Brief	7
Expense Summary	9
Contract Owner Transaction Expenses	9
Annual Variable Account Expenses	9
Other Annual Expenses	10
Optional Death Benefits	10
Optional Living Benefits	11
Annual Operating Expenses of the Funds	12
Condensed Financial Information	14
Financial Statements	14
The Variable Account and the Funds	14
The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)	24
Market Value Adjustment (MVA)	24
The General Account	26
The Fixed Account	26
The One-Year Fixed Account	26
DCA Fixed Account	26
Buying Your Contract	27
The Retirement Date	29
Beneficiary	29
Purchase Payments	29
How to Make Purchase Payments	30
Purchase Payment Credits	30
Limitations on Use of Contract	30
Charges	31
Contract Administrative Charge	31
Variable Account Administrative Charge	31
Mortality and Expense Risk Fee	31
Withdrawal Charge	32
Fund Fees and Expenses	34
Premium Taxes	34
Optional Living Benefits Charges	34
Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider Fee	34
Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider Fee	35
Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider Fee	37
Income Assurer Benefit Rider Fee	39
Optional Death Benefit Charges	39
Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider Fee	39
Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider Fee	39
Valuing Your Investment	40
GPAs	40
The Fixed Account	40
Subaccounts	40

Making the Most of Your Contract	42
Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging	42
Asset Rebalancing	42
Asset Allocation Program	43
Portfolio Navigator Program (PN program) and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds	44
Transferring Among Accounts	47
How to request a Transfer or Withdrawal	49
Withdrawals	51
Withdrawal Policies	51
Receiving Payment	51
TSA–Special Provisions	52
Participants in Tax-Sheltered Annuities	52
Changing Ownership	53
Benefits in Case of Death	53
If You Die Before Your Retirement Date	55
Optional Benefits	57
Optional Living Benefits	57
Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider	57
Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider	59
Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider	69
Income Assurer Benefit Riders	74
Optional Death Benefits	79
Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector)	79
Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus)	79
The Annuity Payout Period	80
Annuity Tables	81
Annuity Payout Plans	81
Taxes	82
Nonqualified Annuities	83
Qualified Annuities	84
Other	86
Voting Rights	87
Substitution of Investments	87
About the Service Providers	87
Principal Underwriter	87
Service Providers	89
Issuer	89
Legal Proceedings	89
Additional Information	90
Incorporation of Certain Documents By Reference	90
Available Information	90
Indemnification	90

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    3

Table of Contents

Appendices	91
Appendix A: Example — Market Value Adjustment (MVA)	92
Appendix B: Example — Income Assurer Benefit Rider Fee	94
Appendix C: Example — Withdrawal Charges	95
Appendix D: Example — Death Benefits	98
Appendix E: Example — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider	101
Appendix F: Example - Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider	102
Appendix G: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider —Additional Required Minimum Distribution (RMD) Disclosure	104
Appendix H: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit — Rider B Disclosure	106
Appendix I: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider — Additional Required Minimum Distribution (RMD) Disclosure	112
Appendix J: Example — Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider	113
Appendix K: Example — Income Assurer Benefit Riders	115
Appendix L: Example — Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider	120
Appendix M: Example — Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider	122
Appendix N: Withdrawal Benefit Riders: Electing Step Up or Spousal Continuation Step Up	124
Appendix O: Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	125
Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information	138

4    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Key Terms

These terms can help you understand details about your contract.

Accumulation unit: A measure of the value of each subaccount before annuity payouts begin.

Annuitant: The person or persons on whose life or life expectancy the annuity payouts are based.

Annuity payouts: An amount paid at regular intervals under one of several plans.

Assumed investment rate: The rate of return we assume your investments will earn when we calculate your initial annuity payout amount using the annuity table in your contract. The standard assumed investment rate we use is 5% but you may request we substitute an assumed investment rate of 3.5%.

Beneficiary: The person you designate to receive benefits in case of the owner’s or annuitant’s death while the contract is in force.

Close of business: The time the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) closes (4 p.m. Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier).

Code: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Contract: A deferred annuity contract that permits you to accumulate money for retirement by making one or more purchase payments. It provides for lifetime or other forms of payouts beginning at a specified time in the future.

Contract value: The total value of your contract before we deduct any applicable charges.

Contract year: A period of 12 months, starting on the effective date of your contract and on each anniversary of the effective date.

Fixed account: Part of our general account which includes the one-year fixed account and the DCA fixed account. Amounts you allocate to the fixed account earn interest rates we declare periodically.

Funds: Investment options under your contract. You may allocate your purchase payments into subaccounts investing in shares of the funds.

Good order: We cannot process your transaction request relating to the contract until we have received the request in good order at our Service Center. “Good order” means the actual receipt of the requested transaction in writing, along with all information, forms and supporting legal documentation necessary to effect the transaction. To be in “good order,” your instructions must be sufficiently clear so that we do not need to exercise any discretion to follow such instructions. This information and documentation generally includes your completed request; the contract number; the transaction amount (in dollars); the names of and allocations to and/or from the subaccounts and the fixed account affected by the requested transaction; Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number; and any other

information, forms or supporting documentation that we may require. For certain transactions, at our option, we may require the signature of all contract owners for the request to be in good order. With respect to purchase requests, “good order” also generally includes receipt of sufficient payment by us to effect the purchase. We may, in our sole discretion, determine whether any particular transaction request is in good order, and we reserve the right to change or waive any good order requirements at any time.

Guarantee Period: The number of successive 12-month periods that a guaranteed interest rate is credited.

Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs): A nonunitized separate account to which you may allocate purchase payments and purchase payment credits or transfer contract value of at least $1,000. These accounts have guaranteed interest rates for guarantee periods we declare when you allocate purchase payments and purchase payment credits or transfer contract value to a GPA. These guaranteed rates and periods of time may vary by state. Unless an exception applies, transfers or withdrawals from a GPA done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will receive a market value adjustment, which may result in a gain or loss of principal.

Market Value Adjustment (MVA): A positive or negative adjustment assessed if any portion of a Guarantee Period Account is withdrawn or transferred more than 30 days before the end of its guarantee period.

Owner (you, your): The person or persons identified in the contract as owner(s) of the contract, who has or have the right to control the contract (to decide on investment allocations, transfers, payout options, etc.). Usually, but not always, the owner is also the annuitant. During the owner’s life, the owner is responsible for taxes, regardless of whether he or she receives the contract’s benefits. The owner or any joint owner may be a non-natural person (e.g. irrevocable trust or corporation) or a revocable trust. If any owner is a non-natural person or a revocable trust, the annuitant will be deemed to be the owner for contract provisions that are based on the age or life of the owner. When the contract is owned by a revocable trust or irrevocable grantor trust, the annuitant(s) selected must be the grantor(s) of the trust to assure compliance with Section 72(s) of the Code.

Purchase payment credits: An addition we make to your contract value. We base the amount of the credit on net payments (total payments less total withdrawals). We apply the credit to your contract based on your current payment.

Qualified annuity: A contract that you purchase to fund one of the following tax-deferred retirement plans that is subject to applicable federal law and any rules of the plan itself:

• Individual Retirement Annuities (IRAs) including inherited IRAs under Section 408(b) of the Code

 

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    5

• Roth IRAs including inherited Roth IRAs under Section 408A of the Code

• Simplified Employee Pension (SEP) plans under Section 408(k) of the Code

• Tax-Sheltered Annuity (TSA) rollovers under Section 403(b) of the Code

A qualified annuity will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral if it is used to fund a retirement plan that is already tax deferred.

All other contracts are considerednonqualified annuities.

Retirement date: The date when annuity payouts are scheduled to begin.

Rider effective date: The date a rider becomes effective as stated in the rider.

RiverSource Life: In this prospectus, “we,” “us,” “our” and “RiverSource Life” refer to RiverSource Life Insurance Company.

Service Center: Our department that processes all transaction and service requests for the contracts. We consider all transaction and service requests received when they arrive in good order at the Service Center. Any transaction or service requests sent or directed to any location other than our Service Center may end up delayed or not processed. Our Service Center address and telephone number are listed on the first page of the prospectus.

Valuation date: Any normal business day, Monday through Friday, on which the NYSE is open, up to the time it closes. At the NYSE close, the next valuation date

begins. We calculate the accumulation unit value of each subaccount on each valuation date. If we receive your purchase payment or any transaction request (such as a transfer or withdrawal request) in good order at our Service Center before the close of business, we will process your payment or transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your payment or transaction request. On the other hand, if we receive your purchase payment or transaction request in good order at our Service Center at or after the close of business, we will process your payment or transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date. If you make a transaction request by telephone (including by fax), you must have completed your transaction by the close of business in order for us to process it using the accumulation unit value we calculate on that valuation date. If you were not able to complete your transaction before the close of business for any reason, including telephone service interruptions or delays due to high call volume, we will process your transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date.

Variable account: Consists of separate subaccounts to which you may allocate purchase payments; each invests in shares of one fund. The value of your investment in each subaccount changes with the performance of the particular fund.

Withdrawal value: The amount you are entitled to receive if you make a full withdrawal from your contract. It is the contract value minus any applicable charges.

6    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The Contract in Brief

Purpose: The purpose of the contract is to allow you to accumulate money for retirement or similar long term goal. You do this by making one or more purchase payments. You may allocate your purchase payments to the one-year fixed account (if part of your contract), the DCA fixed account, GPAs and/or subaccounts of the variable account under the contract; however you risk losing amounts you invest in the subaccounts of the variable account.; however you risk losing amounts you invest in the subaccounts of the variable account. These accounts, in turn, may earn returns that increase the value of a contract. If the contract value goes to zero due to underlying fund’s performance or deduction of fees, the contract will no longer be in force and the contract (including any death benefit riders) will terminate. You may be able to purchase an optional benefit to reduce the investment risk you assume. Beginning at a specified time in the future called the retirement date, the contract provides lifetime or other forms of payouts of your contract value (less any applicable premium tax).

It may have not been advantageous for you to purchase this contract in exchange for, or in addition to, an existing annuity or life insurance policy. Generally, you can exchange one annuity for another or for a long-term care policy in a “tax-free” exchange under Section 1035 of the Code. You can also do a partial exchange from one annuity contract to another annuity contract, subject to Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) rules. You also generally can exchange a life insurance policy for an annuity. However, before making an exchange, you should compare both contracts carefully because the features and benefits may be different. Fees and charges may be higher or lower on your old contract than on this contract. You may have to pay a withdrawal charge when you exchange out of your old contract and a new withdrawal period will begin when you exchange into this contract. If the exchange does not qualify for Section 1035 treatment, you also may have to pay federal income tax on the distribution. State income taxes may also apply. You should not exchange your old contract for this contract, or buy this contract in addition to your old contract, unless you determine it is in your best interest. (See “Taxes-1035 Exchanges”.)

Tax-deferred retirement plans: Most annuities have a tax-deferred feature. So do many retirement plans under the Code including 403(b) plans. As a result, when you use a qualified annuity to fund a retirement plan that is tax-deferred, your contract will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral beyond what is provided in that retirement plan. Some employers may permit you to deposit your contributions into other investments such as mutual funds. If such investments are available to you, before enrolling under the contract, you should consider features other than tax deferral that may help you reach your retirement goals. In addition, the Code subjects retirement plans to required withdrawals triggered at age 72 (triggered at age 70 ½ if you turned 70 ½ before Jan. 1, 2020). These mandatory withdrawals are called required minimum distributions

(“RMDs”). RMDs may reduce the value of certain death benefits and optional riders (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). You should consult your tax advisor before you purchase the contract as a qualified annuity for an explanation of the tax implications to you.

Buying a contract: We no longer offer new contracts. However, you have the option of making additional purchase payments in the future, subject to certain limitations. Purchase payment amounts and purchase payment timing may be limited under the terms of your contract and/or pursuant to state requirements. (See “Buying Your Contract”).

Free look period: The contracts in this prospectus are no longer sold. Generally, all available free look periods have now expired.

Accounts: Generally, you may allocate your purchase payments among the:

• subaccounts of the variable account, each of which invests in a fund with a particular investment objective. The value of each subaccount varies with the performance of the particular fund in which it invests. We cannot guarantee that the value at the retirement date will equal or exceed the total purchase payments you allocate to the subaccounts. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds”).

• GPAs which earn interest at rates declared when you make an allocation to that account. The required minimum investment in each GPA is $1,000. These accounts may not be available in all states. (See “The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)”)

• one-year fixed account (if part of your contract), which earns interest at rates that we adjust periodically. There are restrictions on the amount you can allocate to this account as well as on transfers from this account (see “The One-Year Fixed Account“).

• DCA fixed account, if part of your contract, which earns interest at rates that we adjust periodically. There are restrictions on how long contract value can remain in this account. (See “The Fixed Account — DCA Fixed Account”).

Transfers: Subject to certain restrictions, you currently may redistribute your contract value among the accounts without charge at any time until annuity payouts begin, and once per contract year among the subaccounts after annuity payouts begin. Transfers out of the GPAs done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will be subject to a MVA, unless an exception applies. You may establish automated transfers among the accounts. We reserve the right to limit transfers to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then currently crediting is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transferring Among Accounts”).

 

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    7

Withdrawals: You may withdraw all or part of your contract value at any time before the retirement date. You also may establish automated partial withdrawals. Withdrawals may be subject to charges and tax penalties (including a 10% IRS penalty that may apply if you make withdrawals prior to your reaching age 59½) and may have other tax consequences. Certain other restrictions may apply. (See “Withdrawals”)

Optional benefits:These contracts offered optional living and death benefits that were available for additional charges if you met certain criteria. Please note, since the contracts in this prospectus are no longer sold, any optional benefits you may have elected were done so at the time of application. You cannot add optional benefits to your contract after it has been issued. Any optional benefits we describe are not available to add to your contract. (See “Optional Benefits”).

Benefits in case of death: If you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin, we will pay the beneficiary an amount based on the death benefit selected. (See “Benefits in Case of Death”).

Annuity payouts: You can apply your contract value, after reflecting any adjustments, to an annuity payout plan that begins on the retirement date. You may choose from a variety of plans that can help meet your retirement or other income needs. The payout schedule must meet IRS requirements. We can make payouts on a fixed or variable basis, or both. During the annuity payout period, your choices for subaccounts may be limited. The GPAs and the DCA fixed account are not available during the payout period. (See “The Annuity Payout Period”).

8    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Expense Summary

The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you paid when buying, owning and making a withdrawal from the contract. The first table describes the fees and expenses that you paid at the time that you bought the contract and will pay when you make a withdrawal from the contract. State premium taxes also may be deducted.

Contract Owner Transaction Expenses

Withdrawal charge

(Contingent deferred sales charge as a percentage of purchase payments withdrawn)

You selected either a seven-year or five-year withdrawal charge schedule at the time of application.

Seven-year schedule		Five-year schedule*
Years from purchase payment receipt**	Withdrawal charge percentage	Years from purchase payment receipt**	Withdrawal charge percentage
1	8%	1	8%
2	8	2	7
3	7	3	6
4	7	4	4
5	6	5	2
6	5	Thereafter	0
7	3
Thereafter	0

* The five-year withdrawal charge schedule may not be available in all states.

** According to our current administrative practice, for the purpose of withdrawal charge calculation, we consider that the year is completed one day prior to the anniversary of the day each purchase payment was received.

Liquidation charge under Variable Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:If you are receiving variable annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to withdraw those payments. The amount that you can withdraw is the present value of any remaining variable payouts. The discount rate we use in the calculation will be 5.17% if the assumed investment return is 3.5% and 6.67% if the assumed investment return is 5%. The liquidation charge equals the present value of the remaining payouts using the assumed investment return minus the present value of the remaining payouts using the discount rate. (See “Charges — WithdrawalCharge” and “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Withdrawal charge for Fixed Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:

Number of Completed Years Since Annuitization	Withdrawal charge percentage
0	Not applicable*
1	5%
2	4
3	3
4	2
5	1
6 and thereafter	0

*We do not permit withdrawals in the first year after annuitization.

The next tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay periodically during the time that you own the contract, not including fund fees and expenses.

Annual Variable Account Expenses

(As a percentage of average daily subaccount value.)

You must choose a death benefit guarantee, a qualified or nonqualified contract and the length of your contract’s withdrawal charge schedule. The combination you choose determines the mortality and expense risk fees you pay. The table below shows the combinations available to you and their cost. The variable account administrative charge is in addition to the mortality and expense risk fee.

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    9

Seven-year withdrawal charge schedule for contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2006 and if available in your state

	Mortality and expense risk fee	Variable account administrative charge	Total variable account expense
Qualified annuities
Return of Purchase Payment (ROP) Death Benefit	0.90%	0.15%	1.05%
Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV) Death Benefit	1.10	0.15	1.25
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.25	0.15	1.40
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.30	0.15	1.45
Nonqualified annuities
ROP Death Benefit	1.05	0.15	1.20
MAV Death Benefit	1.25	0.15	1.40
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.40	0.15	1.55
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.45	0.15	1.60

Seven-year withdrawal charge schedule for all other contracts

	Mortality and expense risk fee	Variable account administrative charge	Total variable account expense
Qualified annuities
ROP Death Benefit	1.00%	0.15%	1.15%
MAV Death Benefit	1.20	0.15	1.35
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.35	0.15	1.50
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.40	0.15	1.55
Nonqualified annuities
ROP Death Benefit	1.15	0.15	1.30
MAV Death Benefit	1.35	0.15	1.50
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.50	0.15	1.65
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.55	0.15	1.70

Five-year withdrawal charge schedule

	Mortality and expense risk fee	Variable account administrative charge	Total variable account expense
Qualified annuities
ROP Death Benefit	1.20%	0.15%	1.35%
MAV Death Benefit	1.40	0.15	1.55
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.55	0.15	1.70
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.60	0.15	1.75
Nonqualified annuities
ROP Death Benefit	1.35	0.15	1.50
MAV Death Benefit	1.55	0.15	1.70
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.70	0.15	1.85
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.75	0.15	1.90

Other Annual Expenses

Annual contract administrative charge $40

(We will waive this charge when your contract value is $50,000 or more on the current contract anniversary.)

Optional Death Benefits

If eligible, you may have selected an optional death benefit in addition to the ROP and MAV Death Benefits. The fees apply only if you have selected one of these benefits.

Benefit Protector® Death Benefit rider fee	0.25%
Benefit Protector® Plus Death Benefit rider fee	0.40%

(As a percentage of the contract value charge annually on the contract anniversary.)

10    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Optional Living Benefits

If eligible, you may have selected one of the following optional living benefits if available in your state. The fees apply only if you have selected one of these benefits. Investment allocation restrictions apply.

Accumulation Protector Benefit® rider fee	Maximum annual rider fee	Initial annual rider fee and annual rider fee for elective step-ups before 04/29/2013
	1.75%	0.55%(1)

(Charged annually on the contract anniversary as a percentage of the contract value or the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value, whichever is greater.)

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life^® rider fee Maximum: 1.50% Initial: 0.65%⁽²⁾

(Charged annually on the contract anniversary as a percentage of the contract value or the total Remaining Benefit Amount, whichever is greater.)

Guarantor^® Withdrawal Benefit rider fee Maximum: 1.50% Initial: 0.55%⁽³⁾

(As a percentage of contract value charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

Income Assurer Benefit® – MAV rider fee	Maximum: 1.50%	Current: 0.30%(4)
Income Assurer Benefit® – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base rider fee	Maximum: 1.75%	Current: 0.60%(4)
Income Assurer Benefit® – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base rider fee	Maximum: 2.00%	Current: 0.65%(4)

(As a percentage of the guaranteed income benefit base charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

⁽¹⁾ Current annual rider fees for elective step up (including elective spousal continuation step up) requests on/after 04/29/2013 are shown in the table below.

Elective step up date:	If invested in Portfolio Navigator fund at the time of step-up:	If invested in Portfolio Stabilizer fund at the time of step-up:
04/29/2013 – 11/17/2013	1.75%	n/a
11/18/2013 – 10/17/2014	1.75%	1.30%
10/18/2014 – 06/30/2016	1.60%	1.00%
07/01/2016 – 10/15/2018	1.75%	1.30%
10/16/2018 – 12/29/2019	1.40%	1.00%
12/30/2019 – 07/20/2020	1.55%	1.15%
07/21/2020 and later	1.75%	1.75%

⁽²⁾ Effective Dec. 18, 2013 if you request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up or move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is more aggressive than your current Portfolio Navigator fund allocation, the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are invested following the change as shown in the table below.

Fund Name	Maximum annual rider fee	Current annual fee as of 12/18/13
Portfolio Stabilizer funds	1.50%	0.65%
Portfolio Navigator funds:
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.80%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.80%
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.80%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.95%
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	1.10%

⁽³⁾ Effective Dec. 18, 2013 if you request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up or move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is more aggressive than your current Portfolio Navigator fund allocation, the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are invested following the change as shown in the table below.

Fund Name	Maximum annual rider fee	Current annual fee as of 12/18/13
Portfolio Stabilizer funds	1.50%	0.55%
Portfolio Navigator funds:
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.85%

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    11

Fund Name	Maximum annual rider fee	Current annual fee as of 12/18/13
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	1.00%

⁽⁴⁾ For applications signed prior to Oct. 7, 2004, the following current annual rider charges apply: Income Assurer Benefit – MAV — 0.55%, Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base — 0.70%; and Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base — 0.75%.

Annual Operating Expenses of the Funds

The next table provides the minimum and maximum total operating expenses charged by the underlying funds that you may pay periodically during the time that you own the contract. These operating expenses are for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, unless otherwise noted. More detail concerning each underlying fund’s fees and expenses is contained in each fund’s prospectus.

Minimum and maximum annual operating expenses for the funds

(Including management, distribution (12b-1) and/or service fees and other expenses)⁽¹⁾

	Minimum(%)	Maximum(%)
Total expenses before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements	0.39	1.82

⁽¹⁾ Total annual fund operating expenses are deducted from amounts that are allocated to the fund. They include management fees and other expenses and may include distribution (12b-1) fees. Other expenses may include service fees that may be used to compensate service providers, including us and our affiliates, for administrative and contract owner services provided on behalf of the fund. The amount of these payments will vary by fund and may be significant. See “The Variable Account and the Funds” for additional information, including potential conflicts of interest these payments may create. Distribution (12b-1) fees are used to finance any activity that is primarily intended to result in the sale of fund shares. Because 12b-1 fees are paid out of fund assets on an ongoing basis, you may pay more if you select subaccounts investing in funds that have adopted 12b-1 plans than if you select subaccounts investing in funds that have not adopted 12b-1 plans. For a more complete description of each fund’s fees and expenses and important disclosure regarding payments the fund and/or its affiliates make, please review the fund’s prospectus and SAI.

Examples

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in these contracts with the cost of investing in other variable annuity contracts. These costs include your transaction expenses, contract administrative charges⁽¹⁾, variable account annual expenses and fund fees and expenses.

These examples assume that you invest $10,000 in the contract for the time periods indicated. These examples also assume that your investment has a 5% return each year.

Maximum Expenses. These examples assume the most expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the maximum fees and expenses of the funds* available with a living benefit rider and before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the MAV Death Benefit, the Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base and the Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit⁽²⁾. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

* Note: Certain funds are not available for contracts with living benefit riders and may have higher fund expenses than the associated fund expenses shown here.

	If you withdraw your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not withdraw your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
Nonqualified Annuity	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Seven-year withdrawal charge schedule for contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2006 and if available in your state	$1,341	$2,512	$3,617	$6,488	$621	$1,880	$3,165	$6,488
Five-year withdrawal charge schedule	1,281	2,329	3,301	6,718	651	1,967	3,301	6,718
Qualified Annuity	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Seven-year withdrawal charge schedule for contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2006 and if available in your state	$1,325	$2,468	$3,548	$6,370	$605	$1,837	$3,096	$6,370
Five-year withdrawal charge schedule	1,266	2,285	3,233	6,604	636	1,924	3,233	6,604

Minimum Expenses. These examples assume the least expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the minimum fees and expenses of any of the funds before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the ROP Death Benefit and do not select any optional benefits. Although your actual costs may be higher, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

12    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

	If you withdraw your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not withdraw your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
Nonqualified Annuity	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Seven-year withdrawal charge schedule for contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2006 and if available in your state	$947	$1,314	$1,565	$2,268	$203	$624	$1,065	$2,268
Five-year withdrawal charge schedule	882	1,108	1,222	2,589	234	717	1,222	2,589
Qualified Annuity	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Seven-year withdrawal charge schedule for contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2006 and if available in your state	$933	$1,270	$1,486	$2,104	$188	$577	$986	$2,104
Five-year withdrawal charge schedule	868	1,063	1,144	2,430	218	670	1,144	2,430

(1)	In these examples, the contract administrataive charge is $40.
(2)	Because these examples are intended to illustrate the most expensive combination of contract features, the maximum annual fee for each optional rider is reflected rather than the fee that is currently being charged.

THE EXAMPLES ARE ILLUSTRATIVE ONLY. YOU SHOULD NOT CONSIDER THESE EXAMPLES AS A REPRESENTATION OF PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES. ACTUAL EXPENSES WILL BE HIGHER OR LOWER THAN THOSE SHOWN DEPENDING UPON WHICH OPTIONAL BENEFIT YOU ELECT OTHER THAN INDICATED IN THE EXAMPLES OR IF YOU ALLOCATE CONTRACT VALUE TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE SUBACCOUNTS.

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    13

Condensed Financial Information

You can find unaudited condensed financial information for the subaccounts representing the lowest and highest total annual variable account expense combinations in Appendix O.

Financial Statements

You can find our audited financial statements and the audited financial statements of the divisions, which are comprised of subaccounts, in the SAI. The SAI does not include audited financial statements for divisions that are new (if any) and have no activity as of the financial statements date.

The Variable Account and the Funds

Variable Account. The variable account was established under Indiana law on July 15, 1987, and the subaccounts are registered together as a single unit investment trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the 1940 Act). This registration does not involve any supervision of our management or investment practices and policies by the SEC. All obligations arising under the contracts are general obligations of RiverSource Life.

The variable account meets the definition of a separate account under federal securities laws. We credit or charge income, capital gains and capital losses of each subaccount only to that subaccount. State insurance law prohibits us from charging a subaccount with liabilities of any other subaccount or of our general business. The variable account includes other subaccounts that are available under contracts that are not described in this prospectus.

The IRS has issued guidance on investor control but may issue additional guidance in the future. We reserve the right to modify the contract or any investments made under the terms of the contract so that the investor control rules do not apply to treat the contract owner as the owner of the subaccount assets rather than the owner of an annuity contract. If the contract is not treated as an annuity contract for tax purposes, the owner may be subject to current taxation on any current or accumulated income credited to the contract.

We intend to comply with all federal tax laws so that the contract qualifies as an annuity for federal tax purposes. We reserve the right to modify the contract as necessary in order to qualify the contract as an annuity for federal tax purposes.

The Funds. This contract currently offers subaccounts investing in shares of the funds listed in the table below.

• Investment objectives: The investment managers and advisers cannot guarantee that the funds will meet their investment objectives. Please read the funds’ prospectuses for facts you should know before investing. These prospectuses are available by contacting us at the address or telephone number on the first page of this prospectus.

• Fund name and management: A fund underlying your contract in which a subaccount invests may have a name, portfolio manager, objectives, strategies and characteristics that are the same or substantially similar to those of a publicly-traded retail mutual fund. Despite these similarities, an underlying fund is not the same as any publicly-traded retail mutual fund. Each underlying fund will have its own unique portfolio holdings, fees, operating expenses and operating results. The results of each underlying fund may differ significantly from any publicly-traded retail mutual fund.

• Eligible purchasers: All funds are available to serve as the underlying investments for variable annuities and variable life insurance policies. The funds are not available to the public (see “Fund Name and Management” above). Some funds also are available to serve as investment options for tax-deferred retirement plans. It is possible that in the future for tax, regulatory or other reasons, it may be disadvantageous for variable annuity accounts and variable life insurance accounts and/or tax-deferred retirement plans to invest in the available funds simultaneously. Although we and the funds’ providers do not currently foresee any such disadvantages, the boards of directors or trustees of each fund will monitor events in order to identify any material conflicts between annuity owners, policy owners and tax-deferred retirement plans and to determine what action, if any, should be taken in response to a conflict. If a board were to conclude that it should establish separate fund providers for the variable annuity, variable life insurance and tax-deferred retirement plan accounts, you would not bear any expenses associated with establishing separate funds. Please refer to the funds’ prospectuses for risk disclosure regarding simultaneous investments by variable annuity, variable life insurance and tax-deferred retirement plan accounts. Each fund intends to comply with the diversification requirements under Section 817(h) of the Code.

• Asset allocation programs may impact fund performance: Asset allocation programs in general may negatively impact the performance of an underlying fund. Even if you do not participate in an asset allocation program, a fund in which your subaccount invests may be impacted if it is included in an asset allocation program. Rebalancing or reallocation under the terms of the asset allocation program may cause a fund to lose money if it must sell large amounts of securities to meet a redemption request. These losses can be greater if the fund holds securities that are not as liquid as others, for example, various types of bonds, shares of smaller companies and securities of foreign issuers. A fund may also experience higher expenses because it must sell or buy securities more frequently

14    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

	than it otherwise might in the absence of asset allocation program rebalancing or reallocations. Because asset allocation programs include periodic rebalancing and may also include reallocation, these effects may occur under the asset allocation program we offer or under asset allocation programs used in conjunction with the contracts and plans of other eligible purchasers of the funds.
•	Funds available under the contract: We seek to provide a broad array of underlying funds taking into account the fees and charges imposed by each fund and the contract charges we impose. We select the underlying funds in which the subaccounts initially invest and when there is substitution (see “Substitution of Investments”). We also make all decisions regarding which funds to retain in a contract, which funds to add to a contract and which funds will no longer be offered in a contract. In making these decisions, we may consider various objective and subjective factors. Objective factors include, but are not limited to fund performance, fund expenses, classes of fund shares available, size of the fund and investment objectives and investing style of the fund. Subjective factors include, but are not limited to, investment sub-styles and process, management skill and history at other funds and portfolio concentration and sector weightings. We also consider the levels and types of revenue a fund, its distributor, investment adviser, subadviser, transfer agent or their affiliates pay us and our affiliates. This revenue includes, but is not limited to compensation for administrative services provided with respect to the fund and support of marketing and distribution expenses incurred with respect to the fund.
•	Money Market fund yield: In low interest rate environments, money market fund yields may decrease to a level where the deduction of fees and charges associated with your contract could result in negative net performance, resulting in a corresponding decrease in your contract value.
•	Risks and Conflicts of Interest with Certain Funds Advised by Columbia Management. We are an affiliate of Ameriprise Financial, Inc., which is the parent company of Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC (Columbia Management). Columbia Management acts as investment adviser to several funds of funds, including Portfolio Navigator and Portfolio Stabilizer funds. As such, it retains full discretion over the investment activities and investment decisions of the funds. These funds invest in other registered mutual funds. In providing investment advisory services for the funds and the underlying funds in which those funds respectively invest, Columbia Management is, together with its affiliates, including us, subject to competing interests that may influence its decisions. These competing interests typically arise because Columbia Management or one of its affiliates serves as the investment adviser to the underlying funds and may provide other services in connection with such underlying funds, and because the compensation we and our affiliates receive for providing these investment advisory and other services varies depending on the underlying fund.
•	Volatility and Volatility Management Risk with the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. Portfolio Stabilizer funds are managed volatility funds that employ a strategy designed to reduce overall volatility and downside risk. These types of funds are available under the contracts and one or more of these funds may be offered in other variable annuity and variable life insurance products offered by us. These funds may also be used in conjunction with guaranteed living benefit riders we offer with various annuity contracts.
	Conflicts may arise because the manner in which these funds and their strategies are executed by Columbia Management are expected to benefit us by reducing our financial risk and expense in offering guaranteed living benefit riders. Managed volatility funds employ a strategy to reduce overall volatility and downside risk. A successful strategy may result in smaller losses to your contract value when markets are declining and market volatility is high. In turn, a successful strategy may also result in less gain in your contract value during rising markets with higher volatility when compared to funds not employing a managed volatility strategy. Accordingly, although an investment in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds may mitigate declines in your contract value due to declining equity markets, the Funds’ investment strategies may also curb or decrease your contract value during periods of positive performance by the equity markets. There is no guarantee any of the funds’ strategies will be successful. When offered with a guaranteed living benefit, managed volatility funds may decrease the number and amount of any periodic benefit base increase opportunities. Costs associated with running a managed volatility strategy may also adversely impact the performance of managed volatility funds.
	While Columbia Management is the investment adviser to the Portfolio Navigator and Portfolio Stabilizer funds, it provides no investment advice to you as to whether an allocation to the funds is appropriate for you. You must decide whether an investment in these funds is right for you. Additional information on the funds, including risks and conflicts of interest, is included in their respective prospectuses. Columbia Management advised fund of funds and managed volatility funds and their investment objectives are listed in the table below.
•	Revenue we receive from the funds and potential conflicts of interest:

Expenses We May Incur on Behalf of the Funds

When a subaccount invests in a fund, the fund holds a single account in the name of the variable account. As such, the variable account is actually the shareholder of the fund. We, through our variable account, aggregate the transactions of numerous contract owners and submit net purchase and redemption requests to the funds on a daily basis. In addition, we track individual contract owner transactions and provide confirmations, periodic statements, and other required mailings. These costs would normally be borne by the fund, but we incur them instead.

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    15

Besides incurring these administrative expenses on behalf of the funds, we also incur distributions expenses in selling our contracts. By extension, the distribution expenses we incur benefit the funds we make available due to contract owner elections to allocate purchase payments to the funds through the subaccounts. In addition, the funds generally incur lower distribution expenses when offered through our variable account in contrast to being sold on a retail basis.

A complete list of why we may receive this revenue, as well as sources of revenue, is described in detail below.

Payments the Funds May Make to Us

We or our affiliates may receive from each of the funds, or their affiliates, compensation including but not limited to expense payments. These payments are designed in part to compensate us for the expenses we may incur on behalf of the funds. In addition to these payments, the funds may compensate us for wholesaling activities or to participate in educational or marketing seminars sponsored by the funds.

We or our affiliates may receive revenue derived from the 12b-1 fees charged by the funds. These fees are deducted from the assets of the funds. This revenue and the amount by which it can vary may create conflicts of interest. The amount, type, and manner in which the revenue from these sources is computed vary by fund.

Conflicts of Interest These Payments May Create

When we determined the charges to impose under the contracts, we took into account anticipated payments from the funds. If we had not taken into account these anticipated payments, the charges under the contract would have been higher. Additionally, the amount of payment we receive from a fund or its affiliate may create an incentive for us to include that fund as an investment option and may influence our decision regarding which funds to include in the variable account as subaccount options for contract owners. Funds that offer lower payments or no payments may also have corresponding expense structures that are lower, resulting in decreased overall fees and expenses to shareholders.

We offer funds managed by our affiliates Columbia Management and Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLC (Columbia Wanger). We have additional financial incentive to offer our affiliated funds because additional assets held by them generally results in added revenue to us and our parent company, Ameriprise Financial, Inc. Additionally, employees of Ameriprise Financial, Inc. and its affiliates, including our employees, may be separately incented to include the affiliated funds in the products, as employee compensation and business unit operating goals at all levels are tied to the success of the company. Currently, revenue received from our affiliated funds comprises the greatest amount and percentage of revenue we derive from payments made by the funds.

The Amount of Payments We Receive from the Funds

We or our affiliates receive revenue which ranges up to 0.65% of the average daily net assets invested in the funds through this and other contracts we and our affiliates issue.

Why revenues are paid to us: In accordance with applicable laws, regulations and the terms of the agreements under which such revenue is paid, we or our affiliates may receive revenue, including, but not limited to expense payments and non-cash compensation, for various purposes:

• Compensating, training and educating investment professionals who sell the contracts.

• Granting access to our employees whose job it is to promote sales of the contracts by authorized selling firms and their investment professionals, and granting access to investment professionals of our affiliated selling firms.

• Activities or services we or our affiliates provide that assist in the promotion and distribution of the contracts including promoting the funds available under the contracts to contract owners, authorized selling firms and investment professionals.

• Providing sub-transfer agency and shareholder servicing to contract owners.

• Promoting, including and/or retaining the fund’s investment portfolios as underlying investment options in the contracts.

• Advertising, printing and mailing sales literature, and printing and distributing prospectuses and reports.

• Furnishing personal services to contract owners, including education of contract owners regarding the funds, answering routine inquiries regarding a fund, maintaining accounts or providing such other services eligible for service fees as defined under the rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA).

• Subaccounting services, transaction processing, recordkeeping and administration.

• Sources of revenue received from affiliated funds: The affiliated funds are managed by Columbia Management or Columbia Wanger. The sources of revenue we receive from these affiliated funds, or from the funds’ affiliates, may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Assets of the fund’s adviser, sub-adviser, transfer agent, distributor or an affiliate of these. The revenue resulting from these sources may be based either on a percentage of average daily net assets of the fund or on the actual cost of certain services we provide with respect to the fund. We may receive this revenue either in the form of a cash payment or it may be allocated to us.

• Compensation paid out of 12b-1 fees that are deducted from fund assets.

16    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• Sources of revenue received from unaffiliated funds: The unaffiliated funds are not managed by an affiliate of ours. The sources of revenue we receive from these unaffiliated funds, or the funds’ affiliates, may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Assets of the fund’s adviser, sub-adviser, transfer agent, distributor or an affiliate of these. The revenue resulting from these sources may be based on a percentage of average daily net assets of the fund or on the actual cost of certain services we provide with respect to the fund. We receive this revenue in the form of a cash payment.

• Compensation paid out of 12b-1 fees that are deducted from fund assets.

Unless the PN program is in effect or you have selected one of the optional living benefit riders, you may allocate purchase payments and transfers to any or all of the subaccounts of the variable account that invest in shares of the funds listed in the table below. From time to time, certain fund names are changed. When we are notified of a name change, we will make changes so that the new name is properly shown. However, changes may take some period of time to complete. As a result it is possible you may receive various forms, reports and confirmations that reflect a fund’s prior name.

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
AB VPS Balanced Wealth Strategy Portfolio (Class B)	Seeks to maximize total return consistent with AllianceBernstein's determination of reasonable risk.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
AB VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio (Class B)	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
AB VPS Growth and Income Portfolio (Class B)	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
AB VPS International Value Portfolio (Class B)	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
American Century VP Inflation Protection, Class II	Seeks long-term total return using a strategy that seeks to protect against U.S. inflation.	American Century Investment Management, Inc.
American Century VP International, Class II	Seeks capital growth.	American Century Investment Management, Inc.
American Century VP Mid Cap Value, Class II	Seeks long-term capital growth. Income is a secondary objective.	American Century Investment Management, Inc.
American Century VP Ultra®, Class II	Seeks capital growth.	American Century Investment Management, Inc.
American Century VP Value, Class II	Seeks long-term capital growth. Income is a secondary objective.	American Century Investment Management, Inc.
BNY Mellon Investment Portfolios, MidCap Stock Portfolio - Service Shares	Seeks investment results that are greater than the total return performance of publicly traded common stocks of medium-size domestic companies in the aggregate, as represented by the Standard & Poor's MidCap 400® Index.	BNY Mellon Investment Adviser, Inc.
BNY Mellon Investment Portfolios, Technology Growth Portfolio - Service Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	BNY Mellon Investment Adviser, Inc.
BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, Appreciation Portfolio - Service Shares	Seeks long-term capital growth consistent with the preservation of capital. Its secondary goal is current income.	BNY Mellon Investment Adviser, Inc., adviser; Fayez Sarofim & Co., sub-investment adviser.
ClearBridge Variable Small Cap Growth Portfolio - Class I	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC, investment manager; ClearBridge Investments, LLC, sub-adviser. (Western Asset Management Company manages the portion of cash and short-term investments allocated to it)

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    17

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high level of current income and, as a secondary objective, steady growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Emerging Markets Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Government Money Market Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with maximum current income consistent with liquidity and stability of principal.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - High Yield Bond Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with high current income as its primary objective and, as its secondary objective, capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Income Opportunities Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high total return through current income and capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high level of current income while attempting to conserve the value of the investment for the longest period of time.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Large Cap Growth Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Large Cap Index Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Mid Cap Growth Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Overseas Core Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Select Large Cap Value Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Select Mid Cap Value Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Small Cap Value Fund (Class 2)	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with current income as its primary objective and, as its secondary objective, preservation of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Credit Suisse Trust - Commodity Return Strategy Portfolio	The portfolio is designed to achieve positive total return relative to the performance of the Bloomberg Commodity Index Total Return ("BCOM Index").	Credit Suisse Asset Management, LLC

18    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
CTIVP® - BlackRock Global Inflation-Protected Securities Fund (Class 3)	Non-diversified fund that seeks to provide shareholders with total return that exceeds the rate of inflation over the long term.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., subadviser; BlackRock International Limited, sub-subadviser.
CTIVP® - Loomis Sayles Growth Fund (Class 1)	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P., subadviser.
CTIVP® - Victory Sycamore Established Value Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; Victory Capital Management Inc., subadviser.
Eaton Vance VT Floating-Rate Income Fund - Initial Class	Seeks high level of current income.	Eaton Vance Management
Fidelity® VIP Contrafund® Portfolio Service Class 2	Seeks long-term capital appreciation. Normally invests primarily in common stocks. Invests in securities of companies whose value FMR believes is not fully recognized by the public. Invests in either "growth" stocks or "value" stocks or both. The fund invests in domestic and foreign issuers.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Growth Portfolio Service Class 2	Seeks to achieve capital appreciation. Normally invests primarily in common stocks. Invests in companies that FMR believes have above-average growth potential (stocks of these companies are often called "growth" stocks). The Fund invests in domestic and foreign issuers.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Service Class 2	Seeks as high level of current income as is consistent with the preservation of capital. Normally invests at least 80% of assets in investment-grade debt securities (those of medium and high quality) of all types and repurchase agreements for those securities. The Fund invests in fomestic and foreign issuers.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. Fidelity Investments Money Management, Inc. (FIMM) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2	Seeks long-term growth of capital. Normally invests primarily in common stocks. Normally invests at least 80% of assets in securities of companies with medium market capitalizations. May invest in companies with smaller or larger market capitalizations. Invests in domestic and foreign issuers. The Fund invests in either "growth" or "value" common stocks or both.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Overseas Portfolio Service Class 2	Seeks long-term growth of capital. Normally invests primarily in common stocks allocating investments across different countries and regions. Normally invests at least 80% of assets in non-U.S. securities.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Franklin Income VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks to maximize income while maintaining prospects for capital appreciation. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests in both equity and debt securities.	Franklin Advisers, Inc.

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    19

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks capital appreciation, with income as a secondary goal. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests primarily in U.S. and foreign equity securities that the investment manager believes are undervalued.	Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC
Franklin Rising Dividends VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital appreciation, with preservation of capital as an important consideration. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities of financially sound companies that have paid consistently rising dividends.	Franklin Advisers, Inc.
Franklin Small-Mid Cap Growth VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital growth. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in investments of small-capitalization and mid-capitalization companies.	Franklin Advisers, Inc.
Goldman Sachs VIT Mid Cap Value Fund - Institutional Shares	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P.
Goldman Sachs VIT U.S. Equity Insights Fund - Institutional Shares	Seeks long-term growth of capital and dividend income.	Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Strategic Income Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks total return	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks capital growth.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. Comstock Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks capital growth and income through investments in equity securities, including common stocks, preferred stocks and securities convertible into common and preferred stocks.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. Health Care Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. International Growth Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Core Equity Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.

20    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Invesco V.I. Value Opportunities Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Janus Henderson Research Portfolio: Service Shares	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Janus Capital Management LLC
MFS® Massachusetts Investors Growth Stock Portfolio - Service Class	Seeks capital appreciation.	MFS® Investment Management
MFS® New Discovery Series - Service Class	Seeks capital appreciation.	MFS® Investment Management
MFS® Total Return Series - Service Class	Seeks total return.	MFS® Investment Management
MFS® Utilities Series - Service Class	Seeks total return.	MFS® Investment Management
Morgan Stanley VIF Discovery Portfolio, Class II Shares	Seeks long-term capital growth by investing primarily in common stocks and other equity securities.	Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc.
Morgan Stanley VIF Global Real Estate Portfolio, Class II Shares	Seeks to provide current income and capital appreciation.	Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc., adviser; Morgan Stanley Investment Management Limited and Morgan Stanley Investment Management Company, subadvisers.
Morgan Stanley VIF U.S. Real Estate Portfolio, Class II Shares	Seeks to provide above average current income and long-term capital appreciation by investing primarily in equity securities of companies in the U.S. real estate industry, including real estate investment trusts.	Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc.
PIMCO VIT All Asset Portfolio, Advisor Class	Seeks maximum real return, consistent with preservation of real capital and prudent investment management.	Pacific Investment Management Company LLC (PIMCO)
Putnam VT Global Health Care Fund - Class IB Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of both Putnam Investments Limited (PIL) and The Putnam Advisory Company, LLC (PAC), PIL and PAC do not currently manage any asses of the fund.
Putnam VT International Equity Fund - Class IB Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor; Putnam Investments Limited, sub-adviser. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of The Putnam Advisory Company, LLC (PAC), PAC does not currently manage any assets of the fund.
Putnam VT Small Cap Value Fund - Class IB Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of Putnam Investments Limited (PIL), PIL does not currently manage any assets.
Putnam VT Sustainable Leaders Fund - Class IB Shares	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of Putnam Investments Limited (PIL), PIL does not currently manage any assets.

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    21

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks high current income, consistent with preservation of capital, with capital appreciation as a secondary consideration. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in debt securities of any maturity.	Franklin Advisers, Inc.
Templeton Growth VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital growth. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests predominantly in equity securities of companies located anywhere in the world, including developing markets.	Templeton Global Advisors Limited
Variable Portfolio - Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2)	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with an aggressive level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4)	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with an aggressive level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Conservative Portfolio (Class 2)	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a conservative level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Conservative Portfolio (Class 4)	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a conservative level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Managed Volatility Conservative Fund (Class 2)	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund's exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Managed Volatility Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2)	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund's exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Managed Volatility Growth Fund (Class 2)	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund's exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Managed Volatility Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2)	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund’s exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderate Portfolio (Class 2)	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderate level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderate Portfolio (Class 4)	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderate level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2)	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderately aggressive level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4)	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderately aggressive level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2)	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderately conservative level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 4)	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderately conservative level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC

22    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Variable Portfolio - Partners Core Equity Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; Jacobs Levy Equity Management, Inc. and T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc., subadvisers.
Variable Portfolio - Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; Jacobs Levy Equity Management, Inc., Nuveen Asset Management, LLC and Segall Bryant & Hamill, LLC, subadvisers.
Wanger International	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLC
Wanger USA	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLC

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    23

The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)

The GPAs may not be available in some states.

Currently, unless you have elected one of the optional living benefit riders, you may allocate purchase payments and purchase payment credits to one or more of the GPAs with guarantee periods declared by us. These periods of time may vary by state. The required minimum investment in each GPA is $1,000.

These accounts are not offered after annuity payouts begin.

Each GPA pays an interest rate that is declared when you make an allocation to that account. Interest is credited daily. That interest rate is then fixed for the guarantee period that you chose. We will periodically change the declared interest rate for any future allocations to these accounts, but we will not change the rate paid on money currently in a GPA. The GPA interests under the contracts are registered with the SEC (File No.333-230959). The SEC staff reviews the disclosures in this prospectus on the GPA interests.

The interest rates that we will declare as guaranteed rates in the future are determined by us at our discretion (future rates). These rates generally will be based on various factors related to future investment earnings.We cannot predict nor can we guarantee what future rates will be.

We hold amounts you allocate to the GPAs in a “nonunitized” separate account. This separate account provides an additional measure of assurance that we will make full payment of amounts due under the GPAs. We own the assets of this separate account as well as any favorable investment performance of those assets. You do not participate in the performance of the assets held in this separate account. We guarantee all benefits relating to your value in the GPAs. This guarantee is based on the continued claims-paying ability of the company’s general account. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of insurance and financial products as well, and we also pay our obligations under these products from assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account.

We intend to construct and manage the investment portfolio relating to the separate account in such a way as to minimize the impact of fluctuations by interest rates. We seek to achieve this by constructing a portfolio of assets with a price sensitivity to interest rate changes (i.e., price duration) that is similar to the price duration of the corresponding portfolio of liabilities.

We must invest this portfolio of assets in accordance with requirements established by applicable state laws regarding the nature and quality of investments that life insurance companies may make and the percentage of their assets that they may commit to any particular type of investment. Our investment strategy will incorporate the use of a variety of debt instruments having price durations tending to match the applicable guarantee periods. These instruments include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities, which issues may or may not be guaranteed by the U.S. government;

• Debt securities that have an investment grade, at the time of purchase, within the four highest grades assigned by any of three nationally recognized rating agencies — Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s Investors Service or Fitch — or are rated in the two highest grades by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners;

• Other debt instruments which are unrated or rated below investment grade, limited to 10% of assets at the time of purchase; and

• Real estate mortgages, limited to 45% of portfolio assets at the time of acquisition.

In addition, options and futures contracts on fixed income securities will be used from time to time to achieve and maintain appropriate investment and liquidity characteristics on the overall asset portfolio.

While this information generally describes our investment strategy, we are not obligated to follow any particular strategy except as may be required by federal law and Indiana and other state insurance laws.

Market Value Adjustment (MVA)

We will not apply an MVA to contract value you transfer or withdraw out of the GPAs within 30 days before the end of the guarantee period. During this 30 day window you may choose to start a new guarantee period of the same length, transfer the contract value to a GPA of another length, transfer the contract value to any of the subaccountsor the one-year fixed account, if available
or withdraw the contract value (subject to applicable withdrawal provisions). If we do not receive any instructions at the end of your guarantee period, our current practice is to automatically transfer the contract value into the shortest GPA term offered in your state.

24    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

We guarantee the contract value allocated to the GPAs, including interest credited, if you do not make any transfers or withdrawals from the GPAs prior to 30 days before the end of the guarantee period (30 day rule). At all other times, and unless one of the exceptions to the 30 day rule described below applies, we will apply an MVA if you withdraw or transfer contract value from a GPA including withdrawals under the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, or you elect an annuity payout plan while you have contract value invested in a GPA. We will refer to these transactions as “early withdrawals.” The application of an MVA may result in either a gain or loss of principal.

The 30-day rule does not apply and no MVA will apply to:

• transfers from a one-year GPA occurring under an automated dollar-cost averaging program or interest sweep strategy;

• automatic rebalancing under any PN program model portfolio we offer which contains one or more GPAs. However, an MVA will apply if you transfer to a new PN program investment option;

• amounts applied to an annuity payout plan while a PN program model portfolio containing one or more GPAs is in effect;

• amounts withdrawn for fees and charges; and

• amounts we pay as death claims.

When you request an early withdrawal, we adjust the early withdrawal amount by an MVA formula. The early withdrawal amount reflects the relationship between the guaranteed interest rate you are earning in your current GPA and the interest rate we are crediting on new GPAs that end at the same time as your current GPA.

The MVA is sensitive to changes in current interest rates. The magnitude of any applicable MVA will depend on our current schedule of guaranteed interest rates at the time of the withdrawal, the time remaining in your guarantee period and your guaranteed interest rate. The MVA is negative, zero or positive depending on how the guaranteed interest rate on your GPA compares to the interest rate of a new GPA for the same number of years as the guarantee period remaining on your GPA. This is summarized in the following table:

If your GPA rate is:	The MVA is:
Less than the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Negative
Equal to the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Zero
Greater than the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Positive

For examples, see Appendix A.

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    25

The General Account

The general account includes all assets owned by RiverSource Life, other than those in the variable account and our other separate accounts. Subject to applicable state law, we have sole discretion to decide how assets of the general account will be invested. The assets held in our general account support the guarantees under your contract including any optional benefits offered under the contract. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to many of the same risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of annuities and financial instruments and products as well, and these obligations are satisfied from the assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account. The fixed account is supported by our general account that we make available under the contract.

The Fixed Account

Amounts allocated to the fixed account are part of our general account. The fixed account includes the one-year fixed account and the DCA fixed account. We credit interest on amounts you allocate to the fixed account at rates we determine from time to time at our discretion. Interest rates credited in excess of the guaranteed rate generally will be based on various factors related to future investment earnings. The guaranteed minimum interest rate on amounts invested in the fixed account may vary by state but will not be lower than state law allows. We back the principal and interest guarantees relating to the fixed account. These guarantees are subject to the creditworthiness and continued claims-paying ability of RiverSource Life

Because of exemptive and exclusionary provisions, we have not registered interests in the fixed account as securities under the Securities Act of 1933 nor have any of these accounts been registered as investment companies under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Accordingly, neither the fixed account nor any interests in the fixed account are subject to the provisions of these Acts.

The fixed account has not been registered with the SEC. Disclosures regarding the fixed account, however, are subject to certain generally applicable provisions of the federal securities laws relating to the accuracy and completeness of statements made in a prospectus. 

The One-Year Fixed Account

Unless the PN program we offer is in effect, you may allocate purchase payments or transfer contract value to the one-year fixed account. The value of the one-year fixed account increases as we credit interest to the one-year fixed account. We credit and compound interest daily based on a 365-day year (366 in a leap year) so as to produce the annual effective rate which we declare. We credit the one-year fixed account with the current guaranteed annual rate that is in effect on the date we receive your purchase payment or you transfer contract value to the one-year fixed account. The interest rate we apply to each purchase payment or transfer to the one-year fixed account is guaranteed for one year. There are restrictions on the amount you can allocate to the one-year fixed account as well as on transfers from this account (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transfer policies”).

DCA Fixed Account

(Applies to contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2006 and if available in your state)

You may allocate purchase payments to the DCA fixed account. You may not transfer contract value to the DCA fixed account.

You may allocate your entire purchase payment to the DCA fixed account for a term of six or twelve months. We reserve the right to offer shorter or longer terms for the DCA fixed account.

In accordance with your investment instructions, we transfer a pro rata amount from the DCA fixed account to your investment allocations monthly so that, at the end of the DCA fixed account term, the balance of the DCA fixed account is zero. The first DCA monthly transfer occurs one day after we receive your payment.

The value of the DCA fixed account increases when we credit interest to the DCA fixed account, and decreases when we make monthly transfers from the DCA fixed account. When you allocate a purchase payment to the DCA fixed account, the interest rates applicable to that purchase payment will be the rates in effect for the DCA fixed account term you choose on the date we receive your purchase payment. The applicable interest rate is guaranteed for the length of the term for the DCA fixed account term you choose. We credit and compound interest daily based on a 365-day year (366 in a leap year) so as to produce the annual effective rate which we declare. We credit interest only on the declining balance of the DCA fixed account; we do not credit interest on amounts that have been transferred from the DCA fixed account. As a result, the net effective interest rates we credit will be less than the declared annual effective rates. Generally, we will credit the DCA fixed account with interest at the same annual effective rate we apply to the one-year

26    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

fixed account on the date we receive your purchase payment, regardless of the length of the term you select. From time to time, we may credit interest to the DCA fixed account at promotional rates that are higher than those we credit to the one-year fixed account. We reserve the right to declare different annual effective rates:

• for the DCA fixed account and the one-year fixed account;

• for the DCA fixed accounts with terms of differing length;

• for amounts in the DCA fixed account that are transferred to the one-year fixed account;

• for amounts in the DCA fixed account that are transferred to the GPAs;

• for amounts in the DCA fixed account that are transferred to the subaccounts.

Alternatively, you may allocate your purchase payment to any combination of the following which equals one hundred percent of the amount you invest:

• the DCA fixed account for a six month term;

• the DCA fixed account for a twelve month term;

• the Portfolio Stabilizer or Portfolio Navigator fund, if you have one of the optional living benefit riders;

• unless you have elected one of the optional living benefit riders, to the one-year fixed account, the GPAs and/or the subaccounts, subject to investment minimums and other restrictions we may impose on investments in the one-year fixed account and the GPAs.

If you make a purchase payment while a DCA fixed account term is in progress, you may allocate your purchase payment among the following:

• to the DCA fixed account term(s) then in effect. Amounts you allocate to an existing DCA fixed account term will be transferred out of the DCA fixed account over the remainder of the term. For example, if you allocate a new purchase payment to an existing DCA fixed account term of six months when only two months remains in the six month term, the amount you allocate will be transferred out of the DCA fixed account over the remaining two months of the term;

• to the Portfolio Stabilizer or Portfolio Navigator fund, if you have one of the optional living benefit riders;

• unless you have elected one of the optional living benefit riders, then to the one-year fixed account, the GPAs and/or the subaccounts, subject to investment minimums and other restrictions we may impose on investments in the one-year fixed account and the GPAs.

If no DCA fixed account term is in progress when you make an additional purchase payment, you may allocate it according to the rules above for the allocation of your initial purchase payment.

If you participate in a PN program, and you change to a different PN program investment option while a DCA fixed account term is in progress, we will allocate transfers from the DCA fixed account to your newly-elected PN program investment option.

If your contract permits, and you discontinue your participation in a PN program investment option while a DCA fixed account term is in progress, we will allocate transfers from the DCA fixed account for the remainder of the term in accordance with your investment instructions to us to the one-year fixed account, the GPAs and the subaccounts, subject to investment minimums and other restrictions we may impose on investments in the one-year fixed account and the GPAs, including but not limited to, any limitations described in this prospectus on transfers (see “Transfer policies”).

You may discontinue any DCA fixed account before the end of its term by giving us notice. If you do so, we will transfer the remaining balance of the DCA fixed account whose term you are ending to the PN program investment option in effect, or if no PN program investment option is in effect, in accordance with your investment instructions to us to the one-year fixed account, the GPAs and/or the subaccounts, subject to investment minimums and other restrictions we may impose on investments in the one-year fixed account and the GPAs, including but not limited to, any limitations described in this prospectus on transfers (see “Transfer policies”).

Dollar-cost averaging from the DCA fixed account does not guarantee that any subaccount will gain in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. For a discussion of how dollar-cost averaging works, see “Making the Most of your Contract — Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging.”

Buying Your Contract

New contracts are not currently being offered.

We are required by law to obtain personal information from you which we used to verify your identity. If you do not provide this information, we reserve the right to refuse issue of your contract or take other steps we deem reasonable. As the owner, you have all rights and may receive all benefits under the contract. You can own a qualified or nonqualified

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    27

annuity. Generally, you can own a nonqualified annuity in joint tenancy with rights of survivorship only in spousal situations. You cannot own a qualified annuity in joint tenancy. You can become an owner if you are 85 or younger. (The age limit may be younger for qualified annuities in some states.)

When you applied, you could have selected (if available in your state):

• GPAs, the one-year fixed account, the DCA fixed account (if part of your contract) and/or subaccounts in which you want to invest;

• how you want to make purchase payments;

• the length of the withdrawal charge schedule (5 or 7 years from our receipt of each purchase payment);

• a beneficiary;

• the optional PN program⁽¹⁾; and

• one of the following Death Benefits:

– ROP Death Benefit;

– MAV Death Benefit;

– 5% Accumulation Death Benefit⁽²⁾; or

– Enhanced Death Benefit⁽²⁾.

In addition, you could have also selected (if available in your state):

Any one of the following Optional Living Benefits:

• Accumulation Protector Benefit rider

• Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider

• Income Assurer Benefit – MAV rider

• Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base rider

• Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base rider

Either of the following Optional Death Benefits:

•	Benefit Protector Death Benefit rider(3)
•	Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit rider(3)
(1)	There is no additional charge for this feature.
(2)	The 5% Accumulation Death Benefit and Enhanced Death Benefit are not available with Benefit Protector and Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit riders.
(3)	Not available with the 5% Accumulation Death Benefit or Enhanced Death Benefit.

The contract provides for allocation of purchase payments to the GPAs, the one-year fixed account, the DCA fixed account (if part of your contract) and/or the subaccounts of the variable account in even 1% increments subject to the $1,000 required minimum investment for the GPAs. The amount of any purchase payment allocated to the one-year fixed account in total cannot exceed 30% of the purchase payment. More than 30% of a purchase payment may be so allocated if you establish an automated dollar-cost averaging arrangement with respect to the purchase payment according to procedures currently in effect. We reserve the right to further limit purchase payment allocations to the one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then crediting on new purchase payments allocated to the one-year fixed account is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract.

We will credit additional eligible purchase payments you make to your accounts on the valuation date we receive them. If we receive an additional purchase payment at our Service Center before the close of business, we will credit any portion of that payment allocated to the subaccounts using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received the payment. If we receive an additional purchase payment at our Service Center at or after the close of business, we will credit any portion of that payment allocated to the subaccounts using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received the payment.

You may make monthly payments to your contract under a Systematic Investment Plan (SIP). You must make an initial purchase payment of $10,000. Then, to begin the SIP, you will complete and send a form and your first SIP payment along with your application. There is no charge for SIP. You can stop your SIP payments at any time.

In most states, you may make additional purchase payments to nonqualified and qualified annuities until the retirement date.

Householding and delivery of certain documents

With your prior consent, RiverSource Life and its affiliates may use and combine information concerning accounts owned by members of the same household and provide a single paper copy of certain documents to that household. This householding of documents may include prospectuses, supplements, annual reports, semiannual reports and

28    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

proxies. Your authorization remains in effect unless we are notified otherwise. If you wish to continue receiving multiple copies of these documents, you can opt out of householding by calling us at 1.866.273.7429. Multiple mailings will resume within 30 days after we receive your opt out request.

The Retirement Date

Annuity payouts begin on the retirement date. This means that the contract will be annuitized or converted to a stream of monthly payments. If your contract is annuitized, the contract goes into payout and only the annuity payout provisions continue. You will no longer have access to your contract value. This means that the death benefit and any optional benefits you have elected will end. When we processed your application, we established the retirement date to be the maximum age then in effect (or contract anniversary if applicable). Unless otherwise elected by you, all retirement dates are now automatically set to the maximum age of 95 now in effect. You also can change the retirement date, provided you send us written instructions at least 30 days before annuity payouts begin.

The retirement date must be:

• no earlier than the 30th day after the contract’s effective date; and no later than

• the annuitant’s 95th birthday or the tenth contract anniversary, if later,

• or such other date as agreed upon by us.

Six months prior to your retirement start date, we will contact you with your options including the option to postpone your retirement start date to a future date. You can choose to delay the retirement start date of your contract to a date beyond age 95, to the extent allowed by applicable state law and tax laws.

If you do not make an election, annuity payouts using the contract’s default option of annuity payout Plan B – Life with 10 years certain will begin on the retirement start date and your monthly annuity payments will continue for as long as the annuitant lives. If the annuitant does not survive 10 years, we will continue to make payments until 10 years of payments have been made.

Generally, if you own a qualified annuity (for example, an IRA) and tax laws require that you take distributions from your annuity prior to your retirement start date, your contract will not be automatically annuitized (subject to state requirements). However, if you choose, you can elect to request annuitization or take surrenders to meet your required minimum distributions.

Beneficiary

We will pay to your named beneficiary the death benefit if it becomes payable while the contract is in force and before annuity payouts begin. If there is more than one beneficiary, we will pay each beneficiary’s designated share when we receive their completed claim. A beneficiary will bear the investment risk of the variable account until we receive the beneficiary’s completed claim. If there is no named beneficiary, the default provisions of your contract will apply. (See “Benefits in Case of Death” for more about beneficiaries.)

Purchase Payments

Purchase payment amounts and purchase payment timing may vary by state and be limited under the terms of your contract.

Minimum additional purchase payments

$50 for SIPs

$100 for all other payment types

Maximum total purchase payments*

$1,000,000

* This limit applies in total to all RiverSource Life annuities you own. We reserve the right to waive or increase the maximum limit. For qualified annuities, the Code’s limits on annual contributions also apply. Additional purchase payments are restricted during the waiting period after the first 180 days immediately following the effective date of the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider.

Effective Jan. 26, 2009, no additional purchase payments are allowed for contracts with the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, Enhanced Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, or Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, subject to state restrictions.

For contracts issued in all states except those listed below certain exceptions apply and the following additional purchase payments will be allowed on/after Jan. 26, 2009:

a.	Tax Free Exchanges, rollovers, and transfers listed on the annuity application and received within 180 days from the contract issue date.
b.	Prior and current tax year contributions up to the annual limit set up by the IRS for any Qualified Accounts except TSAs and 401(a)s. This annual limit applies to IRAs, Roth IRAs, and SEP plans.

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    29

For contracts issued in Florida, New Jersey, and Oregon, additional purchase payments to your variable annuity contract will be limited to $100,000 for the life of your contract. The limit does not apply to Tax Free Exchanges, rollovers, and transfers listed on the annuity application and received within 180 days from the contract issue date.

We reserve the right to change these current rules at any time, subject to state restrictions.

How to Make Purchase Payments

11 By letter

Send your check along with your name and contract number to:

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474

22 By SIP

Contact your investment professional to complete the necessary SIP paperwork.

Purchase Payment Credits

Purchase payment credits are not available for:

• contracts with a five-year withdrawal charge schedule.

• contracts with a seven-year withdrawal charge schedule with applications signed on or after May 1, 2006, in most states. Ask your investment professional whether purchase payment credits are available under your contract.

All other contracts will receive a purchase payment credit on any purchase payment made to the contract. We apply a credit to your contract of 1% of your current purchase payment. We apply this credit immediately. We allocate the credit to the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportions as your purchase payment.

We will reverse credits from the contract value for any purchase payment that is not honored (if, for example, your purchase payment check is returned for insufficient funds).

To the extent a death benefit or withdrawal payment includes purchase payment credits applied within twelve months preceding: (1) the date of death that results in a lump sum death benefit payment under this contract; or (2) a request for withdrawal charge waiver due to “Contingent events” (see “Charges — Contingent events”), we will assess a charge, similar to a withdrawal charge, equal to the amount of the purchase payment credits. The amount we pay to you under these circumstances will always equal or exceed your withdrawal value. The amount returned to you under the free look provision also will not include any credits applied to your contract.

Because of higher charges, there may be circumstances where you may be worse off for having received the credit than in other contracts. All things being equal (such as guarantee availability or fund performance and availability), this may occur if you hold your contract for 15 years or more. This also may occur if you make a full withdrawal in the first seven years. You should consider these higher charges and other relevant factors before you buy this contract or before you exchange a contract you currently own for this contract.

This credit is made available through revenue from higher withdrawal charges and contract administrative charges than would otherwise be charged. In general, we do not profit from the higher charges assessed to cover the cost of the purchase payment credit. We use all the revenue from these higher charges to pay for the cost of the credits. However, we could profit from the higher charges if market appreciation is higher than expected or if contract owners hold their contracts for longer than expected.

Limitations on Use of Contract

If mandated by applicable law, including, but not limited to, federal anti-money laundering laws, we may be required to reject a purchase payment. We may also be required to block an owner’s access to contract values or to satisfy other statutory obligations. Under these circumstances, we may refuse to implement requests for transfers, withdrawals or death benefits until instructions are received from the appropriate governmental authority or a court of competent jurisdiction.

30    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Charges

Contract Administrative Charge

We charge this fee for establishing and maintaining your records. We deduct $40 from the contract value on your contract anniversary or, if earlier, when the contract is fully withdrawn. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. Some states also limit any contract charge allocated to the fixed account.

We will waive this charge when your contract value is $50,000 or more on the current contract anniversary.

If you take a full withdrawal from your contract, we will deduct the charge at the time of withdrawal regardless of the contract value. We cannot increase the annual contract administrative charge and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

Variable Account Administrative Charge

We apply this charge daily to the subaccounts. It is reflected in the unit values of your subaccounts and it totals 0.15% of their average daily net assets on an annual basis. It covers certain administrative and operating expenses of the subaccounts such as accounting, legal and data processing fees and expenses involved in the preparation and distribution of reports and prospectuses. We cannot increase the variable account administrative charge.

Mortality and Expense Risk Fee

We charge these fees daily to the subaccounts. The unit values of your subaccounts reflect these fees. These fees cover the mortality and expense risk that we assume. These fees do not apply to the GPAs or the fixed account. We cannot increase these fees.

The mortality and expense risk fee you pay is based on the death benefit guarantee you select, whether the contract is a qualified annuity or a nonqualified annuity and the withdrawal charge schedule that applies to your contract.

Seven-year withdrawal charge schedule for contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2006 and if available in your state	Qualified annuities	Nonqualified annuities
ROP Death Benefit	0.90%	1.05%
MAV Death Benefit	1.10	1.25
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.25	1.40
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.30	1.45
Seven-year withdrawal charge schedule for all other contracts
ROP Death Benefit	1.00%	1.15%
MAV Death Benefit	1.20	1.35
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.35	1.50
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.40	1.55
Five-year withdrawal charge schedule
ROP Death Benefit	1.20%	1.35%
MAV Death Benefit	1.40	1.55
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.55	1.70
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.60	1.75

Mortality risk arises because of our guarantee to pay a death benefit and our guarantee to make annuity payouts according to the terms of the contract, no matter how long a specific owner or annuitant lives and no matter how long our entire group of owners or annuitants live. If, as a group, owners or annuitants outlive the life expectancy we assumed in our actuarial tables, then we must take money from our general assets to meet our obligations. If, as a group, owners or annuitants do not live as long as expected, we could profit from the mortality risk fee. We deduct the mortality risk fee from the subaccounts during the annuity payout period even if the annuity payout plan does not involve a life contingency.

Expense risk arises because we cannot increase the contract administrative charge or the variable account administrative charge and these charges may not cover our expenses. We would have to make up any deficit from our general assets. We could profit from the expense risk fee if future expenses are less than expected.

The subaccounts pay us the mortality and expense risk fee they accrued as follows:

• first, to the extent possible, the subaccounts pay this fee from any dividends distributed from the funds in which they invest;

• then, if necessary, the funds redeem shares to cover any remaining fees payable.

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    31

We may use any profits we realize from the subaccounts’ payment to us of the mortality and expense risk fee for any proper corporate purpose, including, among others, payment of distribution (selling) expenses. We do not expect that the withdrawal charge will cover sales and distribution expenses.

Withdrawal Charge

If you withdraw all or part of your contract value before annuity payouts begin, we may deduct a withdrawal charge. As described below, a withdrawal charge applies to each purchase payment you make. The withdrawal charge lasts for 7 years or 5 years from our receipt of each purchase payment, depending on which withdrawal charge schedule you select when you purchase the contract (see “Expense Summary”).

You may withdraw an amount during any contract year without a withdrawal charge. We call this amount the Total Free Amount (TFA). The TFA varies depending on whether your contract includes the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider:

Contracts without Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider or Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider

The TFA is the greater of:

• 10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary⁽¹⁾; or

• current contract earnings.

Contracts with Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider

The TFA is the greatest of:

• 10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary^(1);

• current contract earnings; or

• the greater of the Remaining Benefit Payment or the Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment.

Contracts with Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider

The TFA is the greatest of:

•	10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary(1);
•	current contract earnings; or
•	the Remaining Benefit Payment.
(1)	We consider your initial purchase payment to be the prior contract anniversary’s contract value during the first contract year.

Amounts withdrawn in excess of the TFA may be subject to a withdrawal charge as described below.

A withdrawal charge will apply if the amount you withdraw includes any of your prior purchase payments that are still within their withdrawal charge schedule. To determine whether your withdrawal includes any of your prior purchase payments that are still within their withdrawal charge schedule, we withdraw amounts from your contract in the following order:

1.

We withdraw the TFA first. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on the TFA.

2.

We withdraw purchase payments not previously withdrawn, in the order you made them: the oldest purchase payment first, the next purchase payment second, etc. until all purchase payments have been withdrawn. By applying this “first-in, first-out” rule, we do not assess a withdrawal charge on purchase payments that we received prior to the number of years stated in the withdrawal charge schedule you select when you purchase the contract. We only assess a withdrawal charge on purchase payments that are still within the withdrawal charge schedule you selected.

Example: Each time you make a purchase payment under the contract, a withdrawal charge schedule attaches to that purchase payment. The withdrawal charge percentage for each purchase payment declines according to the withdrawal charge schedule shown in your contract.(The withdrawal charge percentages for the 5-Year and 7-Year withdrawal charge schedule are shown in a table in the “Expense Summary” above.) For example, if you select the 7-Year withdrawal charge schedule, during the first two years after a purchase payment is made, the withdrawal charge percentage attached to that payment is 8%. The withdrawal charge percentage for that payment during the seventh year after it is made is 3%. At the beginning of the eighth year after that purchase payment is made, and thereafter, there is no longer a withdrawal charge as to that payment.

We determine your withdrawal charge by multiplying each of your payments withdrawn by the applicable withdrawal charge percentage (see “Expense Summary”), and then adding the total withdrawal charges.

For a partial withdrawal that is subject to a withdrawal charge, the amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable withdrawal charge. A partial withdrawal that includes contract value taken from the guarantee period accounts may also be subject to a market value adjustment (see “Guarantee Period Accounts — Market Value Adjustment”). We pay you the amount you request.

32    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The amount of purchase payments withdrawn is calculated using a prorated formula based on the percentage of contract value being withdrawn. As a result, the amount of purchase payments withdrawn may be greater than the amount of contract value withdrawn.

For an example, see Appendix B.

Waiver of withdrawal charges

We do not assess withdrawal charges for:

•	withdrawals of any contract earnings;
•	withdrawals of amounts totaling up to 10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary to the extent it exceeds contract earnings;
•	if you elected the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider,, the greater of your contract’s Remaining Benefit Payment or Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment to the extent it exceeds the greater of contract earnings or 10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary;
•	if you elected the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, your contract’s Remaining Benefit Payment to the extent it exceeds the greater of contract earnings or 10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary;
•	required minimum distributions from a qualified annuity to the extent that they exceed the free amount. The amount on which withdrawal charges are waived can be no greater than the RMD amount calculated under your specific contract currently in force;
•	contracts settled using an annuity payout plan (Exception: As described below, if you select annuity payout Plan E, and choose later to withdraw the value of your remaining annuity payments, we will assess a withdrawal charge. )
•	withdrawals made as a result of one of the “Contingent events”* described below to the extent permitted by state law; and
•	death benefits*.
*	However, we will reverse certain purchase payment credits. (See “Buying Your Contract — Purchase Payment Credits.”)

Contingent events

• Withdrawals you make if you or the annuitant are confined to a hospital or nursing home and have been for the prior 60 days. Your contract will include this provision when you and the annuitant are under age 76 at contract issue. You must provide proof satisfactory to us of the confinement as of the date you request the withdrawal.

• To the extent permitted by state law, withdrawals you make if you or the annuitant are diagnosed in the second or later contract years as disabled with a medical condition that with reasonable medical certainty will result in death within 12 months or less from the date of the licensed physician’s statement. You must provide us with a licensed physician’s statement containing the terminal illness diagnosis and the date the terminal illness was initially diagnosed.

Liquidation charge under Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:If you are receiving variable annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to withdraw those payments. The amount that you can withdraw is the present value of any remaining variable payouts. The discount rate we use in the calculation will be 5.17% if the assumed investment return is 3.5% and 6.67% if the assumed investment return is 5%. The liquidation charge equals the present value of the remaining payouts using the assumed investment return minus the present value of the remaining payouts using the discount rate.

Fixed Payouts: Withdrawal charge for Fixed Annuity Payout Plan E – Payouts for a specified period: If you are receiving annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to take a withdraw and withdrawal charge may apply.

A withdrawal charge will be assessed against the present value of any remaining guaranteed payouts withdrawn. The discount rate we use in determining present values varies based on: (1) the contract value originally applied to the fixed annuitization; (2) the remaining years of guaranteed payouts; (3) the annual effective interest rate and periodic payment amount for new immediate annuities of the same duration as the remaining years of guaranteed payouts; and (4) the interest spread (currently 1.50%). If we do not currently offer immediate annuities, we will use rates and values applicable to new annuitizations to determine the discount rate.

Once the discount rate is applied and we have determined the present value of the remaining guaranteed payouts you withdrawn, the present value determined will be multiplied by the withdrawal charge percentage in the table below and deducted from the present value to determine the net present value you will receive.

Number of Completed Years Since Annuitization	Withdrawal charge percentage
0	Not applicable*
1	5%

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    33

Number of Completed Years Since Annuitization	Withdrawal charge percentage
2	4
3	3
4	2
5	1
6 and thereafter	0

*We do not permit withdrawals in the first year after annuitization.

We will provide a quoted present value (which includes the deduction of any withdrawal charge). You must then formally elect, in a form acceptable to us, to receive this value. The remaining guaranteed payouts following withdraw will be reduced to zero.

Possible group reductions: In some cases we may incur lower sales and administrative expenses due to the size of the group, the average contribution and the use of group enrollment procedures. In such cases, we may be able to reduce or eliminate the contract administrative and withdrawal charges. However, we expect this to occur infrequently.

Fund Fees and Expenses

There are deductions from and expenses paid out of the assets of the funds that are described in the prospectuses for those funds.

Premium Taxes

Certain state and local governments impose premium taxes on us (up to 3.5%). These taxes depend upon your state of residence or the state in which the contract was issued. Currently, we deduct any applicable premium tax when annuity payouts begin, but we reserve the right to deduct this tax at other times such as when you make purchase payments or when you make a full withdrawal from your contract.

Optional Living Benefits Charges

Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider Fee

We deduct an annual charge from your contract value on your contract anniversary for this optional benefit only if you select it. The charge is percentage of the greater of your contract value or the minimum contract accumulation value. See table below for the applicable percentage. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

Once you elect the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, you may not cancel it and the charge will continue to be deducted until the end of the waiting period. If the contract is terminated for any reason or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the charge.

The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider fee will not exceed a maximum of 1.75%.

We may increase the rider fee at our discretion and on a nondiscriminatory basis.

We will not change the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider fee in effect on your contract after the rider effective date unless:

(a)	you choose the annual elective step up or elective spousal continuation step up after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee; or
(b)	you change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee or vary the rider fee.

We exercised our right to increase the rider fee upon elective step up or elective spousal continuation step up and vary the fee depending on whether your contract value is invested in one of the Portfolio Navigator or Portfolio Stabilizer funds at the time of the elective step up or spousal continuation step up. You will pay the fee that is in effect on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up. Currently, we waive our right to increase the fee for investment option changes. There is no assurance that we will not exercise our right in the future.

34    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If you request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up, the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are invested at that time, as shown in the table below.

Accumulation Protector Benefit® rider fee	Maximum annual rider fee	Initial annual rider fee and annual rider fee for elective step-ups before 04/29/2013
	1.75%	0.55%

(Charged annually on the contract anniversary as a percentage of the contract value or the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value, whichever is greater.)

Current annual rider fees for elective step-up (including elective spousal continuation step-up) requests on/after 04/29/2013 are shown in the table below.

Elective step up date:	If invested in Portfolio Navigator fund at the time of step-up:	If invested in Portfolio Stabilizer fund at the time of step-up:
04/29/2013 – 11/17/2013	1.75%	n/a
11/18/2013 – 10/17/2014	1.75%	1.30%
10/18/2014 – 06/30/2016	1.60%	1.00%
07/01/2016 – 10/15/2018	1.75%	1.30%
10/16/2018 – 12/29/2019	1.40%	1.00%
12/30/2019 – 07/20/2020	1.55%	1.15%
07/21/2020 and later	1.75%	1.75%

If your annual rider fee changes during the contract year, on the next contract anniversary we will calculate an average rider fee that reflects the various fees that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

Subject to the terms of your contract, we reserve the right to further increase the rider fees to the maximum limit provided by your rider and to vary the rider fees based on the fund you select.

The automatic step up option available under your rider will not impact your rider fee.

Please see the “Optional Living Benefits — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider” section for a full description and rules applicable to elective and automatic step up options under your rider.

The charge does not apply after annuity payouts begin.

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider Fee

We deduct an annual charge based on the greater of the contract anniversary value or the total Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA) for this optional feature only if you select it. The initial fee is 0.65%. We deduct the charge from your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

Once you elect the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, you may not cancel it and the charge will continue to be deducted until the contract is terminated, the contract value reduces to zero. If the contract is terminated for any reason or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee. If the RBA goes to zero but the contract value has not been depleted, you will continue to be charged.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider charge will not exceed a maximum fee of 1.50%.

We may increase the rider fee at our discretion and on a nondiscriminatory basis.

We will not change the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider fee in effect on your contract after the rider effective date unless:

(a)	you choose the annual elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee; or
(b)	you elect to change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee or vary the rider fee for each PN program investment option.

Effective Dec. 18, 2013, we exercised our right to increase the rider fee and vary the fee depending on the fund to which your contract value is invested. Beginning Dec. 18, 2013, if you:

• request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up, or

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    35

• move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is more aggressive than the Portfolio Navigator fund you are currently allocated to,

the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are currently invested as shown in the table below.

If you move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is less aggressive than the Portfolio Navigator fund you are currently allocated to, your fee will not increase and may decrease according to the table below.

Fund name	Maximum annual rider fee	Current annual rider fee as of 12/18/13
Portfolio Stabilizer funds	1.50%	0.65%
Portfolio Navigator funds:
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.80%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.80%
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.80%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.95%
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	1.10%

On your next contract anniversary, if your contract value is allocated to a fund subject to a fee increase, you will have 30 days following the anniversary to choose from the following:

1.	Remain invested in your current Portfolio Navigator fund and elect to step up (when available) and lock in your contract gains. If you make this decision, your rider fee will increase.
2.	Move to one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. If you do this, your rider fee will not increase, but remember that you will lose your access to invest in the Portfolio Navigator funds.
3.	Do not elect a step up, if eligible. You will not lock in contract gains, but your rider fee will stay the same.

During the 30 days following your contract anniversary, if your contract value is allocated to a fund subject to a fee increase, we will automatically process any available step up and lock in any contract gains, as well as reactivate automatic step ups, when contract value is transferred:

1.	to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund;
2.	to a less aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund that is not subject to a fee increase, if applicable; or
3.	to a more aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund.

The step up and lock in of any contract gains will occur as of the date of the transfer described above.

Rider fees may increase or decrease as you move to various funds. Your fee will increase if you transfer your contract value to a more aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund with a higher fee. If you transfer to a less aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund or transfer to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund, your fee may decrease. Certain rider fees may not change depending on the fund in which your contract value is allocated.

We will notify you in writing about your opportunity to elect to step up (if eligible) and incur the higher rider fee or maintain your guaranteed amount at its current level and keep your rider fee the same. If you are subject to a fee increase, you will receive a letter from us approximately 30 days before your next annuity contract anniversary. This letter will describe the potential opportunity to elect a step up to increase your guaranteed income and how to make the election if eligible. You will have a 30 day period beginning on your next contract anniversary to choose whether to step up and accept the fee increase. The step up and new fee will be effective on the date we receive your request for the step up (Step up date).

For purposes of determining the duration of the “30 day window” following your contract anniversary to elect to step up or to transfer funds to lock in any available contract gains, the following will apply:

1.	the duration of your window is determined on a calendar day basis;
2.	under our current administrative process we will accept your request on the 31st calendar day if we receive it prior to the close of the NYSE; and
3.	if your window ends on a day the NYSE is closed, we must receive your request no later than the close of the NYSE on the preceding Valuation Date.

Each year, we will continue to provide you written notice of your options with respect to elective step ups and the fee increase until you are no longer subject to a fee increase. Once you have taken action that results in a higher fee, you will become eligible for automatic step ups under the rider.

Before you elect a step up resulting in an increased rider fee, you should carefully consider the benefit of the contract value gains you are locking-in and the increased rider fee compared to your other options including whether it is appropriate to consider moving to a fund with a lower corresponding rider fee.

36    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Subject to the terms of your contract, we reserve the right to further increase the rider fee up to the maximum limit provided by your rider. Currently, the rider fee does not vary among the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, but we reserve the right to vary the fees among the Portfolio Stabilizer funds in the future.

If you choose the elective step up, the elective spousal continuation step up, or change your investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee as described above, you will pay the fee that is in effect on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up or change your investment option. On the next contract anniversary, we will calculate an average fee, for the preceding contract year only, that reflects the various different charges that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

The charge does not apply after annuity payouts begin.

For an example of how your fee will vary upon elective step up or spousal continuation step up, please see Appendix N.

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider Fee

This fee information applies to both Rider A and Rider B unless otherwise noted.

We deduct an annual charge based on contract value for this optional feature only if you select it. The initial fee is 0.55%. We deduct the charge from your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the one-year fixed account, in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

Once you elect the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, you may not cancel it and the charge will continue to be deducted until the contract is terminated, the contract value reduces to zero. If the contract is terminated for any reason or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee. If the Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA) goes to zero but the contract value has not been depleted, you will continue to be charged.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider fee will not exceed a maximum charge of 1.50%.

We may increase the rider fee at our discretion and on a nondiscriminatory basis.

We will not change the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider fee in effect on your contract after the rider effective date unless:

(a)	you choose the annual elective step up or elective spousal continuation step up after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee; or
(b)	you elect to change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee or vary the rider fee for each PN program investment option.

Effective Dec. 18, 2013, we exercised our right to increase the rider fee and vary the fee depending on the fund to which your contract value is invested.

Beginning Dec. 18, 2013, if you:

• request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up, or

• move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is more aggressive than the Portfolio Navigator fund you are currently allocated to,

the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are currently invested as shown in the table below.

If you move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is less aggressive than the Portfolio Navigator fund you are currently allocated to, your fee will not increase and may decrease according to the table below.

Fund name	Current fee as of 12/18/13
Portfolio Stabilizer funds	0.55%
Portfolio Navigator funds:
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	0.85%
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.00%

On your next contract anniversary after, if your contract value is allocated to a fund subject to a fee increase, you will have 30 days following the anniversary to choose from the following:

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    37

1.	Remain invested in your current Portfolio Navigator fund and elect to step up (when available) and lock in your contract gains. If you make this decision, your rider fee will increase.
2.	Move to one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. If you do this, your rider fee will not increase, but remember that you will lose your access to invest in the Portfolio Navigator funds.
3.	Do not elect a step up, if eligible. You will not lock in contract gains, but your rider fee will stay the same.

For the enhanced rider, if during the 30 days following your contract anniversary, your contract value is allocated to a fund subject to a fee increase, we will automatically process any available step up and lock in any contract gains, as well as reactivate automatic step ups, when contract value is transferred:

1.	to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund;
2.	to a less aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund that is not subject to a fee increase, if applicable; or
3.	to a more aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund.

For original riders, you must always elect to step up your rider values. The step up and lock in of any contract gains will occur as of the date of the transfer described above.

Rider fees may increase or decrease as you move to various funds. Your fee will increase if you transfer your contract value to a more aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund with a higher fee. If you transfer to a less aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund or transfer to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund, your fee may decrease. Certain rider fees may not change depending on the fund in which your contract value is allocated.

We will notify you in writing about your opportunity to elect to step up (if eligible) and incur the higher rider fee or maintain your guaranteed amount at its current level and keep your rider fee the same. For original riders or enhanced riders subject to a fee increase, you will receive a letter from us approximately 30 days before your next annuity contract anniversary. This letter will describe the potential opportunity to elect a step up to increase your guaranteed income and how to make the election if eligible. You will have a 30 day period beginning on your next contract anniversary to choose whether to step up and accept the fee increase. For enhanced riders and original riders with an application signed date on or after 4/29/2005, if approved in your state, the step up and new fee will be effective on the date we receive your request for the step up (Step up date). For original riders with an application signed date before 4/29/2005, the step up will be effective as of your contract anniversary and the fee for your rider will be the fee that was in effect for your current fund on the anniversary.

For purposes of determining the duration of the “30 day window” following your contract anniversary to elect to step up or to transfer funds to lock in any available contract gains, the following will apply:

1.	the duration of your window is determined on a calendar day basis;
2.	under our current administrative process we will accept your request on the 31st calendar day if we receive it prior to the close of the NYSE; and
3.	if your window ends on a day the NYSE is closed, we must receive your request no later than the close of the NYSE on the preceding Valuation Date.

Under the enhanced rider, each year, we will continue to provide you written notice of your options with respect to elective step ups and the fee increase until you are no longer subject to a fee increase. Once you have taken action that results in a higher fee, you will become eligible for automatic step ups under the rider.

Before you elect a step up resulting in an increased rider fee, you should carefully consider the benefit of the contract value gains you are locking-in and the increased rider fee compared to your other options including whether it is appropriate to consider moving to a fund with a lower corresponding rider fee.

Subject to the terms of your contract, we reserve the right to further increase the rider fee up to the maximum limit provided by your rider. Currently, the rider fee does not vary among the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, but we reserve the right to vary the fees among the Portfolio Stabilizer funds in the future.

If you choose the annual or spousal continuation elective step up or change your investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee as described above, you will pay the fee that is in effect on the effective date of your step up or investment option change. On the next contract anniversary, we will calculate an average rider fee, for the preceding contract year only, that reflects the various different charges that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

The charge does not apply after annuity payouts begin.

For an example of how your fee will vary upon elective step up or spousal continuation step up, please see Appendix H.

38    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Income Assurer Benefit Rider Fee

We deduct a charge for this optional feature only if you selected it. We determine the charge by multiplying the guaranteed income benefit base by the charge for the Income Assurer Benefit rider you select. There are three Income Assurer Benefit rider options available under your contract (see “Optional Benefits — Income Assurer Benefit Riders”) and each has a different guaranteed income benefit base calculation. The charge for each Income Assurer Benefit rider is as follows:

	Maximum	Current
Income Assurer Benefit – MAV	1.50%	0.30%(1)
Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base	1.75	0.60(1)
Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base	2.00	0.65(1)

⁽¹⁾ For applications signed prior to Oct. 7, 2004, the following current annual rider charges apply: Income Assurer Benefit – MAV — 0.55%, Income Assurer Benefit — 5% Accumulation Benefit Base — 0.70%; and Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base — 0.75%.

We deduct the charge from the contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among the GPAs ,the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary. If the contract is terminated for any reason or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the fee from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee.

Currently the Income Assurer Benefit rider fee does not vary with the PN program investment option selected; however, we reserve the right to increase this fee and/or vary the rider fee for each PN program investment option but not to exceed the maximum charges shown above. We cannot change the Income Assurer Benefit charge after the rider effective date, unless you change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the fee and/or charge a separate fee for each PN program investment option. If you choose to change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee, you will pay the fee that is in effect on the valuation date we receive your written request to change your PN program investment option. On the next contract anniversary, we will calculate an average rider fee, for the preceding contract year only, that reflects the various different charges that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

For an example of how each Income Assurer Benefit rider fee is calculated, see Appendix K.

Optional Death Benefit Charges

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider Fee

We deduct a charge for the optional feature only if you select it. If selected, we deduct 0.25% of your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

If the contract is terminated for any reason other than death or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the charge. We cannot increase this annual charge after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider Fee

We charge a fee for the optional feature only if you select it. If selected, we deduct 0.40% of your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this fee among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

If the contract is terminated for any reason other than death or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the fee from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee. We cannot increase this annual charge after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    39

Valuing Your Investment

We value your accounts as follows:

GPAs

We value the amounts you allocate to the GPAs directly in dollars. The value of the GPAs equals:

• the sum of your purchase payments and transfer amounts allocated to the GPAs;

• plus any purchase payment credits allocated to the GPAs;

• plus interest credited;

• minus the sum of amounts withdrawn (including any applicable withdrawal charges) and amounts transferred out;

• minus any prorated portion of the contract administrative charge; and

• minus the prorated portion of the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Accumulation Protector Benefit rider;

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider;

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider;

– Income Assurer Benefit rider;

– Benefit Protector rider; or

– Benefit Protector Plus rider.

The Fixed Account

The fixed account includes the one-year fixed account and the DCA fixed account.

We value the amounts you allocate to the fixed account directly in dollars. The value of the fixed account equals:

• the sum of your purchase payments and purchase payment credits allocated to the one-year fixed account and the DCA fixed account (if included), and transfer amounts to the one-year fixed account (including any positive or negative MVA on amounts transferred from the GPAs to the one-year fixed account);

• plus interest credited;

• minus the sum of amounts withdrawn (including any applicable withdrawal charges) and amounts transferred out;

• minus any prorated portion of the contract administrative charge; and

• minus the prorated portion of the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Accumulation Protector Benefit rider;

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider;

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider;

– Income Assurer Benefit rider;

– Benefit Protector rider; or

– Benefit Protector Plus rider.

Subaccounts

We convert amounts you allocated to the subaccounts into accumulation units. Each time you make a purchase payment or transfer amounts into one of the subaccounts or we apply any purchase payment credits, we credit a certain number of accumulation units to your contract for that subaccount. Conversely, we subtract a certain number of accumulation units from your contract each time you take a partial withdrawal; transfer amounts out of a subaccount; or we assess a contract administrative charge, a withdrawal charge, or fee for any optional contract riders with annual charges (if applicable).

The accumulation units are the true measure of investment value in each subaccount during the accumulation period. They are related to, but not the same as, the net asset value of the fund in which the subaccount invests. The dollar value of each accumulation unit can rise or fall daily depending on the variable account expenses, performance of the fund and on certain fund expenses.

Here is how we calculate accumulation unit values:

Number of units: To calculate the number of accumulation units for a particular subaccount, we divide your investment by the current accumulation unit value.

Accumulation unit value: The current accumulation unit value for each subaccount equals the last value times the subaccount’s current net investment factor.

40    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

We determine the net investment factor by:

• adding the fund’s current net asset value per share, plus the per share amount of any accrued income or capital gain dividends to obtain a current adjusted net asset value per share; then

• dividing that sum by the previous adjusted net asset value per share; and

• subtracting the percentage factor representing the mortality and expense risk fee and the variable account administrative charge from the result.

Because the net asset value of the fund may fluctuate, the accumulation unit value may increase or decrease. You bear all the investment risk in a subaccount.

Factors that affect subaccount accumulation units: Accumulation units may change in two ways — in number and in value.

The number of accumulation units you own may fluctuate due to:

• additional purchase payments you allocate to the subaccounts;

• any purchase payment credits allocated to the subaccounts;

• transfers into or out of the subaccounts (including any positive or negative MVA on amounts transferred from the GPAs);

• partial withdrawals;

• withdrawal charges;

and the deduction of a prorated portion of:

• the contract administrative charge; and

• the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Accumulation Protector Benefit rider;

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider;

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider;

– Income Assurer Benefit rider;

– Benefit Protector rider; or

– Benefit Protector Plus rider.

Accumulation unit values will fluctuate due to:

• changes in fund net asset value;

• fund dividends distributed to the subaccounts;

• fund capital gains or losses;

• fund operating expenses; and

• mortality and expense risk fee and the variable account administrative charge.

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    41

Making the Most of Your Contract

Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging

Currently, you can use automated transfers to take advantage of dollar-cost averaging (investing a fixed amount at regular intervals). For example, you might transfer a set amount monthly from a relatively conservative subaccount to a more aggressive one, or to several others, or from the one-year GPA or one-year fixed account to one or more subaccounts. Automated transfers are not available for GPA terms of two or more years. You can also obtain the benefits of dollar-cost averaging by setting up regular automatic SIP payments or by establishing an interest sweep strategy. Interest sweeps are a monthly transfer of the interest earned from the one-year GPA or one-year fixed account into the subaccounts of your choice. If you participate in an interest sweep strategy the interest you earn on the one-year GPA or one-year fixed account will be less than the annual interest rate we apply because there will be no compounding. There is no charge for dollar-cost averaging.

This systematic approach can help you benefit from fluctuations in accumulation unit values caused by fluctuations in the market values of the funds. Since you invest the same amount each period, you automatically acquire more units when the market value falls and fewer units when it rises. The potential effect is to lower your average cost per unit.

How dollar-cost averaging works

By investing an equal number of dollars each month		Month	Amount invested	Accumulation unit value	Number of units purchased
		Jan	$100	$20	5.00
		Feb	100	18	5.56
you automatically buy more units when the per unit market price is low		Mar	100	17	5.88
	→	Apr	100	15	6.67
		May	100	16	6.25
		Jun	100	18	5.56
		Jul	100	17	5.88
and fewer units when the per unit market price is high.		Aug	100	19	5.26
	→	Sept	100	21	4.76
		Oct	100	20	5.00

You paid an average price of $17.91 per unit over the 10 months, while the average market price actually was $18.10.

Dollar-cost averaging does not guarantee that any subaccount will gain in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. Because dollar-cost averaging involves continuous investing, your success will depend upon your willingness to continue to invest regularly through periods of low price levels. Dollar-cost averaging can be an effective way to help meet your long-term goals. For specific features contact your investment professional.

Dollar-cost averaging as described in this section is not available when the PN program is in effect.

However, subject to certain restrictions, dollar-cost averaging is available through the DCA fixed account. See the “DCA Fixed Account” and “Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds” sections in this prospectus for details.

Asset Rebalancing

You can ask us in writing to automatically rebalance the subaccount portion of your contract value either quarterly, semiannually, or annually. The period you select will start to run on the date we record your request. On the first valuation date of each of these periods, we automatically will rebalance your contract value so that the value in each subaccount matches your current subaccount percentage allocations. These percentage allocations must be in whole numbers. There is no charge for asset rebalancing. The contract value must be at least $2,000.

You can change your percentage allocations or your rebalancing period at any time by contacting us in writing. We will restart the rebalancing period you selected as of the date we record your change. You also can ask us in writing to stop rebalancing your contract value. You must allow 30 days for us to change any instructions that currently are in place. For more information on asset rebalancing, contact your investment professional.

Different rules apply to asset rebalancing under the PN program (see “Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds” below).

As long as you are not participating in the PN program, asset rebalancing is available for use with the DCA fixed account (see “DCA Fixed Account”) only if your subaccount allocation for asset rebalancing is exactly the same as your subaccount allocation for transfers from the DCA fixed account. If you change your subaccount allocations under the

42    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

asset rebalancing program or the DCA fixed account, we will automatically change the subaccount allocations so they match. If you do not wish to have the subaccount allocation be the same for the asset rebalancing program and the DCA fixed account, you must terminate the asset rebalancing program or the DCA fixed account, as you may choose.

Asset Allocation Program

For contracts with applications signed before May 1, 2006, we offered an asset allocation program called Portfolio Navigator. You could elect to participate in the asset allocation program, and there is no additional charge. If you purchased an optional Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider or Income Assurer Benefit rider, you are required to participate in the PN program under the terms of the rider.

This asset allocation program allows you to allocate your contract value to a model portfolio that consists of subaccounts and may include certain GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account (if available under the asset allocation program), which represent various asset classes. By spreading your contract value among these various asset classes, you may be able to reduce the volatility in your contract value, but there is no guarantee that this will occur.

Asset allocation does not guarantee that your contract will increase in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. If you choose or are required to participate in the asset allocation program, you are responsible for determining which model portfolio is best for you. Your investment professional can help you make this determination. In addition, your investment professional may provide you with an investor questionnaire, a tool that can help you determine which model portfolio is suited to your needs based on factors such as your investment goals, your tolerance for risk, and how long you intend to invest.

Currently, there are five model portfolios ranging from conservative to aggressive. You may not use more than one model portfolio at a time. You are allowed to request a change to another model portfolio twice per contract year. Each model portfolio specifies allocation percentages to each of the subaccounts and any GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account that make up that model portfolio. By participating in the asset allocation program, you authorize us to invest your contract value in the subaccounts and any GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account (if included) according to the allocation percentages stated for the specific model portfolio you have selected. You also authorize us to automatically rebalance your contract value quarterly beginning three months after the effective date of your contract in order to maintain alignment with the allocation percentages specified in the model portfolio.

Special rules will apply to the GPAs if they are included in a model portfolio. Under these rules:

• no MVA will apply when rebalancing occurs within a specific model portfolio (but an MVA may apply if you elect to transfer to a new model portfolio); and

• no MVA will apply when you elect an annuity payout plan while your contract value is invested in a model portfolio (see “Guarantee Period Accounts — Market Value Adjustment”).

Under the asset allocation program, the subaccounts, any GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account (if included) that make up the model portfolio you selected and the allocation percentages to those subaccounts, any GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account (if included) will not change unless we adjust the composition of the model portfolio to reflect the liquidation, substitution or merger of an underlying fund, a change of investment objective by an underlying fund or when an underlying fund stops selling its shares to the variable account. We reserve the right to change the terms and conditions of the asset allocation program upon written notice to you.

If permitted under applicable securities law, we reserve the right to:

• reallocate your current model portfolio to an updated version of your current model portfolio; or

• substitute a fund of funds for your current model portfolio.

We also reserve the right to discontinue the asset allocation program. We will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change.

If you elected to participate in the asset allocation program, you may discontinue your participation in the program at any time by giving us written notice. Upon cancellation, automated rebalancing associated with the asset allocation program will end. You can elect to participate in the asset allocation program again at any time.

Required Use of Asset Allocation Program with Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider or Income Assurer Benefit rider

If you are required to participate in the asset allocation program because you purchased an optional Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider or Income Assurer Benefit rider, you may not discontinue your participation in the asset allocation program unless permitted by the terms of the rider as summarized below:

• Accumulation Protector Benefit rider: You cannot terminate the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. As long as the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider is in effect, your contract value must be invested in one of the model portfolios. The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider automatically ends at the end of the waiting period as does the requirement that you participate in the asset allocation program. At all other times, if you do not want to participate in any of the

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    43

	model portfolios, you must terminate your contract by requesting a full withdrawal. Withdrawal charges and tax penalties may apply.Therefore, you should not select the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider if you do not intend to continue participating in one of the model portfolios until the end of the waiting period.
•	Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider: Because the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider requires that your contract value be invested in one of the model portfolios for the life of the contract, and you cannot terminate the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider once you have selected it, you must terminate your contract by requesting a full withdrawal if you do not want to participate in any of the model portfolios. Withdrawal charges and tax penalties may apply.Therefore, you should not select the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider if you do not intend to continue participating in one of the model portfolios for the life of the contract.
•	Income Assurer Benefit rider: You can terminate the Income Assurer Benefit rider during a 30-day period after the first rider anniversary and at any time after the expiration of the waiting period. At all other times, if you do not want to participate in any of the model portfolios, you must terminate your contract by requesting a full withdrawal. Withdrawal charges and tax penalties may apply. As long as the Income Assurer Benefit rider is in effect, your contract value must be invested in one of the model portfolios.Therefore, you should not select the Income Assurer Benefit rider if you do not intend to continue participating in one of the model portfolios during the period of time the Income Assurer Benefit rider is in effect.

Portfolio Navigator Program (PN program) and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds

PN Program. You are required to participate in the PN program if your contract includes optional living benefit riders. Under the PN program, your contract value is allocated to a PN program investment. The PN program investment options are currently five funds of funds, each of which invests in underlying funds in proportions that vary among the funds of funds in light of each fund of funds’ investment objective (“Portfolio Navigator funds”). The PN program is available for both nonqualified and qualified annuities.

The Portfolio Navigator funds. We offer the following Portfolio Navigator funds:

1.	Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio
2.	Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio
3.	Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio
4.	Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio
5.	Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio

Each Portfolio Navigator fund is a fund of funds with the investment objective of seeking a high level of total return consistent with a certain level of risk, which it seeks to achieve by investing in various underlying funds.

For additional information about the Portfolio Navigator funds’ investment strategies, see the Funds’ prospectus.

If your contract does not include one of the living benefit riders, you may not participate in the PN program, but you may choose to allocate your contract value to one or more of the Portfolio Navigator funds.

Beginning November 18, 2013, if you have selected Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life riders, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider or Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, as an alternative to the Portfolio Navigator funds in the PN program, we have made available to you four new funds, known as Portfolio Stabilizer funds.

The Portfolio Stabilizer funds. The following Portfolio Stabilizer funds currently available are:

1.	Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Fund (Class 2)
2.	Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2)
3.	Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2)
4.	Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Growth Fund (Class 2)

Each Portfolio Stabilizer fund has an investment objective of pursuing total return while seeking to manage the Fund’s exposure to equity market volatility.

For additional information about the Portfolio Stabilizer funds’ investment strategies, see the Funds’ prospectuses.

You may choose to remain invested in your current Portfolio Navigator fund, move to a different Portfolio Navigator fund, or move to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund. Your decision should be made based on your own individual investment objectives and financial situation and in consultation with your investment professional.

Please note that if you are currently invested in a Portfolio Navigator fund as part of the PN program and choose to reallocate your contract value to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund, you will no longer have access to any of the Portfolio Navigator funds, but you may change to any one of the other Portfolio Stabilizer funds, subject to the transfer limits applicable to your rider.

44    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If your contract does not include the living benefit riders, you may not participate in the PN program; but you may choose to allocate your contract value to one or more of the Portfolio Navigator funds. You should review any PN program, Portfolio Navigator funds and Portfolio Stabilizer funds information, including the funds’ prospectus, carefully. Your investment professional can provide you with additional information and can answer questions you may have on the PN program, Portfolio Navigator funds and Portfolio Stabilizer funds.

The PN program static model portfolios. If you have chosen to remain invested in a “static” PN program model portfolio investment option, your assets will remain invested in accordance with your current model portfolio, and you will not be provided with any updates to the model portfolio or reallocation recommendations. (The last such reallocation recommendation was provided in 2009.) Each model portfolio consists of underlying funds and/or any GPAs (if included) according to the allocation percentages stated for the model portfolio. If you are participating in the PN program through a model portfolio, you instruct us to automatically rebalance your contract value quarterly in order to maintain alignment with these allocation percentages.

Special rules apply to the GPAs if they are included in a model portfolio. Under these rules:

• no MVA will apply when rebalancing occurs within a specific model portfolio (but an MVA may apply if you elect to transfer to a fund of funds);

• no MVA will apply when you elect an annuity payout plan while your contract value is invested in a model portfolio. (See “Guarantee Period Accounts — Market Value Adjustment.”)

If you choose to remain in a static model portfolio, the investments and investment styles and policies of the underlying funds in which your contract value is invested may change. Accordingly, your model portfolio may change so that it is no longer appropriate for your needs, even though your allocations to underlying funds do not change. Furthermore, the absence of periodic updating means that existing underlying funds will not be replaced as may be appropriate due to poor performance, changes in management personnel, liquidation, merger or other factors. Your investment professional can help you determine whether your continued investment in a static model portfolio is appropriate for you.

Investing in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, the Portfolio Navigator funds and PN static model portfolios (the Funds). You are responsible for determining which investment option is best for you. Currently, the PN program includes five Portfolio Navigator funds (and under the previous PN program, five static model portfolios investment options), with risk profiles ranging from conservative to aggressive in relation to one another. There are four Portfolio Stabilizer funds currently available. If your contract includes a living benefit rider you may only invest in one Portfolio Stabilizer or Portfolio Navigator fund at a time.
Your investment professional can help you determine which investment option most closely matches your investing style, based on factors such as your investment goals, your tolerance for risk and how long you intend to invest. There is no guarantee that the investment option you select is appropriate for you based on your investment objectives and/or risk profile. We and Columbia Management are not responsible for your decision to select a certain investment option or your decision to transfer to a different investment option.

If you initially allocate qualifying purchase payments to the DCA fixed account , when available (see “DCA Fixed Account”), and you are invested in one of the Portfolio Stabilizer or Portfolio Navigator funds, we will make monthly transfers in accordance with your instructions from the DCA fixed account into the investment option or model portfolio you have chosen.

Before you decide to transfer contract value to the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, you and your investment professional should carefully consider the following:

• Whether the Portfolio Stabilizer funds meet your personal investment objectives and/or risk tolerance.

• Whether you would like to continue to invest in a Portfolio Navigator fund. If you decide to transfer your contract value to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund, you permanently lose your ability to invest in any of the Portfolio Navigator funds if you have a living benefit rider. If you decide to no longer invest your contract value in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, your only option will be to terminate your contract by requesting a full surrender.Withdrawal charges and tax penalties may apply.

• Whether the total expenses associated with an investment in a Portfolio Stabilizer fund is appropriate for you. For total expenses associated with the rider, you should consider not only the variation of the rider fee, but also the variation in fees among the various funds. You should also consider your overall investment objective, as well as how total fees and your selected fund’s investment objective may impact the amount of any step up opportunities in the future.

You may request a change to your Fund selection (or a transfer from your PN program static model portfolio to either a Portfolio Navigator fund or a Portfolio Stabilizer fund) up to two times per contract year by written request on an authorized form or by another method agreed to by us. If you make such a change, we may charge you a higher fee for your rider. However, an initial transfer from a Portfolio Navigator fund to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund will not count toward the limit of two transfers per year. If your contract includes the GWB for Life rider, we reserve the right to limit the

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    45

number of investment options from which you can select, subject to state restrictions. If you decide to annuitize your contract, your rider will terminate and you will no longer have access to the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. If your living benefit rider is terminated, you may remain invested in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, but you will not be allowed to allocate future purchase payments or make transfers to these funds.

Substitution and modification. We reserve the right to add, remove or substitute Funds. We also reserve the right, upon notification to you, to close or restrict any Fund. Any change will apply to current allocations and/or to future payments and transfers. Any substitution of Funds may be subject to SEC or state insurance departments approval.

We reserve the right to change the terms and conditions of the PN program or to change the availability of the investment options upon written notice to you. This includes but is not limited to the right to:

• limit your choice of investment options based on the amount of your initial purchase payment;

• cancel required participation in the program after 30 days written notice;

• substitute a fund of funds for your model portfolio, if applicable, if permitted under applicable securities law; and

• discontinue the PN program after 30 days written notice.

Risks associated with the Funds. An investment in a Fund involves risk. Principal risks associated with an investment in a Fund may be found in the relevant Fund’s prospectus. There is no assurance that the Funds will achieve their respective investment objectives. In addition, there is no guarantee that the Fund’s strategy will have its intended effect or that it will work as effectively as is intended.

Investing in a Portfolio Navigator fund, Portfolio Stabilizer fund or PN program static model portfolio does not guarantee that your contract will increase in value nor will it protect in a decline in value if market prices fall. Depending on future market conditions and considering only the potential return on your investment in the Fund, you might benefit (or benefit more) from selecting alternative investment options.

For more information and a list of the risks associated with investing in the Funds, including volatility and volatility management risk associated with Portfolio Stabilizer funds, please consult the applicable Funds’ prospectuses and “The Variable Account and the Funds – Risks and Conflicts of Interest with Certain Funds Advised by Columbia Management” section in this prospectus.

Conflicts of interest. In providing investment advisory services for the Funds and the underlying funds in which those Funds respectively invest, Columbia Management is, together with its affiliates, including us, subject to competing interests that may influence its decisions.

For additional information regarding the conflicts of interest to which Columbia Management may be subject, see the Funds’ prospectuses and “The Variable Account and the Funds – Risks and Conflicts of Interest with Certain Funds Advised by Columbia Management” section in this prospectus.

Living benefits requiring participation in the PN program or investing in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds:

• Accumulation Protector Benefit rider: You cannot terminate the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. As long as the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider is in effect, your contract value must be invested in one of the PN program investment options or in one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. For contracts with applications signed on or after Jan. 26, 2009, you cannot select the Portfolio Navigator Aggressive investment option, or transfer to the Portfolio Navigator Aggressive investment option while the rider is in effect. The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider automatically ends at the end of the waiting period and you then have the option to cancel your participation in the PN program. At all other times, if you do not want to invest in any of the PN program investment options or the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, you must terminate your contract by requesting a full withdrawal. Withdrawal charges and tax penalties may apply.

• Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider: The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider requires that your contract value be invested in one of the PN program investment options or in one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, for the life of the contract. Subject to state restrictions, we reserve the right to limit the number of investment options from which you can select based on the dollar amount of purchase payments you make. Because you cannot terminate the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider once you have selected it, you must terminate your contract by requesting a full withdrawal if you do not want to invest in any of the PN program investment options or the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. Withdrawal charges and tax penalties may apply.

• Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider: The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider requires that your contract value be invested in one of the PN program investment options or in one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, for the life of the contract and because you cannot terminate the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider once you have selected it, you must terminate your contract by requesting a full withdrawal if you do not want to invest in any of the PN program investment options or the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. Withdrawal charges and tax penalties may apply.

46    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Living benefit requiring participation in the PN program:

• Income Assurer Benefit rider: The Income Assurer Benefit rider requires that your contract value be invested in one of the PN program investment options for the life of the contract. You can terminate the Income Assurer Benefit rider during the 30-day period after the first rider anniversary and at any time after the expiration of the waiting period. At all other times you cannot terminate the Income Assurer Benefit rider once you have selected it and you must terminate your contract by requesting a full withdrawal if you do not want to invest in any of the PN program investment options. Withdrawal charges and tax penalties may apply.

Transferring Among Accounts

The transfer rights discussed in this section do not apply if you have selected one of the optional living benefit riders.

You may transfer contract value from any one subaccount, GPAs, the one-year fixed account, or the DCA fixed account, to another subaccount before annuity payouts begin. Certain restrictions apply to transfers involving the GPAs and the one-year fixed account. You may not transfer contract value to the DCA fixed account.

The date your request to transfer will be processed depends on when and how we receive it:

For transfer requests received in writing:

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your transfer request.

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your transfer request.

For transfer requests received by phone:

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your transfer request.

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your transfer request.

There is no charge for transfers. Before making a transfer, you should consider the risks involved in changing investments. Transfers out of the GPAs will be subject to an MVA if done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period.

We may suspend or modify transfer privileges at any time.

For information on transfers after annuity payouts begin, see “Transfer policies” below.

Transfer policies

• Before annuity payouts begin, you may transfer contract values between the subaccounts, or from the subaccounts to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account at any time. However, if you made a transfer from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs, you may not make a transfer from any subaccount or GPA back to the one-year fixed account for six months following that transfer. We reserve the right to further limit transfers to the one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then currently crediting to the one-year fixed account is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract.

• You may transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs once a year on or within 30 days before or after the contract anniversary (except for automated transfers, which can be set up at any time for certain transfer periods subject to certain minimums). Transfers from the one-year fixed account are not subject to an MVA. The amount of contract value transferred to the one-year fixed account cannot result in the value of the one-year fixed account being greater than 30% of the contract value. Transfers out of the one-year fixed account are limited to 30% of one-year fixed account values at the beginning of the contract year or $10,000, whichever is greater. Because of this limitation, it may take you several years to transfer all your contract value from the one-year fixed account. You should carefully consider whether the one-year fixed account meets your investment criteria before you invest. We reserve the right to further limit transfers to or from the one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then crediting on new purchase payments allocated to the one-year fixed account is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract.

• You may transfer contract values from a GPA any time after 60 days of transfer or payment allocation to the account. Transfers made more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will receive an MVA, which may result in a gain or loss of contract value, unless an exception applies (see “The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs) — Market Value Adjustment (MVA)”).

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    47

• If we receive your request on or within 30 days before or after the contract anniversary date, the transfer from the one-year fixed account to the GPAs will be effective on the valuation date we receive it.

• You may not transfer contract values from the subaccounts, the GPAs, or the one-year fixed account into the DCA fixed account. However, you may transfer contract values from the DCA fixed account to any of the investment options available under your contract, subject to investment minimums and other restrictions we may impose on investments in the one-year fixed account and the GPA, as described above. (See “DCA Fixed Account.”)

• Once annuity payouts begin, you may not make transfers to or from the GPAs or the fixed account, but you may make transfers once per contract year among the subaccounts. During the annuity payout period, we reserve the right to limit the number of subaccounts in which you may invest. When annuity payments begin, you must transfer all contract value out of your GPAs and DCA accounts.

Market Timing

Market timing can reduce the value of your investment in the contract. If market timing causes the returns of an underlying fund to suffer, contract value you have allocated to a subaccount that invests in that underlying fund will be lower too. Market timing can cause you, any joint owner of the contract and your beneficiary(ies) under the contract a financial loss.

We seek to prevent market timing. Market timing is frequent or short-term trading activity. We do not accommodate short-term trading activities. Do not buy a contract if you wish to use short-term trading strategies to manage your investment. The market timing policies and procedures described below apply to transfers among the subaccounts within the contract. The underlying funds in which the subaccounts invest have their own market timing policies and procedures. The market timing policies of the underlying funds may be more restrictive than the market timing policies and procedures we apply to transfers among the subaccounts of the contract, and may include redemption fees. We reserve the right to modify our market timing policies and procedures at any time without prior notice to you.

Market timing may hurt the performance of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests in several ways, including but not necessarily limited to:

• diluting the value of an investment in an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests;

• increasing the transaction costs and expenses of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests; and,

• preventing the investment adviser(s) of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests from fully investing the assets of the fund in accordance with the fund’s investment objectives.

Funds available as investment options under the contract that invest in securities that trade in overseas securities markets may be at greater risk of loss from market timing, as market timers may seek to take advantage of changes in the values of securities between the close of overseas markets and the close of U.S. markets. Also, the risks of market timing may be greater for underlying funds that invest in securities such as small cap stocks, high yield bonds, or municipal securities, that may be traded infrequently.

In order to help protect you and the underlying funds from the potentially harmful effects of market timing activity, we apply the following market timing policy to discourage frequent transfers of contract value among the subaccounts of the variable account:

We try to distinguish market timing from transfers that we believe are not harmful, such as periodic rebalancing for purposes of an asset allocation, dollar-cost averaging and asset rebalancing program that may be described in this prospectus. There is no set number of transfers that constitutes market timing. Even one transfer in related accounts may be market timing. We seek to restrict the transfer privileges of a contract owner who makes more than three subaccount transfers in any 90 day period. We also reserve the right to refuse any transfer request, if, in our sole judgment, the dollar amount of the transfer request would adversely affect unit values.

If we determine, in our sole judgment, that your transfer activity constitutes market timing, we may modify, restrict or suspend your transfer privileges to the extent permitted by applicable law, which may vary based on the state law that applies to your contract and the terms of your contract. These restrictions or modifications may include, but not be limited to:

• requiring transfer requests to be submitted only by first-class U.S. mail;

• not accepting hand-delivered transfer requests or requests made by overnight mail;

• not accepting telephone or electronic transfer requests;

• requiring a minimum time period between each transfer;

• not accepting transfer requests of an agent acting under power of attorney;

• limiting the dollar amount that you may transfer at any one time;

• suspending the transfer privilege; or

48    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• modifying instructions under an automated transfer program to exclude a restricted fund if you do not provide new instructions.

Subject to applicable state law and the terms of each contract, we will apply the policy described above to all contract owners uniformly in all cases. We will notify you in writing after we impose any modification, restriction or suspension of your transfer rights.

Because we exercise discretion in applying the restrictions described above, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to identify and restrict all market timing activity. In addition, state law and the terms of some contracts may prevent us from stopping certain market timing activity. Market timing activity that we are unable to identify and/or restrict may impact the performance of the underlying funds and may result in lower contract values.

In addition to the market timing policy described above, which applies to transfers among the subaccounts within your contract, you should carefully review the market timing policies and procedures of the underlying funds. The market timing policies and procedures of the underlying funds may be materially different than those we impose on transfers among the subaccounts within your contract and may include mandatory redemption fees as well as other measures to discourage frequent transfers. As an intermediary for the underlying funds, we are required to assist them in applying their market timing policies and procedures to transactions involving the purchase and exchange of fund shares. This assistance may include, but not be limited to, providing the underlying fund upon request with your Social Security Number, Taxpayer Identification Number or other United States government-issued identifier, and the details of your contract transactions involving the underlying fund. An underlying fund, in its sole discretion, may instruct us at any time to prohibit you from making further transfers of contract value to or from the underlying fund, and we must follow this instruction. We reserve the right to administer and collect on behalf of an underlying fund any redemption fee imposed by an underlying fund. Market timing policies and procedures adopted by underlying funds may affect your investment in the contract in several ways, including but not limited to:

• Each fund may restrict or refuse trading activity that the fund determines, in its sole discretion, represents market timing.

• Even if we determine that your transfer activity does not constitute market timing under the market timing policies described above which we apply to transfers you make under the contract, it is possible that the underlying fund’s market timing policies and procedures, including instructions we receive from a fund may require us to reject your transfer request. For example, while we will attempt to execute transfers permitted under any asset allocation, dollar-cost averaging and asset rebalancing programs that may be described in this prospectus, we cannot guarantee that an underlying fund’s market timing policies and procedures will do so. Orders we place to purchase fund shares for the variable account are subject to acceptance by the fund. We reserve the right to reject without prior notice to you any transfer request if the fund does not accept our order.

• Each underlying fund is responsible for its own market timing policies, and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to implement specific market timing policies and procedures that a fund has adopted. As a result, a fund’s returns might be adversely affected, and a fund might terminate our right to offer its shares through the variable account.

• Funds that are available as investment options under the contract may also be offered to other intermediaries who are eligible to purchase and hold shares of the fund, including without limitation, separate accounts of other insurance companies and certain retirement plans. Even if we are able to implement a fund’s market timing policies, we cannot guarantee that other intermediaries purchasing that same fund’s shares will do so, and the returns of that fund could be adversely affected as a result.

For more information about the market timing policies and procedures of an underlying fund, the risks that market timing pose to that fund, and to determine whether an underlying fund has adopted a redemption fee, see that fund’s prospectus.

How to request a Transfer or Withdrawal

11 By letter

Send your name, contract number, Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number* and signed request for a transfer or withdrawal to our Service Center:

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474

Minimum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	$500 or entire account balance

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    49

Maximum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	Contract value or entire account balance

* Failure to provide a Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number may result in mandatory tax withholding on the taxable portion of the distribution.

22 By automated transfers and automated partial withdrawals

Your investment professional can help you set up automated transfers among your GPAs, one-year fixed account or the subaccounts or automated partial withdrawals from the GPAs, one-year fixed account, DCA fixed account or the subaccounts.

You can start or stop this service by written request or other method acceptable to us.

You must allow 30 days for us to change any instructions that are currently in place.

• Automated transfers from the one-year fixed account to any one of the subaccounts may not exceed an amount that, if continued, would deplete the one-year fixed account within 12 months.

• Transfers out of the one-year fixed account are limited to 30% of the one-year fixed account values at the beginning of the contract year or $10,000, whichever is greater.

• Automated withdrawals may be restricted by applicable law under some contracts.

• You may not make systematic purchase payments if automated partial withdrawals are in effect.

• If the PN program is in effect, you are not allowed to set up automated transfers except in connection with a DCA Fixed Account (see “The Fixed Account — DCA Fixed Account” and “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds”).

• Automated partial withdrawals may result in income taxes and penalties on all or part of the amount withdrawn.

Minimum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	$100 monthly
	$250 quarterly, semiannually or annually

33 By phone

Call:

1-800-333-3437

Minimum amount

Transfers or withdrawals: $500 or entire account balance

Maximum amount

Transfers:	Contract value or entire account balance
Withdrawals:	$100,000

We answer telephone requests promptly, but you may experience delays when the call volume is unusually high. If you are unable to get through, use the mail procedure as an alternative.

We will honor any telephone transfer or withdrawal requests that we believe are authentic and we will use reasonable procedures to confirm that they are. This includes asking identifying questions and recording calls. As long as we follow the procedures, we (and our affiliates) will not be liable for any loss resulting from fraudulent requests.

Telephone transfers and withdrawals are automatically available. You may request that telephone transfers and withdrawals not be authorized from your account by writing to us.

50    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Withdrawals

You may withdraw all or part of your contract at any time before the retirement date by sending us a written request or calling us.

The date your withdrawal request will be processed depends on when and how we receive it:

For withdrawal requests received in writing:

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your withdrawal request.

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your withdrawal request.

For withdrawal requests received by phone:

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your withdrawal request.

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your withdrawal request.

We may ask you to return the contract. You may have to pay a contract administrative charge, withdrawal charges or any applicable optional rider charges (see “Charges”), federal income taxes and penalties. State and local income taxes may also apply (see “Taxes”). In addition, purchase payment credits may be reversed. You cannot make withdrawals after annuity payouts begin except under Annuity Payout Plan E. (See “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Any partial withdrawals you take under the contract will reduce your contract value. As a result, the value of your death benefit or any optional benefits you have elected will also be reduced. If you have elected the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider and your partial withdrawals in any contract year exceed the permitted withdrawal amount under the terms of the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, your benefits under the rider may be reduced (see “Optional Benefits”). Any partial withdrawal request that exceeds the amount allowed under the riders and impacts the guarantees provided, will not be considered in good order until we receive a signed Benefit Impact Acknowledgement form showing the projected effect of the withdrawal on the rider benefits or a verbal acknowledgement that you understand and accept the impacts that have been explained to you.

In addition, withdrawals you are required to take to satisfy RMDs under the Code may reduce the value of certain death benefits and optional benefits (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”).

Withdrawal Policies

If you have a balance in more than one account and you request a partial withdrawal, we will automatically withdraw from all your subaccounts, GPAs, the DCA fixed account, and/or the one-year fixed account in the same proportion as your value in each account correlates to your total contract value, unless requested otherwise. After executing a partial withdrawal, the value in each subaccount , one-year fixed account or GPA must be either zero or at least $50.

Receiving Payment

11 By regular or express mail

• payable to you;

• mailed to address of record.

NOTE: We will charge you a fee if you request express mail delivery.

22 By wire or other form of electronic payment

• request that payment be wired to your bank;

• pre-authorization required.

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    51

We may choose to permit you to have checks issued and delivered to an alternate payee or to an address other than your address of record. We may also choose to allow you to direct wires or other electronic payments to accounts owned by a third-party. We may have additional good order requirements that must be met prior to processing requests to make any payments to a party other than the owner or to an address other than the address of record. These requirements will be designed to ensure owner instructions are genuine and to prevent fraud.

Normally, we will send the payment within seven days after receiving your request in good order. However, we may postpone the payment if:

– the NYSE is closed, except for normal holiday and weekend closings;

– trading on the NYSE is restricted, according to SEC rules;

– an emergency, as defined by SEC rules, makes it impractical to sell securities or value the net assets of the accounts; or

– the SEC permits us to delay payment for the protection of security holders.

We may also postpone payment of the amount attributable to a purchase payment as part of the total withdrawal amount until cleared from the originating financial institution.

A Special Note on Cybersecurity Risks

Cybersecurity and Systems Integrity

Increasingly, businesses are dependent on the continuity, security, and effective operation of various technology systems. The nature of our business depends on the continued effective operation of our systems and those of our business partners.

This dependence makes us susceptible to operational and information security risks from cyber-attacks. These risks may include the following:

• the corruption or destruction of data;

• theft, misuse or dissemination of data to the public, including your information we hold; and

• denial of service attacks on our website or other forms of attacks on our systems and the software and hardware we use to run them.

These attacks and their consequences can negatively impact your contract, your privacy, your ability to conduct transactions on your contract, or your ability to receive timely service from us. There can be no assurance that we, the underlying funds in your contract, or our other business partners will avoid losses affecting your contract due to any successful cyber-attacks or information security breaches.

TSA–Special Provisions

Participants in Tax-Sheltered Annuities

If the contract is intended to be used in connection with an employer sponsored 403(b) plan, additional rules relating to this contract can be found in the annuity endorsement for tax sheltered 403(b) annuities. Unless we have made special arrangements with your employer, the contract is not intended for use in connection with an employer sponsored 403(b) plan that is subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”). In the event that the employer either by affirmative election or inadvertent action causes contributions under a plan that is subject to ERISA to be made to this contract, we will not be responsible for any obligations and requirements under ERISA and the regulations thereunder, unless we have prior written agreement with the employer. You should consult with your employer to determine whether your 403(b) plan is subject to ERISA.

In the event we have a written agreement with your employer to administer the plan pursuant to ERISA, special rules apply as set forth in the TSA endorsement.

The employer must comply with certain nondiscrimination requirements for certain types of contributions under a TSA contract to be excluded from taxable income. You should consult your employer to determine whether the nondiscrimination rules apply to you.

The Code imposes certain restrictions on your right to receive early distributions from a TSA:

• Distributions attributable to salary reduction contributions (plus earnings) made after Dec. 31, 1988, or to transfers or rollovers from other contracts, may be made from the TSA only if:

– you are at least age 59½;

– you are disabled as defined in the Code;

– you severed employment with the employer who purchased the contract;

– the distribution is because of your death;

52    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

– the distribution is due to plan termination; or

– you are a qualifying military reservist.

• If you encounter a financial hardship (as provided by the Code), you may be eligible to receive a distribution of all contract values attributable to salary reduction contributions made after Dec. 31, 1988, but not the earnings on them.

• Even though a distribution may be permitted under the above rules, it may be subject to IRS taxes and penalties (see “Taxes”)

• The above restrictions on distributions do not affect the availability of the amount credited to the contract as of Dec. 31, 1988. The restrictions also do not apply to transfers or exchanges of contract value within the contract, or to another registered variable annuity contract or investment vehicle available through the employer.

Changing Ownership

You may change ownership of your nonqualified annuity at any time by completing a change of ownership form we approve and sending it to our Service Center. The change will become binding on us when we receive and record it. We will honor any change of ownership request received in good order that we believe is authentic and we will use reasonable procedures to confirm authenticity. If we follow these procedures, we will not take any responsibility for the validity of the change.

If you have a nonqualified annuity, you may incur income tax liability by transferring, assigning or pledging any part of it. (See “Taxes.”)

If you have a qualified annuity, you may not sell, assign, transfer, discount or pledge your contract as collateral for a loan, or as security for the performance of an obligation or for any other purpose except as required or permitted by the Code. However, if the owner is a trust or custodian, or an employer acting in a similar capacity, ownership of the contract may be transferred to the annuitant.

Please consider carefully whether or not you wish to change ownership of your annuity contract. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, the new owner and annuitant will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract.

If you have an Income Assurer Benefit rider and/or Benefit Protector Plus rider, the rider will terminate upon transfer of ownership of the annuity contract. The Accumulation Protector Benefit, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life and the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit riders will continue upon transfer of ownership of your annuity contract. For the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life riders, any ownership change that impacts the guarantees provided will not be considered in good order until we receive a signed Benefit Impact Acknowledgement form showing the projected effect of the ownership change on the rider benefits or a verbal acknowledgement that you understand and accept the impacts that have been explained to you. Continuance of the Benefit Protector is optional. (See “Optional Benefits.”)

Benefits in Case of Death

There are four death benefit options under your contract if you die before the retirement start date while this contract is in force. You must select one of the following death benefits:

• ROP Death Benefit;

• MAV Death Benefit;

• 5% Accumulation Death Benefit; or

• Enhanced Death Benefit.

If it is available in your state and if both you and the annuitant are age 79 or younger at contract issue, you can elect any one of the above death benefits. If either you or the annuitant are age 80 or older at contract issue, the ROP Death Benefit will apply. Once you elect a death benefit, you cannot change it. We show the death benefit that applies in your contract on your contract’s data page. The death benefit you select determines the mortality and expense risk fee that is assessed against the subaccounts. (See “Charges — Mortality and Expense Risk Fee.”)

Under each option, we will pay the death benefit, less any purchase payment credits subject to reversal, to your beneficiary upon the earlier of your death or the annuitant’s death. We will base the benefit paid on the death benefit coverage you chose when you purchased the contract. If a contract has more than one person as the owner, we will pay benefits upon the first to die of any owner or the annuitant.

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    53

Here are some terms used to describe the death benefits:

Adjusted partial withdrawals (calculated for ROP and MAV Death Benefits)	=	PW XDB
		CV

PW	=	the amount by which the contract value is reduced as a result of the partial withdrawal.
DB	=	the death benefit on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.
CV	=	contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV): is zero prior to the first contract anniversary after the effective date of the rider. On the first contract anniversary after the effective date of the rider, we set the MAV as the greater of these two values:

(a)	current contract value; or
(b)	total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals.

Thereafter, we increase the MAV by any additional purchase payments and any purchase payment credits and reduce the MAV by adjusted partial withdrawals. Every contract anniversary after that prior to the earlier of your or the annuitant’s 81st birthday, we compare the MAV to the current contract value and we reset the MAV to the higher amount.

5% Variable Account Floor: is the sum of the value of the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the variable account floor. There is no variable account floor prior to the first contract anniversary. On the first contract anniversary, we establish the variable account floor as:

• the amounts allocated to the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account at issue increased by 5%;

• plus any subsequent amounts allocated to the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account;

• minus adjusted transfers and partial withdrawals from the subaccounts or the DCA fixed account.

Thereafter, we continue to add subsequent purchase payments and any purchase payment credits allocated to the subaccounts or the DCA fixed account and subtract adjusted transfers and partial withdrawals from the subaccounts or the DCA fixed account. On each contract anniversary after the first, through age 80, we add an amount to the variable account floor equal to 5% of the prior anniversary’s variable account floor. We stop adding this amount after you or the annuitant reach age 81.

5% variable account floor adjusted transfers or partial withdrawals	=	PWT XVAF
		SV

PWT	=	the amount by which the contract value in the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account is reduced as a result of the partial withdrawal or transfer from the subaccounts or the DCA fixed account.
VAF	=	variable account floor on the date of (but prior to) the transfer or partial withdrawal.
SV	=	value of the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account on the date of (but prior to) the transfer of partial withdrawal.

The amount of purchase payments and any purchase payment credits withdrawn or transferred from any subaccount or fixed account (if applicable) or GPA account is calculated as (a) times (b) where:

(a)	is the amount of purchase payments and any purchase payment credits in the account or subaccount on the date of but prior to the current withdrawal or transfer; and
(b)	is the ratio of the amount of contract value transferred or withdrawn from the account or subaccount to the value in the account or subaccount on the date of (but prior to) the current withdrawal or transfer.

For contracts issued in New Jersey, the cap on the variable account floor is 200% of the sum of the purchase payments and any purchase payment credits allocated to the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account that have not been withdrawn or transferred out of the subaccounts or DCA fixed account.

NOTE: The 5% variable account floor is calculated differently and is not the same value as the Income Assurer Benefit 5% variable account floor.

Return of Purchase Payments (ROP) Death Benefit

The ROP Death Benefit is the basic death benefit on the contract that will pay your beneficiaries no less than your purchase payments and any purchase payment credits, adjusted for withdrawals. If you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin and while this contract is in force, the death benefit will be the greater of these two values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value; or
2.	total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals.

54    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The ROP Death Benefit will apply unless you select one of the alternative death benefits described immediately below.

If available in your state and both you and the annuitant are age 79 or younger at contract issue, you may select one of the death benefits described below at the time you purchase your contract. The death benefits do not provide any additional benefit before the first contract anniversary and may not be appropriate for issue ages 75 to 79 because the benefit values may be limited after age 81. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether or not these death benefits are appropriate for your situation.

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV) Death Benefit

The MAV Death Benefit provides that if you or the annuitant die while the contract is in force and before annuity payouts begin, the death benefit will be the greatest of these three values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals; or
3.	the MAV on the date of death.

5% Accumulation Death Benefit

The 5% Accumulation Death Benefit provides that if you or the annuitant die while the contract is in force and before annuity payouts begin, the death benefit will be the greatest of these three values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals; or
3.	the 5% variable account floor.

Enhanced Death Benefit

The Enhanced Death Benefit provides that if you or the annuitant die while the contract is in force and before annuity payouts begin, the death benefit will be the greatest of these four values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals;
3.	the MAV on the date of death; or
4.	the 5% variable account floor.

For an example of how each death benefit is calculated, see Appendix C.

If You Die Before Your Retirement Date

When paying the beneficiary, we will process the death claim on the valuation date our death claim requirements are fulfilled. We will determine the contract’s value using the accumulation unit value we calculate on that valuation date. We pay interest, if any, at a rate no less than required by law. We will mail payment to the beneficiary within seven days after our death claim requirements are fulfilled.

Nonqualified annuities

If your spouse is sole beneficiary and you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. To do this your spouse must give us written instructions to continue the contract as owner. There will be no withdrawal charges on the contract from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, your spouse and the new annuitant (if applicable) will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract. The Income Assurer Benefit and Benefit Protector Plus riders, if selected, will terminate. The Accumulation Protector Benefit, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider and the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit riders, if selected, will continue. Continuance of the Benefit Protector rider is optional. (See “Optional Benefits.”)

If your beneficiary is not your spouse, we will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless you give us other written instructions. Generally, we must fully distribute the death benefit within five years of your death. However, the beneficiary may receive payouts under any annuity payout plan available under this contract if:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin no later than one year after your death, or other date as permitted by the IRS; and

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy.

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    55

Qualified annuities

•	Spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if your spouse is the sole beneficiary, your spouse may either elect to treat the contract as his/her own, so long as he or she is eligible to do so, or elect an annuity payout plan or another plan agreed to by us. If your spouse elects a payout option, the payouts must begin no later than the year in which you would have reached age 72 (age 701/2 if the death occurred before Jan. 1, 2020). If you attained age 72 at the time of death, payouts must begin no later than Dec. 31 of the year following the year of your death.
	Your spouse may elect to assume ownership of the contract at any time before annuity payouts begin. If your spouse elects to assume ownership of the contract, the contract value will be equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. There will be no withdrawal charges on the contract from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, your spouse and the new annuitant (if applicable) will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract. The Income Assurer Benefit and Benefit Protector Plus riders, if selected, will terminate. The Accumulation Protector Benefit, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider and the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit riders, if selected, will continue. Continuance of the Benefit Protector rider is optional. (See “Optional Benefits.”)
•	Non-spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if death occurs on or after Jan. 1, 2020, the beneficiary is required to withdraw his or her entire inherited interest within 10 years of the time of death of the owner unless they qualify as an “eligible designated beneficiary.” Eligible designated beneficiaries may continue to take proceeds out over their life expectancy. Eligible designated beneficiaries include:

• the surviving spouse;

• a lawful child of the owner under the age of majority (remaining amount must be withdrawn within 10 years, once the child reaches the age of majority);

• disabled within the meaning of Code section 72(m)(7);

• chronically ill within the meaning of Code section 7702B(c)(2);

• any other person who is not more than 10 years younger than the owner.

However, non-natural beneficiaries, such as estates and charities, are subject to a five-year rule to distribute the IRA. We will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless the beneficiary elects to receive payouts under a payout plan available under this contract and:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin, no later than one year following the year of your death; and

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy for an eligible designated beneficiary. (Payout plans are limited if the beneficiary is not an eligible designated beneficiary.)

• Spouse and Non-spouse beneficiary: If a beneficiary elects an alternative payment plan which is an inherited IRA, all optional death benefits and living benefits will terminate. In the event of your beneficiary’s death, their beneficiary can elect to take a lump sum payment or annuitize the contract to deplete it within 10 years of your beneficiary’s death

• Annuity payout plan: If you elect an annuity payout plan, the payouts to your beneficiary may continue depending on the annuity payout plan you elect, subject to adjustment to comply with the IRS rules and regulations.

How we handle contracts under unclaimed property laws

Every state has unclaimed property laws which generally declare annuity contracts to be abandoned after a period of inactivity of one to five years from either 1) the contract’s maturity date (the latest day on which income payments may begin under the contract) or 2) the date the death benefit is due and payable. If a contract matures or we determine a death benefit is payable, we will use our best efforts to locate you or designated beneficiaries. If we are unable to locate you or a beneficiary, proceeds will be paid to the abandoned property division or unclaimed property office of the state in which the beneficiary or you last resided, as shown in our books and records, or to our state of domicile. Generally, this surrender of property to the state is commonly referred to as “escheatment”. To avoid escheatment, and ensure an effective process for your beneficiaries, it is important that your personal address and beneficiary designations are up to date, including complete names, date of birth, current addresses and phone numbers, and taxpayer identification numbers for each beneficiary. Updates to your address or beneficiary designations should be sent to our Service Center.

Escheatment may also be required by law if a known beneficiary fails to demand or present an instrument or document to claim the death benefit in a timely manner, creating a presumption of abandonment. If your beneficiary steps forward (with the proper documentation) to claim escheated annuity proceeds, the state is obligated to pay any such proceeds it is holding.

For nonqualified annuities, non-spousal death benefits are generally required to be distributed and taxed within five years from the date of death of the owner/annuitant or the unclaimed death benefits will be presumed abandoned and subject to escheatment.

56    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Optional Benefits

The assets held in our general account support the guarantees under your contract, including optional death benefits and optional living benefits. To the extent that we are required to pay you amounts in addition to your contract value under these benefits, such amounts will come from our general account assets. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of insurance and financial products as well, and we also pay our obligations under these products from assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account.

Optional Living Benefits

Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider

The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional charge. The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may provide a guaranteed contract value at the end of the specified waiting period on the benefit date, but not until then, under the following circumstances:

On the benefit date, if:	Then your Accumulation Protector Benefit rider benefit is:
The Minimum Contract Accumulation Value (defined below) as determined under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider is greater than your contract value,	The contract value is increased on the benefit date to equal the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value as determined under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider on the benefit date.
The contract value is equal to or greater than the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value as determined under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider,	Zero; in this case, the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider ends without value and no benefit is payable.

If the contract value falls to zero as the result of adverse market performance or the deduction of fees and/or charges at any time during the waiting period and before the benefit date, the contract and all riders, including the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider will terminate without value and no benefits will be paid. Exception: If you are still living on the benefit date, we will pay you an amount equal to the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value as determined under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider on the valuation date your contract value reached zero.

If this rider is available in your state, you may elect the Accumulation Protector Benefit at the time you purchase your contract and the rider effective date will be the contract issue date. The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may not be terminated once you have elected it, except as described in the “Terminating the Rider” section below. An additional charge for the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider will be assessed annually during the waiting period. The rider ends when the waiting period expires and no further benefit will be payable and no further fees for the rider will be deducted. After the waiting period, you have the following options:

• Continue your contract;

• Take partial withdrawals or make a full withdrawal; or

• Annuitize your contract to create a guaranteed income stream.

The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may not be purchased with the optional Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit riders or any Income Assurer Benefit rider.

The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may not be available in all states.

You should consider whether an Accumulation Protector Benefit rider is appropriate for you because:

• you must be invested in one of the approved investment options. This requirement limits your choice of investments. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, one-year fixed account (if included)
and GPAs that are available under the contract to contract owners who do not elect this rider (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds”);

• you may not make additional purchase payments to your contract during the waiting period after the first 180 days immediately following the effective date of the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider;

• if you purchase this annuity as a qualified annuity, for example, an IRA, you may need to take partial withdrawals from your contract to satisfy the minimum distribution requirements of the Code (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Partial withdrawals, including those you take to satisfy RMDs, will reduce any potential benefit that the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider provides. You should consult your tax advisor if you have any questions about the use of this rider in your tax situation;

• if you think you may withdraw all of your contract value before you have held your contract with this benefit rider attached for 10 years, or you are considering selecting an annuity payout option within 10 years of the effective date of your contract, you should consider whether this optional benefit is right for you. You must hold the contract a

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    57

	minimum of 10 years from the effective date of the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, which is the length of the waiting period under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, in order to receive the benefit, if any, provided by the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. In some cases, as described below, you may need to hold the contract longer than 10 years in order to qualify for any benefit the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may provide;
•	the 10 year waiting period under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider will restart if you exercise the elective step up option (described below) or your surviving spouse exercises the spousal continuation elective step up (described below); and
•	the 10 year waiting period under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may be restarted if you elect to change your investment option to one that causes the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider charge to increase (see “Charges”).

Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether an Accumulation Protector Benefit rider is appropriate for your situation.

Here are some general terms that are used to describe the operation of the Accumulation Protector Benefit:

Benefit Date: This is the first valuation date immediately following the expiration of the waiting period.

Minimum Contract Accumulation Value (MCAV): An amount calculated under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. The contract value will be increased to equal the MCAV on the benefit date if the contract value on the benefit date is less than the MCAV on the benefit date.

Adjustments for Partial Withdrawals: The adjustment made for each partial withdrawal from the contract is equal to the amount derived from multiplying (a) and (b) where:

(a)	is 1 minus the ratio of the contract value on the date of (but immediately after) the partial withdrawal to the contract value on the date of (but immediately prior to) the partial withdrawal; and
(b)	is the MCAV on the date of (but immediately prior to) the partial withdrawal.

Waiting Period: The waiting period for the rider is 10 years.

We reserve the right to restart the waiting period on the latest contract anniversary if you change your investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider charge for new contract owners, or if you change your asset allocation investment option after we have exercised our rights to charge a separate charge for each investment option.

Your initial MCAV is equal to your initial purchase payment and any purchase payment credit. It is increased by the amount of any subsequent purchase payments received within the first 180 days that the rider is effective. It is reduced by adjustments for any partial withdrawals made during the waiting period.

Automatic Step Up

On each contract anniversary after the effective date of the rider, the MCAV will be set to the greater of:

1.	80% of the contract value on the contract anniversary (after charges are deducted); or
2.	the MCAV immediately prior to the automatic step-up.

The automatic step up does not create contract value, guarantee the performance of any investment option, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn or paid upon death. Rather, the automatic step-up is an interim calculation used to arrive at the final MCAV, which is used to determine whether a benefit will be paid under the rider on the benefit date.

The automatic step up of the MCAV does not restart the waiting period or increase the charge (although the total fee for the rider may increase).

Elective Step Up Option

Within thirty days following each contract anniversary after the rider effective date, but prior to the benefit date, you may notify us in writing that you wish to exercise the annual elective step-up option. You may exercise this elective step-up option only once per contract year during this 30 day period. If your contract value (after charges are deducted) on the valuation date we receive your written request to step-up is greater than the MCAV on that date, your MCAV will increase to 100% of that contract value.

We may increase the fee for your rider (see “Charges — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider Charge”). The revised fee would apply to your rider if you exercise the annual elective step up, your MCAV is increased as a result, and the revised fee is higher than your annual rider fee before the elective step-up. Elective step-ups will also result in a restart of the waiting period as of the most recent contract anniversary.

The elective step up does not create contract value, guarantee the performance of any investment option, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn or paid upon death. Rather, the elective step-up is an interim calculation used to arrive at the final MCAV, which is used to determine whether a benefit will be paid under the rider on the benefit date.

58    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The elective step-up option is not available to non-spouse beneficiaries that continue the contract during the waiting period.

We have the right to restrict the elective step up option on inherited IRAs, but we currently allow them. Please consider carefully if an elective step up is appropriate if you own an inherited IRA because the elective step up will restart the waiting period and the required minimum distributions for an inherited IRA may significantly decrease the future benefit payable under this rider. We reserve the right to restrict the elective step-up option on inherited IRAs in the future.

The elective step-up option is not available if the benefit date would be after the retirement date. (see “The Retirement Date” section for retirement date options)

Spousal Continuation

If a spouse chooses to continue the contract under the spousal continuation provision, the rider will continue as part of the contract. Once, within the thirty days following the date of spousal continuation, the spouse may choose to exercise an elective step-up. The spousal continuation elective step-up is in addition to the annual elective step-up. If the contract value on the valuation date we receive the written request to exercise this option is greater than the MCAV on that date, we will increase the MCAV to that contract value. If the MCAV is increased as a result of the elective step-up and we have increased the charge for the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, the spouse will pay the charge that is in effect on the valuation date we receive their written request to step-up. In addition, the waiting period will restart as of the most recent contract anniversary.

Terminating the Rider

The rider will terminate under the following conditions:

The rider will terminate before the benefit date without paying a benefit on the date:

• you take a full withdrawal; or

• annuitization begins; or

• the contract terminates as a result of the death benefit being paid.

The rider will terminate on the benefit date.

For an example, see Appendix E.

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge if⁽¹⁾:

•	your contract application is signed on or after May 1, 2006;
•	the rider is available in your state; and
•	you and the annuitant are 80 or younger on the date the contract is issued.
(1)	The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider is not available under an inherited qualified annuity.

You must elect the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider when you purchase your contract. The rider effective date will be the contract issue date.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider guarantees that you will be able to withdraw up to a certain amount each year from the contract, regardless of the investment performance of your contract before the annuity payments begin, until you have recovered at minimum all of your purchase payments. And, under certain limited circumstances defined in the rider, you have the right to take a specified amount of partial withdrawals in each contract year until death (see “At Death” heading below) — even if the contract value is zero.

Your contract provides for annuity payouts to begin on the retirement date (see “Buying Your Contract — The Retirement Date”). Before the retirement date, you have the right to withdraw some or all of your contract value, less applicable administrative, withdrawal and rider charges imposed under the contract at the time of the withdrawal (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Withdrawals”). Because your contract value will fluctuate depending on the performance of the underlying funds in which the subaccounts invest, the contract itself does not guarantee that you will be able to take a certain withdrawal amount each year before annuity payouts begin, nor does it guarantee the length of time over which such withdrawals can be made before annuity payouts begin.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider may be appropriate for you if you intend to make periodic withdrawals from your annuity contract and wish to ensure that market performance will not adversely affect your ability to withdraw your principal over time.

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    59

Under the terms of the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, the calculation of the amount which can be withdrawn in each contract year varies depending on several factors, including but not limited to the waiting period (see “Waiting period” heading below) and whether or not the lifetime withdrawal benefit has become effective:

(1)

The basic withdrawal benefit gives you the right to take limited partial withdrawals in each contract year and guarantees that over time the withdrawals will total an amount equal to, at minimum, your purchase payments. Key terms associated with the basic withdrawal benefit are “Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP),” “Remaining Benefit Payment (RBP),” “Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA),” and “Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA).” See these headings below for more information.

(2)

The lifetime withdrawal benefit gives you the right, under certain limited circumstances defined in the rider, to take limited partial withdrawals until the later of death (see “At Death” heading below) or until the RBA (under the basic withdrawal benefit) is reduced to zero. Key terms associated with the lifetime withdrawal benefit are “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP),” “Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (RALP),” “Covered Person,” and “Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA).” See these headings below for more information.

Only the basic withdrawal benefit will be in effect prior to the date that the lifetime withdrawal benefit becomes effective. The lifetime withdrawal benefit becomes effective automatically on the rider anniversary date after the covered person reaches age 65, or the rider effective date if the covered person is age 65 or older on the rider effective date (see “Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA)” heading below).

Provided annuity payouts have not begun, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider guarantees that you may take the following partial withdrawal amounts each contract year:

• After the waiting period and before the establishment of the ALP, the rider guarantees that each year you can cumulatively withdraw an amount equal to the GBP;

• During the waiting period and before the establishment of the ALP, the rider guarantees that each year you can cumulatively withdraw an amount equal to the value of the RBP at the beginning of the contract year;

• After the waiting period and after the establishment of the ALP, the rider guarantees that each year you have the option to cumulatively withdraw an amount equal the ALP or the GBP, but the rider does not guarantee withdrawals of the sum of both the ALP and the GBP in a contract year;

• During the waiting period and after the establishment of the ALP, the rider guarantees that each year you have the option to cumulatively withdraw an amount equal to the value of the RALP or the RBP at the beginning of the contract year, but the rider does not guarantee withdrawals of the sum of both the RALP and the RBP in a contract year.

If you withdraw less than the allowed partial withdrawal amount in a contract year, the unused portion cannot be carried over to the next contract year. As long as your partial withdrawals in each contract year do not exceed the annual partial withdrawal amount allowed under the rider, and there has not been a contract ownership change or spousal continuation of the contract, the guaranteed amounts available for partial withdrawals are protected (i.e., will not decrease).

If you withdraw more than the allowed partial withdrawal amount in a contract year, we call this an “excess withdrawal” under the rider. Excess withdrawals trigger an adjustment of a benefit’s guaranteed amount, which may cause it to be reduced (see “GBA Excess Withdrawal Processing,” “RBA Excess Withdrawal Processing,” and “ALP Excess Withdrawal Processing” headings below).

Please note that each of the two benefits has its own definition of the allowed annual withdrawal amount. Therefore a partial withdrawal may be considered an excess withdrawal for purposes of the lifetime withdrawal benefit only, the basic withdrawal benefit only, or both.

If your withdrawals exceed the greater of the RBP or the RALP, withdrawal charges under the terms of the contract may apply (see “Charges — Withdrawal Charges”). The amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable withdrawal charge. Market value adjustments, if applicable, will also be made (see “Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs) — Market Value Adjustment”). We pay you the amount you request. Any partial withdrawals you take under the contract will reduce the value of the death benefits (see “Benefits in Case of Death”). Upon full withdrawal of the contract, you will receive the remaining contract value less any applicable charges (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Withdrawal”).

The rider’s guaranteed amounts can be increased at the specified intervals if your contract value has increased. An annual step up feature is available at each contract anniversary, subject to certain conditions, and may be applied automatically to your contract or may require you to elect the step up (see “Annual Step Up” heading below). If you exercise the annual step up election, the spousal continuation step up election (see “Spousal Continuation Step Up” heading below) or change your PN investment option, the rider charge may change (see “Charges”).

If you take withdrawals during the waiting period, any prior steps ups applied will be reversed and step ups will not be available until the third rider anniversary. You may take withdrawals after the waiting period without reversal of prior step ups.

60    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

You should consider whether the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider is appropriate for you because:

You will begin paying the rider charge as of the rider effective date, even if you do not begin taking withdrawals for many years. It is possible that your contract performance, fees and charges, and withdrawal pattern may be such that your contract value will not be depleted in your lifetime and you will not receive any monetary value under the rider.

• Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit Limitations: The lifetime withdrawal benefit is subject to certain limitations, including but not limited to:

(a) Once the contract value equals zero, payments are made for as long as the oldest owner or annuitant is living (see “If Contract Value Reduces to Zero” heading below). However, if the contract value is greater than zero, the lifetime withdrawal benefit terminates at the first death of any owner or annuitant (see “At Death” heading below). Therefore, if there are multiple contract owners or the annuitant is not an owner, the rider may terminate or the lifetime withdrawal benefit may be reduced. This possibility may present itself when:

(i)	There are multiple contract owners — when one of the contract owners dies the benefit terminates even though other contract owners are still living (except if the contract is continued under the spousal continuation provision of the contract); or
(ii)	The owner and the annuitant are not the same persons — if the annuitant dies before the owner, the benefit terminates even though the owner is still living. This is could happen, for example, when the owner is younger than the annuitant. This risk increases as the age difference between owner and annuitant increases.

(b)	Excess withdrawals can reduce the ALP to zero even though the GBA, RBA, GBP and/or RBP values are greater than zero. If the both the ALP and the contract value are zero, the lifetime withdrawal benefit will terminate.
(c)	When the lifetime withdrawal benefit is first established, the initial ALP is based on the basic withdrawal benefit’s RBA at that time (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below), unless there has been a spousal continuation or ownership change. Any withdrawal you take before the ALP is established reduces the RBA and therefore may result in a lower amount of lifetime withdrawals you are allowed to take.
(d)	Withdrawals can reduce both the contract value and the RBA to zero prior to the establishment of the ALP. If this happens, the contract and the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider will terminate.

• Investment Allocation Restrictions: You must be invested in one of the approved investment options. These funds are expected to reduce our financial risks and expenses associated with certain living benefits. Although the funds’ investment strategies may help mitigate declines in your contract value due to declining equity markets, the funds’ investment strategies may also curb your contract value gains during periods of positive performance by the equity markets. Additionally, investment in the funds may decrease the number and amount of any benefit base increase opportunities. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds: Volatility and Volatility Management Risk with the Portfolio Stabilizer funds” section.) We reserve the right to add, remove or substitute approved investment options at any time and in our sole discretion in the future. This requirement limits your choice of investments. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, GPAs or the one-year fixed account that are available under the contract to contract owners who do not elect this rider. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds.”) You may allocate purchase payments and purchase payment credits to the DCA fixed account, when available, and we will make monthly transfers into the investment option you have chosen. Subject to state restrictions, we reserve the right to limit the number of investment options from which you can select based on the dollar amount of purchase payments you make.

• Limitations on Purchase of Other Riders under this Contract: If you select the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, you may not elect an Income Assurer Benefit rider or the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider.

• Non-Cancelable: Once elected, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider may not be cancelled and the fee will continue to be deducted until the contract is terminated, the contract value reduces to zero (described below) or after the retirement date.

• Limitations on Purchase Payments: We reserve the right to limit the cumulative amount of purchase payments, subject to state restrictions, which may limit your ability to make additional purchase payments to increase your contract value as you may have originally intended. For current purchase payment restrictions, please see “Buying Your Contract — Purchase Payments”.

• Interaction with Total Free Amount (TFA) contract provision:The TFA is the amount you are allowed to withdraw from the contract in each contract year without incurring a withdrawal charge (see “Charges — Withdrawal Charge”). The TFA may be greater than the RBP or RALP under this rider. Any amount you withdraw under the contract’s TFA provision that exceeds the RBP or RALP is subject to the excess withdrawal processing described below for the GBA, RBA and ALP.

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    61

You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of this rider in your tax situation:

• Tax Considerations for Nonqualified Annuities: Under current federal income tax law, withdrawals under nonqualified annuities, including partial withdrawals taken from the contract under the terms of this rider, are treated less favorably than amounts received as annuity payments under the contract (see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities”). Withdrawals before age 59 ½ may incur a 10% IRS early withdrawal penalty and may be considered taxable income.

• Tax Considerations for Qualified Annuities:Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). If you have a qualified annuity, you may need to take an RMD that exceeds the specified amount of withdrawal available under the rider. Partial withdrawals in any contract year that exceed the guaranteed amount available for withdrawal may reduce future benefits guaranteed under the rider. While the rider permits certain excess withdrawals to be made for the purpose of satisfying RMD requirements for this contract alone without reducing future benefits guaranteed under the rider, there can be no guarantee that changes in the federal income tax law after the effective date of the rider will not require a larger RMD to be taken, in which case, future guaranteed withdrawals under the rider could be reduced. See Appendix G for additional information. Additionally, RMD rules follow the calendar year which most likely does not coincide with your contract year and therefore may limit when you can take your RMD and not be subject to excess withdrawal processing.

• Treatment of non-spousal distributions: Unless you are married your beneficiary will be required to take distributions as a non-spouse which may result in significantly decreasing the value of the rider. Please note civil unions and domestic partnerships generally are not recognized as marriages for federal tax purposes. For additional information see “Taxes — Other — Spousal status” section of this prospectus.

• Limitations on Tax-Sheltered Annuities (TSAs): Your right to take withdrawals is restricted if your contract is a TSA (see “TSA — Special Provisions”).

For an example, see Appendix F.

Key terms and provisions of the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider are described below:

Partial Withdrawals: A withdrawal of an amount that does not result in a full withdrawal of the contract. The partial withdrawal amount is a gross amount and will include any withdrawal charge and any market value adjustment.

Waiting period: The period of time starting on the rider effective date during which the annual step up is not available if you take withdrawals. The current waiting period is three years.

Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA): The total cumulative amount available for partial withdrawals over the life of the rider under the basic withdrawal benefit. The maximum GBA is $5,000,000. The GBA cannot be withdrawn and is not payable as a death benefit. Rather, the GBA is an interim value used to calculate the amount available for withdrawals each year under the basic withdrawal benefit (see “Guaranteed Benefit Payment” below). At any time, the total GBA is the sum of the individual GBAs associated with each purchase payment.

The GBA is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At contract issue — the GBA is equal to the initial purchase payment plus purchase payment credits.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own GBA equal to the amount of the purchase payment plus purchase payment credits.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When an individual RBA is reduced to zero — the GBA that is associated with that RBA will also be set to zero.

• When you make a partial withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up — Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the GBA associated with each purchase payment will be reset to the amount of that purchase payment plus purchase payment credits. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first partial withdrawal is made.

• When you make a partial withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the total RBP — the GBA remains unchanged. If there have been multiple purchase payments, both the total GBA and each payment’s GBA remain unchanged.
(b)	is greater than the total RBP— GBA excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the GBA. If the partial withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing is applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

62    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

GBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The total GBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the total GBA immediately prior to the withdrawal; or (b) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s GBA after the withdrawal will be reset to equal that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal plus (a) times (b), where:

(a)	is the ratio of the total GBA after the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal to the total GBA before the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal; and
(b)	is each payment’s GBA before the withdrawal less that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal.

Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA): Each withdrawal you make reduces the amount that is guaranteed by this rider as future withdrawals. At any point in time, the RBA equals the amount of GBA that remains available for withdrawals for the remainder of the contract’s life, and total RBA is the sum of the individual RBAs associated with each purchase payment. The maximum RBA is $5,000,000.

The RBA is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At contract issue — the RBA is equal to the initial purchase payment plus purchase payment credits.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own RBA initially set equal to that payment’s GBA (the amount of the purchase payment plus purchase payment credits).

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When you make a partial withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up — Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the RBA associated with each purchase payment will be reset to the amount of that purchase payment plus purchase payment credits. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first partial withdrawal is made.

• When you make a partial withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the total RBP — the total RBA is reduced by the amount of the withdrawal. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s RBA is reduced in proportion to its RBP.
(b)	is greater than the total RBP— RBA excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the RBA. If the partial withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing is applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

RBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The total RBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal, or (b) the total RBA immediately prior to the withdrawal, less the amount of the withdrawal.

If there have been multiple purchase payments, both the total RBA and each payment’s RBA will be reset. The total RBA will be reset according to the excess withdrawal processing described above. Each payment’s RBA will be reset in the following manner:

1.	The withdrawal amount up to the total RBP is taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its individual RBP at the time of the withdrawal; and
2.	The withdrawal amount above the total RBP and any amount determined by the excess withdrawal processing are taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its RBA at the time of the withdrawal.

Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP): At any time, the amount available for partial withdrawals in each contract year after the waiting period, until the RBA is reduced to zero, under the basic withdrawal benefit. At any point in time, each purchase payment has its own GBP, which is equal to the lesser of that payment’s RBA or 7% of that payment’s GBA, and the total GBP is the sum of the individual GBPs.

During the waiting period, the guaranteed annual withdrawal amount may be less than the GBP due to the limitations the waiting period imposes on your ability to utilize both annual step-ups and withdrawals (see “Waiting Period” heading above). The guaranteed annual withdrawal amount during the waiting period is equal to the value of the RBP at the beginning of the contract year.

The GBP is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At contract issue — the GBP is established as 7% of the GBA value.

• At each contract anniversary — each payment’s GBP is reset to the lesser of that payment’s RBA or 7% of that payment’s GBA value.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own GBP equal to 7% of the purchase payment amount plus purchase payment credits.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When an individual RBA is reduced to zero — the GBP associated with that RBA will also be reset to zero.

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    63

• When you make a partial withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up— Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the GBA and the RBA associated with each purchase payment will be reset to the amount of that purchase payment plus purchase payment credits. Each payment’s GBP will be reset to 7% of that purchase payment. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first partial withdrawal is made.

• When you make a partial withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the total RBP — the GBP remains unchanged.
(b)	is greater than the total RBP — each payment’s GBP is reset to the lesser of that payment’s RBA or 7% of that payment’s GBA value, based on the RBA and GBA after the withdrawal. If the partial withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing is applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

Remaining Benefit Payment (RBP): The amount available for partial withdrawals for the remainder of the contract year under the basic withdrawal benefit. At any point in time, the total RBP is the sum of the RBPs for each purchase payment. During the waiting period, when the guaranteed amount maybe less than the GBP, the value of the RBP at the beginning of the contract year will be that amount that is actually guaranteed each contract year.

The RBP is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At the beginning of each contract year during the waiting period and prior to any withdrawal — the RBP for each purchase payment is set equal to that purchase payment plus purchase payment credits multiplied by 7%.

• At the beginning of any other contract year — the RBP for each purchase payment is set equal to that purchase payment’s GBP.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own RBP equal to that payment’s GBP.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• At spousal continuation — (see “Spousal Option to Continue the Contract” heading below).

• When an individual RBA is reduced to zero — the RBP associated with that RBA will also be reset to zero.

• When you make any partial withdrawal — the total RBP is reset to equal the total RBP immediately prior to the partial withdrawal less the amount of the partial withdrawal, but not less than zero. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s RBP is reduced proportionately.If you withdraw an amount greater than the RBP, GBA excess withdrawal processing and RBA excess withdrawal processing are applied and the amount available for future partial withdrawals for the remainder of the contract’s life may be reduced by more than the amount of withdrawal. When determining if a withdrawal will result in the excess withdrawal processing, the applicable RBP will not yet reflect the amount of the current withdrawal.

Covered Person: The person whose life is used to determine when the ALP is established, and the duration of the ALP payments. The covered person is the oldest contract owner or annuitant. The covered person may change during the contract’s life if there is a spousal continuation or a change of contract ownership. If the covered person changes, we recompute the benefits guaranteed by the rider, based on the life of the new covered person, which may reduce the amount of the lifetime withdrawal benefit.

Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA): The covered person’s age after which time the lifetime benefit can be established. Currently, the lifetime benefit can be established on the later of the contract effective date or the contract anniversary date on/following the date the covered person reaches age 65.

Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP): Once established, the ALP at any time is the amount available for withdrawals in each contract year after the waiting period until the later of death (see “At Death” heading below), or the RBA is reduced to zero, under the lifetime withdrawal benefit. The maximum ALP is $300,000. Prior to establishment of the ALP, the lifetime withdrawal benefit is not in effect and the ALP is zero.

During the waiting period, the guaranteed annual lifetime withdrawal amount may be less than the ALP due to the limitations the waiting period imposes on your ability to utilize both annual step-ups and withdrawals (see “Waiting Period” heading above). The guaranteed annual lifetime withdrawal amount during the waiting period is equal to the value of the RALP at the beginning of the contract year.

The ALP is determined at the following times:

• The later of the contract effective date or the contract anniversary date on/following the date the covered person reaches age 65— the ALP is established as 6% of the total RBA.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment increases the ALP by 6% of the amount of the purchase payment plus purchase payment credits.

• At step ups — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

64    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• At contract ownership change — (see “Spousal Option to Continue the Contract” and “Contract Ownership Change” headings below).

• When you make a partial withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up — Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the ALP will be reset to equal total purchase payments plus purchase payment credits multiplied by 6%. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first partial withdrawal is made.

• When you make a partial withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the RALP — the ALP remains unchanged.
(b)	is greater than the RALP —ALP excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the ALP. Please note that if the partial withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing are applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

ALP Excess Withdrawal Processing

The ALP is reset to the lesser of the ALP immediately prior to the withdrawal, or 6% of the contract value immediately following the withdrawal.

Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (RALP): The amount available for partial withdrawals for the remainder of the contract year under the lifetime withdrawal benefit. During the waiting period, when the guaranteed annual withdrawal amount may be less than the ALP, the value of the RALP at the beginning of the contract year will be the amount that is actually guaranteed each contract year. Prior to establishment of the ALP, the lifetime withdrawal benefit is not in effect and the RALP is zero.

The RALP is determined at the following times:

• The later of the contract effective date or the contract anniversary date following the date the covered person reaches age 65, and:

(a)	During the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals — the RALP is established equal to 6% of purchase payments plus purchase payment credits.
(b)	At any other time — the RALP is established equal to the ALP.

• At the beginning of each contract year during the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals — the RALP is set equal to the total purchase payments plus purchase payment credits, multiplied by 6%.

• At the beginning of any other contract year — the RALP is set equal to ALP.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment increases the RALP by 6% of the amount of the purchase payment plus purchase payment credits.

• At step ups — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When you make any partial withdrawal — the RALP equals the RALP immediately prior to the partial withdrawal less the amount of the partial withdrawal, but not less than zero.If you withdraw an amount greater than the RALP, ALP excess withdrawal processing is applied and the amount available for future partial withdrawals for the remainder of the contract’s life may be reduced by more than the amount of withdrawal. When determining if a withdrawal will result in excess withdrawal processing, the applicable RALP will not yet reflect the amount of the current withdrawal.

Step Up Date: The date any step up becomes effective, and depends on the type of step up being applied (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

Annual Step Up: Beginning with the first contract anniversary, an increase of the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP, and/or RALP values may be available. A step up does not create contract value, guarantee the performance of any investment option, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn or paid upon death. Rather, a step up determines the current values of the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP, and RALP, and may extend the payment period or increase the allowable payment.

The annual step up is subject to the following rules:

• The annual step up is available when the RBA or, if established, the ALP, would increase on the step up date.

• Only one step up is allowed each contract year.

• If you take any withdrawals during the waiting period, any previously applied step ups will be reversed and the Annual step up will not be available until the end of the waiting period.

• If the application of the step up does not increase the rider charge, the annual step up will be automatically applied to your contract, and the step up date is the contract anniversary date.

• If the application of the step up would increase the rider charge, the annual step up is not automatically applied. Instead, you have the option to step up for 30 days after the contract anniversary. If you exercise the elective annual step up option, you will pay the rider charge in effect on the step up date. If you wish to exercise the elective annual

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    65

	step up option, we must receive a request from you or your investment professional. The step up date is the date we receive your request to step up. If your request is received after the close of business, the step up date will be the next valuation day.
•	The ALP and RALP are not eligible for step ups until they are established. Prior to being established, the ALP and RALP values are both zero.
•	Please note it is possible for the ALP and RALP to step up even if the RBA or GBA do not step up, and it is also possible for the RBA and GBA to step up even if the ALP or RALP do not step up.

The annual step up resets the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP values as follows:

• The total RBA will be reset to the greater of the total RBA immediately prior to the step up date or the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The total GBA will be reset to the greater of the total GBA immediately prior to the step up date or the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The total GBP will be reset using the calculation as described above based on the increased GBA and RBA.

• The total RBP will be reset as follows:

(a)	During the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals, the RBP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	At any other time, the RBP will be reset as the increased GBP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but never less than zero.

• The ALP will be reset to the greater of the ALP immediately prior to the step up date or 6% of the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The RALP will be reset as follows:

(a)	During the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals, the RALP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	At any other time, the RALP will be reset as the increased ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

Spousal Option to Continue the Contract: If a surviving spouse elects to continue the contract, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider also continues. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate. When the spouse elects to continue the contract, any remaining waiting period is cancelled; the covered person will be re-determined and is the covered person referred to below; and the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP values are affected as follows:

• The GBA, RBA, and GBP values remain unchanged.

• The RBP is automatically reset to the GBP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

• If the ALP has not yet been established and the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the date of continuation — the ALP will be established on the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65 as the lesser of the RBA or the contract anniversary value, multiplied by 6%. The RALP will be established on the same date equal to the ALP.

• If the ALP has not yet been established but the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the date of continuation — the ALP will be established on the date of continuation as the lesser of the RBA or the contract value, multiplied by 6%. The RALP will be established on the same date in an amount equal to the ALP less all prior partial withdrawals made in the current contract year, but will never be less than zero.

• If the ALP has been established but the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the date of continuation — the ALP and RALP will be automatically reset to zero for the period of time beginning with the date of continuation and ending with the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65. At the end of this time period, the ALP will be reset to the lesser of the RBA or the anniversary contract value, multiplied by 6%, and the RALP will be reset to equal the ALP.

• If the ALP has been established and the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the date of continuation — the ALP will be automatically reset to the lesser of the current ALP or 6% of the contract value on the date of continuation. The RALP will be reset to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

Please note that the lifetime withdrawal benefit amount may be reduced as a result of the spousal continuation.

Spousal Continuation Step Up: If a surviving spouse elects to continue the contract, another elective step up option becomes available. To exercise the step up, the spouse or the spouse’s investment professional must submit a request within 30 days of the date of continuation. The step up date is the date we receive the spouse’s request to step up. If the request is received after the close of business, the step up date will be the next valuation day. The GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP will be reset in the same fashion as the annual step up.

66    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The spousal continuation step up is subject to the following rules:

• If the spousal continuation step up option is exercised and we have increased the charge for the rider, the spouse will pay the charge that is in effect on the step up date.

It is our current administrative practice to process the spousal continuation step up as described in the next paragraph; however, we reserve the right to discontinue our administrative practice and will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change.

At the time of spousal continuation, a step-up may be available. All annual step-up rules (see “Annual Step-Up” heading above), other than those that apply to the waiting period, also apply to the spousal continuation step-up. If the spousal continuation step-up is processed automatically, the step-up date is the valuation date spousal continuation is effective. If not, the spouse must elect the step up and must do so within 30 days of the spousal continuation date. If the spouse elects the spousal continuation step up, the step-up date is the valuation date we receive the spouse’s written request to step-up if we receive the request by the close of business on that day, otherwise the next valuation date.

If Contract Value Reduces to Zero: If the contract value reduces to zero and the total RBA remains greater than zero, you will be paid in the following scenarios:

1) The ALP has not yet been established and the contract value is reduced to zero for any reason other than full withdrawal of the contract. In this scenario, you can choose to:

(a)	receive the remaining schedule of GBPs until the RBA equals zero; or
(b)	wait until the rider anniversary on/following the date the covered person reaches age 65, and then receive the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the covered person, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero.

We will notify you of this option. If no election is made, the ALP will be paid.

2) The ALP has been established and the contract value reduces to zero as a result of fees or charges, or a withdrawal that is less than or equal to both the RBP and the RALP. In this scenario, you can choose to receive:

(a)	the remaining schedule of GBPs until the RBA equals zero; or
(b)	the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the covered person, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero. We will notify you of this option. If no election is made, the ALP will be paid.

3)	The ALP has been established and the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RALP but less than or equal to the RBP. In this scenario, the remaining schedule of GBPs will be paid until the RBA equals zero.
4)	The ALP has been established and the contract value falls to zero as a result of a partial withdrawal that is greater than the RBP but less than or equal to the RALP. In this scenario, the ALP will be paid annually until the death of the covered person.

Under any of these scenarios:

• The annualized amounts will be paid to you in the frequency you elect. You may elect a frequency offered by us at the time payments begin. Available payment frequencies will be no less frequent than annually;

• We will no longer accept additional purchase payments;

• You will no longer be charged for the rider;

• Any attached death benefit riders will terminate; and

• The death benefit becomes the remaining payments, if any, until the RBA is reduced to zero.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider and the contract will terminate under either of the following two scenarios:

• If the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than both the RALP and the RBP. This is full withdrawal of the contract.

• If the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RALP but less than or equal to the RBP, and the total RBA is reduced to zero.

At Death: If the contract value is greater than zero when the death benefit becomes payable, the beneficiary may elect to take the death benefit as a lump sum under the terms of the contract (see “Benefits in Case of Death”) or the annuity payout option (see “Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Payout Option” heading below).

If the contract value equals zero and the death benefit becomes payable, the following will occur:

• If the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the GBP each year, the GBP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person dies and the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    67

• If the covered person is still alive and the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the later of the death of the covered person or the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person is still alive and the RBA equals zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the death of the covered person.

• If the covered person dies and the RBA equals zero, the benefit terminates. No further payments will be made.

Contract Ownership Change: If the contract changes ownership (see “Changing Ownership”), the covered person will be redetermined and is the covered person referred to below. The GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP values will remain unchanged. The ALP and RALP will be reset as follows. Our current administrative practice is to only reset the ALP and RALP if the covered person changes due to the ownership change.

• If the ALP has not yet been established and the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the ownership change date— the ALP and the RALP will be established on the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65. The ALP will be set equal to the lesser of the RBA or the anniversary contract value, multiplied by 6%. If the anniversary date occurs during the waiting period and prior to a withdrawal, the RALP will be set to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments plus purchase payment credits multiplied by 6%. If the anniversary date occurs at any other time, the RALP will be set to the ALP.

• If the ALP has not yet been established but the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the ownership change date — the ALP and the RALP will be established on the ownership change date. The ALP will be set equal to the lesser of the RBA or the contract value, multiplied by 6%. If the ownership change date occurs during the waiting period and prior to a withdrawal, the RALP will be set equal to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments plus purchase payment credits multiplied by 6%. If the ownership change date occurs at any other time, the RALP will be set equal to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year but not less than zero.

• If the ALP has been established but the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the ownership change date— the ALP and the RALP will be reset to zero for the period of time beginning with the ownership change date and ending with the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65. At the end of this time period, the ALP will be reset to the lesser of the RBA or the anniversary contract value, multiplied by 6%. If the time period ends during the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals, the RALP will be reset to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments plus purchase payment credits multiplied by 6%. If the time period ends at any other time, the RALP will be reset to the ALP.

• If the ALP has been established and the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the ownership change date — the ALP and the RALP will be reset on the ownership change date. The ALP will be reset to the lesser of the current ALP or 6% of the contract value. If the ownership change date occurs during the waiting period and prior to a withdrawal, the RALP will be reset to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments plus purchase payment credits multiplied by 6%. If the ownership change date occurs at any other time, the RALP will be reset to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year but not less than zero.

Please note that the lifetime withdrawal benefit amount may be reduced as a result of the ownership change.

Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Payout Option: Several annuity payout plans are available under the contract. As an alternative to these annuity payout plans, a fixed annuity payout option is available under the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider.

Under this option the amount payable each year will be equal to the remaining schedule of GBPs, but the total amount paid over the life of the annuity will not exceed the current total RBA at the time you begin this fixed annuity payout option. These annualized amounts will be paid in the frequency that you elect. The frequencies will be among those offered by us at that time but will be no less frequent than annually. If, at the death of the owner, total payouts have been made for less than the RBA, the remaining payouts will be paid to the beneficiary (see “The Annuity Payout Period” and “Taxes”).

This option may not be available if the contract is issued to qualify under Section 403 or 408 of the Code, as amended. For such contracts, this option will be available only if the guaranteed payment period is less than the life expectancy of the owner at the time the option becomes effective. Such life expectancy will be computed under the mortality table we then use to determine current life annuity purchase rates under the contract to which this rider is attached.

This annuity payout option may also be elected by the beneficiary of a contract as a settlement option if payments begin no later than one year after your death and the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy.

Whenever multiple beneficiaries are designated under the contract, each such beneficiary’s share of the proceeds if they elect this option will be in proportion to their applicable designated beneficiary percentage. Beneficiaries of nonqualified contracts may elect this settlement option subject to the distribution requirements of the contract. We reserve the right to adjust the future schedule of GBPs if necessary to comply with the Code.

68    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Rider Termination

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider cannot be terminated either by you or us except as follows:

1.	Annuity payouts under an annuity payout plan will terminate the rider.
2.	Termination of the contract for any reason will terminate the rider.

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider is an optional benefit that was offered for an additional annual charge if⁽¹⁾:

•	your contract application was signed prior to April 29, 2005(2);
•	the rider was available in your state; and
•	you and the annuitant were 79 or younger on the date the contract was issued.
(1)	The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit is not available under an inherited qualified annuity.
(2)	In previous disclosure, we have referred to this rider as Rider B. This rider is no longer available for purchase. See the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life and Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit sections in this prospectus for information about currently offered versions of this benefit. See the rider attached to your contract for the actual terms of the benefit you purchased.

You must elect the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider when you purchase your contract (original rider). The original rider you receive at contract issue offers an elective annual step-up and any withdrawal after a step up during the first three years is considered an excess withdrawal, as described below. The rider effective date of the original rider is the contract issue date.

We will offer you the option of replacing the original rider with a new Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit (enhanced rider), if available in your state. The enhanced rider offers an automatic annual step-up and a withdrawal after a step up during the first three years is not necessarily an excess withdrawal, as described below. The effective date of the enhanced rider will be the contract issue date except for the automatic step-up which will apply to contract anniversaries that occur after you accept the enhanced rider. The descriptions below apply to both the original and enhanced riders unless otherwise noted.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit initially provides a guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit that gives you the right to take limited partial withdrawals in each contract year that over time will total an amount equal to your purchase payments plus purchase payment credits. Certain withdrawals and step ups, as described below, can cause the initial guaranteed withdrawal benefit to change. The guarantee remains in effect if your partial withdrawals in a contract year do not exceed the allowed amount. As long as your withdrawals in each contract year do not exceed the allowed amount, you will not be assessed a withdrawal charge. Under the original rider, the allowed amount is the Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP — the amount you may withdraw under the terms of the rider in each contract year, subject to certain restrictions prior to the third contract anniversary, as described below). Under the enhanced rider, the allowed amount is equal to 7% of purchase payments and purchase payment credits for the first three years, and the GBP in all other years.

If you withdraw an amount greater than the allowed amount in a contract year, we call this an “excess withdrawal” under the rider. If you make an excess withdrawal under the rider:

• withdrawal charges, if applicable, will apply only to the amount of the withdrawal that exceeds the allowed amount;

• the guaranteed benefit amount will be adjusted as described below; and

• the remaining benefit amount will be adjusted as described below.

For a partial withdrawal that is subject to a withdrawal charge, the amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable withdrawal charge (see “Charges — Withdrawal Charge”). Market value adjustments, if applicable, will also be made (see “Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs) — Market Value Adjustment”). We pay you the amount you request. Any partial withdrawals you take under the contract will reduce the value of the death benefit (see “Benefits in Case of Death”). Upon full withdrawal of the contract, you will receive the remaining contract value less any applicable charges (see “Withdrawals”).

Once elected, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider may not be cancelled and the fee will continue to be deducted until the contract is terminated, the contract value reduces to zero (described below) or annuity payouts begin. If you select the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, you may not select an Income Assurer Benefit rider or the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. If you exercise the annual step up election (see “Elective Step Up” and “Annual Step Up” below), the special spousal continuation step up election (see “Spousal Continuation and Special Spousal Continuation Step Up” below) or change your investment option, the rider charge may change (see “Charges”).

You should consider whether the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit is appropriate for you because:

You will begin paying the rider charge as of the rider effective date, even if you do not begin taking withdrawals for many years. It is possible that your contract performance, fees and charges, and withdrawal pattern may be such that your contract value will not be depleted in your lifetime and you will not receive any monetary value under the rider.

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    69

• Investment Allocation Restriction: You must participate in the PN program if you purchase a contract on or after May 1, 2006 with this rider (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program”). If you selected this Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider before May 1, 2006, you must participate in the asset allocation program (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Asset Allocation Program”), however, you may elect to participate in the Portfolio Navigator program after May 1, 2006. These funds are expected to reduce our financial risks and expenses associated with certain living benefits. Although the funds’ investment strategies may help mitigate declines in your contract value due to declining equity markets, the funds’ investment strategies may also curb your contract value gains during periods of positive performance by the equity markets. Additionally, investment in the funds may decrease the number and amount of any benefit base increase opportunities. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds: Volatility and Volatility Management Risk with the Portfolio Stabilizer funds” section.) We reserve the right to add, remove or substitute approved investment options at any time and in our sole discretion in the future. This requirement limits your choice of investments. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, GPAs or the one-year fixed account that are available under the contract to contract owners who do not elect this rider. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Asset Allocation Program and Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds.”). You may make qualifying purchase payments and purchase payment credits to the DCA fixed account, when available, and we will make monthly transfers into the investment option you have chosen;

• Tax Considerations for Non-Qualified Annuities: Withdrawals are taxable income to the extent of earnings. Withdrawals of earnings before age 59½ may also incur a 10% IRS early withdrawal penalty and may be considered taxable income;

• Tax Considerations for Qualified Annuities: Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). If you have a qualified annuity, you may need to take an RMD. If you make a withdrawal in any contract year to satisfy an RMD, this may constitute an excess withdrawal, as defined below, and the excess withdrawal procedures described below will apply. Under the terms of the enhanced rider, we allow you to satisfy the RMD based on the life expectancy RMD for your contract and the requirements of the Code and regulations in effect when you purchase your contract, without the withdrawal being treated as an excess withdrawal. It is our current administrative practice to make the same accommodation under the original rider, however, we reserve the right to modify our administrative practice and will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change. See Appendix I for additional information. RMD rules follow the calendar year which most likely does not coincide with your contract year and therefore may limit when you can take your RMD and not be subject to excess withdrawal processing. You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of this rider in your tax situation;

• Treatment of non-spousal distributions: Unless you are married your beneficiary will be required to take distributions as a non-spouse which may result in significantly decreasing the value of the rider. Please note civil unions and domestic partnerships are not recognized as marriages for federal tax purposes. For additional information see “Taxes — Other — Spousal status” section of this prospectus.

• Limitations on Tax-Sheltered Annuities (TSAs): Your right to take withdrawals is restricted if your contract is a TSA (see “TSA — Special Provisions”). Therefore, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider may be of limited value to you. You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of this rider in your tax situation;

• Limitations on Purchase Payments: We reserve the right to limit the cumulative amount of purchase payments, subject to state restrictions, which may limit your ability to make additional purchase payments to increase your contract value as you may have originally intended. For current purchase payment restrictions, please see “Buying Your Contract — Purchase Payments”.

• Interaction with the Total Free Amount (TFA) contract provision: The TFA is the amount you are allowed to withdraw in each contract year without incurring a withdrawal charge (see “Charges — Withdrawal Charge”). The TFA may be greater than GBP under this rider. Any amount you withdraw under the contract’s TFA provision that exceeds the GBP is subject to the excess withdrawal procedures for the GBA and RBA described below.

The terms “Guaranteed Benefit Amount” and “Remaining Benefit Amount” are described below. Each is used in the operation of the GBP, the RBP, the elective step up, the annual step up, the special spousal continuation step up and the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit annuity payout option.

Guaranteed Benefit Amount

The Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA) is equal to the initial purchase payment plus purchase payment credits, adjusted for subsequent purchase payments, any purchase payment credits partial withdrawals in excess of the GBP, and step ups. The maximum GBA is $5,000,000.

The GBA is determined at the following times:

• At contract issue — the GBA is equal to the initial purchase payment, plus any purchase payment credits

70    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• When you make additional purchase payments— each additional purchase payment plus any purchase payment credit has its own GBA equal to the amount of the purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits. The total GBA when an additional purchase payment and purchase payment credit are added is the sum of the individual GBAs immediately prior to the receipt of the additional purchase payment, plus the GBA associated with the additional purchase payment;

• At step up — (see “Elective Step Up” and “Annual Step Up” headings below).

• When you make a partial withdrawal:

(a)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are less than or equal to the GBP — the GBA remains unchanged. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the GBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;
(b)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are greater than the GBP—the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the GBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the GBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;
(c)	under the original rider in a contract year after a step up but before the third contract anniversary —the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the GBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the GBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;

GBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The total GBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the total GBA immediately prior to the withdrawal; or (b) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s GBA after the withdrawal will be reset to equal that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal plus (a) times (b), where:

(a)	is the ratio of the total GBA after the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal to the total GBA before the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal; and
(b)	is each payment’s GBA before the withdrawal less that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal.

Remaining Benefit Amount

The remaining benefit amount (RBA) at any point is the total guaranteed amount available for future partial withdrawals. The maximum RBA is $5,000,000.

The RBA is determined at the following times:

• At contract issue — the RBA is equal to the initial purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits;

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits has its own RBA equal to the amount of the purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits. The total RBA when an additional purchase payment and purchase payment credits are added is the sum of the individual RBAs immediately prior to the receipt of the additional purchase payment, plus the RBA associated with the additional payment;

• At step up — (see “Elective Step Up” and “Annual Step Up” headings below).

• When you make a partial withdrawal:

(a)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are less than or equal to the GBP — the RBA becomes the RBA immediately prior to the partial withdrawal, less the partial withdrawal. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the RBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;
(b)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are greater than the GBP— the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the RBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the RBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;
(c)	under the original rider after a step up but before the third contract anniversary —the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the RBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the RBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups.

RBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The RBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal, or (b) the RBA immediately prior to the withdrawal, less the amount of the withdrawal.

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    71

If there have been multiple purchase payments, any reduction of the RBA will be taken out of each payment’s RBA in the following manner:

The withdrawal amount up to the remaining benefit payment (defined below) is taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its remaining benefit payment at the time of the withdrawal; and the withdrawal amount above the remaining benefit payment and any amount determined by the excess withdrawal processing are taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its RBA at the time of the withdrawal.

Guaranteed Benefit Payment

Under the original rider, the GBP is the amount you may withdraw under the terms of the rider in each contract year, subject to certain restrictions prior to the third anniversary (see “Elective Step Up” above). The GBP is equal to 7% of the GBA.

Under the enhanced rider, the GBP is the withdrawal amount that you are entitled to take each contract year after the third anniversary until the RBA is depleted. The GBP is the lesser of (a) 7% of the GBA; or (b) the RBA.

Under both the original and enhanced riders, if you withdraw less than the GBP in a contract year, there is no carry over to the next contract year.

Remaining Benefit Payment

Under the original rider, at the beginning of each contract year, the remaining benefit payment (RBP) is set as the lesser of (a) the GBP, or (b) the RBA.

Under the enhanced rider, at the beginning of each contract year, during the first three years and prior to any withdrawal, the RBP for each purchase payment is set equal to that purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits, multiplied by 7%. At the beginning of any other contract year, each individual RBP is set equal to each individual GBP.

Each additional purchase payment has its own RBP established equal to that payment’s GBP. The total RBP is equal to the sum of the individual RBPs.

Whenever a partial withdrawal is made, the RBP equals the RBP immediately prior to the partial withdrawal less the amount of the partial withdrawal, but not less than zero.

Elective Step Up (under the original rider only)

You have the option to increase the RBA, the GBA, the GBP and the RBP beginning with the first contract anniversary. An annual elective step up option is available for 30 days after the contract anniversary. The elective step up option allows you to step up the remaining benefit amount and guaranteed benefit amount to the contract value on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

The elective step up is subject to the following rules:

• If you do not take any withdrawals during the first three years, you may step up annually beginning with the first contract anniversary;

• If you take any withdrawals during the first three years, the annual elective step up will not be available until the third contract anniversary;

• If you step up but then take a withdrawal prior to the third contract anniversary, you will lose any prior step ups and the withdrawal will be considered an excess withdrawal subject to the GBA and RBA excess withdrawal procedures discussed under the “Guaranteed Benefit Amount” and “Remaining Benefit Amount” headings above; and

• You may take withdrawals on or after the third contract anniversary without reversal of previous step ups.

You may only step up if your contract value on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up is greater than the RBA. The elective step up will be determined as follows:

• The effective date of the elective step up is the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

• The RBA will be increased to an amount equal to the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

• The GBA will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBA immediately prior to the elective step up; or (b) the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

• The GBP will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBP immediately prior to the elective step up; or (b) 7% of the GBA after the elective step up.

• The RBP will be increased to the lesser of (a) the RBA after the elective step up; or (b) the GBP after the elective step up less any withdrawals made during that contract year.

You may elect a step up only once each contract year within 30 days after the contract anniversary. Once a step up has been elected, another step up may not be elected until the next contract anniversary.

72    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Annual Step Up (under the enhanced rider only)

Beginning with the first contract anniversary after you accept the enhanced rider, an increase of the RBA, the GBA, the GBP and the RBP may be available. A step up does not create contract value, guarantee performance of any investment options, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn or paid upon death. Rather, a step up determines the current values of the GBA, RBA, GBP, and RBP, and may extend the payment period or increase allowable payment.

The annual step up is subject to the following rules:

• The annual step up is available when the RBA would increase on the step up date. The applicable step up date depends on whether the annual step up is applied on an automatic or elective basis.

• If the application of the step does not increase the rider charge, the annual step up will be automatically applied to your contract and the step up date is the contract anniversary date.

• If the application of the step up would increase the rider charge, the annual step up is not automatically applied. Instead, you have the option to step up for 30 days after the contract anniversary. If you exercise the elective annual step up option, you will pay the rider charge in effect on the step up date. If you wish to exercise the elective annual step up option, we must receive a request from you or your investment professional. The step up date is the date we receive your request to step up. If your request is received after the close of business, the step up date will be the next valuation day.

• Only one step up is allowed each contract year.

• If you take any withdrawals during the first three years, any previously applied step ups will be reversed and the annual step up will not be available until the third contract anniversary;

• You may take withdrawals on or after the third contract anniversary without reversal of previous step ups.

The annual step up will be determined as follows:

• The RBA will be increased to an amount equal to the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The GBA will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBA immediately prior to the annual step up; or (b) the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The GBP will be calculated as described earlier, but based on the increased GBA and RBA.

• The RBP will be reset as follows:

(a)	Prior to any withdrawals during the first three years, the RBP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	At any other time, the RBP will be reset as the increased GBP less all prior withdrawals made during the current contract year, but never less than zero.

Spousal Continuation and Special Spousal Continuation Step Up

If a surviving spouse elects to continue the contract, this rider also continues. The spousal continuation step up is in addition to the elective step up or the annual step up. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate. When a spouse elects to continue the contract, any rider feature processing particular to the first three years of the contract as described in this prospectus no longer applies. The GBA, RBA and GBP values remain unchanged. The RBP is automatically reset to the GBP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

A surviving spouse may elect a spousal continuation step up by written request within 30 days following the spouse’s election to continue the contract. This step up may be made even if withdrawals have been taken under the contract during the first three years. Under this step up, the RBA will be reset to the greater of the RBA or the contract value on the valuation date we receive the spouse’s written request to step up; the GBA will be reset to the greater of the GBA or the contract value on the same valuation date. If a spousal continuation step up is elected and we have increased the charge for the rider for new contract owners, the spouse will pay the charge that is in effect on the valuation date we receive the written request to step up.

It is our current administrative practice to process the spousal continuation step up as described in the next paragraph; however, we reserve the right to discontinue our administrative practice and will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change.

At the time of spousal continuation, a step-up may be available. All annual step-up rules (see “Annual Step-Up” heading above), other than those that apply to the waiting period, also apply to the spousal continuation step-up. If the spousal continuation step-up is processed automatically, the step-up date is the valuation date spousal continuation is effective. If not, the spouse must elect the step up and must do so within 30 days of the spousal continuation date. If the spouse elects the spousal continuation step up, the step-up date is the valuation date we receive the spouse’s written request to step-up if we receive the request by the close of business on that day, otherwise the next valuation date.

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    73

Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Payout Option

Several annuity payout plans are available under the contract. As an alternative to these annuity payout plans, a fixed annuity payout option is available under the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit.

Under this option the amount payable each year will be equal to the remaining schedule of GBPs, but the total amount paid over the life of the annuity will not exceed the current total RBA at the time you begin this fixed annuity option. These annualized amounts will be paid in the frequency that you elect. The frequencies will be among those offered by us at that time but will be no less frequent than annually. If, at the death of the owner, total payments have been made for less than the RBA, the remaining payments will be paid to the beneficiary (see “The Annuity Payout Period” and “Taxes”).

This annuity payout option may also be elected by the beneficiary of a contract as a settlement option if payments begin no later than one year after your death and the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy. Whenever multiple beneficiaries are designated under the contract, each such beneficiary’s share of the proceeds if they elect this option will be in proportion to their applicable designated beneficiary percentage. Beneficiaries of nonqualified contracts may elect this settlement option subject to the distribution requirements of the contract. We reserve the right to adjust the remaining schedule of GBPs if necessary to comply with the Code.

If Contract Value Reduces to Zero

If the contract value reduces to zero and the RBA remains greater than zero, the following will occur:

• you will be paid according to the annuity payout option described above;

• we will no longer accept additional purchase payments;

• you will no longer be charged for the rider;

• any attached death benefit riders will terminate; and

• the death benefit becomes the remaining payments under the annuity payout option described above.

If the contract value falls to zero and the RBA is depleted, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider and the contract will terminate.

For an example, see Appendix J.

Income Assurer Benefit Riders

The following three optional Income Assurer Benefit riders were available under your contract if you your contract application was signed prior to May 1, 2007. These riders are no longer available for purchase.

• Income Assurer Benefit – MAV;

• Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base; or

• Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base.

The Income Assurer Benefit riders are intended to provide you with a guaranteed minimum income regardless of the volatility inherent in the investments in the subaccounts. The riders benchmark the contract growth at each anniversary against several comparison values and set the guaranteed income benefit base (described below) equal to the largest value. The guaranteed income benefit base, less any applicable premium tax, is the value we apply to the guaranteed annuity purchase rates stated in Table B of the contract to calculate the minimum annuity payouts you will receive if you exercise the rider. If the guaranteed income benefit base is greater than the contract value, the guaranteed income benefit base may provide a higher annuity payout level than is otherwise available. However, the riders use guaranteed annuity purchase rates which may result in annuity payouts that are less than those using the annuity purchase rates that we may apply at annuitization under the standard contract provisions. Therefore, the level of income provided by the riders may be less than the contract otherwise provides. If the annuity payouts through the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available through the riders, you will receive the higher standard payout option. The guaranteed income benefit base does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

The general information in this section applies to each Income Assurer Benefit rider. This section is followed by a description of each specific Income Assurer Benefit rider and how it is calculated.

You should consider whether an Income Assurer Benefit rider is appropriate for you because:

• you must participate in the PN program if you purchase a contract on or after May 1, 2006 with this rider (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program”). If you selected this rider before May 1, 2006, you must participate in the asset allocation program (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Asset Allocation Program”), however, you may elect to participate in the Portfolio Navigator program after May 1, 2006. The PN program and the asset allocation program limit your choice of investments. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, GPAs or the one-year fixed account that are available under the contract to other contract owners who do not elect this rider.

74    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

•	if you are purchasing the contract as a qualified annuity, such as an IRA, and you are planning to begin annuity payouts after the date on which minimum distributions required by the Code must begin, you should consider whether an Income Assurer Benefit is appropriate for you (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Partial withdrawals you take from the contract, including those used to satisfy RMDs, will reduce the guaranteed income benefit base (defined below), which in turn may reduce or eliminate the amount of any annuity payouts available under the rider. Consult a tax advisor before you purchase any Income Assurer Benefit rider with a qualified annuity;
•	you must hold the Income Assurer Benefit for 10 years unless you elect to terminate the rider within 30 days following the first anniversary after the effective date of the rider;
•	the 10-year waiting period may be restarted if you elect to change the PN program investment option to one that causes the rider charge to increase (see “Charges — Income Assurer Benefit”);
•	the Income Assurer Benefit rider terminates* 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday; and
•	you can only exercise the Income Assurer Benefit within 30 days after a contract anniversary following the expiration of the 10-year waiting period.
*	The rider and annual fee terminate 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday, however, if you exercise the Income Assurer Benefit rider before this time, your benefits will continue according to the annuity payout plan you have selected.

If the Income Assurer Benefit rider is available in your state and the annuitant is 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose this optional benefit at the time you purchase your contract for an additional charge. The amount of the charge is determined by the Income Assurer Benefit you select (see “Charges — Income Assurer Benefit Rider Fee”). The effective date of the rider will be the contract issue date. The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit and the Accumulation Protector Benefit riders are not available with any Income Assurer Benefit rider. If the annuitant is between age 73 and age 75 at contract issue, you should consider whether an Income Assurer Benefit rider is appropriate for your situation because of the 10-year waiting period requirement. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether an Income Assurer Benefit rider is appropriate for your situation.

Here are some general terms that are used to describe the Income Assurer Benefit riders in the sections below:

Guaranteed Income Benefit Base: The guaranteed income benefit base is the value that will be used to determine minimum annuity payouts when the rider is exercised. It is an amount we calculate, depending on the Income Assurer Benefit rider you choose, that establishes a benefit floor. When the benefit floor amount is greater than the contract value, there may be a higher annuitization payout than if you annuitized your contract without the Income Assurer Benefit. Your annuitization payout will never be less than that provided by your contract value.

Excluded Investment Options: These investment options are listed in your contract under contract data and will include the Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund and, if available under your contract, the GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account. Excluded investment options are not used in the calculation of this riders’ variable account floor for the Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base and the Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base.

Excluded Payments: These are purchase payments and any purchase payment credits paid in the last five years before exercise of the benefit which we reserve the right to exclude from the calculation of the guaranteed income benefit base.

Proportionate Adjustments for Partial Withdrawals: These are calculated as the product of (a) times (b) where:

(a)	is the ratio of the amount of the partial withdrawal (including any withdrawal charges or MVA) to the contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal, and
(b)	is the benefit on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.

Protected Investment Options: All investment options available under this contract that are not defined as excluded investment options under contract data are known as protected investment options for purposes of this rider and are used in the calculation of the variable account floor for the Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base and the Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base.

Waiting Period: This rider can only be exercised after the expiration of a 10-year waiting period. We reserve the right to restart the waiting period if you elect to change your PN program investment option to one that causes the rider charge to increase.

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    75

The following are general provisions that apply to each Income Assurer Benefit:

Exercising the Rider

Rider exercise conditions are:

• you may only exercise the Income Assurer Benefit rider within 30 days after any contract anniversary following the expiration of the waiting period;

• the annuitant on the retirement date must be between 50 to 86 years old; and

• you can only take an annuity payment in one of the following annuity payout plans:

Plan A	—	Life Annuity – No Refund;
Plan B	—	Life Annuity with Ten or Twenty Years Certain;
Plan D	—	Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund;
	—	Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity with Twenty Years Certain; or
Plan E	—	Twenty Years Certain.

After the expiration of the waiting period, the Income Assurer Benefit rider guarantees a minimum amount of fixed annuity lifetime income during annuitization or the option of variable annuity payouts with a guaranteed minimum initial payout or a combination of the two options.

If your contract value falls to zero as the result of adverse market performance or the deduction of fees and/or charges at any time, the contract and all its riders, including this rider, will terminate without value and no benefits will be paid on account of such termination.Exception: if you are still living, and the annuitant is between 50 and 86 years old, an amount equal to the guaranteed income benefit base will be paid to you under the annuity payout plan and frequency that you select, based upon the fixed or variable annuity payouts described above. The guaranteed income benefit base will be calculated and annuitization will occur at the following times.

• If the contract value falls to zero during the waiting period, the guaranteed income benefit base will be calculated and annuitization will occur on the valuation date after the expiration of the waiting period, or when the annuitant attains age 50 if later.

• If the contract value falls to zero after the waiting period, the guaranteed income benefit base will be calculated and annuitization will occur immediately, or when the annuitant attains age 50 if later.

Fixed annuity payouts under this rider will occur at the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” with 100% Projection Scale G and a 2.0% interest rate for contracts purchased on or after May 1, 2006 and if available in your state.⁽¹⁾ These are the same rates used in Table B of the contract (see “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Tables.”) Your annuity payouts remain fixed for the lifetime of the annuity payout period.

First year variable annuity payouts are calculated in the same manner as fixed annuity payouts. Once calculated, your variable annuity payouts remain unchanged for the first year. After the first year, subsequent annuity payouts are variable and depend on the performance of the subaccounts you select. Variable annuity payouts after the first year are calculated using the following formula:

Pt-1(1 + i)	=	Pt
1.05

Pt-1	=	prior annuity payout
Pt	=	current annuity payout
i	=	annualized subaccount performance

Each subsequent variable annuity payout could be more or less than the previous variable annuity payout if the subaccount investment performance is greater or less than the 5% assumed investment rate. If your subaccount performance equals 5%, your variable annuity payout will be unchanged from the previous variable annuity payout. If your subaccount performance is in excess of 5%, your variable annuity payout will increase from the previous variable annuity payout. If your subaccount investment performance is less than 5%, your variable annuity payout will decrease from the previous variable annuity payout.

⁽¹⁾ For all other contracts, the guaranteed annuity purchase rates are based on the “1983 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” with 100% Projection Scale G and a 2.0% interest rate.

Terminating the Rider

Rider termination conditions are:

• you may terminate the rider within 30 days following the first anniversary after the effective date of the rider;

• you may terminate the rider any time after the expiration of the waiting period;

76    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

•	the rider will terminate on the date you make a full withdrawal from the contract, or annuitization begins, or on the date that a death benefit is payable; and
•	the rider will terminate* 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday.
*	The rider and annual fee terminate 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday, however, if you exercise the Income Assurer Benefit rider before this time, your benefits will continue according to the annuity payout plan you have selected.

You may select one of the Income Assurer Benefit riders described below:

Income Assurer Benefit – MAV

The guaranteed income benefit base for the Income Assurer Benefit – MAV is the greater of these three values:

1.	contract value; or
2.	the total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits made to the contract minus proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals; or
3.	the maximum anniversary value.

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV) — is zero prior to the first contract anniversary after the effective date of the rider. On the first contract anniversary after the effective date of the rider, we set the MAV as the greater of these two values:

(a)	current contract value; or
(b)	total payments and any purchase payment credits made to the contract minus proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals.

Thereafter, we increase the MAV by any additional purchase payments and any purchase payment credits and reduce the MAV by proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals. Every contract anniversary after that prior to the earlier of your or the annuitant’s 81st birthday, we compare the MAV to the current contract value and we reset the MAV to the higher amount.

If we exercise our right to not reflect excluded payments in the calculation of the guaranteed income benefit base, we will calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as the greatest of these three values:

1.	contract value less the market value adjusted excluded payments; or
2.	total purchase payments plus purchase payment credits, less excluded payments, less proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals; or
3.	the MAV, less market value adjusted excluded payments.

Market Value Adjusted Excluded Payments are calculated as the sum of each excluded purchase payment and any purchase payment credit multiplied by the ratio of the current contract value over the estimated contract value on the anniversary prior to such purchase payment. The estimated contract value at such anniversary is calculated by assuming that payments, credits, and partial withdrawals occurring in a contract year take place at the beginning of the year for that anniversary and every year after that to the current contract year.

Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base

The guaranteed income benefit base for the Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base is the greater of these three values:

1.	contract value; or
2.	the total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits made to the contract minus proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals; or
3.	the 5% variable account floor.

5% Variable Account Floor – is equal to the contract value in the excluded investment options plus the variable account floor. The Income Assurer Benefit 5% variable account floor is calculated differently and is not the same value as the death benefit 5% variable account floor.

The variable account floor is zero from the effective date of this rider and until the first contract anniversary after the effective date of this rider. On the first contract anniversary after the effective date of this rider the variable account floor is:

• the total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits made to the protected investment options minus adjusted partial withdrawals and transfers from the protected investment options; plus

• an amount equal to 5% of your initial purchase payment and any purchase payment credit allocated to the protected investment options.

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    77

On any day after the first contract anniversary following the effective date of this rider, when you allocate additional purchase payments and purchase payment credits to or withdraw or transfer amounts from the protected investment options, we adjust the variable account floor by adding the additional purchase payment and any purchase payment credit and subtracting adjusted withdrawals and adjusted transfers. On each subsequent contract anniversary after the first anniversary of the effective date of this rider, prior to the earlier of your or the annuitant’s 81st birthday, we increase the variable account floor by adding the amount (“roll-up amount”) equal to 5% of the prior contract anniversary’s variable account floor.

The amount of purchase payment and any purchase payment credits withdrawn from or transferred between the excluded investment options and the protected investment options is calculated as (a) times (b) where:

(a)	is the amount of purchase payment and any purchase payment credits in the investment options being withdrawn or transferred on the date of but prior to the current withdrawal or transfer; and
(b)	is the ratio of the amount of the transfer or withdrawal to the value in the investment options being withdrawn or transferred on the date of (but prior to) the current withdrawal or transfer.

The roll-up amount prior to the first anniversary is zero. Also, the roll-up amount on every anniversary after the earlier of your or the annuitant’s 81st birthday is zero.

Adjusted withdrawals and adjusted transfers for the variable account floor are equal to the amount of the withdrawal or transfer from the protected investment options as long as the sum of the withdrawals and transfers from the protected investment options in a contract year do not exceed the roll-up amount from the prior contract anniversary.

If the current withdrawal or transfer from the protected investment options plus the sum of all prior withdrawals and transfers made from the protected investment options in the current policy year exceeds the roll-up amount from the prior contract anniversary we will calculate the adjusted withdrawal or adjusted transfer for the variable account floor as the result of (a) plus [(b) times (c)] where:

(a)	is the roll-up amount from the prior contract anniversary less the sum of any withdrawals and transfers made from the protected investment options in the current policy year but prior to the current withdrawal or transfer. However, (a) can not be less than zero; and
(b)	is the variable account floor on the date of (but prior to) the current withdrawal or transfer from the protected investment options less the value from (a); and
(c)	is the ratio of [the amount of the current withdrawal (including any withdrawal charges or MVA) or transfer from the protected investment options less the value from (a)]to [the total in the protected investment options on the date of (but prior to) the current withdrawal or transfer from the protected investment options less the value from (a)].

If we exercise our right to not reflect excluded payments in the calculation of the guaranteed income benefit base, we will calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as the greatest of these three values:

1.	contract value less the market value adjusted excluded payments (described above); or
2.	total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits, less excluded payments, less proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals; or
3.	the 5% variable account floor, less 5% adjusted excluded payments.

5% Adjusted Excluded Payments are calculated as the sum of each excluded payment and any credit accumulated at 5% for the number of full contract years they have been in the contract.

Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base

The guaranteed income benefit base for the Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base is the greater of these four values:

1.	the contract value;
2.	the total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits made to the contract minus proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals;
3.	the MAV (described above); or
4.	the 5% variable account floor (described above).

If we exercise our right to not reflect excluded payments in the calculation of the guaranteed income benefit base, we will calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as the greatest of:

1.	contract value less the market value adjusted excluded payments (described above);
2.	total purchase payments and any purchase payment credits, less excluded payments, less proportionate adjustments for partial withdrawals;
3.	the MAV, less market value adjusted excluded payments (described above); or

78    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

4. the 5% variable account floor, less 5% adjusted excluded payments (described above).

For an example of how benefits under each Income Assurer Benefit are calculated, see Appendix K.

Optional Death Benefits

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector)

The Benefit Protector is intended to provide an additional benefit to your beneficiary to help offset expenses after your death such as funeral expenses or federal and state taxes. This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge (see “Charges”). The Benefit Protector provides reduced benefits if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older at the rider effective date. The Benefit Protector does not provide any additional benefit before the first rider anniversary.

If this rider is available in your state and both you and the annuitant are age 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the Benefit Protector to your contract. You must elect the Benefit Protector at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date. You may not select this rider if you select the Benefit Protector Plus Rider, 5% Accumulation Death Benefit or the Enhanced Death Benefit.

Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Since the benefit paid by the rider is determined by the amount of earnings at death, the amount of the benefit paid may be reduced as a result of taking any withdrawals including RMDs. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional and tax advisor whether or not the Benefit Protector is appropriate for your situation.

The Benefit Protector provides that if you or the annuitant die after the first rider anniversary, but before annuity payouts begin, and while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary:

• the ROP death benefit

• 40% of your earnings at death if you and the annuitant were under age 70 on the rider effective date, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old; or

• 15% of your earnings at death if you or the annuitant were age 70 or older on the rider effective date, up to a maximum of 37.5% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old.

Earnings at death: This is determined by taking the current death benefit, and subtracting any purchase payments not previously withdrawn. Partial withdrawals reduce earnings before reducing purchase payments in the contract. This determines how much of the applicable death benefit is made up of contract earnings. We set maximum earnings at death of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old. Earnings at death cannot be less than zero.

Terminating the Benefit Protector

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of any rider anniversary beginning with the seventh rider anniversary.

• The rider will terminate when you make a full withdrawal from the contract or when annuity payouts begin.

If your spouse is the sole beneficiary and you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner. Your spouse and the new annuitant will be subject to all the limitations and restrictions of the rider just as if they were purchasing a new contract. If your spouse and the new annuitant do not qualify for the rider on the basis of age we will terminate the rider. If they do qualify for the rider on the basis of age we will set the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid and we will substitute this new contract value on the date of death for “purchase payments not previously withdrawn” used in calculating earnings at death. Your spouse also has the option of discontinuing the Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider within 30 days of the date of death.

NOTE: For special tax considerations associated with the Benefit Protector, see “Taxes.”

For an example, see Appendix L.

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus)

The Benefit Protector Plus is intended to provide an additional benefit to your beneficiary to help offset expenses after your death such as funeral expenses or federal and state taxes. This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge (see “Charges”). The Benefit Protector Plus provides reduced benefits if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older at the rider effective date. It does not provide any additional benefit before the first rider anniversary and it does not provide any benefit beyond what is offered under the Benefit Protector rider during the second rider year.

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    79

If this rider is available in your state and both you and the annuitant are age 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the Benefit Protector Plus to you contract. You must elect the Benefit Protector Plus at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date. This rider is only available for transfers, exchanges or rollovers from another annuity or life insurance policy. You may not select this rider if you select the Benefit Protector Rider, 5% Accumulation Death Benefit or the Enhanced Death Benefit. Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Since the benefit paid by the rider is determined by the amount of earnings at death, the amount of the benefit paid may be reduced as a result of taking any withdrawals including RMDs. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional and tax advisor whether or not the Benefit Protector Plus is appropriate for your situation.

The Benefit Protector Plus provides that if you or the annuitant die after the first rider anniversary, but before annuity payouts begin, and while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary:

• the benefits payable under the Benefit Protector described above, plus

• a percentage of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue not previously withdrawn as follows:

Rider Year	Percentage if you and the annuitant are under age 70 on the rider effective date	Percentage if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older on the rider effective date
One and Two	0%	0%
Three and Four	10%	3.75%
Five or more	20%	7.5%

Another way to describe the benefits payable under the Benefit Protector Plus rider is as follows:

• the applicable death benefit plus:

Rider Year	If you and the annuitant are under age 70 on the rider effective date, add…	If you or the annuitant are age 70 or older on the rider effective date, add…
One	Zero	Zero
Two	40% × earnings at death (see above)	15% × earnings at death
Three & Four	40% × (earnings at death + 25% of initial purchase payment*)	15% × (earnings at death + 25% of initial purchase payment*)
Five or more	40% × (earnings at death + 50% of initial purchase payment*)	15% × (earnings at death + 50% of initial purchase payment*)

* Initial purchase payments are payments made within 60 days of rider issue not previously withdrawn.

Terminating the Benefit Protector Plus

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of any rider anniversary beginning with the seventh rider anniversary.

• The rider will terminate when you make a full withdrawal from the contract or when annuity payouts begin.

If your spouse is sole beneficiaryand you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. We will then terminate the Benefit Protector Plus and substitute the applicable death benefit (see “Benefits in Case of Death”).

For an example, see Appendix M.

The Annuity Payout Period

As owner of the contract, you have the right to decide how and to whom annuity payouts will be made starting at the retirement date. You may select one of the annuity payout plans outlined below, or we may mutually agree on other payout arrangements. We do not deduct any withdrawal charges upon retirement but withdrawal charges may apply when electing to exercise liquidity features we may make available under certain fixed annuity payout options.

You also decide whether we will make annuity payouts on a fixed or variable basis, or a combination of fixed and variable. The amount available to purchase payouts under the plan you select is the contract value on your retirement date after any rider charges have been deducted. Additionally, we currently allow you to use part of the amount available to purchase payouts, leaving any remaining contract value to accumulate on a tax-deferred basis. Special rules apply for partial annuitization of your annuity contract, see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities — Annuity payouts” and “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Annuity payouts.” If you select a variable annuity payout, we reserve the right to limit the number of subaccounts in which you may invest. The GPAs, the DCA fixed account and Portfolio Stabilizer funds are not available during this payout period.

80    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Amounts of fixed and variable payouts depend on:

• the annuity payout plan you select;

• the annuitant’s age and, in most cases, sex;

• the annuity table in the contract; and

• the amounts you allocated to the accounts at settlement.

In addition, for variable annuity payouts only, amounts depend on the investment performance of the subaccounts you select. These payouts will vary from month to month because the performance of the funds will fluctuate. Fixed payouts generally remain the same from month to month unless you have elected an option providing for increasing payments.

For information with respect to transfers between accounts after annuity payouts begin, see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transfer policies.”

Annuity Tables

The annuity tables in your contract (Table A and Table B) show the amount of the monthly payout for each $1,000 of contract value according to the age and, when applicable, the annuitant’s sex. (Where required by law, we will use a unisex table of settlement rates.)

Table A shows the amount of the first monthly variable annuity payout assuming that the contract value is invested at the beginning of the annuity payout period and earns a 5% rate of return, which is reinvested and helps to support future payouts. If you ask us at least 30 days before the retirement date, we will substitute an annuity table based on an assumed 3.5% investment rate for the 5% Table A in the contract. The assumed investment rate affects both the amount of the first payout and the extent to which subsequent payouts increase or decrease. For example, annuity payouts will increase if the investment return is above the assumed investment rate and payouts will decrease if the return is below the assumed investment rate. Using a 5% assumed interest rate results in a higher initial payout, but later payouts will increase more slowly when annuity unit values rise and decrease more rapidly when they decline.

Table B shows the minimum amount of each fixed annuity payout. We declare current payout rates that we use in determining the actual amount of your fixed annuity payout. The current payout rates will equal or exceed the guaranteed payout rates shown in Table B. We will furnish these rates to you upon request.

Annuity Payout Plans

We make available variable annuity payouts where payout amounts will vary based on the performance of the variable account. We may also make fixed annuity payouts available where payments of a fixed amount are made for the period specified in the plan, subject to any surrender we may permit. You may choose an annuity payout plan by giving us written instructions at least 30 days before the retirement date. Generally, you may select one of the Plans A through E below or another plan agreed to by us. Some of the annuity payout plans may not be available if you have selected the Income Assurer Benefit rider.

• Plan A – Life annuity — no refund:We make monthly payouts until the annuitant’s death. Payouts end with the last payout before the annuitant’s death. We will not make any further payouts. This means that if the annuitant dies after we made only one monthly payout, we will not make any more payouts.

• Plan B – Life annuity with five, ten, 15 or 20 years certain: (under the Income Assurer Benefit rider: you may select life annuity with ten or 20 years certain): We make monthly payouts for a guaranteed payout period of five, ten, 15 or 20 years that you elect. This election will determine the length of the payout period in the event if the annuitant dies before the elected period expires. We calculate the guaranteed payout period from the retirement date. If the annuitant outlives the elected guaranteed payout period, we will continue to make payouts until the annuitant’s death.

• Plan C – Life annuity — installment refund:(not available under the Income Assurer Benefit rider): We make monthly payouts until the annuitant’s death, with our guarantee that payouts will continue for some period of time. We will make payouts for at least the number of months determined by dividing the amount applied under this option by the first monthly payout, whether or not the annuitant is living.

• Plan D

– Joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund:We make monthly payouts while both the annuitant and a joint annuitant are living. If either annuitant dies, we will continue to make monthly payouts at the full amount until the death of the surviving annuitant. Payouts end with the death of the second annuitant.

– Joint and last survivor life annuity with 20 years certain: We make monthly annuity payouts during the lifetime of the annuitant and joint annuitant. When either the annuitant or joint annuitant dies, we will continue to make monthly payouts during the lifetime of the survivor. If the survivor dies before we have made payouts for 20 years, we continue to make payouts for the remainder of the 20-year period which begins when the first annuity payout is made.

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    81

• Plan E – Payouts for a specified period: We make monthly payouts for a specific payout period of ten to 30 years that you elect (under the Income Assurer Benefit rider, you may elect a payout period of 20 years only). We will make payouts only for the number of years specified whether the annuitant is living or not. Depending on the selected time period, it is foreseeable that an annuitant can outlive the payout period selected. During the payout period, you can elect to have us determine the present value of any remaining payouts and pay it to you in a lump sum. (Exception: If you have an Income Assurer Benefit rider and elect this annuity payout plan based on the Guaranteed Income Benefit Base, a lump sum payout is unavailable.)

• Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Payout Option (available only under contracts with the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life or Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider):This fixed annuity payout option is an alternative to the above annuity payout plans. This option may not be available if the contract is a qualified annuity. For such contracts, this option will be available only if the guaranteed payment period is less than the life expectancy of the owner at the time the option becomes effective. Such life expectancy will be computed using a life expectancy table published by the IRS. Under this option, the amount payable each year will be equal to the remaining schedule of GBPs, but the total amount paid over the life of the annuity will not exceed the total RBA at the time you begin this fixed payout option (see “Optional Benefits — Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider” or “Optional Benefits — Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider”). The amount paid in the current contract year will be reduced for any prior withdrawals in that year. These annualized amounts will be paid in the frequency that you elect. The frequencies will be among those offered by us at the time but will be no less frequent than annually. If, at the death of the owner, total payouts have been made for less than the RBA, the remaining payouts will be paid to the beneficiary.

For Plan A, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, no payments will be made. For Plan B, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue for the guaranteed payout period. For Plan C, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue for the installment refund period. For Plan D, if both annuitants die before the initial payment, no payments will be made; however, if one annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue until the death of the surviving annuitant.

In addition to the annuity payout plans described above, we may offer additional payout plans. Terms and conditions of annuity payout plans will be disclosed at the time of election, including any associated fees or charges. It is important to remember that the election and use of liquidity features will result in payouts ceasing.

Utilizing a liquidity feature to withdraw the underlying value of remaining payouts may result in the assessment of a withdrawal charge (See “Charges — Withdrawal charge”) or a 10% IRS penalty tax. (See “Taxes.”).

Annuity payout plan requirements for qualified annuities: If your contract is a qualified annuity, you must select a payout plan as of the retirement date set forth in your contract. You have the responsibility for electing a payout plan under your contract that complies with applicable law. Your contract describes your payout plan options. The options will meet certain IRS regulations governing RMDs if the payout plan meets the incidental distribution benefit requirements, if any, and the payouts are made:

• in equal or substantially equal payments over a period not longer than your life expectancy, or over the joint life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary; or

• over a period certain not longer than your life expectancy or over the joint life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary.

If we do not receive instructions: You must give us written instructions for the annuity payouts at least 30 days before the annuitant’s retirement date. If you do not, we will make payouts under Plan B, with 120 monthly payouts guaranteed.

If monthly payouts would be less than $20: We will calculate the amount of monthly payouts at the time the contract value is used to purchase a payout plan. If the calculations show that monthly payouts would be less than $20, we have the right to pay the contract value to the owner in a lump sum or to change the frequency of the payouts.

Death after annuity payouts begin: If you or the annuitant die after annuity payouts begin, we will pay any amount payable to the beneficiary as provided in the annuity payout plan in effect. Payments to beneficiaries are subject to adjustment to comply with the IRS rules and regulations.

Taxes

Under current law, your contract has a tax-deferral feature. Generally, this means you do not pay income tax until there is a taxable distribution (or deemed distribution) from the contract. We will send a tax information reporting form for any year in which we made a taxable or reportable distribution according to our records.

82    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Nonqualified Annuities

Generally, only the increase in the value of a non-qualified annuity contract over the investment in the contract is taxable. Certain exceptions apply. Federal tax law requires that all nonqualified deferred annuity contracts issued by the same company (and possibly its affiliates) to the same owner during a calendar year be taxed as a single, unified contract when distributions are taken from any one of those contracts.

Annuity payouts: Generally, unlike withdrawals described below, the income taxation of annuity payouts is subject to exclusion ratios (for fixed annuity payouts) or annual excludable amounts (for variable annuity payouts). In other words, in most cases, a portion of each payout will be ordinary income and subject to tax, and a portion of each payout will be considered a return of part of your investment in the contract and will not be taxed. All amounts you receive after your investment in the contract is fully recovered will be subject to tax. Under Annuity Payout Plan A: Life annuity — no refund, where the annuitant dies before your investment in the contract is fully recovered, the remaining portion of the unrecovered investment may be available as a federal income tax deduction to the owner for the last taxable year. Under all other annuity payout plans, where the annuity payouts end before your investment in the contract is fully recovered, the remaining portion of the unrecovered investment may be available as a federal income tax deduction to the taxpayer for the tax year in which the payouts end. (See “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Federal tax law permits taxpayers to annuitize a portion of their nonqualified annuity while leaving the remaining balance to continue to grow tax-deferred. Under the partial annuitization rules, the portion annuitized must be received as an annuity for a period of 10 years or more, or for the lives of one or more individuals. If this requirement is met, the annuitized portion and the tax-deferred balance will generally be treated as two separate contracts for income tax purposes only. If a contract is partially annuitized, the investment in the contract is allocated between the deferred and the annuitized portions on a pro rata basis.

Withdrawals: Generally, if you withdrawal all or part of your nonqualified annuity your annuity payouts begin, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, your withdrawal will be taxed to the extent that the contract value immediately before the withdrawal exceeds the investment in the contract. Different rules may apply if you exchange another contract into this contract.

You also may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty for withdrawals of taxable income you make before reaching age 59½ unless certain exceptions apply.

Withholding: If you receive taxable income as a result of an annuity payout or withdrawal, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, we may deduct federal, and in some cases state withholding against the payment. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your income tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. As long as you have provided us with a valid Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number, and you have a valid U.S. address, you may be able to elect not to have federal income tax withholding occur.

If the payment is part of an annuity payout plan, we generally compute the amount of federal income tax withholding using payroll tables. You may provide us with a statement of how many exemptions to use in calculating the withholding. If the distribution is any other type of payment (such as partial or full withdrawal) we compute federal income tax withholding using 10% of the taxable portion.

The federal income tax withholding requirements differ if we deliver payment outside the United States or you are a non-resident alien.

Some states also may impose income tax withholding requirements similar to the federal withholding described above or may allow you to elect withholding. If this should be the case, we may deduct state income tax withholding from the payment.

Death benefits to beneficiaries: The death benefit under a nonqualified contract is not exempt from estate (federal or state) taxes. In addition, for income tax purposes, any amount your beneficiary receives that exceeds the remaining investment in the contract is taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary in the year he or she receives the payments. (See also “Benefits in Case of Death — If You Die Before the Retirement Date”).

Net Investment Income Tax (also known as Medicare contribution tax): Effective for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2013, certain investment income of high-income individuals (as well as estates and trusts) is subject to a 3.8% net investment income tax (as an addition to income taxes). For individuals, the 3.8% tax applies to the lesser of (1) the amount by which the taxpayer’s modified adjusted gross income exceeds $200,000 ($250,000 for married filing jointly and surviving spouses; $125,000 for married filing separately) or (2) the taxpayer’s “net investment income.” Net investment income includes taxable income from nonqualified annuities. Annuity holders are advised to consult their tax advisor regarding the possible implications of this additional tax.

Annuities owned by corporations, partnerships or irrevocable trusts: For nonqualified annuities, any annual increase in the value of annuities held by such entities (non-natural persons) generally will be treated as ordinary income received during that year. However, if the trust was set up for the benefit of a natural person(s) only, the income may remain tax-deferred until withdrawn or paid out.

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    83

Penalties: If you receive amounts from your nonqualified annuity before reaching age 59½, you may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty on the amount includable in your ordinary income. However, this penalty will not apply to any amount received:

• because of your death or in the event of non-natural ownership, the death of annuitant;

• because you become disabled (as defined in the Code);

• if the distribution is part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments, made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or joint lives or life expectancies of you and your beneficiary);

• if it is allocable to an investment before Aug. 14, 1982; or

• if annuity payouts are made under immediate annuities as defined by the Code.

Transfer of ownership: Generally, if you transfer ownership of a nonqualified annuity without receiving adequate consideration, the transfer may be taxed as a withdrawal for federal income tax purposes. If the transfer is a currently taxable event for income tax purposes, the original owner will be taxed on the amount of deferred earnings at the time of the transfer and also may be subject to the 10% IRS penalty discussed earlier. In this case, the new owner’s investment in the contract will be equal to the investment in the contract at the time of the transfer plus any earnings included in the original owner’s taxable income as a result of the transfer. In general, this rule does not apply to transfers between spouses or former spouses. Similar rules apply if you transfer ownership for full consideration. Please consult your tax advisor for further details.

1035 Exchanges: Section 1035 of the Code permits nontaxable exchanges of certain insurance policies, endowment contracts, annuity contracts and qualified long-term care insurance contracts while providing for continued tax deferral of earnings. In addition, Section 1035 permits the carryover of the investment in the contract from the old policy or contract to the new policy or contract. In a 1035 exchange one policy or contract is exchanged for another policy or contract. The following can qualify as nontaxable exchanges: (1) the exchange of a life insurance policy for another life insurance policy or for an endowment, annuity or qualified long-term care insurance contract, (2) the exchange of an endowment contract for an annuity or qualified long-term care insurance contract, or for an endowment contract under which payments will begin no later than payments would have begun under the contract exchanged, (3) the exchange of an annuity contract for another annuity or for a qualified long-term care insurance contract, and (4) the exchange of a qualified long-term care insurance contract for a qualified long-term care insurance contract. Additionally, other tax rules apply. However, if the life insurance policy has an outstanding loan, there may be tax consequences. Depending on the issue date of your original policy or contract, there may be tax or other benefits that are given up to gain the benefits of the new policy or contract. Consider whether the features and benefits of the new policy or contract outweigh any tax or other benefits of the old contract.

For a partial exchange of an annuity contract for another annuity contract, the 1035 exchange is generally tax-free. The investment in the original contract and the earnings on the contract will be allocated proportionately between the original and new contracts. However, per IRS Revenue Procedure 2011-38, if withdrawals are taken from either contract within the 180-day period following a partial 1035 exchange, the IRS will apply general tax principles to determine the appropriate tax treatment of the exchange and subsequent withdrawal. As a result, there may be unexpected tax consequences. You should consult your tax advisor before taking any withdrawal from either contract during the 180-day period following a partial exchange.

Assignment: If you assign or pledge your contract as collateral for a loan, earnings on purchase payments you made after Aug. 13, 1982 will be taxed as a deemed distribution and also may be subject to the 10% penalty as discussed above.

Qualified Annuities

Adverse tax consequences may result if you do not ensure that contributions, distributions and other transactions under the contract comply with the law. Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions. You should refer to your retirement plan’s Summary Plan Description, your IRA disclosure statement, or consult a tax advisor for additional information about the distribution rules applicable to your situation.

When you use your contract to fund a retirement plan or IRA that is already tax-deferred under the Code, the contract will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral. If your contract is used to fund an employer sponsored plan, your right to benefits may be subject to the terms and conditions of the plan regardless of the terms of the contract.

Annuity payouts: Under a qualified annuity, except a Roth IRA, Roth 401(k) or Roth 403(b), the entire payout generally is includable as ordinary income and is subject to tax unless: (1) the contract is an IRA to which you made non-deductible contributions; or (2) you rolled after-tax dollars from a retirement plan into your IRA; or 3) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you or your employer have contributed after-tax dollars; or (4) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you direct such payout to be directly rolled over to another eligible retirement plan such as an IRA. We may permit partial annuitizations of qualified annuity contracts. If we accept partial annuitizations, please remember that your contract will still need to comply with other requirements such as required minimum distributions and the

84    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

payment of taxes. Prior to considering a partial annuitization on a qualified contract, you should discuss your decision and any implications with your tax adviser. Because we cannot accurately track certain after tax funding sources, we will generally report any payments on partial annuitizations as ordinary income except in the case of a qualified distribution from a Roth IRA.

Annuity payouts from Roth IRAs: In general, the entire payout from a Roth IRA can be free from income and penalty taxes if you have attained age 59½ and meet the five year holding period.

Withdrawals: Under a qualified annuity, except a Roth IRA, Roth 401(k) or Roth 403(b), the entire withdrawal will generally be includable as ordinary income and is subject to tax unless: (1) the contract is an IRA to which you made non-deductible contributions; or (2) you rolled after-tax dollars from a retirement plan into your IRA; or (3) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you or your employer have contributed after-tax dollars; or (4) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you direct such withdrawal to be directly rolled over to another eligible retirement plan such as an IRA.

Withdrawals from Roth IRAs: In general, the entire payout from a Roth IRA can be free from income and penalty taxes if you have attained age 59½ and meet the five year holding period or another qualifying event such as death or disability.

Required Minimum Distributions: Retirement plans (except for Roth IRAs) are subject to required withdrawals called required minimum distributions (“RMDs”) beginning at age 72 (age 70 ½ if you were born on or before June 30, 1949). RMDs are based on the fair market value of your contract at year-end divided by the life expectancy factor. Certain death benefits and optional riders may be considered in determining the fair market value of your contract for RMD purposes. This may cause your RMD to be higher. Inherited IRAs (including inherited Roth IRAs) are subject to special required minimum distribution rules. You should consult your tax advisor prior to making a purchase for an explanation of the potential tax implications to you.

Withholding for IRAs, Roth IRAs, SEPs and SIMPLE IRAs: If you receive taxable income as a result of an annuity payout or a withdrawal, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, we may deduct withholding against the payment. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. As long as you have provided us with a valid Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number, you can elect not to have any withholding occur.

If the payment is part of an annuity payout plan, we generally compute the amount of federal income tax withholding using payroll tables. You may provide us with a statement of how many exemptions to use in calculating the withholding. If the distribution is any other type of payment (such as a partial or full withdrawal) we compute federal income tax withholding using 10% of the taxable portion.

The federal income tax withholding requirements differ if we deliver payment outside the United States or you are a non-resident alien.

Some states also may impose income tax withholding requirements similar to the federal withholding described above. If this should be the case, we may deduct state income tax withholding from the payment.

Withholding for all other qualified annuities: If you receive directly all or part of the contract value from a qualified annuity, mandatory 20% federal income tax withholding (and possibly state income tax withholding) generally will be imposed at the time the payout is made from the plan. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. This mandatory withholding will not be imposed if instead of receiving the distribution check, you elect to have the distribution rolled over directly to an IRA or another eligible plan. Payments made to a surviving spouse instead of being directly rolled over to an IRA are also subject to mandatory 20% income tax withholding.

In the below situations, the distribution is subject to an optional 10% withholding instead of the mandatory 20% withholding. We will withhold 10% of the distribution amount unless you elect otherwise.

• the payout is one in a series of substantially equal periodic payouts, made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or the joint lives or life expectancies of you and your designated beneficiary) or over a specified period of 10 years or more;

• the payout is a RMD as defined under the Code;

• the payout is made on account of an eligible hardship; or

• the payout is a corrective distribution.

State withholding also may be imposed on taxable distributions.

Penalties: If you receive amounts from your qualified contract before reaching age 59½, you may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty on the amount includable in your ordinary income. However, this penalty generally will not apply to any amount received:

• because of your death;

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    85

• because you become disabled (as defined in the Code);

• if the distribution is part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or joint lives or life expectancies of you and your beneficiary);

• if the distribution is made following severance from employment during or after the calendar year in which you attain age 55 (TSAs and annuities funding 401(a) plans only);

• to pay certain medical or education expenses (IRAs only); or

• if the distribution is made from an inherited IRA.

Death benefits to beneficiaries: The entire death benefit generally is taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary in the year he/she receives the payments from the qualified annuity. If you made non-deductible contributions to a traditional IRA, the portion of any distribution from the contract that represents after-tax contributions is not taxable as ordinary income to your beneficiary. You are responsible for keeping all records tracking your non-deductible contributions to an IRA. Death benefits under a Roth IRA generally are not taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary if certain distribution requirements are met. (See also “Benefits in Case of Death — If you Die Before the Retirement Date”).

Change of retirement plan type: IRS regulations allow for rollovers of certain retirement plan distributions. In some circumstances, you may be able to have an intra-contract rollover, keeping the same features and conditions. If the annuity contract you have does not support an intra-contract rollover, you are able to request an IRS approved rollover to another annuity contract or other investment product that you choose. If you choose another annuity contract or investment product, you will be subject to new rules, including a new withdrawal charge schedule for an annuity contract, or other product rules as applicable.

Assignment:You may not assign or pledge your qualified contract as collateral for a loan.

Other

Purchase payment credits: These are considered earnings and are taxed accordingly when withdrawn or paid out.

Special considerations if you select any optional rider: As of the date of this prospectus, we believe that charges related to these riders are not subject to current taxation. Therefore, we will not report these charges as partial withdrawals from your contract. However, the IRS may determine that these charges should be treated as partial withdrawals subject to taxation to the extent of any gain as well as the 10% tax penalty for withdrawals before the age of 59½, if applicable, on the taxable portion.

We reserve the right to report charges for these riders as partial withdrawals if we, as a withholding and reporting agent, believe that we are required to report them. In addition, we will report any benefits attributable to these riders on the death of you or the annuitant as an annuity death benefit distribution, not as proceeds from life insurance.

Important: Our discussion of federal tax laws is based upon our understanding of current interpretations of these laws. Federal tax laws or current interpretations of them may change. For this reason and because tax consequences are complex and highly individual and cannot always be anticipated, you should consult a tax advisor if you have any questions about taxation of your contract.

RiverSource Life’s tax status: We are taxed as a life insurance company under the Code. For federal income tax purposes, the subaccounts are considered a part of our company, although their operations are treated separately in accounting and financial statements. Investment income is reinvested in the fund in which each subaccount invests and becomes part of that subaccount’s value. This investment income, including realized capital gains, is not subject to any withholding for federal or state income taxes. We reserve the right to make such a charge in the future if there is a change in the tax treatment of variable annuities or in our tax status as we then understand it.
The company includes in its taxable income the net investment income derived from the investment of assets held in its subaccounts because the company is considered the owner of these assets under federal income tax law.  The company may claim certain tax benefits associated with this investment income.  These benefits, which may include foreign tax credits and the corporate dividend received deduction, are not passed on to you since the company is the owner of the assets under federal tax law and is taxed on the investment income generated by the assets. 

Tax qualification: We intend that the contract qualify as an annuity for federal income tax purposes. To that end, the provisions of the contract are to be interpreted to ensure or maintain such tax qualification, in spite of any other provisions of the contract. We reserve the right to amend the contract to reflect any clarifications that may be needed or are appropriate to maintain such qualification or to conform the contract to any applicable changes in the tax qualification requirements. We will send you a copy of any amendments.

86    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Spousal status: When it comes to your marital status and the identification and naming of any spouse as a beneficiary or party to your contract, we will rely on the representations you make to us. Based on this reliance, we will issue and administer your contract in accordance with these representations. If you represent that you are married and your representation is incorrect or your marriage is deemed invalid for federal or state law purposes, then the benefits and rights under your contract may be different.

If you have any questions as to the status of your relationship as a marriage, then you should consult an appropriate tax or legal advisor.

Voting Rights

As a contract owner with investments in the subaccounts, you may vote on important fund policies until annuity payouts begin. Once they begin, the person receiving them has voting rights. We will vote fund shares according to the instructions of the person with voting rights.

Before annuity payouts begin, the number of votes you have is determined by applying your percentage interest in each subaccount to the total number of votes allowed to the subaccount.

After annuity payouts begin, the number of votes you have is equal to:

• the reserve held in each subaccount for your contract; divided by

• the net asset value of one share of the applicable fund.

As we make annuity payouts, the reserve for the contract decreases; therefore, the number of votes also will decrease.

We calculate votes separately for each subaccount. We will send notice of shareholders’ meetings, proxy materials and a statement of the number of votes to which the voter is entitled. We are the legal owner of all fund shares and therefore hold all voting rights.  However, to the extent required by law, we will vote the shares of each fund according to instructions we receive from policy owners. We will vote shares for which we have not received instructions and shares that we or our affiliates own in our own names in the same proportion as the votes for which we received instructions. As a result of this proportional voting, in cases when a small number of contract owners vote, their votes will have a greater impact and may even control the outcome.

Substitution of Investments

We may substitute the funds in which the subaccounts invest if:

• laws or regulations change;

• the existing funds become unavailable; or

• in our judgment, the funds no longer are suitable (or are not the most suitable) for the subaccounts.

If any of these situations occur, we have the right to substitute a fund currently listed in this prospectus (existing fund) for another fund (new fund), provided we obtain any required SEC and state insurance law approval. The new fund may have higher fees and/or operating expenses than the existing fund. Also, the new fund may have investment objectives and policies and/or investment advisers which differ from the existing fund.

We may also:

• add new subaccounts;

• combine any two or more subaccounts;

• transfer assets to and from the subaccounts or the variable account; and

• eliminate or close any subaccounts.

We will notify you of any substitution or change.

In the event of any such substitution or change, we may amend the contract and take whatever action is necessary and appropriate without your consent or approval. We will obtain any required prior approval of the SEC or state insurance departments before making any substitution or change.

About the Service Providers

Principal Underwriter

RiverSource Distributors, Inc. (RiverSource Distributors), our affiliate, serves as the principal underwriter and general distributor of the contract. Its offices are located at 70100 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, MN 55474. RiverSource Distributors is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ameriprise Financial, Inc.

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    87

Sales of the Contract

New contracts are not currently being offered.

• Only securities broker-dealers (“selling firms”) registered with the SEC and members of the FINRA may sell the contract.

• The contracts are continuously offered to the public through authorized selling firms. We and RiverSource Distributors have a sales agreement with the selling firm. The sales agreement authorizes the selling firm to offer the contracts to the public. RiverSource Distributors pays the selling firm (or an affiliated insurance agency) for contracts its investment professional sell. The selling firm may be required to return sales commissions under certain circumstances including but not limited to when contracts are returned under the free look period.

Payments We May Make to Selling Firms

• We may use compensation plans which vary by selling firm. For example, some of these plans pay selling firms a commission of up to 7.00% each time a purchase payment is made. We may also pay ongoing trail commissions of up to 1.00% of the contract value. We do not pay or withhold payment of trail commissions based on which investment options you select.

• We may pay selling firms an additional sales commission of up to 1.00% of purchase payments for a period of time we select. For example, we may offer to pay an additional sales commission to get selling firms to market a new or enhanced contract or to increase sales during the period.

• In addition to commissions, we may, in order to promote sales of the contracts, and as permitted by applicable laws and regulation, pay or provide selling firms with other promotional incentives in cash, credit or other compensation. We generally (but may not) offer these promotional incentives to all selling firms. The terms of such arrangements differ between selling firms. These promotional incentives may include but are not limited to:

• sponsorship of marketing, educational, due diligence and compliance meetings and conferences we or the selling firm may conduct for investment professionals, including subsidy of travel, meal, lodging, entertainment and other expenses related to these meetings;

• marketing support related to sales of the contract including for example, the creation of marketing materials, advertising and newsletters;

• providing service to contract owners; and

• funding other events sponsored by a selling firm that may encourage the selling firm’s investment professionals to sell the contract.

These promotional incentives or reimbursements may be calculated as a percentage of the selling firm’s aggregate, net or anticipated sales and/or total assets attributable to sales of the contract, and/or may be a fixed dollar amount. As noted below this additional compensation may cause the selling firm and its investment professionals to favor the contracts.

Sources of Payments to Selling Firms

When we pay the commissions and other compensation described above from our assets. Our assets may include:

• revenues we receive from fees and expenses that you will pay when buying, owning and making a withdrawal from the contract (see “Expense Summary”);

• compensation we or an affiliate receive from the underlying funds in the form of distribution and services fees (see “The Variable Account and the Funds — The Funds”);

• compensation we or an affiliate receive from a fund’s investment adviser, subadviser, distributor or an affiliate of any of these (see “The Variable Account and the Funds — The Funds”); and

• revenues we receive from other contracts we sell that are not securities and other businesses we conduct.

You do not directly pay the commissions and other compensation described above as the result of a specific charge or deduction under the contract. However, you may pay part or all of the commissions and other compensation described above indirectly through:

• fees and expenses we collect from contract owners, including withdrawal charges; and

• fees and expenses charged by the underlying subaccount funds in which you invest, to the extent we or one of our affiliates receive revenue from the funds or an affiliated person.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Compensation payment arrangements made with selling firms can potentially:

• give selling firms a heightened financial incentive to sell the contract offered in this prospectus over another investment with lower compensation to the selling firm.

88    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• cause selling firms to encourage their investment professionals to sell you the contract offered in this prospectus instead of selling you other alternative investments that may result in lower compensation to the selling firm.

• cause selling firms to grant us access to its investment professionals to promote sales of the contract offered in this prospectus, while denying that access to other firms offering similar contracts or other alternative investments which may pay lower compensation to the selling firm.

Payments to Investment Professionals

• The selling firm pays its investment professionals. The selling firm decides the compensation and benefits it will pay its investment professionals.

• To inform yourself of any potential conflicts of interest, ask the investment professional before you buy, how the selling firm and its investment professionals are being compensated and the amount of the compensation that each will receive if you buy the contract.

Service Providers

Our Service Center performs certain administrative services on the contracts and policies we issue. The address and telephone number of our Service Center are listed on the first page of the prospectus. We also have entered into agreements with certain entities to provide the identified services in connection with the contracts and policies we issue. The entities engaged by RiverSource Life may change over time. Entities that provided services to RiverSource Life in 2019 are listed in the table below.

Name of Service Provider	Services Provided	Address
Ameriprise Financial, Inc.	Business affairs management and administrative support related to new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies	707 Second Avenue South Minneapolis MN 55402 USA
Ameriprise India Private Limited	Administrative support related to new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies annual report filings	Plot No. 14, Sector 18 Udyog Vihar Gurugram, Haryana – 122 015 India
Sykes Enterprise Incorporated	Administrative support related to e new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies	10th Floor, Glorietta BPO 1 Office Tower Makati City 1224 Metro Manila Philippines

Issuer

We issue the contracts. We are a stock life insurance company organized in 1957 under the laws of the state of Minnesota and are located at 829 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, MN 55474. We are a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ameriprise Financial, Inc.

We conduct a conventional life insurance business. We are licensed to do business in 49 states, the District of Columbia and American Samoa. Our primary products currently include fixed and variable annuity contracts and life insurance policies.

Legal Proceedings

Insurance companies have been the subject of increasing regulatory, legislative and judicial scrutiny. Numerous state and federal regulatory agencies have commenced examinations and other inquiries of insurance companies regarding sales and marketing practices (including sales to older consumers and disclosure practices), claims handling, and unclaimed property and escheatment practices and procedures. RiverSource Life has cooperated and will continue to cooperate with the applicable regulators.

RiverSource Life is involved in the normal course of business in a number of other legal and arbitration proceedings concerning matters arising in connection with the conduct of its business activities. RiverSource Life believes that it is not a party to, nor are any of its properties the subject of, any pending legal, arbitration or regulatory investigation, examination or proceeding that is likely to have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is possible that the outcome of any current or future legal, arbitration or regulatory proceeding could have a material impact on results of operations in any particular reporting period as the proceedings are resolved.

Uncertain economic conditions, heightened and sustained volatility in the financial markets and significant financial reform legislation may increase the likelihood that clients and other persons or regulators may present or threaten legal claims or that regulators increase the scope or frequency of examinations of RiverSource Life or the insurance industry generally.

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    89

Additional Information

Incorporation of Certain Documents By Reference

The SEC allows us to “incorporate by reference” the information we have filed with the SEC. This means that we can disclose important information to you without actually including the specific information in this prospectus by referring you to other documents filed separately with the SEC. The information incorporated by reference is an important part of this prospectus. Information that we later provide to the SEC, and which is deemed to be “filed” with the SEC, will automatically update information previously filed with the SEC, and may replace information in this prospectus and information previously filed with the SEC. We incorporate by reference RiverSource Life Insurance Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019 as filed with the SEC on Feb.26, 2020under File No. 033-28976 in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and any filings we make with the SEC under Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act (excluding information deemed to be furnished and not filed with the SEC) after the effective date of this registration statement, until all offerings under the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part are completed or terminated. The annual report contains additional information about RiverSource Life Insurance Company, including audited financial statements for the latest fiscal year.

RiverSource Life will furnish you without charge a copy of any or all of the documents incorporated by reference into this prospectus, including any exhibits to such documents which have been specifically incorporated by reference. We will do so upon receipt of your written or oral request. You can contact RiverSource Life at the telephone number and address listed on the first page of this prospectus.

Available Information

This prospectus is part of a registration statement we file with the SEC. Additional information on RiverSource Life and on this offering is available in the registration statement and other materials we file. You can obtain copies of these materials at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. This prospectus, other information about the contract and other information incorporated by reference are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at (http://www.sec.gov).

Indemnification

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the Act) may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of RiverSource Life pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

90    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendices

APPENDIX NAME	PAGE #	CROSS-REFERENCE	PAGE #
Appendix A: Example — Market Value Adjustment (MVA)	p. 92	Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)	p. 24
Appendix B: Example — Income Assurer Benefit Rider Fee	p. 94	Charges — Income Assurer Benefit Rider Fee	p. 39
Appendix C: Example — Withdrawal Charges	p. 95	Charges — Withdrawal Charge	p. 32
Appendix D: Example — Death Benefits	p. 98	Benefits in Case of Death	p. 53
Appendix E: Example — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider	p. 101	Optional Benefits — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider	p. 57
Appendix F: Example — Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider	p. 102	Optional Benefits — Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider	p. 59
Appendix G: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider — Additional RMD Disclosure	p. 104	Optional Benefits — Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider	p. 59
Appendix H: Example — Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit — Rider B Disclosure	p. 106	Optional Benefits — Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider	p. 69
Appendix I: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider — Additional RMD Disclosure	p. 112	Optional Benefits — Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider	p. 69
Appendix J: Example — Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider	p. 113	Optional Benefits — Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider	p. 69
Appendix K: Example — Income Assurer Benefit Riders	p. 115	Optional Benefits — Income Assurer Benefit Riders	p. 74
Appendix L: Example — Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider	p. 120	Optional Benefits — Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider	p. 79
Appendix M: Example — Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider	p. 122	Optional Benefits — Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider	p. 79
Appendix N: Example — Withdrawal Benefit Riders: Elective Step Up or Elective Spousal Continuation Step Up	p. 124	Optional Benefits — Optional Living Benefits	p. 57
Appendix O: Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	p. 125	Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	p. 14

The purpose of these appendices is first to illustrate the operation of various contract features and riders; second, to provide additional disclosure regarding various contract features and riders; and lastly, to provide condensed financial history (unaudited) of the subaccounts.

In order to demonstrate the contract features and riders, an example may show hypothetical contract values. These contract values do not represent past or future performance. Actual contract values may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a number of factors, including but not limited to the investment experience of the subaccounts, GPAs, DCA fixed account, and one-year fixed account and the fees and charges that apply to your contract.

The examples of death benefits and optional riders in appendices D through F and J through M include a partial withdrawal to illustrate the effect of a partial withdrawal on the particular benefit. These examples are intended to show how the optional riders operate, and do not take into account whether the rider is part of a qualified contract. Qualified contracts are subject to required minimum distributions at certain ages which may require you to take partial withdrawals from the contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). If you are considering the addition of certain death benefits and/or optional riders to a qualified contract, you should consult your tax advisor prior to making a purchase for an explanation of the potential tax implications to you.

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    91

Appendix A: Example — Market Value Adjustment (MVA)

As the examples below demonstrate, the application of an MVA may result in either a gain or a loss of principal. We refer to all of the transactions described below as “early withdrawals.”

Assumptions:

• You purchase a contract and allocate part of your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA; and

• we guarantee an interest rate of 3.0% annually for your ten-year guarantee period; and

• after three years, you decide to make a withdrawal from your GPA. In other words, there are seven years left in your guarantee period.

Remember that the MVA depends partly on the interest rate of a new GPA for the same number of years as the guarantee period remaining on your GPA. In this case, that is seven years.

Example 1: Remember that your GPA is earning 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 3.5%. We add 0.10% to the 3.5% rate to get 3.6%. Your GPA’s 3.0% rate is less than the 3.6% rate, so the MVA will be negative.

Example 2: Remember again that your GPA is earning 3.0%, and assume that new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 2.5%. We add 0.10% to the 2.5% rate to get 2.6%. In this example, since your GPA’s 3.0% rate is greater than the 2.6% rate, the MVA will be positive. To determine that adjustment precisely, you will have to use the formula described below.

Sample MVA Calculations

The precise MVA formula we apply is as follows:

Early withdrawal amount	×	[	(	1 + i	)	n/12	–1	]	=	MVA
				1 + j + .001

Where i	=	rate earned in the GPA from which amounts are being transferred or withdrawn.
j	=	current rate for a new guarantee period equal to the remaining term in the current guarantee period.
n	=	number of months remaining in the current guarantee period (rounded up).

Examples — MVA

Using assumptions similar to those we used in the examples above:

• You purchase a contract and allocate part of your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA;

• we guarantee an interest rate of 3.0% annually for your ten-year guarantee period; and

• after three years, you decide to make a $1,000 withdrawal from your GPA. In other words, there are seven years left in your guarantee period.

Example 1: You request an early withdrawal of $1,000 from your ten-year GPA earning a guaranteed interest rate of 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 3.5%. Using the formula above, we determine the MVA as follows:

$1,000	×	[	(	1.030	)	84/12	–1	]	=	-$39.84
				1 + .035 + .001

In this example, the MVA is a negative $39.84.

Example 2: You request an early withdrawal of $1,000 from your ten-year GPA earning a guaranteed interest rate of 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 2.5%. Using the formula above, we determine the MVA as follows:

$1,000	×	[	(	1.030	)	84/12	–1	]	=	$27.61
				1 + .025 + .001

In this example, the MVA is a positive $27.61.

Please note that when you allocate your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA and your purchase payment is in its fourth year from receipt at the beginning of the guarantee period, your withdrawal charge percentage is 7%, if you elected the seven-year withdrawal charge schedule and 4% if you elected a five-year withdrawal charge schedule. (See “Charges — Withdrawal Charge.”) We do not apply MVAs to the amounts we deduct for withdrawal charges, so we would deduct the withdrawal charge from your early withdrawal after we applied the MVA. Also note that when you request an early withdrawal, we withdraw an amount from your GPA that will give you the net amount you requested after we apply the MVA and any applicable withdrawal charge, unless you request otherwise.

92    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The current interest rate we offer on the GPA will change periodically at our discretion. It is the rate we are then paying on purchase payments, renewals and transfers paid under this class of contracts for guarantee period durations equaling the remaining guarantee period of the GPA to which the formula is being applied.

We will not apply MVAs to amounts withdrawn for annual contract charges, to amounts we pay as death claims or to automatic transfers from the two-year GPA as part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep strategy. In some states, the MVA is limited.

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    93

Appendix B: Example — Income Assurer Benefit Rider Fee

Example — Income Assurer Benefit Rider Fee

Assumptions:

You purchase the contract with a payment of $50,000 and allocate all of your payment to the protected investment options and make no transfers, add-ons or withdrawals; and

• on the first contract anniversary your total contract value is $55,545; and

• on the second contract anniversary your total contract value is $53,270.

• We would calculate the Guaranteed Income Benefit Base for each Income Assurer Benefit on the second anniversary as follows:

The Income Assurer Benefit – MAV Guaranteed Income Benefit Base is the greatest of the following values:

Purchase Payments less adjusted partial withdrawals:	$50,000
Contract value on the second anniversary:	$53,270
Maximum Anniversary Value:	$55,545
Income Assurer Benefit – MAV Guaranteed Income Benefit Base	$55,545

The Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Guaranteed Income Benefit Base is the greatest of the following values:

Purchase Payments less adjusted partial withdrawals:	$50,000
Contract value on the second anniversary:	$53,270
5% Variable Account Floor = 1.05 × 1.05 × $50,000	$55,125
Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Guaranteed Income Benefit Base	$ 55,125

The Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Guaranteed Income Benefit Base is the greatest of the following values:

Purchase Payments less adjusted partial withdrawals:	$50,000
Contract value on the second anniversary:	$53,270
Maximum Anniversary Value:	$55,545
5% Variable Account Floor = 1.05 × 1.05 × $50,000	$55,125
Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Guaranteed Income Benefit Base	$55,545

The Income Assurer Benefit fee deducted from your contract value would be:

Income Assurer Benefit – MAV fee =	0.30% × $55,545 = $166.64
Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base fee =	0.60% × $55,125 = $330.75
Income Assurer Benefit – MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base fee =	0.65% × $55,545 = $361.04

94    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix C: Example — Withdrawal Charges

For purposes of calculating any withdrawal charge, including the examples illustrated below, we treat amounts withdrawn from your contract value in the following order:

1. First, in each contract year, we withdraw amounts totaling:

• up to 10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value or your contract’s remaining benefit payment if you elected the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider and your remaining benefit payment is greater than 10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on this amount.

• up to 10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value or the greater of your contract’s remaining benefit payment or remaining annual lifetime payment if you elected the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, and the greater of your RALP and your remaining benefit payment is greater than 10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on this amount.

2.	Next, we withdraw contract earnings, if any, that are greater than the amount described in number one above. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on contract earnings.
3.	Next we withdraw purchase payments received prior to the withdrawal charge period shown in your contract. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on these purchase payments.
4.	Finally, if necessary, we withdraw purchase payments received that are still within the withdrawal charge period you selected and shown in your contract. We withdraw these payments on a “first-in, first-out” (FIFO) basis. We do assess a withdrawal charge on these payments.

After withdrawing earnings in numbers one and two above, we next withdraw enough additional contract value (ACV) to meet your requested withdrawal amount. If the amount described in number one above was greater than contract earnings prior to the withdrawal, the excess (XSF) will be excluded from the purchase payments being withdrawn that were received most recently when calculating the withdrawal charge. We determine the amount of purchase payments being withdrawn (PPW) in numbers three and four above as:

PPW = XSF + (ACV – XSF) / (CV – TFA) × (PPNPW – XSF)

If the additional contract value withdrawn is less than XSF, then PPW will equal ACV.

We determine current contract earnings (CE) by looking at the entire contract value (CV), not the earnings of any particular subaccount, GPA, the one-year fixed account or the DCA fixed account. If the contract value is less than purchase payments received and not previously withdrawn (PPNPW) then contract earnings are zero.

The examples below show how the withdrawal charge for a full and partial withdrawal is calculated for a contract with a seven-year withdrawal charge schedule. Each example illustrates the amount of the withdrawal charge for both a contract that experiences gains and a contract that experiences losses, given the same set of assumptions.

Full withdrawal charge calculation — seven-year withdrawal charge schedule:

This is an example of how we calculate the withdrawal charge on a contract with a seven-year (from the date of each purchase payment) withdrawal charge schedule and the following history:

Assumptions:

• We receive a single $50,000 purchase payment;

• During the fourth contract year you withdraw the contract for its total value. The withdrawal charge percentage in the fourth year after a purchase payment is 7.0%; and

• You have made no prior withdrawals.

We will look at two situations, one where the contract has a gain and another where there is a loss:

		Contract with Gain	Contract with Loss
	Contract value just prior to withdrawal:	$60,000.00	$40,000.00
	Contract value on prior anniversary:	58,000.00	42,000.00
We calculate the withdrawal charge as follows:
Step 1.	First, we determine the amount of earnings available in the contract at the time of withdrawal as:
	Contract value just prior to withdrawal (CV):	60,000.00	40,000.00
	Less purchase payments received and not previously withdrawn (PPNPW):	50,000.00	50,000.00
	Earnings in the contract (but not less than zero):	10,000.00	0.00

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    95

			Contract with Gain	Contract with Loss
Step 2.	Next, we determine the Total Free Amount (TFA) available in the contract as the greatest of the following values:
	Earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value:		5,800.00	4,200.00
	TFA (but not less than zero):		10,000.00	4,200.00
Step 3.	Next we determine ACV, the amount by which the contract value withdrawn exceeds earnings.
	Contract value withdrawn:		60,000.00	40,000.00
	Less earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	ACV (but not less than zero):		50,000.00	40,000.00
Step 4.	Next we determine XSF, the amount by which 10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value exceeds earnings.
	10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value:		5,800.00	4,200.00
	Less earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	XSF (but not less than zero):		0.00	4,200.00
Step 5.	Now we can determine how much of the PPNPW is being withdrawn (PPW) as follows:
	PPW	= XSF + (ACV – XSF) / (CV – TFA) × (PPNPW – XSF)
	XSF from Step 4 =
	ACV from Step 3 =		0.00	4,200.00
	CV from Step 1 =		50,000.00	40,000.00
	TFA from Step 2=		60,000.00	40,000.00
	PPNPW from Step 1 =		10,000.00	4,200.00
	PPW =		50,000.00	50,000.00
Step 6.	We then calculate the withdrawal charge as a percentage of PPW. Note that for a contract with a loss, PPW may be greater than the amount you request to withdraw:
	PPW:		50,000.00	50,000.00
	less XSF:		0.00	4,200.00
	amount of PPW subject to a withdrawal charge:		50,000.00	45,800.00
	multiplied by the withdrawal charge rate:		× 7.0%	× 7.0%
	withdrawal charge:		3,500.00	3,206.00
Step 7.	The dollar amount you will receive as a result of your full withdrawal is determined as:
	Contract value withdrawn:		60,000.00	40,000.00
	Withdrawal charge:		(3,500.00)	(3,206.00)
	Contract charge (assessed upon full withdrawal):		(40.00)	(40.00)
	Net full withdrawal proceeds:		$56,460.00	$36,754.00

Partial withdrawal charge calculation — seven-year withdrawal charge schedule:

This is an example of how we calculate the withdrawal charge on a contract with a seven-year (from the date of each purchase payment) withdrawal charge schedule and the following history:

Assumptions:

• We receive a single $50,000 purchase payment;

• During the fourth contract year you request a net partial withdrawal of $15,000.00. The withdrawal charge percentage in the fourth year after a purchase payment is 7.0%; and

• You have made no prior withdrawals.

96    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

We will look at two situations, one where the contract has a gain and another where there is a loss:

			Contract with Gain	Contract with Loss
	Contract value just prior to withdrawal:		$60,000.00	$40,000.00
	Contract value on prior anniversary:		58,000.00	42,000.00
We determine the amount of contract value that must be withdrawn in order for the net partial withdrawal proceeds to match the amount requested. We start with an estimate of the amount of contract value to withdraw and calculate the resulting withdrawal charge and net partial withdrawal proceeds as illustrated below. We then adjust our estimate and repeat until we determine the amount of contract value to withdraw that generates the desired net partial withdrawal proceeds.
We calculate the withdrawal charge for each estimate as follows:
Step 1.	First, we determine the amount of earnings available in the contract at the time of withdrawal as:
	Contract value just prior to withdrawal (CV):		60,000.00	40,000.00
	Less purchase payments received and not previously withdrawn (PPNPW):		50,000.00	50,000.00
	Earnings in the contract (but not less than zero):		10,000.00	0.00
Step 2.	Next, we determine the Total Free Amount (TFA) available in the contract as the greatest of the following values:
	Earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value:		5,800.00	4,200.00
	TFA (but not less than zero):		10,000.00	4,200.00
Step 3.	Next we determine ACV, the amount by which the contract value withdrawn exceeds earnings.
	Contract value withdrawn:		15,376.34	16,062.31
	Less earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	ACV (but not less than zero):		5,376.34	16,062.31
Step 4.	Next we determine XSF, the amount by which 10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value exceeds earnings.
	10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value:		5,800.00	4,200.00
	Less earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	XSF (but not less than zero):		0.00	4,200.00
Step 5.	Now we can determine how much of the PPNPW is being withdrawn (PPW) as follows:
	PPW	= XSF + (ACV – XSF) / (CV – TFA) × (PPNPW – XSF)
	XSF from Step 4 =		0.00	4,200.00
	ACV from Step 3 =		5,376.34	16,062.31
	CV from Step 1 =		60,000.00	40,000.00
	TFA from Step 2 =		10,000.00	4,200.00
	PPNPW from Step 1 =		50,000.00	50,000.00
	PPW =		5,376.34	19,375.80
Step 6.	We then calculate the withdrawal charge as a percentage of PPW. Note that for a contract with a loss, PPW may be greater than the amount you request to withdraw:
	PPW:		5,376.34	19,375.80
	less XSF:		0.00	4,200.00
	amount of PPW subject to a withdrawal charge:		5,376.34	15,175.80
	multiplied by the withdrawal charge rate:		× 7.0%	× 7.0%
	withdrawal charge:		376.34	1,062.31
Step 7.	The dollar amount you will receive as a result of your partial withdrawal is determined as:
	Contract value withdrawn:		15,376.34	16,062.31
	Withdrawal charge:		(376.34)	(1,062.31)
	Net partial withdrawal proceeds:		$15,000.00	$15,000.00

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    97

Appendix D: Example — Death Benefits

Example — ROP Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $20,000;

• On the first contract anniversary you make an additional purchase payment of $5,000;

• During the second contract year the contract value falls to $22,000 and you take a $1,500 partial withdrawal, including withdrawal charge; and

• During the third contract year the contract value grows to $23,000.

We calculate the ROP Death Benefit as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:		$23,000.00
2.	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,704.55
	$22,000
	for a death benefit of:		$23,295.45
ROP Death Benefit, calculated as the greatest of these two values:				$23,295.45

Example — MAV Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000;

• On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $26,000; and

• During the second contract year the contract value falls to $22,000, at which point you take a $1,500 (including withdrawal charge) partial withdrawal, leaving a contract value of $20,500.

We calculate the MAV Death Benefit, which is based on the greater of three values, as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:		$20,500.00
2.	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,704.55
	$22,000
	for a death benefit of:		$23,295.45
3.	The MAV immediately preceding the date of death:
	Greatest of your contract anniversary values:		$26,000.00
	plus purchase payments made since the prior anniversary:		+0.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $26,000	=	–1,772.73
	$22,000
	for a death benefit of:		$24,227.27
The MAV Death Benefit, calculated as the greatest of these three values, which is the MAV:				$24,227.27

Example — 5% Accumulation Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000 with $5,000 allocated to the GPA accounts and $20,000 allocated to the subaccounts; and

• On the first contract anniversary the GPA account value is $5,200 and the subaccount value is $17,000. Total contract value is $23,200; and

98    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• During the second contract year, the GPA account value is $5,300 and the subaccount value is $19,000. Total contract value is $24,300. You take a $1,500 (including withdrawal charge) partial withdrawal all from the subaccounts, leaving the contract value at $22,800.

The death benefit, which is based on the greatest of three values, is calculated as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:		$22,800.00
2.	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,543.21
	$24,300
	for a death benefit of:		$23,456.79
3.	The 5% variable account floor:
	The variable account floor on the first contract anniversary, calculated as:
	1.05 × $20,000 =		$21,000.00
	plus amounts allocated to the subaccounts since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus the 5% variable account floor adjusted partial withdrawal from the subaccounts, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $21,000	=	–1,657.89
	$19,000
	variable account floor benefit:		$19,342.11
	plus the GPA account value:		+5,300.00
	5% variable account floor (value of the GPA or the one-year fixed account and the variable account floor):		$24,642.11
The 5% Accumulation Death Benefit, calculated as the greatest of these three values, which is the 5% variable account floor:				$24,642.11

Example — Enhanced Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000 with $5,000 allocated to the GPA accounts and $20,000 allocated to the subaccounts; and

• On the first contract anniversary the GPA account value is $5,200 and the subaccount value is $17,000. Total contract value is $23,200; and

• During the second contract year, the GPA account value is $5,300 and the subaccount value is $19,000. Total contract value is $24,300. You take a $1,500 (including withdrawal charge) partial withdrawal all from the subaccounts, leaving the contract value at $22,800.

The death benefit, which is based on the greatest of four values, is calculated as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:		$22,800.00
2.	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,543.21
	$24,300
	for a death benefit of:		$23,456.79
3.	The MAV on the anniversary immediately preceding the date of death:
	The MAV on the immediately preceding anniversary:		$25,000.00
	plus purchase payments made since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals made since that anniversary, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,543.21
	$24,300
	for a MAV Death Benefit of:		$23,456.79

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    99

4.	The 5% variable account floor:
	The variable account floor on the first contract anniversary, calculated as:
	1.05 × $20,000 =		$21,000.00
	plus amounts allocated to the subaccounts since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus the 5% variable account floor adjusted partial withdrawal from the subaccounts, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $21,000	=	–1,657.89
	$19,000
	variable account floor benefit:		$19,342.11
	plus the GPA value:		+5,300.00
	5% variable account floor (value of the GPAs, the one year-fixed account and the variable account floor):		$24,642.11
Enhanced Death Benefit, calculated as the greatest of these four values, which is the 5% variable account floor:				$24,642.11

100    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix E: Example — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider

Example — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider

The following example shows how the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider works based on hypothetical values. It is not intended to depict investment performance of the contract.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract (with the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider) with a payment of $100,000.

• You make no additional purchase payments.

• You do not exercise the Elective step-up option.

				Initial payment 100,000
End of Contract Year	Partial Surrender (beginning of year)	MCAV Adjustment for Partial Surrender	MCAV	Accumulation Benefit Amount	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value
1	0	0	100,000	0	112,000
2	0	0	102,400	0	128,000
3	0	0	108,000	0	135,000
4	0	0	108,000	0	125,000
5	0	0	108,000	0	110,000
6	2,000	1,964	106,036	0	122,000
7	0	0	112,000	0	140,000
8	0	0	112,000	0	121,000
9	5,000	4,628	107,372	0	98,000
10	0	0	107,372	22,372	85,000

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    101

Appendix F: Example - Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider

Example #1: Covered person has not reached age 65 at the time the contract and rider are purchased.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000.

• You are the sole owner and also the annuitant. You are age 60.

• You make no additional payments to the contract.

• Automatic annual step-ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the RBA and/or 6% of the contract value is greater than the ALP. Applied annual step-ups are indicated inbold.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	Basic Withdrawal Benefit				Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit
				GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
At Issue	$100,000	$N/A	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	$7,000	$7,000	$N/A	$N/A
0.5	0	7,000	92,000	100,000	93,000	7,000	0	N/A	N/A
1	0	0	91,000	100,000	93,000	7,000	7,000	N/A	N/A
1.5	0	7,000	83,000	100,000	86,000	7,000	0	N/A	N/A
2	0	0	81,000	100,000	86,000	7,000	7,000	N/A	N/A
5	0	0	75,000	100,000	86,000	7,000	7,000	5,160(1)	5,160(1)
5.5	0	5,160	70,000	100,000	80,840	7,000	1,840	5,160	0
6	0	0	69,000	100,000	80,840	7,000	7,000	5,160	5,160
6.5	0	7,000	62,000	100,000	73,840	7,000	0	3,720(2)	0
7	0	0	70,000	100,000	73,840	7,000	7,000	4,200	4,200
7.5	0	10,000	51,000	51,000(3)	51,000(3)	3,570	0	3,060(3)	0
8	0	0	55,000	55,000	55,000	3,850	3,850	3,300	3,300

At this point, assuming no additional activity (step ups, excess withdrawals, purchase payments, spousal continuation or contract ownership change), you can continue to withdraw up to either the GBP of $3,850 each year until the RBA is reduced to zero, or the ALP of $3,300 each year until the later of your death or the RBA is reduced to zero.

(1)	The ALP and RALP are established on the contract anniversary date following the date the covered person reaches age 65.
(2)	The $7,000 withdrawal is greater than the $5,160 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the ALP, resetting the ALP to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.
(3)	The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than both the $7,000 RBP allowed under the basic withdrawal benefit and the $4,200 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the GBA, RBA, and ALP. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.

Example #2: Covered person has reached 65 at the time the contract and rider are purchased.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000.

• You are the sole owner and also the annuitant. You are age 65.

• You make no additional payments to the contract.

• Automatic annual step-ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the RBA and/or 6% of the contract value is greater than the ALP. Applied annual step-ups are indicated in bold.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	Basic Withdrawal Benefit				Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit
				GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
At Issue	$100,000	$N/A	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	$7,000	$7,000	$6,000	$6,000
1	0	0	105,000	105,000	105,000	7,350	7,000(1)	6,300	6,000(1)
2	0	0	110,000	110,000	110,000	7,700	7,000(1)	6,600	6,000(1)
3	0	0	110,000	110,000	110,000	7,700	7,700(2)	6,600	6,600(2)
3.5	0	6,600	110,000	110,000	103,400	7,700	1,100	6,600	0
4	0	0	115,000	115,000	115,000	8,050	8,050	6,900	6,900
4.5	0	8,050	116,000	115,000	106,950	8,050	0	6,900(3)	0
5	0	0	120,000	120,000	120,000	8,400	8,400	7,200	7,200
5.5	0	10,000	122,000	120,000(4)	110,000(4)	8,400	0	7,200(4)	0

102    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	Basic Withdrawal Benefit				Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit
				GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
6	0	0	125,000	125,000	125,000	8,750	8,750	7,500	7,500

At this point, assuming no additional activity (step ups, excess withdrawals, purchase payments, spousal continuation or contract ownership change), you can continue to withdraw up to either the GBP of $8,750 each year until the RBA is reduced to zero, or the ALP of $7,500 each year until the later of your death or the RBA is reduced to zero.

(1)	The annual step-up has not been applied to the RBP or RALP because any withdrawal after step up during the waiting period would reverse any prior step ups prior to determining if the withdrawal is excess. Therefore, during the waiting period, the RBP is the amount you can withdraw without incurring the GBA and RBA excess withdrawal processing, and the RALP is the amount you can withdraw without incurring the ALP excess withdrawal processing.
(2)	On the third anniversary (after the end of the waiting period), the RBP and RALP are set equal to the GBP and ALP, respectively.
(3)	The $8,050 withdrawal is greater than the $6,900 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the ALP, resetting the ALP to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.
(4)	The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than both the $8,400 RBP allowed under the basic withdrawal benefit and the $7,200 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the GBA, RBA, and ALP. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    103

Appendix G: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider —Additional Required Minimum Distribution (RMD) Disclosure

This appendix describes our current administrative practice for determining the amount of withdrawals in any contract year which an owner may take under the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider to satisfy the RMD rules under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code without application of the excess withdrawal processing described in the rider. We reserve the right to modify this administrative practice at any time upon 30 days’ written notice to you.

For owners subject to annual RMD rules under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, the amounts you withdraw each year from this contract to satisfy these rules are not subject to excess withdrawal processing under the terms of the rider subject to the following rules and our current administrative practice:

(1)	If on the date we calculated your Annual Life Expectancy Required Minimum Distribution Amount (ALERMDA), it is greater than the RBP from the beginning of the current contract year,
•	Basic Additional Benefit Amount (BABA) will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the RBP from the beginning of the current contract year.
•	Any withdrawals taken in a contract year will count first against and reduce the RBP for that contract year.
•	Once the RBP for the current contract year has been depleted, any additional amounts withdrawn will count against and reduce the BABA. These withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the GBA and RBA as long as they do not exceed the remaining BABA.
•	Once the BABA has been depleted, any additional withdrawal amounts will be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the GBA and RBA and will subject them all to the excess withdrawal processing described in the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider.

(2)	If on the date we calculated your ALERMDA, it is greater than the RALP from the beginning of the current Contract Year,
•	A Lifetime Additional Benefit Amount (LABA) will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the RALP from the beginning of the current contract year.
•	Any withdrawals taken in a contract year will count first against and reduce the RALP for that contract year.
•	Once the RALP for the current contract year has been depleted, any additional amounts withdrawn will count against and reduce the LABA. These withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the ALP as long as they do not exceed the remaining LABA.
•	Once the LABA has been depleted, any additional withdrawal amounts will be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the ALP and will subject the ALP to the excess withdrawal processing described by the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider.

(3)	If the ALP is established on a policy anniversary where your current ALERMDA is greater than the new RALP,
•	An initial LABA will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the new RALP.
•	This new LABA will be immediately reduced by the amount that total withdrawals in the current calendar year exceed the new RALP, but shall not be reduced to less than zero.

The Annual Life Expectancy Required Minimum Distribution Amount (ALERMDA) is:

(1)	determined by us each calendar year;
(2)	based solely on the value of the contract to which the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider is attached as of the date we make the determination; and
(3)	based on the company’s understanding and interpretation of the requirements for life expectancy distributions intended to satisfy the required minimum distribution rules under Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, as applicable on the effective date of this prospectus, to:

1.	an individual retirement annuity (Section 408(b));
2.	a Roth individual retirement account (Section 408A);
3.	a Simplified Employee Pension plan (Section 408(k));
4.	a tax-sheltered annuity rollover (Section 403(b)).

In the future, the requirements under the Code for such distributions may change and the life expectancy amount calculation provided under your Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider may not be sufficient to satisfy the requirements under the Code for these types of distributions. In such a situation, amounts withdrawn to satisfy such distribution requirements will exceed your available RBP or RALP amount and may result in the reduction of your GBA, RBA, and/or ALP as described under the excess withdrawal provision of the rider.

104    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

In cases where the Code does not allow the life expectancy of a natural person to be used to calculate the required minimum distribution amount (e.g., ownership by a trust or a charity), we will calculate the life expectancy RMD amount calculated by us as zero in all years. The life expectancy required minimum distribution amount calculated by us will also equal zero in all years.

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    105

Appendix H: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit — Rider B Disclosure

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider is an optional benefit that was offered for an additional annual charge if⁽¹⁾:

•	your contract application was signed prior to April 29, 2005(2);
•	the rider was available in your state; and
•	you and the annuitant were 79 or younger on the date the contract was issued.
(1)	The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit is not available under an inherited qualified annuity.
(2)	In previous disclosure, we have referred to this rider as Rider B. This rider is no longer available for purchase. See the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life and Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit sections in this prospectus for information about currently offered versions of this benefit. See the rider attached to your contract for the actual terms of the benefit you purchased.

You must elect the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider when you purchase your contract (original rider). The original rider you receive at contract issue offers an elective annual step-up and any withdrawal after a step up during the first three years is considered an excess withdrawal, as described below. The rider effective date of the original rider is the contract issue date.

We will offer you the option of replacing the original rider with a new Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit (enhanced rider), if available in your state. The enhanced rider offers an automatic annual step-up and a withdrawal after a step up during the first three years is not necessarily an excess withdrawal, as described below. The effective date of the enhanced rider will be the contract issue date except for the automatic step-up which will apply to contract anniversaries that occur after you accept the enhanced rider. The descriptions below apply to both the original and enhanced riders unless otherwise noted.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit initially provides a guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit that gives you the right to take limited partial withdrawals in each contract year that over time will total an amount equal to your purchase payments plus purchase payment credits. Certain withdrawals and step ups, as described below, can cause the initial guaranteed withdrawal benefit to change. The guarantee remains in effect if your partial withdrawals in a contract year do not exceed the allowed amount. As long as your withdrawals in each contract year do not exceed the allowed amount, you will not be assessed a withdrawal charge. Under the original rider, the allowed amount is the Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP — the amount you may withdraw under the terms of the rider in each contract year, subject to certain restrictions prior to the third contract anniversary, as described below). Under the enhanced rider, the allowed amount is equal to 7% of purchase payments and purchase payment credits for the first three years, and the GBP in all other years.

If you withdraw an amount greater than the allowed amount in a contract year, we call this an “excess withdrawal” under the rider. If you make an excess withdrawal under the rider:

• withdrawal charges, if applicable, will apply only to the amount of the withdrawal that exceeds the allowed amount;

• the guaranteed benefit amount will be adjusted as described below; and

• the remaining benefit amount will be adjusted as described below.

For a partial withdrawal that is subject to a withdrawal charge, the amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable withdrawal charge (see “Charges — Withdrawal Charge”). Market value adjustments, if applicable, will also be made (see “Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs) — Market Value Adjustment”). We pay you the amount you request. Any partial withdrawals you take under the contract will reduce the value of the death benefit (see “Benefits in Case of Death”). Upon full withdrawal of the contract, you will receive the remaining contract value less any applicable charges (see “Withdrawals”).

Once elected, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider may not be cancelled and the fee will continue to be deducted until the contract is terminated, the contract value reduces to zero (described below) or annuity payouts begin. If you select the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, you may not select an Income Assurer Benefit rider or the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. If you exercise the annual step up election (see “Elective Step Up” and “Annual Step Up” below), the special spousal continuation step up election (see “Spousal Continuation and Special Spousal Continuation Step Up” below) or change your investment option, the rider charge may change (see “Charges”).

You should consider whether the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit is appropriate for you because:

You will begin paying the rider charge as of the rider effective date, even if you do not begin taking withdrawals for many years. It is possible that your contract performance, fees and charges, and withdrawal pattern may be such that your contract value will not be depleted in your lifetime and you will not receive any monetary value under the rider.

• Investment Allocation Restriction: You must participate in the PN program if you purchase a contract on or after May 1, 2006 with this rider (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program”). If you selected this Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider before May 1, 2006, you must participate in the asset allocation program (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Asset Allocation Program”), however, you may elect to participate in the Portfolio Navigator program after May 1, 2006. These funds are expected to reduce our financial risks and expenses

106    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

	associated with certain living benefits. Although the funds’ investment strategies may help mitigate declines in your contract value due to declining equity markets, the funds’ investment strategies may also curb your contract value gains during periods of positive performance by the equity markets. Additionally, investment in the funds may decrease the number and amount of any benefit base increase opportunities. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds: Volatility and Volatility Management Risk with the Portfolio Stabilizer funds” section.) We reserve the right to add, remove or substitute approved investment options at any time and in our sole discretion in the future. This requirement limits your choice of investments. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, GPAs or the one-year fixed account that are available under the contract to contract owners who do not elect this rider. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Asset Allocation Program and Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds.”). You may make qualifying purchase payments and purchase payment credits to the DCA fixed account, when available, and we will make monthly transfers into the investment option you have chosen;
•	Tax Considerations for Non-Qualified Annuities: Withdrawals are taxable income to the extent of earnings. Withdrawals of earnings before age 59½ may also incur a 10% IRS early withdrawal penalty and may be considered taxable income;
•	Tax Considerations for Qualified Annuities: Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). If you have a qualified annuity, you may need to take an RMD. If you make a withdrawal in any contract year to satisfy an RMD, this may constitute an excess withdrawal, as defined below, and the excess withdrawal procedures described below will apply. Under the terms of the enhanced rider, we allow you to satisfy the RMD based on the life expectancy RMD for your contract and the requirements of the Code and regulations in effect when you purchase your contract, without the withdrawal being treated as an excess withdrawal. It is our current administrative practice to make the same accommodation under the original rider, however, we reserve the right to modify our administrative practice and will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change. See Appendix I for additional information. RMD rules follow the calendar year which most likely does not coincide with your contract year and therefore may limit when you can take your RMD and not be subject to excess withdrawal processing. You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of this rider in your tax situation;
•	Treatment of non-spousal distributions: Unless you are married your beneficiary will be required to take distributions as a non-spouse which may result in significantly decreasing the value of the rider. Please note civil unions and domestic partnerships are not recognized as marriages for federal tax purposes. For additional information see “Taxes — Other — Spousal status” section of this prospectus.
•	Limitations on Tax-Sheltered Annuities (TSAs): Your right to take withdrawals is restricted if your contract is a TSA (see “TSA — Special Provisions”). Therefore, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider may be of limited value to you. You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of this rider in your tax situation;
•	Limitations on Purchase Payments: We reserve the right to limit the cumulative amount of purchase payments, subject to state restrictions, which may limit your ability to make additional purchase payments to increase your contract value as you may have originally intended. For current purchase payment restrictions, please see “Buying Your Contract — Purchase Payments”.
•	Interaction with the Total Free Amount (TFA) contract provision: The TFA is the amount you are allowed to withdraw in each contract year without incurring a withdrawal charge (see “Charges — Withdrawal Charge”). The TFA may be greater than GBP under this rider. Any amount you withdraw under the contract’s TFA provision that exceeds the GBP is subject to the excess withdrawal procedures for the GBA and RBA described below.

The terms “Guaranteed Benefit Amount” and “Remaining Benefit Amount” are described below. Each is used in the operation of the GBP, the RBP, the elective step up, the annual step up, the special spousal continuation step up and the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit annuity payout option.

Guaranteed Benefit Amount

The Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA) is equal to the initial purchase payment plus purchase payment credits, adjusted for subsequent purchase payments, any purchase payment credits partial withdrawals in excess of the GBP, and step ups. The maximum GBA is $5,000,000.

The GBA is determined at the following times:

• At contract issue — the GBA is equal to the initial purchase payment, plus any purchase payment credits

• When you make additional purchase payments— each additional purchase payment plus any purchase payment credit has its own GBA equal to the amount of the purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits. The total GBA when an additional purchase payment and purchase payment credit are added is the sum of the individual GBAs immediately prior to the receipt of the additional purchase payment, plus the GBA associated with the additional purchase payment;

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    107

• At step up — (see “Elective Step Up” and “Annual Step Up” headings below).

• When you make a partial withdrawal:

(a)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are less than or equal to the GBP — the GBA remains unchanged. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the GBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;
(b)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are greater than the GBP—the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the GBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the GBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;
(c)	under the original rider in a contract year after a step up but before the third contract anniversary —the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the GBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the GBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;

GBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The total GBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the total GBA immediately prior to the withdrawal; or (b) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s GBA after the withdrawal will be reset to equal that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal plus (a) times (b), where:

(a)	is the ratio of the total GBA after the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal to the total GBA before the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal; and
(b)	is each payment’s GBA before the withdrawal less that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal.

Remaining Benefit Amount

The remaining benefit amount (RBA) at any point is the total guaranteed amount available for future partial withdrawals. The maximum RBA is $5,000,000.

The RBA is determined at the following times:

• At contract issue — the RBA is equal to the initial purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits;

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits has its own RBA equal to the amount of the purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits. The total RBA when an additional purchase payment and purchase payment credits are added is the sum of the individual RBAs immediately prior to the receipt of the additional purchase payment, plus the RBA associated with the additional payment;

• At step up — (see “Elective Step Up” and “Annual Step Up” headings below).

• When you make a partial withdrawal:

(a)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are less than or equal to the GBP — the RBA becomes the RBA immediately prior to the partial withdrawal, less the partial withdrawal. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the RBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;
(b)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are greater than the GBP— the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the RBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the RBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;
(c)	under the original rider after a step up but before the third contract anniversary —the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the RBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the RBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups.

RBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The RBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal, or (b) the RBA immediately prior to the withdrawal, less the amount of the withdrawal.

If there have been multiple purchase payments, any reduction of the RBA will be taken out of each payment’s RBA in the following manner:

The withdrawal amount up to the remaining benefit payment (defined below) is taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its remaining benefit payment at the time of the withdrawal; and the withdrawal amount above the remaining benefit payment and any amount determined by the excess withdrawal processing are taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its RBA at the time of the withdrawal.

Guaranteed Benefit Payment

Under the original rider, the GBP is the amount you may withdraw under the terms of the rider in each contract year, subject to certain restrictions prior to the third anniversary (see “Elective Step Up” above). The GBP is equal to 7% of the GBA.

108    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Under the enhanced rider, the GBP is the withdrawal amount that you are entitled to take each contract year after the third anniversary until the RBA is depleted. The GBP is the lesser of (a) 7% of the GBA; or (b) the RBA.

Under both the original and enhanced riders, if you withdraw less than the GBP in a contract year, there is no carry over to the next contract year.

Remaining Benefit Payment

Under the original rider, at the beginning of each contract year, the remaining benefit payment (RBP) is set as the lesser of (a) the GBP, or (b) the RBA.

Under the enhanced rider, at the beginning of each contract year, during the first three years and prior to any withdrawal, the RBP for each purchase payment is set equal to that purchase payment plus any purchase payment credits, multiplied by 7%. At the beginning of any other contract year, each individual RBP is set equal to each individual GBP.

Each additional purchase payment has its own RBP established equal to that payment’s GBP. The total RBP is equal to the sum of the individual RBPs.

Whenever a partial withdrawal is made, the RBP equals the RBP immediately prior to the partial withdrawal less the amount of the partial withdrawal, but not less than zero.

Elective Step Up (under the original rider only)

You have the option to increase the RBA, the GBA, the GBP and the RBP beginning with the first contract anniversary. An annual elective step up option is available for 30 days after the contract anniversary. The elective step up option allows you to step up the remaining benefit amount and guaranteed benefit amount to the contract value on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

The elective step up is subject to the following rules:

• If you do not take any withdrawals during the first three years, you may step up annually beginning with the first contract anniversary;

• If you take any withdrawals during the first three years, the annual elective step up will not be available until the third contract anniversary;

• If you step up but then take a withdrawal prior to the third contract anniversary, you will lose any prior step ups and the withdrawal will be considered an excess withdrawal subject to the GBA and RBA excess withdrawal procedures discussed under the “Guaranteed Benefit Amount” and “Remaining Benefit Amount” headings above; and

• You may take withdrawals on or after the third contract anniversary without reversal of previous step ups.

You may only step up if your contract value on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up is greater than the RBA. The elective step up will be determined as follows:

• The effective date of the elective step up is the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

• The RBA will be increased to an amount equal to the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

• The GBA will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBA immediately prior to the elective step up; or (b) the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

• The GBP will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBP immediately prior to the elective step up; or (b) 7% of the GBA after the elective step up.

• The RBP will be increased to the lesser of (a) the RBA after the elective step up; or (b) the GBP after the elective step up less any withdrawals made during that contract year.

You may elect a step up only once each contract year within 30 days after the contract anniversary. Once a step up has been elected, another step up may not be elected until the next contract anniversary.

Annual Step Up (under the enhanced rider only)

Beginning with the first contract anniversary after you accept the enhanced rider, an increase of the RBA, the GBA, the GBP and the RBP may be available. A step up does not create contract value, guarantee performance of any investment options, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn or paid upon death. Rather, a step up determines the current values of the GBA, RBA, GBP, and RBP, and may extend the payment period or increase allowable payment.

The annual step up is subject to the following rules:

• The annual step up is available when the RBA would increase on the step up date. The applicable step up date depends on whether the annual step up is applied on an automatic or elective basis.

• If the application of the step does not increase the rider charge, the annual step up will be automatically applied to your contract and the step up date is the contract anniversary date.

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    109

• If the application of the step up would increase the rider charge, the annual step up is not automatically applied. Instead, you have the option to step up for 30 days after the contract anniversary. If you exercise the elective annual step up option, you will pay the rider charge in effect on the step up date. If you wish to exercise the elective annual step up option, we must receive a request from you or your investment professional. The step up date is the date we receive your request to step up. If your request is received after the close of business, the step up date will be the next valuation day.

• Only one step up is allowed each contract year.

• If you take any withdrawals during the first three years, any previously applied step ups will be reversed and the annual step up will not be available until the third contract anniversary;

• You may take withdrawals on or after the third contract anniversary without reversal of previous step ups.

The annual step up will be determined as follows:

• The RBA will be increased to an amount equal to the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The GBA will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBA immediately prior to the annual step up; or (b) the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The GBP will be calculated as described earlier, but based on the increased GBA and RBA.

• The RBP will be reset as follows:

(a)	Prior to any withdrawals during the first three years, the RBP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	At any other time, the RBP will be reset as the increased GBP less all prior withdrawals made during the current contract year, but never less than zero.

Spousal Continuation and Special Spousal Continuation Step Up

If a surviving spouse elects to continue the contract, this rider also continues. The spousal continuation step up is in addition to the elective step up or the annual step up. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate. When a spouse elects to continue the contract, any rider feature processing particular to the first three years of the contract as described in this prospectus no longer applies. The GBA, RBA and GBP values remain unchanged. The RBP is automatically reset to the GBP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

A surviving spouse may elect a spousal continuation step up by written request within 30 days following the spouse’s election to continue the contract. This step up may be made even if withdrawals have been taken under the contract during the first three years. Under this step up, the RBA will be reset to the greater of the RBA or the contract value on the valuation date we receive the spouse’s written request to step up; the GBA will be reset to the greater of the GBA or the contract value on the same valuation date. If a spousal continuation step up is elected and we have increased the charge for the rider for new contract owners, the spouse will pay the charge that is in effect on the valuation date we receive the written request to step up.

It is our current administrative practice to process the spousal continuation step up as described in the next paragraph; however, we reserve the right to discontinue our administrative practice and will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change.

At the time of spousal continuation, a step-up may be available. All annual step-up rules (see “Annual Step-Up” heading above), other than those that apply to the waiting period, also apply to the spousal continuation step-up. If the spousal continuation step-up is processed automatically, the step-up date is the valuation date spousal continuation is effective. If not, the spouse must elect the step up and must do so within 30 days of the spousal continuation date. If the spouse elects the spousal continuation step up, the step-up date is the valuation date we receive the spouse’s written request to step-up if we receive the request by the close of business on that day, otherwise the next valuation date.

Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Payout Option

Several annuity payout plans are available under the contract. As an alternative to these annuity payout plans, a fixed annuity payout option is available under the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit.

Under this option the amount payable each year will be equal to the remaining schedule of GBPs, but the total amount paid over the life of the annuity will not exceed the current total RBA at the time you begin this fixed annuity option. These annualized amounts will be paid in the frequency that you elect. The frequencies will be among those offered by us at that time but will be no less frequent than annually. If, at the death of the owner, total payments have been made for less than the RBA, the remaining payments will be paid to the beneficiary (see “The Annuity Payout Period” and “Taxes”).

This annuity payout option may also be elected by the beneficiary of a contract as a settlement option if payments begin no later than one year after your death and the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy. Whenever multiple beneficiaries are designated under the contract, each such beneficiary’s share of the

110    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

proceeds if they elect this option will be in proportion to their applicable designated beneficiary percentage. Beneficiaries of nonqualified contracts may elect this settlement option subject to the distribution requirements of the contract. We reserve the right to adjust the remaining schedule of GBPs if necessary to comply with the Code.

If Contract Value Reduces to Zero

If the contract value reduces to zero and the RBA remains greater than zero, the following will occur:

• you will be paid according to the annuity payout option described above;

• we will no longer accept additional purchase payments;

• you will no longer be charged for the rider;

• any attached death benefit riders will terminate; and

• the death benefit becomes the remaining payments under the annuity payout option described above.

If the contract value falls to zero and the RBA is depleted, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider and the contract will terminate.

For an example, see Appendix J.

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    111

Appendix I: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider —
Additional Required Minimum Distribution (RMD) Disclosure

This appendix describes our current administrative practice for determining the amount of withdrawals in any contract year which an owner may take under the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider (including Riders A and B) to satisfy the RMD rules under 401(a)(9) of the Code without application of the excess withdrawal procedures described in the rider. We reserve the right to modify this administrative practice at any time upon 30 days’ written notice to you.

For owners subject to RMD rules under Section 401(a)(9), our current administrative practice under both the original and the enhanced riders is to allow amounts you withdraw to satisfy these rules will not prompt excess withdrawal processing, subject to the following rules:

(1)	If your Annual Life Expectancy Required Minimum Distribution Amount (ALERMDA) is greater than the RBP from the beginning of the current contract year, an Additional Benefit Amount (ABA) will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the RBP.
(2)	Any withdrawals taken in a contract year will count first against and reduce the RBP for that contract year.
(3)	Once the RBP for the current contract year has been depleted, any additional amounts withdrawn will count against and reduce any ABA. These withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals as long as they do not exceed the remaining ABA.
(4)	Once the ABA has been depleted, any additional withdrawal amounts will be considered excess withdrawals and will initiate the excess withdrawal processing described in the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider.

The ALERMDA is:

(1)	determined by us each calendar year;
(2)	based solely on the value of the contract to which the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider is attached as of the date we make the determination; and
(3)	based on the company’s understanding and interpretation of the requirements for life expectancy distributions intended to satisfy the required minimum distribution rules under Section 401(a)(9) and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, as applicable, on the effective date of this prospectus to:

1.	an individual retirement annuity (Section 408(b));
2.	a Roth individual retirement account (Section 408A);
3.	a Simplified Employee Pension plan (Section 408(k));
4.	a tax-sheltered annuity rollover (Section 403(b)).

In the future, the requirements under the Code for such distributions may change and the life expectancy amount calculation provided under your Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider may not be sufficient to satisfy the requirements under the Code for these types of distributions. In such a situation, amounts withdrawn to satisfy such distribution requirements will exceed your RBP amount and may result in the reduction of your GBA and RBA as described under the excess withdrawal provision of the rider.

In cases where the Code does not allow the life expectancy of a natural person to be used to calculate the required minimum distribution amount (e.g. ownership by a trust or a charity), we will calculate the life expectancy RMD amount calculated by us as zero in all years. The life expectancy required minimum distribution amount calculated by us will also equal zero in all years.

112    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix J: Example — Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider

Example of the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit — This example illustrates both Rider A and Rider B.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000.

The Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA) equals your purchase payment:			$100,000
The Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP) equals 7% of your GBA:
	0.07 × $100,000 =		$7,000
The Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA) equals your purchase payment:			$100,000
On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. You decide to step up your benefit.
The RBA equals 100% of your contract value:			$110,000
The GBA equals 100% of your contract value:			$110,000
The GBP equals 7% of your stepped-up GBA:
	0.07 × $110,000 =		$7,700
During the fourth contract year you decide to take a partial withdrawal of $7,700.
You took a partial withdrawal equal to your GBP, so your RBA equals the prior RBA less the amount of the partial withdrawal:
	$110,000 – $7,700 =		$102,300
The GBA equals the GBA immediately prior to the partial withdrawal:			$110,000
The GBP equals 7% of your GBA:
	0.07 × $110,000 =		$7,700
On the fourth contract anniversary you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000.
The new RBA for the contract is equal to your prior RBA plus 100% of the additional purchase payment:
	$102,300 + $50,000 =		$152,300
The new GBA for the contract is equal to your prior GBA plus 100% of the additional purchase payment:
	$110,000 + $50,000 =		$160,000
The new GBP for the contract is equal to your prior GBP plus 7% of the additional purchase payment:
	$7,700 + $3,500 =		$11,200
On the fifth contract anniversary your contract value grows to $200,000. You decide to step up your benefit.
The RBA equals 100% of your contract value:			$200,000
The GBA equals 100% of your contract value:			$200,000
The GBP equals 7% of your stepped-up GBA:
	0.07 × $200,000 =		$14,000
During the seventh contract year your contract value grows to $230,000. You decide to take a partial withdrawal of $20,000. You took more than your GBP of $14,000 so your RBA gets reset to the lesser of:
	(1)	your contract value immediately following the partial withdrawal;
		$230,000 – $20,000 =	$210,000
	(2)	your prior RBA less the amount of the partial withdrawal.
		$200,000 – $20,000 =	$180,000
	Reset RBA = lesser of (1) or (2) =		$180,000
	The GBA gets reset to the lesser of:
	(1)	your prior GBA	$200,000
	(2)	your contract value immediately following the partial withdrawal;
		$230,000 – $20,000 =	$210,000
Reset GBA = lesser of (1) or (2) =			$200,000
The Reset GBP is equal to 7% of your Reset GBA:
	0.07 × $200,000 =		$14,000
During the eight contract year your contract value falls to $175,000. You decide to take a partial withdrawal of $25,000. You took more than your GBP of $14,000 so your RBA gets reset to the lesser of:
	(1)	your contract value immediately following the partial withdrawal;
		$175,000 – $25,000 =	$150,000
	(2)	your prior RBA less the amount of the partial withdrawal.
		$180,000 – $25,000 =	$155,000

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    113

	Reset RBA = lesser of (1) or (2) =		$150,000
	The GBA gets reset to the lesser of:
	(1)	your prior GBA;	$200,000
	(2)	your contract value immediately following the partial withdrawal;
		$175,000 – $25,000 =	$150,000
Reset GBA = lesser of (1) or (2) =			$150,000
The Reset GBP is equal to 7% of your Reset GBA:
	0.07 × $150,000 =		$10,500

114    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix K: Example — Income Assurer Benefit Riders

The purpose of these examples is to illustrate the operation of the Income Assurer Benefit Riders. The examples compare payouts available under the contract’s standard annuity payout provisions with annuity payouts available under the riders based on the same set of assumptions.The contract values shown are hypothetical and do not represent past or future performance. Actual contract values may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a number of factors, including but not limited to the investment experience of the subaccounts (referred to in the riders as “protected investment options”) and the fees and charges that apply to your contract.

For each of the riders, we provide two annuity payout plan comparisons based on the hypothetical contract values we have assumed. The first comparison assumes that you select annuity payout Plan B, Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain. The second comparison assumes that you select annuity payout Plan D, Joint and Last Survivor Annuity – No Refund.

Remember that the riders require you to participate in the PN program. The riders are intended to offer protection against market volatility in the subaccounts (protected investment options). Some PN program investment options include protected investment options and excluded investment options (Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund, and if available under the contract, GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account).
Excluded Investment Options are not included in calculating the 5% variable account floor under the Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base rider and the Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base riders. Because the examples which follow are based on hypothetical contract values, they do not factor in differences in PN program investment options.

Assumptions:

You purchase the contract during the 2006 calendar year with a payment of $100,000; and

• you invest all contract value in the subaccounts (protected investment options); and

• you make no additional purchase payments, partial withdrawals or changes in PN program investment option; and

• the annuitant is male and age 55 at contract issue; and

• the joint annuitant is female and age 55 at contract issue.

Example — Income Assurer Benefit – MAV

Based on the above assumptions and taking into account fluctuations in contract value due to market conditions, we calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as:

Contract Anniversary	Assumed Contract Value	Purchase Payments	Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV)(1)	Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – MAV(2)
1	$ 108,000	$100,000	$ 108,000	$ 108,000
2	125,000	none	125,000	125,000
3	132,000	none	132,000	132,000
4	150,000	none	150,000	150,000
5	85,000	none	150,000	150,000
6	121,000	none	150,000	150,000
7	139,000	none	150,000	150,000
8	153,000	none	153,000	153,000
9	140,000	none	153,000	153,000
10	174,000	none	174,000	174,000
11	141,000	none	174,000	174,000
12	148,000	none	174,000	174,000
13	208,000	none	208,000	208,000
14	198,000	none	208,000	208,000
15	203,000	none	208,000	208,000

(1)	The MAV is limited after age 81, but the guaranteed income benefit base may increase if the contract value increases.
(2)	The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – MAV is a calculated number, not an amount that can be withdrawn. The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – MAV does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    115

Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions			IAB – MAV Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	IAB – MAV Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)
10	$ 174,000	$ 772.56	$ 774.30	$ 174,000	$ 772.56	$ 774.30
11	141,000	641.55	642.96	174,000	791.70	793.44
12	148,000	691.16	692.64	174,000	812.58	814.32
13	208,000	996.32	998.40	208,000	996.32	998.40
14	198,000	974.16	976.14	208,000	1,023.36	1,025.44
15	203,000	1,025.15	1,027.18	208,000	1,050.40	1,052.48

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions			IAB – MAV Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	IAB – MAV Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)
10	$ 174,000	$ 629.88	$ 622.92	$ 174,000	$ 629.88	$ 622.92
11	141,000	521.70	516.06	174,000	643.80	636.84
12	148,000	559.44	553.52	174,000	657.72	650.76
13	208,000	807.04	796.64	208,000	807.04	796.64
14	198,000	786.06	778.14	208,000	825.76	817.44
15	203,000	826.21	818.09	208,000	846.56	838.24

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

NOTE: In the above examples, if you elected to begin receiving annuity payouts within 30 days after the 10th or the 13th contract anniversary, you would not benefit from the rider because the monthly annuity payout in these examples is the same as under the standard provisions of the contract. Because the examples are based on assumed contract values, not actual investment results, you should not conclude from the examples that the riders will provide higher payments more frequently than the standard provisions of the contract.

116    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Example — Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base

Based on the above assumptions and taking into account fluctuations in contract value due to market conditions, we calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as:

Contract Anniversary	Assumed Contract Value	Purchase Payments	5% Accumulation Benefit Base(1)	Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base(2)
1	$ 108,000	$100,000	$ 105,000	$ 108,000
2	125,000	none	110,250	125,000
3	132,000	none	115,763	132,000
4	150,000	none	121,551	150,000
5	85,000	none	127,628	127,628
6	121,000	none	134,010	134,010
7	139,000	none	140,710	140,710
8	153,000	none	147,746	153,000
9	140,000	none	155,133	155,133
10	174,000	none	162,889	174,000
11	141,000	none	171,034	171,034
12	148,000	none	179,586	179,586
13	208,000	none	188,565	208,000
14	198,000	none	197,993	198,000
15	203,000	none	207,893	207,893

(1)	The 5% Accumulation Benefit Base value is limited after age 81, but the guaranteed income benefit base may increase if the contract value increases.
(2)	The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base is a calculated number, not an amount that can be withdrawn. The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions			IAB – 5% RF Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	IAB – 5% RF Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)
10	$ 174,000	$ 772.56	$ 774.30	$ 174,000	$ 772.56	$ 774.30
11	141,000	641.55	642.96	171,034	778.20	779.91
12	148,000	691.16	692.64	179,586	838.66	840.46
13	208,000	996.32	998.40	208,000	996.32	998.40
14	198,000	974.16	976.14	198,000	974.16	976.14
15	203,000	1,025.15	1,027.18	207,893	1,049.86	1,051.94

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    117

Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the sale for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions				IAB – 5% RF Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	IAB – 5% RF Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)
10	$ 174,000	$ 629.88	$ 622.92	$ 174,000	$ 629.88	$ 622.92
11	141,000	521.70	516.06	171,034	632.83	625.98
12	148,000	559.44	553.52	179,586	678.83	671.65
13	208,000	807.04	796.64	208,000	807.04	796.64
14	198,000	786.06	778.14	198,000	786.06	778.14
15	203,000	826.21	818.09	207,893	846.12	837.81

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

NOTE: In the above examples, if you elected to begin receiving annuity payouts within 30 days after the 10th, 13th or the 14th contract anniversary, you would not benefit from the rider because the monthly annuity payout in these examples is the same as under the standard provisions of the contract. Because the examples are based on assumed contract values, not actual investment results, you should not conclude from the examples that the riders will provide higher payments more frequently than the standard provisions of the contract.

Example — Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base

Based on the above assumptions and taking into account fluctuations in contract value due to market conditions, we calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as:

Contract Anniversary	Assumed Contract Value	Purchase Payments	Maximum Anniversary Value(1)	5% Accumulation Benefit Base(1)	Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base(2)
1	$ 108,000	$100,000	$ 108,000	$ 105,000	$ 108,000
2	125,000	none	125,000	110,250	125,000
3	132,000	none	132,000	115,763	132,000
4	150,000	none	150,000	121,551	150,000
5	85,000	none	150,000	127,628	150,000
6	121,000	none	150,000	134,010	150,000
7	139,000	none	150,000	140,710	150,000
8	153,000	none	153,000	147,746	153,000
9	140,000	none	153,000	155,133	155,133
10	174,000	none	174,000	162,889	174,000
11	141,000	none	174,000	171,034	174,000
12	148,000	none	174,000	179,586	179,586
13	208,000	none	208,000	188,565	208,000
14	198,000	none	208,000	197,993	208,000
15	203,000	none	208,000	207,893	208,000

(1)	The MAV and 5% Accumulation Benefit Base are limited after age 81, but the guaranteed income benefit base may increase if the contract value increases.
(2)	The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base is a calculated number, not an amount that can be withdrawn. The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

118    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions			IAB – Max Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	IAB – Max Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)
10	$ 174,000	$ 772.56	$ 774.30	$ 174,000	$ 772.56	$ 774.30
11	141,000	641.55	642.96	174,000	791.70	793.44
12	148,000	691.16	692.64	179,586	838.66	840.46
13	208,000	996.32	998.40	208,000	996.32	998.40
14	198,000	974.16	976.14	208,000	1,023.36	1,025.44
15	203,000	1,025.15	1,027.18	208,000	1,050.40	1,052.48

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions			IAB – Max Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	IAB – Max Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)
10	$ 174,000	$ 629.88	$ 622.92	$ 174,000	$ 629.88	$ 622.92
11	141,000	521.70	516.06	174,000	643.80	636.84
12	148,000	559.44	553.52	179,586	678.83	671.65
13	208,000	807.04	796.64	208,000	807.04	796.64
14	198,000	786.06	778.14	208,000	825.76	817.44
15	203,000	826.21	818.09	208,000	846.56	838.24

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

NOTE: In the above examples, if you elected to begin receiving annuity payouts within 30 days after the 10th or the 13th contract anniversary, you would not benefit from the rider because the monthly annuity payout in these examples is the same as under the standard provisions of the contract. Because the examples are based on assumed contract values, not actual investment results, you should not conclude from the examples that the riders will provide higher payments more frequently than the standard provisions of the contract.

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    119

Appendix L: Example — Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider

Example of the Benefit Protector

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and you and the annuitant are under age 70; and

• You select the MAV Death Benefit and the seven-year withdrawal charge schedule.

During the first contract year the contract value grows to $105,000. The MAV Death Benefit equals the contract value. You have not reached the first contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector does not provide any additional benefit at this time.
On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. The death benefit equals:
MAV death benefit (contract value):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death
(MAV death benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000
On the second contract anniversary the contract value falls to $105,000. The death benefit equals:
MAV death benefit (MAV):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000
During the third contract year the contract value remains at $105,000 and you request a partial withdrawal of $50,000, including the applicable 7% withdrawal charge. We will withdraw $10,500 from your contract value free of charge (10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value). The remainder of the withdrawal is subject to a 7% withdrawal charge because your payment is in the third year of the withdrawal charge schedule, so we will withdraw $39,500 ($36,735 + $2,765 in withdrawal charges) from your contract value. Altogether, we will withdraw $50,000 and pay you $47,235. We calculate purchase payments not previously withdrawn as $100,000 – $45,000 = $55,000 (remember that $5,000 of the partial withdrawal is contract earnings). The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (MAV adjusted for partial withdrawals):	$57,619
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death):
0.40 × ($57,619 – $55,000) =	+1,048
Total death benefit of:	$ 58,667
On the third contract anniversary the contract value falls to $40,000. The death benefit equals the previous death benefit. The reduction in contract value has no effect.
On the eight contract anniversary the contract value grows to a new high of $200,000. Earnings at death reaches its maximum of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old.
The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$200,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old)	+55,000
Total death benefit of:	$255,000
During the tenth contract year you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000. Your new contract value is now $250,000. The new purchase payment is less than one year old and so it has no effect on the Benefit Protector value. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old)	+55,000
Total death benefit of:	$305,000
During the eleventh contract year the contract value remains $250,000 and the “new” purchase payment is one year old and the value of the Benefit Protector changes. The death benefit equals:

120    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death
(MAV death benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($250,000 – $105,000) =	+58,000
Total death benefit of:	$308,000

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    121

Appendix M: Example — Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider

Example of the Benefit Protector Plus

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and you and the annuitant are under age 70; and

• You select the MAV Death Benefit and the seven-year withdrawal charge schedule.

During the first contract year the contract value grows to $105,000. The MAV Death Benefit equals the contract value. You have not reached the first contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector Plus does not provide any additional benefit at this time.
On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. You have not reached the second contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector Plus does not provide any benefit beyond what is provided by the Benefit Protector at this time. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death
(MAV Death Benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000
On the second contract anniversary the contract value falls to $105,000. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (MAV):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death:
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
plus 10% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn: 0.10 × $100,000 =	+10,000
Total death benefit of:	$124,000
During the third contract year the contract value remains at $105,000 and you request a partial withdrawal of $50,000, including the applicable 7% withdrawal charge. We will withdraw $10,500 from your contract value free of charge (10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value). The remainder of the withdrawal is subject to a 7% withdrawal charge because your payment is in the third year of the withdrawal charge schedule, so we will withdraw $39,500 ($36,735 + $2,765 in withdrawal charges) from your contract value. Altogether, we will withdraw $50,000 and pay you $47,235. We calculate purchase payments not previously withdrawn as $100,000 – $45,000 = $55,000 (remember that $5,000 of the partial withdrawal is contract earnings). The death benefit on equals:
MAV Death Benefit (MAV adjusted for partial withdrawals):	$57,619
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death:
0.40 × ($57,619 – $55,000) =	+1,048
plus 10% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn: 0.10 x $55,000 =	+5,500
Total death benefit of:	$64,167
On the third contract anniversary the contract value falls to $40,000. The death benefit equals the previous death benefit calculated. The reduction in contract value has no effect.
On the ninth contract anniversary the contract value grows to a new high of $200,000. Earnings at death reaches its maximum of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old. Because we are beyond the fourth contract anniversary the Benefit Protector Plus also reaches its maximum of 20%. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$200,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old	+55,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn: 0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$266,000

122    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

During the tenth contract year you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000. Your new contract value is now $250,000. The new purchase payment is less than one year old and so it has no effect on the Benefit Protector Plus value. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old	+55,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn: 0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$316,000
During the eleventh contract year the contract value remains $250,000 and the “new” purchase payment is one year old. The value of the Benefit Protector Plus remains constant. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (MAV Death Benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($250,000 – $105,000) =	+58,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn: 0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$319,000

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    123

Appendix N: Withdrawal Benefit Riders: Electing Step Up or Spousal Continuation Step Up

Example — Withdrawal Benefit Riders: Electing Step Up or Spousal Continuation Step Up

Assumptions:

This example assumes that the covered person (for joint life, younger covered spouse) is 65 or older and there are no additional purchase payments or withdrawals.

•	You own a RiverSource variable annuity with a withdrawal benefit rider. You are currently invested in the Variable Portfolio — Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2) (a Portfolio Navigator fund) with a current rider fee of 0.65%.
	Your Contract Value (CV) is $100,000 and your withdrawal benefit rider currently provides the following benefits:

1)	You can withdraw $6,000 a year for the rest of your life. This is your Annual Lifetime Payment. Or
2)	You can withdraw $7,000 a year until you have withdrawn a total of $100,000. This is your Guaranteed Benefit Payment.

Based on your current CV, you will pay a rider fee of approximately $650 on your next annuity contract anniversary.

•	The annual fee for this rider has increased to 0.95% for clients invested in the Variable Portfolio — Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2).
	The following compares certain options available to you. Changes to rider values or fees are presented for two different scenarios where your CV increases to either $110,000 or $101,000 over the contract year:

1) Elect to lock in your contract gains to your benefit values (step up):

	CV of $110,000	CV of $101,000
Increase in Annual Lifetime Payment	$600	$60
Increase in Guaranteed Benefit Payment	$700	$70
Increase in Annual Rider Fee	0.30%	0.30%
Increase in Annual Contract Charge	$330	$303

Automatic step ups will continue on your next anniversary (if available under your rider).

2) Do not elect to lock in your contract gains (no step up):

	CV of $110,000	CV of $101,000
Increase in Annual Lifetime Payment	$0	$0
Increase in Guaranteed Benefit Payment	$0	$0
Increase in Annual Rider Fee	0%	0%
Increase in Annual Contract Charge	$65	$6.50

Your rider fee will not change, although the dollar amount of your annual charge will change as your CV changes. On your next anniversary, you will again have the option to elect the step up (lock in contract gains)

3) Move to one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds and elect the step up:

	CV of $110,000	CV of $101,000
Increase in Annual Lifetime Payment	$600	$60
Increase in Guaranteed Benefit Payment	$700	$70
Increase in Annual Rider Fee	0%	0%
Increase in Annual Contract Charge	$65	$6.50

Your rider fee will not change, although the dollar amount of your annual charge will change as your CV changes. Automatic step ups will continue on your next anniversary (if available under your rider).

The above example is for illustrative purposes only. The assumptions and calculations used are not intended to be consistent with any one rider, but instead are intended to provide an idea of how different scenarios would operate. Your specific rider may use different calculations for fees or have different benefits available. For a full description and rules applicable to step up options under your rider, please see the “Optional Living Benefits” section.

Electing to step up may result in different increases to the annual rider charge relative to the increase in your rider values. You should weigh the resulting increased charge due to the step up versus the increases to your benefits to determine the option that is best for you.

124    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix O: Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)

The following tables give per-unit information about the financial history of the subaccounts representing the lowest and highest total annual variable account expense combinations. The date in which operations commenced in each subaccount is noted in parentheses. The SAI contains tables that give per-unit information about the financial history of each existing subaccount. We have not provided this information for subaccounts (if any) that were not available under your contract as of December 31, 2019. You may obtain a copy of the SAI without charge by contacting us at the telephone number or address listed on the first page of the prospectus.

Variable account charges of 1.05% of the daily net assets of the variable account.

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
AB VPS Balanced Wealth Strategy Portfolio (Class B) (9/26/2008)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.59	$1.72	$1.50	$1.45	$1.45	$1.37	$1.19	$1.06	$1.11	$1.01
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.86	$1.59	$1.72	$1.50	$1.45	$1.45	$1.37	$1.19	$1.06	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
AB VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio (Class B) (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.37	$1.54	$1.14	$1.16	$1.15	$1.10	$0.91	$0.81	$1.07	$0.91
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.76	$1.37	$1.54	$1.14	$1.16	$1.15	$1.10	$0.91	$0.81	$1.07
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	1	1	1	4	10	10
AB VPS Growth and Income Portfolio (Class B) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.89	$2.03	$1.73	$1.58	$1.57	$1.45	$1.09	$0.94	$0.89	$0.80
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.32	$1.89	$2.03	$1.73	$1.58	$1.57	$1.45	$1.09	$0.94	$0.89
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	13	13	17	17	49	53	55	61	64	71
AB VPS International Value Portfolio (Class B) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.71	$0.93	$0.75	$0.76	$0.75	$0.81	$0.67	$0.59	$0.74	$0.72
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.82	$0.71	$0.93	$0.75	$0.76	$0.75	$0.81	$0.67	$0.59	$0.74
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	35	45	47	63	83	109	137	178	190	193
American Century VP Inflation Protection, Class II (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.31	$1.36	$1.32	$1.28	$1.33	$1.30	$1.43	$1.35	$1.22	$1.17
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.41	$1.31	$1.36	$1.32	$1.28	$1.33	$1.30	$1.43	$1.35	$1.22
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	7	23	130	—
American Century VP International, Class II (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.21	$1.44	$1.11	$1.19	$1.20	$1.28	$1.06	$0.89	$1.02	$0.91
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.53	$1.21	$1.44	$1.11	$1.19	$1.20	$1.28	$1.06	$0.89	$1.02
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
American Century VP Mid Cap Value, Class II (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.91	$2.22	$2.01	$1.65	$1.70	$1.48	$1.15	$1.00	$1.02	$0.86
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.44	$1.91	$2.22	$2.01	$1.65	$1.70	$1.48	$1.15	$1.00	$1.02
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	3	3	—	—	—
American Century VP Ultra®, Class II (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.37	$2.38	$1.82	$1.77	$1.68	$1.55	$1.14	$1.02	$1.02	$0.89
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.16	$2.37	$2.38	$1.82	$1.77	$1.68	$1.55	$1.14	$1.02	$1.02
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2	2	2	2	2	9	9	9	8	8
American Century VP Value, Class II (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.80	$2.01	$1.87	$1.57	$1.65	$1.48	$1.14	$1.00	$1.01	$0.90
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.27	$1.80	$2.01	$1.87	$1.57	$1.65	$1.48	$1.14	$1.00	$1.01
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	4	2	2	6	6
BNY Mellon Investment Portfolios, MidCap Stock Portfolio - Service Shares (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.76	$2.11	$1.85	$1.63	$1.69	$1.52	$1.14	$0.97	$0.98	$0.78
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.09	$1.76	$2.11	$1.85	$1.63	$1.69	$1.52	$1.14	$0.97	$0.98
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
BNY Mellon Investment Portfolios, Technology Growth Portfolio - Service Shares (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.74	$2.81	$1.99	$1.93	$1.84	$1.75	$1.33	$1.17	$1.28	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.41	$2.74	$2.81	$1.99	$1.93	$1.84	$1.75	$1.33	$1.17	$1.28
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, Appreciation Portfolio - Service Share (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.00	$2.18	$1.73	$1.63	$1.69	$1.58	$1.33	$1.22	$1.13	$0.99
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.69	$2.00	$2.18	$1.73	$1.63	$1.69	$1.58	$1.33	$1.22	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Equity Portfolio - Service Shares* (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.93	$1.12	$0.89	$0.96	$0.96	$1.00	$0.86	$0.71	$0.84	$0.77
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.11	$0.93	$1.12	$0.89	$0.96	$0.96	$1.00	$0.86	$0.71	$0.84
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	2	2	3	3	4	4	8	13
*BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Equity Portfolio - Service Shares is scheduled to liquidate on or about April 30, 2020.

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    125

Variable account charges of 1.05% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Value Portfolio - Service Shares* (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.86	$1.04	$0.82	$0.84	$0.88	$0.98	$0.81	$0.73	$0.90	$0.88
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.03	$0.86	$1.04	$0.82	$0.84	$0.88	$0.98	$0.81	$0.73	$0.90
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	9	9	9	9	9	9	9	9	9	8
*BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Value Portfolio - Service Shares is scheduled to liquidate on or about April 30, 2020.
ClearBridge Variable Small Cap Growth Portfolio – Class I (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.35	$2.30	$1.87	$1.79	$1.89	$1.83	$1.26	$1.07	$1.06	$0.86
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.95	$2.35	$2.30	$1.87	$1.79	$1.89	$1.83	$1.26	$1.07	$1.06
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1	1	2	2	2	4	7	4	4	9
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.98	$2.08	$1.69	$1.59	$1.59	$1.40	$1.06	$0.94	$0.90	$0.77
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.45	$1.98	$2.08	$1.69	$1.59	$1.59	$1.40	$1.06	$0.94	$0.90
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	15	15	15	30	30	30	30
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.61	$1.73	$1.53	$1.36	$1.41	$1.30	$1.03	$0.92	$0.98	$0.84
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.97	$1.61	$1.73	$1.53	$1.36	$1.41	$1.30	$1.03	$0.92	$0.98
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	26	28	34	44	88	117	189	237	271	304
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Emerging Markets Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.34	$1.72	$1.18	$1.14	$1.27	$1.31	$1.35	$1.13	$1.45	$1.22
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.74	$1.34	$1.72	$1.18	$1.14	$1.27	$1.31	$1.35	$1.13	$1.45
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	12	14	14	19	73	83	99	105	118	124
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.99	$0.98	$0.99	$1.00	$1.01	$1.02	$1.03	$1.04	$1.05	$1.07
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.99	$0.99	$0.98	$0.99	$1.00	$1.01	$1.02	$1.03	$1.04	$1.05
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	71	79	95	182	211	185	213	227	204	344
Columbia Variable Portfolio – High Yield Bond Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.89	$1.99	$1.89	$1.71	$1.75	$1.71	$1.63	$1.42	$1.36	$1.20
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.19	$1.89	$1.99	$1.89	$1.71	$1.75	$1.71	$1.63	$1.42	$1.36
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4	4	4	4	4	5	5	5	6	7
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Income Opportunities Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.85	$1.94	$1.85	$1.68	$1.72	$1.67	$1.61	$1.42	$1.35	$1.21
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.13	$1.85	$1.94	$1.85	$1.68	$1.72	$1.67	$1.61	$1.42	$1.35
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	17	19	24	33	72	89	129	135	154	173
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.44	$1.45	$1.42	$1.37	$1.38	$1.33	$1.37	$1.29	$1.22	$1.14
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.56	$1.44	$1.45	$1.42	$1.37	$1.38	$1.33	$1.37	$1.29	$1.22
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	58	61	74	81	135	184	286	313	341	374
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Growth Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.00	$2.11	$1.66	$1.66	$1.54	$1.37	$1.06	$0.89	$0.93	$0.80
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.69	$2.00	$2.11	$1.66	$1.66	$1.54	$1.37	$1.06	$0.89	$0.93
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	26	—	—	—	—	9
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Index Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.08	$2.21	$1.84	$1.67	$1.67	$1.49	$1.14	$1.00	$0.99	$0.88
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.69	$2.08	$2.21	$1.84	$1.67	$1.67	$1.49	$1.14	$1.00	$0.99
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	29	29	35	42	94	94	167	176	197	186
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Mid Cap Growth Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.83	$1.94	$1.60	$1.58	$1.51	$1.42	$1.10	$1.00	$1.19	$0.95
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.44	$1.83	$1.94	$1.60	$1.58	$1.51	$1.42	$1.10	$1.00	$1.19
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Overseas Core Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.10	$1.34	$1.06	$1.14	$1.10	$1.22	$1.01	$0.86	$1.00	$0.88
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.37	$1.10	$1.34	$1.06	$1.14	$1.10	$1.22	$1.01	$0.86	$1.00
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	31	31	31	31	—	—	—	—	—	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Select Large Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.92	$2.21	$1.85	$1.56	$1.66	$1.50	$1.10	$0.94	$0.97	$0.81
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.40	$1.92	$2.21	$1.85	$1.56	$1.66	$1.50	$1.10	$0.94	$0.97
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Select Mid Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.50	$1.75	$1.56	$1.39	$1.47	$1.33	$0.97	$0.83	$0.92	$0.76
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.96	$1.50	$1.75	$1.56	$1.39	$1.47	$1.33	$0.97	$0.83	$0.92
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4	4	4	4	4	4	5	5	7	7

126    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.05% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Small Cap Value Fund (Class 2) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.69	$2.09	$1.85	$1.41	$1.52	$1.49	$1.12	$1.02	$1.10	$0.88
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.02	$1.69	$2.09	$1.85	$1.41	$1.52	$1.49	$1.12	$1.02	$1.10
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	19	20	23	32	66	90	133	165	189	199
Columbia Variable Portfolio – U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.17	$1.17	$1.14	$1.13	$1.12	$1.07	$1.11	$1.10	$1.10	$1.08
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.24	$1.17	$1.17	$1.14	$1.13	$1.12	$1.07	$1.11	$1.10	$1.10
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	11	11	18	19	77	102	137	152	158	160
Credit Suisse Trust – Commodity Return Strategy Portfolio (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.44	$0.50	$0.50	$0.45	$0.60	$0.74	$0.83	$0.85	$0.99	$0.86
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.46	$0.44	$0.50	$0.50	$0.45	$0.60	$0.74	$0.83	$0.85	$0.99
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2	2	2	2	3	3	22	22	22	18
CTIVP® – BlackRock Global Inflation-Protected Securities Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.42	$1.44	$1.42	$1.32	$1.36	$1.26	$1.35	$1.29	$1.19	$1.15
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.51	$1.42	$1.44	$1.42	$1.32	$1.36	$1.26	$1.35	$1.29	$1.19
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	34	35	45	50	117	153	219	218	238	269
CTIVP® – Loomis Sayles Growth Fund (Class 1) (4/29/2016)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.34	$1.39	$1.06	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.75	$1.34	$1.39	$1.06	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	83	89	107	124	—	—	—	—	—	—
CTIVP® – Victory Sycamore Established Value Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.17	$2.44	$2.13	$1.79	$1.80	$1.63	$1.21	$1.04	$1.13	$0.94
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.75	$2.17	$2.44	$2.13	$1.79	$1.80	$1.63	$1.21	$1.04	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1	1	1	1	1	1	2	2	2	2
Eaton Vance VT Floating-Rate Income Fund – Initial Class (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.29	$1.31	$1.28	$1.18	$1.21	$1.21	$1.18	$1.11	$1.10	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.37	$1.29	$1.31	$1.28	$1.18	$1.21	$1.21	$1.18	$1.11	$1.10
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	18	18	24	26	49	68	99	103	114	121
Fidelity® VIP ContrafundSM Portfolio Service Class 2 (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.96	$2.12	$1.76	$1.66	$1.67	$1.51	$1.16	$1.01	$1.05	$0.91
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.55	$1.96	$2.12	$1.76	$1.66	$1.67	$1.51	$1.16	$1.01	$1.05
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	40	55	58	76	97	111	165	192	204	243
Fidelity® VIP Growth Portfolio Service Class 2 (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.35	$2.38	$1.79	$1.80	$1.70	$1.54	$1.15	$1.01	$1.03	$0.84
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.11	$2.35	$2.38	$1.79	$1.80	$1.70	$1.54	$1.15	$1.01	$1.03
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	3	3	4	5	5
Fidelity® VIP Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Service Class 2 (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.43	$1.46	$1.42	$1.37	$1.40	$1.33	$1.38	$1.32	$1.24	$1.17
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.55	$1.43	$1.46	$1.42	$1.37	$1.40	$1.33	$1.38	$1.32	$1.24
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	23	25	30	33	74	92	163	207	222	238
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2 (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.82	$2.16	$1.81	$1.63	$1.68	$1.60	$1.19	$1.05	$1.19	$0.94
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.22	$1.82	$2.16	$1.81	$1.63	$1.68	$1.60	$1.19	$1.05	$1.19
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	11	26	31	33	52	73	85	97	103	135
Fidelity® VIP Overseas Portfolio Service Class 2 (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.11	$1.33	$1.03	$1.10	$1.07	$1.18	$0.92	$0.77	$0.94	$0.85
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.40	$1.11	$1.33	$1.03	$1.10	$1.07	$1.18	$0.92	$0.77	$0.94
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	1	1	1	2	9	13	19	26	30
Franklin Income VIP Fund – Class 2 (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.67	$1.77	$1.63	$1.44	$1.57	$1.51	$1.34	$1.21	$1.19	$1.07
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.92	$1.67	$1.77	$1.63	$1.44	$1.57	$1.51	$1.34	$1.21	$1.19
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	46	47	48	54	147	202	288	272	276	240
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund – Class 2 (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.48	$1.65	$1.54	$1.34	$1.42	$1.34	$1.06	$0.94	$0.96	$0.87
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.80	$1.48	$1.65	$1.54	$1.34	$1.42	$1.34	$1.06	$0.94	$0.96
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	3	4	4	4	5	16	36	38	39	63
Franklin Rising Dividends VIP Fund – Class 2 (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.04	$2.17	$1.82	$1.58	$1.66	$1.54	$1.20	$1.09	$1.03	$0.87
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.60	$2.04	$2.17	$1.82	$1.58	$1.66	$1.54	$1.20	$1.09	$1.03
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	3	3	3	3	3	27

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    127

Variable account charges of 1.05% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Franklin Small-Mid Cap Growth VIP Fund – Class 2 (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.87	$2.00	$1.66	$1.61	$1.68	$1.58	$1.15	$1.05	$1.12	$0.88
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.43	$1.87	$2.00	$1.66	$1.61	$1.68	$1.58	$1.15	$1.05	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	3	3	3	3	3	3
Goldman Sachs VIT Mid Cap Value Fund – Institutional Shares (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.76	$1.99	$1.81	$1.61	$1.79	$1.59	$1.21	$1.03	$1.12	$0.90
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.30	$1.76	$1.99	$1.81	$1.61	$1.79	$1.59	$1.21	$1.03	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	27	29	30	35	57	68	93	110	117	110
Goldman Sachs VIT U.S. Equity Insights Fund – Institutional Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.77	$1.91	$1.56	$1.42	$1.43	$1.25	$0.92	$0.81	$0.79	$0.70
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.20	$1.77	$1.91	$1.56	$1.42	$1.43	$1.25	$0.92	$0.81	$0.79
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2	2	4	4	5	6	21	24	31	15
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.75	$1.88	$1.50	$1.56	$1.52	$1.34	$1.04	$0.93	$0.95	$0.88
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.35	$1.75	$1.88	$1.50	$1.56	$1.52	$1.34	$1.04	$0.93	$0.95
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2	2	6	13	32	34	37	48	49	49
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.68	$1.96	$1.45	$1.47	$1.43	$1.42	$1.13	$0.94	$1.04	$0.91
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.18	$1.68	$1.96	$1.45	$1.47	$1.43	$1.42	$1.13	$0.94	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	12	12	16	16	18	34	41	38	39	33
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Strategic Income Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.43	$1.51	$1.44	$1.37	$1.42	$1.40	$1.42	$1.27	$1.27	$1.12
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.56	$1.43	$1.51	$1.44	$1.37	$1.42	$1.40	$1.42	$1.27	$1.27
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	35	36	43	50	94	124	202	227	249	266
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.84	$2.08	$1.85	$1.59	$1.71	$1.55	$1.11	$0.95	$0.99	$0.81
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.30	$1.84	$2.08	$1.85	$1.59	$1.71	$1.55	$1.11	$0.95	$0.99
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	3	3	3	3	3	6	11	13	14	24
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series II Shares (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.79	$1.88	$1.50	$1.48	$1.43	$1.34	$0.97	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.42	$1.79	$1.88	$1.50	$1.48	$1.43	$1.34	$0.97	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	2	2	17	18	33	34	—	—
Invesco V.I. Comstock Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.75	$2.02	$1.73	$1.50	$1.61	$1.49	$1.11	$0.95	$0.98	$0.85
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.16	$1.75	$2.02	$1.73	$1.50	$1.61	$1.49	$1.11	$0.95	$0.98
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	12	12	13	16	36	85	108	82	107	126
Invesco V.I. Health Care Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.94	$1.95	$1.70	$1.95	$1.91	$1.62	$1.17	$0.98	$0.95	$0.92
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.54	$1.94	$1.95	$1.70	$1.95	$1.91	$1.62	$1.17	$0.98	$0.95
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1	1	2	2	3	3	3	3	3	5
Invesco V.I. International Growth Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.08	$1.29	$1.06	$1.08	$1.12	$1.13	$0.96	$0.84	$0.91	$0.82
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.37	$1.08	$1.29	$1.06	$1.08	$1.12	$1.13	$0.96	$0.84	$0.91
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	21	25	28	40	74	98	153	176	198	214
Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Core Equity Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.61	$1.84	$1.62	$1.45	$1.53	$1.48	$1.17	$1.07	$1.15	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.99	$1.61	$1.84	$1.62	$1.45	$1.53	$1.48	$1.17	$1.07	$1.15
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares* (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.57	$1.69	$1.40	$1.41	$1.41	$1.32	$0.98	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.09	$1.57	$1.69	$1.40	$1.41	$1.41	$1.32	$0.98	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
*Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares is scheduled to merge into Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares sometime during the second quarter of 2020.
Invesco V.I. Value Opportunities Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.16	$1.45	$1.25	$1.07	$1.21	$1.15	$0.87	$0.75	$0.78	$0.74
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.49	$1.16	$1.45	$1.25	$1.07	$1.21	$1.15	$0.87	$0.75	$0.78
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Janus Henderson VIT Research Portfolio: Service Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.88	$1.96	$1.55	$1.56	$1.50	$1.35	$1.05	$0.90	$0.96	$0.85
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.52	$1.88	$1.96	$1.55	$1.56	$1.50	$1.35	$1.05	$0.90	$0.96
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	57	61	65	74	106	130	185	215	240	267

128    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.05% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
MFS® Massachusetts Investors Growth Stock Portfolio – Service Class (3/27/2015)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.29	$1.30	$1.02	$0.98	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.78	$1.29	$1.30	$1.02	$0.98	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
MFS® New Discovery Series – Service Class (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.26	$2.33	$1.86	$1.73	$1.79	$1.95	$1.40	$1.17	$1.32	$0.98
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.17	$2.26	$2.33	$1.86	$1.73	$1.79	$1.95	$1.40	$1.17	$1.32
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	3	3	4	4	5
MFS® Total Return Series – Service Class (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.62	$1.74	$1.57	$1.46	$1.48	$1.39	$1.18	$1.07	$1.07	$0.99
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.93	$1.62	$1.74	$1.57	$1.46	$1.48	$1.39	$1.18	$1.07	$1.07
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	3	3	4	6	8	8	10	11	11	15
MFS® Utilities Series – Service Class (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.30	$2.31	$2.04	$1.85	$2.19	$1.97	$1.66	$1.48	$1.40	$1.25
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.84	$2.30	$2.31	$2.04	$1.85	$2.19	$1.97	$1.66	$1.48	$1.40
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4	4	6	6	10	10	10	14	15	15
Morgan Stanley VIF Discovery Portfolio, Class II Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.06	$1.88	$1.37	$1.52	$1.63	$1.62	$1.19	$1.11	$1.21	$0.92
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.85	$2.06	$1.88	$1.37	$1.52	$1.63	$1.62	$1.19	$1.11	$1.21
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	6	6	6	5	28	31	32	30	30	31
Morgan Stanley VIF Global Real Estate Portfolio, Class II Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.02	$1.12	$1.03	$1.01	$1.04	$0.92	$0.91	$0.71	$0.79	$0.66
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.19	$1.02	$1.12	$1.03	$1.01	$1.04	$0.92	$0.91	$0.71	$0.79
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4	3	5	6	14	24	33	42	48	53
Morgan Stanley VIF U.S. Real Estate Portfolio, Class II Shares (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.53	$1.68	$1.65	$1.57	$1.55	$1.21	$1.21	$1.05	$1.01	$0.79
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.80	$1.53	$1.68	$1.65	$1.57	$1.55	$1.21	$1.21	$1.05	$1.01
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1	42	42	42	59	64	66	66	69	72
PIMCO VIT All Asset Portfolio, Advisor Class (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.38	$1.47	$1.31	$1.18	$1.31	$1.32	$1.33	$1.17	$1.16	$1.04
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.52	$1.38	$1.47	$1.31	$1.18	$1.31	$1.32	$1.33	$1.17	$1.16
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	25	33	36	42	80	93	127	138	154	174
Putnam VT Global Health Care Fund – Class IB Shares (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.31	$2.35	$2.06	$2.35	$2.20	$1.74	$1.24	$1.03	$1.05	$1.04
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.98	$2.31	$2.35	$2.06	$2.35	$2.20	$1.74	$1.24	$1.03	$1.05
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Putnam VT International Equity Fund – Class IB Shares (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.97	$1.21	$0.97	$1.00	$1.01	$1.09	$0.86	$0.72	$0.87	$0.80
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.20	$0.97	$1.21	$0.97	$1.00	$1.01	$1.09	$0.86	$0.72	$0.87
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Putnam VT Small Cap Value Fund – Class IB Shares (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.37	$1.73	$1.62	$1.29	$1.36	$1.32	$0.96	$0.82	$0.87	$0.70
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.69	$1.37	$1.73	$1.62	$1.29	$1.36	$1.32	$0.96	$0.82	$0.87
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Putnam VT Sustainable Leaders Fund – Class IB Shares (9/24/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.44	$2.50	$1.96	$1.83	$1.86	$1.66	$1.23	$1.06	$1.13	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.29	$2.44	$2.50	$1.96	$1.83	$1.86	$1.66	$1.23	$1.06	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund – Class 2 (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.79	$1.77	$1.75	$1.72	$1.82	$1.81	$1.80	$1.58	$1.61	$1.42
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.80	$1.79	$1.77	$1.75	$1.72	$1.82	$1.81	$1.80	$1.58	$1.61
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	41	41	46	49	93	120	157	220	231	238
Templeton Growth VIP Fund – Class 2 (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.20	$1.43	$1.22	$1.12	$1.21	$1.26	$0.97	$0.81	$0.88	$0.83
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.37	$1.20	$1.43	$1.22	$1.12	$1.21	$1.26	$0.97	$0.81	$0.88
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	25	26	31	38	66	67	74	94	100	139
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.65	$1.83	$1.55	$1.48	$1.51	$1.44	$1.21	$1.07	$1.12	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.99	$1.65	$1.83	$1.55	$1.48	$1.51	$1.44	$1.21	$1.07	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	40	57	58	59	59	340	472	509

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    129

Variable account charges of 1.05% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.65	$1.83	$1.56	$1.48	$1.51	$1.45	$1.21	$1.08	$1.12	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.99	$1.65	$1.83	$1.56	$1.48	$1.51	$1.45	$1.21	$1.08	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	3,506	4,286	6,462	8,133	11,424	15,297	25,028	28,949	31,406	35,636
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.23	$1.28	$1.21	$1.18	$1.19	$1.16	$1.13	$1.07	$1.04	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.35	$1.23	$1.28	$1.21	$1.18	$1.19	$1.16	$1.13	$1.07	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	155	173	279	452	792	849	1,527	1,583	884	947
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.23	$1.28	$1.21	$1.18	$1.19	$1.16	$1.13	$1.07	$1.04	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.35	$1.23	$1.28	$1.21	$1.18	$1.19	$1.16	$1.13	$1.07	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	7,041	8,038	9,312	12,356	15,363	19,473	24,004	30,872	28,351	22,295
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.06	$1.10	$1.03	$1.01	$1.03	$1.00	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.18	$1.06	$1.10	$1.03	$1.01	$1.03	$1.00	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	939	1,202	1,400	1,658	1,677	1,492	68	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.08	$1.14	$1.04	$1.02	$1.05	$1.01	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.22	$1.08	$1.14	$1.04	$1.02	$1.05	$1.01	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2,958	3,849	4,067	4,709	5,566	5,135	1,171	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.11	$1.22	$1.05	$1.02	$1.07	$1.03	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.30	$1.11	$1.22	$1.05	$1.02	$1.07	$1.03	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	7,893	8,586	9,037	10,042	12,231	11,659	2,842	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.10	$1.18	$1.04	$1.02	$1.06	$1.02	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.27	$1.10	$1.18	$1.04	$1.02	$1.06	$1.02	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	20,617	22,600	25,243	27,766	30,093	29,454	6,435	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.45	$1.56	$1.39	$1.34	$1.36	$1.31	$1.19	$1.08	$1.09	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.67	$1.45	$1.56	$1.39	$1.34	$1.36	$1.31	$1.19	$1.08	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4,546	5,083	5,894	7,245	7,502	7,888	6,988	6,817	6,568	7,272
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.46	$1.56	$1.39	$1.34	$1.36	$1.31	$1.19	$1.09	$1.09	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.67	$1.46	$1.56	$1.39	$1.34	$1.36	$1.31	$1.19	$1.09	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	65,618	75,990	88,036	107,998	130,819	156,982	199,424	217,020	229,158	241,303
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.56	$1.69	$1.47	$1.41	$1.44	$1.38	$1.20	$1.08	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.83	$1.56	$1.69	$1.47	$1.41	$1.44	$1.38	$1.20	$1.08	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	31	205	208	402	677	863	3,154	3,588	4,069	3,301
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.56	$1.69	$1.47	$1.41	$1.44	$1.38	$1.21	$1.09	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.83	$1.56	$1.69	$1.47	$1.41	$1.44	$1.38	$1.21	$1.09	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	12,753	15,364	19,315	26,477	37,535	54,301	81,752	98,277	113,447	126,812
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.34	$1.41	$1.29	$1.26	$1.27	$1.23	$1.16	$1.08	$1.07	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.50	$1.34	$1.41	$1.29	$1.26	$1.27	$1.23	$1.16	$1.08	$1.07
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	866	931	1,039	1,691	1,780	1,795	1,649	2,093	2,521	2,064
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.34	$1.41	$1.30	$1.26	$1.28	$1.23	$1.16	$1.08	$1.07	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.50	$1.34	$1.41	$1.30	$1.26	$1.28	$1.23	$1.16	$1.08	$1.07
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	7,726	9,007	11,245	13,950	16,408	22,300	29,397	32,837	33,464	37,757
Variable Portfolio – Partners Core Equity Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.48	$1.63	$1.37	$1.26	$1.27	$1.15	$0.90	$0.83	$0.87	$0.78
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.86	$1.48	$1.63	$1.37	$1.26	$1.27	$1.15	$0.90	$0.83	$0.87
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	24	26	31	42	86	128	191	229	258	295
Variable Portfolio – Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.61	$1.89	$1.78	$1.43	$1.60	$1.58	$1.19	$1.06	$1.12	$0.91
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.91	$1.61	$1.89	$1.78	$1.43	$1.60	$1.58	$1.19	$1.06	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	3	4	4	5

130    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.05% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Wanger International (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.50	$1.84	$1.40	$1.43	$1.45	$1.53	$1.26	$1.05	$1.24	$1.01
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.93	$1.50	$1.84	$1.40	$1.43	$1.45	$1.53	$1.26	$1.05	$1.24
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	10	12	14	18	44	65	86	97	106	119
Wanger USA (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.13	$2.18	$1.85	$1.64	$1.67	$1.61	$1.22	$1.02	$1.07	$0.88
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.76	$2.13	$2.18	$1.85	$1.64	$1.67	$1.61	$1.22	$1.02	$1.07
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	5	6	7	8	15	24	44	57	67	70

Variable account charges of 1.90% of the daily net assets of the variable account.

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
AB VPS Balanced Wealth Strategy Portfolio (Class B) (9/26/2008)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.46	$1.59	$1.40	$1.37	$1.38	$1.31	$1.15	$1.03	$1.08	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.69	$1.46	$1.59	$1.40	$1.37	$1.38	$1.31	$1.15	$1.03	$1.08
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
AB VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio (Class B) (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.24	$1.41	$1.05	$1.08	$1.07	$1.04	$0.87	$0.78	$1.04	$0.89
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.58	$1.24	$1.41	$1.05	$1.08	$1.07	$1.04	$0.87	$0.78	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	28	28	28	28	28
AB VPS Growth and Income Portfolio (Class B) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.96	$2.12	$1.82	$1.67	$1.68	$1.57	$1.19	$1.03	$0.99	$0.90
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.38	$1.96	$2.12	$1.82	$1.67	$1.68	$1.57	$1.19	$1.03	$0.99
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	84	84	84	84	115	80	96	91	130	124
AB VPS International Value Portfolio (Class B) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.03	$1.36	$1.11	$1.14	$1.13	$1.24	$1.03	$0.92	$1.16	$1.13
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.18	$1.03	$1.36	$1.11	$1.14	$1.13	$1.24	$1.03	$0.92	$1.16
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,641	1,857	1,874	2,347	2,598	3,459	4,367	5,828	6,871	7,882
American Century VP Inflation Protection, Class II (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.21	$1.27	$1.24	$1.21	$1.27	$1.25	$1.39	$1.32	$1.21	$1.17
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.29	$1.21	$1.27	$1.24	$1.21	$1.27	$1.25	$1.39	$1.32	$1.21
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2,386	2,800	3,294	3,474	4,097	5,117	6,889	6,691	7,945	11,844
American Century VP International, Class II (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.53	$1.84	$1.43	$1.55	$1.57	$1.69	$1.41	$1.19	$1.38	$1.24
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.92	$1.53	$1.84	$1.43	$1.55	$1.57	$1.69	$1.41	$1.19	$1.38
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	16	16	16	16	28	28	28	—	—	—
American Century VP Mid Cap Value, Class II (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.73	$2.02	$1.85	$1.54	$1.59	$1.39	$1.09	$0.96	$0.99	$0.85
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.19	$1.73	$2.02	$1.85	$1.54	$1.59	$1.39	$1.09	$0.96	$0.99
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
American Century VP Ultra®, Class II (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.23	$2.26	$1.75	$1.70	$1.64	$1.52	$1.13	$1.01	$1.02	$0.90
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.94	$2.23	$2.26	$1.75	$1.70	$1.64	$1.52	$1.13	$1.01	$1.02
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	337	412	531	657	786	1,028	1,510	2,194	2,936	4,147
American Century VP Value, Class II (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.90	$2.13	$2.00	$1.69	$1.80	$1.62	$1.26	$1.12	$1.13	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.36	$1.90	$2.13	$2.00	$1.69	$1.80	$1.62	$1.26	$1.12	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4	4	4	4	4	4	12	12	87	16
BNY Mellon Investment Portfolios, MidCap Stock Portfolio - Service Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.06	$2.49	$2.21	$1.96	$2.04	$1.86	$1.41	$1.20	$1.23	$0.98
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.43	$2.06	$2.49	$2.21	$1.96	$2.04	$1.86	$1.41	$1.20	$1.23
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
BNY Mellon Investment Portfolios, Technology Growth Portfolio - Service Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.70	$2.79	$2.00	$1.95	$1.88	$1.79	$1.38	$1.22	$1.35	$1.06
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.33	$2.70	$2.79	$2.00	$1.95	$1.88	$1.79	$1.38	$1.22	$1.35
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	150	173	218	302	363	507	730	988	1,184	1,653
BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, Appreciation Portfolio - Service Share (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.93	$2.12	$1.70	$1.61	$1.69	$1.60	$1.35	$1.25	$1.17	$1.03
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.58	$1.93	$2.12	$1.70	$1.61	$1.69	$1.60	$1.35	$1.25	$1.17
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2	5	5	5	5	5	52	52	48	48

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    131

Variable account charges of 1.90% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Equity Portfolio - Service Shares* (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.85	$1.03	$0.82	$0.89	$0.90	$0.94	$0.82	$0.68	$0.81	$0.75
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.99	$0.85	$1.03	$0.82	$0.89	$0.90	$0.94	$0.82	$0.68	$0.81
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1	4	4	4	4	4	4	4	—	—
*BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Equity Portfolio - Service Shares is scheduled to liquidate on or about April 30, 2020.
BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Value Portfolio - Service Shares* (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.09	$1.33	$1.06	$1.10	$1.15	$1.30	$1.08	$0.98	$1.23	$1.20
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.30	$1.09	$1.33	$1.06	$1.10	$1.15	$1.30	$1.08	$0.98	$1.23
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	4	27	24	21
*BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Value Portfolio - Service Shares is scheduled to liquidate on or about April 30, 2020.
ClearBridge Variable Small Cap Growth Portfolio – Class I (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.13	$2.10	$1.72	$1.66	$1.77	$1.73	$1.20	$1.02	$1.03	$0.84
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.65	$2.13	$2.10	$1.72	$1.66	$1.77	$1.73	$1.20	$1.02	$1.03
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	54	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.05	$2.17	$1.78	$1.68	$1.70	$1.51	$1.15	$1.03	$1.00	$0.86
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.51	$2.05	$2.17	$1.78	$1.68	$1.70	$1.51	$1.15	$1.03	$1.00
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	637	715	914	1,144	1,344	1,817	2,998	3,922	5,131	7,801
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.06	$2.23	$1.99	$1.79	$1.87	$1.74	$1.40	$1.25	$1.34	$1.17
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.51	$2.06	$2.23	$1.99	$1.79	$1.87	$1.74	$1.40	$1.25	$1.34
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,252	1,528	1,833	2,100	2,597	3,315	4,568	6,023	7,706	10,251
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Emerging Markets Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.15	$2.80	$1.94	$1.88	$2.11	$2.20	$2.28	$1.93	$2.49	$2.12
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.77	$2.15	$2.80	$1.94	$1.88	$2.11	$2.20	$2.28	$1.93	$2.49
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	461	582	575	802	961	1,160	1,490	1,624	2,042	2,330
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.89	$0.90	$0.91	$0.93	$0.95	$0.96	$0.98	$1.00	$1.02	$1.04
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.89	$0.89	$0.90	$0.91	$0.93	$0.95	$0.96	$0.98	$1.00	$1.02
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2,770	3,389	3,756	4,033	763	1,089	1,541	1,683	2,045	2,910
Columbia Variable Portfolio – High Yield Bond Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.94	$2.06	$1.97	$1.80	$1.85	$1.82	$1.75	$1.54	$1.49	$1.33
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.22	$1.94	$2.06	$1.97	$1.80	$1.85	$1.82	$1.75	$1.54	$1.49
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	185	269	303	342	418	531	726	790	1,037	1,429
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Income Opportunities Fund (Class 3) (6/1/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.87	$1.99	$1.90	$1.75	$1.80	$1.77	$1.72	$1.52	$1.46	$1.32
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.14	$1.87	$1.99	$1.90	$1.75	$1.80	$1.77	$1.72	$1.52	$1.46
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	338	392	438	468	201	315	445	540	724	967
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.32	$1.34	$1.32	$1.29	$1.31	$1.27	$1.32	$1.25	$1.20	$1.13
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.42	$1.32	$1.34	$1.32	$1.29	$1.31	$1.27	$1.32	$1.25	$1.20
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	593	691	758	827	895	1,248	1,772	2,131	2,517	3,451
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Growth Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.13	$2.26	$1.80	$1.81	$1.70	$1.52	$1.19	$1.01	$1.06	$0.92
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.83	$2.13	$2.26	$1.80	$1.81	$1.70	$1.52	$1.19	$1.01	$1.06
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	20	24	26	33	58	112	135	195	258	361
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Index Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.17	$2.32	$1.95	$1.78	$1.80	$1.62	$1.26	$1.11	$1.11	$0.99
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.79	$2.17	$2.32	$1.95	$1.78	$1.80	$1.62	$1.26	$1.11	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1	7	46	8	20	178	185	188	198	211
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Mid Cap Growth Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.95	$2.08	$1.73	$1.73	$1.67	$1.58	$1.23	$1.13	$1.35	$1.09
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.58	$1.95	$2.08	$1.73	$1.73	$1.67	$1.58	$1.23	$1.13	$1.35
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	55	65	97	132	147	206	299	393	430	548
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Overseas Core Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.45	$1.77	$1.42	$1.54	$1.50	$1.67	$1.39	$1.20	$1.40	$1.25
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.78	$1.45	$1.77	$1.42	$1.54	$1.50	$1.67	$1.39	$1.20	$1.40
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	2	2	2
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Select Large Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.07	$2.40	$2.03	$1.73	$1.85	$1.69	$1.25	$1.08	$1.12	$0.94
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.57	$2.07	$2.40	$2.03	$1.73	$1.85	$1.69	$1.25	$1.08	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	37	41	57	49	50	51	41	41	—	—

132    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.90% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Select Mid Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.36	$1.60	$1.44	$1.29	$1.38	$1.25	$0.93	$0.80	$0.89	$0.74
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.76	$1.36	$1.60	$1.44	$1.29	$1.38	$1.25	$0.93	$0.80	$0.89
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	2	145	167
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Small Cap Value Fund (Class 2) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.08	$2.59	$2.32	$1.78	$1.94	$1.91	$1.46	$1.33	$1.45	$1.17
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.47	$2.08	$2.59	$2.32	$1.78	$1.94	$1.91	$1.46	$1.33	$1.45
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	65	67	69	68	90	215	275	460	585	721
Columbia Variable Portfolio – U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.05	$1.05	$1.03	$1.03	$1.03	$1.00	$1.04	$1.04	$1.04	$1.03
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.09	$1.05	$1.05	$1.03	$1.03	$1.03	$1.00	$1.04	$1.04	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	453	517	576	773	810	918	1,292	1,516	1,924	2,722
Credit Suisse Trust – Commodity Return Strategy Portfolio (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.39	$0.45	$0.46	$0.42	$0.57	$0.69	$0.79	$0.82	$0.96	$0.84
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.41	$0.39	$0.45	$0.46	$0.42	$0.57	$0.69	$0.79	$0.82	$0.96
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	44	44	44	47	33
CTIVP® – BlackRock Global Inflation-Protected Securities Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.27	$1.31	$1.30	$1.22	$1.26	$1.18	$1.28	$1.23	$1.14	$1.12
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.35	$1.27	$1.31	$1.30	$1.22	$1.26	$1.18	$1.28	$1.23	$1.14
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	314	373	417	442	512	723	1,059	1,156	1,527	2,123
CTIVP® – Loomis Sayles Growth Fund (Class 1) (4/29/2016)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.31	$1.37	$1.05	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.70	$1.31	$1.37	$1.05	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	99	124	148	201	—	—	—	—	—	—
CTIVP® – Victory Sycamore Established Value Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.29	$2.60	$2.29	$1.93	$1.97	$1.79	$1.34	$1.17	$1.27	$1.06
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.88	$2.29	$2.60	$2.29	$1.93	$1.97	$1.79	$1.34	$1.17	$1.27
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	11	21	21	—	—	—	8	8
Eaton Vance VT Floating-Rate Income Fund – Initial Class (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.17	$1.19	$1.18	$1.10	$1.13	$1.15	$1.13	$1.07	$1.06	$0.99
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.23	$1.17	$1.19	$1.18	$1.10	$1.13	$1.15	$1.13	$1.07	$1.06
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	88	95	115	131	125	216	320	383	562	719
Fidelity® VIP ContrafundSM Portfolio Service Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.38	$2.60	$2.18	$2.06	$2.09	$1.91	$1.48	$1.30	$1.37	$1.19
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.06	$2.38	$2.60	$2.18	$2.06	$2.09	$1.91	$1.48	$1.30	$1.37
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,550	1,935	2,293	2,769	3,260	4,329	6,278	8,416	10,938	14,844
Fidelity® VIP Growth Portfolio Service Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.34	$2.39	$1.81	$1.83	$1.75	$1.60	$1.20	$1.07	$1.09	$0.90
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.07	$2.34	$2.39	$1.81	$1.83	$1.75	$1.60	$1.20	$1.07	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	15
Fidelity® VIP Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Service Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.31	$1.34	$1.32	$1.28	$1.32	$1.27	$1.32	$1.28	$1.22	$1.15
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.40	$1.31	$1.34	$1.32	$1.28	$1.32	$1.27	$1.32	$1.28	$1.22
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	946	1,117	1,271	1,307	1,417	1,853	2,828	3,225	3,767	5,353
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.56	$3.07	$2.59	$2.36	$2.45	$2.35	$1.76	$1.57	$1.79	$1.42
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.10	$2.56	$3.07	$2.59	$2.36	$2.45	$2.35	$1.76	$1.57	$1.79
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	343	399	453	487	564	749	940	1,346	1,681	2,112
Fidelity® VIP Overseas Portfolio Service Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.41	$1.69	$1.33	$1.43	$1.41	$1.57	$1.23	$1.04	$1.28	$1.16
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.77	$1.41	$1.69	$1.33	$1.43	$1.41	$1.57	$1.23	$1.04	$1.28
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	430	513	567	739	800	1,094	1,435	1,894	2,343	2,808
Franklin Income VIP Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.76	$1.87	$1.74	$1.56	$1.71	$1.66	$1.49	$1.35	$1.34	$1.21
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.00	$1.76	$1.87	$1.74	$1.56	$1.71	$1.66	$1.49	$1.35	$1.34
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	232	277	366	375	414	465	497	598	1,057	1,140
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.68	$1.89	$1.77	$1.56	$1.67	$1.59	$1.26	$1.13	$1.16	$1.06
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.02	$1.68	$1.89	$1.77	$1.56	$1.67	$1.59	$1.26	$1.13	$1.16
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	138	144	146	154	160	162	166	203	252	289

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    133

Variable account charges of 1.90% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Franklin Rising Dividends VIP Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.18	$2.34	$1.98	$1.73	$1.83	$1.72	$1.35	$1.23	$1.18	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.76	$2.18	$2.34	$1.98	$1.73	$1.83	$1.72	$1.35	$1.23	$1.18
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	73	73	74	75	92	61	62	35	70	96
Franklin Small-Mid Cap Growth VIP Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.01	$2.16	$1.82	$1.78	$1.86	$1.76	$1.30	$1.20	$1.28	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.59	$2.01	$2.16	$1.82	$1.78	$1.86	$1.76	$1.30	$1.20	$1.28
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	10	12	13	13	14	15	16	17	19	36
Goldman Sachs VIT Mid Cap Value Fund – Institutional Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.23	$2.54	$2.33	$2.09	$2.34	$2.10	$1.61	$1.39	$1.51	$1.23
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.88	$2.23	$2.54	$2.33	$2.09	$2.34	$2.10	$1.61	$1.39	$1.51
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	554	705	811	889	1,067	1,326	1,959	2,740	3,562	4,764
Goldman Sachs VIT U.S. Equity Insights Fund – Institutional Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.61	$1.74	$1.43	$1.32	$1.34	$1.18	$0.87	$0.78	$0.76	$0.69
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.97	$1.61	$1.74	$1.43	$1.32	$1.34	$1.18	$0.87	$0.78	$0.76
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.79	$1.94	$1.56	$1.63	$1.61	$1.42	$1.12	$1.00	$1.04	$0.97
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.38	$1.79	$1.94	$1.56	$1.63	$1.61	$1.42	$1.12	$1.00	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	690	846	1,035	1,292	1,419	1,837	2,809	3,669	4,615	6,424
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.11	$2.48	$1.86	$1.90	$1.86	$1.86	$1.49	$1.26	$1.40	$1.24
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.72	$2.11	$2.48	$1.86	$1.90	$1.86	$1.86	$1.49	$1.26	$1.40
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	27	48	61	76	81	82	86	89	113	127
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Strategic Income Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.40	$1.49	$1.43	$1.37	$1.44	$1.43	$1.46	$1.32	$1.33	$1.18
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.52	$1.40	$1.49	$1.43	$1.37	$1.44	$1.43	$1.46	$1.32	$1.33
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	924	1,192	1,357	1,452	1,724	2,305	3,261	3,563	4,711	6,319
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.35	$2.68	$2.39	$2.07	$2.25	$2.05	$1.49	$1.29	$1.35	$1.11
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.91	$2.35	$2.68	$2.39	$2.07	$2.25	$2.05	$1.49	$1.29	$1.35
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	10	—	20	35	41	41	89	24
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series II Shares (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.69	$1.79	$1.44	$1.44	$1.40	$1.32	$0.96	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.26	$1.69	$1.79	$1.44	$1.44	$1.40	$1.32	$0.96	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4	8	10	15	43	47	56	73	—	—
Invesco V.I. Comstock Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.90	$2.21	$1.91	$1.67	$1.81	$1.69	$1.27	$1.09	$1.13	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.32	$1.90	$2.21	$1.91	$1.67	$1.81	$1.69	$1.27	$1.09	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2,160	2,494	2,913	3,499	4,262	5,321	7,600	10,444	13,815	18,929
Invesco V.I. Health Care Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.76	$1.78	$1.57	$1.81	$1.79	$1.53	$1.11	$0.94	$0.92	$0.90
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.28	$1.76	$1.78	$1.57	$1.81	$1.79	$1.53	$1.11	$0.94	$0.92
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	22	22	22	25	25
Invesco V.I. International Growth Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.98	$1.17	$0.97	$1.00	$1.05	$1.07	$0.92	$0.81	$0.89	$0.80
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.23	$0.98	$1.17	$0.97	$1.00	$1.05	$1.07	$0.92	$0.81	$0.89
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	99	123	125	151	160	343	447	630	940	984
Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Core Equity Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.72	$1.98	$1.76	$1.58	$1.69	$1.65	$1.31	$1.21	$1.31	$1.18
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.11	$1.72	$1.98	$1.76	$1.58	$1.69	$1.65	$1.31	$1.21	$1.31
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	68	77	87	97	118	141	217	303	401	569
Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares* (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.49	$1.61	$1.34	$1.36	$1.37	$1.30	$0.97	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.96	$1.49	$1.61	$1.34	$1.36	$1.37	$1.30	$0.97	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	11	11	11	11	11	11	11	11	—	—
*Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares is scheduled to merge into Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares sometime during the second quarter of 2020.
Invesco V.I. Value Opportunities Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.21	$1.53	$1.33	$1.15	$1.31	$1.26	$0.96	$0.83	$0.88	$0.84
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.54	$1.21	$1.53	$1.33	$1.15	$1.31	$1.26	$0.96	$0.83	$0.88
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	321	362	391	459	564	637	1,008	1,430	2,083	2,907

134    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.90% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Janus Henderson VIT Research Portfolio: Service Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.71	$1.79	$1.43	$1.45	$1.41	$1.27	$1.00	$0.86	$0.93	$0.83
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.26	$1.71	$1.79	$1.43	$1.45	$1.41	$1.27	$1.00	$0.86	$0.93
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	64	79	97	131	143	348	493	799	1,082	1,257
MFS® Massachusetts Investors Growth Stock Portfolio – Service Class (3/27/2015)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.25	$1.27	$1.01	$0.97	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.71	$1.25	$1.27	$1.01	$0.97	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
MFS® New Discovery Series – Service Class (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.43	$2.52	$2.03	$1.90	$1.98	$2.18	$1.57	$1.33	$1.51	$1.13
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.36	$2.43	$2.52	$2.03	$1.90	$1.98	$2.18	$1.57	$1.33	$1.51
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
MFS® Total Return Series – Service Class (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.64	$1.78	$1.62	$1.52	$1.55	$1.46	$1.26	$1.15	$1.16	$1.08
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.94	$1.64	$1.78	$1.62	$1.52	$1.55	$1.46	$1.26	$1.15	$1.16
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	32	70	70	71	72	77	71	74	65	69
MFS® Utilities Series – Service Class (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.09	$3.13	$2.78	$2.55	$3.05	$2.76	$2.34	$2.11	$2.02	$1.81
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.79	$3.09	$3.13	$2.78	$2.55	$3.05	$2.76	$2.34	$2.11	$2.02
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	5	10	19	19	20	42	41	41	43	55
Morgan Stanley VIF Discovery Portfolio, Class II Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.86	$1.72	$1.26	$1.41	$1.53	$1.53	$1.14	$1.07	$1.17	$0.90
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.56	$1.86	$1.72	$1.26	$1.41	$1.53	$1.53	$1.14	$1.07	$1.17
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Morgan Stanley VIF Global Real Estate Portfolio, Class II Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.92	$1.02	$0.95	$0.94	$0.97	$0.87	$0.86	$0.68	$0.77	$0.64
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.07	$0.92	$1.02	$0.95	$0.94	$0.97	$0.87	$0.86	$0.68	$0.77
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	23	22	26	30	34	93	122	179	249	265
Morgan Stanley VIF U.S. Real Estate Portfolio, Class II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.39	$2.64	$2.62	$2.50	$2.50	$1.97	$1.97	$1.74	$1.68	$1.32
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.78	$2.39	$2.64	$2.62	$2.50	$2.50	$1.97	$1.97	$1.74	$1.68
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	71	79	90	97	107	122	180	196	257	328
PIMCO VIT All Asset Portfolio, Advisor Class (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.25	$1.35	$1.21	$1.09	$1.23	$1.24	$1.27	$1.12	$1.12	$1.01
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.37	$1.25	$1.35	$1.21	$1.09	$1.23	$1.24	$1.27	$1.12	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	157	164	182	216	259	398	496	620	718	853
Putnam VT Global Health Care Fund – Class IB Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.33	$2.39	$2.12	$2.43	$2.30	$1.84	$1.32	$1.10	$1.14	$1.13
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.98	$2.33	$2.39	$2.12	$2.43	$2.30	$1.84	$1.32	$1.10	$1.14
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1	6	6	6	14	14	15	19	23	44
Putnam VT International Equity Fund – Class IB Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.26	$1.59	$1.28	$1.34	$1.36	$1.49	$1.18	$0.99	$1.21	$1.13
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.55	$1.26	$1.59	$1.28	$1.34	$1.36	$1.49	$1.18	$0.99	$1.21
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	6	7	8	8	8	9	9	10	10	10
Putnam VT Small Cap Value Fund – Class IB Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.70	$2.16	$2.04	$1.63	$1.74	$1.71	$1.25	$1.09	$1.16	$0.94
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.07	$1.70	$2.16	$2.04	$1.63	$1.74	$1.71	$1.25	$1.09	$1.16
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	25	26	39	28	28	29	30	61	69	84
Putnam VT Sustainable Leaders Fund – Class IB Shares (9/24/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.27	$2.35	$1.86	$1.75	$1.79	$1.61	$1.20	$1.05	$1.13	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.04	$2.27	$2.35	$1.86	$1.75	$1.79	$1.61	$1.20	$1.05	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	9
Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.88	$1.88	$1.88	$1.86	$1.98	$1.98	$1.99	$1.76	$1.81	$1.61
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.88	$1.88	$1.88	$1.88	$1.86	$1.98	$1.98	$1.99	$1.76	$1.81
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	850	924	1,101	1,230	1,376	1,692	2,275	2,493	3,114	4,186
Templeton Growth VIP Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.40	$1.68	$1.44	$1.34	$1.46	$1.53	$1.19	$1.00	$1.10	$1.04
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.58	$1.40	$1.68	$1.44	$1.34	$1.46	$1.53	$1.19	$1.00	$1.10
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	18	18	19	20	20	21	53	69	103	119

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    135

Variable account charges of 1.90% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.54	$1.71	$1.47	$1.41	$1.45	$1.40	$1.18	$1.06	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.83	$1.54	$1.71	$1.47	$1.41	$1.45	$1.40	$1.18	$1.06	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	186	208	197	217	276	642	692	500	242	2,128
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.54	$1.71	$1.47	$1.41	$1.45	$1.40	$1.18	$1.06	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.83	$1.54	$1.71	$1.47	$1.41	$1.45	$1.40	$1.18	$1.06	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4,805	5,670	7,175	9,851	13,650	15,891	21,576	27,031	37,081	45,459
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.14	$1.20	$1.14	$1.12	$1.15	$1.12	$1.11	$1.05	$1.04	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.24	$1.14	$1.20	$1.14	$1.12	$1.15	$1.12	$1.11	$1.05	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	584	470	224	545	1,636	1,585	2,427	2,883	3,605	2,840
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.14	$1.20	$1.14	$1.12	$1.15	$1.12	$1.11	$1.05	$1.04	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.24	$1.14	$1.20	$1.14	$1.12	$1.15	$1.12	$1.11	$1.05	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2,908	3,625	4,256	6,802	8,845	11,189	22,543	33,878	37,774	34,075
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.02	$1.06	$1.00	$0.99	$1.02	$1.00	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.12	$1.02	$1.06	$1.00	$0.99	$1.02	$1.00	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,095	1,309	1,571	3,153	1,759	1,710	256	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.03	$1.10	$1.01	$1.00	$1.04	$1.01	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.16	$1.03	$1.10	$1.01	$1.00	$1.04	$1.01	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4,127	5,461	5,915	7,358	8,743	6,866	1,870	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.06	$1.17	$1.02	$1.00	$1.06	$1.03	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.23	$1.06	$1.17	$1.02	$1.00	$1.06	$1.03	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	10,952	11,274	11,841	13,171	14,007	13,017	1,196	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.05	$1.14	$1.02	$1.00	$1.05	$1.02	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.20	$1.05	$1.14	$1.02	$1.00	$1.05	$1.02	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	25,371	30,115	34,129	41,727	42,802	33,518	2,310	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.35	$1.46	$1.31	$1.28	$1.31	$1.27	$1.16	$1.07	$1.09	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.54	$1.35	$1.46	$1.31	$1.28	$1.31	$1.27	$1.16	$1.07	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2,009	2,307	2,642	2,809	3,357	3,717	4,104	4,950	4,056	2,407
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.35	$1.46	$1.31	$1.28	$1.31	$1.27	$1.16	$1.07	$1.09	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.54	$1.35	$1.46	$1.31	$1.28	$1.31	$1.27	$1.16	$1.07	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	50,342	59,199	66,911	75,428	85,354	105,569	144,525	168,701	206,439	248,214
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.45	$1.58	$1.39	$1.35	$1.38	$1.34	$1.18	$1.07	$1.10	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.68	$1.45	$1.58	$1.39	$1.35	$1.38	$1.34	$1.18	$1.07	$1.10
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,155	1,458	2,098	2,279	2,289	2,467	3,113	2,106	1,555	774
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.45	$1.59	$1.39	$1.35	$1.38	$1.34	$1.18	$1.07	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.69	$1.45	$1.59	$1.39	$1.35	$1.38	$1.34	$1.18	$1.07	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	19,179	22,217	27,353	33,432	41,095	50,925	66,694	86,581	118,725	154,365
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.24	$1.32	$1.22	$1.20	$1.22	$1.19	$1.13	$1.06	$1.06	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.38	$1.24	$1.32	$1.22	$1.20	$1.22	$1.19	$1.13	$1.06	$1.06
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	768	807	761	861	833	1,314	2,457	3,949	2,095	1,480
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.24	$1.32	$1.23	$1.20	$1.23	$1.19	$1.14	$1.06	$1.06	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.39	$1.24	$1.32	$1.23	$1.20	$1.23	$1.19	$1.14	$1.06	$1.06
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	7,102	8,175	9,412	11,720	13,127	16,596	22,248	28,639	34,697	43,744
Variable Portfolio – Partners Core Equity Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.34	$1.49	$1.26	$1.17	$1.19	$1.09	$0.86	$0.79	$0.84	$0.77
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.67	$1.34	$1.49	$1.26	$1.17	$1.19	$1.09	$0.86	$0.79	$0.84
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	97	112	130	160	190	430	601	961	1,246	1,481

136    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.90% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Variable Portfolio – Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.94	$2.29	$2.18	$1.77	$1.99	$1.99	$1.50	$1.35	$1.44	$1.18
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.28	$1.94	$2.29	$2.18	$1.77	$1.99	$1.99	$1.50	$1.35	$1.44
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	784	871	1,000	1,162	1,489	1,881	2,573	3,627	4,585	6,248
Wanger International (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.38	$2.95	$2.26	$2.34	$2.38	$2.54	$2.11	$1.77	$2.11	$1.72
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.04	$2.38	$2.95	$2.26	$2.34	$2.38	$2.54	$2.11	$1.77	$2.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	288	344	362	431	487	627	815	1,135	1,529	1,843
Wanger USA (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.55	$2.64	$2.25	$2.02	$2.07	$2.01	$1.53	$1.30	$1.38	$1.14
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.29	$2.55	$2.64	$2.25	$2.02	$2.07	$2.01	$1.53	$1.30	$1.38
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	314	385	488	604	738	1,023	1,416	2,019	2,605	3,655

RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    137

Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information

Calculating Annuity Payouts	p. 3
Rating Agencies	p. 4
Principal Underwriter	p. 4
Service Providers	p. 4
Custodian	p. 5
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	p. 5
Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	p. 6
Financial Statements

138    RiverSource Innovations Classic Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

This page left blank intentionally

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474
1-800-333-3437

45312  CG (5/20)

RiverSource Distributors, Inc. (Distributor), Member FINRA. Issued by RiverSource Life Insurance Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota. ©2008-2020 RiverSource Life Insurance Company. All rights reserved.

Prospectus

May 1, 2020

RiverSource^®

FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity

CONTRACT OPTION L: INDIVIDUAL FLEXIBLE PREMIUM DEFERRED COMBINATION FIXED/VARIABLE ANNUITY
CONTRACT OPTION C: INDIVIDUAL FLEXIBLE PREMIUM DEFERRED COMBINATION FIXED/VARIABLE ANNUITY

Issued by:	RiverSource Life Insurance Company (RiverSource Life)
	829 Ameriprise Financial Center Minneapolis, MN 55474 Telephone: 1-800-333-3437 (Service Center) RiverSource Variable Annuity Account/RiverSource MVA Account​

New contracts are not currently being offered.

This prospectus describes two versions of the contracts: the Current Contract (applications signed on or after Nov. 30, 2009, subject to state availability) and the Original Contract (applications signed prior to Nov. 30, 2009, or in states where the Current Contract was unavailable). The information in this prospectus applies to both contracts unless stated otherwise.

This prospectus contains information that you should know before investing. Investment options available under the contract are listed below:

AB Variable Products Series Fund, Inc. (Class B)

American Century˛ Variable Portfolios, Inc., Class II

BNY Mellon Investment Portfolios

Columbia Funds Variable Insurance Trust

Columbia Funds Variable Series Trust II Credit Suisse Trust

Eaton Vance Variable Trust (VT)

Fidelity Variable Insurance Products Service Class 2

Franklin Templeton˛ Variable Insurance Products Trust – Class 2

Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust (VIT)

Invesco Variable Insurance Funds

Janus Aspen Series: Service Shares

Legg Mason Partners Variable Equity Trust

MFS Variable Insurance Trust^SM – Service Class

Morgan Stanley Variable Insurance Fund, Inc. (VIF)

Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds, Service Shares

PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust (VIT)

Putnam Variable Trust – Class IB Shares

Wanger Advisors Trust

 

Some funds may not be available under your contract. Please read the prospectuses carefully and keep them for future reference.

The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

An investment in this contract is not a deposit of a bank or financial institution and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) or any other government agency. An investment in this contract involves investment risk including the possible loss of principal.

A Statement of Additional Information (SAI), dated the same date as this prospectus, is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. It is filed with the SEC and is available without charge by contacting RiverSource Life at the telephone number and address listed above. The table of contents of the SAI is on the last page of this prospectus. The SEC maintains an Internet site. This prospectus, the SAI and other information about the product are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at (http://www.sec.gov).

Variable annuities are complex products. The fees and charges, as well as the available features and benefits, of the variable annuity contracts described in this prospectus will be different from other variable annuities offered in the marketplace, including other variable annuities or other types of annuities offered by RiverSource Life. The interest credited, guarantees provided, and credits available, as well as the funds serving as underlying investments and their corresponding expenses, may differ among the variable annuities that are available to you. With the aid of an appropriate financial professional, we encourage you to compare and contrast the variable annuity contracts described in this prospectus with other variable annuities available in the marketplace, including other types of annuities we may

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    1

offer. This will aid in determining whether purchasing a contract is consistent with your investment objectives, risk tolerance, time horizon, marital status, tax situation, and your unique financial situation and needs. If you select an annuity that includes surrender or other liquidation charges, you should also consider any future needs you may have to access your contract value. The optional benefits and features available with the contracts usually come with additional costs. Consider any additional costs carefully when electing these optional benefits and features.

Beginning on January 1, 2021, as permitted by regulations adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission, paper copies of your underlying funds’ shareholder reports will no longer be sent by mail, unless you specifically request paper copies of the reports from RiverSource Life. Instead, the reports will be made available on a website, and you will be notified each time a report is posted and provided with a website link to access the report.

You may elect to receive all future reports in paper free of charge. You can inform RiverSource Life that you wish to continue receiving paper copies of your shareholder reports by calling our Service Center at 1-800-862-7919. Your election to receive reports in paper will apply to all funds available under your variable annuity contract.

Effects of COVID-19 Pandemic

The coronavirus disease 2019 (“COVID-19”) public health crisis presents ongoing significant economic and societal disruption and has driven significant volatility in the equity and interest rate markets. Any periods of continued high market volatility, and your individual circumstances (e.g., your selected allocations and the timing of any purchase payments, transfers, or withdrawals), will affect values under your contract. As part of how we maintain our strong financial strength and claims-paying ability, we continue to reserve amounts for our contractual obligations in accordance with significant state solvency regulations. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic may impact financial markets, investment performance under your contract, and our financial strength and claims-paying ability will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be estimated, including the scope and duration of the pandemic and actions taken by governmental authorities, market participants, and other third parties in response to the pandemic.

We have implemented comprehensive strategies to address the operating environment spurred by the pandemic.  To promote the safety and security of our employees and to assure the continuity of our business operations, we have implemented a work from home protocol for virtually all of our employee population, restricted business travel, and provided resources for complying with the guidance from the World Health Organization, the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and government authorities. We have been satisfying elevated customer service volumes and our operations teams have continued to operate successfully and without disruptions in service. Our pandemic strategy is flexible and scalable and takes into consideration that a pandemic could be widespread and may occur in multiple waves, affecting different communities at different times with varying levels of severity. We cannot, however, predict the impact that natural or man-made disasters and catastrophes, including the COVID-19 pandemic, may have over near- or longer-term periods.

2    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Table of Contents

Key Terms	5
The Contracts in Brief	7
Expense Summary	10
Current Contract:	10
Contract Owner Transaction Expenses	10
Annual Variable Account Expenses	10
Other Annual Expenses	11
Optional Death Benefits	11
Optional Living Benefits	11
Original Contract:	12
Contract Owner Transaction Expenses	12
Annual Variable Account Expenses	12
Other Annual Expenses	13
Optional Death Benefits	13
Optional Living Benefits	13
Annual Operating Expenses of the Funds	15
Contract Option L	15
Contract Option C	15
All Current Contracts	16
Contract Option L	17
Contract Option C	17
All Original Contracts	17
Condensed Financial Information	18
Financial Statements	18
The Variable Account and the Funds	18
The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)	31
Market Value Adjustment (MVA)	31
The General Account	33
The Fixed Account	33
The Regular Fixed Account	33
The Special DCA Fixed Account	33
The One-Year Fixed Account	34
DCA Fixed Account	35
Buying Your Contract	36
The Annuitization Start Date	38
Beneficiary	38
Purchase Payments	38
How to Make Purchase Payments	40
Limitations on Use of Contract	40
Charges	40
All Contracts	40
Contract Administrative Charge	40
Variable Account Administrative Charge	40
Mortality and Expense Risk Fee	40

Surrender Charge	42
Optional Living Benefits Charges	45
Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider Fee	45
SecureSource Stages 2 Rider Charge	46
SecureSource Rider Fee	47
SecureSource Stages Rider Fee	49
SecureSource 20 Rider Fee	50
Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider Fee	51
Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider Fee	52
Income Assurer Benefit Rider Fee	54
Optional Death Benefit Charges	55
Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider Fee	55
Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider Fee	55
Fund Fees and Expenses	55
Premium Taxes	55
Valuing Your Investment	56
GPAs	56
The Fixed Account	56
Subaccounts	56
Making the Most of Your Contract	58
Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging	58
Asset Rebalancing	58
Portfolio Navigator Program (PN program) and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds	59
Transferring Among Accounts	62
How to request a Transfer or Surrender	65
Surrenders	67
Surrender Policies	68
Receiving Payment	68
TSA–Special Provisions	69
Participants in Tax-Sheltered Annuities	69
Changing the Annuitant	69
Changing Ownership	69
Benefits in Case of Death	70
If You Die Before the Annuitization Start Date	76
Optional Benefits	78
Optional Living Benefits	79
SecureSource Stages 2 Rider	79
Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider	88
Optional Living Benefits	90
Optional Additional Death Benefits	90
Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector)	90
Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus)	92

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    3

Table of Contents

The Annuity Payout Period	93
Annuity Tables	93
Annuity Payout Plans	94
Taxes	95
Nonqualified Annuities	95
Qualified Annuities	97
Other	99
Voting Rights	100
Substitution of Investments	100
About the Service Providers	100
Principal Underwriter	100
Service Providers	102
Issuer	102
Legal Proceedings	102
Additional Information	102
Incorporation of Certain Documents By Reference	102
Available Information	103
Indemnification	103
Appendices	104
Table of Contents and Cross-Reference Table	104
Appendix A: Example — Market Value Adjustment (MVA)	105
Appendix B: Example — Surrender Charges for Contract Option L	107
Appendix C: Example — Death Benefits	113
Appendix D: Example — SecureSource Series of Riders	118
Appendix E: SecureSource Series of Riders — Additional Required Minimum Distribution (RMD) Disclosure	124
Appendix F: Example — Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider	126
Appendix G: Example — Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider	128
Appendix H: Asset Allocation Program for Contracts With Applications Signed Before May 1, 2006	130
Appendix I: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider Disclosure	131
Appendix J: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider Disclosure	143
Appendix K: Income Assurer Benefit Riders	151
Appendix L: Example — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider	161
Appendix M: SecureSource Rider Disclosure	162
Appendix N: SecureSource 20 Rider Disclosure	175
Appendix O: SecureSource Stages Rider Disclosure	188

Appendix P: Withdrawal Benefit Riders: Electing Step Up or Spousal Continuation Step Up	198
Appendix Q: Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	199
Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information	211

 

4    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Key Terms

These terms can help you understand details about your contract.

Accumulation unit: A measure of the value of each subaccount prior of the application of amounts to an annuity payment plan.

Annuitant: The person or persons on whose life or life expectancy the annuity payouts are based.

Annuitization start date: The date when annuity payments begin according to the applicable annuity payment plan (referred to as “Retirement date” in the Original Contract). Throughout this prospectus when we use the term “Annuitization start date,” it includes the term “Retirement date.”

Annuity payouts: An amount paid at regular intervals under one of several plans.

Assumed investment rate: The rate of return we assume your investments will earn when we calculate your initial annuity payout amount using the annuity table in your contract. The standard assumed investment rate we use is 5% but you may request we substitute an assumed investment rate of 3.5%.

Beneficiary: The person you designate to receive benefits in case of the owner’s death (Current Contract), or owner’s or annuitant’s death (Original Contract) while the contract is in force.

Close of business: The time the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) closes (4 p.m. Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier).

Code: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Contingent annuitant (Current Contract): The person who becomes the annuitant when the current annuitant dies prior to the annuitization start date. In the case of joint ownership, one owner must also be the contingent annuitant.

Contract: A deferred annuity contract that permits you to accumulate money for retirement by making one or more purchase payments. It provides for lifetime or other forms of payouts beginning at a specified time in the future.

Contract value: The total value of your contract before we deduct any applicable charges.

Contract year: A period of 12 months, starting on the effective date of your contract and on each anniversary of the effective date.

Fixed account: Part of our general account which includes the regular fixed account and the Special DCA fixed account (Current Contract) or the one-year fixed account and the DCA fixed account (Original Contract). Amounts you allocate to the fixed account earn interest rates we declare periodically. The regular fixed account under Current Contract Option C and one-year fixed account under Original Contract Option C may not be available or may be significantly limited in some states.

Funds: Investment options under your contract. You may allocate your purchase payments into subaccounts investing in shares of the funds.

Good order: We cannot process your transaction request relating to the contract until we have received the request in good order at our Service Center. “Good order” means the actual receipt of the requested transaction in writing, along with all information, forms and supporting legal documentation necessary to effect the transaction. To be in “good order,” your instructions must be sufficiently clear so that we do not need to exercise any discretion to follow such instructions. This information and documentation generally includes your completed request; the contract number; the transaction amount (in dollars); the names of and allocations to and/or from the subaccounts and the fixed account affected by the requested transaction; Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number; and any other information, forms or supporting documentation that we may require. For certain transactions, at our option, we may require the signature of all contract owners for the request to be in good order. With respect to purchase requests, “good order” also generally includes receipt of sufficient payment by us to effect the purchase. We may, in our sole discretion, determine whether any particular transaction request is in good order, and we reserve the right to change or waive any good order requirements at any time.

Guarantee Period: The number of successive 12-month periods that a guaranteed interest rate is credited.

Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs): A nonunitized separate account to which you may allocate purchase payments or transfer contract value of at least $1,000. These accounts have guaranteed interest rates for guarantee periods we declare when you allocate purchase payments or transfer contract value to a GPA. These guaranteed rates and periods of time may vary by state. Unless an exception applies, transfers or surrenders from a GPA done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will receive a market value adjustment, which may result in a gain or loss of principal.

Market Value Adjustment (MVA): A positive or negative adjustment assessed if any portion of a Guarantee Period Account is surrendered or transferred more than 30 days before the end of its guarantee period.

Owner (you, your): The person or persons identified in the contract as owners(s) of the contract, who has or have the right to control the contract (to decide on investment allocations, transfers, payout options, etc.). Usually, but not always, the owner is also the annuitant. During the owner’s life, the owner is responsible for taxes, regardless of whether he or she receives the contract’s benefits. The owner or any joint owner may be a non-natural person (e.g. irrevocable trust or corporation) or a revocable trust. If any owner is a non-natural person or revocable trust, the annuitant will

 

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    5

be deemed to be the owner for contract provisions that are based on the age or life of the owner. When the contract is owned by a revocable trust or irrevocable grantor trust, the annuitant selected should be the grantor of the trust to assure compliance with Section 72(s) of the Code. Any contract provisions that are based on the age of the owner will be based on the age of the oldest owner. Any ownership change, including continuation of the contract by your spouse under the spousal continuation provision of the contract, redefines “owner”, “you” and “your”.

Qualified annuity: A contract that you purchase to fund one of the following tax-deferred retirement plans that is subject to applicable federal law and any rules of the plan itself:

• Individual Retirement Annuities (IRAs) including inherited IRAs under Section 408(b) of the Code

• Roth IRAs including inherited Roth IRAs under Section 408A of the Code

• Simplified Employee Pension (SEP) plans under Section 408(k) of the Code

• Custodial and investment only plans under Section 401(a) of the Code

• Tax-Sheltered Annuity (TSA) rollovers under Section 403(b) of the Code

A qualified annuity will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral if it is used to fund a retirement plan that is already tax deferred.

All other contracts are considerednonqualified annuities.

Rider effective date: The date a rider becomes effective as stated in the rider.

RiverSource Life: In this prospectus, “we,” “us,” “our” and “RiverSource Life” refer to RiverSource Life Insurance Company.

Service Center: Our department that processes all transaction and service requests for the contracts. We consider all transaction and service requests received when they arrive in good order at the Service Center. Any transaction or service requests sent or directed to any location other than our Service Center may end up delayed or not processed. Our Service Center address and telephone number are listed on the first page of the prospectus.

Surrender value: The amount you are entitled to receive if you make a full surrender from your contract (referred to as “Withdrawal value” in the Original Contract). It is the contract value minus any applicable charges, plus any positive or negative market value adjustment. Throughout this prospectus when we use the term “Surrender” it includes the term “Withdrawal”.

Valuation date: Any normal business day, Monday through Friday, on which the NYSE is open, up to the time it closes. At the NYSE close, the next valuation date begins. We calculate the accumulation unit value of each subaccount on each valuation date. If we receive your purchase payment or any transaction request (such as a transfer or surrender request) in good order at our Service Center before the close of business, we will process your payment or transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your payment or transaction request. On the other hand, if we receive your purchase payment or transaction request in good order at our Service Center at or after the close of business, we will process your payment or transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date. If you make a transaction request by telephone (including by fax), you must have completed your transaction by the close of business in order for us to process it using the accumulation unit value we calculate on that valuation date. If you were not able to complete your transaction before the close of business for any reason, including telephone service interruptions or delays due to high call volume, we will process your transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date.

Variable account: Consists of separate subaccounts to which you may allocate purchase payments; each invests in shares of one fund. The value of your investment in each subaccount changes with the performance of the particular fund.

Withdrawal value: The amount you are entitled to receive if you make a full withdrawal from your contract (referred to as “Surrender value” in the Current Contract). It is the contract value minus any applicable charges, plus any positive or negative market value adjustment. Throughout this prospectus when we use the term “Surrender” it includes the term “Withdrawal”.

6    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The Contracts in Brief

This prospectus describes two versions of the Contract Option L and Contract Option C: the Current Contract (applications signed on or after Nov. 30, 2009, subject to state availability) and the Original Contract (applications signed prior to Nov. 30, 2009, or in states where the Current Contract was unavailable). The primary differences are disclosed in the following sections: “Key Terms”, “Expense Summary”, “Buying Your Contract”, “Benefits in Case of Death”, and “Optional Benefits.” The information in this prospectus applies to both contracts unless stated otherwise.

Each contract has different expenses. Contract Option L has lower expenses than Contract Option C. Contract Option L has a four-year surrender charge schedule that applies to each purchase payment you make. Contract Option C eliminates the purchase payment surrender charge schedule, but has a higher mortality and expense risk fee than Contract Option L. Contract Option L includes the option to purchase a living benefit rider. Contract Option C includes the option to purchase only one living benefit rider, Accumulation Protector Benefit rider; other living benefit riders are not currently available on Contract Option C. Your investment professional can help you determine which contract is best suited to your needs based on factors such as your investment goals and how long you intend to keep your contract.

Purpose: The purpose of each contract is to allow you to accumulate money for retirement or a similar long-term goal. You do this by making one or more purchase payments. For the Current Contract, you may allocate your purchase payments to the regular fixed account (Contract Option L only), the Special DCA fixed account, GPAs and/or subaccounts of the variable account under the contract. For the Original Contract, you may allocate your purchase payments to the one-year fixed account (if part of your contract), the DCA fixed account (if part of your contract), the GPAs and/or subaccounts of the variable account under the contract. When you invest in the subaccounts of the variable account, you risk losing amounts you invest. These accounts, in turn, may earn returns that increase the value of the contract. If the contract value goes to zero due to underlying fund’s performance or deduction of fees, the contract will no longer be in force and the contract (including any death benefit riders) will terminate. You may be able to purchase an optional benefit to reduce the investment risk you assume under the contract. Beginning at a specified time in the future called the annuitization start date, these contracts provide lifetime or other forms of payout of your contract value (less any applicable premium tax and/or other charges).

It may have not been advantageous for you to purchase this contract in exchange for, or in addition to, an existing annuity or life insurance policy. Generally, you can exchange one annuity for another or for a long-term care policy in a “tax-free” exchange under Section 1035 of the Code. You can also do a partial exchange from one annuity contract to another annuity contract, subject to

Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) rules. You also generally can exchange a life insurance policy for an annuity. However, before making an exchange, you should compare both contracts carefully because the features and benefits may be different. Fees and charges may be higher or lower on your old contract than on this contract. You may have to pay a surrender charge when you exchange out of your old contract and a new surrender period will begin when you exchange into this contract. If the exchange does not qualify for Section 1035 treatment, you also may have to pay federal income tax on the distribution. State income taxes may also apply. You should not exchange your old contract for this contract, or buy this contract in addition to your old contract, unless you determine it is in your best interest. (See “Taxes-1035 Exchanges”.)

Tax-deferred retirement plans: Most annuities have a tax-deferred feature. So do many retirement plans under the Code including 403(b) plans. As a result, when you use a qualified annuity to fund a retirement plan that is tax-deferred, your contract will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral beyond what is provided in that retirement plan. Some employers may permit you to deposit your contributions into other investments such as mutual funds. If such investments are available to you, before enrolling under the contract, you should consider features other than tax deferral that may help you reach your retirement goals. In addition, the Code subjects retirement plans to required withdrawals triggered at age 72 (triggered at age 70 ½ if you turned 70 ½ before Jan. 1, 2020). These mandatory withdrawals are called required minimum distributions (“RMDs”). RMDs may reduce the value of certain death benefits and optional riders (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). You should consult your tax advisor before you purchase the contract as a qualified annuity for an explanation of the tax implications to you.

Buying a contract: We no longer offer new contracts. However, you have the option of making additional purchase payments in the future, subject to certain limitations. Purchase payment amounts and purchase payment timing may be limited under the terms of your contract and/or pursuant to state requirements. (See “Buying Your Contract”).

Free look period: The contracts in this prospectus are no longer sold. Generally, all available free look periods have now expired.

Accounts: Generally, you may allocate purchase payments among the:

• subaccounts of the variable account, each of which invests in a fund with a particular investment objective. The value of each subaccount varies with the performance of the particular fund in which it invests. We cannot guarantee that the value at the annuitization start date will equal or exceed the total

 

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    7

	purchase payments you allocate to the subaccounts. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds”).
•	GPAs which earn interest at rates declared when you make an allocation to that account. The required minimum investment in each GPA is $1,000. These accounts may not be available in all states. (See “The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)”)
•	for the Current Contract:

– regular fixed account (Contract Option L only), which earns interest at rates that we adjust periodically. There are restrictions on transfers from this account and may be restrictions on the amount you can allocate to this account (see “The Fixed Account –The Regular Fixed Account”).

– Special DCA fixed account, which earns interest at rates that we adjust periodically. There are restrictions on how long contract value can remain in this account. (See “The Fixed Account – The Special DCA Fixed Account”).

• for the Original Contract:

– one-year fixed account (Contract Option L only), if part of your contract, which earns interest at rates that we adjust periodically. There are restrictions on the amount you can allocate to this account as well as on transfers from this account (see “The Fixed Account – One-Year Fixed Account“ ).

– DCA fixed account, if part of your contract, which earns interest at rates that we adjust periodically. There are restrictions on how long contract value can remain in this account. (See “The Fixed Account – DCA Fixed Account”).

Transfers: Subject to certain restrictions, you currently may redistribute your contract value among the accounts without charge at any time until the annuitization start date, and once per contract year among the subaccounts after the annuitization start date. Transfers out of the GPAs done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will be subject to an MVA, unless an exception applies. You may establish automated transfers among the accounts. Transfers into the Special DCA fixed account (Current Contract) and DCA fixed account (Original Contract) are not permitted. GPAs, the regular fixed account (Current Contract) and the one-year fixed account (Original Contract) are subject to special restrictions. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transferring Among Accounts”).

Surrenders: You may surrender all or part of your contract value at any time before the annuitization start date. You also may establish automated partial surrenders. Surrenders may be subject to charges and income taxes (including a 10% IRS penalty that may apply if you make surrenders prior to your reaching age 59½) and may have other tax consequences. If you have elected theSecureSource Stages rider or theSecureSource 20 rider, please consider carefully when you take withdrawals. If you take any withdrawals during the 3-year waiting period, your benefits will be set to zero

until the end of the waiting period when they will be reset based on your contract value at that time and you will no longer be eligible to receive the 20% credit available under theSecureSource 20 rider or any future rider credits under theSecureSource Stages. Certain other restrictions may apply. (See “Surrenders”).

Optional benefits:These contracts offered optional living and death benefits that were available for additional charges if you met certain criteria. Please note, since the contracts in this prospectus are no longer sold, any optional benefits you may have elected were done so at the time of application. You cannot add optional benefits to your contract after it has been issued. Any optional benefits we describe are not available to add to your contract. (See “Optional Benefits”).

Optional living benefits include: different versions of the guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits, which permit you to withdraw a guaranteed amount from the contract over a period of time, Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, which provides you with a guaranteed contract value at the end of specified waiting period regardless of the volatility inherent in the investments in the subaccounts, and Income Assurer Benefit rider, which provides you with a guaranteed minimum income regardless of the volatility inherent in the investments in the subaccounts. Guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits permit you to withdraw a guaranteed amount from the contract over a period of time, which may include the lifetime of a single person (Single Life) or the lifetime of you and your spouse (Joint Life). Guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits areSecureSourceseries riders, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider and Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider. When used in this prospectus, the term “SecureSourceseries” includes: theSecureSource Stages 2 riders, theSecureSource Stages riders, theSecureSource 20 riders and the SecureSource riders, except where theSecureSource Stages 2 riders, theSecureSource Stages riders,SecureSource 20 riders andSecureSource riders are specifically referenced and distinguished from other riders in theSecureSource series.

If you selected an optional living benefit, we restrict investment options available to you which may limit transfers and allocations; may limit the timing, amount and allocation of purchase payments; and may limit the amount of surrenders that can be taken under the optional benefit during a contract year. For more information on optional living benefits, please see “Optional Benefits — Optional Living Benefits”. Optional benefits vary by state and may have eligibility requirements.

We offered the following optional death benefits: MAV Death Benefit, 5% Accumulation Death Benefit, Enhanced Death Benefit, Benefit Protector Death Benefit rider and Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit rider. Benefit Protector Death Benefit rider and Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit rider are intended to provide an additional benefit to your beneficiary to help offset expenses after your death such as funeral expenses or federal and state taxes.

8    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Benefits in case of death: For the Current Contract, if you die before the annuitization start date, we will pay the beneficiary an amount based on the applicable death benefit. For the Original Contract, if you or the annuitant die before the annuitization start date, we will pay the beneficiary an amount based on the applicable death benefit. (See “Benefits in Case of Death”).

Annuity payouts: You can apply your contract value, after reflecting any adjustments, to an annuity payout plan that begins on the annuitization start date. You may

choose from a variety of plans that can help meet your retirement or other income needs. The payout schedule must meet IRS requirements. We can make payouts on a fixed or variable basis, or both. During the annuity payout period, your choices for subaccounts may be limited. The GPAs, the Special DCA fixed account (Current Contract) and the DCA fixed accounts (Original Contract) are not available after the annuitization start date. (See “The Annuity Payout Period”).

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    9

Expense Summary

The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you paid when buying, owning and making a surrender from the contract. The first table describes the fees and expenses that you paid at the time that you bought the contract and will pay when you make a surrender from the contract. State premium taxes also may be deducted.

Current Contract:

(applications signed on or after Nov. 30, 2009, subject to state availability)

Contract Owner Transaction Expenses

Surrender charge

(Contingent deferred sales charge as a percentage of purchase payments surrendered)

You select either contract Option L or Option C at the time of application. Option C has no surrender charge schedule but carries a higher mortality and expense risk fee than Option L.

Contract Option L Number of completed years from date of each purchase payment*	Surrender charge percentage applied to each purchase payment
0	8%
1	8
2	7
3	6
4+	0

* According to our current administrative practice, for the purpose of surrender charge calculation, we consider that the year is completed one day prior to the anniversary of the day each purchase payment was received.

Liquidation charge under Variable Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:If you are receiving variable annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to surrender those payments. The amount that you can surrender is the present value of any remaining variable payouts. The discount rate we use in the calculation will be 5.17% if the assumed investment return is 3.5% and 6.67% if the assumed investment return is 5%. The liquidation charge equals the present value of the remaining payouts using the assumed investment return minus the present value of the remaining payouts using the discount rate. (See “Charges — SurrenderCharge” and “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Surrender charge for Fixed Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:

Number of Completed Years Since Annuitization	Surrender charge percentage
0	Not applicable*
1	5%
2	4
3	3
4	2
5	1
6 and thereafter	0

*We do not permit surrenders in the first year after annuitization.

The next tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay periodically during the time that you own the contract, not including fund fees and expenses.

Annual contract administrative charge	Maximum: $50	Current: $40
Annual contract administrative charge if your contract value equals or exceeds $50,000	Maximum: $20	Current: $0
Contract administrative charge at full surrender	Maximum: $50	Current: $40

Annual Variable Account Expenses

(As a percentage of average daily subaccount value.)

You must choose either contract Option L or Option C and one of the death benefit guarantees. The combination you choose determines the mortality and expense risk fee you pay. The table below shows the combinations available to you and their cost. The variable account administrative charge is in addition to the mortality and expense risk fee.

10    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If you select contract Option L and:	Mortality and expense risk fee	Variable account administrative charge	Total variable account expense
CV Death Benefit*	1.55%	0.15%	1.70%
ROPP Death Benefit	1.55	0.15	1.70
MAV Death Benefit	1.80	0.15	1.95
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.95	0.15	2.10
Enhanced Death Benefit	2.00	0.15	2.15

If you select contract Option C and:	Mortality and expense risk fee	Variable account administrative charge	Total variable account expense
CV Death Benefit*	1.65%	0.15%	1.80%
ROPP Death Benefit	1.65	0.15	1.80
MAV Death Benefit	1.90	0.15	2.05
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	2.05	0.15	2.20
Enhanced Death Benefit	2.10	0.15	2.25

* CV Death Benefit is available only after an ownership change or spousal continuation if any owner or spouse who continues the contract is over age 85 and therefore cannot qualify for the ROPP death benefit.

Other Annual Expenses

Optional Death Benefits

If eligible, you may have selected an optional death benefit in addition to the ROPP and MAV Death Benefits. The fees apply only if you have selected one of these benefits.

Benefit Protector® Death Benefit rider fee	0.25%
Benefit Protector® Plus Death Benefit rider fee	0.40%

(As a percentage of the contract value charge annually on the contract anniversary.)

Optional Living Benefits

If eligible, you may have selected one of the following optional living benefits if available in your state. The fees apply only if you have selected one of these benefits. Investment allocation restrictions apply.

SecureSource Stages 2SM – Single life rider fee	Maximum: 1.75%	Current: 0.95%
SecureSource Stages 2SM – Joint life rider fee	Maximum: 2.25%	Current: 1.15%

(Charged annually on the contract anniversary as a percentage of contract value or the total Benefit Base, whichever is greater.)

Accumulation Protector Benefit^® rider fee

For applications signed:	Maximum annual rider fee	Initial annual rider fee and annual rider fee for elective step-ups before 10/20/2012
05/03/2010 – 07/18/2010	1.75%	0.95%
07/19/2010 –10/03/2010	1.75%	1.10%
10/04/2010 – 12/31/2010	1.75%	1.50%

(Charged annually on the contract anniversary as a percentage of the contract value or the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value, whichever is greater.)

Current annual rider fees for elective step-up (including elective spousal continuation step-up) requests on/after 10/20/2012 are shown in the table below.

Elective step up date:	If invested in Portfolio Navigator fund at the time of step-up:	If invested in Portfolio Stabilizer fund at the time of step-up:
10/20/2012 – 11/ 17/2013	1.75%	n/a
11/18/2013 – 10/17/2014	1.75%	1.30%
10/18/2014 – 06/30/2016	1.60%	1.00%
07/01/2016 – 10/15/2018	1.75%	1.30%
10/16/2018 – 12/29/2019	1.40%	1.00%
12/30/2019 – 07/20/2020	1.55%	1.15%

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    11

Elective step up date:	If invested in Portfolio Navigator fund at the time of step-up:	If invested in Portfolio Stabilizer fund at the time of step-up:
07/21/2020 and later	1.75%	1.75%

SecureSource® Stages – Single life rider fee	Maximum: 2.00%	Current: 1.10%
SecureSource® Stages – Joint life rider fee	Maximum: 2.50%	Current: 1.35%

(Charged annually on the contract anniversary as a percentage of the contract value or the Benefit Base, whichever is greater.)

Original Contract:

(applications signed prior to Nov. 30, 2009 or in states where the Current Contract was not available)

Contract Owner Transaction Expenses

Surrender charge

(Contingent deferred sales charge as a percentage of purchase payments surrendered)

You select either contract Option L or Option C at the time of application. Option C has no surrender charge schedule but carries a higher mortality and expense risk fee than Option L.

Contract Option L Number of completed years from date of each purchase payment*	Surrender charge percentage applied to each purchase payment
0	8%
1	8
2	7
3	6
4+	0

* According to our current administrative practice, for the purpose of surrender charge calculation, we consider that the year is completed one day prior to the anniversary of the day each purchase payment was received.

Liquidation charge under Variable Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:If you are receiving variable annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to surrender those payments. The amount that you can surrender is the present value of any remaining variable payouts. The discount rate we use in the calculation will be 5.17% if the assumed investment return is 3.5% and 6.67% if the assumed investment return is 5%. The liquidation charge equals the present value of the remaining payouts using the assumed investment return minus the present value of the remaining payouts using the discount rate. (See “Charges — SurrenderCharge” and “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Surrender charge for Fixed Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:

Number of Completed Years Since Annuitization	Surrender charge percentage
0	Not applicable*
1	5%
2	4
3	3
4	2
5	1
6 and thereafter	0

*We do not permit surrenders in the first year after annuitization.

The next tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay periodically during the time that you own the contract, not including fund fees and expenses.

Annual contract administrative charge and at full surrender $40

(We will waive this charge when your contract value is $50,000 or more on the current contract anniversary except at full surrender.)

Annual Variable Account Expenses

(As a percentage of average daily subaccount value.)

You must choose either contract Option L or Option C and one of the death benefit guarantees. The combination you choose determines the mortality and expense risk fee you pay. The table below shows the combinations available to you and their cost. The variable account administrative charge is in addition to the mortality and expense risk fee.

12    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If you select contract Option L and:	Mortality and expense risk fee	Variable account administrative charge	Total variable account expense
ROP Death Benefit	1.55%	0.15%	1.70%
MAV Death Benefit	1.75	0.15	1.90
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.90	0.15	2.05
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.95	0.15	2.10

If you select contract Option C and:	Mortality and expense risk fee	Variable account administrative charge	Total variable account expense
ROP Death Benefit	1.65%	0.15%	1.80%
MAV Death Benefit	1.85	0.15	2.00
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	2.00	0.15	2.15
Enhanced Death Benefit	2.05	0.15	2.20

Other Annual Expenses

Optional Death Benefits

If eligible, you may have selected an optional death benefit in addition to the ROPP and MAV Death Benefits. The fees apply only if you have selected one of these benefits.

Benefit Protector® Death Benefit rider fee	0.25%
Benefit Protector® Plus Death Benefit rider fee	0.40%

(As a percentage of the contract value charge annually on the contract anniversary.)

Optional Living Benefits

If eligible, you may have selected one of the following optional living benefits if available in your state. The fees apply only if you have selected one of these benefits. Investment allocation restrictions apply.

Accumulation Protector Benefit^® rider fee

Contract purchase date:	Maximum annual rider fee	Initial annual rider fee and annual rider fee for elective step-ups before 04/29/2013
Prior to 01/26/2009	1.75%	0.55%
01/26/2009 – 05/31/2009	1.75%	0.80%

(Charged annually on the contract anniversary as a percentage of the contract value or the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value, whichever is greater.)

Current annual rider fees for elective step-up (including elective spousal continuation step-up) requests on/after 04/29/2013 are shown in the table below.

Elective step up date:	If invested in Portfolio Navigator fund at the time of step-up:	If invested in Portfolio Stabilizer fund at the time of step-up:
04/29/2013 – 11/17/2013	1.75%	n/a
11/18/2013 – 10/17/2014	1.75%	1.30%
10/18/2014 – 06/30/2016	1.60%	1.00%
07/01/2016 – 10/15/2018	1.75%	1.30%
10/16/2018 – 12/29/2019	1.40%	1.00%
12/30/2019 – 07/20/2020	1.55%	1.15%
07/21/2020 and later	1.75%	1.75%

SecureSource® 20 – Single life rider fee	Maximum: 2.00%	Current: 1.25%
SecureSource® 20 – Joint life rider fee	Maximum: 2.50%	Current: 1.55%

(Charged annually on the contract anniversary as a percentage of the contract value or the total Remaining Benefit Amount, whichever is greater.)

SecureSource^® rider fees

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    13

Application signed date	Maximum annual rider fee	Initial annual rider fee(1)
5/1/2007 – 5/31/2008, Single Life	1.50%	0.65%
5/1/2007 – 5/31/2008, Joint Life	1.75%	0.85%
6/1/2008 – 1/25/2009, Single Life	1.50%	0.75%
6/1/2008 – 1/25/2009, Joint Life	1.75%	0.95%
1/26/2009 and later, Single Life	2.00%	1.10%
1/26/2009 and later, Joint Life	2.50%	1.40%

(Charged annually on the contract anniversary as a percentage of the contract value or the total Remaining Benefit Amount, whichever is greater.)

⁽¹⁾ Effective Dec. 18, 2013 if you request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up, or move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is more aggressive than your current Portfolio Navigator fund allocation, the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are invested following the change as shown in the table below.

Application signed date		Portfolio Navigator Funds
	All Portfolio Stabilizer funds	Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)
5/1/2007 – 5/31/2008, Single Life	0.65%	0.75%	0.75%	0.75%	0.90%	1.00%
5/1/2007 – 5/31/2008, Joint Life	0.85%	0.95%	0.95%	0.95%	1.10%	1.20%
6/1/2008 – 1/25/2009, Single Life	0.75%	0.85%	0.85%	0.85%	1.00%	1.10%
6/1/2008 – 1/25/2009, Joint Life	0.95%	1.05%	1.05%	1.05%	1.20%	1.30%
1/26/2009 and later, Single Life	1.10%	1.10%	1.10%	1.10%	1.20%	1.30%
1/26/2009 and later, Joint Life	1.40%	1.40%	1.40%	1.40%	1.50%	1.60%

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life^® rider fee Maximum: 1.50% Initial: 0.65%⁽²⁾

(Charged annually on the contract anniversary as a percentage of the contract value or the total Remaining Benefit Amount, whichever is greater.)

⁽²⁾ Effective Dec. 18, 2013 if you request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up or move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is more aggressive than your current Portfolio Navigator fund allocation, the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are invested following the change as shown in the table below.

Fund name	Current fee as of 12/18/13
Portfolio Stabilizer funds	0.65%
Portfolio Navigator funds:
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	0.80%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	0.80%
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	0.80%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	0.95%
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.10%

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider fee Maximum: 1.50% Initial: 0.55%⁽³⁾

(As a percentage of contract value charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

⁽³⁾ Effective Dec. 18, 2013 if you request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up or move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is more aggressive than your current Portfolio Navigator fund allocation, the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are invested following the change as shown in the table below.

Fund name	Current fee as of 12/18/13
Portfolio Stabilizer funds	0.55%
Portfolio Navigator funds:
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	0.85%
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.00%

Income Assurer Benefit^® – MAV rider fee Maximum: 1.50% Current: 0.30%⁽⁴⁾

14    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Income Assurer Benefit® – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base rider fee	Maximum: 1.75%	Current: 0.60%(4)
Income Assurer Benefit® – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base rider fee	Maximum: 2.00%	Current: 0.65%(4)

(As a percentage of the guaranteed income benefit base charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

⁽⁴⁾ For applications signed prior to Oct. 7, 2004, the following current annual rider charges apply: Income Assurer Benefit – MAV — 0.55%, Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base — 0.70%; and Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base — 0.75%.

Annual Operating Expenses of the Funds

The next table provides the minimum and maximum total operating expenses charged by the underlying funds that you may pay periodically during the time that you own the contract. These operating expenses are for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, unless otherwise noted. More detail concerning each underlying fund’s fees and expenses is contained in each fund’s prospectus.

Minimum and maximum annual operating expenses for the funds

(Including management, distribution (12b-1) and/or service fees and other expenses)⁽¹⁾

	Minimum(%)	Maximum(%)
Total expenses before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements	0.39	1.82

⁽¹⁾ Total annual fund operating expenses are deducted from amounts that are allocated to the fund. They include management fees and other expenses and may include distribution (12b-1) fees. Other expenses may include service fees that may be used to compensate service providers, including us and our affiliates, for administrative and contract owner services provided on behalf of the fund. The amount of these payments will vary by fund and may be significant. See “The Variable Account and the Funds” for additional information, including potential conflicts of interest these payments may create. Distribution (12b-1) fees are used to finance any activity that is primarily intended to result in the sale of fund shares. Because 12b-1 fees are paid out of fund assets on an ongoing basis, you may pay more if you select subaccounts investing in funds that have adopted 12b-1 plans than if you select subaccounts investing in funds that have not adopted 12b-1 plans. For a more complete description of each fund’s fees and expenses and important disclosure regarding payments the fund and/or its affiliates make, please review the fund’s prospectus and SAI.

Examples

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in these contracts with the cost of investing in other variable annuity contracts. These costs include your transaction expenses, contract administrative charges, variable account annual expenses and fund fees and expenses.

These examples assume that you invest $10,000 in the contract for the time periods indicated. These examples also assume that your investment has a 5% return each year.

Current Contract:

(applications signed on or after Nov. 30, 2009, subject to state availability)

Contract Option L

Maximum Expenses. These examples assume the most expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the maximum fees and expenses of the funds available with living benefit riders* and before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the MAV Death Benefit, theSecureSource Stages 2 – Joint Life rider and the Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit^(1),(3). Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on the assumptions your costs would be:

* Note: Not all funds offered may be available for contracts with living benefit riders.

	If you surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not surrender your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Contract Option L	$1,364	$2,500	$3,300	$6,755	$644	$1,958	$3,300	$6,755

Contract Option C

Maximum Expenses.These examples assume the most expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the maximum fees and expenses of the funds* available with living benefit riders and before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the MAV Death Benefit, the Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider and the Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit^(1),(3). Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on the assumptions your costs would be:

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    15

	If you surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not surrender your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Contract Option C	$590	$1,755	$2,905	$5,722	$590	$1,755	$2,905	$5,722

* Note: Not all funds offered may be available for contracts with living benefit riders.

All Current Contracts

Minimum Expenses. These examples assume the least expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the minimum fees and expenses of any of the funds before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the ROPP Death Benefit and do not select any optional benefits⁽²⁾. Although your actual costs may be higher, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

	If you surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not surrender your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Contract Option L	$994	$1,361	$1,325	$2,798	$254	$779	$1,325	$2,798
Contract Option C	264	809	1,377	2,901	264	809	1,377	2,901

16    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Original Contract:

(applications signed prior to Nov. 30, 2009 or in states where the Current Contract was not available)

Contract Option L

Maximum Expenses. These examples assume the most expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the maximum fees and expenses of the funds* available with living benefit riders and before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the MAV Death Benefit, theSecureSource – Joint Life rider orSecureSource 20– Joint Life rider and the Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit.^(2),(3) Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on the assumptions your costs would be:

* Note: Certain funds are not available for contracts with living benefit riders and may have higher fund expenses than the associated fund expenses shown here.

	If you surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not surrender your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Contract Option L	$1,361	$2,500	$3,301	$6,532	$641	$1,959	$3,301	$6,532

Contract Option C

Maximum Expenses. These examples assume the most expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the maximum fees and expenses of any of the funds before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the MAV Death Benefit and the Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit⁽²⁾​​^,(3). Although your actual costs may be lower, based on the assumptions your costs would be:

	If you surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not surrender your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Contract Option C	$472	$1,420	$2,372	$4,775	$472	$1,420	$2,372	$4,775

All Original Contracts

Minimum Expenses.These examples assume the least expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the minimum fees and expenses of any of the funds before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the ROP Death Benefit and do not select any optional benefits⁽²⁾. Although your actual costs may be higher, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

	If you surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not surrender your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Contract Option L	$994	$1,361	$1,325	$2,798	$254	$779	$1,325	$2,798
Contract Option C	264	809	1,377	2,901	264	809	1,377	2,901

(1)	In these examples, the contract administrative charge is $50.
(2)	In these examples, the contract administrative charge is $40.
(3)	Because these examples are intended to illustrate the most expensive combination of contract features, the maximum annual fee for each optional rider is reflected rather than the fee that is currently being charged.

THE EXAMPLES ARE ILLUSTRATIVE ONLY. YOU SHOULD NOT CONSIDER THESE EXAMPLES AS A REPRESENTATION OF PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES. ACTUAL EXPENSES WILL BE HIGHER OR LOWER THAN THOSE SHOWN DEPENDING UPON WHICH OPTIONAL BENEFIT YOU ELECT OTHER THAN INDICATED IN THE EXAMPLES OR IF YOU ALLOCATE CONTRACT VALUE TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE SUBACCOUNTS.

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    17

Condensed Financial Information

You can find unaudited condensed financial information for the subaccounts representing the lowest and highest total annual variable account expense combinations in Appendix Q.

Financial Statements

You can find our audited financial statements and the audited financial statements of the divisions, which are comprised of subaccounts, in the SAI. The SAI does not include audited financial statements for divisions that are new (if any) and have no activity as of the financial statements date.

The Variable Account and the Funds

Variable Account. The variable account was established under Indiana law on July 15, 1987, and the subaccounts are registered together as a single unit investment trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the 1940 Act). This registration does not involve any supervision of our management or investment practices and policies by the SEC. All obligations arising under the contracts are general obligations of RiverSource Life.

The variable account meets the definition of a separate account under federal securities laws. We credit or charge income, capital gains and capital losses of each subaccount only to that subaccount. State insurance law prohibits us from charging a subaccount with liabilities of any other subaccount or of our general business. The variable account includes other subaccounts that are available under contracts that are not described in this prospectus.

The IRS has issued guidance on investor control but may issue additional guidance in the future. We reserve the right to modify the contract or any investments made under the terms of the contract so that the investor control rules do not apply to treat the contract owner as the owner of the subaccount assets rather than the owner of an annuity contract. If the contract is not treated as an annuity contract for tax purposes, the owner may be subject to current taxation on any current or accumulated income credited to the contract.

We intend to comply with all federal tax laws so that the contract qualifies as an annuity for federal tax purposes. We reserve the right to modify the contract as necessary in order to qualify the contract as an annuity for federal tax purposes.

The Funds. This contract currently offers subaccounts investing in shares of the funds listed in the table below.

• Investment objectives: The investment managers and advisers cannot guarantee that the funds will meet their investment objectives. Please read the funds’ prospectuses for facts you should know before investing. These prospectuses are available by contacting us at the address or telephone number on the first page of this prospectus.

• Fund name and management: A fund underlying your contract in which a subaccount invests may have a name, portfolio manager, objectives, strategies and characteristics that are the same or substantially similar to those of a publicly-traded retail mutual fund. Despite these similarities, an underlying fund is not the same as any publicly-traded retail mutual fund. Each underlying fund will have its own unique portfolio holdings, fees, operating expenses and operating results. The results of each underlying fund may differ significantly from any publicly-traded retail mutual fund.

• Eligible purchasers: All funds are available to serve as the underlying investments for variable annuities and variable life insurance policies. The funds are not available to the public (see “Fund Name and Management” above). Some funds also are available to serve as investment options for tax-deferred retirement plans. It is possible that in the future for tax, regulatory or other reasons, it may be disadvantageous for variable annuity accounts and variable life insurance accounts and/or tax-deferred retirement plans to invest in the available funds simultaneously. Although we and the funds’ providers do not currently foresee any such disadvantages, the boards of directors or trustees of each fund will monitor events in order to identify any material conflicts between annuity owners, policy owners and tax-deferred retirement plans and to determine what action, if any, should be taken in response to a conflict. If a board were to conclude that it should establish separate fund providers for the variable annuity, variable life insurance and tax-deferred retirement plan accounts, you would not bear any expenses associated with establishing separate funds. Please refer to the funds’ prospectuses for risk disclosure regarding simultaneous investments by variable annuity, variable life insurance and tax-deferred retirement plan accounts. Each fund intends to comply with the diversification requirements under Section 817(h) of the Code.

• Asset allocation programs may impact fund performance: Asset allocation programs in general may negatively impact the performance of an underlying fund. Even if you do not participate in an asset allocation program, a fund in which your subaccount invests may be impacted if it is included in an asset allocation program. Rebalancing or reallocation under the terms of the asset allocation program may cause a fund to lose money if it must sell large amounts of securities to meet a redemption request. These losses can be greater if the fund holds securities that are not as liquid as others, for example, various types of bonds, shares of smaller companies and securities of foreign issuers. A fund may also experience higher expenses because it must sell or buy securities more frequently

18    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

	than it otherwise might in the absence of asset allocation program rebalancing or reallocations. Because asset allocation programs include periodic rebalancing and may also include reallocation, these effects may occur under the asset allocation program we offer or under asset allocation programs used in conjunction with the contracts and plans of other eligible purchasers of the funds.
•	Funds available under the contract: We seek to provide a broad array of underlying funds taking into account the fees and charges imposed by each fund and the contract charges we impose. We select the underlying funds in which the subaccounts initially invest and when there is substitution (see “Substitution of Investments”). We also make all decisions regarding which funds to retain in a contract, which funds to add to a contract and which funds will no longer be offered in a contract. In making these decisions, we may consider various objective and subjective factors. Objective factors include, but are not limited to fund performance, fund expenses, classes of fund shares available, size of the fund and investment objectives and investing style of the fund. Subjective factors include, but are not limited to, investment sub-styles and process, management skill and history at other funds and portfolio concentration and sector weightings. We also consider the levels and types of revenue a fund, its distributor, investment adviser, subadviser, transfer agent or their affiliates pay us and our affiliates. This revenue includes, but is not limited to compensation for administrative services provided with respect to the fund and support of marketing and distribution expenses incurred with respect to the fund.
•	Money Market fund yield: In low interest rate environments, money market fund yields may decrease to a level where the deduction of fees and charges associated with your contract could result in negative net performance, resulting in a corresponding decrease in your contract value.
•	Risks and Conflicts of Interest with Certain Funds Advised by Columbia Management. We are an affiliate of Ameriprise Financial, Inc., which is the parent company of Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC (Columbia Management). Columbia Management acts as investment adviser to several funds of funds, including Portfolio Navigator and Portfolio Stabilizer funds. As such, it retains full discretion over the investment activities and investment decisions of the funds. These funds invest in other registered mutual funds. In providing investment advisory services for the funds and the underlying funds in which those funds respectively invest, Columbia Management is, together with its affiliates, including us, subject to competing interests that may influence its decisions. These competing interests typically arise because Columbia Management or one of its affiliates serves as the investment adviser to the underlying funds and may provide other services in connection with such underlying funds, and because the compensation we and our affiliates receive for providing these investment advisory and other services varies depending on the underlying fund.
•	Volatility and Volatility Management Risk with the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. Portfolio Stabilizer funds are managed volatility funds that employ a strategy designed to reduce overall volatility and downside risk. These types of funds are available under the contracts and one or more of these funds may be offered in other variable annuity and variable life insurance products offered by us. These funds may also be used in conjunction with guaranteed living benefit riders we offer with various annuity contracts.
	Conflicts may arise because the manner in which these funds and their strategies are executed by Columbia Management are expected to benefit us by reducing our financial risk and expense in offering guaranteed living benefit riders. Managed volatility funds employ a strategy to reduce overall volatility and downside risk. A successful strategy may result in smaller losses to your contract value when markets are declining and market volatility is high. In turn, a successful strategy may also result in less gain in your contract value during rising markets with higher volatility when compared to funds not employing a managed volatility strategy. Accordingly, although an investment in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds may mitigate declines in your contract value due to declining equity markets, the Funds’ investment strategies may also curb or decrease your contract value during periods of positive performance by the equity markets. There is no guarantee any of the funds’ strategies will be successful. When offered with a guaranteed living benefit, managed volatility funds may decrease the number and amount of any periodic benefit base increase opportunities. Costs associated with running a managed volatility strategy may also adversely impact the performance of managed volatility funds.
	While Columbia Management is the investment adviser to the Portfolio Navigator and Portfolio Stabilizer funds, it provides no investment advice to you as to whether an allocation to the funds is appropriate for you. You must decide whether an investment in these funds is right for you. Additional information on the funds, including risks and conflicts of interest, is included in their respective prospectuses. Columbia Management advised fund of funds and managed volatility funds and their investment objectives are listed in the table below.
•	Revenue we receive from the funds and potential conflicts of interest:

Expenses We May Incur on Behalf of the Funds

When a subaccount invests in a fund, the fund holds a single account in the name of the variable account. As such, the variable account is actually the shareholder of the fund. We, through our variable account, aggregate the transactions of numerous contract owners and submit net purchase and redemption requests to the funds on a daily basis. In addition, we track individual contract owner transactions and provide confirmations, periodic statements, and other required mailings. These costs would normally be borne by the fund, but we incur them instead.

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    19

Besides incurring these administrative expenses on behalf of the funds, we also incur distributions expenses in selling our contracts. By extension, the distribution expenses we incur benefit the funds we make available due to contract owner elections to allocate purchase payments to the funds through the subaccounts. In addition, the funds generally incur lower distribution expenses when offered through our variable account in contrast to being sold on a retail basis.

A complete list of why we may receive this revenue, as well as sources of revenue, is described in detail below.

Payments the Funds May Make to Us

We or our affiliates may receive from each of the funds, or their affiliates, compensation including but not limited to expense payments. These payments are designed in part to compensate us for the expenses we may incur on behalf of the funds. In addition to these payments, the funds may compensate us for wholesaling activities or to participate in educational or marketing seminars sponsored by the funds.

We or our affiliates may receive revenue derived from the 12b-1 fees charged by the funds. These fees are deducted from the assets of the funds. This revenue and the amount by which it can vary may create conflicts of interest. The amount, type, and manner in which the revenue from these sources is computed vary by fund.

Conflicts of Interest These Payments May Create

When we determined the charges to impose under the contracts, we took into account anticipated payments from the funds. If we had not taken into account these anticipated payments, the charges under the contract would have been higher. Additionally, the amount of payment we receive from a fund or its affiliate may create an incentive for us to include that fund as an investment option and may influence our decision regarding which funds to include in the variable account as subaccount options for contract owners. Funds that offer lower payments or no payments may also have corresponding expense structures that are lower, resulting in decreased overall fees and expenses to shareholders.

We offer funds managed by our affiliates Columbia Management and Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLC (Columbia Wanger). We have additional financial incentive to offer our affiliated funds because additional assets held by them generally results in added revenue to us and our parent company, Ameriprise Financial, Inc. Additionally, employees of Ameriprise Financial, Inc. and its affiliates, including our employees, may be separately incented to include the affiliated funds in the products, as employee compensation and business unit operating goals at all levels are tied to the success of the company. Currently, revenue received from our affiliated funds comprises the greatest amount and percentage of revenue we derive from payments made by the funds.

The Amount of Payments We Receive from the Funds

We or our affiliates receive revenue which ranges up to 0.65% of the average daily net assets invested in the funds through this and other contracts we and our affiliates issue.

Why revenues are paid to us: In accordance with applicable laws, regulations and the terms of the agreements under which such revenue is paid, we or our affiliates may receive revenue, including, but not limited to expense payments and non-cash compensation, for various purposes:

• Compensating, training and educating investment professionals who sell the contracts.

• Granting access to our employees whose job it is to promote sales of the contracts by authorized selling firms and their investment professionals, and granting access to investment professionals of our affiliated selling firms.

• Activities or services we or our affiliates provide that assist in the promotion and distribution of the contracts including promoting the funds available under the contracts to contract owners, authorized selling firms and investment professionals.

• Providing sub-transfer agency and shareholder servicing to contract owners.

• Promoting, including and/or retaining the fund’s investment portfolios as underlying investment options in the contracts.

• Advertising, printing and mailing sales literature, and printing and distributing prospectuses and reports.

• Furnishing personal services to contract owners, including education of contract owners regarding the funds, answering routine inquiries regarding a fund, maintaining accounts or providing such other services eligible for service fees as defined under the rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA).

• Subaccounting services, transaction processing, recordkeeping and administration.

• Sources of revenue received from affiliated funds: The affiliated funds are managed by Columbia Management or Columbia Wanger. The sources of revenue we receive from these affiliated funds, or from the funds’ affiliates, may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Assets of the fund’s adviser, sub-adviser, transfer agent, distributor or an affiliate of these. The revenue resulting from these sources may be based either on a percentage of average daily net assets of the fund or on the actual cost of certain services we provide with respect to the fund. We may receive this revenue either in the form of a cash payment or it may be allocated to us.

• Compensation paid out of 12b-1 fees that are deducted from fund assets.

20    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• Sources of revenue received from unaffiliated funds: The unaffiliated funds are not managed by an affiliate of ours. The sources of revenue we receive from these unaffiliated funds, or the funds’ affiliates, may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Assets of the fund’s adviser, sub-adviser, transfer agent, distributor or an affiliate of these. The revenue resulting from these sources may be based on a percentage of average daily net assets of the fund or on the actual cost of certain services we provide with respect to the fund. We receive this revenue in the form of a cash payment.

• Compensation paid out of 12b-1 fees that are deducted from fund assets.

Unless the PN program is in effect or you have selected one of the optional living benefit riders, you may allocate purchase payments and transfers to any or all of the subaccounts of the variable account that invest in shares of the funds listed in the table below. From time to time, certain fund names are changed. When we are notified of a name change, we will make changes so that the new name is properly shown. However, changes may take some period of time to complete. As a result it is possible you may receive various forms, reports and confirmations that reflect a fund’s prior name.

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
AB VPS Balanced Wealth Strategy Portfolio (Class B)	N	Y	Seeks to maximize total return consistent with AllianceBernstein's determination of reasonable risk.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
AB VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio (Class B)	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
AB VPS Growth and Income Portfolio (Class B)	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
AB VPS International Value Portfolio (Class B)	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	AllianceBernstein L.P.
American Century VP Inflation Protection, Class II	N	Y	Seeks long-term total return using a strategy that seeks to protect against U.S. inflation.	American Century Investment Management, Inc.
American Century VP International, Class II	N	Y	Seeks capital growth.	American Century Investment Management, Inc.
American Century VP Mid Cap Value, Class II	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital growth. Income is a secondary objective.	American Century Investment Management, Inc.
American Century VP Ultra®, Class II	Y	Y	Seeks capital growth.	American Century Investment Management, Inc.
American Century VP Value, Class II	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital growth. Income is a secondary objective.	American Century Investment Management, Inc.
BNY Mellon Investment Portfolios, MidCap Stock Portfolio - Service Shares	N	Y	Seeks investment results that are greater than the total return performance of publicly traded common stocks of medium-size domestic companies in the aggregate, as represented by the Standard & Poor's MidCap 400® Index.	BNY Mellon Investment Adviser, Inc.

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    21

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
BNY Mellon Investment Portfolios, Technology Growth Portfolio - Service Shares	N	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	BNY Mellon Investment Adviser, Inc.
BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, Appreciation Portfolio - Service Shares	N	Y	Seeks long-term capital growth consistent with the preservation of capital. Its secondary goal is current income.	BNY Mellon Investment Adviser, Inc., adviser; Fayez Sarofim & Co., sub-investment adviser.
ClearBridge Variable Small Cap Growth Portfolio - Class I	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC, investment manager; ClearBridge Investments, LLC, sub-adviser. (Western Asset Management Company manages the portion of cash and short-term investments allocated to it)
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high level of current income and, as a secondary objective, steady growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Emerging Markets Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Government Money Market Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with maximum current income consistent with liquidity and stability of principal.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - High Yield Bond Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with high current income as its primary objective and, as its secondary objective, capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Income Opportunities Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high total return through current income and capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high level of current income while attempting to conserve the value of the investment for the longest period of time.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Large Cap Growth Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Large Cap Index Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC

22    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Mid Cap Growth Fund (Class 3)	N	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Overseas Core Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Select Large Cap Value Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Select Mid Cap Value Fund (Class 3)	N	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Small Cap Value Fund (Class 2)	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with current income as its primary objective and, as its secondary objective, preservation of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Credit Suisse Trust - Commodity Return Strategy Portfolio	Y	Y	The portfolio is designed to achieve positive total return relative to the performance of the Bloomberg Commodity Index Total Return ("BCOM Index").	Credit Suisse Asset Management, LLC
CTIVP® - BlackRock Global Inflation-Protected Securities Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Non-diversified fund that seeks to provide shareholders with total return that exceeds the rate of inflation over the long term.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., subadviser; BlackRock International Limited, sub-subadviser.
CTIVP® - Loomis Sayles Growth Fund (Class 1)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P., subadviser.
CTIVP® - Victory Sycamore Established Value Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; Victory Capital Management Inc., subadviser.
Eaton Vance VT Floating-Rate Income Fund - Initial Class	Y	Y	Seeks high level of current income.	Eaton Vance Management

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    23

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Fidelity® VIP Contrafund® Portfolio Service Class 2	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital appreciation. Normally invests primarily in common stocks. Invests in securities of companies whose value FMR believes is not fully recognized by the public. Invests in either "growth" stocks or "value" stocks or both. The fund invests in domestic and foreign issuers.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Growth Portfolio Service Class 2	N	Y	Seeks to achieve capital appreciation. Normally invests primarily in common stocks. Invests in companies that FMR believes have above-average growth potential (stocks of these companies are often called "growth" stocks). The Fund invests in domestic and foreign issuers.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Service Class 2	Y	Y	Seeks as high level of current income as is consistent with the preservation of capital. Normally invests at least 80% of assets in investment-grade debt securities (those of medium and high quality) of all types and repurchase agreements for those securities. The Fund invests in fomestic and foreign issuers.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. Fidelity Investments Money Management, Inc. (FIMM) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital. Normally invests primarily in common stocks. Normally invests at least 80% of assets in securities of companies with medium market capitalizations. May invest in companies with smaller or larger market capitalizations. Invests in domestic and foreign issuers. The Fund invests in either "growth" or "value" common stocks or both.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Fidelity® VIP Overseas Portfolio Service Class 2	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital. Normally invests primarily in common stocks allocating investments across different countries and regions. Normally invests at least 80% of assets in non-U.S. securities.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.

24    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Franklin Income VIP Fund - Class 2	N	Y	Seeks to maximize income while maintaining prospects for capital appreciation. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests in both equity and debt securities.	Franklin Advisers, Inc.
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund - Class 2	N	Y	Seeks capital appreciation, with income as a secondary goal. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests primarily in U.S. and foreign equity securities that the investment manager believes are undervalued.	Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC
Franklin Rising Dividends VIP Fund - Class 2	N	Y	Seeks long-term capital appreciation, with preservation of capital as an important consideration. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities of financially sound companies that have paid consistently rising dividends.	Franklin Advisers, Inc.
Franklin Small-Mid Cap Growth VIP Fund - Class 2	N	Y	Seeks long-term capital growth. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in investments of small-capitalization and mid-capitalization companies.	Franklin Advisers, Inc.
Goldman Sachs VIT Mid Cap Value Fund - Institutional Shares	N	Y	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P.
Goldman Sachs VIT U.S. Equity Insights Fund - Institutional Shares	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital and dividend income.	Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Strategic Income Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks total return	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    25

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks capital growth.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. Comstock Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks capital growth and income through investments in equity securities, including common stocks, preferred stocks and securities convertible into common and preferred stocks.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. Health Care Fund, Series II Shares	N	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. International Growth Fund, Series II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Core Equity Fund, Series II Shares	N	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. Value Opportunities Fund, Series II Shares	N	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Janus Henderson Research Portfolio: Service Shares	Y	Y	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Janus Capital Management LLC
MFS® Massachusetts Investors Growth Stock Portfolio - Service Class	N	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	MFS® Investment Management
MFS® New Discovery Series - Service Class	N	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	MFS® Investment Management
MFS® Total Return Series - Service Class	Y	Y	Seeks total return.	MFS® Investment Management
MFS® Utilities Series - Service Class	Y	Y	Seeks total return.	MFS® Investment Management
Morgan Stanley VIF Discovery Portfolio, Class II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital growth by investing primarily in common stocks and other equity securities.	Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc.
Morgan Stanley VIF Global Real Estate Portfolio, Class II Shares	Y	Y	Seeks to provide current income and capital appreciation.	Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc., adviser; Morgan Stanley Investment Management Limited and Morgan Stanley Investment Management Company, subadvisers.
Morgan Stanley VIF U.S. Real Estate Portfolio, Class II Shares	N	Y	Seeks to provide above average current income and long-term capital appreciation by investing primarily in equity securities of companies in the U.S. real estate industry, including real estate investment trusts.	Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc.

26    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
PIMCO VIT All Asset Portfolio, Advisor Class	Y	Y	Seeks maximum real return, consistent with preservation of real capital and prudent investment management.	Pacific Investment Management Company LLC (PIMCO)
Putnam VT Global Health Care Fund - Class IB Shares	N	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of both Putnam Investments Limited (PIL) and The Putnam Advisory Company, LLC (PAC), PIL and PAC do not currently manage any asses of the fund.
Putnam VT International Equity Fund - Class IB Shares	N	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor; Putnam Investments Limited, sub-adviser. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of The Putnam Advisory Company, LLC (PAC), PAC does not currently manage any assets of the fund.
Putnam VT Small Cap Value Fund - Class IB Shares	N	Y	Seeks capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of Putnam Investments Limited (PIL), PIL does not currently manage any assets.
Putnam VT Sustainable Leaders Fund - Class IB Shares	N	Y	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of Putnam Investments Limited (PIL), PIL does not currently manage any assets.
Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund - Class 2	Y	Y	Seeks high current income, consistent with preservation of capital, with capital appreciation as a secondary consideration. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in debt securities of any maturity.	Franklin Advisers, Inc.

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    27

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Templeton Growth VIP Fund - Class 2	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital growth. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests predominantly in equity securities of companies located anywhere in the world, including developing markets.	Templeton Global Advisors Limited
Variable Portfolio - Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with an aggressive level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with an aggressive level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Conservative Portfolio (Class 2)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a conservative level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Conservative Portfolio (Class 4)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a conservative level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Managed Risk Fund (Class 2)    (Available only for Current Contracts with living benefit riders)	Y	N	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund's exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Managed Risk U.S. Fund (Class 2)    (Available only for Current Contracts with living benefit riders)	Y	N	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund's exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Managed Volatility Conservative Fund (Class 2)    (Available only for Current Contracts with living benefit riders)	Y	N	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund's exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Managed Volatility Conservative Growth   (Available only for Current Contracts with living benefit riders) Fund (Class 2)	Y	N	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund's exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Managed Volatility Growth Fund (Class 2)    (Available only for Current Contracts with living benefit riders)	Y	N	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund's exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC

28    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Variable Portfolio - Managed Volatility Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2)    (Available only for Current Contracts with living benefit riders)	Y	N	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund’s exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderate Portfolio (Class 2)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderate level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderate Portfolio (Class 4)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderate level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderately aggressive level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderately aggressive level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderately conservative level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 4)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide a high level of total return that is consistent with a moderately conservative level of risk.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - Partners Core Equity Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital growth.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; Jacobs Levy Equity Management, Inc. and T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc., subadvisers.
Variable Portfolio - Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3)	Y	Y	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; Jacobs Levy Equity Management, Inc., Nuveen Asset Management, LLC and Segall Bryant & Hamill, LLC, subadvisers.
Variable Portfolio - U.S. Flexible Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2)    (Available only for Current Contracts with living benefit riders)	Y	N	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund's exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Variable Portfolio - U.S. Flexible Growth Fund (Class 2)    (Available only for Current Contracts with living benefit riders)	Y	N	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund's exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    29

Investing In	Available under contracts with applications signed on or after May 1, 2007	Available under contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2007	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Variable Portfolio - U.S. Flexible Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2)    (Available only for Current Contracts with living benefit riders)	Y	N	Pursues total return while seeking to manage the Fund's exposure to equity market volatility.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Wanger International	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLC
Wanger USA	Y	Y	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLC

30    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)

The GPAs may not be available in some states.

Currently, unless you have elected one of the optional living benefit riders, you may allocate purchase payments to one or more of the GPAs with guarantee periods declared by us. These periods of time may vary by state. The required minimum investment in each GPA is $1,000.

(Exception: if a PN program model portfolio includes one or more GPAs, the required minimum investment does not apply.)

These accounts are not offered after the annuitization start date.

Each GPA pays an interest rate that is declared when you make an allocation to that account. Interest is credited daily. That interest rate is then fixed for the guarantee period that you chose. We will periodically change the declared interest rate for any future allocations to these accounts, but we will not change the rate paid on money currently in a GPA. The GPA interests under the contracts are registered with the SEC (File No.333-230959). The SEC staff reviews the disclosures in this prospectus on the GPA interests.

The interest rates that we will declare as guaranteed rates in the future are determined by us at our discretion (future rates). These rates generally will be based on various factors related to future investment earnings.We cannot predict nor can we guarantee what future rates will be.

We hold amounts you allocate to the GPAs in a “nonunitized” separate account. This separate account provides an additional measure of assurance that we will make full payment of amounts due under the GPAs. We own the assets of this separate account as well as any favorable investment performance of those assets. You do not participate in the performance of the assets held in this separate account. We guarantee all benefits relating to your value in the GPAs. This guarantee is based on the continued claims-paying ability of the company’s general account. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of insurance and financial products as well, and we also pay our obligations under these products from assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account.

We intend to construct and manage the investment portfolio relating to the separate account in such a way as to minimize the impact of fluctuations by interest rates. We seek to achieve this by constructing a portfolio of assets with a price sensitivity to interest rate changes (i.e., price duration) that is similar to the price duration of the corresponding portfolio of liabilities.

We must invest this portfolio of assets in accordance with requirements established by applicable state laws regarding the nature and quality of investments that life insurance companies may make and the percentage of their assets that they may commit to any particular type of investment. Our investment strategy will incorporate the use of a variety of debt instruments having price durations tending to match the applicable guarantee periods. These instruments include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities, which issues may or may not be guaranteed by the U.S. government;

• Debt securities that have an investment grade, at the time of purchase, within the four highest grades assigned by any of three nationally recognized rating agencies — Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s Investors Service or Fitch — or are rated in the two highest grades by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners;

• Other debt instruments which are unrated or rated below investment grade, limited to 10% of assets at the time of purchase; and

• Real estate mortgages, limited to 45% of portfolio assets at the time of acquisition.

In addition, options and futures contracts on fixed income securities will be used from time to time to achieve and maintain appropriate investment and liquidity characteristics on the overall asset portfolio.

While this information generally describes our investment strategy, we are not obligated to follow any particular strategy except as may be required by federal law and Indiana and other state insurance laws.

Market Value Adjustment (MVA)

We will not apply an MVA to contract value you transfer or surrender out of the GPAs within 30 days before the end of the guarantee period. During this 30 day window, you may choose to start a new guarantee period of the same length, transfer the contract value from the specified GPA to a GPA of another length, transfer the contract value from the specified GPA to any of the subaccounts, the regular fixed account (Current Contract) or the one-year fixed account (Original Contract), or surrender the value from the specified GPA (all subject to applicable surrender and transfer provisions). If we do not receive any instructions by the end of your guarantee period, our current practice is to automatically transfer the contract value from the specified GPA into the shortest GPA term offered in your state. If no

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    31

GPAs are offered, we will transfer the value to the regular fixed account (Current Contract) or the one-year fixed account (Original Contract), if available. If the regular fixed account (Current Contract) or the one-year fixed account (Original Contract) is not available, we will transfer the value to the money market or cash management variable subaccount we designate.

We guarantee the contract value allocated to the GPAs, including the interest credited, if you do not make any transfers or surrenders from the GPAs prior to 30 days before the end of the guarantee period (30-day rule). At all other times, and unless one of the exceptions to the 30-day rule described below applies, we will apply an MVA if you surrender or transfer contract value from a GPA including surrenders under theSecureSource series of riders, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit, or you elect an annuity payout plan while you have contract value invested in a GPA. We will refer to these transactions as “early surrenders.” The application of an MVA may result in either a gain or loss of principal.

For the Current Contract, the 30-day rule does not apply and no MVA will apply to:

• amounts surrendered under contract provisions that waive surrender charges for Hospital or Nursing Home Confinement and Terminal Illness Disability Diagnosis;

• amounts transferred automatically under the PN program; and

• amounts deducted for fees and charges.

• Amounts we pay as death claims will not be reduced by any MVA.

For the Original Contract, the 30-day rule does not apply and no MVA will apply to:

• transfers from a one-year GPA occurring under an automated dollar-cost averaging program or interest sweep strategy;

• automatic rebalancing under any PN program model portfolio we offer which contains one or more GPAs. However, an MVA may apply if you transfer to a new PN program investment option;

• amounts applied to an annuity payout plan while a PN program model portfolio containing one or more GPAs is in effect;

• amounts deducted for fees and charges; or

• amounts we pay as death claims.

When you request an early surrender, we adjust the early surrender amount by an MVA formula. The early surrender amount reflects the relationship between the guaranteed interest rate you are earning in your current GPA and the interest rate we are crediting on new GPAs that end at the same time as your current GPA.

The MVA is sensitive to changes in current interest rates. The magnitude of any applicable MVA will depend on our current schedule of guaranteed interest rates at the time of the surrender, the time remaining in your guarantee period and your guaranteed interest rate. The MVA is negative, zero or positive depending on how the guaranteed interest rate on your GPA compares to the interest rate of a new GPA for the same number of years as the guarantee period remaining on your GPA. This is summarized in the following table:

If your GPA rate is:	The MVA is:
Less than the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Negative
Equal to the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Zero
Greater than the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Positive

For examples, see Appendix A.

32    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The General Account

The general account includes all assets owned by RiverSource Life, other than those in the variable account and our other separate accounts. Subject to applicable state law, we have sole discretion to decide how assets of the general account will be invested. The assets held in our general account support the guarantees under your contract including any optional benefits offered under the contract. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to many of the same risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of annuities and financial instruments and products as well, and these obligations are satisfied from the assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account. The fixed account is supported by our general account that we make available under the contract.

The Fixed Account

(Applies to applications signed on or after May 1, 2006 and if available in your state)

Amounts allocated to the fixed account are part of our general account. For the Current Contract, the fixed account includes the regular fixed account and the Special DCA fixed account. For the Original Contract, the fixed account includes the one-year fixed account and the DCA fixed account. We credit interest on amounts you allocate to the fixed account at rates we determine from time to time at our discretion. Interest rates credited in excess of the guaranteed rate generally will be based on various factors related to future investment earnings. The guaranteed minimum interest rate on amounts invested in the fixed account may vary by state but will not be lower than state law allows. We back the principal and interest guarantees relating to the fixed account. These guarantees are subject to the creditworthiness and continued claims-paying ability of RiverSource Life

Because of exemptive and exclusionary provisions, we have not registered interests in the fixed account as securities under the Securities Act of 1933 nor have any of these accounts been registered as investment companies under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Accordingly, neither the fixed account nor any interests in the fixed account are subject to the provisions of these Acts.

The fixed account has not been registered with the SEC. Disclosures regarding the fixed account, however, are subject to certain generally applicable provisions of the federal securities laws relating to the accuracy and completeness of statements made in a prospectus. 

Current Contract:

(applications signed on or after Nov. 30, 2009, subject to state availability)

The Regular Fixed Account

(Not available under Contract Option C unless included in a PN program investment option you selected)

Unless the PN program we offer is in effect, you may allocate purchase payments or transfer contract value to the regular fixed account. The value of the regular fixed account increases as we credit interest to the regular fixed account. We credit and compound interest daily based on a 365-day year (366 in a leap year) so as to produce the annual effective rate which we declare. The interest rate we apply to each purchase payment or transfer to the regular fixed account is guaranteed for one year. Thereafter, we will change the rates from time to time at our discretion, but your interest rate for each purchase payment or transfer will never change more frequently than annually. There are restrictions on transfers from this account and may be restrictions on the amount you can allocate to this account (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transfer policies”).

The Special DCA Fixed Account

You may allocate purchase payments to the Special DCA fixed account. You may not transfer contract value to the Special DCA fixed account.

You may allocate your entire purchase payment to the Special DCA fixed account for a term of six or twelve months. We reserve the right to offer shorter or longer terms for the Special DCA fixed account.

In accordance with your investment instructions, we transfer amounts from the Special DCA fixed account to the subaccounts or investment option you select under your living benefit rider monthly so that, at the end of the Special DCA fixed account term, the balance of the Special DCA fixed account is zero. The amount of each transfer equals the remaining Special DCA fixed account value on the date of the transfer divided by the number of remaining transfers in the program. You may not change the amount of transfers. The first Special DCA monthly transfer occurs one day after we receive your payment. You may not use the regular fixed account or any GPA as a destination for the Special DCA monthly transfer. (Exception: if a PN program is in effect, and the PN program investment option you selected, if

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    33

applicable, includes the regular fixed account or any GPA, amounts will be transferred from the Special DCA fixed account to the regular fixed account or GPA according to the allocation percentage established for the PN program investment option you have selected.)

The value of the Special DCA fixed account increases when we credit interest to the Special DCA fixed account, and decreases when we make monthly transfers from the Special DCA fixed account. When you allocate a purchase payment to the Special DCA fixed account, the interest rates applicable to that purchase payment will be the rates in effect for the Special DCA fixed account term you choose on the date we receive your purchase payment. The applicable interest rate is guaranteed for the length of the term for the Special DCA fixed account term you choose. We credit and compound interest daily based on a 365-day year (366 in a leap year) so as to produce the annual effective rate which we declare. We credit interest only on the declining balance of the Special DCA fixed account; we do not credit interest on amounts that have been transferred from the Special DCA fixed account. As a result, the net effective interest rates we credit will be less than the declared annual effective rates. Generally, we will credit the Special DCA fixed account with interest at the same annual effective rate we apply to the regular fixed account on the date we receive your purchase payment, regardless of the length of the term you select. From time to time, we may credit interest to the Special DCA fixed account at promotional rates that are higher than those we credit to the regular fixed account. We reserve the right to declare different annual effective rates:

• for the Special DCA fixed account and the regular fixed account; and

• for the Special DCA fixed accounts with terms of differing length.

Alternatively, you may allocate your purchase payment to any combination of the following which equals one hundred percent of the amount you invest:

• the Special DCA fixed account for a six month term;

• the Special DCA fixed account for a twelve month term;

• the Portfolio Stabilizer or Portfolio Navigator fund if you have one of the optional living benefit riders;

• unless you have elected one of the optional living benefit riders, to the regular fixed account, the GPAs and/or the subaccounts, subject to investment minimums and other restrictions we may impose on investments in the regular account and the GPAs.

Once you establish a Special DCA fixed account, you cannot allocate additional purchase payments to it. However, you may establish another Special DCA fixed account and allocate new purchase payments to it.

If you participate in a PN program, and you change to a different PN program investment option while a Special DCA fixed account term is in progress, we will allocate transfers from the Special DCA fixed account to your newly-elected PN program investment option.

If your contract permits, and you discontinue your participation in a PN program while a Special DCA fixed account term is in progress, we will allocate transfers from your Special DCA fixed account for the remainder of the term to the subaccounts in accordance with your current Special DCA fixed account allocation instructions. If your current Special DCA fixed account allocation instructions include a fund to which allocations are restricted and you do not provide new instructions, we will transfer prorated amounts to the valid portion of your allocation instruction.

You may discontinue any Special DCA fixed account before the end of its term by giving us notice. If you do so, we will transfer the remaining balance of the Special DCA fixed account to the Portfolio Stabilizer or Portfolio Navigator fund in which you are invested if a living benefit rider is selected, or if no living benefit rider is selected, in accordance with your investment instructions to us to the regular fixed account, the GPAs and/or the subaccounts, subject to investment minimums and other restrictions we may impose on investments in the regular fixed account and the GPAs, including but not limited to, any limitations described in this prospectus on transfers (see “Transfer policies”).

Dollar-cost averaging from the Special DCA fixed account does not guarantee that any subaccount will gain in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. For a discussion of how dollar-cost averaging works, see “Making the Most of your Contract — Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging.”

Original Contract:

(applications signed prior to Nov. 30, 2009 or in states where the Current Contract was not available)

The One-Year Fixed Account

Unless the PN program we offer is in effect, you may allocate purchase payments or transfer contract value to the one-year fixed account. The value of the one-year fixed account increases as we credit interest to the one-year fixed account. We credit and compound interest daily based on a 365-day year (366 in a leap year) so as to produce the annual effective rate which we declare. We credit the one-year fixed account with the current guaranteed annual rate that is in effect on the date we receive your purchase payment or you transfer contract value to the one-year fixed

34    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

account. The interest rate we apply to each purchase payment or transfer to the one-year fixed account is guaranteed for one year. There are restrictions on the amount you can allocate to the one-year fixed account as well as on transfers from this account (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transfer policies”).

DCA Fixed Account

You may allocate purchase payments to the DCA fixed account. You may not transfer contract value to the DCA fixed account.

You may allocate your entire purchase payment to the DCA fixed account for a term of six or twelve months. We reserve the right to offer shorter or longer terms for the DCA fixed account.

In accordance with your investment instructions, we transfer a pro rata amount from the DCA fixed account to your investment allocations monthly so that, at the end of the DCA fixed account term, the balance of the DCA fixed account is zero. The first DCA monthly transfer occurs one day after we receive your payment.

The value of the DCA fixed account increases when we credit interest to the DCA fixed account, and decreases when we make monthly transfers from the DCA fixed account. When you allocate a purchase payment to the DCA fixed account, the interest rates applicable to that purchase payment will be the rates in effect for the DCA fixed account term you choose on the date we receive your purchase payment. The applicable interest rate is guaranteed for the length of the term for the DCA fixed account term you choose. We credit and compound interest daily based on a 365-day year (366 in a leap year) so as to produce the annual effective rate which we declare. We credit interest only on the declining balance of the DCA fixed account; we do not credit interest on amounts that have been transferred from the DCA fixed account. As a result, the net effective interest rates we credit will be less than the declared annual effective rates. Generally, we will credit the DCA fixed account with interest at the same annual effective rate we apply to the one-year fixed account on the date we receive your purchase payment, regardless of the length of the term you select. From time to time, we may credit interest to the DCA fixed account at promotional rates that are higher than those we credit to the one-year fixed account. We reserve the right to declare different annual effective rates:

• for the DCA fixed account and the one-year fixed account;

• for the DCA fixed accounts with terms of differing length;

• for amounts in the DCA fixed account that are transferred to the one-year fixed account;

• for amounts in the DCA fixed account that are transferred to the GPAs;

• for amounts in the DCA fixed account that are transferred to the subaccounts.

Alternatively, you may allocate your purchase payment to any combination of the following which equals one hundred percent of the amount you invest:

• the DCA fixed account for a six month term;

• the DCA fixed account for a twelve month term;

• the Portfolio Stabilizer or Portfolio Navigator fund, if you have one of the optional living benefit riders;

• unless you have elected one of the optional living benefit riders, to the one-year fixed account, the GPAs and/or the subaccounts, subject to investment minimums and other restrictions we may impose on investments in the one-year fixed account and the GPAs.

If you make a purchase payment while a DCA fixed account term is in progress, you may allocate your purchase payment among the following:

• to the DCA fixed account term(s) then in effect. Amounts you allocate to an existing DCA fixed account term will be transferred out of the DCA fixed account over the remainder of the term. For example, if you allocate a new purchase payment to an existing DCA fixed account term of six months when only two months remains in the six month term, the amount you allocate will be transferred out of the DCA fixed account over the remaining two months of the term;

• to the Portfolio Stabilizer or Portfolio Navigator fund, if you have one of the optional living benefit riders;

• unless you have elected one of the optional living benefit riders, then to the one-year fixed account, the GPAs and/or the subaccounts, subject to investment minimums and other restrictions we may impose on investments in the one-year fixed account and the GPAs.

If no DCA fixed account term is in progress when you make an additional purchase payment, you may allocate it according to the rules above for the allocation of your initial purchase payment.

If you participate in a PN program, and you change to a different PN program investment option while a DCA fixed account term is in progress, we will allocate transfers from the DCA fixed account to your newly-elected PN program investment option.

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    35

If your contract permits, and you discontinue your participation in a PN program investment option while a DCA fixed account term is in progress, we will allocate transfers from the DCA fixed account for the remainder of the term in accordance with your investment instructions to us to the one-year fixed account, the GPAs and the subaccounts, subject to investment minimums and other restrictions we may impose on investments in the one-year fixed account and the GPAs, including but not limited to, any limitations described in this prospectus on transfers (see “Transfer policies”).

You may discontinue any DCA fixed account before the end of its term by giving us notice. If you do so, we will transfer the remaining balance of the DCA fixed account whose term you are ending to the PN program investment option in effect, or if no PN program investment option is in effect, in accordance with your investment instructions to us to the one-year fixed account, the GPAs and/or the subaccounts, subject to investment minimums and other restrictions we may impose on investments in the one-year fixed account and the GPAs, including but not limited to, any limitations described in this prospectus on transfers (see “Transfer policies”).

Dollar-cost averaging from the DCA fixed account does not guarantee that any subaccount will gain in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. For a discussion of how dollar-cost averaging works, see “Making the Most of your Contract — Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging.”

Buying Your Contract

New contracts are not currently being offered.

We are required by law to obtain personal information from you which we used to verify your identity. If you do not provide this information we reserve the right to refuse to issue your contract or take other steps we deem reasonable. You may buy Contract Option L or Contract Option C. Contract Option L has a four-year surrender charge schedule. Contract Option C eliminates the per purchase payment surrender charge schedule in exchange for a higher mortality and expense risk fee. Contract Option L includes the option to purchase a living benefit rider. Contract Option C under Current Contract, includes the option to purchase only one living benefit rider, Accumulation Protector Benefit rider; other living benefit riders are not currently available under Contract Option C. Both contracts have the same underlying funds. As the owner, you have all rights and may receive all benefits under the contract. You may select a qualified or nonqualified annuity. You can own a nonqualified annuity in joint tenancy with rights of survivorship only in spousal situations. You cannot own a qualified annuity in joint tenancy. For the Current Contract, you can buy a contract if you are 85 or younger. For the Original Contract, you can buy a contract if you and the annuitant are age 85 or younger. (The age limit may be younger for qualified annuities in some states.)

When you applied, you could have selected:

Current Contract:

(applications signed on or after Nov. 30, 2009, subject to state availability)

• contract Option L or contract Option C;

• GPAs, the regular fixed account (if included), the Special DCA fixed account and/or subaccounts in which you want to invest;

• how you want to make purchase payments;

• a beneficiary;

• the optional PN program⁽¹⁾; and

• one of the following optional death benefits:

– MAV Death Benefit;

– 5% Accumulation Death Benefit; or

– Enhanced Death Benefit.

• one of the following additional optional death benefits:

– Benefit Protector Death Benefit rider⁽²⁾; or

– Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit rider⁽²⁾.

In addition, if available under your Contract Option, you could have also selected one of the following optional living benefits:

• SecureSource Stages 2 riders; ;

• SecureSource Stages riders; or

• Accumulation Protector Benefit rider

36    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The Current Contract provides for allocation of purchase payments to the GPAs, the regular fixed account (Contract Option L only), the Special DCA fixed account and/or the subaccounts of the variable account subject to the $1,000 required minimum investment for the GPAs. We currently allow you to allocate the total amount of purchase payment to the regular fixed account. We reserve the right to limit purchase payment allocations to the regular fixed account at any time on a non-discriminatory basis with notification, subject to state restrictions. You cannot allocate purchase payments to the fixed account for six months following a partial surrender from the fixed account, a lump sum transfer from the regular fixed account, or termination of automated transfers from the Special DCA fixed account prior to the end of the Special DCA fixed account term.

Original Contract:

(applications signed prior to Nov. 30, 2009 or in states where the Current Contract was not available)

• contract Option L or contract Option C;

• GPAs, the one-year fixed account, if part of your contract, the DCA fixed account if part of your contract and/or subaccounts in which you want to invest;

• how you want to make purchase payments;

• a beneficiary;

• the optional PN program⁽¹⁾; and

• one of the following optional death benefits:

– MAV Death Benefit;

– 5% Accumulation Death Benefit; or

– Enhanced Death Benefit.

• one of the following additional optional death benefits:

– Benefit Protector Death Benefit rider⁽²⁾; or

– Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit rider⁽²⁾.

In addition, if available in your state, could have also selected one of the following optional living benefits:

•	SecureSource 20 riders;
•	SecureSource riders;
•	Accumulation Protector Benefit rider;
•	Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider;
•	Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider;
•	Income Assurer Benefit – MAV rider;
•	Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base rider; or
•	Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base rider.
(1)	There is no additional charge for this feature.
(2)	Not available with 5% Accumulation or Enhanced Death Benefit.

The Original Contract provides for allocation of purchase payments to the GPAs, the one-year fixed account (if part of your contract), the DCA fixed account (if part of your contract) and/or to the subaccounts of the variable account in even 1% increments subject to the $1,000 required minimum investment for the GPAs. For Contract Option L, the amount of any purchase payment allocated to the one-year fixed account in total cannot exceed 30% of the purchase payment. More than 30% of a purchase payment may be so allocated if you establish an automated dollar-cost averaging arrangement with respect to the purchase payment according to procedures currently in effect. We reserve the right to further limit purchase payment allocations to the one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then crediting on new purchase payments allocated to the one-year fixed account is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract.

For both the Current Contract and the Original Contract:

We will credit additional eligible purchase payments you make to your accounts on the valuation date we receive them. If we receive an additional purchase payment at our Service Center before the close of business, we will credit any portion of that payment allocated to the subaccounts using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received the payment. If we receive an additional purchase payment at our Service Center at or after the close of business, we will credit any portion of that payment allocated to the subaccounts using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received the payment.

You may make monthly payments to your contract under a Systematic Investment Plan (SIP). You must make an initial purchase payment of $10,000. Then, to begin the SIP, you will complete and send a form and your first SIP payment along with your application. There is no charge for SIP. You can stop your SIP payments at any time.

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    37

In most states, you may make additional purchase payments to nonqualified and qualified annuities until the annuitization start date.

Householding and delivery of certain documents

With your prior consent, RiverSource Life and its affiliates may use and combine information concerning accounts owned by members of the same household and provide a single paper copy of certain documents to that household. This householding of documents may include prospectuses, supplements, annual reports, semiannual reports and proxies. Your authorization remains in effect unless we are notified otherwise. If you wish to continue receiving multiple copies of these documents, you can opt out of householding by calling us at 1.866.273.7429. Multiple mailings will resume within 30 days after we receive your opt out request.

The Annuitization Start Date

For both the Current Contract and the Original Contract:

Annuity payouts begin on the annuitization start date. This means that the contract will be annuitized or converted to a stream of monthly payments. If your contract is annuitized, the contract goes into payout and only the annuity payout provisions continue. You will no longer have access to your contract value. This means that the death benefit and any optional benefits you have elected will end. When we processed your application, we established the maximum age then in effect (or contract anniversary if applicable). Unless otherwise elected by you, all annuitization start dates are now automatically set to the maximum age of 95 now in effect. You can also change the annuitization start date, provided you send us written instructions at least 30 days before annuity payouts begin.

The annuitization start date must be:

• no earlier than the 30th day after the contract’s effective date; and no later than

• the owner’s 95th birthday or the tenth contract anniversary, if later,

• or such other date as agreed to by us.

Six months prior to your annuitization start date, we will contact you with your options including the option to postpone your annuitization start date to a future date. You can choose to delay the annuitization of your contract to a date beyond age 95, to the extent allowed by applicable state law and tax laws.

If you do not make an election, annuity payouts using the contract’s default option of annuity payout Plan B – Life with 10 years certain will begin on the annuitization start date and your monthly annuity payments will continue for as long as the annuitant lives. If the annuitant does not survive 10 years, we will continue to make payments until 10 years of payments have been made. Some distributors require annuitization by age 95. In that case, the option to continue to defer the annuitization start date after age 95 is not available.

Generally, if you own a qualified annuity (for example, an IRA) and tax laws require that you take distributions from your annuity prior to your annuitization start date, your contract will not be automatically annuitized (subject to state requirement). However, if you choose, you can elect to request annuitization or take surrenders to meet your required minimum distributions.

Please see ”SecureSource Stages 2/SecureSource Stages/SecureSource 20 — Other Provisions" section regarding options under this rider at the annuitization start date.

Beneficiary

We will pay to your named beneficiary the death benefit if it becomes payable while the contract is in force and before the annuitization start date. If there is more than one beneficiary, we will pay each beneficiary’s designated share when we receive their completed claim. A beneficiary will bear the investment risk of the variable account until we receive the beneficiary’s completed claim. If there is no named beneficiary, the default provisions of your contract will apply. (See “Benefits in Case of Death” for more about beneficiaries.)

If you select one of theSecureSource series  – Joint Life rider, please consider carefully whether or not you wish to change the beneficiary of your annuity contract. The rider will terminate if the surviving covered spouse can not utilize the spousal continuation provision of the contract when the death benefit is payable.

Purchase Payments

Purchase payment amounts and purchase payment timing may vary by state and be limited under the terms of your contract.

Minimum initial purchase payment

$10,000

Minimum additional purchase payments

38    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

$50 for SIPs

$100 for all other payment types

Maximum total purchase payments (without our approval)

•	Current Contract:
	(applications signed on or after Nov. 30, 2009, subject to state availability)

Maximum total purchase payments* based on your age on the effective date of the payment:

For the first year and total: through age 85	$1,000,000
age 86 or older	$0

For each subsequent year: through age 85	$100,000
age 86 or older	$0

• Original Contract:

(applications signed prior to Nov. 30, 2009 or in states where the Current Contract was not available)

Maximum total purchase payments*

$1,000,000

Additional purchase payment restrictions for contracts with the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, orSecureSource riders.

Effective Jan. 26, 2009, after initial purchase payments are received, limited additional purchase payments allowed for contracts with the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, orSecureSource riders, subject to state restrictions. Initial purchase payments are: 1) payments received with the application, and 2) Tax Free Exchanges, rollovers, and transfers listed on the annuity application, paper work initiated within 30 days from the application signed date and received within 180 days from the application signed date.

For contracts issued in all states except those listed below, the only additional purchase payments that will be allowed on/after Jan. 26, 2009 are the maximum annual contribution permitted by the Code for qualified annuities.

For contracts issued in Florida, New Jersey, and Oregon, additional purchase payments to your variable annuity contract with the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, orSecureSource riders will be limited to $100,000 for the life of your contract. The limit does not apply to initial purchase payments.

Additional purchase payment restrictions for theSecureSource Stages 2 riders,SecureSource Stages riders andSecureSource 20 riders

Effective Feb. 27, 2012, no additional purchase payments are allowed for contracts withSecureSource Stages 2 riders,SecureSource Stages riders andSecureSource 20 riders subject to certain exceptions listed below.

Certain exceptions apply and the following additional purchase payments will be allowed on or after Feb. 27, 2012:

a.	Current tax year contributions for TSAs and Custodial and investment only plans under Section 401(a) of the Code, up to the annual limit set by the IRS.
b.	Prior and current tax year contributions up to the annual limit set up by the IRS for any Qualified Accounts except TSAs and 401(a)s. This annual limit applies to IRAs, Roth IRAs and SEP plans.

We reserve the right to change these current rules any time, subject to state restrictions.

The riders also prohibit additional purchase payments while the rider is effective, if (1) you decline a rider fee increase, or (2) the Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP) is established and your contract value on an anniversary is less than four times the ALP. (For the purpose of this calculation only, the ALP is determined using percentage B, as described under “Optional Living Benefits —SecureSource Stages 2 Riders,SecureSource Stages Riders andSecureSource 20 Riders.”)

Additional purchase payment restrictions for the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider

Additional purchase payments are prohibited during the waiting period after the first 180 days immediately following the effective date of the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider.

For the Current Contract, additional purchase payments are also allowed within 180 days from the last contract anniversary if you exercise the elective step up option.

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    39

Subject to state restrictions, we reserve the right to change the above purchase payment limitations, including making further restrictions, upon written notice.

* These limits apply in total to all RiverSource Life annuities you own unless a higher maximum applies to your contract. We reserve the right to waive or increase the maximum limit. For qualified annuities, the Code’s limits on annual contributions also apply. Additional purchase payments for inherited IRA contracts cannot be made unless the payment is IRA money inherited from the same decedent.

How to Make Purchase Payments

11 By letter

Send your check along with your name and contract number to:

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474

22 By SIP

Contact your investment professional to complete the necessary SIP paperwork.

Limitations on Use of Contract

If mandated by applicable law, including, but not limited to, federal anti-money laundering laws, we may be required to reject a purchase payment. We may also be required to block an owner’s access to contract values or to satisfy other statutory obligations. Under these circumstances, we may refuse to implement requests for transfers, surrenders or death benefits until instructions are received from the appropriate governmental authority or a court of competent jurisdiction.

Charges

All Contracts

Contract Administrative Charge

We charge this fee for establishing and maintaining your records. We deduct $40 from the contract value on your contract anniversary or, if earlier, when the contract is fully surrendered. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. Some states also limit any contract charge that applies to the fixed account. For the Current Contract, we reserve the right to increase this charge after the first contract anniversary to a maximum of $50.

We will waive this charge when your contract value is $50,000 or more on the current contract anniversary. For the Current Contract, we reserve the right to charge up to $20 after the first contract anniversary for contracts with contract value of $50,000 or more.

If you take a full surrender from your contract, we will deduct the charge at the time of surrender regardless of the contract value. We cannot increase the annual contract administrative charge for the Original Contract. This charge does not apply to amounts applied to an annuity payment plan or to the death benefit (other than when deducted from the Full Surrender Value component of the death benefit for the Current Contract).

Variable Account Administrative Charge

We apply this charge daily to the subaccounts. It is reflected in the unit values of your subaccounts and it totals 0.15% of their average daily net assets on an annual basis. It covers certain administrative and operating expenses of the subaccounts such as accounting, legal and data processing fees and expenses involved in the preparation and distribution of reports and prospectuses. We cannot increase the variable account administrative charge.

Mortality and Expense Risk Fee

We charge these fees daily to the subaccounts. The unit values of your subaccounts reflect these fees. These fees cover the mortality and expense risk that we assume. These fees do not apply to the GPAs or the fixed account. We cannot increase these fees.

The contract (either Option L or Option C) and the death benefit guarantee you select determines the mortality and expense risk fee you pay:

40    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Current Contract:

(applications signed on or after Nov. 30, 2009, subject to state availability)

If you select contract Option L and:	Mortality and expense risk fee
CV Death Benefit*	1.55%
ROPP Death Benefit	1.55
MAV Death Benefit	1.80
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.95
Enhanced Death Benefit	2.00

If you select contract Option C and:	Mortality and expense risk fee
CV Death Benefit*	1.65%
ROPP Death Benefit	1.65
MAV Death Benefit	1.90
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	2.05
Enhanced Death Benefit	2.10

* CV Death Benefit is available only after an ownership change or spousal continuation if any owner or spouse who continues the contract is over age 85 and therefore cannot qualify for the ROPP death benefit.

Original Contract:

(applications signed prior to Nov. 30, 2009 or in states where the Current Contract was not available)

If you select contract Option L and:	Mortality and expense risk fee
ROP Death Benefit	1.55%
MAV Death Benefit	1.75
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	1.90
Enhanced Death Benefit	1.95

If you select contract Option C and:	Mortality and expense risk fee
ROP Death Benefit	1.65%
MAV Death Benefit	1.85
5% Accumulation Death Benefit	2.00
Enhanced Death Benefit	2.05

Mortality risk arises because of our guarantee to pay a death benefit and our guarantee to make annuity payouts according to the terms of the contract, no matter how long a specific owner or annuitant lives and no matter how long our entire group of owners or annuitants live. If, as a group, owners or annuitants outlive the life expectancy we assumed in our actuarial tables, then we must take money from our general assets to meet our obligations. If, as a group, owners or annuitants do not live as long as expected, we could profit from the mortality risk fee. We deduct the mortality risk fee from the subaccounts during the annuity payout period even if the annuity payout plan does not involve a life contingency.

Expense risk arises because we cannot increase the contract administrative charge for the Original Contract, we are limited on how much we can increase the contract administrative charge for the Current Contract, and we cannot increase the variable account administrative charge and these charges may not cover our expenses. We would have to make up any deficit from our general assets. We could profit from the expense risk fee if future expenses are less than expected.

The subaccounts pay us the mortality and expense risk fee they accrued as follows:

• first, to the extent possible, the subaccounts pay this fee from any dividends distributed from the funds in which they invest;

• then, if necessary, the funds redeem shares to cover any remaining fees payable.

We may use any profits we realize from the subaccounts’ payment to us of the mortality and expense risk fee for any proper corporate purpose, including, among others, payment of distribution (selling) expenses. We do not expect that the surrender charge for contract Option L will cover sales and distribution expenses.

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    41

Surrender Charge

You selected either contract Option L or Option C at the time of application. Contract Option C has no purchase payment surrender charge schedule but carries a higher mortality and expense risk fee than contract Option L. If you select contract Option L and you surrender all or part of your contract value before the annuitization start date, we may deduct a surrender charge. As described below, a surrender charge schedule applies to each purchase payment you make. The surrender charge lasts for four years from the date of each purchase payment (see “Expense Summary”).

You may surrender an amount during any contract year without a surrender charge. We call this amount the total free amount (FA for the Current Contract, TFA for the Original Contract). Throughout this prospectus when we use the acronym FA, it includes TFA. The FA varies depending on whether your contract includes one of theSecureSourceseries of riders, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider:

Current Contract withoutSecureSource Stages rider

The FA is the greater of:

• 10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary, less any prior surrenders taken in the current contract year; or

• current contract earnings.

During the first contract year, the FA is the greater of:

• 10% of all purchase payments applied prior to your surrender request, less any amounts surrendered prior to your surrender request that represent the FA; or

• current contract earnings.

Original Contract withoutSecureSource 20 rider,SecureSource rider, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider or Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider

The FA is the greater of:

• 10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary⁽¹⁾, less any prior surrenders taken in the current contract year; or

• current contract earnings.

Current Contract withSecureSource Stages rider

The FA is the greatest of:

• 10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary, less any prior surrenders taken in the current contract year;

• current contract earnings; or

• the Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (this amount will be zero during the waiting period).

During the first contract year, the FA is the greatest of:

• 10% of all purchase payments applied prior to your surrender request, less any amounts surrendered prior to your surrender request that represent the FA; or

• current contract earnings.

Original Contract withSecureSource 20 rider,SecureSource rider or Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider

The FA is the greatest of:

• 10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary⁽¹⁾, less any prior surrenders taken in the current contract year;

• current contract earnings; or

• the greater of the Remaining Benefit Payment or the Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (for theSecureSource 20 rider, Remaining Benefit Payment and the Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment are zero during the waiting period).

Original Contract with Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider

The FA is the greatest of:

•	10% of the contract value on the prior contract anniversary(1), less any prior surrenders taken in the current contract year;
•	current contract earnings; or
•	the Remaining Benefit Payment.
(1)	We consider your initial purchase payment to be the prior contract anniversary’s contract value during the first contract year.

42    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Amounts surrendered in excess of the FA may be subject to a surrender charge as described below.

A surrender charge will apply if the amount you surrender includes any of your prior purchase payments that are still within their surrender charge schedule. To determine whether your surrender includes any of your prior purchase payments that are still within their surrender charge schedule, we surrender amounts from your contract in the following order:

1.	First, we surrender the FA. Contract earnings are surrendered first, followed by purchase payments. We do not assess a surrender charge on the FA. We surrender payments that are considered part of the FA on a first-in, first-out (FIFO) basis for the Current Contract, and last-in, first-out (LIFO) basis for the Original Contract.
2.	Next, we surrender purchase payments received that are beyond the surrender charge period shown in your contract. We surrender these payments on a FIFO basis. We do not assess a surrender charge on these payments.
3.	Finally, we surrender any additional purchase payments received that are still within the surrender charge period shown in your contract. We surrender these payments on a FIFO basis. We do assess a surrender charge on these payments.

The amount of purchase payments surrendered is calculated using a prorated formula based on the percentage of contract value being surrendered. As a result, the amount of purchase payments surrendered may be greater than the amount of contract value surrendered.

We determine your surrender charge by multiplying each of your payments surrendered which could be subject to a surrender charge by the applicable surrender charge percentage (see “Expense Summary”), and then adding the total surrender charges.

For a partial surrender, we will determine the amount of contract value that needs to be surrendered, which after any surrender charge and any positive or negative market value adjustment, will equal the amount you request.

Example: Each time you make a purchase payment under the contract option L, a surrender charge schedule attaches to that purchase payment. The surrender charge percentage for each purchase payment declines according to the surrender charge schedule shown in your contract. (The surrender charge percentages for the 4-Year surrender charge schedule are shown in a table in the “Expense Summary”.) For example, if you select contract Option L, during the first two years after a purchase payment is made, the surrender charge percentage attached to that payment is 8%. The surrender charge percentage for that payment during the fourth year after it is made is 6%. At the beginning of the fifth year after that purchase payment is made, and thereafter, there is no longer a surrender charge as to that payment.

For an example, see Appendix B.

Waiver of surrender charges for contract Option L

We do not assess surrender charges for:

• surrenders each year that represent the total free amount for that year;

• required minimum distributions from a qualified annuity to the extent that they exceed the free amount. The amount on which surrender charges are waived can be no greater than the RMD amount calculated under your specific contract currently in force. (Please note that, if you are buying a new contract with inherited IRA money, we will not waive surrender charges for a five-year distribution and, therefore, if that option is selected, you should choose a surrender charge period that is no longer than the time remaining in the five-year period.);

• amounts applied to an annuity payment plan (Exception: As described below, if you select annuity payout Plan E, and choose later to surrender the value of your remaining annuity payments, we will assess a surrender charge. This exception also applies to contract Option C.)

• surrenders made as a result of one of the “Contingent events” described below to the extent permitted by state law. For the Current Contract, waiver of surrender charges for Contingent events will not apply to Tax Free Exchanges, rollovers and transfers to another annuity contract;

• amounts we refunded to you during the free look period; and

• death benefits.

Current Contract:

Contingent events

• Surrenders you make if you are confined to a hospital or nursing home and have been for the prior 60 days or confinement began within 30 days following a 60 day confinement period. Such confinement must begin after the contract issue date. Your contract will include this provision when you are under age 76 at contract issue. You must provide us with a letter containing proof satisfactory to us of the confinement as of the date you request the surrender. We must receive your surrender request no later than 91 days after your release from the hospital or nursing home. The amount surrendered must be paid directly to you.

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    43

• Surrenders you make if you are disabled with a medical condition and are diagnosed in the second or later contract years with reasonable medical certainty, that the disability will result in death within 12 months or less from the date of the diagnosis. You must provide us with a licensed physician’s statement containing the terminal illness diagnosis, the expected date of death and the date the terminal illness was initially diagnosed. The amount surrendered must be paid directly to you.

Original Contract:

Contingent events

• Surrenders you make if you or the annuitant are confined to a hospital or nursing home and have been for the prior 60 days. Your contract will include this provision when you and the annuitant are under age 76 at contract issue. You must provide proof satisfactory to us of the confinement as of the date you request the surrender.

• Surrenders you make if you or the annuitant are diagnosed in the second or later contract years as disabled with a medical condition that with reasonable medical certainty will result in death within 12 months or less from the date of the diagnosis. You must provide us with a licensed physician’s statement containing the terminal illness diagnosis and the date the terminal illness was initially diagnosed.

Both Contracts:

Liquidation charge under Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:If you are receiving variable annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to surrender those payments. The amount that you can surrender is the present value of any remaining variable payouts. The discount rate we use in the calculation will be 5.17% if the assumed investment return is 3.5% and 6.67% if the assumed investment return is 5%. The liquidation charge equals the present value of the remaining payouts using the assumed investment return minus the present value of the remaining payouts using the discount rate.

Fixed Payouts: Surrender charge for Fixed Annuity Payout Plan E – Payouts for a specified period: If you are receiving annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to take a surrender and surrender charge may apply.

A surrender charge will be assessed against the present value of any remaining guaranteed payouts surrendered. The discount rate we use in determining present values varies based on: (1) the contract value originally applied to the fixed annuitization; (2) the remaining years of guaranteed payouts; (3) the annual effective interest rate and periodic payment amount for new immediate annuities of the same duration as the remaining years of guaranteed payouts; and (4) the interest spread (currently 1.50%). If we do not currently offer immediate annuities, we will use rates and values applicable to new annuitizations to determine the discount rate.

Once the discount rate is applied and we have determined the present value of the remaining guaranteed payouts you surrendered, the present value determined will be multiplied by the surrender charge percentage in the table below and deducted from the present value to determine the net present value you will receive.

Number of Completed Years Since Annuitization	Surrender charge percentage
0	Not applicable*
1	5%
2	4
3	3
4	2
5	1
6 and thereafter	0

*We do not permit surrenders in the first year after annuitization.

We will provide a quoted present value (which includes the deduction of any surrender charge). You must then formally elect, in a form acceptable to us, to receive this value. The remaining guaranteed payouts following surrender will be reduced to zero.

Possible group reductions: In some cases we may incur lower sales and administrative expenses due to the size of the group, the average contribution and the use of group enrollment procedures. In such cases, we may be able to reduce or eliminate the contract administrative and surrender charges. However, we expect this to occur infrequently.

44    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Optional Living Benefits Charges

Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider Fee

We deduct an annual charge from your contract value on your contract anniversary for this optional benefit only if you select it. The charge is percentage of the greater of your contract value or the minimum contract accumulation value. See tables below for the applicable percentage. For contract applications signed on or after May 3, 2010, we prorate this charge among all accounts and the subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to your total contract value. For contract applications signed prior to June 1, 2009, the charge will be prorated among the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

Once you elect the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, you may not cancel it and the charge will continue to be deducted until the end of the waiting period. If the contract or rider is terminated for any reason, we will deduct the charge, adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the charge.

The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider charge will not exceed a maximum of 1.75%.

We may change the rider fee at our discretion and on a nondiscriminatory basis.

We will not change the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider fee in effect on your contract after the rider effective date unless:

(a)	you choose the annual elective step-up or elective spousal continuation step-up after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee; or
(b)	you change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee or vary the rider fee for each PN program investment option.

We exercised our right to increase the rider fee upon elective step-up or elective spousal continuation step-up and vary the fee depending on whether your contract value is invested in one of the Portfolio Navigator or Portfolio Stabilizer funds at the time of the elective step-up or spousal continuation step-up. You will pay the fee that is in effect on the valuation date we receive your written request to step-up. Currently, we waive our right to increase the fee for investment option changes. There is no assurance that we will not exercise our right in the future.

If you request an elective step-up or the elective spousal continuation step-up, the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are invested at that time, as shown in the table below.

Current Contract:

For applications signed:	Maximum annual rider fee	Initial annual rider fee and annual rider fee for elective step-ups before 10/20/2012
05/03/2010 – 07/18/2010	1.75%	0.95%
07/19/2010 –10/03/2010	1.75%	1.10%
10/04/2010 – 12/31/2010	1.75%	1.50%

(Charged annually on the contract anniversary as a percentage of the contract value or the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value, whichever is greater.)

Current annual rider fees for elective step-up (including elective spousal continuation step-up) requests on/after 10/20/2012 are shown in the table below.

Elective step up date:	If invested in Portfolio Navigator fund at the time of step-up:	If invested in Portfolio Stabilizer fund at the time of step-up:
10/20/2012 – 11/ 17/2013	1.75%	n/a
11/18/2013 – 10/17/2014	1.75%	1.30%
10/18/2014 – 06/30/2016	1.60%	1.00%
07/01/2016 – 10/15/2018	1.75%	1.30%
10/16/2018 – 12/29/2019	1.40%	1.00%
12/30/2019 – 07/20/2020	1.55%	1.15%
07/21/2020 and later	1.75%	1.75%

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    45

Original Contract:

Contract purchase date:	Maximum annual rider fee	Initial annual rider fee and annual rider fee for elective step-ups before 04/29/2013
Prior to 01/26/2009	1.75%	0.55%
01/26/2009 – 05/31/2009	1.75%	0.80%

(Charged annually on the contract anniversary as a percentage of the contract value or the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value, whichever is greater.)

Current annual rider fees for elective step-up (including elective spousal continuation step-up) requests on/after 04/29/2013 are shown in the table below.

Elective step up date:	If invested in Portfolio Navigator fund at the time of step-up:	If invested in Portfolio Stabilizer fund at the time of step-up:
04/29/2013 – 11/17/2013	1.75%	n/a
11/18/2013 – 10/17/2014	1.75%	1.30%
10/18/2014 – 06/30/2016	1.60%	1.00%
07/01/2016 – 10/15/2018	1.75%	1.30%
10/16/2018 – 12/29/2019	1.40%	1.00%
12/30/2019 – 07/20/2020	1.55%	1.15%
07/21/2020 and later	1.75%	1.75%

If your annual rider fee changes during the contract year, on the next contract anniversary we will calculate an average rider fee that reflects the various different fees that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

Subject to the terms of your contract, we reserve the right to further increase the rider fees to the maximum limit provided by your rider and to vary the rider fees based on the fund you select.

The automatic step-up option available under your rider will not impact your rider fee.

Please see the “Optional Living Benefits — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider” section for a full description and rules applicable to elective and automatic step-up options under your rider.

The charge does not apply after the annuitization start date.

SecureSource Stages 2 Rider Charge

We deduct an annual charge for this optional feature only if you select it. The current annual charges are:

• SecureSource Stages 2 — Single Life rider, 0.95%

• SecureSource Stages 2 — Joint Life rider, 1.15%

The charge is based on the greater of the benefit base (BB) or the anniversary contract value, but not more than the maximum BB of $10,000,000.

We deduct the charge from your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

Once you elect theSecureSource Stages 2 rider, you may not cancel it (except as described below), and the charge will continue to be deducted until the contract or rider is terminated or until the contract value reduces to zero. If the contract or rider is terminated for any reason, we will deduct the charge, adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the charge.

Currently theSecureSource Stages 2 rider fee does not vary with the PN program investment option selected; however, we reserve the right to vary the rider fee for each investment option. TheSecureSource Stages 2 — Single Life rider fee will not exceed a maximum of 1.75%. TheSecureSource Stages 2 — Joint Life rider fee will not exceed a maximum of 2.25%.

The following describes how your annual rider fee may increase:

1. We may increase the annual rider fee at our discretion and on a nondiscriminatory basis. Your annual rider fee will increase if we declare an increase to the fee with written notice 30 days in advance except as described below. The new fee will be in effect on the date we declare in the written notice.

46    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

(A) You can decline this increase and therefore all future fee increases if we receive your written request prior to the date of the fee increase, in which case you permanently relinquish:

(i)	all future annual step-ups, and for the Joint Life rider, spousal continuation step-ups,
(ii)	any ability to make additional purchase payments,
(iii)	any future rider credits, and the credit base (CB) will be permanently reset to zero,
(iv)	any increase to the lifetime payment percentage due to changing age bands on subsequent birthdays and rider anniversaries, and
(v)	the ability to change your investment option to one that is more aggressive than your current investment option. Any change to a less aggressive investment option will further limit the investment options available to the then current and less aggressive investment options.

(B) You can terminate this rider if your annual rider fee after any increase is more than 0.25 percentage points higher than your fee before the increase and if we receive your written request to terminate the rider prior to the date of the fee increase.

2. Your annual rider fee may increase if you elect to change to a more aggressive investment option than your current investment option and if the new investment option has a higher current annual rider fee. The annual rider fees associated with the available investment option may change at our discretion, however these changes will not apply to this rider unless you change your current investment option to a more aggressive one. The new fee will be in effect on the valuation date we receive your written request to change your investment option. You cannot decline this type of fee increase. To avoid it, you must stay in the same investment option or move to a less aggressive one. Also, this type of fee increase does not allow you to terminate the rider.

If your rider fee increases, on the next contract anniversary, we will calculate an average rider fee, for the preceding contract year only, that reflects the various different fees that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

The fee does not apply after the annuitization start date.

SecureSource Rider Fee

We deduct a charge based on the greater of the contract anniversary value or the total Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA) for this optional feature only if you select it as follows:

Application signed date	Maximum annual rider fee	Initial annual rider fee
5/1/2007 – 5/31/2008, Single Life	1.50%	0.65%
5/1/2007 – 5/31/2008, Joint Life	1.75%	0.85%
6/1/2008 – 1/25/2009, Single Life	1.50%	0.75%
6/1/2008 – 1/25/2009, Joint Life	1.75%	0.95%
1/26/2009 and later, Single Life	2.00%	1.10%
1/26/2009 and later, Joint Life	2.50%	1.40%

We deduct the charge from your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

Once you elect aSecureSourcerider, you may not cancel it and the charge will continue to be deducted until the contract or rider is terminated, or the contract value reduces to zero. If the contract or rider is terminated for any reason, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the charge. If the RBA reduces to zero but the contract value has not been depleted, you will continue to be charged.

We may increase the rider fee at our discretion and on a nondiscriminatory basis. However, the rider fee will not exceed the maximum fees as shown in the table above.

We will not change theSecureSourcerider fee in effect on your contract after the rider effective date unless:

(a)	you choose the annual elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee; or
(b)	you elect to change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee or vary the rider fee for each PN program investment option.

Effective Dec. 18, 2013, we exercised our right to increase the rider fee and vary the fee depending on the fund to which your contract value is invested. Beginning Dec. 18, 2013, if you:

• request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up, or

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    47

• move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is more aggressive than the Portfolio Navigator fund you are currently allocated to,

the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are currently invested as shown in the table below.

If you move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is less aggressive than the Portfolio Navigator fund you are currently allocated to, your fee will not increase and may decrease according to the table below.

		Portfolio Navigator funds
Application signed date	All Portfolio Stabilizer funds	Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)
5/1/2007 – 5/31/2008, Single Life	0.65%	0.75%	0.75%	0.75%	0.90%	1.00%
5/1/2007 – 5/31/2008, Joint Life	0.85%	0.95%	0.95%	0.95%	1.10%	1.20%
6/1/2008 – 1/25/2009, Single Life	0.75%	0.85%	0.85%	0.85%	1.00%	1.10%
6/1/2008 – 1/25/2009, Joint Life	0.95%	1.05%	1.05%	1.05%	1.20%	1.30%
1/26/2009 and later, Single Life	1.10%	1.10%	1.10%	1.10%	1.20%	1.30%
1/26/2009 and later, Joint Life	1.40%	1.40%	1.40%	1.40%	1.50%	1.60%

On your next contract anniversary, if your contract value is allocated to a fund subject to a fee increase, you will have 30 days following the anniversary to choose from the following:

1	Remain invested in your current Portfolio Navigator fund and elect to step up (when available) and lock in your contract gains. If you make this decision, your rider fee will increase.
2.	Move to one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. If you do this, your rider fee will not increase, but remember that you will lose your access to invest in the Portfolio Navigator funds.
3.	Do not elect a step up. You will not lock in contract gains, but your rider fee will stay the same.

During the 30 days following your contract anniversary, if your contract value is allocated to a fund subject to a fee increase, we will automatically process any available step up and lock in any contract gains, as well as reactivate automatic step ups, when contract value is transferred:

1.	to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund;
2.	to a less aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund that is not subject to a fee increase, if applicable; or
3.	to a more aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund.

The step up and lock in of any contract gains will occur as of the date of the transfer described above.

Rider fees may increase or decrease as you move to various funds. Your fee will increase if you transfer your contract value to a more aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund with a higher fee. If you transfer to a less aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund or transfer to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund, your fee may decrease. Certain rider fees may not change depending on the fund in which your contract value is allocated.

We will notify you in writing about your opportunity to elect to step up (if eligible) and incur the higher rider fee or maintain your guaranteed amount at its current level and keep your rider fee the same. If you are subject to a fee increase, you will receive a letter from us approximately 30 days before your next annuity contract anniversary. This letter will describe the potential opportunity to elect a step up to increase your guaranteed income and how to make the election (if eligible). You will have a 30 day period beginning on your next contract anniversary to choose whether to step up and accept the fee increase. The Step up and new fee will be effective on the date we receive your request for the step up (Step up date).

For purposes of determining the duration of the “30 day window” following your contract anniversary to elect to step up or to transfer funds to lock in any available contract gains, the following will apply:

1.	the duration of your window is determined on a calendar day basis;
2.	under our current administrative process we will accept your request on the 31st calendar day if we receive it prior to the close of the NYSE; and
3.	if your window ends on a day the NYSE is closed, we must receive your request no later than the close of the NYSE on the preceding Valuation Date.

48    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Each year, we will continue to provide you written notice of your options with respect to elective step ups and the fee increase until you are no longer subject to a fee increase. Once you have taken action that results in a higher fee, you will become eligible for automatic step ups under the rider.

Before you elect a step up resulting in an increased rider fee, you should carefully consider the benefit of the contract value gains you are locking-in and the increased rider fee compared to your other options including whether it is appropriate to consider moving to a fund with a lower corresponding rider fee.

Subject to the terms of your contract, we reserve the right to further increase the rider fee up to the maximum limit provided by your rider. Currently, the rider fee does not vary among the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, but we reserve the right to vary the fees among the Portfolio Stabilizer funds in the future.

If you choose the elective step up, the elective spousal continuation step up, or change your investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee as described above, you will pay the fee that is in effect on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up or change your investment option. On the next contract anniversary, we will calculate an average rider fee, for the preceding contract year only, that reflects the various different charges that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

The charge does not apply after the annuitization start date.

For an example of how your fee will vary upon elective step up or spousal continuation step up, please see Appendix M.

SecureSource Stages Rider Fee

We deduct a charge for this optional feature only if you select it as follows:

• SecureSource Stages – Single Life rider, 1.10%

• SecureSource Stages – Joint Life rider, 1.35%

The fee is based on the greater of the benefit base (BB) or the anniversary contract value, but not more than the maximum BB of $10,000,000.

We deduct the charge from your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

Once you elect theSecureSource Stages rider, you may not cancel it (except as described below), and the charge will continue to be deducted until the contract or rider is terminated, or the contract value reduces to zero. If the contract or rider is terminated for any reason, we will deduct the charge adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the charge.

Currently theSecureSource Stages rider fee does not vary with the PN program investment option selected; however, we reserve the right to vary the rider fee for each PN program investment option. TheSecureSource Stages – Single Life rider fee will not exceed a maximum of 2.00%. TheSecureSource Stages – Joint Life rider fee will not exceed a maximum of 2.50%.

The following describes how your annual rider fee may increase:

1. We may increase the annual rider fee at our discretion and on a nondiscriminatory basis. Your annual rider fee will increase if we declare an increase to the fee with written notice 30 days in advance except as described below. The new fee will be in effect on the date we declare in the written notice.

(A) You can decline this increase and therefore all future fee increases if we receive your written request prior to the date of the fee increase, in which case you permanently relinquish:

(i)	all future annual step-ups, and for the Joint Life rider, spousal continuation step-ups, any ability to make additional purchase payments,
(ii)	any future rider credits, and the credit base (CB) will be permanently reset to zero,
(iii)	any increase to the lifetime payment percentage due to changing age bands on subsequent birthdays and rider anniversaries, and
(iv)	the ability to change your PN program investment option to one that is more aggressive than your current investment option. Any change to a less aggressive PN program investment option will further limit the PN program investment options available to the then current and less aggressive PN program investment options.

(B) You can terminate this rider if your annual rider fee after any increase is more than 0.25 percentage points higher than your fee before the increase and if we receive your written request to terminate the rider prior to the date of the fee increase.

2. Your annual rider fee may increase if you elect to change to a more aggressive PN program investment option than your current PN program investment option and if the new PN program investment option has a higher current

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    49

annual rider fee. The annual rider fees associated with the available PN program investment options may change at our discretion, however these changes will not apply to this rider unless you change your current PN program investment option to a more aggressive one. The new fee will be in effect on the valuation date we receive your written request to change your PN program investment option. You cannot decline this type of fee increase. To avoid it, you must stay in the same PN program investment option or move to a less aggressive model. Also, this type of fee increase does not allow you to terminate the rider.

If your annual rider fee increases, on the next contract anniversary, we will calculate an average rider fee, for the preceding contract year only, that reflects the various different fees that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

The charge does not apply after the annuitization start date.

SecureSource 20 Rider Fee

We deduct a charge based on the greater of the contract anniversary value or the total Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA) for this optional feature only if you select it as follows:

• SecureSource 20 – Single Life rider, 1.25%;

• SecureSource 20 – Joint Life rider, 1.55%.

We deduct the charge from your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

Once you elect theSecureSource 20 rider, you may not cancel it (except as described below), and the charge will continue to be deducted until the contract or rider is terminated, or the contract value reduces to zero. If the contract or rider is terminated for any reason, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee. If the RBA reduces to zero but the contract value has not been depleted, you will continue to be charged.

Currently theSecureSource 20 rider fee does not vary with the PN program investment option selected; however, we reserve the right to vary the rider fee for each PN program investment option. TheSecureSource 20 – Single Life rider fee will not exceed a maximum charge of 2.00%. TheSecureSource 20 – Joint Life rider fee will not exceed a maximum charge of 2.50%.

The following describes how your annual rider fee may increase:

1. We may increase the annual rider fee at our discretion and on a nondiscriminatory basis. Your annual rider fee will increase if we declare an increase to the fee with written notice 30 days in advance except as described below. The new fee will be in effect on the date we declare in the written notice.

(A) You can decline this increase and therefore all future fee increases if we receive your written request prior to the date of the fee increase, in which case you permanently relinquish:

(i)	all future annual step-ups, and for the Joint Life rider, spousal continuation step-ups,
(ii)	any ability to make additional purchase payments,
(iii)	any pending increase to the ALP due to the 20% credit on the later of the third rider anniversary or the date the ALP is established, and
(iv)	the ability to change your PN program investment option to one that is more aggressive than your current one. Any change to a less aggressive PN program investment option will further limit the PN program investment options available to the then current and less aggressive PN program model portfolios or investment options.

(B) You can terminate this rider if your annual rider fee increase after any increase is more than 0.25 percentage points higher than your fee before the increase and if we receive your written request to terminate the rider prior to the date of the fee increase.

2. Your annual rider fee may increase if you elect to change to a more aggressive PN program investment option than your current PN program investment options and if the new PN program investment option has a higher current annual rider fee. The annual rider fees associated with the available PN program model portfolios or investment options may change at our discretion, however these changes will not apply to this rider unless you change your current PN program investment option to a more aggressive one. The new fee will be in effect on the valuation date we receive your written request to change your PN program investment option. You cannot decline this type of fee increase. To avoid it, you must stay in the same PN program investment option or move to a less aggressive PN program investment option. Also, this type of fee increase does not allow you to terminate the rider.

50    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If your annual rider fee increases, on the next contract anniversary, we will calculate an average rider fee, for the preceding contract year only, that reflects the various different fees that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

The charge does not apply after the annuitization start date.

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider Fee⁽¹⁾

We deduct an annual charge based on the greater of the contract anniversary value or the total Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA) for this optional feature only if you select it. The initial fee is 0.65%. We deduct the charge from your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

Once you elect the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, you may not cancel it and the charge will continue to be deducted until the contract is terminated, the contract value reduces to zero. If the contract is terminated for any reason or on the annuitization start date, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee. If the RBA goes to zero but the contract value has not been depleted, you will continue to be charged.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider charge will not exceed a maximum fee of 1.50%.

We may increase the rider fee at our discretion and on a nondiscriminatory basis.

We will not change the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider fee in effect on your contract after the rider effective date unless:

(a)	you choose the annual elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee; or
(b)	you elect to change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee or vary the rider fee for each PN program investment option.

Effective Dec. 18, 2013, we exercised our right to increase the rider fee and vary the fee depending on the fund to which your contract value is invested. Beginning Dec. 18, 2013, if you:

• request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up, or

• move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is more aggressive than the Portfolio Navigator fund you are currently allocated to,

the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are currently invested as shown in the table below.

If you move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is less aggressive than the Portfolio Navigator fund you are currently allocated to, your fee will not increase and may decrease according to the table below.

Fund name	Maximum annual rider fee	Current annual rider fee as of 12/18/13
Portfolio Stabilizer funds	1.50%	0.65%
Portfolio Navigator funds:
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.80%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.80%
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.80%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.95%
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	1.10%

On your next contract anniversary, if your contract value is allocated to a fund subject to a fee increase, you will have 30 days following the anniversary to choose from the following:

1.	Remain invested in your current Portfolio Navigator fund and elect to step up (when available) and lock in your contract gains. If you make this decision, your rider fee will increase.
2.	Move to one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. If you do this, your rider fee will not increase, but remember that you will lose your access to invest in the Portfolio Navigator funds.
3.	Do not elect a step up, if eligible. You will not lock in contract gains, but your rider fee will stay the same.

⁽¹⁾ See disclosure in Appendix I.

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    51

During the 30 days following your contract anniversary, if your contract value is allocated to a fund subject to a fee increase, we will automatically process any available step up and lock in any contract gains, as well as reactivate automatic step ups, when contract value is transferred:

1.	to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund;
2.	to a less aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund that is not subject to a fee increase, if applicable; or
3.	to a more aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund.

The step up and lock in of any contract gains will occur as of the date of the transfer described above.

Rider fees may increase or decrease as you move to various funds. Your fee will increase if you transfer your contract value to a more aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund with a higher fee. If you transfer to a less aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund or transfer to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund, your fee may decrease. Certain rider fees may not change depending on the fund in which your contract value is allocated.

We will notify you in writing about your opportunity to elect to step up (if eligible) and incur the higher rider fee or maintain your guaranteed amount at its current level and keep your rider fee the same. If you are subject to a fee increase, you will receive a letter from us approximately 30 days before your next annuity contract anniversary. This letter will describe the potential opportunity to elect a step up to increase your guaranteed income and how to make the election if eligible. You will have a 30 day period beginning on your next contract anniversary to choose whether to step up and accept the fee increase. The step up and new fee will be effective on the date we receive your request for the step up (Step up date).

For purposes of determining the duration of the “30 day window” following your contract anniversary to elect to step up or to transfer funds to lock in any available contract gains, the following will apply:

1.	the duration of your window is determined on a calendar day basis;
2.	under our current administrative process we will accept your request on the 31st calendar day if we receive it prior to the close of the NYSE; and
3.	if your window ends on a day the NYSE is closed, we must receive your request no later than the close of the NYSE on the preceding Valuation Date.

Each year, we will continue to provide you written notice of your options with respect to elective step ups and the fee increase until you are no longer subject to a fee increase. Once you have taken action that results in a higher fee, you will become eligible for automatic step ups under the rider.

Before you elect a step up resulting in an increased rider fee, you should carefully consider the benefit of the contract value gains you are locking-in and the increased rider fee compared to your other options including whether it is appropriate to consider moving to a fund with a lower corresponding rider fee.

Subject to the terms of your contract, we reserve the right to further increase the rider fee up to the maximum limit provided by your rider. Currently, the rider fee does not vary among the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, but we reserve the right to vary the fees among the Portfolio Stabilizer funds in the future.

If you choose the elective step up, the elective spousal continuation step up, or change your investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee as described above, you will pay the fee that is in effect on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up or change your investment option. On the next contract anniversary, we will calculate an average fee, for the preceding contract year only, that reflects the various different charges that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

The charge does not apply after the annuitization start date.

For an example of how your fee will vary upon elective step up or spousal continuation step up, please see Appendix P.

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider Fee⁽¹⁾

This fee information applies to both Rider A and Rider B unless otherwise noted.

We deduct an annual charge based on contract value for this optional feature only if you select it. The initial fee is 0.55%. We deduct the charge from your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the one-year fixed account, and the subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

⁽¹⁾ See disclosure in Appendix J.

52    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Once you elect the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, you may not cancel it and the charge will continue to be deducted until the contract is terminated, the contract value reduces to zero. If the contract is terminated for any reason or on the annuitization start date, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee. If the Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA) goes to zero but the contract value has not been depleted, you will continue to be charged.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider fee will not exceed a maximum charge of 1.50%.

We may increase the rider fee at our discretion and on a nondiscriminatory basis.

We will not change the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider fee in effect on your contract after the rider effective date unless:

(a)	you choose the annual elective step up or elective spousal continuation step up after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee; or
(b)	you elect to change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee or vary the rider fee for each PN program investment option.

Effective Dec. 18, 2013, we exercised our right to increase the rider fee and vary the fee depending on the fund to which your contract value is invested.

Beginning Dec. 18, 2013, if you:

• request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up, or

• move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is more aggressive than the Portfolio Navigator fund you are currently allocated to,

the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are currently invested as shown in the table below.

If you move to a Portfolio Navigator fund that is less aggressive than the Portfolio Navigator fund you are currently allocated to, your fee will not increase and may decrease according to the table below.

Fund name	Maximum annual rider fee	Current annual rider fee as of 12/18/13
Portfolio Stabilizer funds	1.50%	0.55%
Portfolio Navigator funds:
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.70%
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	0.85%
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2), (Class 4)	1.50%	1.00%

On your next contract anniversary after, if your contract value is allocated to a fund subject to a fee increase, you will have 30 days following the anniversary to choose from the following:

1.	Remain invested in your current Portfolio Navigator fund and elect to step up (when available) and lock in your contract gains. If you make this decision, your rider fee will increase.
2.	Move to one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. If you do this, your rider fee will not increase, but remember that you will lose your access to invest in the Portfolio Navigator funds.
3.	Do not elect a step up, if eligible. You will not lock in contract gains, but your rider fee will stay the same.

For the enhanced rider, if during the 30 days following your contract anniversary, your contract value is allocated to a fund subject to a fee increase, we will automatically process any available step up and lock in any contract gains, as well as reactivate automatic step ups, when contract value is transferred:

1.	to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund;
2.	to a less aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund that is not subject to a fee increase, if applicable; or
3.	to a more aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund.

For original riders, you must always elect to step up your rider values. The step up and lock in of any contract gains will occur as of the date of the transfer described above.

Rider fees may increase or decrease as you move to various funds. Your fee will increase if you transfer your contract value to a more aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund with a higher fee. If you transfer to a less aggressive Portfolio Navigator fund or transfer to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund, your fee may decrease. Certain rider fees may not change depending on the fund in which your contract value is allocated.

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    53

We will notify you in writing about your opportunity to elect to step up (if eligible) and incur the higher rider fee or maintain your guaranteed amount at its current level and keep your rider fee the same. For original riders or enhanced riders subject to a fee increase, you will receive a letter from us approximately 30 days before your next annuity contract anniversary. This letter will describe the potential opportunity to elect a step up to increase your guaranteed income and how to make the election if eligible. You will have a 30 day period beginning on your next contract anniversary to choose whether to step up and accept the fee increase. For enhanced riders and original riders with an application signed date on or after 4/29/2005, if approved in your state, the step up and new fee will be effective on the date we receive your request for the step up (Step up date). For original riders with an application signed date before 4/29/2005, the step up will be effective as of your contract anniversary and the fee for your rider will be the fee that was in effect for your current fund on the anniversary.

For purposes of determining the duration of the “30 day window” following your contract anniversary to elect to step up or to transfer funds to lock in any available contract gains, the following will apply:

1.	the duration of your window is determined on a calendar day basis;
2.	under our current administrative process we will accept your request on the 31st calendar day if we receive it prior to the close of the NYSE; and
3.	if your window ends on a day the NYSE is closed, we must receive your request no later than the close of the NYSE on the preceding Valuation Date.

Under the enhanced rider, each year, we will continue to provide you written notice of your options with respect to elective step ups and the fee increase until you are no longer subject to a fee increase. Once you have taken action that results in a higher fee, you will become eligible for automatic step ups under the rider.

Before you elect a step up resulting in an increased rider fee, you should carefully consider the benefit of the contract value gains you are locking-in and the increased rider fee compared to your other options including whether it is appropriate to consider moving to a fund with a lower corresponding rider fee.

Subject to the terms of your contract, we reserve the right to further increase the rider fee up to the maximum limit provided by your rider. Currently, the rider fee does not vary among the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, but we reserve the right to vary the fees among the Portfolio Stabilizer funds in the future.

If you choose the annual or spousal continuation elective step up or change your investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee as described above, you will pay the fee that is in effect on the effective date of your step up or investment option change. On the next contract anniversary, we will calculate an average rider fee, for the preceding contract year only, that reflects the various different charges that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

The charge does not apply after the annuitization start date.

For an example of how your fee will vary upon elective step up or spousal continuation step up, please see Appendix P.

Income Assurer Benefit Rider Fee

We deduct a charge for this optional feature only if you selected it. We determine the charge by multiplying the guaranteed income benefit base by the charge for the Income Assurer Benefit rider you select. There are three Income Assurer Benefit rider options available under your contract (see “Optional Benefits — Income Assurer Benefit Riders”) and each has a different guaranteed income benefit base calculation. The charge for each Income Assurer Benefit rider is as follows:

	Maximum	Current
Income Assurer Benefit – MAV	1.50%	0.30%(1)
Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base	1.75	0.60(1)
Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base	2.00	0.65(1)

⁽¹⁾ For applications signed prior to Oct. 7, 2004, the following current annual rider charges apply: Income Assurer Benefit – MAV — 0.55%, Income Assurer Benefit — 5% Accumulation Benefit Base — 0.70%; and Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base — 0.75%.

We deduct the charge from the contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among the GPAs , the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary. If the contract is terminated for any reason or on the annuitization start date, we will deduct the fee from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee.

Currently the Income Assurer Benefit rider fee does not vary with the PN program investment option selected; however, we reserve the right to increase this fee and/or vary the rider fee for each PN program investment option but not to exceed the maximum charges shown above. We cannot change the Income Assurer Benefit charge after the rider

54    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

effective date, unless you change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the fee and/or charge a separate fee for each PN program investment option. If you choose to change your PN program investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee, you will pay the fee that is in effect on the valuation date we receive your written request to change your PN program investment option. On the next contract anniversary, we will calculate an average rider fee, for the preceding contract year only, that reflects the various different charges that were in effect that year, adjusted for the number of calendar days each fee was in effect.

For an example of how each Income Assurer Benefit rider fee is calculated, see Appendix K.

Optional Death Benefit Charges

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider Fee

We deduct a charge for the optional feature only if you select it. If selected, we deduct 0.25% of your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

For the Current Contract, on the annuitization start date and if the contract is terminated for any reason except your election to terminate the rider during the 30 day window after certain anniversaries, we will deduct the fee from the contract value adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place during the contract year. For the Original Contract, on the annuitization start date and if the contract is terminated for any reason other than death, we will deduct the fee from the contract value adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee.

We cannot increase this annual charge after the rider effective date.

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider Fee

We charge a fee for the optional feature only if you select it. If selected, we deduct 0.40% of your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this fee among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

For the Current Contract, on the annuitization start date and if the contract is terminated for any reason except your election to terminate the rider during the 30 day window after certain anniversaries, we will deduct the fee from the contract value adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place during the contract year.

For the Original Contract, on the annuitization start date and if the contract is terminated for any reason other than death, we will deduct the fee from the contract value adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee.

We cannot increase this annual charge after the rider effective date.

Fund Fees and Expenses

There are deductions from and expenses paid out of the assets of the funds that are described in the prospectuses for those funds.

Premium Taxes

Certain state and local governments impose premium taxes on us (up to 3.5%). These taxes depend upon your state of residence or the state in which the contract was issued. Currently, we deduct any applicable premium tax on the annuitization start date, but we reserve the right to deduct this tax at other times such as when you make purchase payments or when you make a full surrender from your contract.

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    55

Valuing Your Investment

We value your accounts as follows:

GPAs

We value the amounts you allocate to the GPAs directly in dollars. The value of the GPAs equals:

• the sum of your purchase payments and transfer amounts allocated to the GPAs;

• plus interest credited;

• minus the sum of amounts surrendered (including any applicable surrender charges for Contract Option L) and amounts transferred out;

• minus any prorated portion of the contract administrative charge; and

• minus the prorated portion of the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Accumulation Protector Benefit rider;

– SecureSource series rider

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider;

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider;

– Income Assurer Benefit rider;

– Benefit Protector rider; or

– Benefit Protector Plus rider.

The Fixed Account

We value the amounts you allocate to the fixed account directly in dollars. The value of the fixed account equals:

• Current Contract: the sum of your purchase payments allocated to the regular fixed account and the Special DCA fixed account, and transfer amounts to the regular fixed account (including any positive or negative MVA on amounts transferred from the GPAs);

• Original Contract: the sum of your purchase payments allocated to the one-year fixed account (if included) and the DCA fixed account (if included), and transfer amounts to the one-year fixed account (including any positive or negative MVA on amounts transferred from the GPAs);

• plus interest credited;

• minus the sum of amounts surrendered (including any applicable surrender charges for Contract Option L) and amounts transferred out;

• minus any prorated portion of the contract administrative charge; and

• minus the prorated portion of the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Accumulation Protector Benefit rider;

– SecureSource series rider

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider;

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider;

– Income Assurer Benefit rider;

– Benefit Protector rider; or

– Benefit Protector Plus rider.

Subaccounts

We convert amounts you allocated to the subaccounts into accumulation units. Each time you make a purchase payment or transfer amounts into one of the subaccounts, we credit a certain number of accumulation units to your contract for that subaccount. Conversely, we subtract a certain number of accumulation units from your contract each time you take a partial surrender; transfer amounts out of a subaccount; or we assess a contract administrative charge, a surrender charge, or fee for any optional contract riders with annual charges (if applicable).

The accumulation units are the true measure of investment value in each subaccount during the accumulation period. They are related to, but not the same as, the net asset value of the fund in which the subaccount invests. The dollar value of each accumulation unit can rise or fall daily depending on the variable account expenses, performance of the fund and on certain fund expenses.

56    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Here is how we calculate accumulation unit values:

Number of units: To calculate the number of accumulation units for a particular subaccount, we divide your investment by the current accumulation unit value.

Accumulation unit value: The current accumulation unit value for each subaccount equals the last value times the subaccount’s current net investment factor.

We determine the net investment factor by:

• adding the fund’s current net asset value per share, plus the per share amount of any accrued income or capital gain dividends to obtain a current adjusted net asset value per share; then

• dividing that sum by the previous adjusted net asset value per share; and

• subtracting the percentage factor representing the mortality and expense risk fee and the variable account administrative charge from the result.

Because the net asset value of the fund may fluctuate, the accumulation unit value may increase or decrease. You bear all the investment risk in a subaccount.

Factors that affect subaccount accumulation units: Accumulation units may change in two ways — in number and in value.

The number of accumulation units you own may fluctuate due to:

• additional purchase payments you allocate to the subaccounts;

• transfers into or out of the subaccounts (including any positive or negative MVA on amounts transferred from the GPAs);

• partial surrenders;

• surrender charges (for contract Option L);

and the deduction of a prorated portion of:

• the contract administrative charge; and

• the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Accumulation Protector Benefit rider;

– SecureSource series of riders;

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider;

– Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider;

– Income Assurer Benefit rider;

– Benefit Protector rider; or

– Benefit Protector Plus rider.

Accumulation unit values will fluctuate due to:

• changes in fund net asset value;

• fund dividends distributed to the subaccounts;

• fund capital gains or losses;

• fund operating expenses; and

• mortality and expense risk fee and the variable account administrative charge.

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    57

Making the Most of Your Contract

Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging

Currently, you can use automated transfers to take advantage of dollar-cost averaging (investing a fixed amount at regular intervals). For example, for the Original Contract, you might transfer a set amount monthly from a relatively conservative subaccount to a more aggressive one, or to several others, or from the one-year GPA or one-year fixed account to one or more subaccounts. Automated transfers are not available for GPA terms of two or more years. You can also obtain the benefits of dollar-cost averaging by setting up regular automatic SIP payments or by establishing an interest sweep strategy. Interest sweeps are a monthly transfer of the interest earned from the one-year GPA or one-year fixed account into the subaccounts of your choice. If you participate in an interest sweep strategy the interest you earn on the one-year GPA or one-year fixed account will be less than the annual interest rate we apply because there will be no compounding. For the Current Contract, you might transfer a set amount monthly from a relatively conservative subaccount to a more aggressive one, or to several others, or from the regular fixed account to one or more subaccounts. You may not set up an automated transfer to or from the GPAs or set up an automated transfer to the regular fixed account. You can also obtain the benefits of dollar-cost averaging by setting up regular automatic SIP payments. The Current Contract does not allow an interest sweep strategy. There is no charge for dollar-cost averaging.

This systematic approach can help you benefit from fluctuations in accumulation unit values caused by fluctuations in the market values of the funds. Since you invest the same amount each period, you automatically acquire more units when the market value falls and fewer units when it rises. The potential effect is to lower your average cost per unit.

How dollar-cost averaging works

By investing an equal number of dollars each month		Month	Amount invested	Accumulation unit value	Number of units purchased
		Jan	$100	$20	5.00
		Feb	100	18	5.56
you automatically buy more units when the per unit market price is low		Mar	100	17	5.88
	→	Apr	100	15	6.67
		May	100	16	6.25
		Jun	100	18	5.56
		Jul	100	17	5.88
and fewer units when the per unit market price is high.		Aug	100	19	5.26
	→	Sept	100	21	4.76
		Oct	100	20	5.00

You paid an average price of $17.91 per unit over the 10 months, while the average market price actually was $18.10.

Dollar-cost averaging does not guarantee that any subaccount will gain in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. Because dollar-cost averaging involves continuous investing, your success will depend upon your willingness to continue to invest regularly through periods of low price levels. Dollar-cost averaging can be an effective way to help meet your long-term goals. For specific features contact your investment professional.

Dollar-cost averaging as described in this section is not available when the PN program is in effect. However, subject to certain restrictions, dollar-cost averaging is available through the Special DCA fixed account (Current Contract) and the DCA fixed account (Original Contract). See the “Special DCA Fixed Account”, “DCA Fixed Account” and “Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds” sections in this prospectus for details.

Asset Rebalancing

You can ask us in writing to automatically rebalance the subaccount portion of your contract value either quarterly, semiannually, or annually. The period you select will start to run on the date we record your request. On the first valuation date of each of these periods, we automatically will rebalance your contract value so that the value in each subaccount matches your current subaccount percentage allocations. These percentage allocations must be in whole numbers. There is no charge for asset rebalancing. The contract value must be at least $2,000.

You can change your percentage allocations or your rebalancing period at any time by contacting us in writing. We will restart the rebalancing period you selected as of the date we record your change. You also can ask us in writing to stop rebalancing your contract value. You must allow 30 days for us to change any instructions that currently are in place. For more information on asset rebalancing, contact your investment professional.

58    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Different rules apply to asset rebalancing under the PN program (see “Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds” below and “Appendix H — Asset Allocation Program for Contracts with Applications Signed Before May 1, 2006”).

As long as you are not participating in a PN program, asset rebalancing is available for use with the Special DCA fixed account (Current Contract) and the DCA fixed account (Original Contract) (see “Special DCA Fixed Account” and “DCA Fixed Account”) only if your subaccount allocation for asset rebalancing is exactly the same as your subaccount allocation for transfers from the Special DCA fixed account and the DCA fixed account. If you change your subaccount allocations under the asset rebalancing program or the Special DCA fixed account and the DCA fixed account, we will automatically change the subaccount allocations so they match. If you do not wish to have the subaccount allocation be the same for the asset rebalancing program and the Special DCA fixed account and the DCA fixed account, you must terminate the asset rebalancing program or the Special DCA fixed account and the DCA fixed account, as you may choose.

Portfolio Navigator Program (PN program) and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds

PN Program. You are required to participate in the PN program if your contract includes optional living benefit riders. Under the PN program, your contract value is allocated to a PN program investment. The PN program investment options are currently five funds of funds, each of which invests in underlying funds in proportions that vary among the funds of funds in light of each fund of funds’ investment objective (“Portfolio Navigator funds”). The PN program is available for both nonqualified and qualified annuities.

The Portfolio Navigator funds. We offer the following Portfolio Navigator funds:

1.	Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio
2.	Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio
3.	Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio
4.	Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio
5.	Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio

Each Portfolio Navigator fund is a fund of funds with the investment objective of seeking a high level of total return consistent with a certain level of risk, which it seeks to achieve by investing in various underlying funds.

For additional information about the Portfolio Navigator funds’ investment strategies, see the Funds’ prospectus.

If your contract does not include one of the living benefit riders, you may not participate in the PN program, but you may choose to allocate your contract value to one or more of the Portfolio Navigator funds.

Beginning November 18, 2013, if you have selected one of theSecureSource series riders, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life riders, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider or Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, as an alternative to the Portfolio Navigator funds in the PN program, we have made available to you new funds, known as Portfolio Stabilizer funds.

The Portfolio Stabilizer funds. The Portfolio Stabilizer funds currently available are:

1.	Variable Portfolio – Managed Risk Fund (Class 2) (1)
2.	Variable Portfolio – Managed Risk U. S. Fund (Class 2) (1)
3.	Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Fund (Class 2)
4.	Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2)
5.	Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2)
6.	Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Growth Fund (Class 2)
7.	Variable Portfolio – U.S. Flexible Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2)(2)
8.	Variable Portfolio – U.S. Flexible Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2)(2)
9.	Variable Portfolio – U.S. Flexible Growth Fund (Class 2)(2)

⁽¹⁾ Available to Current Contract owners effective Sept. 18, 2017.

⁽²⁾ Available to Current Contract owners effective Nov. 14, 2016.

Each Portfolio Stabilizer fund has an investment objective of pursuing total return while seeking to manage the Fund’s exposure to equity market volatility.

For additional information about the Portfolio Stabilizer funds’ investment strategies, see the Funds’ prospectuses.

You may choose to remain invested in your current Portfolio Navigator fund, move to a different Portfolio Navigator fund, or move to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund. Your decision should be made based on your own individual investment objectives and financial situation and in consultation with your investment professional.

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    59

Please note that if you are currently invested in a Portfolio Navigator fund as part of the PN program and choose to reallocate your contract value to the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, you will no longer have access to any of the Portfolio Navigator funds, but you may change to any of the other Portfolio Stabilizer funds, subject to the transfer limits applicable to your rider.

If your contract does not include the living benefit riders, you may not participate in the PN program, but you may choose to allocate your contract value to one or more of the Portfolio Navigator funds. You should review any PN program, Portfolio Navigator funds and Portfolio Stabilizer funds information, including the funds’ prospectus, carefully. Your investment professional can provide you with additional information and can answer questions you may have on the PN program, Portfolio Navigator funds and Portfolio Stabilizer funds.

The PN program static model portfolios. If you have chosen to remain invested in a “static” PN program model portfolio investment option, your assets will remain invested in accordance with your current model portfolio, and you will not be provided with any updates to the model portfolio or reallocation recommendations. (The last such reallocation recommendation was provided in 2009.) Each model portfolio consists of underlying funds and/or any GPAs (if included) according to the allocation percentages stated for the model portfolio. If you are participating in the PN program through a model portfolio, you instruct us to automatically rebalance your contract value quarterly in order to maintain alignment with these allocation percentages.

Special rules apply to the GPAs if they are included in a model portfolio. Under these rules:

• no MVA will apply when rebalancing occurs within a specific model portfolio (but an MVA may apply if you elect to transfer to a fund of funds);

• no MVA will apply when you elect an annuity payout plan while your contract value is invested in a model portfolio. (See “Guarantee Period Accounts — Market Value Adjustment.”)

If you choose to remain in a static model portfolio, the investments and investment styles and policies of the underlying funds in which your contract value is invested may change. Accordingly, your model portfolio may change so that it is no longer appropriate for your needs, even though your allocations to underlying funds do not change. Furthermore, the absence of periodic updating means that existing underlying funds will not be replaced as may be appropriate due to poor performance, changes in management personnel, liquidation, merger or other factors. Your investment professional can help you determine whether your continued investment in a static model portfolio is appropriate for you.

Investing in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, the Portfolio Navigator funds and PN static model portfolios (the Funds). You are responsible for determining which investment option is best for you. Currently, the PN program includes five Portfolio Navigator funds (and under the previous PN program, five static model portfolios investment options), with risk profiles ranging from conservative to aggressive in relation to one another. There are four Portfolio Stabilizer funds currently available to the Original Contracts (applications signed prior to Nov. 30, 2009).  If you have an Original Contract and your contract includes a living benefit rider you may only invest in one Portfolio Stabilizer or Portfolio Navigator fund at a time.  If you have a Current Contract with a living benefit rider and you are invested in the Portfolio Navigator fund, you may only invest in one Portfolio Navigator fund.  If you have a Current Contract with a living benefit rider and you are invested in the Portfolio Stabilizer fund, effective Nov. 14, 2016, this limitation will not apply and you may invest in more than one Portfolio Stabilizer fund at the time.
Your investment professional can help you determine which investment option most closely matches your investing style, based on factors such as your investment goals, your tolerance for risk and how long you intend to invest. There is no guarantee that the investment option you select is appropriate for you based on your investment objectives and/or risk profile. We and Columbia Management are not responsible for your decision to select a certain investment option or your decision to transfer to a different investment option.

If you initially allocate qualifying purchase payments to the DCA fixed account  (Original Contract) or Special DCA fixed account (Current Contract), when available (see “The Special DCA Fixed Account” and “DCA Fixed Account”), and you are invested in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds or one of the Portfolio Navigator funds, we will make monthly transfers in accordance with your instructions from the DCA fixed account (Original Contract) or Special DCA fixed account (Current Contract), into the investment option or model portfolio you have chosen.

Before you decide to transfer contract value to the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, you and your investment professional should carefully consider the following:

• Whether the Portfolio Stabilizer funds meet your personal investment objectives and/or risk tolerance.

• Whether you would like to continue to invest in a Portfolio Navigator fund. If you decide to transfer your contract value to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund, you permanently lose your ability to invest in any of the Portfolio Navigator funds if you have a living benefit rider. If you decide to no longer invest your contract value in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, your only option will be to terminate your contract by requesting a full surrender.Surrender charges and tax penalties may apply.

60    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• Whether the total expenses associated with an investment in a Portfolio Stabilizer fund is appropriate for you. For total expenses associated with the rider, you should consider not only the variation of the rider fee, but also the variation in fees among the various funds. You should also consider your overall investment objective, as well as how total fees and your selected fund’s investment objective may impact the amount of any step up opportunities in the future.

If your contract includes a living benefit rider,  you may request a change to your Fund selection (or a transfer from your PN program static model portfolio to either a Portfolio Navigator fund or a Portfolio Stabilizer fund) up to two times per contract year by written request on an authorized form or by another method agreed to by us. Effective Sept. 18, 2017, Current Contract owners may request a change to Fund selection up to four times per contract year by written request on an authorized form or by another method agreed to by us. If you make such a change, we may charge you a higher fee for your rider. However, an initial transfer from a Portfolio Navigator fund to a Portfolio Stabilizer fund will not count toward the limit of two or four transfers per year. Current Contract owners may also set up asset rebalancing and change their percentage allocations, but those changes will count towards the four times per year limit. If your contract includes aSecureSource series rider, we reserve the right to limit the number of changes if required to comply with the written instructions of a fund (see “Market Timing”). If your contract includes the GWB for Life rider orSecureSource series rider, we reserve the right to limit the number of investment options from which you can select, subject to state restrictions. If you decide to annuitize your contract, your rider will terminate and you will no longer have access to the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. If your living benefit rider is terminated, you may remain invested in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, but you will not be allowed to allocate future purchase payments or make transfers to these funds.

Substitution and modification. We reserve the right to add, remove or substitute Funds. We also reserve the right, upon notification to you, to close or restrict any Fund. Any change will apply to current allocations and/or to future payments and transfers. Any substitution of Funds may be subject to SEC or state insurance departments approval.

We reserve the right to change the terms and conditions of the PN program or to change the availability of the investment options upon written notice to you. This includes but is not limited to the right to:

• limit your choice of investment options based on the amount of your initial purchase payment;

• cancel required participation in the program after 30 days written notice;

• substitute a fund of funds for your model portfolio, if applicable, if permitted under applicable securities law; and

• discontinue the PN program after 30 days written notice.

Risks associated with the Funds. An investment in a Fund involves risk. Principal risks associated with an investment in a Fund may be found in the relevant Fund’s prospectus. There is no assurance that the Funds will achieve their respective investment objectives. In addition, there is no guarantee that the Fund’s strategy will have its intended effect or that it will work as effectively as is intended.

Investing in a Portfolio Navigator fund, Portfolio Stabilizer fund or PN program static model portfolio does not guarantee that your contract will increase in value nor will it protect in a decline in value if market prices fall. Depending on future market conditions and considering only the potential return on your investment in the Fund, you might benefit (or benefit more) from selecting alternative investment options.

For more information and a list of the risks associated with investing in the Funds, including volatility and volatility management risk associated with Portfolio Stabilizer funds, please consult the applicable Funds’ prospectuses and “The Variable Account and the Funds – Risks and Conflicts of Interest with Certain Funds Advised by Columbia Management” section in this prospectus.

Conflicts of interest. In providing investment advisory services for the Funds and the underlying funds in which those Funds respectively invest, Columbia Management is, together with its affiliates, including us, subject to competing interests that may influence its decisions.

For additional information regarding the conflicts of interest to which Columbia Management may be subject, see the Funds’ prospectuses and “The Variable Account and the Funds – Risks and Conflicts of Interest with Certain Funds Advised by Columbia Management” section in this prospectus.

Automatic reallocation after taking withdrawal. If you selected theSecureSource, SecureSource 20or anySecureSource Stagesriders, under the rules currently applicable to investments in the Portfolio Navigator funds, your contract value will be automatically reallocated to the Moderate option, Variable Portfolio — Moderate Portfolio once you begin taking withdrawals if the fund you are invested in is more aggressive. By contrast, under the rules applicable to investments in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, your contract value will not automatically be reallocated to a more conservative investment option after you begin taking withdrawals.

Living benefits requiring participation in the PN program or investing in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds:

• Accumulation Protector Benefit rider: You cannot terminate the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. As long as the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider is in effect, your contract value must be invested in one of the PN program

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    61

	investment options or in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. For contracts with applications signed on or after Jan. 26, 2009, you cannot select the Portfolio Navigator Aggressive investment option, or transfer to the Portfolio Navigator Aggressive investment option while the rider is in effect. The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider automatically ends at the end of the waiting period and you then have the option to cancel your participation in the PN program. At all other times, if you do not want to invest in any of the PN program investment options or the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, you must terminate your contract by requesting a full surrender. Surrender charges and tax penalties may apply.
•	SecureSource series or Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider: TheSecureSource series rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider requires that your contract value be invested in one of the PN program investment options or in the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, for the life of the contract. Subject to state restrictions, we reserve the right to limit the number of investment options from which you can select based on the dollar amount of purchase payments you make. Because you cannot terminate theSecureSource series rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider once you have selected it, you must terminate your contract by requesting a full surrender if you do not want to invest in any of the PN program investment options or the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. Surrender charges and tax penalties may apply.
•	Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider: The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider requires that your contract value be invested in one of the PN program investment options or in one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds, for the life of the contract and because you cannot terminate the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider once you have selected it, you must terminate your contract by requesting a full surrender if you do not want to invest in any of the PN program investment options or the Portfolio Stabilizer funds. Surrender charges and tax penalties may apply.

Living benefit requiring participation in the PN program:

• Income Assurer Benefit rider: The Income Assurer Benefit rider requires that your contract value be invested in one of the PN program investment options for the life of the contract. You can terminate the Income Assurer Benefit rider during the 30-day period after the first rider anniversary and at any time after the expiration of the waiting period. At all other times you cannot terminate the Income Assurer Benefit rider once you have selected it and you must terminate your contract by requesting a full surrender if you do not want to invest in any of the PN program investment options. Surrender charges and tax penalties may apply.

Transferring Among Accounts

The transfer rights discussed in this section do not apply if you have selected one of the optional living benefit riders.

For the Current Contract, you may transfer contract value from any one subaccount, GPAs, the regular fixed account and the Special DCA fixed account to another subaccount before the annuitization start date. For the Original Contract, you may transfer contract value from any one subaccount, GPAs, the one-year fixed account, or the DCA fixed account to another subaccount before the annuitization start date. Certain restrictions apply to transfers involving the GPAs, the regular fixed account and the one-year fixed account. You may not transfer contract value to the Special DCA fixed account or the DCA fixed account. You may not transfer contract value from the Special DCA fixed account or the DCA fixed account except as part of automated monthly transfers.

The date your request to transfer will be processed depends on when and how we receive it:

For transfer requests received in writing:

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your transfer request.

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your transfer request.

For transfer requests received by phone:

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your transfer request.

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your transfer request.

There is no charge for transfers. Before making a transfer, you should consider the risks involved in changing investments. Transfers out of the GPAs will be subject to an MVA if done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period.

We may suspend or modify transfer privileges at any time.

62    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

For information on transfers after annuity payouts begin, see “Transfer policies” below.

Transfer policies

Current Contract:

•	Before the annuitization start date, you may transfer contract values between the subaccounts, or from the subaccounts to the GPAs and the regular fixed account at any time. However, if you made a transfer from the regular fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs, took a partial surrender from the fixed account or terminated automated transfers from the Special DCA fixed account, you may not make a transfer from any subaccount or GPA to the regular fixed account for six months following that transfer, partial surrender or termination.
•	You may transfer contract values from the regular fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs once a year on or within 30 days before or after the contract anniversary (except for automated transfers, which can be set up at any time for certain transfer periods subject to certain minimums). Transfers from the regular fixed account are not subject to an MVA. For Contract Option L, you may transfer the entire contract value to the regular fixed account. Subject to state restrictions, we reserve the right to limit transfers to the regular fixed account at any time on a non-discriminatory basis with notification. Transfers out of the regular fixed account, including automated transfers, are limited to 30% of regular fixed account value at the beginning of the contract year(1) or $10,000, whichever is greater. Because of this limitation, it may take you several years to transfer all your contract value from the regular fixed account. You should carefully consider whether the regular fixed account meets your investment criteria before you invest. Subject to state restrictions, we reserve the right to change the percentage allowed to be transferred from the regular fixed account at any time on a non-discriminatory basis with notification.
•	You may transfer contract values from a GPA any time after 60 days of transfer or payment allocation to the account. Transfers made more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will receive an MVA, which may result in a gain or loss of contract value, unless an exception applies (see “The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs) — Market Value Adjustment (MVA)”).
•	You may not transfer contract values from the subaccounts, the GPAs or the regular fixed account into the Special DCA fixed account. However, you may transfer contract values as automated monthly transfers from the Special DCA fixed account to the subaccounts or the PN program model portfolio or investment option in effect. (See “Special DCA Fixed Account.”)
•	After the annuitization start date, you may not make transfers to or from the GPAs or the fixed account, but you may make transfers once per contract year among the subaccounts. During the annuity payout period, we reserve the right to limit the number of subaccounts in which you may invest. On the annuitization start date, you must transfer all contract value out of your GPAs and Special DCA fixed account.
(1)	All purchase payments received into the regular fixed account prior to your transfer request are considered your beginning of contract year value during the first contract year.

Original Contract:

• Before the annuitization start date, you may transfer contract values between the subaccounts, or from the subaccounts to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account if part of your contract, at any time. However, if you made a transfer from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs, you may not make a transfer from any subaccount or GPA back to the one-year fixed account for six months following that transfer.

• You may transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs once a year on or within 30 days before or after the contract anniversary (except for automated transfers, which can be set up at any time for certain transfer periods subject to certain minimums). Transfers from the one-year fixed account are not subject to an MVA. The amount of contract value transferred to the one-year fixed account cannot result in the value of the one-year fixed account being greater than 30% of the contract value. Transfers out of the one-year fixed account are limited to 30% of one-year fixed account values at the beginning of the contract year or $10,000, whichever is greater. Because of this limitation, it may take you several years to transfer all your contract value from the one-year fixed account. You should carefully consider whether the one-year fixed account meets your investment criteria before you invest. Subject to state restrictions, we reserve the right to further limit transfers to or from the one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then crediting on new purchase payments allocated to the one-year fixed account is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract.

• You may transfer contract values from a GPA any time after 60 days of transfer or payment allocation to the account. Transfers made more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will receive an MVA, which may result in a gain or loss of contract value, unless an exception applies (see “The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs) — Market Value Adjustment (MVA)”).

• You may not transfer contract values from the subaccounts, the GPAs, or the one-year fixed account into the DCA fixed account. However, you may transfer contract values as automated monthly transfers from the DCA fixed account to any of the investment options available under your contract, subject to investment minimums and other restrictions we may impose on investments in the one-year fixed account and the GPA, as described above. (See “DCA Fixed Account.”)

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    63

• After the annuitization start date, you may not make transfers to or from the GPAs or the fixed account, but you may make transfers once per contract year among the subaccounts. During the annuity payout period, we reserve the right to limit the number of subaccounts in which you may invest. On the annuitization start date, you must transfer all contract value out of your GPAs and DCA fixed account.

Market Timing

Market timing can reduce the value of your investment in the contract. If market timing causes the returns of an underlying fund to suffer, contract value you have allocated to a subaccount that invests in that underlying fund will be lower too. Market timing can cause you, any joint owner of the contract and your beneficiary(ies) under the contract a financial loss.

We seek to prevent market timing. Market timing is frequent or short-term trading activity. We do not accommodate short-term trading activities. Do not buy a contract if you wish to use short-term trading strategies to manage your investment. The market timing policies and procedures described below apply to transfers among the subaccounts within the contract. The underlying funds in which the subaccounts invest have their own market timing policies and procedures. The market timing policies of the underlying funds may be more restrictive than the market timing policies and procedures we apply to transfers among the subaccounts of the contract, and may include redemption fees. We reserve the right to modify our market timing policies and procedures at any time without prior notice to you.

Market timing may hurt the performance of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests in several ways, including but not necessarily limited to:

• diluting the value of an investment in an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests;

• increasing the transaction costs and expenses of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests; and,

• preventing the investment adviser(s) of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests from fully investing the assets of the fund in accordance with the fund’s investment objectives.

Funds available as investment options under the contract that invest in securities that trade in overseas securities markets may be at greater risk of loss from market timing, as market timers may seek to take advantage of changes in the values of securities between the close of overseas markets and the close of U.S. markets. Also, the risks of market timing may be greater for underlying funds that invest in securities such as small cap stocks, high yield bonds, or municipal securities, that may be traded infrequently.

In order to help protect you and the underlying funds from the potentially harmful effects of market timing activity, we apply the following market timing policy to discourage frequent transfers of contract value among the subaccounts of the variable account:

We try to distinguish market timing from transfers that we believe are not harmful, such as periodic rebalancing for purposes of an asset allocation, dollar-cost averaging and asset rebalancing program that may be described in this prospectus. There is no set number of transfers that constitutes market timing. Even one transfer in related accounts may be market timing. We seek to restrict the transfer privileges of a contract owner who makes more than three subaccount transfers in any 90 day period. We also reserve the right to refuse any transfer request, if, in our sole judgment, the dollar amount of the transfer request would adversely affect unit values.

If we determine, in our sole judgment, that your transfer activity constitutes market timing, we may modify, restrict or suspend your transfer privileges to the extent permitted by applicable law, which may vary based on the state law that applies to your contract and the terms of your contract. These restrictions or modifications may include, but not be limited to:

• requiring transfer requests to be submitted only by first-class U.S. mail;

• not accepting hand-delivered transfer requests or requests made by overnight mail;

• not accepting telephone or electronic transfer requests;

• requiring a minimum time period between each transfer;

• not accepting transfer requests of an agent acting under power of attorney;

• limiting the dollar amount that you may transfer at any one time;

• suspending the transfer privilege; or

• modifying instructions under an automated transfer program to exclude a restricted fund if you do not provide new instructions.

Subject to applicable state law and the terms of each contract, we will apply the policy described above to all contract owners uniformly in all cases. We will notify you in writing after we impose any modification, restriction or suspension of your transfer rights.

64    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Because we exercise discretion in applying the restrictions described above, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to identify and restrict all market timing activity. In addition, state law and the terms of some contracts may prevent us from stopping certain market timing activity. Market timing activity that we are unable to identify and/or restrict may impact the performance of the underlying funds and may result in lower contract values.

In addition to the market timing policy described above, which applies to transfers among the subaccounts within your contract, you should carefully review the market timing policies and procedures of the underlying funds. The market timing policies and procedures of the underlying funds may be materially different than those we impose on transfers among the subaccounts within your contract and may include mandatory redemption fees as well as other measures to discourage frequent transfers. As an intermediary for the underlying funds, we are required to assist them in applying their market timing policies and procedures to transactions involving the purchase and exchange of fund shares. This assistance may include, but not be limited to, providing the underlying fund upon request with your Social Security Number, Taxpayer Identification Number or other United States government-issued identifier, and the details of your contract transactions involving the underlying fund. An underlying fund, in its sole discretion, may instruct us at any time to prohibit you from making further transfers of contract value to or from the underlying fund, and we must follow this instruction. We reserve the right to administer and collect on behalf of an underlying fund any redemption fee imposed by an underlying fund. Market timing policies and procedures adopted by underlying funds may affect your investment in the contract in several ways, including but not limited to:

• Each fund may restrict or refuse trading activity that the fund determines, in its sole discretion, represents market timing.

• Even if we determine that your transfer activity does not constitute market timing under the market timing policies described above which we apply to transfers you make under the contract, it is possible that the underlying fund’s market timing policies and procedures, including instructions we receive from a fund may require us to reject your transfer request. For example, while we will attempt to execute transfers permitted under any asset allocation, dollar-cost averaging and asset rebalancing programs that may be described in this prospectus, we cannot guarantee that an underlying fund’s market timing policies and procedures will do so. Orders we place to purchase fund shares for the variable account are subject to acceptance by the fund. We reserve the right to reject without prior notice to you any transfer request if the fund does not accept our order.

• Each underlying fund is responsible for its own market timing policies, and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to implement specific market timing policies and procedures that a fund has adopted. As a result, a fund’s returns might be adversely affected, and a fund might terminate our right to offer its shares through the variable account.

• Funds that are available as investment options under the contract may also be offered to other intermediaries who are eligible to purchase and hold shares of the fund, including without limitation, separate accounts of other insurance companies and certain retirement plans. Even if we are able to implement a fund’s market timing policies, we cannot guarantee that other intermediaries purchasing that same fund’s shares will do so, and the returns of that fund could be adversely affected as a result.

For more information about the market timing policies and procedures of an underlying fund, the risks that market timing pose to that fund, and to determine whether an underlying fund has adopted a redemption fee, see that fund’s prospectus.

How to request a Transfer or Surrender

11 By letter

Send your name, contract number, Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number* and signed request for a transfer or surrender to our Service Center:

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474

Current Contract:
Minimum amount
Transfers or surrenders:	$250 or entire account balance**

Original Contract:
Minimum amount
Transfers or surrenders:	$500 or entire account balance

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    65

All Contracts:
Maximum amount
Transfers or surrenders:	Contract value or entire account balance

*	Failure to provide a Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number may result in mandatory tax withholding on the taxable portion of the distribution.
**	The contract value after a partial surrender must be at least $500.

22 By automated transfers and automated partial surrenders

Your investment professional can help you set up automated transfers among your subaccounts, regular fixed account (Current Contract), the one-year fixed account (Original Contract) or GPAs or automated partial surrenders from the GPAs, regular fixed account, one-year fixed account, Special DCA fixed account (Current Contract), DCA fixed account (Original Contract) or the subaccounts.

You can start or stop this service by written request or other method acceptable to us.

You must allow 30 days for us to change any instructions that are currently in place.

• Automated transfers from the one-year fixed account (Original Contact only) to any one of the subaccounts may not exceed an amount that, if continued, would deplete the one-year fixed account within 12 months.

• Automated transfers from the regular fixed account (Current Contract only) are limited to 30% of the regular fixed account values at the beginning of the contract year or $10,000, whichever is greater.

• Automated surrenders may be restricted by applicable law under some contracts.

• You may not make systematic purchase payments if automated partial surrenders are in effect.

• If the PN program is in effect, you are not allowed to set up automated transfers except in connection with a Special DCA fixed account (Current Contract) or DCA fixed account (Original Contract) (see “Special DCA Fixed Account”, “Fixed Account — DCA Fixed Account” and “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds”).

• Automated partial surrenders may result in income taxes and penalties on all or part of the amount surrendered.

• If you have one of theSecureSource series of riders, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, you may set up automated partial surrenders up to the benefit amount available for withdrawal under the rider.

Minimum amount
Current Contract:
Transfers or surrenders:	$50

Original Contract:
Transfers or surrenders:	$100 monthly
	$250 quarterly, semiannually or annually

33 By phone

Call:

1-800-333-3437

Current Contract:
Minimum amount
Transfers or surrenders:	$250 or entire account balance**

Original Contract:
Minimum amount
Transfers or surrenders:	$500 or entire account balance

66    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

All Contracts:
Maximum amount
Transfers or surrenders:	Contract value or entire account balance

*	Failure to provide a Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number may result in mandatory tax withholding on the taxable portion of the distribution.
**	The contract value after a partial surrender must be at least $500.

We answer telephone requests promptly, but you may experience delays when the call volume is unusually high. If you are unable to get through, use the mail procedure as an alternative.

We will honor any telephone transfer or surrender requests that we believe are authentic and we will use reasonable procedures to confirm that they are. This includes asking identifying questions and recording calls. As long as we follow the procedures, we (and our affiliates) will not be liable for any loss resulting from fraudulent requests.

Telephone transfers and surrenders are automatically available. You may request that telephone transfers and surrenders not be authorized from your account by writing to us.

Surrenders

You may surrender all or part of your contract at any time before the annuitization start date by sending us a written request or calling us.

The date your surrender request will be processed depends on when and how we receive it:

For surrender requests received in writing:

• If we receive your surrender request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your surrender using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your surrender request.

• If we receive your surrender request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your surrender using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your surrender request.

For surrender requests received by phone:

• If we receive your surrender request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your surrender using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your surrender request.

• If we receive your surrender request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your surrender using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your surrender request.

We may ask you to return the contract. You may have to pay a contract administrative charge, surrender charges or any applicable optional rider charges (see “Charges”), federal income taxes and penalties. State and local income taxes may also apply (see “Taxes”). You cannot make surrenders after the annuitization start date except under Variable Annuity Payout Plan E. (See “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Any partial surrenders you take under the contract will reduce your contract value. As a result, the value of your death benefit or any optional benefits you have elected will also be reduced. If you have elected one of theSecureSourceseries of riders, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider and your partial surrenders in any contract year exceed the permitted surrender amount under the terms of the rider, your benefits under the rider may be reduced (see “Optional Benefits”). The first partial surrender request during the first contract year, for theSecureSource Stages 2 rider and any partial surrender request that reverses previous step-ups during the 3-year waiting period or exceeds the amount allowed under the riders and impacts the guarantees provided, will not be considered in good order until we receive a signed Benefit Impact Acknowledgement. This form shows the projected effect of the surrender on the rider benefits or a verbal acknowledgement that you understand and accept the impacts that have been explained to you.

In addition, surrenders you are required to take to satisfy RMDs under the Code may reduce the value of certain death benefits and optional benefits (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”).

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    67

Surrender Policies

Current Contract:

If you have a balance in more than one account and you request a partial surrender, we will automatically surrender from all your subaccounts, GPAs, the Special DCA fixed account and/or the regular fixed account (if included) in the same proportion as your value in each account correlates to your total contract value, unless requested otherwise⁽¹⁾. The minimum contract value after partial surrender is $500.

Original Contract:

If you have a balance in more than one account and you request a partial surrender, we will automatically surrender from all your subaccounts, GPAs, the DCA fixed account, and/or the one-year fixed account in the same proportion as your value in each account correlates to your total contract value, unless requested otherwise⁽¹⁾.

After executing a partial surrender, the value in each subaccount, one-year fixed account or GPA must be either zero or at least $50.

⁽¹⁾ If you elected one of theSecureSource series of riders, you do not have the option to request from which account to surrender.

Receiving Payment

11 By regular or express mail

• payable to you;

• mailed to address of record.

NOTE: We will charge you a fee if you request express mail delivery.

22 By wire or other form of electronic payment

• request that payment be wired to your bank;

• pre-authorization required.

We may choose to permit you to have checks issued and delivered to an alternate payee or to an address other than your address of record. We may also choose to allow you to direct wires or other electronic payments to accounts owned by a third-party. We may have additional good order requirements that must be met prior to processing requests to make any payments to a party other than the owner or to an address other than the address of record. These requirements will be designed to ensure owner instructions are genuine and to prevent fraud.

Normally, we will send the payment within seven days after receiving your request in good order. However, we may postpone the payment if:

– the NYSE is closed, except for normal holiday and weekend closings;

– trading on the NYSE is restricted, according to SEC rules;

– an emergency, as defined by SEC rules, makes it impractical to sell securities or value the net assets of the accounts; or

– the SEC permits us to delay payment for the protection of security holders.

We may also postpone payment of the amount attributable to a purchase payment as part of the total surrender amount until cleared from the originating financial institution.

A Special Note on Cybersecurity Risks

Cybersecurity and Systems Integrity

Increasingly, businesses are dependent on the continuity, security, and effective operation of various technology systems. The nature of our business depends on the continued effective operation of our systems and those of our business partners.

This dependence makes us susceptible to operational and information security risks from cyber-attacks. These risks may include the following:

• the corruption or destruction of data;

• theft, misuse or dissemination of data to the public, including your information we hold; and

• denial of service attacks on our website or other forms of attacks on our systems and the software and hardware we use to run them.

68    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

These attacks and their consequences can negatively impact your contract, your privacy, your ability to conduct transactions on your contract, or your ability to receive timely service from us. There can be no assurance that we, the underlying funds in your contract, or our other business partners will avoid losses affecting your contract due to any successful cyber-attacks or information security breaches.

TSA–Special Provisions

Participants in Tax-Sheltered Annuities

If the contract is intended to be used in connection with an employer sponsored 403(b) plan, additional rules relating to this contract can be found in the annuity endorsement for tax sheltered 403(b) annuities. Unless we have made special arrangements with your employer, the contract is not intended for use in connection with an employer sponsored 403(b) plan that is subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”). In the event that the employer either by affirmative election or inadvertent action causes contributions under a plan that is subject to ERISA to be made to this contract, we will not be responsible for any obligations and requirements under ERISA and the regulations thereunder, unless we have prior written agreement with the employer. You should consult with your employer to determine whether your 403(b) plan is subject to ERISA.

In the event we have a written agreement with your employer to administer the plan pursuant to ERISA, special rules apply as set forth in the TSA endorsement.

The employer must comply with certain nondiscrimination requirements for certain types of contributions under a TSA contract to be excluded from taxable income. You should consult your employer to determine whether the nondiscrimination rules apply to you.

The Code imposes certain restrictions on your right to receive early distributions from a TSA:

• Distributions attributable to salary reduction contributions (plus earnings) made after Dec. 31, 1988, or to transfers or rollovers from other contracts, may be made from the TSA only if:

– you are at least age 59½;

– you are disabled as defined in the Code;

– you severed employment with the employer who purchased the contract;

– the distribution is because of your death;

– the distribution is due to plan termination; or

– you are a qualifying military reservist.

• If you encounter a financial hardship (as provided by the Code), you may be eligible to receive a distribution of all contract values attributable to salary reduction contributions made after Dec. 31, 1988, but not the earnings on them.

• Even though a distribution may be permitted under the above rules, it may be subject to IRS taxes and penalties (see “Taxes”)

• The above restrictions on distributions do not affect the availability of the amount credited to the contract as of Dec. 31, 1988. The restrictions also do not apply to transfers or exchanges of contract value within the contract, or to another registered variable annuity contract or investment vehicle available through the employer.

Changing the Annuitant

For the Current Contract, if you have a nonqualified annuity and are a natural person (excluding a revocable trust), you may change the annuitant or contingent annuitant if the request is made prior to the annuitization start date and while the existing annuitant or contingent annuitant is living. The change will become binding on us when we receive it. If you and the annuitant are not the same person and the annuitant dies before the annuitization start date, the owner becomes the annuitant unless a contingent annuitant has been previously selected. You may not change the annuitant if you have a qualified annuity or there is non-natural or revocable trust ownership.

For the Original Contract, annuitant changes are not allowed.

Changing Ownership

You may change ownership of your nonqualified annuity at any time by completing a change of ownership form we approve and sending it to our Service Center. We will honor any change of ownership request received in good order that we believe is authentic and we will use reasonable procedures to confirm authenticity. If we follow these procedures, we will not take any responsibility for the validity of the change.

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    69

If you have a nonqualified annuity, you may incur income tax liability by transferring, assigning or pledging any part of it. (See “Taxes.”)

If you have a qualified annuity, you may not sell, assign, transfer, discount or pledge your contract as collateral for a loan, or as security for the performance of an obligation or for any other purpose except as required or permitted by the Code. However, if the owner is a trust or custodian, or an employer acting in a similar capacity, ownership of the contract may be transferred to the annuitant.

Please consider carefully whether or not you wish to change ownership of your annuity contract. If you elected any optional contract features or riders and any owner was not an owner before the change, all owners (including any prior owner who is still an owner after the ownership change) (along with the annuitant for the Original Contract) will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract.

If you have an Income Assurer Benefit rider and/or the Benefit Protector Plus rider, the riders will terminate upon transfer of ownership of the annuity contract.

For the Original Contract, our current administrative practice is that if you have the Benefit Protector rider, the owner can choose to terminate the Benefit Protector rider during the 30-day window following the effective date of the ownership change.

For the Current Contract, if you have the Benefit Protector rider, if any owner is older than age 75 immediately following the ownership change, the rider will terminate upon change of ownership. If all owners are younger than age 76, the rider continues unless the owner chooses to terminate it during the 30-day window following the effective date of the ownership change. The Benefit Protector death benefit values may be reset (see “Optional Death Benefits – Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider”).

For the Current Contract, the death benefit may change due to a change of ownership. If any owner is older than age 85 immediately following the ownership change, the MAV Death Benefit, 5% Accumulation Death Benefit and EDB will terminate, the ROPP Death Benefit will be unavailable, and the Contract Value Death Benefit will apply. If any owner is older than age 79 but all owners are younger than age 86, the MAV Death Benefit, the 5% Accumulation Death Benefit, and the EDB will terminate and the ROPP Death Benefit will apply. If all owners are age 79 or younger, the ROPP Death Benefit, MAV Death Benefit, 5% Accumulation Death Benefit or EDB will continue. The ROPP Death Benefit, MAV Death Benefit, 5% Accumulation Death Benefit and EDB values may be reset (see “Benefits in the Case of Death”). If the death benefit that applies to your contract changes due to an ownership change, the mortality and expense risk fee may change as well (see “Charges – Mortality and Expense Risk Fee”).

TheSecureSource series – Joint Life rider, if selected, only allows transfer of the ownership of the annuity contract between covered spouses or their revocable trust(s); no other ownership changes are allowed while this rider is in force, subject to state restrictions. For theSecureSource Stages 2 – Joint Life rider, if ownership is transferred from a covered spouse to their revocable trust(s), the annuitant must be one of the covered spouses. The Accumulation Protector Benefit, theSecureSource– Single Life, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life and the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit riders will continue upon transfer of ownership of the annuity contract and the values may be reset. ForSecureSource rider and Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, any ownership change that impacts the guarantees provided will not be considered in good order until we receive a signed Benefit Impact Acknowledgement form showing the projected effect of the ownership change on the rider benefits or a verbal acknowledgement that you understand and accept the impacts that have been explained to you. For theSecure Source Stages 2– Single Life riders,Secure Source 20 – Single Life andSecureSource Stages – Single Life riders, joint ownership and joint annuitants are not allowed and an ownership change that results in different covered person will terminate the rider, subject to state restrictions. (See “Optional Benefits.”)

Benefits in Case of Death

Current Contract:

(applications signed on or after Nov. 30, 2009, subject to state availability)

We will pay the death benefit to your beneficiary upon your death if you die before the annuitization start date while this contract is in force. If a contract has more than one person as the owner, we will pay the benefits upon the first to die of any owner. The basic death benefit available under your contract at contract issue is the ROPP Death Benefit. In addition to the ROPP Death Benefit, we also offer the following optional death benefits at contract issue:

• MAV Death Benefit;

• 5% Accumulation Death Benefit; or

• Enhanced Death Benefit.

If it is available in your state and if you are age 79 or younger at contract issue, you can elect any one of the above optional death benefits. If you are age 80 or older at contract issue, the ROPP Death Benefit will apply.

70    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Once you elect a death benefit, you cannot change it; however the death benefit that applies to your contract may change due to an ownership change (see “Changing Ownership”) or continuation of the contract by the spouse under the spousal continuation provision.

We show the death benefit that applies to your contract at issue on your contract’s data page. The death benefit determines the mortality and expense risk fee that is assessed against the subaccounts. (See “Charges — Mortality and Expense Risk Fee.”)

We will base the benefit paid on the death benefit coverage in effect on the date of your death.

Here are some terms that are used to describe the death benefits:

Adjusted partial surrenders (calculated for ROPP and MAV Death Benefits)	=	PS XDB
		CV

PS	=	the amount by which the contract value is reduced as a result of the partial surrender.
DB	=	the applicable ROPP value or MAV on the date of (but prior to) the partial surrender
CV	=	contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial surrender.

Covered Life Change: is either continuation of the contract by a spouse under the spousal continuation provision, or an ownership change where any owner after the ownership change was not an owner prior to the change.

Contract Value Death Benefit (CV Death Benefit):is the death benefit available if any owner after an ownership change or spouse who continues the contract under the spousal continuation provision is over age 85 and therefore cannot qualify for the ROPP death benefit. Under this benefit, we will pay the beneficiary the greater of:

– the Full Surrender Value, or

– the contract value after any rider charges have been deducted.

Full Surrender Value: is the contract value immediately prior to the surrender (immediately prior to payment of a death claim for death benefits) less:

• any surrender charge,

• pro rata rider charges,

• the contract charge,

plus:

• any positive or negative market value adjustment.

Return of Purchase Payments (ROPP) Death Benefit

The ROPP Death Benefit is the basic death benefit on the contract that will pay your beneficiaries no less than your purchase payments adjusted for surrenders. If you die before the annuitization start date and while this contract is in force, the death benefit will be the greatest of:

1.	the contract value after any rider charges have been deducted,
2.	the ROPP Value, or
3.	the Full Surrender Value.

ROPP Value: is the total purchase payments on the contract issue date. Additional purchase payments will be added to the ROPP value. Adjusted partial surrenders will be subtracted from the ROPP value.

After a covered life change for a spouse who continues the contract and is age 85 or younger, we reset the ROPP value to the contract value on the date of the continuation after any rider charges have been deducted and after any increase to the contract value due to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid (without regard to the Full Surrender Value). If the spouse who continues the contract is age 86 or older, the ROPP Death Benefit will terminate and he or she will be eligible for the CV death benefit.

After a covered life change other than for the spouse who continues the contract, if the prior owner and current owners are eligible for the ROPP death benefit we reset the ROPP value on the valuation date we receive your request for the ownership change to the contract value after any rider charges have been deducted, if the contract value is less.

If the prior owner was not eligible for the ROPP but all current owners are eligible, we reset the ROPP value to the contract value after any rider charges have been deducted on the valuation date we receive your request for the ownership change.

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    71

If available in your state and you are age 79 or younger at contract issue, you may select one of the death benefits described below at the time you purchase your contract. The death benefits do not provide any additional benefit before the first contract anniversary and may not be appropriate for certain older issue ages because the benefit values may be limited after age 80. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether or not these death benefits are appropriate for your situation.

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV) Death Benefit

The MAV Death Benefit provides that if you die while the contract is in force and before the annuitization start date, the death benefit will be the greatest of these values:

1.	contract value after any rider charges have been deducted;
2.	the ROPP value as described above;
3.	the MAV; or
4.	the Full Surrender Value as described above.

The MAV equals the ROPP value prior to the first contract anniversary. Every contract anniversary prior to the earlier of your 81st birthday or your death, we compare the MAV to the current contract value and we reset the MAV to the higher amount. The MAV is increased by any additional purchase payments and reduced by adjusted partial surrenders.

After a covered life change for a spouse who is age 79 or younger and continues the contract, we reset the MAV to the contract value on the date of the continuation after any rider charges have been deducted and after any increase to the contract value due to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid (without regard to the Full Surrender Value).

After a covered life change other than for a spouse who continues the contract, if all owners are under age 80, we reset the MAV on the valuation date we receive your request for the ownership change to the lesser of these two values:

(a)	the contract value after any rider charges have been deducted, or
(b)	the MAV on that date, but prior to the reset.

If your spouse chooses to continue the contract under the spousal continuation provision, the death benefit available for the spouse’s beneficiaries depends on the spouse’s age. If your spouse was age 79 or younger when the contract was continued, he or she will continue to be eligible for the MAV. If your spouse is over age 79 but younger than age 86 when the contract was continued, he or she will be eligible for the ROPP death benefit. If your spouse is age 86 or older when the contract was continued, he or she will be eligible for the CV death benefit.

5% Accumulation Death Benefit

The 5% Accumulation Death Benefit provides that if you die while the contract is in force and before the annuitization start date, the death benefit will be the greatest of these values:

1.	contract value after any rider charges have been deducted;
2.	the ROPP value as described above;
3.	the 5% accumulation death benefit floor;
4.	the Full Surrender Value as described above.

The key terms and provisions of the 5% Accumulation Death Benefit are:

5% Accumulation Death Benefit Floor: is equal to the sum of:

1.	the contract value in the Excluded Accounts (currently, regular fixed account and GPAs), if any, and
2.	the variable account floor.

Protected Account Base (PAB) and Excluded Account Base (EAB): Adjustments to variable account floor require tracking amounts representing purchase payments, not previously surrendered, that are allocated or transferred to the Protected Accounts (currently, subaccounts and the Special DCA fixed account) and Excluded Accounts.

– PAB equals amounts representing purchase payments, not previously surrendered or transferred, that are in the Protected Accounts.

– EAB equals amounts representing purchase payments, not previously surrendered or transferred, that are in the Excluded Accounts.

Variable Account Floor: Variable account floor is PAB increased on contract anniversaries prior to the earlier of your 81st birthday or your death.

Net Transfer: If multiple transfers are made on the same valuation day, they are combined to determine the net amount of contract value being transferred between the Protected Accounts and Excluded Accounts. This net transfer amount is used to adjust the EAB, PAB and variable account floor values.

72    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Establishment of Variable Account Floor, PAB and EAB

On the contract date, 1) variable account floor and PAB are established as your initial purchase payment allocated to the Protected Accounts; and 2) EAB is established as your initial purchase payment allocated to the Excluded Accounts.

Adjustments to Variable Account Floor, PAB and EAB

Variable account floor, PAB and EAB are adjusted by the following:

1. When an additional purchase payment is made;

(A)	any payment you allocate to the Protected Accounts are added to PAB and to variable account floor, and
(B)	any payment you allocate to the excluded accounts are added to EAB.

2. When transfers are made to the Protected Accounts from the Excluded Accounts, we increase PAB and variable account floor, and we reduce EAB.

The amount we deduct from EAB and add to PAB and to variable account floor is calculated for each net transfer using the following formula:

a × b	where:
c

a	=	the amount the contract value in the Excluded Accounts is reduced by the net transfer
b	=	EAB on the date of (but prior to) the transfer
c	=	the contract value in the Excluded Accounts on the date of (but prior to) the transfer.

3.	When partial surrenders are made from the Excluded Accounts, we reduce EAB by the same amount as calculated above for transfers from the Excluded Accounts, using surrender amounts in place of transfer amounts. Partial surrenders from Excluded Accounts do not increase PAB.
4.	When transfers are made to the Excluded Accounts from the Protected Accounts, we reduce PAB and variable account floor, and increase EAB.

The amounts we deduct from PAB and variable account floor are calculated for each net transfer using the following formula:

a × b	where:
c

a	=	the amount the contract value in the Protected Accounts is reduced by the net transfer
b	=	the applicable PAB or variable account floor on the date of (but prior to) the transfer
c	=	the contract value in the Protected Accounts on the date of (but prior to) the transfer.

The amount we subtract from PAB is added to EAB.

5.	When partial surrenders are made from the Protected Accounts, we reduce PAB and variable account floor by the same amount as calculated above for transfers from the Protected Accounts, using surrender amounts in place of transfer amounts. Partial surrenders from Protected Accounts do not increase EAB.
6.	After a covered life change for a spouse who continues the contract, variable account floor and PAB are reset to the contract value in the Protected Accounts on the date of continuation. EAB is reset to the contract value in the Excluded Accounts on the date of continuation. The contract value is after any rider charges have been deducted and after any increase to the contract value due to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid (without regard to the Full Surrender Value).
7.	After a covered life change other than for a spouse who continues the contract, variable account floor, PAB and EAB are reset on the valuation date we receive your written request for the covered life change if all owners are eligible for the 5% Accumulation Death Benefit.

Variable account floor and PAB are reset to the lesser of A or B where:

A	=	the contract value (after any rider charges have been deducted) in the Protected Accounts on that date, and
B	=	Variable account floor on that date (but prior to the reset).

EAB is reset to the lesser of A or B where:

A	=	the contract value (after any rider charges have been deducted) in the Excluded Accounts on that date, and
B	=	EAB on that date (but prior to the reset).

8. On a contract anniversary when variable account floor is greater than zero:

(A) On the first contract anniversary, we increase variable account floor by an amount equal to 5%, multiplied by variable account floor as of 60 days after the contract date.

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    73

(B)	On each subsequent contract anniversary prior to the earlier of your 81st birthday or your death, we increase variable account floor by 5%, multiplied by the prior contract anniversary’s variable account floor.
(C)	Any variable account floor increase on contract anniversaries does not increase PAB or EAB.

For contracts issued in New Jersey and Washington state, the cap on the variable account floor is 200% of PAB.

If your spouse chooses to continue the contract under the spousal continuation provision, the death benefit available for the spouse’s beneficiaries depends on the spouse’s age. If your spouse was age 79 or younger when the contract was continued, he or she will continue to be eligible for the 5% Accumulation Death Benefit. If your spouse is over age 79 but younger than age 86 when the contract was continued, he or she will be eligible for the ROPP death benefit. If your spouse is age 86 or older when the contract was continued, he or she will be eligible for the CV Death Benefit.

Enhanced Death Benefit (EDB)

The Enhanced Death Benefit provides that if you die while the contract is in force and before the annuitization start date, the death benefit will be the greatest of these values:

1.	contract value after any rider charges have been deducted;
2.	the ROPP value as described above;
3.	the MAV as described above;
4.	the 5% accumulation death benefit floor as described above; or
5.	the Full Surrender Value as described above.

If your spouse chooses to continue the contract under spousal continuation provision, the death benefit available for the spouse’s beneficiaries depends on the spouse’s age. If your spouse was age 79 or younger when the contract was continued, he or she will continue to be eligible for the Enhanced Death Benefit. If your spouse is over age 79 but younger than age 86 when the contract was continued, he or she will be eligible for the ROPP death benefit. If your spouse is age 86 or older when the contract was continued, he or she will be eligible for the CV Death Benefit.

For an example of how each death benefit is calculated, see Appendix C.

Original Contract:

(applications signed prior to Nov. 30, 2009 or in states where the Current Contract was not available)

We will pay the death benefit to your beneficiary upon the earlier of your death or the annuitant’s death. If a contract has more than one person as the owner or annuitant, we will pay the benefits upon the first to die of any owner or the annuitant. The basic death benefit available under your contract at contract issue is the ROP Death Benefit. In addition to the ROP Death Benefit, we also offer the following optional death benefits at contract issue:

• MAV Death Benefit;

• 5% Accumulation Death Benefit; or

• Enhanced Death Benefit.

If it is available in your state and if both you and the annuitant are age 79 or younger at contract issue, you can elect any one of the above death benefits. If either you or the annuitant are age 80 or older at contract issue, the ROP Death Benefit will apply. Once you elect a death benefit, you cannot change it. We show the death benefit that applies in your contract on your contract’s data page. The death benefit you select determines the mortality and expense risk fee that is assessed against the subaccounts. (See “Charges — Mortality and Expense Risk Fee.”)

We will base the benefit paid on the death benefit coverage you chose when you purchased the contract.

Here are some terms used to describe the death benefits:

Adjusted partial surrenders (calculated for ROP and MAV Death Benefits)	=	PS XDB
		CV

PS	=	the amount by which the contract value is reduced as a result of the partial surrender.
DB	=	the applicable ROP value or MAV on the date of (but prior to) the partial surrender.
CV	=	contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial surrender.

Return of Purchase Payments (ROP) Death Benefit

The ROP Death Benefit is the basic death benefit on the contract that will pay your beneficiaries no less than your purchase payments, adjusted for surrenders. If you or the annuitant die before the annuitization start date and while this contract is in force, the death benefit will be the greater of these two values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value; or
2.	total purchase payments applied to the contract minus adjusted partial surrenders.

74    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The ROP Death Benefit will apply unless you select one of the alternative death benefits described immediately below.

If available in your state and both you and the annuitant are age 79 or younger at contract issue, you may select one of the death benefits described below at the time you purchase your contract. The death benefits do not provide any additional benefit before the first contract anniversary and may not be appropriate for certain older issue ages because the benefit values may be limited after age 80. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether or not these death benefits are appropriate for your situation.

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV) Death Benefit

The MAV Death Benefit provides that if you or the annuitant die while the contract is in force and before the annuitization start date, the death benefit will be the greatest of these three values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments applied to the contract minus adjusted partial surrenders; or
3.	the MAV on the date of death.

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV): is zero prior to the first contract anniversary. On the first contract anniversary, we set the MAV as the greater of these two values:

(a)	current contract value; or
(b)	total purchase payments applied to the contract minus adjusted partial surrenders.

Thereafter, we increase the MAV by any additional purchase payments and reduce the MAV by adjusted partial surrenders. Every contract anniversary after that prior to the earlier of your or the annuitant’s 81st birthday, we compare the MAV to the current contract value and we reset the MAV to the higher amount.

5% Accumulation Death Benefit

The 5% Accumulation Death Benefit provides that if you or the annuitant die while the contract is in force and before the annuitization start date, the death benefit will be the greatest of these three values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments applied to the contract minus adjusted partial surrenders; or
3.	the 5% variable account floor.

The key terms and provisions of the 5% Accumulation Death Benefit are:

5% Variable Account Floor:is the sum of the value of the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the variable account floor. There is no variable account floor prior to the first contract anniversary. On the first contract anniversary, we establish the variable account floor as:

• the amounts allocated to the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account at issue increased by 5%;

• plus any subsequent amounts allocated to the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account;

• minus adjusted transfers and partial surrenders from the subaccounts or the DCA fixed account.

Thereafter, we continue to add subsequent purchase payments allocated to the subaccounts or the DCA fixed account and subtract adjusted transfers and partial surrenders from the subaccounts or the DCA fixed account. On each contract anniversary after the first, through age 80, we add an amount to the variable account floor equal to 5% of the prior anniversary’s variable account floor. We stop adding this amount after you or the annuitant reach age 81 or after the earlier of your or the annuitant’s death.

5% variable account floor adjusted transfers or partial surrenders	=	PST XVAF
		SAV

PST	=	the amount by which the contract value in the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account is reduced as a result of the partial surrender or transfer from the subaccounts or the DCA fixed account.
VAF	=	variable account floor on the date of (but prior to) the transfer or partial surrender.
SAV	=	value of the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account on the date of (but prior to) the transfer or partial surrender.

The amount of purchase payments surrendered or transferred from any subaccount or fixed account (if applicable) or GPA account is calculated as (a) times (b) where:

(a)	is the amount of purchase payments in the account or subaccount on the date of but prior to the current surrender or transfer; and
(b)	is the ratio of the amount of contract value transferred or surrendered from the account or subaccount to the value in the account or subaccount on the date of (but prior to) the current surrender or transfer.

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    75

For contracts issued in New Jersey, the cap on the variable account floor is 200% of the sum of the purchase payments allocated to the subaccounts and the DCA fixed account that have not been surrendered or transferred out of the subaccounts or DCA fixed account.

NOTE: The 5% variable account floor is calculated differently and is not the same value as the Income Assurer Benefit 5% variable account floor.

Enhanced Death Benefit (EDB)

The Enhanced Death Benefit provides that if you or the annuitant die while the contract is in force and before the annuitization start date, the death benefit will be the greatest of these four values, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments applied to the contract minus adjusted partial surrenders;
3.	the MAV on the date of death as described above; or
4.	the 5% variable account floor as described above.

For an example of how each death benefit is calculated, see Appendix C.

If You Die Before the Annuitization Start Date

When paying the beneficiary, we will process the death claim on the valuation date our death claim requirements are fulfilled. We will determine the contract’s value using the accumulation unit value we calculate on that valuation date. We pay interest, if any, at a rate no less than required by law. We will mail payment to the beneficiary within seven days after our death claim requirements are fulfilled.

Nonqualified annuities

For the Current Contract:

If your spouse is sole beneficiary and you die before the annuitization start date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid (without regard to the Full Surrender Value). To do this your spouse must, on the date our death claim requirements are fulfilled, give us written instructions to continue the contract as owner.

There will be no surrender charges on the contract from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, your spouse will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract and the values may be reset. (see “Optional Benefits” and “Benefits in the Case of Death”). If the death benefit applicable to the contract changes due to spousal continuation, the mortality and expense risk fee may change as well (see “Charges — Mortality and Expense Risk Fee”).

If your beneficiary is not your spouse, or your spouse does not elect spousal continuation, we will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless you give us other written instructions. Generally, we must fully distribute the death benefit within five years of your death. However, the beneficiary may receive payouts under any annuity payout plan available under this contract if:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin no later than one year after your death, or other date as permitted by the IRS; and

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy.

For the Original Contract:

If your spouse is sole beneficiary and you die before the annuitization start date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. To do this your spouse must, on the date our death claim requirements are fulfilled, give us written instructions to continue the contract as owner.

There will be no surrender charges on contract Option L from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, your spouse and the new annuitant (if applicable) will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract and the values may be reset. (See “Optional Benefits” and “Optional Death Benefits”.)

If your beneficiary is not your spouse, or your spouse does not elect spousal continuation, we will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless you give us other written instructions. Generally, we must fully distribute the death benefit within five years of your death. However, the beneficiary may receive payouts under any annuity payout plan available under this contract if:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin no later than one year after your death, or other date as permitted by the IRS; and

76    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy.

Qualified annuities

For the Current Contract:

•	Spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if your spouse is the sole beneficiary, your spouse may either elect to treat the contract as his/her own, so long as he or she is eligible to do so, or elect an annuity payout plan or another plan agreed to by us. If your spouse elects a payout option, the payouts must begin no later than the year in which you would have reached age 72(age 70 ½ if the death occurrred before Jan. 1, 2020). If you attained age 72 at the time of death, payouts must begin no later than Dec. 31 of the year following the year of your death.
	Your spouse may elect to assume ownership of the contract with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid (without regard to the Full Surrender Value). To do this your spouse must, on the date our death claim requirements are fulfilled, give us written instructions to continue the contract as owner. There will be no surrender charges on contract Option L from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, your spouse will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract and the values may be reset (see “Optional Benefits”, “Optional Death Benefits” and “Benefits in the Case of Death”). If the death benefit applicable to the contract changes due to spousal continuation, the mortality and expense risk fee may change as well (see “Charges — Mortality and Expense Risk Fee”). If your spouse is the sole beneficiary and elects to treat the contract his/her own as an inherited IRA, theSecureSource Stages andSecureStages 2 riders will terminate.
	If you purchased this contract as an inherited IRA and your spouse is the sole beneficiary, he or she can elect to continue this contract as an inherited IRA.
	If you purchased this contract as an inherited IRA and your spouse is not the sole beneficiary, he or she can elect an alternative payment plan for their share of the death benefit and all optional death benefits and living benefits will terminate. Your spouse must follow the schedule of minimum surrenders established based on your life expectancy.
•	Non-spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if death occurs on or after Jan. 1, 2020, the beneficiary is required to withdraw his or her entire inherited interest within 10 years of the time of death of the owner unless they qualify as an “eligible designated beneficiary.” Eligible designated beneficiaries may continue to take proceeds out over their life expectancy. Eligible designated beneficiaries include:

• the surviving spouse;

• a lawful child of the owner under the age of majority (remaining amount must be withdrawn within 10 years, once the child reaches the age of majority);

• disabled within the meaning of Code section 72(m)(7);

• chronically ill within the meaning of Code section 7702B(c)(2);

• any other person who is not more than 10 years younger than the owner.

However, non-natural beneficiaries, such as estates and charities, are subject to a five-year rule to distribute the IRA.

We will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless the beneficiary elects to receive payouts under a payout plan available under this contract and:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin, no later than one year following the year of your death; and

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy for an eligible designated beneficiary. (Payout plans are limited if the beneficiary is not an eligible designated beneficiary.)

• Spouse and Non-spouse beneficiary: If a beneficiary elects an alternative payment plan which is an inherited IRA, all optional death benefits and living benefits will terminate. In the event of your beneficiary’s death, their beneficiary can elect to take a lump sum payment or annuitize the contract to deplete it within 10 years of your beneficiary’s death.

• Annuity payout plan: If you elect an annuity payout plan, the payouts to your beneficiary may continue depending on the annuity payout plan you elect, subject to adjustment to comply with the IRS rules and regulations.

For the Original Contract:

•

Spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if your spouse is the sole beneficiary, your spouse may either elect to treat the contract as his/her own, so long as he or she is eligible to do so, or elect an annuity payout plan or another plan agreed to by us. If your spouse elects a payout option, the payouts must begin no later than the year in which you would have reached age 72. If you attained age 72 at the time of death, payouts must begin no later than Dec. 31 of the year following the year of your death.

Your spouse may elect to assume ownership of the contract with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. To do this your spouse must, on the date our death claim requirements are fulfilled, give us written instructions to continue the contract as owner. There will be no surrender charges on contract Option L from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    77

features or riders, your spouse and the new annuitant (if applicable) will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract and the values may be reset. (See “Optional Benefits” and “Optional Death Benefits”.)

•

Non-spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if death occurs on or after Jan. 1, 2020, the beneficiary is required to withdraw his or her entire inherited interest within 10 years of the time of death of the owner unless they qualify as an “eligible designated beneficiary.” Eligible designated beneficiaries may continue to take proceeds out over their life expectancy. Eligible designated beneficiaries include:

• the surviving spouse;

• a lawful child of the owner under the age of majority (remaining amount must be withdrawn within 10 years, once the child reaches the age of majority);

• disabled within the meaning of Code section 72(m)(7);

• chronically ill within the meaning of Code section 7702B(c)(2);

• any other person who is not more than 10 years younger than the owner.

However, non-natural beneficiaries, such as estates and charities, are subject to a five-year rule to distribute the IRA.

We will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless the beneficiary elects to receive payouts under a payout plan available under this contract if:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin, no later than one year following the year of your death; and

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy for an eligible designated beneficiary. (Payout plans are limited if the beneficiary is not an eligible designated beneficiary.)

• Spouse and Non-spouse beneficiary: If a beneficiary elects an alternative payment plan which is an inherited IRA, all optional death benefits and living benefits will terminate. In the event of your beneficiary’s death, their beneficiary can elect to take a lump sum payment or annuitize the contract to deplete it within 10 years of your beneficiary’s death.

• Annuity payout plan: If you elect an annuity payout plan, the payouts to your beneficiary may continue depending on the annuity payout plan you elect, subject to adjustment to comply with the IRS rules and regulations.

How we handle contracts under unclaimed property laws

Every state has unclaimed property laws which generally declare annuity contracts to be abandoned after a period of inactivity of one to five years from either 1) the contract’s maturity date (the latest day on which income payments may begin under the contract) or 2) the date the death benefit is due and payable. If a contract matures or we determine a death benefit is payable, we will use our best efforts to locate you or designated beneficiaries. If we are unable to locate you or a beneficiary, proceeds will be paid to the abandoned property division or unclaimed property office of the state in which the beneficiary or you last resided, as shown in our books and records, or to our state of domicile. Generally, this surrender of property to the state is commonly referred to as “escheatment”. To avoid escheatment, and ensure an effective process for your beneficiaries, it is important that your personal address and beneficiary designations are up to date, including complete names, date of birth, current addresses and phone numbers, and taxpayer identification numbers for each beneficiary. Updates to your address or beneficiary designations should be sent to our Service Center.

Escheatment may also be required by law if a known beneficiary fails to demand or present an instrument or document to claim the death benefit in a timely manner, creating a presumption of abandonment. If your beneficiary steps forward (with the proper documentation) to claim escheated annuity proceeds, the state is obligated to pay any such proceeds it is holding.

For nonqualified annuities, non-spousal death benefits are generally required to be distributed and taxed within five years from the date of death of the owner/annuitant or the unclaimed death benefits will be presumed abandoned and subject to escheatment.

Optional Benefits

The assets held in our general account support the guarantees under your contract, including optional death benefits and optional living benefits. To the extent that we are required to pay you amounts in addition to your contract value under these benefits, such amounts will come from our general account assets. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of insurance and financial products as well, and we also pay our obligations under these products from assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account.

78    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Optional Living Benefits

SecureSource Stages 2 Rider

TheSecureSource Stages 2 rider is an optional benefit that you can add to your contract for an additional charge. This benefit is intended to provide to you, after the lifetime benefit is established, a specified withdrawal amount annually for life, even if your contract value is zero, subject to the terms and provisions described in this section. If the lifetime benefit is not established and contract value goes to zero due to a withdrawal, the contract and the rider will terminate. (see “Other provisions – Rules for Surrender”). Additionally, this benefit offers a credit feature to help in low or poor performing markets and a step up feature to lock in contract anniversary gains.

TheSecureSource Stages 2 rider may be appropriate for you if you intend to make periodic withdrawals from your annuity contract after the waiting period and wish to ensure that market performance will not adversely affect your ability to withdraw income over your lifetime. This rider may not be appropriate for you if you do not intend to limit withdrawals to the amount allowed in order to receive the full benefits of the rider.

Your benefits under the rider can be reduced if any of the following occurs:

• If you take any withdrawals during the 1-year waiting period, the lifetime benefit amount will be determined using percentage B for the appropriate age band as long as rider benefits are payable;

• If you withdraw more than the allowed withdrawal amount in a contract year, or you take withdrawals before the lifetime benefit is available;

• If you take a withdrawal and later choose to allocate your contract value to a fund of funds that is more aggressive than the target fund;

• If the contract value is 20% or more below purchase payments increased by any contract anniversary gains or rider credits and adjusted for withdrawals (see withdrawal adjustment base described below).

TheSecureSource Stages 2 rider guarantees that, regardless of investment performance, you may take withdrawals up to the lifetime benefit amount each contract year after the lifetime benefit is established. Your age at the time of the first withdrawal will determine the age band for as long as benefits are payable except as described in the lifetime payment percentage provision.

As long as your total withdrawals during the current year do not exceed the lifetime benefit amount, you will not be assessed a surrender charge. If you withdraw a larger amount, the excess amount will be assessed any applicable surrender charges and benefits will be reduced in accordance with excess withdrawal processing. At any time, you may withdraw any amount up to your entire surrender value, subject to excess withdrawal processing under the rider.

Subject to conditions and limitations, the rider also guarantees that you or your beneficiary will get back purchase payments you have made, increased by annual step-ups, through withdrawals over time. Any amount we pay in excess of your contract value is subject to our financial strength and claims-paying ability.

Subject to conditions and limitations, the lifetime benefit amount can be increased if a rider credit is available or your contract value has increased on a rider anniversary. The principal back guarantee can also be increased if your contract value has increased on a rider anniversary.

Availability

There are two optionalSecureSource Stages 2 riders available under your contract:

• SecureSource Stages 2 — Single Life

• SecureSource Stages 2 — Joint Life

The information in this section applies to bothSecureSource Stages 2riders, unless otherwise noted.

For the purpose of this rider, the term “withdrawal” has the same meaning as the term “surrender” in the contract or any other riders

TheSecureSource Stages 2 — Single Life rider covers one person. TheSecureSource Stages 2 — Joint Life Rider covers two spouses jointly who are named at contract issue. You may elect only theSecureSource Stages 2 — Single Life rider or theSecureSource Stages 2 — Joint Life rider, not both, and you may not switch riders later. You must elect the rider when you purchase your contract. The rider effective date will be the contract issue date.

TheSecureSource Stages 2 rider is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge if:

• Single Life: you are 85 or younger on the date the contract is issued; or

• Joint Life: you and your spouse are 85 or younger on the date the contract is issued.

TheSecureSource Stages 2 riders are not available under an inherited qualified annuity.

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    79

TheSecureSource Stages 2 rider guarantees that after the waiting period, regardless of the investment performance of your contract, you will be able to withdraw up to a certain amount each year from the contract before the annuitization start date until:

• Single Life: death (see “At Death” heading below).

• Joint Life: the death of the last surviving covered spouse (see ”Joint Life only: Covered Spouses” and “At Death” headings below).

Key Terms

The key terms associated with theSecureSource Stages 2 rider are:

Age Bands: Each age band is associated with a two lifetime payment percentages. The covered person (Joint Life: the younger covered spouse) must be at least the youngest age shown in the first age band for the annual lifetime payment to be established. After the annual lifetime payment is established, in addition to your age, other factors determine when you move to a higher age band.

Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP): the lifetime benefit amount available each contract year after the covered person (Joint Life: the younger covered spouse) has reached the youngest age in the first age band. After the waiting period, the annual withdrawal amount guaranteed by the rider can vary each contract year.

Annual Step-Up: an increase in the benefit base and/or the principal back guarantee and a possible increase in the lifetime payment percentage that is available each rider anniversary if your contract value increases, subject to certain conditions.

Benefit Base (BB): used to calculate the annual lifetime payment and the annual rider charge. The BB cannot be withdrawn in a lump sum or annuitized and is not payable as a death benefit.

Credit Base (CB): used to calculate the rider credit. The CB cannot be withdrawn or annuitized and is not payable as a death benefit.

Excess Withdrawal: (1) a withdrawal taken before the annual lifetime payment is established, or (2) a withdrawal that is greater than the remaining annual lifetime payment after the annual lifetime payment is established.

Excess Withdrawal Processing:a reduction in benefits if a withdrawal is taken before the annual lifetime payment is established or if a withdrawal exceeds the remaining annual lifetime payment.

Lifetime Payment Percentage: used to calculate your annual lifetime payment. Two percentages (“percentage A” and “percentage B”) are used for each age band. The difference between percentage A and percentage B is referred to as the income bonus. Percentage B is referred to as the minimum lifetime payment percentage.

Principal Back Guarantee (PBG): a guarantee that total withdrawals will not be less than purchase payments you have made, increased by annual step-ups, as long as there is no excess withdrawal or benefit reset.

Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (RALP): as you take withdrawals during a contract year, the remaining amount that the rider guarantees will be available for withdrawal that year is reduced. After the annual lifetime payment is established, the RALP is the guaranteed amount that can be withdrawn during the remainder of the current contract year.

Rider Credit: an amount that can be added to the benefit base on each of the first ten contract anniversaries based on a rider credit percentage of 8% for the first anniversary and 6% thereafter, as long as no withdrawals have been taken since the rider effective date and you do not decline any annual rider fee increase. Investment performance and excess withdrawals may reduce or eliminate the benefit of any rider credits. Rider credits may result in higher rider charges that may exceed the benefit from the credits.

Waiting Period: the period of time before you can take a withdrawal without limiting benefits under the rider. If you take any withdrawals during the waiting period, the lifetime benefit amount will be determined using percentage B, the minimum lifetime payment percentage, for the appropriate age band and percentage A, and therefore the income bonus, will not be available as long as rider benefits are payable. The waiting period starts on the rider effective date and ends on the day prior to the first anniversary.

Withdrawal: the amount by which your contract value is reduced as a result of any withdrawal request. It may differ from the amount of your request due to any surrender charge and any market value adjustment.

Withdrawal Adjustment Base (WAB): one of the components used to determine the lifetime payment percentage after the waiting period. The WAB cannot be withdrawn or annuitized and is not payable as a death benefit.

80    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

ImportantSecureSource Stages 2 Rider Considerations

You should consider whether aSecureSource Stages 2 rider is appropriate for you taking into account the following considerations:

You will begin paying the rider charge as of the rider effective date, even if you do not begin taking withdrawals for many years. It is possible that your contract performance, fees and charges, and withdrawal pattern may be such that your contract value will not be depleted in your lifetime and you will not receive any monetary value under the rider.

•	Lifetime Benefit Limitations: The lifetime benefit is subject to certain limitations, including but not limited to:
	Single Life: Once the contract value equals zero, payments are made for as long as the covered person is living (see “If Contract Value Reduces to Zero” heading below). However, if the contract value is greater than zero, the lifetime benefit terminates at the first death of any owner even if the covered person is still living (see “At Death” heading below). This possibility may present itself when there are multiple contract owners — when one of the contract owners dies the lifetime benefit terminates even though other contract owners are still living.
	Joint Life: Once the contract value equals zero, payments are made for as long as either covered spouse is living (see “If Contract Value Reduces to Zero” heading below). However, if the contract value is greater than zero, the lifetime benefit terminates at the death of the last surviving covered spouse (see “At Death” heading below).
•	Withdrawals: Please consider carefully when you start taking withdrawals from this rider. If you take any withdrawals during the 1-year waiting period, the lifetime benefit amount will be determined using percentage B for the appropriate age band and percentage A, and therefore the income bonus, will not be available as long as rider benefits are payable. Any withdrawals in the first 10 years will terminate any remaining rider credits. Also, if you withdraw more than the allowed withdrawal amount in a contract year or take withdrawals before the lifetime benefit is available (“excess withdrawal”), the guaranteed amounts under the rider will be reduced.
•	Investment Allocation Restriction: You must elect one of the approved investment options. These funds are expected to reduce our financial risks and expenses associated with certain living benefits. Although the funds’ investment strategies may help mitigate declines in your contract value due to declining equity markets, the funds’ investment strategies may also curb your contract value gains during periods of positive performance by the equity markets. Additionally, investment in the funds may decrease the number and amount of any benefit base increase opportunities. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds: Volatility and Volatility Management Risk with the Portfolio Stabilizer funds” section.) We reserve the right to add, remove or substitute approved investment options at any time and in our sole discretion in the future. This requirement limits your choice of investment options. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, GPAs or the regular fixed account that are available under the contract to contract owners who do not elect the rider. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds.”) You may allocate purchase payments to the Special DCA fixed account, when available, and we will make monthly transfers into the investment option you have chosen. You may make two elective investment option changes per contract year; we reserve the right to limit elective investment option changes if required to comply with the written instructions of a fund (see “Market Timing”).
	The following provisions apply to contracts invested in a Portfolio Navigator fund:

• You can allocate your contract value to any available Portfolio Navigator fund during the following times: (1) prior to your first withdrawal and (2) following a benefit reset due to an investment option change as described below but prior to any subsequent withdrawal. During these accumulation phases, you may request to change your investment option to any available investment option.

• Immediately following a withdrawal your contract value will be reallocated to the target investment option classification as shown in your contract if your current investment option is more aggressive than the target investment option classification. This automatic reallocation is not included in the total number of allowed investment option changes per contract year. The target investment option is currently the Moderate investment option. We reserve the right to change the target investment option to an investment option classification that is more aggressive than the Moderate investment option after 30 days written notice.

• After you have taken a withdrawal and prior to any benefit reset, you are in a withdrawal phase. During withdrawal phases you may request to change your investment option to the target investment option or any investment option that is more conservative than the target investment option without a benefit reset as described below. If you are in a withdrawal phase and you choose to allocate your contract value to an investment option that is more aggressive than the target investment option, you will be in the accumulation phase again and your rider benefit will be reset as follows:

1.	the BB, PBG and WAB will be reset to the contract value, if less than their current amount; and
2.	the ALP and RALP, if available, will be recalculated.

You may request to change your investment option by written request on an authorized form or by another method agreed to by us.

• Non-Cancelable: Once elected, theSecureSource Stages 2 rider may not be cancelled (except as provided under “Rider Termination” heading below) and the charge will continue to be deducted until the contract or rider is terminated or the contract value reduces to zero (described below).

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    81

Dissolution of marriage does not terminate theSecureSource Stages 2 — Joint Life rider and will not reduce the fee we charge for this rider. The benefit under theSecureSource Stages 2 — Joint Life rider continues for the covered spouse who is the owner of the contract (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural or revocable trust ownership). The rider will terminate at the death of the contract owner because the original covered spouse will be unable to elect the spousal continuation provision of the contract (see ”Joint Life only: Covered Spouses” below).

• Joint Life: Limitations on Contract Owners, Annuitants and Beneficiaries: Since the joint life benefit will terminate unless the surviving covered spouse continues the contract under the spousal option to continue the contract upon the owner’s death provision, only ownership arrangements that permit such continuation are allowed at rider issue. In general, the covered spouses should be joint owners, or one covered spouse should be the owner and the other covered spouse should be named as the sole primary beneficiary.

You are responsible for establishing ownership arrangements that will allow for spousal continuation.

If you select theSecureSource Stages 2 — Joint Life rider, please consider carefully whether or not you wish to change the beneficiary of your annuity contract. The rider will terminate if the surviving covered spouse cannot utilize the spousal continuation provision of the contract when the death benefit is payable.

• Limitations on Purchase Payments:We reserve the right to limit the cumulative amount of purchase payments (subject to state restrictions), which may limit your ability to make additional purchase payments to increase your contract value as you may have originally intended. For current purchase payment restrictions, please see “Buying Your Contract —Purchase Payments”.

• Interaction with Total Free Amount (FA) contract provision: The FA is the amount you are allowed to withdraw from the contract in each contract year without incurring a surrender charge (see “Charges — Surrender Charge”). The FA may be greater than the remaining annual lifetime payment under this rider. Any amount you withdraw under the contract’s FA provision that exceeds the remaining annual lifetime payment is subject to the excess withdrawal processing described below.

You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of the rider in your tax situation because:

• Tax Considerations for Nonqualified Annuities: Under current federal income tax law, withdrawals under nonqualified annuities, including withdrawals taken from the contract under the terms of the rider, are treated less favorably than amounts received as annuity payments under the contract (see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities”). Withdrawals are taxable income to the extent of earnings. Withdrawals of earnings before age 59½ may also incur a 10% IRS early withdrawal penalty. You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of the rider in your tax situation.

• Tax Considerations for Qualified Annuities: Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). If you have a qualified annuity, you may need to take an RMD during the waiting period the lifetime benefit amount will be determined using percentage B for as long as rider benefits are payable. While the rider permits certain excess withdrawals to be taken for the purpose of satisfying RMD requirements for your contract alone without reducing future benefits guaranteed under the rider, there can be no guarantee that changes in the federal income tax law after the effective date of the rider will not require a larger RMD to be taken, in which case, future guaranteed withdrawals under the rider could be reduced. See Appendix F for additional information.

• Treatment of non-spousal distributions:Unless you are married your beneficiary will be required to take distributions as a non-spouse which may result in significantly decreasing the value of the rider. Please note civil unions and domestic partnerships generally are not recognized as marriages for federal tax purposes. For additional information see “Taxes — Other — Spousal status” section of this prospectus.

Lifetime Benefit Description

Single Life only: Covered Person:the person whose life is used to determine when the annual lifetime payment is established, and the duration of the ALP payments (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below). The covered person is the oldest contract owner. If any owner is a nonnatural person (e.g., an irrevocable trust or corporation) or a revocable trust, the covered person is the oldest annuitant.

Joint Life only: Covered Spouses:the contract owner and his or her legally married spouse as defined under federal law, as named on the application for as long as the marriage is valid and in effect. If any contract owner is a nonnatural person or a revocable trust, the covered spouses are the annuitant and the legally married spouse of the annuitant. The covered spouses lives are used to determine when the annual lifetime payment is established, and the duration of the ALP payments (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below). The covered spouses are established on the rider effective date and cannot be changed.

Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP): the lifetime benefit amount available each contract year after the covered person (Joint Life: younger covered spouses) has reached age 50. When the ALP is established and at all times thereafter, the ALP is equal to the BB multiplied by the lifetime payment percentage. Anytime the lifetime payment percentage or BB changes

82    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

as described below, the ALP will be recalculated. After the waiting period and when the ALP is established, the first withdrawal taken in each contract year will set and fix the lifetime payment percentage for the remainder of the contract year.

If you withdraw less than the ALP in a contract year, the unused portion does not carry over to future contract years.

Single Life: The ALP is established on the later of the rider effective date if the covered person has reached age 50, or the date the covered person’s attained age equals age 50.

Joint Life: The ALP is established on the earliest of the following dates:

• The rider effective date if the younger covered spouse has already reached age 50.

• The date the younger covered spouse’s attained age equals age 50.

• Upon the first death of a covered spouse, then either: (a) the date we receive a written request when the death benefit is not payable and the surviving covered spouse has already reached age 50, (b) the date spousal continuation is effective when the death benefit is payable and the surviving covered spouse has already reached age 50, or (c) the date the surviving covered spouse reaches age 50.

• Following dissolution of marriage of the covered spouses, then either (a) the date we receive a written request if the remaining covered spouse who is the owner (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural or revocable trust ownership) has already reached age 50, or (b) the date the remaining covered spouse who is the owner (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural or revocable trust ownership) reaches age 50.

Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (RALP): the annual lifetime payment guaranteed for withdrawal for the remainder of the contract year. The RALP is established at the same time as the ALP. The RALP equals the ALP less all withdrawals in the current contract year, but it will not be less than zero.

Lifetime Payment Percentage: used to calculate the annual lifetime payment. Two percentages are used for a given age band, percentage A or percentage B, depending on the factors described below.

For ages:

• 50-58, percentage A is 4% and percentage B is 3%.

• 59-64, percentage A is 5% and percentage B is 4%.

• 65-79, percentage A is 6% and percentage B is 5%.

• 80 and older, percentage A is 7% and percentage B is 6%.

The age band for the lifetime payment percentage is determined at the following times:

• When the ALP is established: The age band used to calculate the initial ALP is the percentage for the covered person’s attained age (Joint Life: younger covered spouse’s attained age).

• On the covered person’s subsequent birthdays (Joint Life: younger covered spouse’s subsequent birthdays): Except as noted below, if the covered person’s new attained age (Joint Life: younger covered spouse’s attained age) is in a higher age band, then the higher age band will be used to determine the appropriate lifetime payment percentage. (However, if you decline any rider fee increase or if a withdrawal has been taken since the ALP was established, then the lifetime payment percentage will not change on subsequent birthdays.)

• Upon annual step ups (see “Annual step ups” below).

• For the Joint life rider, upon death or change in marital status: In the event of death or dissolution of marriage: (A) If no withdrawal has been taken since the ALP was established and no rider fee increase has been declined, the lifetime payment percentage will be reset based on the Age Band for the remaining covered spouse’s attained age. (B) If the ALP is not established but the remaining covered spouse has reached the youngest age in the first Age Band, the remaining covered spouse’s attained age will be used to determine the age band for the lifetime payment percentage. In the event of remarriage of the covered spouses to each other, the lifetime payment percentage used is the percentage for the younger covered spouse’s attained age.

The following determines whether percentage A or percentage B is used for each applicable age band:

During the waiting period, percentage B will be used. If you take a withdrawal in the waiting period, percentage B will be used and the income bonus will not be available for as long as rider benefits are payable.

If no withdrawal is taken during the waiting period, after the waiting period a comparison of your contract value and the withdrawal adjustment base (WAB) determines whether percentage A or percentage B is used to calculate the ALP unless the percentage is fixed as described below. Market volatility, a prolonged flat, low or down market, rider credits, and the deduction of charges all impact whether you are eligible for percentage A or percentage B. On each valuation date, if the benefit determining percentage is less than the 20% adjustment threshold, then percentage A is used in

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    83

calculating your ALP, otherwise percentage B is used. The benefit determining percentage is calculated as follows, but it will not be less than zero:

1 – (a/b) where:

a	=	Contract value at the end of the prior valuation period
b	=	WAB at the end of the prior valuation period

After the ALP is established and after the waiting period, the first withdrawal taken in each contract year will set and fix the lifetime payment percentage for the remainder of the contract year. Beginning on the next rider anniversary, the lifetime payment percentage can change on each valuation day as described above until a withdrawal is taken in that contract year.

However, at the earliest of (1), (2) or (3) below Percentage A and Percentage B will be set and remain fixed as long as the benefit is payable:

• if the ALP is established, when your contract value on a rider anniversary is less than two times the benefit base (BB) multiplied by percentage B for your current age band, or

• when the contract value reduces to zero, or

• on the date of death (Joint Life: remaining covered spouse’s date of death) when a death benefit is payable.

For certain periods of time at our discretion and on a non-discriminatory basis, your lifetime payment percentage may be set by us to percentage A if more favorable to you.

Determination of Adjustments of Benefit Values: Your lifetime benefit values (benefit base (BB), credit base (CB) and withdrawal adjustment base (WAB)) and principal back guarantee (PBG) are determined at the following times and are subject to a maximum amount of $10 million each:

• On the contract date: The WAB, CB, BB and PBG are set equal to the initial purchase payment.

• When an additional purchase payment is made: If the WAB and CB are greater than zero, the WAB and CB will be increased by the amount of each additional purchase payment. The BB and PBG will be increased by the amount of each additional purchase payment.

• When a withdrawal is taken: If the CB is greater than zero, the CB will be permanently reset to zero when the first withdrawal is taken, and there will be no additional rider credits.

When a withdrawal is taken:

(a)	If the first withdrawal is taken during the waiting period, the WAB will be permanently reset to zero. If the first withdrawal is taken after the waiting period, the WAB will be reduced by the “adjustment for withdrawal,” as defined below.
(b)	If the ALP is established and the withdrawal is less than or equal to the RALP, the BB does not change and the PBG is reduced by the amount of the withdrawal, but it will not be less than zero.
(c)	If the ALP is not established, excess withdrawal processing will occur as follows. The BB will be reduced by the “adjustment for withdrawal,” and the PBG will be reduced by the greater of the amount of the withdrawal or the “adjustment for withdrawal,” but it will not be less than zero.
(d)	If the ALP is established and the withdrawal is greater than the RALP, excess withdrawal processing will occur as follows:

The PBG will be reset to the lesser of:

(i)	the PBG reduced by the amount of the withdrawal, but it will not be less than zero; or
(ii)	the PBG minus the RALP on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal and further reduced by an amount calculated as follows, but it will not be less than zero:

a × b	where:
c

a	=	the amount of the withdrawal minus the RALP
b	=	the PBG minus the RALP on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal
c	=	the contract value on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal minus the RALP

84    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The BB will be reduced by an amount as calculated below:

d × e	where:
f

d	=	the amount of the withdrawal minus the RALP
e	=	the BB on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal
f	=	the contract value on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal minus the RALP.

Adjustment for Withdrawal Definition: When the WAB, PBG or BB is reduced by a withdrawal in the same proportion as the contract value is reduced, the proportional amount deducted is the “adjustment for withdrawal.” The “adjustment for withdrawal” is calculated as follows:

g × h	where:
i

g	=	the amount the contract value is reduced by the withdrawal
h	=	the WAB, BB or PBG (as applicable) on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal
I	=	the contract value on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal.

Rider Anniversary Processing: The following describes how the WAB, BB and PBG are calculated on rider anniversaries, subject to the maximum amount of $10 million for each, and how the lifetime payment percentage can change on rider anniversaries.

•	The WAB on rider anniversaries:Unless the WAB is permanently reset to zero or you decline any rider fee increase, the WAB (after any rider credit is added) will be increased to the contract value, if the contract value is greater.
•	Rider Credits: If you did not take any withdrawals and you did not decline any rider fee increase, rider credits are available for the first ten contract anniversaries. On the first anniversary, the rider credit equals the credit base (CB) 180 days following the rider effective date multiplied by 8%. On any subsequent anniversaries, the rider credit equals the CB as of the prior rider anniversary multiplied by 6%. On the first anniversary the BB and WAB will be set to the greater of the current BB, or the BB 180 days following the contract date increased by the rider credit and any additional purchase payments since 180 days following the rider effective date. On any subsequent rider credit dates the BB and WAB will be set to the greater of the current BB, or the BB on the prior anniversary increased by the rider credit and any additional purchase payments since the prior anniversary. If the CB is greater than zero, the CB will be permanently reset to zero on the 10th rider anniversary after any adjustment to the WAB and BB, and there will be no additional rider credits.
•	Annual step ups: Beginning with the first rider anniversary, an annual step-up may be available. If you decline any rider fee increase, future annual step-ups will no longer be available.
	The annual step-up will be executed on any rider anniversary where the contract value (after charges are deducted) is greater than the PBG or the BB after any rider credit is added. If an annual step-up is executed, the PBG, BB and lifetime payment percentage will be adjusted as follows: The PBG will be increased to the contract value, if the contract value is greater. The BB (after any rider credit is added) will be increased to the contract value, if the contract value is greater. If the covered person’s attained age (Joint Life: younger covered spouses attained age) on the rider anniversary is in a higher age band and (1) there is an increase to BB due to a step-up or (2) the BB is at the maximum of $10,000,000 so there was no step-up of the BB, then the higher age band will be used to determine the appropriate lifetime payment percentage, regardless of any prior withdrawals.

Other Provisions

Required Minimum Distributions (RMD): If you are taking RMDs from your contract and your RMD calculated separately for your contract is greater than the remaining annual lifetime payment on the most recent contract anniversary, the portion of your RMD that exceeds the benefit amount will not be subject to excess withdrawal processing provided that the following conditions are met:

• The annual lifetime payment is established;

• The RMD is for your contract alone;

• The RMD is based on your recalculated life expectancy taken from the Uniform Lifetime Table under the Code; and

• The RMD amount is otherwise based on the requirements of section 401(a) (9), related Code provisions and regulations thereunder that were in effect on the contract date.

RMD rules follow the calendar year which most likely does not coincide with your contract year and therefore may limit when you can take your RMD and not be subject to excess withdrawal processing. If any withdrawal is taken in the waiting period, including RMDs, Percentage B for the applicable age band will be used as long as rider benefits are payable. Any withdrawals taken before the annual lifetime payment is established or withdrawing amounts greater than

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    85

the remaining annual lifetime payment that do not meet these conditions will result in excess withdrawal processing. The amount in excess of the RALP that is not subject to excess withdrawal processing will be recalculated if the ALP changes due to lifetime payment percentage changes. See Appendix E for additional information.

Spousal Option to Continue the Contract upon Owner’s Death (Spousal Continuation):

Single Life: If a surviving spouse elects to continue the contract and continues the contract as the new owner under the spousal continuation provision of the contract, theSecureSource Stages 2 — Single Life rider terminates.

Joint Life: If a surviving spouse is a covered spouse and elects the spousal continuation provision of the contract as the new owner, theSecureSource Stages 2 — Joint Life rider also continues. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate. The surviving covered spouse can name a new beneficiary; however, a new covered spouse cannot be added to the rider.

Unless you decline a rider fee increase, at the time of spousal continuation, a step-up may be available. All annual step-up rules (see “Rider Anniversary Processing — Annual Step-Up” heading above) also apply to the spousal continuation step-up except that the RALP will be reduced for any prior withdrawals in that contract year. The WAB, if greater than zero, will be increased to the contract value if the contract value is greater. The spousal continuation step-up is processed on the valuation date spousal continuation is effective.

Rules for Surrender: Minimum contract values following surrender no longer apply to your contract. For withdrawals, the withdrawal will be taken from all accounts and the variable subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to the contract value. You cannot specify from which accounts the withdrawal is to be taken.

If your contract value is reduced to zero, the CB, if greater than zero, will be permanently reset to zero, and there will be no additional rider credits. Also, the following will occur:

• If the ALP is not established and if the contract value is reduced to zero as a result of market performance, fees or charges, then the owner must wait until the ALP would be established, and the ALP will be paid annually until the death of the covered person (Joint Life: both covered spouses).

• If the ALP is established and if the contract value is reduced to zero as a result of market performance, fees or charges, or as a result of a withdrawal that is less than or equal to the RALP, then the owner will receive the ALP paid annually until the death of the covered person (Joint Life: both covered spouses).

In either case above:

• These annualized amounts will be paid in monthly installments. If the monthly payment is less than $100, We have the right to change the frequency, but no less frequently than annually.

• We will no longer accept additional purchase payments.

• No more charges will be collected for the rider.

• The current ALP is fixed for as long as payments are made.

• The death benefit becomes the remaining schedule of annual lifetime payments, if any, until total payments to the owner and the beneficiary are equal to the PBG at the time the contract value falls to zero.

• The amount paid in the current contract year will be reduced for any prior withdrawals in that contract year.

• If the ALP is not established and if the contract value is reduced to zero as a result of a withdrawal taken before the ALP is established, this rider and the contract will terminate.

• If the ALP is established and if the contract value is reduced to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RALP, this rider and the contract will terminate.

At Death:

Single Life: If the contract is jointly owned and an owner dies when the contract value is greater than zero, the lifetime benefit for the covered person will cease even if the covered person is still living or if the contract is continued under the spousal continuation option.

Joint Life: If the death benefit becomes payable at the death of a covered spouse, the surviving covered spouse must utilize the spousal continuation option to continue the lifetime benefit. If spousal continuation is not available, the rider terminates. The lifetime benefit ends at the death of the surviving covered spouse.

If the contract value is greater than zero when the death benefit becomes payable, the beneficiary may:

• elect to take the death benefit under the terms of the contract, or

• elect to take the principal back guarantee available under this rider, or

• continue the contract and theSecureSource Stages 2 — Joint Life rider under the spousal continuation option.

86    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

For single and joint life, the beneficiary may elect the principal back guarantee under this rider if payments begin no later than one year after your death and the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy. If elected, the following will occur:

1.	If the PBG is greater than zero and the ALP is established, the ALP on the date of death will be paid until total payments to the beneficiary are equal to the PBG on the date of death.
2.	If the PBG is greater than zero and the ALP is not established, the BB on the date of death multiplied by the lifetime payment percentage used for the youngest age of the covered spouses in the first age band will be paid annually until total payments to the beneficiary are equal to the PBG on the date of death.

In either of the above cases:

• After the date of death, there will be no additional rider credits or annual step-ups.

• The lifetime payment percentage used will be set as of the date of death.

• The amount paid in the current contract year will be reduced for any prior withdrawals in that year.

3.	On the date of death (Joint Life:remaining covered spouse’s date of death), if the CB is greater than zero, the CB will be permanently reset to zero, and there will be no additional rider credits.
4.	If the PBG equals zero, the benefit terminates. No further payments are made.

Contract Ownership Change:

Single Life: If allowed by state law, change of ownership is subject to our approval. If there is a change of ownership and the covered person remains the same, the rider continues with no change to any of the rider benefits. Effective May 1, 2016, joint ownership and joint annuitants are not allowed except for contracts issued in California. If there is a change of ownership and the covered person would be different, the rider terminates.

Joint Life: Ownership changes are only allowed between the covered spouses or their revocable trust(s) and are subject to our approval, if allowed by state law. No other ownership changes are allowed as long as the rider is in force.

Assignment: If allowed by state law, an assignment is subject to our approval.

Annuity Provisions: If your annuitization start date is the maximum annuitization start date, you can choose one of the payout options available under the contract or an alternative fixed annuity payout option available under theSecureSource Stages 2 rider. Under the rider’s payout option, the minimum amount payable shown in Table B, will not apply and you will receive the annual lifetime payment provided by this rider until the later of the death of the covered person (Joint Life: both covered spouses) or depletion of the principal back guarantee. If you choose to receive the ALP, the amount payable each year will be equal to the annual lifetime payment on the annuitization start date. The amount paid in the current contract year will be reduced for any prior withdrawals in that year. These annualized amounts will be paid in monthly installments. If the monthly payment is less than $100, we have the right to change the frequency, but no less frequently than annually. For more information about annuity payout plans, please see “The Annuity Payout Period - Annuity Payout Plans.”

If you choose to receive the ALP rather than a payout option available under the contract, all other contract features, rider features and charges terminate after the annuitization start date except for the PBG.

Rider Termination

TheSecureSource Stages 2 rider cannot be terminated either by you or us except as follows:

• Single Life: a change of ownership that would result in a different covered person will terminate the rider.

• Single Life: after the death benefit is payable, the rider will terminate.

• Single Life: spousal continuation will terminate the rider.

• Joint Life: After the death benefit is payable the rider will terminate if anyone other than a covered spouse continues the contract. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate.

• On the annuitization start date, the rider will terminate.

• You may terminate the rider if your annual rider fee after any increase is more than 0.25 percentage points higher than your fee before the increase. (see “Charges —SecureSource Stages 2 rider charge”).

• When the contract value is zero and either the annual lifetime payment is not established or a withdrawal in excess of the remaining annual lifetime payment is taken, the rider will terminate.

• Termination of the contract for any reason will terminate the rider.

For an example, see Appendix D.

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    87

Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider

The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider is an optional benefit, available for contract applications signed on or after May 3, 2010, that you may select for an additional charge. We have offered a different version of the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider for the Original Contract for Contract Option L with applications signed prior to June 1, 2009. The description of the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider in this section applies to both Original and Current contracts unless noted otherwise. The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider specifies a waiting period that ends on the benefit date. The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider provides a one-time adjustment to your contract value on the benefit date if your contract value is less than the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value (defined below) on that benefit date. On the benefit date, if the contract value is equal to or greater than the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value, as determined under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider ends without value and no benefit is payable.

If the contract value falls to zero as the result of adverse market performance or the deduction of fees and/or charges at any time during the waiting period and before the benefit date, the contract and all riders, including the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider will terminate without value and no benefits will be paid.Exception: if you are still living on the benefit date, we will pay you an amount equal to the Minimum Contract Accumulation Value as determined under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider on the valuation date your contract value reached zero.

For the Current Contract, if you are (or if the owner is a non-natural person, then the annuitant is) age 80 or younger at contract issue and this rider is available in your state, you may elect the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider at the time you purchase your contract and the rider effective date will be the contract issue date. For the Original Contract, you may have elected the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider at the time you purchased your contract and the rider effective date was the contract issue date. The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may not be terminated once you have elected it except as described in the “Terminating the Rider” section below. An additional charge for the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider will be assessed annually during the waiting period. The rider ends when the waiting period expires and no further benefit will be payable and no further charges for the rider will be deducted. After the waiting period, you have the following options:

• Continue your contract;

• Take partial surrenders or make a full surrender; or

• Annuitize your contract.

The Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may not be purchased with the optionalSecureSource Stages 2 rider.

You should consider whether an Accumulation Protector Benefit rider is appropriate for you because:

• you must be invested in one of the approved investment options. This requirement limits your choice of investments. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, GPAs or the regular fixed account that are available under the contract to other contract owners who do not elect this rider. You may allocate qualifying purchase payments to the Special DCA fixed account, when available (see “The Special DCA Fixed Account”), and we will make monthly transfers into the investment option you have chosen. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds”);

• you may not make additional purchase payments to your contract during the waiting period after the first 180 days immediately following the effective date of the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. Some exceptions apply (see “Additional Purchase Payments with Elective Step up” below). In addition, we reserve the right to change these additional purchase payment limitations, including making further restrictions, upon written notice;

• if you purchase this contract as a qualified annuity, for example, an IRA, you may need to take partial surrenders from your contract to satisfy the RMDs under the Code. Partial surrenders, including those used to satisfy RMDs, will reduce any potential benefit that the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider provides. You should consult your tax advisor if you have any questions about the use of this rider in your tax situation;

• if you think you may surrender all of your contract value before you have held your contract with this benefit rider attached for 10 years, or you are considering selecting an annuity payout option within 10 years of the effective date of your contract, you should consider whether this optional benefit is right for you. You must hold the contract a minimum of 10 years from the effective date of the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, which is the length of the waiting period under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, in order to receive the benefit, if any, provided by the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. In some cases, as described below, you may need to hold the contract longer than 10 years in order to qualify for any benefit the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may provide;

• the 10 year waiting period under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider will restart if you exercise the elective step up option (described below) or your surviving spouse exercises the spousal continuation elective step up (described below); and

• the 10 year waiting period under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider may be restarted if you elect to change your investment option to one that causes the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider charge to increase (see “Charges”).

88    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether an Accumulation Benefit rider is appropriate for your situation.

Here are some general terms that are used to describe the operation of the Accumulation Protector Benefit:

Benefit Date: This is the first valuation date immediately following the expiration of the waiting period.

Minimum Contract Accumulation Value (MCAV): An amount calculated under the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. The contract value will be increased to equal the MCAV on the benefit date if the contract value on the benefit date is less than the MCAV on the benefit date.

Adjustments for Partial Surrenders: The adjustment made for each partial surrender from the contract is equal to the amount derived from multiplying (a) and (b) where:

(a)	is 1 minus the ratio of the contract value on the date of (but immediately after) the partial surrender to the contract value on the date of (but immediately prior to) the partial surrender; and
(b)	is the MCAV on the date of (but immediately prior to) the partial surrender.

Waiting Period: The waiting period for the rider is 10 years.

We reserve the right to restart the waiting period on the latest contract anniversary if you change your investment option after we have exercised our rights to increase the rider fee.

Your initial MCAV is equal to your initial purchase payment. It is increased by the amount of any subsequent purchase payments received within the first 180 days that the rider is effective. It is reduced by any adjustments for partial surrenders made during the waiting period.

Automatic Step up

On each contract anniversary after the effective date of the rider, the MCAV will be set to the greater of:

1. 80% of the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the contract anniversary; or

2. the MCAV immediately prior to the automatic step up.

The automatic step up does not create contract value, guarantee the performance of any investment option, or provide a benefit that can be surrendered or paid upon death. Rather, the automatic step up is an interim calculation used to arrive at the final MCAV, which is used to determine whether a benefit will be paid under the rider on the benefit date.

The automatic step up of the MCAV does not restart the waiting period or increase the charge (although the total fee for the rider may increase).

Elective Step up Option

Within thirty days following each contract anniversary after the rider effective date, but prior to the benefit date, you may notify us in writing that you wish to exercise the annual elective step up option. You may exercise this elective step up option only once per contract year during this 30 day period. If your contract value (after charges are deducted) on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up is greater than the MCAV on that date, your MCAV will increase to 100% of that contract value.

We may increase the fee for your rider (see “Charges — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider Charge”). The revised fee would apply to your rider if you exercise the annual elective step up, your MCAV is increased as a result, and the revised fee is higher than your annual rider fee before the elective step up. Elective step ups will also result in a restart of the waiting period as of the most recent contract anniversary.

The elective step up does not create contract value, guarantee the performance of any investment option or provide any benefit that can be surrendered or paid upon death. Rather the elective step up is an interim calculation used to arrive at the final MCAV, which is used to determine whether a benefit will be paid under the rider on the benefit date.

For Original Contracts:

We have the right to restrict the elective step up option on inherited IRAs, but we currently allow them. Please consider carefully if an elective step up is appropriate if you own an inherited IRA because the elective step up will restart the waiting period and the required minimum distributions for an inherited IRA may significantly decrease the future benefit payable under this rider. We reserve the right to restrict the elective step up option on inherited IRAs in the future.

The elective step up option is not available if the benefit date would be after the annuitization start date. See “The Annuitization Start Date” section for options available to you.

For Current Contracts:

The elective step up option is not available for inherited IRAs or if the benefit date would be after the annuitization start date. (see “The Annuitization Start Date” section for annuitization start date options)

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    89

Additional Purchase Payments with Annual Elective Step ups — Current Contract Only

If your MCAV is increased as a result of elective step up, you have 180 days from the latest contract anniversary to make additional purchase payments, if allowed under the base contract. The MCAV will include the amount of any additional purchase payments received during this period. We reserve the right to change these additional purchase payment limitations.

Spousal Continuation

If a spouse chooses to continue the contract under the spousal continuation provision, the rider will continue as part of the contract. Once, within the thirty days following the date of spousal continuation, the spouse may choose to exercise an elective step up. The spousal continuation elective step up is in addition to the annual elective step up. If the contract value on the valuation date we receive the written request to exercise this option is greater than the MCAV on that date, we will increase the MCAV to that contract value. If the MCAV is increased as a result of the elective step up and we have increased the charge for the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, the spouse will pay the charge that is in effect on the valuation date we receive their written request to step up for the entire contract year. In addition, the waiting period will restart as of the most recent contract anniversary.

Change of Ownership or Assignment

Subject to state limitations, a change of ownership or assignment is subject to our approval.

Terminating the Rider

The rider will terminate under the following conditions:

The rider will terminate before the benefit date without paying a benefit on the date:

• you take a full surrender;

• annuitization begins;

• the contract terminates as a result of the death benefit being paid; or

• when a beneficiary elects an alternative payment plan which is an inherited IRA.

The rider will terminate on the benefit date.

For an example, see Appendix L.

Optional Living Benefits

(For contracts with application signed before July 19, 2010)

If you bought a contract before July 19, 2010 with an optional living benefit, please use the following table to review the disclosure that applies to the optional living benefit rider you purchased. If you are uncertain as to which optional living benefit rider you purchased, ask your investment professional, or contact us at the telephone number or address shown on the first page of this prospectus.

If you purchased a contract(1)...	and you selected one of the following optional living benefits...	Disclosure for this benefit may be found in the following Appendix:
Before April 29, 2005	Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit (“Rider B”)	Appendix J
April 29, 2005 – April 30, 2006	Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit (“Rider A”)	Appendix J
May 1, 2006 – April 30, 2007	Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life	Appendix I
Before May 1, 2007	Income Assurer Benefit	Appendix K
Before Aug. 10, 2009	SecureSource Rider	Appendix M
Before Nov. 30, 2009	SecureSource 20 Rider	Appendix N
Before July 19, 2010	SecureSource Stages Rider	Appendix O

⁽¹⁾ These dates are approximate and will vary by state; your actual contract and any riders are the controlling documents.

Optional Additional Death Benefits

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector)

The Benefit Protector is intended to provide an additional benefit to your beneficiary to help offset expenses after your death such as funeral expenses or federal and state taxes. This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge (see “Charges”). The Benefit Protector provides reduced benefits if you (Current Contract) or you or the annuitant (Original Contract) are 70 or older at the rider effective date, The Benefit Protector does not provide any additional benefit before the first rider anniversary.

90    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If this rider is available in your state and you (Current Contract) or both you and the annuitant (Original Contract) are 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the Benefit Protector to your contract. You must elect the Benefit Protector at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date. You may not select this rider if you select the Benefit Protector Plus, the 5% Accumulation Death Benefit or Enhanced Death Benefit.

Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Since the benefit paid by the rider is determined by the amount of earnings at death, the amount of the benefit paid may be reduced as a result of taking any surrenders including RMDs. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional and tax advisor whether or not the Benefit Protector is appropriate for your situation.

The Benefit Protector provides that if you (Current Contract) or you or the annuitant (Original Contract) die after the first rider anniversary, but before the annuitization start date, and while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary:

• the applicable death benefit, plus:

• 40% of your earnings at death if you (Current Contract) or you and the annuitant (Original Contract) were under age 70 on the rider effective date; or

• 15% of your earnings at death if you (Current Contract) or you or the annuitant (Original Contract) were 70 or older on the rider effective date.

For the Current Contract, if this rider is effective after the contract date or if there has been a covered life change, remaining purchase payment is established or set as the contract value on the rider effective date or, if later, the date of the most recent covered life change. Thereafter, remaining purchase payments is increased by the amount of each additional purchase payment and adjusted for each partial surrender.

Earnings at death: For purposes of the Benefit Protector and Benefit Protector Plus riders, this is an amount equal to the applicable death benefit minus remaining purchase payments (also referred to as purchase payments not previously surrendered under the Original Contract). Partial surrenders will come from any earnings before reducing purchase payments in the contract. The earnings at death may not be less than zero and may not be more than 250% of the purchase payments not previously surrendered that are one or more years old.

Note: Purchase payments not previously surrendered is calculated differently and is not the same value as purchase payments not previously surrendered used in the surrender charge calculation.

Terminating the Benefit Protector

Current Contract:

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days after the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days after any rider anniversary beginning with the seventh rider anniversary.

• The rider will terminate when you make a full surrender from the contract or on the annuitization start date.

• Your spouse may terminate the rider within 30 days following the effective date of the spousal continuation if your spouse is age 75 or younger.

• A new owner may terminate the rider within 30 days following the effective date of an ownership change if the new owner is age 75 or younger.

• The rider will terminate for a spousal continuation or ownership change if the spouse or new owner is age 76 or older at the time of the change.

• The rider will terminate after the death benefit is payable, unless the spouse continues the contract under spousal continuation provision.

• The rider will terminate when a beneficiary elects an alternative payment plan which is an inherited IRA.

Original Contract:

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of any rider anniversary beginning with the seventh rider anniversary.

• Our current administrative practice allows a new owner or your spouse to terminate the rider within 30 days following the effective date of the ownership change or spousal continuation.

• The rider will terminate when you make a full surrender from the contract or on the annuitization start date.

• The rider will terminate when a beneficiary elects an alternative payment plan which is an inherited IRA.

If your spouse is the sole beneficiary and you die before the annuitization start date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner. For Current Contract, your spouse will be subject to all the limitations and restrictions of the rider just as if they were purchasing a new contract and the age of the new spouse at the time of the change will be used to determine the earnings at death percentage going forward. If your spouse does not qualify for the rider on the basis of

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    91

age we will terminate the rider. If they do qualify for the rider on the basis of age we will set the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid (without regard to the Full Surrender Value) and we will substitute this new contract value on the date of death for “remaining purchase payments” used in calculating earnings at death.

For Current Contract, after a covered life change other than a spouse that continues the contract, the new owner will be subject to all the limitations and restrictions of the rider just as if they were purchasing a new contract and the age of the new owner at the time of the change will be used to determine the earnings at death percentage going forward. If the new owner does not qualify for the rider on the basis of age we will terminate the rider. If they do qualify for the rider on the basis of age we will substitute the contract value on the date of the ownership changes for remaining purchase payments used in calculating earnings at death.

For an example, see Appendix F.

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus)

The Benefit Protector Plus is intended to provide an additional benefit to your beneficiary to help offset expenses after your death such as funeral expenses or federal and state taxes. This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge (see “Charges”). The Benefit Protector Plus provides reduced benefits if you (Current Contract), or you or the annuitant (Original Contract) are 70 or older at the rider effective date. It does not provide any additional benefit before the first rider anniversary and it does not provide any benefit beyond what is offered under the Benefit Protector rider during the second rider year. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether or not the Benefit Protector Plus is appropriate for your situation.

If this rider is available in your state and you (Current Contract) or both you and the annuitant (Original Contract) are 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the Benefit Protector Plus to your contract. You must elect the Benefit Protector Plus at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date. This rider is only available for transfers, exchanges or rollovers. If this is a non-qualified annuity, transfers, exchanges or rollovers must be from another annuity or life insurance policy. You may not select this rider if you select the Benefit Protector Rider, 5% Accumulation Death Benefit or the Enhanced Death Benefit.

Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Since the benefit paid by the rider is determined by the amount of earnings at death, the amount of the benefit paid may be reduced as a result of taking any surrenders including RMDs. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional and tax advisor whether or not the Benefit Protector Plus is appropriate for your situation.

The Benefit Protector Plus provides that if you (Current Contract), or you or the annuitant (Original Contract) die after the first rider anniversary, but before the annuitization start date, and while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary:

• the benefits payable under the Benefit Protector described above, plus:

• a percentage of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue not previously surrendered as follows:

Rider year when death occurs;	Percentage if you (Current Contract) or you and the annuitant (Original Contract) are under age 70 on the rider effective date	Percentage if you (Current Contract) or you or the annuitant (Original Contract) are 70 or older on the rider effective date
One and Two	0%	0%
Three and Four	10%	3.75%
Five or more	20%	7.5%

Another way to describe the benefits payable under the Benefit Protector Plus rider is as follows:

• the applicable death benefit plus:

Rider year when death occurs;	If you (Current Contact) or you and the annuitant (Original Contract) are under age 70 on the rider effective date, add…	If you (Current Contract) or you or the annuitant (Original Contract) are age 70 or older on the rider effective date, add…
One	Zero	Zero
Two	40% x earnings at death (see above)	15% x earnings at death
Three and Four	40% x (earnings at death + 25% of initial purchase payment*)	15% x (earnings at death + 25% of initial purchase payment*)
Five or more	40% x (earnings at death + 50% of initial purchase payment*)	15% x (earnings at death + 50% of initial purchase payment*)

* Initial purchase payments are payments made within 60 days of rider issue not previously surrendered.

Terminating the Benefit Protector Plus

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of the first rider anniversary.

92    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of any rider anniversary beginning with the seventh rider anniversary.

• The rider will terminate when you make a full surrender from the contract, on the annuitization start date, or when the death benefit is payable.

• The rider will terminate if there is an ownership change.

• The rider will terminate when a beneficiary elects an alternative payment plan which is an inherited IRA.

• If your spouse is sole beneficiary and you die before the annuitization start date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid (without regard to the Full Surrender Value for the Current Contract). We will then terminate the Benefit Protector Plus (see “Benefits in Case of Death”).

For an example, see Appendix G.

The Annuity Payout Period

As owner of the contract, you have the right to decide how and to whom annuity payouts will be made starting on the annuitization start date. You may select one of the annuity payout plans outlined below, or we may mutually agree on other payout arrangements. We do not deduct surrender charges upon annuitization but surrender charges may be applied when electing to exercise liquidity features we may make available under certain fixed annuity payout options.

You also decide whether we will make annuity payouts on a fixed or variable basis, or a combination of fixed and variable. The amount available to purchase payouts under the plan you select is the contract value on your annuitization start date after any rider charges have been deducted, plus any positive or negative MVA (less any applicable premium tax). Additionally, we currently allow you to use part of the amount available to purchase payouts, leaving any remaining contract value to accumulate on a tax-deferred basis. Special rules apply for partial annuitization of your annuity contract, see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities — Annuity payouts” and “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Annuity payouts.” If you select a variable annuity payout, we reserve the right to limit the number of subaccounts in which you may invest. The GPAs and the Special DCA fixed account (Current Contract) and the DCA fixed account (Original Contract) are not available during this payout period. Additionally, Portfolio Stabilizer funds are not available during this payout period.

Amounts of fixed and variable payouts depend on:

• the annuity payout plan you select;

• the annuitant’s age and, in most cases, sex;

• the annuity table in the contract; and

• the amounts you allocated to the accounts at the annuitization start date.

In addition, for variable annuity payouts only, amounts depend on the investment performance of the subaccounts you select. These payouts will vary from month to month because the performance of the funds will fluctuate. Fixed payouts generally remain the same from month to month unless you have elected an option providing for increasing payments or are exercising any available liquidity features we may offer and you have elected.

For information with respect to transfers between accounts after annuity payouts begin, (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transfer policies”).

Annuity Tables

The annuity tables in your contract (Table A and Table B) show the amount of the monthly payout for each $1,000 of contract value according to the age and, when applicable, the annuitant’s sex. (Where required by law, we will use a unisex table of settlement rates.)

Table A shows the amount of the first monthly variable annuity payout assuming that the contract value is invested at the beginning of the annuity payout period and earns a 5% rate of return, which is reinvested and helps to support future payouts. If you ask us at least 30 days before the annuitization start date, we will substitute an annuity table based on an assumed 3.5% investment rate for the 5% Table A in the contract. The assumed investment rate affects both the amount of the first payout and the extent to which subsequent payouts increase or decrease. For example, annuity payouts will increase if the investment return is above the assumed investment rate and payouts will decrease if the return is below the assumed investment rate. Using a 5% assumed interest rate results in a higher initial payout, but later payouts will increase more slowly when annuity unit values rise and decrease more rapidly when they decline.

Table B shows the minimum amount of each fixed annuity payout. We declare current payout rates that we use in determining the actual amount of your fixed annuity payout. The current payout rates will equal or exceed the guaranteed payout rates shown in Table B. We will furnish these rates to you upon request.

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    93

Annuity Payout Plans

We make available variable annuity payouts where payout amounts will vary based on the performance of the variable account. We may also make fixed annuity payouts available where payments of a fixed amount are made for the period specified in the plan, subject to any surrender we may permit. You may choose an annuity payout plan by giving us written instructions at least 30 days before the annuitization start date. Generally, you may select one of the Plans A through E below or another plan agreed to by us. Some of the annuity payout plans may not be available if you have selected the Income Assurer Benefit rider.

• Plan A – Life annuity — no refund:We make monthly payouts until the annuitant’s death. Payouts end with the last payout before the annuitant’s death. We will not make any further payouts. This means that if the annuitant dies after we made only one monthly payout, we will not make any more payouts.

• Plan B – Life annuity with five, ten, 15 or 20 years certain: (under the Income Assurer Benefit rider: you may select life annuity with ten or 20 years certain): We make monthly payouts for a guaranteed payout period of five, ten, 15 or 20 years that you elect. This election will determine the length of the payout period in the event if the annuitant dies before the elected period expires. We calculate the guaranteed payout period from the annuitization start date. If the annuitant outlives the elected guaranteed payout period, we will continue to make payouts until the annuitant’s death.

• Plan C – Life annuity — installment refund:(not available under the Income Assurer Benefit rider): We make monthly payouts until the annuitant’s death, with our guarantee that payouts will continue for some period of time. We will make payouts for at least the number of months determined by dividing the amount applied under this option by the first monthly payout, whether or not the annuitant is living.

• Plan D

– Joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund:We make monthly payouts while both the annuitant and a joint annuitant are living. If either annuitant dies, we will continue to make monthly payouts at the full amount until the death of the surviving annuitant. Payouts end with the death of the second annuitant.

– Joint and last survivor life annuity with 20 years certain: We make monthly annuity payouts during the lifetime of the annuitant and joint annuitant. When either the annuitant or joint annuitant dies, we will continue to make monthly payouts during the lifetime of the survivor. If the survivor dies before we have made payouts for 20 years, we continue to make payouts for the remainder of the 20-year period which begins when the first annuity payout is made.

• Plan E – Payouts for a specified period: We make monthly payouts for a specific payout period of ten to 30 years that you elect (under the Income Assurer Benefit rider, you may elect a payout period of 20 years only). We will make payouts only for the number of years specified whether the annuitant is living or not. Depending on the selected time period, it is foreseeable that an annuitant can outlive the payout period selected. During the payout period, you can elect to have us determine the present value of any remaining payouts and pay it to you in a lump sum. (Exception: If you have an Income Assurer Benefit rider and elect this annuity payout plan based on the Guaranteed Income Benefit Base, a lump sum payout is unavailable.) We determine the present value of the remaining annuity payouts which are assumed to remain level at the amount of the payout that would have been made 7 days prior to the date we determine the present value.

• Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Payout Option (available only under contracts with theSecureSource, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life or Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit riders):This fixed annuity payout option is an alternative to the above annuity payout plans. This option may not be available if the contract is a qualified annuity. For such contracts, this option will be available only if the guaranteed payment period is less than the life expectancy of the owner at the time the option becomes effective. Such life expectancy will be computed using a life expectancy table published by the IRS. Under this option, the amount payable each year will be equal to the remaining schedule of GBPs, but the total amount paid will not exceed the total RBA at the time you begin this fixed payout option (see “Optional Benefits —SecureSourceRiders”, “Appendix I: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider” or “Appendix J: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider”). The amount paid in the current contract year will be reduced for any prior withdrawals in that year. These annualized amounts will be paid in the frequency that you elect. The frequencies will be among those offered by us at the time but will be no less frequent than annually. If, at the death of the owner, total payouts have been made for less than the RBA, the remaining payouts will be paid to the beneficiary.

• Remaining Benefit Annuity Payout Option (available only under contracts with theSecureSource 20 rider): This fixed annuity payout option is an alternative to the above annuity payout plans. This option may not be available if the contract is a qualified annuity. For such contracts, this option will be available only if the guaranteed payment period is less than the life expectancy of the owner at the time the option becomes effective. Such life expectancy will be computed using a life expectancy table published by the IRS. Under this option, the amount payable each year will be equal to the remaining schedule of GBPs, but the total amount paid will not exceed the total RBA at the time you begin this fixed payout option (see “Optional Benefits —SecureSource 20 Riders”). The amount paid in the current contract year will be reduced for any prior withdrawals in that year. These annualized amounts will be paid in monthly

94    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

installments. If the monthly payment is less than $100, we have the right to change the frequency, but no less frequent than annually. If, at the death of the owner, total payouts have been made for less than the RBA, the remaining payouts will be paid to the beneficiary.

For Plan A, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, no payments will be made. For Plan B, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue for the guaranteed payout period. For Plan C, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue for the installment refund period. For Plan D, if both annuitants die before the initial payment, no payments will be made; however, if one annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue until the death of the surviving annuitant.

In addition to the annuity payout plans described above, we may offer additional payout plans. Terms and conditions of annuity payout plans will be disclosed at the time of election, including any associated fees or charges. It is important to remember that the election and use of liquidity features will result in payouts ceasing.

Utilizing a liquidity feature to surrender the underlying value of remaining payouts may result in the assessment of a surrender charge (See “Charges — Surrender charge”) or a 10% IRS penalty tax. (See “Taxes.”).

Annuity payout plan requirements for qualified annuities: If your contract is a qualified annuity, you have the responsibility for electing a payout plan under your contract that complies with applicable law. Your contract describes your payout plan options. The options will meet certain IRS regulations governing RMDs if the payout plan meets the incidental distribution benefit requirements, if any, and the payouts are made:

• in equal or substantially equal payments over a period not longer than your life expectancy, or over the joint life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary; or

• over a period certain not longer than your life expectancy or over the joint life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary.

For qualified and nonqualified contracts with theSecureSource Stages rider, on the annuitization start date you can choose one of the payout options available under the contract or an alternative fixed annuity payout option available under the rider. Under the rider’s payout option, the minimum amount payable shown in Table B will not apply, and you will receive the ALP provided by this rider until the later of the death of covered person (Joint Life: both covered spouses) or depletion of the PBG. If you choose to receive the ALP, the amount payable each year will be equal to the ALP on the annuitization start date. The amount paid in the current contract year will be reduced for any prior withdrawals in that year. These annualized amounts will be paid in monthly installments. If the monthly payment is less than $100, we have the right to change the frequency, but no less frequently than annually. If you choose to receive the ALP rather than a payout option available under the contract, all other contract features, rider features and charges terminate after the annuitization start date except for the principal back guarantee. You must select a payout plan as of the annuitization start date set forth in your contract.

If we do not receive instructions: You must give us written instructions for the annuity payouts at least 30 days before the annuitization start date. If you do not, we will make payouts under Plan B, with 120 monthly payouts guaranteed.

If monthly payouts would be less than $20: We will calculate the amount of monthly payouts at the time amounts are applied to an annuity payout plan. If the calculations show that monthly payouts would be less than $20, we have the right to pay the amount that would otherwise have been applied to a plan to the owner in a lump sum or to change the frequency of the payouts.

Death after annuity payouts begin: If you (Current Contract), or you or the annuitant (Original Contract) dies after annuity payouts begin, we will pay any amount payable to the beneficiary as provided in the annuity payout plan in effect. Payments to beneficiaries are subject to adjustment to comply with the IRS rules and regulations.

Taxes

Under current law, your contract has a tax-deferral feature. Generally, this means you do not pay income tax until there is a taxable distribution (or deemed distribution) from the contract. We will send a tax information reporting form for any year in which we made a taxable or reportable distribution according to our records.

Nonqualified Annuities

Generally, only the increase in the value of a non-qualified annuity contract over the investment in the contract is taxable. Certain exceptions apply. Federal tax law requires that all nonqualified deferred annuity contracts issued by the same company (and possibly its affiliates) to the same owner during a calendar year be taxed as a single, unified contract when distributions are taken from any one of those contracts.

Annuity payouts: Generally, unlike surrenders described below, the income taxation of annuity payouts is subject to exclusion ratios (for fixed annuity payouts) or annual excludable amounts (for variable annuity payouts). In other words, in most cases, a portion of each payout will be ordinary income and subject to tax, and a portion of each payout will be

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    95

considered a return of part of your investment in the contract and will not be taxed. All amounts you receive after your investment in the contract is fully recovered will be subject to tax. Under Annuity Payout Plan A: Life annuity — no refund, where the annuitant dies before your investment in the contract is fully recovered, the remaining portion of the unrecovered investment may be available as a federal income tax deduction to the owner for the last taxable year. Under all other annuity payout plans, where the annuity payouts end before your investment in the contract is fully recovered, the remaining portion of the unrecovered investment may be available as a federal income tax deduction to the taxpayer for the tax year in which the payouts end. (See “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Federal tax law permits taxpayers to annuitize a portion of their nonqualified annuity while leaving the remaining balance to continue to grow tax-deferred. Under the partial annuitization rules, the portion annuitized must be received as an annuity for a period of 10 years or more, or for the lives of one or more individuals. If this requirement is met, the annuitized portion and the tax-deferred balance will generally be treated as two separate contracts for income tax purposes only. If a contract is partially annuitized, the investment in the contract is allocated between the deferred and the annuitized portions on a pro rata basis.

Surrenders: Generally, if you surrender all or part of your nonqualified annuity the annuitization start date, including surrenders under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, your surrender will be taxed to the extent that the contract value immediately before the withdrawal exceeds the investment in the contract. Different rules may apply if you exchange another contract into this contract.

You also may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty for surrenders of taxable income you make before reaching age 59½ unless certain exceptions apply.

Withholding: If you receive taxable income as a result of an annuity payout or surrender, including surrenders under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, we may deduct federal, and in some cases state withholding against the payment. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your income tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. As long as you have provided us with a valid Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number, and you have a valid U.S. address, you may be able to elect not to have federal income tax withholding occur.

If the payment is part of an annuity payout plan, we generally compute the amount of federal income tax withholding using payroll tables. You may provide us with a statement of how many exemptions to use in calculating the withholding. If the distribution is any other type of payment (such as partial or full surrender) we compute federal income tax withholding using 10% of the taxable portion.

The federal income tax withholding requirements differ if we deliver payment outside the United States or you are a non-resident alien.

Some states also may impose income tax withholding requirements similar to the federal withholding described above or may allow you to elect withholding. If this should be the case, we may deduct state income tax withholding from the payment.

Death benefits to beneficiaries: The death benefit under a nonqualified contract is not exempt from estate (federal or state) taxes. In addition, for income tax purposes, any amount your beneficiary receives that exceeds the remaining investment in the contract is taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary in the year he or she receives the payments. (See also “Benefits in Case of Death — If You Die Before the Annuitization Start Date”).

Net Investment Income Tax (also known as Medicare contribution tax): Effective for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2013, certain investment income of high-income individuals (as well as estates and trusts) is subject to a 3.8% net investment income tax (as an addition to income taxes). For individuals, the 3.8% tax applies to the lesser of (1) the amount by which the taxpayer’s modified adjusted gross income exceeds $200,000 ($250,000 for married filing jointly and surviving spouses; $125,000 for married filing separately) or (2) the taxpayer’s “net investment income.” Net investment income includes taxable income from nonqualified annuities. Annuity holders are advised to consult their tax advisor regarding the possible implications of this additional tax.

Annuities owned by corporations, partnerships or irrevocable trusts: For nonqualified annuities, any annual increase in the value of annuities held by such entities (non-natural persons) generally will be treated as ordinary income received during that year. However, if the trust was set up for the benefit of a natural person(s) only, the income may remain tax-deferred until surrendered or paid out.

Penalties: If you receive amounts from your nonqualified annuity before reaching age 59½, you may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty on the amount includable in your ordinary income. However, this penalty will not apply to any amount received:

• because of your death or in the event of non-natural ownership, the death of annuitant;

• because you become disabled (as defined in the Code);

• if the distribution is part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments, made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or joint lives or life expectancies of you and your beneficiary);

96    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• if it is allocable to an investment before Aug. 14, 1982; or

• if annuity payouts are made under immediate annuities as defined by the Code.

Transfer of ownership: Generally, if you transfer ownership of a nonqualified annuity without receiving adequate consideration, the transfer may be taxed as a surrender for federal income tax purposes. If the transfer is a currently taxable event for income tax purposes, the original owner will be taxed on the amount of deferred earnings at the time of the transfer and also may be subject to the 10% IRS penalty discussed earlier. In this case, the new owner’s investment in the contract will be equal to the investment in the contract at the time of the transfer plus any earnings included in the original owner’s taxable income as a result of the transfer. In general, this rule does not apply to transfers between spouses or former spouses. Similar rules apply if you transfer ownership for full consideration. Please consult your tax advisor for further details.

1035 Exchanges: Section 1035 of the Code permits nontaxable exchanges of certain insurance policies, endowment contracts, annuity contracts and qualified long-term care insurance contracts while providing for continued tax deferral of earnings. In addition, Section 1035 permits the carryover of the investment in the contract from the old policy or contract to the new policy or contract. In a 1035 exchange one policy or contract is exchanged for another policy or contract. The following can qualify as nontaxable exchanges: (1) the exchange of a life insurance policy for another life insurance policy or for an endowment, annuity or qualified long-term care insurance contract, (2) the exchange of an endowment contract for an annuity or qualified long-term care insurance contract, or for an endowment contract under which payments will begin no later than payments would have begun under the contract exchanged, (3) the exchange of an annuity contract for another annuity or for a qualified long-term care insurance contract, and (4) the exchange of a qualified long-term care insurance contract for a qualified long-term care insurance contract. Additionally, other tax rules apply. However, if the life insurance policy has an outstanding loan, there may be tax consequences. Depending on the issue date of your original policy or contract, there may be tax or other benefits that are given up to gain the benefits of the new policy or contract. Consider whether the features and benefits of the new policy or contract outweigh any tax or other benefits of the old contract.

For a partial exchange of an annuity contract for another annuity contract, the 1035 exchange is generally tax-free. The investment in the original contract and the earnings on the contract will be allocated proportionately between the original and new contracts. However, per IRS Revenue Procedure 2011-38, if surrenders are taken from either contract within the 180-day period following a partial 1035 exchange, the IRS will apply general tax principles to determine the appropriate tax treatment of the exchange and subsequent surrender. As a result, there may be unexpected tax consequences. You should consult your tax advisor before taking any surrender from either contract during the 180-day period following a partial exchange.

Assignment: If you assign or pledge your contract as collateral for a loan, earnings on purchase payments you made after Aug. 13, 1982 will be taxed as a deemed distribution and also may be subject to the 10% penalty as discussed above.

Qualified Annuities

Adverse tax consequences may result if you do not ensure that contributions, distributions and other transactions under the contract comply with the law. Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions. You should refer to your retirement plan’s Summary Plan Description, your IRA disclosure statement, or consult a tax advisor for additional information about the distribution rules applicable to your situation.

When you use your contract to fund a retirement plan or IRA that is already tax-deferred under the Code, the contract will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral. If your contract is used to fund an employer sponsored plan, your right to benefits may be subject to the terms and conditions of the plan regardless of the terms of the contract.

Annuity payouts: Under a qualified annuity, except a Roth IRA, Roth 401(k) or Roth 403(b), the entire payout generally is includable as ordinary income and is subject to tax unless: (1) the contract is an IRA to which you made non-deductible contributions; or (2) you rolled after-tax dollars from a retirement plan into your IRA; or 3) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you or your employer have contributed after-tax dollars; or (4) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you direct such payout to be directly rolled over to another eligible retirement plan such as an IRA. We may permit partial annuitizations of qualified annuity contracts. If we accept partial annuitizations, please remember that your contract will still need to comply with other requirements such as required minimum distributions and the payment of taxes. Prior to considering a partial annuitization on a qualified contract, you should discuss your decision and any implications with your tax adviser. Because we cannot accurately track certain after tax funding sources, we will generally report any payments on partial annuitizations as ordinary income except in the case of a qualified distribution from a Roth IRA.

Annuity payouts from Roth IRAs: In general, the entire payout from a Roth IRA can be free from income and penalty taxes if you have attained age 59½ and meet the five year holding period.

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    97

Surrenders: Under a qualified annuity, except a Roth IRA, Roth 401(k) or Roth 403(b), the entire surrender will generally be includable as ordinary income and is subject to tax unless: (1) the contract is an IRA to which you made non-deductible contributions; or (2) you rolled after-tax dollars from a retirement plan into your IRA; or (3) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you or your employer have contributed after-tax dollars; or (4) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you direct such surrender to be directly rolled over to another eligible retirement plan such as an IRA.

Surrenders from Roth IRAs: In general, the entire payout from a Roth IRA can be free from income and penalty taxes if you have attained age 59½ and meet the five year holding period or another qualifying event such as death or disability.

Required Minimum Distributions: Retirement plans (except for Roth IRAs) are subject to required surrenders called required minimum distributions (“RMDs”) beginning at age 72 (age 70 ½ if you were born on or before June 30, 1949). RMDs are based on the fair market value of your contract at year-end divided by the life expectancy factor. Certain death benefits and optional riders may be considered in determining the fair market value of your contract for RMD purposes. This may cause your RMD to be higher. Inherited IRAs (including inherited Roth IRAs) are subject to special required minimum distribution rules. You should consult your tax advisor prior to making a purchase for an explanation of the potential tax implications to you.

Withholding for IRAs, Roth IRAs, SEPs and SIMPLE IRAs: If you receive taxable income as a result of an annuity payout or a surrender, including surrenders under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, we may deduct withholding against the payment. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. As long as you have provided us with a valid Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number, you can elect not to have any withholding occur.

If the payment is part of an annuity payout plan, we generally compute the amount of federal income tax withholding using payroll tables. You may provide us with a statement of how many exemptions to use in calculating the withholding. If the distribution is any other type of payment (such as a partial or full surrender) we compute federal income tax withholding using 10% of the taxable portion.

The federal income tax withholding requirements differ if we deliver payment outside the United States or you are a non-resident alien.

Some states also may impose income tax withholding requirements similar to the federal withholding described above. If this should be the case, we may deduct state income tax withholding from the payment.

Withholding for all other qualified annuities: If you receive directly all or part of the contract value from a qualified annuity, mandatory 20% federal income tax withholding (and possibly state income tax withholding) generally will be imposed at the time the payout is made from the plan. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. This mandatory withholding will not be imposed if instead of receiving the distribution check, you elect to have the distribution rolled over directly to an IRA or another eligible plan. Payments made to a surviving spouse instead of being directly rolled over to an IRA are also subject to mandatory 20% income tax withholding.

In the below situations, the distribution is subject to an optional 10% withholding instead of the mandatory 20% withholding. We will withhold 10% of the distribution amount unless you elect otherwise.

• the payout is one in a series of substantially equal periodic payouts, made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or the joint lives or life expectancies of you and your designated beneficiary) or over a specified period of 10 years or more;

• the payout is a RMD as defined under the Code;

• the payout is made on account of an eligible hardship; or

• the payout is a corrective distribution.

State withholding also may be imposed on taxable distributions.

Penalties: If you receive amounts from your qualified contract before reaching age 59½, you may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty on the amount includable in your ordinary income. However, this penalty generally will not apply to any amount received:

• because of your death;

• because you become disabled (as defined in the Code);

• if the distribution is part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or joint lives or life expectancies of you and your beneficiary);

• if the distribution is made following severance from employment during or after the calendar year in which you attain age 55 (TSAs and annuities funding 401(a) plans only);

• to pay certain medical or education expenses (IRAs only); or

98    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• if the distribution is made from an inherited IRA.

Death benefits to beneficiaries: The entire death benefit generally is taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary in the year he/she receives the payments from the qualified annuity. If you made non-deductible contributions to a traditional IRA, the portion of any distribution from the contract that represents after-tax contributions is not taxable as ordinary income to your beneficiary. You are responsible for keeping all records tracking your non-deductible contributions to an IRA. Death benefits under a Roth IRA generally are not taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary if certain distribution requirements are met. (See also “Benefits in Case of Death — If you Die Before the Annuitization Start Date”).

Change of retirement plan type: IRS regulations allow for rollovers of certain retirement plan distributions. In some circumstances, you may be able to have an intra-contract rollover, keeping the same features and conditions. If the annuity contract you have does not support an intra-contract rollover, you are able to request an IRS approved rollover to another annuity contract or other investment product that you choose. If you choose another annuity contract or investment product, you will be subject to new rules, including a new surrender charge schedule for an annuity contract, or other product rules as applicable.

Assignment:You may not assign or pledge your qualified contract as collateral for a loan.

Other

Special considerations if you select any optional rider: As of the date of this prospectus, we believe that charges related to these riders are not subject to current taxation. Therefore, we will not report these charges as partial surrenders from your contract. However, the IRS may determine that these charges should be treated as partial surrenders subject to taxation to the extent of any gain as well as the 10% tax penalty for surrenders before the age of 59½, if applicable, on the taxable portion.

We reserve the right to report charges for these riders as partial surrenders if we, as a withholding and reporting agent, believe that we are required to report them. In addition, we will report any benefits attributable to these riders on your death (Current Contract), or your or the annuitant's death (Original Contract) as an annuity death benefit distribution, not as proceeds from life insurance.

Important: Our discussion of federal tax laws is based upon our understanding of current interpretations of these laws. Federal tax laws or current interpretations of them may change. For this reason and because tax consequences are complex and highly individual and cannot always be anticipated, you should consult a tax advisor if you have any questions about taxation of your contract.

RiverSource Life’s tax status: We are taxed as a life insurance company under the Code. For federal income tax purposes, the subaccounts are considered a part of our company, although their operations are treated separately in accounting and financial statements. Investment income is reinvested in the fund in which each subaccount invests and becomes part of that subaccount’s value. This investment income, including realized capital gains, is not subject to any withholding for federal or state income taxes. We reserve the right to make such a charge in the future if there is a change in the tax treatment of variable annuities or in our tax status as we then understand it.
The company includes in its taxable income the net investment income derived from the investment of assets held in its subaccounts because the company is considered the owner of these assets under federal income tax law.  The company may claim certain tax benefits associated with this investment income.  These benefits, which may include foreign tax credits and the corporate dividend received deduction, are not passed on to you since the company is the owner of the assets under federal tax law and is taxed on the investment income generated by the assets. 

Tax qualification: We intend that the contract qualify as an annuity for federal income tax purposes. To that end, the provisions of the contract are to be interpreted to ensure or maintain such tax qualification, in spite of any other provisions of the contract. We reserve the right to amend the contract to reflect any clarifications that may be needed or are appropriate to maintain such qualification or to conform the contract to any applicable changes in the tax qualification requirements. We will send you a copy of any amendments.

Spousal status: When it comes to your marital status and the identification and naming of any spouse as a beneficiary or party to your contract, we will rely on the representations you make to us. Based on this reliance, we will issue and administer your contract in accordance with these representations. If you represent that you are married and your representation is incorrect or your marriage is deemed invalid for federal or state law purposes, then the benefits and rights under your contract may be different.

If you have any questions as to the status of your relationship as a marriage, then you should consult an appropriate tax or legal advisor.

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    99

Voting Rights

As a contract owner with investments in the subaccounts, you may vote on important fund policies until annuity payouts begin. Once they begin, the person receiving them has voting rights. We will vote fund shares according to the instructions of the person with voting rights.

Before annuity payouts begin, the number of votes you have is determined by applying your percentage interest in each subaccount to the total number of votes allowed to the subaccount.

After annuity payouts begin, the number of votes you have is equal to:

• the reserve held in each subaccount for your contract; divided by

• the net asset value of one share of the applicable fund.

As we make annuity payouts, the reserve for the contract decreases; therefore, the number of votes also will decrease.

We calculate votes separately for each subaccount. We will send notice of shareholders’ meetings, proxy materials and a statement of the number of votes to which the voter is entitled. We are the legal owner of all fund shares and therefore hold all voting rights.  However, to the extent required by law, we will vote the shares of each fund according to instructions we receive from policy owners. We will vote shares for which we have not received instructions and shares that we or our affiliates own in our own names in the same proportion as the votes for which we received instructions. As a result of this proportional voting, in cases when a small number of contract owners vote, their votes will have a greater impact and may even control the outcome.

Substitution of Investments

We may substitute the funds in which the subaccounts invest if:

• laws or regulations change;

• the existing funds become unavailable; or

• in our judgment, the funds no longer are suitable (or are not the most suitable) for the subaccounts.

If any of these situations occur, we have the right to substitute a fund currently listed in this prospectus (existing fund) for another fund (new fund), provided we obtain any required SEC and state insurance law approval. The new fund may have higher fees and/or operating expenses than the existing fund. Also, the new fund may have investment objectives and policies and/or investment advisers which differ from the existing fund.

We may also:

• add new subaccounts;

• combine any two or more subaccounts;

• transfer assets to and from the subaccounts or the variable account; and

• eliminate or close any subaccounts.

We will notify you of any substitution or change.

In the event of any such substitution or change, we may amend the contract and take whatever action is necessary and appropriate without your consent or approval. We will obtain any required prior approval of the SEC or state insurance departments before making any substitution or change.

About the Service Providers

Principal Underwriter

RiverSource Distributors, Inc. (RiverSource Distributors), our affiliate, serves as the principal underwriter and general distributor of the contract. Its offices are located at 70100 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, MN 55474. RiverSource Distributors is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ameriprise Financial, Inc.

Sales of the Contract

New contracts are not currently being offered.

• Only securities broker-dealers (“selling firms”) registered with the SEC and members of the FINRA may sell the contract.

• The contracts are continuously offered to the public through authorized selling firms. We and RiverSource Distributors have a sales agreement with the selling firm. The sales agreement authorizes the selling firm to offer the contracts

100    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

to the public. RiverSource Distributors pays the selling firm (or an affiliated insurance agency) for contracts its investment professional sell. The selling firm may be required to return sales commissions under certain circumstances including but not limited to when contracts are returned under the free look period.

Payments We May Make to Selling Firms

• We may use compensation plans which vary by selling firm. For example, some of these plans pay selling firms a commission of up to 5.75% each time a purchase payment is made for contract Option L and 1.00% for Contract Option C. We may also pay ongoing trail commissions of up to 1.25% of the contract value. We do not pay or withhold payment of trail commissions based on which investment options you select.

• We may pay selling firms an additional sales commission of up to 1.00% of purchase payments for a period of time we select. For example, we may offer to pay an additional sales commission to get selling firms to market a new or enhanced contract or to increase sales during the period.

• In addition to commissions, we may, in order to promote sales of the contracts, and as permitted by applicable laws and regulation, pay or provide selling firms with other promotional incentives in cash, credit or other compensation. We generally (but may not) offer these promotional incentives to all selling firms. The terms of such arrangements differ between selling firms. These promotional incentives may include but are not limited to:

• sponsorship of marketing, educational, due diligence and compliance meetings and conferences we or the selling firm may conduct for investment professionals, including subsidy of travel, meal, lodging, entertainment and other expenses related to these meetings;

• marketing support related to sales of the contract including for example, the creation of marketing materials, advertising and newsletters;

• providing service to contract owners; and

• funding other events sponsored by a selling firm that may encourage the selling firm’s investment professionals to sell the contract.

These promotional incentives or reimbursements may be calculated as a percentage of the selling firm’s aggregate, net or anticipated sales and/or total assets attributable to sales of the contract, and/or may be a fixed dollar amount. As noted below this additional compensation may cause the selling firm and its investment professionals to favor the contracts.

Sources of Payments to Selling Firms

When we pay the commissions and other compensation described above from our assets. Our assets may include:

• revenues we receive from fees and expenses that you will pay when buying, owning and making a surrender from the contract (see “Expense Summary”);

• compensation we or an affiliate receive from the underlying funds in the form of distribution and services fees (see “The Variable Account and the Funds — The Funds”);

• compensation we or an affiliate receive from a fund’s investment adviser, subadviser, distributor or an affiliate of any of these (see “The Variable Account and the Funds — The Funds”); and

• revenues we receive from other contracts we sell that are not securities and other businesses we conduct.

You do not directly pay the commissions and other compensation described above as the result of a specific charge or deduction under the contract. However, you may pay part or all of the commissions and other compensation described above indirectly through:

• fees and expenses we collect from contract owners, including surrender charges; and

• fees and expenses charged by the underlying subaccount funds in which you invest, to the extent we or one of our affiliates receive revenue from the funds or an affiliated person.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Compensation payment arrangements made with selling firms can potentially:

• give selling firms a heightened financial incentive to sell the contract offered in this prospectus over another investment with lower compensation to the selling firm.

• cause selling firms to encourage their investment professionals to sell you the contract offered in this prospectus instead of selling you other alternative investments that may result in lower compensation to the selling firm.

• cause selling firms to grant us access to its investment professionals to promote sales of the contract offered in this prospectus, while denying that access to other firms offering similar contracts or other alternative investments which may pay lower compensation to the selling firm.

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    101

Payments to Investment Professionals

• The selling firm pays its investment professionals. The selling firm decides the compensation and benefits it will pay its investment professionals.

• To inform yourself of any potential conflicts of interest, ask the investment professional before you buy, how the selling firm and its investment professionals are being compensated and the amount of the compensation that each will receive if you buy the contract.

Service Providers

Our Service Center performs certain administrative services on the contracts and policies we issue. The address and telephone number of our Service Center are listed on the first page of the prospectus. We also have entered into agreements with certain entities to provide the identified services in connection with the contracts and policies we issue. The entities engaged by RiverSource Life may change over time. Entities that provided services to RiverSource Life in 2019 are listed in the table below.

Name of Service Provider	Services Provided	Address
Ameriprise Financial, Inc.	Business affairs management and administrative support related to new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies	707 Second Avenue South Minneapolis MN 55402 USA
Ameriprise India Private Limited	Administrative support related to new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies annual report filings	Plot No. 14, Sector 18 Udyog Vihar Gurugram, Haryana – 122 015 India
Sykes Enterprise Incorporated	Administrative support related to e new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies	10th Floor, Glorietta BPO 1 Office Tower Makati City 1224 Metro Manila Philippines

Issuer

We issue the contracts. We are a stock life insurance company organized in 1957 under the laws of the state of Minnesota and are located at 829 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, MN 55474. We are a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ameriprise Financial, Inc.

We conduct a conventional life insurance business. We are licensed to do business in 49 states, the District of Columbia and American Samoa. Our primary products currently include fixed and variable annuity contracts and life insurance policies.

Legal Proceedings

Insurance companies have been the subject of increasing regulatory, legislative and judicial scrutiny. Numerous state and federal regulatory agencies have commenced examinations and other inquiries of insurance companies regarding sales and marketing practices (including sales to older consumers and disclosure practices), claims handling, and unclaimed property and escheatment practices and procedures. RiverSource Life has cooperated and will continue to cooperate with the applicable regulators.

RiverSource Life is involved in the normal course of business in a number of other legal and arbitration proceedings concerning matters arising in connection with the conduct of its business activities. RiverSource Life believes that it is not a party to, nor are any of its properties the subject of, any pending legal, arbitration or regulatory investigation, examination or proceeding that is likely to have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is possible that the outcome of any current or future legal, arbitration or regulatory proceeding could have a material impact on results of operations in any particular reporting period as the proceedings are resolved.

Uncertain economic conditions, heightened and sustained volatility in the financial markets and significant financial reform legislation may increase the likelihood that clients and other persons or regulators may present or threaten legal claims or that regulators increase the scope or frequency of examinations of RiverSource Life or the insurance industry generally.

Additional Information

Incorporation of Certain Documents By Reference

The SEC allows us to “incorporate by reference” the information we have filed with the SEC. This means that we can disclose important information to you without actually including the specific information in this prospectus by referring you to other documents filed separately with the SEC. The information incorporated by reference is an important part of

102    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

this prospectus. Information that we later provide to the SEC, and which is deemed to be “filed” with the SEC, will automatically update information previously filed with the SEC, and may replace information in this prospectus and information previously filed with the SEC. We incorporate by reference RiverSource Life Insurance Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019 as filed with the SEC on Feb.26, 2020under File No. 033-28976 in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and any filings we make with the SEC under Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act (excluding information deemed to be furnished and not filed with the SEC) after the effective date of this registration statement, until all offerings under the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part are completed or terminated. The annual report contains additional information about RiverSource Life Insurance Company, including audited financial statements for the latest fiscal year.

RiverSource Life will furnish you without charge a copy of any or all of the documents incorporated by reference into this prospectus, including any exhibits to such documents which have been specifically incorporated by reference. We will do so upon receipt of your written or oral request. You can contact RiverSource Life at the telephone number and address listed on the first page of this prospectus.

Available Information

This prospectus is part of a registration statement we file with the SEC. Additional information on RiverSource Life and on this offering is available in the registration statement and other materials we file. You can obtain copies of these materials at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. This prospectus, other information about the contract and other information incorporated by reference are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at (http://www.sec.gov).

Indemnification

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the Act) may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of RiverSource Life pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    103

Appendices

Table of Contents and Cross-Reference Table

APPENDIX NAME	PAGE #	CROSS-REFERENCE	PAGE #
Appendix A: Example — Market Value Adjustment (MVA)	p. 105	Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)	p. 31
Appendix B: Example — Surrender Charges for Contract Option L	p. 107	Charges — Surrender Charges	p. 42
Appendix C: Example — Death Benefits	p. 113	Benefits in Case of Death	p. 70
Appendix D: Example —SecureSourceseries of riders	p. 118	Optional Benefits — Optional Living Benefits	p. 79
Appendix E:SecureSourceseries of riders — Additional RMD Disclosure	p. 124	Optional Benefits — Optional Living Benefits	p. 90
Appendix F: Example — Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider	p. 126	Optional Benefits — Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider	p. 90
Appendix G: Example — Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider	p. 128	Optional Benefits — Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider	p. 92
Appendix H: Asset Allocation Program for Contracts with Applications Signed Before May 1, 2006	p. 130
Appendix I: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider Disclosure	p. 131	N/A
Appendix J: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider Disclosure	p. 143	N/A
Appendix K: Example — Income Assurer Benefit Riders Disclosure	p. 151	N/A
Appendix L: Example — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider	p. 161	Optional Benefits — Optional Living Benefits	p. 79
Appendix M:SecureSourceRider Disclosure	p. 162	N/A
Appendix N:SecureSource 20Rider Disclosure	p. 175	Optional Benefits — Optional Living Benefits	p. 90
Appendix O:SecureSource Stages Rider Disclosure	p. 188	N/A
Appendix P: Example — Withdrawal Benefit Riders: Elective Step Up or Elective Spousal Continuation Step Up	p. 198	Optional Benefits — Optional Living Benefits	p. 90
Appendix Q: Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	p. 199	Condensed Financial Information	p. 18

The purpose of these appendices is first to illustrate the operation of various contract features and riders; second, to provide additional disclosure regarding various contract features and riders; and lastly, to provide condensed financial history (unaudited) of the subaccounts.

In order to demonstrate the contract features and riders, an example may show hypothetical contract values. These contract values do not represent past or future performance. Actual contract values may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a number of factors, including but not limited to the investment experience of the subaccounts, GPAs, Special DCA fixed account, (Current Contract), DCA fixed account, (Original Contract), regular fixed account (Current Contract), and one-year fixed account (Original Contract) and the fees and charges that apply to your contract.

The examples of death benefits and optional riders in appendices include a partial surrender to illustrate the effect of a partial surrender on the particular benefit. These examples are intended to show how the optional riders operate, and do not take into account whether the rider is part of a qualified contract. Qualified contracts are subject to required minimum distributions at certain ages which may require you to take partial surrenders from the contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). If you are considering the addition of certain death benefits and/or optional riders to a qualified contract, you should consult your tax advisor prior to making a purchase for an explanation of the potential tax implications to you.

104    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix A: Example — Market Value Adjustment (MVA)

As the examples below demonstrate, the application of an MVA may result in either a gain or a loss of principal. We refer to all of the transactions described below as “early surrenders.”

Assumptions:

• You purchase a contract and allocate part of your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA; and

• we guarantee an interest rate of 3.0% annually for your ten-year guarantee period; and

• after three years, you decide to make a surrender from your GPA. In other words, there are seven years left in your guarantee period.

Remember that the MVA depends partly on the interest rate of a new GPA for the same number of years as the guarantee period remaining on your GPA. In this case, that is seven years.

Example 1: Remember that your GPA is earning 3.0%. Assume at the time of your surrender new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 3.5%. We add 0.10% to the 3.5% rate to get 3.6%. Your GPA’s 3.0% rate is less than the 3.6% rate, so the MVA will be negative.

Example 2: Remember again that your GPA is earning 3.0%, and assume that new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 2.5%. We add 0.10% to the 2.5% rate to get 2.6%. In this example, since your GPA’s 3.0% rate is greater than the 2.6% rate, the MVA will be positive. To determine that adjustment precisely, you will have to use the formula described below.

Sample MVA Calculations

The precise MVA formula we apply is as follows:

Early surrender amount	×	[	(	1 + i	)	n/12	–1	]	=	MVA
				1 + j + .001

Where i	=	rate earned in the GPA from which amounts are being transferred or surrendered.
j	=	current rate for a new guarantee period equal to the remaining term in the current guarantee period.
n	=	number of months remaining in the current guarantee period (rounded up).

Examples — MVA

Using assumptions similar to those we used in the examples above:

• You purchase a contract and allocate part of your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA;

• we guarantee an interest rate of 3.0% annually for your ten-year guarantee period; and

• after three years, you decide to make a $1,000 surrender from your GPA. In other words, there are seven years left in your guarantee period.

Example 1: You request an early surrender of $1,000 from your ten-year GPA earning a guaranteed interest rate of 3.0%. Assume at the time of your surrender new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 3.5%. Using the formula above, we determine the MVA as follows:

$1,000	×	[	(	1.030	)	84/12	–1	]	=	-$39.84
				1 + .035 + .001

In this example, the MVA is a negative $39.84.

Example 2: You request an early surrender of $1,000 from your ten-year GPA earning a guaranteed interest rate of 3.0%. Assume at the time of your surrender new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 2.5%. Using the formula above, we determine the MVA as follows:

$1,000	×	[	(	1.030	)	84/12	–1	]	=	$27.61
				1 + .025 + .001

In this example, the MVA is a positive $27.61.

Please note that when you allocate your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA and your purchase payment is in its fourth year from receipt at the beginning of the guarantee period, your surrender charge percentage is 6% due to the surrender charge schedule under contract Option L (See “Charges — Surrender Charge.”) We do not apply MVAs to the amounts we deduct for surrender charges, so we would deduct the surrender charge from your early surrender after we applied the MVA. Also note that when you request an early surrender, we surrender an amount from your GPA that will give you the net amount you requested after we apply the MVA and any applicable surrender charge, unless you request otherwise.

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    105

The current interest rate we offer on the GPA will change periodically at our discretion. It is the rate we are then paying on purchase payments, renewals and transfers paid under this class of contracts for guarantee period durations equaling the remaining guarantee period of the GPA to which the formula is being applied.

106    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix B: Example — Surrender Charges for Contract Option L

Example — Surrender Charges

We determine your surrender charge by multiplying the amount of each purchase payment surrendered which could be subject to a surrender charge by the applicable surrender charge percentage, and then totaling the surrender charges. We calculate the amount of purchase payments surrendered (PPS) as:

Current Contract:

PPS	=	PPSC + PPF
PPSC	=	purchase payments surrendered that could be subject to a surrender charge
	=	(PS – FA) / (CV – FA) × (PP – PPF)
PPF	=	purchase payments surrendered that are not subject to a surrender charge
	=	FA – contract earnings, but not less than zero
PP	=	purchase payments not previously surrendered (total purchase payments – PPS from all previous surrenders)
PS	=	amount the contract value is reduced by the surrender
FA	=	total free amount = greater of contract earnings or 10% of prior anniversary’s contract value
CV	=	contract value prior to the surrender

Original Contract:

PPS	=	XSF + (ACV – XSF) / (CV – TFA) × (PPNPS – XSF)
XSF	=	10% of prior anniversary’s contract value – contract earnings, but not less than zero
ACV	=	amount the contract value is reduced by the surrender – contract earnings, but not less than zero
TFA	=	total free amount = greater of contract earnings or 10% of prior anniversary’s contract value
PPNPS	=	purchase payments not previously surrendered (total purchase payments – PPS from all previous surrenders)
CV	=	contract value prior to the surrender

When determining the surrender charge, contract earnings are defined as the contract value, including any positive or negative MVA on amounts being surrendered, less purchase payments not previously surrendered. We determine current contract earnings by looking at the entire contract value, not the earnings of any particular subaccount, GPA, the regular fixed account (Current Contract), the one-year fixed account (Original Contract), the Special DCA fixed account (Current Contract) or the DCA fixed account (Original Contract). If the contract value is less than purchase payments received and not previously surrendered, then contract earnings are zero.

The examples below show how the surrender charge for a full and partial surrender is calculated for Contract Option L with a four-year surrender charge schedule. Each example illustrates the amount of the surrender charge for both a contract that experiences gains and a contract that experiences losses, given the same set of assumptions.

Current Contract:

Full surrender charge calculation — four-year surrender charge schedule:

This is an example of how we calculate the surrender charge on a contract with a four-year (from the date of each purchase payment) surrender charge schedule and the following history:

Assumptions:

• We receive a single $50,000 purchase payment;

• During the fourth contract year you surrender the contract for its total value. The surrender charge percentage in the fourth year after a purchase payment is 6.0%; and

• You have made no prior surrenders.

We will look at two situations, one where the contract has a gain and another where there is a loss:

		Contract with Gain	Contract with Loss
	Contract value just prior to surrender:	$60,000.00	$40,000.00
	Contract value on prior anniversary:	58,000.00	42,000.00
We calculate the surrender charge as follows:
Step 1.	First, we determine the amount of earnings available in the contract at the time of surrender as:
	Contract value just prior to surrender (CV):	60,000.00	40,000.00

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    107

			Contract with Gain	Contract with Loss
	Less purchase payments received and not previously surrendered (PP):		50,000.00	50,000.00
	Earnings in the contract (but not less than zero):		10,000.00	0.00
Step 2.	Next, we determine the total free amount (FA) available in the contract as the greatest of the following values:
	Earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value:		5,800.00	4,200.00
	FA (but not less than zero):		10,000.00	4,200.00
Step 3.	Next we determine PPF, the amount by which the total free amount (FA) exceeds earnings.
	Total free amount (FA):		10,000.00	4,200.00
	Less earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	PPF (but not less than zero):		0.00	4,200.00
Step 4.	Next we determine PS, the amount by which the contract value is reduced by the surrender.
	PS:		60,000.00	40,000.00
Step 5.	Now we can determine how much of the PP is being surrendered (PPS) as follows:
	PPS	= PPF + PPSC
		= PPF + (PS − FA) / (CV − FA) * (PP − PPF)
	PPF from Step 3 =		0.00	4,200.00
	PS from Step 4 =		60,000.00	40,000.00
	CV from Step 1 =		60,000.00	40,000.00
	FA from Step 2 =		10,000.00	4,200.00
	PP from Step 1 =		50,000.00	50,000.00
	PPS =		50,000.00	50,000.00
Step 6.	We then calculate the surrender charge as a percentage of PPS. Note that for a contract with a loss, PPS may be greater than the amount you request to surrender:
	PPS:		50,000.00	50,000.00
	less PPF:		0.00	4,200.00
	PPSC = amount of PPS subject to a surrender charge:		50,000.00	45,800.00
	multiplied by the surrender charge rate:		× 6.0%	× 6.0%
	surrender charge:		3,000.00	2,748.00
Step 7.	The dollar amount you will receive as a result of your full surrender is determined as:
	Contract value surrendered:		60,000.00	40,000.00
	Surrender charge:		(3,000.00)	(2,748.00)
	Contract charge (assessed upon full surrender):		(40.00)	(40.00)
	Net full surrender proceeds:		56,960.00	37,212.00

Current Contract:

Partial surrender charge calculation — four-year surrender charge schedule:

This is an example of how we calculate the surrender charge on a contract with a four-year (from the date of each purchase payment) surrender charge schedule and the following history:

Assumptions:

• We receive a single $50,000 purchase payment;

• During the fourth contract year you request a net partial surrender of $15,000.00. The surrender charge percentage in the fourth year after a purchase payment is 6.0%; and

• You have made no prior surrenders.

108    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

We will look at two situations, one where the contract has a gain and another where there is a loss:

			Contract with Gain	Contract with Loss
Contract value just prior to surrender:			$60,000.00	$40,000.00
Contract value on prior anniversary:			58,000.00	42,000.00
We determine the amount of contract value that must be surrendered in order for the net partial surrender proceeds to match the amount requested. We start with an estimate of the amount of contract value to surrender and calculate the resulting surrender charge and net partial surrender proceeds as illustrated below. We then adjust our estimate and repeat until we determine the amount of contract value to surrender that generates the desired net partial surrender proceeds.
We calculate the surrender charge for each estimate as follows:
Step 1.	First, we determine the amount of earnings available in the contract at the time of surrender as:
	Contract value just prior to surrender (CV):		60,000.00	40,000.00
	Less purchase payments received and not previously surrendered (PP):		50,000.00	50,000.00
	Earnings in the contract (but not less than zero):		10,000.00	0.00
Step 2.	Next, we determine the total free amount (FA) available in the contract as the greatest of the following values:
	Earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value:		5,800.00	4,200.00
	FA (but not less than zero):		10,000.00	4,200.00
Step 3.	Next we determine PPF, the amount by which the total free amount (FA) exceeds earnings.
	Total free amount (FA):		10,000.00	4,200.00
	Less earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	PPF (but not less than zero):		0.00	4,200.00
Step 4.	Next we determine PS, the amount by which the contract value is reduced by the surrender.
	PS (determined by iterative process described above):		15,319.15	15,897.93
Step 5.	Now we can determine how much of the PP is being surrendered (PPS) as follows:
	PPS	= PPF + PPSC
		= PPF + (PS − FA) / (CV − FA) * (PP − PPF)
	PPF from Step 3 =		0.00	4,200.00
	PS from Step 4 =		15,319.15	15,897.93
	CV from Step 1 =		60,000.00	40,000.00
	FA from Step 2 =		10,000.00	4,200.00
	PP from Step 1 =		50,000.00	50,000.00
	PPS =		5,319.15	19,165.51
Step 6.	We then calculate the surrender charge as a percentage of PPS. Note that for a contract with a loss, PPS may be greater than the amount you request to surrender:
	PPS:		5,319.15	19,165.51
	less PPF:		0.00	4,200.00
	PPSC = amount of PPS subject to a surrender charge:		5,319.15	14,965.51
	multiplied by the surrender charge rate:		× 6.0%	× 6.0%
	surrender charge:		319.15	897.93
Step 7.	The dollar amount you will receive as a result of your partial surrender is determined as:
	Contract value surrendered:		15,319.15	15,897.93
	Surrender charge:		(319.15)	(897.93)
	Net partial surrender proceeds:		$15,000.00	$15,000.00

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    109

Original Contract:

Full surrender charge calculation — four year surrender charge schedule:

This is an example of how we calculate the surrender charge on a contract with a four-year (from the date of each purchase payment) surrender charge schedule and the following history:

Assumptions:

• We receive a single $50,000 purchase payment; and

• You surrender the contract for its total value during the fourth contract year after you made the single purchase payment. The surrender charge percentage in the fourth year after a purchase payment is 6.0%; and

• You have made no prior surrenders.

We will look at two situations, one where the contract has a gain and another where there is a loss:

			Contract with Gain	Contract with Loss
	Contract value just prior to surrender:		$60,000.00	$40,000.00
	Contract value on prior anniversary:		58,000.00	42,000.00
We calculate the surrender charge as follows:
Step 1.	First, we determine the amount of earnings available in the contract at the time of surrender as:
	Contract value just prior to surrender (CV):		60,000.00	40,000.00
	Less purchase payments received and not previously surrendered (PPNPS):		50,000.00	50,000.00
	Earnings in the contract (but not less than zero):		10,000.00	0.00
Step 2.	Next, we determine the Total Free Amount (TFA) available in the contract as the greatest of the following values:
	Earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value:		5,800.00	4,200.00
	TFA (but not less than zero):		10,000.00	4,200.00
Step 3.	Next we determine ACV, the amount by which the contract value surrendered exceeds earnings.
	Contract value surrendered:		60,000.00	40,000.00
	Less earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	ACV (but not less than zero):		50,000.00	40,000.00
Step 4.	Next we determine XSF, the amount by which 10% of the prior anniversary’s Contract Value exceeds earnings.
	10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value:		5,800.00	4,200.00
	Less earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	XSF (but not less than zero):		0.00	4,200.00
Step 5.	Now we can determine how much of the PPNPS is being surrendered (PPS) as follows:
	PPS	= XSF + (ACV – XSF) / (CV – TFA) * (PPNPS – XSF)
	XSF from Step 4 =		0.00	4,200.00
	ACV from Step 3 =		50,000.00	40,000.00
	CV from Step 1 =		60,000.00	40,000.00
	TFA from Step 2 =		10,000.00	4,200.00
	PPNPS from Step 1 =		50,000.00	50,000.00
	PPS =		50,000.00	50,000.00
Step 6.	We then calculate the surrender charge as a percentage of PPS. Note that for a contract with a loss, PPS may be greater than the amount you request to surrender:
	PPS:		50,000.00	50,000.00
	less XSF:		0.00	4,200.00
	amount of PPS subject to a surrender charge:		50,000.00	45,800.00
	multiplied by the surrender charge rate:		× 6.0%	× 6.0%

110    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

		Contract with Gain	Contract with Loss
	surrender charge:	3,000.00	2,748.00
Step 7.	The dollar amount you will receive as a result of your full surrender is determined as:
	Contract value surrendered:	60,000.00	40,000.00
	Surrender charge:	(3,000.00)	(2,748.00)
	Contract charge (assessed upon full surrender):	(40.00)	(40.00)
	Net full surrender proceeds:	56,960.00	37,212.00

Original Contract:

Partial surrender charge calculation — four-year surrender charge schedule:

This is an example of how we calculate the surrender charge on a contract with a four-year (from the date of each purchase payment) surrender charge schedule and the following history:

Assumptions:

• We receive a single $50,000 purchase payment; and

• You request a net partial surrender of $15,000.00 during the fourth contract year after you made the single purchase payment. The surrender charge percentage in the fourth year after a purchase payment is 6.0%; and

• You have made no prior surrenders.

We will look at two situations, one where the contract has a gain and another where there is a loss:

			Contract with Gain	Contract with Loss
	Contract value just prior to surrender:		$60,000.00	$40,000.00
	Contract value on prior anniversary:		58,000.00	42,000.00
We determine the amount of contract value that must be surrendered in order for the net partial surrender proceeds to match the amount requested. We start with an estimate of the amount of contract value to surrender and calculate the resulting surrender charge and net partial surrender proceeds as illustrated below. We then adjust our estimate and repeat until we determine the amount of contract value to surrender that generates the desired net partial surrender proceeds.
We calculate the surrender charge for each estimate as follows:
Step 1.	First, we determine the amount of earnings available in the contract at the time of surrender as:
	Contract value just prior to surrender (CV):		60,000.00	40,000.00
	Less purchase payments received and not previously surrendered (PPNPS):		50,000.00	50,000.00
	Earnings in the contract (but not less than zero):		10,000.00	0.00
Step 2.	Next, we determine the Total Free Amount (TFA) available in the contract as the greatest of the following values:
	Earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value:		5,800.00	4,200.00
	TFA (but not less than zero):		10,000.00	4,200.00
Step 3.	Next we determine ACV, the amount by which the contract value surrendered exceeds earnings.
	Contract value surrendered:		15,319.15	15,897.93
	Less earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	ACV (but not less than zero):		5,319.15	15,897.93
Step 4.	Next we determine XSF, the amount by which 10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value exceeds earnings.
	10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value:		5,800.00	4,200.00
	Less earnings in the contract:		10,000.00	0.00
	XSF (but not less than zero):		0.00	4,200.00
Step 5.	Now we can determine how much of the PPNPS is being surrendered (PPS) as follows:
	PPS	= XSF + (ACV - XSF) / (CV - TFA) * (PPNPS - XSF)

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    111

		Contract with Gain	Contract with Loss
	XSF from Step 4 =	0.00	4,200.00
	ACV from Step 3 =	5,319.15	15,897.93
	CV from Step 1 =	60,000.00	40,000.00
	TFA from Step 2 =	10,000.00	4,200.00
	PPNPS from Step 1 =	50,000.00	50,000.00
	PPS =	5,319.15	19,165.51
Step 6.	We then calculate the surrender charge as a percentage of PPS. Note that for a contract with a loss, PPS may be greater than the amount you request to surrender:
	PPS:	5,319.15	19,165.51
	less XSF:	0.00	4,200.00
	amount of PPS subject to a surrender charge:	5,319.15	14,965.51
	multiplied by the surrender charge rate:	× 6.0%	× 6.0%
	surrender charge:	319.15	897.93
Step 7.	The dollar amount you will receive as a result of your partial surrender is determined as:
	Contract value surrendered:	15,319.15	15,897.93
	Surrender charge:	(319.15)	(897.93)
	Net partial surrender proceeds:	15,000.00	15,000.00

112    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix C: Example — Death Benefits

Current Contract:

Example — ROPP Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $20,000;

• On the first contract anniversary you make an additional purchase payment of $5,000; and

• During the second contract year the contract value falls to $22,000 and you take a $1,500 (including surrender charge) partial surrender; and

• During the third contract year the contract value grows to $23,000.

We calculate the ROPP Death Benefit as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:		$23,000.00
2.	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial surrenders:
	Total purchase payments:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial surrenders calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,704.55
	$22,000
	for a death benefit of:		$23,295.45
The ROPP Death Benefit, calculated as the greatest of these two values:				$23,295.45

Example — MAV Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000;

• On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $26,000; and

• During the second contract year the contract value falls to $22,000, at which point you take a $1,500 (including surrender charge) partial surrender, leaving a contract value of $20,500.

We calculate the MAV Death Benefit, which is based on the greater of three values, as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:		$20,500.00
2.	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial surrenders:
	Total purchase payments:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial surrenders, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,704.55
	$22,000
	for a death benefit of:		$23,295.45
3.	The MAV immediately preceding the date of death:
	Greatest of your contract anniversary values:		$26,000.00
	plus purchase payments made since the prior anniversary:		+0.00
	minus adjusted partial surrenders, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $26,000	=	–1,772.73
	$22,000
	for a death benefit of:		$24,227.27
The MAV Death Benefit, calculated as the greatest of these three values, which is the MAV:				$24,227.27

Example — 5% Accumulation Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000 with $5,000 allocated to the regular fixed account and $20,000 allocated to the subaccounts;

• On the first contract anniversary the regular fixed account value is $5,200 and the subaccount value is $17,000. Total contract value is $23,200; and

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    113

• During the second contract year regular fixed account value is $5,300 and the subaccount value is $19,000. Total contract value is $24,300. You take a $1,500 (including surrender charge) partial surrender all from the subaccounts, leaving the contract value at $22,800.

The death benefit, which is based on the greatest of three values, is calculated as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:		$22,800.00
2.	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial surrenders:
	Total purchase payments:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial surrenders, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,543.21
	$24,300
	for a death benefit of:		$23,456.79
3.	The 5% accumulation death benefit floor:
	The variable account floor on the first contract anniversary, calculated as: 1.05 × $20,000 =		$21,000.00
	plus amounts allocated to the subaccounts since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus the 5% accumulation death benefit floor adjusted partial surrender from the subaccounts, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $21,000	=	–1,657.89
	$19,000
	variable account floor benefit:		$19,342.11
	plus the regular fixed account value:		+5,300.00
	5% accumulation death benefit floor (value of the regular fixed account and the variable account floor):		$24,642.11
The 5% Accumulation Death Benefit, calculated as the greatest of these three values, which is the 5% accumulation death benefit floor:				$24,642.11

Example — Enhanced Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000 with $5,000 allocated to the regular fixed account and $20,000 allocated to the subaccounts;

• On the first contract anniversary the regular fixed account value is $5,200 and the subaccount value is $17,000. Total contract value is $23,200; and

• During the second contract year the regular fixed account value is $5,300 and the subaccount value is $19,000. Total contract value is $24,300. You take a $1,500 (including surrender charge) partial surrender all from the subaccounts, leaving the contract value at $22,800.

The death benefit, which is based on the greatest of four values, is calculated as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:		$22,800.00
2.	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial surrenders:
	Total purchase payments:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial surrenders, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,543.21
	$24,300
	for a death benefit of:		$23,456.79
3.	The MAV on the anniversary immediately preceding the date of death:
	The MAV on the immediately preceding anniversary:		$25,000.00
	plus purchase payments made since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus adjusted partial surrenders made since that anniversary, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,543.21
	$24,300
	for a MAV Death Benefit of:		$23,456.79

114    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

4.	The 5% accumulation death benefit floor:
	The variable account floor on the first contract anniversary calculated as: 1.05 × $20,000 =		$21,000.00
	plus amounts allocated to the subaccounts since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus the 5% accumulation death benefit floor adjusted partial surrender from the subaccounts, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $21,000	=	–1,657.89
	$19,000
	variable account floor benefit:		$19,342.11
	plus the regular fixed account value:		+5,300.00
	5% accumulation death benefit floor (value of the regular fixed account and the variable account floor):		$24,642.11
Enhanced Death Benefit, calculated as the greatest of these four values, which is the 5% accumulation death benefit floor:				$24,642.11

Original Contract:

Example — ROP Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $20,000. You select contract Option L; and

• on the first contract anniversary you make an additional purchase payment of $5,000; and

• during the second contract year the contract value falls to $22,000 and you take a $1,500 partial surrender, including surrender charge; and

• during the third contract year the contract value grows to $23,000.

We calculate the ROP Death Benefit as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:		$23,000.00
2.	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial surrenders:
	Total purchase payments:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial surrenders calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,704.55
	$22,000
	for a death benefit of:		$23,295.45
ROP Death Benefit, calculated as the greatest of these two values:				$23,295.45

Example — MAV Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000. You select contract Option L; and

• on the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $26,000; and

• during the second contract year the contract value falls to $22,000, at which point you take a $1,500 (including surrender charge) partial surrender, leaving a contract value of $20,500.

We calculate the MAV Death Benefit, which is based on the greater of three values, as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:		$20,500.00
2.	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial surrenders:
	Total purchase payments:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial surrenders, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,704.55
	$22,000
	for a death benefit of:		$23,295.45
3.	The MAV immediately preceding the date of death:
	Greatest of your contract anniversary values:		$26,000.00
	plus purchase payments made since the prior anniversary:		+0.00

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    115

	minus adjusted partial surrenders, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $26,000	=	–1,772.73
	$22,000
	for a death benefit of:		$24,227.27
The MAV Death Benefit, calculated as the greatest of these three values, which is the MAV:				$24,227.27

Example — 5% Accumulation Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000 with $5,000 allocated to the one-year fixed account and $20,000 allocated to the subaccounts. You select Contract Option L; and

• on the first contract anniversary, the one-year fixed account value is $5,200 and the subaccount value is $17,000. Total contract value is $23,200; and

• during the second contract year, the one-year fixed account value is $5,300 and the subaccount value is $19,000. Total contract value is $24,300. You take a $1,500 partial surrender (including surrender charges) all from the subaccounts, leaving the contract value at $22,800.

The death benefit, which is based on the greater of three values, is calculated as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:		$22,800.00
2.	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial surrenders:
	Total purchase payments:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial surrenders, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,543.21
	$24,300
	for a death benefit of:		$23,456.79
3.	The 5% variable account floor:
	The variable account floor on the first contract anniversary, calculated as:
	1.05 × $20,000 =		$21,000.00
	plus amounts allocated to the subaccounts since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus the 5% variable account floor adjusted partial surrender from the subaccounts, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $21,000	=	–1,657.89
	$19,000
	variable account floor benefit:		$19,342.11
	plus the one-year fixed account value:		+5,300.00
	5% variable account floor (value of the one-year fixed account and the variable account floor):		$24,642.11
The 5% Accumulation Death Benefit, calculated as the greatest of these three values, which is the 5% variable account floor:				$24,642.11

Example — Enhanced Death Benefit

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000 with $5,000 allocated to the one-year fixed account and $20,000 allocated to the subaccounts. You select Contract Option L; and

• on the first contract anniversary, the one-year fixed account value is $5,200 and the subaccount value is $17,000. Total contract value is $23,200; and

• during the second contract year, the one-year fixed account value is $5,300 and the subaccount value is $19,000. Total contract value is $24,300. You take a $1,500 partial surrender (including surrender charges) all from the subaccounts, leaving the contract value at $22,800.

The death benefit, which is the greatest of four values, is calculated as follows:
1.	Contract value at death:	$22,800.00
2.	Purchase payments minus adjusted partial surrenders:
	Total purchase payments:	$25,000.00

116    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

	minus adjusted partial surrenders, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,543.21
	$24,300
	for a ROP Death Benefit of:		$23,456.79
3.	The MAV on the anniversary immediately preceding the date of death:
	The MAV on the immediately preceding anniversary:		$25,000.00
	plus purchase payments made since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus adjusted partial surrenders made since that anniversary, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,543.21
	$24,300
	for a MAV Death Benefit of:		$23,456.79
4.	The 5% variable account floor:
	The variable account floor on the first contract anniversary, calculated as:
	1.05 × $20,000 =		$21,000.00
	plus amounts allocated to the subaccounts since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus the 5% variable account floor adjusted partial surrender from the subaccounts, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $21,000	=	–1,657.89
	$19,000
	variable account floor benefit:		$19,342.11
	plus the one-year fixed account value:		+5,300.00
	5% variable account floor (value of the one-year fixed account and the variable account floor):		$24,642.11
EDB, calculated as the greatest of these four values, which is the 5% variable account floor:				$24,642.11

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    117

Appendix D: Example —SecureSource Series of Riders

SecureSource Stages 2 rider — Example:

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and make no additional payments to the contract.

• You are the sole owner and also the annuitant. You (and your spouse for the joint benefit) are age 61.

• Annual step ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the PBG and/or the BB. Applied annual step ups are indicated in bold.

• You elect the Moderate investment option at issue.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	BB	WAB	Benefit Determining Percentage	PBG	ALP	RALP	Lifetime Payment Percent
At Issue	$100,000	NA	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	0.0%	$100,000	$4,000	$4,000(1)	4%
1	0	0	98,000	108,000	108,000	9.3%	108,000	5,400	5,400(2)	5%
2	0	0	105,000	114,000	114,000	7.9%	105,000	5,700	5,700	5%
3	0	0	118,000	120,000	120,000	1.7%	118,000	6,000	6,000	5%
3.5	0	6,000	112,000	120,000	113,898	1.7%	112,000	6,000	0	5%
4	0	0	115,000	120,000	115,000	0.0%	115,000	6,000	6,000	5%
5	0	0	130,000	130,000	130,000	0.0%	130,000	7,800(3)	7,800(3)	6%(3)
6	0	0	110,000	130,000	130,000	15.4%	130,000	7,800	7,800	6%
7	0	0	100,000	130,000	130,000	23.1%	130,000	6,500(4)	6,500(4)	5%(4)
7.5	0	10,000	90,000	125,134(5)	117,000	23.1%	118,877(5)	6,257(5)	0	5%
8	0	0	80,000	125,134	117,000	31.6%	118,877	6,257	6,257	5%
9	0	0	95,000	125,134	117,000	18.8%	118,877	7,508(4)	7,508(4)	6%(4)

(1)	The ALP and RALP are based on percentage B until the end of the 1-year waiting period.
(2)	Since no withdrawal was taken, at the end of the 1-year waiting period, the ALP and RALP are recalculated based on percentage A.
(3)	Because the Annual step up increased the BB on the anniversary and the covered person’s (for the joint benefit, younger covered spouse’s) attained age is in a higher age band, the Lifetime Payment Percentage increased.
(4)	The Lifetime Payment Percentage is based on percentage A when the BDP is less than 20% and percentage B when the BDP is greater than or equal to 20%.
(5)	The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than the $6,500 RALP allowed under the rider and therefore excess withdrawal processing is applied. The BB and PBG are reset as described in “Lifetime Benefit Description – Determination of Adjustment of Benefit Values”.

SecureSource Stages rider — Example:

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and make no additional payments to the contract.

• You are the sole owner and also the annuitant. You (and your spouse for the joint benefit) are age 61.

• Annual step ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the PBG and/or the BB. Applied Annual step ups are indicated in bold.

• You elect the Moderate PN program investment option at issue.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	BB	WAB	Benefit Determining Percentage	PBG	ALP	RALP	Lifetime Payment Percent
At Issue	$100,000	NA	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	0.0%	$100,000	$5,000	$0(1)	5%
1	0	0	98,000	108,000	108,000	9.3%	100,000	5,400	0	5%
2	0	0	105,000	114,000	114,000	7.9%	105,000	5,700	0	5%
3	0	0	118,000	120,000	120,000	1.7%	118,000	6,000	6,000(2)	5%
3.5	0	6,000	112,000	120,000	113,898	1.7%	112,000	6,000	0	5%
4	0	0	115,000	120,000	115,000	0.0%	115,000	6,000	6,000	5%
5	0	0	130,000	130,000	130,000	0.0%	130,000	7,800(3)	7,800(3)	6%(3)
6	0	0	110,000	130,000	130,000	15.4%	130,000	7,800	7,800	6%
7	0	0	100,000	130,000	130,000	23.1%	130,000	6,500(4)	6,500(4)	5%(4)
7.5	0	10,000	90,000	117,000(5)	117,000	23.1%	108,000(5)	5,850(5)	0	5%

118    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	BB	WAB	Benefit Determining Percentage	PBG	ALP	RALP	Lifetime Payment Percent
8	0	0	80,000	117,000	117,000	31.6%	108,000	5,850	5,850	5%
9	0	0	95,000	117,000	117,000	18.8%	108,000	7,020(4)	7,020(4)	6%(4)

(1)	The RALP is zero until the end of the 3-Year Waiting Period.
(2)	At the end of the 3-Year waiting period, the RALP is set equal to the ALP.
(3)	Because the Annual step up increased the BB on the anniversary and the covered person’s (for the joint benefit, younger covered spouse’s) attained age is in a higher age band, the Lifetime Payment Percentage increased.
(4)	The lifetime payment percentage is based on percentage A when the BDP is less than 20% and percentage B when the BDP is greater than or equal to 20%.
(5)	The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than the $6,500 RALP allowed under the rider and therefore excess withdrawal processing is applied. The BB and PBG are reset as described in “Determination of Adjustment of Benefit Values” in the “Lifetime Benefit Description.”

SecureSource 20 rider — Example:

EXAMPLE #1: Lifetime benefit not established at the time the contract and rider are purchased.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and make no additional payments to the contract.

• You are the sole owner and also the annuitant. You (and your spouse for the joint benefit) are age 61.

• Annual step ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the RBA and/or the contract value times the ALP percentage is greater than the ALP. Applied annual step ups are indicated in bold.

• You elect the Moderate PN program investment option at issue.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	WAB	BDP	Basic Benefit				Lifetime Benefit
						GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
At Issue	$100,000	NA	$100,000	$100,000	0.0%	$100,000	$100,000	$6,000	$0	NA	NA
1	0	0	98,000	100,000	2.0%	100,000	100,000	6,000	0	NA	NA
2	0	0	105,000	105,000	0.0%	105,000	105,000	6,300	0	NA	NA
3	0	0	125,000	125,000	0.0%	125,000	125,000	7,500	7,500	NA	NA
3.5	0	6,000	111,000	118,590	6.4%	125,000	119,000	7,500	1,500	NA	NA
4	0	0	104,000	118,590	12.3%	125,000	119,000	7,500	7,500	7,140(1)	7,140(1)
5	0	0	90,000	118,590	24.1%	125,000	119,000	6,250(2)	6,250(2)	5,950(2)	5,950(2)
6	0	0	95,000	118,590	19.9%	125,000	119,000	7,500	7,500	7,140	7,140
6.5	0	7,500	87,500	87,500(3)	0.0%	125,000	111,500	7,500	0	5,250(3)	0
7	0	0	90,000	90,000	0.0%	125,000	111,500	7,500	7,500	5,400	5,400
7.5	0	10,000	70,000	70,000(4)	0.0%	70,000(4)	70,000(4)	4,200(4)	0	4,200(4)	0
8	0	0	75,000	75,000	0.0%	75,000	75,000	4,500	4,500	4,500	4,500

(1)	The ALP and RALP are established on the contract anniversary following the date the covered person (younger Covered Spouse for Joint) reaches age 65 as the greater of the ELB or the RBA, times the ALP percentage.
(2)	The ALP percentage and GBP percentage are 6% when the BDP is less than 20% and 5% when the BDP is greater than or equal to 20%.
(3)	The $7,500 withdrawal is greater than the $7,140 RALP allowed under the lifetime benefit and therefore excess withdrawal processing is applied to the ALP, resetting the ALP to the lesser of the prior ALP or the ALP percentage times the contract value following the withdrawal. The WAB is reset to the ALP after the reset divided by the current ALP percentage. The BDP at the time of withdrawal is less than 20%, so the ALP percentage and GBP percentage are set at 6% for the remainder of the contract year.
(4)	The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than both the $7,500 RBP allowed under the basic benefit and the $5,400 RALP allowed under the lifetime benefit and therefore excess withdrawal processing is applied to both benefits. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or the ALP percentage times the contract value following the withdrawal. The WAB is reset to the ALP after the reset divided by the current ALP percentage. The BDP at the time of withdrawal is less than 20%, so the ALP percentage and GBP percentage are set at 6% for the remainder of the contract year.

EXAMPLE #2: Lifetime benefit established at the time the contract and rider are purchased.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and make no additional payments to the contract.

• You are the sole owner and also the annuitant. You (and your spouse for the joint benefit) are age 65.

• Annual step ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the RBA and/or the contract value times the ALP Percentage is greater than the ALP. Applied annual step ups are indicated in bold.

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    119

• You elect the Moderate PN program investment option at issue. On the 7th contract anniversary, you elect to change to the Moderately Aggressive PN program investment option. The target PN program investment option under the contract is the Moderate PN program investment option.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	WAB	BDP	Basic Benefit				Lifetime Benefit
						GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
At Issue	$100,000	NA	$100,000	$100,000	0.0%	$100,000	$100,000	$6,000	$0	$6,000	$0
1	0	0	105,000	105,000	0.0%	105,000	105,000	6,300	0	6,300	0
2	0	0	110,000	110,000	0.0%	110,000	110,000	6,600	0	6,600	0
3	0	0	110,000	120,000	8.3%	110,000	110,000	6,600	6,600(1)	7,200	7,200(1)
3.5	0	6,000	104,000	113,455	8.3%	110,000	104,000	6,600	600	7,200	1,200
4	0	0	100,000	113,455	11.9%	110,000	104,000	6,600	6,600	7,200	7,200
4.5	0	7,000	90,000	105,267	14.5%	90,000	90,000	5,400(2)	5,400(2)	7,200	200
5	0	0	80,000	105,267	24.0%	90,000	90,000	4,500(3)	4,500(3)	6,000(3)	6,000(3)
5.5	0	10,000	70,000	70,000(4)	0.0%	70,000	70,000	3,500(4)	3,500(4)	3,500(4)	3,500(4)
6	0	0	75,000	75,000	0.0%	75,000	75,000	4,500	4,500	4,500	4,500
7	0	0	70,000	70,000(5)	0.0%	70,000(5)	70,000(5)	4,200(5)	4,200(5)	4,200(5)	4,200(5)

(1)	At the end of the 3-Year waiting period, the RBP and RALP are set equal to the GBP and ALP, respectively. The 20% rider credit is applied to the lifetime benefit.
(2)	The $7,000 withdrawal is greater than the $6,600 RBP allowed under the basic benefit and therefore excess withdrawal processing is applied to the basic benefit. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The BDP at the time of withdrawal is less than 20%, so the ALP percentage and GBP percentage are set at 6% for the remainder of the contract year.
(3)	The ALP percentage and GBP percentage are 6% when the BDP is less than 20% and 5% when the BDP is greater than or equal to 20%.
(4)	The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than both the $4,500 RBP allowed under the basic benefit and the $6,000 RALP allowed under the lifetime benefit and therefore excess withdrawal processing is applied to both benefits. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or the ALP percentage times the contract value following the withdrawal. The WAB is reset to the ALP after the reset divided by the current ALP percentage. The BDP at the time of withdrawal is greater than or equal to 20%, so the ALP percentage and GBP percentage are set at 5% for the remainder of the contract year.
(5)	Allocation to the Moderately Aggressive PN program investment option during a withdrawal phase will reset the benefit. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA or the contract value. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or the ALP percentage times the contract value. The WAB is reset to the ALP after the reset divided by the current ALP percentage. Any future withdrawals will reallocate your contract value to the Moderate PN program investment option if you are invested more aggressively than the Moderate PN program investment option.

SecureSourcerider — Example:

EXAMPLE #1: Single Life Benefit: Covered Person has not reached age 65 at the time the contract and rider are purchased.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and make no additional payments to the contract.

• You are the sole owner and also the annuitant. You are age 60.

• Automatic Annual step ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the RBA and/or 6% of the contract value is greater than the ALP. Applied Annual step ups are indicated in bold.

• You elect the Moderate PN program investment option at issue. On the 1st contract anniversary, you elect to change to the Moderately Aggressive PN program investment option. The target PN program investment option under the contract is the Moderate PN program investment option.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	Basic Withdrawal Benefit				Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit
				GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
At Issue	$100,000	$N/A	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	$7,000	$7,000	$N/A	$N/A
0.5	0	5,000	92,000	100,000	95,000	7,000	2,000	N/A	N/A
1	0	0	90,000	90,000(1)	90,000(1)	6,300	6,300	N/A	N/A
2	0	0	81,000	90,000	90,000	6,300	6,300	N/A	N/A
5	0	0	75,000	90,000	90,000	6,300	6,300	5,400(2)	5,400(2)
5.5	0	5,400	70,000	90,000	84,600	6,300	900	5,400	0
6	0	0	69,000	90,000	84,600	6,300	6,300	5,400	5,400

120    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	Basic Withdrawal Benefit				Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit
				GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
6.5	0	6,300	62,000	90,000	78,300	6,300	0	3,720(3)	0
7	0	0	64,000	90,000	78,300	6,300	6,300	3,840	3,840
7.5	0	10,000	51,000	51,000(4)	51,000(4)	3,570	0	3,060(4)	0
8	0	0	55,000	55,000	55,000	3,850	3,850	3,300	3,300

At this point, assuming no additional activity (step ups, excess withdrawals, purchase payments, spousal continuation, contract ownership change, or PN program investment option changes), you can continue to withdrawal up to either the GBP of $3,850 each year until the RBA is reduced to zero, or the ALP of $3,300 each year until the later of your death or the RBA is reduced to zero.

(1)	Allocation to the Moderately Aggressive investment option during a withdrawal phase will reset the benefit. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA or the contract value. The ALP (if established) is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value. Any future withdrawals will reallocate your contract value to the Moderate PN program investment option if you are invested more aggressively than the Moderate PN program investment option.
(2)	The ALP and RALP are established on the contract anniversary date following the date the covered person reaches age 65 as 6% of the RBA.
(3)	The $6,300 withdrawal is greater than the $5,400 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the ALP, resetting the ALP to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.
(4)	The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than both the $6,300 RBP allowed under the basic withdrawal benefit and the $3,840 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the GBA, RBA, and ALP. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.

EXAMPLE #2: Single Life Benefit: Covered Person has reached 65 at the time the contract and rider are purchased.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and make no additional payments to the contract.

• You are the sole owner and also the annuitant. You are age 65.

• Automatic Annual step ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the RBA and/or 6% of the contract value is greater than the ALP. Applied Annual step ups are indicated in bold.

• Your death occurs after 6½ contract years and your spouse continues the contract and rider. Your spouse is over age 65 and is the new Covered Person.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	Basic Withdrawal Benefit				Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit
				GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
At Issue	$100,000	$N/A	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	$7,000	$7,000	$6,000	$6,000
1	0	0	105,000	105,000	105,000	7,350	7,000(1)	6,300	6,000(1)
2	0	0	110,000	110,000	110,000	7,700	7,000(1)	6,600	6,000(1)
3	0	0	110,000	110,000	110,000	7,700	7,700(2)	6,600	6,600(2)
3.5	0	6,600	110,000	110,000	103,400	7,700	1,100	6,600	0
4	0	0	115,000	115,000	115,000	8,050	8,050	6,900	6,900
4.5	0	8,050	116,000	115,000	106,950	8,050	0	6,900(3)	0
5	0	0	120,000	120,000	120,000	8,400	8,400	7,200	7,200
5.5	0	10,000	122,000	120,000(4)	110,000(4)	8,400	0	7,200(4)	0
6	0	0	125,000	125,000	125,000	8,750	8,750	7,500	7,500
6.5	0	0	110,000	125,000	125,000	8,750	8,750	6,600(5)	6,600(5)
7	0	0	105,000	125,000	125,000	8,750	8,750	6,600	6,600

At this point, assuming no additional activity (step ups, excess withdrawals, purchase payments, contract ownership change, or PN program investment option changes), your spouse can continue to withdrawal up to either the GBP of $8,750 each year until the RBA is reduced to zero, or the ALP of $6,600 each year until the later of your spouse’s death or the RBA is reduced to zero.

(1)	The Annual Step-up has not been applied to the RBP or RALP because any withdrawal after step up during the Waiting Period would reverse any prior step ups prior to determining if the withdrawal is excess. Therefore, during the Waiting Period, the RBP is the amount you can withdrawal without incurring the GBA and RBA excess withdrawal processing, and the RALP is the amount you can withdrawal without incurring the ALP excess withdrawal processing.
(2)	On the third anniversary (after the end of the waiting period), the RBP and RALP are set equal to the GBP and ALP, respectively.
(3)	The $8,050 withdrawal is greater than the $6,900 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the ALP, resetting the ALP to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    121

(4)

The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than both the $8,400 RBP allowed under the basic withdrawal benefit and the $7,200 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the GBA, RBA, and ALP. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.

(5)

At spousal continuation, the ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value and the RALP is reset to the ALP.

EXAMPLE #3: Joint Life Benefit: Younger Covered Spouse has not reached 65 at the time the contract and rider are purchased.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and make no additional payments to the contract.

• You are age 59 and your spouse is age 60.

• Automatic annual step ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the RBA and/or 6% of the contract value is greater than the ALP. Applied annual step ups are indicated in bold.

• You elect the Moderate investment option at issue. On the 1st contract anniversary, you elect to change to the Moderately Aggressive PN program investment option. The target PN program investment option under the contract is the Moderate PN program investment option.

• Your death occurs after 9½ contract years and your spouse continues the contract and rider; the lifetime benefit is not reset.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	Basic Withdrawal Benefit				Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit
				GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
At Issue	$100,000	$N/A	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	$7,000	$7,000	$N/A	$N/A
0.5	0	5,000	92,000	100,000	95,000	7,000	2,000	N/A	N/A
1	0	0	90,000	90,000(1)	90,000(1)	6,300	6,300	N/A	N/A
2	0	0	81,000	90,000	90,000	6,300	6,300	N/A	N/A
6	0	0	75,000	90,000	90,000	6,300	6,300	5,400(2)	5,400(2)
6.5	0	5,400	70,000	90,000	84,600	6,300	900	5,400	0
7	0	0	69,000	90,000	84,600	6,300	6,300	5,400	5,400
7.5	0	6,300	62,000	90,000	78,300	6,300	0	3,720(3)	0
8	0	0	64,000	90,000	78,300	6,300	6,300	3,840	3,840
8.5	0	10,000	51,000	51,000(4)	51,000(4)	3,570	0	3,060(4)	0
9	0	0	55,000	55,000	55,000	3,850	3,850	3,300	3,300
9.5	0	0	54,000	55,000	55,000	3,850	3,850	3,300	3,300
10	0	0	52,000	55,000	55,000	3,850	3,850	3,300	3,300

At this point, assuming no additional activity (step ups, excess withdrawals, purchase payments, or PN program investment option changes), your spouse can continue to withdrawal up to either the GBP of $3,850 each year until the RBA is reduced to zero, or the ALP of $3,300 each year until the later of your spouse’s death or the RBA is reduced to zero.

(1)	The ALP and RALP are established on the contract anniversary date following the date the younger Covered Spouse reaches age 65 as 6% of the RBA.
(2)	Allocation to the Moderately Aggressive PN program model portfolio or investment option during a withdrawal phase will reset the benefit. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA or the contract value. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value. Any future withdrawals will reallocate your contract value to the Moderate PN program investment option if you are invested more aggressively than the Moderate PN program investment option.
(3)	The $6,300 withdrawal is greater than the $5,400 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the ALP, resetting the ALP to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.
(4)	The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than both the $6,300 RBP allowed under the basic withdrawal benefit and the $3,840 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the GBA, RBA, and ALP. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.

EXAMPLE #4: Joint Life Benefit: Younger Covered Spouse has reached 65 at the time the contract and rider are purchased.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and make no additional payments to the contract

• You are age 71 and your spouse is age 70.

122    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• Automatic Annual step ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the RBA and/or 6% of the contract value is greater than the ALP. Applied annual step ups are indicated in bold.

• Your death occurs after 6½ contract years and your spouse continues the contract and rider; the lifetime benefit is not reset.

Contract Duration	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	Basic Withdrawal Benefit				Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit
				GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
At Issue	$100,000	$N/A	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	$7,000	$7,000	$6,000	$6,000
1	0	0	105,000	105,000	105,000	7,350	7,000(1)	6,300	6,000(1)
2	0	0	110,000	110,000	110,000	7,700	7,000(1)	6,600	6,000(1)
3	0	0	110,000	110,000	110,000	7,700	7,700(2)	6,600	6,600(2)
3.5	0	6,600	110,000	110,000	103,400	7,700	1,100	6,600	0
4	0	0	115,000	115,000	115,000	8,050	8,050	6,900	6,900
4.5	0	8,050	116,000	115,000	106,950	8,050	0	6,900(3)	0
5	0	0	120,000	120,000	120,000	8,400	8,400	7,200	7,200
5.5	0	10,000	122,000	120,000(4)	110,000(4)	8,400	0	7,200(4)	0
6	0	0	125,000	125,000	125,000	8,750	8,750	7,500	7,500
6.5	0	0	110,000	125,000	125,000	8,750	8,750	7,500	7,500
7	0	0	105,000	125,000	125,000	8,750	8,750	7,500	7,500

At this point, assuming no additional activity (step ups, excess withdrawals, purchase payments, or PN program investment option changes), your spouse can continue to withdrawal up to either the GBP of $8,750 each year until the RBA is reduced to zero, or the ALP of $7,500 each year until the later of your spouse’s death or the RBA is reduced to zero.

(1)	The Annual step-up has not been applied to the RBP or RALP because any withdrawal after step up during the waiting period would reverse any prior step ups prior to determining if the withdrawal is excess. Therefore, during the Waiting Period, the RBP is the amount you can withdrawal without incurring the GBA and RBA excess withdrawal processing, and the RALP is the amount you can withdrawal without incurring the ALP excess withdrawal processing.
(2)	On the third anniversary (after the end of the Waiting Period), the RBP and RALP are set equal to the GBP and ALP, respectively.
(3)	The $8,050 withdrawal is greater than the $6,900 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the ALP, resetting the ALP to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.
(4)	The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than both the $8,400 RBP allowed under the basic withdrawal benefit and the $7,200 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the GBA, RBA, and ALP. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    123

Appendix E:SecureSource Series of Riders — Additional Required Minimum Distribution (RMD) Disclosure

This appendix describes our current administrative practice for determining the amount of withdrawals in any contract year which an owner may take under theSecureSource series of riders to satisfy the RMD rules under 401(a)(9) of the Code without application of the excess withdrawal processing described in the rider. We reserve the right to modify this administrative practice at any time upon 30 days’ written notice to you.

ForSecureSource StagesandSecureSource 20 riders, owners subject to annual RMD rules under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, withdrawing from this contract during the waiting period to satisfy these rules will set your benefits to zero and you will not receive any future rider credit.

Amounts you withdraw from this contract (forSecureSource Stages andSecureSource 20 riders, amounts you withdraw from this contract after the waiting period) to satisfy these rules are not subject to excess withdrawal processing under the terms of the rider subject to the following rules and our current administrative practice:

ForSecureSource andSecureSource 20 riders:

(1) If on the date we calculated your Annual Life Expectancy Required Minimum Distribution Amount (ALERMDA), it is greater than the RBP from the beginning of the current contract year*,

• Basic Additional Benefit Amount (BABA) will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the RBP from the beginning of the current contract year.

• Any withdrawals taken in a contract year will count first against and reduce the RBP for that contract year.

• Once the RBP for the current contract year has been depleted, any additional amounts withdrawn will count against and reduce the BABA. These withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the GBA and RBA as long as they do not exceed the remaining BABA.

• Once the BABA has been depleted, any additional withdrawal amounts will be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the GBA and RBA and will subject them all to the excess withdrawal processing described in theSecureSourceseries of riders.

(2) If on the date we calculated your ALERMDA, it is greater than the RALP from the beginning of the current contract year,*

• A Lifetime Additional Benefit Amount (LABA) will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the RALP from the beginning of the current contract year*.

• Any withdrawals taken in a contract year will count first against and reduce the RALP for that contract year.

• Once the RALP for the current contract year has been depleted, any additional amounts withdrawn will count against and reduce the LABA. These withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the ALP as long as they do not exceed the remaining LABA. Withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals unless amounts withdrawn exceed combined RALP and LABA values.

• Once the LABA has been depleted, any additional withdrawal amounts will be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the ALP and will subject the ALP to the excess withdrawal processing described by theSecureSource series of riders.

(3) If the ALP is established on a policy anniversary where your current ALERMDA is greater than the new RALP,

• An initial LABA will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the new RALP.

• This new LABA will be immediately reduced by the amount that total withdrawals in the current calendar year exceed the new RALP, but shall not be reduced to less than zero.

ForSecureSource Stages andSecureSource Stages 2 riders:

(1) Each calendar year, if your ALERMDA is greater than the ALP,

• A Lifetime Additional Benefit Amount (LABA) will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the ALP.

• The LABA will be reduced by the total of the amount that each withdrawal in the current calendar year exceeds the RALP at the time of each withdrawal, but shall not be reduced to less than zero.

• Any withdrawals taken in a contract year will count first against and reduce the RALP for that contract year.

• Once the RALP for the current contract year has been depleted, any additional amounts withdrawn will count against and reduce the LABA. These withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the ALP as long as they do not exceed the remaining LABA. Withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals unless amounts withdrawn exceed combined RALP and LABA values.

124    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• Once the LABA has been depleted, any additional withdrawal amounts will be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the ALP and will subject the ALP to the excess withdrawal processing described by theSecureSource Stages andSecureSource Stages 2.

* ForSecureSource 20 riders, adjusted for any subsequent changes between 5% and 6% as described under “GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage”.

The ALERMDA is:

(1)	determined by us each calendar year (forSecureSource Stages andSecureSource 20 riders, starting with the calendar year in which the waiting period ends);
(2)	based on your initial purchase payment and not the entire interest value in the calendar year of contract issue and therefore may not be sufficient to allow you to withdraw your RMD without causing an excess withdrawal;
(3)	based solely on the value of the contract to which theSecureSource series rider is attached as of the date we make the determination;
(4)	based on your recalculated life expectancy taken from the Uniform Lifetime Table under the Code; and
(5)	based on the company’s understanding and interpretation of the requirements for life expectancy distributions intended to satisfy the required minimum distribution rules under Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, as applicable on the effective date of this prospectus, to:

1.	an individual retirement annuity (Section 408(b));
2.	a Roth individual retirement account (Section 408A);
3.	a Simplified Employee Pension plan (Section 408(k));
4.	a tax-sheltered annuity rollover (Section 403(b)).

In the future, the requirements under the Code for such distributions may change and the life expectancy amount calculation provided under your rider within theSecureSource series of riders may not be sufficient to satisfy the requirements under the Code for these types of distributions. In such a situation, amounts withdrawn to satisfy such distribution requirements will exceed your available RBP or RALP amount and may result in the reduction of your GBA, RBA, and/or ALP as described under the excess withdrawal provision of the rider.

In cases where the Code does not allow the life expectancy of a natural person to be used to calculate the required minimum distribution amount (e.g., ownership by a trust or a charity), we will calculate the life expectancy RMD amount calculated by us as zero in all years.

Please contact your tax advisor about the impact of those rules prior to purchasing one of theSecureSourceseries of riders.

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    125

Appendix F: Example — Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider

Example of the Benefit Protector

Assumptions:

•	You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and you (Current Contract) or you and the annuitant (Original Contract) are under age 70; and
•	you select contract Option L with the MAV Death Benefit.
	During the first contract year the contract value grows to $105,000. The MAV Death Benefit equals the contract value. You have not reached the first contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector does not provide any additional benefit at this time.
	On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. The death benefit equals:

MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death
(MAV death benefit minus remaining purchase payments for the Current Contract or MAV death benefit minus payments not previously surrendered for the Original Contract):
0.40 × ($110,000 - $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000

On the second contract anniversary the contract value falls to $105,000. The death benefit on May 1, 2008 equals:

MAV Death Benefit (MAV):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death):
0.40 × ($110,000 - $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000

During the third contract year the contract value remains at $105,000 and you request a partial surrender of $50,000, including the applicable 7% surrender charge for contract Option L. We will surrender $10,500 from your contract value free of charge (10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value). The remainder of the surrender is subject to a 7% surrender charge because your payment is in the third year of the surrender charge schedule, so we will surrender $39,500 ($36,735 + $2,765 in surrender charges) from your contract value. Altogether, we will surrender $50,000 and pay you $47,235. We calculate purchase payments not previously surrendered as $100,000 – $45,000 = $55,000 (remember that $5,000 of the partial surrender is contract earnings). The death benefit equals:

MAV Death Benefit (MAV adjusted for partial surrenders):	$57,619
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death):
0.40 × ($57,619 - $55,000) =	+1,048
Total death benefit of:	$58,667

On the third contract anniversary the contract value falls to $40,000. The death benefit equals the previous death benefit. The reduction in contract value has no effect.

On the ninth contract anniversary the contract value grows to a new high of $200,000. Earnings at death reaches its maximum of 250% of purchase payments not previously surrendered that are one or more years old.

The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$200,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously surrendered that are one or more years old)	+55,000
Total death benefit of:	$255,000

During the tenth contract year you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000. Your new contract value is now $250,000. The new purchase payment is less than one year old and so it has no effect on the Benefit Protector value. The death benefit equals:

MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously surrendered that are one or more years old)	+55,000
Total death benefit of:	$305,000

126    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

During the eleventh contract year the contract value remains $250,000 and the “new” purchase payment is one year old and the value of the Benefit Protector changes. The death benefit equals:

MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (MAV death benefit minus payments not previously surrendered):
0.40 × ($250,000 - $105,000) =	+58,000
Total death benefit of:	$308,000

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    127

Appendix G: Example — Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider

Example of the Benefit Protector Plus

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and you (Current Contract) or you and the annuitant (Original Contract) are under age 70; and

• you select contract Option L with the MAV Death Benefit.

During the first contract year the contract value grows to $105,000. The MAV Death Benefit equals the contract value. You have not reached the first contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector Plus does not provide any additional benefit at this time.
On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. You have not reached the second contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector Plus does not provide any benefit beyond what is provided by the Benefit Protector at this time. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (MAV Death Benefit minus remaining purchase payments for the Current Contract or MAV Death Benefit minus payments not previously surrendered for the Original Contract):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000
On the second contract anniversary the contract value falls to $105,000. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (MAV):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death:
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
plus 10% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue
and not previously surrendered: 0.10 × $100,000 =	+10,000
Total death benefit of:	$124,000
During the third contract year the contract value remains at $105,000 and you request a partial surrender of $50,000, including the applicable 7% surrender charge. We will surrender $10,500 from your contract value free of charge (10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value). The remainder of the surrender is subject to a 7% surrender charge because your payment is in the third year of the surrender charge schedule, so we will surrender $39,500 ($36,735 + $2,765 in surrender charges) from your contract value. Altogether, we will surrender $50,000 and pay you $47,235. We calculate purchase payments not previously surrendered as $100,000 – $45,000 = $55,000 (remember that $5,000 of the partial surrender is contract earnings). The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (MAV adjusted for partial surrenders):	$57,619
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death:
0.40 × ($57,619 – $55,000) =	+1,048
plus 10% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue
and not previously surrendered: 0.10 × $55,000 =	+5,500
Total death benefit of:	$64,167
On the third contract anniversary the contract value falls to $40,000. The death benefit equals the previous death benefit. The reduction in contract value has no effect.
On the ninth contract anniversary the contract value grows to a new high of $200,000. Earnings at death reaches its maximum of 250% of purchase payments not previously surrendered that are one or more years old. Because we are beyond the fourth contract anniversary the Benefit Protector Plus also reaches its maximum of 20%. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$200,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously surrendered that are one or more years old	+55,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously surrendered: 0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$266,000

128    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

During the tenth contract year you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000. Your new contract value is now $250,000. The new purchase payment is less than one year old and so it has no effect on the Benefit Protector Plus value. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously surrendered that are one or more years old	+55,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously surrendered: 0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$316,000
During the eleventh contract year the contract value remains $250,000 and the “new” purchase payment is one year old. The value of the Benefit Protector Plus remains constant. The death benefit equals:
MAV Death Benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (MAV Death Benefit minus payments not previously surrendered):
0.40 × ($250,000 – $105,000) =	+58,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue
and not previously surrendered: 0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$319,000

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    129

Appendix H: Asset Allocation Program for Contracts With Applications Signed Before May 1, 2006

Asset Allocation Program

For contracts with applications signed before May 1, 2006, we offered an asset allocation program. You could elect to participate in the asset allocation program, and there is no additional charge. If you purchased an optional Accumulation Protector Benefit rider, Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider or Income Assurer Benefit rider, you are required to participate in the asset allocation program under the terms of the rider.

This asset allocation program allows you to allocate your contract value to a model portfolio that consists of subaccounts and may include certain GPAs (if available under the asset allocation program), which represent various asset classes. By spreading your contract value among these various asset classes, you may be able to reduce the volatility in your contract value, but there is no guarantee that this will occur.

Asset allocation does not guarantee that your contract will increase in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. If you choose or are required to participate in the asset allocation program, you are responsible for determining which model portfolio is best for you. Your investment professional can help you make this determination. In addition, your investment professional may provide you with an investor questionnaire, a tool that can help you determine which model portfolio is suited to your needs based on factors such as your investment goals, your tolerance for risk, and how long you intend to invest.

Under the asset allocation program, we have offered five model portfolios ranging from conservative to aggressive. You may not use more than one model portfolio at a time. You are allowed to request a change to another model portfolio twice per contract year. Each model portfolio specifies allocation percentages to each of the subaccounts, any GPAs that make up that model portfolio. By participating in the asset allocation program, you authorize us to invest your contract value in the subaccounts, any GPAs according to the allocation percentages stated for the specific model portfolio you have selected. You also authorize us to automatically rebalance your contract value quarterly beginning three months after the effective date of your contract in order to maintain alignment with the allocation percentages specified in the model portfolio.

Special rules will apply to the GPAs if they are included in a model portfolio. Under these rules:

• no MVA will apply when rebalancing occurs within a specific model portfolio (but an MVA may apply if you elect to transfer to a new model portfolio); and

• no MVA will apply when you elect an annuity payout plan while your contract value is invested in a model portfolio (see “Guarantee Period Accounts — Market Value Adjustment”).

Under the asset allocation program, the subaccounts, any GPAs that make up the model portfolio you selected and the allocation percentages to those subaccounts, any GPAs will not change unless we adjust the composition of the model portfolio to reflect the liquidation, substitution or merger of an underlying fund, a change of investment objective by an underlying fund or when an underlying fund stops selling its shares to the variable account. We reserve the right to change the terms and conditions of the asset allocation program upon written notice to you.

If permitted under applicable securities law, we reserve the right to:

• reallocate your current model portfolio to an updated version of your current model portfolio; or

• substitute a fund of funds for your current model portfolio.

We also reserve the right to discontinue the asset allocation program. We will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change.

If you elected to participate in the asset allocation program, you may discontinue your participation in the program at any time by giving us written notice. Upon cancellation, automated rebalancing associated with the asset allocation program will end. You can elect to participate in the asset allocation program again at any time.

130    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix I: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider Disclosure

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life Rider

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge if⁽¹⁾:

•	your contract application is signed on or after May 1, 2006;
•	the rider is available in your state; and
•	you and the annuitant are 80 or younger on the date the contract is issued.
(1)	The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider is not available under an inherited qualified annuity.

You must elect the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider when you purchase your contract. The rider effective date will be the contract issue date.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider guarantees that you will be able to withdraw up to a certain amount each year from the contract, regardless of the investment performance of your contract before the annuity payments begin, until you have recovered at minimum all of your purchase payments. And, under certain limited circumstances defined in the rider, you have the right to take a specified amount of partial withdrawals in each contract year until death (see “At Death” heading below) — even if the contract value is zero.

Your contract provides for annuity payouts to begin on the annuitization start date (see “Buying Your Contract — The Annuitization Start Date”). Before the annuitization start date, you have the right to withdraw some or all of your contract value, less applicable administrative, surrender and rider charges imposed under the contract at the time of the withdrawal (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Surrenders”). Because your contract value will fluctuate depending on the performance of the underlying funds in which the subaccounts invest, the contract itself does not guarantee that you will be able to take a certain withdrawal amount each year before the annuitization start date, nor does it guarantee the length of time over which such withdrawals can be made before the annuitization start date.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider may be appropriate for you if you intend to make periodic withdrawals from your annuity contract and wish to ensure that market performance will not adversely affect your ability to withdraw your principal over time.

Under the terms of the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, the calculation of the amount which can be withdrawn in each contract year varies depending on several factors, including but not limited to the waiting period (see “Waiting period” heading below) and whether or not the lifetime withdrawal benefit has become effective:

(1)

The basic withdrawal benefit gives you the right to take limited partial withdrawals in each contract year and guarantees that over time the withdrawals will total an amount equal to, at minimum, your purchase payments. Key terms associated with the basic withdrawal benefit are “Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP),” “Remaining Benefit Payment (RBP),” “Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA),” and “Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA).” See these headings below for more information.

(2)

The lifetime withdrawal benefit gives you the right, under certain limited circumstances defined in the rider, to take limited partial withdrawals until the later of death (see “At Death” heading below) or until the RBA (under the basic withdrawal benefit) is reduced to zero. Key terms associated with the lifetime withdrawal benefit are “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP),” “Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (RALP),” “Covered Person,” and “Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA).” See these headings below for more information.

Only the basic withdrawal benefit will be in effect prior to the date that the lifetime withdrawal benefit becomes effective. The lifetime withdrawal benefit becomes effective automatically on the rider anniversary date after the covered person reaches age 65, or the rider effective date if the covered person is age 65 or older on the rider effective date (see “Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA)” heading below).

Provided annuity payouts have not begun, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider guarantees that you may take the following partial withdrawal amounts each contract year:

• After the waiting period and before the establishment of the ALP, the rider guarantees that each year you can cumulatively withdraw an amount equal to the GBP;

• During the waiting period and before the establishment of the ALP, the rider guarantees that each year you can cumulatively withdraw an amount equal to the value of the RBP at the beginning of the contract year;

• After the waiting period and after the establishment of the ALP, the rider guarantees that each year you have the option to cumulatively withdraw an amount equal the ALP or the GBP, but the rider does not guarantee withdrawals of the sum of both the ALP and the GBP in a contract year;

• During the waiting period and after the establishment of the ALP, the rider guarantees that each year you have the option to cumulatively withdraw an amount equal to the value of the RALP or the RBP at the beginning of the contract year, but the rider does not guarantee withdrawals of the sum of both the RALP and the RBP in a contract year.

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    131

If you withdraw less than the allowed partial withdrawal amount in a contract year, the unused portion cannot be carried over to the next contract year. As long as your partial withdrawals in each contract year do not exceed the annual partial withdrawal amount allowed under the rider, and there has not been a contract ownership change or spousal continuation of the contract, the guaranteed amounts available for partial withdrawals are protected (i.e., will not decrease).

If you withdraw more than the allowed partial withdrawal amount in a contract year, we call this an “excess withdrawal” under the rider. Excess withdrawals trigger an adjustment of a benefit’s guaranteed amount, which may cause it to be reduced (see “GBA Excess Withdrawal Processing,” “RBA Excess Withdrawal Processing,” and “ALP Excess Withdrawal Processing” headings below).

Please note that each of the two benefits has its own definition of the allowed annual withdrawal amount. Therefore a partial withdrawal may be considered an excess withdrawal for purposes of the lifetime withdrawal benefit only, the basic withdrawal benefit only, or both.

If your withdrawals exceed the greater of the RBP or the RALP, surrender charges under the terms of the contract may apply (see “Charges — Surrender Charges”). The amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable surrender charge. Market value adjustments, if applicable, will also be made (see “Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs) — Market Value Adjustment”). We pay you the amount you request. Any partial surrenders you take under the contract will reduce the value of the death benefits (see “Benefits in Case of Death”). Upon full surrender of the contract, you will receive the remaining contract value less any applicable charges (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Surrender”).

The rider’s guaranteed amounts can be increased at the specified intervals if your contract value has increased. An annual step up feature is available at each contract anniversary, subject to certain conditions, and may be applied automatically to your contract or may require you to elect the step up (see “Annual Step Up” heading below). If you exercise the annual step up election, the spousal continuation step up election (see “Spousal Continuation Step Up” heading below) or change your PN investment option, the rider charge may change (see “Charges”).

If you take withdrawals during the waiting period, any prior steps ups applied will be reversed and step ups will not be available until the third rider anniversary. You may take withdrawals after the waiting period without reversal of prior step ups.

You should consider whether the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider is appropriate for you because:

You will begin paying the rider charge as of the rider effective date, even if you do not begin taking withdrawals for many years. It is possible that your contract performance, fees and charges, and withdrawal pattern may be such that your contract value will not be depleted in your lifetime and you will not receive any monetary value under the rider.

• Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit Limitations: The lifetime withdrawal benefit is subject to certain limitations, including but not limited to:

(a) Once the contract value equals zero, payments are made for as long as the oldest owner or annuitant is living (see “If Contract Value Reduces to Zero” heading below). However, if the contract value is greater than zero, the lifetime withdrawal benefit terminates at the first death of any owner or annuitant (see “At Death” heading below). Therefore, if there are multiple contract owners or the annuitant is not an owner, the rider may terminate or the lifetime withdrawal benefit may be reduced. This possibility may present itself when:

(i)	There are multiple contract owners — when one of the contract owners dies the benefit terminates even though other contract owners are still living (except if the contract is continued under the spousal continuation provision of the contract); or
(ii)	The owner and the annuitant are not the same persons — if the annuitant dies before the owner, the benefit terminates even though the owner is still living. This is could happen, for example, when the owner is younger than the annuitant. This risk increases as the age difference between owner and annuitant increases.

(b)	Excess withdrawals can reduce the ALP to zero even though the GBA, RBA, GBP and/or RBP values are greater than zero. If the both the ALP and the contract value are zero, the lifetime withdrawal benefit will terminate.
(c)	When the lifetime withdrawal benefit is first established, the initial ALP is based on the basic withdrawal benefit’s RBA at that time (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below), unless there has been a spousal continuation or ownership change. Any withdrawal you take before the ALP is established reduces the RBA and therefore may result in a lower amount of lifetime withdrawals you are allowed to take.
(d)	Withdrawals can reduce both the contract value and the RBA to zero prior to the establishment of the ALP. If this happens, the contract and the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider will terminate.

• Investment Allocation Restrictions: You must be invested in one of the approved investment options. These funds are expected to reduce our financial risks and expenses associated with certain living benefits. Although the funds’ investment strategies may help mitigate declines in your contract value due to declining equity markets, the funds’ investment strategies may also curb your contract value gains during periods of positive performance by the equity

132    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

	markets. Additionally, investment in the funds may decrease the number and amount of any benefit base increase opportunities. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds: Volatility and Volatility Management Risk with the Portfolio Stabilizer funds” section.) We reserve the right to add, remove or substitute approved investment options at any time and in our sole discretion in the future. This requirement limits your choice of investments. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, GPAs or the one-year fixed account that are available under the contract to contract owners who do not elect this rider. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds.”) You may allocate purchase payments to the DCA fixed account, when available, and we will make monthly transfers into the investment option you have chosen. Subject to state restrictions, we reserve the right to limit the number of investment options from which you can select based on the dollar amount of purchase payments you make.
•	Limitations on Purchase of Other Riders under this Contract: If you select the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider, you may not elect an Income Assurer Benefit rider or the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider.
•	Non-Cancelable: Once elected, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider may not be cancelled and the fee will continue to be deducted until the contract is terminated, the contract value reduces to zero (described below) or after the annuitization start date.
•	Limitations on Purchase Payments: We reserve the right to limit the cumulative amount of purchase payments, subject to state restrictions, which may limit your ability to make additional purchase payments to increase your contract value as you may have originally intended. For current purchase payment restrictions, please see “Buying Your Contract — Purchase Payments”.
•	Interaction with Total Free Amount (TFA) contract provision:The TFA is the amount you are allowed to withdraw from the contract in each contract year without incurring a surrender charge (see “Charges — Surrender Charge”). The TFA may be greater than the RBP or RALP under this rider. Any amount you withdraw under the contract’s TFA provision that exceeds the RBP or RALP is subject to the excess withdrawal processing described below for the GBA, RBA and ALP.

You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of this rider in your tax situation:

• Tax Considerations for Nonqualified Annuities: Under current federal income tax law, withdrawals under nonqualified annuities, including partial withdrawals taken from the contract under the terms of this rider, are treated less favorably than amounts received as annuity payments under the contract (see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities”). Withdrawals before age 59 ½ may incur a 10% IRS early withdrawal penalty and may be considered taxable income.

• Tax Considerations for Qualified Annuities:Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). If you have a qualified annuity, you may need to take an RMD that exceeds the specified amount of withdrawal available under the rider. Partial withdrawals in any contract year that exceed the guaranteed amount available for withdrawal may reduce future benefits guaranteed under the rider. While the rider permits certain excess withdrawals to be made for the purpose of satisfying RMD requirements for this contract alone without reducing future benefits guaranteed under the rider, there can be no guarantee that changes in the federal income tax law after the effective date of the rider will not require a larger RMD to be taken, in which case, future guaranteed withdrawals under the rider could be reduced. Additionally, RMD rules follow the calendar year which most likely does not coincide with your contract year and therefore may limit when you can take your RMD and not be subject to excess withdrawal processing.

For owners subject to annual RMD rules under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, the amounts you withdraw each year from this contract to satisfy these rules are not subject to excess withdrawal processing under the terms of the rider subject to the following rules and our current administrative practice:

(1) If on the date we calculated your Annual Life Expectancy Required Minimum Distribution Amount (ALERMDA), it is greater than the RBP from the beginning of the current contract year,

• Basic Additional Benefit Amount (BABA) will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the RBP from the beginning of the current contract year.

• Any withdrawals taken in a contract year will count first against and reduce the RBP for that contract year.

• Once the RBP for the current contract year has been depleted, any additional amounts withdrawn will count against and reduce the BABA. These withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the GBA and RBA as long as they do not exceed the remaining BABA.

• Once the BABA has been depleted, any additional withdrawal amounts will be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the GBA and RBA and will subject them all to the excess withdrawal processing described in the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider.

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    133

(2) If on the date we calculated your ALERMDA, it is greater than the RALP from the beginning of the current Contract Year,

• A Lifetime Additional Benefit Amount (LABA) will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the RALP from the beginning of the current contract year.

• Any withdrawals taken in a contract year will count first against and reduce the RALP for that contract year.

• Once the RALP for the current contract year has been depleted, any additional amounts withdrawn will count against and reduce the LABA. These withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the ALP as long as they do not exceed the remaining LABA.

• Once the LABA has been depleted, any additional withdrawal amounts will be considered excess withdrawals with regard to the ALP and will subject the ALP to the excess withdrawal processing described by the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider.

(3) If the ALP is established on a policy anniversary where your current ALERMDA is greater than the new RALP,

• An initial LABA will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the new RALP.

• This new LABA will be immediately reduced by the amount that total withdrawals in the current calendar year exceed the new RALP, but shall not be reduced to less than zero.

The Annual Life Expectancy Required Minimum Distribution Amount (ALERMDA) is:

(1)	determined by us each calendar year;
(2)	based solely on the value of the contract to which the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider is attached as of the date we make the determination; and
(3)	is otherwise based on the company’s understanding and interpretation of the requirements for life expectancy distributions intended to satisfy the required minimum distribution rules under Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, as applicable on the effective date of this prospectus, to:

1.	an individual retirement annuity (Section 408(b));
2.	a Roth individual retirement account (Section 408A);
3.	a Simplified Employee Pension plan (Section 408(k));
4.	a tax-sheltered annuity rollover (Section 403(b)).

We reserve the right to modify our administrative practice described above and will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change.

In the future, the requirements under the Code for such distributions may change and the life expectancy amount calculation provided under your Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider may not be sufficient to satisfy the requirements under the Code for these types of distributions. In such a situation, amounts withdrawn to satisfy such distribution requirements will exceed your available RBP or RALP amount and may result in the reduction of your GBA, RBA, and/or ALP as described under the excess withdrawal provision of the rider.

In cases where the Code does not allow the life expectancy of a natural person to be used to calculate the required minimum distribution amount (e.g., ownership by a trust or a charity), we will calculate the life expectancy RMD amount calculated by us as zero in all years. The life expectancy required minimum distribution amount calculated by us will also equal zero in all years.

• Treatment of non-spousal distributions: Unless you are married your beneficiary will be required to take distributions as a non-spouse which may result in significantly decreasing the value of the rider. Please note civil unions and domestic partnerships generally are not recognized as marriages for federal tax purposes. For additional information see “Taxes — Other — Spousal status” section of this prospectus.

• Limitations on Tax-Sheltered Annuities (TSAs): Your right to take withdrawals is restricted if your contract is a TSA (see “TSA — Special Provisions”).

For an example, see “Examples of Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life” below.

Key terms and provisions of the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider are described below:

Partial Withdrawals: A withdrawal of an amount that does not result in a full withdrawal of the contract. The partial withdrawal amount is a gross amount and will include any surrender charge and any market value adjustment.

Waiting period: The period of time starting on the rider effective date during which the annual step up is not available if you take withdrawals. The current waiting period is three years.

Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA): The total cumulative amount available for partial withdrawals over the life of the rider under the basic withdrawal benefit. The maximum GBA is $5,000,000. The GBA cannot be withdrawn and is not payable as a death benefit. Rather, the GBA is an interim value used to calculate the amount available for withdrawals each year under the basic withdrawal benefit (see “Guaranteed Benefit Payment” below). At any time, the total GBA is the sum of the individual GBAs associated with each purchase payment.

134    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The GBA is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At contract issue — the GBA is equal to the initial purchase payment.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own GBA equal to the amount of the purchase payment.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When an individual RBA is reduced to zero — the GBA that is associated with that RBA will also be set to zero.

• When you make a partial withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up — Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the GBA associated with each purchase payment will be reset to the amount of that purchase payment. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first partial withdrawal is made.

• When you make a partial withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the total RBP — the GBA remains unchanged. If there have been multiple purchase payments, both the total GBA and each payment’s GBA remain unchanged.
(b)	is greater than the total RBP— GBA excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the GBA. If the partial withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing is applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

GBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The total GBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the total GBA immediately prior to the withdrawal; or (b) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s GBA after the withdrawal will be reset to equal that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal plus (a) times (b), where:

(a)	is the ratio of the total GBA after the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal to the total GBA before the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal; and
(b)	is each payment’s GBA before the withdrawal less that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal.

Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA): Each withdrawal you make reduces the amount that is guaranteed by this rider as future withdrawals. At any point in time, the RBA equals the amount of GBA that remains available for withdrawals for the remainder of the contract’s life, and total RBA is the sum of the individual RBAs associated with each purchase payment. The maximum RBA is $5,000,000.

The RBA is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At contract issue — the RBA is equal to the initial purchase payment.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own RBA initially set equal to that payment’s GBA (the amount of the purchase payment).

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When you make a partial withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up — Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the RBA associated with each purchase payment will be reset to the amount of that purchase payment. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first partial withdrawal is made.

• When you make a partial withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the total RBP — the total RBA is reduced by the amount of the withdrawal. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s RBA is reduced in proportion to its RBP.
(b)	is greater than the total RBP— RBA excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the RBA. If the partial withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing is applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

RBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The total RBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal, or (b) the total RBA immediately prior to the withdrawal, less the amount of the withdrawal.

If there have been multiple purchase payments, both the total RBA and each payment’s RBA will be reset. The total RBA will be reset according to the excess withdrawal processing described above. Each payment’s RBA will be reset in the following manner:

1.	The withdrawal amount up to the total RBP is taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its individual RBP at the time of the withdrawal; and
2.	The withdrawal amount above the total RBP and any amount determined by the excess withdrawal processing are taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its RBA at the time of the withdrawal.

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    135

Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP): At any time, the amount available for partial withdrawals in each contract year after the waiting period, until the RBA is reduced to zero, under the basic withdrawal benefit. At any point in time, each purchase payment has its own GBP, which is equal to the lesser of that payment’s RBA or 7% of that payment’s GBA, and the total GBP is the sum of the individual GBPs.

During the waiting period, the guaranteed annual withdrawal amount may be less than the GBP due to the limitations the waiting period imposes on your ability to utilize both annual step-ups and withdrawals (see “Waiting Period” heading above). The guaranteed annual withdrawal amount during the waiting period is equal to the value of the RBP at the beginning of the contract year.

The GBP is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At contract issue — the GBP is established as 7% of the GBA value.

• At each contract anniversary — each payment’s GBP is reset to the lesser of that payment’s RBA or 7% of that payment’s GBA value.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own GBP equal to 7% of the purchase payment amount.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When an individual RBA is reduced to zero — the GBP associated with that RBA will also be reset to zero.

• When you make a partial withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up— Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the GBA and the RBA associated with each purchase payment will be reset to the amount of that purchase payment. Each payment’s GBP will be reset to 7% of that purchase payment. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first partial withdrawal is made.

• When you make a partial withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the total RBP — the GBP remains unchanged.
(b)	is greater than the total RBP — each payment’s GBP is reset to the lesser of that payment’s RBA or 7% of that payment’s GBA value, based on the RBA and GBA after the withdrawal. If the partial withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing is applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

Remaining Benefit Payment (RBP): The amount available for partial withdrawals for the remainder of the contract year under the basic withdrawal benefit. At any point in time, the total RBP is the sum of the RBPs for each purchase payment. During the waiting period, when the guaranteed amount maybe less than the GBP, the value of the RBP at the beginning of the contract year will be that amount that is actually guaranteed each contract year.

The RBP is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At the beginning of each contract year during the waiting period and prior to any withdrawal — the RBP for each purchase payment is set equal to that purchase payment multiplied by 7%.

• At the beginning of any other contract year — the RBP for each purchase payment is set equal to that purchase payment’s GBP.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own RBP equal to that payment’s GBP.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• At spousal continuation — (see “Spousal Option to Continue the Contract” heading below).

• When an individual RBA is reduced to zero — the RBP associated with that RBA will also be reset to zero.

• When you make any partial withdrawal — the total RBP is reset to equal the total RBP immediately prior to the partial withdrawal less the amount of the partial withdrawal, but not less than zero. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s RBP is reduced proportionately.If you withdraw an amount greater than the RBP, GBA excess withdrawal processing and RBA excess withdrawal processing are applied and the amount available for future partial withdrawals for the remainder of the contract’s life may be reduced by more than the amount of withdrawal. When determining if a withdrawal will result in the excess withdrawal processing, the applicable RBP will not yet reflect the amount of the current withdrawal.

Covered Person: The person whose life is used to determine when the ALP is established, and the duration of the ALP payments. The covered person is the oldest contract owner or annuitant. The covered person may change during the contract’s life if there is a spousal continuation or a change of contract ownership. If the covered person changes, we recompute the benefits guaranteed by the rider, based on the life of the new covered person, which may reduce the amount of the lifetime withdrawal benefit.

136    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA): The covered person’s age after which time the lifetime benefit can be established. Currently, the lifetime benefit can be established on the later of the contract effective date or the contract anniversary date on/following the date the covered person reaches age 65.

Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP): Once established, the ALP at any time is the amount available for withdrawals in each contract year after the waiting period until the later of death (see “At Death” heading below), or the RBA is reduced to zero, under the lifetime withdrawal benefit. The maximum ALP is $300,000. Prior to establishment of the ALP, the lifetime withdrawal benefit is not in effect and the ALP is zero.

During the waiting period, the guaranteed annual lifetime withdrawal amount may be less than the ALP due to the limitations the waiting period imposes on your ability to utilize both annual step-ups and withdrawals (see “Waiting Period” heading above). The guaranteed annual lifetime withdrawal amount during the waiting period is equal to the value of the RALP at the beginning of the contract year.

The ALP is determined at the following times:

• The later of the contract effective date or the contract anniversary date on/following the date the covered person reaches age 65— the ALP is established as 6% of the total RBA.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment increases the ALP by 6% of the amount of the purchase payment.

• At step ups — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• At contract ownership change — (see “Spousal Option to Continue the Contract” and “Contract Ownership Change” headings below).

• When you make a partial withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up — Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the ALP will be reset to equal total purchase payments multiplied by 6%. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first partial withdrawal is made.

• When you make a partial withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the RALP — the ALP remains unchanged.
(b)	is greater than the RALP —ALP excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the ALP. Please note that if the partial withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing are applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

ALP Excess Withdrawal Processing

The ALP is reset to the lesser of the ALP immediately prior to the withdrawal, or 6% of the contract value immediately following the withdrawal.

Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (RALP): The amount available for partial withdrawals for the remainder of the contract year under the lifetime withdrawal benefit. During the waiting period, when the guaranteed annual withdrawal amount may be less than the ALP, the value of the RALP at the beginning of the contract year will be the amount that is actually guaranteed each contract year. Prior to establishment of the ALP, the lifetime withdrawal benefit is not in effect and the RALP is zero.

The RALP is determined at the following times:

• The later of the contract effective date or the contract anniversary date following the date the covered person reaches age 65, and:

(a)	During the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals — the RALP is established equal to 6% of purchase payments.
(b)	At any other time — the RALP is established equal to the ALP.

• At the beginning of each contract year during the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals — the RALP is set equal to the total purchase payments, multiplied by 6%.

• At the beginning of any other contract year — the RALP is set equal to ALP.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment increases the RALP by 6% of the amount of the purchase payment.

• At step ups — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When you make any partial withdrawal — the RALP equals the RALP immediately prior to the partial withdrawal less the amount of the partial withdrawal, but not less than zero.If you withdraw an amount greater than the RALP, ALP excess withdrawal processing is applied and the amount available for future partial withdrawals for the remainder of the contract’s life may be reduced by more than the amount of withdrawal. When determining if a withdrawal will result in excess withdrawal processing, the applicable RALP will not yet reflect the amount of the current withdrawal.

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    137

Step Up Date: The date any step up becomes effective, and depends on the type of step up being applied (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

Annual Step Up: Beginning with the first contract anniversary, an increase of the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP, and/or RALP values may be available. A step up does not create contract value, guarantee the performance of any investment option, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn or paid upon death. Rather, a step up determines the current values of the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP, and RALP, and may extend the payment period or increase the allowable payment.

The annual step up is subject to the following rules:

• The annual step up is available when the RBA or, if established, the ALP, would increase on the step up date.

• Only one step up is allowed each contract year.

• If you take any withdrawals during the waiting period, any previously applied step ups will be reversed and the annual step up will not be available until the end of the waiting period.

• If the application of the step up does not increase the rider charge, the annual step up will be automatically applied to your contract, and the step up date is the contract anniversary date.

• If the application of the step up would increase the rider charge, the annual step up is not automatically applied. Instead, you have the option to step up for 30 days after the contract anniversary. If you exercise the elective annual step up option, you will pay the rider charge in effect on the step up date. If you wish to exercise the elective annual step up option, we must receive a request from you or your investment professional. The step up date is the date we receive your request to step up. If your request is received after the close of business, the step up date will be the next valuation day.

• The ALP and RALP are not eligible for step ups until they are established. Prior to being established, the ALP and RALP values are both zero.

• Please note it is possible for the ALP and RALP to step up even if the RBA or GBA do not step up, and it is also possible for the RBA and GBA to step up even if the ALP or RALP do not step up.

The annual step up resets the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP values as follows:

• The total RBA will be reset to the greater of the total RBA immediately prior to the step up date or the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The total GBA will be reset to the greater of the total GBA immediately prior to the step up date or the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The total GBP will be reset using the calculation as described above based on the increased GBA and RBA.

• The total RBP will be reset as follows:

(a)	During the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals, the RBP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	At any other time, the RBP will be reset as the increased GBP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but never less than zero.

• The ALP will be reset to the greater of the ALP immediately prior to the step up date or 6% of the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The RALP will be reset as follows:

(a)	During the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals, the RALP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	At any other time, the RALP will be reset as the increased ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

Spousal Option to Continue the Contract: If a surviving spouse elects to continue the contract, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider also continues. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate. When the spouse elects to continue the contract, any remaining waiting period is cancelled; the covered person will be re-determined and is the covered person referred to below; and the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP values are affected as follows:

• The GBA, RBA, and GBP values remain unchanged.

• The RBP is automatically reset to the GBP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

• If the ALP has not yet been established and the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the date of continuation — the ALP will be established on the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65 as the lesser of the RBA or the contract anniversary value, multiplied by 6%. The RALP will be established on the same date equal to the ALP.

138    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• If the ALP has not yet been established but the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the date of continuation — the ALP will be established on the date of continuation as the lesser of the RBA or the contract value, multiplied by 6%. The RALP will be established on the same date in an amount equal to the ALP less all prior partial withdrawals made in the current contract year, but will never be less than zero.

• If the ALP has been established but the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the date of continuation — the ALP and RALP will be automatically reset to zero for the period of time beginning with the date of continuation and ending with the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65. At the end of this time period, the ALP will be reset to the lesser of the RBA or the anniversary contract value, multiplied by 6%, and the RALP will be reset to equal the ALP.

• If the ALP has been established and the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the date of continuation — the ALP will be automatically reset to the lesser of the current ALP or 6% of the contract value on the date of continuation. The RALP will be reset to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

Please note that the lifetime withdrawal benefit amount may be reduced as a result of the spousal continuation.

Spousal Continuation Step Up: If a surviving spouse elects to continue the contract, another elective step up option becomes available. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate. To exercise the step up, the spouse or the spouse’s investment professional must submit a request within 30 days of the date of continuation. The step up date is the date we receive the spouse’s request to step up. If the request is received after the close of business, the step up date will be the next valuation day. The GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP will be reset in the same fashion as the annual step up.

The spousal continuation step up is subject to the following rules:

• If the spousal continuation step up option is exercised and we have increased the charge for the rider, the spouse will pay the charge that is in effect on the step up date.

It is our current administrative practice to process the spousal continuation step up as described in the next paragraph; however, we reserve the right to discontinue our administrative practice and will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change.

At the time of spousal continuation, a step-up may be available. All annual step-up rules (see “Annual Step-Up” heading above), other than those that apply to the waiting period, also apply to the spousal continuation step-up. If the spousal continuation step-up is processed automatically, the step-up date is the valuation date spousal continuation is effective. If not, the spouse must elect the step up and must do so within 30 days of the spousal continuation date. If the spouse elects the spousal continuation step up, the step-up date is the valuation date we receive the spouse’s written request to step-up if we receive the request by the close of business on that day, otherwise the next valuation date.

If Contract Value Reduces to Zero: If the contract value reduces to zero and the total RBA remains greater than zero, you will be paid in the following scenarios:

1) The ALP has not yet been established and the contract value is reduced to zero for any reason other than full withdrawal of the contract. In this scenario, you can choose to:

(a)	receive the remaining schedule of GBPs until the RBA equals zero; or
(b)	wait until the rider anniversary on/following the date the covered person reaches age 65, and then receive the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the covered person, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero.

We will notify you of this option. If no election is made, the ALP will be paid.

2) The ALP has been established and the contract value reduces to zero as a result of fees or charges, or a withdrawal that is less than or equal to both the RBP and the RALP. In this scenario, you can choose to receive:

(a)	the remaining schedule of GBPs until the RBA equals zero; or
(b)	the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the covered person, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero. We will notify you of this option. If no election is made, the ALP will be paid.

3)	The ALP has been established and the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RALP but less than or equal to the RBP. In this scenario, the remaining schedule of GBPs will be paid until the RBA equals zero.
4)	The ALP has been established and the contract value falls to zero as a result of a partial withdrawal that is greater than the RBP but less than or equal to the RALP. In this scenario, the ALP will be paid annually until the death of the covered person.

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    139

Under any of these scenarios:

• The annualized amounts will be paid to you in the frequency you elect. You may elect a frequency offered by us at the time payments begin. Available payment frequencies will be no less frequent than annually;

• We will no longer accept additional purchase payments;

• You will no longer be charged for the rider;

• Any attached death benefit riders will terminate; and

• The death benefit becomes the remaining payments, if any, until the RBA is reduced to zero.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider and the contract will terminate under either of the following two scenarios:

• If the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than both the RALP and the RBP. This is full withdrawal of the contract.

• If the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RALP but less than or equal to the RBP, and the total RBA is reduced to zero.

At Death: If the contract value is greater than zero when the death benefit becomes payable, the beneficiary may elect to take the death benefit as a lump sum under the terms of the contract (see “Benefits in Case of Death”) or the annuity payout option (see “Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Payout Option” heading below).

If the contract value equals zero and the death benefit becomes payable, the following will occur:

• If the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the GBP each year, the GBP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person dies and the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person is still alive and the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the later of the death of the covered person or the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person is still alive and the RBA equals zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the death of the covered person.

• If the covered person dies and the RBA equals zero, the benefit terminates. No further payments will be made.

Contract Ownership Change: If the contract changes ownership (see “Changing Ownership”), the covered person will be redetermined and is the covered person referred to below. The GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP values will remain unchanged. The ALP and RALP will be reset as follows. Our current administrative practice is to only reset the ALP and RALP if the covered person changes due to the ownership change.

• If the ALP has not yet been established and the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the ownership change date— the ALP and the RALP will be established on the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65. The ALP will be set equal to the lesser of the RBA or the anniversary contract value, multiplied by 6%. If the anniversary date occurs during the waiting period and prior to a withdrawal, the RALP will be set to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments multiplied by 6%. If the anniversary date occurs at any other time, the RALP will be set to the ALP.

• If the ALP has not yet been established but the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the ownership change date — the ALP and the RALP will be established on the ownership change date. The ALP will be set equal to the lesser of the RBA or the contract value, multiplied by 6%. If the ownership change date occurs during the waiting period and prior to a withdrawal, the RALP will be set equal to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments multiplied by 6%. If the ownership change date occurs at any other time, the RALP will be set equal to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year but not less than zero.

• If the ALP has been established but the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the ownership change date— the ALP and the RALP will be reset to zero for the period of time beginning with the ownership change date and ending with the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65. At the end of this time period, the ALP will be reset to the lesser of the RBA or the anniversary contract value, multiplied by 6%. If the time period ends during the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals, the RALP will be reset to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments multiplied by 6%. If the time period ends at any other time, the RALP will be reset to the ALP.

• If the ALP has been established and the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the ownership change date — the ALP and the RALP will be reset on the ownership change date. The ALP will be reset to the lesser of the current ALP or 6% of the contract value. If the ownership change date occurs during the waiting period and prior to a withdrawal, the RALP will be reset to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments multiplied by 6%. If the ownership change date occurs at any other time, the RALP will be reset to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year but not less than zero.

140    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Please note that the lifetime withdrawal benefit amount may be reduced as a result of the ownership change.

Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Payout Option: Several annuity payout plans are available under the contract. As an alternative to these annuity payout plans, a fixed annuity payout option is available under the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider.

Under this option the amount payable each year will be equal to the remaining schedule of GBPs, but the total amount paid over the life of the annuity will not exceed the current total RBA at the time you begin this fixed annuity payout option. These annualized amounts will be paid in the frequency that you elect. The frequencies will be among those offered by us at that time but will be no less frequent than annually. If, at the death of the owner, total payouts have been made for less than the RBA, the remaining payouts will be paid to the beneficiary (see “The Annuity Payout Period” and “Taxes”).

This option may not be available if the contract is issued to qualify under Section 403 or 408 of the Code, as amended. For such contracts, this option will be available only if the guaranteed payment period is less than the life expectancy of the owner at the time the option becomes effective. Such life expectancy will be computed under the mortality table we then use to determine current life annuity purchase rates under the contract to which this rider is attached.

This annuity payout option may also be elected by the beneficiary of a contract as a settlement option if payments begin no later than one year after your death and the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy.

Whenever multiple beneficiaries are designated under the contract, each such beneficiary’s share of the proceeds if they elect this option will be in proportion to their applicable designated beneficiary percentage. Beneficiaries of nonqualified contracts may elect this settlement option subject to the distribution requirements of the contract. We reserve the right to adjust the future schedule of GBPs if necessary to comply with the Code.

Rider Termination

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider cannot be terminated either by you or us except as follows:

1.	Annuity payouts under an annuity payout plan will terminate the rider.
2.	Termination of the contract for any reason will terminate the rider.

Examples of the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life

Example #1: Covered person has not reached age 65 at the time the contract and rider are purchased.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000.

• You are the sole owner and also the annuitant. You are age 60.

• You make no additional payments to the contract.

• Automatic annual step-ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the RBA and/or 6% of the contract value is greater than the ALP. Applied annual step-ups are indicated inbold.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	Basic Withdrawal Benefit				Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit
				GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
At Issue	$100,000	$N/A	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	$7,000	$7,000	$N/A	$N/A
0.5	0	7,000	92,000	100,000	93,000	7,000	0	N/A	N/A
1	0	0	91,000	100,000	93,000	7,000	7,000	N/A	N/A
1.5	0	7,000	83,000	100,000	86,000	7,000	0	N/A	N/A
2	0	0	81,000	100,000	86,000	7,000	7,000	N/A	N/A
5	0	0	75,000	100,000	86,000	7,000	7,000	5,160(1)	5,160(1)
5.5	0	5,160	70,000	100,000	80,840	7,000	1,840	5,160	0
6	0	0	69,000	100,000	80,840	7,000	7,000	5,160	5,160
6.5	0	7,000	62,000	100,000	73,840	7,000	0	3,720(2)	0
7	0	0	70,000	100,000	73,840	7,000	7,000	4,200	4,200
7.5	0	10,000	51,000	51,000(3)	51,000(3)	3,570	0	3,060(3)	0
8	0	0	55,000	55,000	55,000	3,850	3,850	3,300	3,300

At this point, assuming no additional activity (step ups, excess withdrawals, purchase payments, spousal continuation or contract ownership change), you can continue to withdraw up to either the GBP of $3,850 each year until the RBA is reduced to zero, or the ALP of $3,300 each year until the later of your death or the RBA is reduced to zero.

⁽¹⁾ The ALP and RALP are established on the contract anniversary date following the date the covered person reaches age 65.

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    141

(2)

The $7,000 withdrawal is greater than the $5,160 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the ALP, resetting the ALP to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.

(3)

The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than both the $7,000 RBP allowed under the basic withdrawal benefit and the $4,200 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the GBA, RBA, and ALP. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.

Example #2: Covered person has reached 65 at the time the contract and rider are purchased.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000.

• You are the sole owner and also the annuitant. You are age 65.

• You make no additional payments to the contract.

• Automatic annual step-ups are applied each anniversary when available, where the contract value is greater than the RBA and/or 6% of the contract value is greater than the ALP. Applied annual step-ups are indicated in bold.

Contract Duration in Years	Purchase Payments	Partial Withdrawals	Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value	Basic Withdrawal Benefit				Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit
				GBA	RBA	GBP	RBP	ALP	RALP
At Issue	$100,000	$N/A	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	$7,000	$7,000	$6,000	$6,000
1	0	0	105,000	105,000	105,000	7,350	7,000(1)	6,300	6,000(1)
2	0	0	110,000	110,000	110,000	7,700	7,000(1)	6,600	6,000(1)
3	0	0	110,000	110,000	110,000	7,700	7,700(2)	6,600	6,600(2)
3.5	0	6,600	110,000	110,000	103,400	7,700	1,100	6,600	0
4	0	0	115,000	115,000	115,000	8,050	8,050	6,900	6,900
4.5	0	8,050	116,000	115,000	106,950	8,050	0	6,900(3)	0
5	0	0	120,000	120,000	120,000	8,400	8,400	7,200	7,200
5.5	0	10,000	122,000	120,000(4)	110,000(4)	8,400	0	7,200(4)	0
6	0	0	125,000	125,000	125,000	8,750	8,750	7,500	7,500

At this point, assuming no additional activity (step ups, excess withdrawals, purchase payments, spousal continuation or contract ownership change), you can continue to withdraw up to either the GBP of $8,750 each year until the RBA is reduced to zero, or the ALP of $7,500 each year until the later of your death or the RBA is reduced to zero.

(1)	The annual step-up has not been applied to the RBP or RALP because any withdrawal after step up during the waiting period would reverse any prior step ups prior to determining if the withdrawal is excess. Therefore, during the waiting period, the RBP is the amount you can withdraw without incurring the GBA and RBA excess withdrawal processing, and the RALP is the amount you can withdraw without incurring the ALP excess withdrawal processing.
(2)	On the third anniversary (after the end of the waiting period), the RBP and RALP are set equal to the GBP and ALP, respectively.
(3)	The $8,050 withdrawal is greater than the $6,900 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the ALP, resetting the ALP to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.
(4)	The $10,000 withdrawal is greater than both the $8,400 RBP allowed under the basic withdrawal benefit and the $7,200 RALP allowed under the lifetime withdrawal benefit and therefore the excess withdrawal processing is applied to the GBA, RBA, and ALP. The GBA is reset to the lesser of the prior GBA or the contract value following the withdrawal. The RBA is reset to the lesser of the prior RBA less the withdrawal or the contract value following the withdrawal. The ALP is reset to the lesser of the prior ALP or 6% of the contract value following the withdrawal.

142    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix J: Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider Disclosure

Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit Rider

We have offered two versions of the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit that have been referred to in previous disclosure as Rider A and Rider B. The description of the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit in this section applies to both Rider A and Rider B, unless noted otherwise. Rider B is no longer available for purchase.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit is an optional benefit that was offered for an additional annual charge if⁽¹⁾:

Rider A

• your contract application was signed on or after April 30, 2005 in those states where theSecureSource rider and/or the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit for Life rider are/were not available;

• you and the annuitant were 79 or younger on the date the contract was issued.

Rider B

•	your contract application was signed prior to April 29, 2005;
•	the rider was available in your state; and
•	you and the annuitant were 79 or younger on the date the contract was issued.
(1)	The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit is not available under an inherited qualified annuity.

You must elect the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider when you purchase your contract (original rider). The original rider you receive at contract issue offers an elective annual step-up and any withdrawal after a step up during the first three years is considered an excess withdrawal, as described below. The rider effective date of the original rider is the contract issue date.

We will offer you the option of replacing the original rider with a new Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit (enhanced rider), if available in your state. The enhanced rider offers an automatic annual step-up and a withdrawal after a step up during the first three years is not necessarily an excess withdrawal, as described below. The effective date of the enhanced rider will be the contract issue date except for the automatic step-up which will apply to contract anniversaries that occur after you accept the enhanced rider. The descriptions below apply to both the original and enhanced riders unless otherwise noted.

The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit initially provides a guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit that gives you the right to take limited partial withdrawals in each contract year that over time will total an amount equal to your purchase payments. Certain withdrawals and step ups, as described below, can cause the initial guaranteed withdrawal benefit to change. The guarantee remains in effect if your partial withdrawals in a contract year do not exceed the allowed amount. As long as your withdrawals in each contract year do not exceed the allowed amount, you will not be assessed a surrender charge. Under the original rider, the allowed amount is the Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP — the amount you may withdraw under the terms of the rider in each contract year, subject to certain restrictions prior to the third contract anniversary, as described below). Under the enhanced rider, the allowed amount is equal to 7% of purchase payments for the first three years, and the GBP in all other years.

If you withdraw an amount greater than the allowed amount in a contract year, we call this an “excess withdrawal” under the rider. If you make an excess withdrawal under the rider:

• surrender charges, if applicable, will apply only to the amount of the withdrawal that exceeds the allowed amount;

• the guaranteed benefit amount will be adjusted as described below; and

• the remaining benefit amount will be adjusted as described below.

For a partial withdrawal that is subject to a surrender charge, the amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable surrender charge (see “Charges —Surrender Charge”). Market value adjustments, if applicable, will also be made (see “Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs) — Market Value Adjustment”). We pay you the amount you request. Any partial withdrawals you take under the contract will reduce the value of the death benefits (see “Benefits in Case of Death”). Upon full withdrawal of the contract, you will receive the remaining contract value less any applicable charges (see “Surrenders”).

Once elected, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider may not be cancelled and the fee will continue to be deducted until the contract is terminated, the contract value reduces to zero (described below) or annuitization start date. If you select the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, you may not select an Income Assurer Benefit rider or the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider. If you exercise the annual step up election (see “Elective Step Up” and “Annual Step Up” below), the special spousal continuation step up election (see “Spousal Continuation and Special Spousal Continuation Step Up” below) or change your Portfolio Navigator model portfolio, the rider charge may change (see “Charges”).

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    143

You should consider whether the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit is appropriate for you because:

You will begin paying the rider charge as of the rider effective date, even if you do not begin taking withdrawals for many years. It is possible that your contract performance, fees and charges, and withdrawal pattern may be such that your contract value will not be depleted in your lifetime and you will not receive any monetary value under the rider.

• Investment Allocation Restrictions:You must elect one of the approved investment options if you purchase a contract on or after May 1, 2006 with this rider (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer funds”). These funds are expected to reduce our financial risks and expenses associated with certain living benefits and death benefits. Although the funds’ investment strategies may help mitigate declines in your contract value due to declining equity markets, the funds’ investment strategies may also curb your contract value gains during periods of positive performance by the equity markets. Additionally, investment in the funds may decrease the number and amount of any benefit base increase opportunities. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds: Volatility and Volatility Management Risk with the Portfolio Stabilizer funds” section.) We reserve the right to add, remove, or substitute approved investment options in the future. If you selected this Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider before May 1, 2006, you must participate in the asset allocation program (see “Appendix I: Asset Allocation Program for Contracts Purchased Before May 1, 2006”), however, you may elect to participate in the Portfolio Navigator program after May 1, 2006. This requirement limits your choice of investment options. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, GPAs or the one-year fixed account that are available under the contract to contract owners who do not elect this rider. You may allocate purchase payments to the DCA fixed account, when available, and we will make monthly transfers into the investment option you have chosen.

• Limitations on Purchase Payments: We reserve the right to limit the cumulative amount of purchase payments, subject to state restrictions, which may limit your ability to make additional purchase payments to increase your contract value as you may have originally intended. For current purchase payment restrictions, please see “Buying Your Contract — Purchase Payments”.

• Interaction with the Total Free Amount (FA) contract provision: The FA is the amount you are allowed to withdraw in each contract year without incurring a surrender charge (see “Charges — Surrender Charge”). The FA may be greater than GBP under this rider. Any amount you withdraw under the contract’s FA provision that exceeds the GBP is subject to the excess withdrawal processing for the GBA and RBA described below.

• Rider A — Limitations on Purchase of Other Riders under this Contract: If you select the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider, you may not elect the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider.

• Non-Cancelable: Once elected, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider may not be cancelled and the fee will continue to be deducted until the contract is terminated, the contract value reduces to zero (described below) or after the annuitization start date.

You should consult your tax advisor if you have any questions about the use of this rider in your tax situation:

• Tax Considerations for Non-Qualified Annuities: Under current federal income tax law, withdrawals under nonqualified annuities, including partial withdrawals taken from the contract under the terms of this rider, are treated less favorably than amounts received as annuity payments under the contract (see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities”). Withdrawals are taxable to the extent of earnings. Withdrawals before age 59½ may also incur a 10% IRS early withdrawal penalty.

• Tax Considerations for Qualified Annuities: Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). If you have a qualified annuity, you may need to take an RMD. If you make a withdrawal in any contract year to satisfy an RMD, this may constitute an excess withdrawal, as defined below, and the excess withdrawal processing described below will apply. Under the terms of the enhanced rider, we allow you to satisfy the RMD based on the life expectancy RMD for your contract and the requirements of the Code and regulations in effect when you purchase your contract, without the withdrawal being treated as an excess withdrawal. It is our current administrative practice to make the same accommodation under the original rider, however, we reserve the right to discontinue our administrative practice and will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change.

For owners subject to RMD rules under Section 401(a)(9), our current administrative practice under both the original and the enhanced riders is to allow amounts you withdraw to satisfy these rules without applying excess withdrawal processing under terms of the rider, subject to the following rules:

(1)	If your Annual Life Expectancy Required Minimum Distribution Amount (ALERMDA) is greater than the RBP from the beginning of the current contract year, an Additional Benefit Amount (ABA) will be set equal to that portion of your ALERMDA that exceeds the RBP.
(2)	Any withdrawals taken in a contract year will count first against and reduce the RBP for that contract year.
(3)	Once the RBP for the current contract year has been depleted, any additional amounts withdrawn will count against and reduce any ABA. These withdrawals will not be considered excess withdrawals as long as they do not exceed the remaining ABA.

144    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

(4) Once the ABA has been depleted, any additional withdrawal amounts will be considered excess withdrawals and will initiate the excess withdrawal processing described in the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider.

The Annual Life Expectancy Required Minimum Distribution Amount (ALERMDA) is:

(1)	determined by us each calendar year;
(2)	based solely on the value of the contract to which the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider is attached as of the date we make the determination; and
(3)	based on the company’s understanding and interpretation of the requirements for life expectancy distributions intended to satisfy the required minimum distribution rules under Section 401(a)(9) and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, as applicable, on the effective date of this prospectus to:

1.	an individual retirement annuity (Section 408(b));
2.	a Roth individual retirement account (Section 408A);
3.	a Simplified Employee Pension plan (Section 408(k));
4.	a tax-sheltered annuity rollover (Section 403(b)).

We reserve the right to modify our administrative practice described above and will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change.

In the future, the requirements under the Code for such distributions may change and the life expectancy amount calculation provided under your Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider may not be sufficient to satisfy the requirements under the Code for these types of distributions. In such a situation, amounts withdrawn to satisfy such distribution requirements will exceed your RBP amount and may result in the reduction of your GBA and RBA as described under the excess withdrawal provision of the rider.

Please note that RMD rules follow the calendar year which most likely does not coincide with your contract year and therefore may limit when you can take your RMD and not be subject to excess withdrawal processing.

In cases where the Code does not allow the life expectancy of a natural person to be used to calculate the required minimum distribution amount (e.g. ownership by a trust or a charity), we will calculate the life expectancy RMD amount calculated by us as zero in all years. The life expectancy required minimum distribution amount calculated by us will also equal zero in all years.

• Treatment of non-spousal distributions: Unless you are married your beneficiary will be required to take distributions as a non-spouse which may result in significantly decreasing the value of the rider. Please note civil unions and domestic partnerships generally are not recognized as marriages for federal tax purposes. For additional information see “Taxes — Other — Spousal status” section of this prospectus.

• Limitations on Tax-Sheltered Annuities (TSAs):Your right to take withdrawals is restricted if your contract is a TSA (see “TSA — Special Provisions”). You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of this rider in your tax situation;

The terms “Guaranteed Benefit Amount” and “Remaining Benefit Amount” are described below. Each is used in the operation of the GBP, the RBP, the elective step up, the annual step up, the special spousal continuation step up and the Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Payout Option.

Guaranteed Benefit Amount

The Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA) is equal to the initial purchase payment, , adjusted for subsequent purchase payments, , partial withdrawals in excess of the GBP, and step ups. The maximum GBA is $5,000,000.

The GBA is determined at the following times:

• At contract issue — the GBA is equal to the initial purchase payment;

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own GBA equal to the amount of the purchase payment. The total GBA when an additional purchase payment are added is the sum of the individual GBAs immediately prior to the receipt of the additional purchase payment, plus the GBA associated with the additional purchase payment;

• At step up — (see “Elective Step Up” and “Annual Step Up” headings below).

• When you make a partial withdrawal:

(a) and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are less than or equal to the GBP — the GBA remains unchanged. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the GBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    145

(b)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are greater than the GBP —the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the GBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the GBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups:
(c)	under the original rider in a contract year after a step up but before the third contract anniversary —the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the GBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the GBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups:

GBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The total GBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the total GBA immediately prior to the withdrawal; or (b) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s GBA after the withdrawal will be reset to equal that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal plus (a) times (b), where:

(a)	is the ratio of the total GBA after the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal to the total GBA before the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal; and
(b)	is each payment’s GBA before the withdrawal less that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal.

Remaining Benefit Amount

The remaining benefit amount (RBA) at any point is the total guaranteed amount available for future partial withdrawals. The maximum RBA is $5,000,000.

The RBA is determined at the following times:

• At contract issue — the RBA is equal to the initial purchase payment;

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own RBA equal to the amount of the purchase payment. The total RBA when an additional purchase payment are added is the sum of the individual RBAs immediately prior to the receipt of the additional purchase payment, plus the RBA associated with the additional payment;

• At step up — (see “Elective Step Up” and “Annual Step Up” headings below).

• When you make a partial withdrawal:

(a)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are less than or equal to the GBP — the RBA becomes the RBA immediately prior to the partial withdrawal, less the partial withdrawal. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the RBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;
(b)	and all of your withdrawals in the current contract year, including the current withdrawal, are greater than the GBP —the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the RBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the RBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;
(c)	under the original rider after a step up but before the third contract anniversary —the following excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the RBA. If the partial withdrawal is taken during the first three years, the RBA and the GBP are calculated after the reversal of any prior step ups;

RBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The RBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal, or (b) the RBA immediately prior to the withdrawal, less the amount of the withdrawal.

If there have been multiple purchase payments, any reduction of the RBA will be taken out of each payment’s RBA in the following manner:

The withdrawal amount up to the remaining benefit payment (defined below) is taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its remaining benefit payment at the time of the withdrawal; and the withdrawal amount above the remaining benefit payment and any amount determined by the excess withdrawal processing are taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its RBA at the time of the withdrawal.

Guaranteed Benefit Payment

Under the original rider, the GBP is the amount you may withdraw under the terms of the rider in each contract year, subject to certain restrictions prior to the third anniversary.

Under the enhanced rider, the GBP is the withdrawal amount that you are entitled to take each contract year after the third anniversary until the RBA is depleted.

Rider A: Under the original rider, the GBP is equal to 7% of the GBA. Under the enhanced rider, the GBP is the lesser of (a) 7% of the GBA, or (b) the RBA. Under both the original and enhanced riders, if you withdraw less than the GBP in a contract year, there is no carry over to the next contract year.

146    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Rider B: Under both the original and enhanced riders, the GBP is the lesser of (a) 7% of the GBA; or (b) the RBA. If you withdraw less than the GBP in a contract year, there is no carry over to the next contract year.

Remaining Benefit Payment

Under the original rider, at the beginning of each contract year, the remaining benefit payment (RBP) is set as the lesser of (a) the GBP, or (b) the RBA.

Under the enhanced rider, at the beginning of each contract year, during the first three years and prior to any withdrawal, the RBP for each purchase payment is set equal to that purchase payment, multiplied by 7%. At the beginning of any other contract year, each individual RBP is set equal to each individual GBP.

Each additional purchase payment has its own RBP established equal to that payment’s GBP. The total RBP is equal to the sum of the individual RBPs.

Whenever a partial withdrawal is made, the RBP equals the RBP immediately prior to the partial withdrawal less the amount of the partial withdrawal, but not less than zero.

Elective Step Up (under the original rider only)

You have the option to increase the RBA, the GBA, the GBP and the RBP beginning with the first contract anniversary. An annual elective step up option is available for 30 days after the contract anniversary. The elective step up option allows you to step up the remaining benefit amount and guaranteed benefit amount to the contract value on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

The elective step up is subject to the following rules:

• if you do not take any withdrawals during the first three years, you may step up annually beginning with the first contract anniversary;

• if you take any withdrawals during the first three years, the annual elective step up will not be available until the third contract anniversary;

• if you step up but then take a withdrawal prior to the third contract anniversary, you will lose any prior step ups and the withdrawal will be considered an excess withdrawal subject to the GBA and RBA excess withdrawal processing discussed under the “Guaranteed Benefit Amount” and “Remaining Benefit Amount” headings above; and

• you may take withdrawals on or after the third contract anniversary without reversal of previous step ups.

You may elect a step up only once each contract year within 30 days after the contract anniversary. Once a step up has been elected, another step up may not be elected until the next contract anniversary.

Rider A: You may only step up if your contract value on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up is greater than the RBA. The elective step up will be determined as follows:

• The effective date of the elective step up is the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

• The RBA will be increased to an amount equal to the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

• The GBA will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBA immediately prior to the elective step up; or (b) the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the valuation date we receive your written request to step up.

• The GBP will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBP immediately prior to the elective step up; or (b) 7% of the GBA after the elective step up.

• The RBP will be increased to the lesser of (a) the RBA after the elective step up; or (b) the GBP after the elective step up less any withdrawals made during that contract year.

Rider B: You may only step up if your contract anniversary value is greater than the RBA. The elective step up will be determined as follows:

• The effective date of the elective step up is the contract anniversary.

• The RBA will be increased to an amount equal to the contract anniversary value (after charges are deducted).

• The GBA will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBA immediately prior to the elective step up; or (b) the contract anniversary value (after charges are deducted).

• The GBP will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBP immediately prior to the elective step up; or (b) 7% of the GBA after the elective step up.

• The RBP will be increased to the lesser of (a) the RBA after the elective step up; or (b) the GBP after the elective step up.

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    147

Annual Step Up (under the enhanced rider only)

Beginning with the first contract anniversary after you accept the enhanced rider, an increase of the RBA, the GBA, the GBP and the RBP may be available. A step up does not create contract value, guarantee performance of any investment options, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn or paid upon death. Rather, a step up determines the current values of the GBA, RBA, GBP and RBP, and may extend the payment period or increase allowable payment.

• The annual step up is subject to the following rules:

• The annual step up is available when the RBA would increase on the step up date. The applicable step up date depends on whether the annual step up is applied on an automatic or elective basis.

• If the application of the step does not increase the rider charge, the annual step up will be automatically applied to your contract and the step up date is the contract anniversary date.

• If the application of the step up would increase the rider charge, the annual step up is not automatically applied. Instead, you have the option to step up for 30 days after the contract anniversary. If you exercise the elective annual step up option, you will pay the rider charge in effect on the step up date. If you wish to exercise the elective annual step up option, we must receive a request from you or your investment professional. The step up date is the date we receive your request to step up. If your request is received after the close of business, the step up date will be the next valuation day.

• Only one step up is allowed each contract year.

• If you take any withdrawals during the first three years, any previously applied step ups will be reversed and the annual step up will not be available until the third contract anniversary;

• You may take withdrawals on or after the third contract anniversary without reversal of previous step ups.

The annual step up will be determined as follows:

• The RBA will be increased to an amount equal to the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The GBA will be increased to an amount equal to the greater of (a) the GBA immediately prior to the annual step up; or (b) the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The GBP will be calculated as described earlier, but based on the increased GBA and RBA.

• The RBP will be reset as follows:

(a)	Prior to any withdrawals during the first three years, the RBP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	At any other time, the RBP will be reset as the increased GBP less all prior withdrawals made during the current contract year, but never less than zero.

Spousal Continuation and Special Spousal Continuation Step Up

If a surviving spouse elects to continue the contract, this rider also continues. The spousal continuation step up is in addition to the elective step up or the annual step up. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate. When a spouse elects to continue the contract, any rider feature processing particular to the first three years of the contract as described in this prospectus no longer applies. The GBA, RBA and GBP values remain unchanged. The RBP is automatically reset to the GBP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

Rider A: A surviving spouse may elect a spousal continuation step up by written request within 30 days following the spouse’s election to continue the contract. This step up may be made even if withdrawals have been taken under the contract during the first three years. Under this step up, the RBA will be reset to the greater of the RBA or the contract value on the valuation date we receive the spouse’s written request to step up; the GBA will be reset to the greater of the GBA or the contract value on the same valuation date. If a spousal continuation step up is elected and we have increased the charge for the rider for new contract owners, the spouse will pay the charge that is in effect on the valuation date we receive the written request to step up.

It is our current administrative practice to process the spousal continuation step up as described in the next paragraph; however, we reserve the right to discontinue our administrative practice and will give you 30 days’ written notice of any such change.

At the time of spousal continuation, a step-up may be available. All annual step-up rules (see “Annual Step-Up” heading above), other than those that apply to the waiting period, also apply to the spousal continuation step-up. If the spousal continuation step-up is processed automatically, the step-up date is the valuation date spousal continuation is effective. If not, the spouse must elect the step up and must do so within 30 days of the spousal continuation date. If the spouse elects the spousal continuation step up, the step-up date is the valuation date we receive the spouse’s written request to step-up if we receive the request by the close of business on that day, otherwise the next valuation date.

148    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Rider B: A spousal continuation step up occurs automatically when the spouse elects to continue the contract. The rider charge will not change upon this automatic step up. Under this step up, the RBA will be reset to the greater of the RBA on the valuation date we receive the spouse’s written request to continue the contract and the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid; the GBA will be reset to the greater of the GBA on the valuation date we receive the spouse’ written request to continue the contract and the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid.

Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Payout Option

Several annuity payout plans are available under the contract. As an alternative to these annuity payout plans, a fixed annuity payout option is available under the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit. Under this option the amount payable each year will be equal to the remaining schedule of GBPs, but the total amount paid over the life of the annuity will not exceed the current total RBA at the time you begin this fixed annuity option. These annualized amounts will be paid in the frequency that you elect. The frequencies will be among those offered by us at that time but will be no less frequent than annually. If, at the death of the owner, total payments have been made for less than the RBA, the remaining payments will be paid to the beneficiary (see “The Annuity Payout Period” and “Taxes”).

This annuity payout option may also be elected by the beneficiary of a contract as a settlement option if payments begin no later than one year after your death and the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy. Whenever multiple beneficiaries are designated under the contract, each such beneficiary’s share of the proceeds if they elect this option will be in proportion to their applicable designated beneficiary percentage. Beneficiaries of nonqualified contracts may elect this settlement option subject to the distribution requirements of the contract. We reserve the right to adjust the remaining schedule of GBPs if necessary to comply with the Code.

If Contract Value Reduces to Zero

If the contract value reduces to zero and the RBA remains greater than zero, the following will occur:

• you will be paid according to the annuity payout option described above;

• we will no longer accept additional purchase payments;

• you will no longer be charged for the rider;

• any attached death benefit riders will terminate; and

• the death benefit becomes the remaining payments under the annuity payout option described above.

If the contract value falls to zero and the RBA is depleted, the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit rider and the contract will terminate.

Example of the Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit (applies to Rider A and Rider B)

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000.

The Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA) equals your purchase payment:		$100,000
The Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP) equals 7% of your GBA:
	0.07 × $100,000=	$7,000
The Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA) equals your purchase payment:		$100,000
On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. You decide to step up your benefit.
The RBA equals 100% of your contract value:		$110,000
The GBA equals 100% of your contract value:		$110,000
The GBP equals 7% of your stepped-up GBA:
	0.07 × $110,000=	$7,700
During the fourth contract year you decide to take a partial withdrawal of $7,700.
You took a partial withdrawal equal to your GBP, so your RBA equals the prior RBA less the amount of the partial withdrawal:
	$110,000 – $7,700=	$102,300
The GBA equals the GBA immediately prior to the partial withdrawal:		$110,000
The GBP equals 7% of your GBA:
	0.07 × $110,000=	$7,700
On the fourth contract anniversary you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000.
The new RBA for the contract is equal to your prior RBA plus 100% of the additional purchase payment:
	$102,300+$50,000=	$152,300
The new GBA for the contract is equal to your prior GBA plus 100% of the additional purchase payment:
	$110,000+$50,000=	$160,000

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    149

The new GBP for the contract is equal to your prior GBP plus 7% of the additional purchase payment:
	$7,700+$3,500=		$11,200
On the fifth contract anniversary your contract value grows to $200,000. You decide to step up your benefit.
The RBA equals 100% of your contract value:			$200,000
The GBA equals 100% of your contract value:			$200,000
The GBP equals 7% of your stepped-up GBA:
	0.07 × $200,000=		$14,000
During the seventh contract year your contract value grows to $230,000. You decide to take a partial withdrawal of $20,000. You took more than your GBP of $14,000 so your RBA gets reset to the lesser of:
	(1)	your contract value immediately following the partial withdrawal;
	$230,000 – $20,000=		$210,000
	(2)	your prior RBA less the amount of the partial withdrawal.
	$200,000 – $20,000=		$180,000
Reset RBA = lesser of (1) or (2) =			$180,000
The GBA gets reset to the lesser of:
	(1)	your prior GBA;	$200,000
	(2)	your contract value immediately following the partial withdrawal;
	$230,000 – $20,000=		$210,000
Reset GBA = lesser of (1) or (2) =			$200,000
The Reset GBP is equal to 7% of your Reset GBA:
	0.07 × $200,000=		$14,000
During the eighth contract year your contract value falls to $175,000. You decide to take a partial withdrawal of $25,000. You took more than your GBP of $14,000 so your RBA gets reset to the lesser of:
	(1)	your contract value immediately following the partial withdrawal;
	$175,000 – $25,000=		$150,000
	(2)	your prior RBA less the amount of the partial withdrawal.
	$180,000 – $25,000=		$155,000
Reset RBA = lesser of (1) or (2) =			$150,000
The GBA gets reset to the lesser of:
	(1)	your prior GBA;	$200,000
	(2)	your contract value immediately following the partial withdrawal;
	$175,000 – $25,000=		$150,000
Reset GBA = lesser of (1) or (2) =			$150,000
The Reset GBP is equal to 7% of your Reset GBA:
	0.07 × $150,000=		$10,500

150    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix K: Income Assurer Benefit Riders

The following three optional Income Assurer Benefit riders were available under your contract if you your contract application was signed prior to May 1, 2007. These riders are no longer available for purchase.

• Income Assurer Benefit – MAV;

• Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base; or

• Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base.

The Income Assurer Benefit riders are intended to provide you with a guaranteed minimum income regardless of the volatility inherent in the investments in the subaccounts. The riders benchmark the contract growth at each anniversary against several comparison values and set the guaranteed income benefit base (described below) equal to the largest value. The guaranteed income benefit base, less any applicable premium tax, is the value we apply to the guaranteed annuity purchase rates stated in Table B of the contract to calculate the minimum annuity payouts you will receive if you exercise the rider. If the guaranteed income benefit base is greater than the contract value, the guaranteed income benefit base may provide a higher annuity payout level than is otherwise available. However, the riders use guaranteed annuity purchase rates which may result in annuity payouts that are less than those using the annuity purchase rates that we may apply at annuitization under the standard contract provisions. Therefore, the level of income provided by the riders may be less than the contract otherwise provides. If the annuity payouts through the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available through the riders, you will receive the higher standard payout option. The guaranteed income benefit base does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

The general information in this section applies to each Income Assurer Benefit rider. This section is followed by a description of each specific Income Assurer Benefit rider and how it is calculated.

You should consider whether an Income Assurer Benefit rider is appropriate for you because:

•	you must participate in the PN program if you purchase a contract on or after May 1, 2006 with this rider (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program”). If you selected this rider before May 1, 2006, you must participate in the asset allocation program (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Asset Allocation Program”), however, you may elect to participate in the Portfolio Navigator program after May 1, 2006. The PN program and the asset allocation program limit your choice of investments. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, GPAs or the one-year fixed account that are available under the contract to other contract owners who do not elect this rider.
•	if you are purchasing the contract as a qualified annuity, such as an IRA, and you are planning to begin annuity payouts after the date on which minimum distributions required by the Code must begin, you should consider whether an Income Assurer Benefit is appropriate for you (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Partial withdrawals you take from the contract, including those used to satisfy RMDs, will reduce the guaranteed income benefit base (defined below), which in turn may reduce or eliminate the amount of any annuity payouts available under the rider. Consult a tax advisor before you purchase any Income Assurer Benefit rider with a qualified annuity;
•	you must hold the Income Assurer Benefit for 10 years unless you elect to terminate the rider within 30 days following the first anniversary after the effective date of the rider;
•	the 10-year waiting period may be restarted if you elect to change the PN program investment option to one that causes the rider charge to increase (see “Charges — Income Assurer Benefit”);
•	the Income Assurer Benefit rider terminates* 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday; and
•	you can only exercise the Income Assurer Benefit within 30 days after a contract anniversary following the expiration of the 10-year waiting period.
*	The rider and annual fee terminate 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday, however, if you exercise the Income Assurer Benefit rider before this time, your benefits will continue according to the annuity payout plan you have selected.

If the Income Assurer Benefit rider is available in your state and the annuitant is 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose this optional benefit at the time you purchase your contract for an additional charge. The amount of the charge is determined by the Income Assurer Benefit you select (see “Charges — Income Assurer Benefit Rider Fee”). The effective date of the rider will be the contract issue date. The Guarantor Withdrawal Benefit and the Accumulation Protector Benefit riders are not available with any Income Assurer Benefit rider. If the annuitant is between age 73 and age 75 at contract issue, you should consider whether an Income Assurer Benefit rider is appropriate for your situation because of the 10-year waiting period requirement. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether an Income Assurer Benefit rider is appropriate for your situation.

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    151

Here are some general terms that are used to describe the Income Assurer Benefit riders in the sections below:

Guaranteed Income Benefit Base: The guaranteed income benefit base is the value that will be used to determine minimum annuity payouts when the rider is exercised. It is an amount we calculate, depending on the Income Assurer Benefit rider you choose, that establishes a benefit floor. When the benefit floor amount is greater than the contract value, there may be a higher annuitization payout than if you annuitized your contract without the Income Assurer Benefit. Your annuitization payout will never be less than that provided by your contract value.

Excluded Investment Options: These investment options are listed in your contract under contract data and will include the Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund and, if available under your contract, the GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account. Excluded investment options are not used in the calculation of this riders’ variable account floor for the Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base and the Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base.

Excluded Payments: These are purchase payments paid in the last five years before exercise of the benefit which we reserve the right to exclude from the calculation of the guaranteed income benefit base.

Proportionate Adjustments for Partial Withdrawals: These are calculated as the product of (a) times (b) where:

(a)	is the ratio of the amount of the partial withdrawal (including any surrender charges or MVA) to the contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal, and
(b)	is the benefit on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.

Protected Investment Options: All investment options available under this contract that are not defined as excluded investment options under contract data are known as protected investment options for purposes of this rider and are used in the calculation of the variable account floor for the Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base and the Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base.

Waiting Period: This rider can only be exercised after the expiration of a 10-year waiting period. We reserve the right to restart the waiting period if you elect to change your PN program investment option to one that causes the rider charge to increase.

The following are general provisions that apply to each Income Assurer Benefit:

Exercising the Rider

Rider exercise conditions are:

• you may only exercise the Income Assurer Benefit rider within 30 days after any contract anniversary following the expiration of the waiting period;

• the annuitant on the annuitization start date must be between 50 to 86 years old; and

• you can only take an annuity payment in one of the following annuity payout plans:

Plan A	—	Life Annuity – No Refund;
Plan B	—	Life Annuity with Ten or Twenty Years Certain;
Plan D	—	Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund;
	—	Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity with Twenty Years Certain; or
Plan E	—	Twenty Years Certain.

After the expiration of the waiting period, the Income Assurer Benefit rider guarantees a minimum amount of fixed annuity lifetime income during annuitization or the option of variable annuity payouts with a guaranteed minimum initial payout or a combination of the two options.

If your contract value falls to zero as the result of adverse market performance or the deduction of fees and/or charges at any time, the contract and all its riders, including this rider, will terminate without value and no benefits will be paid on account of such termination.Exception: if you are still living, and the annuitant is between 50 and 86 years old, an amount equal to the guaranteed income benefit base will be paid to you under the annuity payout plan and frequency that you select, based upon the fixed or variable annuity payouts described above. The guaranteed income benefit base will be calculated and annuitization will occur at the following times.

• If the contract value falls to zero during the waiting period, the guaranteed income benefit base will be calculated and annuitization will occur on the valuation date after the expiration of the waiting period, or when the annuitant attains age 50 if later.

• If the contract value falls to zero after the waiting period, the guaranteed income benefit base will be calculated and annuitization will occur immediately, or when the annuitant attains age 50 if later.

152    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Fixed annuity payouts under this rider will occur at the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” with 100% Projection Scale G and a 2.0% interest rate for contracts purchased on or after May 1, 2006 and if available in your state.⁽¹⁾ These are the same rates used in Table B of the contract (see “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Tables.”) Your annuity payouts remain fixed for the lifetime of the annuity payout period.

First year variable annuity payouts are calculated in the same manner as fixed annuity payouts. Once calculated, your variable annuity payouts remain unchanged for the first year. After the first year, subsequent annuity payouts are variable and depend on the performance of the subaccounts you select. Variable annuity payouts after the first year are calculated using the following formula:

Pt-1(1 + i)	=	Pt
1.05

Pt-1	=	prior annuity payout
Pt	=	current annuity payout
i	=	annualized subaccount performance

Each subsequent variable annuity payout could be more or less than the previous variable annuity payout if the subaccount investment performance is greater or less than the 5% assumed investment rate. If your subaccount performance equals 5%, your variable annuity payout will be unchanged from the previous variable annuity payout. If your subaccount performance is in excess of 5%, your variable annuity payout will increase from the previous variable annuity payout. If your subaccount investment performance is less than 5%, your variable annuity payout will decrease from the previous variable annuity payout.

⁽¹⁾ For all other contracts, the guaranteed annuity purchase rates are based on the “1983 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” with 100% Projection Scale G and a 2.0% interest rate.

Terminating the Rider

Rider termination conditions are:

•	you may terminate the rider within 30 days following the first anniversary after the effective date of the rider;
•	you may terminate the rider any time after the expiration of the waiting period;
•	the rider will terminate on the date you make a full surrender from the contract, or annuitization begins, or on the date that a death benefit is payable; and
•	the rider will terminate* 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday.
*	The rider and annual fee terminate 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday, however, if you exercise the Income Assurer Benefit rider before this time, your benefits will continue according to the annuity payout plan you have selected.

You may select one of the Income Assurer Benefit riders described below:

Income Assurer Benefit – MAV

The guaranteed income benefit base for the Income Assurer Benefit – MAV is the greater of these three values:

1.	contract value; or
2.	the total purchase payments made to the contract minus proportionate adjustments for partial surrenders; or
3.	the maximum anniversary value.

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV) — is zero prior to the first contract anniversary after the effective date of the rider. On the first contract anniversary after the effective date of the rider, we set the MAV as the greater of these two values:

(a)	current contract value; or
(b)	total payments made to the contract minus proportionate adjustments for partial surrenders.

Thereafter, we increase the MAV by any additional purchase payments and reduce the MAV by proportionate adjustments for partial surrenders. Every contract anniversary after that prior to the earlier of your or the annuitant’s 81st birthday, we compare the MAV to the current contract value and we reset the MAV to the higher amount.

If we exercise our right to not reflect excluded payments in the calculation of the guaranteed income benefit base, we will calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as the greatest of these three values:

1.	contract value less the market value adjusted excluded payments; or
2.	total purchase payments, less excluded payments, less proportionate adjustments for partial surrenders; or
3.	the MAV, less market value adjusted excluded payments.

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    153

Market Value Adjusted Excluded Payments are calculated as the sum of each excluded purchase payment multiplied by the ratio of the current contract value over the estimated contract value on the anniversary prior to such purchase payment. The estimated contract value at such anniversary is calculated by assuming that payments, and partial surrenders occurring in a contract year take place at the beginning of the year for that anniversary and every year after that to the current contract year.

Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base

The guaranteed income benefit base for the Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base is the greater of these three values:

1.	contract value; or
2.	the total purchase payments made to the contract minus proportionate adjustments for partial surrenders; or
3.	the 5% variable account floor.

5% Variable Account Floor – is equal to the contract value in the excluded investment options plus the variable account floor. The Income Assurer Benefit 5% variable account floor is calculated differently and is not the same value as the death benefit 5% variable account floor.

The variable account floor is zero from the effective date of this rider and until the first contract anniversary after the effective date of this rider. On the first contract anniversary after the effective date of this rider the variable account floor is:

• the total purchase payments made to the protected investment options minus adjusted partial surrenders and transfers from the protected investment options; plus

• an amount equal to 5% of your initial purchase payment allocated to the protected investment options.

On any day after the first contract anniversary following the effective date of this rider, when you allocate additional purchase payments to or withdraw or transfer amounts from the protected investment options, we adjust the variable account floor by adding the additional purchase payment and subtracting adjusted surrenders and adjusted transfers. On each subsequent contract anniversary after the first anniversary of the effective date of this rider, prior to the earlier of your or the annuitant’s 81st birthday, we increase the variable account floor by adding the amount (“roll-up amount”) equal to 5% of the prior contract anniversary’s variable account floor.

The amount of purchase payment surrendered from or transferred between the excluded investment options and the protected investment options is calculated as (a) times (b) where:

(a)	is the amount of purchase payment in the investment options being surrendered or transferred on the date of but prior to the current surrender or transfer; and
(b)	is the ratio of the amount of the transfer or surrender to the value in the investment options being withdrawn or transferred on the date of (but prior to) the current surrender or transfer.

The roll-up amount prior to the first anniversary is zero. Also, the roll-up amount on every anniversary after the earlier of your or the annuitant’s 81st birthday is zero.

Adjusted surrenders and adjusted transfers for the variable account floor are equal to the amount of the surrender or transfer from the protected investment options as long as the sum of the surrenders and transfers from the protected investment options in a contract year do not exceed the roll-up amount from the prior contract anniversary.

If the current surrender or transfer from the protected investment options plus the sum of all prior surrenders and transfers made from the protected investment options in the current policy year exceeds the roll-up amount from the prior contract anniversary we will calculate the adjusted surrender or adjusted transfer for the variable account floor as the result of (a) plus [(b) times (c)] where:

(a)	is the roll-up amount from the prior contract anniversary less the sum of any surrenders and transfers made from the protected investment options in the current policy year but prior to the current surrender or transfer. However, (a) can not be less than zero; and
(b)	is the variable account floor on the date of (but prior to) the current surrender or transfer from the protected investment options less the value from (a); and
(c)	is the ratio of [the amount of the current surrender (including any surrender charges or MVA) or transfer from the protected investment options less the value from (a)] to [the total in the protected investment options on the date of (but prior to) the current surrender or transfer from the protected investment options less the value from (a)].

If we exercise our right to not reflect excluded payments in the calculation of the guaranteed income benefit base, we will calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as the greatest of these three values:

1. contract value less the market value adjusted excluded payments (described above); or

154    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

2.	total purchase payments, less excluded payments, less proportionate adjustments for partial surrenders; or
3.	the 5% variable account floor, less 5% adjusted excluded payments.

5% Adjusted Excluded Payments are calculated as the sum of each excluded payment and any credit accumulated at 5% for the number of full contract years they have been in the contract.

Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base

The guaranteed income benefit base for the Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base is the greater of these four values:

1.	the contract value;
2.	the total purchase payments made to the contract minus proportionate adjustments for partial surrenders;
3.	the MAV (described above); or
4.	the 5% variable account floor (described above).

If we exercise our right to not reflect excluded payments in the calculation of the guaranteed income benefit base, we will calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as the greatest of:

1.	contract value less the market value adjusted excluded payments (described above);
2.	total purchase payments, less excluded payments, less proportionate adjustments for partial surrenders;
3.	the MAV, less market value adjusted excluded payments (described above); or
4.	the 5% variable account floor, less 5% adjusted excluded payments (described above).

Examples of the Income Assurer Benefit Riders

The purpose of these examples is to illustrate the operation of the Income Assurer Benefit Riders. The examples compare payouts available under the contract’s standard annuity payout provisions with annuity payouts available under the riders based on the same set of assumptions.The contract values shown are hypothetical and do not represent past or future performance. Actual contract values may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a number of factors, including but not limited to the investment experience of the subaccounts (referred to in the riders as “protected investment options”) and the fees and charges that apply to your contract.

For each of the riders, we provide two annuity payout plan comparisons based on the hypothetical contract values we have assumed. The first comparison assumes that you select annuity payout Plan B, Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain. The second comparison assumes that you select annuity payout Plan D, Joint and Last Survivor Annuity – No Refund.

Remember that the riders require you to participate in the PN program. The riders are intended to offer protection against market volatility in the subaccounts (protected investment options). Some PN program investment options include protected investment options and excluded investment options (Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund, and if available under the contract, GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account).
Excluded Investment Options are not included in calculating the 5% variable account floor under the Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base rider and the Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base riders. Because the examples which follow are based on hypothetical contract values, they do not factor in differences in PN program investment options.

Assumptions:

You purchase the contract during the 2006 calendar year with a payment of $100,000; and

• you invest all contract value in the subaccounts (protected investment options); and

• you make no additional purchase payments, partial surrenders or changes in PN program investment option; and

• the annuitant is male and age 55 at contract issue; and

• the joint annuitant is female and age 55 at contract issue.

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    155

Example — Income Assurer Benefit – MAV

Based on the above assumptions and taking into account fluctuations in contract value due to market conditions, we calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as:

Contract Anniversary	Assumed Contract Value	Purchase Payments	Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV)(1)	Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – MAV(2)
1	$ 108,000	$100,000	$ 108,000	$ 108,000
2	125,000	none	125,000	125,000
3	132,000	none	132,000	132,000
4	150,000	none	150,000	150,000
5	85,000	none	150,000	150,000
6	121,000	none	150,000	150,000
7	139,000	none	150,000	150,000
8	153,000	none	153,000	153,000
9	140,000	none	153,000	153,000
10	174,000	none	174,000	174,000
11	141,000	none	174,000	174,000
12	148,000	none	174,000	174,000
13	208,000	none	208,000	208,000
14	198,000	none	208,000	208,000
15	203,000	none	208,000	208,000

(1)	The MAV is limited after age 81, but the guaranteed income benefit base may increase if the contract value increases.
(2)	The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – MAV is a calculated number, not an amount that can be withdrawn. The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – MAV does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions			IAB – MAV Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	IAB – MAV Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)
10	$ 174,000	$ 772.56	$ 774.30	$ 174,000	$ 772.56	$ 774.30
11	141,000	641.55	642.96	174,000	791.70	793.44
12	148,000	691.16	692.64	174,000	812.58	814.32
13	208,000	996.32	998.40	208,000	996.32	998.40
14	198,000	974.16	976.14	208,000	1,023.36	1,025.44
15	203,000	1,025.15	1,027.18	208,000	1,050.40	1,052.48

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

156    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions			IAB – MAV Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	IAB – MAV Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)
10	$ 174,000	$ 629.88	$ 622.92	$ 174,000	$ 629.88	$ 622.92
11	141,000	521.70	516.06	174,000	643.80	636.84
12	148,000	559.44	553.52	174,000	657.72	650.76
13	208,000	807.04	796.64	208,000	807.04	796.64
14	198,000	786.06	778.14	208,000	825.76	817.44
15	203,000	826.21	818.09	208,000	846.56	838.24

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

NOTE: In the above examples, if you elected to begin receiving annuity payouts within 30 days after the 10th or the 13th contract anniversary, you would not benefit from the rider because the monthly annuity payout in these examples is the same as under the standard provisions of the contract. Because the examples are based on assumed contract values, not actual investment results, you should not conclude from the examples that the riders will provide higher payments more frequently than the standard provisions of the contract.

Example — Income Assurer Benefit – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base

Based on the above assumptions and taking into account fluctuations in contract value due to market conditions, we calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as:

Contract Anniversary	Assumed Contract Value	Purchase Payments	5% Accumulation Benefit Base(1)	Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base(2)
1	$ 108,000	$100,000	$ 105,000	$ 108,000
2	125,000	none	110,250	125,000
3	132,000	none	115,763	132,000
4	150,000	none	121,551	150,000
5	85,000	none	127,628	127,628
6	121,000	none	134,010	134,010
7	139,000	none	140,710	140,710
8	153,000	none	147,746	153,000
9	140,000	none	155,133	155,133
10	174,000	none	162,889	174,000
11	141,000	none	171,034	171,034
12	148,000	none	179,586	179,586
13	208,000	none	188,565	208,000
14	198,000	none	197,993	198,000
15	203,000	none	207,893	207,893

(1)	The 5% Accumulation Benefit Base value is limited after age 81, but the guaranteed income benefit base may increase if the contract value increases.
(2)	The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base is a calculated number, not an amount that can be withdrawn. The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – 5% Accumulation Benefit Base does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    157

Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions			IAB – 5% RF Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	IAB – 5% RF Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)
10	$ 174,000	$ 772.56	$ 774.30	$ 174,000	$ 772.56	$ 774.30
11	141,000	641.55	642.96	171,034	778.20	779.91
12	148,000	691.16	692.64	179,586	838.66	840.46
13	208,000	996.32	998.40	208,000	996.32	998.40
14	198,000	974.16	976.14	198,000	974.16	976.14
15	203,000	1,025.15	1,027.18	207,893	1,049.86	1,051.94

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the sale for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions				IAB – 5% RF Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	IAB – 5% RF Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)
10	$ 174,000	$ 629.88	$ 622.92	$ 174,000	$ 629.88	$ 622.92
11	141,000	521.70	516.06	171,034	632.83	625.98
12	148,000	559.44	553.52	179,586	678.83	671.65
13	208,000	807.04	796.64	208,000	807.04	796.64
14	198,000	786.06	778.14	198,000	786.06	778.14
15	203,000	826.21	818.09	207,893	846.12	837.81

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

NOTE: In the above examples, if you elected to begin receiving annuity payouts within 30 days after the 10th, 13th or the 14th contract anniversary, you would not benefit from the rider because the monthly annuity payout in these examples is the same as under the standard provisions of the contract. Because the examples are based on assumed contract values, not actual investment results, you should not conclude from the examples that the riders will provide higher payments more frequently than the standard provisions of the contract.

158    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Example — Income Assurer Benefit – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base

Based on the above assumptions and taking into account fluctuations in contract value due to market conditions, we calculate the guaranteed income benefit base as:

Contract Anniversary	Assumed Contract Value	Purchase Payments	Maximum Anniversary Value(1)	5% Accumulation Benefit Base(1)	Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base(2)
1	$ 108,000	$100,000	$ 108,000	$ 105,000	$ 108,000
2	125,000	none	125,000	110,250	125,000
3	132,000	none	132,000	115,763	132,000
4	150,000	none	150,000	121,551	150,000
5	85,000	none	150,000	127,628	150,000
6	121,000	none	150,000	134,010	150,000
7	139,000	none	150,000	140,710	150,000
8	153,000	none	153,000	147,746	153,000
9	140,000	none	153,000	155,133	155,133
10	174,000	none	174,000	162,889	174,000
11	141,000	none	174,000	171,034	174,000
12	148,000	none	174,000	179,586	179,586
13	208,000	none	208,000	188,565	208,000
14	198,000	none	208,000	197,993	208,000
15	203,000	none	208,000	207,893	208,000

(1)	The MAV and 5% Accumulation Benefit Base are limited after age 81, but the guaranteed income benefit base may increase if the contract value increases.
(2)	The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base is a calculated number, not an amount that can be withdrawn. The Guaranteed Income Benefit Base – Greater of MAV or 5% Accumulation Benefit Base does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan B – Life Annuity with 10 Years Certain would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions			IAB – Max Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	IAB – Max Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)	Old Table(1) Plan B – Life with 10 Years Certain(2)
10	$ 174,000	$ 772.56	$ 774.30	$ 174,000	$ 772.56	$ 774.30
11	141,000	641.55	642.96	174,000	791.70	793.44
12	148,000	691.16	692.64	179,586	838.66	840.46
13	208,000	996.32	998.40	208,000	996.32	998.40
14	198,000	974.16	976.14	208,000	1,023.36	1,025.44
15	203,000	1,025.15	1,027.18	208,000	1,050.40	1,052.48

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    159

Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after the illustrated contract anniversary, the minimum monthly income payment under a fixed annuity option (which is the same for the first year of a variable annuity option) on Plan D – Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity – No Refund would be:

Contract Anniversary at Exercise	Standard Provisions			IAB – Max Provisions
	Assumed Contract Value	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	IAB – Max Benefit Base	New Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)	Old Table(1) Plan D – Last Survivor No Refund(2)
10	$ 174,000	$ 629.88	$ 622.92	$ 174,000	$ 629.88	$ 622.92
11	141,000	521.70	516.06	174,000	643.80	636.84
12	148,000	559.44	553.52	179,586	678.83	671.65
13	208,000	807.04	796.64	208,000	807.04	796.64
14	198,000	786.06	778.14	208,000	825.76	817.44
15	203,000	826.21	818.09	208,000	846.56	838.24

(1)

Effective May 1, 2006, we began calculating fixed annuity payments under this rider using the guaranteed annuity purchase rates based on the “2000 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” (New Table), subject to state approval. Previously, our calculations were based on the “1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table A” (Old Table). If you purchased a contract prior to May 1, 2006, the references to Old Table apply to your contract. If you purchased a contract on or after May 1, 2006, the table used under rider depends on which state you live in. Ask your investment professional which version of the rider, if any, is available in your state.

(2)

The monthly annuity payments illustrated under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract and for the riders are computed using the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. These are the minimum amounts that could be paid under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract based on the above assumptions. Annuity payouts under the standard annuity payout provisions of the contract when based on our current annuity payout rates (which are generally higher than the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract) may be greater than the annuity payouts under the riders, which are always based on the rates guaranteed in Table B of the contract. If the annuity payouts under the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available under the rider, you will receive the higher standard payout.

NOTE: In the above examples, if you elected to begin receiving annuity payouts within 30 days after the 10th or the 13th contract anniversary, you would not benefit from the rider because the monthly annuity payout in these examples is the same as under the standard provisions of the contract. Because the examples are based on assumed contract values, not actual investment results, you should not conclude from the examples that the riders will provide higher payments more frequently than the standard provisions of the contract.

160    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix L: Example — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider

Example — Accumulation Protector Benefit Rider

The following example shows how the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider works based on hypothetical values. It is not intended to depict investment performance of the contract.

Assumptions:

• You purchase the contract (with the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider) with a payment of $100,000. No purchase payment credit applies.

• You make no additional purchase payments.

• You do not exercise the elective step-up option.

End of Contract Year	Partial Surrender (beginning of year)	MCAV Adjustment for Partial Surrender	MCAV	Initial payment Accumulation Benefit Amount	100,000 Hypothetical Assumed Contract Value
1	$ 0	$ 0	$ 100,000	$ 0	$ 112,000
2	0	0	102,400	0	128,000
3	0	0	108,000	0	135,000
4	0	0	108,000	0	125,000
5	0	0	108,000	0	110,000
6	2,000	1,964	106,036	0	122,000
7	0	0	112,000	0	140,000
8	0	0	112,000	0	121,000
9	5,000	4,628	107,372	0	98,000
10	0	0	107,372	22,372	85,000

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    161

Appendix M:SecureSource Rider Disclosure

SecureSource Rider

There are two optionalSecureSource riders available under your contract:

• SecureSource – Single Life; or

• SecureSource – Joint Life.

The information in this section applies to bothSecureSource riders, unless otherwise noted.

TheSecureSource – Single Life rider covers one person. TheSecureSource – Joint Life Rider covers two spouses jointly who are named at contract issue. You may elect only theSecureSource – Single Life rider or theSecureSource – Joint Life rider, not both, and you may not switch riders later. You must elect the rider when you purchase your contract. The rider effective date will be the contract issue date.

TheSecureSource rider is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge if:

• your contract application was signed on or after May 1, 2007; and

• Single Life:you and the annuitant are 80 or younger on the date the contract is issued; or

• Joint Life: you and your spouse are 80 or younger on the date the contract is issued.

TheSecureSource rider is not available under an inherited qualified annuity.

TheSecureSource rider guarantees (unless the rider is terminated. See “Rider Termination” heading below.) that regardless of the investment performance of your contract you will be able to withdraw up to a certain amount each year from the contract before the annuity payouts begin until:

• Single Life: you have recovered at minimum all of your purchase payments or, if later, until death (see “At Death” heading below) — even if the contract value is zero.

• Joint Life: you have recovered at minimum all of your purchase payments or, if later, until the death of the last surviving covered spouse (see “Joint Life only: Covered Spouses” and “At Death” headings below), even if the contract value is zero.

For the purpose of this rider, the term “withdrawal” has the same meaning as the term “surrender” in the contract or any other riders.

TheSecureSource rider may be appropriate for you if you intend to make periodic withdrawals from your annuity contract and wish to ensure that market performance will not adversely affect your ability to withdraw your principal over time.

Under the terms of theSecureSource rider, the calculation of the amount which can be withdrawn in each contract year varies depending on several factors, including but not limited to the waiting period (see “Waiting period” heading below) and whether or not the lifetime withdrawal benefit has become effective:

(1)	The basic withdrawal benefit gives you the right to take limited withdrawals in each contract year and guarantees that over time the withdrawals will total an amount equal to, at minimum, your purchase payments (unless the rider is terminated. See “Rider Termination” heading below). Key terms associated with the basic withdrawal benefit are “Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP)", “Remaining Benefit Payment (RBP)", “Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA)” and “Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA).” See these headings below for more information.
(2)	The lifetime withdrawal benefit gives you the right, under certain limited circumstances defined in the rider, to take limited withdrawals until the later of:
•	Single Life: death (see “At Death” heading below) or until the RBA (under the basic withdrawal benefit) is reduced to zero (unless the rider is terminated. See “Rider Termination” heading below);
•	Joint Life: death of the last surviving covered spouse (see “At Death” heading below) or until the RBA (under the basic withdrawal benefit) is reduced to zero (unless the rider is terminated. See “Rider Termination” heading below).

Key terms associated with the lifetime withdrawal benefit are “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)”, “Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (RALP)”, “Single Life only: Covered Person”, “Joint Life only: Covered Spouses” and “Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA).” See these headings below for more information.

Only the basic withdrawal benefit will be in effect prior to the date that the lifetime withdrawal benefit becomes effective. The lifetime withdrawal benefit becomes effective automatically on the rider anniversary date after the:

• Single Life: covered person reaches age 65, or the rider effective date if the covered person is age 65 or older on the rider effective date (see “Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA)” heading below);

• Joint Life: younger covered spouse reaches age 65, or the rider effective date if the younger covered spouse is age 65 or older on the rider effective date (see “Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA)” and “Annual Lifetime Payments (ALP)” headings below).

162    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Provided annuity payouts have not begun, theSecureSource rider guarantees that you may take the following withdrawal amounts each contract year:

• Before the establishment of the ALP, the rider guarantees that each year you have the option to cumulatively withdraw an amount equal to the value of the RBP at the beginning of the contract year;

• After the establishment of the ALP, the rider guarantees that each year you have the option to cumulatively withdraw an amount equal to the value of the RALP or the RBP at the beginning of the contract year, but the rider does not guarantee withdrawal of the sum of both the RALP and the RBP in a contract year.

If you withdraw less than the allowed withdrawal amount in a contract year, the unused portion cannot be carried over to the next contract year. As long as your withdrawals in each contract year do not exceed the annual withdrawal amount allowed under the rider:

• Single Life:and there has not been a contract ownership change or spousal continuation of the contract, the guaranteed amounts available for withdrawal will not decrease;

• Joint Life: the guaranteed amounts available for withdrawal will not decrease.

If you withdraw more than the allowed withdrawal amount in a contract year, we call this an “excess withdrawal” under the rider. Excess withdrawals trigger an adjustment of a benefit’s guaranteed amount, which may cause it to be reduced (see “GBA Excess Withdrawal Processing,” “RBA Excess Withdrawal Processing,” and “ALP Excess Withdrawal Processing” headings below).

Please note that basic withdrawal benefit and lifetime withdrawal benefit each has its own definition of the allowed annual withdrawal amount. Therefore a withdrawal may be considered an excess withdrawal for purposes of the lifetime withdrawal benefit only, the basic withdrawal benefit only, or both.

If your withdrawals exceed the greater of the RBP or the RALP, surrender charges under the terms of the contract may apply (see “Charges — Surrender Charges”). The amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable surrender charge. Market value adjustments, if applicable, will also be made (see “Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs) — Market Value Adjustment”). We pay you the amount you request. Any withdrawals you take under the contract will reduce the value of the death benefits (see “Benefits in Case of Death”). Upon full withdrawal of the contract, you will receive the remaining contract value less any applicable charges (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Surrenders”).

The rider’s guaranteed amounts can be increased at the specified intervals if your contract value has increased. An annual step up feature is available at each contract anniversary, subject to certain conditions, and may be applied automatically to your contract or may require you to elect the step up (see “Annual Step Up” heading below). If you exercise the annual step up election, the spousal continuation step up election (see “Spousal Continuation Step Up” heading below) or change your Portfolio Navigator model portfolio, the rider charge may change (see “Charges”).

If you take withdrawals during the waiting period, any prior steps ups applied will be reversed and step ups will not be available until the end of the waiting period. You may take withdrawals after the waiting period without reversal of prior step ups.

You should consider whether aSecureSource rider is appropriate for you because:

You will begin paying the rider charge as of the rider effective date, even if you do not begin taking withdrawals for many years. It is possible that your contract performance, fees and charges, and withdrawal pattern may be such that your contract value will not be depleted in your lifetime and you will not receive any monetary value under the rider.

• Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit Limitations: The lifetime withdrawal benefit is subject to certain limitations, including but not limited to:

(a) Single Life: Once the contract value equals zero, payments are made for as long as the oldest owner or annuitant is living (see “If Contract Value Reduces to Zero” heading below). However, if the contract value is greater than zero, the lifetime withdrawal benefit terminates at the first death of any owner or annuitant except

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    163

as otherwise provided below (see “At Death” heading below). Therefore, if there are multiple contract owners or the annuitant is not an owner, the rider may terminate or the lifetime withdrawal benefit may be reduced. This possibility may present itself when:

(i)	There are multiple contract owners — when one of the contract owners dies the benefit terminates even though other contract owners are still living (except if the contract is continued under the spousal continuation provision of the contact); or
(ii)	The owner and the annuitant are not the same persons — if the annuitant dies before the owner, the benefit terminates even though the owner is still living. This could happen, for example, when the owner is younger than the annuitant. This risk increases as the age difference between owner and annuitant increases.

Joint Life: Once the contract value equals zero, payments are made for as long as either covered spouse is living (see “If Contract Value Reduces to Zero” heading below). However, if the contract value is greater than zero, the lifetime withdrawal benefit terminates at the death of the last surviving covered spouse (see “At Death” heading below).

(b)	Excess withdrawals can reduce the ALP to zero even though the GBA, RBA, GBP and/or RBP values are greater than zero. If the both the ALP and the contract value are zero, the lifetime withdrawal benefit will terminate.
(c)	When the lifetime withdrawal benefit is first established, the initial ALP is based on

(i)	Single Life: the basic withdrawal benefit’s RBA at that time (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below), unless there has been a spousal continuation or ownership change; or
(ii)	Joint Life: the basic withdrawal benefit’s RBA at that time (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below).

Any withdrawal you take before the ALP is established reduces the RBA and therefore may result in a lower amount of lifetime withdrawals you are allowed to take.

(d) Withdrawals can reduce both the contract value and the RBA to zero prior to the establishment of the ALP. If this happens, the contract and the rider will terminate.

•

Investment Allocation Restrictions: You must be invested in one of the approved investment options. These funds are expected to reduce our financial risks and expenses associated with certain living benefits. Although the funds’ investment strategies may help mitigate declines in your contract value due to declining equity markets, the funds’ investment strategies may also curb your contract value gains during periods of positive performance by the equity markets. Additionally, investment in the funds may decrease the number and amount of any benefit base increase opportunities. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds: Volatility and Volatility Management Risk with the Portfolio Stabilizer funds” section.) We reserve the right to add, remove, or substitute approved investment options in the future. This requirement limits your choice of investments. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, GPAs or the one-year fixed account that are available under the contract to contract owners who do not elect the rider. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer funds.”) You may allocate qualifying purchase payments to the DCA fixed account, when available (see “DCA Fixed Account”), and we will make monthly transfers into the investment option you have chosen. You may make two elective investment option changes per contract year; we reserve the right to limit elective investment option changes if required to comply with the written instructions of a fund (see “Market Timing”).

The following provisions apply to contracts invested in a Portfolio Navigator fund:

• You can allocate your contract value to any available Portfolio Navigator fund during the following times: (1) prior to your first withdrawal and (2) following a benefit reset as described below but prior to any subsequent withdrawal. During these accumulation phases, you may request to change your investment option to any available investment option.

• Immediately following a withdrawal your contract value will be reallocated to the target investment option as shown in your contract if your current investment option is more aggressive than the target investment option. If you are in a static model portfolio, this reallocation will be made to the applicable fund of funds investment option. This automatic reallocation is not included in the total number of allowed model changes per contract year and will not cause your rider fee to increase. The target investment option is currently the Moderate investment option. We reserve the right to change the target investment option to an investment option that is more aggressive than the current target investment option after 30 days written notice.

• After you have taken a withdrawal and prior to any benefit reset as described below, you are in a withdrawal phase. During withdrawal phases you may request to change your investment option to the target investment option investment option that is more conservative than the target investment option without a benefit reset as described below. If you are in a withdrawal phase and you choose to allocate your contract value to an investment option that is more aggressive than the target investment option, your rider benefit will be reset as follows:

(a)	the total GBA will be reset to the lesser of its current value or the contract value; and
(b)	the total RBA will be reset to the lesser of its current value or the contract value; and

164    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

(c)	the ALP, if established, will be reset to the lesser of its current value or 6% of the contract value; and
(d)	the GBP will be recalculated as described below, based on the reset GBA and RBA; and
(e)	the RBP will be recalculated as the reset GBP less all prior withdrawals made during the current contract year, but not be less than zero; and
(f)	the RALP will be recalculated as the reset ALP less all prior withdrawals made during the current contract year, but not be less than zero.

You may request to change your investment option by written request on an authorized form or by another method agreed to by us.

•	Limitations on Purchase of Other Riders under your Contract: You may elect only theSecureSource – Single Life rider or theSecureSource – Joint Life rider. If you elect theSecureSource rider, you may not elect the Accumulation Protector Benefit rider.
•	Non-Cancelable: Once elected, theSecureSource rider may not be cancelled (except as provided under “Rider Termination” heading below) and the fee will continue to be deducted until the contract or rider is terminated or the contract value reduces to zero (described below). Dissolution of marriage does not terminate theSecureSource – Joint Life rider and will not reduce the fee we charge for this rider. The benefit under theSecureSource – Joint Life rider continues for the covered spouse who is the owner of the contract (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural ownership). The rider will terminate at the death of the contract owner (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural ownership) because the original spouse will be unable to elect the spousal continuation provision of the contract (see “Joint Life only: Covered Spouses” below).
•	Joint Life:Limitations on Contract Owners, Annuitants and Beneficiaries: Since the joint life benefit will terminate unless the surviving covered spouse continues the contract under the spousal continuation provision of the contract upon the owner’s death, only ownership arrangements that permit such continuation are allowed at rider issue. In general, the covered spouses should be joint owners, or one covered spouse should be the owner and the other covered spouse should be named as the sole primary beneficiary. You are responsible for establishing ownership arrangements that will allow for spousal continuation.
	If you select theSecureSource – Joint Life rider, please consider carefully whether or not you wish to change the beneficiary of your annuity contract. The rider will terminate if the surviving covered spouse can not utilize the spousal continuation provision of the contract when the death benefit is payable.
•	Limitations on Purchase Payments: We reserve the right to limit the cumulative amount of purchase payments (subject to state restrictions), which may limit your ability to make additional purchase payments to increase your contract value as you may have originally intended. For current purchase payment restrictions, please see “Buying Your Contract —Purchase Payments”.
•	Interaction with Total Free Amount (FA) contract provision: The FA is the amount you are allowed to withdraw from the contract in each contract year without incurring a surrender charge (see “Charges — Surrender Charge”). The FA may be greater than the RBP or RALP under this rider. Any amount you withdraw under the contract’s FA provision that exceeds the RBP or RALP is subject to the excess withdrawal processing described below for the GBA, RBA and ALP.

You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of the rider in your tax situation because:

•	Tax Considerations for Nonqualified Annuities: Under current federal income tax law, withdrawals under nonqualified annuities, including withdrawals taken from the contract under the terms of the rider, are treated less favorably than amounts received as annuity payments under the contract (see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities”). Withdrawals are taxable income to the extent of earnings. Withdrawals of earnings before age 59½ may also incur a 10% IRS early withdrawal penalty. You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of the rider in your tax situation.
•	Tax Considerations for Qualified Annuities: Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). If you have a qualified annuity, you may need to take an RMD that exceeds the specified amount of withdrawal available under the rider. Withdrawals in any contract year that exceed the guaranteed amount available for withdrawal may reduce future benefits guaranteed under the rider. While the rider permits certain excess withdrawals to be made for the purpose of satisfying RMD requirements for your contract alone without reducing future benefits guaranteed under the rider, there can be no guarantee that changes in the federal income tax law after the effective date of the rider will not require a larger RMD to be taken, in which case, future guaranteed withdrawals under the rider could be reduced. See Appendix E for additional information.
•	Treatment of non-spousal distributions: Unless you are married your beneficiary will be required to take distributions as a non-spouse which may result in significantly decreasing the value of the rider.
	Please note civil unions and domestic partnerships generally are not recognized as marriages for federal tax purposes. For additional information see “Taxes — Other — Spousal status” section of this prospectus.
•	Limitations on Tax -Sheltered Annuities (TSAs): Your right to take withdrawals is restricted if your contract is a TSA (see “TSA — Special Provisions”).

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    165

Key terms and provisions of theSecureSource rider are described below:

Withdrawal: The amount by which your contract value is reduced as a result of any withdrawal request. It may differ from the amount of your request due to any surrender charge and any market value adjustment.

Waiting period: Any period of time starting on the rider effective date during which the annual step up is not available if you take withdrawals. Currently, there is no waiting period. For contracts purchased prior to June 1, 2008, the waiting period is three years.

Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA): The total cumulative withdrawals guaranteed by the rider under the basic withdrawal benefit. The maximum GBA is $5,000,000. The GBA cannot be withdrawn and is not payable as a death benefit. It is an interim value used to calculate the amount available for withdrawals each year under the basic withdrawal benefit (see “Guaranteed Benefit Payment” below). At any time, the total GBA is the sum of the individual GBAs associated with each purchase payment.

The GBA is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At contract issue — the GBA is equal to the initial purchase payment.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own GBA equal to the amount of the purchase payment.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When an individual RBA is reduced to zero — the GBA that is associated with that RBA will also be set to zero.

• When you make a withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up — Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the GBA associated with each purchase payment will be reset to the amount of that purchase payment. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first withdrawal is made.

• When you make a withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the total RBP — the GBA remains unchanged. If there have been multiple purchase payments, both the total GBA and each payment’s GBA remain unchanged.
(b)	is greater than the total RBP —GBA excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the GBA. If the withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing is applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

GBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The total GBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the total GBA immediately prior to the withdrawal; or (b) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s GBA after the withdrawal will be reset to equal that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal plus (a) times (b), where:

(a)	is the ratio of the total GBA after the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal to the total GBA before the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal; and
(b)	is each payment’s GBA before the withdrawal less that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal.

Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA): Each withdrawal you make reduces the amount that is guaranteed by the rider as future withdrawals. At any point in time, the RBA equals the amount of GBA that remains available for withdrawals for the remainder of the contract’s life, and total RBA is the sum of the individual RBAs associated with each purchase payment. The maximum RBA is $5,000,000.

The RBA is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At contract issue — the RBA is equal to the initial purchase payment.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own RBA initially set equal to that payment’s GBA (the amount of the purchase payment).

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When you make a withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up — Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the RBA associated with each purchase payment will be reset to the amount of that purchase payment. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first withdrawal is made.

• When you make a withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the total RBP — the total RBA is reduced by the amount of the withdrawal. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s RBA is reduced in proportion to its RBP.
(b)	is greater than the total RBP —RBA excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the RBA. If the withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing is applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

166    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

RBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The total RBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal, or (b) the total RBA immediately prior to the withdrawal, less the amount of the withdrawal.

If there have been multiple purchase payments, both the total RBA and each payment’s RBA will be reset. The total RBA will be reset according to the excess withdrawal processing described above. Each payment’s RBA will be reset in the following manner:

1.	The withdrawal amount up to the total RBP is taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its individual RBP at the time of the withdrawal; and
2.	The withdrawal amount above the total RBP and any amount determined by the excess withdrawal processing are taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its RBA at the time of the withdrawal.

Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP): At any time, the amount available for withdrawal in each contract year after the waiting period, until the RBA is reduced to zero, under the basic withdrawal benefit. At any point in time, each purchase payment has its own GBP, which is equal to the lesser of that payment’s RBA or 7% of that payment’s GBA, and the total GBP is the sum of the individual GBPs.

During the waiting period, the guaranteed annual withdrawal amount may be less than the GBP due to the limitations the waiting period imposes on your ability to utilize both annual step-ups and withdrawals (see “Waiting Period” heading above). The guaranteed annual withdrawal amount during the waiting period is equal to the value of the RBP at the beginning of the contract year.

The GBP is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At contract issue — the GBP is established as 7% of the GBA value.

• At each contract anniversary — each payment’s GBP is reset to the lesser of that payment’s RBA or 7% of that payment’s GBA value.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own GBP equal to 7% of the purchase payment amount.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When an individual RBA is reduced to zero — the GBP associated with that RBA will also be reset to zero.

• When you make a withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up — Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the GBA and the RBA associated with each purchase payment will be reset to the amount of that purchase payment. Each payment’s GBP will be reset to 7% of that purchase payment. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first withdrawal is made.

• When you make a withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the total RBP — the GBP remains unchanged.
(b)	is greater than the total RBP — each payment’s GBP is reset to the lesser of that payment’s RBA or 7% of that payment’s GBA value, based on the RBA and GBA after the withdrawal. If the withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing is applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

Remaining Benefit Payment (RBP): The amount available for withdrawal for the remainder of the contract year under the basic withdrawal benefit. At any point in time, the total RBP is the sum of the RBPs for each purchase payment. During the waiting period, when the guaranteed amount may be less than the GBP, the value of the RBP at the beginning of the contract year will be that amount that is actually guaranteed each contract year.

The RBP is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At the beginning of each contract year during the waiting period and prior to any withdrawal — the RBP for each purchase payment is set equal to that purchase payment multiplied by 7%.

• At the beginning of any other contract year — the RBP for each purchase payment is set equal to that purchase payment’s GBP.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment has its own RBP equal to that payment’s GBP.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• At spousal continuation — (see “Spousal Option to Continue the Contract” heading below).

• When an individual RBA is reduced to zero— the RBP associated with that RBA will also be reset to zero.

• When you make any withdrawal — the total RBP is reset to equal the total RBP immediately prior to the withdrawal less the amount of the withdrawal, but not less than zero. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s RBP is reduced proportionately.If you withdraw an amount greater than the RBP, GBA excess

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    167

withdrawal processing and RBA excess withdrawal processing are applied and the amount available for future withdrawals for the remainder of the contract’s life may be reduced by more than the amount of withdrawal. When determining if a withdrawal will result in the excess withdrawal processing, the applicable RBP will not yet reflect the amount of the current withdrawal.

Single Life only: Covered Person: The person whose life is used to determine when the ALP is established, and the duration of the ALP payments (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below). The covered person is the oldest contract owner or annuitant. If the owner is a nonnatural person, i.e., a trust or corporation, the covered person is the oldest annuitant. A spousal continuation or a change of contract ownership may reduce the amount of the lifetime withdrawal benefit and may change the covered person.

Joint Life only: Covered Spouses: The contract owner and his or her legally married spouse as defined under federal law, as named on the application for as long as the marriage is valid and in effect. If the contract owner is a nonnatural person (e.g., a trust), the covered spouses are the annuitant and the legally married spouse of the annuitant. The covered spouses lives are used to determine when the ALP is established, and the duration of the ALP payments (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below). The covered spouses are established on the rider effective date and cannot be changed.

Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA):

• Single Life: The covered person’s age after which time the lifetime benefit can be established. Currently, the lifetime benefit can be established on the later of the contract effective date or the contract anniversary date on/following the date the covered person reaches age 65.

• Joint Life:The age of the younger covered spouse at which time the lifetime benefit is established.

Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP): Once established, the ALP under the lifetime withdrawal benefit is at any time the amount available for withdrawals in each contract year after the waiting period until the later of:

• Single Life: death; or

• Joint Life: death of the last surviving covered spouse; or

• the RBA is reduced to zero.

The maximum ALP is $300,000. Prior to establishment of the ALP, the lifetime withdrawal benefit is not in effect and the ALP is zero.

During the waiting period, the guaranteed annual lifetime withdrawal amount may be less than the ALP due to the limitations the waiting period imposes on your ability to utilize both annual step-ups and withdrawals (see “Waiting Period” heading above). The guaranteed annual lifetime withdrawal amount during the waiting period is equal to the value of the RALP at the beginning of the contract year.

The ALP is determined at the following times:

• Single Life: The later of the contract effective date or the contract anniversary date on/following the date the covered person reaches age 65 — the ALP is established as 6% of the total RBA.

• Joint Life: The ALP is established as 6% of the total RBA on the earliest of the following dates:

(a)	the rider effective date if the younger covered spouse has already reached age 65.
(b)	the rider anniversary on/following the date the younger covered spouse reaches age 65.
(c)	upon the first death of a covered spouse, then

(1)	the date we receive written request when the death benefit is not payable and the surviving covered spouse has already reached age 65; or
(2)	the date spousal continuation is effective when the death benefit is payable and the surviving covered spouse has already reached age 65; or
(3)	the rider anniversary on/following the date the surviving covered spouse reaches age 65.

(d) Following dissolution of marriage of the covered spouses,

(1)	the date we receive written request if the remaining covered spouse who is the owner (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural ownership) has already reached age 65; or
(2)	the rider anniversary on/following the date the remaining covered spouse who is the owner (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural ownership) reaches age 65.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment increases the ALP by 6% of the amount of the purchase payment.

• At step ups — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• Single Life: At spousal continuation or contract ownership change — (see “Spousal Option to Continue the Contract” and “Contract Ownership Change” headings below).

168    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• When you make a withdrawal during the waiting period and after a step up — Any prior annual step ups will be reversed. Step up reversal means that the ALP will be reset to equal total purchase payments multiplied by 6%. The step up reversal will only happen once during the waiting period, when the first withdrawal is made.

• When you make a withdrawal at any time and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the RALP — the ALP remains unchanged.
(b)	is greater than the RALP —ALP excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the ALP. If the withdrawal is made during the waiting period, the excess withdrawal processing is applied AFTER any previously applied annual step ups have been reversed.

20% Rider Credit (for contracts with applications signed on or after June 1, 2008)

If you do not make a withdrawal during the first three rider years, then a 20% rider credit may increase your ALP. This credit is 20% of purchase payments received in the first 180 days that the rider is in effect and is used to establish the enhanced lifetime base. The enhanced lifetime base is an amount that may be used to increase the ALP. The 20% rider credit does not increase the basic withdrawal benefit or the contract value. Because step ups may increase your ALP, they may reduce or eliminate any benefit of the 20% rider credit.

Enhanced Lifetime Base (for contracts with applications signed on or after June 1, 2008)

The enhanced lifetime base will be established initially on the third rider anniversary. If you do not make a withdrawal during the first three rider years, then the enhanced lifetime base will be the sum of all purchase payments received during the first three rider years and the 20% rider credit. If you make a withdrawal during the first three rider years, then the 20% rider credit does not apply and the enhanced lifetime base will be established as zero and will always be zero.

The maximum enhanced lifetime base at any time is $5,000,000.

If the enhanced lifetime base is greater than zero, then it will:

• increase by the amount of any purchase payments received on or after the third rider anniversary.

• be reduced by any withdrawal in the same proportion as the withdrawal reduces the RBA and, if the withdrawal exceeds the RBP, it will then be set to the lesser of this reduced value and the contract value immediately following the withdrawal.

• be set to the lesser of its current value and the contract value, if you choose an asset allocation model that is more aggressive than the target model while you are in the withdrawal phase.

If any of the following events occur, then the enhanced lifetime base will be established as or reset to zero and will always be zero:

• The total RBA is reduced to zero.

• You selected the Single Life rider, and there is a change in the covered person, including changes due to spousal continuations and ownership changes.

The enhanced lifetime base is an amount that may be used to increase the ALP and cannot be withdrawn or annuitized.

Increase in ALP because of the Enhanced Lifetime Base (for contracts with applications signed on or after June 1, 2008)

As of the later of the third rider anniversary and the date the initial ALP is established, the ALP will be increased to equal the enhanced lifetime base multiplied by 6%, if this amount is greater than the current ALP. Thereafter, the enhanced lifetime base will always be zero.

ALP Excess Withdrawal Processing

The ALP is reset to the lesser of the ALP immediately prior to the withdrawal, or 6% of the contract value immediately following the withdrawal.

Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (RALP): The amount available for withdrawal for the remainder of the contract year under the lifetime withdrawal benefit. During the waiting period, when the guaranteed annual withdrawal amount may be less than the ALP, the value of the RALP at the beginning of the contract year will be the amount that is actually guaranteed each contract year. Prior to establishment of the ALP, the lifetime withdrawal benefit is not in effect and the RALP is zero.

The RALP is determined at the following times:

• The RALP is established at the same time as the ALP, and:

(a) During the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals— the RALP is established equal to 6% of purchase payments.

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    169

(b) At any other time — the RALP is established equal to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the contract year but not less than zero.

• At the beginning of each contract year during the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals — the RALP is set equal to the total purchase payments, multiplied by 6%.

• At the beginning of any other contract year — the RALP is set equal to ALP.

• When you make additional purchase payments — each additional purchase payment increases the RALP by 6% of the purchase payment amount.

• At step ups — (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

• When you make any withdrawal — the RALP equals the RALP immediately prior to the withdrawal less the amount of the withdrawal but not less than zero.If you withdraw an amount greater than the RALP, ALP excess withdrawal processing is applied and may reduce the amount available for future withdrawals. When determining if a withdrawal will result in excess withdrawal processing, the applicable RALP will not yet reflect the amount of the current withdrawal.

Required Minimum Distributions (RMD): If you are taking RMDs from your contract and your RMD calculated separately for your contract is greater than the RBP or the RALP on the most recent contract anniversary, the portion of your RMD that exceeds the RBP or RALP on the most recent rider anniversary will not be subject to excess withdrawal processing provided that the following conditions are met:

• The RMD is for your contract alone;

• The RMD is based on your recalculated life expectancy taken from the Uniform Lifetime Table under the Code; and

• The RMD amount is otherwise based on the requirements of section 401(a)(9), related Code provisions and regulations thereunder that were in effect on the effective date of the rider.

RMD rules follow the calendar year which most likely does not coincide with your contract year and therefore may limit when you can take your RMD and not be subject to excess withdrawal processing.

Withdrawal amounts greater than the RBP or RALP on the contract anniversary date that do not meet these conditions will result in excess withdrawal processing as described above. See Appendix E for additional information.

Step Up Date: The date any step up becomes effective, and depends on the type of step up being applied (see “Annual Step Up” and “Spousal Continuation Step Up” headings below).

Annual Step Up: Beginning with the first contract anniversary, an increase of the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and/or RALP values may be available. A step up does not create contract value, guarantee the performance of any investment option, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn or paid upon death. Rather, a step up determines the current values of the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP, and may extend the payment period or increase the allowable payment.

The annual step up may be available as described below, subject to the following rules:

• The annual step up is effective on the step up date.

• Only one step up is allowed each contract year.

• If you take any withdrawals during the waiting period, any previously applied step ups will be reversed and the Annual step up will not be available until the end of the waiting period.

• On any rider anniversary where the RBA or, if established, the ALP would increase and the application of the step up would not increase the rider charge, the annual step up will be automatically applied to your contract, and the step up date is the contract anniversary date.

• If the application of the step up would increase the rider charge, the annual step up is not automatically applied. Instead, you have the option to step up for 30 days after the contract anniversary as long as either the contract value is greater than the total RBA or 6% of the contract value is greater than the ALP, if established, on the step-up date. If you exercise the elective annual step up option, you will pay the rider charge in effect on the step up date. If you wish to exercise the elective annual step up option, we must receive a request from you or your investment professional. The step up date is the date we receive your request to step up. If your request is received after the close of business, the step up date will be the next valuation day. If you request an elective step up or the elective spousal continuation step up on or after Dec. 18, 2013, the fee that will apply to your rider will correspond to the fund in which you are invested at that time (see “Optional Living benefit Charges —SecureSource Rider fee”).Before you elect a step up resulting in an increased rider fee, you should carefully consider the benefit of the contract value gains you are locking-in and the increased rider fee compared to your other options including whether it is appropriate to consider moving to a fund with a lower corresponding rider fee.

• The ALP and RALP are not eligible for step ups until they are established. Prior to being established, the ALP and RALP values are both zero.

• Please note it is possible for the ALP to step up even if the RBA or GBA do not step up, and it is also possible for the RBA and GBA to step up even if the ALP does not step up.

170    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The annual step up resets the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP values as follows:

• The total RBA will be reset to the greater of the total RBA immediately prior to the step up date or the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The total GBA will be reset to the greater of the total GBA immediately prior to the step up date or the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The total GBP will be reset using the calculation as described above based on the increased GBA and RBA.

• The total RBP will be reset as follows:

(a)	During the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals, the RBP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	At any other time, the RBP will be reset to the increased GBP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

• The ALP will be reset to the greater of the ALP immediately prior to the step up date or 6% of the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the step up date.

• The RALP will be reset as follows:

(a)	During the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals, the RALP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	At any other time, the RALP will be reset to the increased ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

Spousal Option to Continue the Contract upon Owner’s Death (Spousal Continuation):

Single Life: If a surviving spouse elects to continue the contract and continues the contract as the new owner under the spousal continuation provision of the contract, theSecureSource – Single Life rider also continues. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate. When the spouse elects to continue the contract, any remaining waiting period is cancelled and any waiting period limitations on withdrawals and step-ups terminate; if the covered person changes due to spousal continuation the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP values are affected as follows:

• The GBA, RBA and GBP values remain unchanged.

• The RBP is automatically reset to the GBP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

• If the ALP has not yet been established and the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the date of continuation — the ALP will be established on the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65 as the lesser of the RBA or the contract anniversary value, multiplied by 6%. The RALP will be established on the same date equal to the ALP.

• If the ALP has not yet been established but the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the date of continuation — the ALP will be established on the date of continuation as the lesser of the RBA or the contract value, multiplied by 6%. The RALP will be established on the same date in an amount equal to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

• If the ALP has been established but the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the date of continuation — the ALP and RALP will be automatically reset to zero for the period of time beginning with the date of continuation and ending with the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65. At the end of this time period, the ALP will be reset to the lesser of the RBA or the anniversary contract value, multiplied by 6%, and the RALP will be reset to the ALP.

• If the ALP has been established and the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the date of continuation— the ALP will be automatically reset to the lesser of the current ALP or 6% of the contract value on the date of continuation. The RALP will be reset to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year, but not less than zero.

Please note that the lifetime withdrawal benefit amount may be reduced as a result of the spousal continuation.

Joint Life: If a surviving spouse is a covered spouse and elects the spousal continuation provision of the contract as the new owner, theSecureSource – Joint Life rider also continues. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate. When the spouse elects to continue the contract, any remaining waiting period is cancelled and any waiting period limitations on withdrawals and step-ups terminate. The surviving covered spouse can name a new beneficiary, however, a new covered spouse cannot be added to the rider.

Spousal Continuation Step Up: At the time of spousal continuation, a step-up may be available. All annual step-up rules (see “Annual Step-Up” heading above), other than those that apply to the waiting period, also apply to the spousal continuation step-up. If the spousal continuation step-up is processed automatically, the step-up date is the valuation date spousal continuation is effective. If not, the spouse must elect the step up and must do so within 30 days of the

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    171

spousal continuation date. If the spouse elects the spousal continuation step up, the step-up date is the valuation date we receive the spouse’s written request to step-up if we receive the request by the close of business on that day, otherwise the next valuation date.

Rules for Withdrawal Provision of Your Contract: Minimum account values following a withdrawal no longer apply to your contract. For withdrawals, the withdrawal will be made from the variable subaccounts, guarantee period accounts (where available), the one-year fixed account (if applicable) and the DCA fixed account in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to the contract value. You cannot specify from which accounts the withdrawal is to be made.

If Contract Value Reduces to Zero: If the contract value reduces to zero and the total RBA remains greater than zero, you will be paid in the following scenarios:

1) The ALP has not yet been established and the contract value is reduced to zero as a result of fees or charges or a withdrawal that is less than or equal to the RBP. In this scenario, you can choose to:

(a)	receive the remaining schedule of GBPs until the RBA equals zero; or
(b)	Single Life: wait until the rider anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65, and then receive the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the covered person, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero; or
(c)	Joint Life: wait until the rider anniversary following the date the younger covered spouse reaches age 65, and then receive the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the last surviving covered spouse, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero.

We will notify you of this option. If no election is made, the ALP will be paid.

2) The ALP has been established and the contract value reduces to zero as a result of fees or charges, or a withdrawal that is less than or equal to both the RBP and the RALP. In this scenario, you can choose to receive:

(a)	the remaining schedule of GBPs until the RBA equals zero; or
(b)	Single Life: the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the covered person, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero; or
(c)	Joint Life: the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the last surviving covered spouse, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero.

We will notify you of this option. If no election is made, the ALP will be paid.

3)	The ALP has been established and the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RALP but less than or equal to the RBP. In this scenario, the remaining schedule of GBPs will be paid until the RBA equals zero.
4)	The ALP has been established and the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RBP but less than or equal to the RALP. In this scenario, the ALP will be paid annually until the death of the:

• Single Life: covered person;

• Joint Life: last surviving covered spouse.

Under any of these scenarios:

• The annualized amounts will be paid to you in the frequency you elect. You may elect a frequency offered by us at the time payments begin. Available payment frequencies will be no less frequent than annually;

• We will no longer accept additional purchase payments;

• You will no longer be charged for the rider;

• Any attached death benefit riders will terminate; and

• Single Life: The death benefit becomes the remaining payments, if any, until the RBA is reduced to zero.

• Joint Life: If the owner had been receiving the ALP, upon the first death the ALP will continue to be paid annually until the later of: 1) the death of the last surviving covered spouse or 2) the RBA is reduced to zero. In all other situations the death benefit becomes the remaining payments, if any, until the RBA is reduced to zero.

TheSecureSource rider and the contract will terminate under either of the following two scenarios:

• If the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than both the RALP and the RBP. This is full withdrawal of the contract value.

• If the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RALP but less than or equal to the RBP, and the total RBA is reduced to zero.

172    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

At Death:

Single Life: If the contract value is greater than zero when the death benefit becomes payable, the beneficiary may: 1) elect to take the death benefit under the terms of the contract, 2) take the fixed payout option available under this rider, or 3) continue the contract under the spousal continuation provision of the contract above.

If the contract value equals zero and the death benefit becomes payable, the following will occur:

• If the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the GBP each year, the GBP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person dies and the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person is still alive and the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the later of the death of the covered person or the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person is still alive and the RBA equals zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the death of the covered person.

• If the covered person dies and the RBA equals zero, the benefit terminates. No further payments will be made.

Joint Life: If the death benefit becomes payable at the death of a covered spouse, the surviving covered spouse must utilize the spousal continuation provision of the contract and continue the contract as the new owner to continue the joint benefit. If spousal continuation is not available under the terms of the contract, the rider terminates. The lifetime benefit of this rider ends at the death of the last surviving covered spouse.

If the contract value is greater than zero when the death benefit becomes payable, the beneficiary may: 1) elect to take the death benefit under the terms of the contract, 2) take the fixed payout option available under this rider, or 3) continue the contract under the spousal continuation provision of the contract above.

If the contract value equals zero at the first death of a covered spouse, the ALP will continue to be paid annually until the later of: 1) the death of the last surviving covered spouse or 2) the RBA is reduced to zero.

If the contract value equals zero at the death of the last surviving covered spouse, the following will occur:

• If the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the GBP each year, the GBP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the RBA equals zero, the benefit terminates. No further payments will be made.

Contract Ownership Change:

Single Life: If the contract changes ownership (see “Changing Ownership”), the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP values will remain unchanged and the ALP and RALP will be reset as follows. Our current administrative practice is to only reset the ALP and RALP if the covered person changes due to the ownership change.

• If the ALP has not yet been established and the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the ownership change date— the ALP and the RALP will be established on the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65. The ALP will be set equal to the lesser of the RBA or the anniversary contract value, multiplied by 6%. If the anniversary date occurs during the waiting period and prior to a withdrawal, the RALP will be set equal to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments multiplied by 6%. If the anniversary date occurs at any other time, the RALP will be set equal to the ALP.

• If the ALP has not yet been established but the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the ownership change date — the ALP and the RALP will be established on the ownership change date. The ALP will be set equal to the lesser of the RBA or the contract value, multiplied by 6%. If the ownership change date occurs during the waiting period and prior to a withdrawal, the RALP will be set to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments multiplied by 6%. If the ownership change date occurs at any other time, the RALP will be set to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year but not less than zero.

• If the ALP has been established but the new covered person has not yet reached age 65 as of the ownership change date — the ALP and the RALP will be reset to zero for the period of time beginning with the ownership change date and ending with the contract anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65. At the end of this time period, the ALP will be reset to the lesser of the RBA or the anniversary contract value, multiplied by 6%. If the time period ends during the waiting period and prior to any withdrawals, the RALP will be reset to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments multiplied by 6%. If the time period ends at any other time, the RALP will be reset to the ALP.

• If the ALP has been established and the new covered person is age 65 or older as of the ownership change date — the ALP and the RALP will be reset on the ownership change date. The ALP will be reset to the lesser of the current

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    173

ALP or 6% of the contract value. If the ownership change date occurs during the waiting period and prior to a withdrawal, the RALP will be reset to the lesser of the ALP or total purchase payments multiplied by 6%. If the ownership change date occurs at any other time, the RALP will be reset to the ALP less all prior withdrawals made in the current contract year but not less than zero.

Please note that the lifetime withdrawal benefit amount may be reduced as a result of the ownership change.

Joint Life: Ownership changes are only allowed between the covered spouses or their revocable trust(s). No other ownership changes are allowed as long as the rider is in force.

Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Annuity Option: Several annuity payout plans are available under the contract. As an alternative to these annuity payout plans, a fixed annuity payout option is available under theSecureSource rider.

Under this option the amount payable each year will be equal to the remaining schedule of GBPs, but the total amount paid over the life of the annuity will not exceed the current total RBA at the time you begin this fixed annuity payout option. These annualized amounts will be paid in the frequency that you elect. The frequencies will be among those offered by us at that time but will be no less frequent than annually. If, at the death of the owner, total payouts have been made for less than the RBA, the remaining payouts will be paid to the beneficiary (see “The Annuity Payout Period” and “Taxes”).

This option may not be available if the contract is issued to qualify under section 403 or 408 of the Code, as amended. For such contracts, this option will be available only if the guaranteed payment period is less than the life expectancy of the owner at the time the option becomes effective. Such life expectancy will be computed using a life expectancy table published by the IRS.

This annuity payout option may also be elected by the beneficiary of a contract as a settlement option if payments begin no later than one year after your death and the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy. Whenever multiple beneficiaries are designated under the contract, each such beneficiary’s share of the proceeds if they elect this option will be in proportion to their applicable designated beneficiary percentage. Beneficiaries of nonqualified contracts may elect this settlement option subject to the distribution requirements of the contract. We reserve the right to adjust the remaining schedule of GBPs if necessary to comply with the Code.

Rider Termination

TheSecureSource rider cannot be terminated either by you or us except as follows:

1.	Single Life: After the death benefit is payable the rider will terminate if your spouse does not use the spousal continuation provision of the contract to continue the contract.
2.	Joint Life: After the death benefit is payable the rider will terminate if:

(a)	any one other than a covered spouse continues the contract, or
(b)	a covered spouse does not use the spousal continuation provision of the contract to continue the contract.

3.	Annuity payouts under an annuity payout plan will terminate the rider.
4.	Termination of the contract for any reason will terminate the rider.
5.	When a beneficiary elects an alternative payment plan which is an inherited IRA, the rider will terminate.

174    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix N:SecureSource 20Rider Disclosure

Securesource 20 Rider

This is an optional benefit that you can add to your contract for an additional charge. The benefit is intended to provide to you, after the waiting period, a specified withdrawal amount annually for life, even if your contract value is zero, subject to the terms and provisions described in this section. This benefit offers a credit feature to help in low or poor performing markets and a step up feature to lock in contract anniversary values. TheSecureSource 20 rider may be appropriate for you if you intend to make periodic withdrawals from your annuity contract and wish to ensure that market performance will not adversely affect your ability to withdraw your principal over time. This benefit is intended for assets you plan to hold and let accumulate for at least three years. If you take any withdrawals during the 3-year waiting period, your benefits will be set to zero until the end of the waiting period when they will be re-established based on your contract value at that time and you will not receive 20% credit offered under this rider.

There are two optionalSecureSource 20 riders available under your contract:

• SecureSource 20 — Single Life; or

• SecureSource 20 — Joint Life.

The information in this section applies to both Secure Source 20 riders, unless otherwise noted.

For the purpose of this rider, the term “withdrawal” has the same meaning as the term “surrender” in the contract or any other riders

TheSecureSource 20 — Single Life rider covers one person. TheSecureSource 20 — Joint Life Rider covers two spouses jointly who are named at contract issue. You may elect only theSecureSource 20 — Single Life rider or theSecureSource 20 — Joint Life rider, not both, and you may not switch riders later. You must elect the rider when you purchase your contract. The rider effective date will be the contract issue date.

TheSecureSource 20 rider is an optional benefit that you may select, if approved in your state, for an additional annual charge if:

• your contract application is signed on or after Aug. 10, 2009, but prior to Nov. 30, 2009; and

• Single Life: you and the annuitant are 80 or younger on the date the contract is issued; or

• Joint Life: you and your spouse are 80 or younger on the date the contract is issued.

TheSecureSource 20 riders are not available under an inherited qualified annuity.

TheSecureSource 20 rider guarantees that after the waiting period, regardless of the investment performance of your contract, you will be able to withdraw up to a certain amount each year from the contract before the annuity payouts begin until:

• Single Life: until death (see “At Death” heading below) or until the depletion of the basic benefit.

• Joint Life: until the death of the last surviving covered spouse (see “Joint Life only: Covered Spouses” and “At Death” headings below) or until the depletion of the basic benefit.

Key Terms

The key terms associated with theSecureSource 20 rider are:

Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP): the lifetime benefit amount available each contract year after the waiting period and until your death (Joint Life: the death of both covered spouses). After the waiting period, the annual withdrawal amount guaranteed by the rider can vary each contract year. The maximum ALP is $300,000.

Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA): the age at which the lifetime benefit is established.

Enhanced Lifetime Base (ELB): used in the calculation of the ALP on the later of the ELB date or the establishment of the ALP. The ELB cannot be withdrawn or annuitized and is not payable as a death benefit.

Guaranteed Benefit Amount (GBA): the total cumulative withdrawals guaranteed by the rider under the basic benefit. The maximum GBA is $5,000,000. The GBA cannot be withdrawn or annuitized and is not payable as a death benefit. It is an interim value used to calculate the amount available for withdrawals each year after the waiting period under the basic benefit (see “Guaranteed Benefit Payment” below). At any time, the total GBA is the sum of the individual GBAs associated with each purchase payment.

Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP):the basic benefit amount available each contract year after the waiting period until the RBA is reduced to zero. After the waiting period the annual withdrawal amount guaranteed by the rider can vary each contract year.

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    175

Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (RALP): as you make withdrawals during a contract year, the remaining amount that the rider guarantees will be available for withdrawal that year is reduced. The RALP is the lifetime benefit amount that can be withdrawn during the remainder of the current contract year.

Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA): each withdrawal you make reduces the amount that is guaranteed by the rider for future withdrawals. At any point in time, the RBA equals the amount of GBA that remains available for withdrawals for the remainder of the contract’s life, and total RBA is the sum of the individual RBAs associated with each purchase payment. The maximum RBA is $5,000,000.

Remaining Benefit Payment (RBP): as you make withdrawals during a contract year, the remaining amount that the rider guarantees will be available for withdrawal that year is reduced. The RBP is the basic benefit amount that can be withdrawn during the remainder of the current contract year.

Waiting period: The period of time before you can take a withdrawal without affecting benefits under the rider. The waiting period starts on the rider effective date and ends on the day prior to the third rider anniversary.

Withdrawal Adjustment Base (WAB): one of the components used to determine the GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage. The WAB cannot be withdrawn or annuitized and is not payable as a death benefit.

Withdrawal: The amount by which your contract value is reduced as a result of any withdrawal request. It may differ from the amount of your request due to any surrender charge and any market value adjustment.

Description of theSecureSource 20 Rider

Before the lifetime benefit is established, the annual withdrawal amount guaranteed by the riders after the waiting period is the basic benefit amount. After the lifetime benefit is established and after the waiting period, the riders guarantee that you have the option each contract year to cumulatively withdraw an amount up to the lifetime benefit amount or the basic benefit amount, but the riders do not guarantee withdrawal of both in a contract year.

The lifetime withdrawal benefit is established automatically:

• Single Life: on the rider anniversary date after the covered person reaches age 65, or on the rider effective date if the covered person is age 65 or older on the rider effective date (see “Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA)” heading below);

• Joint Life: on the rider anniversary date after the younger covered spouse reaches age 65, or on the rider effective date if the younger covered spouse is age 65 or older on the rider effective date (see “Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA)” and “Annual Lifetime Payments (ALP)” headings below).

The basic benefit amount and the lifetime benefit amount can vary based on the relationship of your contract value to the Withdrawal Adjustment Base (WAB). When the first withdrawal is taken each contract year after the waiting period, the percentages used to determine the benefit amounts are set and fixed for the remainder of that year.

If you withdraw less than the allowed withdrawal amount in a contract year, the unused portion cannot be carried over to the next year.

If you withdraw more than the allowed withdrawal amount in a contract year, we call this an “excess withdrawal” under the rider. Excess withdrawals trigger an adjustment of a benefit’s guaranteed amount, which may cause it to be reduced (see “GBA Excess Withdrawal Processing,” “RBA Excess Withdrawal Processing,” and “ALP Excess Withdrawal Processing” headings below).

Please note that basic benefit and lifetime benefit each has its own definition of the allowed annual withdrawal amount. Therefore a withdrawal may be considered an excess withdrawal for purposes of the lifetime benefit only, the basic benefit only, or both.

At any time after the waiting period, as long as your withdrawal does not exceed the greater of the basic benefit amount or the lifetime benefit amount, if established, you will not be assessed a surrender charge or any market value adjustment. If your withdrawals exceed the greater of the RBP or the RALP, surrender charges under the terms of the contract may apply (see “Charges — Surrender Charges”). The amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable surrender charge. Market value adjustments, if applicable, will also be made (see “Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs) — Market Value Adjustment”). We pay you the amount you request. Any withdrawals you take under the contract will reduce the value of the death benefits (see “Benefits in Case of Death”). Upon full withdrawal, you will receive the remaining contract value less any applicable charges (see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Withdrawals”).

Subject to conditions and limitations, an annual step-up can increase the basic benefit amount and the lifetime benefit amount, if your contract value has increased on a rider anniversary.

176    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Subject to conditions and limitations, if no withdrawals are taken prior to the third rider anniversary, the 20% rider credit may increase the lifetime benefit (if already established) or the Enhanced Lifetime Base (ELB) may increase the lifetime benefit (when established).

The values associated with the basic benefit are GBA, RBA, GBP and RBP. The values associated with the lifetime benefit are ALP, RALP and ELB. ALP and GBP are similar in that they are the annual withdrawal amount for each benefit after the waiting period. RALP and RBP are similar in that they are the remaining amount that can be withdrawn during the current contract year for each benefit.

ImportantSecureSource 20 Rider Considerations

You should consider whether aSecureSource 20 rider is appropriate for you taking into account the following considerations:

You will begin paying the rider charge as of the rider effective date, even if you do not begin taking withdrawals for many years. It is possible that your contract performance, fees and charges, and withdrawal pattern may be such that your contract value will not be depleted in your lifetime and you will not receive any monetary value under the rider.

• Lifetime Benefit Limitations: The lifetime benefit is subject to certain limitations, including but not limited to:

(a) Single Life: Once the contract value equals zero, payments are made for as long as the covered person is living (see “If Contract Value Reduces to Zero” heading below). However, if the contract value is greater than zero, the lifetime benefit terminates at the first death of any owner or annuitant even if the covered person is still living (see “At Death” heading below). Therefore, the rider will terminate when a death benefit becomes payable. This possibility may present itself when:

(i)	There are multiple contract owners — when one of the contract owners dies the lifetime benefit terminates even though other contract owners are still living; or
(ii)	The owner and the annuitant are not the same persons — if the annuitant dies before the owner, the lifetime benefit terminates even though the owner is still living.

Joint Life: Once the contract value equals zero, payments are made for as long as either covered spouse is living (see “If Contract Value Reduces to Zero” heading below). However, if the contract value is greater than zero, the lifetime benefit terminates at the death of the last surviving covered spouse (see “At Death” heading below).

(b)	Excess withdrawals can reduce the ALP to zero even though the GBA, RBA, GBP and/or RBP values are greater than zero. If both the ALP and the contract value are zero, the lifetime benefit will terminate.
(c)	If the lifetime benefit is first established prior to the third rider anniversary, the initial ALP is based on the basic benefit’s RBA at that time (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below). If the lifetime benefit is first established on/after the third rider anniversary, the initial ALP is based on the greater of the basic benefit’s RBA and the ELB at that time. Any withdrawal you take before the ALP is established reduces the RBA and ELB and therefore may result in a lower amount of lifetime withdrawals you are allowed to take.
(d)	Withdrawals can reduce both the contract value and the RBA to zero prior to the establishment of the ALP. If this happens, the contract and the rider will terminate.

• Withdrawals: Please consider carefully when you start taking withdrawals from this rider. If you take any withdrawals during the 3-year waiting period, your benefits will be set to zero until the end of the waiting period when they will be re-established based on your contract value at that time and you will not receive 20% credit offered under this rider. Any withdrawal request within the 3-year waiting period must be submitted in writing. Also, after the waiting period if you withdraw more than the allowed withdrawal amount in a contract year (“excess withdrawal”), the guaranteed amounts under the rider may be reduced.

• Investment Allocation Restrictions: You must be invested in one of the approved investment options. These funds are expected to reduce our financial risks and expenses associated with certain living benefits. Although the funds’ investment strategies may help mitigate declines in your contract value due to declining equity markets, the funds’ investment strategies may also curb your contract value gains during periods of positive performance by the equity markets. Additionally, investment in the funds may decrease the number and amount of any benefit base increase opportunities. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds: Volatility and Volatility Management Risk with the Portfolio Stabilizer funds” section.) We reserve the right to add, remove, or substitute approved investment options in the future. This requirement limits your choice of subaccounts, one-year fixed account and GPAs (if available) to the investment options you have selected. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, GPAs or the one-year fixed account that are available under the contract to contract owners who do not elect the rider. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds.”) You may allocate purchase payments to the DCA fixed account, when available, and we will make monthly transfers into the investment option you have chosen. You may make two elective investment option changes per contract year; we reserve the right to limit elective investment option changes if required to comply with the written instructions of a fund (see “Market Timing”).

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    177

The following provisions apply to contracts invested in a Portfolio Navigator fund:

• You can allocate your contract value to any available Portfolio Navigator fund during the following times: (1) prior to your first withdrawal and (2) following a benefit reset due to an investment option change as described below but prior to any subsequent withdrawal. During these accumulation phases, you may request to change your investment option to any available investment option.

• Immediately following a withdrawal your contract value will be reallocated to the target investment option as shown in your contract if your current investment option is more aggressive than the target investment option. If you are in a static model portfolio, this reallocation will be made to the applicable fund of funds investment option. This automatic reallocation is not included in the total number of allowed investment option changes per contract year. The target investment option classification is currently the Moderate investment option. We reserve the right to change the target investment option to an investment option that is more aggressive than the current target investment option after 30 days written notice.

• After you have taken a withdrawal and prior to any benefit reset as described below, you are in a withdrawal phase. During withdrawal phases you may request to change your investment option to the target investment option or any investment option that is more conservative than the target investment option without a benefit reset as described below. If you are in a withdrawal phase and you choose to allocate your contract value to an investment option that is more aggressive than the target investment option, you will be in the accumulation phase again. If this is done after the waiting period, your rider benefit will be reset as follows:

(a)	the total GBA will be reset to the contract value, if your contract value is less; and
(b)	the total RBA will be reset to the contract value, if your contract value is less; and
(c)	the ALP, if established, will be reset to your current ALP Percentage (either 6% or 5% as described under “GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage” heading below) times the contract value, if this amount is less than the current ALP; and
(d)	the GBP will be recalculated as described below, based on the reset GBA and RBA; and
(e)	the RBP will be recalculated as the reset GBP less all prior withdrawals taken during the current contract year, but not less than zero; and
(f)	the RALP will be recalculated as the reset ALP less all prior withdrawals taken during the current contract year, but not less than zero; and
(g)	the WAB will be reset as follows:

• if the ALP has not been established, the WAB will be equal to the reset GBA.

• if the ALP has been established, the WAB will be equal to the reset ALP, divided by the current ALP Percentage; and

(h) the ELB, if greater than zero, will be reset to the contract value, if your contract value is less.

You may request to change your investment option by written request on an authorized form or by another method agreed to by us.

•	Non-Cancelable: Once elected, theSecureSource 20 rider may not be cancelled (except as provided under “Rider Termination” heading below) and the fee will continue to be deducted until the contract or rider is terminated or the contract value reduces to zero (described below).
	Dissolution of marriage does not terminate theSecureSource 20 – Joint Life rider and will not reduce the fee we charge for this rider. The benefit under theSecureSource 20 – Joint Life rider continues for the covered spouse who is the owner of the contract (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural ownership). The rider will terminate at the death of the contract owner (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural ownership) because the original covered spouse will be unable to elect the spousal continuation provision of the contract (see “Joint Life only: Covered Spouses” below).
•	Joint Life:Limitations on Contract Owners, Annuitants and Beneficiaries: Since the joint life benefit will terminate unless the surviving covered spouse continues the contract under the spousal option to continue the contract upon the owner’s death provision, only ownership arrangements that permit such continuation are allowed at rider issue. In general, the covered spouses should be joint owners, or one covered spouse should be the owner and the other covered spouse should be named as the sole primary beneficiary. The annuitant must also be an owner. You are responsible for establishing ownership arrangements that will allow for spousal continuation.
	If you select theSecureSource 20 – Joint Life rider, please consider carefully whether or not you wish to change the beneficiary of your annuity contract. The rider will terminate if the surviving covered spouse can not utilize the spousal continuation provision of the contract when the death benefit is payable.
•	Limitations on Purchase Payments: We reserve the right to limit the cumulative amount of purchase payments (subject to state restrictions), which may limit your ability to make additional purchase payments to increase your contract value as you may have originally intended. For current purchase payment restrictions, please see “Buying Your Contract —Purchase Payments”.
•	Interaction with Total Free Amount (FA) contract provision:The FA is the amount you are allowed to withdraw from the contract in each contract year without incurring a surrender charge (see “Charges — Surrender Charge”). The FA may be greater than the RBP or RALP under this rider. Any amount you withdraw under the contract’s FA provision that

178    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

exceeds the RBP or RALP is subject to the excess withdrawal processing described below for the GBA, RBA and ALP. Also, any amount you withdraw during the waiting period will set all benefits under the rider to zero until the end of the waiting period when they will be reestablished based on the contract value at that time.

You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of the rider in your tax situation because:

• Tax Considerations for Nonqualified Annuities: Under current federal income tax law, withdrawals under nonqualified annuities, including withdrawals taken from the contract under the terms of the rider, are treated less favorably than amounts received as annuity payments under the contract (see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities”). Withdrawals are taxable income to the extent of earnings. Withdrawals of earnings before age 59½ may also incur a 10% IRS early withdrawal penalty. You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of the rider in your tax situation.

• Tax Considerations for Qualified Annuities: Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). If you have a qualified annuity, you may need to take an RMD during the waiting period and such withdrawals will set all benefits under the rider to zero until the end of the waiting period when they will be reestablished based on the contract value at that time. While the rider permits certain excess withdrawals to be taken after the waiting period for the purpose of satisfying RMD requirements for your contract alone without reducing future benefits guaranteed under the rider, there can be no guarantee that changes in the federal income tax law after the effective date of the rider will not require a larger RMD to be taken, in which case, future guaranteed withdrawals under the rider could be reduced. See Appendix E for additional information.

• Treatment of non-spousal distributions: Unless you are married your beneficiary will be required to take distributions as a non-spouse which may result in significantly decreasing the value of the rider. Please note civil unions and domestic partnerships generally are not recognized as marriages for federal tax purposes. For additional information see “Taxes — Other — Spousal status” section of this prospectus.

• Limitations on Tax-Sheltered Annuities (TSA)s: Your right to take withdrawals is restricted if your contract is a TSA (see “TSA — Special Provisions”).

Basic Benefit Description

The GBA and RBA are determined at the following times, subject to the maximum amount of $5,000,000, calculated as described:

• At contract issue — the GBA and RBA are equal to the initial purchase payment.

• When you make additional purchase payments — If a withdrawal is taken during the waiting period, the GBA and RBA will not change when a subsequent purchase payment is made during the waiting period. Prior to any withdrawal during the waiting period and after the waiting period, each additional purchase payment will have its own GBA and RBA established equal to the amount of the purchase payment.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” heading below).

• At spousal continuation— (see “Spousal Option to Continue the Contract upon Owner’s Death” heading below).

• When an individual RBA is reduced to zero — the GBA that is associated with that RBA will also be set to zero.

• When you take a withdrawal during the waiting period — the total GBA and total RBA will be set equal to zero until the end of the waiting period.

• When you take a withdrawal after the waiting period and the amount withdrawn is:

(a)	less than or equal to the total RBP — the total RBA is reduced by the amount of the withdrawal and the GBA remains unchanged. If there have been multiple purchase payments, both the total GBA and each payment’s GBA remain unchanged, and each payment’s RBA is reduced in proportion to its RBP.
(b)	greater than the total RBP —excess withdrawal processing will be applied to the GBA and RBA.

•	On the rider anniversary at the end of the waiting period — If the first withdrawal is taken during the waiting period and you did not decline a rider fee increase, the total GBA and the total RBA will be reset to the contract value.
	If the first withdrawal is taken during the waiting period and you decline a rider fee increase, the total GBA and the total RBA will be reset to the lesser of (1) the GBA at the time of the first withdrawal, plus any additional purchase payments since the time of the first withdrawal, minus all withdrawals, or (2) the contract value.
•	Upon certain changes to your PN program investment options under the PN program as described under “Use of Portfolio Navigator Program Required,” above.

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    179

Gba Excess Withdrawal Processing

The total GBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the total GBA immediately prior to the withdrawal; or (b) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s GBA after the withdrawal will be reset to equal that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal plus (a) times (b), where:

(a)	is the ratio of the total GBA after the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal to the total GBA before the withdrawal less the total RBA after the withdrawal; and
(b)	is each payment’s GBA before the withdrawal less that payment’s RBA after the withdrawal.

RBA Excess Withdrawal Processing

The total RBA will automatically be reset to the lesser of (a) the contract value immediately following the withdrawal, or (b) the total RBA immediately prior to the withdrawal, less the amount of the withdrawal.

If there have been multiple purchase payments, both the total RBA and each payment’s RBA will be reset. The total RBA will be reset according to the excess withdrawal processing described above. Each payment’s RBA will be reset in the following manner:

1.	The withdrawal amount up to the total RBP is taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its individual RBP at the time of the withdrawal; and
2.	The withdrawal amount above the total RBP and any amount determined by the excess withdrawal processing are taken out of each RBA bucket in proportion to its RBA at the time of the withdrawal.

GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage: We use two percentages (6% and 5%) to calculate your GBP and ALP. The percentage used can vary as described below:

During the waiting period, 6% will be used to determine the amount payable to beneficiaries under the RBA Payout Option described below. After the waiting period, a comparison of your contract value and the WAB determines your GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage, unless the percentage is fixed as described below. On each valuation date, if the benefit determining percentage is less than the 20% adjustment threshold, then 6% is used in calculating your GBP and ALP; otherwise, 5% is used. Market volatility and returns, the deduction of fees and the 20% credit could impact your benefit determining percentage. The benefit determining percentage is calculated as follows but will not be less than zero:

1	—	(a/b)
a	=	contract value at the end of the prior valuation period
b	=	WAB at the end of the prior valuation period

When the first withdrawal in a contract year is taken, the GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage will be set and fixed for the remainder of that contract year. Beginning on the next rider anniversary, the GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage can change on each valuation date as described above until a withdrawal is taken in that contract year.

Under certain limited situations, your GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage will not vary each contract year. They will be set at the earliest of (1), (2) or (3) below and remain fixed for as long as the benefit is payable:

(1)	when the RBA Payout Option is elected, or
(2)	if the ALP is established, when your contract value on a rider anniversary is less than two times the ALP (for the purpose of this calculation only, the ALP is determined using 5%; the ALP Percentage used to determine your ALP going forward will be either 6% or 5%), or
(3)	when the contract value reduces to zero.

For certain periods of time at our discretion and on a non-discriminatory basis, your GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage may be set by us to 6% if more favorable to you.

Withdrawal Adjustment Base (WAB): One of the components used to determine GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage. The maximum WAB is $5,000,000. The WAB cannot be withdrawn or annuitized and is not payable as a death benefit,

The WAB is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• At Rider Effective Date — the WAB is set equal to the initial purchase payment.

• When a subsequent purchase payment is made — before a withdrawal is taken in the waiting period and at any time after the waiting period, the WAB will be increased by the amount of each additional purchase payment.

• When a withdrawal is taken — if the first withdrawal is taken during the waiting period, the WAB will be set equal to zero until the end of the waiting period.

Whenever a withdrawal is taken after the waiting period, the WAB will be reduced by the amount in (A) unless the withdrawal is an excess withdrawal for the lifetime benefit (or the basic benefit if the ALP is not established) when it will be set equal to the amount in (B).

180    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

(A) The WAB is reduced by an amount as calculated below:

a × b	where:
c

a	=	the amount the contract value is reduced by the withdrawal
b	=	WAB on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal
c	=	the contract value on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal.

(B) If the ALP is not established and the current withdrawal exceeds the RBP, the WAB will be reset to the GBA immediately following excess withdrawal processing.

If the ALP is established and the current withdrawal exceeds the RALP, the WAB will be reset to the ALP divided by the current ALP Percentage (either 5% or 6% as described under “GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage” heading above). In this calculation, we use the ALP immediately following excess withdrawal processing.

• On rider anniversaries — unless you decline a rider fee increase, the WAB will be increased to the contract value on each rider anniversary, if the contract value is greater, except as follows:

(A)	If a withdrawal is taken during the waiting period, the WAB will be increased to the contract value on each rider anniversary beginning at the end of the waiting period, if the contract value is greater.
(B)	If you decline a rider fee increase and a withdrawal is taken during the waiting period, the WAB will be reset to the lesser of (1) the GBA at the time of the first withdrawal, plus any additional purchase payments since the time of the first withdrawal, minus all withdrawals, or (2) the contract value.

• Upon certain changes to your PN program investment option as described under “Use of Portfolio Navigator Program Required,” above.

• On the later of the third rider anniversary or the rider anniversary when the ALP is established — unless you decline a rider fee increase, if the ELB is greater than zero, the WAB will be increased by an amount as calculated below, but not less than zero.

(A)	The ELB, minus
(B)	the greater of:

i)	your contract value, or
ii)	the ALP before the ELB is applied, divided by the ALP Percentage (if the ALP is established) or the total RBA (if the ALP is established on the third rider anniversary).

Guaranteed Benefit Payment (GBP): At any time, the amount available for withdrawal in each contract year after the waiting period, until the RBA is reduced to zero, under the basic benefit. After the waiting period the annual withdrawal amount guaranteed under the rider can vary each contract year. At any point in time, each payment’s GBP is the lesser of (a) and (b) where (a) is the GBA for that payment multiplied by the current GBP percentage (either 5% or 6% as described under “GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage” heading above) and (b) is the RBA for that payment. The total GBP is the sum of the GBPs for each purchase payment.

Remaining Benefit Payment (RBP): The amount available for withdrawal for the remainder of the contract year under the basic benefit. At any point in time, the total RBP is the sum of the RBPs for each purchase payment.

The RBP is determined at the following times, calculated as described:

• During the waiting period — the RBP will be zero.

• At the beginning of any contract year after the waiting period and when the GBP Percentage changes — the RBP for each purchase payment is set equal to that purchase payment’s GBP.

• When you make additional purchase payments after the waiting period — each additional purchase payment has its own RBP equal to the purchase payment, multiplied by the GBP Percentage.

• At step up — (see “Annual Step Up” heading below).

• At spousal continuation — (see “Spousal Option to Continue the Contract upon Owner’s Death” heading below).

• When you make any withdrawal after the waiting period — the total RBP is reset to equal the total RBP immediately prior to the withdrawal less the amount of the withdrawal, but not less than zero. If there have been multiple purchase payments, each payment’s RBP is reduced proportionately.If you withdraw an amount greater than the RBP, GBA excess withdrawal processing and RBA excess withdrawal processing are applied and the amount available for future withdrawals for the remainder of the contract’s life may be reduced by more than the amount of withdrawal. When determining if a withdrawal will result in the excess withdrawal processing, the applicable RBP will not yet reflect the amount of the current withdrawal.

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    181

Lifetime Benefit Description

Single Life only:Covered Person: The person whose life is used to determine when the ALP is established, and the duration of the ALP payments (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below). The covered person is the oldest contract owner or annuitant. If the owner is a nonnatural person, i.e., a trust or corporation, the covered person is the oldest annuitant.

Joint Life only: CoveredSpouses: The contract owner and his or her legally married spouse as defined under federal law, as named on the application for as long as the marriage is valid and in effect. If the contract owner is a nonnatural person (e.g., a trust), the covered spouses are the annuitant and the legally married spouse of the annuitant. The covered spouses lives are used to determine when the ALP is established, and the duration of the ALP payments (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below). The covered spouses are established on the rider effective date and cannot be changed.

Annual Lifetime Payment Attained Age (ALPAA):

• Single Life: The covered person’s age after which time the lifetime benefit can be established. Currently, the lifetime benefit can be established on the later of the contract effective date or the contract anniversary date on/following the date the covered person reaches age 65.

• Joint Life: The age of the younger covered spouse at which time the lifetime benefit is established.

Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP): The ALP is the lifetime benefit amount available for withdrawals in each contract year after the waiting period until the later of:

• Single Life: death; or

• Joint Life: death of the last surviving covered spouse; or

• the RBA is reduced to zero.

The maximum ALP is $300,000. Prior to establishment of the ALP, the lifetime benefit is not in effect and the ALP is zero.

The ALP is determined at the following times:

• Single Life: Initially the ALP is established on the earliest of the following dates:

(a)	the rider effective date if the covered person has already reached age 65.
(b)	the rider anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65,

– if during the waiting period and no prior withdrawal has been taken; or

– if after the waiting period.

(c) the rider anniversary following the end of the waiting period if the covered person is age 65 before the end of the waiting period and a prior withdrawal had been taken.

If the ALP is established prior to the third rider anniversary, the ALP is set equal to the total RBA multiplied by the ALP Percentage (either 5% or 6% as described under “GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage” heading above). If the ALP is established on or following the third rider anniversary, the ALP is set equal to the ALP Percentage multiplied by the greater of the ELB or the total RBA.

• Joint Life: Initially the ALP is established on the earliest of the following dates:

(a)	the rider effective date if the younger covered spouse has already reached age 65.
(b)	the rider anniversary on/following the date the younger covered spouse reaches age 65.
(c)	upon the first death of a covered spouse, then

(1)	the date we receive written request when the death benefit is not payable and the surviving covered spouse has already reached age 65; or
(2)	the date spousal continuation is effective when the death benefit is payable and the surviving covered spouse has already reached age 65; or
(3)	the rider anniversary on/following the date the surviving covered spouse reaches age 65.

(d) Following dissolution of marriage of the covered spouses,

(1)	the date we receive written request if the remaining covered spouse who is the owner (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural ownership) has already reached age 65; or
(2)	the rider anniversary on/following the date the remaining covered spouse who is the owner (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural ownership) reaches age 65.

For (b), (c) and (d) above, if the date described occurs during the waiting period and a prior withdrawal had been taken, we use the rider anniversary following the end of the waiting period to establish the ALP.

182    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If the ALP is established prior to the third rider anniversary, the ALP is set equal to the total RBA multiplied by the ALP Percentage (either 5% or 6% as described under “GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage” heading above). If the ALP is established on or following the third rider anniversary, the ALP is set equal to the ALP Percentage multiplied by the greater of the ELB or the total RBA.

• Whenever the ALP Percentage changes —

(a)	If the ALP Percentage is changing from 6% to 5%, the ALP is reset to the ALP multiplied by 5%, divided by 6%.
(b)	If the ALP Percentage is changing from 5% to 6%, the ALP is reset to the ALP multiplied by 6%, divided by 5%.

• When you make an additional purchase payment — Before a withdrawal is taken in the waiting period and at any time after the waiting period, each additional purchase payment increases the ALP by the amount of the purchase payment, multiplied by the ALP Percentage.

• When you make a withdrawal:

(a)	During the waiting period, the ALP, if established, will be set equal to zero until the end of the waiting period.
(b)	After the waiting period, if the amount withdrawn is:
	(i) less than or equal to the RALP, the ALP is unchanged.
	(ii) greater than the RALP, ALP excess withdrawal processing will occur.

If you withdraw less than the ALP in a contract year, there is no carry over to the next contract year.

• On the rider anniversary at the end of the waiting period— If you took a withdrawal during the waiting period, the ALP is set equal to the contract value multiplied by the ALP Percentage if the covered person (Joint Life: younger covered spouse) has reached age 65.

• At step ups — (see “Annual Step Up” heading below).

• At spousal continuation — (see “Spousal Option to Continue the Contract upon Owner’s Death” heading below).

• Upon certain changes to your PN program investment option under the PN program as described under “Use of Portfolio Navigator Program Required,” above.

20% Rider Credit

If you do not make a withdrawal during the first three rider years and you don’t decline a rider fee increase, then a 20% rider credit may increase your ALP. This credit is 20% of purchase payments received in the first 180 days that the rider is in effect and is used to establish the enhanced lifetime base. The enhanced lifetime base is an amount that may be used to increase the ALP. The 20% rider credit does not increase the basic benefit or the contract value. Because step ups may increase your ALP, they may reduce or eliminate any benefit of the 20% rider credit.

Enhanced Lifetime Base (ELB)

The enhanced lifetime base will be established initially on the third rider anniversary. If you do not decline a rider fee increase and you do not make a withdrawal during the first three rider years, then the enhanced lifetime base will be the sum of all purchase payments received during the first three rider years plus the 20% rider credit. If you make a withdrawal during the first three rider years or decline a rider fee increase, then the 20% rider credit does not apply and the enhanced lifetime base will be established as zero and will always be zero.

The maximum enhanced lifetime base at any time is $5,000,000.

If the enhanced lifetime base is greater than zero, then it will:

• increase by the amount of any purchase payments received on or after the third rider anniversary.

• be reduced by any withdrawal in the same proportion as the withdrawal reduces the RBA and, if the withdrawal exceeds the RBP, it will then be set to the lesser of this reduced value and the contract value immediately following the withdrawal.

• be set to the contract value (if your contract value is less), if you choose an asset allocation model that is more aggressive than the target model while you are in the withdrawal phase.

If any of the following events occur, then the enhanced lifetime base will be established as or reset to zero and will always be zero:

• The total RBA is reduced to zero.

• You decline a rider fee increase.

The enhanced lifetime base is an amount that may be used to increase the ALP and cannot be withdrawn, annuitized or payable as a death benefit.

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    183

Increase in ALP because of the Enhanced Lifetime Base

If the ALP is already established, on the third rider anniversary, the ALP will be increased to equal the enhanced lifetime base multiplied by the ALP Percentage (either 5% or 6% as described under “GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage” heading above), if this amount is greater than the current ALP. Thereafter, the enhanced lifetime base will always be zero.

ALP Excess Withdrawal Processing

The ALP is reset to the lesser of the ALP immediately prior to the withdrawal, or the ALP Percentage (either 5% or 6% as described under “GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage” heading above) multiplied by the contract value immediately following the withdrawal.

Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (RALP): The amount available for withdrawal for the remainder of the contract year under the lifetime benefit. Prior to establishment of the ALP, the lifetime benefit is not in effect and the RALP is zero.

The RALP is determined at the following times:

• The RALP is established at the same time as the ALP, and:

(a)	During the waiting period — the RALP will be zero.
(b)	At any other time — the RALP is established equal to the ALP less all prior withdrawals taken in the contract year but not less than zero.

• At the beginning of each contract year after the waiting period and when the ALP Percentage changes — the RALP is set equal to the ALP.

• When you make additional purchase payments after the waiting period — each additional purchase payment increases the RALP by the purchase payment, if applicable multiplied by the ALP Percentage (either 5% or 6% as described under “GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage” heading above).

• At step ups — (see “Annual Step Up” headings below).

• At spousal continuation — (see “Spousal Option to Continue the Contract upon Owner’s Death” heading below).

• When you make any withdrawal after the waiting period — the RALP equals the RALP immediately prior to the withdrawal less the amount of the withdrawal but not less than zero.If you withdraw an amount greater than the RALP, ALP excess withdrawal processing is applied and may reduce the amount available for future withdrawals. When determining if a withdrawal will result in excess withdrawal processing, the applicable RALP will not yet reflect the amount of the current withdrawal.

Other Provisions

Required Minimum Distributions (RMD): If you are taking RMDs from your contract and your RMD calculated separately for your contract is greater than the RBP or the RALP on the most recent contract anniversary, the portion of your RMD that exceeds the benefit amount will not be subject to excess withdrawal processing provided that the following conditions are met:

• The withdrawal is after the waiting period;

• The RMD is for your contract alone;

• The RMD is based on your recalculated life expectancy taken from the Uniform Lifetime Table under the Code; and

• The RMD amount is otherwise based on the requirements of section 401(a) (9), related Code provisions and regulations thereunder that were in effect on the effective date of the rider.

RMD rules follow the calendar year which most likely does not coincide with your contract year and therefore may limit when you can take your RMD and not be subject to excess withdrawal processing. Any withdrawal during the waiting period will reset the basic benefit and lifetime benefit at the end of the waiting period. After the waiting period, withdrawal amounts greater than the RALP or RBP that do not meet the conditions above will result in excess withdrawal processing. The amount in excess of the RBP and/or RALP that is not subject to excess withdrawal processing will be recalculated if the RALP and RBP change due to GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage changes. See Appendix E for additional information.

Annual Step Up: Beginning with the first contract anniversary, an increase of the benefit values may be available. A step up does not create contract value, guarantee the performance of any investment option, or provide a benefit that can be withdrawn in a lump sum or paid upon death. Rather, a step up determines the current values of the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP, and may extend the payment period or increase the allowable payment. If there have been multiple payments and the GBA increases due to the step up, the individual GBAs, RBAs, GBPs, and RBPs will be combined.

The annual step up may be available as described below, subject to the maximum GBA, RBA and ALP and subject to the following rules:

• You have not declined a rider fee increase.

184    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• If you take any withdrawals during the waiting period the annual step up will not be available until the rider anniversary following the end of the waiting period.

• On any rider anniversary where your contract value is greater than the RBA or, your contract value multiplied by the ALP Percentage (either 5% or 6% as described under “GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage” heading above) is greater than the ALP, if established, the annual step up will be applied to your contract on the rider anniversary.

• The ALP and RALP are not eligible for step ups until they are established. Prior to being established, the ALP and RALP values are both zero.

• Please note it is possible for the ALP to step up even if the RBA or GBA do not step up, and it is also possible for the RBA and GBA to step up even if the ALP does not step up.

The annual step up resets the GBA, RBA, GBP, RBP, ALP and RALP values as follows:

• The total RBA will be increased to the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the rider anniversary, if the contract value is greater.

• The total GBA will be increased to the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the rider anniversary, if the contract value is greater.

• The total GBP will be reset using the calculation as described above based on the increased GBA and RBA.

• The total RBP will be reset as follows:

(a)	During the waiting period, the RBP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	After the waiting period, the RBP will be reset to the increased GBP.

• The ALP will be increased to the contract value (after charges are deducted) on the rider anniversary multiplied by the ALP Percentage (either 5% or 6% as described under “GBP Percentage and ALP Percentage” heading above), if greater than the current ALP.

• The RALP will be reset as follows:

(a)	During the waiting period, the RALP will not be affected by the step up.
(b)	After the waiting period, the RALP will be reset to the increased ALP.

Spousal Option to Continue the Contract upon Owner’s Death (Spousal Continuation):

Single Life:If a surviving spouse elects to continue the contract and continues the contract as the new owner under the spousal continuation provision of the contract, theSecureSource 20 — Single Life rider terminates.

Joint Life: If a surviving spouse is a covered spouse and elects the spousal continuation provision of the contract as the new owner, theSecureSource 20 — Joint Life rider also continues. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate. The surviving covered spouse can name a new beneficiary; however, a new covered spouse cannot be added to the rider.

At the time of spousal continuation, a step-up may be available. If you decline a rider fee increase or the spousal continuation occurs during the waiting period and a withdrawal was taken, a step up is not available. All annual step-up rules (see “Annual Step-Up” heading above) also apply to the spousal continuation step-up except that a) the RBP will be calculated as the GBP after the step-up less all prior withdrawals taken during the current contract year, but not less than zero, and b) the RALP will be calculated as the ALP after the step-up less all prior withdrawals taken during the current contract year, but not less than zero. The spousal continuation step-up is processed on the valuation date spousal continuation is effective.

Rules for Withdrawal Provision of Your Contract: Minimum account values following a withdrawal no longer apply to your contract. For withdrawals, the withdrawal will be taken from the variable subaccounts, guarantee period accounts (where available), the one-year fixed account (if applicable) and the DCA fixed account in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to the contract value. You cannot specify from which accounts the withdrawal is to be taken.

If Contract Value Reduces to Zero: If the contract value reduces to zero, you will be paid in the following scenarios:

1) The ALP has not yet been established, the total RBA is greater than zero and the contract value is reduced to zero as a result of fees or charges or a withdrawal that is less than or equal to the RBP. In this scenario, you can choose to:

(a)	receive the remaining schedule of GBPs until the RBA equals zero; or
(b)	Single Life: wait until the rider anniversary following the date the covered person reaches age 65, and then receive the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the covered person, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero.

Joint Life: wait until the rider anniversary following the date the younger covered spouse reaches age 65, and then receive the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the last surviving covered spouse, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero.

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    185

We will notify you of this option. If no election is made, the ALP will be paid.

2) The ALP has been established, the total RBA is greater than zero and the contract value reduces to zero as a result of fees or charges, or a withdrawal that is less than or equal to both the RBP and the RALP. In this scenario, you can choose to receive:

(a)	the remaining schedule of GBPs until the RBA equals zero; or
(b)	Single Life: the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the covered person, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero.

Joint Life: the ALP annually until the latter of (i) the death of the last surviving covered spouse, or (ii) the RBA is reduced to zero.

We will notify you of this option. If no election is made, the ALP will be paid.

3)	The ALP has been established and the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RALP but less than or equal to the RBP. In this scenario, the remaining schedule of GBPs will be paid until the RBA equals zero.
4)	The ALP has been established and the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RBP but less than or equal to the RALP. In this scenario, the ALP will be paid annually until the death of the:
•	Single Life: covered person;
•	Joint Life: last surviving covered spouse.

Under any of these scenarios:

• The annualized amounts will be paid to you in monthly installments. If the monthly payment is less than $100, we have the right to change the frequency but no less frequent than annually;

• We will no longer accept additional purchase payments;

• You will no longer be charged for the rider;

• Any attached death benefit riders will terminate;

• In determining the remaining schedule of GBPs, the current GBP is fixed for as long as payments are made.

• Single Life: The death benefit becomes the remaining payments, if any, until the RBA is reduced to zero; and

• Joint Life: If the owner had been receiving the ALP, upon the first death the ALP will continue to be paid annually until the later of: 1) the death of the last surviving covered spouse or 2) the RBA is reduced to zero. In all other situations the death benefit becomes the remaining payments, if any, until the RBA is reduced to zero.

TheSecureSource 20 rider and the contract will terminate under either of the following two scenarios:

• If the ALP is established and the RBA is zero, and if the contract value falls to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RALP. This is full withdrawal of the contract value.

• If the ALP is not established and the RBA is zero, and if the contract value falls to zero as a result of fees, charges or a withdrawal.

At Death:

Single Life: If the contract value is greater than zero when the death benefit becomes payable, the beneficiary may: 1) elect to take the death benefit under the terms of the contract, 2) take the RBA payout option available under this rider, or 3) continue the contract under the spousal continuation provision of the contract which terminates the rider.

If the contract value equals zero and the death benefit becomes payable, the following will occur:

• If the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the GBP each year, the GBP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person dies and the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person is still alive and the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the later of the death of the covered person or the RBA equals zero.

• If the covered person is still alive and the RBA equals zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the death of the covered person.

• If the covered person dies and the RBA equals zero, the benefit terminates. No further payments will be made.

Joint Life: If the death benefit becomes payable at the death of a covered spouse, the surviving covered spouse must utilize the spousal continuation provision of the contract and continue the contract as the new owner to continue the joint benefit. If spousal continuation is not available under the terms of the contract, the rider terminates. The lifetime benefit of this rider ends at the death of the last surviving covered spouse.

186    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If the contract value is greater than zero when the death benefit becomes payable, the beneficiary may: 1) elect to take the death benefit under the terms of the contract, 2) take the RBA payout option available under this rider, or 3) continue the contract under the spousal continuation provision of the contract.

If the contract value equals zero at the first death of a covered spouse, the ALP will continue to be paid annually until the later of: 1) the death of the last surviving covered spouse or 2) the RBA is reduced to zero.

If the contract value equals zero at the death of the last surviving covered spouse, the following will occur:

• If the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the GBP each year, the GBP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the RBA is greater than zero and the owner has been receiving the ALP each year, the ALP will continue to be paid to the beneficiary until the RBA equals zero.

• If the RBA equals zero, the benefit terminates. No further payments will be made.

Contract Ownership Change:

Single Life: If allowed by state law, change of ownership is subject to our approval. If there is a change of ownership and the covered person remains the same, the rider continues with no change to any of the rider benefits. Effective May 1, 2016, joint ownership and joint annuitants are not allowed except for contracts issued in California. If there is a change of ownership and the covered person would be different, the rider terminates.

Joint Life: Ownership changes are only allowed between the covered spouses or their revocable trust(s) and are subject to our approval, if allowed by state law. No other ownership changes are allowed as long as the rider is in force.

Remaining Benefit Amount (RBA) Payout Option: Several annuity payout plans are available under the contract. As an alternative to these annuity payout plans, a fixed annuity payout option is available under theSecureSource 20 rider after the waiting period.

Under this option the amount payable each year will be equal to the remaining schedule of GBPs, but the total amount paid will not exceed the current total RBA at the time you begin this fixed annuity payout option. These annualized amounts will be paid in monthly installments. If the monthly payment is less than $100, we have the right to change the frequency, but no less frequently than annually. If, at the death of the owner, total payouts have been made for less than the RBA, the remaining payouts will be paid to the beneficiary (see “The Annuity Payout Period” and “Taxes”).

This option may not be available if the contract is issued to qualify under section 403 or 408 of the Code, as amended. For such contracts, this option will be available only if the guaranteed payment period is less than the life expectancy of the owner at the time the option becomes effective. Such life expectancy will be computed using a life expectancy table published by the IRS.

This annuity payout option may also be elected by the beneficiary when the death benefit is payable if payments begin no later than one year after your death and the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy. Whenever multiple beneficiaries are designated under the contract, each such beneficiary’s share of the proceeds if they elect this option will be in proportion to their applicable designated beneficiary percentage. Beneficiaries of nonqualified contracts may elect this settlement option subject to the distribution requirements of the contract. We reserve the right to adjust the remaining schedule of GBPs if necessary to comply with the Code.

Rider Termination

TheSecureSource 20 rider cannot be terminated either by you or us except as follows:

1.	Single Life: a change of ownership that would result in a different covered person will terminate the rider.
2.	Single Life: After the death benefit is payable, continuation of the contract will terminate the rider.
3.	Joint Life:After the death benefit is payable the rider will terminate if:

(a)	any one other than a covered spouse continues the contract, or
(b)	a covered spouse does not use the spousal continuation provision of the contract to continue the contract.

4.	Annuity payouts under an annuity payout plan will terminate the rider.
5.	You may terminate the rider if your annual rider fee after any fee increase is more than 0.25 percentage points higher than your fee before the increase (See “Charges —SecureSource 20 rider fee”).
6.	When the RBA and contract value is reduced to zero and either the withdrawal is taken when the ALP is not established or an excess withdrawal of the RALP is taken, the rider will terminate.
7.	Termination of the contract for any reason will terminate the rider.
8.	When a beneficiary elects an alternative payment plan which is an inherited IRA, the rider will terminate.

For an example, see Appendix D.

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    187

Appendix O:SecureSource Stages Rider Disclosure

Securesource Stages Riders

This is an optional benefit that you can add to your contract for an additional charge. The benefit is intended to provide to you, after the waiting period, a specified withdrawal amount annually for life, even if your contract value is zero, subject to the terms and provisions described in this section. This benefit offers a credit feature to help in low or poor performing markets and a step up feature to lock in contract anniversary gains. TheSecureSource Stages rider may be appropriate for you if you intend to make periodic withdrawals from your annuity contract and wish to ensure that market performance will not adversely affect your ability to withdraw income over your lifetime.

This benefit is intended for assets you plan to hold and let accumulate for at least three years. Your benefits under the rider can be reduced if any of the following occurs:

• If you take any withdrawals during the 3-year waiting period, your benefits will be set to zero until the end of the waiting period when they will be re-established based on your contract value at that time;

• If you take a withdrawal after the waiting period and if you withdraw more than the allowed withdrawal amount in a contract year, or you take withdrawals before the lifetime benefit is available;

• If you take a withdrawal and later choose to allocate your contract value to an investment option that is more aggressive than the target investment option.

• If the contract value is 20% or more below purchase payments increased by any step ups or rider credits and adjusted for withdrawals (see withdrawal adjustment base described below).

TheSecureSource Stages rider guarantees that, regardless of investment performance, you may take withdrawals up to the lifetime benefit amount each contract year that the lifetime benefit is available. The lifetime benefit amount can vary based on your attained age and based on the relationship of your contract value to the withdrawal adjustment base. Each contract year after the waiting period, the percentage used to determine the benefit amount is set when the first withdrawal is taken and fixed for the remainder of that year.

At any time after the waiting period, as long as your total withdrawals during the current year do not exceed the lifetime benefit amount, you will not be assessed a surrender charge and no market value adjustment will be applied. If you withdraw a larger amount, the excess amount will be assessed any applicable surrender charges and any applicable market value adjustment. At any time, you may withdraw any amount up to your entire surrender value, subject to excess withdrawal processing under the rider.

Subject to conditions and limitations, the rider also guarantees that you or your beneficiary will get back purchase payments you have made, increased by annual step-ups, through withdrawals over time. Any amount we pay in excess of your contract value is subject to our financial strength and claims-paying ability.

Subject to conditions and limitations, the lifetime benefit amount can be increased if a rider credit is available or your contract value has increased on a rider anniversary. The principal back guarantee can also be increased if your contract value has increased on a rider anniversary.

Availability

There are two optionalSecureSource Stages riders available under your contract:

• SecureSource Stages – Single Life

• SecureSource Stages – Joint Life

The information in this section applies to bothSecureSource Stages riders, unless otherwise noted.

For the purpose of this rider, the term “withdrawal” has the same meaning as the term “surrender” in the contract or any other riders

TheSecureSource Stages — Single Life rider covers one person. TheSecureSource Stages — Joint Life Rider covers two spouses jointly who are named at contract issue. You may elect only theSecureSource Stages — Single Life rider or theSecureSource Stages — Joint Life rider, not both, and you may not switch riders later. You must elect the rider when you purchase your contract. The rider effective date will be the contract issue date.

TheSecureSource Stages rider is an optional benefit that you may select, if approved in your state, for an additional annual charge if you purchase your contract on or after Nov. 30, 2009; and

• Single Life: you are 80 or younger on the date the contract is issued; or

• Joint Life: you and your spouse are 80 or younger on the date the contract is issued.

TheSecureSource Stages riders are not available under an inherited qualified annuity.

188    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

TheSecureSource Stages rider guarantees that after the waiting period, regardless of the investment performance of your contract, you will be able to withdraw up to a certain amount each year from the contract before the annuitization start date until:

• Single Life: death (see “At Death” heading below).

• Joint Life: the death of the last surviving covered spouse (see “Joint Life only: Covered Spouses” and “At Death” headings below).

Key Terms

The key terms associated with theSecureSource Stages rider are:

Age Bands: Each age band is associated with a set of lifetime payment percentages. The covered person (Joint Life: the younger covered spouse) must be at least the youngest age shown in the first age band for the annual lifetime payment to be established. After the annual lifetime payment is established, other factors determine when you move to a higher age band.

Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP): the lifetime benefit amount available each contract year after the waiting period and after the covered person (Joint Life: the younger covered spouse) has reached the youngest age in the first age band. When the ALP is available, the annual withdrawal amount guaranteed by the rider can vary each contract year.

Annual Step-Up: an increase in the benefit base or the principal back guarantee and a possible increase in the lifetime payment percentage that is available each rider anniversary if your contract value increases, subject to certain conditions.

Benefit Base (BB): used to calculate the annual lifetime payment and the annual rider charge. The BB cannot be withdrawn in a lump sum or annuitized and is not payable as a death benefit.

Credit Base (CB): used to calculate the rider credit. The CB cannot be withdrawn or annuitized and is not payable as a death benefit.

Excess Withdrawal: (1) a withdrawal taken after the waiting period and before the annual lifetime payment is established, or (2) a withdrawal that is greater than the remaining annual lifetime payment when the annual lifetime payment is available.

Excess Withdrawal Processing: after the waiting period, a reduction in benefits if a withdrawal is taken before the annual lifetime payment is established or if a withdrawal exceeds the remaining annual lifetime payment.

Lifetime Payment Percentage: used to calculate your annual lifetime payment. Two percentages (“percentage A” and “percentage B”) are used for each age band.

Principal Back Guarantee (PBG): a guarantee that total withdrawals will not be less than purchase payments you have made, increased by annual step-ups, as long as there is no excess withdrawal or benefit reset.

Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (RALP): as you make withdrawals during a contract year, the remaining amount that the rider guarantees will be available for withdrawal that year is reduced. Whenever the annual lifetime payment is available, the RALP is the guaranteed amount that can be withdrawn during the remainder of the current contract year.

Rider Credit: an amount that can be added to the benefit base on each of the first ten rider anniversaries, based on a rider credit percentage of 8% in year one and 6% for years two through ten, as long as no withdrawals have been taken since the rider effective date and you do not decline any annual rider fee increase. Investment performance and withdrawals in the waiting period may reduce or eliminate the benefit of any rider credits. Rider credits may result in higher rider charges that may exceed the benefit from the credits.

Waiting Period: the period of time before you can take a withdrawal without affecting benefits under the rider. The waiting period starts on the rider effective date and ends on the day prior to the third rider anniversary.

Withdrawal: the amount by which your contract value is reduced as a result of any withdrawal request. It may differ from the amount of your request due to any surrender charge and any market value adjustment.

Withdrawal Adjustment Base (WAB): one of the components used to determine the lifetime payment percentage. The WAB cannot be withdrawn or annuitized and is not payable as a death benefit.

ImportantSecureSource Stages Rider Considerations

You should consider whether aSecureSource Stages rider is appropriate for you taking into account the following considerations:

You will begin paying the rider charge as of the rider effective date, even if you do not begin taking withdrawals for many years. It is possible that your contract performance, fees and charges, and withdrawal pattern may be such that your contract value will not be depleted in your lifetime and you will not receive any monetary value under the rider.

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    189

•	Lifetime Benefit Limitations: The lifetime benefit is subject to certain limitations, including but not limited to:
	Single Life: Once the contract value equals zero, payments are made for as long as the covered person is living (see “If Contract Value Reduces to Zero” heading below). However, if the contract value is greater than zero, the lifetime benefit terminates at the first death of any owner even if the covered person is still living (see “At Death” heading below). This possibility may present itself when there are multiple contract owners — when one of the contract owners dies the lifetime benefit terminates even though other contract owners are still living.
	Joint Life: Once the contract value equals zero, payments are made for as long as either covered spouse is living (see “If Contract Value Reduces to Zero” heading below). However, if the contract value is greater than zero, the lifetime benefit terminates at the death of the last surviving covered spouse (see “At Death” heading below).
•	Withdrawals: Please consider carefully when you start taking withdrawals from this rider. If you take any withdrawals during the 3-year waiting period, your benefits will be set to zero until the end of the waiting period when they will be reestablished based on your contract value at that time. Although your benefits will be set to zero until the end of waiting period, we will deduct rider fees, based on the anniversary contract value for the remainder of the waiting period. Any withdrawal request within the 3-year waiting period must be submitted in writing. In addition, any withdrawals in the first 10 years will terminate the rider credits. Also, after the waiting period if you withdraw more than the allowed withdrawal amount in a contract year or take withdrawals before the lifetime benefit is available (“excess withdrawal”), the guaranteed amounts under the rider may be reduced.
•	Investment Allocation Restrictions: You must be invested in one of the approved investment options. These funds are expected to reduce our financial risks and expenses associated with certain living benefits. Although the funds’ investment strategies may help mitigate declines in your contract value due to declining equity markets, the funds’ investment strategies may also curb your contract value gains during periods of positive performance by the equity markets. Additionally, investment in the funds may decrease the number and amount of any benefit base increase opportunities. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds: Volatility and Volatility Management Risk with the Portfolio Stabilizer funds” section.) We reserve the right to add, remove or substitute approved investment options in the future. This requirement limits your choice of investments. This means you will not be able to allocate contract value to all of the subaccounts, GPAs or the regular fixed account that are available under the contract to contract owners who do not elect the rider. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Portfolio Navigator Program and Portfolio Stabilizer Funds.”) You may allocate purchase payments to the Special DCA fixed account, when available, and we will make monthly transfers into the investment option you have chosen. You may make two elective investment option changes per contract year; we reserve the right to limit elective investment option changes if required to comply with the written instructions of a fund (see “Market Timing”).
	The following provisions apply to contracts invested in a Portfolio Navigator fund:

• You can allocate your contract value to any available Portfolio Navigator fund during the following times: (1) prior to your first withdrawal and (2) following a benefit reset due to an investment option change as described below but prior to any subsequent withdrawal. During these accumulation phases, you may request to change your investment option to any available investment option.

• Immediately following a withdrawal your contract value will be reallocated to the target investment option as shown in your contract if your current investment option is more aggressive than the target investment option. If you are in a static model portfolio, this reallocation will be made to the applicable fund of funds investment option. This automatic reallocation is not included in the total number of allowed model portfolio changes per contract year. The target investment option is currently the Moderate investment option. We reserve the right to change the target investment option to an investment option that is more aggressive than the target investment option after 30 days written notice.

• After you have taken a withdrawal and prior to any benefit reset as described below, you are in a withdrawal phase. During withdrawal phases you may request to change your investment option to the target investment option or any investment option that is more conservative than the target investment option without a benefit reset as described below. If you are in a withdrawal phase and you choose to allocate your contract value to an investment option that is more aggressive than the target or investment option, you will be in the accumulation phase again. If this is done after the waiting period, your rider benefit will be reset as follows: the BB, PBG and WAB will be reset to the contract value, if less than their current amount; and the ALP and RALP, if available, will be recalculated.

You may request to change your investment option by written request on an authorized form or by another method agreed to by us.

•

Non-Cancelable: Once elected, theSecureSource Stages rider may not be cancelled (except as provided under “Rider Termination” heading below) and the fee will continue to be deducted until the contract or rider is terminated or the contract value reduces to zero (described below).

Dissolution of marriage does not terminate theSecureSource Stages — Joint Life rider and will not reduce the fee we charge for this rider. The benefit under theSecureSource Stages — Joint Life rider continues for the covered spouse who is the owner of the contract (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural or revocable trust ownership). The rider will terminate at the death of the contract owner because the original covered spouse will be unable to elect the spousal continuation provision of the contract (see “Joint Life only: Covered Spouses” below).

190    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

•	Joint Life: Limitations on Contract Owners, Annuitants and Beneficiaries: Since the joint life benefit will terminate unless the surviving covered spouse continues the contract under the spousal option to continue the contract upon the owner’s death provision, only ownership arrangements that permit such continuation are allowed at rider issue. In general, the covered spouses should be joint owners, or one covered spouse should be the owner and the other covered spouse should be named as the sole primary beneficiary.
	You are responsible for establishing ownership arrangements that will allow for spousal continuation.
	If you select theSecureSource Stages — Joint Life rider, please consider carefully whether or not you wish to change the beneficiary of your annuity contract. The rider will terminate if the surviving covered spouse cannot utilize the spousal continuation provision of the contract when the death benefit is payable.
•	Limitations on Purchase Payments: We reserve the right to limit the cumulative amount of purchase payments (subject to state restrictions), which may limit your ability to make additional purchase payments to increase your contract value as you may have originally intended. For current purchase payment restrictions, please see “Buying Your Contract —Purchase Payments”.
•	Interaction with Total Free Amount (FA) contract provision: The FA is the amount you are allowed to withdraw from the contract in each contract year without incurring a surrender charge (see “Charges — Surrender Charge”). The FA may be greater than the remaining annual lifetime payment under this rider. Any amount you withdraw under the contract’s FA provision that exceeds the remaining annual lifetime payment is subject to the excess withdrawal processing described below. Also, any amount you withdraw during the waiting period will set all benefits under the rider to zero until the end of the waiting period when they will be reestablished based on the contract value at that time.

You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of the rider in your tax situation because:

• Tax Considerations for Nonqualified Annuities:Under current federal income tax law, withdrawals under nonqualified annuities, including withdrawals taken from the contract under the terms of the rider, are treated less favorably than amounts received as annuity payments under the contract (see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities”). Withdrawals are taxable income to the extent of earnings. Withdrawal of earnings before age 59½ may also incur a 10% IRS early withdrawal penalty. You should consult your tax advisor before you select this optional rider if you have any questions about the use of the rider in your tax situation.

• Tax Considerations for Qualified Annuities: Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). If you have a qualified annuity, you may need to take an RMD during the waiting period and such withdrawals will set all benefits under the rider to zero until the end of the waiting period when they will be reestablished based on the contract value at that time. While the rider permits certain excess withdrawals to be taken after the waiting period for the purpose of satisfying RMD requirements for your contract alone without reducing future benefits guaranteed under the rider, there can be no guarantee that changes in the federal income tax law after the effective date of the rider will not require a larger RMD to be taken, in which case, future guaranteed withdrawals under the rider could be reduced. See Appendix E for additional information.

• Treatment of non-spousal distributions: Unless you are married your beneficiary will be required to take distributions as a non-spouse which may result in significantly decreasing the value of the rider. Please note civil unions and domestic partnerships generally are not recognized as marriages for federal tax purposes. For additional information see “Taxes — Other — Spousal status” section of this prospectus.

• Limitations on Tax-Sheltered Annuities (TSAs): Your right to take withdrawals is restricted if your contract is a TSA (see “TSA — Special Provisions”).

Lifetime Benefit Description

Single Life only:Covered Person: the person whose life is used to determine when the annual lifetime payment is established, and the duration of the ALP payments (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below). The covered person is the oldest contract owner. If any owner is a nonnatural person (e.g., an irrevocable trust or corporation) or a revocable trust, the covered person is the oldest annuitant.

Joint Life only: CoveredSpouses: the contract owner and his or her legally married spouse as defined under federal law, as named on the application for as long as the marriage is valid and in effect. If any contract owner is a nonnatural person (e.g., an irrevocable trust or corporation) or a revocable trust, the covered spouses are the annuitant and the legally married spouse of the annuitant. The covered spouses lives are used to determine when the annual lifetime payment is established, and the duration of the ALP payments (see “Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP)” heading below). The covered spouses are established on the rider effective date and cannot be changed.

Annual Lifetime Payment (ALP): the lifetime benefit amount available each contract year after the waiting period and after the covered person (Joint Life: younger covered spouses) has reached age 50. When the ALP is established and at all times thereafter, the ALP is equal to the BB multiplied by the lifetime payment percentage. Anytime the lifetime

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    191

payment percentage or BB changes as described below, the ALP will be recalculated. When the ALP is available, the first withdrawal taken in each contract year will set and fix the lifetime payment percentage for the remainder of the contract year.

If you withdraw less than the ALP in a contract year, the unused portion does not carry over to future contract years.

Single Life: The ALP is established on the later of the rider effective date if the covered person has reached age 50, or the date the covered person’s attained age equals age 50. The ALP will be available on later of the rider anniversary after the waiting period, or the date the covered person’s attained age equals age 50.

Joint Life: The ALP is established on the earliest of the following dates:

• The rider effective date if the younger covered spouse has already reached age 50.

• The date the younger covered spouse’s attained age equals age 50.

• Upon the first death of a covered spouse, then either: (a) the date we receive a written request when the death benefit is not payable and the surviving covered spouse has already reached age 50, (b) the date spousal continuation is effective when the death benefit is payable and the surviving covered spouse has already reached age 50, or (c) the date the surviving covered spouse reaches age 50.

• Following dissolution of marriage of the covered spouses, then either (a) the date we receive a written request if the remaining covered spouse who is the owner (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural or revocable trust ownership) has already reached age 50, or (b) the date the remaining covered spouse who is the owner (or annuitant in the case of nonnatural or revocable trust ownership) reaches age 50.

The ALP will be available on later of the rider anniversary after the waiting period, or the date the ALP is established.

Remaining Annual Lifetime Payment (RALP): the remaining annual lifetime payment guaranteed for withdrawal after any withdrawals are made. The RALP is established at the same time as the ALP. The RALP will be zero during the waiting period. After the waiting period, the RALP equals the ALP less all withdrawals in the current contract year, but it will not be less than zero.

Lifetime Payment Percentage: used to calculate the annual lifetime payment. Two percentages are used for a given age band, percentage A or percentage B, depending on the factors described below.

For ages:

• 50-58, percentage A is 4% and percentage B is 3%.

• 59-64, percentage A is 5% and percentage B is 4%.

• 65-79, percentage A is 6% and percentage B is 5%.

• 80 and older, percentage A is 7% and percentage B is 6%.

The age band for the lifetime payment percentage is determined at the following times:

• When the ALP is established: The age band for the lifetime payment percentage used to calculate the initial ALP is the percentage for the covered person’s attained age (Joint Life: younger covered spouses attained age).

• On the covered person’s subsequent birthdays (Joint Life: younger covered spouses subsequent birthdays): Except as noted below, if the covered person’s new attained age (Joint Life: younger covered spouses attained age) is in a higher age band, then the higher age band will be used to determine the appropriate lifetime payment percentage. (However, if you decline any annual rider fee increase or if a withdrawal has been taken since the ALP was made available, then the lifetime payment percentage will not change on subsequent birthdays.)

• Upon annual step-ups (see “Annual step ups” below).

• For the Joint life rider, upon death or change in marital status: In the event of death or dissolution of marriage: (A) If no withdrawal has been taken since the ALP was available and no annual rider fee increase has been declined, the lifetime payment percentage will be reset based on the Age Band for the remaining covered spouse’s attained age. (B) If the ALP is not established but the remaining covered spouse has reached the youngest age in the first Age Band, the remaining covered spouse’s attained age will be used to determine the age band for the lifetime payment percentage. In the event of remarriage of the covered spouses to each other, the lifetime payment percentage used is the percentage for the younger covered spouse’s attained age.

The following determines whether Percentage A or Percentage B is used for each applicable age band:

During the waiting period, percentage A will be used to determine the amount payable to beneficiaries under the principal back guarantee (PBG).

After the waiting period, a comparison of your contract value and the withdrawal adjustment base (WAB) determines whether percentage A or percentage B is used to calculate the ALP unless the percentage is fixed as described below.

192    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

On each valuation date, if the benefit determining percentage is less than the 20% adjustment threshold, then percentage A is used in calculating your ALP, otherwise percentage B is used. The benefit determining percentage is calculated as follows, but it will not be less than zero:

1– (a/b) where:

a	=	Contract value at the end of the prior valuation period
b	=	WAB at the end of the prior valuation period

After the ALP is available, the first withdrawal taken in each contract year will set and fix the lifetime payment percentage for the remainder of the contract year. Beginning on the next rider anniversary, the lifetime payment percentage can change on each valuation day as described above until a withdrawal is taken in that contract year.

Under certain limited situations, your Lifetime Payment Percentage will not vary each contract year. Percentage A or percentage B will be determined at the earliest of (1), (2) or (3) below and remain fixed for as long as the benefit is payable:

• if the ALP is established, when your contract value on a rider anniversary is less than two times the benefit base (BB) multiplied by percentage B for your current age band, or

• when the contract value reduces to zero, or

• on the date of death (Joint Life: remaining covered spouse’s date of death) when a death benefit is payable.

For certain periods of time at our discretion and on a non-discriminatory basis, your lifetime payment percentage may be set by us to percentage A if more favorable to you.

Determination of Adjustments of Benefit Values:Your lifetime benefit values and principal back guarantee (PBG) are determined at the following times and are subject to a maximum benefit base (BB), credit base (CB), withdrawal adjustment base (WAB) and PBG amount of $10 million each:

• On the contract date: The WAB, CB, BB and PBG are set equal to the initial purchase payment.

• When an additional purchase payment is made: Before a withdrawal is taken in the waiting period and at any time after the waiting period, the WAB, CB (unless it has been permanently set to zero), BB and PBG will be increased by the amount of each additional purchase payment.

• When a withdrawal is taken: If the CB is greater than zero, the CB will be permanently reset to zero when the first withdrawal is taken, and there will be no additional rider credits. If the first withdrawal is taken during the waiting period, the WAB, BB and PBG will be set equal to zero until the end of the waiting period.

• Whenever a withdrawal is taken after the waiting period:

(a)	the WAB will be reduced by the “adjustment for withdrawal,” as defined below.
(b)	if the ALP is established and the withdrawal is less than or equal to the RALP, the BB does not change and the PBG is reduced by the amount of the withdrawal, but it will not be less than zero.
(c)	if the ALP is not established, excess withdrawal processing will occur as follows. The BB will be reduced by the “adjustment for withdrawal,” and the PBG will be reduced by the greater of the amount of the withdrawal or the “adjustment for withdrawal,” but it will not be less than zero.
(d)	If the ALP is established and the withdrawal is greater than the RALP, excess withdrawal processing will occur as follows:
	The PBG will be reset to the lesser of:
	(i) the PBG reduced by the amount of the withdrawal, but it will not be less than zero; or

(ii) the PBG minus the RALP on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal and further reduced by an amount calculated as follows, but it will not be less than zero:

a × b	where:
c

a	=	the amount of the withdrawal minus the RALP
b	=	the PBG minus the RALP on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal
c	=	the contract value on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal minus the RALP

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    193

The BB will be reduced by an amount as calculated below:

d × e	where:
f

d	=	the amount of the withdrawal minus the RALP
e	=	the BB on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal
f	=	the contract value on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal minus the RALP.

Adjustment for Withdrawal Definition: When the WAB, PBG or BB is reduced by a withdrawal in the same proportion as the contract value is reduced, the proportional amount deducted is the “adjustment for withdrawal.” The “adjustment for withdrawal” is calculated as follows:

g × h	where:
i

g	=	the amount the contract value is reduced by the withdrawal
h	=	the WAB, BB or PGB (as applicable) on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal
I	=	the contract value on the date of (but prior to) the withdrawal.

Rider Anniversary Processing: The following describes how the WAB, BB and PBG are calculated on rider anniversaries, subject to the maximum amount of $10 million for each, and how the lifetime payment percentage can change on rider anniversaries.

• On the rider anniversary following the waiting period: If a withdrawal was taken during the waiting period and you did not decline any annual rider fee increase as described in the rider charges provision, the BB, WAB and PBG are reset to the contract value. If a withdrawal was taken during the waiting period and you declined any annual rider fee increase, the BB and PBG are reset to the lesser of (1) the BB or PBG (as applicable) at the time of the first withdrawal, plus any additional purchase payments since the time of the first withdrawal, minus all withdrawals, or (2) the contract value. The WAB will be reset to the BB.

• The WAB on rider anniversaries: Unless you decline any annual rider fee increase or take a withdrawal during the waiting period, the WAB (after any rider credit is added) will be increased to the contract value, if the contract value is greater. If a withdrawal was taken during the waiting period, the WAB will be increased to the contract value, if the contract value is greater, starting on the rider anniversary following the waiting period.

Rider Credits: If you did not take any withdrawals and you did not decline any annual rider fee increase, a rider credit may be available for the first ten rider anniversaries. On the first rider anniversary, the rider credit equals the credit base (CB) 180 days following the rider effective date multiplied by 8%. On any subsequent rider credit anniversaries, the rider credit equals the CB as of the prior rider anniversary multiplied by 6%. On the first rider anniversary the BB and WAB will be set to the greater of the current BB, or the BB 180 days following the contract date increased by the rider credit and any additional purchase payments since 180 days following the rider effective date. On any subsequent rider credit anniversaries the BB and WAB will be set to the greater of the current BB, or the BB on the prior rider anniversary increased by the rider credit and any additional purchase payments since the prior rider anniversary. If the CB is greater than zero, the CB will be permanently reset to zero on the 10th rider anniversary after any adjustment to the WAB and BB, and there will be no additional rider credits.

Annual step ups: Beginning with the first rider anniversary, an annual step-up may be available. If you take any withdrawals during the waiting period, the annual step-up will not be available until the 3rd rider anniversary. If you decline any annual rider fee increase, future annual step-ups will no longer be available.

The annual step-up will be executed on any rider anniversary where the contract value (after charges are deducted) is greater than the PBG or the BB after any rider credit is added. If an annual step-up is executed, the PBG, BB and lifetime payment percentage will be adjusted as follows: The PBG will be increased to the contract value, if the contract value is greater. The BB (after any rider credit is added) will be increased to the contract value, if the contract value is greater. If the covered person’s attained age (Joint Life: younger covered spouses attained age) on the rider anniversary is in a higher age band and (1) there is an increase to BB due to a step-up or (2) the BB is at the maximum of $10,000,000 so there was no step-up of the BB, then the higher age band will be used to determine the appropriate lifetime payment percentage, regardless of any prior withdrawals.

Other Provisions

Required Minimum Distributions (RMD): If you are taking RMDs from your contract and your RMD calculated separately for your contract is greater than the remaining annual lifetime payment on the most recent contract anniversary, the portion of your RMD that exceeds the benefit amount will not be subject to excess withdrawal processing provided that the following conditions are met:

• The withdrawal is after the waiting period;

194    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• The annual lifetime payment is available;

• The RMD is for your contract alone;

• The RMD is based on your recalculated life expectancy taken from the Uniform Lifetime Table under the Code; and

• The RMD amount is otherwise based on the requirements of section 401(a) (9), related Code provisions and regulations thereunder that were in effect on the contract date.

RMD rules follow the calendar year which most likely does not coincide with your contract year and therefore may limit when you can take your RMD and not be subject to excess withdrawal processing. A withdrawal during the waiting period will reset the benefit base, the withdrawal adjustment base and the principal back guarantee to the contract value at the end of the waiting period. After the waiting period, a withdrawal taken before the annual lifetime payment is established or withdrawing amounts greater than the remaining annual lifetime payment that do not meet these conditions will result in excess withdrawal processing. The amount in excess of the RALP that is not subject to excess withdrawal processing will be recalculated if the ALP changes due to lifetime payment percentage changes. See Appendix E for additional information.

Spousal Option to Continue the Contract upon Owner’s Death (Spousal Continuation):

Single Life: If a surviving spouse elects to continue the contract and continues the contract as the new owner under the spousal continuation provision of the contract, theSecureSource Stages — Single Life rider terminates.

Joint Life: If a surviving spouse is a covered spouse and elects the spousal continuation provision of the contract as the new owner, theSecureSource Stages — Joint Life rider also continues. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate. The surviving covered spouse can name a new beneficiary; however, a new covered spouse cannot be added to the rider.

At the time of spousal continuation, a step-up may be available. If you decline a rider fee increase or the spousal continuation occurs during the waiting period and a withdrawal was taken, a step up is not available. All annual step-up rules (see “Rider Anniversary Processing — Annual Step-Up” heading above) also apply to the spousal continuation step-up. The WAB will be increased to the contract value if the contract value is greater. The spousal continuation step-up is processed on the valuation date spousal continuation is effective.

Rules for Surrender: Minimum account values following surrender no longer apply to your contract. For withdrawals, the withdrawal will be taken from all accounts and the variable subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest in each bears to the contract value. You cannot specify from which accounts the withdrawal is to be taken.

If your contract value is reduced to zero, the CB, if greater than zero, will be permanently reset to zero, and there will be no additional rider credits. Also, the following will occur:

• If the ALP is not established and if the contract value is reduced to zero as a result of market performance, fees or charges, then the owner must wait until the ALP would be established, and the ALP will be paid annually until the death of the covered person (Joint Life: both covered spouses).

• If the ALP is established and if the contract value is reduced to zero as a result of market performance, fees or charges, or as a result of a withdrawal that is less than or equal to the RALP, then the owner will receive the ALP paid annually until the death of the covered person (Joint Life: both covered spouses).

In either case above:

– These annualized amounts will be paid in monthly installments. If the monthly payment is less than $100, We have the right to change the frequency, but no less frequently than annually.

– We will no longer accept additional purchase payments.

– No more charges will be collected for the rider.

– The current ALP is fixed for as long as payments are made.

– The death benefit becomes the remaining schedule of annual lifetime payments, if any, until total payments to the owner and the beneficiary are equal to the PBG at the time the contract value falls to zero.

– The amount paid in the current contract year will be reduced for any prior withdrawals in that year.

• If the ALP is not established and if the contract value is reduced to zero as a result of a withdrawal taken before the ALP is established, this rider and the contract will terminate.

• If the ALP is established and if the contract value is reduced to zero as a result of a withdrawal that is greater than the RALP, this rider and the contract will terminate.

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    195

At Death:

Single Life: If the contract is jointly owned and an owner dies when the contract value is greater than zero, the lifetime benefit for the covered person will cease even if the covered person is still living or if the contract is continued under the spousal continuation option.

Joint Life: If the death benefit becomes payable at the death of a covered spouse, the surviving covered spouse must utilize the spousal continuation option to continue the lifetime benefit. If spousal continuation is not available, the rider terminates. The lifetime benefit ends at the death of the surviving covered spouse.

If the contract value is greater than zero when the death benefit becomes payable, the beneficiary may:

• elect to take the death benefit under the terms of the contract, or

• elect to take the principal back guarantee available under this rider, or

• continue the contract and theSecureSource Stages rider under the spousal continuation option.

For single and joint life, the beneficiary may elect the principal back guarantee under this rider if payments begin no later than one year after your death and the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy. If elected, the following will occur:

• If the PBG is greater than zero and the ALP is established, the ALP on the date of death will be paid until total payments to the beneficiary are equal to the PBG on the date of death.

• If the PBG is greater than zero and the ALP is not established, the BB on the date of death multiplied by the lifetime payment percentage used for the youngest age of the covered spouses in the first age band shown on the contract data page will be paid annually until total payments to the beneficiary are equal to the PBG on the date of death.

In either of the above cases:

• After the date of death, there will be no additional rider credits or annual step-ups.

• The lifetime payment percentage used will be set as of the date of death.

• The amount paid in the current contract year will be reduced for any prior withdrawals in that year.

On the date of death (Joint Life: remaining covered spouse’s date of death), if the CB is greater than zero, the CB will be permanently reset to zero, and there will be no additional rider credits.

If the PBG equals zero, the benefit terminates. No further payments are made.

Contract Ownership Change:

Single Life: If allowed by state law, change of ownership is subject to our approval. If there is a change of ownership and the covered person remains the same, the rider continues with no change to any of the rider benefits. Effective May 1, 2016, joint ownership and joint annuitants are not allowed except for contracts issued in California. If there is a change of ownership and the covered person would be different, the rider terminates.

Joint Life: Ownership changes are only allowed between the covered spouses or their revocable trust(s) and are subject to our approval, if allowed by state law. No other ownership changes are allowed as long as the rider is in force.

Assignment: If allowed by state law, an assignment is subject to our approval.

Annuity Provisions: You can choose one of the payout options available under the contract or an alternative fixed annuity payout option available under theSecureSource Stages rider. Under the rider’s payout option, the minimum amount payable shown in Table B, will not apply and you will receive the annual lifetime payment provided by this rider until the later of the death of the covered person (Joint Life: both covered spouses) or depletion of the principal back guarantee. If you choose to receive the ALP, the amount payable each year will be equal to the annual lifetime payment on the annuitization start date. The amount paid in the current contract year will be reduced for any prior withdrawals in that year. These annualized amounts will be paid in monthly installments. If the monthly payment is less than $100, we have the right to change the frequency, but no less frequently than annually.For more information on annuity payout plans, please see “The Annuity Payout Period - Annuity Payout Plans.”

If you choose to receive the ALP rather than a payout option available under the contract, all other contract features, rider features and charges terminate after the annuitization start date except for the PBG.

Rider Termination

TheSecureSource Stages rider cannot be terminated either by you or us except as follows:

• Single Life: a change of ownership that would result in a different covered person will terminate the rider.

• Single Life: after the death benefit is payable, the rider will terminate.

• Single Life: spousal continuation will terminate the rider.

196    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• Joint Life: After the death benefit is payable the rider will terminate if anyone other than a covered spouse continues the contract. However, if the covered spouse continues the contract as an inherited IRA or as a beneficiary of a participant in an employer sponsored retirement plan, the rider will terminate.

• On the annuitization start date, the rider will terminate.

• You may terminate the rider if your annual rider fee would increase more than 0.25 percentage points (See “Charges —SecureSource Stages rider fee”)

• When the contract value is reduced to zero and either the withdrawal taken when the annual lifetime payment is not established or a withdrawal in excess of the remaining annual lifetime payment is taken, the rider will terminate.

• Termination of the contract for any reason will terminate the rider.

For an example, see Appendix D.

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    197

Appendix P: Withdrawal Benefit Riders: Electing Step Up or Spousal Continuation Step Up

Example — Withdrawal Benefit Riders: Electing Step Up or Spousal Continuation Step Up

Assumptions:

This example assumes that the covered person (for joint life, younger covered spouse) is 65 or older and there are no additional purchase payments or withdrawals.

•	You own a RiverSource variable annuity with a withdrawal benefit rider. You are currently invested in the Variable Portfolio — Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2) (a Portfolio Navigator fund) with a current rider fee of 0.65%.
	Your Contract Value (CV) is $100,000 and your withdrawal benefit rider currently provides the following benefits:

1)	You can withdraw $6,000 a year for the rest of your life. This is your Annual Lifetime Payment. Or
2)	You can withdraw $7,000 a year until you have withdrawn a total of $100,000. This is your Guaranteed Benefit Payment.

Based on your current CV, you will pay a rider fee of approximately $650 on your next annuity contract anniversary.

•	The annual fee for this rider has increased to 0.95% for clients invested in the Variable Portfolio — Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2).
	The following compares certain options available to you. Changes to rider values or fees are presented for two different scenarios where your CV increases to either $110,000 or $101,000 over the contract year:

1) Elect to lock in your contract gains to your benefit values (step up):

	CV of $110,000	CV of $101,000
Increase in Annual Lifetime Payment	$600	$60
Increase in Guaranteed Benefit Payment	$700	$70
Increase in Annual Rider Fee	0.30%	0.30%
Increase in Annual Contract Charge	$330	$303

Automatic step ups will continue on your next anniversary (if available under your rider).

2) Do not elect to lock in your contract gains (no step up):

	CV of $110,000	CV of $101,000
Increase in Annual Lifetime Payment	$0	$0
Increase in Guaranteed Benefit Payment	$0	$0
Increase in Annual Rider Fee	0%	0%
Increase in Annual Contract Charge	$65	$6.50

Your rider fee will not change, although the dollar amount of your annual charge will change as your CV changes. On your next anniversary, you will again have the option to elect the step up (lock in contract gains)

3) Move to one of the Portfolio Stabilizer funds and elect the step up:

	CV of $110,000	CV of $101,000
Increase in Annual Lifetime Payment	$600	$60
Increase in Guaranteed Benefit Payment	$700	$70
Increase in Annual Rider Fee	0%	0%
Increase in Annual Contract Charge	$65	$6.50

Your rider fee will not change, although the dollar amount of your annual charge will change as your CV changes. Automatic step ups will continue on your next anniversary (if available under your rider).

The above example is for illustrative purposes only. The assumptions and calculations used are not intended to be consistent with any one rider, but instead are intended to provide an idea of how different scenarios would operate. Your specific rider may use different calculations for fees or have different benefits available. For a full description and rules applicable to step up options under your rider, please see the “Optional Living Benefits” section.

Electing to step up may result in different increases to the annual rider charge relative to the increase in your rider values. You should weigh the resulting increased charge due to the step up versus the increases to your benefits to determine the option that is best for you.

198    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Appendix Q: Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)

The following tables give per-unit information about the financial history of the subaccounts representing the lowest and highest total annual variable account expense combinations. The date in which operations commenced in each subaccount is noted in parentheses. The SAI contains tables that give per-unit information about the financial history of each existing subaccount. We have not provided this information for subaccounts (if any) that were not available under your contract as of December 31, 2019. You may obtain a copy of the SAI without charge by contacting us at the telephone number or address listed on the first page of the prospectus.

Variable account charges of 1.70% of the daily net assets of the variable account.

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
AB VPS Balanced Wealth Strategy Portfolio (Class B) (9/26/2008)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.49	$1.62	$1.43	$1.39	$1.39	$1.32	$1.16	$1.04	$1.09	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.73	$1.49	$1.62	$1.43	$1.39	$1.39	$1.32	$1.16	$1.04	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	1	2
AB VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio (Class B) (8/30/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.95	$2.20	$1.64	$1.68	$1.67	$1.62	$1.34	$1.20	$1.60	$1.37
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.48	$1.95	$2.20	$1.64	$1.68	$1.67	$1.62	$1.34	$1.20	$1.60
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	13	21	21	22	30	31	93	95	108	107
AB VPS Growth and Income Portfolio (Class B) (8/30/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.54	$2.74	$2.35	$2.15	$2.16	$2.01	$1.52	$1.32	$1.26	$1.14
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.08	$2.54	$2.74	$2.35	$2.15	$2.16	$2.01	$1.52	$1.32	$1.26
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	9	9	9	9	12	43	45	52	40	56
AB VPS International Value Portfolio (Class B) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.06	$1.40	$1.14	$1.17	$1.16	$1.26	$1.04	$0.93	$1.17	$1.15
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.22	$1.06	$1.40	$1.14	$1.17	$1.16	$1.26	$1.04	$0.93	$1.17
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,825	2,051	2,019	2,586	2,835	3,703	4,800	6,162	7,923	8,703
American Century VP Inflation Protection, Class II (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.24	$1.30	$1.28	$1.24	$1.30	$1.28	$1.42	$1.34	$1.22	$1.18
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.33	$1.24	$1.30	$1.28	$1.24	$1.30	$1.28	$1.42	$1.34	$1.22
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2,753	3,232	3,677	4,004	4,625	5,632	7,394	7,159	8,705	12,467
American Century VP International, Class II (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.58	$1.89	$1.47	$1.58	$1.60	$1.73	$1.44	$1.21	$1.40	$1.26
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.99	$1.58	$1.89	$1.47	$1.58	$1.60	$1.73	$1.44	$1.21	$1.40
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
American Century VP Mid Cap Value, Class II (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.77	$2.07	$1.89	$1.56	$1.62	$1.41	$1.11	$0.97	$0.99	$0.85
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.24	$1.77	$2.07	$1.89	$1.56	$1.62	$1.41	$1.11	$0.97	$0.99
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
American Century VP Ultra®, Class II (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.30	$2.32	$1.79	$1.74	$1.67	$1.55	$1.15	$1.03	$1.04	$0.91
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.04	$2.30	$2.32	$1.79	$1.74	$1.67	$1.55	$1.15	$1.03	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	507	604	778	1,043	1,224	1,632	2,397	3,136	4,210	5,777
American Century VP Value, Class II (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.95	$2.19	$2.05	$1.73	$1.84	$1.66	$1.28	$1.14	$1.15	$1.03
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.44	$1.95	$2.19	$2.05	$1.73	$1.84	$1.66	$1.28	$1.14	$1.15
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	11	11	11	11	12	35	39	50	57	76
BNY Mellon Investment Portfolios, MidCap Stock Portfolio - Service Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.12	$2.56	$2.27	$2.00	$2.09	$1.90	$1.43	$1.22	$1.24	$0.99
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.50	$2.12	$2.56	$2.27	$2.00	$2.09	$1.90	$1.43	$1.22	$1.24
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	5	5	5	5	5	5	5	13	19
BNY Mellon Investment Portfolios, Technology Growth Portfolio - Service Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.78	$2.87	$2.05	$2.00	$1.92	$1.83	$1.40	$1.24	$1.37	$1.07
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.43	$2.78	$2.87	$2.05	$2.00	$1.92	$1.83	$1.40	$1.24	$1.37
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	160	185	229	340	401	539	785	1,007	1,280	1,660
BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, Appreciation Portfolio - Service Share (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.99	$2.18	$1.75	$1.65	$1.73	$1.63	$1.37	$1.27	$1.18	$1.05
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.66	$1.99	$2.18	$1.75	$1.65	$1.73	$1.63	$1.37	$1.27	$1.18
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	1	1	1	1
BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Equity Portfolio - Service Shares* (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.87	$1.05	$0.84	$0.91	$0.91	$0.95	$0.83	$0.68	$0.82	$0.76
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.02	$0.87	$1.05	$0.84	$0.91	$0.91	$0.95	$0.83	$0.68	$0.82
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	3	3	3	6	8	8	9	9	18	18
*BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Equity Portfolio - Service Shares is scheduled to liquidate on or about April 30, 2020.

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    199

Variable account charges of 1.70% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Value Portfolio - Service Shares* (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.12	$1.37	$1.09	$1.12	$1.18	$1.33	$1.10	$0.99	$1.25	$1.22
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.34	$1.12	$1.37	$1.09	$1.12	$1.18	$1.33	$1.10	$0.99	$1.25
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	4	4	4	3	7	6	6	6	6	14
*BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Value Portfolio - Service Shares is scheduled to liquidate on or about April 30, 2020.
ClearBridge Variable Small Cap Growth Portfolio – Class I (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.18	$2.14	$1.75	$1.69	$1.79	$1.75	$1.21	$1.03	$1.04	$0.84
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.72	$2.18	$2.14	$1.75	$1.69	$1.79	$1.75	$1.21	$1.03	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	13	17	19	23	24	36	40	55	66	80
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.35	$1.43	$1.17	$1.10	$1.11	$0.98	$0.75	$0.67	$0.64	$0.56
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.65	$1.35	$1.43	$1.17	$1.10	$1.11	$0.98	$0.75	$0.67	$0.64
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	925	1,042	1,336	1,630	2,017	2,624	3,912	5,248	7,129	9,784
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.55	$2.76	$2.45	$2.20	$2.30	$2.13	$1.71	$1.52	$1.63	$1.42
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.11	$2.55	$2.76	$2.45	$2.20	$2.30	$2.13	$1.71	$1.52	$1.63
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,273	1,572	1,838	2,174	2,650	3,289	4,934	6,228	8,456	10,953
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Emerging Markets Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.21	$2.87	$1.99	$1.92	$2.15	$2.24	$2.32	$1.96	$2.52	$2.14
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.86	$2.21	$2.87	$1.99	$1.92	$2.15	$2.24	$2.32	$1.96	$2.52
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	542	697	667	963	1,138	1,287	1,745	1,827	2,530	2,741
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund (Class 3) (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.89	$0.89	$0.90	$0.92	$0.93	$0.95	$0.97	$0.98	$1.00	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.89	$0.89	$0.89	$0.90	$0.92	$0.93	$0.95	$0.97	$0.98	$1.00
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	3,487	3,870	4,473	4,576	1,094	1,323	1,861	2,444	4,164	3,587
Columbia Variable Portfolio – High Yield Bond Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.06	$2.18	$2.08	$1.90	$1.95	$1.92	$1.84	$1.61	$1.55	$1.39
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.36	$2.06	$2.18	$2.08	$1.90	$1.95	$1.92	$1.84	$1.61	$1.55
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	266	334	379	441	531	773	1,064	1,210	1,679	2,244
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Income Opportunities Fund (Class 3) (6/1/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.93	$2.04	$1.95	$1.79	$1.84	$1.80	$1.75	$1.55	$1.48	$1.33
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.20	$1.93	$2.04	$1.95	$1.79	$1.84	$1.80	$1.75	$1.55	$1.48
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	431	515	578	637	281	363	545	711	1,002	1,436
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3) (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.41	$1.43	$1.40	$1.36	$1.38	$1.34	$1.39	$1.32	$1.26	$1.18
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.51	$1.41	$1.43	$1.40	$1.36	$1.38	$1.34	$1.39	$1.32	$1.26
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	832	811	898	954	1,106	1,712	2,253	2,688	3,083	4,009
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Growth Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.19	$2.32	$1.85	$1.86	$1.73	$1.55	$1.21	$1.02	$1.07	$0.93
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.92	$2.19	$2.32	$1.85	$1.86	$1.73	$1.55	$1.21	$1.02	$1.07
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	91	92	93	95	106	116	215	274	231	331
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Index Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.23	$2.39	$2.00	$1.83	$1.84	$1.65	$1.28	$1.12	$1.13	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.88	$2.23	$2.39	$2.00	$1.83	$1.84	$1.65	$1.28	$1.12	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	17	185	186	196	199	207	210	242	255	408
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Mid Cap Growth Fund (Class 3) (8/30/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.47	$2.64	$2.18	$2.17	$2.10	$1.99	$1.54	$1.41	$1.69	$1.36
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.27	$2.47	$2.64	$2.18	$2.17	$2.10	$1.99	$1.54	$1.41	$1.69
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	33	43	54	67	75	112	154	202	258	314
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Overseas Core Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.49	$1.82	$1.46	$1.58	$1.53	$1.70	$1.41	$1.22	$1.42	$1.27
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.84	$1.49	$1.82	$1.46	$1.58	$1.53	$1.70	$1.41	$1.22	$1.42
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	14	13	13
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Select Large Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.13	$2.47	$2.08	$1.77	$1.89	$1.73	$1.27	$1.09	$1.13	$0.96
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.65	$2.13	$2.47	$2.08	$1.77	$1.89	$1.73	$1.27	$1.09	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	1	1	1	1	2	2
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Select Mid Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.39	$1.64	$1.47	$1.31	$1.40	$1.27	$0.94	$0.81	$0.90	$0.74
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.80	$1.39	$1.64	$1.47	$1.31	$1.40	$1.27	$0.94	$0.81	$0.90
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	16	19	18	19	21	22	147	158	174	171

200    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.70% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Small Cap Value Fund (Class 2) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.14	$2.66	$2.38	$1.82	$1.98	$1.95	$1.48	$1.35	$1.47	$1.18
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.55	$2.14	$2.66	$2.38	$1.82	$1.98	$1.95	$1.48	$1.35	$1.47
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	110	117	125	158	195	236	369	586	802	962
Columbia Variable Portfolio – U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3) (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.22	$1.22	$1.20	$1.19	$1.20	$1.15	$1.20	$1.20	$1.20	$1.19
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.28	$1.22	$1.22	$1.20	$1.19	$1.20	$1.15	$1.20	$1.20	$1.20
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	600	764	835	855	938	1,338	1,814	1,981	2,096	2,681
Credit Suisse Trust – Commodity Return Strategy Portfolio (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.40	$0.46	$0.47	$0.42	$0.57	$0.70	$0.80	$0.83	$0.97	$0.84
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.42	$0.40	$0.46	$0.47	$0.42	$0.57	$0.70	$0.80	$0.83	$0.97
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	16	16	16	16	19	320	430	399	395	456
CTIVP® – BlackRock Global Inflation-Protected Securities Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.31	$1.34	$1.32	$1.24	$1.28	$1.20	$1.29	$1.25	$1.15	$1.12
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.38	$1.31	$1.34	$1.32	$1.24	$1.28	$1.20	$1.29	$1.25	$1.15
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	399	441	500	515	641	919	1,344	1,621	2,043	2,737
CTIVP® – Loomis Sayles Growth Fund (Class 1) (4/29/2016)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.32	$1.38	$1.05	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.71	$1.32	$1.38	$1.05	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	220	270	311	404	—	—	—	—	—	—
CTIVP® – Victory Sycamore Established Value Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.36	$2.67	$2.35	$1.98	$2.01	$1.82	$1.36	$1.19	$1.29	$1.08
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.97	$2.36	$2.67	$2.35	$1.98	$2.01	$1.82	$1.36	$1.19	$1.29
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	7	7
Eaton Vance VT Floating-Rate Income Fund – Initial Class (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.20	$1.22	$1.20	$1.12	$1.15	$1.16	$1.14	$1.08	$1.07	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.26	$1.20	$1.22	$1.20	$1.12	$1.15	$1.16	$1.14	$1.08	$1.07
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	154	169	197	210	248	530	737	841	986	1,158
Fidelity® VIP ContrafundSM Portfolio Service Class 2 (8/30/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.06	$3.33	$2.79	$2.63	$2.66	$2.43	$1.88	$1.65	$1.73	$1.50
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.94	$3.06	$3.33	$2.79	$2.63	$2.66	$2.43	$1.88	$1.65	$1.73
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,530	2,039	2,344	2,928	3,401	4,419	6,274	7,907	10,705	13,957
Fidelity® VIP Growth Portfolio Service Class 2 (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.23	$2.28	$1.72	$1.74	$1.66	$1.52	$1.14	$1.01	$1.03	$0.84
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.94	$2.23	$2.28	$1.72	$1.74	$1.66	$1.52	$1.14	$1.01	$1.03
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	19	7	10	19	43	60	68	70	107	128
Fidelity® VIP Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Service Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.35	$1.38	$1.35	$1.31	$1.35	$1.30	$1.35	$1.30	$1.23	$1.17
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.45	$1.35	$1.38	$1.35	$1.31	$1.35	$1.30	$1.35	$1.30	$1.23
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,191	1,438	1,640	1,773	2,094	2,654	3,684	3,976	4,787	6,648
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2 (5/1/2001)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.40	$4.06	$3.43	$3.11	$3.22	$3.09	$2.31	$2.05	$2.34	$1.85
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.12	$3.40	$4.06	$3.43	$3.11	$3.22	$3.09	$2.31	$2.05	$2.34
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	304	356	387	461	547	674	949	1,289	1,684	2,096
Fidelity® VIP Overseas Portfolio Service Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.45	$1.74	$1.36	$1.46	$1.44	$1.60	$1.25	$1.05	$1.30	$1.17
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.82	$1.45	$1.74	$1.36	$1.46	$1.44	$1.60	$1.25	$1.05	$1.30
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	331	402	448	573	633	875	1,100	1,467	1,997	2,249
Franklin Income VIP Fund – Class 2 (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.24	$2.39	$2.21	$1.97	$2.16	$2.10	$1.87	$1.69	$1.68	$1.52
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.56	$2.24	$2.39	$2.21	$1.97	$2.16	$2.10	$1.87	$1.69	$1.68
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	276	298	317	323	360	556	705	817	1,164	1,832
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund – Class 2 (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.19	$2.45	$2.30	$2.02	$2.16	$2.05	$1.63	$1.45	$1.49	$1.36
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.64	$2.19	$2.45	$2.30	$2.02	$2.16	$2.05	$1.63	$1.45	$1.49
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	253	314	378	427	464	620	780	940	1,054	1,353
Franklin Rising Dividends VIP Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.24	$2.40	$2.03	$1.78	$1.87	$1.75	$1.38	$1.25	$1.20	$1.01
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.85	$2.24	$2.40	$2.03	$1.78	$1.87	$1.75	$1.38	$1.25	$1.20
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	24	24	24	25	25	38	38	110	110	113

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    201

Variable account charges of 1.70% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Franklin Small-Mid Cap Growth VIP Fund – Class 2 (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.00	$1.08	$0.90	$0.88	$0.92	$0.87	$0.64	$0.59	$0.63	$0.50
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.29	$1.00	$1.08	$0.90	$0.88	$0.92	$0.87	$0.64	$0.59	$0.63
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	46	48	56	70	78	132	232	401	487	738
Goldman Sachs VIT Mid Cap Value Fund – Institutional Shares (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$4.37	$4.96	$4.55	$4.07	$4.56	$4.08	$3.12	$2.68	$2.91	$2.37
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$5.65	$4.37	$4.96	$4.55	$4.07	$4.56	$4.08	$3.12	$2.68	$2.91
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	395	473	535	630	741	894	1,263	1,657	2,277	2,833
Goldman Sachs VIT U.S. Equity Insights Fund – Institutional Shares (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.72	$1.87	$1.53	$1.41	$1.43	$1.25	$0.93	$0.82	$0.80	$0.72
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.12	$1.72	$1.87	$1.53	$1.41	$1.43	$1.25	$0.93	$0.82	$0.80
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	40	48	112	115	118	136	248	262	266	322
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund, Series II Shares (8/30/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.25	$2.43	$1.96	$2.04	$2.01	$1.77	$1.39	$1.25	$1.28	$1.20
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.00	$2.25	$2.43	$1.96	$2.04	$2.01	$1.77	$1.39	$1.25	$1.28
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	634	824	988	1,259	1,367	1,725	2,640	3,235	4,237	5,659
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.39	$2.80	$2.09	$2.13	$2.09	$2.08	$1.67	$1.40	$1.56	$1.37
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.09	$2.39	$2.80	$2.09	$2.13	$2.09	$2.08	$1.67	$1.40	$1.56
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	39	51	57	68	78	130	219	279	320	469
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Strategic Income Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.70	$1.81	$1.74	$1.66	$1.73	$1.72	$1.76	$1.58	$1.60	$1.41
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.85	$1.70	$1.81	$1.74	$1.66	$1.73	$1.72	$1.76	$1.58	$1.60
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,213	1,365	1,520	1,657	1,989	2,720	3,753	4,137	5,377	6,880
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund, Series II Shares (7/31/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.28	$3.73	$3.33	$2.88	$3.11	$2.84	$2.05	$1.77	$1.85	$1.53
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.06	$3.28	$3.73	$3.33	$2.88	$3.11	$2.84	$2.05	$1.77	$1.85
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	8	41	43	44	47	51	113	120	160	185
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series II Shares (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.71	$1.81	$1.45	$1.45	$1.41	$1.32	$0.96	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.30	$1.71	$1.81	$1.45	$1.45	$1.41	$1.32	$0.96	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	152	155	159	161	167	176	285	302	—	—
Invesco V.I. Comstock Fund, Series II Shares (8/30/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.51	$2.92	$2.52	$2.19	$2.38	$2.22	$1.66	$1.42	$1.48	$1.30
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.08	$2.51	$2.92	$2.52	$2.19	$2.38	$2.22	$1.66	$1.42	$1.48
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,846	2,181	2,509	3,160	3,827	4,651	6,708	8,817	12,380	16,064
Invesco V.I. Health Care Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.80	$1.82	$1.60	$1.84	$1.82	$1.55	$1.13	$0.95	$0.93	$0.90
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.33	$1.80	$1.82	$1.60	$1.84	$1.82	$1.55	$1.13	$0.95	$0.93
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	3	3	3	3	7	12	14	17	27	29
Invesco V.I. International Growth Fund, Series II Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.00	$1.20	$0.99	$1.02	$1.06	$1.08	$0.93	$0.82	$0.89	$0.81
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.26	$1.00	$1.20	$0.99	$1.02	$1.06	$1.08	$0.93	$0.82	$0.89
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	204	256	256	319	345	418	670	964	1,321	1,471
Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Core Equity Fund, Series II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.77	$2.03	$1.80	$1.62	$1.72	$1.68	$1.33	$1.22	$1.33	$1.19
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.17	$1.77	$2.03	$1.80	$1.62	$1.72	$1.68	$1.33	$1.22	$1.33
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	65	69	87	104	131	150	195	267	342	426
Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares* (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.51	$1.63	$1.36	$1.37	$1.38	$1.30	$0.97	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.99	$1.51	$1.63	$1.36	$1.37	$1.38	$1.30	$0.97	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	28	30	34	34	43	45	46	47	—	—
*Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares is scheduled to merge into Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares sometime during the second quarter of 2020.
Invesco V.I. Value Opportunities Fund, Series II Shares (7/31/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.57	$1.99	$1.72	$1.49	$1.69	$1.62	$1.23	$1.07	$1.12	$1.07
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.01	$1.57	$1.99	$1.72	$1.49	$1.69	$1.62	$1.23	$1.07	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	276	305	357	440	551	599	775	1,043	1,475	1,830
Janus Henderson VIT Research Portfolio: Service Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.75	$1.83	$1.46	$1.48	$1.43	$1.29	$1.01	$0.87	$0.94	$0.83
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.32	$1.75	$1.83	$1.46	$1.48	$1.43	$1.29	$1.01	$0.87	$0.94
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	126	155	190	240	275	363	623	960	1,385	1,565

202    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.70% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
MFS® Massachusetts Investors Growth Stock Portfolio – Service Class (3/27/2015)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.26	$1.27	$1.01	$0.97	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.73	$1.26	$1.27	$1.01	$0.97	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	21	21	21	21	—	—	—	—	—
MFS® New Discovery Series – Service Class (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.40	$2.48	$2.00	$1.87	$1.94	$2.14	$1.54	$1.29	$1.47	$1.10
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.33	$2.40	$2.48	$2.00	$1.87	$1.94	$2.14	$1.54	$1.29	$1.47
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	69	68	72	73	85	86	85	86	92	92
MFS® Total Return Series – Service Class (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.79	$1.93	$1.76	$1.64	$1.68	$1.58	$1.35	$1.24	$1.24	$1.15
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.11	$1.79	$1.93	$1.76	$1.64	$1.68	$1.58	$1.35	$1.24	$1.24
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	353	367	382	399	418	324	372	430	513	617
MFS® Utilities Series – Service Class (3/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.71	$3.74	$3.32	$3.04	$3.63	$3.28	$2.78	$2.49	$2.38	$2.13
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.55	$3.71	$3.74	$3.32	$3.04	$3.63	$3.28	$2.78	$2.49	$2.38
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	1	4	16	18	24	37	43
Morgan Stanley VIF Discovery Portfolio, Class II Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.91	$1.75	$1.29	$1.44	$1.55	$1.55	$1.15	$1.08	$1.18	$0.91
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.62	$1.91	$1.75	$1.29	$1.44	$1.55	$1.55	$1.15	$1.08	$1.18
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	13	13	13	16	17	18	18	18	18	19
Morgan Stanley VIF Global Real Estate Portfolio, Class II Shares (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.94	$1.05	$0.97	$0.96	$0.99	$0.88	$0.87	$0.68	$0.77	$0.64
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.10	$0.94	$1.05	$0.97	$0.96	$0.99	$0.88	$0.87	$0.68	$0.77
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	53	58	63	70	77	99	156	200	296	333
Morgan Stanley VIF U.S. Real Estate Portfolio, Class II Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.46	$2.72	$2.68	$2.56	$2.56	$2.01	$2.01	$1.77	$1.70	$1.34
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.87	$2.46	$2.72	$2.68	$2.56	$2.56	$2.01	$2.01	$1.77	$1.70
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	46	55	67	68	77	98	125	140	199	289
PIMCO VIT All Asset Portfolio, Advisor Class (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.28	$1.38	$1.23	$1.11	$1.24	$1.26	$1.28	$1.13	$1.13	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.40	$1.28	$1.38	$1.23	$1.11	$1.24	$1.26	$1.28	$1.13	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	200	222	241	273	322	475	694	801	1,040	1,090
Putnam VT Global Health Care Fund – Class IB Shares (5/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.39	$2.45	$2.16	$2.48	$2.34	$1.86	$1.34	$1.11	$1.15	$1.14
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.06	$2.39	$2.45	$2.16	$2.48	$2.34	$1.86	$1.34	$1.11	$1.15
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	5	7	23
Putnam VT International Equity Fund – Class IB Shares (3/3/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.78	$0.98	$0.79	$0.82	$0.83	$0.91	$0.72	$0.60	$0.74	$0.68
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.96	$0.78	$0.98	$0.79	$0.82	$0.83	$0.91	$0.72	$0.60	$0.74
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	130	149	212	215	223	256	327	412	526	877
Putnam VT Small Cap Value Fund – Class IB Shares (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.75	$2.22	$2.10	$1.67	$1.78	$1.75	$1.27	$1.10	$1.18	$0.95
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.14	$1.75	$2.22	$2.10	$1.67	$1.78	$1.75	$1.27	$1.10	$1.18
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	138	138	146	157	170	198	213	269	285	299
Putnam VT Sustainable Leaders Fund – Class IB Shares (9/24/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.31	$2.39	$1.88	$1.77	$1.81	$1.62	$1.21	$1.05	$1.13	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.10	$2.31	$2.39	$1.88	$1.77	$1.81	$1.62	$1.21	$1.05	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	13	14	15	19	22	31	57	59	84	125
Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.93	$1.93	$1.93	$1.90	$2.02	$2.02	$2.02	$1.79	$1.83	$1.63
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.94	$1.93	$1.93	$1.93	$1.90	$2.02	$2.02	$2.02	$1.79	$1.83
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,020	1,125	1,286	1,409	1,568	2,061	2,699	3,010	3,899	4,938
Templeton Growth VIP Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.44	$1.72	$1.48	$1.37	$1.49	$1.56	$1.21	$1.02	$1.12	$1.06
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.63	$1.44	$1.72	$1.48	$1.37	$1.49	$1.56	$1.21	$1.02	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	45	46	46	51	59	89	121	127	165	269
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.56	$1.74	$1.49	$1.43	$1.46	$1.41	$1.19	$1.06	$1.12	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.87	$1.56	$1.74	$1.49	$1.43	$1.46	$1.41	$1.19	$1.06	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,137	1,005	1,377	2,150	1,604	2,328	2,783	2,584	3,578	3,678

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    203

Variable account charges of 1.70% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.56	$1.74	$1.49	$1.43	$1.46	$1.41	$1.19	$1.06	$1.12	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.87	$1.56	$1.74	$1.49	$1.43	$1.46	$1.41	$1.19	$1.06	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	8,281	9,398	11,358	14,424	16,858	21,358	28,242	44,183	57,497	68,262
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.16	$1.22	$1.15	$1.14	$1.16	$1.13	$1.11	$1.05	$1.04	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.27	$1.16	$1.22	$1.15	$1.14	$1.16	$1.13	$1.11	$1.05	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	1,796	1,966	1,931	3,181	4,060	4,614	6,444	7,169	4,700	2,476
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.16	$1.22	$1.15	$1.14	$1.16	$1.13	$1.11	$1.05	$1.04	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.27	$1.16	$1.22	$1.15	$1.14	$1.16	$1.13	$1.11	$1.05	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	9,551	12,356	13,446	17,357	21,685	27,873	36,993	46,958	53,602	58,932
Variable Portfolio – Managed Risk Fund (Class 2) (9/18/2017)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.96	$1.03	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.10	$0.96	$1.03	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Risk U.S. Fund (Class 2) (9/18/2017)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.99	$1.04	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.15	$0.99	$1.04	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.03	$1.07	$1.01	$1.00	$1.03	$1.00	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.13	$1.03	$1.07	$1.01	$1.00	$1.03	$1.00	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	2,264	1,953	2,632	3,611	2,271	2,542	547	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.05	$1.11	$1.02	$1.00	$1.04	$1.01	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.17	$1.05	$1.11	$1.02	$1.00	$1.04	$1.01	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	8,558	9,804	10,322	11,851	12,656	9,072	1,286	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.07	$1.18	$1.02	$1.01	$1.06	$1.03	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.25	$1.07	$1.18	$1.02	$1.01	$1.06	$1.03	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	17,546	19,707	20,930	22,999	25,632	23,477	2,636	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.07	$1.15	$1.02	$1.01	$1.05	$1.02	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.22	$1.07	$1.15	$1.02	$1.01	$1.05	$1.02	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	43,660	48,909	54,060	57,445	58,366	48,327	6,986	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.37	$1.48	$1.33	$1.29	$1.32	$1.28	$1.17	$1.07	$1.09	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.57	$1.37	$1.48	$1.33	$1.29	$1.32	$1.28	$1.17	$1.07	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	20,223	21,355	24,149	26,314	29,932	32,858	39,551	39,235	36,336	32,170
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.38	$1.48	$1.33	$1.29	$1.32	$1.28	$1.17	$1.07	$1.09	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.57	$1.38	$1.48	$1.33	$1.29	$1.32	$1.28	$1.17	$1.07	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	116,526	133,639	154,594	180,473	206,712	250,198	339,717	399,382	458,939	516,525
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.47	$1.61	$1.41	$1.36	$1.39	$1.35	$1.18	$1.07	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.72	$1.47	$1.61	$1.41	$1.36	$1.39	$1.35	$1.18	$1.07	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	6,204	8,201	9,474	12,146	16,785	20,996	26,387	25,607	28,278	25,057
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.47	$1.61	$1.41	$1.36	$1.40	$1.35	$1.18	$1.07	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.72	$1.47	$1.61	$1.41	$1.36	$1.40	$1.35	$1.18	$1.07	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	22,593	27,930	34,161	44,562	55,856	73,875	113,017	154,016	213,018	254,807
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.26	$1.34	$1.24	$1.21	$1.24	$1.20	$1.14	$1.07	$1.06	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.41	$1.26	$1.34	$1.24	$1.21	$1.24	$1.20	$1.14	$1.07	$1.06
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	3,275	3,775	4,088	4,664	4,907	5,877	8,358	11,168	9,842	6,739
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.27	$1.34	$1.24	$1.21	$1.24	$1.20	$1.14	$1.07	$1.07	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.41	$1.27	$1.34	$1.24	$1.21	$1.24	$1.20	$1.14	$1.07	$1.07
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	13,146	15,581	18,539	22,091	27,630	34,603	48,291	60,919	69,228	81,004

204    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.70% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Variable Portfolio – Partners Core Equity Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2007)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.38	$1.52	$1.29	$1.19	$1.21	$1.10	$0.87	$0.80	$0.84	$0.77
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.71	$1.38	$1.52	$1.29	$1.19	$1.21	$1.10	$0.87	$0.80	$0.84
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	187	232	266	324	377	473	833	1,245	1,741	2,012
Variable Portfolio – Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (5/1/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.19	$2.58	$2.46	$1.99	$2.23	$2.22	$1.68	$1.50	$1.60	$1.31
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.58	$2.19	$2.58	$2.46	$1.99	$2.23	$2.22	$1.68	$1.50	$1.60
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	800	893	1,006	1,184	1,523	1,863	2,498	3,372	4,522	5,828
Variable Portfolio – U.S. Flexible Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/14/2016)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.06	$1.10	$1.00	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.19	$1.06	$1.10	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – U.S. Flexible Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/14/2016)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.14	$1.20	$1.03	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.34	$1.14	$1.20	$1.03	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – U.S. Flexible Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/14/2016)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.10	$1.15	$1.02	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.27	$1.10	$1.15	$1.02	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Wanger International (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.45	$3.03	$2.32	$2.39	$2.43	$2.59	$2.15	$1.80	$2.14	$1.74
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.13	$2.45	$3.03	$2.32	$2.39	$2.43	$2.59	$2.15	$1.80	$2.14
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	394	481	502	649	741	914	1,182	1,483	2,072	2,430
Wanger USA (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.63	$2.72	$2.31	$2.07	$2.11	$2.05	$1.56	$1.32	$1.39	$1.15
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.39	$2.63	$2.72	$2.31	$2.07	$2.11	$2.05	$1.56	$1.32	$1.39
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	368	455	568	729	882	1,183	1,651	2,250	3,139	4,208

Variable account charges of 2.25% of the daily net assets of the variable account.

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
AB VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio (Class B) (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.40	$1.59	$1.19	$1.23	$1.23	$1.20	$1.00	$0.90	$1.20	$1.04
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.78	$1.40	$1.59	$1.19	$1.23	$1.23	$1.20	$1.00	$0.90	$1.20
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
AB VPS Growth and Income Portfolio (Class B) (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.16	$2.34	$2.02	$1.86	$1.88	$1.76	$1.33	$1.16	$1.12	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.61	$2.16	$2.34	$2.02	$1.86	$1.88	$1.76	$1.33	$1.16	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
AB VPS International Value Portfolio (Class B) (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.89	$1.18	$0.96	$0.99	$0.99	$1.09	$0.91	$0.81	$1.03	$1.01
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.01	$0.89	$1.18	$0.96	$0.99	$0.99	$1.09	$0.91	$0.81	$1.03
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
American Century VP Mid Cap Value, Class II (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.08	$2.44	$2.24	$1.87	$1.94	$1.71	$1.35	$1.18	$1.22	$1.05
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.62	$2.08	$2.44	$2.24	$1.87	$1.94	$1.71	$1.35	$1.18	$1.22
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
American Century VP Ultra®, Class II (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.48	$2.52	$1.95	$1.91	$1.84	$1.72	$1.28	$1.15	$1.17	$1.03
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.26	$2.48	$2.52	$1.95	$1.91	$1.84	$1.72	$1.28	$1.15	$1.17
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
American Century VP Value, Class II (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.85	$2.09	$1.97	$1.67	$1.78	$1.62	$1.26	$1.12	$1.14	$1.03
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.30	$1.85	$2.09	$1.97	$1.67	$1.78	$1.62	$1.26	$1.12	$1.14
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Equity Portfolio - Service Shares* (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.11	$1.35	$1.08	$1.18	$1.19	$1.25	$1.09	$0.91	$1.09	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.30	$1.11	$1.35	$1.08	$1.18	$1.19	$1.25	$1.09	$0.91	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
*BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Equity Portfolio - Service Shares is scheduled to liquidate on or about April 30, 2020.

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    205

Variable account charges of 2.25% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Value Portfolio - Service Shares* (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.89	$1.10	$0.87	$0.91	$0.96	$1.08	$0.90	$0.82	$1.03	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.06	$0.89	$1.10	$0.87	$0.91	$0.96	$1.08	$0.90	$0.82	$1.03
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
*BNY Mellon Variable Investment Fund, International Value Portfolio - Service Shares is scheduled to liquidate on or about April 30, 2020.
ClearBridge Variable Small Cap Growth Portfolio – Class I (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.64	$2.61	$2.15	$2.08	$2.22	$2.18	$1.52	$1.30	$1.31	$1.07
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.27	$2.64	$2.61	$2.15	$2.08	$2.22	$2.18	$1.52	$1.30	$1.31
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3) (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.35	$2.50	$2.06	$1.95	$1.98	$1.75	$1.34	$1.21	$1.17	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.86	$2.35	$2.50	$2.06	$1.95	$1.98	$1.75	$1.34	$1.21	$1.17
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3) (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.76	$1.91	$1.71	$1.54	$1.62	$1.51	$1.22	$1.09	$1.17	$1.03
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.13	$1.76	$1.91	$1.71	$1.54	$1.62	$1.51	$1.22	$1.09	$1.17
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Emerging Markets Fund (Class 3) (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.03	$1.34	$0.93	$0.91	$1.02	$1.07	$1.11	$0.94	$1.22	$1.04
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.32	$1.03	$1.34	$0.93	$0.91	$1.02	$1.07	$1.11	$0.94	$1.22
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund (Class 3) (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.83	$0.84	$0.85	$0.87	$0.89	$0.91	$0.93	$0.96	$0.98	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.83	$0.83	$0.84	$0.85	$0.87	$0.89	$0.91	$0.93	$0.96	$0.98
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – High Yield Bond Fund (Class 3) (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.44	$1.54	$1.48	$1.35	$1.40	$1.38	$1.33	$1.18	$1.14	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.65	$1.44	$1.54	$1.48	$1.35	$1.40	$1.38	$1.33	$1.18	$1.14
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Income Opportunities Fund (Class 3) (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.41	$1.50	$1.44	$1.33	$1.37	$1.35	$1.32	$1.17	$1.13	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.60	$1.41	$1.50	$1.44	$1.33	$1.37	$1.35	$1.32	$1.17	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3) (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.12	$1.14	$1.13	$1.10	$1.13	$1.09	$1.15	$1.09	$1.04	$0.99
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.20	$1.12	$1.14	$1.13	$1.10	$1.13	$1.09	$1.15	$1.09	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Growth Fund (Class 3) (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.33	$2.48	$1.98	$2.01	$1.88	$1.69	$1.33	$1.13	$1.19	$1.04
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.09	$2.33	$2.48	$1.98	$2.01	$1.88	$1.69	$1.33	$1.13	$1.19
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Large Cap Index Fund (Class 3) (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.18	$2.34	$1.97	$1.81	$1.83	$1.66	$1.29	$1.14	$1.15	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.79	$2.18	$2.34	$1.97	$1.81	$1.83	$1.66	$1.29	$1.14	$1.15
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Overseas Core Fund (Class 3) (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.14	$1.40	$1.13	$1.23	$1.19	$1.34	$1.12	$0.97	$1.13	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.40	$1.14	$1.40	$1.13	$1.23	$1.19	$1.34	$1.12	$0.97	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Select Mid Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.87	$2.21	$1.99	$1.79	$1.93	$1.76	$1.30	$1.13	$1.26	$1.05
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.41	$1.87	$2.21	$1.99	$1.79	$1.93	$1.76	$1.30	$1.13	$1.26
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Small Cap Value Fund (Class 2) (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.84	$2.30	$2.06	$1.59	$1.73	$1.72	$1.31	$1.21	$1.31	$1.06
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.17	$1.84	$2.30	$2.06	$1.59	$1.73	$1.72	$1.31	$1.21	$1.31
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Columbia Variable Portfolio – U.S. Government Mortgage Fund (Class 3) (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.97	$0.98	$0.97	$0.96	$0.97	$0.94	$0.98	$0.99	$1.00	$0.99
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.01	$0.97	$0.98	$0.97	$0.96	$0.97	$0.94	$0.98	$0.99	$1.00
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—

206    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 2.25% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Credit Suisse Trust – Commodity Return Strategy Portfolio (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.47	$0.54	$0.55	$0.50	$0.68	$0.84	$0.96	$1.00	$1.17	$1.03
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.49	$0.47	$0.54	$0.55	$0.50	$0.68	$0.84	$0.96	$1.00	$1.17
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
CTIVP® – BlackRock Global Inflation-Protected Securities Fund (Class 3) (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.09	$1.12	$1.11	$1.05	$1.09	$1.03	$1.11	$1.08	$1.00	$0.98
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.14	$1.09	$1.12	$1.11	$1.05	$1.09	$1.03	$1.11	$1.08	$1.00
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
CTIVP® – Loomis Sayles Growth Fund (Class 1) (4/29/2016)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.30	$1.36	$1.05	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.67	$1.30	$1.36	$1.05	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
CTIVP® – Victory Sycamore Established Value Fund (Class 3) (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.22	$2.52	$2.23	$1.89	$1.93	$1.76	$1.33	$1.16	$1.27	$1.06
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.78	$2.22	$2.52	$2.23	$1.89	$1.93	$1.76	$1.33	$1.16	$1.27
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Eaton Vance VT Floating-Rate Income Fund – Initial Class (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.16	$1.19	$1.18	$1.11	$1.14	$1.16	$1.14	$1.09	$1.09	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.22	$1.16	$1.19	$1.18	$1.11	$1.14	$1.16	$1.14	$1.09	$1.09
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Fidelity® VIP ContrafundSM Portfolio Service Class 2 (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.01	$2.20	$1.85	$1.76	$1.79	$1.64	$1.28	$1.13	$1.19	$1.04
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.58	$2.01	$2.20	$1.85	$1.76	$1.79	$1.64	$1.28	$1.13	$1.19
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Fidelity® VIP Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Service Class 2 (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.09	$1.12	$1.11	$1.08	$1.12	$1.08	$1.13	$1.09	$1.04	$0.99
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.17	$1.09	$1.12	$1.11	$1.08	$1.12	$1.08	$1.13	$1.09	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2 (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.78	$2.13	$1.81	$1.65	$1.72	$1.66	$1.25	$1.11	$1.28	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.14	$1.78	$2.13	$1.81	$1.65	$1.72	$1.66	$1.25	$1.11	$1.28
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Fidelity® VIP Overseas Portfolio Service Class 2 (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.20	$1.44	$1.14	$1.23	$1.21	$1.35	$1.06	$0.90	$1.12	$1.01
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.49	$1.20	$1.44	$1.14	$1.23	$1.21	$1.35	$1.06	$0.90	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Franklin Income VIP Fund – Class 2 (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.46	$1.56	$1.46	$1.31	$1.44	$1.41	$1.26	$1.15	$1.14	$1.04
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.66	$1.46	$1.56	$1.46	$1.31	$1.44	$1.41	$1.26	$1.15	$1.14
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Goldman Sachs VIT Mid Cap Value Fund – Institutional Shares (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.84	$2.11	$1.94	$1.75	$1.97	$1.77	$1.36	$1.18	$1.29	$1.05
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.37	$1.84	$2.11	$1.94	$1.75	$1.97	$1.77	$1.36	$1.18	$1.29
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Goldman Sachs VIT U.S. Equity Insights Fund – Institutional Shares (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.30	$2.51	$2.07	$1.91	$1.95	$1.72	$1.28	$1.14	$1.12	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.82	$2.30	$2.51	$2.07	$1.91	$1.95	$1.72	$1.28	$1.14	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund, Series II Shares (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.87	$2.04	$1.65	$1.72	$1.71	$1.52	$1.20	$1.08	$1.12	$1.05
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.49	$1.87	$2.04	$1.65	$1.72	$1.71	$1.52	$1.20	$1.08	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund, Series II Shares (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.69	$2.00	$1.50	$1.53	$1.51	$1.52	$1.22	$1.03	$1.16	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.17	$1.69	$2.00	$1.50	$1.53	$1.51	$1.52	$1.22	$1.03	$1.16
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Strategic Income Fund, Series II Shares (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.14	$1.22	$1.18	$1.14	$1.19	$1.19	$1.22	$1.10	$1.12	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.24	$1.14	$1.22	$1.18	$1.14	$1.19	$1.19	$1.22	$1.10	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    207

Variable account charges of 2.25% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund, Series II Shares (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.15	$2.46	$2.21	$1.92	$2.09	$1.92	$1.39	$1.21	$1.27	$1.06
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.66	$2.15	$2.46	$2.21	$1.92	$2.09	$1.92	$1.39	$1.21	$1.27
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund, Series II Shares (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.65	$1.76	$1.42	$1.42	$1.39	$1.31	$0.96	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.20	$1.65	$1.76	$1.42	$1.42	$1.39	$1.31	$0.96	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Invesco V.I. Comstock Fund, Series II Shares (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.88	$2.19	$1.91	$1.67	$1.82	$1.70	$1.28	$1.10	$1.15	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.29	$1.88	$2.19	$1.91	$1.67	$1.82	$1.70	$1.28	$1.10	$1.15
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Invesco V.I. Health Care Fund, Series II Shares (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.98	$2.01	$1.78	$2.06	$2.05	$1.76	$1.28	$1.09	$1.07	$1.04
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.56	$1.98	$2.01	$1.78	$2.06	$2.05	$1.76	$1.28	$1.09	$1.07
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Invesco V.I. International Growth Fund, Series II Shares (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.21	$1.46	$1.21	$1.25	$1.31	$1.34	$1.16	$1.03	$1.13	$1.03
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.52	$1.21	$1.46	$1.21	$1.25	$1.31	$1.34	$1.16	$1.03	$1.13
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares* (4/27/2012)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.45	$1.58	$1.32	$1.34	$1.36	$1.29	$0.97	$1.00	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.90	$1.45	$1.58	$1.32	$1.34	$1.36	$1.29	$0.97	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
*Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares is scheduled to merge into Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series II Shares sometime during the second quarter of 2020.
Janus Henderson VIT Research Portfolio: Service Shares (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.07	$2.17	$1.74	$1.78	$1.73	$1.57	$1.24	$1.07	$1.16	$1.04
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.73	$2.07	$2.17	$1.74	$1.78	$1.73	$1.57	$1.24	$1.07	$1.16
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
MFS® Total Return Series – Service Class (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.49	$1.62	$1.48	$1.39	$1.43	$1.35	$1.17	$1.07	$1.08	$1.01
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.75	$1.49	$1.62	$1.48	$1.39	$1.43	$1.35	$1.17	$1.07	$1.08
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
MFS® Utilities Series – Service Class (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.74	$1.77	$1.58	$1.45	$1.74	$1.58	$1.35	$1.22	$1.17	$1.05
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.13	$1.74	$1.77	$1.58	$1.45	$1.74	$1.58	$1.35	$1.22	$1.17
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Morgan Stanley VIF Discovery Portfolio, Class II Shares (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.06	$1.91	$1.41	$1.58	$1.72	$1.73	$1.28	$1.21	$1.33	$1.03
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.82	$2.06	$1.91	$1.41	$1.58	$1.72	$1.73	$1.28	$1.21	$1.33
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Morgan Stanley VIF Global Real Estate Portfolio, Class II Shares (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.43	$1.60	$1.49	$1.48	$1.53	$1.38	$1.37	$1.08	$1.23	$1.03
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.66	$1.43	$1.60	$1.49	$1.48	$1.53	$1.38	$1.37	$1.08	$1.23
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
PIMCO VIT All Asset Portfolio, Advisor Class (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.19	$1.28	$1.16	$1.05	$1.18	$1.20	$1.23	$1.09	$1.10	$0.99
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.30	$1.19	$1.28	$1.16	$1.05	$1.18	$1.20	$1.23	$1.09	$1.10
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund – Class 2 (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.13	$1.14	$1.14	$1.13	$1.21	$1.22	$1.23	$1.09	$1.12	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.13	$1.13	$1.14	$1.14	$1.13	$1.21	$1.22	$1.23	$1.09	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Templeton Growth VIP Fund – Class 2 (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.33	$1.60	$1.38	$1.29	$1.41	$1.48	$1.16	$0.98	$1.07	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.50	$1.33	$1.60	$1.38	$1.29	$1.41	$1.48	$1.16	$0.98	$1.07
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.49	$1.67	$1.43	$1.38	$1.43	$1.38	$1.17	$1.05	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.77	$1.49	$1.67	$1.43	$1.38	$1.43	$1.38	$1.17	$1.05	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—

208    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 2.25% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Variable Portfolio – Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.49	$1.67	$1.44	$1.39	$1.43	$1.38	$1.17	$1.05	$1.11	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.77	$1.49	$1.67	$1.44	$1.39	$1.43	$1.38	$1.17	$1.05	$1.11
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.11	$1.17	$1.11	$1.10	$1.13	$1.11	$1.10	$1.05	$1.04	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.20	$1.11	$1.17	$1.11	$1.10	$1.13	$1.11	$1.10	$1.05	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Conservative Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.11	$1.17	$1.11	$1.10	$1.13	$1.10	$1.10	$1.05	$1.04	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.20	$1.11	$1.17	$1.11	$1.10	$1.13	$1.10	$1.10	$1.05	$1.04
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Risk Fund (Class 2) (9/18/2017)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.95	$1.03	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.08	$0.95	$1.03	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Risk U.S. Fund (Class 2) (9/18/2017)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.98	$1.04	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.13	$0.98	$1.04	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.00	$1.05	$0.99	$0.99	$1.02	$1.00	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.09	$1.00	$1.05	$0.99	$0.99	$1.02	$1.00	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.02	$1.09	$1.00	$0.99	$1.03	$1.01	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.13	$1.02	$1.09	$1.00	$0.99	$1.03	$1.01	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.04	$1.16	$1.01	$1.00	$1.05	$1.03	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.21	$1.04	$1.16	$1.01	$1.00	$1.05	$1.03	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Managed Volatility Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/18/2013)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.04	$1.12	$1.01	$0.99	$1.04	$1.02	$1.00	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.18	$1.04	$1.12	$1.01	$0.99	$1.04	$1.02	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.31	$1.42	$1.28	$1.25	$1.29	$1.25	$1.15	$1.06	$1.08	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.49	$1.31	$1.42	$1.28	$1.25	$1.29	$1.25	$1.15	$1.06	$1.08
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Moderate Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.31	$1.42	$1.28	$1.25	$1.29	$1.26	$1.15	$1.06	$1.08	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.49	$1.31	$1.42	$1.28	$1.25	$1.29	$1.26	$1.15	$1.06	$1.08
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.40	$1.54	$1.36	$1.32	$1.36	$1.32	$1.16	$1.06	$1.10	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.63	$1.40	$1.54	$1.36	$1.32	$1.36	$1.32	$1.16	$1.06	$1.10
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.40	$1.54	$1.36	$1.32	$1.36	$1.32	$1.17	$1.06	$1.10	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.63	$1.40	$1.54	$1.36	$1.32	$1.36	$1.32	$1.17	$1.06	$1.10
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 2) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.20	$1.28	$1.19	$1.17	$1.20	$1.18	$1.12	$1.06	$1.06	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.34	$1.20	$1.28	$1.19	$1.17	$1.20	$1.18	$1.12	$1.06	$1.06
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Moderately Conservative Portfolio (Class 4) (5/7/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.21	$1.29	$1.20	$1.18	$1.21	$1.18	$1.13	$1.06	$1.06	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.34	$1.21	$1.29	$1.20	$1.18	$1.21	$1.18	$1.13	$1.06	$1.06
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    209

Variable account charges of 2.25% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Variable Portfolio – Partners Core Equity Fund (Class 3) (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.74	$1.94	$1.65	$1.54	$1.56	$1.43	$1.14	$1.05	$1.12	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.15	$1.74	$1.94	$1.65	$1.54	$1.56	$1.43	$1.14	$1.05	$1.12
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.70	$2.02	$1.93	$1.57	$1.77	$1.78	$1.35	$1.21	$1.30	$1.07
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.99	$1.70	$2.02	$1.93	$1.57	$1.77	$1.78	$1.35	$1.21	$1.30
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – U.S. Flexible Conservative Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/14/2016)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.04	$1.10	$1.00	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.17	$1.04	$1.10	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – U.S. Flexible Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/14/2016)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.12	$1.19	$1.03	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.32	$1.12	$1.19	$1.03	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Variable Portfolio – U.S. Flexible Moderate Growth Fund (Class 2) (11/14/2016)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.08	$1.15	$1.02	$1.00	—	—	—	—	—	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.25	$1.08	$1.15	$1.02	—	—	—	—	—	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Wanger International (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.37	$1.71	$1.31	$1.36	$1.39	$1.49	$1.24	$1.05	$1.25	$1.03
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.74	$1.37	$1.71	$1.31	$1.36	$1.39	$1.49	$1.24	$1.05	$1.25
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Wanger USA (11/30/2009)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.34	$2.43	$2.08	$1.87	$1.93	$1.88	$1.44	$1.23	$1.30	$1.08
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.01	$2.34	$2.43	$2.08	$1.87	$1.93	$1.88	$1.44	$1.23	$1.30
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—

210    RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information

Calculating Annuity Payouts	p. 3
Rating Agencies	p. 4
Principal Underwriter	p. 4
Service Providers	p. 4
Custodian	p. 5
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	p. 5
Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	p. 6
Financial Statements

RiverSource FlexChoice Select Variable Annuity — Prospectus    211

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474
1-800-333-3437

45307 CG (5/20)

RiverSource Distributors, Inc. (Distributor), Member FINRA. Issued by RiverSource Life Insurance Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota. ©2008-2020 RiverSource Life Insurance Company. All rights reserved.

Prospectus

May 1, 2020

Evergreen

Essential Variable Annuity

Individual Flexible Premium Deferred Combination Fixed/Variable Annuity

Issued by:	RiverSource Life Insurance Company (RiverSource Life)
	829 Ameriprise Financial Center Minneapolis, MN 55474 Telephone: 1-800-333-3437 (Service Center) RiverSource Variable Annuity Account/RiverSource MVA Account​

New contracts are not currently being offered.

This prospectus contains information that you should know before investing. Investment options available under the contract are listed below:

Columbia Funds Variable Series Trust II

Fidelity^® Variable Insurance Products – Service Class 2

Franklin^® Templeton^® Variable Insurance Products Trust – Class 2

Invesco Variable Insurance Funds

Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds – Service Shares

Putnam Variable Trust – Class IB Shares

Wells Fargo Variable Trust Funds

 

Please read the prospectuses carefully and keep them for future reference.

This contract provides for purchase payment credits to eligible contract owners, which we may reverse under certain circumstances. (See “Buying Your Contract — Purchase Payment Credits”). Expense charges for contracts with purchase payment credits may be higher than expenses for contracts without such credits. The amount of the credit may be more than offset by any additional fees and charges associated with the credit.

The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

An investment in this contract is not a deposit of a bank or financial institution and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) or any other government agency. An investment in this contract involves investment risk including the possible loss of principal.

A Statement of Additional Information (SAI), dated the same date as this prospectus, is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. It is filed with the SEC and is available without charge by contacting RiverSource Life at the telephone number and address listed above. The table of contents of the SAI is on the last page of this prospectus. The SEC maintains an Internet site. This prospectus, the SAI and other information about the product are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at (http://www.sec.gov).

Variable annuities are complex products. The fees and charges, as well as the available features and benefits, of the variable annuity contracts described in this prospectus will be different from other variable annuities offered in the marketplace, including other variable annuities or other types of annuities offered by RiverSource Life. The interest credited, guarantees provided, and credits available, as well as the funds serving as underlying investments and their corresponding expenses, may differ among the variable annuities that are available to you. With the aid of an appropriate financial professional, we encourage you to compare and contrast the variable annuity contracts described in this prospectus with other variable annuities available in the marketplace, including other types of annuities we may offer. This will aid in determining whether purchasing a contract is consistent with your investment objectives, risk tolerance, time horizon, marital status, tax situation, and your unique financial situation and needs. If you select an annuity that includes surrender or other liquidation charges, you should also consider any future needs you may have to access your contract value. The optional benefits and features available with the contracts usually come with additional costs. Consider any additional costs carefully when electing these optional benefits and features.

Beginning on January 1, 2021, as permitted by regulations adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission, paper copies of your underlying funds’ shareholder reports will no longer be sent by mail, unless you specifically request paper copies of the reports from RiverSource Life. Instead, the reports will be made available on a website, and you will be notified each time a report is posted and provided with a website link to access the report.

You may elect to receive all future reports in paper free of charge. You can inform RiverSource Life that you wish to continue receiving paper copies of your shareholder reports by calling our Service Center at 1-800-862-7919. Your election to receive reports in paper will apply to all funds available under your variable annuity contract.

Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus    1

Effects of COVID-19 Pandemic

The coronavirus disease 2019 (“COVID-19”) public health crisis presents ongoing significant economic and societal disruption and has driven significant volatility in the equity and interest rate markets. Any periods of continued high market volatility, and your individual circumstances (e.g., your selected allocations and the timing of any purchase payments, transfers, or withdrawals), will affect values under your contract. As part of how we maintain our strong financial strength and claims-paying ability, we continue to reserve amounts for our contractual obligations in accordance with significant state solvency regulations. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic may impact financial markets, investment performance under your contract, and our financial strength and claims-paying ability will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be estimated, including the scope and duration of the pandemic and actions taken by governmental authorities, market participants, and other third parties in response to the pandemic.

We have implemented comprehensive strategies to address the operating environment spurred by the pandemic.  To promote the safety and security of our employees and to assure the continuity of our business operations, we have implemented a work from home protocol for virtually all of our employee population, restricted business travel, and provided resources for complying with the guidance from the World Health Organization, the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and government authorities. We have been satisfying elevated customer service volumes and our operations teams have continued to operate successfully and without disruptions in service. Our pandemic strategy is flexible and scalable and takes into consideration that a pandemic could be widespread and may occur in multiple waves, affecting different communities at different times with varying levels of severity. We cannot, however, predict the impact that natural or man-made disasters and catastrophes, including the COVID-19 pandemic, may have over near- or longer-term periods.

2    Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Table of Contents

Key Terms	4
The Contract in Brief	6
Expense Summary	8
Contract Owner Transaction Expenses	8
Annual Variable Account Expenses	9
Other Annual Expenses	9
Annual Operating Expenses of the Funds	10
Condensed Financial Information	11
Financial Statements	11
The Variable Account and the Funds	11
The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)	15
Market Value Adjustment (MVA)	16
The General Account	18
The One-Year Fixed Account	18
Buying Your Contract	18
Purchase Payments	20
How to Make Purchase Payments	20
Purchase Payment Credits	20
Limitations on Use of Contract	21
The Retirement Date	21
Beneficiary	21
Charges	21
Contract Administrative Charge	21
Variable Account Administrative Charge	21
Mortality and Expense Risk Fee	22
Withdrawal Charge	22
Fund Fees and Expenses	25
Premium Taxes	25
Optional Living Benefits Charges	25
Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB) Fee	25
Performance Credit Rider (PCR) Fee	26
Optional Death Benefit Charges	26
Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider Fee	26
Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider Fee	27
Valuing Your Investment	27
GPAs and One-Year Fixed Account	27
Subaccounts	27
Making the Most of Your Contract	29
Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging	29
Special Dollar-Cost Averaging (Special DCA) Program	29
Asset Rebalancing	30
Transferring Among Accounts	30
How to request a Transfer or Withdrawal	33

Withdrawals	35
Withdrawal Policies	35
Receiving Payment	35
TSA–Special Provisions	36
Participants in Tax-Sheltered Annuities	36
Changing Ownership	37
Benefits in Case of Death	37
If You Die Before Your Retirement Date	40
Optional Benefits	42
Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB)	42
Performance Credit Rider (PCR)	48
Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector)	50
Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus)	52
The Annuity Payout Period	54
Annuity Tables	54
Annuity Payout Plans	54
Taxes	55
Nonqualified Annuities	55
Qualified Annuities	57
Other	59
Voting Rights	60
Substitution of Investments	60
About the Service Providers	60
Principal Underwriter	60
Service Providers	62
Issuer	62
Legal Proceedings	62
Additional Information	62
Incorporation of Certain Documents By Reference	62
Available Information	63
Indemnification	63
Appendix A: Performance Credit Rider Adjusted Partial Withdrawal	64
Appendix B: Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	66
Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information	69

Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus    3

Key Terms

These terms can help you understand details about your contract.

Accumulation unit: A measure of the value of each subaccount before annuity payouts begin.

Annuitant: The person or persons on whose life or life expectancy the annuity payouts are based.

Annuity payouts: An amount paid at regular intervals under one of several plans.

Assumed investment rate: The rate of return we assume your investments will earn when we calculate your initial annuity payout amount using the annuity table in your contract. The standard assumed investment rate we use is 5% but you may request we substitute an assumed investment rate of 3.5%.

Beneficiary: The person you designate to receive benefits in case of the owner’s or annuitant’s death while the contract is in force.

Close of business: The time the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) closes (4 p.m. Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier).

Code: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Contract: A deferred annuity contract that permits you to accumulate money for retirement by making one or more purchase payments. It provides for lifetime or other forms of payouts beginning at a specified time in the future.

Contract value: The total value of your contract before we deduct any applicable charges.

Contract year: A period of 12 months, starting on the effective date of your contract and on each anniversary of the effective date.

Funds: Investment options under your contract. You may allocate your purchase payments into subaccounts investing in shares of the funds.

Good order: We cannot process your transaction request relating to the contract until we have received the request in good order at our Service Center. “Good order” means the actual receipt of the requested transaction in writing, along with all information, forms and supporting legal documentation necessary to effect the transaction. To be in “good order,” your instructions must be sufficiently clear so that we do not need to exercise any discretion to follow such instructions. This information and documentation generally includes your completed request; the contract number; the transaction amount (in dollars); the names of and allocations to and/or from the subaccounts and the fixed account affected by the requested transaction; Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number; and any other information, forms or supporting documentation that we may require. For certain transactions, at our option, we may require the signature of all contract owners for the request to be in good order. With respect to purchase

requests, “good order” also generally includes receipt of sufficient payment by us to effect the purchase. We may, in our sole discretion, determine whether any particular transaction request is in good order, and we reserve the right to change or waive any good order requirements at any time.

Guarantee Period: The number of successive 12-month periods that a guaranteed interest rate is credited.

Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs): A nonunitized separate account to which you may allocate purchase payments and purchase payment credits or transfer contract value of at least $1,000. These accounts have guaranteed interest rates for guarantee periods we declare when you allocate purchase payments and purchase payment credits or transfer contract value to a GPA. These guaranteed rates and periods of time may vary by state. Unless an exception applies, transfers or withdrawals from a GPA done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will receive a market value adjustment, which may result in a gain or loss of principal.

Market Value Adjustment (MVA): A positive or negative adjustment assessed if any portion of a Guarantee Period Account is withdrawn or transferred more than 30 days before the end of its guarantee period.

One-year fixed account: Part of our general account to which you may make allocations. Amounts you allocate to this account earn interest at rates that we declare periodically.

Owner (you, your): The person or persons identified in the contract as owner(s) of the contract, who has or have the right to control the contract (to decide on investment allocations, transfers, payout options, etc.). Usually, but not always, the owner is also the annuitant. During the owner’s life, the owner is responsible for taxes, regardless of whether he or she receives the contract’s benefits. The owner or any joint owner may be a non-natural person (e.g. irrevocable trust or corporation) or a revocable trust. If any owner is a non-natural person or a revocable trust, the annuitant will be deemed to be the owner for contract provisions that are based on the age or life of the owner. When the contract is owned by a revocable trust or irrevocable grantor trust, the annuitant(s) selected must be the grantor(s) of the trust to assure compliance with Section 72(s) of the Code.

Qualified annuity: A contract that you purchase to fund one of the following tax-deferred retirement plans that is subject to applicable federal law and any rules of the plan itself:

• Individual Retirement Annuities (IRAs) including inherited IRAs under Section 408(b) of the Code

• Roth IRAs including inherited Roth IRAs under Section 408A of the Code

• SIMPLE IRAs under Section 408(p) of the Code

• Simplified Employee Pension (SEP) plans under Section 408(k) of the Code

 

4    Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• Tax-Sheltered Annuity (TSA) rollovers under Section 403(b) of the Code

A qualified annuity will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral if it is used to fund a retirement plan that is already tax deferred.

All other contracts are considerednonqualified annuities.

Retirement date: The date when annuity payouts are scheduled to begin.

Rider effective date: The date a rider becomes effective as stated in the rider.

RiverSource Life: In this prospectus, “we,” “us,” “our” and “RiverSource Life” refer to RiverSource Life Insurance Company.

Service Center: Our department that processes all transaction and service requests for the contracts. We consider all transaction and service requests received when they arrive in good order at the Service Center. Any transaction or service requests sent or directed to any location other than our Service Center may end up delayed or not processed. Our Service Center address and telephone number are listed on the first page of the prospectus.

Valuation date: Any normal business day, Monday through Friday, on which the NYSE is open, up to the time it closes. At the NYSE close, the next valuation date begins. We calculate the accumulation unit value of each subaccount on each valuation date. If we receive your

purchase payment or any transaction request (such as a transfer or withdrawal request) in good order at our Service Center before the close of business, we will process your payment or transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your payment or transaction request. On the other hand, if we receive your purchase payment or transaction request in good order at our Service Center at or after the close of business, we will process your payment or transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date. If you make a transaction request by telephone (including by fax), you must have completed your transaction by the close of business in order for us to process it using the accumulation unit value we calculate on that valuation date. If you were not able to complete your transaction before the close of business for any reason, including telephone service interruptions or delays due to high call volume, we will process your transaction using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date.

Variable account: Consists of separate subaccounts to which you may allocate purchase payments; each invests in shares of one fund. The value of your investment in each subaccount changes with the performance of the particular fund.

Withdrawal value: The amount you are entitled to receive if you make a full withdrawal from your contract. It is the contract value minus any applicable charges.

Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus    5

The Contract in Brief

Purpose: The purpose of the contract is to allow you to accumulate money for retirement or similar long term goal. You do this by making one or more purchase payments. You may allocate your purchase payments to the GPAs, one-year fixed account, and/or subaccounts of the variable account under the contract; however you risk losing amounts you invest in the subaccounts of the variable account. These accounts, in turn, may earn returns that increase the value of a contract. If the contract value goes to zero due to underlying fund’s performance or deduction of fees, the contract will no longer be in force and the contract (including any death benefit riders) will terminate. You may be able to purchase an optional benefit to reduce the investment risk you assume. Beginning at a specified time in the future called the retirement date, the contract provides lifetime or other forms of payouts of your contract value (less any applicable premium tax).

It may have not been advantageous for you to purchase this contract in exchange for, or in addition to, an existing annuity or life insurance policy. Generally, you can exchange one annuity for another or for a long-term care policy in a “tax-free” exchange under Section 1035 of the Code. You can also do a partial exchange from one annuity contract to another annuity contract, subject to Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) rules. You also generally can exchange a life insurance policy for an annuity. However, before making an exchange, you should compare both contracts carefully because the features and benefits may be different. Fees and charges may be higher or lower on your old contract than on this contract. You may have to pay a withdrawal charge when you exchange out of your old contract and a new withdrawal period will begin when you exchange into this contract. If the exchange does not qualify for Section 1035 treatment, you also may have to pay federal income tax on the distribution. State income taxes may also apply. You should not exchange your old contract for this contract, or buy this contract in addition to your old contract, unless you determine it is in your best interest. (See “Taxes-1035 Exchanges”.)

Tax-deferred retirement plans: Most annuities have a tax-deferred feature. So do many retirement plans under the Code including 403(b) plans. As a result, when you use a qualified annuity to fund a retirement plan that is tax-deferred, your contract will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral beyond what is provided in that retirement plan. Some employers may permit you to deposit your contributions into other investments such as mutual funds. If such investments are available to you, before enrolling under the contract, you should consider features other than tax deferral that may help you reach your retirement goals. In addition, the Code subjects retirement plans to required withdrawals triggered at age 72 (triggered at age 70 ½ if you turned 70 ½ before Jan. 1, 2020). These mandatory withdrawals are called required minimum distributions (“RMDs”). RMDs may reduce the value of certain death benefits and optional riders (see “Taxes — Qualified

Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). You should consult your tax advisor before you purchase the contract as a qualified annuity for an explanation of the tax implications to you.

Buying a contract: We no longer offer new contracts. However, you have the option of making additional purchase payments in the future, subject to certain limitations. Purchase payment amounts and purchase payment timing may be limited under the terms of your contract and/or pursuant to state requirements. (See “Buying Your Contract”).

Free look period: The contracts in this prospectus are no longer sold. Generally, all available free look periods have now expired.

Accounts: Generally, you may allocate your purchase payments among the:

• subaccounts, each of which invests in a fund with a particular investment objective. The value of each subaccount varies with the performance of the particular fund in which it invests. We cannot guarantee that the value at the retirement date will equal or exceed the total purchase payments you allocate to the subaccounts. (See “The Variable Account and the Funds”).

• GPAs which earn interest at rates declared when you make an allocation to that account. The required minimum investment in each GPA is $1,000. These accounts may not be available in all states. (See “The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)”)

• one-year fixed account, which earns interest at rates that we adjust periodically. There are restrictions on the amount you can allocate to this account as well as on transfers from this account. (See “The One-Year Fixed Account”)

Transfers: Subject to certain restrictions, you currently may redistribute your contract value among the accounts without charge at any time until annuity payouts begin, and once per contract year among the subaccounts after annuity payouts begin. Transfers out of the GPAs done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period will be subject to a MVA, unless an exception applies. You may establish automated transfers among the accounts. We reserve the right to limit transfers to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then currently crediting is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract. (See “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transferring Among Accounts”).

Withdrawals: You may withdraw all or part of your contract value at any time before the retirement date. You also may establish automated partial withdrawals. Withdrawals may be subject to charges and tax penalties (including a 10% IRS penalty that may apply if you make withdrawals prior to your reaching age 59½) and may have other tax consequences. Certain other restrictions may apply. (See “Withdrawals”)

 

6    Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Optional benefits:This contract offered optional benefits that were available for additional charges if you met certain criteria. Please note, since the contract in this prospectus is no longer sold, any optional benefits you may have elected were done so at the time of application. You cannot add optional benefits to your contract after it has been issued. Any optional benefits we describe are not available to add to your contract. (See “Optional Benefits”).

Benefits in case of death: If you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin, we will pay the beneficiary an amount at least equal to the contract value. (See “Benefits in Case of Death”)

Annuity payouts: You can apply your contract value, after reflecting any adjustments, to an annuity payout plan that begins on the retirement date. You may choose from a variety of plans that can help meet your retirement or other income needs. The payout schedule must meet IRS requirements. We can make payouts on a fixed or variable basis, or both. During the annuity payout period, your choices for subaccounts may be limited. The GPAs are not available during the payout period. (See “The Annuity Payout Period”).

Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus    7

Expense Summary

The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you paid when buying, owning and making a withdrawal from the contract. The first table describes the fees and expenses that you paid at the time that you bought the contract and will pay when you make a withdrawal from the contract. State premium taxes also may be deducted.

Contract Owner Transaction Expenses

Withdrawal charge

(Contingent deferred sales charge as a percentage of purchase payments withdrawn)

You select either a seven-year or five-year withdrawal charge schedule at the time of application.

Seven-year schedule		Five-year schedule
Years from purchase payment receipt	Withdrawal charge percentage	Years from purchase payment receipt	Withdrawal charge percentage
1	8%	1	8%
2	8	2	7
3	7	3	6
4	7	4	4
5	6	5	2
6	5	Thereafter	0
7	3
Thereafter	0

Liquidation charge under Variable Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:If you are receiving variable annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to withdraw those payments. The amount that you can withdraw is the present value of any remaining variable payouts. The discount rate we use in the calculation will be 5.17% if the assumed investment return is 3.5% and 6.67% if the assumed investment return is 5%. The liquidation charge equals the present value of the remaining payouts using the assumed investment return minus the present value of the remaining payouts using the discount rate. (See “Charges — WithdrawalCharge” and “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Withdrawal charge for Fixed Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:

Number of Completed Years Since Annuitization	Withdrawal charge percentage
0	Not applicable*
1	5%
2	4
3	3
4	2
5	1
6 and thereafter	0

*We do not permit withdrawals in the first year after annuitization.

	Assumed investment rate
Seven-year schedule	3.50%	5.00%
Qualified discount rate	4.86%	6.36%
Nonqualified discount rate	5.11%	6.61%

	Assumed investment rate
Five-year schedule	3.50%	5.00%
Qualified discount rate	5.16%	6.66%
Nonqualified discount rate	5.41%	6.91%

The next tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay periodically during the time that you own the contract, not including fund fees and expenses.

8    Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Annual Variable Account Expenses

(As a percentage of average daily subaccount value.)

You can choose a death benefit guarantee, a qualified or nonqualified contract and the length of your contract’s withdrawal charge schedule. The combination you choose determines the mortality and expense risk fees you pay. The table below shows the combinations available to you and their cost.

Seven-year withdrawal charge schedule	Mortality and expense risk fee	Variable account administrative charge	Total variable account expense
Qualified annuities
ROP death benefit	0.85%	0.15%	1.00%
MAV death benefit(1),(2)	1.05	0.15	1.20
EDB(1)	1.15	0.15	1.30
Nonqualified annuities
ROP death benefit	1.10	0.15	1.25
MAV death benefit(1),(2)	1.30	0.15	1.45
EDB(1)	1.40	0.15	1.55

Five-year withdrawal charge schedule	Mortality and expense risk fee	Variable account administrative charge	Total variable account expense
Qualified annuities
ROP death benefit	1.15	0.15	1.30
MAV death benefit(1),(2)	1.35	0.15	1.50
EDB(1)	1.45	0.15	1.60
Nonqualified annuities
ROP Payment death benefit	1.40	0.15	1.55
MAV death benefit(1),(2)	1.60	0.15	1.75
EDB(1)	1.70	0.15	1.85

(1)	Available if both you and the annuitant are 79 or younger at contract issue. If you select a GMIB rider, you must elect either the MAV death benefit or the EDB. EDB is not available with Benefit Protector or Benefit Protector Plus. May not be available in all states.
(2)	For contracts with applications signed before Nov. 6, 2003, or if your state has not approved this fee, the MAV death benefit fee is .10% less.

Other Annual Expenses

Annual contract administrative charge $40

(We will waive this charge when your contract value is $50,000 or more on the current contract anniversary.)

GMIB – MAV	0.55%(1),(2)
GMIB – 6% Rising Floor	0.75%(1),(2)

(As a percentage of the adjusted contract value charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

PCR fee 0.15%⁽¹⁾

(As a percentage of the contract value charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector) fee 0.25%⁽¹⁾

(As a percentage of the contract value charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus) fee 0.40%⁽¹⁾

(As a percentage of the contract value charged annually on the contract anniversary.)

⁽¹⁾ This fee applies only if you elect this optional feature.

⁽²⁾For applications signed prior to May 1, 2003, the following current annual rider charges apply: GMIB – MAV — 0.30% and GMIB — 6% Rising Floor — 0.45%.

Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus    9

Annual Operating Expenses of the Funds

The next table provides the minimum and maximum total operating expenses charged by the underlying funds that you may pay periodically during the time that you own the contract. These operating expenses are for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, unless otherwise noted. More detail concerning each underlying fund’s fees and expenses is contained in each fund’s prospectus.

Minimum and maximum annual operating expenses for the funds

(Including management, distribution (12b-1) and/or service fees and other expenses)⁽¹⁾

	Minimum(%)	Maximum(%)
Total expenses before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements	0.60	1.38

⁽¹⁾ Total annual fund operating expenses are deducted from amounts that are allocated to the fund. They include management fees and other expenses and may include distribution (12b-1) fees. Other expenses may include service fees that may be used to compensate service providers, including us and our affiliates, for administrative and contract owner services provided on behalf of the fund. The amount of these payments will vary by fund and may be significant. See “The Variable Account and the Funds” for additional information, including potential conflicts of interest these payments may create. Distribution (12b-1) fees are used to finance any activity that is primarily intended to result in the sale of fund shares. Because 12b-1 fees are paid out of fund assets on an ongoing basis, you may pay more if you select subaccounts investing in funds that have adopted 12b-1 plans than if you select subaccounts investing in funds that have not adopted 12b-1 plans. For a more complete description of each fund’s fees and expenses and important disclosure regarding payments the fund and/or its affiliates make, please review the fund’s prospectus and SAI.

Examples

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in these contracts with the cost of investing in other variable annuity contracts. These costs include your transaction expenses, contract administrative charges⁽¹⁾, variable account annual expenses and fund fees and expenses.

These examples assume that you invest $10,000 in the contract for the time periods indicated. These examples also assume that your investment has a 5% return each year.

Maximum Expenses. These examples assume the most expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the maximum fees and expenses of any of the funds before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the MAV death benefit, GMIB – 6% Rising Floor and Benefit Protector Plus. Although your actual costs may be lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

	If you withdraw your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not withdraw your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
Nonqualified Annuity	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Seven-year withdrawal charge schedule	$1,172	$1,989	$2,721	$4,574	$447	$1,349	$2,259	$4,574
Five-year withdrawal charge schedule	1,109	1,799	2,399	4,823	478	1,437	2,399	4,823
Qualified Annuity	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Seven-year withdrawal charge schedule	$1,148	$1,921	$2,609	$4,360	$422	$1,275	$2,141	$4,360
Five-year withdrawal charge schedule	1,086	1,729	2,283	4,616	453	1,364	2,283	4,616

Minimum Expenses. These examples assume the least expensive combination of contract features and benefits and the minimum fees and expenses of any of the funds before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. They assume that you select the ROP death benefit and do not select any optional benefits. Although your actual costs may be higher, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

	If you withdraw your contract at the end of the applicable time period:				If you do not withdraw your contract or if you select an annuity payout plan at the end of the applicable time period:
Nonqualified Annuity	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Seven-year withdrawal charge schedule	$971	$1,389	$1,701	$2,547	$230	$704	$1,201	$2,547
Five-year withdrawal charge schedule	907	1,185	1,356	2,860	260	797	1,356	2,860
Qualified Annuity	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Seven-year withdrawal charge schedule	$948	$1,317	$1,570	$2,279	$204	$627	$1,070	$2,279
Five-year withdrawal charge schedule	883	1,111	1,227	2,600	235	720	1,227	2,600

⁽¹⁾ In these examples, the contract administrative charge is $40.

THE EXAMPLES ARE ILLUSTRATIVE ONLY. YOU SHOULD NOT CONSIDER THESE EXAMPLES AS A REPRESENTATION OF PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES. ACTUAL EXPENSES WILL BE HIGHER OR LOWER THAN THOSE SHOWN DEPENDING UPON WHICH OPTIONAL BENEFIT YOU ELECT OTHER THAN INDICATED IN THE EXAMPLES OR IF YOU ALLOCATE CONTRACT VALUE TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE SUBACCOUNTS.

10    Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Condensed Financial Information

You can find unaudited condensed financial information for the subaccounts representing the lowest and highest total annual variable account expense combinations in Appendix B.

Financial Statements

You can find our audited financial statements and the audited financial statements of the divisions, which are comprised of subaccounts, in the SAI. The SAI does not include audited financial statements for divisions that are new (if any) and have no activity as of the financial statements date.

The Variable Account and the Funds

Variable Account. The variable account was established under Indiana law on July 15, 1987, and the subaccounts are registered together as a single unit investment trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the 1940 Act). This registration does not involve any supervision of our management or investment practices and policies by the SEC. All obligations arising under the contracts are general obligations of RiverSource Life.

The variable account meets the definition of a separate account under federal securities laws. We credit or charge income, capital gains and capital losses of each subaccount only to that subaccount. State insurance law prohibits us from charging a subaccount with liabilities of any other subaccount or of our general business. The variable account includes other subaccounts that are available under contracts that are not described in this prospectus.

The IRS has issued guidance on investor control but may issue additional guidance in the future. We reserve the right to modify the contract or any investments made under the terms of the contract so that the investor control rules do not apply to treat the contract owner as the owner of the subaccount assets rather than the owner of an annuity contract. If the contract is not treated as an annuity contract for tax purposes, the owner may be subject to current taxation on any current or accumulated income credited to the contract.

We intend to comply with all federal tax laws so that the contract qualifies as an annuity for federal tax purposes. We reserve the right to modify the contract as necessary in order to qualify the contract as an annuity for federal tax purposes.

The Funds. This contract currently offers subaccounts investing in shares of the funds listed in the table below.

• Investment objectives: The investment managers and advisers cannot guarantee that the funds will meet their investment objectives. Please read the funds’ prospectuses for facts you should know before investing. These prospectuses are available by contacting us at the address or telephone number on the first page of this prospectus.

• Fund name and management: A fund underlying your contract in which a subaccount invests may have a name, portfolio manager, objectives, strategies and characteristics that are the same or substantially similar to those of a publicly-traded retail mutual fund. Despite these similarities, an underlying fund is not the same as any publicly-traded retail mutual fund. Each underlying fund will have its own unique portfolio holdings, fees, operating expenses and operating results. The results of each underlying fund may differ significantly from any publicly-traded retail mutual fund.

• Eligible purchasers: All funds are available to serve as the underlying investments for variable annuities and variable life insurance policies. The funds are not available to the public (see “Fund Name and Management” above). Some funds also are available to serve as investment options for tax-deferred retirement plans. It is possible that in the future for tax, regulatory or other reasons, it may be disadvantageous for variable annuity accounts and variable life insurance accounts and/or tax-deferred retirement plans to invest in the available funds simultaneously. Although we and the funds’ providers do not currently foresee any such disadvantages, the boards of directors or trustees of each fund will monitor events in order to identify any material conflicts between annuity owners, policy owners and tax-deferred retirement plans and to determine what action, if any, should be taken in response to a conflict. If a board were to conclude that it should establish separate fund providers for the variable annuity, variable life insurance and tax-deferred retirement plan accounts, you would not bear any expenses associated with establishing separate funds. Please refer to the funds’ prospectuses for risk disclosure regarding simultaneous investments by variable annuity, variable life insurance and tax-deferred retirement plan accounts. Each fund intends to comply with the diversification requirements under Section 817(h) of the Code.

• Private label: This contract is a “private label” variable annuity. This means the contract includes funds affiliated with the distributor of this contract. Purchase payments and contract values you allocate to subaccounts investing in any of the Wells Fargo Variable Trust Funds available under this contract are generally more profitable for the distributor and its affiliates than allocations you make to other subaccounts. In contrast, purchase payments and contract values you allocate to subaccounts investing in any of the affiliated funds are generally more profitable for us and our

Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus    11

	affiliates (see “Revenue we receive from the funds may create conflicts of interest”). These relationships may influence recommendations your investment professional makes regarding whether you should invest in the contract, and whether you should allocate purchase payments or contract values to a particular subaccount.
•	Asset allocation programs may impact fund performance: Asset allocation programs in general may negatively impact the performance of an underlying fund. Even if you do not participate in an asset allocation program, a fund in which your subaccount invests may be impacted if it is included in an asset allocation program. Rebalancing or reallocation under the terms of the asset allocation program may cause a fund to lose money if it must sell large amounts of securities to meet a redemption request. These losses can be greater if the fund holds securities that are not as liquid as others, for example, various types of bonds, shares of smaller companies and securities of foreign issuers. A fund may also experience higher expenses because it must sell or buy securities more frequently than it otherwise might in the absence of asset allocation program rebalancing or reallocations. Because asset allocation programs include periodic rebalancing and may also include reallocation, these effects may occur under the asset allocation program we offer or under asset allocation programs used in conjunction with the contracts and plans of other eligible purchasers of the funds.
•	Funds available under the contract: We seek to provide a broad array of underlying funds taking into account the fees and charges imposed by each fund and the contract charges we impose. We select the underlying funds in which the subaccounts initially invest and when there is substitution (see “Substitution of Investments”). We also make all decisions regarding which funds to retain in a contract, which funds to add to a contract and which funds will no longer be offered in a contract. In making these decisions, we may consider various objective and subjective factors. Objective factors include, but are not limited to fund performance, fund expenses, classes of fund shares available, size of the fund and investment objectives and investing style of the fund. Subjective factors include, but are not limited to, investment sub-styles and process, management skill and history at other funds and portfolio concentration and sector weightings. We also consider the levels and types of revenue a fund, its distributor, investment adviser, subadviser, transfer agent or their affiliates pay us and our affiliates. This revenue includes, but is not limited to compensation for administrative services provided with respect to the fund and support of marketing and distribution expenses incurred with respect to the fund.
•	Money Market fund yield: In low interest rate environments, money market fund yields may decrease to a level where the deduction of fees and charges associated with your contract could result in negative net performance, resulting in a corresponding decrease in your contract value.
•	Revenue we receive from the funds and potential conflicts of interest:

Expenses We May Incur on Behalf of the Funds

When a subaccount invests in a fund, the fund holds a single account in the name of the variable account. As such, the variable account is actually the shareholder of the fund. We, through our variable account, aggregate the transactions of numerous contract owners and submit net purchase and redemption requests to the funds on a daily basis. In addition, we track individual contract owner transactions and provide confirmations, periodic statements, and other required mailings. These costs would normally be borne by the fund, but we incur them instead.

Besides incurring these administrative expenses on behalf of the funds, we also incur distributions expenses in selling our contracts. By extension, the distribution expenses we incur benefit the funds we make available due to contract owner elections to allocate purchase payments to the funds through the subaccounts. In addition, the funds generally incur lower distribution expenses when offered through our variable account in contrast to being sold on a retail basis.

A complete list of why we may receive this revenue, as well as sources of revenue, is described in detail below.

Payments the Funds May Make to Us

We or our affiliates may receive from each of the funds, or their affiliates, compensation including but not limited to expense payments. These payments are designed in part to compensate us for the expenses we may incur on behalf of the funds. In addition to these payments, the funds may compensate us for wholesaling activities or to participate in educational or marketing seminars sponsored by the funds.

We or our affiliates may receive revenue derived from the 12b-1 fees charged by the funds. These fees are deducted from the assets of the funds. This revenue and the amount by which it can vary may create conflicts of interest. The amount, type, and manner in which the revenue from these sources is computed vary by fund.

Conflicts of Interest These Payments May Create

When we determined the charges to impose under the contracts, we took into account anticipated payments from the funds. If we had not taken into account these anticipated payments, the charges under the contract would have been higher. Additionally, the amount of payment we receive from a fund or its affiliate may create an incentive for us to include that fund as an investment option and may influence our decision regarding which funds to include in the variable account as subaccount options for contract owners. Funds that offer lower payments or no payments may also have corresponding expense structures that are lower, resulting in decreased overall fees and expenses to shareholders.

12    Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus

We offer funds managed by our affiliates Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC (Columbia Management) and Columbia Wanger Asset Management, LLC (Columbia Wanger). We have additional financial incentive to offer our affiliated funds because additional assets held by them generally results in added revenue to us and our parent company, Ameriprise Financial, Inc. Additionally, employees of Ameriprise Financial, Inc. and its affiliates, including our employees, may be separately incented to include the affiliated funds in the products, as employee compensation and business unit operating goals at all levels are tied to the success of the company. Currently, revenue received from our affiliated funds comprises the greatest amount and percentage of revenue we derive from payments made by the funds.

The Amount of Payments We Receive from the Funds

We or our affiliates receive revenue which ranges up to 0.65% of the average daily net assets invested in the funds through this and other contracts we and our affiliates issue.

Why revenues are paid to us: In accordance with applicable laws, regulations and the terms of the agreements under which such revenue is paid, we or our affiliates may receive revenue, including, but not limited to expense payments and non-cash compensation, for various purposes:

• Compensating, training and educating investment professionals who sell the contracts.

• Granting access to our employees whose job it is to promote sales of the contracts by authorized selling firms and their investment professionals, and granting access to investment professionals of our affiliated selling firms.

• Activities or services we or our affiliates provide that assist in the promotion and distribution of the contracts including promoting the funds available under the contracts to contract owners, authorized selling firms and investment professionals.

• Providing sub-transfer agency and shareholder servicing to contract owners.

• Promoting, including and/or retaining the fund’s investment portfolios as underlying investment options in the contracts.

• Advertising, printing and mailing sales literature, and printing and distributing prospectuses and reports.

• Furnishing personal services to contract owners, including education of contract owners regarding the funds, answering routine inquiries regarding a fund, maintaining accounts or providing such other services eligible for service fees as defined under the rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA).

• Subaccounting services, transaction processing, recordkeeping and administration.

• Sources of revenue received from affiliated funds: The affiliated funds are managed by Columbia Management or Columbia Wanger. The sources of revenue we receive from these affiliated funds, or the funds’ affiliates, may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Assets of the fund’s adviser, sub-adviser, transfer agent, distributor or an affiliate of these. The revenue resulting from these sources may be based either on a percentage of average daily net assets of the fund or on the actual cost of certain services we provide with respect to the fund. We may receive this revenue either in the form of a cash payment or it may be allocated to us.

• Compensation paid out of 12b-1 fees that are deducted from fund assets.

• Sources of revenue received from unaffiliated funds: The unaffiliated funds are not managed by an affiliate of ours. The sources of revenue we receive from these unaffiliated funds, or the funds’ affiliates, may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Assets of the fund’s adviser, sub-adviser, transfer agent, distributor or an affiliate of these. The revenue resulting from these sources may be based either on a percentage of average daily net assets of the fund or on the actual cost of certain services we provide with respect to the fund. We receive this revenue in the form of a cash payment.

• Compensation paid out of 12b-1 fees that are deducted from fund assets.

Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus    13

You may allocate purchase payments and transfers to any or all of the subaccounts of the variable account that invest in shares of the funds listed in the table below. From time to time, certain fund names are changed. When we are notified of a name change, we will make changes so that the new name is properly shown. However, changes may take some period of time to complete. As a result it is possible you may receive various forms, reports and confirmations that reflect a fund’s prior name.

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high level of current income and, as a secondary objective, steady growth of capital.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Government Money Market Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with maximum current income consistent with liquidity and stability of principal.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Columbia Variable Portfolio - Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with a high level of current income while attempting to conserve the value of the investment for the longest period of time.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2	Seeks long-term growth of capital. Normally invests primarily in common stocks. Normally invests at least 80% of assets in securities of companies with medium market capitalizations. May invest in companies with smaller or larger market capitalizations. Invests in domestic and foreign issuers. The Fund invests in either "growth" or "value" common stocks or both.	Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR) (the Adviser) is the fund's manager. FMR Co., Inc. (FMRC) and other investment advisers serve as sub-advisers for the fund.
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund - Class 2	Seeks capital appreciation, with income as a secondary goal. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests primarily in U.S. and foreign equity securities that the investment manager believes are undervalued.	Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco V.I. Value Opportunities Fund, Series II Shares	Seeks long-term growth of capital.	Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Putnam VT International Equity Fund - Class IB Shares	Seeks capital appreciation.	Putnam Investment Management, LLC, investment advisor; Putnam Investments Limited, sub-adviser. Though the investment advisor has retained the services of The Putnam Advisory Company, LLC (PAC), PAC does not currently manage any assets of the fund.
Variable Portfolio - Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3)	Seeks to provide shareholders with long-term capital appreciation.	Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC, adviser; Jacobs Levy Equity Management, Inc., Nuveen Asset Management, LLC and Segall Bryant & Hamill, LLC, subadvisers.
Wells Fargo VT International Equity Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.

14    Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Investing In	Investment Objective and Policies	Investment Adviser
Wells Fargo VT Omega Growth Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.
Wells Fargo VT Opportunity Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.
Wells Fargo VT Small Cap Growth Fund - Class 2	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.	Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, adviser; Wells Capital Management Inc., sub-adviser.

The Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs)

The GPAs may not be available in some states.

You may allocate purchase payments and purchase payment credits to one or more of the GPAs with guarantee periods declared by us. These periods of time may vary by state. The minimum required investment in each GPA is $1,000. There are restrictions on the amount you can allocate to these accounts as well as on transfers from these accounts (see “Buying Your Contract” and “Transfer policies”).

These accounts are not offered after annuity payouts begin.

Each GPA pays an interest rate that is declared when you make an allocation to that account. Interest is credited daily. That interest rate is then fixed for the guarantee period that you chose. We will periodically change the declared interest rate for any future allocations to these accounts, but we will not change the rate paid on money currently in a GPA. The GPA interests under the contracts are registered with the SEC (File No.333-230959). The SEC staff reviews the disclosures in this prospectus on the GPA interests.

The interest rates that we will declare as guaranteed rates in the future are determined by us at our discretion (future rates). These rates generally will be based on various factors related to future investment earnings.We cannot predict nor can we guarantee what future rates will be.

We hold amounts you allocate to the GPAs in a “nonunitized” separate account. This separate account provides an additional measure of assurance that we will make full payment of amounts due under the GPAs. We own the assets of this separate account as well as any favorable investment performance of those assets. You do not participate in the performance of the assets held in this separate account. We guarantee all benefits relating to your value in the GPAs. This guarantee is based on the continued claims-paying ability of the company’s general account. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of insurance and financial products as well, and we also pay our obligations under these products from assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account.

We intend to construct and manage the investment portfolio relating to the separate account in such a way as to minimize the impact of fluctuations by interest rates. We seek to achieve this by constructing a portfolio of assets with a price sensitivity to interest rate changes (i.e., price duration) that is similar to the price duration of the corresponding portfolio of liabilities.

We must invest this portfolio of assets in accordance with requirements established by applicable state laws regarding the nature and quality of investments that life insurance companies may make and the percentage of their assets that they may commit to any particular type of investment. Our investment strategy will incorporate the use of a variety of debt instruments having price durations tending to match the applicable guarantee periods. These instruments include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

• Securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities, which issues may or may not be guaranteed by the U.S. government;

• Debt securities that have an investment grade, at the time of purchase, within the four highest grades assigned by any of three nationally recognized rating agencies — Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s Investors Service or Fitch — or are rated in the two highest grades by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners;

• Other debt instruments which are unrated or rated below investment grade, limited to 10% of assets at the time of purchase; and

• Real estate mortgages, limited to 45% of portfolio assets at the time of acquisition.

In addition, options and futures contracts on fixed income securities will be used from time to time to achieve and maintain appropriate investment and liquidity characteristics on the overall asset portfolio.

Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus    15

While this information generally describes our investment strategy, we are not obligated to follow any particular strategy except as may be required by federal law and Indiana and other state insurance laws.

Market Value Adjustment (MVA)

We guarantee the contract value allocated to your GPA, including the interest credited, if you do not make any transfers or withdrawals from that GPA prior to 30 days before the end of the guarantee period. However, we will apply an MVA if a transfer or withdrawal occurs prior to this time, unless the transfer is an automated transfer from the two-year GPA as part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep strategy. The MVA also affects amounts withdrawn from a GPA prior to 30 days before the end of the guarantee period that are used to purchase payouts under an annuity payout plan. We will refer to all of these transactions as “early withdrawals” in the discussion below.

The current interest rate we offer on the GPA will change periodically at our discretion. It is the rate we are then paying on purchase payments, renewals and transfers paid under this class of contracts for Guarantee Period durations equaling the remaining Guarantee Period of the GPA to which the formula is being applied.

We will not apply MVAs to amounts withdrawn for annual contract charges, to amounts we pay as death claims or to automatic transfers from the two-year GPA as part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep Strategy. In some states, the MVA is limited.

When you request an early withdrawal, we adjust the early withdrawal amount by an MVA formula. The early withdrawal amount reflects the relationship between the guaranteed interest rate you are earning in your current GPA and the interest rate we are crediting on new GPAs that end at the same time as your current GPA.

The MVA is sensitive to changes in current interest rates. The magnitude of any applicable MVA will depend on our current schedule of guaranteed interest rates at the time of the withdrawal, the time remaining in your guarantee period and your guaranteed interest rate. The MVA is negative, zero or positive depending on how the guaranteed interest rate on your GPA compares to the interest rate of a new GPA for the same number of years as the guarantee period remaining on your GPA. This is summarized in the following table:

If your GPA rate is:	The MVA is:
Less than the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Negative
Equal to the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Zero
Greater than the new GPA rate + 0.10%	Positive

General Examples

As the examples below demonstrate, the application of an MVA may result in either a gain or a loss of principal. We refer to all of the transactions described below as “early withdrawals.”

Assumptions:

• You purchase a contract and allocate part of your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA; and

• we guarantee an interest rate of 3.0% annually for your ten-year guarantee period; and

• after three years, you decide to make a withdrawal from your GPA. In other words, there are seven years left in your guarantee period.

Remember that the MVA depends partly on the interest rate of a new GPA for the same number of years as the guarantee period remaining on your GPA. In this case, that is seven years.

Example 1: Remember that your GPA is earning 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 3.5%. We add 0.10% to the 3.5% rate to get 3.6%. Your GPA’s 3.0% rate is less than the 3.6% rate, so the MVA will be negative.

Example 2: Remember again that your GPA is earning 3.0%, and assume that new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 2.5%. We add 0.10% to the 2.5% rate to get 2.6%. In this example, since your GPA’s 3.0% rate is greater than the 2.6% rate, the MVA will be positive. To determine that adjustment precisely, you will have to use the formula described below.

16    Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Sample MVA Calculations

The precise MVA formula we apply is as follows:

Early withdrawal amount	×	[	(	1 + i	)	n/12	–1	]	=	MVA
				1 + j + .001

Where i	=	rate earned in the GPA from which amounts are being transferred or withdrawn.
j	=	current rate for a new guarantee period equal to the remaining term in the current guarantee period.
n	=	number of months remaining in the current guarantee period (rounded up).

Examples — MVA

Using assumptions similar to those we used in the examples above:

• You purchase a contract and allocate part of your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA;

• we guarantee an interest rate of 3.0% annually for your ten-year guarantee period; and

• after three years, you decide to make a $1,000 withdrawal from your GPA. In other words, there are seven years left in your guarantee period.

Example 1: You request an early withdrawal of $1,000 from your ten-year GPA earning a guaranteed interest rate of 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 3.5%. Using the formula above, we determine the MVA as follows:

$1,000	×	[	(	1.030	)	84/12	–1	]	=	-$39.84
				1 + .035 + .001

In this example, the MVA is a negative $39.84.

Example 2: You request an early withdrawal of $1,000 from your ten-year GPA earning a guaranteed interest rate of 3.0%. Assume at the time of your withdrawal new GPAs that we offer with a seven-year guarantee period are earning 2.5%. Using the formula above, we determine the MVA as follows:

$1,000	×	[	(	1.030	)	84/12	–1	]	=	$27.61
				1 + .025 + .001

In this example, the MVA is a positive $27.61.

Please note that when you allocate your purchase payment to the ten-year GPA and your purchase payment is in its fourth year from receipt at the beginning of the guarantee period, your withdrawal charge percentage is 7%, assuming you elected the 7-year withdrawal charge schedule. (See “Charges — Withdrawal Charge.”) We do not apply MVAs to the amounts we deduct for withdrawal charges, so we would deduct the withdrawal charge from your early withdrawal after we applied the MVA. Also note that when you request an early withdrawal, we withdraw an amount from your GPA that will give you the net amount you requested after we apply the MVA and any applicable withdrawal charge, unless you request otherwise.

The current interest rate we offer on the GPA will change periodically at our discretion. It is the rate we are then paying on purchase payments, renewals and transfers paid under this class of contracts for guarantee period durations equaling the remaining guarantee period of the GPA to which the formula is being applied.

We will not apply MVAs to amounts withdrawn for annual contract charges, to amounts we pay as death claims or to automatic transfers from the two-year GPA as part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep strategy. In some states, the MVA is limited.

Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus    17

The General Account

The general account includes all assets owned by RiverSource Life, other than those in the variable account and our other separate accounts. Subject to applicable state law, we have sole discretion to decide how assets of the general account will be invested. The assets held in our general account support the guarantees under your contract including any optional benefits offered under the contract. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to many of the same risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of annuities and financial instruments and products as well, and these obligations are satisfied from the assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account. The fixed account is supported by our general account that we make available under the contract.

The One-Year Fixed Account

You may allocate purchase payments or transfer accumulated value to the one-year fixed account. Amounts allocated to the one-year fixed account are part of our general account. Some states may restrict the amount you can allocate to this account. We back the principal and interest guarantees relating to the one-year fixed account. The value of the one-year fixed account increases as we credit interest to the account. Purchase payments and transfers to the one-year fixed account become part of our general account. We credit and compound interest daily based on a 365-day year (366 in a leap year) so as to produce the annual effective rate which we declare. The interest rate we apply to each purchase payment or transfer to the one-year fixed account is guaranteed for one year. Thereafter we will change the rates from time-to-time at our discretion. Interest rates credited in excess of the guaranteed rate generally will be based on various factors related to future investment earnings. The guaranteed minimum interest rate offered may vary by state but will not be lower than state law allows.

There are restrictions on the amount you can allocate to this account as well as on transfers from this account (see “Buying Your Contract” and “Transfer policies”).

Because of exemptive and exclusionary provisions, we have not registered interests in the one-year fixed account as securities under the Securities Act of 1933 nor have any of these accounts been registered as investment companies under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Accordingly, neither the fixed account nor any interests in the fixed account are subject to the provisions of these Acts.

The one-year fixed account has not been registered with the SEC. Disclosures regarding the one-year fixed account, however, are subject to certain generally applicable provisions of the federal securities laws relating to the accuracy and completeness of statements made in a prospectus.

Buying Your Contract

New contracts are not currently being offered.

We are required by law to obtain personal information from you which we used to verify your identity. If you do not provide this information we reserve the right to refuse to issue your contract or take other steps we deem reasonable. As the owner, you have all rights and may receive all benefits under the contract. You can own a qualified or nonqualified annuity. Generally, you can own a nonqualified annuity in joint tenancy with rights of survivorship only in spousal situations. You cannot own a qualified annuity in joint tenancy. You can become an owner if you are 85 or younger. (The age limit may be younger for qualified annuities in some states.)

When you applied, you selected (if available in your state):

• GPAs, the one-year fixed account and/or subaccounts in which you want to invest⁽¹⁾;

• how you want to make purchase payments;

• the optional MAV Death Benefit⁽²⁾;

• the optional EDB⁽²⁾;

• the optional GMIB – MAV rider⁽³⁾;

• the optional GMIB – 6% Rising Floor rider⁽³⁾;

• the optional PCR⁽³⁾;

• the optional Benefit Protector Death Benefit⁽⁴⁾;

• the optional Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit⁽⁴⁾;

• the length of the withdrawal charge schedule (5 or 7 years)⁽⁵⁾; and

• a beneficiary.

18    Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus

(1)	GPAs are not available under contracts issued in Maryland, Oregon, Pennsylvania or Washington and may not be available in other states.
(2)	Available if both you and the annuitant are 79 or younger at contract issue. If you select a GMIB rider, you must elect either the MAV death benefit or the EDB. EDB is not available with Benefit Protector or Benefit Protector Plus. May not be available in all states.
(3)	If you select the PCR, you cannot add a GMIB rider. The GMIB is available if the annuitant is 75 or younger at contract issue. The GMIB is not available with ROP death benefit. May not be available in all states.
(4)	Available if you and the annuitant are 75 or younger at contract issue. Not available with EDB. May not be available in all states.
(5)	The five-year withdrawal charge schedule may not be available in all states.

The contract provides for allocation of purchase payments to the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and/or the subaccounts of the variable account in even 1% increments subject to the $1,000 minimum for the GPAs.

The following restrictions on allocation of purchase payments to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account will apply:

For contracts with applications signed prior to June 16, 2003:	No restrictions on the amount of purchase payments allocated to the GPAs or the one-year fixed account (if available).
For contracts with applications signed on or after June 16 through Dec. 4, 2003:	The amount of any purchase payment allocated to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account in total cannot exceed 30% of the purchase payment.This 30% limit will not apply if you establish a dollar cost averaging arrangement with respect to the purchase payment according to procedures currently in effect, or you are participating according to the rules of an asset allocation model portfolio program available under the contract, if any.
For contracts with applications signed on or after Dec. 5, 2003:	In certain states where we offer GPAs that do not require payment of a statutory minimum guaranteed interest rate, the amount of any purchase payment allocated to one-year fixed account cannot exceed 30% of the purchase payment. The amount of any purchase payment allocated to the GPAs is not subject to this 30% limit. Please consult your investment professional to see if these restrictions apply in your state. In all other states, the amount of any purchase payment allocated to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account in total cannot exceed 30% of the purchase payment. We reserve the right to further limit purchase payment allocations to the one-year fixed account and/or GPAs if the interest rate we are then crediting on new purchase payments allocated to the one-year fixed account is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract.In all states, the 30% limit will not apply if you establish an automated dollar cost averaging arrangement with respect to the purchase payment according to procedures currently in effect, or you are participating according to the rules of an asset allocation model portfolio program available under the contract, if any.

There are no restrictions on allocations of purchase payments to the subaccounts.

We applied your initial purchase payment to the GPAs, one-year fixed account and subaccounts you selected within two business days after we received it at our Service Center. We will credit additional eligible purchase payments you make to your accounts on the valuation date we receive them. If we receive your purchase payment at our Service Center before the close of business, we will credit any portion of that payment allocated to the subaccounts using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received the payment. If we receive an additional purchase payment at our Service Center at or after the close of business, we will credit any portion of that payment allocated to the subaccounts using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received the payment.

You may make monthly payments to your contract under a systematic investment plan (SIP). To begin the SIP, you will complete and send a form and your first SIP payment along with your application. There is no charge for SIP. You can stop your SIP payments at any time.

In most states, you may make additional purchase payments to nonqualified and qualified annuities until the retirement date.

Householding and delivery of certain documents

With your prior consent, RiverSource Life and its affiliates may use and combine information concerning accounts owned by members of the same household and provide a single paper copy of certain documents to that household. This householding of documents may include prospectuses, supplements, annual reports, semiannual reports and proxies. Your authorization remains in effect unless we are notified otherwise. If you wish to continue receiving multiple copies of these documents, you can opt out of householding by calling us at 1.866.273.7429. Multiple mailings will resume within 30 days after we receive your opt out request.

Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus    19

Purchase Payments

Purchase payment amounts and purchase payment timing may vary by state and be limited under the terms of your contract.

Minimum purchase payments

If paying by SIP:	$50 for additional payments.
If paying by any other method:	$100 for additional payments.

Maximum total allowable purchase payments*

$1,000,000

* This limit applies in total to all RiverSource Life annuities you own. We reserve the right to waive or increase the maximum limit. For qualified annuities, the Code’s limits on annual contributions also apply.

How to Make Purchase Payments

11 By letter

Send your check along with your name and contract number to:

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474

22 By SIP

Contact your investment professional to complete the necessary SIP paperwork.

Purchase Payment Credits

You will receive a purchase payment credit with any payment you make to your contract that brings your total net payment (total payments less total withdrawals) to $100,000 or more.⁽¹⁾

⁽¹⁾ For applications signed on or after Nov. 6, 2003, only contracts with a seven-year withdrawal charge schedule are eligible for a credit. If you make any additional payments that cause the contract to be eligible for the credit, we will add credits to your prior purchase payments (less total withdrawals). We apply this credit immediately. We allocate the credit to the GPAs, the one-year fixed account, special DCA account and the subaccounts in the same proportions as your purchase payment.

We fund the credit from our general account. Credits are not considered to be “investments” for income tax purposes. (See “Taxes.”)

We will reverse credits from the contract value for any purchase payment that is not honored (if, for example, your purchase payment check is returned for insufficient funds).

To the extent a death benefit or withdrawal payment includes purchase payment credits applied within twelve months preceding: (1) the date of death that results in a lump sum death benefit under this contract; or (2) a request for withdrawal charge waiver due to “Contingent events” (see “Charges — Contingent events”), we will assess a charge, similar to a withdrawal charge, equal to the amount of the purchase payment credits. The amount we pay to you under these circumstances will always equal or exceed your withdrawal value.

Because of higher charges, there may be circumstances where you may be worse off for having received the credit than in other contracts. All things being equal (such as guarantee availability or fund performance and availability), this may occur if you hold your contract for 15 years or more. This also may occur if you make a full withdrawal in the first seven years. You should consider these higher charges and other relevant factors before you buy this contract or before you exchange a contract you currently own for this contract.

This credit is made available because of lower distribution and other expenses associated with larger sized contracts and through revenue from higher withdrawal charges and contract administrative charges than would otherwise be charged. In general, we do not profit from the higher charges assessed to cover the cost of the purchase payment credit. We use all the revenue from these higher charges to pay for the cost of the credits. However, we could profit from the higher charges if market appreciation is higher than expected or if contract owners hold their contracts for longer than expected.

20    Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Limitations on Use of Contract

If mandated by applicable law, including, but not limited to, federal anti-money laundering laws, we may be required to reject a purchase payment. We may also be required to block an owner’s access to contract values or to satisfy other statutory obligations. Under these circumstances, we may refuse to implement requests for transfers, withdrawals or death benefits until instructions are received from the appropriate governmental authority or a court of competent jurisdiction.

The Retirement Date

Annuity payouts begin on the retirement date. This means that the contract will be annuitized or converted to a stream of monthly payments. If your contract is annuitized, the contract goes into payout and only the annuity payout provisions continue. You will no longer have access to your contract value. This means that the death benefit and any optional benefits you have elected will end. When we processed your application, we established the retirement date to be the maximum age then in effect (or contract anniversary if applicable). Unless otherwise elected by you, all retirement dates are now automatically set to the maximum age of 95 now in effect. You also can change the retirement date, provided you send us written instructions at least 30 days before annuity payouts begin.

The retirement date must be:

• no earlier than the 30th day after the contract’s effective date; and no later than

• the annuitant’s 95th birthday or the tenth contract anniversary, if later,

• or such other date as agreed upon by us.

Six months prior to your retirement start date, we will contact you with your options including the option to postpone your retirement start date to a future date. You can choose to delay the retirement start date of your contract to a date beyond age 95, to the extent allowed by applicable state law and tax laws.

If you do not make an election, annuity payouts using the contract’s default option of annuity payout Plan B – Life with 10 years certain will begin on the retirement start date and your monthly annuity payments will continue for as long as the annuitant lives. If the annuitant does not survive 10 years, we will continue to make payments until 10 years of payments have been made.

Generally, if you own a qualified annuity (for example, an IRA) and tax laws require that you take distributions from your annuity prior to your retirement start date, your contract will not be automatically annuitized (subject to state requirements). However, if you choose, you can elect to request annuitization or take surrenders to meet your required minimum distributions.

Beneficiary

We will pay to your named beneficiary the death benefit if it becomes payable while the contract is in force and before annuity payouts begin. If there is more than one beneficiary, we will pay each beneficiary’s designated share when we receive their completed claim. A beneficiary will bear the investment risk of the variable account until we receive the beneficiary’s completed claim. If there is no named beneficiary, the default provisions of your contract will apply. (See “Benefits in Case of Death” for more about beneficiaries.)

Charges

Contract Administrative Charge

We charge this fee for establishing and maintaining your records. We deduct $40 from the contract value on your contract anniversary or, if earlier, when the contract is fully withdrawn. We prorate this charge among the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. Some states also limit any contract charge allocated to the fixed account.

We will waive this charge when your contract value is $50,000 or more on the current contract anniversary.

If you take a full withdrawal from your contract, we will deduct the charge at the time of withdrawal regardless of the contract value. We cannot increase the annual contract administrative charge and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

Variable Account Administrative Charge

We apply this charge daily to the subaccounts. It is reflected in the unit values of your subaccounts and it totals 0.15% of their average daily net assets on an annual basis. It covers certain administrative and operating expenses of the subaccounts such as accounting, legal and data processing fees and expenses involved in the preparation and distribution of reports and prospectuses. We cannot increase the variable account administrative charge.

Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus    21

Mortality and Expense Risk Fee

We charge these fees daily to the subaccounts. The unit values of your subaccounts reflect these fees. These fees cover the mortality and expense risk that we assume. These fees do not apply to the GPAs or the one-year fixed account. We cannot increase these fees.

The mortality and expense risk fee you pay is based on the death benefit guarantee you select, whether the contract is a qualified annuity or a nonqualified annuity and the withdrawal charge schedule that applies to your contract.

Seven-year withdrawal charge schedule	Qualified annuities	Nonqualified annuities
ROP death benefit	0.85%	1.10%
MAV death benefit(1)	1.05	1.30
EDB	1.15	1.40

Five-year withdrawal charge schedule	Qualified annuities	Nonqualified annuities
ROP death benefit	1.15	1.40
MAV death benefit(1)	1.35	1.60
EDB	1.45	1.70

⁽¹⁾ For contracts with applications signed before Nov. 6, 2003, or if your state has not approved this fee, the MAV death benefit fee is .10% less.

Mortality risk arises because of our guarantee to pay a death benefit and our guarantee to make annuity payouts according to the terms of the contract, no matter how long a specific owner or annuitant lives and no matter how long our entire group of owners or annuitants live. If, as a group, owners or annuitants outlive the life expectancy we assumed in our actuarial tables, then we must take money from our general assets to meet our obligations. If, as a group, owners or annuitants do not live as long as expected, we could profit from the mortality risk fee. We deduct the mortality risk fee from the subaccounts during the annuity payout period even if the annuity payout plan does not involve a life contingency.

Expense risk arises because we cannot increase the contract administrative charge or the variable account administrative charge and these charges may not cover our expenses. We would have to make up any deficit from our general assets. We could profit from the expense risk fee if future expenses are less than expected.

The subaccounts pay us the mortality and expense risk fee they accrued as follows:

• first, to the extent possible, the subaccounts pay this fee from any dividends distributed from the funds in which they invest;

• then, if necessary, the funds redeem shares to cover any remaining fees payable.

We may use any profits we realize from the subaccounts’ payment to us of the mortality and expense risk fee for any proper corporate purpose, including, among others, payment of distribution (selling) expenses. We do not expect that the withdrawal charge will cover sales and distribution expenses.

Withdrawal Charge

If you withdraw all or part of your contract value, a withdrawal charge applies if all or part of the withdrawal amount is from any purchase payment we received less than six or eight years before the date of withdrawal. In addition, amounts withdrawn from a GPA more than 30 days before the end of the applicable guarantee period will be subject to a MVA. (See “The Guarantee Period Accounts — Market Value Adjustment (MVA).”

Each time you make a purchase payment under the contract, a withdrawal charge attaches to that purchase payment. The withdrawal charge percentage for each purchase payment declines according to a schedule shown in the contract. For example, if you select a 7-year withdrawal charge schedule, during the first two years after a purchase payment is made, the withdrawal charge percentage attached to that payment is 8%. The withdrawal charge percentage for that payment during the seventh year after it is made is 3%. At the beginning of the eighth year after that purchase payment is made, and thereafter, there is no withdrawal charge as to that payment.

You may withdraw an amount during any contract year without incurring a withdrawal charge. We call this amount the Total Free Amount (“TFA”). The TFA is the amount of your contract value that you may withdraw without incurring a withdrawal charge. Amounts withdrawn in excess of the Total Free Amount may be subject to a withdrawal charge as described below. The Total Free Amount is defined as the maximum of (a) and (b) where:

(a)	is 10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value; and
(b)	is current contract earnings.

22    Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus

NOTE: We determine current contract earnings (CE) by looking at the entire contract value (CV), not the earnings of any particular subaccount, or the one-year fixed account or GPA. If the contract value is less than purchase payments received and not previously withdrawn (PPNPW) then contract earnings are zero. We consider your initial purchase payment and purchase payment credit to be the prior anniversary’s contract value during the first contract year.

For purposes of calculating any withdrawal charge, we treat amounts withdrawn from your contract value in the following order:

1.	First, in each contract year, we withdraw amounts totaling up to 10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on this amount.
2.	Next, we withdraw contract earnings, if any, that are greater than the amount described in number one above. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on contract earnings.
3.	Next, we withdraw purchase payments received prior to the withdrawal charge period shown in your contract. We do not assess a withdrawal charge on these purchase payments.
4.	Finally, if necessary, we withdraw purchase payments received that are still within the withdrawal charge period you selected and shown in your contract. We withdraw these payments on a “first-in, first-out” (FIFO) basis. We do assess a withdrawal charge on these payments.

NOTE: After withdrawing earnings in numbers one and two above, we next withdraw enough additional contract value (ACV) to meet your requested withdrawal amount. If the amount described in number one above was greater than contract earnings prior to the withdrawal, the excess (XSF) will be excluded from the purchase payments being withdrawn that were received most recently when calculating the withdrawal charge. We determine the amount of purchase payments being withdrawn (PPW) in numbers three and four above as:

PPW = XSF +	(ACV – XSF)	×	(PPNPW – XSF)
	(CV – TFA)

If the additional contract value withdrawn is less than XSF, then PPW will equal ACV.

We determine your withdrawal charge by multiplying each of your payments withdrawn by the applicable withdrawal charge percentage, and then adding the total withdrawal charges.

The withdrawal charge percentage depends on the number of years since you made the payments that are withdrawn, depending on the withdrawal charge schedule you selected:

Seven-year schedule		Five-year schedule(1)
Years from purchase payment receipt	Withdrawal charge percentage	Years from purchase payment receipt	Withdrawal charge percentage
1	8%	1	8%
2	8	2	7
3	7	3	6
4	7	4	4
5	6	5	2
6	5	Thereafter	0
7	3
Thereafter	0

⁽¹⁾ The five-year withdrawal charge schedule may not be available in all states.

For a partial withdrawal that is subject to a withdrawal charge, the amount we actually deduct from your contract value will be the amount you request plus any applicable withdrawal charge. The withdrawal charge percentage is applied to this total amount. We pay you the amount you requested.

The amount of purchase payments withdrawn is calculated using a prorated formula based on the percentage of contract value being withdrawn. As a result, the amount of purchase payments withdrawn may be greater than the amount of contract value withdrawn.

Withdrawal charge calculation example

The following is an example of the calculation we would make to determine the withdrawal charge on a contract with a 7-year withdrawal charge schedule with this history:

• We receive these payments

– $10,000 initial;

– $8,000 on the seventh contract anniversary; and

– $6,000 on the eighth contract anniversary; and

Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus    23

• You withdraw the contract for its total withdrawal value of $38,101 during the eleventh contract year and make no other withdrawals during that contract year; and

• The prior anniversary contract value is $38,488.

Withdrawal Charge	Explanation
$0	$3,848.80 is 10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value withdrawn without withdrawal charge; and
0	$10,252.20 is contract earnings in excess of the 10% TFA withdrawal amount withdrawn without withdrawal charge; and
0	$10,000 initial purchase payment was received eight or more years before withdrawal and is withdrawn without withdrawal charge; and
560	$8,000 purchase payment is in its fourth year from receipt, withdrawn with a 7% withdrawal charge; and
420	$6,000 purchase payment is in its third year from receipt withdrawn with a 7% withdrawal charge.
$980

Under the same scenario, the withdrawal charge on a contract with a five-year withdrawal charge schedule would be calculated:

Withdrawal Charge	Explanation
$0	$3,848.80 is 10% of the prior anniversary’s contract value withdrawn without withdrawal charge; and
0	$10,252.20 is contract earnings in excess of the 10% TFA withdrawal amount withdrawn without withdrawal charge; and
0	$10,000 initial purchase payment was received six or more years before withdrawal and is withdrawn without withdrawal charge; and
320	$8,000 purchase payment is in its fourth year from receipt, withdrawn with a 4% withdrawal charge; and
360	$6,000 purchase payment is in its third year from receipt withdrawn with a 6% withdrawal charge.
$680

Waiver of withdrawal charges

We do not assess withdrawal charges for:

•	withdrawals of any contract earnings;
•	withdrawals of amounts totaling up to 10% of your prior contract anniversary’s contract value to the extent it exceeds contract earnings;
•	required minimum distributions from a qualified annuity to the extent that they exceed the free amount. The amount on which withdrawal charges are waived can be no greater than the RMD amount calculated under your specific contract currently in force;
•	contracts settled using an annuity payout plan unless an annuity payout Plan E is later fully withdrawn;
•	withdrawals made as a result of one of the “Contingent events”* described below to the extent permitted by state law; and
•	death benefits.*
*	However, we will reverse certain purchase payment credits. (See “Buying Your Contract — Purchase Payment Credits.”)

Contingent events

• Withdrawals you make if you or the annuitant are confined to a hospital or nursing home and have been for the prior 60 days. Your contract will include this provision when you and the annuitant are under age 76 at contract issue. You must provide proof satisfactory to us of the confinement as of the date you request the withdrawal.

• To the extent permitted by state law, withdrawals you make if you or the annuitant are diagnosed in the second or later contract years as disabled with a medical condition that with reasonable medical certainty will result in death within 12 months or less from the date of the licensed physician’s statement. You must provide us with a licensed physician’s statement containing the terminal illness diagnosis and the date the terminal illness was initially diagnosed.

Liquidation charge under Annuity Payout Plan E — Payouts for a specified period:If you are receiving variable annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to withdraw those payments. The amount that you can withdraw is the present value of any remaining variable payouts. The discount rate we use in the calculation will be 5.17% if the assumed investment return is 3.5% and 6.67% if the assumed investment return is 5%. The liquidation charge equals the present value of the remaining payouts using the assumed investment return minus the present value of the remaining payouts using the discount rate.

24    Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Fixed Payouts: Withdrawal charge for Fixed Annuity Payout Plan E – Payouts for a specified period: If you are receiving annuity payments under this annuity payout plan, you can choose to take a withdraw and withdrawal charge may apply.

A withdrawal charge will be assessed against the present value of any remaining guaranteed payouts withdrawn. The discount rate we use in determining present values varies based on: (1) the contract value originally applied to the fixed annuitization; (2) the remaining years of guaranteed payouts; (3) the annual effective interest rate and periodic payment amount for new immediate annuities of the same duration as the remaining years of guaranteed payouts; and (4) the interest spread (currently 1.50%). If we do not currently offer immediate annuities, we will use rates and values applicable to new annuitizations to determine the discount rate.

Once the discount rate is applied and we have determined the present value of the remaining guaranteed payouts you withdrawn, the present value determined will be multiplied by the withdrawal charge percentage in the table below and deducted from the present value to determine the net present value you will receive.

Number of Completed Years Since Annuitization	Withdrawal charge percentage
0	Not applicable*
1	5%
2	4
3	3
4	2
5	1
6 and thereafter	0

*We do not permit withdrawals in the first year after annuitization.

We will provide a quoted present value (which includes the deduction of any withdrawal charge). You must then formally elect, in a form acceptable to us, to receive this value. The remaining guaranteed payouts following withdraw will be reduced to zero.

Possible group reductions: In some cases we may incur lower sales and administrative expenses due to the size of the group, the average contribution and the use of group enrollment procedures. In such cases, we may be able to reduce or eliminate the contract administrative and withdrawal charges. However, we expect this to occur infrequently.

Fund Fees and Expenses

There are deductions from and expenses paid out of the assets of the funds that are described in the prospectuses for those funds.

Premium Taxes

Certain state and local governments impose premium taxes on us (up to 3.5%). These taxes depend upon your state of residence or the state in which the contract was issued. Currently, we deduct any applicable premium tax when annuity payouts begin, but we reserve the right to deduct this tax at other times such as when you make purchase payments or when you make a full withdrawal from your contract.

Optional Living Benefits Charges

Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB) Fee

We charge an annual fee for this optional feature only if you select it. There are two GMIB rider options available under your contract (see “Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider”). The fee for GMIB – MAV is 0.55% of the adjusted contract value⁽¹⁾. The fee for GMIB – 6% Rising Floor is 0.75% of the adjusted contract value. Depending on the GMIB rider option you choose, we deduct the appropriate fee from the contract value on your contract anniversary at the end of each contract year. We prorate this fee among the GPAs, one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value.

⁽¹⁾ For applications signed prior to May 1, 2003, the following current annual rider charges apply: GMIB – MAV — 0.30% and GMIB — 6% Rising Floor — 0.45%.

If the contract is terminated for any reason or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the appropriate GMIB fee from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place. We cannot increase either GMIB fee after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or the GMIB terminates.

Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus    25

We calculate the fee as follows:

GMIB	– MAV	0.55% × (CV + ST – FAV)
GMIB	– 6% Rising Floor	0.75% × (CV + ST – FAV)

CV	=	contract value on the contract anniversary
ST	=	transfers from the subaccounts to the GPAs or the one-year fixed account made during the six months before the contract anniversary.
FAV	=	the value of your GPAs and the one-year fixed account on the contract anniversary.

The result of ST – FAV will never be greater than zero. This allows us to base the GMIB fee largely on the subaccounts and not on the GPAs and the one-year fixed account.

Example

•	You purchase the contract with a payment of $50,000 and allocate all of your payment to the subaccounts.
•	During the first contract year your contract value is $75,000. You transfer $15,000 from the subaccounts to the one-year fixed account.
•	On the first contract anniversary the one-year fixed account value is $15,250 and the subaccount value is $58,000. Your total contract value is $73,250.
•	The GMIB fee for:
	GMIB – MAV is 0.55%; and
	GMIB – 6% Rising Floor is 0.75%.

We calculate the charge as follows:

Contract value on the contract anniversary:	$73,250
plus transfers from the subaccounts to the one-year fixed account in the six months before the contract anniversary:	+15,000
minus the value of the one-year fixed account on the contract anniversary:	–15,250
	$73,000

The GMIB fee charged to you:

GMIB – MAV	(0.55%× $73,000) =	$401.50
GMIB – 6% Rising Floor	(0.75%× $73,000) =	$547.50

Performance Credit Rider (PCR) Fee

We charge a fee of 0.15% of your contract value for this optional feature if you select it. If selected, we deduct the fee from your contract value on your contract anniversary at the end of each contract year. We prorate this fee among the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the subaccounts in the same proportion as your interest bears to your total contract value. If you select the PCR, you cannot add a GMIB rider.

If the contract is terminated for any reason or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the PCR fee from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place. We cannot increase the PCR fee.

Optional Death Benefit Charges

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider Fee

We deduct a charge for the optional feature only if you select it. If selected, we deduct 0.25% of your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this charge among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

If the contract is terminated for any reason other than death or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the charge from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the charge. We cannot increase this annual charge after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

26    Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider Fee

We charge a fee for the optional feature only if you select it. If selected, we deduct 0.40% of your contract value on your contract anniversary. We prorate this fee among all accounts and subaccounts in the same proportion your interest in each account bears to your total contract value. We will modify this prorated approach to comply with state regulations where necessary.

If the contract is terminated for any reason other than death or when annuity payouts begin, we will deduct the fee from the proceeds payable adjusted for the number of calendar days coverage was in place since we last deducted the fee. We cannot increase this annual charge after the rider effective date and it does not apply after annuity payouts begin or when we pay death benefits.

Valuing Your Investment

We value your accounts as follows:

GPAs and One-Year Fixed Account

We value the amounts you allocate to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account directly in dollars. The value of the GPAs and the one-year fixed account equals:

• the sum of your purchase payments and transfer amounts allocated to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account (including any positive or negative MVA on amounts transferred from the GPAs to the one-year fixed account);

• plus any purchase payment credits allocated to the GPAs and one-year fixed account;

• plus interest credited;

• minus the sum of amounts withdrawn (including any applicable withdrawal charges) and amounts transferred out;

• minus any prorated portion of the contract administrative charge; and

• minus the prorated portion of the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit rider — MAV;

– Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit rider — 6% Rising Floor;

– Performance Credit rider;

– Benefit Protector rider; and/or

– Benefit Protector Plus rider.

Subaccounts

We convert amounts you allocated to the subaccounts into accumulation units. Each time you make a purchase payment or transfer amounts into one of the subaccounts or we apply any purchase payment credits, we credit a certain number of accumulation units to your contract for that subaccount. Conversely, we subtract a certain number of accumulation units from your contract each time you take a partial withdrawal; transfer amounts out of a subaccount; or we assess a contract administrative charge, a withdrawal charge, or fee for any optional contract riders with annual charges (if applicable).

The accumulation units are the true measure of investment value in each subaccount during the accumulation period. They are related to, but not the same as, the net asset value of the fund in which the subaccount invests. The dollar value of each accumulation unit can rise or fall daily depending on the variable account expenses, performance of the fund and on certain fund expenses.

Here is how we calculate accumulation unit values:

Number of units: To calculate the number of accumulation units for a particular subaccount, we divide your investment by the current accumulation unit value.

Accumulation unit value: The current accumulation unit value for each subaccount equals the last value times the subaccount’s current net investment factor.

We determine the net investment factor by:

• adding the fund’s current net asset value per share, plus the per share amount of any accrued income or capital gain dividends to obtain a current adjusted net asset value per share; then

• dividing that sum by the previous adjusted net asset value per share; and

• subtracting the percentage factor representing the mortality and expense risk fee and the variable account administrative charge from the result.

Because the net asset value of the fund may fluctuate, the accumulation unit value may increase or decrease. You bear all the investment risk in a subaccount.

Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus    27

Factors that affect subaccount accumulation units: Accumulation units may change in two ways — in number and in value.

The number of accumulation units you own may fluctuate due to:

• additional purchase payments you allocate to the subaccounts;

• any purchase payment credits allocated to the subaccounts;

• transfers into or out of the subaccounts (including any positive or negative MVA on amounts transferred from the GPAs);

• partial withdrawals;

• withdrawal charges;

and the deduction of a prorated portion of:

• the contract administrative charge; and

• the fee for any of the following optional benefits you have selected:

– Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit rider — MAV;

– Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit rider — 6% Rising Floor;

– Performance Credit rider;

– Benefit Protector rider; and/or

– Benefit Protector Plus rider.

Accumulation unit values will fluctuate due to:

• changes in fund net asset value;

• fund dividends distributed to the subaccounts;

• fund capital gains or losses;

• fund operating expenses; and

• mortality and expense risk fee and the variable account administrative charge.

28    Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Making the Most of Your Contract

Automated Dollar-Cost Averaging

Currently, you can use automated transfers to take advantage of dollar-cost averaging (investing a fixed amount at regular intervals). For example, you might transfer a set amount monthly from a relatively conservative subaccount to a more aggressive one, or to several others, or from the one-year fixed account or the two-year GPA (without a MVA) to one or more subaccounts. The three to ten year GPAs are not available for automated transfers. You can also obtain the benefits of dollar-cost averaging by setting up regular automatic SIP payments or by establishing an Interest Sweep strategy. Interest Sweeps are a monthly transfer of the interest earned from either the one-year fixed account or the two-year GPA into the subaccounts of your choice. If you participate in an Interest Sweep strategy the interest you earn will be less than the annual interest rate we apply because there will be no compounding. There is no charge for dollar-cost averaging.

This systematic approach can help you benefit from fluctuations in accumulation unit values caused by fluctuations in the market values of the funds. Since you invest the same amount each period, you automatically acquire more units when the market value falls and fewer units when it rises. The potential effect is to lower your average cost per unit.

How dollar-cost averaging works

By investing an equal number of dollars each month		Month	Amount invested	Accumulation unit value	Number of units purchased
		Jan	$100	$20	5.00
		Feb	100	18	5.56
you automatically buy more units when the per unit market price is low		Mar	100	17	5.88
	→	Apr	100	15	6.67
		May	100	16	6.25
		Jun	100	18	5.56
		Jul	100	17	5.88
and fewer units when the per unit market price is high.		Aug	100	19	5.26
	→	Sept	100	21	4.76
		Oct	100	20	5.00

You paid an average price of $17.91 per unit over the 10 months, while the average market price actually was $18.10.

Dollar-cost averaging does not guarantee that any subaccount will gain in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. Because dollar-cost averaging involves continuous investing, your success will depend upon your willingness to continue to invest regularly through periods of low price levels. Dollar-cost averaging can be an effective way to help meet your long-term goals. For specific features contact your investment professional.

Special Dollar-Cost Averaging (Special DCA) Program

If your net contract value⁽¹⁾ is at least $10,000, you can choose to participate in the Special DCA program. There is no charge for the Special DCA program. Under the Special DCA program, you can allocate a new purchase payment and any applicable purchase payment credit to a six-month or twelve-month Special DCA account.

You may only allocate a new purchase payment of at least $10,000 to a Special DCA account. You cannot transfer existing contract values into a Special DCA account. Each Special DCA account lasts for either six or twelve months (depending on the time period you select) from the time we receive your first purchase payment. We make monthly transfers of your total Special DCA account value into the GPAs, one-year fixed account and/or the subaccounts you select over the time period you select (either six or twelve months). If you elect to transfer into a GPA, you must meet the $1,000 minimum required investment limitation for each transfer.

⁽¹⁾ “Net contract value” equals your current contract value plus any new purchase payment and purchase payment credit. If this is a new contract funded by purchase payments from multiple sources, we determine your net contract value based on the purchase payments, purchase payment credits, withdrawal requests and exchange requests submitted with your application.

We reserve the right to credit a lower interest rate to each Special DCA account if you select the GPAs or one-year fixed account as part of your Special DCA transfers. We will change the interest rate on each Special DCA account from time to time at our discretion. From time to time, we may credit interest to the Special DCA account at promotional rates that are higher than those we credit to the one-year fixed account. We base these rates on competition and on the interest rate we are crediting to the one-year fixed account at the time of the change. Once we credit interest to a particular purchase payment and purchase payment credit, that rate does not change even if we change the rate we credit on new purchase payments or if your net contract value changes.

Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus    29

We credit each Special DCA account with current guaranteed annual rate that is in effect on the date we receive your purchase payment. However, we credit this annual rate over the six or twelve-month period on the balance remaining in your Special DCA account. Therefore, the net effective interest rate you receive is less than the stated annual rate. We do not credit this interest after we transfer the value out of the Special DCA account into the accounts you selected.

If you make additional purchase payments while a Special DCA account term is in progress, the amounts you allocate to an existing Special DCA account will be transferred out of the Special DCA account over the reminder of the term. If you are funding a Special DCA account from multiple sources, we apply each purchase payment and purchase payment credit to the account and credit interest on that purchase payment and purchase payment credit on the date we receive it. This means that all purchase payments and purchase payment credits may not be in the Special DCA account at the beginning of the six or twelve-month period. Therefore, you may receive less total interest than you would have if all your purchase payments and purchase payment credits were in the Special DCA account from the beginning. If we receive any of your multiple payments after the six or twelve-month period ends, you can either allocate those payments to a new Special DCA account (if available) or to any other accounts available under your contract.

You cannot participate in the Special DCA program if you are making payments under a Systematic Investment Plan. You may simultaneously participate in the Special DCA program and the asset-rebalancing program as long as your subaccount allocation is the same under both programs. If you elect to change your subaccount allocation under one program, we automatically will change it under the other program so they match. If you participate in more than one Special DCA account, the asset allocation for each account may be different as long as you are not also participating in the asset-rebalancing program.

You may terminate your participation in the Special DCA program at any time. If you do, we will not credit the current guaranteed annual interest rate on any remaining Special DCA account balance. We will transfer the remaining balance from your Special DCA account to the other accounts you selected for your DCA transfers or we will allocate it in any manner you specify, subject to the 30% limitation rule (see “Transfer policies”). Similarly, if we cannot accept any additional purchase payments into the Special DCA program, we will allocate the purchase payments to the other accounts you selected for your DCA transfers or in any other manner you specify.

We can modify the terms or discontinue the Special DCA program at any time. Any modifications will not affect any purchase payments that are already in a Special DCA account. For more information on the Special DCA program, contact your investment professional.

The Special DCA Program does not guarantee that any subaccount will gain in value nor will it protect against a decline in value if market prices fall. Because dollar-cost averaging involves continuous investing, your success will depend upon you willingness to continue to invest regularly through periods of low price levels. Dollar-cost averaging can be an effective way to help meet your long-term goals.

Asset Rebalancing

You can ask us in writing to automatically rebalance the subaccount portion of your contract value either quarterly, semiannually, or annually. The period you select will start to run on the date we record your request. On the first valuation date of each of these periods, we automatically will rebalance your contract value so that the value in each subaccount matches your current subaccount percentage allocations. These percentage allocations must be in whole numbers. There is no charge for asset rebalancing. The contract value must be at least $2,000.

You can change your percentage allocations or your rebalancing period at any time by contacting us in writing. If you are also participating in the Special DCA program and you change your subaccount asset allocation for the asset rebalancing program, we will change your subaccount asset allocation under the Special DCA program to match. We will restart the rebalancing period you selected as of the date we record your change. You also can ask us in writing to stop rebalancing your contract value. You must allow 30 days for us to change any instructions that currently are in place. For more information on asset rebalancing, contact your investment professional.

Transferring Among Accounts

You may transfer contract value from any one subaccount, GPAs or the one-year fixed account, to another subaccount before annuity payouts begin. Certain restrictions apply to transfers involving the GPAs and the one-year fixed account.

The date your request to transfer will be processed depends on when and how we receive it:

For transfer requests received in writing:

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your transfer request.

30    Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity ��� Prospectus

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your transfer request.

For transfer requests received by phone:

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your transfer request.

• If we receive your transfer request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your transfer using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your transfer request.

There is no charge for transfers. Before making a transfer, you should consider the risks involved in changing investments. Transfers out of the GPAs will be subject to an MVA if done more than 30 days before the end of the guarantee period.

We may suspend or modify transfer privileges at any time.

For information on transfers after annuity payouts begin, see “Transfer policies” below.

Transfer policies

• Before annuity payouts begin, you may transfer contract values between the subaccounts, or from the subaccounts to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account at any time. However, if you made a transfer from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs, you may not make a transfer from any subaccount or GPA back to the one-year fixed account for six months following that transfer. We reserve the right to further limit purchase payment allocations to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account if the interest rate we are then crediting to the one-year fixed account is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract.

• You may transfer contract value from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs according to the following transfer policies:

For contracts with applications signed prior to June 16, 2003:	It is our general policy to allow you to transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or the GPAs once a year on or within 30 days before or after the contract anniversary (except for automated transfers, which can be set up at any time for certain transfer periods subject to certain minimums). Currently, we have removed this restriction and you may transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts at any time. We will inform you at least 30 days in advance of the day we intend to reimpose this restriction.
For contracts with applications signed on or after June 16 through Dec. 4, 2003:	You may transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or GPAs once a year on or within 30 days before or after the contract anniversary (except for automated transfers, which can be set up at any time for certain transfer periods subject to certain minimums). The amount of contract value transferred to the GPAs or the one-year fixed account cannot result in the value of the GPAs and the one-year fixed account in total being greater than 30% of the contract value. Total transfers out of the GPAs and one-year fixed account in any contract year are limited to 30% of the total value of the GPAs and one-year fixed account at the beginning of the contract year or $10,000, whichever is greater. Because of this limitation, it may take you several years to transfer all your contract value from the one-year fixed account. You should carefully consider whether the one-year fixed account meets your investment criteria before you invest.
For contracts with applications signed on or after Dec. 5, 2003:	You may transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts or GPAs once a year on or within 30 days before or after the contract anniversary (except for automated transfers, which can be set up at any time for certain transfer periods subject to certain minimums). The amount of contract value transferred to the one-year fixed account cannot result in the value of the one-year fixed account in total being greater than 30% of the contract value. We reserve the right to further limit transfers to the one-year fixed account and/or GPAs if the interest rate we are then crediting on new purchase payments allocated to the one-year fixed account is equal to the minimum interest rate stated in the contract. Total transfers out of the one-year fixed account in any contract year are limited to 30% of the one-year fixed account value at the beginning of the contract year or $10,000, whichever is greater. Because of this limitation, it may take you several years to transfer all your contract value from the one-year fixed account. You should carefully consider whether the one-year fixed account meets your investment criteria before you invest.

Transfers from the one-year fixed account are not subject to an MVA.

Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus    31

•	You may transfer contract values from a GPA any time after 60 days of transfer or payment allocation to the account. Transfers made more than 30 days before the end of the Guarantee Period will receive a MVA*, which may result in a gain or loss of contract value.
•	If we receive your request on or within 30 days before or after the contract anniversary date, the transfer from the one-year fixed account to the GPAs will be effective on the valuation date we receive it.
•	If you select a variable annuity payout, once annuity payouts begin, you may make transfers once per contract year among the subaccounts and we reserve the right to limit the number of subaccounts in which you may invest.
•	Once annuity payouts begin, you may not make any transfers to the GPAs.
*	Unless the transfer is an automated transfer from the two-year GPA as part of a dollar-cost averaging program or an Interest Sweep strategy.

Market Timing

Market timing can reduce the value of your investment in the contract. If market timing causes the returns of an underlying fund to suffer, contract value you have allocated to a subaccount that invests in that underlying fund will be lower too. Market timing can cause you, any joint owner of the contract and your beneficiary(ies) under the contract a financial loss.

We seek to prevent market timing. Market timing is frequent or short-term trading activity. We do not accommodate short-term trading activities. Do not buy a contract if you wish to use short-term trading strategies to manage your investment. The market timing policies and procedures described below apply to transfers among the subaccounts within the contract. The underlying funds in which the subaccounts invest have their own market timing policies and procedures. The market timing policies of the underlying funds may be more restrictive than the market timing policies and procedures we apply to transfers among the subaccounts of the contract, and may include redemption fees. We reserve the right to modify our market timing policies and procedures at any time without prior notice to you.

Market timing may hurt the performance of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests in several ways, including but not necessarily limited to:

• diluting the value of an investment in an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests;

• increasing the transaction costs and expenses of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests; and,

• preventing the investment adviser(s) of an underlying fund in which a subaccount invests from fully investing the assets of the fund in accordance with the fund’s investment objectives.

Funds available as investment options under the contract that invest in securities that trade in overseas securities markets may be at greater risk of loss from market timing, as market timers may seek to take advantage of changes in the values of securities between the close of overseas markets and the close of U.S. markets. Also, the risks of market timing may be greater for underlying funds that invest in securities such as small cap stocks, high yield bonds, or municipal securities, that may be traded infrequently.

In order to help protect you and the underlying funds from the potentially harmful effects of market timing activity, we apply the following market timing policy to discourage frequent transfers of contract value among the subaccounts of the variable account:

We try to distinguish market timing from transfers that we believe are not harmful, such as periodic rebalancing for purposes of an asset allocation, dollar-cost averaging and asset rebalancing program that may be described in this prospectus. There is no set number of transfers that constitutes market timing. Even one transfer in related accounts may be market timing. We seek to restrict the transfer privileges of a contract owner who makes more than three subaccount transfers in any 90 day period. We also reserve the right to refuse any transfer request, if, in our sole judgment, the dollar amount of the transfer request would adversely affect unit values.

If we determine, in our sole judgment, that your transfer activity constitutes market timing, we may modify, restrict or suspend your transfer privileges to the extent permitted by applicable law, which may vary based on the state law that applies to your contract and the terms of your contract. These restrictions or modifications may include, but not be limited to:

• requiring transfer requests to be submitted only by first-class U.S. mail;

• not accepting hand-delivered transfer requests or requests made by overnight mail;

• not accepting telephone or electronic transfer requests;

• requiring a minimum time period between each transfer;

• not accepting transfer requests of an agent acting under power of attorney;

• limiting the dollar amount that you may transfer at any one time;

• suspending the transfer privilege; or

32    Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• modifying instructions under an automated transfer program to exclude a restricted fund if you do not provide new instructions.

Subject to applicable state law and the terms of each contract, we will apply the policy described above to all contract owners uniformly in all cases. We will notify you in writing after we impose any modification, restriction or suspension of your transfer rights.

Because we exercise discretion in applying the restrictions described above, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to identify and restrict all market timing activity. In addition, state law and the terms of some contracts may prevent us from stopping certain market timing activity. Market timing activity that we are unable to identify and/or restrict may impact the performance of the underlying funds and may result in lower contract values.

In addition to the market timing policy described above, which applies to transfers among the subaccounts within your contract, you should carefully review the market timing policies and procedures of the underlying funds. The market timing policies and procedures of the underlying funds may be materially different than those we impose on transfers among the subaccounts within your contract and may include mandatory redemption fees as well as other measures to discourage frequent transfers. As an intermediary for the underlying funds, we are required to assist them in applying their market timing policies and procedures to transactions involving the purchase and exchange of fund shares. This assistance may include, but not be limited to, providing the underlying fund upon request with your Social Security Number, Taxpayer Identification Number or other United States government-issued identifier, and the details of your contract transactions involving the underlying fund. An underlying fund, in its sole discretion, may instruct us at any time to prohibit you from making further transfers of contract value to or from the underlying fund, and we must follow this instruction. We reserve the right to administer and collect on behalf of an underlying fund any redemption fee imposed by an underlying fund. Market timing policies and procedures adopted by underlying funds may affect your investment in the contract in several ways, including but not limited to:

• Each fund may restrict or refuse trading activity that the fund determines, in its sole discretion, represents market timing.

• Even if we determine that your transfer activity does not constitute market timing under the market timing policies described above which we apply to transfers you make under the contract, it is possible that the underlying fund’s market timing policies and procedures, including instructions we receive from a fund may require us to reject your transfer request. For example, while we will attempt to execute transfers permitted under any asset allocation, dollar-cost averaging and asset rebalancing programs that may be described in this prospectus, we cannot guarantee that an underlying fund’s market timing policies and procedures will do so. Orders we place to purchase fund shares for the variable account are subject to acceptance by the fund. We reserve the right to reject without prior notice to you any transfer request if the fund does not accept our order.

• Each underlying fund is responsible for its own market timing policies, and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to implement specific market timing policies and procedures that a fund has adopted. As a result, a fund’s returns might be adversely affected, and a fund might terminate our right to offer its shares through the variable account.

• Funds that are available as investment options under the contract may also be offered to other intermediaries who are eligible to purchase and hold shares of the fund, including without limitation, separate accounts of other insurance companies and certain retirement plans. Even if we are able to implement a fund’s market timing policies, we cannot guarantee that other intermediaries purchasing that same fund’s shares will do so, and the returns of that fund could be adversely affected as a result.

For more information about the market timing policies and procedures of an underlying fund, the risks that market timing pose to that fund, and to determine whether an underlying fund has adopted a redemption fee, see that fund’s prospectus.

How to request a Transfer or Withdrawal

11 By letter

Send your name, contract number, Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number* and signed request for a transfer or withdrawal to our Service Center:

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474

Minimum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	$500 or entire account balance

Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus    33

Maximum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	Contract value or entire account balance

* Failure to provide a Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number may result in mandatory tax withholding on the taxable portion of the distribution.

22 By automated transfers and automated partial withdrawals

Your investment professional can help you set up automated transfers or partial withdrawals among your GPAs, one-year fixed account or the subaccounts.

You can start or stop this service by written request or other method acceptable to us.

You must allow 30 days for us to change any instructions that are currently in place.

•	Automated transfers from the one-year fixed account to any one of the subaccounts may not exceed an amount that, if continued, would deplete the one-year fixed account within 12 months. For contracts issued before June 16, 2003, we have removed this restriction, and you may transfer contract values from the one-year fixed account to the subaccounts at any time. We will inform you at least 30 days in advance of the day we intend to reimpose this restriction.
	For contracts with applications signed on or after June 16, 2003, the time limitations on transfers from the one-year fixed account will be enforced, and transfers out of the one-year fixed account are limited to 30% of the one-year fixed account values at the beginning of the contract year or $10,000, whichever is greater.
•	Automated withdrawals may be restricted by applicable law under some contracts.
•	You may not make systematic purchase payments if automated partial withdrawals are in effect.
•	Automated partial withdrawals may result in income taxes and penalties on all or part of the amount withdrawn.

Minimum amount
Transfers or withdrawals:	$100 monthly
	$250 quarterly, semiannually or annually

33 By phone

Call:

1-800-333-3437

Minimum amount

Transfers or withdrawals: $500 or entire account balance

Maximum amount

Transfers:	Contract value or entire account balance
Withdrawals:	$100,000

We answer telephone requests promptly, but you may experience delays when the call volume is unusually high. If you are unable to get through, use the mail procedure as an alternative.

We will honor any telephone transfer or withdrawal requests that we believe are authentic and we will use reasonable procedures to confirm that they are. This includes asking identifying questions and recording calls. As long as we follow the procedures, we (and our affiliates) will not be liable for any loss resulting from fraudulent requests.

Telephone transfers and withdrawals are automatically available. You may request that telephone transfers and withdrawals not be authorized from your account by writing to us.

34    Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Withdrawals

You may withdraw all or part of your contract at any time before the retirement date by sending us a written request or calling us.

The date your withdrawal request will be processed depends on when and how we receive it:

For withdrawal requests received in writing:

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your withdrawal request.

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your withdrawal request.

For withdrawal requests received by phone:

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order before the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the valuation date we received your withdrawal request.

• If we receive your withdrawal request at our Service Center in good order at or after the close of the NYSE (4:00pm Eastern time unless the NYSE closes earlier), we will process your withdrawal using the accumulation unit value we calculate on the next valuation date after we received your withdrawal request.

We may ask you to return the contract. You may have to pay a contract administrative charge, withdrawal charges or any applicable optional rider charges (see “Charges”), federal income taxes and penalties. State and local income taxes may also apply (see “Taxes”). In addition, purchase payment credits may be reversed. You cannot make withdrawals after annuity payouts begin except under Annuity Payout Plan E. (See “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Any partial withdrawals you take under the contract will reduce your contract value. As a result, the value of your death benefit or any optional benefits you have elected will also be reduced (see “Optional Benefits”). In addition, withdrawals you are required to take to satisfy RMDs under the Code may reduce the value of certain death benefits and optional benefits (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”).

Withdrawal Policies

If you have a balance in more than one account and you request a partial withdrawal, we will automatically withdraw from all your subaccounts, GPAs and/or the one-year fixed account in the same proportion as your value in each account correlates to your total contract value, unless requested otherwise. After executing a partial withdrawal, the value in each subaccount , one-year fixed account or GPA must be either zero or at least $50.

Receiving Payment

11 By regular or express mail

• payable to you;

• mailed to address of record.

NOTE: We will charge you a fee if you request express mail delivery.

22 By wire or other form of electronic payment

• request that payment be wired to your bank;

• pre-authorization required.

We may choose to permit you to have checks issued and delivered to an alternate payee or to an address other than your address of record. We may also choose to allow you to direct wires or other electronic payments to accounts owned by a third-party. We may have additional good order requirements that must be met prior to processing requests to make any payments to a party other than the owner or to an address other than the address of record. These requirements will be designed to ensure owner instructions are genuine and to prevent fraud.

Normally, we will send the payment within seven days after receiving your request in good order. However, we may postpone the payment if:

– the NYSE is closed, except for normal holiday and weekend closings;

Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus    35

– trading on the NYSE is restricted, according to SEC rules;

– an emergency, as defined by SEC rules, makes it impractical to sell securities or value the net assets of the accounts; or

– the SEC permits us to delay payment for the protection of security holders.

We may also postpone payment of the amount attributable to a purchase payment as part of the total withdrawal amount until cleared from the originating financial institution.

A Special Note on Cybersecurity Risks

Cybersecurity and Systems Integrity

Increasingly, businesses are dependent on the continuity, security, and effective operation of various technology systems. The nature of our business depends on the continued effective operation of our systems and those of our business partners.

This dependence makes us susceptible to operational and information security risks from cyber-attacks. These risks may include the following:

• the corruption or destruction of data;

• theft, misuse or dissemination of data to the public, including your information we hold; and

• denial of service attacks on our website or other forms of attacks on our systems and the software and hardware we use to run them.

These attacks and their consequences can negatively impact your contract, your privacy, your ability to conduct transactions on your contract, or your ability to receive timely service from us. There can be no assurance that we, the underlying funds in your contract, or our other business partners will avoid losses affecting your contract due to any successful cyber-attacks or information security breaches.

TSA–Special Provisions

Participants in Tax-Sheltered Annuities

If the contract is intended to be used in connection with an employer sponsored 403(b) plan, additional rules relating to this contract can be found in the annuity endorsement for tax sheltered 403(b) annuities. Unless we have made special arrangements with your employer, the contract is not intended for use in connection with an employer sponsored 403(b) plan that is subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”). In the event that the employer either by affirmative election or inadvertent action causes contributions under a plan that is subject to ERISA to be made to this contract, we will not be responsible for any obligations and requirements under ERISA and the regulations thereunder, unless we have prior written agreement with the employer. You should consult with your employer to determine whether your 403(b) plan is subject to ERISA.

In the event we have a written agreement with your employer to administer the plan pursuant to ERISA, special rules apply as set forth in the TSA endorsement.

The employer must comply with certain nondiscrimination requirements for certain types of contributions under a TSA contract to be excluded from taxable income. You should consult your employer to determine whether the nondiscrimination rules apply to you.

The Code imposes certain restrictions on your right to receive early distributions from a TSA:

• Distributions attributable to salary reduction contributions (plus earnings) made after Dec. 31, 1988, or to transfers or rollovers from other contracts, may be made from the TSA only if:

– you are at least age 59½;

– you are disabled as defined in the Code;

– you severed employment with the employer who purchased the contract;

– the distribution is because of your death;

– the distribution is due to plan termination; or

– you are a qualifying military reservist.

• If you encounter a financial hardship (as provided by the Code), you may be eligible to receive a distribution of all contract values attributable to salary reduction contributions made after Dec. 31, 1988, but not the earnings on them.

• Even though a distribution may be permitted under the above rules, it may be subject to IRS taxes and penalties (see “Taxes”)

36    Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• The above restrictions on distributions do not affect the availability of the amount credited to the contract as of Dec. 31, 1988. The restrictions also do not apply to transfers or exchanges of contract value within the contract, or to another registered variable annuity contract or investment vehicle available through the employer.

Changing Ownership

You may change ownership of your nonqualified annuity at any time by completing a change of ownership form we approve and sending it to our Service Center. The change will become binding on us when we receive and record it. We will honor any change of ownership request received in good order that we believe is authentic and we will use reasonable procedures to confirm authenticity. If we follow these procedures, we will not take any responsibility for the validity of the change.

If you have a nonqualified annuity, you may incur income tax liability by transferring, assigning or pledging any part of it. (See “Taxes.”)

If you have a qualified annuity, you may not sell, assign, transfer, discount or pledge your contract as collateral for a loan, or as security for the performance of an obligation or for any other purpose except as required or permitted by the Code. However, if the owner is a trust or custodian, or an employer acting in a similar capacity, ownership of the contract may be transferred to the annuitant.

Please consider carefully whether or not you wish to change ownership of your annuity contract. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, the new owner and annuitant will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract.

If you have a GMIB and/or Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit rider, the rider will terminate upon transfer of ownership of your annuity contract. Continuance of the Benefit Protector rider is optional. (see “Optional Benefits”).

Benefits in Case of Death

There are three death benefit options under this contract:

• ROP Death Benefit;

• MAV Death Benefit; and

• Enhanced Death Benefit.

If both you and the annuitant are 79 or younger at contract issue, you can elect any one of the above death benefits. If either you or the annuitant are 80 or older at contract issue, the ROP death benefit will apply. If you select a GMIB, you must elect either the MAV death benefit or the EDB. Once you elect a death benefit option, you cannot change it. We show the option that applies in your contract. The combination of the contract, withdrawal charge schedule and death benefit option you select determines the mortality and expense risk fee that is assessed against the subaccounts. (See “Charges — Mortality and Expense Risk Fee.”)

Under all options, we will pay the death benefit to your beneficiary upon the earlier of your death or the annuitant’s death if you die before the retirement start date while this contract is in force. We will base the benefit paid on the death benefit coverage you chose when you purchased the contract. If a contract has more than one person as the owner, we will pay benefits upon the first to die of any owner or the annuitant.

Return of Purchase Payments (ROP) Death Benefit

The ROP death benefit is intended to help protect your beneficiaries financially in that they will never receive less than your purchase payments adjusted for withdrawals. If you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary the greater of these two values less any purchase payment credits subject to reversal, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value; or
2.	total purchase payments plus purchase payments credits applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals.

Adjusted partial withdrawals for the ROP or MAV death benefit	=	PW × DB
		CV

PW	=	the amount by which the contract value is reduced as a result of the partial withdrawal.
DB	=	the death benefit on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.
CV	=	contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.

Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus    37

Example

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $20,000.

• On the first contract anniversary you make an additional purchase payment of $5,000.

• During the second contract year the contract value falls to $22,000 and you take a $1,500 partial withdrawal.

• During the third contract year the contract value grows to $23,000.

We calculate the ROP death benefit as follows:
Contract value at death:			$23,000.00
	Purchase payments and purchase payment credits minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments and purchase payment credits:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,704.55
	$22,000
	for a death benefit of:		$23,295.45
ROP death benefit, calculated as the greatest of these two values:				$23,295.45

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV) Death Benefit

The MAV death benefit is intended to help protect your beneficiaries financially while your investments have the opportunity to grow. The MAV death benefit does not provide any additional benefit before the first contract anniversary and it may not be appropriate for issue ages 75 to 79 because the benefit values may be limited after age 81. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether or not the MAV death benefit is appropriate for your situation.

If both you and the annuitant are age 79 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the MAV death benefit to your contract. Once you select the MAV death benefit you may not cancel it. If you select the Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider you must select either the MAV death benefit or the EDB death benefit rider.

The MAV death benefit provides that if you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary the greatest of these three values less any purchase payment credits subject to reversal, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments plus purchase payment credits applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals; or
3.	the maximum anniversary value immediately preceding the date of death plus any purchase payments and purchase payment credits since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals since that anniversary.

Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV): We calculate the MAV on each contract anniversary through age 80. There is no MAV prior to the first contract anniversary. On the first contract anniversary we set the MAV equal to the highest of: (a) your current contract value, or (b) total purchase payments and purchase payment credits minus adjusted partial withdrawals. Every contract anniversary after that, through age 80, we compare the previous anniversary’s MAV (plus any purchase payments and purchase payment credits since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals since that anniversary) to the current contract value and we reset the MAV if the current contract value is higher. We stop resetting the MAV after you or the annuitant reach age 81. However, we continue to add subsequent purchase payments and purchase payment credits and subtract adjusted partial withdrawals from the MAV.

Example

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $20,000.

• On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $24,000.

• During the second contract year the contract value falls to $22,000, at which point you take a $1,500 partial withdrawal, leaving a contract value of $20,500.

We calculate the MAV death benefit as follows:
Contract value at death:			$20,500.00
Purchase payments and purchase payment credits minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments and purchase payment credits:		$20,000.00
	minus the death benefit adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $20,000	=	–1,363.64
	$22,000

38    Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus

	for a death benefit of:		$18,636.36
The MAV immediately preceding the date of death:
	Greatest of your contract anniversary contract values:		$24,000.00
	plus purchase payments and purchase payment credits made since the prior anniversary:		+0.00
	minus the death benefit adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $24,000	=	–1,636.36
	$22,000
	for a MAV death benefit of:		$22,363.64
The MAV death benefit, calculated as the greatest of these three values:				$22,363.64

Enhanced Death Benefit (EDB)

The EDB is intended to help protect your beneficiaries financially while your investments have the opportunity to grow.

This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional charge (see “Charges”). The EDB does not provide any additional benefit before the first contract anniversary and it may not be appropriate for issue ages 75 to 79 because the benefit values may be limited at age 81. Benefit Protector and Benefit Protector Plus are not available with EDB. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether or not the EDB is appropriate for your situation.

If the EDB is available in your state and both you and the annuitant are 79 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the EDB rider to your contract at the time of purchase. If you choose to add a GMIB rider to your contract, you must elect either the MAV death benefit or the EDB.

The EDB provides that if you or the annuitant die before annuity payouts begin while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary the greatest of these four values less any purchase payment credits subject to reversal, minus any applicable rider charges:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments plus purchase payment credits applied to the contract minus adjusted partial withdrawals;
3.	the maximum anniversary value immediately preceding the date of death plus any purchase payments and purchase payment credits applied to the contract since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals since that anniversary; or
4.	the 5% rising floor.

5% rising floor: This is the sum of the value of your GPAs, the one-year fixed account and the variable account floor. There is no variable account floor prior to the first contract anniversary. On the first contract anniversary, we establish the variable account floor as:

• the amounts allocated to the subaccounts at issue increased by 5%,

• plus any subsequent amounts allocated to the subaccounts,

• minus adjusted transfers and partial withdrawals from the subaccounts.

Thereafter, we continue to add subsequent amounts allocated to the subaccounts and subtract adjusted transfers and partial withdrawals from the subaccounts. On each contract anniversary after the first, through age 80, we add an amount to the variable account floor equal to 5% of the prior anniversary’s variable account floor. We stop adding this amount after you or the annuitant reach age 81.

5% rising floor adjusted transfers or partial withdrawals	=	PWT × VAF
		SV

PWT	=	the amount by which the contract is reduced as a result of the partial withdrawal or transfer from the subaccounts.
VAF	=	variable account floor on the date of (but prior to) the transfer or partial withdrawal.
SV	=	value of the subaccounts on the date of (but prior to) the transfer or partial withdrawal.

Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus    39

Example

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $25,000 with $5,000 allocated to the one-year fixed account and $20,000 allocated to the subaccounts.

• On the first contract anniversary the one-year fixed account value is $5,200 and the subaccount value is $17,000. Total contract value is $22,200.

• During the second contract year, the one-year fixed account value is $5,300 and the subaccount value is $19,000. Total contract value is $24,300. You take a $1,500 partial withdrawal all from the subaccounts, leaving the contract value at $22,800.

The death benefit is calculated as follows:
Contract value at death:			$22,800.00
Purchase payments and purchase payment credits minus adjusted partial withdrawals:
	Total purchase payments and purchase payment credits:		$25,000.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,543.21
	$24,300
	for a return of purchase payments death benefit of:		$23,456.79
The MAV on the anniversary immediately preceding the date of death plus any purchase payments made since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals made since that anniversary:
The MAV on the immediately preceding anniversary:			$25,000.00
	plus purchase payments and purchase payment credits made since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus adjusted partial withdrawals made since that anniversary, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $25,000	=	–1,543.21
	$24,300
	for a MAV death benefit of:		$23,456.79
The 5% rising floor:
	The variable account floor on the first contract anniversary, calculated as: 1.05 x $20,000 =		$21,000.00
	plus amounts allocated to the subaccounts since that anniversary:		+0.00
	minus the 5% rising floor adjusted partial withdrawal from the subaccounts, calculated as:
	$1,500 × $21,000	=	–1,657.89
	$19,000
	variable account floor benefit:		$19,342.11
	plus the one-year fixed account value:		+5,300.00
	5% rising floor (value of the GPAs, one-year fixed account and the variable account floor):		$24,642.11
EDB, calculated as the greatest of these three values, which is the 5% rising floor:				$24,642.11

If You Die Before Your Retirement Date

When paying the beneficiary, we will process the death claim on the valuation date our death claim requirements are fulfilled. We will determine the contract’s value using the accumulation unit value we calculate on that valuation date. We pay interest, if any, at a rate no less than required by law. We will mail payment to the beneficiary within seven days after our death claim requirements are fulfilled.

Nonqualified annuities

If your spouse is sole beneficiary and you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. To do this your spouse must give us written instructions to continue the contract as owner. There will be no withdrawal charges on the contract from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, your spouse and the new annuitant (if applicable) will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract. The GMIB rider and Benefit Protector Plus rider, if selected, will terminate. Continuance of the Benefit Protector rider is optional. (See “Optional Benefits.”)

40    Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus

If your beneficiary is not your spouse, we will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless you give us other written instructions. Generally, we must fully distribute the death benefit within five years of your death. However, the beneficiary may receive payouts under any annuity payout plan available under this contract if:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin no later than one year after your death, or other date as permitted by the IRS; and

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy.

Qualified annuities

•	Spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if your spouse is the sole beneficiary, your spouse may either elect to treat the contract as his/her own, so long as he or she is eligible to do so, or elect an annuity payout plan or another plan agreed to by us. If your spouse elects a payout option, the payouts must begin no later than the year in which you would have reached age 72 (age 701/2 if the death occurred before Jan. 1, 2020). If you attained age 72 at the time of death, payouts must begin no later than Dec. 31 of the year following the year of your death.
	Your spouse may elect to assume ownership of the contract at any time before annuity payouts begin. If your spouse elects to assume ownership of the contract, the contract value will be equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. There will be no withdrawal charges on the contract from that point forward unless additional purchase payments are made. If you elected any optional contract features or riders, your spouse and the new annuitant (if applicable) will be subject to all limitations and/or restrictions of those features or riders just as if they were purchasing a new contract. The GMIB rider and Benefit Protector Plus rider, if selected, will terminate. Continuance of the Benefit Protector rider is optional. (See “Optional Benefits.”)
•	Non-spouse beneficiary: If you have not elected an annuity payout plan, and if death occurs on or after Jan. 1, 2020, the beneficiary is required to withdraw his or her entire inherited interest within 10 years of the time of death of the owner unless they qualify as an “eligible designated beneficiary.” Eligible designated beneficiaries may continue to take proceeds out over their life expectancy. Eligible designated beneficiaries include:

• the surviving spouse;

• a lawful child of the owner under the age of majority (remaining amount must be withdrawn within 10 years, once the child reaches the age of majority);

• disabled within the meaning of Code section 72(m)(7);

• chronically ill within the meaning of Code section 7702B(c)(2);

• any other person who is not more than 10 years younger than the owner.

However, non-natural beneficiaries, such as estates and charities, are subject to a five-year rule to distribute the IRA. We will pay the beneficiary in a single sum unless the beneficiary elects to receive payouts under a payout plan available under this contract and:

• the beneficiary elects in writing, and payouts begin, no later than one year following the year of your death; and

• the payout period does not extend beyond the beneficiary’s life or life expectancy for an eligible designated beneficiary. (Payout plans are limited if the beneficiary is not an eligible designated beneficiary.)

• Spouse and Non-spouse beneficiary: If a beneficiary elects an alternative payment plan which is an inherited IRA, all optional death benefits and living benefits will terminate. In the event of your beneficiary’s death, their beneficiary can elect to take a lump sum payment or annuitize the contract to deplete it within 10 years of your beneficiary’s death

• Annuity payout plan: If you elect an annuity payout plan, the payouts to your beneficiary may continue depending on the annuity payout plan you elect, subject to adjustment to comply with the IRS rules and regulations.

How we handle contracts under unclaimed property laws

Every state has unclaimed property laws which generally declare annuity contracts to be abandoned after a period of inactivity of one to five years from either 1) the contract’s maturity date (the latest day on which income payments may begin under the contract) or 2) the date the death benefit is due and payable. If a contract matures or we determine a death benefit is payable, we will use our best efforts to locate you or designated beneficiaries. If we are unable to locate you or a beneficiary, proceeds will be paid to the abandoned property division or unclaimed property office of the state in which the beneficiary or you last resided, as shown in our books and records, or to our state of domicile. Generally, this surrender of property to the state is commonly referred to as “escheatment”. To avoid escheatment, and ensure an effective process for your beneficiaries, it is important that your personal address and beneficiary designations are up to date, including complete names, date of birth, current addresses and phone numbers, and taxpayer identification numbers for each beneficiary. Updates to your address or beneficiary designations should be sent to our Service Center.

Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus    41

Escheatment may also be required by law if a known beneficiary fails to demand or present an instrument or document to claim the death benefit in a timely manner, creating a presumption of abandonment. If your beneficiary steps forward (with the proper documentation) to claim escheated annuity proceeds, the state is obligated to pay any such proceeds it is holding.

For nonqualified annuities, non-spousal death benefits are generally required to be distributed and taxed within five years from the date of death of the owner/annuitant or the unclaimed death benefits will be presumed abandoned and subject to escheatment.

Optional Benefits

The assets held in our general account support the guarantees under your contract, including optional death benefits and optional living benefits. To the extent that we are required to pay you amounts in addition to your contract value under these benefits, such amounts will come from our general account assets. You should be aware that our general account is exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk. You should also be aware that we issue other types of insurance and financial products as well, and we also pay our obligations under these products from assets in our general account. Our general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of our creditors. The financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of the risks inherent within the investments of the general account.

Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (GMIB)

There are two GMIB rider options available under your contract. Both GMIB riders are intended to provide you with a guaranteed minimum lifetime income regardless of the volatility inherent in the investments in the subaccounts. If you select either GMIB rider option:

•	you must hold the GMIB for 7 years,
•	the GMIB rider terminates* 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday,
•	you can only exercise the GMIB within 30 days after a contract anniversary, and
•	there are additional costs associated with the rider.
*	The rider and annual fee terminate 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday; however, if you exercise the GMIB rider before this time, your benefits will continue according to the annuity payout plan you have selected.

If you are purchasing the contract as a qualified annuity, such as an IRA, and you are planning to begin annuity payouts after the date on which minimum distributions required by the IRS must begin, you should consider whether the GMIB is appropriate for you. Partial withdrawals you take from the contract, including those taken to satisfy RMDs, will reduce the GMIB benefit base (defined below), which in turn may reduce or eliminate the amount of any annuity payments available under the rider (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Consult a tax advisor before you purchase any GMIB with a qualified annuity, such as an IRA.

If either GMIB rider is available in your state and the annuitant is 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add this optional benefit at the time you purchase your contract for an additional charge. If the annuitant is between age 73 and age 75 at contract issue, you should consider whether a GMIB rider is appropriate for your situation. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether either GMIB rider option is appropriate for your situation.

The amount of the fee is determined by the GMIB rider option you select (see “Charges — GMIB Rider Fee”). If you select a GMIB rider, you must also elect the MAV death benefit or the EDB at the time you purchase your contract. The PCR rider is not available with either GMIB rider. The effective date of the GMIB rider will be the contract issue date.

In some instances, we may allow you to add a GMIB rider to your contract at a later date if it was not available when you initially purchased your contract. In these instances, we would add the GMIB rider on the next contract anniversary and this would become the rider effective date. For purposes of calculating the GMIB benefit base under these circumstances, we consider the contract value on the rider effective date to be the initial purchase payment; we disregard all previous purchase payments, purchase payment credits, transfers and withdrawals in the GMIB calculations.

Investment selection: Under either GMIB rider, you may allocate your purchase payments and purchase payment credits or transfers to any of the subaccounts, the GPAs or the one-year fixed account. However, we reserve the right to limit the amount you allocate to subaccounts investing in Columbia Variable Portfolio — Cash Management Fund to 10% of the total amount in the subaccounts. If we are required to activate this restriction, and you have more than 10% of your subaccount value in this fund, we will send you a notice and ask that you reallocate your contract value so that the 10% limitation is satisfied within 60 days. We will terminate the GMIB rider if you have not satisfied the limitation after 60 days.

42    Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus

You may select one of the following GMIB rider options:

• GMIB – Maximum Anniversary Value (MAV); or

• GMIB – 6% Rising Floor.

GMIB – MAV

GMIB benefit base:

If the GMIB – MAV is elected at contract issue, the GMIB benefit base is the greatest of these three values:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments and purchase payment credits minus adjusted partial withdrawals; or
3.	the MAV.

MAV is a value we calculate on the first contract anniversary as the highest of: (a) your current contract value, or (b) total purchase payments and purchase payment credits minus adjusted partial withdrawals. There is no MAV prior to the first contact anniversary. Every contract anniversary after that through age 80, we compare the previous anniversary’s MAV (plus any purchase payments and purchase payment credits since that anniversary minus adjusted partial withdrawals since that anniversary) to the current contract value and we reset the MAV to the highest value. We stop resetting the MAV after you or the annuitant reach age 81. However, we continue to add subsequent purchase payments and purchase payment credits and subtract adjusted partial withdrawals from the MAV.

Keep in mind, the MAV is limited at age 81.

We reserve the right to exclude from the GMIB benefit base any purchase payment and purchase payment credits made in the five years before you exercise the GMIB – MAV. We would do so only if such payments and credit total $50,000 or more or if they are 25% or more of total contract payments and credits. If we exercise this right, we subtract each payment and purchase payment credit adjusted for market value from the contract value and the MAV.

For each payment and purchase payment credit, we calculate the market value adjustment to the contract value and the MAV as:

PMT × CVG

ECV

PMT	=	each purchase payment and purchase payment credit made in the five years before you exercise the GMIB – MAV.
CVG	=	current contract value at the time you exercise the GMIB – MAV.
ECV	=	the estimated contract value on the anniversary prior to the payment in question. We assume that all payments, purchase payment credits and partial withdrawals occur at the beginning of a contract year.

Exercising the GMIB – MAV:

• you may only exercise the GMIB – MAV within 30 days after any contract anniversary following the expiration of a seven-year waiting period from the rider effective date.

• the annuitant must be between 50 and 86 years old on the date the rider is exercised.

• you can only take an annuity payout under one of the following annuity payout plans:

– Plan A — Life Annuity — no refund

– Plan B — Life Annuity with ten years certain

– Plan D — Joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund

• You may change the annuitant for the payouts.

When you exercise your GMIB – MAV, you may select a fixed or variable annuity payout plan. Fixed annuity payouts are calculated using the annuity purchase rates based on the “1983 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” with 100% Projection Scale G and an interest rate of 3%. Your annuity payouts remain fixed for the lifetime of the annuity payout period.

Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus    43

First year variable annuity payouts are calculated in the same manner as fixed annuity payouts. Once calculated, your annuity payouts remain unchanged for the first year. After the first year, subsequent annuity payouts are variable and depend on the performance of the subaccounts you select. Variable annuity payouts after the first year are calculated using the following formula:

Pt-1(1 + i)	= Pt
1.05

Pt–1	=	prior annuity payout
Pt	=	current annuity payout
i	=	annualized subaccount performance

Each subsequent variable annuity payout could be more or less than the previous variable annuity payout if the subaccount investment performance is greater or less than the 5% assumed investment rate. If your subaccount performance equals 5%, your annuity payout will be unchanged from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount performance is in excess of 5%, your variable annuity payout will increase from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount investment performance is less than 5%, your variable annuity payout will decrease from the previous annuity payout.

The GMIB – MAV benchmarks the contract growth at each anniversary against several comparison values and sets the GMIB benefit base equal to the largest value of the MAV, purchase payments and purchase payment credits minus adjusted partial withdrawals or the contract value. The GMIB benefit base, less any applicable premium tax, is the value we apply to the GMIB – MAV annuity purchase described above. If the GMIB benefit base is greater than the contract value, the GMIB – MAV may provide a higher annuity payout level than is otherwise available. However, the GMIB – MAV uses guaranteed annuity purchase rates which may result in annuity payouts that are less than those using the annuity purchase rates that we will apply at annuitization under the standard contract provisions. Therefore, the level of income provided by the GMIB – MAV may be less than the income the contract otherwise provided. If the annuity payouts through the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available through the GMIB – MAV, you will receive the higher standard payout. The GMIB – MAV does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

Terminating the GMIB – MAV:

• You may terminate the GMIB – MAV within 30 days after the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the GMIB – MAV any time after the seventh rider anniversary.

• The GMIB – MAV will terminate on the date:

– you make a full withdrawal from the contract;

– a death benefit is payable; or

– you choose to begin taking annuity payouts under the regular contract provisions.

•	The GMIB – MAV will terminate* 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday.
*	The rider and annual fee terminate 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday, however, if you exercise the GMIB rider before this time, your benefits will continue according to the annuity payout plan you have selected.

Example

• You purchase the contract during the 2004 calendar year with a payment of $100,000 and we add a $1,000 purchase payment credit to your contract. You allocate all your purchase payments and purchase payment credits to the subaccounts.

• There are no additional purchase payments and no partial withdrawals.

• Assume the annuitant is male and age 55 at contract issue. For the joint and last survivor option (annuity payout Plan D), the joint annuitant is female and age 55 at contract issue.

• Taking into account fluctuations in contract value due to market conditions, we calculate the GMIB benefit base as:

Contract anniversary	Contract value	Purchase payments	MAV	GMIB benefit base
1	$107,000	$101,000	$107,000
2	125,000	101,000	125,000
3	132,000	101,000	132,000
4	150,000	101,000	150,000
5	85,000	101,000	150,000
6	120,000	101,000	150,000
7	138,000	101,000	150,000	$150,000
8	152,000	101,000	152,000	152,000

44    Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Contract anniversary	Contract value	Purchase payments	MAV	GMIB benefit base
9	139,000	101,000	152,000	152,000
10	126,000	101,000	152,000	152,000
11	138,000	101,000	152,000	152,000
12	147,000	101,000	152,000	152,000
13	163,000	101,000	163,000	163,000
14	159,000	101,000	163,000	163,000
15	215,000	101,000	215,000	215,000

NOTE: The MAV value is limited at age 81, but, the GMIB benefit base may increase if the contract value increases. However, you should keep in mind that you are always entitled to annuitize using the contract value without exercising the GMIB.

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after a contract anniversary, the payout under a fixed annuity option (which is the same as the minimum payout for the first year under a variable annuity option) would be:

Contract anniversary at exercise	GMIB benefit base	Plan A – life annuity — no refund	Minimum Guaranteed Monthly Income
			Plan B –life annuity with ten years certain	Plan D – joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund
10	$152,000 (MAV)	$784.32	$763.04	$627.76
15	215,000 (Contract Value = MAV)	1,268.50	1,210.45	982.55

The payouts above are based on the “1983 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” with 100% Projection Scale G and interest rate of 3%. Payouts under the standard provisions of this contract will be based on our annuity rates in effect at annuitization and are guaranteed to be greater than or equal to the guaranteed annuity rates stated in Table B of the contract. The fixed annuity payout available under the standard provisions of this contract would be at least as great as shown below:

Contract anniversary at exercise	Contract value	Plan A – life annuity — no refund	Plan B –life annuity with ten years certain	Plan D – joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund
10	$126,000	$650.16	$632.52	$520.38
15	215,000	1,268.50	1,210.45	982.55

In the above example, at the 15th contract anniversary you would not experience a benefit from the GMIB as the payout available to you is equal to or less than the payout available under the standard provisions of the contract. When the GMIB – MAV payout is less than the payout available under the standard provisions of the contract, you will receive the higher standard payout.

Remember that after the first year, lifetime income payouts under a variable annuity payout option will depend on the investment performance of the subaccounts you select. If your subaccount performance is 5%, your annuity payout will be unchanged from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount performance is in excess of 5%, your variable annuity payout will increase from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount investment performance is less than 5%, your variable annuity payout will decrease from the previous annuity payout.

GMIB – 6% Rising Floor

GMIB benefit base:

If the GMIB – 6% Rising Floor is elected at contract issue, the GMIB benefit base is the greatest of these three values:

1.	contract value;
2.	total purchase payments and purchase payment credits minus adjusted partial withdrawals; or
3.	the 6% rising floor.

6% rising floor: This is the sum of the value of the GPAs, one-year fixed account and the variable account floor. We calculate the variable account floor on each contract anniversary through age 80. There is no variable account floor prior to the first contract anniversary. On the first contract anniversary, we set the variable account floor equal to:

• the initial purchase payments and purchase payment credits allocated to the subaccounts increased by 6%;

• plus any subsequent amounts allocated to the subaccounts; and

• minus adjusted transfers or partial withdrawals from the subaccounts.

Every contract anniversary after that, through age 80, we reset the variable account floor by accumulating the prior anniversary’s variable account floor at 6% then adding any subsequent amounts allocated to the subaccounts and subtracting any adjusted transfers or partial withdrawals from the subaccounts. We stop resetting the variable account

Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus    45

floor after you or the annuitant reach age 81. However, we continue to add subsequent amounts you allocate to the subaccounts and subtract adjusted transfers or partial withdrawals from the subaccounts. We calculate adjusted transfers or partial withdrawals for the 6% rising floor using the same formula as adjusted transfers or partial withdrawals for the 5% rising floor.

Keep in mind that the 6% rising floor is limited at age 81.

We reserve the right to exclude from the GMIB benefit base any purchase payments and purchase payment credits you make in the five years before you exercise the GMIB. We would do so only if such payments total $50,000 or more or if they are 25% or more of total contract payments and credits. If we exercise this right, we:

• subtract each payment adjusted for market value from the contract value.

• subtract each payment from the 6% rising floor. We adjust the payments made to the GPAs and the one-year fixed account for market value. We increase payments allocated to the subaccounts by 6% for the number of full contract years they have been in the contract before we subtract them from the 6% rising floor.

For each payment and purchase payment credit, we calculate the market value adjustment to the contract value, the GPAs and the one-year fixed account value of the 6% rising floor as:

PMT × CVG

ECV

PMT	=	each purchase payment and purchase payment credit made in the five years before you exercise the GMIB.
CVG	=	current contract value at the time you exercise the GMIB.
ECV	=	the estimated contract value on the anniversary prior to the payment in question. We assume that all payments, purchase payment credits and partial withdrawals occur at the beginning of a contract year.

For each payment, we calculate the 6% increase of payments allocated to the subaccounts as:

PMT x (1.06)^CY

CY = the full number of contract years the payment has been in the contract

Exercising the GMIB – 6% Rising Floor:

• you may only exercise the GMIB – 6% Rising Floor within 30 days after any contract anniversary following the expiration of a seven-year waiting period from the rider effective date.

• the annuitant must be between 50 and 86 years old on the date the rider is exercised.

• you can only take an annuity payout under one of the following annuity payout plans:

– Plan A — Life Annuity — no refund

– Plan B — Life Annuity with ten years certain

– Plan D — Joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund

• You may change the annuitant for the payouts.

When you exercise your GMIB – 6% Rising Floor, you may select a fixed or variable annuity payout plan. Fixed annuity payouts are calculated using the annuity purchase rates based on the “1983 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table A” with 100% Projection Scale G and an interest rate of 2.5%. Your annuity payouts remain fixed for the lifetime of the annuity payout period.

First year variable annuity payouts are calculated in the same manner as fixed annuity payouts. Once calculated, your annuity payouts remain unchanged for the first year. After the first year, subsequent annuity payouts are variable and depend on the performance of the subaccounts you select. Variable annuity payouts are calculated using the following formula:

Pt-1(1 + i)	= Pt
1.05

Pt–1	=	prior annuity payout
Pt	=	current annuity payout
i	=	annualized subaccount performance

Each subsequent variable annuity payout could be more or less than the previous variable annuity payout if the subaccount investment performance is greater or less than the 5% assumed investment rate. If your subaccount performance equals 5%, your annuity payout will be unchanged from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount performance is in excess of 5%, your variable annuity payout will increase from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount investment performance is less than 5%, your variable annuity payout will decrease from the previous annuity payout.

46    Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus

The GMIB – 6% Rising Floor benchmarks the contract growth at each anniversary against several comparison values and sets the GMIB benefit base equal to the largest value of the 6% rising floor, ROP or contract value. The GMIB benefit base, less any applicable premium tax, is the value we apply to the guaranteed annuity purchase rates we use in the 2.5% Table to calculate the minimum annuity payouts you will receive if you exercise the GMIB – 6% Rising Floor. If the GMIB benefit base is greater than the contract value, the GMIB – 6% Rising Floor may provide a higher annuity payout level than is otherwise available. However, the GMIB – 6% Rising Floor uses annuity purchase rates that may be more conservative than the annuity purchase rates than we will apply at annuitization under the standard contract provisions. Therefore, the level of income provided by the GMIB – 6% Rising Floor may be less than the income the contract otherwise provided. If the annuity payouts through the standard contract provisions are more favorable than the payouts available through the GMIB – 6% Rising Floor, you will receive the higher standard payout. The GMIB – 6% Rising Floor does not create contract value or guarantee the performance of any investment option.

Terminating the GMIB – 6% Rising Floor:

• You may terminate the GMIB – 6% Rising Floor within 30 days after the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the GMIB – 6% Rising Floor any time after the seventh rider anniversary.

• The GMIB – 6% Rising Floor will terminate on the date:

— you make a full withdrawal from the contract;

— a death benefit is payable; or

•	you choose to begin taking annuity payouts under the regular contract provisions.
•	The GMIB – 6% Rising Floor will terminate* 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday.
*	The rider and annual fee terminate 30 days following the contract anniversary after the annuitant’s 86th birthday, however, if you exercise the GMIB rider before this time, your benefits will continue according to the annuity payout plan you have selected.

Example

• You purchase the contract during the 2004 calendar year with a payment of $100,000 and you allocate all of your purchase payment to the subaccounts.

• There are no additional purchase payments and no partial withdrawals.

• Assume the annuitant is male and age 55 at contract issue. For the joint and last survivor option (annuity payout Plan D), the joint annuitant is female and age 55 at contract issue.

Taking into account fluctuations in contract value due to market conditions, we calculate the GMIB benefit base as:

Contract anniversary	Contract value	Purchase payments	6% rising floor	GMIB benefit base
1	$107,000	$100,000	$106,000
2	125,000	100,000	112,360
3	132,000	100,000	119,102
4	150,000	100,000	126,248
5	85,000	100,000	133,823
6	120,000	100,000	141,852
7	138,000	100,000	150,363	$150,363
8	152,000	100,000	159,388	159,388
9	139,000	100,000	168,948	168,948
10	126,000	100,000	179,085	179,085
11	138,000	100,000	189,830	189,830
12	147,000	100,000	201,220	201,220
13	215,000	100,000	213,293	215,000
14	234,000	100,000	226,090	234,000
15	240,000	100,000	239,655	240,000

NOTE: The 6% Rising Floor value is limited at age 81, but the GMIB benefit base may increase if the contract value increases. However, you should keep in mind that you are always entitled to annuitize using the contract value without exercising the GMIB – 6% Rising Floor.

Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus    47

If you annuitize the contract within 30 days after a contract anniversary, the payout under a fixed annuity option (which is the same as the minimum payout for the first year under a variable annuity option) would be:

Contract anniversary at exercise	GMIB benefit base	Plan A – life annuity — no refund	Minimum Guaranteed Monthly Income
			Plan B – life annuity with ten years certain	Plan D – joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund
10	$179,085 (6% Rising Floor)	$872.14	$850.65	$691.27
15	240,000 (Contract Value)	1,346.40	1,286.40	1,034.40

The payouts above are shown at guaranteed annuity rates we use in the 2.5% Table. Payouts under the standard provisions of this contract will be based on our annuity rates in effect at annuitization and are guaranteed to be greater than or equal to the guaranteed annuity rates stated in Table B of the contract. The fixed annuity payout available under the standard provisions of this contract would be at least as great as shown below:

Contract anniversary at exercise	Contract value	Plan A – life annuity — no refund	Plan B – life annuity with ten years certain	Plan D – joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund
10	$126,000	$650.16	$632.52	$520.38
15	240,000	1,416.00	1,351.20	1,096.80

In this example, at the 15th contract anniversary you would not experience a benefit from the GMIB as the payout available to you is equal to or less than the payout available under the standard provisions of the contract. When the GMIB – 6% Rising Floor payout is less than the payout available under the standard provisions of the contract, you will receive the higher standard payout.

Remember that after the first year, lifetime income payouts under a variable annuity payout option will depend on the investment performance of the subaccounts you select. If your subaccount performance is 5%, your annuity payout will be unchanged from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount performance is in excess of 5%, your variable annuity payout will increase from the previous annuity payout. If your subaccount investment performance is less than 5%, your variable annuity payout will decrease from the previous annuity payout.

Performance Credit Rider (PCR)

The PCR is intended to provide you with an additional benefit if your earnings are less than the target value on the tenth rider anniversary (see below). This is an optional benefit you may select for an additional charge (see “Charges”). The PCR does not provide any additional benefit before the tenth rider anniversary and it may not be appropriate for issue ages 75 or older due to this required holding period. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional whether or not the PCR is appropriate for your situation.

If the PCR is available in your state, you may choose to add this benefit to your contract at issue. You cannot add the PCR if you select the GMIB rider option. In some instances we may allow you to add the PCR to your contract at a later date if it was not available when you initially purchased your contract. In these instances, we would add the PCR on the next contract anniversary and this would become the rider effective date. For purposes of calculating the target value under these circumstances, we consider the contract value on the rider effective date to be the first contract year’s purchase payments and purchase payment credits.

Investment selection under the PCR: You may allocate your purchase payments and purchase payment credits or transfers to any of the subaccounts, the GPAs or the one-year fixed account. However, we reserve the right to limit the aggregate amount in the GPAs and the one-year fixed account and amounts you allocate to subaccounts investing in the Columbia Variable Portfolio – Cash Management Fund to 10% of your total contract value. If we are required to activate this restriction, and you have more than 10% of your contract value in these accounts, we will send you a notice and ask that you reallocate your contract value so that the 10% limitation is satisfied within 60 days. We will terminate the PCR if you have not satisfied the limitation after 60 days.

Target value: We calculate the target value on each rider anniversary. There is no target value prior to the first rider anniversary. On the first rider anniversary we set the target value equal to your first year’s purchase payments and purchase payment credits minus the target value adjusted partial withdrawals accumulated at an annual effective rate of 7.2%. Every rider anniversary after that, we recalculate the target value by accumulating the prior anniversary’s target value and any additional purchase payments and purchase payment credits minus the target value adjusted partial withdrawals at an annual effective rate of 7.2%.

48    Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Target value adjusted partial withdrawals	=	PW × TV
		CV

PW	=	the partial withdrawal including any applicable withdrawal charge or MVA.
TV	=	the target value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.
CV	=	contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.

Exercising the PCR: We will inform you if your contract value did not meet or exceed the target value after your tenth rider anniversary. If your contract value is less than the target value on the tenth rider anniversary you can choose either of the following benefits:

Option A)  You may choose to accept a PCR credit to your contract equal to:

5% × (PP – PCRPW – PP5)

PP	=	total purchase payments and purchase payment credits.
PCRPW	=	PCR adjusted partial withdrawals. The PCR adjusted partial withdrawal amount is an adjustment we make to determine the proportionate amount of any partial withdrawal attributable to purchase payments received five or more years before the target value is calculated (on the tenth year rider anniversary). For a more detailed description of the PCR adjusted partial withdrawal please see Appendix A.
PP5	=	purchase payments and purchase payment credits made in the prior five years. We apply the PCR credit to your contract on the tenth rider anniversary and allocate it among the GPAs, the one-year fixed account and subaccounts according to your current asset allocation.

Option B)  You may choose to begin receiving annuity payouts (only with lifetime income plans; you may not choose Annuity Payout Plan E) within 60 days of the tenth rider anniversary and receive an additional 5% PCR credit (for a total PCR credit of 10%) as calculated in (a).

We will assume that you elected PCR Option A unless we receive your request to begin a lifetime annuity payout plan within 60 days after the tenth rider anniversary.

If you select PCR Option A, we will restart the ten-year calculation period for the PCR on the tenth rider anniversary and every ten years after that while you own the contract. We use the contract value (including any credits) on that anniversary as your first contract year’s payments for calculating the target value and any applicable PCR credit. We may then apply additional PCR credits to your contract at the end of each ten-year period as described above.

PCR reset: You can elect to lock in your contract growth by restarting the ten-year PCR calculation period on any contract anniversary. If you elect to restart the calculation period, the contract value on the restart date is used as the first year’s payments and credits for the calculating the target value and any applicable PCR credit. If you select PCR Option A, the next ten-year calculation period for the PCR will restart at the end of this new ten-year period. We must receive your request to restart the PCR calculation period within 30 days after a contract anniversary.

Terminating the PCR

• You may terminate the PCR within 30 days following the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the PCR within 30 days following the later of the tenth rider anniversary or the last rider reset date.

• The PCR will terminate on the date:

– you make a full withdrawal from the contract,

– that a death benefit is payable, or

– you choose to begin taking annuity payouts.

Example

•	You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and we add a $1,000 purchase payment credit to the contract
•	There are no additional purchase payments and no partial withdrawals
•	On the tenth contract anniversary, the contract value is $200,000
•	We determine the target value on the tenth contract anniversary as our purchase payments and credits accumulated at an annual effective rate of 7.2% = $101,000 × (1.072)10 = $101,000 × 2.00423 = $202,427.
	Your contract value ($200,000) is less than the target value ($202,427). Assuming you select PCR Option A, we add a PCR credit to your contract calculated as follows:

5% × (PP – PCRPW – PP5) = 0.05 × ($101,000 – 0 – 0) = $5,050.

Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus    49

After application of the PCR credit, your total contract value would be $205,050.

• During the eleventh contract year, the contract value grows to $210,000 and you choose to begin receiving annuity payouts under a lifetime income plan. We would now add another PCR credit to your contract. Because you have not made any additional purchase payments or partial withdrawals the amount of this new credit is the same as the PCR credit we added to your contract on the tenth contract anniversary ($5,050). After adding this new PCR credit to your contract, your total contract value would be $215,050 and we would use this amount to determine your monthly annuity payout amount.

• If you had elected not to receive annuity payouts, the PCR ten-year calculation period would restart on the tenth contract anniversary with the target values first year’s payments equal to $205,050. We would make the next PCR credit determination on the twentieth contract anniversary.

Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector)

The Benefit Protector is intended to provide an additional benefit to your beneficiary to help offset expenses after your death such as funeral expenses or federal and state taxes. This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge (see “Charges”). The Benefit Protector provides reduced benefits if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older at the rider effective date. The Benefit Protector does not provide any additional benefit before the first rider anniversary.

If this rider is available in your state and both you and the annuitant are age 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the Benefit Protector to your contract. You must elect the Benefit Protector at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date. You may not select this rider if you select the Benefit Protector Plus rider.

Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Since the benefit paid by the rider is determined by the amount of earnings at death, the amount of the benefit paid may be reduced as a result of taking any withdrawals including RMDs. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional and tax advisor whether or not the Benefit Protector is appropriate for your situation.

The Benefit Protector provides that if you or the annuitant die after the first rider anniversary, but before annuity payouts begin, and while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary:

• the applicable death benefit

• 40% of your earnings at death if you and the annuitant were under age 70 on the rider effective date, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old; or

• 15% of your earnings at death if you or the annuitant were age 70 or older on the rider effective date, up to a maximum of 37.5% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old.

Earnings at death: This is determined by taking the current death benefit, and subtracting any purchase payments not previously withdrawn. Partial withdrawals reduce earnings before reducing purchase payments in the contract. This determines how much of the applicable death benefit is made up of contract earnings. We set maximum earnings at death of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old. Earnings at death cannot be less than zero.

Terminating the Benefit Protector

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of any rider anniversary beginning with the seventh rider anniversary.

• The rider will terminate when you make a full withdrawal from the contract or when annuity payouts begin.

Example of the Benefit Protector

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and you and the annuitant are under age 70. We add a $1,000 purchase payment credit to your contract. You select the MAV death benefit rider.

• During the first contract year the contract value grows to $105,000. The death benefit under the MAV death benefit rider equals the contract value, less any purchase payment credits added to the contract in the last 12 months, or $104,000. You have not reached the first contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector does not provide any additional benefit at this time.

• On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. The death benefit equals:

MAV rider (contract value):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (MAV death benefit minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000

50    Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Total death benefit of: $114,000

• On the second contract anniversary the contract value falls to $105,000. The death benefit equals:

MAV rider (MAV):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death):
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000

• During the third contract year the contract value remains at $105,000 and you request a partial withdrawal, including the applicable 7% withdrawal charges of $50,000. We will withdraw $10,500 from your contract value free of charge (10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value). The remainder of the withdrawal is subject to a 7% withdrawal charge because your payment is two years old, so we will withdraw $39,500 ($36,735 + $2,765 in withdrawal charges) from your contract value. Altogether, we will withdraw $50,000 and pay you $47,235. We calculate purchase payments not previously withdrawn as $100,000–$45,000= $55,000 (remember that $5,000 of the partial withdrawal is contract earnings). The death benefit equals:

MAV rider (MAV adjusted for partial withdrawals):	$57,619
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death):
0.40 × ($57,619 – $55,000) =	+1,048
Total death benefit of:	$58,667

• On the third contract anniversary the contract value falls to $40,000. The death benefit equals the death benefit during the third contract year. The reduction in contract value has no effect.

• On the ninth contract anniversary the contract value grows to a new high of $200,000. Earnings at death reaches its maximum of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old. The death benefit equals:

MAV rider (contract value):	$200,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old)	+55,000
Total death benefit of:	$255,000

• During the tenth contract year you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000 and we add a purchase payment credit of $500. Your new contract value is now $250,000. The new purchase payment is less than one year old and so it has no effect on the Benefit Protector value. The death benefit equals:

MAV rider (contract value less any purchase payment credits added in the last 12 months):	$249,500
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old)	+55,000
Total death benefit of:	$304,500

• During the eleventh contract year the contract value remains $250,000 and the “new” purchase payment is one year old and the value of the Benefit Protector changes. The death benefit equals:

MAV rider (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector benefit (40% of earnings at death up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old)
0.40 × ($250,000 – $105,000) =	+58,000
Total death benefit of:	$308,000

If your spouse is the sole beneficiary and you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner. Your spouse and the new annuitant will be subject to all the limitations and restrictions of the rider just as if they were purchasing a new contract. If your spouse and the new annuitant do not qualify for the rider on the basis of age we will terminate the rider. If they do qualify for the rider on the basis of age we will set the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid and we will substitute this new contract value on the date of death for “purchase payments not previously withdrawn” used in calculating earnings at death. Your spouse also has the option of discontinuing the Benefit Protector Death Benefit Rider within 30 days of the date of death.

NOTE: For special tax considerations associated with the Benefit Protector, see “Taxes.”

Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus    51

Benefit Protector Plus Death Benefit Rider (Benefit Protector Plus)

The Benefit Protector Plus is intended to provide an additional benefit to your beneficiary to help offset expenses after your death such as funeral expenses or federal and state taxes. This is an optional benefit that you may select for an additional annual charge (see “Charges”). The Benefit Protector Plus provides reduced benefits if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older at the rider effective date. It does not provide any additional benefit before the first rider anniversary and it does not provide any benefit beyond what is offered under the Benefit Protector rider during the second rider year.

If this rider is available in your state and both you and the annuitant are age 75 or younger at contract issue, you may choose to add the Benefit Protector Plus to you contract. You must elect the Benefit Protector Plus at the time you purchase your contract and your rider effective date will be the contract issue date. This rider is only available for transfers, exchanges or rollovers from another annuity or life insurance policy. You may not select this rider if you select the Benefit Protector rider. Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions from the annuity contract (see “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Required Minimum Distributions”). Since the benefit paid by the rider is determined by the amount of earnings at death, the amount of the benefit paid may be reduced as a result of taking any withdrawals including RMDs. Be sure to discuss with your investment professional and tax advisor whether or not the Benefit Protector Plus is appropriate for your situation.

The Benefit Protector Plus provides that if you or the annuitant die after the first rider anniversary, but before annuity payouts begin, and while this contract is in force, we will pay the beneficiary:

• the benefits payable under the Benefit Protector described above, plus

• a percentage of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue not previously withdrawn as follows:

Rider Year	Percentage if you and the annuitant are under age 70 on the rider effective date	Percentage if you or the annuitant are age 70 or older on the rider effective date
One and Two	0%	0%
Three and Four	10%	3.75%
Five or more	20%	7.5%

Another way to describe the benefits payable under the Benefit Protector Plus rider is as follows:

• the applicable death benefit (see “Benefits in Case of Death”), plus:

Rider Year	If you and the annuitant are under age 70 on the rider effective date, add…	If you or the annuitant are age 70 or older on the rider effective date, add…
One	Zero	Zero
Two	40% × earnings at death (see above)	15% × earnings at death
Three & Four	40% × (earnings at death + 25% of initial purchase payment*)	15% × (earnings at death + 25% of initial purchase payment*)
Five or more	40% × (earnings at death + 50% of initial purchase payment*)	15% × (earnings at death + 50% of initial purchase payment*)

* Initial purchase payments are payments made within 60 days of rider issue not previously withdrawn.

Terminating the Benefit Protector Plus

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of the first rider anniversary.

• You may terminate the rider within 30 days of any rider anniversary beginning with the seventh rider anniversary.

• The rider will terminate when you make a full withdrawal from the contract or when annuity payouts begin.

Example of the Benefit Protector Plus

• You purchase the contract with a payment of $100,000 and you and the annuitant are under age 70. We add a $1,000 purchase payment credit to your contract. You select the MAV death benefit.

• During the first contract year the contract value grows to $105,000. The death benefit equals MAV death benefit, which is the contract value, less any purchase payment credits added to the contract in the last 12 months, or $104,000. You have not reached the first contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector Plus does not provide any additional benefit at this time.

• On the first contract anniversary the contract value grows to $110,000. You have not reached the second contract anniversary so the Benefit Protector Plus does not provide any additional benefit beyond what is provided by the Benefit Protector at this time. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (MAV rider minus payments not previously withdrawn):

52    Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus

0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
Total death benefit of:	$114,000

• On the second contract anniversary the contract value falls to $105,000. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (MAV):	$110,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death:
0.40 × ($110,000 – $100,000) =	+4,000
plus 10% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:
0.10 × $100,000 =	+10,000
Total death benefit of:	$124,000

• During the third contract year the contract value remains at $105,000 and you request a partial withdrawal of $50,000, including the applicable 7% withdrawal charge. We will withdraw $10,500 from your contract value free of charge (10% of your prior anniversary’s contract value). The remainder of the withdrawal is subject to a 7% withdrawal charge because your payment is in its third year of the withdrawal charge schedule, so we will withdraw $39,500 ($36,735 + $2,765 in withdrawal charges) from your contract value. Altogether, we will withdraw $50,000 and pay you $47,235. We calculate purchase payments not previously withdrawn as $100,000 – $45,000 = $55,000 (remember that $5,000 of the partial withdrawal is contract earnings). The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (MAV adjusted for partial withdrawals):	$57,619
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death:
0.40 × ($57,619 – $55,000) =	+1,048
plus 10% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:
0.10 × $55,000 =	+5,500
Total death benefit of:	$64,167

• On the third contract anniversary the contract value falls to $40,000. The death benefit equals the death benefit paid during the third contract year. The reduction in contract value has no effect.

• On the ninth contract anniversary the contract value grows to a new high of $200,000. Earnings at death reaches its maximum of 250% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old. Because we are beyond the fourth contract anniversary the Benefit Protector Plus also reaches its maximum of 20%. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$200,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old	+55,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:
0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$266,000

• During the tenth contract year you make an additional purchase payment of $50,000 and we add a purchase payment credit of $500. Your new contract value is now $250,000. The new purchase payment is less than one year old and so it has no effect on the Benefit Protector Plus value. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value less any purchase payment credits added in the last 12 months):	$249,500
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death, up to a maximum of 100% of purchase payments not previously withdrawn that are one or more years old	+55,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:
0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000
Total death benefit of:	$ 315,500

• During the eleventh contract year the contract value remains $250,000 and the “new” purchase payment is one year old. The value of the Benefit Protector Plus remains constant. The death benefit equals:

MAV death benefit (contract value):	$250,000
plus the Benefit Protector Plus benefit which equals 40% of earnings at death (MAV rider minus payments not previously withdrawn):
0.40 × ($250,000 – $105,000) =	+58,000
plus 20% of purchase payments made within 60 days of contract issue and not previously withdrawn:
0.20 × $55,000 =	+11,000

Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus    53

Total death benefit of: $319,000

If your spouse is sole beneficiary and you die before the retirement date, your spouse may keep the contract as owner with the contract value equal to the death benefit that would otherwise have been paid. We will then terminate the Benefit Protector Plus and substitute the applicable death benefit (see “Benefits in Case of Death”).

NOTE: For special tax considerations associated with the Benefit Protector Plus, see “Taxes.”

The Annuity Payout Period

As owner of the contract, you have the right to decide how and to whom annuity payouts will be made starting at the retirement date. You may select one of the annuity payout plans outlined below, or we may mutually agree on other payout arrangements. We do not deduct any withdrawal charges upon retirement but withdrawal charges may apply when electing to exercise liquidity features we may make available under certain fixed annuity payout options.

You also decide whether we will make annuity payouts on a fixed or variable basis, or a combination of fixed and variable. The amount available to purchase payouts under the plan you select is the contract value on your retirement date after any rider charges have been deducted. Additionally, we currently allow you to use part of the amount available to purchase payouts, leaving any remaining contract value to accumulate on a tax-deferred basis. Special rules apply for partial annuitization of your annuity contract, see “Taxes — Nonqualified Annuities — Annuity payouts” and “Taxes — Qualified Annuities — Annuity payouts.” If you select a variable annuity payout, we reserve the right to limit the number of subaccounts in which you may invest. The GPAs are not available during this payout period.

Amounts of fixed and variable payouts depend on:

• the annuity payout plan you select;

• the annuitant’s age and, in most cases, sex;

• the annuity table in the contract; and

• the amounts you allocated to the accounts at settlement.

In addition, for variable annuity payouts only, amounts depend on the investment performance of the subaccounts you select. These payouts will vary from month to month because the performance of the funds will fluctuate. Fixed payouts generally remain the same from month to month unless you have elected an option providing for increasing payments.

For information with respect to transfers between accounts after annuity payouts begin, see “Making the Most of Your Contract — Transfer policies.”

Annuity Tables

The annuity tables in your contract (Table A and Table B) show the amount of the monthly payout for each $1,000 of contract value according to the age and, when applicable, the annuitant’s sex. (Where required by law, we will use a unisex table of settlement rates.)

Table A shows the amount of the first monthly variable annuity payout assuming that the contract value is invested at the beginning of the annuity payout period and earns a 5% rate of return, which is reinvested and helps to support future payouts. If you ask us at least 30 days before the retirement date, we will substitute an annuity table based on an assumed 3.5% investment rate for the 5% Table A in the contract. The assumed investment rate affects both the amount of the first payout and the extent to which subsequent payouts increase or decrease. For example, annuity payouts will increase if the investment return is above the assumed investment rate and payouts will decrease if the return is below the assumed investment rate. Using a 5% assumed interest rate results in a higher initial payout, but later payouts will increase more slowly when annuity unit values rise and decrease more rapidly when they decline.

Table B shows the minimum amount of each fixed annuity payout. We declare current payout rates that we use in determining the actual amount of your fixed annuity payout. The current payout rates will equal or exceed the guaranteed payout rates shown in Table B. We will furnish these rates to you upon request.

Annuity Payout Plans

We make available variable annuity payouts where payout amounts will vary based on the performance of the variable account. We may also make fixed annuity payouts available where payments of a fixed amount are made for the period specified in the plan, subject to any surrender we may permit. You may choose any one of these annuity payout plans by giving us written instructions at least 30 days before the retirement date. Generally, you may select one of the Plans A through E below or another plan agreed to by us.

• Plan A – Life annuity — no refund: We make monthly payouts until the annuitant’s death. Payouts end with the last payout before the annuitant’s death. We will not make any further payouts. This means that if the annuitant dies after we made only one monthly payout, we will not make any more payouts.

54    Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• Plan B – Life annuity with five, ten or 15 years certain: We make monthly payouts for a guaranteed payout period of five, ten or 15 years that you elect. This election will determine the length of the payout period in the event the annuitant dies before the elected period expires. We calculate the guaranteed payout period from the retirement date. If the annuitant outlives the elected guaranteed payout period, we will continue to make payouts until the annuitant’s death.

• Plan C – Life annuity — installment refund: We make monthly payouts until the annuitant’s death, with our guarantee that payouts will continue for some period of time. We will make payouts for at least the number of months determined by dividing the amount applied under this option by the first monthly payout, whether or not the annuitant is living.

• Plan D – Joint and last survivor life annuity — no refund: We make monthly payouts while both the annuitant and a joint annuitant are living. If either annuitant dies, we will continue to make monthly payouts at the full amount until the death of the surviving annuitant. Payouts end with the death of the second annuitant.

• Plan E – Payouts for a specified period: We make monthly payouts for a specific payout period of ten to 30 years that you elect. We will make payouts only for the number of years specified whether the annuitant is living or not. Depending on the selected time period, it is foreseeable that an annuitant can outlive the payout period selected. During the payout period, you can elect to have us determine the present value of any remaining payouts and pay it to you in a lump sum.

For Plan A, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, no payments will be made. For Plan B, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue for the guaranteed payout period. For Plan C, if the annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue for the installment refund period. For Plan D, if both annuitants die before the initial payment, no payments will be made; however, if one annuitant dies before the initial payment, the payments will continue until the death of the surviving annuitant.

In addition to the annuity payout plans described above, we may offer additional payout plans. Terms and conditions of annuity payout plans will be disclosed at the time of election, including any associated fees or charges. It is important to remember that the election and use of liquidity features will result in payouts ceasing.

Utilizing a liquidity feature to withdraw the underlying value of remaining payouts may result in the assessment of a withdrawal charge (See “Charges — Withdrawal charge”) or a 10% IRS penalty tax. (See “Taxes.”).

Annuity payout plan requirements for qualified annuities: If your contract is a qualified annuity, you must select a payout plan as of the retirement date set forth in your contract. You have the responsibility for electing a payout plan under your contract that complies with applicable law. Your contract describes your payout plan options. The options will meet certain IRS regulations governing RMDs if the payout plan meets the incidental distribution benefit requirements, if any, and the payouts are made:

• in equal or substantially equal payments over a period not longer than your life expectancy, or over the joint life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary; or

• over a period certain not longer than your life expectancy or over the joint life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary.

If we do not receive instructions: You must give us written instructions for the annuity payouts at least 30 days before the annuitant’s retirement date. If you do not, we will make payouts under Plan B, with 120 monthly payouts guaranteed.

If monthly payouts would be less than $20: We will calculate the amount of monthly payouts at the time the contract value is used to purchase a payout plan. If the calculations show that monthly payouts would be less than $20, we have the right to pay the contract value to the owner in a lump sum or to change the frequency of the payouts.

Death after annuity payouts begin: If you or the annuitant die after annuity payouts begin, we will pay any amount payable to the beneficiary as provided in the annuity payout plan in effect. Payments to beneficiaries are subject to adjustment to comply with the IRS rules and regulations.

Taxes

Under current law, your contract has a tax-deferral feature. Generally, this means you do not pay income tax until there is a taxable distribution (or deemed distribution) from the contract. We will send a tax information reporting form for any year in which we made a taxable or reportable distribution according to our records.

Nonqualified Annuities

Generally, only the increase in the value of a non-qualified annuity contract over the investment in the contract is taxable. Certain exceptions apply. Federal tax law requires that all nonqualified deferred annuity contracts issued by the same company (and possibly its affiliates) to the same owner during a calendar year be taxed as a single, unified contract when distributions are taken from any one of those contracts.

Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus    55

Annuity payouts: Generally, unlike withdrawals described below, the income taxation of annuity payouts is subject to exclusion ratios (for fixed annuity payouts) or annual excludable amounts (for variable annuity payouts). In other words, in most cases, a portion of each payout will be ordinary income and subject to tax, and a portion of each payout will be considered a return of part of your investment in the contract and will not be taxed. All amounts you receive after your investment in the contract is fully recovered will be subject to tax. Under Annuity Payout Plan A: Life annuity — no refund, where the annuitant dies before your investment in the contract is fully recovered, the remaining portion of the unrecovered investment may be available as a federal income tax deduction to the owner for the last taxable year. Under all other annuity payout plans, where the annuity payouts end before your investment in the contract is fully recovered, the remaining portion of the unrecovered investment may be available as a federal income tax deduction to the taxpayer for the tax year in which the payouts end. (See “The Annuity Payout Period — Annuity Payout Plans.”)

Federal tax law permits taxpayers to annuitize a portion of their nonqualified annuity while leaving the remaining balance to continue to grow tax-deferred. Under the partial annuitization rules, the portion annuitized must be received as an annuity for a period of 10 years or more, or for the lives of one or more individuals. If this requirement is met, the annuitized portion and the tax-deferred balance will generally be treated as two separate contracts for income tax purposes only. If a contract is partially annuitized, the investment in the contract is allocated between the deferred and the annuitized portions on a pro rata basis.

Withdrawals: Generally, if you withdrawal all or part of your nonqualified annuity your annuity payouts begin, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, your withdrawal will be taxed to the extent that the contract value immediately before the withdrawal exceeds the investment in the contract. Different rules may apply if you exchange another contract into this contract.

You also may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty for withdrawals of taxable income you make before reaching age 59½ unless certain exceptions apply.

Withholding: If you receive taxable income as a result of an annuity payout or withdrawal, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, we may deduct federal, and in some cases state withholding against the payment. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your income tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. As long as you have provided us with a valid Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number, and you have a valid U.S. address, you may be able to elect not to have federal income tax withholding occur.

If the payment is part of an annuity payout plan, we generally compute the amount of federal income tax withholding using payroll tables. You may provide us with a statement of how many exemptions to use in calculating the withholding. If the distribution is any other type of payment (such as partial or full withdrawal) we compute federal income tax withholding using 10% of the taxable portion.

The federal income tax withholding requirements differ if we deliver payment outside the United States or you are a non-resident alien.

Some states also may impose income tax withholding requirements similar to the federal withholding described above or may allow you to elect withholding. If this should be the case, we may deduct state income tax withholding from the payment.

Death benefits to beneficiaries: The death benefit under a nonqualified contract is not exempt from estate (federal or state) taxes. In addition, for income tax purposes, any amount your beneficiary receives that exceeds the remaining investment in the contract is taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary in the year he or she receives the payments. (See also “Benefits in Case of Death — If You Die Before the Retirement Date”).

Net Investment Income Tax (also known as Medicare contribution tax): Effective for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2013, certain investment income of high-income individuals (as well as estates and trusts) is subject to a 3.8% net investment income tax (as an addition to income taxes). For individuals, the 3.8% tax applies to the lesser of (1) the amount by which the taxpayer’s modified adjusted gross income exceeds $200,000 ($250,000 for married filing jointly and surviving spouses; $125,000 for married filing separately) or (2) the taxpayer’s “net investment income.” Net investment income includes taxable income from nonqualified annuities. Annuity holders are advised to consult their tax advisor regarding the possible implications of this additional tax.

Annuities owned by corporations, partnerships or irrevocable trusts: For nonqualified annuities, any annual increase in the value of annuities held by such entities (non-natural persons) generally will be treated as ordinary income received during that year. However, if the trust was set up for the benefit of a natural person(s) only, the income may remain tax-deferred until withdrawn or paid out.

Penalties: If you receive amounts from your nonqualified annuity before reaching age 59½, you may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty on the amount includable in your ordinary income. However, this penalty will not apply to any amount received:

• because of your death or in the event of non-natural ownership, the death of annuitant;

• because you become disabled (as defined in the Code);

56    Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• if the distribution is part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments, made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or joint lives or life expectancies of you and your beneficiary);

• if it is allocable to an investment before Aug. 14, 1982; or

• if annuity payouts are made under immediate annuities as defined by the Code.

Transfer of ownership: Generally, if you transfer ownership of a nonqualified annuity without receiving adequate consideration, the transfer may be taxed as a withdrawal for federal income tax purposes. If the transfer is a currently taxable event for income tax purposes, the original owner will be taxed on the amount of deferred earnings at the time of the transfer and also may be subject to the 10% IRS penalty discussed earlier. In this case, the new owner’s investment in the contract will be equal to the investment in the contract at the time of the transfer plus any earnings included in the original owner’s taxable income as a result of the transfer. In general, this rule does not apply to transfers between spouses or former spouses. Similar rules apply if you transfer ownership for full consideration. Please consult your tax advisor for further details.

1035 Exchanges: Section 1035 of the Code permits nontaxable exchanges of certain insurance policies, endowment contracts, annuity contracts and qualified long-term care insurance contracts while providing for continued tax deferral of earnings. In addition, Section 1035 permits the carryover of the investment in the contract from the old policy or contract to the new policy or contract. In a 1035 exchange one policy or contract is exchanged for another policy or contract. The following can qualify as nontaxable exchanges: (1) the exchange of a life insurance policy for another life insurance policy or for an endowment, annuity or qualified long-term care insurance contract, (2) the exchange of an endowment contract for an annuity or qualified long-term care insurance contract, or for an endowment contract under which payments will begin no later than payments would have begun under the contract exchanged, (3) the exchange of an annuity contract for another annuity or for a qualified long-term care insurance contract, and (4) the exchange of a qualified long-term care insurance contract for a qualified long-term care insurance contract. Additionally, other tax rules apply. However, if the life insurance policy has an outstanding loan, there may be tax consequences. Depending on the issue date of your original policy or contract, there may be tax or other benefits that are given up to gain the benefits of the new policy or contract. Consider whether the features and benefits of the new policy or contract outweigh any tax or other benefits of the old contract.

For a partial exchange of an annuity contract for another annuity contract, the 1035 exchange is generally tax-free. The investment in the original contract and the earnings on the contract will be allocated proportionately between the original and new contracts. However, per IRS Revenue Procedure 2011-38, if withdrawals are taken from either contract within the 180-day period following a partial 1035 exchange, the IRS will apply general tax principles to determine the appropriate tax treatment of the exchange and subsequent withdrawal. As a result, there may be unexpected tax consequences. You should consult your tax advisor before taking any withdrawal from either contract during the 180-day period following a partial exchange.

Assignment: If you assign or pledge your contract as collateral for a loan, earnings on purchase payments you made after Aug. 13, 1982 will be taxed as a deemed distribution and also may be subject to the 10% penalty as discussed above.

Qualified Annuities

Adverse tax consequences may result if you do not ensure that contributions, distributions and other transactions under the contract comply with the law. Qualified annuities have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions. You should refer to your retirement plan’s Summary Plan Description, your IRA disclosure statement, or consult a tax advisor for additional information about the distribution rules applicable to your situation.

When you use your contract to fund a retirement plan or IRA that is already tax-deferred under the Code, the contract will not provide any necessary or additional tax deferral. If your contract is used to fund an employer sponsored plan, your right to benefits may be subject to the terms and conditions of the plan regardless of the terms of the contract.

Annuity payouts: Under a qualified annuity, except a Roth IRA, Roth 401(k) or Roth 403(b), the entire payout generally is includable as ordinary income and is subject to tax unless: (1) the contract is an IRA to which you made non-deductible contributions; or (2) you rolled after-tax dollars from a retirement plan into your IRA; or 3) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you or your employer have contributed after-tax dollars; or (4) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you direct such payout to be directly rolled over to another eligible retirement plan such as an IRA. We may permit partial annuitizations of qualified annuity contracts. If we accept partial annuitizations, please remember that your contract will still need to comply with other requirements such as required minimum distributions and the payment of taxes. Prior to considering a partial annuitization on a qualified contract, you should discuss your decision and any implications with your tax adviser. Because we cannot accurately track certain after tax funding sources, we will generally report any payments on partial annuitizations as ordinary income except in the case of a qualified distribution from a Roth IRA.

Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus    57

Annuity payouts from Roth IRAs: In general, the entire payout from a Roth IRA can be free from income and penalty taxes if you have attained age 59½ and meet the five year holding period.

Withdrawals: Under a qualified annuity, except a Roth IRA, Roth 401(k) or Roth 403(b), the entire withdrawal will generally be includable as ordinary income and is subject to tax unless: (1) the contract is an IRA to which you made non-deductible contributions; or (2) you rolled after-tax dollars from a retirement plan into your IRA; or (3) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you or your employer have contributed after-tax dollars; or (4) the contract is used to fund a retirement plan and you direct such withdrawal to be directly rolled over to another eligible retirement plan such as an IRA.

Withdrawals from Roth IRAs: In general, the entire payout from a Roth IRA can be free from income and penalty taxes if you have attained age 59½ and meet the five year holding period or another qualifying event such as death or disability.

Required Minimum Distributions: Retirement plans (except for Roth IRAs) are subject to required withdrawals called required minimum distributions (“RMDs”) beginning at age 72 (age 70 ½ if you were born on or before June 30, 1949). RMDs are based on the fair market value of your contract at year-end divided by the life expectancy factor. Certain death benefits and optional riders may be considered in determining the fair market value of your contract for RMD purposes. This may cause your RMD to be higher. Inherited IRAs (including inherited Roth IRAs) are subject to special required minimum distribution rules. You should consult your tax advisor prior to making a purchase for an explanation of the potential tax implications to you.

Withholding for IRAs, Roth IRAs, SEPs and SIMPLE IRAs: If you receive taxable income as a result of an annuity payout or a withdrawal, including withdrawals under any optional withdrawal benefit rider, we may deduct withholding against the payment. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. As long as you have provided us with a valid Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number, you can elect not to have any withholding occur.

If the payment is part of an annuity payout plan, we generally compute the amount of federal income tax withholding using payroll tables. You may provide us with a statement of how many exemptions to use in calculating the withholding. If the distribution is any other type of payment (such as a partial or full withdrawal) we compute federal income tax withholding using 10% of the taxable portion.

The federal income tax withholding requirements differ if we deliver payment outside the United States or you are a non-resident alien.

Some states also may impose income tax withholding requirements similar to the federal withholding described above. If this should be the case, we may deduct state income tax withholding from the payment.

Withholding for all other qualified annuities: If you receive directly all or part of the contract value from a qualified annuity, mandatory 20% federal income tax withholding (and possibly state income tax withholding) generally will be imposed at the time the payout is made from the plan. Any withholding represents a prepayment of your tax due for the year. You take credit for these amounts on your annual income tax return. This mandatory withholding will not be imposed if instead of receiving the distribution check, you elect to have the distribution rolled over directly to an IRA or another eligible plan. Payments made to a surviving spouse instead of being directly rolled over to an IRA are also subject to mandatory 20% income tax withholding.

In the below situations, the distribution is subject to an optional 10% withholding instead of the mandatory 20% withholding. We will withhold 10% of the distribution amount unless you elect otherwise.

• the payout is one in a series of substantially equal periodic payouts, made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or the joint lives or life expectancies of you and your designated beneficiary) or over a specified period of 10 years or more;

• the payout is a RMD as defined under the Code;

• the payout is made on account of an eligible hardship; or

• the payout is a corrective distribution.

State withholding also may be imposed on taxable distributions.

Penalties: If you receive amounts from your qualified contract before reaching age 59½, you may have to pay a 10% IRS penalty on the amount includable in your ordinary income. However, this penalty generally will not apply to any amount received:

• because of your death;

• because you become disabled (as defined in the Code);

• if the distribution is part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments made at least annually, over your life or life expectancy (or joint lives or life expectancies of you and your beneficiary);

58    Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus

• if the distribution is made following severance from employment during or after the calendar year in which you attain age 55 (TSAs and annuities funding 401(a) plans only);

• to pay certain medical or education expenses (IRAs only); or

• if the distribution is made from an inherited IRA.

Death benefits to beneficiaries: The entire death benefit generally is taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary in the year he/she receives the payments from the qualified annuity. If you made non-deductible contributions to a traditional IRA, the portion of any distribution from the contract that represents after-tax contributions is not taxable as ordinary income to your beneficiary. You are responsible for keeping all records tracking your non-deductible contributions to an IRA. Death benefits under a Roth IRA generally are not taxable as ordinary income to the beneficiary if certain distribution requirements are met. (See also “Benefits in Case of Death — If you Die Before the Retirement Date”).

Change of retirement plan type: IRS regulations allow for rollovers of certain retirement plan distributions. In some circumstances, you may be able to have an intra-contract rollover, keeping the same features and conditions. If the annuity contract you have does not support an intra-contract rollover, you are able to request an IRS approved rollover to another annuity contract or other investment product that you choose. If you choose another annuity contract or investment product, you will be subject to new rules, including a new withdrawal charge schedule for an annuity contract, or other product rules as applicable.

Assignment:You may not assign or pledge your qualified contract as collateral for a loan.

Other

Special considerations if you select any optional rider: As of the date of this prospectus, we believe that charges related to these riders are not subject to current taxation. Therefore, we will not report these charges as partial withdrawals from your contract. However, the IRS may determine that these charges should be treated as partial withdrawals subject to taxation to the extent of any gain as well as the 10% tax penalty for withdrawals before the age of 59½, if applicable, on the taxable portion.

We reserve the right to report charges for these riders as partial withdrawals if we, as a withholding and reporting agent, believe that we are required to report them. In addition, we will report any benefits attributable to these riders on the death of you or the annuitant as an annuity death benefit distribution, not as proceeds from life insurance.

Important: Our discussion of federal tax laws is based upon our understanding of current interpretations of these laws. Federal tax laws or current interpretations of them may change. For this reason and because tax consequences are complex and highly individual and cannot always be anticipated, you should consult a tax advisor if you have any questions about taxation of your contract.

RiverSource Life’s tax status: We are taxed as a life insurance company under the Code. For federal income tax purposes, the subaccounts are considered a part of our company, although their operations are treated separately in accounting and financial statements. Investment income is reinvested in the fund in which each subaccount invests and becomes part of that subaccount’s value. This investment income, including realized capital gains, is not subject to any withholding for federal or state income taxes. We reserve the right to make such a charge in the future if there is a change in the tax treatment of variable annuities or in our tax status as we then understand it.
The company includes in its taxable income the net investment income derived from the investment of assets held in its subaccounts because the company is considered the owner of these assets under federal income tax law.  The company may claim certain tax benefits associated with this investment income.  These benefits, which may include foreign tax credits and the corporate dividend received deduction, are not passed on to you since the company is the owner of the assets under federal tax law and is taxed on the investment income generated by the assets. 

Tax qualification: We intend that the contract qualify as an annuity for federal income tax purposes. To that end, the provisions of the contract are to be interpreted to ensure or maintain such tax qualification, in spite of any other provisions of the contract. We reserve the right to amend the contract to reflect any clarifications that may be needed or are appropriate to maintain such qualification or to conform the contract to any applicable changes in the tax qualification requirements. We will send you a copy of any amendments.

Spousal status: When it comes to your marital status and the identification and naming of any spouse as a beneficiary or party to your contract, we will rely on the representations you make to us. Based on this reliance, we will issue and administer your contract in accordance with these representations. If you represent that you are married and your representation is incorrect or your marriage is deemed invalid for federal or state law purposes, then the benefits and rights under your contract may be different.

If you have any questions as to the status of your relationship as a marriage, then you should consult an appropriate tax or legal advisor.

Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus    59

Voting Rights

As a contract owner with investments in the subaccounts, you may vote on important fund policies until annuity payouts begin. Once they begin, the person receiving them has voting rights. We will vote fund shares according to the instructions of the person with voting rights.

Before annuity payouts begin, the number of votes you have is determined by applying your percentage interest in each subaccount to the total number of votes allowed to the subaccount.

After annuity payouts begin, the number of votes you have is equal to:

• the reserve held in each subaccount for your contract; divided by

• the net asset value of one share of the applicable fund.

As we make annuity payouts, the reserve for the contract decreases; therefore, the number of votes also will decrease.

We calculate votes separately for each subaccount. We will send notice of shareholders’ meetings, proxy materials and a statement of the number of votes to which the voter is entitled. We are the legal owner of all fund shares and therefore hold all voting rights.  However, to the extent required by law, we will vote the shares of each fund according to instructions we receive from policy owners. We will vote shares for which we have not received instructions and shares that we or our affiliates own in our own names in the same proportion as the votes for which we received instructions. As a result of this proportional voting, in cases when a small number of contract owners vote, their votes will have a greater impact and may even control the outcome.

Substitution of Investments

We may substitute the funds in which the subaccounts invest if:

• laws or regulations change;

• the existing funds become unavailable; or

• in our judgment, the funds no longer are suitable (or are not the most suitable) for the subaccounts.

If any of these situations occur, we have the right to substitute a fund currently listed in this prospectus (existing fund) for another fund (new fund), provided we obtain any required SEC and state insurance law approval. The new fund may have higher fees and/or operating expenses than the existing fund. Also, the new fund may have investment objectives and policies and/or investment advisers which differ from the existing fund.

We may also:

• add new subaccounts;

• combine any two or more subaccounts;

• transfer assets to and from the subaccounts or the variable account; and

• eliminate or close any subaccounts.

We will notify you of any substitution or change.

In the event of any such substitution or change, we may amend the contract and take whatever action is necessary and appropriate without your consent or approval. We will obtain any required prior approval of the SEC or state insurance departments before making any substitution or change.

About the Service Providers

Principal Underwriter

RiverSource Distributors, Inc. (RiverSource Distributors), our affiliate, serves as the principal underwriter and general distributor of the contract. Its offices are located at 70100 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, MN 55474. RiverSource Distributors is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ameriprise Financial, Inc.

Sales of the Contract

New contracts are not currently being offered.

• Only securities broker-dealers (“selling firms”) registered with the SEC and members of the FINRA may sell the contract.

• The contracts are continuously offered to the public through authorized selling firms. We and RiverSource Distributors have a sales agreement with the selling firm. The sales agreement authorizes the selling firm to offer the contracts

60    Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus

to the public. RiverSource Distributors pays the selling firm (or an affiliated insurance agency) for contracts its investment professional sell. The selling firm may be required to return sales commissions under certain circumstances including but not limited to when contracts are returned under the free look period.

Payments We May Make to Selling Firms

• We may use compensation plans which vary by selling firm. For example, some of these plans pay selling firms a commission of up to 7.00% each time a purchase payment is made. We may also pay ongoing trail commissions of up to 1.00% of the contract value. We do not pay or withhold payment of trail commissions based on which investment options you select.

• We may pay selling firms an additional sales commission of up to 1.00% of purchase payments for a period of time we select. For example, we may offer to pay an additional sales commission to get selling firms to market a new or enhanced contract or to increase sales during the period.

• In addition to commissions, we may, in order to promote sales of the contracts, and as permitted by applicable laws and regulation, pay or provide selling firms with other promotional incentives in cash, credit or other compensation. We generally (but may not) offer these promotional incentives to all selling firms. The terms of such arrangements differ between selling firms. These promotional incentives may include but are not limited to:

• sponsorship of marketing, educational, due diligence and compliance meetings and conferences we or the selling firm may conduct for investment professionals, including subsidy of travel, meal, lodging, entertainment and other expenses related to these meetings;

• marketing support related to sales of the contract including for example, the creation of marketing materials, advertising and newsletters;

• providing service to contract owners; and

• funding other events sponsored by a selling firm that may encourage the selling firm’s investment professionals to sell the contract.

These promotional incentives or reimbursements may be calculated as a percentage of the selling firm’s aggregate, net or anticipated sales and/or total assets attributable to sales of the contract, and/or may be a fixed dollar amount. As noted below this additional compensation may cause the selling firm and its investment professionals to favor the contracts.

Sources of Payments to Selling Firms

When we pay the commissions and other compensation described above from our assets. Our assets may include:

• revenues we receive from fees and expenses that you will pay when buying, owning and making a withdrawal from the contract (see “Expense Summary”);

• compensation we or an affiliate receive from the underlying funds in the form of distribution and services fees (see “The Variable Account and the Funds — The Funds”);

• compensation we or an affiliate receive from a fund’s investment adviser, subadviser, distributor or an affiliate of any of these (see “The Variable Account and the Funds — The Funds”); and

• revenues we receive from other contracts we sell that are not securities and other businesses we conduct.

You do not directly pay the commissions and other compensation described above as the result of a specific charge or deduction under the contract. However, you may pay part or all of the commissions and other compensation described above indirectly through:

• fees and expenses we collect from contract owners, including withdrawal charges; and

• fees and expenses charged by the underlying subaccount funds in which you invest, to the extent we or one of our affiliates receive revenue from the funds or an affiliated person.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Compensation payment arrangements made with selling firms can potentially:

• give selling firms a heightened financial incentive to sell the contract offered in this prospectus over another investment with lower compensation to the selling firm.

• cause selling firms to encourage their investment professionals to sell you the contract offered in this prospectus instead of selling you other alternative investments that may result in lower compensation to the selling firm.

• cause selling firms to grant us access to its investment professionals to promote sales of the contract offered in this prospectus, while denying that access to other firms offering similar contracts or other alternative investments which may pay lower compensation to the selling firm.

Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus    61

Payments to Investment Professionals

• The selling firm pays its investment professionals. The selling firm decides the compensation and benefits it will pay its investment professionals.

• To inform yourself of any potential conflicts of interest, ask the investment professional before you buy, how the selling firm and its investment professionals are being compensated and the amount of the compensation that each will receive if you buy the contract.

Service Providers

Our Service Center performs certain administrative services on the contracts and policies we issue. The address and telephone number of our Service Center are listed on the first page of the prospectus. We also have entered into agreements with certain entities to provide the identified services in connection with the contracts and policies we issue. The entities engaged by RiverSource Life may change over time. Entities that provided services to RiverSource Life in 2019 are listed in the table below.

Name of Service Provider	Services Provided	Address
Ameriprise Financial, Inc.	Business affairs management and administrative support related to new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies	707 Second Avenue South Minneapolis MN 55402 USA
Ameriprise India Private Limited	Administrative support related to new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies annual report filings	Plot No. 14, Sector 18 Udyog Vihar Gurugram, Haryana – 122 015 India
Sykes Enterprise Incorporated	Administrative support related to e new business and servicing of existing contracts and policies	10th Floor, Glorietta BPO 1 Office Tower Makati City 1224 Metro Manila Philippines

Issuer

We issue the contracts. We are a stock life insurance company organized in 1957 under the laws of the state of Minnesota and are located at 829 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, MN 55474. We are a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ameriprise Financial, Inc.

We conduct a conventional life insurance business. We are licensed to do business in 49 states, the District of Columbia and American Samoa. Our primary products currently include fixed and variable annuity contracts and life insurance policies.

Legal Proceedings

Insurance companies have been the subject of increasing regulatory, legislative and judicial scrutiny. Numerous state and federal regulatory agencies have commenced examinations and other inquiries of insurance companies regarding sales and marketing practices (including sales to older consumers and disclosure practices), claims handling, and unclaimed property and escheatment practices and procedures. RiverSource Life has cooperated and will continue to cooperate with the applicable regulators.

RiverSource Life is involved in the normal course of business in a number of other legal and arbitration proceedings concerning matters arising in connection with the conduct of its business activities. RiverSource Life believes that it is not a party to, nor are any of its properties the subject of, any pending legal, arbitration or regulatory investigation, examination or proceeding that is likely to have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is possible that the outcome of any current or future legal, arbitration or regulatory proceeding could have a material impact on results of operations in any particular reporting period as the proceedings are resolved.

Uncertain economic conditions, heightened and sustained volatility in the financial markets and significant financial reform legislation may increase the likelihood that clients and other persons or regulators may present or threaten legal claims or that regulators increase the scope or frequency of examinations of RiverSource Life or the insurance industry generally.

Additional Information

Incorporation of Certain Documents By Reference

The SEC allows us to “incorporate by reference” the information we have filed with the SEC. This means that we can disclose important information to you without actually including the specific information in this prospectus by referring you to other documents filed separately with the SEC. The information incorporated by reference is an important part of

62    Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus

this prospectus. Information that we later provide to the SEC, and which is deemed to be “filed” with the SEC, will automatically update information previously filed with the SEC, and may replace information in this prospectus and information previously filed with the SEC. We incorporate by reference RiverSource Life Insurance Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019 as filed with the SEC on Feb.26, 2020under File No. 033-28976 in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and any filings we make with the SEC under Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act (excluding information deemed to be furnished and not filed with the SEC) after the effective date of this registration statement, until all offerings under the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part are completed or terminated. The annual report contains additional information about RiverSource Life Insurance Company, including audited financial statements for the latest fiscal year.

RiverSource Life will furnish you without charge a copy of any or all of the documents incorporated by reference into this prospectus, including any exhibits to such documents which have been specifically incorporated by reference. We will do so upon receipt of your written or oral request. You can contact RiverSource Life at the telephone number and address listed on the first page of this prospectus.

Available Information

This prospectus is part of a registration statement we file with the SEC. Additional information on RiverSource Life and on this offering is available in the registration statement and other materials we file. You can obtain copies of these materials at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. This prospectus, other information about the contract and other information incorporated by reference are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at (http://www.sec.gov).

Indemnification

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the Act) may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of RiverSource Life pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus    63

Appendix A: Performance Credit Rider Adjusted Partial Withdrawal

Step one:

Foreach withdrawal made within the current calculation period we calculate the remaining purchase payment amount (RPA):

RPA = Total purchase payments and purchase payment credits made prior to the partial withdrawal in question minus the RPA adjusted partial withdrawals for all previous partial withdrawals.

NOTE: In our calculations for the first partial withdrawal, the RPA will simply be the total purchase payments and purchase payment credits as there are no previous withdrawals to subtract.

RPA adjusted partial withdrawals	=	PW × RPA
		CV

PW	=	the partial withdrawal including any applicable withdrawal charge or MVA.
CV	=	the contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.
RPA	=	the remaining premium amount on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.

Step two:

For each withdrawal made within the current calculation period we calculate the eligible purchase payment amount (EPA):

EPA = Total purchase payments and purchase payment credits made prior to the partial withdrawal in question AND prior to the five year exclusion period minus EPA adjusted partial withdrawals for all previous partial withdrawals.

NOTE: In our calculations for the first partial withdrawal, the EPA will simply be the total purchase payments and purchase payment credits made before the five year exclusion period as there are no previous withdrawals to subtract. Also note that EPA/RPA will always be less than or equal to one.

EPA adjusted partial withdrawals	=	PW × EPA	×	EPA
		CV		RPA

PW	=	the partial withdrawal including any applicable withdrawal charge or MVA.
CV	=	the contract value on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.
EPA	=	the eligible premium amount on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.
RPA	=	the remaining premium amount on the date of (but prior to) the partial withdrawal.

Step three:

The total PCRPW (Performance Credit Rider adjusted partial withdrawal) amount is the sum of each EPA adjusted partial withdrawal.

Example: Calculation at the end of the ten-year period assuming the contract is eligible for the PCR credit (i.e., your contract value is less than target value). This example does not include purchase payment credits.

• You purchase the contract with an initial purchase payment of $100,000.

• On the sixth contract anniversary you make an additional purchase payment in the amount of $100,000.

• Contract values before any partial withdrawals are shown below.

• On the third contract anniversary you make a partial withdrawal in the amount of $10,000.

• On the eighth contract anniversary you make another partial withdrawal in the amount of $10,000.

64    Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus

NOTE: The shaded portion of the table indicates the five year exclusion period.

Contract Duration in Years	Total purchase payments	Contract value
At Issue	$100,000	$100,000
1	100,000	110,000
2	100,000	115,000
3	100,000	120,000
4	100,000	115,000
5	100,000	120,000
6	200,000	225,000
7	200,000	230,000
8	200,000	235,000
9	200,000	230,000
10	200,000	235,000

Step one: For each withdrawal made within the current calculation period we calculate the RPA:

For the first partial withdrawal on the third contract anniversary:

RPA before the partial withdrawal = total purchase payments made prior to the partial withdrawal minus the RPA adjusted partial withdrawals for all previous partial withdrawals = $100,000 – 0 = $100,000	RPA adjusted partial withdrawal =
	$10,000 × $100,000	= $8,333
	$120,000

For the second partial withdrawal on the eighth contract anniversary:

RPA before the partial withdrawal = total purchase payments made prior to the partial withdrawal minus the RPA adjusted partial withdrawals for all previous partial withdrawals = $200,000 – $8,333 = $191,667	RPA adjusted partial withdrawal =
	$10,000 × $191,667	= $8,156
	$235,000

Step two: For each withdrawal made within the current calculation period, we calculate the EPA:

For the first partial withdrawal on the third contract anniversary:

EPA before the partial withdrawal = total purchase payments made prior to the partial withdrawal AND the five-year exclusion period minus the EPA adjusted partial withdrawals for all previous partial withdrawals = $100,000 – 0 = $100,000	EPA adjusted partial withdrawal =
	$10,000 × $100,000	×	$100,000	= $8,333
	$120,000		$100,000

For the second partial withdrawal on the eighth contract anniversary:

EPA before the partial withdrawal = total purchase payments made prior to the partial withdrawal AND the five-year exclusion period minus the EPA adjusted partial withdrawals for all previous partial withdrawals = $100,000 – $8,333 = $91,667	EPA adjusted partial withdrawal =
	$10,000 × $91,667	×	$91,667	= $1,866
	$235,000		$191,667

Step three: The total PCRPW amount is the sum of each EPA adjusted partial withdrawal.

PCRPW amount = $8,333 + $1,866 = $10,199

Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus    65

Appendix B: Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)

The following tables give per-unit information about the financial history of the subaccounts representing the lowest and highest total annual variable account expense combinations. The date in which operations commenced in each subaccount is noted in parentheses. The SAI contains tables that give per-unit information about the financial history of each existing subaccount. We have not provided this information for subaccounts (if any) that were not available under your contract as of December 31, 2019. You may obtain a copy of the SAI without charge by contacting us at the telephone number or address listed on the first page of the prospectus.

Variable account charges of 1.00% of the daily net assets of the variable account.

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3) (3/17/2006)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.00	$2.10	$1.71	$1.60	$1.60	$1.40	$1.06	$0.94	$0.90	$0.78
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.47	$2.00	$2.10	$1.71	$1.60	$1.60	$1.40	$1.06	$0.94	$0.90
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	36	40	45	51	63	67	83	116	126	203
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3) (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.60	$2.79	$2.46	$2.19	$2.28	$2.09	$1.67	$1.48	$1.57	$1.36
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.19	$2.60	$2.79	$2.46	$2.19	$2.28	$2.09	$1.67	$1.48	$1.57
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	28	33	37	43	53	55	70	87	130	223
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund (Class 3) (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.07	$1.07	$1.07	$1.08	$1.09	$1.11	$1.12	$1.13	$1.14	$1.15
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.08	$1.07	$1.07	$1.07	$1.08	$1.09	$1.11	$1.12	$1.13	$1.14
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	285	337	352	369	137	161	210	269	341	576
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3) (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.62	$1.63	$1.59	$1.54	$1.55	$1.49	$1.54	$1.44	$1.37	$1.27
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.75	$1.62	$1.63	$1.59	$1.54	$1.55	$1.49	$1.54	$1.44	$1.37
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	117	127	134	136	165	203	245	268	317	645
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2 (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.44	$4.08	$3.42	$3.09	$3.17	$3.02	$2.24	$1.98	$2.24	$1.76
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.20	$3.44	$4.08	$3.42	$3.09	$3.17	$3.02	$2.24	$1.98	$2.24
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	61	72	76	105	133	156	170	183	212	350
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund – Class 2 (5/30/2000)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.45	$2.72	$2.54	$2.21	$2.35	$2.21	$1.74	$1.54	$1.57	$1.43
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.97	$2.45	$2.72	$2.54	$2.21	$2.35	$2.21	$1.74	$1.54	$1.57
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	197	206	224	281	349	401	494	606	716	1,184
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund, Series II Shares (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.06	$3.46	$3.07	$2.63	$2.83	$2.56	$1.84	$1.58	$1.63	$1.34
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.82	$3.06	$3.46	$3.07	$2.63	$2.83	$2.56	$1.84	$1.58	$1.63
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	24	27	29	43	46	51	68	68	76	117
Invesco V.I. Value Opportunities Fund, Series II Shares (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.41	$1.76	$1.52	$1.30	$1.47	$1.39	$1.06	$0.91	$0.95	$0.90
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.81	$1.41	$1.76	$1.52	$1.30	$1.47	$1.39	$1.06	$0.91	$0.95
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	73	87	92	123	145	165	207	240	297	468
Putnam VT International Equity Fund – Class IB Shares (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.46	$1.83	$1.46	$1.51	$1.52	$1.65	$1.30	$1.08	$1.31	$1.20
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.81	$1.46	$1.83	$1.46	$1.51	$1.52	$1.65	$1.30	$1.08	$1.31
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	39	43	48	53	62	67	80	105	117	210
Variable Portfolio – Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (5/21/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.46	$2.87	$2.71	$2.18	$2.43	$2.40	$1.80	$1.60	$1.69	$1.38
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.91	$2.46	$2.87	$2.71	$2.18	$2.43	$2.40	$1.80	$1.60	$1.69
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	14	16	17	18	22	23	27	33	35	45
Wells Fargo VT International Equity Fund – Class 2 (7/31/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.92	$2.34	$1.90	$1.86	$1.84	$1.97	$1.66	$1.48	$1.72	$1.49
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.19	$1.92	$2.34	$1.90	$1.86	$1.84	$1.97	$1.66	$1.48	$1.72
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	37	43	47	54	63	72	96	122	140	192
Wells Fargo VT Omega Growth Fund – Class 2 (7/31/2002)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$4.25	$4.28	$3.21	$3.23	$3.22	$3.13	$2.26	$1.89	$2.03	$1.71
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$5.76	$4.25	$4.28	$3.21	$3.23	$3.22	$3.13	$2.26	$1.89	$2.03
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	42	151	154	161	174	191	204	227	241	292
Wells Fargo VT Opportunity Fund – Class 2 (8/26/2011)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.98	$2.16	$1.81	$1.63	$1.70	$1.55	$1.20	$1.05	$1.00	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.58	$1.98	$2.16	$1.81	$1.63	$1.70	$1.55	$1.20	$1.05	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	119	133	144	178	240	277	356	442	504	—

66    Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Variable account charges of 1.00% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Wells Fargo VT Small Cap Growth Fund – Class 2 (7/16/2010)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.39	$2.38	$1.91	$1.79	$1.86	$1.92	$1.29	$1.21	$1.28	$1.00
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.95	$2.39	$2.38	$1.91	$1.79	$1.86	$1.92	$1.29	$1.21	$1.28
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	18	20	22	26	29	32	39	50	51	65

Variable account charges of 1.85% of the daily net assets of the variable account.

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Disciplined Core Fund (Class 3) (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.07	$2.19	$1.79	$1.69	$1.71	$1.51	$1.15	$1.03	$1.00	$0.87
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.53	$2.07	$2.19	$1.79	$1.69	$1.71	$1.51	$1.15	$1.03	$1.00
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	58	62	69	83	113	138	259	336	589	890
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Dividend Opportunity Fund (Class 3) (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.00	$3.25	$2.89	$2.60	$2.72	$2.52	$2.03	$1.81	$1.94	$1.69
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.65	$3.00	$3.25	$2.89	$2.60	$2.72	$2.52	$2.03	$1.81	$1.94
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	75	80	90	117	148	177	303	367	465	559
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Government Money Market Fund (Class 3) (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$0.88	$0.89	$0.90	$0.92	$0.93	$0.95	$0.97	$0.99	$1.01	$1.02
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$0.88	$0.88	$0.89	$0.90	$0.92	$0.93	$0.95	$0.97	$0.99	$1.01
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	603	634	649	669	297	221	237	237	298	303
Columbia Variable Portfolio – Intermediate Bond Fund (Class 3) (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.35	$1.37	$1.35	$1.31	$1.34	$1.29	$1.35	$1.28	$1.22	$1.15
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$1.45	$1.35	$1.37	$1.35	$1.31	$1.34	$1.29	$1.35	$1.28	$1.22
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	58	73	79	95	100	109	151	149	167	264
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio Service Class 2 (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.60	$4.31	$3.64	$3.31	$3.43	$3.30	$2.47	$2.20	$2.51	$1.99
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.36	$3.60	$4.31	$3.64	$3.31	$3.43	$3.30	$2.47	$2.20	$2.51
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	67	67	68	79	89	97	124	145	170	239
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund – Class 2 (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.15	$2.41	$2.27	$1.99	$2.13	$2.03	$1.61	$1.44	$1.48	$1.36
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.59	$2.15	$2.41	$2.27	$1.99	$2.13	$2.03	$1.61	$1.44	$1.48
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	22	23	23	24	26	26	60	90	131	188
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund, Series II Shares (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.41	$3.89	$3.48	$3.01	$3.26	$2.98	$2.16	$1.87	$1.95	$1.61
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$4.23	$3.41	$3.89	$3.48	$3.01	$3.26	$2.98	$2.16	$1.87	$1.95
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	5	5	6	23	23	23	43	26	21	22
Invesco V.I. Value Opportunities Fund, Series II Shares (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.66	$2.10	$1.83	$1.58	$1.80	$1.72	$1.32	$1.14	$1.20	$1.14
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.13	$1.66	$2.10	$1.83	$1.58	$1.80	$1.72	$1.32	$1.14	$1.20
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	20	22	22	26	27	34	38	54	75	113
Putnam VT International Equity Fund – Class IB Shares (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.71	$2.15	$1.73	$1.81	$1.84	$2.01	$1.60	$1.33	$1.64	$1.52
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.10	$1.71	$2.15	$1.73	$1.81	$1.84	$2.01	$1.60	$1.33	$1.64
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	5	6	6	6	6	7	8	18	20	29
Variable Portfolio – Partners Small Cap Value Fund (Class 3) (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.80	$3.30	$3.14	$2.55	$2.87	$2.86	$2.16	$1.94	$2.07	$1.69
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.29	$2.80	$3.30	$3.14	$2.55	$2.87	$2.86	$2.16	$1.94	$2.07
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	54	53	55	64	92	102	168	220	330	415
Wells Fargo VT International Equity Fund – Class 2 (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.87	$2.31	$1.89	$1.86	$1.86	$2.01	$1.71	$1.53	$1.80	$1.57
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.12	$1.87	$2.31	$1.89	$1.86	$1.86	$2.01	$1.71	$1.53	$1.80
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	34	33	31	33	33	36	47	49	52	61
Wells Fargo VT Omega Growth Fund – Class 2 (1/29/2003)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$3.93	$3.99	$3.02	$3.06	$3.07	$3.02	$2.20	$1.86	$2.00	$1.71
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$5.28	$3.93	$3.99	$3.02	$3.06	$3.07	$3.02	$2.20	$1.86	$2.00
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	48	53	57	70	77	96	196	256	388	514
Wells Fargo VT Opportunity Fund – Class 2 (8/26/2011)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$1.86	$2.04	$1.73	$1.57	$1.65	$1.52	$1.19	$1.05	$1.00	—
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$2.40	$1.86	$2.04	$1.73	$1.57	$1.65	$1.52	$1.19	$1.05	—
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	3	3	4	28	31	46	54	56	69	—

Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus    67

Variable account charges of 1.85% of the daily net assets of the variable account. (continued)

Year ended December 31,	2019	2018	2017	2016	2015	2014	2013	2012	2011	2010
Wells Fargo VT Small Cap Growth Fund – Class 2 (4/30/2004)
Accumulation unit value at beginning of period	$2.78	$2.80	$2.27	$2.14	$2.25	$2.33	$1.58	$1.49	$1.59	$1.28
Accumulation unit value at end of period	$3.41	$2.78	$2.80	$2.27	$2.14	$2.25	$2.33	$1.58	$1.49	$1.59
Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period (000 omitted)	13	12	13	14	14	16	22	25	31	35

68    Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus

Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information

Calculating Annuity Payouts	p. 3
Rating Agencies	p. 4
Principal Underwriter	p. 4
Service Providers	p. 4
Custodian	p. 5
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	p. 5
Condensed Financial Information (Unaudited)	p. 6
Financial Statements

Evergreen Essential Variable Annuity — Prospectus    69

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

This page left blank intentionally

RiverSource Life Insurance Company
829 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474
1-800-333-3437

45276  CG (5/20)

RiverSource Distributors, Inc. (Distributor), Member FINRA. Issued by RiverSource Life Insurance Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota. ©2008-2020 RiverSource Life Insurance Company. All rights reserved.